Initial import of GNU binutils version 2.8.1. Believe it or not,

this is heavily stripped down.

574 files changed, 335157 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/binutils/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b36187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1564 @@
+#
+# Makefile for directory with subdirs to build.
+#   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+
+srcdir = .
+
+prefix = /usr/local
+
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+tooldir = $(exec_prefix)/$(target)
+
+program_transform_name =
+
+datadir = $(prefix)/share
+mandir = $(prefix)/man
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+GDB_NLM_DEPS = 
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = $$s/install.sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL)
+INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL) -m 644
+INSTALL_XFORM = $(INSTALL) -t='$(program_transform_name)'
+
+INSTALL_DOSREL = install-dosrel-fake
+
+AS = as
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+CC = cc
+
+# Special variables passed down in EXTRA_GCC_FLAGS.  They are defined
+# here so that they can be overridden by Makefile fragments.
+HOST_CC = $(CC_FOR_BUILD)
+HOST_PREFIX = 
+HOST_PREFIX_1 = loser-
+
+# We don't specify -g -O because many compilers don't support -g -O,
+# and/or -O is broken in and of itself.
+CFLAGS = -g
+LIBCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)
+CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CFLAGS)
+LDFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = 
+LIBCFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)
+PICFLAG = 
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET = 
+
+CXX = gcc
+
+# Use -O2 to stress test the compiler.
+CXXFLAGS = -g -O2
+LIBCXXFLAGS = $(CXXFLAGS) -fno-implicit-templates
+CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CXXFLAGS)
+LIBCXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET = $(CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET) -fno-implicit-templates
+
+RANLIB = ranlib
+
+DLLTOOL = dlltool
+
+NM = nm
+# Not plain GZIP, since gzip looks there for extra command-line options.
+GZIPPROG = gzip
+
+# These values are substituted by configure.
+DEFAULT_YACC = yacc
+DEFAULT_LEX = lex
+
+BISON = bison -y
+LEX = `if [ -f $$r/flex/flex ] ; \
+	then echo $$r/flex/flex ; \
+	else echo ${DEFAULT_LEX} ; fi`
+
+M4 = `if [ -f $$r/m4/m4 ] ; \
+	then echo $$r/m4/m4 ; \
+	else echo m4 ; fi`
+
+MAKEINFO = `if [ -f $$r/texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile ] ; \
+	then echo $$r/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo ; \
+	else echo makeinfo ; fi`
+
+# This just becomes part of the MAKEINFO definition passed down to
+# sub-makes.  It lets flags be given on the command line while still
+# using the makeinfo from the object tree.
+MAKEINFOFLAGS =
+
+EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/expect/expect ] ; \
+	then echo $$r/expect/expect ; \
+	else echo expect ; fi`
+
+RUNTEST = `if [ -f $$s/dejagnu/runtest ] ; \
+	then echo $$s/dejagnu/runtest ; \
+	else echo runtest ; fi`
+
+
+# compilers to use to create programs which must be run in the build
+# environment.
+CC_FOR_BUILD = $(CC)
+CXX_FOR_BUILD = $(CXX)
+
+SUBDIRS = "this is set via configure, don't edit this"
+OTHERS = 
+
+# This is set by the configure script to the list of directories which
+# should be built using the target tools.
+TARGET_CONFIGDIRS = libiberty libgloss newlib libio librx libstdc++ libg++ winsup
+
+# Target libraries are put under this directory:
+# Changed by configure to $(target_alias) if cross.
+TARGET_SUBDIR = .
+
+# This is set by the configure script to the arguments passed to configure.
+CONFIG_ARGUMENTS = 
+
+# This is set by configure to REALLY_SET_LIB_PATH if --enable-shared
+# was used.
+SET_LIB_PATH =
+
+# This is the name of the environment variable used for the path to
+# the libraries.  This may be changed by configure.in.
+RPATH_ENVVAR = LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+# configure.in sets SET_LIB_PATH to this if --enable-shared was used.
+REALLY_SET_LIB_PATH = \
+  $(RPATH_ENVVAR)=$$r/bfd:$$r/opcodes:$$$(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+  export $(RPATH_ENVVAR);
+
+ALL = all.normal
+INSTALL_TARGET = install-dirs \
+	$(INSTALL_MODULES) \
+	$(INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES) \
+	$(INSTALL_X11_MODULES) \
+	install-gcc \
+	$(INSTALL_DOSREL)
+
+
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+    if [ -f $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+      if [ -f $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/winsup/Makefile ] ; then \
+        echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/ -B$$r/newlib/ -L$$r/winsup -idirafter $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/targ-include -idirafter $$s/newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+      else \
+        echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/ -idirafter $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/targ-include -idirafter $$s/newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+      fi; \
+    else \
+      echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/; \
+    fi; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(CC); \
+    else \
+      t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo gcc | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+# If CC_FOR_TARGET is not overriden on the command line, then this
+# variable is passed down to the gcc Makefile, where it is used to
+# build libgcc2.a.  We define it here so that it can itself be
+# overridden on the command line.
+GCC_FOR_TARGET = $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/
+
+
+CXX_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+    if [ -f $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+      if [ -f $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/winsup/Makefile ] ; then \
+        echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/ -B$$r/newlib/ -L$$r/winsup -idirafter $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/targ-include -idirafter $$s/newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+      else \
+        echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/ -idirafter $$r/$(TARGET_SUBDIR)/newlib/targ-include -idirafter $$s/newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+      fi; \
+    else \
+      echo $$r/gcc/xgcc -B$$r/gcc/; \
+    fi; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(CXX); \
+    else \
+      t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo gcc | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+AS_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/gas/as.new ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/gas/as.new ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(AS); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo as | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+LD_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/ld/ld.new ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/ld/ld.new ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(LD); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo ld | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/binutils/dlltool ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/binutils/dlltool ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(DLLTOOL); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo dlltool | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+AR_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/binutils/ar ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/binutils/ar ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(AR); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo ar | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+RANLIB_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/binutils/ranlib ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/binutils/ranlib ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(RANLIB); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo ranlib | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+NM_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/binutils/nm.new ] ; then \
+    echo $$r/binutils/nm.new ; \
+  else \
+    if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+      echo $(NM); \
+    else \
+       t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo nm | sed -e 's/x/x/' $$t ; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+#### host and target specific makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+# Flags to pass down to all sub-makes.
+# Please keep these in alphabetical order.
+BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"AR_FOR_TARGET=$(AR_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"AS_FOR_TARGET=$(AS_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"BISON=$(BISON)" \
+	"CC_FOR_BUILD=$(CC_FOR_BUILD)" \
+	"CC_FOR_TARGET=$(CC_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=$(CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"CXX_FOR_BUILD=$(CXX_FOR_BUILD)" \
+	"CXXFLAGS=$(CXXFLAGS)" \
+	"CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=$(CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"CXX_FOR_TARGET=$(CXX_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET=$(DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"INSTALL=$(INSTALL)" \
+	"INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA)" \
+	"INSTALL_PROGRAM=$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)" \
+	"INSTALL_XFORM=$(INSTALL_XFORM)" \
+	"LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS)" \
+	"LEX=$(LEX)" \
+	"LD_FOR_TARGET=$(LD_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"LIBCFLAGS=$(LIBCFLAGS)" \
+	"LIBCFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=$(LIBCFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"LIBCXXFLAGS=$(LIBCXXFLAGS)" \
+	"LIBCXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=$(LIBCXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"M4=$(M4)" \
+	"MAKE=$(MAKE)" \
+	"MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
+	"NM_FOR_TARGET=$(NM_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"PICFLAG=$(PICFLAG)" \
+	"PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=$(PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"RANLIB_FOR_TARGET=$(RANLIB_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	"SHELL=$(SHELL)" \
+	"EXPECT=$(EXPECT)" \
+	"RUNTEST=$(RUNTEST)" \
+	"RUNTESTFLAGS=$(RUNTESTFLAGS)" \
+	"YACC=$(BISON)" \
+	"exec_prefix=$(exec_prefix)" \
+	"prefix=$(prefix)" \
+	"tooldir=$(tooldir)" 
+
+# Flags to pass down to most sub-makes, in which we're building with
+# the host environment.
+# If any variables are added here, they must be added to do-*, below.
+EXTRA_HOST_FLAGS = \
+	'AR=$(AR)' \
+	'AS=$(AS)' \
+	'CC=$(CC)' \
+	'CXX=$(CXX)' \
+	'DLLTOOL=$(DLLTOOL)' \
+	'NM=$(NM)' \
+	'RANLIB=$(RANLIB)' 
+
+
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(EXTRA_HOST_FLAGS)
+
+# Flags that are concerned with the location of the X11 include files
+# and library files
+#
+# NOTE: until the top-level is getting the values via autoconf, it only
+# causes problems to have this top-level Makefile overriding the autoconf-set
+# values in child directories.  Only variables that don't conflict with
+# autoconf'ed ones should be passed by X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS for now.
+#
+X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	'X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS=$(X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS)' \
+	'X11_EXTRA_LIBS=$(X11_EXTRA_LIBS)'
+
+# Flags to pass down to makes which are built with the target environment.
+# The double $ decreases the length of the command line; the variables
+# are set in BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS, and the sub-make will expand them.
+# If any variables are added here, they must be added to do-*, below.
+EXTRA_TARGET_FLAGS = \
+	'AR=$$(AR_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'AS=$$(AS_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'CC=$$(CC_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'CFLAGS=$$(CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'CXX=$$(CXX_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'CXXFLAGS=$$(CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'DLLTOOL=$$(DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'LD=$$(LD_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'LIBCFLAGS=$$(LIBCFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'LIBCXXFLAGS=$$(LIBCXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'NM=$$(NM_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'PICFLAG=$$(PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'RANLIB=$$(RANLIB_FOR_TARGET)'
+
+TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS = $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(EXTRA_TARGET_FLAGS)
+
+# Flags to pass down to gcc.  gcc builds a library, libgcc.a, so it
+# unfortunately needs the native compiler and the target ar and
+# ranlib.
+# If any variables are added here, they must be added to do-*, below.
+# The HOST_* variables are a special case, which are used for the gcc
+# cross-building scheme.
+EXTRA_GCC_FLAGS = \
+	'AR=$$(AR_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'AS=$(AS)' \
+	'CC=$(CC)' \
+	'CXX=$(CXX)' \
+	'DLLTOOL=$$(DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	'HOST_CC=$(CC_FOR_BUILD)' \
+	'HOST_PREFIX=$(HOST_PREFIX)' \
+	'HOST_PREFIX_1=$(HOST_PREFIX_1)' \
+	'NM=$(NM)' \
+	'RANLIB=$$(RANLIB_FOR_TARGET)' \
+	"GCC_FOR_TARGET=$(GCC_FOR_TARGET)" \
+	`if test x"$(LANGUAGES)" != x; then echo "LANGUAGES=$(LANGUAGES)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(STMP_FIXPROTO)" != x; then echo "STMP_FIXPROTO=$(STMP_FIXPROTO)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(LIMITS_H_TEST)" != x; then echo "LIMITS_H_TEST=$(LIMITS_H_TEST)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(LIBGCC1_TEST)" != x; then echo "LIBGCC1_TEST=$(LIBGCC1_TEST)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(LIBGCC2_CFLAGS)" != x; then echo "LIBGCC2_CFLAGS=$(LIBGCC2_CFLAGS)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS)" != x; then echo "LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS=$(LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(LIBGCC2_INCLUDES)" != x; then echo "LIBGCC2_INCLUDES=$(LIBGCC2_INCLUDES)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(ENQUIRE)" != x; then echo "ENQUIRE=$(ENQUIRE)"; fi` \
+	`if test x"$(BOOT_CFLAGS)" != x; then echo "BOOT_CFLAGS=$(BOOT_CFLAGS)"; fi`
+
+GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS = $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(EXTRA_GCC_FLAGS)
+
+# This is a list of the targets for all of the modules which are compiled
+# using $(FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+ALL_MODULES = \
+	all-apache \
+	all-autoconf \
+	all-bash \
+	all-bfd \
+	all-binutils \
+	all-byacc \
+	all-cvs \
+	all-db \
+	all-dejagnu \
+	all-diff \
+	all-dosutils \
+	all-etc \
+	all-fileutils \
+	all-findutils \
+	all-find \
+	all-flex \
+	all-gas \
+	all-gawk \
+	all-gprof \
+	all-grep \
+	all-grez \
+	all-gzip \
+	all-hello \
+	all-indent \
+	all-inet \
+	all-ispell \
+	all-itcl \
+	all-ld \
+	all-libiberty \
+	all-m4 \
+	all-make \
+	all-mmalloc \
+	all-opcodes \
+	all-patch \
+	all-perl \
+	all-prms \
+	all-rcs \
+	all-readline \
+	all-release \
+	all-recode \
+	all-sed \
+	all-send-pr \
+	all-shellutils \
+	all-sim \
+	all-sn \
+	all-tar \
+	all-tcl \
+	all-texinfo \
+	all-textutils \
+	all-tgas \
+	all-time \
+	all-uudecode \
+	all-wdiff 
+
+# This is a list of the check targets for all of the modules which are
+# compiled using $(FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+#
+# The list is in two parts.  The first lists those tools which
+# are tested as part of the host's native tool-chain, and not
+# tested in a cross configuration.
+NATIVE_CHECK_MODULES = \
+	check-byacc \
+	check-flex
+
+CROSS_CHECK_MODULES = \
+	check-apache \
+	check-autoconf \
+	check-bash \
+	check-bfd \
+	check-binutils \
+	check-cvs \
+	check-db \
+	check-dejagnu \
+	check-diff \
+	check-etc \
+	check-fileutils \
+	check-findutils \
+	check-find \
+	check-gas \
+	check-gawk \
+	check-gprof \
+	check-grep \
+	check-gzip \
+	check-hello \
+	check-indent \
+	check-inet \
+	check-ispell \
+	check-itcl \
+	check-ld \
+	check-libiberty \
+	check-m4 \
+	check-make \
+	check-mmcheckoc \
+	check-opcodes \
+	check-patch \
+	check-perl \
+	check-prms \
+	check-rcs \
+	check-readline \
+	check-recode \
+	check-sed \
+	check-send-pr \
+	check-shellutils \
+	check-sn \
+	check-sim \
+	check-tar \
+	check-tcl \
+	check-texinfo \
+	check-textutils \
+	check-tgas \
+	check-time \
+	check-uudecode \
+	check-wdiff
+
+CHECK_MODULES=$(NATIVE_CHECK_MODULES) $(CROSS_CHECK_MODULES)
+
+# This is a list of the install targets for all of the modules which are
+# compiled using $(FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+# We put install-opcodes before install-binutils because the installed
+# binutils might be on PATH, and they might need the shared opcodes
+# library.
+INSTALL_MODULES = \
+	install-apache \
+	install-autoconf \
+	install-bash \
+	install-bfd \
+	install-opcodes \
+	install-binutils \
+	install-byacc \
+	install-cvs \
+	install-db \
+	install-dejagnu \
+	install-diff \
+	install-dosutils \
+	install-etc \
+	install-fileutils \
+	install-findutils \
+	install-find \
+	install-flex \
+	install-gas \
+	install-gawk \
+	install-gprof \
+	install-grep \
+	install-grez \
+	install-gzip \
+	install-hello \
+	install-indent \
+	install-inet \
+	install-ispell \
+	install-itcl \
+	install-ld \
+	install-libiberty \
+	install-m4 \
+	install-make \
+	install-mmalloc \
+	install-patch \
+	install-perl \
+	install-prms \
+	install-rcs \
+	install-readline \
+	install-recode \
+	install-sed \
+	install-send-pr \
+	install-shellutils \
+	install-sim \
+	install-sn \
+	install-tar \
+	install-tcl \
+	install-textutils \
+	install-tgas \
+	install-time \
+	install-uudecode \
+	install-wdiff
+
+# This is a list of the targets for all of the modules which are compiled
+# using $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+ALL_X11_MODULES = \
+	all-emacs \
+	all-emacs19 \
+	all-gdb \
+	all-expect \
+	all-gash \
+	all-guile \
+	all-tclX \
+	all-tk
+
+# This is a list of the check targets for all of the modules which are
+# compiled using $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+CHECK_X11_MODULES = \
+	check-emacs \
+	check-gdb \
+	check-guile \
+	check-expect \
+	check-gash \
+	check-tclX
+
+# This is a list of the install targets for all the modules which are
+# compiled using $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+INSTALL_X11_MODULES = \
+	install-emacs \
+	install-emacs19 \
+	install-gdb \
+	install-guile \
+	install-expect \
+	install-gash \
+	install-tclX \
+	install-tk
+
+# This is a list of the targets for all of the modules which are compiled
+# using $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+ALL_TARGET_MODULES = \
+	all-target-libio \
+	all-target-libstdc++ \
+	all-target-librx \
+	all-target-libg++ \
+	all-target-newlib \
+	all-target-winsup \
+	all-target-libgloss \
+	all-target-libiberty \
+	all-target-examples
+
+# This is a list of the configure targets for all of the modules which
+# are compiled using the target tools.
+CONFIGURE_TARGET_MODULES = \
+	configure-target-libio \
+	configure-target-libstdc++ \
+	configure-target-librx \
+	configure-target-libg++ \
+	configure-target-newlib \
+	configure-target-winsup \
+	configure-target-libgloss \
+	configure-target-libiberty \
+	configure-target-examples
+
+# This is a list of the check targets for all of the modules which are
+# compiled using $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+CHECK_TARGET_MODULES = \
+	check-target-libio \
+	check-target-libstdc++ \
+	check-target-libg++ \
+	check-target-newlib \
+	check-target-winsup \
+	check-target-libiberty
+
+# This is a list of the install targets for all of the modules which are
+# compiled using $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES = \
+	install-target-libio \
+	install-target-libstdc++ \
+	install-target-libg++ \
+	install-target-newlib \
+	install-target-winsup \
+	install-target-libgloss \
+	install-target-libiberty
+
+# This is a list of the targets for which we can do a clean-{target}.
+CLEAN_MODULES = \
+	clean-apache \
+	clean-autoconf \
+	clean-bash \
+	clean-bfd \
+	clean-binutils \
+	clean-byacc \
+	clean-cvs \
+	clean-db \
+	clean-dejagnu \
+	clean-diff \
+	clean-dosutils \
+	clean-etc \
+	clean-fileutils \
+	clean-findutils \
+	clean-find \
+	clean-flex \
+	clean-gas \
+	clean-gawk \
+	clean-gprof \
+	clean-grep \
+	clean-grez \
+	clean-gzip \
+	clean-hello \
+	clean-indent \
+	clean-inet \
+	clean-ispell \
+	clean-itcl \
+	clean-ld \
+	clean-libiberty \
+	clean-m4 \
+	clean-make \
+	clean-mmalloc \
+	clean-opcodes \
+	clean-patch \
+	clean-perl \
+	clean-prms \
+	clean-rcs \
+	clean-readline \
+	clean-release \
+	clean-recode \
+	clean-sed \
+	clean-send-pr \
+	clean-shellutils \
+	clean-sim \
+	clean-sn \
+	clean-tar \
+	clean-tcl \
+	clean-texinfo \
+	clean-textutils \
+	clean-tgas \
+	clean-time \
+	clean-uudecode \
+	clean-wdiff
+
+# All of the target modules that can be cleaned
+CLEAN_TARGET_MODULES = \
+	clean-target-libio \
+	clean-target-libstdc++ \
+	clean-target-librx \
+	clean-target-libg++ \
+	clean-target-newlib \
+	clean-target-winsup \
+	clean-target-libgloss \
+	clean-target-libiberty \
+	clean-target-examples
+
+# All of the x11 modules that can be cleaned
+CLEAN_X11_MODULES = \
+	clean-emacs \
+	clean-emacs19 \
+	clean-gdb \
+	clean-expect \
+	clean-gash \
+	clean-guile \
+	clean-tclX \
+	clean-tk
+
+# The first rule in the file had better be this one.  Don't put any above it.
+all: all.normal
+.PHONY: all
+
+# The target built for a native build.
+.PHONY: all.normal
+all.normal: \
+	$(ALL_MODULES) \
+	$(ALL_TARGET_MODULES) \
+	$(ALL_X11_MODULES) \
+	all-gcc
+
+# Do a target for all the subdirectories.  A ``make do-X'' will do a
+# ``make X'' in all subdirectories (because, in general, there is a
+# dependency (below) of X upon do-X, a ``make X'' will also do this,
+# but it may do additional work as well).
+# This target ensures that $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) appears only once,
+# because it is so large that it can easily overflow the command line
+# length limit on some systems.
+DO_X = \
+	do-clean \
+	do-distclean \
+	do-dvi \
+	do-info \
+	do-install-info \
+	do-installcheck \
+	do-mostlyclean \
+	do-maintainer-clean \
+	do-TAGS
+.PHONY: $(DO_X)
+$(DO_X):
+	@target=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/^do-//'`; \
+	r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	$(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	for i in $(SUBDIRS) -dummy-; do \
+	  if [ -f ./$$i/Makefile ]; then \
+	    case $$i in \
+	    gcc) \
+	      for flag in $(EXTRA_GCC_FLAGS); do \
+		eval `echo "$$flag" | sed -e "s|^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)|\1='\2'|"`; \
+	      done; \
+	      ;; \
+	    *) \
+	      for flag in $(EXTRA_HOST_FLAGS); do \
+		eval `echo "$$flag" | sed -e "s|^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)|\1='\2'|"`; \
+	      done; \
+	      ;; \
+	    esac ; \
+	    export AR AS CC CXX NM RANLIB DLLTOOL; \
+	    if (cd ./$$i; \
+	        $(MAKE) $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) "AR=$${AR}" "AS=$${AS}" \
+			"CC=$${CC}" "CXX=$${CXX}" "NM=$${NM}" \
+			"RANLIB=$${RANLIB}" \
+			"DLLTOOL=$${DLLTOOL}" \
+			$${target}); \
+	    then true; else exit 1; fi; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	done
+	@target=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/^do-//'`; \
+	r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	$(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	for i in $(TARGET_CONFIGDIRS) -dummy-; do \
+	  if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$$i/Makefile ]; then \
+	    for flag in $(EXTRA_TARGET_FLAGS); do \
+		eval `echo "$$flag" | sed -e "s|^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)|\1='\2'|"`; \
+	    done; \
+	    export AR AS CC CXX NM RANLIB DLLTOOL; \
+	    if (cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$$i; \
+	        $(MAKE) $(BASE_FLAGS_TO_PASS) "AR=$${AR}" "AS=$${AS}" \
+			"CC=$${CC}" "CXX=$${CXX}" "NM=$${NM}" \
+			"RANLIB=$${RANLIB}" \
+			"DLLTOOL=$${DLLTOOL}" \
+			$${target}); \
+	    then true; else exit 1; fi; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	done
+
+# Here are the targets which correspond to the do-X targets.
+
+.PHONY: info installcheck dvi install-info
+.PHONY: clean distclean mostlyclean maintainer-clean realclean
+.PHONY: local-clean local-distclean local-maintainer-clean
+info: do-info
+installcheck: do-installcheck
+dvi: do-dvi
+
+# Make sure makeinfo is built before we do a `make info'.
+do-info: all-texinfo
+
+install-info: do-install-info dir.info
+	s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	if [ -f dir.info ] ; then \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) dir.info $(infodir)/dir.info ; \
+	else true ; fi
+
+local-clean:
+	-rm -f *.a TEMP errs core *.o *~ \#* TAGS *.E
+
+local-distclean:
+	-rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache
+	-if [ "$(TARGET_SUBDIR)" != "." ]; then \
+	  rm -rf $(TARGET_SUBDIR); \
+	else true; fi
+
+local-maintainer-clean:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+clean: do-clean local-clean
+mostlyclean: do-mostlyclean local-clean
+distclean: do-distclean local-clean local-distclean
+maintainer-clean: local-maintainer-clean do-maintainer-clean local-clean 
+maintainer-clean: local-distclean
+realclean: maintainer-clean
+
+# This rule is used to clean specific modules.
+.PHONY: $(CLEAN_MODULES) $(CLEAN_X11_MODULES) clean-gcc
+$(CLEAN_MODULES) $(CLEAN_X11_MODULES) clean-gcc:
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/clean-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) clean); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: $(CLEAN_TARGET_MODULES)
+$(CLEAN_TARGET_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/clean-target-//'`; \
+	rm -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out; \
+	if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}; $(MAKE) $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS) clean); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+clean-target: $(CLEAN_TARGET_MODULES)
+
+# Check target.
+
+.PHONY: check
+check: $(CHECK_MODULES) \
+	$(CHECK_TARGET_MODULES) \
+	$(CHECK_X11_MODULES) \
+	check-gcc
+
+# Installation targets.
+
+.PHONY: install uninstall source-vault binary-vault vault-install
+install: $(INSTALL_TARGET) install-info
+
+uninstall:
+	@echo "the uninstall target is not supported in this tree"
+
+source-vault:
+	$(MAKE) -f ./release/Build-A-Release \
+		host=$(host_alias) source-vault
+
+binary-vault:
+	$(MAKE) -f ./release/Build-A-Release \
+		host=$(host_alias) target=$(target_alias)
+
+vault-install:
+	@if [ -f ./release/vault-install ] ; then \
+	  ./release/vault-install $(host_alias) $(target_alias) ; \
+	else \
+	  true ; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: install.all
+install.all: install-no-fixedincludes
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ] ; then \
+		r=`pwd` ; export r ; \
+		$(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+		(cd ./gcc; \
+		$(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) install-headers) ; \
+	else \
+		true ; \
+	fi
+
+# inet-install is used because the I*Net wants DejaGNU installed but
+# not built.  Similarly, gzip is built but not installed.
+inet-install:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_MODULES="`echo $(INSTALL_MODULES) | sed -e 's/install-dejagnu//' -e 's/install-gzip//'`" install
+
+# install-no-fixedincludes is used because Cygnus can not distribute
+# the fixed header files.
+.PHONY: install-no-fixedincludes
+install-no-fixedincludes: \
+	install-dirs \
+	$(INSTALL_MODULES) \
+	$(INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES) \
+	$(INSTALL_X11_MODULES) \
+	gcc-no-fixedincludes 
+
+# Install the gcc headers files, but not the fixed include files,
+# which Cygnus is not allowed to distribute.  This rule is very
+# dependent on the workings of the gcc Makefile.in.
+.PHONY: gcc-no-fixedincludes
+gcc-no-fixedincludes:
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ]; then \
+	  rm -rf gcc/tmp-include; \
+	  mv gcc/include gcc/tmp-include 2>/dev/null; \
+	  mkdir gcc/include; \
+	  cp $(srcdir)/gcc/gsyslimits.h gcc/include/syslimits.h; \
+	  touch gcc/stmp-fixinc gcc/include/fixed; \
+	  rm -f gcc/stmp-headers gcc/stmp-int-hdrs; \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd` ; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd ./gcc; \
+	   $(MAKE) $(GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	  rm -rf gcc/include; \
+	  mv gcc/tmp-include gcc/include 2>/dev/null; \
+	else true; fi
+
+# This rule is used to build the modules which use FLAGS_TO_PASS.  To
+# build a target all-X means to cd to X and make all.
+#
+# all-gui, and all-libproc are handled specially because
+# they are still experimental, and if they fail to build, that
+# shouldn't stop "make all".
+.PHONY: $(ALL_MODULES) all-gui all-libproc
+$(ALL_MODULES) all-gui all-libproc:
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/all-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) all); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# These rules are used to check the modules which use FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target check-X means to cd to X and make check.  Some
+# modules are only tested in a native toolchain.
+
+.PHONY: $(CHECK_MODULES) $(NATIVE_CHECK_MODULES) $(CROSS_CHECK_MODULES)
+$(NATIVE_CHECK_MODULES):
+	@if [ "$(host_canonical)" = "$(target_canonical)" ] ; then \
+	  dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/check-//'`; \
+	  if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	    r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	    s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	    $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	    (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) check); \
+	  else \
+	    true; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+
+$(CROSS_CHECK_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/check-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) check); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to install the modules which use FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target install-X means to cd to X and make install.
+.PHONY: $(INSTALL_MODULES)
+$(INSTALL_MODULES): install-dirs
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/install-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to configure the modules which are built with the
+# target tools.
+.PHONY: $(CONFIGURE_TARGET_MODULES)
+$(CONFIGURE_TARGET_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/configure-target-//'`; \
+	if [ -d $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir} ]; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  $(CC_FOR_TARGET) --print-multi-lib > $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out 2> /dev/null; \
+	  if [ -s $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out ]; then \
+	    if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out ]; then \
+	      if cmp $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out > /dev/null; then \
+		rm -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out; \
+	      else \
+		echo "Multilibs changed for $${dir}, reconfiguring"; \
+		rm -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile; \
+		mv $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out; \
+	      fi; \
+	    else \
+	      mv $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/tmpmulti.out $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/multilib.out; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi; exit 0	# break command into two pieces
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/configure-target-//'`; \
+	if [ ! -d $(TARGET_SUBDIR) ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	elif [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  true; \
+	elif echo " $(TARGET_CONFIGDIRS) " | grep " $${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  if [ -d $(srcdir)/$${dir} ]; then \
+	    [ -d $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir} ] || mkdir $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir};\
+	    r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	    s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	    $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	    AR="$(AR_FOR_TARGET)"; export AR; \
+	    AS="$(AS_FOR_TARGET)"; export AS; \
+	    CC="$(CC_FOR_TARGET)"; export CC; \
+	    CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)"; export CFLAGS; \
+	    CXX="$(CXX_FOR_TARGET)"; export CXX; \
+	    CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)"; export CXXFLAGS; \
+	    DLLTOOL="$(DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET)"; export DLLTOOL; \
+	    LD="$(LD_FOR_TARGET)"; export LD; \
+            LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS_FOR_TARGET)"; export LDFLAGS; \
+	    NM="$(NM_FOR_TARGET)"; export NM; \
+	    RANLIB="$(RANLIB_FOR_TARGET)"; export RANLIB; \
+	    echo Configuring in $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}; \
+	    cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}; \
+	    case $(srcdir) in \
+	    /*) \
+	      topdir=$(srcdir) ;; \
+	    *) \
+	      case "$(TARGET_SUBDIR)" in \
+	      .) topdir="../$(srcdir)" ;; \
+	      *) topdir="../../$(srcdir)" ;; \
+	      esac ;; \
+	    esac; \
+	    if [ "$(srcdir)" = "." ] ; then \
+	      if [ "$(TARGET_SUBDIR)" != "." ] ; then \
+		if $(SHELL) $$s/symlink-tree $${topdir}/$${dir} "no-such-file" ; then \
+		  if [ -f Makefile ]; then \
+		    if $(MAKE) distclean; then \
+		      true; \
+		    else \
+		      exit 1; \
+		    fi; \
+		  else \
+		    true; \
+		  fi; \
+		else \
+		  exit 1; \
+		fi; \
+	      else \
+		true; \
+	      fi; \
+	      srcdiroption="--srcdir=."; \
+	      libsrcdir="."; \
+	    else \
+	      srcdiroption="--srcdir=$${topdir}/$${dir}"; \
+	      libsrcdir="$$s/$${dir}"; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if [ -f $${libsrcdir}/configure ] ; then \
+	      $(SHELL) $${libsrcdir}/configure \
+		$(CONFIG_ARGUMENTS) $${srcdiroption} \
+		--with-target-subdir="$(TARGET_SUBDIR)"; \
+	    else \
+	      $(SHELL) $$s/configure \
+		$(CONFIG_ARGUMENTS) $${srcdiroption} \
+		--with-target-subdir="$(TARGET_SUBDIR)"; \
+	    fi; \
+	  else \
+	    true; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to build the modules which use TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target all-X means to cd to X and make all.
+.PHONY: $(ALL_TARGET_MODULES)
+$(ALL_TARGET_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/all-target-//'`; \
+	if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}; $(MAKE) $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS) all); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to check the modules which use TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target install-X means to cd to X and make install.
+.PHONY: $(CHECK_TARGET_MODULES)
+$(CHECK_TARGET_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/check-target-//'`; \
+	if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir};$(MAKE) $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS) check);\
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to install the modules which use
+# TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS.  To build a target install-X means to cd to X
+# and make install.
+.PHONY: $(INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES)
+$(INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES): install-dirs
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/install-target-//'`; \
+	if [ -f $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $(TARGET_SUBDIR)/$${dir}; \
+	    $(MAKE) $(TARGET_FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to build the modules which use X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target all-X means to cd to X and make all.
+.PHONY: $(ALL_X11_MODULES)
+$(ALL_X11_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/all-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; \
+	   $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS) all); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to check the modules which use X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target check-X means to cd to X and make all.
+.PHONY: $(CHECK_X11_MODULES)
+$(CHECK_X11_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/check-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; \
+	   $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS) check); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# This rule is used to install the modules which use X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target install-X means to cd to X and make install.
+.PHONY: $(INSTALL_X11_MODULES)
+$(INSTALL_X11_MODULES):
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/install-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; \
+	   $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(X11_FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+# gcc is the only module which uses GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+.PHONY: all-gcc
+all-gcc:
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd gcc; $(MAKE) $(GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS) all); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: all-bootstrap
+all-bootstrap:
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd gcc; $(MAKE) $(GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS) bootstrap); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: check-gcc
+check-gcc:
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd gcc; $(MAKE) $(GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS) check); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: install-gcc
+install-gcc:
+	@if [ -f ./gcc/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd gcc; $(MAKE) $(GCC_FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+
+# EXPERIMENTAL STUFF
+# This rule is used to install the modules which use FLAGS_TO_PASS.
+# To build a target install-X means to cd to X and make install.
+.PHONY: install-dosrel
+install-dosrel: install-dirs info
+	@dir=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/install-//'`; \
+	if [ -f ./$${dir}/Makefile ] ; then \
+	  r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	  s=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`; export s; \
+	  $(SET_LIB_PATH) \
+	  (cd $${dir}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) install); \
+	else \
+	  true; \
+	fi
+
+install-dosrel-fake:
+
+
+# This is a list of inter-dependencies among modules.
+all-apache:
+all-autoconf: all-m4
+all-bash:
+all-bfd:
+all-binutils: all-libiberty all-opcodes all-bfd all-flex all-byacc
+all-byacc:
+all-cvs:
+all-db:
+all-dejagnu: all-tcl all-expect all-tk
+all-diff: all-libiberty
+all-emacs:
+all-emacs19: all-byacc
+all-etc:
+configure-target-examples: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-examples: configure-target-examples
+all-expect: all-tcl all-tk
+all-fileutils: all-libiberty
+all-findutils:
+all-find:
+all-flex: all-libiberty all-byacc
+all-gas: all-libiberty all-opcodes all-bfd
+all-gash: all-tcl
+all-gawk:
+ALL_GCC = all-gcc
+all-gcc: all-libiberty all-byacc all-binutils all-gas all-ld
+all-bootstrap: all-libiberty all-byacc all-binutils all-gas all-ld
+GDB_TK = all-tk all-tcl
+all-gdb: all-libiberty all-opcodes all-bfd all-mmalloc all-readline all-byacc all-sim $(gdbnlmrequirements) $(GDB_TK)
+all-gprof: all-libiberty all-bfd all-opcodes
+all-grep: all-libiberty
+all-grez: all-libiberty all-bfd all-opcodes
+all-gui: all-gdb all-libproc all-target-librx
+all-guile:
+all-gzip: all-libiberty
+all-hello: all-libiberty
+all-indent:
+all-inet: all-tcl all-send-pr all-perl
+all-ispell: all-emacs19
+all-itcl: all-tcl all-tk
+all-ld: all-libiberty all-bfd all-opcodes all-byacc all-flex
+configure-target-libg++: $(ALL_GCC) configure-target-librx
+all-target-libg++: configure-target-libg++ all-gas all-ld all-gcc all-target-libiberty all-target-newlib all-target-libio all-target-librx all-target-libstdc++
+configure-target-libgloss: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-libgloss: configure-target-libgloss configure-target-newlib
+configure-target-libio: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-libio: configure-target-libio all-gas all-ld all-gcc all-target-libiberty all-target-newlib
+all-libiberty:
+configure-target-librx: $(ALL_GCC) configure-target-newlib
+all-target-librx: configure-target-librx
+configure-target-libstdc++: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-libstdc++: configure-target-libstdc++ all-gas all-ld all-gcc all-target-libiberty all-target-newlib all-target-libio
+all-m4: all-libiberty
+all-make: all-libiberty
+all-mmalloc:
+configure-target-newlib: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-newlib: configure-target-newlib all-binutils all-gas all-gcc
+all-opcodes: all-bfd all-libiberty
+all-patch: all-libiberty
+all-perl:
+all-prms: all-libiberty
+all-rcs:
+all-readline:
+all-recode: all-libiberty
+all-sed: all-libiberty
+all-send-pr: all-prms
+all-shellutils:
+all-sim: all-libiberty all-bfd all-opcodes
+all-sn: all-tcl all-tk all-itcl all-db
+all-tar: all-libiberty
+all-tcl:
+all-tclX: all-tcl all-tk
+all-tk: all-tcl
+all-texinfo: all-libiberty
+all-textutils:
+all-tgas: all-libiberty all-bfd all-opcodes
+all-time:
+all-wdiff:
+all-target-winsup: all-target-newlib all-target-libiberty all-target-librx all-target-libio configure-target-winsup 
+configure-target-winsup: configure-target-newlib
+all-uudecode: all-libiberty
+configure-target-libiberty: $(ALL_GCC)
+all-target-libiberty: configure-target-libiberty all-gcc all-ld all-target-newlib
+all-target: $(ALL_TARGET_MODULES)
+install-target: $(INSTALL_TARGET_MODULES)
+
+### other supporting targets
+
+MAKEDIRS= \
+	$(prefix) \
+	$(exec_prefix)
+.PHONY: install-dirs
+install-dirs:
+	@for i in .. $(MAKEDIRS) ; do \
+	    if [ x$$i != x.. ]; then \
+		echo Making $$i... ; \
+		parent=`echo $$i | sed -e 's@/[^/]*$$@@' | sed -e 's@^$$@/@'`; \
+		if [ -d $$parent ] ; then true ; else mkdir $$parent ; fi ; \
+		if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \
+			if mkdir $$i ; then \
+				true ; \
+			else \
+				exit 1 ; \
+			fi ; \
+		else \
+			true ; \
+		fi ; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	done
+
+dir.info: do-install-info
+	if [ -f $(srcdir)/texinfo/gen-info-dir ] ; then \
+	  $(srcdir)/texinfo/gen-info-dir $(infodir) $(srcdir)/texinfo/dir.info-template > dir.info.new ; \
+	  mv -f dir.info.new dir.info ; \
+	else true ; \
+	fi
+
+dist:
+	@echo "Building a full distribution of this tree isn't done"
+	@echo "via 'make dist'.  Check out the etc/ subdirectory" 
+
+etags tags: TAGS
+
+# Right now this just builds TAGS in each subdirectory.  emacs19 has the
+# ability to use several tags files at once, so there is probably no need
+# to combine them into one big TAGS file (like CVS 1.3 does).  We could
+# (if we felt like it) have this Makefile write a piece of elisp which
+# the user could load to tell emacs19 where all the TAGS files we just
+# built are.
+TAGS: do-TAGS
+
+# with the gnu make, this is done automatically.
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in configure.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+#
+# Support for building net releases
+
+# Files in devo used in any net release.
+# ChangeLog omitted because it may refer to files which are not in this
+# distribution (perhaps it would be better to include it anyway).
+DEVO_SUPPORT= README Makefile.in configure configure.in \
+	config.guess config.sub config move-if-change \
+	mpw-README mpw-build.in mpw-config.in mpw-configure mpw-install \
+	COPYING COPYING.LIB install.sh config-ml.in symlink-tree
+
+# Files in devo/etc used in any net release.
+# ChangeLog omitted because it may refer to files which are not in this
+# distribution (perhaps it would be better to include it anyway).
+ETC_SUPPORT= Makefile.in cfg-paper.texi configure configure.in configure.man \
+	configure.texi standards.texi make-stds.texi \
+	configure.info* standards.info* cfg-paper.info*
+
+# When you use `make setup-dirs' or `make taz' you should always redefine
+# this macro.
+SUPPORT_FILES = list-of-support-files-for-tool-in-question
+# Files where "byacc" (Cygnus version) should be changed to "bison -y" (FSF).
+DISTBISONFILES= binutils/Makefile.in gas/Makefile.in gdb/Makefile.in ld/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: taz
+
+taz: $(DEVO_SUPPORT) $(SUPPORT_FILES) \
+  texinfo/texinfo.tex texinfo/gpl.texinfo texinfo/lgpl.texinfo
+	# Make sure "diststuff" files get built properly.
+	for f in $(DISTBISONFILES) ; do \
+	  if [ -r $$f ]; then \
+	    sed '/^BISON *=.*$$/s/.*/BISON = bison -y/' <$$f >tmp ; \
+	    mv -f tmp $$f ; \
+	  else true; fi ; \
+	done
+	# Take out texinfo from a few places; make simple BISON=bison line.
+	sed -e '/^all\.normal: /s/\all-texinfo //' \
+	    -e '/^	install-texinfo /d' \
+	    -e '/^BISON = `if/,/^$$/d' \
+	    -e '/^# BISON:/s/.*/BISON = bison -y/' \
+	<Makefile.in >tmp
+	mv -f tmp Makefile.in
+	#
+	./configure sun4
+	[ -z "$(CONFIGURE_TARGET_MODULES)" ] \
+	  || $(MAKE) $(CONFIGURE_TARGET_MODULES) ALL_GCC="" \
+	    CC_FOR_TARGET="$(CC)" CXX_FOR_TARGET="$(CXX)"
+	# Make links, and run "make diststuff" or "make info" when needed.
+	rm -rf proto-toplev ; mkdir proto-toplev
+	set -e ; dirs="$(TOOL) $(DEVO_SUPPORT) $(SUPPORT_FILES)" ; \
+	for d in $$dirs ; do \
+	  if [ -d $$d ]; then \
+	    if [ ! -f $$d/Makefile ] ; then true ; \
+	    elif grep '^diststuff:' $$d/Makefile >/dev/null ; then \
+		(cd $$d ; $(MAKE) diststuff ) || exit 1 ; \
+	    elif grep '^info:' $$d/Makefile >/dev/null ; then \
+	        (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) info ) || exit 1 ; \
+	    fi ; \
+	    if [ -d $$d/proto-$$d.dir ]; then \
+	      ln -s ../$$d/proto-$$d.dir proto-toplev/$$d ; \
+	    else \
+	      ln -s ../$$d proto-toplev/$$d ; \
+	    fi ; \
+	  else ln -s ../$$d proto-toplev/$$d ; fi ; \
+	done
+	cd etc ; $(MAKE) info
+	$(MAKE) distclean
+	#
+	mkdir proto-toplev/etc
+	(cd proto-toplev/etc; \
+	 for i in $(ETC_SUPPORT); do \
+		ln -s ../../etc/$$i . ; \
+	 done)
+	#
+	# Take out texinfo from configurable dirs
+	rm proto-toplev/configure.in
+	sed -e '/^host_tools=/s/texinfo //' \
+	    <configure.in >proto-toplev/configure.in
+	#
+	mkdir proto-toplev/texinfo
+	ln -s ../../texinfo/texinfo.tex		proto-toplev/texinfo/
+	ln -s ../../texinfo/gpl.texinfo		proto-toplev/texinfo/
+	ln -s ../../texinfo/lgpl.texinfo	proto-toplev/texinfo/
+	if test -r texinfo/util/tex3patch ; then \
+	  mkdir proto-toplev/texinfo/util && \
+	  ln -s ../../../texinfo/util/tex3patch	proto-toplev/texinfo/util ; \
+	else true; fi
+	chmod og=u `find . -print`
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in do-tar-gz TOOL=$(TOOL) \
+		VER=`sed <$(TOOL)/Makefile.in -n 's/^VERSION *= *//p'`
+
+do-tar-gz:
+	echo "==> Making $(TOOL)-$(VER).tar.gz"
+	-rm -f $(TOOL)-$(VER)
+	ln -s proto-toplev $(TOOL)-$(VER)
+	tar cfh $(TOOL)-$(VER).tar $(TOOL)-$(VER)
+	$(GZIPPROG) -v -9 $(TOOL)-$(VER).tar
+
+TEXINFO_SUPPORT= texinfo/texinfo.tex texinfo/gpl.texinfo texinfo/lgpl.texinfo
+DIST_SUPPORT= $(DEVO_SUPPORT) $(TEXINFO_SUPPORT)
+
+.PHONY: gas.tar.gz
+GAS_SUPPORT_DIRS= bfd include libiberty opcodes setup.com makefile.vms
+gas.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(GAS_SUPPORT_DIRS) gas
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=gas \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(GAS_SUPPORT_DIRS)"
+
+# The FSF "binutils" release includes gprof and ld.
+.PHONY: binutils.tar.gz
+BINUTILS_SUPPORT_DIRS= bfd gas include libiberty opcodes ld gprof setup.com makefile.vms
+binutils.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(BINUTILS_SUPPORT_DIRS) binutils
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=binutils \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(BINUTILS_SUPPORT_DIRS) makeall.bat configure.bat"
+
+.PHONY: gas+binutils.tar.gz
+GASB_SUPPORT_DIRS= $(GAS_SUPPORT_DIRS) binutils ld gprof
+gas+binutils.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(GASB_SUPPORT_DIRS) gas
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=gas \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(GASB_SUPPORT_DIRS) makeall.bat configure.bat"
+
+.PHONY: libg++.tar.gz
+LIBGXX_SUPPORT_DIRS=include libstdc++ libio librx libiberty
+libg++.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) libg++
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=libg++ \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(LIBGXX_SUPPORT_DIRS)"
+
+GNATS_SUPPORT_DIRS=include libiberty send-pr
+gnats.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(GNATS_SUPPORT_DIRS) gnats
+	$(MAKE) -f  Makefile.in taz TOOL=gnats \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(GNATS_SUPPORT_DIRS)"
+
+.PHONY: gdb.tar.gz
+GDB_SUPPORT_DIRS= bfd include libiberty mmalloc opcodes readline sim utils
+GDBTK_SUPPORT_DIRS= `if [ -d tcl -a -d tk ] ; then echo tcl tk ; fi`
+gdb.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(GDB_SUPPORT_DIRS) gdb
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=gdb \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(GDB_SUPPORT_DIRS) $(GDBTK_SUPPORT_DIRS)"
+
+.PHONY: newlib.tar.gz
+NEWLIB_SUPPORT_DIRS=libgloss
+# taz configures for the sun4 target which won't configure newlib.
+# We need newlib configured so that the .info files are made.
+# Unfortunately, it is not enough to just configure newlib separately:
+# taz will build the .info files but since SUBDIRS won't contain newlib,
+# distclean won't be run (leaving Makefile, config.status, and the tmp files
+# used in building the .info files, eg: *.def, *.ref).
+# The problem isn't solvable however without a lot of extra work because
+# target libraries are built in subdir $(target_alias) which gets nuked during
+# the make distclean.  For now punt on the issue of shipping newlib info files
+# with newlib net releases and wait for a day when some native target (sun4?)
+# supports newlib (if only minimally).
+newlib.tar.gz: $(DIST_SUPPORT) $(NEWLIB_SUPPORT_DIRS) newlib
+	$(MAKE) -f Makefile.in taz TOOL=newlib \
+		SUPPORT_FILES="$(NEWLIB_SUPPORT_DIRS)" \
+		DEVO_SUPPORT="$(DEVO_SUPPORT) COPYING.NEWLIB" newlib
+
+.NOEXPORT:
+MAKEOVERRIDES=
+
+
+# end of Makefile.in
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/README b/contrib/binutils/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05ee85b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/README
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+		   README for GNU development tools
+
+This directory contains various GNU compilers, assemblers, linkers, 
+debuggers, etc., plus their support routines, definitions, and documentation.
+
+If you are receiving this as part of a GDB release, see the file gdb/README.
+If with a binutils release, see binutils/README;  if with a libg++ release,
+see libg++/README, etc.  That'll give you info about this
+package -- supported targets, how to use it, how to report bugs, etc.
+
+It is now possible to automatically configure and build a variety of
+tools with one command.  To build all of the tools contained herein,
+run the ``configure'' script here, e.g.:
+
+	./configure 
+	make
+
+To install them (by default in /usr/local/bin, /usr/local/lib, etc),
+then do:
+	make install
+
+(If the configure script can't determine your type of computer, give it
+the name as an argument, for instance ``./configure sun4''.  You can
+use the script ``config.sub'' to test whether a name is recognized; if
+it is, config.sub translates it to a triplet specifying CPU, vendor,
+and OS.)
+
+If you have more than one compiler on your system, it is often best to
+explicitly set CC in the environment before running configure, and to
+also set CC when running make.  For example (assuming sh/bash/ksh):
+
+	CC=gcc ./configure
+	make CC=gcc
+
+A similar example using csh:
+
+	setenv CC gcc
+	./configure
+	make CC=gcc
+
+See etc/cfg-paper.texi, etc/configure.texi, and/or the README files in
+various subdirectories, for more details.
+
+Much of the code and documentation enclosed is copyright by
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc.  See the file COPYING or
+COPYING.LIB in the various directories, for a description of the
+GNU General Public License terms under which you can copy the files.
+
+REPORTING BUGS: Again, see gdb/README, binutils/README, etc., for info
+on where and how to report problems.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2f04ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,6958 @@
+Fri May 16 12:10:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't decrease the
+ 	alignment of a common symbol.  If two symbols that look like
+ 	common symbols are found in two shared libraries, and the size is
+ 	different, use the larger size, and warn if --warn-common.  If a
+	common symbol overrides a definition in a shared library, set the
+	size to the larger size, and warn if --warn-common.
+
+Thu May 15 16:40:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Force ELF symbol size
+	to common symbol size.  Consistently treat uninitialized symbols
+	in shared objects as common symbols.
+
+Tue May 13 10:42:41 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* VERSION: Set to 2.8.1.
+
+Fri May  9 17:40:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Change #if 0 around uses of host_aout_vec to #if
+	HAVE_host_aout_vec.
+
+Mon May  5 18:18:45 1997  Philip Blundell  <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>
+
+	* config.bfd: cope with '*-*-linux-gnuaout' targets.
+
+Thu May  1 11:31:12 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targmatch.sed: Add explicit \n characters to work around bug in
+	HP/UX 10.20 sed program.
+
+Wed Apr 30 12:27:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (copy_private_bfd_data): Cast csecs to avoid sign
+	extension problems.
+
+Tue Apr 22 12:06:08 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (do_maintainer_clean): Don't remove bfd-in2.h.
+
+Mon Apr 21 11:21:31 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c: Follow the last changes in elf32-i386.c:
+	(struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied, struct
+	elf_m68k_link_hash_entry, struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table,
+	elf_m68k_link_hash_traverse, elf_m68k_hash_table,
+	elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc, elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create,
+	elf_m68k_discard_copies, bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create):
+	New definitions.
+	(elf_m68k_check_relocs): If linking with -Bsymbolic, don't copy
+	PC relative relocs for a global symbol defined in a regular
+	object, and count the number of PC relative relocs copied for any
+	global symbol.
+	(elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections): If linking with -Bsymbolic,
+	traverse with elf_m68k_discard_copies.
+
+Sat Apr 19 22:50:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_check_relocs): Only count PC relative
+	relocs.  From Jamie Lokier <jamie@rebellion.co.uk>.
+
+Thu Apr 17 13:46:56 1997  Per Fogelstrom  <pefo@openbsd.org>
+
+	* configure.host (mips*-*-openbsd*): New target.
+
+Thu Apr 17 11:10:54 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Only subtract the
+	section VMA from the symbol value if this is a fully linked file.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied): Define.
+	(struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry): Define.
+	(struct elf_i386_link_hash_table): Define.
+	(elf_i386_link_hash_traverse): Define.
+	(elf_i386_hash_table): Define.
+	(elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc): New static function.
+	(elf_i386_link_hash_table_create): New static function.
+	(elf_i386_check_relocs): If linking with -Bsymbolic, don't copy
+	PC relative relocs for a global symbol defined in a regular
+	object, and count the number of PC relative relocs copied for any
+	global symbol.
+	(elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections): If linking with -Bsymbolic,
+	traverse with elf_i386_discard_copies.
+	(elf_i386_discard_copies): New static function.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create): Define.
+
+	From Gordon W. Ross <gwr@mc.com>:
+	* aoutf1.h (MY_entry_is_text_address): Define if not defined.
+	(sunos4_aout_backend): Use MY_entry_is_text_address.
+
+Wed Apr 16 14:02:29 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Gordon W. Ross <gwr@mc.com>:
+	* netbsd.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define.
+	(SEGMENT_SIZE): Don't define.
+	* m68knetbsd.c (SEGMENT_SIZE): Don't define (revert change of
+	April 11).
+	* sparcnetbsd.c (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE): Define as 0x2000.
+	(SEGMENT_SIZE): Don't define.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Set .rela.bss size
+	to sizeof Rela structure, not sizeof Rel structure.  From Gary
+	Thomas <g.thomas@opengroup.org>.
+
+Tue Apr 15 11:50:37 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aout-target.h (MY(callback)): If entry_is_text_address, adjust
+	whenever entry is larger than text address, but only by whole
+	pages.  From Gordon W. Ross <gwr@mc.com>.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't call check_relocs
+	if this is a debugging section which we are stripping.
+
+Mon Apr 14 12:39:30 1997  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_object_p): Allocate the
+	alpha-specific target data struct.
+
+Mon Apr 14 11:45:46 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+	* Makefile.in: Always use $(SHELL) when running move-if-change.
+	* configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr 11 15:43:24 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Only subtract the section
+	VMA if this is an executable file or a shared object.
+
+	* targets.c (netbsd_core_vec): Declare.  From Gordon W. Ross
+	<gwr@mc.com>.
+
+	* libaout.h (struct aout_backend_data): Add entry_is_text_address
+	field.
+	* aout-target.h (SEGMENT_SIZE): Define to TARGET_PAGE_SIZE at the
+	start of the file.  Remove uses later on which switch using
+	ifdef.
+	(MY(callback)): Handle entry_is_text_address.
+	(MY_entry_is_text_address): Define if not defined.
+	(MY(backend_data)): Initialize new field.
+	* aoutf1.h (sunos4_aout_backend): Likewise.
+	* i386aout.c (MY(backend_data)): Likewise.
+	* i386mach3.c (MY(backend_data)): Likewise.
+	* mipsbsd.c (MY(backend_data)): Likewise.
+	* sparclynx.c (sparclynx_aout_backend): Likewise.
+	* netbsd.h (SEGMENT_SIZE): Define if not defined.
+	(MY_entry_is_text_address): Define.
+	* m68knetbsd.c (SEGMENT_SIZE): Define as 0x20000.
+
+Fri Apr 11 11:57:15 1997  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	* config.bfd: (i[3456]86-*-openbsd*, m68*-*-openbsd*,
+	mips*el*-*-openbsd*, mips*-*-openbsd*, ns32k-*-openbsd*,
+	powerpc-*-*bsd*, sparc-*-openbsd*): New targets.
+	* configure.in (i[3456]86-*-openbsd*, mips*-*-openbsd*,
+	m68*-*-openbsd*, ns32k-*-openbsd*, powerpc-*-*bsd*,
+	sparc-*-openbsd*): New targets.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Apr  8 18:09:29 1997  Jamie Lokier  <jamie@rebellion.co.uk>
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_section_info): New field
+	`cumulative_skips'.
+	(_bfd_link_section_stabs): Fill the above array.
+	(_bfd_stab_section_offset): Use `cumulative_skips' to
+	speed up offset calculation.
+
+Mon Apr  7 16:47:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Set SHLIB_LIBS.
+	* configure.in: Substitute SHLIB_LIBS.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (SHLIB_LIBS): New variable.
+	($(SHLIB)): Use $(SHLIB_LIBS).
+
+Fri Apr  4 11:37:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Update file names for bfd_elf32_mn10[23]00_vec.
+	Correct CPU file names for mn10[23]00.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* bfd.c (bfd_record_phdr): Cast count to size_t before
+	subtraction.
+
+	* ppcboot.c (ppcboot_set_arch_mach): Make static.
+	(ppcboot_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+
+Thu Apr  3 11:51:54 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* VERSION: Set to 2.8.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs):  Don't check SEC_ALLOC when
+	deciding whether to copy a reloc into a shared object.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.  Relocate R_PPC_RELATIVE
+	relocs in unallocated sections.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Relocate
+	R_SPARC_RELATIVE relocs in unallocated sections.
+
+Wed Apr  2 16:19:41 1997  Mike Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Undo March 26 change and
+	always create got section so that the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ label
+	is always created.
+
+Wed Apr  2 10:49:07 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Let a common symbol
+	override an uninitialized symbol from a shared library with a
+	smaller size.
+
+	* elf-m10200.c: Rename from elf32-mn10200.c.
+	* elf-m10300.c: Rename from elf32-mn10300.c.
+	* cpu-m10200.c: Rename from cpu-mn10200.c
+	* cpu-m10300.c: Rename from cpu-mn10300.c
+	* Makefile.in: Update accordingly.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (elf_mips_ctor64_howto): New static variable.
+	(elf_mips_isa): Move to earlier in file.
+	(mips_reloc_map): Remove BFD_RELOC_CTOR entry.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Handle BFD_RELOC_CTOR
+	specially.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips16_jump_reloc): Print a warning rather than
+	calling abort.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:18:05 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* configure.com: New file.
+	* config.h-vms: Remove file.
+	* makefile.vms: Update for new configure scheme.
+
+Mon Mar 31 23:28:39 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (ppc_allocate_toc_section): Declare.
+	(ppc_process_before_allocation): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_mkobject_hook): Declare if not a macro.
+
+Mon Mar 31 16:29:50 1997  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+        * config.bfd (hppa*-*-rtems*): New target, like hppa-*-*elf*.
+
+Mon Mar 31 16:11:35 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-a29k.c (coff_a29k_relocate_section): Don't use symndx as a
+	symbol index for a R_IHCONST reloc.
+
+Mon Mar 31 15:40:59 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* targmatch.sed: Do not use \(\) recursively.
+
+Fri Mar 28 14:44:08 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* m68klinux.c (MACHTYPE_OK): Define.
+	* i386linux.c (MACHTYPE_OK): Define.
+
+Fri Mar 28 11:56:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From David S. Miller <davem@caip.rutgers.edu> and H.J. Lu
+	<hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>:
+	* sparclinux.c: New file.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_sparclinux_size_dynamic_sections): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* config.bfd (sparc-*-linuxaout*, sparc-*-linux*): New targets.
+	* configure.in (sparclinux_vec): Add to list of vectors.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* targets.c (sparclinux_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add sparclinux_vec.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add sparclinux.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add sparclinux.c.
+
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize new
+	bfd_coff_backend_data field.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+
+	* config.bfd: Add bfd_elf64_{big,little}mips_vec to targ_selvecs
+	for mips*el*-*-linux* and mips*-*-linux*.  From H.J. Lu
+	<hjl@lucon.org> and Ralf Baechle <ralf@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+	* bfd.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+	(strerror): Don't declare.
+	(bfd_errmsg): Call xstrerror rather than strerror.
+
+Thu Mar 27 12:55:42 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Generate a COPY
+	reloc even if the symbol is in the .bss section.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Likewise.
+
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Add new field
+	_bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power.
+	(bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power): Define.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Initialize new field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_add_symbols): Limit alignment of a common
+	symbol to the default section alignment.
+
+	* COPYING: Update FSF address.
+
+Wed Mar 26 14:50:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): Don't set
+	bss_section and rel_section from existing sections.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Only create the got section
+	if it is needed.
+
+Tue Mar 25 22:26:56 1997  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aoutx.h (some_aout_object_p):  Change executable test to fix
+	problems with embedded a.out systems.
+
+Tue Mar 25 14:35:37 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (_bfd_stab_section_offset): New function.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_stab_section_offset): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_relocate_section): Adjust the offset of a
+	stab reloc.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+	* stabs.c (_bfd_link_section_stabs): Copy over the first header
+	symbol.  Check for memory allocation failure of *psinfo.
+	(_bfd_write_section_stabs): Add psinfo parameter.  Change all
+	callers.  Set the value of the header symbol.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_write_section_stabs): Update declaration.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Mar 24 13:41:00 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targmatch.sed: Use the hold space to put the #ifdef around the
+	the string constant.
+	* targets.c (UNSUPPORTED_TARGET): Don't define.
+	(find_target): Don't check for UNSUPPORTED_TARGET.
+	(bfd_set_default_target): Don't try to optimize by checking for
+	default.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32r.c.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32r.c.
+	(elf32-m32r.o): Remove explicit target.
+
+	* config.bfd: Don't set targ_underscore for i[3456]86-*-gnu* or
+	i[3456]86-*-linux*.
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_size_dynamic_sections): Don't
+	count section symbols for sections that were created by the
+	linker, or are not allocatable or not loadable.
+	(elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_sections): Output output section
+	symbols for section for which we made space for them.
+
+Fri Mar 21 13:08:26 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_size_dynamic_sections): If there is
+	no .rela.plt section, don't output a DT_PLTGOT dynamic entry.
+
+Fri Mar 21 12:36:46 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (m32r_elf_howto_table): Use special function for LO16.
+	(m32r_hi16_list): New static local.
+	(m32r_elf_hi16_reloc): Don't perform reloc, just queue it up.
+	(m32r_elf_do_hi16_reloc): Delete.
+	(m32r_elf_relocate_hi16): New function.
+	(m32r_elf_lo16_reloc): New function.
+	(m32r_elf_relocate_section): For HI16 relocs, scan for corresponding
+	LO16 reloc.
+
+	Mon Mar 10 16:03:31 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (m32r_elf_create_linker_section): Delete.
+	(m32r_elf_add_symbol_hook): Rewrite _SDA_BASE_ support.
+	(m32r_elf_final_sda_base): New function.
+	(m32r_elf_relocate_section): Rewrite sdata support.
+	(m32r_elf_finish_dynamic_sections): Delete.
+
+Thu Mar 20 12:39:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>.
+	* coff-svm68k.c: New file.  Just defines some macros and includes
+	coff-m68k.c.
+	* coff-m68k.c: Add functions to handle common addends, moved in
+	from cf-m68klynx.c.  Control them using COFF_COMMON_ADDEND macro.
+	Control whether relocs are visible using STATIC_RELOCS.
+	* cf-m68klynx.c: Simplify greatly: just define macros to control
+	coff-m68k.c.
+	* coff-aux.c: Likewise.  Just leave add_one_symbol routine.
+	* targets. (m68ksysvcoff_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add m68ksysvcoff_vec.
+	* config.bfd (m68*-motorola-sysv*): New target.
+	* configure.in (m68ksysvcoff_vec): New vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add coff-svm68k.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add coff-svm68k.c.
+
+	* binary.c (binary_set_section_contents): Don't get misled if the
+ 	first section is not loadable.  From Matthew L. Martin
+ 	<mlm@xedia.com>.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_bfd_final_link): Set the value of a section
+	symbol to the section address unless doing a relocateable link.
+
+Tue Mar 18 23:03:17 1997  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Don't create
+	.plt entry if we've taken the function's address.
+	(elf64_alpha_merge_gots): Merge collected flags info as well.
+
+Tue Mar 18 22:40:09 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* Many files: Add function prototypes.
+	* cpu-m68k.c (bfd_default_scan_num_mach): Don't declare.
+	* ecofflink.c: Include "libcoff.h" and "libecoff.h".
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_fake_sections): Make static.
+	* opncls.c (bfd_openstreamr): Change stream parameter to PTR.
+	* peicode.h: Change several void * parameters to PTR.
+	* srec.c (srec_get_symbol_info): Make static.
+	* syms.c (bfd_symbol_is_absolute): Remove.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Tue Mar 18 12:58:08 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (m32r_elf_is_local_label_name): Remove.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label): Don't define.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Call bfd_malloc rather
+	than malloc.
+
+Mon Mar 17 11:32:53 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd-in.h: Don't include obstack.h.
+	(struct bfd_hash_table): Change memory field to PTR.
+	* bfd.c (struct _bfd): Change memory field to PTR.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_release): Declare as function, don't define as
+	macro.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* opncls.c: Include "objalloc.h" rather than "obstack.h".  Use
+	objalloc routines rather than obstack routines.
+	(obstack_chunk_alloc, obstack_chunk_free): Don't define.
+	(getpagesize): Don't define.
+	(_bfd_new_bfd): Don't set _bfd_chunksize.
+	(bfd_openr): Free new bfd and objalloc on failure.
+	(bfd_fdopenr, bfd_openstreamr, bfd_openw): Likewise.
+	(bfd_alloc_size): Remove.
+	(bfd_release): New function.
+	* hash.c: Include "objalloc.h" rather than "obstack.h".  Use
+	objalloc routines rather than obstack routines.
+	(obstack_chunk_alloc, obstack_chunk_free): Don't define.
+	* ecofflink.c: Include "objalloc.h" rather than "obstack.h".  Use
+	objalloc routines rather than obstack routines.
+	(obstack_chunk_alloc, obstack_chunk_free): Don't define.
+	(struct accumulate): Change memory to struct objalloc *.
+	* liboasys.h (oasys_data_type): Remove oasys_obstack field.
+	* dep-in.sed: Don't remove obstack.h from dependency list.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD_H_DEPS): Remove obstack.h.
+	(install): Don't install obstack.h.
+	* Many files: Don't include "obstack.h".
+	* VERSION: Bump.
+
+	* opncls.c (bfd_alloc_grow, bfd_alloc_finish): Remove.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_alloc_grow, bfd_alloc_finish): Don't declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_archive_p): Rewrite to not use bfd_alloc_grow.
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Likewise.
+	* srec.c (srec_scan): Rewrite to not use obstack_1grow.
+
+	* opncls.c (bfd_alloc): Rename from bfd_alloc_by_size_t.  Remove
+	old version of bfd_alloc.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_alloc_by_size_t): Don't declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* Several files: Call bfd_alloc rather than bfd_alloc_by_size_t.
+
+Sat Mar 15 15:24:18 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_is_local_label_name): Accept the generic
+	ELF local label syntax as well.
+
+Sat Mar 15 10:16:42 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (powerpc-*-beos*): New target.
+	* configure.in (powerpc-*-beos*): Add case that explicitly
+	does not set COREFILE for now.  A future BeOS version is
+	expected to support core files.
+	* configure: Regenerate with autoconf.
+
+Fri Mar 14 16:43:22 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_check_relocs): Give an error if CALL16 is
+ 	seen with a local symbol, rather than crashing.
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Don't try to read the
+	version symbols if there aren't any.
+
+Thu Mar 13 14:08:53 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't warn about type
+	or size changes because of a weak symbol.
+
+	* cisco-core.c (SIGEMT): Define if not defined.
+
+Wed Mar 12 21:36:05 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Use extsymoff when
+	setting ever.  Sanity check the version number.  Sort out copying
+	flags and other information when adding an indirect symbol.
+	(NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Preserve any dynamic
+	symbols added by the backend.  Clear the entire contents of the
+	versym section.
+	(elf_export_symbol): Ignore indirect symbols.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Accept a section without an owner in an
+	assert.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Add a sanity check on the
+	version count.  Correct the allocation of x_versymp.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_add_symbol_hook): Don't set the owner of
+	the magic sections used for SHN_MIPS_TEXT and SHN_MIPS_DATA.
+	Don't return bfd_und_section_ptr when info->shared.
+	(mips_elf_final_link): Set the alignment of .rtproc to 4, not 12.
+	(mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Correct type: ^= for &=.
+	(mips_elf_check_relocs): Resolve an indirect symbol in
+	sym_hashes.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Don't change SHN_ABS into
+	SHN_MIPS_TEXT or SHN_MIPS_DATA.
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_print_symbol): Tweak version output slightly.
+
+Tue Mar 11 01:38:36 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* elf-bfd.h (ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL): Define.
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_print_symbol): Correct errors in last change.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Handle cases in which a
+	versioned symbol appears in both a regular and a shared object.
+	(elf_link_assign_sym_version): Set ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL when
+	appropriate.  Improve error message.
+	(struct elf_outext_info): Rename from elf_finfo_failed.  Change
+	all uses.  Add localsyms field.
+	(elf_bfd_final_link): When generating a shared library, call
+	elf_link_output_extsym to output all local symbols.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Handle symbols which were forced to
+	become local.
+
+Sun Mar  9 23:08:49 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* elf-bfd.h (elf_symbol_type): Add version field.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Set version field.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): When creating an
+ 	indirect symbol for a default version symbol, set DEF_DYNAMIC if
+ 	appropriate.  Set up an indirection from the nondefault version of
+	the symbol as well.
+	(NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Call
+	elf_link_assign_sym_version before checking whether there are any
+	versions.  Always record the version name as a dynamic symbol.
+	Initialize counters.
+	(elf_link_assign_sym_version): After finding a version, see if a
+	symbol should be forced to local scope.  Create a new version
+	definition if appropriate.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Correct indirect symbol handling.
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_print_symbol): Print version information.
+	(bfd_section_from_shdr): Turn version sections into BFD sections.
+	(elf_fake_sections): Only copy cverdefs and cverrefs into sh_info
+	if sh_info is not already set.
+	(_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data): Copy sh_info for version
+	sections.
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol): Tell
+	_bfd_stringtab_add to copy the name into permanent memory if
+	appropriate.
+
+Fri Mar  7 11:55:31 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p): Fully parenthesize.
+
+Fri Mar  7 10:37:30 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Change
+	_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions to return a boolean
+	value.  Change all callers.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): Change return type to
+	boolean.  If the size of the last section changed, then output a
+	zero byte at the end of the file.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Always allocate space
+	for at least 6 output symbols.
+	(xcoff_write_global_symbol): When emitting TOC entry relocs, also
+	emit a TC csect to represent the space they take up.  For an XO
+	symbol, just emit a reference, not a csect.
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(SHLINK)): Just use ln -s, not ln -sf, since
+	Solaris doesn't like the combined options, and the -f is
+	unnecessary.
+	(stamp-tshlink, install): Likewise.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Correct R_MIPS16_26
+	handling when little endian.
+
+Thu Mar  6 13:51:51 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (mn10300_elf_final_link_relocate): New function.
+	(mn10300_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(elf_backend_relocate_section): Define.
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (reloc_type): Remove PCREL{8,16,32}_{1,2}BYTE
+	relocs.  Replace them with generic PCREL_{8,16,32} relocs.
+	(elf32_mn10300_howto_table): Likewise.
+	(elf32_mn10300_reloc_map): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_mn10300_reloc): Delete unused function.
+
+Thu Mar  6 12:19:59 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_reloc_table): Pull duplicate declarations and
+	code fragment out of both legs of #ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING ... #endif
+	block.  Use NULL for initializations of "ptr" rather than bare 0.
+	* coff-h8300.c: Fix typo in comment.
+	* coff-h8500.c: Ditto.
+	* coff-w65.c: Ditto
+	* coff-z8k.c: Ditto.
+	
+Wed Mar  5 13:59:09 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (m32r_elf_do_10_pcrel_reloc): Fix overflow calc.
+	(m32r_elf_relax_section, m32r_elf_relax_delete_bytes,
+	m32r_elf_get_relocated_section_contents): First pass at relax support.
+
+Mon Mar  3 13:27:09 1997  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Use correct sh_size
+	entry for reading verdef records.
+	Use correct braces for computing increments of extverdaux and
+	exteverdef record pointers.
+
+Sun Mar  2 16:25:35 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_find_version_dependencies): Check that
+	DEF_REGULAR is not set as well as checking that DEF_DYNAMIC is
+	set.
+
+Fri Feb 28 15:06:45 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_default_vector): Make non-const.
+	(find_target): New static function, broken out of
+	bfd_find_target.
+	(bfd_set_default_target): New function.
+	(bfd_find_target): Call find_target.  When defaulting, use
+	bfd_default_vector[0] if it is not NULL.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_default_vector): Adjust declaration.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* syms.c (bfd_is_local_label): Return false if the symbol has no
+	name.
+	* coff-i960.c (coff_i960_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	(coff_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+	* coff-m68k.c (m68k_coff_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	(coff_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	(coff_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name): Treat symbols beginning
+	with .. or _.L_ as local.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+	* evax-alpha.c (evax_bfd_is_local_label_name): Treat symbols
+	beginning with $ as local.
+
+Thu Feb 27 18:36:23 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_write_symbols): Use bfd_is_local_label_name
+	rather than comparing against info->lprefix.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Likewise.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_input_bfd): Likewise.
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_output_symbols): Likewise.
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): Likewise.
+
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfd_elfNN_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define as
+	_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name if not already defined.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name): Declare.
+
+	* coff-m88k.c (coff_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+	(m88k_is_local_label_name): New static function.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define as
+	_bfd_coff_is_local_label_name if not already defined.
+	* coffgen.c (_bfd_coff_is_local_label_name): New function.
+	* libcoff-in.h (_bfd_coff_is_local_label_name): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	
+	* targets.c (BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS): Change _bfd_is_local_label
+	to _bfd_is_local_label_name.
+	(bfd_target): Likewise.
+	* syms.c (bfd_is_local_label): Define as function, not macro.
+	(bfd_is_local_name): Define.
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_generic_is_local_label_name): Rename from
+	bfd_generic_is_local_label, and take a string rather than a
+	symbol.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label): Don't define.
+	(_bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label_name): Define.
+ 	(bfd_generic_is_local_label): Don't declare.
+	(bfd_generic_is_local_label_name): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* All backends: Change local_label to local_label_name.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (struct mips_got_info): Add assigned_gotno field.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_got_local): Change return type to boolean.
+	Don't assume that the first zero entry is unassigned; instead, use
+	assigned_gotno.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Check return value of
+	mips_elf_relocate_got_local.
+	(mips_elf_create_got_section): Initialize assigned_gotno field.
+
+Wed Feb 26 13:33:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_input_bfd): Don't skip symbols from sections
+	that have no contents merely because linker_mark is not set.
+
+Tue Feb 25 18:51:35 1997  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (mips*-*-lnews*): New target.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_relocate_section): Make assert compare
+	content byteorder instead of header byteorder.
+	(ecoff_biglittle_vec): New BFD, big-endian headers, little-endian
+	data.
+	* targets.c (bfd_target_vector): Add ecoff_biglittle_vec.
+	* configure.in (ecoff_biglittle_vec): Add case.
+	* configure: Update.
+
+Tue Feb 25 00:32:49 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (elf_fake_sections): Use SHT_NOTE for any section whose
+	name begins with ".note".
+	(map_sections_to_segments): Add a PT_NOTE segment for any loadable
+	section whose name begins with ".note".
+	(get_program_header_size): Corresponding change.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Check for misaligned
+	jal and for jal overflow.
+
+Mon Feb 24 17:53:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_archive_symbols): If a default symbol is
+	not found, try looking it up again without the version name.
+	(elf_link_add_object_symbols): Always link against the dynamic
+	symbol table of a dynamic object.  When linking against a dynamic
+	object, include version strings in symbol names, and set up
+	version information.  Add indirect symbols for default versions.
+	(elf_link_create_dynamic_sections): Add special version sections.
+	(struct elf_assign_sym_version_info): Define.
+	(struct elf_find_verdep_info): Define.
+	(NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Add verdefs parameter.  Set
+	up version sections.
+	(elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Ignore indirect symbols.
+	(elf_link_find_version_dependencies): New static function.
+	(elf_link_assign_sym_version): New static function.
+	(elf_link_renumber_dynsyms): New static function.
+	(struct elf_final_link_info): Add symver_sec field.
+	(elf_bfd_final_link): Initialize finfo.symver_sec.  Don't count
+	local symbols of a dynamic object.  Handle DT_VER* constants.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Simplify BFD_ASSERT checking for a
+	dynamic object.  Skip indirect symbols from ELF objects.  Remove
+	the version name before choosing a hash bucket.  Write out the
+	version information if appropriate.
+	(elf_link_input_bfd): Check for DYNAMIC, not ET_DYN.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	(bfd_elf64_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_entry): Add verinfo field.
+	Change elf_link_hash_flags to unsigned short.
+	(ELF_LINK_HIDDEN): Define.
+	(struct elf_obj_tdata): Add fields dynversym_hdr, dynverref_hdr,
+	dynverdef_hdr, dynversym_section, dynverdef_section,
+	dynverref_section, cverdefs, cverrefs, verdef, verref.
+	(elf_dynversym, elf_dynverdef, elf_dynverref): Define.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in, _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in, _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in, _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in, _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in, _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables): Declare.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in): New function.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in, _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in, _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in, _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in, _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Add DT_VER* constants.  Print
+	version information if there is any.
+	(_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize verinfo field.
+	(bfd_section_from_shdr): Handle SHT_GNU_ver* section types.
+	(elf_fake_sections): Handle .gnu.version* section names.
+	(assign_section_numbers): Handle SHT_GNU_ver* section types.
+	(_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables): New function.
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol): Don't include
+	version name in string entered in dynamic hash table.
+	* elfcode.h: Include fnmatch.h.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_relocate_section): Handle a dynamic
+	symbol which was forced to become local.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf64-alpha.c (alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p): Likewise.
+
+Fri Feb 21 16:15:18 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (mn10200_elf_final_link_relocate): Simplify
+	somewhat.
+	(mn10200_elf_relax_section): Correctly compute a symbol's value
+	when the symbol is local, but not in the same section as we are
+	relaxing.  Implement abs24 -> abs16, imm24 -> imm16 and d24 -> d16
+	relaxing.
+
+Fri Feb 21 13:55:14 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c: Rewrite to use ELF backend linker.
+	Store lower 16 bits of addend in R_M32R_HI16_[SU]LO insns.
+	Add small data area support (R_M32R_SDA16).
+	* reloc.c: Document BFD_RELOC_M32R_SDA16.
+	* bfd-in2.h,libbfd.h: Regenerated.
+
+Thu Feb 20 23:50:31 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (mn10200_elf_relax_section): New function.
+	(mn10200_elf_relax_delete_bytes): Likewise.
+	(mn10200_elf_symbol_address_p): Likewise.
+	(mn10200_elf_get_relocated_section_contents): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section): Define.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents): Likewise.
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (mn10200_elf_final_link_relocate): New function.
+	(mn10200_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(elf_backend_relocate_section): Define.
+
+Tue Feb 18 15:31:48 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c (struct reloc_howto_struct): Fix typo in comment.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
+	
+Tue Feb 18 11:41:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysdep.h: Don't define errno in MSVC if error.h is included.
+
+Mon Feb 17 11:28:40 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* hp300hpux.c (convert_sym_type): Don't convert a secondary common
+	symbol into a weak undefined symbol; leave it as a common symbol.
+
+Fri Feb 14 19:08:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't issue a warning
+	about a symbol defined in a dynamic object if it has already been
+	defined in a regular object.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:53:22 1997  Klaus Kaempf  (kkaempf@progis.de)
+
+	* makefile.vms: Add gcc flags to allow compiling with current gcc
+	snapshot
+	(targmatch.h): New dependency.
+
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR): New relocation for
+	openVMS/Alpha.
+	* evax.h (ALPHA_R_CODEADDR): New relocation.
+	* evax-alpha.c (ALPHA_R_CODEADDR): 64 bit procedure relocation for
+	openVMS/Alpha.
+	* evax-etir.c (ALPHA_R_CODEADDR): Output object code for this
+	relocation.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+	Restrict symbol length to 64 bytes, case preserving:
+	* evax-emh.c (_bfd_evax_write_emh): Remove case hacking.
+	* evax-misc.c (_bfd_evax_case_hack_symbol): Remove.
+	(_bfd_evax_length_hash_symbol): Added.
+	* evax-etir.c (_bfd_evax_write_etir): Call
+	_bfd_evax_length_hash_symbol before output of symbol.
+	* evax-egsd.c (_bfd_evax_write_egsd): Likewise.
+	* evax.h (flag_hash_long_names, flag_show_after_trunc): Remove.
+
+	* evax-emh.c: Output filename to object file without path.
+
+	* evax-egsd.c: New sections for local and global commons.
+
+	* evax-alpha.c, evax-emh.c, evax-egsd.c, evax-etir.c,
+	evax-misc.c, evax.h: Remove 8 bit characters from copyright
+	notices.  Replace AXP with Alpha.
+
+Wed Feb 12 18:10:30 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_create_dynamic_sections): We need the dynamic
+	sections if we are creating a shared library.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:45:43 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (i386-windows): Don't set host64=true.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:27:32 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (reloc_type): Add R_MIPS16_GPREL.
+	(elf_mips16_gprel_howto): New static variable.
+	(mips16_gprel_reloc): New static function.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Handle BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL.
+	(mips_info_to_howto_rel): Handle R_MIPS16_GPREL.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Handle R_MIPS16_GPREL.
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Feb 10 23:25:00 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.ricochet.net>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (elf_m32r_howto_table): Change partial_inplace to true
+	for R_M32R_{16,32,24,HI16_ULO,HI16_SLO,LO16}.
+
+Fri Feb  7 12:39:11 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_input_bfd): If we've discarded a section,
+	the output section will be the absolute section; don't print an
+	assertion message for that case when doing a relocateable link.
+
+Thu Feb  6 16:55:43 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (FN_STUB, CALL_STUB, CALL_FP_STUB): Define.
+	(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry): Add new fields fn_stub,
+	need_fn_sub, call_stub, and call_fp_stub.
+	(struct mips_elf_link_hash_table): Add field mips16_stubs_seen.
+	(mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize new fields.
+	(mips_elf_link_hash_table_create): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Redirect relocations to use mips16
+	stubs when appropriate.
+	(mips_elf_check_relocs): Attach stub sections to the appropriate
+	symbol.  Set need_fn_stub when appropriate.
+	(mips_elf_always_size_sections): New static function.
+	(mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs): New static function.
+	(elf_backend_always_size_sections): Define.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_obj_tdata): Add local_stubs field.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_input_bfd): Discard local symbols that are
+	attached to sections which are not being included in the link.
+
+Wed Feb  5 13:20:17 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): Ignore the
+	symbol value when computing the addend for a pc_relative
+	pcrel_offset reloc.
+
+Mon Feb  3 11:54:06 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): If doing a
+	relocateable link, just skip pc_relative pcrel_offset relocs.
+	* coff-arm.c (coff_arm_rtype_to_howto): Return a different howto
+	structure for an ARM26 reloc which can be resolved.
+	(coff_arm_adjust_symndx): Only convert ARM26 to ARM26D if the
+	reloc can be resolved.
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Correct off by one
+	error in overflow check for R_RELBYTE.
+
+Fri Jan 31 14:07:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_slurp_section_data): Pick up the start address.
+	From Mark Rasin <mark.rasin@telrad.co.il>.
+
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_write_symbols): Don't apply discard_l to
+	debugging symbols.
+
+Wed Jan 29 00:00:49 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (reloc_type): Add 16bit pc-relative reloc.
+	(elf_mn10200_howto_table): Likewise.
+	(mn10200_reloc_map): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jan 27 12:07:35 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c: Add relocs BFD_RELOC_M32R_{HI16_[US]LO,LO16}.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Regenerated.
+	* elf32-m32r.c: Add support for them.
+
+Mon Jan 27 12:25:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aout-arm.c (MY_swap_std_reloc_in): Remove unused r_length.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Remove unused plt.
+	* riscix.c (MY_final_link_callback): Define to dummy value.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections): When checking for
+	relocations against the text segment, look up the output name of
+	the reloc section.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+
+Thu Jan 16 17:45:57 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Change type of
+	auxiliary_filters parameter to be const char * const *.  Accept a
+	NULL terminated array.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	(bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Jan 15 11:21:32 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Treat a
+	NOTYPE symbol in a text section as a FUNC symbol.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Force
+	relocbase to be aligned to COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER.
+
+Tue Jan 14 08:46:33 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libaout.h (machine_type): Reserve several values for sparclet.
+
+Mon Jan  6 13:28:35 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (elf_mn10200_howto): Don't ever set partial-inplace.
+	Use bfd_elf_generic_reloc as special function for all relocs.
+	(bfd_elf32_mn10200_reloc): Remove unnecessary function.
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (elf_mn10200_howto): Set pcrel_offset for
+	24bit pc-relative reloc.
+
+Fri Jan  3 16:54:08 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* reloc.c: Add BFD_RELOC_24.
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (enum reloc_type): Add 24bit and pcrel relocs.
+	(elf_mn10200_howto, mn10200_reloc_map): Corresponding changes.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+
+Fri Jan  3 16:58:31 1997  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	elf64-alpha multiple .got rewrite:
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_backend_data): Add always_size_sections entry.
+	(bfd_elf*_mkobject): Don't define here ...
+	* elfxx-target.h: ... but rather here.  Default always_size_sections
+	hook to NULL.
+	* elf.c (elf_mkobject): Rename to bfd_elf_mkobject, since that was 
+	what the #defines in elf-bfd.h transmuted it to anyway.
+
+	* section.c: Add SEC_LINKER_CREATED flag.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_check_relocs): Add SEC_LINKER_CREATED to
+	relocation section flags.
+	(elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections): Use SEC_LINKER_CREATED instead of
+	SEC_IN_MEMORY to recognize generated bits.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_check_relocs, elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections):
+	Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_final_link, mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections,
+	mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section, mips_elf_create_got_section,
+	mips_elf_check_relocs, mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_create_linker_section,
+	ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_check_relocs,
+	elf32_sparc_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_got_section): Add SEC_LINKER_CREATED to 
+	section flags.
+	(_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_make_linker_section_rela): Likewise.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_create_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections): Call the always_size_sections hook.
+	(elf_bfd_final_link): Use SEC_LINKER_CREATED instead of SEC_IN_MEMORY
+	to identify generated bits.
+	(elf_link_input_bfd): Likewise.
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c: Rewrite everything touching relocations.
+
+Tue Dec 31 14:44:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (mips*el-*-linux*): New target.
+	(mips*-*-linux*): New target.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Clean up.
+	Return a useful value.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+	* configure.in: Check ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped, not
+	ac_cv_func_mmap.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Use ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped instead of
+	ac_cv_func_mmap in bfd/configure.host.
+
+	* elflink.h (NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Add
+	filter_shlib and auxiliary_filter_shlib parameters.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle DT_AUXILIARY and
+	DT_FILTER.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	(bfd_elf64_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Dec 30 18:48:52 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_build_ldsyms): When exporting all defined
+	symbols, don't export a symbol which is defined by an object in an
+	archive which contains shared objects.
+
+Mon Dec 30 11:54:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libbfd.c: Patch up the mmap code so that it is only built if BFD
+	is configured with --with-mmap.
+
+Fri Dec 27 20:56:41 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* TODO: Correct a misspelling.
+
+Fri Dec 27 11:48:12 1996  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_buckets): Add some more values for larger
+	binaries.
+
+Thu Dec 26 18:36:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Move subdir_do out of conditional. From
+	Fred Fish <fnf@cygnus.com>.
+
+Wed Dec 18 10:04:30 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c (enum reloc_type): Enable basic 8, 16, and
+	32 bit relocs.
+	(elf_mn10200_howto_table): Likewise.
+	(mn10200_reloc_map): Likewise.
+
+Tue Dec 17 11:09:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_add_symbol_hook): Add 1 to the value of a
+	mips16 symbol during the link.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Subtract 1 from the value of a
+	mips16 symbol.
+	(mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook): New static function.
+	(elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook): Define.
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_print_symbol): Print the st_other field if it is
+	not zero.
+
+Mon Dec 16 14:38:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): Don't check for reloc sections
+	against SEC_DEBUGGING sections here (revert patch of December 5).
+	* elfcode.h (elf_object_p): Check for them here, instead.
+
+Sun Dec 15 14:46:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_reloc_table): Add dynamic parameter.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc): Pass new argument to
+	slurp_reloc_table.
+	(_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound): New function.
+	(_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc): New function.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_size_info): Update declaration of
+	slurp_reloc_table.
+	(_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc): Declare.
+	* elfxx-target.h: Use new dynamic reloc routines by default.
+	* elf64-mips.c (mips_elf64_slurp_reloc_table): Add dynamic
+	parameter.
+
+Fri Dec 13 13:18:49 1996  Dan Wilder  <dan@gasboy.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_flags): Use MC68KBCSMAGIC for bfd_arch_m68k
+	if NAMES_HAVE_UNDERSCORE is defined.
+
+Fri Dec 13 11:13:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libaout.h (enum machine_type): Change M_SPARCLET from 142 to 131.
+
+Thu Dec 12 15:07:20 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Move R_PPC_PLTREL24 into the
+	supported relocs.
+
+Thu Dec 12 14:55:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Only add a weak
+	symbol if the real definition is in the dynamic symbol table.
+	After finding the real definition, then, if it is dynamic, add the
+	weak symbol to the dynamic symbol table.
+
+	* coff-aux.c (coff_m68k_aux_link_add_one_symbol): Make static.
+
+	* ppcboot.c (ppcboot_set_arch_mach): Don't define; it's a
+	function.
+	(ppcboot_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Don't take the address of an
+	array.
+
+Tue Dec 10 23:23:52 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (reloc_type): Remove big endian mn10300 reloc
+	variants.
+	(elf32_mn10300_howto_table, mn10300_reloc_map): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_mn10300_reloc): Write data in little endian format.
+	* reloc.c: Remove mn10300 big endian relocs.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+
+	* elf32-mn10200.c: Update from elf32-mn10300.c.
+ 
+Fri Dec  6 15:18:05 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (elf_symbol_leading_char): Define.
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c: Add some comments.
+
+Fri Dec  6 17:16:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ihex.c (ihex_scan): Always initialize buf before jumping to
+	error_return.
+	(ihex_read_section): Likewise.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:29:18 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (elf_mn10300_howto_table): Don't set partial-
+	inplace for most relocs.
+
+Thu Dec  5 13:24:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Calling check_relocs
+	even if SEC_ALLOC is not set.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_check_relocs): Don't check SEC_ALLOC
+	when deciding whether to copy a reloc into a shared object.
+	(elf_i386_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_check_relocs): Likewise.
+	(elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_check_relocs): Don't set SEC_ALLOC in a
+	reloc section if it is not set in the source section.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_check_relocs): Likewise.
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): Mark a reloc section associated
+	with a SEC_DEBUGGING section as SEC_DEBUGGING.
+
+Wed Dec  4 14:18:13 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): #if 0 code that
+	expects a .got.plt until we actually create it.
+
+Mon Dec  2 12:13:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): Print an error
+	message for bfd_reloc_outofrange, rather than aborting.  From
+	Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): If there aren't any relocs in
+	a relocateable link, don't try to process them.  From Heinz Wrobel
+	<wrobel@lpr.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de>.
+
+Mon Dec  2 00:39:24 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (mn10300_info_howto): Renamed from
+	mn10300_info_howto_rel.  Tweak reloc argument to be an
+	Elf32_Internal_Rela.
+	(USE_RELA): Define instead of USE_REL.
+	(elf_info_to_howto, elf_info_howto_rel): Corresponding changes.
+
+Sun Dec  1 00:18:59 1996  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* configure.in, configure:  Handle mips*-sgi-irix6*.
+	* irix-core.c (irix_core_core_file_p):  Accept CORE_MAGICN32
+	core files.
+
+Wed Nov 27 12:10:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_relocate_section): Warn about a
+	relocation against a symbol defined in a section with no output
+	section.
+
+Tue Nov 26 11:07:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD): Don't require AC_C_CROSS.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_entry): Add other field.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize other field.
+	(swap_out_syms): Set st_other from existing st_other field.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Store st_other in hash
+	table other field.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Set the other field from the global hash
+	table entry.
+	* elf32-mips.c (enum reloc_type): Add R_MIPS16_26.
+	(elf_mips16_jump_howto): New static variable.
+	(mips16_jump_reloc): New static function.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Handle BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP.
+	(mips_info_to_howto_rel): Handle R_MIPS16_26.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Handle R_MIPS16_26.  Handle R_MIPS_26
+	to a mips16 symbol.
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP): Add to list of relocs.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* cpu-mips.c (arch_info_struct): Add mips:16 entry.
+
+Mon Nov 25 11:23:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Use long long for mips-sgi-irix6*.
+
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Make line number overflow
+	only a warning.  From Philippe De Muyter <phdemuyt@ulb.ac.be>.
+
+Mon Nov 25 08:52:29 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c (bfd_elf32_mn10300_reloc): New function.
+	(enum reloc_type): Add more reloc types.
+	(elf32_mn10300_howto_table): Update for new reloc types.
+	(elf32_mn10300_reloc_map): Update for new reloc types.
+	* reloc.c: Add some new relocs for the mn10300 series.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+	
+Sat Nov 23 13:26:18 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* som.c (setup_sections): Don't lose for a space which has
+	no data, but some symbols.
+
+Fri Nov 22 11:32:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (struct sunos_link_hash_table): Add got_needed field.
+	(sunos_link_hash_table_create): Initialize got_needed.
+	(sunos_create_dynamic_sections): Only set .got section size if it
+	is not already set.  Set got_needed.
+	(bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections): Check got_needed.  Only set
+	sdynptr, and only handle dynamic sections, if dynamic sections are
+	needed.
+	(sunos_scan_std_relocs): Pass false to create_dynamic_sections.
+	Initialize .got section.
+	(sunos_scan_ext_relocs): Likewise.
+	(sunos_write_dynamic_symbol): Set up PLT entry even if this is not
+	a dynamic symbol.
+	(sunos_finish_dynamic_link): Check got_needed.  Only set up
+	dynamic linking information if needed.
+
+Thu Nov 21 10:31:31 1996  Rob Savoye  (rob@cygnus.com)
+	
+	* config.bfd: Added VersaDOS format to the Ericsson configuration.
+
+Wed Nov 20 16:31:31 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-mn10300.c: Rough cut at relocs for the mn10300.
+
+Wed Nov 13 08:12:38 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (elf32-d10v.o): Don't depend on elf/d10v.h
+	anymore.
+
+Tue Nov 12 13:30:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* filemode.c: Include sysdep.h.
+	* ihex.c: Add casts to eliminate compiler warnings.
+	* sunos.c: Add casts to eliminate compiler warnings.
+
+Mon Nov 11 10:37:02 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Create .got.plt
+	section.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Add support for R_PPC_LOCAL24PC.  Make
+	appropriate relocations in the .so file if shared.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Ditto.
+
+Tue Oct 29 15:03:02 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-m32r.c (elf_m32r_howto_table, R_M32R_24): Use
+	complain_overflow_unsigned.
+
+Tue Oct 29 12:53:46 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-d10v.c (elf_d10v_howto_table): Don't complain on
+	overflows for R_D10V_16 and R_D10V_18.
+
+Tue Oct 29 13:23:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_section_part): Use LMA rather than VMA.
+	(do_with_relocs): Likewise.
+	(do_as_repeat): Likewise.
+	(copy_expression): Likewise.
+
+Fri Oct 25 16:56:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_external_part): Correctly record whether
+	there is an external part.
+
+Thu Oct 24 09:08:47 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aclocal.m4, configure:  Set USE_BINARY_FOPEN for *-*-windows.
+
+Wed Oct 23 00:20:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (bfd_xcoff_import_symbol): Don't allocate ldsym.
+	Store import file index in ldindx.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Assume that ldsym was not previously
+	allocated.  For an imported symbol, copy ldindx into l_ifile.
+
+Tue Oct 22 17:22:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* binary.c (binary_set_section_contents): Ignore sections which
+	don't have SEC_LOAD and SEC_ALLOC set.
+
+Mon Oct 21 12:13:05 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_final_link): Avoid losing static
+	symbols in the .bss section.
+
+Mon Oct 21 10:54:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (elf_mips_howto_table): Describe R_MIPS_64.
+	(mips32_64bit_reloc): New static function.
+	(mips_reloc_map): Add entry for BFD_RELOC_64.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Handle R_MIPS_64.
+
+	* linker.c (default_indirect_link_order): Print an error message
+	when attempting to do a relocateable link with different object
+	file formats, rather than calling abort.
+
+Thu Oct 17 10:43:29 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c (m32r relocs): Rename them.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Regenerated.
+	* elf32-m32r.c: Update.
+	(m32r_elf_10_pcrel_reloc): New function.
+	(elf_m32r_howto_table, R_M32R_10_PCREL entry): Use it.
+	(elf_m32r_howto_table, R_M32R_24 entry): Fix {src,dst}_masks.
+
+Wed Oct 16 11:24:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_final_link): Set "linker_mark" for
+	all sections that will be included in the output file.
+	(_bfd_generic_link_output_symbols): Discard symbols in sections
+	which are being discarded.
+
+Tue Oct 15 12:40:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* VERSION: Bump for new relocation.
+
+	* hosts/i386bsd.h: If NBPG is not defined, define it as
+	PAGE_SIZE, for recent versions of FreeBSD.
+
+Mon Oct 14 12:37:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Use `long long' as the 64 bit type on a Solaris
+	host, since both gcc and the SunPRO compilers support it.
+
+Mon Oct 14 11:17:24 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* reloc.c: Create a new BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL.  It was a 
+	mistake to have reused the ECOFF LITERAL for ELF since they have
+	different semantics.
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf_reloc_map): Map from ELF_LITERAL.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections): Trap .got
+	section overflow.
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_relocate_section): Do not emit a
+	dynamic relocation for an undefweak symbol when we are building
+	a static executable.
+
+Thu Oct 10 11:15:06 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed (config.bfd, targmatch.sed): Edit references to
+	point explicitly to srcdir.
+	(targmatch.h): Edit references to point explicitly to objdir.
+
+Thu Oct 10 14:14:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: When setting targ_cpu, don't get confused by
+	linux-gnu.
+
+Tue Oct  8 08:51:19 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.host:  Add support for windows host (a build done
+	under the Microsoft build environment).
+
+Tue Oct  8 11:40:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): If a symbol is a weak
+	definition in a dynamic object, add it to the dynamic symbol table
+	if any dynamic object mentions it.  Reverts part of last patch.
+
+	* sunos.c (struct sunos_link_hash_table): Add got_base field.
+	(sunos_link_hash_table_create): Initialize got_base.
+	(bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections): If the .got section is more
+	than 0x1000 bytes, set __GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ and got_base to
+	0x1000.
+	(sunos_check_dynamic_reloc): Subtract got_base from a base
+	relative relocation.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (elf_mips_isa): New static function.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Don't warn about linking
+	-mips1 and -mips2 code together, or -mips3 and -mips4 code.
+
+Mon Oct  7 11:44:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* archive.c (do_slurp_coff_armap): Only treat archive as little
+	endian for i960 COFF.
+
+Fri Oct  4 13:49:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Adjust sofar
+ 	by the change in size of the section when EXEC_P is not set.
+
+	* coff-m68k.c (coff_rtype_to_howto): Define if not defined.
+	(m68kcoff_rtype_to_howto): New static function.
+	* cf-m68klynx.c (coff_m68k_lynx_rtype_to_howto): Add the section
+	VMA to the addend for a PC relative reloc.
+
+	* dep-in.sed: Rework backslash loop a bit to avoid bug in sed on
+	HP/UX 10.20.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* dep-in.sed: Remove ../bfd/sysdep.h, since it will appear when
+	som.h is included.
+
+Fri Oct  4 11:41:39 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove explicit dependencies for mn10200 and
+	mn10300 files.
+	(ALL_MACHINE_CFILES): Add cpu-mn10200.c and cpu-mn10300.c.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-mn10200.c and elf32-mn10300.c
+	(dependencies): Rebuilt.
+
+Thu Oct  3 16:57:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_add_symbols): Set obj_coff_keep_syms
+	during this function.
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): Only use an existing
+	section if the flags are compatible.
+
+	* configure.in: Add havevecs, and put it in tdefaults.
+	* mpw-config.in: Likewise.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* targmatch.sed: New file; a sed script to build targmatch.h from
+	config.bfd.
+	* config.bfd: Add #if, #endif, and comments for targmatch.h.
+	* targets.c: Include "fnmatch.h".
+	(struct targmatch): Define.
+	(bfd_target_match): Define by including targmatch.h.
+	(bfd_find_target): If the target is not found by name, search for
+	it as a configuration triplet.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add aout-arm.o, aout-sparcle.o, hp300bsd.o,
+	i386dynix.o, m68k4knetbsd.o, and riscix.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add aout-arm.c, aout-sparcle.c,
+	hp300bsd.c, i386dynix.c, m68k4knetbsd.c, and riscix.c.
+	(HFILES): Add targmatch.h.  Also, alphabetize and reindent.
+	(CFILES): Remove i386dynix.c and hp300bsd.c.
+	(targmatch.h): New target.
+	(do_clean): Remove targmatch.h.
+
+	* configure.in: Add BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv).
+	* acconfig.h: Add NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* sysdep.h: If NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV, declare getenv.
+	* aout-adobe.c (aout_adobe_object_p): Don't declare getenv.
+
+Thu Oct  3 09:29:09 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cpu-mn10x00.c, elf32-mn10x00: Removed.
+	* cpu-mn10200.c, cpu-mn10300.c: New files.
+	* elf32-mn10200.c, elf32-mn10300.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in: Break mn10x00 support into two separate
+	configurations, mn10200 and mn10300.
+	* archures.c, config.bfd, configure.in, elf.c, targets.c: Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h, configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Thu Oct  3 15:38:19 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (do_clean): Move config.log to do_distclean.
+
+Wed Oct  2 21:40:55 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cpu-mn10x00.c, elf32-mn10x00.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-mn10x00.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Similarly for elf32-mn10x00.o.
+	(elf32-mn10x00.o): Add dependencies.
+	* archures.c (enum bfd_architecture): Add bfd_arch_mn10x00.
+	(bfd_mn10x00_arch): Declare.
+	(bfd_archures_list): Add bfd_mn10x00_arch.
+	* config.bfd: Add mn10x00-*-*.
+	* configure.in: Add bfd_elf32_mn10x00_vec.
+	* elf.c (prep_headers): Handle bfd_arch_mn10x00.
+	* targets.c (bfd_elf32_mn10x00_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add bfd_elf32_mn10x00_vec.
+	* bfd-in2.h, configure: Rebuilt.
+	
+Wed Oct  2 15:46:45 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	openVMS/Alpha: Provide filename and case_hack flags via
+	symbol table from gas.
+	Add case_hack code for symbol output from vax/vms.
+	* evax-alpha.c (evax_initialize): Remove filename handling,
+	filename is provided via symbol table.
+	(evax_get_symtab): Use local symbol count when setting up table.
+	* evax-egsd.c (_bfd_evax_slurp_egsd): Print correct name when
+	debugging.
+	(_bfd_evax_write_egsd): Skip file name symbol.
+	* evax-emh.c (get_vms_time_string): Local function now.
+	(_bfd_evax_write_emh): Extract source filename and case_hack flags
+	from symbol table.
+	* evax_write_etir (_bfd_evax_write_etir): Pass all symbol names
+	through _bfd_evax_case_hack_symbol.
+	* evax-misc.c (hash_string, _bfd_evax_case_hack_symbol): New
+	functions.
+	(_bfd_evax_basename): Removed.
+	(_bfd_get_vms_time_string): Moved to evax-emh.c.
+	* evax.h (evax_private_data_struct): Remove filename.
+	(flag_hash_long_names, flag_show_after_trunc,
+	flag_no_hash_mixed_case, vms_name_mapping): New flags for
+	vms_case_hack.
+
+Wed Oct  2 12:02:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* freebsd.h (N_GET_MAGIC_NET): Don't use ntohl.
+	(N_GETMID_NET, N_GETFLAG_NET): Likewise.
+	(NO_SWAP_MAGIC): Don't define.
+	(SWAP_MAGIC): Define.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Don't crash if there is
+	no hash table entry for a global symbol.
+
+Tue Oct  1 16:14:22 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (mips*-*-rtems*): New target, like mips*-*-elf*.
+
+Tue Oct  1 12:31:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_add_symbols): Don't override a meaningful
+	symbol type with T_NULL.  Warn if symbol type changes.  Based on
+	patch from Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Only put a symbol from
+	a dynamic object in the dynamic symbol table if it is referenced
+	or defined by a regular object.
+
+Mon Sep 23 13:33:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook): Create the .sbss section
+	by hand, rather than by calling bfd_make_section.
+
+Mon Sep 23 09:23:41 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c: Rename m32r relocs.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+	* elf32-m32r.c: Update.
+
+Fri Sep 20 11:43:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_input_section_ext): When doing a relocateable
+	link, adjust the symbol index of a base relative reloc.  Don't
+	change the addend of a PC relative reloc if pcrel_offset is set.
+	* sunos.c (bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections): Don't do anything for
+	a relocateable link.
+
+	* reloc.c (bfd_perform_relocation): Apply the relocation even if
+	it is zero, in case src_mask matters.
+	(bfd_install_relocation): Likewise.
+
+Thu Sep 19 11:03:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Always initialize
+	keep_syms.
+ 	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Don't set target_index
+	to an uninitialized value.
+
+Tue Sep 17 14:18:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_line_table): Warn about illegal symbol
+	indices, rather than crashing.
+	(coff_slurp_reloc_table): Likewise.  Check whether the howto field
+	is NULL.
+	* coff-sh.c (sh_relocate_section): Check for an illegal symbol
+	index.
+
+Mon Sep 16 12:39:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-arm.c (aoutarm_std_reloc_howto): Change dst_mask for ARM26D
+ 	reloc to 0.
+	(coff_arm_adjust_symndx): New static function.
+	(coff_adjust_symndx): Define.
+
+	* srec.c (srec_scan): Accept multiple symbols on a single line.
+	From Pascal Martin <pmartin@alsys.com>.
+
+	* README: New file.
+
+Fri Sep 13 14:32:42 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutf1.h (MY_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data): Define.
+	(sunos_merge_private_bfd_data): New function.
+
+Fri Sep 13 15:50:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): Switch on output BFD rather
+	than input BFD.
+	(bfd_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	* section.c (bfd_copy_private_section_data): Likewise.
+	* syms.c (bfd_copy_private_symbol_data): Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* aout-target.h (MY_bfd_copy_private_section_data): Check that
+	both BFD's are the right flavour.
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	(ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	* peicode.h (pe_bfd_copy_private_section_data): Likewise.
+
+	* elf32-hppa.c (elf_hppa_howto_table): Fill in some fields for
+	R_PARISC_DIR32, so that _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line passes
+	its sanity check.
+
+Thu Sep 12 11:45:57 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c: Add m32r relocs.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+	* cpu-m32r.c,elf32-m32r.c: New files.
+
+Thu Sep 12 11:10:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_vec): Set symbol_leading_char field to '_'.
+
+Wed Sep 11 11:57:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* tekhex.c (first_phase): Change type parameter from char to int.
+	(out): Likewise.
+	(pass_over): Change func to expect int, not char.
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Test SEC_ALLOC
+	rather than SEC_LOAD when aligning the file offset for the first
+	section in a segment.
+
+Tue Sep 10 16:18:30 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* syms.c (coff_section_type): Make arg const.
+	* irix-core.c (irix_core_core_file_p): Remove extraneous extra arg
+	to make_bfd_asection().
+	* elf-bfd.h (bfd_section_from_phdr): Add prototype.
+	* elfcode.h (bfd_section_from_phdr): Remove prototype.
+	(_bfd_elf_stringtab_init): Remove prototype.
+
+	* netbsd-core.c (swap_abort): Add prototype.
+	* aix386-core.c (swap_abort): Ditto & make static
+	* hpux-core.c (swap_abort): Ditto & make static.
+	* irix-core.c (swap_abort): Ditto & make static.
+	* ptrace-core.c (swap_abort): Ditto & make static.
+	* trad-core.c (swap_abort): Ditto & make static.
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_reloc_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_reloc_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_filehdr_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_filehdr_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_sym_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_sym_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_aux_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_aux_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_lineno_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_lineno_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_scnhdr_in): Ditto.
+	(coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Ditto.
+	* ihex.c (ihex_sizeof_headers): Ditto.
+	* tekhex.c (getsym): Ditto.
+	(find_chunk): Ditto & make static.
+	(insert_byte): Ditto.
+	(first_phase): Ditto.
+	(pass_over): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_get_symtab): Ditto & make static.
+	(tekhex_get_symtab_upper_bound): Ditto & make static.
+	(tekhex_mkobject): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_object_p): Ditto.
+	(move_section_contents): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_get_section_contents): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_set_arch_mach): Ditto & make static.
+	(tekhex_set_section_contents): Ditto.
+	(writevalue): Ditto.
+	(writesym): Ditto.
+	(out): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_write_object_contents): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_sizeof_headers): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_make_empty_symbol): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_get_symbol_info): Ditto.
+	(tekhex_print_symbol): Ditto.
+	* irix-core.c (make_bfd_asection): Ditto.
+	(irix_core_core_file_p): Ditto.
+	(irix_core_core_file_failing_command): Ditto.
+	(irix_core_core_file_failing_signal): Ditto.
+	(irix_core_core_file_matches_executable_p): Ditto.
+	(irix_core_make_empty_symbol): Ditto.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Ditto.
+	* srec.c (srec_new_symbol): Ditto.
+	(srec_get_section_contents): Ditto.
+	(srec_set_arch_mach): Ditto.
+	(srec_set_section_contents): Ditto.
+	(internal_srec_write_object_contents): Ditto.
+	(srec_write_object_contents): Ditto.
+	(symbolsrec_write_object_contents): Ditto.
+	(srec_sizeof_headers): Ditto.
+	(srec_make_empty_symbol): Ditto.
+	(srec_get_symtab_upper_bound): Ditto.
+	(srec_get_symtab): Ditto.
+	(srec_print_symbol): Ditto and make static.
+	* elf.c (elf_read): Ditto
+	(assign_section_numbers): Ditto.
+	(elf_fake_sections): Ditto.
+	(sym_is_global): Ditto.
+	(elf_map_symbols): Ditto.
+	(get_program_header_size): Ditto.
+	* coffgen.c (make_a_section_from_file): Ditto.
+	(coff_real_object_p): Ditto.
+	(fixup_symbol_value): Ditto.
+	(build_debug_section): Ditto.
+	(copy_name): Ditto.
+	* syms.c (coff_section_type): Ditto.
+	
+Mon Sep  9 22:36:01 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuilt after m32r changes.
+
+Mon Sep  9 12:31:22 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd,configure.in,configure: Add m32r support.
+	* Makefile.in,archures.c,elf.c,targets.c: Likewise.
+	* config.bfd: Keep target list alphabetically sorted.
+
+Fri Sep  6 17:04:39 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-d10v.c (elf_d10v_howto_table): Modify the size of R_D10V_16
+	and R_D10V_18 to be 1 (word).
+
+Thu Sep  5 15:23:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (_bfd_link_section_stabs): If the output_section field
+	of either section is bfd_abs_section, then the linker is
+	discarding the section and we should not optimize it.
+
+Tue Sep  3 12:16:20 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (aout-sparcle.o): New target.
+	* aoutf1.h (TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P): Don't define if little endian.
+	* config.bfd (sparclet-*-aout*): Add case.
+	* configure.in (sparcle_aout_vec): Add case.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+	* targets.c (sparcle_aout_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add sparcle_aout_vec.
+	* aout-sparcle.c: New file.
+
+Mon Sep  2 12:12:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cpu-mips.c: Add an explicit mips:3000 entry, and change the
+	default architecture to a machine number of 0.
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_object_p): Set the machine number
+	for E_MIPS_ARCH_1.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): If the machine number of
+	the output BFD is the default, set it from the first input BFD.
+
+Sun Sep  1 15:41:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rs6000-core.c (rs6000coff_core_file_matches_executable_p):
+	Rewrite to use BFD file read routines and to avoid using a fixed
+	length for the file name.
+
+Fri Aug 30 11:49:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Add SH ELF support.
+	* elf32-sh.c: New file.
+	* elf.c (prep_headers): Handle bfd_arch_sh.
+	* elfcode.h (write_relocs): Handle absolute symbol.
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf64_link_read_relocs): Declare.
+	* elflink.h (NAME(_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)): Rename from
+	elf_link_read_relocs.  Make globally visible.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(elf_link_input_bfd): Get external symbols from cache in
+	symtab_hdr->contents.  Get contents from cache in
+	elf_section_data.
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfD_elfNN_bfd_relax_section): Only define if not
+	already defined.
+	* reloc.c: Define BFD_RELOC_SH_* relocs.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_sh_align_load_span): Declare.
+	* coff-sh.c (sh_insns_conflict): Fix a return value.
+	(_bfd_sh_align_load_span): New globally visible function, broken
+	out of sh_align_load.
+	(sh_align_load): Call _bfd_sh_align_load_span.
+	(sh_swap_insns): Change relocs parameter to PTR.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* targets.c (bfd_elf32_sh_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf32_shl_vec): Declare.
+	* config.bfd (sh-*-elf*): New target.
+	* configure.in (bfd_elf32_sh_vec): New target vector.
+	(bfd_elf32_shl_vec): New target vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-sh.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-sh.c.
+
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): Check that LMA does not skip a
+	page before checking D_PAGED.
+
+	* ihex.c (ihex_scan): Removed unnecessary extbase variable.
+	(ihex_write_object_contents): Remove extbase; always use segbase
+	instead.
+
+Thu Aug 29 16:52:17 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium pro.
+	* configure.host (i[345]86-*-*): Ditto.
+	* config.bfd (i[345]86-*-*): Ditto.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+	* config.bfd (i[3456]86-*-dgux*): Recognize as a synonym for x86
+	elf.
+
+Tue Aug 27 09:18:18 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-hppa.c (hppa_elf_gen_reloc_type): Add new argument.
+	* elf32-hppa.h (hppa_elf_gen_reloc_type): Update prototype.
+	* som.c (hppa_som_gen_reloc_type): Add new argument.  If
+	we encounter an R_DATA_ONE_SYMBOL reloc against a symbol that
+	will have an ST_CODE type, change the symbol's type to ST_DATA.
+	* som.c (hppa_som_gen_reloc_type): Update prototype.
+
+Tue Aug 27 00:12:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_check_relocs): Set dynobj if needed for
+	R_MIPS_32 and R_MIPS_REL32.  Set sgot and g as soon as possible.
+	(mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Don't require .got to exist.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+
+Thu Aug 22 10:54:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (HLDENV): New variable to set.  Set it for
+	*-*-sysv4*, since those linkers may not support -R but they always
+	support LD_RUN_PATH.
+
+	* libieee.h (NSECTIONS): Don't define.
+	(ieee_data_struct): Change section_table to asection **.  Add
+	section_table_size.
+	* ieee.c (get_section_entry): If the table isn't big enough, make
+	it bigger.
+	(ieee_slurp_sections): Remove assertion about number of sections.
+	(ieee_object_p): Adjust initialization of ieee to match changes to
+	the structure.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_mark): Don't copy relocs for undefined
+	symbols merely because we are generating a shared library.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Don't set up global linkage code for an
+	undefined symbol merely because we are generating a shared
+	library.
+
+Fri Aug 16 16:25:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_dynamic_symbols): Create and define
+ 	a function code symbol for an XMC_XO symbol.
+
+Thu Aug 15 12:33:29 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Update editing of autoconf vars to reflect
+	Jul 18 configure.in change.
+	* mpw-make.sed: Update editing of include pathnames to be
+	more general, add @DASH_C_FLAG@ to explicit compile rule edit.
+
+Thu Aug 15 10:35:13 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_output_extsym): The section from
+	which to offset to get the .plt entry address is ".plt".
+
+Thu Aug 15 16:40:30 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* reloc.c: (BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_ADD, BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_IMM,
+	BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_SHIFT, BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_OFFSET):
+ 	Added, for internal use by the ARM gas.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuilt
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuilt
+
+Wed Aug 14 17:02:09 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections): Correct typo
+	in section dynidx start.
+
+Tue Aug 13 14:35:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr): Treat sections whose
+	name begins with .gnu.linkonce as SEC_LINK_ONCE.  This is an
+	optimization for g++.
+
+Tue Aug 13 17:04:40 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): If one module has
+	the -mrelocatable-lib bit set and the other doesn't, clear the
+	-mrelocatable-lib bit in the header.
+
+Sat Aug 10 22:59:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Do not resolve a common
+	symbol against a STT_FUNC symbol in a shared library.
+
+Fri Aug  9 12:44:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_dynamic_symbols): If a descriptor
+ 	symbol is found, automatically define the corresponding function
+ 	code.
+
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_add_symbols): Only set (*sym_hash)->numaux
+	if sym.n_numaux is not zero.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Permit the symbol and the hash table
+	entry to disagree about the number of aux entries if the symbol
+	has zero.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_check_relocs): Create the .rel.dyn
+	section if it might be needed, not just if info->shared.
+	(mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Make room for a null element at
+	the start of .rel.dyn if we are going to use it.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections): Only clear the first element
+	of .rel.dyn if the size is greater than zero.
+
+Thu Aug  8 16:24:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): If we already called the
+	undefined_symbol callback for a symbol, then don't issue any more
+	warnings about loader relocs.
+	(_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Don't do any further processing
+	after calling the undefined_symbol callback.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (XCOFF_MULTIPLY_DEFINED): Define.
+	(xcoff_link_add_symbols): Permit multiple definitions of a symbol
+	as the AIX linker seems to do.
+
+Thu Aug  8 12:21:56 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* evax-alpha.c (evax_alpha_vec): Corrected flags, cleanup.
+	(evax_initialize): Remove evax_reloc_table.
+	(evax_close_and_cleanup): Ditto.
+	(reloc_nil): Ditto.
+	(alpha_howto_table): Remove ALPHA_R_SWREL32 and ALPHA_R_SWREL64
+	entries.
+	(evax_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Ditto.
+	* evax-egsd.c (_bfd_evax_slurp_egsd): Add a few casts; set
+	cooked_size == raw_size.
+	* evax-emh.c (_bfd_evax_register_filename): Remove.
+	* evax-etir.c (etir_stc): Allow ETIR_S_C_STC_xx commands.
+	* evax-misc.c (add_new_contents): Malloc section at full size.
+	(_bfd_save_evax_section): Memcpy section contents directly.
+	* evax.h (ALPHA_R_SWREL32, ALPHA_R_SWREL64): Remove.
+	(evax_reloc_table): Remove.
+
+	* hosts/alphavms.h (O_ACCMODE): Define if needed.
+
+	* makefile.vms: Add better support for DEC C compilation
+	Add evax.h dependencies
+
+	* reloc.c (bfd_get_reloc_size): Add case for 16 byte reloc.
+	(BFD_RELOC_SWREL32,BFD_RELOC_SWREL64): Remove.
+	(BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BASEREG): Remove.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Aug  8 08:17:32 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* archive.c (bsd_write_armap):  Ifdef around calls to getuid and
+	getgid if _WIN32 is defined.
+	* opncls.c (bfd_fdopenr):  Remove unnecessary WINGDB ifdef.
+
+Wed Aug  7 23:19:00 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aoutx.h bfd-in.h bfd-in2.h opncls.c riscix.c som.c targets.c:
+	Change NO_FLAGS to BFD_NO_FLAGS to avoid conflict with an HPUX
+	include file.
+	* libbfd.c:  Create dummy getpagesize() macro if HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+	isn't defined.
+
+Wed Aug  7 14:11:44 1996  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* configure.in: Call BFD_NEEDED_DECLARATION on strstr and
+	realloc.
+	* acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR): New macro.
+	(NEED_DECLARATION_REALLOC): New macro.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* sysdep.h (strstr): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR.
+	(realloc): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_REALLOC.
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (BFD_NEED_DECLARATION): Include <string.h> or
+	<strings.h> if they exist.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_set_section_contents): Cast bfd_alloc return.
+
+Wed Aug  7 12:12:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cpu-i386.c (i8086_arch): Architecture info for the i8086.
+
+	Based on patches from Eric Valette <valette@crf.canon.fr>:
+	* elf32-i386.c (enum reloc_type): Add FIRST_INVALID_RELOC,
+	LAST_INVALID_RELOC, R_386_16, R_386_PC16, R_386_8, R_386_PC8.
+	(elf_howto_table): Add entries for new relocs.
+	(elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup): Handle new relocs.
+	(elf_i386_info_to_howto): Just call abort.
+	(elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel): Check that the reloc type is valid.
+	(elf_i386_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+Tue Aug  6 12:54:56 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-d10v.c (elf_d10v_howto_table): Added R_D10V_32.
+
+Mon Aug  5 13:42:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr): For a loadable section,
+	only get the LMA from the phdr if they are in the same part of the
+	file.
+
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): Rewrite tests for starting a
+	new segment to make them more comprehensible.  If the relationship
+	between the LMA and the VMA changed, start a new segment.  Don't
+	check dynsec when deciding whether to start a new segment for a
+	writeable section; -N will now handle this.
+
+Thu Aug  1 22:43:08 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libhppa.h: Remove "esel" changes.  Not the right approach.
+	* som.c: Corresponding changes.
+	(som_bfd_derive_misc_symbol_info): Use ST_DATA for symbols
+	which don't have a SOM symbol type associated with them.
+	Reverses a 1994 change.
+
+Wed Jul 31 15:50:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Make ld -N more reasonable for ELF:
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): If D_PAGED is not set, set
+	phdr_in_section to false, and always use a single load segment.
+	(elf_sort_sections): Sort sections by LMA after VMA.
+	(assign_file_positions_for_segments): If D_PAGED is not set, don't
+	align to maxpagesize.
+	(assign_file_positions_except_relocs): Likewise.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_object_p): If a section is loaded but not page
+	aligned, clear D_PAGED.
+
+Wed Jul 31 15:00:12 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* reloc.c: (BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSETIMM8, BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL):
+ 	Added, for internal use by the ARM gas.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuilt
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuilt
+
+Tue Jul 30 14:14:57 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libhppa.h (R_HPPA_ESEL): New field selector.
+	(e_esel): Similarly.
+	* som.c (hppa_som_gen_reloc_type): If we encounter an e_esel,
+	then generate R_COMP2 (PUSH_SYM), R_DATA_EXPR fixup stream.
+	(som_write_fixups): Handle R_DATA_EXPR just like R_CODE_EXPR.
+
+Tue Jul 30 13:31:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols): Do the regular
+	archive search before looking for stripped dynamic objects.
+
+Fri Jul 26 17:51:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_build_ldsyms): Make exporting an undefined
+	symbol a warning rather than an error.
+
+Wed Jul 24 12:02:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Track the virtual
+	memory position separately from the file position, and use it to
+	compute the alignment adjustment.
+
+Tue Jul 23 10:43:31 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-d10v.c (elf_d10v_howto_table): Changed all relocs to "long"
+ 	and fixed mask on R_D10V_10_PCREL_L.
+
+Mon Jul 22 15:30:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf64-mips.c: Include "aout/ar.h".
+	(mips_elf64_slurp_armap): New static function.
+	(mips_elf64_write_armap): New static function.
+	(bfd_elf64_archive_*): Define.
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfd_elfNN_archive_p): Define if not defined.
+	Use instead of bfd_generic_archive_p.
+	(bfd_elfNN_write_archive_contents): Define if not defined.  Use
+	instead of _bfd_write_archive_contents.
+	(bfd_elfNN_mkdarchive): Define if not defined.  Use instead of
+	_bfd_generic_mkarchive.
+	(TARGET_BIG_SYM): If bfd_elfNN_archive_functions is defined, use
+	bfd_elfNN_archive in BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE rather than
+	_bfd_archive_coff.
+	(TARGET_LITTLE_SYM): Likewise.
+	* archive.c (bfd_slurp_armap): Check for and reject an archive map
+	name of /SYM64/.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Handle
+	SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST, SHT_MIPS_CONTENT, SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB, and
+	SHT_MIPS_EVENTS sections.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr): Handle SHT_MIPS_IFACE,
+	SHT_MIPS_CONTENT, SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB, and SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
+	sections.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections): Likewise.
+
+	* libecoff.h (ecoff_data_type): Add rdata_in_text field.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Copy
+	rdata_in_text from backend info to tdata.  Clear it if any data
+	section comes before .rdata.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents): Use rdata_in_text field in
+	tdata rather than backend info.
+
+Fri Jul 19 18:15:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Fix test for whether a compiler has a 64 bit
+	type.  From Jim Wilson <wilson@cygnus.com>.
+
+Thu Jul 18 15:39:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (mips-sgi-irix6*): New host.
+
+	* configure.in: Set and substitute VERSION, BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+	(replacing HOST_64BITLONG), BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED,
+	BFD_HOST_64_BIT, and BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT.  Add bfd-in2.h:bfd-in2.h
+	to AC_OUTPUT call.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* bfd-in.h (BFD_ARCH_SIZE): Define as @wordsize@, not @WORDSIZE@.
+	(BFD_HOST_64_BIT): Define conditionally.
+	(BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT): Define when BFD_HOST_64_BIT is defined.
+	(bfd_vma): Typedef as BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT.
+	(symvalue, bfd_size_type): Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (do_clean): Remove bfd-tmp.h.
+	(do_distclean): Remove bfd-in3.h.
+	(stmp-bfd.h): Just do copy-if-change bfd-in3.h bfd.h.
+	(bfd-in3.h): New target.
+
+	* config.bfd (sparc-*-sysv4*): Don't build sunos_big_vec.  From
+	Andrew Gierth <ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>.
+
+	* configure.host: Set INSTALL_SHLIB.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_SUBST (INSTALL_SHLIB).
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (install): Use @INSTALL_SHLIB@.
+
+	* config.bfd (mips*-*-irix6*): New target.
+	* configure.host: Handle Irix 6 shared library like Irix 5.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Don't check an XMC_TD
+	symbol for a magic name.
+	(xcoff_link_input_bfd): Don't change the reloc symbol for an
+	XMC_TD symbol.
+	(_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Don't get the TOC offset for an
+	XMC_TD symbol.
+
+Thu Jul 18 11:36:31 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Add ELF support to mips config, create the
+	elf32-target.h file in the object dir.
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit elfXX-target.h refs at beginnings of lines.
+
+Wed Jul 17 18:02:32 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c: Redid debug scheme - numerous fprintf's gone.
+	Also removed most abort calls, in favor of using bfd reporting.
+
+Wed Jul 17 14:51:52 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-d10v.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS) Add elf32-d10v.o.
+	* archures.c: Add bfd_d10v_arch.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Add bfd_d10v_arch.
+	* config.bfd (d10v-*-*): New target.
+	* configure: (bfd_elf32_d10v_vec) New vector.
+	* configure.in: (bfd_elf32_d10v_vec) New vector.
+	* cpu-d10v.c: New file.
+	* elf.c (prep_headers): Added case bfd_arch_d10v.
+	* elf32-d10v.c: New file.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_R, BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_L,
+ 	BFD_RELOC_D10V_18, BFD_RELOC_D10V_18_PCREL): Define.
+	* targets.c (bfd_elf32_d10v_vec): New vector.
+	
+Wed Jul 17 10:58:55 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (coff_ppc_relocate_section): Removed bogus fprintf
+
+Tue Jul 16 23:49:02 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* archures.c bfd-in2.h:  Add bfd_mach_i386_i386 and
+	bfd_mach_i386_i8086 machine types.
+
+Wed Jul 10 12:42:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook): Set SEC_CODE for _INIT
+	and _FINI sections.
+
+Wed Jul 10 11:18:21 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_section_contents): A/UX does not require
+	special handling of the _LIB section.
+
+Tue Jul  9 15:52:20 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Use the correct
+	value for R_RELBYTE.
+
+	* reloc16.c (bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section): Only "shrinks"
+	array if one was allocated.
+
+Tue Jul  9 12:21:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Kazumoto Kojima <kkojima@kk.info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>:
+	* elf32-mips.c (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table): Add new fields
+	use_rld_obj_head and rld_value.
+	(mips_elf_link_hash_table_create): Initialize new fields.
+	(mips_elf_add_symbol_hook): Mark __rld_obj_head symbol as
+	dynamic.
+	(mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Create .rld_map section.  If
+	__rld_obj_head symbol not seen, create an __rld_map symbol.
+	(mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Make space in .rld_map section.
+	Create a DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry rather than a DT_DEBUG entry.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Save value of __rld_map or
+	__rld_obj_head symbol.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections): Handle DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP.
+
+Mon Jul  8 16:18:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_reloc_map): Remove BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL entry.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_howto_raw): For R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, use
+	ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc.
+	(ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc): New static function.
+
+	* coff-mips.c (struct mips_hi): Define.
+	(mips_refhi_list): New static variable.
+ 	(mips_refhi_addr, mips_refhi_addend): Remove.
+	(mips_refhi_reloc): Maintain a list of unmatched REFHI relocs.
+	(mips_reflo_reloc): Process mips_refhi_list.
+	(mips_relhi_list): New static variable.
+	(mips_relhi_addr, mips_relhi_addend): Remove.
+	(mips_relhi_reloc): Maintain a list of unmatched RELHI relocs.
+	(mips_rello_reloc): Process mips_relhi_list.
+	(mips_relocate_section): Permit an arbitrary number of REFHI or
+	RELHI relocs before the associated REFLO or RELLO reloc.
+
+Fri Jul  5 19:27:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aout-target.h (MY(callback)): Set reloc_count fields.
+
+Thu Jul  4 12:00:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Don't create dynamic
+	sections unless this is a SunOS link.
+
+	* VERSION: Set to 2.7.1.
+
+	* Released binutils 2.7.
+
+Wed Jul  3 14:59:47 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386aout.c: Include "aout/aout64.h".
+ 	(i386aout_write_object_contents): New static function.
+	(MY_write_object_contents): Define.
+
+	* netbsd.h (MY(write_object_contents)): Make sure that
+	adjust_sizes_and_vmas is called before fiddling with the magic
+	number.
+
+Tue Jul  2 23:30:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (_bfd_link_section_stabs): Fix casts of psinfo.
+
+Sun Jun 30 13:34:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libbfd-in.h (itos, stoi): Don't define.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* i386lynx.c (KEEPIT): Define as udata.i.
+	(NAME(lynx,swap_std_reloc_out)): Don't use stoi.
+	(NAME(lynx,swap_ext_reloc_out)): Likewise.
+	* riscix.c (riscix_swap_std_reloc_out): Use udata.i rather than
+	flags.  Don't use stoi.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (ELF_MAGPAGESIZE): Change definition to 0x1000.
+
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): Don't start a new segment for
+ 	a writable section if it's on the same page as the previous
+ 	segment.  Reset the writable variable for a readonly section.
+
+Sat Jun 29 16:18:51 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_in): Missing initializations of
+	first_thunk_address, thunk_size, and import_table_size.
+	* peicode.h: Improved some diagnostics regarding edata sections.
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (coff_ppc_relocate_section): Earlier error check
+	on IMGLUE relocs.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Improved diagnostic for large TOCDEFN's.
+	(TARGET_LITTLE_SYM): Added missing D_PAGED.
+
+Fri Jun 28 13:48:45 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_check_ar_symbols): An undefined symbol
+	with XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC set is really defined.
+	(xcoff_link_check_dynamic_ar_symbols): Likewise.
+	(xcoff_link_add_symbols): Only create special sections if using an
+	XCOFF hash table.
+
+	* reloc.c (bfd_perform_relocation): Handle xcoff-powermac like
+	aixcoff-rs6000.
+	(bfd_install_relocation): Likewise.
+
+Fri Jun 28 11:17:00 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry): Add flags
+	field.
+	(ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_ADDR): Define.
+	(ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_MEM): Define.
+	(ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_FUNC): Define.
+	(elf64_alpha_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize flags field.
+	(elf64_alpha_check_relocs): Record types of LITUSE entries that
+	are found for LITERAL relocs.
+	(elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If a symbol has its address
+	taken, we cannot generate a .plt entry for the symbol.
+
+Thu Jun 27 11:24:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add AC_ISC_POSIX, and check for setitimer and
+	sysconf functions (for gprof).
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Jun 26 16:29:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_archive_p): Check the first object file in
+	an archive if it has a map.  If the object file has the wrong
+	xvec, reject it.
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_adjust_reloc_in): Set the addend for a
+	BRADDR, SREL16, SREL32, or SREL64 reloc against an external
+	symbol.
+	(alpha_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_reloc_out): Use RELSZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_filehdr_out): Use FILHSZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_sym_out): Use SYMESZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_aux_out): Use AUXESZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_lineno_out): Use LINESZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Use AOUTSZ, not sizeof.
+	(coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Use SCNHSZ, not sizeof.
+	* peicode.h: Corresponding changes.
+
+Tue Jun 25 15:28:34 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_create_pointer_linker_section): Comment out code
+	dealing with making GOT pointers negative of the GOT symbol for
+	now.
+
+Tue Jun 25 11:41:24 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c (elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Don't
+	increment the .rela.plt size until after we're done creating the
+	.plt entry.
+	(elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_symbol): Change .plt entry to load the
+	.rela.plt offset directly rather than calculating it.
+
+Mon Jun 24 17:15:10 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+ 
+        * Makefile.in, (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir): 
+	Use autoconf-set values.
+        * doc/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, 
+	includedir, INSTALL, INSTALL_PROGRAM, INSTALL_DATA): Use autoconf-set 
+	values.
+        (docdir): Deleted.
+        * configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf v2.5 or higher.
+        * configure: Rebuilt.
+ 
+Mon Jun 24 22:50:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* som.c (som_write_fixups): Fix typo in R_END_TRY for exception
+	handling code > 1k away.
+
+Mon Jun 24 18:41:06 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_create_pointer_linker_section): If DEBUG is
+	defined, output whenever the symbol is updated.
+
+Mon Jun 24 17:58:12 1996  Jouke Numan  <jnuman@bazis.nl>
+
+	* elf.c (elf_fake_sections): Don't set sh_addr of a non SEC_ALLOC
+	section to 0 if user_set_vma is set.
+	* elflink.h (elf_bfd_final_link): Likewise.
+
+Sun Jun 23 20:42:51 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	Partially undo patch of Jun 20.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): Use COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Likewise.  Re-add deleted code, but
+	use #ifdef COFF_WITH_PE, not COFF_OBJ_WITH_PE.
+	* peicode.h (pe_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): Re-add #ifdef.
+
+Fri Jun 21 17:38:15 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@merlin.gcs.redstone.army.mil>
+
+	* config.bfd: Add support for *-*-rtems* configurations.
+	
+Fri Jun 21 15:19:59 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (prep_headers): Add bfd_arch_alpha case.
+
+Fri Jun 21 12:35:27 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* elf64-alpha.c: New file.
+	* config.bfd (alpha-*-linuxecoff*): New target.
+	(alpha-*-linux*, alpha-*-elf*): New targets.
+	* configure.in (bfd_elf64_alpha_vec): New vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* targets.c (bfd_elf64_alpha_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add bfd_elf64_alpha_vec if BFD64.
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD64_BACKENDS): Add elf64-alpha.o.
+	(BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf64-alpha.c.
+
+Thu Jun 20 18:14:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_armap_hash): If hlog is 0, just return 0, rather
+	than relying on a right shift of 32.
+
+Thu Jun 20 11:00:57 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): Change COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+	ifdef to COFF_WITH_PE.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Likewise.  Delete COFF_OBJ_WITH_PE.
+	* pe-{arm,i386,ppc}.c (COFF_OBJ_WITH_PE): Delete.
+	* peicode.h (pe_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): Delete ifdef
+	COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE, always include.
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): ".drectve" doesn't have trailing 0.
+
+Wed Jun 19 11:37:52 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): Fix up the test for -Ttext to
+	approximate the correct answer if SIZEOF_HEADERS was not used.
+
+	* binary.c (binary_set_section_contents): Set section file
+	position based on LMA rather than VMA.
+
+Wed Jun 19 11:19:25 1996  Manfred Hollstein KS/EIC5 60/3/142 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_output_symbols): Don't output any
+	symbols if info->strip == strip_all.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:17:36 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-h8300.c: Remove #if 0 code.
+	(compatable): Don't allow mixing/matching of different architectures.
+	
+	* archures.c (bfd_mach_h8300s): Add.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuilt.
+	* coff-h8300.c (funcvec_hash_newfunc): Handle H8/S too.
+	(BADMAG): Likewise.
+	(h8300_reloc16_estimate): Likewise.
+	(h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Likewise.
+	(h8300_bfd_link_add_symbols): Likewise.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_arch_mach_hook): Likewise.
+	(coff_set_flags): Likewise.
+	* cpu-h8300.c (h8300_scan): Likewise.
+	Add H8/S to bfd_h8300_arch list.
+
+Tue Jun 18 14:42:58 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	Added support for Alpha OpenVMS:
+	* evax.h, evax-alpha.c, evax-egsd.c, evax-emh.c: New files.
+	* evax-etir.c, evax-misc.c, hosts/alphavms.h: New files.
+	* config.h-vms, makefile.vms: New files.
+	* config.bfd (alpha-*-*vms*): New target.
+	* configure.in (evax_alpha_vec): New target vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_SWREL32, BFD_RELOC_SWREL64): Define.
+	(BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BASEREG): Define.
+	* targets.c (bfd_target_evax_flavour): Define.
+	(evax_alpha_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add ecoffalpha_little_vec and evax_alpha_vec
+	if BFD64 is defined.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD64_BACKENDS): Add evax-alpha.o, evax-egsd.o, evax-etir.o,
+	evax-emh.o, and evax-misc.o.
+	(BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add evax-alpha.c, evax-egsd.c,
+	evax-etir.c, evax-emh.c, and evax-misc.c.
+	(HFILES): Add evax.h.
+
+Tue Jun 18 13:54:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Make name a const
+	pointer.
+	(h8300_bfd_link_add_symbols): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jun 17 10:06:50 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* som.h (R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY, R_HPPA_END_TRY): Define.
+	* som.c (som_write_fixups): Handle R_BEGIN_TRY and R_END_TRY.
+
+Mon Jun 17 12:49:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Don't create a reloc
+	for R_MIPS_REL32 and R_MIPS_32 relocs if no dynamic sections were
+	created.
+	(mips_elf_check_relocs): Only create .rel.dyn for R_MIPS_REL32 and
+	R_MIPS_32 relocs if creating a shared library.
+
+Thu Jun 13 20:14:51 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (add_data_entry): Use pei_section_data rather than
+	_cooked_size.  Corresponds to May 13 change in coffcode.h.
+
+Thu Jun 13 10:23:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): Handle long section names.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): If there are long
+	section names, always set the f_symptr field, even if there are no
+	symbols.
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_filehdr_in): Don't clear the f_symptr field
+	if there are no symbols.
+
+	* coffgen.c (make_a_section_from_file): Check return value of
+	_bfd_coff_read_string_table.
+	(coff_real_object_p): Check return value of
+	make_a_section_from_file.
+	(_bfd_coff_read_string_table): Check that there are some symbols
+	before trying to read the string table size.
+
+Wed Jun 12 11:16:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): When considering whether
+	to replace a symbol in a dynamic object with a symbol from another
+	dynamic object, do the replacement if the existing symbol is
+	global linkage code.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Check explicitly
+	for _ptrgl, and treat it as global linkage code.
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,find_nearest_line)): Notice if we find a
+	filename or N_SO symbol past the offset, and use it to indicate
+	that there is no line number or function when appropriate.
+
+Tue Jun 11 15:24:48 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_build_ldsyms): Set XCOFF_DEF_REGULAR for a
+	common symbol defined by the linker.  Don't export function code
+	even if export_defineds is set.
+
+Mon Jun 10 11:57:27 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (howto_table): Add new entries for R_BCC_INV
+	and R_JMP_DEL.
+	(rtype2howto): Handle R_BCC_INV and R_JMP_DEL.
+	(h8300_symbol_address_p): New function.
+	(h8300_reloc16_estimate): Eliminate jumps made unnecessary by
+	relaxing.
+
+Sun Jun  9 16:30:20 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (h8300_reloc16_estimate): Fix many minor spacing
+	problems.
+	(h8300_reloc16_estimate, cases R_JMP1, R_JMP2): Adjust "dot"
+	correctly for the two variants.  Allow relaxing if the target
+	is 128 bytes away since after relaxation it'll be 126 bytes away.
+	(h8300_reloc16_estimate, case R_PCRWORD): Correctly adjust
+	"dot" and "value".  Allow relaxing if the target is 128 bytes
+	away since after relaxation it'll be 126 bytes away.
+	* reloc16.c (bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section): Keep relaxing
+	the given section until nothing changes.
+
+Thu Jun  6 15:24:45 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook): Remove the _PDATA
+ 	alignment hack--we can get the lnnoptr info another way without
+ 	suddenly increasing the alignment requirements.  Set the flags for
+	the _PDATA section.
+	(ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Do so.
+
+Thu Jun  6 11:24:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_object_contents): Put a timestamp in the file
+	to keep the HP emulator database happy.
+
+	* config.bfd: Recognize powerpc-*-linux* and powerpcle-*-linux*.
+	From Kevin Buettner <kev@primenet.com>.
+
+Wed Jun  5 15:16:04 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (translate_to_native_sym_flags): Don't try to print the
+	name of a NULL section.
+
+Tue Jun  4 18:53:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): If notice_all is
+	set, always call the notice callback.
+
+	* VERSION: Increment for bfdlink.h change.
+
+Mon Jun  3 11:01:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-sh.c (COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER): Set to 4.
+	(sh_relax_delete_bytes): Correct handling of differently sized
+	trailing alignment reloc.
+
+	* bfd-in.h: Use #error if BFD_HOST_64_BIT can not be defined.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* configure.in: Warn if there is no known 64 bit type.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add ppcboot.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add ppcboot.c.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Initialize c.
+	From Per Fogelstrom <per.fogelstrom@mailbox200.swipnet.se>.
+
+Sat Jun  1 21:49:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf64-mips.c (bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in)
+	(bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out): Move from here...
+	* elf32-mips.c (bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in)
+	(bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out): ...to here.
+
+Fri May 31 13:51:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf64-mips.c: Improve reloc special_functions and handling of
+	SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc): Rename from
+	mips_elf_hi16_reloc and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc): Rename from mips_elf_lo16_reloc and
+	make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc): Rename from mips_elf_got16_reloc and
+	make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_reloc): Rename from mips_elf_gprel16_reloc
+	and make globally visible.
+	(gprel16_with_gp): Check howto->src_mask before using value in
+	insn.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_gprel32_reloc): Rename from mips_elf_gprel32_reloc
+	and make globally visible.
+	(gprel32_with_gp): Check howto->src_mask before fetching value.
+	(bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in): New function.
+	(bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out): New function.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags): Rename from
+	mips_elf_set_private_flags and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Rename from
+	mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Rename from
+	mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr): Accept .MIPS.options as a name
+	for a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+	(mips_elf32_section_from_shdr): Handle SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections): Consider .MIPS.options to be the
+	name of a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents): New function.
+	(mips_elf32_section_processing): Set the GP value in a
+	SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line): Rename from
+	mips_elf_find_nearest_line and make globally visible.
+	(bfd_elf32_set_section_contents): Define.
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_gprel32_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents): Declare.
+
+	* elf32-hppa.c (elf32_hppa_info_to_howto): Rename from
+	elf_info_to_howto.
+	(elf_info_to_howto): Define.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_info_to_howto): Rename from
+	elf_info_to_howto.
+	(elf_info_to_howto): Define.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (sparc64_elf_info_to_howto): Rename from
+	elf_info_to_howto.
+	(elf_info_to_howto): Define.
+
+	* coff-w65.c (h8300_reloc16_estimate): Rename R_MOVB[12] to
+	R_MOV16B[12], to match change in coff/internal.h.
+
+Thu May 30 12:38:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf64-mips.c: Extensive additions to provide better support for
+	writing files and for gas.
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_object_p): New function, broken out
+	of mips_elf_object_p.
+	(mips_elf32_object_p): Rename from mips_elf_object_p; call
+	_bfd_mips_elf_object_p.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Rename from
+	mips_elf_final_write_processing and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections): Rename from
+	mips_elf_fake_sections and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section): Rename from
+	mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing): New function, broken out of
+	mips_elf_section_processing.
+	(mips_elf32_section_processing): Rename from
+	mips_elf_section_processing; call
+	_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing): Rename from
+	mips_elf_symbol_processing and make globally visible.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info): Rename from
+	mips_elf_read_ecoff_info and make globally visible.
+	(mips_elf32_ecoff_debug_swap): Rename from
+	mips_elf_ecoff_debug_swap.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): Use asymbol rather than
+	struct symbol_cache_entry.
+	(_bfd_elf_validate_reloc): New function, moved in from
+	elfcode.h:validate_reloc.
+	* elfcode.h (validate_reloc): Remove; moved into elf.c and renamed
+	to _bfd_elf_validate_reloc.  Change all callers.
+	* elf-bfd.h (bfd_section_from_shdr): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_validate_reloc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_object_p): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Declare.
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfd_elfNN_get_reloc_upper_bound): Don't define
+	if already defined.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_object_p): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_4.
+	(mips_elf_final_write_processing): Likewise.
+
+Wed May 29 16:15:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	64-bit MIPS ELF ABI objdump support:
+	* elf64-mips.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(BFD64_BACKENDS): Add elf64-mips.o.
+	(BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf64-mips.c.
+	* config.bfd (mips*el-*-elf*) Add bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec and
+	bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec to targ_selvecs.
+	(mips*-*-elf*): Likewise.
+	* confingure.in: Add bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec and
+	bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec to vector switch.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* elf32-mips.c (_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr): New function,
+	broken out of mips_elf_section_from_shdr.
+	(mips_elf32_section_from_shdr): Rename from
+	mips_elf_section_from_shdr.  Call new function.
+	(elf_backend_section_from_shdr): Update name of renamed function.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_size_info): Change second parameter of
+	write_out_phdrs to be const.  Likewise for second parameter of
+	swap_symbol_out.
+	(struct bfd_elf_section_data): Add rel_hdr2 field.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in): Change second parameter to be const.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_slurp_symbol_table): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf32_write_shdrs_and_ehdr): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf32_write_out_phdrs): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_symbol_in): Change second parameter to be const.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_symbol_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_reloc_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_reloc_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_slurp_symbol_table): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_write_shdrs_and_ehdr): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_write_out_phdrs): Declare.
+	(_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr): Declare.
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): Remove assertion requiring
+	SHT_REL/SHT_RELA to match use_rela_p.  If there is already a reloc
+	section for the section, add the new one to rel_hdr2.  Increment
+	reloc_count rather than setting it.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Define name as macro.
+	Remove static declaration.
+	(elf_write_shdrs_and_ehdr): Define name as macro.
+	(elf_write_out_phdrs): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_ehdr_in, elf_swap_ehdr_out): Declare.
+	(elf_swap_shdr_in, elf_swap_shdr_out): Declare.
+	(elf_swap_symbol_in): Change second parameter to be const.
+	(elf_swap_symbol_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_ehdr_in, elf_swap_ehdr_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_shdr_in, elf_swap_shdr_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_phdr_in, elf_swap_phdr_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_reloc_in, elf_swap_reloc_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_swap_reloca_in, elf_swap_reloca_out): Likewise.
+	(elf_write_out_phdrs): Rename from write_out_phdrs.  Change second
+	parameter to be const.  Make non-static.
+	(elf_write_shdrs_and_ehdr): Rename from write_shdrs_and_ehdr.
+	Make non-static.
+	(elf_slurp_symbol_table): Make non-static.
+	(NAME(_bfd_elf,size_info)): Update names of renamed functions.
+	* elfxx-target.h (elf_info_to_howto): Define if not defined.
+	(elf_backend_size_info): Likewise.
+	(elfNN_bed): Use elf_backend_size_info.
+	* targets.c (bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec and
+	bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec if BFD64 is defined.
+	
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_get_file_window): Add cast to fprintf argument.
+
+Tue May 28 11:42:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-sh.c (sh_relax_delete_bytes): Insert nop instructions, not
+	zeroes, in alignment holes.
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,find_nearest_line)): Make room for the
+	potential leading underscore in the allocated buffer.
+
+Fri May 24 14:28:38 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook): Do not put small common
+	symbols into .sbss if this is a relocatable link.
+
+Thu May 23 12:26:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Warn about
+	undefined symbols when creating a shared library.
+
+Fri May 17 13:54:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-sh.c: Add a bunch of new code and static const arrays to
+	support aligning loads and stores on four byte memory boundaries.
+	Also:
+	(sh_coff_howtos): Add entries for R_SH_CODE, R_SH_DATA and
+	R_SH_LABEL.
+	(sh_relax_section): Look for R_SH_CODE relocs.  If we find one,
+	call sh_align_loads.
+	(sh_relax_delete_bytes): Don't mark R_SH_CODE or R_SH_DATA relocs
+	as unused.
+
+Thu May 16 16:34:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cache.c (bfd_open_file): Unlink the file before opening it for
+	write.  From Marty Leisner <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com>.
+
+	* opncls.c (bfd_fdopenr): Set opened_once.
+
+Tue May 14 12:35:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* som.c (som_slurp_reloc_table): Clear external_relocs cache after
+	freeing it.
+
+	* libbfd.c: Remove #ifdef FILE_OFFSET_IS_CHAR_INDEX, and compile
+	the code unconditionally.
+
+Mon May 13 19:51:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct pei_section_tdata): Define structure.
+	(pei_section_data): Define macro.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): If COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE,
+	store s_paddr field in pei_section_data.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): Use pei_section_data rather
+	than _cooked_size, and don't overwrite an existing value.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): If COFF_OBJ_WITH_PE, set s_paddr to
+	0.  If COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE, set s_paddr to pei_section_data.
+	* peicode.h (coff_bfd_copy_private_section_data): Define if
+	COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE.
+ 	(pe_bfd_copy_private_section_data): New static function if
+	COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE.
+
+Wed May  8 16:10:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* srec.c (srec_set_arch_mach): Write as a function rather than a
+	macro definition.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols): If an archive has
+	no map, just check each member in turn to see whether it is
+	required.
+
+Wed May  8 09:17:34 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppcboot.c (ppcboot_object_p): Check for type 0x41 in partition
+	table.  Call BFD_ASSERT to validate header size, instead of
+	calling fatal.
+	(ppcboot_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Put quotes around partition
+	name.
+
+Tue May  7 16:10:19 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppcboot.c: New target for looking at PPCbug boot records.
+
+	* config{ure.in,.bfd}: Add support for ppcboot target.
+	* targets.c: Ditto.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+		
+Tue May  7 11:15:19 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (howto_table): Update names to match recent
+	changes to include/coff/internal.h.  Fix minor errors in the
+	existing relocs.  Add R_MOVL1 and R_MOVL2.
+	(rtype2howto): Similarly.
+	(h8300_reloc16_estimate): Rewrite to simplify, fix bugs in the
+	existing relaxing code  and peform more relaxing.
+	(h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Likewise.
+
+Mon May  6 18:24:09 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* reloc16.c (bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value): Handle common
+	symbols correctly.
+
+Sat May  4 05:08:45 1996  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_object_p):  Reject generic ELF target if
+	e_machine matches an alternate machine code in a specific backend.
+
+	* netbsd-core.c (netbsd_core_vec):  Remove initializer for
+	obsolete align_power_min field.
+
+Fri May  3 13:07:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-h8300.c (reloc_howto_type): Add howto entry for
+	R_PCRWORD_B.
+	(rtype2howto): Handle R_PCRWORD_B.
+	(h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Handle R_PCRWORD_B.
+	(h8300_reloc_16_estimate): Likewise.  Try to turn a 16bit
+	pc-relative branch (R_PCRWORD) into an 8bit pc-relative
+	branch (R_PCWORD_B).
+
+Fri May  3 10:47:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (translate_from_native_sym_flags): Set the section for
+	BSF_CONSTRUCTOR symbols.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Correct setting of
+	last_bf_index.
+
+Wed May  1 18:39:32 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): In comdat section lookup,
+	stop looking when section is found.
+
+Wed May  1 14:17:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (STRING_SIZE_SIZE): Define.
+	(styp_to_sec_flags): Handle long symbol names when looking for the
+	section symbol.
+	(bfd_coff_backend_data): Add _bfd_coff_long_section_names field.
+	(bfd_coff_long_section_names): Define.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Handle long section names.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Initialize new field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffgen.c (make_a_section_from_file): Handle long section
+	names.
+	(coff_write_symbols): Handle long section names.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize new field.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+	* pe-arm.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+	* pei-arm.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+	* pe-i386.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+	* pei-i386.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+	* pe-ppc.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+	* pei-ppc.c (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+
+	* bout.c (b_out_callback): Set lma of sections.
+	(b_out_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents): Rename in_abfd
+	parameter to output_bfd.  Used input_bfd instead of output_bfd in
+	several places.
+
+Tue Apr 30 17:56:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (translate_from_native_sym_flags): Don't create
+	SEC_CONSTRUCTOR sections.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_set_symbol_info): Likewise.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Copy elf_gp.
+	From Don Bowman <bowman@waterloo.hp.com>.
+
+Tue Apr 30 17:06:32 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-arm.c (armcoff_little_vec): If COFF_WITH_PE is defined, add
+	SEC_LINK_ONCE and SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES to section_flags.
+
+Mon Apr 29 13:15:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry): Add
+	mips_32_relocs field.
+	(mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize mips_32_relocs field.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Copy R_MIPS_REL32 and R_MIPS_32
+	relocs against a global symbol which is not defined in a regular
+	file.
+	(mips_elf_check_relocs): For a R_MIPS_REL32 or R_MIPS_32 reloc
+	against a global symbol, increment mips_32_relocs.
+	(mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If mips_32_relocs is set, and
+	the symbol is not defined in a regular file, make room in the
+	.rel.dyn section.
+
+Fri Apr 26 18:00:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Track the real
+	file position and the virtual file position separately.  Set
+	filepos information bsaed on the real file position.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_set_section_contents): Handle .lib sections like the
+	Jan 23 change to coffcode.h.
+
+	* som.c (som_slurp_symbol_table): Set the symbol count to the
+	number of BFD symbols created.
+
+Fri Apr 26 12:34:29 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_check_relocs): Forward relocations to the
+	output file if linking shared objects.  Loop to check all relocs,
+	rather than returning false on first error.
+
+Thu Apr 25 13:25:12 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_create_linker_section): Add PLT case.
+	(ppc_elf_additional_program_headers): If .interp section, bump #
+	of program headers by 1.
+	(ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Flesh out support.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Add support for .plt section.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Print out filename in debug code.  Enable
+	PLT support.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Add support for PLT's, beef up
+	debug output.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): If the output section isn't defined,
+	don't abort, just give an error message.
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections): If the section
+	being created is .sdata or .sdata2, don't make the symbol dynamic.
+
+Wed Apr 24 14:04:07 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols): Look through the
+	members of an archive for dynamic objects with no symbols, and
+	pass them directly to check_archive_element.
+	(xcoff_link_check_ar_symbols): Pass dynamic objects to
+	xcoff_link_check_dynamic_ar_symbols.
+	(xcoff_link_check_dynamic_ar_symbols): New static function.
+
+	* coff-rs6000.c (rs6000coff_vec): Change BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC
+	from _bfd_nodynamic to _bfd_xcoff.
+	* libcoff-in.h (_bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound):
+	Declare.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab): Declare.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound): Declare.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_swap_ldrel_in): New static function.
+	(xcoff_get_section_contents): New static function.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound): New function.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab): New function.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound): New function.
+	(xcoff_dynamic_reloc): New static variable.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc): New function.
+	(xcoff_link_add_dynamic_symbols): Use xcoff_get_section_contents.
+	
+Tue Apr 23 12:48:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-sparc.c (bfd_coff_generic_reloc): Return bfd_reloc_ok even
+	if reloc_entry->addend is not 0.
+	(CALC_ADDEND): Just set the addend to reloc.r_offset.
+
+Mon Apr 22 18:29:01 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table): Fix spelling of
+	R_SPARC_GLOB_JMP.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (sparc64_elf_howto_table): Likewise.
+	Add entries for R_SPARC_[56].
+	(sparc_reloc_map): Add entries for R_SPARC_[56].
+
+Mon Apr 22 15:07:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Optimize linking of stabs in sections as used in ELF and COFF.
+	* stabs.c: New file.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_link_section_stabs): Declare.
+	(_bfd_write_section_stabs): Declare.
+	(_bfd_write_stab_strings): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct coff_section_tdata): Add stab_info field.
+	(struct coff_link_hash_table): Add stab_info field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init): Initialize
+	stab_info field.
+	(coff_link_add_symbols): Call _bfd_link_section_stabs if
+	appropriate.
+	(_bfd_coff_final_link): Write out stab strings hash table.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Handle optimized stabs sections.
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_bfd_coff_final_link): Write out stab strings
+	hash table.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_table): Add stab_info field.
+	(struct bfd_elf_section_data): Add stab_info field.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init): Initialize stab_info
+	field.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): If appropriate, call
+	_bfd_link_section_stabs.
+	(elf_bfd_final_link): Write out stab strings hash table.
+	(elf_link_input_bfd): Handle optimized stabs sections.
+	* reloc.c (_bfd_final_link_relocate): Check address against
+	_raw_size rather than _cooked_size.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD_LIBS): Add stabs.o
+	(BFD_LIBS_CFILES): Add stabs.c.
+
+	* VERSION: Increment for bfdlink.h change.
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_renumber_symbols): Correct handling of
+	BSF_NOT_AT_END common symbols.
+
+Fri Apr 19 19:21:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (record_toc): Add cast to avoid warning.
+	(ppc_allocate_toc_section): Likewise.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Remove ANSI C string concatenation.
+	(ppc_coff_reloc_type_lookup): Remove unreached code.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Don't take the address
+	of an array.
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_idata): Add casts to avoid warning.
+	(pe_print_edata): Likewise.
+	(pe_print_reloc): Remove ANSI C string concatenation.
+
+Thu Apr 18 18:51:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct coff_final_link_info): Add last_bf_index
+	and last_bf fields.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_aux_in): Swap endndx field for C_FCN
+	symbols.
+	(coff_swap_aux_out): Likewise.
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aux_in): Likewise.
+	(coff_swap_aux_out): Likewise.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_pointerize_aux): Check endndx field for C_FCN
+	symbols.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): Initialize last_bf_index
+	field.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Check endndx field for C_FCN symbols.
+	Fix up .bf endndx link fields.
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_bfd_coff_final_link): Initialize last_bf_index
+	field.
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): Check endndx field for C_FCN
+	symbols.
+
+Wed Apr 17 12:08:24 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* pe{,i}-ppc.c (PPC_PE): Define instead of PPC, so that compiling
+	on Solaris PowerPC systems doesn't get confused.
+
+	* ccffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Use #ifdef PPC_PE, not
+	#ifdef PPC.
+
+	* elfcore.h (bfd_prstatus, bfd_fpregset): Add thread argument.
+	(elf_corefile_note): If HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H is not defined, don't
+	update did_reg and did_reg2.
+
+Wed Apr 17 13:07:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): Check for TOC overflow.
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): When calling the
+	callback routines, pass h->root.string rather than name, in case
+	copy is true and name is transient.
+
+Tue Apr 16 16:36:38 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* elfcore.h:  Add support for core files with multiple threads.
+	(Primarily for Solaris.)
+
+Tue Apr 16 13:44:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs)): Don't do anything if
+	section->orelocation is NULL.
+
+	* coffgen.c (bfd_coff_get_syment): New function.
+	(bfd_coff_get_auxent): New function.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_coff_get_syment): Declare.
+	(bfd_coff_get_auxent): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Apr 15 19:06:59 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (struct mips_hi16): Define.
+	(mips_hi16_addr, mips_hi16_addend): Remove.
+	(mips_hi16_list): New static variable.
+	(mips_elf_hi16_reloc): Maintain a list of unmatched HI16 relocs.
+	(mips_elf_lo16_reloc): Process mips_hi16_list.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Permit an arbitrary number of HI16
+	relocs before the associated LO16 reloc.
+
+Wed Apr 10 00:23:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* versados.c (versados_scan): Check bfd_alloc return value.
+	(versados_object_p): Check all bfd_read return values.  Require
+	that lang field be less than 10, to avoid confusion with Intel Hex
+	files.
+
+	* libaout.h (WRITE_HEADERS): Write out the relocs even if there
+	aren't any symbols.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out)): Set r_index to N_ABS,
+	not 0, for an absolute symbol.
+	(NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out)): Likewise.
+
+	* ihex.c (ihex_scan): Accept a length of 4 for record type 5.
+	(ihex_write_object_contents): For a large start address, output
+	the full 32 bit address in record type 5.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_byte): Change second parameter from bfd_byte
+	to int to avoid promotion problems in prototype.
+
+Tue Apr  9 11:44:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Use ${srcdir} when looking for picfrag.
+
+	* configure.host: Switch on ${libdir}, not $(libdir).  From
+	alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au (Alan Modra).
+
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_add_symbols): Always call add_dynamic_symbols
+	entry point, not just for DYNAMIC objects.
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Always call
+	sunos_create_dynamic_sections.  If called with a non DYNAMIC
+	object, don't do anything else.
+	(sunos_add_one_symbol): Don't call sunos_create_dynamic_sections.
+
+Mon Apr  8 12:09:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* configure.host: Set HLDFLAGS and SHLIB_CFLAGS for *-dec-osf*
+	host when configuring with --enable-shard.
+
+Fri Apr  5 12:24:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Add i[345]86-*-freebsdelf* target; from John Polstra
+	<jdp@polstra.com>.
+
+	* linker.c (link_action): For WARN_ROW/warn, use MWARN, not CYCLE,
+	to avoid crashing in bfd_hash_replace.
+
+	* sysdep.h: Use #ifdef, not #if.
+
+Thu Apr  4 23:32:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.in: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Apr  4 18:49:09 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (mips-sony-bsd*): Fix typo in AC_DEFINE.
+	(AC_CHECK_HEADERS): Check for sys/time.h
+	(AC_HEADER_TIME): Add macro.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* sysdep.h: Use TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME and HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+	to control what combination of <time> and <sys/time.h>
+	get included.
+	
+Tue Apr  2 13:11:53 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutf1.h (sunos_32_set_arch_mach): Handle M_SPARCLET.
+	(aout_32_sunos4_write_object_contents): Likewise.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Handle
+	bfd_mach_sparc_{sparclet,sparclite}.
+	* archures.c (bfd_mach_sparc_{sparclet,sparclite}): Define.
+	(bfd_mach_sparc_v9_p): Update.
+	* cpu-sparc.c (arch_info_struct): Add entries for sparclet,sparclite.
+	* libaout.h (enum machine_type): Add M_SPARCLET.
+	* sunos.c (MACHTYPE_OK): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
+
+Tue Apr  2 00:33:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_table): Add hgot field.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init): Initialize hgot field.
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_got_section): Store the
+	_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ hash table entry in the hgot field.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_check_relocs): If the size of the
+	global offset table goes over 0x1000, set the value of
+	_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ to 0x1000 into the section.
+	(elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Subtract the offset of
+	_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ when handling GOT relocations.
+
+	* elfcode.h: Don't include <string.h>.
+
+Mon Apr  1 10:39:24 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_hash_newfunc): Renamed from
+	generic_link_hash_newfunc.  All references changed.
+	* genlink.h (_bfd_generic_link_hash_newfunc): Declaration
+	moved here from libbfd-in.h.
+	* libbfd-in.h: Corresponding changes.
+	* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
+
+Mon Apr  1 12:35:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_input_section_std): When reporting an
+	overflow error, use the name of the symbol in the hash table if
+	available.
+	(aout_link_input_section_ext): Likewise.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If a common symbol got
+	defined in a regular file, set ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR.
+
+Sun Mar 31 01:58:41 1996  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Delete test for .junk.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Likewise.
+	
+Fri Mar 29 12:44:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* section.c (SEC_LINK_ONCE): Define.
+	(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES): Define.
+	(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD): Define.
+	(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY): Define.
+	(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE): Define.
+	(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffcode.h (sec_to_styp_flags): If COFF_WITH_PE, turn
+	SEC_LINK_ONCE into IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT.
+	(styp_to_sec_flags): If COFF_WITH_PE, turn IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE
+	into SEC_EXCLUDE.  If IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT is set, set
+	SEC_LINK_ONCE, and look through the symbol table for the setting
+	for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): If COFF_WITH_PE, if SEC_LINK_ONCE is
+	set for a section, find the section symbol in the symbol table,
+	and set the aux entry based on SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_print_symbol): Add a space before "checksum".
+	* coff-arm.c (armcoff_big_vec): If COFF_WITH_PE is defined, add
+	SEC_LINK_ONCE and SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES to section_flags.
+	* coff-i386.c (i386coff_vec): Likewise.
+	* coff-ppc.c (TARGET_LITTLE_SYM, TARGET_BIG_SYM): Likewise.
+
+	* VERSION: Bump to 2.6.1.
+	* Makefile.in (stamp-h): Depend upon VERSION.
+
+Thu Mar 28 23:48:49 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libbfd-in.h (generic_link_hash_newfunc): Add declaration.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuilt.
+	* linker.c (generic_link_hash_newfunc): No longer static.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_bfd_link_hash_create): Allow specific targets
+	to override.
+	* coff-h8300.c: Add two derived hash tables and their associated
+	funtions and #defines for use by the h8300 linker.
+	(h8300_reloc16_extra_cases, case R_MEM_INDIRECT): Create entries in
+	the function vector as needed.  Place the address of the function
+	vector entry in the location specified by the R_MEM_INDIRECT reloc.
+	Rewrite the vectors section contents as necessary.
+	(h8300_bfd_link_add_symbols): New function for the h8300 linker. 
+	(coff_bfd_link_add_symbols): Define to use h8300 specific version.
+	(coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create): Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar 28 17:44:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libhppa.h: If gcc 2.7 or higher, declare all the functions with
+	__attribute__ ((__unused__)) so that -Wall doesn't warn about
+	them.
+	(hppa_rebuild_insn): Pass pointer to correct type to
+	low_sign_unext and dis_assemble_21.
+
+Thu Mar 28 11:00:36 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (sparc64-{sysv4*,solaris2*}): Delete.
+	Stick with sparc-*-{sysv4*,solaris2*}.
+
+Wed Mar 27 10:43:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aux_in): Swap in extra PE x_scn fields.
+	(coff_swap_aux_out): Swap out extra PE x_scn fields.
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_aux_in): Zero out extra PE x_scn fields.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_print_symbol): If any of the extra PE x_scn
+	fields is non-zero, print them.
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_record_toc_entry): Put inside COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+	ifdef.  Remove unused variables.
+	(ppc_record_data_in_toc_entry): Ifdef out.  Removed unused
+	variables.
+	(ppc_mark_symbol_as_glue): Put inside COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE ifdef.
+	(get_symbol_value): Ifdef out.
+	(pe_ppc_reloc): Ifdef out.  Remove unused variables.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Remove unused variables.  Make
+	fprintf strings and argument types correspond.  Put before_addr in
+	DEBUG_RELOC ifdef.
+	(dump_toc): Make fprintf strings and argument types correspond.
+	(ppc_process_before_allocation): Remove unused variables.  Always
+	return a value.
+	(ppc_reflo_reloc): Ifdef out.
+	(ppc_addr32nb_reloc): Ifdef out.
+	(ppc_coff_rtype2howto): Make fprintf strings and argument types
+	correspond.
+	(coff_ppc_rtype_to_howto): Likewise.
+	(ppc_coff_swap_sym_in_hook): Remove unused variables.
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_idata): Move otherwise unused variables into
+	the #ifdef where they are used.  Always return a value.
+	(pe_print_edata): Make fprintf strings and argument types
+	correspond.  Always return a value.
+	(pe_print_pdata): Removed unused variable addr_value.  Always
+	return a value.
+	(pe_print_reloc): Remove unused variable onaline.  Make fprintf
+	strings and argument types correspond.  Always return a value.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_fake_sections): Return true.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Move definition of unused
+	variable rela inside #if 0 section where it is used.
+
+	* ns32k.h: New file.
+	* cpu-ns32k.h: Include ns32k.h.  Rename externally visible
+	functions to start with _bfd_.
+	* aout-ns32k.c: Include ns32k.h.  Change references to renamed
+	functions in cpu-ns32k.h.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(HFILES): Add ns32k.h.
+
+	* section.c (struct sec): Add linker_mark field.  Change
+	user_set_vma and reloc_done to be single bit fields.
+	(STD_SECTION): Update accordingly.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,final_link)): Mark sections included in the
+	link.
+	(aout_link_input_bfd): Don't link unmarked sections.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): Mark sections included in the
+	link.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Don't link unmarked sections.
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_bfd_coff_final_link): Mark sections included in
+	the link.
+	* elflink.h (elf_bfd_final_link): Mark sections included in the
+	link.
+	(elf_link_input_bfd): Don't link unmarked sections.
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Mark sections included
+	in the link.
+	(xcoff_link_input_bfd): Don't link unmarked sections.
+
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Include section name in
+	overflow error messages.
+
+Tue Mar 26 15:46:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (_bfd_default_error_handler): If _bfd_error_program_name
+	is not set, print "BFD: " before the error message.
+
+	* configure.in: Use AC_CHECK_TOOL to find ar and ranlib.  From
+	Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Mar 22 12:17:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): Fix scan for C_BINCL/C_EINCL
+	symbols.
+
+	* config.bfd: Add ieee_vec to targ_selvecs for i960 targets and
+	m68k-aout, m68k-coff, and m68k-elf targets.
+
+Fri Mar 22 11:33:44 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@goofy.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* ieee.c: Changed #ifdef KEEPMINUSPCININST to #if KEEPMINUSPCININST.
+	(ieee_generic_stat_arch_elt): Restructured to prevent
+	ieee_object_p from being called repeatedly.
+
+Thu Mar 21 11:00:47 1996  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents):  Allocate
+	buffers large enough for any FILEHDR or AOUTHDR.
+
+Thu Mar 21 16:28:17 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* ecofflink.c (lookup_line): New static function, renamed and
+	slighly changed from old _bfd_ecoff_locate_line.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_locate_line): Cache line number information.  Use
+	lookup_line for actual lookup.
+
+Thu Mar 21 14:59:11 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_pdata): Warn if the .pdata section is not a
+	multiple of 20 bytes.
+
+Thu Mar 21 13:54:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_find_nearest_line): Use bfd_zalloc to
+	allocate ecoff_find_line, and don't initialize by hand.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_find_nearest_line): Use bfd_zalloc for
+	mips_elf_find_line, and don't call memset.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): If not
+	producing a final executable, don't consider sofar when aligning
+	the section to the correct size.
+
+Wed Mar 20 16:53:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_add_missing_symbols): Ifdef out.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Don't call coff_add_missing_symbols.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_section_symbol): Ifdef out.
+
+Mon Mar 18 12:54:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_gprel32_reloc): Initialize gp if
+	output_bfd is not NULL.
+
+Thu Mar 14 17:12:06 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_get_normalized_symtab): Call bfd_zalloc instead
+	of bfd_alloc (fixes fix_line not being initialized).
+	Delete zeroing of fix_{value,tag,end,scnlen} fields.
+
+Thu Mar 14 16:06:06 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* coffcode.h: Allow specific backends to override the
+	bfd_link_add_symbols routine.
+
+	* coff-h8300.c: Include genlink.h.
+	(howto_table): Add R_MEM_INDIRECT.
+	(rtype2howto): Support R_MEM_INDIRECT.
+	(h8300_reloc16_extra_cases): Handle R_MEM_INDIRECT like R_RELBYTE
+	for now.
+	
+Tue Mar 12 12:41:17 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@koala.azstarnet.com>
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_relocate_section): Use
+	info->callbacks_warning, rather than _bfd_error_handler, for
+	"multiple gp" warning.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:10:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* linker.c (bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup): New function.
+	(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): Remove BFD_ASSERT on hash
+	table string.  Use bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup.
+	(_bfd_generic_link_write_global_symbol): Remove BFD_ASSERT on hash
+	table string.
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_write_symbols): Use the name from the hash
+	table, if any, when writing out symbols.
+	(aout_link_input_section_std): Use the name from the hash table,
+	if any, when reporting undefined symbols.
+	(aout_link_input_section_ext): Likewise.
+	(aout_link_reloc_link_order): Use bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup.
+	* bout.c (get_value): Likewise.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_reloc_link_order): Likewise.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_reloc_link_order): Likewise.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Likewise.
+	(elf_reloc_link_order): Likewise.	
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_output_symbols): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_generic_reloc_link_order): Likewise.
+	(default_indirect_link_order): Likewise.
+	* reloc16.c (bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value): Likewise.
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_one_symbol): Likewise.
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Likewise.
+	(bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc): Likewise.
+	(xcoff_reloc_link_order): Likewise.
+
+	* ecoffswap.h (ecoff_swap_fdr_in): If ECOFF_64, turn 0xffffffff
+	into -1 for intern->rss.
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+Mon Mar 11 12:28:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stab-syms.c (__define_stab_duplicate): Define.
+	(bfd_get_stab_name): Rename from aout_stab_name.  Rewrite to use a
+	switch.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_get_stab_name): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD_LIBS): Add stab-syms.o.
+	(BFD_LIBS_CFILES): Add stab-syms.c.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Remove stab-syms.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Remove stab-syms.c.
+	* configure.in: Don't list stab-syms.o in bfd_backends.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* libaout.h (aout_stab_name): Don't declare.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,get_symbol_info)): Call bfd_get_stab_name,
+	not aout_stab_name.
+
+Fri Mar  8 11:26:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Adjust file offset
+	for section alignment even if SEC_LOAD is not set.
+
+Tue Mar  5 12:02:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't set SHLIB or SHLINK to an empty string,
+	since they appear as targets in Makefile.in.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_scan_ext_relocs): If not making a shared library,
+	don't fiddle with a symbol which is not defined anywhere.
+
+Mon Mar  4 12:49:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_mark): Treat undefined imported symbols as
+	though they are defined in a shared library.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Likewise.
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_find_nearest_line): Don't look at the line
+	numbers for the section if section->lineno is NULL.
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol): Print a useful error
+	message rather than calling BFD_ASSERT.
+	* elfcode.h (write_relocs): Check return value of
+	_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol.
+
+Fri Mar  1 09:42:59 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook): Don't set SEC_LOAD flag
+	for .sbss section.
+
+Wed Feb 28 11:25:47 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libhppa.h (hppa_reloc_field_selector_type): Add R_HPPA_NLSEL
+	and R_HPPA_NLRSEL.
+	(e_nsel, e_nlsel, e_nlrsel): Undefine.  Add to
+	hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt.
+	(hppa_field_adjust): Handle e_nlsel, e_nlrsel.  Fix e_nsel handling.
+	* som.c (hppa_som_gen_reloc_type): Handle N', NL' NLR' field
+	selectors.
+	(som_write_fixups): Finish handling of R_N0SEL and R_N1SEL.
+
+Wed Feb 28 11:00:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Adjust the segment
+	memory size for the alignment of a SEC_ALLOC section, not just a
+	SEC_LOAD section.
+
+Tue Feb 27 14:17:31 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68klinux.c: New file.
+	* hosts/m68klinux.h: New file.
+	* config.bfd (m68*-*-linuxaout*, m68*-*-linux*): New targets.
+	* configure.in (m68*-*-linux*): New native host.
+	(m68klinux_vec): New vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* targets.c (m68klinux_vec): Declare.
+	* i386linux.c (bfd_i386linux_size_dynamic_sections): Renamed from
+	bfd_linux_size_dynmic_sections to avoid clash with m68klinux.c.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_i386linux_size_dynamic_sections): Rename
+	declaration from bfd_linux_size_dynamic_sections.
+	(bfd_m68klinux_size_dynamic_sections): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add m68klinux.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add m68klinux.c.
+
+Tue Feb 27 11:31:34 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libhppa.h (pa_arch): Add pa20.
+	(hppa_reloc_field_selector_type): Add R_HPPA_NSEL.
+	(e_nsel): Undefine.  Add to hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt.
+	(hppa_field_adjust): Handle e_nsel.
+	* som.c: Provide default definitions for many new relocs found only
+	in hpux10 include files.
+	(som_fixup_formats): Add several new relocs from hpux10.
+	(som_hppa_howto_table): Add hpux10 relocs.
+	(som_write_fixups): Handle R_N0SEL and R_N1SEL hpux10 relocs.
+
+Mon Feb 26 12:52:48 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit out recent shared library support, and
+	rules to rebuild .h files using doc/chew.
+
+Mon Feb 26 14:48:39 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@AZStarNet.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Adjust the file
+	size even of sections with no contents.
+
+Mon Feb 26 14:01:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): When merging, skip names
+	starting with '$' the way we skip names starting with '.'.  When
+	updating x_endndx, don't be fooled by an index which has been
+	merged.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd): Don't try to optimize a
+	struct/union/enum type with no elements.
+
+Sat Feb 24 11:38:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (bfd_errmsg): Handle a NULL return from strerror.
+
+	* archive.c (bfd_generic_archive_p): If the first file in the
+	archive can not be recognized as an object, don't assume that this
+	is the wrong format.
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name): Don't do anything if the
+	format is not bfd_object.
+	(bfd_elf_get_dt_soname): Likewise.
+
+Wed Feb 21 13:58:04 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-sh.c (sh_relax_delete_bytes): Correct range of R_SH_USES
+	reloc.
+
+Tue Feb 20 16:22:44 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (tdata): Add netbsd_core_data.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
+
+Tue Feb 20 16:50:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (SUNOS_CONSTRUCTOR): Define.
+	(sunos_add_one_symbol): Don't let a symbol from a dynamic object
+	override a constructor symbol.  Set SUNOS_CONSTRUCTOR when
+	appropriate.
+
+	* bout.c (b_out_squirt_out_relocs): Use udata.i rather than flags
+	to get the symbol index, matching 14 Jul 95 change.
+
+Tue Feb 20 08:26:27 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents):
+	Remove duplicate definition of gp.
+
+Mon Feb 19 12:37:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents): Don't
+	assume that we can set the GP value and then get the same value,
+	since it won't be true if the output file is neither ELF nor
+	ECOFF.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_adjust_reloc_in): Don't bother to use
+	_bfd_get_gp_value here.
+	(mips_gprel_reloc): Don't assume we can set and get the GP value.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_hi16_reloc): Get gp value from
+	mips_elf_final_gp.
+	(mips_elf_lo16_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_final_gp): Add pgp parameter.  Set it to the GP value.
+	Don't require that the BFD be ELF.
+	(mips_elf_gprel16_reloc): Get gp value from mips_elf_final_gp.
+	(mips_elf_gprel32_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Don't assume we can set and get the
+	GP value.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Don't bother to use
+	_bfd_get_gp_value here.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_create_procedure_table): Initialize sv.
+	Don't change epdr between malloc and free.  Be careful not to free
+	NULL pointers.  Zero out the first RPDR.
+
+	* configure.host: On Linux, only pass -rpath option if $(libdir)
+	is neither /lib nor /usr/lib.  From Alan Modra
+	<alan@mullet.Levels.UniSA.Edu.Au>.
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_obj_tdata): Rename dt_needed_name to
+	dt_name.
+	(elf_dt_name): Rename from elf_dt_needed_name.
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name): Use elf_dt_name, not
+	elf_dt_needed_name.
+	(bfd_elf_get_dt_soname): New function.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Use elf_dt_name, not
+	elf_dt_needed_name.  Save the SONAME back in elf_dt_name.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_elf_get_dt_soname): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Feb 19 02:50:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_reloc_type_lookup): Renamed from
+	_bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_type_lookup.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Update.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (SPARC64_OLD_RELOCS): Define.
+	(sparc64_elf_howto_table): Define.
+	(sparc_reloc_map): Define.
+	(sparc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup): New function.
+	(sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc): New function.
+	(elf_info_to_howto): Use sparc64_elf_howto_table.
+	(sparc64_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Update.
+
+Sun Feb 18 15:02:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Check for 'do not mix' from native linker before
+	trying to use -rpath.
+
+Fri Feb 16 12:46:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (_bfd_get_gp_value): New function.
+	(_bfd_set_gp_value): New function.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_get_gp_value): Declare.
+	(_bfd_set_gp_value): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents): Use
+	_bfd_get_gp_value and _bfd_set_gp_value rather than referring
+	directly to the fields in the tdata information.
+	(alpha_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_adjust_reloc_in): Likewise.
+	(mips_gprel_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_hi16_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_lo16_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_final_gp): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_gprel16_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_gprel32_reloc): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Likewise.
+
+	* bout.c (b_out_set_arch_mach): Recognize bfd_mach_i960_jx.
+
+Thu Feb 15 11:29:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_PROG_CC before configure.host.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Don't set information which autoconf should
+	figure out, namely CC, CFLAGS, LDFLAGS, AR, and RANLIB.
+
+	* configure.host: Remove go32 and win32 host information, since it
+	should no longer be needed.
+
+	* elf.c (map_sections_to_segments): If we have a .dynamic section,
+	then start a new segment rather than put a writable section in a
+	readonly segment.
+
+	* configure.host: Set RPATH_ENVVAR.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): Remove unused
+	zero_section variable.
+
+Thu Feb 15 10:39:17 1996  H.J. Lu  <hjl@zoom.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h): Rename target from bfd-in2.h.
+	($(srcdir)/libbfd.h): Rename from libbfd.h.
+	($(srcdir)/libcoff.h): Rename from libcoff.h.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:29:07 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_expression): Only use an R variable for a
+	local symbol.  Don't output a zero offset.  Handle a zero address.
+	(SRC_MASK, PCREL_OFFSET): Define based on KEEPMINUSPCININST.
+	(rel32_howto, rel16_howto, rel8_howto): Use SRC_MASK and
+	PCREL_OFFSET.
+	(parse_expression): Don't try to handle multiple occurrences of a
+	P variable.  Handle I variables differently from X variables.  Fix
+	the order of minus expressions.
+	(ieee_slurp_external_symbols): Generate an I variable for an NN
+	record.  Fix handling of ATI and ATX records.
+	(ieee_slurp_sections): Only set minimal section attributes.
+	Adjust them later, based on the section contents.
+	(ieee_object_p): Read in the file until just after the ME record.
+	Call ieee_slurp_section_data to set the section flags.
+	(do_one): Add iterations parameter.  Only repeat the first load
+	item.  Set the section and file reloc flags.
+	(ieee_slurp_section_data): Set section flags.  Pass iterations to
+	do_one.
+	(ieee_canonicalize_reloc): Handle I variables.
+	(do_with_relocs): Only emit relocation size when necessary.
+	Increase MAXRUN to 127.  Change ov to be assigned, and take
+	src_mask and pcrel_offset into account.
+	(ieee_write_data_part): Skip sections that are not loaded.
+	(ieee_write_external_part): Don't output optional last entry of WX
+	records.
+	(ieee_write_me_part): Make setting of me_record neater.
+	(ieee_generic_stat_arch_elt): Get the size of an archive element.
+
+	* syms.c (stt): Add entries for zerovars, vars, and code.
+
+	* elfcode.h (validate_reloc): New static function.
+	(write_relocs): Call validate_reloc for non ELF relocs.
+
+	* elfxx-target.h (elf_symbol_leading_char): Define if not defined.
+	(TARGET_BIG_SYM): Use elf_symbol_leading_char.
+	(TARGET_LITTLE_SYM): Likewise.
+
+	* config.bfd (m68*-*-psos*): New target.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:56:22 1996  Bryan Ford  <baford@snake.cs.utah.edu>
+
+	* i386msdos.c: Remove some #if 0 code.
+	(msdos_write_object_contents): Don't include empty sections in the
+	size computation, regardless of their address.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:36:37 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Don't segfault if dynboj
+	is NULL, ie, the -r switch is used.
+
+Tue Feb 13 14:35:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_HI16): Define.
+	(BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_LO16): Define.
+	(BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_HI16, BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_LO16): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_reloc_map): Map new relocs.
+
+	* configure.host: Set HDLFLAGS for *-*-hpux with --enable-shared.
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(SHLINK)): Check ts against $(SHLIB), not
+	$(SHLINK).
+
+	* ieee.c (get_symbol): Set the section to bfd_abs_section.
+	(do_with_relocs): If EXEC_P is set and there are no relocs, use a
+	simple number for the section address, rather than an expression.
+	Limit the number of bytes between relocs to MAXRUN.
+	(ieee_write_me_part): Set me_record to the file offset after the
+	start address.
+	(ieee_write_processor): New static function.
+	(ieee_write_object_contents): Use ieee_write_processor.
+
+Fri Feb  9 10:53:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Use ${CC-gcc} when testing for -rpath on SunOS.
+
+	* coff-aux.c: Change include of aux.h to aux-coff.h.
+
+Thu Feb  8 14:01:03 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): For a R_68K_RELATIVE
+	relocation put the addend both in the reloc entry and the data.
+	(elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol): Likewise.  Mask out marker in
+	GOT offset value.
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): If -Bsymbolic, resolve
+	a R_68K_PCxx reloc against a defined global symbol directly.
+	(elf_m68k_check_relocs): Don't count such a reloc.
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_check_relocs): Don't record a symbol with
+	a PLTxx reloc as dynamic.  Disallow PLTxxO reloc against a local
+	symbol for now, otherwise always record the symbol as dynamic.
+	(elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If a symbol with a PLTxx reloc
+	is not referenced by a dynamic object, and we are not making a
+	shared object, then don't make a PLT entry.  If we do make a PLT
+	entry, make sure the symbol has been recorded as dynamic.
+
+Wed Feb  7 13:56:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: When making a shared library, set HLDFLAGS to
+	pass an appropriate -rpath option.  Use the make variable SONAME
+	as the shared library soname, rather than computing it here.  On
+	SunOS, build stamp-tshlink in place of $(SHLINK).
+	* Makefile.in (SONAME): New variable.
+	($(SHLINK)): Make a link to the transformed name, as well.
+	(stamp-tshlink): New target.
+	(install): Skip stamp-tshlink during install.
+
+Wed Feb  7 13:37:39 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook): Do not assume that the
+	linker sections have been set up yet.
+
+	* elf.c (make_mapping): Add an additional argument to suppress
+	making the first section include the program headers.
+	(map_sections_to_segments): If the user used -Ttext such that the
+	program headers are on a different page, do not set the flags
+	saying that this section includes the program headers.
+
+Tue Feb  6 14:04:49 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (*-*-netbsd*): Set COREFILE to netbsd-core.c.
+	don't define TRAD_HEADER.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* netbsd-core.c: New file, support for NetBSD core files.
+	* hosts/*nbsd.h: Removed.
+
+Tue Feb  6 11:47:49 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_[567]): New reloc types.
+	(BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LO7 reloc type): Deleted.
+	* libbfd.h, bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (_bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_type_lookup): Renamed from
+	bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup.
+	(reloc_type{,_names}): Deleted.
+	(_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table): Renamed from elf_sparc_howto_table.
+	Add sparc64 relocs.
+	(sparc_reloc_map): Add sparc64 relocs.
+	(sparc_elf_notsupported_reloc): New static function.
+	(sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc): New static function.
+	(elf32_sparc_check_relocs): Handle R_SPARC_WDISP{16,19}.
+	(elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Define.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (sparc64_elf_wdisp16_reloc): Deleted.
+	(reloc_type{,_names}): Deleted.
+	(elf_sparc_howto_table): Deleted.
+	(sparc_reloc_map): Deleted.
+	(_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table): Renamed from elf_sparc_howto_table.
+	(bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Change from function to #define.
+
+Tue Feb  6 12:12:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Make SHLIB_CFLAGS include $(PICFLAG) on a
+	*-*-hpux* host.
+
+	* Makefile.in (program_transform_name): New variable.
+	(install): Transform library name before installing it.
+
+Mon Feb  5 10:38:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* archures.c (bfd_mach_i960_hx): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* cpu-i960.c (scan_960_mach): Accept machine "hx".
+	(MATRIX): Expand entries for HX.
+	(arch_info_struct): Add i960:hx entry.
+	* bout.c (b_out_set_arch_mach): Handle bfd_mach_i960_hx.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_arch_mach_hook): Handle F_I960HX.
+	(coff_set_flags): Handle bfd_mach_i960_hx.
+
+	Support for building as a shared library, based on patches from
+	Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in: Add AC_ARG_ENABLE for shared and commonbfdlib.
+	New substitutions: ALLLIBS, PICFLAG, SHLIB, SHLIB_CC,
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS, COMMON_SHLIB, PICLIST, SHLINK.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: If --enable-shared, adjust shared library stuff
+	based on the host.  If the host is SunOS, and the linker supports
+	-rpath, set HLDFLAGS to use it.
+	* Makefile.in (ALLLIBS): New variable.
+	(PICFLAG, SHLIB, SHLIB_CC, SHLIB_CFLAGS): New variables.
+	(COMMON_SHLIB, SHLINK): New variables.
+	(.c.o): If PICFLAG is set, compile twice, once PIC, once normal.
+	(STAGESTUFF): Remove variable.
+	(all): Depend upon $(ALLLIBS) and @PICLIST@ rather than
+	$(TARGETLIB).
+	(stamp-ofiles): New target, like old ofiles target, but build
+	using a temporary file and move-if-change, and touch stamp-ofiles
+	when done.
+	(ofiles): Just depend upon stamp-ofiles.
+	(stamp-piclist, piclist): New targets.
+	($(SHLIB), $(SHLINK)): New targets.
+	(targets.o, archures.o): Build twice if PICFLAG is set.
+	(do_mostlyclean): Remove pic/*.o.
+	(do_clean): Remove stamp-ofiles, $(SHLIB), $(SHLINK), piclist, and
+	stamp-piclist.
+	(do_distclean): Remove pic and stamp-picdir.
+	(install): Install shared libraries.
+	($(OFILES)): Depend upon stamp-picdir.
+	(stamp-picdir): New target.
+
+	* libcoff-in.h: Add comment reminding people that libcoff.h is a
+	generated file.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Don't try to get the
+	flavour of a section with no owner.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Clear
+	ELF_LINK_NON_ELF flag.
+	(mips_elf_create_got_section): Likewise.
+
+	* elf.c: Revert last change, since it breaks dynamic linking.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_backend_data): Remove want_hdr_in_seg
+	field.
+	* elf32-mips.c (elf_backend_want_hdr_in_seg): Don't define.
+	* elfxx-target.h (elf_backend_want_hdr_in_seg): Don't define.
+	(elfNN_bed): Don't initialize want_hdr_in_seg field.
+
+Sun Feb  4 20:45:13 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): If the backend does
+	not want the elf header or the program headers in the address
+	space, do not include them in the calculations.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_additional_program_headers): New hook
+	function to determine if we need additional program headers.
+	(ppc_elf_modify_segment_map): Define as a NOP function for now.
+	(ppc_elf_create_linker_section): .sdata2 is a read-only section.
+
+Sat Feb  3 23:00:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h: Move today's libcoff.h change into coffcode.h.
+
+Sat Feb  3 15:43:44 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff.h (bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol): Combine macro args
+	back into one line.  Some compilers (sunos 4.1.3 for example)
+	won't accept args split across more than one line.
+
+Fri Feb  2 11:42:15 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (BFD_BINARY_FOPEN): Understand cygwin32.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Feb  2 12:12:16 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf32-hppa.c (elf32_hppa_backend_symbol_table_processing): Don't
+	try to do arithmetic on a void *, cast it to a unsigned char * first.
+
+Thu Feb  1 16:04:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (ELF_LINK_NON_ELF): Define.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Set elf_link_hash_flags to
+	ELF_LINK_NON_ELF.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Reset ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
+	flag for a newly defined symbol.
+	(NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment)): Likewise.
+	(elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If ELF_LINK_NON_ELF is set, try to
+	set the DEF or REF_REGULAR flags correctly.
+
+	* Makefile.in (bfd-in2.h): Make bfd.h, not protos, in docdir.
+	(libbfd.h, libcoff.h): Corresponding change.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_check_relocs): Don't record a symbol with
+	a PLT32 reloc as dynamic.
+	(elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol): If a symbol with a PLT32 reloc
+	is not referenced by a dynamic object, and we are not making a
+	shared object, then don't make a PLT entry.  If we do make a PLT
+	entry, make sure the symbol has been recorded as dynamic.
+
+Wed Jan 31 17:23:32 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-i386.c (coff_i386_reloc_type_lookup): Add BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL.
+	* config.bfd (i[345]86-*-win32): Becomes i[345]86-*-cygwin32.
+	(powerpcle-*-cygwin32): New.
+	* peicode.h (add_data_entry): Get address from vma.
+
+Wed Jan 31 16:23:57 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): If the symbol
+	attached to the section has already been created as an undefined
+	symbol, treat it as if it hasn't been created yet.
+
+Wed Jan 31 16:16:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_bfd_final_link): Don't output initial dummy
+	symbol or section symbols if stripping all symbols and this is not
+	a relocateable link.  Don't output the symbol string table if
+	there are no symbols.
+	(elf_link_flush_output_syms): Don't do anything if there are no
+	symbols to flush.
+
+Wed Jan 31 12:55:49 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* coff-aux.c: New file.
+	* hosts/m68kaux.h: New file.
+	* config.bfd (m68*-apple-aux*): New target.
+	* configure.in (m68*-apple-aux*): New native host.
+	(m68kaux_coff_vec): New vector.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* targets.c (m68kaux_coff_vec): Declare.
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Add field
+	_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol.
+	(bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol): Define.
+	(compare_arelent_ptr): New static function if TARG_AUX.
+	(coff_write_relocs): If TARG_AUX, sort the relocs.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Set A/UX aouthdr magic number.
+	(coff_link_add_one_symbol): Define if not defined.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Initialize new field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_add_symbols): Call
+	bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol rather than
+	_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol.
+	* coff-m68k.c (COFF_PAGE_SIZE): Don't define if already defined.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize new field.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add coff-aux.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add coff-aux.c.
+
+Wed Jan 31 11:37:46 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): Fix R_68K_GOT*
+	relocation; ignore addend with R_68K_{GOT,PLT}*O relocation.
+
+Tue Jan 30 12:09:04 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (do_maintainer_clean): Remove $(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h,
+	$(srcdir)/libbfd.h and $(srcdir)/libcoff.h.
+	(maintainer-clean): Warn about deleting special files.
+	(bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h, libcoff.h): New targets.
+
+	* elf32-hppa.c (elf32_hppa_relocate_section): Handle indirect and
+	warning symbols correctly.
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (sparc64_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+	* syms.c (_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line): Add casts to avoid
+	warnings.
+
+Mon Jan 29 14:27:24 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h: aligned newly exported names with bfd naming 
+	conventions. Removed an erroneous define of POWERPC_LE_PE.
+ 	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* cofflink.c, coff-ppc.c: the above function name changes
+
+Mon Jan 29 13:06:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Basim Kadhim <kadhim@spock.cs.colorado.edu>:
+	* ecoff.c (struct extsym_info): Define.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link): Pass a pointer to struct extsym_info
+	to ecoff_link_write_external.
+	(ecoff_link_write_external): Accept a struct extsym_info pointer.
+	Strip symbols when appropriate.
+
+	Based on patches from Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>:
+	* syms.c (BSF_OBJECT): Define.
+	(bfd_print_symbol_vandf): Print 'O' for BSF_OBJECT.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_slurp_symbol_table): Set BSF_OBJECT for an
+	STT_OBJECT symbol.
+	* elf.c (swap_out_syms): Only set type to STT_OBJECT if BSF_OBJECT
+	is set.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_relocate_section): If -Bsymbolic, when
+	copying relocs into a shared object, treat a defined global symbol
+	as a local symbol.
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Only set weakdef to a
+	real defined symbol, not to a weak defined symbol.
+
+Mon Jan 29 11:34:36 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c: removed the POWERPC_LE_PE hack, promoted some types
+	and made a few static functions externs.
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_bfd_coff_final_link): new function, replaces the
+	POWERPC_LE_PE hack in cofflink.
+
+	* libcoff-in.h: promoted the following from cofflink.c to allow
+	_bfd_coff_final_link to be overridden -  STRING_SIZE_SIZE,
+	coff_debug_merge_element, struct coff_debug_merge_type, 
+	coff_debug_merge_hash_entry, coff_debug_merge_hash_table,
+	coff_debug_merge_hash_table_init,  coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free,
+	coff_debug_merge_hash_lookup, coff_link_section_info, 
+	coff_final_link_info, coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc,
+	coff_write_global_sym, coff_link_input_bfd, coff_reloc_link_order.
+
+	* libcoff.h: re-gen'd
+
+Fri Jan 26 18:33:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* syms.c: Include "bfdlink.h".
+	(struct stab_find_info): Define.
+	(_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line): New function.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_obj_tdata): Add line_info field.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line): Try calling
+	_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line before searching the ELF
+	symbol table.  Find the closest STT_FUNC symbol, not the last one.
+	* libcoff-in.h (coff_data_type): Add line_info field.
+ 	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_find_nearest_line): Try calling
+	_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line before searching the COFF
+	symbol table.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Fri Jan 26 16:11:19 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 relocations): Make relocation size
+	4 bytes, so we get the correct value when updating the register
+	field in little endian mode.
+
+Thu Jan 25 12:14:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Remove toc_section and
+	entry_section fields.  Add sntoc and snentry fields.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_mkobject_hook): Initialize sntoc and snentry,
+	not toc_section and entry_section (the COFF file does not have any
+	sections at this point).
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Set o_snentry and o_sntoc from
+	snentry and sntoc rather than entry_section and toc_section.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data): Copy sntoc and
+	snentry, not toc_section and entry_section.
+	* xcofflink.c (bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Don't set
+	entry_section from hentry.
+	(xcoff_link_input_bfd): If a defined symbol has XCOFF_ENTRY set,
+	set snenty.
+	(xcoff_link_input_bfd): Set sntoc, not toc_section.
+	(xcoff_write_global_symbol): Get toc_section from sntoc, rather
+	than using toc_section directly.
+
+	* archures.c: Add missing `.' in enum bfd_architecture.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* config.bfd (i[345]86-*-sco*elf*): Use bfd_elf32_i386_vec.  From
+	Robert Lipe <robertl@arnet.com>.
+
+Thu Jan 25 12:08:51 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Add .rela.sdata{,2}
+	to sections we allocate.  Use bfd_zalloc to allocate initialial
+	sections, not bfd_alloc.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Remove BFD_ASSERTs for !shared from
+	SDA{,2}I16 relocations.
+	(ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook): Use the value of -G nn to determine
+	whether to put something in .sbss or not.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Add support for more relocations.  Add
+	in sec->output_offset where appropriate.  Make error messages
+	include the symbol name.
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): Lookup symbol before
+	trying to add it to the symbol table, so _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
+	doesn't get redefined messages if -shared.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_create_pointer_linker_section) Only bump RELA
+	section if the rel_section field has been set up.
+
+Wed Jan 24 20:40:26 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Fix typo in eabi
+	relocations.
+
+Wed Jan 24 10:38:34 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_merge_private_bfd_data): Delete checking
+	of flags, only flags used are controlled by mach number.  Bump up
+	output file mach number to highest of input file mach numbers.
+	(elf32_sparc_object_p): Watch for EF_SPARC_SUN_US1.
+	(elf32_sparc_final_write_processing): Set EF_SPARC_SUN_US1 if v8plusa.
+
+	* config.bfd (sparc64-*-{sysv4*,solaris2*}): Comment out
+	bfd_elf64_sparc_vec support.
+
+Tue Jan 23 14:33:05 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Don't complain if
+	the embedded bit is set on some objects and not on others.  Just
+	or it together.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Implement R_PPC_EMB_{SDA21,RELSDA}
+	relocations.
+
+Tue Jan 23 14:22:45 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_new_section_hook): Don't try to align the
+	.stabstr section.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_section_contents): Fix the handling of the
+	.lib section to work even if the entire section contents are
+	written at once.  From Gvran Uddeborg <gvran@uddeborg.pp.se> and
+	Robert Lipe <robertl@arnet.com>.
+
+Mon Jan 22 18:45:51 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_finish_pointer_linker_section): Don't allocate
+	memory here for contents.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Bump up _SDA_BASE_ and
+	_SDA2_BASE_ by 32768.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): #if out PLT code which we haven't
+	started using.  Allocate contents for .sdata and .sdata2 sections
+	also.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Use bfd_get_section_name in debug message,
+	rather than _name.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Remove code that attempted to
+	size _SDA{,2}_BASE_.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Change how sdata{,2} relocations are
+	done.
+
+Mon Jan 22 08:52:04 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_finish_pointer_linker_section): Fix typo.
+
+	* archures.c (bfd_mach_sparc_v9): Renamed from bfd_mach_sparc64.
+	(bfd_mach_sparc_{v8plus,v8plusa}): Define.
+	(bfd_mach_sparc_v9a): Define.
+	(bfd_mach_sparc_v9_p): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
+	* aoutx.h (aout,machine_type): bfd_mach_sparc64 renamed to
+	bfd_mach_sparc_v9.
+	* elf64-sparc.c (sparc64_elf_object_p): Likewise.
+	* config.bfd (sparc64-*-sysv4*,sparc64-*-solaris2*): Set targ_defvec
+	to bfd_elf32_sparc_vec.
+	* cpu-sparc.c (arch_info_struct): Renamed from sparc_arch_info.
+	Add v8plus{,a} support.
+	Add v9a support.
+	(sparc_compatible): New function.
+	* elf32-sparc.h: #include "elf/sparc.h".
+	(elf32_sparc_merge_private_bfd_data, elf32_sparc_object_p,
+	elf32_sparc_final_write_processing): New functions.
+	(bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, elf_backend_object_p,
+	elf_backend_final_write_processing): Define.
+
+Mon Jan 22 11:21:51 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_entry): Add
+	linker_section_pointer field.
+	(enum elf_linker_section_enum): Enumeration for new way of
+	creating linker dynamic sections and symbols.
+	(elf_linker_section{,_pointers}): New structures for creating
+	dynamic sections and symbols.
+	(elf_obj_tdata): Add linker_section_pointers and linker_section
+	fields.
+	(elf_local_ptr_offsets,elf_linker_section): New accessor macros.
+	(_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): New declarations.
+	(_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section): Ditto.
+	(bfd_elf{32,64}_{create,finish}_pointer_linker_section): Ditto.
+	(_bfd_elf_make_linker_section_rela): Ditto.
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc): Initialize new fields.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections): Delete.
+	(ppc_elf_create_linker_section): New function to create the
+	sections .got, .sdata, and .sdata2.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Zap .rela.{sdata,sdata2} if
+	needed.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Support more of the eabi relocations.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbols): Adjust _SDA{,2}_BASE_ by 32768
+	if the .sdata{,2} + .sbss{,2} section size is > 32k.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_create_pointer_linker_section): New function to
+	create initialized pointers in dynamic linker sections.
+	(elf_finish_pointer_linker_section): Actually intialize the
+	pointers created above.
+
+	* elfcode.h (bfd_elf{32,64}_create_pointer_linker_section): New
+	macros to provide both 32 and 64 bit versions of
+	elf_create_pointer_linker_section.
+	(bfd_elf{32,64}_finish_pointer_linker_section): New macros to
+	provide both 32 and 64 bit versions of
+	elf_finish_pointer_linker_section.
+
+	* elflink.c (_bfd_elf_create_linker_section): New function to
+	create a linker section.
+	(_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section): Find a unique pointer to a
+	given address in the linker pointer offsets created for a given
+	symbol.
+	(_bfd_elf_make_linker_section_rela): Make a RELA section
+	corresponding to the generated linker section.
+
+Sat Jan 20 08:36:10 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (ELF_MACHINE_ALT1): Define.
+
+Thu Jan 18 18:25:34 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (coff_ppc_relocate_section): changed TOCDEFN relocs.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Handle special values for gcc built dlls.
+	(dump_toc): fix diagnosing code to identify out-of-toc-bounds entries.
+	Also begin the toc at 4 as an eye catcher ('31313131' marks the first
+	toc entry in an objdump) for now.
+	(ppc_do_last, ppc_get_last): New function - needed to save processing 
+	the toc owner to the end.
+	(ppc_coff_swap_sym_in_hook): Removed an incorrect hack for doing the 
+	toc owner last.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): Added a new hack to keep the 
+	toc owner from being done till last. Must define POWERPC_LE_PC 
+	to enable it.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): alignment setting for .stab
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): set section flags for stab/str
+	to INFO.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Removed a non-working hack for computing the
+	SizeOfImage for PowerPC. Ignore the size of the .junk section.
+
+Thu Jan 18 17:42:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elfcore.h: Include <signal.h> before <sys/procfs.h>.
+
+Wed Jan 17 12:40:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cpu-powerpc.c (arch_info_struct): Change last entry to not point
+	back to first.
+	(bfd_powerpc_arch): Point at first entry in arch_info_struct.
+
+Tue Jan 16 15:10:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Don't increment file
+	offset for a segment which contains no loadable sections.
+
+Mon Jan 15 17:46:27 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c: Add new PowerPC relocations.
+	* {bfd-in2,libbfd}.h: Regenerate.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_howto_raw): Add more PPC relocations.
+	(ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup): Lookup new relocations.
+
+Mon Jan 15 14:29:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h (howto_table_ext): Fix RELOC_BASE10 and RELOC_BASE22
+	entries.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_scan_ext_relocs): Don't fail assert if
+        info->shared.
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_find_nearest_line): Don't try to cache
+	information in sections that are not owned by a BFD.  From Richard
+	Henderson <richard@atheist.tamu.edu>.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c: Numerous changes to dynamic linking code, mostly
+	from Kazumoto Kojima <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_output_extsym): Remove special check for
+	_rld_new_interface.
+
+	* ecoffswap.h: Add prototypes for static functions.
+
+Sun Jan 14 21:36:08 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_{unsupported,std}_reloc): Remove functions.
+	(ppc_elf_howto_raw): Remove ppc_elf_{unsupported,std}_reloc
+	references.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section):  No longer allow .sdata/.sbss sections
+	to satisfy a TOC16 relocation. 	Rewrite unsupported relocation
+	support.  Begin support for R_PPC_SDA{2,}REL.
+
+Sat Jan 13 09:36:52 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections): New function to
+	create the .got and .got.neg sections.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Call it.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Call it.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Support .got.neg, just like .got.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): Add error messages for relocations we
+	don't yet support.  Do not include R_PPC_SDAREL16 like a GOT
+	relocation.
+
+Fri Jan 12 15:27:59 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_fake_sections): Define, and handle the new
+	section flags for V.4 and eabi.
+
+Fri Jan 12 13:59:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): If a segment
+	contains no sections, don't mark it as readable.
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section): Declare.
+	* elfcode.h (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section): Don't declare.
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Dump contents of
+	dynamic section, if there is one.
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_size_info): Add swap_dyn_in field.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in): Change type of second parameter to PTR.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in): Likewise.
+	* elfcode.h (elf_swap_dyn_in): Change type of second parameter to
+	PTR.
+	(NAME(_bfd_elf,size_info)): Initialize swap_dyn_in field.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections): Don't create a
+	DT_TEXTREL entry because of .rel.plt.  From Martin Pirker
+	<pirker@eiunix.tuwien.ac.at>.
+
+Thu Jan 11 17:06:14 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* section.c (SEC_{EXCLUDE,SORT_ENTRIES}): New section flags for
+	PowerPC V.4 and eabi.
+ 	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
+	* libfd.h: Regenerate.
+
+	* elfxx-target.h (TARGET_{BIG,LITTLE}_SYM): Add new flags.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_section_from_shdr): Support SHT_ORDERED
+	section type and SHF_EXCLUDE section flag, turning them into the
+	appropriate bfd section flag.
+
+Thu Jan 11 11:23:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Create the special
+	sections if we see a DYNAMIC object, in case that is the only
+	XCOFF input object we see.
+	
+	* elf32-mips.c: Extensive changes for a start at dynamic linking
+	support, from Kazumoto Kojima <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>.
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_backend_data): Add type_change_ok field.
+	(struct elf_backend_data): Remove
+	elf_backend_create_program_headers field.  Add
+	elf_backend_additional_program_headers and
+	elf_backend_modify_segment_map fields.
+	* elfxx-target.h (elf_backend_type_change_ok): Define if not
+	defined.
+	(elf_backend_additional_program_headers): Likewise.
+	(elf_backend_modify_segment_map): Likewise.
+	(elf_backend_create_program_headers): Don't define.
+	(elfNN_bed): Change to account for field changes.
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Call new
+	modify_segment_map backend function.  Don't call old
+	create_program_headers backend function.
+	(get_program_header_size): Call additional_program_headers rather
+	than create_program_headers.
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Initialize
+	type_change_ok from new backend field.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): Don't warn if _rld_new_interface is
+	defined.
+	(elf_reloc_link_order): Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as
+	a reloc against the appropriate section.
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct bfd_elf_section_data): Add tdata field.
+	(struct elf_obj_tdata): Rename ppc_flags_init field to flags_init.
+	(elf_flags_init): Rename from elf_ppc_flags_init.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_set_private_flags): Use elf_flags_init, not
+	elf_ppc_flags_init.
+	(ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	(ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (howto_table): Change src_mask to 0 for all
+	relocation entries.
+
+Tue Jan  9 15:22:53 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_relocate_section): During final link, allow
+ 	output .lita section to be bigger than 64k by adjusting gp value
+ 	on a per-input section basis.
+	* libecoff.h (struct ecoff_tdata): Add issued_multiple_gp_warning
+	field.
+	(struct ecoff_section_tdata): Add gp field.
+
+Tue Jan  9 12:00:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Handle Alpha ECOFF changes in OSF/1 3.2.
+	* libecoff.h (struct ecoff_backend_data): Add get_elt_at_filepos
+	field.
+	* coff-alpha.c: Include "aout/ar.h".
+	(alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents): Don't require an
+	ALPHA_R_IGNORE reloc after an ALPHA_R_GPDISP reloc, since OSF/1
+	3.2 doesn't generate one.
+	(alpha_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	(alpha_ecoff_slurp_armap): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_slurp_extended_name_table): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_construct_extended_name_table): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_truncate_arname): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_write_armap): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_generic_stat_arch_elt): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_update_armap_timestamp): Define.
+	(ARFZMAG): Define.
+	(alpha_ecoff_read_ar_hdr): New static function.
+	(alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos): New static function.
+	(alpha_ecoff_openr_next_archived_file): New static function.
+	(alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_index): New static function.
+	(alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize get_elt_at_filepos field.
+	(ecoffalpha_little_vec): Change BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE from
+	_bfd_ecoff to alpha_ecoff.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_link_add_archive_symbols): Use get_elt_at_filepos
+	field from backend structure, rather than always calling
+	_bfd_get_elt_at_filepos.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize
+	get_elt_at_filepos field.
+	* archive.c (_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag): New function, copied
+	from _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr with minor changes.
+	(_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr): Use _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* bfd-in.h (BFD_IN_MEMORY): Define.
+	* libbfd-in.h (struct bfd_in_memory): Define.
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_read): Handle BFD_IN_MEMORY flag.
+	(bfd_get_file_window): Don't try to map a BFD_IN_MEMORY file.
+	(bfd_write, bfd_stat): Abort if BFD_IN_MEMORY is set.
+	(bfd_tell, bfd_flush, bfd_seek): Handle BFD_IN_MEMORY flag.
+	* bfd.c (struct _bfd): Change iostream field from char * to PTR.
+	(bfd_get_size): Handle BFD_IN_MEMORY flag.
+	* cache.c (bfd_cache_close): Ignore BFD_IN_MEMORY files.
+	(bfd_open_file): Cast to PTR, not char *, when setting iostream.
+	(bfd_cache_lookup_worker): Abort if BFD_IN_MEMORY is set.
+	* opncls.c (bfd_fdopenr): Cast to PTR, not char *, when setting
+	iostream.
+	(bfd_openstreamr): Likewise.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,some_aout_object_p)): Only fstat iostream if
+	BFD_IN_MEMORY is not set.
+	* riscix.c (riscix_some_aout_object_p): Likewise.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Add _bfd_get_elt_at_index field.
+	(BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE): Add _get_elt_at_index.
+	(bfd_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* archive.c (_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index): Rename from
+	bfd_get_elt_at_index.  Change index parameter from int to
+	symindex.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index): Declare.
+	(_bfd_noarchive_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	(_bfd_archive_bsd_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	(_bfd_archive_coff_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* aout-target.h (MY_get_elt_at_index): Define if not defined.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* libecoff.h (_bfd_ecoff_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* oasys.c (oasys_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+	* som.c (som_get_elt_at_index): Define.
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_find_nearest_line): Don't restrict line
+	numbers to the .text section.
+
+Mon Jan  8 17:00:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_debug_part): Change return type to boolean.
+	If there is a SEC_DEBUGGING section, get the contents of the debug
+	information part from it.
+	(ieee_set_section_contents): Store the contents of a SEC_DEBUGGING
+	section in memory.
+	(ieee_write_object_contents): Check ieee_write_debug_part return.
+
+Thu Jan  4 17:12:37 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (i[345]86-*-freebsd*): Add target.
+	* configure.in (i386freebsd_vec): Add vec.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+	* Makefile.in (BFD32_BACKENDS): Add i386freebsd.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add i386freebsd.c.
+	Rebuild dependencies..
+	* freebsd.h: New file.
+	* i386freebsd.c: New file.
+	* targets.c (i386freebsd_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add i386freebsd_vec.
+	* i386linux.c (SEGMENT_SIZE): Define as TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+	* i386netbsd.c (SEGMENT_SIZE):  Define as TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+	
+Thu Jan  4 16:27:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_slurp_debug): New static function.
+	(ieee_object_p): Call it.
+	(ieee_slurp_section_data): Skip debugging sections.
+	(ieee_get_reloc_upper_bound): Likewise.
+	(ieee_get_section_contents): Likewise.
+	(ieee_canonicalize_reloc): Likewise.
+	(ieee_write_section_part): Likewise.
+	(ieee_write_debug_part): Likewise.
+	(ieee_write_data_part): Likewise.
+	(init_for_output): Likewise.
+
+Wed Jan  3 19:42:47 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_relocate_section): Make @GOT relocations
+	work.
+	(ppc_elf_howto_raw): Just use bfd_elf_generic_reloc for all howto
+	relocs, since ppc_elf_relocate_section handles the linker case.
+	(ppc_elf_{addr16_ha,got16,toc16,brtaken}_reloc): Delete, no longer
+	used.
+	(ppc_elf_{addr16_ha,got16,toc16,brtaken}_inner): Merge these into
+	ppc_elf_relocate_section since that is now the only caller.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Ditto.
+
+Wed Jan  3 15:11:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): If we don't know the
+	section of the entry point for an XCOFF executable, always set the
+	entry address to -1.
+
+Tue Jan  2 14:17:15 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): Add support for note sections.
+
+Tue Jan  2 13:10:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd-in.h (struct _symbol_info): Add stab_type field.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,get_symbol_info)): Set stab_type.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c: Remove trailing newline from calls to
+        _bfd_error_handler.
+	(ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Only warn about endianness
+	difference if target endianness is known.
+
+Thu Dec 21 12:43:49 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_howto_raw): Add a phony reloc to handle the
+	old style TOC16 references without using R_PPC_GOT.
+	(ppc_reloc_type): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup): Add support for TOC16.
+	(ppc_elf_toc16_inner): Renamed from ppc_elf_got16_inner.
+	(ppc_elf_toc16_reloc): Renamed from ppc_elf_toc16_reloc.
+	(ppc_elf_got16_{inner,reloc}): Stubs for real GOT support.
+	(ppc_elf_check_relocs): New function for GOT/PLT support that is
+	work in progress.
+	(ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_adjust_dynindx): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections): Ditto.
+	(ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER): Define.
+
+Wed Dec 20 19:14:18 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (copy_private_bfd_data): When attaching sections to
+	segments ignore sections that won't be allocated.  Patch from
+	Andreas Schwab.
+
+Tue Dec 19 20:01:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Match on m68k-cbm-* only if OS doesn't match
+	anything else.
+
+Tue Dec 19 16:38:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-i960.c (CALC_ADDEND): Define.
+	(coff_i960_relocate_section): Add the input section VMA to the
+	addend for PC relative relocs.
+
+Sun Dec 17 20:11:55 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_pdata): Must test the entire entry for zero
+	to correctly terminate.
+
+Fri Dec 15 12:05:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (enum bfd_endian): Define.
+	(bfd_target): Rename byteorder_big_p to byteorder, and change it
+	from boolean to enum bfd_endian.  Change header_byteorder_big_p
+	correspondingly.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_big_endian, bfd_little_endian): New macros.
+	(bfd_header_big_endian, bfd_header_little_endian): New macros.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* All targets: Change initialization of byteorder and
+	header_byteorder to use enum bfd_endian values rather than
+	booleans.
+	* All files: Change all references to byteorder_big_p and
+	header_byteorder_big_p to use new bfd_*_endian macros.
+
+	* coffgen.c (make_a_section_from_file): Set lma to s_paddr, not
+	s_vaddr.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Set s_paddr to lma, not
+	vma.
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents): Likewise.
+
+Fri Dec 15 07:32:09 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* pe[i]-i386.c (TARGET_UNDERSCORE): Define to '_'.
+
+Thu Dec 14 13:45:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Lots of minor cleanups.  Make many functions return
+	errors rather than calling abort.  Also:
+	(ieee_write_twobyte): Remove; change callers to call existing
+	ieee_write_2bytes function.
+	(ieee_write_expression): Don't output the section twice when
+	outputting a local symbol.  Don't emit an extraneous zero if there
+	is only one term.
+	(ieee_slurp_sections): Set the lma as well as the vma.
+	(ieee_archive_p): Use bfd_alloc_grow rather than an obstack.
+
+	* ihex.c (ihex_set_arch_mach): Don't accept any architecture, just
+	a recognized one or bfd_arch_unknown.
+	(ihex_get_symtab_upper_bound): Define as bfd_0l, to permit objcopy
+	to succeed.
+	(ihex_get_symtab): Likewise.
+
+Wed Dec 13 15:44:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aoutx.h: Include <ctype.h>.
+	(struct aout_link_includes_table): Define.
+	(struct aout_link_includes_totals): Define.
+	(struct aout_link_includes_entry): Define.
+	(aout_link_includes_lookup): Define macro.
+	(struct aout_final_link_info): Add includes field.
+	(aout_link_includes_newfunc): New static function.
+	(NAME(aout,final_link)): Initialize includes hash table.
+	(aout_link_write_symbols): Eliminate duplicate N_BINCL entries.
+
+Wed Dec 13 10:52:14 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Match on mips-*-* instead of mips-idt-ecoff.
+
+Wed Dec 13 11:07:45 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (coff_ppc_relocate_section): removed debugging code.
+
+Tue Dec 12 17:42:06 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_reloc): New function to dump the .reloc section.
+	(pe_print_private_bfd_data): call pe_print_reloc.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): .reloc section alignment.
+	* coff-ppc.c (in_reloc_p): Added missing non-eligible relocs. Spiffed
+	up some debugging as well.
+
+Tue Dec 12 11:34:23 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Handle sparc-*-elf*.  From Ronald F. Guilmette
+	<rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+Fri Dec  8 17:47:07 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Set section_count to 0
+	when setting sections to NULL.
+
+Wed Dec  6 17:05:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (struct xcoff_loader_info): Add export_defineds
+	field.
+	(bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Add export_defineds parameter.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): If export_defineds is set, set XCOFF_EXPORT
+	for all symbols.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Dec  4 16:40:47 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): Removed some debugging printf's
+
+Mon Dec  4 11:25:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ihex.c (ihex_scan): Handle record types 4 and 5.
+	(ihex_object_p): Permit types 4 and 5.
+	(ihex_set_section_contents): Remove check for out of range
+	addresses.
+	(ihex_write_object_contents): Generate types 4 and 5.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_output_extsym): Just ignore warning and
+	indirect references to symbols which don't really exist.
+
+Sun Dec  3 19:00:27 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_idata): Minor format fixes
+	(pe_print_edata): New function. Under private printing, this formats
+	the edata section of a PE file.
+	(pe_print_private_bfd_data): Added call to pe_print_edata.
+
+Sun Dec  3 16:46:54 1995  Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* aout-arm.c (MY_swap_std_reloc_out): Use KEEPIT to get the symbol
+	index, don't call stoi.
+
+Fri Dec  1 14:46:51 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* srec.c (srec_scan): Set lma as well as vma.
+
+	* ihex.c: New file; support for Intel Hex format.
+	* targets.c (enum bfd_flavour): Add bfd_target_ihex_flavour.
+	(ihex_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Always include ihex_vec.
+	* bfd.c (struct _bfd): Add ihex_data field to tdata union.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD_LIBS): Add ihex.o
+	(BFD_LIBS_CFILES): Add ihex.c.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Sort the sections in
+	each segment.
+	(get_program_header_size): Return the right size if segment_map is
+	not NULL.
+	(copy_private_bfd_data): Don't bother to sort the sections.
+
+	* bfd.c (bfd_record_phdr): New function.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_record_phdr): Declare.
+	* bfd_in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf32_sparc_relocate_section): Remove bogus
+	BFD_ASSERT.
+
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_malloc, bfd_realloc): New functions.
+	(bfd_zmalloc): Return PTR, not char *.  Take size_t, not
+	bfd_size_type.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_malloc, bfd_realloc): Declare.
+	(bfd_zmalloc): Change declaration.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* Many files: Use bfd_malloc and bfd_realloc rather than malloc
+	and realloc.  Don't set bfd_error_no_memory if they fail.
+
+Thu Nov 30 19:32:26 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c: Added macros to tidy up toc cell treatment. Numerous
+	uses as well. Added a new howto to deal with TOCREL16 relocs that 
+	are TOCDEFN as well.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Expanded treatment of ADDR32NB relocs
+	to handle RVA relocs from dlltool.
+	(ppc_coff_rtype2howto): TOCDEFN reloc addition.
+	(coff_ppc_rtype_to_howto): TOCDEFN reloc addition.
+	(ppc_coff_reloc_type_lookup): TOCDEFN reloc addition.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): check idata$X sections 
+	to get the right section alignment.
+
+Thu Nov 30 16:48:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr): Don't set lma based on
+	p_paddr if p_paddr is zero.
+	(make_mapping): Set includes_filehdr and includes_phdrs for first
+	PT_LOAD segment.
+	(map_sections_to_segments): Set includes_phdrs for PT_PHDR
+	segment.
+	(assign_file_positions_for_segments): Handle includes_filehdr and
+	includes_phdrs.  Remove special handling of PT_PHDR and first
+	PT_LOAD segments.
+	(copy_private_bfd_data): Set includes_filehdr and includes_phdr
+	when appropriate.  Remove special handling of PT_PHDR segment.
+	Use a more complex condition for when a section is included in a
+	segment to handle Solaris linker oddities.
+
+Thu Nov 30 11:17:33 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* coff-m88k.c (howto_table): Reformatted for easier reading;
+	special_function now points to new function m88k_special_reloc.
+	(howto_hvrt16): Function previously used for handling HVRT16 relocs
+	removed.
+	(rtype2howto): Do not add reloc's r_offset to the addend, this will
+	be done correctly by m88k_special_reloc.
+	(reloc_processing): New function to be used by RELOC_PROCESSING.
+	(RELOC_PROCESSING): Define to call reloc_processing.
+
+Wed Nov 29 12:42:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_idata): Call malloc rather than xmalloc.
+	(pe_print_pdata): Likewise.
+
+	* opncls.c (bfd_alloc_by_size_t): Set bfd_error_no_memory if
+	obstack_alloc fails.
+	(bfd_alloc_finish): Set bfd_error_no_memory if obstack_finish
+	fails.
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_zmalloc): Set bfd_error_no_memory if malloc fails.
+	* Many files: don't set bfd_error_no_memory if one of the above
+	routines fails.
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Don't adjust p_paddr
+	if p_paddr_valid is set.
+	(copy_private_bfd_data): New static function.
+	(_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data): Call copy_private_bfd_data.
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_for_segments): Fix case where extra
+	program headers were allocated.
+
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data): New function.
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Declare.
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Define to
+	_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data.
+
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_in): Don't abort if
+	r_symndx is RELOC_SECTION_NONE for an ALPHA_R_IGNORE reloc.
+	Change a RELOC_SECTION_LITA symndx to RELOC_SECTION_ABS.
+	(alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_out): Change RELOC_SECTION_ABS to
+	RELOC_SECTION_LITA for ALPHA_R_IGNORE.
+	(alpha_adjust_reloc_out): For ALPHA_R_IGNORE, don't change
+	RELOC_SECTION_ABS to RELOC_SECTION_NONE.
+
+Tue Nov 28 16:59:50 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_obj_tdata): Add segment_map field.
+	* elf.c (make_mapping): New static function.
+	(map_sections_to_segments): New static function.
+	(elf_sort_sections): New static function.
+	(assign_file_positions_for_segments): New static function.
+	(map_program_segments): Remove.
+	(get_program_header_size): Remove sorted_hdrs, count, and
+	maxpagesize parameters.  Simplify.
+	(assign_file_positions_except_relocs): When generating an
+	executable, use assign_file_positions_for_segments.
+	(elf_sort_hdrs): Remove.
+	(_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers): Remove eliminated parameters from call
+	to get_program_header_size.
+
+Mon Nov 27 12:27:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* hp300hpux.c (MY(callback)): Set lma as well as vma.
+
+	* configure, config.in: Regenerate with autoconf 2.7.
+
+	* elf32-i386.c (elf_backend_plt_readonly): Set correctly, to 1.
+	* elf32-sparc.c (elf_backend_plt_readonly): Set correctly, to 0.
+
+Wed Nov 22 12:02:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook): Handle .rconst section.
+	(ecoff_sec_to_styp_flags): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_styp_to_sec_flags): Handle STYP_RCONST.
+	(ecoff_set_symbol_info): Handle scRConst.
+	(ecoff_slurp_reloc_table): Handle RELOC_SECTION_RCONST.
+	(ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Handle .rconst section.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_link_check_archive_element): Handle scRConst.
+	(ecoff_link_add_externals): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_link_write_external): Handle .rconst section.
+	(ecoff_reloc_link_order): Likewise.
+	* ecofflink.c (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate): Handle scRConst.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_convert_external_reloc): Handle .rconst
+	section.
+	(alpha_relocate_section): Handle RELOC_SECTION_RCONST.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_scan_dynamic_symbol): Only set written if the
+	DEF_DYNAMIC flag is set.
+
+Tue Nov 21 13:25:29 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* host-aout.c: If TRAD_HEADER is defined, include it.
+
+Tue Nov 21 13:03:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (AC_PROG_CC): Remove local definition.
+	(BFD_BINARY_FOPEN): Require AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM.
+	(BFD_NEED_DECLARATION): New function.
+	* configure.in: Use BFD_NEED_DECLARATION.
+	* acconfig.h: Put NEED_DECLARATION_* in @TOP@ section.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Clear
+	special_sections before returning when called with a non XCOFF
+	BFD.
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_renumber_symbols): Sort common symbols with
+	global symbols.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Only pad the
+	previous section to force file alignment when creating an
+	executable.
+
+Mon Nov 20 14:54:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): If
+	RS6000COFF_C, set up the .debug section.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_input_bfd): Adjust the TOC anchor value
+	if it is not large enough to accomodate the entire TOC area with
+	signed 16 bit offsets.
+	(xcoff_write_global_symbol): Handle negative TOC offsets in global
+	linkage code.
+	(_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Adjust relocations against a
+	TOC anchor to use the TOC value used in the output file.
+
+Sat Nov 18 18:01:41 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffgen.c (_bfd_coff_get_external_symbols): Cast malloc return.
+	(_bfd_coff_read_string_table): Likewise.
+
+Sat Nov 18 19:43:04 1995  Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* pe-arm.c: Fix typos.
+	* coff-arm.c: Likewise.
+
+Fri Nov 17 16:22:04 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (list_ele): Added "cat"egory member.
+	(record_toc): New category parameter (priv or pub).
+	(ppc_record_toc_entry): Check to see if toc bounds exceeded.
+	(ppc_process_before_allocation): Removed embrionic data-in-toc from
+	the mainline. It addes extra toc cells in error.
+	(ppc_coff_swap_sym_in_hook): Added some documentation.
+	(dump_toc): Can now diagnose "virtual toc" chicanery.
+
+Fri Nov 17 10:41:25 1995  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* elf-bfd.h (struct elf_link_hash_table): Change type of
+	dynsymcount and bucketcount fields from size_t to bfd_size_type.
+
+Fri Nov 17 10:02:58 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_pointerize_aux_hook): I960 version: don't
+	pointerize C_LEAFSTAT or C_LEAFEXT entries.
+
+	* elflink.h (NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections)): Only create
+	DT_INIT and DT_FINI entries if the _init or _fini symbol is
+	defined or mentioned in a regular file.
+
+Thu Nov 16 15:16:42 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_record_data_in_toc_entry): new function
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Handle TOCDEFN attribute
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Correct REL24 handling
+	(ppc_process_before_allocation): Correct TOCDEFN handling
+
+	* peicode.h (dir_names): Added name descriptions
+
+Thu Nov 16 03:38:03 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* VERSION: Updated to cygnus-2.6.
+
+Wed Nov 15 19:30:07 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (m68k4knetbsd_vec): Declare.
+
+Wed Nov 15 18:05:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Change type of second argument to
+	_bfd_print_private_bfd_data from void * to PTR.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Cast
+	using PTR rather than void *.
+	* bfd-in2, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* peicode.h (pe_print_private_bfd_data): Change vfile from void *
+	to PTR.
+	* elfxx-target.h (bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Define as
+	_bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data rather than casting
+	bfd_true.
+
+Wed Nov 15 04:09:14 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (.dep1): Fix stupid typo in last change.  Remove any
+	"DO NOT DELETE" lines or blank lines that mkdep writes on some
+	systems.
+	(BFD_LIBS_CFILES, ALL_MACHINES_CFILES, BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES,
+	BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES): New variables.
+	(CFILES): Use them.
+	
+Tue Nov 14 11:52:23 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_out): For PPC PE, start isize at 0,
+	not at the file position of the first section.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Avoid using
+	unportable #elif.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): When generating a PPC PE executable
+	with no symbols, round up the file size to a COFF_PAGE_SIZE
+	boundary.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_final_link): If there are no symbols,
+	don't write out a string table.
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): When using a different section
+	header, pass the new one to _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
+	(elf_fake_sections): Don't set sh_info and sh_entsize fields.
+	(elf_map_symbols): Add section VMA to symbol value when comparing
+	against 0.
+	(_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions): Only build symbol table
+	if there are some symbols.  Set file offset of symtab and strtab
+	sections.
+	(assign_file_positions_except_relocs): Remove dosyms parameter.
+	Change all callers.  Never set file offset of symtab and strtab
+	sections.
+	(_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data): New function.
+	(MAP_ONESYMTAB, MAP_DYNSYMTAB, MAP_STRTAB, MAP_SHSTRTAB): Define.
+	(_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data): New function.
+	(swap_out_syms): Check for special mapping of st_shndx created by
+	copy_private_symbol_data.
+	* elfxx-target.h: Use new copy routines.
+	* elf-bfd.h (_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data): Declare.
+	(_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data): Declare.
+
+	* config.bfd (sh-*-*): Set targ_defvec to shcoff_vec.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_symbol_table): If COFF_WITH_PE, handle
+	C_NT_WEAK.
+
+	* coff-sh.c (shlcoff_vec): Use _bfd_generic_archive_p, not
+	_bfd_dummy_target, matching the recent change to archive
+	recognition.
+
+Mon Nov 13 13:24:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_get_file_window): Use casts to avoid doing
+	arithmetic on PTR types.
+
+	* aout-target.h (MY(callback)): Set the lma of the sections.
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_reloc_link_order): Turn a reloc against a defined
+	symbol into a reloc against the section.
+
+Mon Nov 13 07:31:35 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_coff_link_hash_entry): added support for inline
+	glue for the relocs: IMGLUE and IFGLUE.
+	(record_toc): new function - tracks toc contents
+	(ppc_mark_symbol_as_glue): new function - supports the IMGLUE reloc
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): Added support and fixes for IMGLUE/IFGLUE
+	(ppc_coff_rtype2howto): removed invalid IMGLUE hack
+	(coff_ppc_rtype_to_howto): removed invalid IMGLUE hack
+	(ppc_record_toc_entry): Removed a debug define (duh)
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Fixed invalid strcmp for ".reldata"
+	(pe_print_idata): New function - formats the idata section data
+	(pe_print_pdata): New function - formats the pdata section data
+	(pe_print_private_bfd_data): calls to above
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:23:24 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (bfd_libs_here, etc): Provide empty definitions.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (rs6000coff_vec): Add conditional defines
+	TARGET_SYM and TARGET_NAME for vector and BFD name.
+	* coff-pmac.c (pmac_xcoff_vec): Remove.
+	(TARGET_SYM, TARGET_NAME): Define.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_arch_mach_hook) [POWERMAC]: Set the
+	machine to 0, not all PowerMacs are 601s.
+
+Fri Nov 10 12:10:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_object_p): Read in any program headers.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr): Adjust section lma
+	based on the program headers, if any.
+	(elf_fake_sections): Set sh_addr from the vma, not the lma.
+	(map_program_segments): Set p_paddr of program headers based on
+	the lma.
+
+Thu Nov  9 13:01:31 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* archive.c (bfd_generic_archive_p): Preserve tdata in case of
+	failure.
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,final_link)): Report a reasonable error when
+	trying to do a relocateable link with a non-a.out object file.
+
+	* archive.c (bfd_generic_archive_p): Check the first object file
+	in an archive even if target_defaulted is set.  If the object file
+	has the wrong xvec, reject it.
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,set_section_contents)): If a section can not
+	be represented, report the name via _bfd_error_handler.
+	(translate_to_native_sym_flags): Likewise.
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_final_link): Likewise.
+	* oasys.c (oasys_write_sections): Likewise.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): Write RS6000COFF_C version
+	which checks for STYP_OVRFLO sections.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): If RS6000COFF_C, handle
+	reloc and lineno count overflows.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Call coff_count_linenumbers before
+	coff_compute_section_file_positions.  If RS6000COFF_C, handle
+	reloc and lineno count overflows.
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Count line numbers and
+	relocs before dealing with .pad sections.  Count overflow section
+	headers when handling .pad sections.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Set a.out vstamp to 1
+	if RS6000COFF_C.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (XCOFF_DESCRIPTOR): Define.
+	(struct xcoff_link_hash_table): Add descriptor_section and
+	special_sections fields.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create): Initialize new fields.
+	(xcoff_link_add_symbols): Set linkage section alignment.  Create
+	descriptor section.  Check for magic symbol names (_text, etc.),
+	and record them in special_sections if found.  Set
+	XCOFF_DESCRIPTOR flag for a function descriptor, and set its
+	descriptor field to point back to the function code symbol.
+	(xcoff_sweep): Always mark the special descriptor_section.
+	(bfd_xcoff_export_symbol): Check whether the symbol might be a
+	function descriptor, and mark it if it is.
+	(bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Add new special_sections
+	parameter, and fill it in.  Allocate space for the descriptor
+	section.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Set XCOFF_DEF_REGULAR flag when defining
+	global linkage code.  If an undefined function descriptor is
+	exported, arrange to define it.  Warn about any other undefined
+	exported symbol.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Write out the descriptor section.
+	(xcoff_write_global_symbol): Create a function descriptor when
+	necessary.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Update declaration.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Nov  9 08:40:23 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_coff_link_hash_entry): new types for hashing
+	(ppc_coff_link_hash_table): new types for hashing
+	(ppc_coff_link_hash_newfunc): hash entry constructor
+	(ppc_coff_link_hash_table_init): hash table initializer
+	(ppc_coff_link_hash_table_create): hash table constructor
+	(ppc_record_toc_entry): changed references to hash table
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): changed references to hash table
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (coff_link_hash_entry): removed toc_offset
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc): removed toc_offset init
+	(coff_link_add_symbols): removed toc_offset init
+
+Thu Nov  9 04:00:38 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (.dep1): Make sure the file mkdep is to write exists
+	first.
+
+	* configure.in: Added new option --with[out]-mmap.  Set USE_MMAP
+	if it is given and mmep is available.
+	* acconfig.h: Undef USE_MMAP.
+	* configure, config.in: Regenerated.
+	* aoutx.h: If USE_MMAP is not defined, do all symbol and string
+	table handling the old way.
+	(aout_get_external_symbols): Don't complain if last byte of string
+	table is nonzero.
+	* libbfd.c [HAVE_MADVISE]: Include sys/types.h and sys/mman.h.
+	(bfd_free_window) [! USE_MMAP]: Don't define.
+	(bfd_get_file_window,
+	_bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window) [! USE_MMAP]: Abort.
+
+Wed Nov  8 20:03:44 1995  Eric Freudenthal <freudenthal@nyu.edu>
+
+	* coff-a29k.c (SIGN_EXTEND_HWORD): Use ~0xffff rather than
+	0xffff0000.
+
+Wed Nov  8 11:31:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-a29k.c (a29k_reloc): Change handling of R_IREL reloc to be
+	compatible with AMD generated COFF files.  Try to support both AMD
+	and GNU formats simultaneously.
+	(coff_a29k_relocate_section): Likewise.
+
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_get_file_window): Change writable parameter from
+	int to boolean; update all callers.  Pass MAP_SHARED if not
+	writable--it's required on Solaris.  Cast fprintf argument to
+	avoid warning.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_get_file_window): Update declaration.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* aoutx.h: Update calls to bfd_get_file_window.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (XCOFF_DEF_DYNAMIC): Rename from XCOFF_REF_DYNAMIC.
+	Change all uses.
+	(xcoff_swap_ldhdr_in): New static function.
+	(xcoff_swap_ldsym_in): New static function.
+	(xcoff_find_reloc): Handle the case of a single reloc correctly.
+	(xcoff_link_add_symbols): If we just created a descriptor, pass it
+	to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol, to save a hash lookup.
+	Handle XTY_ER/XMC_XO symbols correctly.
+	(xcoff_link_add_dynamic_symbols): Rewrite to read .loader symbols
+	rather than normal symbol table.
+	(bfd_xcoff_import_symbol): It's not an error if the symbol is
+	already defined with the same absolute value.
+	(xcoff_mark): When considering called symbols, check whether the
+	descriptor is from a dynamic object, rather than the symbol
+	itself.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Likewise.
+
+	* libbfd.c (bfd_get_file_window): Change return type to boolean.
+	Cast realloc and malloc return values.  If malloc or realloc fail,
+	set bfd_error_no_memory.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_get_file_window): Change type to boolean.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Nov  7 11:53:48 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (ppc_record_toc_entry): new function.
+	(in_reloc_p): changed return value.
+	(coff_ppc_relocate_section): much rework.
+	(ppc_allocate_toc_section): new function.
+	(ppc_process_before_allocation): new function.
+	(ppc_coff_swap_sym_in_hook): new function.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc): initialize toc_offset.
+	(coff_link_add_symbols): initialize toc_offset.
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_sym_in): Added coff_swap_sym_in_hook
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Added more sections to the data
+	dictionary for the pe file header. Also changed linker version
+	number on the ppc side.
+	(dir_names): small improvements to the dictionary printing.
+	(pe_mkobject_hook): save the file level flags.
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (coff_link_hash_entry): added toc_offset field
+	(pe_tdata): added real_flags field
+	(coff_tdata): added local_toc_sym_map and access macro
+
+	* libcoff.h (coff_link_hash_entry): added toc_offset field
+	(pe_tdata): added real_flags field
+	(coff_tdata): added local_toc_sym_map and access macro
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_alignment_hook): added hook for PE.
+	(coff_mkobject): init for local_toc_sym_map
+	(coff_write_object_contents): set the internal_a.magic to
+        IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC which appears to be what other
+	ppc compilers use.
+
+Tue Nov  7 13:48:58 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecofflink.c (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line): Keep looking through stabs
+	entries until both the line number address and the function name
+	address are too large.
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CHECK_PROG to find and cache AR.
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD): Don't define CC_FOR_BUILD if it
+	is defined in the environment.
+
+Tue Nov  7 10:57:24 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* som.c (som_get_section_contents_in_window): Define to use
+	generic version.
+
+Mon Nov  6 17:13:15 1995  Harry Dolan  <dolan@ssd.intel.com>
+
+	* coff-i860.c: New file, based on coff-i386.c.
+	* cpu-i860.c: New file, based on cpu-i386.c.
+	* hosts/i860mach3.h: New file, based on hosts/i386mach3.h.
+	* config.bfd (i860-*-mach3*, i860-*-osf1*, i860-*-coff*): New
+	targets, using i860coff_vec.
+	* configure.in (i860-*-mach3*, i860-*-osf1*): New hosts, using
+	trad-core.o and hosts/i860mach3.h.
+	(i860coff_vec): Use coff-i860.o and cofflink.o.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-i860.o.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add coff-i860.o.
+	(CFILES): Add cpu-i860.c and coff-i860.c.
+	* targets.c (i860coff_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add &i860coff_vec.	
+	* archures.c (bfd_i860_arch): Declare.
+	(bfd_archures_list): Add &bfd_i860_arch.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_arch_mach_hook): Handle I860 magic number.
+	(coff_set_flags): Handle bfd_arch_i860.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Handle I860 a.out magic number.
+
+Mon Nov  6 14:34:07 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Set the alignment power of
+	the created .tc section to 2.
+	(xcoff_mark): Don't keep a .loader reloc for a call to an
+	undefined symbol when creating a shared library.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): When creating a shared library, generate
+	global linkage code for a call to an undefined symbol.
+
+Sun Nov  5 21:44:13 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Rebuild list from BFD_LIBS, ALL_MACHINES,
+	BFD32_BACKENDS, BFD64_BACKENDS.
+	(.dep1): Put mkdep output in a separate file.
+	Rebuilt dependencies.
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap): Cast _bfd_read_ar_hdr return
+	value.
+
+	Permit use of mmap when available:
+
+	* configure.in: Check for mmap, madvise, mprotect.
+	* config.in, configure: Regenerated.
+
+	* libbfd.c (struct _bfd_window_internal): Define type.
+	(bfd_init_window, bfd_free_window, bfd_get_file_window): New
+	functions.
+	(ok_to_map): New static variable for debugging.
+	(_bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window): New function.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_window_internal): Declare type.
+	(bfd_window): Define type.
+	(bfd_init_window, bfd_free_window, bfd_get_file_window): Declare.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window):
+	Declare.
+
+	* libaout.h (struct aoutdata): Add two window fields.
+	(obj_aout_sym_window, obj_aout_string_window): New macros.
+	* aoutx.h (some_aout_object_p): Initialize windows.
+	(aout_get_external_symbols): Get symbol data and strings in
+	windows instead of explicitly allocated buffers.
+	(slurp_symbol_table): Free window instead of memory.
+	(bfd_free_cached_info): Release windows instead of freeing storage
+	directly.
+	(aout_link_free_symbols): Ditto.
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Add new field for
+	get_section_contents_in_window.
+	(BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC): Updated.
+	* aout-adobe.c, aout-target.h, binary.c, bout.c, coff-alpha.c,
+	coff-mips.c, elfxx-target.h, i386msdos.c, i386os9k.c, ieee.c,
+	libcoff-in.h, oasys.c, srec.c, tekhex.c, versados.c: Added new
+	macros for get_section_contents_in_window field.
+
+Sat Nov  4 12:23:26 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* core.c: Renamed to corefile.c
+	* makefile.dos (OBJS): Change core.o to corefile.o
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES, BFD_LIBS): Use corefile.c instead of core.c
+	
+Fri Nov  3 15:54:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Rename local variable sub
+	to o.  Clobber and restore the list of new csects around the call
+	to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol, in case it wants to report a
+	linker error and the linker wants to read the symbol table.  Reset
+	the line number count of a real section even if it has no relocs.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): If shared, set the DYNAMIC flag.
+
+	* coffgen.c (_bfd_coff_read_string_table): Warn if the string size
+	is too small.
+
+Thu Nov  2 23:16:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Don't warn about
+	an undefined symbol in a shared link.
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): Correct type of
+	oldtype from bfd_link_order_type to bfd_link_hash_type.  From
+	phdm@info.ucl.ac.be (Philippe De Muyter).
+
+Wed Nov  1 14:26:02 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* coff-m88k.c (rtype2howto): New static function.
+	(RTYPE2HOWTO): Use it rather than a macro definition.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): set internal_a.magic
+	to PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED #if defined (M68) && !defined (LYNXOS).
+
+	* configure.in: m68*-motorola-sysv* does not use ptrace-core.o;
+	define TRAD_HEADER to new file hosts/delta68.h.
+	m88*-motorola-sysv*, however, does use ptrace-core.o.
+	* hosts/delta68.h: New file.
+
+	* ptrace-core.c (ptrace_unix_core_file_p): change bfd_zmalloc to
+	bfd_zalloc; provide proper parm abfd to calls to bfd_zalloc.
+
+Wed Nov  1 13:51:54 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386linux.c (MY(vec)): Declare before use.
+
+Wed Nov  1 11:45:07 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc16.c (bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents):
+	Pass input_bfd, not in_bfd, to bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases.
+
+	* elf.c (bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name): Don't do anything if the
+	BFD is not of the right type.
+	(bfd_elf_get_needed_list): Likewise.
+	* i386linux.c (bfd_linux_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+	* sunos.c (bfd_sunos_get_needed_list): Likewise.
+	* xcofflink.c (XCOFF_XVECP): Define.
+	(bfd_xcoff_link_record_set): Don't do anything if the BFD is not
+	of the right type.
+	(bfd_xcoff_import_symbol): Likewise.
+	(bfd_xcoff_export_symbol): Likewise.
+	(bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc): Likewise.
+	(bfd_xcoff_record_link_assignment): Likewise.
+	(bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_scan_ext_relocs): Only check the reloc symbol
+	table index against the number of symbols for a base relative
+	reloc.
+
+	* coff-rs6000.c (_bfd_xcoff_sizeof_headers): Change from macro to
+	static function.
+	* xcofflink.c (_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create): Set
+	full_aouthdr flag here...
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): ...not here.
+
+Tue Oct 31 12:52:02 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libelf.h:  Rename to elf-bfd.h to avoid conflict with
+	systems that have a system <libelf.h>.
+	* Makefile.in: Globally replace libelf.h with elf-bfd.h.
+	* bfd.c, elf.c, elf32-arc.c, elf32-gen.c, elf32-hppa.c,
+	elf32-hppa.h, elf32-i386.c, elf32-i860.c, elf32-m68k.c,
+	elf32-m88k.c, elf32-mips.c, elf32-ppc.c, elf32-sparc.c,
+	elf64-gen.c, elf64-sparc.c, elfcode.h, elflink.c,
+	elfxx-target.h: Include elf-bfd.h rather than libelf.h.
+	* elfxx-target.h: Change libelf.h reference to elf-bfd.h.
+
+Tue Oct 31 15:30:07 1995  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_set_symbol_info): Add new parameter weak.  If
+	set, set BSF_WEAK in symbol.  Change all callers.
+	(ecoff_get_extr): Set weakext based on BSF_WEAK.
+	(ecoff_link_add_externals): If weakext is set, pass BSF_WEAK to
+	_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol.
+	(ecoff_indirect_link_order): Check that the section tdata relocs
+	are not NULL before using them.
+
+	* configure.in (alpha*-*-linux*): Set COREFILE to trad-core.o and
+	define TRAD_HEADER as hosts/alphalinux.h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* hosts/alphalinux.h: New file.
+	* trad-core.c (trad_unix_core_file_p): Cast u.u_ar0 to bfd_vma,
+	not int.
+
+Tue Oct 31 12:34:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_symbol_table): Accept C_BCOMM and
+	C_ECOMM storage classes.
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_mark_symbol): New static function, broken out
+	of xcoff_mark.
+	(xcoff_mark): Call xcoff_mark_symbol.
+	(bfd_xcoff_export_symbol): Call xcoff_mark_symbol.
+	(bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc): Call xcoff_mark_symbol rather than
+	doing it by hand.
+	(xcoff_build_ldsyms): Build a .loader symbol for an export symbol.
+
+Mon Oct 30 14:53:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (struct xcoff_final_link_info): Add new line_filepos
+	field.
+	(xcoff_find_reloc): New static function.
+	(xcoff_link_add_symbols): Use it.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Set finfo.line_filepos.
+	(xcoff_link_input_bfd): Handle C_BINCL and C_EINCL.  Don't
+	relocate the value of C_DECL.
+
+	* elf.c (elf_fake_sections): Remove bogus BFD_ASSERT.
+
+Sat Oct 28 01:25:34 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): Make
+	callback decide what goes in .relocs.
+	* pe[i]-i386.c (TARGET_UNDERSCORE): Define.
+	* peicode.h (pe_mkobject_hook): Only copy aouthdr if
+	there is one.
+
+Sat Oct 28 01:51:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Handle csects in the
+	absolute section.
+
+Fri Oct 27 18:14:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c: More improvements, mostly to fix handling of
+	constructors and a few other special cases.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (rs6000coff_vec): Set symbol_leading_char back to
+	zero, reverting yesterday's change.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_xcoff_link_record_set): Declare.
+	(bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc): Declare.
+	(bfd_xcoff_record_link_assignment): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Oct 27 14:42:15 1995  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	* PORTING, aout-arm.c, aout-encap.c, aout-target.h,
+	aoutx.h, gen-aout.c, host-aout.c, hp300bsd.c, i386aout.c
+	i386bsd.c, i386dynix.c, i386linux.c, i386lynx.c, i386mach3.c,
+	i386netbsd.c, m68klynx.c, m88kmach3.c, mipsbsd.c, newsos3.c,
+	ns32knetbsd.c, pc532-mach.c, riscix.c, sparclynx.c, sparcnetbsd.c:
+	Change PAGE_SIZE to TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
+
+	* m68knetbsd.c: Ditto as well as add support for the m68k4k object
+	format.
+
+	* netbsd.h: Double ditto (incl. m68k4k support).  NetBSD's text
+	segments includes the a.out header.  See to that the magic number
+	*always* is big-endian.
+
+	* config.bfd: Add m68*-hp*-netbsd* case.  Cross-pollinate m68k and
+	m68k4k NetBSD configurations.
+
+	* configure.in, configure: Separate i386 & mips NetBSD
+	configurations from other BSD ones.  Don't assume DEC is the only
+	thing NetBSD/mips run on.  Add {m68k,ns32k,sparc}-*-netbsd*
+	configurations.  Add support for m68k4k NetBSD object format.
+
+	* libaout.h: Added M_68K4K_NETBSD magic.
+
+	* m68k4knetbsd.c: New file.
+	
+	* hosts/{m68k,sparc}nbsd.h: Don't define HOST_BIG_ENDIAN_P.
+
+	* hosts/nbsd.h: Define HOST_BIG_ENDIAN_P according to
+	<machine/endian.h>.
+
+	* hosts/mipsnbsd.h: New file.
+	
+Thu Oct 26 14:16:47 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xcofflink.c: Numerous changes to get closer to a working XCOFF
+	linker.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Add full_aouthdr,
+	toc_section, and entry_section fields.
+	(struct xcoff_section_tdata): Remove ldrel_count field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_mkobject_hook): Initialize new xcoff_data
+	fields.
+	(coff_compute_section_file_positions): If RS6000COFF_C, generate
+	full a.out header if full_aouthdr is set in xcoff_data.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Likewise.  Set o_snentry and o_sntoc
+	based on sections stored in xcoff_data.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data): Copy new xcoff_data
+	fields.
+	(xcoff_reloc_type_lookup): Handle BFD_RELOC_CTOR.
+	(rs6000coff_vec): Set symbol_leading_char to '.'.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_get_symbol_info): If fix_value is set, fix the
+	value stored in ret rather than returning a pointer value.
+	
+Wed Oct 25 23:10:39 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd (powerpc{,le}-{elf,sysv4,eabi,solaris2}): Remove MAC
+	format for now.
+
+Wed Oct 25 16:19:27 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* som.c (som_slurp_string_table): Allocate the strings with malloc
+	since they're free'd by free_cached_info.
+	(som_slurp_symbol_table): Similarly for the symbol table.
+
+Wed Oct 25 14:59:22 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (diststuff):  Don't make headers.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:32:54 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* sunos.c (bfd_sunos_record_link_assignment): Don't do anything if
+	output_bfd is not SunOS.
+	(bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections): Likewise.  Don't scan relocs of
+	non-SunOS input files.
+
+	* xcofflink.c: Extensive changes to support linking shared objects
+	and generating a .loader section.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Add import_file_id field.
+	(struct xcoff_section_tdata): Add lineno_count, first_symndx,
+	last_symndx, and ldrel_count fields.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_howto_table): Correct reloc names.
+	* coffcode.h (styp_to_sec_flags): Don't set any flags if STYP_PAD
+	is set.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_xcoff_import_symbol): Declare.
+	(bfd_xcoff_export_symbol): Declare.
+	(bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Oct 24 17:44:20 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add xcofflink.o to pmac_xcoff_vec.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* mpw-config.in: Add xcofflink.c.o to powerpc-apple-macos.
+	* coff-pmac.c: Include coff-rs6000.c instead of duplicating its
+	contents.
+	(pmac_xcoff_vec): Update to use new xcoff support.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_generic_stat_arch_elt): Make static.
+	(xcoff_write_armap): Declare buf as unsigned char.
+	* xcofflink.c (xcoff_link_add_symbols): Declare a local as PTR.
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Generalize subdir_do edit.
+	
+Tue Oct 24 10:25:01 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppabsd-core.c (make_bfd_asection): Initialize asect->filepos
+	correctly.  Don't initialize asect->vma.
+
+Fri Oct 20 13:23:48 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* opncls.c (_bfd_new_bfd): If _bfd_chunksize wasn't preset, use
+	something a little less than the page size.
+
+Thu Oct 19 13:06:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-i960.c (coff_i960_adjust_symndx): Clear *adjustedp.
+
+Wed Oct 18 16:20:08 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-i386.c (coff_i386_reloc_type_lookup): New.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): If .bss is before
+	.data us that as data_start.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): Get reloc
+	calc correct.
+	* peicode.h (add_data_entry): Use _cooked_size of data directory.
+	(coff_swap_outhdr_out): Hardwire in version number.
+	
+Wed Oct 18 16:50:54 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Rename local variables
+	major and minor to *_vno, since the former are also macros in
+	SunOS header files.  Cast result of bfd_alloc to appropriate
+	type.
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_find_nearest_line): Cast used_by_bfd value
+	before assigning to sec_data.
+
+Wed Oct 18 13:25:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_find_nearest_line): The offset argument is
+	now relative to the section, not absolute.
+	* ecofflink.c (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line): Use the right symbol to
+	get the file name when there is a N_SO directory name.  When
+	handling stabs, remember that section->vma was added to the
+	offset.
+
+Tue Oct 17 18:24:54 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (struct sunos_link_hash_table): Add needed field.
+	(sunos_link_hash_table_create): Call bfd_release, not free.
+	(sunos_link_hash_table_create): Initialize needed field.
+	(sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Record needed objects.
+	(bfd_sunos_get_needed_list): New function.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_sunos_get_needed_list): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Oct 16 14:43:59 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (pe_data_type.in_reloc_p): New.
+
+Mon Oct 16 10:52:50 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd-in.h (struct bfd_link_needed_list): Rename from
+	bfd_elf_link_needed_list.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* elf.c, elflink.h, libelf.h: Corresponding changes.
+
+	Add start at AIX linker support; no shared libraries yet.
+	* xcofflink.c: New file.
+	* configure.in (rs600coff_vec): Use xcofflink.o.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Add csects and debug_indices
+	fields.
+	(struct xcoff_section_tdata): Define.
+	(xcoff_section_data): Define macro.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create): Declare.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols): Declare.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link): Declare.
+	(_bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-rs6000.c: Clean up a bit.
+	(xcoff_mkobject): Default modtype to 1L, not RE.  Initialize
+	cputype, csects, and debug_indices.
+	(xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data): Copy cputype.
+	(xcoff_howto_table): Rename from rs6000coff_howto_table.
+	(xcoff_rtype2howto): Rename from rs6000coff_rtype2howto.
+	(xcoff_reloc_type_lookup): Rename from
+	rs6000coff_reloc_type_lookup.
+	(coff_relocate_section): Define.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_sizeof_headers): Define.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents): Define.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_relax_section): Define.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_split_section): Define.
+	(rs6000coff_vec): For BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK, use _bfd_xcoff, not
+	coff.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): If AIX,
+	increment sofar by SMALL_AOUTSZ if not executable.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): If AIX, always output an a.out
+	header; if not executable, header size of SMALL_AOUTSZ.
+	* hash.c (struct bfd_strtab_hash): Add xcoff field.
+	(_bfd_stringtab_init): Initialize xcoff field.
+	(_bfd_xcoff_stringtab_init): New function.
+	(_bfd_stringtab_add): In XCOFF mode, leave two bytes for length.
+	(_bfd_stringtab_emit): In XCOFF mode, write out length.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_xcoff_stringtab_init): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add xcofflink.o.
+	(CFILES): Add xcofflink.c.
+
+	* elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_symbol_processing): Set SEC_ALLOC, not
+	SEC_NO_FLAGS, for .acommon section.  From Peter Schauer
+	<Peter.Schauer@Regent.E-Technik.TU-Muenchen.DE>.
+
+Sat Oct 14 21:36:02 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c (in_reloc_p): Add, clone from coff-i386.c.
+
+Fri Oct 13 17:48:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* acconfig.h (HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H): Undef, with comment.
+	* config.in: Regenerated.
+
+	* opncls.c (getpagesize) [!HAVE_GETPAGESIZE]: Define as 2048.
+	(_bfd_chunksize): New variable.
+	(_bfd_new_bfd): Set it to getpagesize() if negative, and use it
+	for obstack chunk size.
+	* configure.in: Check for getpagesize.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* trad-core.c (rawptr): Make it a local variable of
+ 	ptrace_unix_core_file_p.
+
+Fri Oct 13 11:22:01 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-arm.c (in_reloc_p): New.
+	* coff-i386.c (in_reloc_p): New.
+	* coffcode.h: Allways include peicode.h if COFF_WITH_PE.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Only set has_reloc_section
+	if PE_IMAGE.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section): Call
+	in_reloc_p to decide if reloc should be emitted.
+	* libcoff.h (pe_data_type.in_reloc_p): New.
+	* peicode.h (pe_mkobject): Initialize in_reloc_p.
+
+Wed Oct 11 00:49:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name): Move to coffgen.c.
+	(_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs): Likewise.
+	* coffgen.c (_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name): Copy from coffgen.c.
+	(_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs): Likewise.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Correct conditions
+	under which type and size change warnings are issued.
+
+Tue Oct 10 18:32:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_count_linenumbers): Don't count line numbers for
+	a symbol which is not in a real section.
+	(coff_write_native_symbol): Corresponding change.
+
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc): Rename from
+	coff_link_hash_newfunc and make non-static.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init): New function, broken out of
+	_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create): Use it.
+	(process_embedded_commands): Make static.
+	* libcoff-in.h ((_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc): Declare.
+	(_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_mkobject_hook): If RS6000COFF_C, set cputype
+	field in XCOFF tdata.
+	(coff_set_arch_mach_hook): Check ifdef RS6000COFF_C, not ifdef
+	U802ROMAGIC, for clarity.  Try to set arch and machine correctly
+	based on cputype stored in a.out header, or in n_type of initial
+	.file symbol.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Set cputype correctly in a.out
+	header.
+	(coff_slurp_symbol_table): Add casts to file_ptr to avoid
+	warnings.
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_in): Swap in cputype field.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): Swap out cputype field.  Don't clear
+	old resv1 field.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Add cputype field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* cpu-rs6000.c (rs6000_compatible): New static function.
+	(bfd_rs6000_arch): Use it.
+	* cpu-powerpc.c (powerpc_compatible): New static function.
+	(arch_info_struct): Define various flavours of PowerPC.
+	(bfd_powerpc_arch): Use powerpc_compatible.  Point at
+	arch_info_struct.
+
+Tue Oct 10 10:50:46 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS):  Remove BISON.
+
+Tue Oct 10 01:28:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't warn about
+	changing the size or type if the old definition was weak.
+
+Mon Oct  9 11:24:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (combined_entry_type): Add fix_line field.
+	(coff_slurp_line_table): Warn if we try to set the lineno field of
+	a symbol twice.
+	(coff_slurp_symbol_table): If RS6000COFF_C, handle C_BINCL and
+	C_EINCL by setting fix_line.  Fix C_BSTAT symbol value.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_mangle_symbols): Handle fix_line.
+	(coff_write_symbol): Only use N_DEBUG if the symbol is in the
+	absolute section.
+	(coff_print_symbol): Print fix_value symbols in a useful fashion.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct xcoff_tdata): Define.
+	(xcoff_data): Define.
+	* bfd.c (struct _bfd): Add xcoff_obj_data field to tdata union.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_mkobject): New static function.
+	(coff_mkobject): Define.
+	(xcoff_copy_private_bfd_data): New static function.
+	(coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): Define.
+	(rs6000coff_howto_table): Change R_TOC complain_on_overflow from
+	signed to bitfield.
+	(rs6000coff_vec): Add DYNAMIC to object_flags.
+	* coffcode.h (sec_to_styp_flags): If RS6000COFF_C, handle .pad and
+	.loader sections specially.
+	(coff_new_section_hook): If RS6000COFF_C, get the .text and .data
+	section alignment from the XCOFF tdata information.
+	(coff_mkobject_hook): If RS6000COFF_C, set DYNAMIC based on
+	F_SHROBJ, and copy the extra a.out header information into the
+	XCOFF tdata structure.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): If RS6000COFF_C, set F_SHROBJ,
+	F_DYNLOAD and the extra a.out header information.
+	(coff_slurp_symbol_table): Set BSF_NOT_AT_END for a C_EXT or
+	C_HIDEXT symbol with attached csect information.
+	* coffswap.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_in): If RS6000COFF_C, swap
+	in the o_maxdata field.
+	(coff_swap_aouthdr_out): If RS6000COFF_C, swap extra XCOFF fields.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_renumber_symbols): Don't move any symbol to the
+	end if BSF_NOT_AT_END is set.
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Rename _bfd_read_ar_hdr field to
+	_bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_read_ar_hdr): Update accordingly.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* archive.c (_bfd_get_elt_at_filepos): Cast _bfd_read_ar_hdr
+	return value.
+	(do_slurp_bsd_armap, do_slurp_coff_armap): Likewise.
+	(bfd_slurp_bsd_armap_f2): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table): Likewise.
+
+Fri Oct  6 16:18:35 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* archive.c (bfd_get_next_mapent): Return BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS
+	when the symbol table is empty.
+
+	* elf32-m68k.c (elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections): Don't reserve
+	space for section symbols, since we don't output them either.
+	(elf_m68k_adjust_dynindx): Removed.
+
+	* ptrace-core.c (rawptr): Make it a local variable of
+ 	ptrace_unix_core_file_p.
+
+Fri Oct  6 12:24:47 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff-rs6000.c (xcoff_write_archive_contents): Return false, not
+	NULL.
+
+	* config.bfd (powerpc{,le}-{elf,sysv4,eabi,solaris2}): Add NT, and
+	Mac object file formats.
+
+Fri Oct  6 12:04:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffgen.c (coff_fix_symbol_name): Don't try to set up file
+	auxent if there isn't one.
+	(coff_write_symbols): If there is no file auxent, use SYMNMLEN
+	rather than FILNMLEN as the maximum name length.
+
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Add new field
+	_bfd_coff_print_aux.
+	(bfd_coff_print_aux): New static function.
+	(coff_pointerize_aux_hook (RS6000COFF_C version)): Pointerize the
+	scnlen field of an XTY_LD csect aux entry.
+	(coff_print_aux): New static function.
+	(coff_slurp_symbol_table): Don't pointerize scnlen field; now done
+	in coff_pointerize_aux_hook.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Initialize new field.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_print_symbol): Call bfd_coff_print_aux.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize new field.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): On AIX, clear F_RELFLG
+	if there are symbols, for native AIX ld compatibility.
+
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Add new field
+	_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook.
+	(coff_pointerize_aux_hook): Define as a function if RS6000COFF_C
+	or I960, and as 0 otherwise.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Initialize new field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_pointerize_aux): Change parameters  to take
+	symbol pointer instead of type and class, and to take aux index.
+	Call _bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook if it is defined.
+	(coff_get_normalized_symtab): Always call coff_pointerize_aux.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize all fields.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+
+	* coff-rs6000.c: Add full support for AIX archives.  Rewrite old
+	read-only/host-only support.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_symbol_table): Set C_HIDEXT symbols to be
+	BSF_LOCAL.
+	(OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS): Do not define to be C_HIDEXT if
+	RS6000COFF_C.
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Add _bfd_read_ar_hdr field.  Modify
+	BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE accordingly.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_snarf_ar_hdr): Don't declare.
+	(_bfd_compute_and_write_armap): Declare.
+	(_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr): Declare.
+	(_bfd_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	(_bfd_noarchive_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	(_bfd_archive_bsd_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	(_bfd_archive_coff_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	* archive.c: Change all callers of _bfd_snarf_ar_hdr to call
+	_bfd_read_ar_hdr instead.
+	(_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr): Rename from _bfd_snarf_ar_hdr.
+	(_bfd_compute_and_write_armap): Rename from
+	compute_and_write_armap.  Make non-static.  Change all callers.
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap): Call _bfd_read_ar_hdr rather
+	than _bfd_snarf_ar_hdr.
+	* aout-target.h (MY_read_ar_hdr): Define if not defined.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	* libecoff.h (_bfd_ecoff_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	* oasys.c (oasys_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	* som.c (som_read_ar_hdr): Define.
+	* bfd-in2.h, libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Oct  5 14:04:07 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.c (coff_swap_filehdr_in): If symptr is
+	zero, there aren't any symbols, even if nsyms is set.
+
+Thu Oct  5 11:45:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libecoff.h (struct ecoff_backend_data): Add adjust_headers
+	field.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_sec_to_styp_flags): Check for various Alpha
+	sections, and set styp correctly for them: .got, .hash, .dynamic,
+	.liblist, .rel.dyn, .conflic, .dynstr, .dynsym, .comment.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_styp_to_sec_flags): Check for various Alpha section
+	types.
+	(ecoff_sort_hdrs): New static function.
+	(ecoff_compute_section_file_positions): Return boolean, not void.
+	Sort the sections by VMA before looking through them.  Put the
+	first non SEC_ALLOC section on a new page.  Put every SEC_ALLOC
+	section on an appropriate boundary within the page.
+	(ecoff_compute_reloc_file_positions): Check return value of
+	ecoff_compute_section_file_positions.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_set_section_contents): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents): Check for various Alpha
+	section types when incrementing text_size and data_size.  Call
+	adjust_headers backend function if it exists.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_adjust_headers): New static function.
+	(alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Initialize adjust_headers field.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+
+	* hosts/i386bsd.h: Restore file incorrectly deleted on Sep 6.
+
+Wed Oct  4 18:15:02 1995  Jeff Law  (law@hurl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6000-core.c (CORE_VERSION_1): Use CORE_VERSION_1 instead
+	of ALTERNATE_AIX_CORE_FORMAT.
+	* configure.in (aix4): No longer need CORE_FLAGS.
+	* configure: Updated.
+
+Wed Oct  4 15:36:36 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	NS32k changes from Ian Dall:
+	* aoutx.h (MY_final_link_relocate, MY_relocate_contents): New
+	macros.
+	(aout_link_input_section_std, aout_link_input_section_ext,
+	aout_link_reloc_link_order): Call them instead of _bfd_*
+	versions.
+	* aout-target.h (MY_exec_header_not_counted): New macro, defaults
+	to zero.
+	(backend_data): Use it instead of hardcoded zero.
+
+	* aout-ns32k.c (CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO): New macro.
+	(MY_swap_std_reloc_out): Use udata.i for KEEPIT, don't call stoi.
+
+	* ns32knetbsd.c: Include bfd.h.
+	(MY_text_includes_header, MY_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): New macros.
+	(MY_bfd_reloc_type_lookup): Declare function too.
+	* pc532-mach.c (set_sizes): Don't declare.
+	(MY_text_includes_header, MY_exec_header_not_counted): Define.
+	(backend_data, MY_backend_data): Don't define.
+
+	* config.bfd: Treat ns32k-pc532-ux* like ns32k-pc532-mach*, and
+	ns32k-*-lites* like ns32k-*-netbsd*.
+
+	* hosts/nbsd.h: Swap order of sys/vmparam.h and sys/param.h, to
+	compile on lites.
+
+Wed Oct  4 14:15:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Restore setting
+	f_timdat to 0, deleted on August 22.
+
+Tue Oct  3 16:28:32 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data,
+	coff_bfd_copy_private_section_data,
+	coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): ifdef to allow overrides.
+	* peicode.h (coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): New
+	(pe_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data): New.
+	(coff_swap_scnhdr_in): Swap bss size into the right place.
+	(pe_print_private_bfd_data): Add some newlines.
+
+Tue Oct  3 11:53:04 1995  Jeff Law  (law@hurl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* som.c (setup_sections): Don't die if a space has no subspaces.
+
+Mon Oct  2 14:08:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Don't let a weak
+	dynamic symbol override a common symbol.  Don't change the size or
+	type if they have been set and the new symbol is not a definition.
+	Warn if the size or type changes.
+
+Sun Oct  1 01:34:41 1995  Jeff Law  (law@hurl.cygnus.com)
+
+        * som.c (som_begin_writing): Don't write the symbol table or
+	symbol	strings.
+	(som_finish_writing): Write them here.  Place them after the
+	subspace data, but before the relocs.
+
+Fri Sep 29 11:01:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_one_symbol): Just pass false, not
+	info->shared_library, to sunos_create_dynamic_sections.
+	(sunos_scan_ext_relocs): Don't warn about a reloc in the .text
+	section.
+	(sunos_check_dynamic_reloc): Remove .text section assertion.
+
+Thu Sep 28 18:48:47 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Add powerpc-*-macos*, powerpc-*-mpw*.
+	* configure, configure.in: Add pmac_xcoff_vec case.
+	* Makefile.in (BFD32_BACKENDS): Add coff-pmac.o.
+	* coff-pmac.c: New file, PowerMac XCOFF support.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_set_arch_mach_hook): Add PowerMac case.
+	* targets.c (pmac_xcoff_vec): Declare.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Various changes to be compatible with the
+	autoconf-based configury.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, sed commands to translate Unix
+	makefile into MPW syntax.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* hosts/mpw.h: Remove.
+	* bfd-in.h, bfd-in2.h: If MPW, include the file that defines
+	true and false as enums, then define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED.
+
+Thu Sep 28 17:06:23 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* binary.c (binary_get_symtab): Return an empty string on error.
+	* opncls.c (bfd_fdpenr): Change WIN32 restriction to WINGDB.
+
+Thu Sep 28 15:30:44 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@nellie>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c: Reformatted according to gnu conventions
+	              Removed irrelevant "if 0" code
+
+Thu Sep 28 11:19:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* hp300hpux.c (convert_sym_type): Treat secondary symbols as weak
+	symbols rather than as indirect symbols.
+	(MY(slurp_symbol_table)): Don't do anything special about
+	secondary symbols.
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_new_section_hook): Make sure that the alignment
+	of .ctors and .dtors sections is no larger than 2.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_add_one_symbol): Don't change
+	bfd_link_hash_common to bfd_link_hash_new, since it may be on the
+	undef list.
+	(bfd_sunos_record_link_assignment): Don't put __DYNAMIC in the
+	dynamic symbols when creating a shared library.
+	(sunos_scan_ext_relocs): Handle relocs correctly when creating a
+	shared library.
+	(sunos_scan_dynamic_symbol): Don't mark the __DYNAMIC symbol as
+	written even if it is not defined in a regular object.
+	(sunos_write_dynamic_symbol): Use plt_offset for the address of
+	the jump table reloc.  Add an assertion.  Use RELOC_JMP_SLOT
+	rather than the constant 22.
+	(sunos_check_dynamic_reloc): Handle creating a shared library.
+	(sunos_finish_dynamic_link): Set the first entry in the GOT to
+	zero when creating a shared library.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,final_link)): If there is a symbol __DYNAMIC,
+	write it out at the start of the symbol table.
+
+	* Makefile.in (BFD32_BACKENDS): Add coff-arm.o.
+
+Thu Sep 28 00:58:05 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Add arm-*-coff.
+	* configure.in, configure: Add armcoff_{little,big}_vec.
+	* targets.c (armcoff_{little,big}_vec): Declare.
+	(bfd_target_vector): Add armcoff_{little,big}_vec.
+	* coff-arm.c (armcoff_{little,big}_vec): Always define.
+
+Wed Sep 27 10:37:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_find_target): Remove debugging code.
+
+Wed Sep 27 07:23:39 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@nellie>
+
+	* coff-ppc.c, pe-ppc.c, pei-ppc.c: Initial bfd for coff/PE 
+        support on powerpc.
+	* Makefile.in: added *-ppc files
+	* coffcode.h: ppc MAGIC, and use peicode.h rather than coffswap.h to
+        allow pe based .o's to be shared with other tools on ppc/NT
+	* config.bfd: added powerpc[le]-[pe|winnt] config support
+	* configure, configure.in: added bfd_powerpc[le]_pe[i]_vec 
+	* peicode.h: Added more section flags for PE on ppc
+	             Added coff_swap_filehdr_out to allow peicode.h to be
+		     used for non-image PE files on ppc.
+		     Check for image, or not, before copying pe_opthdr
+	* targets.c: Added new bfd's
+	* targets.c: Removed two inactive bfds that shouldn't have made it this
+                     far.
+
+Tue Sep 26 14:06:41 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_reloc_type): Rename from reloc_type, and use
+	explicit values to initialize all relocs.  Change all users.
+	(ppc_elf_brtaken_inner): New function to handle branch predicition
+	relocs.
+	(ppc_elf_brtaken_reloc): Ditto.
+	(ppc_elf_howto_raw): Use new functions.  Make sure all unsupported
+	relocs use ppc_elf_unsupported_reloc.
+	(ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Keep track of whether an error
+	needs to be reported.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Support branch prediction relocs.
+
+Tue Sep 26 12:48:05 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfd.c (bfd_assert): Remove \n from string passed to
+        _bfd_error_handler.
+
+	* coff-i386.c: (TWO_DATA_SECS): Don't define.
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Remove _bfd_make_section_hook.
+	(bfd_coff_make_section_hook): Don't define.
+	(coff_make_section_hook): Remove.
+	(sec_to_styp_flags): Remove TWO_DATA_SECS case.
+	(styp_to_sec_flags): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Likewise.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Don't initialize make_section_hook
+	field.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffgen.c (make_a_section_from_file): Just call
+	bfd_make_section_anyway, not bfd_make_section or
+	bfd_coff_make_section_hook.
+	* ecoff.c (_bfd_ecoff_make_section_hook): Remove.
+	* libecoff.h (_bfd_ecoff_make_section_hook): Don't declare.
+	* coff-alpha.c (alpha_ecoff_backend_data): Don't initialize
+	make_section_hook field.
+	* coff-mips.c (mips_ecoff_backend_data): Likewise.
+
+	* aoutx.h (translate_from_native_sym_flags): Don't try to stuff
+	pointers into value field for warning and indirect symbols; just
+	leave the value field alone.
+	* linker.c (generic_link_add_symbol_list): Use next symbol for
+	warning and indirect symbols, rather than looking in symbol value.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_set_symbol_info): Remove indirect_ptr_ptr
+	parameter.  Change all callers.  Remove support for indirect
+	symbols; it didn't work anyhow.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table): Remove indirect_ptr variable.
+	* syms.c: Change comments about BSF_WARNING and BSF_INDIRECT.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Sep 25 16:04:09 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_howto_raw): For all 14-bit branch relocs,
+	go back to telling the tools this reloc operates on 32 bits.
+
+Mon Sep 25 11:48:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aout-adobe.c (aout_adobe_callback): Use _bfd_error_handler
+	rather than a direct fprintf.
+	* archive.c (_bfd_write_archive_contents): Likewise.
+	* coffcode.h (coff_slurp_symbol_table): Likewise.
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Likewise.
+	(ppc_elf_unsupported_reloc): Likewise.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Likewise.
+	* i386linux.c (linux_tally_symbols): Likewise.
+	(linux_finish_dynamic_link): Likewise.
+	* osf-core.c (osf_core_core_file_p): Likewise.
+	* rs6000-core.c (rs6000coff_get_section_contents): Likewise.
+	* som.c (som_sizeof_headers): Likewise.
+	* srec.c (srec_bad_byte): Likewise.
+	* bfd.c (bfd_assert): Likewise.  Also change file to be const.
+	* libbfd-in.h (bfd_assert): Declare first parameter const.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* coff-a29k.c (a29k_reloc): Don't bother to fprintf; returning
+	bfd_reloc_overflow is enough.
+	* coff-h8300.c (rtype2howto): Don't bother to fprintf; just abort.
+	* coff-h8500.c (rtype2howto): Likewise.
+	* coff-z8k.c (rtype2howto): Likewise.
+	* coffcode.h (dummy_reloc16_extra_cases): Likewise.
+	* elf.c (_bfd_elf_get_lineno): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto): Likewise.
+	(_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel): Likewise.
+	* hp300hpux.c (convert_sym_type): Likewise.
+	(MY(swap_std_reloc_in)): Likewise.
+	* elf.c (bfd_section_from_shdr): Remove #if 0 sections.
+
+	* libaout.h (struct aoutdata): Add line_buf field.
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,find_nearest_line)): Remove statics buffer
+	and filename_buffer.  Instead, use a malloc buffer stored in the
+	new line_buf field.  Remove length restrictions.
+
+	* coffgen.c (string_size): Remove static variable.
+	(debug_string_size, debug_string_section): Likewise.
+	(coff_fix_symbol_name): Add string_size_p, debug_string_section_p,
+	and debug_string_size_p parameters.  Use them instead of the
+	global variables.  Change all callers.
+	(coff_write_symbol): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_alien_symbol, coff_write_native_symbol): Likewise.
+	(coff_write_symbols): Add local variables to replace removed
+	global variables.
+
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct coff_section_tdata): Add offset, i,
+	function, and line_base fields.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* coffgen.c (coff_find_nearest_line): Use section tdata to cache
+	information, rather than using static variables.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_read_dynamic_info): Adjust offsets in an NMAGIC
+	file.  From Peter DeWolf <pld@amt.tay1.dec.com>.
+
+	* init.c (initialized): Remove static variable.
+	(bfd_init): Don't bother setting initialized.
+	(bfd_check_init): Remove.
+	* opncls.c (_bfd_new_bfd): Don't call bfd_check_init.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Sat Sep 23 01:22:23 1995  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* rs6000-core.c (rs6000coff_core_p):  Don't check the core file
+	size for full core dumps. Copy core file header to private data.
+	(rs6000coff_core_file_failing_command,
+	rs6000coff_core_file_failing_signal):  New functions to extract
+	the file name and terminating signal from the core file.
+	* coff-rs6000.c:  Use them.
+
+Fri Sep 22 17:44:47 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Change arch info to be const, initialized at compile time.
+	* archures.c: Reindent many functions.  Change CONST to const.
+	(bfd_arch_info_type): Make arch_name const.  Remove disassemble;
+	nothing set it anyhow.  Make next const.
+	(bfd_arch_info_list): Remove.
+	(bfd_archures_list): Rename from archures_init_table.  Change from
+	a table of function pointers to a table of bfd_arch_info_type
+	structure addresses.
+	(bfd_scan_arch): Rewrite accordingly.  Return a const pointer.
+	(bfd_lookup_arch): Likewise.
+	(bfd_set_arch_info): Rewrite accordingly.  Change argument to be a
+	const pointer.
+	(bfd_default_arch_struct): Make const.
+	(bfd_arch_init, bfd_arch_linkin): Remove.
+	(bfd_get_arch_info): Return a const pointer.
+	* init.c (bfd_init): Don't call bfd_arch_init.
+	* bfd.c (struct _bfd): Make arch_info const.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+	* configure.in: Put & before everything in $selarchs.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* cpu-*.c: Change bfd_*_arch from a function which calls
+	bfd_arch_linkin to a const structure.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_object_p): Make arch const.
+
+Fri Sep 22 16:23:18 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* reloc.c (bfd_reloc_code_type): Add relocations to support all of
+	PowerPC V.4.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
+	* libbfd.h: Regenerate.
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (reloc_type): Update names to match current draft.
+	(ppc_elf_howto_raw): Mark 14 bit relocs as short sized and PC
+	relative.  Update names to current V.4 draft.
+	(ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup): Add support for more relocations.
+	(ppc_elf_relocate_section): Rename relocations to match draft.
+
+Thu Sep 21 21:53:18 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elf32-ppc.c (ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Allow modules
+	compiled with -mrelocatable-lib to be linked with either normal
+	modules or -mrelocatable modules.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:03:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_write_object_contents): Clear the vstamp field
+	in the a.out header.
+
+	* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out)): Don't set r_extern for
+	a reloc against a local symbol, even if it's not a section.
+
+Tue Sep 19 17:02:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* targets.c (bfd_target): Remove unused align_power_min field.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* All backends: Remove initialization of align_power_min.
+
+Tue Sep 19 14:02:21 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_scnhdr_out): Get sizes for BSS right.
+
+Mon Sep 18 14:35:01 1995  Arne H. Juul  <arnej@pvv.unit.no>
+
+	* config.bfd (mips-dec-netbsd*): New target.
+	* configure.host (mips-dec-netbsd*): New host.
+	* configure.in (mips-dec-netbsd*): New native.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Sep 15 10:24:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Make the COFF backend linker merge common types:
+	* cofflink.c (struct coff_debug_merge_element): Define.
+	(struct coff_debug_merge_type): Define.
+	(struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry): Define.
+	(struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table): Define.
+	(coff_debug_merge_hash_table_init): Define.
+	(coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free): Define.
+	(coff_debug_merge_hash_lookup): Define.
+	(struct coff_final_link_info): Add debug_merge field.
+	(coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc): New static function.
+	(_bfd_coff_final_link): Allocate and free debug_merge table.
+	(coff_link_input_bfd): Merge identical enum, struct and union
+	types.
+
+Thu Sep 14 14:53:58 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Convert i960 COFF to use COFF backend linker.
+	* coff-i960.c (coff_i960_relocate): Use a coff_section_data
+	structure to store the symbol being used.
+	(coff_i960_start_final_link): New static function.
+	(coff_i960_relocate_section): New static function.
+	(coff_i960_adjust_symndx): New static function.
+	(coff_start_final_link): Define.
+	(coff_relocate_section): Define.
+	(coff_adjust_symndx): Define.
+	* coffcode.h (bfd_coff_backend_data): Add new callback function
+	_bfd_coff_start_final_link.
+	(bfd_coff_start_final_link): Define.
+	(coff_start_final_link): Define if not defined.
+	(bfd_coff_std_swap_table): Add coff_start_final_link.
+	* cofflink.c (_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name): Make globally
+	visible.
+	(_bfd_coff_final_link): Call bfd_coff_start_final_link if the
+	function callback is not NULL.
+	* libcoff-in.h (struct coff_section_tdata): Add tdata field.
+	(_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name): Declare.
+	* libcoff.h: Rebuild.
+	* configure.in (icoff_big_vec): Add cofflink.o.
+	(icoff_little_vec): Likewise.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Sep 13 17:38:23 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean-info): Remove extraneous tab from line
+	following action.
+
+Wed Sep 13 13:27:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cofflink.c (coff_link_input_bfd): Fail if a section with no
+	contents has relocs.
+
+Thu Sep 12 12:45:34 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffcode.h (coff_compute_section_file_positions): Keep the
+	raw size safe. 
+	(coff_write_object_contents): Remember if it's a relocatable
+	file.
+	* libcoff-in.h (pe_data_type): New member 'has_reloc_section'
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_filehdr_out): Clear not-reloc flag
+	if relocatable file. Swap out saved raw size.
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:14:33 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (do_maintainer_clean): Rename from do_realclean.
+	(maintainer-clean): Rename from realclean, passing
+	maintainer-clean down to subdirectories, but leave realclean as a
+	synonym.
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): Pass symbol name to
+	warning callback.
+
+	* dep-in.sed: Remove config.h from generated dependencies.
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_slurp_dynamic_symtab): New static function,
+	broken out of sunos_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab.
+	(sunos_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab): Call new function
+	sunos_slurp_dynamic_symtab.
+	(sunos_add_dynamic_symbols): Add three new parameters.  Return the
+	dynamic symbol table to the caller.
+	* aoutx.h (aout_link_add_symbols): Permit add_dynamic_symbols
+	callback to override the symbols being read.
+	* libaout.h (struct aout_backend_data): Add three new parameters
+	to add_dynamic_symbols callback.
+
+	Extensive minor changes to avoid various gcc warnings.  Also:
+	* Makefile.in (BFD32_BACKENDS): Remove coff-arm.o.
+	* archures.c (bfd_arch_info_type): Change mach field from long to
+	unsigned long.
+	(bfd_lookup_arch): Change machine parameter from long to unsigned
+	long.
+
+Mon Sep 11 10:55:47 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_scan_std_relocs): Fix BFD_ASSERT: it's OK to find
+	a symbol with a non-zero plt_offset.
+
+Fri Sep  8 11:47:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* elfcode.h (align_file_position): Remove; not used.
+
+	* configure.in: Only check for <sys/procfs.h> on a native system,
+	and make sure it defines prstatus_t.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Sep  7 12:48:01 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sunos.c (sunos_write_dynamic_symbol): Correct m68k abort test.
+
+	* config.in: Rename from config.h.in.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER with config.h:config.in.
+	Check for config.h:config.in when creating stamp-h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (stamp-h): Depend upon config.in rather than
+	config.h.in.  Set CONFIG_HEADERS to config.h:config.in when
+	calling config.status.
+
+	* Makefile.in (do_distclean): Remove config.h and stamp-h.
+	(Makefile): Just rebuild Makefile.
+	(config.h, stamp-h): New targets.
+	* configure.in: Create stamp-h when rebuilding config.h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Sep  6 15:00:33 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER.  Substitute
+	HOST_64BIT_LONG.  Check that various header files exist.  Check
+	that fcntl exists.  Call BFD_BINARY_FOPEN.  Check whether malloc
+	and/or free need to be declared.  Don't make a link to sysdep.h.
+	Define TRAD_HEADER for various hosts.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Don't set my_host.  Add definitions taken from
+	host header files for various entries.  Remove entries which now
+	do nothing.
+	* acconfig.h: New file.
+	* config.h.in: New file, built by autoheader.
+	* sysdep.h: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (do_distclean): Don't remove sysdep.h.
+	(RECONFIG): Remove.
+	(LOCAL_H_DEPS): New variable.
+	($(BFD_LIBS)): Use $(LOCAL_H_DEPS) rather than libbfd.h and
+	$(RECONFIG).
+	($(BFD_MACHINES), $(BFD_BACKENDS)): Likewise.
+	($(OPTIONAL_BACKENDS)): Likewise.
+	(stmp-bfd.h): Just substitute for BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG, rather than
+	looking through sysdep.h.
+	* bfd-in.h (BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG): Define; set by Makefile.
+	(BFD_HOST_64_BIT): Define based on BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG.
+	(fprintf_vma, sprintf_vma): Likewise.
+	(int64_type, uint64_type): Don't define.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+	* archures.c, bfd.c, srec.c: Include <ctype.h>.
+	* elfcore.h: Check HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H rather than HAVE_PROCFS.
+	* lynx-core.c: Include stuff from old hosts/lynx.h.
+	* opncls.c (bfd_fdopenr): Check HAVE_FNCTL and defined (F_GETFL),
+	rather than NO_FCNTL.
+	* targets.c (bfd_target_list): Check HOST_HPPAHPUX and ! __STDC__
+	rather than NATIVE_HPPAHPUX_COMPILER.
+	* trad-core.c: Don't include <errno.h>.  Include TRAD_HEADER if it
+	is defined.
+	* hosts/*.h: Remove all header files which merely include,
+	declare, and define things.  Leave header files which define
+	information needed by trad-core.c.
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (BFD_BINARY_FOPEN): Define.
+	(BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD): Define.
+	* configure.in: Use BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Sep  5 19:35:28 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4: Don't try to grep ../Makefile if it doesn't exist.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* coff-sparc.c (CALC_ADDEND): Don't set the addend to the value of
+	a global symbol.
+
+Tue Sep  5 12:48:26 1995  Jason Molenda   (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.bfd: i386pe_ve -> i386pe_vec.
+
+Mon Sep  4 14:02:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Incorporate host Makefile fragments by setting
+	shell variables.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_PROG_CC.  Substitute CFLAGS, HDEFINES and
+	AR.  Call AC_PROG_INSTALL.  Substitute CC_FOR_BUILD, choosing a
+	value based on whether the code is being compiled by a cross
+	compiler.  Don't substitute host_makefile_frag or frags.
+	* aclocal.m4: New file to define local AC_PROG_CC.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL): Set to @INSTALL@.
+	(INSTALL_PROGRAM): Set to @INSTALL_PROGRAM@.
+	(INSTALL_DATA): Set to @INSTALL_DATA@.
+	(AR): Set to @AR@.
+	(CC): Define as @CC@.
+	(CFLAGS): Set to @CFLAGS@.
+	(CC_FOR_BUILD): Set to @CC_FOR_BUILD@.
+	(@host_makefile_frag@): Remove.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Change $(HDEFINES) to @HDEFINES@.  Move $(CFLAGS)
+	after other options.
+	(config.status): Remove dependency upon @frags@.
+	* config/*.mh, config/README: Remove.
+
+	* config.bfd: Rewrite to incorporate the contents of the Makefile
+	fragments by setting shell variables, rather than merely returning
+	the name of a Makefile fragment.
+	* configure.in: Use shell variables set by config.bfd rather than
+	looking at the target Makefile fragment files.  Don't substitute
+	target_makefile_frag.  Do substitute TDEFINES.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (@target_makefile_frag@): Remove.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Change $(TDEFINES) to @TDEFINES@.
+	* config/*.mt: Remove.
+
+Mon Sep  4 03:13:28 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Put changequote lines around "i[345]86" patterns
+	section of core file support.
+
+Sun Sep  3 11:31:58 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* som.c (som_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Define to use the
+	generic version.
+
+Fri Sep  1 17:08:40 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* peicode.h (coff_swap_aouthdr_in): Add ImageBase to
+	entry, text_start and data_start.
+
+Fri Sep  1 18:06:28 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (OFILES): Remove $(TDEPFILES).
+	* config/apollo.mt (TDEPFILES): Remove.
+	* config/README: Update.
+
+	* configure.in: For a native configuration, set COREFILE and
+	COREFLAG based on the canonical host name.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Add @COREFLAG@.
+	(OFILES): Replace $(HDEPFILES) with @COREFILE@.
+	* coff-rs6000.c: Check AIX_CORE rather than HOST_AIX for core file
+	support routines.  Check LYNX_CORE rather than HOST_LYNX.
+	* lynx-core.c: Check LYNX_CORE rather than HOST_LYNX.
+	* i386lynx.c: Likewise.
+	* m68klynx.c: Likewise.
+	* sparclynx.c: Likewise.
+	* rs6000-core.c: Check AIX_CORE rather than HOST_AIX.
+	* *-core.c: Comment changes.
+	* config/decstation.mh (HDEPFILES): Remove.
+	(HDEFINES): Remove -DTRAD_CORE.
+	* config/irix3.mh (RANLIB): Remove.
+	* config/irix4.mh (HDEPFILES, RANLIB): Remove.
+	(HDEFINES): Remove -DIRIX_CORE.
+	* config/riscos.mh (RANLIB, HDEPFILES): Remove.
+	(HDEFINES): Remove -DTRAD_CORE.
+	* config/ncr3000.mh (AR_FLAGS, RANLIB): Remove.
+	* config/ultra3.mh (RANLIB): Remove.
+	* config/aix4.mh, config/alphaosf.mh, config/amix.mh: Remove.
+	* config/apollo.mh, config/delta68.mh, config/delta88.mh: Remove.
+	* config/dpx2.mh, config/esix.mh, config/harris.mh: Remove.
+	* config/hp300.mh, config/hp300bsd.mh, config/hppabsd.mh: Remove.
+	* config/hppahpux.mh, config/hppaosf.mh: Remove.
+	* config/i386aix.mh, config/i386bsd.mh: Remove.
+	* config/i386linux.mh, config/i386mach3.mh: Remove.
+	* config/i386sco.mh, config/i386v.mh, config/i386v4.mh: Remove.
+	* config/irix5.mh, config/m88kmach3.mh, config/mipsbsd.mh: Remove.
+	* config/mipsmach3.mh, config/news-mips.mh: Remove.
+	* config/news.mh, config/pc532mach.mh, config/riscix.mh: Remove.
+	* config/rs600.mh, config/rs6000lynx.mh: Remove.
+	* config/solaris2.mh, config/stratus.mh: Remove.
+	* config/symmetry.mh, config/sysv4.mh, config/tahoe.mh: Remove.
+	* config/vaxbsd.mh, config/vaxult.mh, config/vaxult2.mh: Remove.
+
+Fri Sep  1 15:18:50 1995  Kazumoto Kojima  <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_bfd_final_link): Don't change a DT_INIT or
+	DT_FINI entry if the appropriate symbol is not in the hash table.
+
+	* libelf.h (struct elf_backend_data): Add create_program_headers
+	and want_hdr_in_seg fields.
+	* elfxx-target.h (elf_backend_want_hdr_in_seg): Define if not
+	defined.
+	(elf_backend_create_program_headers): Likewise.
+	(elfNN_bed): Initialize create_program_headers and
+	want_hdr_in_seg.
+	* elf.c (get_program_header_size): Call create_program_headers
+	backend routine.
+	(map_program_segments): Check want_hdr_in_seg backend field.  Call
+	create_program_headers backend routine.
+
+	* elf.c (assign_file_positions_except_relocs): Align non allocated
+	sections when creating an executable.
+
+	* elfcode.h (elf_swap_phdr_in): Make non static.
+	(elf_swap_phdr_out): Make non static.
+	* libelf.h (bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_in): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_out): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_in): Declare.
+	(bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_out): Declare.
+
+	* ecofflink.c (ecoff_collect_shuffle): New static function.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr): New function.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym): New function.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss): New function.
+	* libbfd-in.h (_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr): Declare.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym): Declare.
+	(_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss): Declare.
+	* libbfd.h: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Sep  1 13:20:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libecoff.h (_bfd_ecoff_bfd_print_private_bfd_data): Fix typo.
+
+	* elflink.h (elf_link_add_object_symbols): Handle indirect and
+	warning symbols.  If any section is named .gnu.warning.XXX, treat
+	the contents as a warning to be issued if the symbol XXX is
+	referenced.
+	(elf_link_output_extsym): For an indirect or warning symbol, just
+	output the symbol it points to.
+
+	* linker.c (_bfd_link_hash_newfunc): Don't bother to set bfd_error
+	if bfd_hash_allocate fails, since it will already be set.
+	(generic_link_hash_newfunc): Likewise.
+	(archive_hash_newfunc): Likewise.
+	(hash_entry_bfd): New static function.
+	(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol): Pass new arguments to warning
+	callback.  Allocate a new warning using the hash table newfunc.
+	Use bfd_hash_replace to update the entry in the hash table, rather
+	than assuming we can copy the fields with structure assignment.
+
+	* hash.c (bfd_hash_replace): New function.
+	* bfd-in.h (bfd_hash_replace): Declare.
+	* bfd-in2.h: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Sep  1 08:12:50 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.bfd: Add mips*vr4300-*-elf* target.
+	* config/mipsbvr4300.mt: Added.
+
+See file ChangeLog.2
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/bfd/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9233cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1213 @@
+#    Makefile template for Configure for the BFD library.
+#    Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+#    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#    Written by Cygnus Support.
+# 
+# This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir =
+docdir = doc
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+ALLLIBS = @ALLLIBS@
+
+PICFLAG = @PICFLAG@
+SHLIB = @SHLIB@
+SHLIB_CC = @SHLIB_CC@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LIBS = @SHLIB_LIBS@
+COMMON_SHLIB = @COMMON_SHLIB@
+SHLINK = @SHLINK@
+
+SONAME = lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`
+
+CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
+
+INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include
+CSEARCH = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(INCDIR)
+DEP = mkdep
+
+SUBDIRS = doc
+
+TARGETLIB = libbfd.a
+
+# bfd.h goes here, for now
+BFD_H = bfd.h
+
+# Some of these files should be in BFD*_BACKENDS below, but some programs
+# won't link without them.  So, in order for some of the minimal-bfd
+# hacks to work, they're also included here for now.
+#	gdb: elf.o
+#	objdump: elf.o
+#
+# Also, Jim Kingdon notes:
+# Writing S-records should be included in all (or at least most)
+# *-*-coff, *-*-aout, etc., configurations, because people will want to
+# be able to use objcopy to create S-records.  (S-records are not useful
+# for the debugger, so if you are downloading things as S-records you
+# need two copies of the executable, one to download and one for the
+# debugger).
+BFD_LIBS = \
+	archive.o archures.o bfd.o cache.o coffgen.o corefile.o \
+	format.o init.o libbfd.o opncls.o reloc.o \
+	section.o syms.o targets.o hash.o linker.o \
+	elf.o srec.o binary.o tekhex.o ihex.o stabs.o stab-syms.o
+
+BFD_LIBS_CFILES = \
+	archive.c archures.c bfd.c cache.c coffgen.c corefile.c \
+	format.c init.c libbfd.c opncls.c reloc.c \
+	section.c syms.c targets.c hash.c linker.c \
+	elf.c srec.c binary.c tekhex.c ihex.c stabs.c stab-syms.c
+
+# This list is alphabetized to make it easier to keep in sync
+# with the decls and initializer in archures.c.
+ALL_MACHINES = \
+	cpu-a29k.o \
+	cpu-alpha.o \
+	cpu-arm.o \
+	cpu-d10v.o \
+	cpu-h8300.o \
+	cpu-h8500.o \
+	cpu-hppa.o \
+	cpu-i386.o \
+	cpu-i860.o \
+	cpu-i960.o \
+	cpu-m32r.o \
+	cpu-m68k.o \
+	cpu-m88k.o \
+	cpu-mips.o \
+	cpu-m10200.o \
+	cpu-m10300.o \
+	cpu-ns32k.o \
+	cpu-powerpc.o \
+	cpu-rs6000.o \
+	cpu-sh.o \
+	cpu-sparc.o \
+	cpu-vax.o \
+	cpu-we32k.o \
+	cpu-w65.o \
+	cpu-z8k.o
+
+ALL_MACHINES_CFILES = \
+	cpu-a29k.c \
+	cpu-alpha.c \
+	cpu-arm.c \
+	cpu-h8300.c \
+	cpu-h8500.c \
+	cpu-hppa.c \
+	cpu-i386.c \
+	cpu-i860.c \
+	cpu-i960.c \
+	cpu-m32r.c \
+	cpu-m68k.c \
+	cpu-m88k.c \
+	cpu-mips.c \
+	cpu-m10200.c \
+	cpu-m10300.c \
+	cpu-ns32k.c \
+	cpu-powerpc.c \
+	cpu-rs6000.c \
+	cpu-sh.c \
+	cpu-sparc.c \
+	cpu-vax.c \
+	cpu-we32k.c \
+	cpu-w65.c \
+	cpu-z8k.c
+
+# The .o files needed by all of the 32 bit vectors that are configured into
+# target_vector in targets.c if configured with --enable-targets=all.
+BFD32_BACKENDS = \
+	aout-adobe.o \
+	aout-arm.o \
+	aout-ns32k.o \
+	aout-sparcle.o \
+	aout0.o \
+	aout32.o \
+	bout.o \
+	cf-i386lynx.o \
+	cf-m68klynx.o \
+	cf-sparclynx.o \
+	coff-a29k.o \
+	coff-apollo.o \
+	coff-arm.o \
+	coff-aux.o \
+	coff-h8300.o \
+	coff-h8500.o \
+	coff-i386.o \
+	coff-go32.o \
+	coff-i860.o \
+	coff-i960.o \
+	coff-m68k.o \
+	coff-m88k.o \
+	coff-mips.o \
+	coff-pmac.o \
+	coff-rs6000.o \
+	coff-sh.o \
+	coff-sparc.o \
+	coff-svm68k.o \
+	coff-u68k.o \
+	coff-we32k.o \
+	coff-w65.o \
+	coff-z8k.o \
+	cofflink.o \
+	ecoff.o \
+	ecofflink.o \
+	elf32-d10v.o \
+	elf32-gen.o \
+	elf32-hppa.o \
+	elf32-i386.o \
+	elf32-i860.o \
+	elf32-m32r.o \
+	elf32-m68k.o \
+	elf32-m88k.o \
+	elf32-mips.o \
+	elf-m10200.o \
+	elf-m10300.o \
+	elf32-ppc.o \
+	elf32-sh.o \
+	elf32-sparc.o \
+	elf32.o \
+	elflink.o \
+	hp300bsd.o \
+	hp300hpux.o \
+	som.o \
+	i386aout.o \
+	i386bsd.o \
+	i386dynix.o \
+	i386freebsd.o \
+	i386linux.o \
+	i386lynx.o \
+	i386msdos.o \
+	i386netbsd.o \
+	i386mach3.o \
+	i386os9k.o \
+	ieee.o \
+	m68k4knetbsd.o \
+	m68klinux.o \
+	m68klynx.o \
+	m68knetbsd.o \
+	m88kmach3.o \
+	mipsbsd.o \
+	newsos3.o \
+	nlm.o \
+	nlm32-i386.o \
+	nlm32-sparc.o \
+	nlm32-ppc.o \
+	nlm32.o \
+	ns32knetbsd.o \
+	oasys.o \
+	pc532-mach.o \
+	pe-arm.o \
+	pei-arm.o \
+	pe-i386.o \
+	pei-i386.o \
+	pe-ppc.o \
+	pei-ppc.o \
+	ppcboot.o \
+	reloc16.o \
+	riscix.o \
+	sparclinux.o \
+	sparclynx.o \
+	sparcnetbsd.o \
+	sunos.o \
+	tekhex.o \
+	versados.o \
+	xcofflink.o
+
+BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES = \
+	aout-adobe.c \
+	aout-arm.c \
+	aout-ns32k.c \
+	aout-sparcle.c \
+	aout0.c \
+	aout32.c \
+	bout.c \
+	cf-i386lynx.c \
+	cf-m68klynx.c \
+	cf-sparclynx.c \
+	coff-a29k.c \
+	coff-apollo.c \
+	coff-arm.c \
+	coff-aux.c \
+	coff-h8300.c \
+	coff-h8500.c \
+	coff-i386.c \
+	coff-i860.c \
+	coff-go32.c \
+	coff-i960.c \
+	coff-m68k.c \
+	coff-m88k.c \
+	coff-mips.c \
+	coff-pmac.c \
+	coff-rs6000.c \
+	coff-sh.c \
+	coff-sparc.c \
+	coff-svm68k.c \
+	coff-u68k.c \
+	coff-we32k.c \
+	coff-w65.c \
+	coff-z8k.c \
+	cofflink.c \
+	ecoff.c \
+	ecofflink.c \
+	elf32-gen.c \
+	elf32-hppa.c \
+	elf32-i386.c \
+	elf32-i860.c \
+	elf32-m32r.c \
+	elf32-m68k.c \
+	elf32-m88k.c \
+	elf32-mips.c \
+	elf-m10200.c \
+	elf-m10300.c \
+	elf32-ppc.c \
+	elf32-sh.c \
+	elf32-sparc.c \
+	elf32.c \
+	elflink.c \
+	hp300bsd.c \
+	hp300hpux.c \
+	som.c \
+	i386aout.c \
+	i386bsd.c \
+	i386dynix.c \
+	i386freebsd.c \
+	i386linux.c \
+	i386lynx.c \
+	i386msdos.c \
+	i386netbsd.c \
+	i386mach3.c \
+	i386os9k.c \
+	ieee.c \
+	m68k4knetbsd.c \
+	m68klinux.c \
+	m68klynx.c \
+	m68knetbsd.c \
+	m88kmach3.c \
+	mipsbsd.c \
+	newsos3.c \
+	nlm.c \
+	nlm32-i386.c \
+	nlm32-sparc.c \
+	nlm32-ppc.c \
+	nlm32.c \
+	ns32knetbsd.c \
+	oasys.c \
+	pc532-mach.c \
+	pe-arm.c \
+	pei-arm.c \
+	pe-i386.c \
+	pei-i386.c \
+	pe-ppc.c \
+	pei-ppc.c \
+	ppcboot.c \
+	reloc16.c \
+	riscix.c \
+	sparclinux.c \
+	sparclynx.c \
+	sparcnetbsd.c \
+	sunos.c \
+	tekhex.c \
+	versados.c \
+	xcofflink.c
+
+# The .o files needed by all of the 64 bit vectors that are configured into
+# target_vector in targets.c if configured with --enable-targets=all
+# and --enable-64-bit-bfd.
+BFD64_BACKENDS = \
+	aout64.o \
+	coff-alpha.o \
+	demo64.o \
+	elf64-alpha.o \
+	elf64-gen.o \
+	elf64-mips.o \
+	elf64-sparc.o \
+	elf64.o \
+	evax-alpha.o \
+	evax-egsd.o \
+	evax-etir.o \
+	evax-emh.o \
+	evax-misc.o \
+	nlm32-alpha.o \
+	nlm64.o
+
+BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES = \
+	aout64.c \
+	coff-alpha.c \
+	demo64.c \
+	elf64-alpha.c \
+	elf64-gen.c \
+	elf64-mips.c \
+	elf64-sparc.c \
+	elf64.c \
+	evax-alpha.c \
+	evax-egsd.c \
+	evax-etir.c \
+	evax-emh.c \
+	evax-misc.c \
+	nlm32-alpha.c \
+	nlm64.c
+
+OPTIONAL_BACKENDS = \
+	aix386-core.o \
+	hpux-core.o \
+	irix-core.o \
+	lynx-core.o \
+	osf-core.o \
+	trad-core.o \
+	cisco-core.o
+
+OPTIONAL_BACKENDS_CFILES = \
+	aix386-core.c \
+	hpux-core.c \
+	irix-core.c \
+	lynx-core.c \
+	osf-core.c \
+	trad-core.c \
+	cisco-core.c
+
+# These are defined by configure.in:
+WORDSIZE = @wordsize@
+ALL_BACKENDS = @all_backends@
+BFD_BACKENDS = @bfd_backends@
+BFD_MACHINES = @bfd_machines@
+TDEFAULTS = @tdefaults@
+
+all:
+
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"prefix=$(prefix)" \
+	"exec_prefix=$(exec_prefix)" \
+	"against=$(against)" \
+	"AR=$(AR)" \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CC_FOR_BUILD=$(CC_FOR_BUILD)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \
+	"MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO)" \
+	"INSTALL=$(INSTALL)" \
+	"INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA)" \
+	"INSTALL_PROGRAM=$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)"
+
+ALL_CFLAGS=-D_GNU_SOURCE @HDEFINES@ @COREFLAG@ @TDEFINES@ $(CSEARCH) $(CSWITCHES) $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  $(CC) -c $(PICFLAG) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o pic/$@; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+bfd_libs_here =
+all_machines_here =
+bfd32_backends_here =
+core_files_here =
+configs_not_included_in_all_targets_option_here =
+
+# C source files that correspond to .o's.
+CFILES = \
+	$(BFD_LIBS_CFILES) \
+	$(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES) \
+	$(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES) \
+	$(BFD64_BACKENDS_CFILES) \
+	$(OPTIONAL_BACKENDS_CFILES)
+
+HFILES = \
+	aout-target.h aoutf1.h aoutx.h coffcode.h coffswap.h \
+	ecoffswap.h elf32-hppa.h elf32-target.h elf64-target.h \
+	elfcode.h evax.h genlink.h hppa_stubs.h libaout.h libbfd.h \
+	libcoff.h libecoff.h elf-bfd.h libhppa.h libieee.h libnlm.h \
+	liboasys.h netbsd.h nlm-target.h nlmcode.h ns32k.h som.h \
+	targmatch.h
+
+all: Makefile $(ALLLIBS) @PICLIST@
+	@$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=all "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+
+.NOEXPORT:
+MAKEOVERRIDES=
+
+.PHONY: check installcheck
+check:
+	@echo No testsuites exist for the BFD library. Nothing to check.
+
+installcheck:
+	@echo No testsuites exist for the BFD library. Nothing to check.
+
+info dvi : force
+	@$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=$@ "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+
+clean-info:
+	@$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=clean-info "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+
+install-info: force
+	@$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=install-info "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+
+diststuff: info
+
+# Various kinds of .o files to put in libbfd.a:
+# BFD_LIBS	Generic routines, always needed.
+# BFD_BACKENDS	Routines the configured targets need.
+# BFD_MACHINES	Architecture-specific routines the configured targets need.
+# COREFILE	Core file routines for a native configuration
+OFILES = $(BFD_LIBS) $(BFD_BACKENDS) $(BFD_MACHINES) @COREFILE@
+
+stamp-ofiles: Makefile
+	rm -f tofiles
+	f=""; \
+	for i in $(OFILES) ; do \
+	  case " $$f " in \
+	    *" $$i "*) ;; \
+	    *) f="$$f $$i" ;; \
+	  esac ; \
+	done ; \
+	echo $$f > tofiles
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tofiles ofiles
+	touch stamp-ofiles
+
+ofiles: stamp-ofiles ; @true
+
+$(TARGETLIB): $(OFILES) ofiles
+	rm -f $(TARGETLIB)
+	@echo ofiles = `cat ofiles`
+	$(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(TARGETLIB) `cat ofiles`
+	$(RANLIB) $(TARGETLIB)
+
+stamp-piclist: ofiles
+	rm -f tpiclist
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  sed -e 's,\([^ ][^ ]*\),pic/\1,g' ofiles > tpiclist; \
+	else \
+	  cp ofiles tpiclist; \
+	fi
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tpiclist piclist
+	touch stamp-piclist
+
+piclist: stamp-piclist ; @true
+
+$(SHLIB): stamp-picdir $(OFILES) piclist
+	rm -f $(SHLIB)
+	$(SHLIB_CC) $(SHLIB_CFLAGS) -o $(SHLIB) `cat piclist` $(SHLIB_LIBS)
+
+# We make a link from libbfd.so to libbfd.so.VERSION for linking, and
+# also a link from libTARGET-bfd.so.VERSION for running.
+$(SHLINK): $(SHLIB)
+	ts=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed -e '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	if [ "$$ts" != "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	  rm -f $$ts; \
+	  ln -s $(SHLIB) $$ts; \
+	else true; fi
+	rm -f $(SHLINK)
+	ln -s $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK)
+
+# This target creates libTARGET-bfd.so.VERSION as a symlink to
+# libbfd.so.VERSION.  It is used on SunOS, which does not have SONAME.
+stamp-tshlink: $(SHLIB)
+	tf=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	if [ "$$tf" != "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	  rm -f $$tf; \
+	  ln -s $(SHLIB) $$tf; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-tshlink
+
+# This file holds an array associating configuration triplets and
+# vector names.  It is built from config.bfd.  It is not compiled by
+# itself, but is included by targets.c.
+targmatch.h: config.bfd targmatch.sed
+	rm -f targmatch.h
+	sed -f $(srcdir)/targmatch.sed < $(srcdir)/config.bfd > targmatch.new
+	mv -f targmatch.new targmatch.h
+
+# When compiling archures.c and targets.c, supply the default target
+# info from configure.
+
+targets.o: targets.c Makefile
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  $(CC) -c $(PICFLAG) $(TDEFAULTS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/targets.c -o pic/targets.o; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(CC) -c $(TDEFAULTS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/targets.c
+
+archures.o: archures.c Makefile
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  $(CC) -c $(PICFLAG) $(TDEFAULTS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/archures.c -o pic/archures.o; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(CC) -c $(TDEFAULTS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/archures.c
+
+elf32-target.h : elfxx-target.h
+	rm -f elf32-target.h
+	sed -e s/NN/32/g < $(srcdir)/elfxx-target.h > elf32-target.new
+	mv -f elf32-target.new elf32-target.h
+
+elf64-target.h : elfxx-target.h
+	rm -f elf64-target.h
+	sed -e s/NN/64/g < $(srcdir)/elfxx-target.h > elf64-target.new
+	mv -f elf64-target.new elf64-target.h
+
+subdir_do: force
+	@for i in $(DODIRS); do \
+		if [ -d ./$$i ] ; then \
+			if (cd ./$$i; \
+				$(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(DO)) ; then true ; \
+			else exit 1 ; fi ; \
+		else true ; fi ; \
+	done
+
+tags etags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: force
+	etags $(INCDIR)/*.h $(srcdir)/*.h $(srcdir)/*.c
+
+do_mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.o *~ core *.E *.p *.ip aout-params.h gen-aout pic/*.o
+do_clean: do_mostlyclean
+	rm -f libbfd.a TAGS bfd.h stmp-bfd.h bfd-tmp.h ofiles stamp-ofiles \
+		elf32-target.h elf64-target.h $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK) \
+		piclist stamp-piclist targmatch.h
+do_distclean: do_clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache config.h config.log \
+		stamp-h bfd-in3.h
+	rm -rf pic stamp-picdir
+
+# do_maintainer_clean really should remove bfd-in2.h, since it is a
+# generated file.  However, the GNU standards say that
+# maintainer-clean should not delete anything which needs to exist in
+# order to run configure, and bfd-in2.h is used by configure.
+do_maintainer_clean: do_distclean
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/libbfd.h $(srcdir)/libcoff.h
+
+mostlyclean: do_mostlyclean
+	$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=mostlyclean "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+clean: do_clean
+	$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=clean "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+distclean:
+	$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=distclean "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+	$(MAKE) do_distclean
+clobber maintainer-clean realclean:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=maintainer-clean "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+	$(MAKE) do_maintainer_clean
+
+BFD_H_DEPS= $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+LOCAL_H_DEPS= libbfd.h sysdep.h config.h
+$(BFD_LIBS): $(BFD_H) $(BFD_H_DEPS) $(LOCAL_H_DEPS)
+$(BFD_MACHINES): $(BFD_H) $(BFD_H_DEPS) $(LOCAL_H_DEPS)
+$(BFD_BACKENDS): $(BFD_H) $(BFD_H_DEPS) $(LOCAL_H_DEPS)
+$(OPTIONAL_BACKENDS): $(BFD_H) $(BFD_H_DEPS) $(LOCAL_H_DEPS)
+
+# Get around a Sun Make bug in SunOS 4.1.1 with VPATH
+cpu-i386.o:cpu-i386.c
+cpu-z8k.o: cpu-z8k.c
+cpu-h8500.o: cpu-h8500.c
+cpu-we32k.o: cpu-we32k.c
+
+saber:
+	#suppress 65 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 66 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 67 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 68 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 69 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 70 on bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 110 in bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 112 in bfd_map_over_sections 
+	#suppress 530 
+	#suppress 590 in swap_exec_header 
+	#suppress 590 in _bfd_dummy_core_file_matches_executable_p 
+	#suppress 590 in bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+	#suppress 590 on ignore 
+	#suppress 590 on abfd 
+	#setopt load_flags $(CFLAGS)
+	#load $(CFILES)
+
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		'STANDARD' GNU/960 TARGETS BELOW THIS POINT
+#
+# 'VERSION' file must be present and contain a string of the form "x.y"
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ver960.c: FORCE
+	rm -f ver960.c
+	echo "char ${TARG}_ver[]= \"${TARG} `cat VERSION`, `date`\";" > ver960.c
+
+
+# This target should be invoked before building a new release.
+# 'VERSION' file must be present and contain a string of the form "x.y"
+#
+roll:
+	@V=`cat VERSION`		; \
+	MAJ=`sed 's/\..*//' VERSION`	; \
+	MIN=`sed 's/.*\.//' VERSION`	; \
+	V=$$MAJ.`expr $$MIN + 1`	; \
+	rm -f VERSION			; \
+	echo $$V >VERSION		; \
+	echo Version $$V
+
+# Dummy target to force execution of dependent targets.
+#
+force:
+
+install: $(ALLLIBS)
+	for f in $(ALLLIBS); do \
+	  if [ "$$f" = "stamp-tshlink" ]; then \
+	    continue; \
+	  fi; \
+	  tf=lib`echo $$f | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	  rm -f $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  if [ "$$f" = "$(SHLINK)" ]; then \
+	    ts=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	    ln -s $$ts $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  elif [ "$$f" = "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	    @INSTALL_SHLIB@ \
+	  else \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	    $(RANLIB) $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	    chmod a-x $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+# Install BFD include file, and others that it needs.  Install them
+# both in GCC's include directory, and in the system include dir
+# if configured as $(oldincludedir) -- which it usually isnt.
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(BFD_H) $(includedir)/bfd.h
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(includedir)/ansidecl.h
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(includedir)/bfdlink.h
+	-if test -z "$(oldincludedir)"; then true; else \
+	test -d $(oldincludedir) || mkdir $(oldincludedir); \
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(BFD_H) $(oldincludedir)/bfd.h; \
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(oldincludedir)/ansidecl.h; \
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(oldincludedir)/bfdlink.h; \
+	fi
+	$(MAKE) subdir_do DO=install "DODIRS=$(SUBDIRS)" $(FLAGS_TO_PASS)
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.h: stamp-h ; @true
+stamp-h: config.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h:config.in $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.status: configure configure.host config.bfd VERSION
+	$(SHELL) config.status --recheck
+
+# Have to get rid of .dep1 here so that "$?" later includes all of $(CFILES).
+.dep: dep.sed $(CFILES) $(HFILES) bfd.h
+	rm -f .dep1
+	$(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+	sed -f dep.sed <.dep1 >.dep
+
+# This rule really wants a mkdep that runs "gcc -MM".
+# The NetBSD mkdep overwrites any existing file contents, and doesn't insert
+# the "DO NOT DELETE" line.
+# Other mkdep versions require a file that already exists, and do insert it.
+# Hence the weirdness....
+.dep1: $(CFILES)
+	rm -f .dep2 .dep2a
+	echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep2
+	echo > .dep2a
+	$(DEP) -f .dep2a $(ALL_CFLAGS) $?
+	sed -e '/DO NOT DELETE/d' -e '/^$$/d' < .dep2a >> .dep2
+	rm -f .dep2a
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change .dep2 .dep1
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+	sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed	\
+		-e 's!@BFD_H@!$(BFD_H)!'	\
+		-e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+host-aout.o: Makefile
+
+# The following program can be used to generate a simple config file
+# which can be folded into an h-XXX file for a new host, with some editing.
+aout-params.h: gen-aout
+	./gen-aout host > aout-params.h
+gen-aout: $(srcdir)/gen-aout.c Makefile
+	$(CC) -o gen-aout $(CFLAGS) $(LFLAGS) $(srcdir)/gen-aout.c
+
+BFDIN_H= $(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h
+
+$(BFD_H): stmp-bfd.h ; @true
+
+stmp-bfd.h: bfd-in3.h
+	rm -f bfd-tmp.h
+	cp bfd-in3.h bfd-tmp.h
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change bfd-tmp.h $(BFD_H)
+	rm -f bfd-tmp.h
+	touch stmp-bfd.h
+
+bfd-in3.h: bfd-in2.h config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=bfd-in3.h:bfd-in2.h CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Could really use a "copy-if-change"...
+headers:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) protos $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+	cp $(docdir)/bfd.h bfd-in2.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change bfd-in2.h-new $(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h
+	cp $(docdir)/libbfd.h libbfd.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change libbfd.h-new $(srcdir)/libbfd.h
+	cp $(docdir)/libcoff.h libcoff.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change libcoff.h-new $(srcdir)/libcoff.h
+
+# The rules for the generated header files are here so that people can
+# type `make bfd-in2.h' if they remove it.  They are not run by default.
+$(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) bfd.h $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+	cp $(docdir)/bfd.h bfd-in2.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change bfd-in2.h-new $(srcdir)/bfd-in2.h
+$(srcdir)/libbfd.h:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) libbfd.h $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+	cp $(docdir)/libbfd.h libbfd.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change libbfd.h-new $(srcdir)/libbfd.h
+$(srcdir)/libcoff.h:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) libcoff.h $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+	cp $(docdir)/libcoff.h libcoff.h-new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change libcoff.h-new $(srcdir)/libcoff.h
+
+bfd.info:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) bfd.info $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+
+bfd.dvi:
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) bfd.dvi $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+
+bfd.ps: 
+	(cd $(docdir); $(MAKE) bfd.ps $(FLAGS_TO_PASS))
+
+
+elf32-d10v.o: elf32-d10v.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+
+
+
+
+$(OFILES): stamp-picdir
+
+stamp-picdir:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ] && [ ! -d pic ]; then \
+	  mkdir pic; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-picdir
+
+# What appears below is generated by a hacked mkdep using gcc -MM.
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+archive.o: archive.c $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h $(INCDIR)/aout/ranlib.h
+archures.o: archures.c
+bfd.o: bfd.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h libcoff.h \
+  libecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h
+cache.o: cache.c
+coffgen.o: coffgen.c $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+corefile.o: corefile.c
+format.o: format.c
+init.o: init.c
+libbfd.o: libbfd.c
+opncls.o: opncls.c $(INCDIR)/objalloc.h
+reloc.o: reloc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+section.o: section.c
+syms.o: syms.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+targets.o: targets.c $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h targmatch.h
+hash.o: hash.c $(INCDIR)/objalloc.h
+linker.o: linker.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h genlink.h
+elf.o: elf.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h
+srec.o: srec.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+binary.o: binary.c
+tekhex.o: tekhex.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+ihex.o: ihex.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+stabs.o: stabs.c $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+stab-syms.o: stab-syms.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+cpu-a29k.o: cpu-a29k.c
+cpu-alpha.o: cpu-alpha.c
+cpu-arm.o: cpu-arm.c
+cpu-h8300.o: cpu-h8300.c
+cpu-h8500.o: cpu-h8500.c
+cpu-hppa.o: cpu-hppa.c
+cpu-i386.o: cpu-i386.c
+cpu-i860.o: cpu-i860.c
+cpu-i960.o: cpu-i960.c
+cpu-m32r.o: cpu-m32r.c
+cpu-m68k.o: cpu-m68k.c
+cpu-m88k.o: cpu-m88k.c
+cpu-mips.o: cpu-mips.c
+cpu-m10200.o: cpu-m10200.c
+cpu-m10300.o: cpu-m10300.c
+cpu-ns32k.o: cpu-ns32k.c ns32k.h
+cpu-powerpc.o: cpu-powerpc.c
+cpu-rs6000.o: cpu-rs6000.c
+cpu-sh.o: cpu-sh.c
+cpu-sparc.o: cpu-sparc.c
+cpu-vax.o: cpu-vax.c
+cpu-we32k.o: cpu-we32k.c
+cpu-w65.o: cpu-w65.c
+cpu-z8k.o: cpu-z8k.c
+aout-adobe.o: aout-adobe.c $(INCDIR)/aout/adobe.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+aout-arm.o: aout-arm.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h aoutx.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h aout-target.h
+aout-ns32k.o: aout-ns32k.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  ns32k.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+aout-sparcle.o: aout-sparcle.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  libaout.h aoutf1.h $(INCDIR)/aout/sun4.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h \
+  aout-target.h
+aout0.o: aout0.c aoutf1.h $(INCDIR)/aout/sun4.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h aout-target.h
+aout32.o: aout32.c aoutx.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+bout.o: bout.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h genlink.h $(INCDIR)/bout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def libaout.h
+cf-i386lynx.o: cf-i386lynx.c coff-i386.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+cf-m68klynx.o: cf-m68klynx.c coff-m68k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+cf-sparclynx.o: cf-sparclynx.c coff-sparc.c $(INCDIR)/coff/sparc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-a29k.o: coff-a29k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/a29k.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-apollo.o: coff-apollo.c $(INCDIR)/coff/apollo.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-arm.o: coff-arm.c $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-aux.o: coff-aux.c $(INCDIR)/coff/aux-coff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h coff-m68k.c libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-h8300.o: coff-h8300.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h genlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/h8300.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-h8500.o: coff-h8500.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8500.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-i386.o: coff-i386.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-i860.o: coff-i860.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i860.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-go32.o: coff-go32.c coff-i386.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-i960.o: coff-i960.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i960.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-m68k.o: coff-m68k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-m88k.o: coff-m88k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/m88k.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-mips.o: coff-mips.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/mips.h libcoff.h libecoff.h coffswap.h \
+  ecoffswap.h
+coff-pmac.o: coff-pmac.c coff-rs6000.c $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/rs6000.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-rs6000.o: coff-rs6000.c $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/rs6000.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-sh.o: coff-sh.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sh.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-sparc.o: coff-sparc.c $(INCDIR)/coff/sparc.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-svm68k.o: coff-svm68k.c coff-m68k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-u68k.o: coff-u68k.c coff-m68k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-we32k.o: coff-we32k.c $(INCDIR)/coff/we32k.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-w65.o: coff-w65.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/w65.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+coff-z8k.o: coff-z8k.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/z8k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h coffcode.h coffswap.h
+cofflink.o: cofflink.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h
+ecoff.o: ecoff.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ranlib.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def \
+  libaout.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  libcoff.h libecoff.h
+ecofflink.o: ecofflink.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/objalloc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  libcoff.h libecoff.h
+elf32-gen.o: elf32-gen.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-hppa.o: elf32-hppa.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  elf32-hppa.h libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/elf/hppa.h hppa_stubs.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-i386.o: elf32-i386.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-i860.o: elf32-i860.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-m32r.o: elf32-m32r.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/m32r.h elf32-target.h
+elf32-m68k.o: elf32-m68k.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-m88k.o: elf32-m88k.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-mips.o: elf32-mips.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h genlink.h \
+  elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/elf/mips.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/mips.h ecoffswap.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf-m10200.o: elf-m10200.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf-m10300.o: elf-m10300.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-ppc.o: elf32-ppc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h elf32-target.h
+elf32-sh.o: elf32-sh.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  elf32-target.h
+elf32-sparc.o: elf32-sparc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/sparc.h elf32-target.h
+elf32.o: elf32.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h elfcore.h elflink.h
+elflink.o: elflink.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h
+hp300bsd.o: hp300bsd.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+hp300hpux.o: hp300hpux.c $(INCDIR)/aout/hp300hpux.h \
+  aoutx.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h \
+  aout-target.h
+som.o: som.c
+i386aout.o: i386aout.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+i386bsd.o: i386bsd.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+i386dynix.o: i386dynix.c $(INCDIR)/aout/dynix3.h aoutx.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h \
+  aout-target.h
+i386freebsd.o: i386freebsd.c freebsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+i386linux.o: i386linux.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h
+i386lynx.o: i386lynx.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+i386msdos.o: i386msdos.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+i386netbsd.o: i386netbsd.c netbsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+i386mach3.o: i386mach3.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h
+i386os9k.o: i386os9k.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/os9k.h
+ieee.o: ieee.c $(INCDIR)/ieee.h libieee.h
+m68k4knetbsd.o: m68k4knetbsd.c netbsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+m68klinux.o: m68klinux.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h
+m68klynx.o: m68klynx.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+m68knetbsd.o: m68knetbsd.c netbsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+m88kmach3.o: m88kmach3.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+mipsbsd.o: mipsbsd.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+newsos3.o: newsos3.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h
+nlm.o: nlm.c libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h
+nlm32-i386.o: nlm32-i386.c $(INCDIR)/nlm/i386-ext.h \
+  libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h nlmswap.h nlm-target.h
+nlm32-sparc.o: nlm32-sparc.c $(INCDIR)/nlm/sparc32-ext.h \
+  libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h nlmswap.h nlm-target.h
+nlm32-ppc.o: nlm32-ppc.c $(INCDIR)/nlm/ppc-ext.h libnlm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h \
+  nlmswap.h nlm-target.h
+nlm32.o: nlm32.c nlmcode.h libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h
+ns32knetbsd.o: ns32knetbsd.c netbsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+oasys.o: oasys.c $(INCDIR)/oasys.h liboasys.h
+pc532-mach.o: pc532-mach.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+pe-arm.o: pe-arm.c coff-arm.c $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+pei-arm.o: pei-arm.c coff-arm.c $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+pe-i386.o: pe-i386.c coff-i386.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+pei-i386.o: pei-i386.c coff-i386.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+pe-ppc.o: pe-ppc.c coff-ppc.c $(INCDIR)/coff/powerpc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+pei-ppc.o: pei-ppc.c coff-ppc.c $(INCDIR)/coff/powerpc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/pe.h libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h coffcode.h peicode.h
+ppcboot.o: ppcboot.c
+reloc16.o: reloc16.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h genlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h
+riscix.o: riscix.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+sparclinux.o: sparclinux.c $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h \
+  libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h aout-target.h
+sparclynx.o: sparclynx.c $(INCDIR)/aout/sun4.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h aout-target.h
+sparcnetbsd.o: sparcnetbsd.c netbsd.h libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  aout-target.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+sunos.o: sunos.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h aoutf1.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/sun4.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h aout-target.h
+versados.o: versados.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xcofflink.o: xcofflink.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  libcoff.h
+aout64.o: aout64.c aoutx.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h
+coff-alpha.o: coff-alpha.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/alpha.h $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libcoff.h \
+  libecoff.h coffswap.h ecoffswap.h
+demo64.o: demo64.c aoutf1.h $(INCDIR)/aout/sun4.h libaout.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h aout-target.h
+elf64-alpha.o: elf64-alpha.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/alpha.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/alpha.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h libcoff.h libecoff.h ecoffswap.h \
+  elf64-target.h
+elf64-gen.o: elf64-gen.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  elf64-target.h
+elf64-mips.o: elf64-mips.c $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  genlink.h elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/elf/mips.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/alpha.h ecoffswap.h \
+  elf64-target.h
+elf64-sparc.o: elf64-sparc.c elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/sparc.h elf64-target.h
+elf64.o: elf64.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h elfcore.h elflink.h
+evax-alpha.o: evax-alpha.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h evax.h
+evax-egsd.o: evax-egsd.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h evax.h
+evax-etir.o: evax-etir.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h evax.h
+evax-emh.o: evax-emh.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h evax.h
+evax-misc.o: evax-misc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h evax.h
+nlm32-alpha.o: nlm32-alpha.c $(INCDIR)/nlm/alpha-ext.h \
+  libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h nlmswap.h nlm-target.h
+nlm64.o: nlm64.c nlmcode.h libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h
+aix386-core.o: aix386-core.c $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+hpux-core.o: hpux-core.c
+irix-core.o: irix-core.c
+lynx-core.o: lynx-core.c
+osf-core.o: osf-core.c
+trad-core.o: trad-core.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+cisco-core.o: cisco-core.c
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/PORTING b/contrib/binutils/bfd/PORTING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8bfd77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/PORTING
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+	Preliminary Notes on Porting BFD
+	--------------------------------
+
+The 'host' is the system a tool runs *on*.
+The 'target' is the system a tool runs *for*, i.e.
+a tool can read/write the binaries of the target.
+
+Porting to a new host
+---------------------
+Pick a name for your host. Call that <host>.
+(<host> might be sun4, ...)
+Create a file hosts/<host>.mh.
+
+Porting to a new target
+-----------------------
+Pick a name for your target. Call that <target>.
+Call the name for your CPU architecture <cpu>.
+You need to create <target>.c and config/<target>.mt,
+and add a case for it to a case statements in bfd/configure.host and
+bfd/config.bfd, which associates each canonical host type with a BFD
+host type (used as the base of the makefile fragment names), and to the
+table in bfd/configure.in which associates each target vector with
+the .o files it uses.
+
+config/<target>.mt is a Makefile fragment.
+The following is usually enough:
+DEFAULT_VECTOR=<target>_vec
+SELECT_ARCHITECTURES=bfd_<cpu>_arch
+
+See the list of cpu types in archures.c, or "ls cpu-*.c".
+If your architecture is new, you need to add it to the tables
+in bfd/archures.c, opcodes/configure.in, and binutils/objdump.c.
+
+For more information about .mt and .mh files, see config/README.
+
+The file <target>.c is the hard part.  It implements the
+bfd_target <target>_vec, which includes pointers to
+functions that do the actual <target>-specific methods.
+
+Porting to a <target> that uses the a.out binary format
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+In this case, the include file aout-target.h probaby does most
+of what you need. The program gen-aout generates <target>.c for
+you automatically for many a.out systems.  Do:
+	make gen-aout
+	./gen-aout <target> > <target>.c
+(This only works if you are building on the target ("native").
+If you must make a cross-port from scratch, copy the most
+similar existing file that includes aout-target.h, and fix what is wrong.)
+
+Check the parameters in <target>.c, and fix anything that is wrong.
+(Also let us know about it; perhaps we can improve gen-aout.c.)
+
+TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+	Should be defined if <target> is big-endian.
+
+N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)
+	See discussion in ../include/aout/aout64.h.
+
+BYTES_IN_WORD
+	Number of bytes per word. (Usually 4 but can be 8.)
+
+ARCH
+	Number of bits per word.  (Usually 32, but can be 64.)
+
+ENTRY_CAN_BE_ZERO
+	Define if the extry point (start address of an
+	executable program) can be 0x0.
+
+TEXT_START_ADDR
+	The address of the start of the text segemnt in
+	virtual memory.  Normally, the same as the entry point.
+
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+
+SEGMENT_SIZE
+        Usually, the same as the TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
+        Alignment needed for the data segment.
+
+TARGETNAME
+	The name of the target, for run-time lookups.
+	Usually "a.out-<target>"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/README b/contrib/binutils/bfd/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0daf3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/README
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+BFD is a an object file library.  It permits applications to use the
+same routines to process object files regardless of their format.
+
+BFD is used by the GNU debugger, assembler, linker, and the binary
+utilities.
+
+The documentation on using BFD is scanty and may be occasionally
+incorrect.  Pointers to documentation problems, or an entirely
+rewritten manual, would be appreciated.
+
+BFD is normally built as part of another package.  See the build
+instructions for that package, probably in a README file in the
+appropriate directory.
+
+BFD supports the following configure options:
+
+  --target=TARGET
+	The default target for which to build the library.  TARGET is
+	a configuration target triplet, such as sparc-sun-solaris.
+  --enable-targets=TARGET,TARGET,TARGET...
+	Additional targets the library should support.  To include
+	support for all known targets, use --enable-targets=all.
+  --enable-64-bit-bfd
+	Include support for 64 bit targets.  This is automatically
+	turned on if you explicitly request a 64 bit target, but not
+	for --enable-targets=all.  This requires a compiler with a 64
+	bit integer type, such as gcc.
+  --enable-shared
+	Build BFD as a shared library.
+  --enable-commonbfdlib
+	Build BFD, opcodes, and libiberty as a single shared library.
+  --with-mmap
+	Use mmap when accessing files.  This is faster on some hosts,
+	but slower on others.  It may not work on all hosts.
+
+Report bugs with BFD to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+Patches are encouraged.  When sending patches, always send the output
+of diff -u or diff -c from the original file to the new file.  Do not
+send default diff output.  Do not make the diff from the new file to
+the original file.  Remember that any patch must not break other
+systems.  Remember that BFD must support cross compilation from any
+host to any target, so patches which use ``#ifdef HOST'' are not
+acceptable.  Please also read the ``Reporting Bugs'' section of the
+gcc manual.
+
+Bug reports without patches will be remembered, but they may never get
+fixed until somebody volunteers to fix them.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/TODO b/contrib/binutils/bfd/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a12735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Things that still need to be done: -*- Text -*-
+
+ o - A source of space lossage is that all the target-dependent code
+     is in a single bfd_target structure.  Hence all the code for
+     *writing* object files is still pulled into all the applications
+     that only care about *reading* (gdb, nm, objdump), while gas has
+     to carry along all the unneeded baggage for reading objects.  And
+     so on.  This would be a substantial change, and the payoff would
+     not all that great (essentially none if bfd is used as a shared
+     library).
+
+ o - The storage needed by BFD data structures is also larger than strictly
+     needed.  This may be difficult to do much about.
+
+ o - implement bfd_abort, which should close the bfd but not alter the
+     filesystem.
+
+ o - update the bfd doc; write a how-to-write-a-backend doc, take out
+     the stupid quips and fill in all the blanks.
+
+ o - upgrade the reloc handling as per Steve's suggestion.
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/VERSION b/contrib/binutils/bfd/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbe5900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+2.8.1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/acconfig.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3c4e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether malloc must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+
+/* Whether realloc must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_REALLOC
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+@TOP@
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+/* Name of host specific header file to include in trad-core.c.  */
+#undef TRAD_HEADER
+
+/* Define only if <sys/procfs.h> is available *and* it defines prstatus_t.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+
+/* Do we really want to use mmap if it's available?  */
+#undef USE_MMAP
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecb4c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+dnl See whether we need to use fopen-bin.h rather than fopen-same.h.
+AC_DEFUN(BFD_BINARY_FOPEN,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
+case "${host}" in
+changequote(,)dnl
+i[345]86-*-msdos* | i[345]86-*-go32* | *-*-cygwin32 | *-*-windows)
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_DEFINE(USE_BINARY_FOPEN) ;;
+esac])dnl
+
+dnl Get a default for CC_FOR_BUILD to put into Makefile.
+AC_DEFUN(BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD,
+[# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
+if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
+  if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
+    CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
+  else
+    CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc
+  fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)])dnl
+
+dnl See whether we need a declaration for a function.
+AC_DEFUN(BFD_NEED_DECLARATION,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 must be declared])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(bfd_cv_decl_needed_$1,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif],
+[char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1],
+bfd_cv_decl_needed_$1=no, bfd_cv_decl_needed_$1=yes)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($bfd_cv_decl_needed_$1)
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_$1 = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo $1 | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($bfd_tr_decl)
+fi
+])dnl
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-encap.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-encap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25f903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-encap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/* BFD back-end for a.out files encapsulated with COFF headers.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* THIS MODULE IS NOT FINISHED.  IT PROBABLY DOESN'T EVEN COMPILE.  */
+
+#if 0
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	4096
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#define TEXT_START_ADDR 0
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+#endif
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include <sysdep.h>
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include <aout/aout64.h>
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "libaout.h"           /* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+
+const bfd_target *encap_real_callback ();
+
+const bfd_target *
+encap_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned char magicbuf[4]; /* Raw bytes of magic number from file */
+  unsigned long magic;		/* Swapped magic number */
+  short coff_magic;
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec exec;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR)magicbuf, 1, sizeof (magicbuf), abfd) !=
+      sizeof (magicbuf))
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  
+  coff_magic = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, magicbuf);
+  if (coff_magic != COFF_MAGIC)
+    return 0;			/* Not an encap coff file */
+
+  __header_offset_temp==COFF_MAGIC ? sizeof(struct coffheader) : 0)
+  (fseek ((f), HEADER_OFFSET((f)), 1))
+
+  magic = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, magicbuf);
+
+  if (N_BADMAG (*((struct internal_exec *) &magic))) return 0;
+
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) &exec_bytes, 1, EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, abfd)
+      != EXEC_BYTES_SIZE) {
+    if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in)(abfd, &exec_bytes, &exec);
+
+  return aout_32_some_aout_object_p (abfd, &exec, encap_realcallback);
+}
+
+/* Finish up the reading of a encapsulated-coff a.out file header */
+const bfd_target *
+encap_real_callback (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+  
+  MY(callback)(abfd, execp);
+  
+  /* If we have a coff header, it can give us better values for
+     text_start and exec_data_start.  This is particularly useful
+     for remote debugging of embedded systems.  */
+  if (N_FLAGS(exec_aouthdr) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE)
+  {
+	  struct coffheader ch;
+	  int val;
+	  val = lseek (execchan, -(sizeof (AOUTHDR) + sizeof (ch)), 1);
+	  if (val == -1)
+		  perror_with_name (filename);
+	  val = myread (execchan, &ch, sizeof (ch));
+	  if (val < 0)
+		  perror_with_name (filename);
+	  text_start = ch.text_start;
+	  exec_data_start = ch.data_start;
+  } else
+	 {
+	  text_start =
+	    IS_OBJECT_FILE (exec_aouthdr) ? 0 : N_TXTADDR (exec_aouthdr);
+	  exec_data_start = IS_OBJECT_FILE (exec_aouthdr)
+	    ? exec_aouthdr.a_text : N_DATADDR (exec_aouthdr);
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file.  */
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach(abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, 0); /* FIXME */
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* Write an object file in Encapsulated COFF format.
+   Section contents have already been written.  We write the
+   file header, symbols, and relocation.  */
+
+boolean
+encap_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_size_type data_pad = 0;
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+/****** FIXME:  Fragments from the old GNU LD program for dealing with
+        encap coff.  */
+struct coffheader coffheader;
+int need_coff_header;
+
+  /* Determine whether to count the header as part of
+     the text size, and initialize the text size accordingly.
+     This depends on the kind of system and on the output format selected.  */
+
+  N_SET_MAGIC (outheader, magic);
+#ifdef INITIALIZE_HEADER
+  INITIALIZE_HEADER;
+#endif
+
+  text_size = sizeof (struct exec);
+#ifdef COFF_ENCAPSULATE
+  if (relocatable_output == 0 && file_table[0].just_syms_flag == 0)
+    {
+      need_coff_header = 1;
+      /* set this flag now, since it will change the values of N_TXTOFF, etc */
+      N_SET_FLAGS (outheader, aout_backend_info (abfd)->exec_hdr_flags);
+      text_size += sizeof (struct coffheader);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_ENCAPSULATE
+  if (need_coff_header)
+    {
+      /* We are encapsulating BSD format within COFF format.  */
+      struct coffscn *tp, *dp, *bp;
+
+      tp = &coffheader.scns[0];
+      dp = &coffheader.scns[1];
+      bp = &coffheader.scns[2];
+
+      strcpy (tp->s_name, ".text");
+      tp->s_paddr = text_start;
+      tp->s_vaddr = text_start;
+      tp->s_size = text_size;
+      tp->s_scnptr = sizeof (struct coffheader) + sizeof (struct exec);
+      tp->s_relptr = 0;
+      tp->s_lnnoptr = 0;
+      tp->s_nreloc = 0;
+      tp->s_nlnno = 0;
+      tp->s_flags = 0x20;
+      strcpy (dp->s_name, ".data");
+      dp->s_paddr = data_start;
+      dp->s_vaddr = data_start;
+      dp->s_size = data_size;
+      dp->s_scnptr = tp->s_scnptr + tp->s_size;
+      dp->s_relptr = 0;
+      dp->s_lnnoptr = 0;
+      dp->s_nreloc = 0;
+      dp->s_nlnno = 0;
+      dp->s_flags = 0x40;
+      strcpy (bp->s_name, ".bss");
+      bp->s_paddr = dp->s_vaddr + dp->s_size;
+      bp->s_vaddr = bp->s_paddr;
+      bp->s_size = bss_size;
+      bp->s_scnptr = 0;
+      bp->s_relptr = 0;
+      bp->s_lnnoptr = 0;
+      bp->s_nreloc = 0;
+      bp->s_nlnno = 0;
+      bp->s_flags = 0x80;
+
+      coffheader.f_magic = COFF_MAGIC;
+      coffheader.f_nscns = 3;
+      /* store an unlikely time so programs can
+       * tell that there is a bsd header
+       */
+      coffheader.f_timdat = 1;
+      coffheader.f_symptr = 0;
+      coffheader.f_nsyms = 0;
+      coffheader.f_opthdr = 28;
+      coffheader.f_flags = 0x103;
+      /* aouthdr */
+      coffheader.magic = ZMAGIC;
+      coffheader.vstamp = 0;
+      coffheader.tsize = tp->s_size;
+      coffheader.dsize = dp->s_size;
+      coffheader.bsize = bp->s_size;
+      coffheader.entry = outheader.a_entry;
+      coffheader.text_start = tp->s_vaddr;
+      coffheader.data_start = dp->s_vaddr;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_ENCAPSULATE
+  if (need_coff_header)
+    mywrite (&coffheader, sizeof coffheader, 1, outdesc);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef COFF_ENCAPSULATE
+  padfile (N_TXTOFF (outheader) - sizeof outheader, outdesc);
+#endif
+
+  text_size -= N_TXTOFF (outheader);
+  WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp);
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define MY_write_object_content encap_write_object_contents
+#define MY_object_p encap_object_p
+#define MY_exec_hdr_flags N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-target.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-target.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..011b18f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout-target.h
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+/* Define a target vector and some small routines for a variant of a.out.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+/*#include "libaout.h"*/
+
+#ifndef SEGMENT_SIZE
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+extern reloc_howto_type * NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup)
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+
+/* Set parameters about this a.out file that are machine-dependent.
+   This routine is called from some_aout_object_p just before it returns.  */
+#ifndef MY_callback
+
+static const bfd_target *MY(callback) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static const bfd_target *
+MY(callback) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+  unsigned int arch_align_power;
+  unsigned long arch_align;
+
+  /* Calculate the file positions of the parts of a newly read aout header */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size = N_TXTSIZE(*execp);
+
+  /* The virtual memory addresses of the sections */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = N_TXTADDR(*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = N_DATADDR(*execp);
+  obj_bsssec  (abfd)->vma = N_BSSADDR(*execp);
+
+  /* For some targets, if the entry point is not in the same page
+     as the start of the text, then adjust the VMA so that it is.
+     FIXME: Do this with a macro like SET_ARCH_MACH instead?  */
+  if (aout_backend_info (abfd)->entry_is_text_address
+      && execp->a_entry > obj_textsec (abfd)->vma)
+    {
+      bfd_vma adjust;
+
+      adjust = execp->a_entry - obj_textsec (abfd)->vma;
+      /* Adjust only by whole pages. */
+      adjust &= ~(TARGET_PAGE_SIZE - 1);
+      obj_textsec (abfd)->vma += adjust;
+      obj_datasec (abfd)->vma += adjust;
+      obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma += adjust;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the load addresses to be the same as the virtual addresses.  */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->lma = obj_textsec (abfd)->vma;
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->lma = obj_datasec (abfd)->vma;
+  obj_bsssec (abfd)->lma = obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma;
+
+  /* The file offsets of the sections */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = N_TXTOFF (*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = N_DATOFF (*execp);
+
+  /* The file offsets of the relocation info */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_TRELOFF(*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_DRELOFF(*execp);
+
+  /* The file offsets of the string table and symbol table.  */
+  obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = N_SYMOFF (*execp);
+  obj_str_filepos (abfd) = N_STROFF (*execp);
+  
+  /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file.  */
+#ifdef SET_ARCH_MACH
+  SET_ARCH_MACH(abfd, *execp);
+#else
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach(abfd, DEFAULT_ARCH, 0);
+#endif
+
+  /* The number of relocation records.  This must be called after
+     SET_ARCH_MACH.  It assumes that SET_ARCH_MACH will set
+     obj_reloc_entry_size correctly, if the reloc size is not
+     RELOC_STD_SIZE.  */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->reloc_count =
+    execp->a_trsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->reloc_count =
+    execp->a_drsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+
+  /* Now that we know the architecture, set the alignments of the
+     sections.  This is normally done by NAME(aout,new_section_hook),
+     but when the initial sections were created the architecture had
+     not yet been set.  However, for backward compatibility, we don't
+     set the alignment power any higher than as required by the size
+     of the section.  */
+  arch_align_power = bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power;
+  arch_align = 1 << arch_align_power;
+  if ((BFD_ALIGN (obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size, arch_align)
+       == obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size)
+      && (BFD_ALIGN (obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size, arch_align)
+	  == obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size)
+      && (BFD_ALIGN (obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size, arch_align)
+	  == obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size))
+    {
+      obj_textsec (abfd)->alignment_power = arch_align_power;
+      obj_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power = arch_align_power;
+      obj_bsssec (abfd)->alignment_power = arch_align_power;
+    }
+
+  /* Don't set sizes now -- can't be sure until we know arch & mach.
+     Sizes get set in set_sizes callback, later.  */
+#if 0
+  adata(abfd).page_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd).segment_size = SEGMENT_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_object_p
+/* Finish up the reading of an a.out file header */
+
+static const bfd_target *MY(object_p) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static const bfd_target *
+MY(object_p) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;	/* Raw exec header from file */
+  struct internal_exec exec;		/* Cleaned-up exec header */
+  const bfd_target *target;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) &exec_bytes, 1, EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, abfd)
+      != EXEC_BYTES_SIZE) {
+    if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SWAP_MAGIC
+  exec.a_info = SWAP_MAGIC (exec_bytes.e_info);
+#else
+  exec.a_info = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, exec_bytes.e_info);
+#endif /* SWAP_MAGIC */
+
+  if (N_BADMAG (exec)) return 0;
+#ifdef MACHTYPE_OK
+  if (!(MACHTYPE_OK (N_MACHTYPE (exec)))) return 0;
+#endif
+
+  NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in)(abfd, &exec_bytes, &exec);
+
+#ifdef SWAP_MAGIC
+  /* swap_exec_header_in read in a_info with the wrong byte order */
+  exec.a_info = SWAP_MAGIC (exec_bytes.e_info);
+#endif /* SWAP_MAGIC */
+
+  target = NAME(aout,some_aout_object_p) (abfd, &exec, MY(callback));
+
+#ifdef ENTRY_CAN_BE_ZERO
+  /* The NEWSOS3 entry-point is/was 0, which (amongst other lossage)
+   * means that it isn't obvious if EXEC_P should be set.
+   * All of the following must be true for an executable:
+   * There must be no relocations, the bfd can be neither an
+   * archive nor an archive element, and the file must be executable. */
+
+  if (exec.a_trsize + exec.a_drsize == 0
+      && bfd_get_format(abfd) == bfd_object && abfd->my_archive == NULL)
+    {
+      struct stat buf;
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+#define S_IXUSR 0100	/* Execute by owner.  */
+#endif
+      if (stat(abfd->filename, &buf) == 0 && (buf.st_mode & S_IXUSR))
+	abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+    }
+#endif /* ENTRY_CAN_BE_ZERO */
+
+  return target;
+}
+#define MY_object_p MY(object_p)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef MY_mkobject
+
+static boolean MY(mkobject) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+MY(mkobject) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (NAME(aout,mkobject)(abfd) == false)
+    return false;
+#if 0 /* Sizes get set in set_sizes callback, later, after we know
+	 the architecture and machine.  */
+  adata(abfd).page_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd).segment_size = SEGMENT_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+#endif
+  return true;
+}
+#define MY_mkobject MY(mkobject)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+
+/* Copy private section data.  This actually does nothing with the
+   sections.  It copies the subformat field.  We copy it here, because
+   we need to know whether this is a QMAGIC file before we set the
+   section contents, and copy_private_bfd_data is not called until
+   after the section contents have been set.  */
+
+static boolean MY_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd *, asection *));
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+MY_bfd_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     asection *isec;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asection *osec;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
+      && bfd_get_flavour (obfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
+    obj_aout_subformat (obfd) = obj_aout_subformat (ibfd);
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Write an object file.
+   Section contents have already been written.  We write the
+   file header, symbols, and relocation.  */
+
+#ifndef MY_write_object_contents
+static boolean
+MY(write_object_contents) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+#if CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE
+  CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE(abfd);
+#else
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
+#define MY_write_object_contents MY(write_object_contents)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_set_sizes
+
+static boolean MY(set_sizes) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+MY(set_sizes) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  adata(abfd).page_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd).segment_size = SEGMENT_SIZE;
+
+#ifdef ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
+  adata(abfd).zmagic_disk_block_size = ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE;
+#else
+  adata(abfd).zmagic_disk_block_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+  return true;
+}
+#define MY_set_sizes MY(set_sizes)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_exec_hdr_flags
+#define MY_exec_hdr_flags 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_backend_data
+
+#ifndef MY_zmagic_contiguous
+#define MY_zmagic_contiguous 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_text_includes_header
+#define MY_text_includes_header 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_entry_is_text_address
+#define MY_entry_is_text_address 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_exec_header_not_counted
+#define MY_exec_header_not_counted 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_add_dynamic_symbols
+#define MY_add_dynamic_symbols 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_add_one_symbol
+#define MY_add_one_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_link_dynamic_object
+#define MY_link_dynamic_object 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_write_dynamic_symbol
+#define MY_write_dynamic_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_check_dynamic_reloc
+#define MY_check_dynamic_reloc 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_finish_dynamic_link
+#define MY_finish_dynamic_link 0
+#endif
+
+static CONST struct aout_backend_data MY(backend_data) = {
+  MY_zmagic_contiguous,
+  MY_text_includes_header,
+  MY_entry_is_text_address,
+  MY_exec_hdr_flags,
+  0,				/* text vma? */
+  MY_set_sizes,
+  MY_exec_header_not_counted,
+  MY_add_dynamic_symbols,
+  MY_add_one_symbol,
+  MY_link_dynamic_object,
+  MY_write_dynamic_symbol,
+  MY_check_dynamic_reloc,
+  MY_finish_dynamic_link
+};
+#define MY_backend_data &MY(backend_data)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_final_link_callback
+
+/* Callback for the final_link routine to set the section offsets.  */
+
+static void MY_final_link_callback
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *));
+
+static void
+MY_final_link_callback (abfd, ptreloff, pdreloff, psymoff)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     file_ptr *ptreloff;
+     file_ptr *pdreloff;
+     file_ptr *psymoff;
+{
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  *ptreloff = N_TRELOFF (*execp);
+  *pdreloff = N_DRELOFF (*execp);
+  *psymoff = N_SYMOFF (*execp);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_final_link
+
+/* Final link routine.  We need to use a call back to get the correct
+   offsets in the output file.  */
+
+static boolean MY_bfd_final_link PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+static boolean
+MY_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  return NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, MY_final_link_callback);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* We assume BFD generic archive files.  */
+#ifndef	MY_openr_next_archived_file
+#define	MY_openr_next_archived_file	bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_elt_at_index
+#define MY_get_elt_at_index		_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define	MY_generic_stat_arch_elt	bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_slurp_armap
+#define	MY_slurp_armap			bfd_slurp_bsd_armap
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_slurp_extended_name_table
+#define	MY_slurp_extended_name_table	_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_construct_extended_name_table
+#define MY_construct_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_archive_bsd_construct_extended_name_table
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_write_armap
+#define	MY_write_armap		bsd_write_armap
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_read_ar_hdr
+#define MY_read_ar_hdr		_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_truncate_arname
+#define	MY_truncate_arname		bfd_bsd_truncate_arname
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_update_armap_timestamp
+#define MY_update_armap_timestamp _bfd_archive_bsd_update_armap_timestamp
+#endif
+
+/* No core file defined here -- configure in trad-core.c separately.  */
+#ifndef	MY_core_file_failing_command
+#define	MY_core_file_failing_command _bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_command
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_core_file_failing_signal
+#define	MY_core_file_failing_signal	_bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_signal
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_core_file_matches_executable_p
+#define	MY_core_file_matches_executable_p	\
+				_bfd_nocore_core_file_matches_executable_p
+#endif
+#ifndef	MY_core_file_p
+#define	MY_core_file_p		_bfd_dummy_target
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_debug_info_start
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_start		bfd_void
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_debug_info_end
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_end		bfd_void
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_debug_info_accumulate
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_accumulate	\
+			(void (*) PARAMS ((bfd*, struct sec *))) bfd_void
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_core_file_failing_command
+#define MY_core_file_failing_command NAME(aout,core_file_failing_command)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_core_file_failing_signal
+#define MY_core_file_failing_signal NAME(aout,core_file_failing_signal)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_core_file_matches_executable_p
+#define MY_core_file_matches_executable_p NAME(aout,core_file_matches_executable_p)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_set_section_contents
+#define MY_set_section_contents NAME(aout,set_section_contents)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_section_contents
+#define MY_get_section_contents NAME(aout,get_section_contents)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_section_contents_in_window
+#define MY_get_section_contents_in_window _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_new_section_hook
+#define MY_new_section_hook NAME(aout,new_section_hook)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_symtab_upper_bound
+#define MY_get_symtab_upper_bound NAME(aout,get_symtab_upper_bound)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_symtab
+#define MY_get_symtab NAME(aout,get_symtab)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_reloc_upper_bound
+#define MY_get_reloc_upper_bound NAME(aout,get_reloc_upper_bound)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_canonicalize_reloc
+#define MY_canonicalize_reloc NAME(aout,canonicalize_reloc)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_make_empty_symbol
+#define MY_make_empty_symbol NAME(aout,make_empty_symbol)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_print_symbol
+#define MY_print_symbol NAME(aout,print_symbol)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_symbol_info
+#define MY_get_symbol_info NAME(aout,get_symbol_info)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_lineno
+#define MY_get_lineno NAME(aout,get_lineno)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_set_arch_mach
+#define MY_set_arch_mach NAME(aout,set_arch_mach)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_find_nearest_line
+#define MY_find_nearest_line NAME(aout,find_nearest_line)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_sizeof_headers
+#define MY_sizeof_headers NAME(aout,sizeof_headers)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define MY_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+			bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_relax_section
+#define MY_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+#define MY_bfd_reloc_type_lookup NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define MY_bfd_make_debug_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_read_minisymbols
+#define MY_read_minisymbols NAME(aout,read_minisymbols)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_minisymbol_to_symbol
+#define MY_minisymbol_to_symbol NAME(aout,minisymbol_to_symbol)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+#define MY_bfd_link_hash_table_create NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_link_add_symbols
+#define MY_bfd_link_add_symbols NAME(aout,link_add_symbols)
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_bfd_link_split_section
+#define MY_bfd_link_split_section  _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+#define MY_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+#define MY_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data _bfd_generic_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+#define MY_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_print_private_bfd_data
+#define MY_bfd_print_private_bfd_data _bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_set_private_flags
+#define MY_bfd_set_private_flags _bfd_generic_bfd_set_private_flags
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define MY_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define MY_bfd_free_cached_info NAME(aout,bfd_free_cached_info)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_close_and_cleanup
+#define MY_close_and_cleanup MY_bfd_free_cached_info
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound
+#define MY_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound \
+  _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab
+#define MY_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \
+  _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound
+#define MY_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound \
+  _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+#define MY_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc \
+  _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+#endif
+
+/* Aout symbols normally have leading underscores */
+#ifndef MY_symbol_leading_char 
+#define MY_symbol_leading_char '_'
+#endif
+
+/* Aout archives normally use spaces for padding */
+#ifndef AR_PAD_CHAR
+#define AR_PAD_CHAR ' '
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_BFD_TARGET
+const bfd_target MY(vec) =
+{
+  TARGETNAME,		/* name */
+  bfd_target_aout_flavour,
+#ifdef TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* target byte order (big) */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* target headers byte order (big) */
+#else
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* target byte order (little) */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* target headers byte order (little) */
+#endif
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | DYNAMIC | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+  MY_symbol_leading_char,
+  AR_PAD_CHAR,			/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+#ifdef TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* hdrs */
+#else
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* data */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* hdrs */
+#endif
+    {_bfd_dummy_target, MY_object_p, /* bfd_check_format */
+       bfd_generic_archive_p, MY_core_file_p},
+    {bfd_false, MY_mkobject,	/* bfd_set_format */
+       _bfd_generic_mkarchive, bfd_false},
+    {bfd_false, MY_write_object_contents, /* bfd_write_contents */
+       _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (MY),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (MY),
+
+  (PTR) MY_backend_data,
+};
+#endif /* MY_BFD_TARGET */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout0.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc7ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* BFD backend for SunOS style a.out with flags set to 0
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-zero-big"
+#define MY(OP) CAT(aout0_big_,OP)
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+#define MY_exec_hdr_flags 0
+
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) \
+  ((mtype) == M_UNKNOWN || (mtype) == M_68010 || (mtype) == M_68020)
+
+/* Include the usual a.out support.  */
+#include "aoutf1.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout32.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfc40b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* BFD back-end for 32-bit a.out files.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE 32
+
+#include "aoutx.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout64.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84036c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aout64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* BFD back-end for 64-bit a.out files.
+   Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE 64
+
+/* aoutx.h requires definitions for BMAGIC and QMAGIC.  */
+#ifndef BMAGIC
+#define BMAGIC 0
+#endif
+#ifndef QMAGIC
+#define QMAGIC 0
+#endif
+
+#include "aoutx.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutf1.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutf1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2851117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutf1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
+/* A.out "format 1" file handling code for BFD.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#include "aout/sun4.h"
+#include "libaout.h"		/* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+
+/* This is needed to reject a NewsOS file, e.g. in
+   gdb/testsuite/gdb.t10/crossload.exp. <kingdon@cygnus.com>
+   I needed to add M_UNKNOWN to recognize a 68000 object, so this will
+   probably no longer reject a NewsOS object.  <ian@cygnus.com>. */
+#ifndef MACHTYPE_OK
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) \
+  (((mtype) == M_SPARC && bfd_lookup_arch (bfd_arch_sparc, 0) != NULL) \
+   || (((mtype) == M_UNKNOWN || (mtype) == M_68010 || (mtype) == M_68020) \
+       && bfd_lookup_arch (bfd_arch_m68k, 0) != NULL))
+#endif
+
+/*
+The file @code{aoutf1.h} contains the code for BFD's
+a.out back end. Control over the generated back end is given by these
+two preprocessor names:
+@table @code
+@item ARCH_SIZE
+This value should be either 32 or 64, depending upon the size of an
+int in the target format. It changes the sizes of the structs which
+perform the memory/disk mapping of structures.
+
+The 64 bit backend may only be used if the host compiler supports 64
+ints (eg long long with gcc), by defining the name @code{BFD_HOST_64_BIT} in @code{bfd.h}.
+With this name defined, @emph{all} bfd operations are performed with 64bit
+arithmetic, not just those to a 64bit target.
+
+@item TARGETNAME
+The name put into the target vector.
+@item
+@end table
+
+*/
+
+/*SUPPRESS558*/
+/*SUPPRESS529*/
+
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+#define sunos_set_arch_mach sunos_64_set_arch_mach
+#define sunos_write_object_contents aout_64_sunos4_write_object_contents
+#else
+#define sunos_set_arch_mach sunos_32_set_arch_mach
+#define sunos_write_object_contents aout_32_sunos4_write_object_contents
+#endif
+
+static boolean sunos_merge_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static void sunos_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static void choose_reloc_size PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean sunos_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *sunos4_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static char *sunos4_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int sunos4_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean sunos4_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static boolean sunos4_set_sizes PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Merge backend data into the output file.
+   This is necessary on sparclet-aout where we want the resultant machine
+   number to be M_SPARCLET if any input file is M_SPARCLET.  */
+
+#define MY_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data sunos_merge_private_bfd_data
+
+static boolean
+sunos_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
+     bfd *ibfd, *obfd;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_aout_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_aout_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_arch_sparc)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_mach (obfd) < bfd_get_mach (ibfd))
+	bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sparc, bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is either sunos_32_set_arch_mach or sunos_64_set_arch_mach,
+   depending upon ARCH_SIZE.  */
+
+static void
+sunos_set_arch_mach (abfd, machtype)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int machtype;
+{
+  /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file.  */
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  long machine;
+  switch (machtype)
+    {
+
+    case M_UNKNOWN:
+      /* Some Sun3s make magic numbers without cpu types in them, so
+	 we'll default to the 68000. */
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k;
+      machine = 68000;
+      break;
+
+    case M_68010:
+    case M_HP200:
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k;
+      machine = 68010;
+      break;
+
+    case M_68020:
+    case M_HP300:
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k;
+      machine = 68020;
+      break;
+
+    case M_SPARC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_sparc;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case M_SPARCLET:
+      arch = bfd_arch_sparc;
+      machine = bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet;
+      break;
+
+    case M_386:
+    case M_386_DYNIX:
+      arch = bfd_arch_i386;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case M_29K:
+      arch = bfd_arch_a29k;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case M_HPUX:
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      arch = bfd_arch_obscure;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+}
+
+#define SET_ARCH_MACH(ABFD, EXEC) \
+  NAME(sunos,set_arch_mach)(ABFD, N_MACHTYPE (EXEC)); \
+  choose_reloc_size(ABFD);
+
+/* Determine the size of a relocation entry, based on the architecture */
+static void
+choose_reloc_size (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+    case bfd_arch_a29k:
+      obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_EXT_SIZE;
+      break;
+    default:
+      obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write an object file in SunOS format.  Section contents have
+   already been written.  We write the file header, symbols, and
+   relocation.  The real name of this function is either
+   aout_64_sunos4_write_object_contents or
+   aout_32_sunos4_write_object_contents, depending upon ARCH_SIZE.  */
+
+static boolean
+sunos_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  /* Magic number, maestro, please!  */
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	{
+	case 68000:
+	  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_UNKNOWN);
+	  break;
+	case 68010:
+	  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_68010);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case 68020:
+	  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_68020);
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+      switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	{
+	case bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet:
+	  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_SPARCLET);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_SPARC);
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_i386:
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_386);
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_a29k:
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_29K);
+      break;
+    default:
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_UNKNOWN);
+    }
+
+  choose_reloc_size (abfd);
+
+  N_SET_FLAGS (*execp, aout_backend_info (abfd)->exec_hdr_flags);
+
+  N_SET_DYNAMIC (*execp, bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & DYNAMIC);
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS (abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* core files */
+
+#define CORE_MAGIC 0x080456
+#define CORE_NAMELEN 16
+
+/* The core structure is taken from the Sun documentation.
+  Unfortunately, they don't document the FPA structure, or at least I
+  can't find it easily.  Fortunately the core header contains its own
+  length.  So this shouldn't cause problems, except for c_ucode, which
+  so far we don't use but is easy to find with a little arithmetic. */
+
+/* But the reg structure can be gotten from the SPARC processor handbook.
+  This really should be in a GNU include file though so that gdb can use
+  the same info. */
+struct regs
+{
+  int r_psr;
+  int r_pc;
+  int r_npc;
+  int r_y;
+  int r_g1;
+  int r_g2;
+  int r_g3;
+  int r_g4;
+  int r_g5;
+  int r_g6;
+  int r_g7;
+  int r_o0;
+  int r_o1;
+  int r_o2;
+  int r_o3;
+  int r_o4;
+  int r_o5;
+  int r_o6;
+  int r_o7;
+};
+
+/* Taken from Sun documentation: */
+
+/* FIXME:  It's worse than we expect.  This struct contains TWO substructs
+  neither of whose size we know, WITH STUFF IN BETWEEN THEM!  We can't
+  even portably access the stuff in between!  */
+
+struct external_sparc_core
+  {
+    int c_magic;		/* Corefile magic number */
+    int c_len;			/* Sizeof (struct core) */
+#define	SPARC_CORE_LEN	432
+    int c_regs[19];		/* General purpose registers -- MACHDEP SIZE */
+    struct external_exec c_aouthdr;	/* A.out header */
+    int c_signo;		/* Killing signal, if any */
+    int c_tsize;		/* Text size (bytes) */
+    int c_dsize;		/* Data size (bytes) */
+    int c_ssize;		/* Stack size (bytes) */
+    char c_cmdname[CORE_NAMELEN + 1];	/* Command name */
+    double fp_stuff[1];		/* external FPU state (size unknown by us) */
+    /* The type "double" is critical here, for alignment.
+    SunOS declares a struct here, but the struct's alignment
+      is double since it contains doubles.  */
+    int c_ucode;		/* Exception no. from u_code */
+    /* (this member is not accessible by name since we don't
+    portably know the size of fp_stuff.) */
+  };
+
+/* Core files generated by the BCP (the part of Solaris which allows
+   it to run SunOS4 a.out files).  */
+struct external_solaris_bcp_core
+  {
+    int c_magic;		/* Corefile magic number */
+    int c_len;			/* Sizeof (struct core) */
+#define	SOLARIS_BCP_CORE_LEN	456
+    int c_regs[19];		/* General purpose registers -- MACHDEP SIZE */
+    int c_exdata_vp;		/* exdata structure */
+    int c_exdata_tsize;
+    int c_exdata_dsize;
+    int c_exdata_bsize;
+    int c_exdata_lsize;
+    int c_exdata_nshlibs;
+    short c_exdata_mach;
+    short c_exdata_mag;
+    int c_exdata_toffset;
+    int c_exdata_doffset;
+    int c_exdata_loffset;
+    int c_exdata_txtorg;
+    int c_exdata_datorg;
+    int c_exdata_entloc;
+    int c_signo;		/* Killing signal, if any */
+    int c_tsize;		/* Text size (bytes) */
+    int c_dsize;		/* Data size (bytes) */
+    int c_ssize;		/* Stack size (bytes) */
+    char c_cmdname[CORE_NAMELEN + 1];	/* Command name */
+    double fp_stuff[1];		/* external FPU state (size unknown by us) */
+    /* The type "double" is critical here, for alignment.
+    SunOS declares a struct here, but the struct's alignment
+      is double since it contains doubles.  */
+    int c_ucode;		/* Exception no. from u_code */
+    /* (this member is not accessible by name since we don't
+    portably know the size of fp_stuff.) */
+  };
+
+struct external_sun3_core
+  {
+    int c_magic;		/* Corefile magic number */
+    int c_len;			/* Sizeof (struct core) */
+#define	SUN3_CORE_LEN	826	/* As of SunOS 4.1.1 */
+    int c_regs[18];		/* General purpose registers -- MACHDEP SIZE */
+    struct external_exec c_aouthdr;	/* A.out header */
+    int c_signo;		/* Killing signal, if any */
+    int c_tsize;		/* Text size (bytes) */
+    int c_dsize;		/* Data size (bytes) */
+    int c_ssize;		/* Stack size (bytes) */
+    char c_cmdname[CORE_NAMELEN + 1];	/* Command name */
+    double fp_stuff[1];		/* external FPU state (size unknown by us) */
+    /* The type "double" is critical here, for alignment.
+    SunOS declares a struct here, but the struct's alignment
+      is double since it contains doubles.  */
+    int c_ucode;		/* Exception no. from u_code */
+    /* (this member is not accessible by name since we don't
+    portably know the size of fp_stuff.) */
+  };
+
+struct internal_sunos_core
+  {
+    int c_magic;		/* Corefile magic number */
+    int c_len;			/* Sizeof (struct core) */
+    long c_regs_pos;		/* file offset of General purpose registers */
+    int c_regs_size;		/* size of General purpose registers */
+    struct internal_exec c_aouthdr;	/* A.out header */
+    int c_signo;		/* Killing signal, if any */
+    int c_tsize;		/* Text size (bytes) */
+    int c_dsize;		/* Data size (bytes) */
+    bfd_vma c_data_addr;	/* Data start (address) */
+    int c_ssize;		/* Stack size (bytes) */
+    bfd_vma c_stacktop;		/* Stack top (address) */
+    char c_cmdname[CORE_NAMELEN + 1];	/* Command name */
+    long fp_stuff_pos;		/* file offset of external FPU state (regs) */
+    int fp_stuff_size;		/* Size of it */
+    int c_ucode;		/* Exception no. from u_code */
+  };
+
+static void swapcore_sun3
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, struct internal_sunos_core *));
+static void swapcore_sparc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, struct internal_sunos_core *));
+static void swapcore_solaris_bcp
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, struct internal_sunos_core *));
+
+/* byte-swap in the Sun-3 core structure */
+static void
+swapcore_sun3 (abfd, ext, intcore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *ext;
+     struct internal_sunos_core *intcore;
+{
+  struct external_sun3_core *extcore = (struct external_sun3_core *) ext;
+
+  intcore->c_magic = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_magic);
+  intcore->c_len = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_len);
+  intcore->c_regs_pos = (long) (((struct external_sun3_core *) 0)->c_regs);
+  intcore->c_regs_size = sizeof (extcore->c_regs);
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+  aout_64_swap_exec_header_in
+#else
+  aout_32_swap_exec_header_in
+#endif
+    (abfd, &extcore->c_aouthdr, &intcore->c_aouthdr);
+  intcore->c_signo = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_signo);
+  intcore->c_tsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_tsize);
+  intcore->c_dsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_dsize);
+  intcore->c_data_addr = N_DATADDR (intcore->c_aouthdr);
+  intcore->c_ssize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_ssize);
+  memcpy (intcore->c_cmdname, extcore->c_cmdname, sizeof (intcore->c_cmdname));
+  intcore->fp_stuff_pos = (long) (((struct external_sun3_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* FP stuff takes up whole rest of struct, except c_ucode. */
+  intcore->fp_stuff_size = intcore->c_len - (sizeof extcore->c_ucode) -
+    (file_ptr) (((struct external_sun3_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* Ucode is the last thing in the struct -- just before the end */
+  intcore->c_ucode =
+    bfd_h_get_32 (abfd,
+    intcore->c_len - sizeof (extcore->c_ucode) + (unsigned char *) extcore);
+  intcore->c_stacktop = 0x0E000000;	/* By experimentation */
+}
+
+
+/* byte-swap in the Sparc core structure */
+static void
+swapcore_sparc (abfd, ext, intcore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *ext;
+     struct internal_sunos_core *intcore;
+{
+  struct external_sparc_core *extcore = (struct external_sparc_core *) ext;
+
+  intcore->c_magic = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_magic);
+  intcore->c_len = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_len);
+  intcore->c_regs_pos = (long) (((struct external_sparc_core *) 0)->c_regs);
+  intcore->c_regs_size = sizeof (extcore->c_regs);
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+  aout_64_swap_exec_header_in
+#else
+  aout_32_swap_exec_header_in
+#endif
+    (abfd, &extcore->c_aouthdr, &intcore->c_aouthdr);
+  intcore->c_signo = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_signo);
+  intcore->c_tsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_tsize);
+  intcore->c_dsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_dsize);
+  intcore->c_data_addr = N_DATADDR (intcore->c_aouthdr);
+  intcore->c_ssize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_ssize);
+  memcpy (intcore->c_cmdname, extcore->c_cmdname, sizeof (intcore->c_cmdname));
+  intcore->fp_stuff_pos = (long) (((struct external_sparc_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* FP stuff takes up whole rest of struct, except c_ucode. */
+  intcore->fp_stuff_size = intcore->c_len - (sizeof extcore->c_ucode) -
+    (file_ptr) (((struct external_sparc_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* Ucode is the last thing in the struct -- just before the end */
+  intcore->c_ucode =
+    bfd_h_get_32 (abfd,
+    intcore->c_len - sizeof (extcore->c_ucode) + (unsigned char *) extcore);
+
+  /* Supposedly the user stack grows downward from the bottom of kernel memory.
+     Presuming that this remains true, this definition will work.  */
+  /* Now sun has provided us with another challenge.  The value is different
+     for sparc2 and sparc10 (both running SunOS 4.1.3).  We pick one or
+     the other based on the current value of the stack pointer.  This
+     loses (a) if the stack pointer has been clobbered, or (b) if the stack
+     is larger than 128 megabytes.
+
+     It's times like these you're glad they're switching to ELF.
+
+     Note that using include files or nlist on /vmunix would be wrong,
+     because we want the value for this core file, no matter what kind of
+     machine we were compiled on or are running on.  */
+#define SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC2 ((bfd_vma)0xf8000000)
+#define SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10 ((bfd_vma)0xf0000000)
+  {
+    bfd_vma sp = bfd_h_get_32
+    (abfd, (unsigned char *) &((struct regs *) &extcore->c_regs[0])->r_o6);
+    if (sp < SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10)
+      intcore->c_stacktop = SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10;
+    else
+      intcore->c_stacktop = SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC2;
+  }
+}
+
+/* byte-swap in the Solaris BCP core structure */
+static void
+swapcore_solaris_bcp (abfd, ext, intcore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *ext;
+     struct internal_sunos_core *intcore;
+{
+  struct external_solaris_bcp_core *extcore =
+    (struct external_solaris_bcp_core *) ext;
+
+  intcore->c_magic = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_magic);
+  intcore->c_len = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_len);
+  intcore->c_regs_pos = (long) (((struct external_solaris_bcp_core *) 0)->c_regs);
+  intcore->c_regs_size = sizeof (extcore->c_regs);
+
+  /* The Solaris BCP exdata structure does not contain an a_syms field,
+     so we are unable to synthesize an internal exec header.
+     Luckily we are able to figure out the start address of the data section,
+     which is the only thing needed from the internal exec header,
+     from the exdata structure.
+
+     As of Solaris 2.3, BCP core files for statically linked executables
+     are buggy. The exdata structure is not properly filled in, and
+     the data section is written from address zero instead of the data
+     start address.  */
+  memset ((PTR) &intcore->c_aouthdr, 0, sizeof (struct internal_exec));
+  intcore->c_data_addr =
+    bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_exdata_datorg);
+  intcore->c_signo = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_signo);
+  intcore->c_tsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_tsize);
+  intcore->c_dsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_dsize);
+  intcore->c_ssize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (unsigned char *) &extcore->c_ssize);
+  memcpy (intcore->c_cmdname, extcore->c_cmdname, sizeof (intcore->c_cmdname));
+  intcore->fp_stuff_pos =
+    (long) (((struct external_solaris_bcp_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* FP stuff takes up whole rest of struct, except c_ucode. */
+  intcore->fp_stuff_size = intcore->c_len - (sizeof extcore->c_ucode) -
+    (file_ptr) (((struct external_solaris_bcp_core *) 0)->fp_stuff);
+  /* Ucode is the last thing in the struct -- just before the end */
+  intcore->c_ucode =
+    bfd_h_get_32 (abfd,
+    intcore->c_len - sizeof (extcore->c_ucode) + (unsigned char *) extcore);
+
+  /* Supposedly the user stack grows downward from the bottom of kernel memory.
+     Presuming that this remains true, this definition will work.  */
+  /* Now sun has provided us with another challenge.  The value is different
+     for sparc2 and sparc10 (both running SunOS 4.1.3).  We pick one or
+     the other based on the current value of the stack pointer.  This
+     loses (a) if the stack pointer has been clobbered, or (b) if the stack
+     is larger than 128 megabytes.
+
+     It's times like these you're glad they're switching to ELF.
+
+     Note that using include files or nlist on /vmunix would be wrong,
+     because we want the value for this core file, no matter what kind of
+     machine we were compiled on or are running on.  */
+#define SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC2 ((bfd_vma)0xf8000000)
+#define SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10 ((bfd_vma)0xf0000000)
+  {
+    bfd_vma sp = bfd_h_get_32
+    (abfd, (unsigned char *) &((struct regs *) &extcore->c_regs[0])->r_o6);
+    if (sp < SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10)
+      intcore->c_stacktop = SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC10;
+    else
+      intcore->c_stacktop = SPARC_USRSTACK_SPARC2;
+  }
+}
+
+/* need this cast because ptr is really void * */
+#define core_hdr(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.sun_core_data)
+#define core_datasec(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->data_section)
+#define core_stacksec(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->stack_section)
+#define core_regsec(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->reg_section)
+#define core_reg2sec(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->reg2_section)
+
+/* These are stored in the bfd's tdata */
+struct sun_core_struct
+{
+  struct internal_sunos_core *hdr;	/* core file header */
+  asection *data_section;
+  asection *stack_section;
+  asection *reg_section;
+  asection *reg2_section;
+};
+
+static const bfd_target *
+sunos4_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned char longbuf[4];	/* Raw bytes of various header fields */
+  bfd_size_type core_size;
+  unsigned long core_mag;
+  struct internal_sunos_core *core;
+  char *extcore;
+  struct mergem
+    {
+      struct sun_core_struct suncoredata;
+      struct internal_sunos_core internal_sunos_core;
+      char external_core[1];
+    }
+   *mergem;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) longbuf, 1, sizeof (longbuf), abfd) !=
+      sizeof (longbuf))
+    return 0;
+  core_mag = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, longbuf);
+
+  if (core_mag != CORE_MAGIC)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* SunOS core headers can vary in length; second word is size; */
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) longbuf, 1, sizeof (longbuf), abfd) !=
+      sizeof (longbuf))
+    return 0;
+  core_size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, longbuf);
+  /* Sanity check */
+  if (core_size > 20000)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  mergem = (struct mergem *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, core_size + sizeof (struct mergem));
+  if (mergem == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  extcore = mergem->external_core;
+
+  if ((bfd_read ((PTR) extcore, 1, core_size, abfd)) != core_size)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, (char *) mergem);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Validate that it's a core file we know how to handle, due to sun
+     botching the positioning of registers and other fields in a machine
+     dependent way.  */
+  core = &mergem->internal_sunos_core;
+  switch (core_size)
+    {
+    case SPARC_CORE_LEN:
+      swapcore_sparc (abfd, extcore, core);
+      break;
+    case SUN3_CORE_LEN:
+      swapcore_sun3 (abfd, extcore, core);
+      break;
+    case SOLARIS_BCP_CORE_LEN:
+      swapcore_solaris_bcp (abfd, extcore, core);
+      break;
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);	/* FIXME */
+      bfd_release (abfd, (char *) mergem);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  abfd->tdata.sun_core_data = &mergem->suncoredata;
+  abfd->tdata.sun_core_data->hdr = core;
+
+  /* create the sections.  This is raunchy, but bfd_close wants to reclaim
+     them */
+  core_stacksec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_stacksec (abfd) == NULL)
+    {
+    loser:
+      bfd_release (abfd, (char *) mergem);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  core_datasec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_datasec (abfd) == NULL)
+    {
+    loser1:
+      bfd_release (abfd, core_stacksec (abfd));
+      goto loser;
+    }
+  core_regsec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_regsec (abfd) == NULL)
+    {
+    loser2:
+      bfd_release (abfd, core_datasec (abfd));
+      goto loser1;
+    }
+  core_reg2sec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_reg2sec (abfd) == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, core_regsec (abfd));
+      goto loser2;
+    }
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->name = ".stack";
+  core_datasec (abfd)->name = ".data";
+  core_regsec (abfd)->name = ".reg";
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->name = ".reg2";
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->_raw_size = core->c_ssize;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size = core->c_dsize;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->_raw_size = core->c_regs_size;
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->_raw_size = core->fp_stuff_size;
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->vma = (core->c_stacktop - core->c_ssize);
+  core_datasec (abfd)->vma = core->c_data_addr;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->vma = 0;
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->vma = 0;
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->filepos = core->c_len + core->c_dsize;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->filepos = core->c_len;
+  /* We'll access the regs afresh in the core file, like any section: */
+  core_regsec (abfd)->filepos = (file_ptr) core->c_regs_pos;
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->filepos = (file_ptr) core->fp_stuff_pos;
+
+  /* Align to word at least */
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_reg2sec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+
+  abfd->sections = core_stacksec (abfd);
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->next = core_datasec (abfd);
+  core_datasec (abfd)->next = core_regsec (abfd);
+  core_regsec (abfd)->next = core_reg2sec (abfd);
+
+  abfd->section_count = 4;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+static char *
+sunos4_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return core_hdr (abfd)->hdr->c_cmdname;
+}
+
+static int
+sunos4_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return core_hdr (abfd)->hdr->c_signo;
+}
+
+static boolean
+sunos4_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd;
+     bfd *exec_bfd;
+{
+  if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Solaris core files do not include an aouthdr. */
+  if ((core_hdr (core_bfd)->hdr)->c_len == SOLARIS_BCP_CORE_LEN)
+    return true;
+
+  return (memcmp ((char *) &((core_hdr (core_bfd)->hdr)->c_aouthdr),
+		  (char *) exec_hdr (exec_bfd),
+		  sizeof (struct internal_exec)) == 0) ? true : false;
+}
+
+#define MY_set_sizes sunos4_set_sizes
+static boolean
+sunos4_set_sizes (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    default:
+      return false;
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+      adata (abfd).page_size = 0x2000;
+      adata (abfd).segment_size = 0x2000;
+      adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+      return true;
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      adata (abfd).page_size = 0x2000;
+      adata (abfd).segment_size = 0x20000;
+      adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+      return true;
+    }
+}
+
+/* We default to setting the toolversion field to 1, as is required by
+   SunOS.  */
+#ifndef MY_exec_hdr_flags
+#define MY_exec_hdr_flags 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_entry_is_text_address
+#define MY_entry_is_text_address 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_add_dynamic_symbols
+#define MY_add_dynamic_symbols 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_add_one_symbol
+#define MY_add_one_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_link_dynamic_object
+#define MY_link_dynamic_object 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_write_dynamic_symbol
+#define MY_write_dynamic_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_check_dynamic_reloc
+#define MY_check_dynamic_reloc 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MY_finish_dynamic_link
+#define MY_finish_dynamic_link 0
+#endif
+
+static CONST struct aout_backend_data sunos4_aout_backend =
+{
+  0,				/* zmagic files are not contiguous */
+  1,				/* text includes header */
+  MY_entry_is_text_address,
+  MY_exec_hdr_flags,
+  0,				/* default text vma */
+  sunos4_set_sizes,
+  0,				/* header is counted in zmagic text */
+  MY_add_dynamic_symbols,
+  MY_add_one_symbol,
+  MY_link_dynamic_object,
+  MY_write_dynamic_symbol,
+  MY_check_dynamic_reloc,
+  MY_finish_dynamic_link
+};
+
+#define	MY_core_file_failing_command 	sunos4_core_file_failing_command
+#define	MY_core_file_failing_signal	sunos4_core_file_failing_signal
+#define	MY_core_file_matches_executable_p sunos4_core_file_matches_executable_p
+
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_start		bfd_void
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_end		bfd_void
+#define MY_bfd_debug_info_accumulate	\
+			(void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *))) bfd_void
+#define MY_core_file_p			sunos4_core_file_p
+#define MY_write_object_contents	NAME(aout,sunos4_write_object_contents)
+#define MY_backend_data			&sunos4_aout_backend
+
+#ifndef TARGET_IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN_P
+#define TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+#endif
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutx.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6a482f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/aoutx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5648 @@
+/* BFD semi-generic back-end for a.out binaries.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	a.out backends
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	BFD supports a number of different flavours of a.out format,
+	though the major differences are only the sizes of the
+	structures on disk, and the shape of the relocation
+	information.
+
+	The support is split into a basic support file @file{aoutx.h}
+	and other files which derive functions from the base. One
+	derivation file is @file{aoutf1.h} (for a.out flavour 1), and
+	adds to the basic a.out functions support for sun3, sun4, 386
+	and 29k a.out files, to create a target jump vector for a
+	specific target.
+
+	This information is further split out into more specific files
+	for each machine, including @file{sunos.c} for sun3 and sun4,
+	@file{newsos3.c} for the Sony NEWS, and @file{demo64.c} for a
+	demonstration of a 64 bit a.out format.
+
+	The base file @file{aoutx.h} defines general mechanisms for
+	reading and writing records to and from disk and various
+	other methods which BFD requires. It is included by
+	@file{aout32.c} and @file{aout64.c} to form the names
+	<<aout_32_swap_exec_header_in>>, <<aout_64_swap_exec_header_in>>, etc.
+
+	As an example, this is what goes on to make the back end for a
+	sun4, from @file{aout32.c}:
+
+|	#define ARCH_SIZE 32
+|	#include "aoutx.h"
+
+	Which exports names:
+
+|	...
+|	aout_32_canonicalize_reloc
+|	aout_32_find_nearest_line
+|	aout_32_get_lineno
+|	aout_32_get_reloc_upper_bound
+|	...
+
+	from @file{sunos.c}:
+
+|	#define TARGET_NAME "a.out-sunos-big"
+|	#define VECNAME    sunos_big_vec
+|	#include "aoutf1.h"
+
+	requires all the names from @file{aout32.c}, and produces the jump vector
+
+|	sunos_big_vec
+
+	The file @file{host-aout.c} is a special case.  It is for a large set
+	of hosts that use ``more or less standard'' a.out files, and
+	for which cross-debugging is not interesting.  It uses the
+	standard 32-bit a.out support routines, but determines the
+	file offsets and addresses of the text, data, and BSS
+	sections, the machine architecture and machine type, and the
+	entry point address, in a host-dependent manner.  Once these
+	values have been determined, generic code is used to handle
+	the  object file.
+
+	When porting it to run on a new system, you must supply:
+
+|        HOST_PAGE_SIZE
+|        HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE
+|        HOST_MACHINE_ARCH       (optional)
+|        HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE    (optional)
+|        HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR
+|        HOST_STACK_END_ADDR
+
+	in the file @file{../include/sys/h-@var{XXX}.h} (for your host).  These
+	values, plus the structures and macros defined in @file{a.out.h} on
+	your host system, will produce a BFD target that will access
+	ordinary a.out files on your host. To configure a new machine
+	to use @file{host-aout.c}, specify:
+
+|	TDEFAULTS = -DDEFAULT_VECTOR=host_aout_big_vec
+|	TDEPFILES= host-aout.o trad-core.o
+
+	in the @file{config/@var{XXX}.mt} file, and modify @file{configure.in}
+	to use the
+	@file{@var{XXX}.mt} file (by setting "<<bfd_target=XXX>>") when your
+	configuration is selected.
+
+*/
+
+/* Some assumptions:
+   * Any BFD with D_PAGED set is ZMAGIC, and vice versa.
+     Doesn't matter what the setting of WP_TEXT is on output, but it'll
+     get set on input.
+   * Any BFD with D_PAGED clear and WP_TEXT set is NMAGIC.
+   * Any BFD with both flags clear is OMAGIC.
+   (Just want to make these explicit, so the conditions tested in this
+   file make sense if you're more familiar with a.out than with BFD.)  */
+
+#define KEEPIT udata.i
+
+#include <string.h>		/* For strchr and friends */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include <sysdep.h>
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "libaout.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+
+static boolean aout_get_external_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean translate_from_native_sym_flags
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, aout_symbol_type *));
+static boolean translate_to_native_sym_flags
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, struct external_nlist *));
+static void adjust_o_magic PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *));
+static void adjust_z_magic PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *));
+static void adjust_n_magic PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_exec *));
+
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	Relocations
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The file @file{aoutx.h} provides for both the @emph{standard}
+	and @emph{extended} forms of a.out relocation records.
+
+	The standard records contain only an
+	address, a symbol index, and a type field. The extended records
+	(used on 29ks and sparcs) also have a full integer for an
+	addend.
+
+*/
+#ifndef CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO
+#define CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_IDX 2
+#define CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO(BFD) ((obj_reloc_entry_size(BFD) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE \
+	     ? howto_table_ext : howto_table_std) \
+	    + CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_IDX)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_swap_std_reloc_in
+#define MY_swap_std_reloc_in NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_in)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_swap_std_reloc_out
+#define MY_swap_std_reloc_out NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_final_link_relocate
+#define MY_final_link_relocate _bfd_final_link_relocate
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MY_relocate_contents
+#define MY_relocate_contents _bfd_relocate_contents
+#endif
+
+#define howto_table_ext NAME(aout,ext_howto_table)
+#define howto_table_std NAME(aout,std_howto_table)
+
+reloc_howto_type howto_table_ext[] =
+{
+  /* type           rs   size bsz  pcrel bitpos ovrf                  sf name          part_inpl readmask setmask pcdone */
+  HOWTO(RELOC_8,      0,  0,  	8,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"8",        false, 0,0x000000ff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_16,     0,  1, 	16, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"16",       false, 0,0x0000ffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_32,     0,  2, 	32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"32",       false, 0,0xffffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_DISP8,  0,  0, 	8,  true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP8", 	false, 0,0x000000ff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_DISP16, 0,  1, 	16, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP16", 	false, 0,0x0000ffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_DISP32, 0,  2, 	32, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"DISP32", 	false, 0,0xffffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_WDISP30,2,  2, 	30, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"WDISP30", 	false, 0,0x3fffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_WDISP22,2,  2, 	22, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"WDISP22", 	false, 0,0x003fffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_HI22,   10, 2, 	22, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"HI22",	false, 0,0x003fffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_22,     0,  2, 	22, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"22",       false, 0,0x003fffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_13,     0,  2, 	13, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"13",       false, 0,0x00001fff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_LO10,   0,  2, 	10, false, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"LO10",     false, 0,0x000003ff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_SFA_BASE,0, 2, 	32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SFA_BASE", false, 0,0xffffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_SFA_OFF13,0,2, 	32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SFA_OFF13",false, 0,0xffffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_BASE10, 0,  2, 	10, false, 0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"BASE10",   false, 0,0x000003ff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_BASE13, 0,  2,	13, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE13",   false, 0,0x00001fff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_BASE22, 10, 2,	22, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE22",   false, 0,0x003fffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_PC10,   0,  2,	10, true,  0, complain_overflow_dont,0,"PC10",	false, 0,0x000003ff, true),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_PC22,   10,  2,	22, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"PC22", false, 0,0x003fffff, true),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_JMP_TBL,2,  2, 	30, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,0,"JMP_TBL", 	false, 0,0x3fffffff, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_SEGOFF16,0, 2,	0,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"SEGOFF16",	false, 0,0x00000000, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_GLOB_DAT,0, 2,	0,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"GLOB_DAT",	false, 0,0x00000000, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_JMP_SLOT,0, 2,	0,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"JMP_SLOT",	false, 0,0x00000000, false),
+  HOWTO(RELOC_RELATIVE,0, 2,	0,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"RELATIVE",	false, 0,0x00000000, false),
+};
+
+/* Convert standard reloc records to "arelent" format (incl byte swap).  */
+
+reloc_howto_type howto_table_std[] = {
+  /* type              rs size bsz  pcrel bitpos ovrf                     sf name     part_inpl readmask  setmask    pcdone */
+HOWTO( 0,	       0,  0,  	8,  false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"8",		true, 0x000000ff,0x000000ff, false),
+HOWTO( 1,	       0,  1, 	16, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"16",	true, 0x0000ffff,0x0000ffff, false),
+HOWTO( 2,	       0,  2, 	32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"32",	true, 0xffffffff,0xffffffff, false),
+HOWTO( 3,	       0,  4, 	64, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"64",	true, 0xdeaddead,0xdeaddead, false),
+HOWTO( 4,	       0,  0, 	8,  true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,  0,"DISP8",	true, 0x000000ff,0x000000ff, false),
+HOWTO( 5,	       0,  1, 	16, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,  0,"DISP16",	true, 0x0000ffff,0x0000ffff, false),
+HOWTO( 6,	       0,  2, 	32, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,  0,"DISP32",	true, 0xffffffff,0xffffffff, false),
+HOWTO( 7,	       0,  4, 	64, true,  0, complain_overflow_signed,  0,"DISP64",	true, 0xfeedface,0xfeedface, false),
+HOWTO( 8,	       0,  2,    0, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"GOT_REL",	false,         0,0x00000000, false),
+HOWTO( 9,	       0,  1,   16, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE16",	false,0xffffffff,0xffffffff, false),
+HOWTO(10,	       0,  2,   32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASE32",	false,0xffffffff,0xffffffff, false),
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+  HOWTO(16,	       0,  2,	 0, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"JMP_TABLE", false,         0,0x00000000, false),
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 }, { -1 },
+  HOWTO(32,	       0,  2,	 0, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"RELATIVE",  false,         0,0x00000000, false),
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+{ -1 },
+  HOWTO(40,	       0,  2,	 0, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,0,"BASEREL",   false,         0,0x00000000, false),
+};
+
+#define TABLE_SIZE(TABLE)	(sizeof(TABLE)/sizeof(TABLE[0]))
+
+reloc_howto_type *
+NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup) (abfd,code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+#define EXT(i,j)	case i: return &howto_table_ext[j]
+#define STD(i,j)	case i: return &howto_table_std[j]
+  int ext = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE;
+  if (code == BFD_RELOC_CTOR)
+    switch (bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->bits_per_address)
+      {
+      case 32:
+	code = BFD_RELOC_32;
+	break;
+      case 64:
+	code = BFD_RELOC_64;
+	break;
+      }
+  if (ext)
+    switch (code)
+      {
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_32, 2);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_HI22, 8);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_LO10, 11);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2, 6);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22, 7);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC13, 10);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10, 14);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13, 15);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13, 15);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22, 16);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10, 17);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22, 18);
+	EXT (BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30, 19);
+      default: return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL;
+      }
+  else
+    /* std relocs */
+    switch (code)
+      {
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_16, 1);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_32, 2);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, 4);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, 5);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, 6);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL, 9);
+	STD (BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL, 10);
+      default: return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL;
+      }
+}
+
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	Internal entry points
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	@file{aoutx.h} exports several routines for accessing the
+	contents of an a.out file, which are gathered and exported in
+	turn by various format specific files (eg sunos.c).
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	 aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in,
+           (bfd *abfd,
+            struct external_exec *raw_bytes,
+            struct internal_exec *execp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Swap the information in an executable header @var{raw_bytes} taken
+	from a raw byte stream memory image into the internal exec header
+	structure @var{execp}.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NAME_swap_exec_header_in
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in) (abfd, raw_bytes, execp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct external_exec *raw_bytes;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+{
+  struct external_exec *bytes = (struct external_exec *)raw_bytes;
+
+  /* The internal_exec structure has some fields that are unused in this
+     configuration (IE for i960), so ensure that all such uninitialized
+     fields are zero'd out.  There are places where two of these structs
+     are memcmp'd, and thus the contents do matter. */
+  memset ((PTR) execp, 0, sizeof (struct internal_exec));
+  /* Now fill in fields in the execp, from the bytes in the raw data.  */
+  execp->a_info   = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, bytes->e_info);
+  execp->a_text   = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_text);
+  execp->a_data   = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_data);
+  execp->a_bss    = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_bss);
+  execp->a_syms   = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_syms);
+  execp->a_entry  = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_entry);
+  execp->a_trsize = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_trsize);
+  execp->a_drsize = GET_WORD (abfd, bytes->e_drsize);
+}
+#define NAME_swap_exec_header_in NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in)
+#endif
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out
+	  (bfd *abfd,
+	   struct internal_exec *execp,
+	   struct external_exec *raw_bytes);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Swap the information in an internal exec header structure
+	@var{execp} into the buffer @var{raw_bytes} ready for writing to disk.
+*/
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_out) (abfd, execp, raw_bytes)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+     struct external_exec *raw_bytes;
+{
+  struct external_exec *bytes = (struct external_exec *)raw_bytes;
+
+  /* Now fill in fields in the raw data, from the fields in the exec struct. */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, execp->a_info  , bytes->e_info);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_text  , bytes->e_text);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_data  , bytes->e_data);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_bss   , bytes->e_bss);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_syms  , bytes->e_syms);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_entry , bytes->e_entry);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_trsize, bytes->e_trsize);
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, execp->a_drsize, bytes->e_drsize);
+}
+
+/* Make all the section for an a.out file.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (obj_textsec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL
+      && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".text") == (asection *) NULL)
+    return false;
+  if (obj_datasec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL
+      && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".data") == (asection *) NULL)
+    return false;
+  if (obj_bsssec (abfd) == (asection *) NULL
+      && bfd_make_section (abfd, ".bss") == (asection *) NULL)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_target *aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p
+	 (bfd *abfd,
+	  const bfd_target *(*callback_to_real_object_p)());
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Some a.out variant thinks that the file open in @var{abfd}
+	checking is an a.out file.  Do some more checking, and set up
+	for access if it really is.  Call back to the calling
+	environment's "finish up" function just before returning, to
+	handle any last-minute setup.
+*/
+
+const bfd_target *
+NAME(aout,some_aout_object_p) (abfd, execp, callback_to_real_object_p)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+     const bfd_target *(*callback_to_real_object_p) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+{
+  struct aout_data_struct *rawptr, *oldrawptr;
+  const bfd_target *result;
+
+  rawptr = (struct aout_data_struct  *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct aout_data_struct ));
+  if (rawptr == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  oldrawptr = abfd->tdata.aout_data;
+  abfd->tdata.aout_data = rawptr;
+
+  /* Copy the contents of the old tdata struct.
+     In particular, we want the subformat, since for hpux it was set in
+     hp300hpux.c:swap_exec_header_in and will be used in
+     hp300hpux.c:callback.  */
+  if (oldrawptr != NULL)
+    *abfd->tdata.aout_data = *oldrawptr;
+
+  abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr = &rawptr->e;
+  *(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr) = *execp;	/* Copy in the internal_exec struct */
+  execp = abfd->tdata.aout_data->a.hdr;
+
+  /* Set the file flags */
+  abfd->flags = BFD_NO_FLAGS;
+  if (execp->a_drsize || execp->a_trsize)
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
+  /* Setting of EXEC_P has been deferred to the bottom of this function */
+  if (execp->a_syms)
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS;
+  if (N_DYNAMIC(*execp))
+    abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+
+  if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == ZMAGIC)
+    {
+      abfd->flags |= D_PAGED | WP_TEXT;
+      adata (abfd).magic = z_magic;
+    }
+  else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == QMAGIC)
+    {
+      abfd->flags |= D_PAGED | WP_TEXT;
+      adata (abfd).magic = z_magic;
+      adata (abfd).subformat = q_magic_format;
+    }
+  else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == NMAGIC)
+    {
+      abfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
+      adata (abfd).magic = n_magic;
+    }
+  else if (N_MAGIC (*execp) == OMAGIC
+	   || N_MAGIC (*execp) == BMAGIC)
+    adata (abfd).magic = o_magic;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Should have been checked with N_BADMAG before this routine
+	 was called.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = execp->a_entry;
+
+  obj_aout_symbols (abfd) = (aout_symbol_type *)NULL;
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = execp->a_syms / sizeof (struct external_nlist);
+
+  /* The default relocation entry size is that of traditional V7 Unix.  */
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+
+  /* The default symbol entry size is that of traditional Unix. */
+  obj_symbol_entry_size (abfd) = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+  bfd_init_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd));
+  bfd_init_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd));
+#endif
+  obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL;
+  obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = NULL;
+  obj_aout_sym_hashes (abfd) = NULL;
+
+  if (! NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size = execp->a_data;
+  obj_bsssec (abfd)->_raw_size = execp->a_bss;
+
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->flags =
+    (execp->a_trsize != 0
+     ? (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_RELOC)
+     : (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->flags =
+    (execp->a_drsize != 0
+     ? (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_RELOC)
+     : (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
+  obj_bsssec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+
+#ifdef THIS_IS_ONLY_DOCUMENTATION
+  /* The common code can't fill in these things because they depend
+     on either the start address of the text segment, the rounding
+     up of virtual addresses between segments, or the starting file
+     position of the text segment -- all of which varies among different
+     versions of a.out.  */
+
+  /* Call back to the format-dependent code to fill in the rest of the
+     fields and do any further cleanup.  Things that should be filled
+     in by the callback:  */
+
+  struct exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->size = N_TXTSIZE(*execp);
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->raw_size = N_TXTSIZE(*execp);
+  /* data and bss are already filled in since they're so standard */
+
+  /* The virtual memory addresses of the sections */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->vma = N_TXTADDR(*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->vma = N_DATADDR(*execp);
+  obj_bsssec  (abfd)->vma = N_BSSADDR(*execp);
+
+  /* The file offsets of the sections */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos = N_TXTOFF(*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->filepos = N_DATOFF(*execp);
+
+  /* The file offsets of the relocation info */
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_TRELOFF(*execp);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->rel_filepos = N_DRELOFF(*execp);
+
+  /* The file offsets of the string table and symbol table.  */
+  obj_str_filepos (abfd) = N_STROFF (*execp);
+  obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = N_SYMOFF (*execp);
+
+  /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file.  */
+  switch (N_MACHTYPE (*exec_hdr (abfd))) {
+  default:
+    abfd->obj_arch = bfd_arch_obscure;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  adata(abfd)->page_size = TARGET_PAGE_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd)->segment_size = SEGMENT_SIZE;
+  adata(abfd)->exec_bytes_size = EXEC_BYTES_SIZE;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+
+  /* The architecture is encoded in various ways in various a.out variants,
+     or is not encoded at all in some of them.  The relocation size depends
+     on the architecture and the a.out variant.  Finally, the return value
+     is the bfd_target vector in use.  If an error occurs, return zero and
+     set bfd_error to the appropriate error code.
+
+     Formats such as b.out, which have additional fields in the a.out
+     header, should cope with them in this callback as well.  */
+#endif				/* DOCUMENTATION */
+
+  result = (*callback_to_real_object_p)(abfd);
+
+  /* Now that the segment addresses have been worked out, take a better
+     guess at whether the file is executable.  If the entry point
+     is within the text segment, assume it is.  (This makes files
+     executable even if their entry point address is 0, as long as
+     their text starts at zero.).
+
+     This test had to be changed to deal with systems where the text segment
+     runs at a different location than the default.  The problem is that the
+     entry address can appear to be outside the text segment, thus causing an
+     erroneous conclusion that the file isn't executable.
+
+     To fix this, we now accept any non-zero entry point as an indication of
+     executability.  This will work most of the time, since only the linker
+     sets the entry point, and that is likely to be non-zero for most systems. */
+
+  if (execp->a_entry != 0
+      || (execp->a_entry >= obj_textsec(abfd)->vma
+	  && execp->a_entry < obj_textsec(abfd)->vma + obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size))
+    abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+#ifdef STAT_FOR_EXEC
+  else
+    {
+      struct stat stat_buf;
+
+      /* The original heuristic doesn't work in some important cases.
+        The a.out file has no information about the text start
+        address.  For files (like kernels) linked to non-standard
+        addresses (ld -Ttext nnn) the entry point may not be between
+        the default text start (obj_textsec(abfd)->vma) and
+        (obj_textsec(abfd)->vma) + text size.  This is not just a mach
+        issue.  Many kernels are loaded at non standard addresses.  */
+      if (abfd->iostream != NULL
+	  && (abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) == 0
+	  && (fstat(fileno((FILE *) (abfd->iostream)), &stat_buf) == 0)
+	  && ((stat_buf.st_mode & 0111) != 0))
+	abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+    }
+#endif /* STAT_FOR_EXEC */
+
+  if (result)
+    {
+#if 0 /* These should be set correctly anyways.  */
+      abfd->sections = obj_textsec (abfd);
+      obj_textsec (abfd)->next = obj_datasec (abfd);
+      obj_datasec (abfd)->next = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free (rawptr);
+      abfd->tdata.aout_data = oldrawptr;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_mkobject
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean aout_@var{size}_mkobject, (bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Initialize BFD @var{abfd} for use with a.out files.
+*/
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,mkobject) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct aout_data_struct  *rawptr;
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+
+  /* Use an intermediate variable for clarity */
+  rawptr = (struct aout_data_struct *)bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct aout_data_struct ));
+
+  if (rawptr == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  abfd->tdata.aout_data = rawptr;
+  exec_hdr (abfd) = &(rawptr->e);
+
+  obj_textsec (abfd) = (asection *)NULL;
+  obj_datasec (abfd) = (asection *)NULL;
+  obj_bsssec (abfd) = (asection *)NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_machine_type
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	enum machine_type  aout_@var{size}_machine_type
+	 (enum bfd_architecture arch,
+	  unsigned long machine));
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Keep track of machine architecture and machine type for
+	a.out's. Return the <<machine_type>> for a particular
+	architecture and machine, or <<M_UNKNOWN>> if that exact architecture
+	and machine can't be represented in a.out format.
+
+	If the architecture is understood, machine type 0 (default)
+	is always understood.
+*/
+
+enum machine_type
+NAME(aout,machine_type) (arch, machine, unknown)
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+     boolean *unknown;
+{
+  enum machine_type arch_flags;
+
+  arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN;
+  *unknown = true;
+
+  switch (arch) {
+  case bfd_arch_sparc:
+    if (machine == 0
+	|| machine == bfd_mach_sparc
+	|| machine == bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite
+	|| machine == bfd_mach_sparc_v9)
+      arch_flags = M_SPARC;
+    else if (machine == bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet)
+      arch_flags = M_SPARCLET;
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_m68k:
+    switch (machine) {
+    case 0:		arch_flags = M_68010; break;
+    case 68000:		arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN;	*unknown = false; break;
+    case 68010:		arch_flags = M_68010; break;
+    case 68020:		arch_flags = M_68020; break;
+    default:		arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; break;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_i386:
+    if (machine == 0)	arch_flags = M_386;
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_a29k:
+    if (machine == 0)	arch_flags = M_29K;
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_arm:
+    if (machine == 0)	arch_flags = M_ARM;
+    break;
+    
+  case bfd_arch_mips:
+    switch (machine) {
+    case 0:
+    case 2000:
+    case 3000:          arch_flags = M_MIPS1; break;
+    case 4000: /* mips3 */
+    case 4400:
+    case 8000: /* mips4 */
+      /* real mips2: */
+    case 6000:          arch_flags = M_MIPS2; break;
+    default:            arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; break;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_ns32k:
+    switch (machine) {
+    case 0:    		arch_flags = M_NS32532; break;
+    case 32032:		arch_flags = M_NS32032; break;
+    case 32532:		arch_flags = M_NS32532; break;
+    default:		arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN; break;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case bfd_arch_vax:
+    *unknown = false;
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    arch_flags = M_UNKNOWN;
+  }
+
+  if (arch_flags != M_UNKNOWN)
+    *unknown = false;
+
+  return arch_flags;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach,
+	 (bfd *,
+	  enum bfd_architecture arch,
+	  unsigned long machine));
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the architecture and the machine of the BFD @var{abfd} to the
+	values @var{arch} and @var{machine}.  Verify that @var{abfd}'s format
+	can support the architecture required.
+*/
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,set_arch_mach) (abfd, arch, machine)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine))
+    return false;
+
+  if (arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
+    {
+      boolean unknown;
+
+      NAME(aout,machine_type) (arch, machine, &unknown);
+      if (unknown)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Determine the size of a relocation entry */
+  switch (arch) {
+  case bfd_arch_sparc:
+  case bfd_arch_a29k:
+  case bfd_arch_mips:
+    obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_EXT_SIZE;
+    break;
+  default:
+    obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return (*aout_backend_info(abfd)->set_sizes) (abfd);
+}
+
+static void
+adjust_o_magic (abfd, execp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+{
+  file_ptr pos = adata (abfd).exec_bytes_size;
+  bfd_vma vma = 0;
+  int pad = 0;
+
+  /* Text.  */
+  obj_textsec(abfd)->filepos = pos;
+  if (!obj_textsec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    obj_textsec(abfd)->vma = vma;
+  else
+    vma = obj_textsec(abfd)->vma;
+
+  pos += obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  vma += obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+
+  /* Data.  */
+  if (!obj_datasec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    {
+#if 0	    /* ?? Does alignment in the file image really matter? */
+      pad = align_power (vma, obj_datasec(abfd)->alignment_power) - vma;
+#endif
+      obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size += pad;
+      pos += pad;
+      vma += pad;
+      obj_datasec(abfd)->vma = vma;
+    }
+  else
+    vma = obj_datasec(abfd)->vma;
+  obj_datasec(abfd)->filepos = pos;
+  pos += obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  vma += obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+
+  /* BSS.  */
+  if (!obj_bsssec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    {
+#if 0
+      pad = align_power (vma, obj_bsssec(abfd)->alignment_power) - vma;
+#endif
+      obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size += pad;
+      pos += pad;
+      vma += pad;
+      obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma = vma;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The VMA of the .bss section is set by the the VMA of the
+         .data section plus the size of the .data section.  We may
+         need to add padding bytes to make this true.  */
+      pad = obj_bsssec (abfd)->vma - vma;
+      if (pad > 0)
+	{
+	  obj_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size += pad;
+	  pos += pad;
+	}
+    }
+  obj_bsssec(abfd)->filepos = pos;
+
+  /* Fix up the exec header.  */
+  execp->a_text = obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  execp->a_data = obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, OMAGIC);
+}
+
+static void
+adjust_z_magic (abfd, execp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+{
+  bfd_size_type data_pad, text_pad;
+  file_ptr text_end;
+  CONST struct aout_backend_data *abdp;
+  int ztih;			/* Nonzero if text includes exec header.  */
+  
+  abdp = aout_backend_info (abfd);
+
+  /* Text.  */
+  ztih = (abdp != NULL
+	  && (abdp->text_includes_header
+	      || obj_aout_subformat (abfd) == q_magic_format));
+  obj_textsec(abfd)->filepos = (ztih
+				? adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size
+				: adata(abfd).zmagic_disk_block_size);
+  if (! obj_textsec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    {
+      /* ?? Do we really need to check for relocs here?  */
+      obj_textsec(abfd)->vma = ((abfd->flags & HAS_RELOC)
+				? 0
+				: (ztih
+				   ? (abdp->default_text_vma
+				      + adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size)
+				   : abdp->default_text_vma));
+      text_pad = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The .text section is being loaded at an unusual address.  We
+         may need to pad it such that the .data section starts at a page
+         boundary.  */
+      if (ztih)
+	text_pad = ((obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos - obj_textsec (abfd)->vma)
+		    & (adata (abfd).page_size - 1));
+      else
+	text_pad = ((- obj_textsec (abfd)->vma)
+		    & (adata (abfd).page_size - 1));
+    }
+
+  /* Find start of data.  */
+  if (ztih)
+    {
+      text_end = obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos + obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size;
+      text_pad += BFD_ALIGN (text_end, adata (abfd).page_size) - text_end;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Note that if page_size == zmagic_disk_block_size, then
+	 filepos == page_size, and this case is the same as the ztih
+	 case.  */
+      text_end = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size;
+      text_pad += BFD_ALIGN (text_end, adata (abfd).page_size) - text_end;
+      text_end += obj_textsec (abfd)->filepos;
+    }
+  obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size += text_pad;
+  text_end += text_pad;
+
+  /* Data.  */
+  if (!obj_datasec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    {
+      bfd_vma vma;
+      vma = obj_textsec(abfd)->vma + obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+      obj_datasec(abfd)->vma = BFD_ALIGN (vma, adata(abfd).segment_size);
+    }
+  if (abdp && abdp->zmagic_mapped_contiguous)
+    {
+      text_pad = (obj_datasec(abfd)->vma
+		  - obj_textsec(abfd)->vma
+		  - obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size);
+      obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size += text_pad;
+    }
+  obj_datasec(abfd)->filepos = (obj_textsec(abfd)->filepos
+				+ obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size);
+  
+  /* Fix up exec header while we're at it.  */
+  execp->a_text = obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  if (ztih && (!abdp || (abdp && !abdp->exec_header_not_counted)))
+    execp->a_text += adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size;
+  if (obj_aout_subformat (abfd) == q_magic_format)
+    N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, QMAGIC);
+  else
+    N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, ZMAGIC);
+
+  /* Spec says data section should be rounded up to page boundary.  */
+  obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size
+    = align_power (obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+		   obj_bsssec(abfd)->alignment_power);
+  execp->a_data = BFD_ALIGN (obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+			     adata(abfd).page_size);
+  data_pad = execp->a_data - obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+
+  /* BSS.  */
+  if (!obj_bsssec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma = (obj_datasec(abfd)->vma
+			     + obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size);
+  /* If the BSS immediately follows the data section and extra space
+     in the page is left after the data section, fudge data
+     in the header so that the bss section looks smaller by that
+     amount.  We'll start the bss section there, and lie to the OS.
+     (Note that a linker script, as well as the above assignment,
+     could have explicitly set the BSS vma to immediately follow
+     the data section.)  */
+  if (align_power (obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec(abfd)->alignment_power)
+      == obj_datasec(abfd)->vma + obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size)
+    execp->a_bss = (data_pad > obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size) ? 0 :
+      obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size - data_pad;
+  else
+    execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+}
+
+static void
+adjust_n_magic (abfd, execp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_exec *execp;
+{
+  file_ptr pos = adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size;
+  bfd_vma vma = 0;
+  int pad;
+  
+  /* Text.  */
+  obj_textsec(abfd)->filepos = pos;
+  if (!obj_textsec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    obj_textsec(abfd)->vma = vma;
+  else
+    vma = obj_textsec(abfd)->vma;
+  pos += obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  vma += obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+
+  /* Data.  */
+  obj_datasec(abfd)->filepos = pos;
+  if (!obj_datasec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    obj_datasec(abfd)->vma = BFD_ALIGN (vma, adata(abfd).segment_size);
+  vma = obj_datasec(abfd)->vma;
+  
+  /* Since BSS follows data immediately, see if it needs alignment.  */
+  vma += obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  pad = align_power (vma, obj_bsssec(abfd)->alignment_power) - vma;
+  obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size += pad;
+  pos += obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+
+  /* BSS.  */
+  if (!obj_bsssec(abfd)->user_set_vma)
+    obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma = vma;
+  else
+    vma = obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma;
+
+  /* Fix up exec header.  */
+  execp->a_text = obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  execp->a_data = obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  execp->a_bss = obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size;
+  N_SET_MAGIC (*execp, NMAGIC);
+}
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, text_size, text_end)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_size_type *text_size;
+     file_ptr *text_end;
+{
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  if (! NAME(aout,make_sections) (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  if (adata(abfd).magic != undecided_magic)
+    return true;
+
+  obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size =
+    align_power(obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+		obj_textsec(abfd)->alignment_power);
+
+  *text_size = obj_textsec (abfd)->_raw_size;
+  /* Rule (heuristic) for when to pad to a new page.  Note that there
+     are (at least) two ways demand-paged (ZMAGIC) files have been
+     handled.  Most Berkeley-based systems start the text segment at
+     (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE).  However, newer versions of SUNOS start the text
+     segment right after the exec header; the latter is counted in the
+     text segment size, and is paged in by the kernel with the rest of
+     the text. */
+
+  /* This perhaps isn't the right way to do this, but made it simpler for me
+     to understand enough to implement it.  Better would probably be to go
+     right from BFD flags to alignment/positioning characteristics.  But the
+     old code was sloppy enough about handling the flags, and had enough
+     other magic, that it was a little hard for me to understand.  I think
+     I understand it better now, but I haven't time to do the cleanup this
+     minute.  */
+
+  if (abfd->flags & D_PAGED)
+    /* Whether or not WP_TEXT is set -- let D_PAGED override.  */
+    adata(abfd).magic = z_magic;
+  else if (abfd->flags & WP_TEXT)
+    adata(abfd).magic = n_magic;
+  else
+    adata(abfd).magic = o_magic;
+
+#ifdef BFD_AOUT_DEBUG /* requires gcc2 */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s text=<%x,%x,%x> data=<%x,%x,%x> bss=<%x,%x,%x>\n",
+	   ({ char *str;
+	      switch (adata(abfd).magic) {
+	      case n_magic: str = "NMAGIC"; break;
+	      case o_magic: str = "OMAGIC"; break;
+	      case z_magic: str = "ZMAGIC"; break;
+	      default: abort ();
+	      }
+	      str;
+	    }),
+	   obj_textsec(abfd)->vma, obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+	   	obj_textsec(abfd)->alignment_power,
+	   obj_datasec(abfd)->vma, obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+	   	obj_datasec(abfd)->alignment_power,
+	   obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+	   	obj_bsssec(abfd)->alignment_power);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  switch (adata(abfd).magic)
+    {
+    case o_magic:
+      adjust_o_magic (abfd, execp);
+      break;
+    case z_magic:
+      adjust_z_magic (abfd, execp);
+      break;
+    case n_magic:
+      adjust_n_magic (abfd, execp);
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+#ifdef BFD_AOUT_DEBUG
+  fprintf (stderr, "       text=<%x,%x,%x> data=<%x,%x,%x> bss=<%x,%x>\n",
+	   obj_textsec(abfd)->vma, obj_textsec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+	   	obj_textsec(abfd)->filepos,
+	   obj_datasec(abfd)->vma, obj_datasec(abfd)->_raw_size,
+	   	obj_datasec(abfd)->filepos,
+	   obj_bsssec(abfd)->vma, obj_bsssec(abfd)->_raw_size);
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook
+
+SYNOPSIS
+        boolean aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook,
+	   (bfd *abfd,
+	    asection *newsect));
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Called by the BFD in response to a @code{bfd_make_section}
+	request.
+*/
+boolean
+NAME(aout,new_section_hook) (abfd, newsect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *newsect;
+{
+  /* align to double at least */
+  newsect->alignment_power = bfd_get_arch_info(abfd)->section_align_power;
+
+
+  if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
+  {
+    if (obj_textsec(abfd) == NULL && !strcmp(newsect->name, ".text")) {
+	obj_textsec(abfd)= newsect;
+	newsect->target_index = N_TEXT;
+	return true;
+      }
+
+    if (obj_datasec(abfd) == NULL && !strcmp(newsect->name, ".data")) {
+	obj_datasec(abfd) = newsect;
+	newsect->target_index = N_DATA;
+	return true;
+      }
+
+    if (obj_bsssec(abfd) == NULL && !strcmp(newsect->name, ".bss")) {
+	obj_bsssec(abfd) = newsect;
+	newsect->target_index = N_BSS;
+	return true;
+      }
+
+  }
+
+  /* We allow more than three sections internally */
+  return true;
+}
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,set_section_contents) (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  file_ptr text_end;
+  bfd_size_type text_size;
+
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      if (! NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (section == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_contents);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (section != obj_textsec (abfd)
+      && section != obj_datasec (abfd))
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: can not represent section `%s' in a.out object file format",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (count != 0)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, section->filepos + offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read the external symbols from an a.out file.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_get_external_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) == (struct external_nlist *) NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type count;
+      struct external_nlist *syms;
+
+      count = exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms / EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+      if (bfd_get_file_window (abfd,
+			       obj_sym_filepos (abfd), exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms,
+			       &obj_aout_sym_window (abfd), true) == false)
+	return false;
+      syms = (struct external_nlist *) obj_aout_sym_window (abfd).data;
+#else
+      /* We allocate using malloc to make the values easy to free
+	 later on.  If we put them on the objalloc it might not be
+	 possible to free them.  */
+      syms = ((struct external_nlist *)
+	      bfd_malloc ((size_t) count * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE));
+      if (syms == (struct external_nlist *) NULL && count != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_read (syms, 1, exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms, abfd)
+	      != exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms))
+	{
+	  free (syms);
+	  return false;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = syms;
+      obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) = count;
+    }
+      
+  if (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) == NULL
+      && exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned char string_chars[BYTES_IN_WORD];
+      bfd_size_type stringsize;
+      char *strings;
+
+      /* Get the size of the strings.  */
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_read ((PTR) string_chars, BYTES_IN_WORD, 1, abfd)
+	      != BYTES_IN_WORD))
+	return false;
+      stringsize = GET_WORD (abfd, string_chars);
+
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+      if (bfd_get_file_window (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), stringsize,
+			       &obj_aout_string_window (abfd), true) == false)
+	return false;
+      strings = (char *) obj_aout_string_window (abfd).data;
+#else
+      strings = (char *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) stringsize + 1);
+      if (strings == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      /* Skip space for the string count in the buffer for convenience
+	 when using indexes.  */
+      if (bfd_read (strings + BYTES_IN_WORD, 1, stringsize - BYTES_IN_WORD,
+		    abfd)
+	  != stringsize - BYTES_IN_WORD)
+	{
+	  free (strings);
+	  return false;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      /* Ensure that a zero index yields an empty string.  */
+      strings[0] = '\0';
+
+      strings[stringsize - 1] = 0;
+
+      obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = strings;
+      obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd) = stringsize;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Translate an a.out symbol into a BFD symbol.  The desc, other, type
+   and symbol->value fields of CACHE_PTR will be set from the a.out
+   nlist structure.  This function is responsible for setting
+   symbol->flags and symbol->section, and adjusting symbol->value.  */
+
+static boolean
+translate_from_native_sym_flags (abfd, cache_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     aout_symbol_type *cache_ptr;
+{
+  flagword visible;
+
+  if ((cache_ptr->type & N_STAB) != 0
+      || cache_ptr->type == N_FN)
+    {
+      asection *sec;
+
+      /* This is a debugging symbol.  */
+
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+
+      /* Work out the symbol section.  */
+      switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE)
+	{
+	case N_TEXT:
+	case N_FN:
+	  sec = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	  break;
+	case N_DATA:
+	  sec = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	  break;
+	case N_BSS:
+	  sec = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case N_ABS:
+	  sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = sec;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= sec->vma;
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the default visibility.  This does not apply to all types, so
+     we just hold it in a local variable to use if wanted.  */
+  if ((cache_ptr->type & N_EXT) == 0)
+    visible = BSF_LOCAL;
+  else
+    visible = BSF_GLOBAL;
+
+  switch (cache_ptr->type)
+    {
+    default:
+    case N_ABS: case N_ABS | N_EXT:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible;
+      break;
+
+    case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
+      if (cache_ptr->symbol.value != 0)
+	{
+	  /* This is a common symbol.  */
+	  cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+	  cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  cache_ptr->symbol.flags = 0;
+	  cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case N_TEXT: case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible;
+      break;
+
+      /* N_SETV symbols used to represent set vectors placed in the
+	 data section.  They are no longer generated.  Theoretically,
+	 it was possible to extract the entries and combine them with
+	 new ones, although I don't know if that was ever actually
+	 done.  Unless that feature is restored, treat them as data
+	 symbols.  */
+    case N_SETV: case N_SETV | N_EXT:
+    case N_DATA: case N_DATA | N_EXT:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible;
+      break;
+
+    case N_BSS: case N_BSS | N_EXT:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = visible;
+      break;
+
+    case N_SETA: case N_SETA | N_EXT:
+    case N_SETT: case N_SETT | N_EXT:
+    case N_SETD: case N_SETD | N_EXT:
+    case N_SETB: case N_SETB | N_EXT:
+      {
+	/* This code is no longer needed.  It used to be used to make
+           the linker handle set symbols, but they are now handled in
+           the add_symbols routine instead.  */
+#if 0
+	asection *section;
+	arelent_chain *reloc;
+	asection *into_section;
+
+	/* This is a set symbol.  The name of the symbol is the name
+	   of the set (e.g., __CTOR_LIST__).  The value of the symbol
+	   is the value to add to the set.  We create a section with
+	   the same name as the symbol, and add a reloc to insert the
+	   appropriate value into the section.
+
+	   This action is actually obsolete; it used to make the
+	   linker do the right thing, but the linker no longer uses
+	   this function.  */
+
+	section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, cache_ptr->symbol.name);
+	if (section == NULL)
+	  {
+	    char *copy;
+
+	    copy = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (cache_ptr->symbol.name) + 1);
+	    if (copy == NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    strcpy (copy, cache_ptr->symbol.name);
+	    section = bfd_make_section (abfd, copy);
+	    if (section == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	  }
+
+	reloc = (arelent_chain *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (arelent_chain));
+	if (reloc == NULL)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Build a relocation entry for the constructor.  */
+	switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE)
+	  {
+	  case N_SETA:
+	    into_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	    cache_ptr->type = N_ABS;
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETT:
+	    into_section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	    cache_ptr->type = N_TEXT;
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETD:
+	    into_section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	    cache_ptr->type = N_DATA;
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETB:
+	    into_section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	    cache_ptr->type = N_BSS;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	/* Build a relocation pointing into the constructor section
+	   pointing at the symbol in the set vector specified.  */
+	reloc->relent.addend = cache_ptr->symbol.value;
+	cache_ptr->symbol.section = into_section;
+	reloc->relent.sym_ptr_ptr = into_section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+
+	/* We modify the symbol to belong to a section depending upon
+	   the name of the symbol, and add to the size of the section
+	   to contain a pointer to the symbol. Build a reloc entry to
+	   relocate to this symbol attached to this section.  */
+	section->flags = SEC_CONSTRUCTOR | SEC_RELOC;
+
+	section->reloc_count++;
+	section->alignment_power = 2;
+
+	reloc->next = section->constructor_chain;
+	section->constructor_chain = reloc;
+	reloc->relent.address = section->_raw_size;
+	section->_raw_size += BYTES_IN_WORD;
+
+	reloc->relent.howto = CTOR_TABLE_RELOC_HOWTO(abfd);
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+	switch (cache_ptr->type & N_TYPE)
+	  {
+	  case N_SETA:
+	    cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETT:
+	    cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETD:
+	    cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	    break;
+	  case N_SETB:
+	    cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	cache_ptr->symbol.flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case N_WARNING:
+      /* This symbol is the text of a warning message.  The next
+	 symbol is the symbol to associate the warning with.  If a
+	 reference is made to that symbol, a warning is issued.  */
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING | BSF_WARNING;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      break;
+
+    case N_INDR: case N_INDR | N_EXT:
+      /* An indirect symbol.  This consists of two symbols in a row.
+	 The first symbol is the name of the indirection.  The second
+	 symbol is the name of the target.  A reference to the first
+	 symbol becomes a reference to the second.  */
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING | BSF_INDIRECT | visible;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+      break;
+
+    case N_WEAKU:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+
+    case N_WEAKA:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+
+    case N_WEAKT:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+
+    case N_WEAKD:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+
+    case N_WEAKB:
+      cache_ptr->symbol.section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+      cache_ptr->symbol.value -= cache_ptr->symbol.section->vma;
+      cache_ptr->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the fields of SYM_POINTER according to CACHE_PTR.  */
+
+static boolean
+translate_to_native_sym_flags (abfd, cache_ptr, sym_pointer)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *cache_ptr;
+     struct external_nlist *sym_pointer;
+{
+  bfd_vma value = cache_ptr->value;
+  asection *sec;
+  bfd_vma off;
+
+  /* Mask out any existing type bits in case copying from one section
+     to another.  */
+  sym_pointer->e_type[0] &= ~N_TYPE;
+
+  sec = bfd_get_section (cache_ptr);
+  off = 0;
+
+  if (sec == NULL)
+    {
+      /* This case occurs, e.g., for the *DEBUG* section of a COFF
+	 file.  */
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: can not represent section for symbol `%s' in a.out object file format",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), 
+	 cache_ptr->name != NULL ? cache_ptr->name : "*unknown*");
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (sec->output_section != NULL)
+    {
+      off = sec->output_offset;
+      sec = sec->output_section;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_ABS;
+  else if (sec == obj_textsec (abfd))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_TEXT;
+  else if (sec == obj_datasec (abfd))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_DATA;
+  else if (sec == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_BSS;
+  else if (bfd_is_und_section (sec))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
+  else if (bfd_is_ind_section (sec))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_INDR;
+  else if (bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
+  else
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: can not represent section `%s' in a.out object file format",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Turn the symbol from section relative to absolute again */
+  value += sec->vma + off;
+
+  if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_WARNING) != 0)
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] = N_WARNING;
+
+  if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] = ((aout_symbol_type *) cache_ptr)->type;
+  else if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0)
+    sym_pointer->e_type[0] |= N_EXT;
+
+  if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0)
+    {
+      int type = ((aout_symbol_type *) cache_ptr)->type;
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	case N_ABS:	type = N_SETA; break;
+	case N_TEXT:	type = N_SETT; break;
+	case N_DATA:	type = N_SETD; break;
+	case N_BSS:	type = N_SETB; break;
+	}
+      sym_pointer->e_type[0] = type;
+    }
+
+  if ((cache_ptr->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
+    {
+      int type;
+
+      switch (sym_pointer->e_type[0] & N_TYPE)
+	{
+	default:
+	case N_ABS:	type = N_WEAKA; break;
+	case N_TEXT:	type = N_WEAKT; break;
+	case N_DATA:	type = N_WEAKD; break;
+	case N_BSS:	type = N_WEAKB; break;
+	case N_UNDF:	type = N_WEAKU; break;
+	}
+      sym_pointer->e_type[0] = type;
+    }
+
+  PUT_WORD(abfd, value, sym_pointer->e_value);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Native-level interface to symbols. */
+
+asymbol *
+NAME(aout,make_empty_symbol) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  aout_symbol_type  *new =
+    (aout_symbol_type *)bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (aout_symbol_type));
+  if (!new)
+    return NULL;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+
+  return &new->symbol;
+}
+
+/* Translate a set of internal symbols into external symbols.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table) (abfd, in, ext, count, str, strsize, dynamic)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     aout_symbol_type *in;
+     struct external_nlist *ext;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+     char *str;
+     bfd_size_type strsize;
+     boolean dynamic;
+{
+  struct external_nlist *ext_end;
+
+  ext_end = ext + count;
+  for (; ext < ext_end; ext++, in++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma x;
+
+      x = GET_WORD (abfd, ext->e_strx);
+      in->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+
+      /* For the normal symbols, the zero index points at the number
+	 of bytes in the string table but is to be interpreted as the
+	 null string.  For the dynamic symbols, the number of bytes in
+	 the string table is stored in the __DYNAMIC structure and the
+	 zero index points at an actual string.  */
+      if (x == 0 && ! dynamic)
+	in->symbol.name = "";
+      else if (x < strsize)
+	in->symbol.name = str + x;
+      else
+	return false;
+
+      in->symbol.value = GET_SWORD (abfd,  ext->e_value);
+      in->desc = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, ext->e_desc);
+      in->other = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, ext->e_other);
+      in->type = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd,  ext->e_type);
+      in->symbol.udata.p = NULL;
+
+      if (! translate_from_native_sym_flags (abfd, in))
+	return false;
+
+      if (dynamic)
+	in->symbol.flags |= BSF_DYNAMIC;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We read the symbols into a buffer, which is discarded when this
+   function exits.  We read the strings into a buffer large enough to
+   hold them all plus all the cached symbol entries. */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_nlist *old_external_syms;
+  aout_symbol_type *cached;
+  size_t cached_size;
+
+  /* If there's no work to be done, don't do any */
+  if (obj_aout_symbols (abfd) != (aout_symbol_type *) NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  old_external_syms = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd);
+
+  if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  cached_size = (obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd)
+		 * sizeof (aout_symbol_type));
+  cached = (aout_symbol_type *) bfd_malloc (cached_size);
+  if (cached == NULL && cached_size != 0)
+    return false;
+  if (cached_size != 0)
+    memset (cached, 0, cached_size);
+
+  /* Convert from external symbol information to internal.  */
+  if (! (NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table)
+	 (abfd, cached,
+	  obj_aout_external_syms (abfd),
+	  obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd),
+	  obj_aout_external_strings (abfd),
+	  obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd),
+	  false)))
+    {
+      free (cached);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd);
+
+  obj_aout_symbols (abfd) = cached;
+
+  /* It is very likely that anybody who calls this function will not
+     want the external symbol information, so if it was allocated
+     because of our call to aout_get_external_symbols, we free it up
+     right away to save space.  */
+  if (old_external_syms == (struct external_nlist *) NULL
+      && obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) != (struct external_nlist *) NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+      bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd));
+#else
+      free (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd));
+#endif
+      obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We use a hash table when writing out symbols so that we only write
+   out a particular string once.  This helps particularly when the
+   linker writes out stabs debugging entries, because each different
+   contributing object file tends to have many duplicate stabs
+   strings.
+
+   This hash table code breaks dbx on SunOS 4.1.3, so we don't do it
+   if BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT is set.  */
+
+static bfd_size_type add_to_stringtab
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *, const char *, boolean));
+static boolean emit_stringtab PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Get the index of a string in a strtab, adding it if it is not
+   already present.  */
+
+static INLINE bfd_size_type
+add_to_stringtab (abfd, tab, str, copy)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab;
+     const char *str;
+     boolean copy;
+{
+  boolean hash;
+  bfd_size_type index;
+
+  /* An index of 0 always means the empty string.  */
+  if (str == 0 || *str == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Don't hash if BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT is set, because SunOS dbx
+     doesn't understand a hashed string table.  */
+  hash = true;
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0)
+    hash = false;
+
+  index = _bfd_stringtab_add (tab, str, hash, copy);
+
+  if (index != (bfd_size_type) -1)
+    {
+      /* Add BYTES_IN_WORD to the return value to account for the
+	 space taken up by the string table size.  */
+      index += BYTES_IN_WORD;
+    }
+
+  return index;
+}
+
+/* Write out a strtab.  ABFD is already at the right location in the
+   file.  */
+
+static boolean
+emit_stringtab (abfd, tab)
+     register bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab;
+{
+  bfd_byte buffer[BYTES_IN_WORD];
+
+  /* The string table starts with the size.  */
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, _bfd_stringtab_size (tab) + BYTES_IN_WORD, buffer);
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) buffer, 1, BYTES_IN_WORD, abfd) != BYTES_IN_WORD)
+    return false;
+
+  return _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, tab);
+}
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,write_syms) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned int count ;
+  asymbol **generic = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
+
+  strtab = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+  if (strtab == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  for (count = 0; count < bfd_get_symcount (abfd); count++)
+    {
+      asymbol *g = generic[count];
+      bfd_size_type indx;
+      struct external_nlist nsp;
+
+      indx = add_to_stringtab (abfd, strtab, g->name, false);
+      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	goto error_return;
+      PUT_WORD (abfd, indx, (bfd_byte *) nsp.e_strx);
+
+      if (bfd_asymbol_flavour(g) == abfd->xvec->flavour)
+	{
+	  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, aout_symbol(g)->desc,  nsp.e_desc);
+	  bfd_h_put_8(abfd, aout_symbol(g)->other,  nsp.e_other);
+	  bfd_h_put_8(abfd, aout_symbol(g)->type,  nsp.e_type);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_h_put_16(abfd,0, nsp.e_desc);
+	  bfd_h_put_8(abfd, 0, nsp.e_other);
+	  bfd_h_put_8(abfd, 0, nsp.e_type);
+	}
+
+      if (! translate_to_native_sym_flags (abfd, g, &nsp))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (bfd_write((PTR)&nsp,1,EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE, abfd)
+	  != EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* NB: `KEEPIT' currently overlays `udata.p', so set this only
+	 here, at the end.  */
+      g->KEEPIT = count;
+    }
+
+  if (! emit_stringtab (abfd, strtab))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
+
+  return true;
+
+error_return:
+  _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_symtab) (abfd, location)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **location;
+{
+    unsigned int counter = 0;
+    aout_symbol_type *symbase;
+
+    if (!NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table)(abfd))
+      return -1;
+
+    for (symbase = obj_aout_symbols(abfd); counter++ < bfd_get_symcount (abfd);)
+      *(location++) = (asymbol *)( symbase++);
+    *location++ =0;
+    return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+}
+
+
+/* Standard reloc stuff */
+/* Output standard relocation information to a file in target byte order. */
+
+extern void  NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out)
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, struct reloc_std_external *));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_out) (abfd, g, natptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *g;
+     struct reloc_std_external *natptr;
+{
+  int r_index;
+  asymbol *sym = *(g->sym_ptr_ptr);
+  int r_extern;
+  unsigned int r_length;
+  int r_pcrel;
+  int r_baserel, r_jmptable, r_relative;
+  asection *output_section = sym->section->output_section;
+
+  PUT_WORD(abfd, g->address, natptr->r_address);
+
+  r_length = g->howto->size ;	/* Size as a power of two */
+  r_pcrel  = (int) g->howto->pc_relative; /* Relative to PC? */
+  /* XXX This relies on relocs coming from a.out files.  */
+  r_baserel = (g->howto->type & 8) != 0;
+  r_jmptable = (g->howto->type & 16) != 0;
+  r_relative = (g->howto->type & 32) != 0;
+
+#if 0
+  /* For a standard reloc, the addend is in the object file.  */
+  r_addend = g->addend + (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->section->output_section->vma;
+#endif
+
+  /* name was clobbered by aout_write_syms to be symbol index */
+
+  /* If this relocation is relative to a symbol then set the
+     r_index to the symbols index, and the r_extern bit.
+
+     Absolute symbols can come in in two ways, either as an offset
+     from the abs section, or as a symbol which has an abs value.
+     check for that here
+     */
+
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (output_section)
+      || bfd_is_abs_section (output_section)
+      || bfd_is_und_section (output_section))
+    {
+      if (bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol == sym)
+      {
+	/* Whoops, looked like an abs symbol, but is really an offset
+	   from the abs section */
+	r_index = N_ABS;
+	r_extern = 0;
+       }
+      else
+      {
+	/* Fill in symbol */
+	r_extern = 1;
+	r_index = (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->KEEPIT;
+
+      }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Just an ordinary section */
+      r_extern = 0;
+      r_index  = output_section->target_index;
+    }
+
+  /* now the fun stuff */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+      natptr->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+      natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+      natptr->r_index[2] = r_index;
+      natptr->r_type[0] =
+       (r_extern?    RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG: 0)
+	| (r_pcrel?     RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG: 0)
+	 | (r_baserel?   RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG: 0)
+	  | (r_jmptable?  RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG: 0)
+	   | (r_relative?  RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG: 0)
+	    | (r_length <<  RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG);
+    } else {
+	natptr->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+	natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+	natptr->r_index[0] = r_index;
+	natptr->r_type[0] =
+	 (r_extern?    RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE: 0)
+	  | (r_pcrel?     RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE: 0)
+	   | (r_baserel?   RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE: 0)
+	    | (r_jmptable?  RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE: 0)
+	     | (r_relative?  RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE: 0)
+	      | (r_length <<  RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE);
+      }
+}
+
+
+/* Extended stuff */
+/* Output extended relocation information to a file in target byte order. */
+
+extern void NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out)
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, struct reloc_ext_external *));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out) (abfd, g, natptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *g;
+     register struct reloc_ext_external *natptr;
+{
+  int r_index;
+  int r_extern;
+  unsigned int r_type;
+  unsigned int r_addend;
+  asymbol *sym = *(g->sym_ptr_ptr);
+  asection *output_section = sym->section->output_section;
+
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, g->address, natptr->r_address);
+
+  r_type = (unsigned int) g->howto->type;
+
+  r_addend = g->addend;
+  if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
+    r_addend += (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->section->output_section->vma;
+
+  /* If this relocation is relative to a symbol then set the
+     r_index to the symbols index, and the r_extern bit.
+
+     Absolute symbols can come in in two ways, either as an offset
+     from the abs section, or as a symbol which has an abs value.
+     check for that here.  */
+
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+    {
+      r_extern = 0;
+      r_index = N_ABS;
+    }
+  else if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
+    {
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	  || (sym->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0)
+	r_extern = 1;
+      else
+	r_extern = 0;
+      r_index = (*(g->sym_ptr_ptr))->KEEPIT;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Just an ordinary section */
+      r_extern = 0;
+      r_index = output_section->target_index;
+    }
+
+  /* now the fun stuff */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    natptr->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+    natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+    natptr->r_index[2] = r_index;
+    natptr->r_type[0] =
+      ((r_extern? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG: 0)
+       | (r_type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG));
+  } else {
+    natptr->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+    natptr->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+    natptr->r_index[0] = r_index;
+    natptr->r_type[0] =
+     (r_extern? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE: 0)
+      | (r_type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE);
+  }
+
+  PUT_WORD (abfd, r_addend, natptr->r_addend);
+}
+
+/* BFD deals internally with all things based from the section they're
+   in. so, something in 10 bytes into a text section  with a base of
+   50 would have a symbol (.text+10) and know .text vma was 50.
+
+   Aout keeps all it's symbols based from zero, so the symbol would
+   contain 60. This macro subs the base of each section from the value
+   to give the true offset from the section */
+
+
+#define MOVE_ADDRESS(ad)       						\
+  if (r_extern) {							\
+   /* undefined symbol */						\
+     cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + r_index;			\
+     cache_ptr->addend = ad;						\
+     } else {								\
+    /* defined, section relative. replace symbol with pointer to    	\
+       symbol which points to section  */				\
+    switch (r_index) {							\
+    case N_TEXT:							\
+    case N_TEXT | N_EXT:						\
+      cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr  = obj_textsec(abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr;	\
+      cache_ptr->addend = ad  - su->textsec->vma;			\
+      break;								\
+    case N_DATA:							\
+    case N_DATA | N_EXT:						\
+      cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr  = obj_datasec(abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr;	\
+      cache_ptr->addend = ad - su->datasec->vma;			\
+      break;								\
+    case N_BSS:								\
+    case N_BSS | N_EXT:							\
+      cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr  = obj_bsssec(abfd)->symbol_ptr_ptr;	\
+      cache_ptr->addend = ad - su->bsssec->vma;				\
+      break;								\
+    default:								\
+    case N_ABS:								\
+    case N_ABS | N_EXT:							\
+     cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;	\
+      cache_ptr->addend = ad;						\
+      break;								\
+    }									\
+  }     								\
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_in) (abfd, bytes, cache_ptr, symbols, symcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct reloc_ext_external *bytes;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_size_type symcount;
+{
+  unsigned int r_index;
+  int r_extern;
+  unsigned int r_type;
+  struct aoutdata *su = &(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a);
+
+  cache_ptr->address = (GET_SWORD (abfd, bytes->r_address));
+
+  /* now the fun stuff */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    r_index =  (bytes->r_index[0] << 16)
+	     | (bytes->r_index[1] << 8)
+	     |  bytes->r_index[2];
+    r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG));
+    r_type   =       (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG)
+				      >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG;
+  } else {
+    r_index =  (bytes->r_index[2] << 16)
+	     | (bytes->r_index[1] << 8)
+	     |  bytes->r_index[0];
+    r_extern = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE));
+    r_type   =       (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE)
+				      >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE;
+  }
+
+  cache_ptr->howto =  howto_table_ext + r_type;
+
+  /* Base relative relocs are always against the symbol table,
+     regardless of the setting of r_extern.  r_extern just reflects
+     whether the symbol the reloc is against is local or global.  */
+  if (r_type == RELOC_BASE10
+      || r_type == RELOC_BASE13
+      || r_type == RELOC_BASE22)
+    r_extern = 1;
+
+  if (r_extern && r_index > symcount)
+    {
+      /* We could arrange to return an error, but it might be useful
+         to see the file even if it is bad.  */
+      r_extern = 0;
+      r_index = N_ABS;
+    }
+
+  MOVE_ADDRESS(GET_SWORD(abfd, bytes->r_addend));
+}
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_in) (abfd, bytes, cache_ptr, symbols, symcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct reloc_std_external *bytes;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_size_type symcount;
+{
+  unsigned int r_index;
+  int r_extern;
+  unsigned int r_length;
+  int r_pcrel;
+  int r_baserel, r_jmptable, r_relative;
+  struct aoutdata  *su = &(abfd->tdata.aout_data->a);
+  unsigned int howto_idx;
+
+  cache_ptr->address = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, bytes->r_address);
+
+  /* now the fun stuff */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    r_index =  (bytes->r_index[0] << 16)
+      | (bytes->r_index[1] << 8)
+	|  bytes->r_index[2];
+    r_extern  = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG));
+    r_pcrel   = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG));
+    r_baserel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG));
+    r_jmptable= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG));
+    r_relative= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG));
+    r_length  =       (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG)
+      			>> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG;
+  } else {
+    r_index =  (bytes->r_index[2] << 16)
+      | (bytes->r_index[1] << 8)
+	|  bytes->r_index[0];
+    r_extern  = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE));
+    r_pcrel   = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE));
+    r_baserel = (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE));
+    r_jmptable= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE));
+    r_relative= (0 != (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE));
+    r_length  =       (bytes->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE)
+      			>> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE;
+  }
+
+  howto_idx = r_length + 4 * r_pcrel + 8 * r_baserel
+	      + 16 * r_jmptable + 32 * r_relative;
+  BFD_ASSERT (howto_idx < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_std));
+  cache_ptr->howto =  howto_table_std + howto_idx;
+  BFD_ASSERT (cache_ptr->howto->type != (unsigned int) -1);
+
+  /* Base relative relocs are always against the symbol table,
+     regardless of the setting of r_extern.  r_extern just reflects
+     whether the symbol the reloc is against is local or global.  */
+  if (r_baserel)
+    r_extern = 1;
+
+  if (r_extern && r_index > symcount)
+    {
+      /* We could arrange to return an error, but it might be useful
+         to see the file even if it is bad.  */
+      r_extern = 0;
+      r_index = N_ABS;
+    }
+
+  MOVE_ADDRESS(0);
+}
+
+/* Read and swap the relocs for a section.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,slurp_reloc_table) (abfd, asect, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  unsigned int count;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_size;
+  PTR relocs;
+  arelent *reloc_cache;
+  size_t each_size;
+  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  arelent *cache_ptr;
+
+  if (asect->relocation)
+    return true;
+
+  if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+    return true;
+
+  if (asect == obj_datasec (abfd))
+    reloc_size = exec_hdr(abfd)->a_drsize;
+  else if (asect == obj_textsec (abfd))
+    reloc_size = exec_hdr(abfd)->a_trsize;
+  else if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    reloc_size = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  each_size = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+
+  count = reloc_size / each_size;
+
+  reloc_cache = (arelent *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) (count * sizeof (arelent)));
+  if (reloc_cache == NULL && count != 0)
+    return false;
+  memset (reloc_cache, 0, count * sizeof (arelent));
+
+  relocs = bfd_malloc ((size_t) reloc_size);
+  if (relocs == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+    {
+      free (reloc_cache);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_read (relocs, 1, reloc_size, abfd) != reloc_size)
+    {
+      free (relocs);
+      free (reloc_cache);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  cache_ptr = reloc_cache;
+  if (each_size == RELOC_EXT_SIZE)
+    {
+      register struct reloc_ext_external *rptr =
+	(struct reloc_ext_external *) relocs;
+
+      for (; counter < count; counter++, rptr++, cache_ptr++)
+	NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_in) (abfd, rptr, cache_ptr, symbols,
+				      bfd_get_symcount (abfd));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      register struct reloc_std_external *rptr =
+	(struct reloc_std_external *) relocs;
+
+      for (; counter < count; counter++, rptr++, cache_ptr++)
+	MY_swap_std_reloc_in (abfd, rptr, cache_ptr, symbols,
+			      bfd_get_symcount (abfd));
+    }
+
+  free (relocs);
+
+  asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
+  asect->reloc_count = cache_ptr - reloc_cache;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a relocation section into an object file.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs) (abfd, section)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+{
+  arelent **generic;
+  unsigned char *native, *natptr;
+  size_t each_size;
+
+  unsigned int count = section->reloc_count;
+  size_t natsize;
+
+  if (count == 0 || section->orelocation == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  each_size = obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+  natsize = each_size * count;
+  native = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, natsize);
+  if (!native)
+    return false;
+
+  generic = section->orelocation;
+
+  if (each_size == RELOC_EXT_SIZE)
+    {
+      for (natptr = native;
+	   count != 0;
+	   --count, natptr += each_size, ++generic)
+	NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_out) (abfd, *generic, (struct reloc_ext_external *)natptr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (natptr = native;
+	   count != 0;
+	   --count, natptr += each_size, ++generic)
+	MY_swap_std_reloc_out(abfd, *generic, (struct reloc_std_external *)natptr);
+    }
+
+  if ( bfd_write ((PTR) native, 1, natsize, abfd) != natsize) {
+    bfd_release(abfd, native);
+    return false;
+  }
+  bfd_release (abfd, native);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is stupid.  This function should be a boolean predicate */
+long
+NAME(aout,canonicalize_reloc) (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     arelent **relptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  arelent *tblptr = section->relocation;
+  unsigned int count;
+
+  if (section == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    {
+      *relptr = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!(tblptr || NAME(aout,slurp_reloc_table)(abfd, section, symbols)))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) {
+    arelent_chain *chain = section->constructor_chain;
+    for (count = 0; count < section->reloc_count; count ++) {
+      *relptr ++ = &chain->relent;
+      chain = chain->next;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    tblptr = section->relocation;
+
+    for (count = 0; count++ < section->reloc_count;)
+      {
+	*relptr++ = tblptr++;
+      }
+  }
+  *relptr = 0;
+
+  return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_reloc_upper_bound) (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) {
+    return (sizeof (arelent *) * (asect->reloc_count+1));
+  }
+
+  if (asect == obj_datasec (abfd))
+    return (sizeof (arelent *)
+	    * ((exec_hdr(abfd)->a_drsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd))
+	       + 1));
+
+  if (asect == obj_textsec (abfd))
+    return (sizeof (arelent *)
+	    * ((exec_hdr(abfd)->a_trsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd))
+	       + 1));
+
+  if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    return sizeof (arelent *);
+
+  if (asect == obj_bsssec (abfd))
+    return 0;
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_symtab_upper_bound) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (!NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table)(abfd))
+    return -1;
+
+  return (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)+1) * (sizeof (aout_symbol_type *));
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+ alent *
+NAME(aout,get_lineno) (ignore_abfd, ignore_symbol)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *ignore_symbol;
+{
+return (alent *)NULL;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+NAME(aout,get_symbol_info) (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+
+  if (ret->type == '?')
+    {
+      int type_code = aout_symbol(symbol)->type & 0xff;
+      const char *stab_name = bfd_get_stab_name (type_code);
+      static char buf[10];
+
+      if (stab_name == NULL)
+	{
+	  sprintf(buf, "(%d)", type_code);
+	  stab_name = buf;
+	}
+      ret->type = '-';
+      ret->stab_type = type_code;
+      ret->stab_other = (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->other & 0xff);
+      ret->stab_desc = (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->desc & 0xffff);
+      ret->stab_name = stab_name;
+    }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+NAME(aout,print_symbol) (ignore_abfd, afile, symbol, how)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     PTR afile;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *)afile;
+
+  switch (how) {
+  case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+    if (symbol->name)
+      fprintf(file,"%s", symbol->name);
+    break;
+  case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+    fprintf(file,"%4x %2x %2x",(unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->desc & 0xffff),
+	    (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->other & 0xff),
+	    (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->type));
+    break;
+  case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+    {
+   CONST char *section_name = symbol->section->name;
+
+
+      bfd_print_symbol_vandf((PTR)file,symbol);
+
+      fprintf(file," %-5s %04x %02x %02x",
+	      section_name,
+	      (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->desc & 0xffff),
+	      (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->other & 0xff),
+	      (unsigned)(aout_symbol(symbol)->type  & 0xff));
+      if (symbol->name)
+        fprintf(file," %s", symbol->name);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/* If we don't have to allocate more than 1MB to hold the generic
+   symbols, we use the generic minisymbol methord: it's faster, since
+   it only translates the symbols once, not multiple times.  */
+#define MINISYM_THRESHOLD (1000000 / sizeof (asymbol))
+
+/* Read minisymbols.  For minisymbols, we use the unmodified a.out
+   symbols.  The minisymbol_to_symbol function translates these into
+   BFD asymbol structures.  */
+
+long
+NAME(aout,read_minisymbols) (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     PTR *minisymsp;
+     unsigned int *sizep;
+{
+  if (dynamic)
+    {
+      /* We could handle the dynamic symbols here as well, but it's
+         easier to hand them off.  */
+      return _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep);
+    }
+
+  if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) < MINISYM_THRESHOLD)
+    return _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep);
+
+  *minisymsp = (PTR) obj_aout_external_syms (abfd);
+
+  /* By passing the external symbols back from this routine, we are
+     giving up control over the memory block.  Clear
+     obj_aout_external_syms, so that we do not try to free it
+     ourselves.  */
+  obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = NULL;
+
+  *sizep = EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+  return obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Convert a minisymbol to a BFD asymbol.  A minisymbol is just an
+   unmodified a.out symbol.  The SYM argument is a structure returned
+   by bfd_make_empty_symbol, which we fill in here.  */
+
+asymbol *
+NAME(aout,minisymbol_to_symbol) (abfd, dynamic, minisym, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     const PTR minisym;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  if (dynamic
+      || obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) < MINISYM_THRESHOLD)
+    return _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, minisym, sym);
+
+  memset (sym, 0, sizeof (aout_symbol_type));
+
+  /* We call translate_symbol_table to translate a single symbol.  */
+  if (! (NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table)
+	 (abfd,
+	  (aout_symbol_type *) sym,
+	  (struct external_nlist *) minisym,
+	  (bfd_size_type) 1,
+	  obj_aout_external_strings (abfd),
+	  obj_aout_external_string_size (abfd),
+	  false)))
+    return NULL;
+
+  return sym;
+}
+
+/*
+ provided a BFD, a section and an offset into the section, calculate
+ and return the name of the source file and the line nearest to the
+ wanted location.
+*/
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,find_nearest_line)
+     (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     CONST char **filename_ptr;
+     CONST char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+  /* Run down the file looking for the filename, function and linenumber */
+  asymbol **p;
+  CONST char *directory_name = NULL;
+  CONST char *main_file_name = NULL;
+  CONST char *current_file_name = NULL;
+  CONST char *line_file_name = NULL; /* Value of current_file_name at line number. */
+  bfd_vma low_line_vma = 0;
+  bfd_vma low_func_vma = 0;
+  asymbol *func = 0;
+  size_t filelen, funclen;
+  char *buf;
+
+  *filename_ptr = abfd->filename;
+  *functionname_ptr = 0;
+  *line_ptr = 0;
+  if (symbols != (asymbol **)NULL) {
+    for (p = symbols; *p; p++) {
+      aout_symbol_type  *q = (aout_symbol_type *)(*p);
+    next:
+      switch (q->type){
+      case N_TEXT:
+	/* If this looks like a file name symbol, and it comes after
+           the line number we have found so far, but before the
+           offset, then we have probably not found the right line
+           number.  */
+	if (q->symbol.value <= offset
+	    && ((q->symbol.value > low_line_vma
+		 && (line_file_name != NULL
+		     || *line_ptr != 0))
+		|| (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma
+		    && func != NULL)))
+	  {
+	    const char *symname;
+
+	    symname = q->symbol.name;
+	    if (strcmp (symname + strlen (symname) - 2, ".o") == 0)
+	      {
+		if (q->symbol.value > low_line_vma)
+		  {
+		    *line_ptr = 0;
+		    line_file_name = NULL;
+		  }
+		if (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma)
+		  func = NULL;
+	      }
+	  }
+	break;
+
+      case N_SO:
+	/* If this symbol is less than the offset, but greater than
+           the line number we have found so far, then we have not
+           found the right line number.  */
+	if (q->symbol.value <= offset)
+	  {
+	    if (q->symbol.value > low_line_vma)
+	      {
+		*line_ptr = 0;
+		line_file_name = NULL;
+	      }
+	    if (q->symbol.value > low_func_vma)
+	      func = NULL;
+	  }
+
+	main_file_name = current_file_name = q->symbol.name;
+	/* Look ahead to next symbol to check if that too is an N_SO. */
+	p++;
+	if (*p == NULL)
+	  break;
+	q = (aout_symbol_type *)(*p);
+	if (q->type != (int)N_SO)
+	  goto next;
+
+	/* Found a second N_SO  First is directory; second is filename. */
+	directory_name = current_file_name;
+	main_file_name = current_file_name = q->symbol.name;
+	if (obj_textsec(abfd) != section)
+	  goto done;
+	break;
+      case N_SOL:
+	current_file_name = q->symbol.name;
+	break;
+
+      case N_SLINE:
+
+      case N_DSLINE:
+      case N_BSLINE:
+	/* We'll keep this if it resolves nearer than the one we have
+           already.  */
+	if (q->symbol.value >= low_line_vma
+	    && q->symbol.value <= offset)
+	  {
+	    *line_ptr = q->desc;
+	    low_line_vma = q->symbol.value;
+	    line_file_name = current_file_name;
+	  }
+	break;
+      case N_FUN:
+	{
+	  /* We'll keep this if it is nearer than the one we have already */
+	  if (q->symbol.value >= low_func_vma &&
+	      q->symbol.value <= offset) {
+	    low_func_vma = q->symbol.value;
+	    func = (asymbol *)q;
+	  }
+	  else if (q->symbol.value > offset)
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ done:
+  if (*line_ptr != 0)
+    main_file_name = line_file_name;
+
+  if (main_file_name == NULL
+      || main_file_name[0] == '/'
+      || directory_name == NULL)
+    filelen = 0;
+  else
+    filelen = strlen (directory_name) + strlen (main_file_name);
+  if (func == NULL)
+    funclen = 0;
+  else
+    funclen = strlen (bfd_asymbol_name (func));
+
+  if (adata (abfd).line_buf != NULL)
+    free (adata (abfd).line_buf);
+  if (filelen + funclen == 0)
+    adata (abfd).line_buf = buf = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (filelen + funclen + 3);
+      adata (abfd).line_buf = buf;
+      if (buf == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (main_file_name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (main_file_name[0] == '/' || directory_name == NULL)
+	*filename_ptr = main_file_name;
+      else
+	{
+	  sprintf (buf, "%s%s", directory_name, main_file_name);
+	  *filename_ptr = buf;
+	  buf += filelen + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (func)
+    {
+      const char *function = func->name;
+      char *p;
+
+      /* The caller expects a symbol name.  We actually have a
+	 function name, without the leading underscore.  Put the
+	 underscore back in, so that the caller gets a symbol name.  */
+      if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '\0')
+	strcpy (buf, function);
+      else
+	{
+	  buf[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd);
+	  strcpy (buf + 1, function);
+	}
+      /* Have to remove : stuff */
+      p = strchr (buf, ':');
+      if (p != NULL)
+	*p = '\0';
+      *functionname_ptr = buf;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+int
+NAME(aout,sizeof_headers) (abfd, execable)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean execable;
+{
+  return adata(abfd).exec_bytes_size;
+}
+
+/* Free all information we have cached for this BFD.  We can always
+   read it again later if we need it.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,bfd_free_cached_info) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *o;
+
+  if (bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
+    return true;
+
+#define BFCI_FREE(x) if (x != NULL) { free (x); x = NULL; }
+  BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_symbols (abfd));
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+  obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = 0;
+  bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd));
+  bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd));
+  obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = 0;
+#else
+  BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd));
+  BFCI_FREE (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd));
+#endif
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    BFCI_FREE (o->relocation);
+#undef BFCI_FREE
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* a.out link code.  */
+
+static boolean aout_link_add_object_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean aout_link_check_archive_element
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+static boolean aout_link_free_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean aout_link_check_ar_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *pneeded));
+static boolean aout_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in an a.out link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc) (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				 table, string));
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->written = false;
+      ret->indx = -1;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Initialize an a.out link hash table.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init) (table, abfd, newfunc)
+     struct aout_link_hash_table *table;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
+}
+
+/* Create an a.out link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct aout_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct aout_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+  if (! NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init) (ret, abfd,
+					 NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc)))
+    {
+      free (ret);
+      return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+    }
+  return &ret->root;
+}
+
+/* Given an a.out BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
+   appropriate.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,link_add_symbols) (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_object:
+      return aout_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info);
+    case bfd_archive:
+      return _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+	(abfd, info, aout_link_check_archive_element);
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from an a.out object file.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+  if (! aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+  if (! info->keep_memory)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_free_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check a single archive element to see if we need to include it in
+   the link.  *PNEEDED is set according to whether this element is
+   needed in the link or not.  This is called from
+   _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  if (! aout_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! aout_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*pneeded)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! info->keep_memory || ! *pneeded)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_free_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Free up the internal symbols read from an a.out file.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_free_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) != (struct external_nlist *) NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+      bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_sym_window (abfd));
+#else
+      free ((PTR) obj_aout_external_syms (abfd));
+#endif
+      obj_aout_external_syms (abfd) = (struct external_nlist *) NULL;
+    }
+  if (obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+      bfd_free_window (&obj_aout_string_window (abfd));
+#else
+      free ((PTR) obj_aout_external_strings (abfd));
+#endif
+      obj_aout_external_strings (abfd) = (char *) NULL;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look through the internal symbols to see if this object file should
+   be included in the link.  We should include this object file if it
+   defines any symbols which are currently undefined.  If this object
+   file defines a common symbol, then we may adjust the size of the
+   known symbol but we do not include the object file in the link
+   (unless there is some other reason to include it).  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  register struct external_nlist *p;
+  struct external_nlist *pend;
+  char *strings;
+
+  *pneeded = false;
+
+  /* Look through all the symbols.  */
+  p = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd);
+  pend = p + obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd);
+  strings = obj_aout_external_strings (abfd);
+  for (; p < pend; p++)
+    {
+      int type = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, p->e_type);
+      const char *name;
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      /* Ignore symbols that are not externally visible.  This is an
+	 optimization only, as we check the type more thoroughly
+	 below.  */
+      if (((type & N_EXT) == 0
+	   || (type & N_STAB) != 0
+	   || type == N_FN)
+	  && type != N_WEAKA
+	  && type != N_WEAKT
+	  && type != N_WEAKD
+	  && type != N_WEAKB)
+	{
+	  if (type == N_WARNING
+	      || type == N_INDR)
+	    ++p;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx);
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, false, false, true);
+
+      /* We are only interested in symbols that are currently
+	 undefined or common.  */
+      if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common))
+	{
+	  if (type == (N_INDR | N_EXT))
+	    ++p;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (type == (N_TEXT | N_EXT)
+	  || type == (N_DATA | N_EXT)
+	  || type == (N_BSS | N_EXT)
+	  || type == (N_ABS | N_EXT)
+	  || type == (N_INDR | N_EXT))
+	{
+	  /* This object file defines this symbol.  We must link it
+	     in.  This is true regardless of whether the current
+	     definition of the symbol is undefined or common.  If the
+	     current definition is common, we have a case in which we
+	     have already seen an object file including
+	         int a;
+	     and this object file from the archive includes
+	         int a = 5;
+	     In such a case we must include this object file.
+
+	     FIXME: The SunOS 4.1.3 linker will pull in the archive
+	     element if the symbol is defined in the .data section,
+	     but not if it is defined in the .text section.  That
+	     seems a bit crazy to me, and I haven't implemented it.
+	     However, it might be correct.  */
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name))
+	    return false;
+	  *pneeded = true;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      if (type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT))
+	{
+	  bfd_vma value;
+
+	  value = GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_value);
+	  if (value != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This symbol is common in the object from the archive
+		 file.  */
+	      if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+		{
+		  bfd *symbfd;
+		  unsigned int power;
+
+		  symbfd = h->u.undef.abfd;
+		  if (symbfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+		    {
+		      /* This symbol was created as undefined from
+			 outside BFD.  We assume that we should link
+			 in the object file.  This is done for the -u
+			 option in the linker.  */
+		      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info,
+								     abfd,
+								     name))
+			return false;
+		      *pneeded = true;
+		      return true;
+		    }
+		  /* Turn the current link symbol into a common
+		     symbol.  It is already on the undefs list.  */
+		  h->type = bfd_link_hash_common;
+		  h->u.c.p = ((struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry *)
+			      bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+				  sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry)));
+		  if (h->u.c.p == NULL)
+		    return false;
+
+		  h->u.c.size = value;
+
+		  /* FIXME: This isn't quite right.  The maximum
+		     alignment of a common symbol should be set by the
+		     architecture of the output file, not of the input
+		     file.  */
+		  power = bfd_log2 (value);
+		  if (power > bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power)
+		    power = bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power;
+		  h->u.c.p->alignment_power = power;
+
+		  h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (symbfd,
+								"COMMON");
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Adjust the size of the common symbol if
+		     necessary.  */
+		  if (value > h->u.c.size)
+		    h->u.c.size = value;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (type == N_WEAKA
+	  || type == N_WEAKT
+	  || type == N_WEAKD
+	  || type == N_WEAKB)
+	{
+	  /* This symbol is weak but defined.  We must pull it in if
+	     the current link symbol is undefined, but we don't want
+	     it if the current link symbol is common.  */
+	  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	    {
+	      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name))
+		return false;
+	      *pneeded = true;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We do not need this object file.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add all symbols from an object file to the hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  boolean (*add_one_symbol) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *,
+				     const char *, flagword, asection *,
+				     bfd_vma, const char *, boolean,
+				     boolean,
+				     struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+  struct external_nlist *syms;
+  bfd_size_type sym_count;
+  char *strings;
+  boolean copy;
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  register struct external_nlist *p;
+  struct external_nlist *pend;
+
+  syms = obj_aout_external_syms (abfd);
+  sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd);
+  strings = obj_aout_external_strings (abfd);
+  if (info->keep_memory)
+    copy = false;
+  else
+    copy = true;
+
+  if (aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_dynamic_symbols != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ((*aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_dynamic_symbols)
+	     (abfd, info, &syms, &sym_count, &strings)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* We keep a list of the linker hash table entries that correspond
+     to particular symbols.  We could just look them up in the hash
+     table, but keeping the list is more efficient.  Perhaps this
+     should be conditional on info->keep_memory.  */
+  sym_hash = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry **)
+	      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 ((size_t) sym_count
+			  * sizeof (struct aout_link_hash_entry *))));
+  if (sym_hash == NULL && sym_count != 0)
+    return false;
+  obj_aout_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash;
+
+  add_one_symbol = aout_backend_info (abfd)->add_one_symbol;
+  if (add_one_symbol == NULL)
+    add_one_symbol = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol;
+
+  p = syms;
+  pend = p + sym_count;
+  for (; p < pend; p++, sym_hash++)
+    {
+      int type;
+      const char *name;
+      bfd_vma value;
+      asection *section;
+      flagword flags;
+      const char *string;
+
+      *sym_hash = NULL;
+
+      type = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, p->e_type);
+
+      /* Ignore debugging symbols.  */
+      if ((type & N_STAB) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx);
+      value = GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_value);
+      flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+      string = NULL;
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+
+	case N_UNDF:
+	case N_ABS:
+	case N_TEXT:
+	case N_DATA:
+	case N_BSS:
+	case N_FN_SEQ:
+	case N_COMM:
+	case N_SETV:
+	case N_FN:
+	  /* Ignore symbols that are not externally visible.  */
+	  continue;
+	case N_INDR:
+	  /* Ignore local indirect symbol.  */
+	  ++p;
+	  ++sym_hash;
+	  continue;
+
+	case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
+	  if (value == 0)
+	    {
+	      section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	      flags = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case N_ABS | N_EXT:
+	  section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
+	  section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_DATA | N_EXT:
+	case N_SETV | N_EXT:
+	  /* Treat N_SETV symbols as N_DATA symbol; see comment in
+	     translate_from_native_sym_flags.  */
+	  section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_BSS | N_EXT:
+	  section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_INDR | N_EXT:
+	  /* An indirect symbol.  The next symbol is the symbol
+	     which this one really is.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (p + 1 < pend);
+	  ++p;
+	  string = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx);
+	  section = bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+	  flags |= BSF_INDIRECT;
+	  break;
+	case N_COMM | N_EXT:
+	  section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case N_SETA: case N_SETA | N_EXT:
+	  section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  break;
+	case N_SETT: case N_SETT | N_EXT:
+	  section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	  flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_SETD: case N_SETD | N_EXT:
+	  section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	  flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_SETB: case N_SETB | N_EXT:
+	  section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	  flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  break;
+	case N_WARNING:
+	  /* A warning symbol.  The next symbol is the one to warn
+	     about.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (p + 1 < pend);
+	  ++p;
+	  string = name;
+	  name = strings + GET_WORD (abfd, p->e_strx);
+	  section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  flags |= BSF_WARNING;
+	  break;
+	case N_WEAKU:
+	  section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  flags = BSF_WEAK;
+	  break;
+	case N_WEAKA:
+	  section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  flags = BSF_WEAK;
+	  break;
+	case N_WEAKT:
+	  section = obj_textsec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  flags = BSF_WEAK;
+	  break;
+	case N_WEAKD:
+	  section = obj_datasec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  flags = BSF_WEAK;
+	  break;
+	case N_WEAKB:
+	  section = obj_bsssec (abfd);
+	  value -= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+	  flags = BSF_WEAK;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (! ((*add_one_symbol)
+	     (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string, copy, false,
+	      (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash)))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Restrict the maximum alignment of a common symbol based on
+	 the architecture, since a.out has no way to represent
+	 alignment requirements of a section in a .o file.  FIXME:
+	 This isn't quite right: it should use the architecture of the
+	 output file, not the input files.  */
+      if ((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+	  && ((*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power >
+	      bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power))
+	(*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power =
+	  bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->section_align_power;
+
+      /* If this is a set symbol, and we are not building sets, then
+	 it is possible for the hash entry to not have been set.  In
+	 such a case, treat the symbol as not globally defined.  */
+      if ((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0);
+	  *sym_hash = NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (type == (N_INDR | N_EXT) || type == N_WARNING)
+	++sym_hash;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* A hash table used for header files with N_BINCL entries.  */
+
+struct aout_link_includes_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* A linked list of totals that we have found for a particular header
+   file.  */
+
+struct aout_link_includes_totals
+{
+  struct aout_link_includes_totals *next;
+  bfd_vma total;
+};
+
+/* An entry in the header file hash table.  */
+
+struct aout_link_includes_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* List of totals we have found for this file.  */
+  struct aout_link_includes_totals *totals;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in an the header file hash table.  */
+
+#define aout_link_includes_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* During the final link step we need to pass around a bunch of
+   information, so we do it in an instance of this structure.  */
+
+struct aout_final_link_info
+{
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* Output bfd.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* Reloc file positions.  */
+  file_ptr treloff, dreloff;
+  /* File position of symbols.  */
+  file_ptr symoff;
+  /* String table.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
+  /* Header file hash table.  */
+  struct aout_link_includes_table includes;
+  /* A buffer large enough to hold the contents of any section.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* A buffer large enough to hold the relocs of any section.  */
+  PTR relocs;
+  /* A buffer large enough to hold the symbol map of any input BFD.  */
+  int *symbol_map;
+  /* A buffer large enough to hold output symbols of any input BFD.  */
+  struct external_nlist *output_syms;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *aout_link_includes_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean aout_link_input_bfd
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd));
+static boolean aout_link_write_symbols
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd));
+static boolean aout_link_write_other_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean aout_link_input_section
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd,
+	   asection *input_section, file_ptr *reloff_ptr,
+	   bfd_size_type rel_size));
+static boolean aout_link_input_section_std
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd,
+	   asection *input_section, struct reloc_std_external *,
+	   bfd_size_type rel_size, bfd_byte *contents));
+static boolean aout_link_input_section_ext
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, bfd *input_bfd,
+	   asection *input_section, struct reloc_ext_external *,
+	   bfd_size_type rel_size, bfd_byte *contents));
+static INLINE asection *aout_reloc_index_to_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean aout_link_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((struct aout_final_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* The function to create a new entry in the header file hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+aout_link_includes_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct aout_link_includes_entry *ret =
+    (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct aout_link_includes_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct aout_link_includes_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct aout_link_includes_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->totals = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the final link step.  This is called on the output BFD.  The
+   INFO structure should point to a list of BFDs linked through the
+   link_next field which can be used to find each BFD which takes part
+   in the output.  Also, each section in ABFD should point to a list
+   of bfd_link_order structures which list all the input sections for
+   the output section.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, callback)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     void (*callback) PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *));
+{
+  struct aout_final_link_info aout_info;
+  boolean includes_hash_initialized = false;
+  register bfd *sub;
+  bfd_size_type trsize, drsize;
+  size_t max_contents_size;
+  size_t max_relocs_size;
+  size_t max_sym_count;
+  bfd_size_type text_size;
+  file_ptr text_end;
+  register struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  asection *o;
+  boolean have_link_order_relocs;
+
+  if (info->shared)
+    abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+
+  aout_info.info = info;
+  aout_info.output_bfd = abfd;
+  aout_info.contents = NULL;
+  aout_info.relocs = NULL;
+  aout_info.symbol_map = NULL;
+  aout_info.output_syms = NULL;
+
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (&aout_info.includes.root,
+			       aout_link_includes_newfunc,
+			       251))
+    goto error_return;
+  includes_hash_initialized = true;
+
+  /* Figure out the largest section size.  Also, if generating
+     relocateable output, count the relocs.  */
+  trsize = 0;
+  drsize = 0;
+  max_contents_size = 0;
+  max_relocs_size = 0;
+  max_sym_count = 0;
+  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link_next)
+    {
+      size_t sz;
+
+      if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
+	    {
+	      trsize += exec_hdr (sub)->a_trsize;
+	      drsize += exec_hdr (sub)->a_drsize;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: We need to identify the .text and .data sections
+		 and call get_reloc_upper_bound and canonicalize_reloc to
+		 work out the number of relocs needed, and then multiply
+		 by the reloc size.  */
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s: relocateable link from %s to %s not supported",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+		 sub->xvec->name, abfd->xvec->name);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_get_flavour (sub) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
+	{
+	  sz = bfd_section_size (sub, obj_textsec (sub));
+	  if (sz > max_contents_size)
+	    max_contents_size = sz;
+	  sz = bfd_section_size (sub, obj_datasec (sub));
+	  if (sz > max_contents_size)
+	    max_contents_size = sz;
+
+	  sz = exec_hdr (sub)->a_trsize;
+	  if (sz > max_relocs_size)
+	    max_relocs_size = sz;
+	  sz = exec_hdr (sub)->a_drsize;
+	  if (sz > max_relocs_size)
+	    max_relocs_size = sz;
+
+	  sz = obj_aout_external_sym_count (sub);
+	  if (sz > max_sym_count)
+	    max_sym_count = sz;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      if (obj_textsec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL)
+	trsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_textsec (abfd)
+						 ->link_order_head)
+		   * obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd));
+      if (obj_datasec (abfd) != (asection *) NULL)
+	drsize += (_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (obj_datasec (abfd)
+						 ->link_order_head)
+		   * obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd));
+    }
+
+  exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize = trsize;
+  exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize = drsize;
+
+  exec_hdr (abfd)->a_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+
+  /* Adjust the section sizes and vmas according to the magic number.
+     This sets a_text, a_data and a_bss in the exec_hdr and sets the
+     filepos for each section.  */
+  if (! NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* The relocation and symbol file positions differ among a.out
+     targets.  We are passed a callback routine from the backend
+     specific code to handle this.
+     FIXME: At this point we do not know how much space the symbol
+     table will require.  This will not work for any (nonstandard)
+     a.out target that needs to know the symbol table size before it
+     can compute the relocation file positions.  This may or may not
+     be the case for the hp300hpux target, for example.  */
+  (*callback) (abfd, &aout_info.treloff, &aout_info.dreloff,
+	       &aout_info.symoff);
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->rel_filepos = aout_info.treloff;
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->rel_filepos = aout_info.dreloff;
+  obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = aout_info.symoff;
+
+  /* We keep a count of the symbols as we output them.  */
+  obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd) = 0;
+
+  /* We accumulate the string table as we write out the symbols.  */
+  aout_info.strtab = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+  if (aout_info.strtab == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Allocate buffers to hold section contents and relocs.  */
+  aout_info.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size);
+  aout_info.relocs = (PTR) bfd_malloc (max_relocs_size);
+  aout_info.symbol_map = (int *) bfd_malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (int *));
+  aout_info.output_syms = ((struct external_nlist *)
+			   bfd_malloc ((max_sym_count + 1)
+				       * sizeof (struct external_nlist)));
+  if ((aout_info.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0)
+      || (aout_info.relocs == NULL && max_relocs_size != 0)
+      || (aout_info.symbol_map == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+      || aout_info.output_syms == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* If we have a symbol named __DYNAMIC, force it out now.  This is
+     required by SunOS.  Doing this here rather than in sunos.c is a
+     hack, but it's easier than exporting everything which would be
+     needed.  */
+  {
+    struct aout_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+    h = aout_link_hash_lookup (aout_hash_table (info), "__DYNAMIC",
+			       false, false, false);
+    if (h != NULL)
+      aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, &aout_info);
+  }
+
+  /* The most time efficient way to do the link would be to read all
+     the input object files into memory and then sort out the
+     information into the output file.  Unfortunately, that will
+     probably use too much memory.  Another method would be to step
+     through everything that composes the text section and write it
+     out, and then everything that composes the data section and write
+     it out, and then write out the relocs, and then write out the
+     symbols.  Unfortunately, that requires reading stuff from each
+     input file several times, and we will not be able to keep all the
+     input files open simultaneously, and reopening them will be slow.
+
+     What we do is basically process one input file at a time.  We do
+     everything we need to do with an input file once--copy over the
+     section contents, handle the relocation information, and write
+     out the symbols--and then we throw away the information we read
+     from it.  This approach requires a lot of lseeks of the output
+     file, which is unfortunate but still faster than reopening a lot
+     of files.
+
+     We use the output_has_begun field of the input BFDs to see
+     whether we have already handled it.  */
+  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != (bfd *) NULL; sub = sub->link_next)
+    sub->output_has_begun = false;
+
+  /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the link.  This
+     will normally be every section.  We need to do this so that we
+     can identify any sections which the linker has decided to not
+     include.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	    p->u.indirect.section->linker_mark = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  have_link_order_relocs = false;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	   p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
+	      && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner)
+		  == bfd_target_aout_flavour))
+	    {
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+
+	      input_bfd = p->u.indirect.section->owner;
+	      if (! input_bfd->output_has_begun)
+		{
+		  if (! aout_link_input_bfd (&aout_info, input_bfd))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  input_bfd->output_has_begun = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	    {
+	      /* These are handled below.  */
+	      have_link_order_relocs = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Write out any symbols that we have not already written out.  */
+  aout_link_hash_traverse (aout_hash_table (info),
+			   aout_link_write_other_symbol,
+			   (PTR) &aout_info);
+
+  /* Now handle any relocs we were asked to create by the linker.
+     These did not come from any input file.  We must do these after
+     we have written out all the symbols, so that we know the symbol
+     indices to use.  */
+  if (have_link_order_relocs)
+    {
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		  || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (! aout_link_reloc_link_order (&aout_info, o, p))
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (aout_info.contents != NULL)
+    {
+      free (aout_info.contents);
+      aout_info.contents = NULL;
+    }
+  if (aout_info.relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (aout_info.relocs);
+      aout_info.relocs = NULL;
+    }
+  if (aout_info.symbol_map != NULL)
+    {
+      free (aout_info.symbol_map);
+      aout_info.symbol_map = NULL;
+    }
+  if (aout_info.output_syms != NULL)
+    {
+      free (aout_info.output_syms);
+      aout_info.output_syms = NULL;
+    }
+  if (includes_hash_initialized)
+    {
+      bfd_hash_table_free (&aout_info.includes.root);
+      includes_hash_initialized = false;
+    }
+
+  /* Finish up any dynamic linking we may be doing.  */
+  if (aout_backend_info (abfd)->finish_dynamic_link != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! (*aout_backend_info (abfd)->finish_dynamic_link) (abfd, info))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Update the header information.  */
+  abfd->symcount = obj_aout_external_sym_count (abfd);
+  exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms = abfd->symcount * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+  obj_str_filepos (abfd) = obj_sym_filepos (abfd) + exec_hdr (abfd)->a_syms;
+  obj_textsec (abfd)->reloc_count =
+    exec_hdr (abfd)->a_trsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+  obj_datasec (abfd)->reloc_count =
+    exec_hdr (abfd)->a_drsize / obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd);
+
+  /* Write out the string table.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_str_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  return emit_stringtab (abfd, aout_info.strtab);
+
+ error_return:
+  if (aout_info.contents != NULL)
+    free (aout_info.contents);
+  if (aout_info.relocs != NULL)
+    free (aout_info.relocs);
+  if (aout_info.symbol_map != NULL)
+    free (aout_info.symbol_map);
+  if (aout_info.output_syms != NULL)
+    free (aout_info.output_syms);
+  if (includes_hash_initialized)
+    bfd_hash_table_free (&aout_info.includes.root);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Link an a.out input BFD into the output file.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+{
+  bfd_size_type sym_count;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_format (input_bfd) == bfd_object);
+
+  /* If this is a dynamic object, it may need special handling.  */
+  if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+      && aout_backend_info (input_bfd)->link_dynamic_object != NULL)
+    {
+      return ((*aout_backend_info (input_bfd)->link_dynamic_object)
+	      (finfo->info, input_bfd));
+    }
+
+  /* Get the symbols.  We probably have them already, unless
+     finfo->info->keep_memory is false.  */
+  if (! aout_get_external_symbols (input_bfd))
+    return false;
+
+  sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (input_bfd);
+
+  /* Write out the symbols and get a map of the new indices.  The map
+     is placed into finfo->symbol_map.  */
+  if (! aout_link_write_symbols (finfo, input_bfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Relocate and write out the sections.  These functions use the
+     symbol map created by aout_link_write_symbols.  The linker_mark
+     field will be set if these sections are to be included in the
+     link, which will normally be the case.  */
+  if (obj_textsec (input_bfd)->linker_mark)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd,
+				     obj_textsec (input_bfd),
+				     &finfo->treloff,
+				     exec_hdr (input_bfd)->a_trsize))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (obj_datasec (input_bfd)->linker_mark)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd,
+				     obj_datasec (input_bfd),
+				     &finfo->dreloff,
+				     exec_hdr (input_bfd)->a_drsize))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are not keeping memory, we don't need the symbols any
+     longer.  We still need them if we are keeping memory, because the
+     strings in the hash table point into them.  */
+  if (! finfo->info->keep_memory)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_free_symbols (input_bfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Adjust and write out the symbols for an a.out file.  Set the new
+   symbol indices into a symbol_map.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_write_symbols (finfo, input_bfd)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+{
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  bfd_size_type sym_count;
+  char *strings;
+  enum bfd_link_strip strip;
+  enum bfd_link_discard discard;
+  struct external_nlist *outsym;
+  bfd_size_type strtab_index;
+  register struct external_nlist *sym;
+  struct external_nlist *sym_end;
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  int *symbol_map;
+  boolean pass;
+  boolean skip_next;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+  sym_count = obj_aout_external_sym_count (input_bfd);
+  strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
+  strip = finfo->info->strip;
+  discard = finfo->info->discard;
+  outsym = finfo->output_syms;
+
+  /* First write out a symbol for this object file, unless we are
+     discarding such symbols.  */
+  if (strip != strip_all
+      && (strip != strip_some
+	  || bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, input_bfd->filename,
+			      false, false) != NULL)
+      && discard != discard_all)
+    {
+      bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, N_TEXT, outsym->e_type);
+      bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, 0, outsym->e_other);
+      bfd_h_put_16 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, outsym->e_desc);
+      strtab_index = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab,
+				       input_bfd->filename, false);
+      if (strtab_index == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	return false;
+      PUT_WORD (output_bfd, strtab_index, outsym->e_strx);
+      PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
+		(bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd,
+				      obj_textsec (input_bfd)->output_section)
+		 + obj_textsec (input_bfd)->output_offset),
+		outsym->e_value);
+      ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+      ++outsym;
+    }
+
+  pass = false;
+  skip_next = false;
+  sym = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
+  sym_end = sym + sym_count;
+  sym_hash = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+  symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map;
+  memset (symbol_map, 0, sym_count * sizeof *symbol_map);
+  for (; sym < sym_end; sym++, sym_hash++, symbol_map++)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      int type;
+      struct aout_link_hash_entry *h;
+      boolean skip;
+      asection *symsec;
+      bfd_vma val = 0;
+      boolean copy;
+
+      /* We set *symbol_map to 0 above for all symbols.  If it has
+         already been set to -1 for this symbol, it means that we are
+         discarding it because it appears in a duplicate header file.
+         See the N_BINCL code below.  */
+      if (*symbol_map == -1)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Initialize *symbol_map to -1, which means that the symbol was
+         not copied into the output file.  We will change it later if
+         we do copy the symbol over.  */
+      *symbol_map = -1;
+
+      type = bfd_h_get_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_type);
+      name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_strx);
+
+      h = NULL;
+
+      if (pass)
+	{
+	  /* Pass this symbol through.  It is the target of an
+	     indirect or warning symbol.  */
+	  val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value);
+	  pass = false;
+	}
+      else if (skip_next)
+	{
+	  /* Skip this symbol, which is the target of an indirect
+	     symbol that we have changed to no longer be an indirect
+	     symbol.  */
+	  skip_next = false;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct aout_link_hash_entry *hresolve;
+
+	  /* We have saved the hash table entry for this symbol, if
+	     there is one.  Note that we could just look it up again
+	     in the hash table, provided we first check that it is an
+	     external symbol. */
+	  h = *sym_hash;
+
+	  /* Use the name from the hash table, in case the symbol was
+             wrapped.  */
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    name = h->root.root.string;
+
+	  /* If this is an indirect or warning symbol, then change
+	     hresolve to the base symbol.  We also change *sym_hash so
+	     that the relocation routines relocate against the real
+	     symbol.  */
+	  hresolve = h;
+	  if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
+	    {
+	      hresolve = (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+	      while (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		     || hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+		hresolve = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *)
+			    hresolve->root.u.i.link);
+	      *sym_hash = hresolve;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If the symbol has already been written out, skip it.  */
+	  if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_warning
+	      && h->written)
+	    {
+	      if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR
+		  || type == N_WARNING)
+		skip_next = true;
+	      *symbol_map = h->indx;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* See if we are stripping this symbol.  */
+	  skip = false;
+	  switch (strip)
+	    {
+	    case strip_none:
+	      break;
+	    case strip_debugger:
+	      if ((type & N_STAB) != 0)
+		skip = true;
+	      break;
+	    case strip_some:
+	      if (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false)
+		  == NULL)
+		skip = true;
+	      break;
+	    case strip_all:
+	      skip = true;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  if (skip)
+	    {
+	      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		h->written = true;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Get the value of the symbol.  */
+	  if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_TEXT
+	      || type == N_WEAKT)
+	    symsec = obj_textsec (input_bfd);
+	  else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_DATA
+		   || type == N_WEAKD)
+	    symsec = obj_datasec (input_bfd);
+	  else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_BSS
+		   || type == N_WEAKB)
+	    symsec = obj_bsssec (input_bfd);
+	  else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_ABS
+		   || type == N_WEAKA)
+	    symsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  else if (((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR
+		    && (hresolve == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+			|| (hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+			    && hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
+			    && hresolve->root.type != bfd_link_hash_common)))
+		   || type == N_WARNING)
+	    {
+	      /* Pass the next symbol through unchanged.  The
+		 condition above for indirect symbols is so that if
+		 the indirect symbol was defined, we output it with
+		 the correct definition so the debugger will
+		 understand it.  */
+	      pass = true;
+	      val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value);
+	      symsec = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else if ((type & N_STAB) != 0)
+	    {
+	      val = GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value);
+	      symsec = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* If we get here with an indirect symbol, it means that
+		 we are outputting it with a real definition.  In such
+		 a case we do not want to output the next symbol,
+		 which is the target of the indirection.  */
+	      if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_INDR)
+		skip_next = true;
+
+	      symsec = NULL;
+
+	      /* We need to get the value from the hash table.  We use
+		 hresolve so that if we have defined an indirect
+		 symbol we output the final definition.  */
+	      if (h == (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		{
+		  switch (type & N_TYPE)
+		    {
+		    case N_SETT:
+		      symsec = obj_textsec (input_bfd);
+		      break;
+		    case N_SETD:
+		      symsec = obj_datasec (input_bfd);
+		      break;
+		    case N_SETB:
+		      symsec = obj_bsssec (input_bfd);
+		      break;
+		    case N_SETA:
+		      symsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+		      break;
+		    default:
+		      val = 0;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		       || hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+		{
+		  asection *input_section;
+		  asection *output_section;
+
+		  /* This case usually means a common symbol which was
+		     turned into a defined symbol.  */
+		  input_section = hresolve->root.u.def.section;
+		  output_section = input_section->output_section;
+		  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_abs_section (output_section)
+			      || output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+		  val = (hresolve->root.u.def.value
+			 + bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, output_section)
+			 + input_section->output_offset);
+
+		  /* Get the correct type based on the section.  If
+		     this is a constructed set, force it to be
+		     globally visible.  */
+		  if (type == N_SETT
+		      || type == N_SETD
+		      || type == N_SETB
+		      || type == N_SETA)
+		    type |= N_EXT;
+
+		  type &=~ N_TYPE;
+
+		  if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd))
+		    type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			     ? N_TEXT
+			     : N_WEAKT);
+		  else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd))
+		    type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			     ? N_DATA
+			     : N_WEAKD);
+		  else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd))
+		    type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			     ? N_BSS
+			     : N_WEAKB);
+		  else
+		    type |= (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			     ? N_ABS
+			     : N_WEAKA);
+		}
+	      else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+		val = hresolve->root.u.c.size;
+	      else if (hresolve->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+		{
+		  val = 0;
+		  type = N_WEAKU;
+		}
+	      else
+		val = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (symsec != (asection *) NULL)
+	    val = (symsec->output_section->vma
+		   + symsec->output_offset
+		   + (GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value)
+		      - symsec->vma));
+
+	  /* If this is a global symbol set the written flag, and if
+	     it is a local symbol see if we should discard it.  */
+	  if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      h->written = true;
+	      h->indx = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+	    }
+	  else if ((type & N_TYPE) != N_SETT
+		   && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETD
+		   && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETB
+		   && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETA)
+	    {
+	      switch (discard)
+		{
+		case discard_none:
+		  break;
+		case discard_l:
+		  if ((type & N_STAB) == 0
+		      && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd, name))
+		    skip = true;
+		  break;
+		case discard_all:
+		  skip = true;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (skip)
+		{
+		  pass = false;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* An N_BINCL symbol indicates the start of the stabs
+	     entries for a header file.  We need to scan ahead to the
+	     next N_EINCL symbol, ignoring nesting, adding up all the
+	     characters in the symbol names, not including the file
+	     numbers in types (the first number after an open
+	     parenthesis).  */
+	  if (type == N_BINCL)
+	    {
+	      struct external_nlist *incl_sym;
+	      int nest;
+	      struct aout_link_includes_entry *incl_entry;
+	      struct aout_link_includes_totals *t;
+
+	      val = 0;
+	      nest = 0;
+	      for (incl_sym = sym + 1; incl_sym < sym_end; incl_sym++)
+		{
+		  int incl_type;
+
+		  incl_type = bfd_h_get_8 (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_type);
+		  if (incl_type == N_EINCL)
+		    {
+		      if (nest == 0)
+			break;
+		      --nest;
+		    }
+		  else if (incl_type == N_BINCL)
+		    ++nest;
+		  else if (nest == 0)
+		    {
+		      const char *s;
+
+		      s = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_strx);
+		      for (; *s != '\0'; s++)
+			{
+			  val += *s;
+			  if (*s == '(')
+			    {
+			      /* Skip the file number.  */
+			      ++s;
+			      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *s))
+				++s;
+			      --s;
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      /* If we have already included a header file with the
+                 same value, then replace this one with an N_EXCL
+                 symbol.  */
+	      copy = ! finfo->info->keep_memory;
+	      incl_entry = aout_link_includes_lookup (&finfo->includes,
+						      name, true, copy);
+	      if (incl_entry == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      for (t = incl_entry->totals; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+		if (t->total == val)
+		  break;
+	      if (t == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* This is the first time we have seen this header
+                     file with this set of stabs strings.  */
+		  t = ((struct aout_link_includes_totals *)
+		       bfd_hash_allocate (&finfo->includes.root,
+					  sizeof *t));
+		  if (t == NULL)
+		    return false;
+		  t->total = val;
+		  t->next = incl_entry->totals;
+		  incl_entry->totals = t;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  int *incl_map;
+
+		  /* This is a duplicate header file.  We must change
+                     it to be an N_EXCL entry, and mark all the
+                     included symbols to prevent outputting them.  */
+		  type = N_EXCL;
+
+		  nest = 0;
+		  for (incl_sym = sym + 1, incl_map = symbol_map + 1;
+		       incl_sym < sym_end;
+		       incl_sym++, incl_map++)
+		    {
+		      int incl_type;
+
+		      incl_type = bfd_h_get_8 (input_bfd, incl_sym->e_type);
+		      if (incl_type == N_EINCL)
+			{
+			  if (nest == 0)
+			    {
+			      *incl_map = -1;
+			      break;
+			    }
+			  --nest;
+			}
+		      else if (incl_type == N_BINCL)
+			++nest;
+		      else if (nest == 0)
+			*incl_map = -1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Copy this symbol into the list of symbols we are going to
+	 write out.  */
+      bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, type, outsym->e_type);
+      bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, bfd_h_get_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_other),
+		   outsym->e_other);
+      bfd_h_put_16 (output_bfd, bfd_h_get_16 (input_bfd, sym->e_desc),
+		    outsym->e_desc);
+      copy = false;
+      if (! finfo->info->keep_memory)
+	{
+	  /* name points into a string table which we are going to
+	     free.  If there is a hash table entry, use that string.
+	     Otherwise, copy name into memory.  */
+	  if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    name = h->root.root.string;
+	  else
+	    copy = true;
+	}
+      strtab_index = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab,
+				       name, copy);
+      if (strtab_index == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	return false;
+      PUT_WORD (output_bfd, strtab_index, outsym->e_strx);
+      PUT_WORD (output_bfd, val, outsym->e_value);
+      *symbol_map = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+      ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+      ++outsym;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the output symbols we have just constructed.  */
+  if (outsym > finfo->output_syms)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type outsym_count;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, finfo->symoff, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+      outsym_count = outsym - finfo->output_syms;
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->output_syms,
+		     (bfd_size_type) EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE,
+		     (bfd_size_type) outsym_count, output_bfd)
+	  != outsym_count * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE)
+	return false;
+      finfo->symoff += outsym_count * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a symbol that was not associated with an a.out input
+   object.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, data)
+     struct aout_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct aout_final_link_info *finfo = (struct aout_final_link_info *) data;
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  int type;
+  bfd_vma val;
+  struct external_nlist outsym;
+  bfd_size_type indx;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+
+  if (aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->write_dynamic_symbol != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ((*aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->write_dynamic_symbol)
+	     (output_bfd, finfo->info, h)))
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: No way to handle errors.  */
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (h->written)
+    return true;
+
+  h->written = true;
+
+  /* An indx of -2 means the symbol must be written.  */
+  if (h->indx != -2
+      && (finfo->info->strip == strip_all
+	  || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	      && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, h->root.root.string,
+				  false, false) == NULL)))
+    return true;
+
+  switch (h->root.type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      /* Avoid variable not initialized warnings.  */
+      return true;
+    case bfd_link_hash_new:
+      /* This can happen for set symbols when sets are not being
+         built.  */
+      return true;
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+      type = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
+      val = 0;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      {
+	asection *sec;
+
+	sec = h->root.u.def.section->output_section;
+	BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
+		    || sec->owner == output_bfd);
+	if (sec == obj_textsec (output_bfd))
+	  type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_TEXT : N_WEAKT;
+	else if (sec == obj_datasec (output_bfd))
+	  type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_DATA : N_WEAKD;
+	else if (sec == obj_bsssec (output_bfd))
+	  type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_BSS : N_WEAKB;
+	else
+	  type = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined ? N_ABS : N_WEAKA;
+	type |= N_EXT;
+	val = (h->root.u.def.value
+	       + sec->vma
+	       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+      }
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      type = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
+      val = h->root.u.c.size;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      type = N_WEAKU;
+      val = 0;
+    case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+    case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+      /* FIXME: Ignore these for now.  The circumstances under which
+	 they should be written out are not clear to me.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, type, outsym.e_type);
+  bfd_h_put_8 (output_bfd, 0, outsym.e_other);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (output_bfd, 0, outsym.e_desc);
+  indx = add_to_stringtab (output_bfd, finfo->strtab, h->root.root.string,
+			   false);
+  if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: No way to handle errors.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+  PUT_WORD (output_bfd, indx, outsym.e_strx);
+  PUT_WORD (output_bfd, val, outsym.e_value);
+
+  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, finfo->symoff, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_write ((PTR) &outsym, (bfd_size_type) EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE,
+		    (bfd_size_type) 1, output_bfd) != EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: No way to handle errors.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  finfo->symoff += EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;
+  h->indx = obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+  ++obj_aout_external_sym_count (output_bfd);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Link an a.out section into the output file.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_input_section (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, reloff_ptr,
+			 rel_size)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     file_ptr *reloff_ptr;
+     bfd_size_type rel_size;
+{
+  bfd_size_type input_size;
+  PTR relocs;
+
+  /* Get the section contents.  */
+  input_size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
+				  (PTR) finfo->contents,
+				  (file_ptr) 0, input_size))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Read in the relocs if we haven't already done it.  */
+  if (aout_section_data (input_section) != NULL
+      && aout_section_data (input_section)->relocs != NULL)
+    relocs = aout_section_data (input_section)->relocs;
+  else
+    {
+      relocs = finfo->relocs;
+      if (rel_size > 0)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, input_section->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_read (relocs, 1, rel_size, input_bfd) != rel_size)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Relocate the section contents.  */
+  if (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE)
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section,
+					 (struct reloc_std_external *) relocs,
+					 rel_size, finfo->contents))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section,
+					 (struct reloc_ext_external *) relocs,
+					 rel_size, finfo->contents))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the section contents.  */
+  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (finfo->output_bfd,
+				  input_section->output_section,
+				  (PTR) finfo->contents,
+				  input_section->output_offset,
+				  input_size))
+    return false;
+
+  /* If we are producing relocateable output, the relocs were
+     modified, and we now write them out.  */
+  if (finfo->info->relocateable && rel_size > 0)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+      if (bfd_write (relocs, (bfd_size_type) 1, rel_size, finfo->output_bfd)
+	  != rel_size)
+	return false;
+      *reloff_ptr += rel_size;
+
+      /* Assert that the relocs have not run into the symbols, and
+	 that if these are the text relocs they have not run into the
+	 data relocs.  */
+      BFD_ASSERT (*reloff_ptr <= obj_sym_filepos (finfo->output_bfd)
+		  && (reloff_ptr != &finfo->treloff
+		      || (*reloff_ptr
+			  <= obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd)->rel_filepos)));
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get the section corresponding to a reloc index.  */
+
+static INLINE asection *
+aout_reloc_index_to_section (abfd, indx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int indx;
+{
+  switch (indx & N_TYPE)
+    {
+    case N_TEXT:
+      return obj_textsec (abfd);
+    case N_DATA:
+      return obj_datasec (abfd);
+    case N_BSS:
+      return obj_bsssec (abfd);
+    case N_ABS:
+    case N_UNDF:
+      return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Relocate an a.out section using standard a.out relocs.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_input_section_std (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
+			     rel_size, contents)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     struct reloc_std_external *relocs;
+     bfd_size_type rel_size;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  boolean (*check_dynamic_reloc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					  bfd *, asection *,
+					  struct aout_link_hash_entry *,
+					  PTR, bfd_byte *, boolean *,
+					  bfd_vma *));
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  boolean relocateable;
+  struct external_nlist *syms;
+  char *strings;
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  int *symbol_map;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_count;
+  register struct reloc_std_external *rel;
+  struct reloc_std_external *rel_end;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+  check_dynamic_reloc = aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->check_dynamic_reloc;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE);
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
+	      == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder);
+
+  relocateable = finfo->info->relocateable;
+  syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
+  strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
+  sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+  symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map;
+
+  reloc_count = rel_size / RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+  rel = relocs;
+  rel_end = rel + reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < rel_end; rel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma r_addr;
+      int r_index;
+      int r_extern;
+      int r_pcrel;
+      int r_baserel = 0;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      struct aout_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+      bfd_vma relocation;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+      r_addr = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_address);
+
+#ifdef MY_reloc_howto
+      howto = MY_reloc_howto(input_bfd, rel, r_index, r_extern, r_pcrel);
+#else      
+      {
+	int r_jmptable;
+	int r_relative;
+	int r_length;
+	unsigned int howto_idx;
+
+	if (bfd_header_big_endian (input_bfd))
+	  {
+	    r_index   =  ((rel->r_index[0] << 16)
+			  | (rel->r_index[1] << 8)
+			  | rel->r_index[2]);
+	    r_extern  = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG));
+	    r_pcrel   = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG));
+	    r_baserel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG));
+	    r_jmptable= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG));
+	    r_relative= (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG));
+	    r_length  = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG)
+			 >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    r_index   = ((rel->r_index[2] << 16)
+			 | (rel->r_index[1] << 8)
+			 | rel->r_index[0]);
+	    r_extern  = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE));
+	    r_pcrel   = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE));
+	    r_baserel = (0 != (rel->r_type[0]
+			       & RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE));
+	    r_jmptable= (0 != (rel->r_type[0]
+			       & RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE));
+	    r_relative= (0 != (rel->r_type[0]
+			       & RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE));
+	    r_length  = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE)
+			 >> RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE);
+	  }
+
+	howto_idx = (r_length + 4 * r_pcrel + 8 * r_baserel
+		     + 16 * r_jmptable + 32 * r_relative);
+	BFD_ASSERT (howto_idx < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_std));
+	howto = howto_table_std + howto_idx;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if (relocateable)
+	{
+	  /* We are generating a relocateable output file, and must
+	     modify the reloc accordingly.  */
+	  if (r_extern)
+	    {
+	      /* If we know the symbol this relocation is against,
+		 convert it into a relocation against a section.  This
+		 is what the native linker does.  */
+	      h = sym_hashes[r_index];
+	      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		{
+		  asection *output_section;
+
+		  /* Change the r_extern value.  */
+		  if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd))
+		    rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG;
+		  else
+		    rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE;
+
+		  /* Compute a new r_index.  */
+		  output_section = h->root.u.def.section->output_section;
+		  if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_TEXT;
+		  else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_DATA;
+		  else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_BSS;
+		  else
+		    r_index = N_ABS;
+
+		  /* Add the symbol value and the section VMA to the
+		     addend stored in the contents.  */
+		  relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+				+ output_section->vma
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We must change r_index according to the symbol
+		     map.  */
+		  r_index = symbol_map[r_index];
+
+		  if (r_index == -1)
+		    {
+		      if (h != NULL)
+			{
+			  /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it
+                             turns out that we can't.  Note that we
+                             lose the other and desc information here.
+                             I don't think that will ever matter for a
+                             global symbol.  */
+			  if (h->indx < 0)
+			    {
+			      h->indx = -2;
+			      h->written = false;
+			      if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h,
+								  (PTR) finfo))
+				return false;
+			    }
+			  r_index = h->indx;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  const char *name;
+
+			  name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd,
+						     syms[r_index].e_strx);
+			  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+				 (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section,
+				  r_addr)))
+			    return false;
+			  r_index = 0;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+
+	      /* Write out the new r_index value.  */
+	      if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd))
+		{
+		  rel->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+		  rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+		  rel->r_index[2] = r_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  rel->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+		  rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+		  rel->r_index[0] = r_index;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      asection *section;
+
+	      /* This is a relocation against a section.  We must
+		 adjust by the amount that the section moved.  */
+	      section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+	      relocation = (section->output_section->vma
+			    + section->output_offset
+			    - section->vma);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Change the address of the relocation.  */
+	  PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
+		    r_addr + input_section->output_offset,
+		    rel->r_address);
+
+	  /* Adjust a PC relative relocation by removing the reference
+	     to the original address in the section and including the
+	     reference to the new address.  */
+	  if (r_pcrel)
+	    relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+			   + input_section->output_offset
+			   - input_section->vma);
+
+#ifdef MY_relocatable_reloc
+	  MY_relocatable_reloc (howto, output_bfd, rel, relocation, r_addr);
+#endif
+
+	  if (relocation == 0)
+	    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
+	  else
+	    r = MY_relocate_contents (howto,
+					input_bfd, relocation,
+					contents + r_addr);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  boolean hundef;
+
+	  /* We are generating an executable, and must do a full
+	     relocation.  */
+	  hundef = false;
+	  if (r_extern)
+	    {
+	      h = sym_hashes[r_index];
+
+	      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		{
+		  relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+		}
+	      else if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+		relocation = 0;
+	      else
+		{
+		  hundef = true;
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      asection *section;
+
+	      section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+	      relocation = (section->output_section->vma
+			    + section->output_offset
+			    - section->vma);
+	      if (r_pcrel)
+		relocation += input_section->vma;
+	    }
+
+	  if (check_dynamic_reloc != NULL)
+	    {
+	      boolean skip;
+
+	      if (! ((*check_dynamic_reloc)
+		     (finfo->info, input_bfd, input_section, h,
+		      (PTR) rel, contents, &skip, &relocation)))
+		return false;
+	      if (skip)
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Now warn if a global symbol is undefined.  We could not
+             do this earlier, because check_dynamic_reloc might want
+             to skip this reloc.  */
+	  if (hundef && ! finfo->info->shared && ! r_baserel)
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+
+	      if (h != NULL)
+		name = h->root.root.string;
+	      else
+		name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, syms[r_index].e_strx);
+	      if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  r = MY_final_link_relocate (howto,
+				      input_bfd, input_section,
+				      contents, r_addr, relocation,
+				      (bfd_vma) 0);
+	}
+
+      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	{
+	  switch (r)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	      abort ();
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      {
+		const char *name;
+
+		if (h != NULL)
+		  name = h->root.root.string;
+		else if (r_extern)
+		  name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd,
+					     syms[r_index].e_strx);
+		else
+		  {
+		    asection *s;
+
+		    s = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, s);
+		  }
+		if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		       (finfo->info, name, howto->name,
+			(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr)))
+		  return false;
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Relocate an a.out section using extended a.out relocs.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_input_section_ext (finfo, input_bfd, input_section, relocs,
+			     rel_size, contents)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     struct reloc_ext_external *relocs;
+     bfd_size_type rel_size;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  boolean (*check_dynamic_reloc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					  bfd *, asection *,
+					  struct aout_link_hash_entry *,
+					  PTR, bfd_byte *, boolean *,
+					  bfd_vma *));
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  boolean relocateable;
+  struct external_nlist *syms;
+  char *strings;
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  int *symbol_map;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_count;
+  register struct reloc_ext_external *rel;
+  struct reloc_ext_external *rel_end;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+  check_dynamic_reloc = aout_backend_info (output_bfd)->check_dynamic_reloc;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (obj_reloc_entry_size (input_bfd) == RELOC_EXT_SIZE);
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
+	      == output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder);
+
+  relocateable = finfo->info->relocateable;
+  syms = obj_aout_external_syms (input_bfd);
+  strings = obj_aout_external_strings (input_bfd);
+  sym_hashes = obj_aout_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+  symbol_map = finfo->symbol_map;
+
+  reloc_count = rel_size / RELOC_EXT_SIZE;
+  rel = relocs;
+  rel_end = rel + reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < rel_end; rel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma r_addr;
+      int r_index;
+      int r_extern;
+      unsigned int r_type;
+      bfd_vma r_addend;
+      struct aout_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+      asection *r_section = NULL;
+      bfd_vma relocation;
+
+      r_addr = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_address);
+
+      if (bfd_header_big_endian (input_bfd))
+	{
+	  r_index  = ((rel->r_index[0] << 16)
+		      | (rel->r_index[1] << 8)
+		      | rel->r_index[2]);
+	  r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG));
+	  r_type   = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG)
+		      >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  r_index  = ((rel->r_index[2] << 16)
+		      | (rel->r_index[1] << 8)
+		      | rel->r_index[0]);
+	  r_extern = (0 != (rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE));
+	  r_type   = ((rel->r_type[0] & RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE)
+		      >> RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE);
+	}
+
+      r_addend = GET_SWORD (input_bfd, rel->r_addend);
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (r_type < TABLE_SIZE (howto_table_ext));
+
+      if (relocateable)
+	{
+	  /* We are generating a relocateable output file, and must
+	     modify the reloc accordingly.  */
+	  if (r_extern
+	      || r_type == RELOC_BASE10
+	      || r_type == RELOC_BASE13
+	      || r_type == RELOC_BASE22)
+	    {
+	      /* If we know the symbol this relocation is against,
+		 convert it into a relocation against a section.  This
+		 is what the native linker does.  */
+	      if (r_type == RELOC_BASE10
+		  || r_type == RELOC_BASE13
+		  || r_type == RELOC_BASE22)
+		h = NULL;
+	      else
+		h = sym_hashes[r_index];
+	      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		{
+		  asection *output_section;
+
+		  /* Change the r_extern value.  */
+		  if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd))
+		    rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG;
+		  else
+		    rel->r_type[0] &=~ RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE;
+
+		  /* Compute a new r_index.  */
+		  output_section = h->root.u.def.section->output_section;
+		  if (output_section == obj_textsec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_TEXT;
+		  else if (output_section == obj_datasec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_DATA;
+		  else if (output_section == obj_bsssec (output_bfd))
+		    r_index = N_BSS;
+		  else
+		    r_index = N_ABS;
+
+		  /* Add the symbol value and the section VMA to the
+		     addend.  */
+		  relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+				+ output_section->vma
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+
+		  /* Now RELOCATION is the VMA of the final
+		     destination.  If this is a PC relative reloc,
+		     then ADDEND is the negative of the source VMA.
+		     We want to set ADDEND to the difference between
+		     the destination VMA and the source VMA, which
+		     means we must adjust RELOCATION by the change in
+		     the source VMA.  This is done below.  */
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We must change r_index according to the symbol
+		     map.  */
+		  r_index = symbol_map[r_index];
+
+		  if (r_index == -1)
+		    {
+		      if (h != NULL)
+			{
+			  /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it
+                             turns out that we can't.  Note that we
+                             lose the other and desc information here.
+                             I don't think that will ever matter for a
+                             global symbol.  */
+			  if (h->indx < 0)
+			    {
+			      h->indx = -2;
+			      h->written = false;
+			      if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h,
+								  (PTR) finfo))
+				return false;
+			    }
+			  r_index = h->indx;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  const char *name;
+
+			  name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd,
+						     syms[r_index].e_strx);
+			  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+				 (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section,
+				  r_addr)))
+			    return false;
+			  r_index = 0;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  relocation = 0;
+
+		  /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then the addend
+		     is the negative of the source VMA.  We must
+		     adjust it by the change in the source VMA.  This
+		     is done below.  */
+		}
+
+	      /* Write out the new r_index value.  */
+	      if (bfd_header_big_endian (output_bfd))
+		{
+		  rel->r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+		  rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+		  rel->r_index[2] = r_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  rel->r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+		  rel->r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+		  rel->r_index[0] = r_index;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* This is a relocation against a section.  We must
+		 adjust by the amount that the section moved.  */
+	      r_section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+	      relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma
+			    + r_section->output_offset
+			    - r_section->vma);
+
+	      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then the addend is
+		 the difference in VMA between the destination and the
+		 source.  We have just adjusted for the change in VMA
+		 of the destination, so we must also adjust by the
+		 change in VMA of the source.  This is done below.  */
+	    }
+
+	  /* As described above, we must always adjust a PC relative
+	     reloc by the change in VMA of the source.  However, if
+	     pcrel_offset is set, then the addend does not include the
+	     location within the section, in which case we don't need
+	     to adjust anything.  */
+	  if (howto_table_ext[r_type].pc_relative
+	      && ! howto_table_ext[r_type].pcrel_offset)
+	    relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+			   + input_section->output_offset
+			   - input_section->vma);
+
+	  /* Change the addend if necessary.  */
+	  if (relocation != 0)
+	    PUT_WORD (output_bfd, r_addend + relocation, rel->r_addend);
+
+	  /* Change the address of the relocation.  */
+	  PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
+		    r_addr + input_section->output_offset,
+		    rel->r_address);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  boolean hundef;
+	  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+	  /* We are generating an executable, and must do a full
+	     relocation.  */
+	  hundef = false;
+	  if (r_extern)
+	    {
+	      h = sym_hashes[r_index];
+
+	      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		{
+		  relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+		}
+	      else if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+		       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+		relocation = 0;
+	      else
+		{
+		  hundef = true;
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (r_type == RELOC_BASE10
+		   || r_type == RELOC_BASE13
+		   || r_type == RELOC_BASE22)
+	    {
+	      struct external_nlist *sym;
+	      int type;
+
+	      /* For base relative relocs, r_index is always an index
+                 into the symbol table, even if r_extern is 0.  */
+	      sym = syms + r_index;
+	      type = bfd_h_get_8 (input_bfd, sym->e_type);
+	      if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_TEXT
+		  || type == N_WEAKT)
+		r_section = obj_textsec (input_bfd);
+	      else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_DATA
+		       || type == N_WEAKD)
+		r_section = obj_datasec (input_bfd);
+	      else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_BSS
+		       || type == N_WEAKB)
+		r_section = obj_bsssec (input_bfd);
+	      else if ((type & N_TYPE) == N_ABS
+		       || type == N_WEAKA)
+		r_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	      else
+		abort ();
+	      relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma
+			    + r_section->output_offset
+			    + (GET_WORD (input_bfd, sym->e_value)
+			       - r_section->vma));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      r_section = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+
+	      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, then R_ADDEND is the
+		 difference between the two vmas, or
+		   old_dest_sec + old_dest_off - (old_src_sec + old_src_off)
+		 where
+		   old_dest_sec == section->vma
+		 and
+		   old_src_sec == input_section->vma
+		 and
+		   old_src_off == r_addr
+
+		 _bfd_final_link_relocate expects RELOCATION +
+		 R_ADDEND to be the VMA of the destination minus
+		 r_addr (the minus r_addr is because this relocation
+		 is not pcrel_offset, which is a bit confusing and
+		 should, perhaps, be changed), or
+		   new_dest_sec
+		 where
+		   new_dest_sec == output_section->vma + output_offset
+		 We arrange for this to happen by setting RELOCATION to
+		   new_dest_sec + old_src_sec - old_dest_sec
+
+		 If this is not a PC relative reloc, then R_ADDEND is
+		 simply the VMA of the destination, so we set
+		 RELOCATION to the change in the destination VMA, or
+		   new_dest_sec - old_dest_sec
+		 */
+	      relocation = (r_section->output_section->vma
+			    + r_section->output_offset
+			    - r_section->vma);
+	      if (howto_table_ext[r_type].pc_relative)
+		relocation += input_section->vma;
+	    }
+
+	  if (check_dynamic_reloc != NULL)
+	    {
+	      boolean skip;
+
+	      if (! ((*check_dynamic_reloc)
+		     (finfo->info, input_bfd, input_section, h,
+		      (PTR) rel, contents, &skip, &relocation)))
+		return false;
+	      if (skip)
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Now warn if a global symbol is undefined.  We could not
+             do this earlier, because check_dynamic_reloc might want
+             to skip this reloc.  */
+	  if (hundef
+	      && ! finfo->info->shared
+	      && r_type != RELOC_BASE10
+	      && r_type != RELOC_BASE13
+	      && r_type != RELOC_BASE22)
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+
+	      if (h != NULL)
+		name = h->root.root.string;
+	      else
+		name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd, syms[r_index].e_strx);
+	      if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  r = MY_final_link_relocate (howto_table_ext + r_type,
+				      input_bfd, input_section,
+				      contents, r_addr, relocation,
+				      r_addend);
+	  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	    {
+	      switch (r)
+		{
+		default:
+		case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+		  abort ();
+		case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+		  {
+		    const char *name;
+
+		    if (h != NULL)
+		      name = h->root.root.string;
+		    else if (r_extern
+			     || r_type == RELOC_BASE10
+			     || r_type == RELOC_BASE13
+			     || r_type == RELOC_BASE22)
+		      name = strings + GET_WORD (input_bfd,
+						 syms[r_index].e_strx);
+		    else
+		      {
+			asection *s;
+
+			s = aout_reloc_index_to_section (input_bfd, r_index);
+			name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, s);
+		      }
+		    if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+			   (finfo->info, name, howto_table_ext[r_type].name,
+			    r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, r_addr)))
+		      return false;
+		  }
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a link order which is supposed to generate a reloc.  */
+
+static boolean
+aout_link_reloc_link_order (finfo, o, p)
+     struct aout_final_link_info *finfo;
+     asection *o;
+     struct bfd_link_order *p;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_order_reloc *pr;
+  int r_index;
+  int r_extern;
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+  file_ptr *reloff_ptr;
+  struct reloc_std_external srel;
+  struct reloc_ext_external erel;
+  PTR rel_ptr;
+
+  pr = p->u.reloc.p;
+
+  if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+    {
+      r_extern = 0;
+      if (bfd_is_abs_section (pr->u.section))
+	r_index = N_ABS | N_EXT;
+      else
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (pr->u.section->owner == finfo->output_bfd);
+	  r_index = pr->u.section->target_index;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct aout_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order);
+      r_extern = 1;
+      h = ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info,
+					 pr->u.name, false, false, true));
+      if (h != (struct aout_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  && h->indx >= 0)
+	r_index = h->indx;
+      else if (h != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We decided to strip this symbol, but it turns out that we
+	     can't.  Note that we lose the other and desc information
+	     here.  I don't think that will ever matter for a global
+	     symbol.  */
+	  h->indx = -2;
+	  h->written = false;
+	  if (! aout_link_write_other_symbol (h, (PTR) finfo))
+	    return false;
+	  r_index = h->indx;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+		 (finfo->info, pr->u.name, (bfd *) NULL,
+		  (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  r_index = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (finfo->output_bfd, pr->reloc);
+  if (howto == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (o == obj_textsec (finfo->output_bfd))
+    reloff_ptr = &finfo->treloff;
+  else if (o == obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd))
+    reloff_ptr = &finfo->dreloff;
+  else
+    abort ();
+
+  if (obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd) == RELOC_STD_SIZE)
+    {
+#ifdef MY_put_reloc
+      MY_put_reloc(finfo->output_bfd, r_extern, r_index, p->offset, howto,
+		   &srel);
+#else
+      {
+	int r_pcrel;
+	int r_baserel;
+	int r_jmptable;
+	int r_relative;
+	int r_length;
+
+	r_pcrel = howto->pc_relative;
+	r_baserel = (howto->type & 8) != 0;
+	r_jmptable = (howto->type & 16) != 0;
+	r_relative = (howto->type & 32) != 0;
+	r_length = howto->size;
+
+	PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, p->offset, srel.r_address);
+	if (bfd_header_big_endian (finfo->output_bfd))
+	  {
+	    srel.r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+	    srel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+	    srel.r_index[2] = r_index;
+	    srel.r_type[0] =
+	      ((r_extern ?     RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0)
+	       | (r_pcrel ?    RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG : 0)
+	       | (r_baserel ?  RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG : 0)
+	       | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG : 0)
+	       | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG : 0)
+	       | (r_length <<  RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG));
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    srel.r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+	    srel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+	    srel.r_index[0] = r_index;
+	    srel.r_type[0] =
+	      ((r_extern ?     RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0)
+	       | (r_pcrel ?    RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE : 0)
+	       | (r_baserel ?  RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE : 0)
+	       | (r_jmptable ? RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE : 0)
+	       | (r_relative ? RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE : 0)
+	       | (r_length <<  RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE));
+	  }
+      }
+#endif
+      rel_ptr = (PTR) &srel;
+
+      /* We have to write the addend into the object file, since
+	 standard a.out relocs are in place.  It would be more
+	 reliable if we had the current contents of the file here,
+	 rather than assuming zeroes, but we can't read the file since
+	 it was opened using bfd_openw.  */
+      if (pr->addend != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type size;
+	  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+	  bfd_byte *buf;
+	  boolean ok;
+
+	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
+	  buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+	  if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  r = MY_relocate_contents (howto, finfo->output_bfd,
+				      pr->addend, buf);
+	  switch (r)
+	    {
+	    case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	      abort ();
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		     (finfo->info,
+		      (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		       ? bfd_section_name (finfo->output_bfd,
+					   pr->u.section)
+		       : pr->u.name),
+		      howto->name, pr->addend, (bfd *) NULL,
+		      (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+		{
+		  free (buf);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  ok = bfd_set_section_contents (finfo->output_bfd, o,
+					 (PTR) buf,
+					 (file_ptr) p->offset,
+					 size);
+	  free (buf);
+	  if (! ok)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, p->offset, erel.r_address);
+
+      if (bfd_header_big_endian (finfo->output_bfd))
+	{
+	  erel.r_index[0] = r_index >> 16;
+	  erel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+	  erel.r_index[2] = r_index;
+	  erel.r_type[0] =
+	    ((r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG : 0)
+	     | (howto->type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  erel.r_index[2] = r_index >> 16;
+	  erel.r_index[1] = r_index >> 8;
+	  erel.r_index[0] = r_index;
+	  erel.r_type[0] =
+	    (r_extern ? RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0)
+	      | (howto->type << RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE);
+	}
+
+      PUT_WORD (finfo->output_bfd, pr->addend, erel.r_addend);
+
+      rel_ptr = (PTR) &erel;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, *reloff_ptr, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_write (rel_ptr, (bfd_size_type) 1,
+		     obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd),
+		     finfo->output_bfd)
+	  != obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd)))
+    return false;
+
+  *reloff_ptr += obj_reloc_entry_size (finfo->output_bfd);
+
+  /* Assert that the relocs have not run into the symbols, and that n
+     the text relocs have not run into the data relocs.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (*reloff_ptr <= obj_sym_filepos (finfo->output_bfd)
+	      && (reloff_ptr != &finfo->treloff
+		  || (*reloff_ptr
+		      <= obj_datasec (finfo->output_bfd)->rel_filepos)));
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/archive.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/archive.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c81dbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/archive.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2104 @@
+/* BFD back-end for archive files (libraries).
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.  Mostly Gumby Henkel-Wallace's fault.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+@setfilename archive-info
+SECTION
+	Archives
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	An archive (or library) is just another BFD.  It has a symbol
+	table, although there's not much a user program will do with it.
+
+	The big difference between an archive BFD and an ordinary BFD
+	is that the archive doesn't have sections.  Instead it has a
+	chain of BFDs that are considered its contents.  These BFDs can
+	be manipulated like any other.  The BFDs contained in an
+	archive opened for reading will all be opened for reading.  You
+	may put either input or output BFDs into an archive opened for
+	output; they will be handled correctly when the archive is closed.
+
+	Use <<bfd_openr_next_archived_file>> to step through
+	the contents of an archive opened for input.  You don't
+	have to read the entire archive if you don't want
+	to!  Read it until you find what you want.
+
+	Archive contents of output BFDs are chained through the
+	<<next>> pointer in a BFD.  The first one is findable through
+	the <<archive_head>> slot of the archive.  Set it with
+	<<bfd_set_archive_head>> (q.v.).  A given BFD may be in only one
+	open output archive at a time.
+
+	As expected, the BFD archive code is more general than the
+	archive code of any given environment.  BFD archives may
+	contain files of different formats (e.g., a.out and coff) and
+	even different architectures.  You may even place archives
+	recursively into archives!
+
+	This can cause unexpected confusion, since some archive
+	formats are more expressive than others.  For instance, Intel
+	COFF archives can preserve long filenames; SunOS a.out archives
+	cannot.  If you move a file from the first to the second
+	format and back again, the filename may be truncated.
+	Likewise, different a.out environments have different
+	conventions as to how they truncate filenames, whether they
+	preserve directory names in filenames, etc.  When
+	interoperating with native tools, be sure your files are
+	homogeneous.
+
+	Beware: most of these formats do not react well to the
+	presence of spaces in filenames.  We do the best we can, but
+	can't always handle this case due to restrictions in the format of
+	archives.  Many Unix utilities are braindead in regards to
+	spaces and such in filenames anyway, so this shouldn't be much
+	of a restriction.
+
+	Archives are supported in BFD in <<archive.c>>.
+
+*/
+
+/* Assumes:
+   o - all archive elements start on an even boundary, newline padded;
+   o - all arch headers are char *;
+   o - all arch headers are the same size (across architectures).
+*/
+
+/* Some formats provide a way to cram a long filename into the short
+   (16 chars) space provided by a BSD archive.  The trick is: make a
+   special "file" in the front of the archive, sort of like the SYMDEF
+   entry.  If the filename is too long to fit, put it in the extended
+   name table, and use its index as the filename.  To prevent
+   confusion prepend the index with a space.  This means you can't
+   have filenames that start with a space, but then again, many Unix
+   utilities can't handle that anyway.
+
+   This scheme unfortunately requires that you stand on your head in
+   order to write an archive since you need to put a magic file at the
+   front, and need to touch every entry to do so.  C'est la vie.
+
+   We support two variants of this idea:
+   The SVR4 format (extended name table is named "//"),
+   and an extended pseudo-BSD variant (extended name table is named
+   "ARFILENAMES/").  The origin of the latter format is uncertain.
+
+   BSD 4.4 uses a third scheme:  It writes a long filename
+   directly after the header.  This allows 'ar q' to work.
+   We currently can read BSD 4.4 archives, but not write them.
+*/
+
+/* Summary of archive member names:
+
+ Symbol table (must be first):
+ "__.SYMDEF       " - Symbol table, Berkeley style, produced by ranlib.
+ "/               " - Symbol table, system 5 style.
+
+ Long name table (must be before regular file members):
+ "//              " - Long name table, System 5 R4 style.
+ "ARFILENAMES/    " - Long name table, non-standard extended BSD (not BSD 4.4).
+
+ Regular file members with short names:
+ "filename.o/     " - Regular file, System 5 style (embedded spaces ok).
+ "filename.o      " - Regular file, Berkeley style (no embedded spaces).
+
+ Regular files with long names (or embedded spaces, for BSD variants):
+ "/18             " - SVR4 style, name at offset 18 in name table.
+ "#1/23           " - Long name (or embedded paces) 23 characters long,
+		      BSD 4.4 style, full name follows header.
+		      Implemented for reading, not writing.
+ " 18             " - Long name 18 characters long, extended pseudo-BSD.
+ */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "aout/ranlib.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>		/* For memchr, strrchr and friends */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GNU960
+#define BFD_GNU960_ARMAG(abfd)	(BFD_COFF_FILE_P((abfd)) ? ARMAG : ARMAGB)
+#endif
+
+/* Define offsetof for those systems which lack it */
+
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((unsigned long) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
+#endif
+
+/* We keep a cache of archive filepointers to archive elements to
+   speed up searching the archive by filepos.  We only add an entry to
+   the cache when we actually read one.  We also don't sort the cache;
+   it's generally short enough to search linearly.
+   Note that the pointers here point to the front of the ar_hdr, not
+   to the front of the contents!
+*/
+struct ar_cache
+{
+  file_ptr ptr;
+  bfd *arelt;
+  struct ar_cache *next;
+};
+
+#define ar_padchar(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->ar_pad_char)
+#define ar_maxnamelen(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->ar_max_namelen)
+
+#define arch_eltdata(bfd) ((struct areltdata *)((bfd)->arelt_data))
+#define arch_hdr(bfd) ((struct ar_hdr *)arch_eltdata(bfd)->arch_header)
+
+static char *get_extended_arelt_filename PARAMS ((bfd *arch,
+						  const char *name));
+static boolean do_slurp_bsd_armap PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static boolean do_slurp_coff_armap PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static const char *normalize PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *file));
+static struct areltdata *bfd_ar_hdr_from_filesystem PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+							     const char *));
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_mkarchive (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = ((struct artdata *)
+			      bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct artdata)));
+
+  if (bfd_ardata (abfd) == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->cache = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->archive_head = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_next_mapent
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	symindex bfd_get_next_mapent(bfd *abfd, symindex previous, carsym **sym);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Step through archive @var{abfd}'s symbol table (if it
+	has one).  Successively update @var{sym} with the next symbol's
+	information, returning that symbol's (internal) index into the
+	symbol table.
+
+	Supply <<BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS>> as the @var{previous} entry to get
+	the first one; returns <<BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS>> when you've already
+	got the last one.
+
+	A <<carsym>> is a canonical archive symbol.  The only
+	user-visible element is its name, a null-terminated string.
+*/
+
+symindex
+bfd_get_next_mapent (abfd, prev, entry)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     symindex prev;
+     carsym **entry;
+{
+  if (!bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS;
+    }
+
+  if (prev == BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS)
+    prev = 0;
+  else
+    ++prev;
+  if (prev >= bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count)
+    return BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS;
+
+  *entry = (bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs + prev);
+  return prev;
+}
+
+/* To be called by backends only */
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_create_empty_archive_element_shell (obfd)
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  return _bfd_new_bfd_contained_in (obfd);
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_archive_head
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_archive_head(bfd *output, bfd *new_head);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the head of the chain of
+	BFDs contained in the archive @var{output} to @var{new_head}.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_archive_head (output_archive, new_head)
+     bfd *output_archive;
+     bfd *new_head;
+{
+
+  output_archive->archive_head = new_head;
+  return true;
+}
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_look_for_bfd_in_cache (arch_bfd, filepos)
+     bfd *arch_bfd;
+     file_ptr filepos;
+{
+  struct ar_cache *current;
+
+  for (current = bfd_ardata (arch_bfd)->cache; current != NULL;
+       current = current->next)
+    if (current->ptr == filepos)
+      return current->arelt;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Kind of stupid to call cons for each one, but we don't do too many */
+boolean
+_bfd_add_bfd_to_archive_cache (arch_bfd, filepos, new_elt)
+     bfd *arch_bfd, *new_elt;
+     file_ptr filepos;
+{
+  struct ar_cache *new_cache = ((struct ar_cache *)
+				bfd_zalloc (arch_bfd,
+					    sizeof (struct ar_cache)));
+
+  if (new_cache == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  new_cache->ptr = filepos;
+  new_cache->arelt = new_elt;
+  new_cache->next = (struct ar_cache *) NULL;
+  if (bfd_ardata (arch_bfd)->cache == NULL)
+    bfd_ardata (arch_bfd)->cache = new_cache;
+  else
+    {
+      struct ar_cache *current = bfd_ardata (arch_bfd)->cache;
+
+      while (current->next != NULL)
+	current = current->next;
+      current->next = new_cache;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* The name begins with space.  Hence the rest of the name is an index into
+   the string table. */
+
+static char *
+get_extended_arelt_filename (arch, name)
+     bfd *arch;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  unsigned long index = 0;
+
+  /* Should extract string so that I can guarantee not to overflow into
+     the next region, but I'm too lazy. */
+  errno = 0;
+  /* Skip first char, which is '/' in SVR4 or ' ' in some other variants. */
+  index = strtol (name + 1, NULL, 10);
+  if (errno != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_ardata (arch)->extended_names + index;
+}
+
+/* This functions reads an arch header and returns an areltdata pointer, or
+   NULL on error.
+
+   Presumes the file pointer is already in the right place (ie pointing
+   to the ar_hdr in the file).   Moves the file pointer; on success it
+   should be pointing to the front of the file contents; on failure it
+   could have been moved arbitrarily.
+*/
+
+PTR
+_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag (abfd, (const char *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Alpha ECOFF uses an optional different ARFMAG value, so we have a
+   variant of _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr which accepts a magic string.  */
+
+PTR
+_bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag (abfd, mag)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *mag;
+{
+  struct ar_hdr hdr;
+  char *hdrp = (char *) &hdr;
+  unsigned int parsed_size;
+  struct areltdata *ared;
+  char *filename = NULL;
+  unsigned int namelen = 0;
+  unsigned int allocsize = sizeof (struct areltdata) + sizeof (struct ar_hdr);
+  char *allocptr = 0;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) hdrp, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), abfd)
+      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_more_archived_files);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  if (strncmp (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2) != 0
+      && (mag == NULL
+	  || strncmp (hdr.ar_fmag, mag, 2) != 0))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  errno = 0;
+  parsed_size = strtol (hdr.ar_size, NULL, 10);
+  if (errno != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Extract the filename from the archive - there are two ways to
+     specify an extendend name table, either the first char of the
+     name is a space, or it's a slash.  */
+  if ((hdr.ar_name[0] == '/'
+       || (hdr.ar_name[0] == ' '
+	   && memchr (hdr.ar_name, '/', ar_maxnamelen (abfd)) == NULL))
+      && bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names != NULL)
+    {
+      filename = get_extended_arelt_filename (abfd, hdr.ar_name);
+      if (filename == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  /* BSD4.4-style long filename.
+     Only implemented for reading, so far! */
+  else if (hdr.ar_name[0] == '#' && hdr.ar_name[1] == '1'
+	   && hdr.ar_name[2] == '/' && isdigit (hdr.ar_name[3]))
+    {
+      /* BSD-4.4 extended name */
+      namelen = atoi (&hdr.ar_name[3]);
+      allocsize += namelen + 1;
+      parsed_size -= namelen;
+
+      allocptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, allocsize);
+      if (allocptr == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      filename = (allocptr
+		  + sizeof (struct areltdata)
+		  + sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+      if (bfd_read (filename, 1, namelen, abfd) != namelen)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_more_archived_files);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      filename[namelen] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We judge the end of the name by looking for '/' or ' '.
+	 Note:  The SYSV format (terminated by '/') allows embedded
+	 spaces, so only look for ' ' if we don't find '/'. */
+
+      namelen = 0;
+      while (hdr.ar_name[namelen] != '\0' &&
+	     hdr.ar_name[namelen] != '/')
+	{
+	  namelen++;
+	  if (namelen == (unsigned) ar_maxnamelen (abfd))
+	    {
+	      namelen = 0;
+	      while (hdr.ar_name[namelen] != ' '
+		     && namelen < (unsigned) ar_maxnamelen (abfd))
+		namelen++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      allocsize += namelen + 1;
+    }
+
+  if (!allocptr)
+    {
+      allocptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, allocsize);
+      if (allocptr == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  ared = (struct areltdata *) allocptr;
+
+  ared->arch_header = allocptr + sizeof (struct areltdata);
+  memcpy ((char *) ared->arch_header, (char *) &hdr, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+  ared->parsed_size = parsed_size;
+
+  if (filename != NULL)
+    ared->filename = filename;
+  else
+    {
+      ared->filename = allocptr + (sizeof (struct areltdata) +
+				   sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+      if (namelen)
+	memcpy (ared->filename, hdr.ar_name, namelen);
+      ared->filename[namelen] = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (PTR) ared;
+}
+
+/* This is an internal function; it's mainly used when indexing
+   through the archive symbol table, but also used to get the next
+   element, since it handles the bookkeeping so nicely for us.  */
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (archive, filepos)
+     bfd *archive;
+     file_ptr filepos;
+{
+  struct areltdata *new_areldata;
+  bfd *n_nfd;
+
+  n_nfd = _bfd_look_for_bfd_in_cache (archive, filepos);
+  if (n_nfd)
+    return n_nfd;
+
+  if (0 > bfd_seek (archive, filepos, SEEK_SET))
+    return NULL;
+
+  if ((new_areldata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (archive)) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  n_nfd = _bfd_create_empty_archive_element_shell (archive);
+  if (n_nfd == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_release (archive, (PTR) new_areldata);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  n_nfd->origin = bfd_tell (archive);
+  n_nfd->arelt_data = (PTR) new_areldata;
+  n_nfd->filename = new_areldata->filename;
+
+  if (_bfd_add_bfd_to_archive_cache (archive, filepos, n_nfd))
+    return n_nfd;
+
+  /* huh? */
+  bfd_release (archive, (PTR) n_nfd);
+  bfd_release (archive, (PTR) new_areldata);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return the BFD which is referenced by the symbol in ABFD indexed by
+   INDEX.  INDEX should have been returned by bfd_get_next_mapent.  */
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index (abfd, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     symindex index;
+{
+  carsym *entry;
+
+  entry = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs + index;
+  return _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, entry->file_offset);
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_openr_next_archived_file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd *bfd_openr_next_archived_file(bfd *archive, bfd *previous);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Provided a BFD, @var{archive}, containing an archive and NULL, open
+	an input BFD on the first contained element and returns that.
+	Subsequent calls should pass
+	the archive and the previous return value to return a created
+	BFD to the next contained element. NULL is returned when there
+	are no more.
+
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openr_next_archived_file (archive, last_file)
+     bfd *archive;
+     bfd *last_file;
+{
+  if ((bfd_get_format (archive) != bfd_archive) ||
+      (archive->direction == write_direction))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return BFD_SEND (archive,
+		   openr_next_archived_file,
+		   (archive,
+		    last_file));
+}
+
+bfd *
+bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file (archive, last_file)
+     bfd *archive;
+     bfd *last_file;
+{
+  file_ptr filestart;
+
+  if (!last_file)
+    filestart = bfd_ardata (archive)->first_file_filepos;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int size = arelt_size (last_file);
+      /* Pad to an even boundary...
+	 Note that last_file->origin can be odd in the case of
+	 BSD-4.4-style element with a long odd size. */
+      filestart = last_file->origin + size;
+      filestart += filestart % 2;
+    }
+
+  return _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (archive, filestart);
+}
+
+
+const bfd_target *
+bfd_generic_archive_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct artdata *tdata_hold;
+  char armag[SARMAG + 1];
+
+  tdata_hold = abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) armag, 1, SARMAG, abfd) != SARMAG)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+#ifdef GNU960
+  if (strncmp (armag, BFD_GNU960_ARMAG (abfd), SARMAG) != 0)
+    return 0;
+#else
+  if (strncmp (armag, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0 &&
+      strncmp (armag, ARMAGB, SARMAG) != 0)
+    return 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* We are setting bfd_ardata(abfd) here, but since bfd_ardata
+     involves a cast, we can't do it as the left operand of assignment. */
+  abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = ((struct artdata *)
+			      bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct artdata)));
+
+  if (bfd_ardata (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos = SARMAG;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->cache = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->archive_head = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata = NULL;
+
+  if (!BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_slurp_armap, (abfd)))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd));
+      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (!BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table, (abfd)))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd));
+      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd *first;
+
+      /* This archive has a map, so we may presume that the contents
+	 are object files.  Make sure that if the first file in the
+	 archive can be recognized as an object file, it is for this
+	 target.  If not, assume that this is the wrong format.  If
+	 the first file is not an object file, somebody is doing
+	 something weird, and we permit it so that ar -t will work.
+
+	 This is done because any normal format will recognize any
+	 normal archive, regardless of the format of the object files.
+	 We do accept an empty archive.  */
+
+      first = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL);
+      if (first != NULL)
+	{
+	  boolean fail;
+
+	  first->target_defaulted = false;
+	  fail = false;
+	  if (bfd_check_format (first, bfd_object)
+	      && first->xvec != abfd->xvec)
+	    {
+	      (void) bfd_close (first);
+	      bfd_release (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd));
+	      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We ought to close first here, but we can't, because we
+             have no way to remove it from the archive cache.  FIXME.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* Some constants for a 32 bit BSD archive structure.  We do not
+   support 64 bit archives presently; so far as I know, none actually
+   exist.  Supporting them would require changing these constants, and
+   changing some bfd_h_get_32 to bfd_h_get_64.  */
+
+/* The size of an external symdef structure.  */
+#define BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE 8
+
+/* The offset from the start of a symdef structure to the file offset.  */
+#define BSD_SYMDEF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
+
+/* The size of the symdef count.  */
+#define BSD_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE 4
+
+/* The size of the string count.  */
+#define BSD_STRING_COUNT_SIZE 4
+
+/* Returns false on error, true otherwise */
+
+static boolean
+do_slurp_bsd_armap (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct areltdata *mapdata;
+  unsigned int counter;
+  bfd_byte *raw_armap, *rbase;
+  struct artdata *ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
+  char *stringbase;
+  unsigned int parsed_size;
+  carsym *set;
+
+  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+  if (mapdata == NULL)
+    return false;
+  parsed_size = mapdata->parsed_size;
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);	/* Don't need it any more. */
+
+  raw_armap = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, parsed_size);
+  if (raw_armap == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) raw_armap, 1, parsed_size, abfd) != parsed_size)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+    byebye:
+      bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ardata->symdef_count = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, raw_armap) / BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE;
+
+  if (ardata->symdef_count * BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE >
+      parsed_size - BSD_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE)
+    {
+      /* Probably we're using the wrong byte ordering.  */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      goto byebye;
+    }
+
+  ardata->cache = 0;
+  rbase = raw_armap + BSD_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE;
+  stringbase = ((char *) rbase
+		+ ardata->symdef_count * BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE
+		+ BSD_STRING_COUNT_SIZE);
+  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					  (ardata->symdef_count
+					   * sizeof (carsym)));
+  if (!ardata->symdefs)
+    return false;
+
+  for (counter = 0, set = ardata->symdefs;
+       counter < ardata->symdef_count;
+       counter++, set++, rbase += BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE)
+    {
+      set->name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, rbase) + stringbase;
+      set->file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, rbase + BSD_SYMDEF_OFFSET_SIZE);
+    }
+
+  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to */
+  ardata->first_file_filepos += (ardata->first_file_filepos) % 2;
+  /* FIXME, we should provide some way to free raw_ardata when
+     we are done using the strings from it.  For now, it seems
+     to be allocated on an objalloc anyway... */
+  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns false on error, true otherwise */
+static boolean
+do_slurp_coff_armap (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct areltdata *mapdata;
+  int *raw_armap, *rawptr;
+  struct artdata *ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
+  char *stringbase;
+  unsigned int stringsize;
+  unsigned int parsed_size;
+  carsym *carsyms;
+  unsigned int nsymz;		/* Number of symbols in armap. */
+  bfd_vma (*swap) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  char int_buf[sizeof (long)];
+  unsigned int carsym_size, ptrsize, i;
+
+  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+  if (mapdata == NULL)
+    return false;
+  parsed_size = mapdata->parsed_size;
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);	/* Don't need it any more. */
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) int_buf, 1, 4, abfd) != 4)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      return false;
+    }
+  /* It seems that all numeric information in a coff archive is always
+     in big endian format, nomatter the host or target. */
+  swap = bfd_getb32;
+  nsymz = bfd_getb32 ((PTR) int_buf);
+  stringsize = parsed_size - (4 * nsymz) - 4;
+
+#if 1
+  /* ... except that some archive formats are broken, and it may be our
+     fault - the i960 little endian coff sometimes has big and sometimes
+     little, because our tools changed.  Here's a horrible hack to clean
+     up the crap.  */
+
+  if (stringsize > 0xfffff
+      && bfd_get_arch (abfd) == bfd_arch_i960
+      && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_coff_flavour)
+    {
+      /* This looks dangerous, let's do it the other way around */
+      nsymz = bfd_getl32 ((PTR) int_buf);
+      stringsize = parsed_size - (4 * nsymz) - 4;
+      swap = bfd_getl32;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* The coff armap must be read sequentially.  So we construct a
+     bsd-style one in core all at once, for simplicity. */
+
+  carsym_size = (nsymz * sizeof (carsym));
+  ptrsize = (4 * nsymz);
+
+  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, carsym_size + stringsize + 1);
+  if (ardata->symdefs == NULL)
+    return false;
+  carsyms = ardata->symdefs;
+  stringbase = ((char *) ardata->symdefs) + carsym_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and read in the raw offsets. */
+  raw_armap = (int *) bfd_alloc (abfd, ptrsize);
+  if (raw_armap == NULL)
+    goto release_symdefs;
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) raw_armap, 1, ptrsize, abfd) != ptrsize
+      || bfd_read ((PTR) stringbase, 1, stringsize, abfd) != stringsize)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      goto release_raw_armap;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, build the carsyms */
+  for (i = 0; i < nsymz; i++)
+    {
+      rawptr = raw_armap + i;
+      carsyms->file_offset = swap ((PTR) rawptr);
+      carsyms->name = stringbase;
+      stringbase += strlen (stringbase) + 1;
+      carsyms++;
+    }
+  *stringbase = 0;
+
+  ardata->symdef_count = nsymz;
+  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to */
+  ardata->first_file_filepos += (ardata->first_file_filepos) % 2;
+
+
+  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+
+
+  /* Check for a second archive header (as used by PE) */
+  {
+    struct areltdata *tmp;
+
+    bfd_seek (abfd,   ardata->first_file_filepos, SEEK_SET);
+    tmp = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+    if (tmp != NULL) 
+      {
+	if (tmp->arch_header[0] == '/'
+	    && tmp->arch_header[1] == ' ') 
+	  {
+	    ardata->first_file_filepos +=
+	      (tmp->parsed_size + sizeof(struct ar_hdr) + 1) & ~1;
+	  }
+	bfd_release (abfd, tmp);
+      }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+
+release_raw_armap:
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+release_symdefs:
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) (ardata)->symdefs);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* This routine can handle either coff-style or bsd-style armaps.
+   Returns false on error, true otherwise */
+
+boolean
+bfd_slurp_armap (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char nextname[17];
+  int i = bfd_read ((PTR) nextname, 1, 16, abfd);
+
+  if (i == 0)
+    return true;
+  if (i != 16)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) - 16, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!strncmp (nextname, "__.SYMDEF       ", 16)
+      || !strncmp (nextname, "__.SYMDEF/      ", 16)) /* old Linux archives */
+    return do_slurp_bsd_armap (abfd);
+  else if (!strncmp (nextname, "/               ", 16))
+    return do_slurp_coff_armap (abfd);
+  else if (!strncmp (nextname, "/SYM64/         ", 16))
+    {
+      /* Irix 6 archive--must be recognized by code in elf64-mips.c.  */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bfd_has_map (abfd) = false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns false on error, true otherwise */
+/* flavor 2 of a bsd armap, similar to bfd_slurp_bsd_armap except the
+   header is in a slightly different order and the map name is '/'.
+   This flavour is used by hp300hpux. */
+
+#define HPUX_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE 2
+
+boolean
+bfd_slurp_bsd_armap_f2 (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct areltdata *mapdata;
+  char nextname[17];
+  unsigned int counter;
+  bfd_byte *raw_armap, *rbase;
+  struct artdata *ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
+  char *stringbase;
+  unsigned int stringsize;
+  carsym *set;
+  int i = bfd_read ((PTR) nextname, 1, 16, abfd);
+
+  if (i == 0)
+    return true;
+  if (i != 16)
+    return false;
+
+  /* The archive has at least 16 bytes in it */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, -16L, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!strncmp (nextname, "__.SYMDEF       ", 16)
+      || !strncmp (nextname, "__.SYMDEF/      ", 16)) /* old Linux archives */
+    return do_slurp_bsd_armap (abfd);
+
+  if (strncmp (nextname, "/               ", 16))
+    {
+      bfd_has_map (abfd) = false;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+  if (mapdata == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  raw_armap = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, mapdata->parsed_size);
+  if (raw_armap == NULL)
+    {
+    byebye:
+      bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) raw_armap, 1, mapdata->parsed_size, abfd) !=
+      mapdata->parsed_size)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+    byebyebye:
+      bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+      goto byebye;
+    }
+
+  ardata->symdef_count = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+
+  if (ardata->symdef_count * BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE
+      > mapdata->parsed_size - HPUX_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE)
+    {
+      /* Probably we're using the wrong byte ordering.  */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      goto byebyebye;
+    }
+
+  ardata->cache = 0;
+
+  stringsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, raw_armap + HPUX_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE);
+  /* skip sym count and string sz */
+  stringbase = ((char *) raw_armap
+		+ HPUX_SYMDEF_COUNT_SIZE
+		+ BSD_STRING_COUNT_SIZE);
+  rbase = (bfd_byte *) stringbase + stringsize;
+  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					  (ardata->symdef_count
+					   * BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE));
+  if (!ardata->symdefs)
+    return false;
+
+  for (counter = 0, set = ardata->symdefs;
+       counter < ardata->symdef_count;
+       counter++, set++, rbase += BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE)
+    {
+      set->name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, rbase) + stringbase;
+      set->file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, rbase + BSD_SYMDEF_OFFSET_SIZE);
+    }
+
+  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to */
+  ardata->first_file_filepos += (ardata->first_file_filepos) % 2;
+  /* FIXME, we should provide some way to free raw_ardata when
+     we are done using the strings from it.  For now, it seems
+     to be allocated on an objalloc anyway... */
+  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/** Extended name table.
+
+  Normally archives support only 14-character filenames.
+
+  Intel has extended the format: longer names are stored in a special
+  element (the first in the archive, or second if there is an armap);
+  the name in the ar_hdr is replaced by <space><index into filename
+  element>.  Index is the P.R. of an int (decimal).  Data General have
+  extended the format by using the prefix // for the special element */
+
+/* Returns false on error, true otherwise */
+boolean
+_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char nextname[17];
+  struct areltdata *namedata;
+
+  /* FIXME:  Formatting sucks here, and in case of failure of BFD_READ,
+     we probably don't want to return true.  */
+  bfd_seek (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos, SEEK_SET);
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) nextname, 1, 16, abfd) == 16)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) - 16, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      if (strncmp (nextname, "ARFILENAMES/    ", 16) != 0 &&
+	  strncmp (nextname, "//              ", 16) != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names = NULL;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      namedata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+      if (namedata == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names =
+	bfd_zalloc (abfd, namedata->parsed_size);
+      if (bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names == NULL)
+	{
+	byebye:
+	  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) namedata);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_read ((PTR) bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names, 1,
+		    namedata->parsed_size, abfd) != namedata->parsed_size)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+	  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) (bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names));
+	  bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names = NULL;
+	  goto byebye;
+	}
+
+      /* Since the archive is supposed to be printable if it contains
+	 text, the entries in the list are newline-padded, not null
+	 padded. In SVR4-style archives, the names also have a
+	 trailing '/'.  DOS/NT created archive often have \ in them
+	 We'll fix all problems here..  */
+      {
+	char *temp = bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names;
+	char *limit = temp + namedata->parsed_size;
+	for (; temp < limit; ++temp) {
+	  if (*temp == '\012')
+	    temp[temp[-1] == '/' ? -1 : 0] = '\0';
+	  if (*temp == '\\')
+	    *temp = '/';
+	}
+      }
+
+      /* Pad to an even boundary if you have to */
+      bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+      bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos +=
+	(bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos) % 2;
+
+      /* FIXME, we can't release namedata here because it was allocated
+	 below extended_names on the objalloc... */
+      /* bfd_release (abfd, namedata); */
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef VMS
+
+/* Return a copy of the stuff in the filename between any :]> and a
+   semicolon */
+static const char *
+normalize (abfd, file)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *file;
+{
+  CONST char *first;
+  CONST char *last;
+  char *copy;
+
+  first = file + strlen (file) - 1;
+  last = first + 1;
+
+  while (first != file)
+    {
+      if (*first == ';')
+	last = first;
+      if (*first == ':' || *first == ']' || *first == '>')
+	{
+	  first++;
+	  break;
+	}
+      first--;
+    }
+
+  copy = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, last - first + 1);
+  if (copy == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  memcpy (copy, first, last - first);
+  copy[last - first] = 0;
+
+  return copy;
+}
+
+#else
+static const char *
+normalize (abfd, file)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *file;
+{
+  const char *filename = strrchr (file, '/');
+
+  if (filename != (char *) NULL)
+    filename++;
+  else
+    filename = file;
+  return filename;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Build a BFD style extended name table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_archive_bsd_construct_extended_name_table (abfd, tabloc, tablen, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char **tabloc;
+     bfd_size_type *tablen;
+     const char **name;
+{
+  *name = "ARFILENAMES/";
+  return _bfd_construct_extended_name_table (abfd, false, tabloc, tablen);
+}
+
+/* Build an SVR4 style extended name table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_archive_coff_construct_extended_name_table (abfd, tabloc, tablen, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char **tabloc;
+     bfd_size_type *tablen;
+     const char **name;
+{
+  *name = "//";
+  return _bfd_construct_extended_name_table (abfd, true, tabloc, tablen);
+}
+
+/* Follows archive_head and produces an extended name table if
+   necessary.  Returns (in tabloc) a pointer to an extended name
+   table, and in tablen the length of the table.  If it makes an entry
+   it clobbers the filename so that the element may be written without
+   further massage.  Returns true if it ran successfully, false if
+   something went wrong.  A successful return may still involve a
+   zero-length tablen!  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_construct_extended_name_table (abfd, trailing_slash, tabloc, tablen)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean trailing_slash;
+     char **tabloc;
+     bfd_size_type *tablen;
+{
+  unsigned int maxname = abfd->xvec->ar_max_namelen;
+  unsigned int total_namelen = 0;
+  bfd *current;
+  char *strptr;
+
+  *tablen = 0;
+
+  /* Figure out how long the table should be */
+  for (current = abfd->archive_head; current != NULL; current = current->next)
+    {
+      const char *normal;
+      unsigned int thislen;
+
+      normal = normalize (current, current->filename);
+      if (normal == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      thislen = strlen (normal);
+
+      if (thislen > maxname
+	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0)
+	thislen = maxname;
+
+      if (thislen > maxname)
+	{
+	  /* Add one to leave room for \n.  */
+	  total_namelen += thislen + 1;
+	  if (trailing_slash)
+	    {
+	      /* Leave room for trailing slash.  */
+	      ++total_namelen;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct ar_hdr *hdr = arch_hdr (current);
+	  if (strncmp (normal, hdr->ar_name, thislen) != 0
+	      || (thislen < sizeof hdr->ar_name
+		  && hdr->ar_name[thislen] != ar_padchar (current)))
+	    {
+	      /* Must have been using extended format even though it
+	         didn't need to.  Fix it to use normal format.  */
+	      memcpy (hdr->ar_name, normal, thislen);
+	      if (thislen < maxname
+		  || (thislen == maxname && thislen < sizeof hdr->ar_name))
+		hdr->ar_name[thislen] = ar_padchar (current);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (total_namelen == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  *tabloc = bfd_zalloc (abfd, total_namelen);
+  if (*tabloc == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  *tablen = total_namelen;
+  strptr = *tabloc;
+
+  for (current = abfd->archive_head; current != NULL; current =
+       current->next)
+    {
+      const char *normal;
+      unsigned int thislen;
+
+      normal = normalize (current, current->filename);
+      if (normal == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      thislen = strlen (normal);
+      if (thislen > maxname)
+	{
+	  /* Works for now; may need to be re-engineered if we
+	     encounter an oddball archive format and want to
+	     generalise this hack. */
+	  struct ar_hdr *hdr = arch_hdr (current);
+	  strcpy (strptr, normal);
+	  if (! trailing_slash)
+	    strptr[thislen] = '\012';
+	  else
+	    {
+	      strptr[thislen] = '/';
+	      strptr[thislen + 1] = '\012';
+	    }
+	  hdr->ar_name[0] = ar_padchar (current);
+	  /* We know there will always be enough room (one of the few
+	     cases where you may safely use sprintf). */
+	  sprintf ((hdr->ar_name) + 1, "%-d", (unsigned) (strptr - *tabloc));
+	  /* Kinda Kludgy.  We should just use the returned value of
+	     sprintf but not all implementations get this right */
+	  {
+	    char *temp = hdr->ar_name + 2;
+	    for (; temp < hdr->ar_name + maxname; temp++)
+	      if (*temp == '\0')
+		*temp = ' ';
+	  }
+	  strptr += thislen + 1;
+	  if (trailing_slash)
+	    ++strptr;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/** A couple of functions for creating ar_hdrs */
+
+/* Takes a filename, returns an arelt_data for it, or NULL if it can't
+   make one.  The filename must refer to a filename in the filesystem.
+   The filename field of the ar_hdr will NOT be initialized */
+
+static struct areltdata *
+bfd_ar_hdr_from_filesystem (abfd, filename)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat status;
+  struct areltdata *ared;
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr;
+  char *temp, *temp1;
+
+  if (stat (filename, &status) != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  ared = (struct areltdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ar_hdr) +
+					  sizeof (struct areltdata));
+  if (ared == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  hdr = (struct ar_hdr *) (((char *) ared) + sizeof (struct areltdata));
+
+  /* ar headers are space padded, not null padded! */
+  memset ((PTR) hdr, ' ', sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+
+  strncpy (hdr->ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
+
+  /* Goddamned sprintf doesn't permit MAXIMUM field lengths */
+  sprintf ((hdr->ar_date), "%-12ld", (long) status.st_mtime);
+  sprintf ((hdr->ar_uid), "%ld", (long) status.st_uid);
+  sprintf ((hdr->ar_gid), "%ld", (long) status.st_gid);
+  sprintf ((hdr->ar_mode), "%-8o", (unsigned int) status.st_mode);
+  sprintf ((hdr->ar_size), "%-10ld", (long) status.st_size);
+  /* Correct for a lossage in sprintf whereby it null-terminates.  I cannot
+     understand how these C losers could design such a ramshackle bunch of
+     IO operations */
+  temp = (char *) hdr;
+  temp1 = temp + sizeof (struct ar_hdr) - 2;
+  for (; temp < temp1; temp++)
+    {
+      if (*temp == '\0')
+	*temp = ' ';
+    }
+  strncpy (hdr->ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
+  ared->parsed_size = status.st_size;
+  ared->arch_header = (char *) hdr;
+
+  return ared;
+}
+
+/* This is magic required by the "ar" program.  Since it's
+    undocumented, it's undocumented.  You may think that it would take
+    a strong stomach to write this, and it does, but it takes even a
+    stronger stomach to try to code around such a thing!  */
+
+struct ar_hdr *
+bfd_special_undocumented_glue (abfd, filename)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  struct areltdata *ar_elt = bfd_ar_hdr_from_filesystem (abfd, filename);
+  if (ar_elt == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  return (struct ar_hdr *) ar_elt->arch_header;
+}
+
+
+/* Analogous to stat call */
+int
+bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt (abfd, buf)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct stat *buf;
+{
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr;
+  char *aloser;
+
+  if (abfd->arelt_data == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  hdr = arch_hdr (abfd);
+
+#define foo(arelt, stelt, size)  \
+  buf->stelt = strtol (hdr->arelt, &aloser, size); \
+  if (aloser == hdr->arelt) return -1;
+
+  foo (ar_date, st_mtime, 10);
+  foo (ar_uid, st_uid, 10);
+  foo (ar_gid, st_gid, 10);
+  foo (ar_mode, st_mode, 8);
+
+  buf->st_size = arch_eltdata (abfd)->parsed_size;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+bfd_dont_truncate_arname (abfd, pathname, arhdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *pathname;
+     char *arhdr;
+{
+  /* FIXME: This interacts unpleasantly with ar's quick-append option.
+     Fortunately ic960 users will never use that option.  Fixing this
+     is very hard; fortunately I know how to do it and will do so once
+     intel's release is out the door. */
+
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr = (struct ar_hdr *) arhdr;
+  size_t length;
+  const char *filename;
+  size_t maxlen = ar_maxnamelen (abfd);
+
+  if ((bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_bsd_truncate_arname (abfd, pathname, arhdr);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  filename = normalize (abfd, pathname);
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    {
+      /* FIXME */
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  length = strlen (filename);
+
+  if (length <= maxlen)
+    memcpy (hdr->ar_name, filename, length);
+
+  /* Add the padding character if there is room for it.  */
+  if (length < maxlen
+      || (length == maxlen && length < sizeof hdr->ar_name))
+    (hdr->ar_name)[length] = ar_padchar (abfd);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_bsd_truncate_arname (abfd, pathname, arhdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *pathname;
+     char *arhdr;
+{
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr = (struct ar_hdr *) arhdr;
+  int length;
+  CONST char *filename = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+  int maxlen = ar_maxnamelen (abfd);
+
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    filename = pathname;
+  else
+    ++filename;
+
+  length = strlen (filename);
+
+  if (length <= maxlen)
+    memcpy (hdr->ar_name, filename, length);
+  else
+    {
+      /* pathname: meet procrustes */
+      memcpy (hdr->ar_name, filename, maxlen);
+      length = maxlen;
+    }
+
+  if (length < maxlen)
+    (hdr->ar_name)[length] = ar_padchar (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Store name into ar header.  Truncates the name to fit.
+   1> strip pathname to be just the basename.
+   2> if it's short enuf to fit, stuff it in.
+   3> If it doesn't end with .o, truncate it to fit
+   4> truncate it before the .o, append .o, stuff THAT in.  */
+
+/* This is what gnu ar does.  It's better but incompatible with the
+   bsd ar. */
+
+void
+bfd_gnu_truncate_arname (abfd, pathname, arhdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *pathname;
+     char *arhdr;
+{
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr = (struct ar_hdr *) arhdr;
+  int length;
+  CONST char *filename = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+  int maxlen = ar_maxnamelen (abfd);
+
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    filename = pathname;
+  else
+    ++filename;
+
+  length = strlen (filename);
+
+  if (length <= maxlen)
+    memcpy (hdr->ar_name, filename, length);
+  else
+    {				/* pathname: meet procrustes */
+      memcpy (hdr->ar_name, filename, maxlen);
+      if ((filename[length - 2] == '.') && (filename[length - 1] == 'o'))
+	{
+	  hdr->ar_name[maxlen - 2] = '.';
+	  hdr->ar_name[maxlen - 1] = 'o';
+	}
+      length = maxlen;
+    }
+
+  if (length < 16)
+    (hdr->ar_name)[length] = ar_padchar (abfd);
+}
+
+/* The BFD is open for write and has its format set to bfd_archive */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_write_archive_contents (arch)
+     bfd *arch;
+{
+  bfd *current;
+  char *etable = NULL;
+  bfd_size_type elength = 0;
+  const char *ename = NULL;
+  boolean makemap = bfd_has_map (arch);
+  boolean hasobjects = false;	/* if no .o's, don't bother to make a map */
+  bfd_size_type wrote;
+  unsigned int i;
+  int tries;
+
+  /* Verify the viability of all entries; if any of them live in the
+     filesystem (as opposed to living in an archive open for input)
+     then construct a fresh ar_hdr for them.  */
+  for (current = arch->archive_head; current; current = current->next)
+    {
+      if (bfd_write_p (current))
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      if (!current->arelt_data)
+	{
+	  current->arelt_data =
+	    (PTR) bfd_ar_hdr_from_filesystem (arch, current->filename);
+	  if (!current->arelt_data)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Put in the file name */
+	  BFD_SEND (arch, _bfd_truncate_arname, (arch,
+						 current->filename,
+					      (char *) arch_hdr (current)));
+	}
+
+      if (makemap && ! hasobjects)
+	{			/* don't bother if we won't make a map! */
+	  if ((bfd_check_format (current, bfd_object))
+#if 0				/* FIXME -- these are not set correctly */
+	      && ((bfd_get_file_flags (current) & HAS_SYMS))
+#endif
+	    )
+	    hasobjects = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (!BFD_SEND (arch, _bfd_construct_extended_name_table,
+		 (arch, &etable, &elength, &ename)))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (arch, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+#ifdef GNU960
+  wrote = bfd_write (BFD_GNU960_ARMAG (arch), 1, SARMAG, arch);
+#else
+  wrote = bfd_write (ARMAG, 1, SARMAG, arch);
+#endif
+  if (wrote != SARMAG)
+    return false;
+
+  if (makemap && hasobjects)
+    {
+      if (_bfd_compute_and_write_armap (arch, elength) != true)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (elength != 0)
+    {
+      struct ar_hdr hdr;
+
+      memset ((char *) (&hdr), 0, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+      strcpy (hdr.ar_name, ename);
+      /* Round size up to even number in archive header.  */
+      sprintf (&(hdr.ar_size[0]), "%-10d",
+	       (int) ((elength + 1) & ~1));
+      strncpy (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
+      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
+	if (((char *) (&hdr))[i] == '\0')
+	  (((char *) (&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
+      if ((bfd_write ((char *) &hdr, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), arch)
+	   != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
+	  || bfd_write (etable, 1, elength, arch) != elength)
+	return false;
+      if ((elength % 2) == 1)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_write ("\012", 1, 1, arch) != 1)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (current = arch->archive_head; current; current = current->next)
+    {
+      char buffer[DEFAULT_BUFFERSIZE];
+      unsigned int remaining = arelt_size (current);
+      struct ar_hdr *hdr = arch_hdr (current);
+
+      /* write ar header */
+      if (bfd_write ((char *) hdr, 1, sizeof (*hdr), arch) != sizeof (*hdr))
+	return false;
+      if (bfd_seek (current, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+      while (remaining)
+	{
+	  unsigned int amt = DEFAULT_BUFFERSIZE;
+	  if (amt > remaining)
+	    amt = remaining;
+	  errno = 0;
+	  if (bfd_read (buffer, amt, 1, current) != amt)
+	    {
+	      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  if (bfd_write (buffer, amt, 1, arch) != amt)
+	    return false;
+	  remaining -= amt;
+	}
+      if ((arelt_size (current) % 2) == 1)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_write ("\012", 1, 1, arch) != 1)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (makemap && hasobjects)
+    {
+      /* Verify the timestamp in the archive file.  If it would not be
+	 accepted by the linker, rewrite it until it would be.  If
+	 anything odd happens, break out and just return.  (The
+	 Berkeley linker checks the timestamp and refuses to read the
+	 table-of-contents if it is >60 seconds less than the file's
+	 modified-time.  That painful hack requires this painful hack.  */
+      tries = 1;
+      do
+	{
+	  if (bfd_update_armap_timestamp (arch))
+	    break;
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("Warning: writing archive was slow: rewriting timestamp\n");
+	}
+      while (++tries < 6);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Note that the namidx for the first symbol is 0 */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_compute_and_write_armap (arch, elength)
+     bfd *arch;
+     unsigned int elength;
+{
+  char *first_name = NULL;
+  bfd *current;
+  file_ptr elt_no = 0;
+  struct orl *map = NULL;
+  int orl_max = 1024;		/* fine initial default */
+  int orl_count = 0;
+  int stridx = 0;		/* string index */
+  asymbol **syms = NULL;
+  long syms_max = 0;
+  boolean ret;
+
+  /* Dunno if this is the best place for this info... */
+  if (elength != 0)
+    elength += sizeof (struct ar_hdr);
+  elength += elength % 2;
+
+  map = (struct orl *) bfd_malloc (orl_max * sizeof (struct orl));
+  if (map == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* We put the symbol names on the arch objalloc, and then discard
+     them when done.  */
+  first_name = bfd_alloc (arch, 1);
+  if (first_name == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Drop all the files called __.SYMDEF, we're going to make our
+     own */
+  while (arch->archive_head &&
+	 strcmp (arch->archive_head->filename, "__.SYMDEF") == 0)
+    arch->archive_head = arch->archive_head->next;
+
+  /* Map over each element */
+  for (current = arch->archive_head;
+       current != (bfd *) NULL;
+       current = current->next, elt_no++)
+    {
+      if ((bfd_check_format (current, bfd_object) == true)
+	  && ((bfd_get_file_flags (current) & HAS_SYMS)))
+	{
+	  long storage;
+	  long symcount;
+	  long src_count;
+
+	  storage = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (current);
+	  if (storage < 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (storage != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (storage > syms_max)
+		{
+		  if (syms_max > 0)
+		    free (syms);
+		  syms_max = storage;
+		  syms = (asymbol **) bfd_malloc ((size_t) syms_max);
+		  if (syms == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+	      symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (current, syms);
+	      if (symcount < 0)
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      /* Now map over all the symbols, picking out the ones we want */
+	      for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
+		{
+		  flagword flags = (syms[src_count])->flags;
+		  asection *sec = syms[src_count]->section;
+
+		  if ((flags & BSF_GLOBAL ||
+		       flags & BSF_WEAK ||
+		       flags & BSF_INDIRECT ||
+		       bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+		      && ! bfd_is_und_section (sec))
+		    {
+		      size_t namelen;
+		      struct orl *new_map;
+
+		      /* This symbol will go into the archive header */
+		      if (orl_count == orl_max)
+			{
+			  orl_max *= 2;
+			  new_map =
+			    ((struct orl *)
+			     bfd_realloc (map, orl_max * sizeof (struct orl)));
+			  if (new_map == (struct orl *) NULL)
+			    goto error_return;
+
+			  map = new_map;
+			}
+
+		      namelen = strlen (syms[src_count]->name);
+		      map[orl_count].name = ((char **)
+					     bfd_alloc (arch,
+							sizeof (char *)));
+		      if (map[orl_count].name == NULL)
+			goto error_return;
+		      *(map[orl_count].name) = bfd_alloc (arch, namelen + 1);
+		      if (*(map[orl_count].name) == NULL)
+			goto error_return;
+		      strcpy (*(map[orl_count].name), syms[src_count]->name);
+		      (map[orl_count]).pos = (file_ptr) current;
+		      (map[orl_count]).namidx = stridx;
+
+		      stridx += namelen + 1;
+		      ++orl_count;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Now ask the BFD to free up any cached information, so we
+	     don't fill all of memory with symbol tables.  */
+	  if (! bfd_free_cached_info (current))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* OK, now we have collected all the data, let's write them out */
+  ret = BFD_SEND (arch, write_armap,
+		  (arch, elength, map, orl_count, stridx));
+
+  if (syms_max > 0)
+    free (syms);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+  if (first_name != NULL)
+    bfd_release (arch, first_name);
+
+  return ret;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (syms_max > 0)
+    free (syms);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+  if (first_name != NULL)
+    bfd_release (arch, first_name);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+boolean
+bsd_write_armap (arch, elength, map, orl_count, stridx)
+     bfd *arch;
+     unsigned int elength;
+     struct orl *map;
+     unsigned int orl_count;
+     int stridx;
+{
+  int padit = stridx & 1;
+  unsigned int ranlibsize = orl_count * BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE;
+  unsigned int stringsize = stridx + padit;
+  /* Include 8 bytes to store ranlibsize and stringsize in output. */
+  unsigned int mapsize = ranlibsize + stringsize + 8;
+  file_ptr firstreal;
+  bfd *current = arch->archive_head;
+  bfd *last_elt = current;	/* last element arch seen */
+  bfd_byte temp[4];
+  unsigned int count;
+  struct ar_hdr hdr;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  firstreal = mapsize + elength + sizeof (struct ar_hdr) + SARMAG;
+
+  stat (arch->filename, &statbuf);
+  memset ((char *) (&hdr), 0, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_name, RANLIBMAG);
+  /* Remember the timestamp, to keep it holy.  But fudge it a little.  */
+  bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_timestamp = statbuf.st_mtime + ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET;
+  bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_datepos = (SARMAG
+				      + offsetof (struct ar_hdr, ar_date[0]));
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_timestamp);
+#ifndef _WIN32
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_uid, "%ld", (long) getuid ());
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_gid, "%ld", (long) getgid ());
+#else
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_uid, "%ld", (long) 666);
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_gid, "%ld", (long) 42);
+#endif
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_size, "%-10d", (int) mapsize);
+  strncpy (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
+    if (((char *) (&hdr))[i] == '\0')
+      (((char *) (&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
+  if (bfd_write ((char *) &hdr, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), arch)
+      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
+    return false;
+  bfd_h_put_32 (arch, (bfd_vma) ranlibsize, temp);
+  if (bfd_write (temp, 1, sizeof (temp), arch) != sizeof (temp))
+    return false;
+
+  for (count = 0; count < orl_count; count++)
+    {
+      bfd_byte buf[BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE];
+
+      if (((bfd *) (map[count]).pos) != last_elt)
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      firstreal += arelt_size (current) + sizeof (struct ar_hdr);
+	      firstreal += firstreal % 2;
+	      current = current->next;
+	    }
+	  while (current != (bfd *) (map[count]).pos);
+	}			/* if new archive element */
+
+      last_elt = current;
+      bfd_h_put_32 (arch, map[count].namidx, buf);
+      bfd_h_put_32 (arch, firstreal, buf + BSD_SYMDEF_OFFSET_SIZE);
+      if (bfd_write (buf, BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE, 1, arch) != BSD_SYMDEF_SIZE)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* now write the strings themselves */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (arch, stringsize, temp);
+  if (bfd_write (temp, 1, sizeof (temp), arch) != sizeof (temp))
+    return false;
+  for (count = 0; count < orl_count; count++)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (*map[count].name) + 1;
+
+      if (bfd_write (*map[count].name, 1, len, arch) != len)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The spec sez this should be a newline.  But in order to be
+     bug-compatible for sun's ar we use a null. */
+  if (padit)
+    {
+      if (bfd_write ("", 1, 1, arch) != 1)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* At the end of archive file handling, update the timestamp in the
+   file, so the linker will accept it.
+
+   Return true if the timestamp was OK, or an unusual problem happened.
+   Return false if we updated the timestamp.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_archive_bsd_update_armap_timestamp (arch)
+     bfd *arch;
+{
+  struct stat archstat;
+  struct ar_hdr hdr;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  /* Flush writes, get last-write timestamp from file, and compare it
+     to the timestamp IN the file.  */
+  bfd_flush (arch);
+  if (bfd_stat (arch, &archstat) == -1)
+    {
+      perror ("Reading archive file mod timestamp");
+      return true;		/* Can't read mod time for some reason */
+    }
+  if (archstat.st_mtime <= bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_timestamp)
+    return true;		/* OK by the linker's rules */
+
+  /* Update the timestamp.  */
+  bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_timestamp = archstat.st_mtime + ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET;
+
+  /* Prepare an ASCII version suitable for writing.  */
+  memset (hdr.ar_date, 0, sizeof (hdr.ar_date));
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_timestamp);
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (hdr.ar_date); i++)
+    if (hdr.ar_date[i] == '\0')
+      (hdr.ar_date)[i] = ' ';
+
+  /* Write it into the file.  */
+  bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_datepos = (SARMAG
+				      + offsetof (struct ar_hdr, ar_date[0]));
+  if (bfd_seek (arch, bfd_ardata (arch)->armap_datepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_write (hdr.ar_date, sizeof (hdr.ar_date), 1, arch)
+	  != sizeof (hdr.ar_date)))
+    {
+      /* FIXME: bfd can't call perror.  */
+      perror ("Writing updated armap timestamp");
+      return true;		/* Some error while writing */
+    }
+
+  return false;			/* We updated the timestamp successfully.  */
+}
+
+/* A coff armap looks like :
+   lARMAG
+   struct ar_hdr with name = '/'
+   number of symbols
+   offset of file for symbol 0
+   offset of file for symbol 1
+
+   offset of file for symbol n-1
+   symbol name 0
+   symbol name 1
+
+   symbol name n-1
+*/
+
+boolean
+coff_write_armap (arch, elength, map, symbol_count, stridx)
+     bfd *arch;
+     unsigned int elength;
+     struct orl *map;
+     unsigned int symbol_count;
+     int stridx;
+{
+  /* The size of the ranlib is the number of exported symbols in the
+     archive * the number of bytes in a int, + an int for the count */
+  unsigned int ranlibsize = (symbol_count * 4) + 4;
+  unsigned int stringsize = stridx;
+  unsigned int mapsize = stringsize + ranlibsize;
+  file_ptr archive_member_file_ptr;
+  bfd *current = arch->archive_head;
+  unsigned int count;
+  struct ar_hdr hdr;
+  unsigned int i;
+  int padit = mapsize & 1;
+
+  if (padit)
+    mapsize++;
+
+  /* work out where the first object file will go in the archive */
+  archive_member_file_ptr = (mapsize
+			     + elength
+			     + sizeof (struct ar_hdr)
+			     + SARMAG);
+
+  memset ((char *) (&hdr), 0, sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+  hdr.ar_name[0] = '/';
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_size, "%-10d", (int) mapsize);
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", (long) time (NULL));
+  /* This, at least, is what Intel coff sets the values to.: */
+  sprintf ((hdr.ar_uid), "%d", 0);
+  sprintf ((hdr.ar_gid), "%d", 0);
+  sprintf ((hdr.ar_mode), "%-7o", (unsigned) 0);
+  strncpy (hdr.ar_fmag, ARFMAG, 2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
+    if (((char *) (&hdr))[i] == '\0')
+      (((char *) (&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
+
+  /* Write the ar header for this item and the number of symbols */
+
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) &hdr, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), arch)
+      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int (arch, symbol_count);
+
+  /* Two passes, first write the file offsets for each symbol -
+     remembering that each offset is on a two byte boundary.  */
+
+  /* Write out the file offset for the file associated with each
+     symbol, and remember to keep the offsets padded out.  */
+
+  current = arch->archive_head;
+  count = 0;
+  while (current != (bfd *) NULL && count < symbol_count)
+    {
+      /* For each symbol which is used defined in this object, write out
+	 the object file's address in the archive */
+
+      while (((bfd *) (map[count]).pos) == current)
+	{
+	  bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int (arch, archive_member_file_ptr);
+	  count++;
+	}
+      /* Add size of this archive entry */
+      archive_member_file_ptr += (arelt_size (current)
+				  + sizeof (struct ar_hdr));
+      /* remember aboout the even alignment */
+      archive_member_file_ptr += archive_member_file_ptr % 2;
+      current = current->next;
+    }
+
+  /* now write the strings themselves */
+  for (count = 0; count < symbol_count; count++)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (*map[count].name) + 1;
+
+      if (bfd_write (*map[count].name, 1, len, arch) != len)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The spec sez this should be a newline.  But in order to be
+     bug-compatible for arc960 we use a null. */
+  if (padit)
+    {
+      if (bfd_write ("", 1, 1, arch) != 1)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/archures.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/archures.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b2f4d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/archures.c
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+/* BFD library support routines for architectures.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Hacked by John Gilmore and Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+
+SECTION
+	Architectures
+
+	BFD keeps one atom in a BFD describing the
+	architecture of the data attached to the BFD: a pointer to a
+	<<bfd_arch_info_type>>.  
+
+	Pointers to structures can be requested independently of a BFD
+	so that an architecture's information can be interrogated
+	without access to an open BFD.
+
+	The architecture information is provided by each architecture package.
+	The set of default architectures is selected by the macro
+	<<SELECT_ARCHITECTURES>>.  This is normally set up in the
+	@file{config/@var{target}.mt} file of your choice.  If the name is not
+	defined, then all the architectures supported are included. 
+
+	When BFD starts up, all the architectures are called with an
+	initialize method.  It is up to the architecture back end to
+	insert as many items into the list of architectures as it wants to;
+	generally this would be one for each machine and one for the
+	default case (an item with a machine field of 0). 
+
+	BFD's idea of an architecture is implemented in	@file{archures.c}.
+*/
+
+/*
+
+SUBSECTION
+	bfd_architecture
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This enum gives the object file's CPU architecture, in a
+	global sense---i.e., what processor family does it belong to?
+	Another field indicates which processor within
+	the family is in use.  The machine gives a number which
+	distinguishes different versions of the architecture,
+	containing, for example, 2 and 3 for Intel i960 KA and i960 KB,
+	and 68020 and 68030 for Motorola 68020 and 68030. 
+
+.enum bfd_architecture 
+.{
+.  bfd_arch_unknown,   {* File arch not known *}
+.  bfd_arch_obscure,   {* Arch known, not one of these *}
+.  bfd_arch_m68k,      {* Motorola 68xxx *}
+.  bfd_arch_vax,       {* DEC Vax *}   
+.  bfd_arch_i960,      {* Intel 960 *}
+.    {* The order of the following is important.
+.       lower number indicates a machine type that 
+.       only accepts a subset of the instructions
+.       available to machines with higher numbers.
+.       The exception is the "ca", which is
+.       incompatible with all other machines except 
+.       "core". *}
+.
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_core      1
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa     2
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb     3
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_mc        4
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_xa        5
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_ca        6
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_jx	 7
+.#define bfd_mach_i960_hx        8
+.
+.  bfd_arch_a29k,      {* AMD 29000 *}
+.  bfd_arch_sparc,     {* SPARC *}
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc			1
+.{* The difference between v8plus and v9 is that v9 is a true 64 bit env.  *}
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet	2
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite	3
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus		4
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa		5 {* with ultrasparc add'ns *}
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9		6
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9a		7 {* with ultrasparc add'ns *}
+.{* Nonzero if MACH has the v9 instruction set.  *}
+.#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9_p(mach) \
+.  ((mach) >= bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus && (mach) <= bfd_mach_sparc_v9a)
+.  bfd_arch_mips,      {* MIPS Rxxxx *}
+.  bfd_arch_i386,      {* Intel 386 *}
+.#define bfd_mach_i386_i386 0
+.#define bfd_mach_i386_i8086 1
+.  bfd_arch_we32k,     {* AT&T WE32xxx *}
+.  bfd_arch_tahoe,     {* CCI/Harris Tahoe *}
+.  bfd_arch_i860,      {* Intel 860 *}
+.  bfd_arch_romp,      {* IBM ROMP PC/RT *}
+.  bfd_arch_alliant,   {* Alliant *}
+.  bfd_arch_convex,    {* Convex *}
+.  bfd_arch_m88k,      {* Motorola 88xxx *}
+.  bfd_arch_pyramid,   {* Pyramid Technology *}
+.  bfd_arch_h8300,     {* Hitachi H8/300 *}
+.#define bfd_mach_h8300   1
+.#define bfd_mach_h8300h  2
+.#define bfd_mach_h8300s  3
+.  bfd_arch_powerpc,   {* PowerPC *}
+.  bfd_arch_rs6000,    {* IBM RS/6000 *}
+.  bfd_arch_hppa,      {* HP PA RISC *}
+.  bfd_arch_d10v,      {* Mitsubishi D10V *}
+.  bfd_arch_z8k,       {* Zilog Z8000 *}
+.#define bfd_mach_z8001		1
+.#define bfd_mach_z8002		2
+.  bfd_arch_h8500,     {* Hitachi H8/500 *}
+.  bfd_arch_sh,        {* Hitachi SH *}
+.  bfd_arch_alpha,     {* Dec Alpha *}
+.  bfd_arch_arm,       {* Advanced Risc Machines ARM *}
+.  bfd_arch_ns32k,     {* National Semiconductors ns32000 *}
+.  bfd_arch_w65,       {* WDC 65816 *}
+.  bfd_arch_m32r,      {* Mitsubishi M32R/D *}
+.  bfd_arch_mn10200,   {* Matsushita MN10200 *}
+.  bfd_arch_mn10300,   {* Matsushita MN10300 *}
+.  bfd_arch_last
+.  };
+
+
+*/
+
+/*
+
+SUBSECTION
+	bfd_arch_info
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This structure contains information on architectures for use
+	within BFD.
+
+.
+.typedef struct bfd_arch_info 
+.{
+.  int bits_per_word;
+.  int bits_per_address;
+.  int bits_per_byte;
+.  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+.  unsigned long mach;
+.  const char *arch_name;
+.  const char *printable_name;
+.  unsigned int section_align_power;
+. {* true if this is the default machine for the architecture *}
+.  boolean the_default;	
+.  const struct bfd_arch_info * (*compatible)
+.	PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *a,
+.	         const struct bfd_arch_info *b));
+.
+.  boolean (*scan) PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *, const char *));
+.
+.  const struct bfd_arch_info *next;
+.} bfd_arch_info_type;
+*/
+
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_a29k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_alpha_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_arm_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_d10v_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_h8300_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_h8500_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_hppa_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_i386_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_i860_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_i960_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_m32r_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_m68k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_m88k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_mips_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_mn10200_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_mn10300_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_powerpc_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_rs6000_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_sh_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_sparc_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_vax_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_we32k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_z8k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_ns32k_arch;
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_w65_arch;
+
+static const bfd_arch_info_type * const bfd_archures_list[] =
+{
+#ifdef SELECT_ARCHITECTURES
+  SELECT_ARCHITECTURES,
+#else
+  &bfd_a29k_arch,
+  &bfd_alpha_arch,
+  &bfd_arm_arch,
+  &bfd_d10v_arch,
+  &bfd_h8300_arch,
+  &bfd_h8500_arch,
+  &bfd_hppa_arch,
+  &bfd_i386_arch,
+  &bfd_i860_arch,
+  &bfd_i960_arch,
+  &bfd_m32r_arch,
+  &bfd_m68k_arch,
+  &bfd_m88k_arch,
+  &bfd_mips_arch,
+  &bfd_mn10200_arch,
+  &bfd_mn10300_arch,
+  &bfd_powerpc_arch,
+  &bfd_rs6000_arch,
+  &bfd_sh_arch,
+  &bfd_sparc_arch,
+  &bfd_vax_arch,
+  &bfd_we32k_arch,
+  &bfd_z8k_arch,
+  &bfd_ns32k_arch,
+  &bfd_w65_arch,
+#endif
+  0
+};
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_printable_name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const char *bfd_printable_name(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a printable string representing the architecture and machine
+	from the pointer to the architecture info structure.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+bfd_printable_name (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return abfd->arch_info->printable_name;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_scan_arch
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_scan_arch(const char *string);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Figure out if BFD supports any cpu which could be described with
+	the name @var{string}.  Return a pointer to an <<arch_info>>
+	structure if a machine is found, otherwise NULL.
+
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_scan_arch (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  const bfd_arch_info_type * const *app, *ap;
+
+  /* Look through all the installed architectures */
+  for (app = bfd_archures_list; *app != NULL; app++)
+    {
+      for (ap = *app; ap != NULL; ap = ap->next)
+	{
+	  if (ap->scan (ap, string))
+	    return ap;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_arch_get_compatible
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_arch_get_compatible(
+		const bfd *abfd,
+	        const bfd *bbfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Determine whether two BFDs'
+	architectures and machine types are compatible.  Calculates
+	the lowest common denominator between the two architectures
+	and machine types implied by the BFDs and returns a pointer to
+	an <<arch_info>> structure describing the compatible machine.
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_arch_get_compatible (abfd, bbfd)
+     const bfd *abfd;
+     const bfd *bbfd;
+{
+  /* If either architecture is unknown, then all we can do is assume
+     the user knows what he's doing.  */
+  if (abfd->arch_info->arch == bfd_arch_unknown)
+  	return bbfd->arch_info;
+  if (bbfd->arch_info->arch == bfd_arch_unknown)
+  	return abfd->arch_info;
+
+  /* Otherwise architecture-specific code has to decide.  */
+  return abfd->arch_info->compatible (abfd->arch_info, bbfd->arch_info);
+}
+
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_DEFINITION
+	bfd_default_arch_struct
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The <<bfd_default_arch_struct>> is an item of
+	<<bfd_arch_info_type>> which has been initialized to a fairly
+	generic state.  A BFD starts life by pointing to this
+	structure, until the correct back end has determined the real
+	architecture of the file.
+
+.extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_default_arch_struct;
+
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_default_arch_struct =
+{
+    32,32,8,bfd_arch_unknown,0,"unknown","unknown",2,true,
+    bfd_default_compatible,
+    bfd_default_scan, 
+    0,
+};
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_arch_info
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_set_arch_info(bfd *abfd, const bfd_arch_info_type *arg);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the architecture info of @var{abfd} to @var{arg}.
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_set_arch_info (abfd, arg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *arg;
+{
+  abfd->arch_info = arg;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_default_set_arch_mach
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_default_set_arch_mach(bfd *abfd,
+		enum bfd_architecture arch,
+		unsigned long mach);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the architecture and machine type in BFD @var{abfd}
+	to @var{arch} and @var{mach}.  Find the correct
+	pointer to a structure and insert it into the <<arch_info>>
+	pointer. 
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long mach;
+{
+  const bfd_arch_info_type * const *app, *ap;
+
+  for (app = bfd_archures_list; *app != NULL; app++)
+    {
+      for (ap = *app; ap != NULL; ap = ap->next)
+	{
+	  if (ap->arch == arch
+	      && (ap->mach == mach
+		  || (mach == 0 && ap->the_default)))
+	    {
+	      abfd->arch_info = ap;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  abfd->arch_info = &bfd_default_arch_struct;
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_arch
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	enum bfd_architecture bfd_get_arch(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the enumerated type which describes the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+	architecture.
+
+*/
+
+enum bfd_architecture
+bfd_get_arch (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+    return abfd->arch_info->arch;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_mach
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	unsigned long bfd_get_mach(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the long type which describes the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+	machine.
+*/
+
+unsigned long  
+bfd_get_mach (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+    return abfd->arch_info->mach;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_arch_bits_per_byte
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	unsigned int bfd_arch_bits_per_byte(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the number of bits in one of the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+	architecture's bytes.
+
+*/
+
+unsigned int
+bfd_arch_bits_per_byte (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return abfd->arch_info->bits_per_byte;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_arch_bits_per_address
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	unsigned int bfd_arch_bits_per_address(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the number of bits in one of the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+	architecture's addresses.
+*/
+
+unsigned int
+bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return abfd->arch_info->bits_per_address;
+}
+
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION 
+	bfd_default_compatible
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_default_compatible
+	(const bfd_arch_info_type *a,
+	const bfd_arch_info_type *b);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The default function for testing for compatibility.
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_default_compatible (a,b)
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *a;
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *b;
+{
+  if (a->arch != b->arch)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (a->mach > b->mach)
+    return a;
+
+  if (b->mach > a->mach)
+    return b;
+
+  return a;
+}
+
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_default_scan
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_default_scan(const struct bfd_arch_info *info, const char *string);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The default function for working out whether this is an
+	architecture hit and a machine hit.
+*/
+
+boolean 
+bfd_default_scan (info, string)
+     const struct bfd_arch_info *info;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  const char *ptr_src;
+  const char *ptr_tst;
+  unsigned long number;
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+
+  /* First test for an exact match */
+  if (strcmp (string, info->printable_name) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* See how much of the supplied string matches with the
+     architecture, eg the string m68k:68020 would match the 68k entry
+     up to the :, then we get left with the machine number */
+
+  for (ptr_src = string, ptr_tst = info->arch_name; 
+       *ptr_src && *ptr_tst;
+       ptr_src++, ptr_tst++) 
+    {
+      if (*ptr_src != *ptr_tst) break;
+    }
+
+  /* Chewed up as much of the architecture as will match, skip any
+     colons */
+  if (*ptr_src == ':')
+    ptr_src++;
+  
+  if (*ptr_src == 0)
+    {
+      /* nothing more, then only keep this one if it is the default
+	 machine for this architecture */
+      return info->the_default;
+    }
+
+  number = 0;
+  while (isdigit(*ptr_src))
+    {
+      number = number * 10 + *ptr_src  - '0';
+      ptr_src++;
+    }
+
+  switch (number) 
+    {
+    case 65:
+      arch = bfd_arch_w65;
+      break;
+
+    case 300:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8300;
+      break;
+
+    case 500:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8500;
+      break;
+
+    case 68010:
+    case 68020:
+    case 68030:
+    case 68040:
+    case 68332:
+    case 68050:        
+    case 68000: 
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k; 
+      break;
+
+    case 386: 
+    case 80386:
+    case 486:
+    case 80486:
+      arch = bfd_arch_i386;
+      break;
+
+    case 29000: 
+      arch = bfd_arch_a29k;
+      break;
+
+    case 8000:
+      arch = bfd_arch_z8k;
+      break;
+
+    case 32000:
+      arch = bfd_arch_we32k;
+      break;
+
+    case 860:
+    case 80860: 
+      arch = bfd_arch_i860; 
+      break;
+    case 960:
+    case 80960:
+      arch = bfd_arch_i960;
+      break;
+
+    case 2000:
+    case 3000:
+    case 4000:
+    case 4400:
+      arch = bfd_arch_mips;
+      break;
+
+    case 6000:
+      arch = bfd_arch_rs6000;
+      break;
+
+    default:  
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (arch != info->arch) 
+    return false;
+
+  if (number != info->mach)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_arch_info
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_arch_info_type * bfd_get_arch_info(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the architecture info struct in @var{abfd}.
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return abfd->arch_info;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_lookup_arch
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_lookup_arch
+		(enum bfd_architecture
+		arch,
+		unsigned long machine);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Look for the architecure info structure which matches the
+	arguments @var{arch} and @var{machine}. A machine of 0 matches the
+	machine/architecture structure which marks itself as the
+	default.
+*/
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type * 
+bfd_lookup_arch (arch, machine)
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  const bfd_arch_info_type * const *app, *ap;
+
+  for (app = bfd_archures_list; *app != NULL; app++)
+    {
+      for (ap = *app; ap != NULL; ap = ap->next)
+	{
+	  if (ap->arch == arch
+	      && (ap->mach == machine
+		  || (machine == 0 && ap->the_default)))
+	    return ap;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_printable_arch_mach
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const char *bfd_printable_arch_mach
+		(enum bfd_architecture arch, unsigned long machine);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a printable string representing the architecture and
+	machine type. 
+
+	This routine is depreciated.
+*/
+
+const char *
+bfd_printable_arch_mach (arch, machine)
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+    const bfd_arch_info_type *ap = bfd_lookup_arch (arch, machine);
+
+    if (ap)
+      return ap->printable_name;
+    return "UNKNOWN!";
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ce24e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/* Main header file for the bfd library -- portable access to object files.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: bfd.h and bfd-in2.h are GENERATED files.  Don't change them;
+** instead, change bfd-in.h or the other BFD source files processed to
+** generate these files.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* bfd.h -- The only header file required by users of the bfd library 
+
+The bfd.h file is generated from bfd-in.h and various .c files; if you
+change it, your changes will probably be lost.
+
+All the prototypes and definitions following the comment "THE FOLLOWING
+IS EXTRACTED FROM THE SOURCE" are extracted from the source files for
+BFD.  If you change it, someone oneday will extract it from the source
+again, and your changes will be lost.  To save yourself from this bind,
+change the definitions in the source in the bfd directory.  Type "make
+docs" and then "make headers" in that directory, and magically this file
+will change to reflect your changes.
+
+If you don't have the tools to perform the extraction, then you are
+safe from someone on your system trampling over your header files.
+You should still maintain the equivalence between the source and this
+file though; every change you make to the .c file should be reflected
+here.  */
+
+#ifndef __BFD_H_SEEN__
+#define __BFD_H_SEEN__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* These two lines get substitutions done by commands in Makefile.in.  */
+#define BFD_VERSION  "@VERSION@"
+#define BFD_ARCH_SIZE @wordsize@
+#define BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG @BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG@
+#if @BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED@
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT @BFD_HOST_64_BIT@
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT @BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT@
+#endif
+
+#if BFD_ARCH_SIZE >= 64
+#define BFD64
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INLINE
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+#define INLINE __inline__
+#else
+#define INLINE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* forward declaration */
+typedef struct _bfd bfd;
+
+/* To squelch erroneous compiler warnings ("illegal pointer
+   combination") from the SVR3 compiler, we would like to typedef
+   boolean to int (it doesn't like functions which return boolean.
+   Making sure they are never implicitly declared to return int
+   doesn't seem to help).  But this file is not configured based on
+   the host.  */
+/* General rules: functions which are boolean return true on success
+   and false on failure (unless they're a predicate).   -- bfd.doc */
+/* I'm sure this is going to break something and someone is going to
+   force me to change it. */
+/* typedef enum boolean {false, true} boolean; */
+/* Yup, SVR4 has a "typedef enum boolean" in <sys/types.h>  -fnf */
+/* It gets worse if the host also defines a true/false enum... -sts */
+/* And even worse if your compiler has built-in boolean types... -law */
+#if defined (__GNUG__) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 5)
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif
+#ifdef MPW
+/* Pre-emptive strike - get the file with the enum. */
+#include <Types.h>
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif /* MPW */
+#ifndef TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+typedef enum bfd_boolean {false, true} boolean;
+#define BFD_TRUE_FALSE
+#else
+/* Use enum names that will appear nowhere else.  */
+typedef enum bfd_boolean {bfd_fffalse, bfd_tttrue} boolean;
+#endif
+
+/* A pointer to a position in a file.  */
+/* FIXME:  This should be using off_t from <sys/types.h>.
+   For now, try to avoid breaking stuff by not including <sys/types.h> here.
+   This will break on systems with 64-bit file offsets (e.g. 4.4BSD).
+   Probably the best long-term answer is to avoid using file_ptr AND off_t 
+   in this header file, and to handle this in the BFD implementation
+   rather than in its interface.  */
+/* typedef off_t	file_ptr; */
+typedef long int file_ptr;
+
+/* Support for different sizes of target format ints and addresses.
+   If the type `long' is at least 64 bits, BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG will be
+   set to 1 above.  Otherwise, if gcc is being used, this code will
+   use gcc's "long long" type.  Otherwise, BFD_HOST_64_BIT must be
+   defined above.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD64
+
+#ifndef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT long
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT unsigned long
+#else
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT long long
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT unsigned long long
+#else /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+ #error No 64 bit integer type available
+#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+#endif /* ! BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG */
+#endif /* ! defined (BFD_HOST_64_BIT) */
+
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT bfd_vma;
+typedef BFD_HOST_64_BIT bfd_signed_vma;
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT bfd_size_type;
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT symvalue;
+
+#ifndef fprintf_vma
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) sprintf (s, "%016lx", x)
+#define fprintf_vma(f,x) fprintf (f, "%016lx", x)
+#else
+#define _bfd_int64_low(x) ((unsigned long) (((x) & 0xffffffff)))
+#define _bfd_int64_high(x) ((unsigned long) (((x) >> 32) & 0xffffffff))
+#define fprintf_vma(s,x) \
+  fprintf ((s), "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (x), _bfd_int64_low (x))
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) \
+  sprintf ((s), "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (x), _bfd_int64_low (x))
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#else /* not BFD64  */
+
+/* Represent a target address.  Also used as a generic unsigned type
+   which is guaranteed to be big enough to hold any arithmetic types
+   we need to deal with.  */
+typedef unsigned long bfd_vma;
+
+/* A generic signed type which is guaranteed to be big enough to hold any
+   arithmetic types we need to deal with.  Can be assumed to be compatible
+   with bfd_vma in the same way that signed and unsigned ints are compatible
+   (as parameters, in assignment, etc).  */
+typedef long bfd_signed_vma;
+
+typedef unsigned long symvalue;
+typedef unsigned long bfd_size_type;
+
+/* Print a bfd_vma x on stream s.  */
+#define fprintf_vma(s,x) fprintf(s, "%08lx", x)
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) sprintf(s, "%08lx", x)
+#endif /* not BFD64  */
+#define printf_vma(x) fprintf_vma(stdout,x)
+
+typedef unsigned int flagword;	/* 32 bits of flags */
+typedef unsigned char bfd_byte;
+
+/** File formats */
+
+typedef enum bfd_format {
+	      bfd_unknown = 0,	/* file format is unknown */
+	      bfd_object,	/* linker/assember/compiler output */
+	      bfd_archive,	/* object archive file */
+	      bfd_core,		/* core dump */
+	      bfd_type_end}	/* marks the end; don't use it! */
+         bfd_format;
+
+/* Values that may appear in the flags field of a BFD.  These also
+   appear in the object_flags field of the bfd_target structure, where
+   they indicate the set of flags used by that backend (not all flags
+   are meaningful for all object file formats) (FIXME: at the moment,
+   the object_flags values have mostly just been copied from backend
+   to another, and are not necessarily correct).  */
+
+/* No flags.  */
+#define BFD_NO_FLAGS   	0x00
+
+/* BFD contains relocation entries.  */
+#define HAS_RELOC   	0x01
+
+/* BFD is directly executable.  */
+#define EXEC_P      	0x02
+
+/* BFD has line number information (basically used for F_LNNO in a
+   COFF header).  */
+#define HAS_LINENO  	0x04
+
+/* BFD has debugging information.  */
+#define HAS_DEBUG   	0x08
+
+/* BFD has symbols.  */
+#define HAS_SYMS    	0x10
+
+/* BFD has local symbols (basically used for F_LSYMS in a COFF
+   header).  */
+#define HAS_LOCALS  	0x20
+
+/* BFD is a dynamic object.  */
+#define DYNAMIC     	0x40
+
+/* Text section is write protected (if D_PAGED is not set, this is
+   like an a.out NMAGIC file) (the linker sets this by default, but
+   clears it for -r or -N).  */
+#define WP_TEXT     	0x80
+
+/* BFD is dynamically paged (this is like an a.out ZMAGIC file) (the
+   linker sets this by default, but clears it for -r or -n or -N).  */
+#define D_PAGED     	0x100
+
+/* BFD is relaxable (this means that bfd_relax_section may be able to
+   do something) (sometimes bfd_relax_section can do something even if
+   this is not set).  */
+#define BFD_IS_RELAXABLE 0x200
+
+/* This may be set before writing out a BFD to request using a
+   traditional format.  For example, this is used to request that when
+   writing out an a.out object the symbols not be hashed to eliminate
+   duplicates.  */
+#define BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT 0x400
+
+/* This flag indicates that the BFD contents are actually cached in
+   memory.  If this is set, iostream points to a bfd_in_memory struct.  */
+#define BFD_IN_MEMORY 0x800
+
+/* symbols and relocation */
+
+/* A count of carsyms (canonical archive symbols).  */
+typedef unsigned long symindex;
+
+/* How to perform a relocation.  */
+typedef const struct reloc_howto_struct reloc_howto_type;
+
+#define BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS ((symindex) ~0)
+
+/* General purpose part of a symbol X;
+   target specific parts are in libcoff.h, libaout.h, etc.  */
+
+#define bfd_get_section(x) ((x)->section)
+#define bfd_get_output_section(x) ((x)->section->output_section)
+#define bfd_set_section(x,y) ((x)->section) = (y)
+#define bfd_asymbol_base(x) ((x)->section->vma)
+#define bfd_asymbol_value(x) (bfd_asymbol_base(x) + (x)->value)
+#define bfd_asymbol_name(x) ((x)->name)
+/*Perhaps future: #define bfd_asymbol_bfd(x) ((x)->section->owner)*/
+#define bfd_asymbol_bfd(x) ((x)->the_bfd)
+#define bfd_asymbol_flavour(x) (bfd_asymbol_bfd(x)->xvec->flavour)
+
+/* A canonical archive symbol.  */
+/* This is a type pun with struct ranlib on purpose! */
+typedef struct carsym {
+  char *name;
+  file_ptr file_offset;		/* look here to find the file */
+} carsym;			/* to make these you call a carsymogen */
+
+  
+/* Used in generating armaps (archive tables of contents).
+   Perhaps just a forward definition would do? */
+struct orl {			/* output ranlib */
+  char **name;			/* symbol name */ 
+  file_ptr pos;			/* bfd* or file position */
+  int namidx;			/* index into string table */
+};
+
+
+/* Linenumber stuff */
+typedef struct lineno_cache_entry {
+  unsigned int line_number;	/* Linenumber from start of function*/  
+  union {
+    struct symbol_cache_entry *sym; /* Function name */
+    unsigned long offset;	/* Offset into section */
+  } u;
+} alent;
+
+/* object and core file sections */
+
+#define	align_power(addr, align)	\
+	( ((addr) + ((1<<(align))-1)) & (-1 << (align)))
+
+typedef struct sec *sec_ptr;
+
+#define bfd_get_section_name(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->name + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_vma(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->vma + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_alignment(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->alignment_power + 0)
+#define bfd_section_name(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->name)
+#define bfd_section_size(bfd, ptr) (bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc(ptr))
+#define bfd_section_vma(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->vma)
+#define bfd_section_alignment(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->alignment_power)
+#define bfd_get_section_flags(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->flags + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_userdata(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->userdata)
+
+#define bfd_is_com_section(ptr) (((ptr)->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) != 0)
+
+#define bfd_set_section_vma(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->vma = (ptr)->lma= (val)), ((ptr)->user_set_vma = (boolean)true), true)
+#define bfd_set_section_alignment(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->alignment_power = (val)),true)
+#define bfd_set_section_userdata(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->userdata = (val)),true)
+
+typedef struct stat stat_type; 
+
+typedef enum bfd_print_symbol
+{ 
+  bfd_print_symbol_name,
+  bfd_print_symbol_more,
+  bfd_print_symbol_all
+} bfd_print_symbol_type;
+    
+/* Information about a symbol that nm needs.  */
+
+typedef struct _symbol_info
+{
+  symvalue value;
+  char type;
+  CONST char *name;            /* Symbol name.  */
+  unsigned char stab_type;     /* Stab type.  */
+  char stab_other;             /* Stab other. */
+  short stab_desc;             /* Stab desc.  */
+  CONST char *stab_name;       /* String for stab type.  */
+} symbol_info;
+
+/* Get the name of a stabs type code.  */
+
+extern const char *bfd_get_stab_name PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Hash table routines.  There is no way to free up a hash table.  */
+
+/* An element in the hash table.  Most uses will actually use a larger
+   structure, and an instance of this will be the first field.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry
+{
+  /* Next entry for this hash code.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry *next;
+  /* String being hashed.  */
+  const char *string;
+  /* Hash code.  This is the full hash code, not the index into the
+     table.  */
+  unsigned long hash;
+};
+
+/* A hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_table
+{
+  /* The hash array.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry **table;
+  /* The number of slots in the hash table.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+  /* A function used to create new elements in the hash table.  The
+     first entry is itself a pointer to an element.  When this
+     function is first invoked, this pointer will be NULL.  However,
+     having the pointer permits a hierarchy of method functions to be
+     built each of which calls the function in the superclass.  Thus
+     each function should be written to allocate a new block of memory
+     only if the argument is NULL.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+					     struct bfd_hash_table *,
+					     const char *));
+   /* An objalloc for this hash table.  This is a struct objalloc *,
+     but we use PTR to avoid requiring the inclusion of objalloc.h.  */
+  PTR memory;
+};
+
+/* Initialize a hash table.  */
+extern boolean bfd_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+
+/* Initialize a hash table specifying a size.  */
+extern boolean bfd_hash_table_init_n
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *),
+	   unsigned int size));
+
+/* Free up a hash table.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_table_free PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *));
+
+/* Look up a string in a hash table.  If CREATE is true, a new entry
+   will be created for this string if one does not already exist.  The
+   COPY argument must be true if this routine should copy the string
+   into newly allocated memory when adding an entry.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *bfd_hash_lookup
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *, boolean create,
+	   boolean copy));
+
+/* Replace an entry in a hash table.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_replace
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *, struct bfd_hash_entry *old,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *nw));
+
+/* Base method for creating a hash table entry.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *bfd_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   const char *));
+
+/* Grab some space for a hash table entry.  */
+extern PTR bfd_hash_allocate PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				      unsigned int));
+
+/* Traverse a hash table in a random order, calling a function on each
+   element.  If the function returns false, the traversal stops.  The
+   INFO argument is passed to the function.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_traverse PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       boolean (*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						    PTR),
+				       PTR info));
+
+/* Semi-portable string concatenation in cpp.
+   The CAT4 hack is to avoid a problem with some strict ANSI C preprocessors.
+   The problem is, "32_" is not a valid preprocessing token, and we don't
+   want extra underscores (e.g., "nlm_32_").  The XCAT2 macro will cause the
+   inner CAT macros to be evaluated first, producing still-valid pp-tokens.
+   Then the final concatenation can be done.  (Sigh.)  */
+#ifndef CAT
+#ifdef SABER
+#define CAT(a,b)	a##b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c)	a##b##c
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	a##b##c##d
+#else
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+#define CAT(a,b) a##b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c) a##b##c
+#define XCAT2(a,b)	CAT(a,b)
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	XCAT2(CAT(a,b),CAT(c,d))
+#else
+#define CAT(a,b) a/**/b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c) a/**/b/**/c
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	a/**/b/**/c/**/d
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define COFF_SWAP_TABLE (PTR) &bfd_coff_std_swap_table
+
+/* User program access to BFD facilities */
+
+/* Direct I/O routines, for programs which know more about the object
+   file than BFD does.  Use higher level routines if possible.  */
+
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_read
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_size_type size, bfd_size_type nitems, bfd *abfd));
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_write
+  PARAMS ((const PTR, bfd_size_type size, bfd_size_type nitems, bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_seek PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, file_ptr fp, int direction));
+extern long bfd_tell PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_flush PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_stat PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct stat *));
+
+
+/* Cast from const char * to char * so that caller can assign to
+   a char * without a warning.  */
+#define bfd_get_filename(abfd) ((char *) (abfd)->filename)
+#define bfd_get_cacheable(abfd) ((abfd)->cacheable)
+#define bfd_get_format(abfd) ((abfd)->format)
+#define bfd_get_target(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->name)
+#define bfd_get_flavour(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->flavour)
+#define bfd_big_endian(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+#define bfd_little_endian(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+#define bfd_header_big_endian(abfd) \
+  ((abfd)->xvec->header_byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+#define bfd_header_little_endian(abfd) \
+  ((abfd)->xvec->header_byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+#define bfd_get_file_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->flags)
+#define bfd_applicable_file_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->object_flags)
+#define bfd_applicable_section_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->section_flags)
+#define bfd_my_archive(abfd) ((abfd)->my_archive)
+#define bfd_has_map(abfd) ((abfd)->has_armap)
+
+#define bfd_valid_reloc_types(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->valid_reloc_types)
+#define bfd_usrdata(abfd) ((abfd)->usrdata)
+
+#define bfd_get_start_address(abfd) ((abfd)->start_address)
+#define bfd_get_symcount(abfd) ((abfd)->symcount)
+#define bfd_get_outsymbols(abfd) ((abfd)->outsymbols)
+#define bfd_count_sections(abfd) ((abfd)->section_count)
+
+#define bfd_get_symbol_leading_char(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->symbol_leading_char)
+
+#define bfd_set_cacheable(abfd,bool) (((abfd)->cacheable = (boolean)(bool)), true)
+
+extern boolean bfd_record_phdr
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned long, boolean, flagword, boolean, bfd_vma,
+	   boolean, boolean, unsigned int, struct sec **));
+
+/* Byte swapping routines.  */
+
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb64	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma 	bfd_getl64	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_64 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_64 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb32	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getl32	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_32 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_32 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb16	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getl16	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_16 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_16 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb64	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl64	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb32	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl32	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb16	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl16	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+
+/* Externally visible ECOFF routines.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct ecoff_debug_info;
+struct ecoff_debug_swap;
+struct ecoff_extr;
+struct symbol_cache_entry;
+struct bfd_link_info;
+struct bfd_link_hash_entry;
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree;
+#endif
+extern bfd_vma bfd_ecoff_get_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_set_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_vma gp_value));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_set_regmasks
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, unsigned long gprmask, unsigned long fprmask,
+	   unsigned long *cprmask));
+extern PTR bfd_ecoff_debug_init
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern void bfd_ecoff_debug_free
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   bfd *input_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *input_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap, bfd *input_bfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_externals
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   boolean relocateable,
+	   boolean (*get_extr) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+				struct ecoff_extr *),
+	   void (*set_index) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+			      bfd_size_type)));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   const char *name, struct ecoff_extr *esym));
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_ecoff_debug_size
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_write_debug
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, file_ptr where));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info, file_ptr where));
+extern boolean bfd_mips_ecoff_create_embedded_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec *, struct sec *,
+	   char **));
+
+/* Externally visible ELF routines.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_needed_list
+{
+  struct bfd_link_needed_list *next;
+  bfd *by;
+  const char *name;
+};
+
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, boolean));
+extern struct bfd_link_needed_list *bfd_elf_get_needed_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *, boolean, const char *,
+	   const char * const *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **,
+	   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *, boolean, const char *,
+	   const char * const *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **,
+	   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *));
+extern void bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+extern const char *bfd_elf_get_dt_soname PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* SunOS shared library support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern struct bfd_link_needed_list *bfd_sunos_get_needed_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_sunos_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **, struct sec **,
+	   struct sec **));
+
+/* Linux shared library support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern boolean bfd_i386linux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_m68klinux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_sparclinux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* mmap hacks */
+
+struct _bfd_window_internal;
+typedef struct _bfd_window_internal bfd_window_internal;
+
+typedef struct _bfd_window {
+  /* What the user asked for.  */
+  PTR data;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* The actual window used by BFD.  Small user-requested read-only
+     regions sharing a page may share a single window into the object
+     file.  Read-write versions shouldn't until I've fixed things to
+     keep track of which portions have been claimed by the
+     application; don't want to give the same region back when the
+     application wants two writable copies!  */
+  struct _bfd_window_internal *i;
+} bfd_window;
+
+extern void bfd_init_window PARAMS ((bfd_window *));
+extern void bfd_free_window PARAMS ((bfd_window *));
+extern boolean bfd_get_file_window
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type, bfd_window *, boolean));
+
+/* XCOFF support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_link_record_set
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   bfd_size_type));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_import_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   bfd_vma, const char *, const char *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_export_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, const char *,
+	   unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, boolean,
+	   int, boolean, boolean, struct sec **));
+
+/* Externally visible COFF routines.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct internal_syment;
+union internal_auxent;
+#endif
+
+extern boolean bfd_coff_get_syment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *, struct internal_syment *));
+extern boolean bfd_coff_get_auxent
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *, int, union internal_auxent *));
+
+/* And more from the source.  */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in2.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d857a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd-in2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2678 @@
+/* Main header file for the bfd library -- portable access to object files.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: bfd.h and bfd-in2.h are GENERATED files.  Don't change them;
+** instead, change bfd-in.h or the other BFD source files processed to
+** generate these files.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* bfd.h -- The only header file required by users of the bfd library 
+
+The bfd.h file is generated from bfd-in.h and various .c files; if you
+change it, your changes will probably be lost.
+
+All the prototypes and definitions following the comment "THE FOLLOWING
+IS EXTRACTED FROM THE SOURCE" are extracted from the source files for
+BFD.  If you change it, someone oneday will extract it from the source
+again, and your changes will be lost.  To save yourself from this bind,
+change the definitions in the source in the bfd directory.  Type "make
+docs" and then "make headers" in that directory, and magically this file
+will change to reflect your changes.
+
+If you don't have the tools to perform the extraction, then you are
+safe from someone on your system trampling over your header files.
+You should still maintain the equivalence between the source and this
+file though; every change you make to the .c file should be reflected
+here.  */
+
+#ifndef __BFD_H_SEEN__
+#define __BFD_H_SEEN__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* These two lines get substitutions done by commands in Makefile.in.  */
+#define BFD_VERSION  "@VERSION@"
+#define BFD_ARCH_SIZE @wordsize@
+#define BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG @BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG@
+#if @BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED@
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT @BFD_HOST_64_BIT@
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT @BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT@
+#endif
+
+#if BFD_ARCH_SIZE >= 64
+#define BFD64
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INLINE
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+#define INLINE __inline__
+#else
+#define INLINE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* forward declaration */
+typedef struct _bfd bfd;
+
+/* To squelch erroneous compiler warnings ("illegal pointer
+   combination") from the SVR3 compiler, we would like to typedef
+   boolean to int (it doesn't like functions which return boolean.
+   Making sure they are never implicitly declared to return int
+   doesn't seem to help).  But this file is not configured based on
+   the host.  */
+/* General rules: functions which are boolean return true on success
+   and false on failure (unless they're a predicate).   -- bfd.doc */
+/* I'm sure this is going to break something and someone is going to
+   force me to change it. */
+/* typedef enum boolean {false, true} boolean; */
+/* Yup, SVR4 has a "typedef enum boolean" in <sys/types.h>  -fnf */
+/* It gets worse if the host also defines a true/false enum... -sts */
+/* And even worse if your compiler has built-in boolean types... -law */
+#if defined (__GNUG__) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 5)
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif
+#ifdef MPW
+/* Pre-emptive strike - get the file with the enum. */
+#include <Types.h>
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif /* MPW */
+#ifndef TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+typedef enum bfd_boolean {false, true} boolean;
+#define BFD_TRUE_FALSE
+#else
+/* Use enum names that will appear nowhere else.  */
+typedef enum bfd_boolean {bfd_fffalse, bfd_tttrue} boolean;
+#endif
+
+/* A pointer to a position in a file.  */
+/* FIXME:  This should be using off_t from <sys/types.h>.
+   For now, try to avoid breaking stuff by not including <sys/types.h> here.
+   This will break on systems with 64-bit file offsets (e.g. 4.4BSD).
+   Probably the best long-term answer is to avoid using file_ptr AND off_t 
+   in this header file, and to handle this in the BFD implementation
+   rather than in its interface.  */
+/* typedef off_t	file_ptr; */
+typedef long int file_ptr;
+
+/* Support for different sizes of target format ints and addresses.
+   If the type `long' is at least 64 bits, BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG will be
+   set to 1 above.  Otherwise, if gcc is being used, this code will
+   use gcc's "long long" type.  Otherwise, BFD_HOST_64_BIT must be
+   defined above.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD64
+
+#ifndef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT long
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT unsigned long
+#else
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define BFD_HOST_64_BIT long long
+#define BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT unsigned long long
+#else /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+ #error No 64 bit integer type available
+#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+#endif /* ! BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG */
+#endif /* ! defined (BFD_HOST_64_BIT) */
+
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT bfd_vma;
+typedef BFD_HOST_64_BIT bfd_signed_vma;
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT bfd_size_type;
+typedef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT symvalue;
+
+#ifndef fprintf_vma
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) sprintf (s, "%016lx", x)
+#define fprintf_vma(f,x) fprintf (f, "%016lx", x)
+#else
+#define _bfd_int64_low(x) ((unsigned long) (((x) & 0xffffffff)))
+#define _bfd_int64_high(x) ((unsigned long) (((x) >> 32) & 0xffffffff))
+#define fprintf_vma(s,x) \
+  fprintf ((s), "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (x), _bfd_int64_low (x))
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) \
+  sprintf ((s), "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (x), _bfd_int64_low (x))
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#else /* not BFD64  */
+
+/* Represent a target address.  Also used as a generic unsigned type
+   which is guaranteed to be big enough to hold any arithmetic types
+   we need to deal with.  */
+typedef unsigned long bfd_vma;
+
+/* A generic signed type which is guaranteed to be big enough to hold any
+   arithmetic types we need to deal with.  Can be assumed to be compatible
+   with bfd_vma in the same way that signed and unsigned ints are compatible
+   (as parameters, in assignment, etc).  */
+typedef long bfd_signed_vma;
+
+typedef unsigned long symvalue;
+typedef unsigned long bfd_size_type;
+
+/* Print a bfd_vma x on stream s.  */
+#define fprintf_vma(s,x) fprintf(s, "%08lx", x)
+#define sprintf_vma(s,x) sprintf(s, "%08lx", x)
+#endif /* not BFD64  */
+#define printf_vma(x) fprintf_vma(stdout,x)
+
+typedef unsigned int flagword;	/* 32 bits of flags */
+typedef unsigned char bfd_byte;
+
+/** File formats */
+
+typedef enum bfd_format {
+	      bfd_unknown = 0,	/* file format is unknown */
+	      bfd_object,	/* linker/assember/compiler output */
+	      bfd_archive,	/* object archive file */
+	      bfd_core,		/* core dump */
+	      bfd_type_end}	/* marks the end; don't use it! */
+         bfd_format;
+
+/* Values that may appear in the flags field of a BFD.  These also
+   appear in the object_flags field of the bfd_target structure, where
+   they indicate the set of flags used by that backend (not all flags
+   are meaningful for all object file formats) (FIXME: at the moment,
+   the object_flags values have mostly just been copied from backend
+   to another, and are not necessarily correct).  */
+
+/* No flags.  */
+#define BFD_NO_FLAGS   	0x00
+
+/* BFD contains relocation entries.  */
+#define HAS_RELOC   	0x01
+
+/* BFD is directly executable.  */
+#define EXEC_P      	0x02
+
+/* BFD has line number information (basically used for F_LNNO in a
+   COFF header).  */
+#define HAS_LINENO  	0x04
+
+/* BFD has debugging information.  */
+#define HAS_DEBUG   	0x08
+
+/* BFD has symbols.  */
+#define HAS_SYMS    	0x10
+
+/* BFD has local symbols (basically used for F_LSYMS in a COFF
+   header).  */
+#define HAS_LOCALS  	0x20
+
+/* BFD is a dynamic object.  */
+#define DYNAMIC     	0x40
+
+/* Text section is write protected (if D_PAGED is not set, this is
+   like an a.out NMAGIC file) (the linker sets this by default, but
+   clears it for -r or -N).  */
+#define WP_TEXT     	0x80
+
+/* BFD is dynamically paged (this is like an a.out ZMAGIC file) (the
+   linker sets this by default, but clears it for -r or -n or -N).  */
+#define D_PAGED     	0x100
+
+/* BFD is relaxable (this means that bfd_relax_section may be able to
+   do something) (sometimes bfd_relax_section can do something even if
+   this is not set).  */
+#define BFD_IS_RELAXABLE 0x200
+
+/* This may be set before writing out a BFD to request using a
+   traditional format.  For example, this is used to request that when
+   writing out an a.out object the symbols not be hashed to eliminate
+   duplicates.  */
+#define BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT 0x400
+
+/* This flag indicates that the BFD contents are actually cached in
+   memory.  If this is set, iostream points to a bfd_in_memory struct.  */
+#define BFD_IN_MEMORY 0x800
+
+/* symbols and relocation */
+
+/* A count of carsyms (canonical archive symbols).  */
+typedef unsigned long symindex;
+
+/* How to perform a relocation.  */
+typedef const struct reloc_howto_struct reloc_howto_type;
+
+#define BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS ((symindex) ~0)
+
+/* General purpose part of a symbol X;
+   target specific parts are in libcoff.h, libaout.h, etc.  */
+
+#define bfd_get_section(x) ((x)->section)
+#define bfd_get_output_section(x) ((x)->section->output_section)
+#define bfd_set_section(x,y) ((x)->section) = (y)
+#define bfd_asymbol_base(x) ((x)->section->vma)
+#define bfd_asymbol_value(x) (bfd_asymbol_base(x) + (x)->value)
+#define bfd_asymbol_name(x) ((x)->name)
+/*Perhaps future: #define bfd_asymbol_bfd(x) ((x)->section->owner)*/
+#define bfd_asymbol_bfd(x) ((x)->the_bfd)
+#define bfd_asymbol_flavour(x) (bfd_asymbol_bfd(x)->xvec->flavour)
+
+/* A canonical archive symbol.  */
+/* This is a type pun with struct ranlib on purpose! */
+typedef struct carsym {
+  char *name;
+  file_ptr file_offset;		/* look here to find the file */
+} carsym;			/* to make these you call a carsymogen */
+
+  
+/* Used in generating armaps (archive tables of contents).
+   Perhaps just a forward definition would do? */
+struct orl {			/* output ranlib */
+  char **name;			/* symbol name */ 
+  file_ptr pos;			/* bfd* or file position */
+  int namidx;			/* index into string table */
+};
+
+
+/* Linenumber stuff */
+typedef struct lineno_cache_entry {
+  unsigned int line_number;	/* Linenumber from start of function*/  
+  union {
+    struct symbol_cache_entry *sym; /* Function name */
+    unsigned long offset;	/* Offset into section */
+  } u;
+} alent;
+
+/* object and core file sections */
+
+#define	align_power(addr, align)	\
+	( ((addr) + ((1<<(align))-1)) & (-1 << (align)))
+
+typedef struct sec *sec_ptr;
+
+#define bfd_get_section_name(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->name + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_vma(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->vma + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_alignment(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->alignment_power + 0)
+#define bfd_section_name(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->name)
+#define bfd_section_size(bfd, ptr) (bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc(ptr))
+#define bfd_section_vma(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->vma)
+#define bfd_section_alignment(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->alignment_power)
+#define bfd_get_section_flags(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->flags + 0)
+#define bfd_get_section_userdata(bfd, ptr) ((ptr)->userdata)
+
+#define bfd_is_com_section(ptr) (((ptr)->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) != 0)
+
+#define bfd_set_section_vma(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->vma = (ptr)->lma= (val)), ((ptr)->user_set_vma = (boolean)true), true)
+#define bfd_set_section_alignment(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->alignment_power = (val)),true)
+#define bfd_set_section_userdata(bfd, ptr, val) (((ptr)->userdata = (val)),true)
+
+typedef struct stat stat_type; 
+
+typedef enum bfd_print_symbol
+{ 
+  bfd_print_symbol_name,
+  bfd_print_symbol_more,
+  bfd_print_symbol_all
+} bfd_print_symbol_type;
+    
+/* Information about a symbol that nm needs.  */
+
+typedef struct _symbol_info
+{
+  symvalue value;
+  char type;
+  CONST char *name;            /* Symbol name.  */
+  unsigned char stab_type;     /* Stab type.  */
+  char stab_other;             /* Stab other. */
+  short stab_desc;             /* Stab desc.  */
+  CONST char *stab_name;       /* String for stab type.  */
+} symbol_info;
+
+/* Get the name of a stabs type code.  */
+
+extern const char *bfd_get_stab_name PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Hash table routines.  There is no way to free up a hash table.  */
+
+/* An element in the hash table.  Most uses will actually use a larger
+   structure, and an instance of this will be the first field.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry
+{
+  /* Next entry for this hash code.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry *next;
+  /* String being hashed.  */
+  const char *string;
+  /* Hash code.  This is the full hash code, not the index into the
+     table.  */
+  unsigned long hash;
+};
+
+/* A hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_table
+{
+  /* The hash array.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry **table;
+  /* The number of slots in the hash table.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+  /* A function used to create new elements in the hash table.  The
+     first entry is itself a pointer to an element.  When this
+     function is first invoked, this pointer will be NULL.  However,
+     having the pointer permits a hierarchy of method functions to be
+     built each of which calls the function in the superclass.  Thus
+     each function should be written to allocate a new block of memory
+     only if the argument is NULL.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+					     struct bfd_hash_table *,
+					     const char *));
+   /* An objalloc for this hash table.  This is a struct objalloc *,
+     but we use PTR to avoid requiring the inclusion of objalloc.h.  */
+  PTR memory;
+};
+
+/* Initialize a hash table.  */
+extern boolean bfd_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+
+/* Initialize a hash table specifying a size.  */
+extern boolean bfd_hash_table_init_n
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *),
+	   unsigned int size));
+
+/* Free up a hash table.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_table_free PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *));
+
+/* Look up a string in a hash table.  If CREATE is true, a new entry
+   will be created for this string if one does not already exist.  The
+   COPY argument must be true if this routine should copy the string
+   into newly allocated memory when adding an entry.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *bfd_hash_lookup
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *, boolean create,
+	   boolean copy));
+
+/* Replace an entry in a hash table.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_replace
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *, struct bfd_hash_entry *old,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *nw));
+
+/* Base method for creating a hash table entry.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *bfd_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   const char *));
+
+/* Grab some space for a hash table entry.  */
+extern PTR bfd_hash_allocate PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				      unsigned int));
+
+/* Traverse a hash table in a random order, calling a function on each
+   element.  If the function returns false, the traversal stops.  The
+   INFO argument is passed to the function.  */
+extern void bfd_hash_traverse PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       boolean (*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						    PTR),
+				       PTR info));
+
+/* Semi-portable string concatenation in cpp.
+   The CAT4 hack is to avoid a problem with some strict ANSI C preprocessors.
+   The problem is, "32_" is not a valid preprocessing token, and we don't
+   want extra underscores (e.g., "nlm_32_").  The XCAT2 macro will cause the
+   inner CAT macros to be evaluated first, producing still-valid pp-tokens.
+   Then the final concatenation can be done.  (Sigh.)  */
+#ifndef CAT
+#ifdef SABER
+#define CAT(a,b)	a##b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c)	a##b##c
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	a##b##c##d
+#else
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+#define CAT(a,b) a##b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c) a##b##c
+#define XCAT2(a,b)	CAT(a,b)
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	XCAT2(CAT(a,b),CAT(c,d))
+#else
+#define CAT(a,b) a/**/b
+#define CAT3(a,b,c) a/**/b/**/c
+#define CAT4(a,b,c,d)	a/**/b/**/c/**/d
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define COFF_SWAP_TABLE (PTR) &bfd_coff_std_swap_table
+
+/* User program access to BFD facilities */
+
+/* Direct I/O routines, for programs which know more about the object
+   file than BFD does.  Use higher level routines if possible.  */
+
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_read
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_size_type size, bfd_size_type nitems, bfd *abfd));
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_write
+  PARAMS ((const PTR, bfd_size_type size, bfd_size_type nitems, bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_seek PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, file_ptr fp, int direction));
+extern long bfd_tell PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_flush PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern int bfd_stat PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct stat *));
+
+
+/* Cast from const char * to char * so that caller can assign to
+   a char * without a warning.  */
+#define bfd_get_filename(abfd) ((char *) (abfd)->filename)
+#define bfd_get_cacheable(abfd) ((abfd)->cacheable)
+#define bfd_get_format(abfd) ((abfd)->format)
+#define bfd_get_target(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->name)
+#define bfd_get_flavour(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->flavour)
+#define bfd_big_endian(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+#define bfd_little_endian(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+#define bfd_header_big_endian(abfd) \
+  ((abfd)->xvec->header_byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+#define bfd_header_little_endian(abfd) \
+  ((abfd)->xvec->header_byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+#define bfd_get_file_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->flags)
+#define bfd_applicable_file_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->object_flags)
+#define bfd_applicable_section_flags(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->section_flags)
+#define bfd_my_archive(abfd) ((abfd)->my_archive)
+#define bfd_has_map(abfd) ((abfd)->has_armap)
+
+#define bfd_valid_reloc_types(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->valid_reloc_types)
+#define bfd_usrdata(abfd) ((abfd)->usrdata)
+
+#define bfd_get_start_address(abfd) ((abfd)->start_address)
+#define bfd_get_symcount(abfd) ((abfd)->symcount)
+#define bfd_get_outsymbols(abfd) ((abfd)->outsymbols)
+#define bfd_count_sections(abfd) ((abfd)->section_count)
+
+#define bfd_get_symbol_leading_char(abfd) ((abfd)->xvec->symbol_leading_char)
+
+#define bfd_set_cacheable(abfd,bool) (((abfd)->cacheable = (boolean)(bool)), true)
+
+extern boolean bfd_record_phdr
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned long, boolean, flagword, boolean, bfd_vma,
+	   boolean, boolean, unsigned int, struct sec **));
+
+/* Byte swapping routines.  */
+
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb64	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma 	bfd_getl64	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_64 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_64 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb32	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getl32	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_32 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_32 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getb16	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_vma		bfd_getl16	   PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getb_signed_16 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+bfd_signed_vma	bfd_getl_signed_16 PARAMS ((const unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb64	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl64	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb32	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl32	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putb16	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+void		bfd_putl16	   PARAMS ((bfd_vma, unsigned char *));
+
+/* Externally visible ECOFF routines.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct ecoff_debug_info;
+struct ecoff_debug_swap;
+struct ecoff_extr;
+struct symbol_cache_entry;
+struct bfd_link_info;
+struct bfd_link_hash_entry;
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree;
+#endif
+extern bfd_vma bfd_ecoff_get_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_set_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_vma gp_value));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_set_regmasks
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, unsigned long gprmask, unsigned long fprmask,
+	   unsigned long *cprmask));
+extern PTR bfd_ecoff_debug_init
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern void bfd_ecoff_debug_free
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap,
+	   bfd *input_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *input_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *output_bfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap, bfd *input_bfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_externals
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   boolean relocateable,
+	   boolean (*get_extr) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+				struct ecoff_extr *),
+	   void (*set_index) (struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+			      bfd_size_type)));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   const char *name, struct ecoff_extr *esym));
+extern bfd_size_type bfd_ecoff_debug_size
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_write_debug
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, file_ptr where));
+extern boolean bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug
+  PARAMS ((PTR handle, bfd *abfd, struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info, file_ptr where));
+extern boolean bfd_mips_ecoff_create_embedded_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec *, struct sec *,
+	   char **));
+
+/* Externally visible ELF routines.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_needed_list
+{
+  struct bfd_link_needed_list *next;
+  bfd *by;
+  const char *name;
+};
+
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, boolean));
+extern struct bfd_link_needed_list *bfd_elf_get_needed_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *, boolean, const char *,
+	   const char * const *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **,
+	   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *, boolean, const char *,
+	   const char * const *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **,
+	   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *));
+extern void bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+extern const char *bfd_elf_get_dt_soname PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* SunOS shared library support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern struct bfd_link_needed_list *bfd_sunos_get_needed_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_sunos_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_sunos_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct sec **, struct sec **,
+	   struct sec **));
+
+/* Linux shared library support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern boolean bfd_i386linux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_m68klinux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_sparclinux_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* mmap hacks */
+
+struct _bfd_window_internal;
+typedef struct _bfd_window_internal bfd_window_internal;
+
+typedef struct _bfd_window {
+  /* What the user asked for.  */
+  PTR data;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* The actual window used by BFD.  Small user-requested read-only
+     regions sharing a page may share a single window into the object
+     file.  Read-write versions shouldn't until I've fixed things to
+     keep track of which portions have been claimed by the
+     application; don't want to give the same region back when the
+     application wants two writable copies!  */
+  struct _bfd_window_internal *i;
+} bfd_window;
+
+extern void bfd_init_window PARAMS ((bfd_window *));
+extern void bfd_free_window PARAMS ((bfd_window *));
+extern boolean bfd_get_file_window
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type, bfd_window *, boolean));
+
+/* XCOFF support routines for the linker.  */
+
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_link_record_set
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   bfd_size_type));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_import_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   bfd_vma, const char *, const char *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_export_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_link_count_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_record_link_assignment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *));
+extern boolean bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, const char *,
+	   unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, boolean,
+	   int, boolean, boolean, struct sec **));
+
+/* Externally visible COFF routines.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct internal_syment;
+union internal_auxent;
+#endif
+
+extern boolean bfd_coff_get_syment
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *, struct internal_syment *));
+extern boolean bfd_coff_get_auxent
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *, int, union internal_auxent *));
+
+/* And more from the source.  */
+void 
+bfd_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openr PARAMS ((CONST char *filename, CONST char *target));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_fdopenr PARAMS ((CONST char *filename, CONST char *target, int fd));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openstreamr PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, PTR));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openw PARAMS ((CONST char *filename, CONST char *target));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_close PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_close_all_done PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_create PARAMS ((CONST char *filename, bfd *templ));
+
+
+ /* Byte swapping macros for user section data.  */
+
+#define bfd_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                (*((unsigned char *)(ptr)) = (unsigned char)(val))
+#define bfd_put_signed_8 \
+		bfd_put_8
+#define bfd_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+                (*(unsigned char *)(ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		((*(unsigned char *)(ptr) ^ 0x80) - 0x80)
+
+#define bfd_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx16, ((val),(ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_16 \
+		 bfd_put_16
+#define bfd_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx16, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+         	 BFD_SEND (abfd, bfd_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx32, ((val),(ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_32 \
+		 bfd_put_32
+#define bfd_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx32, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx64, ((val), (ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_64 \
+		 bfd_put_64
+#define bfd_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx64, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+
+
+ /* Byte swapping macros for file header data.  */
+
+#define bfd_h_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		bfd_get_8 (abfd, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		bfd_get_signed_8 (abfd, ptr)
+
+#define bfd_h_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx16,(val,ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_16 \
+		 bfd_h_put_16
+#define bfd_h_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx16,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_h_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx32,(val,ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_32 \
+		 bfd_h_put_32
+#define bfd_h_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx32,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_h_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx64,(val, ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_64 \
+		 bfd_h_put_64
+#define bfd_h_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx64,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+
+typedef struct sec
+{
+         /* The name of the section; the name isn't a copy, the pointer is
+        the same as that passed to bfd_make_section. */
+
+    CONST char *name;
+
+         /* Which section is it; 0..nth.      */
+
+   int index;
+
+         /* The next section in the list belonging to the BFD, or NULL. */
+
+    struct sec *next;
+
+         /* The field flags contains attributes of the section. Some
+           flags are read in from the object file, and some are
+           synthesized from other information.  */
+
+    flagword flags;
+
+#define SEC_NO_FLAGS   0x000
+
+         /* Tells the OS to allocate space for this section when loading.
+           This is clear for a section containing debug information
+           only. */
+#define SEC_ALLOC      0x001
+
+         /* Tells the OS to load the section from the file when loading.
+           This is clear for a .bss section. */
+#define SEC_LOAD       0x002
+
+         /* The section contains data still to be relocated, so there is
+           some relocation information too. */
+#define SEC_RELOC      0x004
+
+#if 0    /* Obsolete ? */
+#define SEC_BALIGN     0x008
+#endif
+
+         /* A signal to the OS that the section contains read only
+          data. */
+#define SEC_READONLY   0x010
+
+         /* The section contains code only. */
+#define SEC_CODE       0x020
+
+         /* The section contains data only. */
+#define SEC_DATA       0x040
+
+         /* The section will reside in ROM. */
+#define SEC_ROM        0x080
+
+         /* The section contains constructor information. This section
+           type is used by the linker to create lists of constructors and
+           destructors used by <<g++>>. When a back end sees a symbol
+           which should be used in a constructor list, it creates a new
+           section for the type of name (e.g., <<__CTOR_LIST__>>), attaches
+           the symbol to it, and builds a relocation. To build the lists
+           of constructors, all the linker has to do is catenate all the
+           sections called <<__CTOR_LIST__>> and relocate the data
+           contained within - exactly the operations it would peform on
+           standard data. */
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR 0x100
+
+         /* The section is a constuctor, and should be placed at the
+          end of the text, data, or bss section(?). */
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_TEXT 0x1100
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_DATA 0x2100
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_BSS  0x3100
+
+         /* The section has contents - a data section could be
+           <<SEC_ALLOC>> | <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>>; a debug section could be
+           <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>> */
+#define SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 0x200
+
+         /* An instruction to the linker to not output the section
+           even if it has information which would normally be written. */
+#define SEC_NEVER_LOAD 0x400
+
+         /* The section is a COFF shared library section.  This flag is
+           only for the linker.  If this type of section appears in
+           the input file, the linker must copy it to the output file
+           without changing the vma or size.  FIXME: Although this
+           was originally intended to be general, it really is COFF
+           specific (and the flag was renamed to indicate this).  It
+           might be cleaner to have some more general mechanism to
+           allow the back end to control what the linker does with
+           sections. */
+#define SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY 0x800
+
+         /* The section contains common symbols (symbols may be defined
+           multiple times, the value of a symbol is the amount of
+           space it requires, and the largest symbol value is the one
+           used).  Most targets have exactly one of these (which we
+	    translate to bfd_com_section_ptr), but ECOFF has two. */
+#define SEC_IS_COMMON 0x8000
+
+         /* The section contains only debugging information.  For
+           example, this is set for ELF .debug and .stab sections.
+           strip tests this flag to see if a section can be
+           discarded. */
+#define SEC_DEBUGGING 0x10000
+
+         /* The contents of this section are held in memory pointed to
+           by the contents field.  This is checked by
+           bfd_get_section_contents, and the data is retrieved from
+           memory if appropriate.  */
+#define SEC_IN_MEMORY 0x20000
+
+         /* The contents of this section are to be excluded by the
+	    linker for executable and shared objects unless those
+	    objects are to be further relocated.  */
+#define SEC_EXCLUDE 0x40000
+
+	 /* The contents of this section are to be sorted by the
+	   based on the address specified in the associated symbol
+	   table.  */
+#define SEC_SORT_ENTRIES 0x80000
+
+	 /* When linking, duplicate sections of the same name should be
+	   discarded, rather than being combined into a single section as
+	   is usually done.  This is similar to how common symbols are
+	   handled.  See SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES below.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_ONCE 0x100000
+
+	 /* If SEC_LINK_ONCE is set, this bitfield describes how the linker
+	   should handle duplicate sections.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES 0x600000
+
+	 /* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that duplicate
+	   sections with the same name should simply be discarded. */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD 0x0
+
+	 /* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if there are any duplicate sections, although
+	   it should still only link one copy.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY 0x200000
+
+	 /* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if any duplicate sections are a different size.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE 0x400000
+
+	 /* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if any duplicate sections contain different
+	   contents.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS 0x600000
+
+	 /* This section was created by the linker as part of dynamic
+	   relocation or other arcane processing.  It is skipped when
+	   going through the first-pass output, trusting that someone
+	   else up the line will take care of it later.  */
+#define SEC_LINKER_CREATED 0x800000
+
+	 /*  End of section flags.  */
+
+	 /* Some internal packed boolean fields.  */
+
+	 /* See the vma field.  */
+	unsigned int user_set_vma : 1;
+
+	 /* Whether relocations have been processed.  */
+	unsigned int reloc_done : 1;
+
+	 /* A mark flag used by some of the linker backends.  */
+	unsigned int linker_mark : 1;
+
+	 /* End of internal packed boolean fields.  */
+
+        /*  The virtual memory address of the section - where it will be
+           at run time.  The symbols are relocated against this.  The
+	    user_set_vma flag is maintained by bfd; if it's not set, the
+	    backend can assign addresses (for example, in <<a.out>>, where
+	    the default address for <<.data>> is dependent on the specific
+	    target and various flags).  */
+
+   bfd_vma vma;
+
+        /*  The load address of the section - where it would be in a
+           rom image; really only used for writing section header
+	    information. */
+
+   bfd_vma lma;
+
+         /* The size of the section in bytes, as it will be output.
+           contains a value even if the section has no contents (e.g., the
+           size of <<.bss>>). This will be filled in after relocation */
+
+   bfd_size_type _cooked_size;
+
+         /* The original size on disk of the section, in bytes.  Normally this
+	    value is the same as the size, but if some relaxing has
+	    been done, then this value will be bigger.  */
+
+   bfd_size_type _raw_size;
+
+         /* If this section is going to be output, then this value is the
+           offset into the output section of the first byte in the input
+           section. E.g., if this was going to start at the 100th byte in
+           the output section, this value would be 100. */
+
+   bfd_vma output_offset;
+
+         /* The output section through which to map on output. */
+
+   struct sec *output_section;
+
+         /* The alignment requirement of the section, as an exponent of 2 -
+           e.g., 3 aligns to 2^3 (or 8). */
+
+   unsigned int alignment_power;
+
+         /* If an input section, a pointer to a vector of relocation
+           records for the data in this section. */
+
+   struct reloc_cache_entry *relocation;
+
+         /* If an output section, a pointer to a vector of pointers to
+           relocation records for the data in this section. */
+
+   struct reloc_cache_entry **orelocation;
+
+         /* The number of relocation records in one of the above  */
+
+   unsigned reloc_count;
+
+         /* Information below is back end specific - and not always used
+           or updated.  */
+
+         /* File position of section data    */
+
+   file_ptr filepos;
+
+         /* File position of relocation info */
+
+   file_ptr rel_filepos;
+
+         /* File position of line data       */
+
+   file_ptr line_filepos;
+
+         /* Pointer to data for applications */
+
+   PTR userdata;
+
+         /* If the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag is set, this points to the actual
+           contents.  */
+   unsigned char *contents;
+
+         /* Attached line number information */
+
+   alent *lineno;
+
+         /* Number of line number records   */
+
+   unsigned int lineno_count;
+
+         /* When a section is being output, this value changes as more
+           linenumbers are written out */
+
+   file_ptr moving_line_filepos;
+
+         /* What the section number is in the target world  */
+
+   int target_index;
+
+   PTR used_by_bfd;
+
+         /* If this is a constructor section then here is a list of the
+           relocations created to relocate items within it. */
+
+   struct relent_chain *constructor_chain;
+
+         /* The BFD which owns the section. */
+
+   bfd *owner;
+
+	  /* A symbol which points at this section only */
+   struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol;
+   struct symbol_cache_entry **symbol_ptr_ptr;
+
+   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_head;
+   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_tail;
+} asection ;
+
+     /* These sections are global, and are managed by BFD.  The application
+       and target back end are not permitted to change the values in
+	these sections.  New code should use the section_ptr macros rather
+       than referring directly to the const sections.  The const sections
+       may eventually vanish.  */
+#define BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME "*ABS*"
+#define BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME "*UND*"
+#define BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME "*COM*"
+#define BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME "*IND*"
+
+     /* the absolute section */
+extern const asection bfd_abs_section;
+#define bfd_abs_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)
+#define bfd_is_abs_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+     /* Pointer to the undefined section */
+extern const asection bfd_und_section;
+#define bfd_und_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_und_section)
+#define bfd_is_und_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+     /* Pointer to the common section */
+extern const asection bfd_com_section;
+#define bfd_com_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_com_section)
+     /* Pointer to the indirect section */
+extern const asection bfd_ind_section;
+#define bfd_ind_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_ind_section)
+#define bfd_is_ind_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_ind_section_ptr)
+
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_abs_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_com_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_und_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_ind_symbol;
+#define bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc(section) \
+     (section->reloc_done ? (abort(),1): (section)->_raw_size)
+#define bfd_get_section_size_after_reloc(section) \
+     ((section->reloc_done) ? (section)->_cooked_size: (abort(),1))
+asection *
+bfd_get_section_by_name PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *name));
+
+asection *
+bfd_make_section_old_way PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *name));
+
+asection *
+bfd_make_section_anyway PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *name));
+
+asection *
+bfd_make_section PARAMS ((bfd *, CONST char *name));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_section_flags PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *sec, flagword flags));
+
+void 
+bfd_map_over_sections PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    void (*func)(bfd *abfd,
+    asection *sect,
+    PTR obj),
+    PTR obj));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_section_size PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_size_type val));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_section_contents
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    asection *section,
+    PTR data,
+    file_ptr offset,
+    bfd_size_type count));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_get_section_contents
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *section, PTR location,
+    file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_copy_private_section_data PARAMS ((bfd *ibfd, asection *isec, bfd *obfd, asection *osec));
+
+#define bfd_copy_private_section_data(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_section_data, \
+		(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection))
+enum bfd_architecture 
+{
+  bfd_arch_unknown,    /* File arch not known */
+  bfd_arch_obscure,    /* Arch known, not one of these */
+  bfd_arch_m68k,       /* Motorola 68xxx */
+  bfd_arch_vax,        /* DEC Vax */   
+  bfd_arch_i960,       /* Intel 960 */
+     /* The order of the following is important.
+       lower number indicates a machine type that 
+       only accepts a subset of the instructions
+       available to machines with higher numbers.
+       The exception is the "ca", which is
+       incompatible with all other machines except 
+       "core". */
+
+#define bfd_mach_i960_core      1
+#define bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa     2
+#define bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb     3
+#define bfd_mach_i960_mc        4
+#define bfd_mach_i960_xa        5
+#define bfd_mach_i960_ca        6
+#define bfd_mach_i960_jx	 7
+#define bfd_mach_i960_hx        8
+
+  bfd_arch_a29k,       /* AMD 29000 */
+  bfd_arch_sparc,      /* SPARC */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc			1
+ /* The difference between v8plus and v9 is that v9 is a true 64 bit env.  */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet	2
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite	3
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus		4
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa		5  /* with ultrasparc add'ns */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9		6
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9a		7  /* with ultrasparc add'ns */
+ /* Nonzero if MACH has the v9 instruction set.  */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9_p(mach) \
+  ((mach) >= bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus && (mach) <= bfd_mach_sparc_v9a)
+  bfd_arch_mips,       /* MIPS Rxxxx */
+  bfd_arch_i386,       /* Intel 386 */
+#define bfd_mach_i386_i386 0
+#define bfd_mach_i386_i8086 1
+  bfd_arch_we32k,      /* AT&T WE32xxx */
+  bfd_arch_tahoe,      /* CCI/Harris Tahoe */
+  bfd_arch_i860,       /* Intel 860 */
+  bfd_arch_romp,       /* IBM ROMP PC/RT */
+  bfd_arch_alliant,    /* Alliant */
+  bfd_arch_convex,     /* Convex */
+  bfd_arch_m88k,       /* Motorola 88xxx */
+  bfd_arch_pyramid,    /* Pyramid Technology */
+  bfd_arch_h8300,      /* Hitachi H8/300 */
+#define bfd_mach_h8300   1
+#define bfd_mach_h8300h  2
+#define bfd_mach_h8300s  3
+  bfd_arch_powerpc,    /* PowerPC */
+  bfd_arch_rs6000,     /* IBM RS/6000 */
+  bfd_arch_hppa,       /* HP PA RISC */
+  bfd_arch_d10v,       /* Mitsubishi D10V */
+  bfd_arch_z8k,        /* Zilog Z8000 */
+#define bfd_mach_z8001		1
+#define bfd_mach_z8002		2
+  bfd_arch_h8500,      /* Hitachi H8/500 */
+  bfd_arch_sh,         /* Hitachi SH */
+  bfd_arch_alpha,      /* Dec Alpha */
+  bfd_arch_arm,        /* Advanced Risc Machines ARM */
+  bfd_arch_ns32k,      /* National Semiconductors ns32000 */
+  bfd_arch_w65,        /* WDC 65816 */
+  bfd_arch_m32r,       /* Mitsubishi M32R/D */
+  bfd_arch_mn10200,    /* Matsushita MN10200 */
+  bfd_arch_mn10300,    /* Matsushita MN10300 */
+  bfd_arch_last
+  };
+
+typedef struct bfd_arch_info 
+{
+  int bits_per_word;
+  int bits_per_address;
+  int bits_per_byte;
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  unsigned long mach;
+  const char *arch_name;
+  const char *printable_name;
+  unsigned int section_align_power;
+  /* true if this is the default machine for the architecture */
+  boolean the_default;	
+  const struct bfd_arch_info * (*compatible)
+	PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *a,
+	         const struct bfd_arch_info *b));
+
+  boolean (*scan) PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *, const char *));
+
+  const struct bfd_arch_info *next;
+} bfd_arch_info_type;
+const char *
+bfd_printable_name PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_scan_arch PARAMS ((const char *string));
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_arch_get_compatible PARAMS ((
+    const bfd *abfd,
+    const bfd *bbfd));
+
+void 
+bfd_set_arch_info PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, const bfd_arch_info_type *arg));
+
+enum bfd_architecture 
+bfd_get_arch PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+unsigned long 
+bfd_get_mach PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+unsigned int 
+bfd_arch_bits_per_byte PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+unsigned int 
+bfd_arch_bits_per_address PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type * 
+bfd_get_arch_info PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_lookup_arch
+ PARAMS ((enum bfd_architecture
+    arch,
+    unsigned long machine));
+
+const char *
+bfd_printable_arch_mach
+ PARAMS ((enum bfd_architecture arch, unsigned long machine));
+
+typedef enum bfd_reloc_status
+{
+        /* No errors detected */
+  bfd_reloc_ok,
+
+        /* The relocation was performed, but there was an overflow. */
+  bfd_reloc_overflow,
+
+        /* The address to relocate was not within the section supplied. */
+  bfd_reloc_outofrange,
+
+        /* Used by special functions */
+  bfd_reloc_continue,
+
+        /* Unsupported relocation size requested. */
+  bfd_reloc_notsupported,
+
+        /* Unused */
+  bfd_reloc_other,
+
+        /* The symbol to relocate against was undefined. */
+  bfd_reloc_undefined,
+
+        /* The relocation was performed, but may not be ok - presently
+          generated only when linking i960 coff files with i960 b.out
+          symbols.  If this type is returned, the error_message argument
+          to bfd_perform_relocation will be set.  */
+  bfd_reloc_dangerous
+ }
+ bfd_reloc_status_type;
+
+
+typedef struct reloc_cache_entry
+{
+        /* A pointer into the canonical table of pointers  */
+  struct symbol_cache_entry **sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+        /* offset in section */
+  bfd_size_type address;
+
+        /* addend for relocation value */
+  bfd_vma addend;
+
+        /* Pointer to how to perform the required relocation */
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+
+} arelent;
+enum complain_overflow
+{
+	 /* Do not complain on overflow. */
+  complain_overflow_dont,
+
+	 /* Complain if the bitfield overflows, whether it is considered
+	   as signed or unsigned. */
+  complain_overflow_bitfield,
+
+	 /* Complain if the value overflows when considered as signed
+	   number. */
+  complain_overflow_signed,
+
+	 /* Complain if the value overflows when considered as an
+	   unsigned number. */
+  complain_overflow_unsigned
+};
+
+struct reloc_howto_struct
+{
+        /*  The type field has mainly a documentary use - the back end can
+           do what it wants with it, though normally the back end's
+           external idea of what a reloc number is stored
+           in this field. For example, a PC relative word relocation
+           in a coff environment has the type 023 - because that's
+           what the outside world calls a R_PCRWORD reloc. */
+  unsigned int type;
+
+        /*  The value the final relocation is shifted right by. This drops
+           unwanted data from the relocation.  */
+  unsigned int rightshift;
+
+	 /*  The size of the item to be relocated.  This is *not* a
+	    power-of-two measure.  To get the number of bytes operated
+	    on by a type of relocation, use bfd_get_reloc_size.  */
+  int size;
+
+        /*  The number of bits in the item to be relocated.  This is used
+	    when doing overflow checking.  */
+  unsigned int bitsize;
+
+        /*  Notes that the relocation is relative to the location in the
+           data section of the addend. The relocation function will
+           subtract from the relocation value the address of the location
+           being relocated. */
+  boolean pc_relative;
+
+	 /*  The bit position of the reloc value in the destination.
+	    The relocated value is left shifted by this amount. */
+  unsigned int bitpos;
+
+	 /* What type of overflow error should be checked for when
+	   relocating. */
+  enum complain_overflow complain_on_overflow;
+
+        /* If this field is non null, then the supplied function is
+          called rather than the normal function. This allows really
+          strange relocation methods to be accomodated (e.g., i960 callj
+          instructions). */
+  bfd_reloc_status_type (*special_function)
+				    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+					     arelent *reloc_entry,
+                                            struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol,
+                                            PTR data,
+                                            asection *input_section,
+                                            bfd *output_bfd,
+                                            char **error_message));
+
+        /* The textual name of the relocation type. */
+  char *name;
+
+        /* When performing a partial link, some formats must modify the
+          relocations rather than the data - this flag signals this.*/
+  boolean partial_inplace;
+
+        /* The src_mask selects which parts of the read in data
+          are to be used in the relocation sum.  E.g., if this was an 8 bit
+          bit of data which we read and relocated, this would be
+          0x000000ff. When we have relocs which have an addend, such as
+          sun4 extended relocs, the value in the offset part of a
+          relocating field is garbage so we never use it. In this case
+          the mask would be 0x00000000. */
+  bfd_vma src_mask;
+
+        /* The dst_mask selects which parts of the instruction are replaced
+          into the instruction. In most cases src_mask == dst_mask,
+          except in the above special case, where dst_mask would be
+          0x000000ff, and src_mask would be 0x00000000.   */
+  bfd_vma dst_mask;
+
+        /* When some formats create PC relative instructions, they leave
+          the value of the pc of the place being relocated in the offset
+          slot of the instruction, so that a PC relative relocation can
+          be made just by adding in an ordinary offset (e.g., sun3 a.out).
+          Some formats leave the displacement part of an instruction
+          empty (e.g., m88k bcs); this flag signals the fact.*/
+  boolean pcrel_offset;
+
+};
+#define HOWTO(C, R,S,B, P, BI, O, SF, NAME, INPLACE, MASKSRC, MASKDST, PC) \
+  {(unsigned)C,R,S,B, P, BI, O,SF,NAME,INPLACE,MASKSRC,MASKDST,PC}
+#define NEWHOWTO( FUNCTION, NAME,SIZE,REL,IN) HOWTO(0,0,SIZE,0,REL,0,complain_overflow_dont,FUNCTION, NAME,false,0,0,IN)
+
+#define HOWTO_PREPARE(relocation, symbol)      \
+  {                                            \
+  if (symbol != (asymbol *)NULL) {             \
+    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) { \
+      relocation = 0;                          \
+    }                                          \
+    else {                                     \
+      relocation = symbol->value;              \
+    }                                          \
+  }                                            \
+}
+int 
+bfd_get_reloc_size  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *));
+
+typedef struct relent_chain {
+  arelent relent;
+  struct   relent_chain *next;
+} arelent_chain;
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+
+bfd_perform_relocation
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    arelent *reloc_entry,
+    PTR data,
+    asection *input_section,
+    bfd *output_bfd,
+    char **error_message));
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+
+bfd_install_relocation
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    arelent *reloc_entry,
+    PTR data, bfd_vma data_start,
+    asection *input_section,
+    char **error_message));
+
+enum bfd_reloc_code_real {
+  _dummy_first_bfd_reloc_code_real,
+
+
+/* Basic absolute relocations of N bits. */
+  BFD_RELOC_64,
+  BFD_RELOC_32,
+  BFD_RELOC_26,
+  BFD_RELOC_24,
+  BFD_RELOC_16,
+  BFD_RELOC_14,
+  BFD_RELOC_8,
+
+/* PC-relative relocations.  Sometimes these are relative to the address
+of the relocation itself; sometimes they are relative to the start of
+the section containing the relocation.  It depends on the specific target.
+
+The 24-bit relocation is used in some Intel 960 configurations. */
+  BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL,
+
+/* For ELF. */
+  BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF,
+
+/* Relocations used by 68K ELF. */
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT,
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT,
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE,
+
+/* Linkage-table relative. */
+  BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_8_BASEREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_RVA,
+
+/* Absolute 8-bit relocation, but used to form an address like 0xFFnn. */
+  BFD_RELOC_8_FFnn,
+
+/* These PC-relative relocations are stored as word displacements --
+i.e., byte displacements shifted right two bits.  The 30-bit word
+displacement (<<32_PCREL_S2>> -- 32 bits, shifted 2) is used on the
+SPARC.  (SPARC tools generally refer to this as <<WDISP30>>.)  The
+signed 16-bit displacement is used on the MIPS, and the 23-bit
+displacement is used on the Alpha. */
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2,
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL_S2,
+  BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2,
+
+/* High 22 bits and low 10 bits of 32-bit value, placed into lower bits of
+the target word.  These are used on the SPARC. */
+  BFD_RELOC_HI22,
+  BFD_RELOC_LO10,
+
+/* For systems that allocate a Global Pointer register, these are
+displacements off that register.  These relocation types are
+handled specially, because the value the register will have is
+decided relatively late. */
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL16,
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL32,
+
+/* Reloc types used for i960/b.out. */
+  BFD_RELOC_I960_CALLJ,
+
+/* SPARC ELF relocations.  There is probably some overlap with other
+relocation types already defined. */
+  BFD_RELOC_NONE,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC13,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32,
+
+/* I think these are specific to SPARC a.out (e.g., Sun 4). */
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE22,
+
+/* Some relocations we're using for SPARC V9 -- subject to change. */
+#define BFD_RELOC_SPARC_64 BFD_RELOC_64
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_JMP,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6,
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5,
+
+/* Alpha ECOFF and ELF relocations.  Some of these treat the symbol or
+"addend" in some special way.
+For GPDISP_HI16 ("gpdisp") relocations, the symbol is ignored when
+writing; when reading, it will be the absolute section symbol.  The
+addend is the displacement in bytes of the "lda" instruction from
+the "ldah" instruction (which is at the address of this reloc). */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16,
+
+/* For GPDISP_LO16 ("ignore") relocations, the symbol is handled as
+with GPDISP_HI16 relocs.  The addend is ignored when writing the
+relocations out, and is filled in with the file's GP value on
+reading, for convenience. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16,
+
+/* The ELF GPDISP relocation is exactly the same as the GPDISP_HI16
+relocation except that there is no accompanying GPDISP_LO16
+relocation. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP,
+
+/* The Alpha LITERAL/LITUSE relocs are produced by a symbol reference;
+the assembler turns it into a LDQ instruction to load the address of
+the symbol, and then fills in a register in the real instruction.
+
+The LITERAL reloc, at the LDQ instruction, refers to the .lita
+section symbol.  The addend is ignored when writing, but is filled
+in with the file's GP value on reading, for convenience, as with the
+GPDISP_LO16 reloc.
+
+The ELF_LITERAL reloc is somewhere between 16_GOTOFF and GPDISP_LO16.
+It should refer to the symbol to be referenced, as with 16_GOTOFF,
+but it generates output not based on the position within the .got
+section, but relative to the GP value chosen for the file during the
+final link stage.
+
+The LITUSE reloc, on the instruction using the loaded address, gives
+information to the linker that it might be able to use to optimize
+away some literal section references.  The symbol is ignored (read
+as the absolute section symbol), and the "addend" indicates the type
+of instruction using the register:
+1 - "memory" fmt insn
+2 - byte-manipulation (byte offset reg)
+3 - jsr (target of branch)
+
+The GNU linker currently doesn't do any of this optimizing. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL,
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL,
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE,
+
+/* The HINT relocation indicates a value that should be filled into the
+"hint" field of a jmp/jsr/ret instruction, for possible branch-
+prediction logic which may be provided on some processors. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT,
+
+/* The LINKAGE relocation outputs a linkage pair in the object file,
+which is filled by the linker. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE,
+
+/* The CODEADDR relocation outputs a STO_CA in the object file,
+which is filled by the linker. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR,
+
+/* Bits 27..2 of the relocation address shifted right 2 bits;
+simple reloc otherwise. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_JMP,
+
+/* The MIPS16 jump instruction. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP,
+
+/* MIPS16 GP relative reloc. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL,
+
+/* High 16 bits of 32-bit value; simple reloc. */
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16,
+
+/* High 16 bits of 32-bit value but the low 16 bits will be sign
+extended and added to form the final result.  If the low 16
+bits form a negative number, we need to add one to the high value
+to compensate for the borrow when the low bits are added. */
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S,
+
+/* Low 16 bits. */
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16,
+
+/* Like BFD_RELOC_HI16_S, but PC relative. */
+  BFD_RELOC_PCREL_HI16_S,
+
+/* Like BFD_RELOC_LO16, but PC relative. */
+  BFD_RELOC_PCREL_LO16,
+
+/* Relocation relative to the global pointer. */
+#define BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
+
+/* Relocation against a MIPS literal section. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_LITERAL,
+
+/* MIPS ELF relocations. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT16,
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL16,
+#define BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL32 BFD_RELOC_GPREL32
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_HI16,
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_LO16,
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_HI16,
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_LO16,
+
+/* i386/elf relocations */
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_COPY,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF,
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC,
+
+/* ns32k relocations */
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32_PCREL,
+
+/* Power(rs6000) and PowerPC relocations. */
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_JMP_SLOT,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_RELATIVE,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD,
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA,
+
+/* The type of reloc used to build a contructor table - at the moment
+probably a 32 bit wide absolute relocation, but the target can choose.
+It generally does map to one of the other relocation types. */
+  BFD_RELOC_CTOR,
+
+/* ARM 26 bit pc-relative branch.  The lowest two bits must be zero and are
+not stored in the instruction. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_PCREL_BRANCH,
+
+/* These relocs are only used within the ARM assembler.  They are not
+(at present) written to any object files. */
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_IMMEDIATE,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_SHIFT_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_SWI,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_MULTI,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_CP_OFF_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_ADR_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_LDR_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_LITERAL,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_IN_POOL,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM8,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_ADD,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_IMM,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_SHIFT,
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_OFFSET,
+
+/* Hitachi SH relocs.  Not all of these appear in object files. */
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_USES,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA,
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL,
+
+
+/* Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_R,
+
+/* Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0.  This is the same as the previous reloc
+except it is in the left container, i.e.,
+shifted left 15 bits. */
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_L,
+
+/* This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_18,
+
+/* This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_18_PCREL,
+
+
+
+/* Mitsubishi M32R relocs.
+This is a 24 bit absolute address. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_24,
+
+/* This is a 10-bit pc-relative reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_10_PCREL,
+
+/* This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_18_PCREL,
+
+/* This is a 26-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_26_PCREL,
+
+/* This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+used when the lower 16 bits are treated as unsigned. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_ULO,
+
+/* This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+used when the lower 16 bits are treated as signed. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_SLO,
+
+/* This is a 16-bit reloc containing the lower 16 bits of an address. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_LO16,
+
+/* This is a 16-bit reloc containing the small data area offset for use in
+add3, load, and store instructions. */
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_SDA16,
+
+
+/* This is a 32bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+instruction. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MN10300_32_PCREL,
+
+/* This is a 16bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+instruction. */
+  BFD_RELOC_MN10300_16_PCREL,
+  BFD_RELOC_UNUSED };
+typedef enum bfd_reloc_code_real bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
+reloc_howto_type *
+
+bfd_reloc_type_lookup  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+
+const char *
+bfd_get_reloc_code_name  PARAMS ((bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+
+
+typedef struct symbol_cache_entry
+{
+	 /* A pointer to the BFD which owns the symbol. This information
+	   is necessary so that a back end can work out what additional
+   	   information (invisible to the application writer) is carried
+	   with the symbol.
+
+	   This field is *almost* redundant, since you can use section->owner
+	   instead, except that some symbols point to the global sections
+	   bfd_{abs,com,und}_section.  This could be fixed by making
+	   these globals be per-bfd (or per-target-flavor).  FIXME. */
+
+  struct _bfd *the_bfd;  /* Use bfd_asymbol_bfd(sym) to access this field. */
+
+	 /* The text of the symbol. The name is left alone, and not copied; the
+	   application may not alter it. */
+  CONST char *name;
+
+	 /* The value of the symbol.  This really should be a union of a
+          numeric value with a pointer, since some flags indicate that
+          a pointer to another symbol is stored here.  */
+  symvalue value;
+
+	 /* Attributes of a symbol: */
+
+#define BSF_NO_FLAGS    0x00
+
+	 /* The symbol has local scope; <<static>> in <<C>>. The value
+ 	   is the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_LOCAL	0x01
+
+	 /* The symbol has global scope; initialized data in <<C>>. The
+	   value is the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_GLOBAL	0x02
+
+	 /* The symbol has global scope and is exported. The value is
+	   the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_EXPORT	BSF_GLOBAL  /* no real difference */
+
+	 /* A normal C symbol would be one of:
+	   <<BSF_LOCAL>>, <<BSF_FORT_COMM>>,  <<BSF_UNDEFINED>> or
+	   <<BSF_GLOBAL>> */
+
+	 /* The symbol is a debugging record. The value has an arbitary
+	   meaning. */
+#define BSF_DEBUGGING	0x08
+
+	 /* The symbol denotes a function entry point.  Used in ELF,
+	   perhaps others someday.  */
+#define BSF_FUNCTION    0x10
+
+	 /* Used by the linker. */
+#define BSF_KEEP        0x20
+#define BSF_KEEP_G      0x40
+
+	 /* A weak global symbol, overridable without warnings by
+	   a regular global symbol of the same name.  */
+#define BSF_WEAK        0x80
+
+        /* This symbol was created to point to a section, e.g. ELF's
+	   STT_SECTION symbols.  */
+#define BSF_SECTION_SYM 0x100
+
+	 /* The symbol used to be a common symbol, but now it is
+	   allocated. */
+#define BSF_OLD_COMMON  0x200
+
+	 /* The default value for common data. */
+#define BFD_FORT_COMM_DEFAULT_VALUE 0
+
+	 /* In some files the type of a symbol sometimes alters its
+	   location in an output file - ie in coff a <<ISFCN>> symbol
+	   which is also <<C_EXT>> symbol appears where it was
+	   declared and not at the end of a section.  This bit is set
+  	   by the target BFD part to convey this information. */
+
+#define BSF_NOT_AT_END    0x400
+
+	 /* Signal that the symbol is the label of constructor section. */
+#define BSF_CONSTRUCTOR   0x800
+
+	 /* Signal that the symbol is a warning symbol.  The name is a
+	   warning.  The name of the next symbol is the one to warn about;
+	   if a reference is made to a symbol with the same name as the next
+	   symbol, a warning is issued by the linker. */
+#define BSF_WARNING       0x1000
+
+	 /* Signal that the symbol is indirect.  This symbol is an indirect
+	   pointer to the symbol with the same name as the next symbol. */
+#define BSF_INDIRECT      0x2000
+
+	 /* BSF_FILE marks symbols that contain a file name.  This is used
+	   for ELF STT_FILE symbols.  */
+#define BSF_FILE          0x4000
+
+	 /* Symbol is from dynamic linking information.  */
+#define BSF_DYNAMIC	   0x8000
+
+        /* The symbol denotes a data object.  Used in ELF, and perhaps
+          others someday.  */
+#define BSF_OBJECT	   0x10000
+
+  flagword flags;
+
+	 /* A pointer to the section to which this symbol is
+	   relative.  This will always be non NULL, there are special
+          sections for undefined and absolute symbols.  */
+  struct sec *section;
+
+	 /* Back end special data.  */
+  union
+    {
+      PTR p;
+      bfd_vma i;
+    } udata;
+
+} asymbol;
+#define bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+boolean 
+bfd_is_local_label PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, const char *name));
+
+#define bfd_is_local_label_name(abfd, name) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_is_local_label_name, (abfd, name))
+#define bfd_canonicalize_symtab(abfd, location) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_symtab,\
+                  (abfd, location))
+boolean 
+bfd_set_symtab  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asymbol **location, unsigned int count));
+
+void 
+bfd_print_symbol_vandf PARAMS ((PTR file, asymbol *symbol));
+
+#define bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_empty_symbol, (abfd))
+#define bfd_make_debug_symbol(abfd,ptr,size) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_debug_symbol, (abfd, ptr, size))
+int 
+bfd_decode_symclass PARAMS ((asymbol *symbol));
+
+void 
+bfd_symbol_info PARAMS ((asymbol *symbol, symbol_info *ret));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_copy_private_symbol_data PARAMS ((bfd *ibfd, asymbol *isym, bfd *obfd, asymbol *osym));
+
+#define bfd_copy_private_symbol_data(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_symbol_data, \
+		(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol))
+struct _bfd 
+{
+     /* The filename the application opened the BFD with.  */
+    CONST char *filename;                
+
+     /* A pointer to the target jump table.             */
+    const struct bfd_target *xvec;
+
+     /* To avoid dragging too many header files into every file that
+       includes `<<bfd.h>>', IOSTREAM has been declared as a "char
+       *", and MTIME as a "long".  Their correct types, to which they
+       are cast when used, are "FILE *" and "time_t".    The iostream
+       is the result of an fopen on the filename.  However, if the
+       BFD_IN_MEMORY flag is set, then iostream is actually a pointer
+       to a bfd_in_memory struct.  */
+    PTR iostream;
+
+     /* Is the file descriptor being cached?  That is, can it be closed as
+       needed, and re-opened when accessed later?  */
+
+    boolean cacheable;
+
+     /* Marks whether there was a default target specified when the
+       BFD was opened. This is used to select which matching algorithm
+       to use to choose the back end. */
+
+    boolean target_defaulted;
+
+     /* The caching routines use these to maintain a
+       least-recently-used list of BFDs */
+
+    struct _bfd *lru_prev, *lru_next;
+
+     /* When a file is closed by the caching routines, BFD retains
+       state information on the file here: */
+
+    file_ptr where;              
+
+     /* and here: (``once'' means at least once) */
+
+    boolean opened_once;
+
+     /* Set if we have a locally maintained mtime value, rather than
+       getting it from the file each time: */
+
+    boolean mtime_set;
+
+     /* File modified time, if mtime_set is true: */
+
+    long mtime;          
+
+     /* Reserved for an unimplemented file locking extension.*/
+
+    int ifd;
+
+     /* The format which belongs to the BFD. (object, core, etc.) */
+
+    bfd_format format;
+
+     /* The direction the BFD was opened with*/
+
+    enum bfd_direction {no_direction = 0,
+                        read_direction = 1,
+                        write_direction = 2,
+                        both_direction = 3} direction;
+
+     /* Format_specific flags*/
+
+    flagword flags;              
+
+     /* Currently my_archive is tested before adding origin to
+       anything. I believe that this can become always an add of
+       origin, with origin set to 0 for non archive files.   */
+
+    file_ptr origin;             
+
+     /* Remember when output has begun, to stop strange things
+       from happening. */
+    boolean output_has_begun;
+
+     /* Pointer to linked list of sections*/
+    struct sec  *sections;
+
+     /* The number of sections */
+    unsigned int section_count;
+
+     /* Stuff only useful for object files: 
+       The start address. */
+    bfd_vma start_address;
+
+     /* Used for input and output*/
+    unsigned int symcount;
+
+     /* Symbol table for output BFD (with symcount entries) */
+    struct symbol_cache_entry  **outsymbols;             
+
+     /* Pointer to structure which contains architecture information*/
+    const struct bfd_arch_info *arch_info;
+
+     /* Stuff only useful for archives:*/
+    PTR arelt_data;              
+    struct _bfd *my_archive;      /* The containing archive BFD.  */
+    struct _bfd *next;            /* The next BFD in the archive.  */
+    struct _bfd *archive_head;    /* The first BFD in the archive.  */
+    boolean has_armap;           
+
+     /* A chain of BFD structures involved in a link.  */
+    struct _bfd *link_next;
+
+     /* A field used by _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols.  This will
+       be used only for archive elements.  */
+    int archive_pass;
+
+     /* Used by the back end to hold private data. */
+
+    union 
+      {
+      struct aout_data_struct *aout_data;
+      struct artdata *aout_ar_data;
+      struct _oasys_data *oasys_obj_data;
+      struct _oasys_ar_data *oasys_ar_data;
+      struct coff_tdata *coff_obj_data;
+      struct pe_tdata *pe_obj_data;
+      struct xcoff_tdata *xcoff_obj_data;
+      struct ecoff_tdata *ecoff_obj_data;
+      struct ieee_data_struct *ieee_data;
+      struct ieee_ar_data_struct *ieee_ar_data;
+      struct srec_data_struct *srec_data;
+      struct ihex_data_struct *ihex_data;
+      struct tekhex_data_struct *tekhex_data;
+      struct elf_obj_tdata *elf_obj_data;
+      struct nlm_obj_tdata *nlm_obj_data;
+      struct bout_data_struct *bout_data;
+      struct sun_core_struct *sun_core_data;
+      struct trad_core_struct *trad_core_data;
+      struct som_data_struct *som_data;
+      struct hpux_core_struct *hpux_core_data;
+      struct hppabsd_core_struct *hppabsd_core_data;
+      struct sgi_core_struct *sgi_core_data;
+      struct lynx_core_struct *lynx_core_data;
+      struct osf_core_struct *osf_core_data;
+      struct cisco_core_struct *cisco_core_data;
+      struct versados_data_struct *versados_data;
+      struct netbsd_core_struct *netbsd_core_data;
+      PTR any;
+      } tdata;
+  
+     /* Used by the application to hold private data*/
+    PTR usrdata;
+
+   /* Where all the allocated stuff under this BFD goes.  This is a
+     struct objalloc *, but we use PTR to avoid requiring the inclusion of
+     objalloc.h.  */
+    PTR memory;
+};
+
+typedef enum bfd_error
+{
+  bfd_error_no_error = 0,
+  bfd_error_system_call,
+  bfd_error_invalid_target,
+  bfd_error_wrong_format,
+  bfd_error_invalid_operation,
+  bfd_error_no_memory,
+  bfd_error_no_symbols,
+  bfd_error_no_armap,
+  bfd_error_no_more_archived_files,
+  bfd_error_malformed_archive,
+  bfd_error_file_not_recognized,
+  bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized,
+  bfd_error_no_contents,
+  bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section,
+  bfd_error_no_debug_section,
+  bfd_error_bad_value,
+  bfd_error_file_truncated,
+  bfd_error_file_too_big,
+  bfd_error_invalid_error_code
+} bfd_error_type;
+
+bfd_error_type 
+bfd_get_error  PARAMS ((void));
+
+void 
+bfd_set_error  PARAMS ((bfd_error_type error_tag));
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_errmsg  PARAMS ((bfd_error_type error_tag));
+
+void 
+bfd_perror  PARAMS ((CONST char *message));
+
+typedef void (*bfd_error_handler_type) PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+
+bfd_error_handler_type 
+bfd_set_error_handler  PARAMS ((bfd_error_handler_type));
+
+void 
+bfd_set_error_program_name  PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+long 
+bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *sect));
+
+long 
+bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    asection *sec,
+    arelent **loc,
+    asymbol	**syms));
+
+void 
+bfd_set_reloc
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *sec, arelent **rel, unsigned int count)
+    
+    );
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_file_flags PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, flagword flags));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_start_address PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_vma vma));
+
+long 
+bfd_get_mtime PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+long 
+bfd_get_size PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+int 
+bfd_get_gp_size PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+void 
+bfd_set_gp_size PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, int i));
+
+bfd_vma 
+bfd_scan_vma PARAMS ((CONST char *string, CONST char **end, int base));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd));
+
+#define bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_bfd_data, \
+		(ibfd, obfd))
+boolean 
+bfd_merge_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd));
+
+#define bfd_merge_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, \
+		(ibfd, obfd))
+boolean 
+bfd_set_private_flags PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, flagword flags));
+
+#define bfd_set_private_flags(abfd, flags) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_set_private_flags, \
+		(abfd, flags))
+#define bfd_sizeof_headers(abfd, reloc) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_sizeof_headers, (abfd, reloc))
+
+#define bfd_find_nearest_line(abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_find_nearest_line,  (abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line))
+
+        /* Do these three do anything useful at all, for any back end?  */
+#define bfd_debug_info_start(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_start, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_debug_info_end(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_end, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_debug_info_accumulate(abfd, section) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_accumulate, (abfd, section))
+
+
+#define bfd_stat_arch_elt(abfd, stat) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_stat_arch_elt,(abfd, stat))
+
+#define bfd_update_armap_timestamp(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_update_armap_timestamp, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_set_arch_mach(abfd, arch, mach)\
+        BFD_SEND ( abfd, _bfd_set_arch_mach, (abfd, arch, mach))
+
+#define bfd_relax_section(abfd, section, link_info, again) \
+       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_relax_section, (abfd, section, link_info, again))
+
+#define bfd_link_hash_table_create(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_hash_table_create, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_link_add_symbols(abfd, info) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_add_symbols, (abfd, info))
+
+#define bfd_final_link(abfd, info) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_final_link, (abfd, info))
+
+#define bfd_free_cached_info(abfd) \
+       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_free_cached_info, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_print_private_bfd_data(abfd, file)\
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_print_private_bfd_data, (abfd, file))
+
+#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab(abfd, asymbols) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab, (abfd, asymbols))
+
+#define bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc(abfd, arels, asyms) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc, (abfd, arels, asyms))
+
+extern bfd_byte *bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+	PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+		  struct bfd_link_order *, bfd_byte *,
+		  boolean, asymbol **));
+
+symindex 
+bfd_get_next_mapent PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, symindex previous, carsym **sym));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_archive_head PARAMS ((bfd *output, bfd *new_head));
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openr_next_archived_file PARAMS ((bfd *archive, bfd *previous));
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+int 
+bfd_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+boolean 
+core_file_matches_executable_p
+ PARAMS ((bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd));
+
+#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+               ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+#undef BFD_SEND
+#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+    ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist) : \
+    (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+#endif
+#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+            (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+#undef BFD_SEND_FMT
+#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+   (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist) : \
+   (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+#endif
+enum bfd_flavour {
+  bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+  bfd_target_aout_flavour,
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ecoff_flavour,
+  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ieee_flavour,
+  bfd_target_nlm_flavour,
+  bfd_target_oasys_flavour,
+  bfd_target_tekhex_flavour,
+  bfd_target_srec_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ihex_flavour,
+  bfd_target_som_flavour,
+  bfd_target_os9k_flavour,
+  bfd_target_versados_flavour,
+  bfd_target_msdos_flavour,
+  bfd_target_evax_flavour
+};
+
+enum bfd_endian { BFD_ENDIAN_BIG, BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE, BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN };
+
+ /* Forward declaration.  */
+typedef struct bfd_link_info _bfd_link_info;
+
+typedef struct bfd_target
+{
+  char *name;
+  enum bfd_flavour flavour;
+  enum bfd_endian byteorder;
+  enum bfd_endian header_byteorder;
+  flagword object_flags;       
+  flagword section_flags;
+  char symbol_leading_char;
+  char ar_pad_char;            
+  unsigned short ar_max_namelen;
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  const struct bfd_target *(*_bfd_check_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean             (*_bfd_set_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean             (*_bfd_write_contents[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+   /* Generic entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_close_and_cleanup),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_free_cached_info),\
+CAT(NAME,_new_section_hook),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents_in_window)
+
+   /* Called when the BFD is being closed to do any necessary cleanup.  */
+  boolean       (*_close_and_cleanup) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Ask the BFD to free all cached information.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_free_cached_info) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Called when a new section is created.  */
+  boolean       (*_new_section_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+   /* Read the contents of a section.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, 
+                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents_in_window)
+                          PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, bfd_window *,
+                                   file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+   /* Entry points to copy private data.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_section_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_set_private_flags),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_print_private_bfd_data)\
+   /* Called to copy BFD general private data from one object file
+     to another.  */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+   /* Called to merge BFD general private data from one object file
+     to a common output file when linking.  */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+   /* Called to copy BFD private section data from one object file
+     to another.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_section_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr,
+                                                       bfd *, sec_ptr));
+   /* Called to copy BFD private symbol data from one symbol 
+     to another.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+							   bfd *, asymbol *));
+   /* Called to set private backend flags */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_set_private_flags) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
+
+   /* Called to print private BFD data */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_print_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+
+   /* Core file entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_command),\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_signal),\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_matches_executable_p)
+  char *   (*_core_file_failing_command) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  int      (*_core_file_failing_signal) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_core_file_matches_executable_p) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+
+   /* Archive entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_slurp_armap),\
+CAT(NAME,_slurp_extended_name_table),\
+CAT(NAME,_construct_extended_name_table),\
+CAT(NAME,_truncate_arname),\
+CAT(NAME,_write_armap),\
+CAT(NAME,_read_ar_hdr),\
+CAT(NAME,_openr_next_archived_file),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_elt_at_index),\
+CAT(NAME,_generic_stat_arch_elt),\
+CAT(NAME,_update_armap_timestamp)
+  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_construct_extended_name_table)
+             PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+  void     (*_bfd_truncate_arname) PARAMS ((bfd *, CONST char *, char *));
+  boolean  (*write_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, 
+                              unsigned int elength,
+                              struct orl *map,
+                              unsigned int orl_count, 
+                              int stridx));
+  PTR (*_bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  bfd *    (*openr_next_archived_file) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, bfd *prev));
+#define bfd_get_elt_at_index(b,i) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_elt_at_index, (b,i))
+  bfd *    (*_bfd_get_elt_at_index) PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+  int      (*_bfd_stat_arch_elt) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_update_armap_timestamp) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+   /* Entry points used for symbols.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symtab_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symtab),\
+CAT(NAME,_make_empty_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_print_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symbol_info),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_is_local_label_name),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_lineno),\
+CAT(NAME,_find_nearest_line),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_make_debug_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_read_minisymbols),\
+CAT(NAME,_minisymbol_to_symbol)
+  long  (*_bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_symtab) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                                             struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+  struct symbol_cache_entry  *
+                (*_bfd_make_empty_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  void          (*_bfd_print_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+                                      bfd_print_symbol_type));
+#define bfd_print_symbol(b,p,s,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_print_symbol, (b,p,s,e))
+  void          (*_bfd_get_symbol_info) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+                                      symbol_info *));
+#define bfd_get_symbol_info(b,p,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_symbol_info, (b,p,e))
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_is_local_label_name) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+  alent *    (*_get_lineno) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *));
+  boolean    (*_bfd_find_nearest_line) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+                    struct sec *section, struct symbol_cache_entry **symbols,
+                    bfd_vma offset, CONST char **file, CONST char **func,
+                    unsigned int *line));
+  /* Back-door to allow format-aware applications to create debug symbols
+    while using BFD for everything else.  Currently used by the assembler
+    when creating COFF files.  */
+  asymbol *  (*_bfd_make_debug_symbol) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       void *ptr,
+       unsigned long size));
+#define bfd_read_minisymbols(b, d, m, s) \
+  BFD_SEND (b, _read_minisymbols, (b, d, m, s))
+  long  (*_read_minisymbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *,
+                                      unsigned int *));
+#define bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol(b, d, m, f) \
+  BFD_SEND (b, _minisymbol_to_symbol, (b, d, m, f))
+  asymbol *(*_minisymbol_to_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR,
+                                             asymbol *));
+
+   /* Routines for relocs.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_reloc_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_reloc),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_reloc_type_lookup)
+  long  (*_get_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, arelent **,
+                                            struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+   /* See documentation on reloc types.  */
+  reloc_howto_type *
+       (*reloc_type_lookup) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+                                     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+
+   /* Routines used when writing an object file.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_set_arch_mach),\
+CAT(NAME,_set_section_contents)
+  boolean    (*_bfd_set_arch_mach) PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture,
+                    unsigned long));
+  boolean       (*_bfd_set_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR,
+                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+   /* Routines used by the linker.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_sizeof_headers),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_relax_section),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_hash_table_create),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_add_symbols),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_final_link),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_split_section)
+  int        (*_bfd_sizeof_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+  bfd_byte * (*_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                    struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+                    bfd_byte *data, boolean relocateable,
+                    struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+
+  boolean    (*_bfd_relax_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *,
+                    struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *again));
+
+   /* Create a hash table for the linker.  Different backends store
+     different information in this table.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table *(*_bfd_link_hash_table_create) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+   /* Add symbols from this object file into the hash table.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_link_add_symbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+   /* Do a link based on the link_order structures attached to each
+     section of the BFD.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_final_link) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+   /* Should this section be split up into smaller pieces during linking.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_link_split_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
+
+  /* Routines to handle dynamic symbols and relocs.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+   /* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic symbols. */
+  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Read in the dynamic symbols.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+   /* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic relocs.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Read in the dynamic relocs.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+
+ PTR backend_data;
+} bfd_target;
+boolean 
+bfd_set_default_target  PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+const bfd_target *
+bfd_find_target PARAMS ((CONST char *target_name, bfd *abfd));
+
+const char **
+bfd_target_list PARAMS ((void));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_check_format PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_format format));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_check_format_matches PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_format format, char ***matching));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_set_format PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_format format));
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_format_string PARAMS ((bfd_format format));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a64a2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/bfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1137 @@
+/* Generic BFD library interface and support routines.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	<<typedef bfd>>
+
+	A BFD has type <<bfd>>; objects of this type are the
+	cornerstone of any application using BFD. Using BFD
+	consists of making references though the BFD and to data in the BFD.
+
+	Here is the structure that defines the type <<bfd>>.  It
+	contains the major data about the file and pointers
+	to the rest of the data.
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.struct _bfd 
+.{
+.    {* The filename the application opened the BFD with.  *}
+.    CONST char *filename;                
+.
+.    {* A pointer to the target jump table.             *}
+.    const struct bfd_target *xvec;
+.
+.    {* To avoid dragging too many header files into every file that
+.       includes `<<bfd.h>>', IOSTREAM has been declared as a "char
+.       *", and MTIME as a "long".  Their correct types, to which they
+.       are cast when used, are "FILE *" and "time_t".    The iostream
+.       is the result of an fopen on the filename.  However, if the
+.       BFD_IN_MEMORY flag is set, then iostream is actually a pointer
+.       to a bfd_in_memory struct.  *}
+.    PTR iostream;
+.
+.    {* Is the file descriptor being cached?  That is, can it be closed as
+.       needed, and re-opened when accessed later?  *}
+.
+.    boolean cacheable;
+.
+.    {* Marks whether there was a default target specified when the
+.       BFD was opened. This is used to select which matching algorithm
+.       to use to choose the back end. *}
+.
+.    boolean target_defaulted;
+.
+.    {* The caching routines use these to maintain a
+.       least-recently-used list of BFDs *}
+.
+.    struct _bfd *lru_prev, *lru_next;
+.
+.    {* When a file is closed by the caching routines, BFD retains
+.       state information on the file here: *}
+.
+.    file_ptr where;              
+.
+.    {* and here: (``once'' means at least once) *}
+.
+.    boolean opened_once;
+.
+.    {* Set if we have a locally maintained mtime value, rather than
+.       getting it from the file each time: *}
+.
+.    boolean mtime_set;
+.
+.    {* File modified time, if mtime_set is true: *}
+.
+.    long mtime;          
+.
+.    {* Reserved for an unimplemented file locking extension.*}
+.
+.    int ifd;
+.
+.    {* The format which belongs to the BFD. (object, core, etc.) *}
+.
+.    bfd_format format;
+.
+.    {* The direction the BFD was opened with*}
+.
+.    enum bfd_direction {no_direction = 0,
+.                        read_direction = 1,
+.                        write_direction = 2,
+.                        both_direction = 3} direction;
+.
+.    {* Format_specific flags*}
+.
+.    flagword flags;              
+.
+.    {* Currently my_archive is tested before adding origin to
+.       anything. I believe that this can become always an add of
+.       origin, with origin set to 0 for non archive files.   *}
+.
+.    file_ptr origin;             
+.
+.    {* Remember when output has begun, to stop strange things
+.       from happening. *}
+.    boolean output_has_begun;
+.
+.    {* Pointer to linked list of sections*}
+.    struct sec  *sections;
+.
+.    {* The number of sections *}
+.    unsigned int section_count;
+.
+.    {* Stuff only useful for object files: 
+.       The start address. *}
+.    bfd_vma start_address;
+.
+.    {* Used for input and output*}
+.    unsigned int symcount;
+.
+.    {* Symbol table for output BFD (with symcount entries) *}
+.    struct symbol_cache_entry  **outsymbols;             
+.
+.    {* Pointer to structure which contains architecture information*}
+.    const struct bfd_arch_info *arch_info;
+.
+.    {* Stuff only useful for archives:*}
+.    PTR arelt_data;              
+.    struct _bfd *my_archive;     {* The containing archive BFD.  *}
+.    struct _bfd *next;           {* The next BFD in the archive.  *}
+.    struct _bfd *archive_head;   {* The first BFD in the archive.  *}
+.    boolean has_armap;           
+.
+.    {* A chain of BFD structures involved in a link.  *}
+.    struct _bfd *link_next;
+.
+.    {* A field used by _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols.  This will
+.       be used only for archive elements.  *}
+.    int archive_pass;
+.
+.    {* Used by the back end to hold private data. *}
+.
+.    union 
+.      {
+.      struct aout_data_struct *aout_data;
+.      struct artdata *aout_ar_data;
+.      struct _oasys_data *oasys_obj_data;
+.      struct _oasys_ar_data *oasys_ar_data;
+.      struct coff_tdata *coff_obj_data;
+.      struct pe_tdata *pe_obj_data;
+.      struct xcoff_tdata *xcoff_obj_data;
+.      struct ecoff_tdata *ecoff_obj_data;
+.      struct ieee_data_struct *ieee_data;
+.      struct ieee_ar_data_struct *ieee_ar_data;
+.      struct srec_data_struct *srec_data;
+.      struct ihex_data_struct *ihex_data;
+.      struct tekhex_data_struct *tekhex_data;
+.      struct elf_obj_tdata *elf_obj_data;
+.      struct nlm_obj_tdata *nlm_obj_data;
+.      struct bout_data_struct *bout_data;
+.      struct sun_core_struct *sun_core_data;
+.      struct trad_core_struct *trad_core_data;
+.      struct som_data_struct *som_data;
+.      struct hpux_core_struct *hpux_core_data;
+.      struct hppabsd_core_struct *hppabsd_core_data;
+.      struct sgi_core_struct *sgi_core_data;
+.      struct lynx_core_struct *lynx_core_data;
+.      struct osf_core_struct *osf_core_data;
+.      struct cisco_core_struct *cisco_core_data;
+.      struct versados_data_struct *versados_data;
+.      struct netbsd_core_struct *netbsd_core_data;
+.      PTR any;
+.      } tdata;
+.  
+.    {* Used by the application to hold private data*}
+.    PTR usrdata;
+.
+.  {* Where all the allocated stuff under this BFD goes.  This is a
+.     struct objalloc *, but we use PTR to avoid requiring the inclusion of
+.     objalloc.h.  *}
+.    PTR memory;
+.};
+.
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+#include "libecoff.h"
+#undef obj_symbols
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* provide storage for subsystem, stack and heap data which may have been
+   passed in on the command line.  Ld puts this data into a bfd_link_info
+   struct which ultimately gets passed in to the bfd.  When it arrives, copy
+   it to the following struct so that the data will be available in coffcode.h
+   where it is needed.  The typedef's used are defined in bfd.h */
+
+
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Error reporting
+
+	Most BFD functions return nonzero on success (check their
+	individual documentation for precise semantics).  On an error,
+	they call <<bfd_set_error>> to set an error condition that callers
+	can check by calling <<bfd_get_error>>.
+        If that returns <<bfd_error_system_call>>, then check
+	<<errno>>.
+
+	The easiest way to report a BFD error to the user is to
+	use <<bfd_perror>>.
+
+SUBSECTION
+	Type <<bfd_error_type>>
+
+	The values returned by <<bfd_get_error>> are defined by the
+	enumerated type <<bfd_error_type>>.
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef enum bfd_error
+.{
+.  bfd_error_no_error = 0,
+.  bfd_error_system_call,
+.  bfd_error_invalid_target,
+.  bfd_error_wrong_format,
+.  bfd_error_invalid_operation,
+.  bfd_error_no_memory,
+.  bfd_error_no_symbols,
+.  bfd_error_no_armap,
+.  bfd_error_no_more_archived_files,
+.  bfd_error_malformed_archive,
+.  bfd_error_file_not_recognized,
+.  bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized,
+.  bfd_error_no_contents,
+.  bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section,
+.  bfd_error_no_debug_section,
+.  bfd_error_bad_value,
+.  bfd_error_file_truncated,
+.  bfd_error_file_too_big,
+.  bfd_error_invalid_error_code
+.} bfd_error_type;
+.
+*/
+
+static bfd_error_type bfd_error = bfd_error_no_error;
+
+CONST char *CONST bfd_errmsgs[] = {
+                        "No error",
+                        "System call error",
+                        "Invalid bfd target",
+                        "File in wrong format",
+                        "Invalid operation",
+                        "Memory exhausted",
+                        "No symbols",
+			"Archive has no index; run ranlib to add one",
+                        "No more archived files",
+                        "Malformed archive",
+                        "File format not recognized",
+                        "File format is ambiguous",
+                        "Section has no contents",
+                        "Nonrepresentable section on output",
+			"Symbol needs debug section which does not exist",
+			"Bad value",
+			"File truncated",
+			"File too big",
+                        "#<Invalid error code>"
+                       };
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_error
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_error_type bfd_get_error (void);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the current BFD error condition.
+*/
+
+bfd_error_type
+bfd_get_error ()
+{
+  return bfd_error;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_error
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_set_error (bfd_error_type error_tag);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the BFD error condition to be @var{error_tag}.
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_set_error (error_tag)
+     bfd_error_type error_tag;
+{
+  bfd_error = error_tag;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_errmsg
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	CONST char *bfd_errmsg (bfd_error_type error_tag);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a string describing the error @var{error_tag}, or
+	the system error if @var{error_tag} is <<bfd_error_system_call>>.
+*/
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_errmsg (error_tag)
+     bfd_error_type error_tag;
+{
+#ifndef errno
+  extern int errno;
+#endif
+  if (error_tag == bfd_error_system_call)
+    return xstrerror (errno);
+
+  if ((((int)error_tag <(int) bfd_error_no_error) ||
+       ((int)error_tag > (int)bfd_error_invalid_error_code)))
+    error_tag = bfd_error_invalid_error_code;/* sanity check */
+
+  return bfd_errmsgs [(int)error_tag];
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_perror
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_perror (CONST char *message);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Print to the standard error stream a string describing the
+	last BFD error that occurred, or the last system error if
+	the last BFD error was a system call failure.  If @var{message}
+	is non-NULL and non-empty, the error string printed is preceded
+	by @var{message}, a colon, and a space.  It is followed by a newline.
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_perror (message)
+     CONST char *message;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_system_call)
+    perror((char *)message);            /* must be system error then... */
+  else {
+    if (message == NULL || *message == '\0')
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+    else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", message, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	BFD error handler
+
+	Some BFD functions want to print messages describing the
+	problem.  They call a BFD error handler function.  This
+	function may be overriden by the program.
+
+	The BFD error handler acts like printf.
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef void (*bfd_error_handler_type) PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+.
+*/
+
+/* The program name used when printing BFD error messages.  */
+
+static const char *_bfd_error_program_name;
+
+/* This is the default routine to handle BFD error messages.  */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+
+static void _bfd_default_error_handler PARAMS ((const char *s, ...));
+
+static void
+_bfd_default_error_handler (const char *s, ...)
+{
+  va_list p;
+
+  if (_bfd_error_program_name != NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", _bfd_error_program_name);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "BFD: ");
+
+  va_start (p, s);
+
+  vfprintf (stderr, s, p);
+
+  va_end (p);
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+#else /* ! defined (ANSI_PROTOTYPES) */
+
+static void _bfd_default_error_handler ();
+
+static void
+_bfd_default_error_handler (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list p;
+  const char *s;
+
+  if (_bfd_error_program_name != NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", _bfd_error_program_name);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "BFD: ");
+
+  va_start (p);
+
+  s = va_arg (p, const char *);
+  vfprintf (stderr, s, p);
+
+  va_end (p);
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+#endif /* ! defined (ANSI_PROTOTYPES) */
+
+/* This is a function pointer to the routine which should handle BFD
+   error messages.  It is called when a BFD routine encounters an
+   error for which it wants to print a message.  Going through a
+   function pointer permits a program linked against BFD to intercept
+   the messages and deal with them itself.  */
+
+bfd_error_handler_type _bfd_error_handler = _bfd_default_error_handler;
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_error_handler
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_error_handler_type bfd_set_error_handler (bfd_error_handler_type);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the BFD error handler function.  Returns the previous
+	function.
+*/
+
+bfd_error_handler_type
+bfd_set_error_handler (pnew)
+     bfd_error_handler_type pnew;
+{
+  bfd_error_handler_type pold;
+
+  pold = _bfd_error_handler;
+  _bfd_error_handler = pnew;
+  return pold;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_error_program_name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_set_error_program_name (const char *);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the program name to use when printing a BFD error.  This
+	is printed before the error message followed by a colon and
+	space.  The string must not be changed after it is passed to
+	this function.
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_set_error_program_name (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  _bfd_error_program_name = name;
+}
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Symbols
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	long bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound(bfd *abfd, asection *sect);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the number of bytes required to store the
+	relocation information associated with section @var{sect}
+	attached to bfd @var{abfd}.  If an error occurs, return -1.
+
+*/
+
+
+long
+bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_object) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, _get_reloc_upper_bound, (abfd, asect));
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	long bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+        	(bfd *abfd,
+		asection *sec,
+		arelent **loc,
+		asymbol	**syms);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Call the back end associated with the open BFD
+	@var{abfd} and translate the external form of the relocation
+	information attached to @var{sec} into the internal canonical
+	form.  Place the table into memory at @var{loc}, which has
+	been preallocated, usually by a call to
+	<<bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound>>.  Returns the number of relocs, or
+	-1 on error.
+
+	The @var{syms} table is also needed for horrible internal magic
+	reasons.
+
+
+*/
+long
+bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, asect, location, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+     arelent **location;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_object) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_reloc,
+		   (abfd, asect, location, symbols));
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_reloc
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_set_reloc
+	  (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, arelent **rel, unsigned int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the relocation pointer and count within
+	section @var{sec} to the values @var{rel} and @var{count}.
+	The argument @var{abfd} is ignored.
+
+*/
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+bfd_set_reloc (ignore_abfd, asect, location, count)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+     arelent **location;
+     unsigned int count;
+{
+  asect->orelocation = location;
+  asect->reloc_count = count;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_file_flags
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_file_flags(bfd *abfd, flagword flags);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the flag word in the BFD @var{abfd} to the value @var{flags}.
+
+	Possible errors are:
+	o <<bfd_error_wrong_format>> - The target bfd was not of object format.
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> - The target bfd was open for reading.
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> -
+	The flag word contained a bit which was not applicable to the
+	type of file.  E.g., an attempt was made to set the <<D_PAGED>> bit
+	on a BFD format which does not support demand paging.
+
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_file_flags (abfd, flags)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_object) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (bfd_read_p (abfd)) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) = flags;
+  if ((flags & bfd_applicable_file_flags (abfd)) != flags) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+return true;
+}
+
+void
+bfd_assert (file, line)
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  (*_bfd_error_handler) ("bfd assertion fail %s:%d", file, line);
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_start_address
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ 	boolean bfd_set_start_address(bfd *abfd, bfd_vma vma);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Make @var{vma} the entry point of output BFD @var{abfd}.
+
+RETURNS
+	Returns <<true>> on success, <<false>> otherwise.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_start_address(abfd, vma)
+bfd *abfd;
+bfd_vma vma;
+{
+  abfd->start_address = vma;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_mtime
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	long bfd_get_mtime(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the file modification time (as read from the file system, or
+	from the archive header for archive members).
+
+*/
+
+long
+bfd_get_mtime (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  struct stat buf;
+
+  if (abfd->mtime_set)
+    return abfd->mtime;
+
+  fp = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+  if (0 != fstat (fileno (fp), &buf))
+    return 0;
+
+  abfd->mtime = buf.st_mtime;		/* Save value in case anyone wants it */
+  return buf.st_mtime;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_size
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	long bfd_get_size(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the file size (as read from file system) for the file
+	associated with BFD @var{abfd}.
+
+	The initial motivation for, and use of, this routine is not
+	so we can get the exact size of the object the BFD applies to, since
+	that might not be generally possible (archive members for example).
+	It would be ideal if someone could eventually modify
+	it so that such results were guaranteed.
+
+	Instead, we want to ask questions like "is this NNN byte sized
+	object I'm about to try read from file offset YYY reasonable?"
+	As as example of where we might do this, some object formats
+	use string tables for which the first <<sizeof(long)>> bytes of the
+	table contain the size of the table itself, including the size bytes.
+	If an application tries to read what it thinks is one of these
+	string tables, without some way to validate the size, and for
+	some reason the size is wrong (byte swapping error, wrong location
+	for the string table, etc.), the only clue is likely to be a read
+	error when it tries to read the table, or a "virtual memory
+	exhausted" error when it tries to allocate 15 bazillon bytes
+	of space for the 15 bazillon byte table it is about to read.
+	This function at least allows us to answer the quesion, "is the
+	size reasonable?".
+*/
+
+long
+bfd_get_size (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  struct stat buf;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    return ((struct bfd_in_memory *) abfd->iostream)->size;
+
+  fp = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+  if (0 != fstat (fileno (fp), &buf))
+    return 0;
+
+  return buf.st_size;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_gp_size
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int bfd_get_gp_size(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP
+	register under MIPS ECOFF.  This is typically set by the <<-G>>
+	argument to the compiler, assembler or linker.
+*/
+
+int
+bfd_get_gp_size (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->format == bfd_object)
+    {
+      if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+	return ecoff_data (abfd)->gp_size;
+      else if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	return elf_gp_size (abfd);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_gp_size
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_set_gp_size(bfd *abfd, int i);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP
+	register under ECOFF or MIPS ELF.  This is typically set by
+	the <<-G>> argument to the compiler, assembler or linker.
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_set_gp_size (abfd, i)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int i;
+{
+  /* Don't try to set GP size on an archive or core file! */
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_object)
+    return;
+  if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+    ecoff_data (abfd)->gp_size = i;
+  else if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    elf_gp_size (abfd) = i;
+}
+
+/* Get the GP value.  This is an internal function used by some of the
+   relocation special_function routines on targets which support a GP
+   register.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+_bfd_get_gp_value (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->format == bfd_object)
+    {
+      if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+	return ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+      else if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	return elf_gp (abfd);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the GP value.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, v)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma v;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_object)
+    return;
+  if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+    ecoff_data (abfd)->gp = v;
+  else if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    elf_gp (abfd) = v;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_scan_vma
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_vma bfd_scan_vma(CONST char *string, CONST char **end, int base);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Convert, like <<strtoul>>, a numerical expression
+	@var{string} into a <<bfd_vma>> integer, and return that integer.
+	(Though without as many bells and whistles as <<strtoul>>.)
+	The expression is assumed to be unsigned (i.e., positive).
+	If given a @var{base}, it is used as the base for conversion.
+	A base of 0 causes the function to interpret the string
+	in hex if a leading "0x" or "0X" is found, otherwise
+	in octal if a leading zero is found, otherwise in decimal.
+
+	Overflow is not detected.
+*/
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_scan_vma (string, end, base)
+     CONST char *string;
+     CONST char **end;
+     int base;
+{
+  bfd_vma value;
+  int digit;
+
+  /* Let the host do it if possible.  */
+  if (sizeof(bfd_vma) <= sizeof(unsigned long))
+    return (bfd_vma) strtoul (string, (char **) end, base);
+
+  /* A negative base makes no sense, and we only need to go as high as hex.  */
+  if ((base < 0) || (base > 16))
+    return (bfd_vma) 0;
+
+  if (base == 0)
+    {
+      if (string[0] == '0')
+	{
+	  if ((string[1] == 'x') || (string[1] == 'X'))
+	    base = 16;
+	  /* XXX should we also allow "0b" or "0B" to set base to 2? */
+	  else
+	    base = 8;
+	}
+      else
+	base = 10;
+    }
+  if ((base == 16) &&
+      (string[0] == '0') && ((string[1] == 'x') || (string[1] == 'X')))
+    string += 2;
+  /* XXX should we also skip over "0b" or "0B" if base is 2? */
+    
+/* Speed could be improved with a table like hex_value[] in gas.  */
+#define HEX_VALUE(c) \
+  (isxdigit(c) ?				\
+    (isdigit(c) ?				\
+      (c - '0') :				\
+      (10 + c - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'))) :	\
+    42)
+
+  for (value = 0; (digit = HEX_VALUE(*string)) < base; string++)
+    {
+      value = value * base + digit;
+    }
+
+  if (end)
+    *end = string;
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy private BFD information from the BFD @var{ibfd} to the 
+	the BFD @var{obfd}.  Return <<true>> on success, <<false>> on error.
+	Possible error returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+
+.#define bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+.     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_bfd_data, \
+.		(ibfd, obfd))
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_merge_private_bfd_data(bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Merge private BFD information from the BFD @var{ibfd} to the 
+	the output file BFD @var{obfd} when linking.  Return <<true>>
+	on success, <<false>> on error.  Possible error returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+
+.#define bfd_merge_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+.     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, \
+.		(ibfd, obfd))
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_private_flags
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_private_flags(bfd *abfd, flagword flags);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set private BFD flag information in the BFD @var{abfd}.
+	Return <<true>> on success, <<false>> on error.  Possible error
+	returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+
+.#define bfd_set_private_flags(abfd, flags) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_set_private_flags, \
+.		(abfd, flags))
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	stuff
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Stuff which should be documented:
+
+.#define bfd_sizeof_headers(abfd, reloc) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_sizeof_headers, (abfd, reloc))
+.
+.#define bfd_find_nearest_line(abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_find_nearest_line,  (abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line))
+.
+.       {* Do these three do anything useful at all, for any back end?  *}
+.#define bfd_debug_info_start(abfd) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_start, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_debug_info_end(abfd) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_end, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_debug_info_accumulate(abfd, section) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_accumulate, (abfd, section))
+.
+.
+.#define bfd_stat_arch_elt(abfd, stat) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_stat_arch_elt,(abfd, stat))
+.
+.#define bfd_update_armap_timestamp(abfd) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_update_armap_timestamp, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_set_arch_mach(abfd, arch, mach)\
+.        BFD_SEND ( abfd, _bfd_set_arch_mach, (abfd, arch, mach))
+.
+.#define bfd_relax_section(abfd, section, link_info, again) \
+.       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_relax_section, (abfd, section, link_info, again))
+.
+.#define bfd_link_hash_table_create(abfd) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_hash_table_create, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_link_add_symbols(abfd, info) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_add_symbols, (abfd, info))
+.
+.#define bfd_final_link(abfd, info) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_final_link, (abfd, info))
+.
+.#define bfd_free_cached_info(abfd) \
+.       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_free_cached_info, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_print_private_bfd_data(abfd, file)\
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_print_private_bfd_data, (abfd, file))
+.
+.#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab(abfd, asymbols) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab, (abfd, asymbols))
+.
+.#define bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound(abfd) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound, (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc(abfd, arels, asyms) \
+.	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc, (abfd, arels, asyms))
+.
+.extern bfd_byte *bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+.	PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+.		  struct bfd_link_order *, bfd_byte *,
+.		  boolean, asymbol **));
+.
+
+*/
+
+bfd_byte *
+bfd_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
+				    relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  bfd *abfd2;
+  bfd_byte *(*fn) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+			   struct bfd_link_order *, bfd_byte *, boolean,
+			   asymbol **));
+
+  if (link_order->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+    {
+      abfd2 = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+      if (abfd2 == 0)
+	abfd2 = abfd;
+    }
+  else
+    abfd2 = abfd;
+  fn = abfd2->xvec->_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents;
+
+  return (*fn) (abfd, link_info, link_order, data, relocateable, symbols);
+}
+
+/* Record information about an ELF program header.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_record_phdr (abfd, type, flags_valid, flags, at_valid, at,
+		 includes_filehdr, includes_phdrs, count, secs)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned long type;
+     boolean flags_valid;
+     flagword flags;
+     boolean at_valid;
+     bfd_vma at;
+     boolean includes_filehdr;
+     boolean includes_phdrs;
+     unsigned int count;
+     asection **secs;
+{
+  struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+       bfd_alloc (abfd,
+		  (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
+		   + ((size_t) count - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
+  if (m == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  m->next = NULL;
+  m->p_type = type;
+  m->p_flags = flags;
+  m->p_paddr = at;
+  m->p_flags_valid = flags_valid;
+  m->p_paddr_valid = at_valid;
+  m->includes_filehdr = includes_filehdr;
+  m->includes_phdrs = includes_phdrs;
+  m->count = count;
+  if (count > 0)
+    memcpy (m->sections, secs, count * sizeof (asection *));
+
+  for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
+    ;
+  *pm = m;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/binary.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/binary.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c42f143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/binary.c
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* BFD back-end for binary objects.
+   Copyright 1994, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This is a BFD backend which may be used to write binary objects.
+   It may only be used for output, not input.  The intention is that
+   this may be used as an output format for objcopy in order to
+   generate raw binary data.
+
+   This is very simple.  The only complication is that the real data
+   will start at some address X, and in some cases we will not want to
+   include X zeroes just to get to that point.  Since the start
+   address is not meaningful for this object file format, we use it
+   instead to indicate the number of zeroes to skip at the start of
+   the file.  objcopy cooperates by specially setting the start
+   address to zero by default.  */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+/* Any bfd we create by reading a binary file has three symbols:
+   a start symbol, an end symbol, and an absolute length symbol.  */
+#define BIN_SYMS 3
+
+static boolean binary_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *binary_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean binary_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static long binary_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static char *mangle_name PARAMS ((bfd *, char *));
+static long binary_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+static asymbol *binary_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void binary_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *));
+static boolean binary_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static int binary_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+
+/* Create a binary object.  Invoked via bfd_set_format.  */
+
+static boolean
+binary_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Any file may be considered to be a binary file, provided the target
+   was not defaulted.  That is, it must be explicitly specified as
+   being binary.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+binary_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  asection *sec;
+
+  if (abfd->target_defaulted)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  abfd->symcount = BIN_SYMS;
+
+  /* Find the file size.  */
+  if (bfd_stat (abfd, &statbuf) < 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* One data section.  */
+  sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".data");
+  if (sec == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  sec->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  sec->vma = 0;
+  sec->_raw_size = statbuf.st_size;
+  sec->filepos = 0;
+
+  abfd->tdata.any = (PTR) sec;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+#define binary_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define binary_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define binary_new_section_hook _bfd_generic_new_section_hook
+
+/* Get contents of the only section.  */
+
+static boolean
+binary_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of memory needed to read the symbol table.  */
+
+static long
+binary_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return (BIN_SYMS + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *);
+}
+
+/* Create a symbol name based on the bfd's filename.  */
+
+static char *
+mangle_name (abfd, suffix)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *suffix;
+{
+  int size;
+  char *buf;
+  char *p;
+
+  size = (strlen (bfd_get_filename (abfd))
+	  + strlen (suffix)
+	  + sizeof "_binary__");
+
+  buf = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+  if (buf == NULL)
+    return "";
+
+  sprintf (buf, "_binary_%s_%s", bfd_get_filename (abfd), suffix);
+
+  /* Change any non-alphanumeric characters to underscores.  */
+  for (p = buf; *p; p++)
+    if (! isalnum (*p))
+      *p = '_';
+
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* Return the symbol table.  */
+
+static long
+binary_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  asection *sec = (asection *) abfd->tdata.any;
+  asymbol *syms;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  syms = (asymbol *) bfd_alloc (abfd, BIN_SYMS * sizeof (asymbol));
+  if (syms == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Start symbol.  */
+  syms[0].the_bfd = abfd;
+  syms[0].name = mangle_name (abfd, "start");
+  syms[0].value = 0;
+  syms[0].flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+  syms[0].section = sec;
+  syms[0].udata.p = NULL;
+
+  /* End symbol.  */
+  syms[1].the_bfd = abfd;
+  syms[1].name = mangle_name (abfd, "end");
+  syms[1].value = sec->_raw_size;
+  syms[1].flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+  syms[1].section = sec;
+  syms[1].udata.p = NULL;
+
+  /* Size symbol.  */
+  syms[2].the_bfd = abfd;
+  syms[2].name = mangle_name (abfd, "size");
+  syms[2].value = sec->_raw_size;
+  syms[2].flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+  syms[2].section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+  syms[2].udata.p = NULL;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BIN_SYMS; i++)
+    *alocation++ = syms++;
+  *alocation = NULL;
+
+  return BIN_SYMS;
+}
+
+/* Make an empty symbol.  */
+
+static asymbol *
+binary_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return (asymbol *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (asymbol));
+}
+
+#define binary_print_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_print_symbol
+
+/* Get information about a symbol.  */
+
+static void
+binary_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+#define binary_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#define binary_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define binary_find_nearest_line _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line
+#define binary_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define binary_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define binary_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define binary_get_reloc_upper_bound \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) bfd_0l)
+#define binary_canonicalize_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **))) bfd_0l)
+#define binary_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+/* Set the architecture of a binary file.  */
+#define binary_set_arch_mach _bfd_generic_set_arch_mach
+
+/* Write section contents of a binary file.  */
+
+static boolean
+binary_set_section_contents (abfd, sec, data, offset, size)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR data;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type size;
+{
+  /* We don't want to output anything for a section that is neither
+     loaded nor allocated.  The contents of such a section are not
+     meaningful in the binary format.  */
+  if ((sec->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      boolean found_low;
+      bfd_vma low;
+      asection *s;
+
+      /* The lowest section LMA sets the virtual address of the start
+         of the file.  We use this to set the file position of all the
+         sections.  */
+      found_low = false;
+      low = 0;
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	if (((s->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+	     == (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+	    && (! found_low || s->lma < low))
+	  {
+	    low = s->lma;
+	    found_low = true;
+	  }
+
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	s->filepos = s->lma - low;
+
+      abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+    }
+
+  return _bfd_generic_set_section_contents (abfd, sec, data, offset, size);
+}
+
+/* No space is required for header information.  */
+
+static int
+binary_sizeof_headers (abfd, exec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean exec;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#define binary_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define binary_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define binary_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#define binary_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#define binary_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#define binary_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+#define binary_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+const bfd_target binary_vec =
+{
+  "binary",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_unknown_flavour,	/* flavour */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* byteorder */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* header_byteorder */
+  EXEC_P,			/* object_flags */
+  (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA
+   | SEC_ROM | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS), /* section_flags */
+  0,				/* symbol_leading_char */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+  {				/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    binary_object_p,		/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_set_format */
+    bfd_false,
+    binary_mkobject,
+    bfd_false,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+    bfd_false,
+    bfd_true,
+    bfd_false,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (binary),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (binary),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (binary),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (binary),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (binary),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  NULL
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cache.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b28de4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/* BFD library -- caching of file descriptors.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Hacked by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support (steve@cygnus.com).
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	File caching
+
+	The file caching mechanism is embedded within BFD and allows
+	the application to open as many BFDs as it wants without
+	regard to the underlying operating system's file descriptor
+	limit (often as low as 20 open files).  The module in
+	<<cache.c>> maintains a least recently used list of
+	<<BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN>> files, and exports the name
+	<<bfd_cache_lookup>>, which runs around and makes sure that
+	the required BFD is open. If not, then it chooses a file to
+	close, closes it and opens the one wanted, returning its file
+	handle. 
+
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+static void insert PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void snip PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean close_one PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean bfd_cache_delete PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN macro
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The maximum number of files which the cache will keep open at
+	one time.
+
+.#define BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN 10
+
+*/
+
+/* The number of BFD files we have open.  */
+
+static int open_files;
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_last_cache
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	extern bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Zero, or a pointer to the topmost BFD on the chain.  This is
+	used by the <<bfd_cache_lookup>> macro in @file{libbfd.h} to
+	determine when it can avoid a function call.
+*/
+
+bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+
+/*
+  INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+  	bfd_cache_lookup
+ 
+  DESCRIPTION
+ 	Check to see if the required BFD is the same as the last one
+ 	looked up. If so, then it can use the stream in the BFD with
+ 	impunity, since it can't have changed since the last lookup;
+ 	otherwise, it has to perform the complicated lookup function.
+ 
+  .#define bfd_cache_lookup(x) \
+  .    ((x)==bfd_last_cache? \
+  .      (FILE*)(bfd_last_cache->iostream): \
+  .       bfd_cache_lookup_worker(x))
+ 
+ 
+ */
+
+/* Insert a BFD into the cache.  */
+
+static INLINE void
+insert (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (bfd_last_cache == NULL)
+    {
+      abfd->lru_next = abfd;
+      abfd->lru_prev = abfd;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      abfd->lru_next = bfd_last_cache;
+      abfd->lru_prev = bfd_last_cache->lru_prev;
+      abfd->lru_prev->lru_next = abfd;
+      abfd->lru_next->lru_prev = abfd;
+    }
+  bfd_last_cache = abfd;
+}
+
+/* Remove a BFD from the cache.  */
+
+static INLINE void
+snip (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->lru_prev->lru_next = abfd->lru_next;
+  abfd->lru_next->lru_prev = abfd->lru_prev;
+  if (abfd == bfd_last_cache)
+    {
+      bfd_last_cache = abfd->lru_next;
+      if (abfd == bfd_last_cache)
+	bfd_last_cache = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* We need to open a new file, and the cache is full.  Find the least
+   recently used cacheable BFD and close it.  */
+
+static boolean
+close_one ()
+{
+  register bfd *kill;
+
+  if (bfd_last_cache == NULL)
+    kill = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      for (kill = bfd_last_cache->lru_prev;
+	   ! kill->cacheable;
+	   kill = kill->lru_prev)
+	{
+	  if (kill == bfd_last_cache)
+	    {
+	      kill = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (kill == NULL)
+    {
+      /* There are no open cacheable BFD's.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  kill->where = ftell ((FILE *) kill->iostream);
+
+  return bfd_cache_delete (kill);
+}
+
+/* Close a BFD and remove it from the cache.  */
+
+static boolean
+bfd_cache_delete (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  boolean ret;
+
+  if (fclose ((FILE *) abfd->iostream) == 0)
+    ret = true;
+  else
+    {
+      ret = false;
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+    }
+
+  snip (abfd);
+
+  abfd->iostream = NULL;
+  --open_files;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_cache_init
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_cache_init (bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Add a newly opened BFD to the cache.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_cache_init (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  BFD_ASSERT (abfd->iostream != NULL);
+  if (open_files >= BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN)
+    {
+      if (! close_one ())
+	return false;
+    }
+  insert (abfd);
+  ++open_files;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_cache_close
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_cache_close (bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Remove the BFD @var{abfd} from the cache. If the attached file is open,
+	then close it too.
+
+RETURNS
+	<<false>> is returned if closing the file fails, <<true>> is
+	returned if all is well.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_cache_close (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->iostream == NULL
+      || (abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  return bfd_cache_delete (abfd);
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_open_file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	FILE* bfd_open_file(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Call the OS to open a file for @var{abfd}.  Return the <<FILE *>>
+	(possibly <<NULL>>) that results from this operation.  Set up the
+	BFD so that future accesses know the file is open. If the <<FILE *>>
+	returned is <<NULL>>, then it won't have been put in the
+	cache, so it won't have to be removed from it.
+*/
+
+FILE *
+bfd_open_file (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->cacheable = true;	/* Allow it to be closed later. */
+
+  if (open_files >= BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN)
+    {
+      if (! close_one ())
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  switch (abfd->direction)
+    {
+    case read_direction:
+    case no_direction:
+      abfd->iostream = (PTR) fopen (abfd->filename, FOPEN_RB);
+      break;
+    case both_direction:
+    case write_direction:
+      if (abfd->opened_once == true)
+	{
+	  abfd->iostream = (PTR) fopen (abfd->filename, FOPEN_RUB);
+	  if (abfd->iostream == NULL)
+	    abfd->iostream = (PTR) fopen (abfd->filename, FOPEN_WUB);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Create the file.  Unlink it first, for the convenience of
+             operating systems which worry about overwriting running
+             binaries.  */
+	  unlink (abfd->filename);
+	  abfd->iostream = (PTR) fopen (abfd->filename, FOPEN_WB);
+	  abfd->opened_once = true;
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (abfd->iostream != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_cache_init (abfd))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (FILE *) abfd->iostream;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_cache_lookup_worker
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	FILE *bfd_cache_lookup_worker(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Called when the macro <<bfd_cache_lookup>> fails to find a
+	quick answer.  Find a file descriptor for @var{abfd}.  If
+	necessary, it open it.  If there are already more than
+	<<BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN>> files open, it tries to close one first, to
+	avoid running out of file descriptors.  
+*/
+
+FILE *
+bfd_cache_lookup_worker (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (abfd->my_archive) 
+    abfd = abfd->my_archive;
+
+  if (abfd->iostream != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Move the file to the start of the cache.  */
+      if (abfd != bfd_last_cache)
+	{
+	  snip (abfd);
+	  insert (abfd);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bfd_open_file (abfd) == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      if (fseek ((FILE *) abfd->iostream, abfd->where, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (FILE *) abfd->iostream;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-alpha.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-alpha.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ec72b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-alpha.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2401 @@
+/* BFD back-end for ALPHA Extended-Coff files.
+   Copyright 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Modified from coff-mips.c by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com> and
+   Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#include "coff/alpha.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+#include "libecoff.h"
+
+/* Prototypes for static functions.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *alpha_ecoff_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean alpha_ecoff_bad_format_hook PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, PTR filehdr));
+static PTR alpha_ecoff_mkobject_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR filehdr, PTR aouthdr));
+static void alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+					      struct internal_reloc *));
+static void alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_out PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					       const struct internal_reloc *,
+					       PTR));
+static void alpha_adjust_reloc_in PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					   const struct internal_reloc *,
+					   arelent *));
+static void alpha_adjust_reloc_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const arelent *,
+					    struct internal_reloc *));
+static reloc_howto_type *alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+static bfd_byte *alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+	   bfd_byte *data, boolean relocateable, asymbol **symbols));
+static bfd_vma alpha_convert_external_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct external_reloc *,
+	   struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *));
+static boolean alpha_relocate_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+					       bfd *, asection *,
+					       bfd_byte *, PTR));
+static boolean alpha_adjust_headers
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_filehdr *, struct internal_aouthdr *));
+static PTR alpha_ecoff_read_ar_hdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static bfd *alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr));
+static bfd *alpha_ecoff_openr_next_archived_file PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static bfd *alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_index PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+
+/* ECOFF has COFF sections, but the debugging information is stored in
+   a completely different format.  ECOFF targets use some of the
+   swapping routines from coffswap.h, and some of the generic COFF
+   routines in coffgen.c, but, unlike the real COFF targets, do not
+   use coffcode.h itself.
+
+   Get the generic COFF swapping routines, except for the reloc,
+   symbol, and lineno ones.  Give them ecoff names.  Define some
+   accessor macros for the large sizes used for Alpha ECOFF.  */
+
+#define GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_PADDR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_VADDR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_SIZE bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR bfd_h_put_64
+#define GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR bfd_h_get_64
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR bfd_h_put_64
+
+#define ALPHAECOFF
+
+#define NO_COFF_RELOCS
+#define NO_COFF_SYMBOLS
+#define NO_COFF_LINENOS
+#define coff_swap_filehdr_in alpha_ecoff_swap_filehdr_in
+#define coff_swap_filehdr_out alpha_ecoff_swap_filehdr_out
+#define coff_swap_aouthdr_in alpha_ecoff_swap_aouthdr_in
+#define coff_swap_aouthdr_out alpha_ecoff_swap_aouthdr_out
+#define coff_swap_scnhdr_in alpha_ecoff_swap_scnhdr_in
+#define coff_swap_scnhdr_out alpha_ecoff_swap_scnhdr_out
+#include "coffswap.h"
+
+/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines.  */
+#define ECOFF_64
+#include "ecoffswap.h"
+
+/* How to process the various reloc types.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+reloc_nil PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR,
+		   asection *, bfd *, char **));
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+reloc_nil (abfd, reloc, sym, data, sec, output_bfd, error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
+   from smaller values.  Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement.  */
+#define MINUS_ONE	(((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
+
+static reloc_howto_type alpha_howto_table[] =
+{
+  /* Reloc type 0 is ignored by itself.  However, it appears after a
+     GPDISP reloc to identify the location where the low order 16 bits
+     of the gp register are loaded.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_IGNORE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 reloc_nil,		/* special_function */
+	 "IGNORE",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 32 bit reference to a symbol.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_REFLONG,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "REFLONG",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 64 bit reference to a symbol.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_REFQUAD,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "REFQUAD",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 32 bit GP relative offset.  This is just like REFLONG except
+     that when the value is used the value of the gp register will be
+     added in.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_GPREL32,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "GPREL32",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Used for an instruction that refers to memory off the GP
+     register.  The offset is 16 bits of the 32 bit instruction.  This
+     reloc always seems to be against the .lita section.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_LITERAL,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "LITERAL",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* This reloc only appears immediately following a LITERAL reloc.
+     It identifies a use of the literal.  It seems that the linker can
+     use this to eliminate a portion of the .lita section.  The symbol
+     index is special: 1 means the literal address is in the base
+     register of a memory format instruction; 2 means the literal
+     address is in the byte offset register of a byte-manipulation
+     instruction; 3 means the literal address is in the target
+     register of a jsr instruction.  This does not actually do any
+     relocation.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_LITUSE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 reloc_nil,		/* special_function */
+	 "LITUSE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Load the gp register.  This is always used for a ldah instruction
+     which loads the upper 16 bits of the gp register.  The next reloc
+     will be an IGNORE reloc which identifies the location of the lda
+     instruction which loads the lower 16 bits.  The symbol index of
+     the GPDISP instruction appears to actually be the number of bytes
+     between the ldah and lda instructions.  This gives two different
+     ways to determine where the lda instruction is; I don't know why
+     both are used.  The value to use for the relocation is the
+     difference between the GP value and the current location; the
+     load will always be done against a register holding the current
+     address.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_GPDISP,	/* type */
+	 16,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 reloc_nil,		/* special_function */
+	 "GPDISP",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 21 bit branch.  The native assembler generates these for
+     branches within the text segment, and also fills in the PC
+     relative offset in the instruction.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_BRADDR,	/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 21,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "BRADDR",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0x1fffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0x1fffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A hint for a jump to a register.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_HINT,		/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 14,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "HINT",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0x3fff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0x3fff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 16 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_SREL16,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL16",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 32 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_SREL32,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL32",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 64 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_SREL64,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL64",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Push a value on the reloc evaluation stack.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "OP_PUSH",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Store the value from the stack at the given address.  Store it in
+     a bitfield of size r_size starting at bit position r_offset.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_STORE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "OP_STORE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Subtract the reloc address from the value on the top of the
+     relocation stack.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "OP_PSUB",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Shift the value on the top of the relocation stack right by the
+     given value.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "OP_PRSHIFT",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Adjust the GP value for a new range in the object file.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_GPVALUE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "GPVALUE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false)			/* pcrel_offset */
+};
+
+/* Recognize an Alpha ECOFF file.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+alpha_ecoff_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  static const bfd_target *ret;
+
+  ret = coff_object_p (abfd);
+
+  if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+      asection *sec;
+
+      /* Alpha ECOFF has a .pdata section.  The lnnoptr field of the
+	 .pdata section is the number of entries it contains.  Each
+	 entry takes up 8 bytes.  The number of entries is required
+	 since the section is aligned to a 16 byte boundary.  When we
+	 link .pdata sections together, we do not want to include the
+	 alignment bytes.  We handle this on input by faking the size
+	 of the .pdata section to remove the unwanted alignment bytes.
+	 On output we will set the lnnoptr field and force the
+	 alignment.  */
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, _PDATA);
+      if (sec != (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type size;
+
+	  size = sec->line_filepos * 8;
+	  BFD_ASSERT (size == bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)
+		      || size + 8 == bfd_section_size (abfd, sec));
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, sec, size))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* See whether the magic number matches.  */
+
+static boolean
+alpha_ecoff_bad_format_hook (abfd, filehdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+
+  if (ALPHA_ECOFF_BADMAG (*internal_f))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is a hook called by coff_real_object_p to create any backend
+   specific information.  */
+
+static PTR
+alpha_ecoff_mkobject_hook (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+     PTR aouthdr;
+{
+  PTR ecoff;
+
+  ecoff = _bfd_ecoff_mkobject_hook (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr);
+
+  if (ecoff != NULL)
+    {
+      struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+
+      /* Set additional BFD flags according to the object type from the
+	 machine specific file header flags.  */
+      switch (internal_f->f_flags & F_ALPHA_OBJECT_TYPE_MASK)
+	{
+	case F_ALPHA_SHARABLE:
+	  abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+	  break;
+	case F_ALPHA_CALL_SHARED:
+	  /* Always executable if using shared libraries as the run time
+	     loader might resolve undefined references.  */
+	  abfd->flags |= (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return ecoff;
+}
+
+/* Reloc handling.  */
+
+/* Swap a reloc in.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_in (abfd, ext_ptr, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+     struct internal_reloc *intern;
+{
+  const RELOC *ext = (RELOC *) ext_ptr;
+
+  intern->r_vaddr = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->r_vaddr);
+  intern->r_symndx = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->r_symndx);
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_header_little_endian (abfd));
+
+  intern->r_type = ((ext->r_bits[0] & RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE)
+		    >> RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE);
+  intern->r_extern = (ext->r_bits[1] & RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE) != 0;
+  intern->r_offset = ((ext->r_bits[1] & RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE)
+		      >> RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE);
+  /* Ignored the reserved bits.  */
+  intern->r_size = ((ext->r_bits[3] & RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE)
+		    >> RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE);
+
+  if (intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_LITUSE
+      || intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_GPDISP)
+    {
+      /* Handle the LITUSE and GPDISP relocs specially.  Its symndx
+	 value is not actually a symbol index, but is instead a
+	 special code.  We put the code in the r_size field, and
+	 clobber the symndx.  */
+      if (intern->r_size != 0)
+	abort ();
+      intern->r_size = intern->r_symndx;
+      intern->r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_NONE;
+    }
+  else if (intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_IGNORE)
+    {
+      /* The IGNORE reloc generally follows a GPDISP reloc, and is
+	 against the .lita section.  The section is irrelevant.  */
+      if (! intern->r_extern &&
+	  intern->r_symndx == RELOC_SECTION_ABS)
+	abort ();
+      if (! intern->r_extern && intern->r_symndx == RELOC_SECTION_LITA)
+	intern->r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_ABS;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Swap a reloc out.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, intern, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const struct internal_reloc *intern;
+     PTR dst;
+{
+  RELOC *ext = (RELOC *) dst;
+  long symndx;
+  unsigned char size;
+
+  /* Undo the hackery done in swap_reloc_in.  */
+  if (intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_LITUSE
+      || intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_GPDISP)
+    {
+      symndx = intern->r_size;
+      size = 0;
+    }
+  else if (intern->r_type == ALPHA_R_IGNORE
+	   && ! intern->r_extern
+	   && intern->r_symndx == RELOC_SECTION_ABS)
+    {
+      symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LITA;
+      size = intern->r_size;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      symndx = intern->r_symndx;
+      size = intern->r_size;
+    }
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (intern->r_extern
+	      || (intern->r_symndx >= 0 && intern->r_symndx <= 14));
+
+  bfd_h_put_64 (abfd, intern->r_vaddr, (bfd_byte *) ext->r_vaddr);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, symndx, (bfd_byte *) ext->r_symndx);
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_header_little_endian (abfd));
+
+  ext->r_bits[0] = ((intern->r_type << RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE)
+		    & RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE);
+  ext->r_bits[1] = ((intern->r_extern ? RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE : 0)
+		    | ((intern->r_offset << RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE)
+		       & RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE));
+  ext->r_bits[2] = 0;
+  ext->r_bits[3] = ((size << RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE)
+		    & RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE);
+}
+
+/* Finish canonicalizing a reloc.  Part of this is generic to all
+   ECOFF targets, and that part is in ecoff.c.  The rest is done in
+   this backend routine.  It must fill in the howto field.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_adjust_reloc_in (abfd, intern, rptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const struct internal_reloc *intern;
+     arelent *rptr;
+{
+  if (intern->r_type > ALPHA_R_GPVALUE)
+    abort ();
+
+  switch (intern->r_type)
+    {
+    case ALPHA_R_BRADDR:
+    case ALPHA_R_SREL16:
+    case ALPHA_R_SREL32:
+    case ALPHA_R_SREL64:
+      /* This relocs appear to be fully resolved when they are against
+         internal symbols.  Against external symbols, BRADDR at least
+         appears to be resolved against the next instruction.  */
+      if (! intern->r_extern)
+	rptr->addend = 0;
+      else
+	rptr->addend = - (intern->r_vaddr + 4);
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_GPREL32:
+    case ALPHA_R_LITERAL:
+      /* Copy the gp value for this object file into the addend, to
+	 ensure that we are not confused by the linker.  */
+      if (! intern->r_extern)
+	rptr->addend += ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_LITUSE:
+    case ALPHA_R_GPDISP:
+      /* The LITUSE and GPDISP relocs do not use a symbol, or an
+	 addend, but they do use a special code.  Put this code in the
+	 addend field.  */
+      rptr->addend = intern->r_size;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_STORE:
+      /* The STORE reloc needs the size and offset fields.  We store
+	 them in the addend.  */
+      BFD_ASSERT (intern->r_offset <= 256 && intern->r_size <= 256);
+      rptr->addend = (intern->r_offset << 8) + intern->r_size;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH:
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB:
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT:
+      /* The PUSH, PSUB and PRSHIFT relocs do not actually use an
+	 address.  I believe that the address supplied is really an
+	 addend.  */
+      rptr->addend = intern->r_vaddr;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_GPVALUE:
+      /* Set the addend field to the new GP value.  */
+      rptr->addend = intern->r_symndx + ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_IGNORE:
+      /* If the type is ALPHA_R_IGNORE, make sure this is a reference
+	 to the absolute section so that the reloc is ignored.  For
+	 some reason the address of this reloc type is not adjusted by
+	 the section vma.  We record the gp value for this object file
+	 here, for convenience when doing the GPDISP relocation.  */
+      rptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+      rptr->address = intern->r_vaddr;
+      rptr->addend = ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  rptr->howto = &alpha_howto_table[intern->r_type];
+}
+
+/* When writing out a reloc we need to pull some values back out of
+   the addend field into the reloc.  This is roughly the reverse of
+   alpha_adjust_reloc_in, except that there are several changes we do
+   not need to undo.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_adjust_reloc_out (abfd, rel, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const arelent *rel;
+     struct internal_reloc *intern;
+{
+  switch (intern->r_type)
+    {
+    case ALPHA_R_LITUSE:
+    case ALPHA_R_GPDISP:
+      intern->r_size = rel->addend;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_STORE:
+      intern->r_size = rel->addend & 0xff;
+      intern->r_offset = (rel->addend >> 8) & 0xff;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH:
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB:
+    case ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT:
+      intern->r_vaddr = rel->addend;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_R_IGNORE:
+      intern->r_vaddr = rel->address;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The size of the stack for the relocation evaluator.  */
+#define RELOC_STACKSIZE (10)
+
+/* Alpha ECOFF relocs have a built in expression evaluator as well as
+   other interdependencies.  Rather than use a bunch of special
+   functions and global variables, we use a single routine to do all
+   the relocation for a section.  I haven't yet worked out how the
+   assembler is going to handle this.  */
+
+static bfd_byte *
+alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
+					    data, relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+  arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
+  long reloc_count;
+  bfd *output_bfd = relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL;
+  bfd_vma gp;
+  boolean gp_undefined;
+  bfd_vma stack[RELOC_STACKSIZE];
+  int tos = 0;
+
+  if (reloc_size < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
+  if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data,
+				  (file_ptr) 0, input_section->_raw_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* The section size is not going to change.  */
+  input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
+  input_section->reloc_done = true;
+
+  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, input_section,
+					reloc_vector, symbols);
+  if (reloc_count < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  if (reloc_count == 0)
+    goto successful_return;
+
+  /* Get the GP value for the output BFD.  */
+  gp_undefined = false;
+  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
+  if (gp == 0)
+    {
+      if (relocateable != false)
+	{
+	  asection *sec;
+	  bfd_vma lo;
+
+	  /* Make up a value.  */
+	  lo = (bfd_vma) -1;
+	  for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+	    {
+	      if (sec->vma < lo
+		  && (strcmp (sec->name, ".sbss") == 0
+		      || strcmp (sec->name, ".sdata") == 0
+		      || strcmp (sec->name, ".lit4") == 0
+		      || strcmp (sec->name, ".lit8") == 0
+		      || strcmp (sec->name, ".lita") == 0))
+		lo = sec->vma;
+	    }
+	  gp = lo + 0x8000;
+	  _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, gp);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info->hash, "_gp", false, false,
+				    true);
+	  if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	      || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
+	    gp_undefined = true;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      gp = (h->u.def.value
+		    + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+		    + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+	      _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, gp);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (; *reloc_vector != (arelent *) NULL; reloc_vector++)
+    {
+      arelent *rel;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+      char *err;
+
+      rel = *reloc_vector;
+      r = bfd_reloc_ok;
+      switch (rel->howto->type)
+	{
+	case ALPHA_R_IGNORE:
+	  rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_REFLONG:
+	case ALPHA_R_REFQUAD:
+	case ALPHA_R_BRADDR:
+	case ALPHA_R_HINT:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL16:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL32:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL64:
+	  if (relocateable
+	      && ((*rel->sym_ptr_ptr)->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
+	    {
+	      rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, rel, data, input_section,
+				      output_bfd, &err);
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_GPREL32:
+	  /* This relocation is used in a switch table.  It is a 32
+	     bit offset from the current GP value.  We must adjust it
+	     by the different between the original GP value and the
+	     current GP value.  The original GP value is stored in the
+	     addend.  We adjust the addend and let
+	     bfd_perform_relocation finish the job.  */
+	  rel->addend -= gp;
+	  r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, rel, data, input_section,
+				      output_bfd, &err);
+	  if (r == bfd_reloc_ok && gp_undefined)
+	    {
+	      r = bfd_reloc_dangerous;
+	      err = (char *) "GP relative relocation used when GP not defined";
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_LITERAL:
+	  /* This is a reference to a literal value, generally
+	     (always?) in the .lita section.  This is a 16 bit GP
+	     relative relocation.  Sometimes the subsequent reloc is a
+	     LITUSE reloc, which indicates how this reloc is used.
+	     This sometimes permits rewriting the two instructions
+	     referred to by the LITERAL and the LITUSE into different
+	     instructions which do not refer to .lita.  This can save
+	     a memory reference, and permits removing a value from
+	     .lita thus saving GP relative space.
+
+	     We do not these optimizations.  To do them we would need
+	     to arrange to link the .lita section first, so that by
+	     the time we got here we would know the final values to
+	     use.  This would not be particularly difficult, but it is
+	     not currently implemented.  */
+
+	  {
+	    unsigned long insn;
+
+	    /* I believe that the LITERAL reloc will only apply to a
+	       ldq or ldl instruction, so check my assumption.  */
+	    insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, data + rel->address);
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x29
+			|| ((insn >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x28);
+
+	    rel->addend -= gp;
+	    r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, rel, data, input_section,
+					output_bfd, &err);
+	    if (r == bfd_reloc_ok && gp_undefined)
+	      {
+		r = bfd_reloc_dangerous;
+		err =
+		  (char *) "GP relative relocation used when GP not defined";
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_LITUSE:
+	  /* See ALPHA_R_LITERAL above for the uses of this reloc.  It
+	     does not cause anything to happen, itself.  */
+	  rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+	  break;
+	    
+	case ALPHA_R_GPDISP:
+	  /* This marks the ldah of an ldah/lda pair which loads the
+	     gp register with the difference of the gp value and the
+	     current location.  The second of the pair is r_size bytes
+	     ahead; it used to be marked with an ALPHA_R_IGNORE reloc,
+	     but that no longer happens in OSF/1 3.2.  */
+	  {
+	    unsigned long insn1, insn2;
+	    bfd_vma addend;
+
+	    /* Get the two instructions.  */
+	    insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, data + rel->address);
+	    insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, data + rel->address + rel->addend);
+
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn1 >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x09); /* ldah */
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn2 >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x08); /* lda */
+
+	    /* Get the existing addend.  We must account for the sign
+	       extension done by lda and ldah.  */
+	    addend = ((insn1 & 0xffff) << 16) + (insn2 & 0xffff);
+	    if (insn1 & 0x8000)
+	      {
+		addend -= 0x80000000;
+		addend -= 0x80000000;
+	      }
+	    if (insn2 & 0x8000)
+	      addend -= 0x10000;
+
+	    /* The existing addend includes the different between the
+	       gp of the input BFD and the address in the input BFD.
+	       Subtract this out.  */
+	    addend -= (ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp
+		       - (input_section->vma + rel->address));
+
+	    /* Now add in the final gp value, and subtract out the
+	       final address.  */
+	    addend += (gp
+		       - (input_section->output_section->vma
+			  + input_section->output_offset
+			  + rel->address));
+
+	    /* Change the instructions, accounting for the sign
+	       extension, and write them out.  */
+	    if (addend & 0x8000)
+	      addend += 0x10000;
+	    insn1 = (insn1 & 0xffff0000) | ((addend >> 16) & 0xffff);
+	    insn2 = (insn2 & 0xffff0000) | (addend & 0xffff);
+
+	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn1, data + rel->address);
+	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn2,
+			data + rel->address + rel->addend);
+
+	    rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	  
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH:
+	  /* Push a value on the reloc evaluation stack.  */
+	  {
+	    asymbol *symbol;
+	    bfd_vma relocation;
+
+	    if (relocateable)
+	      {
+		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    /* Figure out the relocation of this symbol.  */
+	    symbol = *rel->sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+	      r = bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    else
+	      relocation = symbol->value;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
+	    relocation += rel->addend;
+
+	    if (tos >= RELOC_STACKSIZE)
+	      abort ();
+
+	    stack[tos++] = relocation;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_STORE:
+	  /* Store a value from the reloc stack into a bitfield.  */
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma val;
+	    int offset, size;
+
+	    if (relocateable)
+	      {
+		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    if (tos == 0)
+	      abort ();
+
+	    /* The offset and size for this reloc are encoded into the
+	       addend field by alpha_adjust_reloc_in.  */
+	    offset = (rel->addend >> 8) & 0xff;
+	    size = rel->addend & 0xff;
+
+	    val = bfd_get_64 (abfd, data + rel->address);
+	    val &=~ (((1 << size) - 1) << offset);
+	    val |= (stack[--tos] & ((1 << size) - 1)) << offset;
+	    bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, data + rel->address);
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB:
+	  /* Subtract a value from the top of the stack.  */
+	  {
+	    asymbol *symbol;
+	    bfd_vma relocation;
+
+	    if (relocateable)
+	      {
+		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    /* Figure out the relocation of this symbol.  */
+	    symbol = *rel->sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+	      r = bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    else
+	      relocation = symbol->value;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
+	    relocation += rel->addend;
+
+	    if (tos == 0)
+	      abort ();
+
+	    stack[tos - 1] -= relocation;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT:
+	  /* Shift the value on the top of the stack.  */
+	  {
+	    asymbol *symbol;
+	    bfd_vma relocation;
+
+	    if (relocateable)
+	      {
+		rel->address += input_section->output_offset;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    /* Figure out the relocation of this symbol.  */
+	    symbol = *rel->sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+	      r = bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    else
+	      relocation = symbol->value;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
+	    relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
+	    relocation += rel->addend;
+
+	    if (tos == 0)
+	      abort ();
+
+	    stack[tos - 1] >>= relocation;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	    
+	case ALPHA_R_GPVALUE:
+	  /* I really don't know if this does the right thing.  */
+	  gp = rel->addend;
+	  gp_undefined = false;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+
+      if (relocateable)
+	{
+	  asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+
+	  /* A partial link, so keep the relocs.  */
+	  os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = rel;
+	  os->reloc_count++;
+	}
+
+      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 
+	{
+	  switch (r)
+	    {
+	    case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+	      if (! ((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*rel->sym_ptr_ptr),
+		      input_bfd, input_section, rel->address)))
+		goto error_return;
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_reloc_dangerous: 
+	      if (! ((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+		     (link_info, err, input_bfd, input_section,
+		      rel->address)))
+		goto error_return;
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      if (! ((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		     (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*rel->sym_ptr_ptr),
+		      rel->howto->name, rel->addend, input_bfd,
+		      input_section, rel->address)))
+		goto error_return;
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (tos != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+ successful_return:
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return data;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Get the howto structure for a generic reloc type.  */
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  int alpha_type;
+
+  switch (code)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_REFLONG;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_64:
+    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_REFQUAD;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_GPREL32;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_LITERAL;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_LITUSE;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_GPDISP;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_IGNORE;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_BRADDR;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_HINT;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_SREL16;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_SREL32;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_SREL64;
+      break;
+#if 0
+    case ???:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH;
+      break;
+    case ???:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_OP_STORE;
+      break;
+    case ???:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB;
+      break;
+    case ???:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT;
+      break;
+    case ???:
+      alpha_type = ALPHA_R_GPVALUE;
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL;
+    }
+
+  return &alpha_howto_table[alpha_type];
+}
+
+/* A helper routine for alpha_relocate_section which converts an
+   external reloc when generating relocateable output.  Returns the
+   relocation amount.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+alpha_convert_external_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, ext_rel, h)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct external_reloc *ext_rel;
+     struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  unsigned long r_symndx;
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocateable);
+
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+    {
+      asection *hsec;
+      const char *name;
+
+      /* This symbol is defined in the output.  Convert the reloc from
+	 being against the symbol to being against the section.  */
+
+      /* Clear the r_extern bit.  */
+      ext_rel->r_bits[1] &=~ RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE;
+
+      /* Compute a new r_symndx value.  */
+      hsec = h->root.u.def.section;
+      name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, hsec->output_section);
+
+      r_symndx = -1;
+      switch (name[1])
+	{
+	case 'A':
+	  if (strcmp (name, "*ABS*") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_ABS;
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_BSS;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_DATA;
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_FINI;
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_INIT;
+	  break;
+	case 'l':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".lita") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LITA;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT8;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT4;
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".pdata") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_PDATA;
+	  break;
+	case 'r':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RDATA;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".rconst") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RCONST;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SDATA;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SBSS;
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_TEXT;
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".xdata") == 0)
+	    r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_XDATA;
+	  break;
+	}
+		      
+      if (r_symndx == -1)
+	abort ();
+
+      /* Add the section VMA and the symbol value.  */
+      relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+		    + hsec->output_section->vma
+		    + hsec->output_offset);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Change the symndx value to the right one for
+	 the output BFD.  */
+      r_symndx = h->indx;
+      if (r_symndx == -1)
+	{
+	  /* Caller must give an error.  */
+	  r_symndx = 0;
+	}
+      relocation = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the new r_symndx value.  */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) r_symndx,
+		(bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_symndx);
+
+  return relocation;
+}
+
+/* Relocate a section while linking an Alpha ECOFF file.  This is
+   quite similar to get_relocated_section_contents.  Perhaps they
+   could be combined somehow.  */
+
+static boolean
+alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
+			contents, external_relocs)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     PTR external_relocs;
+{
+  asection **symndx_to_section, *lita_sec;
+  struct ecoff_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  bfd_vma gp;
+  boolean gp_undefined;
+  bfd_vma stack[RELOC_STACKSIZE];
+  int tos = 0;
+  struct external_reloc *ext_rel;
+  struct external_reloc *ext_rel_end;
+
+  /* We keep a table mapping the symndx found in an internal reloc to
+     the appropriate section.  This is faster than looking up the
+     section by name each time.  */
+  symndx_to_section = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->symndx_to_section;
+  if (symndx_to_section == (asection **) NULL)
+    {
+      symndx_to_section = ((asection **)
+			   bfd_alloc (input_bfd,
+				      (NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS
+				       * sizeof (asection *))));
+      if (!symndx_to_section)
+	return false;
+
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_NONE] = NULL;
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_TEXT] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".text");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_RDATA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".rdata");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_DATA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".data");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_SDATA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".sdata");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_SBSS] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".sbss");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_BSS] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".bss");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_INIT] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".init");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_LIT8] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".lit8");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_LIT4] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".lit4");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_XDATA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".xdata");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_PDATA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".pdata");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_FINI] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".fini");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_LITA] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".lita");
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_ABS] = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_RCONST] =
+	bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".rconst");
+
+      ecoff_data (input_bfd)->symndx_to_section = symndx_to_section;
+    }
+
+  sym_hashes = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->sym_hashes;
+
+  /* On the Alpha, the .lita section must be addressable by the global
+     pointer.  To support large programs, we need to allow multiple
+     global pointers.  This works as long as each input .lita section
+     is <64KB big.  This implies that when producing relocatable
+     output, the .lita section is limited to 64KB. . */
+
+  lita_sec = symndx_to_section[RELOC_SECTION_LITA];
+  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
+  if (! info->relocateable && lita_sec != NULL)
+    {
+      struct ecoff_section_tdata *lita_sec_data;
+
+      /* Make sure we have a section data structure to which we can
+	 hang on to the gp value we pick for the section.  */
+      lita_sec_data = ecoff_section_data (input_bfd, lita_sec);
+      if (lita_sec_data == NULL)
+	{
+	  lita_sec_data = ((struct ecoff_section_tdata *)
+			   bfd_zalloc (input_bfd,
+				       sizeof (struct ecoff_section_tdata)));
+	  ecoff_section_data (input_bfd, lita_sec) = lita_sec_data;
+	}
+
+      if (lita_sec_data->gp != 0)
+	{
+	  /* If we already assigned a gp to this section, we better
+	     stick with that value.  */
+	  gp = lita_sec_data->gp;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_vma lita_vma;
+	  bfd_size_type lita_size;
+
+	  lita_vma = lita_sec->output_offset + lita_sec->output_section->vma;
+	  lita_size = lita_sec->_cooked_size;
+	  if (lita_size == 0)
+	    lita_size = lita_sec->_raw_size;
+
+	  if (gp == 0
+	      || lita_vma <  gp - 0x8000
+	      || lita_vma + lita_size >= gp + 0x8000)
+	    {
+	      /* Either gp hasn't been set at all or the current gp
+		 cannot address this .lita section.  In both cases we
+		 reset the gp to point into the "middle" of the
+		 current input .lita section.  */
+	      if (gp && !ecoff_data (output_bfd)->issued_multiple_gp_warning)
+		{
+		  (*info->callbacks->warning) (info,
+					       "using multiple gp values",
+					       (char *) NULL, output_bfd,
+					       (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0);
+		  ecoff_data (output_bfd)->issued_multiple_gp_warning = true;
+		}
+	      if (lita_vma < gp - 0x8000)
+		gp = lita_vma + lita_size - 0x8000;
+	      else
+		gp = lita_vma + 0x8000;
+
+	    }
+
+	  lita_sec_data->gp = gp;
+	}
+
+      _bfd_set_gp_value (output_bfd, gp);
+    }
+
+  gp_undefined = (gp == 0);
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_header_little_endian (output_bfd));
+  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_header_little_endian (input_bfd));
+
+  ext_rel = (struct external_reloc *) external_relocs;
+  ext_rel_end = ext_rel + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; ext_rel < ext_rel_end; ext_rel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma r_vaddr;
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      int r_type;
+      int r_extern;
+      int r_offset;
+      int r_size;
+      boolean relocatep;
+      boolean adjust_addrp;
+      boolean gp_usedp;
+      bfd_vma addend;
+
+      r_vaddr = bfd_h_get_64 (input_bfd, (bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_vaddr);
+      r_symndx = bfd_h_get_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_symndx);
+
+      r_type = ((ext_rel->r_bits[0] & RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE)
+		>> RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE);
+      r_extern = (ext_rel->r_bits[1] & RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE) != 0;
+      r_offset = ((ext_rel->r_bits[1] & RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE)
+		  >> RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE);
+      /* Ignored the reserved bits.  */
+      r_size = ((ext_rel->r_bits[3] & RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE)
+		>> RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE);
+
+      relocatep = false;
+      adjust_addrp = true;
+      gp_usedp = false;
+      addend = 0;
+
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+
+	case ALPHA_R_IGNORE:
+	  /* This reloc appears after a GPDISP reloc.  On earlier
+	     versions of OSF/1, It marked the position of the second
+	     instruction to be altered by the GPDISP reloc, but it is
+	     not otherwise used for anything.  For some reason, the
+	     address of the relocation does not appear to include the
+	     section VMA, unlike the other relocation types.  */
+	  if (info->relocateable)
+	    bfd_h_put_64 (input_bfd,
+			  input_section->output_offset + r_vaddr,
+			  (bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_vaddr);
+	  adjust_addrp = false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_REFLONG:
+	case ALPHA_R_REFQUAD:
+	case ALPHA_R_HINT:
+	  relocatep = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_BRADDR:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL16:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL32:
+	case ALPHA_R_SREL64:
+	  if (r_extern)
+	    addend += - (r_vaddr + 4);
+	  relocatep = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_GPREL32:
+	  /* This relocation is used in a switch table.  It is a 32
+	     bit offset from the current GP value.  We must adjust it
+	     by the different between the original GP value and the
+	     current GP value.  */
+	  relocatep = true;
+	  addend = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp - gp;
+	  gp_usedp = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_LITERAL:
+	  /* This is a reference to a literal value, generally
+	     (always?) in the .lita section.  This is a 16 bit GP
+	     relative relocation.  Sometimes the subsequent reloc is a
+	     LITUSE reloc, which indicates how this reloc is used.
+	     This sometimes permits rewriting the two instructions
+	     referred to by the LITERAL and the LITUSE into different
+	     instructions which do not refer to .lita.  This can save
+	     a memory reference, and permits removing a value from
+	     .lita thus saving GP relative space.
+
+	     We do not these optimizations.  To do them we would need
+	     to arrange to link the .lita section first, so that by
+	     the time we got here we would know the final values to
+	     use.  This would not be particularly difficult, but it is
+	     not currently implemented.  */
+
+	  /* I believe that the LITERAL reloc will only apply to a ldq
+	     or ldl instruction, so check my assumption.  */
+	  {
+	    unsigned long insn;
+
+	    insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
+			       contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma);
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x29
+			|| ((insn >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x28);
+	  }
+
+	  relocatep = true;
+	  addend = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp - gp;
+	  gp_usedp = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_LITUSE:
+	  /* See ALPHA_R_LITERAL above for the uses of this reloc.  It
+	     does not cause anything to happen, itself.  */
+	  break;
+	    
+	case ALPHA_R_GPDISP:
+	  /* This marks the ldah of an ldah/lda pair which loads the
+	     gp register with the difference of the gp value and the
+	     current location.  The second of the pair is r_symndx
+	     bytes ahead.  It used to be marked with an ALPHA_R_IGNORE
+	     reloc, but OSF/1 3.2 no longer does that.  */
+	  {
+	    unsigned long insn1, insn2;
+
+	    /* Get the two instructions.  */
+	    insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
+				contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma);
+	    insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
+				(contents
+				 + r_vaddr
+				 - input_section->vma
+				 + r_symndx));
+
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn1 >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x09); /* ldah */
+	    BFD_ASSERT (((insn2 >> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x08); /* lda */
+
+	    /* Get the existing addend.  We must account for the sign
+	       extension done by lda and ldah.  */
+	    addend = ((insn1 & 0xffff) << 16) + (insn2 & 0xffff);
+	    if (insn1 & 0x8000)
+	      {
+		/* This is addend -= 0x100000000 without causing an
+		   integer overflow on a 32 bit host.  */
+		addend -= 0x80000000;
+		addend -= 0x80000000;
+	      }
+	    if (insn2 & 0x8000)
+	      addend -= 0x10000;
+
+	    /* The existing addend includes the difference between the
+	       gp of the input BFD and the address in the input BFD.
+	       We want to change this to the difference between the
+	       final GP and the final address.  */
+	    addend += (gp
+		       - ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp
+		       + input_section->vma
+		       - (input_section->output_section->vma
+			  + input_section->output_offset));
+
+	    /* Change the instructions, accounting for the sign
+	       extension, and write them out.  */
+	    if (addend & 0x8000)
+	      addend += 0x10000;
+	    insn1 = (insn1 & 0xffff0000) | ((addend >> 16) & 0xffff);
+	    insn2 = (insn2 & 0xffff0000) | (addend & 0xffff);
+
+	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn1,
+			contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma);
+	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn2,
+			contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma + r_symndx);
+
+	    gp_usedp = true;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	  
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH:
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB:
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT:
+	  /* Manipulate values on the reloc evaluation stack.  The
+	     r_vaddr field is not an address in input_section, it is
+	     the current value (including any addend) of the object
+	     being used.  */
+	  if (! r_extern)
+	    {
+	      asection *s;
+
+	      s = symndx_to_section[r_symndx];
+	      if (s == (asection *) NULL)
+		abort ();
+	      addend = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset - s->vma;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx];
+	      if (h == (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		abort ();
+
+	      if (! info->relocateable)
+		{
+		  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+		    addend = (h->root.u.def.value
+			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* Note that we pass the address as 0, since we
+			 do not have a meaningful number for the
+			 location within the section that is being
+			 relocated.  */
+		      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+			     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+			      input_section, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+			return false;
+		      addend = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
+		      && h->indx == -1)
+		    {
+		      /* This symbol is not being written out.  Pass
+			 the address as 0, as with undefined_symbol,
+			 above.  */
+		      if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+			     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+			      input_section, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+			return false;
+		    }
+
+		  addend = alpha_convert_external_reloc (output_bfd, info,
+							 input_bfd,
+							 ext_rel, h);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  addend += r_vaddr;
+
+	  if (info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      /* Adjust r_vaddr by the addend.  */
+	      bfd_h_put_64 (input_bfd, addend,
+			    (bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_vaddr);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      switch (r_type)
+		{
+		case ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH:
+		  if (tos >= RELOC_STACKSIZE)
+		    abort ();
+		  stack[tos++] = addend;
+		  break;
+
+		case ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB:
+		  if (tos == 0)
+		    abort ();
+		  stack[tos - 1] -= addend;
+		  break;
+
+		case ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT:
+		  if (tos == 0)
+		    abort ();
+		  stack[tos - 1] >>= addend;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  adjust_addrp = false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_OP_STORE:
+	  /* Store a value from the reloc stack into a bitfield.  If
+	     we are generating relocateable output, all we do is
+	     adjust the address of the reloc.  */
+	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma mask;
+	      bfd_vma val;
+
+	      if (tos == 0)
+		abort ();
+
+	      /* Get the relocation mask.  The separate steps and the
+		 casts to bfd_vma are attempts to avoid a bug in the
+		 Alpha OSF 1.3 C compiler.  See reloc.c for more
+		 details.  */
+	      mask = 1;
+	      mask <<= (bfd_vma) r_size;
+	      mask -= 1;
+
+	      /* FIXME: I don't know what kind of overflow checking,
+		 if any, should be done here.  */
+	      val = bfd_get_64 (input_bfd,
+				contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma);
+	      val &=~ mask << (bfd_vma) r_offset;
+	      val |= (stack[--tos] & mask) << (bfd_vma) r_offset;
+	      bfd_put_64 (input_bfd, val,
+			  contents + r_vaddr - input_section->vma);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALPHA_R_GPVALUE:
+	  /* I really don't know if this does the right thing.  */
+	  gp = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gp + r_symndx;
+	  gp_undefined = false;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (relocatep)
+	{
+	  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+	  struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+	  asection *s = NULL;
+	  bfd_vma relocation;
+	  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+	  /* Perform a relocation.  */
+
+	  howto = &alpha_howto_table[r_type];
+
+	  if (r_extern)
+	    {
+	      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx];
+	      /* If h is NULL, that means that there is a reloc
+		 against an external symbol which we thought was just
+		 a debugging symbol.  This should not happen.  */
+	      if (h == (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		abort ();
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (r_symndx >= NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS)
+		s = NULL;
+	      else
+		s = symndx_to_section[r_symndx];
+
+	      if (s == (asection *) NULL)
+		abort ();
+	    }
+
+	  if (info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      /* We are generating relocateable output, and must
+		 convert the existing reloc.  */
+	      if (r_extern)
+		{
+		  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
+		      && h->indx == -1)
+		    {
+		      /* This symbol is not being written out.  */
+		      if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+			     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+			      input_section, r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+			return false;
+		    }
+
+		  relocation = alpha_convert_external_reloc (output_bfd,
+							     info,
+							     input_bfd,
+							     ext_rel,
+							     h);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* This is a relocation against a section.  Adjust
+		     the value by the amount the section moved.  */
+		  relocation = (s->output_section->vma
+				+ s->output_offset
+				- s->vma);
+		}
+
+	      /* If this is PC relative, the existing object file
+		 appears to already have the reloc worked out.  We
+		 must subtract out the old value and add in the new
+		 one.  */
+	      if (howto->pc_relative)
+		relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+			       + input_section->output_offset
+			       - input_section->vma);
+
+	      /* Put in any addend.  */
+	      relocation += addend;
+
+	      /* Adjust the contents.  */
+	      r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, relocation,
+					  (contents
+					   + r_vaddr
+					   - input_section->vma));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* We are producing a final executable.  */
+	      if (r_extern)
+		{
+		  /* This is a reloc against a symbol.  */
+		  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+		    {
+		      asection *hsec;
+
+		      hsec = h->root.u.def.section;
+		      relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+				    + hsec->output_section->vma
+				    + hsec->output_offset);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+			     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+			      input_section,
+			      r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+			return false;
+		      relocation = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* This is a reloc against a section.  */
+		  relocation = (s->output_section->vma
+				+ s->output_offset
+				- s->vma);
+
+		  /* Adjust a PC relative relocation by removing the
+		     reference to the original source section.  */
+		  if (howto->pc_relative)
+		    relocation += input_section->vma;
+		}
+
+	      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto,
+					    input_bfd,
+					    input_section,
+					    contents,
+					    r_vaddr - input_section->vma,
+					    relocation,
+					    addend);
+	    }
+
+	  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	    {
+	      switch (r)
+		{
+		default:
+		case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+		  abort ();
+		case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+		  {
+		    const char *name;
+
+		    if (r_extern)
+		      name = sym_hashes[r_symndx]->root.root.string;
+		    else
+		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd,
+					       symndx_to_section[r_symndx]);
+		    if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+			   (info, name, alpha_howto_table[r_type].name,
+			    (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
+			    r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+		      return false;
+		  }
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (info->relocateable && adjust_addrp)
+	{
+	  /* Change the address of the relocation.  */
+	  bfd_h_put_64 (input_bfd,
+			(input_section->output_section->vma
+			 + input_section->output_offset
+			 - input_section->vma
+			 + r_vaddr),
+			(bfd_byte *) ext_rel->r_vaddr);
+	}
+
+      if (gp_usedp && gp_undefined)
+	{
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+		 (info, "GP relative relocation when GP not defined",
+		  input_bfd, input_section, r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Only give the error once per link.  */
+	  gp = 4;
+	  _bfd_set_gp_value (output_bfd, gp);
+	  gp_undefined = false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (tos != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Do final adjustments to the filehdr and the aouthdr.  This routine
+   sets the dynamic bits in the file header.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+alpha_adjust_headers (abfd, fhdr, ahdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_filehdr *fhdr;
+     struct internal_aouthdr *ahdr;
+{
+  if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P))
+    fhdr->f_flags |= F_ALPHA_CALL_SHARED;
+  else if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+    fhdr->f_flags |= F_ALPHA_SHARABLE;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Archive handling.  In OSF/1 (or Digital Unix) v3.2, Digital
+   introduced archive packing, in which the elements in an archive are
+   optionally compressed using a simple dictionary scheme.  We know
+   how to read such archives, but we don't write them.  */
+
+#define alpha_ecoff_slurp_armap _bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap
+#define alpha_ecoff_slurp_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_ecoff_slurp_extended_name_table
+#define alpha_ecoff_construct_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_ecoff_construct_extended_name_table
+#define alpha_ecoff_truncate_arname _bfd_ecoff_truncate_arname
+#define alpha_ecoff_write_armap _bfd_ecoff_write_armap
+#define alpha_ecoff_generic_stat_arch_elt _bfd_ecoff_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define alpha_ecoff_update_armap_timestamp _bfd_ecoff_update_armap_timestamp
+
+/* A compressed file uses this instead of ARFMAG.  */
+
+#define ARFZMAG "Z\012"
+
+/* Read an archive header.  This is like the standard routine, but it
+   also accepts ARFZMAG.  */
+
+static PTR
+alpha_ecoff_read_ar_hdr (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct areltdata *ret;
+  struct ar_hdr *h;
+
+  ret = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag (abfd, ARFZMAG);
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  h = (struct ar_hdr *) ret->arch_header;
+  if (strncmp (h->ar_fmag, ARFZMAG, 2) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte ab[8];
+
+      /* This is a compressed file.  We must set the size correctly.
+         The size is the eight bytes after the dummy file header.  */
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, FILHSZ, SEEK_CUR) != 0
+	  || bfd_read (ab, 1, 8, abfd) != 8
+	  || bfd_seek (abfd, - (FILHSZ + 8), SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+	return NULL;
+
+      ret->parsed_size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, ab);
+    }
+
+  return (PTR) ret;
+}
+
+/* Get an archive element at a specified file position.  This is where
+   we uncompress the archive element if necessary.  */
+
+static bfd *
+alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos (archive, filepos)
+     bfd *archive;
+     file_ptr filepos;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd = NULL;
+  struct areltdata *tdata;
+  struct ar_hdr *hdr;
+  bfd_byte ab[8];
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  bfd_byte *buf, *p;
+  struct bfd_in_memory *bim;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (archive, filepos);
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if ((nbfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    {
+      /* We have already expanded this BFD.  */
+      return nbfd;
+    }
+
+  tdata = (struct areltdata *) nbfd->arelt_data;
+  hdr = (struct ar_hdr *) tdata->arch_header;
+  if (strncmp (hdr->ar_fmag, ARFZMAG, 2) != 0)
+    return nbfd;
+
+  /* We must uncompress this element.  We do this by copying it into a
+     memory buffer, and making bfd_read and bfd_seek use that buffer.
+     This can use a lot of memory, but it's simpler than getting a
+     temporary file, making that work with the file descriptor caching
+     code, and making sure that it is deleted at all appropriate
+     times.  It can be changed if it ever becomes important.  */
+
+  /* The compressed file starts with a dummy ECOFF file header.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (nbfd, FILHSZ, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* The next eight bytes are the real file size.  */
+  if (bfd_read (ab, 1, 8, nbfd) != 8)
+    goto error_return;
+  size = bfd_h_get_64 (nbfd, ab);
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    buf = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_size_type left;
+      bfd_byte dict[4096];
+      unsigned int h;
+      bfd_byte b;
+
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (nbfd, size);
+      if (buf == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      p = buf;
+
+      left = size;
+
+      /* I don't know what the next eight bytes are for. */
+      if (bfd_read (ab, 1, 8, nbfd) != 8)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* This is the uncompression algorithm.  It's a simple
+	 dictionary based scheme in which each character is predicted
+	 by a hash of the previous three characters.  A control byte
+	 indicates whether the character is predicted or whether it
+	 appears in the input stream; each control byte manages the
+	 next eight bytes in the output stream.  */
+      memset (dict, 0, sizeof dict);
+      h = 0;
+      while (bfd_read (&b, 1, 1, nbfd) == 1)
+	{
+	  unsigned int i;
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++, b >>= 1)
+	    {
+	      bfd_byte n;
+
+	      if ((b & 1) == 0)
+		n = dict[h];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (! bfd_read (&n, 1, 1, nbfd))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  dict[h] = n;
+		}
+
+	      *p++ = n;
+
+	      --left;
+	      if (left == 0)
+		break;
+
+	      h <<= 4;
+	      h ^= n;
+	      h &= sizeof dict - 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (left == 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now the uncompressed file contents are in buf.  */
+  bim = ((struct bfd_in_memory *)
+	 bfd_alloc (nbfd, sizeof (struct bfd_in_memory)));
+  if (bim == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  bim->size = size;
+  bim->buffer = buf;
+
+  nbfd->mtime_set = true;
+  nbfd->mtime = strtol (hdr->ar_date, (char **) NULL, 10);
+
+  nbfd->flags |= BFD_IN_MEMORY;
+  nbfd->iostream = (PTR) bim;
+  BFD_ASSERT (! nbfd->cacheable);
+
+  return nbfd;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (nbfd != NULL)
+    bfd_close (nbfd);
+  return NULL;  
+}
+
+/* Open the next archived file.  */
+
+static bfd *
+alpha_ecoff_openr_next_archived_file (archive, last_file)
+     bfd *archive;
+     bfd *last_file;
+{
+  file_ptr filestart;
+
+  if (last_file == NULL)
+    filestart = bfd_ardata (archive)->first_file_filepos;
+  else
+    {
+      struct areltdata *t;
+      struct ar_hdr *h;
+      bfd_size_type size;
+
+      /* We can't use arelt_size here, because that uses parsed_size,
+         which is the uncompressed size.  We need the compressed size.  */
+      t = (struct areltdata *) last_file->arelt_data;
+      h = (struct ar_hdr *) t->arch_header;
+      size = strtol (h->ar_size, (char **) NULL, 10);
+
+      /* Pad to an even boundary...
+	 Note that last_file->origin can be odd in the case of
+	 BSD-4.4-style element with a long odd size. */
+      filestart = last_file->origin + size;
+      filestart += filestart % 2;
+    }
+
+  return alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos (archive, filestart);
+}
+
+/* Open the archive file given an index into the armap.  */
+
+static bfd *
+alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_index (abfd, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     symindex index;
+{
+  carsym *entry;
+
+  entry = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs + index;
+  return alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, entry->file_offset);
+}
+
+/* This is the ECOFF backend structure.  The backend field of the
+   target vector points to this.  */
+
+static const struct ecoff_backend_data alpha_ecoff_backend_data =
+{
+  /* COFF backend structure.  */
+  {
+    (void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,int,int,int,int,PTR))) bfd_void, /* aux_in */
+    (void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,PTR))) bfd_void, /* sym_in */
+    (void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,PTR))) bfd_void, /* lineno_in */
+    (unsigned (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,int,int,int,int,PTR)))bfd_void,/*aux_out*/
+    (unsigned (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,PTR))) bfd_void, /* sym_out */
+    (unsigned (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,PTR))) bfd_void, /* lineno_out */
+    (unsigned (*) PARAMS ((bfd *,PTR,PTR))) bfd_void, /* reloc_out */
+    alpha_ecoff_swap_filehdr_out, alpha_ecoff_swap_aouthdr_out,
+    alpha_ecoff_swap_scnhdr_out,
+    FILHSZ, AOUTSZ, SCNHSZ, 0, 0, 0, 0, true, false, 4,
+    alpha_ecoff_swap_filehdr_in, alpha_ecoff_swap_aouthdr_in,
+    alpha_ecoff_swap_scnhdr_in, NULL,
+    alpha_ecoff_bad_format_hook, _bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach_hook,
+    alpha_ecoff_mkobject_hook, _bfd_ecoff_styp_to_sec_flags,
+    _bfd_ecoff_set_alignment_hook, _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table,
+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+  },
+  /* Supported architecture.  */
+  bfd_arch_alpha,
+  /* Initial portion of armap string.  */
+  "________64",
+  /* The page boundary used to align sections in a demand-paged
+     executable file.  E.g., 0x1000.  */
+  0x2000,
+  /* True if the .rdata section is part of the text segment, as on the
+     Alpha.  False if .rdata is part of the data segment, as on the
+     MIPS.  */
+  true,
+  /* Bitsize of constructor entries.  */
+  64,
+  /* Reloc to use for constructor entries.  */
+  &alpha_howto_table[ALPHA_R_REFQUAD],
+  {
+    /* Symbol table magic number.  */
+    magicSym2,
+    /* Alignment of debugging information.  E.g., 4.  */
+    8,
+    /* Sizes of external symbolic information.  */
+    sizeof (struct hdr_ext),
+    sizeof (struct dnr_ext),
+    sizeof (struct pdr_ext),
+    sizeof (struct sym_ext),
+    sizeof (struct opt_ext),
+    sizeof (struct fdr_ext),
+    sizeof (struct rfd_ext),
+    sizeof (struct ext_ext),
+    /* Functions to swap in external symbolic data.  */
+    ecoff_swap_hdr_in,
+    ecoff_swap_dnr_in,
+    ecoff_swap_pdr_in,
+    ecoff_swap_sym_in,
+    ecoff_swap_opt_in,
+    ecoff_swap_fdr_in,
+    ecoff_swap_rfd_in,
+    ecoff_swap_ext_in,
+    _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in,
+    _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in,
+    /* Functions to swap out external symbolic data.  */
+    ecoff_swap_hdr_out,
+    ecoff_swap_dnr_out,
+    ecoff_swap_pdr_out,
+    ecoff_swap_sym_out,
+    ecoff_swap_opt_out,
+    ecoff_swap_fdr_out,
+    ecoff_swap_rfd_out,
+    ecoff_swap_ext_out,
+    _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_out,
+    _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out,
+    /* Function to read in symbolic data.  */
+    _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info
+  },
+  /* External reloc size.  */
+  RELSZ,
+  /* Reloc swapping functions.  */
+  alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_in,
+  alpha_ecoff_swap_reloc_out,
+  /* Backend reloc tweaking.  */
+  alpha_adjust_reloc_in,
+  alpha_adjust_reloc_out,
+  /* Relocate section contents while linking.  */
+  alpha_relocate_section,
+  /* Do final adjustments to filehdr and aouthdr.  */
+  alpha_adjust_headers,
+  /* Read an element from an archive at a given file position.  */
+  alpha_ecoff_get_elt_at_filepos
+};
+
+/* Looking up a reloc type is Alpha specific.  */
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+/* So is getting relocated section contents.  */
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  alpha_ecoff_get_relocated_section_contents
+
+/* Handling file windows is generic.  */
+#define _bfd_ecoff_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+/* Relaxing sections is generic.  */
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+
+const bfd_target ecoffalpha_little_vec =
+{
+  "ecoff-littlealpha",		/* name */
+  bfd_target_ecoff_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* data byte order is little */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* header byte order is little */
+
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | DYNAMIC | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA),
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* data */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* hdrs */
+
+  {_bfd_dummy_target, alpha_ecoff_object_p, /* bfd_check_format */
+     _bfd_ecoff_archive_p, _bfd_dummy_target},
+  {bfd_false, _bfd_ecoff_mkobject,  /* bfd_set_format */
+     _bfd_generic_mkarchive, bfd_false},
+  {bfd_false, _bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents, /* bfd_write_contents */
+     _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (alpha_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_ecoff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) &alpha_ecoff_backend_data
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-aux.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-aux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6966392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-aux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Apple M68K COFF A/UX 3.x files.
+   Copyright 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TARGET_SYM	m68kaux_coff_vec
+#define TARGET_NAME	"coff-m68k-aux"
+
+#ifndef TARG_AUX
+#define TARG_AUX
+#endif
+
+#define COFF_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+/* 4k pages */
+#define COFF_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
+
+/* On AUX, a STYP_NOLOAD|STYP_BSS section is part of a shared library. */
+#define BSS_NOLOAD_IS_SHARED_LIBRARY
+
+#define STATIC_RELOCS
+
+#define COFF_COMMON_ADDEND
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+static boolean coff_m68k_aux_link_add_one_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, const char *, flagword, 
+           asection *, bfd_vma, const char *, boolean, boolean, 
+           struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+
+#define coff_link_add_one_symbol coff_m68k_aux_link_add_one_symbol
+
+#include "coff/aux-coff.h"  /* override coff/internal.h and coff/m68k.h */
+#include "coff-m68k.c"
+
+/* We need non-absolute symbols to override absolute symbols.  This
+   mirrors Apple's "solution" to let a static library symbol override
+   a shared library symbol.  On the whole not a good thing, given how
+   shared libraries work here, but can work if you are careful with
+   what you include in the shared object. */
+
+static boolean
+coff_m68k_aux_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value,
+				   string, copy, collect, hashp)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+     flagword flags;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean copy;
+     boolean collect;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  if ((flags & (BSF_WARNING | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR | BSF_WEAK)) == 0 &&
+      !bfd_is_und_section (section) &&
+      !bfd_is_com_section (section))
+    {
+      /* The new symbol is a definition or an indirect definition */
+
+      /* This bit copied from linker.c */
+      if (hashp != NULL && *hashp != NULL)
+	{
+	  h = *hashp;
+	  BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (h->root.string, name) == 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, true, copy, false);
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (hashp != NULL)
+		*hashp = NULL;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (info->notice_hash != (struct bfd_hash_table *) NULL
+	  && (bfd_hash_lookup (info->notice_hash, name, false, false)
+	      != (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL))
+	{
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->notice) (info, name, abfd, section, value))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (hashp != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) NULL)
+	*hashp = h;
+      /* end duplication from linker.c */
+
+      if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+	{
+	  asection *msec;
+
+	  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+	    msec = h->u.def.section;
+	  else
+	    msec = bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+
+	  if (bfd_is_abs_section (msec) && !bfd_is_abs_section (section))
+	    {
+	      h->u.def.section = section;
+	      h->u.def.value = value;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	  else if (bfd_is_abs_section (section) && !bfd_is_abs_section (msec))
+	    return true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we didn't exit early, finish processing in the generic routine */
+  return _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section,
+					   value, string, copy, collect,
+					   hashp);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-i386.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-i386.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d459303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-i386.c
@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Intel 386 COFF files.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#include "coff/i386.h"
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+#include "coff/pe.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type coff_i386_reloc 
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static reloc_howto_type *coff_i386_rtype_to_howto
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct internal_reloc *,
+	   struct coff_link_hash_entry *, struct internal_syment *,
+
+	   bfd_vma *));
+
+#define COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER (2)
+/* The page size is a guess based on ELF.  */
+
+#define COFF_PAGE_SIZE 0x1000
+
+/* For some reason when using i386 COFF the value stored in the .text
+   section for a reference to a common symbol is the value itself plus
+   any desired offset.  Ian Taylor, Cygnus Support.  */
+
+/* If we are producing relocateable output, we need to do some
+   adjustments to the object file that are not done by the
+   bfd_perform_relocation function.  This function is called by every
+   reloc type to make any required adjustments.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+coff_i386_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd,
+		 error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  symvalue diff;
+
+  if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      /* We are relocating a common symbol.  The current value in the
+	 object file is ORIG + OFFSET, where ORIG is the value of the
+	 common symbol as seen by the object file when it was compiled
+	 (this may be zero if the symbol was undefined) and OFFSET is
+	 the offset into the common symbol (normally zero, but may be
+	 non-zero when referring to a field in a common structure).
+	 ORIG is the negative of reloc_entry->addend, which is set by
+	 the CALC_ADDEND macro below.  We want to replace the value in
+	 the object file with NEW + OFFSET, where NEW is the value of
+	 the common symbol which we are going to put in the final
+	 object file.  NEW is symbol->value.  */
+      diff = symbol->value + reloc_entry->addend;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* For some reason bfd_perform_relocation always effectively
+	 ignores the addend for a COFF target when producing
+	 relocateable output.  This seems to be always wrong for 386
+	 COFF, so we handle the addend here instead.  */
+      diff = reloc_entry->addend;
+    }
+
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  if (reloc_entry->howto->type == 7)
+    {
+/*      diff -= coff_data(output_bfd)->link_info->pe_info.image_base.value;*/
+      exit(1);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#define DOIT(x) \
+  x = ((x & ~howto->dst_mask) | (((x & howto->src_mask) + diff) & howto->dst_mask))
+
+    if (diff != 0)
+      {
+	reloc_howto_type *howto = reloc_entry->howto;
+	unsigned char *addr = (unsigned char *) data + reloc_entry->address;
+
+	switch (howto->size)
+	  {
+	  case 0:
+	    {
+	      char x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, addr);
+	      DOIT (x);
+	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, addr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case 1:
+	    {
+	      short x = bfd_get_16 (abfd, addr);
+	      DOIT (x);
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, x, addr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case 2:
+	    {
+	      long x = bfd_get_32 (abfd, addr);
+	      DOIT (x);
+	      bfd_put_32 (abfd, x, addr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+	    abort ();
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Now let bfd_perform_relocation finish everything up.  */
+  return bfd_reloc_continue;
+}
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+/* Return true if this relocation should
+   appear in the output .reloc section. */
+
+static boolean in_reloc_p(abfd, howto)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+{
+  return ! howto->pc_relative && howto->type != R_IMAGEBASE;
+}     
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PCRELOFFSET
+#define PCRELOFFSET false
+#endif
+
+static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] = 
+{
+  {0},
+  {1},
+  {2},
+  {3},
+  {4},
+  {5},
+  HOWTO (R_DIR32,               /* type */                                 
+	 0,	                /* rightshift */                           
+	 2,	                /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 32,	                /* bitsize */                   
+	 false,	                /* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,	                /* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,       /* special_function */                     
+	 "dir32",               /* name */                                 
+	 true,	                /* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0xffffffff,            /* src_mask */                             
+	 0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */                             
+	 true),                /* pcrel_offset */
+  /* {7}, */
+  HOWTO (R_IMAGEBASE,            /* type */                                 
+	 0,	                /* rightshift */                           
+	 2,	                /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 32,	                /* bitsize */                   
+	 false,	                /* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,	                /* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,       /* special_function */                     
+	 "rva32",	           /* name */                                 
+	 true,	                /* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0xffffffff,            /* src_mask */                             
+	 0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */                             
+	 false),                /* pcrel_offset */
+  {010},
+  {011},
+  {012},
+  {013},
+  {014},
+  {015},
+  {016},
+  HOWTO (R_RELBYTE,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 8,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "8",			/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0x000000ff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET),		/* pcrel_offset */
+  HOWTO (R_RELWORD,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 16,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "16",			/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0x0000ffff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET),		/* pcrel_offset */
+  HOWTO (R_RELLONG,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 32,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "32",			/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET),		/* pcrel_offset */
+  HOWTO (R_PCRBYTE,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 8,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "DISP8",		/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0x000000ff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET),		/* pcrel_offset */
+  HOWTO (R_PCRWORD,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 16,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "DISP16",		/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0x0000ffff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET),		/* pcrel_offset */
+  HOWTO (R_PCRLONG,		/* type */                                 
+	 0,			/* rightshift */                           
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ 
+	 32,			/* bitsize */                   
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */                          
+	 0,			/* bitpos */                               
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 coff_i386_reloc,	/* special_function */                     
+	 "DISP32",		/* name */                                 
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */                      
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */                             
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */                             
+	 PCRELOFFSET)		/* pcrel_offset */
+};
+
+/* Turn a howto into a reloc  nunmber */
+
+#define SELECT_RELOC(x,howto) { x.r_type = howto->type; }
+#define BADMAG(x) I386BADMAG(x)
+#define I386 1			/* Customize coffcode.h */
+
+#define RTYPE2HOWTO(cache_ptr, dst) \
+	    (cache_ptr)->howto = howto_table + (dst)->r_type;
+
+/* For 386 COFF a STYP_NOLOAD | STYP_BSS section is part of a shared
+   library.  On some other COFF targets STYP_BSS is normally
+   STYP_NOLOAD.  */
+#define BSS_NOLOAD_IS_SHARED_LIBRARY
+
+/* Compute the addend of a reloc.  If the reloc is to a common symbol,
+   the object file contains the value of the common symbol.  By the
+   time this is called, the linker may be using a different symbol
+   from a different object file with a different value.  Therefore, we
+   hack wildly to locate the original symbol from this file so that we
+   can make the correct adjustment.  This macro sets coffsym to the
+   symbol from the original file, and uses it to set the addend value
+   correctly.  If this is not a common symbol, the usual addend
+   calculation is done, except that an additional tweak is needed for
+   PC relative relocs.
+   FIXME: This macro refers to symbols and asect; these are from the
+   calling function, not the macro arguments.  */
+
+#define CALC_ADDEND(abfd, ptr, reloc, cache_ptr)		\
+  {								\
+    coff_symbol_type *coffsym = (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;	\
+    if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) != abfd)			\
+      coffsym = (obj_symbols (abfd)				\
+	         + (cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr - symbols));		\
+    else if (ptr)						\
+      coffsym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, ptr);			\
+    if (coffsym != (coff_symbol_type *) NULL			\
+	&& coffsym->native->u.syment.n_scnum == 0)		\
+      cache_ptr->addend = - coffsym->native->u.syment.n_value;	\
+    else if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) == abfd		\
+	     && ptr->section != (asection *) NULL)		\
+      cache_ptr->addend = - (ptr->section->vma + ptr->value);	\
+    else							\
+      cache_ptr->addend = 0;					\
+    if (ptr && howto_table[reloc.r_type].pc_relative)		\
+      cache_ptr->addend += asect->vma;				\
+  }
+
+/* We use the special COFF backend linker.  */
+#define coff_relocate_section _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+coff_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct internal_reloc *rel;
+     struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+     struct internal_syment *sym;
+     bfd_vma *addendp;
+{
+
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+
+  howto = howto_table + rel->r_type;
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  *addendp = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (howto->pc_relative)
+    *addendp += sec->vma;
+
+  if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum == 0 && sym->n_value != 0)
+    {
+      /* This is a common symbol.  The section contents include the
+	 size (sym->n_value) as an addend.  The relocate_section
+	 function will be adding in the final value of the symbol.  We
+	 need to subtract out the current size in order to get the
+	 correct result.  */
+ 
+      BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+
+
+#ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
+      /* I think we *do* want to bypass this.  If we don't, I have seen some data
+	 parameters get the wrong relcation address.  If I link two versions
+	 with and without this section bypassed and then do a binary comparison,
+	 the addresses which are different can be looked up in the map.  The 
+	 case in which this section has been bypassed has addresses which correspond
+	 to values I can find in the map */
+      *addendp -= sym->n_value;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* If the output symbol is common (in which case this must be a
+     relocateable link), we need to add in the final size of the
+     common symbol.  */
+  if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) 
+    *addendp += h->root.u.c.size;
+
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  if (howto->pc_relative)
+    *addendp -= 4;
+
+  if (rel->r_type == R_IMAGEBASE)
+    {
+      *addendp -= pe_data(sec->output_section->owner)->pe_opthdr.ImageBase;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return howto;
+}
+
+
+#define coff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup coff_i386_reloc_type_lookup
+
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+coff_i386_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  switch (code)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_RVA:
+      return howto_table +R_IMAGEBASE;
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+      return howto_table + R_DIR32;
+    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
+      return howto_table + R_PCRLONG;
+    default:
+      BFD_FAIL ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#define coff_rtype_to_howto coff_i386_rtype_to_howto
+
+#include "coffcode.h"
+
+static const bfd_target *
+i3coff_object_p(a)
+     bfd *a;
+{
+  return coff_object_p(a);
+}
+
+const bfd_target
+#ifdef TARGET_SYM
+  TARGET_SYM =
+#else
+  i386coff_vec =
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef TARGET_NAME
+  TARGET_NAME,
+#else
+  "coff-i386",			/* name */
+#endif
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* data byte order is little */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* header byte order is little */
+
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+
+#ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+#else
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC /* section flags */
+   | SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES),
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TARGET_UNDERSCORE
+  TARGET_UNDERSCORE,		/* leading underscore */
+#else
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+#endif
+  '/',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* data */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+     bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+     bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* hdrs */
+
+/* Note that we allow an object file to be treated as a core file as well. */
+    {_bfd_dummy_target, i3coff_object_p, /* bfd_check_format */
+       bfd_generic_archive_p, i3coff_object_p},
+    {bfd_false, coff_mkobject, _bfd_generic_mkarchive, /* bfd_set_format */
+       bfd_false},
+    {bfd_false, coff_write_object_contents, /* bfd_write_contents */
+       _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  COFF_SWAP_TABLE,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-sh.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-sh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf8c2e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-sh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2718 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Hitachi Super-H COFF binaries.
+   Copyright 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain, <sac@cygnus.com>.
+   Relaxing code written by Ian Lance Taylor, <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "coff/sh.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+/* Internal functions.  */
+static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static long get_symbol_value PARAMS ((asymbol *));
+static boolean sh_relax_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+static boolean sh_relax_delete_bytes
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int));
+static const struct sh_opcode *sh_insn_info PARAMS ((unsigned int));
+static boolean sh_align_loads
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct internal_reloc *, bfd_byte *, boolean *));
+static boolean sh_swap_insns
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean sh_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   struct internal_reloc *, struct internal_syment *, asection **));
+static bfd_byte *sh_coff_get_relocated_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+	   bfd_byte *, boolean, asymbol **));
+
+/* Default section alignment to 2**4.  */
+#define COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER (4)
+
+/* Generate long file names.  */
+#define COFF_LONG_FILENAMES
+
+/* The supported relocations.  There are a lot of relocations defined
+   in coff/internal.h which we do not expect to ever see.  */
+static reloc_howto_type sh_coff_howtos[] =
+{
+  { 0 },
+  { 1 },
+  { 2 },
+  { 3 }, /* R_SH_PCREL8 */
+  { 4 }, /* R_SH_PCREL16 */
+  { 5 }, /* R_SH_HIGH8 */
+  { 6 }, /* R_SH_IMM24 */
+  { 7 }, /* R_SH_LOW16 */
+  { 8 },
+  { 9 }, /* R_SH_PCDISP8BY4 */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_PCDISP8BY2,	/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_pcdisp8by2",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  { 11 }, /* R_SH_PCDISP8 */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_PCDISP,		/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 12,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_pcdisp12by2",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xfff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xfff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  { 13 },
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_IMM32,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_imm32",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  { 15 },
+  { 16 }, /* R_SH_IMM8 */
+  { 17 }, /* R_SH_IMM8BY2 */
+  { 18 }, /* R_SH_IMM8BY4 */
+  { 19 }, /* R_SH_IMM4 */
+  { 20 }, /* R_SH_IMM4BY2 */
+  { 21 }, /* R_SH_IMM4BY4 */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2,	/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_pcrelimm8by2",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4,	/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_pcrelimm8by4",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_IMM16,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_imm16",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_SWITCH16,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_switch16",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_SWITCH32,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_switch32",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_USES,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_uses",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_COUNT,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_count",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_ALIGN,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_align",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_CODE,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_code",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DATA,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_data",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  HOWTO (R_SH_LABEL,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "r_label",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false)			/* pcrel_offset */
+};
+
+#define SH_COFF_HOWTO_COUNT (sizeof sh_coff_howtos / sizeof sh_coff_howtos[0])
+
+/* Check for a bad magic number.  */
+#define BADMAG(x) SHBADMAG(x)
+
+/* Customize coffcode.h (this is not currently used).  */
+#define SH 1
+
+/* FIXME: This should not be set here.  */
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+
+/* Swap the r_offset field in and out.  */
+#define SWAP_IN_RELOC_OFFSET  bfd_h_get_32
+#define SWAP_OUT_RELOC_OFFSET bfd_h_put_32
+
+/* Swap out extra information in the reloc structure.  */
+#define SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA(abfd, src, dst)	\
+  do						\
+    {						\
+      dst->r_stuff[0] = 'S';			\
+      dst->r_stuff[1] = 'C';			\
+    }						\
+  while (0)
+
+/* Get the value of a symbol, when performing a relocation.  */
+
+static long
+get_symbol_value (symbol)       
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{                                             
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    relocation = 0;                           
+  else 
+    relocation = (symbol->value +
+		  symbol->section->output_section->vma +
+		  symbol->section->output_offset);
+
+  return relocation;
+}
+
+/* This macro is used in coffcode.h to get the howto corresponding to
+   an internal reloc.  */
+
+#define RTYPE2HOWTO(relent, internal)		\
+  ((relent)->howto =				\
+   ((internal)->r_type < SH_COFF_HOWTO_COUNT	\
+    ? &sh_coff_howtos[(internal)->r_type]	\
+    : (reloc_howto_type *) NULL))
+
+/* This is the same as the macro in coffcode.h, except that it copies
+   r_offset into reloc_entry->addend for some relocs.  */
+#define CALC_ADDEND(abfd, ptr, reloc, cache_ptr)                \
+  {                                                             \
+    coff_symbol_type *coffsym = (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;      \
+    if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) != abfd)                   \
+      coffsym = (obj_symbols (abfd)                             \
+                 + (cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr - symbols));         \
+    else if (ptr)                                               \
+      coffsym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, ptr);                   \
+    if (coffsym != (coff_symbol_type *) NULL                    \
+        && coffsym->native->u.syment.n_scnum == 0)              \
+      cache_ptr->addend = 0;                                    \
+    else if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) == abfd               \
+             && ptr->section != (asection *) NULL)              \
+      cache_ptr->addend = - (ptr->section->vma + ptr->value);   \
+    else                                                        \
+      cache_ptr->addend = 0;                                    \
+    if ((reloc).r_type == R_SH_SWITCH16				\
+	|| (reloc).r_type == R_SH_SWITCH32			\
+	|| (reloc).r_type == R_SH_USES				\
+	|| (reloc).r_type == R_SH_COUNT				\
+	|| (reloc).r_type == R_SH_ALIGN)			\
+      cache_ptr->addend = (reloc).r_offset;			\
+  }
+
+/* This is the howto function for the SH relocations.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+sh_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data, input_section, output_bfd,
+	  error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  unsigned long insn;
+  bfd_vma sym_value;
+  unsigned short r_type;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
+
+  r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
+
+  if (output_bfd != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
+     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
+  if (r_type != R_SH_IMM32
+      && (r_type != R_SH_PCDISP
+	  || (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0))
+    return bfd_reloc_ok;
+
+  if (symbol_in != NULL
+      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
+    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+  sym_value = get_symbol_value (symbol_in);
+
+  switch (r_type)
+    {
+    case R_SH_IMM32:
+      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
+      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
+      bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
+      break;
+    case R_SH_PCDISP:
+      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
+      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
+      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+		    + input_section->output_offset
+		    + addr
+		    + 4);
+      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
+      if (insn & 0x800)
+	sym_value -= 0x1000;
+      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
+      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
+      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
+	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* We can do relaxing.  */
+#define coff_bfd_relax_section sh_relax_section
+
+/* We use the special COFF backend linker.  */
+#define coff_relocate_section sh_relocate_section
+
+/* When relaxing, we need to use special code to get the relocated
+   section contents.  */
+#define coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  sh_coff_get_relocated_section_contents
+
+#include "coffcode.h"
+
+/* This function handles relaxing on the SH.
+
+   Function calls on the SH look like this:
+
+       movl  L1,r0
+       ...
+       jsr   @r0
+       ...
+     L1:
+       .long function
+
+   The compiler and assembler will cooperate to create R_SH_USES
+   relocs on the jsr instructions.  The r_offset field of the
+   R_SH_USES reloc is the PC relative offset to the instruction which
+   loads the register (the r_offset field is computed as though it
+   were a jump instruction, so the offset value is actually from four
+   bytes past the instruction).  The linker can use this reloc to
+   determine just which function is being called, and thus decide
+   whether it is possible to replace the jsr with a bsr.
+
+   If multiple function calls are all based on a single register load
+   (i.e., the same function is called multiple times), the compiler
+   guarantees that each function call will have an R_SH_USES reloc.
+   Therefore, if the linker is able to convert each R_SH_USES reloc
+   which refers to that address, it can safely eliminate the register
+   load.
+
+   When the assembler creates an R_SH_USES reloc, it examines it to
+   determine which address is being loaded (L1 in the above example).
+   It then counts the number of references to that address, and
+   creates an R_SH_COUNT reloc at that address.  The r_offset field of
+   the R_SH_COUNT reloc will be the number of references.  If the
+   linker is able to eliminate a register load, it can use the
+   R_SH_COUNT reloc to see whether it can also eliminate the function
+   address.
+
+   SH relaxing also handles another, unrelated, matter.  On the SH, if
+   a load or store instruction is not aligned on a four byte boundary,
+   the memory cycle interferes with the 32 bit instruction fetch,
+   causing a one cycle bubble in the pipeline.  Therefore, we try to
+   align load and store instructions on four byte boundaries if we
+   can, by swapping them with one of the adjacent instructions.  */
+
+static boolean 
+sh_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     boolean *again;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+  struct internal_reloc *free_relocs = NULL;
+  boolean have_code;
+  struct internal_reloc *irel, *irelend;
+  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
+
+  *again = false;
+
+  if (link_info->relocateable
+      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If this is the first time we have been called for this section,
+     initialize the cooked size.  */
+  if (sec->_cooked_size == 0)
+    sec->_cooked_size = sec->_raw_size;
+
+  internal_relocs = (_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+		     (abfd, sec, link_info->keep_memory,
+		      (bfd_byte *) NULL, false,
+		      (struct internal_reloc *) NULL));
+  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+    free_relocs = internal_relocs;
+
+  have_code = false;
+
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
+      unsigned short insn;
+      struct internal_reloc *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
+      struct internal_syment sym;
+      bfd_signed_vma foff;
+
+      if (irel->r_type == R_SH_CODE)
+	have_code = true;
+
+      if (irel->r_type != R_SH_USES)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the section contents.  */
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) != NULL
+	      && coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents != NULL)
+	    contents = coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
+	      if (contents == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      free_contents = contents;
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
+					      (file_ptr) 0, sec->_raw_size))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* The r_offset field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
+         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_offset field is
+         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
+         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
+      laddr = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma + 4 + irel->r_offset;
+      if (laddr >= sec->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset",
+				 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+				 (unsigned long) irel->r_vaddr);
+	  continue;
+	}
+      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
+
+      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
+         do.  */
+      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_vaddr, insn));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
+      	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
+      	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
+      	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
+      	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
+      	 on a four byte boundary.  */
+      paddr = insn & 0xff;
+      paddr *= 4;
+      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ 3;
+      if (paddr >= sec->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_vaddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
+         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
+         actually being called.  */
+      paddr += sec->vma;
+      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
+	if (irelfn->r_vaddr == paddr
+	    && irelfn->r_type == R_SH_IMM32)
+	  break;
+      if (irelfn >= irelend)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
+      if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+	goto error_return;
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd,
+			    ((bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd)
+			     + (irelfn->r_symndx
+				* bfd_coff_symesz (abfd))),
+			    &sym);
+      if (sym.n_scnum != 0 && sym.n_scnum != sec->target_index)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (sym.n_sclass != C_EXT)
+	{
+	  symval = (sym.n_value
+		    - sec->vma
+		    + sec->output_section->vma
+		    + sec->output_offset);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  h = obj_coff_sym_hashes (abfd)[irelfn->r_symndx];
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
+                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
+                 regular reloc processing.  */
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
+		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+	}
+
+      symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr - sec->vma);
+
+      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
+      foff = (symval
+	      - (irel->r_vaddr
+		 - sec->vma
+		 + sec->output_section->vma
+		 + sec->output_offset
+		 + 4));
+      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000)
+	{
+	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Shorten the function call.  */
+
+      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
+	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
+	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
+	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
+	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
+	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
+	 the linker is run.  */
+
+      if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) == NULL)
+	{
+	  sec->used_by_bfd =
+	    ((PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata)));
+	  if (sec->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->keep_relocs = true;
+      free_relocs = NULL;
+
+      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents = contents;
+      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->keep_contents = true;
+      free_contents = NULL;
+
+      obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd) = true;
+
+      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
+
+      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_PCDISP reloc, and
+         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
+      irel->r_type = R_SH_PCDISP;
+      irel->r_symndx = irelfn->r_symndx;
+      if (sym.n_sclass != C_EXT)
+	{
+	  /* If this needs to be changed because of future relaxing,
+             it will be handled here like other internal PCDISP
+             relocs.  */
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+		      0xb000 | ((foff >> 1) & 0xfff),
+		      contents + irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
+             symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
+             the final link phase handle it.  */
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd, 0xb000, contents + irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma);
+	}
+
+      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
+         register load.  */
+      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
+	if (irelscan->r_type == R_SH_USES
+	    && laddr == irelscan->r_vaddr - sec->vma + 4 + irelscan->r_offset)
+	  break;
+      if (irelscan < irelend)
+	{
+	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
+	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
+	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
+	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
+         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
+         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
+      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
+	if (irelcount->r_vaddr == paddr
+	    && irelcount->r_type == R_SH_COUNT)
+	  break;
+
+      /* Delete the register load.  */
+      if (! sh_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
+         other function call to come within range, we should relax
+         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
+      *again = true;
+
+      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
+      if (irelcount >= irelend)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_offset field.  We've
+         just deleted one.  */
+      if (irelcount->r_offset == 0)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad count",
+				  bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+				  (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      --irelcount->r_offset;
+
+      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
+         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
+         previous call to sh_relax_delete_bytes.  */
+      if (irelcount->r_offset == 0)
+	{
+	  if (! sh_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
+				       irelfn->r_vaddr - sec->vma, 4))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
+     byte boundaries.  */
+  if (have_code)
+    {
+      boolean swapped;
+
+      /* Get the section contents.  */
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) != NULL
+	      && coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents != NULL)
+	    contents = coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
+	      if (contents == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      free_contents = contents;
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
+					      (file_ptr) 0, sec->_raw_size))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (! sh_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, &swapped))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (swapped)
+	{
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sec->used_by_bfd =
+		((PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata)));
+	      if (sec->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->keep_relocs = true;
+	  free_relocs = NULL;
+
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents = contents;
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->keep_contents = true;
+	  free_contents = NULL;
+
+	  obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd) = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (free_relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (free_relocs);
+      free_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (free_contents != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+	free (free_contents);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Cache the section contents for coff_link_input_bfd.  */
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sec->used_by_bfd =
+		((PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata)));
+	      if (sec->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs = NULL;
+	    }
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents = contents;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (free_relocs != NULL)
+    free (free_relocs);
+  if (free_contents != NULL)
+    free (free_contents);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, addr, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     int count;
+{
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  struct internal_reloc *irel, *irelend;
+  struct internal_reloc *irelalign;
+  bfd_vma toaddr;
+  bfd_byte *esym, *esymend;
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  asection *o;
+
+  contents = coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents;
+
+  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
+     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
+
+  irelalign = NULL;
+  toaddr = sec->_cooked_size;
+
+  irel = coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs;
+  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      if (irel->r_type == R_SH_ALIGN
+	  && irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma > addr
+	  && count < (1 << irel->r_offset))
+	{
+	  irelalign = irel;
+	  toaddr = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
+  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, toaddr - addr - count);
+  if (irelalign == NULL)
+    sec->_cooked_size -= count;
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
+
+      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
+	bfd_put_16 (abfd, NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
+  for (irel = coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma nraddr, start, stop;
+      int insn = 0;
+      struct internal_syment sym;
+      int off, adjust, oinsn;
+      bfd_signed_vma voff;
+      boolean overflow;
+
+      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
+      nraddr = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+      if ((irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma > addr
+	   && irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma < toaddr)
+	  || (irel->r_type == R_SH_ALIGN
+	      && irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma == toaddr))
+	nraddr -= count;
+
+      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
+	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
+	 represent addresses, though.  */
+      if (irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma >= addr
+	  && irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma < addr + count
+	  && irel->r_type != R_SH_ALIGN
+	  && irel->r_type != R_SH_CODE
+	  && irel->r_type != R_SH_DATA)
+	irel->r_type = R_SH_UNUSED;
+
+      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
+         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
+      switch (irel->r_type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+	case R_SH_PCDISP:
+	case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+	case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+	  start = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      switch (irel->r_type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  start = stop = addr;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_IMM32:
+	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
+             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
+             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
+             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd,
+				((bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd)
+				 + (irel->r_symndx
+				    * bfd_coff_symesz (abfd))),
+				&sym);
+	  if (sym.n_sclass != C_EXT
+	      && sym.n_scnum == sec->target_index
+	      && ((bfd_vma) sym.n_value <= addr
+		  || (bfd_vma) sym.n_value >= toaddr))
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma val;
+
+	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	      val += sym.n_value;
+	      if (val >= addr && val < toaddr)
+		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
+	    }
+	  start = stop = addr;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  if (off & 0x80)
+	    off -= 0x100;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_PCDISP:
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd,
+				((bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd)
+				 + (irel->r_symndx
+				    * bfd_coff_symesz (abfd))),
+				&sym);
+	  if (sym.n_sclass == C_EXT)
+	    start = stop = addr;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      off = insn & 0xfff;
+	      if (off & 0x800)
+		off -= 0x1000;
+	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  stop = (start &~ (bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
+	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
+	  /* These relocs types represent
+	       .word L2-L1
+	     The r_offset field holds the difference between the reloc
+	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
+	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
+	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.  */
+
+	  start = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start - (long) irel->r_offset);
+
+	  if (start > addr
+	      && start < toaddr
+	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
+	    irel->r_offset += count;
+	  else if (stop > addr
+		   && stop < toaddr
+		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
+	    irel->r_offset -= count;
+
+	  start = stop;
+
+	  if (irel->r_type == R_SH_SWITCH16)
+	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  else
+	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_USES:
+	  start = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
+			    + (long) irel->r_offset
+			    + 4);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (start > addr
+	  && start < toaddr
+	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
+	adjust = count;
+      else if (stop > addr
+	       && stop < toaddr
+	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
+	adjust = - count;
+      else
+	adjust = 0;
+
+      if (adjust != 0)
+	{
+	  oinsn = insn;
+	  overflow = false;
+	  switch (irel->r_type)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+	    case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+	      insn += adjust / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCDISP:
+	      insn += adjust / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
+	      if (count >= 4)
+		insn += adjust / 4;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if ((irel->r_vaddr & 3) == 0)
+		    ++insn;
+		}
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
+	      voff += adjust;
+	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
+	      voff += adjust;
+	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_USES:
+	      irel->r_offset += adjust;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (overflow)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_vaddr));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      irel->r_vaddr = nraddr + sec->vma;
+    }
+
+  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
+     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
+     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+      struct internal_reloc *irelscan, *irelscanend;
+      bfd_byte *ocontents;
+
+      if (o == sec
+	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
+         false, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
+         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
+      internal_relocs = (_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+			 (abfd, o, true, (bfd_byte *) NULL, false,
+			  (struct internal_reloc *) NULL));
+      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      ocontents = NULL;
+      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
+      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
+	{
+	  struct internal_syment sym;
+
+	  if (irelscan->r_type != R_SH_IMM32)
+	    continue;
+
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd,
+				((bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd)
+				 + (irelscan->r_symndx
+				    * bfd_coff_symesz (abfd))),
+				&sym);
+	  if (sym.n_sclass != C_EXT
+	      && sym.n_scnum == sec->target_index
+	      && ((bfd_vma) sym.n_value <= addr
+		  || (bfd_vma) sym.n_value >= toaddr))
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma val;
+
+	      if (ocontents == NULL)
+		{
+		  if (coff_section_data (abfd, o)->contents != NULL)
+		    ocontents = coff_section_data (abfd, o)->contents;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* We always cache the section contents.
+                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is false, we
+                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
+                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
+		      ocontents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (o->_raw_size);
+		      if (ocontents == NULL)
+			return false;
+		      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, o, ocontents,
+						      (file_ptr) 0,
+						      o->_raw_size))
+			return false;
+		      coff_section_data (abfd, o)->contents = ocontents;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_vaddr - o->vma);
+	      val += sym.n_value;
+	      if (val >= addr && val < toaddr)
+		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
+			    ocontents + irelscan->r_vaddr - o->vma);
+
+	      coff_section_data (abfd, o)->keep_contents = true;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Adjusting the internal symbols will not work if something has
+     already retrieved the generic symbols.  It would be possible to
+     make this work by adjusting the generic symbols at the same time.
+     However, this case should not arise in normal usage.  */
+  if (obj_symbols (abfd) != NULL
+      || obj_raw_syments (abfd) != NULL)
+    {
+      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+       ("%s: fatal: generic symbols retrieved before relaxing",
+	bfd_get_filename (abfd)));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust all the symbols.  */
+  sym_hash = obj_coff_sym_hashes (abfd);
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd);
+  esymend = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * symesz;
+  while (esym < esymend)
+    {
+      struct internal_syment isym;
+
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) &isym);
+
+      if (isym.n_scnum == sec->target_index
+	  && (bfd_vma) isym.n_value > addr
+	  && (bfd_vma) isym.n_value < toaddr)
+	{
+	  isym.n_value -= count;
+
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (abfd, (PTR) &isym, (PTR) esym);
+
+	  if (*sym_hash != NULL)
+	    {
+	      BFD_ASSERT ((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+	      BFD_ASSERT ((*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value >= addr
+			  && (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value < toaddr);
+	      (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value -= count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      esym += (isym.n_numaux + 1) * symesz;
+      sym_hash += isym.n_numaux + 1;
+    }
+
+  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
+     r_vaddr for it already.  */
+  if (irelalign != NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
+
+      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_offset);
+      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_vaddr - sec->vma,
+			     1 << irelalign->r_offset);
+      if (alignto != alignaddr)
+	{
+	  /* Tail recursion.  */
+	  return sh_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
+					alignto - alignaddr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is yet another version of the SH opcode table, used to rapidly
+   get information about a particular instruction.  */
+
+/* The opcode map is represented by an array of these structures.  The
+   array is indexed by the high order four bits in the instruction.  */
+
+struct sh_major_opcode
+{
+  /* A pointer to the instruction list.  This is an array which
+     contains all the instructions with this major opcode.  */
+  const struct sh_minor_opcode *minor_opcodes;
+  /* The number of elements in minor_opcodes.  */
+  unsigned short count;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information for a set of SH opcodes.  The
+   instruction code is anded with the mask value, and the resulting
+   value is used to search the order opcode list.  */
+
+struct sh_minor_opcode
+{
+  /* The sorted opcode list.  */
+  const struct sh_opcode *opcodes;
+  /* The number of elements in opcodes.  */
+  unsigned short count;
+  /* The mask value to use when searching the opcode list.  */
+  unsigned short mask;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information for an SH instruction.  An array
+   of these structures is sorted in order by opcode.  */
+
+struct sh_opcode
+{
+  /* The code for this instruction, after it has been anded with the
+     mask value in the sh_major_opcode structure.  */
+  unsigned short opcode;
+  /* Flags for this instruction.  */
+  unsigned short flags;
+};
+
+/* Flag which appear in the sh_opcode structure.  */
+
+/* This instruction loads a value from memory.  */
+#define LOAD (0x1)
+
+/* This instruction stores a value to memory.  */
+#define STORE (0x2)
+
+/* This instruction is a branch.  */
+#define BRANCH (0x4)
+
+/* This instruction has a delay slot.  */
+#define DELAY (0x8)
+
+/* This instruction uses the value in the register in the field at
+   mask 0x0f00 of the instruction.  */
+#define USES1 (0x10)
+
+/* This instruction uses the value in the register in the field at
+   mask 0x00f0 of the instruction.  */
+#define USES2 (0x20)
+
+/* This instruction uses the value in register 0.  */
+#define USESR0 (0x40)
+
+/* This instruction sets the value in the register in the field at
+   mask 0x0f00 of the instruction.  */
+#define SETS1 (0x80)
+
+/* This instruction sets the value in the register in the field at
+   mask 0x00f0 of the instruction.  */
+#define SETS2 (0x100)
+
+/* This instruction sets register 0.  */
+#define SETSR0 (0x200)
+
+/* This instruction sets a special register.  */
+#define SETSSP (0x400)
+
+/* This instruction uses a special register.  */
+#define USESSP (0x800)
+
+/* This instruction uses the floating point register in the field at
+   mask 0x0f00 of the instruction.  */
+#define USESF1 (0x1000)
+
+/* This instruction uses the floating point register in the field at
+   mask 0x00f0 of the instruction.  */
+#define USESF2 (0x2000)
+
+/* This instruction uses floating point register 0.  */
+#define USESF0 (0x4000)
+
+/* This instruction sets the floating point register in the field at
+   mask 0x0f00 of the instruction.  */
+#define SETSF1 (0x8000)
+
+static boolean sh_insn_uses_reg
+  PARAMS ((unsigned int, const struct sh_opcode *, unsigned int));
+static boolean sh_insn_uses_freg
+  PARAMS ((unsigned int, const struct sh_opcode *, unsigned int));
+static boolean sh_insns_conflict
+  PARAMS ((unsigned int, const struct sh_opcode *, unsigned int,
+	   const struct sh_opcode *));
+static boolean sh_load_use
+  PARAMS ((unsigned int, const struct sh_opcode *, unsigned int,
+	   const struct sh_opcode *));
+
+/* The opcode maps.  */
+
+#define MAP(a) a, sizeof a / sizeof a[0]
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode00[] =
+{
+  { 0x0008, SETSSP },			/* clrt */
+  { 0x0009, 0 },			/* nop */
+  { 0x000b, BRANCH | DELAY | USESSP },	/* rts */
+  { 0x0018, SETSSP },			/* sett */
+  { 0x0019, SETSSP },			/* div0u */
+  { 0x001b, 0 },			/* sleep */
+  { 0x0028, SETSSP },			/* clrmac */
+  { 0x002b, BRANCH | DELAY | SETSSP },	/* rte */
+  { 0x0038, USESSP | SETSSP },		/* ldtlb */
+  { 0x0048, SETSSP },			/* clrs */
+  { 0x0058, SETSSP }			/* sets */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode01[] =
+{
+  { 0x0002, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc sr,rn */
+  { 0x0003, BRANCH | DELAY | USES1 | SETSSP },	/* bsrf rn */
+  { 0x000a, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* sts mach,rn */
+  { 0x0012, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc gbr,rn */
+  { 0x001a, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* sts macl,rn */
+  { 0x0022, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc vbr,rn */
+  { 0x0023, BRANCH | DELAY | USES1 },		/* braf rn */
+  { 0x0029, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* movt rn */
+  { 0x002a, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* sts pr,rn */
+  { 0x0032, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc ssr,rn */
+  { 0x0042, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc spc,rn */
+  { 0x005a, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* sts fpul,rn */
+  { 0x006a, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* sts fpscr,rn */
+  { 0x0082, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r0_bank,rn */
+  { 0x0083, LOAD | USES1 },			/* pref @rn */
+  { 0x0092, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r1_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00a2, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r2_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00b2, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r3_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00c2, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r4_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00d2, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r5_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00e2, SETS1 | USESSP },			/* stc r6_bank,rn */
+  { 0x00f2, SETS1 | USESSP }			/* stc r7_bank,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode02[] =
+{
+  { 0x0004, STORE | USES1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.b rm,@(r0,rn) */
+  { 0x0005, STORE | USES1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.w rm,@(r0,rn) */
+  { 0x0006, STORE | USES1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.l rm,@(r0,rn) */
+  { 0x0007, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* mul.l rm,rn */
+  { 0x000c, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.b @(r0,rm),rn */
+  { 0x000d, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.w @(r0,rm),rn */
+  { 0x000e, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.l @(r0,rm),rn */
+  { 0x000f, LOAD|SETS1|SETS2|SETSSP|USES1|USES2|USESSP }, /* mac.l @rm+,@rn+ */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode0[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode00), 0xffff },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode01), 0xf0ff },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode02), 0xf00f }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode10[] =
+{
+  { 0x1000, STORE | USES1 | USES2 }	/* mov.l rm,@(disp,rn) */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode1[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode10), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode20[] =
+{
+  { 0x2000, STORE | USES1 | USES2 },		/* mov.b rm,@rn */
+  { 0x2001, STORE | USES1 | USES2 },		/* mov.w rm,@rn */
+  { 0x2002, STORE | USES1 | USES2 },		/* mov.l rm,@rn */
+  { 0x2004, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },	/* mov.b rm,@-rn */
+  { 0x2005, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },	/* mov.w rm,@-rn */
+  { 0x2006, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },	/* mov.l rm,@-rn */
+  { 0x2007, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 | USESSP },	/* div0s */
+  { 0x2008, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* tst rm,rn */
+  { 0x2009, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* and rm,rn */
+  { 0x200a, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* xor rm,rn */
+  { 0x200b, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* or rm,rn */
+  { 0x200c, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/str rm,rn */
+  { 0x200d, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* xtrct rm,rn */
+  { 0x200e, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* mulu.w rm,rn */
+  { 0x200f, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 }		/* muls.w rm,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode2[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode20), 0xf00f }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode30[] =
+{
+  { 0x3000, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/eq rm,rn */
+  { 0x3002, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/hs rm,rn */
+  { 0x3003, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/ge rm,rn */
+  { 0x3004, SETSSP | USESSP | USES1 | USES2 },	/* div1 rm,rn */
+  { 0x3005, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* dmulu.l rm,rn */
+  { 0x3006, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/hi rm,rn */
+  { 0x3007, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* cmp/gt rm,rn */
+  { 0x3008, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* sub rm,rn */
+  { 0x300a, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 | USESSP }, /* subc rm,rn */
+  { 0x300b, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },	/* subv rm,rn */
+  { 0x300c, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },		/* add rm,rn */
+  { 0x300d, SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 },		/* dmuls.l rm,rn */
+  { 0x300e, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 | USESSP }, /* addc rm,rn */
+  { 0x300f, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USES2 }	/* addv rm,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode3[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode30), 0xf00f }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode40[] =
+{
+  { 0x4000, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* shll rn */
+  { 0x4001, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* shlr rn */
+  { 0x4002, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* sts.l mach,@-rn */
+  { 0x4003, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l sr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4004, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* rotl rn */
+  { 0x4005, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* rotr rn */
+  { 0x4006, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* lds.l @rm+,mach */
+  { 0x4007, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,sr */
+  { 0x4008, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shll2 rn */
+  { 0x4009, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shlr2 rn */
+  { 0x400a, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* lds rm,mach */
+  { 0x400b, BRANCH | DELAY | USES1 },		/* jsr @rn */
+  { 0x400e, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* ldc rm,sr */
+  { 0x4010, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* dt rn */
+  { 0x4011, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* cmp/pz rn */
+  { 0x4012, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* sts.l macl,@-rn */
+  { 0x4013, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l gbr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4015, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* cmp/pl rn */
+  { 0x4016, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* lds.l @rm+,macl */
+  { 0x4017, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,gbr */
+  { 0x4018, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shll8 rn */
+  { 0x4019, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shlr8 rn */
+  { 0x401a, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* lds rm,macl */
+  { 0x401b, LOAD | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* tas.b @rn */
+  { 0x401e, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* ldc rm,gbr */
+  { 0x4020, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* shal rn */
+  { 0x4021, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },		/* shar rn */
+  { 0x4022, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* sts.l pr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4023, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l vbr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4024, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USESSP },	/* rotcl rn */
+  { 0x4025, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 | USESSP },	/* rotcr rn */
+  { 0x4026, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* lds.l @rm+,pr */
+  { 0x4027, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,vbr */
+  { 0x4028, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shll16 rn */
+  { 0x4029, SETS1 | USES1 },			/* shlr16 rn */
+  { 0x402a, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* lds rm,pr */
+  { 0x402b, BRANCH | DELAY | USES1 },		/* jmp @rn */
+  { 0x402e, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* ldc rm,vbr */
+  { 0x4033, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l ssr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4037, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,ssr */
+  { 0x403e, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* ldc rm,ssr */
+  { 0x4043, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l spc,@-rn */
+  { 0x4047, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,spc */
+  { 0x404e, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* ldc rm,spc */
+  { 0x4052, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* sts.l fpul,@-rn */
+  { 0x4056, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* lds.l @rm+,fpul */
+  { 0x405a, SETSSP | USES1 },			/* lds.l rm,fpul */
+  { 0x4062, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* sts.l fpscr,@-rn */
+  { 0x4066, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* lds.l @rm+,fpscr */
+  { 0x406a, SETSSP | USES1 }			/* lds rm,fpscr */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode41[] =
+{
+  { 0x4083, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESSP },	/* stc.l rx_bank,@-rn */
+  { 0x4087, LOAD | SETS1 | SETSSP | USES1 },	/* ldc.l @rm+,rx_bank */
+  { 0x408e, SETSSP | USES1 }			/* ldc rm,rx_bank */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode42[] =
+{
+  { 0x400c, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },			/* shad rm,rn */
+  { 0x400d, SETS1 | USES1 | USES2 },			/* shld rm,rn */
+  { 0x400f, LOAD|SETS1|SETS2|SETSSP|USES1|USES2|USESSP }, /* mac.w @rm+,@rn+ */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode4[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode40), 0xf0ff },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode41), 0xf08f },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode42), 0xf00f }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode50[] =
+{
+  { 0x5000, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 }	/* mov.l @(disp,rm),rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode5[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode50), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode60[] =
+{
+  { 0x6000, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 },		/* mov.b @rm,rn */
+  { 0x6001, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 },		/* mov.w @rm,rn */
+  { 0x6002, LOAD | SETS1 | USES2 },		/* mov.l @rm,rn */
+  { 0x6003, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* mov rm,rn */
+  { 0x6004, LOAD | SETS1 | SETS2 | USES2 },	/* mov.b @rm+,rn */
+  { 0x6005, LOAD | SETS1 | SETS2 | USES2 },	/* mov.w @rm+,rn */
+  { 0x6006, LOAD | SETS1 | SETS2 | USES2 },	/* mov.l @rm+,rn */
+  { 0x6007, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* not rm,rn */
+  { 0x6008, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* swap.b rm,rn */
+  { 0x6009, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* swap.w rm,rn */
+  { 0x600a, SETS1 | SETSSP | USES2 | USESSP },	/* negc rm,rn */
+  { 0x600b, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* neg rm,rn */
+  { 0x600c, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* extu.b rm,rn */
+  { 0x600d, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* extu.w rm,rn */
+  { 0x600e, SETS1 | USES2 },			/* exts.b rm,rn */
+  { 0x600f, SETS1 | USES2 }			/* exts.w rm,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode6[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode60), 0xf00f }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode70[] =
+{
+  { 0x7000, SETS1 | USES1 }		/* add #imm,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode7[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode70), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode80[] =
+{
+  { 0x8000, STORE | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.b r0,@(disp,rn) */
+  { 0x8100, STORE | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* mov.w r0,@(disp,rn) */
+  { 0x8400, LOAD | SETSR0 | USES2 },	/* mov.b @(disp,rm),r0 */
+  { 0x8500, LOAD | SETSR0 | USES2 },	/* mov.w @(disp,rn),r0 */
+  { 0x8800, SETSSP | USESR0 },		/* cmp/eq #imm,r0 */
+  { 0x8900, BRANCH | USESSP },		/* bt label */
+  { 0x8b00, BRANCH | USESSP },		/* bf label */
+  { 0x8d00, BRANCH | DELAY | USESSP },	/* bt/s label */
+  { 0x8f00, BRANCH | DELAY | USESSP }	/* bf/s label */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode8[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode80), 0xff00 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcode90[] =
+{
+  { 0x9000, LOAD | SETS1 }	/* mov.w @(disp,pc),rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcode9[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode90), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodea0[] =
+{
+  { 0xa000, BRANCH | DELAY }	/* bra label */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcodea[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcodea0), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodeb0[] =
+{
+  { 0xb000, BRANCH | DELAY }	/* bsr label */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcodeb[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcodeb0), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodec0[] =
+{
+  { 0xc000, STORE | USESR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.b r0,@(disp,gbr) */
+  { 0xc100, STORE | USESR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.w r0,@(disp,gbr) */
+  { 0xc200, STORE | USESR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.l r0,@(disp,gbr) */
+  { 0xc300, BRANCH | USESSP },			/* trapa #imm */
+  { 0xc400, LOAD | SETSR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.b @(disp,gbr),r0 */
+  { 0xc500, LOAD | SETSR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.w @(disp,gbr),r0 */
+  { 0xc600, LOAD | SETSR0 | USESSP },		/* mov.l @(disp,gbr),r0 */
+  { 0xc700, SETSR0 },				/* mova @(disp,pc),r0 */
+  { 0xc800, SETSSP | USESR0 },			/* tst #imm,r0 */
+  { 0xc900, SETSR0 | USESR0 },			/* and #imm,r0 */
+  { 0xca00, SETSR0 | USESR0 },			/* xor #imm,r0 */
+  { 0xcb00, SETSR0 | USESR0 },			/* or #imm,r0 */
+  { 0xcc00, LOAD | SETSSP | USESR0 | USESSP },	/* tst.b #imm,@(r0,gbr) */
+  { 0xcd00, LOAD | STORE | USESR0 | USESSP },	/* and.b #imm,@(r0,gbr) */
+  { 0xce00, LOAD | STORE | USESR0 | USESSP },	/* xor.b #imm,@(r0,gbr) */
+  { 0xcf00, LOAD | STORE | USESR0 | USESSP }	/* or.b #imm,@(r0,gbr) */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcodec[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcodec0), 0xff00 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcoded0[] =
+{
+  { 0xd000, LOAD | SETS1 }		/* mov.l @(disp,pc),rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcoded[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcoded0), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodee0[] =
+{
+  { 0xe000, SETS1 }		/* mov #imm,rn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcodee[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcodee0), 0xf000 }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodef0[] =
+{
+  { 0xf000, SETSF1 | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fadd fm,fn */
+  { 0xf001, SETSF1 | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fsub fm,fn */
+  { 0xf002, SETSF1 | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fmul fm,fn */
+  { 0xf003, SETSF1 | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fdiv fm,fn */
+  { 0xf004, SETSSP | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fcmp/eq fm,fn */
+  { 0xf005, SETSSP | USESF1 | USESF2 },		/* fcmp/gt fm,fn */
+  { 0xf006, LOAD | SETSF1 | USES2 | USESR0 },	/* fmov.s @(r0,rm),fn */
+  { 0xf007, STORE | USES1 | USESF2 | USESR0 },	/* fmov.s fm,@(r0,rn) */
+  { 0xf008, LOAD | SETSF1 | USES2 },		/* fmov.s @rm,fn */
+  { 0xf009, LOAD | SETS2 | SETSF1 | USES2 },	/* fmov.s @rm+,fn */
+  { 0xf00a, STORE | USES1 | USESF2 },		/* fmov.s fm,@rn */
+  { 0xf00b, STORE | SETS1 | USES1 | USESF2 },	/* fmov.s fm,@-rn */
+  { 0xf00c, SETSF1 | USESF2 },			/* fmov fm,fn */
+  { 0xf00e, SETSF1 | USESF1 | USESF2 | USESF0 }	/* fmac f0,fm,fn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_opcode sh_opcodef1[] =
+{
+  { 0xf00d, SETSF1 | USESSP },	/* fsts fpul,fn */
+  { 0xf01d, SETSSP | USESF1 },	/* flds fn,fpul */
+  { 0xf02d, SETSF1 | USESSP },	/* float fpul,fn */
+  { 0xf03d, SETSSP | USESF1 },	/* ftrc fn,fpul */
+  { 0xf04d, SETSF1 | USESF1 },	/* fneg fn */
+  { 0xf05d, SETSF1 | USESF1 },	/* fabs fn */
+  { 0xf06d, SETSF1 | USESF1 },	/* fsqrt fn */
+  { 0xf07d, SETSSP | USESF1 },	/* ftst/nan fn */
+  { 0xf08d, SETSF1 },		/* fldi0 fn */
+  { 0xf09d, SETSF1 }		/* fldi1 fn */
+};
+
+static const struct sh_minor_opcode sh_opcodef[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcodef0), 0xf00f },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodef1), 0xf0ff }
+};
+
+static const struct sh_major_opcode sh_opcodes[] =
+{
+  { MAP (sh_opcode0) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode1) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode2) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode3) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode4) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode5) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode6) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode7) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode8) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcode9) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodea) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodeb) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodec) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcoded) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodee) },
+  { MAP (sh_opcodef) }
+};
+
+/* Given an instruction, return a pointer to the corresponding
+   sh_opcode structure.  Return NULL if the instruction is not
+   recognized.  */
+
+static const struct sh_opcode *
+sh_insn_info (insn)
+     unsigned int insn;
+{
+  const struct sh_major_opcode *maj;
+  const struct sh_minor_opcode *min, *minend;
+
+  maj = &sh_opcodes[(insn & 0xf000) >> 12];
+  min = maj->minor_opcodes;
+  minend = min + maj->count;
+  for (; min < minend; min++)
+    {
+      unsigned int l;
+      const struct sh_opcode *op, *opend;
+
+      l = insn & min->mask;
+      op = min->opcodes;
+      opend = op + min->count;
+
+      /* Since the opcodes tables are sorted, we could use a binary
+         search here if the count were above some cutoff value.  */
+      for (; op < opend; op++)
+	if (op->opcode == l)
+	  return op;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;  
+}
+
+/* See whether an instruction uses a general purpose register.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_insn_uses_reg (insn, op, reg)
+     unsigned int insn;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op;
+     unsigned int reg;
+{
+  unsigned int f;
+
+  f = op->flags;
+
+  if ((f & USES1) != 0
+      && ((insn & 0x0f00) >> 8) == reg)
+    return true;
+  if ((f & USES2) != 0
+      && ((insn & 0x00f0) >> 4) == reg)
+    return true;
+  if ((f & USESR0) != 0
+      && reg == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* See whether an instruction uses a floating point register.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_insn_uses_freg (insn, op, freg)
+     unsigned int insn;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op;
+     unsigned int freg;
+{
+  unsigned int f;
+
+  f = op->flags;
+
+  if ((f & USESF1) != 0
+      && ((insn & 0x0f00) >> 8) == freg)
+    return true;
+  if ((f & USESF2) != 0
+      && ((insn & 0x00f0) >> 4) == freg)
+    return true;
+  if ((f & USESF0) != 0
+      && freg == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* See whether instructions I1 and I2 conflict, assuming I1 comes
+   before I2.  OP1 and OP2 are the corresponding sh_opcode structures.
+   This should return true if there is a conflict, or false if the
+   instructions can be swapped safely.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_insns_conflict (i1, op1, i2, op2)
+     unsigned int i1;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op1;
+     unsigned int i2;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op2;
+{
+  unsigned int f1, f2;
+
+  f1 = op1->flags;
+  f2 = op2->flags;
+
+  if ((f1 & (BRANCH | DELAY)) != 0
+      || (f2 & (BRANCH | DELAY)) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if ((f1 & SETSSP) != 0 && (f2 & USESSP) != 0)
+    return true;
+  if ((f2 & SETSSP) != 0 && (f1 & USESSP) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if ((f1 & SETS1) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i2, op2, (i1 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+  if ((f1 & SETS2) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i2, op2, (i1 & 0x00f0) >> 4))
+    return true;
+  if ((f1 & SETSR0) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i2, op2, 0))
+    return true;
+  if ((f1 & SETSF1) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_freg (i2, op2, (i1 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+
+  if ((f2 & SETS1) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i1, op1, (i2 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+  if ((f2 & SETS2) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i1, op1, (i2 & 0x00f0) >> 4))
+    return true;
+  if ((f2 & SETSR0) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i1, op1, 0))
+    return true;
+  if ((f2 & SETSF1) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_freg (i1, op1, (i2 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+
+  /* The instructions do not conflict.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* I1 is a load instruction, and I2 is some other instruction.  Return
+   true if I1 loads a register which I2 uses.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_load_use (i1, op1, i2, op2)
+     unsigned int i1;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op1;
+     unsigned int i2;
+     const struct sh_opcode *op2;
+{
+  unsigned int f1;
+
+  f1 = op1->flags;
+
+  if ((f1 & LOAD) == 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* If both SETS1 and SETSSP are set, that means a load to a special
+     register using postincrement addressing mode, which we don't care
+     about here.  */
+  if ((f1 & SETS1) != 0
+      && (f1 & SETSSP) == 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i2, op2, (i1 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+
+  if ((f1 & SETSR0) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_reg (i2, op2, 0))
+    return true;
+
+  if ((f1 & SETSF1) != 0
+      && sh_insn_uses_freg (i2, op2, (i1 & 0x0f00) >> 8))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Try to align loads and stores within a span of memory.  This is
+   called by both the ELF and the COFF sh targets.  ABFD and SEC are
+   the BFD and section we are examining.  CONTENTS is the contents of
+   the section.  SWAP is the routine to call to swap two instructions.
+   RELOCS is a pointer to the internal relocation information, to be
+   passed to SWAP.  PLABEL is a pointer to the current label in a
+   sorted list of labels; LABEL_END is the end of the list.  START and
+   STOP are the range of memory to examine.  If a swap is made,
+   *PSWAPPED is set to true.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, swap, relocs,
+			 plabel, label_end, start, stop, pswapped)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     boolean (*swap) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma));
+     PTR relocs;
+     bfd_vma **plabel;
+     bfd_vma *label_end;
+     bfd_vma start;
+     bfd_vma stop;
+     boolean *pswapped;
+{
+  bfd_vma i;
+
+  /* Instructions should be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.  */
+  if ((start & 1) == 1)
+    ++start;
+
+  /* Now look through the unaligned addresses.  */
+  i = start;
+  if ((i & 2) == 0)
+    i += 2;
+  for (; i < stop; i += 4)
+    {
+      unsigned int insn;
+      const struct sh_opcode *op;
+      unsigned int prev_insn = 0;
+      const struct sh_opcode *prev_op = NULL;
+
+      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + i);
+      op = sh_insn_info (insn);
+      if (op == NULL
+	  || (op->flags & (LOAD | STORE)) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* This is a load or store which is not on a four byte boundary.  */
+
+      while (*plabel < label_end && **plabel < i)
+	++*plabel;
+
+      if (i > start)
+	{
+	  prev_insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + i - 2);
+	  prev_op = sh_insn_info (prev_insn);
+
+	  /* If the load/store instruction is in a delay slot, we
+	     can't swap.  */
+	  if (prev_op == NULL
+	      || (prev_op->flags & DELAY) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	}
+      if (i > start
+	  && (*plabel >= label_end || **plabel != i)
+	  && prev_op != NULL
+	  && (prev_op->flags & (LOAD | STORE)) == 0
+	  && ! sh_insns_conflict (prev_insn, prev_op, insn, op))
+	{
+	  boolean ok;
+
+	  /* The load/store instruction does not have a label, and
+	     there is a previous instruction; PREV_INSN is not
+	     itself a load/store instruction, and PREV_INSN and
+	     INSN do not conflict.  */
+
+	  ok = true;
+
+	  if (i >= start + 4)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int prev2_insn;
+	      const struct sh_opcode *prev2_op;
+
+	      prev2_insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + i - 4);
+	      prev2_op = sh_insn_info (prev2_insn);
+
+	      /* If the instruction before PREV_INSN has a delay
+		 slot--that is, PREV_INSN is in a delay slot--we
+		 can not swap.  */
+	      if (prev2_op == NULL
+		  || (prev2_op->flags & DELAY) != 0)
+		ok = false;
+
+	      /* If the instruction before PREV_INSN is a load,
+		 and it sets a register which INSN uses, then
+		 putting INSN immediately after PREV_INSN will
+		 cause a pipeline bubble, so there is no point to
+		 making the swap.  */
+	      if (ok
+		  && (prev2_op->flags & LOAD) != 0
+		  && sh_load_use (prev2_insn, prev2_op, insn, op))
+		ok = false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (ok)
+	    {
+	      if (! (*swap) (abfd, sec, relocs, contents, i - 2))
+		return false;
+	      *pswapped = true;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      while (*plabel < label_end && **plabel < i + 2)
+	++*plabel;
+
+      if (i + 2 < stop
+	  && (*plabel >= label_end || **plabel != i + 2))
+	{
+	  unsigned int next_insn;
+	  const struct sh_opcode *next_op;
+
+	  /* There is an instruction after the load/store
+	     instruction, and it does not have a label.  */
+	  next_insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + i + 2);
+	  next_op = sh_insn_info (next_insn);
+	  if (next_op != NULL
+	      && (next_op->flags & (LOAD | STORE)) == 0
+	      && ! sh_insns_conflict (insn, op, next_insn, next_op))
+	    {
+	      boolean ok;
+
+	      /* NEXT_INSN is not itself a load/store instruction,
+		 and it does not conflict with INSN.  */
+
+	      ok = true;
+
+	      /* If PREV_INSN is a load, and it sets a register
+		 which NEXT_INSN uses, then putting NEXT_INSN
+		 immediately after PREV_INSN will cause a pipeline
+		 bubble, so there is no reason to make this swap.  */
+	      if (prev_op != NULL
+		  && (prev_op->flags & LOAD) != 0
+		  && sh_load_use (prev_insn, prev_op, next_insn, next_op))
+		ok = false;
+
+	      /* If INSN is a load, and it sets a register which
+		 the insn after NEXT_INSN uses, then doing the
+		 swap will cause a pipeline bubble, so there is no
+		 reason to make the swap.  However, if the insn
+		 after NEXT_INSN is itself a load or store
+		 instruction, then it is misaligned, so
+		 optimistically hope that it will be swapped
+		 itself, and just live with the pipeline bubble if
+		 it isn't.  */
+	      if (ok
+		  && i + 4 < stop
+		  && (op->flags & LOAD) != 0)
+		{
+		  unsigned int next2_insn;
+		  const struct sh_opcode *next2_op;
+
+		  next2_insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + i + 4);
+		  next2_op = sh_insn_info (next2_insn);
+		  if ((next2_op->flags & (LOAD | STORE)) == 0
+		      && sh_load_use (insn, op, next2_insn, next2_op))
+		    ok = false;
+		}
+
+	      if (ok)
+		{
+		  if (! (*swap) (abfd, sec, relocs, contents, i))
+		    return false;
+		  *pswapped = true;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
+   boundaries.  See the longer comment above sh_relax_section for why
+   this is desirable.  This sets *PSWAPPED if some instruction was
+   swapped.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, pswapped)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     boolean *pswapped;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *irel, *irelend;
+  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
+  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
+
+  *pswapped = false;
+
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+
+  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
+  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sec->reloc_count * sizeof (bfd_vma));
+  if (labels == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  label_end = labels;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      if (irel->r_type == R_SH_LABEL)
+	{
+	  *label_end = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  ++label_end;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
+     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
+     the label values and the relocs.  */
+
+  label = labels;
+
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma start, stop;
+
+      if (irel->r_type != R_SH_CODE)
+	continue;
+
+      start = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+
+      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
+	if (irel->r_type == R_SH_DATA)
+	  break;
+      if (irel < irelend)
+	stop = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+      else
+	stop = sec->_cooked_size;
+
+      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_swap_insns,
+				     (PTR) internal_relocs, &label,
+				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  free (labels);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (labels != NULL)
+    free (labels);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Swap two SH instructions.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_swap_insns (abfd, sec, relocs, contents, addr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR relocs;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs = (struct internal_reloc *) relocs;
+  unsigned short i1, i2;
+  struct internal_reloc *irel, *irelend;
+
+  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
+  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
+  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
+  bfd_put_16 (abfd, i2, contents + addr);
+  bfd_put_16 (abfd, i1, contents + addr + 2);
+
+  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      int type, add;
+
+      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
+         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
+         but are only associated with the address.  */
+      type = irel->r_type;
+      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
+	  || type == R_SH_CODE
+	  || type == R_SH_DATA
+	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
+         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
+         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
+         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
+         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
+         instruction it shouldn't).  */
+      if (type == R_SH_USES)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma off;
+
+	  off = irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma + 4 + irel->r_offset;
+	  if (off == addr)
+	    irel->r_offset += 2;
+	  else if (off == addr + 2)
+	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
+	}
+
+      if (irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma == addr)
+	{
+	  irel->r_vaddr += 2;
+	  add = -2;
+	}
+      else if (irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma == addr + 2)
+	{
+	  irel->r_vaddr -= 2;
+	  add = 2;
+	}
+      else
+	add = 0;
+
+      if (add != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_byte *loc;
+	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
+	  boolean overflow;
+
+	  loc = contents + irel->r_vaddr - sec->vma;
+	  overflow = false;
+	  switch (type)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+	    case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+	      oinsn = insn;
+	      insn += add / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCDISP:
+	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+	      oinsn = insn;
+	      insn += add / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
+                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
+                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
+                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
+                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
+                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
+	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
+		{
+		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+		  oinsn = insn;
+		  insn += add / 2;
+		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		    overflow = true;
+		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+		}
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (overflow)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_vaddr));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is a modification of _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section, which
+   will handle SH relaxing.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
+		     relocs, syms, sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+     struct internal_syment *syms;
+     asection **sections;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *rel;
+  struct internal_reloc *relend;
+
+  rel = relocs;
+  relend = rel + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
+    {
+      long symndx;
+      struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+      struct internal_syment *sym;
+      bfd_vma addend;
+      bfd_vma val;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+
+      /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must
+         be done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
+      if (rel->r_type != R_SH_IMM32
+	  && rel->r_type != R_SH_PCDISP)
+	continue;
+
+      symndx = rel->r_symndx;
+
+      if (symndx == -1)
+	{
+	  h = NULL;
+	  sym = NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{    
+	  if (symndx < 0 || symndx >= obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd))
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s: illegal symbol index %ld in relocs",
+		 bfd_get_filename (input_bfd), symndx);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  h = obj_coff_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[symndx];
+	  sym = syms + symndx;
+	}
+
+      if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum != 0)
+	addend = - sym->n_value;
+      else
+	addend = 0;
+
+      if (rel->r_type == R_SH_PCDISP)
+	addend -= 4;
+
+      if (rel->r_type >= SH_COFF_HOWTO_COUNT)
+	howto = NULL;
+      else
+	howto = &sh_coff_howtos[rel->r_type];
+
+      if (howto == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      val = 0;
+
+      if (h == NULL)
+	{
+	  asection *sec;
+
+	  /* There is nothing to do for an internal PCDISP reloc.  */
+	  if (rel->r_type == R_SH_PCDISP)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (symndx == -1)
+	    {
+	      sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	      val = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sec = sections[symndx];
+              val = (sec->output_section->vma
+		     + sec->output_offset
+		     + sym->n_value
+		     - sec->vma);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      asection *sec;
+
+	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+	      val = (h->root.u.def.value
+		     + sec->output_section->vma
+		     + sec->output_offset);
+	    }
+	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
+		      rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      rstat = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
+					contents,
+					rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma,
+					val, addend);
+
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+
+	    if (symndx == -1)
+	      name = "*ABS*";
+	    else if (h != NULL)
+	      name = h->root.root.string;
+	    else if (sym->_n._n_n._n_zeroes == 0
+		     && sym->_n._n_n._n_offset != 0)
+	      name = obj_coff_strings (input_bfd) + sym->_n._n_n._n_offset;
+	    else
+	      {
+ 		strncpy (buf, sym->_n._n_name, SYMNMLEN);
+		buf[SYMNMLEN] = '\0';
+		name = buf;
+	      }
+
+	    if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		   (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd,
+		    input_section, rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+   which uses sh_relocate_section.  */
+
+static bfd_byte *
+sh_coff_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
+					data, relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+  asection **sections = NULL;
+  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs = NULL;
+  struct internal_syment *internal_syms = NULL;
+
+  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
+     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
+  if (relocateable
+      || coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section) == NULL
+      || coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section)->contents == NULL)
+    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
+						       link_order, data,
+						       relocateable,
+						       symbols);
+
+  memcpy (data, coff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section)->contents,
+	  input_section->_raw_size);
+
+  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (input_bfd);
+      bfd_byte *esym, *esymend;
+      struct internal_syment *isymp;
+      asection **secpp;
+
+      if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (input_bfd))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      internal_relocs = (_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+			 (input_bfd, input_section, false, (bfd_byte *) NULL,
+			  false, (struct internal_reloc *) NULL));
+      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      internal_syms = ((struct internal_syment *)
+		       bfd_malloc (obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd)
+				   * sizeof (struct internal_syment)));
+      if (internal_syms == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd)
+					   * sizeof (asection *));
+      if (sections == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      isymp = internal_syms;
+      secpp = sections;
+      esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd);
+      esymend = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd) * symesz;
+      while (esym < esymend)
+	{
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (input_bfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) isymp);
+
+	  if (isymp->n_scnum != 0)
+	    *secpp = coff_section_from_bfd_index (input_bfd, isymp->n_scnum);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (isymp->n_value == 0)
+		*secpp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	      else
+		*secpp = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	    }
+
+	  esym += (isymp->n_numaux + 1) * symesz;
+	  secpp += isymp->n_numaux + 1;
+	  isymp += isymp->n_numaux + 1;
+	}
+
+      if (! sh_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
+				 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
+				 internal_syms, sections))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      free (sections);
+      sections = NULL;
+      free (internal_syms);
+      internal_syms = NULL;
+      free (internal_relocs);
+      internal_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return data;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (internal_relocs != NULL)
+    free (internal_relocs);
+  if (internal_syms != NULL)
+    free (internal_syms);
+  if (sections != NULL)
+    free (sections);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* The target vectors.  */
+
+const bfd_target shcoff_vec =
+{
+  "coff-sh",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* data byte order is big */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* header byte order is big */
+
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | BFD_IS_RELAXABLE),
+
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),
+  '_',				/* leading symbol underscore */
+  '/',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16, /* hdrs */
+
+  {_bfd_dummy_target, coff_object_p, /* bfd_check_format */
+     bfd_generic_archive_p, _bfd_dummy_target},
+  {bfd_false, coff_mkobject, _bfd_generic_mkarchive, /* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false},
+  {bfd_false, coff_write_object_contents, /* bfd_write_contents */
+     _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  COFF_SWAP_TABLE,
+};
+
+const bfd_target shlcoff_vec =
+{
+  "coff-shl",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* data byte order is little */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,		/* header byte order is little endian too*/
+
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | BFD_IS_RELAXABLE),
+
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),
+  '_',				/* leading symbol underscore */
+  '/',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+  bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+  bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* data */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+  bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+  bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16, /* hdrs */
+
+  {_bfd_dummy_target, coff_object_p, /* bfd_check_format */
+     bfd_generic_archive_p, _bfd_dummy_target},   
+  {bfd_false, coff_mkobject, _bfd_generic_mkarchive, /* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false},
+  {bfd_false, coff_write_object_contents, /* bfd_write_contents */
+     _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (coff),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  COFF_SWAP_TABLE,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-z8k.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-z8k.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04049e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coff-z8k.c
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Zilog Z800n COFF binaries.
+   Copyright 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain, <sac@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "coff/z8k.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+#define COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER (1)
+
+static reloc_howto_type r_imm32 =
+HOWTO (R_IMM32, 0, 1, 32, false, 0,
+       complain_overflow_bitfield, 0, "r_imm32", true, 0xffffffff,
+       0xffffffff, false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type r_imm4l =
+HOWTO (R_IMM4L, 0, 1, 4, false, 0,
+       complain_overflow_bitfield, 0, "r_imm4l", true, 0xf, 0xf, false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type r_da =
+HOWTO (R_IMM16, 0, 1, 16, false, 0,
+       complain_overflow_bitfield, 0, "r_da", true, 0x0000ffff, 0x0000ffff,
+       false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type r_imm8 =
+HOWTO (R_IMM8, 0, 1, 8, false, 0,
+       complain_overflow_bitfield, 0, "r_imm8", true, 0x000000ff, 0x000000ff,
+       false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type r_jr =
+HOWTO (R_JR, 0, 1, 8, true, 0, complain_overflow_signed, 0,
+       "r_jr", true, 0, 0, true);
+
+/* Turn a howto into a reloc number */
+
+static int 
+coff_z8k_select_reloc (howto)
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+{
+  return howto->type;
+}
+
+#define SELECT_RELOC(x,howto) x.r_type = coff_z8k_select_reloc(howto)
+
+
+#define BADMAG(x) Z8KBADMAG(x)
+#define Z8K 1			/* Customize coffcode.h */
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+
+
+
+/* Code to swap in the reloc */
+#define SWAP_IN_RELOC_OFFSET   bfd_h_get_32
+#define SWAP_OUT_RELOC_OFFSET bfd_h_put_32
+#define SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA(abfd, src, dst) \
+  dst->r_stuff[0] = 'S'; \
+  dst->r_stuff[1] = 'C';
+
+/* Code to turn a r_type into a howto ptr, uses the above howto table
+   */
+
+static void
+rtype2howto (internal, dst)
+     arelent * internal;
+     struct internal_reloc *dst;
+{
+  switch (dst->r_type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+    case R_IMM8:
+      internal->howto = &r_imm8;
+      break;
+     case R_IMM16:
+      internal->howto = &r_da;
+      break;
+    case R_JR:
+      internal->howto = &r_jr;
+      break;
+    case R_IMM32:
+      internal->howto = &r_imm32;
+      break;
+    case R_IMM4L:
+      internal->howto = &r_imm4l;
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+#define RTYPE2HOWTO(internal, relocentry) rtype2howto(internal,relocentry)
+
+
+/* Perform any necessary magic to the addend in a reloc entry */
+
+
+#define CALC_ADDEND(abfd, symbol, ext_reloc, cache_ptr) \
+ cache_ptr->addend =  ext_reloc.r_offset;
+
+
+#define RELOC_PROCESSING(relent,reloc,symbols,abfd,section) \
+ reloc_processing(relent, reloc, symbols, abfd, section)
+
+static void 
+reloc_processing (relent, reloc, symbols, abfd, section)
+     arelent * relent;
+     struct internal_reloc *reloc;
+     asymbol ** symbols;
+     bfd * abfd;
+     asection * section;
+{
+  relent->address = reloc->r_vaddr;
+  rtype2howto (relent, reloc);
+
+  if (reloc->r_symndx > 0)
+    {
+      relent->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + obj_convert (abfd)[reloc->r_symndx];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      relent->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+    }
+
+
+  relent->addend = reloc->r_offset;
+  relent->address -= section->vma;
+}
+
+static void
+extra_case (in_abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr)
+     bfd *in_abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     unsigned int *src_ptr;
+     unsigned int *dst_ptr;
+{
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+
+  switch (reloc->howto->type)
+    {
+    case R_IMM8:
+      bfd_put_8 (in_abfd,
+		 bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info, input_section),
+		 data + *dst_ptr);
+      (*dst_ptr) += 1;
+      (*src_ptr) += 1;
+      break;
+
+    case R_IMM32:
+      bfd_put_32 (in_abfd,
+		  bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info, input_section),
+		  data + *dst_ptr);
+      (*dst_ptr) += 4;
+      (*src_ptr) += 4;
+      break;
+
+    case R_IMM4L:
+      bfd_put_8 (in_abfd,
+		 ((bfd_get_8 (in_abfd, data + *dst_ptr) & 0xf0) 
+		  | (0x0f
+		     & bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info,
+						   input_section))),
+		 data + *dst_ptr);
+      (*dst_ptr) += 1;
+      (*src_ptr) += 1;
+      break;
+
+    case R_IMM16:
+      bfd_put_16 (in_abfd,
+		  bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info, input_section),
+		  data + *dst_ptr);
+      (*dst_ptr) += 2;
+      (*src_ptr) += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case R_JR:
+      {
+	bfd_vma dst = bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info,
+						  input_section);
+	bfd_vma dot = (link_order->offset
+		       + *dst_ptr
+		       + input_section->output_section->vma);
+	int gap = dst - dot - 1;/* -1 since were in the odd byte of the
+				    word and the pc's been incremented */
+
+	if (gap & 1)
+	  abort ();
+	gap /= 2;
+	if (gap > 128 || gap < -128)
+	  {
+	    if (! ((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		   (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr),
+		    reloc->howto->name, reloc->addend, input_section->owner,
+		    input_section, reloc->address)))
+	      abort ();
+	  }
+	bfd_put_8 (in_abfd, gap, data + *dst_ptr);
+	(*dst_ptr)++;
+	(*src_ptr)++;
+	break;
+      }
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+#define coff_reloc16_extra_cases extra_case
+
+#include "coffcode.h"
+
+
+#undef  coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+#undef coff_bfd_relax_section
+#define coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define coff_bfd_relax_section bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section
+
+const bfd_target z8kcoff_vec =
+{
+  "coff-z8k",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* data byte order is big */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* header byte order is big */
+
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT),
+
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),	/* section flags */
+  '_',				/* leading symbol underscore */
+  '/',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  15,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+     bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+     bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {_bfd_dummy_target, coff_object_p,	/* bfd_check_format */
+   bfd_generic_archive_p, _bfd_dummy_target},
+  {bfd_false, coff_mkobject, _bfd_generic_mkarchive,	/* bfd_set_format */
+   bfd_false},
+  {bfd_false, coff_write_object_contents,	/* bfd_write_contents */
+   _bfd_write_archive_contents, bfd_false},
+
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (coff),
+     BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  COFF_SWAP_TABLE,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffcode.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffcode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd01cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffcode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3997 @@
+/* Support for the generic parts of most COFF variants, for BFD.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+Most of this hacked by  Steve Chamberlain,
+			sac@cygnus.com
+*/
+/*
+
+SECTION
+	coff backends
+
+	BFD supports a number of different flavours of coff format.
+	The major differences between formats are the sizes and
+	alignments of fields in structures on disk, and the occasional
+	extra field.
+
+	Coff in all its varieties is implemented with a few common
+	files and a number of implementation specific files. For
+	example, The 88k bcs coff format is implemented in the file
+	@file{coff-m88k.c}. This file @code{#include}s
+	@file{coff/m88k.h} which defines the external structure of the
+	coff format for the 88k, and @file{coff/internal.h} which
+	defines the internal structure. @file{coff-m88k.c} also
+	defines the relocations used by the 88k format
+	@xref{Relocations}.
+
+	The Intel i960 processor version of coff is implemented in
+	@file{coff-i960.c}. This file has the same structure as
+	@file{coff-m88k.c}, except that it includes @file{coff/i960.h}
+	rather than @file{coff-m88k.h}.
+
+SUBSECTION
+	Porting to a new version of coff
+
+	The recommended method is to select from the existing
+	implementations the version of coff which is most like the one
+	you want to use.  For example, we'll say that i386 coff is
+	the one you select, and that your coff flavour is called foo.
+	Copy @file{i386coff.c} to @file{foocoff.c}, copy
+	@file{../include/coff/i386.h} to @file{../include/coff/foo.h},
+	and add the lines to @file{targets.c} and @file{Makefile.in}
+	so that your new back end is used. Alter the shapes of the
+	structures in @file{../include/coff/foo.h} so that they match
+	what you need. You will probably also have to add
+	@code{#ifdef}s to the code in @file{coff/internal.h} and
+	@file{coffcode.h} if your version of coff is too wild.
+
+	You can verify that your new BFD backend works quite simply by
+	building @file{objdump} from the @file{binutils} directory,
+	and making sure that its version of what's going on and your
+	host system's idea (assuming it has the pretty standard coff
+	dump utility, usually called @code{att-dump} or just
+	@code{dump}) are the same.  Then clean up your code, and send
+	what you've done to Cygnus. Then your stuff will be in the
+	next release, and you won't have to keep integrating it.
+
+SUBSECTION
+	How the coff backend works
+
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	File layout
+
+	The Coff backend is split into generic routines that are
+	applicable to any Coff target and routines that are specific
+	to a particular target.  The target-specific routines are
+	further split into ones which are basically the same for all
+	Coff targets except that they use the external symbol format
+	or use different values for certain constants.
+
+	The generic routines are in @file{coffgen.c}.  These routines
+	work for any Coff target.  They use some hooks into the target
+	specific code; the hooks are in a @code{bfd_coff_backend_data}
+	structure, one of which exists for each target.
+
+	The essentially similar target-specific routines are in
+	@file{coffcode.h}.  This header file includes executable C code.
+	The various Coff targets first include the appropriate Coff
+	header file, make any special defines that are needed, and
+	then include @file{coffcode.h}.
+
+	Some of the Coff targets then also have additional routines in
+	the target source file itself.
+
+	For example, @file{coff-i960.c} includes
+	@file{coff/internal.h} and @file{coff/i960.h}.  It then
+	defines a few constants, such as @code{I960}, and includes
+	@file{coffcode.h}.  Since the i960 has complex relocation
+	types, @file{coff-i960.c} also includes some code to
+	manipulate the i960 relocs.  This code is not in
+	@file{coffcode.h} because it would not be used by any other
+	target.
+
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Bit twiddling
+
+	Each flavour of coff supported in BFD has its own header file
+	describing the external layout of the structures. There is also
+	an internal description of the coff layout, in
+	@file{coff/internal.h}. A major function of the
+	coff backend is swapping the bytes and twiddling the bits to
+	translate the external form of the structures into the normal
+	internal form. This is all performed in the
+	@code{bfd_swap}_@i{thing}_@i{direction} routines. Some
+	elements are different sizes between different versions of
+	coff; it is the duty of the coff version specific include file
+	to override the definitions of various packing routines in
+	@file{coffcode.h}. E.g., the size of line number entry in coff is
+	sometimes 16 bits, and sometimes 32 bits. @code{#define}ing
+	@code{PUT_LNSZ_LNNO} and @code{GET_LNSZ_LNNO} will select the
+	correct one. No doubt, some day someone will find a version of
+	coff which has a varying field size not catered to at the
+	moment. To port BFD, that person will have to add more @code{#defines}.
+	Three of the bit twiddling routines are exported to
+	@code{gdb}; @code{coff_swap_aux_in}, @code{coff_swap_sym_in}
+	and @code{coff_swap_linno_in}. @code{GDB} reads the symbol
+	table on its own, but uses BFD to fix things up.  More of the
+	bit twiddlers are exported for @code{gas};
+	@code{coff_swap_aux_out}, @code{coff_swap_sym_out},
+	@code{coff_swap_lineno_out}, @code{coff_swap_reloc_out},
+	@code{coff_swap_filehdr_out}, @code{coff_swap_aouthdr_out},
+	@code{coff_swap_scnhdr_out}. @code{Gas} currently keeps track
+	of all the symbol table and reloc drudgery itself, thereby
+	saving the internal BFD overhead, but uses BFD to swap things
+	on the way out, making cross ports much safer.  Doing so also
+	allows BFD (and thus the linker) to use the same header files
+	as @code{gas}, which makes one avenue to disaster disappear.
+
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Symbol reading
+
+	The simple canonical form for symbols used by BFD is not rich
+	enough to keep all the information available in a coff symbol
+	table. The back end gets around this problem by keeping the original
+	symbol table around, "behind the scenes".
+
+	When a symbol table is requested (through a call to
+	@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab}), a request gets through to
+	@code{coff_get_normalized_symtab}. This reads the symbol table from
+	the coff file and swaps all the structures inside into the
+	internal form. It also fixes up all the pointers in the table
+	(represented in the file by offsets from the first symbol in
+	the table) into physical pointers to elements in the new
+	internal table. This involves some work since the meanings of
+	fields change depending upon context: a field that is a
+	pointer to another structure in the symbol table at one moment
+	may be the size in bytes of a structure at the next.  Another
+	pass is made over the table. All symbols which mark file names
+	(<<C_FILE>> symbols) are modified so that the internal
+	string points to the value in the auxent (the real filename)
+	rather than the normal text associated with the symbol
+	(@code{".file"}).
+
+	At this time the symbol names are moved around. Coff stores
+	all symbols less than nine characters long physically
+	within the symbol table; longer strings are kept at the end of
+	the file in the string 	table. This pass moves all strings
+	into memory and replaces them with pointers to the strings.
+
+
+	The symbol table is massaged once again, this time to create
+	the canonical table used by the BFD application. Each symbol
+	is inspected in turn, and a decision made (using the
+	@code{sclass} field) about the various flags to set in the
+	@code{asymbol}.  @xref{Symbols}. The generated canonical table
+	shares strings with the hidden internal symbol table.
+
+	Any linenumbers are read from the coff file too, and attached
+	to the symbols which own the functions the linenumbers belong to.
+
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Symbol writing
+
+	Writing a symbol to a coff file which didn't come from a coff
+	file will lose any debugging information. The @code{asymbol}
+	structure remembers the BFD from which the symbol was taken, and on
+	output the back end makes sure that the same destination target as
+	source target is present.
+
+	When the symbols have come from a coff file then all the
+	debugging information is preserved.
+
+	Symbol tables are provided for writing to the back end in a
+	vector of pointers to pointers. This allows applications like
+	the linker to accumulate and output large symbol tables
+	without having to do too much byte copying.
+
+	This function runs through the provided symbol table and
+	patches each symbol marked as a file place holder
+	(@code{C_FILE}) to point to the next file place holder in the
+	list. It also marks each @code{offset} field in the list with
+	the offset from the first symbol of the current symbol.
+
+	Another function of this procedure is to turn the canonical
+	value form of BFD into the form used by coff. Internally, BFD
+	expects symbol values to be offsets from a section base; so a
+	symbol physically at 0x120, but in a section starting at
+	0x100, would have the value 0x20. Coff expects symbols to
+	contain their final value, so symbols have their values
+	changed at this point to reflect their sum with their owning
+	section.  This transformation uses the
+	<<output_section>> field of the @code{asymbol}'s
+	@code{asection} @xref{Sections}.
+
+	o <<coff_mangle_symbols>>
+
+	This routine runs though the provided symbol table and uses
+	the offsets generated by the previous pass and the pointers
+	generated when the symbol table was read in to create the
+	structured hierachy required by coff. It changes each pointer
+	to a symbol into the index into the symbol table of the asymbol.
+
+	o <<coff_write_symbols>>
+
+	This routine runs through the symbol table and patches up the
+	symbols from their internal form into the coff way, calls the
+	bit twiddlers, and writes out the table to the file.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_DEFINITION
+	coff_symbol_type
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The hidden information for an <<asymbol>> is described in a
+	<<combined_entry_type>>:
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef struct coff_ptr_struct
+.{
+.
+.       {* Remembers the offset from the first symbol in the file for
+.          this symbol. Generated by coff_renumber_symbols. *}
+.unsigned int offset;
+.
+.       {* Should the value of this symbol be renumbered.  Used for
+.          XCOFF C_BSTAT symbols.  Set by coff_slurp_symbol_table.  *}
+.unsigned int fix_value : 1;
+.
+.       {* Should the tag field of this symbol be renumbered.
+.          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. *}
+.unsigned int fix_tag : 1;
+.
+.       {* Should the endidx field of this symbol be renumbered.
+.          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. *}
+.unsigned int fix_end : 1;
+.
+.       {* Should the x_csect.x_scnlen field be renumbered.
+.          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. *}
+.unsigned int fix_scnlen : 1;
+.
+.       {* Fix up an XCOFF C_BINCL/C_EINCL symbol.  The value is the
+.          index into the line number entries.  Set by
+.          coff_slurp_symbol_table.  *}
+.unsigned int fix_line : 1;
+.
+.       {* The container for the symbol structure as read and translated
+.           from the file. *}
+.
+.union {
+.   union internal_auxent auxent;
+.   struct internal_syment syment;
+. } u;
+.} combined_entry_type;
+.
+.
+.{* Each canonical asymbol really looks like this: *}
+.
+.typedef struct coff_symbol_struct
+.{
+.   {* The actual symbol which the rest of BFD works with *}
+.asymbol symbol;
+.
+.   {* A pointer to the hidden information for this symbol *}
+.combined_entry_type *native;
+.
+.   {* A pointer to the linenumber information for this symbol *}
+.struct lineno_cache_entry *lineno;
+.
+.   {* Have the line numbers been relocated yet ? *}
+.boolean done_lineno;
+.} coff_symbol_type;
+
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+#include "peicode.h"
+#else
+#include "coffswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#define STRING_SIZE_SIZE (4)
+
+static long sec_to_styp_flags PARAMS ((const char *, flagword));
+static flagword styp_to_sec_flags PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, const char *));
+static boolean coff_bad_format_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+static boolean coff_new_section_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static boolean coff_set_arch_mach_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+static boolean coff_write_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean coff_set_flags
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int *, unsigned short *));
+static boolean coff_set_arch_mach
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long));
+static boolean coff_compute_section_file_positions PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean coff_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean coff_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static PTR buy_and_read PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, int, size_t));
+static boolean coff_slurp_line_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static boolean coff_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean coff_slurp_reloc_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **));
+static long coff_canonicalize_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **));
+#ifndef coff_mkobject_hook
+static PTR coff_mkobject_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,  PTR));
+#endif
+
+/* void warning(); */
+
+/*
+ * Return a word with STYP_* (scnhdr.s_flags) flags set to represent the
+ * incoming SEC_* flags.  The inverse of this function is styp_to_sec_flags().
+ * NOTE: If you add to/change this routine, you should mirror the changes
+ * 	in styp_to_sec_flags().
+ */
+static long
+sec_to_styp_flags (sec_name, sec_flags)
+     CONST char *sec_name;
+     flagword sec_flags;
+{
+  long styp_flags = 0;
+
+  if (!strcmp (sec_name, _TEXT))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_TEXT;
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _DATA))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_DATA;
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _BSS))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_BSS;
+#ifdef _COMMENT
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _COMMENT))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_INFO;
+#endif /* _COMMENT */
+#ifdef _LIB
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _LIB))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_LIB;
+#endif /* _LIB */
+#ifdef _LIT
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _LIT))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_LIT;
+#endif /* _LIT */
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, ".debug"))
+    {
+#ifdef STYP_DEBUG
+      styp_flags = STYP_DEBUG;
+#else
+      styp_flags = STYP_INFO;
+#endif
+    }
+  else if (!strncmp (sec_name, ".stab", 5))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_INFO;
+    }
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, ".edata"))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_DATA;
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _PAD))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_PAD;
+    }
+  else if (!strcmp (sec_name, _LOADER))
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_LOADER;
+    }
+#endif
+  /* Try and figure out what it should be */
+  else if (sec_flags & SEC_CODE)
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_TEXT;
+    }
+  else if (sec_flags & SEC_DATA)
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_DATA;
+    }
+  else if (sec_flags & SEC_READONLY)
+    {
+#ifdef STYP_LIT			/* 29k readonly text/data section */
+      styp_flags = STYP_LIT;
+#else
+      styp_flags = STYP_TEXT;
+#endif /* STYP_LIT */
+    }
+  else if (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD)
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_TEXT;
+    }
+  else if (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+    {
+      styp_flags = STYP_BSS;
+    }
+
+#ifdef STYP_NOLOAD
+  if ((sec_flags & (SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY)) != 0)
+    styp_flags |= STYP_NOLOAD;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  if (sec_flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE)
+    styp_flags |= IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT;
+#endif
+
+  return (styp_flags);
+}
+/*
+ * Return a word with SEC_* flags set to represent the incoming
+ * STYP_* flags (from scnhdr.s_flags).   The inverse of this
+ * function is sec_to_styp_flags().
+ * NOTE: If you add to/change this routine, you should mirror the changes
+ *      in sec_to_styp_flags().
+ */
+static flagword
+styp_to_sec_flags (abfd, hdr, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR hdr;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *internal_s = (struct internal_scnhdr *) hdr;
+  long styp_flags = internal_s->s_flags;
+  flagword sec_flags = 0;
+
+#ifdef STYP_NOLOAD
+  if (styp_flags & STYP_NOLOAD)
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+    }
+#endif /* STYP_NOLOAD */
+
+  /* For 386 COFF, at least, an unloadable text or data section is
+     actually a shared library section.  */
+  if (styp_flags & STYP_TEXT)
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (styp_flags & STYP_DATA)
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (styp_flags & STYP_BSS)
+    {
+#ifdef BSS_NOLOAD_IS_SHARED_LIBRARY
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+#endif
+	sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (styp_flags & STYP_INFO)
+    {
+      /* We mark these as SEC_DEBUGGING, but only if COFF_PAGE_SIZE is
+	 defined.  coff_compute_section_file_positions uses
+	 COFF_PAGE_SIZE to ensure that the low order bits of the
+	 section VMA and the file offset match.  If we don't know
+	 COFF_PAGE_SIZE, we can't ensure the correct correspondence,
+	 and demand page loading of the file will fail.  */
+#ifdef COFF_PAGE_SIZE
+      sec_flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
+#endif
+    }
+  else if (styp_flags & STYP_PAD)
+    {
+      sec_flags = 0;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, _TEXT) == 0)
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, _DATA) == 0)
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, _BSS) == 0)
+    {
+#ifdef BSS_NOLOAD_IS_SHARED_LIBRARY
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+#endif
+	sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".debug") == 0
+#ifdef _COMMENT
+	   || strcmp (name, _COMMENT) == 0
+#endif
+	   || strncmp (name, ".stab", 5) == 0)
+    {
+#ifdef COFF_PAGE_SIZE
+      sec_flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef _LIB
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIB) == 0)
+    ;
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIT
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIT) == 0)
+    {
+      sec_flags = SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY;
+    }
+#endif
+  else
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+    }
+
+#ifdef STYP_LIT			/* A29k readonly text/data section type */
+  if ((styp_flags & STYP_LIT) == STYP_LIT)
+    {
+      sec_flags = (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY);
+    }
+#endif /* STYP_LIT */
+#ifdef STYP_OTHER_LOAD		/* Other loaded sections */
+  if (styp_flags & STYP_OTHER_LOAD)
+    {
+      sec_flags = (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC);
+    }
+#endif /* STYP_SDATA */
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+  if (styp_flags & IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE)
+    sec_flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+
+  if (styp_flags & IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT)
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
+
+      /* Unfortunately, the PE format stores essential information in
+         the symbol table, of all places.  We need to extract that
+         information now, so that objdump and the linker will know how
+         to handle the section without worrying about the symbols.  We
+         can't call slurp_symtab, because the linker doesn't want the
+         swapped symbols.  */
+
+      if (_bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+	{
+	  bfd_byte *esym, *esymend;
+
+	  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd);
+	  esymend = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * SYMESZ;
+
+	  while (esym < esymend)
+	    {
+	      struct internal_syment isym;
+
+	      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) &isym);
+
+	      if (sizeof (internal_s->s_name) > SYMNMLEN)
+		{
+		  /* This case implies that the matching symbol name
+                     will be in the string table.  */
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      if (isym.n_sclass == C_STAT
+		  && isym.n_type == T_NULL
+		  && isym.n_numaux == 1)
+		{
+		  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+		  const char *symname;
+
+		  symname = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (abfd, &isym, buf);
+		  if (symname == NULL)
+		    abort ();
+
+		  if (strcmp (name, symname) == 0)
+		    {
+		      union internal_auxent aux;
+
+		      /* This is the section symbol.  */
+
+		      bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (abfd, (PTR) (esym + SYMESZ),
+					    isym.n_type, isym.n_sclass,
+					    0, isym.n_numaux, (PTR) &aux);
+
+		      switch (aux.x_scn.x_comdat)
+			{
+			case IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_NODUPLICATES:
+			  sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY;
+			  break;
+
+			default:
+			case IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY:
+			  sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
+			  break;
+
+			case IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE:
+			  sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE;
+			  break;
+
+			case IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH:
+			  sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS;
+			  break;
+
+			case IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE:
+			  /* FIXME: This is not currently implemented.  */
+			  sec_flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
+			  break;
+			}
+
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      esym += (isym.n_numaux + 1) * SYMESZ;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (sec_flags);
+}
+
+#define	get_index(symbol)	((symbol)->udata.i)
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_DEFINITION
+	bfd_coff_backend_data
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+
+Special entry points for gdb to swap in coff symbol table parts:
+.typedef struct
+.{
+.  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd            *abfd,
+.       PTR             ext,
+.       int             type,
+.       int             class,
+.       int             indaux,
+.       int             numaux,
+.       PTR             in));
+.
+.  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd            *abfd ,
+.       PTR             ext,
+.       PTR             in));
+.
+.  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd            *abfd,
+.       PTR            ext,
+.       PTR             in));
+.
+
+Special entry points for gas to swap out coff parts:
+
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd   	*abfd,
+.       PTR	in,
+.       int    	type,
+.       int    	class,
+.       int     indaux,
+.       int     numaux,
+.       PTR    	ext));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((
+.      bfd      *abfd,
+.      PTR	in,
+.      PTR	ext));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) PARAMS ((
+.      	bfd   	*abfd,
+.      	PTR	in,
+.	PTR	ext));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) PARAMS ((
+.      	bfd     *abfd,
+.     	PTR	src,
+.	PTR	dst));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) PARAMS ((
+.      	bfd  	*abfd,
+.	PTR 	in,
+.	PTR 	out));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) PARAMS ((
+.      	bfd 	*abfd,
+.	PTR 	in,
+.	PTR	out));
+.
+. unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) PARAMS ((
+.      	bfd  	*abfd,
+.      	PTR	in,
+.	PTR	out));
+.
+
+Special entry points for generic COFF routines to call target
+dependent COFF routines:
+
+. unsigned int _bfd_filhsz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_aoutsz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_scnhsz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_symesz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_auxesz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_relsz;
+. unsigned int _bfd_linesz;
+. boolean _bfd_coff_long_filenames;
+. boolean _bfd_coff_long_section_names;
+. unsigned int _bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power;
+. void (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     ext,
+.       PTR     in));
+. void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     ext,
+.       PTR     in));
+. void (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     ext,
+.       PTR     in));
+. void (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     ext,
+.       PTR     in));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+. PTR (*_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     internal_filehdr,
+.       PTR     internal_aouthdr));
+. flagword (*_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       PTR     internal_scnhdr,
+.       const char *name));
+. void (*_bfd_set_alignment_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       asection *sec,
+.       PTR     internal_scnhdr));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       struct internal_syment *sym));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+.       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+.       unsigned int indaux,
+.       combined_entry_type *aux));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_print_aux) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       FILE *file,
+.       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+.       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+.       combined_entry_type *aux,
+.       unsigned int indaux));
+. void (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd     *abfd,
+.       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+.       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+.       arelent *reloc,
+.       bfd_byte *data,
+.       unsigned int *src_ptr,
+.       unsigned int *dst_ptr));
+. int (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       asection *input_section,
+.       arelent *r,
+.       unsigned int shrink,
+.       struct bfd_link_info *link_info));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_sym_is_global) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       struct internal_syment *));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_start_final_link) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *output_bfd,
+.       struct bfd_link_info *info));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_relocate_section) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *output_bfd,
+.       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+.       bfd *input_bfd,
+.       asection *input_section,
+.       bfd_byte *contents,
+.       struct internal_reloc *relocs,
+.       struct internal_syment *syms,
+.       asection **sections));
+. reloc_howto_type *(*_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       asection *sec,
+.       struct internal_reloc *rel,
+.       struct coff_link_hash_entry *h,
+.       struct internal_syment *sym,
+.       bfd_vma *addendp));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *obfd,
+.       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+.       bfd *ibfd,
+.       asection *sec,
+.       struct internal_reloc *reloc,
+.       boolean *adjustedp));
+. boolean (*_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol) PARAMS ((
+.       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       const char *name,
+.       flagword flags, 
+.       asection *section,
+.       bfd_vma value,
+.       const char *string,
+.       boolean copy,
+.       boolean collect, 
+.       struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp));
+.
+.} bfd_coff_backend_data;
+.
+.#define coff_backend_info(abfd) ((bfd_coff_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data)
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_in(a,e,t,c,ind,num,i) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) (a,e,t,c,ind,num,i))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_in(a,e,i) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) (a,e,i))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in(a,e,i) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info ( a)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) (a,e,i))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out(abfd, i, o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out(abfd, i, o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_out(a,i,t,c,ind,num,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) (a,i,t,c,ind,num,o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_out(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_filhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_filhsz)
+.#define bfd_coff_aoutsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_aoutsz)
+.#define bfd_coff_scnhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_scnhsz)
+.#define bfd_coff_symesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_symesz)
+.#define bfd_coff_auxesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_auxesz)
+.#define bfd_coff_relsz(abfd)  (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_relsz)
+.#define bfd_coff_linesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_linesz)
+.#define bfd_coff_long_filenames(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_filenames)
+.#define bfd_coff_long_section_names(abfd) \
+.        (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_section_names)
+.#define bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power(abfd) \
+.	 (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power)
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in(abfd, i, o) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) (abfd, i, o))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_bad_format_hook(abfd, filehdr) \
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook(abfd, filehdr)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+.#define bfd_coff_mkobject_hook(abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_styp_to_sec_flags_hook(abfd, scnhdr, name)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) (abfd, scnhdr, name))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_set_alignment_hook(abfd, sec, scnhdr)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_set_alignment_hook) (abfd, sec, scnhdr))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table(abfd)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_symname_in_debug(abfd, sym)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) (abfd, sym))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_print_aux(abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_print_aux)\
+.         (abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases(abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases)\
+.         (abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate(abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate)\
+.         (abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_sym_is_global(abfd, sym)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global)\
+.         (abfd, sym))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions(abfd)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions)\
+.         (abfd))
+.
+.#define bfd_coff_start_final_link(obfd, info)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (obfd)->_bfd_coff_start_final_link)\
+.         (obfd, info))
+.#define bfd_coff_relocate_section(obfd,info,ibfd,o,con,rel,isyms,secs)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (ibfd)->_bfd_coff_relocate_section)\
+.         (obfd, info, ibfd, o, con, rel, isyms, secs))
+.#define bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto(abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto)\
+.         (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp))
+.#define bfd_coff_adjust_symndx(obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx)\
+.         (obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp))
+.#define bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol(info,abfd,name,flags,section,value,string,cp,coll,hashp)\
+.        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol)\
+.         (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string, cp, coll, hashp))
+.
+*/
+
+/* See whether the magic number matches.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_bad_format_hook (abfd, filehdr)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+
+  if (BADMAG (*internal_f))
+    return false;
+
+  /* if the optional header is NULL or not the correct size then
+     quit; the only difference I can see between m88k dgux headers (MC88DMAGIC)
+     and Intel 960 readwrite headers (I960WRMAGIC) is that the
+     optional header is of a different size.
+
+     But the mips keeps extra stuff in it's opthdr, so dont check
+     when doing that
+     */
+
+#if defined(M88) || defined(I960)
+  if (internal_f->f_opthdr != 0 && AOUTSZ != internal_f->f_opthdr)
+    return false;
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+   initialize a section structure with information peculiar to this
+   particular implementation of coff
+*/
+
+static boolean
+coff_new_section_hook (abfd, section)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     asection * section;
+{
+  section->alignment_power = COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  if (xcoff_data (abfd)->text_align_power != 0
+      && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section), ".text") == 0)
+    section->alignment_power = xcoff_data (abfd)->text_align_power;
+  if (xcoff_data (abfd)->data_align_power != 0
+      && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section), ".data") == 0)
+    section->alignment_power = xcoff_data (abfd)->data_align_power;
+#endif
+
+  /* Allocate aux records for section symbols, to store size and
+     related info.
+
+     @@ The 10 is a guess at a plausible maximum number of aux entries
+     (but shouldn't be a constant).  */
+  coffsymbol (section->symbol)->native =
+    (combined_entry_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+					sizeof (combined_entry_type) * 10);
+
+  /* The .stab section must be aligned to 2**2 at most, because
+     otherwise there may be gaps in the section which gdb will not
+     know how to interpret.  Examining the section name is a hack, but
+     that is also how gdb locates the section.
+     We need to handle the .ctors and .dtors sections similarly, to
+     avoid introducing null words in the tables.  */
+  if (COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER > 2
+      && (strncmp (section->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
+	  || strcmp (section->name, ".ctors") == 0
+	  || strcmp (section->name, ".dtors") == 0))
+    section->alignment_power = 2;
+
+  /* Similarly, the .stabstr section must be aligned to 2**0 at most.  */
+  if (COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER > 0
+      && strncmp (section->name, ".stabstr", 8) == 0)
+    section->alignment_power = 0;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef I960
+
+/* Set the alignment of a BFD section.  */
+
+static void coff_set_alignment_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+static void
+coff_set_alignment_hook (abfd, section, scnhdr)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     asection * section;
+     PTR scnhdr;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *hdr = (struct internal_scnhdr *) scnhdr;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+    if ((1 << i) >= hdr->s_align)
+      break;
+  section->alignment_power = i;
+}
+
+#else /* ! I960 */
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+
+/* a couple of macros to help setting the alignment power field */
+#define ALIGN_SET(field,x,y) \
+  if (((field) & IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES) == x )\
+  {\
+     section->alignment_power = y;\
+  }
+
+#define ELIFALIGN_SET(field,x,y) \
+  else if (( (field) & IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES) == x ) \
+  {\
+     section->alignment_power = y;\
+  }
+
+static void coff_set_alignment_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+static void
+coff_set_alignment_hook (abfd, section, scnhdr)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     asection * section;
+     PTR scnhdr;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *hdr = (struct internal_scnhdr *) scnhdr;
+
+  ALIGN_SET     (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES, 6)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES, 5)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES, 4)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8BYTES,  3)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES,  2)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES,  1)
+  ELIFALIGN_SET (hdr->s_flags, IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES,  0)
+
+#ifdef POWERPC_LE_PE
+  if (strcmp (section->name, ".idata$2") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 0;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, ".idata$3") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 0;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, ".idata$4") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 2;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, ".idata$5") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 2;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, ".idata$6") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 1;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, ".reloc") == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 1;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (section->name, ".stab", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      section->alignment_power = 2;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+  /* In a PE image file, the s_paddr field holds the virtual size of a
+     section, while the s_size field holds the raw size.  */
+  if (hdr->s_paddr != 0)
+    {
+      if (coff_section_data (abfd, section) == NULL)
+	{
+	  section->used_by_bfd =
+	    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata));
+	  if (section->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: Return error.  */
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+      if (pei_section_data (abfd, section) == NULL)
+	{
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, section)->tdata =
+	    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct pei_section_tdata));
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, section)->tdata == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: Return error.  */
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+      pei_section_data (abfd, section)->virt_size = hdr->s_paddr;
+    }
+#endif
+
+}
+#undef ALIGN_SET
+#undef ELIFALIGN_SET
+
+#else /* ! COFF_WITH_PE */
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+
+/* We grossly abuse this function to handle XCOFF overflow headers.
+   When we see one, we correct the reloc and line number counts in the
+   real header, and remove the section we just created.  */
+
+static void coff_set_alignment_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+static void
+coff_set_alignment_hook (abfd, section, scnhdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR scnhdr;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *hdr = (struct internal_scnhdr *) scnhdr;
+  asection *real_sec;
+  asection **ps;
+
+  if ((hdr->s_flags & STYP_OVRFLO) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  real_sec = coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd, hdr->s_nreloc);
+  if (real_sec == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  real_sec->reloc_count = hdr->s_paddr;
+  real_sec->lineno_count = hdr->s_vaddr;
+
+  for (ps = &abfd->sections; *ps != NULL; ps = &(*ps)->next)
+    {
+      if (*ps == section)
+	{
+	  *ps = (*ps)->next;
+	  --abfd->section_count;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#else /* ! RS6000COFF_C */
+
+#define coff_set_alignment_hook \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR))) bfd_void)
+
+#endif /* ! RS6000COFF_C */
+#endif /* ! COFF_WITH_PE */
+#endif /* ! I960 */
+
+#ifndef coff_mkobject
+
+static boolean coff_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+coff_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  coff_data_type *coff;
+
+  abfd->tdata.coff_obj_data = (struct coff_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (coff_data_type));
+  if (abfd->tdata.coff_obj_data == 0)
+    return false;
+  coff = coff_data (abfd);
+  coff->symbols = (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;
+  coff->conversion_table = (unsigned int *) NULL;
+  coff->raw_syments = (struct coff_ptr_struct *) NULL;
+  coff->relocbase = 0;
+  coff->local_toc_sym_map = 0;
+
+/*  make_abs_section(abfd);*/
+
+  return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Create the COFF backend specific information.  */
+#ifndef coff_mkobject_hook
+static PTR
+coff_mkobject_hook (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+     PTR aouthdr;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+  coff_data_type *coff;
+
+  if (coff_mkobject (abfd) == false)
+    return NULL;
+
+  coff = coff_data (abfd);
+
+  coff->sym_filepos = internal_f->f_symptr;
+
+  /* These members communicate important constants about the symbol
+     table to GDB's symbol-reading code.  These `constants'
+     unfortunately vary among coff implementations...  */
+  coff->local_n_btmask = N_BTMASK;
+  coff->local_n_btshft = N_BTSHFT;
+  coff->local_n_tmask = N_TMASK;
+  coff->local_n_tshift = N_TSHIFT;
+  coff->local_symesz = SYMESZ;
+  coff->local_auxesz = AUXESZ;
+  coff->local_linesz = LINESZ;
+
+  obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) =
+    obj_conv_table_size (abfd) =
+      internal_f->f_nsyms;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  if ((internal_f->f_flags & F_SHROBJ) != 0)
+    abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+  if (aouthdr != NULL && internal_f->f_opthdr >= AOUTSZ)
+    {
+      struct internal_aouthdr *internal_a =
+	(struct internal_aouthdr *) aouthdr;
+      struct xcoff_tdata *xcoff;
+
+      xcoff = xcoff_data (abfd);
+      xcoff->full_aouthdr = true;
+      xcoff->toc = internal_a->o_toc;
+      xcoff->sntoc = internal_a->o_sntoc;
+      xcoff->snentry = internal_a->o_snentry;
+      xcoff->text_align_power = internal_a->o_algntext;
+      xcoff->data_align_power = internal_a->o_algndata;
+      xcoff->modtype = internal_a->o_modtype;
+      xcoff->cputype = internal_a->o_cputype;
+      xcoff->maxdata = internal_a->o_maxdata;
+      xcoff->maxstack = internal_a->o_maxstack;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (PTR) coff;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the machine architecture and type.  FIXME: This is target
+   dependent because the magic numbers are defined in the target
+   dependent header files.  But there is no particular need for this.
+   If the magic numbers were moved to a separate file, this function
+   would be target independent and would also be much more successful
+   at linking together COFF files for different architectures.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_set_arch_mach_hook (abfd, filehdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+{
+  long machine;
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+
+  machine = 0;
+  switch (internal_f->f_magic)
+    {
+#ifdef PPCMAGIC
+    case PPCMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_powerpc;
+      machine = 0; /* what does this mean? (krk) */
+      break; 
+#endif
+#ifdef I386MAGIC
+    case I386MAGIC:
+    case I386PTXMAGIC:
+    case I386AIXMAGIC:		/* Danbury PS/2 AIX C Compiler */
+    case LYNXCOFFMAGIC:	/* shadows the m68k Lynx number below, sigh */
+      arch = bfd_arch_i386;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef A29K_MAGIC_BIG
+    case A29K_MAGIC_BIG:
+    case A29K_MAGIC_LITTLE:
+      arch = bfd_arch_a29k;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARMMAGIC
+    case ARMMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_arm;
+      machine =0;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MC68MAGIC
+    case MC68MAGIC:
+    case M68MAGIC:
+#ifdef MC68KBCSMAGIC
+    case MC68KBCSMAGIC:
+#endif
+#ifdef APOLLOM68KMAGIC
+    case APOLLOM68KMAGIC:
+#endif
+#ifdef LYNXCOFFMAGIC
+    case LYNXCOFFMAGIC:
+#endif
+      arch = bfd_arch_m68k;
+      machine = 68020;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MC88MAGIC
+    case MC88MAGIC:
+    case MC88DMAGIC:
+    case MC88OMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_m88k;
+      machine = 88100;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef Z8KMAGIC
+    case Z8KMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_z8k;
+      switch (internal_f->f_flags & F_MACHMASK)
+	{
+	case F_Z8001:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_z8001;
+	  break;
+	case F_Z8002:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_z8002;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return false;
+	}
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef I860
+    case I860MAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_i860;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef I960
+#ifdef I960ROMAGIC
+    case I960ROMAGIC:
+    case I960RWMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_i960;
+      switch (F_I960TYPE & internal_f->f_flags)
+	{
+	default:
+	case F_I960CORE:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_core;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960KB:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960MC:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_mc;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960XA:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_xa;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960CA:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_ca;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960KA:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960JX:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_jx;
+	  break;
+	case F_I960HX:
+	  machine = bfd_mach_i960_hx;
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+    case U802ROMAGIC:
+    case U802WRMAGIC:
+    case U802TOCMAGIC:
+      {
+	int cputype;
+
+	if (xcoff_data (abfd)->cputype != -1)
+	  cputype = xcoff_data (abfd)->cputype & 0xff;
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* We did not get a value from the a.out header.  If the
+	       file has not been stripped, we may be able to get the
+	       architecture information from the first symbol, if it
+	       is a .file symbol.  */
+	    if (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) == 0)
+	      cputype = 0;
+	    else
+	      {
+		bfd_byte buf[SYMESZ];
+		struct internal_syment sym;
+
+		if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0
+		    || bfd_read (buf, 1, SYMESZ, abfd) != SYMESZ)
+		  return false;
+		coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) buf, (PTR) &sym);
+		if (sym.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+		  cputype = sym.n_type & 0xff;
+		else
+		  cputype = 0;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* FIXME: We don't handle all cases here.  */
+	switch (cputype)
+	  {
+	  default:
+	  case 0:
+#ifdef POWERMAC
+	    /* PowerPC Macs use the same magic numbers as RS/6000
+	       (because that's how they were bootstrapped originally),
+	       but they are always PowerPC architecture.  */
+	    arch = bfd_arch_powerpc;
+	    machine = 0;
+#else
+	    arch = bfd_arch_rs6000;
+	    machine = 6000;
+#endif /* POWERMAC */
+	    break;
+
+	  case 1:
+	    arch = bfd_arch_powerpc;
+	    machine = 601;
+	    break;
+	  case 2: /* 64 bit PowerPC */
+	    arch = bfd_arch_powerpc;
+	    machine = 620;
+	    break;
+	  case 3:
+	    arch = bfd_arch_powerpc;
+	    machine = 0;
+	    break;
+	  case 4:
+	    arch = bfd_arch_rs6000;
+	    machine = 6000;
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WE32KMAGIC
+    case WE32KMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_we32k;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef H8300MAGIC
+    case H8300MAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8300;
+      machine = bfd_mach_h8300;
+      /* !! FIXME this probably isn't the right place for this */
+      abfd->flags |= BFD_IS_RELAXABLE;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef H8300HMAGIC
+    case H8300HMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8300;
+      machine = bfd_mach_h8300h;
+      /* !! FIXME this probably isn't the right place for this */
+      abfd->flags |= BFD_IS_RELAXABLE;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef H8300SMAGIC
+    case H8300SMAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8300;
+      machine = bfd_mach_h8300s;
+      /* !! FIXME this probably isn't the right place for this */
+      abfd->flags |= BFD_IS_RELAXABLE;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG
+    case SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG:
+    case SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE:
+      arch = bfd_arch_sh;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef H8500MAGIC
+    case H8500MAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_h8500;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SPARCMAGIC
+    case SPARCMAGIC:
+#ifdef LYNXCOFFMAGIC
+    case LYNXCOFFMAGIC:
+#endif
+      arch = bfd_arch_sparc;
+      machine = 0;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TIC80_ARCH_MAGIC
+    case TIC80_ARCH_MAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_tic80;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:			/* Unreadable input file type */
+      arch = bfd_arch_obscure;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+  return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef SYMNAME_IN_DEBUG
+
+static boolean symname_in_debug_hook
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *));
+
+static boolean
+symname_in_debug_hook (abfd, sym)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     struct internal_syment *sym;
+{
+  return SYMNAME_IN_DEBUG (sym) ? true : false;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#define symname_in_debug_hook \
+  (boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *))) bfd_false
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+
+/* Handle the csect auxent of a C_EXT or C_HIDEXT symbol.  */
+
+static boolean coff_pointerize_aux_hook
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, combined_entry_type *, combined_entry_type *,
+	   unsigned int, combined_entry_type *));
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+coff_pointerize_aux_hook (abfd, table_base, symbol, indaux, aux)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     combined_entry_type *table_base;
+     combined_entry_type *symbol;
+     unsigned int indaux;
+     combined_entry_type *aux;
+{
+  int class = symbol->u.syment.n_sclass;
+
+  if ((class == C_EXT || class == C_HIDEXT)
+      && indaux + 1 == symbol->u.syment.n_numaux)
+    {
+      if (SMTYP_SMTYP (aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_smtyp) == XTY_LD)
+	{
+	  aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.p =
+	    table_base + aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.l;
+	  aux->fix_scnlen = 1;
+	}
+
+      /* Return true to indicate that the caller should not do any
+         further work on this auxent.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Return false to indicate that this auxent should be handled by
+     the caller.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+#else
+#ifdef I960
+
+/* We don't want to pointerize bal entries.  */
+
+static boolean coff_pointerize_aux_hook
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, combined_entry_type *, combined_entry_type *,
+	   unsigned int, combined_entry_type *));
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+coff_pointerize_aux_hook (abfd, table_base, symbol, indaux, aux)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     combined_entry_type *table_base;
+     combined_entry_type *symbol;
+     unsigned int indaux;
+     combined_entry_type *aux;
+{
+  /* Return true if we don't want to pointerize this aux entry, which
+     is the case for the lastfirst aux entry for a C_LEAFPROC symbol.  */
+  return (indaux == 1
+	  && (symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_LEAFPROC
+	      || symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_LEAFSTAT
+	      || symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_LEAFEXT));
+}
+
+#else /* ! I960 */
+
+#define coff_pointerize_aux_hook 0
+
+#endif /* ! I960 */
+#endif /* ! RS6000COFF_C */
+
+/* Print an aux entry.  This returns true if it has printed it.  */
+
+static boolean coff_print_aux
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, FILE *, combined_entry_type *, combined_entry_type *,
+	   combined_entry_type *, unsigned int));
+
+static boolean
+coff_print_aux (abfd, file, table_base, symbol, aux, indaux)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     FILE *file;
+     combined_entry_type *table_base;
+     combined_entry_type *symbol;
+     combined_entry_type *aux;
+     unsigned int indaux;
+{
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  if ((symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_EXT
+       || symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_HIDEXT)
+      && indaux + 1 == symbol->u.syment.n_numaux)
+    {
+      /* This is a csect entry.  */
+      fprintf (file, "AUX ");
+      if (SMTYP_SMTYP (aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_smtyp) != XTY_LD)
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (! aux->fix_scnlen);
+	  fprintf (file, "val %5ld", aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.l);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (file, "indx ");
+	  if (! aux->fix_scnlen)
+	    fprintf (file, "%4ld", aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.l);
+	  else
+	    fprintf (file, "%4ld",
+		     (long) (aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.p - table_base));
+	}
+      fprintf (file,
+	       " prmhsh %ld snhsh %u typ %d algn %d clss %u stb %ld snstb %u",
+	       aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_parmhash,
+	       (unsigned int) aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_snhash,
+	       SMTYP_SMTYP (aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_smtyp),
+	       SMTYP_ALIGN (aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_smtyp),
+	       (unsigned int) aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_smclas,
+	       aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_stab,
+	       (unsigned int) aux->u.auxent.x_csect.x_snstab);
+      return true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Return false to indicate that no special action was taken.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+/*
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Writing relocations
+
+	To write relocations, the back end steps though the
+	canonical relocation table and create an
+	@code{internal_reloc}. The symbol index to use is removed from
+	the @code{offset} field in the symbol table supplied.  The
+	address comes directly from the sum of the section base
+	address and the relocation offset; the type is dug directly
+	from the howto field.  Then the @code{internal_reloc} is
+	swapped into the shape of an @code{external_reloc} and written
+	out to disk.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef TARG_AUX
+
+static int compare_arelent_ptr PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+/* AUX's ld wants relocations to be sorted */
+static int
+compare_arelent_ptr (x, y)
+     const PTR x;
+     const PTR y;
+{
+  const arelent **a = (const arelent **) x;
+  const arelent **b = (const arelent **) y;
+  bfd_size_type aadr = (*a)->address;
+  bfd_size_type badr = (*b)->address;
+
+  return (aadr < badr ? -1 : badr < aadr ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TARG_AUX */
+
+static boolean
+coff_write_relocs (abfd, first_undef)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     int first_undef;
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      struct external_reloc dst;
+      arelent **p;
+
+#ifndef TARG_AUX
+      p = s->orelocation;
+#else
+      /* sort relocations before we write them out */
+      p = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (s->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent *));
+      if (p == NULL && s->reloc_count > 0)
+	return false;
+      memcpy (p, s->orelocation, s->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent *));
+      qsort (p, s->reloc_count, sizeof (arelent *), compare_arelent_ptr);
+#endif
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, s->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+      for (i = 0; i < s->reloc_count; i++)
+	{
+	  struct internal_reloc n;
+	  arelent *q = p[i];
+	  memset ((PTR) & n, 0, sizeof (n));
+
+	  /* Now we've renumbered the symbols we know where the
+	     undefined symbols live in the table.  Check the reloc
+	     entries for symbols who's output bfd isn't the right one.
+	     This is because the symbol was undefined (which means
+	     that all the pointers are never made to point to the same
+	     place). This is a bad thing,'cause the symbols attached
+	     to the output bfd are indexed, so that the relocation
+	     entries know which symbol index they point to.  So we
+	     have to look up the output symbol here. */
+
+	  if (q->sym_ptr_ptr[0]->the_bfd != abfd)
+	    {
+	      int i;
+	      const char *sname = q->sym_ptr_ptr[0]->name;
+	      asymbol **outsyms = abfd->outsymbols;
+	      for (i = first_undef; outsyms[i]; i++)
+		{
+		  const char *intable = outsyms[i]->name;
+		  if (strcmp (intable, sname) == 0) {
+		    /* got a hit, so repoint the reloc */
+		    q->sym_ptr_ptr = outsyms + i;
+		    break;
+		  }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  n.r_vaddr = q->address + s->vma;
+
+#ifdef R_IHCONST
+	  /* The 29k const/consth reloc pair is a real kludge.  The consth
+	     part doesn't have a symbol; it has an offset.  So rebuilt
+	     that here.  */
+	  if (q->howto->type == R_IHCONST)
+	    n.r_symndx = q->addend;
+	  else
+#endif
+	    if (q->sym_ptr_ptr)
+	      {
+		if (q->sym_ptr_ptr == bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr)
+		  /* This is a relocation relative to the absolute symbol.  */
+		  n.r_symndx = -1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    n.r_symndx = get_index ((*(q->sym_ptr_ptr)));
+		    /* Take notice if the symbol reloc points to a symbol
+		       we don't have in our symbol table.  What should we
+		       do for this??  */
+		    if (n.r_symndx > obj_conv_table_size (abfd))
+		      abort ();
+		  }
+	      }
+
+#ifdef SWAP_OUT_RELOC_OFFSET
+	  n.r_offset = q->addend;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SELECT_RELOC
+	  /* Work out reloc type from what is required */
+	  SELECT_RELOC (n, q->howto);
+#else
+	  n.r_type = q->howto->type;
+#endif
+	  coff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &n, &dst);
+	  if (bfd_write ((PTR) & dst, 1, RELSZ, abfd) != RELSZ)
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+#ifdef TARG_AUX
+      if (p != NULL)
+	free (p);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set flags and magic number of a coff file from architecture and machine
+   type.  Result is true if we can represent the arch&type, false if not.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_set_flags (abfd, magicp, flagsp)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     unsigned int *magicp;
+     unsigned short *flagsp;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+#ifdef Z8KMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_z8k:
+      *magicp = Z8KMAGIC;
+      switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	{
+	case bfd_mach_z8001:
+	  *flagsp = F_Z8001;
+	  break;
+	case bfd_mach_z8002:
+	  *flagsp = F_Z8002;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return false;
+	}
+      return true;
+#endif
+#ifdef I960ROMAGIC
+
+    case bfd_arch_i960:
+
+      {
+	unsigned flags;
+	*magicp = I960ROMAGIC;
+	/*
+	  ((bfd_get_file_flags(abfd) & WP_TEXT) ? I960ROMAGIC :
+	  I960RWMAGIC);   FIXME???
+	  */
+	switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	  {
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_core:
+	    flags = F_I960CORE;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb:
+	    flags = F_I960KB;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_mc:
+	    flags = F_I960MC;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_xa:
+	    flags = F_I960XA;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_ca:
+	    flags = F_I960CA;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa:
+	    flags = F_I960KA;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_jx:
+	    flags = F_I960JX;
+	    break;
+	  case bfd_mach_i960_hx:
+	    flags = F_I960HX;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	*flagsp = flags;
+	return true;
+      }
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARMMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_arm:
+      *magicp = ARMMAGIC;
+      return true;
+#endif
+#ifdef PPCMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+      *magicp = PPCMAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef I386MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_i386:
+      *magicp = I386MAGIC;
+#ifdef LYNXOS
+      /* Just overwrite the usual value if we're doing Lynx. */
+      *magicp = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#endif
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef I860MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_i860:
+      *magicp = I860MAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MC68MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+#ifdef APOLLOM68KMAGIC
+      *magicp = APOLLO_COFF_VERSION_NUMBER;
+#else
+      /* NAMES_HAVE_UNDERSCORE may be defined by coff-u68k.c.  */
+#ifdef NAMES_HAVE_UNDERSCORE
+      *magicp = MC68KBCSMAGIC;
+#else
+      *magicp = MC68MAGIC;
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef LYNXOS
+      /* Just overwrite the usual value if we're doing Lynx. */
+      *magicp = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#endif
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MC88MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_m88k:
+      *magicp = MC88OMAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef H8300MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_h8300:
+      switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	{
+	case bfd_mach_h8300:
+	  *magicp = H8300MAGIC;
+	  return true;
+	case bfd_mach_h8300h:
+	  *magicp = H8300HMAGIC;
+	  return true;
+	case bfd_mach_h8300s:
+	  *magicp = H8300SMAGIC;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG
+    case bfd_arch_sh:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	*magicp = SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG;
+      else
+	*magicp = SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SPARCMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+      *magicp = SPARCMAGIC;
+#ifdef LYNXOS
+      /* Just overwrite the usual value if we're doing Lynx. */
+      *magicp = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#endif
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef H8500MAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_h8500:
+      *magicp = H8500MAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef A29K_MAGIC_BIG
+    case bfd_arch_a29k:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	*magicp = A29K_MAGIC_BIG;
+      else
+	*magicp = A29K_MAGIC_LITTLE;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WE32KMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_we32k:
+      *magicp = WE32KMAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef U802TOCMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_rs6000:
+#ifndef PPCMAGIC
+    case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+#endif
+      *magicp = U802TOCMAGIC;
+      return true;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:			/* Unknown architecture */
+      /* return false;  -- fall through to "return false" below, to avoid
+       "statement never reached" errors on the one below. */
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static boolean
+coff_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  unsigned dummy1;
+  unsigned short dummy2;
+
+  if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine))
+    return false;
+
+  if (arch != bfd_arch_unknown &&
+      coff_set_flags (abfd, &dummy1, &dummy2) != true)
+    return false;		/* We can't represent this type */
+
+  return true;			/* We're easy ... */
+}
+
+
+/* Calculate the file position for each section. */
+
+static boolean
+coff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd)
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  asection *current;
+  asection *previous = (asection *) NULL;
+  file_ptr sofar = FILHSZ;
+  boolean align_adjust;
+
+#ifndef I960
+  file_ptr old_sofar;
+#endif
+  unsigned int count;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  /* On XCOFF, if we have symbols, set up the .debug section.  */
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type sz;
+      bfd_size_type i, symcount;
+      asymbol **symp;
+
+      sz = 0;
+      symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+      for (symp = abfd->outsymbols, i = 0; i < symcount; symp++, i++)
+	{
+	  coff_symbol_type *cf;
+
+	  cf = coff_symbol_from (abfd, *symp);
+	  if (cf != NULL
+	      && cf->native != NULL
+	      && SYMNAME_IN_DEBUG (&cf->native->u.syment))
+	    {
+	      size_t len;
+
+	      len = strlen (bfd_asymbol_name (*symp));
+	      if (len > SYMNMLEN)
+		sz += len + 3;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (sz > 0)
+	{
+	  asection *dsec;
+
+	  dsec = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".debug");
+	  if (dsec == NULL)
+	    abort ();
+	  dsec->_raw_size = sz;
+	  dsec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+  int page_size;
+  if (coff_data (abfd)->link_info) 
+    {
+      page_size = pe_data (abfd)->pe_opthdr.FileAlignment;
+    }
+  else
+    page_size = PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT;
+#else
+#ifdef COFF_PAGE_SIZE
+  int page_size = COFF_PAGE_SIZE;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  if (bfd_get_start_address (abfd))
+    {
+      /*  A start address may have been added to the original file. In this
+	  case it will need an optional header to record it.  */
+      abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+    }
+
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    sofar += AOUTSZ;
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  else if (xcoff_data (abfd)->full_aouthdr)
+    sofar += AOUTSZ;
+  else
+    sofar += SMALL_AOUTSZ;
+#endif
+
+  sofar += abfd->section_count * SCNHSZ;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  /* XCOFF handles overflows in the reloc and line number count fields
+     by allocating a new section header to hold the correct counts.  */
+  for (current = abfd->sections; current != NULL; current = current->next)
+    if (current->reloc_count >= 0xffff || current->lineno_count >= 0xffff)
+      sofar += SCNHSZ;
+#endif
+
+  align_adjust = false;
+  for (current = abfd->sections, count = 1;
+       current != (asection *) NULL;
+       current = current->next, ++count)
+    {
+      current->target_index = count;
+
+      /* Only deal with sections which have contents */
+      if (!(current->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+	continue;
+
+      /* Align the sections in the file to the same boundary on
+	 which they are aligned in virtual memory.  I960 doesn't
+	 do this (FIXME) so we can stay in sync with Intel.  960
+	 doesn't yet page from files... */
+#ifndef I960
+      if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* make sure this section is aligned on the right boundary - by
+	     padding the previous section up if necessary */
+
+	  old_sofar = sofar;
+	  sofar = BFD_ALIGN (sofar, 1 << current->alignment_power);
+	  if (previous != (asection *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      previous->_raw_size += sofar - old_sofar;
+	    }
+	}
+
+#endif
+
+      /* In demand paged files the low order bits of the file offset
+	 must match the low order bits of the virtual address.  */
+#ifdef COFF_PAGE_SIZE
+      if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
+	  && (current->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	sofar += (current->vma - sofar) % page_size;
+#endif
+      current->filepos = sofar;
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+      /* With PE we have to pad each section to be a multiple of its
+	 page size too, and remember both sizes.  */
+
+      if (coff_section_data (abfd, current) == NULL)
+	{
+	  current->used_by_bfd =
+	    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata));
+	  if (current->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (pei_section_data (abfd, current) == NULL)
+	{
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, current)->tdata =
+	    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct pei_section_tdata));
+	  if (coff_section_data (abfd, current)->tdata == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (pei_section_data (abfd, current)->virt_size == 0)
+	pei_section_data (abfd, current)->virt_size = current->_raw_size;
+
+      current->_raw_size = (current->_raw_size + page_size -1) & -page_size;
+#endif
+
+      sofar += current->_raw_size;
+
+#ifndef I960
+      /* make sure that this section is of the right size too */
+      if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) == 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type old_size;
+
+	  old_size = current->_raw_size;
+	  current->_raw_size = BFD_ALIGN (current->_raw_size,
+					  1 << current->alignment_power);
+	  align_adjust = current->_raw_size != old_size;
+	  sofar += current->_raw_size - old_size;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  old_sofar = sofar;
+	  sofar = BFD_ALIGN (sofar, 1 << current->alignment_power);
+	  align_adjust = sofar != old_sofar;
+	  current->_raw_size += sofar - old_sofar;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIB
+      /* Force .lib sections to start at zero.  The vma is then
+	 incremented in coff_set_section_contents.  This is right for
+	 SVR3.2.  */
+      if (strcmp (current->name, _LIB) == 0)
+	bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, current, 0);
+#endif
+
+      previous = current;
+    }
+
+  /* It is now safe to write to the output file.  If we needed an
+     alignment adjustment for the last section, then make sure that
+     there is a byte at offset sofar.  If there are no symbols and no
+     relocs, then nothing follows the last section.  If we don't force
+     the last byte out, then the file may appear to be truncated.  */
+  if (align_adjust)
+    {
+      bfd_byte b;
+
+      b = 0;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, sofar - 1, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_write (&b, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure the relocations are aligned.  We don't need to make
+     sure that this byte exists, because it will only matter if there
+     really are relocs.  */
+  sofar = BFD_ALIGN (sofar, 1 << COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER);
+
+  obj_relocbase (abfd) = sofar;
+  abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/* This can never work, because it is called too late--after the
+   section positions have been set.  I can't figure out what it is
+   for, so I am going to disable it--Ian Taylor 20 March 1996.  */
+
+/* If .file, .text, .data, .bss symbols are missing, add them.  */
+/* @@ Should we only be adding missing symbols, or overriding the aux
+   values for existing section symbols?  */
+static boolean
+coff_add_missing_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned int nsyms = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  asymbol **sympp = abfd->outsymbols;
+  asymbol **sympp2;
+  unsigned int i;
+  int need_text = 1, need_data = 1, need_bss = 1, need_file = 1;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++)
+    {
+      coff_symbol_type *csym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, sympp[i]);
+      CONST char *name;
+      if (csym)
+	{
+	  /* only do this if there is a coff representation of the input
+	   symbol */
+	  if (csym->native && csym->native->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+	    {
+	      need_file = 0;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  name = csym->symbol.name;
+	  if (!name)
+	    continue;
+	  if (!strcmp (name, _TEXT))
+	    need_text = 0;
+#ifdef APOLLO_M68
+	  else if (!strcmp (name, ".wtext"))
+	    need_text = 0;
+#endif
+	  else if (!strcmp (name, _DATA))
+	    need_data = 0;
+	  else if (!strcmp (name, _BSS))
+	    need_bss = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  /* Now i == bfd_get_symcount (abfd).  */
+  /* @@ For now, don't deal with .file symbol.  */
+  need_file = 0;
+
+  if (!need_text && !need_data && !need_bss && !need_file)
+    return true;
+  nsyms += need_text + need_data + need_bss + need_file;
+  sympp2 = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, nsyms * sizeof (asymbol *));
+  if (!sympp2)
+    return false;
+  memcpy (sympp2, sympp, i * sizeof (asymbol *));
+  if (need_file)
+    {
+      /* @@ Generate fake .file symbol, in sympp2[i], and increment i.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+  if (need_text)
+    sympp2[i++] = coff_section_symbol (abfd, _TEXT);
+  if (need_data)
+    sympp2[i++] = coff_section_symbol (abfd, _DATA);
+  if (need_bss)
+    sympp2[i++] = coff_section_symbol (abfd, _BSS);
+  BFD_ASSERT (i == nsyms);
+  bfd_set_symtab (abfd, sympp2, nsyms);
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+/* SUPPRESS 558 */
+/* SUPPRESS 529 */
+static boolean
+coff_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  asection *current;
+  boolean hasrelocs = false;
+  boolean haslinno = false;
+  file_ptr scn_base;
+  file_ptr reloc_base;
+  file_ptr lineno_base;
+  file_ptr sym_base;
+  unsigned long reloc_size = 0;
+  unsigned long lnno_size = 0;
+  boolean long_section_names;
+  asection *text_sec = NULL;
+  asection *data_sec = NULL;
+  asection *bss_sec = NULL;
+  struct internal_filehdr internal_f;
+  struct internal_aouthdr internal_a;
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+  size_t string_size = STRING_SIZE_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+
+  /* Make a pass through the symbol table to count line number entries and
+     put them into the correct asections */
+
+  lnno_size = coff_count_linenumbers (abfd) * LINESZ;
+
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)
+    {
+      if (! coff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  reloc_base = obj_relocbase (abfd);
+
+  /* Work out the size of the reloc and linno areas */
+
+  for (current = abfd->sections; current != NULL; current =
+       current->next)
+    reloc_size += current->reloc_count * RELSZ;
+
+  lineno_base = reloc_base + reloc_size;
+  sym_base = lineno_base + lnno_size;
+
+  /* Indicate in each section->line_filepos its actual file address */
+  for (current = abfd->sections; current != NULL; current =
+       current->next)
+    {
+      if (current->lineno_count)
+	{
+	  current->line_filepos = lineno_base;
+	  current->moving_line_filepos = lineno_base;
+	  lineno_base += current->lineno_count * LINESZ;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  current->line_filepos = 0;
+	}
+      if (current->reloc_count)
+	{
+	  current->rel_filepos = reloc_base;
+	  reloc_base += current->reloc_count * RELSZ;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  current->rel_filepos = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Write section headers to the file.  */
+  internal_f.f_nscns = 0;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
+    scn_base = FILHSZ + AOUTSZ;
+  else
+    {
+      scn_base = FILHSZ;
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+      if (xcoff_data (abfd)->full_aouthdr)
+	scn_base += AOUTSZ;
+      else
+	scn_base += SMALL_AOUTSZ;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, scn_base, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  long_section_names = false;
+  for (current = abfd->sections;
+       current != NULL;
+       current = current->next)
+    {
+      struct internal_scnhdr section;
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+      /* If we've got a .reloc section, remember. */
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+      if (strcmp (current->name, ".reloc") == 0)
+	{
+	  pe_data (abfd)->has_reloc_section = 1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+      internal_f.f_nscns++;
+
+      strncpy (section.s_name, current->name, SCNNMLEN);
+
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+      /* Handle long section names as in PE.  This must be compatible
+         with the code in coff_write_symbols.  */
+      {
+	size_t len;
+
+	len = strlen (current->name);
+	if (len > SCNNMLEN)
+	  {
+	    memset (section.s_name, 0, SCNNMLEN);
+	    sprintf (section.s_name, "/%lu", (unsigned long) string_size);
+	    string_size += len + 1;
+	    long_section_names = true;
+	  }
+      }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIB
+      /* Always set s_vaddr of .lib to 0.  This is right for SVR3.2
+	 Ian Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.  */
+      if (strcmp (current->name, _LIB) == 0)
+	section.s_vaddr = 0;
+      else
+#endif
+      section.s_vaddr = current->vma;
+      section.s_paddr = current->lma;
+      section.s_size =  current->_raw_size;
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+      section.s_paddr = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+      /* Reminder: s_paddr holds the virtual size of the section.  */
+      if (coff_section_data (abfd, current) != NULL
+	  && pei_section_data (abfd, current) != NULL)
+	section.s_paddr = pei_section_data (abfd, current)->virt_size;
+      else
+	section.s_paddr = 0;
+#endif
+
+      /*
+	 If this section has no size or is unloadable then the scnptr
+	 will be 0 too
+	 */
+      if (current->_raw_size == 0 ||
+	  (current->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
+	{
+	  section.s_scnptr = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  section.s_scnptr = current->filepos;
+	}
+      section.s_relptr = current->rel_filepos;
+      section.s_lnnoptr = current->line_filepos;
+      section.s_nreloc = current->reloc_count;
+      section.s_nlnno = current->lineno_count;
+      if (current->reloc_count != 0)
+	hasrelocs = true;
+      if (current->lineno_count != 0)
+	haslinno = true;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+      /* Indicate the use of an XCOFF overflow section header.  */
+      if (current->reloc_count >= 0xffff || current->lineno_count >= 0xffff)
+	{
+	  section.s_nreloc = 0xffff;
+	  section.s_nlnno = 0xffff;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      section.s_flags = sec_to_styp_flags (current->name, current->flags);
+
+      if (!strcmp (current->name, _TEXT))
+	{
+	  text_sec = current;
+	}
+      else if (!strcmp (current->name, _DATA))
+	{
+	  data_sec = current;
+	}
+      else if (!strcmp (current->name, _BSS))
+	{
+	  bss_sec = current;
+	}
+
+#ifdef I960
+      section.s_align = (current->alignment_power
+			 ? 1 << current->alignment_power
+			 : 0);
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+      /* suppress output of the sections if they are null.  ld includes
+	 the bss and data sections even if there is no size assigned
+	 to them.  NT loader doesn't like it if these section headers are
+	 included if the sections themselves are not needed */
+      if (section.s_size == 0)
+	internal_f.f_nscns--;
+      else
+#endif
+	{
+	  SCNHDR buff;
+	  if (coff_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd, &section, &buff) == 0
+	      || bfd_write ((PTR) (&buff), 1, SCNHSZ, abfd) != SCNHSZ)
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+      /* PE stores COMDAT section information in the symbol table.  If
+         this section is supposed to have some COMDAT info, track down
+         the symbol in the symbol table and modify it.  */
+      if ((current->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE) != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int i, count;
+	  asymbol **psym;
+	  coff_symbol_type *csym;
+
+	  count = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+	  for (i = 0, psym = abfd->outsymbols; i < count; i++, psym++)
+	    {
+	      /* Here *PSYM is the section symbol for CURRENT.  */
+
+	      if (strcmp ((*psym)->name, current->name) == 0)
+		{
+		  csym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, *psym);
+		  if (csym == NULL
+		      || csym->native == NULL
+		      || csym->native->u.syment.n_numaux < 1
+		      || csym->native->u.syment.n_sclass != C_STAT
+		      || csym->native->u.syment.n_type != T_NULL)
+		    continue;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Did we find it?
+	     Note that we might not if we're converting the file from
+	     some other object file format.  */
+	  if (i < count)
+	    {
+	      combined_entry_type *aux;
+
+	      /* We don't touch the x_checksum field.  The
+		 x_associated field is not currently supported.  */
+
+	      aux = csym->native + 1;
+	      switch (current->flags & SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES)
+		{
+		case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD:
+		  aux->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat = IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY;
+		  break;
+
+		case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY:
+		  aux->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat =
+		    IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_NODUPLICATES;
+		  break;
+
+		case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE:
+		  aux->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat =
+		    IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE;
+		  break;
+
+		case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS:
+		  aux->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat =
+		    IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif /* COFF_WITH_PE */
+    }
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  /* XCOFF handles overflows in the reloc and line number count fields
+     by creating a new section header to hold the correct values.  */
+  for (current = abfd->sections; current != NULL; current = current->next)
+    {
+      if (current->reloc_count >= 0xffff || current->lineno_count >= 0xffff)
+	{
+	  struct internal_scnhdr scnhdr;
+	  SCNHDR buff;
+
+	  internal_f.f_nscns++;
+	  strncpy (&(scnhdr.s_name[0]), current->name, 8);
+	  scnhdr.s_paddr = current->reloc_count;
+	  scnhdr.s_vaddr = current->lineno_count;
+	  scnhdr.s_size = 0;
+	  scnhdr.s_scnptr = 0;
+	  scnhdr.s_relptr = current->rel_filepos;
+	  scnhdr.s_lnnoptr = current->line_filepos;
+	  scnhdr.s_nreloc = current->target_index;
+	  scnhdr.s_nlnno = current->target_index;
+	  scnhdr.s_flags = STYP_OVRFLO;
+	  if (coff_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd, &scnhdr, &buff) == 0
+	      || bfd_write ((PTR) &buff, 1, SCNHSZ, abfd) != SCNHSZ)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* OK, now set up the filehdr... */
+
+  /* Don't include the internal abs section in the section count */
+
+  /*
+     We will NOT put a fucking timestamp in the header here. Every time you
+     put it back, I will come in and take it out again.  I'm sorry.  This
+     field does not belong here.  We fill it with a 0 so it compares the
+     same but is not a reasonable time. -- gnu@cygnus.com
+     */
+  internal_f.f_timdat = 0;
+
+  internal_f.f_flags = 0;
+
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    internal_f.f_opthdr = AOUTSZ;
+  else
+    {
+      internal_f.f_opthdr = 0;
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+      if (xcoff_data (abfd)->full_aouthdr)
+	internal_f.f_opthdr = AOUTSZ;
+      else
+	internal_f.f_opthdr = SMALL_AOUTSZ;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (!hasrelocs)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_RELFLG;
+  if (!haslinno)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_LNNO;
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_EXEC;
+
+  /* FIXME: this is wrong for PPC_PE! */
+  if (bfd_little_endian (abfd))
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_AR32WR;
+  else
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_AR32W;
+
+  /*
+     FIXME, should do something about the other byte orders and
+     architectures.
+     */
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_SHROBJ;
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, _LOADER) != NULL)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_DYNLOAD;
+#endif
+
+  memset (&internal_a, 0, sizeof internal_a);
+
+  /* Set up architecture-dependent stuff */
+
+  {
+    unsigned int magic = 0;
+    unsigned short flags = 0;
+    coff_set_flags (abfd, &magic, &flags);
+    internal_f.f_magic = magic;
+    internal_f.f_flags |= flags;
+    /* ...and the "opt"hdr... */
+
+#ifdef A29K
+#ifdef ULTRA3			/* NYU's machine */
+    /* FIXME: This is a bogus check.  I really want to see if there
+     * is a .shbss or a .shdata section, if so then set the magic
+     * number to indicate a shared data executable.
+     */
+    if (internal_f.f_nscns >= 7)
+      internal_a.magic = SHMAGIC; /* Shared magic */
+    else
+#endif /* ULTRA3 */
+      internal_a.magic = NMAGIC; /* Assume separate i/d */
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#endif /* A29K */
+#ifdef TIC80
+    internal_a.magic = TIC80_ARCH_MAGIC;
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#endif /* TIC80 */
+#ifdef I860
+    /* FIXME: What are the a.out magic numbers for the i860?  */
+    internal_a.magic = 0;
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#endif /* I860 */
+#ifdef I960
+    internal_a.magic = (magic == I960ROMAGIC ? NMAGIC : OMAGIC);
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#endif /* I960 */
+#if M88
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+    internal_a.magic = PAGEMAGICBCS;
+#endif /* M88 */
+
+#if APOLLO_M68
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+    internal_a.magic = APOLLO_COFF_VERSION_NUMBER;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(M68) || defined(WE32K) || defined(M68K)
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#if defined(LYNXOS)
+    internal_a.magic = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#else
+#if defined(TARG_AUX)
+    internal_a.magic = (abfd->flags & D_PAGED ? PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED :
+			abfd->flags & WP_TEXT ? PAGEMAGICPEXECSWAPPED :
+			PAGEMAGICEXECSWAPPED);
+#else
+#if defined (PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED)
+    internal_a.magic = PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED;
+#endif
+#endif /* TARG_AUX */
+#endif /* LYNXOS */
+#endif /* M68 || WE32K || M68K */
+
+#if defined(ARM)
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+    internal_a.magic = ZMAGIC;
+#endif 
+#if defined(PPC_PE)
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+    internal_a.magic = IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC;
+#endif
+#if defined(I386)
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#if defined(LYNXOS)
+    internal_a.magic = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#else  /* LYNXOS */
+    internal_a.magic = ZMAGIC;
+#endif /* LYNXOS */
+#endif /* I386 */
+
+#if defined(SPARC)
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#if defined(LYNXOS)
+    internal_a.magic = LYNXCOFFMAGIC;
+#endif /* LYNXOS */
+#endif /* SPARC */
+
+#if RS6000COFF_C
+#define __A_MAGIC_SET__
+    internal_a.magic = (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) ? RS6K_AOUTHDR_ZMAGIC :
+    (abfd->flags & WP_TEXT) ? RS6K_AOUTHDR_NMAGIC :
+    RS6K_AOUTHDR_OMAGIC;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#include "Your aouthdr magic number is not being set!"
+#else
+#undef __A_MAGIC_SET__
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* FIXME: Does anybody ever set this to another value?  */
+  internal_a.vstamp = 0;
+
+  /* Now should write relocs, strings, syms */
+  obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = sym_base;
+
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      int firstundef;
+#if 0
+      if (!coff_add_missing_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+#endif
+      if (!coff_renumber_symbols (abfd, &firstundef))
+	return false;
+      coff_mangle_symbols (abfd);
+      if (! coff_write_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+      if (! coff_write_linenumbers (abfd))
+	return false;
+      if (! coff_write_relocs (abfd, firstundef))
+	return false;
+    }
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+#ifdef PPC_PE
+  else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte b;
+
+      /* PowerPC PE appears to require that all executable files be
+         rounded up to the page size.  */
+      b = 0;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		    BFD_ALIGN (sym_base, COFF_PAGE_SIZE) - 1,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_write (&b, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+	return false;
+    }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* If bfd_get_symcount (abfd) != 0, then we are not using the COFF
+     backend linker, and obj_raw_syment_count is not valid until after
+     coff_write_symbols is called.  */
+  if (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      internal_f.f_symptr = sym_base;
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+      /* AIX appears to require that F_RELFLG not be set if there are
+         local symbols but no relocations.  */
+      internal_f.f_flags &=~ F_RELFLG;
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (long_section_names)
+	internal_f.f_symptr = sym_base;
+      else
+	internal_f.f_symptr = 0;
+      internal_f.f_flags |= F_LSYMS;
+    }
+
+  if (text_sec)
+    {
+      internal_a.tsize = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (text_sec);
+      internal_a.text_start = internal_a.tsize ? text_sec->vma : 0;
+    }
+  if (data_sec)
+    {
+      internal_a.dsize = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (data_sec);
+      internal_a.data_start = internal_a.dsize ? data_sec->vma : 0;
+    }
+  if (bss_sec)
+    {
+      internal_a.bsize = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (bss_sec);
+      if (internal_a.bsize && bss_sec->vma < internal_a.data_start)
+	internal_a.data_start = bss_sec->vma;
+    }
+
+  internal_a.entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+  internal_f.f_nsyms = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  if (xcoff_data (abfd)->full_aouthdr)
+    {
+      bfd_vma toc;
+      asection *loader_sec;
+
+      internal_a.vstamp = 1;
+
+      internal_a.o_snentry = xcoff_data (abfd)->snentry;
+      if (internal_a.o_snentry == 0)
+	internal_a.entry = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
+      if (text_sec != NULL)
+	{
+	  internal_a.o_sntext = text_sec->target_index;
+	  internal_a.o_algntext = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, text_sec);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  internal_a.o_sntext = 0;
+	  internal_a.o_algntext = 0;
+	}
+      if (data_sec != NULL)
+	{
+	  internal_a.o_sndata = data_sec->target_index;
+	  internal_a.o_algndata = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, data_sec);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  internal_a.o_sndata = 0;
+	  internal_a.o_algndata = 0;
+	}
+      loader_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".loader");
+      if (loader_sec != NULL)
+	internal_a.o_snloader = loader_sec->target_index;
+      else
+	internal_a.o_snloader = 0;
+      if (bss_sec != NULL)
+	internal_a.o_snbss = bss_sec->target_index;
+      else
+	internal_a.o_snbss = 0;
+
+      toc = xcoff_data (abfd)->toc;
+      internal_a.o_toc = toc;
+      internal_a.o_sntoc = xcoff_data (abfd)->sntoc;
+
+      internal_a.o_modtype = xcoff_data (abfd)->modtype;
+      if (xcoff_data (abfd)->cputype != -1)
+	internal_a.o_cputype = xcoff_data (abfd)->cputype;
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+	    {
+	    case bfd_arch_rs6000:
+	      internal_a.o_cputype = 4;
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+	      if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == 0)
+		internal_a.o_cputype = 3;
+	      else
+		internal_a.o_cputype = 1;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+      internal_a.o_maxstack = xcoff_data (abfd)->maxstack;
+      internal_a.o_maxdata = xcoff_data (abfd)->maxdata;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* now write them */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+  {
+    char buff[FILHSZ];
+    coff_swap_filehdr_out (abfd, (PTR) & internal_f, (PTR) buff);
+    if (bfd_write ((PTR) buff, 1, FILHSZ, abfd) != FILHSZ)
+      return false;
+  }
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      /* Note that peicode.h fills in a PEAOUTHDR, not an AOUTHDR. 
+	 include/coff/pe.h sets AOUTSZ == sizeof(PEAOUTHDR)) */
+      char buff[AOUTSZ];
+      coff_swap_aouthdr_out (abfd, (PTR) & internal_a, (PTR) buff);
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) buff, 1, AOUTSZ, abfd) != AOUTSZ)
+	return false;
+    }
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  else
+    {
+      AOUTHDR buff;
+      size_t size;
+
+      /* XCOFF seems to always write at least a small a.out header.  */
+      coff_swap_aouthdr_out (abfd, (PTR) &internal_a, (PTR) &buff);
+      if (xcoff_data (abfd)->full_aouthdr)
+	size = AOUTSZ;
+      else
+	size = SMALL_AOUTSZ;
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) &buff, 1, size, abfd) != size)
+	return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+coff_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)	/* set by bfd.c handler */
+    {
+      if (! coff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+#if defined(_LIB) && !defined(TARG_AUX)
+
+   /* The physical address field of a .lib section is used to hold the
+      number of shared libraries in the section.  This code counts the
+      number of sections being written, and increments the lma field
+      with the number.
+
+      I have found no documentation on the contents of this section.
+      Experimentation indicates that the section contains zero or more
+      records, each of which has the following structure:
+
+      - a (four byte) word holding the length of this record, in words,
+      - a word that always seems to be set to "2",
+      - the path to a shared library, null-terminated and then padded
+        to a whole word boundary.
+
+      bfd_assert calls have been added to alert if an attempt is made
+      to write a section which doesn't follow these assumptions.  The
+      code has been tested on ISC 4.1 by me, and on SCO by Robert Lipe
+      <robertl@arnet.com> (Thanks!).
+  
+      Gvran Uddeborg <gvran@uddeborg.pp.se> */
+
+    if (strcmp (section->name, _LIB) == 0)
+      {
+	bfd_byte *rec, *recend;
+
+	rec = (bfd_byte *) location;
+	recend = rec + count;
+	while (rec < recend)
+	  {
+	    ++section->lma;
+	    rec += bfd_get_32 (abfd, rec) * 4;
+	  }
+
+	BFD_ASSERT (rec == recend);
+      }
+
+#endif
+
+  /* Don't write out bss sections - one way to do this is to
+       see if the filepos has not been set. */
+  if (section->filepos == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (section->filepos + offset), SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (count != 0)
+    {
+      return (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) == count) ? true : false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+#if 0
+static boolean
+coff_close_and_cleanup (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (!bfd_read_p (abfd))
+    switch (abfd->format)
+      {
+      case bfd_archive:
+	if (!_bfd_write_archive_contents (abfd))
+	  return false;
+	break;
+      case bfd_object:
+	if (!coff_write_object_contents (abfd))
+	  return false;
+	break;
+      default:
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+	return false;
+      }
+
+  /* We depend on bfd_close to free all the memory on the objalloc.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static PTR
+buy_and_read (abfd, where, seek_direction, size)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     file_ptr where;
+     int seek_direction;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR area = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+  if (!area)
+    return (NULL);
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, where, seek_direction) != 0
+      || bfd_read (area, 1, size, abfd) != size)
+    return (NULL);
+  return (area);
+}				/* buy_and_read() */
+
+/*
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Reading linenumbers
+
+	Creating the linenumber table is done by reading in the entire
+	coff linenumber table, and creating another table for internal use.
+
+	A coff linenumber table is structured so that each function
+	is marked as having a line number of 0. Each line within the
+	function is an offset from the first line in the function. The
+	base of the line number information for the table is stored in
+	the symbol associated with the function.
+
+	The information is copied from the external to the internal
+	table, and each symbol which marks a function is marked by
+	pointing its...
+
+	How does this work ?
+
+*/
+
+static boolean
+coff_slurp_line_table (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *asect;
+{
+  LINENO *native_lineno;
+  alent *lineno_cache;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (asect->lineno == (alent *) NULL);
+
+  native_lineno = (LINENO *) buy_and_read (abfd,
+					   asect->line_filepos,
+					   SEEK_SET,
+					   (size_t) (LINESZ *
+						     asect->lineno_count));
+  lineno_cache =
+    (alent *) bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) ((asect->lineno_count + 1) * sizeof (alent)));
+  if (lineno_cache == NULL)
+    return false;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int counter = 0;
+      alent *cache_ptr = lineno_cache;
+      LINENO *src = native_lineno;
+
+      while (counter < asect->lineno_count)
+	{
+	  struct internal_lineno dst;
+	  coff_swap_lineno_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+	  cache_ptr->line_number = dst.l_lnno;
+
+	  if (cache_ptr->line_number == 0)
+	    {
+	      boolean warned;
+	      long symndx;
+	      coff_symbol_type *sym;
+
+	      warned = false;
+	      symndx = dst.l_addr.l_symndx;
+	      if (symndx < 0 || symndx >= obj_raw_syment_count (abfd))
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s: warning: illegal symbol index %ld in line numbers",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd), dst.l_addr.l_symndx);
+		  symndx = 0;
+		  warned = true;
+		}
+	      /* FIXME: We should not be casting between ints and
+                 pointers like this.  */
+	      sym = ((coff_symbol_type *)
+		     ((symndx + obj_raw_syments (abfd))
+		      ->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes));
+	      cache_ptr->u.sym = (asymbol *) sym;
+	      if (sym->lineno != NULL && ! warned)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s: warning: duplicate line number information for `%s'",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+		     bfd_asymbol_name (&sym->symbol));
+		}
+	      sym->lineno = cache_ptr;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      cache_ptr->u.offset = dst.l_addr.l_paddr
+		- bfd_section_vma (abfd, asect);
+	    }			/* If no linenumber expect a symbol index */
+
+	  cache_ptr++;
+	  src++;
+	  counter++;
+	}
+      cache_ptr->line_number = 0;
+
+    }
+  asect->lineno = lineno_cache;
+  /* FIXME, free native_lineno here, or use alloca or something. */
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+coff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd)
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *native_symbols;
+  coff_symbol_type *cached_area;
+  unsigned int *table_ptr;
+
+  unsigned int number_of_symbols = 0;
+
+  if (obj_symbols (abfd))
+    return true;
+
+  /* Read in the symbol table */
+  if ((native_symbols = coff_get_normalized_symtab (abfd)) == NULL)
+    {
+      return (false);
+    }				/* on error */
+
+  /* Allocate enough room for all the symbols in cached form */
+  cached_area = ((coff_symbol_type *)
+		 bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			    (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd)
+			     * sizeof (coff_symbol_type))));
+
+  if (cached_area == NULL)
+    return false;
+  table_ptr = ((unsigned int *)
+	       bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			  (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd)
+			   * sizeof (unsigned int))));
+
+  if (table_ptr == NULL)
+    return false;
+  else
+    {
+      coff_symbol_type *dst = cached_area;
+      unsigned int last_native_index = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);
+      unsigned int this_index = 0;
+      while (this_index < last_native_index)
+	{
+	  combined_entry_type *src = native_symbols + this_index;
+	  table_ptr[this_index] = number_of_symbols;
+	  dst->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+
+	  dst->symbol.name = (char *) (src->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset);
+	  /* We use the native name field to point to the cached field.  */
+	  src->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes = (long) dst;
+	  dst->symbol.section = coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd,
+						     src->u.syment.n_scnum);
+	  dst->symbol.flags = 0;
+	  dst->done_lineno = false;
+
+	  switch (src->u.syment.n_sclass)
+	    {
+#ifdef I960
+	    case C_LEAFEXT:
+#if 0
+	      dst->symbol.value = src->u.syment.n_value - dst->symbol.section->vma;
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_EXPORT | BSF_GLOBAL;
+	      dst->symbol.flags |= BSF_NOT_AT_END | BSF_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+	      /* Fall through to next case */
+
+#endif
+
+	    case C_EXT:
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+	    case C_HIDEXT:
+#endif
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+            /* PE uses storage class 0x68 to denote a section symbol */
+            case C_SECTION:
+	    /* PE uses storage class 0x67 for a weak external symbol.  */
+	    case C_NT_WEAK:
+#endif
+	      if ((src->u.syment.n_scnum) == 0)
+		{
+		  if ((src->u.syment.n_value) == 0)
+		    {
+		      dst->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+		      dst->symbol.value = 0;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      dst->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+		      dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Base the value as an index from the base of the
+		     section */
+
+		  dst->symbol.flags = BSF_EXPORT | BSF_GLOBAL;
+		  dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value
+				       - dst->symbol.section->vma);
+
+		  if (ISFCN ((src->u.syment.n_type)))
+		    {
+		      /* A function ext does not go at the end of a
+			 file.  */
+		      dst->symbol.flags |= BSF_NOT_AT_END | BSF_FUNCTION;
+		    }
+		}
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+	      /* A C_HIDEXT symbol is not global.  */
+	      if (src->u.syment.n_sclass == C_HIDEXT)
+		dst->symbol.flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+	      /* A symbol with a csect entry should not go at the end.  */
+	      if (src->u.syment.n_numaux > 0)
+		dst->symbol.flags |= BSF_NOT_AT_END;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+	      if (src->u.syment.n_sclass == C_NT_WEAK)
+		dst->symbol.flags = BSF_WEAK;
+#endif
+
+	      break;
+
+	    case C_STAT:	/* static			 */
+#ifdef I960
+	    case C_LEAFSTAT:	/* static leaf procedure        */
+#endif
+	    case C_LABEL:	/* label			 */
+	      if (src->u.syment.n_scnum == -2)
+		dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      else
+		dst->symbol.flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+
+	      /* Base the value as an index from the base of the
+		 section, if there is one.  */
+	      if (dst->symbol.section)
+		dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value
+				     - dst->symbol.section->vma);
+	      else
+		dst->symbol.value = src->u.syment.n_value;
+	      break;
+
+	    case C_MOS:	/* member of structure	 */
+	    case C_EOS:	/* end of structure		 */
+#ifdef NOTDEF			/* C_AUTOARG has the same value */
+#ifdef C_GLBLREG
+	    case C_GLBLREG:	/* A29k-specific storage class */
+#endif
+#endif
+	    case C_REGPARM:	/* register parameter		 */
+	    case C_REG:	/* register variable		 */
+#ifdef C_AUTOARG
+	    case C_AUTOARG:	/* 960-specific storage class */
+#endif
+	    case C_TPDEF:	/* type definition		 */
+	    case C_ARG:
+	    case C_AUTO:	/* automatic variable */
+	    case C_FIELD:	/* bit field */
+	    case C_ENTAG:	/* enumeration tag		 */
+	    case C_MOE:	/* member of enumeration	 */
+	    case C_MOU:	/* member of union		 */
+	    case C_UNTAG:	/* union tag			 */
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value);
+	      break;
+
+	    case C_FILE:	/* file name			 */
+	    case C_STRTAG:	/* structure tag		 */
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+	    case C_GSYM:
+	    case C_LSYM:
+	    case C_PSYM:
+	    case C_RSYM:
+	    case C_RPSYM:
+	    case C_STSYM:
+	    case C_BCOMM:
+	    case C_ECOMM:
+	    case C_DECL:
+	    case C_ENTRY:
+	    case C_FUN:
+	    case C_ESTAT:
+#endif
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value);
+	      break;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+	    case C_BINCL:	/* beginning of include file     */
+	    case C_EINCL:	/* ending of include file        */
+	      /* The value is actually a pointer into the line numbers
+                 of the file.  We locate the line number entry, and
+                 set the section to the section which contains it, and
+                 the value to the index in that section.  */
+	      {
+		asection *sec;
+
+		dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+		for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+		  if (sec->line_filepos <= (file_ptr) src->u.syment.n_value
+		      && ((file_ptr) (sec->line_filepos
+				      + sec->lineno_count * LINESZ)
+			  > (file_ptr) src->u.syment.n_value))
+		    break;
+		if (sec == NULL)
+		  dst->symbol.value = 0;
+		else
+		  {
+		    dst->symbol.section = sec;
+		    dst->symbol.value = ((src->u.syment.n_value
+					  - sec->line_filepos)
+					 / LINESZ);
+		    src->fix_line = 1;
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case C_BSTAT:
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+
+	      /* The value is actually a symbol index.  Save a pointer
+		 to the symbol instead of the index.  FIXME: This
+		 should use a union.  */
+	      src->u.syment.n_value =
+		(long) (native_symbols + src->u.syment.n_value);
+	      dst->symbol.value = src->u.syment.n_value;
+	      src->fix_value = 1;
+	      break;
+#endif
+
+	    case C_BLOCK:	/* ".bb" or ".eb"		 */
+	    case C_FCN:		/* ".bf" or ".ef"		 */
+	    case C_EFCN:	/* physical end of function	 */
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+	      /* Base the value as an index from the base of the
+		 section.  */
+	      dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value
+				   - dst->symbol.section->vma);
+	      break;
+
+	    case C_NULL:
+	    case C_EXTDEF:	/* external definition		 */
+	    case C_ULABEL:	/* undefined label		 */
+	    case C_USTATIC:	/* undefined static		 */
+#ifndef COFF_WITH_PE
+            /* C_LINE in regular coff is 0x68.  NT has taken over this storage
+               class to represent a section symbol */
+	    case C_LINE:	/* line # reformatted as symbol table entry */
+	      /* NT uses 0x67 for a weak symbol, not C_ALIAS.  */
+	    case C_ALIAS:	/* duplicate tag		 */
+#endif
+	    case C_HIDDEN:	/* ext symbol in dmert public lib */
+	    default:
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s: Unrecognized storage class %d for %s symbol `%s'",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), src->u.syment.n_sclass,
+		 dst->symbol.section->name, dst->symbol.name);
+	      dst->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      dst->symbol.value = (src->u.syment.n_value);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+/*      BFD_ASSERT(dst->symbol.flags != 0);*/
+
+	  dst->native = src;
+
+	  dst->symbol.udata.i = 0;
+	  dst->lineno = (alent *) NULL;
+	  this_index += (src->u.syment.n_numaux) + 1;
+	  dst++;
+	  number_of_symbols++;
+	}			/* walk the native symtab */
+    }				/* bfdize the native symtab */
+
+  obj_symbols (abfd) = cached_area;
+  obj_raw_syments (abfd) = native_symbols;
+
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = number_of_symbols;
+  obj_convert (abfd) = table_ptr;
+  /* Slurp the line tables for each section too */
+  {
+    asection *p;
+    p = abfd->sections;
+    while (p)
+      {
+	coff_slurp_line_table (abfd, p);
+	p = p->next;
+      }
+  }
+  return true;
+}				/* coff_slurp_symbol_table() */
+
+/* Check whether a symbol is globally visible.  This is used by the
+   COFF backend linker code in cofflink.c, since a couple of targets
+   have globally visible symbols which are not class C_EXT.  This
+   function need not handle the case of n_class == C_EXT.  */
+
+#undef OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS
+
+#ifdef I960
+#define OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS C_LEAFEXT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COFF_WITH_PE
+#define OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS C_SECTION
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS
+
+static boolean coff_sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *));
+
+static boolean
+coff_sym_is_global (abfd, syment)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_syment *syment;
+{
+  if (syment->n_sclass == OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS)
+    return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+#undef OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS
+
+#else /* ! defined (OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS) */
+
+/* sym_is_global should not be defined if it has nothing to do.  */
+
+#define coff_sym_is_global 0
+
+#endif /* ! defined (OTHER_GLOBAL_CLASS) */
+
+/*
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Reading relocations
+
+	Coff relocations are easily transformed into the internal BFD form
+	(@code{arelent}).
+
+	Reading a coff relocation table is done in the following stages:
+
+	o Read the entire coff relocation table into memory.
+
+	o Process each relocation in turn; first swap it from the
+	external to the internal form.
+
+	o Turn the symbol referenced in the relocation's symbol index
+	into a pointer into the canonical symbol table.
+	This table is the same as the one returned by a call to
+	@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab}. The back end will call that
+	routine and save the result if a canonicalization hasn't been done.
+
+	o The reloc index is turned into a pointer to a howto
+	structure, in a back end specific way. For instance, the 386
+	and 960 use the @code{r_type} to directly produce an index
+	into a howto table vector; the 88k subtracts a number from the
+	@code{r_type} field and creates an addend field.
+
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef CALC_ADDEND
+#define CALC_ADDEND(abfd, ptr, reloc, cache_ptr)                \
+  {                                                             \
+    coff_symbol_type *coffsym = (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;      \
+    if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) != abfd)                   \
+      coffsym = (obj_symbols (abfd)                             \
+                 + (cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr - symbols));         \
+    else if (ptr)                                               \
+      coffsym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, ptr);                   \
+    if (coffsym != (coff_symbol_type *) NULL                    \
+        && coffsym->native->u.syment.n_scnum == 0)              \
+      cache_ptr->addend = 0;                                    \
+    else if (ptr && bfd_asymbol_bfd (ptr) == abfd               \
+             && ptr->section != (asection *) NULL)              \
+      cache_ptr->addend = - (ptr->section->vma + ptr->value);   \
+    else                                                        \
+      cache_ptr->addend = 0;                                    \
+  }
+#endif
+
+static boolean
+coff_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, asect, symbols)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+     asymbol ** symbols;
+{
+  RELOC *native_relocs;
+  arelent *reloc_cache;
+  arelent *cache_ptr;
+
+  unsigned int idx;
+
+  if (asect->relocation)
+    return true;
+  if (asect->reloc_count == 0)
+    return true;
+  if (asect->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+    return true;
+  if (!coff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd))
+    return false;
+  native_relocs =
+    (RELOC *) buy_and_read (abfd,
+			    asect->rel_filepos,
+			    SEEK_SET,
+			    (size_t) (RELSZ *
+				      asect->reloc_count));
+  reloc_cache = (arelent *)
+    bfd_alloc (abfd, (size_t) (asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent)));
+
+  if (reloc_cache == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < asect->reloc_count; idx++)
+    {
+      struct internal_reloc dst;
+      struct external_reloc *src;
+#ifndef RELOC_PROCESSING
+      asymbol *ptr;
+#endif
+
+      cache_ptr = reloc_cache + idx;
+      src = native_relocs + idx;
+
+      coff_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, &dst);
+
+#ifdef RELOC_PROCESSING
+      RELOC_PROCESSING (cache_ptr, &dst, symbols, abfd, asect);
+#else
+      cache_ptr->address = dst.r_vaddr;
+
+      if (dst.r_symndx != -1)
+	{
+	  if (dst.r_symndx < 0 || dst.r_symndx >= obj_conv_table_size (abfd))
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s: warning: illegal symbol index %ld in relocs",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), dst.r_symndx);
+	      cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	      ptr = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = (symbols
+					+ obj_convert (abfd)[dst.r_symndx]);
+	      ptr = *(cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  cache_ptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	  ptr = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* The symbols definitions that we have read in have been
+	 relocated as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets
+	 refering to the symbols in the raw data have not been
+	 modified, so we have to have a negative addend to compensate.
+
+	 Note that symbols which used to be common must be left alone */
+
+      /* Calculate any reloc addend by looking at the symbol */
+      CALC_ADDEND (abfd, ptr, dst, cache_ptr);
+
+      cache_ptr->address -= asect->vma;
+/* !!     cache_ptr->section = (asection *) NULL;*/
+
+      /* Fill in the cache_ptr->howto field from dst.r_type */
+      RTYPE2HOWTO (cache_ptr, &dst);
+#endif	/* RELOC_PROCESSING */
+
+      if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: illegal relocation type %d at address 0x%lx",
+	     bfd_get_filename (abfd), dst.r_type, (long) dst.r_vaddr);
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  asect->relocation = reloc_cache;
+  return true;
+}
+
+#ifndef coff_rtype_to_howto
+#ifdef RTYPE2HOWTO
+
+/* Get the howto structure for a reloc.  This is only used if the file
+   including this one defines coff_relocate_section to be
+   _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section, so it is OK if it does not
+   always work.  It is the responsibility of the including file to
+   make sure it is reasonable if it is needed.  */
+
+static reloc_howto_type *coff_rtype_to_howto
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct internal_reloc *,
+	   struct coff_link_hash_entry *, struct internal_syment *,
+	   bfd_vma *));
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static reloc_howto_type *
+coff_rtype_to_howto (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct internal_reloc *rel;
+     struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+     struct internal_syment *sym;
+     bfd_vma *addendp;
+{
+  arelent genrel;
+
+  RTYPE2HOWTO (&genrel, rel);
+  return genrel.howto;
+}
+
+#else /* ! defined (RTYPE2HOWTO) */
+
+#define coff_rtype_to_howto NULL
+
+#endif /* ! defined (RTYPE2HOWTO) */
+#endif /* ! defined (coff_rtype_to_howto) */
+
+/* This is stupid.  This function should be a boolean predicate.  */
+static long
+coff_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     arelent ** relptr;
+     asymbol ** symbols;
+{
+  arelent *tblptr = section->relocation;
+  unsigned int count = 0;
+
+
+  if (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+    {
+      /* this section has relocs made up by us, they are not in the
+       file, so take them out of their chain and place them into
+       the data area provided */
+      arelent_chain *chain = section->constructor_chain;
+      for (count = 0; count < section->reloc_count; count++)
+	{
+	  *relptr++ = &chain->relent;
+	  chain = chain->next;
+	}
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! coff_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols))
+	return -1;
+
+      tblptr = section->relocation;
+
+      for (; count++ < section->reloc_count;)
+	*relptr++ = tblptr++;
+
+
+    }
+  *relptr = 0;
+  return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+#ifdef GNU960
+file_ptr
+coff_sym_filepos (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return obj_sym_filepos (abfd);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_reloc16_estimate
+#define coff_reloc16_estimate dummy_reloc16_estimate
+
+static int dummy_reloc16_estimate
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent *, unsigned int,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+static int
+dummy_reloc16_estimate (abfd, input_section, reloc, shrink, link_info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     unsigned int shrink;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_reloc16_extra_cases
+
+#define coff_reloc16_extra_cases dummy_reloc16_extra_cases
+
+/* This works even if abort is not declared in any header file.  */
+
+static void dummy_reloc16_extra_cases
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *, arelent *,
+	   bfd_byte *, unsigned int *, unsigned int *));
+
+static void
+dummy_reloc16_extra_cases (abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr,
+			   dst_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     unsigned int *src_ptr;
+     unsigned int *dst_ptr;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* If coff_relocate_section is defined, we can use the optimized COFF
+   backend linker.  Otherwise we must continue to use the old linker.  */
+#ifdef coff_relocate_section
+#ifndef coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+#define coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_bfd_link_add_symbols
+#define coff_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_coff_link_add_symbols
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_bfd_final_link
+#define coff_bfd_final_link _bfd_coff_final_link
+#endif
+#else /* ! defined (coff_relocate_section) */
+#define coff_relocate_section NULL
+#ifndef coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+#define coff_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_bfd_link_add_symbols
+#define coff_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#endif
+#define coff_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#endif /* ! defined (coff_relocate_section) */
+#define coff_bfd_link_split_section  _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+#ifndef coff_start_final_link
+#define coff_start_final_link NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_adjust_symndx
+#define coff_adjust_symndx NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_link_add_one_symbol
+#define coff_link_add_one_symbol _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+#endif
+
+static CONST bfd_coff_backend_data bfd_coff_std_swap_table =
+{
+  coff_swap_aux_in, coff_swap_sym_in, coff_swap_lineno_in,
+  coff_swap_aux_out, coff_swap_sym_out,
+  coff_swap_lineno_out, coff_swap_reloc_out,
+  coff_swap_filehdr_out, coff_swap_aouthdr_out,
+  coff_swap_scnhdr_out,
+  FILHSZ, AOUTSZ, SCNHSZ, SYMESZ, AUXESZ, RELSZ, LINESZ,
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_FILENAMES
+  true,
+#else
+  false,
+#endif
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+  true,
+#else
+  false,
+#endif
+  COFF_DEFAULT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT_POWER,
+  coff_swap_filehdr_in, coff_swap_aouthdr_in, coff_swap_scnhdr_in,
+  coff_swap_reloc_in, coff_bad_format_hook, coff_set_arch_mach_hook,
+  coff_mkobject_hook, styp_to_sec_flags, coff_set_alignment_hook,
+  coff_slurp_symbol_table, symname_in_debug_hook, coff_pointerize_aux_hook,
+  coff_print_aux, coff_reloc16_extra_cases, coff_reloc16_estimate,
+  coff_sym_is_global, coff_compute_section_file_positions,
+  coff_start_final_link, coff_relocate_section, coff_rtype_to_howto,
+  coff_adjust_symndx, coff_link_add_one_symbol
+};
+
+#define	coff_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define coff_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define	coff_get_section_contents _bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+#define coff_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data  _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+#define coff_bfd_copy_private_section_data  _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data 
+#define coff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+
+#define coff_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data _bfd_generic_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+#define coff_bfd_set_private_flags _bfd_generic_bfd_set_private_flags
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_print_private_bfd_data 
+#define coff_bfd_print_private_bfd_data  _bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define coff_bfd_is_local_label_name _bfd_coff_is_local_label_name
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_read_minisymbols
+#define coff_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_minisymbol_to_symbol
+#define coff_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+#endif
+
+/* The reloc lookup routine must be supplied by each individual COFF
+   backend.  */
+#ifndef coff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+#define coff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+#endif
+
+#ifndef coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define coff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#endif
+#ifndef coff_bfd_relax_section
+#define coff_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffgen.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfcf02a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2301 @@
+/* Support for the generic parts of COFF, for BFD.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Most of this hacked by  Steve Chamberlain, sac@cygnus.com.
+   Split out of coffcode.h by Ian Taylor, ian@cygnus.com.  */
+
+/* This file contains COFF code that is not dependent on any
+   particular COFF target.  There is only one version of this file in
+   libbfd.a, so no target specific code may be put in here.  Or, to
+   put it another way,
+
+   ********** DO NOT PUT TARGET SPECIFIC CODE IN THIS FILE **********
+
+   If you need to add some target specific behaviour, add a new hook
+   function to bfd_coff_backend_data.
+
+   Some of these functions are also called by the ECOFF routines.
+   Those functions may not use any COFF specific information, such as
+   coff_data (abfd).  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+static void coff_fix_symbol_name
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, combined_entry_type *, bfd_size_type *,
+	   asection **, bfd_size_type *));
+static boolean coff_write_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, combined_entry_type *, unsigned int *,
+	   bfd_size_type *, asection **, bfd_size_type *));
+static boolean coff_write_alien_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, unsigned int *, bfd_size_type *,
+	   asection **, bfd_size_type *));
+static boolean coff_write_native_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, coff_symbol_type *, unsigned int *, bfd_size_type *,
+	   asection **, bfd_size_type *));
+static void coff_pointerize_aux
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, combined_entry_type *, combined_entry_type *,
+	   unsigned int, combined_entry_type *));
+static boolean make_a_section_from_file
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_scnhdr *, unsigned int));
+static const bfd_target *coff_real_object_p
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned, struct internal_filehdr *, 
+	   struct internal_aouthdr *));
+static void fixup_symbol_value
+  PARAMS ((coff_symbol_type *, struct internal_syment *));
+static char *build_debug_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static char *copy_name
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, int));
+
+#define STRING_SIZE_SIZE (4)
+
+/* Take a section header read from a coff file (in HOST byte order),
+   and make a BFD "section" out of it.  This is used by ECOFF.  */
+static boolean
+make_a_section_from_file (abfd, hdr, target_index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct internal_scnhdr *hdr;
+     unsigned int target_index;
+{
+  asection *return_section;
+  char *name;
+
+  name = NULL;
+
+  /* Handle long section names as in PE.  */
+  if (bfd_coff_long_section_names (abfd)
+      && hdr->s_name[0] == '/')
+    {
+      char buf[SCNNMLEN];
+      long strindex;
+      char *p;
+      const char *strings;
+
+      memcpy (buf, hdr->s_name + 1, SCNNMLEN - 1);
+      buf[SCNNMLEN - 1] = '\0';
+      strindex = strtol (buf, &p, 10);
+      if (*p == '\0' && strindex >= 0)
+	{
+	  strings = _bfd_coff_read_string_table (abfd);
+	  if (strings == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  /* FIXME: For extra safety, we should make sure that
+             strindex does not run us past the end, but right now we
+             don't know the length of the string table.  */
+	  strings += strindex;
+	  name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (strings) + 1);
+	  if (name == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  strcpy (name, strings);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Assorted wastage to null-terminate the name, thanks AT&T! */
+      name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (hdr->s_name) + 1);
+      if (name == NULL)
+	return false;
+      strncpy (name, (char *) &hdr->s_name[0], sizeof (hdr->s_name));
+      name[sizeof (hdr->s_name)] = 0;
+    }
+
+  return_section = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
+  if (return_section == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return_section->vma = hdr->s_vaddr;
+  return_section->lma = hdr->s_paddr;
+  return_section->_raw_size = hdr->s_size;
+  return_section->filepos = hdr->s_scnptr;
+  return_section->rel_filepos = hdr->s_relptr;
+  return_section->reloc_count = hdr->s_nreloc;
+
+  bfd_coff_set_alignment_hook (abfd, return_section, hdr);
+
+  return_section->line_filepos = hdr->s_lnnoptr;
+
+  return_section->lineno_count = hdr->s_nlnno;
+  return_section->userdata = NULL;
+  return_section->next = (asection *) NULL;
+  return_section->flags = bfd_coff_styp_to_sec_flags_hook (abfd, hdr, name);
+
+  return_section->target_index = target_index;
+
+  /* At least on i386-coff, the line number count for a shared library
+     section must be ignored.  */
+  if ((return_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
+    return_section->lineno_count = 0;
+
+  if (hdr->s_nreloc != 0)
+    return_section->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+  /* FIXME: should this check 'hdr->s_size > 0' */
+  if (hdr->s_scnptr != 0)
+    return_section->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read in a COFF object and make it into a BFD.  This is used by
+   ECOFF as well.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+coff_real_object_p (abfd, nscns, internal_f, internal_a)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned nscns;
+     struct internal_filehdr *internal_f;
+     struct internal_aouthdr *internal_a;
+{
+  flagword oflags = abfd->flags;
+  bfd_vma ostart = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+  PTR tdata;
+  size_t readsize;		/* length of file_info */
+  unsigned int scnhsz;
+  char *external_sections;
+
+  if (!(internal_f->f_flags & F_RELFLG))
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
+  if ((internal_f->f_flags & F_EXEC))
+    abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+  if (!(internal_f->f_flags & F_LNNO))
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_LINENO;
+  if (!(internal_f->f_flags & F_LSYMS))
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_LOCALS;
+
+  /* FIXME: How can we set D_PAGED correctly?  */
+  if ((internal_f->f_flags & F_EXEC) != 0)
+    abfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = internal_f->f_nsyms;
+  if (internal_f->f_nsyms)
+    abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
+
+  if (internal_a != (struct internal_aouthdr *) NULL)
+    bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = internal_a->entry;
+  else
+    bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = 0;
+
+  /* Set up the tdata area.  ECOFF uses its own routine, and overrides
+     abfd->flags.  */
+  tdata = bfd_coff_mkobject_hook (abfd, (PTR) internal_f, (PTR) internal_a);
+  if (tdata == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  scnhsz = bfd_coff_scnhsz (abfd);
+  readsize = nscns * scnhsz;
+  external_sections = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, readsize);
+  if (!external_sections)
+    goto fail;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) external_sections, 1, readsize, abfd) != readsize)
+    goto fail;
+
+  /* Now copy data as required; construct all asections etc */
+  if (nscns != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < nscns; i++)
+	{
+	  struct internal_scnhdr tmp;
+	  bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in (abfd,
+				   (PTR) (external_sections + i * scnhsz),
+				   (PTR) & tmp);
+	  if (! make_a_section_from_file (abfd, &tmp, i + 1))
+	    goto fail;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*  make_abs_section (abfd); */
+
+  if (bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook (abfd, (PTR) internal_f) == false)
+    goto fail;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+
+ fail:
+  bfd_release (abfd, tdata);
+  abfd->flags = oflags;
+  bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = ostart;
+  return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+}
+
+/* Turn a COFF file into a BFD, but fail with bfd_error_wrong_format if it is
+   not a COFF file.  This is also used by ECOFF.  */
+
+const bfd_target *
+coff_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned int filhsz;
+  unsigned int aoutsz;
+  int nscns;
+  PTR filehdr;
+  struct internal_filehdr internal_f;
+  struct internal_aouthdr internal_a;
+
+  /* figure out how much to read */
+  filhsz = bfd_coff_filhsz (abfd);
+  aoutsz = bfd_coff_aoutsz (abfd);
+
+  filehdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, filhsz);
+  if (filehdr == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  if (bfd_read (filehdr, 1, filhsz, abfd) != filhsz)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in (abfd, filehdr, &internal_f);
+  bfd_release (abfd, filehdr);
+
+  if (bfd_coff_bad_format_hook (abfd, &internal_f) == false)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  nscns = internal_f.f_nscns;
+
+  if (internal_f.f_opthdr)
+    {
+      PTR opthdr;
+
+      opthdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, aoutsz);
+      if (opthdr == NULL)
+	return 0;;
+      if (bfd_read (opthdr, 1, aoutsz, abfd) != aoutsz)
+	{
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in (abfd, opthdr, (PTR) & internal_a);
+    }
+
+  /* Seek past the opt hdr stuff */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (internal_f.f_opthdr + filhsz), SEEK_SET)
+      != 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return coff_real_object_p (abfd, nscns, &internal_f,
+			     (internal_f.f_opthdr != 0
+			      ? &internal_a
+			      : (struct internal_aouthdr *) NULL));
+}
+
+/* Get the BFD section from a COFF symbol section number.  */
+
+asection *
+coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int index;
+{
+  struct sec *answer = abfd->sections;
+
+  if (index == N_ABS)
+    return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+  if (index == N_UNDEF)
+    return bfd_und_section_ptr;
+  if (index == N_DEBUG)
+    return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+  while (answer)
+    {
+      if (answer->target_index == index)
+	return answer;
+      answer = answer->next;
+    }
+
+  /* We should not reach this point, but the SCO 3.2v4 /lib/libc_s.a
+     has a bad symbol table in biglitpow.o.  */
+  return bfd_und_section_ptr;
+}
+
+/* Get the upper bound of a COFF symbol table.  */
+
+long
+coff_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (!bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd))
+    return -1;
+
+  return (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) + 1) * (sizeof (coff_symbol_type *));
+}
+
+
+/* Canonicalize a COFF symbol table.  */
+
+long
+coff_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  unsigned int counter;
+  coff_symbol_type *symbase;
+  coff_symbol_type **location = (coff_symbol_type **) alocation;
+
+  if (!bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd))
+    return -1;
+
+  symbase = obj_symbols (abfd);
+  counter = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  while (counter-- > 0)
+    *location++ = symbase++;
+
+  *location = NULL;
+
+  return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Get the name of a symbol.  The caller must pass in a buffer of size
+   >= SYMNMLEN + 1.  */
+
+const char *
+_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (abfd, sym, buf)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const struct internal_syment *sym;
+     char *buf;
+{
+  /* FIXME: It's not clear this will work correctly if sizeof
+     (_n_zeroes) != 4.  */
+  if (sym->_n._n_n._n_zeroes != 0
+      || sym->_n._n_n._n_offset == 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (buf, sym->_n._n_name, SYMNMLEN);
+      buf[SYMNMLEN] = '\0';
+      return buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      const char *strings;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (sym->_n._n_n._n_offset >= STRING_SIZE_SIZE);
+      strings = obj_coff_strings (abfd);
+      if (strings == NULL)
+	{
+	  strings = _bfd_coff_read_string_table (abfd);
+	  if (strings == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+      return strings + sym->_n._n_n._n_offset;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read in and swap the relocs.  This returns a buffer holding the
+   relocs for section SEC in file ABFD.  If CACHE is true and
+   INTERNAL_RELOCS is NULL, the relocs read in will be saved in case
+   the function is called again.  If EXTERNAL_RELOCS is not NULL, it
+   is a buffer large enough to hold the unswapped relocs.  If
+   INTERNAL_RELOCS is not NULL, it is a buffer large enough to hold
+   the swapped relocs.  If REQUIRE_INTERNAL is true, then the return
+   value must be INTERNAL_RELOCS.  The function returns NULL on error.  */
+
+struct internal_reloc *
+_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs (abfd, sec, cache, external_relocs,
+				require_internal, internal_relocs)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     boolean cache;
+     bfd_byte *external_relocs;
+     boolean require_internal;
+     struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+{
+  bfd_size_type relsz;
+  bfd_byte *free_external = NULL;
+  struct internal_reloc *free_internal = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *erel;
+  bfd_byte *erel_end;
+  struct internal_reloc *irel;
+
+  if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) != NULL
+      && coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! require_internal)
+	return coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs;
+      memcpy (internal_relocs, coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs,
+	      sec->reloc_count * sizeof (struct internal_reloc));
+      return internal_relocs;
+    }
+
+  relsz = bfd_coff_relsz (abfd);
+
+  if (external_relocs == NULL)
+    {
+      free_external = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->reloc_count * relsz);
+      if (free_external == NULL && sec->reloc_count > 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      external_relocs = free_external;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, sec->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read (external_relocs, relsz, sec->reloc_count, abfd)
+	  != relsz * sec->reloc_count))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+    {
+      free_internal = ((struct internal_reloc *)
+		       bfd_malloc (sec->reloc_count
+				   * sizeof (struct internal_reloc)));
+      if (free_internal == NULL && sec->reloc_count > 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      internal_relocs = free_internal;
+    }
+
+  /* Swap in the relocs.  */
+  erel = external_relocs;
+  erel_end = erel + relsz * sec->reloc_count;
+  irel = internal_relocs;
+  for (; erel < erel_end; erel += relsz, irel++)
+    bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in (abfd, (PTR) erel, (PTR) irel);
+
+  if (free_external != NULL)
+    {
+      free (free_external);
+      free_external = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cache && free_internal != NULL)
+    {
+      if (coff_section_data (abfd, sec) == NULL)
+	{
+	  sec->used_by_bfd =
+	    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+			      sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata));
+	  if (sec->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->contents = NULL;
+	}
+      coff_section_data (abfd, sec)->relocs = free_internal;
+    }
+
+  return internal_relocs;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (free_external != NULL)
+    free (free_external);
+  if (free_internal != NULL)
+    free (free_internal);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Set lineno_count for the output sections of a COFF file.  */
+
+int
+coff_count_linenumbers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  unsigned int limit = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  unsigned int i;
+  int total = 0;
+  asymbol **p;
+  asection *s;
+
+  if (limit == 0)
+    {
+      /* This may be from the backend linker, in which case the
+         lineno_count in the sections is correct.  */
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	total += s->lineno_count;
+      return total;
+    }
+
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    BFD_ASSERT (s->lineno_count == 0);
+
+  for (p = abfd->outsymbols, i = 0; i < limit; i++, p++)
+    {
+      asymbol *q_maybe = *p;
+
+      if (bfd_asymbol_flavour (q_maybe) == bfd_target_coff_flavour)
+	{
+	  coff_symbol_type *q = coffsymbol (q_maybe);
+
+	  /* The AIX 4.1 compiler can sometimes generate line numbers
+             attached to debugging symbols.  We try to simply ignore
+             those here.  */
+	  if (q->lineno != NULL
+	      && q->symbol.section->owner != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This symbol has line numbers.  Increment the owning
+	         section's linenumber count.  */
+	      alent *l = q->lineno;
+
+	      ++q->symbol.section->output_section->lineno_count;
+	      ++total;
+	      ++l;
+	      while (l->line_number != 0)
+		{
+		  ++total;
+		  ++q->symbol.section->output_section->lineno_count;
+		  ++l;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return total;
+}
+
+/* Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the coff specific
+   area of the symbol if there is one.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+coff_symbol_type *
+coff_symbol_from (ignore_abfd, symbol)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{
+  if (bfd_asymbol_flavour (symbol) != bfd_target_coff_flavour)
+    return (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;
+
+  if (bfd_asymbol_bfd (symbol)->tdata.coff_obj_data == (coff_data_type *) NULL)
+    return (coff_symbol_type *) NULL;
+
+  return (coff_symbol_type *) symbol;
+}
+
+static void
+fixup_symbol_value (coff_symbol_ptr, syment)
+     coff_symbol_type *coff_symbol_ptr;
+     struct internal_syment *syment;
+{
+
+  /* Normalize the symbol flags */
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section))
+    {
+      /* a common symbol is undefined with a value */
+      syment->n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      syment->n_value = coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.value;
+    }
+  else if (coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
+    {
+      syment->n_value = coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.value;
+    }
+  else if (bfd_is_und_section (coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section))
+    {
+      syment->n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      syment->n_value = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section)
+	{
+	  syment->n_scnum =
+	    coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section->output_section->target_index;
+
+	  syment->n_value =
+	    coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.value +
+	    coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section->output_offset +
+	    coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section->output_section->vma;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (0);
+	  /* This can happen, but I don't know why yet (steve@cygnus.com) */
+	  syment->n_scnum = N_ABS;
+	  syment->n_value = coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.value;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Run through all the symbols in the symbol table and work out what
+   their indexes into the symbol table will be when output.
+
+   Coff requires that each C_FILE symbol points to the next one in the
+   chain, and that the last one points to the first external symbol. We
+   do that here too.  */
+
+boolean
+coff_renumber_symbols (bfd_ptr, first_undef)
+     bfd *bfd_ptr;
+     int *first_undef;
+{
+  unsigned int symbol_count = bfd_get_symcount (bfd_ptr);
+  asymbol **symbol_ptr_ptr = bfd_ptr->outsymbols;
+  unsigned int native_index = 0;
+  struct internal_syment *last_file = (struct internal_syment *) NULL;
+  unsigned int symbol_index;
+
+  /* COFF demands that undefined symbols come after all other symbols.
+     Since we don't need to impose this extra knowledge on all our
+     client programs, deal with that here.  Sort the symbol table;
+     just move the undefined symbols to the end, leaving the rest
+     alone.  The O'Reilly book says that defined global symbols come
+     at the end before the undefined symbols, so we do that here as
+     well.  */
+  /* @@ Do we have some condition we could test for, so we don't always
+     have to do this?  I don't think relocatability is quite right, but
+     I'm not certain.  [raeburn:19920508.1711EST]  */
+  {
+    asymbol **newsyms;
+    unsigned int i;
+
+    newsyms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (bfd_ptr,
+				      sizeof (asymbol *) * (symbol_count + 1));
+    if (!newsyms)
+      return false;
+    bfd_ptr->outsymbols = newsyms;
+    for (i = 0; i < symbol_count; i++)
+      if ((symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) != 0
+	  || (!bfd_is_und_section (symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->section)
+	      && !bfd_is_com_section (symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->section)
+	      && ((symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_FUNCTION))
+		  != BSF_GLOBAL)))
+	*newsyms++ = symbol_ptr_ptr[i];
+
+    for (i = 0; i < symbol_count; i++)
+      if ((symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) == 0
+	  && !bfd_is_und_section (symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->section)
+	  && (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->section)
+	      || ((symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_FUNCTION))
+		  == BSF_GLOBAL)))
+	*newsyms++ = symbol_ptr_ptr[i];
+
+    *first_undef = newsyms - bfd_ptr->outsymbols;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < symbol_count; i++)
+      if ((symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) == 0
+	  && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_ptr_ptr[i]->section))
+	*newsyms++ = symbol_ptr_ptr[i];
+    *newsyms = (asymbol *) NULL;
+    symbol_ptr_ptr = bfd_ptr->outsymbols;
+  }
+
+  for (symbol_index = 0; symbol_index < symbol_count; symbol_index++)
+    {
+      coff_symbol_type *coff_symbol_ptr = coff_symbol_from (bfd_ptr, symbol_ptr_ptr[symbol_index]);
+      symbol_ptr_ptr[symbol_index]->udata.i = symbol_index; 
+      if (coff_symbol_ptr && coff_symbol_ptr->native)
+	{
+	  combined_entry_type *s = coff_symbol_ptr->native;
+	  int i;
+
+	  if (s->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+	    {
+	      if (last_file != (struct internal_syment *) NULL)
+		last_file->n_value = native_index;
+	      last_file = &(s->u.syment);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+
+	      /* Modify the symbol values according to their section and
+	         type */
+
+	      fixup_symbol_value (coff_symbol_ptr, &(s->u.syment));
+	    }
+	  for (i = 0; i < s->u.syment.n_numaux + 1; i++)
+	    s[i].offset = native_index++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  native_index++;
+	}
+    }
+  obj_conv_table_size (bfd_ptr) = native_index;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Run thorough the symbol table again, and fix it so that all
+   pointers to entries are changed to the entries' index in the output
+   symbol table.  */
+
+void
+coff_mangle_symbols (bfd_ptr)
+     bfd *bfd_ptr;
+{
+  unsigned int symbol_count = bfd_get_symcount (bfd_ptr);
+  asymbol **symbol_ptr_ptr = bfd_ptr->outsymbols;
+  unsigned int symbol_index;
+
+  for (symbol_index = 0; symbol_index < symbol_count; symbol_index++)
+    {
+      coff_symbol_type *coff_symbol_ptr =
+      coff_symbol_from (bfd_ptr, symbol_ptr_ptr[symbol_index]);
+
+      if (coff_symbol_ptr && coff_symbol_ptr->native)
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  combined_entry_type *s = coff_symbol_ptr->native;
+
+	  if (s->fix_value)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: We should use a union here.  */
+	      s->u.syment.n_value =
+		((combined_entry_type *) s->u.syment.n_value)->offset;
+	      s->fix_value = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (s->fix_line)
+	    {
+	      /* The value is the offset into the line number entries
+                 for the symbol's section.  On output, the symbol's
+                 section should be N_DEBUG.  */
+	      s->u.syment.n_value =
+		(coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section->output_section->line_filepos
+		 + s->u.syment.n_value * bfd_coff_linesz (bfd_ptr));
+	      coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.section =
+		coff_section_from_bfd_index (bfd_ptr, N_DEBUG);
+	      BFD_ASSERT (coff_symbol_ptr->symbol.flags & BSF_DEBUGGING);
+	    }
+	  for (i = 0; i < s->u.syment.n_numaux; i++)
+	    {
+	      combined_entry_type *a = s + i + 1;
+	      if (a->fix_tag)
+		{
+		  a->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.l =
+		    a->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.p->offset;
+		  a->fix_tag = 0;
+		}
+	      if (a->fix_end)
+		{
+		  a->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l =
+		    a->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.p->offset;
+		  a->fix_end = 0;
+		}
+	      if (a->fix_scnlen)
+		{
+		  a->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.l =
+		    a->u.auxent.x_csect.x_scnlen.p->offset;
+		  a->fix_scnlen = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+coff_fix_symbol_name (abfd, symbol, native, string_size_p,
+		      debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     combined_entry_type *native;
+     bfd_size_type *string_size_p;
+     asection **debug_string_section_p;
+     bfd_size_type *debug_string_size_p;
+{
+  unsigned int name_length;
+  union internal_auxent *auxent;
+  char *name = (char *) (symbol->name);
+
+  if (name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* coff symbols always have names, so we'll make one up */
+      symbol->name = "strange";
+      name = (char *) symbol->name;
+    }
+  name_length = strlen (name);
+
+  if (native->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE
+      && native->u.syment.n_numaux > 0)
+    {
+      strncpy (native->u.syment._n._n_name, ".file", SYMNMLEN);
+      auxent = &(native + 1)->u.auxent;
+
+      if (bfd_coff_long_filenames (abfd))
+	{
+	  if (name_length <= FILNMLEN)
+	    {
+	      strncpy (auxent->x_file.x_fname, name, FILNMLEN);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      auxent->x_file.x_n.x_offset = *string_size_p + STRING_SIZE_SIZE;
+	      auxent->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes = 0;
+	      *string_size_p += name_length + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  strncpy (auxent->x_file.x_fname, name, FILNMLEN);
+	  if (name_length > FILNMLEN)
+	    {
+	      name[FILNMLEN] = '\0';
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (name_length <= SYMNMLEN)
+	{
+	  /* This name will fit into the symbol neatly */
+	  strncpy (native->u.syment._n._n_name, symbol->name, SYMNMLEN);
+	}
+      else if (!bfd_coff_symname_in_debug (abfd, &native->u.syment))
+	{
+	  native->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = (*string_size_p
+						+ STRING_SIZE_SIZE);
+	  native->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes = 0;
+	  *string_size_p += name_length + 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  long filepos;
+	  bfd_byte buf[2];
+
+	  /* This name should be written into the .debug section.  For
+	     some reason each name is preceded by a two byte length
+	     and also followed by a null byte.  FIXME: We assume that
+	     the .debug section has already been created, and that it
+	     is large enough.  */
+	  if (*debug_string_section_p == (asection *) NULL)
+	    *debug_string_section_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".debug");
+	  filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd, name_length + 1, buf);
+	  if (!bfd_set_section_contents (abfd,
+					 *debug_string_section_p,
+					 (PTR) buf,
+					 (file_ptr) *debug_string_size_p,
+					 (bfd_size_type) 2)
+	      || !bfd_set_section_contents (abfd,
+					    *debug_string_section_p,
+					    (PTR) symbol->name,
+					    ((file_ptr) *debug_string_size_p
+					     + 2),
+					    (bfd_size_type) name_length + 1))
+	    abort ();
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	    abort ();
+	  native->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = *debug_string_size_p + 2;
+	  native->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes = 0;
+	  *debug_string_size_p += name_length + 3;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* We need to keep track of the symbol index so that when we write out
+   the relocs we can get the index for a symbol.  This method is a
+   hack.  FIXME.  */
+
+#define set_index(symbol, idx)	((symbol)->udata.i = (idx))
+
+/* Write a symbol out to a COFF file.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_write_symbol (abfd, symbol, native, written, string_size_p,
+		   debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     combined_entry_type *native;
+     unsigned int *written;
+     bfd_size_type *string_size_p;
+     asection **debug_string_section_p;
+     bfd_size_type *debug_string_size_p;
+{
+  unsigned int numaux = native->u.syment.n_numaux;
+  int type = native->u.syment.n_type;
+  int class = native->u.syment.n_sclass;
+  PTR buf;
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+
+  if (native->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+    symbol->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING;
+
+  if (symbol->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING
+      && bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum = N_DEBUG;
+    }
+  else if (bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum = N_ABS;
+    }
+  else if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum =
+	symbol->section->output_section->target_index;
+    }
+
+  coff_fix_symbol_name (abfd, symbol, native, string_size_p,
+			debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p);
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+  buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, symesz);
+  if (!buf)
+    return false;
+  bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (abfd, &native->u.syment, buf);
+  if (bfd_write (buf, 1, symesz, abfd) != symesz)
+    return false;
+  bfd_release (abfd, buf);
+
+  if (native->u.syment.n_numaux > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type auxesz;
+      unsigned int j;
+
+      auxesz = bfd_coff_auxesz (abfd);
+      buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, auxesz);
+      if (!buf)
+	return false;
+      for (j = 0; j < native->u.syment.n_numaux; j++)
+	{
+	  bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (abfd,
+				 &((native + j + 1)->u.auxent),
+				 type,
+				 class,
+				 j,
+				 native->u.syment.n_numaux,
+				 buf);
+	  if (bfd_write (buf, 1, auxesz, abfd) != auxesz)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      bfd_release (abfd, buf);
+    }
+
+  /* Store the index for use when we write out the relocs.  */
+  set_index (symbol, *written);
+
+  *written += numaux + 1;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a symbol to a COFF file that does not come from a COFF
+   file originally.  This symbol may have been created by the linker,
+   or we may be linking a non COFF file to a COFF file.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_write_alien_symbol (abfd, symbol, written, string_size_p,
+			 debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     unsigned int *written;
+     bfd_size_type *string_size_p;
+     asection **debug_string_section_p;
+     bfd_size_type *debug_string_size_p;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *native;
+  combined_entry_type dummy;
+
+  native = &dummy;
+  native->u.syment.n_type = T_NULL;
+  native->u.syment.n_flags = 0;
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      native->u.syment.n_value = symbol->value;
+    }
+  else if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      native->u.syment.n_value = symbol->value;
+    }
+  else if (symbol->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
+    {
+      /* There isn't much point to writing out a debugging symbol
+         unless we are prepared to convert it into COFF debugging
+         format.  So, we just ignore them.  We must clobber the symbol
+         name to keep it from being put in the string table.  */
+      symbol->name = "";
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      native->u.syment.n_scnum =
+	symbol->section->output_section->target_index;
+      native->u.syment.n_value = (symbol->value
+				  + symbol->section->output_section->vma
+				  + symbol->section->output_offset);
+
+      /* Copy the any flags from the the file header into the symbol.
+         FIXME: Why?  */
+      {
+	coff_symbol_type *c = coff_symbol_from (abfd, symbol);
+	if (c != (coff_symbol_type *) NULL)
+	  native->u.syment.n_flags = bfd_asymbol_bfd (&c->symbol)->flags;
+      }
+    }
+
+  native->u.syment.n_type = 0;
+  if (symbol->flags & BSF_LOCAL)
+    native->u.syment.n_sclass = C_STAT;
+  else
+    native->u.syment.n_sclass = C_EXT;
+  native->u.syment.n_numaux = 0;
+
+  return coff_write_symbol (abfd, symbol, native, written, string_size_p,
+			    debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p);
+}
+
+/* Write a native symbol to a COFF file.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_write_native_symbol (abfd, symbol, written, string_size_p,
+			  debug_string_section_p, debug_string_size_p)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     coff_symbol_type *symbol;
+     unsigned int *written;
+     bfd_size_type *string_size_p;
+     asection **debug_string_section_p;
+     bfd_size_type *debug_string_size_p;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *native = symbol->native;
+  alent *lineno = symbol->lineno;
+
+  /* If this symbol has an associated line number, we must store the
+     symbol index in the line number field.  We also tag the auxent to
+     point to the right place in the lineno table.  */
+  if (lineno && !symbol->done_lineno && symbol->symbol.section->owner != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int count = 0;
+      lineno[count].u.offset = *written;
+      if (native->u.syment.n_numaux)
+	{
+	  union internal_auxent *a = &((native + 1)->u.auxent);
+
+	  a->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr =
+	    symbol->symbol.section->output_section->moving_line_filepos;
+	}
+
+      /* Count and relocate all other linenumbers.  */
+      count++;
+      while (lineno[count].line_number != 0)
+	{
+#if 0
+	  /* 13 april 92. sac 
+	     I've been told this, but still need proof:
+	     > The second bug is also in `bfd/coffcode.h'.  This bug
+	     > causes the linker to screw up the pc-relocations for
+	     > all the line numbers in COFF code.  This bug isn't only
+	     > specific to A29K implementations, but affects all
+	     > systems using COFF format binaries.  Note that in COFF
+	     > object files, the line number core offsets output by
+	     > the assembler are relative to the start of each
+	     > procedure, not to the start of the .text section.  This
+	     > patch relocates the line numbers relative to the
+	     > `native->u.syment.n_value' instead of the section
+	     > virtual address.
+	     > modular!olson@cs.arizona.edu (Jon Olson)
+	   */
+	  lineno[count].u.offset += native->u.syment.n_value;
+#else
+	  lineno[count].u.offset +=
+	    (symbol->symbol.section->output_section->vma
+	     + symbol->symbol.section->output_offset);
+#endif
+	  count++;
+	}
+      symbol->done_lineno = true;
+
+      symbol->symbol.section->output_section->moving_line_filepos +=
+	count * bfd_coff_linesz (abfd);
+    }
+
+  return coff_write_symbol (abfd, &(symbol->symbol), native, written,
+			    string_size_p, debug_string_section_p,
+			    debug_string_size_p);
+}
+
+/* Write out the COFF symbols.  */
+
+boolean
+coff_write_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_size_type string_size;
+  asection *debug_string_section;
+  bfd_size_type debug_string_size;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int limit = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  unsigned int written = 0;
+  asymbol **p;
+
+  string_size = 0;
+  debug_string_section = NULL;
+  debug_string_size = 0;
+
+  /* If this target supports long section names, they must be put into
+     the string table.  This is supported by PE.  This code must
+     handle section names just as they are handled in
+     coff_write_object_contents.  */
+  if (bfd_coff_long_section_names (abfd))
+    {
+      asection *o;
+
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+
+	  len = strlen (o->name);
+	  if (len > SCNNMLEN)
+	    string_size += len + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Seek to the right place */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Output all the symbols we have */
+
+  written = 0;
+  for (p = abfd->outsymbols, i = 0; i < limit; i++, p++)
+    {
+      asymbol *symbol = *p;
+      coff_symbol_type *c_symbol = coff_symbol_from (abfd, symbol);
+
+      if (c_symbol == (coff_symbol_type *) NULL
+	  || c_symbol->native == (combined_entry_type *) NULL)
+	{
+	  if (!coff_write_alien_symbol (abfd, symbol, &written, &string_size,
+					&debug_string_section,
+					&debug_string_size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (!coff_write_native_symbol (abfd, c_symbol, &written,
+					 &string_size, &debug_string_section,
+					 &debug_string_size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) = written;
+
+  /* Now write out strings */
+
+  if (string_size != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int size = string_size + STRING_SIZE_SIZE;
+      bfd_byte buffer[STRING_SIZE_SIZE];
+
+#if STRING_SIZE_SIZE == 4
+      bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, size, buffer);
+#else
+ #error Change bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), abfd) != sizeof (buffer))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Handle long section names.  This code must handle section
+	 names just as they are handled in coff_write_object_contents.  */
+      if (bfd_coff_long_section_names (abfd))
+	{
+	  asection *o;
+
+	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	    {
+	      size_t len;
+
+	      len = strlen (o->name);
+	      if (len > SCNNMLEN)
+		{
+		  if (bfd_write (o->name, 1, len + 1, abfd) != len + 1)
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      for (p = abfd->outsymbols, i = 0;
+	   i < limit;
+	   i++, p++)
+	{
+	  asymbol *q = *p;
+	  size_t name_length = strlen (q->name);
+	  coff_symbol_type *c_symbol = coff_symbol_from (abfd, q);
+	  size_t maxlen;
+
+	  /* Figure out whether the symbol name should go in the string
+	     table.  Symbol names that are short enough are stored
+	     directly in the syment structure.  File names permit a
+	     different, longer, length in the syment structure.  On
+	     XCOFF, some symbol names are stored in the .debug section
+	     rather than in the string table.  */
+
+	  if (c_symbol == NULL
+	      || c_symbol->native == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This is not a COFF symbol, so it certainly is not a
+	         file name, nor does it go in the .debug section.  */
+	      maxlen = SYMNMLEN;
+	    }
+	  else if (bfd_coff_symname_in_debug (abfd,
+					      &c_symbol->native->u.syment))
+	    {
+	      /* This symbol name is in the XCOFF .debug section.
+	         Don't write it into the string table.  */
+	      maxlen = name_length;
+	    }
+	  else if (c_symbol->native->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE
+		   && c_symbol->native->u.syment.n_numaux > 0)
+	    maxlen = FILNMLEN;
+	  else
+	    maxlen = SYMNMLEN;
+
+	  if (name_length > maxlen)
+	    {
+	      if (bfd_write ((PTR) (q->name), 1, name_length + 1, abfd)
+		  != name_length + 1)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We would normally not write anything here, but we'll write
+         out 4 so that any stupid coff reader which tries to read the
+         string table even when there isn't one won't croak.  */
+      unsigned int size = STRING_SIZE_SIZE;
+      bfd_byte buffer[STRING_SIZE_SIZE];
+
+#if STRING_SIZE_SIZE == 4
+      bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, size, buffer);
+#else
+ #error Change bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) buffer, 1, STRING_SIZE_SIZE, abfd)
+	  != STRING_SIZE_SIZE)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure the .debug section was created to be the correct size.
+     We should create it ourselves on the fly, but we don't because
+     BFD won't let us write to any section until we know how large all
+     the sections are.  We could still do it by making another pass
+     over the symbols.  FIXME.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (debug_string_size == 0
+	      || (debug_string_section != (asection *) NULL
+		  && (BFD_ALIGN (debug_string_size,
+				 1 << debug_string_section->alignment_power)
+		      == bfd_section_size (abfd, debug_string_section))));
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+boolean
+coff_write_linenumbers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  bfd_size_type linesz;
+  PTR buff;
+
+  linesz = bfd_coff_linesz (abfd);
+  buff = bfd_alloc (abfd, linesz);
+  if (!buff)
+    return false;
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if (s->lineno_count)
+	{
+	  asymbol **q = abfd->outsymbols;
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, s->line_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	    return false;
+	  /* Find all the linenumbers in this section */
+	  while (*q)
+	    {
+	      asymbol *p = *q;
+	      if (p->section->output_section == s)
+		{
+		  alent *l =
+		  BFD_SEND (bfd_asymbol_bfd (p), _get_lineno,
+			    (bfd_asymbol_bfd (p), p));
+		  if (l)
+		    {
+		      /* Found a linenumber entry, output */
+		      struct internal_lineno out;
+		      memset ((PTR) & out, 0, sizeof (out));
+		      out.l_lnno = 0;
+		      out.l_addr.l_symndx = l->u.offset;
+		      bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out (abfd, &out, buff);
+		      if (bfd_write (buff, 1, linesz, abfd) != linesz)
+			return false;
+		      l++;
+		      while (l->line_number)
+			{
+			  out.l_lnno = l->line_number;
+			  out.l_addr.l_symndx = l->u.offset;
+			  bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out (abfd, &out, buff);
+			  if (bfd_write (buff, 1, linesz, abfd) != linesz)
+			    return false;
+			  l++;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      q++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  bfd_release (abfd, buff);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED */
+alent *
+coff_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{
+  return coffsymbol (symbol)->lineno;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/* This is only called from coff_add_missing_symbols, which has been
+   disabled.  */
+
+asymbol *
+coff_section_symbol (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *name;
+{
+  asection *sec = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, name);
+  asymbol *sym;
+  combined_entry_type *csym;
+
+  sym = sec->symbol;
+  csym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, sym)->native;
+  /* Make sure back-end COFF stuff is there.  */
+  if (csym == 0)
+    {
+      struct foo
+	{
+	  coff_symbol_type sym;
+	  /* @@FIXME This shouldn't use a fixed size!!  */
+	  combined_entry_type e[10];
+	};
+      struct foo *f;
+      f = (struct foo *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*f));
+      if (!f)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      memset ((char *) f, 0, sizeof (*f));
+      coff_symbol_from (abfd, sym)->native = csym = f->e;
+    }
+  csym[0].u.syment.n_sclass = C_STAT;
+  csym[0].u.syment.n_numaux = 1;
+/*  SF_SET_STATICS (sym);       @@ ??? */
+  csym[1].u.auxent.x_scn.x_scnlen = sec->_raw_size;
+  csym[1].u.auxent.x_scn.x_nreloc = sec->reloc_count;
+  csym[1].u.auxent.x_scn.x_nlinno = sec->lineno_count;
+
+  if (sec->output_section == NULL)
+    {
+      sec->output_section = sec;
+      sec->output_offset = 0;
+    }
+
+  return sym;
+}
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+/* This function transforms the offsets into the symbol table into
+   pointers to syments.  */
+
+static void
+coff_pointerize_aux (abfd, table_base, symbol, indaux, auxent)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     combined_entry_type *table_base;
+     combined_entry_type *symbol;
+     unsigned int indaux;
+     combined_entry_type *auxent;
+{
+  int type = symbol->u.syment.n_type;
+  int class = symbol->u.syment.n_sclass;
+
+  if (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook)
+    {
+      if ((*coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook)
+	  (abfd, table_base, symbol, indaux, auxent))
+	return;
+    }
+
+  /* Don't bother if this is a file or a section */
+  if (class == C_STAT && type == T_NULL)
+    return;
+  if (class == C_FILE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Otherwise patch up */
+#define N_TMASK coff_data (abfd)->local_n_tmask
+#define N_BTSHFT coff_data (abfd)->local_n_btshft
+  if ((ISFCN (type) || ISTAG (class) || class == C_BLOCK || class == C_FCN)
+      && auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l > 0)
+    {
+      auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.p =
+	table_base + auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l;
+      auxent->fix_end = 1;
+    }
+  /* A negative tagndx is meaningless, but the SCO 3.2v4 cc can
+     generate one, so we must be careful to ignore it.  */
+  if (auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.l > 0)
+    {
+      auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.p =
+	table_base + auxent->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.l;
+      auxent->fix_tag = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Allocate space for the ".debug" section, and read it.
+   We did not read the debug section until now, because
+   we didn't want to go to the trouble until someone needed it. */
+
+static char *
+build_debug_section (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char *debug_section;
+  long position;
+
+  asection *sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".debug");
+
+  if (!sect)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_debug_section);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  debug_section = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+				   bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sect));
+  if (debug_section == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Seek to the beginning of the `.debug' section and read it. 
+     Save the current position first; it is needed by our caller.
+     Then read debug section and reset the file pointer.  */
+
+  position = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, sect->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read (debug_section,
+		    bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sect), 1, abfd)
+	  != bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sect))
+      || bfd_seek (abfd, position, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  return debug_section;
+}
+
+
+/* Return a pointer to a malloc'd copy of 'name'.  'name' may not be
+   \0-terminated, but will not exceed 'maxlen' characters.  The copy *will*
+   be \0-terminated.  */
+static char *
+copy_name (abfd, name, maxlen)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *name;
+     int maxlen;
+{
+  int len;
+  char *newname;
+
+  for (len = 0; len < maxlen; ++len)
+    {
+      if (name[len] == '\0')
+	{
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if ((newname = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1)) == NULL)
+    return (NULL);
+  strncpy (newname, name, len);
+  newname[len] = '\0';
+  return newname;
+}
+
+/* Read in the external symbols.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  size_t size;
+  PTR syms;
+
+  if (obj_coff_external_syms (abfd) != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+
+  size = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * symesz;
+
+  syms = (PTR) bfd_malloc (size);
+  if (syms == NULL && size != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, obj_sym_filepos (abfd), SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (syms, size, 1, abfd) != size)
+    {
+      if (syms != NULL)
+	free (syms);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  obj_coff_external_syms (abfd) = syms;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read in the external strings.  The strings are not loaded until
+   they are needed.  This is because we have no simple way of
+   detecting a missing string table in an archive.  */
+
+const char *
+_bfd_coff_read_string_table (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char extstrsize[STRING_SIZE_SIZE];
+  size_t strsize;
+  char *strings;
+
+  if (obj_coff_strings (abfd) != NULL)
+    return obj_coff_strings (abfd);
+
+  if (obj_sym_filepos (abfd) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		(obj_sym_filepos (abfd)
+		 + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * bfd_coff_symesz (abfd)),
+		SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+    
+  if (bfd_read (extstrsize, sizeof extstrsize, 1, abfd) != sizeof extstrsize)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_file_truncated)
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* There is no string table.  */
+      strsize = STRING_SIZE_SIZE;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if STRING_SIZE_SIZE == 4
+      strsize = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) extstrsize);
+#else
+ #error Change bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (strsize < STRING_SIZE_SIZE)
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: bad string table size %lu", bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+	 (unsigned long) strsize);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  strings = (char *) bfd_malloc (strsize);
+  if (strings == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (bfd_read (strings + STRING_SIZE_SIZE,
+		strsize - STRING_SIZE_SIZE, 1, abfd)
+      != strsize - STRING_SIZE_SIZE)
+    {
+      free (strings);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  obj_coff_strings (abfd) = strings;
+
+  return strings;
+}
+
+/* Free up the external symbols and strings read from a COFF file.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_free_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (obj_coff_external_syms (abfd) != NULL
+      && ! obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd))
+    {
+      free (obj_coff_external_syms (abfd));
+      obj_coff_external_syms (abfd) = NULL;
+    }
+  if (obj_coff_strings (abfd) != NULL
+      && ! obj_coff_keep_strings (abfd))
+    {
+      free (obj_coff_strings (abfd));
+      obj_coff_strings (abfd) = NULL;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a symbol table into freshly bfd_allocated memory, swap it, and
+   knit the symbol names into a normalized form.  By normalized here I
+   mean that all symbols have an n_offset pointer that points to a null-
+   terminated string.  */
+
+combined_entry_type *
+coff_get_normalized_symtab (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *internal;
+  combined_entry_type *internal_ptr;
+  combined_entry_type *symbol_ptr;
+  combined_entry_type *internal_end;
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  char *raw_src;
+  char *raw_end;
+  const char *string_table = NULL;
+  char *debug_section = NULL;
+  unsigned long size;
+
+  if (obj_raw_syments (abfd) != NULL)
+    return obj_raw_syments (abfd);
+
+  size = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * sizeof (combined_entry_type);
+  internal = (combined_entry_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
+  if (internal == NULL && size != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  internal_end = internal + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);
+
+  if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  raw_src = (char *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd);
+
+  /* mark the end of the symbols */
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+  raw_end = (char *) raw_src + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * symesz;
+
+  /* FIXME SOMEDAY.  A string table size of zero is very weird, but
+     probably possible.  If one shows up, it will probably kill us.  */
+
+  /* Swap all the raw entries */
+  for (internal_ptr = internal;
+       raw_src < raw_end;
+       raw_src += symesz, internal_ptr++)
+    {
+
+      unsigned int i;
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) raw_src,
+			    (PTR) & internal_ptr->u.syment);
+      symbol_ptr = internal_ptr;
+
+      for (i = 0;
+	   i < symbol_ptr->u.syment.n_numaux;
+	   i++)
+	{
+	  internal_ptr++;
+	  raw_src += symesz;
+	  bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (abfd, (PTR) raw_src,
+				symbol_ptr->u.syment.n_type,
+				symbol_ptr->u.syment.n_sclass,
+				i, symbol_ptr->u.syment.n_numaux,
+				&(internal_ptr->u.auxent));
+	  coff_pointerize_aux (abfd, internal, symbol_ptr, i,
+			       internal_ptr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Free the raw symbols, but not the strings (if we have them).  */
+  obj_coff_keep_strings (abfd) = true;
+  if (! _bfd_coff_free_symbols (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (internal_ptr = internal; internal_ptr < internal_end;
+       internal_ptr++)
+    {
+      if (internal_ptr->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE
+	  && internal_ptr->u.syment.n_numaux > 0)
+	{
+	  /* make a file symbol point to the name in the auxent, since
+	     the text ".file" is redundant */
+	  if ((internal_ptr + 1)->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_zeroes == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* the filename is a long one, point into the string table */
+	      if (string_table == NULL)
+		{
+		  string_table = _bfd_coff_read_string_table (abfd);
+		  if (string_table == NULL)
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset =
+		((long)
+		 (string_table
+		  + (internal_ptr + 1)->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_offset));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* ordinary short filename, put into memory anyway */
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = (long)
+		copy_name (abfd, (internal_ptr + 1)->u.auxent.x_file.x_fname,
+			   FILNMLEN);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This is a "short" name.  Make it long.  */
+	      unsigned long i = 0;
+	      char *newstring = NULL;
+
+	      /* find the length of this string without walking into memory
+	         that isn't ours.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i)
+		{
+		  if (internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_name[i] == '\0')
+		    {
+		      break;
+		    }		/* if end of string */
+		}		/* possible lengths of this string. */
+
+	      if ((newstring = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, ++i)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+	      memset (newstring, 0, i);
+	      strncpy (newstring, internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_name, i - 1);
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = (long int) newstring;
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_zeroes = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset == 0)
+	    internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = (long int) "";
+	  else if (!bfd_coff_symname_in_debug (abfd, &internal_ptr->u.syment))
+	    {
+	      /* Long name already.  Point symbol at the string in the
+                 table.  */
+	      if (string_table == NULL)
+		{
+		  string_table = _bfd_coff_read_string_table (abfd);
+		  if (string_table == NULL)
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset =
+		((long int)
+		 (string_table
+		  + internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Long name in debug section.  Very similar.  */
+	      if (debug_section == NULL)
+		debug_section = build_debug_section (abfd);
+	      internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset = (long int)
+		(debug_section + internal_ptr->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset);
+	    }
+	}
+      internal_ptr += internal_ptr->u.syment.n_numaux;
+    }
+
+  obj_raw_syments (abfd) = internal;
+  BFD_ASSERT (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd)
+	      == (unsigned int) (internal_ptr - internal));
+
+  return (internal);
+}				/* coff_get_normalized_symtab() */
+
+long
+coff_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
+}
+
+asymbol *
+coff_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  coff_symbol_type *new = (coff_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (coff_symbol_type));
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return (NULL);
+  memset (new, 0, sizeof *new);
+  new->symbol.section = 0;
+  new->native = 0;
+  new->lineno = (alent *) NULL;
+  new->done_lineno = false;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+  return &new->symbol;
+}
+
+/* Make a debugging symbol.  */
+
+asymbol *
+coff_bfd_make_debug_symbol (abfd, ptr, sz)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ptr;
+     unsigned long sz;
+{
+  coff_symbol_type *new = (coff_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (coff_symbol_type));
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return (NULL);
+  /* @@ The 10 is a guess at a plausible maximum number of aux entries
+     (but shouldn't be a constant).  */
+  new->native = (combined_entry_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (combined_entry_type) * 10);
+  if (!new->native)
+    return (NULL);
+  new->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+  new->symbol.flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+  new->lineno = (alent *) NULL;
+  new->done_lineno = false;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+  return &new->symbol;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED */
+void
+coff_get_symbol_info (abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+  if (coffsymbol (symbol)->native != NULL
+      && coffsymbol (symbol)->native->fix_value)
+    {
+      combined_entry_type *psym;
+
+      psym = ((combined_entry_type *)
+	      coffsymbol (symbol)->native->u.syment.n_value);
+      ret->value = (bfd_vma) (psym - obj_raw_syments (abfd));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the COFF syment for a symbol.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_coff_get_syment (abfd, symbol, psyment)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     struct internal_syment *psyment;
+{
+  coff_symbol_type *csym;
+
+  csym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, symbol);
+  if (csym == NULL || csym->native == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  *psyment = csym->native->u.syment;
+
+  if (csym->native->fix_value)
+    psyment->n_value = ((combined_entry_type *) psyment->n_value
+			- obj_raw_syments (abfd));
+
+  /* FIXME: We should handle fix_line here.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the COFF auxent for a symbol.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_coff_get_auxent (abfd, symbol, indx, pauxent)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     int indx;
+     union internal_auxent *pauxent;
+{
+  coff_symbol_type *csym;
+  combined_entry_type *ent;
+
+  csym = coff_symbol_from (abfd, symbol);
+
+  if (csym == NULL
+      || csym->native == NULL
+      || indx >= csym->native->u.syment.n_numaux)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ent = csym->native + indx + 1;
+
+  *pauxent = ent->u.auxent;
+
+  if (ent->fix_tag)
+    pauxent->x_sym.x_tagndx.l =
+      ((combined_entry_type *) pauxent->x_sym.x_tagndx.p
+       - obj_raw_syments (abfd));
+
+  if (ent->fix_end)
+    pauxent->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l =
+      ((combined_entry_type *) pauxent->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.p
+       - obj_raw_syments (abfd));
+
+  if (ent->fix_scnlen)
+    pauxent->x_csect.x_scnlen.l =
+      ((combined_entry_type *) pauxent->x_csect.x_scnlen.p
+       - obj_raw_syments (abfd));
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Print out information about COFF symbol.  */
+
+void
+coff_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filep;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
+
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+      fprintf (file, "coff %s %s",
+	       coffsymbol (symbol)->native ? "n" : "g",
+	       coffsymbol (symbol)->lineno ? "l" : " ");
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+      if (coffsymbol (symbol)->native)
+	{
+	  unsigned long val;
+	  unsigned int aux;
+	  combined_entry_type *combined = coffsymbol (symbol)->native;
+	  combined_entry_type *root = obj_raw_syments (abfd);
+	  struct lineno_cache_entry *l = coffsymbol (symbol)->lineno;
+
+	  fprintf (file, "[%3ld]", (long) (combined - root));
+
+	  if (! combined->fix_value)
+	    val = (unsigned long) combined->u.syment.n_value;
+	  else
+	    val = ((unsigned long)
+		   ((combined_entry_type *) combined->u.syment.n_value
+		    - root));
+
+	  fprintf (file,
+		   "(sec %2d)(fl 0x%02x)(ty %3x)(scl %3d) (nx %d) 0x%08lx %s",
+		   combined->u.syment.n_scnum,
+		   combined->u.syment.n_flags,
+		   combined->u.syment.n_type,
+		   combined->u.syment.n_sclass,
+		   combined->u.syment.n_numaux,
+		   val,
+		   symbol->name);
+
+	  for (aux = 0; aux < combined->u.syment.n_numaux; aux++)
+	    {
+	      combined_entry_type *auxp = combined + aux + 1;
+	      long tagndx;
+
+	      if (auxp->fix_tag)
+		tagndx = auxp->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.p - root;
+	      else
+		tagndx = auxp->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.l;
+
+	      fprintf (file, "\n");
+
+	      if (bfd_coff_print_aux (abfd, file, root, combined, auxp, aux))
+		continue;
+
+	      switch (combined->u.syment.n_sclass)
+		{
+		case C_FILE:
+		  fprintf (file, "File ");
+		  break;
+
+		case C_STAT:
+		  if (combined->u.syment.n_type == T_NULL)
+		    /* probably a section symbol? */
+		    {
+		      fprintf (file, "AUX scnlen 0x%lx nreloc %d nlnno %d",
+			       (long) auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_scnlen,
+			       auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_nreloc,
+			       auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_nlinno);
+		      if (auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_checksum != 0
+			  || auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_associated != 0
+			  || auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat != 0)
+			fprintf (file, " checksum 0x%lx assoc %d comdat %d",
+				 auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_checksum,
+				 auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_associated,
+				 auxp->u.auxent.x_scn.x_comdat);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  /* else fall through */
+
+		default:
+		  fprintf (file, "AUX lnno %d size 0x%x tagndx %ld",
+			   auxp->u.auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno,
+			   auxp->u.auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size,
+			   tagndx);
+		  if (auxp->fix_end)
+		    fprintf (file, " endndx %ld",
+			     ((long)
+			      (auxp->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.p
+			       - root)));
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (l)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (file, "\n%s :", l->u.sym->name);
+	      l++;
+	      while (l->line_number)
+		{
+		  fprintf (file, "\n%4d : 0x%lx",
+			   l->line_number,
+			   ((unsigned long)
+			    (l->u.offset + symbol->section->vma)));
+		  l++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+	  fprintf (file, " %-5s %s %s %s",
+		   symbol->section->name,
+		   coffsymbol (symbol)->native ? "n" : "g",
+		   coffsymbol (symbol)->lineno ? "l" : " ",
+		   symbol->name);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol.  In COFF,
+   local symbols generally start with ``.L''.  Most targets use this
+   function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some may
+   override it.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  return name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L';
+}
+
+/* Provided a BFD, a section and an offset into the section, calculate
+   and return the name of the source file and the line nearest to the
+   wanted location.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+coff_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
+			functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     CONST char **filename_ptr;
+     CONST char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+  boolean found;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int line_base;
+  coff_data_type *cof = coff_data (abfd);
+  /* Run through the raw syments if available */
+  combined_entry_type *p;
+  combined_entry_type *pend;
+  alent *l;
+  struct coff_section_tdata *sec_data;
+
+  /* Before looking through the symbol table, try to use a .stab
+     section to find the information.  */
+  if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
+					     &found, filename_ptr,
+					     functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
+					     &coff_data (abfd)->line_info))
+    return false;
+  if (found)
+    return true;
+
+  *filename_ptr = 0;
+  *functionname_ptr = 0;
+  *line_ptr = 0;
+
+  /* Don't try and find line numbers in a non coff file */
+  if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_coff_flavour)
+    return false;
+
+  if (cof == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Find the first C_FILE symbol.  */
+  p = cof->raw_syments;
+  pend = p + cof->raw_syment_count;
+  while (p < pend)
+    {
+      if (p->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+	break;
+      p += 1 + p->u.syment.n_numaux;
+    }
+
+  if (p < pend)
+    {
+      bfd_vma maxdiff;
+
+      /* Look through the C_FILE symbols to find the best one.  */
+      *filename_ptr = (char *) p->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset;
+      maxdiff = (bfd_vma) 0 - (bfd_vma) 1;
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  combined_entry_type *p2;
+
+	  for (p2 = p + 1 + p->u.syment.n_numaux;
+	       p2 < pend;
+	       p2 += 1 + p2->u.syment.n_numaux)
+	    {
+	      if (p2->u.syment.n_scnum > 0
+		  && (section
+		      == coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd,
+						      p2->u.syment.n_scnum)))
+		break;
+	      if (p2->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+		{
+		  p2 = pend;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (p2 < pend
+	      && offset >= (bfd_vma) p2->u.syment.n_value
+	      && offset - (bfd_vma) p2->u.syment.n_value < maxdiff)
+	    {
+	      *filename_ptr = (char *) p->u.syment._n._n_n._n_offset;
+	      maxdiff = offset - p2->u.syment.n_value;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Avoid endless loops on erroneous files by ensuring that
+	     we always move forward in the file.  */
+	  if (p - cof->raw_syments >= p->u.syment.n_value)
+	    break;
+
+	  p = cof->raw_syments + p->u.syment.n_value;
+	  if (p > pend || p->u.syment.n_sclass != C_FILE)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now wander though the raw linenumbers of the section */
+  /* If we have been called on this section before, and the offset we
+     want is further down then we can prime the lookup loop.  */
+  sec_data = coff_section_data (abfd, section);
+  if (sec_data != NULL
+      && sec_data->i > 0
+      && offset >= sec_data->offset)
+    {
+      i = sec_data->i;
+      *functionname_ptr = sec_data->function;
+      line_base = sec_data->line_base;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      i = 0;
+      line_base = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (section->lineno != NULL)
+    {
+      l = &section->lineno[i];
+
+      for (; i < section->lineno_count; i++)
+	{
+	  if (l->line_number == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Get the symbol this line number points at */
+	      coff_symbol_type *coff = (coff_symbol_type *) (l->u.sym);
+	      if (coff->symbol.value > offset)
+		break;
+	      *functionname_ptr = coff->symbol.name;
+	      if (coff->native)
+		{
+		  combined_entry_type *s = coff->native;
+		  s = s + 1 + s->u.syment.n_numaux;
+
+		  /* In XCOFF a debugging symbol can follow the
+		     function symbol.  */
+		  if (s->u.syment.n_scnum == N_DEBUG)
+		    s = s + 1 + s->u.syment.n_numaux;
+
+		  /* S should now point to the .bf of the function.  */
+		  if (s->u.syment.n_numaux)
+		    {
+		      /* The linenumber is stored in the auxent.  */
+		      union internal_auxent *a = &((s + 1)->u.auxent);
+		      line_base = a->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno;
+		      *line_ptr = line_base;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (l->u.offset + bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section) > offset)
+		break;
+	      *line_ptr = l->line_number + line_base - 1;
+	    }
+	  l++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Cache the results for the next call.  */
+  if (sec_data == NULL && section->owner == abfd)
+    {
+      section->used_by_bfd =
+	((PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+			   sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata)));
+      sec_data = (struct coff_section_tdata *) section->used_by_bfd;
+    }
+  if (sec_data != NULL)
+    {
+      sec_data->offset = offset;
+      sec_data->i = i;
+      sec_data->function = *functionname_ptr;
+      sec_data->line_base = line_base;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+int
+coff_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean reloc;
+{
+  size_t size;
+
+  if (reloc == false)
+    {
+      size = bfd_coff_filhsz (abfd) + bfd_coff_aoutsz (abfd);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      size = bfd_coff_filhsz (abfd);
+    }
+
+  size += abfd->section_count * bfd_coff_scnhsz (abfd);
+  return size;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cofflink.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cofflink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f824158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cofflink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2556 @@
+/* COFF specific linker code.
+   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains the COFF backend linker code.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+static boolean coff_link_add_object_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean coff_link_check_archive_element
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+static boolean coff_link_check_ar_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+static boolean coff_link_add_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static char *dores_com PARAMS ((char *, bfd *, int));
+static char *get_name PARAMS ((char *, char **));
+static int process_embedded_commands
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *));
+
+/* Create an entry in a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct coff_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct coff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct coff_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct coff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				 table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct coff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->indx = -1;
+      ret->type = T_NULL;
+      ret->class = C_NULL;
+      ret->numaux = 0;
+      ret->auxbfd = NULL;
+      ret->aux = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Initialize a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
+     struct coff_link_hash_table *table;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  table->stab_info = NULL;
+  return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
+}
+
+/* Create a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct coff_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct coff_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct coff_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  if (! _bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd,
+					_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ret);
+      return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+    }
+  return &ret->root;
+}
+
+/* Create an entry in a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+_bfd_coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->types = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Given a COFF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
+   appropriate.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_object:
+      return coff_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info);
+    case bfd_archive:
+      return (_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+	      (abfd, info, coff_link_check_archive_element));
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from a COFF object file.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+  if (! coff_link_add_symbols (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! info->keep_memory)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_coff_free_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check a single archive element to see if we need to include it in
+   the link.  *PNEEDED is set according to whether this element is
+   needed in the link or not.  This is called via
+   _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! coff_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*pneeded)
+    {
+      if (! coff_link_add_symbols (abfd, info))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! info->keep_memory || ! *pneeded)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_coff_free_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look through the symbols to see if this object file should be
+   included in the link.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_link_check_ar_symbols (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  boolean (*sym_is_global) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *));
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  bfd_byte *esym;
+  bfd_byte *esym_end;
+
+  *pneeded = false;
+
+  sym_is_global = coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global;
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd);
+  esym_end = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * symesz;
+  while (esym < esym_end)
+    {
+      struct internal_syment sym;
+
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) &sym);
+
+      if ((sym.n_sclass == C_EXT
+	   || (sym_is_global && (*sym_is_global) (abfd, &sym)))
+	  && (sym.n_scnum != 0 || sym.n_value != 0))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  /* This symbol is externally visible, and is defined by this
+             object file.  */
+
+	  name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (abfd, &sym, buf);
+	  if (name == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, false, false, true);
+
+	  /* We are only interested in symbols that are currently
+	     undefined.  If a symbol is currently known to be common,
+	     COFF linkers do not bring in an object file which defines
+	     it.  */
+	  if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	      && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	    {
+	      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name))
+		return false;
+	      *pneeded = true;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      esym += (sym.n_numaux + 1) * symesz;
+    }
+
+  /* We do not need this object file.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add all the symbols from an object file to the hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+coff_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  boolean (*sym_is_global) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *));
+  boolean keep_syms;
+  boolean default_copy;
+  bfd_size_type symcount;
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  bfd_byte *esym;
+  bfd_byte *esym_end;
+
+  /* Keep the symbols during this function, in case the linker needs
+     to read the generic symbols in order to report an error message.  */
+  keep_syms = obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd);
+  obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd) = true;
+
+  sym_is_global = coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global;
+
+  if (info->keep_memory)
+    default_copy = false;
+  else
+    default_copy = true;
+
+  symcount = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);
+
+  /* We keep a list of the linker hash table entries that correspond
+     to particular symbols.  */
+  sym_hash = ((struct coff_link_hash_entry **)
+	      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 ((size_t) symcount
+			  * sizeof (struct coff_link_hash_entry *))));
+  if (sym_hash == NULL && symcount != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  obj_coff_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash;
+  memset (sym_hash, 0,
+	  (size_t) symcount * sizeof (struct coff_link_hash_entry *));
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+  BFD_ASSERT (symesz == bfd_coff_auxesz (abfd));
+  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (abfd);
+  esym_end = esym + symcount * symesz;
+  while (esym < esym_end)
+    {
+      struct internal_syment sym;
+      boolean copy;
+
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) &sym);
+
+      if (sym.n_sclass == C_EXT
+	  || (sym_is_global && (*sym_is_global) (abfd, &sym)))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+	  flagword flags;
+	  asection *section;
+	  bfd_vma value;
+
+	  /* This symbol is externally visible.  */
+
+	  name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (abfd, &sym, buf);
+	  if (name == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* We must copy the name into memory if we got it from the
+             syment itself, rather than the string table.  */
+	  copy = default_copy;
+	  if (sym._n._n_n._n_zeroes != 0
+	      || sym._n._n_n._n_offset == 0)
+	    copy = true;
+
+	  value = sym.n_value;
+
+	  if (sym.n_scnum == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (value == 0)
+		{
+		  flags = 0;
+		  section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+		  section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      flags = BSF_EXPORT | BSF_GLOBAL;
+	      section = coff_section_from_bfd_index (abfd, sym.n_scnum);
+	      value -= section->vma;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! (bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol
+		 (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value,
+		  (const char *) NULL, copy, false,
+		  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash)))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (section == bfd_com_section_ptr
+	      && (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+	      && ((*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power
+		  > bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power (abfd)))
+	    (*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power
+	      = bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power (abfd);
+
+	  if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_get_flavour (abfd))
+	    {
+	      if (((*sym_hash)->class == C_NULL
+		   && (*sym_hash)->type == T_NULL)
+		  || sym.n_scnum != 0
+		  || (sym.n_value != 0
+		      && (*sym_hash)->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined))
+		{
+		  (*sym_hash)->class = sym.n_sclass;
+		  if (sym.n_type != T_NULL)
+		    {
+		      if ((*sym_hash)->type != T_NULL
+			  && (*sym_hash)->type != sym.n_type)
+			(*_bfd_error_handler)
+			  ("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed from %d to %d in %s",
+			   name, (*sym_hash)->type, sym.n_type,
+			   bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+		      (*sym_hash)->type = sym.n_type;
+		    }
+		  (*sym_hash)->auxbfd = abfd;
+		  if (sym.n_numaux != 0)
+		    {
+		      union internal_auxent *alloc;
+		      unsigned int i;
+		      bfd_byte *eaux;
+		      union internal_auxent *iaux;
+
+		      (*sym_hash)->numaux = sym.n_numaux;
+		      alloc = ((union internal_auxent *)
+			       bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+						  (sym.n_numaux
+						   * sizeof (*alloc))));
+		      if (alloc == NULL)
+			goto error_return;
+		      for (i = 0, eaux = esym + symesz, iaux = alloc;
+			   i < sym.n_numaux;
+			   i++, eaux += symesz, iaux++)
+			bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (abfd, (PTR) eaux, sym.n_type,
+					      sym.n_sclass, i, sym.n_numaux,
+					      (PTR) iaux);
+		      (*sym_hash)->aux = alloc;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      esym += (sym.n_numaux + 1) * symesz;
+      sym_hash += sym.n_numaux + 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a non-traditional, non-relocateable link, try to
+     optimize the handling of any .stab/.stabstr sections.  */
+  if (! info->relocateable
+      && ! info->traditional_format
+      && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_get_flavour (abfd)
+      && (info->strip != strip_all && info->strip != strip_debugger))
+    {
+      asection *stab, *stabstr;
+
+      stab = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stab");
+      if (stab != NULL)
+	{
+	  stabstr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stabstr");
+
+	  if (stabstr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct coff_link_hash_table *table;
+	      struct coff_section_tdata *secdata;
+
+	      secdata = coff_section_data (abfd, stab);
+	      if (secdata == NULL)
+		{
+		  stab->used_by_bfd =
+		    (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+				      sizeof (struct coff_section_tdata));
+		  if (stab->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  secdata = coff_section_data (abfd, stab);
+		}
+
+	      table = coff_hash_table (info);
+
+	      if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd, &table->stab_info,
+					     stab, stabstr,
+					     &secdata->stab_info))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd) = keep_syms;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  obj_coff_keep_syms (abfd) = keep_syms;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Do the final link step.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  struct coff_final_link_info finfo;
+  boolean debug_merge_allocated;
+  boolean long_section_names;
+  asection *o;
+  struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  size_t max_sym_count;
+  size_t max_lineno_count;
+  size_t max_reloc_count;
+  size_t max_output_reloc_count;
+  size_t max_contents_size;
+  file_ptr rel_filepos;
+  unsigned int relsz;
+  file_ptr line_filepos;
+  unsigned int linesz;
+  bfd *sub;
+  bfd_byte *external_relocs = NULL;
+  char strbuf[STRING_SIZE_SIZE];
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (abfd);
+
+  finfo.info = info;
+  finfo.output_bfd = abfd;
+  finfo.strtab = NULL;
+  finfo.section_info = NULL;
+  finfo.last_file_index = -1;
+  finfo.last_bf_index = -1;
+  finfo.internal_syms = NULL;
+  finfo.sec_ptrs = NULL;
+  finfo.sym_indices = NULL;
+  finfo.outsyms = NULL;
+  finfo.linenos = NULL;
+  finfo.contents = NULL;
+  finfo.external_relocs = NULL;
+  finfo.internal_relocs = NULL;
+  debug_merge_allocated = false;
+
+  coff_data (abfd)->link_info = info;
+
+  finfo.strtab = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+  if (finfo.strtab == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (! coff_debug_merge_hash_table_init (&finfo.debug_merge))
+    goto error_return;
+  debug_merge_allocated = true;
+
+  /* Compute the file positions for all the sections.  */
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Count the line numbers and relocation entries required for the
+     output file.  Set the file positions for the relocs.  */
+  rel_filepos = obj_relocbase (abfd);
+  relsz = bfd_coff_relsz (abfd);
+  max_contents_size = 0;
+  max_lineno_count = 0;
+  max_reloc_count = 0;
+
+  long_section_names = false;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      o->reloc_count = 0;
+      o->lineno_count = 0;
+      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	    {
+	      asection *sec;
+
+	      sec = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+	      /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
+		 link.  This will normally be every section.  We need
+		 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
+		 the linker has decided to not include.  */
+	      sec->linker_mark = true;
+
+	      if (info->strip == strip_none
+		  || info->strip == strip_some)
+		o->lineno_count += sec->lineno_count;
+
+	      if (info->relocateable)
+		o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
+
+	      if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size)
+		max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size;
+	      if (sec->lineno_count > max_lineno_count)
+		max_lineno_count = sec->lineno_count;
+	      if (sec->reloc_count > max_reloc_count)
+		max_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
+	    }
+	  else if (info->relocateable
+		   && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		       || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
+	    ++o->reloc_count;
+	}
+      if (o->reloc_count == 0)
+	o->rel_filepos = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  o->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+	  o->rel_filepos = rel_filepos;
+	  rel_filepos += o->reloc_count * relsz;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_coff_long_section_names (abfd)
+	  && strlen (o->name) > SCNNMLEN)
+	{
+	  /* This section has a long name which must go in the string
+             table.  This must correspond to the code in
+             coff_write_object_contents which puts the string index
+             into the s_name field of the section header.  That is why
+             we pass hash as false.  */
+	  if (_bfd_stringtab_add (finfo.strtab, o->name, false, false)
+	      == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  long_section_names = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If doing a relocateable link, allocate space for the pointers we
+     need to keep.  */
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      /* We use section_count + 1, rather than section_count, because
+         the target_index fields are 1 based.  */
+      finfo.section_info =
+	((struct coff_link_section_info *)
+	 bfd_malloc ((abfd->section_count + 1)
+		     * sizeof (struct coff_link_section_info)));
+      if (finfo.section_info == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      for (i = 0; i <= abfd->section_count; i++)
+	{
+	  finfo.section_info[i].relocs = NULL;
+	  finfo.section_info[i].rel_hashes = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We now know the size of the relocs, so we can determine the file
+     positions of the line numbers.  */
+  line_filepos = rel_filepos;
+  linesz = bfd_coff_linesz (abfd);
+  max_output_reloc_count = 0;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      if (o->lineno_count == 0)
+	o->line_filepos = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  o->line_filepos = line_filepos;
+	  line_filepos += o->lineno_count * linesz;
+	}
+
+      if (o->reloc_count != 0)
+	{
+	  /* We don't know the indices of global symbols until we have
+             written out all the local symbols.  For each section in
+             the output file, we keep an array of pointers to hash
+             table entries.  Each entry in the array corresponds to a
+             reloc.  When we find a reloc against a global symbol, we
+             set the corresponding entry in this array so that we can
+             fix up the symbol index after we have written out all the
+             local symbols.
+
+	     Because of this problem, we also keep the relocs in
+	     memory until the end of the link.  This wastes memory,
+	     but only when doing a relocateable link, which is not the
+	     common case.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (info->relocateable);
+	  finfo.section_info[o->target_index].relocs =
+	    ((struct internal_reloc *)
+	     bfd_malloc (o->reloc_count * sizeof (struct internal_reloc)));
+	  finfo.section_info[o->target_index].rel_hashes =
+	    ((struct coff_link_hash_entry **)
+	     bfd_malloc (o->reloc_count
+		     * sizeof (struct coff_link_hash_entry *)));
+	  if (finfo.section_info[o->target_index].relocs == NULL
+	      || finfo.section_info[o->target_index].rel_hashes == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (o->reloc_count > max_output_reloc_count)
+	    max_output_reloc_count = o->reloc_count;
+	}
+
+      /* Reset the reloc and lineno counts, so that we can use them to
+	 count the number of entries we have output so far.  */
+      o->reloc_count = 0;
+      o->lineno_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  obj_sym_filepos (abfd) = line_filepos;
+
+  /* Figure out the largest number of symbols in an input BFD.  Take
+     the opportunity to clear the output_has_begun fields of all the
+     input BFD's.  */
+  max_sym_count = 0;
+  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link_next)
+    {
+      size_t sz;
+
+      sub->output_has_begun = false;
+      sz = obj_raw_syment_count (sub);
+      if (sz > max_sym_count)
+	max_sym_count = sz;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate some buffers used while linking.  */
+  finfo.internal_syms = ((struct internal_syment *)
+			 bfd_malloc (max_sym_count
+				     * sizeof (struct internal_syment)));
+  finfo.sec_ptrs = (asection **) bfd_malloc (max_sym_count
+					     * sizeof (asection *));
+  finfo.sym_indices = (long *) bfd_malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long));
+  finfo.outsyms = ((bfd_byte *)
+		   bfd_malloc ((size_t) ((max_sym_count + 1) * symesz)));
+  finfo.linenos = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_lineno_count
+				       * bfd_coff_linesz (abfd));
+  finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size);
+  finfo.external_relocs = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_reloc_count * relsz);
+  if (! info->relocateable)
+    finfo.internal_relocs = ((struct internal_reloc *)
+			     bfd_malloc (max_reloc_count
+					 * sizeof (struct internal_reloc)));
+  if ((finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count > 0)
+      || (finfo.sec_ptrs == NULL && max_sym_count > 0)
+      || (finfo.sym_indices == NULL && max_sym_count > 0)
+      || finfo.outsyms == NULL
+      || (finfo.linenos == NULL && max_lineno_count > 0)
+      || (finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size > 0)
+      || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_reloc_count > 0)
+      || (! info->relocateable
+	  && finfo.internal_relocs == NULL
+	  && max_reloc_count > 0))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* We now know the position of everything in the file, except that
+     we don't know the size of the symbol table and therefore we don't
+     know where the string table starts.  We just build the string
+     table in memory as we go along.  We process all the relocations
+     for a single input file at once.  */
+  obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) = 0;
+
+  if (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_start_final_link)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_coff_start_final_link (abfd, info))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
+	      && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner)
+		  == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
+	    {
+	      sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner;
+	      if (! sub->output_has_begun)
+		{
+		  if (! _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  sub->output_has_begun = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_coff_reloc_link_order (abfd, &finfo, o, p))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Free up the buffers used by _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd.  */
+
+  coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free (&finfo.debug_merge);
+  debug_merge_allocated = false;
+
+  if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.internal_syms);
+      finfo.internal_syms = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.sec_ptrs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.sec_ptrs);
+      finfo.sec_ptrs = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.sym_indices != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.sym_indices);
+      finfo.sym_indices = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.linenos != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.linenos);
+      finfo.linenos = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.contents);
+      finfo.contents = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.external_relocs);
+      finfo.external_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+  if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+      finfo.internal_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* The value of the last C_FILE symbol is supposed to be the symbol
+     index of the first external symbol.  Write it out again if
+     necessary.  */
+  if (finfo.last_file_index != -1
+      && (unsigned int) finfo.last_file.n_value != obj_raw_syment_count (abfd))
+    {
+      finfo.last_file.n_value = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (abfd, (PTR) &finfo.last_file,
+			     (PTR) finfo.outsyms);
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		    (obj_sym_filepos (abfd)
+		     + finfo.last_file_index * symesz),
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_write (finfo.outsyms, symesz, 1, abfd) != symesz)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the global symbols.  */
+  finfo.failed = false;
+  coff_link_hash_traverse (coff_hash_table (info), _bfd_coff_write_global_sym,
+			   (PTR) &finfo);
+  if (finfo.failed)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* The outsyms buffer is used by _bfd_coff_write_global_sym.  */
+  if (finfo.outsyms != NULL)
+    {
+      free (finfo.outsyms);
+      finfo.outsyms = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (info->relocateable && max_output_reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      /* Now that we have written out all the global symbols, we know
+	 the symbol indices to use for relocs against them, and we can
+	 finally write out the relocs.  */
+      external_relocs = ((bfd_byte *)
+			 bfd_malloc (max_output_reloc_count * relsz));
+      if (external_relocs == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  struct internal_reloc *irel;
+	  struct internal_reloc *irelend;
+	  struct coff_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+	  bfd_byte *erel;
+
+	  if (o->reloc_count == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	  irel = finfo.section_info[o->target_index].relocs;
+	  irelend = irel + o->reloc_count;
+	  rel_hash = finfo.section_info[o->target_index].rel_hashes;
+	  erel = external_relocs;
+	  for (; irel < irelend; irel++, rel_hash++, erel += relsz)
+	    {
+	      if (*rel_hash != NULL)
+		{
+		  BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0);
+		  irel->r_symndx = (*rel_hash)->indx;
+		}
+	      bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, (PTR) irel, (PTR) erel);
+	    }
+
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, o->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_write ((PTR) external_relocs, relsz, o->reloc_count,
+			    abfd) != relsz * o->reloc_count)
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      free (external_relocs);
+      external_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Free up the section information.  */
+  if (finfo.section_info != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < abfd->section_count; i++)
+	{
+	  if (finfo.section_info[i].relocs != NULL)
+	    free (finfo.section_info[i].relocs);
+	  if (finfo.section_info[i].rel_hashes != NULL)
+	    free (finfo.section_info[i].rel_hashes);
+	}
+      free (finfo.section_info);
+      finfo.section_info = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them.  */
+  if (coff_hash_table (info)->stab_info != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd, &coff_hash_table (info)->stab_info))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the string table.  */
+  if (obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) != 0 || long_section_names)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		    (obj_sym_filepos (abfd)
+		     + obj_raw_syment_count (abfd) * symesz),
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+
+#if STRING_SIZE_SIZE == 4
+      bfd_h_put_32 (abfd,
+		    _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo.strtab) + STRING_SIZE_SIZE,
+		    (bfd_byte *) strbuf);
+#else
+ #error Change bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+
+      if (bfd_write (strbuf, 1, STRING_SIZE_SIZE, abfd) != STRING_SIZE_SIZE)
+	return false;
+
+      if (! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, finfo.strtab))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.strtab);
+
+  /* Setting bfd_get_symcount to 0 will cause write_object_contents to
+     not try to write out the symbols.  */
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = 0;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (debug_merge_allocated)
+    coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free (&finfo.debug_merge);
+  if (finfo.strtab != NULL)
+    _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.strtab);
+  if (finfo.section_info != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < abfd->section_count; i++)
+	{
+	  if (finfo.section_info[i].relocs != NULL)
+	    free (finfo.section_info[i].relocs);
+	  if (finfo.section_info[i].rel_hashes != NULL)
+	    free (finfo.section_info[i].rel_hashes);
+	}
+      free (finfo.section_info);
+    }
+  if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_syms);
+  if (finfo.sec_ptrs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.sec_ptrs);
+  if (finfo.sym_indices != NULL)
+    free (finfo.sym_indices);
+  if (finfo.outsyms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.outsyms);
+  if (finfo.linenos != NULL)
+    free (finfo.linenos);
+  if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+    free (finfo.contents);
+  if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.external_relocs);
+  if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+  if (external_relocs != NULL)
+    free (external_relocs);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* parse out a -heap <reserved>,<commit> line */
+
+static char *
+dores_com (ptr, output_bfd, heap)
+     char *ptr;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     int heap;
+{
+  if (coff_data(output_bfd)->pe) 
+    {
+      int val = strtoul (ptr, &ptr, 0);
+      if (heap)
+	pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr.SizeOfHeapReserve =val;
+      else
+	pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr.SizeOfStackReserve =val;
+
+      if (ptr[0] == ',') 
+	{
+	  int val = strtoul (ptr+1, &ptr, 0);
+	  if (heap)
+	    pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr.SizeOfHeapCommit =val;
+	  else
+	    pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr.SizeOfStackCommit =val;
+	}
+    }
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+static char *get_name(ptr, dst)
+char *ptr;
+char **dst;
+{
+  while (*ptr == ' ')
+    ptr++;
+  *dst = ptr;
+  while (*ptr && *ptr != ' ')
+    ptr++;
+  *ptr = 0;
+  return ptr+1;
+}
+
+/* Process any magic embedded commands in a section called .drectve */
+			
+static int
+process_embedded_commands (output_bfd, info,  abfd)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".drectve");
+  char *s;
+  char *e;
+  char *copy;
+  if (!sec) 
+    return 1;
+  
+  copy = bfd_malloc ((size_t) sec->_raw_size);
+  if (!copy) 
+    return 0;
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents(abfd, sec, copy, 0, sec->_raw_size)) 
+    {
+      free (copy);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  e = copy + sec->_raw_size;
+  for (s = copy;  s < e ; ) 
+    {
+      if (s[0]!= '-') {
+	s++;
+	continue;
+      }
+      if (strncmp (s,"-attr", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  char *name;
+	  char *attribs;
+	  asection *asec;
+
+	  int loop = 1;
+	  int had_write = 0;
+	  int had_read = 0;
+	  int had_exec= 0;
+	  int had_shared= 0;
+	  s += 5;
+	  s = get_name(s, &name);
+	  s = get_name(s, &attribs);
+	  while (loop) {
+	    switch (*attribs++) 
+	      {
+	      case 'W':
+		had_write = 1;
+		break;
+	      case 'R':
+		had_read = 1;
+		break;
+	      case 'S':
+		had_shared = 1;
+		break;
+	      case 'X':
+		had_exec = 1;
+		break;
+	      default:
+		loop = 0;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+	  if (asec) {
+	    if (had_exec)
+	      asec->flags |= SEC_CODE;
+	    if (!had_write)
+	      asec->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+	  }
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (s,"-heap", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  s = dores_com (s+5, output_bfd, 1);
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (s,"-stack", 6) == 0)
+	{
+	  s = dores_com (s+6, output_bfd, 0);
+	}
+      else 
+	s++;
+    }
+  free (copy);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Link an input file into the linker output file.  This function
+   handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
+     struct coff_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+{
+  boolean (*sym_is_global) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_syment *));
+  boolean (*adjust_symndx) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *,
+				    asection *, struct internal_reloc *,
+				    boolean *));
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  const char *strings;
+  bfd_size_type syment_base;
+  unsigned int n_tmask;
+  unsigned int n_btshft;
+  boolean copy, hash;
+  bfd_size_type isymesz;
+  bfd_size_type osymesz;
+  bfd_size_type linesz;
+  bfd_byte *esym;
+  bfd_byte *esym_end;
+  struct internal_syment *isymp;
+  asection **secpp;
+  long *indexp;
+  unsigned long output_index;
+  bfd_byte *outsym;
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  asection *o;
+
+  /* Move all the symbols to the output file.  */
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+  sym_is_global = coff_backend_info (input_bfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global;
+  strings = NULL;
+  syment_base = obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd);
+  isymesz = bfd_coff_symesz (input_bfd);
+  osymesz = bfd_coff_symesz (output_bfd);
+  linesz = bfd_coff_linesz (input_bfd);
+  BFD_ASSERT (linesz == bfd_coff_linesz (output_bfd));
+
+  n_tmask = coff_data (input_bfd)->local_n_tmask;
+  n_btshft = coff_data (input_bfd)->local_n_btshft;
+
+  /* Define macros so that ISFCN, et. al., macros work correctly.  */
+#define N_TMASK n_tmask
+#define N_BTSHFT n_btshft
+
+  copy = false;
+  if (! finfo->info->keep_memory)
+    copy = true;
+  hash = true;
+  if ((output_bfd->flags & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0)
+    hash = false;
+
+  if (! _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols (input_bfd))
+    return false;
+
+  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd);
+  esym_end = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd) * isymesz;
+  isymp = finfo->internal_syms;
+  secpp = finfo->sec_ptrs;
+  indexp = finfo->sym_indices;
+  output_index = syment_base;
+  outsym = finfo->outsyms;
+
+  if (coff_data (output_bfd)->pe)
+    {
+      if (! process_embedded_commands (output_bfd, finfo->info, input_bfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  while (esym < esym_end)
+    {
+      struct internal_syment isym;
+      boolean skip;
+      boolean global;
+      int add;
+
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (input_bfd, (PTR) esym, (PTR) isymp);
+
+      /* Make a copy of *isymp so that the relocate_section function
+	 always sees the original values.  This is more reliable than
+	 always recomputing the symbol value even if we are stripping
+	 the symbol.  */
+      isym = *isymp;
+
+      if (isym.n_scnum != 0)
+	*secpp = coff_section_from_bfd_index (input_bfd, isym.n_scnum);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (isym.n_value == 0)
+	    *secpp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  else
+	    *secpp = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	}
+
+      *indexp = -1;
+
+      skip = false;
+      global = false;
+      add = 1 + isym.n_numaux;
+
+      /* If we are stripping all symbols, we want to skip this one.  */
+      if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all)
+	skip = true;
+
+      if (! skip)
+	{
+	  if (isym.n_sclass == C_EXT
+	      || (sym_is_global && (*sym_is_global) (input_bfd, &isym)))
+	    {
+	      /* This is a global symbol.  Global symbols come at the
+		 end of the symbol table, so skip them for now.
+		 Function symbols, however, are an exception, and are
+		 not moved to the end.  */
+	      global = true;
+	      if (! ISFCN (isym.n_type))
+		skip = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* This is a local symbol.  Skip it if we are discarding
+                 local symbols.  */
+	      if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all)
+		skip = true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* If we stripping debugging symbols, and this is a debugging
+         symbol, then skip it.  */
+      if (! skip
+	  && finfo->info->strip == strip_debugger
+	  && isym.n_scnum == N_DEBUG)
+	skip = true;
+
+      /* If some symbols are stripped based on the name, work out the
+	 name and decide whether to skip this symbol.  */
+      if (! skip
+	  && (finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	      || finfo->info->discard == discard_l))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+
+	  name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (input_bfd, &isym, buf);
+	  if (name == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	       && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false,
+				    false) == NULL))
+	      || (! global
+		  && finfo->info->discard == discard_l
+		  && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd, name)))
+	    skip = true;
+	}
+
+      /* If this is an enum, struct, or union tag, see if we have
+         already output an identical type.  */
+      if (! skip
+	  && (finfo->output_bfd->flags & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) == 0
+	  && (isym.n_sclass == C_ENTAG
+	      || isym.n_sclass == C_STRTAG
+	      || isym.n_sclass == C_UNTAG)
+	  && isym.n_numaux == 1)
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+	  struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *mh;
+	  struct coff_debug_merge_type *mt;
+	  union internal_auxent aux;
+	  struct coff_debug_merge_element **epp;
+	  bfd_byte *esl, *eslend;
+	  struct internal_syment *islp;
+
+	  name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (input_bfd, &isym, buf);
+	  if (name == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Ignore fake names invented by compiler; treat them all as
+             the same name.  */
+	  if (*name == '~' || *name == '.' || *name == '$'
+	      || (*name == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (input_bfd)
+		  && (name[1] == '~' || name[1] == '.' || name[1] == '$')))
+	    name = "";
+
+	  mh = coff_debug_merge_hash_lookup (&finfo->debug_merge, name,
+					     true, true);
+	  if (mh == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Allocate memory to hold type information.  If this turns
+             out to be a duplicate, we pass this address to
+             bfd_release.  */
+	  mt = ((struct coff_debug_merge_type *)
+		bfd_alloc (input_bfd,
+			   sizeof (struct coff_debug_merge_type)));
+	  if (mt == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  mt->class = isym.n_sclass;
+
+	  /* Pick up the aux entry, which points to the end of the tag
+             entries.  */
+	  bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (input_bfd, (PTR) (esym + isymesz),
+				isym.n_type, isym.n_sclass, 0, isym.n_numaux,
+				(PTR) &aux);
+
+	  /* Gather the elements.  */
+	  epp = &mt->elements;
+	  mt->elements = NULL;
+	  islp = isymp + 2;
+	  esl = esym + 2 * isymesz;
+	  eslend = ((bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd)
+		    + aux.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l * isymesz);
+	  while (esl < eslend)
+	    {
+	      const char *elename;
+	      char elebuf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+	      char *copy;
+
+	      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (input_bfd, (PTR) esl, (PTR) islp);
+
+	      *epp = ((struct coff_debug_merge_element *)
+		      bfd_alloc (input_bfd,
+				 sizeof (struct coff_debug_merge_element)));
+	      if (*epp == NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	      elename = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (input_bfd, islp,
+							elebuf);
+	      if (elename == NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	      copy = (char *) bfd_alloc (input_bfd, strlen (elename) + 1);
+	      if (copy == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      strcpy (copy, elename);
+
+	      (*epp)->name = copy;
+	      (*epp)->type = islp->n_type;
+	      (*epp)->tagndx = 0;
+	      if (islp->n_numaux >= 1
+		  && islp->n_type != T_NULL
+		  && islp->n_sclass != C_EOS)
+		{
+		  union internal_auxent eleaux;
+		  long indx;
+
+		  bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (input_bfd, (PTR) (esl + isymesz),
+					islp->n_type, islp->n_sclass, 0,
+					islp->n_numaux, (PTR) &eleaux);
+		  indx = eleaux.x_sym.x_tagndx.l;
+
+		  /* FIXME: If this tagndx entry refers to a symbol
+		     defined later in this file, we just ignore it.
+		     Handling this correctly would be tedious, and may
+		     not be required.  */
+
+		  if (indx > 0
+		      && (indx
+			  < ((esym -
+			      (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd))
+			     / (long) isymesz)))
+		    {
+		      (*epp)->tagndx = finfo->sym_indices[indx];
+		      if ((*epp)->tagndx < 0)
+			(*epp)->tagndx = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      epp = &(*epp)->next;
+	      *epp = NULL;
+
+	      esl += (islp->n_numaux + 1) * isymesz;
+	      islp += islp->n_numaux + 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* See if we already have a definition which matches this
+             type.  We always output the type if it has no elements,
+             for simplicity.  */
+	  if (mt->elements == NULL)
+	    bfd_release (input_bfd, (PTR) mt);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      struct coff_debug_merge_type *mtl;
+
+	      for (mtl = mh->types; mtl != NULL; mtl = mtl->next)
+		{
+		  struct coff_debug_merge_element *me, *mel;
+
+		  if (mtl->class != mt->class)
+		    continue;
+
+		  for (me = mt->elements, mel = mtl->elements;
+		       me != NULL && mel != NULL;
+		       me = me->next, mel = mel->next)
+		    {
+		      if (strcmp (me->name, mel->name) != 0
+			  || me->type != mel->type
+			  || me->tagndx != mel->tagndx)
+			break;
+		    }
+
+		  if (me == NULL && mel == NULL)
+		    break;
+		}
+
+	      if (mtl == NULL || (bfd_size_type) mtl->indx >= syment_base)
+		{
+		  /* This is the first definition of this type.  */
+		  mt->indx = output_index;
+		  mt->next = mh->types;
+		  mh->types = mt;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* This is a redefinition which can be merged.  */
+		  bfd_release (input_bfd, (PTR) mt);
+		  *indexp = mtl->indx;
+		  add = (eslend - esym) / isymesz;
+		  skip = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* We now know whether we are to skip this symbol or not.  */
+      if (! skip)
+	{
+	  /* Adjust the symbol in order to output it.  */
+
+	  if (isym._n._n_n._n_zeroes == 0
+	      && isym._n._n_n._n_offset != 0)
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+	      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+	      /* This symbol has a long name.  Enter it in the string
+		 table we are building.  Note that we do not check
+		 bfd_coff_symname_in_debug.  That is only true for
+		 XCOFF, and XCOFF requires different linking code
+		 anyhow.  */
+	      name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (input_bfd, &isym,
+						     (char *) NULL);
+	      if (name == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->strtab, name, hash, copy);
+	      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+		return false;
+	      isym._n._n_n._n_offset = STRING_SIZE_SIZE + indx;
+	    }
+
+	  if (isym.n_scnum > 0)
+	    {
+	      isym.n_scnum = (*secpp)->output_section->target_index;
+	      isym.n_value += ((*secpp)->output_section->vma
+			       + (*secpp)->output_offset
+			       - (*secpp)->vma);
+	    }
+
+	  /* The value of a C_FILE symbol is the symbol index of the
+	     next C_FILE symbol.  The value of the last C_FILE symbol
+	     is the symbol index to the first external symbol
+	     (actually, coff_renumber_symbols does not get this
+	     right--it just sets the value of the last C_FILE symbol
+	     to zero--and nobody has ever complained about it).  We
+	     try to get this right, below, just before we write the
+	     symbols out, but in the general case we may have to write
+	     the symbol out twice.  */
+	  if (isym.n_sclass == C_FILE)
+	    {
+	      if (finfo->last_file_index != -1
+		  && finfo->last_file.n_value != (long) output_index)
+		{
+		  /* We must correct the value of the last C_FILE entry.  */
+		  finfo->last_file.n_value = output_index;
+		  if ((bfd_size_type) finfo->last_file_index >= syment_base)
+		    {
+		      /* The last C_FILE symbol is in this input file.  */
+		      bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd,
+					     (PTR) &finfo->last_file,
+					     (PTR) (finfo->outsyms
+						    + ((finfo->last_file_index
+							- syment_base)
+						       * osymesz)));
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* We have already written out the last C_FILE
+			 symbol.  We need to write it out again.  We
+			 borrow *outsym temporarily.  */
+		      bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd,
+					     (PTR) &finfo->last_file,
+					     (PTR) outsym);
+		      if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+				    (obj_sym_filepos (output_bfd)
+				     + finfo->last_file_index * osymesz),
+				    SEEK_SET) != 0
+			  || (bfd_write (outsym, osymesz, 1, output_bfd)
+			      != osymesz))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      finfo->last_file_index = output_index;
+	      finfo->last_file = isym;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Output the symbol.  */
+
+	  bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd, (PTR) &isym, (PTR) outsym);
+
+	  *indexp = output_index;
+
+	  if (global)
+	    {
+	      long indx;
+	      struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	      indx = ((esym - (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd))
+		      / isymesz);
+	      h = obj_coff_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx];
+	      if (h == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* This can happen if there were errors earlier in
+                     the link.  */
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      h->indx = output_index;
+	    }
+
+	  output_index += add;
+	  outsym += add * osymesz;
+	}
+
+      esym += add * isymesz;
+      isymp += add;
+      ++secpp;
+      ++indexp;
+      for (--add; add > 0; --add)
+	{
+	  *secpp++ = NULL;
+	  *indexp++ = -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Fix up the aux entries.  This must be done in a separate pass,
+     because we don't know the correct symbol indices until we have
+     already decided which symbols we are going to keep.  */
+
+  esym = (bfd_byte *) obj_coff_external_syms (input_bfd);
+  esym_end = esym + obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd) * isymesz;
+  isymp = finfo->internal_syms;
+  indexp = finfo->sym_indices;
+  sym_hash = obj_coff_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+  outsym = finfo->outsyms;
+  while (esym < esym_end)
+    {
+      int add;
+
+      add = 1 + isymp->n_numaux;
+
+      if ((*indexp < 0
+	   || (bfd_size_type) *indexp < syment_base)
+	  && (*sym_hash == NULL
+	      || (*sym_hash)->auxbfd != input_bfd))
+	esym += add * isymesz;
+      else
+	{
+	  struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+	  int i;
+
+	  h = NULL;
+	  if (*indexp < 0)
+	    {
+	      h = *sym_hash;
+
+	      /* The m68k-motorola-sysv assembler will sometimes
+                 generate two symbols with the same name, but only one
+                 will have aux entries.  */
+	      BFD_ASSERT (isymp->n_numaux == 0
+			  || h->numaux == isymp->n_numaux);
+	    }
+
+	  esym += isymesz;
+
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    outsym += osymesz;
+
+	  /* Handle the aux entries.  This handling is based on
+	     coff_pointerize_aux.  I don't know if it always correct.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < isymp->n_numaux && esym < esym_end; i++)
+	    {
+	      union internal_auxent aux;
+	      union internal_auxent *auxp;
+
+	      if (h != NULL)
+		auxp = h->aux + i;
+	      else
+		{
+		  bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (input_bfd, (PTR) esym, isymp->n_type,
+					isymp->n_sclass, i, isymp->n_numaux,
+					(PTR) &aux);
+		  auxp = &aux;
+		}
+
+	      if (isymp->n_sclass == C_FILE)
+		{
+		  /* If this is a long filename, we must put it in the
+		     string table.  */
+		  if (auxp->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes == 0
+		      && auxp->x_file.x_n.x_offset != 0)
+		    {
+		      const char *filename;
+		      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+		      BFD_ASSERT (auxp->x_file.x_n.x_offset
+				  >= STRING_SIZE_SIZE);
+		      if (strings == NULL)
+			{
+			  strings = _bfd_coff_read_string_table (input_bfd);
+			  if (strings == NULL)
+			    return false;
+			}
+		      filename = strings + auxp->x_file.x_n.x_offset;
+		      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->strtab, filename,
+						 hash, copy);
+		      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+			return false;
+		      auxp->x_file.x_n.x_offset = STRING_SIZE_SIZE + indx;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (isymp->n_sclass != C_STAT || isymp->n_type != T_NULL)
+		{
+		  unsigned long indx;
+
+		  if (ISFCN (isymp->n_type)
+		      || ISTAG (isymp->n_sclass)
+		      || isymp->n_sclass == C_BLOCK
+		      || isymp->n_sclass == C_FCN)
+		    {
+		      indx = auxp->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l;
+		      if (indx > 0
+			  && indx < obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd))
+			{
+			  /* We look forward through the symbol for
+                             the index of the next symbol we are going
+                             to include.  I don't know if this is
+                             entirely right.  */
+			  while ((finfo->sym_indices[indx] < 0
+				  || ((bfd_size_type) finfo->sym_indices[indx]
+				      < syment_base))
+				 && indx < obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd))
+			    ++indx;
+			  if (indx >= obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd))
+			    indx = output_index;
+			  else
+			    indx = finfo->sym_indices[indx];
+			  auxp->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l = indx;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  indx = auxp->x_sym.x_tagndx.l;
+		  if (indx > 0 && indx < obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd))
+		    {
+		      long symindx;
+
+		      symindx = finfo->sym_indices[indx];
+		      if (symindx < 0)
+			auxp->x_sym.x_tagndx.l = 0;
+		      else
+			auxp->x_sym.x_tagndx.l = symindx;
+		    }
+
+		  /* The .bf symbols are supposed to be linked through
+		     the endndx field.  We need to carry this list
+		     across object files.  */
+		  if (i == 0
+		      && h == NULL
+		      && isymp->n_sclass == C_FCN
+		      && (isymp->_n._n_n._n_zeroes != 0
+			  || isymp->_n._n_n._n_offset == 0)
+		      && isymp->_n._n_name[0] == '.'
+		      && isymp->_n._n_name[1] == 'b'
+		      && isymp->_n._n_name[2] == 'f'
+		      && isymp->_n._n_name[3] == '\0')
+		    {
+		      if (finfo->last_bf_index != -1)
+			{
+			  finfo->last_bf.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l =
+			    *indexp;
+
+			  if ((bfd_size_type) finfo->last_bf_index
+			      >= syment_base)
+			    {
+			      PTR auxout;
+
+			      /* The last .bf symbol is in this input
+				 file.  This will only happen if the
+				 assembler did not set up the .bf
+				 endndx symbols correctly.  */
+			      auxout = (PTR) (finfo->outsyms
+					      + ((finfo->last_bf_index
+						  - syment_base)
+						 * osymesz));
+			      bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (output_bfd,
+						     (PTR) &finfo->last_bf,
+						     isymp->n_type,
+						     isymp->n_sclass,
+						     0, isymp->n_numaux,
+						     auxout);
+			    }
+			  else
+			    {
+			      /* We have already written out the last
+                                 .bf aux entry.  We need to write it
+                                 out again.  We borrow *outsym
+                                 temporarily.  FIXME: This case should
+                                 be made faster.  */
+			      bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (output_bfd,
+						     (PTR) &finfo->last_bf,
+						     isymp->n_type,
+						     isymp->n_sclass,
+						     0, isymp->n_numaux,
+						     (PTR) outsym);
+			      if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+					    (obj_sym_filepos (output_bfd)
+					     + finfo->last_bf_index * osymesz),
+					    SEEK_SET) != 0
+				  || bfd_write (outsym, osymesz, 1,
+						output_bfd) != osymesz)
+				return false;
+			    }
+			}
+
+		      if (auxp->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l != 0)
+			finfo->last_bf_index = -1;
+		      else
+			{
+			  /* The endndx field of this aux entry must
+                             be updated with the symbol number of the
+                             next .bf symbol.  */
+			  finfo->last_bf = *auxp;
+			  finfo->last_bf_index = (((outsym - finfo->outsyms)
+						   / osymesz)
+						  + syment_base);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (h == NULL)
+		{
+		  bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (output_bfd, (PTR) auxp, isymp->n_type,
+					 isymp->n_sclass, i, isymp->n_numaux,
+					 (PTR) outsym);
+		  outsym += osymesz;
+		}
+
+	      esym += isymesz;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      indexp += add;
+      isymp += add;
+      sym_hash += add;
+    }
+
+  /* Relocate the line numbers, unless we are stripping them.  */
+  if (finfo->info->strip == strip_none
+      || finfo->info->strip == strip_some)
+    {
+      for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma offset;
+	  bfd_byte *eline;
+	  bfd_byte *elineend;
+
+	  /* FIXME: If SEC_HAS_CONTENTS is not for the section, then
+	     build_link_order in ldwrite.c will not have created a
+	     link order, which means that we will not have seen this
+	     input section in _bfd_coff_final_link, which means that
+	     we will not have allocated space for the line numbers of
+	     this section.  I don't think line numbers can be
+	     meaningful for a section which does not have
+	     SEC_HAS_CONTENTS set, but, if they do, this must be
+	     changed.  */
+	  if (o->lineno_count == 0
+	      || (o->output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, o->line_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_read (finfo->linenos, linesz, o->lineno_count,
+			   input_bfd) != linesz * o->lineno_count)
+	    return false;
+
+	  offset = o->output_section->vma + o->output_offset - o->vma;
+	  eline = finfo->linenos;
+	  elineend = eline + linesz * o->lineno_count;
+	  for (; eline < elineend; eline += linesz)
+	    {
+	      struct internal_lineno iline;
+
+	      bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in (input_bfd, (PTR) eline, (PTR) &iline);
+
+	      if (iline.l_lnno != 0)
+		iline.l_addr.l_paddr += offset;
+	      else if (iline.l_addr.l_symndx >= 0
+		       && ((unsigned long) iline.l_addr.l_symndx
+			   < obj_raw_syment_count (input_bfd)))
+		{
+		  long indx;
+
+		  indx = finfo->sym_indices[iline.l_addr.l_symndx];
+
+		  if (indx < 0)
+		    {
+		      /* These line numbers are attached to a symbol
+			 which we are stripping.  We should really
+			 just discard the line numbers, but that would
+			 be a pain because we have already counted
+			 them.  */
+		      indx = 0;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct internal_syment is;
+		      union internal_auxent ia;
+
+		      /* Fix up the lnnoptr field in the aux entry of
+			 the symbol.  It turns out that we can't do
+			 this when we modify the symbol aux entries,
+			 because gas sometimes screws up the lnnoptr
+			 field and makes it an offset from the start
+			 of the line numbers rather than an absolute
+			 file index.  */
+		      bfd_coff_swap_sym_in (output_bfd,
+					    (PTR) (finfo->outsyms
+						   + ((indx - syment_base)
+						      * osymesz)),
+					    (PTR) &is);
+		      if ((ISFCN (is.n_type)
+			   || is.n_sclass == C_BLOCK)
+			  && is.n_numaux >= 1)
+			{
+			  PTR auxptr;
+
+			  auxptr = (PTR) (finfo->outsyms
+					  + ((indx - syment_base + 1)
+					     * osymesz));
+			  bfd_coff_swap_aux_in (output_bfd, auxptr,
+						is.n_type, is.n_sclass,
+						0, is.n_numaux, (PTR) &ia);
+			  ia.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr =
+			    (o->output_section->line_filepos
+			     + o->output_section->lineno_count * linesz
+			     + eline - finfo->linenos);
+			  bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (output_bfd, (PTR) &ia,
+						 is.n_type, is.n_sclass, 0,
+						 is.n_numaux, auxptr);
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  iline.l_addr.l_symndx = indx;
+		}
+
+	      bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out (output_bfd, (PTR) &iline, (PTR) eline);
+	    }
+
+	  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+			(o->output_section->line_filepos
+			 + o->output_section->lineno_count * linesz),
+			SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_write (finfo->linenos, linesz, o->lineno_count,
+			    output_bfd) != linesz * o->lineno_count)
+	    return false;
+
+	  o->output_section->lineno_count += o->lineno_count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we swapped out a C_FILE symbol, guess that the next C_FILE
+     symbol will be the first symbol in the next input file.  In the
+     normal case, this will save us from writing out the C_FILE symbol
+     again.  */
+  if (finfo->last_file_index != -1
+      && (bfd_size_type) finfo->last_file_index >= syment_base)
+    {
+      finfo->last_file.n_value = output_index;
+      bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd, (PTR) &finfo->last_file,
+			     (PTR) (finfo->outsyms
+ 				    + ((finfo->last_file_index - syment_base)
+ 				       * osymesz)));
+    }
+
+  /* Write the modified symbols to the output file.  */
+  if (outsym > finfo->outsyms)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+		    obj_sym_filepos (output_bfd) + syment_base * osymesz,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_write (finfo->outsyms, outsym - finfo->outsyms, 1,
+			output_bfd)
+	      != (bfd_size_type) (outsym - finfo->outsyms)))
+	return false;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT ((obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd)
+		   + (outsym - finfo->outsyms) / osymesz)
+		  == output_index);
+
+      obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd) = output_index;
+    }
+
+  /* Relocate the contents of each section.  */
+  adjust_symndx = coff_backend_info (input_bfd)->_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx;
+  for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *contents;
+      struct coff_section_tdata *secdata;
+
+      if (! o->linker_mark)
+	{
+	  /* This section was omitted from the link.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+	  || (o->_raw_size == 0 && (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0))
+	{
+	  if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+	      && o->reloc_count != 0)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: relocs in section `%s', but it has no contents",
+		bfd_get_filename (input_bfd),
+		bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_contents);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      secdata = coff_section_data (input_bfd, o);
+      if (secdata != NULL && secdata->contents != NULL)
+	contents = secdata->contents;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, finfo->contents,
+					  (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size))
+	    return false;
+	  contents = finfo->contents;
+	}
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  int target_index;
+	  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+	  struct internal_reloc *irel;
+
+	  /* Read in the relocs.  */
+	  target_index = o->output_section->target_index;
+	  internal_relocs = (_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+			     (input_bfd, o, false, finfo->external_relocs,
+			      finfo->info->relocateable,
+			      (finfo->info->relocateable
+			       ? (finfo->section_info[target_index].relocs
+				  + o->output_section->reloc_count)
+			       : finfo->internal_relocs)));
+	  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Call processor specific code to relocate the section
+             contents.  */
+	  if (! bfd_coff_relocate_section (output_bfd, finfo->info,
+					   input_bfd, o,
+					   contents,
+					   internal_relocs,
+					   finfo->internal_syms,
+					   finfo->sec_ptrs))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (finfo->info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma offset;
+	      struct internal_reloc *irelend;
+	      struct coff_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+
+	      offset = o->output_section->vma + o->output_offset - o->vma;
+	      irel = internal_relocs;
+	      irelend = irel + o->reloc_count;
+	      rel_hash = (finfo->section_info[target_index].rel_hashes
+			  + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+	      for (; irel < irelend; irel++, rel_hash++)
+		{
+		  struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+		  boolean adjusted;
+
+		  *rel_hash = NULL;
+
+		  /* Adjust the reloc address and symbol index.  */
+
+		  irel->r_vaddr += offset;
+
+		  if (irel->r_symndx == -1)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (adjust_symndx)
+		    {
+		      if (! (*adjust_symndx) (output_bfd, finfo->info,
+					      input_bfd, o, irel,
+					      &adjusted))
+			return false;
+		      if (adjusted)
+			continue;
+		    }
+
+		  h = obj_coff_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[irel->r_symndx];
+		  if (h != NULL)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a global symbol.  */
+		      if (h->indx >= 0)
+			irel->r_symndx = h->indx;
+		      else
+			{
+			  /* This symbol is being written at the end
+			     of the file, and we do not yet know the
+			     symbol index.  We save the pointer to the
+			     hash table entry in the rel_hash list.
+			     We set the indx field to -2 to indicate
+			     that this symbol must not be stripped.  */
+			  *rel_hash = h;
+			  h->indx = -2;
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      long indx;
+
+		      indx = finfo->sym_indices[irel->r_symndx];
+		      if (indx != -1)
+			irel->r_symndx = indx;
+		      else
+			{
+			  struct internal_syment *is;
+			  const char *name;
+			  char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+
+			  /* This reloc is against a symbol we are
+                             stripping.  It would be possible to
+                             handle this case, but I don't think it's
+                             worth it.  */
+			  is = finfo->internal_syms + irel->r_symndx;
+
+			  name = (_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name
+				  (input_bfd, is, buf));
+			  if (name == NULL)
+			    return false;
+
+			  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+				 (finfo->info, name, input_bfd, o,
+				  irel->r_vaddr)))
+			    return false;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Write out the modified section contents.  */
+      if (secdata == NULL || secdata->stab_info == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section,
+					  contents, o->output_offset,
+					  (o->_cooked_size != 0
+					   ? o->_cooked_size
+					   : o->_raw_size)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
+		 (output_bfd, &coff_hash_table (finfo->info)->stab_info,
+		  o, &secdata->stab_info, contents)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! finfo->info->keep_memory)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_coff_free_symbols (input_bfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a global symbol.  Called via coff_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_write_global_sym (h, data)
+     struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct coff_final_link_info *finfo = (struct coff_final_link_info *) data;
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  struct internal_syment isym;
+  bfd_size_type symesz;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+
+  if (h->indx >= 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->indx != -2
+      && (finfo->info->strip == strip_all
+	  || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	      && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash,
+				   h->root.root.string, false, false)
+		  == NULL))))
+    return true;
+
+  switch (h->root.type)
+    {
+    default:
+    case bfd_link_hash_new:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      isym.n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      isym.n_value = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      {
+	asection *sec;
+
+	sec = h->root.u.def.section->output_section;
+	if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
+	  isym.n_scnum = N_ABS;
+	else
+	  isym.n_scnum = sec->target_index;
+	isym.n_value = (h->root.u.def.value
+			+ sec->vma
+			+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      isym.n_scnum = N_UNDEF;
+      isym.n_value = h->root.u.c.size;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+    case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+      /* Just ignore these.  They can't be handled anyhow.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (strlen (h->root.root.string) <= SYMNMLEN)
+    strncpy (isym._n._n_name, h->root.root.string, SYMNMLEN);
+  else
+    {
+      boolean hash;
+      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+      hash = true;
+      if ((output_bfd->flags & BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT) != 0)
+	hash = false;
+      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->strtab, h->root.root.string, hash,
+				 false);
+      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	{
+	  finfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+      isym._n._n_n._n_zeroes = 0;
+      isym._n._n_n._n_offset = STRING_SIZE_SIZE + indx;
+    }
+
+  isym.n_sclass = h->class;
+  isym.n_type = h->type;
+
+  if (isym.n_sclass == C_NULL)
+    isym.n_sclass = C_EXT;
+
+  isym.n_numaux = h->numaux;
+  
+  bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd, (PTR) &isym, (PTR) finfo->outsyms);
+
+  symesz = bfd_coff_symesz (output_bfd);
+
+  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+		(obj_sym_filepos (output_bfd)
+		 + obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd) * symesz),
+		SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_write (finfo->outsyms, symesz, 1, output_bfd) != symesz)
+    {
+      finfo->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  h->indx = obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd);
+
+  ++obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd);
+
+  /* Write out any associated aux entries.  There normally will be
+     none.  If there are any, I have no idea how to modify them.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < isym.n_numaux; i++)
+    {
+      bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (output_bfd, (PTR) (h->aux + i), isym.n_type,
+			     isym.n_sclass, i, isym.n_numaux,
+			     (PTR) finfo->outsyms);
+      if (bfd_write (finfo->outsyms, symesz, 1, output_bfd) != symesz)
+	{
+	  finfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+      ++obj_raw_syment_count (output_bfd);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a link order which is supposed to generate a reloc.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, finfo, output_section, link_order)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct coff_final_link_info *finfo;
+     asection *output_section;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+  struct internal_reloc *irel;
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr;
+
+  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc);
+  if (howto == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (link_order->u.reloc.p->addend != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type size;
+      bfd_byte *buf;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+      boolean ok;
+
+      size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+      if (buf == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd,
+				      link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf);
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		 (finfo->info,
+		  (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd,
+				       link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section)
+		   : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name),
+		  howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend,
+		  (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    {
+	      free (buf);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf,
+				     (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size);
+      free (buf);
+      if (! ok)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Store the reloc information in the right place.  It will get
+     swapped and written out at the end of the final_link routine.  */
+
+  irel = (finfo->section_info[output_section->target_index].relocs
+	  + output_section->reloc_count);
+  rel_hash_ptr = (finfo->section_info[output_section->target_index].rel_hashes
+		  + output_section->reloc_count);
+
+  memset (irel, 0, sizeof (struct internal_reloc));
+  *rel_hash_ptr = NULL;
+
+  irel->r_vaddr = output_section->vma + link_order->offset;
+
+  if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+    {
+      /* We need to somehow locate a symbol in the right section.  The
+         symbol must either have a value of zero, or we must adjust
+         the addend by the value of the symbol.  FIXME: Write this
+         when we need it.  The old linker couldn't handle this anyhow.  */
+      abort ();
+      *rel_hash_ptr = NULL;
+      irel->r_symndx = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, finfo->info,
+					 link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+					 false, false, true));
+      if (h != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (h->indx >= 0)
+	    irel->r_symndx = h->indx;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Set the index to -2 to force this symbol to get
+		 written out.  */
+	      h->indx = -2;
+	      *rel_hash_ptr = h;
+	      irel->r_symndx = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+		 (finfo->info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL,
+		  (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  irel->r_symndx = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: Is this always right?  */
+  irel->r_type = howto->type;
+
+  /* r_size is only used on the RS/6000, which needs its own linker
+     routines anyhow.  r_extern is only used for ECOFF.  */
+
+  /* FIXME: What is the right value for r_offset?  Is zero OK?  */
+
+  ++output_section->reloc_count;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* A basic reloc handling routine which may be used by processors with
+   simple relocs.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
+				    input_section, contents, relocs, syms,
+				    sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+     struct internal_syment *syms;
+     asection **sections;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *rel;
+  struct internal_reloc *relend;
+
+  rel = relocs;
+  relend = rel + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
+    {
+      long symndx;
+      struct coff_link_hash_entry *h;
+      struct internal_syment *sym;
+      bfd_vma addend;
+      bfd_vma val;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+
+      symndx = rel->r_symndx;
+
+      if (symndx == -1)
+	{
+	  h = NULL;
+	  sym = NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{    
+	  h = obj_coff_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[symndx];
+	  sym = syms + symndx;
+	}
+
+      /* COFF treats common symbols in one of two ways.  Either the
+         size of the symbol is included in the section contents, or it
+         is not.  We assume that the size is not included, and force
+         the rtype_to_howto function to adjust the addend as needed.  */
+
+      if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum != 0)
+	addend = - sym->n_value;
+      else
+	addend = 0;
+
+
+      howto = bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto (input_bfd, input_section, rel, h,
+				       sym, &addend);
+      if (howto == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      /* If we are doing a relocateable link, then we can just ignore
+         a PC relative reloc that is pcrel_offset.  It will already
+         have the correct value.  If this is not a relocateable link,
+         then we should ignore the symbol value.  */
+      if (howto->pc_relative && howto->pcrel_offset)
+	{
+	  if (info->relocateable)
+	    continue;
+	  if (sym != NULL && sym->n_scnum != 0)
+	    addend += sym->n_value;
+	}
+
+      val = 0;
+
+      if (h == NULL)
+	{
+	  asection *sec;
+
+	  if (symndx == -1)
+	    {
+	      sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	      val = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sec = sections[symndx];
+              val = (sec->output_section->vma
+		     + sec->output_offset
+		     + sym->n_value
+		     - sec->vma);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      asection *sec;
+
+	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+	      val = (h->root.u.def.value
+		     + sec->output_section->vma
+		     + sec->output_offset);
+	      }
+
+	  else if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
+		      rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (info->base_file)
+	{
+	  /* Emit a reloc if the backend thinks it needs it. */
+	  if (sym && pe_data(output_bfd)->in_reloc_p(output_bfd, howto))
+	    {
+	      /* relocation to a symbol in a section which
+		 isn't absolute - we output the address here 
+		 to a file */
+	      bfd_vma addr = rel->r_vaddr 
+		- input_section->vma 
+		+ input_section->output_offset 
+		  + input_section->output_section->vma;
+	      if (coff_data(output_bfd)->pe)
+		addr -= pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr.ImageBase;
+	      /* FIXME: Shouldn't 4 be sizeof (addr)?  */
+	      fwrite (&addr, 1,4, (FILE *) info->base_file);
+	    }
+	}
+  
+      rstat = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
+					contents,
+					rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma,
+					val, addend);
+
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: bad reloc address 0x%lx in section `%s'",
+	     bfd_get_filename (input_bfd),
+	     (unsigned long) rel->r_vaddr,
+	     bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, input_section));
+	  return false;
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    char buf[SYMNMLEN + 1];
+
+	    if (symndx == -1)
+	      name = "*ABS*";
+	    else if (h != NULL)
+	      name = h->root.root.string;
+	    else
+	      {
+		name = _bfd_coff_internal_syment_name (input_bfd, sym, buf);
+		if (name == NULL)
+		  return false;
+	      }
+
+	    if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		   (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd,
+		    input_section, rel->r_vaddr - input_section->vma)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffswap.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..616bdcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/coffswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,840 @@
+/* Generic COFF swapping routines, for BFD.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains routines used to swap COFF data.  It is a header
+   file because the details of swapping depend on the details of the
+   structures used by each COFF implementation.  This is included by
+   coffcode.h, as well as by the ECOFF backend.
+
+   Any file which uses this must first include "coff/internal.h" and
+   "coff/CPU.h".  The functions will then be correct for that CPU.  */
+
+#ifndef IMAGE_BASE
+#define IMAGE_BASE 0
+#endif
+
+#define PUTWORD bfd_h_put_32
+#define PUTHALF bfd_h_put_16
+#define	PUTBYTE bfd_h_put_8
+
+#ifndef GET_FCN_LNNOPTR
+#define GET_FCN_LNNOPTR(abfd, ext)  bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GET_FCN_ENDNDX
+#define GET_FCN_ENDNDX(abfd, ext)  bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PUT_FCN_LNNOPTR
+#define PUT_FCN_LNNOPTR(abfd, in, ext)  PUTWORD(abfd,  in, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_FCN_ENDNDX
+#define PUT_FCN_ENDNDX(abfd, in, ext) PUTWORD(abfd, in, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_LNSZ_LNNO
+#define GET_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, ext) bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_LNSZ_SIZE
+#define GET_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, ext) bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_LNSZ_LNNO
+#define PUT_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, in, ext) bfd_h_put_16(abfd, in, (bfd_byte *)ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_LNSZ_SIZE
+#define PUT_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, in, ext) bfd_h_put_16(abfd, in, (bfd_byte*) ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCN_SCNLEN
+#define GET_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd,  ext) bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_scn.x_scnlen)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCN_NRELOC
+#define GET_SCN_NRELOC(abfd,  ext) bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCN_NLINNO
+#define GET_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, ext)  bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCN_SCNLEN
+#define PUT_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd,in, ext) bfd_h_put_32(abfd, in, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_scn.x_scnlen)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCN_NRELOC
+#define PUT_SCN_NRELOC(abfd,in, ext) bfd_h_put_16(abfd, in, (bfd_byte *)ext->x_scn.x_nreloc)
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCN_NLINNO
+#define PUT_SCN_NLINNO(abfd,in, ext)  bfd_h_put_16(abfd,in, (bfd_byte  *) ext->x_scn.x_nlinno)
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_LINENO_LNNO
+#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_LINENO_LNNO
+#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd,val, ext) bfd_h_put_16(abfd,val,  (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+#endif
+
+/* The f_symptr field in the filehdr is sometimes 64 bits.  */
+#ifndef GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR
+#define GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR
+#define PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+
+/* Some fields in the aouthdr are sometimes 64 bits.  */
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START
+#define GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START
+#define PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+
+/* Some fields in the scnhdr are sometimes 64 bits.  */
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_PADDR
+#define GET_SCNHDR_PADDR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_VADDR
+#define GET_SCNHDR_VADDR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_SIZE
+#define GET_SCNHDR_SIZE bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR
+#define GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR
+#define GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifndef GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR
+#define GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+#ifndef PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR
+#define PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+
+static void coff_swap_aouthdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_aouthdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static void coff_swap_scnhdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_scnhdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static void coff_swap_filehdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_filehdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+#ifndef NO_COFF_RELOCS
+static void coff_swap_reloc_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_reloc_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+#endif /* NO_COFF_RELOCS */
+#ifndef NO_COFF_SYMBOLS
+static void coff_swap_sym_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_sym_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static void coff_swap_aux_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_aux_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, int, int, int, int, PTR));
+#endif /* NO_COFF_SYMBOLS */
+#ifndef NO_COFF_LINENOS
+static void coff_swap_lineno_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+static unsigned int coff_swap_lineno_out PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PTR));
+#endif /* NO_COFF_LINENOS */
+
+#ifndef NO_COFF_RELOCS
+
+static void
+coff_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR src;
+     PTR dst;
+{
+  RELOC *reloc_src = (RELOC *) src;
+  struct internal_reloc *reloc_dst = (struct internal_reloc *) dst;
+
+  reloc_dst->r_vaddr = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *)reloc_src->r_vaddr);
+  reloc_dst->r_symndx = bfd_h_get_signed_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) reloc_src->r_symndx);
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  reloc_dst->r_type = bfd_h_get_8(abfd, reloc_src->r_type);
+  reloc_dst->r_size = bfd_h_get_8(abfd, reloc_src->r_size);
+#else
+  reloc_dst->r_type = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) reloc_src->r_type);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SWAP_IN_RELOC_OFFSET
+  reloc_dst->r_offset = SWAP_IN_RELOC_OFFSET(abfd,
+					     (bfd_byte *) reloc_src->r_offset);
+#endif
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	src;
+     PTR	dst;
+{
+  struct internal_reloc *reloc_src = (struct internal_reloc *)src;
+  struct external_reloc *reloc_dst = (struct external_reloc *)dst;
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, reloc_src->r_vaddr, (bfd_byte *) reloc_dst->r_vaddr);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, reloc_src->r_symndx, (bfd_byte *) reloc_dst->r_symndx);
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, reloc_src->r_type, (bfd_byte *) reloc_dst->r_type);
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, reloc_src->r_size, (bfd_byte *) reloc_dst->r_size);
+#else
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, reloc_src->r_type, (bfd_byte *)
+	       reloc_dst->r_type);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SWAP_OUT_RELOC_OFFSET
+  SWAP_OUT_RELOC_OFFSET(abfd,
+			reloc_src->r_offset,
+			(bfd_byte *) reloc_dst->r_offset);
+#endif
+#ifdef SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA
+  SWAP_OUT_RELOC_EXTRA(abfd,reloc_src, reloc_dst);
+#endif
+
+  return RELSZ;
+}
+
+#endif /* NO_COFF_RELOCS */
+
+static void
+coff_swap_filehdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR	     src;
+     PTR	     dst;
+{
+  FILHDR *filehdr_src = (FILHDR *) src;
+  struct internal_filehdr *filehdr_dst = (struct internal_filehdr *) dst;
+  filehdr_dst->f_magic = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_src->f_magic);
+  filehdr_dst->f_nscns = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *)filehdr_src-> f_nscns);
+  filehdr_dst->f_timdat = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *)filehdr_src-> f_timdat);
+  filehdr_dst->f_symptr =
+    GET_FILEHDR_SYMPTR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_src->f_symptr);
+  filehdr_dst->f_nsyms = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *)filehdr_src-> f_nsyms);
+  filehdr_dst->f_opthdr = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *)filehdr_src-> f_opthdr);
+  filehdr_dst->f_flags = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *)filehdr_src-> f_flags);
+}
+
+static  unsigned int
+coff_swap_filehdr_out (abfd, in, out)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	in;
+     PTR	out;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *filehdr_in = (struct internal_filehdr *)in;
+  FILHDR *filehdr_out = (FILHDR *)out;
+
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, filehdr_in->f_magic, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_magic);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, filehdr_in->f_nscns, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_nscns);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, filehdr_in->f_timdat, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_timdat);
+  PUT_FILEHDR_SYMPTR (abfd, (bfd_vma) filehdr_in->f_symptr,
+		      (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_symptr);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, filehdr_in->f_nsyms, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_nsyms);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, filehdr_in->f_opthdr, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_opthdr);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, filehdr_in->f_flags, (bfd_byte *) filehdr_out->f_flags);
+
+  return FILHSZ;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef NO_COFF_SYMBOLS
+
+static void
+coff_swap_sym_in (abfd, ext1, in1)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR ext1;
+     PTR in1;
+{
+  SYMENT *ext = (SYMENT *)ext1;
+  struct internal_syment      *in = (struct internal_syment *)in1;
+
+  if( ext->e.e_name[0] == 0) {
+    in->_n._n_n._n_zeroes = 0;
+    in->_n._n_n._n_offset = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->e.e.e_offset);
+  }
+  else {
+#if SYMNMLEN != E_SYMNMLEN
+   -> Error, we need to cope with truncating or extending SYMNMLEN!;
+#else
+    memcpy(in->_n._n_name, ext->e.e_name, SYMNMLEN);
+#endif
+  }
+  in->n_value = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->e_value); 
+  in->n_scnum = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->e_scnum);
+  if (sizeof(ext->e_type) == 2){
+    in->n_type = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->e_type);
+  }
+  else {
+    in->n_type = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->e_type);
+  }
+  in->n_sclass = bfd_h_get_8(abfd, ext->e_sclass);
+  in->n_numaux = bfd_h_get_8(abfd, ext->e_numaux);
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_sym_out (abfd, inp, extp)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	inp;
+     PTR	extp;
+{
+  struct internal_syment *in = (struct internal_syment *)inp;
+  SYMENT *ext =(SYMENT *)extp;
+  if(in->_n._n_name[0] == 0) {
+    bfd_h_put_32(abfd, 0, (bfd_byte *) ext->e.e.e_zeroes);
+    bfd_h_put_32(abfd, in->_n._n_n._n_offset, (bfd_byte *)  ext->e.e.e_offset);
+  }
+  else {
+#if SYMNMLEN != E_SYMNMLEN
+    -> Error, we need to cope with truncating or extending SYMNMLEN!;
+#else
+    memcpy(ext->e.e_name, in->_n._n_name, SYMNMLEN);
+#endif
+  }
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd,  in->n_value , (bfd_byte *) ext->e_value);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd,  in->n_scnum , (bfd_byte *) ext->e_scnum);
+  if (sizeof(ext->e_type) == 2)
+      {
+	bfd_h_put_16(abfd,  in->n_type , (bfd_byte *) ext->e_type);
+      }
+  else
+      {
+	bfd_h_put_32(abfd,  in->n_type , (bfd_byte *) ext->e_type);
+      }
+  bfd_h_put_8(abfd,  in->n_sclass , ext->e_sclass);
+  bfd_h_put_8(abfd,  in->n_numaux , ext->e_numaux);
+  return SYMESZ;
+}
+
+static void
+coff_swap_aux_in (abfd, ext1, type, class, indx, numaux, in1)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR 	      ext1;
+     int             type;
+     int             class;
+     int	      indx;
+     int	      numaux;
+     PTR 	      in1;
+{
+  AUXENT    *ext = (AUXENT *)ext1;
+  union internal_auxent *in = (union internal_auxent *)in1;
+
+  switch (class) {
+    case C_FILE:
+      if (ext->x_file.x_fname[0] == 0) {
+	  in->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes = 0;
+	  in->x_file.x_n.x_offset = 
+	   bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_file.x_n.x_offset);
+	} else {
+#if FILNMLEN != E_FILNMLEN
+	    -> Error, we need to cope with truncating or extending FILNMLEN!;
+#else
+	    memcpy (in->x_file.x_fname, ext->x_file.x_fname, FILNMLEN);
+#endif
+	  }
+      return;
+
+      /* RS/6000 "csect" auxents */
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+    case C_EXT:
+    case C_HIDEXT:
+      if (indx + 1 == numaux)
+	{
+	  in->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_scnlen);
+	  in->x_csect.x_parmhash = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd,
+						 ext->x_csect.x_parmhash);
+	  in->x_csect.x_snhash   = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_snhash);
+	  /* We don't have to hack bitfields in x_smtyp because it's
+	     defined by shifts-and-ands, which are equivalent on all
+	     byte orders.  */
+	  in->x_csect.x_smtyp    = bfd_h_get_8  (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_smtyp);
+	  in->x_csect.x_smclas   = bfd_h_get_8  (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_smclas);
+	  in->x_csect.x_stab     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_stab);
+	  in->x_csect.x_snstab   = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, ext->x_csect.x_snstab);
+	  return;
+	}
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    case C_STAT:
+#ifdef C_LEAFSTAT
+    case C_LEAFSTAT:
+#endif
+    case C_HIDDEN:
+      if (type == T_NULL) {
+	  in->x_scn.x_scnlen = GET_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd, ext);
+	  in->x_scn.x_nreloc = GET_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, ext);
+	  in->x_scn.x_nlinno = GET_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, ext);
+
+	  /* PE defines some extra fields; we zero them out for
+             safety.  */
+	  in->x_scn.x_checksum = 0;
+	  in->x_scn.x_associated = 0;
+	  in->x_scn.x_comdat = 0;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  in->x_sym.x_tagndx.l = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_tagndx);
+#ifndef NO_TVNDX
+  in->x_sym.x_tvndx = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_tvndx);
+#endif
+
+  if (class == C_BLOCK || class == C_FCN || ISFCN (type) || ISTAG (class))
+    {
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr = GET_FCN_LNNOPTR (abfd, ext);
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l = GET_FCN_ENDNDX (abfd, ext);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if DIMNUM != E_DIMNUM
+ #error we need to cope with truncating or extending DIMNUM
+#endif
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[0] =
+	bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[0]);
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[1] =
+	bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[1]);
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[2] =
+	bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[2]);
+      in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[3] =
+	bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[3]);
+    }
+
+  if (ISFCN(type)) {
+    in->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize);
+  }
+  else {
+    in->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno = GET_LNSZ_LNNO(abfd, ext);
+    in->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size = GET_LNSZ_SIZE(abfd, ext);
+  }
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_aux_out (abfd, inp, type, class, indx, numaux, extp)
+     bfd   *abfd;
+     PTR 	inp;
+     int   type;
+     int   class;
+     int   indx;
+     int   numaux;
+     PTR	extp;
+{
+  union internal_auxent *in = (union internal_auxent *)inp;
+  AUXENT *ext = (AUXENT *)extp;
+
+  memset((PTR)ext, 0, AUXESZ);
+  switch (class) {
+  case C_FILE:
+    if (in->x_file.x_fname[0] == 0) {
+      PUTWORD(abfd, 0, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes);
+      PUTWORD(abfd,
+	      in->x_file.x_n.x_offset,
+	      (bfd_byte *) ext->x_file.x_n.x_offset);
+    }
+    else {
+#if FILNMLEN != E_FILNMLEN
+      -> Error, we need to cope with truncating or extending FILNMLEN!;
+#else
+      memcpy (ext->x_file.x_fname, in->x_file.x_fname, FILNMLEN);
+#endif
+    }
+    return AUXESZ;
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  /* RS/6000 "csect" auxents */
+  case C_EXT:
+  case C_HIDEXT:
+    if (indx + 1 == numaux)
+      {
+	PUTWORD (abfd, in->x_csect.x_scnlen.l,	ext->x_csect.x_scnlen);
+	PUTWORD (abfd, in->x_csect.x_parmhash,	ext->x_csect.x_parmhash);
+	PUTHALF (abfd, in->x_csect.x_snhash,	ext->x_csect.x_snhash);
+	/* We don't have to hack bitfields in x_smtyp because it's
+	   defined by shifts-and-ands, which are equivalent on all
+	   byte orders.  */
+	PUTBYTE (abfd, in->x_csect.x_smtyp,	ext->x_csect.x_smtyp);
+	PUTBYTE (abfd, in->x_csect.x_smclas,	ext->x_csect.x_smclas);
+	PUTWORD (abfd, in->x_csect.x_stab,	ext->x_csect.x_stab);
+	PUTHALF (abfd, in->x_csect.x_snstab,	ext->x_csect.x_snstab);
+	return AUXESZ;
+      }
+    break;
+#endif
+
+  case C_STAT:
+#ifdef C_LEAFSTAT
+  case C_LEAFSTAT:
+#endif
+  case C_HIDDEN:
+    if (type == T_NULL) {
+      PUT_SCN_SCNLEN(abfd, in->x_scn.x_scnlen, ext);
+      PUT_SCN_NRELOC(abfd, in->x_scn.x_nreloc, ext);
+      PUT_SCN_NLINNO(abfd, in->x_scn.x_nlinno, ext);
+      return AUXESZ;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  PUTWORD(abfd, in->x_sym.x_tagndx.l, (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_tagndx);
+#ifndef NO_TVNDX
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, in->x_sym.x_tvndx , (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_tvndx);
+#endif
+
+  if (class == C_BLOCK || class == C_FCN || ISFCN (type) || ISTAG (class))
+    {
+      PUT_FCN_LNNOPTR(abfd,  in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr, ext);
+      PUT_FCN_ENDNDX(abfd,  in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l, ext);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if DIMNUM != E_DIMNUM
+ #error we need to cope with truncating or extending DIMNUM
+#endif
+      bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[0],
+		    (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[0]);
+      bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[1],
+		    (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[1]);
+      bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[2],
+		    (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[2]);
+      bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, in->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[3],
+		    (bfd_byte *) ext->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[3]);
+    }
+
+  if (ISFCN (type))
+    PUTWORD (abfd, in->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize,
+	     (bfd_byte *)  ext->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize);
+  else
+    {
+      PUT_LNSZ_LNNO (abfd, in->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno, ext);
+      PUT_LNSZ_SIZE (abfd, in->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size, ext);
+    }
+
+  return AUXESZ;
+}
+
+#endif /* NO_COFF_SYMBOLS */
+
+#ifndef NO_COFF_LINENOS
+
+static void
+coff_swap_lineno_in (abfd, ext1, in1)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR ext1;
+     PTR in1;
+{
+  LINENO *ext = (LINENO *)ext1;
+  struct internal_lineno      *in = (struct internal_lineno *)in1;
+
+  in->l_addr.l_symndx = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->l_addr.l_symndx);
+  in->l_lnno = GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext);
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_lineno_out (abfd, inp, outp)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	inp;
+     PTR	outp;
+{
+  struct internal_lineno *in = (struct internal_lineno *)inp;
+  struct external_lineno *ext = (struct external_lineno *)outp;
+  PUTWORD(abfd, in->l_addr.l_symndx, (bfd_byte *)
+	  ext->l_addr.l_symndx);
+
+  PUT_LINENO_LNNO (abfd, in->l_lnno, ext);
+  return LINESZ;
+}
+
+#endif /* NO_COFF_LINENOS */
+
+static void
+coff_swap_aouthdr_in (abfd, aouthdr_ext1, aouthdr_int1)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR aouthdr_ext1;
+     PTR aouthdr_int1;
+{
+  AOUTHDR        *aouthdr_ext = (AOUTHDR *) aouthdr_ext1;
+  struct internal_aouthdr *aouthdr_int = (struct internal_aouthdr *)aouthdr_int1;
+
+  aouthdr_int->magic = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->magic);
+  aouthdr_int->vstamp = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->vstamp);
+  aouthdr_int->tsize =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_TSIZE (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->tsize);
+  aouthdr_int->dsize =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_DSIZE (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->dsize);
+  aouthdr_int->bsize =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_BSIZE (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->bsize);
+  aouthdr_int->entry =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_ENTRY (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->entry);
+  aouthdr_int->text_start =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->text_start);
+  aouthdr_int->data_start =
+    GET_AOUTHDR_DATA_START (abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->data_start);
+
+#ifdef I960
+  aouthdr_int->tagentries = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->tagentries);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef APOLLO_M68
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_int->o_inlib, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->o_inlib);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_int->o_sri, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->o_sri);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_int->vid[0], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->vid);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_int->vid[1], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_ext->vid + 4);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  aouthdr_int->o_toc = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_toc);
+  aouthdr_int->o_snentry = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_snentry);
+  aouthdr_int->o_sntext = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_sntext);
+  aouthdr_int->o_sndata = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_sndata);
+  aouthdr_int->o_sntoc = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_sntoc);
+  aouthdr_int->o_snloader = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_snloader);
+  aouthdr_int->o_snbss = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_snbss);
+  aouthdr_int->o_algntext = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_algntext);
+  aouthdr_int->o_algndata = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_algndata);
+  aouthdr_int->o_modtype = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_modtype);
+  aouthdr_int->o_cputype = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_cputype);
+  aouthdr_int->o_maxstack = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_maxstack);
+  aouthdr_int->o_maxdata = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->o_maxdata);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MIPSECOFF
+  aouthdr_int->bss_start = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->bss_start);
+  aouthdr_int->gp_value = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->gp_value);
+  aouthdr_int->gprmask = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->gprmask);
+  aouthdr_int->cprmask[0] = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->cprmask[0]);
+  aouthdr_int->cprmask[1] = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->cprmask[1]);
+  aouthdr_int->cprmask[2] = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->cprmask[2]);
+  aouthdr_int->cprmask[3] = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->cprmask[3]);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ALPHAECOFF
+  aouthdr_int->bss_start = bfd_h_get_64(abfd, aouthdr_ext->bss_start);
+  aouthdr_int->gp_value = bfd_h_get_64(abfd, aouthdr_ext->gp_value);
+  aouthdr_int->gprmask = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->gprmask);
+  aouthdr_int->fprmask = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, aouthdr_ext->fprmask);
+#endif
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_aouthdr_out (abfd, in, out)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	in;
+     PTR	out;
+{
+  struct internal_aouthdr *aouthdr_in = (struct internal_aouthdr *)in;
+  AOUTHDR *aouthdr_out = (AOUTHDR *)out;
+
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, aouthdr_in->magic, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->magic);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, aouthdr_in->vstamp, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->vstamp);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_TSIZE (abfd, aouthdr_in->tsize, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->tsize);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_DSIZE (abfd, aouthdr_in->dsize, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->dsize);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_BSIZE (abfd, aouthdr_in->bsize, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->bsize);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_ENTRY (abfd, aouthdr_in->entry, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->entry);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_TEXT_START (abfd, aouthdr_in->text_start,
+			  (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->text_start);
+  PUT_AOUTHDR_DATA_START (abfd, aouthdr_in->data_start,
+			  (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->data_start);
+
+#ifdef I960
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->tagentries, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->tagentries);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_toc, aouthdr_out->o_toc);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_snentry, aouthdr_out->o_snentry);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_sntext, aouthdr_out->o_sntext);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_sndata, aouthdr_out->o_sndata);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_sntoc, aouthdr_out->o_sntoc);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_snloader, aouthdr_out->o_snloader);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_snbss, aouthdr_out->o_snbss);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_algntext, aouthdr_out->o_algntext);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_algndata, aouthdr_out->o_algndata);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_modtype, aouthdr_out->o_modtype);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_cputype, aouthdr_out->o_cputype);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_maxstack, aouthdr_out->o_maxstack);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, aouthdr_in->o_maxdata, aouthdr_out->o_maxdata);
+  memset (aouthdr_out->o_resv2, 0, sizeof aouthdr_out->o_resv2);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MIPSECOFF
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->bss_start, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->bss_start);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->gp_value, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->gp_value);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->gprmask, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->gprmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->cprmask[0], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->cprmask[0]);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->cprmask[1], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->cprmask[1]);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->cprmask[2], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->cprmask[2]);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->cprmask[3], (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->cprmask[3]);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ALPHAECOFF
+  /* FIXME: What does bldrev mean?  */
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, (bfd_vma) 2, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->bldrev);
+  bfd_h_put_16(abfd, (bfd_vma) 0, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->padding);
+  bfd_h_put_64(abfd, aouthdr_in->bss_start, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->bss_start);
+  bfd_h_put_64(abfd, aouthdr_in->gp_value, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->gp_value);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->gprmask, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->gprmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32(abfd, aouthdr_in->fprmask, (bfd_byte *) aouthdr_out->fprmask);
+#endif
+
+  return AOUTSZ;
+}
+
+static void
+coff_swap_scnhdr_in (abfd, ext, in)
+     bfd            *abfd;
+     PTR	     ext;
+     PTR	     in;
+{
+  SCNHDR *scnhdr_ext = (SCNHDR *) ext;
+  struct internal_scnhdr *scnhdr_int = (struct internal_scnhdr *) in;
+
+  memcpy(scnhdr_int->s_name, scnhdr_ext->s_name, sizeof(scnhdr_int->s_name));
+  scnhdr_int->s_vaddr =
+    GET_SCNHDR_VADDR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_vaddr);
+  scnhdr_int->s_paddr =
+    GET_SCNHDR_PADDR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_paddr);
+  scnhdr_int->s_size =
+    GET_SCNHDR_SIZE (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_size);
+
+  scnhdr_int->s_scnptr =
+    GET_SCNHDR_SCNPTR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_scnptr);
+  scnhdr_int->s_relptr =
+    GET_SCNHDR_RELPTR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_relptr);
+  scnhdr_int->s_lnnoptr =
+    GET_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR (abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_lnnoptr);
+  scnhdr_int->s_flags = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_flags);
+#if defined(M88)
+  scnhdr_int->s_nreloc = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nreloc);
+  scnhdr_int->s_nlnno = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nlnno);
+#else
+  scnhdr_int->s_nreloc = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nreloc);
+  scnhdr_int->s_nlnno = bfd_h_get_16(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nlnno);
+#endif
+#ifdef I960
+  scnhdr_int->s_align = bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_align);
+#endif
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+coff_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd, in, out)
+     bfd       *abfd;
+     PTR	in;
+     PTR	out;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *scnhdr_int = (struct internal_scnhdr *)in;
+  SCNHDR *scnhdr_ext = (SCNHDR *)out;
+  unsigned int ret = SCNHSZ;
+
+  memcpy(scnhdr_ext->s_name, scnhdr_int->s_name, sizeof(scnhdr_int->s_name));
+
+  PUT_SCNHDR_VADDR (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_vaddr,
+		    (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_vaddr);
+
+
+  PUT_SCNHDR_PADDR (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_paddr,
+		    (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_paddr);
+  PUT_SCNHDR_SIZE (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_size,
+		   (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_size);
+
+  PUT_SCNHDR_SCNPTR (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_scnptr,
+		     (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_scnptr);
+  PUT_SCNHDR_RELPTR (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_relptr,
+		     (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_relptr);
+  PUT_SCNHDR_LNNOPTR (abfd, scnhdr_int->s_lnnoptr,
+		      (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_lnnoptr);
+  PUTWORD(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_flags, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_flags);
+#if defined(M88)
+  PUTWORD(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_nlnno, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nlnno);
+  PUTWORD(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_nreloc, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nreloc);
+#else
+  if (scnhdr_int->s_nlnno <= 0xffff)
+    PUTHALF(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_nlnno, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nlnno);
+  else
+    {
+      char buf[sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name) + 1];
+
+      memcpy (buf, scnhdr_int->s_name, sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name));
+      buf[sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name)] = '\0';
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: warning: %s: line number overflow: 0x%lx > 0xffff",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+	 buf, scnhdr_int->s_nlnno);
+      PUTHALF (abfd, 0xffff, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nlnno);
+    }
+  if (scnhdr_int->s_nreloc <= 0xffff)
+    PUTHALF(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_nreloc, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nreloc);
+  else
+    {
+      char buf[sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name) + 1];
+
+      memcpy (buf, scnhdr_int->s_name, sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name));
+      buf[sizeof (scnhdr_int->s_name)] = '\0';
+      (*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: %s: reloc overflow: 0x%lx > 0xffff",
+			     bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+			     buf, scnhdr_int->s_nreloc);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+      PUTHALF (abfd, 0xffff, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_nreloc);
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(I960)
+  PUTWORD(abfd, scnhdr_int->s_align, (bfd_byte *) scnhdr_ext->s_align);
+#endif
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.bfd b/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.bfd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..477c9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.bfd
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+# config.bfd
+# Convert a canonical host type into a BFD host type.
+# Set shell variable targ to canonical target name, and run
+# using ``. config.bfd''.
+# Sets the following shell variables:
+#  targ_defvec		Default vector for this target
+#  targ_selvecs		Vectors to build for this target
+#  targ_archs		Architectures for this target
+#  targ_cflags		$(CFLAGS) for this target (FIXME: pretty bogus)
+#  targ_underscore	Whether underscores are used: yes or no
+
+# Part of this file is processed by targmatch.sed to generate the
+# targmatch.h file.  The #ifdef and #endif lines that appear below are
+# copied directly into targmatch.h.
+
+# The binutils c++filt program wants to know whether underscores are
+# stripped or not.  That is why we set targ_underscore.  c++filt uses
+# this information to choose a default.  This information is
+# duplicated in the symbol_leading_char field of the BFD target
+# vector, but c++filt does not deal with object files and is not
+# linked against libbfd.a.  It is not terribly important that c++filt
+# get this right; it is just convenient.
+
+targ_defvec=
+targ_selvecs=
+targ_cflags=
+targ_underscore=no
+
+targ_cpu=`echo $targ | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+case "${targ_cpu}" in
+arm*)	targ_archs=bfd_arm_arch ;;
+hppa*)	targ_archs=bfd_hppa_arch ;;
+i[3456]86) targ_archs=bfd_i386_arch ;;
+m68*)	targ_archs=bfd_m68k_arch ;;
+m88*)	targ_archs=bfd_m88k_arch ;;
+mips*)	targ_archs=bfd_mips_arch ;;
+powerpc*) targ_archs="bfd_rs6000_arch bfd_powerpc_arch" ;;
+rs6000)	targ_archs="bfd_rs6000_arch bfd_powerpc_arch" ;;
+sparc*)	targ_archs=bfd_sparc_arch ;;
+z8k*)	targ_archs=bfd_z8k_arch ;;
+*)	targ_archs=bfd_${targ_cpu}_arch ;;
+esac
+
+# WHEN ADDING ENTRIES TO THIS MATRIX:
+#  Make sure that the left side always has two dashes.  Otherwise you
+#  can get spurious matches.  Even for unambiguous cases, do this as a
+#  convention, else the table becomes a real mess to understand and maintain.
+
+case "${targ}" in
+# START OF targmatch.h
+#ifdef BFD64
+  alpha-*-netware*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoffalpha_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs=nlm32_alpha_vec
+    ;;
+  alpha-*-linuxecoff*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoffalpha_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf64_alpha_vec
+    ;;
+  alpha-*-linux* | alpha-*-elf*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf64_alpha_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoffalpha_little_vec
+    ;;
+  alpha-*-*vms*)
+    targ_defvec=evax_alpha_vec
+    ;;
+  alpha-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoffalpha_little_vec
+    ;;
+#endif /* BFD64 */
+
+  arm-*-riscix*)
+    targ_defvec=riscix_vec
+    ;;
+  arm-*-pe*)
+    targ_defvec=armpe_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs="armpe_little_vec armpe_big_vec armpei_little_vec armpei_big_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  arm-*-aout | armel-*-aout)	
+    targ_defvec=aout_arm_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs=aout_arm_big_vec
+    ;;
+  armeb-*-aout)
+    targ_defvec=aout_arm_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=aout_arm_little_vec
+    ;;
+  arm-*-coff)
+    targ_defvec=armcoff_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs=armcoff_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  a29k-*-ebmon* | a29k-*-udi* | a29k-*-coff* | a29k-*-sym1* | \
+  a29k-*-vxworks* | a29k-*-sysv*)
+    targ_defvec=a29kcoff_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  a29k-*-aout* | a29k-*-bsd* | a29k-*-vsta*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  d10v-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_d10v_vec
+    ;;
+
+
+  h8300*-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=h8300coff_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  h8500-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=h8500coff_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  hppa*-*-*elf* | hppa*-*-lites* | hppa*-*-sysv4* | hppa*-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_hppa_vec
+    ;;
+#if defined (HOST_HPPAHPUX) || defined (HOST_HPPABSD) || defined (HOST_HPPAOSF)
+  hppa*-*-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=som_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_hppa_vec
+    ;;
+  hppa*-*-hpux* | hppa*-*-hiux*)
+    targ_defvec=som_vec
+    ;;
+  hppa*-*-osf*)
+    targ_defvec=som_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_hppa_vec
+    ;;
+#endif /* defined (HOST_HPPAHPUX) || defined (HOST_HPPABSD) || defined (HOST_HPPAOSF) */
+
+  i[3456]86-*-sysv4* | i[3456]86-*-unixware | i[3456]86-*-solaris2* | \
+  i[3456]86-*-elf | i[3456]86-*-sco*elf* | i[3456]86-*-freebsdelf* | \
+  i[3456]86-*-dgux*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386coff_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sysv* | i[3456]86-*-isc* | i[3456]86-*-sco* | i[3456]86-*-coff | \
+  i[3456]86-*-aix* | i[3456]86-*-go32* | i[3456]86*-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=i386coff_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-sequent-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=i386dynix_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=i386bsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-freebsd*)
+    targ_defvec=i386freebsd_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386bsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-netbsd* | i[3456]86-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=i386netbsd_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386bsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-netware*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_selvecs="nlm32_i386_vec i386coff_vec i386aout_vec"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-linux*aout*)
+    targ_defvec=i386linux_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-linux*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386linux_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-lynxos*)
+    targ_defvec=i386lynx_coff_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386lynx_aout_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-gnu*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386mach3_vec
+    targ_cflags=-DSTAT_FOR_EXEC
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-mach* | i[3456]86-*-osf1mk*)
+    targ_defvec=i386mach3_vec
+    targ_cflags=-DSTAT_FOR_EXEC
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-os9k)
+    targ_defvec=i386os9k_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-msdos*)
+    targ_defvec=i386aout_vec
+    targ_selvecs=i386msdos_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-moss*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+    targ_selvecs="i386msdos_vec i386aout_vec"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-cygwin32 | i[3456]86-*-winnt | i[3456]86-*-pe)
+    targ_defvec=i386pe_vec
+    targ_selvecs="i386pe_vec i386pei_vec"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-none-*)
+    targ_defvec=i386coff_vec
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-aout* | i[3456]86*-*-vsta*)
+    targ_defvec=i386aout_vec
+    ;;
+
+  i860-*-mach3* | i860-*-osf1* | i860-*-coff*)
+    targ_defvec=i860coff_vec
+    ;;
+  i860-*-sysv4* | i860-*-elf*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_i860_vec
+    ;;
+
+  i960-*-vxworks4* | i960-*-vxworks5.0)
+    targ_defvec=b_out_vec_little_host
+    targ_selvecs="b_out_vec_big_host icoff_little_vec icoff_big_vec ieee_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i960-*-vxworks5.* | i960-*-coff* | i960-*-sysv* | i960-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=icoff_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs="icoff_big_vec b_out_vec_little_host b_out_vec_big_host ieee_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  i960-*-vxworks* | i960-*-aout* | i960-*-bout* | i960-*-nindy*)
+    targ_defvec=b_out_vec_little_host
+    targ_selvecs="b_out_vec_big_host icoff_little_vec icoff_big_vec ieee_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  m32r-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m32r_vec
+    ;;
+
+  m68*-apollo-*)
+    targ_defvec=apollocoff_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-bull-sysv*)
+    targ_defvec=m68kcoffun_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-motorola-sysv*)
+    targ_defvec=m68ksysvcoff_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-hp-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=hp300bsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-aout*)
+    targ_defvec=aout0_big_vec
+    # We include cisco_core_vec here, rather than making a separate cisco
+    # configuration, so that cisco-core.c gets routinely tested at
+    # least for compilation.
+    targ_selvecs="cisco_core_vec ieee_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-elf* | m68*-*-sysv4*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
+    targ_selvecs="m68kcoff_vec ieee_vec"
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-coff* | m68*-*-sysv* | m68*-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=m68kcoff_vec
+    targ_selvecs="m68kcoff_vec versados_vec ieee_vec"
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-hpux*)
+    targ_defvec=hp300hpux_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-linux*aout*)
+    targ_defvec=m68klinux_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-linux*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
+    targ_selvecs=m68klinux_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-lynxos*)
+    targ_defvec=m68klynx_coff_vec
+    targ_selvecs=m68klynx_aout_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-hp*-netbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=m68k4knetbsd_vec
+    targ_selvecs="m68knetbsd_vec hp300bsd_vec sunos_big_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-netbsd* | m68*-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=m68knetbsd_vec
+    targ_selvecs="m68k4knetbsd_vec hp300bsd_vec sunos_big_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-sunos* | m68*-*-os68k* | m68*-*-vxworks* | m68*-netx-* | \
+  m68*-*-bsd* | m68*-*-vsta*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-ericsson-*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs="m68kcoff_vec versados_vec tekhex_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  m68*-cbm-*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
+    targ_selvecs=m68kcoff_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-apple-aux*)
+    targ_defvec=m68kaux_coff_vec
+    ;;
+  m68*-*-psos*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ieee_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  m88*-harris-cxux* | m88*-*-dgux* | m88*-*-sysv4*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_m88k_vec
+    targ_selvecs=m88kbcs_vec
+    ;;
+  m88*-*-mach3*)
+    targ_defvec=m88kmach3_vec
+    targ_cflags=-DSTAT_FOR_EXEC
+    ;;
+  m88*-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=m88kbcs_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mips*-big-*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoff_little_vec
+    ;;
+  mips-dec-netbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    ;;
+  mips*-dec-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=aout_mips_little_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  mips*-dec-mach3*)
+    targ_defvec=aout_mips_little_vec
+    targ_cflags=-DSTAT_FOR_EXEC
+    ;;
+  mips*-dec-* | mips*el-*-ecoff*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_little_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoff_big_vec
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-ecoff*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoff_little_vec
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-irix6*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-irix5*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec ecoff_big_vec ecoff_little_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-sgi-* | mips*-*-bsd*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoff_little_vec
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-lnews*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_biglittle_vec
+    targ_selvecs="ecoff_little_vec ecoff_big_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-mach3*)
+    targ_defvec=aout_mips_little_vec
+    targ_cflags=-DSTAT_FOR_EXEC
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-sysv4*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec ecoff_big_vec ecoff_little_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-sysv* | mips*-*-riscos*)
+    targ_defvec=ecoff_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ecoff_little_vec
+    ;;
+  mips*el-*-elf*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-elf* | mips*-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-none)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*el*-*-linux* | mips*el*-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec ecoff_little_vec ecoff_big_vec"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-linux* | mips*-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec ecoff_big_vec ecoff_little_vec"
+    ;;
+
+  mn10200-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_mn10200_vec
+    ;;
+
+  mn10300-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_mn10300_vec
+    ;;
+
+  ns32k-pc532-mach* | ns32k-pc532-ux*)
+    targ_defvec=pc532machaout_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  ns32k-*-netbsd* | ns32k-*-lites* | ns32k-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=pc532netbsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  powerpc-*-aix* | powerpc-*-beos*)
+    targ_defvec=rs6000coff_vec
+    ;;
+  powerpc-*-*bsd* | powerpc-*-elf* | powerpc-*-sysv4* | powerpc-*-eabi* | \
+  powerpc-*-solaris2* | powerpc-*-linux* | powerpc-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec
+    targ_selvecs="rs6000coff_vec bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec bfd_powerpc_pei_vec bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec bfd_powerpc_pe_vec ppcboot_vec"
+    ;;
+  powerpc-*-macos* | powerpc-*-mpw*)
+    targ_defvec=pmac_xcoff_vec
+    ;;
+  powerpc-*-netware*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec
+    targ_selvecs="nlm32_powerpc_vec rs6000coff_vec"
+    ;;
+  powerpcle-*-elf* | powerpcle-*-sysv4* | powerpcle-*-eabi* | \
+  powerpcle-*-solaris2* | powerpcle-*-linux*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec
+    targ_selvecs="rs6000coff_vec bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec bfd_powerpc_pei_vec bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec bfd_powerpc_pe_vec ppcboot_vec"
+    ;;
+
+  powerpcle-*-pe | powerpcle-*-winnt* | powerpcle-*-cygwin32)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec bfd_powerpc_pei_vec bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec bfd_powerpc_pe_vec"
+    ;;
+
+  rs6000-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=rs6000coff_vec
+    ;;
+
+  sh-*-elf*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_sh_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_shl_vec shcoff_vec shlcoff_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  sh-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=shcoff_vec
+    targ_selvecs="shcoff_vec shlcoff_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  sparclet-*-aout*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_selvecs=sparcle_aout_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-linux*aout*)
+    targ_defvec=sparclinux_vec
+    targ_selvecs="bfd_elf32_sparc_vec sunos_big_vec"
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-linux*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_sparc_vec
+    targ_selvecs="sparclinux_vec sunos_big_vec"
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-lynxos*)
+    targ_defvec=sparclynx_coff_vec
+    targ_selvecs=sparclynx_aout_vec
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-netbsd* | sparc-*-openbsd*)
+    targ_defvec=sparcnetbsd_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-elf* | sparc-*-solaris2*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_sparc_vec
+    targ_selvecs=sunos_big_vec
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-sysv4*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_sparc_vec
+    ;;
+  sparc64-*-aout*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+#ifdef BFD64
+  sparc64-*-elf*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf64_sparc_vec
+    targ_selvecs=bfd_elf32_sparc_vec
+    ;;    
+#endif /* BFD64 */
+  sparc-*-netware*)
+    targ_defvec=bfd_elf32_sparc_vec
+    targ_selvecs="nlm32_sparc_vec sunos_big_vec"
+    ;;
+  sparc*-*-coff*)
+    targ_defvec=sparccoff_vec
+    ;;
+  sparc*-*-* | sparc*-*-rtems*)
+    targ_defvec=sunos_big_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+#if HAVE_host_aout_vec
+  tahoe-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=host_aout_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_host_aout_vec
+  vax-*-bsd* | vax-*-ultrix*)
+    targ_defvec=host_aout_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+#endif
+
+  we32k-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=we32kcoff_vec
+    ;;
+
+  w65-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=w65_vec
+    ;;
+
+  z8k*-*-*)
+    targ_defvec=z8kcoff_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  *-*-ieee*)
+    targ_defvec=ieee_vec
+    ;;
+
+  *-adobe-*)
+    targ_defvec=a_out_adobe_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  *-sony-*)
+    targ_defvec=newsos3_vec
+    targ_underscore=yes
+    ;;
+
+  *-tandem-*)
+    targ_defvec=m68kcoff_vec
+    targ_selvecs=ieee_vec
+    ;;
+# END OF targmatch.h
+  *)
+    echo 1>&2 "*** BFD does not support target ${targ}."
+    echo 1>&2 "*** Look in bfd/config.bfd for supported targets."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.in b/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183c23e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* config.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether malloc must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+
+/* Whether realloc must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_REALLOC
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+/* Name of host specific header file to include in trad-core.c.  */
+#undef TRAD_HEADER
+
+/* Define only if <sys/procfs.h> is available *and* it defines prstatus_t.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+
+/* Do we really want to use mmap if it's available?  */
+#undef USE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the fcntl function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL
+
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the madvise function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MADVISE
+
+/* Define if you have the mprotect function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MPROTECT
+
+/* Define if you have the setitimer function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETITIMER
+
+/* Define if you have the sysconf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYSCONF
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <time.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_TIME_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5e1e301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2919 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-64-bit-bfd     64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --with-mmap             try using mmap for BFD input files if available"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=libbfd.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-64-bit-bfd or --disable-64-bit-bfd was given.
+if test "${enable_64_bit_bfd+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64_bit_bfd"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes)  want64=true  ;;
+  no)   want64=false ;;
+  *)    { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+else
+  want64=false
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_targets"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-commonbfdlib or --disable-commonbfdlib was given.
+if test "${enable_commonbfdlib+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_commonbfdlib"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --with-mmap or --without-mmap was given.
+if test "${with_mmap+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_mmap"
+  case "${withval}" in
+  yes)  want_mmap=true ;;
+  no)   want_mmap=false ;;
+  *)    { echo "configure: error: bad value ${withval} for BFD with-mmap option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+else
+  want_mmap=false
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir/..;pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir/..;pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:634: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE)
+    if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+    else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi ;;
+  *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:655: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:673: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+host64=false
+target64=false
+
+# host stuff:
+
+ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+PICFLAG=
+SHLIB=unused-shlib
+SHLINK=unused-shlink
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  PICFLAG=-fpic
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+  else
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB) $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK)'
+    SHLIB=libbfd.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/VERSION`
+    SHLINK=libbfd.so
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:741: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:770: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:818: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 828 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:832: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:852: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:857: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:866: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:881: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:910: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
+if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
+  grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1
+then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC.
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
+EOF
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CC="$CC -posix"
+  else
+    CC="$CC -Xp"
+  fi
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+  ISC=
+fi
+
+
+# Permit host specific settings.
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+
+if test $host != $build; then
+  ac_tool_prefix=${host_alias}-
+else
+  ac_tool_prefix=
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:944: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR" && ac_cv_prog_AR="ar"
+fi
+fi
+AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:975: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1006: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+  RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1048: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  if test "${GCC}" != "yes" && test "${shared_non_gcc}" != "yes"; then
+    echo "configure: warning: BFD --enable-shared only supported when using gcc" 1>&2
+    shared=false
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+    PICFLAG=
+    SHLIB=unused-shlib
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  COMMON_SHLIB=yes
+  PICLIST=piclist
+else
+  COMMON_SHLIB=
+  PICLIST=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+VERSION=`cat ${srcdir}/VERSION`
+
+
+BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG=0
+BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED=0
+BFD_HOST_64_BIT=
+BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT=
+if test "x${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}" = "xlong"; then
+  BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG=1
+elif test "x${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}" != "x"; then
+  BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED=1
+  BFD_HOST_64_BIT=${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}
+  BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT=${HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE}
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
+if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
+  if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
+    CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
+  else
+    CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1156: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1171 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1177: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1188 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1194: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in stddef.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h time.h unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1220: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1225 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1230: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_hdr in fcntl.h sys/file.h sys/time.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1260: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1265 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1270: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1297: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_time'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1302 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+int main() {
+struct tm *tp;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1311: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_time=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_time=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_time" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+for ac_func in fcntl getpagesize setitimer sysconf
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1334: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1339 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1362: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+case "${host}" in
+i[345]86-*-msdos* | i[345]86-*-go32* | *-*-cygwin32 | *-*-windows)
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_BINARY_FOPEN 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether strstr must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1397: checking whether strstr must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1402 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) strstr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1423: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo strstr | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether malloc must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1445: checking whether malloc must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_malloc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1450 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) malloc
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1471: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_malloc=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_malloc=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_malloc" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_malloc = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo malloc | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether realloc must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1493: checking whether realloc must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_realloc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1498 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) realloc
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1519: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_realloc=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_realloc=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_realloc" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_realloc = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo realloc | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether free must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1541: checking whether free must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_free'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1546 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) free
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1567: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_free" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_free = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo free | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether getenv must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1589: checking whether getenv must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1594 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) getenv
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1615: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo getenv | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# If we are configured native, pick a core file support file.
+COREFILE=
+COREFLAG=
+if test "${target}" = "${host}"; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  alpha*-*-linux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/alphalinux.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  alpha*-*-*)		COREFILE=osf-core.o ;;
+  arm-*-riscix)		COREFILE=trad-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-hpux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-hiux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-bsd*)		COREFILE="hpux-core.o hppabsd-core.o"
+			COREFLAG="-DHPUX_CORE -DHPPABSD_CORE" ;;
+  i[3456]86-sequent-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o;
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/symmetry.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-sequent-sysv4*) ;;
+  i[3456]86-sequent-sysv*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/symmetry.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-bsd* | i[3456]86-*-freebsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/i386bsd.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-netbsd* | i[3456]86-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-esix-sysv3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/esix.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sco* | i[3456]86-*-isc*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/i386sco.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/i386mach3.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-linux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/i386linux.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  i[3456]86-*-isc*)	COREFILE=trad-core.o ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-aix*)	COREFILE=aix386-core.o ;;
+  i860-*-mach3* | i860-*-osf1*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/i860mach3.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-dec-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/mipsbsd.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-dec-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/mipsmach3.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-*-netbsd* | mips*-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  mips-dec-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/decstation.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-sgi-irix4*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-sgi-irix5*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-sgi-irix6*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-*-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/mipsmach3.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-*-sysv4*)	;;
+  mips-*-sysv* | mips-*-riscos*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/riscos.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  mips-sony-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/news-mips.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-bull*-sysv*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/dpx2.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-hp-hpux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  m68*-hp-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/hp300bsd.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-*-linux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/m68klinux.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-motorola-sysv*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/delta68.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-sony-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/news.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m68*-*-netbsd* | m68*-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  m68*-apple-aux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/m68kaux.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  m88*-*-sysv4*)	;;
+  m88*-motorola-sysv*)	COREFILE=ptrace-core.o ;;
+  m88*-*-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/m88kmach3.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  ns32k-pc532-mach)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/pc532mach.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  ns32k-*-netbsd* | ns32k-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  rs6000-*-lynx*)	COREFILE=lynx-core.o ;;
+  rs6000-*-aix4*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  rs6000-*-*)		COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-*bsd*)	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-aix4*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-aix*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-beos*)	;;
+  sparc-*-netbsd* | sparc-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  tahoe-*-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/tahoe.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  vax-*-ultrix2*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/vaxult2.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  vax-*-ultrix*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/vaxult2.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  vax-*-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define TRAD_HEADER "hosts/vaxbsd.h"
+EOF
+
+	;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$COREFILE" in
+  aix386-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DAIX386_CORE ;;
+  hppabsd-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DHPPABSD_CORE ;;
+  hpux-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DHPUX_CORE ;;
+  irix-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DIRIX_CORE ;;
+  lynx-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DLYNX_CORE ;;
+  osf-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DOSF_CORE ;;
+  ptrace-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DPTRACE_CORE ;;
+  rs6000-core.o)	COREFLAG="$COREFLAG -DAIX_CORE" ;;
+  trad-core.o)		COREFLAG="$COREFLAG -DTRAD_CORE" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # The ELF code uses the native <sys/procfs.h> to handle core files.
+  # Define HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H if the file exists and defines
+  # prstatus_t.
+  echo $ac_n "checking for sys/procfs.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1887: checking for sys/procfs.h" >&5
+  if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1892 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/procfs.h>
+int main() {
+prstatus_t t;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1899: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+  echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h" 1>&6
+  if test $bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h = yes; then
+    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H 1
+EOF
+
+  fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# target stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result" ; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+defvec=
+selvecs=
+selarchs=
+TDEFINES=
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall"; then
+        all_targets=true
+    else
+	. $srcdir/config.bfd
+	if test "x$targ" = "x$target"; then
+	    defvec=$targ_defvec
+	fi
+	selvecs="$selvecs $targ_defvec $targ_selvecs"
+	selarchs="$selarchs $targ_archs"
+	TDEFINES="$TDEFINES $targ_cflags"
+    fi
+done
+
+
+# This processing still needs to be done if we're to decide properly whether
+# 64-bit support needs to be compiled in.  Currently, it will be included if
+# the default or any other explicitly requested target requires it; it
+# will not be included on a 32-bit host if no 64-bit target is requested, and
+# no "--with-64-bit-bfd" option is given, even if "--with-targets=all" is
+# used.
+
+# uniq the default and selected vectors in all the configured targets.
+f=""
+for i in $selvecs ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+selvecs="$f"
+
+# uniq the architectures in all the configured targets.
+f=""
+for i in $selarchs ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+selarchs="$f"
+
+# Target backend .o files.
+tb=
+
+elf="elf.o elflink.o"
+
+for vec in $selvecs
+do
+    case "$vec" in
+    # This list is alphabetized to make it easy to compare
+    # with the two vector lists in targets.c.
+    a29kcoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-a29k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    a_out_adobe_vec)		tb="$tb aout-adobe.o aout32.o" ;;
+    armcoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armcoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpe_little_vec)		tb="$tb pe-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpe_big_vec)		tb="$tb pe-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpei_little_vec)		tb="$tb pei-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpei_big_vec)		tb="$tb pei-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    aout0_big_vec)		tb="$tb aout0.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_arm_big_vec)		tb="$tb aout-arm.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_arm_little_vec)	tb="$tb aout-arm.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_mips_big_vec)		tb="$tb mipsbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_mips_little_vec)	tb="$tb mipsbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    apollocoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-apollo.o" ;;
+    b_out_vec_big_host)		tb="$tb bout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    b_out_vec_little_host)	tb="$tb bout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_alpha_vec)	tb="$tb elf64-alpha.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-gen.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-mips.o elf64.o elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_d10v_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-d10v.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_hppa_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-hppa.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_i386_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-i386.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_i860_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-i860.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec) tb="$tb elf32-gen.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-mips.o elf64.o elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m32r_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m32r.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m68k_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m68k.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m88k_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m88k.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_mn10200_vec)	tb="$tb elf-m10200.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_mn10300_vec)	tb="$tb elf-m10300.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-ppc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-ppc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_sh_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-sh.o elf32.o $elf coff-sh.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_shl_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-sh.o elf32.o $elf coff-sh.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_sparc_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-sparc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_big_generic_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-gen.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf64_little_generic_vec) tb="$tb elf64-gen.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf64_sparc_vec)	tb="$tb elf64-sparc.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    cisco_core_vec)		tb="$tb cisco-core.o" ;;
+    demo_64_vec)		tb="$tb demo64.o aout64.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    ecoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoff_biglittle_vec)	tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoffalpha_little_vec)	tb="$tb coff-alpha.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    evax_alpha_vec)		tb="$tb evax-alpha.o evax-emh.o evax-egsd.o evax-etir.o evax-misc.o"
+ 				target64=true ;;
+    h8300coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-h8300.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    h8500coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-h8500.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    host_aout_vec)		tb="$tb host-aout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    hp300bsd_vec)		tb="$tb hp300bsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    hp300hpux_vec)		tb="$tb hp300hpux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386aout_vec)		tb="$tb i386aout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386bsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386bsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i386.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    i386dynix_vec)		tb="$tb i386dynix.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386freebsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386freebsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386msdos_vec)		tb="$tb i386msdos.o" ;;
+    i386pe_vec)			tb="$tb pe-i386.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    i386pei_vec)		tb="$tb pei-i386.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    i386linux_vec)		tb="$tb i386linux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386lynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb i386lynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386lynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-i386lynx.o cofflink.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    i386mach3_vec)		tb="$tb i386mach3.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386netbsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386netbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386os9k_vec)		tb="$tb i386os9k.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i860coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i860.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    icoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i960.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    icoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i960.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    ieee_vec)			tb="$tb ieee.o" ;;
+    m68kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68kcoffun_vec)		tb="$tb coff-u68k.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68klinux_vec)		tb="$tb m68klinux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68klynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb m68klynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68klynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-m68klynx.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    m68knetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb m68knetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68k4knetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb m68k4knetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68kaux_coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-aux.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68ksysvcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-svm68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m88kbcs_vec)		tb="$tb coff-m88k.o" ;;
+    newsos3_vec)		tb="$tb newsos3.o aout32.o" ;;
+    nlm32_i386_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-i386.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    nlm32_sparc_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-sparc.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    nlm32_alpha_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-alpha.o nlm32.o nlm.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    riscix_vec)			tb="$tb aout32.o riscix.o" ;;
+    nlm32_powerpc_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-ppc.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    pc532netbsd_vec)		tb="$tb ns32knetbsd.o aout-ns32k.o" ;;
+    pc532machaout_vec)		tb="$tb pc532-mach.o aout-ns32k.o" ;;
+    pmac_xcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-pmac.o xcofflink.o" ;;
+    rs6000coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-rs6000.o xcofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_powerpc_pe_vec)         tb="$tb pe-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;  
+    bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec)       tb="$tb pe-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;  
+    bfd_powerpc_pei_vec)        tb="$tb pei-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec)      tb="$tb pei-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    ppcboot_vec)		tb="$tb ppcboot.o" ;;
+    shcoff_vec)			tb="$tb coff-sh.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    shlcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-sh.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    som_vec)			tb="$tb som.o" ;;
+    sparcle_aout_vec)		tb="$tb aout-sparcle.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparclinux_vec)		tb="$tb sparclinux.o aout32.o stab-syms.o" ;;
+    sparclynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb sparclynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparclynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-sparclynx.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    sparcnetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb sparcnetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparccoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-sparc.o" ;;
+    srec_vec)			tb="$tb srec.o" ;;
+    sunos_big_vec)		tb="$tb sunos.o aout32.o" ;;
+    symbolsrec_vec)		tb="$tb srec.o" ;;
+    tekhex_vec)			tb="$tb tekhex.o" ;;
+    we32kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-we32k.o" ;;
+    z8kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-z8k.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    w65_vec)			tb="$tb coff-w65.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    versados_vec)		tb="$tb versados.o" ;;
+
+    "")			;;
+    *) { echo "configure: error: *** unknown target vector $vec" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Target architecture .o files.
+# A couple of CPUs use shorter file names to avoid problems on DOS
+# filesystems.
+ta=`echo $selarchs | sed -e s/bfd_/cpu-/g -e s/_arch/.o/g -e s/mn10200/m10200/ -e s/mn10300/m10300/`
+
+# Weed out duplicate .o files.
+f=""
+for i in $tb ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+tb="$f"
+
+f=""
+for i in $ta ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+ta="$f"
+
+bfd_backends="$tb"
+bfd_machines="$ta"
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue ; then
+  bfd_backends="${bfd_backends}"' $(ALL_BACKENDS)'
+  bfd_machines="${bfd_machines}"' $(ALL_MACHINES)'
+  selvecs=
+  havevecs=
+  selarchs=
+else	# all_targets is true
+  # Only set these if they will be nonempty, for the clever echo.
+  havevecs=
+  test -n "$selvecs" &&
+    havevecs=`echo $selvecs | sed -e 's/^/-DHAVE_/' -e 's/ \(.\)/ -DHAVE_\1/g'`
+  test -n "$selvecs" &&
+    selvecs=`echo $selvecs | sed -e 's/^/\&/' -e 's/ \(.\)/,\&\1/g'`
+  test -n "$selarchs" &&
+    selarchs=`echo $selarchs | sed -e 's/^/\&/' -e 's/ \(.\)/,\&\1/g'`
+fi	# all_targets is true
+
+case ${host64}-${target64}-${want64} in
+  *true*)
+    wordsize=64
+    all_backends='$(BFD64_BACKENDS) $(BFD32_BACKENDS)'
+    if test -z "$GCC" && test "$BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG" = "0" && test "$BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED" = "0"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: You have requested a 64 bit BFD configuration, but" 1>&2
+      echo "configure: warning: your compiler may not have a 64 bit integral type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    ;;
+  false-false-false)
+    wordsize=32
+    all_backends='$(BFD32_BACKENDS)'
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+tdefaults=""
+test -n "${defvec}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DDEFAULT_VECTOR=${defvec}"
+test -n "${selvecs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DSELECT_VECS='${selvecs}'"
+test -n "${selarchs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DSELECT_ARCHITECTURES='${selarchs}'"
+test -n "${havevecs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} ${havevecs}"
+
+
+for ac_hdr in unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2200: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2205 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2210: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in getpagesize
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2239: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2244 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2267: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2292: checking for working mmap" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2300 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
+   Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
+	mmap private not fixed
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
+	mmap shared not fixed
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
+   For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
+   back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
+   address.  (There have been systems where private was not correctly
+   implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
+   VM page cache was not coherent with the filesystem buffer cache
+   like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
+   For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
+   propogated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
+
+   Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
+   The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
+   * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
+   * how to use it (BSD variants)  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h.  */
+# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#   include <sys/param.h>
+#   ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#    define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#   else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#    ifdef NBPG
+#     define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
+#     ifndef CLSIZE
+#      define CLSIZE 1
+#     endif /* no CLSIZE */
+#    else /* no NBPG */
+#     ifdef NBPC
+#      define getpagesize() NBPC
+#     else /* no NBPC */
+#      ifdef PAGESIZE
+#       define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+#      endif /* PAGESIZE */
+#     endif /* no NBPC */
+#    endif /* no NBPG */
+#   endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#  else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+#   define getpagesize() 8192	/* punt totally */
+#  endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+
+#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); }
+#else
+char *malloc();
+#endif
+
+int
+main()
+{
+	char *data, *data2, *data3;
+	int i, pagesize;
+	int fd;
+
+	pagesize = getpagesize();
+
+	/*
+	 * First, make a file with some known garbage in it.
+	 */
+	data = malloc(pagesize);
+	if (!data)
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		*(data + i) = rand();
+	umask(0);
+	fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600);
+	if (fd < 0)
+		exit(1);
+	if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
+		exit(1);
+	close(fd);
+
+	/*
+	 * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which
+	 * already has something else allocated at it.  If we can,
+	 * also make sure that we see the same garbage.
+	 */
+	fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0)
+		exit(1);
+	data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize);
+	if (!data2)
+		exit(1);
+	data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
+	if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+	    MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
+			exit(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area
+	 * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read().
+	 * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.)
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		*(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
+	data3 = malloc(pagesize);
+	if (!data3)
+		exit(1);
+	if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
+			exit(1);
+	close(fd);
+	unlink("conftestmmap");
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2440: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+for ac_func in madvise mprotect
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2465: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2470 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2493: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+case ${want_mmap}+${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped} in
+  true+yes )  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_MMAP 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+rm -f doc/config.status
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile doc/Makefile bfd-in3.h:bfd-in2.h config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@HDEFINES@%$HDEFINES%g
+s%@AR@%$AR%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@ALLLIBS@%$ALLLIBS%g
+s%@PICFLAG@%$PICFLAG%g
+s%@SHLIB@%$SHLIB%g
+s%@SHLIB_CC@%$SHLIB_CC%g
+s%@SHLIB_CFLAGS@%$SHLIB_CFLAGS%g
+s%@SHLIB_LIBS@%$SHLIB_LIBS%g
+s%@COMMON_SHLIB@%$COMMON_SHLIB%g
+s%@PICLIST@%$PICLIST%g
+s%@SHLINK@%$SHLINK%g
+s%@INSTALL_SHLIB@%$INSTALL_SHLIB%g
+s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g
+s%@BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG@%$BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG%g
+s%@BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED@%$BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED%g
+s%@BFD_HOST_64_BIT@%$BFD_HOST_64_BIT%g
+s%@BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT@%$BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT%g
+s%@CC_FOR_BUILD@%$CC_FOR_BUILD%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@COREFILE@%$COREFILE%g
+s%@COREFLAG@%$COREFLAG%g
+s%@TDEFINES@%$TDEFINES%g
+s%@wordsize@%$wordsize%g
+s%@all_backends@%$all_backends%g
+s%@bfd_backends@%$bfd_backends%g
+s%@bfd_machines@%$bfd_machines%g
+s%@tdefaults@%$tdefaults%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile doc/Makefile bfd-in3.h:bfd-in2.h"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.host b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.host
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2983274
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.host
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+# This file is a shell script that overrides some of the tools and
+# flags used on a host specific basis.
+
+# Since the "bfd/hosts" directory is shared by the bfd, opcodes, and
+# binutils directories (at least), the index to it is also shared.
+# This is that index.  Each configure.in file should source this file
+# in its per-host part.
+
+# This sets the following shell variables:
+#  HDEFINES		host specific compiler options
+#  host64		set to true if 64 bit types are as fast as 32 bit
+#  HOST_64BIT_TYPE	host 64 bit type
+#  HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE	unsigned 64 bit type (not needed if 64BIT_TYPE is long)
+#  SHLIB_CC		compiler to use when building shared library
+#  SHLIB_CFLAGS		flags to use when building shared library
+#  SHLIB_LIBS		libraries to use when building shared library
+#  PICFLAG		may be set to flag to use to compile PIC
+#  SHLINK		may be set to the name to link the shared library to
+#  ALLLIBS		may be set to libraries to build
+#  HLDFLAGS		LDFLAGS specific to the host
+#  HLDENV		environment variable to set when linking for the host
+#  RPATH_ENVVAR		environment variable used to find shared libraries
+#  INSTALL_SHLIB	install a shared library
+
+HDEFINES=
+host64=false
+HOST_64BIT_TYPE=
+
+case "${host}" in
+
+alpha-*-*)		host64=true; HOST_64BIT_TYPE=long ;;
+
+hppa*-*-hpux*)		HDEFINES=-DHOST_HPPAHPUX ;;
+hppa*-*-hiux*)		HDEFINES=-DHOST_HPPAHPUX ;;
+hppa*-*-bsd*)		HDEFINES=-DHOST_HPPABSD ;;
+hppa*-*-osf*)		HDEFINES=-DHOST_HPPAOSF ;;
+
+i[3456]86-sequent-bsd*)	HDEFINES=-Dshared=genshared ;;
+i[3456]86-sequent-sysv4*) ;;
+i[3456]86-sequent-sysv*)	HDEFINES=-Dshared=genshared ;;
+
+mips*-dec-netbsd*)	;;
+mips*-*-openbsd*)	;;
+mips*-dec-*)		HDEFINES="-G 4"	;;
+mips*-sgi-irix3*)	HDEFINES="-G 4" ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix4*)	HDEFINES="-G 4" ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix6*)	host64=true
+			HOST_64BIT_TYPE="long long";
+			HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE="unsigned long long";
+			;;
+mips*-*-sysv4*)		;;
+mips*-*-sysv*)		HDEFINES="-G 4" ;;
+mips*-*-riscos*)	HDEFINES="-G 4" ;;
+
+m68*-hp-hpux*)		HDEFINES=-DHOST_HP300HPUX ;;
+
+*-*-solaris*)		HOST_64BIT_TYPE="long long"
+			HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE="unsigned long long"
+			;;
+
+*-*-windows*)
+			HOST_64BIT_TYPE=__int64
+			HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE="unsigned __int64"
+# The following krock is necessary because we can't run the build compiler
+# (MSVC) on the configure host, so we have to explicitly set the values here.
+# Note that this file is never run through autoconf, so we can't use any
+# autoconf macros here.  Because of this, we have to muck with autoconf
+# variables explicitly.
+			ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+			ac_cv_header_time=no
+			ac_cv_func_getpagesize=no
+			ac_cv_func_madvise=no
+			ac_cv_func_mprotect=no
+			ac_cv_header_sys_file_h=no
+			ac_cv_header_sys_time_h=no
+			ac_cv_header_unistd_h=no
+			;;
+esac
+
+# If we are configuring with --enable-shared, adjust the shared
+# library support based on the host.  This support must work for both
+# the BFD and the opcodes libraries.
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+SHLIB_CC='$(CC)'
+SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared'
+SHLIB_LIBS=
+INSTALL_SHLIB='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$f $(libdir)/$$tf;'
+if [ "${shared}" = "true" ]; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  hppa*-*-*)		picfrag=${srcdir}/../config/mh-papic ;;
+  i[34566]86-*-*)	picfrag=${srcdir}/../config/mh-x86pic ;;
+  *-*-*)		picfrag=${srcdir}/../config/mh-${host_cpu}pic ;;
+  esac
+  if [ -f "${picfrag}" ]; then
+    pic=`sed -n -e 's/^PICFLAG[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)$/\1/p' ${picfrag}`
+    if [ -n "${pic}" ]; then
+      PICFLAG=${pic}
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-dec-osf*)
+    # -fpic is not needed on the Alpha.
+    PICFLAG=
+    HLDFLAGS='-rpath $(libdir)'
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$(SONAME)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-hpux*)
+    # HP/UX uses .sl for shared libraries.
+    SHLINK=`echo ${SHLINK} | sed -e 's/so$/sl/'`
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared $(PICFLAG)'
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,$(libdir)'
+    RPATH_ENVVAR=SHLIB_PATH
+    INSTALL_SHLIB='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$f $(libdir)/$$tf; chmod -w $(libdir)/$$tf;'
+    ;;
+  *-*-irix[56]*)
+    # -fpic is not needed on Irix 5 or 6.
+    PICFLAG=
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$(SONAME)'
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*aout*)
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*)
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$(SONAME)'
+    case "${libdir}" in
+      /lib | /usr/lib) ;;
+      *) HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)' ;;
+    esac
+    # On Linux, apparently, linking against -lc lets ldconfig figure
+    # out which version of libc should be used.
+    SHLIB_LIBS=-lc
+    ;;
+  *-*-solaris*)
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared -h $(SONAME)'
+    HLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)
+    SHLIB_CFLAGS='-shared -h $(SONAME)'
+    HLDENV='if test -z "$${LD_RUN_PATH}"; then LD_RUN_PATH=$(libdir); else LD_RUN_PATH=$${LD_RUN_PATH}:$(libdir); fi; export LD_RUN_PATH;'
+    ;;
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    # Build a libTARGET-bfd.so.VERSION symlink in the object directory.
+    ALLLIBS=`echo ${ALLLIBS} | sed -e 's/\$(SHLINK)/stamp-tshlink/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# On SunOS, if the linker supports the -rpath option, use it to
+# prevent ../bfd and ../opcodes from being included in the run time
+# search path.
+case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    echo 'main () { }' > conftest.c
+    ${CC} -o conftest -Wl,-rpath= conftest.c >/dev/null 2>conftest.t
+    if grep 'unrecognized' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'No such file' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'do not mix' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif [ "${shared}" = "true" ]; then
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath=$(libdir)'
+    else
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath='
+    fi
+    rm -f conftest.t conftest.c conftest
+    ;;
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62e729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+dnl
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(libbfd.c)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(64-bit-bfd,
+[  --enable-64-bit-bfd     64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes)  want64=true  ;;
+  no)   want64=false ;;
+  *)    AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option) ;;
+esac],[want64=false])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(commonbfdlib,
+[  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option]) ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(mmap,
+[  --with-mmap             try using mmap for BFD input files if available],
+[case "${withval}" in
+  yes)  want_mmap=true ;;
+  no)   want_mmap=false ;;
+  *)    AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} for BFD with-mmap option) ;;
+esac],[want_mmap=false])dnl
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+host64=false
+target64=false
+
+# host stuff:
+
+ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+PICFLAG=
+SHLIB=unused-shlib
+SHLINK=unused-shlink
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  PICFLAG=-fpic
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+  else
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB) $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK)'
+changequote(,)dnl
+    SHLIB=libbfd.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/VERSION`
+changequote([,])dnl
+    SHLINK=libbfd.so
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+# Permit host specific settings.
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+AC_SUBST(HDEFINES)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  if test "${GCC}" != "yes" && test "${shared_non_gcc}" != "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([BFD --enable-shared only supported when using gcc])
+    shared=false
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+    PICFLAG=
+    SHLIB=unused-shlib
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(ALLLIBS)
+AC_SUBST(PICFLAG)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CC)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LIBS)
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  COMMON_SHLIB=yes
+  PICLIST=piclist
+else
+  COMMON_SHLIB=
+  PICLIST=
+fi
+AC_SUBST(COMMON_SHLIB)
+AC_SUBST(PICLIST)
+AC_SUBST(SHLINK)
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SHLIB)
+
+VERSION=`cat ${srcdir}/VERSION`
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+
+BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG=0
+BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED=0
+BFD_HOST_64_BIT=
+BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT=
+if test "x${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}" = "xlong"; then
+  BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG=1
+elif test "x${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}" != "x"; then
+  BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED=1
+  BFD_HOST_64_BIT=${HOST_64BIT_TYPE}
+  BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT=${HOST_U_64BIT_TYPE}
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG)
+AC_SUBST(BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED)
+AC_SUBST(BFD_HOST_64_BIT)
+AC_SUBST(BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT)
+
+BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stddef.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h time.h unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/file.h sys/time.h)
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fcntl getpagesize setitimer sysconf)
+
+BFD_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(strstr)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(malloc)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(realloc)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(free)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv)
+
+# If we are configured native, pick a core file support file.
+COREFILE=
+COREFLAG=
+if test "${target}" = "${host}"; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  alpha*-*-linux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/alphalinux.h")
+	;;
+  alpha*-*-*)		COREFILE=osf-core.o ;;
+  arm-*-riscix)		COREFILE=trad-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-hpux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-hiux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  hppa*-*-bsd*)		COREFILE="hpux-core.o hppabsd-core.o"
+			COREFLAG="-DHPUX_CORE -DHPPABSD_CORE" ;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-sequent-bsd*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o;
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/symmetry.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-sequent-sysv4*) ;;
+  i[3456]86-sequent-sysv*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/symmetry.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-bsd* | i[3456]86-*-freebsd*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/i386bsd.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-netbsd* | i[3456]86-*-openbsd*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-esix-sysv3*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/esix.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-sco* | i[3456]86-*-isc*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/i386sco.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-mach3*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/i386mach3.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-linux*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/i386linux.h")
+	;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+  i[3456]86-*-isc*)	COREFILE=trad-core.o ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-aix*)	COREFILE=aix386-core.o ;;
+changequote([,])dnl
+  i860-*-mach3* | i860-*-osf1*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/i860mach3.h")
+	;;
+  mips-dec-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/mipsbsd.h")
+	;;
+  mips-dec-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/mipsmach3.h")
+	;;
+  mips-*-netbsd* | mips*-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  mips-dec-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/decstation.h")
+	;;
+  mips-sgi-irix4*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-sgi-irix5*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-sgi-irix6*)	COREFILE=irix-core.o ;;
+  mips-*-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/mipsmach3.h")
+	;;
+  mips-*-sysv4*)	;;
+  mips-*-sysv* | mips-*-riscos*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/riscos.h")
+	;;
+  mips-sony-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/news-mips.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-bull*-sysv*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/dpx2.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-hp-hpux*)	COREFILE=hpux-core.o ;;
+  m68*-hp-bsd*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/hp300bsd.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-*-linux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/m68klinux.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-motorola-sysv*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER, "hosts/delta68.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-sony-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/news.h")
+	;;
+  m68*-*-netbsd* | m68*-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  m68*-apple-aux*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/m68kaux.h")
+	;;
+  m88*-*-sysv4*)	;;
+  m88*-motorola-sysv*)	COREFILE=ptrace-core.o ;;
+  m88*-*-mach3*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/m88kmach3.h")
+	;;
+  ns32k-pc532-mach)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/pc532mach.h")
+	;;
+  ns32k-*-netbsd* | ns32k-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  rs6000-*-lynx*)	COREFILE=lynx-core.o ;;
+  rs6000-*-aix4*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  rs6000-*-*)		COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-*bsd*)	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-aix4*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-aix*)	COREFILE=rs6000-core.o ;;
+  powerpc-*-beos*)	;;
+  sparc-*-netbsd* | sparc-*-openbsd*)
+	COREFILE=netbsd-core.o
+	;;
+  tahoe-*-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/tahoe.h")
+	;;
+  vax-*-ultrix2*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/vaxult2.h")
+	;;
+  vax-*-ultrix*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/vaxult2.h")
+	;;
+  vax-*-*)
+	COREFILE=trad-core.o
+	AC_DEFINE(TRAD_HEADER,"hosts/vaxbsd.h")
+	;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$COREFILE" in
+  aix386-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DAIX386_CORE ;;
+  hppabsd-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DHPPABSD_CORE ;;
+  hpux-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DHPUX_CORE ;;
+  irix-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DIRIX_CORE ;;
+  lynx-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DLYNX_CORE ;;
+  osf-core.o)		COREFLAG=-DOSF_CORE ;;
+  ptrace-core.o)	COREFLAG=-DPTRACE_CORE ;;
+  rs6000-core.o)	COREFLAG="$COREFLAG -DAIX_CORE" ;;
+  trad-core.o)		COREFLAG="$COREFLAG -DTRAD_CORE" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # The ELF code uses the native <sys/procfs.h> to handle core files.
+  # Define HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H if the file exists and defines
+  # prstatus_t.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sys/procfs.h])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/procfs.h>],
+  [prstatus_t t;],
+  bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h=yes, bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h=no)])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h)
+  if test $bfd_cv_header_sys_procfs_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H)
+  fi
+
+fi
+AC_SUBST(COREFILE)
+AC_SUBST(COREFLAG)
+
+# target stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result" ; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+defvec=
+selvecs=
+selarchs=
+TDEFINES=
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall"; then
+        all_targets=true
+    else
+	. $srcdir/config.bfd
+	if test "x$targ" = "x$target"; then
+	    defvec=$targ_defvec
+	fi
+	selvecs="$selvecs $targ_defvec $targ_selvecs"
+	selarchs="$selarchs $targ_archs"
+	TDEFINES="$TDEFINES $targ_cflags"
+    fi
+done
+AC_SUBST(TDEFINES)
+
+# This processing still needs to be done if we're to decide properly whether
+# 64-bit support needs to be compiled in.  Currently, it will be included if
+# the default or any other explicitly requested target requires it; it
+# will not be included on a 32-bit host if no 64-bit target is requested, and
+# no "--with-64-bit-bfd" option is given, even if "--with-targets=all" is
+# used.
+
+# uniq the default and selected vectors in all the configured targets.
+f=""
+for i in $selvecs ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+selvecs="$f"
+
+# uniq the architectures in all the configured targets.
+f=""
+for i in $selarchs ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+selarchs="$f"
+
+# Target backend .o files.
+tb=
+
+elf="elf.o elflink.o"
+
+for vec in $selvecs
+do
+    case "$vec" in
+    # This list is alphabetized to make it easy to compare
+    # with the two vector lists in targets.c.
+    a29kcoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-a29k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    a_out_adobe_vec)		tb="$tb aout-adobe.o aout32.o" ;;
+    armcoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armcoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpe_little_vec)		tb="$tb pe-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpe_big_vec)		tb="$tb pe-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpei_little_vec)		tb="$tb pei-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    armpei_big_vec)		tb="$tb pei-arm.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    aout0_big_vec)		tb="$tb aout0.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_arm_big_vec)		tb="$tb aout-arm.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_arm_little_vec)	tb="$tb aout-arm.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_mips_big_vec)		tb="$tb mipsbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    aout_mips_little_vec)	tb="$tb mipsbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    apollocoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-apollo.o" ;;
+    b_out_vec_big_host)		tb="$tb bout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    b_out_vec_little_host)	tb="$tb bout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_alpha_vec)	tb="$tb elf64-alpha.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-gen.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-mips.o elf64.o elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_d10v_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-d10v.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_hppa_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-hppa.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_i386_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-i386.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_i860_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-i860.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec) tb="$tb elf32-gen.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-mips.o elf64.o elf32-mips.o elf32.o $elf ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m32r_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m32r.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m68k_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m68k.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_m88k_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-m88k.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_mn10200_vec)	tb="$tb elf-m10200.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_mn10300_vec)	tb="$tb elf-m10300.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-ppc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-ppc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_sh_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-sh.o elf32.o $elf coff-sh.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_shl_vec)		tb="$tb elf32-sh.o elf32.o $elf coff-sh.o" ;;
+    bfd_elf32_sparc_vec)	tb="$tb elf32-sparc.o elf32.o $elf" ;;
+    bfd_elf64_big_generic_vec) 	tb="$tb elf64-gen.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf64_little_generic_vec) tb="$tb elf64-gen.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    bfd_elf64_sparc_vec)	tb="$tb elf64-sparc.o elf64.o $elf"
+				target64=true ;;
+    cisco_core_vec)		tb="$tb cisco-core.o" ;;
+    demo_64_vec)		tb="$tb demo64.o aout64.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    ecoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoff_biglittle_vec)	tb="$tb coff-mips.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o" ;;
+    ecoffalpha_little_vec)	tb="$tb coff-alpha.o ecoff.o ecofflink.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    evax_alpha_vec)		tb="$tb evax-alpha.o evax-emh.o evax-egsd.o evax-etir.o evax-misc.o"
+ 				target64=true ;;
+    h8300coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-h8300.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    h8500coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-h8500.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    host_aout_vec)		tb="$tb host-aout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    hp300bsd_vec)		tb="$tb hp300bsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    hp300hpux_vec)		tb="$tb hp300hpux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386aout_vec)		tb="$tb i386aout.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386bsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386bsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i386.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    i386dynix_vec)		tb="$tb i386dynix.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386freebsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386freebsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386msdos_vec)		tb="$tb i386msdos.o" ;;
+    i386pe_vec)			tb="$tb pe-i386.o cofflink.o " ;;
+    i386pei_vec)		tb="$tb pei-i386.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    i386linux_vec)		tb="$tb i386linux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386lynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb i386lynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386lynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-i386lynx.o cofflink.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    i386mach3_vec)		tb="$tb i386mach3.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386netbsd_vec)		tb="$tb i386netbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i386os9k_vec)		tb="$tb i386os9k.o aout32.o" ;;
+    i860coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i860.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    icoff_big_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i960.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    icoff_little_vec)		tb="$tb coff-i960.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    ieee_vec)			tb="$tb ieee.o" ;;
+    m68kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68kcoffun_vec)		tb="$tb coff-u68k.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68klinux_vec)		tb="$tb m68klinux.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68klynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb m68klynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68klynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-m68klynx.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    m68knetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb m68knetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68k4knetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb m68k4knetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    m68kaux_coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-aux.o coff-m68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m68ksysvcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-svm68k.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    m88kbcs_vec)		tb="$tb coff-m88k.o" ;;
+    newsos3_vec)		tb="$tb newsos3.o aout32.o" ;;
+    nlm32_i386_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-i386.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    nlm32_sparc_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-sparc.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    nlm32_alpha_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-alpha.o nlm32.o nlm.o"
+				target64=true ;;
+    riscix_vec)			tb="$tb aout32.o riscix.o" ;;
+    nlm32_powerpc_vec)		tb="$tb nlm32-ppc.o nlm32.o nlm.o" ;;
+    pc532netbsd_vec)		tb="$tb ns32knetbsd.o aout-ns32k.o" ;;
+    pc532machaout_vec)		tb="$tb pc532-mach.o aout-ns32k.o" ;;
+    pmac_xcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-pmac.o xcofflink.o" ;;
+    rs6000coff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-rs6000.o xcofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_powerpc_pe_vec)         tb="$tb pe-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;  
+    bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec)       tb="$tb pe-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;  
+    bfd_powerpc_pei_vec)        tb="$tb pei-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec)      tb="$tb pei-ppc.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    ppcboot_vec)		tb="$tb ppcboot.o" ;;
+    shcoff_vec)			tb="$tb coff-sh.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    shlcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-sh.o cofflink.o" ;;
+    som_vec)			tb="$tb som.o" ;;
+    sparcle_aout_vec)		tb="$tb aout-sparcle.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparclinux_vec)		tb="$tb sparclinux.o aout32.o stab-syms.o" ;;
+    sparclynx_aout_vec)		tb="$tb sparclynx.o lynx-core.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparclynx_coff_vec)		tb="$tb cf-sparclynx.o lynx-core.o" ;;
+    sparcnetbsd_vec)		tb="$tb sparcnetbsd.o aout32.o" ;;
+    sparccoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-sparc.o" ;;
+    srec_vec)			tb="$tb srec.o" ;;
+    sunos_big_vec)		tb="$tb sunos.o aout32.o" ;;
+    symbolsrec_vec)		tb="$tb srec.o" ;;
+    tekhex_vec)			tb="$tb tekhex.o" ;;
+    we32kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-we32k.o" ;;
+    z8kcoff_vec)		tb="$tb coff-z8k.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    w65_vec)			tb="$tb coff-w65.o reloc16.o" ;;
+    versados_vec)		tb="$tb versados.o" ;;
+
+    "")			;;
+    *) AC_MSG_ERROR(*** unknown target vector $vec) ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# Target architecture .o files.
+# A couple of CPUs use shorter file names to avoid problems on DOS
+# filesystems.
+ta=`echo $selarchs | sed -e s/bfd_/cpu-/g -e s/_arch/.o/g -e s/mn10200/m10200/ -e s/mn10300/m10300/`
+
+# Weed out duplicate .o files.
+f=""
+for i in $tb ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+tb="$f"
+
+f=""
+for i in $ta ; do
+    case " $f " in
+    *" $i "*) ;;
+    *) f="$f $i" ;;
+    esac
+done
+ta="$f"
+
+bfd_backends="$tb"
+bfd_machines="$ta"
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue ; then
+  bfd_backends="${bfd_backends}"' $(ALL_BACKENDS)'
+  bfd_machines="${bfd_machines}"' $(ALL_MACHINES)'
+  selvecs=
+  havevecs=
+  selarchs=
+else	# all_targets is true
+  # Only set these if they will be nonempty, for the clever echo.
+  havevecs=
+  test -n "$selvecs" &&
+    havevecs=`echo $selvecs | sed -e 's/^/-DHAVE_/' -e 's/ \(.\)/ -DHAVE_\1/g'`
+  test -n "$selvecs" &&
+    selvecs=`echo $selvecs | sed -e 's/^/\&/' -e 's/ \(.\)/,\&\1/g'`
+  test -n "$selarchs" &&
+    selarchs=`echo $selarchs | sed -e 's/^/\&/' -e 's/ \(.\)/,\&\1/g'`
+fi	# all_targets is true
+
+case ${host64}-${target64}-${want64} in
+  *true*)
+    wordsize=64
+    all_backends='$(BFD64_BACKENDS) $(BFD32_BACKENDS)'
+    if test -z "$GCC" && test "$BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG" = "0" && test "$BFD_HOST_64_BIT_DEFINED" = "0"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([You have requested a 64 bit BFD configuration, but])
+      AC_MSG_WARN([your compiler may not have a 64 bit integral type])
+    fi
+    ;;
+  false-false-false)
+    wordsize=32
+    all_backends='$(BFD32_BACKENDS)'
+    ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(wordsize)
+AC_SUBST(all_backends)
+AC_SUBST(bfd_backends)
+AC_SUBST(bfd_machines)
+
+tdefaults=""
+test -n "${defvec}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DDEFAULT_VECTOR=${defvec}"
+test -n "${selvecs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DSELECT_VECS='${selvecs}'"
+test -n "${selarchs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} -DSELECT_ARCHITECTURES='${selarchs}'"
+test -n "${havevecs}" && tdefaults="${tdefaults} ${havevecs}"
+AC_SUBST(tdefaults)
+
+dnl AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/mman.h)
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(madvise mprotect)
+case ${want_mmap}+${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped} in
+  true+yes )  AC_DEFINE(USE_MMAP) ;;
+esac
+
+rm -f doc/config.status
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile doc/Makefile bfd-in3.h:bfd-in2.h,
+[case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/corefile.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/corefile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..212f519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/corefile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Core file generic interface routines for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Core files
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	These are functions pertaining to core files.
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_core_file_failing_command
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	CONST char *bfd_core_file_failing_command(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a read-only string explaining which program was running
+	when it failed and produced the core file @var{abfd}.
+
+*/
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_core) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, _core_file_failing_command, (abfd));
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_core_file_failing_signal
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int bfd_core_file_failing_signal(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Returns the signal number which caused the core dump which
+	generated the file the BFD @var{abfd} is attached to.
+*/
+
+int
+bfd_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_core) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, _core_file_failing_signal, (abfd));
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	core_file_matches_executable_p
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean core_file_matches_executable_p
+		(bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return <<true>> if the core file attached to @var{core_bfd}
+	was generated by a run of the executable file attached to
+	@var{exec_bfd}, <<false>> otherwise.
+*/
+boolean
+core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd, *exec_bfd;
+{
+    if ((core_bfd->format != bfd_core) || (exec_bfd->format != bfd_object)) {
+	    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+    return BFD_SEND (core_bfd, _core_file_matches_executable_p,
+		     (core_bfd, exec_bfd));
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-alpha.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-alpha.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d66a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-alpha.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* BFD support for the Alpha architecture.
+   Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_alpha_arch =
+  {
+    64,	/* 32 bits in a word */
+    64,	/* 32 bits in an address */
+    8,	/* 8 bits in a byte */
+    bfd_arch_alpha,
+    0,	/* only 1 machine */
+    "alpha",
+    "alpha",
+    3,
+    true, /* the one and only */
+    bfd_default_compatible, 
+    bfd_default_scan ,
+    0,
+  };
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-i386.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-i386.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518176d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-i386.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* BFD support for the Intel 386 architecture.
+   Copyright 1992, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+static const bfd_arch_info_type i8086_arch =
+{
+  32,	/* 32 bits in a word */
+  32,	/* 32 bits in an address (well, not really) */
+  8,	/* 8 bits in a byte */
+  bfd_arch_i386,
+  bfd_mach_i386_i8086,
+  "i8086",
+  "i8086",
+  3,
+  false,
+  bfd_default_compatible, 
+  bfd_default_scan ,
+  0,
+};
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_i386_arch =
+{
+  32,	/* 32 bits in a word */
+  32,	/* 32 bits in an address */
+  8,	/* 8 bits in a byte */
+  bfd_arch_i386,
+  bfd_mach_i386_i386,
+  "i386",
+  "i386",
+  3,
+  true,
+  bfd_default_compatible, 
+  bfd_default_scan ,
+  &i8086_arch,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-sh.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-sh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f6dd68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-sh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* BFD library support routines for the Hitachi-SH architecture.
+   Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Hacked by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+
+int bfd_default_scan_num_mach();
+
+static boolean 
+scan_mach (info, string)
+     const struct bfd_arch_info *info;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  if (strcmp(string,"sh") == 0) return true;
+  if (strcmp(string,"SH") == 0) return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/* This routine is provided two arch_infos and returns whether
+   they'd be compatible */
+
+static const bfd_arch_info_type *
+compatible (a,b)
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *a;
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *b;
+{
+  if (a->arch != b->arch || a->mach != b->mach)
+   return NULL;
+  return a;
+}
+#endif
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_sh_arch =
+{
+  32,				/* 32 bits in a word */
+  32,				/* 32 bits in an address */
+  8,				/* 8 bits in a byte */
+  bfd_arch_sh,
+  0,				/* only 1 machine */
+  "sh",				/* arch_name  */
+  "sh",				/* printable name */
+  1,
+  true,				/* the default machine */
+  bfd_default_compatible,
+  scan_mach,
+  0,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-z8k.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-z8k.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cce8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/cpu-z8k.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* BFD library support routines for the Z800n architecture.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Hacked by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+
+#if 0				/* not used currently */
+/*
+Relocations for the Z8K
+
+*/
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+howto16_callback (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data,
+		  ignore_input_section, ignore_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *ignore_input_section;
+     bfd *ignore_bfd;
+{
+  long relocation = 0;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  long x = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+
+  HOWTO_PREPARE (relocation, symbol_in);
+
+  x = (x + relocation + reloc_entry->addend);
+
+  bfd_put_16 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+howto8_callback (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data,
+		 ignore_input_section, ignore_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *ignore_input_section;
+     bfd *ignore_bfd;
+{
+  long relocation = 0;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  long x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+
+  HOWTO_PREPARE (relocation, symbol_in);
+
+  x = (x + relocation + reloc_entry->addend);
+
+  bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+howto8_FFnn_callback (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data,
+		      ignore_input_section, ignore_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *ignore_input_section;
+     bfd *ignore_bfd;
+{
+  long relocation = 0;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+
+  long x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  abort ();
+  HOWTO_PREPARE (relocation, symbol_in);
+
+  x = (x + relocation + reloc_entry->addend);
+
+  bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+howto8_pcrel_callback (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data,
+		       ignore_input_section, ignore_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *ignore_input_section;
+     bfd *ignore_bfd;
+{
+  long relocation = 0;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  long x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  abort ();
+  HOWTO_PREPARE (relocation, symbol_in);
+
+  x = (x + relocation + reloc_entry->addend);
+
+  bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+
+
+static reloc_howto_type howto_16
+= NEWHOWTO (howto16_callback, "abs16", 1, false, false);
+static reloc_howto_type howto_8
+= NEWHOWTO (howto8_callback, "abs8", 0, false, false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type howto_8_FFnn
+= NEWHOWTO (howto8_FFnn_callback, "ff00+abs8", 0, false, false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type howto_8_pcrel
+= NEWHOWTO (howto8_pcrel_callback, "pcrel8", 0, false, true);
+
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+local_bfd_reloc_type_lookup (arch, code)
+     const struct bfd_arch_info *arch;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  switch (code)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_16:
+      return &howto_16;
+    case BFD_RELOC_8_FFnn:
+      return &howto_8_FFnn;
+    case BFD_RELOC_8:
+      return &howto_8;
+    case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
+      return &howto_8_pcrel;
+    default:
+      return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int bfd_default_scan_num_mach ();
+
+static boolean
+scan_mach (info, string)
+     const struct bfd_arch_info *info;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  if (strcmp (string, "z8001") == 0 || strcmp (string, "z8k") == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_mach_z8001 == info->mach;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (string, "z8002") == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_mach_z8002 == info->mach;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+/* This routine is provided two arch_infos and returns whether
+   they'd be compatible */
+
+static const bfd_arch_info_type *
+compatible (a, b)
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *a;
+     const bfd_arch_info_type *b;
+{
+  if (a->arch != b->arch || a->mach != b->mach)
+    return NULL;
+  return a;
+}
+
+
+static const bfd_arch_info_type arch_info_struct[] =
+{
+  {32, 32, 8, bfd_arch_z8k, bfd_mach_z8001, "z8k", "z8001", 1, false, compatible, scan_mach, 0,},
+};
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_z8k_arch =
+{
+  32, 16, 8, bfd_arch_z8k, bfd_mach_z8002, "z8k", "z8002", 1, true, compatible, scan_mach, &arch_info_struct[0],
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/demo64.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/demo64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c91381d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/demo64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* BFD backend for demonstration 64-bit a.out binaries.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE 64
+#define MY(OP) CAT(demo_64_,OP)
+#define TARGETNAME  "demo64"
+#include "aoutf1.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/bfd/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a48285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+s/\\\n */ /g
+t loop
+
+s! @BFD_H@!!g
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+s!hosts/[^ ]*\.h ! !g
+s/ sysdep.h//g
+s! \.\./bfd/sysdep.h!!g
+s/ libbfd.h//g
+s/ config.h//g
+s! \$(INCDIR)/fopen-[^ ]*\.h!!g
+s! \$(INCDIR)/ansidecl\.h!!g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/  */ /g
+s/ *:/:/g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+  /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e46efc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+Tue Apr  8 12:49:46 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Permit info files to be in srcdir.
+	(stamp-*): Add a stamp-X target for each X.texi target.
+	(*.texi): Just depend upon stamp-X.
+	(clean): Remove stamp-*.
+	(distclean): Depend upon mostlyclean.  Remove stamp-*.  Don't
+	remove $(DOCFILES).
+
+Mon Apr  7 15:23:26 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove *.info files.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:50:02 1997  Klaus Kaempf  (kkaempf@progis.de)
+
+	* makefile.vms: New file.
+
+Tue Jun 18 18:32:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* chew.c (kill_bogus_lines): Reset sl when not at the start of a
+	line.  From Uwe Ohse <uwe@tirka.gun.de>.
+
+Tue Jan 30 14:10:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>:
+	* Makefile.in (libbfd.h): Depend upon proto.str.
+	(libcoff.h, bfd.h): Likewise.
+
+Fri Nov  3 14:46:48 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (SRCDOC, SRCPROT, core.texi, bfd.h):  Use corefile.c, 
+	renamed from core.c.
+
+Wed Nov  1 14:28:23 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* chew.c: Include <ctype.h>.
+
+Fri Oct  6 16:23:34 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Only remake this Makefile.
+
+Wed Oct  4 15:51:05 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* chew.c: Include <stdio.h>.
+
+Tue Sep 12 18:14:50 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target.
+
+Thu Aug 31 12:18:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (bfd.h): Add additional #endif at end of bfd.h if
+	__cplusplus is defined.
+
+Tue Nov 29 16:13:34 1994  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* chew.c (write_buffer): New argument `f', all callers changed.
+	(stdout, stderr, print, drop, idrop): New forth words.
+	* proto.str (COMMENT): New command.
+	* doc.str (COMMENT): Likewise.
+
+Mon Sep 12 11:44:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Remove ctor.texi.
+	(IPROTOS): Remove ctor.ip.
+	(SRCIPROT): Remove $(srcdir)/../ctor.c.
+	(ctor.texi): Remove target.
+	(libbfd.h): Remove dependency on $(srcdir)/../ctor.c.  Remove
+	$(MKDOC) run on $(srcdir)/../ctor.c.
+	* bfd.texinfo (Constructors): Remove section.
+
+Fri Sep  2 13:33:44 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: Include assert.h.  Added prototypes for most functions.
+	Changed most uses of int to long.  Do bounds checking on the
+	stacks.  Added comment at the beginning documenting most of the
+	intrinsics.  Lots of whitespace changes.  Re-ordered some
+	functions.
+	(die, check_range, icheck_range): New functions.
+	(strip_trailing_newlines, print_stack_level): New functions.
+	(translatecomments): Don't insert tab before "/*".
+	(iscommand): Minimum command length is now 4.
+	(nextword): Handle some \-sequences.
+	(push_addr): Deleted.
+	(main): Add new intrinsics strip_trailing_newlines and
+	print_stack_level.  Complain at end if stack contains more than
+	one element, or less.
+	(remchar): Make sure the string is not empty before chopping off a
+	character.
+
+	* doc.str, proto.str: Handle new commands SENUM, ENUM, ENUMX,
+	ENUMEQ, ENUMEQX, ENUMDOC.
+
+Wed Jan 12 18:37:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo: Added Linker Functions node.
+	* doc/Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added linker.texi.
+	(SRCDOC): Added linker.c.
+	(linker.texi): New target.
+
+Tue Jan  4 10:52:56 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: Don't rely on a correct declaration of exit.
+	(chew_exit): New function which just calls exit.
+	(main): Use it.
+
+Mon Jan  3 11:40:40 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo: Added Hash Tables node.
+	* Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Added hash.texi.
+	(SRCDOC): Added hash.c.
+	(hash.texi): New target.
+
+Thu Dec 30 16:57:04 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Delete all references to seclet.c, since it's just
+	been deleted.  Don't mention hash.c, linker.c, or genlink.h yet,
+	since they don't contain documentation yet (hint, hint!).
+
+Fri Nov  5 10:58:53 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo: Small cleanups.
+
+Fri Nov 19 03:46:11 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (archures.texi): Depends on $(MKDOC).
+
+Tue Aug 10 14:22:39 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo (BFD back end): Don't include elfcode.texi, since
+	it's empty now and that triggers a makeinfo bug.
+
+Mon Aug  9 16:27:30 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo (BFD back end): New section on ELF, includes
+	elf.texi and elfcode.texi.
+	* Makefile.in (DOCFILES): Include elf.texi, elfcode.texi.
+	(SRCDOC): Include elfcode.h, elf.c.
+	(elf.texi, elfcode.texi): New intermediate targets.
+
+Thu Jun 24 13:48:13 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (.c.o, chew.o): Put CFLAGS last.
+	* bfdsumm.texi: New file, broken out of bfd.texinfo, to share
+	with ld.texinfo.
+
+Mon Jun 14 12:07:07 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): remove parentdir cruft, 
+
+Wed Jun  9 16:00:32 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove chew.o.
+
+Tue May 25 14:46:58 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (libbfd.h): Use elfcode.h, not elf32.c.
+
+Mon May 24 15:50:07 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c (compile): Add a couple of missing casts.
+
+Wed May 12 14:45:14 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_BUILD): New variable, define to be $(CC).
+	(chew.o, $(MKDOC)): Build using CC_FOR_BUILD rather than CC, since
+	it must run on the build machine.
+
+Tue Apr  6 22:38:10 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (chew):  Don't compile from .c to executable in a
+	single step; it puts a temporary .o filename into the executable,
+	which makes multi-stage comparisons fail.  Compile chew.c to
+	chew.o, and link that, which makes identical executables every time.
+
+Wed Mar 24 17:26:29 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: fix typo (bfd.texinfo not bfd.texino)
+
+Fri Mar 19 01:13:00 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.texinfo: Since BFD version number has been bumped, do same
+	to "version number" on title page, and elsewhere.  Should be
+	fixed to extract real version number.
+
+Tue Mar 16 12:15:13 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add *clean rules.
+
+Mon Jan 11 18:43:56 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (libbfd.h): Removed duplicate init.c and libbfd.c.
+	Added seclet.c.
+	(bfd.h): Added dependency on bfd.c and seclet.c.  Added seclet.c
+	to build.
+
+Thu Dec 17 19:35:43 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added dvi target, define and use $(TEXI2DVI)
+
+Thu Dec  3 17:42:48 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (TEXIDIR): New variable.
+	(bfd.dvi): Look for bfd.texinfo in $(srcdir).  Generate index.
+
+	* bfd.texinfo: Minor doc fixes.
+
+Thu Nov  5 03:13:55 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	Cleanup:  Replace all uses of EXFUN in the BFD sources, with PARAMS.
+
+ 	* doc/chew.c (exfunstuff):  Eliminate.
+	(paramstuff):  Replace exfunstuff with function to generate PARAMS.
+	* doc/proto.str:  Use paramstuff rather than exfunstuff.
+
+Mon Aug 17 12:40:32 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: various patches provided by Howard Chu.
+
+Fri Jun 19 18:59:54 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (libbfd.h):  Add elf.c as a source of prototypes.
+
+Mon May 11 18:55:59 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c:  exit() should be declared by config files, not by
+	portable source code.  Its type could be int or void function.	
+
+Mon May  4 13:45:57 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: another CFLAGS correction.
+
+Tue Apr 28 10:21:32 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Do the CFLAGS thing.
+
+Fri Apr 10 22:34:52 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MINUS_G):  Add macro and default to -g.
+
+Fri Mar  6 18:53:18 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: now has -w switch turn on warnings
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+	  -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers.  Forced
+	  copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Tue Dec 10 22:11:05 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: build chew into the current directory.  Complete
+	  the MKDOC macro transition.
+
+Tue Dec 10 08:26:28 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: don't core dump when can't open file
+	* Makefile.in: get proto.str from the right place when built in
+	odd directories
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:07:25 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Sat Dec  7 17:01:23 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* chew.c: Much modified
+	* proto.str, doc.str: New files for extracting to product
+	prototypes and documents respectively.
+
+
+Fri Dec  6 22:57:12 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added standards.text support, host/site/target
+	  inclusion hooks, install using INSTALL_DATA rather than cp,
+	  don't echo on install.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:46:17 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away.  Added copyrights
+	  and shift gpl to v2.  Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+	  and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ecd8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+#
+# Makefile
+#   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+#
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+MKDOC=./chew
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+CFLAGS = -g
+
+CC_FOR_BUILD = $(CC)
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c -I.. -I$(srcdir)/.. -I$(srcdir)/../../include $(H_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $<
+
+DOCFILES = aoutx.texi  archive.texi archures.texi \
+	bfd.texi  cache.texi coffcode.texi \
+	core.texi elf.texi elfcode.texi  format.texi  libbfd.texi  \
+	opncls.texi  reloc.texi  section.texi  \
+	syms.texi  targets.texi init.texi hash.texi linker.texi
+
+PROTOS = archive.p archures.p bfd.p \
+	 core.p format.p \
+	libbfd.p opncls.p reloc.p \
+	section.p syms.p targets.p  \
+	format.p  core.p init.p
+
+IPROTOS = cache.ip libbfd.ip reloc.ip init.ip archures.ip coffcode.ip
+
+# SRCDOC, SRCPROT, SRCIPROT only used to sidestep Sun Make bug in interaction 
+# between VPATH and suffix rules.  If you use GNU Make, perhaps other Makes,
+# you don't need these three:
+SRCDOC = $(srcdir)/../aoutx.h  $(srcdir)/../archive.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../archures.c $(srcdir)/../bfd.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../cache.c $(srcdir)/../coffcode.h \
+	$(srcdir)/../corefile.c $(srcdir)/../elf.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../elfcode.h  $(srcdir)/../format.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../libbfd.c $(srcdir)/../opncls.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../reloc.c  $(srcdir)/../section.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../syms.c  $(srcdir)/../targets.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../hash.c $(srcdir)/../linker.c
+
+SRCPROT = $(srcdir)/../archive.c $(srcdir)/../archures.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../bfd.c $(srcdir)/../coffcode.h $(srcdir)/../corefile.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../format.c $(srcdir)/../libbfd.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../opncls.c $(srcdir)/../reloc.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../section.c $(srcdir)/../syms.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../targets.c $(srcdir)/../init.c
+
+SRCIPROT = $(srcdir)/../cache.c $(srcdir)/../libbfd.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../reloc.c $(srcdir)/../cpu-h8300.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../cpu-i960.c $(srcdir)/../archures.c \
+	$(srcdir)/../init.c
+
+STAGESTUFF = $(DOCFILES) *.info*
+
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../../texinfo/fsf
+
+all install:
+
+info: bfd.info
+
+dvi: bfd.dvi
+
+install-info: info
+	if [ -r bfd.info ]; then \
+	  dir=.; \
+	else \
+	  dir=$(srcdir); \
+	fi; \
+	for i in `cd $$dir; echo *.info*`; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i; \
+	done
+
+docs: $(MKDOC) protos bfd.info bfd.dvi bfd.ps
+
+$(MKDOC): chew.o
+	$(CC_FOR_BUILD) -o $(MKDOC) chew.o $(LOADLIBES) $(LDFLAGS)
+
+chew.o: chew.c
+	$(CC_FOR_BUILD) -c -I.. -I$(srcdir)/.. -I$(srcdir)/../../include $(H_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/chew.c
+
+protos: libbfd.h libcoff.h bfd.h
+
+
+# We can't replace these rules with an implicit rule, because
+# makes without VPATH support couldn't find the .h files in `..'.
+
+# We use stamp-XXX targets so that we can distribute the info files,
+# and permit people to rebuild them, without requiring the makeinfo
+# program.  If somebody tries to rebuild info, but none of the .texi
+# files have changed, then this Makefile will build chew, and will
+# build all of the stamp files, but will not actually have to rebuild
+# bfd.info.
+
+stamp-aoutx: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../aoutx.h $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../aoutx.h >aoutx.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change aoutx.tmp aoutx.texi
+	touch stamp-aoutx
+aoutx.texi: stamp-aoutx
+
+stamp-archive: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../archive.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../archive.c >archive.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change archive.tmp archive.texi
+	touch stamp-archive
+archive.texi: stamp-archive
+
+stamp-archures: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../archures.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str < $(srcdir)/../archures.c >archures.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change archures.tmp archures.texi
+	touch stamp-archures
+archures.texi: stamp-archures
+
+stamp-bfd: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../bfd.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str < $(srcdir)/../bfd.c >bfd.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change bfd.tmp bfd.texi
+	touch stamp-bfd
+bfd.texi: stamp-bfd
+
+stamp-cache: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../cache.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str < $(srcdir)/../cache.c >cache.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change cache.tmp cache.texi
+	touch stamp-cache
+cache.texi: stamp-cache
+
+stamp-coffcode: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../coffcode.h $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../coffcode.h >coffcode.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change coffcode.tmp coffcode.texi
+	touch stamp-coffcode
+coffcode.texi: stamp-coffcode
+
+stamp-core: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../corefile.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../corefile.c >core.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change core.tmp core.texi
+	touch stamp-core
+core.texi: stamp-core
+
+stamp-elf: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../elf.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../elf.c >elf.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change elf.tmp elf.texi
+	touch stamp-elf
+elf.texi: stamp-elf
+
+stamp-elfcode: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../elfcode.h $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../elfcode.h >elfcode.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change elfcode.tmp elfcode.texi
+	touch stamp-elfcode
+elfcode.texi: stamp-elfcode
+
+stamp-format: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../format.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../format.c >format.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change format.tmp format.texi
+	touch stamp-format
+format.texi: stamp-format
+
+stamp-libbfd: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../libbfd.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str < $(srcdir)/../libbfd.c >libbfd.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change libbfd.tmp libbfd.texi
+	touch stamp-libbfd
+libbfd.texi: stamp-libbfd
+
+stamp-opncls: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../opncls.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str  <$(srcdir)/../opncls.c >opncls.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change opncls.tmp opncls.texi
+	touch stamp-opncls
+opncls.texi: stamp-opncls
+
+stamp-reloc: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../reloc.c
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../reloc.c >reloc.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change reloc.tmp reloc.texi
+	touch stamp-reloc
+reloc.texi: stamp-reloc
+
+stamp-section: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../section.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../section.c >section.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change section.tmp section.texi
+	touch stamp-section
+section.texi: stamp-section
+
+stamp-syms: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../syms.c
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../syms.c >syms.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change syms.tmp syms.texi
+	touch stamp-syms
+syms.texi: stamp-syms
+
+stamp-targets: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../targets.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../targets.c >targets.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change targets.tmp targets.texi
+	touch stamp-targets
+targets.texi: stamp-targets
+
+stamp-init: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../init.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../init.c >init.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change init.tmp init.texi
+	touch stamp-init
+init.texi: stamp-init
+
+stamp-hash: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../hash.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../hash.c >hash.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change hash.tmp hash.texi
+	touch stamp-hash
+hash.texi: stamp-hash
+
+stamp-linker: $(MKDOC) $(srcdir)/../linker.c $(srcdir)/doc.str
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/doc.str <$(srcdir)/../linker.c >linker.tmp
+	$(srcdir)/../../move-if-change linker.tmp linker.texi
+	touch stamp-linker
+linker.texi: stamp-linker
+
+libbfd.h: $(srcdir)/../libbfd-in.h	\
+	$(srcdir)/../init.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../libbfd.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../cache.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../reloc.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../cpu-h8300.c	\
+	$(srcdir)/../cpu-i960.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../archures.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../elfcode.h		\
+	$(srcdir)/proto.str		\
+	$(MKDOC)
+	cat $(srcdir)/../libbfd-in.h >libbfd.h 
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../init.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../libbfd.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../cache.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../reloc.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../cpu-h8300.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../cpu-i960.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../archures.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../elf.c >>libbfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../elfcode.h >>libbfd.h
+
+libcoff.h: $(srcdir)/../libcoff-in.h	\
+	$(srcdir)/../coffcode.h		\
+	$(srcdir)/proto.str		\
+	$(MKDOC)
+	cat $(srcdir)/../libcoff-in.h >libcoff.h
+	$(MKDOC) -i -f $(srcdir)/proto.str  < $(srcdir)/../coffcode.h >>libcoff.h
+
+bfd.h: $(srcdir)/../bfd-in.h 		\
+	$(srcdir)/../init.c 		\
+	$(srcdir)/../opncls.c 		\
+	$(srcdir)/../libbfd.c 		\
+	$(srcdir)/../section.c 		\
+	$(srcdir)/../archures.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../reloc.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../syms.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../bfd.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../archive.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../corefile.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../targets.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/../format.c		\
+	$(srcdir)/proto.str		\
+	$(MKDOC)
+	cat $(srcdir)/../bfd-in.h >bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../init.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../opncls.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../libbfd.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../section.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../archures.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../reloc.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../syms.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../bfd.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../archive.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../corefile.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../targets.c >>bfd.h
+	$(MKDOC) -f $(srcdir)/proto.str<$(srcdir)/../format.c >>bfd.h	
+	echo "#ifdef __cplusplus" >>bfd.h
+	echo "}" >>bfd.h
+	echo "#endif" >>bfd.h
+	echo "#endif" >>bfd.h
+
+
+clean-info: clean
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -rf *.log *.ps *~* *.dvi *# $(MKDOC) *.o
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+	rm -rf $(STAGESTUFF) stamp-*
+	rm -f *.p *.ip  bfd.?? bfd.??? bfd.h libbfd.h libcoff.h texput.log 
+
+distclean: mostlyclean
+	rm -f *.p *.ip  bfd.?? bfd.??? bfd.h libbfd.h libcoff.h texput.log 
+	rm -f stamp-*
+	rm -f Makefile config.status
+
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status
+
+bfd.info: $(DOCFILES) bfdsumm.texi bfd.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o bfd.info $(srcdir)/bfd.texinfo
+
+bfd.dvi: $(DOCFILES) bfdsumm.texi bfd.texinfo
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/bfd.texinfo
+
+bfd.ps: bfd.dvi
+	dvips bfd -o
+
+quickdoc: $(DOCFILES) bfdsumm.texi bfd.texinfo
+	TEXINPUTS=${TEXIDIR}:.:$$TEXINPUTS tex bfd.texinfo
+
+stage1: force
+	- mkdir stage1
+	- mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) stage1
+
+stage2: force
+	- mkdir stage2
+	- mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) stage2
+
+stage3: force
+	- mkdir stage3
+	- mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) stage3
+
+against=stage2
+
+comparison: force
+	for i in $(STAGESTUFF) ; do cmp $$i $(against)/$$i || exit 1 ; done
+
+de-stage1: force
+	- (cd stage1 ; mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) ..)
+	- rmdir stage1
+
+de-stage2: force
+	- (cd stage2 ; mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) ..)
+	- rmdir stage2
+
+de-stage3: force
+	- (cd stage3 ; mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) ..)
+	- rmdir stage3
+
+force:
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+	cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=doc/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/aoutx.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/aoutx.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a35fe9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/aoutx.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+@section a.out backends
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+BFD supports a number of different flavours of a.out format,
+though the major differences are only the sizes of the
+structures on disk, and the shape of the relocation
+information.
+
+The support is split into a basic support file @file{aoutx.h}
+and other files which derive functions from the base. One
+derivation file is @file{aoutf1.h} (for a.out flavour 1), and
+adds to the basic a.out functions support for sun3, sun4, 386
+and 29k a.out files, to create a target jump vector for a
+specific target.
+
+This information is further split out into more specific files
+for each machine, including @file{sunos.c} for sun3 and sun4,
+@file{newsos3.c} for the Sony NEWS, and @file{demo64.c} for a
+demonstration of a 64 bit a.out format.
+
+The base file @file{aoutx.h} defines general mechanisms for
+reading and writing records to and from disk and various
+other methods which BFD requires. It is included by
+@file{aout32.c} and @file{aout64.c} to form the names
+@code{aout_32_swap_exec_header_in}, @code{aout_64_swap_exec_header_in}, etc.
+
+As an example, this is what goes on to make the back end for a
+sun4, from @file{aout32.c}:
+
+@example
+	#define ARCH_SIZE 32
+	#include "aoutx.h"
+@end example
+
+Which exports names:
+
+@example
+	...
+	aout_32_canonicalize_reloc
+	aout_32_find_nearest_line
+	aout_32_get_lineno
+	aout_32_get_reloc_upper_bound
+	...
+@end example
+
+from @file{sunos.c}:
+
+@example
+	#define TARGET_NAME "a.out-sunos-big"
+	#define VECNAME    sunos_big_vec
+	#include "aoutf1.h"
+@end example
+
+requires all the names from @file{aout32.c}, and produces the jump vector
+
+@example
+	sunos_big_vec
+@end example
+
+The file @file{host-aout.c} is a special case.  It is for a large set
+of hosts that use ``more or less standard'' a.out files, and
+for which cross-debugging is not interesting.  It uses the
+standard 32-bit a.out support routines, but determines the
+file offsets and addresses of the text, data, and BSS
+sections, the machine architecture and machine type, and the
+entry point address, in a host-dependent manner.  Once these
+values have been determined, generic code is used to handle
+the  object file.
+
+When porting it to run on a new system, you must supply:
+
+@example
+        HOST_PAGE_SIZE
+        HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE
+        HOST_MACHINE_ARCH       (optional)
+        HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE    (optional)
+        HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR
+        HOST_STACK_END_ADDR
+@end example
+
+in the file @file{../include/sys/h-@var{XXX}.h} (for your host).  These
+values, plus the structures and macros defined in @file{a.out.h} on
+your host system, will produce a BFD target that will access
+ordinary a.out files on your host. To configure a new machine
+to use @file{host-aout.c}, specify:
+
+@example
+	TDEFAULTS = -DDEFAULT_VECTOR=host_aout_big_vec
+	TDEPFILES= host-aout.o trad-core.o
+@end example
+
+in the @file{config/@var{XXX}.mt} file, and modify @file{configure.in}
+to use the
+@file{@var{XXX}.mt} file (by setting "@code{bfd_target=XXX}") when your
+configuration is selected.
+@*
+@subsection Relocations
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+The file @file{aoutx.h} provides for both the @emph{standard}
+and @emph{extended} forms of a.out relocation records.
+
+The standard records contain only an
+address, a symbol index, and a type field. The extended records
+(used on 29ks and sparcs) also have a full integer for an
+addend.
+@*
+@subsection Internal entry points
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+@file{aoutx.h} exports several routines for accessing the
+contents of an a.out file, which are gathered and exported in
+turn by various format specific files (eg sunos.c).
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_in,
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    struct external_exec *raw_bytes,
+    struct internal_exec *execp);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Swap the information in an executable header @var{raw_bytes} taken
+from a raw byte stream memory image into the internal exec header
+structure @var{execp}.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void aout_@var{size}_swap_exec_header_out
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    struct internal_exec *execp,
+    struct external_exec *raw_bytes);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Swap the information in an internal exec header structure
+@var{execp} into the buffer @var{raw_bytes} ready for writing to disk.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_target *aout_@var{size}_some_aout_object_p
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    const bfd_target *(*callback_to_real_object_p)());
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Some a.out variant thinks that the file open in @var{abfd}
+checking is an a.out file.  Do some more checking, and set up
+for access if it really is.  Call back to the calling
+environment's "finish up" function just before returning, to
+handle any last-minute setup.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_mkobject
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_mkobject}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean aout_@var{size}_mkobject, (bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Initialize BFD @var{abfd} for use with a.out files.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_machine_type
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_machine_type}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+enum machine_type  aout_@var{size}_machine_type
+   (enum bfd_architecture arch,
+    unsigned long machine));
+    @end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Keep track of machine architecture and machine type for
+a.out's. Return the @code{machine_type} for a particular
+architecture and machine, or @code{M_UNKNOWN} if that exact architecture
+and machine can't be represented in a.out format.
+
+If the architecture is understood, machine type 0 (default)
+is always understood.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean aout_@var{size}_set_arch_mach,
+   (bfd *,
+    enum bfd_architecture arch,
+    unsigned long machine));
+    @end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the architecture and the machine of the BFD @var{abfd} to the
+values @var{arch} and @var{machine}.  Verify that @var{abfd}'s format
+can support the architecture required.
+@*
+@findex aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook
+@subsubsection @code{aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean aout_@var{size}_new_section_hook,
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    asection *newsect));
+    @end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Called by the BFD in response to a @code{bfd_make_section}
+request.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archive.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archive.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8d6b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archive.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+@section Archives
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+An archive (or library) is just another BFD.  It has a symbol
+table, although there's not much a user program will do with it.
+
+The big difference between an archive BFD and an ordinary BFD
+is that the archive doesn't have sections.  Instead it has a
+chain of BFDs that are considered its contents.  These BFDs can
+be manipulated like any other.  The BFDs contained in an
+archive opened for reading will all be opened for reading.  You
+may put either input or output BFDs into an archive opened for
+output; they will be handled correctly when the archive is closed.
+
+Use @code{bfd_openr_next_archived_file} to step through
+the contents of an archive opened for input.  You don't
+have to read the entire archive if you don't want
+to!  Read it until you find what you want.
+
+Archive contents of output BFDs are chained through the
+@code{next} pointer in a BFD.  The first one is findable through
+the @code{archive_head} slot of the archive.  Set it with
+@code{bfd_set_archive_head} (q.v.).  A given BFD may be in only one
+open output archive at a time.
+
+As expected, the BFD archive code is more general than the
+archive code of any given environment.  BFD archives may
+contain files of different formats (e.g., a.out and coff) and
+even different architectures.  You may even place archives
+recursively into archives!
+
+This can cause unexpected confusion, since some archive
+formats are more expressive than others.  For instance, Intel
+COFF archives can preserve long filenames; SunOS a.out archives
+cannot.  If you move a file from the first to the second
+format and back again, the filename may be truncated.
+Likewise, different a.out environments have different
+conventions as to how they truncate filenames, whether they
+preserve directory names in filenames, etc.  When
+interoperating with native tools, be sure your files are
+homogeneous.
+
+Beware: most of these formats do not react well to the
+presence of spaces in filenames.  We do the best we can, but
+can't always handle this case due to restrictions in the format of
+archives.  Many Unix utilities are braindead in regards to
+spaces and such in filenames anyway, so this shouldn't be much
+of a restriction.
+
+Archives are supported in BFD in @code{archive.c}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_next_mapent
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_next_mapent}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+symindex bfd_get_next_mapent(bfd *abfd, symindex previous, carsym **sym);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Step through archive @var{abfd}'s symbol table (if it
+has one).  Successively update @var{sym} with the next symbol's
+information, returning that symbol's (internal) index into the
+symbol table.
+
+Supply @code{BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS} as the @var{previous} entry to get
+the first one; returns @code{BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS} when you've already
+got the last one.
+
+A @code{carsym} is a canonical archive symbol.  The only
+user-visible element is its name, a null-terminated string.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_archive_head
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_archive_head}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_archive_head(bfd *output, bfd *new_head);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the head of the chain of
+BFDs contained in the archive @var{output} to @var{new_head}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_openr_next_archived_file
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_openr_next_archived_file}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_openr_next_archived_file(bfd *archive, bfd *previous);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Provided a BFD, @var{archive}, containing an archive and NULL, open
+an input BFD on the first contained element and returns that.
+Subsequent calls should pass
+the archive and the previous return value to return a created
+BFD to the next contained element. NULL is returned when there
+are no more.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archures.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archures.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dcc074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/archures.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+@section Architectures
+BFD keeps one atom in a BFD describing the
+architecture of the data attached to the BFD: a pointer to a
+@code{bfd_arch_info_type}.  
+
+Pointers to structures can be requested independently of a BFD
+so that an architecture's information can be interrogated
+without access to an open BFD.
+
+The architecture information is provided by each architecture package.
+The set of default architectures is selected by the macro
+@code{SELECT_ARCHITECTURES}.  This is normally set up in the
+@file{config/@var{target}.mt} file of your choice.  If the name is not
+defined, then all the architectures supported are included. 
+
+When BFD starts up, all the architectures are called with an
+initialize method.  It is up to the architecture back end to
+insert as many items into the list of architectures as it wants to;
+generally this would be one for each machine and one for the
+default case (an item with a machine field of 0). 
+
+BFD's idea of an architecture is implemented in	@file{archures.c}.
+@*
+@subsection bfd_architecture
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+This enum gives the object file's CPU architecture, in a
+global sense---i.e., what processor family does it belong to?
+Another field indicates which processor within
+the family is in use.  The machine gives a number which
+distinguishes different versions of the architecture,
+containing, for example, 2 and 3 for Intel i960 KA and i960 KB,
+and 68020 and 68030 for Motorola 68020 and 68030. 
+@example
+enum bfd_architecture 
+@{
+  bfd_arch_unknown,    /* File arch not known */
+  bfd_arch_obscure,    /* Arch known, not one of these */
+  bfd_arch_m68k,       /* Motorola 68xxx */
+  bfd_arch_vax,        /* DEC Vax */   
+  bfd_arch_i960,       /* Intel 960 */
+     /* The order of the following is important.
+       lower number indicates a machine type that 
+       only accepts a subset of the instructions
+       available to machines with higher numbers.
+       The exception is the "ca", which is
+       incompatible with all other machines except 
+       "core". */
+
+#define bfd_mach_i960_core      1
+#define bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa     2
+#define bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb     3
+#define bfd_mach_i960_mc        4
+#define bfd_mach_i960_xa        5
+#define bfd_mach_i960_ca        6
+#define bfd_mach_i960_jx	 7
+#define bfd_mach_i960_hx        8
+
+  bfd_arch_a29k,       /* AMD 29000 */
+  bfd_arch_sparc,      /* SPARC */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc			1
+ /* The difference between v8plus and v9 is that v9 is a true 64 bit env.  */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet	2
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite	3
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus		4
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa		5  /* with ultrasparc add'ns */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9		6
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9a		7  /* with ultrasparc add'ns */
+ /* Nonzero if MACH has the v9 instruction set.  */
+#define bfd_mach_sparc_v9_p(mach) \
+  ((mach) >= bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus && (mach) <= bfd_mach_sparc_v9a)
+  bfd_arch_mips,       /* MIPS Rxxxx */
+  bfd_arch_i386,       /* Intel 386 */
+#define bfd_mach_i386_i386 0
+#define bfd_mach_i386_i8086 1
+  bfd_arch_we32k,      /* AT&T WE32xxx */
+  bfd_arch_tahoe,      /* CCI/Harris Tahoe */
+  bfd_arch_i860,       /* Intel 860 */
+  bfd_arch_romp,       /* IBM ROMP PC/RT */
+  bfd_arch_alliant,    /* Alliant */
+  bfd_arch_convex,     /* Convex */
+  bfd_arch_m88k,       /* Motorola 88xxx */
+  bfd_arch_pyramid,    /* Pyramid Technology */
+  bfd_arch_h8300,      /* Hitachi H8/300 */
+#define bfd_mach_h8300   1
+#define bfd_mach_h8300h  2
+#define bfd_mach_h8300s  3
+  bfd_arch_powerpc,    /* PowerPC */
+  bfd_arch_rs6000,     /* IBM RS/6000 */
+  bfd_arch_hppa,       /* HP PA RISC */
+  bfd_arch_d10v,       /* Mitsubishi D10V */
+  bfd_arch_z8k,        /* Zilog Z8000 */
+#define bfd_mach_z8001		1
+#define bfd_mach_z8002		2
+  bfd_arch_h8500,      /* Hitachi H8/500 */
+  bfd_arch_sh,         /* Hitachi SH */
+  bfd_arch_alpha,      /* Dec Alpha */
+  bfd_arch_arm,        /* Advanced Risc Machines ARM */
+  bfd_arch_ns32k,      /* National Semiconductors ns32000 */
+  bfd_arch_w65,        /* WDC 65816 */
+  bfd_arch_m32r,       /* Mitsubishi M32R/D */
+  bfd_arch_mn10200,    /* Matsushita MN10200 */
+  bfd_arch_mn10300,    /* Matsushita MN10300 */
+  bfd_arch_last
+  @};
+@end example
+@*
+@subsection bfd_arch_info
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+This structure contains information on architectures for use
+within BFD.
+@example
+
+typedef struct bfd_arch_info 
+@{
+  int bits_per_word;
+  int bits_per_address;
+  int bits_per_byte;
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  unsigned long mach;
+  const char *arch_name;
+  const char *printable_name;
+  unsigned int section_align_power;
+  /* true if this is the default machine for the architecture */
+  boolean the_default;	
+  const struct bfd_arch_info * (*compatible)
+	PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *a,
+	         const struct bfd_arch_info *b));
+
+  boolean (*scan) PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *, const char *));
+
+  const struct bfd_arch_info *next;
+@} bfd_arch_info_type;
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_printable_name
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_printable_name}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const char *bfd_printable_name(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a printable string representing the architecture and machine
+from the pointer to the architecture info structure.
+@*
+@findex bfd_scan_arch
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_scan_arch}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_scan_arch(const char *string);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Figure out if BFD supports any cpu which could be described with
+the name @var{string}.  Return a pointer to an @code{arch_info}
+structure if a machine is found, otherwise NULL.
+@*
+@findex bfd_arch_get_compatible
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_arch_get_compatible}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_arch_get_compatible(
+    const bfd *abfd,
+    const bfd *bbfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Determine whether two BFDs'
+architectures and machine types are compatible.  Calculates
+the lowest common denominator between the two architectures
+and machine types implied by the BFDs and returns a pointer to
+an @code{arch_info} structure describing the compatible machine.
+@*
+@findex bfd_default_arch_struct
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_default_arch_struct}
+@strong{Description}@*
+The @code{bfd_default_arch_struct} is an item of
+@code{bfd_arch_info_type} which has been initialized to a fairly
+generic state.  A BFD starts life by pointing to this
+structure, until the correct back end has determined the real
+architecture of the file.
+@example
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_default_arch_struct;
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_arch_info
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_arch_info}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_set_arch_info(bfd *abfd, const bfd_arch_info_type *arg);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the architecture info of @var{abfd} to @var{arg}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_default_set_arch_mach
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_default_set_arch_mach}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_default_set_arch_mach(bfd *abfd,
+    enum bfd_architecture arch,
+    unsigned long mach);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the architecture and machine type in BFD @var{abfd}
+to @var{arch} and @var{mach}.  Find the correct
+pointer to a structure and insert it into the @code{arch_info}
+pointer.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_arch
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_arch}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+enum bfd_architecture bfd_get_arch(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the enumerated type which describes the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+architecture.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_mach
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_mach}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+unsigned long bfd_get_mach(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the long type which describes the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+machine.
+@*
+@findex bfd_arch_bits_per_byte
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_arch_bits_per_byte}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+unsigned int bfd_arch_bits_per_byte(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the number of bits in one of the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+architecture's bytes.
+@*
+@findex bfd_arch_bits_per_address
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_arch_bits_per_address}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+unsigned int bfd_arch_bits_per_address(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the number of bits in one of the BFD @var{abfd}'s
+architecture's addresses.
+@*
+@findex bfd_default_compatible
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_default_compatible}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_default_compatible
+   (const bfd_arch_info_type *a,
+    const bfd_arch_info_type *b);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+The default function for testing for compatibility.
+@*
+@findex bfd_default_scan
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_default_scan}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_default_scan(const struct bfd_arch_info *info, const char *string);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+The default function for working out whether this is an
+architecture hit and a machine hit.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_arch_info
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_arch_info}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_arch_info_type * bfd_get_arch_info(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the architecture info struct in @var{abfd}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_lookup_arch
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_lookup_arch}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_arch_info_type *bfd_lookup_arch
+   (enum bfd_architecture
+    arch,
+    unsigned long machine);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Look for the architecure info structure which matches the
+arguments @var{arch} and @var{machine}. A machine of 0 matches the
+machine/architecture structure which marks itself as the
+default.
+@*
+@findex bfd_printable_arch_mach
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_printable_arch_mach}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const char *bfd_printable_arch_mach
+   (enum bfd_architecture arch, unsigned long machine);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a printable string representing the architecture and
+machine type. 
+
+This routine is depreciated.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea0ca9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
+@section @code{typedef bfd}
+A BFD has type @code{bfd}; objects of this type are the
+cornerstone of any application using BFD. Using BFD
+consists of making references though the BFD and to data in the BFD.
+
+Here is the structure that defines the type @code{bfd}.  It
+contains the major data about the file and pointers
+to the rest of the data.
+@*
+.
+@example
+struct _bfd 
+@{
+    /* The filename the application opened the BFD with.  */
+    CONST char *filename;                
+
+    /* A pointer to the target jump table.             */
+    const struct bfd_target *xvec;
+
+    /* To avoid dragging too many header files into every file that
+       includes `@code{bfd.h}', IOSTREAM has been declared as a "char
+       *", and MTIME as a "long".  Their correct types, to which they
+       are cast when used, are "FILE *" and "time_t".    The iostream
+       is the result of an fopen on the filename.  However, if the
+       BFD_IN_MEMORY flag is set, then iostream is actually a pointer
+       to a bfd_in_memory struct.  */
+    PTR iostream;
+
+    /* Is the file descriptor being cached?  That is, can it be closed as
+       needed, and re-opened when accessed later?  */
+
+    boolean cacheable;
+
+    /* Marks whether there was a default target specified when the
+       BFD was opened. This is used to select which matching algorithm
+       to use to choose the back end. */
+
+    boolean target_defaulted;
+
+    /* The caching routines use these to maintain a
+       least-recently-used list of BFDs */
+
+    struct _bfd *lru_prev, *lru_next;
+
+    /* When a file is closed by the caching routines, BFD retains
+       state information on the file here: */
+
+    file_ptr where;              
+
+    /* and here: (``once'' means at least once) */
+
+    boolean opened_once;
+
+    /* Set if we have a locally maintained mtime value, rather than
+       getting it from the file each time: */
+
+    boolean mtime_set;
+
+    /* File modified time, if mtime_set is true: */
+
+    long mtime;          
+
+    /* Reserved for an unimplemented file locking extension.*/
+
+    int ifd;
+
+    /* The format which belongs to the BFD. (object, core, etc.) */
+
+    bfd_format format;
+
+    /* The direction the BFD was opened with*/
+
+    enum bfd_direction @{no_direction = 0,
+                        read_direction = 1,
+                        write_direction = 2,
+                        both_direction = 3@} direction;
+
+    /* Format_specific flags*/
+
+    flagword flags;              
+
+    /* Currently my_archive is tested before adding origin to
+       anything. I believe that this can become always an add of
+       origin, with origin set to 0 for non archive files.   */
+
+    file_ptr origin;             
+
+    /* Remember when output has begun, to stop strange things
+       from happening. */
+    boolean output_has_begun;
+
+    /* Pointer to linked list of sections*/
+    struct sec  *sections;
+
+    /* The number of sections */
+    unsigned int section_count;
+
+    /* Stuff only useful for object files: 
+       The start address. */
+    bfd_vma start_address;
+
+    /* Used for input and output*/
+    unsigned int symcount;
+
+    /* Symbol table for output BFD (with symcount entries) */
+    struct symbol_cache_entry  **outsymbols;             
+
+    /* Pointer to structure which contains architecture information*/
+    const struct bfd_arch_info *arch_info;
+
+    /* Stuff only useful for archives:*/
+    PTR arelt_data;              
+    struct _bfd *my_archive;     /* The containing archive BFD.  */
+    struct _bfd *next;           /* The next BFD in the archive.  */
+    struct _bfd *archive_head;   /* The first BFD in the archive.  */
+    boolean has_armap;           
+
+    /* A chain of BFD structures involved in a link.  */
+    struct _bfd *link_next;
+
+    /* A field used by _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols.  This will
+       be used only for archive elements.  */
+    int archive_pass;
+
+    /* Used by the back end to hold private data. */
+
+    union 
+      @{
+      struct aout_data_struct *aout_data;
+      struct artdata *aout_ar_data;
+      struct _oasys_data *oasys_obj_data;
+      struct _oasys_ar_data *oasys_ar_data;
+      struct coff_tdata *coff_obj_data;
+      struct pe_tdata *pe_obj_data;
+      struct xcoff_tdata *xcoff_obj_data;
+      struct ecoff_tdata *ecoff_obj_data;
+      struct ieee_data_struct *ieee_data;
+      struct ieee_ar_data_struct *ieee_ar_data;
+      struct srec_data_struct *srec_data;
+      struct ihex_data_struct *ihex_data;
+      struct tekhex_data_struct *tekhex_data;
+      struct elf_obj_tdata *elf_obj_data;
+      struct nlm_obj_tdata *nlm_obj_data;
+      struct bout_data_struct *bout_data;
+      struct sun_core_struct *sun_core_data;
+      struct trad_core_struct *trad_core_data;
+      struct som_data_struct *som_data;
+      struct hpux_core_struct *hpux_core_data;
+      struct hppabsd_core_struct *hppabsd_core_data;
+      struct sgi_core_struct *sgi_core_data;
+      struct lynx_core_struct *lynx_core_data;
+      struct osf_core_struct *osf_core_data;
+      struct cisco_core_struct *cisco_core_data;
+      struct versados_data_struct *versados_data;
+      struct netbsd_core_struct *netbsd_core_data;
+      PTR any;
+      @} tdata;
+  
+    /* Used by the application to hold private data*/
+    PTR usrdata;
+
+  /* Where all the allocated stuff under this BFD goes.  This is a
+     struct objalloc *, but we use PTR to avoid requiring the inclusion of
+     objalloc.h.  */
+    PTR memory;
+@};
+
+@end example
+@section Error reporting
+Most BFD functions return nonzero on success (check their
+individual documentation for precise semantics).  On an error,
+they call @code{bfd_set_error} to set an error condition that callers
+can check by calling @code{bfd_get_error}.
+If that returns @code{bfd_error_system_call}, then check
+@code{errno}.
+
+The easiest way to report a BFD error to the user is to
+use @code{bfd_perror}.
+@*
+@subsection Type @code{bfd_error_type}
+The values returned by @code{bfd_get_error} are defined by the
+enumerated type @code{bfd_error_type}.
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef enum bfd_error
+@{
+  bfd_error_no_error = 0,
+  bfd_error_system_call,
+  bfd_error_invalid_target,
+  bfd_error_wrong_format,
+  bfd_error_invalid_operation,
+  bfd_error_no_memory,
+  bfd_error_no_symbols,
+  bfd_error_no_armap,
+  bfd_error_no_more_archived_files,
+  bfd_error_malformed_archive,
+  bfd_error_file_not_recognized,
+  bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized,
+  bfd_error_no_contents,
+  bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section,
+  bfd_error_no_debug_section,
+  bfd_error_bad_value,
+  bfd_error_file_truncated,
+  bfd_error_file_too_big,
+  bfd_error_invalid_error_code
+@} bfd_error_type;
+
+@end example
+@findex bfd_get_error
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_error}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_error_type bfd_get_error (void);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the current BFD error condition.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_error
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_error}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_set_error (bfd_error_type error_tag);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the BFD error condition to be @var{error_tag}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_errmsg
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_errmsg}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+CONST char *bfd_errmsg (bfd_error_type error_tag);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a string describing the error @var{error_tag}, or
+the system error if @var{error_tag} is @code{bfd_error_system_call}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_perror
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_perror}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_perror (CONST char *message);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Print to the standard error stream a string describing the
+last BFD error that occurred, or the last system error if
+the last BFD error was a system call failure.  If @var{message}
+is non-NULL and non-empty, the error string printed is preceded
+by @var{message}, a colon, and a space.  It is followed by a newline.
+@*
+@subsection BFD error handler
+Some BFD functions want to print messages describing the
+problem.  They call a BFD error handler function.  This
+function may be overriden by the program.
+
+The BFD error handler acts like printf.
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef void (*bfd_error_handler_type) PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+
+@end example
+@findex bfd_set_error_handler
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_error_handler}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_error_handler_type bfd_set_error_handler (bfd_error_handler_type);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the BFD error handler function.  Returns the previous
+function.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_error_program_name
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_error_program_name}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_set_error_program_name (const char *);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the program name to use when printing a BFD error.  This
+is printed before the error message followed by a colon and
+space.  The string must not be changed after it is passed to
+this function.
+@*
+@section Symbols
+
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+long bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound(bfd *abfd, asection *sect);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the number of bytes required to store the
+relocation information associated with section @var{sect}
+attached to bfd @var{abfd}.  If an error occurs, return -1.
+@*
+@findex bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_canonicalize_reloc}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+long bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    asection *sec,
+    arelent **loc,
+    asymbol	**syms);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Call the back end associated with the open BFD
+@var{abfd} and translate the external form of the relocation
+information attached to @var{sec} into the internal canonical
+form.  Place the table into memory at @var{loc}, which has
+been preallocated, usually by a call to
+@code{bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound}.  Returns the number of relocs, or
+-1 on error.
+
+The @var{syms} table is also needed for horrible internal magic
+reasons.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_reloc
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_reloc}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_set_reloc
+   (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, arelent **rel, unsigned int count)
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the relocation pointer and count within
+section @var{sec} to the values @var{rel} and @var{count}.
+The argument @var{abfd} is ignored.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_file_flags
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_file_flags}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_file_flags(bfd *abfd, flagword flags);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the flag word in the BFD @var{abfd} to the value @var{flags}.
+
+Possible errors are:
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_wrong_format} - The target bfd was not of object format.
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} - The target bfd was open for reading.
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} -
+The flag word contained a bit which was not applicable to the
+type of file.  E.g., an attempt was made to set the @code{D_PAGED} bit
+on a BFD format which does not support demand paging.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_start_address
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_start_address}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_start_address(bfd *abfd, bfd_vma vma);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Make @var{vma} the entry point of output BFD @var{abfd}.
+@*
+@strong{Returns}@*
+Returns @code{true} on success, @code{false} otherwise.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_mtime
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_mtime}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+long bfd_get_mtime(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the file modification time (as read from the file system, or
+from the archive header for archive members).
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_size}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+long bfd_get_size(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the file size (as read from file system) for the file
+associated with BFD @var{abfd}.
+
+The initial motivation for, and use of, this routine is not
+so we can get the exact size of the object the BFD applies to, since
+that might not be generally possible (archive members for example).
+It would be ideal if someone could eventually modify
+it so that such results were guaranteed.
+
+Instead, we want to ask questions like "is this NNN byte sized
+object I'm about to try read from file offset YYY reasonable?"
+As as example of where we might do this, some object formats
+use string tables for which the first @code{sizeof(long)} bytes of the
+table contain the size of the table itself, including the size bytes.
+If an application tries to read what it thinks is one of these
+string tables, without some way to validate the size, and for
+some reason the size is wrong (byte swapping error, wrong location
+for the string table, etc.), the only clue is likely to be a read
+error when it tries to read the table, or a "virtual memory
+exhausted" error when it tries to allocate 15 bazillon bytes
+of space for the 15 bazillon byte table it is about to read.
+This function at least allows us to answer the quesion, "is the
+size reasonable?".
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_gp_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_gp_size}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+int bfd_get_gp_size(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP
+register under MIPS ECOFF.  This is typically set by the @code{-G}
+argument to the compiler, assembler or linker.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_gp_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_gp_size}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_set_gp_size(bfd *abfd, int i);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP
+register under ECOFF or MIPS ELF.  This is typically set by
+the @code{-G} argument to the compiler, assembler or linker.
+@*
+@findex bfd_scan_vma
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_scan_vma}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_vma bfd_scan_vma(CONST char *string, CONST char **end, int base);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Convert, like @code{strtoul}, a numerical expression
+@var{string} into a @code{bfd_vma} integer, and return that integer.
+(Though without as many bells and whistles as @code{strtoul}.)
+The expression is assumed to be unsigned (i.e., positive).
+If given a @var{base}, it is used as the base for conversion.
+A base of 0 causes the function to interpret the string
+in hex if a leading "0x" or "0X" is found, otherwise
+in octal if a leading zero is found, otherwise in decimal.
+
+Overflow is not detected.
+@*
+@findex bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_copy_private_bfd_data}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Copy private BFD information from the BFD @var{ibfd} to the 
+the BFD @var{obfd}.  Return @code{true} on success, @code{false} on error.
+Possible error returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+@end itemize
+@example
+#define bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_bfd_data, \
+		(ibfd, obfd))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_merge_private_bfd_data}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_merge_private_bfd_data(bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Merge private BFD information from the BFD @var{ibfd} to the 
+the output file BFD @var{obfd} when linking.  Return @code{true}
+on success, @code{false} on error.  Possible error returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+@end itemize
+@example
+#define bfd_merge_private_bfd_data(ibfd, obfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, \
+		(ibfd, obfd))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_private_flags
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_private_flags}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_private_flags(bfd *abfd, flagword flags);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set private BFD flag information in the BFD @var{abfd}.
+Return @code{true} on success, @code{false} on error.  Possible error
+returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{obfd}.
+@end itemize
+@example
+#define bfd_set_private_flags(abfd, flags) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_set_private_flags, \
+		(abfd, flags))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex stuff
+@subsubsection @code{stuff}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Stuff which should be documented:
+@example
+#define bfd_sizeof_headers(abfd, reloc) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_sizeof_headers, (abfd, reloc))
+
+#define bfd_find_nearest_line(abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_find_nearest_line,  (abfd, sec, syms, off, file, func, line))
+
+        /* Do these three do anything useful at all, for any back end?  */
+#define bfd_debug_info_start(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_start, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_debug_info_end(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_end, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_debug_info_accumulate(abfd, section) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_debug_info_accumulate, (abfd, section))
+
+
+#define bfd_stat_arch_elt(abfd, stat) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_stat_arch_elt,(abfd, stat))
+
+#define bfd_update_armap_timestamp(abfd) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_update_armap_timestamp, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_set_arch_mach(abfd, arch, mach)\
+        BFD_SEND ( abfd, _bfd_set_arch_mach, (abfd, arch, mach))
+
+#define bfd_relax_section(abfd, section, link_info, again) \
+       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_relax_section, (abfd, section, link_info, again))
+
+#define bfd_link_hash_table_create(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_hash_table_create, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_link_add_symbols(abfd, info) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_add_symbols, (abfd, info))
+
+#define bfd_final_link(abfd, info) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_final_link, (abfd, info))
+
+#define bfd_free_cached_info(abfd) \
+       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_free_cached_info, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_print_private_bfd_data(abfd, file)\
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_print_private_bfd_data, (abfd, file))
+
+#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab(abfd, asymbols) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab, (abfd, asymbols))
+
+#define bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound(abfd) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound, (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc(abfd, arels, asyms) \
+	BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc, (abfd, arels, asyms))
+
+extern bfd_byte *bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+	PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+		  struct bfd_link_order *, bfd_byte *,
+		  boolean, asymbol **));
+
+@end example
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af7bc10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfd.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+\input texinfo.tex
+@setfilename bfd.info
+@c $Id: bfd.texinfo,v 1.28 1995/11/10 20:04:12 victoria Exp $
+@tex
+% NOTE LOCAL KLUGE TO AVOID TOO MUCH WHITESPACE
+\global\long\def\example{%
+\begingroup
+\let\aboveenvbreak=\par
+\let\afterenvbreak=\par
+\parskip=0pt
+\lisp}
+\global\long\def\Eexample{%
+\Elisp
+\endgroup
+\vskip -\parskip% to cancel out effect of following \par
+}
+@end tex
+@synindex fn cp
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Bfd: (bfd).                   The Binary File Descriptor library.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the BFD library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, subject to the terms
+of the GNU General Public License, which includes the provision that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@c@finalout
+@setchapternewpage on
+@c@setchapternewpage odd
+@settitle LIB BFD, the Binary File Descriptor Library
+@titlepage
+@title{libbfd}
+@subtitle{The Binary File Descriptor Library}
+@sp 1
+@subtitle First Edition---BFD version < 3.0
+@subtitle April 1991
+@author {Steve Chamberlain}
+@author {Cygnus Support}
+@page
+
+@tex
+\def\$#1${{#1}}  % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
+\xdef\manvers{\$Revision: 1.28 $}  % For use in headers, footers too
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill Cygnus Support\par
+\hfill sac\@cygnus.com\par
+\hfill {\it BFD}, \manvers\par
+\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
+}
+\global\parindent=0pt % Steve likes it this way
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, subject to the terms
+of the GNU General Public License, which includes the provision that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+@end iftex
+
+@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the binary file descriptor library libbfd.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Overview::			Overview of BFD
+* BFD front end::		BFD front end
+* BFD back ends::		BFD back ends
+* Index::			Index
+@end menu
+
+@node Overview, BFD front end, Top, Top
+@chapter Introduction
+@cindex BFD
+@cindex what is it?
+BFD is a package which allows applications to use the
+same routines to operate on object files whatever the object file
+format.  A new object file format can be supported simply by
+creating a new BFD back end and adding it to the library.
+
+BFD is split into two parts: the front end, and the back ends (one for
+each object file format).
+@itemize @bullet
+@item The front end of BFD provides the interface to the user. It manages
+memory and various canonical data structures. The front end also
+decides which back end to use and when to call back end routines.
+@item The back ends provide BFD its view of the real world. Each back
+end provides a set of calls which the BFD front end can use to maintain
+its canonical form. The back ends also may keep around information for
+their own use, for greater efficiency.
+@end itemize
+@menu
+* History::			History
+* How It Works::		How It Works
+* What BFD Version 2 Can Do::	What BFD Version 2 Can Do
+@end menu
+
+@node History, How It Works, Overview, Overview
+@section History
+
+One spur behind BFD was the desire, on the part of the GNU 960 team at
+Intel Oregon, for interoperability of applications on their COFF and
+b.out file formats.  Cygnus was providing GNU support for the team, and
+was contracted to provide the required functionality.
+
+The name came from a conversation David Wallace was having with Richard
+Stallman about the library: RMS said that it would be quite hard---David
+said ``BFD''.  Stallman was right, but the name stuck.
+
+At the same time, Ready Systems wanted much the same thing, but for
+different object file formats: IEEE-695, Oasys, Srecords, a.out and 68k
+coff.
+
+BFD was first implemented by members of Cygnus Support; Steve
+Chamberlain (@code{sac@@cygnus.com}), John Gilmore
+(@code{gnu@@cygnus.com}), K.  Richard Pixley (@code{rich@@cygnus.com})
+and David Henkel-Wallace (@code{gumby@@cygnus.com}).
+
+
+
+@node How It Works, What BFD Version 2 Can Do, History, Overview
+@section How To Use BFD
+
+To use the library, include @file{bfd.h} and link with @file{libbfd.a}.	
+
+BFD provides a common interface to the parts of an object file
+for a calling application. 
+
+When an application sucessfully opens a target file (object, archive, or
+whatever), a pointer to an internal structure is returned. This pointer
+points to a structure called @code{bfd}, described in
+@file{bfd.h}.  Our convention is to call this pointer a BFD, and
+instances of it within code @code{abfd}.  All operations on
+the target object file are applied as methods to the BFD.  The mapping is
+defined within @code{bfd.h} in a set of macros, all beginning
+with @samp{bfd_} to reduce namespace pollution.
+
+For example, this sequence does what you would probably expect:
+return the number of sections in an object file attached to a BFD
+@code{abfd}. 
+
+@lisp
+@c @cartouche
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+unsigned int number_of_sections(abfd)
+bfd *abfd;
+@{
+  return bfd_count_sections(abfd);
+@}
+@c @end cartouche
+@end lisp
+
+The abstraction used within BFD is that an object file has:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+a header,
+@item
+a number of sections containing raw data (@pxref{Sections}),
+@item
+a set of relocations (@pxref{Relocations}), and
+@item
+some symbol information (@pxref{Symbols}).
+@end itemize
+@noindent
+Also, BFDs opened for archives have the additional attribute of an index
+and contain subordinate BFDs. This approach is fine for a.out and coff,
+but loses efficiency when applied to formats such as S-records and
+IEEE-695.
+
+@node What BFD Version 2 Can Do,  , How It Works, Overview
+@section What BFD Version 2 Can Do
+@include bfdsumm.texi
+
+@node BFD front end, BFD back ends, Overview, Top
+@chapter BFD front end
+@include bfd.texi
+
+@menu
+* Memory Usage::
+* Initialization::
+* Sections::
+* Symbols::
+* Archives::
+* Formats::
+* Relocations::
+* Core Files::
+* Targets::
+* Architectures::
+* Opening and Closing::
+* Internal::
+* File Caching::
+* Linker Functions::
+* Hash Tables::
+@end menu
+
+@node Memory Usage, Initialization, BFD front end, BFD front end
+@section Memory usage
+BFD keeps all of its internal structures in obstacks. There is one obstack
+per open BFD file, into which the current state is stored. When a BFD is
+closed, the obstack is deleted, and so everything which has been
+allocated by BFD for the closing file is thrown away.
+
+BFD does not free anything created by an application, but pointers into
+@code{bfd} structures become invalid on a @code{bfd_close}; for example,
+after a @code{bfd_close} the vector passed to
+@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab} is still around, since it has been
+allocated by the application, but the data that it pointed to are
+lost.
+
+The general rule is to not close a BFD until all operations dependent
+upon data from the BFD have been completed, or all the data from within
+the file has been copied. To help with the management of memory, there
+is a function (@code{bfd_alloc_size}) which returns the number of bytes
+in obstacks associated with the supplied BFD. This could be used to
+select the greediest open BFD, close it to reclaim the memory, perform
+some operation and reopen the BFD again, to get a fresh copy of the data
+structures.
+
+@node Initialization, Sections, Memory Usage, BFD front end
+@include  init.texi
+
+@node Sections, Symbols, Initialization, BFD front end
+@include  section.texi
+
+@node Symbols, Archives, Sections, BFD front end
+@include  syms.texi
+
+@node Archives, Formats, Symbols, BFD front end
+@include  archive.texi
+
+@node Formats, Relocations, Archives, BFD front end
+@include  format.texi
+
+@node Relocations, Core Files, Formats, BFD front end
+@include  reloc.texi
+
+@node Core Files, Targets, Relocations, BFD front end
+@include  core.texi
+
+@node Targets, Architectures, Core Files, BFD front end
+@include  targets.texi
+
+@node Architectures, Opening and Closing, Targets, BFD front end
+@include  archures.texi
+
+@node Opening and Closing, Internal, Architectures, BFD front end
+@include  opncls.texi
+
+@node Internal, File Caching, Opening and Closing, BFD front end
+@include  libbfd.texi
+
+@node File Caching, Linker Functions, Internal, BFD front end
+@include  cache.texi
+
+@node Linker Functions, Hash Tables, File Caching, BFD front end
+@include  linker.texi
+
+@node Hash Tables, , Linker Functions, BFD front end
+@include  hash.texi
+
+@node BFD back ends, Index, BFD front end, Top
+@chapter BFD back ends
+@menu
+* What to Put Where::
+* aout ::	a.out backends
+* coff ::	coff backends
+* elf  ::	elf backends
+@ignore
+* oasys ::	oasys backends
+* ieee ::	ieee backend
+* srecord ::	s-record backend
+@end ignore
+@end menu
+@node What to Put Where, aout, BFD back ends, BFD back ends
+All of BFD lives in one directory.
+
+@node aout, coff, What to Put Where, BFD back ends
+@include  aoutx.texi
+
+@node coff, elf, aout, BFD back ends
+@include  coffcode.texi
+
+@node elf,  , coff, BFD back ends
+@include  elf.texi
+@c Leave this out until the file has some actual contents...
+@c @include  elfcode.texi
+
+@node Index,  , BFD back ends , Top
+@unnumbered Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@tex
+% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo.  In the
+% meantime:
+\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
+\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
+\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
+\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
+\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
+\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/} and}
+\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
+\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
+\page\colophon
+% Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 28mar91.
+@end tex
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfdsumm.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfdsumm.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..844531a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/bfdsumm.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+@c This summary of BFD is shared by the BFD and LD docs.
+When an object file is opened, BFD subroutines automatically determine
+the format of the input object file.  They then build a descriptor in
+memory with pointers to routines that will be used to access elements of
+the object file's data structures.
+
+As different information from the the object files is required,
+BFD reads from different sections of the file and processes them.
+For example, a very common operation for the linker is processing symbol
+tables.  Each BFD back end provides a routine for converting
+between the object file's representation of symbols and an internal
+canonical format. When the linker asks for the symbol table of an object
+file, it calls through a memory pointer to the routine from the
+relevant BFD back end which reads and converts the table into a canonical
+form.  The linker then operates upon the canonical form. When the link is
+finished and the linker writes the output file's symbol table,
+another BFD back end routine is called to take the newly
+created symbol table and convert it into the chosen output format.
+
+@menu
+* BFD information loss::	Information Loss
+* Canonical format::		The BFD	canonical object-file format 
+@end menu
+
+@node BFD information loss
+@subsection Information Loss
+
+@emph{Information can be lost during output.} The output formats
+supported by BFD do not provide identical facilities, and
+information which can be described in one form has nowhere to go in
+another format. One example of this is alignment information in
+@code{b.out}. There is nowhere in an @code{a.out} format file to store
+alignment information on the contained data, so when a file is linked
+from @code{b.out} and an @code{a.out} image is produced, alignment
+information will not propagate to the output file. (The linker will
+still use the alignment information internally, so the link is performed
+correctly).
+
+Another example is COFF section names. COFF files may contain an
+unlimited number of sections, each one with a textual section name. If
+the target of the link is a format which does not have many sections (e.g.,
+@code{a.out}) or has sections without names (e.g., the Oasys format), the
+link cannot be done simply. You can circumvent this problem by
+describing the desired input-to-output section mapping with the linker command
+language.
+
+@emph{Information can be lost during canonicalization.} The BFD
+internal canonical form of the external formats is not exhaustive; there
+are structures in input formats for which there is no direct
+representation internally.  This means that the BFD back ends
+cannot maintain all possible data richness through the transformation
+between external to internal and back to external formats.
+
+This limitation is only a problem when an application reads one
+format and writes another.  Each BFD back end is responsible for
+maintaining as much data as possible, and the internal BFD
+canonical form has structures which are opaque to the BFD core,
+and exported only to the back ends. When a file is read in one format,
+the canonical form is generated for BFD and the application. At the
+same time, the back end saves away any information which may otherwise
+be lost. If the data is then written back in the same format, the back
+end routine will be able to use the canonical form provided by the
+BFD core as well as the information it prepared earlier.  Since
+there is a great deal of commonality between back ends,
+there is no information lost when
+linking or copying big endian COFF to little endian COFF, or @code{a.out} to
+@code{b.out}.  When a mixture of formats is linked, the information is
+only lost from the files whose format differs from the destination.
+
+@node Canonical format
+@subsection The BFD canonical object-file format
+
+The greatest potential for loss of information occurs when there is the least
+overlap between the information provided by the source format, that
+stored by the canonical format, and that needed by the
+destination format. A brief description of the canonical form may help
+you understand which kinds of data you can count on preserving across
+conversions.
+@cindex BFD canonical format
+@cindex internal object-file format
+
+@table @emph
+@item files
+Information stored on a per-file basis includes target machine
+architecture, particular implementation format type, a demand pageable
+bit, and a write protected bit.  Information like Unix magic numbers is
+not stored here---only the magic numbers' meaning, so a @code{ZMAGIC}
+file would have both the demand pageable bit and the write protected
+text bit set.  The byte order of the target is stored on a per-file
+basis, so that big- and little-endian object files may be used with one
+another.
+
+@item sections
+Each section in the input file contains the name of the section, the
+section's original address in the object file, size and alignment
+information, various flags, and pointers into other BFD data
+structures.
+
+@item symbols
+Each symbol contains a pointer to the information for the object file
+which originally defined it, its name, its value, and various flag
+bits.  When a BFD back end reads in a symbol table, it relocates all
+symbols to make them relative to the base of the section where they were
+defined.  Doing this ensures that each symbol points to its containing
+section.  Each symbol also has a varying amount of hidden private data
+for the BFD back end.  Since the symbol points to the original file, the
+private data format for that symbol is accessible.  @code{ld} can
+operate on a collection of symbols of wildly different formats without
+problems.
+
+Normal global and simple local symbols are maintained on output, so an
+output file (no matter its format) will retain symbols pointing to
+functions and to global, static, and common variables.  Some symbol
+information is not worth retaining; in @code{a.out}, type information is
+stored in the symbol table as long symbol names.  This information would
+be useless to most COFF debuggers; the linker has command line switches
+to allow users to throw it away.
+
+There is one word of type information within the symbol, so if the
+format supports symbol type information within symbols (for example, COFF,
+IEEE, Oasys) and the type is simple enough to fit within one word
+(nearly everything but aggregates), the information will be preserved.
+
+@item relocation level
+Each canonical BFD relocation record contains a pointer to the symbol to
+relocate to, the offset of the data to relocate, the section the data
+is in, and a pointer to a relocation type descriptor. Relocation is
+performed by passing messages through the relocation type
+descriptor and the symbol pointer. Therefore, relocations can be performed
+on output data using a relocation method that is only available in one of the
+input formats. For instance, Oasys provides a byte relocation format.
+A relocation record requesting this relocation type would point
+indirectly to a routine to perform this, so the relocation may be
+performed on a byte being written to a 68k COFF file, even though 68k COFF
+has no such relocation type.
+
+@item line numbers
+Object formats can contain, for debugging purposes, some form of mapping
+between symbols, source line numbers, and addresses in the output file.
+These addresses have to be relocated along with the symbol information.
+Each symbol with an associated list of line number records points to the
+first record of the list.  The head of a line number list consists of a
+pointer to the symbol, which allows finding out the address of the
+function whose line number is being described. The rest of the list is
+made up of pairs: offsets into the section and line numbers. Any format
+which can simply derive this information can pass it successfully
+between formats (COFF, IEEE and Oasys).
+@end table
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/cache.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/cache.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..badda34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/cache.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+@section File caching
+The file caching mechanism is embedded within BFD and allows
+the application to open as many BFDs as it wants without
+regard to the underlying operating system's file descriptor
+limit (often as low as 20 open files).  The module in
+@code{cache.c} maintains a least recently used list of
+@code{BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN} files, and exports the name
+@code{bfd_cache_lookup}, which runs around and makes sure that
+the required BFD is open. If not, then it chooses a file to
+close, closes it and opens the one wanted, returning its file
+handle.
+@*
+@findex BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN macro
+@subsubsection @code{BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN macro}
+@strong{Description}@*
+The maximum number of files which the cache will keep open at
+one time.
+@example
+#define BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN 10
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_last_cache
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_last_cache}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+extern bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Zero, or a pointer to the topmost BFD on the chain.  This is
+used by the @code{bfd_cache_lookup} macro in @file{libbfd.h} to
+determine when it can avoid a function call.
+@*
+@findex bfd_cache_lookup
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_cache_lookup}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Check to see if the required BFD is the same as the last one
+looked up. If so, then it can use the stream in the BFD with
+impunity, since it can't have changed since the last lookup;
+otherwise, it has to perform the complicated lookup function.
+@example
+#define bfd_cache_lookup(x) \
+    ((x)==bfd_last_cache? \
+      (FILE*)(bfd_last_cache->iostream): \
+       bfd_cache_lookup_worker(x))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_cache_init
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_cache_init}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_cache_init (bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Add a newly opened BFD to the cache.
+@*
+@findex bfd_cache_close
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_cache_close}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_cache_close (bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Remove the BFD @var{abfd} from the cache. If the attached file is open,
+then close it too.
+@*
+@strong{Returns}@*
+@code{false} is returned if closing the file fails, @code{true} is
+returned if all is well.
+@*
+@findex bfd_open_file
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_open_file}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+FILE* bfd_open_file(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Call the OS to open a file for @var{abfd}.  Return the @code{FILE *}
+(possibly @code{NULL}) that results from this operation.  Set up the
+BFD so that future accesses know the file is open. If the @code{FILE *}
+returned is @code{NULL}, then it won't have been put in the
+cache, so it won't have to be removed from it.
+@*
+@findex bfd_cache_lookup_worker
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_cache_lookup_worker}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+FILE *bfd_cache_lookup_worker(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Called when the macro @code{bfd_cache_lookup} fails to find a
+quick answer.  Find a file descriptor for @var{abfd}.  If
+necessary, it open it.  If there are already more than
+@code{BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN} files open, it tries to close one first, to
+avoid running out of file descriptors.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/chew.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/chew.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3958f30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/chew.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1553 @@
+/* chew
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by steve chamberlain @cygnus
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Yet another way of extracting documentation from source.
+   No, I haven't finished it yet, but I hope you people like it better
+   than the old way
+  
+   sac
+
+   Basically, this is a sort of string forth, maybe we should call it
+   struth?
+
+   You define new words thus:
+   : <newword> <oldwords> ;
+
+*/
+
+/* Primitives provided by the program:
+
+   Two stacks are provided, a string stack and an integer stack.
+
+   Internal state variables:
+	internal_wanted - indicates whether `-i' was passed
+	internal_mode - user-settable
+
+   Commands:
+	push_text
+	! - pop top of integer stack for address, pop next for value; store
+	@ - treat value on integer stack as the address of an integer; push
+		that integer on the integer stack after popping the "address"
+	hello - print "hello\n" to stdout
+	stdout - put stdout marker on TOS
+	stderr - put stderr marker on TOS
+	print - print TOS-1 on TOS (eg: "hello\n" stdout print)
+	skip_past_newline
+	catstr - fn icatstr
+	copy_past_newline - append input, up to and including newline into TOS
+	dup - fn other_dup
+	drop - discard TOS
+	idrop - ditto
+	remchar - delete last character from TOS
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	do_fancy_stuff - translate <<foo>> to @code{foo} in TOS
+	bulletize - if "o" lines found, prepend @itemize @bullet to TOS
+		and @item to each "o" line; append @end itemize
+	courierize - put @example around . and | lines, translate {* *} { }
+	exit - fn chew_exit
+	swap
+	outputdots - strip out lines without leading dots
+	paramstuff - convert full declaration into "PARAMS" form if not already
+	maybecatstr - do catstr if internal_mode == internal_wanted, discard
+		value in any case
+	translatecomments - turn {* and *} into comment delimiters
+	kill_bogus_lines - get rid of extra newlines
+	indent
+	internalmode - pop from integer stack, set `internalmode' to that value
+	print_stack_level - print current stack depth to stderr
+	strip_trailing_newlines - go ahead, guess...
+	[quoted string] - push string onto string stack
+	[word starting with digit] - push atol(str) onto integer stack
+
+   A command must be all upper-case, and alone on a line.
+
+   Foo.  */
+
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define DEF_SIZE 5000
+#define STACK 50
+
+int internal_wanted;
+int internal_mode;
+
+int warning;
+
+/* Here is a string type ... */
+
+typedef struct buffer 
+{
+  char *ptr;
+  unsigned long write_idx;
+  unsigned long size;
+} string_type;
+
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+static void init_string_with_size (string_type *, unsigned int);
+static void init_string (string_type *);
+static int find (string_type *, char *);
+static void write_buffer (string_type *, FILE *);
+static void delete_string (string_type *);
+static char *addr (string_type *, unsigned int);
+static char at (string_type *, unsigned int);
+static void catchar (string_type *, int);
+static void overwrite_string (string_type *, string_type *);
+static void catbuf (string_type *, char *, unsigned int);
+static void cattext (string_type *, char *);
+static void catstr (string_type *, string_type *);
+static unsigned int skip_white_and_starts (string_type *, unsigned int);
+#endif
+
+
+static void DEFUN(init_string_with_size,(buffer, size),
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   unsigned int size )
+{
+    buffer->write_idx = 0;
+    buffer->size = size;
+    buffer->ptr = malloc(size);
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(init_string,(buffer),
+	   string_type *buffer)
+{
+    init_string_with_size(buffer, DEF_SIZE);
+
+}
+
+static int DEFUN(find, (str, what),
+	  string_type *str AND
+	  char *what)
+{
+    unsigned int i;
+    char *p;
+    p = what;
+    for (i = 0; i < str->write_idx && *p; i++) 
+    {
+	if (*p == str->ptr[i])
+	 p++;
+	else
+	 p = what;
+    }
+    return (*p == 0);
+    
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(write_buffer,(buffer, f),
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   FILE *f)
+{
+    fwrite(buffer->ptr, buffer->write_idx, 1, f);
+}
+
+
+static void DEFUN(delete_string,(buffer),
+	   string_type *buffer)
+{
+    free(buffer->ptr);
+}
+
+
+static char *DEFUN(addr, (buffer, idx),
+	    string_type *buffer AND
+	    unsigned int idx)
+{
+    return buffer->ptr + idx;
+}
+
+static char DEFUN(at,(buffer, pos),
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   unsigned int pos) 
+{
+  if (pos >= buffer->write_idx) 
+    return 0;
+  return buffer->ptr[pos];
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(catchar,(buffer, ch), 
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   int ch)
+{
+  if (buffer->write_idx == buffer->size) 
+    {
+      buffer->size *=2;
+      buffer->ptr = realloc(buffer->ptr, buffer->size);
+    }
+
+  buffer->ptr[buffer->write_idx ++ ] = ch;
+}
+
+
+static void DEFUN(overwrite_string,(dst,   src),
+	   string_type *dst AND
+	   string_type *src)
+{
+    free(dst->ptr);
+    dst->size = src->size;
+    dst->write_idx = src->write_idx;
+    dst->ptr = src->ptr;
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(catbuf,(buffer, buf, len),
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   char *buf AND
+	   unsigned int len)
+{
+  if (buffer->write_idx + len >= buffer->size)
+    {
+      while (buffer->write_idx + len >= buffer->size)
+	buffer->size *= 2;
+      buffer->ptr = realloc (buffer->ptr, buffer->size);
+    }
+  memcpy (buffer->ptr + buffer->write_idx, buf, len);
+  buffer->write_idx += len;
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(cattext,(buffer, string),
+	   string_type *buffer AND
+	   char *string)
+{
+  catbuf (buffer, string, (unsigned int) strlen (string));
+}
+
+static void DEFUN(catstr,(dst, src),
+	   string_type *dst AND
+	   string_type *src)
+{
+  catbuf (dst, src->ptr, src->write_idx);
+}
+
+
+static unsigned int 
+DEFUN(skip_white_and_stars,(src, idx),
+      string_type *src AND
+      unsigned int idx)
+{
+  char c;
+  while ((c = at(src,idx)),
+	 isspace (c)
+	 || (c == '*'
+	     /* Don't skip past end-of-comment or star as first
+		character on its line.  */
+	     && at(src,idx +1) != '/'
+	     && at(src,idx -1) != '\n')) 
+    idx++;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+
+string_type stack[STACK];
+string_type *tos;
+
+unsigned int idx = 0; /* Pos in input buffer */
+string_type *ptr; /* and the buffer */
+typedef void (*stinst_type)();
+stinst_type *pc;
+stinst_type sstack[STACK];
+stinst_type *ssp = &sstack[0];
+long istack[STACK];
+long *isp = &istack[0];
+
+typedef int *word_type;
+
+
+
+struct dict_struct
+{
+    char *word;
+    struct dict_struct *next;
+    stinst_type *code;
+    int code_length;
+    int code_end;
+    int var;
+    
+};
+typedef struct dict_struct dict_type;
+#define WORD(x) static void x()
+
+static void
+die (msg)
+     char *msg;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", msg);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+static void
+check_range ()
+{
+  if (tos < stack)
+    die ("underflow in string stack");
+  if (tos >= stack + STACK)
+    die ("overflow in string stack");
+}
+
+static void
+icheck_range ()
+{
+  if (isp < istack)
+    die ("underflow in integer stack");
+  if (isp >= istack + STACK)
+    die ("overflow in integer stack");
+}
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+static void exec (dict_type *);
+static void call (void);
+static void remchar (void), strip_trailing_newlines (void), push_number (void);
+static void push_text (void);
+static void remove_noncomments (string_type *, string_type *);
+static void print_stack_level (void);
+static void paramstuff (void), translatecomments (void), manglecomments (void);
+static void outputdots (void), courierize (void), bulletize (void);
+static void do_fancy_stuff (void);
+static int iscommand (string_type *, unsigned int);
+static int copy_past_newline (string_type *, unsigned int, string_type *);
+static void icopy_past_newline (void), kill_bogus_lines (void), indent (void);
+static void get_stuff_in_command (void), swap (void), other_dup (void);
+static void drop (void), idrop (void);
+static void icatstr (void), skip_past_newline (void), internalmode (void);
+static void maybecatstr (void);
+static char *nextword (char *, char **);
+dict_type *lookup_word (char *);
+static void perform (void);
+dict_type *newentry (char *);
+unsigned int add_to_definition (dict_type *, stinst_type);
+void add_intrinsic (char *, void (*)());
+void add_var (char *);
+void compile (char *);
+static void bang (void);
+static void atsign (void);
+static void hello (void);
+static void stdout_ (void);
+static void stderr_ (void);
+static void print (void);
+static void read_in (string_type *, FILE *);
+static void usage (void);
+static void chew_exit (void);
+#endif
+
+static void DEFUN(exec,(word),
+		  dict_type *word)
+{
+  pc = word->code;
+  while (*pc) 
+    (*pc)();
+}
+WORD(call)
+{
+    stinst_type *oldpc = pc;
+    dict_type *e;
+    e =  (dict_type *)(pc [1]);
+    exec(e);
+    pc = oldpc + 2;
+    
+}
+
+WORD(remchar)
+{
+  if (tos->write_idx)
+    tos->write_idx--;    
+  pc++;
+}
+
+static void
+strip_trailing_newlines ()
+{
+  while ((isspace (at (tos, tos->write_idx - 1))
+	  || at (tos, tos->write_idx - 1) == '\n')
+	 && tos->write_idx > 0)
+    tos->write_idx--;
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(push_number)
+{
+    isp++;
+    icheck_range ();
+    pc++;
+    *isp = (long)(*pc);
+    pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(push_text)
+{
+    tos++;
+    check_range ();
+    init_string(tos);
+    pc++;
+    cattext(tos,*((char **)pc));
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+
+/* This function removes everything not inside comments starting on
+   the first char of the line from the  string, also when copying
+   comments, removes blank space and leading *'s.
+   Blank lines are turned into one blank line.  */
+
+static void 
+DEFUN(remove_noncomments,(src,dst),
+	   string_type *src AND
+	   string_type *dst)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    
+    while (at(src,idx)) 
+    {
+	/* Now see if we have a comment at the start of the line */
+	if (at(src,idx) == '\n' 
+	    && at(src,idx+1) ==  '/' 
+	    && at(src,idx+2) == '*') 
+	{
+	    idx+=3;
+	    
+	    idx = skip_white_and_stars(src,idx);
+
+	    /* Remove leading dot */
+	    if (at(src, idx) == '.')
+	     idx++;
+	    
+	    /* Copy to the end of the line, or till the end of the
+	       comment */
+	    while (at(src, idx))
+	    {
+		if (at(src, idx) == '\n') 
+		{
+		    /* end of line, echo and scrape of leading blanks  */
+		    if (at(src,idx +1) == '\n')
+		     catchar(dst,'\n');
+		    catchar(dst,'\n');
+		    idx++;
+		    idx =   skip_white_and_stars(src, idx);
+		}
+		else if (at(src, idx) == '*' && at(src,idx+1) == '/') 
+		{
+		    idx +=2 ;
+		    cattext(dst,"\nENDDD\n");
+		    break;
+		}
+		else 
+		{
+		    catchar(dst, at(src, idx));
+		    idx++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else idx++;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_stack_level ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "current string stack depth = %d, ", tos - stack);
+  fprintf (stderr, "current integer stack depth = %d\n", isp - istack);
+  pc++;
+}
+
+/* turn:
+     foobar name(stuff);
+   into:
+     foobar
+     name PARAMS ((stuff));
+   and a blank line.
+ */
+
+static void
+DEFUN_VOID(paramstuff)
+{
+    unsigned int openp;
+    unsigned int fname;
+    unsigned int idx;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+
+    /* make sure that it's not already param'd or proto'd */
+    if(find(tos,"PARAMS") || find(tos,"PROTO") || !find(tos,"(")) {
+	    catstr(&out,tos);
+	}
+    else 
+    {
+	/* Find the open paren */
+	for (openp = 0; at(tos, openp) != '('  && at(tos,openp); openp++)
+	 ;
+
+	fname = openp;
+	/* Step back to the fname */
+	fname--;
+	while (fname && isspace(at(tos, fname)))
+	 fname --;
+	while (fname && !isspace(at(tos,fname)) && at(tos,fname) != '*')
+	 fname--;
+
+	fname++;
+	
+	for (idx = 0; idx < fname; idx++) 	/* Output type */
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos,idx));
+	}
+    
+        cattext(&out, "\n");	/* Insert a newline between type and fnname */
+
+	for (idx = fname; idx < openp; idx++) 		/* Output fnname */
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos,idx));
+	}
+
+	cattext(&out," PARAMS (");
+
+	while (at(tos,idx) && at(tos,idx) !=';') 
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+	    idx++;
+	}
+	cattext(&out,");\n\n");
+    }
+    overwrite_string(tos, &out);    
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+
+
+/* turn {*
+   and *} into comments */
+
+WORD(translatecomments)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+    while (at(tos, idx)) 
+    {
+	if (at(tos,idx) == '{' && at(tos,idx+1) =='*') 
+	{
+	    cattext(&out,"/*");
+	    idx+=2;
+	}
+	else if (at(tos,idx) == '*' && at(tos,idx+1) =='}') 
+	{
+	    cattext(&out,"*/");
+	    idx+=2;
+	}
+	else  
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+	    idx++;
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    overwrite_string(tos, &out);
+    
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+/* turn everything not starting with a . into a comment */
+
+WORD(manglecomments)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+    while (at(tos, idx)) 
+    {
+	if (at(tos,idx) == '\n' && at(tos,idx+1) =='*') 
+	{
+	    cattext(&out,"	/*");
+	    idx+=2;
+	}
+	else if (at(tos,idx) == '*' && at(tos,idx+1) =='}') 
+	{
+	    cattext(&out,"*/");
+	    idx+=2;
+	}
+	else  
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+	    idx++;
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    overwrite_string(tos, &out);
+    
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+/* Mod tos so that only lines with leading dots remain */
+static void
+DEFUN_VOID(outputdots)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+    while (at(tos, idx)) 
+    {
+	if (at(tos, idx) == '\n' && at(tos, idx+1) == '.') 
+	{
+	  char c, c2;
+	  idx += 2;
+	    
+	    while ((c = at(tos, idx)) && c != '\n')
+	    {
+	      if (c == '{' && at(tos,idx+1) =='*') 
+		{
+		    cattext(&out," /*");
+		    idx+=2;
+		}
+	      else if (c == '*' && at(tos,idx+1) =='}') 
+		{
+		    cattext(&out,"*/");
+		    idx+=2;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		    catchar(&out, c);
+		    idx++;
+		}
+	    }
+	    catchar(&out,'\n');
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+	    idx++;
+	}
+    }	
+
+    overwrite_string(tos, &out);
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+/* Find lines starting with . and | and put example around them on tos */
+WORD(courierize)
+{
+    string_type out;
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    int command = 0;
+    
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+    while (at(tos, idx)) 
+    {
+	if (at(tos, idx) == '\n' 
+	    && (at(tos, idx +1 ) == '.'
+		|| at(tos,idx+1) == '|')) 
+	{
+	    cattext(&out,"\n@example\n");
+	    do 
+	    {
+		idx += 2;
+		
+		while (at(tos, idx) && at(tos, idx)!='\n')
+		{
+		    if (at(tos,idx)=='{' && at(tos,idx+1) =='*') 
+		    {
+			cattext(&out," /*");
+			idx+=2;
+		    }
+		    else if (at(tos,idx)=='*' && at(tos,idx+1) =='}') 
+		    {
+			cattext(&out,"*/");
+			idx+=2;
+		    }
+	            else if (at(tos,idx) == '{' && !command)
+		    {
+			cattext(&out,"@{");
+			idx++;
+		    }
+	            else if (at(tos,idx) == '}' && !command)
+		    {
+			cattext(&out,"@}");
+			idx++;
+		    }
+		    else 
+		    {
+			if (at(tos,idx) == '@')
+			    command = 1;
+			else if (isspace(at(tos,idx)) || at(tos,idx) == '}')
+			    command = 0;
+			catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+			idx++;
+		    }
+		    
+		}
+		catchar(&out,'\n');
+	    }  
+	    while (at(tos, idx) == '\n' 
+		   && (at(tos, idx+1) == '.')
+		   || (at(tos,idx+1) == '|'));
+	    cattext(&out,"@end example");
+	}
+	else 
+	{    
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+	    idx++;
+	}
+    }    
+
+    overwrite_string(tos, &out);
+    pc++;
+
+    
+}
+
+/* Finds any lines starting with "o ", if there are any, then turns
+   on @itemize @bullet, and @items each of them. Then ends with @end
+   itemize, inplace at TOS*/
+
+
+WORD(bulletize)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    int on = 0;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    
+    while (at(tos, idx)) {
+	if (at(tos, idx) == '@' &&
+	    at(tos, idx+1) == '*') 
+	{
+	  cattext(&out,"*");
+	  idx+=2;
+	}
+	
+else
+	    if (at(tos, idx) == '\n' &&
+		at(tos, idx+1) == 'o' &&
+		isspace(at(tos, idx +2)))
+	    {
+		if (!on) 
+		{
+		    cattext(&out,"\n@itemize @bullet\n");
+		    on = 1;
+		    
+		}
+		cattext(&out,"\n@item\n");
+		idx+=3;
+	    }
+	    else 
+	    {
+		catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+		if (on && at(tos, idx) == '\n' &&
+		    at(tos, idx+1) == '\n' &&
+		    at(tos, idx+2) != 'o')
+		{
+		    cattext(&out, "@end itemize");
+		    on = 0;
+		}
+		idx++;
+		
+	    }
+	}
+    if (on) 
+    {
+	cattext(&out,"@end itemize\n");
+    }	
+
+    delete_string(tos);
+    *tos = out;
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+/* Turn <<foo>> into @code{foo} in place at TOS*/
+   
+
+WORD(do_fancy_stuff)
+{
+    unsigned int idx = 0;
+    string_type out;
+    init_string(&out);
+    while (at(tos, idx)) 
+    {
+	if (at(tos, idx) == '<' 
+	    && at(tos, idx+1) == '<'
+	    && !isspace(at(tos,idx + 2))) 
+	{
+	    /* This qualifies as a << startup */
+	    idx +=2;
+	    cattext(&out,"@code{");
+	    while(at(tos,idx) &&
+		  at(tos,idx) != '>' )
+	    {
+		catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+		idx++;
+		
+	    }
+	    cattext(&out,"}");
+	    idx+=2;
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+	    catchar(&out, at(tos, idx));
+	    idx++;
+	}
+    }
+    delete_string(tos);
+    *tos = out;
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+/* A command is all upper case,and alone on a line */
+static int 
+DEFUN( iscommand,(ptr, idx),
+      string_type *ptr AND
+      unsigned int idx)
+{
+    unsigned int len = 0;
+    while (at(ptr,idx)) {
+	    if (isupper(at(ptr,idx)) || at(ptr,idx) == ' ' ||
+		at(ptr,idx) == '_') 
+	    {
+	     len++;
+	     idx++;
+	 }
+	    else if(at(ptr,idx) == '\n')
+	    {
+		if (len > 3) return 1;
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    else return 0;
+	}
+    return 0;
+
+}
+
+
+DEFUN(copy_past_newline,(ptr, idx, dst),
+      string_type *ptr AND
+      unsigned int idx AND
+      string_type *dst)
+{
+    while (at(ptr, idx) && at(ptr, idx) != '\n') 
+    {
+	catchar(dst, at(ptr, idx));
+	idx++;
+	
+    }    
+    catchar(dst, at(ptr, idx));
+    idx++;
+    return idx;
+
+}
+
+WORD(icopy_past_newline)
+{
+    tos++;
+    check_range ();
+    init_string(tos);
+    idx = copy_past_newline(ptr, idx, tos);
+    pc++;	
+}
+
+/* indent
+   Take the string at the top of the stack, do some prettying */
+
+
+WORD(kill_bogus_lines)
+{
+    int sl ;
+    
+    int nl = 0;
+    int idx = 0;
+    int c;
+    int dot = 0    ;
+    
+    string_type out;    
+    init_string(&out);
+    /* Drop leading nl */
+    while (at(tos,idx) == '\n')
+    {
+	idx++;
+    }
+    c = idx;
+    
+    /* Find the last char */
+    while (at(tos,idx))
+    {
+	idx++;
+    }
+    
+    /* find the last non white before the nl */
+    idx--;
+    
+    while (idx && isspace(at(tos,idx)))
+     idx--;
+    idx++;
+    
+    /* Copy buffer upto last char, but blank lines before and after
+       dots don't count */
+    sl = 1;
+
+    while (c < idx)
+    {
+	if (at(tos,c) == '\n' 
+	    && at(tos,c+1) == '\n'
+	    && at(tos,c+2) == '.') 
+	{
+	    /* Ignore two newlines before a dot*/
+	    c++;
+	}
+	else if (at(tos,c) == '.' && sl)
+	{
+	    /* remember that this line started with a dot */
+	    dot=2;
+	}
+	else if (at(tos,c) == '\n' 
+		 && at(tos,c+1) == '\n'
+		 && dot)
+	{
+	    c++;
+	    /* Ignore two newlines when last line was dot */
+	}
+
+	catchar(&out, at(tos,c));
+	if (at(tos,c) == '\n')
+	{
+	    sl = 1;
+	    
+	    if (dot == 2)dot=1;else dot = 0;
+	}
+	else
+	  sl = 0;
+	
+	c++;	
+
+    }
+    
+    /* Append nl*/
+    catchar(&out, '\n');
+    pc++;
+    delete_string(tos);
+    *tos = out;
+    
+    
+}
+
+WORD(indent)
+{
+    string_type out;
+    int tab = 0;
+    int idx = 0;
+    int ol =0;
+    init_string(&out);
+    while (at(tos,idx)) {
+	    switch (at(tos,idx)) 
+	    {
+	      case '\n':
+		cattext(&out,"\n");
+		idx++;
+		if (tab) 
+		{
+		    cattext(&out,"    ");
+		}
+		ol = 0;
+		break;
+	      case '(':
+		tab++;
+		if (ol == 0)
+		    cattext(&out,"   ");
+		idx++;
+		cattext(&out,"(");
+		ol = 1;
+		break;
+	      case ')':
+		tab--;
+		cattext(&out,")");
+		idx++;
+		ol=1;
+		
+		break;
+	      default:
+		catchar(&out,at(tos,idx));
+		ol=1;
+		
+		idx++;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}	
+
+    pc++;
+    delete_string(tos);
+    *tos = out;
+
+}
+
+
+WORD(get_stuff_in_command)
+{
+    tos++;
+    check_range ();
+    init_string(tos);
+
+    while (at(ptr, idx)) {
+	    if (iscommand(ptr, idx))  break;
+	    idx =   copy_past_newline(ptr, idx, tos);
+	}
+    pc++;    
+}
+
+WORD(swap)
+{
+    string_type t;
+    
+    t = tos[0];
+    tos[0] = tos[-1];
+    tos[-1] =t; 
+    pc++;
+    
+}
+
+WORD(other_dup)
+{
+    tos++;
+    check_range ();
+    init_string(tos);
+    catstr(tos, tos-1);
+    pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(drop)
+{
+  tos--;
+  check_range ();
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(idrop)
+{
+  isp--;
+  icheck_range ();
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(icatstr)
+{
+    tos--;
+    check_range ();
+    catstr(tos, tos+1);
+    delete_string(tos+1);
+    pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(skip_past_newline)
+{
+    while (at(ptr,idx) 
+	   && at(ptr,idx) != '\n')
+     idx++;
+    idx++;
+    pc++;
+}
+
+
+WORD(internalmode)
+{
+    internal_mode = *(isp);
+    isp--;
+    icheck_range ();
+    pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(maybecatstr)
+{
+    if (internal_wanted == internal_mode) 
+    {
+	catstr(tos-1, tos);
+    }
+    delete_string(tos);
+    tos--;
+    check_range ();
+    pc++;
+}
+
+char *
+DEFUN(nextword,(string, word),
+      char *string AND
+      char **word)
+{
+    char *word_start;
+    int idx;
+    char *dst;
+    char *src;
+    
+    int length = 0;
+    
+    while (isspace(*string) || *string == '-') {
+	    if (*string == '-') 
+	    {
+		while (*string && *string != '\n') 
+		 string++;
+		
+	    }
+	    else {
+		    string++;
+		}
+	}
+    if (!*string) return 0;
+    
+    word_start = string;
+    if (*string == '"') 
+      {
+	do
+	  {
+	    string++;
+	    length++;
+	    if (*string == '\\')
+	      {
+		string += 2;
+		length += 2;
+	      }
+	  }
+	while (*string != '"');
+      }
+    else     
+      {
+	while (!isspace(*string)) 
+	{
+	    string++;
+	    length++;
+	
+	}
+    }
+    
+    *word = malloc(length + 1);
+
+    dst = *word;
+    src = word_start;
+
+
+    for (idx= 0; idx < length; idx++) 
+      {
+	if (src[idx] == '\\')
+	  switch (src[idx+1])
+	    {
+	    case 'n':
+	      *dst++ = '\n';
+	      idx++;
+	      break;
+	    case '"':
+	    case '\\':
+	      *dst++ = src[idx+1];
+	      idx++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      *dst++ = '\\';
+	      break;
+	    }
+	else
+	  *dst++ = src[idx];
+    }
+    *dst++ = 0;
+
+
+
+
+
+    if(*string)    
+     return string + 1;
+    else 
+     return 0;
+    
+}
+dict_type *root;
+dict_type *
+DEFUN(lookup_word,(word),
+      char *word)
+{
+  dict_type *ptr = root;
+  while (ptr) {
+      if (strcmp(ptr->word, word) == 0) return ptr;
+      ptr = ptr->next;
+	    
+    }
+  if (warning)
+   fprintf(stderr,"Can't find %s\n",word);
+  return 0;
+    
+    
+}
+
+static void DEFUN_VOID(perform)
+{
+  tos = stack;
+    
+  while (at(ptr, idx)) {
+      /* It's worth looking through the command list */
+      if (iscommand(ptr, idx))
+      {
+	unsigned int i;
+	int found = 0;
+
+	char *next;
+	dict_type *word ;
+		
+	(void)		nextword(addr(ptr, idx), &next);
+
+
+	word = lookup_word(next);
+
+
+		
+
+	if (word) 
+	{
+	  exec(word);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	  if (warning)
+	   fprintf(stderr,"warning, %s is not recognised\n",  next);
+	  skip_past_newline();
+	}
+		
+      }
+      else skip_past_newline();
+
+    }
+}
+
+dict_type *
+DEFUN(newentry,(word),
+      char *word)
+{
+    dict_type *new = (dict_type *)malloc(sizeof(dict_type));
+    new->word = word;
+    new->next = root;
+    root = new;
+    new->code = (stinst_type *)malloc(sizeof(stinst_type ));
+    new->code_length = 1;
+    new->code_end = 0;
+    return new;
+    
+}
+
+
+unsigned int
+DEFUN(add_to_definition,(entry, word), 
+      dict_type *entry AND
+      stinst_type word)
+{
+    if (entry->code_end == entry->code_length) 
+    {
+	entry->code_length += 2;
+	entry->code =
+	 (stinst_type *) realloc((char *)(entry->code),
+			       entry->code_length *sizeof(word_type));
+    }
+    entry->code[entry->code_end] = word;
+    
+return     entry->code_end++;  
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+void
+DEFUN(add_intrinsic,(name, func),
+      char *name AND
+      void (*func)())
+{
+    dict_type *new = newentry(name);
+    add_to_definition(new, func);
+    add_to_definition(new, 0);
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN(add_var,(name),
+      char *name)
+{
+    dict_type *new = newentry(name);
+    add_to_definition(new, push_number);
+    add_to_definition(new, (stinst_type)(&(new->var)));
+    add_to_definition(new,0);
+}
+
+
+void 
+DEFUN(compile, (string), 
+      char *string)
+{
+    int jstack[STACK];
+    int *jptr = jstack;
+    /* add words to the dictionary */
+    char *word;
+    string = nextword(string, &word);
+    while (string && *string && word[0]) 
+    {
+	if (strcmp(word,"var")==0) 
+	{
+ string=nextword(string, &word);
+	  
+	  add_var(word);
+ string=nextword(string, &word);
+	}
+else	
+	    
+	if (word[0] == ':')
+	{
+	    dict_type *ptr;
+	    /* Compile a word and add to dictionary */
+	    string = nextword(string, &word);
+	    
+	    ptr = newentry(word);
+	    string = nextword(string, &word);
+	    while (word[0] != ';' ) 
+	    {
+		 switch (word[0]) 
+		 {
+		   case '"':
+		     /* got a string, embed magic push string
+			function */
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, push_text);
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, (stinst_type)(word+1));
+		     break;
+		   case '0':
+		   case '1':
+		   case '2':
+		   case '3':
+		   case '4':
+		   case '5':
+		   case '6':
+		   case '7':
+		   case '8':
+		   case '9':
+		     /* Got a number, embedd the magic push number
+			function */
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, push_number);
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, (stinst_type)atol(word));
+		     break;
+		   default:
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, call);
+		     add_to_definition(ptr, (stinst_type)lookup_word(word));
+		 }
+
+		string = nextword(string, &word);		     
+	    }
+	    add_to_definition(ptr,0);
+	    string = nextword(string, &word);
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+	    fprintf(stderr,"syntax error at %s\n",string-1);
+	}	    
+    }
+
+}
+
+ 
+static void DEFUN_VOID(bang)
+{
+  *(long *)((isp[0])) = isp[-1];
+  isp-=2;
+  icheck_range ();
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(atsign)
+{
+    isp[0] = *(long *)(isp[0]);
+    pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(hello)
+{
+  printf("hello\n");
+  pc++;    
+}
+
+WORD(stdout_)
+{
+  isp++;
+  icheck_range ();
+  *isp = 1;
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(stderr_)
+{
+  isp++;
+  icheck_range ();
+  *isp = 2;
+  pc++;
+}
+
+WORD(print)
+{
+  if (*isp == 1)
+    write_buffer (tos, stdout);
+  else if (*isp == 2)
+    write_buffer (tos, stderr);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "print: illegal print destination `%d'\n", *isp);
+  isp--;
+  tos--;
+  icheck_range ();
+  check_range ();
+  pc++;
+}
+
+
+static void DEFUN(read_in, (str, file), 
+	   string_type *str AND
+		  FILE *file)
+{
+    char buff[10000];    
+    unsigned int r;
+    do 
+    {
+	r = fread(buff, 1, sizeof(buff), file);
+	catbuf(str, buff, r);
+    }
+    while (r);
+    buff[0] = 0;
+    
+    catbuf(str, buff,1);
+}
+
+
+static void DEFUN_VOID(usage)
+{
+    fprintf(stderr,"usage: -[d|i|g] <file >file\n");
+    exit(33);    
+}
+
+/* There is no reliable way to declare exit.  Sometimes it returns
+   int, and sometimes it returns void.  Sometimes it changes between
+   OS releases.  Trying to get it declared correctly in the hosts file
+   is a pointless waste of time.  */
+
+static void
+chew_exit ()
+{
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+int DEFUN(main,(ac,av),
+int ac AND
+char *av[])
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  string_type buffer;
+  string_type pptr;
+
+  init_string(&buffer);
+  init_string(&pptr);
+  init_string(stack+0);
+  tos=stack+1;
+  ptr = &pptr;
+    
+  add_intrinsic("push_text", push_text);
+  add_intrinsic("!", bang);
+  add_intrinsic("@", atsign);
+  add_intrinsic("hello",hello);    
+  add_intrinsic("stdout",stdout_);    
+  add_intrinsic("stderr",stderr_);    
+  add_intrinsic("print",print);    
+  add_intrinsic("skip_past_newline", skip_past_newline );
+  add_intrinsic("catstr", icatstr );
+  add_intrinsic("copy_past_newline", icopy_past_newline );
+  add_intrinsic("dup", other_dup );
+  add_intrinsic("drop", drop);
+  add_intrinsic("idrop", idrop);
+  add_intrinsic("remchar", remchar );
+  add_intrinsic("get_stuff_in_command", get_stuff_in_command );
+  add_intrinsic("do_fancy_stuff", do_fancy_stuff );
+  add_intrinsic("bulletize", bulletize );
+  add_intrinsic("courierize", courierize );
+  /* If the following line gives an error, exit() is not declared in the
+     ../hosts/foo.h file for this host.  Fix it there, not here!  */
+  /* No, don't fix it anywhere; see comment on chew_exit--Ian Taylor.  */
+  add_intrinsic("exit", chew_exit );
+  add_intrinsic("swap", swap );
+  add_intrinsic("outputdots", outputdots );
+  add_intrinsic("paramstuff", paramstuff );
+  add_intrinsic("maybecatstr", maybecatstr );
+  add_intrinsic("translatecomments", translatecomments );
+  add_intrinsic("kill_bogus_lines", kill_bogus_lines);
+  add_intrinsic("indent", indent);
+  add_intrinsic("internalmode", internalmode);
+  add_intrinsic("print_stack_level", print_stack_level);
+  add_intrinsic("strip_trailing_newlines", strip_trailing_newlines);
+    
+  /* Put a nl at the start */
+  catchar(&buffer,'\n');
+
+  read_in(&buffer, stdin); 
+  remove_noncomments(&buffer, ptr);
+  for (i= 1; i < ac; i++) 
+  {
+    if (av[i][0] == '-')
+    {
+      if (av[i][1] == 'f')
+      {
+	string_type b;
+	FILE *f;
+	init_string(&b);
+
+	f  = fopen(av[i+1],"r");
+	if (!f) 
+	{
+	  fprintf(stderr,"Can't open the input file %s\n",av[i+1]);
+	  return 33;
+	}
+
+	read_in(&b, f);
+	compile(b.ptr);
+	perform();	
+      }
+      else if (av[i][1] == 'i') 
+      {
+	internal_wanted = 1;
+      }
+      else if (av[i][1] == 'w') 
+      {
+	warning = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }      
+  write_buffer(stack+0, stdout);
+  if (tos != stack)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "finishing with current stack level %d\n", tos - stack);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/coffcode.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/coffcode.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c3d546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/coffcode.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
+@section coff backends
+BFD supports a number of different flavours of coff format.
+The major differences between formats are the sizes and
+alignments of fields in structures on disk, and the occasional
+extra field.
+
+Coff in all its varieties is implemented with a few common
+files and a number of implementation specific files. For
+example, The 88k bcs coff format is implemented in the file
+@file{coff-m88k.c}. This file @code{#include}s
+@file{coff/m88k.h} which defines the external structure of the
+coff format for the 88k, and @file{coff/internal.h} which
+defines the internal structure. @file{coff-m88k.c} also
+defines the relocations used by the 88k format
+@xref{Relocations}.
+
+The Intel i960 processor version of coff is implemented in
+@file{coff-i960.c}. This file has the same structure as
+@file{coff-m88k.c}, except that it includes @file{coff/i960.h}
+rather than @file{coff-m88k.h}.
+@*
+@subsection Porting to a new version of coff
+The recommended method is to select from the existing
+implementations the version of coff which is most like the one
+you want to use.  For example, we'll say that i386 coff is
+the one you select, and that your coff flavour is called foo.
+Copy @file{i386coff.c} to @file{foocoff.c}, copy
+@file{../include/coff/i386.h} to @file{../include/coff/foo.h},
+and add the lines to @file{targets.c} and @file{Makefile.in}
+so that your new back end is used. Alter the shapes of the
+structures in @file{../include/coff/foo.h} so that they match
+what you need. You will probably also have to add
+@code{#ifdef}s to the code in @file{coff/internal.h} and
+@file{coffcode.h} if your version of coff is too wild.
+
+You can verify that your new BFD backend works quite simply by
+building @file{objdump} from the @file{binutils} directory,
+and making sure that its version of what's going on and your
+host system's idea (assuming it has the pretty standard coff
+dump utility, usually called @code{att-dump} or just
+@code{dump}) are the same.  Then clean up your code, and send
+what you've done to Cygnus. Then your stuff will be in the
+next release, and you won't have to keep integrating it.
+@*
+@subsection How the coff backend works
+
+@*
+@subsubsection File layout
+The Coff backend is split into generic routines that are
+applicable to any Coff target and routines that are specific
+to a particular target.  The target-specific routines are
+further split into ones which are basically the same for all
+Coff targets except that they use the external symbol format
+or use different values for certain constants.
+
+The generic routines are in @file{coffgen.c}.  These routines
+work for any Coff target.  They use some hooks into the target
+specific code; the hooks are in a @code{bfd_coff_backend_data}
+structure, one of which exists for each target.
+
+The essentially similar target-specific routines are in
+@file{coffcode.h}.  This header file includes executable C code.
+The various Coff targets first include the appropriate Coff
+header file, make any special defines that are needed, and
+then include @file{coffcode.h}.
+
+Some of the Coff targets then also have additional routines in
+the target source file itself.
+
+For example, @file{coff-i960.c} includes
+@file{coff/internal.h} and @file{coff/i960.h}.  It then
+defines a few constants, such as @code{I960}, and includes
+@file{coffcode.h}.  Since the i960 has complex relocation
+types, @file{coff-i960.c} also includes some code to
+manipulate the i960 relocs.  This code is not in
+@file{coffcode.h} because it would not be used by any other
+target.
+@*
+@subsubsection Bit twiddling
+Each flavour of coff supported in BFD has its own header file
+describing the external layout of the structures. There is also
+an internal description of the coff layout, in
+@file{coff/internal.h}. A major function of the
+coff backend is swapping the bytes and twiddling the bits to
+translate the external form of the structures into the normal
+internal form. This is all performed in the
+@code{bfd_swap}_@i{thing}_@i{direction} routines. Some
+elements are different sizes between different versions of
+coff; it is the duty of the coff version specific include file
+to override the definitions of various packing routines in
+@file{coffcode.h}. E.g., the size of line number entry in coff is
+sometimes 16 bits, and sometimes 32 bits. @code{#define}ing
+@code{PUT_LNSZ_LNNO} and @code{GET_LNSZ_LNNO} will select the
+correct one. No doubt, some day someone will find a version of
+coff which has a varying field size not catered to at the
+moment. To port BFD, that person will have to add more @code{#defines}.
+Three of the bit twiddling routines are exported to
+@code{gdb}; @code{coff_swap_aux_in}, @code{coff_swap_sym_in}
+and @code{coff_swap_linno_in}. @code{GDB} reads the symbol
+table on its own, but uses BFD to fix things up.  More of the
+bit twiddlers are exported for @code{gas};
+@code{coff_swap_aux_out}, @code{coff_swap_sym_out},
+@code{coff_swap_lineno_out}, @code{coff_swap_reloc_out},
+@code{coff_swap_filehdr_out}, @code{coff_swap_aouthdr_out},
+@code{coff_swap_scnhdr_out}. @code{Gas} currently keeps track
+of all the symbol table and reloc drudgery itself, thereby
+saving the internal BFD overhead, but uses BFD to swap things
+on the way out, making cross ports much safer.  Doing so also
+allows BFD (and thus the linker) to use the same header files
+as @code{gas}, which makes one avenue to disaster disappear.
+@*
+@subsubsection Symbol reading
+The simple canonical form for symbols used by BFD is not rich
+enough to keep all the information available in a coff symbol
+table. The back end gets around this problem by keeping the original
+symbol table around, "behind the scenes".
+
+When a symbol table is requested (through a call to
+@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab}), a request gets through to
+@code{coff_get_normalized_symtab}. This reads the symbol table from
+the coff file and swaps all the structures inside into the
+internal form. It also fixes up all the pointers in the table
+(represented in the file by offsets from the first symbol in
+the table) into physical pointers to elements in the new
+internal table. This involves some work since the meanings of
+fields change depending upon context: a field that is a
+pointer to another structure in the symbol table at one moment
+may be the size in bytes of a structure at the next.  Another
+pass is made over the table. All symbols which mark file names
+(@code{C_FILE} symbols) are modified so that the internal
+string points to the value in the auxent (the real filename)
+rather than the normal text associated with the symbol
+(@code{".file"}).
+
+At this time the symbol names are moved around. Coff stores
+all symbols less than nine characters long physically
+within the symbol table; longer strings are kept at the end of
+the file in the string 	table. This pass moves all strings
+into memory and replaces them with pointers to the strings.
+
+The symbol table is massaged once again, this time to create
+the canonical table used by the BFD application. Each symbol
+is inspected in turn, and a decision made (using the
+@code{sclass} field) about the various flags to set in the
+@code{asymbol}.  @xref{Symbols}. The generated canonical table
+shares strings with the hidden internal symbol table.
+
+Any linenumbers are read from the coff file too, and attached
+to the symbols which own the functions the linenumbers belong to.
+@*
+@subsubsection Symbol writing
+Writing a symbol to a coff file which didn't come from a coff
+file will lose any debugging information. The @code{asymbol}
+structure remembers the BFD from which the symbol was taken, and on
+output the back end makes sure that the same destination target as
+source target is present.
+
+When the symbols have come from a coff file then all the
+debugging information is preserved.
+
+Symbol tables are provided for writing to the back end in a
+vector of pointers to pointers. This allows applications like
+the linker to accumulate and output large symbol tables
+without having to do too much byte copying.
+
+This function runs through the provided symbol table and
+patches each symbol marked as a file place holder
+(@code{C_FILE}) to point to the next file place holder in the
+list. It also marks each @code{offset} field in the list with
+the offset from the first symbol of the current symbol.
+
+Another function of this procedure is to turn the canonical
+value form of BFD into the form used by coff. Internally, BFD
+expects symbol values to be offsets from a section base; so a
+symbol physically at 0x120, but in a section starting at
+0x100, would have the value 0x20. Coff expects symbols to
+contain their final value, so symbols have their values
+changed at this point to reflect their sum with their owning
+section.  This transformation uses the
+@code{output_section} field of the @code{asymbol}'s
+@code{asection} @xref{Sections}.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{coff_mangle_symbols}
+@end itemize
+This routine runs though the provided symbol table and uses
+the offsets generated by the previous pass and the pointers
+generated when the symbol table was read in to create the
+structured hierachy required by coff. It changes each pointer
+to a symbol into the index into the symbol table of the asymbol.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{coff_write_symbols}
+@end itemize
+This routine runs through the symbol table and patches up the
+symbols from their internal form into the coff way, calls the
+bit twiddlers, and writes out the table to the file.
+@*
+@findex coff_symbol_type
+@subsubsection @code{coff_symbol_type}
+@strong{Description}@*
+The hidden information for an @code{asymbol} is described in a
+@code{combined_entry_type}:
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef struct coff_ptr_struct
+@{
+
+       /* Remembers the offset from the first symbol in the file for
+          this symbol. Generated by coff_renumber_symbols. */
+unsigned int offset;
+
+       /* Should the value of this symbol be renumbered.  Used for
+          XCOFF C_BSTAT symbols.  Set by coff_slurp_symbol_table.  */
+unsigned int fix_value : 1;
+
+       /* Should the tag field of this symbol be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_tag : 1;
+
+       /* Should the endidx field of this symbol be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_end : 1;
+
+       /* Should the x_csect.x_scnlen field be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_scnlen : 1;
+
+       /* Fix up an XCOFF C_BINCL/C_EINCL symbol.  The value is the
+          index into the line number entries.  Set by
+          coff_slurp_symbol_table.  */
+unsigned int fix_line : 1;
+
+       /* The container for the symbol structure as read and translated
+           from the file. */
+
+union @{
+   union internal_auxent auxent;
+   struct internal_syment syment;
+ @} u;
+@} combined_entry_type;
+
+
+/* Each canonical asymbol really looks like this: */
+
+typedef struct coff_symbol_struct
+@{
+   /* The actual symbol which the rest of BFD works with */
+asymbol symbol;
+
+   /* A pointer to the hidden information for this symbol */
+combined_entry_type *native;
+
+   /* A pointer to the linenumber information for this symbol */
+struct lineno_cache_entry *lineno;
+
+   /* Have the line numbers been relocated yet ? */
+boolean done_lineno;
+@} coff_symbol_type;
+@end example
+@findex bfd_coff_backend_data
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_coff_backend_data}
+Special entry points for gdb to swap in coff symbol table parts:
+@example
+typedef struct
+@{
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd,
+       PTR             ext,
+       int             type,
+       int             class,
+       int             indaux,
+       int             numaux,
+       PTR             in));
+
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd ,
+       PTR             ext,
+       PTR             in));
+
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd,
+       PTR            ext,
+       PTR             in));
+
+@end example
+Special entry points for gas to swap out coff parts:
+@example
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) PARAMS ((
+       bfd   	*abfd,
+       PTR	in,
+       int    	type,
+       int    	class,
+       int     indaux,
+       int     numaux,
+       PTR    	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((
+      bfd      *abfd,
+      PTR	in,
+      PTR	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd   	*abfd,
+      	PTR	in,
+	PTR	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd     *abfd,
+     	PTR	src,
+	PTR	dst));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd  	*abfd,
+	PTR 	in,
+	PTR 	out));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd 	*abfd,
+	PTR 	in,
+	PTR	out));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd  	*abfd,
+      	PTR	in,
+	PTR	out));
+
+@end example
+Special entry points for generic COFF routines to call target
+dependent COFF routines:
+@example
+ unsigned int _bfd_filhsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_aoutsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_scnhsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_symesz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_auxesz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_relsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_linesz;
+ boolean _bfd_coff_long_filenames;
+ boolean _bfd_coff_long_section_names;
+ unsigned int _bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power;
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+ PTR (*_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr,
+       PTR     internal_aouthdr));
+ flagword (*_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_scnhdr,
+       const char *name));
+ void (*_bfd_set_alignment_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       PTR     internal_scnhdr));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       struct internal_syment *sym));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+       unsigned int indaux,
+       combined_entry_type *aux));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_print_aux) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       FILE *file,
+       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+       combined_entry_type *aux,
+       unsigned int indaux));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+       arelent *reloc,
+       bfd_byte *data,
+       unsigned int *src_ptr,
+       unsigned int *dst_ptr));
+ int (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       asection *input_section,
+       arelent *r,
+       unsigned int shrink,
+       struct bfd_link_info *link_info));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_sym_is_global) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       struct internal_syment *));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_start_final_link) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *output_bfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_relocate_section) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *output_bfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *input_bfd,
+       asection *input_section,
+       bfd_byte *contents,
+       struct internal_reloc *relocs,
+       struct internal_syment *syms,
+       asection **sections));
+ reloc_howto_type *(*_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       struct internal_reloc *rel,
+       struct coff_link_hash_entry *h,
+       struct internal_syment *sym,
+       bfd_vma *addendp));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *obfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *ibfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       struct internal_reloc *reloc,
+       boolean *adjustedp));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol) PARAMS ((
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *abfd,
+       const char *name,
+       flagword flags, 
+       asection *section,
+       bfd_vma value,
+       const char *string,
+       boolean copy,
+       boolean collect, 
+       struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp));
+
+@} bfd_coff_backend_data;
+
+#define coff_backend_info(abfd) ((bfd_coff_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data)
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_in(a,e,t,c,ind,num,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) (a,e,t,c,ind,num,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_in(a,e,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) (a,e,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in(a,e,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info ( a)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) (a,e,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_out(a,i,t,c,ind,num,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) (a,i,t,c,ind,num,o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_filhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_filhsz)
+#define bfd_coff_aoutsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_aoutsz)
+#define bfd_coff_scnhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_scnhsz)
+#define bfd_coff_symesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_symesz)
+#define bfd_coff_auxesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_auxesz)
+#define bfd_coff_relsz(abfd)  (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_relsz)
+#define bfd_coff_linesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_linesz)
+#define bfd_coff_long_filenames(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_filenames)
+#define bfd_coff_long_section_names(abfd) \
+        (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_section_names)
+#define bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power(abfd) \
+	 (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power)
+#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_bad_format_hook(abfd, filehdr) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook(abfd, filehdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+#define bfd_coff_mkobject_hook(abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_styp_to_sec_flags_hook(abfd, scnhdr, name)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) (abfd, scnhdr, name))
+
+#define bfd_coff_set_alignment_hook(abfd, sec, scnhdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_set_alignment_hook) (abfd, sec, scnhdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table(abfd)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_coff_symname_in_debug(abfd, sym)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) (abfd, sym))
+
+#define bfd_coff_print_aux(abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_print_aux)\
+         (abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux))
+
+#define bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases(abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases)\
+         (abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate(abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate)\
+         (abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info))
+
+#define bfd_coff_sym_is_global(abfd, sym)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global)\
+         (abfd, sym))
+
+#define bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions(abfd)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions)\
+         (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_coff_start_final_link(obfd, info)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (obfd)->_bfd_coff_start_final_link)\
+         (obfd, info))
+#define bfd_coff_relocate_section(obfd,info,ibfd,o,con,rel,isyms,secs)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (ibfd)->_bfd_coff_relocate_section)\
+         (obfd, info, ibfd, o, con, rel, isyms, secs))
+#define bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto(abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto)\
+         (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp))
+#define bfd_coff_adjust_symndx(obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx)\
+         (obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp))
+#define bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol(info,abfd,name,flags,section,value,string,cp,coll,hashp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol)\
+         (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string, cp, coll, hashp))
+
+@end example
+@subsubsection Writing relocations
+To write relocations, the back end steps though the
+canonical relocation table and create an
+@code{internal_reloc}. The symbol index to use is removed from
+the @code{offset} field in the symbol table supplied.  The
+address comes directly from the sum of the section base
+address and the relocation offset; the type is dug directly
+from the howto field.  Then the @code{internal_reloc} is
+swapped into the shape of an @code{external_reloc} and written
+out to disk.
+@*
+@subsubsection Reading linenumbers
+Creating the linenumber table is done by reading in the entire
+coff linenumber table, and creating another table for internal use.
+
+A coff linenumber table is structured so that each function
+is marked as having a line number of 0. Each line within the
+function is an offset from the first line in the function. The
+base of the line number information for the table is stored in
+the symbol associated with the function.
+
+The information is copied from the external to the internal
+table, and each symbol which marks a function is marked by
+pointing its...
+
+How does this work ?
+@*
+@subsubsection Reading relocations
+Coff relocations are easily transformed into the internal BFD form
+(@code{arelent}).
+
+Reading a coff relocation table is done in the following stages:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Read the entire coff relocation table into memory.
+
+@item
+Process each relocation in turn; first swap it from the
+external to the internal form.
+
+@item
+Turn the symbol referenced in the relocation's symbol index
+into a pointer into the canonical symbol table.
+This table is the same as the one returned by a call to
+@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab}. The back end will call that
+routine and save the result if a canonicalization hasn't been done.
+
+@item
+The reloc index is turned into a pointer to a howto
+structure, in a back end specific way. For instance, the 386
+and 960 use the @code{r_type} to directly produce an index
+into a howto table vector; the 88k subtracts a number from the
+@code{r_type} field and creates an addend field.
+@end itemize
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/core.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/core.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..841daa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/core.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+@section Core files
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+These are functions pertaining to core files.
+@*
+@findex bfd_core_file_failing_command
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_core_file_failing_command}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+CONST char *bfd_core_file_failing_command(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a read-only string explaining which program was running
+when it failed and produced the core file @var{abfd}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_core_file_failing_signal
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_core_file_failing_signal}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+int bfd_core_file_failing_signal(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Returns the signal number which caused the core dump which
+generated the file the BFD @var{abfd} is attached to.
+@*
+@findex core_file_matches_executable_p
+@subsubsection @code{core_file_matches_executable_p}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean core_file_matches_executable_p
+   (bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return @code{true} if the core file attached to @var{core_bfd}
+was generated by a run of the executable file attached to
+@var{exec_bfd}, @code{false} otherwise.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/doc.str b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/doc.str
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9368599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/doc.str
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+: DOCDD
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command kill_bogus_lines catstr
+	;
+
+: ENDDD
+	skip_past_newline
+	;
+
+: EXAMPLE
+	skip_past_newline	
+	get_stuff_in_command kill_bogus_lines do_fancy_stuff translatecomments 
+	courierize catstr
+
+	;
+
+: INODE 
+	"@node " catstr skip_past_newline copy_past_newline catstr 
+	;
+
+: CODE_FRAGMENT
+	EXAMPLE 
+	;
+
+: COMMENT
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	drop
+	;
+
+: SYNOPSIS
+	skip_past_newline
+	"@strong{Synopsis}\n" catstr
+	"@example\n" catstr
+	get_stuff_in_command  
+	kill_bogus_lines
+	indent
+	catstr
+	"@end example\n" catstr
+
+	;
+
+: func
+	"@findex "	- a
+	skip_past_newline
+	copy_past_newline
+	dup		- a x x 
+	"@subsubsection @code{" - a x x b 
+	swap
+	remchar
+	"}\n" - a x b x c
+	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 
+	;
+
+: FUNCTION
+	"@findex "	- a
+	skip_past_newline
+	copy_past_newline
+	dup		- a x x 
+	"@subsubsection @code{" - a x x b 
+	swap
+	remchar
+	"}\n" - a x b x c
+	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 	catstr 
+	;
+
+: bodytext
+	get_stuff_in_command 
+	bulletize
+	kill_bogus_lines
+	do_fancy_stuff
+	courierize
+	catstr
+	"@*\n" catstr
+	;
+
+: asection
+	skip_past_newline
+	catstr
+	copy_past_newline 	
+	do_fancy_stuff catstr 	
+	bodytext	
+	;
+
+: SECTION 
+	"@section " asection  ;
+
+: SUBSECTION
+	"@subsection " asection  ;
+
+: SUBSUBSECTION
+	"@subsubsection " asection  ;
+
+: subhead
+	skip_past_newline
+	bodytext
+	;
+
+
+
+	
+: DESCRIPTION 
+	"@strong{Description}@*\n" catstr subhead ;
+
+: RETURNS
+	"@strong{Returns}@*\n" catstr subhead ;
+
+: INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	func ;
+
+
+: INTERNAL_DEFINITION 
+	func ;
+
+
+: INTERNAL
+	func ;
+
+: TYPEDEF
+	FUNCTION ;
+
+: SENUM
+	skip_past_newline
+	"Here are the possible values for @code{enum "
+	copy_past_newline remchar catstr
+	"}:\n\n" catstr catstr
+	;
+: ENUM
+	skip_past_newline
+	"@deffn {} "
+	copy_past_newline catstr catstr
+	;
+: ENUMX
+	skip_past_newline
+	"@deffnx {} "
+	copy_past_newline catstr
+	catstr
+	;
+: ENUMEQ
+	skip_past_newline
+	"@deffn {} "
+	copy_past_newline catstr catstr
+	skip_past_newline
+	;
+: ENUMEQX
+	skip_past_newline
+	"@deffnx {} "
+	copy_past_newline catstr
+	catstr
+	skip_past_newline
+	;
+: ENUMDOC
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	strip_trailing_newlines
+	catstr
+	"\n@end deffn\n" catstr
+	;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elf.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elf.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..673654c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elf.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+@section ELF backends
+BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
+Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
+(running svr4 or Solaris 2).
+
+Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
+to be written.  The code is changing quickly enough that we
+haven't bothered yet.
+@*
+@findex bfd_elf_find_section
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_elf_find_section}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
+Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
+internal hook to find them.  Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
+isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
+mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elfcode.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elfcode.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/elfcode.texi
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/format.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/format.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d30a41b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/format.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+@section File formats
+A format is a BFD concept of high level file contents type. The
+formats supported by BFD are: 
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_object}
+@end itemize
+The BFD may contain data, symbols, relocations and debug info.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_archive}
+@end itemize
+The BFD contains other BFDs and an optional index.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_core}
+@end itemize
+The BFD contains the result of an executable core dump.
+@*
+@findex bfd_check_format
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_check_format}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_check_format(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Verify if the file attached to the BFD @var{abfd} is compatible
+with the format @var{format} (i.e., one of @code{bfd_object},
+@code{bfd_archive} or @code{bfd_core}).
+
+If the BFD has been set to a specific target before the
+call, only the named target and format combination is
+checked. If the target has not been set, or has been set to
+@code{default}, then all the known target backends is
+interrogated to determine a match.  If the default target
+matches, it is used.  If not, exactly one target must recognize
+the file, or an error results.
+
+The function returns @code{true} on success, otherwise @code{false}
+with one of the following error codes:  
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} -
+if @code{format} is not one of @code{bfd_object}, @code{bfd_archive} or
+@code{bfd_core}.
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_system_call} -
+if an error occured during a read - even some file mismatches
+can cause bfd_error_system_calls.
+
+@item
+@code{file_not_recognised} -
+none of the backends recognised the file format.
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized} -
+more than one backend recognised the file format.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_check_format_matches
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_check_format_matches}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_check_format_matches(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format, char ***matching);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Like @code{bfd_check_format}, except when it returns false with
+@code{bfd_errno} set to @code{bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized}.  In that
+case, if @var{matching} is not NULL, it will be filled in with
+a NULL-terminated list of the names of the formats that matched,
+allocated with @code{malloc}.
+Then the user may choose a format and try again.
+
+When done with the list that @var{matching} points to, the caller
+should free it.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_format
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_format}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_format(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+This function sets the file format of the BFD @var{abfd} to the
+format @var{format}. If the target set in the BFD does not
+support the format requested, the format is invalid, or the BFD
+is not open for writing, then an error occurs.
+@*
+@findex bfd_format_string
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_format_string}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+CONST char *bfd_format_string(bfd_format format);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a pointer to a const string
+@code{invalid}, @code{object}, @code{archive}, @code{core}, or @code{unknown},
+depending upon the value of @var{format}.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/hash.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/hash.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4147ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/hash.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+@section Hash Tables
+@cindex Hash tables
+BFD provides a simple set of hash table functions.  Routines
+are provided to initialize a hash table, to free a hash table,
+to look up a string in a hash table and optionally create an
+entry for it, and to traverse a hash table.  There is
+currently no routine to delete an string from a hash table.
+
+The basic hash table does not permit any data to be stored
+with a string.  However, a hash table is designed to present a
+base class from which other types of hash tables may be
+derived.  These derived types may store additional information
+with the string.  Hash tables were implemented in this way,
+rather than simply providing a data pointer in a hash table
+entry, because they were designed for use by the linker back
+ends.  The linker may create thousands of hash table entries,
+and the overhead of allocating private data and storing and
+following pointers becomes noticeable.
+
+The basic hash table code is in @code{hash.c}.
+
+@menu
+* Creating and Freeing a Hash Table::
+* Looking Up or Entering a String::
+* Traversing a Hash Table::
+* Deriving a New Hash Table Type::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Creating and Freeing a Hash Table, Looking Up or Entering a String, Hash Tables, Hash Tables
+@subsection Creating and freeing a hash table
+@findex bfd_hash_table_init
+@findex bfd_hash_table_init_n
+To create a hash table, create an instance of a @code{struct
+bfd_hash_table} (defined in @code{bfd.h}) and call
+@code{bfd_hash_table_init} (if you know approximately how many
+entries you will need, the function @code{bfd_hash_table_init_n},
+which takes a @var{size} argument, may be used).
+@code{bfd_hash_table_init} returns @code{false} if some sort of
+error occurs.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_newfunc
+The function @code{bfd_hash_table_init} take as an argument a
+function to use to create new entries.  For a basic hash
+table, use the function @code{bfd_hash_newfunc}.  @xref{Deriving
+a New Hash Table Type} for why you would want to use a
+different value for this argument.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_allocate
+@code{bfd_hash_table_init} will create an objalloc which will be
+used to allocate new entries.  You may allocate memory on this
+objalloc using @code{bfd_hash_allocate}.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_table_free
+Use @code{bfd_hash_table_free} to free up all the memory that has
+been allocated for a hash table.  This will not free up the
+@code{struct bfd_hash_table} itself, which you must provide.
+@*
+@node Looking Up or Entering a String, Traversing a Hash Table, Creating and Freeing a Hash Table, Hash Tables
+@subsection Looking up or entering a string
+@findex bfd_hash_lookup
+The function @code{bfd_hash_lookup} is used both to look up a
+string in the hash table and to create a new entry.
+
+If the @var{create} argument is @code{false}, @code{bfd_hash_lookup}
+will look up a string.  If the string is found, it will
+returns a pointer to a @code{struct bfd_hash_entry}.  If the
+string is not found in the table @code{bfd_hash_lookup} will
+return @code{NULL}.  You should not modify any of the fields in
+the returns @code{struct bfd_hash_entry}.
+
+If the @var{create} argument is @code{true}, the string will be
+entered into the hash table if it is not already there.
+Either way a pointer to a @code{struct bfd_hash_entry} will be
+returned, either to the existing structure or to a newly
+created one.  In this case, a @code{NULL} return means that an
+error occurred.
+
+If the @var{create} argument is @code{true}, and a new entry is
+created, the @var{copy} argument is used to decide whether to
+copy the string onto the hash table objalloc or not.  If
+@var{copy} is passed as @code{false}, you must be careful not to
+deallocate or modify the string as long as the hash table
+exists.
+@*
+@node Traversing a Hash Table, Deriving a New Hash Table Type, Looking Up or Entering a String, Hash Tables
+@subsection Traversing a hash table
+@findex bfd_hash_traverse
+The function @code{bfd_hash_traverse} may be used to traverse a
+hash table, calling a function on each element.  The traversal
+is done in a random order.
+
+@code{bfd_hash_traverse} takes as arguments a function and a
+generic @code{void *} pointer.  The function is called with a
+hash table entry (a @code{struct bfd_hash_entry *}) and the
+generic pointer passed to @code{bfd_hash_traverse}.  The function
+must return a @code{boolean} value, which indicates whether to
+continue traversing the hash table.  If the function returns
+@code{false}, @code{bfd_hash_traverse} will stop the traversal and
+return immediately.
+@*
+@node Deriving a New Hash Table Type, , Traversing a Hash Table, Hash Tables
+@subsection Deriving a new hash table type
+Many uses of hash tables want to store additional information
+which each entry in the hash table.  Some also find it
+convenient to store additional information with the hash table
+itself.  This may be done using a derived hash table.
+
+Since C is not an object oriented language, creating a derived
+hash table requires sticking together some boilerplate
+routines with a few differences specific to the type of hash
+table you want to create.
+
+An example of a derived hash table is the linker hash table.
+The structures for this are defined in @code{bfdlink.h}.  The
+functions are in @code{linker.c}.
+
+You may also derive a hash table from an already derived hash
+table.  For example, the a.out linker backend code uses a hash
+table derived from the linker hash table.
+
+@menu
+* Define the Derived Structures::
+* Write the Derived Creation Routine::
+* Write Other Derived Routines::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Define the Derived Structures, Write the Derived Creation Routine, Deriving a New Hash Table Type, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+@subsubsection Define the derived structures
+You must define a structure for an entry in the hash table,
+and a structure for the hash table itself.
+
+The first field in the structure for an entry in the hash
+table must be of the type used for an entry in the hash table
+you are deriving from.  If you are deriving from a basic hash
+table this is @code{struct bfd_hash_entry}, which is defined in
+@code{bfd.h}.  The first field in the structure for the hash
+table itself must be of the type of the hash table you are
+deriving from itself.  If you are deriving from a basic hash
+table, this is @code{struct bfd_hash_table}.
+
+For example, the linker hash table defines @code{struct
+bfd_link_hash_entry} (in @code{bfdlink.h}).  The first field,
+@code{root}, is of type @code{struct bfd_hash_entry}.  Similarly,
+the first field in @code{struct bfd_link_hash_table}, @code{table},
+is of type @code{struct bfd_hash_table}.
+@*
+@node Write the Derived Creation Routine, Write Other Derived Routines, Define the Derived Structures, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+@subsubsection Write the derived creation routine
+You must write a routine which will create and initialize an
+entry in the hash table.  This routine is passed as the
+function argument to @code{bfd_hash_table_init}.
+
+In order to permit other hash tables to be derived from the
+hash table you are creating, this routine must be written in a
+standard way.
+
+The first argument to the creation routine is a pointer to a
+hash table entry.  This may be @code{NULL}, in which case the
+routine should allocate the right amount of space.  Otherwise
+the space has already been allocated by a hash table type
+derived from this one.
+
+After allocating space, the creation routine must call the
+creation routine of the hash table type it is derived from,
+passing in a pointer to the space it just allocated.  This
+will initialize any fields used by the base hash table.
+
+Finally the creation routine must initialize any local fields
+for the new hash table type.
+
+Here is a boilerplate example of a creation routine.
+@var{function_name} is the name of the routine.
+@var{entry_type} is the type of an entry in the hash table you
+are creating.  @var{base_newfunc} is the name of the creation
+routine of the hash table type your hash table is derived
+from.
+@*
+.struct bfd_hash_entry *
+@example
+@var{function_name} (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+@{
+  struct @var{entry_type} *ret = (@var{entry_type} *) entry;
+
+ /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+    derived class.  */
+  if (ret == (@var{entry_type} *) NULL)
+    @{
+      ret = ((@var{entry_type} *)
+	      bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (@var{entry_type})));
+      if (ret == (@var{entry_type} *) NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    @}
+
+ /* Call the allocation method of the base class.  */
+  ret = ((@var{entry_type} *)
+	 @var{base_newfunc} ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+ /* Initialize the local fields here.  */
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+@}
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+The creation routine for the linker hash table, which is in
+@code{linker.c}, looks just like this example.
+@var{function_name} is @code{_bfd_link_hash_newfunc}.
+@var{entry_type} is @code{struct bfd_link_hash_entry}.
+@var{base_newfunc} is @code{bfd_hash_newfunc}, the creation
+routine for a basic hash table.
+
+@code{_bfd_link_hash_newfunc} also initializes the local fields
+in a linker hash table entry: @code{type}, @code{written} and
+@code{next}.
+@*
+@node Write Other Derived Routines, , Write the Derived Creation Routine, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+@subsubsection Write other derived routines
+You will want to write other routines for your new hash table,
+as well.  
+
+You will want an initialization routine which calls the
+initialization routine of the hash table you are deriving from
+and initializes any other local fields.  For the linker hash
+table, this is @code{_bfd_link_hash_table_init} in @code{linker.c}.
+
+You will want a lookup routine which calls the lookup routine
+of the hash table you are deriving from and casts the result.
+The linker hash table uses @code{bfd_link_hash_lookup} in
+@code{linker.c} (this actually takes an additional argument which
+it uses to decide how to return the looked up value).
+
+You may want a traversal routine.  This should just call the
+traversal routine of the hash table you are deriving from with
+appropriate casts.  The linker hash table uses
+@code{bfd_link_hash_traverse} in @code{linker.c}.
+
+These routines may simply be defined as macros.  For example,
+the a.out backend linker hash table, which is derived from the
+linker hash table, uses macros for the lookup and traversal
+routines.  These are @code{aout_link_hash_lookup} and
+@code{aout_link_hash_traverse} in aoutx.h.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/init.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/init.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2902eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/init.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+@section Initialization
+These are the functions that handle initializing a BFD.
+@*
+@findex bfd_init
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_init}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_init(void);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+This routine must be called before any other BFD function to
+initialize magical internal data structures.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/libbfd.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/libbfd.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..002e2f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/libbfd.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+@section Internal functions
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+These routines are used within BFD.
+They are not intended for export, but are documented here for
+completeness.
+@*
+@findex bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int(bfd *abfd,  int i);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Write a 4 byte integer @var{i} to the output BFD @var{abfd}, in big
+endian order regardless of what else is going on.  This is useful in
+archives.
+@*
+@findex bfd_put_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_put_size}
+@findex bfd_get_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_size}
+@strong{Description}@*
+These macros as used for reading and writing raw data in
+sections; each access (except for bytes) is vectored through
+the target format of the BFD and mangled accordingly. The
+mangling performs any necessary endian translations and
+removes alignment restrictions.  Note that types accepted and
+returned by these macros are identical so they can be swapped
+around in macros---for example, @file{libaout.h} defines @code{GET_WORD}
+to either @code{bfd_get_32} or @code{bfd_get_64}.
+
+In the put routines, @var{val} must be a @code{bfd_vma}.  If we are on a
+system without prototypes, the caller is responsible for making
+sure that is true, with a cast if necessary.  We don't cast
+them in the macro definitions because that would prevent @code{lint}
+or @code{gcc -Wall} from detecting sins such as passing a pointer.
+To detect calling these with less than a @code{bfd_vma}, use
+@code{gcc -Wconversion} on a host with 64 bit @code{bfd_vma}'s.
+@example
+
+ /* Byte swapping macros for user section data.  */
+
+#define bfd_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                (*((unsigned char *)(ptr)) = (unsigned char)(val))
+#define bfd_put_signed_8 \
+		bfd_put_8
+#define bfd_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+                (*(unsigned char *)(ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		((*(unsigned char *)(ptr) ^ 0x80) - 0x80)
+
+#define bfd_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx16, ((val),(ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_16 \
+		 bfd_put_16
+#define bfd_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx16, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+         	 BFD_SEND (abfd, bfd_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx32, ((val),(ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_32 \
+		 bfd_put_32
+#define bfd_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx32, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx64, ((val), (ptr)))
+#define bfd_put_signed_64 \
+		 bfd_put_64
+#define bfd_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx64, (ptr))
+#define bfd_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_h_put_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_h_put_size}
+@strong{Description}@*
+These macros have the same function as their @code{bfd_get_x}
+bretheren, except that they are used for removing information
+for the header records of object files. Believe it or not,
+some object files keep their header records in big endian
+order and their data in little endian order.
+@example
+
+ /* Byte swapping macros for file header data.  */
+
+#define bfd_h_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		bfd_get_8 (abfd, ptr)
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+		bfd_get_signed_8 (abfd, ptr)
+
+#define bfd_h_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx16,(val,ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_16 \
+		 bfd_h_put_16
+#define bfd_h_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx16,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_h_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx32,(val,ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_32 \
+		 bfd_h_put_32
+#define bfd_h_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx32,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+
+#define bfd_h_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx64,(val, ptr))
+#define bfd_h_put_signed_64 \
+		 bfd_h_put_64
+#define bfd_h_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx64,(ptr))
+#define bfd_h_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_log2
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_log2}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+unsigned int bfd_log2(bfd_vma x);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the log base 2 of the value supplied, rounded up.  E.g., an
+@var{x} of 1025 returns 11.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/linker.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/linker.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cd6268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/linker.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+@section Linker Functions
+@cindex Linker
+The linker uses three special entry points in the BFD target
+vector.  It is not necessary to write special routines for
+these entry points when creating a new BFD back end, since
+generic versions are provided.  However, writing them can
+speed up linking and make it use significantly less runtime
+memory.
+
+The first routine creates a hash table used by the other
+routines.  The second routine adds the symbols from an object
+file to the hash table.  The third routine takes all the
+object files and links them together to create the output
+file.  These routines are designed so that the linker proper
+does not need to know anything about the symbols in the object
+files that it is linking.  The linker merely arranges the
+sections as directed by the linker script and lets BFD handle
+the details of symbols and relocs.
+
+The second routine and third routines are passed a pointer to
+a @code{struct bfd_link_info} structure (defined in
+@code{bfdlink.h}) which holds information relevant to the link,
+including the linker hash table (which was created by the
+first routine) and a set of callback functions to the linker
+proper.
+
+The generic linker routines are in @code{linker.c}, and use the
+header file @code{genlink.h}.  As of this writing, the only back
+ends which have implemented versions of these routines are
+a.out (in @code{aoutx.h}) and ECOFF (in @code{ecoff.c}).  The a.out
+routines are used as examples throughout this section.
+
+@menu	
+* Creating a Linker Hash Table::
+* Adding Symbols to the Hash Table::
+* Performing the Final Link::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Creating a Linker Hash Table, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Linker Functions, Linker Functions
+@subsection Creating a linker hash table
+@cindex _bfd_link_hash_table_create in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_link_hash_table_create)
+The linker routines must create a hash table, which must be
+derived from @code{struct bfd_link_hash_table} described in
+@code{bfdlink.c}.  @xref{Hash Tables} for information on how to
+create a derived hash table.  This entry point is called using
+the target vector of the linker output file.
+
+The @code{_bfd_link_hash_table_create} entry point must allocate
+and initialize an instance of the desired hash table.  If the
+back end does not require any additional information to be
+stored with the entries in the hash table, the entry point may
+simply create a @code{struct bfd_link_hash_table}.  Most likely,
+however, some additional information will be needed.
+
+For example, with each entry in the hash table the a.out
+linker keeps the index the symbol has in the final output file
+(this index number is used so that when doing a relocateable
+link the symbol index used in the output file can be quickly
+filled in when copying over a reloc).  The a.out linker code
+defines the required structures and functions for a hash table
+derived from @code{struct bfd_link_hash_table}.  The a.out linker
+hash table is created by the function
+@code{NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create)}; it simply allocates
+space for the hash table, initializes it, and returns a
+pointer to it.
+
+When writing the linker routines for a new back end, you will
+generally not know exactly which fields will be required until
+you have finished.  You should simply create a new hash table
+which defines no additional fields, and then simply add fields
+as they become necessary.
+@*
+@node Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Performing the Final Link, Creating a Linker Hash Table, Linker Functions
+@subsection Adding symbols to the hash table
+@cindex _bfd_link_add_symbols in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_link_add_symbols)
+The linker proper will call the @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols}
+entry point for each object file or archive which is to be
+linked (typically these are the files named on the command
+line, but some may also come from the linker script).  The
+entry point is responsible for examining the file.  For an
+object file, BFD must add any relevant symbol information to
+the hash table.  For an archive, BFD must determine which
+elements of the archive should be used and adding them to the
+link.
+
+The a.out version of this entry point is
+@code{NAME(aout,link_add_symbols)}.
+
+@menu
+* Differing file formats::
+* Adding symbols from an object file::
+* Adding symbols from an archive::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Differing file formats, Adding symbols from an object file, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+@subsubsection Differing file formats
+Normally all the files involved in a link will be of the same
+format, but it is also possible to link together different
+format object files, and the back end must support that.  The
+@code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} entry point is called via the target
+vector of the file to be added.  This has an important
+consequence: the function may not assume that the hash table
+is the type created by the corresponding
+@code{_bfd_link_hash_table_create} vector.  All the
+@code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} function can assume about the hash
+table is that it is derived from @code{struct
+bfd_link_hash_table}.
+
+Sometimes the @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} function must store
+some information in the hash table entry to be used by the
+@code{_bfd_final_link} function.  In such a case the @code{creator}
+field of the hash table must be checked to make sure that the
+hash table was created by an object file of the same format.
+
+The @code{_bfd_final_link} routine must be prepared to handle a
+hash entry without any extra information added by the
+@code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} function.  A hash entry without
+extra information will also occur when the linker script
+directs the linker to create a symbol.  Note that, regardless
+of how a hash table entry is added, all the fields will be
+initialized to some sort of null value by the hash table entry
+initialization function.
+
+See @code{ecoff_link_add_externals} for an example of how to
+check the @code{creator} field before saving information (in this
+case, the ECOFF external symbol debugging information) in a
+hash table entry.
+@*
+@node Adding symbols from an object file, Adding symbols from an archive, Differing file formats, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+@subsubsection Adding symbols from an object file
+When the @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} routine is passed an object
+file, it must add all externally visible symbols in that
+object file to the hash table.  The actual work of adding the
+symbol to the hash table is normally handled by the function
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol}.  The
+@code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} routine is responsible for reading
+all the symbols from the object file and passing the correct
+information to @code{_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol}.
+
+The @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} routine should not use
+@code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab} to read the symbols.  The point of
+providing this routine is to avoid the overhead of converting
+the symbols into generic @code{asymbol} structures.
+
+@findex _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol} handles the details of
+combining common symbols, warning about multiple definitions,
+and so forth.  It takes arguments which describe the symbol to
+add, notably symbol flags, a section, and an offset.  The
+symbol flags include such things as @code{BSF_WEAK} or
+@code{BSF_INDIRECT}.  The section is a section in the object
+file, or something like @code{bfd_und_section_ptr} for an undefined
+symbol or @code{bfd_com_section_ptr} for a common symbol.
+
+If the @code{_bfd_final_link} routine is also going to need to
+read the symbol information, the @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols}
+routine should save it somewhere attached to the object file
+BFD.  However, the information should only be saved if the
+@code{keep_memory} field of the @code{info} argument is true, so
+that the @code{-no-keep-memory} linker switch is effective.
+
+The a.out function which adds symbols from an object file is
+@code{aout_link_add_object_symbols}, and most of the interesting
+work is in @code{aout_link_add_symbols}.  The latter saves
+pointers to the hash tables entries created by
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol} indexed by symbol number,
+so that the @code{_bfd_final_link} routine does not have to call
+the hash table lookup routine to locate the entry.
+@*
+@node Adding symbols from an archive, , Adding symbols from an object file, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+@subsubsection Adding symbols from an archive
+When the @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} routine is passed an
+archive, it must look through the symbols defined by the
+archive and decide which elements of the archive should be
+included in the link.  For each such element it must call the
+@code{add_archive_element} linker callback, and it must add the
+symbols from the object file to the linker hash table.
+
+@findex _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+In most cases the work of looking through the symbols in the
+archive should be done by the
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols} function.  This
+function builds a hash table from the archive symbol table and
+looks through the list of undefined symbols to see which
+elements should be included.
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols} is passed a function
+to call to make the final decision about adding an archive
+element to the link and to do the actual work of adding the
+symbols to the linker hash table.
+
+The function passed to
+@code{_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols} must read the
+symbols of the archive element and decide whether the archive
+element should be included in the link.  If the element is to
+be included, the @code{add_archive_element} linker callback
+routine must be called with the element as an argument, and
+the elements symbols must be added to the linker hash table
+just as though the element had itself been passed to the
+@code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} function.
+
+When the a.out @code{_bfd_link_add_symbols} function receives an
+archive, it calls @code{_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols}
+passing @code{aout_link_check_archive_element} as the function
+argument. @code{aout_link_check_archive_element} calls
+@code{aout_link_check_ar_symbols}.  If the latter decides to add
+the element (an element is only added if it provides a real,
+non-common, definition for a previously undefined or common
+symbol) it calls the @code{add_archive_element} callback and then
+@code{aout_link_check_archive_element} calls
+@code{aout_link_add_symbols} to actually add the symbols to the
+linker hash table.
+
+The ECOFF back end is unusual in that it does not normally
+call @code{_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols}, because ECOFF
+archives already contain a hash table of symbols.  The ECOFF
+back end searches the archive itself to avoid the overhead of
+creating a new hash table.
+@*
+@node Performing the Final Link, , Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Linker Functions
+@subsection Performing the final link
+@cindex _bfd_link_final_link in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_final_link)
+When all the input files have been processed, the linker calls
+the @code{_bfd_final_link} entry point of the output BFD.  This
+routine is responsible for producing the final output file,
+which has several aspects.  It must relocate the contents of
+the input sections and copy the data into the output sections.
+It must build an output symbol table including any local
+symbols from the input files and the global symbols from the
+hash table.  When producing relocateable output, it must
+modify the input relocs and write them into the output file.
+There may also be object format dependent work to be done.
+
+The linker will also call the @code{write_object_contents} entry
+point when the BFD is closed.  The two entry points must work
+together in order to produce the correct output file.
+
+The details of how this works are inevitably dependent upon
+the specific object file format.  The a.out
+@code{_bfd_final_link} routine is @code{NAME(aout,final_link)}.
+
+@menu
+* Information provided by the linker::
+* Relocating the section contents::
+* Writing the symbol table::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Information provided by the linker, Relocating the section contents, Performing the Final Link, Performing the Final Link
+@subsubsection Information provided by the linker
+Before the linker calls the @code{_bfd_final_link} entry point,
+it sets up some data structures for the function to use.
+
+The @code{input_bfds} field of the @code{bfd_link_info} structure
+will point to a list of all the input files included in the
+link.  These files are linked through the @code{link_next} field
+of the @code{bfd} structure.
+
+Each section in the output file will have a list of
+@code{link_order} structures attached to the @code{link_order_head}
+field (the @code{link_order} structure is defined in
+@code{bfdlink.h}).  These structures describe how to create the
+contents of the output section in terms of the contents of
+various input sections, fill constants, and, eventually, other
+types of information.  They also describe relocs that must be
+created by the BFD backend, but do not correspond to any input
+file; this is used to support -Ur, which builds constructors
+while generating a relocateable object file.
+@*
+@node Relocating the section contents, Writing the symbol table, Information provided by the linker, Performing the Final Link
+@subsubsection Relocating the section contents
+The @code{_bfd_final_link} function should look through the
+@code{link_order} structures attached to each section of the
+output file.  Each @code{link_order} structure should either be
+handled specially, or it should be passed to the function
+@code{_bfd_default_link_order} which will do the right thing
+(@code{_bfd_default_link_order} is defined in @code{linker.c}).
+
+For efficiency, a @code{link_order} of type
+@code{bfd_indirect_link_order} whose associated section belongs
+to a BFD of the same format as the output BFD must be handled
+specially.  This type of @code{link_order} describes part of an
+output section in terms of a section belonging to one of the
+input files.  The @code{_bfd_final_link} function should read the
+contents of the section and any associated relocs, apply the
+relocs to the section contents, and write out the modified
+section contents.  If performing a relocateable link, the
+relocs themselves must also be modified and written out.
+
+@findex _bfd_relocate_contents
+@findex _bfd_final_link_relocate
+The functions @code{_bfd_relocate_contents} and
+@code{_bfd_final_link_relocate} provide some general support for
+performing the actual relocations, notably overflow checking.
+Their arguments include information about the symbol the
+relocation is against and a @code{reloc_howto_type} argument
+which describes the relocation to perform.  These functions
+are defined in @code{reloc.c}.
+
+The a.out function which handles reading, relocating, and
+writing section contents is @code{aout_link_input_section}.  The
+actual relocation is done in @code{aout_link_input_section_std}
+and @code{aout_link_input_section_ext}.
+@*
+@node Writing the symbol table, , Relocating the section contents, Performing the Final Link
+@subsubsection Writing the symbol table
+The @code{_bfd_final_link} function must gather all the symbols
+in the input files and write them out.  It must also write out
+all the symbols in the global hash table.  This must be
+controlled by the @code{strip} and @code{discard} fields of the
+@code{bfd_link_info} structure.
+
+The local symbols of the input files will not have been
+entered into the linker hash table.  The @code{_bfd_final_link}
+routine must consider each input file and include the symbols
+in the output file.  It may be convenient to do this when
+looking through the @code{link_order} structures, or it may be
+done by stepping through the @code{input_bfds} list.
+
+The @code{_bfd_final_link} routine must also traverse the global
+hash table to gather all the externally visible symbols.  It
+is possible that most of the externally visible symbols may be
+written out when considering the symbols of each input file,
+but it is still necessary to traverse the hash table since the
+linker script may have defined some symbols that are not in
+any of the input files.
+
+The @code{strip} field of the @code{bfd_link_info} structure
+controls which symbols are written out.  The possible values
+are listed in @code{bfdlink.h}.  If the value is @code{strip_some},
+then the @code{keep_hash} field of the @code{bfd_link_info}
+structure is a hash table of symbols to keep; each symbol
+should be looked up in this hash table, and only symbols which
+are present should be included in the output file.
+
+If the @code{strip} field of the @code{bfd_link_info} structure
+permits local symbols to be written out, the @code{discard} field
+is used to further controls which local symbols are included
+in the output file.  If the value is @code{discard_l}, then all
+local symbols which begin with a certain prefix are discarded;
+this is controlled by the @code{bfd_is_local_label_name} entry point.
+
+The a.out backend handles symbols by calling
+@code{aout_link_write_symbols} on each input BFD and then
+traversing the global hash table with the function
+@code{aout_link_write_other_symbol}.  It builds a string table
+while writing out the symbols, which is written to the output
+file at the end of @code{NAME(aout,final_link)}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_link_split_section
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_link_split_section}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_link_split_section(bfd *abfd, asection *sec);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return nonzero if @var{sec} should be split during a
+reloceatable or final link.
+@example
+#define bfd_link_split_section(abfd, sec) \
+       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_split_section, (abfd, sec))
+
+@end example
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/opncls.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/opncls.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07456d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/opncls.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+@section Opening and closing BFDs
+
+@*
+@findex bfd_openr
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_openr}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_openr(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Open the file @var{filename} (using @code{fopen}) with the target
+@var{target}.  Return a pointer to the created BFD.
+
+Calls @code{bfd_find_target}, so @var{target} is interpreted as by
+that function.
+
+If @code{NULL} is returned then an error has occured.   Possible errors
+are @code{bfd_error_no_memory}, @code{bfd_error_invalid_target} or @code{system_call} error.
+@*
+@findex bfd_fdopenr
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_fdopenr}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_fdopenr(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target, int fd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+@code{bfd_fdopenr} is to @code{bfd_fopenr} much like @code{fdopen} is to @code{fopen}.
+It opens a BFD on a file already described by the @var{fd}
+supplied.
+
+When the file is later @code{bfd_close}d, the file descriptor will be closed.
+
+If the caller desires that this file descriptor be cached by BFD
+(opened as needed, closed as needed to free descriptors for
+other opens), with the supplied @var{fd} used as an initial
+file descriptor (but subject to closure at any time), call
+bfd_set_cacheable(bfd, 1) on the returned BFD.  The default is to
+assume no cacheing; the file descriptor will remain open until
+@code{bfd_close}, and will not be affected by BFD operations on other
+files.
+
+Possible errors are @code{bfd_error_no_memory}, @code{bfd_error_invalid_target} and @code{bfd_error_system_call}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_openstreamr
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_openstreamr}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_openstreamr(const char *, const char *, PTR);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Open a BFD for read access on an existing stdio stream.  When
+the BFD is passed to @code{bfd_close}, the stream will be closed.
+@*
+@findex bfd_openw
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_openw}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_openw(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a BFD, associated with file @var{filename}, using the
+file format @var{target}, and return a pointer to it.
+
+Possible errors are @code{bfd_error_system_call}, @code{bfd_error_no_memory},
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_target}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_close
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_close}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_close(bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Close a BFD. If the BFD was open for writing,
+then pending operations are completed and the file written out
+and closed. If the created file is executable, then
+@code{chmod} is called to mark it as such.
+
+All memory attached to the BFD is released.
+
+The file descriptor associated with the BFD is closed (even
+if it was passed in to BFD by @code{bfd_fdopenr}).
+@*
+@strong{Returns}@*
+@code{true} is returned if all is ok, otherwise @code{false}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_close_all_done
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_close_all_done}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_close_all_done(bfd *);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Close a BFD.  Differs from @code{bfd_close}
+since it does not complete any pending operations.  This
+routine would be used if the application had just used BFD for
+swapping and didn't want to use any of the writing code.
+
+If the created file is executable, then @code{chmod} is called
+to mark it as such.
+
+All memory attached to the BFD is released.
+@*
+@strong{Returns}@*
+@code{true} is returned if all is ok, otherwise @code{false}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_create
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_create}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd *bfd_create(CONST char *filename, bfd *templ);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a new BFD in the manner of
+@code{bfd_openw}, but without opening a file. The new BFD
+takes the target from the target used by @var{template}. The
+format is always set to @code{bfd_object}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_alloc
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_alloc}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+PTR bfd_alloc (bfd *abfd, size_t wanted);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Allocate a block of @var{wanted} bytes of memory attached to
+@code{abfd} and return a pointer to it.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/proto.str b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/proto.str
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8431c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/proto.str
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+
+: SYNOPSIS
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command	
+	paramstuff
+	indent
+	maybecatstr
+;
+
+: ignore
+	skip_past_newline 
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	outputdots
+	maybecatstr
+	;
+
+: CODE_FRAGMENT
+	ignore ;
+
+: external
+	0 internalmode ignore ;
+
+: internal 
+	1 internalmode ignore ;
+
+- input stack { a b } output b if internal, a if external
+: ifinternal
+	"" swap 1 internalmode maybecatstr
+	swap
+	"" swap 0 internalmode maybecatstr
+	catstr
+	;
+
+- Put note in output string, regardless of internal mode.
+: COMMENT
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	translatecomments
+	catstr
+	;
+
+- SENUM    enum-type-name
+- ENUM     enum-name
+- ENUMX    addl-enum-name
+- ENUMDOC  doc for preceding enums
+- ENDSENUM max-enum-name
+
+: make_enum_header
+	dup
+	"enum " swap catstr
+	" {\n" catstr
+	swap "  _dummy_first_" swap catstr catstr
+	",\n" catstr
+	;
+: make_string_table_header
+	dup
+	"#ifdef _BFD_MAKE_TABLE_" swap catstr swap
+	"\n\nstatic const char *const " swap catstr catstr
+	"_names[] = { \"@@uninitialized@@\",\n" catstr
+	;
+: SENUM
+	skip_past_newline
+	copy_past_newline
+	remchar
+	dup
+	make_enum_header
+	swap
+	make_string_table_header
+	ifinternal
+	catstr
+	get_stuff_in_command catstr
+	translatecomments ;
+: ENDSENUM
+	skip_past_newline
+	copy_past_newline strip_trailing_newlines
+	dup
+	"  " swap catstr " };\n" catstr	swap
+	" \"@@overflow: " swap catstr "@@\",\n};\n#endif\n\n" catstr
+	ifinternal
+	catstr
+	;
+: make_enumerator
+	"  " swap catstr
+	",\n" catstr
+	;
+: make_enumerator_string
+	"  \"" swap catstr
+	"\",\n" catstr
+	;
+: ENUM
+	skip_past_newline
+	copy_past_newline
+	remchar
+	dup
+	make_enumerator
+	swap
+	make_enumerator_string
+	ifinternal
+	;
+: ENUMX ENUM catstr ;
+: ENUMEQ
+	skip_past_newline
+	"#define "
+	copy_past_newline remchar
+	catstr
+	" "
+	catstr
+	copy_past_newline
+	catstr
+	"" swap 0 internalmode maybecatstr
+	;
+: ENUMEQX ENUMEQ catstr ;
+: ENUMDOC
+	skip_past_newline
+	get_stuff_in_command
+	strip_trailing_newlines
+	"\n{* " swap catstr " *}\n" catstr
+	translatecomments
+	- discard it if we're doing internal mode
+	"" swap 0 internalmode maybecatstr
+	swap
+	catstr catstr
+	;
+: ENDDD external ;
+: SECTION ignore ;
+: SUBSECTION ignore ;
+: SUBSUBSECTION ignore ;
+: INTERNAL_DEFINITION internal ;
+: DESCRIPTION ignore ;
+: FUNCTION external ;
+: RETURNS ignore ;
+: TYPEDEF external ;
+: INTERNAL_FUNCTION internal ;
+: INTERNAL internal ;
+: INODE ignore ;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/reloc.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/reloc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c079e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/reloc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
+@section Relocations
+BFD maintains relocations in much the same way it maintains
+symbols: they are left alone until required, then read in
+en-mass and translated into an internal form.  A common
+routine @code{bfd_perform_relocation} acts upon the
+canonical form to do the fixup.
+
+Relocations are maintained on a per section basis,
+while symbols are maintained on a per BFD basis.
+
+All that a back end has to do to fit the BFD interface is to create
+a @code{struct reloc_cache_entry} for each relocation
+in a particular section, and fill in the right bits of the structures.
+
+@menu
+* typedef arelent::
+* howto manager::
+@end menu
+@*
+
+@node typedef arelent, howto manager, Relocations, Relocations
+@subsection typedef arelent
+This is the structure of a relocation entry:
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef enum bfd_reloc_status
+@{
+       /* No errors detected */
+  bfd_reloc_ok,
+
+       /* The relocation was performed, but there was an overflow. */
+  bfd_reloc_overflow,
+
+       /* The address to relocate was not within the section supplied. */
+  bfd_reloc_outofrange,
+
+       /* Used by special functions */
+  bfd_reloc_continue,
+
+       /* Unsupported relocation size requested. */
+  bfd_reloc_notsupported,
+
+       /* Unused */
+  bfd_reloc_other,
+
+       /* The symbol to relocate against was undefined. */
+  bfd_reloc_undefined,
+
+       /* The relocation was performed, but may not be ok - presently
+          generated only when linking i960 coff files with i960 b.out
+          symbols.  If this type is returned, the error_message argument
+          to bfd_perform_relocation will be set.  */
+  bfd_reloc_dangerous
+ @}
+ bfd_reloc_status_type;
+
+
+typedef struct reloc_cache_entry
+@{
+       /* A pointer into the canonical table of pointers  */
+  struct symbol_cache_entry **sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+       /* offset in section */
+  bfd_size_type address;
+
+       /* addend for relocation value */
+  bfd_vma addend;
+
+       /* Pointer to how to perform the required relocation */
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+
+@} arelent;
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Here is a description of each of the fields within an @code{arelent}:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{sym_ptr_ptr}
+@end itemize
+The symbol table pointer points to a pointer to the symbol
+associated with the relocation request.  It is
+the pointer into the table returned by the back end's
+@code{get_symtab} action. @xref{Symbols}. The symbol is referenced
+through a pointer to a pointer so that tools like the linker
+can fix up all the symbols of the same name by modifying only
+one pointer. The relocation routine looks in the symbol and
+uses the base of the section the symbol is attached to and the
+value of the symbol as the initial relocation offset. If the
+symbol pointer is zero, then the section provided is looked up.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{address}
+@end itemize
+The @code{address} field gives the offset in bytes from the base of
+the section data which owns the relocation record to the first
+byte of relocatable information. The actual data relocated
+will be relative to this point; for example, a relocation
+type which modifies the bottom two bytes of a four byte word
+would not touch the first byte pointed to in a big endian
+world.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{addend}
+@end itemize
+The @code{addend} is a value provided by the back end to be added (!)
+to the relocation offset. Its interpretation is dependent upon
+the howto. For example, on the 68k the code:
+
+@example
+        char foo[];
+        main()
+                @{
+                return foo[0x12345678];
+                @}
+@end example
+
+Could be compiled into:
+
+@example
+        linkw fp,#-4
+        moveb @@#12345678,d0
+        extbl d0
+        unlk fp
+        rts
+@end example
+
+This could create a reloc pointing to @code{foo}, but leave the
+offset in the data, something like:
+
+@example
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+offset   type      value
+00000006 32        _foo
+
+00000000 4e56 fffc          ; linkw fp,#-4
+00000004 1039 1234 5678     ; moveb @@#12345678,d0
+0000000a 49c0               ; extbl d0
+0000000c 4e5e               ; unlk fp
+0000000e 4e75               ; rts
+@end example
+
+Using coff and an 88k, some instructions don't have enough
+space in them to represent the full address range, and
+pointers have to be loaded in two parts. So you'd get something like:
+
+@example
+        or.u     r13,r0,hi16(_foo+0x12345678)
+        ld.b     r2,r13,lo16(_foo+0x12345678)
+        jmp      r1
+@end example
+
+This should create two relocs, both pointing to @code{_foo}, and with
+0x12340000 in their addend field. The data would consist of:
+
+@example
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+offset   type      value
+00000002 HVRT16    _foo+0x12340000
+00000006 LVRT16    _foo+0x12340000
+
+00000000 5da05678           ; or.u r13,r0,0x5678
+00000004 1c4d5678           ; ld.b r2,r13,0x5678
+00000008 f400c001           ; jmp r1
+@end example
+
+The relocation routine digs out the value from the data, adds
+it to the addend to get the original offset, and then adds the
+value of @code{_foo}. Note that all 32 bits have to be kept around
+somewhere, to cope with carry from bit 15 to bit 16.
+
+One further example is the sparc and the a.out format. The
+sparc has a similar problem to the 88k, in that some
+instructions don't have room for an entire offset, but on the
+sparc the parts are created in odd sized lumps. The designers of
+the a.out format chose to not use the data within the section
+for storing part of the offset; all the offset is kept within
+the reloc. Anything in the data should be ignored.
+
+@example
+        save %sp,-112,%sp
+        sethi %hi(_foo+0x12345678),%g2
+        ldsb [%g2+%lo(_foo+0x12345678)],%i0
+        ret
+        restore
+@end example
+
+Both relocs contain a pointer to @code{foo}, and the offsets
+contain junk.
+
+@example
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+offset   type      value
+00000004 HI22      _foo+0x12345678
+00000008 LO10      _foo+0x12345678
+
+00000000 9de3bf90     ; save %sp,-112,%sp
+00000004 05000000     ; sethi %hi(_foo+0),%g2
+00000008 f048a000     ; ldsb [%g2+%lo(_foo+0)],%i0
+0000000c 81c7e008     ; ret
+00000010 81e80000     ; restore
+@end example
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{howto}
+@end itemize
+The @code{howto} field can be imagined as a
+relocation instruction. It is a pointer to a structure which
+contains information on what to do with all of the other
+information in the reloc record and data section. A back end
+would normally have a relocation instruction set and turn
+relocations into pointers to the correct structure on input -
+but it would be possible to create each howto field on demand.
+@*
+@subsubsection @code{enum complain_overflow}
+Indicates what sort of overflow checking should be done when
+performing a relocation.
+@*
+.
+@example
+enum complain_overflow
+@{
+	/* Do not complain on overflow. */
+  complain_overflow_dont,
+
+	/* Complain if the bitfield overflows, whether it is considered
+	   as signed or unsigned. */
+  complain_overflow_bitfield,
+
+	/* Complain if the value overflows when considered as signed
+	   number. */
+  complain_overflow_signed,
+
+	/* Complain if the value overflows when considered as an
+	   unsigned number. */
+  complain_overflow_unsigned
+@};
+@end example
+@subsubsection @code{reloc_howto_type}
+The @code{reloc_howto_type} is a structure which contains all the
+information that libbfd needs to know to tie up a back end's data.
+@*
+.struct symbol_cache_entry;		/* Forward declaration */
+@example
+
+struct reloc_howto_struct
+@{
+       /*  The type field has mainly a documentary use - the back end can
+           do what it wants with it, though normally the back end's
+           external idea of what a reloc number is stored
+           in this field. For example, a PC relative word relocation
+           in a coff environment has the type 023 - because that's
+           what the outside world calls a R_PCRWORD reloc. */
+  unsigned int type;
+
+       /*  The value the final relocation is shifted right by. This drops
+           unwanted data from the relocation.  */
+  unsigned int rightshift;
+
+	/*  The size of the item to be relocated.  This is *not* a
+	    power-of-two measure.  To get the number of bytes operated
+	    on by a type of relocation, use bfd_get_reloc_size.  */
+  int size;
+
+       /*  The number of bits in the item to be relocated.  This is used
+	    when doing overflow checking.  */
+  unsigned int bitsize;
+
+       /*  Notes that the relocation is relative to the location in the
+           data section of the addend. The relocation function will
+           subtract from the relocation value the address of the location
+           being relocated. */
+  boolean pc_relative;
+
+	/*  The bit position of the reloc value in the destination.
+	    The relocated value is left shifted by this amount. */
+  unsigned int bitpos;
+
+	/* What type of overflow error should be checked for when
+	   relocating. */
+  enum complain_overflow complain_on_overflow;
+
+       /* If this field is non null, then the supplied function is
+          called rather than the normal function. This allows really
+          strange relocation methods to be accomodated (e.g., i960 callj
+          instructions). */
+  bfd_reloc_status_type (*special_function)
+				    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+					     arelent *reloc_entry,
+                                            struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol,
+                                            PTR data,
+                                            asection *input_section,
+                                            bfd *output_bfd,
+                                            char **error_message));
+
+       /* The textual name of the relocation type. */
+  char *name;
+
+       /* When performing a partial link, some formats must modify the
+          relocations rather than the data - this flag signals this.*/
+  boolean partial_inplace;
+
+       /* The src_mask selects which parts of the read in data
+          are to be used in the relocation sum.  E.g., if this was an 8 bit
+          bit of data which we read and relocated, this would be
+          0x000000ff. When we have relocs which have an addend, such as
+          sun4 extended relocs, the value in the offset part of a
+          relocating field is garbage so we never use it. In this case
+          the mask would be 0x00000000. */
+  bfd_vma src_mask;
+
+       /* The dst_mask selects which parts of the instruction are replaced
+          into the instruction. In most cases src_mask == dst_mask,
+          except in the above special case, where dst_mask would be
+          0x000000ff, and src_mask would be 0x00000000.   */
+  bfd_vma dst_mask;
+
+       /* When some formats create PC relative instructions, they leave
+          the value of the pc of the place being relocated in the offset
+          slot of the instruction, so that a PC relative relocation can
+          be made just by adding in an ordinary offset (e.g., sun3 a.out).
+          Some formats leave the displacement part of an instruction
+          empty (e.g., m88k bcs); this flag signals the fact.*/
+  boolean pcrel_offset;
+
+@};
+@end example
+@findex The HOWTO Macro
+@subsubsection @code{The HOWTO Macro}
+@strong{Description}@*
+The HOWTO define is horrible and will go away.
+@example
+#define HOWTO(C, R,S,B, P, BI, O, SF, NAME, INPLACE, MASKSRC, MASKDST, PC) \
+  @{(unsigned)C,R,S,B, P, BI, O,SF,NAME,INPLACE,MASKSRC,MASKDST,PC@}
+@end example
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+And will be replaced with the totally magic way. But for the
+moment, we are compatible, so do it this way.
+@example
+#define NEWHOWTO( FUNCTION, NAME,SIZE,REL,IN) HOWTO(0,0,SIZE,0,REL,0,complain_overflow_dont,FUNCTION, NAME,false,0,0,IN)
+
+@end example
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+Helper routine to turn a symbol into a relocation value.
+@example
+#define HOWTO_PREPARE(relocation, symbol)      \
+  @{                                            \
+  if (symbol != (asymbol *)NULL) @{             \
+    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) @{ \
+      relocation = 0;                          \
+    @}                                          \
+    else @{                                     \
+      relocation = symbol->value;              \
+    @}                                          \
+  @}                                            \
+@}
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_reloc_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_reloc_size}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+int bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto_type *);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+For a reloc_howto_type that operates on a fixed number of bytes,
+this returns the number of bytes operated on.
+@*
+@findex arelent_chain
+@subsubsection @code{arelent_chain}
+@strong{Description}@*
+How relocs are tied together in an @code{asection}:
+@example
+typedef struct relent_chain @{
+  arelent relent;
+  struct   relent_chain *next;
+@} arelent_chain;
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_perform_relocation
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_perform_relocation}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+bfd_perform_relocation
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    arelent *reloc_entry,
+    PTR data,
+    asection *input_section,
+    bfd *output_bfd,
+    char **error_message);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+If @var{output_bfd} is supplied to this function, the
+generated image will be relocatable; the relocations are
+copied to the output file after they have been changed to
+reflect the new state of the world. There are two ways of
+reflecting the results of partial linkage in an output file:
+by modifying the output data in place, and by modifying the
+relocation record.  Some native formats (e.g., basic a.out and
+basic coff) have no way of specifying an addend in the
+relocation type, so the addend has to go in the output data.
+This is no big deal since in these formats the output data
+slot will always be big enough for the addend. Complex reloc
+types with addends were invented to solve just this problem.
+The @var{error_message} argument is set to an error message if
+this return @code{bfd_reloc_dangerous}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_install_relocation
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_install_relocation}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+bfd_install_relocation
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    arelent *reloc_entry,
+    PTR data, bfd_vma data_start,
+    asection *input_section,
+    char **error_message);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+This looks remarkably like @code{bfd_perform_relocation}, except it
+does not expect that the section contents have been filled in.
+I.e., it's suitable for use when creating, rather than applying
+a relocation.
+
+For now, this function should be considered reserved for the
+assembler.
+@*
+
+@node howto manager,  , typedef arelent, Relocations
+@section The howto manager
+When an application wants to create a relocation, but doesn't
+know what the target machine might call it, it can find out by
+using this bit of code.
+@*
+@findex bfd_reloc_code_type
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_reloc_code_type}
+@strong{Description}@*
+The insides of a reloc code.  The idea is that, eventually, there
+will be one enumerator for every type of relocation we ever do.
+Pass one of these values to @code{bfd_reloc_type_lookup}, and it'll
+return a howto pointer.
+
+This does mean that the application must determine the correct
+enumerator value; you can't get a howto pointer from a random set
+of attributes.
+@*
+Here are the possible values for @code{enum bfd_reloc_code_real}:
+
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_64
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_26
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_24
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_14
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8
+Basic absolute relocations of N bits.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
+PC-relative relocations.  Sometimes these are relative to the address
+of the relocation itself; sometimes they are relative to the start of
+the section containing the relocation.  It depends on the specific target.
+
+The 24-bit relocation is used in some Intel 960 configurations.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF
+For ELF.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE
+Relocations used by 68K ELF.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_8_BASEREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_RVA
+Linkage-table relative.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_8_FFnn
+Absolute 8-bit relocation, but used to form an address like 0xFFnn.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL_S2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2
+These PC-relative relocations are stored as word displacements --
+i.e., byte displacements shifted right two bits.  The 30-bit word
+displacement (<<32_PCREL_S2>> -- 32 bits, shifted 2) is used on the
+SPARC.  (SPARC tools generally refer to this as <<WDISP30>>.)  The
+signed 16-bit displacement is used on the MIPS, and the 23-bit
+displacement is used on the Alpha.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_HI22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_LO10
+High 22 bits and low 10 bits of 32-bit value, placed into lower bits of
+the target word.  These are used on the SPARC.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_GPREL32
+For systems that allocate a Global Pointer register, these are
+displacements off that register.  These relocation types are
+handled specially, because the value the register will have is
+decided relatively late.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_I960_CALLJ
+Reloc types used for i960/b.out.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_NONE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC13
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32
+SPARC ELF relocations.  There is probably some overlap with other
+relocation types already defined.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE22
+I think these are specific to SPARC a.out (e.g., Sun 4).
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_64
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_JMP
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5
+Some relocations we're using for SPARC V9 -- subject to change.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
+Alpha ECOFF and ELF relocations.  Some of these treat the symbol or
+"addend" in some special way.
+For GPDISP_HI16 ("gpdisp") relocations, the symbol is ignored when
+writing; when reading, it will be the absolute section symbol.  The
+addend is the displacement in bytes of the "lda" instruction from
+the "ldah" instruction (which is at the address of this reloc).
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16
+For GPDISP_LO16 ("ignore") relocations, the symbol is handled as
+with GPDISP_HI16 relocs.  The addend is ignored when writing the
+relocations out, and is filled in with the file's GP value on
+reading, for convenience.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP
+The ELF GPDISP relocation is exactly the same as the GPDISP_HI16
+relocation except that there is no accompanying GPDISP_LO16
+relocation.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE
+The Alpha LITERAL/LITUSE relocs are produced by a symbol reference;
+the assembler turns it into a LDQ instruction to load the address of
+the symbol, and then fills in a register in the real instruction.
+
+The LITERAL reloc, at the LDQ instruction, refers to the .lita
+section symbol.  The addend is ignored when writing, but is filled
+in with the file's GP value on reading, for convenience, as with the
+GPDISP_LO16 reloc.
+
+The ELF_LITERAL reloc is somewhere between 16_GOTOFF and GPDISP_LO16.
+It should refer to the symbol to be referenced, as with 16_GOTOFF,
+but it generates output not based on the position within the .got
+section, but relative to the GP value chosen for the file during the
+final link stage.
+
+The LITUSE reloc, on the instruction using the loaded address, gives
+information to the linker that it might be able to use to optimize
+away some literal section references.  The symbol is ignored (read
+as the absolute section symbol), and the "addend" indicates the type
+of instruction using the register:
+1 - "memory" fmt insn
+2 - byte-manipulation (byte offset reg)
+3 - jsr (target of branch)
+
+The GNU linker currently doesn't do any of this optimizing.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT
+The HINT relocation indicates a value that should be filled into the
+"hint" field of a jmp/jsr/ret instruction, for possible branch-
+prediction logic which may be provided on some processors.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE
+The LINKAGE relocation outputs a linkage pair in the object file,
+which is filled by the linker.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR
+The CODEADDR relocation outputs a STO_CA in the object file,
+which is filled by the linker.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_JMP
+Bits 27..2 of the relocation address shifted right 2 bits;
+simple reloc otherwise.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP
+The MIPS16 jump instruction.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL
+MIPS16 GP relative reloc.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_HI16
+High 16 bits of 32-bit value; simple reloc.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
+High 16 bits of 32-bit value but the low 16 bits will be sign
+extended and added to form the final result.  If the low 16
+bits form a negative number, we need to add one to the high value
+to compensate for the borrow when the low bits are added.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_LO16
+Low 16 bits.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_PCREL_HI16_S
+Like BFD_RELOC_HI16_S, but PC relative.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_PCREL_LO16
+Like BFD_RELOC_LO16, but PC relative.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL
+Relocation relative to the global pointer.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_LITERAL
+Relocation against a MIPS literal section.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_HI16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_LO16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_HI16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_LO16
+MIPS ELF relocations.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_COPY
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC
+i386/elf relocations
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16_PCREL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32_PCREL
+ns32k relocations
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_JMP_SLOT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_RELATIVE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
+Power(rs6000) and PowerPC relocations.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_CTOR
+The type of reloc used to build a contructor table - at the moment
+probably a 32 bit wide absolute relocation, but the target can choose.
+It generally does map to one of the other relocation types.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_PCREL_BRANCH
+ARM 26 bit pc-relative branch.  The lowest two bits must be zero and are
+not stored in the instruction.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_IMMEDIATE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_SHIFT_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_SWI
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_MULTI
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_CP_OFF_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_ADR_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_LDR_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_LITERAL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_IN_POOL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM8
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_ADD
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_IMM
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_SHIFT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_OFFSET
+These relocs are only used within the ARM assembler.  They are not
+(at present) written to any object files.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_USES
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA
+@deffnx {} BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL
+Hitachi SH relocs.  Not all of these appear in object files.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_R
+Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_L
+Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0.  This is the same as the previous reloc
+except it is in the left container, i.e.,
+shifted left 15 bits.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_D10V_18
+This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_D10V_18_PCREL
+This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_24
+Mitsubishi M32R relocs.
+This is a 24 bit absolute address.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_10_PCREL
+This is a 10-bit pc-relative reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_18_PCREL
+This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_26_PCREL
+This is a 26-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_ULO
+This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+used when the lower 16 bits are treated as unsigned.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_SLO
+This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+used when the lower 16 bits are treated as signed.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_LO16
+This is a 16-bit reloc containing the lower 16 bits of an address.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_M32R_SDA16
+This is a 16-bit reloc containing the small data area offset for use in
+add3, load, and store instructions.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MN10300_32_PCREL
+This is a 32bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+instruction.
+@end deffn
+@deffn {} BFD_RELOC_MN10300_16_PCREL
+This is a 16bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+instruction.
+@end deffn
+.
+@example
+typedef enum bfd_reloc_code_real bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
+@end example
+@findex bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_reloc_type_lookup}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+reloc_howto_type *
+bfd_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a pointer to a howto structure which, when
+invoked, will perform the relocation @var{code} on data from the
+architecture noted.
+@*
+@findex bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+reloc_howto_type *bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+   (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type  code);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Provides a default relocation lookup routine for any architecture.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_reloc_code_name
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_reloc_code_name}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const char *bfd_get_reloc_code_name (bfd_reloc_code_real_type code);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Provides a printable name for the supplied relocation code.
+Useful mainly for printing error messages.
+@*
+@findex bfd_generic_relax_section
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_generic_relax_section}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_generic_relax_section
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    asection *section,
+    struct bfd_link_info *,
+    boolean *);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Provides default handling for relaxing for back ends which
+don't do relaxing -- i.e., does nothing.
+@*
+@findex bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+bfd_byte *
+bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
+    struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+    struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+    bfd_byte *data,
+    boolean relocateable,
+    asymbol **symbols);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Provides default handling of relocation effort for back ends
+which can't be bothered to do it efficiently.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/section.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/section.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ff109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/section.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+@section Sections
+The raw data contained within a BFD is maintained through the
+section abstraction.  A single BFD may have any number of
+sections.  It keeps hold of them by pointing to the first;
+each one points to the next in the list.
+
+Sections are supported in BFD in @code{section.c}.
+
+@menu
+* Section Input::
+* Section Output::
+* typedef asection::
+* section prototypes::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Section Input, Section Output, Sections, Sections
+@subsection Section input
+When a BFD is opened for reading, the section structures are
+created and attached to the BFD.
+
+Each section has a name which describes the section in the
+outside world---for example, @code{a.out} would contain at least
+three sections, called @code{.text}, @code{.data} and @code{.bss}.
+
+Names need not be unique; for example a COFF file may have several
+sections named @code{.data}.
+
+Sometimes a BFD will contain more than the ``natural'' number of
+sections. A back end may attach other sections containing
+constructor data, or an application may add a section (using
+@code{bfd_make_section}) to the sections attached to an already open
+BFD. For example, the linker creates an extra section
+@code{COMMON} for each input file's BFD to hold information about
+common storage.
+
+The raw data is not necessarily read in when
+the section descriptor is created. Some targets may leave the
+data in place until a @code{bfd_get_section_contents} call is
+made. Other back ends may read in all the data at once.  For
+example, an S-record file has to be read once to determine the
+size of the data. An IEEE-695 file doesn't contain raw data in
+sections, but data and relocation expressions intermixed, so
+the data area has to be parsed to get out the data and
+relocations.
+@*
+@node Section Output, typedef asection, Section Input, Sections
+@subsection Section output
+To write a new object style BFD, the various sections to be
+written have to be created. They are attached to the BFD in
+the same way as input sections; data is written to the
+sections using @code{bfd_set_section_contents}.
+
+Any program that creates or combines sections (e.g., the assembler
+and linker) must use the @code{asection} fields @code{output_section} and
+@code{output_offset} to indicate the file sections to which each
+section must be written.  (If the section is being created from
+scratch, @code{output_section} should probably point to the section
+itself and @code{output_offset} should probably be zero.)
+
+The data to be written comes from input sections attached
+(via @code{output_section} pointers) to
+the output sections.  The output section structure can be
+considered a filter for the input section: the output section
+determines the vma of the output data and the name, but the
+input section determines the offset into the output section of
+the data to be written.
+
+E.g., to create a section "O", starting at 0x100, 0x123 long,
+containing two subsections, "A" at offset 0x0 (i.e., at vma
+0x100) and "B" at offset 0x20 (i.e., at vma 0x120) the @code{asection}
+structures would look like:
+
+@example
+   section name          "A"
+     output_offset   0x00
+     size            0x20
+     output_section ----------->  section name    "O"
+                             |    vma             0x100
+   section name          "B" |    size            0x123
+     output_offset   0x20    |
+     size            0x103   |
+     output_section  --------|
+@end example
+@*
+@subsection Link orders
+The data within a section is stored in a @dfn{link_order}.
+These are much like the fixups in @code{gas}.  The link_order
+abstraction allows a section to grow and shrink within itself.
+
+A link_order knows how big it is, and which is the next
+link_order and where the raw data for it is; it also points to
+a list of relocations which apply to it.
+
+The link_order is used by the linker to perform relaxing on
+final code.  The compiler creates code which is as big as
+necessary to make it work without relaxing, and the user can
+select whether to relax.  Sometimes relaxing takes a lot of
+time.  The linker runs around the relocations to see if any
+are attached to data which can be shrunk, if so it does it on
+a link_order by link_order basis.
+@*
+
+@node typedef asection, section prototypes, Section Output, Sections
+@subsection typedef asection
+Here is the section structure:
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef struct sec
+@{
+        /* The name of the section; the name isn't a copy, the pointer is
+        the same as that passed to bfd_make_section. */
+
+    CONST char *name;
+
+        /* Which section is it; 0..nth.      */
+
+   int index;
+
+        /* The next section in the list belonging to the BFD, or NULL. */
+
+    struct sec *next;
+
+        /* The field flags contains attributes of the section. Some
+           flags are read in from the object file, and some are
+           synthesized from other information.  */
+
+    flagword flags;
+
+#define SEC_NO_FLAGS   0x000
+
+        /* Tells the OS to allocate space for this section when loading.
+           This is clear for a section containing debug information
+           only. */
+#define SEC_ALLOC      0x001
+
+        /* Tells the OS to load the section from the file when loading.
+           This is clear for a .bss section. */
+#define SEC_LOAD       0x002
+
+        /* The section contains data still to be relocated, so there is
+           some relocation information too. */
+#define SEC_RELOC      0x004
+
+#if 0   /* Obsolete ? */
+#define SEC_BALIGN     0x008
+#endif
+
+        /* A signal to the OS that the section contains read only
+          data. */
+#define SEC_READONLY   0x010
+
+        /* The section contains code only. */
+#define SEC_CODE       0x020
+
+        /* The section contains data only. */
+#define SEC_DATA       0x040
+
+        /* The section will reside in ROM. */
+#define SEC_ROM        0x080
+
+        /* The section contains constructor information. This section
+           type is used by the linker to create lists of constructors and
+           destructors used by @code{g++}. When a back end sees a symbol
+           which should be used in a constructor list, it creates a new
+           section for the type of name (e.g., @code{__CTOR_LIST__}), attaches
+           the symbol to it, and builds a relocation. To build the lists
+           of constructors, all the linker has to do is catenate all the
+           sections called @code{__CTOR_LIST__} and relocate the data
+           contained within - exactly the operations it would peform on
+           standard data. */
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR 0x100
+
+        /* The section is a constuctor, and should be placed at the
+          end of the text, data, or bss section(?). */
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_TEXT 0x1100
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_DATA 0x2100
+#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_BSS  0x3100
+
+        /* The section has contents - a data section could be
+           @code{SEC_ALLOC} | @code{SEC_HAS_CONTENTS}; a debug section could be
+           @code{SEC_HAS_CONTENTS} */
+#define SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 0x200
+
+        /* An instruction to the linker to not output the section
+           even if it has information which would normally be written. */
+#define SEC_NEVER_LOAD 0x400
+
+        /* The section is a COFF shared library section.  This flag is
+           only for the linker.  If this type of section appears in
+           the input file, the linker must copy it to the output file
+           without changing the vma or size.  FIXME: Although this
+           was originally intended to be general, it really is COFF
+           specific (and the flag was renamed to indicate this).  It
+           might be cleaner to have some more general mechanism to
+           allow the back end to control what the linker does with
+           sections. */
+#define SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY 0x800
+
+        /* The section contains common symbols (symbols may be defined
+           multiple times, the value of a symbol is the amount of
+           space it requires, and the largest symbol value is the one
+           used).  Most targets have exactly one of these (which we
+	    translate to bfd_com_section_ptr), but ECOFF has two. */
+#define SEC_IS_COMMON 0x8000
+
+        /* The section contains only debugging information.  For
+           example, this is set for ELF .debug and .stab sections.
+           strip tests this flag to see if a section can be
+           discarded. */
+#define SEC_DEBUGGING 0x10000
+
+        /* The contents of this section are held in memory pointed to
+           by the contents field.  This is checked by
+           bfd_get_section_contents, and the data is retrieved from
+           memory if appropriate.  */
+#define SEC_IN_MEMORY 0x20000
+
+        /* The contents of this section are to be excluded by the
+	    linker for executable and shared objects unless those
+	    objects are to be further relocated.  */
+#define SEC_EXCLUDE 0x40000
+
+	/* The contents of this section are to be sorted by the
+	   based on the address specified in the associated symbol
+	   table.  */
+#define SEC_SORT_ENTRIES 0x80000
+
+	/* When linking, duplicate sections of the same name should be
+	   discarded, rather than being combined into a single section as
+	   is usually done.  This is similar to how common symbols are
+	   handled.  See SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES below.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_ONCE 0x100000
+
+	/* If SEC_LINK_ONCE is set, this bitfield describes how the linker
+	   should handle duplicate sections.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES 0x600000
+
+	/* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that duplicate
+	   sections with the same name should simply be discarded. */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD 0x0
+
+	/* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if there are any duplicate sections, although
+	   it should still only link one copy.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY 0x200000
+
+	/* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if any duplicate sections are a different size.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE 0x400000
+
+	/* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+	   should warn if any duplicate sections contain different
+	   contents.  */
+#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS 0x600000
+
+	/* This section was created by the linker as part of dynamic
+	   relocation or other arcane processing.  It is skipped when
+	   going through the first-pass output, trusting that someone
+	   else up the line will take care of it later.  */
+#define SEC_LINKER_CREATED 0x800000
+
+	/*  End of section flags.  */
+
+	/* Some internal packed boolean fields.  */
+
+	/* See the vma field.  */
+	unsigned int user_set_vma : 1;
+
+	/* Whether relocations have been processed.  */
+	unsigned int reloc_done : 1;
+
+	/* A mark flag used by some of the linker backends.  */
+	unsigned int linker_mark : 1;
+
+	/* End of internal packed boolean fields.  */
+
+       /*  The virtual memory address of the section - where it will be
+           at run time.  The symbols are relocated against this.  The
+	    user_set_vma flag is maintained by bfd; if it's not set, the
+	    backend can assign addresses (for example, in @code{a.out}, where
+	    the default address for @code{.data} is dependent on the specific
+	    target and various flags).  */
+
+   bfd_vma vma;
+
+       /*  The load address of the section - where it would be in a
+           rom image; really only used for writing section header
+	    information. */
+
+   bfd_vma lma;
+
+        /* The size of the section in bytes, as it will be output.
+           contains a value even if the section has no contents (e.g., the
+           size of @code{.bss}). This will be filled in after relocation */
+
+   bfd_size_type _cooked_size;
+
+        /* The original size on disk of the section, in bytes.  Normally this
+	    value is the same as the size, but if some relaxing has
+	    been done, then this value will be bigger.  */
+
+   bfd_size_type _raw_size;
+
+        /* If this section is going to be output, then this value is the
+           offset into the output section of the first byte in the input
+           section. E.g., if this was going to start at the 100th byte in
+           the output section, this value would be 100. */
+
+   bfd_vma output_offset;
+
+        /* The output section through which to map on output. */
+
+   struct sec *output_section;
+
+        /* The alignment requirement of the section, as an exponent of 2 -
+           e.g., 3 aligns to 2^3 (or 8). */
+
+   unsigned int alignment_power;
+
+        /* If an input section, a pointer to a vector of relocation
+           records for the data in this section. */
+
+   struct reloc_cache_entry *relocation;
+
+        /* If an output section, a pointer to a vector of pointers to
+           relocation records for the data in this section. */
+
+   struct reloc_cache_entry **orelocation;
+
+        /* The number of relocation records in one of the above  */
+
+   unsigned reloc_count;
+
+        /* Information below is back end specific - and not always used
+           or updated.  */
+
+        /* File position of section data    */
+
+   file_ptr filepos;
+
+        /* File position of relocation info */
+
+   file_ptr rel_filepos;
+
+        /* File position of line data       */
+
+   file_ptr line_filepos;
+
+        /* Pointer to data for applications */
+
+   PTR userdata;
+
+        /* If the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag is set, this points to the actual
+           contents.  */
+   unsigned char *contents;
+
+        /* Attached line number information */
+
+   alent *lineno;
+
+        /* Number of line number records   */
+
+   unsigned int lineno_count;
+
+        /* When a section is being output, this value changes as more
+           linenumbers are written out */
+
+   file_ptr moving_line_filepos;
+
+        /* What the section number is in the target world  */
+
+   int target_index;
+
+   PTR used_by_bfd;
+
+        /* If this is a constructor section then here is a list of the
+           relocations created to relocate items within it. */
+
+   struct relent_chain *constructor_chain;
+
+        /* The BFD which owns the section. */
+
+   bfd *owner;
+
+	 /* A symbol which points at this section only */
+   struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol;
+   struct symbol_cache_entry **symbol_ptr_ptr;
+
+   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_head;
+   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_tail;
+@} asection ;
+
+    /* These sections are global, and are managed by BFD.  The application
+       and target back end are not permitted to change the values in
+	these sections.  New code should use the section_ptr macros rather
+       than referring directly to the const sections.  The const sections
+       may eventually vanish.  */
+#define BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME "*ABS*"
+#define BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME "*UND*"
+#define BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME "*COM*"
+#define BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME "*IND*"
+
+    /* the absolute section */
+extern const asection bfd_abs_section;
+#define bfd_abs_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)
+#define bfd_is_abs_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+    /* Pointer to the undefined section */
+extern const asection bfd_und_section;
+#define bfd_und_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_und_section)
+#define bfd_is_und_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+    /* Pointer to the common section */
+extern const asection bfd_com_section;
+#define bfd_com_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_com_section)
+    /* Pointer to the indirect section */
+extern const asection bfd_ind_section;
+#define bfd_ind_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_ind_section)
+#define bfd_is_ind_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_ind_section_ptr)
+
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_abs_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_com_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_und_symbol;
+extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_ind_symbol;
+#define bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc(section) \
+     (section->reloc_done ? (abort(),1): (section)->_raw_size)
+#define bfd_get_section_size_after_reloc(section) \
+     ((section->reloc_done) ? (section)->_cooked_size: (abort(),1))
+@end example
+
+@node section prototypes,  , typedef asection, Sections
+@subsection Section prototypes
+These are the functions exported by the section handling part of BFD.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_section_by_name
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_section_by_name}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+asection *bfd_get_section_by_name(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Run through @var{abfd} and return the one of the
+@code{asection}s whose name matches @var{name}, otherwise @code{NULL}.
+@xref{Sections}, for more information.
+
+This should only be used in special cases; the normal way to process
+all sections of a given name is to use @code{bfd_map_over_sections} and
+@code{strcmp} on the name (or better yet, base it on the section flags
+or something else) for each section.
+@*
+@findex bfd_make_section_old_way
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_make_section_old_way}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+asection *bfd_make_section_old_way(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a new empty section called @var{name}
+and attach it to the end of the chain of sections for the
+BFD @var{abfd}. An attempt to create a section with a name which
+is already in use returns its pointer without changing the
+section chain.
+
+It has the funny name since this is the way it used to be
+before it was rewritten....
+
+Possible errors are:
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} -
+If output has already started for this BFD.
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+If memory allocation fails.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_make_section_anyway
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_make_section_anyway}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+asection *bfd_make_section_anyway(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a new empty section called @var{name} and attach it to the end of
+the chain of sections for @var{abfd}.  Create a new section even if there
+is already a section with that name.
+
+Return @code{NULL} and set @code{bfd_error} on error; possible errors are:
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} - If output has already started for @var{abfd}.
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} - If memory allocation fails.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_make_section
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_make_section}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+asection *bfd_make_section(bfd *, CONST char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Like @code{bfd_make_section_anyway}, but return @code{NULL} (without calling
+bfd_set_error ()) without changing the section chain if there is already a
+section named @var{name}.  If there is an error, return @code{NULL} and set
+@code{bfd_error}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_section_flags
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_section_flags}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_section_flags(bfd *abfd, asection *sec, flagword flags);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the attributes of the section @var{sec} in the BFD
+@var{abfd} to the value @var{flags}. Return @code{true} on success,
+@code{false} on error. Possible error returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} -
+The section cannot have one or more of the attributes
+requested. For example, a .bss section in @code{a.out} may not
+have the @code{SEC_HAS_CONTENTS} field set.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_map_over_sections
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_map_over_sections}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_map_over_sections(bfd *abfd,
+    void (*func)(bfd *abfd,
+    asection *sect,
+    PTR obj),
+    PTR obj);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Call the provided function @var{func} for each section
+attached to the BFD @var{abfd}, passing @var{obj} as an
+argument. The function will be called as if by
+
+@example
+	func(abfd, the_section, obj);
+@end example
+
+This is the prefered method for iterating over sections; an
+alternative would be to use a loop:
+
+@example
+	   section *p;
+	   for (p = abfd->sections; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	      func(abfd, p, ...)
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_section_size
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_section_size}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_section_size(bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_size_type val);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set @var{sec} to the size @var{val}. If the operation is
+ok, then @code{true} is returned, else @code{false}.
+
+Possible error returns:
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_invalid_operation} -
+Writing has started to the BFD, so setting the size is invalid.
+@end itemize
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_section_contents
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_section_contents}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_section_contents
+   (bfd *abfd,
+    asection *section,
+    PTR data,
+    file_ptr offset,
+    bfd_size_type count);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Sets the contents of the section @var{section} in BFD
+@var{abfd} to the data starting in memory at @var{data}. The
+data is written to the output section starting at offset
+@var{offset} for @var{count} bytes.
+
+Normally @code{true} is returned, else @code{false}. Possible error
+returns are:
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_contents} -
+The output section does not have the @code{SEC_HAS_CONTENTS}
+attribute, so nothing can be written to it.
+@item
+and some more too
+@end itemize
+This routine is front end to the back end function
+@code{_bfd_set_section_contents}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_section_contents
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_section_contents}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_get_section_contents
+   (bfd *abfd, asection *section, PTR location,
+    file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Read data from @var{section} in BFD @var{abfd}
+into memory starting at @var{location}. The data is read at an
+offset of @var{offset} from the start of the input section,
+and is read for @var{count} bytes.
+
+If the contents of a constructor with the @code{SEC_CONSTRUCTOR}
+flag set are requested or if the section does not have the
+@code{SEC_HAS_CONTENTS} flag set, then the @var{location} is filled
+with zeroes. If no errors occur, @code{true} is returned, else
+@code{false}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_copy_private_section_data
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_copy_private_section_data}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_copy_private_section_data(bfd *ibfd, asection *isec, bfd *obfd, asection *osec);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Copy private section information from @var{isec} in the BFD
+@var{ibfd} to the section @var{osec} in the BFD @var{obfd}.
+Return @code{true} on success, @code{false} on error.  Possible error
+returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{osec}.
+@end itemize
+@example
+#define bfd_copy_private_section_data(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_section_data, \
+		(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection))
+@end example
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/syms.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/syms.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..034f086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/syms.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+@section Symbols
+BFD tries to maintain as much symbol information as it can when
+it moves information from file to file. BFD passes information
+to applications though the @code{asymbol} structure. When the
+application requests the symbol table, BFD reads the table in
+the native form and translates parts of it into the internal
+format. To maintain more than the information passed to
+applications, some targets keep some information ``behind the
+scenes'' in a structure only the particular back end knows
+about. For example, the coff back end keeps the original
+symbol table structure as well as the canonical structure when
+a BFD is read in. On output, the coff back end can reconstruct
+the output symbol table so that no information is lost, even
+information unique to coff which BFD doesn't know or
+understand. If a coff symbol table were read, but were written
+through an a.out back end, all the coff specific information
+would be lost. The symbol table of a BFD
+is not necessarily read in until a canonicalize request is
+made. Then the BFD back end fills in a table provided by the
+application with pointers to the canonical information.  To
+output symbols, the application provides BFD with a table of
+pointers to pointers to @code{asymbol}s. This allows applications
+like the linker to output a symbol as it was read, since the ``behind
+the scenes'' information will be still available.
+@menu
+* Reading Symbols::
+* Writing Symbols::
+* Mini Symbols::
+* typedef asymbol::
+* symbol handling functions::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node Reading Symbols, Writing Symbols, Symbols, Symbols
+@subsection Reading symbols
+There are two stages to reading a symbol table from a BFD:
+allocating storage, and the actual reading process. This is an
+excerpt from an application which reads the symbol table:
+
+@example
+	  long storage_needed;
+	  asymbol **symbol_table;
+	  long number_of_symbols;
+	  long i;
+
+	  storage_needed = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+
+         if (storage_needed < 0)
+           FAIL
+
+	  if (storage_needed == 0) @{
+	     return ;
+	  @}
+	  symbol_table = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage_needed);
+	    ...
+	  number_of_symbols =
+	     bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, symbol_table);
+
+         if (number_of_symbols < 0)
+           FAIL
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < number_of_symbols; i++) @{
+	     process_symbol (symbol_table[i]);
+	  @}
+@end example
+
+All storage for the symbols themselves is in an objalloc
+connected to the BFD; it is freed when the BFD is closed.
+@*
+@node Writing Symbols, Mini Symbols, Reading Symbols, Symbols
+@subsection Writing symbols
+Writing of a symbol table is automatic when a BFD open for
+writing is closed. The application attaches a vector of
+pointers to pointers to symbols to the BFD being written, and
+fills in the symbol count. The close and cleanup code reads
+through the table provided and performs all the necessary
+operations. The BFD output code must always be provided with an
+``owned'' symbol: one which has come from another BFD, or one
+which has been created using @code{bfd_make_empty_symbol}.  Here is an
+example showing the creation of a symbol table with only one element:
+
+@example
+	#include "bfd.h"
+	main()
+	@{
+	  bfd *abfd;
+	  asymbol *ptrs[2];
+	  asymbol *new;
+
+	  abfd = bfd_openw("foo","a.out-sunos-big");
+	  bfd_set_format(abfd, bfd_object);
+	  new = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+	  new->name = "dummy_symbol";
+	  new->section = bfd_make_section_old_way(abfd, ".text");
+	  new->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+	  new->value = 0x12345;
+
+	  ptrs[0] = new;
+	  ptrs[1] = (asymbol *)0;
+
+	  bfd_set_symtab(abfd, ptrs, 1);
+	  bfd_close(abfd);
+	@}
+
+	./makesym
+	nm foo
+	00012345 A dummy_symbol
+@end example
+
+Many formats cannot represent arbitary symbol information; for
+instance, the @code{a.out} object format does not allow an
+arbitary number of sections. A symbol pointing to a section
+which is not one  of @code{.text}, @code{.data} or @code{.bss} cannot
+be described.
+@*
+@node Mini Symbols, typedef asymbol, Writing Symbols, Symbols
+@subsection Mini Symbols
+Mini symbols provide read-only access to the symbol table.
+They use less memory space, but require more time to access.
+They can be useful for tools like nm or objdump, which may
+have to handle symbol tables of extremely large executables.
+
+The @code{bfd_read_minisymbols} function will read the symbols
+into memory in an internal form.  It will return a @code{void *}
+pointer to a block of memory, a symbol count, and the size of
+each symbol.  The pointer is allocated using @code{malloc}, and
+should be freed by the caller when it is no longer needed.
+
+The function @code{bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol} will take a pointer
+to a minisymbol, and a pointer to a structure returned by
+@code{bfd_make_empty_symbol}, and return a @code{asymbol} structure.
+The return value may or may not be the same as the value from
+@code{bfd_make_empty_symbol} which was passed in.
+@*
+
+@node typedef asymbol, symbol handling functions, Mini Symbols, Symbols
+@subsection typedef asymbol
+An @code{asymbol} has the form:
+@*
+.
+@example
+typedef struct symbol_cache_entry
+@{
+	/* A pointer to the BFD which owns the symbol. This information
+	   is necessary so that a back end can work out what additional
+   	   information (invisible to the application writer) is carried
+	   with the symbol.
+
+	   This field is *almost* redundant, since you can use section->owner
+	   instead, except that some symbols point to the global sections
+	   bfd_@{abs,com,und@}_section.  This could be fixed by making
+	   these globals be per-bfd (or per-target-flavor).  FIXME. */
+
+  struct _bfd *the_bfd; /* Use bfd_asymbol_bfd(sym) to access this field. */
+
+	/* The text of the symbol. The name is left alone, and not copied; the
+	   application may not alter it. */
+  CONST char *name;
+
+	/* The value of the symbol.  This really should be a union of a
+          numeric value with a pointer, since some flags indicate that
+          a pointer to another symbol is stored here.  */
+  symvalue value;
+
+	/* Attributes of a symbol: */
+
+#define BSF_NO_FLAGS    0x00
+
+	/* The symbol has local scope; @code{static} in @code{C}. The value
+ 	   is the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_LOCAL	0x01
+
+	/* The symbol has global scope; initialized data in @code{C}. The
+	   value is the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_GLOBAL	0x02
+
+	/* The symbol has global scope and is exported. The value is
+	   the offset into the section of the data. */
+#define BSF_EXPORT	BSF_GLOBAL /* no real difference */
+
+	/* A normal C symbol would be one of:
+	   @code{BSF_LOCAL}, @code{BSF_FORT_COMM},  @code{BSF_UNDEFINED} or
+	   @code{BSF_GLOBAL} */
+
+	/* The symbol is a debugging record. The value has an arbitary
+	   meaning. */
+#define BSF_DEBUGGING	0x08
+
+	/* The symbol denotes a function entry point.  Used in ELF,
+	   perhaps others someday.  */
+#define BSF_FUNCTION    0x10
+
+	/* Used by the linker. */
+#define BSF_KEEP        0x20
+#define BSF_KEEP_G      0x40
+
+	/* A weak global symbol, overridable without warnings by
+	   a regular global symbol of the same name.  */
+#define BSF_WEAK        0x80
+
+       /* This symbol was created to point to a section, e.g. ELF's
+	   STT_SECTION symbols.  */
+#define BSF_SECTION_SYM 0x100
+
+	/* The symbol used to be a common symbol, but now it is
+	   allocated. */
+#define BSF_OLD_COMMON  0x200
+
+	/* The default value for common data. */
+#define BFD_FORT_COMM_DEFAULT_VALUE 0
+
+	/* In some files the type of a symbol sometimes alters its
+	   location in an output file - ie in coff a @code{ISFCN} symbol
+	   which is also @code{C_EXT} symbol appears where it was
+	   declared and not at the end of a section.  This bit is set
+  	   by the target BFD part to convey this information. */
+
+#define BSF_NOT_AT_END    0x400
+
+	/* Signal that the symbol is the label of constructor section. */
+#define BSF_CONSTRUCTOR   0x800
+
+	/* Signal that the symbol is a warning symbol.  The name is a
+	   warning.  The name of the next symbol is the one to warn about;
+	   if a reference is made to a symbol with the same name as the next
+	   symbol, a warning is issued by the linker. */
+#define BSF_WARNING       0x1000
+
+	/* Signal that the symbol is indirect.  This symbol is an indirect
+	   pointer to the symbol with the same name as the next symbol. */
+#define BSF_INDIRECT      0x2000
+
+	/* BSF_FILE marks symbols that contain a file name.  This is used
+	   for ELF STT_FILE symbols.  */
+#define BSF_FILE          0x4000
+
+	/* Symbol is from dynamic linking information.  */
+#define BSF_DYNAMIC	   0x8000
+
+       /* The symbol denotes a data object.  Used in ELF, and perhaps
+          others someday.  */
+#define BSF_OBJECT	   0x10000
+
+  flagword flags;
+
+	/* A pointer to the section to which this symbol is
+	   relative.  This will always be non NULL, there are special
+          sections for undefined and absolute symbols.  */
+  struct sec *section;
+
+	/* Back end special data.  */
+  union
+    @{
+      PTR p;
+      bfd_vma i;
+    @} udata;
+
+@} asymbol;
+@end example
+
+@node symbol handling functions,  , typedef asymbol, Symbols
+@subsection Symbol handling functions
+
+@*
+@findex bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return the number of bytes required to store a vector of pointers
+to @code{asymbols} for all the symbols in the BFD @var{abfd},
+including a terminal NULL pointer. If there are no symbols in
+the BFD, then return 0.  If an error occurs, return -1.
+@example
+#define bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_is_local_label
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_is_local_label}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_is_local_label(bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return true if the given symbol @var{sym} in the BFD @var{abfd} is
+a compiler generated local label, else return false.
+@*
+@findex bfd_is_local_label_name
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_is_local_label_name}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_is_local_label_name(bfd *abfd, const char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return true if a symbol with the name @var{name} in the BFD
+@var{abfd} is a compiler generated local label, else return
+false.  This just checks whether the name has the form of a
+local label.
+@example
+#define bfd_is_local_label_name(abfd, name) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_is_local_label_name, (abfd, name))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_canonicalize_symtab
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_canonicalize_symtab}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Read the symbols from the BFD @var{abfd}, and fills in
+the vector @var{location} with pointers to the symbols and
+a trailing NULL.
+Return the actual number of symbol pointers, not
+including the NULL.
+@example
+#define bfd_canonicalize_symtab(abfd, location) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_symtab,\
+                  (abfd, location))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_symtab
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_symtab}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **location, unsigned int count);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Arrange that when the output BFD @var{abfd} is closed,
+the table @var{location} of @var{count} pointers to symbols
+will be written.
+@*
+@findex bfd_print_symbol_vandf
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_print_symbol_vandf}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_print_symbol_vandf(PTR file, asymbol *symbol);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Print the value and flags of the @var{symbol} supplied to the
+stream @var{file}.
+@*
+@findex bfd_make_empty_symbol
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_make_empty_symbol}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a new @code{asymbol} structure for the BFD @var{abfd}
+and return a pointer to it.
+
+This routine is necessary because each back end has private
+information surrounding the @code{asymbol}. Building your own
+@code{asymbol} and pointing to it will not create the private
+information, and will cause problems later on.
+@example
+#define bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd) \
+     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_empty_symbol, (abfd))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_make_debug_symbol
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_make_debug_symbol}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Create a new @code{asymbol} structure for the BFD @var{abfd},
+to be used as a debugging symbol.  Further details of its use have
+yet to be worked out.
+@example
+#define bfd_make_debug_symbol(abfd,ptr,size) \
+        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_debug_symbol, (abfd, ptr, size))
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_decode_symclass
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_decode_symclass}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a character corresponding to the symbol
+class of @var{symbol}, or '?' for an unknown class.
+@*
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+int bfd_decode_symclass(asymbol *symbol);
+@end example
+@findex bfd_symbol_info
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_symbol_info}
+@strong{Description}@*
+Fill in the basic info about symbol that nm needs.
+Additional info may be added by the back-ends after
+calling this function.
+@*
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+void bfd_symbol_info(asymbol *symbol, symbol_info *ret);
+@end example
+@findex bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_copy_private_symbol_data}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_copy_private_symbol_data(bfd *ibfd, asymbol *isym, bfd *obfd, asymbol *osym);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Copy private symbol information from @var{isym} in the BFD
+@var{ibfd} to the symbol @var{osym} in the BFD @var{obfd}.
+Return @code{true} on success, @code{false} on error.  Possible error
+returns are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_error_no_memory} -
+Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{osec}.
+@end itemize
+@example
+#define bfd_copy_private_symbol_data(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol) \
+     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_symbol_data, \
+		(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol))
+@end example
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/targets.texi b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/targets.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05dce15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/doc/targets.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+@section Targets
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+Each port of BFD to a different machine requries the creation
+of a target back end. All the back end provides to the root
+part of BFD is a structure containing pointers to functions
+which perform certain low level operations on files. BFD
+translates the applications's requests through a pointer into
+calls to the back end routines. 
+
+When a file is opened with @code{bfd_openr}, its format and
+target are unknown. BFD uses various mechanisms to determine
+how to interpret the file. The operations performed are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Create a BFD by calling the internal routine
+@code{_bfd_new_bfd}, then call @code{bfd_find_target} with the
+target string supplied to @code{bfd_openr} and the new BFD pointer. 
+
+@item
+If a null target string was provided to @code{bfd_find_target},
+look up the environment variable @code{GNUTARGET} and use
+that as the target string. 
+
+@item
+If the target string is still @code{NULL}, or the target string is
+@code{default}, then use the first item in the target vector
+as the target type, and set @code{target_defaulted} in the BFD to
+cause @code{bfd_check_format} to loop through all the targets.
+@xref{bfd_target}.  @xref{Formats}.
+
+@item
+Otherwise, inspect the elements in the target vector
+one by one, until a match on target name is found. When found,
+use it. 
+
+@item
+Otherwise return the error @code{bfd_error_invalid_target} to
+@code{bfd_openr}.
+
+@item
+@code{bfd_openr} attempts to open the file using
+@code{bfd_open_file}, and returns the BFD.
+@end itemize
+Once the BFD has been opened and the target selected, the file
+format may be determined. This is done by calling
+@code{bfd_check_format} on the BFD with a suggested format. 
+If @code{target_defaulted} has been set, each possible target
+type is tried to see if it recognizes the specified format.
+@code{bfd_check_format} returns @code{true} when the caller guesses right.
+@menu
+* bfd_target::
+@end menu
+@*
+@node bfd_target,  , Targets, Targets
+
+@subsection bfd_target
+
+@*
+@strong{Description}@*
+This structure contains everything that BFD knows about a
+target. It includes things like its byte order, name, and which
+routines to call to do various operations.   
+
+Every BFD points to a target structure with its @code{xvec}
+member. 
+
+The macros below are used to dispatch to functions through the
+@code{bfd_target} vector. They are used in a number of macros further
+down in @file{bfd.h}, and are also used when calling various
+routines by hand inside the BFD implementation.  The @var{arglist}
+argument must be parenthesized; it contains all the arguments
+to the called function. 
+
+They make the documentation (more) unpleasant to read, so if
+someone wants to fix this and not break the above, please do.
+@example
+#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+               ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+#undef BFD_SEND
+#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+    ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist) : \
+    (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+#endif
+@end example
+For operations which index on the BFD format:
+@example
+#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+            (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+#undef BFD_SEND_FMT
+#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+   (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist) : \
+   (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+#endif
+@end example
+This is the structure which defines the type of BFD this is.  The
+@code{xvec} member of the struct @code{bfd} itself points here.  Each
+module that implements access to a different target under BFD,
+defines one of these.
+
+FIXME, these names should be rationalised with the names of
+the entry points which call them. Too bad we can't have one
+macro to define them both! 
+@example
+enum bfd_flavour @{
+  bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+  bfd_target_aout_flavour,
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ecoff_flavour,
+  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ieee_flavour,
+  bfd_target_nlm_flavour,
+  bfd_target_oasys_flavour,
+  bfd_target_tekhex_flavour,
+  bfd_target_srec_flavour,
+  bfd_target_ihex_flavour,
+  bfd_target_som_flavour,
+  bfd_target_os9k_flavour,
+  bfd_target_versados_flavour,
+  bfd_target_msdos_flavour,
+  bfd_target_evax_flavour
+@};
+
+enum bfd_endian @{ BFD_ENDIAN_BIG, BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE, BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN @};
+
+ /* Forward declaration.  */
+typedef struct bfd_link_info _bfd_link_info;
+
+typedef struct bfd_target
+@{
+@end example
+Identifies the kind of target, e.g., SunOS4, Ultrix, etc.
+@example
+  char *name;
+@end example
+The "flavour" of a back end is a general indication about the contents
+of a file.
+@example
+  enum bfd_flavour flavour;
+@end example
+The order of bytes within the data area of a file.
+@example
+  enum bfd_endian byteorder;
+@end example
+The order of bytes within the header parts of a file.
+@example
+  enum bfd_endian header_byteorder;
+@end example
+A mask of all the flags which an executable may have set -
+from the set @code{BFD_NO_FLAGS}, @code{HAS_RELOC}, ...@code{D_PAGED}.
+@example
+  flagword object_flags;       
+@end example
+A mask of all the flags which a section may have set - from
+the set @code{SEC_NO_FLAGS}, @code{SEC_ALLOC}, ...@code{SET_NEVER_LOAD}.
+@example
+  flagword section_flags;
+@end example
+The character normally found at the front of a symbol 
+(if any), perhaps `_'.
+@example
+  char symbol_leading_char;
+@end example
+The pad character for file names within an archive header.
+@example
+  char ar_pad_char;            
+@end example
+The maximum number of characters in an archive header.
+@example
+  unsigned short ar_max_namelen;
+@end example
+Entries for byte swapping for data. These are different from the other
+entry points, since they don't take a BFD asthe first argument.
+Certain other handlers could do the same.
+@example
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+@end example
+Byte swapping for the headers
+@example
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+  void         (*bfd_h_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+@end example
+Format dependent routines: these are vectors of entry points
+within the target vector structure, one for each format to check.
+
+Check the format of a file being read.  Return a @code{bfd_target *} or zero. 
+@example
+  const struct bfd_target *(*_bfd_check_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+@end example
+Set the format of a file being written.  
+@example
+  boolean             (*_bfd_set_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+@end example
+Write cached information into a file being written, at @code{bfd_close}. 
+@example
+  boolean             (*_bfd_write_contents[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+@end example
+The general target vector.
+@example
+
+   /* Generic entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_close_and_cleanup),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_free_cached_info),\
+CAT(NAME,_new_section_hook),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents_in_window)
+
+   /* Called when the BFD is being closed to do any necessary cleanup.  */
+  boolean       (*_close_and_cleanup) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Ask the BFD to free all cached information.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_free_cached_info) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Called when a new section is created.  */
+  boolean       (*_new_section_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+   /* Read the contents of a section.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, 
+                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents_in_window)
+                          PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, bfd_window *,
+                                   file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+   /* Entry points to copy private data.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_section_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_set_private_flags),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_print_private_bfd_data)\
+   /* Called to copy BFD general private data from one object file
+     to another.  */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+   /* Called to merge BFD general private data from one object file
+     to a common output file when linking.  */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+   /* Called to copy BFD private section data from one object file
+     to another.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_section_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr,
+                                                       bfd *, sec_ptr));
+   /* Called to copy BFD private symbol data from one symbol 
+     to another.  */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+							   bfd *, asymbol *));
+   /* Called to set private backend flags */
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_set_private_flags) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
+
+   /* Called to print private BFD data */
+  boolean       (*_bfd_print_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+
+   /* Core file entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_command),\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_signal),\
+CAT(NAME,_core_file_matches_executable_p)
+  char *   (*_core_file_failing_command) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  int      (*_core_file_failing_signal) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_core_file_matches_executable_p) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+
+   /* Archive entry points.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_slurp_armap),\
+CAT(NAME,_slurp_extended_name_table),\
+CAT(NAME,_construct_extended_name_table),\
+CAT(NAME,_truncate_arname),\
+CAT(NAME,_write_armap),\
+CAT(NAME,_read_ar_hdr),\
+CAT(NAME,_openr_next_archived_file),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_elt_at_index),\
+CAT(NAME,_generic_stat_arch_elt),\
+CAT(NAME,_update_armap_timestamp)
+  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_construct_extended_name_table)
+             PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+  void     (*_bfd_truncate_arname) PARAMS ((bfd *, CONST char *, char *));
+  boolean  (*write_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, 
+                              unsigned int elength,
+                              struct orl *map,
+                              unsigned int orl_count, 
+                              int stridx));
+  PTR (*_bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  bfd *    (*openr_next_archived_file) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, bfd *prev));
+#define bfd_get_elt_at_index(b,i) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_elt_at_index, (b,i))
+  bfd *    (*_bfd_get_elt_at_index) PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+  int      (*_bfd_stat_arch_elt) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
+  boolean  (*_bfd_update_armap_timestamp) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+   /* Entry points used for symbols.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symtab_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symtab),\
+CAT(NAME,_make_empty_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_print_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_symbol_info),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_is_local_label_name),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_lineno),\
+CAT(NAME,_find_nearest_line),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_make_debug_symbol),\
+CAT(NAME,_read_minisymbols),\
+CAT(NAME,_minisymbol_to_symbol)
+  long  (*_bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_symtab) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                                             struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+  struct symbol_cache_entry  *
+                (*_bfd_make_empty_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  void          (*_bfd_print_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+                                      bfd_print_symbol_type));
+#define bfd_print_symbol(b,p,s,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_print_symbol, (b,p,s,e))
+  void          (*_bfd_get_symbol_info) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+                                      symbol_info *));
+#define bfd_get_symbol_info(b,p,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_symbol_info, (b,p,e))
+  boolean	 (*_bfd_is_local_label_name) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+  alent *    (*_get_lineno) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *));
+  boolean    (*_bfd_find_nearest_line) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+                    struct sec *section, struct symbol_cache_entry **symbols,
+                    bfd_vma offset, CONST char **file, CONST char **func,
+                    unsigned int *line));
+  /* Back-door to allow format-aware applications to create debug symbols
+    while using BFD for everything else.  Currently used by the assembler
+    when creating COFF files.  */
+  asymbol *  (*_bfd_make_debug_symbol) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       void *ptr,
+       unsigned long size));
+#define bfd_read_minisymbols(b, d, m, s) \
+  BFD_SEND (b, _read_minisymbols, (b, d, m, s))
+  long  (*_read_minisymbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *,
+                                      unsigned int *));
+#define bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol(b, d, m, f) \
+  BFD_SEND (b, _minisymbol_to_symbol, (b, d, m, f))
+  asymbol *(*_minisymbol_to_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR,
+                                             asymbol *));
+
+   /* Routines for relocs.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_reloc_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_reloc),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_reloc_type_lookup)
+  long  (*_get_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, arelent **,
+                                            struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+   /* See documentation on reloc types.  */
+  reloc_howto_type *
+       (*reloc_type_lookup) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+                                     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+
+   /* Routines used when writing an object file.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_set_arch_mach),\
+CAT(NAME,_set_section_contents)
+  boolean    (*_bfd_set_arch_mach) PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture,
+                    unsigned long));
+  boolean       (*_bfd_set_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR,
+                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+   /* Routines used by the linker.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_sizeof_headers),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_relax_section),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_hash_table_create),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_add_symbols),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_final_link),\
+CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_split_section)
+  int        (*_bfd_sizeof_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+  bfd_byte * (*_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+                    struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+                    bfd_byte *data, boolean relocateable,
+                    struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+
+  boolean    (*_bfd_relax_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *,
+                    struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *again));
+
+   /* Create a hash table for the linker.  Different backends store
+     different information in this table.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table *(*_bfd_link_hash_table_create) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+   /* Add symbols from this object file into the hash table.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_link_add_symbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+   /* Do a link based on the link_order structures attached to each
+     section of the BFD.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_final_link) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+   /* Should this section be split up into smaller pieces during linking.  */
+  boolean (*_bfd_link_split_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
+
+  /* Routines to handle dynamic symbols and relocs.  */
+#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC(NAME)\
+CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab),\
+CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound),\
+CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+   /* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic symbols. */
+  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Read in the dynamic symbols.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+   /* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic relocs.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+   /* Read in the dynamic relocs.  */
+  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+
+@end example
+Data for use by back-end routines, which isn't generic enough to belong
+in this structure.
+@example
+ PTR backend_data;
+@} bfd_target;
+@end example
+@*
+@findex bfd_set_default_target
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_set_default_target}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+boolean bfd_set_default_target (const char *name);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Set the default target vector to use when recognizing a BFD.
+This takes the name of the target, which may be a BFD target
+name or a configuration triplet.
+@*
+@findex bfd_find_target
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_find_target}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const bfd_target *bfd_find_target(CONST char *target_name, bfd *abfd);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a pointer to the transfer vector for the object target
+named @var{target_name}.  If @var{target_name} is @code{NULL}, choose the
+one in the environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}; if that is null or not
+defined, then choose the first entry in the target list.
+Passing in the string "default" or setting the environment
+variable to "default" will cause the first entry in the target
+list to be returned, and "target_defaulted" will be set in the
+BFD.  This causes @code{bfd_check_format} to loop over all the
+targets to find the one that matches the file being read.
+@*
+@findex bfd_target_list
+@subsubsection @code{bfd_target_list}
+@strong{Synopsis}
+@example
+const char **bfd_target_list(void);
+@end example
+@strong{Description}@*
+Return a freshly malloced NULL-terminated
+vector of the names of all the valid BFD targets. Do not
+modify the names.
+@*
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoff.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e44a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4824 @@
+/* Generic ECOFF (Extended-COFF) routines.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Original version by Per Bothner.
+   Full support added by Ian Lance Taylor, ian@cygnus.com.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "aout/ranlib.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+/* FIXME: We need the definitions of N_SET[ADTB], but aout64.h defines
+   some other stuff which we don't want and which conflicts with stuff
+   we do want.  */
+#include "libaout.h"
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#undef N_ABS
+#undef exec_hdr
+#undef obj_sym_filepos
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+#include "libecoff.h"
+
+/* Prototypes for static functions.  */
+
+static int ecoff_get_magic PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static long ecoff_sec_to_styp_flags PARAMS ((const char *name,
+					     flagword flags));
+static boolean ecoff_slurp_symbolic_header PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static boolean ecoff_set_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, SYMR *ecoff_sym,
+					   asymbol *asym, int ext, int weak));
+static void ecoff_emit_aggregate PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, FDR *fdr,
+					  char *string,
+					  RNDXR *rndx, long isym,
+					  const char *which));
+static char *ecoff_type_to_string PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, FDR *fdr,
+					   unsigned int indx));
+static boolean ecoff_slurp_reloc_table PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+						asymbol **symbols));
+static int ecoff_sort_hdrs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static boolean ecoff_compute_section_file_positions PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static bfd_size_type ecoff_compute_reloc_file_positions PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static boolean ecoff_get_extr PARAMS ((asymbol *, EXTR *));
+static void ecoff_set_index PARAMS ((asymbol *, bfd_size_type));
+static unsigned int ecoff_armap_hash PARAMS ((CONST char *s,
+					      unsigned int *rehash,
+					      unsigned int size,
+					      unsigned int hlog));
+
+/* This stuff is somewhat copied from coffcode.h.  */
+
+static asection bfd_debug_section = { "*DEBUG*" };
+
+/* Create an ECOFF object.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->tdata.ecoff_obj_data = ((struct ecoff_tdata *)
+				bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (ecoff_data_type)));
+  if (abfd->tdata.ecoff_obj_data == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is a hook called by coff_real_object_p to create any backend
+   specific information.  */
+
+PTR
+_bfd_ecoff_mkobject_hook (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+     PTR aouthdr;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+  struct internal_aouthdr *internal_a = (struct internal_aouthdr *) aouthdr;
+  ecoff_data_type *ecoff;
+
+  if (_bfd_ecoff_mkobject (abfd) == false)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ecoff = ecoff_data (abfd);
+  ecoff->gp_size = 8;
+  ecoff->sym_filepos = internal_f->f_symptr;
+
+  if (internal_a != (struct internal_aouthdr *) NULL)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      ecoff->text_start = internal_a->text_start;
+      ecoff->text_end = internal_a->text_start + internal_a->tsize;
+      ecoff->gp = internal_a->gp_value;
+      ecoff->gprmask = internal_a->gprmask;
+      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+	ecoff->cprmask[i] = internal_a->cprmask[i];
+      ecoff->fprmask = internal_a->fprmask;
+      if (internal_a->magic == ECOFF_AOUT_ZMAGIC)
+	abfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+      else
+	abfd->flags &=~ D_PAGED;
+    }
+
+  /* It turns out that no special action is required by the MIPS or
+     Alpha ECOFF backends.  They have different information in the
+     a.out header, but we just copy it all (e.g., gprmask, cprmask and
+     fprmask) and let the swapping routines ensure that only relevant
+     information is written out.  */
+
+  return (PTR) ecoff;
+}
+
+/* Initialize a new section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook (abfd, section)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+{
+  section->alignment_power = 4;
+
+  if (strcmp (section->name, _TEXT) == 0
+      || strcmp (section->name, _INIT) == 0
+      || strcmp (section->name, _FINI) == 0)
+    section->flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, _DATA) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _SDATA) == 0)
+    section->flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, _RDATA) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _LIT8) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _LIT4) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _RCONST) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _PDATA) == 0)
+    section->flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY;
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, _BSS) == 0
+	   || strcmp (section->name, _SBSS) == 0)
+    section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+  else if (strcmp (section->name, _LIB) == 0)
+    {
+      /* An Irix 4 shared libary.  */
+      section->flags |= SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+    }
+
+  /* Probably any other section name is SEC_NEVER_LOAD, but I'm
+     uncertain about .init on some systems and I don't know how shared
+     libraries work.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Determine the machine architecture and type.  This is called from
+   the generic COFF routines.  It is the inverse of ecoff_get_magic,
+   below.  This could be an ECOFF backend routine, with one version
+   for each target, but there aren't all that many ECOFF targets.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach_hook (abfd, filehdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filehdr;
+{
+  struct internal_filehdr *internal_f = (struct internal_filehdr *) filehdr;
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  unsigned long mach;
+
+  switch (internal_f->f_magic)
+    {
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_1:
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE:
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_BIG:
+      arch = bfd_arch_mips;
+      mach = 3000;
+      break;
+
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2:
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2:
+      /* MIPS ISA level 2: the r6000 */
+      arch = bfd_arch_mips;
+      mach = 6000;
+      break;
+
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3:
+    case MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3:
+      /* MIPS ISA level 3: the r4000 */
+      arch = bfd_arch_mips;
+      mach = 4000;
+      break;
+
+    case ALPHA_MAGIC:
+      arch = bfd_arch_alpha;
+      mach = 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      arch = bfd_arch_obscure;
+      mach = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach);
+}
+
+/* Get the magic number to use based on the architecture and machine.
+   This is the inverse of _bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach_hook, above.  */
+
+static int
+ecoff_get_magic (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int big, little;
+
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_mips:
+      switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+	{
+	default:
+	case 0:
+	case 3000:
+	  big = MIPS_MAGIC_BIG;
+	  little = MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 6000:
+	  big = MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2;
+	  little = MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2;
+	  break;
+
+	case 4000:
+	  big = MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3;
+	  little = MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      return bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? big : little;
+
+    case bfd_arch_alpha:
+      return ALPHA_MAGIC;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Get the section s_flags to use for a section.  */
+
+static long
+ecoff_sec_to_styp_flags (name, flags)
+     const char *name;
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  long styp;
+
+  styp = 0;
+
+  if (strcmp (name, _TEXT) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_TEXT;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _DATA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_DATA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _SDATA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_SDATA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _RDATA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_RDATA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LITA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_LITA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIT8) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_LIT8;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIT4) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_LIT4;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _BSS) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_BSS;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _SBSS) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_SBSS;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _INIT) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_ECOFF_INIT;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _FINI) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_ECOFF_FINI;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _PDATA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_PDATA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _XDATA) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_XDATA;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIB) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_ECOFF_LIB;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _GOT) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_GOT;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _HASH) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_HASH;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _DYNAMIC) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_DYNAMIC;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _LIBLIST) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_LIBLIST;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _RELDYN) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_RELDYN;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _CONFLIC) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_CONFLIC;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _DYNSTR) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_DYNSTR;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _DYNSYM) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_DYNSYM;
+  else if (strcmp (name, _COMMENT) == 0)
+    {
+      styp = STYP_COMMENT;
+      flags &=~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, _RCONST) == 0)
+    styp = STYP_RCONST;
+  else if (flags & SEC_CODE) 
+    styp = STYP_TEXT;
+  else if (flags & SEC_DATA) 
+    styp = STYP_DATA;
+  else if (flags & SEC_READONLY)
+    styp = STYP_RDATA;
+  else if (flags & SEC_LOAD)
+    styp = STYP_REG;
+  else
+    styp = STYP_BSS;
+
+  if (flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+    styp |= STYP_NOLOAD;
+
+  return styp;
+}
+
+/* Get the BFD flags to use for a section.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+flagword
+_bfd_ecoff_styp_to_sec_flags (abfd, hdr, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR hdr;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct internal_scnhdr *internal_s = (struct internal_scnhdr *) hdr;
+  long styp_flags = internal_s->s_flags;
+  flagword sec_flags=0;
+
+  if (styp_flags & STYP_NOLOAD)
+    sec_flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+
+  /* For 386 COFF, at least, an unloadable text or data section is
+     actually a shared library section.  */
+  if ((styp_flags & STYP_TEXT)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_ECOFF_INIT)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_ECOFF_FINI)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_DYNAMIC)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_LIBLIST)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_RELDYN)
+      || styp_flags == STYP_CONFLIC
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_DYNSTR)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_DYNSYM)
+      || (styp_flags & STYP_HASH))
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if ((styp_flags & STYP_DATA)
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_RDATA)
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_SDATA)
+	   || styp_flags == STYP_PDATA
+	   || styp_flags == STYP_XDATA
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_GOT)
+	   || styp_flags == STYP_RCONST)
+    {
+      if (sec_flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+      else
+	sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+      if ((styp_flags & STYP_RDATA)
+	  || styp_flags == STYP_PDATA
+	  || styp_flags == STYP_RCONST)
+	sec_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+    }
+  else if ((styp_flags & STYP_BSS)
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_SBSS))
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+    }
+  else if ((styp_flags & STYP_INFO) || styp_flags == STYP_COMMENT)
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+    }
+  else if ((styp_flags & STYP_LITA)
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_LIT8)
+	   || (styp_flags & STYP_LIT4))
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY;
+    }
+  else if (styp_flags & STYP_ECOFF_LIB)
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sec_flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+    }
+
+  return sec_flags;
+}
+
+/* Read in the symbolic header for an ECOFF object file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_slurp_symbolic_header (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  bfd_size_type external_hdr_size;
+  PTR raw = NULL;
+  HDRR *internal_symhdr;
+
+  /* See if we've already read it in.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.magic == 
+      backend->debug_swap.sym_magic)
+    return true;
+
+  /* See whether there is a symbolic header.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = 0;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* At this point bfd_get_symcount (abfd) holds the number of symbols
+     as read from the file header, but on ECOFF this is always the
+     size of the symbolic information header.  It would be cleaner to
+     handle this when we first read the file in coffgen.c.  */
+  external_hdr_size = backend->debug_swap.external_hdr_size;
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) != external_hdr_size)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the symbolic information header.  */
+  raw = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) external_hdr_size);
+  if (raw == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos, SEEK_SET) == -1
+      || (bfd_read (raw, external_hdr_size, 1, abfd)
+	  != external_hdr_size))
+    goto error_return;
+  internal_symhdr = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header;
+  (*backend->debug_swap.swap_hdr_in) (abfd, raw, internal_symhdr);
+
+  if (internal_symhdr->magic != backend->debug_swap.sym_magic)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Now we can get the correct number of symbols.  */
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = (internal_symhdr->isymMax
+			     + internal_symhdr->iextMax);
+
+  if (raw != NULL)
+    free (raw);
+  return true;
+ error_return:
+  if (raw != NULL)
+    free (raw);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Read in and swap the important symbolic information for an ECOFF
+   object file.  This is called by gdb via the read_debug_info entry
+   point in the backend structure.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info (abfd, ignore, debug)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *ignore;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  HDRR *internal_symhdr;
+  bfd_size_type raw_base;
+  bfd_size_type raw_size;
+  PTR raw;
+  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
+  char *fraw_src;
+  char *fraw_end;
+  struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
+  bfd_size_type raw_end;
+  bfd_size_type cb_end;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (debug == &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info);
+
+  /* Check whether we've already gotten it, and whether there's any to
+     get.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->raw_syments != (PTR) NULL)
+    return true;
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = 0;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (! ecoff_slurp_symbolic_header (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  internal_symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+
+  /* Read all the symbolic information at once.  */
+  raw_base = (ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos
+	      + backend->debug_swap.external_hdr_size);
+
+  /* Alpha ecoff makes the determination of raw_size difficult. It has
+     an undocumented debug data section between the symhdr and the first
+     documented section. And the ordering of the sections varies between
+     statically and dynamically linked executables.
+     If bfd supports SEEK_END someday, this code could be simplified.  */
+
+  raw_end = 0;
+
+#define UPDATE_RAW_END(start, count, size) \
+  cb_end = internal_symhdr->start + internal_symhdr->count * (size); \
+  if (cb_end > raw_end) \
+    raw_end = cb_end
+
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char));
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbDnOffset, idnMax, backend->debug_swap.external_dnr_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbPdOffset, ipdMax, backend->debug_swap.external_pdr_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbSymOffset, isymMax, backend->debug_swap.external_sym_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbOptOffset, ioptMax, backend->debug_swap.external_opt_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext));
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char));
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char));
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbFdOffset, ifdMax, backend->debug_swap.external_fdr_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbRfdOffset, crfd, backend->debug_swap.external_rfd_size);
+  UPDATE_RAW_END (cbExtOffset, iextMax, backend->debug_swap.external_ext_size);
+
+#undef UPDATE_RAW_END
+
+  raw_size = raw_end - raw_base;
+  if (raw_size == 0)
+    {
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos = 0;
+      return true;
+    }
+  raw = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, raw_size);
+  if (raw == NULL)
+    return false;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		(ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos
+		 + backend->debug_swap.external_hdr_size),
+		SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (raw, raw_size, 1, abfd) != raw_size)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, raw);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->raw_syments = raw;
+
+  /* Get pointers for the numeric offsets in the HDRR structure.  */
+#define FIX(off1, off2, type) \
+  if (internal_symhdr->off1 == 0) \
+    debug->off2 = (type) NULL; \
+  else \
+    debug->off2 = (type) ((char *) raw \
+			  + (internal_symhdr->off1 \
+			     - raw_base))
+  FIX (cbLineOffset, line, unsigned char *);
+  FIX (cbDnOffset, external_dnr, PTR);
+  FIX (cbPdOffset, external_pdr, PTR);
+  FIX (cbSymOffset, external_sym, PTR);
+  FIX (cbOptOffset, external_opt, PTR);
+  FIX (cbAuxOffset, external_aux, union aux_ext *);
+  FIX (cbSsOffset, ss, char *);
+  FIX (cbSsExtOffset, ssext, char *);
+  FIX (cbFdOffset, external_fdr, PTR);
+  FIX (cbRfdOffset, external_rfd, PTR);
+  FIX (cbExtOffset, external_ext, PTR);
+#undef FIX
+
+  /* I don't want to always swap all the data, because it will just
+     waste time and most programs will never look at it.  The only
+     time the linker needs most of the debugging information swapped
+     is when linking big-endian and little-endian MIPS object files
+     together, which is not a common occurrence.
+
+     We need to look at the fdr to deal with a lot of information in
+     the symbols, so we swap them here.  */
+  debug->fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					 (internal_symhdr->ifdMax *
+					  sizeof (struct fdr)));
+  if (debug->fdr == NULL)
+    return false;
+  external_fdr_size = backend->debug_swap.external_fdr_size;
+  fdr_ptr = debug->fdr;
+  fraw_src = (char *) debug->external_fdr;
+  fraw_end = fraw_src + internal_symhdr->ifdMax * external_fdr_size;
+  for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
+    (*backend->debug_swap.swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* ECOFF symbol table routines.  The ECOFF symbol table is described
+   in gcc/mips-tfile.c.  */
+
+/* ECOFF uses two common sections.  One is the usual one, and the
+   other is for small objects.  All the small objects are kept
+   together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
+   faster assembler code.  This is what we use for the small common
+   section.  */
+static asection ecoff_scom_section;
+static asymbol ecoff_scom_symbol;
+static asymbol *ecoff_scom_symbol_ptr;
+
+/* Create an empty symbol.  */
+
+asymbol *
+_bfd_ecoff_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ecoff_symbol_type *new;
+
+  new = (ecoff_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (ecoff_symbol_type));
+  if (new == (ecoff_symbol_type *) NULL)
+    return (asymbol *) NULL;
+  memset ((PTR) new, 0, sizeof *new);
+  new->symbol.section = (asection *) NULL;
+  new->fdr = (FDR *) NULL;
+  new->local = false;
+  new->native = NULL;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+  return &new->symbol;
+}
+
+/* Set the BFD flags and section for an ECOFF symbol.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_set_symbol_info (abfd, ecoff_sym, asym, ext, weak)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     SYMR *ecoff_sym;
+     asymbol *asym;
+     int ext;
+     int weak;
+{
+  asym->the_bfd = abfd;
+  asym->value = ecoff_sym->value;
+  asym->section = &bfd_debug_section;
+  asym->udata.i = 0;
+
+  /* Most symbol types are just for debugging.  */
+  switch (ecoff_sym->st)
+    {
+    case stGlobal:
+    case stStatic:
+    case stLabel:
+    case stProc:
+    case stStaticProc:
+      break;
+    case stNil:
+      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (ecoff_sym))
+	{
+	  asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (weak)
+    asym->flags = BSF_EXPORT | BSF_WEAK;
+  else if (ext)
+    asym->flags = BSF_EXPORT | BSF_GLOBAL;
+  else
+    {
+      asym->flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+      /* Normally, a local stProc symbol will have a corresponding
+         external symbol.  We mark the local symbol as a debugging
+         symbol, in order to prevent nm from printing both out.
+         Similarly, we mark stLabel and stabs symbols as debugging
+         symbols.  In both cases, we do want to set the value
+         correctly based on the symbol class.  */
+      if (ecoff_sym->st == stProc
+	  || ecoff_sym->st == stLabel
+	  || ECOFF_IS_STAB (ecoff_sym))
+	asym->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING;
+    }
+  switch (ecoff_sym->sc)
+    {
+    case scNil:
+      /* Used for compiler generated labels.  Leave them in the
+	 debugging section, and mark them as local.  If BSF_DEBUGGING
+	 is set, then nm does not display them for some reason.  If no
+	 flags are set then the linker whines about them.  */
+      asym->flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+      break;
+    case scText:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".text");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scData:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".data");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scBss:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".bss");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scRegister:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case scAbs:
+      asym->section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      break;
+    case scUndefined:
+      asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      asym->flags = 0;
+      asym->value = 0;
+      break;
+    case scCdbLocal:
+    case scBits:
+    case scCdbSystem:
+    case scRegImage:
+    case scInfo:
+    case scUserStruct:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case scSData:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".sdata");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scSBss:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".sbss");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scRData:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".rdata");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scVar:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case scCommon:
+      if (asym->value > ecoff_data (abfd)->gp_size)
+	{
+	  asym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	  asym->flags = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case scSCommon:
+      if (ecoff_scom_section.name == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Initialize the small common section.  */
+	  ecoff_scom_section.name = SCOMMON;
+	  ecoff_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
+	  ecoff_scom_section.output_section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+	  ecoff_scom_section.symbol = &ecoff_scom_symbol;
+	  ecoff_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &ecoff_scom_symbol_ptr;
+	  ecoff_scom_symbol.name = SCOMMON;
+	  ecoff_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	  ecoff_scom_symbol.section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+	  ecoff_scom_symbol_ptr = &ecoff_scom_symbol;
+	}
+      asym->section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+      asym->flags = 0;
+      break;
+    case scVarRegister:
+    case scVariant:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case scSUndefined:
+      asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      asym->flags = 0;
+      asym->value = 0;
+      break;
+    case scInit:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".init");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scBasedVar:
+    case scXData:
+    case scPData:
+      asym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case scFini:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".fini");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    case scRConst:
+      asym->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".rconst");
+      asym->value -= asym->section->vma;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Look for special constructors symbols and make relocation entries
+     in a special construction section.  These are produced by the
+     -fgnu-linker argument to g++.  */
+  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (ecoff_sym))
+    {
+      switch (ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (ecoff_sym->index))
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+
+	case N_SETA:
+	case N_SETT:
+	case N_SETD:
+	case N_SETB:
+	  {
+	    /* This code is no longer needed.  It used to be used to
+	       make the linker handle set symbols, but they are now
+	       handled in the add_symbols routine instead.  */
+#if 0
+	    const char *name;
+	    asection *section;
+	    arelent_chain *reloc_chain;
+	    unsigned int bitsize;
+
+	    /* Get a section with the same name as the symbol (usually
+	       __CTOR_LIST__ or __DTOR_LIST__).  FIXME: gcc uses the
+	       name ___CTOR_LIST (three underscores).  We need
+	       __CTOR_LIST (two underscores), since ECOFF doesn't use
+	       a leading underscore.  This should be handled by gcc,
+	       but instead we do it here.  Actually, this should all
+	       be done differently anyhow.  */
+	    name = bfd_asymbol_name (asym);
+	    if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] == '_')
+	      {
+		++name;
+		asym->name = name;
+	      }
+	    section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+	    if (section == (asection *) NULL)
+	      {
+		char *copy;
+
+		copy = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (name) + 1);
+		if (!copy)
+		  return false;
+		strcpy (copy, name);
+		section = bfd_make_section (abfd, copy);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Build a reloc pointing to this constructor.  */
+	    reloc_chain =
+	      (arelent_chain *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (arelent_chain));
+	    if (!reloc_chain)
+	      return false;
+	    reloc_chain->relent.sym_ptr_ptr =
+	      bfd_get_section (asym)->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	    reloc_chain->relent.address = section->_raw_size;
+	    reloc_chain->relent.addend = asym->value;
+	    reloc_chain->relent.howto =
+	      ecoff_backend (abfd)->constructor_reloc;
+
+	    /* Set up the constructor section to hold the reloc.  */
+	    section->flags = SEC_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	    ++section->reloc_count;
+
+	    /* Constructor sections must be rounded to a boundary
+	       based on the bitsize.  These are not real sections--
+	       they are handled specially by the linker--so the ECOFF
+	       16 byte alignment restriction does not apply.  */
+	    bitsize = ecoff_backend (abfd)->constructor_bitsize;
+	    section->alignment_power = 1;
+	    while ((1 << section->alignment_power) < bitsize / 8)
+	      ++section->alignment_power;
+
+	    reloc_chain->next = section->constructor_chain;
+	    section->constructor_chain = reloc_chain;
+	    section->_raw_size += bitsize / 8;
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+	    /* Mark the symbol as a constructor.  */
+	    asym->flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read an ECOFF symbol table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  const bfd_size_type external_ext_size
+    = backend->debug_swap.external_ext_size;
+  const bfd_size_type external_sym_size
+    = backend->debug_swap.external_sym_size;
+  void (* const swap_ext_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *))
+    = backend->debug_swap.swap_ext_in;
+  void (* const swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, SYMR *))
+    = backend->debug_swap.swap_sym_in;
+  bfd_size_type internal_size;
+  ecoff_symbol_type *internal;
+  ecoff_symbol_type *internal_ptr;
+  char *eraw_src;
+  char *eraw_end;
+  FDR *fdr_ptr;
+  FDR *fdr_end;
+
+  /* If we've already read in the symbol table, do nothing.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->canonical_symbols != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Get the symbolic information.  */
+  if (! _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info (abfd, (asection *) NULL,
+					&ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info))
+    return false;
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  internal_size = bfd_get_symcount (abfd) * sizeof (ecoff_symbol_type);
+  internal = (ecoff_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, internal_size);
+  if (internal == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  internal_ptr = internal;
+  eraw_src = (char *) ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_ext;
+  eraw_end = (eraw_src
+	      + (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax
+		 * external_ext_size));
+  for (; eraw_src < eraw_end; eraw_src += external_ext_size, internal_ptr++)
+    {
+      EXTR internal_esym;
+
+      (*swap_ext_in) (abfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &internal_esym);
+      internal_ptr->symbol.name = (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.ssext
+				   + internal_esym.asym.iss);
+      if (!ecoff_set_symbol_info (abfd, &internal_esym.asym,
+				  &internal_ptr->symbol, 1,
+				  internal_esym.weakext))
+	return false;
+      /* The alpha uses a negative ifd field for section symbols.  */
+      if (internal_esym.ifd >= 0)
+	internal_ptr->fdr = (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.fdr
+			     + internal_esym.ifd);
+      else
+	internal_ptr->fdr = NULL;
+      internal_ptr->local = false;
+      internal_ptr->native = (PTR) eraw_src;
+    }
+
+  /* The local symbols must be accessed via the fdr's, because the
+     string and aux indices are relative to the fdr information.  */
+  fdr_ptr = ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.fdr;
+  fdr_end = fdr_ptr + ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.ifdMax;
+  for (; fdr_ptr < fdr_end; fdr_ptr++)
+    {
+      char *lraw_src;
+      char *lraw_end;
+
+      lraw_src = ((char *) ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_sym
+		  + fdr_ptr->isymBase * external_sym_size);
+      lraw_end = lraw_src + fdr_ptr->csym * external_sym_size;
+      for (;
+	   lraw_src < lraw_end;
+	   lraw_src += external_sym_size, internal_ptr++)
+	{
+	  SYMR internal_sym;
+
+	  (*swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) lraw_src, &internal_sym);
+	  internal_ptr->symbol.name = (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.ss
+				       + fdr_ptr->issBase
+				       + internal_sym.iss);
+	  if (!ecoff_set_symbol_info (abfd, &internal_sym,
+				      &internal_ptr->symbol, 0, 0))
+	    return false;
+	  internal_ptr->fdr = fdr_ptr;
+	  internal_ptr->local = true;
+	  internal_ptr->native = (PTR) lraw_src;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->canonical_symbols = internal;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of space needed for the canonical symbols.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_ecoff_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (! _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info (abfd, (asection *) NULL,
+					&ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  return (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) + 1) * (sizeof (ecoff_symbol_type *));
+}
+
+/* Get the canonical symbols.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_ecoff_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  ecoff_symbol_type *symbase;
+  ecoff_symbol_type **location = (ecoff_symbol_type **) alocation;
+
+  if (_bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd) == false)
+    return -1;
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  symbase = ecoff_data (abfd)->canonical_symbols;
+  while (counter < bfd_get_symcount (abfd))
+    {
+      *(location++) = symbase++;
+      counter++;
+    }
+  *location++ = (ecoff_symbol_type *) NULL;
+  return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Turn ECOFF type information into a printable string.
+   ecoff_emit_aggregate and ecoff_type_to_string are from
+   gcc/mips-tdump.c, with swapping added and used_ptr removed.  */
+
+/* Write aggregate information to a string.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_emit_aggregate (abfd, fdr, string, rndx, isym, which)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     FDR *fdr;
+     char *string;
+     RNDXR *rndx;
+     long isym;
+     const char *which;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap =
+    &ecoff_backend (abfd)->debug_swap;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug_info = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info;
+  unsigned int ifd = rndx->rfd;
+  unsigned int indx = rndx->index;
+  const char *name;
+  
+  if (ifd == 0xfff)
+    ifd = isym;
+
+  /* An ifd of -1 is an opaque type.  An escaped index of 0 is a
+     struct return type of a procedure compiled without -g.  */
+  if (ifd == 0xffffffff
+      || (rndx->rfd == 0xfff && indx == 0))
+    name = "<undefined>";
+  else if (indx == indexNil)
+    name = "<no name>";
+  else
+    {
+      SYMR sym;
+
+      if (debug_info->external_rfd == NULL)
+	fdr = debug_info->fdr + ifd;
+      else
+	{
+	  RFDT rfd;
+
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (abfd,
+				      ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
+				       + ((fdr->rfdBase + ifd)
+					  * debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
+				      &rfd);
+	  fdr = debug_info->fdr + rfd;
+	}
+
+      indx += fdr->isymBase;
+
+      (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd,
+				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
+				   + indx * debug_swap->external_sym_size),
+				  &sym);
+
+      name = debug_info->ss + fdr->issBase + sym.iss;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (string,
+	   "%s %s { ifd = %u, index = %lu }",
+	   which, name, ifd,
+	   ((long) indx
+	    + debug_info->symbolic_header.iextMax));
+}
+
+/* Convert the type information to string format.  */
+
+static char *
+ecoff_type_to_string (abfd, fdr, indx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     FDR *fdr;
+     unsigned int indx;
+{
+  union aux_ext *aux_ptr;
+  int bigendian;
+  AUXU u;
+  struct qual {
+    unsigned int  type;
+    int  low_bound;
+    int  high_bound;
+    int  stride;
+  } qualifiers[7];
+  unsigned int basic_type;
+  int i;
+  char buffer1[1024];
+  static char buffer2[1024];
+  char *p1 = buffer1;
+  char *p2 = buffer2;
+  RNDXR rndx;
+
+  aux_ptr = ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_aux + fdr->iauxBase;
+  bigendian = fdr->fBigendian;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+    {
+      qualifiers[i].low_bound = 0;
+      qualifiers[i].high_bound = 0;
+      qualifiers[i].stride = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx]) == (bfd_vma) -1)
+    return "-1 (no type)";
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx++].a_ti, &u.ti);
+
+  basic_type = u.ti.bt;
+  qualifiers[0].type = u.ti.tq0;
+  qualifiers[1].type = u.ti.tq1;
+  qualifiers[2].type = u.ti.tq2;
+  qualifiers[3].type = u.ti.tq3;
+  qualifiers[4].type = u.ti.tq4;
+  qualifiers[5].type = u.ti.tq5;
+  qualifiers[6].type = tqNil;
+
+  /*
+   * Go get the basic type.
+   */
+  switch (basic_type)
+    {
+    case btNil:			/* undefined */
+      strcpy (p1, "nil");
+      break;
+
+    case btAdr:			/* address - integer same size as pointer */
+      strcpy (p1, "address");
+      break;
+
+    case btChar:		/* character */
+      strcpy (p1, "char");
+      break;
+
+    case btUChar:		/* unsigned character */
+      strcpy (p1, "unsigned char");
+      break;
+
+    case btShort:		/* short */
+      strcpy (p1, "short");
+      break;
+
+    case btUShort:		/* unsigned short */
+      strcpy (p1, "unsigned short");
+      break;
+
+    case btInt:			/* int */
+      strcpy (p1, "int");
+      break;
+
+    case btUInt:		/* unsigned int */
+      strcpy (p1, "unsigned int");
+      break;
+
+    case btLong:		/* long */
+      strcpy (p1, "long");
+      break;
+
+    case btULong:		/* unsigned long */
+      strcpy (p1, "unsigned long");
+      break;
+
+    case btFloat:		/* float (real) */
+      strcpy (p1, "float");
+      break;
+
+    case btDouble:		/* Double (real) */
+      strcpy (p1, "double");
+      break;
+
+      /* Structures add 1-2 aux words:
+	 1st word is [ST_RFDESCAPE, offset] pointer to struct def;
+	 2nd word is file index if 1st word rfd is ST_RFDESCAPE.  */
+
+    case btStruct:		/* Structure (Record) */
+      _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx].a_rndx, &rndx);
+      ecoff_emit_aggregate (abfd, fdr, p1, &rndx,
+			    (long) AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+1]),
+			    "struct");
+      indx++;			/* skip aux words */
+      break;
+
+      /* Unions add 1-2 aux words:
+	 1st word is [ST_RFDESCAPE, offset] pointer to union def;
+	 2nd word is file index if 1st word rfd is ST_RFDESCAPE.  */
+
+    case btUnion:		/* Union */
+      _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx].a_rndx, &rndx);
+      ecoff_emit_aggregate (abfd, fdr, p1, &rndx,
+			    (long) AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+1]),
+			    "union");
+      indx++;			/* skip aux words */
+      break;
+
+      /* Enumerations add 1-2 aux words:
+	 1st word is [ST_RFDESCAPE, offset] pointer to enum def;
+	 2nd word is file index if 1st word rfd is ST_RFDESCAPE.  */
+
+    case btEnum:		/* Enumeration */
+      _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx].a_rndx, &rndx);
+      ecoff_emit_aggregate (abfd, fdr, p1, &rndx,
+			    (long) AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+1]),
+			    "enum");
+      indx++;			/* skip aux words */
+      break;
+
+    case btTypedef:		/* defined via a typedef, isymRef points */
+      strcpy (p1, "typedef");
+      break;
+
+    case btRange:		/* subrange of int */
+      strcpy (p1, "subrange");
+      break;
+
+    case btSet:			/* pascal sets */
+      strcpy (p1, "set");
+      break;
+
+    case btComplex:		/* fortran complex */
+      strcpy (p1, "complex");
+      break;
+
+    case btDComplex:		/* fortran double complex */
+      strcpy (p1, "double complex");
+      break;
+
+    case btIndirect:		/* forward or unnamed typedef */
+      strcpy (p1, "forward/unamed typedef");
+      break;
+
+    case btFixedDec:		/* Fixed Decimal */
+      strcpy (p1, "fixed decimal");
+      break;
+
+    case btFloatDec:		/* Float Decimal */
+      strcpy (p1, "float decimal");
+      break;
+
+    case btString:		/* Varying Length Character String */
+      strcpy (p1, "string");
+      break;
+
+    case btBit:			/* Aligned Bit String */
+      strcpy (p1, "bit");
+      break;
+
+    case btPicture:		/* Picture */
+      strcpy (p1, "picture");
+      break;
+
+    case btVoid:		/* Void */
+      strcpy (p1, "void");
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      sprintf (p1, "Unknown basic type %d", (int) basic_type);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  p1 += strlen (buffer1);
+
+  /*
+   * If this is a bitfield, get the bitsize.
+   */
+  if (u.ti.fBitfield)
+    {
+      int bitsize;
+
+      bitsize = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx++]);
+      sprintf (p1, " : %d", bitsize);
+      p1 += strlen (buffer1);
+    }
+
+
+  /*
+   * Deal with any qualifiers.
+   */
+  if (qualifiers[0].type != tqNil)
+    {
+      /*
+       * Snarf up any array bounds in the correct order.  Arrays
+       * store 5 successive words in the aux. table:
+       *	word 0	RNDXR to type of the bounds (ie, int)
+       *	word 1	Current file descriptor index
+       *	word 2	low bound
+       *	word 3	high bound (or -1 if [])
+       *	word 4	stride size in bits
+       */
+      for (i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+	{
+	  if (qualifiers[i].type == tqArray)
+	    {
+	      qualifiers[i].low_bound =
+		AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+2]);
+	      qualifiers[i].high_bound =
+		AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+3]);
+	      qualifiers[i].stride =
+		AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigendian, &aux_ptr[indx+4]);
+	      indx += 5;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /*
+       * Now print out the qualifiers.
+       */
+      for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+	{
+	  switch (qualifiers[i].type)
+	    {
+	    case tqNil:
+	    case tqMax:
+	      break;
+
+	    case tqPtr:
+	      strcpy (p2, "ptr to ");
+	      p2 += sizeof ("ptr to ")-1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case tqVol:
+	      strcpy (p2, "volatile ");
+	      p2 += sizeof ("volatile ")-1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case tqFar:
+	      strcpy (p2, "far ");
+	      p2 += sizeof ("far ")-1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case tqProc:
+	      strcpy (p2, "func. ret. ");
+	      p2 += sizeof ("func. ret. ");
+	      break;
+
+	    case tqArray:
+	      {
+		int first_array = i;
+		int j;
+
+		/* Print array bounds reversed (ie, in the order the C
+		   programmer writes them).  C is such a fun language.... */
+
+		while (i < 5 && qualifiers[i+1].type == tqArray)
+		  i++;
+
+		for (j = i; j >= first_array; j--)
+		  {
+		    strcpy (p2, "array [");
+		    p2 += sizeof ("array [")-1;
+		    if (qualifiers[j].low_bound != 0)
+		      sprintf (p2,
+			       "%ld:%ld {%ld bits}",
+			       (long) qualifiers[j].low_bound,
+			       (long) qualifiers[j].high_bound,
+			       (long) qualifiers[j].stride);
+
+		    else if (qualifiers[j].high_bound != -1)
+		      sprintf (p2,
+			       "%ld {%ld bits}",
+			       (long) (qualifiers[j].high_bound + 1),
+			       (long) (qualifiers[j].stride));
+
+		    else
+		      sprintf (p2, " {%ld bits}", (long) (qualifiers[j].stride));
+
+		    p2 += strlen (p2);
+		    strcpy (p2, "] of ");
+		    p2 += sizeof ("] of ")-1;
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  strcpy (p2, buffer1);
+  return buffer2;
+}
+
+/* Return information about ECOFF symbol SYMBOL in RET.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_get_symbol_info (abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *abfd;			/* Ignored.  */
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+/* Return whether this is a local label.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_bfd_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  return name[0] == '$';
+}
+
+/* Print information about an ECOFF symbol.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filep;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap
+    = &ecoff_backend (abfd)->debug_swap;
+  FILE *file = (FILE *)filep;
+
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+      if (ecoffsymbol (symbol)->local)
+	{
+	  SYMR ecoff_sym;
+	
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native,
+				      &ecoff_sym);
+	  fprintf (file, "ecoff local ");
+	  fprintf_vma (file, (bfd_vma) ecoff_sym.value);
+	  fprintf (file, " %x %x", (unsigned) ecoff_sym.st,
+		   (unsigned) ecoff_sym.sc);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  EXTR ecoff_ext;
+
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (abfd, ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native,
+				      &ecoff_ext);
+	  fprintf (file, "ecoff extern ");
+	  fprintf_vma (file, (bfd_vma) ecoff_ext.asym.value);
+	  fprintf (file, " %x %x", (unsigned) ecoff_ext.asym.st,
+		   (unsigned) ecoff_ext.asym.sc);
+	}
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+      /* Print out the symbols in a reasonable way */
+      {
+	char type;
+	int pos;
+	EXTR ecoff_ext;
+	char jmptbl;
+	char cobol_main;
+	char weakext;
+
+	if (ecoffsymbol (symbol)->local)
+	  {
+	    (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native,
+					&ecoff_ext.asym);
+	    type = 'l';
+	    pos = ((((char *) ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native
+		     - (char *) ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_sym)
+		    / debug_swap->external_sym_size)
+		   + ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax);
+	    jmptbl = ' ';
+	    cobol_main = ' ';
+	    weakext = ' ';
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (abfd, ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native,
+					&ecoff_ext);
+	    type = 'e';
+	    pos = (((char *) ecoffsymbol (symbol)->native
+		    - (char *) ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_ext)
+		   / debug_swap->external_ext_size);
+	    jmptbl = ecoff_ext.jmptbl ? 'j' : ' ';
+	    cobol_main = ecoff_ext.cobol_main ? 'c' : ' ';
+	    weakext = ecoff_ext.weakext ? 'w' : ' ';
+	  }
+
+	fprintf (file, "[%3d] %c ",
+		 pos, type);
+	fprintf_vma (file, (bfd_vma) ecoff_ext.asym.value);
+	fprintf (file, " st %x sc %x indx %x %c%c%c %s",
+		 (unsigned) ecoff_ext.asym.st,
+		 (unsigned) ecoff_ext.asym.sc,
+		 (unsigned) ecoff_ext.asym.index,
+		 jmptbl, cobol_main, weakext,
+		 symbol->name);
+
+	if (ecoffsymbol (symbol)->fdr != NULL
+	    && ecoff_ext.asym.index != indexNil)
+	  {
+	    FDR *fdr;
+	    unsigned int indx;
+	    int bigendian;
+	    bfd_size_type sym_base;
+	    union aux_ext *aux_base;
+
+	    fdr = ecoffsymbol (symbol)->fdr;
+	    indx = ecoff_ext.asym.index;
+
+	    /* sym_base is used to map the fdr relative indices which
+	       appear in the file to the position number which we are
+	       using.  */
+	    sym_base = fdr->isymBase;
+	    if (ecoffsymbol (symbol)->local)
+	      sym_base +=
+		ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax;
+
+	    /* aux_base is the start of the aux entries for this file;
+	       asym.index is an offset from this.  */
+	    aux_base = (ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.external_aux
+			+ fdr->iauxBase);
+
+	    /* The aux entries are stored in host byte order; the
+	       order is indicated by a bit in the fdr.  */
+	    bigendian = fdr->fBigendian;
+
+	    /* This switch is basically from gcc/mips-tdump.c  */
+	    switch (ecoff_ext.asym.st)
+	      {
+	      case stNil:
+	      case stLabel:
+		break;
+
+	      case stFile:
+	      case stBlock:
+		fprintf (file, "\n      End+1 symbol: %ld",
+			 (long) (indx + sym_base));
+		break;
+
+	      case stEnd:
+		if (ecoff_ext.asym.sc == scText
+		    || ecoff_ext.asym.sc == scInfo)
+		  fprintf (file, "\n      First symbol: %ld",
+			   (long) (indx + sym_base));
+		else
+		  fprintf (file, "\n      First symbol: %ld", 
+			   ((long)
+			    (AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian,
+					   &aux_base[ecoff_ext.asym.index])
+			     + sym_base)));
+		break;
+
+	      case stProc:
+	      case stStaticProc:
+		if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&ecoff_ext.asym))
+		  ;
+		else if (ecoffsymbol (symbol)->local)
+		  fprintf (file, "\n      End+1 symbol: %-7ld   Type:  %s",
+			   ((long)
+			    (AUX_GET_ISYM (bigendian,
+					   &aux_base[ecoff_ext.asym.index])
+			     + sym_base)),
+			   ecoff_type_to_string (abfd, fdr, indx + 1));
+		else
+		  fprintf (file, "\n      Local symbol: %ld",
+			   ((long) indx
+			    + (long) sym_base
+			    + (ecoff_data (abfd)
+			       ->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax)));
+		break;
+
+	      case stStruct:
+		fprintf (file, "\n      struct; End+1 symbol: %ld",
+			 (long) (indx + sym_base));
+		break;
+
+	      case stUnion:
+		fprintf (file, "\n      union; End+1 symbol: %ld",
+			 (long) (indx + sym_base));
+		break;
+
+	      case stEnum:
+		fprintf (file, "\n      enum; End+1 symbol: %ld",
+			 (long) (indx + sym_base));
+		break;
+
+	      default:
+		if (! ECOFF_IS_STAB (&ecoff_ext.asym))
+		  fprintf (file, "\n      Type: %s",
+			   ecoff_type_to_string (abfd, fdr, indx));
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read in the relocs for a section.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  arelent *internal_relocs;
+  bfd_size_type external_reloc_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_relocs_size;
+  char *external_relocs;
+  arelent *rptr;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (section->relocation != (arelent *) NULL
+      || section->reloc_count == 0
+      || (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (_bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table (abfd) == false)
+    return false;
+  
+  internal_relocs = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					   (sizeof (arelent)
+					    * section->reloc_count));
+  external_reloc_size = backend->external_reloc_size;
+  external_relocs_size = external_reloc_size * section->reloc_count;
+  external_relocs = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, external_relocs_size);
+  if (internal_relocs == (arelent *) NULL
+      || external_relocs == (char *) NULL)
+    return false;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, section->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+  if (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, external_relocs_size, abfd)
+      != external_relocs_size)
+    return false;
+
+  for (i = 0, rptr = internal_relocs; i < section->reloc_count; i++, rptr++)
+    {
+      struct internal_reloc intern;
+
+      (*backend->swap_reloc_in) (abfd,
+				 external_relocs + i * external_reloc_size,
+				 &intern);
+
+      if (intern.r_extern)
+	{
+	  /* r_symndx is an index into the external symbols.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (intern.r_symndx >= 0
+		      && (intern.r_symndx
+			  < (ecoff_data (abfd)
+			     ->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax)));
+	  rptr->sym_ptr_ptr = symbols + intern.r_symndx;
+	  rptr->addend = 0;
+	}
+      else if (intern.r_symndx == RELOC_SECTION_NONE
+	       || intern.r_symndx == RELOC_SECTION_ABS)
+	{
+	  rptr->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	  rptr->addend = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  CONST char *sec_name;
+	  asection *sec;
+
+	  /* r_symndx is a section key.  */
+	  switch (intern.r_symndx)
+	    {
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_TEXT:  sec_name = ".text";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_RDATA: sec_name = ".rdata"; break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_DATA:  sec_name = ".data";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_SDATA: sec_name = ".sdata"; break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_SBSS:  sec_name = ".sbss";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_BSS:   sec_name = ".bss";   break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_INIT:  sec_name = ".init";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_LIT8:  sec_name = ".lit8";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_LIT4:  sec_name = ".lit4";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_XDATA: sec_name = ".xdata"; break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_PDATA: sec_name = ".pdata"; break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_FINI:  sec_name = ".fini"; break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_LITA:  sec_name = ".lita";  break;
+	    case RELOC_SECTION_RCONST: sec_name = ".rconst"; break;
+	    default: abort ();
+	    }
+
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_name);
+	  if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+	    abort ();
+	  rptr->sym_ptr_ptr = sec->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+
+	  rptr->addend = - bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec);
+	}
+
+      rptr->address = intern.r_vaddr - bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+
+      /* Let the backend select the howto field and do any other
+	 required processing.  */
+      (*backend->adjust_reloc_in) (abfd, &intern, rptr);
+    }
+
+  bfd_release (abfd, external_relocs);
+
+  section->relocation = internal_relocs;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get a canonical list of relocs.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_ecoff_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     arelent **relptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  unsigned int count;
+
+  if (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR) 
+    {
+      arelent_chain *chain;
+
+      /* This section has relocs made up by us, not the file, so take
+	 them out of their chain and place them into the data area
+	 provided.  */
+      for (count = 0, chain = section->constructor_chain;
+	   count < section->reloc_count;
+	   count++, chain = chain->next)
+	*relptr++ = &chain->relent;
+    }
+  else
+    { 
+      arelent *tblptr;
+
+      if (ecoff_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols) == false)
+	return -1;
+
+      tblptr = section->relocation;
+
+      for (count = 0; count < section->reloc_count; count++)
+	*relptr++ = tblptr++;
+    }
+
+  *relptr = (arelent *) NULL;
+
+  return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+/* Provided a BFD, a section and an offset into the section, calculate
+   and return the name of the source file and the line nearest to the
+   wanted location.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, ignore_symbols, offset,
+			      filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, retline_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **ignore_symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     CONST char **filename_ptr;
+     CONST char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *retline_ptr;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap
+    = &ecoff_backend (abfd)->debug_swap;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug_info = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info;
+  struct ecoff_find_line *line_info;
+
+  /* Make sure we have the FDR's.  */
+  if (! _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info (abfd, (asection *) NULL, debug_info)
+      || bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->find_line_info == NULL)
+    {
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->find_line_info =
+	((struct ecoff_find_line *)
+	 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ecoff_find_line)));
+      if (ecoff_data (abfd)->find_line_info == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+  line_info = ecoff_data (abfd)->find_line_info;
+
+  return _bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, debug_info,
+				 debug_swap, line_info, filename_ptr,
+				 functionname_ptr, retline_ptr);
+}
+
+/* Copy private BFD data.  This is called by objcopy and strip.  We
+   use it to copy the ECOFF debugging information from one BFD to the
+   other.  It would be theoretically possible to represent the ECOFF
+   debugging information in the symbol table.  However, it would be a
+   lot of work, and there would be little gain (gas, gdb, and ld
+   already access the ECOFF debugging information via the
+   ecoff_debug_info structure, and that structure would have to be
+   retained in order to support ECOFF debugging in MIPS ELF).
+
+   The debugging information for the ECOFF external symbols comes from
+   the symbol table, so this function only handles the other debugging
+   information.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  struct ecoff_debug_info *iinfo = &ecoff_data (ibfd)->debug_info;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info *oinfo = &ecoff_data (obfd)->debug_info;
+  register int i;
+  asymbol **sym_ptr_ptr;
+  size_t c;
+  boolean local;
+
+  /* We only want to copy information over if both BFD's use ECOFF
+     format.  */
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Copy the GP value and the register masks.  */
+  ecoff_data (obfd)->gp = ecoff_data (ibfd)->gp;
+  ecoff_data (obfd)->gprmask = ecoff_data (ibfd)->gprmask;
+  ecoff_data (obfd)->fprmask = ecoff_data (ibfd)->fprmask;
+  for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    ecoff_data (obfd)->cprmask[i] = ecoff_data (ibfd)->cprmask[i];
+
+  /* Copy the version stamp.  */
+  oinfo->symbolic_header.vstamp = iinfo->symbolic_header.vstamp;
+
+  /* If there are no symbols, don't copy any debugging information.  */
+  c = bfd_get_symcount (obfd);
+  sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_get_outsymbols (obfd);
+  if (c == 0 || sym_ptr_ptr == (asymbol **) NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  /* See if there are any local symbols.  */
+  local = false;
+  for (; c > 0; c--, sym_ptr_ptr++)
+    {
+      if (ecoffsymbol (*sym_ptr_ptr)->local)
+	{
+	  local = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (local)
+    {
+      /* There are some local symbols.  We just bring over all the
+	 debugging information.  FIXME: This is not quite the right
+	 thing to do.  If the user has asked us to discard all
+	 debugging information, then we are probably going to wind up
+	 keeping it because there will probably be some local symbol
+	 which objcopy did not discard.  We should actually break
+	 apart the debugging information and only keep that which
+	 applies to the symbols we want to keep.  */
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.ilineMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.ilineMax;
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.cbLine = iinfo->symbolic_header.cbLine;
+      oinfo->line = iinfo->line;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.idnMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.idnMax;
+      oinfo->external_dnr = iinfo->external_dnr;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.ipdMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.ipdMax;
+      oinfo->external_pdr = iinfo->external_pdr;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.isymMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.isymMax;
+      oinfo->external_sym = iinfo->external_sym;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.ioptMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.ioptMax;
+      oinfo->external_opt = iinfo->external_opt;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.iauxMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.iauxMax;
+      oinfo->external_aux = iinfo->external_aux;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.issMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.issMax;
+      oinfo->ss = iinfo->ss;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.ifdMax = iinfo->symbolic_header.ifdMax;
+      oinfo->external_fdr = iinfo->external_fdr;
+
+      oinfo->symbolic_header.crfd = iinfo->symbolic_header.crfd;
+      oinfo->external_rfd = iinfo->external_rfd;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We are discarding all the local symbol information.  Look
+	 through the external symbols and remove all references to FDR
+	 or aux information.  */
+      c = bfd_get_symcount (obfd);
+      sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_get_outsymbols (obfd);
+      for (; c > 0; c--, sym_ptr_ptr++)
+	{
+	  EXTR esym;
+
+	  (*(ecoff_backend (obfd)->debug_swap.swap_ext_in))
+	    (obfd, ecoffsymbol (*sym_ptr_ptr)->native, &esym);
+	  esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+	  esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+	  (*(ecoff_backend (obfd)->debug_swap.swap_ext_out))
+	    (obfd, &esym, ecoffsymbol (*sym_ptr_ptr)->native);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the architecture.  The supported architecture is stored in the
+   backend pointer.  We always set the architecture anyhow, since many
+   callers ignore the return value.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+  return arch == ecoff_backend (abfd)->arch;
+}
+
+/* Get the size of the section headers.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+int
+_bfd_ecoff_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean reloc;
+{
+  asection *current;
+  int c;
+  int ret;
+
+  c = 0;
+  for (current = abfd->sections;
+       current != (asection *)NULL; 
+       current = current->next) 
+    ++c;
+
+  ret = (bfd_coff_filhsz (abfd)
+	 + bfd_coff_aoutsz (abfd)
+	 + c * bfd_coff_scnhsz (abfd));
+  return BFD_ALIGN (ret, 16);
+}
+
+/* Get the contents of a section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  return _bfd_generic_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location,
+					    offset, count);
+}
+
+/* Sort sections by VMA, but put SEC_ALLOC sections first.  This is
+   called via qsort.  */
+
+static int
+ecoff_sort_hdrs (arg1, arg2)
+     const PTR arg1;
+     const PTR arg2;
+{
+  const asection *hdr1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
+  const asection *hdr2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
+
+  if ((hdr1->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+    {
+      if ((hdr2->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((hdr2->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	return 1;
+    }
+  if (hdr1->vma < hdr2->vma)
+    return -1;
+  else if (hdr1->vma > hdr2->vma)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the file position for each section, and set
+   reloc_filepos.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  file_ptr sofar, file_sofar;
+  asection **sorted_hdrs;
+  asection *current;
+  unsigned int i;
+  file_ptr old_sofar;
+  boolean rdata_in_text;
+  boolean first_data, first_nonalloc;
+  const bfd_vma round = ecoff_backend (abfd)->round;
+
+  sofar = _bfd_ecoff_sizeof_headers (abfd, false);
+  file_sofar = sofar;
+
+  /* Sort the sections by VMA.  */
+  sorted_hdrs = (asection **) bfd_malloc (abfd->section_count
+					  * sizeof (asection *));
+  if (sorted_hdrs == NULL)
+    return false;
+  for (current = abfd->sections, i = 0;
+       current != NULL;
+       current = current->next, i++)
+    sorted_hdrs[i] = current;
+  BFD_ASSERT (i == abfd->section_count);
+
+  qsort (sorted_hdrs, abfd->section_count, sizeof (asection *),
+	 ecoff_sort_hdrs);
+
+  /* Some versions of the OSF linker put the .rdata section in the
+     text segment, and some do not.  */
+  rdata_in_text = ecoff_backend (abfd)->rdata_in_text;
+  if (rdata_in_text)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < abfd->section_count; i++)
+	{
+	  current = sorted_hdrs[i];
+	  if (strcmp (current->name, _RDATA) == 0)
+	    break;
+	  if ((current->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
+	      && strcmp (current->name, _PDATA) != 0
+	      && strcmp (current->name, _RCONST) != 0)
+	    {
+	      rdata_in_text = false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->rdata_in_text = rdata_in_text;
+
+  first_data = true;
+  first_nonalloc = true;
+  for (i = 0; i < abfd->section_count; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int alignment_power;
+
+      current = sorted_hdrs[i];
+
+      /* For the Alpha ECOFF .pdata section the lnnoptr field is
+	 supposed to indicate the number of .pdata entries that are
+	 really in the section.  Each entry is 8 bytes.  We store this
+	 away in line_filepos before increasing the section size.  */
+      if (strcmp (current->name, _PDATA) == 0)
+	current->line_filepos = current->_raw_size / 8;
+
+      alignment_power = current->alignment_power;
+
+      /* On Ultrix, the data sections in an executable file must be
+	 aligned to a page boundary within the file.  This does not
+	 affect the section size, though.  FIXME: Does this work for
+	 other platforms?  It requires some modification for the
+	 Alpha, because .rdata on the Alpha goes with the text, not
+	 the data.  */
+      if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0
+	  && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
+	  && ! first_data
+	  && (current->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
+	  && (! rdata_in_text
+	      || strcmp (current->name, _RDATA) != 0)
+	  && strcmp (current->name, _PDATA) != 0
+	  && strcmp (current->name, _RCONST) != 0)
+	{
+	  sofar = (sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	  file_sofar = (file_sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	  first_data = false;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (current->name, _LIB) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* On Irix 4, the location of contents of the .lib section
+	     from a shared library section is also rounded up to a
+	     page boundary.  */
+
+	  sofar = (sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	  file_sofar = (file_sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	}
+      else if (first_nonalloc
+	       && (current->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+	       && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Skip up to the next page for an unallocated section, such
+             as the .comment section on the Alpha.  This leaves room
+             for the .bss section.  */
+	  first_nonalloc = false;
+	  sofar = (sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	  file_sofar = (file_sofar + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+	}
+
+      /* Align the sections in the file to the same boundary on
+	 which they are aligned in virtual memory.  */
+      sofar = BFD_ALIGN (sofar, 1 << alignment_power);
+      if ((current->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	file_sofar = BFD_ALIGN (file_sofar, 1 << alignment_power);
+
+      if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
+	  && (current->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  sofar += (current->vma - sofar) % round;
+	  if ((current->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	    file_sofar += (current->vma - file_sofar) % round;
+	}
+
+      if ((current->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD)) != 0)
+	current->filepos = file_sofar;
+
+      sofar += current->_raw_size;
+      if ((current->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	file_sofar += current->_raw_size;
+
+      /* make sure that this section is of the right size too */
+      old_sofar = sofar;
+      sofar = BFD_ALIGN (sofar, 1 << alignment_power);
+      if ((current->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	file_sofar = BFD_ALIGN (file_sofar, 1 << alignment_power);
+      current->_raw_size += sofar - old_sofar;
+    }
+
+  free (sorted_hdrs);
+  sorted_hdrs = NULL;
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->reloc_filepos = file_sofar;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Determine the location of the relocs for all the sections in the
+   output file, as well as the location of the symbolic debugging
+   information.  */
+
+static bfd_size_type
+ecoff_compute_reloc_file_positions (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_reloc_size =
+    ecoff_backend (abfd)->external_reloc_size;
+  file_ptr reloc_base;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_size;
+  asection *current;
+  file_ptr sym_base;
+
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      if (! ecoff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd))
+	abort ();
+      abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+    }
+  
+  reloc_base = ecoff_data (abfd)->reloc_filepos;
+
+  reloc_size = 0;
+  for (current = abfd->sections;
+       current != (asection *)NULL; 
+       current = current->next) 
+    {
+      if (current->reloc_count == 0)
+	current->rel_filepos = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type relsize;
+
+	  current->rel_filepos = reloc_base;
+	  relsize = current->reloc_count * external_reloc_size;
+	  reloc_size += relsize;
+	  reloc_base += relsize;
+	}
+    }
+
+  sym_base = ecoff_data (abfd)->reloc_filepos + reloc_size;
+
+  /* At least on Ultrix, the symbol table of an executable file must
+     be aligned to a page boundary.  FIXME: Is this true on other
+     platforms?  */
+  if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0
+      && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+    sym_base = ((sym_base + ecoff_backend (abfd)->round - 1)
+		&~ (ecoff_backend (abfd)->round - 1));
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos = sym_base;
+
+  return reloc_size;
+}
+
+/* Set the contents of a section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  /* This must be done first, because bfd_set_section_contents is
+     going to set output_has_begun to true.  */
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)
+    {
+      if (! ecoff_compute_section_file_positions (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle the .lib section specially so that Irix 4 shared libraries
+     work out.  See coff_set_section_contents in coffcode.h.  */
+  if (strcmp (section->name, _LIB) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *rec, *recend;
+
+      rec = (bfd_byte *) location;
+      recend = rec + count;
+      while (rec < recend)
+	{
+	  ++section->lma;
+	  rec += bfd_get_32 (abfd, rec) * 4;
+	}
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (rec == recend);
+    }
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (section->filepos + offset), SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get the GP value for an ECOFF file.  This is a hook used by
+   nlmconv.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_ecoff_get_gp_value (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  
+  return ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+}
+
+/* Set the GP value for an ECOFF file.  This is a hook used by the
+   assembler.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_set_gp_value (abfd, gp_value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma gp_value;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->gp = gp_value;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the register masks for an ECOFF file.  This is a hook used by
+   the assembler.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_set_regmasks (abfd, gprmask, fprmask, cprmask)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned long gprmask;
+     unsigned long fprmask;
+     unsigned long *cprmask;
+{
+  ecoff_data_type *tdata;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  tdata = ecoff_data (abfd);
+  tdata->gprmask = gprmask;
+  tdata->fprmask = fprmask;
+  if (cprmask != (unsigned long *) NULL)
+    {
+      register int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+	tdata->cprmask[i] = cprmask[i];
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get ECOFF EXTR information for an external symbol.  This function
+   is passed to bfd_ecoff_debug_externals.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_get_extr (sym, esym)
+     asymbol *sym;
+     EXTR *esym;
+{
+  ecoff_symbol_type *ecoff_sym_ptr;
+  bfd *input_bfd;
+
+  if (bfd_asymbol_flavour (sym) != bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || ecoffsymbol (sym)->native == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Don't include debugging, local, or section symbols.  */
+      if ((sym->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0
+	  || (sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
+	  || (sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      esym->jmptbl = 0;
+      esym->cobol_main = 0;
+      esym->weakext = (sym->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0;
+      esym->reserved = 0;
+      esym->ifd = ifdNil;
+      /* FIXME: we can do better than this for st and sc.  */
+      esym->asym.st = stGlobal;
+      esym->asym.sc = scAbs;
+      esym->asym.reserved = 0;
+      esym->asym.index = indexNil;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  ecoff_sym_ptr = ecoffsymbol (sym);
+
+  if (ecoff_sym_ptr->local)
+    return false;
+
+  input_bfd = bfd_asymbol_bfd (sym);
+  (*(ecoff_backend (input_bfd)->debug_swap.swap_ext_in))
+    (input_bfd, ecoff_sym_ptr->native, esym);
+
+  /* If the symbol was defined by the linker, then esym will be
+     undefined but sym will not be.  Get a better class for such a
+     symbol.  */
+  if ((esym->asym.sc == scUndefined
+       || esym->asym.sc == scSUndefined)
+      && ! bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+    esym->asym.sc = scAbs;
+
+  /* Adjust the FDR index for the symbol by that used for the input
+     BFD.  */
+  if (esym->ifd != -1)
+    {
+      struct ecoff_debug_info *input_debug;
+
+      input_debug = &ecoff_data (input_bfd)->debug_info;
+      BFD_ASSERT (esym->ifd < input_debug->symbolic_header.ifdMax);
+      if (input_debug->ifdmap != (RFDT *) NULL)
+	esym->ifd = input_debug->ifdmap[esym->ifd];
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the external symbol index.  This routine is passed to
+   bfd_ecoff_debug_externals.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_set_index (sym, indx)
+     asymbol *sym;
+     bfd_size_type indx;
+{
+  ecoff_set_sym_index (sym, indx);
+}
+
+/* Write out an ECOFF file.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  const bfd_vma round = backend->round;
+  const bfd_size_type filhsz = bfd_coff_filhsz (abfd);
+  const bfd_size_type aoutsz = bfd_coff_aoutsz (abfd);
+  const bfd_size_type scnhsz = bfd_coff_scnhsz (abfd);
+  const bfd_size_type external_hdr_size
+    = backend->debug_swap.external_hdr_size;
+  const bfd_size_type external_reloc_size = backend->external_reloc_size;
+  void (* const adjust_reloc_out) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					   const arelent *,
+					   struct internal_reloc *))
+    = backend->adjust_reloc_out;
+  void (* const swap_reloc_out) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					 const struct internal_reloc *,
+					 PTR))
+    = backend->swap_reloc_out;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info;
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  asection *current;
+  unsigned int count;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_size;
+  bfd_size_type text_size;
+  bfd_vma text_start;
+  boolean set_text_start;
+  bfd_size_type data_size;
+  bfd_vma data_start;
+  boolean set_data_start;
+  bfd_size_type bss_size;
+  PTR buff = NULL;
+  PTR reloc_buff = NULL;
+  struct internal_filehdr internal_f;
+  struct internal_aouthdr internal_a;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Determine where the sections and relocs will go in the output
+     file.  */
+  reloc_size = ecoff_compute_reloc_file_positions (abfd);
+
+  count = 1;
+  for (current = abfd->sections;
+       current != (asection *)NULL; 
+       current = current->next) 
+    {
+      current->target_index = count;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+    text_size = _bfd_ecoff_sizeof_headers (abfd, false);
+  else
+    text_size = 0;
+  text_start = 0;
+  set_text_start = false;
+  data_size = 0;
+  data_start = 0;
+  set_data_start = false;
+  bss_size = 0;
+
+  /* Write section headers to the file.  */
+
+  /* Allocate buff big enough to hold a section header,
+     file header, or a.out header.  */
+  {
+    bfd_size_type siz;
+    siz = scnhsz;
+    if (siz < filhsz)
+      siz = filhsz;
+    if (siz < aoutsz)
+      siz = aoutsz;
+    buff = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) siz);
+    if (buff == NULL)
+      goto error_return;
+  }
+
+  internal_f.f_nscns = 0;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (filhsz + aoutsz), SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  for (current = abfd->sections;
+       current != (asection *) NULL;
+       current = current->next)
+    {
+      struct internal_scnhdr section;
+      bfd_vma vma;
+
+      ++internal_f.f_nscns;
+
+      strncpy (section.s_name, current->name, sizeof section.s_name);
+
+      /* This seems to be correct for Irix 4 shared libraries.  */
+      vma = bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, current);
+      if (strcmp (current->name, _LIB) == 0)
+	section.s_vaddr = 0;
+      else
+	section.s_vaddr = vma;
+
+      section.s_paddr = current->lma;
+      section.s_size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (current);
+
+      /* If this section is unloadable then the scnptr will be 0.  */
+      if ((current->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
+	section.s_scnptr = 0;
+      else
+	section.s_scnptr = current->filepos;
+      section.s_relptr = current->rel_filepos;
+
+      /* FIXME: the lnnoptr of the .sbss or .sdata section of an
+	 object file produced by the assembler is supposed to point to
+	 information about how much room is required by objects of
+	 various different sizes.  I think this only matters if we
+	 want the linker to compute the best size to use, or
+	 something.  I don't know what happens if the information is
+	 not present.  */
+      if (strcmp (current->name, _PDATA) != 0)
+	section.s_lnnoptr = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* The Alpha ECOFF .pdata section uses the lnnoptr field to
+	     hold the number of entries in the section (each entry is
+	     8 bytes).  We stored this in the line_filepos field in
+	     ecoff_compute_section_file_positions.  */
+	  section.s_lnnoptr = current->line_filepos;
+	}
+
+      section.s_nreloc = current->reloc_count;
+      section.s_nlnno = 0;
+      section.s_flags = ecoff_sec_to_styp_flags (current->name,
+						 current->flags);
+
+      if (bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd, (PTR) &section, buff) == 0
+	  || bfd_write (buff, 1, scnhsz, abfd) != scnhsz)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if ((section.s_flags & STYP_TEXT) != 0
+	  || ((section.s_flags & STYP_RDATA) != 0
+	      && ecoff_data (abfd)->rdata_in_text)
+	  || section.s_flags == STYP_PDATA
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_LIBLIST) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_RELDYN) != 0
+	  || section.s_flags == STYP_CONFLIC
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_DYNSTR) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_DYNSYM) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_HASH) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_ECOFF_INIT) != 0
+	  || (section.s_flags & STYP_ECOFF_FINI) != 0
+	  || section.s_flags == STYP_RCONST)
+	{
+	  text_size += bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (current);
+	  if (! set_text_start || text_start > vma)
+	    {
+	      text_start = vma;
+	      set_text_start = true;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if ((section.s_flags & STYP_RDATA) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_DATA) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_LITA) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_LIT8) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_LIT4) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_SDATA) != 0
+	       || section.s_flags == STYP_XDATA
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_GOT) != 0)
+	{
+	  data_size += bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (current);
+	  if (! set_data_start || data_start > vma)
+	    {
+	      data_start = vma;
+	      set_data_start = true;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if ((section.s_flags & STYP_BSS) != 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_SBSS) != 0)
+	bss_size += bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (current);
+      else if (section.s_flags == 0
+	       || (section.s_flags & STYP_ECOFF_LIB) != 0
+	       || section.s_flags == STYP_COMMENT)
+	/* Do nothing */ ;
+      else
+	abort ();
+    }	
+
+  /* Set up the file header.  */
+
+  internal_f.f_magic = ecoff_get_magic (abfd);
+
+  /* We will NOT put a fucking timestamp in the header here. Every
+     time you put it back, I will come in and take it out again.  I'm
+     sorry.  This field does not belong here.  We fill it with a 0 so
+     it compares the same but is not a reasonable time. --
+     gnu@cygnus.com.  */
+  internal_f.f_timdat = 0;
+
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      /* The ECOFF f_nsyms field is not actually the number of
+	 symbols, it's the size of symbolic information header.  */
+      internal_f.f_nsyms = external_hdr_size;
+      internal_f.f_symptr = ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      internal_f.f_nsyms = 0;
+      internal_f.f_symptr = 0;
+    }
+
+  internal_f.f_opthdr = aoutsz;
+
+  internal_f.f_flags = F_LNNO;
+  if (reloc_size == 0)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_RELFLG;
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_LSYMS;
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_EXEC;
+
+  if (bfd_little_endian (abfd))
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_AR32WR;
+  else
+    internal_f.f_flags |= F_AR32W;
+
+  /* Set up the ``optional'' header.  */
+  if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+    internal_a.magic = ECOFF_AOUT_ZMAGIC;
+  else
+    internal_a.magic = ECOFF_AOUT_OMAGIC;
+
+  /* FIXME: Is this really correct?  */
+  internal_a.vstamp = symhdr->vstamp;
+
+  /* At least on Ultrix, these have to be rounded to page boundaries.
+     FIXME: Is this true on other platforms?  */
+  if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+    {
+      internal_a.tsize = (text_size + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+      internal_a.text_start = text_start &~ (round - 1);
+      internal_a.dsize = (data_size + round - 1) &~ (round - 1);
+      internal_a.data_start = data_start &~ (round - 1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      internal_a.tsize = text_size;
+      internal_a.text_start = text_start;
+      internal_a.dsize = data_size;
+      internal_a.data_start = data_start;
+    }
+
+  /* On Ultrix, the initial portions of the .sbss and .bss segments
+     are at the end of the data section.  The bsize field in the
+     optional header records how many bss bytes are required beyond
+     those in the data section.  The value is not rounded to a page
+     boundary.  */
+  if (bss_size < internal_a.dsize - data_size)
+    bss_size = 0;
+  else
+    bss_size -= internal_a.dsize - data_size;
+  internal_a.bsize = bss_size;
+  internal_a.bss_start = internal_a.data_start + internal_a.dsize;
+
+  internal_a.entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+
+  internal_a.gp_value = ecoff_data (abfd)->gp;
+
+  internal_a.gprmask = ecoff_data (abfd)->gprmask;
+  internal_a.fprmask = ecoff_data (abfd)->fprmask;
+  for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+    internal_a.cprmask[i] = ecoff_data (abfd)->cprmask[i];
+
+  /* Let the backend adjust the headers if necessary.  */
+  if (backend->adjust_headers)
+    {
+      if (! (*backend->adjust_headers) (abfd, &internal_f, &internal_a))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the file header and the optional header.  */
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out (abfd, (PTR) &internal_f, buff);
+  if (bfd_write (buff, 1, filhsz, abfd) != filhsz)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out (abfd, (PTR) &internal_a, buff);
+  if (bfd_write (buff, 1, aoutsz, abfd) != aoutsz)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Build the external symbol information.  This must be done before
+     writing out the relocs so that we know the symbol indices.  We
+     don't do this if this BFD was created by the backend linker,
+     since it will have already handled the symbols and relocs.  */
+  if (! ecoff_data (abfd)->linker)
+    {
+      symhdr->iextMax = 0;
+      symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
+      debug->external_ext = debug->external_ext_end = NULL;
+      debug->ssext = debug->ssext_end = NULL;
+      if (bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (abfd, debug, &backend->debug_swap,
+				     (((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) == 0)
+				      ? true : false),
+				     ecoff_get_extr, ecoff_set_index)
+	  == false)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* Write out the relocs.  */
+      for (current = abfd->sections;
+	   current != (asection *) NULL;
+	   current = current->next)
+	{
+	  arelent **reloc_ptr_ptr;
+	  arelent **reloc_end;
+	  char *out_ptr;
+
+	  if (current->reloc_count == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	  reloc_buff =
+	    bfd_alloc (abfd, current->reloc_count * external_reloc_size);
+	  if (reloc_buff == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  reloc_ptr_ptr = current->orelocation;
+	  reloc_end = reloc_ptr_ptr + current->reloc_count;
+	  out_ptr = (char *) reloc_buff;
+	  for (;
+	       reloc_ptr_ptr < reloc_end;
+	       reloc_ptr_ptr++, out_ptr += external_reloc_size)
+	    {
+	      arelent *reloc;
+	      asymbol *sym;
+	      struct internal_reloc in;
+	  
+	      memset ((PTR) &in, 0, sizeof in);
+
+	      reloc = *reloc_ptr_ptr;
+	      sym = *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+	      in.r_vaddr = (reloc->address
+			    + bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, current));
+	      in.r_type = reloc->howto->type;
+
+	      if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
+		{
+		  in.r_symndx = ecoff_get_sym_index (*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr);
+		  in.r_extern = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  CONST char *name;
+
+		  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, bfd_get_section (sym));
+		  if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_TEXT;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RDATA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_DATA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SDATA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SBSS;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_BSS;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_INIT;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT8;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT4;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".xdata") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_XDATA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".pdata") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_PDATA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_FINI;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".lita") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LITA;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, "*ABS*") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_ABS;
+		  else if (strcmp (name, ".rconst") == 0)
+		    in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RCONST;
+		  else
+		    abort ();
+		  in.r_extern = 0;
+		}
+
+	      (*adjust_reloc_out) (abfd, reloc, &in);
+
+	      (*swap_reloc_out) (abfd, &in, (PTR) out_ptr);
+	    }
+
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, current->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  if (bfd_write (reloc_buff,
+			 external_reloc_size, current->reloc_count, abfd)
+	      != external_reloc_size * current->reloc_count)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  bfd_release (abfd, reloc_buff);
+	  reloc_buff = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Write out the symbolic debugging information.  */
+      if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Write out the debugging information.  */
+	  if (bfd_ecoff_write_debug (abfd, debug, &backend->debug_swap,
+				     ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos)
+	      == false)
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The .bss section of a demand paged executable must receive an
+     entire page.  If there are symbols, the symbols will start on the
+     next page.  If there are no symbols, we must fill out the page by
+     hand.  */
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0
+      && (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0
+      && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+    {
+      char c;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos - 1,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (bfd_read (&c, 1, 1, abfd) == 0)
+	c = 0;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos - 1,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (bfd_write (&c, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  if (reloc_buff != NULL)
+    bfd_release (abfd, reloc_buff);
+  if (buff != NULL)
+    free (buff);
+  return true;
+ error_return:
+  if (reloc_buff != NULL)
+    bfd_release (abfd, reloc_buff);
+  if (buff != NULL)
+    free (buff);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Archive handling.  ECOFF uses what appears to be a unique type of
+   archive header (armap).  The byte ordering of the armap and the
+   contents are encoded in the name of the armap itself.  At least for
+   now, we only support archives with the same byte ordering in the
+   armap and the contents.
+
+   The first four bytes in the armap are the number of symbol
+   definitions.  This is always a power of two.
+
+   This is followed by the symbol definitions.  Each symbol definition
+   occupies 8 bytes.  The first four bytes are the offset from the
+   start of the armap strings to the null-terminated string naming
+   this symbol.  The second four bytes are the file offset to the
+   archive member which defines this symbol.  If the second four bytes
+   are 0, then this is not actually a symbol definition, and it should
+   be ignored.
+
+   The symbols are hashed into the armap with a closed hashing scheme.
+   See the functions below for the details of the algorithm.
+
+   After the symbol definitions comes four bytes holding the size of
+   the string table, followed by the string table itself.  */
+
+/* The name of an archive headers looks like this:
+   __________E[BL]E[BL]_ (with a trailing space).
+   The trailing space is changed to an X if the archive is changed to
+   indicate that the armap is out of date.
+
+   The Alpha seems to use ________64E[BL]E[BL]_.  */
+
+#define ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN 'B'
+#define ARMAP_LITTLE_ENDIAN 'L'
+#define ARMAP_MARKER 'E'
+#define ARMAP_START_LENGTH 10
+#define ARMAP_HEADER_MARKER_INDEX 10
+#define ARMAP_HEADER_ENDIAN_INDEX 11
+#define ARMAP_OBJECT_MARKER_INDEX 12
+#define ARMAP_OBJECT_ENDIAN_INDEX 13
+#define ARMAP_END_INDEX 14
+#define ARMAP_END "_ "
+
+/* This is a magic number used in the hashing algorithm.  */
+#define ARMAP_HASH_MAGIC 0x9dd68ab5
+
+/* This returns the hash value to use for a string.  It also sets
+   *REHASH to the rehash adjustment if the first slot is taken.  SIZE
+   is the number of entries in the hash table, and HLOG is the log
+   base 2 of SIZE.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+ecoff_armap_hash (s, rehash, size, hlog)
+     CONST char *s;
+     unsigned int *rehash;
+     unsigned int size;
+     unsigned int hlog;
+{
+  unsigned int hash;
+
+  if (hlog == 0)
+    return 0;
+  hash = *s++;
+  while (*s != '\0')
+    hash = ((hash >> 27) | (hash << 5)) + *s++;
+  hash *= ARMAP_HASH_MAGIC;
+  *rehash = (hash & (size - 1)) | 1;
+  return hash >> (32 - hlog);
+}
+
+/* Read in the armap.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char nextname[17];
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct areltdata *mapdata;
+  bfd_size_type parsed_size;
+  char *raw_armap;
+  struct artdata *ardata;
+  unsigned int count;
+  char *raw_ptr;
+  struct symdef *symdef_ptr;
+  char *stringbase;
+  
+  /* Get the name of the first element.  */
+  i = bfd_read ((PTR) nextname, 1, 16, abfd);
+  if (i == 0)
+      return true;
+  if (i != 16)
+      return false;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) -16, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Irix 4.0.5F apparently can use either an ECOFF armap or a
+     standard COFF armap.  We could move the ECOFF armap stuff into
+     bfd_slurp_armap, but that seems inappropriate since no other
+     target uses this format.  Instead, we check directly for a COFF
+     armap.  */
+  if (strncmp (nextname, "/               ", 16) == 0)
+    return bfd_slurp_armap (abfd);
+
+  /* See if the first element is an armap.  */
+  if (strncmp (nextname, ecoff_backend (abfd)->armap_start,
+	       ARMAP_START_LENGTH) != 0
+      || nextname[ARMAP_HEADER_MARKER_INDEX] != ARMAP_MARKER
+      || (nextname[ARMAP_HEADER_ENDIAN_INDEX] != ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN
+	  && nextname[ARMAP_HEADER_ENDIAN_INDEX] != ARMAP_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+      || nextname[ARMAP_OBJECT_MARKER_INDEX] != ARMAP_MARKER
+      || (nextname[ARMAP_OBJECT_ENDIAN_INDEX] != ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN
+	  && nextname[ARMAP_OBJECT_ENDIAN_INDEX] != ARMAP_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+      || strncmp (nextname + ARMAP_END_INDEX,
+		  ARMAP_END, sizeof ARMAP_END - 1) != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_has_map (abfd) = false;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure we have the right byte ordering.  */
+  if (((nextname[ARMAP_HEADER_ENDIAN_INDEX] == ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN)
+       ^ (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)))
+      || ((nextname[ARMAP_OBJECT_ENDIAN_INDEX] == ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN)
+	  ^ (bfd_big_endian (abfd))))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Read in the armap.  */
+  ardata = bfd_ardata (abfd);
+  mapdata = (struct areltdata *) _bfd_read_ar_hdr (abfd);
+  if (mapdata == (struct areltdata *) NULL)
+    return false;
+  parsed_size = mapdata->parsed_size;
+  bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) mapdata);
+    
+  raw_armap = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, parsed_size);
+  if (raw_armap == (char *) NULL)
+    return false;
+    
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) raw_armap, 1, parsed_size, abfd) != parsed_size)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_malformed_archive);
+      bfd_release (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+      return false;
+    }
+    
+  ardata->tdata = (PTR) raw_armap;
+
+  count = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) raw_armap);
+
+  ardata->symdef_count = 0;
+  ardata->cache = (struct ar_cache *) NULL;
+
+  /* This code used to overlay the symdefs over the raw archive data,
+     but that doesn't work on a 64 bit host.  */
+
+  stringbase = raw_armap + count * 8 + 8;
+
+#ifdef CHECK_ARMAP_HASH
+  {
+    unsigned int hlog;
+
+    /* Double check that I have the hashing algorithm right by making
+       sure that every symbol can be looked up successfully.  */
+    hlog = 0;
+    for (i = 1; i < count; i <<= 1)
+      hlog++;
+    BFD_ASSERT (i == count);
+
+    raw_ptr = raw_armap + 4;
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++, raw_ptr += 8)
+      {
+	unsigned int name_offset, file_offset;
+	unsigned int hash, rehash, srch;
+      
+	name_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) raw_ptr);
+	file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (raw_ptr + 4));
+	if (file_offset == 0)
+	  continue;
+	hash = ecoff_armap_hash (stringbase + name_offset, &rehash, count,
+				 hlog);
+	if (hash == i)
+	  continue;
+
+	/* See if we can rehash to this location.  */
+	for (srch = (hash + rehash) & (count - 1);
+	     srch != hash && srch != i;
+	     srch = (srch + rehash) & (count - 1))
+	  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (raw_armap + 8 + srch * 8))
+		      != 0);
+	BFD_ASSERT (srch == i);
+      }
+  }
+
+#endif /* CHECK_ARMAP_HASH */
+
+  raw_ptr = raw_armap + 4;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, raw_ptr += 8)
+    if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (raw_ptr + 4)) != 0)
+      ++ardata->symdef_count;
+
+  symdef_ptr = ((struct symdef *)
+		bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			   ardata->symdef_count * sizeof (struct symdef)));
+  if (!symdef_ptr)
+    return false;
+
+  ardata->symdefs = (carsym *) symdef_ptr;
+
+  raw_ptr = raw_armap + 4;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, raw_ptr += 8)
+    {
+      unsigned int name_offset, file_offset;
+
+      file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (raw_ptr + 4));
+      if (file_offset == 0)
+	continue;
+      name_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) raw_ptr);
+      symdef_ptr->s.name = stringbase + name_offset;
+      symdef_ptr->file_offset = file_offset;
+      ++symdef_ptr;
+    }
+
+  ardata->first_file_filepos = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  /* Pad to an even boundary.  */
+  ardata->first_file_filepos += ardata->first_file_filepos % 2;
+
+  bfd_has_map (abfd) = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out an armap.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_write_armap (abfd, elength, map, orl_count, stridx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int elength;
+     struct orl *map;
+     unsigned int orl_count;
+     int stridx;
+{
+  unsigned int hashsize, hashlog;
+  unsigned int symdefsize;
+  int padit;
+  unsigned int stringsize;
+  unsigned int mapsize;
+  file_ptr firstreal;
+  struct ar_hdr hdr;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  unsigned int i;
+  bfd_byte temp[4];
+  bfd_byte *hashtable;
+  bfd *current;
+  bfd *last_elt;
+
+  /* Ultrix appears to use as a hash table size the least power of two
+     greater than twice the number of entries.  */
+  for (hashlog = 0; (1 << hashlog) <= 2 * orl_count; hashlog++)
+    ;
+  hashsize = 1 << hashlog;
+
+  symdefsize = hashsize * 8;
+  padit = stridx % 2;
+  stringsize = stridx + padit;
+
+  /* Include 8 bytes to store symdefsize and stringsize in output. */
+  mapsize = symdefsize + stringsize + 8;
+
+  firstreal = SARMAG + sizeof (struct ar_hdr) + mapsize + elength;
+
+  memset ((PTR) &hdr, 0, sizeof hdr);
+
+  /* Work out the ECOFF armap name.  */
+  strcpy (hdr.ar_name, ecoff_backend (abfd)->armap_start);
+  hdr.ar_name[ARMAP_HEADER_MARKER_INDEX] = ARMAP_MARKER;
+  hdr.ar_name[ARMAP_HEADER_ENDIAN_INDEX] =
+    (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)
+     ? ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN
+     : ARMAP_LITTLE_ENDIAN);
+  hdr.ar_name[ARMAP_OBJECT_MARKER_INDEX] = ARMAP_MARKER;
+  hdr.ar_name[ARMAP_OBJECT_ENDIAN_INDEX] =
+    bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ARMAP_BIG_ENDIAN : ARMAP_LITTLE_ENDIAN;
+  memcpy (hdr.ar_name + ARMAP_END_INDEX, ARMAP_END, sizeof ARMAP_END - 1);
+
+  /* Write the timestamp of the archive header to be just a little bit
+     later than the timestamp of the file, otherwise the linker will
+     complain that the index is out of date.  Actually, the Ultrix
+     linker just checks the archive name; the GNU linker may check the
+     date.  */
+  stat (abfd->filename, &statbuf);
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_date, "%ld", (long) (statbuf.st_mtime + 60));
+
+  /* The DECstation uses zeroes for the uid, gid and mode of the
+     armap.  */
+  hdr.ar_uid[0] = '0';
+  hdr.ar_gid[0] = '0';
+  hdr.ar_mode[0] = '0';
+
+  sprintf (hdr.ar_size, "%-10d", (int) mapsize);
+
+  hdr.ar_fmag[0] = '`';
+  hdr.ar_fmag[1] = '\012';
+
+  /* Turn all null bytes in the header into spaces.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (struct ar_hdr); i++)
+   if (((char *)(&hdr))[i] == '\0')
+     (((char *)(&hdr))[i]) = ' ';
+
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) &hdr, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), abfd)
+      != sizeof (struct ar_hdr))
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) hashsize, temp);
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) temp, 1, 4, abfd) != 4)
+    return false;
+  
+  hashtable = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, symdefsize);
+  if (!hashtable)
+    return false;
+
+  current = abfd->archive_head;
+  last_elt = current;
+  for (i = 0; i < orl_count; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int hash, rehash;
+
+      /* Advance firstreal to the file position of this archive
+	 element.  */
+      if (((bfd *) map[i].pos) != last_elt)
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      firstreal += arelt_size (current) + sizeof (struct ar_hdr);
+	      firstreal += firstreal % 2;
+	      current = current->next;
+	    }
+	  while (current != (bfd *) map[i].pos);
+	}
+
+      last_elt = current;
+
+      hash = ecoff_armap_hash (*map[i].name, &rehash, hashsize, hashlog);
+      if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (hashtable + (hash * 8) + 4)) != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int srch;
+
+	  /* The desired slot is already taken.  */
+	  for (srch = (hash + rehash) & (hashsize - 1);
+	       srch != hash;
+	       srch = (srch + rehash) & (hashsize - 1))
+	    if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (PTR) (hashtable + (srch * 8) + 4)) == 0)
+	      break;
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT (srch != hash);
+
+	  hash = srch;
+	}
+	
+      bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) map[i].namidx,
+		    (PTR) (hashtable + hash * 8));
+      bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) firstreal,
+		    (PTR) (hashtable + hash * 8 + 4));
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) hashtable, 1, symdefsize, abfd) != symdefsize)
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_release (abfd, hashtable);
+
+  /* Now write the strings.  */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) stringsize, temp);
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) temp, 1, 4, abfd) != 4)
+    return false;
+  for (i = 0; i < orl_count; i++)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type len;
+
+      len = strlen (*map[i].name) + 1;
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) (*map[i].name), 1, len, abfd) != len)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The spec sez this should be a newline.  But in order to be
+     bug-compatible for DECstation ar we use a null.  */
+  if (padit)
+    {
+      if (bfd_write ("", 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* See whether this BFD is an archive.  If it is, read in the armap
+   and the extended name table.  */
+
+const bfd_target *
+_bfd_ecoff_archive_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct artdata *tdata_hold;
+  char armag[SARMAG + 1];
+
+  tdata_hold = abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data;
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) armag, 1, SARMAG, abfd) != SARMAG)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (strncmp (armag, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* We are setting bfd_ardata(abfd) here, but since bfd_ardata
+     involves a cast, we can't do it as the left operand of
+     assignment.  */
+  abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data =
+    (struct artdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct artdata));
+
+  if (bfd_ardata (abfd) == (struct artdata *) NULL)
+    {
+      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+      return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+    }
+
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos = SARMAG;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->cache = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->archive_head = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->extended_names = NULL;
+  bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata = NULL;
+  
+  if (_bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap (abfd) == false
+      || _bfd_ecoff_slurp_extended_name_table (abfd) == false)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd));
+      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+      return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+    }
+  
+  if (bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd *first;
+
+      /* This archive has a map, so we may presume that the contents
+	 are object files.  Make sure that if the first file in the
+	 archive can be recognized as an object file, it is for this
+	 target.  If not, assume that this is the wrong format.  If
+	 the first file is not an object file, somebody is doing
+	 something weird, and we permit it so that ar -t will work.  */
+
+      first = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL);
+      if (first != NULL)
+	{
+	  boolean fail;
+
+	  first->target_defaulted = false;
+	  fail = false;
+	  if (bfd_check_format (first, bfd_object)
+	      && first->xvec != abfd->xvec)
+	    {
+	      (void) bfd_close (first);
+	      bfd_release (abfd, bfd_ardata (abfd));
+	      abfd->tdata.aout_ar_data = tdata_hold;
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We ought to close first here, but we can't, because we
+             have no way to remove it from the archive cache.  FIXME.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* ECOFF linker code.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *ecoff_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
+	   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
+	   const char *string));
+static boolean ecoff_link_add_archive_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean ecoff_link_check_archive_element
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *pneeded));
+static boolean ecoff_link_add_object_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean ecoff_link_add_externals
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, PTR, char *));
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in an ECOFF link hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+ecoff_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				 table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->indx = -1;
+      ret->abfd = NULL;
+      ret->written = 0;
+      ret->small = 0;
+    }
+  memset ((PTR) &ret->esym, 0, sizeof ret->esym);
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Create an ECOFF link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_ecoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct ecoff_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct ecoff_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ecoff_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  if (! _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+				   ecoff_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      free (ret);
+      return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+    }
+  return &ret->root;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in an ECOFF link hash table.  */
+
+#define ecoff_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
+  ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse an ECOFF link hash table.  */
+
+#define ecoff_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the ECOFF link hash table from the info structure.  This is
+   just a cast.  */
+
+#define ecoff_hash_table(p) ((struct ecoff_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Given an ECOFF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
+   appropriate.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_object:
+      return ecoff_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info);
+    case bfd_archive:
+      return ecoff_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info);
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add the symbols from an archive file to the global hash table.
+   This looks through the undefined symbols, looks each one up in the
+   archive hash table, and adds any associated object file.  We do not
+   use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because ECOFF archives
+   already have a hash table, so there is no reason to construct
+   another one.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  const bfd_byte *raw_armap;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry **pundef;
+  unsigned int armap_count;
+  unsigned int armap_log;
+  unsigned int i;
+  const bfd_byte *hashtable;
+  const char *stringbase;
+
+  if (! bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      /* An empty archive is a special case.  */
+      if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL)
+	return true;
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* If we don't have any raw data for this archive, as can happen on
+     Irix 4.0.5F, we call the generic routine.
+     FIXME: We should be more clever about this, since someday tdata
+     may get to something for a generic archive.  */
+  raw_armap = (const bfd_byte *) bfd_ardata (abfd)->tdata;
+  if (raw_armap == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+    return (_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+	    (abfd, info, ecoff_link_check_archive_element));
+
+  armap_count = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, raw_armap);
+
+  armap_log = 0;
+  for (i = 1; i < armap_count; i <<= 1)
+    armap_log++;
+  BFD_ASSERT (i == armap_count);
+
+  hashtable = raw_armap + 4;
+  stringbase = (const char *) raw_armap + armap_count * 8 + 8;
+
+  /* Look through the list of undefined symbols.  */
+  pundef = &info->hash->undefs;
+  while (*pundef != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+      unsigned int hash, rehash;
+      unsigned int file_offset;
+      const char *name;
+      bfd *element;
+
+      h = *pundef;
+
+      /* When a symbol is defined, it is not necessarily removed from
+	 the list.  */
+      if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	  && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+	{
+	  /* Remove this entry from the list, for general cleanliness
+	     and because we are going to look through the list again
+	     if we search any more libraries.  We can't remove the
+	     entry if it is the tail, because that would lose any
+	     entries we add to the list later on.  */
+	  if (*pundef != info->hash->undefs_tail)
+	    *pundef = (*pundef)->next;
+	  else
+	    pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Native ECOFF linkers do not pull in archive elements merely
+	 to satisfy common definitions, so neither do we.  We leave
+	 them on the list, though, in case we are linking against some
+	 other object format.  */
+      if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	{
+	  pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for this symbol in the archive hash table.  */
+      hash = ecoff_armap_hash (h->root.string, &rehash, armap_count,
+			       armap_log);
+
+      file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, hashtable + (hash * 8) + 4);
+      if (file_offset == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Nothing in this slot.  */
+	  pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      name = stringbase + bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, hashtable + (hash * 8));
+      if (name[0] != h->root.string[0]
+	  || strcmp (name, h->root.string) != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int srch;
+	  boolean found;
+
+	  /* That was the wrong symbol.  Try rehashing.  */
+	  found = false;
+	  for (srch = (hash + rehash) & (armap_count - 1);
+	       srch != hash;
+	       srch = (srch + rehash) & (armap_count - 1))
+	    {
+	      file_offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, hashtable + (srch * 8) + 4);
+	      if (file_offset == 0)
+		break;
+	      name = stringbase + bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, hashtable + (srch * 8));
+	      if (name[0] == h->root.string[0]
+		  && strcmp (name, h->root.string) == 0)
+		{
+		  found = true;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (! found)
+	    {
+	      pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  hash = srch;
+	}
+
+      element = (*backend->get_elt_at_filepos) (abfd, file_offset);
+      if (element == (bfd *) NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Unlike the generic linker, we know that this element provides
+	 a definition for an undefined symbol and we know that we want
+	 to include it.  We don't need to check anything.  */
+      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element, name))
+	return false;
+      if (! ecoff_link_add_object_symbols (element, info))
+	return false;
+
+      pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called if we used _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+   because we were not dealing with an ECOFF archive.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  void (* const swap_ext_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *))
+    = backend->debug_swap.swap_ext_in;
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  bfd_size_type external_ext_size;
+  PTR external_ext = NULL;
+  size_t esize;
+  char *ssext = NULL;
+  char *ext_ptr;
+  char *ext_end;
+
+  *pneeded = false;
+
+  if (! ecoff_slurp_symbolic_header (abfd))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* If there are no symbols, we don't want it.  */
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    goto successful_return;
+
+  symhdr = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header;
+
+  /* Read in the external symbols and external strings.  */
+  external_ext_size = backend->debug_swap.external_ext_size;
+  esize = symhdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
+  external_ext = (PTR) bfd_malloc (esize);
+  if (external_ext == NULL && esize != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->cbExtOffset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (external_ext, 1, esize, abfd) != esize)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  ssext = (char *) bfd_malloc (symhdr->issExtMax);
+  if (ssext == NULL && symhdr->issExtMax != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->cbSsExtOffset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read (ssext, 1, symhdr->issExtMax, abfd) !=
+	  (bfd_size_type) symhdr->issExtMax))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Look through the external symbols to see if they define some
+     symbol that is currently undefined.  */
+  ext_ptr = (char *) external_ext;
+  ext_end = ext_ptr + esize;
+  for (; ext_ptr < ext_end; ext_ptr += external_ext_size)
+    {
+      EXTR esym;
+      boolean def;
+      const char *name;
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      (*swap_ext_in) (abfd, (PTR) ext_ptr, &esym);
+
+      /* See if this symbol defines something.  */
+      if (esym.asym.st != stGlobal
+	  && esym.asym.st != stLabel
+	  && esym.asym.st != stProc)
+	continue;
+
+      switch (esym.asym.sc)
+	{
+	case scText:
+	case scData:
+	case scBss:
+	case scAbs:
+	case scSData:
+	case scSBss:
+	case scRData:
+	case scCommon:
+	case scSCommon:
+	case scInit:
+	case scFini:
+	case scRConst:
+	  def = true;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  def = false;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (! def)
+	continue;
+
+      name = ssext + esym.asym.iss;
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, false, false, true);
+
+      /* Unlike the generic linker, we do not pull in elements because
+	 of common symbols.  */
+      if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  || h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Include this element.  */
+      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd, name))
+	goto error_return;
+      if (! ecoff_link_add_externals (abfd, info, external_ext, ssext))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      *pneeded = true;
+      goto successful_return;
+    }
+
+ successful_return:
+  if (external_ext != NULL)
+    free (external_ext);
+  if (ssext != NULL)
+    free (ssext);
+  return true;
+ error_return:
+  if (external_ext != NULL)
+    free (external_ext);
+  if (ssext != NULL)
+    free (ssext);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from an ECOFF object file to the global linker hash
+   table.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  bfd_size_type external_ext_size;
+  PTR external_ext = NULL;
+  size_t esize;
+  char *ssext = NULL;
+  boolean result;
+
+  if (! ecoff_slurp_symbolic_header (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* If there are no symbols, we don't want it.  */
+  if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  symhdr = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header;
+
+  /* Read in the external symbols and external strings.  */
+  external_ext_size = ecoff_backend (abfd)->debug_swap.external_ext_size;
+  esize = symhdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
+  external_ext = (PTR) bfd_malloc (esize);
+  if (external_ext == NULL && esize != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->cbExtOffset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (external_ext, 1, esize, abfd) != esize)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  ssext = (char *) bfd_malloc (symhdr->issExtMax);
+  if (ssext == NULL && symhdr->issExtMax != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->cbSsExtOffset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read (ssext, 1, symhdr->issExtMax, abfd)
+	  != (bfd_size_type) symhdr->issExtMax))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  result = ecoff_link_add_externals (abfd, info, external_ext, ssext);
+
+  if (ssext != NULL)
+    free (ssext);
+  if (external_ext != NULL)
+    free (external_ext);
+  return result;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (ssext != NULL)
+    free (ssext);
+  if (external_ext != NULL)
+    free (external_ext);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Add the external symbols of an object file to the global linker
+   hash table.  The external symbols and strings we are passed are
+   just allocated on the stack, and will be discarded.  We must
+   explicitly save any information we may need later on in the link.
+   We do not want to read the external symbol information again.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_link_add_externals (abfd, info, external_ext, ssext)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     PTR external_ext;
+     char *ssext;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  void (* const swap_ext_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *))
+    = backend->debug_swap.swap_ext_in;
+  bfd_size_type external_ext_size = backend->debug_swap.external_ext_size;
+  unsigned long ext_count;
+  struct ecoff_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  char *ext_ptr;
+  char *ext_end;
+
+  ext_count = ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax;
+
+  sym_hash = ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry **)
+	      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 ext_count * sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)));
+  if (!sym_hash)
+    return false;
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_hashes = sym_hash;
+
+  ext_ptr = (char *) external_ext;
+  ext_end = ext_ptr + ext_count * external_ext_size;
+  for (; ext_ptr < ext_end; ext_ptr += external_ext_size, sym_hash++)
+    {
+      EXTR esym;
+      boolean skip;
+      bfd_vma value;
+      asection *section;
+      const char *name;
+      struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      *sym_hash = NULL;
+
+      (*swap_ext_in) (abfd, (PTR) ext_ptr, &esym);
+
+      /* Skip debugging symbols.  */
+      skip = false;
+      switch (esym.asym.st)
+	{
+	case stGlobal:
+	case stStatic:
+	case stLabel:
+	case stProc:
+	case stStaticProc:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  skip = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (skip)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the information for this symbol.  */
+      value = esym.asym.value;
+      switch (esym.asym.sc)
+	{
+	default:
+	case scNil:
+	case scRegister:
+	case scCdbLocal:
+	case scBits:
+	case scCdbSystem:
+	case scRegImage:
+	case scInfo:
+	case scUserStruct:
+	case scVar:
+	case scVarRegister:
+	case scVariant:
+	case scBasedVar:
+	case scXData:
+	case scPData:
+	  section = NULL;
+	  break;
+	case scText:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".text");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scData:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".data");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scBss:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".bss");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scAbs:
+	  section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case scUndefined:
+	  section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case scSData:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".sdata");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scSBss:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".sbss");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scRData:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".rdata");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scCommon:
+	  if (value > ecoff_data (abfd)->gp_size)
+	    {
+	      section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case scSCommon:
+	  if (ecoff_scom_section.name == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Initialize the small common section.  */
+	      ecoff_scom_section.name = SCOMMON;
+	      ecoff_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
+	      ecoff_scom_section.output_section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+	      ecoff_scom_section.symbol = &ecoff_scom_symbol;
+	      ecoff_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &ecoff_scom_symbol_ptr;
+	      ecoff_scom_symbol.name = SCOMMON;
+	      ecoff_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	      ecoff_scom_symbol.section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+	      ecoff_scom_symbol_ptr = &ecoff_scom_symbol;
+	    }
+	  section = &ecoff_scom_section;
+	  break;
+	case scSUndefined:
+	  section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  break;
+	case scInit:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".init");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scFini:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".fini");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	case scRConst:
+	  section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".rconst");
+	  value -= section->vma;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (section == (asection *) NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      name = ssext + esym.asym.iss;
+
+      h = NULL;
+      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	     (info, abfd, name,
+	      esym.weakext ? BSF_WEAK : BSF_GLOBAL,
+	      section, value, (const char *) NULL, true, true,
+	      (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	return false;
+
+      *sym_hash = h;
+
+      /* If we are building an ECOFF hash table, save the external
+	 symbol information.  */
+      if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_get_flavour (abfd))
+	{
+	  if (h->abfd == (bfd *) NULL
+	      || (! bfd_is_und_section (section)
+		  && (! bfd_is_com_section (section)
+		      || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))))
+	    {
+	      h->abfd = abfd;
+	      h->esym = esym;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Remember whether this symbol was small undefined.  */
+	  if (esym.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
+	    h->small = 1;
+
+	  /* If this symbol was ever small undefined, it needs to wind
+	     up in a GP relative section.  We can't control the
+	     section of a defined symbol, but we can control the
+	     section of a common symbol.  This case is actually needed
+	     on Ultrix 4.2 to handle the symbol cred in -lckrb.  */
+	  if (h->small
+	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+	      && strcmp (h->root.u.c.p->section->name, SCOMMON) != 0)
+	    {
+	      h->root.u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd,
+								 SCOMMON);
+	      h->root.u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+	      if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scSCommon;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* ECOFF final link routines.  */
+
+static boolean ecoff_final_link_debug_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   PTR handle));
+static boolean ecoff_link_write_external
+  PARAMS ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean ecoff_indirect_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+static boolean ecoff_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Structure used to pass information to ecoff_link_write_external.  */
+
+struct extsym_info
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+};
+
+/* ECOFF final link routine.  This looks through all the input BFDs
+   and gathers together all the debugging information, and then
+   processes all the link order information.  This may cause it to
+   close and reopen some input BFDs; I'll see how bad this is.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_backend_data * const backend = ecoff_backend (abfd);
+  struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug = &ecoff_data (abfd)->debug_info;
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  PTR handle;
+  register bfd *input_bfd;
+  asection *o;
+  struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  struct extsym_info einfo;
+
+  /* We accumulate the debugging information counts in the symbolic
+     header.  */
+  symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  symhdr->vstamp = 0;
+  symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
+  symhdr->cbLine = 0;
+  symhdr->idnMax = 0;
+  symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
+  symhdr->isymMax = 0;
+  symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
+  symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
+  symhdr->issMax = 0;
+  symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
+  symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
+  symhdr->crfd = 0;
+  symhdr->iextMax = 0;
+
+  /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the debug_info
+     structure.  */
+  debug->line = NULL;
+  debug->external_dnr = NULL;
+  debug->external_pdr = NULL;
+  debug->external_sym = NULL;
+  debug->external_opt = NULL;
+  debug->external_aux = NULL;
+  debug->ss = NULL;
+  debug->ssext = debug->ssext_end = NULL;
+  debug->external_fdr = NULL;
+  debug->external_rfd = NULL;
+  debug->external_ext = debug->external_ext_end = NULL;
+
+  handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, debug, &backend->debug_swap, info);
+  if (handle == (PTR) NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Accumulate the debugging symbols from each input BFD.  */
+  for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds;
+       input_bfd != (bfd *) NULL;
+       input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
+    {
+      boolean ret;
+
+      if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+	{
+	  /* Abitrarily set the symbolic header vstamp to the vstamp
+	     of the first object file in the link.  */
+	  if (symhdr->vstamp == 0)
+	    symhdr->vstamp
+	      = ecoff_data (input_bfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.vstamp;
+	  ret = ecoff_final_link_debug_accumulate (abfd, input_bfd, info,
+						   handle);
+	}
+      else
+	ret = bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other (handle, abfd,
+						debug, &backend->debug_swap,
+						input_bfd, info);
+      if (! ret)
+	return false;
+
+      /* Combine the register masks.  */
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->gprmask |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->gprmask;
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->fprmask |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->fprmask;
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->cprmask[0] |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->cprmask[0];
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->cprmask[1] |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->cprmask[1];
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->cprmask[2] |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->cprmask[2];
+      ecoff_data (abfd)->cprmask[3] |= ecoff_data (input_bfd)->cprmask[3];
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the external symbols.  */
+  einfo.abfd = abfd;
+  einfo.info = info;
+  ecoff_link_hash_traverse (ecoff_hash_table (info),
+			    ecoff_link_write_external,
+			    (PTR) &einfo);
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      /* We need to make a pass over the link_orders to count up the
+	 number of relocations we will need to output, so that we know
+	 how much space they will take up.  */
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  o->reloc_count = 0;
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	      o->reloc_count += p->u.indirect.section->reloc_count;
+	    else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		     || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	      ++o->reloc_count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Compute the reloc and symbol file positions.  */
+  ecoff_compute_reloc_file_positions (abfd);
+
+  /* Write out the debugging information.  */
+  if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (handle, abfd, debug,
+					   &backend->debug_swap, info,
+					   ecoff_data (abfd)->sym_filepos))
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_ecoff_debug_free (handle, abfd, debug, &backend->debug_swap, info);
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      /* Now reset the reloc_count field of the sections in the output
+	 BFD to 0, so that we can use them to keep track of how many
+	 relocs we have output thus far.  */
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+	o->reloc_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Get a value for the GP register.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (abfd)->gp == 0)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", false, false, true);
+      if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+	ecoff_data (abfd)->gp = (h->u.def.value
+				 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+				 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+      else if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma lo;
+
+	  /* Make up a value.  */
+	  lo = (bfd_vma) -1;
+	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+	    {
+	      if (o->vma < lo
+		  && (strcmp (o->name, _SBSS) == 0
+		      || strcmp (o->name, _SDATA) == 0
+		      || strcmp (o->name, _LIT4) == 0
+		      || strcmp (o->name, _LIT8) == 0
+		      || strcmp (o->name, _LITA) == 0))
+		lo = o->vma;
+	    }
+	  ecoff_data (abfd)->gp = lo + 0x8000;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
+	     involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
+	     callback to warn that GP is not defined.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	   p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
+	      && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner)
+		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour))
+	    {
+	      if (! ecoff_indirect_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	    {
+	      if (! ecoff_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symhdr->iextMax + symhdr->isymMax;
+
+  ecoff_data (abfd)->linker = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Accumulate the debugging information for an input BFD into the
+   output BFD.  This must read in the symbolic information of the
+   input BFD.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_final_link_debug_accumulate (output_bfd, input_bfd, info, handle)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     PTR handle;
+{
+  struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug = &ecoff_data (input_bfd)->debug_info;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
+    &ecoff_backend (input_bfd)->debug_swap;
+  HDRR *symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  boolean ret;
+
+#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type)				\
+  if (symhdr->count == 0)						\
+    debug->ptr = NULL;							\
+  else									\
+    {									\
+      debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc ((size_t) (size * symhdr->count));	\
+      if (debug->ptr == NULL)						\
+	{								\
+          ret = false;							\
+          goto return_something;					\
+	}								\
+      if ((bfd_seek (input_bfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET)	\
+	   != 0)							\
+	  || (bfd_read (debug->ptr, size, symhdr->count,		\
+			input_bfd) != size * symhdr->count))		\
+	{								\
+          ret = false;							\
+          goto return_something;					\
+	}								\
+    }
+
+  /* If raw_syments is not NULL, then the data was already by read by
+     _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info.  */
+  if (ecoff_data (input_bfd)->raw_syments == NULL)
+    {
+      READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char),
+	    unsigned char *);
+      READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
+      READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
+      READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
+      READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
+      READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
+	    union aux_ext *);
+      READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
+      READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
+      READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
+    }
+#undef READ
+
+  /* We do not read the external strings or the external symbols.  */
+
+  ret = (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
+	 (handle, output_bfd, &ecoff_data (output_bfd)->debug_info,
+	  &ecoff_backend (output_bfd)->debug_swap,
+	  input_bfd, debug, swap, info));
+
+ return_something:
+  if (ecoff_data (input_bfd)->raw_syments == NULL)
+    {
+      if (debug->line != NULL)
+	free (debug->line);
+      if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_dnr);
+      if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_pdr);
+      if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_sym);
+      if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_opt);
+      if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_aux);
+      if (debug->ss != NULL)
+	free (debug->ss);
+      if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_fdr);
+      if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
+	free (debug->external_rfd);
+
+      /* Make sure we don't accidentally follow one of these pointers
+	 into freed memory.  */
+      debug->line = NULL;
+      debug->external_dnr = NULL;
+      debug->external_pdr = NULL;
+      debug->external_sym = NULL;
+      debug->external_opt = NULL;
+      debug->external_aux = NULL;
+      debug->ss = NULL;
+      debug->external_fdr = NULL;
+      debug->external_rfd = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Put out information for an external symbol.  These come only from
+   the hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_link_write_external (h, data)
+     struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
+  bfd *output_bfd = einfo->abfd;
+  boolean strip;
+
+  /* We need to check if this symbol is being stripped. */
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
+      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+    strip = false;
+  else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
+	   || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	       && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
+				   h->root.root.string,
+				   false, false) == NULL))
+    strip = true;
+  else
+    strip = false;
+
+  if (strip || h->written)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
+      h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
+      h->esym.weakext = 0;
+      h->esym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
+
+      if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+      else
+	{
+	  asection *output_section;
+	  const char *name;
+
+	  output_section = h->root.u.def.section->output_section;
+	  name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
+	
+	  if (strcmp (name, _TEXT) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _DATA) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _SDATA) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _RDATA) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _BSS) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _SBSS) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _INIT) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _FINI) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _PDATA) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scPData;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _XDATA) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scXData;
+	  else if (strcmp (name, _RCONST) == 0)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scRConst;
+	  else
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+	}
+
+      h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+    }
+  else if (h->esym.ifd != -1)
+    {
+      struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+
+      /* Adjust the FDR index for the symbol by that used for the
+	 input BFD.  */
+      debug = &ecoff_data (h->abfd)->debug_info;
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->esym.ifd >= 0
+		  && h->esym.ifd < debug->symbolic_header.ifdMax);
+      h->esym.ifd = debug->ifdmap[h->esym.ifd];
+    }
+
+  switch (h->root.type)
+    {
+    default:
+    case bfd_link_hash_new:
+      abort ();
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      if (h->esym.asym.sc != scUndefined
+	  && h->esym.asym.sc != scSUndefined)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      if (h->esym.asym.sc == scUndefined
+	  || h->esym.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+      else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+      else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+      h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.u.def.value
+			    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+			    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      if (h->esym.asym.sc != scCommon
+	  && h->esym.asym.sc != scSCommon)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scCommon;
+      h->esym.asym.value = h->root.u.c.size;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+    case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+      /* FIXME: Ignore these for now.  The circumstances under which
+	 they should be written out are not clear to me.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external uses iextMax to keep track of the
+     symbol number.  */
+  h->indx = ecoff_data (output_bfd)->debug_info.symbolic_header.iextMax;
+  h->written = 1;
+
+  return (bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external
+	  (output_bfd, &ecoff_data (output_bfd)->debug_info,
+	   &ecoff_backend (output_bfd)->debug_swap, h->root.root.string,
+	   &h->esym));
+}
+
+/* Relocate and write an ECOFF section into an ECOFF output file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *output_section;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  asection *input_section;
+  bfd *input_bfd;
+  struct ecoff_section_tdata *section_tdata;
+  bfd_size_type raw_size;
+  bfd_size_type cooked_size;
+  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+  bfd_size_type external_reloc_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_relocs_size;
+  PTR external_relocs = NULL;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0);
+
+  if (link_order->size == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+  section_tdata = ecoff_section_data (input_bfd, input_section);
+
+  raw_size = input_section->_raw_size;
+  cooked_size = input_section->_cooked_size;
+  if (cooked_size == 0)
+    cooked_size = raw_size;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_section->output_section == output_section);
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_section->output_offset == link_order->offset);
+  BFD_ASSERT (cooked_size == link_order->size);
+
+  /* Get the section contents.  We allocate memory for the larger of
+     the size before relocating and the size after relocating.  */
+  contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (raw_size >= cooked_size
+				      ? (size_t) raw_size
+				      : (size_t) cooked_size);
+  if (contents == NULL && raw_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* If we are relaxing, the contents may have already been read into
+     memory, in which case we copy them into our new buffer.  We don't
+     simply reuse the old buffer in case cooked_size > raw_size.  */
+  if (section_tdata != (struct ecoff_section_tdata *) NULL
+      && section_tdata->contents != (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+    memcpy (contents, section_tdata->contents, (size_t) raw_size);
+  else
+    {
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
+				      (PTR) contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0, raw_size))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the relocs.  If we are relaxing MIPS code, they will already
+     have been read in.  Otherwise, we read them in now.  */
+  external_reloc_size = ecoff_backend (input_bfd)->external_reloc_size;
+  external_relocs_size = external_reloc_size * input_section->reloc_count;
+
+  if (section_tdata != (struct ecoff_section_tdata *) NULL
+      && section_tdata->external_relocs != NULL)
+    external_relocs = section_tdata->external_relocs;
+  else
+    {
+      external_relocs = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) external_relocs_size);
+      if (external_relocs == NULL && external_relocs_size != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, input_section->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, external_relocs_size, input_bfd)
+	      != external_relocs_size))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  /* Relocate the section contents.  */
+  if (! ((*ecoff_backend (input_bfd)->relocate_section)
+	 (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
+	  external_relocs)))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Write out the relocated section.  */
+  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd,
+				  output_section,
+				  (PTR) contents,
+				  input_section->output_offset,
+				  cooked_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* If we are producing relocateable output, the relocs were
+     modified, and we write them out now.  We use the reloc_count
+     field of output_section to keep track of the number of relocs we
+     have output so far.  */
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+		    (output_section->rel_filepos +
+		     output_section->reloc_count * external_reloc_size),
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_write (external_relocs, 1, external_relocs_size, output_bfd)
+	      != external_relocs_size))
+	goto error_return;
+      output_section->reloc_count += input_section->reloc_count;
+    }
+
+  if (contents != NULL)
+    free (contents);
+  if (external_relocs != NULL && section_tdata == NULL)
+    free (external_relocs);
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (contents != NULL)
+    free (contents);
+  if (external_relocs != NULL && section_tdata == NULL)
+    free (external_relocs);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Generate a reloc when linking an ECOFF file.  This is a reloc
+   requested by the linker, and does come from any input file.  This
+   is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
+   with -Ur.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *output_section;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  enum bfd_link_order_type type;
+  asection *section;
+  bfd_vma addend;
+  arelent rel;
+  struct internal_reloc in;
+  bfd_size_type external_reloc_size;
+  bfd_byte *rbuf;
+  boolean ok;
+
+  type = link_order->type;
+  section = NULL;
+  addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend;
+
+  /* We set up an arelent to pass to the backend adjust_reloc_out
+     routine.  */
+  rel.address = link_order->offset;
+
+  rel.howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc);
+  if (rel.howto == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+    {
+      section = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section;
+      rel.sym_ptr_ptr = section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
+         actually against the section.  */
+      h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, info,
+					link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+					false, false, false);
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+	{
+	  type = bfd_section_reloc_link_order;
+	  section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
+	  /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
+             addend here, but in practice it has already been added
+             because it was passed to constructor_callback.  */
+	  addend += section->vma + h->u.def.section->output_offset;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We can't set up a reloc against a symbol correctly,
+	     because we have no asymbol structure.  Currently no
+	     adjust_reloc_out routine cares.  */
+	  rel.sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* All ECOFF relocs are in-place.  Put the addend into the object
+     file.  */
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (rel.howto->partial_inplace);
+  if (addend != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type size;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+      bfd_byte *buf;
+      boolean ok;
+
+      size = bfd_get_reloc_size (rel.howto);
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+      if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+	return false;
+      rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (rel.howto, output_bfd, addend, buf);
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		 (info,
+		  (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd, section)
+		   : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name),
+		  rel.howto->name, addend, (bfd *) NULL,
+		  (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    {
+	      free (buf);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf,
+				     (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size);
+      free (buf);
+      if (! ok)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  rel.addend = 0;
+
+  /* Move the information into a internal_reloc structure.  */
+  in.r_vaddr = (rel.address
+		+ bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, output_section));
+  in.r_type = rel.howto->type;
+
+  if (type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+    {
+      struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = ((struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, info,
+					 link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+					 false, false, true));
+      if (h != (struct ecoff_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  && h->indx != -1)
+	in.r_symndx = h->indx;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+		 (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL,
+		  (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  in.r_symndx = 0;
+	}
+      in.r_extern = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      CONST char *name;
+
+      name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, section);
+      if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_TEXT;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RDATA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_DATA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SDATA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_SBSS;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_BSS;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_INIT;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT8;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LIT4;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".xdata") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_XDATA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".pdata") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_PDATA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_FINI;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".lita") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_LITA;
+      else if (strcmp (name, "*ABS*") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_ABS;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".rconst") == 0)
+	in.r_symndx = RELOC_SECTION_RCONST;
+      else
+	abort ();
+      in.r_extern = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Let the BFD backend adjust the reloc.  */
+  (*ecoff_backend (output_bfd)->adjust_reloc_out) (output_bfd, &rel, &in);
+
+  /* Get some memory and swap out the reloc.  */
+  external_reloc_size = ecoff_backend (output_bfd)->external_reloc_size;
+  rbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) external_reloc_size);
+  if (rbuf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  (*ecoff_backend (output_bfd)->swap_reloc_out) (output_bfd, &in, (PTR) rbuf);
+
+  ok = (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+		  (output_section->rel_filepos +
+		   output_section->reloc_count * external_reloc_size),
+		  SEEK_SET) == 0
+	&& (bfd_write ((PTR) rbuf, 1, external_reloc_size, output_bfd)
+	    == external_reloc_size));
+
+  if (ok)
+    ++output_section->reloc_count;
+
+  free (rbuf);
+
+  return ok;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecofflink.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecofflink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db18339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecofflink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2498 @@
+/* Routines to link ECOFF debugging information.
+   Copyright 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "objalloc.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+#include "libecoff.h"
+
+static boolean ecoff_add_bytes PARAMS ((char **buf, char **bufend,
+					size_t need));
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *string_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
+	   const char *));
+static void ecoff_align_debug PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+				       struct ecoff_debug_info *debug,
+				       const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap));
+static boolean ecoff_write_symhdr PARAMS ((bfd *, struct ecoff_debug_info *,
+					   const struct ecoff_debug_swap *,
+					   file_ptr where));
+static int cmp_fdrtab_entry PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static boolean mk_fdrtab PARAMS ((bfd *,
+				  struct ecoff_debug_info * const,
+				  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const,
+				  struct ecoff_find_line *));
+static long fdrtab_lookup PARAMS ((struct ecoff_find_line *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean lookup_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct ecoff_debug_info * const,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const, struct ecoff_find_line *));
+
+/* Routines to swap auxiliary information in and out.  I am assuming
+   that the auxiliary information format is always going to be target
+   independent.  */
+
+/* Swap in a type information record.
+   BIGEND says whether AUX symbols are big-endian or little-endian; this
+   info comes from the file header record (fh-fBigendian).  */
+
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in (bigend, ext_copy, intern)
+     int bigend;
+     const struct tir_ext *ext_copy;
+     TIR *intern;
+{
+  struct tir_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *ext_copy;		/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bigend) {
+    intern->fBitfield   = 0 != (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_BIG);
+    intern->continued   = 0 != (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_BIG);
+    intern->bt          = (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_BT_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq4         = (ext->t_tq45[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ4_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq5         = (ext->t_tq45[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ5_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq0         = (ext->t_tq01[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ0_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq1         = (ext->t_tq01[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ1_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq2         = (ext->t_tq23[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ2_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_BIG;
+    intern->tq3         = (ext->t_tq23[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ3_BIG)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_BIG;
+  } else {
+    intern->fBitfield   = 0 != (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_LITTLE);
+    intern->continued   = 0 != (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_LITTLE);
+    intern->bt          = (ext->t_bits1[0] & TIR_BITS1_BT_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq4         = (ext->t_tq45[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ4_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq5         = (ext->t_tq45[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ5_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq0         = (ext->t_tq01[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ0_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq1         = (ext->t_tq01[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ1_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq2         = (ext->t_tq23[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ2_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->tq3         = (ext->t_tq23[0] & TIR_BITS_TQ3_LITTLE)
+			>>		    TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_LITTLE;
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out a type information record.
+   BIGEND says whether AUX symbols are big-endian or little-endian; this
+   info comes from the file header record (fh-fBigendian).  */
+
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_out (bigend, intern_copy, ext)
+     int bigend;
+     const TIR *intern_copy;
+     struct tir_ext *ext;
+{
+  TIR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bigend) {
+    ext->t_bits1[0] = ((intern->fBitfield ? TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_BIG : 0)
+		       | (intern->continued ? TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_BIG : 0)
+		       | ((intern->bt << TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_BIG)
+			  & TIR_BITS1_BT_BIG));
+    ext->t_tq45[0] = (((intern->tq4 << TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_BIG)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ4_BIG)
+		      | ((intern->tq5 << TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_BIG)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ5_BIG));
+    ext->t_tq01[0] = (((intern->tq0 << TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_BIG)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ0_BIG)
+		      | ((intern->tq1 << TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_BIG)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ1_BIG));
+    ext->t_tq23[0] = (((intern->tq2 << TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_BIG)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ2_BIG)
+		      | ((intern->tq3 << TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_BIG)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ3_BIG));
+  } else {
+    ext->t_bits1[0] = ((intern->fBitfield ? TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_LITTLE : 0)
+		       | (intern->continued ? TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_LITTLE : 0)
+		       | ((intern->bt << TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_LITTLE)
+			  & TIR_BITS1_BT_LITTLE));
+    ext->t_tq45[0] = (((intern->tq4 << TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_LITTLE)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ4_LITTLE)
+		      | ((intern->tq5 << TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_LITTLE)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ5_LITTLE));
+    ext->t_tq01[0] = (((intern->tq0 << TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_LITTLE)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ0_LITTLE)
+		      | ((intern->tq1 << TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_LITTLE)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ1_LITTLE));
+    ext->t_tq23[0] = (((intern->tq2 << TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_LITTLE)
+		       & TIR_BITS_TQ2_LITTLE)
+		      | ((intern->tq3 << TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_LITTLE)
+			 & TIR_BITS_TQ3_LITTLE));
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in a relative symbol record.  BIGEND says whether it is in
+   big-endian or little-endian format.*/
+
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in (bigend, ext_copy, intern)
+     int bigend;
+     const struct rndx_ext *ext_copy;
+     RNDXR *intern;
+{
+  struct rndx_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *ext_copy;		/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bigend) {
+    intern->rfd   = (ext->r_bits[0] << RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+		  | ((ext->r_bits[1] & RNDX_BITS1_RFD_BIG)
+		    		    >> RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_BIG);
+    intern->index = ((ext->r_bits[1] & RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_BIG)
+		    		    << RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+		  | (ext->r_bits[2] << RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+		  | (ext->r_bits[3] << RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG);
+  } else {
+    intern->rfd   = (ext->r_bits[0] << RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+		  | ((ext->r_bits[1] & RNDX_BITS1_RFD_LITTLE)
+		    		    << RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE);
+    intern->index = ((ext->r_bits[1] & RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_LITTLE)
+		    		    >> RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LITTLE)
+		  | (ext->r_bits[2] << RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+		  | ((unsigned int) ext->r_bits[3]
+		     << RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE);
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out a relative symbol record.  BIGEND says whether it is in
+   big-endian or little-endian format.*/
+
+void
+_bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out (bigend, intern_copy, ext)
+     int bigend;
+     const RNDXR *intern_copy;
+     struct rndx_ext *ext;
+{
+  RNDXR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bigend) {
+    ext->r_bits[0] = intern->rfd >> RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+    ext->r_bits[1] = (((intern->rfd << RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_BIG)
+		       & RNDX_BITS1_RFD_BIG)
+		      | ((intern->index >> RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			 & RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_BIG));
+    ext->r_bits[2] = intern->index >> RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+    ext->r_bits[3] = intern->index >> RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+  } else {
+    ext->r_bits[0] = intern->rfd >> RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+    ext->r_bits[1] = (((intern->rfd >> RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+		       & RNDX_BITS1_RFD_LITTLE)
+		      | ((intern->index << RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LITTLE)
+			 & RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_LITTLE));
+    ext->r_bits[2] = intern->index >> RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+    ext->r_bits[3] = intern->index >> RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The minimum amount of data to allocate.  */
+#define ALLOC_SIZE (4064)
+
+/* Add bytes to a buffer.  Return success.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, need)
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     size_t need;
+{
+  size_t have;
+  size_t want;
+  char *newbuf;
+
+  have = *bufend - *buf;
+  if (have > need)
+    want = ALLOC_SIZE;
+  else
+    {
+      want = need - have;
+      if (want < ALLOC_SIZE)
+	want = ALLOC_SIZE;
+    }
+  newbuf = (char *) bfd_realloc (*buf, have + want);
+  if (newbuf == NULL)
+    return false;
+  *buf = newbuf;
+  *bufend = *buf + have + want;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We keep a hash table which maps strings to numbers.  We use it to
+   map FDR names to indices in the output file, and to map local
+   strings when combining stabs debugging information.  */
+
+struct string_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* FDR index or string table offset.  */
+  long val;
+  /* Next entry in string table.  */
+  struct string_hash_entry *next;
+};
+
+struct string_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table table;
+};
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in a string hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+string_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct string_hash_entry *ret = (struct string_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct string_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct string_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct string_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
+      ret->val = -1;
+      ret->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in an string hash table.  */
+
+#define string_hash_lookup(t, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct string_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(t)->table, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* We can't afford to read in all the debugging information when we do
+   a link.  Instead, we build a list of these structures to show how
+   different parts of the input file map to the output file.  */
+
+struct shuffle
+{
+  /* The next entry in this linked list.  */
+  struct shuffle *next;
+  /* The length of the information.  */
+  unsigned long size;
+  /* Whether this information comes from a file or not.  */
+  boolean filep;
+  union
+    {
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* The BFD the data comes from.  */
+	  bfd *input_bfd;
+	  /* The offset within input_bfd.  */
+	  file_ptr offset;
+	} file;
+      /* The data to be written out.  */
+      PTR memory;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information across calls to
+   bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate.  */
+
+struct accumulate
+{
+  /* The FDR hash table.  */
+  struct string_hash_table fdr_hash;
+  /* The strings hash table.  */
+  struct string_hash_table str_hash;
+  /* Linked lists describing how to shuffle the input debug
+     information into the output file.  We keep a pointer to both the
+     head and the tail.  */
+  struct shuffle *line;
+  struct shuffle *line_end;
+  struct shuffle *pdr;
+  struct shuffle *pdr_end;
+  struct shuffle *sym;
+  struct shuffle *sym_end;
+  struct shuffle *opt;
+  struct shuffle *opt_end;
+  struct shuffle *aux;
+  struct shuffle *aux_end;
+  struct shuffle *ss;
+  struct shuffle *ss_end;
+  struct string_hash_entry *ss_hash;
+  struct string_hash_entry *ss_hash_end;
+  struct shuffle *fdr;
+  struct shuffle *fdr_end;
+  struct shuffle *rfd;
+  struct shuffle *rfd_end;
+  /* The size of the largest file shuffle.  */
+  unsigned long largest_file_shuffle;
+  /* An objalloc for debugging information.  */
+  struct objalloc *memory;
+};
+
+/* Add a file entry to a shuffle list.  */
+
+static boolean add_file_shuffle PARAMS ((struct accumulate *,
+				      struct shuffle **,
+				      struct shuffle **, bfd *, file_ptr,
+				      unsigned long));
+
+static boolean
+add_file_shuffle (ainfo, head, tail, input_bfd, offset, size)
+     struct accumulate *ainfo;
+     struct shuffle **head;
+     struct shuffle **tail;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     unsigned long size;
+{
+  struct shuffle *n;
+
+  if (*tail != (struct shuffle *) NULL
+      && (*tail)->filep
+      && (*tail)->u.file.input_bfd == input_bfd
+      && (*tail)->u.file.offset + (*tail)->size == (unsigned long) offset)
+    {
+      /* Just merge this entry onto the existing one.  */
+      (*tail)->size += size;
+      if ((*tail)->size > ainfo->largest_file_shuffle)
+	ainfo->largest_file_shuffle = (*tail)->size;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  n = (struct shuffle *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory,
+					 sizeof (struct shuffle));
+  if (!n)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  n->next = NULL;
+  n->size = size;
+  n->filep = true;
+  n->u.file.input_bfd = input_bfd;
+  n->u.file.offset = offset;
+  if (*head == (struct shuffle *) NULL)
+    *head = n;
+  if (*tail != (struct shuffle *) NULL)
+    (*tail)->next = n;
+  *tail = n;
+  if (size > ainfo->largest_file_shuffle)
+    ainfo->largest_file_shuffle = size;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a memory entry to a shuffle list.  */
+
+static boolean add_memory_shuffle PARAMS ((struct accumulate *,
+					   struct shuffle **head,
+					   struct shuffle **tail,
+					   bfd_byte *data, unsigned long size));
+
+static boolean
+add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, head, tail, data, size)
+     struct accumulate *ainfo;
+     struct shuffle **head;
+     struct shuffle **tail;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     unsigned long size;
+{
+  struct shuffle *n;
+     
+  n = (struct shuffle *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory,
+					 sizeof (struct shuffle));
+  if (!n)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  n->next = NULL;
+  n->size = size;
+  n->filep = false;
+  n->u.memory = (PTR) data;
+  if (*head == (struct shuffle *) NULL)
+    *head = n;
+  if (*tail != (struct shuffle *) NULL)
+    (*tail)->next = n;
+  *tail = n;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the FDR hash table.  This returns a handle which is then
+   passed in to bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate, et. al.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+PTR
+bfd_ecoff_debug_init (output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo;
+
+  ainfo = (struct accumulate *) bfd_malloc (sizeof (struct accumulate));
+  if (!ainfo)
+    return NULL;
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (&ainfo->fdr_hash.table, string_hash_newfunc,
+			       1021))
+    return NULL;
+
+  ainfo->line = NULL;
+  ainfo->line_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->pdr = NULL;
+  ainfo->pdr_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->sym = NULL;
+  ainfo->sym_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->opt = NULL;
+  ainfo->opt_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->aux = NULL;
+  ainfo->aux_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->ss = NULL;
+  ainfo->ss_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->ss_hash = NULL;
+  ainfo->ss_hash_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->fdr = NULL;
+  ainfo->fdr_end = NULL;
+  ainfo->rfd = NULL;
+  ainfo->rfd_end = NULL;
+
+  ainfo->largest_file_shuffle = 0;
+
+  if (! info->relocateable)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&ainfo->str_hash.table, string_hash_newfunc))
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* The first entry in the string table is the empty string.  */
+      output_debug->symbolic_header.issMax = 1;
+    }
+
+  ainfo->memory = objalloc_create ();
+  if (ainfo->memory == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (PTR) ainfo;
+}
+
+/* Free the accumulated debugging information.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+bfd_ecoff_debug_free (handle, output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap, info)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+  
+  bfd_hash_table_free (&ainfo->fdr_hash.table);
+
+  if (! info->relocateable)
+    bfd_hash_table_free (&ainfo->str_hash.table);
+
+  objalloc_free (ainfo->memory);
+
+  free (ainfo);
+}
+
+/* Accumulate the debugging information from INPUT_BFD into
+   OUTPUT_BFD.  The INPUT_DEBUG argument points to some ECOFF
+   debugging information which we want to link into the information
+   pointed to by the OUTPUT_DEBUG argument.  OUTPUT_SWAP and
+   INPUT_SWAP point to the swapping information needed.  INFO is the
+   linker information structure.  HANDLE is returned by
+   bfd_ecoff_debug_init.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate (handle, output_bfd, output_debug, output_swap,
+			    input_bfd, input_debug, input_swap,
+			    info)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *input_debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+  void (* const swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, SYMR *))
+    = input_swap->swap_sym_in;
+  void (* const swap_rfd_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, RFDT *))
+    = input_swap->swap_rfd_in;
+  void (* const swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR))
+    = output_swap->swap_sym_out;
+  void (* const swap_fdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const FDR *, PTR))
+    = output_swap->swap_fdr_out;
+  void (* const swap_rfd_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const RFDT *, PTR))
+    = output_swap->swap_rfd_out;
+  bfd_size_type external_pdr_size = output_swap->external_pdr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_sym_size = output_swap->external_sym_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_opt_size = output_swap->external_opt_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size = output_swap->external_fdr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = output_swap->external_rfd_size;
+  HDRR * const output_symhdr = &output_debug->symbolic_header;
+  HDRR * const input_symhdr = &input_debug->symbolic_header;
+  bfd_vma section_adjust[scMax];
+  asection *sec;
+  bfd_byte *fdr_start;
+  bfd_byte *fdr_ptr;
+  bfd_byte *fdr_end;
+  bfd_size_type fdr_add;
+  unsigned int copied;
+  RFDT i;
+  unsigned long sz;
+  bfd_byte *rfd_out;
+  bfd_byte *rfd_in;
+  bfd_byte *rfd_end;
+  long newrfdbase = 0;
+  long oldrfdbase = 0;
+  bfd_byte *fdr_out;
+
+  /* Use section_adjust to hold the value to add to a symbol in a
+     particular section.  */
+  memset ((PTR) section_adjust, 0, sizeof section_adjust);
+
+#define SET(name, indx) \
+  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, name); \
+  if (sec != NULL) \
+    section_adjust[indx] = (sec->output_section->vma \
+			    + sec->output_offset \
+			    - sec->vma);
+
+  SET (".text", scText);
+  SET (".data", scData);
+  SET (".bss", scBss);
+  SET (".sdata", scSData);
+  SET (".sbss", scSBss);
+  /* scRdata section may be either .rdata or .rodata.  */
+  SET (".rdata", scRData);
+  SET (".rodata", scRData);
+  SET (".init", scInit);
+  SET (".fini", scFini);
+  SET (".rconst", scRConst);
+
+#undef SET
+
+  /* Find all the debugging information based on the FDR's.  We need
+     to handle them whether they are swapped or not.  */
+  if (input_debug->fdr != (FDR *) NULL)
+    {
+      fdr_start = (bfd_byte *) input_debug->fdr;
+      fdr_add = sizeof (FDR);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fdr_start = (bfd_byte *) input_debug->external_fdr;
+      fdr_add = input_swap->external_fdr_size;
+    }
+  fdr_end = fdr_start + input_symhdr->ifdMax * fdr_add;
+
+  input_debug->ifdmap = (RFDT *) bfd_alloc (input_bfd,
+					    (input_symhdr->ifdMax
+					     * sizeof (RFDT)));
+
+  sz = (input_symhdr->crfd + input_symhdr->ifdMax) * external_rfd_size;
+  rfd_out = (bfd_byte *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory, sz);
+  if (!input_debug->ifdmap || !rfd_out)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->rfd, &ainfo->rfd_end, rfd_out, sz))
+    return false;
+
+  copied = 0;
+
+  /* Look through the FDR's to see which ones we are going to include
+     in the final output.  We do not want duplicate FDR information
+     for header files, because ECOFF debugging is often very large.
+     When we find an FDR with no line information which can be merged,
+     we look it up in a hash table to ensure that we only include it
+     once.  We keep a table mapping FDR numbers to the final number
+     they get with the BFD, so that we can refer to it when we write
+     out the external symbols.  */
+  for (fdr_ptr = fdr_start, i = 0;
+       fdr_ptr < fdr_end;
+       fdr_ptr += fdr_add, i++, rfd_out += external_rfd_size)
+    {
+      FDR fdr;
+
+      if (input_debug->fdr != (FDR *) NULL)
+	fdr = *(FDR *) fdr_ptr;
+      else
+	(*input_swap->swap_fdr_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) fdr_ptr, &fdr);
+
+      /* See if this FDR can be merged with an existing one.  */
+      if (fdr.cbLine == 0 && fdr.rss != -1 && fdr.fMerge)
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  char *lookup;
+	  struct string_hash_entry *fh;
+
+	  /* We look up a string formed from the file name and the
+	     number of symbols.  Sometimes an include file will
+	     conditionally define a typedef or something based on the
+	     order of include files.  Using the number of symbols as a
+	     hash reduces the chance that we will merge symbol
+	     information that should not be merged.  */
+	  name = input_debug->ss + fdr.issBase + fdr.rss;
+
+	  lookup = (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (name) + 20);
+	  if (lookup == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  sprintf (lookup, "%s %lx", name, fdr.csym);
+
+	  fh = string_hash_lookup (&ainfo->fdr_hash, lookup, true, true);
+	  free (lookup);
+	  if (fh == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (fh->val != -1)
+	    {
+	      input_debug->ifdmap[i] = fh->val;
+	      (*swap_rfd_out) (output_bfd, input_debug->ifdmap + i,
+			       (PTR) rfd_out);
+
+	      /* Don't copy this FDR.  */
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  fh->val = output_symhdr->ifdMax + copied;
+	}
+
+      input_debug->ifdmap[i] = output_symhdr->ifdMax + copied;
+      (*swap_rfd_out) (output_bfd, input_debug->ifdmap + i, (PTR) rfd_out);
+      ++copied;
+    }
+
+  newrfdbase = output_symhdr->crfd;
+  output_symhdr->crfd += input_symhdr->ifdMax;
+
+  /* Copy over any existing RFD's.  RFD's are only created by the
+     linker, so this will only happen for input files which are the
+     result of a partial link.  */
+  rfd_in = (bfd_byte *) input_debug->external_rfd;
+  rfd_end = rfd_in + input_symhdr->crfd * input_swap->external_rfd_size;
+  for (;
+       rfd_in < rfd_end;
+       rfd_in += input_swap->external_rfd_size)
+    {
+      RFDT rfd;
+
+      (*swap_rfd_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) rfd_in, &rfd);
+      BFD_ASSERT (rfd >= 0 && rfd < input_symhdr->ifdMax);
+      rfd = input_debug->ifdmap[rfd];
+      (*swap_rfd_out) (output_bfd, &rfd, (PTR) rfd_out);
+      rfd_out += external_rfd_size;
+    }
+
+  oldrfdbase = output_symhdr->crfd;
+  output_symhdr->crfd += input_symhdr->crfd;
+
+  /* Look through the FDR's and copy over all associated debugging
+     information.  */
+  sz = copied * external_fdr_size;
+  fdr_out = (bfd_byte *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory, sz);
+  if (!fdr_out)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->fdr, &ainfo->fdr_end, fdr_out, sz))
+    return false;
+  for (fdr_ptr = fdr_start, i = 0;
+       fdr_ptr < fdr_end;
+       fdr_ptr += fdr_add, i++)
+    {
+      FDR fdr;
+      bfd_vma fdr_adr;
+      bfd_byte *sym_out;
+      bfd_byte *lraw_src;
+      bfd_byte *lraw_end;
+      boolean fgotfilename;
+
+      if (input_debug->ifdmap[i] < output_symhdr->ifdMax)
+	{
+	  /* We are not copying this FDR.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (input_debug->fdr != (FDR *) NULL)
+	fdr = *(FDR *) fdr_ptr;
+      else
+	(*input_swap->swap_fdr_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) fdr_ptr, &fdr);
+
+      fdr_adr = fdr.adr;
+
+      /* Adjust the FDR address for any changes that may have been
+	 made by relaxing.  */
+      if (input_debug->adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL)
+	{
+	  struct ecoff_value_adjust *adjust;
+
+	  for (adjust = input_debug->adjust;
+	       adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL;
+	       adjust = adjust->next)
+	    if (fdr_adr >= adjust->start
+		&& fdr_adr < adjust->end)
+	      fdr.adr += adjust->adjust;
+	}
+
+      /* FIXME: It is conceivable that this FDR points to the .init or
+	 .fini section, in which case this will not do the right
+	 thing.  */
+      fdr.adr += section_adjust[scText];
+
+      /* Swap in the local symbols, adjust their values, and swap them
+	 out again.  */
+      fgotfilename = false;
+      sz = fdr.csym * external_sym_size;
+      sym_out = (bfd_byte *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory, sz);
+      if (!sym_out)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->sym, &ainfo->sym_end, sym_out,
+			       sz))
+	return false;
+      lraw_src = ((bfd_byte *) input_debug->external_sym
+		  + fdr.isymBase * input_swap->external_sym_size);
+      lraw_end = lraw_src + fdr.csym * input_swap->external_sym_size;
+      for (;  lraw_src < lraw_end;  lraw_src += input_swap->external_sym_size)
+	{
+	  SYMR internal_sym;
+
+	  (*swap_sym_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) lraw_src, &internal_sym);
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT (internal_sym.sc != scCommon
+		      && internal_sym.sc != scSCommon);
+
+	  /* Adjust the symbol value if appropriate.  */
+	  switch (internal_sym.st)
+	    {
+	    case stNil:
+	      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&internal_sym))
+		break;
+	      /* Fall through.  */
+	    case stGlobal:
+	    case stStatic:
+	    case stLabel:
+	    case stProc:
+	    case stStaticProc:
+	      if (input_debug->adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL)
+		{
+		  bfd_vma value;
+		  struct ecoff_value_adjust *adjust;
+
+		  value = internal_sym.value;
+		  for (adjust = input_debug->adjust;
+		       adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL;
+		       adjust = adjust->next)
+		    if (value >= adjust->start
+			&& value < adjust->end)
+		      internal_sym.value += adjust->adjust;
+		}
+	      internal_sym.value += section_adjust[internal_sym.sc];
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are doing a final link, we hash all the strings in
+	     the local symbol table together.  This reduces the amount
+	     of space required by debugging information.  We don't do
+	     this when performing a relocateable link because it would
+	     prevent us from easily merging different FDR's.  */
+	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      boolean ffilename;
+	      const char *name;
+
+	      if (! fgotfilename && internal_sym.iss == fdr.rss)
+		ffilename = true;
+	      else
+		ffilename = false;
+
+	      /* Hash the name into the string table.  */
+	      name = input_debug->ss + fdr.issBase + internal_sym.iss;
+	      if (*name == '\0')
+		internal_sym.iss = 0;
+	      else
+		{
+		  struct string_hash_entry *sh;
+
+		  sh = string_hash_lookup (&ainfo->str_hash, name, true, true);
+		  if (sh == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		    return false;
+		  if (sh->val == -1)
+		    {
+		      sh->val = output_symhdr->issMax;
+		      output_symhdr->issMax += strlen (name) + 1;
+		      if (ainfo->ss_hash == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+			ainfo->ss_hash = sh;
+		      if (ainfo->ss_hash_end
+			  != (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+			ainfo->ss_hash_end->next = sh;
+		      ainfo->ss_hash_end = sh;
+		    }
+		  internal_sym.iss = sh->val;
+		}
+
+	      if (ffilename)
+		{
+		  fdr.rss = internal_sym.iss;
+		  fgotfilename = true;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  (*swap_sym_out) (output_bfd, &internal_sym, sym_out);
+	  sym_out += external_sym_size;
+	}
+
+      fdr.isymBase = output_symhdr->isymMax;
+      output_symhdr->isymMax += fdr.csym;
+
+      /* Copy the information that does not need swapping.  */
+
+      /* FIXME: If we are relaxing, we need to adjust the line
+	 numbers.  Frankly, forget it.  Anybody using stabs debugging
+	 information will not use this line number information, and
+	 stabs are adjusted correctly.  */
+      if (fdr.cbLine > 0)
+	{
+	  if (!add_file_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->line, &ainfo->line_end,
+				 input_bfd,
+				 input_symhdr->cbLineOffset + fdr.cbLineOffset,
+				 fdr.cbLine))
+	    return false;
+	  fdr.ilineBase = output_symhdr->ilineMax;
+	  fdr.cbLineOffset = output_symhdr->cbLine;
+	  output_symhdr->ilineMax += fdr.cline;
+	  output_symhdr->cbLine += fdr.cbLine;
+	}
+      if (fdr.caux > 0)
+	{
+	  if (!add_file_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->aux, &ainfo->aux_end,
+				 input_bfd,
+				 (input_symhdr->cbAuxOffset
+				  + fdr.iauxBase * sizeof (union aux_ext)),
+				 fdr.caux * sizeof (union aux_ext)))
+	    return false;
+	  fdr.iauxBase = output_symhdr->iauxMax;
+	  output_symhdr->iauxMax += fdr.caux;
+	}
+      if (! info->relocateable)
+	{
+
+	  /* When are are hashing strings, we lie about the number of
+	     strings attached to each FDR.  We need to set cbSs
+	     because some versions of dbx apparently use it to decide
+	     how much of the string table to read in.  */
+	  fdr.issBase = 0;
+	  fdr.cbSs = output_symhdr->issMax;
+	}
+      else if (fdr.cbSs > 0)
+	{
+	  if (!add_file_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->ss, &ainfo->ss_end,
+				 input_bfd,
+				 input_symhdr->cbSsOffset + fdr.issBase,
+				 fdr.cbSs))
+	    return false;
+	  fdr.issBase = output_symhdr->issMax;
+	  output_symhdr->issMax += fdr.cbSs;
+	}
+
+      if ((output_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder
+	   == input_bfd->xvec->header_byteorder)
+	  && input_debug->adjust == (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL)
+	{
+	  /* The two BFD's have the same endianness, and we don't have
+	     to adjust the PDR addresses, so simply copying the
+	     information will suffice.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (external_pdr_size == input_swap->external_pdr_size);
+	  if (fdr.cpd > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (!add_file_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->pdr, &ainfo->pdr_end,
+				     input_bfd,
+				     (input_symhdr->cbPdOffset
+				      + fdr.ipdFirst * external_pdr_size),
+				     fdr.cpd * external_pdr_size))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  BFD_ASSERT (external_opt_size == input_swap->external_opt_size);
+	  if (fdr.copt > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (!add_file_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->opt, &ainfo->opt_end,
+				     input_bfd,
+				     (input_symhdr->cbOptOffset
+				      + fdr.ioptBase * external_opt_size),
+				     fdr.copt * external_opt_size))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type outsz, insz;
+	  bfd_byte *in;
+	  bfd_byte *end;
+	  bfd_byte *out;
+
+	  /* The two BFD's have different endianness, so we must swap
+	     everything in and out.  This code would always work, but
+	     it would be unnecessarily slow in the normal case.  */
+	  outsz = external_pdr_size;
+	  insz = input_swap->external_pdr_size;
+	  in = ((bfd_byte *) input_debug->external_pdr
+		+ fdr.ipdFirst * insz);
+	  end = in + fdr.cpd * insz;
+	  sz = fdr.cpd * outsz;
+	  out = (bfd_byte *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory, sz);
+	  if (!out)
+	    {
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->pdr, &ainfo->pdr_end, out,
+				   sz))
+	    return false;
+	  for (; in < end; in += insz, out += outsz)
+	    {
+	      PDR pdr;
+
+	      (*input_swap->swap_pdr_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) in, &pdr);
+
+	      /* If we have been relaxing, we may have to adjust the
+		 address.  */
+	      if (input_debug->adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL)
+		{
+		  bfd_vma adr;
+		  struct ecoff_value_adjust *adjust;
+
+		  adr = fdr_adr + pdr.adr;
+		  for (adjust = input_debug->adjust;
+		       adjust != (struct ecoff_value_adjust *) NULL;
+		       adjust = adjust->next)
+		    if (adr >= adjust->start
+			&& adr < adjust->end)
+		      pdr.adr += adjust->adjust;
+		}
+
+	      (*output_swap->swap_pdr_out) (output_bfd, &pdr, (PTR) out);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Swap over the optimization information.  */
+	  outsz = external_opt_size;
+	  insz = input_swap->external_opt_size;
+	  in = ((bfd_byte *) input_debug->external_opt
+		+ fdr.ioptBase * insz);
+	  end = in + fdr.copt * insz;
+	  sz = fdr.copt * outsz;
+	  out = (bfd_byte *) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory, sz);
+	  if (!out)
+	    {
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->opt, &ainfo->opt_end, out,
+				   sz))
+	    return false;
+	  for (; in < end; in += insz, out += outsz)
+	    {
+	      OPTR opt;
+
+	      (*input_swap->swap_opt_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) in, &opt);
+	      (*output_swap->swap_opt_out) (output_bfd, &opt, (PTR) out);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      fdr.ipdFirst = output_symhdr->ipdMax;
+      output_symhdr->ipdMax += fdr.cpd;
+      fdr.ioptBase = output_symhdr->ioptMax;
+      output_symhdr->ioptMax += fdr.copt;
+
+      if (fdr.crfd <= 0)
+	{
+	  /* Point this FDR at the table of RFD's we created.  */
+	  fdr.rfdBase = newrfdbase;
+	  fdr.crfd = input_symhdr->ifdMax;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Point this FDR at the remapped RFD's.  */
+	  fdr.rfdBase += oldrfdbase;
+	}
+
+      (*swap_fdr_out) (output_bfd, &fdr, fdr_out);
+      fdr_out += external_fdr_size;
+      ++output_symhdr->ifdMax;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a string to the debugging information we are accumulating.
+   Return the offset from the fdr string base.  */
+
+static long ecoff_add_string PARAMS ((struct accumulate *,
+				      struct bfd_link_info *,
+				      struct ecoff_debug_info *,
+				      FDR *fdr, const char *string));
+
+static long
+ecoff_add_string (ainfo, info, debug, fdr, string)
+     struct accumulate *ainfo;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     FDR *fdr;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  size_t len;
+  bfd_size_type ret;
+
+  symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  len = strlen (string);
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      if (!add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->ss, &ainfo->ss_end, (PTR) string,
+			       len + 1))
+	return -1;
+      ret = symhdr->issMax;
+      symhdr->issMax += len + 1;
+      fdr->cbSs += len + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct string_hash_entry *sh;
+
+      sh = string_hash_lookup (&ainfo->str_hash, string, true, true);
+      if (sh == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	return -1;
+      if (sh->val == -1)
+	{
+	  sh->val = symhdr->issMax;
+	  symhdr->issMax += len + 1;
+	  if (ainfo->ss_hash == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    ainfo->ss_hash = sh;
+	  if (ainfo->ss_hash_end
+	      != (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    ainfo->ss_hash_end->next = sh;
+	  ainfo->ss_hash_end = sh;
+	}
+      ret = sh->val;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Add debugging information from a non-ECOFF file.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate_other (handle, output_bfd, output_debug,
+				  output_swap, input_bfd, info)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *output_debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *output_swap;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+  void (* const swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR))
+    = output_swap->swap_sym_out;
+  HDRR *output_symhdr = &output_debug->symbolic_header;
+  FDR fdr;
+  asection *sec;
+  asymbol **symbols;
+  asymbol **sym_ptr;
+  asymbol **sym_end;
+  long symsize;
+  long symcount;
+  PTR external_fdr;
+
+  memset ((PTR) &fdr, 0, sizeof fdr);
+
+  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".text");
+  if (sec != NULL)
+    fdr.adr = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
+  else
+    {
+      /* FIXME: What about .init or .fini?  */
+      fdr.adr = 0;
+    }
+
+  fdr.issBase = output_symhdr->issMax;
+  fdr.cbSs = 0;
+  fdr.rss = ecoff_add_string (ainfo, info, output_debug, &fdr,
+			      bfd_get_filename (input_bfd));
+  if (fdr.rss == -1)
+    return false;
+  fdr.isymBase = output_symhdr->isymMax;
+
+  /* Get the local symbols from the input BFD.  */
+  symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (input_bfd);
+  if (symsize < 0)
+    return false;
+  symbols = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, symsize);
+  if (symbols == (asymbol **) NULL)
+    return false;
+  symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (input_bfd, symbols);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    return false;
+  sym_end = symbols + symcount;
+
+  /* Handle the local symbols.  Any external symbols are handled
+     separately.  */
+  fdr.csym = 0;
+  for (sym_ptr = symbols; sym_ptr != sym_end; sym_ptr++)
+    {
+      SYMR internal_sym;
+      PTR external_sym;
+
+      if (((*sym_ptr)->flags & BSF_EXPORT) != 0)
+	continue;
+      memset ((PTR) &internal_sym, 0, sizeof internal_sym);
+      internal_sym.iss = ecoff_add_string (ainfo, info, output_debug, &fdr,
+					   (*sym_ptr)->name);
+
+      if (internal_sym.iss == -1)
+	return false;
+      if (bfd_is_com_section ((*sym_ptr)->section)
+	  || bfd_is_und_section ((*sym_ptr)->section))
+	internal_sym.value = (*sym_ptr)->value;
+      else
+	internal_sym.value = ((*sym_ptr)->value
+			      + (*sym_ptr)->section->output_offset
+			      + (*sym_ptr)->section->output_section->vma);
+      internal_sym.st = stNil;
+      internal_sym.sc = scUndefined;
+      internal_sym.index = indexNil;
+
+      external_sym = (PTR) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory,
+					   output_swap->external_sym_size);
+      if (!external_sym)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      (*swap_sym_out) (output_bfd, &internal_sym, external_sym);
+      add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->sym, &ainfo->sym_end,
+			  external_sym, output_swap->external_sym_size);
+      ++fdr.csym;
+      ++output_symhdr->isymMax;
+    }
+
+  bfd_release (output_bfd, (PTR) symbols);
+
+  /* Leave everything else in the FDR zeroed out.  This will cause
+     the lang field to be langC.  The fBigendian field will
+     indicate little endian format, but it doesn't matter because
+     it only applies to aux fields and there are none.  */
+  external_fdr = (PTR) objalloc_alloc (ainfo->memory,
+				       output_swap->external_fdr_size);
+  if (!external_fdr)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  (*output_swap->swap_fdr_out) (output_bfd, &fdr, external_fdr);
+  add_memory_shuffle (ainfo, &ainfo->fdr, &ainfo->fdr_end,
+		      external_fdr, output_swap->external_fdr_size);
+
+  ++output_symhdr->ifdMax;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set up ECOFF debugging information for the external symbols.
+   FIXME: This is done using a memory buffer, but it should be
+   probably be changed to use a shuffle structure.  The assembler uses
+   this interface, so that must be changed to do something else.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (abfd, debug, swap, relocateable, get_extr,
+			   set_index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     boolean (*get_extr) PARAMS ((asymbol *, EXTR *));
+     void (*set_index) PARAMS ((asymbol *, bfd_size_type));
+{
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  asymbol **sym_ptr_ptr;
+  size_t c;
+
+  sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+  if (sym_ptr_ptr == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  for (c = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); c > 0; c--, sym_ptr_ptr++)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym_ptr;
+      EXTR esym;
+
+      sym_ptr = *sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+      /* Get the external symbol information.  */
+      if ((*get_extr) (sym_ptr, &esym) == false)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we're producing an executable, move common symbols into
+	 bss.  */
+      if (relocateable == false)
+	{
+	  if (esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
+	    esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+	  else if (esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
+	    esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_is_com_section (sym_ptr->section)
+	  || bfd_is_und_section (sym_ptr->section)
+	  || sym_ptr->section->output_section == (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: gas does not keep the value of a small undefined
+	     symbol in the symbol itself, because of relocation
+	     problems.  */
+	  if (esym.asym.sc != scSUndefined
+	      || esym.asym.value == 0
+	      || sym_ptr->value != 0)
+	    esym.asym.value = sym_ptr->value;
+	}
+      else
+	esym.asym.value = (sym_ptr->value
+			   + sym_ptr->section->output_offset
+			   + sym_ptr->section->output_section->vma);
+
+      if (set_index)
+	(*set_index) (sym_ptr, (bfd_size_type) symhdr->iextMax);
+
+      if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, debug, swap,
+					  sym_ptr->name, &esym))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a single external symbol to the debugging information.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, debug, swap, name, esym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     const char *name;
+     EXTR *esym;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = swap->external_ext_size;
+  void (* const swap_ext_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const EXTR *, PTR))
+    = swap->swap_ext_out;
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  size_t namelen;
+
+  namelen = strlen (name);
+
+  if ((size_t) (debug->ssext_end - debug->ssext)
+      < symhdr->issExtMax + namelen + 1)
+    {
+      if (ecoff_add_bytes ((char **) &debug->ssext,
+			   (char **) &debug->ssext_end,
+			   symhdr->issExtMax + namelen + 1)
+	  == false)
+	return false;
+    }
+  if ((size_t) ((char *) debug->external_ext_end
+		- (char *) debug->external_ext)
+      < (symhdr->iextMax + 1) * external_ext_size)
+    {
+      if (ecoff_add_bytes ((char **) &debug->external_ext,
+			   (char **) &debug->external_ext_end,
+			   (symhdr->iextMax + 1) * external_ext_size)
+	  == false)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  esym->asym.iss = symhdr->issExtMax;
+
+  (*swap_ext_out) (abfd, esym,
+		   ((char *) debug->external_ext
+		    + symhdr->iextMax * swap->external_ext_size));
+
+  ++symhdr->iextMax;
+
+  strcpy (debug->ssext + symhdr->issExtMax, name);
+  symhdr->issExtMax += namelen + 1;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Align the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ecoff_align_debug (abfd, debug, swap)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+{
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  bfd_size_type debug_align, aux_align, rfd_align;
+  size_t add;
+
+  /* Adjust the counts so that structures are aligned.  */
+  debug_align = swap->debug_align;
+  aux_align = debug_align / sizeof (union aux_ext);
+  rfd_align = debug_align / swap->external_rfd_size;
+
+  add = debug_align - (symhdr->cbLine & (debug_align - 1));
+  if (add != debug_align)
+    {
+      if (debug->line != (unsigned char *) NULL)
+	memset ((PTR) (debug->line + symhdr->cbLine), 0, add);
+      symhdr->cbLine += add;
+    }
+
+  add = debug_align - (symhdr->issMax & (debug_align - 1));
+  if (add != debug_align)
+    {
+      if (debug->ss != (char *) NULL)
+	memset ((PTR) (debug->ss + symhdr->issMax), 0, add);
+      symhdr->issMax += add;
+    }
+
+  add = debug_align - (symhdr->issExtMax & (debug_align - 1));
+  if (add != debug_align)
+    {
+      if (debug->ssext != (char *) NULL)
+	memset ((PTR) (debug->ssext + symhdr->issExtMax), 0, add);
+      symhdr->issExtMax += add;
+    }
+
+  add = aux_align - (symhdr->iauxMax & (aux_align - 1));
+  if (add != aux_align)
+    {
+      if (debug->external_aux != (union aux_ext *) NULL)
+	memset ((PTR) (debug->external_aux + symhdr->iauxMax), 0,
+		add * sizeof (union aux_ext));
+      symhdr->iauxMax += add;
+    }
+
+  add = rfd_align - (symhdr->crfd & (rfd_align - 1));
+  if (add != rfd_align)
+    {
+      if (debug->external_rfd != (PTR) NULL)
+	memset ((PTR) ((char *) debug->external_rfd
+		       + symhdr->crfd * swap->external_rfd_size),
+		0, (size_t) (add * swap->external_rfd_size));
+      symhdr->crfd += add;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the size required by the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+
+bfd_size_type
+bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, debug, swap)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+{
+  bfd_size_type tot;
+
+  ecoff_align_debug (abfd, debug, swap);
+  tot = swap->external_hdr_size;
+
+#define ADD(count, size) \
+  tot += debug->symbolic_header.count * size
+
+  ADD (cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char));
+  ADD (idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size);
+  ADD (ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size);
+  ADD (isymMax, swap->external_sym_size);
+  ADD (ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size);
+  ADD (iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext));
+  ADD (issMax, sizeof (char));
+  ADD (issExtMax, sizeof (char));
+  ADD (ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size);
+  ADD (crfd, swap->external_rfd_size);
+  ADD (iextMax, swap->external_ext_size);
+
+#undef ADD
+
+  return tot;
+}
+
+/* Write out the ECOFF symbolic header, given the file position it is
+   going to be placed at.  This assumes that the counts are set
+   correctly.  */
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_write_symhdr (abfd, debug, swap, where)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     file_ptr where;
+{
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  char *buff = NULL;
+
+  ecoff_align_debug (abfd, debug, swap);
+
+  /* Go to the right location in the file.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, where, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  where += swap->external_hdr_size;
+
+  symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
+
+  /* Fill in the file offsets.  */
+#define SET(offset, count, size) \
+  if (symhdr->count == 0) \
+    symhdr->offset = 0; \
+  else \
+    { \
+      symhdr->offset = where; \
+      where += symhdr->count * size; \
+    }
+
+  SET (cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char));
+  SET (cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size);
+  SET (cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size);
+  SET (cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size);
+  SET (cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size);
+  SET (cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext));
+  SET (cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char));
+  SET (cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char));
+  SET (cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size);
+  SET (cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size);
+  SET (cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size);
+#undef SET
+
+  buff = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) swap->external_hdr_size);
+  if (buff == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  (*swap->swap_hdr_out) (abfd, symhdr, buff);
+  if (bfd_write (buff, 1, swap->external_hdr_size, abfd)
+      != swap->external_hdr_size)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (buff != NULL)
+    free (buff);
+  return true;
+ error_return:
+  if (buff != NULL)
+    free (buff);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Write out the ECOFF debugging information.  This function assumes
+   that the information (the pointers and counts) in *DEBUG have been
+   set correctly.  WHERE is the position in the file to write the
+   information to.  This function fills in the file offsets in the
+   symbolic header.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_write_debug (abfd, debug, swap, where)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     file_ptr where;
+{
+  HDRR * const symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+
+  if (! ecoff_write_symhdr (abfd, debug, swap, where))
+    return false;
+
+#define WRITE(ptr, count, size, offset) \
+  BFD_ASSERT (symhdr->offset == 0 \
+	      || (bfd_vma) bfd_tell (abfd) == symhdr->offset); \
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) debug->ptr, size, symhdr->count, abfd) \
+      != size * symhdr->count) \
+    return false;
+
+  WRITE (line, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), cbLineOffset);
+  WRITE (external_dnr, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, cbDnOffset);
+  WRITE (external_pdr, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, cbPdOffset);
+  WRITE (external_sym, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, cbSymOffset);
+  WRITE (external_opt, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, cbOptOffset);
+  WRITE (external_aux, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), cbAuxOffset);
+  WRITE (ss, issMax, sizeof (char), cbSsOffset);
+  WRITE (ssext, issExtMax, sizeof (char), cbSsExtOffset);
+  WRITE (external_fdr, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, cbFdOffset);
+  WRITE (external_rfd, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, cbRfdOffset);
+  WRITE (external_ext, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, cbExtOffset);
+#undef WRITE
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a shuffle list.  */
+
+static boolean ecoff_write_shuffle PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					    const struct ecoff_debug_swap *,
+					    struct shuffle *, PTR space));
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, shuffle, space)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     struct shuffle *shuffle;
+     PTR space;
+{
+  register struct shuffle *l;
+  unsigned long total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (l = shuffle; l != (struct shuffle *) NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (! l->filep)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_write (l->u.memory, 1, l->size, abfd) != l->size)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (bfd_seek (l->u.file.input_bfd, l->u.file.offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_read (space, 1, l->size, l->u.file.input_bfd) != l->size
+	      || bfd_write (space, 1, l->size, abfd) != l->size)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      total += l->size;
+    }
+
+  if ((total & (swap->debug_align - 1)) != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      bfd_byte *s;
+
+      i = swap->debug_align - (total & (swap->debug_align - 1));
+      s = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (i);
+      if (s == NULL && i != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      memset ((PTR) s, 0, i);
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) s, 1, i, abfd) != i)
+	{
+	  free (s);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      free (s);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out debugging information using accumulated linker
+   information.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (handle, abfd, debug, swap, info, where)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     file_ptr where;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+  PTR space = NULL;
+
+  if (! ecoff_write_symhdr (abfd, debug, swap, where))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  space = (PTR) bfd_malloc (ainfo->largest_file_shuffle);
+  if (space == NULL && ainfo->largest_file_shuffle != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->line, space)
+      || ! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->pdr, space)
+      || ! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->sym, space)
+      || ! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->opt, space)
+      || ! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->aux, space))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* The string table is written out from the hash table if this is a
+     final link.  */
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss_hash == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL);
+      if (! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->ss, space))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned long total;
+      bfd_byte null;
+      struct string_hash_entry *sh;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss == (struct shuffle *) NULL);
+      null = 0;
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) &null, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+	goto error_return;
+      total = 1;
+      BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss_hash == NULL || ainfo->ss_hash->val == 1);
+      for (sh = ainfo->ss_hash;
+	   sh != (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL;
+	   sh = sh->next)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+
+	  len = strlen (sh->root.string);
+	  if (bfd_write ((PTR) sh->root.string, 1, len + 1, abfd) != len + 1)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  total += len + 1;
+	}
+
+      if ((total & (swap->debug_align - 1)) != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int i;
+	  bfd_byte *s;
+
+	  i = swap->debug_align - (total & (swap->debug_align - 1));
+	  s = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (i);
+	  if (s == NULL && i != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  memset ((PTR) s, 0, i);
+	  if (bfd_write ((PTR) s, 1, i, abfd) != i)
+	    {
+	      free (s);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  free (s);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The external strings and symbol are not converted over to using
+     shuffles.  FIXME: They probably should be.  */
+  if (bfd_write (debug->ssext, 1, debug->symbolic_header.issExtMax, abfd)
+      != (bfd_size_type) debug->symbolic_header.issExtMax)
+    goto error_return;
+  if ((debug->symbolic_header.issExtMax & (swap->debug_align - 1)) != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      bfd_byte *s;
+
+      i = (swap->debug_align
+	   - (debug->symbolic_header.issExtMax & (swap->debug_align - 1)));
+      s = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (i);
+      if (s == NULL && i != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      memset ((PTR) s, 0, i);
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) s, 1, i, abfd) != i)
+	{
+	  free (s);
+	  goto error_return;
+	}
+      free (s);
+    }
+
+  if (! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->fdr, space)
+      || ! ecoff_write_shuffle (abfd, swap, ainfo->rfd, space))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (debug->symbolic_header.cbExtOffset == 0
+	      || (debug->symbolic_header.cbExtOffset
+		  == (bfd_vma) bfd_tell (abfd)));
+
+  if (bfd_write (debug->external_ext, swap->external_ext_size,
+		 debug->symbolic_header.iextMax, abfd)
+      != debug->symbolic_header.iextMax * swap->external_ext_size)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (space != NULL)
+    free (space);
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (space != NULL)
+    free (space);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Handle the find_nearest_line function for both ECOFF and MIPS ELF
+   files.  */
+
+/* Compare FDR entries.  This is called via qsort.  */
+
+static int
+cmp_fdrtab_entry (leftp, rightp)
+     const PTR leftp;
+     const PTR rightp;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *lp =
+    (const struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *) leftp;
+  const struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *rp =
+    (const struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *) rightp;
+
+  if (lp->base_addr < rp->base_addr)
+    return -1;
+  if (lp->base_addr > rp->base_addr)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Each file descriptor (FDR) has a memory address, to simplify
+   looking up an FDR by address, we build a table covering all FDRs
+   that have a least one procedure descriptor in them.  The final
+   table will be sorted by address so we can look it up via binary
+   search.  */
+
+static boolean
+mk_fdrtab (abfd, debug_info, debug_swap, line_info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug_info;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap;
+     struct ecoff_find_line *line_info;
+{
+  struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *tab;
+  FDR *fdr_ptr;
+  FDR *fdr_start;
+  FDR *fdr_end;
+  boolean stabs;
+  long len;
+
+  fdr_start = debug_info->fdr;
+  fdr_end = fdr_start + debug_info->symbolic_header.ifdMax;
+
+  /* First, let's see how long the table needs to be: */
+  for (len = 0, fdr_ptr = fdr_start; fdr_ptr < fdr_end; fdr_ptr++)
+    {
+      if (fdr_ptr->cpd == 0)	/* skip FDRs that have no PDRs */
+	continue;
+      ++len;
+    }
+
+  /* Now, create and fill in the table: */
+
+  line_info->fdrtab = ((struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry*)
+		       bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+				   len * sizeof (struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry)));
+  if (line_info->fdrtab == NULL)
+    return false;
+  line_info->fdrtab_len = len;
+
+  tab = line_info->fdrtab;
+  for (fdr_ptr = fdr_start; fdr_ptr < fdr_end; fdr_ptr++)
+    {
+      if (fdr_ptr->cpd == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Check whether this file has stabs debugging information.  In
+	 a file with stabs debugging information, the second local
+	 symbol is named @stabs.  */
+      stabs = false;
+      if (fdr_ptr->csym >= 2)
+	{
+	  char *sym_ptr;
+	  SYMR sym;
+
+	  sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
+		     + (fdr_ptr->isymBase + 1)*debug_swap->external_sym_size);
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, sym_ptr, &sym);
+	  if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + sym.iss,
+		      STABS_SYMBOL) == 0)
+	    stabs = true;
+	}
+
+      if (!stabs)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
+	  char *pdr_ptr;
+	  PDR pdr;
+
+	  external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
+
+	  pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
+		     + fdr_ptr->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) pdr_ptr, &pdr);
+	  /* The address of the first PDR is the offset of that
+	     procedure relative to the beginning of file FDR.  */
+	  tab->base_addr = fdr_ptr->adr - pdr.adr;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* XXX I don't know about stabs, so this is a guess
+	     (davidm@cs.arizona.edu): */
+	  tab->base_addr = fdr_ptr->adr;
+	}
+      tab->fdr = fdr_ptr;
+      ++tab;
+    }
+
+  /* Finally, the table is sorted in increasing memory-address order.
+     The table is mostly sorted already, but there are cases (e.g.,
+     static functions in include files), where this does not hold.
+     Use "odump -PFv" to verify...  */
+  qsort ((PTR) line_info->fdrtab, len,
+	 sizeof (struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry), cmp_fdrtab_entry);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return index of first FDR that covers to OFFSET.  */
+
+static long
+fdrtab_lookup (line_info, offset)
+     struct ecoff_find_line *line_info;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+{
+  long low, high, len;
+  long mid = -1;
+  struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *tab;
+
+  len = line_info->fdrtab_len;
+  if (len == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  tab = line_info->fdrtab;
+  for (low = 0, high = len - 1 ; low != high ;)
+    {
+      mid = (high + low) / 2;
+      if (offset >= tab[mid].base_addr && offset < tab[mid + 1].base_addr)
+	goto find_min;
+
+      if (tab[mid].base_addr > offset)
+	high = mid;
+      else
+	low = mid + 1;
+    }
+  ++mid;
+
+  /* last entry is catch-all for all higher addresses: */
+  if (offset < tab[mid].base_addr)
+    return -1;
+
+ find_min:
+
+  while (mid > 0 && tab[mid - 1].base_addr == tab[mid].base_addr)
+    --mid;
+
+  return mid;
+}
+
+/* Look up a line given an address, storing the information in
+   LINE_INFO->cache.  */
+
+static boolean
+lookup_line (abfd, debug_info, debug_swap, line_info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug_info;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap;
+     struct ecoff_find_line *line_info;
+{
+  struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *tab;
+  bfd_vma offset;
+  boolean stabs;
+  FDR *fdr_ptr;
+  int i;
+  
+  offset = line_info->cache.start;
+     
+  /* Build FDR table (sorted by object file's base-address) if we
+     don't have it already.  */
+  if (line_info->fdrtab == NULL
+      && !mk_fdrtab (abfd, debug_info, debug_swap, line_info))
+    return false;
+
+  tab = line_info->fdrtab;
+
+  /* find first FDR for address OFFSET */
+  i = fdrtab_lookup (line_info, offset);
+  if (i < 0)
+    return false;		/* no FDR, no fun... */
+  fdr_ptr = tab[i].fdr;
+
+  /* Check whether this file has stabs debugging information.  In a
+     file with stabs debugging information, the second local symbol is
+     named @stabs.  */
+  stabs = false;
+  if (fdr_ptr->csym >= 2)
+    {
+      char *sym_ptr;
+      SYMR sym;
+
+      sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
+		 + (fdr_ptr->isymBase + 1) * debug_swap->external_sym_size);
+      (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, sym_ptr, &sym);
+      if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + sym.iss,
+		  STABS_SYMBOL) == 0)
+	stabs = true;
+    }
+
+  if (!stabs)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
+      char *pdr_ptr;
+      char *best_pdr = NULL;
+      FDR *best_fdr;
+      bfd_vma best_dist = ~0;
+      PDR pdr;
+      unsigned char *line_ptr;
+      unsigned char *line_end;
+      int lineno;
+      /* This file uses ECOFF debugging information.  Each FDR has a
+         list of procedure descriptors (PDR).  The address in the FDR
+         is the absolute address of the first procedure.  The address
+         in the first PDR gives the offset of that procedure relative
+         to the object file's base-address.  The addresses in
+         subsequent PDRs specify each procedure's address relative to
+         the object file's base-address.  To make things more juicy,
+         whenever the PROF bit in the PDR is set, the real entry point
+         of the procedure may be 16 bytes below what would normally be
+         the procedure's entry point.  Instead, DEC came up with a
+         wicked scheme to create profiled libraries "on the fly":
+         instead of shipping a regular and a profiled version of each
+         library, they insert 16 bytes of unused space in front of
+         each procedure and set the "prof" bit in the PDR to indicate
+         that there is a gap there (this is done automagically by "as"
+         when option "-pg" is specified).  Thus, normally, you link
+         against such a library and, except for lots of 16 byte gaps
+         between functions, things will behave as usual.  However,
+         when invoking "ld" with option "-pg", it will fill those gaps
+         with code that calls mcount().  It then moves the function's
+         entry point down by 16 bytes, and out pops a binary that has
+         all functions profiled.
+
+         NOTE: Neither FDRs nor PDRs are strictly sorted in memory
+               order.  For example, when including header-files that
+               define functions, the FDRs follow behind the including
+               file, even though their code may have been generated at
+               a lower address.  File coff-alpha.c from libbfd
+               illustrates this (use "odump -PFv" to look at a file's
+               FDR/PDR).  Similarly, PDRs are sometimes out of order
+               as well.  An example of this is OSF/1 v3.0 libc's
+               malloc.c.  I'm not sure why this happens, but it could
+               be due to optimizations that reorder a function's
+               position within an object-file.
+        
+         Strategy:
+         
+         On the first call to this function, we build a table of FDRs
+         that is sorted by the base-address of the object-file the FDR
+         is referring to.  Notice that each object-file may contain
+         code from multiple source files (e.g., due to code defined in
+         include files).  Thus, for any given base-address, there may
+         be multiple FDRs (but this case is, fortunately, uncommon).
+         lookup(addr) guarantees to return the first FDR that applies
+         to address ADDR.  Thus, after invoking lookup(), we have a
+         list of FDRs that may contain the PDR for ADDR.  Next, we
+         walk through the PDRs of these FDRs and locate the one that
+         is closest to ADDR (i.e., for which the difference between
+         ADDR and the PDR's entry point is positive and minimal).
+         Once, the right FDR and PDR are located, we simply walk
+         through the line-number table to lookup the line-number that
+         best matches ADDR.  Obviously, things could be sped up by
+         keeping a sorted list of PDRs instead of a sorted list of
+         FDRs.  However, this would increase space requirements
+         considerably, which is undesirable.  */
+      external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
+
+      /* Make offset relative to object file's start-address: */
+      offset -= tab[i].base_addr;
+      /* Search FDR list starting at tab[i] for the PDR that best matches
+         OFFSET.  Normally, the FDR list is only one entry long.  */
+      best_fdr = NULL;
+      do
+	{
+	  bfd_vma dist, min_dist = 0;
+	  char *pdr_hold;
+	  char *pdr_end;
+	  
+	  fdr_ptr = tab[i].fdr;
+	  
+	  pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
+		     + fdr_ptr->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
+	  pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fdr_ptr->cpd * external_pdr_size;
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) pdr_ptr, &pdr);
+	  /* Find PDR that is closest to OFFSET.  If pdr.prof is set,
+	     the procedure entry-point *may* be 0x10 below pdr.adr.  We
+	     simply pretend that pdr.prof *implies* a lower entry-point.
+	     This is safe because it just means that may identify 4 NOPs
+	     in front of the function as belonging to the function.  */
+	  for (pdr_hold = NULL;
+	       pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
+	       (pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size,
+		(*debug_swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) pdr_ptr, &pdr)))
+	    {
+	      if (offset >= (pdr.adr - 0x10 * pdr.prof))
+		{
+		  dist = offset - (pdr.adr - 0x10 * pdr.prof);
+		  if (!pdr_hold || dist < min_dist)
+		    {
+		      min_dist = dist;
+		      pdr_hold = pdr_ptr;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  
+	  if (!best_pdr || min_dist < best_dist)
+	    {
+	      best_dist = min_dist;
+	      best_fdr = fdr_ptr;
+	      best_pdr = pdr_hold;
+	    }
+	  /* continue looping until base_addr of next entry is different: */
+	}
+      while (++i < line_info->fdrtab_len
+	     && tab[i].base_addr == tab[i - 1].base_addr);
+
+      if (!best_fdr || !best_pdr)
+	return false;			/* shouldn't happen... */
+
+      /* phew, finally we got something that we can hold onto: */
+      fdr_ptr = best_fdr;
+      pdr_ptr = best_pdr;
+      (*debug_swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) pdr_ptr, &pdr);
+      /* Now we can look for the actual line number.  The line numbers
+         are stored in a very funky format, which I won't try to
+         describe.  The search is bounded by the end of the FDRs line
+         number entries.  */
+      line_end = debug_info->line + fdr_ptr->cbLineOffset + fdr_ptr->cbLine;
+
+      /* Make offset relative to procedure entry: */
+      offset -= pdr.adr - 0x10 * pdr.prof;
+      lineno = pdr.lnLow;
+      line_ptr = debug_info->line + fdr_ptr->cbLineOffset + pdr.cbLineOffset;
+      while (line_ptr < line_end)
+	{
+	  int delta;
+	  unsigned int count;
+
+	  delta = *line_ptr >> 4;
+	  if (delta >= 0x8)
+	    delta -= 0x10;
+	  count = (*line_ptr & 0xf) + 1;
+	  ++line_ptr;
+	  if (delta == -8)
+	    {
+	      delta = (((line_ptr[0]) & 0xff) << 8) + ((line_ptr[1]) & 0xff);
+	      if (delta >= 0x8000)
+		delta -= 0x10000;
+	      line_ptr += 2;
+	    }
+	  lineno += delta;
+	  if (offset < count * 4)
+	    {
+	      line_info->cache.stop += count * 4 - offset;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  offset -= count * 4;
+	}
+
+      /* If fdr_ptr->rss is -1, then this file does not have full
+         symbols, at least according to gdb/mipsread.c.  */
+      if (fdr_ptr->rss == -1)
+	{
+	  line_info->cache.filename = NULL;
+	  if (pdr.isym == -1)
+	    line_info->cache.functionname = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      EXTR proc_ext;
+
+	      (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in)
+		(abfd,
+		 ((char *) debug_info->external_ext
+		  + pdr.isym * debug_swap->external_ext_size),
+		 &proc_ext);
+	      line_info->cache.functionname = (debug_info->ssext
+					       + proc_ext.asym.iss);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  SYMR proc_sym;
+
+	  line_info->cache.filename = (debug_info->ss
+				       + fdr_ptr->issBase
+				       + fdr_ptr->rss);
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in)
+	    (abfd,
+	     ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
+	      + ((fdr_ptr->isymBase + pdr.isym)
+		 * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
+	     &proc_sym);
+	  line_info->cache.functionname = (debug_info->ss
+					   + fdr_ptr->issBase
+					   + proc_sym.iss);
+	}
+      if (lineno == ilineNil)
+	lineno = 0;
+      line_info->cache.line_num = lineno;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
+      const char *directory_name;
+      const char *main_file_name;
+      const char *current_file_name;
+      const char *function_name;
+      const char *line_file_name;
+      bfd_vma low_func_vma;
+      bfd_vma low_line_vma;
+      boolean past_line;
+      boolean past_fn;
+      char *sym_ptr, *sym_ptr_end;
+      size_t len, funclen;
+      char *buffer = NULL;
+
+      /* This file uses stabs debugging information.  When gcc is not
+	 optimizing, it will put the line number information before
+	 the function name stabs entry.  When gcc is optimizing, it
+	 will put the stabs entry for all the function first, followed
+	 by the line number information.  (This appears to happen
+	 because of the two output files used by the -mgpopt switch,
+	 which is implied by -O).  This means that we must keep
+	 looking through the symbols until we find both a line number
+	 and a function name which are beyond the address we want.  */
+
+      line_info->cache.filename = NULL;
+      line_info->cache.functionname = NULL;
+      line_info->cache.line_num = 0;
+
+      directory_name = NULL;
+      main_file_name = NULL;
+      current_file_name = NULL;
+      function_name = NULL;
+      line_file_name = NULL;
+      low_func_vma = 0;
+      low_line_vma = 0;
+      past_line = false;
+      past_fn = false;
+
+      external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
+
+      sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
+		 + (fdr_ptr->isymBase + 2) * external_sym_size);
+      sym_ptr_end = sym_ptr + (fdr_ptr->csym - 2) * external_sym_size;
+      for (;
+	   sym_ptr < sym_ptr_end && (! past_line || ! past_fn);
+	   sym_ptr += external_sym_size)
+	{
+	  SYMR sym;
+
+	  (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, sym_ptr, &sym);
+
+	  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sym))
+	    {
+	      switch (ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sym.index))
+		{
+		case N_SO:
+		  main_file_name = current_file_name =
+		    debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + sym.iss;
+
+		  /* Check the next symbol to see if it is also an
+                     N_SO symbol.  */
+		  if (sym_ptr + external_sym_size < sym_ptr_end)
+		    {
+		      SYMR nextsym;
+
+		      (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd,
+						  sym_ptr + external_sym_size,
+						  &nextsym);
+		      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&nextsym)
+			  && ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (nextsym.index) == N_SO)
+			{
+ 			  directory_name = current_file_name;
+			  main_file_name = current_file_name =
+			    debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + nextsym.iss;
+			  sym_ptr += external_sym_size;
+			}
+		    }
+		  break;
+
+		case N_SOL:
+		  current_file_name =
+		    debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + sym.iss;
+		  break;
+
+		case N_FUN:
+		  if (sym.value > offset)
+		    past_fn = true;
+		  else if (sym.value >= low_func_vma)
+		    {
+		      low_func_vma = sym.value;
+		      function_name =
+			debug_info->ss + fdr_ptr->issBase + sym.iss;
+		    }
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (sym.st == stLabel && sym.index != indexNil)
+	    {
+	      if (sym.value > offset)
+		past_line = true;
+	      else if (sym.value >= low_line_vma)
+		{
+		  low_line_vma = sym.value;
+		  line_file_name = current_file_name;
+		  line_info->cache.line_num = sym.index;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (line_info->cache.line_num != 0)
+	main_file_name = line_file_name;
+
+      /* We need to remove the stuff after the colon in the function
+         name.  We also need to put the directory name and the file
+         name together.  */
+      if (function_name == NULL)
+	len = funclen = 0;
+      else
+	len = funclen = strlen (function_name) + 1;
+
+      if (main_file_name != NULL
+	  && directory_name != NULL
+	  && main_file_name[0] != '/')
+	len += strlen (directory_name) + strlen (main_file_name) + 1;
+
+      if (len != 0)
+	{
+	  if (line_info->find_buffer != NULL)
+	    free (line_info->find_buffer);
+	  buffer = (char *) bfd_malloc (len);
+	  if (buffer == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  line_info->find_buffer = buffer;
+	}
+
+      if (function_name != NULL)
+	{
+	  char *colon;
+
+	  strcpy (buffer, function_name);
+	  colon = strchr (buffer, ':');
+	  if (colon != NULL)
+	    *colon = '\0';
+	  line_info->cache.functionname = buffer;
+	}
+
+      if (main_file_name != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (directory_name == NULL || main_file_name[0] == '/')
+	    line_info->cache.filename = main_file_name;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sprintf (buffer + funclen, "%s%s", directory_name,
+		       main_file_name);
+	      line_info->cache.filename = buffer + funclen;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of find_nearest_line.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, debug_info, debug_swap,
+			line_info, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, retline_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info * const debug_info;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap;
+     struct ecoff_find_line *line_info;
+     const char **filename_ptr;
+     const char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *retline_ptr;
+{
+  offset += section->vma;
+
+  if (line_info->cache.sect == NULL
+      || line_info->cache.sect != section
+      || offset < line_info->cache.start
+      || offset >= line_info->cache.stop)
+    {
+      line_info->cache.sect = section;
+      line_info->cache.start = offset;
+      line_info->cache.stop = offset;
+      if (! lookup_line (abfd, debug_info, debug_swap, line_info))
+	{
+	  line_info->cache.sect = NULL;
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *filename_ptr = line_info->cache.filename;
+  *functionname_ptr = line_info->cache.functionname;
+  *retline_ptr = line_info->cache.line_num;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* These routines copy symbolic information into a memory buffer.
+
+   FIXME: The whole point of the shuffle code is to avoid storing
+   everything in memory, since the linker is such a memory hog.  This
+   code makes that effort useless.  It is only called by the MIPS ELF
+   code when generating a shared library, so it is not that big a
+   deal, but it should be fixed eventually.  */
+
+/* Collect a shuffle into a memory buffer.  */
+
+static boolean ecoff_collect_shuffle PARAMS ((struct shuffle *, bfd_byte *));
+
+static boolean
+ecoff_collect_shuffle (l, buff)
+     struct shuffle *l;
+     bfd_byte *buff;
+{
+  unsigned long total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (; l != (struct shuffle *) NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (! l->filep)
+	memcpy (buff, l->u.memory, l->size);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (bfd_seek (l->u.file.input_bfd, l->u.file.offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || bfd_read (buff, 1, l->size, l->u.file.input_bfd) != l->size)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      total += l->size;
+      buff += l->size;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Copy PDR information into a memory buffer.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, buff)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_byte *buff;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+
+  return ecoff_collect_shuffle (ainfo->pdr, buff);
+}
+
+/* Copy symbol information into a memory buffer.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, buff)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_byte *buff;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+
+  return ecoff_collect_shuffle (ainfo->sym, buff);
+}
+
+/* Copy the string table into a memory buffer.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, buff)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_byte *buff;
+{
+  struct accumulate *ainfo = (struct accumulate *) handle;
+  struct string_hash_entry *sh;
+  unsigned long total;
+
+  /* The string table is written out from the hash table if this is a
+     final link.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss == (struct shuffle *) NULL);
+  *buff++ = '\0';
+  total = 1;
+  BFD_ASSERT (ainfo->ss_hash == NULL || ainfo->ss_hash->val == 1);
+  for (sh = ainfo->ss_hash;
+       sh != (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL;
+       sh = sh->next)
+    {
+      size_t len;
+
+      len = strlen (sh->root.string);
+      memcpy (buff, (PTR) sh->root.string, len + 1);
+      total += len + 1;
+      buff += len + 1;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoffswap.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoffswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d28d16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ecoffswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+/* Generic ECOFF swapping routines, for BFD.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* NOTE: This is a header file, but it contains executable routines.
+   This is done this way because these routines are substantially
+   similar, but are not identical, for all ECOFF targets.
+
+   These are routines to swap the ECOFF symbolic information in and
+   out.  The routines are defined statically.  You can set breakpoints
+   on them in gdb by naming the including source file; e.g.,
+   'coff-mips.c':ecoff_swap_hdr_in.
+
+   Before including this header file, one of ECOFF_32 or ECOFF_64 must
+   be defined.  These are checked when swapping information that
+   depends upon the target size.  This code works for 32 bit and 64
+   bit ECOFF, but may need to be generalized in the future.
+
+   Some header file which defines the external forms of these
+   structures must also be included before including this header file.
+   Currently this is either coff/mips.h or coff/alpha.h.
+
+   If the symbol TEST is defined when this file is compiled, a
+   comparison is made to ensure that, in fact, the output is
+   bit-for-bit the same as the input.  Of course, this symbol should
+   only be defined when deliberately testing the code on a machine
+   with the proper byte sex and such.  */
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_32
+#define ecoff_get_off bfd_h_get_32
+#define ecoff_put_off bfd_h_put_32
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+#define ecoff_get_off bfd_h_get_64
+#define ecoff_put_off bfd_h_put_64
+#endif
+
+/* ECOFF auxiliary information swapping routines.  These are the same
+   for all ECOFF targets, so they are defined in ecofflink.c.  */
+
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in
+  PARAMS ((int, const struct tir_ext *, TIR *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_out
+  PARAMS ((int, const TIR *, struct tir_ext *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in
+  PARAMS ((int, const struct rndx_ext *, RNDXR *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out
+  PARAMS ((int, const RNDXR *, struct rndx_ext *));
+
+/* Prototypes for functions defined in this file.  */
+
+static void ecoff_swap_hdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, HDRR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_hdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const HDRR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_fdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, FDR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_fdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const FDR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_pdr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PDR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_pdr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const PDR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_sym_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, SYMR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_sym_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_ext_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_ext_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const EXTR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_rfd_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, RFDT *));
+static void ecoff_swap_rfd_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const RFDT *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_opt_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, OPTR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_opt_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const OPTR *, PTR));
+static void ecoff_swap_dnr_in PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, DNR *));
+static void ecoff_swap_dnr_out PARAMS ((bfd *, const DNR *, PTR));
+
+/* Swap in the symbolic header.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_hdr_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     HDRR *intern;
+{
+  struct hdr_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct hdr_ext *) ext_copy;
+
+  intern->magic         = bfd_h_get_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_magic);
+  intern->vstamp        = bfd_h_get_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_vstamp);
+  intern->ilineMax      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ilineMax);
+  intern->cbLine        = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbLine);
+  intern->cbLineOffset  = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbLineOffset);
+  intern->idnMax        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_idnMax);
+  intern->cbDnOffset    = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbDnOffset);
+  intern->ipdMax        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ipdMax);
+  intern->cbPdOffset    = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbPdOffset);
+  intern->isymMax       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_isymMax);
+  intern->cbSymOffset   = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSymOffset);
+  intern->ioptMax       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ioptMax);
+  intern->cbOptOffset   = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbOptOffset);
+  intern->iauxMax       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_iauxMax);
+  intern->cbAuxOffset   = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbAuxOffset);
+  intern->issMax        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_issMax);
+  intern->cbSsOffset    = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSsOffset);
+  intern->issExtMax     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_issExtMax);
+  intern->cbSsExtOffset = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSsExtOffset);
+  intern->ifdMax        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ifdMax);
+  intern->cbFdOffset    = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbFdOffset);
+  intern->crfd          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_crfd);
+  intern->cbRfdOffset   = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbRfdOffset);
+  intern->iextMax       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_iextMax);
+  intern->cbExtOffset   = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbExtOffset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out the symbolic header.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_hdr_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const HDRR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct hdr_ext *ext = (struct hdr_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  HDRR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;
+
+  bfd_h_put_signed_16 (abfd, intern->magic, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_magic);
+  bfd_h_put_signed_16 (abfd, intern->vstamp, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_vstamp);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ilineMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ilineMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLine, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbLine);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLineOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbLineOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->idnMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_idnMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbDnOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbDnOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ipdMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ipdMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbPdOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbPdOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->isymMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_isymMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbSymOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSymOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ioptMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ioptMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbOptOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbOptOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iauxMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_iauxMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbAuxOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbAuxOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->issMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_issMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbSsOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSsOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->issExtMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_issExtMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbSsExtOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbSsExtOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ifdMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_ifdMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbFdOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbFdOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->crfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_crfd);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbRfdOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbRfdOffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iextMax, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_iextMax);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbExtOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->h_cbExtOffset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in the file descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_fdr_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     FDR *intern;
+{
+  struct fdr_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct fdr_ext *) ext_copy;
+  
+  intern->adr           = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_adr);
+  intern->rss           = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_rss);
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  if (intern->rss == 0xffffffff)
+    intern->rss = -1;
+#endif
+  intern->issBase       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_issBase);
+  intern->cbSs          = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbSs);
+  intern->isymBase      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_isymBase);
+  intern->csym          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_csym);
+  intern->ilineBase     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ilineBase);
+  intern->cline         = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cline);
+  intern->ioptBase      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ioptBase);
+  intern->copt          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_copt);
+#ifdef ECOFF_32
+  intern->ipdFirst      = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ipdFirst);
+  intern->cpd           = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cpd);
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  intern->ipdFirst      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ipdFirst);
+  intern->cpd           = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cpd);
+#endif
+  intern->iauxBase      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_iauxBase);
+  intern->caux          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_caux);
+  intern->rfdBase       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_rfdBase);
+  intern->crfd          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_crfd);
+
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    intern->lang        = (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG)
+					>> FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG;
+    intern->fMerge      = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG);
+    intern->fReadin     = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG);
+    intern->fBigendian  = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG);
+    intern->glevel      = (ext->f_bits2[0] & FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG)
+					>> FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG;
+  } else {
+    intern->lang        = (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE)
+					>> FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->fMerge      = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE);
+    intern->fReadin     = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE);
+    intern->fBigendian  = 0 != (ext->f_bits1[0] & FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE);
+    intern->glevel      = (ext->f_bits2[0] & FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE)
+					>> FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE;
+  }
+  intern->reserved = 0;
+
+  intern->cbLineOffset  = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbLineOffset);
+  intern->cbLine        = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbLine);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out the file descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_fdr_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const FDR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct fdr_ext *ext = (struct fdr_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  FDR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->adr, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_adr);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->rss, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_rss);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->issBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_issBase);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbSs, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbSs);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->isymBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_isymBase);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->csym, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_csym);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ilineBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ilineBase);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->cline, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cline);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ioptBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ioptBase);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->copt, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_copt);
+#ifdef ECOFF_32
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->ipdFirst, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ipdFirst);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->cpd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cpd);
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->ipdFirst, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_ipdFirst);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->cpd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cpd);
+#endif
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iauxBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_iauxBase);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->caux, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_caux);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->rfdBase, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_rfdBase);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->crfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_crfd);
+
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    ext->f_bits1[0] = (((intern->lang << FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG)
+			& FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG)
+		       | (intern->fMerge ? FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG : 0)
+		       | (intern->fReadin ? FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG : 0)
+		       | (intern->fBigendian ? FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG : 0));
+    ext->f_bits2[0] = ((intern->glevel << FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG)
+		       & FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG);
+    ext->f_bits2[1] = 0;
+    ext->f_bits2[2] = 0;
+  } else {
+    ext->f_bits1[0] = (((intern->lang << FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE)
+			& FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE)
+		       | (intern->fMerge ? FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE : 0)
+		       | (intern->fReadin ? FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE : 0)
+		       | (intern->fBigendian ? FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE : 0));
+    ext->f_bits2[0] = ((intern->glevel << FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE)
+		       & FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE);
+    ext->f_bits2[1] = 0;
+    ext->f_bits2[2] = 0;
+  }
+
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLineOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbLineOffset);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLine, (bfd_byte *)ext->f_cbLine);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef MPW_C
+
+/* Swap in the procedure descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_pdr_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     PDR *intern;
+{
+  struct pdr_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct pdr_ext *) ext_copy;
+
+  memset ((PTR) intern, 0, sizeof (*intern));
+
+  intern->adr           = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_adr);
+  intern->isym          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_isym);
+  intern->iline         = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iline);
+  intern->regmask       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regmask);
+  intern->regoffset     = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regoffset);
+  intern->iopt          = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iopt);
+  intern->fregmask      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregmask);
+  intern->fregoffset    = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregoffset);
+  intern->frameoffset   = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_frameoffset);
+  intern->framereg      = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_framereg);
+  intern->pcreg         = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_pcreg);
+  intern->lnLow         = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnLow);
+  intern->lnHigh        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnHigh);
+  intern->cbLineOffset  = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_cbLineOffset);
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  intern->gp_prologue = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->p_gp_prologue);
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd))
+    {
+      intern->gp_used = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_BIG);
+      intern->reg_frame = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_BIG);
+      intern->prof = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_PROF_BIG);
+      intern->reserved = (((ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_BIG)
+			   << PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			  | ((ext->p_bits2[0] & PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG)
+			     >> PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_BIG));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      intern->gp_used = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_LITTLE);
+      intern->reg_frame = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_LITTLE);
+      intern->prof = 0 != (ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_PROF_LITTLE);
+      intern->reserved = (((ext->p_bits1[0] & PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE)
+			   >> PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE)
+			  | ((ext->p_bits2[0] & PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE)
+			     << PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE));
+    }
+  intern->localoff = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->p_localoff);
+#endif  
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out the procedure descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_pdr_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const PDR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct pdr_ext *ext = (struct pdr_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  PDR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->adr, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_adr);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->isym, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_isym);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iline, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iline);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->regmask, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->regoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iopt, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iopt);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->fregmask, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->fregoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->frameoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_frameoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->framereg, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_framereg);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->pcreg, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_pcreg);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->lnLow, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnLow);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->lnHigh, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnHigh);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLineOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_cbLineOffset);
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, intern->gp_prologue, (bfd_byte *) ext->p_gp_prologue);
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd))
+    {
+      ext->p_bits1[0] = ((intern->gp_used ? PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_BIG : 0)
+			 | (intern->reg_frame ? PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_BIG : 0)
+			 | (intern->prof ? PDR_BITS1_PROF_BIG : 0)
+			 | ((intern->reserved
+			     >> PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			    & PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_BIG));
+      ext->p_bits2[0] = ((intern->reserved << PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_BIG)
+			 & PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ext->p_bits1[0] = ((intern->gp_used ? PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_LITTLE : 0)
+			 | (intern->reg_frame ? PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_LITTLE : 0)
+			 | (intern->prof ? PDR_BITS1_PROF_LITTLE : 0)
+			 | ((intern->reserved << PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE)
+			    & PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE));
+      ext->p_bits2[0] = ((intern->reserved >>
+			  PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+			 & PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE);
+    }
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, intern->localoff, (bfd_byte *) ext->p_localoff);
+#endif  
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+#else /* MPW_C */
+/* Same routines, but with ECOFF_64 code removed, so ^&%$#&! MPW C doesn't
+   corrupt itself and then freak out. */
+/* Swap in the procedure descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_pdr_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     PDR *intern;
+{
+  struct pdr_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct pdr_ext *) ext_copy;
+  
+  intern->adr           = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_adr);
+  intern->isym          = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_isym);
+  intern->iline         = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iline);
+  intern->regmask       = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regmask);
+  intern->regoffset     = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regoffset);
+  intern->iopt          = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iopt);
+  intern->fregmask      = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregmask);
+  intern->fregoffset    = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregoffset);
+  intern->frameoffset   = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					       (bfd_byte *)ext->p_frameoffset);
+  intern->framereg      = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_framereg);
+  intern->pcreg         = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_pcreg);
+  intern->lnLow         = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnLow);
+  intern->lnHigh        = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnHigh);
+  intern->cbLineOffset  = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_cbLineOffset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out the procedure descriptor record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_pdr_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const PDR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct pdr_ext *ext = (struct pdr_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  PDR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->adr, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_adr);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->isym, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_isym);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iline, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iline);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->regmask, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->regoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_regoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iopt, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_iopt);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->fregmask, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregmask);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->fregoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_fregoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->frameoffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_frameoffset);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->framereg, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_framereg);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, intern->pcreg, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_pcreg);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->lnLow, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnLow);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->lnHigh, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_lnHigh);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->cbLineOffset, (bfd_byte *)ext->p_cbLineOffset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* MPW_C */
+
+/* Swap in a symbol record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_sym_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     SYMR *intern;
+{
+  struct sym_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct sym_ext *) ext_copy;
+  
+  intern->iss           = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->s_iss);
+  intern->value         = ecoff_get_off (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->s_value);
+
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    intern->st          =  (ext->s_bits1[0] & SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG)
+					   >> SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG;
+    intern->sc          = ((ext->s_bits1[0] & SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG)
+					   << SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			| ((ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG)
+					   >> SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG);
+    intern->reserved    = 0 != (ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG);
+    intern->index       = ((ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG)
+					   << SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			| (ext->s_bits3[0] << SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			| (ext->s_bits4[0] << SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG);
+  } else {
+    intern->st          =  (ext->s_bits1[0] & SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE)
+					   >> SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE;
+    intern->sc          = ((ext->s_bits1[0] & SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE)
+					   >> SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE)
+			| ((ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE)
+					   << SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE);
+    intern->reserved    = 0 != (ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE);
+    intern->index       = ((ext->s_bits2[0] & SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE)
+					   >> SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE)
+			| (ext->s_bits3[0] << SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+			| ((unsigned int) ext->s_bits4[0]
+			   << SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE);
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out a symbol record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_sym_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const SYMR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct sym_ext *ext = (struct sym_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  SYMR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->iss, (bfd_byte *)ext->s_iss);
+  ecoff_put_off (abfd, intern->value, (bfd_byte *)ext->s_value);
+
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    ext->s_bits1[0] = (((intern->st << SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG)
+			& SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG)
+		       | ((intern->sc >> SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			  & SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG));
+    ext->s_bits2[0] = (((intern->sc << SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG)
+			& SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG)
+		       | (intern->reserved ? SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG : 0)
+		       | ((intern->index >> SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+			  & SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG));
+    ext->s_bits3[0] = (intern->index >> SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG) & 0xff;
+    ext->s_bits4[0] = (intern->index >> SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG) & 0xff;
+  } else {
+    ext->s_bits1[0] = (((intern->st << SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE)
+			& SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE)
+		       | ((intern->sc << SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE)
+			  & SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE));
+    ext->s_bits2[0] = (((intern->sc >> SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+			& SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE)
+		       | (intern->reserved ? SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE : 0)
+		       | ((intern->index << SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE)
+			  & SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE));
+    ext->s_bits3[0] = (intern->index >> SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE) & 0xff;
+    ext->s_bits4[0] = (intern->index >> SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE) & 0xff;
+  }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in an external symbol record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_ext_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     EXTR *intern;
+{
+  struct ext_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct ext_ext *) ext_copy;
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    intern->jmptbl      = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG);
+    intern->cobol_main  = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG);
+    intern->weakext     = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG);
+  } else {
+    intern->jmptbl      = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE);
+    intern->cobol_main  = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE);
+    intern->weakext     = 0 != (ext->es_bits1[0] & EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE);
+  }
+  intern->reserved = 0;
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_32
+  intern->ifd           = bfd_h_get_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->es_ifd);
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  intern->ifd           = bfd_h_get_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->es_ifd);
+#endif
+
+  ecoff_swap_sym_in (abfd, &ext->es_asym, &intern->asym);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out an external symbol record.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_ext_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const EXTR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct ext_ext *ext = (struct ext_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  EXTR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+  
+  /* now the fun stuff... */
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd)) {
+    ext->es_bits1[0] = ((intern->jmptbl ? EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG : 0)
+			| (intern->cobol_main ? EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG : 0)
+			| (intern->weakext ? EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG : 0));
+    ext->es_bits2[0] = 0;
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+    ext->es_bits2[1] = 0;
+    ext->es_bits2[2] = 0;
+#endif
+  } else {
+    ext->es_bits1[0] = ((intern->jmptbl ? EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE : 0)
+			| (intern->cobol_main ? EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE : 0)
+			| (intern->weakext ? EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE : 0));
+    ext->es_bits2[0] = 0;
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+    ext->es_bits2[1] = 0;
+    ext->es_bits2[2] = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_32
+  bfd_h_put_signed_16 (abfd, intern->ifd, (bfd_byte *)ext->es_ifd);
+#endif
+#ifdef ECOFF_64
+  bfd_h_put_signed_32 (abfd, intern->ifd, (bfd_byte *)ext->es_ifd);
+#endif
+
+  ecoff_swap_sym_out (abfd, &intern->asym, &ext->es_asym);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in a relative file descriptor.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_rfd_in (abfd, ext_ptr, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+     RFDT *intern;
+{
+  struct rfd_ext *ext = (struct rfd_ext *) ext_ptr;
+
+  *intern = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *)ext->rfd);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out a relative file descriptor.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_rfd_out (abfd, intern, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const RFDT *intern;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct rfd_ext *ext = (struct rfd_ext *) ext_ptr;
+
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, *intern, (bfd_byte *)ext->rfd);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in an optimization symbol.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_opt_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     OPTR *intern;
+{
+  struct opt_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct opt_ext *) ext_copy;
+
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd))
+    {
+      intern->ot = ext->o_bits1[0];
+      intern->value = (((unsigned int) ext->o_bits2[0]
+			<< OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+		       | ((unsigned int) ext->o_bits3[0]
+			  << OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG)
+		       | ((unsigned int) ext->o_bits4[0]
+			  << OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      intern->ot = ext->o_bits1[0];
+      intern->value = ((ext->o_bits2[0] << OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+		       | (ext->o_bits3[0] << OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE)
+		       | (ext->o_bits4[0] << OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE));
+    }
+
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd),
+			   &ext->o_rndx, &intern->rndx);
+
+  intern->offset = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->o_offset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out an optimization symbol.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_opt_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const OPTR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct opt_ext *ext = (struct opt_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  OPTR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+
+  if (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd))
+    {
+      ext->o_bits1[0] = intern->ot;
+      ext->o_bits2[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+      ext->o_bits3[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+      ext->o_bits4[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ext->o_bits1[0] = intern->ot;
+      ext->o_bits2[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+      ext->o_bits3[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+      ext->o_bits4[0] = intern->value >> OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE;
+    }
+
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out (bfd_header_big_endian (abfd),
+			    &intern->rndx, &ext->o_rndx);
+
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->value, (bfd_byte *) ext->o_offset);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap in a dense number.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_dnr_in (abfd, ext_copy, intern)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ext_copy;
+     DNR *intern;
+{
+  struct dnr_ext ext[1];
+
+  *ext = *(struct dnr_ext *) ext_copy;
+
+  intern->rfd = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->d_rfd);
+  intern->index = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->d_index);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Swap out a dense number.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_dnr_out (abfd, intern_copy, ext_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const DNR *intern_copy;
+     PTR ext_ptr;
+{
+  struct dnr_ext *ext = (struct dnr_ext *) ext_ptr;
+  DNR intern[1];
+
+  *intern = *intern_copy;	/* Make it reasonable to do in-place.  */
+
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->rfd, (bfd_byte *) ext->d_rfd);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, intern->index, (bfd_byte *) ext->d_index);
+
+#ifdef TEST
+  if (memcmp ((char *)ext, (char *)intern, sizeof (*intern)) != 0)
+    abort();
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf-bfd.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf-bfd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecee307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf-bfd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@
+/* BFD back-end data structures for ELF files.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBELF_H_
+#define _LIBELF_H_ 1
+
+#include "elf/common.h"
+#include "elf/internal.h"
+#include "elf/external.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+/* If size isn't specified as 64 or 32, NAME macro should fail.  */
+#ifndef NAME
+#if ARCH_SIZE==64
+#define NAME(x,y) CAT4(x,64,_,y)
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE==32
+#define NAME(x,y) CAT4(x,32,_,y)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NAME
+#define NAME(x,y) CAT4(x,NOSIZE,_,y)
+#endif
+
+#define ElfNAME(X)	NAME(Elf,X)
+#define elfNAME(X)	NAME(elf,X)
+
+/* Information held for an ELF symbol.  The first field is the
+   corresponding asymbol.  Every symbol is an ELF file is actually a
+   pointer to this structure, although it is often handled as a
+   pointer to an asymbol.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The BFD symbol.  */
+  asymbol symbol;
+  /* ELF symbol information.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Sym internal_elf_sym;
+  /* Backend specific information.  */
+  union
+    {
+      unsigned int hppa_arg_reloc;
+      PTR mips_extr;
+      PTR any;
+    }
+  tc_data;
+
+  /* Version information.  This is from an Elf_Internal_Versym
+     structure in a SHT_GNU_versym section.  It is zero if there is no
+     version information.  */
+  unsigned short version;
+
+} elf_symbol_type;
+
+/* ELF linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct elf_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* Symbol index in output file.  This is initialized to -1.  It is
+     set to -2 if the symbol is used by a reloc.  */
+  long indx;
+
+  /* Symbol size.  */
+  bfd_size_type size;
+
+  /* Symbol index as a dynamic symbol.  Initialized to -1, and remains
+     -1 if this is not a dynamic symbol.  */
+  long dynindx;
+
+  /* String table index in .dynstr if this is a dynamic symbol.  */
+  unsigned long dynstr_index;
+
+  /* If this is a weak defined symbol from a dynamic object, this
+     field points to a defined symbol with the same value, if there is
+     one.  Otherwise it is NULL.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef;
+
+  /* If this symbol requires an entry in the global offset table, the
+     processor specific backend uses this field to hold the offset
+     into the .got section.  If this field is -1, then the symbol does
+     not require a global offset table entry.  */
+  bfd_vma got_offset;
+
+  /* If this symbol requires an entry in the procedure linkage table,
+     the processor specific backend uses these two fields to hold the
+     offset into the procedure linkage section and the offset into the
+     .got section.  If plt_offset is -1, then the symbol does not
+     require an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
+  bfd_vma plt_offset;
+
+  /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
+     specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
+     from the beginning of the section.  */
+  struct elf_linker_section_pointers *linker_section_pointer;
+
+  /* Version information.  */
+  union
+  {
+    /* This field is used for a symbol which is not defined in a
+       regular object.  It points to the version information read in
+       from the dynamic object.  */
+    Elf_Internal_Verdef *verdef;
+    /* This field is used for a symbol which is defined in a regular
+       object.  It is set up in size_dynamic_sections.  It points to
+       the version information we should write out for this symbol.  */
+    struct bfd_elf_version_tree *vertree;
+  } verinfo;
+
+  /* Symbol type (STT_NOTYPE, STT_OBJECT, etc.).  */
+  char type;
+
+  /* Symbol st_other value.  */
+  unsigned char other;
+
+  /* Some flags; legal values follow.  */
+  unsigned short elf_link_hash_flags;
+  /* Symbol is referenced by a non-shared object.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR 01
+  /* Symbol is defined by a non-shared object.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR 02
+  /* Symbol is referenced by a shared object.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC 04
+  /* Symbol is defined by a shared object.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC 010
+  /* Dynamic symbol has been adjustd.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED 020
+  /* Symbol needs a copy reloc.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_COPY 040
+  /* Symbol needs a procedure linkage table entry.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT 0100
+  /* Symbol appears in a non-ELF input file.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_NON_ELF 0200
+  /* Symbol should be marked as hidden in the version information.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_HIDDEN 0400
+  /* Symbol was forced to local scope due to a version script file.  */
+#define ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL 01000
+};
+
+/* ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct elf_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+  /* Whether we have created the special dynamic sections required
+     when linking against or generating a shared object.  */
+  boolean dynamic_sections_created;
+  /* The BFD used to hold special sections created by the linker.
+     This will be the first BFD found which requires these sections to
+     be created.  */
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  /* The number of symbols found in the link which must be put into
+     the .dynsym section.  */
+  bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
+  /* The string table of dynamic symbols, which becomes the .dynstr
+     section.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *dynstr;
+  /* The number of buckets in the hash table in the .hash section.
+     This is based on the number of dynamic symbols.  */
+  bfd_size_type bucketcount;
+  /* A linked list of DT_NEEDED names found in dynamic objects
+     included in the link.  */
+  struct bfd_link_needed_list *needed;
+  /* The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot;
+  /* A pointer to information used to link stabs in sections.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in an ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
+  ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)					\
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
+			 (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse an ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define elf_hash_table(p) ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Constant information held for an ELF backend.  */
+
+struct elf_size_info {
+  unsigned char sizeof_ehdr, sizeof_phdr, sizeof_shdr;
+  unsigned char sizeof_rel, sizeof_rela, sizeof_sym, sizeof_dyn, sizeof_note;
+
+  unsigned char arch_size, file_align;
+  unsigned char elfclass, ev_current;
+  int (*write_out_phdrs) PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Phdr *, int));
+  boolean (*write_shdrs_and_ehdr) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+  void (*write_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_symbol_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Sym *, PTR));
+  boolean (*slurp_reloc_table)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean));
+  long (*slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean));
+  void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
+};
+
+#define elf_symbol_from(ABFD,S) \
+	(((S)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
+	  && (S)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0) \
+	 ? (elf_symbol_type *) (S) \
+	 : 0)
+
+struct elf_backend_data
+{
+  /* Whether the backend uses REL or RELA relocations.  FIXME: some
+     ELF backends use both.  When we need to support one, this whole
+     approach will need to be changed.  */
+  int use_rela_p;
+
+  /* The architecture for this backend.  */
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+
+  /* The ELF machine code (EM_xxxx) for this backend.  */
+  int elf_machine_code;
+
+  /* The maximum page size for this backend.  */
+  bfd_vma maxpagesize;
+
+  /* This is true if the linker should act like collect and gather
+     global constructors and destructors by name.  This is true for
+     MIPS ELF because the Irix 5 tools can not handle the .init
+     section.  */
+  boolean collect;
+
+  /* This is true if the linker should ignore changes to the type of a
+     symbol.  This is true for MIPS ELF because some Irix 5 objects
+     record undefined functions as STT_OBJECT although the definitions
+     are STT_FUNC.  */
+  boolean type_change_ok;
+
+  /* A function to translate an ELF RELA relocation to a BFD arelent
+     structure.  */
+  void (*elf_info_to_howto) PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *,
+				     Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+
+  /* A function to translate an ELF REL relocation to a BFD arelent
+     structure.  */
+  void (*elf_info_to_howto_rel) PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *,
+					 Elf_Internal_Rel *));
+
+  /* A function to determine whether a symbol is global when
+     partitioning the symbol table into local and global symbols.
+     This should be NULL for most targets, in which case the correct
+     thing will be done.  MIPS ELF, at least on the Irix 5, has
+     special requirements.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_sym_is_global) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+
+  /* The remaining functions are hooks which are called only if they
+     are not NULL.  */
+
+  /* A function to permit a backend specific check on whether a
+     particular BFD format is relevant for an object file, and to
+     permit the backend to set any global information it wishes.  When
+     this is called elf_elfheader is set, but anything else should be
+     used with caution.  If this returns false, the check_format
+     routine will return a bfd_error_wrong_format error.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_object_p) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+  /* A function to do additional symbol processing when reading the
+     ELF symbol table.  This is where any processor-specific special
+     section indices are handled.  */
+  void (*elf_backend_symbol_processing) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+
+  /* A function to do additional symbol processing after reading the
+     entire ELF symbol table.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+							  elf_symbol_type *,
+							  unsigned int));
+
+  /* A function to do additional processing on the ELF section header
+     just before writing it out.  This is used to set the flags and
+     type fields for some sections, or to actually write out data for
+     unusual sections.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_section_processing) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+						     Elf32_Internal_Shdr *));
+
+  /* A function to handle unusual section types when creating BFD
+     sections from ELF sections.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_section_from_shdr) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+						    Elf32_Internal_Shdr *,
+						    char *));
+
+  /* A function to set up the ELF section header for a BFD section in
+     preparation for writing it out.  This is where the flags and type
+     fields are set for unusual sections.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_fake_sections) PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf32_Internal_Shdr *,
+						asection *));
+
+  /* A function to get the ELF section index for a BFD section.  If
+     this returns true, the section was found.  If it is a normal ELF
+     section, *RETVAL should be left unchanged.  If it is not a normal
+     ELF section *RETVAL should be set to the SHN_xxxx index.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf32_Internal_Shdr *, asection *, int *retval));
+
+  /* If this field is not NULL, it is called by the add_symbols phase
+     of a link just before adding a symbol to the global linker hash
+     table.  It may modify any of the fields as it wishes.  If *NAME
+     is set to NULL, the symbol will be skipped rather than being
+     added to the hash table.  This function is responsible for
+     handling all processor dependent symbol bindings and section
+     indices, and must set at least *FLAGS and *SEC for each processor
+     dependent case; failure to do so will cause a link error.  */
+  boolean (*elf_add_symbol_hook)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	     const Elf_Internal_Sym *, const char **name,
+	     flagword *flags, asection **sec, bfd_vma *value));
+
+  /* If this field is not NULL, it is called by the elf_link_output_sym
+     phase of a link for each symbol which will appear in the object file.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *info, const char *,
+	     Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection *));
+
+  /* The CREATE_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS function is called by the ELF backend
+     linker the first time it encounters a dynamic object in the link.
+     This function must create any sections required for dynamic
+     linking.  The ABFD argument is a dynamic object.  The .interp,
+     .dynamic, .dynsym, .dynstr, and .hash functions have already been
+     created, and this function may modify the section flags if
+     desired.  This function will normally create the .got and .plt
+     sections, but different backends have different requirements.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info));
+
+  /* The CHECK_RELOCS function is called by the add_symbols phase of
+     the ELF backend linker.  It is called once for each section with
+     relocs of an object file, just after the symbols for the object
+     file have been added to the global linker hash table.  The
+     function must look through the relocs and do any special handling
+     required.  This generally means allocating space in the global
+     offset table, and perhaps allocating space for a reloc.  The
+     relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
+     actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
+     zero.  */
+  boolean (*check_relocs)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *o,
+	     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs));
+
+  /* The ADJUST_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL function is called by the ELF backend
+     linker for every symbol which is defined by a dynamic object and
+     referenced by a regular object.  This is called after all the
+     input files have been seen, but before the SIZE_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS
+     function has been called.  The hash table entry should be
+     bfd_link_hash_defined ore bfd_link_hash_defweak, and it should be
+     defined in a section from a dynamic object.  Dynamic object
+     sections are not included in the final link, and this function is
+     responsible for changing the value to something which the rest of
+     the link can deal with.  This will normally involve adding an
+     entry to the .plt or .got or some such section, and setting the
+     symbol to point to that.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol)
+    PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h));
+
+  /* The ALWAYS_SIZE_SECTIONS function is called by the backend linker
+     after all the linker input files have been seen but before the
+     section sizes have been set.  This is called after
+     ADJUST_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL, but before SIZE_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_always_size_sections)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info));
+
+  /* The SIZE_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS function is called by the ELF backend
+     linker after all the linker input files have been seen but before
+     the sections sizes have been set.  This is called after
+     ADJUST_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL has been called on all appropriate symbols.
+     It is only called when linking against a dynamic object.  It must
+     set the sizes of the dynamic sections, and may fill in their
+     contents as well.  The generic ELF linker can handle the .dynsym,
+     .dynstr and .hash sections.  This function must handle the
+     .interp section and any sections created by the
+     CREATE_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS entry point.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info));
+
+  /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
+     to handle the relocations for a section.
+
+     The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
+     actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
+     zero.
+
+     This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
+     necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
+     relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
+     necessary.
+
+     This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
+     address or the reloc symbol index.
+
+     LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
+
+     LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
+     corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
+
+     The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
+     via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
+
+     When generating relocateable output, this function must handle
+     STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
+     going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
+     section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
+     accordingly.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_relocate_section)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	     bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
+	     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
+	     asection **local_sections));
+
+  /* The FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL function is called by the ELF backend
+     linker just before it writes a symbol out to the .dynsym section.
+     The processor backend may make any required adjustment to the
+     symbol.  It may also take the opportunity to set contents of the
+     dynamic sections.  Note that FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL is called on
+     all .dynsym symbols, while ADJUST_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL is only called
+     on those symbols which are defined by a dynamic object.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym));
+
+  /* The FINISH_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS function is called by the ELF backend
+     linker just before it writes all the dynamic sections out to the
+     output file.  The FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL will have been called on
+     all dynamic symbols.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info));
+
+  /* A function to do any beginning processing needed for the ELF file
+     before building the ELF headers and computing file positions.  */
+  void (*elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+  /* A function to do any final processing needed for the ELF file
+     before writing it out.  The LINKER argument is true if this BFD
+     was created by the ELF backend linker.  */
+  void (*elf_backend_final_write_processing)
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean linker));
+
+  /* This function is called by get_program_header_size.  It should
+     return the number of additional program segments which this BFD
+     will need.  It should return -1 on error.  */
+  int (*elf_backend_additional_program_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+  /* This function is called to modify an existing segment map in a
+     backend specific fashion.  */
+  boolean (*elf_backend_modify_segment_map) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+  /* The swapping table to use when dealing with ECOFF information.
+     Used for the MIPS ELF .mdebug section.  */
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+
+  /* Alternate EM_xxxx machine codes for this backend.  */
+  int elf_machine_alt1;
+  int elf_machine_alt2;
+
+  const struct elf_size_info *s;
+
+  unsigned want_got_plt : 1;
+  unsigned plt_readonly : 1;
+  unsigned want_plt_sym : 1;
+};
+
+/* Information stored for each BFD section in an ELF file.  This
+   structure is allocated by elf_new_section_hook.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_section_data
+{
+  /* The ELF header for this section.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr this_hdr;
+  /* The ELF header for the reloc section associated with this
+     section, if any.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr rel_hdr;
+  /* If there is a second reloc section associated with this section,
+     as can happen on Irix 6, this field points to the header.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr2;
+  /* The ELF section number of this section.  Only used for an output
+     file.  */
+  int this_idx;
+  /* The ELF section number of the reloc section associated with this
+     section, if any.  Only used for an output file.  */
+  int rel_idx;
+  /* Used by the backend linker to store the symbol hash table entries
+     associated with relocs against global symbols.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hashes;
+  /* A pointer to the swapped relocs.  If the section uses REL relocs,
+     rather than RELA, all the r_addend fields will be zero.  This
+     pointer may be NULL.  It is used by the backend linker.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+  /* Used by the backend linker when generating a shared library to
+     record the dynamic symbol index for a section symbol
+     corresponding to this section.  */
+  long dynindx;
+  /* A pointer used for .stab linking optimizations.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+  /* A pointer available for the processor specific ELF backend.  */
+  PTR tdata;
+};
+
+#define elf_section_data(sec)  ((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)
+
+#define get_elf_backend_data(abfd) \
+  ((struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data)
+
+/* Enumeration to specify the special section.  */
+typedef enum elf_linker_section_enum
+{
+  LINKER_SECTION_UNKNOWN,		/* not used */
+  LINKER_SECTION_GOT,			/* .got section for global offset pointers */
+  LINKER_SECTION_PLT,			/* .plt section for generated procedure stubs */
+  LINKER_SECTION_SDATA,			/* .sdata/.sbss section for PowerPC */
+  LINKER_SECTION_SDATA2,		/* .sdata2/.sbss2 section for PowerPC */
+  LINKER_SECTION_MAX			/* # of linker sections */
+} elf_linker_section_enum_t;
+
+/* Sections created by the linker.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_linker_section
+{
+  char *name;				/* name of the section */
+  char *rel_name;			/* name of the associated .rel{,a}. section */
+  char *bss_name;			/* name of a related .bss section */
+  char *sym_name;			/* name of symbol to reference this section */
+  asection *section;			/* pointer to the section */
+  asection *bss_section;		/* pointer to the bss section associated with this */
+  asection *rel_section;		/* pointer to the relocations needed for this section */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash;	/* pointer to the created symbol hash value */
+  bfd_vma initial_size;			/* initial size before any linker generated allocations */
+  bfd_vma sym_offset;			/* offset of symbol from beginning of section */
+  bfd_vma hole_size;			/* size of reserved address hole in allocation */
+  bfd_vma hole_offset;			/* current offset for the hole */
+  bfd_vma max_hole_offset;		/* maximum offset for the hole */
+  elf_linker_section_enum_t which;	/* which section this is */
+  boolean hole_written_p;		/* whether the hole has been initialized */
+  int alignment;			/* alignment for the section */
+  flagword flags;			/* flags to use to create the section */
+} elf_linker_section_t;
+
+/* Linked list of allocated pointer entries.  This hangs off of the symbol lists, and
+   provides allows us to return different pointers, based on different addend's.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
+{
+  struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;	/* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
+  bfd_vma offset;				/* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
+  bfd_signed_vma addend;			/* addend used */
+  elf_linker_section_enum_t which;		/* which linker section this is */
+  boolean written_address_p;			/* whether address was written yet */
+} elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
+
+/* Some private data is stashed away for future use using the tdata pointer
+   in the bfd structure.  */
+
+struct elf_obj_tdata
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr elf_header[1];	/* Actual data, but ref like ptr */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **elf_sect_ptr;
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
+  struct elf_segment_map *segment_map;
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab_ptr;
+  int num_locals;
+  int num_globals;
+  asymbol **section_syms;		/* STT_SECTION symbols for each section */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr symtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr shstrtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr strtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr dynsymtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr dynstrtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr dynversym_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr dynverref_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr dynverdef_hdr;
+  unsigned int symtab_section, shstrtab_section;
+  unsigned int strtab_section, dynsymtab_section;
+  unsigned int dynversym_section, dynverdef_section, dynverref_section;
+  file_ptr next_file_pos;
+  void *prstatus;			/* The raw /proc prstatus structure */
+  void *prpsinfo;			/* The raw /proc prpsinfo structure */
+  bfd_vma gp;				/* The gp value (MIPS only, for now) */
+  unsigned int gp_size;			/* The gp size (MIPS only, for now) */
+
+  /* This is set to true if the object was created by the backend
+     linker.  */
+  boolean linker;
+
+  /* A mapping from external symbols to entries in the linker hash
+     table, used when linking.  This is indexed by the symbol index
+     minus the sh_info field of the symbol table header.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+
+  /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the global offset
+     table, used when linking.  This is indexed by the symbol index.  */
+  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
+
+  /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
+     sections added.  This is index by the symbol index.  */
+  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
+
+  /* The linker ELF emulation code needs to let the backend ELF linker
+     know what filename should be used for a dynamic object if the
+     dynamic object is found using a search.  The emulation code then
+     sometimes needs to know what name was actually used.  Until the
+     file has been added to the linker symbol table, this field holds
+     the name the linker wants.  After it has been added, it holds the
+     name actually used, which will be the DT_SONAME entry if there is
+     one.  */
+  const char *dt_name;
+
+  /* Irix 5 often screws up the symbol table, sorting local symbols
+     after global symbols.  This flag is set if the symbol table in
+     this BFD appears to be screwed up.  If it is, we ignore the
+     sh_info field in the symbol table header, and always read all the
+     symbols.  */
+  boolean bad_symtab;
+
+  /* Records the result of `get_program_header_size'.  */
+  bfd_size_type program_header_size;
+
+  /* Used by find_nearest_line entry point.  */
+  PTR line_info;
+
+  /* Used by MIPS ELF find_nearest_line entry point.  The structure
+     could be included directly in this one, but there's no point to
+     wasting the memory just for the infrequently called
+     find_nearest_line.  */
+  struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
+
+  /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number, used by the
+     MIPS ELF linker.  FIXME: We should figure out some way to only
+     include this field for a MIPS ELF target.  */
+  asection **local_stubs;
+
+  /* Used to determine if the e_flags field has been initialized */
+  boolean flags_init;
+
+  /* Number of symbol version definitions we are about to emit.  */
+  int cverdefs;
+
+  /* Number of symbol version references we are about to emit.  */
+  int cverrefs;
+
+  /* Symbol version definitions in external objects.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Verdef *verdef;
+
+  /* Symbol version references to external objects.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Verneed *verref;
+
+  /* Linker sections that we are interested in.  */
+  struct elf_linker_section *linker_section[ (int)LINKER_SECTION_MAX ];
+};
+
+#define elf_tdata(bfd)		((bfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)
+#define elf_elfheader(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> elf_header)
+#define elf_elfsections(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> elf_sect_ptr)
+#define elf_shstrtab(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> strtab_ptr)
+#define elf_onesymtab(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> symtab_section)
+#define elf_dynsymtab(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> dynsymtab_section)
+#define elf_dynversym(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> dynversym_section)
+#define elf_dynverdef(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> dynverdef_section)
+#define elf_dynverref(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> dynverref_section)
+#define elf_num_locals(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> num_locals)
+#define elf_num_globals(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> num_globals)
+#define elf_section_syms(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> section_syms)
+#define core_prpsinfo(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> prpsinfo)
+#define core_prstatus(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> prstatus)
+#define elf_gp(bfd)		(elf_tdata(bfd) -> gp)
+#define elf_gp_size(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> gp_size)
+#define elf_sym_hashes(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> sym_hashes)
+#define elf_local_got_offsets(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> local_got_offsets)
+#define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> linker_section_pointers)
+#define elf_dt_name(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> dt_name)
+#define elf_bad_symtab(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> bad_symtab)
+#define elf_flags_init(bfd)	(elf_tdata(bfd) -> flags_init)
+#define elf_linker_section(bfd,n) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> linker_section[(int)n])
+
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Verdef *, Elf_Internal_Verdef *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Verdef *, Elf_External_Verdef *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Verdaux *, Elf_Internal_Verdaux *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *, Elf_External_Verdaux *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Verneed *, Elf_Internal_Verneed *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Verneed *, Elf_External_Verneed *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Vernaux *, Elf_Internal_Vernaux *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *, Elf_External_Vernaux *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Versym *, Elf_Internal_Versym *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Versym *, Elf_External_Versym *));
+
+extern int _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+extern char *bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned, unsigned));
+extern char *bfd_elf_get_str_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned));
+
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+extern void bfd_elf_print_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *,
+					  bfd_print_symbol_type));
+#define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \
+     bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex)
+
+#define bfd_elf32_print_symbol	bfd_elf_print_symbol
+#define bfd_elf64_print_symbol	bfd_elf_print_symbol
+
+extern unsigned long bfd_elf_hash PARAMS ((CONST unsigned char *));
+
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_generic_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *,
+							    arelent *,
+							    asymbol *,
+							    PTR,
+							    asection *,
+							    bfd *,
+							    char **));
+extern boolean bfd_elf_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern Elf_Internal_Shdr *bfd_elf_find_section PARAMS ((bfd *, char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, const char *name));
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd *, asection *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_set_section_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR,
+						       file_ptr,
+						       bfd_size_type));
+extern long _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_elf_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern long _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern long _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+extern long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr,
+						  arelent **, asymbol **));
+extern long _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **,
+							 asymbol **));
+extern asymbol *_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern void _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+					       symbol_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+extern alent *_bfd_elf_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture,
+						unsigned long));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *,
+						    asymbol **,
+						    bfd_vma, CONST char **,
+						    CONST char **,
+						    unsigned int *));
+#define _bfd_elf_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define _bfd_elf_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+extern int _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_new_section_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+
+/* If the target doesn't have reloc handling written yet:  */
+extern void _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *,
+					       Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+
+extern boolean bfd_section_from_shdr PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int shindex));
+extern boolean bfd_section_from_phdr PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *, int));
+
+extern int _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+
+asection *bfd_section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
+boolean _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *,
+						  struct bfd_link_info *));
+struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_elf_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void));
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					     struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions PARAMS ((bfd *,
+						 struct bfd_link_info *));
+void _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *));
+file_ptr _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *,
+							    file_ptr,
+							    boolean));
+
+extern boolean _bfd_elf_validate_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *));
+
+boolean _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *,
+						  struct bfd_link_info *));
+boolean _bfd_elf_create_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					     struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+elf_linker_section_t *_bfd_elf_create_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	   enum elf_linker_section_enum,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *defaults));
+
+elf_linker_section_pointers_t *_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
+	   bfd_signed_vma addend,
+	   elf_linker_section_enum_t which));
+
+boolean bfd_elf32_create_pointer_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
+	   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+	   const Elf32_Internal_Rela *rel));
+
+bfd_vma bfd_elf32_finish_pointer_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_abfd,
+	   bfd *input_bfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
+	   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+	   bfd_vma relocation,
+	   const Elf32_Internal_Rela *rel,
+	   int relative_reloc));
+
+boolean bfd_elf64_create_pointer_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
+	   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+	   const Elf64_Internal_Rela *rel));
+
+bfd_vma bfd_elf64_finish_pointer_linker_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_abfd,
+	   bfd *input_bfd,
+	   struct bfd_link_info *info,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
+	   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+	   bfd_vma relocation,
+	   const Elf64_Internal_Rela *rel,
+	   int relative_reloc));
+
+boolean _bfd_elf_make_linker_section_rela
+  PARAMS ((bfd *dynobj,
+	   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
+	   int alignment));
+
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern char *bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *,
+								 bfd *));
+
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_bfd_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Sym *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Sym *, PTR));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Rel *, Elf_Internal_Rel *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rel *, Elf32_External_Rel *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf32_External_Rela *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Phdr *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_phdr_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Phdr *, Elf32_External_Phdr *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
+extern void bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Dyn *, Elf32_External_Dyn *));
+extern long bfd_elf32_slurp_symbol_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_write_shdrs_and_ehdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int bfd_elf32_write_out_phdrs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Phdr *, int));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
+extern boolean bfd_elf32_link_create_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern Elf_Internal_Rela *_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, Elf_Internal_Rela *, boolean));
+
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf64_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf64_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern char *bfd_elf64_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int bfd_elf64_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *,
+								 bfd *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_bfd_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_symbol_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf64_External_Sym *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_symbol_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Sym *, PTR));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_reloc_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf64_External_Rel *, Elf_Internal_Rel *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_reloc_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rel *, Elf64_External_Rel *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf64_External_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf64_External_Rela *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf64_External_Phdr *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_phdr_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Phdr *, Elf64_External_Phdr *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
+extern void bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Dyn *, Elf64_External_Dyn *));
+extern long bfd_elf64_slurp_symbol_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_write_shdrs_and_ehdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int bfd_elf64_write_out_phdrs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Phdr *, int));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
+extern boolean bfd_elf64_link_create_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern Elf_Internal_Rela *_bfd_elf64_link_read_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, Elf_Internal_Rela *, boolean));
+
+#define bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol
+#define bfd_elf64_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol
+
+/* MIPS ELF specific routines.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, const char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *, int *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
+extern void _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct ecoff_debug_info *));
+extern void _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_mips_elf_gprel32_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **,
+	   const char **, unsigned int *));
+extern boolean _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+#endif /* _LIBELF_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a07c4b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4176 @@
+/* ELF executable support for BFD.
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+
+SECTION
+	ELF backends
+
+	BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
+	Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
+	(running svr4 or Solaris 2).
+
+	Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
+	to be written.  The code is changing quickly enough that we
+	haven't bothered yet.
+ */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#define ARCH_SIZE 0
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean));
+static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **));
+static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, long, unsigned int));
+static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Swap version information in and out.  The version information is
+   currently size independent.  If that ever changes, this code will
+   need to move into elfcode.h.  */
+
+/* Swap in a Verdef structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Verdef *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst;
+{
+  dst->vd_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
+  dst->vd_flags   = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
+  dst->vd_ndx     = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
+  dst->vd_cnt     = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
+  dst->vd_hash    = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
+  dst->vd_aux     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
+  dst->vd_next    = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap out a Verdef structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src;
+     Elf_External_Verdef *dst;
+{
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap in a Verdaux structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Verdaux *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst;
+{
+  dst->vda_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
+  dst->vda_next = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap out a Verdaux structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src;
+     Elf_External_Verdaux *dst;
+{
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap in a Verneed structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Verneed *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst;
+{
+  dst->vn_version = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
+  dst->vn_cnt     = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
+  dst->vn_file    = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
+  dst->vn_aux     = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
+  dst->vn_next    = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap out a Verneed structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src;
+     Elf_External_Verneed *dst;
+{
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap in a Vernaux structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Vernaux *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst;
+{
+  dst->vna_hash  = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
+  dst->vna_flags = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
+  dst->vna_other = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
+  dst->vna_name  = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
+  dst->vna_next  = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap out a Vernaux structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src;
+     Elf_External_Vernaux *dst;
+{
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
+}
+
+/* Swap in a Versym structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Versym *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Versym *dst;
+{
+  dst->vs_vers = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
+}
+
+/* Swap out a Versym structure.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Versym *src;
+     Elf_External_Versym *dst;
+{
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
+}
+
+/* Standard ELF hash function.  Do not change this function; you will
+   cause invalid hash tables to be generated.  (Well, you would if this
+   were being used yet.)  */
+unsigned long
+bfd_elf_hash (name)
+     CONST unsigned char *name;
+{
+  unsigned long h = 0;
+  unsigned long g;
+  int ch;
+
+  while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
+    {
+      h = (h << 4) + ch;
+      if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
+	{
+	  h ^= g >> 24;
+	  h &= ~g;
+	}
+    }
+  return h;
+}
+
+/* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF
+   file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the
+   buffer. */
+
+static char *
+elf_read (abfd, offset, size)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     long offset;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  char *buf;
+
+  if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+    return NULL;
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, size, 1, abfd) != size)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return buf;
+}
+
+boolean
+bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  /* this just does initialization */
+  /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
+  elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *)
+    bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
+    return false;
+  /* since everything is done at close time, do we need any
+     initialization? */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+char *
+bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     unsigned int shindex;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+  char *shstrtab = NULL;
+  unsigned int offset;
+  unsigned int shstrtabsize;
+
+  i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+  if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
+  if (shstrtab == NULL)
+    {
+      /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
+      offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
+      shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
+      shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize);
+      i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab;
+    }
+  return shstrtab;
+}
+
+char *
+bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     unsigned int shindex;
+     unsigned int strindex;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+  if (strindex == 0)
+    return "";
+
+  hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
+
+  if (hdr->contents == NULL
+      && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
+}
+
+/* Make a BFD section from an ELF section.  We store a pointer to the
+   BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+  flagword flags;
+
+  if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
+			  bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
+  if (newsect == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
+
+  if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
+				      bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
+    return false;
+
+  flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+  if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+    flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+    {
+      flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+      if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	flags |= SEC_LOAD;
+    }
+  if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
+    flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+  if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
+    flags |= SEC_CODE;
+  else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    flags |= SEC_DATA;
+
+  /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not
+     any sort of flag.  */
+  if (strncmp (name, ".debug", sizeof ".debug" - 1) == 0
+      || strncmp (name, ".line", sizeof ".line" - 1) == 0
+      || strncmp (name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0)
+    flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
+
+  /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
+     only link a single copy of the section.  This is used to support
+     g++.  g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
+     The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
+     are permitted.  The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
+     all but one of the sections.  */
+  if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
+    flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
+
+  if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
+    return false;
+
+  if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.  */
+      phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
+      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
+	{
+	  if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
+	      && phdr->p_paddr != 0
+	      && phdr->p_vaddr != phdr->p_paddr
+	      && phdr->p_vaddr <= hdr->sh_addr
+	      && phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz >= hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
+	      && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+		  || (phdr->p_offset <= hdr->sh_offset
+		      && (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz
+			  >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size))))
+	    {
+	      newsect->lma += phdr->p_paddr - phdr->p_vaddr;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
+  elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_elf_find_section
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
+	Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
+	internal hook to find them.  Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
+	isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
+	mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
+*/
+
+struct elf_internal_shdr *
+bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     char *name;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+  char *shstrtab;
+  unsigned int max;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+  if (i_shdrp != NULL)
+    {
+      shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
+      if (shstrtab != NULL)
+	{
+	  max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+	  for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
+	    if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
+	      return i_shdrp[i];
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
+  "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
+  "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
+  "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
+};
+
+/* ELF relocs are against symbols.  If we are producing relocateable
+   output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
+   has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
+   be against the same symbol.  In such a case, we don't want to
+   change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
+   all be done at final link time.  Rather than put special case code
+   into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
+   function.  It just short circuits the reloc if producing
+   relocateable output against an external symbol.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd,
+		       reloc_entry,
+		       symbol,
+		       data,
+		       input_section,
+		       output_bfd,
+		       error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
+      && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
+      && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
+	  || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
+    {
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_reloc_continue;
+}
+
+/* Print out the program headers.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR farg;
+{
+  FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
+  asection *s;
+  bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
+
+  p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int i, c;
+
+      fprintf (f, "\nProgram Header:\n");
+      c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
+      for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
+	{
+	  const char *s;
+	  char buf[20];
+
+	  switch (p->p_type)
+	    {
+	    case PT_NULL: s = "NULL"; break;
+	    case PT_LOAD: s = "LOAD"; break;
+	    case PT_DYNAMIC: s = "DYNAMIC"; break;
+	    case PT_INTERP: s = "INTERP"; break;
+	    case PT_NOTE: s = "NOTE"; break;
+	    case PT_SHLIB: s = "SHLIB"; break;
+	    case PT_PHDR: s = "PHDR"; break;
+	    default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); s = buf; break;
+	    }
+	  fprintf (f, "%8s off    0x", s);
+	  fprintf_vma (f, p->p_offset);
+	  fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
+	  fprintf_vma (f, p->p_vaddr);
+	  fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
+	  fprintf_vma (f, p->p_paddr);
+	  fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
+	  fprintf (f, "         filesz 0x");
+	  fprintf_vma (f, p->p_filesz);
+	  fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
+	  fprintf_vma (f, p->p_memsz);
+	  fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
+		   (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
+		   (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
+		   (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
+	  if ((p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
+	    fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
+	  fprintf (f, "\n");
+	}
+    }
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+  if (s != NULL)
+    {
+      int elfsec;
+      unsigned long link;
+      bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
+      size_t extdynsize;
+      void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *));
+
+      fprintf (f, "\nDynamic Section:\n");
+
+      dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size);
+      if (dynbuf == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0,
+				      s->_raw_size))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
+      if (elfsec == -1)
+	goto error_return;
+      link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
+
+      extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
+      swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
+
+      extdyn = dynbuf;
+      extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size;
+      for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+	  const char *name;
+	  char ab[20];
+	  boolean stringp;
+
+	  (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn);
+
+	  if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  stringp = false;
+	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
+	      name = ab;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break;
+	    case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
+	    case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
+	    case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
+	    case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
+	    case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
+	    case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
+	    case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
+	    case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
+	    case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
+	    case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
+	    case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
+	    case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
+	    case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break;
+	    case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break;
+	    case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
+	    case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
+	    case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
+	    case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
+	    case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
+	    case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
+	    case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
+	    case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
+	    case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break;
+	    case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break;
+	    case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
+	    case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
+	    case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
+	    case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
+	    case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
+	    }
+
+	  fprintf (f, "  %-11s ", name);
+	  if (! stringp)
+	    fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *string;
+
+	      string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
+							dyn.d_un.d_val);
+	      if (string == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      fprintf (f, "%s", string);
+	    }
+	  fprintf (f, "\n");
+	}
+
+      free (dynbuf);
+      dynbuf = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
+      || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
+
+      fprintf (f, "\nVersion definitions:\n");
+      for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
+	{
+	  fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
+		   t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename);
+	  if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
+
+	      fprintf (f, "\t");
+	      for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
+		   a != NULL;
+		   a = a->vda_nextptr)
+		fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename);
+	      fprintf (f, "\n");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
+
+      fprintf (f, "\nVersion References:\n");
+      for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
+
+	  fprintf (f, "  required from %s:\n", t->vn_filename);
+	  for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+	    fprintf (f, "    0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
+		     a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (dynbuf != NULL)
+    free (dynbuf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol.  */
+
+void
+bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR filep;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+      fprintf (file, "elf ");
+      fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
+      fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+      {
+	CONST char *section_name;
+	section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
+	bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+	fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
+	/* Print the "other" value for a symbol.  For common symbols,
+	   we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
+	   For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
+	   we've printed the address; now print the size.  */
+	fprintf_vma (file,
+		     (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)
+		      ? ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value
+		      : ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size));
+
+	/* If we have version information, print it.  */
+	if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
+	    && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
+		|| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
+	  {
+	    unsigned int vernum;
+	    const char *version_string;
+
+	    vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
+
+	    if (vernum == 0)
+	      version_string = "";
+	    else if (vernum == 1)
+	      version_string = "Base";
+	    else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
+	      version_string =
+		elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
+	    else
+	      {
+		Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
+
+		version_string = "";
+		for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
+		     t != NULL;
+		     t = t->vn_nextref)
+		  {
+		    Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
+
+		    for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+		      {
+			if (a->vna_other == vernum)
+			  {
+			    version_string = a->vna_nodename;
+			    break;
+			  }
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
+	      fprintf (file, "  %-11s", version_string);
+	    else
+	      {
+		int i;
+
+		fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
+		for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
+		  putc (' ', file);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* If the st_other field is not zero, print it.  */
+	if (((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other != 0)
+	  fprintf (file, " 0x%02x",
+		   ((unsigned int)
+		    ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other));
+
+	fprintf (file, " %s", symbol->name);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				 table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->indx = -1;
+      ret->size = 0;
+      ret->dynindx = -1;
+      ret->dynstr_index = 0;
+      ret->weakdef = NULL;
+      ret->got_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+      ret->plt_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+      ret->linker_section_pointer = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)0;
+      ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
+      ret->type = STT_NOTYPE;
+      ret->other = 0;
+      /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
+         This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
+         file.  This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
+         reader will have the flag set correctly.  */
+      ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Initialize an ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
+     struct elf_link_hash_table *table;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  table->dynamic_sections_created = false;
+  table->dynobj = NULL;
+  /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy.  */
+  table->dynsymcount = 1;
+  table->dynstr = NULL;
+  table->bucketcount = 0;
+  table->needed = NULL;
+  table->hgot = NULL;
+  table->stab_info = NULL;
+  return _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
+}
+
+/* Create an ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct elf_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ret);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return &ret->root;
+}
+
+/* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
+   tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
+   entry for a dynamic object.  The generic linker passes name as an
+   empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made.  */
+
+void
+bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
+    elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
+}
+
+/* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link.  This is a hook for
+   the ELF emulation code.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_needed_list *
+bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return NULL;
+  return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
+}
+
+/* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link.  This
+   is the SONAME entry if there is one.  Otherwise, it is the string
+   passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename.  */
+
+const char *
+bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
+    return elf_dt_name (abfd);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero.  */
+
+struct bfd_strtab_hash *
+_bfd_elf_stringtab_init ()
+{
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
+
+  ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+  if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type loc;
+
+      loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false);
+      BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
+      if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	{
+	  _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
+	  ret = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
+
+/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
+
+boolean
+bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int shindex;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  char *name;
+
+  name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name);
+
+  switch (hdr->sh_type)
+    {
+    case SHT_NULL:
+      /* Inactive section. Throw it away.  */
+      return true;
+
+    case SHT_PROGBITS:	/* Normal section with contents.  */
+    case SHT_DYNAMIC:	/* Dynamic linking information.  */
+    case SHT_NOBITS:	/* .bss section.  */
+    case SHT_HASH:	/* .hash section.  */
+    case SHT_NOTE:	/* .note section.  */
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+
+    case SHT_SYMTAB:		/* A symbol table */
+      if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
+	return true;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
+      BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
+      elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
+      elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+      abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
+
+      /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table.  If
+         SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
+         treat this section as a BFD section.  We can not base the
+         decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
+         set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the
+         linker.  */
+      if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+	  && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+	  && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
+	return false;
+
+      return true;
+
+    case SHT_DYNSYM:		/* A dynamic symbol table */
+      if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
+	return true;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym);
+      BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
+      elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
+      elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+      abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
+
+      /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
+	 section, so that objcopy can handle it.  */
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+
+    case SHT_STRTAB:		/* A string table */
+      if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
+	return true;
+      if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
+	{
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
+	  elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      {
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++)
+	  {
+	    Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
+	    if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
+	      {
+		if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
+		  return false;
+		if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
+		  {
+		    elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
+		    elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] =
+		      &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+		    return true;
+		  }
+		if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
+		  {
+		    elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
+		    elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr =
+		      &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
+		    /* We also treat this as a regular section, so
+		       that objcopy can handle it.  */
+		    break;
+		  }
+#if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now.  */
+		hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];	/* in case it moved */
+		/* We have a strtab for some random other section.  */
+		newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section;
+		if (!newsect)
+		  break;
+		hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
+		hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr;
+		*hdr2 = *hdr;
+		elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
+#endif
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+
+    case SHT_REL:
+    case SHT_RELA:
+      /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections!  */
+      {
+	asection *target_sect;
+	Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
+
+	/* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
+	   libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
+	   bogus sh_link fields.  It would be nice if we could just
+	   reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
+	   them.  We scan through the section headers; if we find only
+	   one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
+	   to it.  I hope this doesn't break anything.  */
+	if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
+	    && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
+	  {
+	    int scan;
+	    int found;
+
+	    found = 0;
+	    for (scan = 1; scan < ehdr->e_shnum; scan++)
+	      {
+		if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
+		    || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
+		  {
+		    if (found != 0)
+		      {
+			found = 0;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    found = scan;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if (found != 0)
+	      hdr->sh_link = found;
+	  }
+
+	/* Get the symbol table.  */
+	if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
+	    && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
+	   don't treat it as a reloc section.  BFD can't adequately
+	   represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
+	   try.  We just present it as a normal section.  */
+	if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd))
+	  return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+
+	if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
+	  return false;
+	target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
+	if (target_sect == NULL)
+	  return false;
+
+	if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+	    || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
+	  hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
+	else
+	  {
+	    BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
+	    hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
+	    elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
+	  }
+	*hdr2 = *hdr;
+	elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
+	target_sect->reloc_count += hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize;
+	target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+	target_sect->relocation = NULL;
+	target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
+	abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
+	return true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case SHT_GNU_verdef:
+      elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+      break;
+
+    case SHT_GNU_versym:
+      elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+      break;
+
+    case SHT_GNU_verneed:
+      elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
+      return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name);
+      break;
+
+    case SHT_SHLIB:
+      return true;
+
+    default:
+      /* Check for any processor-specific section types.  */
+      {
+	if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr)
+	  (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
+   section.  */
+
+asection *
+bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int index;
+{
+  BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE);
+  if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum)
+    return NULL;
+  return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
+
+  sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
+  if (!sdata)
+    return false;
+  sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata;
+  memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata));
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
+
+   Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
+   of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
+   program header table.  For segments that are split (see below) we
+   generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
+
+   Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
+   (less than) the memory size.  All this means is that at execution the
+   system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
+   but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
+   file.  This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
+   of combined data+bss.
+
+   To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
+   for the single program segment.  The first has the length specified by
+   the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
+   by the difference between the two sizes.  In effect, the segment is split
+   into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
+
+ */
+
+boolean
+bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
+     int index;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+  char *name;
+  char namebuf[64];
+  int split;
+
+  split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) &&
+	   (hdr->p_filesz > 0) &&
+	   (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
+  sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index);
+  name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
+  if (!name)
+    return false;
+  strcpy (name, namebuf);
+  newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
+  if (newsect == NULL)
+    return false;
+  newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
+  newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
+  newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz;
+  newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
+  newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+    {
+      newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+      newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
+      if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
+	     may be data. */
+	  newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
+	}
+    }
+  if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
+    {
+      newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+    }
+
+  if (split)
+    {
+      sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index);
+      name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1);
+      if (!name)
+	return false;
+      strcpy (name, namebuf);
+      newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
+      if (newsect == NULL)
+	return false;
+      newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
+      newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
+      newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
+      if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	{
+	  newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+	  if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
+	    newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
+	}
+      if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
+	newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *asect;
+     PTR failedptrarg;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
+
+  if (*failedptr)
+    {
+      /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
+         loop.  */
+      return;
+    }
+
+  this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
+
+  this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
+							  asect->name,
+							  true, false);
+  if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+    {
+      *failedptr = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+      || asect->user_set_vma)
+    this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
+  else
+    this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+
+  this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
+  this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size;
+  this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+  this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
+  /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
+     copy_private_section_data.  */
+
+  this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
+  this_hdr->contents = NULL;
+
+  /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names.  */
+  if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0
+	   && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0
+	   && ! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE;
+  else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0
+	   && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+      /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
+         cverdefs.  The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
+         zero.  */
+      if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
+	this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
+      else
+	BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
+		    || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0)
+    {
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed;
+      this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+      /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
+         cverrefs.  The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
+         zero.  */
+      if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
+	this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
+      else
+	BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
+		    || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
+    }
+  else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	   && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+  else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	   && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
+    this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Who knows?  */
+      this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+    }
+
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+    this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+
+  /* Check for processor-specific section types.  */
+  {
+    struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+    if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections)
+      (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect);
+  }
+
+  /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
+     SHT_REL[A] section.  */
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
+      int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+      char *name;
+
+      rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr;
+      name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name));
+      if (name == NULL)
+	{
+	  *failedptr = true;
+	  return;
+	}
+      sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
+      rela_hdr->sh_name =
+	(unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
+					   true, false);
+      if (rela_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
+	{
+	  *failedptr = true;
+	  return;
+	}
+      rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
+      rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
+			      ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
+			      : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
+      rela_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
+      rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+      rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+      rela_hdr->sh_size = 0;
+      rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Assign all ELF section numbers.  The dummy first section is handled here
+   too.  The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
+   in here too, while we're at it.  */
+
+static boolean
+assign_section_numbers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
+  asection *sec;
+  unsigned int section_number;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  section_number = 1;
+
+  for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
+    {
+      struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
+
+      d->this_idx = section_number++;
+      if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+	d->rel_idx = 0;
+      else
+	d->rel_idx = section_number++;
+    }
+
+  t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
+  t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
+
+  if (abfd->symcount > 0)
+    {
+      t->symtab_section = section_number++;
+      t->strtab_section = section_number++;
+    }
+
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
+
+  /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
+     indices.  */
+  i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
+	     bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)));
+  if (i_shdrp == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
+		bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)));
+  if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
+      return false;
+    }
+  memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
+
+  elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
+
+  i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
+  if (abfd->symcount > 0)
+    {
+      i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
+      i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
+      t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
+    }
+  for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
+    {
+      struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
+      asection *s;
+      const char *name;
+
+      i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
+      if (d->rel_idx != 0)
+	i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
+
+      /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it.  */
+
+      /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
+	 table.  sh_info is the section index of the section to which
+	 the relocation entries apply.  */
+      if (d->rel_idx != 0)
+	{
+	  d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
+	  d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
+	}
+
+      switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
+	{
+	case SHT_REL:
+	case SHT_RELA:
+	  /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
+	     section.  sh_link is the section index of the symbol
+	     table.  sh_info is the section index of the section to
+	     which the relocation entries apply.  We assume that an
+	     allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
+	     FIXME: How can we be sure?  */
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
+	  if (s != NULL)
+	    d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+
+	  /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name.  */
+	  name = sec->name;
+	  if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
+	    name += 4;
+	  else
+	    name += 5;
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+	  if (s != NULL)
+	    d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_STRTAB:
+	  /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
+	     string section.  We look for a section with the same name
+	     but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
+	     field to point to this section.  */
+	  if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
+	      && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
+	    {
+	      size_t len;
+	      char *alc;
+
+	      len = strlen (sec->name);
+	      alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
+	      if (alc == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
+	      alc[len - 3] = '\0';
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
+	      free (alc);
+	      if (s != NULL)
+		{
+		  elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
+
+		  /* This is a .stab section.  */
+		  elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
+		    4 + 2 * (bed->s->arch_size / 8);
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_DYNAMIC:
+	case SHT_DYNSYM:
+	case SHT_GNU_verneed:
+	case SHT_GNU_verdef:
+	  /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
+	     used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
+	     version strings.  */
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
+	  if (s != NULL)
+	    d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_HASH:
+	case SHT_GNU_versym:
+	  /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
+	     this hash table or version table is for.  */
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
+	  if (s != NULL)
+	    d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
+   all local symbols to be at the head of the list.  */
+
+static INLINE int
+sym_is_global (abfd, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it.  */
+  if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
+    return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
+	    (abfd, sym));
+
+  return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
+	  || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	  || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
+}
+
+static boolean
+elf_map_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+  asymbol **sect_syms;
+  int num_locals = 0;
+  int num_globals = 0;
+  int num_locals2 = 0;
+  int num_globals2 = 0;
+  int max_index = 0;
+  int num_sections = 0;
+  int idx;
+  asection *asect;
+  asymbol **new_syms;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
+  fflush (stderr);
+#endif
+
+  /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section.  FIXME: Is this really
+     necessary?  */
+  for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+    {
+      if (max_index < asect->index)
+	max_index = asect->index;
+    }
+
+  max_index++;
+  sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *));
+  if (sect_syms == NULL)
+    return false;
+  elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+    {
+      if ((syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
+	  && (syms[idx]->value + syms[idx]->section->vma) == 0)
+	{
+	  asection *sec;
+
+	  sec = syms[idx]->section;
+	  if (sec->owner != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (sec->owner != abfd)
+		{
+		  if (sec->output_offset != 0)
+		    continue;
+		  sec = sec->output_section;
+		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
+		}
+	      sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+
+      if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	return false;
+      sym->the_bfd = abfd;
+      sym->name = asect->name;
+      sym->value = 0;
+      /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added.  */
+      sym->flags = 0;
+      sym->section = asect;
+      sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
+      num_sections++;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n",
+	       asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Classify all of the symbols.  */
+  for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+    {
+      if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
+	num_locals++;
+      else
+	num_globals++;
+    }
+  for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+    {
+      if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
+	  && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
+	{
+	  sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	  if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index]))
+	    num_locals++;
+	  else
+	    num_globals++;
+	  sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first.  */
+  new_syms = ((asymbol **)
+	      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *)));
+  if (new_syms == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
+      int i;
+
+      if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
+	i = num_locals2++;
+      else
+	i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
+      new_syms[i] = sym;
+      sym->udata.i = i + 1;
+    }
+  for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
+    {
+      if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL
+	  && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0)
+	{
+	  asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index];
+	  int i;
+
+	  sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	  if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
+	    i = num_locals2++;
+	  else
+	    i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
+	  new_syms[i] = sym;
+	  sym->udata.i = i + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
+
+  elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
+  elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
+   ELF data structure.  */
+
+static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int));
+static INLINE file_ptr
+align_file_position (off, align)
+     file_ptr off;
+     int align;
+{
+  return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
+}
+
+/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
+   required section alignment.  */
+
+INLINE file_ptr
+_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align)
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     boolean align;
+{
+  if (align)
+    {
+      unsigned int al;
+
+      al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
+      if (al > 1)
+	offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
+    }
+  i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
+  if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
+    i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
+  if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+    offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
+   otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file.  If LINK_INFO
+   is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  boolean failed;
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
+
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Do any elf backend specific processing first.  */
+  if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
+    (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
+
+  if (! prep_headers (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  failed = false;
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
+  if (failed)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself.  */
+  if (link_info == NULL && abfd->symcount > 0)
+    {
+      if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
+  /* sh_name was set in prep_headers.  */
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+  /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs.  */
+  shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+
+  if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  if (link_info == NULL && abfd->symcount > 0)
+    {
+      file_ptr off;
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+      off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+      off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+      off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+      /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
+         out.  */
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
+	return false;
+      _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
+    }
+
+  abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment.  */
+
+static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *
+make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection **sections;
+     unsigned int from;
+     unsigned int to;
+     boolean phdr;
+{
+  struct elf_segment_map *m;
+  unsigned int i;
+  asection **hdrpp;
+
+  m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+       bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+		   (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
+		    + (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
+  if (m == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  m->next = NULL;
+  m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
+  for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
+    m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
+  m->count = to - from;
+
+  if (from == 0 && phdr)
+    {
+      /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment.  */
+      m->includes_filehdr = 1;
+      m->includes_phdrs = 1;
+    }
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments.  */
+
+static boolean
+map_sections_to_segments (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection **sections = NULL;
+  asection *s;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int count;
+  struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
+  struct elf_segment_map **pm;
+  struct elf_segment_map *m;
+  asection *last_hdr;
+  unsigned int phdr_index;
+  bfd_vma maxpagesize;
+  asection **hdrpp;
+  boolean phdr_in_section = true;
+  boolean writable;
+  asection *dynsec;
+
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them.  */
+
+  sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (bfd_count_sections (abfd)
+				       * sizeof (asection *));
+  if (sections == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  i = 0;
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  sections[i] = s;
+	  ++i;
+	}
+    }
+  BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
+  count = i;
+
+  qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
+
+  /* Build the mapping.  */
+
+  mfirst = NULL;
+  pm = &mfirst;
+
+  /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
+     the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
+     section.  */
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
+  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    {
+      m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+	   bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
+      if (m == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      m->next = NULL;
+      m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
+      /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not.  */
+      m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
+      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
+      m->includes_phdrs = 1;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+
+      m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+	   bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
+      if (m == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      m->next = NULL;
+      m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
+      m->count = 1;
+      m->sections[0] = s;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+    }
+
+  /* Look through the sections.  We put sections in the same program
+     segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
+     a few bytes of the end of the first section.  */
+  last_hdr = NULL;
+  phdr_index = 0;
+  maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
+  writable = false;
+  dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+  if (dynsec != NULL
+      && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+    dynsec = NULL;
+
+  /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
+     is not adjacent to the program headers.  This is an
+     approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
+     program headers we will need.  */
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type phdr_size;
+
+      phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
+      if (phdr_size == 0)
+	phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
+      if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
+	  || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
+	phdr_in_section = false;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
+    {
+      asection *hdr;
+      boolean new_segment;
+
+      hdr = *hdrpp;
+
+      /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
+         segment.  */
+
+      if (last_hdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
+	     one (we build the last one after this loop).  */
+	  new_segment = false;
+	}
+      else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
+	{
+	  /* If this section has a different relation between the
+             virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
+             segment.  */
+	  new_segment = true;
+	}
+      else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
+	       < hdr->lma)
+	{
+	  /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
+             skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment.  */
+	  new_segment = true;
+	}
+      else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
+             don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
+             file, then there is no other reason for a new segment.  */
+	  new_segment = false;
+	}
+      else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+	       && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
+             nonloadable section in the same segment.  */
+	  new_segment = true;
+	}
+      else if (! writable
+	       && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
+	       && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize)
+		   == hdr->lma))
+	{
+	  /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
+             segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
+             anyhow.  We already know that the last section does not
+             bring us past the current section on the page, so the
+             only case in which the new section is not on the same
+             page as the previous section is when the previous section
+             ends precisely on a page boundary.  */
+	  new_segment = true;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment.  */
+	  new_segment = false;
+	}
+
+      if (! new_segment)
+	{
+	  if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+	    writable = true;
+	  last_hdr = hdr;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* We need a new program segment.  We must create a new program
+         header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr.  */
+
+      m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_section);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+
+      if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+	writable = true;
+      else
+	writable = false;
+
+      last_hdr = hdr;
+      phdr_index = i;
+      phdr_in_section = false;
+    }
+
+  /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment.  */
+  if (last_hdr != NULL)
+    {
+      m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_section);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+    }
+
+  /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment.  */
+  if (dynsec != NULL)
+    {
+      m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+	   bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
+      if (m == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      m->next = NULL;
+      m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
+      m->count = 1;
+      m->sections[0] = dynsec;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+    }
+
+  /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment.  We don't
+     use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
+     nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
+     generate two .note sections in the output file.  FIXME: Using
+     names for section types is bogus anyhow.  */
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+	  && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+	       bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)));
+	  if (m == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  m->next = NULL;
+	  m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
+	  m->count = 1;
+	  m->sections[0] = s;
+
+	  *pm = m;
+	  pm = &m->next;
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (sections);
+  sections = NULL;
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (sections != NULL)
+    free (sections);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Sort sections by VMA.  */
+
+static int
+elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2)
+     const PTR arg1;
+     const PTR arg2;
+{
+  const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
+  const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
+
+  if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
+    return -1;
+  else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Sort by LMA.  Normally the LMA and the VMA will be the same, and
+     this will do nothing.  */
+  if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
+    return -1;
+  else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones.  */
+
+#define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+
+  if (TOEND (sec1))
+    if (TOEND (sec2))
+      return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
+    else 
+      return 1;
+
+  if (TOEND (sec2))
+    return -1;
+
+#undef TOEND
+
+  /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections before others at the
+     same address.  */
+
+  if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size)
+    return -1;
+  if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size)
+    return 1;
+
+  return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
+}
+
+/* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
+   sections to segments.  This function also sets up some fields in
+   the file header, and writes out the program headers.  */
+
+static boolean
+assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  unsigned int count;
+  struct elf_segment_map *m;
+  unsigned int alloc;
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
+  file_ptr off, voff;
+  bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
+  bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
+
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
+    {
+      if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
+    {
+      if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  count = 0;
+  for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+    ++count;
+
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
+     that we allocated enough space.  This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
+     is used in a linker script.  */
+  alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+  if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
+    {
+      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+       ("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)",
+	bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (alloc == 0)
+    alloc = count;
+
+  phdrs = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
+	   bfd_alloc (abfd, alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)));
+  if (phdrs == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+  off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+
+  filehdr_vaddr = 0;
+  filehdr_paddr = 0;
+  phdrs_vaddr = 0;
+  phdrs_paddr = 0;
+  for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
+       m != NULL;
+       m = m->next, p++)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      asection **secpp;
+
+      /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
+         sections may not be correctly ordered.  */
+      if (m->count > 0)
+	qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
+	       elf_sort_sections);
+
+      p->p_type = m->p_type;
+
+      if (m->p_flags_valid)
+	p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
+      else
+	p->p_flags = 0;
+
+      if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
+	  && m->count > 0
+	  && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+	    off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
+	  else
+	    off += ((m->sections[0]->vma - off)
+		    % (1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, m->sections[0])));
+	}
+
+      if (m->count == 0)
+	p->p_vaddr = 0;
+      else
+	p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
+
+      if (m->p_paddr_valid)
+	p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
+      else if (m->count == 0)
+	p->p_paddr = 0;
+      else
+	p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
+
+      if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
+	  && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+	p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
+      else if (m->count == 0)
+	p->p_align = bed->s->file_align;
+      else
+	p->p_align = 0;
+
+      p->p_offset = 0;
+      p->p_filesz = 0;
+      p->p_memsz = 0;
+
+      if (m->includes_filehdr)
+	{
+	  if (! m->p_flags_valid)
+	    p->p_flags |= PF_R;
+	  p->p_offset = 0;
+	  p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+	  p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+	  if (m->count > 0)
+	    {
+	      BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
+	      p->p_vaddr -= off;
+	      if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
+		p->p_paddr -= off;
+	    }
+	  if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	    {
+	      filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
+	      filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (m->includes_phdrs)
+	{
+	  if (! m->p_flags_valid)
+	    p->p_flags |= PF_R;
+	  if (m->includes_filehdr)
+	    {
+	      if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+		{
+		  phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+		  phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+	      if (m->count > 0)
+		{
+		  BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
+		  p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
+		  if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
+		    p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
+		}
+	      if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+		{
+		  phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
+		  phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
+		}
+	    }
+	  p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+	  p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+	}
+
+      if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	{
+	  if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
+	    p->p_offset = off;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      file_ptr adjust;
+
+	      adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
+	      p->p_filesz += adjust;
+	      p->p_memsz += adjust;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      voff = off;
+      for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
+	{
+	  asection *sec;
+	  flagword flags;
+	  bfd_size_type align;
+
+	  sec = *secpp;
+	  flags = sec->flags;
+	  align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
+
+	  if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma adjust;
+
+	      /* The section VMA must equal the file position modulo
+                 the page size.  */
+	      if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+		{
+		  if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+		    adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize;
+		  else
+		    adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align;
+		  if (adjust != 0)
+		    {
+		      if (i == 0)
+			abort ();
+		      p->p_memsz += adjust;
+		      off += adjust;
+		      voff += adjust;
+		      if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+			p->p_filesz += adjust;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      sec->filepos = off;
+
+	      if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+		off += sec->_raw_size;
+	      if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+		voff += sec->_raw_size;
+	    }
+
+	  p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size;
+
+	  if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+	    p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size;
+
+	  if (align > p->p_align)
+	    p->p_align = align;
+
+	  if (! m->p_flags_valid)
+	    {
+	      p->p_flags |= PF_R;
+	      if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+		p->p_flags |= PF_X;
+	      if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+		p->p_flags |= PF_W;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
+     the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments.  */
+  for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
+       m != NULL;
+       m = m->next, p++)
+    {
+      if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
+	  p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
+	}
+      if (m->count == 0)
+	{
+	  if (m->includes_filehdr)
+	    {
+	      p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
+	      if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
+		p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
+	    }
+	  else if (m->includes_phdrs)
+	    {
+	      p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
+	      if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
+		p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use.  */
+  for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
+    {
+      memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
+      p->p_type = PT_NULL;
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+  /* Write out the program headers.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get the size of the program header.
+
+   If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
+   can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout.  This only
+   happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script.  In this case,
+   SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
+   data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
+
+   ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
+   will be two segments.  */
+
+static bfd_size_type
+get_program_header_size (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  size_t segs;
+  asection *s;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  /* We can't return a different result each time we're called.  */
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
+    return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
+
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
+    {
+      struct elf_segment_map *m;
+
+      segs = 0;
+      for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+	++segs;
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+      return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
+    }
+
+  /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
+     and one for data.  */
+  segs = 2;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
+  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    {
+      /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
+	 PT_INTERP segment.  In this case, assume we also need a
+	 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
+	 targets.  */
+      segs += 2;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment.  */
+      ++segs;
+    }
+
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+	  && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We need a PT_NOTE segment.  */
+	  ++segs;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need.  */
+  if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
+    {
+      int a;
+
+      a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
+      if (a == -1)
+	abort ();
+      segs += a;
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
+  return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
+}
+
+/* Work out the file positions of all the sections.  This is called by
+   _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions.  All the section sizes and
+   VMAs must be known before this is called.
+
+   We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form
+   part of the loadable image.  Reloc sections are assigned file
+   positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by
+   write_object_contents and final_link.
+
+   We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here.  */
+
+static boolean
+assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+  file_ptr off;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      /* Start after the ELF header.  */
+      off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
+
+      /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
+	 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
+	 the sections in the file is unimportant.  */
+      for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+	  hdr = *hdrpp;
+	  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	    {
+	      hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  if (i == tdata->symtab_section
+	      || i == tdata->strtab_section)
+	    {
+	      hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  
+	  off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+
+      /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
+         assignment of sections to segments.  */
+      if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Assign file positions for the other sections.  */
+
+      off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+      for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+	  hdr = *hdrpp;
+	  if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
+	      && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
+	    hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
+	  else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+		(hdr->bfd_section == NULL
+		 ? "*unknown*"
+		 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
+	      if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
+		off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize;
+	      else
+		off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign;
+	      off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
+							       false);
+	    }
+	  else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
+		   || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
+		   || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
+		   || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
+	    hdr->sh_offset = -1;
+	  else
+	    off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
+	}		   
+    }
+
+  /* Place the section headers.  */
+  off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align);
+  i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
+  off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+prep_headers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;	/* Elf file header, internal form */
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0;	/* Program header table, internal form */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;	/* Section header table, internal form */
+  int count;
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+
+  shstrtab = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
+  if (shstrtab == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
+
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
+
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
+    bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
+
+  for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++)
+    i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+    i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
+  else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
+    i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
+  else
+    i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
+
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_unknown:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+      if (bed->s->arch_size == 64)
+	i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64;
+      else
+	i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_i386:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_m88k:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_i860:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_mips:	/* MIPS Rxxxx */
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS;	/* only MIPS R3000 */
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_hppa:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_alpha:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_ALPHA;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_sh:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SH;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_d10v:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_D10V;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_m32r:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_M32R;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_mn10200:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10200;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_mn10300:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_MN10300;
+      break;
+      /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */
+    default:
+      i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
+    }
+  i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
+  i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+
+  /* no program header, for now. */
+  i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
+  i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
+  i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
+
+  /* each bfd section is section header entry */
+  i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+  i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
+
+  /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      /* it all happens later */
+#if 0
+      i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr);
+
+      /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of
+	 Elf_Internal_Phdrs */
+      i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
+      i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase;
+      outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
+      i_phdrp = 0;
+      i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
+    (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false);
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
+    (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false);
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
+    (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false);
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
+      || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
+      || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
+   of the loadable file image.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  file_ptr off;
+  unsigned int i;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
+
+  off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+
+  for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
+       i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+       i++, shdrpp++)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
+
+      shdrp = *shdrpp;
+      if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	  && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
+	off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true);
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
+  boolean failed;
+  unsigned int count;
+
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun
+      && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd,
+						    (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+
+  failed = false;
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
+  if (failed)
+    return false;
+  _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
+
+  /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
+  for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+    {
+      if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
+	(*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
+      if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size,
+			     1, abfd)
+		  != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Write out the section header names.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
+    (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
+						elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
+
+  return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
+}
+
+/* given a section, search the header to find them... */
+int
+_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct sec *asect;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+  int index;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+  int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum;
+
+  for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
+    {
+      hdr = i_shdrp[index];
+      if (hdr->bfd_section == asect)
+	return index;
+    }
+
+  if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
+    {
+      for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++)
+	{
+	  int retval;
+
+	  hdr = i_shdrp[index];
+	  retval = index;
+	  if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
+	      (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval))
+	    return retval;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
+    return SHN_ABS;
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
+    return SHN_COMMON;
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
+    return SHN_UNDEF;
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
+   on error.  */
+
+int
+_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr;
+{
+  asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
+  int idx;
+  flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
+
+  /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
+     own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
+     symbol chain, so udata is 0.  When the linker is generating
+     relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
+     input sections rather than the output section.  */
+  if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
+      && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+      && asym_ptr->section)
+    {
+      int indx;
+
+      if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
+	indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
+      else
+	indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
+      if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx])
+	asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
+    }
+
+  idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
+
+  if (idx == 0)
+    {
+      /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
+         which is used in a relocation entry.  */
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#if DEBUG & 4
+  {
+    fprintf (stderr,
+	     "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
+	     (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
+	     elf_symbol_flags (flags));
+    fflush (stderr);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Copy private BFD data.  This copies any program header information.  */
+
+static boolean
+copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
+  struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
+  struct elf_segment_map **pm;
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
+  unsigned int i, c;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
+
+  mfirst = NULL;
+  pm = &mfirst;
+
+  c = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
+  for (i = 0, p = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < c; i++, p++)
+    {
+      unsigned int csecs;
+      asection *s;
+      struct elf_segment_map *m;
+      unsigned int isec;
+
+      csecs = 0;
+
+      /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the
+	 Solaris linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with
+	 p_vaddr and p_memsz set to 0.  */
+      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	if (((s->vma >= p->p_vaddr
+	      && (s->vma + s->_raw_size <= p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz
+		  || s->vma + s->_raw_size <= p->p_vaddr + p->p_filesz))
+	     || (p->p_vaddr == 0
+		 && p->p_filesz > 0
+		 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
+		 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset
+		 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size
+		     <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)))
+	    && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	    && s->output_section != NULL)
+	  ++csecs;
+
+      m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
+	   bfd_alloc (obfd,
+		      (sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)
+		       + ((size_t) csecs - 1) * sizeof (asection *))));
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      m->next = NULL;
+      m->p_type = p->p_type;
+      m->p_flags = p->p_flags;
+      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
+      m->p_paddr = p->p_paddr;
+      m->p_paddr_valid = 1;
+
+      m->includes_filehdr = (p->p_offset == 0
+			     && p->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
+
+      m->includes_phdrs = (p->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
+			   && (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz
+			       >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
+				   + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
+
+      isec = 0;
+      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  if (((s->vma >= p->p_vaddr
+		&& (s->vma + s->_raw_size <= p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz
+		    || s->vma + s->_raw_size <= p->p_vaddr + p->p_filesz))
+	       || (p->p_vaddr == 0
+		   && p->p_filesz > 0
+		   && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
+		   && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset
+		   && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size
+		       <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)))
+	      && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	      && s->output_section != NULL)
+	    {
+	      m->sections[isec] = s->output_section;
+	      ++isec;
+	    }
+	}
+      BFD_ASSERT (isec == csecs);
+      m->count = csecs;
+
+      *pm = m;
+      pm = &m->next;
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Copy private section information.  This copies over the entsize
+   field, and sometimes the info field.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     asection *isec;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asection *osec;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
+
+  if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
+     This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
+     entry point, because the latter is called after the section
+     contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
+     already been worked out.  */
+  if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL
+      && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      /* Only set up the segments when all the sections have been set
+         up.  */
+      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	if (s->output_section == NULL)
+	  break;
+      if (s == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
+  ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
+
+  ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
+
+  if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
+      || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
+      || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
+      || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
+    ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Copy private symbol information.  If this symbol is in a section
+   which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
+   index correctly.  We use special macro definitions for the mapped
+   section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
+   swap_out_syms function.  */
+
+#define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
+#define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
+#define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 3)
+#define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 4)
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     asymbol *isymarg;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asymbol *osymarg;
+{
+  elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
+  osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
+
+  if (isym != NULL
+      && osym != NULL
+      && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
+    {
+      unsigned int shndx;
+
+      shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
+      if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
+	shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
+      else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
+	shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
+      else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
+	shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
+      else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
+	shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
+      osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Swap out the symbols.  */
+
+static boolean
+swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Dump out the symtabs. */
+  {
+    int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+    asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+    struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
+    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
+    char *outbound_syms;
+    int idx;
+
+    stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
+    if (stt == NULL)
+      return false;
+
+    symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+    symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+    symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
+    symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
+    symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
+    symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align;
+
+    symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+
+    outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			       (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym);
+    if (outbound_syms == NULL)
+      return false;
+    symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms;
+
+    /* now generate the data (for "contents") */
+    {
+      /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out.  */
+      Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+      sym.st_name = 0;
+      sym.st_value = 0;
+      sym.st_size = 0;
+      sym.st_info = 0;
+      sym.st_other = 0;
+      sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+      bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
+      outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
+    }
+    for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
+      {
+	Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+	bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
+	elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
+	flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
+	int type;
+
+	if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+	  /* Section symbols have no names.  */
+	  sym.st_name = 0;
+	else
+	  {
+	    sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
+							      syms[idx]->name,
+							      true, false);
+	    if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+	      return false;
+	  }
+
+	type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
+
+	if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
+	  {
+	    /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
+	       and the size into the `size' field.  This is backwards from
+	       how BFD handles it, so reverse it here.  */
+	    sym.st_size = value;
+	    if (type_ptr == NULL
+		|| type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
+	      sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
+	    else
+	      sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
+	    sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd,
+							      syms[idx]->section);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
+	    int shndx;
+
+	    if (sec->output_section)
+	      {
+		value += sec->output_offset;
+		sec = sec->output_section;
+	      }
+	    value += sec->vma;
+	    sym.st_value = value;
+	    sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
+
+	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
+		&& type_ptr != NULL
+		&& type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
+	      {
+		/* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
+                   not create as a BFD section.  Undo the mapping done
+                   by copy_private_symbol_data.  */
+		shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
+		switch (shndx)
+		  {
+		  case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
+		    shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
+		    break;
+		  case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
+		    shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
+		    break;
+		  case MAP_STRTAB:
+		    shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
+		    break;
+		  case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
+		    shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
+
+		if (shndx == -1)
+		  {
+		    asection *sec2;
+
+		    /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
+		       we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
+		       knew what to expect of the library, and what to
+		       demand of applications.  For example, it
+		       appears that `objcopy' might not set the
+		       section of a symbol to be a section that is
+		       actually in the output file.  */
+		    sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
+		    BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0);
+		    shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
+		    BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    sym.st_shndx = shndx;
+	  }
+
+	if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
+	  type = STT_FUNC;
+	else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
+	  type = STT_OBJECT;
+	else
+	  type = STT_NOTYPE;
+
+	if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
+	  sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
+	else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
+	  sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
+				      ? STB_WEAK
+				      : STB_GLOBAL),
+				     type);
+	else if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+	  sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+	else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
+	  sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
+	else
+	  {
+	    int bind = STB_LOCAL;
+
+	    if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
+	      bind = STB_LOCAL;
+	    else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
+	      bind = STB_WEAK;
+	    else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+	      bind = STB_GLOBAL;
+
+	    sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
+	  }
+
+	if (type_ptr != NULL)
+	  sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
+	else
+	  sym.st_other = 0;
+
+	bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms);
+	outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
+      }
+
+    *sttp = stt;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+    symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
+
+   Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
+   the vector allocated based on this size.  However, the ELF symbol table
+   always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long symcount;
+  long symtab_size;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+  symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
+  symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+  return symtab_size;
+}
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long symcount;
+  long symtab_size;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+
+  if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
+  symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+  return symtab_size;
+}
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+{
+  return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
+}
+
+/* Canonicalize the relocs.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     arelent **relptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  arelent *tblptr;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd,
+							   section,
+							   symbols,
+							   false))
+    return -1;
+
+  tblptr = section->relocation;
+  for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
+    *relptr++ = tblptr++;
+
+  *relptr = NULL;
+
+  return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  long symcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false);
+
+  if (symcount >= 0)
+    bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
+  return symcount;
+}
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  return get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true);
+}
+
+/* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries.  Any
+   section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type
+   SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is
+   considered to be a dynamic reloc section.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long ret;
+  asection *s;
+
+  if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  ret = sizeof (arelent *);
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
+	&& (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
+	    || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
+      ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
+	      * sizeof (arelent *));
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries.  Note that we return
+   the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are
+   actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which
+   was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there
+   is only one set of dynamic relocs.  Any section that was actually
+   installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses
+   the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc
+   section.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent **storage;
+     asymbol **syms;
+{
+  boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean));
+  asection *s;
+  long ret;
+
+  if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
+  ret = 0;
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
+	  && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
+	      || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
+	{
+	  arelent *p;
+	  long count, i;
+
+	  if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true))
+	    return -1;
+	  count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
+	  p = s->relocation;
+	  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	    *storage++ = p++;
+	  ret += count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *storage = NULL;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Read in the version information.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+
+  if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+      Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
+      Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef =
+	((Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
+	 bfd_zalloc (abfd, hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)));
+      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = hdr->sh_info;
+
+      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
+      iverdef = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
+      for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverdef++)
+	{
+	  Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
+	  Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
+	  unsigned int j;
+
+	  _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, iverdef);
+
+	  iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
+
+	  iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((Elf_Internal_Verdaux *)
+				bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					   (iverdef->vd_cnt
+					    * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))));
+	  if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
+		      ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
+	  iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
+	  for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
+	    {
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
+
+	      iverdaux->vda_nodename =
+		bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
+						 iverdaux->vda_name);
+	      if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
+		iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
+	      else
+		iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
+
+	      everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
+			  ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
+	    }
+
+	  iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
+
+	  if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
+	    iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
+	  else
+	    iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
+
+	  everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
+		     ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
+	}
+
+      free (contents);
+      contents = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+      Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
+      Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->verref =
+	((Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
+	 bfd_zalloc (abfd, hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)));
+      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
+
+      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || bfd_read ((PTR) contents, 1, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
+      iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
+      for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
+	{
+	  Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
+	  Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
+	  unsigned int j;
+
+	  _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
+
+	  iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
+
+	  iverneed->vn_filename =
+	    bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
+					     iverneed->vn_file);
+	  if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  iverneed->vn_auxptr =
+	    ((Elf_Internal_Vernaux *)
+	     bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			iverneed->vn_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)));
+
+	  evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
+		      ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
+	  ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
+	  for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
+	    {
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
+
+	      ivernaux->vna_nodename =
+		bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
+						 ivernaux->vna_name);
+	      if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
+		ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
+	      else
+		ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
+
+	      evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
+			  ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
+	    }
+
+	  if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
+	    iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
+	  else
+	    iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
+
+	  everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
+		      ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
+	}
+
+      free (contents);
+      contents = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (contents == NULL)
+    free (contents);
+  return false;
+}
+
+asymbol *
+_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  elf_symbol_type *newsym;
+
+  newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type));
+  if (!newsym)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+      return &newsym->symbol;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol.  Most targets
+   use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
+   override it.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''.  */
+  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
+    return true;
+
+  /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
+     DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''.  */
+  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
+    return true;
+
+  /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
+     emitting DWARF debugging output.  I suspect this is actually a
+     small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
+     ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
+     underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets).  For ease of use,
+     we treat such symbols as local.  */
+  if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+alent *
+_bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{
+  abort ();
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
+     isn't the generic backend, fail.  */
+  if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
+      && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
+      && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
+    return false;
+
+  return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+}
+
+/* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, for error
+   reporting.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd,
+			    section,
+			    symbols,
+			    offset,
+			    filename_ptr,
+			    functionname_ptr,
+			    line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     CONST char **filename_ptr;
+     CONST char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+  boolean found;
+  const char *filename;
+  asymbol *func;
+  bfd_vma low_func;
+  asymbol **p;
+
+  if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
+					     &found, filename_ptr,
+					     functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
+					     &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
+    return false;
+  if (found)
+    return true;
+
+  if (symbols == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  filename = NULL;
+  func = NULL;
+  low_func = 0;
+
+  for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
+    {
+      elf_symbol_type *q;
+
+      q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
+
+      if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section)
+	continue;
+
+      switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+	case STT_FILE:
+	  filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol);
+	  break;
+	case STT_FUNC:
+	  if (q->symbol.section == section
+	      && q->symbol.value >= low_func
+	      && q->symbol.value <= offset)
+	    {
+	      func = (asymbol *) q;
+	      low_func = q->symbol.value;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (func == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  *filename_ptr = filename;
+  *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
+  *line_ptr = 0;
+  return true;
+}
+
+int
+_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean reloc;
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
+  if (! reloc)
+    ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun
+      && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd,
+						    (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+    return false;
+  if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#if 0
+void
+_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *areloc;
+{
+  /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
+
+  if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) 
+    {
+      bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      
+      /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
+	 equivalent ELF reloc. */
+
+      if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
+	{
+	  switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
+	    {
+	    case 8:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    case 12:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    case 16:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    case 24:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    case 32:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    case 64:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; 
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      goto fail;
+	    }
+
+	  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
+
+	  if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
+	    {
+	      if (howto->pcrel_offset)
+		areloc->addend += areloc->address;
+	      else
+		areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
+	    {
+	    case 8:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_8; 
+	      break;
+	    case 14:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_14; 
+	      break;
+	    case 16:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_16; 
+	      break;
+	    case 26:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_26; 
+	      break;
+	    case 32:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_32; 
+	      break;
+	    case 64:
+	      code = BFD_RELOC_64; 
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      goto fail;
+	    }
+
+	  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
+	}
+
+      if (howto)
+	areloc->howto = howto;
+      else
+	goto fail;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ fail:
+  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+    ("%s: unsupported relocation type %s",
+     bfd_get_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name);
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-gen.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-gen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..385fda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-gen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Generic support for 32-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+/* This does not include any relocations, but should be good enough
+   for GDB to read the file.  */
+
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-little"
+#define TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec
+#define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-big"
+#define ELF_ARCH			bfd_arch_unknown
+#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_NONE
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+#define elf_info_to_howto		_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto
+
+#include "elf32-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-i386.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-i386.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ae5acb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-i386.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1842 @@
+/* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+static reloc_howto_type *elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+static void elf_i386_info_to_howto
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rela *));
+static void elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rel *));
+static boolean elf_i386_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table *elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean elf_i386_check_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+static boolean elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
+static boolean elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_i386_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
+static boolean elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *,
+	   Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+static boolean elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+#define USE_REL	1		/* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA */
+
+enum reloc_type
+  {
+    R_386_NONE = 0,
+    R_386_32,
+    R_386_PC32,
+    R_386_GOT32,
+    R_386_PLT32,
+    R_386_COPY,
+    R_386_GLOB_DAT,
+    R_386_JUMP_SLOT,
+    R_386_RELATIVE,
+    R_386_GOTOFF,
+    R_386_GOTPC,
+    FIRST_INVALID_RELOC,
+    LAST_INVALID_RELOC = 19,
+    /* The remaining relocs are a GNU extension.  */
+    R_386_16 = 20,
+    R_386_PC16,
+    R_386_8,
+    R_386_PC8,
+    R_386_max
+  };
+
+#if 0
+static CONST char *CONST reloc_type_names[] =
+{
+  "R_386_NONE",
+  "R_386_32",
+  "R_386_PC32",
+  "R_386_GOT32",
+  "R_386_PLT32",
+  "R_386_COPY",
+  "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
+  "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
+  "R_386_RELATIVE",
+  "R_386_GOTOFF",
+  "R_386_GOTPC",
+};
+#endif
+
+static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
+{
+  HOWTO(R_386_NONE,	 0,0, 0,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_NONE",	    true,0x00000000,0x00000000,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_32,	 0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_32",	    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_PC32,	 0,2,32,true, 0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_PC32",	    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,true),
+  HOWTO(R_386_GOT32,	 0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_GOT32",    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_PLT32,	 0,2,32,true,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_PLT32",    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,true),
+  HOWTO(R_386_COPY,      0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_COPY",	    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT,  0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_GLOB_DAT", true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_JUMP_SLOT",true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE,  0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_RELATIVE", true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF,    0,2,32,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_GOTOFF",   true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC,     0,2,32,true,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_GOTPC",    true,0xffffffff,0xffffffff,true),
+  { 11 },
+  { 12 },
+  { 13 },
+  { 14 },
+  { 15 },
+  { 16 },
+  { 17 },
+  { 18 },
+  { 19 },
+  /* The remaining relocs are a GNU extension.  */
+  HOWTO(R_386_16,	 0,1,16,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_16",	    true,0xffff,0xffff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_PC16,	 0,1,16,true, 0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_PC16",	    true,0xffff,0xffff,true),
+  HOWTO(R_386_8,	 0,0,8,false,0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_8",	    true,0xff,0xff,false),
+  HOWTO(R_386_PC8,	 0,0,8,true, 0,complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_386_PC8",	    true,0xff,0xff,true),
+};
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
+#define TRACE(str) fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
+#else
+#define TRACE(str)
+#endif
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  switch (code)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_NONE ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_32 ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_PC32 ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_GOT32 ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_PLT32 ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_COPY ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_GLOB_DAT ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_JUMP_SLOT ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_RELATIVE ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_GOTOFF ];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
+      return &elf_howto_table[ (int)R_386_GOTPC ];
+
+      /* The remaining relocs are a GNU extension.  */
+    case BFD_RELOC_16:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
+      return &elf_howto_table[(int) R_386_16];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
+      return &elf_howto_table[(int) R_386_PC16];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_8:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
+      return &elf_howto_table[(int) R_386_8];
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
+      TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
+      return &elf_howto_table[(int) R_386_PC8];
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  TRACE ("Unknown");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+elf_i386_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd		*abfd;
+     arelent		*cache_ptr;
+     Elf32_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+static void
+elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     Elf32_Internal_Rel *dst;
+{
+  enum reloc_type type;
+
+  type = (enum reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
+  BFD_ASSERT (type < R_386_max);
+  BFD_ASSERT (type < FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || type > LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
+
+  cache_ptr->howto = &elf_howto_table[(int) type];
+}
+
+/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label.  The UnixWare
+   2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
+   recognize them here.  FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
+   If so, we should move the .X recognition into
+   _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
+    return true;
+
+  return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
+}
+
+/* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.  */
+
+/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
+   section.  */
+
+#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
+
+/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
+
+#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
+
+/* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
+   this.  See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.  */
+
+static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0x35,	/* pushl contents of address */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
+  0xff, 0x25,	/* jmp indirect */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
+  0, 0, 0, 0	/* pad out to 16 bytes.  */
+};
+
+/* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
+   this.  */
+
+static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0x25,	/* jmp indirect */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
+  0x68,		/* pushl immediate */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
+  0xe9,		/* jmp relative */
+  0, 0, 0, 0	/* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
+};
+
+/* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
+
+static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0,	/* pushl 4(%ebx) */
+  0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* jmp *8(%ebx) */
+  0, 0, 0, 0			/* pad out to 16 bytes.  */
+};
+
+/* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
+
+static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
+{
+  0xff, 0xa3,	/* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
+  0x68,		/* pushl immediate */
+  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
+  0xe9,		/* jmp relative */
+  0, 0, 0, 0	/* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
+};
+
+/* The i386 linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
+   decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that
+   it can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when
+   linking with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field
+   extending the regular ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+/* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we
+   have copied for a given symbol.  */
+
+struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied
+{
+  /* Next section.  */
+  struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
+  /* A section in dynobj.  */
+  asection *section;
+  /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
+  bfd_size_type count;
+};
+
+/* i386 ELF linker hash entry.  */
+
+struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
+  struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
+};
+
+/* i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Declare this now that the above structures are defined.  */
+
+static boolean elf_i386_discard_copies
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+
+/* Traverse an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define elf_i386_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
+  ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				     table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      ret->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+				       elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ret);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return &ret->root.root;
+}
+
+/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
+   allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
+   table.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
+  asection *sgot;
+  asection *srelgot;
+  asection *sreloc;
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    return true;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
+
+  sgot = NULL;
+  srelgot = NULL;
+  sreloc = NULL;
+
+  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+
+      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	h = NULL;
+      else
+	h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+
+      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
+      if (dynobj == NULL)
+	{
+	  switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+	    {
+	    case R_386_GOT32:
+	    case R_386_GOTOFF:
+	    case R_386_GOTPC:
+	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+	      if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+	{
+	case R_386_GOT32:
+	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
+
+	  if (sgot == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  if (srelgot == NULL
+	      && (h != NULL || info->shared))
+	    {
+	      srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.got");
+	      if (srelgot == NULL)
+		{
+		  srelgot = bfd_make_section (dynobj, ".rel.got");
+		  if (srelgot == NULL
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, srelgot,
+						  (SEC_ALLOC
+						   | SEC_LOAD
+						   | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+						   | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+						   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+						   | SEC_READONLY))
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (h->got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+		{
+		  /* We have already allocated space in the .got.  */
+		  break;
+		}
+	      h->got_offset = sgot->_raw_size;
+
+	      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
+	      if (h->dynindx == -1)
+		{
+		  if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+		    return false;
+		}
+
+	      srelgot->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+     	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
+                 symbol.  */
+	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
+		{
+		  size_t size;
+		  register unsigned int i;
+
+		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (bfd_vma);
+		  local_got_offsets = (bfd_vma *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+		  if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
+		    return false;
+		  elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) = local_got_offsets;
+		  for (i = 0; i < symtab_hdr->sh_info; i++)
+		    local_got_offsets[i] = (bfd_vma) -1;
+		}
+	      if (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1)
+		{
+		  /* We have already allocated space in the .got.  */
+		  break;
+		}
+	      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] = sgot->_raw_size;
+
+	      if (info->shared)
+		{
+		  /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
+                     output a R_386_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
+                     linker can adjust this GOT entry.  */
+		  srelgot->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  sgot->_raw_size += 4;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_PLT32:
+	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
+             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
+             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
+             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
+             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
+             after all.  */
+
+	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
+             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_32:
+	case R_386_PC32:
+	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
+             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
+             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
+             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
+             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
+             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
+             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
+             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
+             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
+             later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
+             possibility below by storing information in the
+             pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
+	  if (info->shared
+	      && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) != R_386_PC32
+		  || (h != NULL
+		      && (! info->symbolic
+			  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))))
+	    {
+	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
+                 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
+                 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
+	      if (sreloc == NULL)
+		{
+		  const char *name;
+
+		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			  (abfd,
+			   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
+			   elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_name));
+		  if (name == NULL)
+		    return false;
+
+		  BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0
+			      && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec),
+					 name + 4) == 0);
+
+		  sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
+		  if (sreloc == NULL)
+		    {
+		      flagword flags;
+
+		      sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, name);
+		      flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY
+			       | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+		      if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+			flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+		      if (sreloc == NULL
+			  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, flags)
+			  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, 2))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      sreloc->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+
+	      /* If we are linking with -Bsymbolic, and this is a
+                 global symbol, we count the number of PC relative
+                 relocations we have entered for this symbol, so that
+                 we can discard them again if the symbol is later
+                 defined by a regular object.  Note that this function
+                 is only called if we are using an elf_i386 linker
+                 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to
+                 an elf_i386_link_hash_entry.  */
+	      if (h != NULL && info->symbolic
+		  && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_PC32)
+		{
+		  struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
+		  struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
+
+		  eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+		  for (p = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+		    if (p->section == sreloc)
+		      break;
+
+		  if (p == NULL)
+		    {
+		      p = ((struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
+			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, sizeof *p));
+		      if (p == NULL)
+			return false;
+		      p->next = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
+		      eh->pcrel_relocs_copied = p;
+		      p->section = sreloc;
+		      p->count = 0;
+		    }
+
+		  ++p->count;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
+   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
+   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
+   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
+   understand.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  unsigned int power_of_two;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
+	      && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
+		  || h->weakdef != NULL
+		  || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
+		       & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
+
+  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
+     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
+     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
+  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
+      || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
+    {
+      if (! info->shared
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
+             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
+             object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
+             a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a PC32
+             reloc instead.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0);
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
+      if (h->dynindx == -1)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+      /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
+	 first entry.  */
+      if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+	s->_raw_size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+
+      /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
+	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
+	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
+	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
+	 the shared library.  */
+      if (! info->shared
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+	{
+	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
+	  h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
+	}
+
+      h->plt_offset = s->_raw_size;
+
+      /* Make room for this entry.  */
+      s->_raw_size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+
+      /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
+	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size += 4;
+
+      /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
+     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
+     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
+  if (h->weakdef != NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+      h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
+      h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
+     is not a function.  */
+
+  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
+     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
+     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
+     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
+  if (info->shared)
+    return true;
+
+  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
+     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
+     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
+     object will contain position independent code, so all references
+     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
+     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
+     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
+     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
+     same memory location for the variable.  */
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
+  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+  /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
+     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
+     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
+     .rel.bss section we are going to use.  */
+  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+    {
+      asection *srel;
+
+      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.bss");
+      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+      srel->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_COPY;
+    }
+
+  /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol.  I
+     have no idea how ELF linkers handle this.  */
+  power_of_two = bfd_log2 (h->size);
+  if (power_of_two > 3)
+    power_of_two = 3;
+
+  /* Apply the required alignment.  */
+  s->_raw_size = BFD_ALIGN (s->_raw_size,
+			    (bfd_size_type) (1 << power_of_two));
+  if (power_of_two > bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj, s))
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, power_of_two))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section.  */
+  h->root.u.def.section = s;
+  h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
+
+  /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol.  */
+  s->_raw_size += h->size;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  boolean plt;
+  boolean relocs;
+  boolean reltext;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
+      if (! info->shared)
+	{
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	  s->_raw_size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
+	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We may have created entries in the .rel.got section.
+         However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
+         not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rel.got,
+         which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
+         below.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.got");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	s->_raw_size = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
+     PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
+     We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
+     will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
+  if (info->shared && info->symbolic)
+    elf_i386_link_hash_traverse (elf_i386_hash_table (info),
+				 elf_i386_discard_copies,
+				 (PTR) NULL);
+
+  /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
+     determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
+     memory for them.  */
+  plt = false;
+  relocs = false;
+  reltext = false;
+  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      boolean strip;
+
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
+	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
+      name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
+
+      strip = false;
+
+      if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
+	{
+	  if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
+                 comment below.  */
+	      strip = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
+	      plt = true;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
+		 output file.  This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
+		 .rel.plt.  We must create both sections in
+		 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
+		 before the linker maps input sections to output
+		 sections.  The linker does that before
+		 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
+		 function which decides whether anything needs to go
+		 into these sections.  */
+	      strip = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      asection *target;
+
+	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
+                 than .rel.plt.  */
+	      if (strcmp (name, ".rel.plt") != 0)
+		{
+		  const char *outname;
+
+		  relocs = true;
+
+		  /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
+		     section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL
+		     entry.  The entries in the .rel.plt section
+		     really apply to the .got section, which we
+		     created ourselves and so know is not readonly.  */
+		  outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
+						  s->output_section);
+		  target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
+		  if (target != NULL
+		      && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+		    reltext = true;
+		}
+
+	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
+		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
+	      s->reloc_count = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (strip)
+	{
+	  asection **spp;
+
+	  for (spp = &s->output_section->owner->sections;
+	       *spp != s->output_section;
+	       spp = &(*spp)->next)
+	    ;
+	  *spp = s->output_section->next;
+	  --s->output_section->owner->section_count;
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
+      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
+      if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
+	 values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
+	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
+	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
+	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
+      if (! info->shared)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (plt)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)
+	      || ! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
+	      || ! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
+	      || ! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (relocs)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_REL, 0)
+	      || ! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)
+	      || ! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RELENT,
+						sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (reltext)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This function is called via elf_i386_link_hash_traverse if we are
+   creating a shared object with -Bsymbolic.  It discards the space
+   allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which are
+   defined in regular objects.  We allocated space for them in the
+   check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
+   relocate_section routine.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+elf_i386_discard_copies (h, ignore)
+     struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR ignore;
+{
+  struct elf_i386_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
+
+  /* We only discard relocs for symbols defined in a regular object.  */
+  if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    s->section->_raw_size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Relocate an i386 ELF section.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
+			   contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
+     asection **local_sections;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
+  asection *sgot;
+  asection *splt;
+  asection *sreloc;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
+
+  sgot = NULL;
+  splt = NULL;
+  sreloc = NULL;
+
+  rel = relocs;
+  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
+    {
+      int r_type;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+      asection *sec;
+      bfd_vma relocation;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
+      if (r_type < 0
+	  || r_type >= (int) R_386_max
+	  || (r_type >= (int) FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
+	      && r_type <= (int) LAST_INVALID_RELOC))
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      howto = elf_howto_table + r_type;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+
+      if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
+	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
+	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
+	  if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    {
+	      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+		{
+		  bfd_vma val;
+
+		  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+		  val = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+		  val += sec->output_offset + sym->st_value;
+		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, val, contents + rel->r_offset);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* This is a final link.  */
+      h = NULL;
+      sym = NULL;
+      sec = NULL;
+      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	{
+	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
+			+ sec->output_offset
+			+ sym->st_value);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+	      if (r_type == R_386_GOTPC
+		  || (r_type == R_386_PLT32
+		      && h->plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+		  || (r_type == R_386_GOT32
+		      && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+		      && (! info->shared
+			  || ! info->symbolic
+			  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
+		  || (info->shared
+		      && (! info->symbolic
+			  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+		      && (r_type == R_386_32
+			  || r_type == R_386_PC32)))
+		{
+		  /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation
+                     value.  We check specially because in some
+                     obscure cases sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+	      else if (sec->output_section == NULL)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s: warning: unresolvable relocation against symbol `%s' from %s section",
+		     bfd_get_filename (input_bfd), h->root.root.string,
+		     bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, input_section));
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+			      + sec->output_section->vma
+			      + sec->output_offset);
+	    }
+	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+	    relocation = 0;
+	  else if (info->shared && !info->symbolic)
+	    relocation = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+		      input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		return false;
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	case R_386_GOT32:
+	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
+	     offset table.  */
+	  if (sgot == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma off;
+
+	      off = h->got_offset;
+	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+	      if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+		  || (info->shared
+		      && info->symbolic
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
+		{
+		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
+		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
+		     locally.  We must initialize this entry in the
+		     global offset table.  Since the offset must
+		     always be a multiple of 4, we use the least
+		     significant bit to record whether we have
+		     initialized it already.
+
+		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
+		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
+		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
+		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
+		    off &= ~1;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
+				  sgot->contents + off);
+		      h->got_offset |= 1;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma off;
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
+			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
+
+	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
+                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
+                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
+	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
+		off &= ~1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
+
+		  if (info->shared)
+		    {
+		      asection *srelgot;
+		      Elf_Internal_Rel outrel;
+
+		      srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.got");
+		      BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
+
+		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+					 + sgot->output_offset
+					 + off);
+		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
+		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+						(((Elf32_External_Rel *)
+						  srelgot->contents)
+						 + srelgot->reloc_count));
+		      ++srelgot->reloc_count;
+		    }
+
+		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
+		}
+
+	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_GOTOFF:
+	  /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
+	     table.  */
+
+	  if (sgot == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this
+	     calculation.  We always want the start of .got.  If we
+	     defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE in a different way, as is
+	     permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
+	     calculation.  */
+	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_GOTPC:
+	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
+
+	  if (sgot == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  relocation = sgot->output_section->vma;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_PLT32:
+	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
+	     procedure linkage table.  */
+
+	  /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc again a local symbol directly,
+             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (h->plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+	    {
+	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
+                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
+                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (splt == NULL)
+	    {
+	      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
+			+ splt->output_offset
+			+ h->plt_offset);
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_386_32:
+	case R_386_PC32:
+	  if (info->shared
+	      && (r_type != R_386_PC32
+		  || (h != NULL
+		      && (! info->symbolic
+			  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))))
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Rel outrel;
+	      boolean skip, relocate;
+
+	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
+		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
+		 time.  */
+
+	      if (sreloc == NULL)
+		{
+		  const char *name;
+
+		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			  (input_bfd,
+			   elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_shstrndx,
+			   elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr.sh_name));
+		  if (name == NULL)
+		    return false;
+
+		  BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0
+			      && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd,
+							       input_section),
+					 name + 4) == 0);
+
+		  sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
+		  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
+		}
+
+	      skip = false;
+
+	      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->stab_info == NULL)
+		outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset;
+	      else
+		{
+		  bfd_vma off;
+
+		  off = (_bfd_stab_section_offset
+			 (output_bfd, &elf_hash_table (info)->stab_info,
+			  input_section,
+			  &elf_section_data (input_section)->stab_info,
+			  rel->r_offset));
+		  if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
+		    skip = true;
+		  outrel.r_offset = off;
+		}
+
+	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
+				  + input_section->output_offset);
+
+	      if (skip)
+		{
+		  memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
+		  relocate = false;
+		}
+	      else if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
+		{
+		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
+		  relocate = false;
+		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_PC32);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
+                     become local.  */
+		  if (h == NULL
+		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
+			  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0))
+		    {
+		      relocate = true;
+		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+		      relocate = false;
+		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_32);
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+					(((Elf32_External_Rel *)
+					  sreloc->contents)
+					 + sreloc->reloc_count));
+	      ++sreloc->reloc_count;
+
+	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
+		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
+		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
+		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
+	      if (! relocate)
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
+				    contents, rel->r_offset,
+				    relocation, (bfd_vma) 0);
+
+      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	{
+	  switch (r)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	      abort ();
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      {
+		const char *name;
+
+		if (h != NULL)
+		  name = h->root.root.string;
+		else
+		  {
+		    name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
+							    symtab_hdr->sh_link,
+							    sym->st_name);
+		    if (name == NULL)
+		      return false;
+		    if (*name == '\0')
+		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
+		  }
+		if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		       (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
+			input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		  return false;
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
+   dynamic sections here.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  if (h->plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+    {
+      asection *splt;
+      asection *sgot;
+      asection *srel;
+      bfd_vma plt_index;
+      bfd_vma got_offset;
+      Elf_Internal_Rel rel;
+
+      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
+	 it up.  */
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+
+      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
+      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
+
+      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
+	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
+	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
+	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
+      plt_index = h->plt_offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
+
+      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
+	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
+	 The first three are reserved.  */
+      got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
+
+      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
+      if (! info->shared)
+	{
+	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt_offset, elf_i386_plt_entry,
+		  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+		      (sgot->output_section->vma
+		       + sgot->output_offset
+		       + got_offset),
+		      splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 2);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt_offset, elf_i386_pic_plt_entry,
+		  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
+		      splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 2);
+	}
+
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
+		  splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 7);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt_offset + PLT_ENTRY_SIZE),
+		  splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 12);
+
+      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+		  (splt->output_section->vma
+		   + splt->output_offset
+		   + h->plt_offset
+		   + 6),
+		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
+
+      /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
+      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+		      + sgot->output_offset
+		      + got_offset);
+      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
+      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
+				((Elf32_External_Rel *) srel->contents
+				 + plt_index));
+
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
+	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
+	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (h->got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+    {
+      asection *sgot;
+      asection *srel;
+      Elf_Internal_Rel rel;
+
+      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
+	 up.  */
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+
+      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.got");
+      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
+
+      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+		      + sgot->output_offset
+		      + (h->got_offset &~ 1));
+
+      /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
+	 locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  The entry in
+	 the global offset table will already have been initialized in
+	 the relocate_section function.  */
+      if (info->shared
+	  && info->symbolic
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))
+	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got_offset);
+	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
+	}
+
+      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
+				((Elf32_External_Rel *) srel->contents
+				 + srel->reloc_count));
+      ++srel->reloc_count;
+    }
+
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_COPY) != 0)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+      Elf_Internal_Rel rel;
+
+      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
+		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
+				   ".rel.bss");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
+		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
+      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
+				((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents
+				 + s->reloc_count));
+      ++s->reloc_count;
+    }
+
+  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
+  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
+      || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
+    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *sgot;
+  asection *sdyn;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
+  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      asection *splt;
+      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
+
+      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
+
+      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
+      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size);
+      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+	  const char *name;
+	  asection *s;
+
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
+
+	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_PLTGOT:
+	      name = ".got";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_JMPREL:
+	      name = ".rel.plt";
+	    get_vma:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
+	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rel.plt");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	      if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size;
+	      else
+		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size;
+	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_RELSZ:
+	      /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
+		 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
+		 included in the overall relocs (DT_REL).  This is
+		 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
+		 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry
+		 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
+		 the linker script arranges for .rel.plt to follow all
+		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
+		 about changing the DT_REL entry.  */
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rel.plt");
+	      if (s != NULL)
+		{
+		  if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+		    dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->_cooked_size;
+		  else
+		    dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->_raw_size;
+		}
+	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
+      if (splt->_raw_size > 0)
+	{
+	  if (info->shared)
+	    memcpy (splt->contents, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry, PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      memcpy (splt->contents, elf_i386_plt0_entry, PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
+	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+			  sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + 4,
+			  splt->contents + 2);
+	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+			  sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + 8,
+			  splt->contents + 8);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
+	 really seem like the right value.  */
+      elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
+    }
+
+  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
+  if (sgot->_raw_size > 0)
+    {
+      if (sdyn == NULL)
+	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
+      else
+	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
+		    sgot->contents);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
+    }
+
+  elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_i386_vec
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-i386"
+#define ELF_ARCH			bfd_arch_i386
+#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_386
+#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
+#define elf_info_to_howto		elf_i386_info_to_howto
+#define elf_info_to_howto_rel		elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name \
+					elf_i386_is_local_label_name
+#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
+					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
+					elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
+#define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_i386_check_relocs
+#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
+					elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
+					elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_i386_relocate_section
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
+					elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
+					elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
+#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
+#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
+
+#include "elf32-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-sh.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-sh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c65114c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32-sh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1905 @@
+/* Hitachi SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static reloc_howto_type *sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+static void sh_elf_info_to_howto
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+static boolean sh_elf_relax_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+static boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int));
+static boolean sh_elf_align_loads
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, boolean *));
+static boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean sh_elf_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
+static bfd_byte *sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+	   bfd_byte *, boolean, asymbol **));
+
+enum sh_reloc_type
+{
+  R_SH_NONE = 0,
+  R_SH_DIR32,
+  R_SH_REL32,
+  R_SH_DIR8WPN,
+  R_SH_IND12W,
+  R_SH_DIR8WPL,
+  R_SH_DIR8WPZ,
+  R_SH_DIR8BP,
+  R_SH_DIR8W,
+  R_SH_DIR8L,
+  FIRST_INVALID_RELOC,
+  LAST_INVALID_RELOC = 24,
+  /* The remaining relocs are a GNU extension used for relaxation.  We
+     use the same constants as COFF uses, not that it really matters.  */
+  R_SH_SWITCH16 = 25,
+  R_SH_SWITCH32,
+  R_SH_USES,
+  R_SH_COUNT,
+  R_SH_ALIGN,
+  R_SH_CODE,
+  R_SH_DATA,
+  R_SH_LABEL,
+  R_SH_max
+};
+
+static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
+{
+  /* No relocation.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_NONE,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_NONE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 32 bit absolute relocation.  Setting partial_inplace to true and
+     src_mask to a non-zero value is similar to the COFF toolchain.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR32,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR32",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 32 bit PC relative relocation.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_REL32,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_REL32",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit PC relative branch divided by 2.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8WPN,		/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8WPN",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 12 bit PC relative branch divided by 2.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_IND12W,		/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 12,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_IND12W",		/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xfff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xfff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit unsigned PC relative divided by 4.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8WPL,		/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8WPL",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit unsigned PC relative divided by 2.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8WPZ,		/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8WPZ",	/* name */
+	 true,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xff,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit GBR relative.  FIXME: This only makes sense if we have some
+     special symbol for the GBR relative area, and that is not
+     implemented.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8BP,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8BP",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit GBR relative divided by 2.  FIXME: This only makes sense if
+     we have some special symbol for the GBR relative area, and that
+     is not implemented.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8W,		/* type */
+	 1,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8W",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 8 bit GBR relative divided by 4.  FIXME: This only makes sense if
+     we have some special symbol for the GBR relative area, and that
+     is not implemented.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DIR8L,		/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_reloc,		/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DIR8L",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  { 10 },
+  { 11 },
+  { 12 },
+  { 13 },
+  { 14 },
+  { 15 },
+  { 16 },
+  { 17 },
+  { 18 },
+  { 19 },
+  { 20 },
+  { 21 },
+  { 22 },
+  { 23 },
+  { 24 },
+
+  /* The remaining relocs are a GNU extension used for relaxing.  The
+     final pass of the linker never needs to do anything with any of
+     these relocs.  Any required operations are handled by the
+     relaxation code.  */
+
+  /* A 16 bit switch table entry.  This is generated for an expression
+     such as ``.word L1 - L2''.  The offset holds the difference
+     between the reloc address and L2.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_SWITCH16,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_SWITCH16",	/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 32 bit switch table entry.  This is generated for an expression
+     such as ``.long L1 - L2''.  The offset holds the difference
+     between the reloc address and L2.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_SWITCH32,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_SWITCH32",	/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Indicates a .uses pseudo-op.  The compiler will generate .uses
+     pseudo-ops when it finds a function call which can be relaxed.
+     The offset field holds the PC relative offset to the instruction
+     which loads the register used in the function call.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_USES,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_USES",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* The assembler will generate this reloc for addresses referred to
+     by the register loads associated with USES relocs.  The offset
+     field holds the number of times the address is referenced in the
+     object file.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_COUNT,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_COUNT",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Indicates an alignment statement.  The offset field is the power
+     of 2 to which subsequent portions of the object file must be
+     aligned.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_ALIGN,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_ALIGN",	/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* The assembler will generate this reloc before a block of
+     instructions.  A section should be processed as assumining it
+     contains data, unless this reloc is seen.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_CODE,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_CODE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* The assembler will generate this reloc after a block of
+     instructions when it sees data that is not instructions.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_DATA,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_DATA",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* The assembler generates this reloc for each label within a block
+     of instructions.  This permits the linker to avoid swapping
+     instructions which are the targets of branches.  */
+  HOWTO (R_SH_LABEL,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_unsigned, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 sh_elf_ignore_reloc,	/* special_function */
+	 "R_SH_LABEL",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true)			/* pcrel_offset */
+};
+
+/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This is like the COFF
+   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+sh_elf_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol_in, data, input_section, output_bfd,
+	  error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *symbol_in;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  unsigned long insn;
+  bfd_vma sym_value;
+  enum sh_reloc_type r_type;
+  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
+
+  r_type = (enum sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
+
+  if (output_bfd != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
+     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
+  if (r_type != R_SH_DIR32
+      && (r_type != R_SH_IND12W
+	  || (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0))
+    return bfd_reloc_ok;
+
+  if (symbol_in != NULL
+      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
+    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
+    sym_value = 0;                           
+  else 
+    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
+		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
+		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
+
+  switch (r_type)
+    {
+    case R_SH_DIR32:
+      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
+      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
+      bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
+      break;
+    case R_SH_IND12W:
+      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
+      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
+      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+		    + input_section->output_offset
+		    + addr
+		    + 4);
+      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
+      if (insn & 0x800)
+	sym_value -= 0x1000;
+      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
+      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
+      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
+	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
+   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+sh_elf_ignore_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section,
+		     output_bfd, error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  if (output_bfd != NULL)
+    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
+
+struct elf_reloc_map
+{
+  unsigned char bfd_reloc_val;
+  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
+};
+
+/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
+
+static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
+{
+  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
+  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL }
+};
+
+/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
+   corresponding SH ELf reloc.  */
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
+    {
+      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
+	return &sh_elf_howto_table[(int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val];
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
+
+static void
+sh_elf_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+  unsigned int r;
+
+  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
+  BFD_ASSERT (r < FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
+
+  cache_ptr->howto = &sh_elf_howto_table[r];
+}
+
+/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
+   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
+   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
+   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
+   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
+   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
+   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
+   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
+   they come from enum sh_reloc_type in this file.  */
+
+static boolean 
+sh_elf_relax_section (abfd, sec, link_info, again)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     boolean *again;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *free_relocs = NULL;
+  boolean have_code;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
+  Elf32_External_Sym *extsyms = NULL;
+  Elf32_External_Sym *free_extsyms = NULL;
+
+  *again = false;
+
+  if (link_info->relocateable
+      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If this is the first time we have been called for this section,
+     initialize the cooked size.  */
+  if (sec->_cooked_size == 0)
+    sec->_cooked_size = sec->_raw_size;
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
+		     (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+		      link_info->keep_memory));
+  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+    free_relocs = internal_relocs;
+
+  have_code = false;
+
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
+      unsigned short insn;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
+      bfd_signed_vma foff;
+
+      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
+	have_code = true;
+
+      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the section contents.  */
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
+	      if (contents == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      free_contents = contents;
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
+					      (file_ptr) 0, sec->_raw_size))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
+         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
+         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
+         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
+      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
+      if (laddr >= sec->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset",
+				 bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+				 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
+	  continue;
+	}
+      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
+
+      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
+         do.  */
+      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
+      	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
+      	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
+      	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
+      	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
+      	 on a four byte boundary.  */
+      paddr = insn & 0xff;
+      paddr *= 4;
+      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ 3;
+      if (paddr >= sec->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
+         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
+         actually being called.  */
+      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
+	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
+	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
+	  break;
+      if (irelfn >= irelend)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Read the local symbols.  */
+      if (extsyms == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (symtab_hdr->contents != NULL)
+	    extsyms = (Elf32_External_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      extsyms = ((Elf32_External_Sym *)
+			 bfd_malloc (symtab_hdr->sh_info
+				     * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)));
+	      if (extsyms == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      free_extsyms = extsyms;
+	      if (bfd_seek (abfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+		  || (bfd_read (extsyms, sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym),
+				symtab_hdr->sh_info, abfd)
+		      != (symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym))))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
+      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
+
+	  /* A local symbol.  */
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in (abfd,
+				    extsyms + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info),
+				    &isym);
+
+	  if (isym.st_shndx != _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  symval = (isym.st_value
+		    + sec->output_section->vma
+		    + sec->output_offset);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  unsigned long indx;
+	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
+                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
+                 regular reloc processing.  */
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
+		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+	}
+
+      symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
+
+      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
+      foff = (symval
+	      - (irel->r_offset
+		 + sec->output_section->vma
+		 + sec->output_offset
+		 + 4));
+      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000)
+	{
+	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Shorten the function call.  */
+
+      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
+	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
+	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
+	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
+	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
+	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
+	 the linker is run.  */
+
+      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+      free_relocs = NULL;
+
+      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+      free_contents = NULL;
+
+      symtab_hdr->contents = (bfd_byte *) extsyms;
+      free_extsyms = NULL;
+
+      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
+
+      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
+         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
+      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
+      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	{
+	  /* If this needs to be changed because of future relaxing,
+             it will be handled here like other internal IND12W
+             relocs.  */
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+		      0xb000 | ((foff >> 1) & 0xfff),
+		      contents + irel->r_offset);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
+             symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
+             the final link phase handle it.  */
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd, 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
+	}
+
+      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
+         register load.  */
+      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
+	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
+	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
+	  break;
+      if (irelscan < irelend)
+	{
+	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
+	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
+	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
+	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
+         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
+         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
+      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
+	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
+	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
+	  break;
+
+      /* Delete the register load.  */
+      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
+         other function call to come within range, we should relax
+         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
+      *again = true;
+
+      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
+      if (irelcount >= irelend)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	   ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc",
+	    bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
+         just deleted one.  */
+      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
+	{
+	  ((*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: 0x%lx: warning: bad count",
+				  bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+				  (unsigned long) paddr));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      --irelcount->r_addend;
+
+      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
+         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
+         previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
+      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
+	{
+	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
+     byte boundaries.  */
+  if (have_code)
+    {
+      boolean swapped;
+
+      /* Get the section contents.  */
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
+	      if (contents == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      free_contents = contents;
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
+					      (file_ptr) 0, sec->_raw_size))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
+				&swapped))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (swapped)
+	{
+	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+	  free_relocs = NULL;
+
+	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+	  free_contents = NULL;
+
+	  symtab_hdr->contents = (bfd_byte *) extsyms;
+	  free_extsyms = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (free_relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      free (free_relocs);
+      free_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (free_contents != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+	free (free_contents);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
+	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+	}
+      free_contents = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (free_extsyms != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+	free (free_extsyms);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
+	  symtab_hdr->contents = extsyms;
+	}
+      free_extsyms = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (free_relocs != NULL)
+    free (free_relocs);
+  if (free_contents != NULL)
+    free (free_contents);
+  if (free_extsyms != NULL)
+    free (free_extsyms);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
+   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
+   in coff-sh.c.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, addr, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     int count;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  Elf32_External_Sym *extsyms;
+  int shndx;
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
+  bfd_vma toaddr;
+  Elf32_External_Sym *esym, *esymend;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash, **sym_hash_end;
+  asection *o;
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  extsyms = (Elf32_External_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+
+  shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
+
+  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+
+  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
+     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
+
+  irelalign = NULL;
+  toaddr = sec->_cooked_size;
+
+  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
+  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
+	  && irel->r_offset > addr
+	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
+	{
+	  irelalign = irel;
+	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
+  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, toaddr - addr - count);
+  if (irelalign == NULL)
+    sec->_cooked_size -= count;
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
+
+      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
+	bfd_put_16 (abfd, NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
+  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma nraddr, start, stop;
+      int insn = 0;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+      int off, adjust, oinsn;
+      bfd_signed_vma voff;
+      boolean overflow;
+
+      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
+      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
+      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
+	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
+	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
+	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
+	nraddr -= count;
+
+      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
+	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
+	 represent addresses, though.  */
+      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
+	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
+	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
+	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
+	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA)
+	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
+				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
+
+      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
+         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
+      switch ((enum sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
+	case R_SH_IND12W:
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
+	  start = irel->r_offset;
+	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      switch ((enum sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
+	{
+	default:
+	  start = stop = addr;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_DIR32:
+	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
+             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
+             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
+             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
+	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    {
+	      bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in (abfd,
+					extsyms + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
+					&sym);
+	      if (sym.st_shndx == shndx
+		  && (sym.st_value <= addr
+		      || sym.st_value >= toaddr))
+		{
+		  bfd_vma val;
+
+		  val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+		  val += sym.st_value;
+		  if (val >= addr && val < toaddr)
+		    bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
+		}
+	    }
+	  start = stop = addr;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  if (off & 0x80)
+	    off -= 0x100;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_IND12W:
+	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    start = stop = addr;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      off = insn & 0xfff;
+	      if (off & 0x800)
+		off -= 0x1000;
+	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
+	  off = insn & 0xff;
+	  stop = (start &~ (bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
+	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
+	  /* These relocs types represent
+	       .word L2-L1
+	     The r_offset field holds the difference between the reloc
+	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
+	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
+	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.  */
+
+	  start = irel->r_offset;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start - (long) irel->r_addend);
+
+	  if (start > addr
+	      && start < toaddr
+	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
+	    irel->r_addend += count;
+	  else if (stop > addr
+		   && stop < toaddr
+		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
+	    irel->r_addend -= count;
+
+	  start = stop;
+
+	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
+	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  else
+	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
+
+	  break;
+
+	case R_SH_USES:
+	  start = irel->r_offset;
+	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
+			    + (long) irel->r_addend
+			    + 4);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (start > addr
+	  && start < toaddr
+	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
+	adjust = count;
+      else if (stop > addr
+	       && stop < toaddr
+	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
+	adjust = - count;
+      else
+	adjust = 0;
+
+      if (adjust != 0)
+	{
+	  oinsn = insn;
+	  overflow = false;
+	  switch ((enum sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
+	      insn += adjust / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_IND12W:
+	      insn += adjust / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
+	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
+	      if (count >= 4)
+		insn += adjust / 4;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
+		    ++insn;
+		}
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
+	      voff += adjust;
+	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
+	      voff += adjust;
+	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_USES:
+	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (overflow)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
+    }
+
+  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
+     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
+     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
+      bfd_byte *ocontents;
+
+      if (o == sec
+	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
+         false, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
+         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
+      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
+			 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+			  true));
+      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      ocontents = NULL;
+      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
+      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+
+	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    continue;
+
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in (abfd,
+				    extsyms + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info),
+				    &sym);
+
+	  if (sym.st_shndx == shndx
+	      && (sym.st_value <= addr
+		  || sym.st_value >= toaddr))
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma val;
+
+	      if (ocontents == NULL)
+		{
+		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* We always cache the section contents.
+                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is false, we
+                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
+                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
+		      ocontents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (o->_raw_size);
+		      if (ocontents == NULL)
+			return false;
+		      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, o, ocontents,
+						      (file_ptr) 0,
+						      o->_raw_size))
+			return false;
+		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
+	      val += sym.st_value;
+	      if (val >= addr && val < toaddr)
+		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
+			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust all the symbols.  */
+  esym = extsyms;
+  esymend = esym + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+  for (; esym < esymend; esym++)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
+
+      bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &isym);
+
+      if (isym.st_shndx == shndx
+	  && isym.st_value > addr
+	  && isym.st_value < toaddr)
+	{
+	  isym.st_value -= count;
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &isym, esym);
+	}
+    }
+
+  sym_hash = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+  sym_hash_end = (sym_hash
+		  + (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
+		     - symtab_hdr->sh_info));
+  for (; sym_hash < sym_hash_end; sym_hash++)
+    {
+      if (((*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	   || (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	  && (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.section == sec
+	  && (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value > addr
+	  && (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
+	{
+	  (*sym_hash)->root.u.def.value -= count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
+     r_offset for it already.  */
+  if (irelalign != NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
+
+      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
+      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
+			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
+      if (alignto != alignaddr)
+	{
+	  /* Tail recursion.  */
+	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
+					    alignto - alignaddr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
+   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, pswapped)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     boolean *pswapped;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
+  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
+
+  *pswapped = false;
+
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+
+  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
+  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sec->reloc_count * sizeof (bfd_vma));
+  if (labels == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  label_end = labels;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
+	{
+	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
+	  ++label_end;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
+     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
+     the label values and the relocs.  */
+
+  label = labels;
+
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      bfd_vma start, stop;
+
+      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
+	continue;
+
+      start = irel->r_offset;
+
+      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
+	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
+	  break;
+      if (irel < irelend)
+	stop = irel->r_offset;
+      else
+	stop = sec->_cooked_size;
+
+      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
+				     (PTR) internal_relocs, &label,
+				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  free (labels);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (labels != NULL)
+    free (labels);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_elf_swap_insns (abfd, sec, relocs, contents, addr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR relocs;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
+  unsigned short i1, i2;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+
+  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
+  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
+  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
+  bfd_put_16 (abfd, i2, contents + addr);
+  bfd_put_16 (abfd, i1, contents + addr + 2);
+
+  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
+  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+    {
+      enum sh_reloc_type type;
+      int add;
+
+      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
+         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
+         but are only associated with the address.  */
+      type = (enum sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
+      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
+	  || type == R_SH_CODE
+	  || type == R_SH_DATA
+	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
+         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
+         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
+         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
+         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
+         instruction it shouldn't).  */
+      if (type == R_SH_USES)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma off;
+
+	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
+	  if (off == addr)
+	    irel->r_offset += 2;
+	  else if (off == addr + 2)
+	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
+	}
+
+      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
+	{
+	  irel->r_offset += 2;
+	  add = -2;
+	}
+      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
+	{
+	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
+	  add = 2;
+	}
+      else
+	add = 0;
+
+      if (add != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_byte *loc;
+	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
+	  boolean overflow;
+
+	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
+	  overflow = false;
+	  switch (type)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
+	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+	      oinsn = insn;
+	      insn += add / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_IND12W:
+	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+	      oinsn = insn;
+	      insn += add / 2;
+	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
+		overflow = true;
+	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
+	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
+                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
+                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
+                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
+                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
+                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
+	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
+		{
+		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
+		  oinsn = insn;
+		  insn += add / 2;
+		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
+		    overflow = true;
+		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, loc);
+		}
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (overflow)
+	    {
+	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       ("%s: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing",
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
+
+static boolean
+sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
+			 contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
+     asection **local_sections;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+
+  rel = relocs;
+  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
+    {
+      int r_type;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+      asection *sec;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      bfd_vma relocation;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+      if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+             anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
+             in which case we have to adjust according to where the
+             section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
+	  if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    {
+	      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+		{
+		  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+		  rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset + sym->st_value;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
+
+      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
+         handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
+      if (r_type > (int) LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
+	continue;
+
+      if (r_type < 0
+	  || r_type >= (int) FIRST_INVALID_RELOC)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      /* FIXME: This is certainly incorrect.  However, it is how the
+         COFF linker works.  */
+      if (r_type != (int) R_SH_DIR32
+	  && r_type != (int) R_SH_IND12W)
+	continue;
+
+      howto = sh_elf_howto_table + r_type;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+
+      /* This is a final link.  */
+      h = NULL;
+      sym = NULL;
+      sec = NULL;
+      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	{
+	  /* There is nothing to be done for an internal IND12W
+             relocation.  FIXME: This is probably wrong, but it's how
+             the COFF relocations work.  */
+	  if (r_type == (int) R_SH_IND12W)
+	    continue;
+	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
+			+ sec->output_offset
+			+ sym->st_value);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+	      relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
+			    + sec->output_section->vma
+			    + sec->output_offset);
+	    }
+	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+	    relocation = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		     (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
+		      input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		return false;
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* FIXME: This is how the COFF relocations work.  */
+      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_IND12W)
+	relocation -= 4;
+
+      /* FIXME: We should use the addend, but the COFF relocations
+         don't.  */
+      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
+				    contents, rel->r_offset,
+				    relocation, 0);
+
+      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	{
+	  switch (r)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	      abort ();
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      {
+		const char *name;
+
+		if (h != NULL)
+		  name = h->root.root.string;
+		else
+		  {
+		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+		    if (name == NULL)
+		      return false;
+		    if (*name == '\0')
+		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
+		  }
+		if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		       (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
+			input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		  return false;
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
+
+static bfd_byte *
+sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, link_order,
+					data, relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+  asection **sections = NULL;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
+  Elf32_External_Sym *external_syms = NULL;
+  Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms = NULL;
+
+  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
+     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
+  if (relocateable
+      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
+    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
+						       link_order, data,
+						       relocateable,
+						       symbols);
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
+	  input_section->_raw_size);
+
+  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Sym *isymp;
+      asection **secpp;
+      Elf32_External_Sym *esym, *esymend;
+
+      if (symtab_hdr->contents != NULL)
+	external_syms = (Elf32_External_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+      else
+	{
+	  external_syms = ((Elf32_External_Sym *)
+			   bfd_malloc (symtab_hdr->sh_info
+				       * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)));
+	  if (external_syms == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info > 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || (bfd_read (external_syms, sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym),
+			    symtab_hdr->sh_info, input_bfd)
+		  != (symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym))))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
+			 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) NULL,
+			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
+      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *)
+		       bfd_malloc (symtab_hdr->sh_info
+				   * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)));
+      if (internal_syms == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info > 0)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (symtab_hdr->sh_info
+					   * sizeof (asection *));
+      if (sections == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info > 0)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      isymp = internal_syms;
+      secpp = sections;
+      esym = external_syms;
+      esymend = esym + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+      for (; esym < esymend; ++esym, ++isymp, ++secpp)
+	{
+	  asection *isec;
+
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isymp);
+
+	  if (isymp->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  else if (isymp->st_shndx > 0 && isymp->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isymp->st_shndx);
+	  else if (isymp->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  else if (isymp->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Who knows?  */
+	      isec = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  *secpp = isec;
+	}
+
+      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
+				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
+				     internal_syms, sections))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (sections != NULL)
+	free (sections);
+      sections = NULL;
+      if (internal_syms != NULL)
+	free (internal_syms);
+      internal_syms = NULL;
+      if (external_syms != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents == NULL)
+	free (external_syms);
+      external_syms = NULL;
+      if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs)
+	free (internal_relocs);
+      internal_relocs = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return data;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (internal_relocs != NULL
+      && internal_relocs != elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs)
+    free (internal_relocs);
+  if (external_syms != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents == NULL)
+    free (external_syms);
+  if (internal_syms != NULL)
+    free (internal_syms);
+  if (sections != NULL)
+    free (sections);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_sh_vec
+#define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf32_shl_vec
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
+#define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
+#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
+#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1
+
+#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
+
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
+#define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
+#define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
+
+#include "elf32-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f222969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* ELF 32-bit executable support for BFD.
+   Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE		32
+
+
+#include "elfcode.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-alpha.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-alpha.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2800272d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-alpha.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3792 @@
+/* Alpha specific support for 64-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* We need a published ABI spec for this.  Until one comes out, don't
+   assume this'll remain unchanged forever.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+#include "elf/alpha.h"
+
+#define ALPHAECOFF
+
+#define NO_COFF_RELOCS
+#define NO_COFF_SYMBOLS
+#define NO_COFF_LINENOS
+
+/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines.  Needed for the debug information. */
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#include "coff/alpha.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+#include "libecoff.h"
+#define ECOFF_64
+#include "ecoffswap.h"
+
+static boolean elf64_alpha_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static struct bfd_hash_entry * elf64_alpha_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table * elf64_alpha_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS((bfd *));
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type elf64_alpha_reloc_nil
+  PARAMS((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static bfd_reloc_status_type elf64_alpha_reloc_bad
+  PARAMS((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+static bfd_reloc_status_type elf64_alpha_do_reloc_gpdisp
+  PARAMS((bfd *, bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_byte *));
+static bfd_reloc_status_type elf64_alpha_reloc_gpdisp
+  PARAMS((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **));
+
+static reloc_howto_type * elf64_alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+  PARAMS((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+static void elf64_alpha_info_to_howto
+  PARAMS((bfd *, arelent *, Elf64_Internal_Rela *));
+
+static boolean elf64_alpha_object_p
+  PARAMS((bfd *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_section_from_shdr
+  PARAMS((bfd *, Elf64_Internal_Shdr *, char *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_fake_sections
+  PARAMS((bfd *, Elf64_Internal_Shdr *, asection *));
+static int elf64_alpha_additional_program_headers
+  PARAMS((bfd *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_create_got_section
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_create_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+static boolean elf64_alpha_read_ecoff_info
+  PARAMS((bfd *, asection *, struct ecoff_debug_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_is_local_label_name
+  PARAMS((bfd *, const char *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_find_nearest_line
+  PARAMS((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **,
+	  const char **, unsigned int *));
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry;
+#endif
+
+static boolean elf64_alpha_output_extsym
+  PARAMS((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+
+static boolean elf64_alpha_can_merge_gots
+  PARAMS((bfd *, bfd *));
+static void elf64_alpha_merge_gots
+  PARAMS((bfd *, bfd *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets_for_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *));
+static void elf64_alpha_strip_section_from_output PARAMS ((asection *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_always_size_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_calc_dynrel_sizes
+  PARAMS ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_check_relocs
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *sec,
+	  const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_adjust_dynindx
+  PARAMS((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_relocate_section
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	  Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *,
+	  Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf64_alpha_final_link
+  PARAMS((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+
+struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* External symbol information.  */
+  EXTR esym;
+
+  /* Cumulative flags for all the .got entries.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* Contexts (LITUSE) in which a literal was referenced.  */
+#define ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_ADDR 0x01
+#define ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_MEM  0x02
+#define ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_BYTE 0x04
+#define ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_FUNC 0x08
+
+  /* Used to implement multiple .got subsections.  */
+  struct alpha_elf_got_entry
+  {
+    struct alpha_elf_got_entry *next;
+
+    /* which .got subsection?  */
+    bfd *gotobj;
+
+    /* the addend in effect for this entry.  */
+    bfd_vma addend;
+
+    /* the .got offset for this entry.  */
+    int got_offset;
+
+    int flags;
+
+    /* An additional flag.  */
+#define ALPHA_ELF_GOT_ENTRY_RELOCS_DONE 0x10
+  } *got_entries;
+
+  /* used to count non-got, non-plt relocations for delayed sizing
+     of relocation sections.  */
+  struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry
+  {
+    struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry *next;
+
+    /* which .reloc section? */
+    asection *srel;
+
+    /* what kind of relocation? */
+    unsigned long rtype;
+
+    /* how many did we find?  */
+    unsigned long count;
+  } *reloc_entries;
+};
+
+/* Alpha ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
+
+  /* The head of a list of .got subsections linked through
+     alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->got_link_next.  */
+  bfd *got_list;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in a Alpha ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define alpha_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
+  ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *)					\
+   elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
+			 (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse a Alpha ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define alpha_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the Alpha ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define alpha_elf_hash_table(p) \
+  ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Get the object's symbols as our own entry type.  */
+
+#define alpha_elf_sym_hashes(abfd) \
+  ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry **)elf_sym_hashes(abfd))
+
+/* Should we do dynamic things to this symbol?  */
+
+#define alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p(h, info) 				\
+  (((info)->shared && !(info)->symbolic && (h)->dynindx != -1)		\
+   || (((h)->elf_link_hash_flags					\
+	& (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR))	\
+       == (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)))
+
+/* Create an entry in a Alpha ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+elf64_alpha_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				     table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
+      /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
+	 not been set.  -1 means there is no associated ifd.  */
+      ret->esym.ifd = -2;
+      ret->flags = 0;
+      ret->got_entries = NULL;
+      ret->reloc_entries = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Create a Alpha ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+elf64_alpha_bfd_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+				       elf64_alpha_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ret);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return &ret->root.root;
+}
+
+/* We have some private fields hanging off of the elf_tdata structure.  */
+
+struct alpha_elf_obj_tdata
+{
+  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
+
+  /* For every input file, these are the got entries for that object's
+     local symbols.  */
+  struct alpha_elf_got_entry ** local_got_entries;
+
+  /* For every input file, this is the object that owns the got that
+     this input file uses.  */
+  bfd *gotobj;
+
+  /* For every got, this is a linked list through the objects using this got */
+  bfd *in_got_link_next;
+
+  /* For every got, this is a link to the next got subsegment.  */
+  bfd *got_link_next;
+
+  /* For every got, this is the section.  */
+  asection *got;
+
+  /* For every got, this is it's total number of *entries*.  */
+  int total_got_entries;
+
+  /* For every got, this is the sum of the number of *entries* required
+     to hold all of the member object's local got.  */
+  int n_local_got_entries;
+};
+
+#define alpha_elf_tdata(abfd) \
+  ((struct alpha_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct alpha_elf_obj_tdata));
+  if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  /* Allocate our special target data.  */
+  struct alpha_elf_obj_tdata *new_tdata;
+  new_tdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct alpha_elf_obj_tdata));
+  if (new_tdata == NULL)
+    return false;
+  new_tdata->root = *abfd->tdata.elf_obj_data;
+  abfd->tdata.any = new_tdata;
+
+  /* Set the right machine number for an Alpha ELF file.  */
+  return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_alpha, 0);
+}
+
+/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
+   from smaller values.  Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement.  */
+#define MINUS_ONE	(((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
+
+static reloc_howto_type elf64_alpha_howto_table[] =
+{
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_NONE,		/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 8,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_nil,	/* special_function */
+	 "NONE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 32 bit reference to a symbol.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_REFLONG,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "REFLONG",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 64 bit reference to a symbol.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_REFQUAD,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "REFQUAD",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 32 bit GP relative offset.  This is just like REFLONG except
+     that when the value is used the value of the gp register will be
+     added in.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_GPREL32,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "GPREL32",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Used for an instruction that refers to memory off the GP register.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_LITERAL,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "ELF_LITERAL",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* This reloc only appears immediately following an ELF_LITERAL reloc.
+     It identifies a use of the literal.  The symbol index is special:
+     1 means the literal address is in the base register of a memory
+     format instruction; 2 means the literal address is in the byte
+     offset register of a byte-manipulation instruction; 3 means the
+     literal address is in the target register of a jsr instruction.
+     This does not actually do any relocation.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_LITUSE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_nil,	/* special_function */
+	 "LITUSE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Load the gp register.  This is always used for a ldah instruction
+     which loads the upper 16 bits of the gp register.  The symbol
+     index of the GPDISP instruction is an offset in bytes to the lda
+     instruction that loads the lower 16 bits.  The value to use for
+     the relocation is the difference between the GP value and the
+     current location; the load will always be done against a register
+     holding the current address.
+
+     NOTE: Unlike ECOFF, partial in-place relocation is not done.  If
+     any offset is present in the instructions, it is an offset from
+     the register to the ldah instruction.  This lets us avoid any
+     stupid hackery like inventing a gp value to do partial relocation
+     against.  Also unlike ECOFF, we do the whole relocation off of
+     the GPDISP rather than a GPDISP_HI16/GPDISP_LO16 pair.  An odd,
+     space consuming bit, that, since all the information was present
+     in the GPDISP_HI16 reloc.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_GPDISP,	/* type */
+	 16,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_gpdisp, /* special_function */
+	 "GPDISP",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 21 bit branch.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_BRADDR,	/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 21,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "BRADDR",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0x1fffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0x1fffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A hint for a jump to a register.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_HINT,		/* type */
+	 2,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 14,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "HINT",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0x3fff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0x3fff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 true),			/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 16 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_SREL16,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 16,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL16",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* 32 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_SREL32,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 32,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL32",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* src_mask */
+	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* A 64 bit PC relative offset.  */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_SREL64,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 true,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 0,			/* special_function */
+	 "SREL64",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Push a value on the reloc evaluation stack.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_bad, /* special_function */
+	 "OP_PUSH",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Store the value from the stack at the given address.  Store it in
+     a bitfield of size r_size starting at bit position r_offset.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_STORE,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 4,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 64,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_bad, /* special_function */
+	 "OP_STORE",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 MINUS_ONE,		/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Subtract the reloc address from the value on the top of the
+     relocation stack.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_bad, /* special_function */
+	 "OP_PSUB",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Shift the value on the top of the relocation stack right by the
+     given value.  */
+  HOWTO (ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT,	/* type */
+	 0,			/* rightshift */
+	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+	 0,			/* bitsize */
+	 false,			/* pc_relative */
+	 0,			/* bitpos */
+	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
+	 elf64_alpha_reloc_bad, /* special_function */
+	 "OP_PRSHIFT",		/* name */
+	 false,			/* partial_inplace */
+	 0,			/* src_mask */
+	 0,			/* dst_mask */
+	 false),		/* pcrel_offset */
+
+  /* Misc ELF relocations. */
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_COPY,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_dont,
+	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
+	 "COPY",
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 true),
+
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_GLOB_DAT,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_dont,
+	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
+	 "GLOB_DAT",
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 true),
+
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_JMP_SLOT,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_dont,
+	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
+	 "JMP_SLOT",
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 true),
+
+  HOWTO (R_ALPHA_RELATIVE,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_dont,
+	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
+	 "RELATIVE",
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 true)
+};
+
+/* A relocation function which doesn't do anything.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf64_alpha_reloc_nil (abfd, reloc, sym, data, sec, output_bfd, error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  if (output_bfd)
+    reloc->address += sec->output_offset;
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* A relocation function used for an unsupported reloc.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf64_alpha_reloc_bad (abfd, reloc, sym, data, sec, output_bfd, error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  if (output_bfd)
+    reloc->address += sec->output_offset;
+  return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of the GPDISP relocation.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf64_alpha_do_reloc_gpdisp (abfd, gpdisp, p_ldah, p_lda)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma gpdisp;
+     bfd_byte *p_ldah;
+     bfd_byte *p_lda;
+{
+  bfd_reloc_status_type ret = bfd_reloc_ok;
+  bfd_vma addend;
+  unsigned long i_ldah, i_lda;
+
+  i_ldah = bfd_get_32 (abfd, p_ldah);
+  i_lda = bfd_get_32 (abfd, p_lda);
+
+  /* Complain if the instructions are not correct.  */
+  if (((i_ldah >> 26) & 0x3f) != 0x09
+      || ((i_lda >> 26) & 0x3f) != 0x08)
+    ret = bfd_reloc_dangerous;
+
+  /* Extract the user-supplied offset, mirroring the sign extensions
+     that the instructions perform.  */
+  addend = ((i_ldah & 0xffff) << 16) | (i_lda & 0xffff);
+  addend = (addend ^ 0x80008000) - 0x80008000;
+
+  gpdisp += addend;
+
+  if ((bfd_signed_vma) gpdisp < -(bfd_signed_vma)0x80000000
+      || gpdisp >= 0x7fff8000)
+    ret = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+
+  /* compensate for the sign extension again.  */
+  i_ldah = ((i_ldah & 0xffff0000)
+	    | (((gpdisp >> 16) + ((gpdisp >> 15) & 1)) & 0xffff));
+  i_lda = (i_lda & 0xffff0000) | (gpdisp & 0xffff);
+
+  bfd_put_32 (abfd, i_ldah, p_ldah);
+  bfd_put_32 (abfd, i_lda, p_lda);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* The special function for the GPDISP reloc.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf64_alpha_reloc_gpdisp (abfd, reloc_entry, sym, data, input_section,
+			  output_bfd, err_msg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **err_msg;
+{
+  bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
+  bfd_vma gp, relocation;
+  bfd_byte *p_ldah, *p_lda;
+
+  /* Don't do anything if we're not doing a final link.  */
+  if (output_bfd)
+    {
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size ||
+      reloc_entry->address + reloc_entry->addend > input_section->_cooked_size)
+    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+  /* The gp used in the portion of the output object to which this
+     input object belongs is cached on the input bfd.  */
+  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
+
+  relocation = (input_section->output_section->vma
+		+ input_section->output_offset
+		+ reloc_entry->address);
+
+  p_ldah = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
+  p_lda = p_ldah + reloc_entry->addend;
+
+  ret = elf64_alpha_do_reloc_gpdisp (abfd, gp - relocation, p_ldah, p_lda);
+
+  /* Complain if the instructions are not correct.  */
+  if (ret == bfd_reloc_dangerous)
+    *err_msg = "GPDISP relocation did not find ldah and lda instructions";
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* A mapping from BFD reloc types to Alpha ELF reloc types.  */
+
+struct elf_reloc_map
+{
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
+  int elf_reloc_val;
+};
+
+static const struct elf_reloc_map elf64_alpha_reloc_map[] =
+{
+  {BFD_RELOC_NONE,		R_ALPHA_NONE},
+  {BFD_RELOC_32,		R_ALPHA_REFLONG},
+  {BFD_RELOC_64,		R_ALPHA_REFQUAD},
+  {BFD_RELOC_CTOR,		R_ALPHA_REFQUAD},
+  {BFD_RELOC_GPREL32,		R_ALPHA_GPREL32},
+  {BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL,	R_ALPHA_LITERAL},
+  {BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE,	R_ALPHA_LITUSE},
+  {BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP,	R_ALPHA_GPDISP},
+  {BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2,	R_ALPHA_BRADDR},
+  {BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT,	R_ALPHA_HINT},
+  {BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,		R_ALPHA_SREL16},
+  {BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,		R_ALPHA_SREL32},
+  {BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL,		R_ALPHA_SREL64},
+};
+
+/* Given a BFD reloc type, return a HOWTO structure.  */
+
+static reloc_howto_type *
+elf64_alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  const struct elf_reloc_map *i, *e;
+  i = e = elf64_alpha_reloc_map;
+  e += sizeof (elf64_alpha_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map);
+  for (; i != e; ++i)
+    {
+      if (i->bfd_reloc_val == code)
+	return &elf64_alpha_howto_table[i->elf_reloc_val];
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Given an Alpha ELF reloc type, fill in an arelent structure.  */
+
+static void
+elf64_alpha_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *cache_ptr;
+     Elf64_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+  unsigned r_type;
+
+  r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE(dst->r_info);
+  BFD_ASSERT (r_type < (unsigned int) R_ALPHA_max);
+  cache_ptr->howto = &elf64_alpha_howto_table[r_type];
+}
+
+/* PLT/GOT Stuff */
+#define PLT_HEADER_SIZE 32
+#define PLT_HEADER_WORD1	0xc3600000	/* br   $27,.+4     */
+#define PLT_HEADER_WORD2	0xa77b000c	/* ldq  $27,12($27) */
+#define PLT_HEADER_WORD3	0x47ff041f	/* nop              */
+#define PLT_HEADER_WORD4	0x6b7b0000	/* jmp  $27,($27)   */
+
+#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 12
+#define PLT_ENTRY_WORD1		0x279f0000	/* ldah $28, 0($31) */
+#define PLT_ENTRY_WORD2		0x239c0000	/* lda  $28, 0($28) */
+#define PLT_ENTRY_WORD3		0xc3e00000	/* br   $31, plt0   */
+
+#define MAX_GOT_ENTRIES		(64*1024 / 8)
+
+#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so"
+
+/* Handle an Alpha specific section when reading an object file.  This
+   is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
+   FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
+   how to.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf64_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+     char *name;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+
+  /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
+     at the moment there isn't one.  We just keep track of the
+     sections by their name, instead.  Fortunately, the ABI gives
+     suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
+     probably get away with this.  */
+  switch (hdr->sh_type)
+    {
+    case SHT_ALPHA_DEBUG:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+    case SHT_ALPHA_REGINFO:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
+	  || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo))
+	return false;
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
+    return false;
+  newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
+
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ALPHA_DEBUG)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect,
+				   (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect)
+				    | SEC_DEBUGGING)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+  /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
+     from the contents of this section.  We need the gp value while
+     processing relocs, so we just get it now.  */
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ALPHA_REGINFO)
+    {
+      Elf64_External_RegInfo ext;
+      Elf64_RegInfo s;
+
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, newsect, (PTR) &ext,
+				      (file_ptr) 0, sizeof ext))
+	return false;
+      bfd_alpha_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
+      elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the correct type for an Alpha ELF section.  We do this by the
+   section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf64_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  register const char *name;
+
+  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+
+  if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_ALPHA_DEBUG;
+      /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
+         entsize of 0.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
+      if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 )
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+      else
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
+    }
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_ALPHA_REGINFO;
+      /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
+         entsize of 0x18.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
+      if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo);
+      else
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
+
+      /* Force the section size to the correct value, even if the
+	 linker thinks it is larger.  The link routine below will only
+	 write out this much data for .reginfo.  */
+      hdr->sh_size = sec->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo);
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+      hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_ALPHA_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
+    }
+#endif
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
+    hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of additional phdrs we will need.  */
+
+static int
+elf64_alpha_additional_program_headers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  int ret;
+
+  ret = 0;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
+  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    {
+      /* We need a PT_ALPHA_REGINFO segment.  */
+      ++ret;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
+      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We need a PT_ALPHA_RTPROC segment.  */
+      ++ret;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Create the .got section.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_create_got_section(abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"))
+    return true;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+					   | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+					   | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+					   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
+      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3))
+    return false;
+
+  alpha_elf_tdata (abfd)->got = s;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create all the dynamic sections.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  /* We need to create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, and .rela.got sections.  */
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+					    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+					    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+					    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+					    | SEC_CODE))
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
+     .plt section.  */
+  h = NULL;
+  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
+	  (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+	  get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+    return false;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (info->shared
+      && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+					   | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+					   | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+					   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+					   | SEC_READONLY))
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3))
+    return false;
+
+  /* We may or may not have created a .got section for this object, but
+     we definitely havn't done the rest of the work.  */
+
+  if (!elf64_alpha_create_got_section (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section(abfd, ".rela.got");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+					   | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+					   | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+					   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+					   | SEC_READONLY))
+      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the
+     dynobj's .got section.  We don't do this in the linker script
+     because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
+     a global offset table.  */
+  h = NULL;
+  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	(info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL,
+	 alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->got, (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL,
+	 false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+    return false;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (info->shared
+      && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
+   ecoff_debug_info structure.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+{
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+  char *ext_hdr = NULL;
+
+  swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+
+  ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) swap->external_hdr_size);
+  if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0,
+				swap->external_hdr_size)
+      == false)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
+
+  /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
+     read.  */
+#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type)				\
+  if (symhdr->count == 0)						\
+    debug->ptr = NULL;							\
+  else									\
+    {									\
+      debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc ((size_t) (size * symhdr->count));	\
+      if (debug->ptr == NULL)						\
+	goto error_return;						\
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0	\
+	  || (bfd_read (debug->ptr, size, symhdr->count,		\
+			abfd) != size * symhdr->count))			\
+	goto error_return;						\
+    }
+
+  READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
+  READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
+	union aux_ext *);
+  READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
+  READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
+  READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR);
+#undef READ
+
+  debug->fdr = NULL;
+  debug->adjust = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (ext_hdr != NULL)
+    free (ext_hdr);
+  if (debug->line != NULL)
+    free (debug->line);
+  if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_dnr);
+  if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_pdr);
+  if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_sym);
+  if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_opt);
+  if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_aux);
+  if (debug->ss != NULL)
+    free (debug->ss);
+  if (debug->ssext != NULL)
+    free (debug->ssext);
+  if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_fdr);
+  if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_rfd);
+  if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_ext);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Alpha ELF local labels start with '$'.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  return name[0] == '$';
+}
+
+/* Alpha ELF follows MIPS ELF in using a special find_nearest_line
+   routine in order to handle the ECOFF debugging information.  We
+   still call this mips_elf_find_line because of the slot
+   find_line_info in elf_obj_tdata is declared that way.  */
+
+struct mips_elf_find_line
+{
+  struct ecoff_debug_info d;
+  struct ecoff_find_line i;
+};
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
+			       functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     const char **filename_ptr;
+     const char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+  asection *msec;
+
+  msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
+  if (msec != NULL)
+    {
+      flagword origflags;
+      struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
+      const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
+	get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+
+      /* If we are called during a link, alpha_elf_final_link may have
+	 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field.  We force it back on here
+	 if appropriate (which it normally will be).  */
+      origflags = msec->flags;
+      if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+      fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
+      if (fi == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
+	  char *fraw_src;
+	  char *fraw_end;
+	  struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
+
+	  fi = ((struct mips_elf_find_line *)
+		bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line)));
+	  if (fi == NULL)
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (!elf64_alpha_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Swap in the FDR information.  */
+	  fi->d.fdr = ((struct fdr *)
+		       bfd_alloc (abfd,
+				  (fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax *
+				   sizeof (struct fdr))));
+	  if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
+	  fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
+	  fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
+	  fraw_end = (fraw_src
+		      + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
+	  for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
+	    (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
+
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
+
+	  /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
+             find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
+             objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
+             rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
+             wasted is unimportant.  Still, it would probably be a
+             good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away.  */
+	}
+
+      if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
+				  &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				  line_ptr))
+	{
+	  msec->flags = origflags;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      msec->flags = origflags;
+    }
+
+  /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine.  */
+
+  return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
+				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				     line_ptr);
+}
+
+/* Structure used to pass information to alpha_elf_output_extsym.  */
+
+struct extsym_info
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+  boolean failed;
+};
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_output_extsym (h, data)
+     struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
+  boolean strip;
+  asection *sec, *output_section;
+
+  if (h->root.indx == -2)
+    strip = false;
+  else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+           || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
+          && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
+          && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    strip = true;
+  else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
+          || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
+              && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
+                                  h->root.root.root.string,
+                                  false, false) == NULL))
+    strip = true;
+  else
+    strip = false;
+
+  if (strip)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
+    {
+      h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
+      h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
+      h->esym.weakext = 0;
+      h->esym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
+
+      if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+         && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+       h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+      else
+       {
+         const char *name;
+
+         sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+         output_section = sec->output_section;
+
+         /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
+            the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null.  */
+         if (output_section == NULL)
+           h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
+         else
+           {
+             name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
+
+             if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
+                      || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
+             else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
+             else
+               h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+           }
+       }
+
+      h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+    }
+
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+    h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
+  else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	   || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+    {
+      if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
+       h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+      else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
+       h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+
+      sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+      output_section = sec->output_section;
+      if (output_section != NULL)
+       h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
+                             + sec->output_offset
+                             + output_section->vma);
+      else
+       h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+    }
+  else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub.  */
+      h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (einfo->abfd, ".plt");
+      if (sec == NULL)
+	h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  output_section = sec->output_section;
+	  if (output_section != NULL)
+	    h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.plt_offset
+				  + sec->output_offset
+				  + output_section->vma);
+	  else
+	    h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+	}
+#if 0 /* FIXME?  */
+      h->esym.ifd = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
+                                     h->root.root.root.string,
+                                     &h->esym))
+    {
+      einfo->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* FIXME:  Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section.
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *s;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+*/
+
+/* Handle dynamic relocations when doing an Alpha ELF link.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *sreloc;
+  const char *rel_sec_name;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  struct alpha_elf_got_entry **local_got_entries;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
+  int got_created;
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    return true;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+  if (dynobj == NULL)
+    elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+
+  sreloc = NULL;
+  rel_sec_name = NULL;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata(abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = alpha_elf_sym_hashes(abfd);
+  local_got_entries = alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->local_got_entries;
+  got_created = 0;
+
+  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx, r_type;
+      struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	h = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+	  h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+	}
+      r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
+
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	case R_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+	  {
+	    struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+	    int flags = 0;
+
+	    if (h)
+	      {
+		/* Search for and possibly create a got entry.  */
+		for (gotent = h->got_entries; gotent ; gotent = gotent->next)
+		  if (gotent->gotobj == abfd &&
+		      gotent->addend == rel->r_addend)
+		    break;
+
+		if (!gotent)
+		  {
+		    gotent = ((struct alpha_elf_got_entry *)
+			      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					 sizeof (struct alpha_elf_got_entry)));
+		    if (!gotent)
+		      return false;
+
+		    gotent->gotobj = abfd;
+		    gotent->addend = rel->r_addend;
+		    gotent->got_offset = -1;
+		    gotent->flags = 0;
+
+		    gotent->next = h->got_entries;
+		    h->got_entries = gotent;
+
+		    alpha_elf_tdata (abfd)->total_got_entries++;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* This is a local .got entry -- record for merge.  */
+		if (!local_got_entries)
+		  {
+		    size_t size;
+		    size = (symtab_hdr->sh_info
+			    * sizeof (struct alpha_elf_got_entry *));
+
+		    local_got_entries = ((struct alpha_elf_got_entry **)
+					 bfd_alloc (abfd, size));
+		    if (!local_got_entries)
+		      return false;
+
+		    memset (local_got_entries, 0, size);
+		    alpha_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_entries =
+		      local_got_entries;
+		  }
+
+		for (gotent = local_got_entries[ELF64_R_SYM(rel->r_info)];
+		     gotent != NULL && gotent->addend != rel->r_addend;
+		     gotent = gotent->next)
+		  continue;
+		if (!gotent)
+		  {
+		    gotent = ((struct alpha_elf_got_entry *)
+			      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					 sizeof (struct alpha_elf_got_entry)));
+		    if (!gotent)
+		      return false;
+
+		    gotent->gotobj = abfd;
+		    gotent->addend = rel->r_addend;
+		    gotent->got_offset = -1;
+		    gotent->flags = 0;
+
+		    gotent->next = local_got_entries[ELF64_R_SYM(rel->r_info)];
+		    local_got_entries[ELF64_R_SYM(rel->r_info)] = gotent;
+
+		    alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->total_got_entries++;
+		    alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->n_local_got_entries++;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    /* Remember how this literal is used from its LITUSEs.
+	       This will be important when it comes to decide if we can
+	       create a .plt entry for a function symbol.  */
+	    if (rel+1 < relend
+		&& ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_ALPHA_LITUSE)
+	      {
+		do
+		  {
+		    ++rel;
+		    if (rel->r_addend >= 1 && rel->r_addend <= 3)
+		      flags |= 1 << rel->r_addend;
+		  }
+		while (rel+1 < relend &&
+		       ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_ALPHA_LITUSE);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* No LITUSEs -- presumably the address is not being
+		   loaded for nothing.  */
+		flags = ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_ADDR;
+	      }
+
+	    gotent->flags |= flags;
+	    if (h)
+	      {
+		/* Make a guess as to whether a .plt entry will be needed.  */
+		if ((h->flags |= flags) == ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_FUNC)
+		  h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+		else
+		  h->root.elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  /* FALLTHRU */
+
+	case R_ALPHA_GPDISP:
+	case R_ALPHA_GPREL32:
+	  /* We don't actually use the .got here, but the sections must
+	     be created before the linker maps input sections to output
+	     sections.  */
+	  if (!got_created)
+	    {
+	      if (!elf64_alpha_create_got_section (abfd, info))
+		return false;
+
+	      /* Make sure the object's gotobj is set to itself so
+		 that we default to every object with its own .got.
+		 We'll merge .gots later once we've collected each
+		 object's info.  */
+	      alpha_elf_tdata(abfd)->gotobj = abfd;
+
+	      got_created = 1;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case R_ALPHA_SREL16:
+	case R_ALPHA_SREL32:
+	case R_ALPHA_SREL64:
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    break;
+	  /* FALLTHRU */
+
+	case R_ALPHA_REFLONG:
+	case R_ALPHA_REFQUAD:
+	  if (rel_sec_name == NULL)
+	    {
+	      rel_sec_name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			      (abfd, elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,
+			       elf_section_data(sec)->rel_hdr.sh_name));
+	      if (rel_sec_name == NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (rel_sec_name, ".rela", 5) == 0
+			  && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec),
+				     rel_sec_name+5) == 0);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We need to create the section here now whether we eventually
+	     use it or not so that it gets mapped to an output section by
+	     the linker.  If not used, we'll kill it in
+	     size_dynamic_sections.  */
+	  if (sreloc == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, rel_sec_name);
+	      if (sreloc == NULL)
+		{
+		  sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, rel_sec_name);
+		  if (sreloc == NULL
+		      || !bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
+						 (SEC_ALLOC|SEC_LOAD
+						  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+						  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+						  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+						  | SEC_READONLY))
+		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, 3))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (h)
+	    {
+	      /* Since we havn't seen all of the input symbols yet, we
+		 don't know whether we'll actually need a dynamic relocation
+		 entry for this reloc.  So make a record of it.  Once we
+		 find out if this thing needs dynamic relocation we'll
+		 expand the relocation sections by the appropriate amount. */
+
+	      struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry *rent;
+
+	      for (rent = h->reloc_entries; rent; rent = rent->next)
+		if (rent->rtype == r_type && rent->srel == sreloc)
+		  break;
+
+	      if (!rent)
+		{
+		  rent = ((struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry *)
+			  bfd_alloc (abfd,
+				     sizeof (struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry)));
+		  if (!rent)
+		    return false;
+
+		  rent->srel = sreloc;
+		  rent->rtype = r_type;
+		  rent->count = 1;
+
+		  rent->next = h->reloc_entries;
+		  h->reloc_entries = rent;
+		}
+	      else
+		rent->count++;
+	    }
+	  else if (info->shared)
+	    {
+	      /* If this is a shared library, we need a RELATIVE reloc.  */
+	      sreloc->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
+   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
+   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
+   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
+   understand.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *ah;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+  ah = (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
+
+  /* Now that we've seen all of the input symbols, finalize our decision
+     about whether this symbol should get a .plt entry.  */
+
+  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+      && alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info)
+      && ((h->type == STT_FUNC
+	   && !(ah->flags & ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_ADDR))
+	  || (h->type == STT_NOTYPE
+	      && ah->flags == ALPHA_ELF_LINK_HASH_LU_FUNC))
+      /* Don't prevent otherwise valid programs from linking by attempting
+	 to create a new .got entry somewhere.  A Correct Solution would be
+	 to add a new .got section to a new object file and let it be merged
+	 somewhere later.  But for now don't bother.  */
+      && ah->got_entries)
+    {
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name(dynobj, ".plt");
+      if (!s && !elf64_alpha_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
+	return false;
+
+      /* The first bit of the .plt is reserved.  */
+      if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+	s->_raw_size = PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+      h->plt_offset = s->_raw_size;
+      s->_raw_size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+
+      /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are not
+	 generating a shared library, then set the symbol to the location
+	 in the .plt.  This is required to make function pointers compare
+	 equal between the normal executable and the shared library.  */
+      if (!info->shared)
+	{
+	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
+	  h->root.u.def.value = h->plt_offset;
+	}
+
+      /* We also need a JMP_SLOT entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
+
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+
+  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
+     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
+     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
+  if (h->weakdef != NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+      h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
+      h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
+     is not a function.  The Alpha, since it uses .got entries for all
+     symbols even in regular objects, does not need the hackery of a
+     .dynbss section and COPY dynamic relocations.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Is it possible to merge two object file's .got tables?  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_can_merge_gots (a, b)
+     bfd *a, *b;
+{
+  int total = alpha_elf_tdata (a)->total_got_entries;
+
+  /* Trivial quick fallout test.  */
+  if (total + alpha_elf_tdata (b)->total_got_entries <= MAX_GOT_ENTRIES)
+    return true;
+
+  /* By their nature, local .got entries cannot be merged.  */
+  if ((total += alpha_elf_tdata (b)->n_local_got_entries) > MAX_GOT_ENTRIES)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Failing the common trivial comparison, we must effectively
+     perform the merge.  Not actually performing the merge means that
+     we don't have to store undo information in case we fail.  */
+  {
+    struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry **hashes = alpha_elf_sym_hashes(b);
+    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata(b)->symtab_hdr;
+    int i, n;
+
+    n = symtab_hdr->sh_size / symtab_hdr->sh_entsize - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
+      {
+	struct alpha_elf_got_entry *ae, *be;
+	for (be = hashes[i]->got_entries; be ; be = be->next)
+	  {
+	    if (be->gotobj != b)
+	      continue;
+
+	    for (ae = hashes[i]->got_entries; ae ; ae = ae->next)
+	      if (ae->gotobj == a && ae->addend == be->addend)
+		goto global_found;
+
+	    if (++total > MAX_GOT_ENTRIES)
+	      return false;
+	  global_found:;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Actually merge two .got tables.  */
+
+static void
+elf64_alpha_merge_gots (a, b)
+     bfd *a, *b;
+{
+  int total = alpha_elf_tdata(a)->total_got_entries;
+
+  /* Remember local expansion.  */
+  {
+    int e = alpha_elf_tdata(b)->n_local_got_entries;
+    total += e;
+    alpha_elf_tdata(a)->n_local_got_entries += e;
+  }
+
+  /* Let the local .got entries know they are part of a new subsegment.  */
+  {
+    struct alpha_elf_got_entry **local_got_entries;
+    local_got_entries = alpha_elf_tdata(b)->local_got_entries;
+    if (local_got_entries)
+      {
+	int i, n;
+
+	n = elf_tdata(b)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
+	for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
+	  {
+	    struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+	    for (gotent = local_got_entries[i]; gotent; gotent = gotent->next)
+	      gotent->gotobj = a;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Merge the global .got entries.  */
+  {
+    struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry **hashes = alpha_elf_sym_hashes(b);
+    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata(b)->symtab_hdr;
+    int i, n;
+
+    n = symtab_hdr->sh_size / symtab_hdr->sh_entsize - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
+      {
+	struct alpha_elf_got_entry *ae, *be, **pbe, **start;
+	start = &hashes[i]->got_entries;
+	for (pbe = start, be = *start; be ; pbe = &be->next, be = be->next)
+	  {
+	    if (be->gotobj != b)
+	      continue;
+
+	    for (ae = *start; ae ; ae = ae->next)
+	      if (ae->gotobj == a && ae->addend == be->addend)
+		{
+		  ae->flags |= be->flags;
+		  *pbe = be->next;
+		  goto global_found;
+		}
+	    be->gotobj = a;
+	    total += 1;
+
+	  global_found:;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  alpha_elf_tdata(a)->total_got_entries = total;
+  alpha_elf_tdata(b)->gotobj = a;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the offsets for the got entries.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets_for_symbol (h, arg)
+     struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR arg;
+{
+  struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+
+  for (gotent = h->got_entries; gotent; gotent = gotent->next)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type *plge = &alpha_elf_tdata (gotent->gotobj)->got->_raw_size;
+      gotent->got_offset = *plge;
+      *plge += 8;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static void
+elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets (info)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *i, *got_list = alpha_elf_hash_table(info)->got_list;
+
+  /* First, zero out the .got sizes, as we may be recalculating the
+     .got after optimizing it.  */
+  for (i = got_list; i ; i = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got_link_next)
+    alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got->_raw_size = 0;
+
+  /* Next, fill in the offsets for all the global entries.  */
+  alpha_elf_link_hash_traverse (alpha_elf_hash_table (info),
+				elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets_for_symbol,
+				NULL);
+
+  /* Finally, fill in the offsets for the local entries.  */
+  for (i = got_list; i ; i = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got_link_next)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type got_offset = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got->_raw_size;
+      bfd *j;
+
+      for (j = i; j ; j = alpha_elf_tdata(j)->in_got_link_next)
+	{
+	  struct alpha_elf_got_entry **local_got_entries, *gotent;
+	  int k, n;
+
+	  local_got_entries = alpha_elf_tdata(j)->local_got_entries;
+	  if (!local_got_entries)
+	    continue;
+
+	  for (k = 0, n = elf_tdata(j)->symtab_hdr.sh_info; k < n; ++k)
+	    for (gotent = local_got_entries[k]; gotent; gotent = gotent->next)
+	      {
+		gotent->got_offset = got_offset;
+		got_offset += 8;
+	      }
+	}
+
+      alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got->_raw_size = got_offset;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove a section from the output BFD.  */
+
+static void
+elf64_alpha_strip_section_from_output (s)
+     asection *s;
+{
+  asection **spp;
+
+  for (spp = &s->output_section->owner->sections;
+       *spp != s->output_section;
+       spp = &(*spp)->next)
+    continue;
+  *spp = s->output_section->next;
+  --s->output_section->owner->section_count;
+}
+
+/* Constructs the gots.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *i, *got_list, *cur_got_obj, **cur_got_tail;
+  int ngots;
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    return true;
+
+  ngots = 0;
+  got_list = NULL;
+  cur_got_obj = NULL;
+  cur_got_tail = NULL;
+  for (i = info->input_bfds; i ; i = i->link_next)
+    {
+      bfd *this_got = alpha_elf_tdata (i)->gotobj;
+
+      /* Don't play if there is no .got for this input file.  */
+      if (this_got == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      if (alpha_elf_tdata (this_got)->total_got_entries > MAX_GOT_ENTRIES)
+	{
+	  /* Yikes! A single object file has too many entries.  */
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: .got subsegment exceeds 64K (size %d)",
+	     bfd_get_filename(i),
+	     alpha_elf_tdata(this_got)->total_got_entries * 8);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      if (cur_got_obj)
+	{
+	  if (elf64_alpha_can_merge_gots (cur_got_obj, i))
+	    {
+	      elf64_alpha_merge_gots (cur_got_obj, i);
+	      *cur_got_tail = i;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (++ngots == 2)
+		{
+		  (*info->callbacks->warning)
+		    (info, "using multiple gp values", (char *) NULL,
+		     output_bfd, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0);
+		}
+	      *cur_got_tail = NULL;
+	      alpha_elf_tdata(cur_got_obj)->got_link_next = got_list;
+	      got_list = cur_got_obj;
+	      cur_got_obj = i;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ++ngots;
+	  cur_got_obj = i;
+	}
+      cur_got_tail = &alpha_elf_tdata(i)->in_got_link_next;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_got_obj)
+    alpha_elf_tdata (cur_got_obj)->got_link_next = got_list;
+  alpha_elf_hash_table (info)->got_list = got_list = cur_got_obj;
+
+  /* Once the gots have been merged, fill in the got offsets for everything
+     therein.  */
+  elf64_alpha_calc_got_offsets (info);
+
+  /* Allocate space for all of the .got subsections.  */
+  for (i = got_list; i ; i = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got_link_next)
+    {
+      asection *s = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got;
+      if (s->_raw_size > 0)
+	{
+	  s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (i, s->_raw_size);
+	  if (s->contents == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Work out the sizes of the dynamic relocation entries.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_calc_dynrel_sizes (h, info)
+     struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  /* If the symbol was defined as a common symbol in a regular object
+     file, and there was no definition in any dynamic object, then the
+     linker will have allocated space for the symbol in a common
+     section but the ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR flag will not have been
+     set.  This is done for dynamic symbols in
+     elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol but this is not done for non-dynamic
+     symbols, somehow.  */
+  if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+       & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
+	  | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
+	  | ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC))
+       == ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)
+      && (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+      && !(h->root.root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC))
+    {
+      h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+    }
+
+  /* If the symbol is dynamic, we'll need all the relocations in their
+     natural form.  */
+  if (alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (&h->root, info))
+    {
+      struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry *relent;
+
+      for (relent = h->reloc_entries; relent; relent = relent->next)
+	{
+	  relent->srel->_raw_size +=
+	    sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) * relent->count;
+	}
+
+      /* Only add a .rela.got entry if we're not using a .plt entry.  */
+      if (h->root.plt_offset == MINUS_ONE)
+	{
+	  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+	  struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+	  bfd_size_type count = 0;
+	  asection *srel;
+
+	  for (gotent = h->got_entries; gotent ; gotent = gotent->next)
+	    count++;
+	  if (count > 0)
+	    {
+	      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+	      srel->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) * count;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Otherwise, shared objects require RELATIVE relocs for all REFQUAD
+     and REFLONG relocations.  */
+  else if (info->shared)
+    {
+      struct alpha_elf_reloc_entry *relent;
+
+      for (relent = h->reloc_entries; relent; relent = relent->next)
+	if (relent->rtype == R_ALPHA_REFLONG
+	    || relent->rtype == R_ALPHA_REFQUAD)
+	  {
+	    relent->srel->_raw_size +=
+	      sizeof(Elf64_External_Rela) * relent->count;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  boolean reltext;
+  boolean relplt;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+  BFD_ASSERT(dynobj != NULL);
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
+      if (!info->shared)
+	{
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	  s->_raw_size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
+	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
+	}
+
+      /* Now that we've seen all of the input files, we can decide which
+	 symbols need dynamic relocation entries and which don't.  We've
+	 collected information in check_relocs that we can now apply to
+	 size the dynamic relocation sections.  */
+      alpha_elf_link_hash_traverse (alpha_elf_hash_table (info),
+				    elf64_alpha_calc_dynrel_sizes,
+				    info);
+
+      /* When building shared libraries, each local .got entry needs a
+	 RELATIVE reloc.  */
+      if (info->shared)
+	{
+	  bfd *i;
+	  asection *srel;
+	  bfd_size_type count;
+
+	  srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+
+	  for (i = alpha_elf_hash_table(info)->got_list, count = 0;
+	       i != NULL;
+	       i = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got_link_next)
+	    count += alpha_elf_tdata(i)->n_local_got_entries;
+
+	  srel->_raw_size += count * sizeof(Elf64_External_Rela);
+	}
+    }
+  /* else we're not dynamic and by definition we don't need such things.  */
+
+  /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
+     determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
+     memory for them.  */
+  reltext = false;
+  relplt = false;
+  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      boolean strip;
+
+      if (!(s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
+	continue;
+
+      /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
+	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
+      name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
+
+      /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output file.
+	 This is to handle .rela.bss and .rela.plt.  We must create it
+	 in create_dynamic_sections, because it must be created before
+	 the linker maps input sections to output sections.  The
+	 linker does that before adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and
+	 it is that function which decides whether anything needs to
+	 go into these sections.  */
+
+      strip = false;
+
+      if (strncmp (name, ".rela", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  strip = (s->_raw_size == 0);
+
+	  if (!strip)
+	    {
+	      const char *outname;
+	      asection *target;
+
+	      /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
+		 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
+	      outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
+					      s->output_section);
+	      target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 5);
+	      if (target != NULL
+		  && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+		reltext = true;
+
+	      if (strcmp(name, ".rela.plt") == 0)
+		relplt = true;
+
+	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
+		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
+	      s->reloc_count = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".plt") != 0)
+	{
+	  /* It's not one of our dynamic sections, so don't allocate space.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (strip)
+	elf64_alpha_strip_section_from_output (s);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
+	  s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc(dynobj, s->_raw_size);
+	  if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we are generating a shared library, we generate a section
+     symbol for each output section.  These are local symbols, which
+     means that they must come first in the dynamic symbol table.
+     That means we must increment the dynamic symbol index of every
+     other dynamic symbol.  */
+  if (info->shared)
+    {
+      long c[2], i;
+      asection *p;
+
+      c[0] = 0;
+      c[1] = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd);
+
+      elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount += c[1];
+      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table(info),
+			      elf64_alpha_adjust_dynindx,
+			      (PTR) c);
+
+      for (i = 1, p = output_bfd->sections;
+	   p != NULL;
+	   p = p->next, i++)
+	{
+	  elf_section_data (p)->dynindx = i;
+	  /* These symbols will have no names, so we don't need to
+	     fiddle with dynstr_index.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
+	 values later, in elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
+	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
+	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
+	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
+      if (!info->shared)
+	{
+	  if (!bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (relplt)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
+	      || ! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
+	      || ! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RELA, 0)
+	  || ! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RELASZ, 0)
+	  || ! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RELAENT,
+					    sizeof(Elf64_External_Rela)))
+	return false;
+
+      if (reltext)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Increment the index of a dynamic symbol by a given amount.  Called
+   via elf_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_adjust_dynindx (h, cparg)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR cparg;
+{
+  long *cp = (long *)cparg;
+
+  if (h->dynindx >= cp[0])
+    h->dynindx += cp[1];
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Relocate an Alpha ELF section.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
+			      contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
+     asection **local_sections;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
+  asection *sec, *sgot, *srel, *srelgot;
+  bfd *dynobj, *gotobj;
+  bfd_vma gp;
+
+  srelgot = srel = NULL;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  if (dynobj)
+    {
+      srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
+    }
+
+  /* Find the gp value for this input bfd.  */
+  sgot = NULL;
+  gp = 0;
+  gotobj = alpha_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->gotobj;
+  if (gotobj)
+    {
+      sgot = alpha_elf_tdata (gotobj)->got;
+      gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (gotobj);
+      if (gp == 0)
+	{
+	  gp = (sgot->output_section->vma
+		+ sgot->output_offset
+		+ 0x8000);
+	  _bfd_set_gp_value (gotobj, gp);
+	}
+    }
+
+  rel = relocs;
+  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
+  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
+    {
+      int r_type;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+      bfd_vma relocation;
+      bfd_vma addend;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+      r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE(rel->r_info);
+      if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_ALPHA_max)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      howto = elf64_alpha_howto_table + r_type;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM(rel->r_info);
+
+      if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  /* This is a relocateable link.  We don't have to change
+	     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
+	     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
+	     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
+	  if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	    {
+	      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+		{
+		  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+		  rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset + sym->st_value;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* This is a final link.  */
+
+      h = NULL;
+      sym = NULL;
+      sec = NULL;
+
+      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+	{
+	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
+			+ sec->output_offset
+			+ sym->st_value);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  h = alpha_elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+
+	  while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	    h = (struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
+	  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+
+#if rth_notdef
+	      if ((r_type == R_ALPHA_LITERAL
+		   && elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
+		   && (!info->shared
+		       || !info->symbolic
+		       || !(h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+			    & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
+		  || (info->shared
+		      && (!info->symbolic
+			  || !(h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+			       & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))
+		      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+		      && (r_type == R_ALPHA_REFLONG
+			  || r_type == R_ALPHA_REFQUAD
+			  || r_type == R_ALPHA_LITERAL)))
+		{
+		  /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
+		     We check specially because in some obscure cases
+		     sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
+		  relocation = 0;
+		}
+#else
+	      /* FIXME: Are not these obscure cases simply bugs?  Let's
+		 get something working and come back to this.  */
+	      if (sec->output_section == NULL)
+		relocation = 0;
+#endif /* rth_notdef */
+	      else
+		{
+		  relocation = (h->root.root.u.def.value
+				+ sec->output_section->vma
+				+ sec->output_offset);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+	    relocation = 0;
+	  else if (info->shared && !info->symbolic)
+	    relocation = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (!((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		    (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
+		     input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		return false;
+	      relocation = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      addend = rel->r_addend;
+
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	case R_ALPHA_GPDISP:
+	  {
+	    bfd_byte *p_ldah, *p_lda;
+
+	    BFD_ASSERT(gp != 0);
+
+	    relocation = (input_section->output_section->vma
+			  + input_section->output_offset
+			  + rel->r_offset);
+
+	    p_ldah = contents + rel->r_offset - input_section->vma;
+	    p_lda = p_ldah + rel->r_addend;
+
+	    r = elf64_alpha_do_reloc_gpdisp (input_bfd, gp - relocation,
+					     p_ldah, p_lda);
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case R_ALPHA_OP_PUSH:
+	case R_ALPHA_OP_STORE:
+	case R_ALPHA_OP_PSUB:
+	case R_ALPHA_OP_PRSHIFT:
+	  /* We hate these silly beasts.  */
+	  abort();
+
+	case R_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+	  {
+	    struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+
+	    BFD_ASSERT(sgot != NULL);
+	    BFD_ASSERT(gp != 0);
+
+	    if (h != NULL)
+	      {
+		gotent = h->got_entries;
+		while (gotent->gotobj != gotobj || gotent->addend != addend)
+		  gotent = gotent->next;
+
+		/* Initialize the .got entry's value.  */
+		if (!(gotent->flags & ALPHA_ELF_GOT_ENTRY_RELOCS_DONE))
+		  {
+		    bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation+addend,
+				sgot->contents + gotent->got_offset);
+
+		    /* The dynamic relocations for the .got entries are
+		       done in finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
+
+		    gotent->flags |= ALPHA_ELF_GOT_ENTRY_RELOCS_DONE;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		gotent = (alpha_elf_tdata(input_bfd)->
+			  local_got_entries[r_symndx]);
+		while (gotent->addend != addend)
+		  gotent = gotent->next;
+
+		if (!(gotent->flags & ALPHA_ELF_GOT_ENTRY_RELOCS_DONE))
+		  {
+		    bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation+addend,
+				sgot->contents + gotent->got_offset);
+
+		    /* Local got entries need RELATIVE relocs in shared
+		       libraries.  */
+		    if (info->shared)
+		      {
+			Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+
+			BFD_ASSERT(srelgot != NULL);
+
+			outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+					   + sgot->output_offset
+					   + gotent->got_offset);
+			outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO(0, R_ALPHA_RELATIVE);
+			outrel.r_addend = 0;
+
+			bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+						   ((Elf64_External_Rela *)
+						    srelgot->contents)
+						   + srelgot->reloc_count++);
+		      }
+
+		    gotent->flags |= ALPHA_ELF_GOT_ENTRY_RELOCS_DONE;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    /* Figure the gprel relocation.  */
+	    addend = 0;
+	    relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma
+			  + sgot->output_offset
+			  + gotent->got_offset);
+	    relocation -= gp;
+	  }
+	  /* overflow handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate */
+	  goto default_reloc;
+
+	case R_ALPHA_GPREL32:
+	  BFD_ASSERT(gp != 0);
+	  relocation -= gp;
+	  goto default_reloc;
+
+	case R_ALPHA_BRADDR:
+	case R_ALPHA_HINT:
+	  /* The regular PC-relative stuff measures from the start of
+	     the instruction rather than the end.  */
+	  addend -= 4;
+	  goto default_reloc;
+
+	case R_ALPHA_REFLONG:
+	case R_ALPHA_REFQUAD:
+	  {
+	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+	    boolean skip;
+
+	    /* Careful here to remember RELATIVE relocations for global
+	       variables for symbolic shared objects.  */
+
+	    if (h && alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (&h->root, info))
+	      {
+		BFD_ASSERT(h->root.dynindx != -1);
+		outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO(h->root.dynindx, r_type);
+		outrel.r_addend = addend;
+		addend = 0, relocation = 0;
+	      }
+	    else if (info->shared)
+	      {
+		outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO(0, R_ALPHA_RELATIVE);
+		outrel.r_addend = 0;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      goto default_reloc;
+
+	    if (!srel)
+	      {
+		const char *name;
+
+		name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			(input_bfd, elf_elfheader(input_bfd)->e_shstrndx,
+			 elf_section_data(input_section)->rel_hdr.sh_name));
+		BFD_ASSERT(name != NULL);
+
+		srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
+		BFD_ASSERT(srel != NULL);
+	      }
+
+	    skip = false;
+
+	    if (elf_section_data (input_section)->stab_info == NULL)
+	      outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset;
+	    else
+	      {
+		bfd_vma off;
+
+		off = (_bfd_stab_section_offset
+		       (output_bfd, &elf_hash_table (info)->stab_info,
+			input_section,
+			&elf_section_data (input_section)->stab_info,
+			rel->r_offset));
+		if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
+		  skip = true;
+		outrel.r_offset = off;
+	      }
+
+	    if (! skip)
+	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
+				  + input_section->output_offset);
+	    else
+	      memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
+
+	    bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+				       ((Elf64_External_Rela *)
+					srel->contents)
+				       + srel->reloc_count++);
+	  }
+	  goto default_reloc;
+
+	default:
+	default_reloc:
+	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
+					contents, rel->r_offset, relocation,
+					addend);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      switch (r)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+
+	    if (h != NULL)
+	      name = h->root.root.root.string;
+	    else
+	      {
+		name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+			(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
+		if (name == NULL)
+		  return false;
+		if (*name == '\0')
+		  name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
+	      }
+	    if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		   (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
+		    input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
+   dynamic sections here.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+
+  if (h->plt_offset != MINUS_ONE)
+    {
+      /* Fill in the .plt entry for this symbol.  */
+      asection *splt, *sgot, *srel;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+      bfd_vma got_addr, plt_addr;
+      bfd_vma plt_index;
+      struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+
+      /* The first .got entry will be updated by the .plt with the
+	 address of the target function.  */
+      gotent = ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->got_entries;
+      BFD_ASSERT (gotent && gotent->addend == 0);
+
+      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
+      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+      sgot = alpha_elf_tdata (gotent->gotobj)->got;
+      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+
+      got_addr = (sgot->output_section->vma
+		  + sgot->output_offset
+		  + gotent->got_offset);
+      plt_addr = (splt->output_section->vma
+		  + splt->output_offset
+		  + h->plt_offset);
+
+      plt_index = (h->plt_offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
+
+      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
+      {
+	unsigned insn1, insn2, insn3;
+	long hi, lo;
+
+	/* decompose the reloc offset for the plt for ldah+lda */
+	hi = plt_index * sizeof(Elf64_External_Rela);
+	lo = ((hi & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
+	hi = (hi - lo) >> 16;
+
+	insn1 = PLT_ENTRY_WORD1 | (hi & 0xffff);
+	insn2 = PLT_ENTRY_WORD2 | (lo & 0xffff);
+	insn3 = PLT_ENTRY_WORD3 | ((-(h->plt_offset + 12) >> 2) & 0x1fffff);
+
+	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn1, splt->contents + h->plt_offset);
+	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 4);
+	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn3, splt->contents + h->plt_offset + 8);
+      }
+
+      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
+      outrel.r_offset = got_addr;
+      outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO(h->dynindx, R_ALPHA_JMP_SLOT);
+      outrel.r_addend = 0;
+
+      bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+				 ((Elf64_External_Rela *)srel->contents
+				  + plt_index));
+
+      if (!(h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))
+	{
+	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in the
+	     .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
+	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+	}
+
+      /* Fill in the entries in the .got.  */
+      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, plt_addr, sgot->contents + gotent->got_offset);
+
+      /* Subsequent .got entries will continue to bounce through the .plt.  */
+      while ((gotent = gotent->next) != NULL)
+	{
+	  sgot = alpha_elf_tdata(gotent->gotobj)->got;
+	  BFD_ASSERT(sgot != NULL);
+	  BFD_ASSERT(gotent->addend == 0);
+
+	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, plt_addr,
+		      sgot->contents + gotent->got_offset);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (alpha_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info))
+    {
+      /* Fill in the dynamic relocations for this symbol's .got entries.  */
+      asection *srel;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+      struct alpha_elf_got_entry *gotent;
+
+      srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
+      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+
+      outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ALPHA_GLOB_DAT);
+      for (gotent = ((struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->got_entries;
+	   gotent != NULL;
+	   gotent = gotent->next)
+	{
+	  asection *sgot = alpha_elf_tdata (gotent->gotobj)->got;
+	  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+			     + sgot->output_offset
+			     + gotent->got_offset);
+	  outrel.r_addend = gotent->addend;
+
+	  bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+				     ((Elf64_External_Rela *)srel->contents
+				      + srel->reloc_count++));
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  */
+  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
+      || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0
+      || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_") == 0)
+    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *sdyn;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      asection *splt;
+      Elf64_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
+
+      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
+
+      dyncon = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
+      dynconend = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size);
+      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+	  const char *name;
+	  asection *s;
+
+	  bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
+
+	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
+	    {
+	    case DT_PLTGOT:
+	      name = ".plt";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
+	      name = ".rela.plt";
+	      goto get_size;
+	    case DT_JMPREL:
+	      name = ".rela.plt";
+	      goto get_vma;
+
+	    case DT_RELASZ:
+	      /* My interpretation of the TIS v1.1 ELF document indicates
+		 that RELASZ should not include JMPREL.  This is not what
+		 the rest of the BFD does.  It is, however, what the
+		 glibc ld.so wants.  Do this fixup here until we found
+		 out who is right.  */
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
+	      if (s)
+		{
+		  dyn.d_un.d_val -=
+		    (s->_cooked_size ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size);
+		}
+	      break;
+
+	    get_vma:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s ? s->vma : 0);
+	      break;
+
+	    get_size:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val =
+		(s->_cooked_size ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+	}
+
+      /* Initialize the PLT0 entry */
+      if (splt->_raw_size > 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, PLT_HEADER_WORD1, splt->contents);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, PLT_HEADER_WORD2, splt->contents + 4);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, PLT_HEADER_WORD3, splt->contents + 8);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, PLT_HEADER_WORD4, splt->contents + 12);
+
+	  /* The next two words will be filled in by ld.so */
+	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, splt->contents + 16);
+	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, splt->contents + 24);
+
+	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
+	    PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (info->shared)
+    {
+      asection *sdynsym;
+      asection *s;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+
+      /* Set up the section symbols for the output sections.  */
+
+      sdynsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym");
+      BFD_ASSERT (sdynsym != NULL);
+
+      sym.st_size = 0;
+      sym.st_name = 0;
+      sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+      sym.st_other = 0;
+
+      for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  int indx;
+
+	  sym.st_value = s->vma;
+
+	  indx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
+	  BFD_ASSERT (indx > 0);
+	  sym.st_shndx = indx;
+
+	  bfd_elf64_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &sym,
+				     (PTR) (((Elf64_External_Sym *)
+					     sdynsym->contents)
+					    + elf_section_data (s)->dynindx));
+	}
+
+      /* Set the sh_info field of the output .dynsym section to the
+         index of the first global symbol.  */
+      elf_section_data (sdynsym->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info =
+	bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
+   the .mdebug sections.  We need to merge all instances of these
+   sections together, not write them all out sequentially.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf64_alpha_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *o;
+  struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
+    = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+  HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
+  PTR mdebug_handle = NULL;
+
+  /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
+     information.  */
+  reginfo_sec = NULL;
+  mdebug_sec = NULL;
+  gptab_data_sec = NULL;
+  gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+      if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
+	{
+	  memset (&reginfo, 0, sizeof reginfo);
+
+	  /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
+	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
+	     the information together.  */
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      Elf64_External_RegInfo ext;
+	      Elf64_RegInfo sub;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_fill_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
+                 size to be zero bytes.  */
+	      if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
+		input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo);
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
+					      (PTR) &ext,
+					      (file_ptr) 0,
+					      sizeof ext))
+		return false;
+
+	      bfd_alpha_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
+
+	      reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
+
+	      /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
+		 alpha_elf_section_processing when the section is
+		 finally written out.  */
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Force the section size to the value we want.  */
+	  o->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo);
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	  reginfo_sec = o;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
+	{
+	  struct extsym_info einfo;
+
+	  /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
+	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
+	     the information together.  */
+	  symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
+	  /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be?  */
+	  symhdr->vstamp = 0;
+	  symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->cbLine = 0;
+	  symhdr->idnMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->isymMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->issMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->crfd = 0;
+	  symhdr->iextMax = 0;
+
+	  /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
+	     debug_info structure.  */
+	  debug.line = NULL;
+	  debug.external_dnr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_pdr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_sym = NULL;
+	  debug.external_opt = NULL;
+	  debug.external_aux = NULL;
+	  debug.ss = NULL;
+	  debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
+	  debug.external_fdr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_rfd = NULL;
+	  debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
+
+	  mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
+	  if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (1)
+	    {
+	      asection *s;
+	      EXTR esym;
+	      bfd_vma last;
+	      unsigned int i;
+	      static const char * const name[] =
+		{
+		  ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
+		  ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
+		};
+	      static const int sc[] = { scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
+					  scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss };
+
+	      esym.jmptbl = 0;
+	      esym.cobol_main = 0;
+	      esym.weakext = 0;
+	      esym.reserved = 0;
+	      esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+	      esym.asym.iss = issNil;
+	      esym.asym.st = stLocal;
+	      esym.asym.reserved = 0;
+	      esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+	      for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+		{
+		  esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
+		  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name[i]);
+		  if (s != NULL)
+		    {
+		      esym.asym.value = s->vma;
+		      last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    esym.asym.value = last;
+
+		  if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
+						      name[i], &esym))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
+	      struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
+	      char *eraw_src;
+	      char *eraw_end;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_fill_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+		  || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
+		      ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* I don't know what a non ALPHA ELF bfd would be
+		     doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
+		     want to deal with it.  */
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
+			    ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
+
+	      /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
+		 read in the debugging information and set up an
+		 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now.  */
+	      if (!elf64_alpha_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
+						&input_debug))
+		return false;
+
+	      if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
+		     (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
+		      &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
+		return false;
+
+	      /* Loop through the external symbols.  For each one with
+		 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
+		 the linker global hash table and save the information
+		 for the output external symbols.  */
+	      eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
+	      eraw_end = (eraw_src
+			  + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
+			     * input_swap->external_ext_size));
+	      for (;
+		   eraw_src < eraw_end;
+		   eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
+		{
+		  EXTR ext;
+		  const char *name;
+		  struct alpha_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+		  (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext);
+		  if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
+		      || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
+		      || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
+		    continue;
+
+		  name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
+		  h = alpha_elf_link_hash_lookup (alpha_elf_hash_table (info),
+						  name, false, false, true);
+		  if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (ext.ifd != -1)
+		    {
+		      BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
+				  < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
+		      ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
+		    }
+
+		  h->esym = ext;
+		}
+
+	      /* Free up the information we just read.  */
+	      free (input_debug.line);
+	      free (input_debug.external_dnr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_pdr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_sym);
+	      free (input_debug.external_opt);
+	      free (input_debug.external_aux);
+	      free (input_debug.ss);
+	      free (input_debug.ssext);
+	      free (input_debug.external_fdr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_rfd);
+	      free (input_debug.external_ext);
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+	  if (info->shared)
+	    {
+	      /* Create .rtproc section.  */
+	      rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
+	      if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
+		{
+		  flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+				    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+				    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+				    | SEC_READONLY);
+
+		  rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
+		  if (rtproc_sec == NULL
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 12))
+		    return false;
+		}
+
+	      if (! alpha_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
+						     info, rtproc_sec, &debug))
+		return false;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+
+	  /* Build the external symbol information.  */
+	  einfo.abfd = abfd;
+	  einfo.info = info;
+	  einfo.debug = &debug;
+	  einfo.swap = swap;
+	  einfo.failed = false;
+	  elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+				  elf64_alpha_output_extsym,
+				  (PTR) &einfo);
+	  if (einfo.failed)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Set the size of the .mdebug section.  */
+	  o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	  mdebug_sec = o;
+	}
+
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+      if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  const char *subname;
+	  unsigned int c;
+	  Elf64_gptab *tab;
+	  Elf64_External_gptab *ext_tab;
+	  unsigned int i;
+
+	  /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
+	     information describing how the small data area would
+	     change depending upon the -G switch.  These sections
+	     not used in executables files.  */
+	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      asection **secpp;
+
+	      for (p = o->link_order_head;
+		   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+		   p = p->next)
+		{
+		  asection *input_section;
+
+		  if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		    {
+		      if (p->type == bfd_fill_link_order)
+			continue;
+		      abort ();
+		    }
+
+		  input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+		  /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		     elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+		  input_section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+		}
+
+	      /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
+		 currently matters, but someday it might).  */
+	      o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	      /* Really remove the section.  */
+	      for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
+		   *secpp != o;
+		   secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
+		;
+	      *secpp = (*secpp)->next;
+	      --abfd->section_count;
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
+	     uninitialized data.  */
+	  if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
+	    gptab_data_sec = o;
+	  else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
+	    gptab_bss_sec = o;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s: illegal section name `%s'",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
+	     .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
+	     .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss.  It is possible that there is
+	     no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
+	     case we must change the name of the output section.  */
+	  subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
+	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (o == gptab_data_sec)
+		o->name = ".gptab.data";
+	      else
+		o->name = ".gptab.bss";
+	      subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
+	      BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set up the first entry.  */
+	  c = 1;
+	  tab = (Elf64_gptab *) bfd_malloc (c * sizeof (Elf64_gptab));
+	  if (tab == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
+	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
+
+	  /* Combine the input sections.  */
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      bfd_size_type size;
+	      unsigned long last;
+	      bfd_size_type gpentry;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_fill_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
+		 by one.  We know that the input gptab entries are
+		 sorted by ascending -G value.  */
+	      size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
+	      last = 0;
+	      for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf64_External_gptab);
+		   gpentry < size;
+		   gpentry += sizeof (Elf64_External_gptab))
+		{
+		  Elf64_External_gptab ext_gptab;
+		  Elf64_gptab int_gptab;
+		  unsigned long val;
+		  unsigned long add;
+		  boolean exact;
+		  unsigned int look;
+
+		  if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
+			 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab,
+			  gpentry, sizeof (Elf64_External_gptab))))
+		    {
+		      free (tab);
+		      return false;
+		    }
+
+		  bfd_alpha_elf64_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
+						&int_gptab);
+		  val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
+		  add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
+
+		  exact = false;
+		  for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
+		    {
+		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
+			tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
+
+		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
+			exact = true;
+		    }
+
+		  if (! exact)
+		    {
+		      Elf64_gptab *new_tab;
+		      unsigned int max;
+
+		      /* We need a new table entry.  */
+		      new_tab = ((Elf64_gptab *)
+				 bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab,
+					      (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf64_gptab)));
+		      if (new_tab == NULL)
+			{
+			  free (tab);
+			  return false;
+			}
+		      tab = new_tab;
+		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
+		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
+
+		      /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
+			 value, since that will be implied by this new
+			 value.  */
+		      max = 0;
+		      for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
+			{
+			  if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
+			      && (max == 0
+				  || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
+				      > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
+			    max = look;
+			}
+		      if (max != 0)
+			tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
+			  tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
+
+		      ++c;
+		    }
+
+		  last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
+		}
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The table must be sorted by -G value.  */
+	  if (c > 2)
+	    qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
+
+	  /* Swap out the table.  */
+	  ext_tab = ((Elf64_External_gptab *)
+		     bfd_alloc (abfd, c * sizeof (Elf64_External_gptab)));
+	  if (ext_tab == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (tab);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
+	    bfd_alpha_elf64_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + i, ext_tab + i);
+	  free (tab);
+
+	  o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf64_External_gptab);
+	  o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	}
+#endif
+
+    }
+
+  /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work.  */
+  if (! bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Now write out the computed sections.  */
+
+  /* The .got subsections...  */
+  {
+    bfd *i, *dynobj = elf_hash_table(info)->dynobj;
+    for (i = alpha_elf_hash_table(info)->got_list;
+	 i != NULL;
+	 i = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got_link_next)
+      {
+	asection *sgot;
+
+	/* elf_bfd_final_link already did everything in dynobj.  */
+	if (i == dynobj)
+	  continue;
+
+	sgot = alpha_elf_tdata(i)->got;
+	if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, sgot->output_section,
+					sgot->contents, sgot->output_offset,
+					sgot->_raw_size))
+	  return false;
+      }
+  }
+
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+  if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      Elf64_External_RegInfo ext;
+
+      bfd_alpha_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, &reginfo, &ext);
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext,
+				      (file_ptr) 0, sizeof ext))
+	return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
+      if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
+					       swap, info,
+					       mdebug_sec->filepos))
+	return false;
+
+      bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
+    }
+
+  if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
+				      gptab_data_sec->contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
+				      gptab_bss_sec->contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* ECOFF swapping routines.  These are used when dealing with the
+   .mdebug section, which is in the ECOFF debugging format.  Copied
+   from elf32-mips.c. */
+static const struct ecoff_debug_swap
+elf64_alpha_ecoff_debug_swap =
+{
+  /* Symbol table magic number.  */
+  magicSym2,
+  /* Alignment of debugging information.  E.g., 4.  */
+  8,
+  /* Sizes of external symbolic information.  */
+  sizeof (struct hdr_ext),
+  sizeof (struct dnr_ext),
+  sizeof (struct pdr_ext),
+  sizeof (struct sym_ext),
+  sizeof (struct opt_ext),
+  sizeof (struct fdr_ext),
+  sizeof (struct rfd_ext),
+  sizeof (struct ext_ext),
+  /* Functions to swap in external symbolic data.  */
+  ecoff_swap_hdr_in,
+  ecoff_swap_dnr_in,
+  ecoff_swap_pdr_in,
+  ecoff_swap_sym_in,
+  ecoff_swap_opt_in,
+  ecoff_swap_fdr_in,
+  ecoff_swap_rfd_in,
+  ecoff_swap_ext_in,
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in,
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in,
+  /* Functions to swap out external symbolic data.  */
+  ecoff_swap_hdr_out,
+  ecoff_swap_dnr_out,
+  ecoff_swap_pdr_out,
+  ecoff_swap_sym_out,
+  ecoff_swap_opt_out,
+  ecoff_swap_fdr_out,
+  ecoff_swap_rfd_out,
+  ecoff_swap_ext_out,
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_out,
+  _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out,
+  /* Function to read in symbolic data.  */
+  elf64_alpha_read_ecoff_info
+};
+
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf64_alpha_vec
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf64-alpha"
+#define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_alpha
+#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE 	EM_ALPHA
+#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 	0x100000
+
+#define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
+  elf64_alpha_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+
+#define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
+  elf64_alpha_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+#define elf_info_to_howto \
+  elf64_alpha_info_to_howto
+
+#define bfd_elf64_mkobject \
+  elf64_alpha_mkobject
+#define elf_backend_object_p \
+  elf64_alpha_object_p
+
+#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr \
+  elf64_alpha_section_from_shdr
+#define elf_backend_fake_sections \
+  elf64_alpha_fake_sections
+#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers \
+  elf64_alpha_additional_program_headers
+
+#define bfd_elf64_bfd_is_local_label_name \
+  elf64_alpha_is_local_label_name
+#define bfd_elf64_find_nearest_line \
+  elf64_alpha_find_nearest_line
+
+#define elf_backend_check_relocs \
+  elf64_alpha_check_relocs
+#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
+  elf64_alpha_create_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
+  elf64_alpha_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
+  elf64_alpha_always_size_sections
+#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
+  elf64_alpha_size_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_relocate_section \
+  elf64_alpha_relocate_section
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
+  elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
+  elf64_alpha_finish_dynamic_sections
+#define bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link \
+  elf64_alpha_final_link
+
+#define elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap \
+  &elf64_alpha_ecoff_debug_swap
+
+/*
+ * A few constants that determine how the .plt section is set up.
+ */
+#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 0
+#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 0
+#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
+
+#include "elf64-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-gen.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-gen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5daf4ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64-gen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Generic support for 64-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+/* This does not include any relocations, but should be good enough
+   for GDB to read the file.  */
+
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf64_little_generic_vec
+#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf64-little"
+#define TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf64_big_generic_vec
+#define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf64-big"
+#define ELF_ARCH			bfd_arch_unknown
+#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_NONE
+#define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+#define elf_info_to_howto		_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto
+
+#include "elf64-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69fb5b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elf64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* ELF 64-bit executable support for BFD.
+   Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE		64
+
+#include "elfcode.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcode.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0443a32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1436 @@
+/* ELF executable support for BFD.
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
+   in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
+   Programming Support Tools".  Sufficient support for gdb.
+
+   Rewritten by Mark Eichin @ Cygnus Support, from information
+   published in "System V Application Binary Interface", chapters 4
+   and 5, as well as the various "Processor Supplement" documents
+   derived from it. Added support for assembler and other object file
+   utilities.  Further work done by Ken Raeburn (Cygnus Support), Michael
+   Meissner (Open Software Foundation), and Peter Hoogenboom (University
+   of Utah) to finish and extend this.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Problems and other issues to resolve.
+
+   (1)	BFD expects there to be some fixed number of "sections" in
+        the object file.  I.E. there is a "section_count" variable in the
+	bfd structure which contains the number of sections.  However, ELF
+	supports multiple "views" of a file.  In particular, with current
+	implementations, executable files typically have two tables, a
+	program header table and a section header table, both of which
+	partition the executable.
+
+	In ELF-speak, the "linking view" of the file uses the section header
+	table to access "sections" within the file, and the "execution view"
+	uses the program header table to access "segments" within the file.
+	"Segments" typically may contain all the data from one or more
+	"sections".
+
+	Note that the section header table is optional in ELF executables,
+	but it is this information that is most useful to gdb.  If the
+	section header table is missing, then gdb should probably try
+	to make do with the program header table.  (FIXME)
+
+   (2)  The code in this file is compiled twice, once in 32-bit mode and
+	once in 64-bit mode.  More of it should be made size-independent
+	and moved into elf.c.
+
+   (3)	ELF section symbols are handled rather sloppily now.  This should
+	be cleaned up, and ELF section symbols reconciled with BFD section
+	symbols.
+
+   (4)  We need a published spec for 64-bit ELF.  We've got some stuff here
+	that we're using for SPARC V9 64-bit chips, but don't assume that
+	it's cast in stone.
+ */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+
+/* Renaming structures, typedefs, macros and functions to be size-specific.  */
+#define Elf_External_Ehdr	NAME(Elf,External_Ehdr)
+#define Elf_External_Sym	NAME(Elf,External_Sym)
+#define Elf_External_Shdr	NAME(Elf,External_Shdr)
+#define Elf_External_Phdr	NAME(Elf,External_Phdr)
+#define Elf_External_Rel	NAME(Elf,External_Rel)
+#define Elf_External_Rela	NAME(Elf,External_Rela)
+#define Elf_External_Dyn	NAME(Elf,External_Dyn)
+
+#define elf_core_file_failing_command	NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_command)
+#define elf_core_file_failing_signal	NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_signal)
+#define elf_core_file_matches_executable_p \
+  NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_matches_executable_p)
+#define elf_object_p			NAME(bfd_elf,object_p)
+#define elf_core_file_p			NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_p)
+#define elf_get_symtab_upper_bound	NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab_upper_bound)
+#define elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound \
+  NAME(bfd_elf,get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound)
+#define elf_swap_reloc_in		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_in)
+#define elf_swap_reloca_in		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_in)
+#define elf_swap_reloc_out		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_out)
+#define elf_swap_reloca_out		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_out)
+#define elf_swap_symbol_in		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_symbol_in)
+#define elf_swap_symbol_out		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_symbol_out)
+#define elf_swap_phdr_in		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_phdr_in)
+#define elf_swap_phdr_out		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_phdr_out)
+#define elf_swap_dyn_in			NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_in)
+#define elf_swap_dyn_out		NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_out)
+#define elf_get_reloc_upper_bound	NAME(bfd_elf,get_reloc_upper_bound)
+#define elf_canonicalize_reloc		NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_reloc)
+#define elf_slurp_symbol_table		NAME(bfd_elf,slurp_symbol_table)
+#define elf_get_symtab			NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab)
+#define elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \
+  NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_dynamic_symtab)
+#define elf_make_empty_symbol		NAME(bfd_elf,make_empty_symbol)
+#define elf_get_symbol_info		NAME(bfd_elf,get_symbol_info)
+#define elf_get_lineno			NAME(bfd_elf,get_lineno)
+#define elf_set_arch_mach		NAME(bfd_elf,set_arch_mach)
+#define elf_find_nearest_line		NAME(bfd_elf,find_nearest_line)
+#define elf_sizeof_headers		NAME(bfd_elf,sizeof_headers)
+#define elf_set_section_contents	NAME(bfd_elf,set_section_contents)
+#define elf_no_info_to_howto		NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto)
+#define elf_no_info_to_howto_rel	NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto_rel)
+#define elf_find_section		NAME(bfd_elf,find_section)
+#define elf_bfd_link_add_symbols	NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_link_add_symbols)
+#define elf_add_dynamic_entry		NAME(bfd_elf,add_dynamic_entry)
+#define elf_write_shdrs_and_ehdr	NAME(bfd_elf,write_shdrs_and_ehdr)
+#define elf_write_out_phdrs		NAME(bfd_elf,write_out_phdrs)
+#define elf_link_create_dynamic_sections \
+  NAME(bfd_elf,link_create_dynamic_sections)
+#define elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol  _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_bfd_final_link		NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_final_link)
+#define elf_create_pointer_linker_section NAME(bfd_elf,create_pointer_linker_section)
+#define elf_finish_pointer_linker_section NAME(bfd_elf,finish_pointer_linker_section)
+
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y)	ELF64_R_INFO(X,Y)
+#define ELF_R_SYM(X)	ELF64_R_SYM(X)
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(X)	ELF64_R_TYPE(X)
+#define ELFCLASS	ELFCLASS64
+#define FILE_ALIGN	8
+#define LOG_FILE_ALIGN	3
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
+#define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y)	ELF32_R_INFO(X,Y)
+#define ELF_R_SYM(X)	ELF32_R_SYM(X)
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(X)	ELF32_R_TYPE(X)
+#define ELFCLASS	ELFCLASS32
+#define FILE_ALIGN	4
+#define LOG_FILE_ALIGN	2
+#endif
+
+/* Static functions */
+
+static void elf_swap_ehdr_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Ehdr *, Elf_Internal_Ehdr *));
+static void elf_swap_ehdr_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Ehdr *, Elf_External_Ehdr *));
+static void elf_swap_shdr_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_External_Shdr *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
+static void elf_swap_shdr_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *, Elf_External_Shdr *));
+
+#define elf_stringtab_init _bfd_elf_stringtab_init
+
+#define section_from_elf_index bfd_section_from_elf_index
+
+static boolean elf_slurp_reloc_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean));
+
+static void write_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+static boolean elf_file_p PARAMS ((Elf_External_Ehdr *));
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void elf_debug_section PARAMS ((int, Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
+static void elf_debug_file PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Ehdr *));
+static char *elf_symbol_flags PARAMS ((flagword));
+#endif
+
+/* Structure swapping routines */
+
+/* Should perhaps use put_offset, put_word, etc.  For now, the two versions
+   can be handled by explicitly specifying 32 bits or "the long type".  */
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+#define put_word	bfd_h_put_64
+#define get_word	bfd_h_get_64
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
+#define put_word	bfd_h_put_32
+#define get_word	bfd_h_get_32
+#endif
+
+/* Translate an ELF symbol in external format into an ELF symbol in internal
+   format. */
+
+void
+elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Sym *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *dst;
+{
+  dst->st_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_name);
+  dst->st_value = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_value);
+  dst->st_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_size);
+  dst->st_info = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_info);
+  dst->st_other = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_other);
+  dst->st_shndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_shndx);
+}
+
+/* Translate an ELF symbol in internal format into an ELF symbol in external
+   format. */
+
+void
+elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, src, cdst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Sym *src;
+     PTR cdst;
+{
+  Elf_External_Sym *dst = (Elf_External_Sym *) cdst;
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->st_name, dst->st_name);
+  put_word (abfd, src->st_value, dst->st_value);
+  put_word (abfd, src->st_size, dst->st_size);
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_info, dst->st_info);
+  bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_other, dst->st_other);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->st_shndx, dst->st_shndx);
+}
+
+
+/* Translate an ELF file header in external format into an ELF file header in
+   internal format. */
+
+static void
+elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Ehdr *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Ehdr *dst;
+{
+  memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
+  dst->e_type = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_type);
+  dst->e_machine = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_machine);
+  dst->e_version = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_version);
+  dst->e_entry = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_entry);
+  dst->e_phoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phoff);
+  dst->e_shoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shoff);
+  dst->e_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_flags);
+  dst->e_ehsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_ehsize);
+  dst->e_phentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phentsize);
+  dst->e_phnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phnum);
+  dst->e_shentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shentsize);
+  dst->e_shnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shnum);
+  dst->e_shstrndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shstrndx);
+}
+
+/* Translate an ELF file header in internal format into an ELF file header in
+   external format. */
+
+static void
+elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Ehdr *src;
+     Elf_External_Ehdr *dst;
+{
+  memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT);
+  /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_type, dst->e_type);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_machine, dst->e_machine);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_version, dst->e_version);
+  put_word (abfd, src->e_entry, dst->e_entry);
+  put_word (abfd, src->e_phoff, dst->e_phoff);
+  put_word (abfd, src->e_shoff, dst->e_shoff);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_flags, dst->e_flags);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_ehsize, dst->e_ehsize);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phentsize, dst->e_phentsize);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phnum, dst->e_phnum);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shentsize, dst->e_shentsize);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shnum, dst->e_shnum);
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shstrndx, dst->e_shstrndx);
+}
+
+
+/* Translate an ELF section header table entry in external format into an
+   ELF section header table entry in internal format. */
+
+static void
+elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Shdr *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *dst;
+{
+  dst->sh_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_name);
+  dst->sh_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_type);
+  dst->sh_flags = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_flags);
+  dst->sh_addr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addr);
+  dst->sh_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_offset);
+  dst->sh_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_size);
+  dst->sh_link = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_link);
+  dst->sh_info = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_info);
+  dst->sh_addralign = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addralign);
+  dst->sh_entsize = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_entsize);
+  dst->bfd_section = NULL;
+  dst->contents = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Translate an ELF section header table entry in internal format into an
+   ELF section header table entry in external format. */
+
+static void
+elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Shdr *src;
+     Elf_External_Shdr *dst;
+{
+  /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_name, dst->sh_name);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_type, dst->sh_type);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_flags, dst->sh_flags);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_addr, dst->sh_addr);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_offset, dst->sh_offset);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_size, dst->sh_size);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_link, dst->sh_link);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_info, dst->sh_info);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_addralign, dst->sh_addralign);
+  put_word (abfd, src->sh_entsize, dst->sh_entsize);
+}
+
+
+/* Translate an ELF program header table entry in external format into an
+   ELF program header table entry in internal format. */
+
+void
+elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Phdr *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Phdr *dst;
+{
+  dst->p_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_type);
+  dst->p_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_flags);
+  dst->p_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_offset);
+  dst->p_vaddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_vaddr);
+  dst->p_paddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_paddr);
+  dst->p_filesz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_filesz);
+  dst->p_memsz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_memsz);
+  dst->p_align = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_align);
+}
+
+void
+elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Phdr *src;
+     Elf_External_Phdr *dst;
+{
+  /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_type, dst->p_type);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_offset, dst->p_offset);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_vaddr, dst->p_vaddr);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_paddr, dst->p_paddr);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_filesz, dst->p_filesz);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_memsz, dst->p_memsz);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_flags, dst->p_flags);
+  put_word (abfd, src->p_align, dst->p_align);
+}
+
+/* Translate an ELF reloc from external format to internal format. */
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Rel *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Rel *dst;
+{
+  dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
+  dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
+}
+
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Rela *src;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *dst;
+{
+  dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset);
+  dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info);
+  dst->r_addend = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_addend);
+}
+
+/* Translate an ELF reloc from internal format to external format. */
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rel *src;
+     Elf_External_Rel *dst;
+{
+  put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
+  put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
+}
+
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *src;
+     Elf_External_Rela *dst;
+{
+  put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset);
+  put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info);
+  put_word (abfd, src->r_addend, dst->r_addend);
+}
+
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, p, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const PTR p;
+     Elf_Internal_Dyn *dst;
+{
+  const Elf_External_Dyn *src = (const Elf_External_Dyn *) p;
+
+  dst->d_tag = get_word (abfd, src->d_tag);
+  dst->d_un.d_val = get_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val);
+}
+
+INLINE void
+elf_swap_dyn_out (abfd, src, dst)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Dyn *src;
+     Elf_External_Dyn *dst;
+{
+  put_word (abfd, src->d_tag, dst->d_tag);
+  put_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val, dst->d_un.d_val);
+}
+
+/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
+
+
+/* Begin processing a given object.
+
+   First we validate the file by reading in the ELF header and checking
+   the magic number.  */
+
+static INLINE boolean
+elf_file_p (x_ehdrp)
+     Elf_External_Ehdr *x_ehdrp;
+{
+  return ((x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] == ELFMAG0)
+	  && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] == ELFMAG1)
+	  && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] == ELFMAG2)
+	  && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] == ELFMAG3));
+}
+
+/* Check to see if the file associated with ABFD matches the target vector
+   that ABFD points to.
+
+   Note that we may be called several times with the same ABFD, but different
+   target vectors, most of which will not match.  We have to avoid leaving
+   any side effects in ABFD, or any data it points to (like tdata), if the
+   file does not match the target vector.  */
+
+const bfd_target *
+elf_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr;	/* Elf file header, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;	/* Elf file header, internal form */
+  Elf_External_Shdr x_shdr;	/* Section header table entry, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = NULL; /* Section header table, internal form */
+  unsigned int shindex;
+  char *shstrtab;		/* Internal copy of section header stringtab */
+  struct elf_backend_data *ebd;
+  struct elf_obj_tdata *preserved_tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
+  struct elf_obj_tdata *new_tdata = NULL;
+  asection *s;
+
+  /* Read in the ELF header in external format.  */
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	goto got_wrong_format_error;
+      else
+	goto got_no_match;
+    }
+
+  /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
+     make use of.  The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
+     and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
+     section header table (FIXME: See comments re sections at top of this
+     file). */
+
+  if ((elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) ||
+      (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT) ||
+      (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS))
+    goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+  /* Check that file's byte order matches xvec's */
+  switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
+    {
+    case ELFDATA2MSB:		/* Big-endian */
+      if (! bfd_header_big_endian (abfd))
+	goto got_wrong_format_error;
+      break;
+    case ELFDATA2LSB:		/* Little-endian */
+      if (! bfd_header_little_endian (abfd))
+	goto got_wrong_format_error;
+      break;
+    case ELFDATANONE:		/* No data encoding specified */
+    default:			/* Unknown data encoding specified */
+      goto got_wrong_format_error;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
+     the tdata pointer in the bfd.  */
+
+  new_tdata = ((struct elf_obj_tdata *)
+	       bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)));
+  if (new_tdata == NULL)
+    goto got_no_match;
+  elf_tdata (abfd) = new_tdata;
+
+  /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
+  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
+#if DEBUG & 1
+  elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
+#endif
+
+  /* If there is no section header table, we're hosed. */
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_shoff == 0)
+    goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+  /* As a simple sanity check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the
+     size of each section header table entry actually matches the size
+     recorded in the file. */
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_shentsize != sizeof (x_shdr))
+    goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+  ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular
+     BFD format expects.  */
+  if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine
+      && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1)
+      && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2))
+    {
+      const bfd_target * const *target_ptr;
+
+      if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE)
+	goto got_wrong_format_error;
+
+      /* This is the generic ELF target.  Let it match any ELF target
+	 for which we do not have a specific backend.  */
+      for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++)
+	{
+	  struct elf_backend_data *back;
+
+	  if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	    continue;
+	  back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data;
+	  if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine
+	      || (back->elf_machine_alt1 != 0
+		  && back->elf_machine_alt1 == i_ehdrp->e_machine)
+	      || (back->elf_machine_alt2 != 0
+		  && back->elf_machine_alt2 == i_ehdrp->e_machine))
+	    {
+	      /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this
+		 object file, so reject the generic ELF target.  */
+	      goto got_wrong_format_error;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_EXEC)
+    abfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+  else if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_DYN)
+    abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_phnum > 0)
+    abfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+
+  if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, ebd->arch, 0))
+    goto got_no_match;
+
+  /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
+  bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
+
+  /* Allocate space for a copy of the section header table in
+     internal form, seek to the section header table in the file,
+     read it in, and convert it to internal form.  */
+  i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *)
+	     bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+  elf_elfsections (abfd) = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
+			    bfd_alloc (abfd,
+				       sizeof (i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+  if (!i_shdrp || !elf_elfsections (abfd))
+    goto got_no_match;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto got_no_match;
+  for (shindex = 0; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
+    {
+      if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_shdr, sizeof x_shdr, 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_shdr))
+	goto got_no_match;
+      elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, &x_shdr, i_shdrp + shindex);
+      elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = i_shdrp + shindex;
+
+      /* If the section is loaded, but not page aligned, clear
+         D_PAGED.  */
+      if ((i_shdrp[shindex].sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
+	  && i_shdrp[shindex].sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
+	  && (((i_shdrp[shindex].sh_addr - i_shdrp[shindex].sh_offset)
+	       % ebd->maxpagesize)
+	      != 0))
+	abfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
+    }
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx))
+	goto got_no_match;
+    }
+
+  /* Read in the program headers.  */
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_phnum == 0)
+    elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdr;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
+				bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					   (i_ehdrp->e_phnum
+					    * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr))));
+      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr == NULL)
+	goto got_no_match;
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	goto got_no_match;
+      i_phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
+      for (i = 0; i < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; i++, i_phdr++)
+	{
+	  Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr;
+
+	  if (bfd_read ((PTR) &x_phdr, sizeof x_phdr, 1, abfd)
+	      != sizeof x_phdr)
+	    goto got_no_match;
+	  elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Read in the string table containing the names of the sections.  We
+     will need the base pointer to this table later. */
+  /* We read this inline now, so that we don't have to go through
+     bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is
+     used to find all of the ELF section names.) */
+
+  shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx);
+  if (!shstrtab)
+    goto got_no_match;
+
+  /* Once all of the section headers have been read and converted, we
+     can start processing them.  Note that the first section header is
+     a dummy placeholder entry, so we ignore it.  */
+
+  for (shindex = 1; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex))
+	goto got_no_match;
+    }
+
+  /* Let the backend double check the format and override global
+     information.  */
+  if (ebd->elf_backend_object_p)
+    {
+      if ((*ebd->elf_backend_object_p) (abfd) == false)
+	goto got_wrong_format_error;
+    }
+
+  /* If we have created any reloc sections that are associated with
+     debugging sections, mark the reloc sections as debugging as well.  */
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
+	   || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)
+	  && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info > 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned long targ_index;
+	  asection *targ_sec;
+
+	  targ_index = elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info;
+	  targ_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, targ_index);
+	  if (targ_sec != NULL
+	      && (targ_sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	    s->flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (abfd->xvec);
+
+got_wrong_format_error:
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+  goto got_no_match;
+got_no_match:
+  if (new_tdata != NULL
+      && new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr != NULL)
+    bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr);
+  if (i_shdrp != NULL)
+    bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
+  if (new_tdata != NULL)
+    bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata);
+  elf_tdata (abfd) = preserved_tdata;
+  return (NULL);
+}
+
+/* ELF .o/exec file writing */
+
+/* Write out the relocs.  */
+
+static void
+write_relocs (abfd, sec, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  boolean *failedp = (boolean *) data;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr;
+  Elf_External_Rela *outbound_relocas;
+  Elf_External_Rel *outbound_relocs;
+  unsigned int idx;
+  int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p;
+  asymbol *last_sym = 0;
+  int last_sym_idx = 0;
+
+  /* If we have already failed, don't do anything.  */
+  if (*failedp)
+    return;
+
+  if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  /* The linker backend writes the relocs out itself, and sets the
+     reloc_count field to zero to inhibit writing them here.  Also,
+     sometimes the SEC_RELOC flag gets set even when there aren't any
+     relocs.  */
+  if (sec->reloc_count == 0)
+    return;
+
+  rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr;
+
+  rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * sec->reloc_count;
+  rela_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size);
+  if (rela_hdr->contents == NULL)
+    {
+      *failedp = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */
+  if (use_rela_p)
+    {
+      outbound_relocas = (Elf_External_Rela *) rela_hdr->contents;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Rela dst_rela;
+	  Elf_External_Rela *src_rela;
+	  arelent *ptr;
+	  asymbol *sym;
+	  int n;
+
+	  ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
+	  src_rela = outbound_relocas + idx;
+
+	  /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
+	     file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
+	     The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative.  */
+	  if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0)
+	    dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address;
+	  else
+	    dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address + sec->vma;
+
+	  sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+	  if (sym == last_sym)
+	    n = last_sym_idx;
+	  else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && sym->value == 0)
+	    n = STN_UNDEF;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      last_sym = sym;
+	      n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
+	      if (n < 0)
+		{
+		  *failedp = true;
+		  return;
+		}
+	      last_sym_idx = n;
+	    }
+
+	  if ((*ptr->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd != NULL
+	      && (*ptr->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec
+	      && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, ptr))
+	    {
+	      *failedp = true;
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  dst_rela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
+
+	  dst_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend;
+	  elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &dst_rela, src_rela);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    /* REL relocations */
+    {
+      outbound_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *) rela_hdr->contents;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Rel dst_rel;
+	  Elf_External_Rel *src_rel;
+	  arelent *ptr;
+	  int n;
+	  asymbol *sym;
+
+	  ptr = sec->orelocation[idx];
+	  sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
+	  src_rel = outbound_relocs + idx;
+
+	  /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
+	     file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
+	     The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative.  */
+	  if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0)
+	    dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address;
+	  else
+	    dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address + sec->vma;
+
+	  if (sym == last_sym)
+	    n = last_sym_idx;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      last_sym = sym;
+	      n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym);
+	      if (n < 0)
+		{
+		  *failedp = true;
+		  return;
+		}
+	      last_sym_idx = n;
+	    }
+
+	  if ((*ptr->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec
+	      && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, ptr))
+	    {
+	      *failedp = true;
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  dst_rel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type);
+
+	  elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &dst_rel, src_rel);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write out the program headers.  */
+
+int
+elf_write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdr, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
+     int count;
+{
+  while (count--)
+    {
+      Elf_External_Phdr extphdr;
+      elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, phdr, &extphdr);
+      if (bfd_write (&extphdr, sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr), 1, abfd)
+	  != sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr))
+	return -1;
+      phdr++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Write out the section headers and the ELF file header.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr;	/* Elf file header, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;	/* Elf file header, internal form */
+  Elf_External_Shdr *x_shdrp;	/* Section header table, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;	/* Section header table, internal form */
+  unsigned int count;
+
+  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
+
+  /* swap the header before spitting it out... */
+
+#if DEBUG & 1
+  elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
+#endif
+  elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, i_ehdrp, &x_ehdr);
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_write ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd)
+	  != sizeof (x_ehdr)))
+    return false;
+
+  /* at this point we've concocted all the ELF sections... */
+  x_shdrp = (Elf_External_Shdr *)
+    bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*x_shdrp) * (i_ehdrp->e_shnum));
+  if (!x_shdrp)
+    return false;
+
+  for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++)
+    {
+#if DEBUG & 2
+      elf_debug_section (count, i_shdrp[count]);
+#endif
+      elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, i_shdrp[count], x_shdrp + count);
+    }
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_write ((PTR) x_shdrp, sizeof (*x_shdrp), i_ehdrp->e_shnum, abfd)
+	  != sizeof (*x_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum))
+    return false;
+
+  /* need to dump the string table too... */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+long
+elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **symptrs;		/* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
+     boolean dynamic;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *verhdr;
+  long symcount;		/* Number of external ELF symbols */
+  elf_symbol_type *sym;		/* Pointer to current bfd symbol */
+  elf_symbol_type *symbase;	/* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */
+  Elf_Internal_Sym i_sym;
+  Elf_External_Sym *x_symp = NULL;
+  Elf_External_Versym *x_versymp = NULL;
+
+  /* Read each raw ELF symbol, converting from external ELF form to
+     internal ELF form, and then using the information to create a
+     canonical bfd symbol table entry.
+
+     Note that we allocate the initial bfd canonical symbol buffer
+     based on a one-to-one mapping of the ELF symbols to canonical
+     symbols.  We actually use all the ELF symbols, so there will be no
+     space left over at the end.  When we have all the symbols, we
+     build the caller's pointer vector. */
+
+  if (! dynamic)
+    {
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+      verhdr = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+      if (elf_dynversym (abfd) == 0)
+	verhdr = NULL;
+      else
+	verhdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr;
+      if ((elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
+	   && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
+	  || (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0
+	      && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
+	{
+	  if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd))
+	    return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+
+  if (symcount == 0)
+    sym = symbase = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      long i;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+	return -1;
+
+      symbase = ((elf_symbol_type *)
+		 bfd_zalloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (elf_symbol_type)));
+      if (symbase == (elf_symbol_type *) NULL)
+	return -1;
+      sym = symbase;
+
+      /* Temporarily allocate room for the raw ELF symbols.  */
+      x_symp = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+		bfd_malloc (symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+      if (x_symp == NULL && symcount != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_symp, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), symcount, abfd)
+	  != symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      /* Read the raw ELF version symbol information.  */
+
+      if (verhdr != NULL
+	  && verhdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Versym) != symcount)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: version count (%ld) does not match symbol count (%ld)",
+	     abfd->filename,
+	     (long) (verhdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)),
+	     symcount);
+
+	  /* Slurp in the symbols without the version information,
+             since that is more helpful than just quitting.  */
+	  verhdr = NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (verhdr != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, verhdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  x_versymp = (Elf_External_Versym *) bfd_malloc (verhdr->sh_size);
+	  if (x_versymp == NULL && verhdr->sh_size != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_versymp, 1, verhdr->sh_size, abfd)
+	      != verhdr->sh_size)
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      /* Skip first symbol, which is a null dummy.  */
+      for (i = 1; i < symcount; i++)
+	{
+	  elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, x_symp + i, &i_sym);
+	  memcpy (&sym->internal_elf_sym, &i_sym, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
+#ifdef ELF_KEEP_EXTSYM
+	  memcpy (&sym->native_elf_sym, x_symp + i, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+#endif
+	  sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+
+	  sym->symbol.name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
+							      hdr->sh_link,
+							      i_sym.st_name);
+
+	  sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value;
+
+	  if (i_sym.st_shndx > 0 && i_sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	    {
+	      sym->symbol.section = section_from_elf_index (abfd,
+							    i_sym.st_shndx);
+	      if (sym->symbol.section == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* This symbol is in a section for which we did not
+		     create a BFD section.  Just use bfd_abs_section,
+		     although it is wrong.  FIXME.  */
+		  sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+	    {
+	      sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	    }
+	  else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	    {
+	      sym->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	      /* Elf puts the alignment into the `value' field, and
+		 the size into the `size' field.  BFD wants to see the
+		 size in the value field, and doesn't care (at the
+		 moment) about the alignment.  */
+	      sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_size;
+	    }
+	  else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	    {
+	      sym->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+	  /* If this is a relocateable file, then the symbol value is
+             already section relative.  */
+	  if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0)
+	    sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma;
+
+	  switch (ELF_ST_BIND (i_sym.st_info))
+	    {
+	    case STB_LOCAL:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_LOCAL;
+	      break;
+	    case STB_GLOBAL:
+	      if (i_sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+		  && i_sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON)
+		sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+	      break;
+	    case STB_WEAK:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (i_sym.st_info))
+	    {
+	    case STT_SECTION:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      break;
+	    case STT_FILE:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FILE | BSF_DEBUGGING;
+	      break;
+	    case STT_FUNC:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+	      break;
+	    case STT_OBJECT:
+	      sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (dynamic)
+	    sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_DYNAMIC;
+
+	  if (x_versymp != NULL)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Versym iversym;
+
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, x_versymp + i, &iversym);
+	      sym->version = iversym.vs_vers;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol.  */
+	  {
+	    struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+	    if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing)
+	      (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing) (abfd, &sym->symbol);
+	  }
+
+	  sym++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol table.  */
+  {
+    struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+    if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing)
+      (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) (abfd, symbase, symcount);
+  }
+
+  /* We rely on the zalloc to clear out the final symbol entry.  */
+
+  symcount = sym - symbase;
+
+  /* Fill in the user's symbol pointer vector if needed.  */
+  if (symptrs)
+    {
+      long l = symcount;
+
+      sym = symbase;
+      while (l-- > 0)
+	{
+	  *symptrs++ = &sym->symbol;
+	  sym++;
+	}
+      *symptrs = 0;		/* Final null pointer */
+    }
+
+  if (x_versymp != NULL)
+    free (x_versymp);
+  if (x_symp != NULL)
+    free (x_symp);
+  return symcount;
+error_return:
+  if (x_versymp != NULL)
+    free (x_versymp);
+  if (x_symp != NULL)
+    free (x_symp);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Read in and swap the external relocs.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, asect, symbols, dynamic)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *asect;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     boolean dynamic;
+{
+  struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  struct bfd_elf_section_data * const d = elf_section_data (asect);
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+  bfd_size_type reloc_count;
+  PTR allocated = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *native_relocs;
+  arelent *relents;
+  arelent *relent;
+  unsigned int i;
+  int entsize;
+
+  if (asect->relocation != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  if (! dynamic)
+    {
+      if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+	  || asect->reloc_count == 0)
+	return true;
+
+      rel_hdr = &d->rel_hdr;
+      reloc_count = asect->reloc_count;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (asect->rel_filepos == rel_hdr->sh_offset
+		  && reloc_count == rel_hdr->sh_size / rel_hdr->sh_entsize);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (asect->_raw_size == 0)
+	return true;
+
+      rel_hdr = &d->this_hdr;
+      reloc_count = rel_hdr->sh_size / rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
+    }
+
+  allocated = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) rel_hdr->sh_size);
+  if (allocated == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read (allocated, 1, rel_hdr->sh_size, abfd)
+	  != rel_hdr->sh_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  native_relocs = (bfd_byte *) allocated;
+
+  relents = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (abfd, reloc_count * sizeof (arelent));
+  if (relents == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  entsize = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
+  BFD_ASSERT (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)
+	      || entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+
+  for (i = 0, relent = relents;
+       i < reloc_count;
+       i++, relent++, native_relocs += entsize)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
+      Elf_Internal_Rel rel;
+
+      if (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela))
+	elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Rela *) native_relocs, &rela);
+      else
+	{
+	  elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Rel *) native_relocs, &rel);
+	  rela.r_offset = rel.r_offset;
+	  rela.r_info = rel.r_info;
+	  rela.r_addend = 0;
+	}
+
+      /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
+	 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
+	 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
+	 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute..  */
+      if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 || dynamic)
+	relent->address = rela.r_offset;
+      else
+	relent->address = rela.r_offset - asect->vma;
+
+      if (ELF_R_SYM (rela.r_info) == 0)
+	relent->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+      else
+	{
+	  asymbol **ps, *s;
+
+	  ps = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (rela.r_info) - 1;
+	  s = *ps;
+
+	  /* Canonicalize ELF section symbols.  FIXME: Why?  */
+	  if ((s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
+	    relent->sym_ptr_ptr = ps;
+	  else
+	    relent->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	}
+
+      relent->addend = rela.r_addend;
+
+      if (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela))
+	(*ebd->elf_info_to_howto) (abfd, relent, &rela);
+      else
+	(*ebd->elf_info_to_howto_rel) (abfd, relent, &rel);
+    }
+
+  asect->relocation = relents;
+
+  if (allocated != NULL)
+    free (allocated);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (allocated != NULL)
+    free (allocated);
+  return false;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+elf_debug_section (num, hdr)
+     int num;
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "\nSection#%d '%s' 0x%.8lx\n", num,
+	   hdr->bfd_section != NULL ? hdr->bfd_section->name : "",
+	   (long) hdr);
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   "sh_name      = %ld\tsh_type      = %ld\tsh_flags     = %ld\n",
+	   (long) hdr->sh_name,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_type,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_flags);
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   "sh_addr      = %ld\tsh_offset    = %ld\tsh_size      = %ld\n",
+	   (long) hdr->sh_addr,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_offset,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_size);
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   "sh_link      = %ld\tsh_info      = %ld\tsh_addralign = %ld\n",
+	   (long) hdr->sh_link,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_info,
+	   (long) hdr->sh_addralign);
+  fprintf (stderr, "sh_entsize   = %ld\n",
+	   (long) hdr->sh_entsize);
+  fflush (stderr);
+}
+
+static void
+elf_debug_file (ehdrp)
+     Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdrp;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_entry      = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) ehdrp->e_entry);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_phoff      = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phoff);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_phnum      = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phnum);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_phentsize  = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phentsize);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_shoff      = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shoff);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_shnum      = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shnum);
+  fprintf (stderr, "e_shentsize  = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shentsize);
+}
+
+static char *
+elf_symbol_flags (flags)
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  static char buffer[1024];
+
+  buffer[0] = '\0';
+  if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
+    strcat (buffer, " local");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+    strcat (buffer, " global");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
+    strcat (buffer, " debug");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION)
+    strcat (buffer, " function");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_KEEP)
+    strcat (buffer, " keep");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_KEEP_G)
+    strcat (buffer, " keep_g");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
+    strcat (buffer, " weak");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+    strcat (buffer, " section-sym");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_OLD_COMMON)
+    strcat (buffer, " old-common");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END)
+    strcat (buffer, " not-at-end");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR)
+    strcat (buffer, " constructor");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_WARNING)
+    strcat (buffer, " warning");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_INDIRECT)
+    strcat (buffer, " indirect");
+
+  if (flags & BSF_FILE)
+    strcat (buffer, " file");
+
+  if (flags & DYNAMIC)
+    strcat (buffer, " dynamic");
+
+  if (flags & ~(BSF_LOCAL
+		| BSF_GLOBAL
+		| BSF_DEBUGGING
+		| BSF_FUNCTION
+		| BSF_KEEP
+		| BSF_KEEP_G
+		| BSF_WEAK
+		| BSF_SECTION_SYM
+		| BSF_OLD_COMMON
+		| BSF_NOT_AT_END
+		| BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+		| BSF_WARNING
+		| BSF_INDIRECT
+		| BSF_FILE
+		| BSF_DYNAMIC))
+    strcat (buffer, " unknown-bits");
+
+  return buffer;
+}
+#endif
+
+#include "elfcore.h"
+#include "elflink.h"
+
+/* Size-dependent data and functions.  */
+const struct elf_size_info NAME(_bfd_elf,size_info) = {
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Rel),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Rela),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Sym),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn),
+  sizeof (Elf_External_Note),
+
+  ARCH_SIZE, FILE_ALIGN,
+  ELFCLASS, EV_CURRENT,
+  elf_write_out_phdrs,
+  elf_write_shdrs_and_ehdr,
+  write_relocs,
+  elf_swap_symbol_out,
+  elf_slurp_reloc_table,
+  elf_slurp_symbol_table,
+  elf_swap_dyn_in
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcore.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcore.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f683a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfcore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/* ELF core file support for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+/* Core file support */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H		/* Some core file support requires host /proc files */
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/procfs.h>
+
+/* Solaris includes the field pr_who that indicates the thread number within
+   the process.  */
+
+#ifdef PIOCOPENLWP
+#define get_thread(STATUS) ((((prstatus_t *)(STATUS))->pr_who << 16) \
+			    | ((prstatus_t *)(STATUS))->pr_pid)
+#else
+#define get_thread(STATUS) (((prstatus_t *)(STATUS))->pr_pid)
+#endif
+
+static boolean bfd_prstatus PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, int, long, int));
+static boolean bfd_prpsinfo PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, int, long));
+static boolean bfd_fpregset PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, int, long, int));
+static boolean elf_corefile_note PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *));
+
+#else
+#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos, thread) true
+#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos, thread) true
+#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true
+#define get_thread(STATUS) (1)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+
+static int did_reg;
+static int did_reg2;
+
+static boolean
+bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos, thread)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *descdata;
+     int descsz;
+     long filepos;
+     int thread;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+  prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0;
+
+  if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
+    {
+      char secname[100];
+      char *p;
+
+      sprintf (secname, ".reg/%d", thread);
+      p = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (secname) + 1);
+      if (!p)
+	return false;
+      strcpy (p, secname);
+      
+      newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, p);
+      if (newsect == NULL)
+	return false;
+      newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg);
+      newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg;
+      newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+      newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+      if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz);
+	}
+
+      if (!did_reg++)
+	{
+	  asection *regsect;
+
+	  regsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg");
+	  if (regsect == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  regsect->_raw_size = newsect->_raw_size;
+	  regsect->filepos = newsect->filepos;
+	  regsect->flags = newsect->flags;
+	  regsect->alignment_power = newsect->alignment_power;
+	}
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */
+
+static boolean
+bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *descdata;
+     int descsz;
+     long filepos;
+{
+  if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t))
+    {
+      if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) == NULL)
+	return false;
+      memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz);
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos, thread)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *descdata;
+     int descsz;
+     long filepos;
+     int thread;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+  char secname[100];
+  char *p;
+
+  sprintf (secname, ".reg2/%d", thread);
+  p = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (secname) + 1);
+  if (!p)
+    return false;
+  strcpy (p, secname);
+
+  newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, p);
+  if (newsect == NULL)
+    return false;
+  newsect->_raw_size = descsz;
+  newsect->filepos = filepos;
+  newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+
+  if (!did_reg2++)
+    {
+      asection *regsect;
+
+      regsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2");
+      if (regsect == NULL)
+	return false;
+      regsect->_raw_size = newsect->_raw_size;
+      regsect->filepos = newsect->filepos;
+      regsect->flags = newsect->flags;
+      regsect->alignment_power = newsect->alignment_power;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H */
+
+/* Return a pointer to the args (including the command name) that were
+   seen by the program that generated the core dump.  Note that for
+   some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args
+   in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if
+   it exists. */
+
+char *
+elf_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+  if (core_prpsinfo (abfd))
+    {
+      prpsinfo_t *p = core_prpsinfo (abfd);
+      char *scan = p->pr_psargs;
+      while (*scan++)
+	{;
+	}
+      scan -= 2;
+      if ((scan > p->pr_psargs) && (*scan == ' '))
+	{
+	  *scan = '\000';
+	}
+      return p->pr_psargs;
+    }
+#endif
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of the signal that caused the core dump.  Presumably,
+   since we have a core file, we got a signal of some kind, so don't bother
+   checking the other process status fields, just return the signal number.
+   */
+
+int
+elf_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+  if (core_prstatus (abfd))
+    {
+      return ((prstatus_t *) (core_prstatus (abfd)))->pr_cursig;
+    }
+#endif
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Check to see if the core file could reasonably be expected to have
+   come for the current executable file.  Note that by default we return
+   true unless we find something that indicates that there might be a
+   problem.
+   */
+
+boolean
+elf_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd;
+     bfd *exec_bfd;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+  char *corename;
+  char *execname;
+#endif
+
+  /* First, xvecs must match since both are ELF files for the same target. */
+
+  if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+
+  /* If no prpsinfo, just return true.  Otherwise, grab the last component
+     of the exec'd pathname from the prpsinfo. */
+
+  if (core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))
+    {
+      corename = (((prpsinfo_t *) core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))->pr_fname);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Find the last component of the executable pathname. */
+
+  if ((execname = strrchr (exec_bfd->filename, '/')) != NULL)
+    {
+      execname++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      execname = (char *) exec_bfd->filename;
+    }
+
+  /* See if they match */
+
+  return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true;
+
+#else
+
+  return true;
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H */
+}
+
+/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of
+   the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface
+   for the process, at the time the process dumped core.  Currently this
+   includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures.
+
+   Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and
+   ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them.  The first level,
+   available on all machines since it does not require that the host
+   have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd
+   section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures,
+   without any interpretation of their contents.  With just this support,
+   the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself.  Even with
+   /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons.
+
+   In the second level of support, where HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H is defined,
+   bfd will pick apart the structures to gather some additional
+   information that clients may want, such as the general register
+   set, the name of the exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if
+   any) that caused the core dump, etc.
+
+   */
+
+static boolean
+elf_corefile_note (abfd, hdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr;
+{
+  Elf_External_Note *x_note_p;	/* Elf note, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Note i_note;	/* Elf note, internal form */
+  char *buf = NULL;		/* Entire note segment contents */
+  char *namedata;		/* Name portion of the note */
+  char *descdata;		/* Descriptor portion of the note */
+  char *sectname;		/* Name to use for new section */
+  long filepos;			/* File offset to descriptor data */
+  asection *newsect;
+  int thread = 1;		/* Current thread number */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
+  did_reg = 0;			/* Non-zero if we made .reg section */
+  did_reg2 = 0;			/* Ditto for .reg2 */
+#endif
+
+  if (hdr->p_filesz > 0
+      && (buf = (char *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL
+      && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1
+      && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz)
+    {
+      x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf;
+      while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz))
+	{
+	  i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz);
+	  i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz);
+	  i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type);
+	  namedata = x_note_p->name;
+	  descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4);
+	  filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf);
+	  switch (i_note.type)
+	    {
+	    case NT_PRSTATUS:
+	      /* process descdata as prstatus info */
+	      thread = get_thread (descdata);
+	      if (! bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos,
+				  thread))
+		return false;
+	      sectname = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    case NT_FPREGSET:
+	      /* process descdata as fpregset info */
+	      if (! bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos,
+				  thread))
+		return false;
+	      sectname = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    case NT_PRPSINFO:
+	      /* process descdata as prpsinfo */
+	      if (! bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos))
+		return false;
+	      sectname = ".prpsinfo";
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */
+	      sectname = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  if (sectname != NULL)
+	    {
+	      newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname);
+	      if (newsect == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz;
+	      newsect->filepos = filepos;
+	      newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	      newsect->alignment_power = 2;
+	    }
+	  x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *)
+	    (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4));
+	}
+    }
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      free (buf);
+    }
+  else if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
+    {
+      return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+
+}
+
+/*  Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition
+    the file using the execution view of the file (program header table)
+    rather than the linking view.  In fact, there is no section header
+    table in a core file.
+
+    The process status information (including the contents of the general
+    register set) and the floating point register set are stored in a
+    segment of type PT_NOTE.  We handcraft a couple of extra bfd sections
+    that allow standard bfd access to the general registers (.reg) and the
+    floating point registers (.reg2).
+
+ */
+
+const bfd_target *
+elf_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr;	/* Elf file header, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;	/* Elf file header, internal form */
+  Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr;	/* Program header table entry, external form */
+  Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp;	/* Program header table, internal form */
+  unsigned int phindex;
+  struct elf_backend_data *ebd;
+
+  /* Read in the ELF header in external format.  */
+
+  if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr))
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can
+     make use of.  The magic number must match, the address size ('class')
+     and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a
+     program header table (FIXME: See comments re segments at top of this
+     file). */
+
+  if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false)
+    {
+    wrong:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here !  */
+
+  {
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 32
+    int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32;
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE == 64
+    int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64;
+#endif
+
+    if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size)
+      goto wrong;
+  }
+
+  /* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order.  */
+  switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA])
+    {
+    case ELFDATA2MSB:		/* Big-endian */
+      if (! bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	goto wrong;
+      break;
+    case ELFDATA2LSB:		/* Little-endian */
+      if (! bfd_little_endian (abfd))
+	goto wrong;
+      break;
+    case ELFDATANONE:		/* No data encoding specified */
+    default:			/* Unknown data encoding specified */
+      goto wrong;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to
+     the tdata pointer in the bfd. */
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd) =
+    (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
+  if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* FIXME, `wrong' returns from this point onward, leak memory.  */
+
+  /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */
+  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+  elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp);
+#if DEBUG & 1
+  elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp);
+#endif
+
+  ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular
+     BFD format expects.  */
+  if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine
+      && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1)
+      && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2))
+    {
+      const bfd_target * const *target_ptr;
+
+      if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE)
+	goto wrong;
+
+      /* This is the generic ELF target.  Let it match any ELF target
+	 for which we do not have a specific backend.  */
+      for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++)
+	{
+	  struct elf_backend_data *back;
+
+	  if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	    continue;
+	  back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data;
+	  if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine)
+	    {
+	      /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this
+		 object file, so reject the generic ELF target.  */
+	      goto wrong;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then
+     we are hosed. */
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE)
+    goto wrong;
+
+  /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in
+     internal form, seek to the program header table in the file,
+     read it in, and convert it to internal form.  As a simple sanity
+     check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program
+     header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */
+
+  if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr))
+    goto wrong;
+  i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
+    bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum);
+  if (!i_phdrp)
+    return NULL;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+    return NULL;
+  for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
+    {
+      if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd)
+	  != sizeof (x_phdr))
+	return NULL;
+      elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex);
+    }
+
+  /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we
+     can start processing them. */
+
+  for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++)
+    {
+      bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex);
+      if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */
+
+  bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ca2b44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/* ELF linking support for BFD.
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#define ARCH_SIZE 0
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  /* This function may be called more than once.  */
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got") != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bed->want_got_plt)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got.plt");
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+	  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
+     (or .got.plt) section.  We don't do this in the linker script
+     because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
+     a global offset table.  */
+  h = NULL;
+  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	(info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0,
+	 (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+    return false;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (info->shared
+      && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
+
+  /* The first three global offset table entries are reserved.  */
+  s->_raw_size += 3 * 4;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+
+  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
+     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
+
+  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s,
+				  (flags | SEC_CODE
+				   | (bed->plt_readonly ? SEC_READONLY : 0)))
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
+    {
+      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
+	 .plt section.  */
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
+	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	      (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	return false;
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+      if (info->shared
+	  && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, bed->use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
+     by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
+     not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
+     image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
+     initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
+     section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_ALLOC))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
+     normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
+     linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
+     only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
+     until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
+     main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
+     (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
+     mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
+     be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
+     section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
+     copy relocs.  */
+  if (! info->shared)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, bed->use_rela_p ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss");
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Record a new dynamic symbol.  We record the dynamic symbols as we
+   read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
+   before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
+   Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
+   going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
+   symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
+   one.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  if (h->dynindx == -1)
+    {
+      struct bfd_strtab_hash *dynstr;
+      char *p, *alc;
+      const char *name;
+      boolean copy;
+      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+      h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+      ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+
+      dynstr = elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr;
+      if (dynstr == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names.  */
+	  elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = dynstr = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
+	  if (dynstr == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
+         table.  */
+      name = h->root.root.string;
+      p = strchr (name, ELF_VER_CHR);
+      if (p == NULL)
+	{
+	  alc = NULL;
+	  copy = false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  alc = bfd_malloc (p - name + 1);
+	  if (alc == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  strncpy (alc, name, p - name);
+	  alc[p - name] = '\0';
+	  name = alc;
+	  copy = true;
+	}
+
+      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (dynstr, name, true, copy);
+
+      if (alc != NULL)
+	free (alc);
+
+      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	return false;
+      h->dynstr_index = indx;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create a special linker section, or return a pointer to a linker section already created  */
+
+elf_linker_section_t *
+_bfd_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, which, defaults)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     enum elf_linker_section_enum which;
+     elf_linker_section_t *defaults;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
+
+  /* Record the first bfd section that needs the special section */
+  if (!dynobj)
+    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd;
+
+  /* If this is the first time, create the section */
+  lsect = elf_linker_section (dynobj, which);
+  if (!lsect)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      lsect = (elf_linker_section_t *)
+	bfd_alloc (dynobj, sizeof (elf_linker_section_t));
+
+      *lsect = *defaults;
+      elf_linker_section (dynobj, which) = lsect;
+      lsect->which = which;
+      lsect->hole_written_p = false;
+
+      /* See if the sections already exist */
+      lsect->section = s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, lsect->name);
+      if (!s || (s->flags & defaults->flags) != defaults->flags)
+	{
+	  lsect->section = s = bfd_make_section_anyway (dynobj, lsect->name);
+
+	  if (s == NULL)
+	    return (elf_linker_section_t *)0;
+
+	  bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, s, defaults->flags);
+	  bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, lsect->alignment);
+	}
+      else if (bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj, s) < lsect->alignment)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, lsect->alignment);
+
+      s->_raw_size = align_power (s->_raw_size, lsect->alignment);
+
+      /* Is there a hole we have to provide?  If so check whether the segment is
+	 too big already */
+      if (lsect->hole_size)
+	{
+	  lsect->hole_offset = s->_raw_size;
+	  s->_raw_size += lsect->hole_size;
+	  if (lsect->hole_offset > lsect->max_hole_offset)
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler) ("%s: Section %s is already to large to put hole of %ld bytes in",
+				     bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+				     lsect->name,
+				     (long)lsect->hole_size);
+
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return (elf_linker_section_t *)0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      fprintf (stderr, "Creating section %s, current size = %ld\n",
+	       lsect->name, (long)s->_raw_size);
+#endif
+
+      if (lsect->sym_name)
+	{
+	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Adding %s to section %s\n",
+		   lsect->sym_name,
+		   lsect->name);
+#endif
+	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	    bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, lsect->sym_name, false, false, false);
+
+	  if ((h == NULL || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	      && !(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info,
+						     abfd,
+						     lsect->sym_name,
+						     BSF_GLOBAL,
+						     s,
+						     ((lsect->hole_size)
+						      ? s->_raw_size - lsect->hole_size + lsect->sym_offset
+						      : lsect->sym_offset),
+						     (const char *) NULL,
+						     false,
+						     get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+						     (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	    return (elf_linker_section_t *)0;
+
+	  if ((defaults->which != LINKER_SECTION_SDATA)
+	      && (defaults->which != LINKER_SECTION_SDATA2))
+	    h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC;
+
+	  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+	  lsect->sym_hash = h;
+
+	  if (info->shared
+	      && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	    return (elf_linker_section_t *)0;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* This does not make sense.  The sections which may exist in the
+     object file have nothing to do with the sections we want to
+     create.  */
+
+  /* Find the related sections if they have been created */
+  if (lsect->bss_name && !lsect->bss_section)
+    lsect->bss_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, lsect->bss_name);
+
+  if (lsect->rel_name && !lsect->rel_section)
+    lsect->rel_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, lsect->rel_name);
+#endif
+
+  return lsect;
+}
+
+
+/* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type.  */
+
+elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
+_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_pointers, addend, which)
+     elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers;
+     bfd_signed_vma addend;
+     elf_linker_section_enum_t which;
+{
+  for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
+    {
+      if (which == linker_pointers->which && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
+	return linker_pointers;
+    }
+
+  return (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)0;
+}
+
+
+/* Make the .rela section corresponding to the generated linker section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_elf_make_linker_section_rela (dynobj, lsect, alignment)
+     bfd *dynobj;
+     elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
+     int alignment;
+{
+  if (lsect->rel_section)
+    return true;
+
+  lsect->rel_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, lsect->rel_name);
+  if (lsect->rel_section == NULL)
+    {
+      lsect->rel_section = bfd_make_section (dynobj, lsect->rel_name);
+      if (lsect->rel_section == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj,
+				      lsect->rel_section,
+				      (SEC_ALLOC
+				       | SEC_LOAD
+				       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+				       | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+				       | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+				       | SEC_READONLY))
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, lsect->rel_section, alignment))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d06b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elflink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5073 @@
+/* ELF linker support.
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* ELF linker code.  */
+
+static boolean elf_link_add_object_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_link_add_archive_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_export_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_find_version_dependencies
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_find_version_dependencies
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_assign_sym_version
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_renumber_dynsyms
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+
+/* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
+   elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure.  */
+
+struct elf_info_failed
+{
+  boolean failed;
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+};
+
+/* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
+   appropriate.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_object:
+      return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info);
+    case bfd_archive:
+      return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info);
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table.  We
+   don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
+   problem which arises on UnixWare.  The UnixWare libc.so is an
+   archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
+   symbols.  The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
+   object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
+   as those defined in libc.so.1.  Correct linking requires that we
+   consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
+   symbols we need.  _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
+   this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
+   any object file which defines them.  When this algorithm is used on
+   UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
+   bunch of symbols.  This means that some of the other objects in the
+   archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
+   precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
+
+   Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
+   _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
+   oddities.  In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
+   symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
+   object file.
+
+   Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
+   table until nothing further is resolved.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  symindex c;
+  boolean *defined = NULL;
+  boolean *included = NULL;
+  carsym *symdefs;
+  boolean loop;
+
+  if (! bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      /* An empty archive is a special case.  */
+      if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL)
+	return true;
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
+     files we know to be already included.  This is to speed up the
+     second and subsequent passes.  */
+  c = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count;
+  if (c == 0)
+    return true;
+  defined = (boolean *) bfd_malloc (c * sizeof (boolean));
+  included = (boolean *) bfd_malloc (c * sizeof (boolean));
+  if (defined == (boolean *) NULL || included == (boolean *) NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  memset (defined, 0, c * sizeof (boolean));
+  memset (included, 0, c * sizeof (boolean));
+
+  symdefs = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs;
+
+  do
+    {
+      file_ptr last;
+      symindex i;
+      carsym *symdef;
+      carsym *symdefend;
+
+      loop = false;
+      last = -1;
+
+      symdef = symdefs;
+      symdefend = symdef + c;
+      for (i = 0; symdef < symdefend; symdef++, i++)
+	{
+	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+	  bfd *element;
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail;
+	  symindex mark;
+
+	  if (defined[i] || included[i])
+	    continue;
+	  if (symdef->file_offset == last)
+	    {
+	      included[i] = true;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), symdef->name,
+				    false, false, false);
+
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *p, *copy;
+
+	      /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@),
+		 look up the symbol again without the version.  The
+		 effect is that references to the symbol without the
+		 version will be matched by the default symbol in the
+		 archive.  */
+
+	      p = strchr (symdef->name, ELF_VER_CHR);
+	      if (p == NULL || p[1] != ELF_VER_CHR)
+		continue;
+
+	      copy = bfd_alloc (abfd, p - symdef->name + 1);
+	      if (copy == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      memcpy (copy, symdef->name, p - symdef->name);
+	      copy[p - symdef->name] = '\0';
+
+	      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), copy,
+					false, false, false);
+
+	      bfd_release (abfd, copy);
+	    }
+
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	    {
+	      if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+		defined[i] = true;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We need to include this archive member.  */
+
+	  element = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, symdef->file_offset);
+	  if (element == (bfd *) NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
+	     already--it should be impossible, but there may be
+	     something wrong with the archive.  */
+	  if (element->archive_pass != 0)
+	    {
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  element->archive_pass = 1;
+
+	  undefs_tail = info->hash->undefs_tail;
+
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element,
+							 symdef->name))
+	    goto error_return;
+	  if (! elf_link_add_object_symbols (element, info))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
+	     another pass through the archive in order to see whether
+	     they can be defined.  FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
+	     common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
+	     undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
+	     does not require another pass.  This isn't a bug, but it
+	     does make the code less efficient than it could be.  */
+	  if (undefs_tail != info->hash->undefs_tail)
+	    loop = true;
+
+	  /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
+	     which we have already seen in this pass.  */
+	  mark = i;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      included[mark] = true;
+	      if (mark == 0)
+		break;
+	      --mark;
+	    }
+	  while (symdefs[mark].file_offset == symdef->file_offset);
+
+	  /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
+	     on through the loop.  */
+	  last = symdef->file_offset;
+	}
+    }
+  while (loop);
+
+  free (defined);
+  free (included);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (defined != (boolean *) NULL)
+    free (defined);
+  if (included != (boolean *) NULL)
+    free (included);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  boolean (*add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+				      const Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+				      const char **, flagword *,
+				      asection **, bfd_vma *));
+  boolean (*check_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+				   asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+  boolean collect;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+  size_t symcount;
+  size_t extsymcount;
+  size_t extsymoff;
+  Elf_External_Sym *buf = NULL;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash;
+  boolean dynamic;
+  bfd_byte *dynver = NULL;
+  Elf_External_Versym *extversym = NULL;
+  Elf_External_Versym *ever;
+  Elf_External_Dyn *dynbuf = NULL;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *weaks;
+  Elf_External_Sym *esym;
+  Elf_External_Sym *esymend;
+
+  add_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_add_symbol_hook;
+  collect = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+    dynamic = false;
+  else
+    {
+      dynamic = true;
+
+      /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object.  Also, there's no
+	 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
+	 the format of the output file.  */
+      if (info->relocateable || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+	  goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
+     .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
+     symbol.  This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
+     warnings when they are included in an output file.  */
+  if (! info->shared)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+
+	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, s);
+	  if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0)
+	    {
+	      char *msg;
+	      bfd_size_type sz;
+
+	      name += sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
+
+	      /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
+		 in the hash table.  If it is there, and it is already
+		 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
+		 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
+		 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
+		 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't.  The only
+		 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
+		 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
+		 link.  */
+	      if (dynamic && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator)
+		{
+		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+		  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
+					    false, false, true);
+
+		  /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common?  */
+		  if (h != NULL
+		      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		    {
+		      /* We don't want to issue this warning.  Clobber
+                         the section size so that the warning does not
+                         get copied into the output file.  */
+		      s->_raw_size = 0;
+		      continue;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      sz = bfd_section_size (abfd, s);
+	      msg = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sz);
+	      if (msg == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, msg, (file_ptr) 0, sz))
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		     (info, abfd, name, BSF_WARNING, s, (bfd_vma) 0, msg,
+		      false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) NULL)))
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (! info->relocateable)
+		{
+		  /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
+                     not get copied into the output file.  */
+		  s->_raw_size = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
+     symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table.  The dynamic linker
+     will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
+     look at .symtab for a dynamic object.  */
+
+  if (! dynamic || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
+    hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  else
+    hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
+
+  if (dynamic)
+    {
+      /* Read in any version definitions.  */
+
+      if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *verdefhdr;
+	  bfd_byte *dynver;
+	  int i;
+	  const Elf_External_Verdef *extverdef;
+	  Elf_Internal_Verdef *intverdef;
+
+	  verdefhdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef =
+	    ((Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
+	     bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+			 verdefhdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)));
+	  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  dynver = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (verdefhdr->sh_size);
+	  if (dynver == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, verdefhdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || (bfd_read ((PTR) dynver, 1, verdefhdr->sh_size, abfd)
+		  != verdefhdr->sh_size))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  extverdef = (const Elf_External_Verdef *) dynver;
+	  intverdef = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
+	  for (i = 0; i < verdefhdr->sh_info; i++, intverdef++)
+	    {
+	      const Elf_External_Verdaux *extverdaux;
+	      Elf_Internal_Verdaux intverdaux;
+
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, extverdef, intverdef);
+
+	      /* Pick up the name of the version.  */
+	      extverdaux = ((const Elf_External_Verdaux *)
+			    ((bfd_byte *) extverdef + intverdef->vd_aux));
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, extverdaux, &intverdaux);
+
+	      intverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
+	      intverdef->vd_nodename =
+		bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, verdefhdr->sh_link,
+						 intverdaux.vda_name);
+
+	      extverdef = ((const Elf_External_Verdef *)
+			   ((bfd_byte *) extverdef + intverdef->vd_next));
+	    }
+
+	  free (dynver);
+	  dynver = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
+         to internal format.  */
+      if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *versymhdr;
+
+	  versymhdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr;
+	  extversym = (Elf_External_Versym *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
+	  if (extversym == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, versymhdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	      || (bfd_read ((PTR) extversym, 1, versymhdr->sh_size, abfd)
+		  != versymhdr->sh_size))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+
+  /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
+     external symbols start.  We don't care about the local symbols at
+     this point.  */
+  if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
+    {
+      extsymcount = symcount;
+      extsymoff = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      extsymcount = symcount - hdr->sh_info;
+      extsymoff = hdr->sh_info;
+    }
+
+  buf = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+	 bfd_malloc (extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+  if (buf == NULL && extsymcount != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
+     symbol.  */
+  sym_hash = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **)
+	      bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 extsymcount * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)));
+  if (sym_hash == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  elf_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash;
+
+  if (! dynamic)
+    {
+      /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
+         sections immediately.  We need to attach them to something,
+         so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
+         format.  FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
+         format as the output, we can't make a shared library.  */
+      if (info->shared
+	  && ! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+	  && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      asection *s;
+      boolean add_needed;
+      const char *name;
+      bfd_size_type oldsize;
+      bfd_size_type strindex;
+
+      /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
+	 object.  If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
+	 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
+	 elf_dt_name, we use that.  Otherwise, we just use the file
+	 name.  If the generic linker put a null string into
+	 elf_dt_name, we don't make a DT_NEEDED entry at all, even if
+	 there is a DT_SONAME entry.  */
+      add_needed = true;
+      name = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+      if (elf_dt_name (abfd) != NULL)
+	{
+	  name = elf_dt_name (abfd);
+	  if (*name == '\0')
+	    add_needed = false;
+	}
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	{
+	  Elf_External_Dyn *extdyn;
+	  Elf_External_Dyn *extdynend;
+	  int elfsec;
+	  unsigned long link;
+
+	  dynbuf = (Elf_External_Dyn *) bfd_malloc ((size_t) s->_raw_size);
+	  if (dynbuf == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf,
+					  (file_ptr) 0, s->_raw_size))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
+	  if (elfsec == -1)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
+
+	  extdyn = dynbuf;
+	  extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn);
+	  for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn++)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+
+	      elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
+	      if (dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME)
+		{
+		  name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
+							  dyn.d_un.d_val);
+		  if (name == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+	      if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
+		{
+		  struct bfd_link_needed_list *n, **pn;
+		  char *fnm, *anm;
+
+		  n = ((struct bfd_link_needed_list *)
+		       bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list)));
+		  fnm = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link,
+							 dyn.d_un.d_val);
+		  if (n == NULL || fnm == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  anm = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (fnm) + 1);
+		  if (anm == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  strcpy (anm, fnm);
+		  n->name = anm;
+		  n->by = abfd;
+		  n->next = NULL;
+		  for (pn = &elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
+		       *pn != NULL;
+		       pn = &(*pn)->next)
+		    ;
+		  *pn = n;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  free (dynbuf);
+	  dynbuf = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
+	 object in the output file.  We hack by simply clobbering the
+	 list of sections in the BFD.  This could be handled more
+	 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
+	 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
+	 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
+	 file.  */
+      abfd->sections = NULL;
+      abfd->section_count = 0;
+
+      /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create
+	 the special sections required for dynamic linking.  */
+      if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      if (add_needed)
+	{
+	  /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object.  */
+	  oldsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
+	  strindex = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, name,
+					 true, false);
+	  if (strindex == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (oldsize == _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr))
+	    {
+	      asection *sdyn;
+	      Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
+
+	      /* The hash table size did not change, which means that
+		 the dynamic object name was already entered.  If we
+		 have already included this dynamic object in the
+		 link, just ignore it.  There is no reason to include
+		 a particular dynamic object more than once.  */
+	      sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+					      ".dynamic");
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
+
+	      dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
+	      dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents +
+						sdyn->_raw_size);
+	      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
+		{
+		  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+
+		  elf_swap_dyn_in (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, dyncon,
+				   &dyn);
+		  if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED
+		      && dyn.d_un.d_val == strindex)
+		    {
+		      if (buf != NULL)
+			free (buf);
+		      if (extversym != NULL)
+			free (extversym);
+		      return true;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NEEDED, strindex))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      /* Save the SONAME, if there is one, because sometimes the
+         linker emulation code will need to know it.  */
+      if (*name == '\0')
+	name = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+      elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		hdr->sh_offset + extsymoff * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym),
+		SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), extsymcount, abfd)
+	  != extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  weaks = NULL;
+
+  ever = extversym != NULL ? extversym + extsymoff : NULL;
+  esymend = buf + extsymcount;
+  for (esym = buf;
+       esym < esymend;
+       esym++, sym_hash++, ever = (ever != NULL ? ever + 1 : NULL))
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+      int bind;
+      bfd_vma value;
+      asection *sec;
+      flagword flags;
+      const char *name;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      boolean definition;
+      boolean size_change_ok, type_change_ok;
+      boolean new_weakdef;
+      unsigned int old_alignment;
+
+      elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &sym);
+
+      flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS;
+      sec = NULL;
+      value = sym.st_value;
+      *sym_hash = NULL;
+
+      bind = ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info);
+      if (bind == STB_LOCAL)
+	{
+	  /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
+	     global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
+	     point to the first global symbol.  Unfortunatealy, Irix 5
+	     screws this up.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else if (bind == STB_GLOBAL)
+	{
+	  if (sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF
+	      && sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON)
+	    flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+	  else
+	    flags = 0;
+	}
+      else if (bind == STB_WEAK)
+	flags = BSF_WEAK;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Leave it up to the processor backend.  */
+	}
+
+      if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      else if (sym.st_shndx > 0 && sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	{
+	  sec = section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym.st_shndx);
+	  if (sec == NULL)
+	    sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  else if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0)
+	    value -= sec->vma;
+	}
+      else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+	sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	{
+	  sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	  /* What ELF calls the size we call the value.  What ELF
+	     calls the value we call the alignment.  */
+	  value = sym.st_size;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Leave it up to the processor backend.  */
+	}
+
+      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, sym.st_name);
+      if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (add_symbol_hook)
+	{
+	  if (! (*add_symbol_hook) (abfd, info, &sym, &name, &flags, &sec,
+				    &value))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
+	     should be skipped for some reason.  */
+	  if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled.  */
+      if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (sec)
+	  || bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+	definition = false;
+      else
+	definition = true;
+
+      size_change_ok = false;
+      type_change_ok = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->type_change_ok;
+      old_alignment = 0;
+      if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Versym iver;
+	  int vernum;
+	  boolean override;
+
+	  if (ever != NULL)
+	    {
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, ever, &iver);
+	      vernum = iver.vs_vers & VERSYM_VERSION;
+
+	      /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
+                 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
+                 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute
+                 symbol, because it might be the version symbol
+                 itself.  FIXME: What if it isn't?  */
+	      if ((iver.vs_vers & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0
+		  || (vernum > 1 && ! bfd_is_abs_section (sec)))
+		{
+		  const char *verstr;
+		  int namelen, newlen;
+		  char *newname, *p;
+
+		  if (vernum > elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr.sh_info)
+		    {
+		      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+			("%s: %s: invalid version %d (max %d)",
+			 abfd->filename, name, vernum,
+			 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr.sh_info);
+		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		      goto error_return;
+		    }
+		  else if (vernum > 1)
+		    verstr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
+		  else
+		    verstr = "";
+
+		  namelen = strlen (name);
+		  newlen = namelen + strlen (verstr) + 2;
+		  if ((iver.vs_vers & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
+		    ++newlen;
+
+		  newname = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, newlen);
+		  if (newname == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  strcpy (newname, name);
+		  p = newname + namelen;
+		  *p++ = ELF_VER_CHR;
+		  if ((iver.vs_vers & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
+		    *p++ = ELF_VER_CHR;
+		  strcpy (p, verstr);
+
+		  name = newname;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* We need to look up the symbol now in order to get some of
+	     the dynamic object handling right.  We pass the hash
+	     table entry in to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol so
+	     that it does not have to look it up again.  */
+	  if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec))
+	    h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
+				      true, false, false);
+	  else
+	    h = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+		 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd, info, name, true,
+					       false, false));
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  *sym_hash = h;
+
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	    h->elf_link_hash_flags &=~ ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+
+	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+
+	  /* FIXME: There are too many cases here, and it's too
+             confusing.  This code needs to be reorganized somehow.  */
+
+	  /* It's OK to change the type if it used to be a weak
+             definition, or if the current definition is weak (and
+             hence might be ignored).  */
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+	      || bind == STB_WEAK)
+	    type_change_ok = true;
+
+	  /* It's OK to change the size if it used to be a weak
+	     definition, or if it used to be undefined, or if we will
+	     be overriding an old definition.  */
+	  if (type_change_ok
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	    size_change_ok = true;
+
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+	    old_alignment = h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power;
+
+	  override = false;
+
+	  /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and this is a
+	     definition, we need to see if it has already been defined
+	     by some other object.  If it has, we want to use the
+	     existing definition, and we do not want to report a
+	     multiple symbol definition error; we do this by
+	     clobbering sec to be bfd_und_section_ptr.  We treat a
+	     common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the shared
+	     library is a function, since common symbols always
+	     represent variables; this can cause confusion in
+	     principle, but any such confusion would seem to indicate
+	     an erroneous program or shared library.  */
+	  if (dynamic && definition)
+	    {
+	      if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+		  || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+		      && (bind == STB_WEAK
+			  || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC)))
+		{
+		  /* In the special case of two symbols which look
+                     like common symbols in a dynamic object, set the
+                     size of the symbol to the larger of the two.  */
+		  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+		      && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+		      && sym.st_size > 0
+		      && bind != STB_WEAK
+		      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC
+		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && (h->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+		      && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+		      && h->size > 0
+		      && h->type != STT_FUNC
+		      && sym.st_size != h->size)
+		    {
+		      /* Note that we only warn if the size is
+                         different.  If the size is the same, then we
+                         simply let the first shared library override
+                         the second.  */
+		      if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+			     (info, h->root.root.string,
+			      h->root.u.def.section->owner,
+			      bfd_link_hash_common,
+			      h->size, abfd, bfd_link_hash_common,
+			      sym.st_size)))
+			goto error_return;
+		      if (sym.st_size > h->size)
+			h->size = sym.st_size;
+		    }
+
+		  override = true;
+		  sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+		  definition = false;
+		  size_change_ok = true;
+		  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+		    type_change_ok = true;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we already have a common symbol, and the symbol in the
+             shared library is in an uninitialized section, then treat
+             the shared library symbol as a common symbol.  This will
+             not always be correct, but it should do little harm.  */
+	  if (dynamic
+	      && definition
+	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	      && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+	      && sym.st_size > 0
+	      && bind != STB_WEAK
+	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC)
+	    {
+	      override = true;
+	      sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	      definition = false;
+	      value = sym.st_size;
+	      size_change_ok = true;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are not looking at a dynamic object, and we have a
+	     definition, we want to override any definition we may
+	     have from a dynamic object.  Symbols from regular files
+	     always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects,
+	     even if they are defined after the dynamic object in the
+	     link.  */
+	  if (! dynamic
+	      && (definition
+		  || (bfd_is_com_section (sec)
+		      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+			  || h->type == STT_FUNC)))
+	      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	      && (h->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	    {
+	      override = true;
+	      /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
+		 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing
+		 with the new definition.  */
+	      h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+	      h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner;
+	      size_change_ok = true;
+	      if (bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+		type_change_ok = true;
+
+	      /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this
+                 symbol was seen in a dynamic object.  We must force
+                 the union to be NULL, so that it is correct for a
+                 regular symbol.  */
+	      h->verinfo.vertree = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are not looking at a shared library and we have a
+             common symbol, and the symbol in the shared library is in
+             an uninitialized section, then treat the shared library
+             symbol as a common symbol.  This will not always be
+             correct, but it should do little harm.  Note that the
+             above condition already handled cases in which a common
+             symbol should simply override the definition in the
+             shared library.  */
+	  if (! dynamic
+	      && ! override
+	      && bfd_is_com_section (sec)
+	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	      && (h->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+	      && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	      && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+	      && h->size > 0
+	      && h->type != STT_FUNC)
+	    {
+	      /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry
+                 to a common symbol, but we don't know what to use for
+                 the section or the alignment.  */
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+		     (info, h->root.root.string,
+		      h->root.u.def.section->owner, bfd_link_hash_common,
+		      h->size, abfd, bfd_link_hash_common, value)))
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      if (h->size > value)
+		value = h->size;
+
+	      /* FIXME: We no longer know the alignment required by
+		 the symbol in the shared library, so we just wind up
+		 using the one from the regular object.  */
+
+	      override = true;
+	      h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+	      h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner;
+	      size_change_ok = true;
+	      type_change_ok = true;
+	      h->verinfo.vertree = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  if (ever != NULL
+	      && ! override
+	      && vernum > 1
+	      && (h->verinfo.verdef == NULL || definition))
+	    h->verinfo.verdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1];
+	}
+
+      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	     (info, abfd, name, flags, sec, value, (const char *) NULL,
+	      false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash)))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      h = *sym_hash;
+      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+	     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+      *sym_hash = h;
+
+      new_weakdef = false;
+      if (dynamic
+	  && definition
+	  && (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0
+	  && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC
+	  && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+	  && h->weakdef == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
+	     a dynamic object, using the weakdef field.  Later in this
+	     function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
+	     value.  We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
+	     objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
+	     time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
+	     weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
+	     figure out.  If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
+	     then this symbol was already defined by some previous
+	     dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
+	     definition anyhow.  */
+
+	  h->weakdef = weaks;
+	  weaks = h;
+	  new_weakdef = true;
+	}
+
+      /* Set the alignment of a common symbol.  */
+      if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
+	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+	{
+	  unsigned int align;
+
+	  align = bfd_log2 (sym.st_value);
+	  if (align > old_alignment)
+	    h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power = align;
+	}
+
+      if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	{
+	  int old_flags;
+	  boolean dynsym;
+	  int new_flag;
+
+	  /* Remember the symbol size and type.  */
+	  if (sym.st_size != 0
+	      && (definition || h->size == 0))
+	    {
+	      if (h->size != 0 && h->size != sym.st_size && ! size_change_ok)
+		(*_bfd_error_handler)
+		  ("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed from %lu to %lu in %s",
+		   name, (unsigned long) h->size, (unsigned long) sym.st_size,
+		   bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+	      h->size = sym.st_size;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
+             to be the size of the common symbol.  The code just above
+             won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger.  We
+             don't warn about a size change here, because that is
+             covered by --warn-common.  */
+	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+	    h->size = h->root.u.c.size;
+
+	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_NOTYPE
+	      && (definition || h->type == STT_NOTYPE))
+	    {
+	      if (h->type != STT_NOTYPE
+		  && h->type != ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info)
+		  && ! type_change_ok)
+		(*_bfd_error_handler)
+		  ("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed from %d to %d in %s",
+		   name, h->type, ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info),
+		   bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+	      h->type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info);
+	    }
+
+	  if (sym.st_other != 0
+	      && (definition || h->other == 0))
+	    h->other = sym.st_other;
+
+	  /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
+	     reference or definition we just found.  Keep a count of
+	     the number of dynamic symbols we find.  A dynamic symbol
+	     is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
+	     object and a shared object.  */
+	  old_flags = h->elf_link_hash_flags;
+	  dynsym = false;
+	  if (! dynamic)
+	    {
+	      if (! definition)
+		new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+	      else
+		new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+	      if (info->shared
+		  || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+				   | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0)
+		dynsym = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! definition)
+		new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC;
+	      else
+		new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC;
+	      if ((old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
+				| ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0
+		  || (h->weakdef != NULL
+		      && ! new_weakdef
+		      && h->weakdef->dynindx != -1))
+		dynsym = true;
+	    }
+
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= new_flag;
+
+	  /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default
+             version, we create an indirect symbol from the default
+             name to the fully decorated name.  This will cause
+             external references which do not specify a version to be
+             bound to this version of the symbol.  */
+	  if (definition)
+	    {
+	      char *p;
+
+	      p = strchr (name, ELF_VER_CHR);
+	      if (p != NULL && p[1] == ELF_VER_CHR)
+		{
+		  char *shortname;
+		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *hold;
+
+		  shortname = bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+						 p - name + 1);
+		  if (shortname == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  strncpy (shortname, name, p - name);
+		  shortname[p - name] = '\0';
+
+		  /* First look to see if we have an existing symbol
+                     with this name.  */
+		  hold = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
+					       shortname, false, false,
+					       false);
+
+		  /* If we are looking at a normal object, and the
+                     symbol was seen in a shared object, clobber the
+                     definition in the shared object.  */
+		  if (hold != NULL
+		      && ! dynamic
+		      && (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+		      && (hold->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && ((hold->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC)
+			  != 0))
+		    {
+		      /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, so
+                         that _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol will do
+                         the right thing.  */
+		      hold->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+		      hold->root.u.undef.abfd =
+			hold->root.u.def.section->owner;
+		      hold->verinfo.vertree = NULL;
+		      hold = NULL;
+		    }
+
+		  /* If we are looking at a shared object, and we have
+                     already seen this symbol defined elsewhere, then
+                     don't try to define it again. */
+		  if (hold != NULL
+		      && dynamic
+		      && (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+			  || (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+			      && (bind == STB_WEAK
+				  || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC))))
+		    {
+		      /* Don't add an indirect symbol.  */
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hi;
+
+		      hi = NULL;
+		      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+			     (info, abfd, shortname, BSF_INDIRECT,
+			      bfd_ind_section_ptr, (bfd_vma) 0, name, false,
+			      collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &hi)))
+			goto error_return;
+
+		      /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere,
+                         then HI may not point to an indirect symbol.
+                         We will have reported an error to the user in
+                         that case.  */
+
+		      if (hi->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+			{
+			  hi->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+
+			  /* If the symbol became indirect, then we
+                             assume that we have not seen a definition
+                             before.  */
+			  BFD_ASSERT ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+				       & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+					  | ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))
+				      == 0);
+
+			  /* Copy down any references that we may have
+                             already seen to the symbol which just
+                             became indirect.  */
+			  h->elf_link_hash_flags |=
+			    (hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+			     & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
+				| ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR));
+
+			  /* Copy over the global table offset entry.
+                             This may have been already set up by a
+                             check_relocs routine.  */
+			  if (h->got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+			    {
+			      h->got_offset = hi->got_offset;
+			      hi->got_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+			    }
+			  BFD_ASSERT (hi->got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+			  if (h->dynindx == -1)
+			    {
+			      h->dynindx = hi->dynindx;
+			      h->dynstr_index = hi->dynstr_index;
+			      hi->dynindx = -1;
+			      hi->dynstr_index = 0;
+			    }
+			  BFD_ASSERT (hi->dynindx == -1);
+
+			  /* FIXME: There may be other information to
+                             copy over for particular targets.  */
+
+			  /* See if the new flags lead us to realize
+                             that the symbol must be dynamic.  */
+			  if (! dynsym)
+			    {
+			      if (! dynamic)
+				{
+				  if (info->shared
+				      || ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+					   & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)
+					  != 0))
+				    dynsym = true;
+				}
+			      else
+				{
+				  if ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+				       & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0)
+				    dynsym = true;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  /* We also need to define an indirection from the
+                     nondefault version of the symbol.  */
+
+		  shortname = bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+						 strlen (name));
+		  if (shortname == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  strncpy (shortname, name, p - name);
+		  strcpy (shortname + (p - name), p + 1);
+
+		  /* First look to see if we have an existing symbol
+                     with this name.  */
+		  hold = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
+					       shortname, false, false,
+					       false);
+
+		  /* If we are looking at a normal object, and the
+                     symbol was seen in a shared object, clobber the
+                     definition in the shared object.  */
+		  if (hold != NULL
+		      && ! dynamic
+		      && (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+		      && (hold->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && ((hold->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC)
+			  != 0))
+		    {
+		      /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, so
+                         that _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol will do
+                         the right thing.  */
+		      hold->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+		      hold->root.u.undef.abfd =
+			hold->root.u.def.section->owner;
+		      hold->verinfo.vertree = NULL;
+		      hold = NULL;
+		    }
+
+		  /* If we are looking at a shared object, and we have
+                     already seen this symbol defined elsewhere, then
+                     don't try to define it again. */
+		  if (hold != NULL
+		      && dynamic
+		      && (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+			  || hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+			  || (hold->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+			      && (bind == STB_WEAK
+				  || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC))))
+		    {
+		      /* Don't add an indirect symbol.  */
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hi;
+
+		      hi = NULL;
+		      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+			     (info, abfd, shortname, BSF_INDIRECT,
+			      bfd_ind_section_ptr, (bfd_vma) 0, name, false,
+			      collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &hi)))
+			goto error_return;
+
+		      /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere,
+                         then HI may not point to an indirect symbol.
+                         We will have reported an error to the user in
+                         that case.  */
+
+		      if (hi->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+			{
+			  hi->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+
+			  /* If the symbol became indirect, then we
+                             assume that we have not seen a definition
+                             before.  */
+			  BFD_ASSERT ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+				       & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+					  | ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))
+				      == 0);
+
+			  /* Copy down any references that we may have
+                             already seen to the symbol which just
+                             became indirect.  */
+			  h->elf_link_hash_flags |=
+			    (hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+			     & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
+				| ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR));
+
+			  /* Copy over the global table offset entry.
+                             This may have been already set up by a
+                             check_relocs routine.  */
+			  if (h->got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+			    {
+			      h->got_offset = hi->got_offset;
+			      hi->got_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+			    }
+			  BFD_ASSERT (hi->got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+			  if (h->dynindx == -1)
+			    {
+			      h->dynindx = hi->dynindx;
+			      h->dynstr_index = hi->dynstr_index;
+			      hi->dynindx = -1;
+			      hi->dynstr_index = 0;
+			    }
+			  BFD_ASSERT (hi->dynindx == -1);
+
+			  /* FIXME: There may be other information to
+                             copy over for particular targets.  */
+
+			  /* See if the new flags lead us to realize
+                             that the symbol must be dynamic.  */
+			  if (! dynsym)
+			    {
+			      if (! dynamic)
+				{
+				  if (info->shared
+				      || ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+					   & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)
+					  != 0))
+				    dynsym = true;
+				}
+			      else
+				{
+				  if ((hi->elf_link_hash_flags
+				       & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0)
+				    dynsym = true;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (dynsym && h->dynindx == -1)
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+		goto error_return;
+	      if (h->weakdef != NULL
+		  && ! new_weakdef
+		  && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1)
+		{
+		  if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info,
+							     h->weakdef))
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
+     symbols we found.  The only way to do this is to search all the
+     symbols.  Since we only need the information for non functions in
+     dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
+     the list WEAKS.  We need this information so that if a regular
+     object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
+     real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
+     symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
+     same memory location.  We could handle the general case of symbol
+     aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
+     assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
+     consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
+     either.  */
+  while (weaks != NULL)
+    {
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hlook;
+      asection *slook;
+      bfd_vma vlook;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry **hpp;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry **hppend;
+
+      hlook = weaks;
+      weaks = hlook->weakdef;
+      hlook->weakdef = NULL;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+		  || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
+		  || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect);
+      slook = hlook->root.u.def.section;
+      vlook = hlook->root.u.def.value;
+
+      hpp = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+      hppend = hpp + extsymcount;
+      for (; hpp < hppend; hpp++)
+	{
+	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  h = *hpp;
+	  if (h != NULL && h != hlook
+	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      && h->root.u.def.section == slook
+	      && h->root.u.def.value == vlook)
+	    {
+	      hlook->weakdef = h;
+
+	      /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
+		 symbols, make sure the real definition is put there
+		 as well.  */
+	      if (hlook->dynindx != -1
+		  && h->dynindx == -1)
+		{
+		  if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
+                 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put there
+                 as well.  If we don't do this, then the dynamic
+                 loader might not merge the entries for the real
+                 definition and the weak definition.  */
+	      if (h->dynindx != -1
+		  && hlook->dynindx == -1)
+		{
+		  if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, hlook))
+		    goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      free (buf);
+      buf = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (extversym != NULL)
+    {
+      free (extversym);
+      extversym = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
+     not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
+     relocs.
+
+     This is required to build global offset table entries and to
+     arrange for dynamic relocs.  It is not required for the
+     particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
+     against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
+     knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
+     Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
+     The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
+     which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
+     (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
+     This would be a good case for using mmap.
+
+     I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
+     different format.  It probably can't be done.  */
+  check_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->check_relocs;
+  if (! dynamic
+      && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator
+      && check_relocs != NULL)
+    {
+      asection *o;
+
+      for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+	  boolean ok;
+
+	  if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+	      || o->reloc_count == 0
+	      || ((info->strip == strip_all || info->strip == strip_debugger)
+		  && (o->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0))
+	    continue;
+
+	  internal_relocs = (NAME(_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
+			     (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
+			      (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+			      info->keep_memory));
+	  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  ok = (*check_relocs) (abfd, info, o, internal_relocs);
+
+	  if (! info->keep_memory)
+	    free (internal_relocs);
+
+	  if (! ok)
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a non-traditional, non-relocateable link, try to
+     optimize the handling of the .stab/.stabstr sections.  */
+  if (! dynamic
+      && ! info->relocateable
+      && ! info->traditional_format
+      && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      && (info->strip != strip_all && info->strip != strip_debugger))
+    {
+      asection *stab, *stabstr;
+
+      stab = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stab");
+      if (stab != NULL)
+	{
+	  stabstr = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stabstr");
+
+	  if (stabstr != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
+
+	      secdata = elf_section_data (stab);
+	      if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd,
+					     &elf_hash_table (info)->stab_info,
+					     stab, stabstr,
+					     &secdata->stab_info))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+  if (dynbuf != NULL)
+    free (dynbuf);
+  if (dynver != NULL)
+    free (dynver);
+  if (extversym != NULL)
+    free (extversym);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
+   information.  ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
+   to be created.  The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
+   when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
+   addresses are assigned to the output sections.  We work out the
+   actual contents and size of these sections later.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Make sure that all dynamic sections use the same input BFD.  */
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL)
+    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd;
+  else
+    abfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag for all of these
+     sections.  */
+  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+	   | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+
+  /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
+     shared library does not.  */
+  if (! info->shared)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".interp");
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Create sections to hold version informations.  These are removed
+     if they are not needed.  */
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".gnu.version_d");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".gnu.version");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 1))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".gnu.version_r");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names.  */
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL)
+    {
+      elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = elf_stringtab_init ();
+      if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
+     .dynamic section.  This call occurs before we have processed the
+     symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about
+     overriding a dynamic definition.  We could set _DYNAMIC in a
+     linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact,
+     creating a .dynamic section.  We don't want to define it if there
+     is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up
+     code examines it to decide how to initialize the process.  */
+  h = NULL;
+  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	 (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0,
+	  (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+    return false;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (info->shared
+      && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".hash");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections.  This lets the
+     backend set the right flags.  The backend will normally create
+     the .got and .plt sections.  */
+  bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  if (! (*bed->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add an entry to the .dynamic table.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd_vma tag;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  size_t newsize;
+  bfd_byte *newcontents;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+  newsize = s->_raw_size + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn);
+  newcontents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_realloc (s->contents, newsize);
+  if (newcontents == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  dyn.d_tag = tag;
+  dyn.d_un.d_val = val;
+  elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn,
+		    (Elf_External_Dyn *) (newcontents + s->_raw_size));
+
+  s->_raw_size = newsize;
+  s->contents = newcontents;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Read and swap the relocs for a section.  They may have been cached.
+   If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are not NULL,
+   they are used as buffers to read into.  They are known to be large
+   enough.  If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL, the return
+   value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc, according to
+   the KEEP_MEMORY argument.  */
+
+Elf_Internal_Rela *
+NAME(_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs) (abfd, o, external_relocs, internal_relocs,
+				 keep_memory)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *o;
+     PTR external_relocs;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+     boolean keep_memory;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+  PTR alloc1 = NULL;
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *alloc2 = NULL;
+
+  if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != NULL)
+    return elf_section_data (o)->relocs;
+
+  if (o->reloc_count == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+
+  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+    {
+      size_t size;
+
+      size = o->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela);
+      if (keep_memory)
+	internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+      else
+	internal_relocs = alloc2 = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) bfd_malloc (size);
+      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  if (external_relocs == NULL)
+    {
+      alloc1 = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) rel_hdr->sh_size);
+      if (alloc1 == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      external_relocs = alloc1;
+    }
+
+  if ((bfd_seek (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+      || (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, rel_hdr->sh_size, abfd)
+	  != rel_hdr->sh_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Swap in the relocs.  For convenience, we always produce an
+     Elf_Internal_Rela array; if the relocs are Rel, we set the addend
+     to 0.  */
+  if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+    {
+      Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+      Elf_External_Rel *erelend;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+
+      erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) external_relocs;
+      erelend = erel + o->reloc_count;
+      irela = internal_relocs;
+      for (; erel < erelend; erel++, irela++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+
+	  elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel);
+	  irela->r_offset = irel.r_offset;
+	  irela->r_info = irel.r_info;
+	  irela->r_addend = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+      Elf_External_Rela *erelaend;
+      Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+
+      erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) external_relocs;
+      erelaend = erela + o->reloc_count;
+      irela = internal_relocs;
+      for (; erela < erelaend; erela++, irela++)
+	elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, irela);
+    }
+
+  /* Cache the results for next time, if we can.  */
+  if (keep_memory)
+    elf_section_data (o)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+
+  if (alloc1 != NULL)
+    free (alloc1);
+
+  /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
+     back (under the name of internal_relocs).  */
+
+  return internal_relocs;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (alloc1 != NULL)
+    free (alloc1);
+  if (alloc2 != NULL)
+    free (alloc2);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script.  We need
+   this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment) (output_bfd, info, name, provide)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     boolean provide;
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, true, true, false);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+    h->elf_link_hash_flags &=~ ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+
+  /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
+     currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
+     object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
+     force the correct value.  */
+  if (provide
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
+				  | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0
+       || info->shared)
+      && h->dynindx == -1)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	return false;
+
+      /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
+	 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
+	 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol.  */
+      if (h->weakdef != NULL
+	  && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1)
+	{
+	  if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h->weakdef))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This structure is used to pass information to
+   elf_link_assign_sym_version.  */
+
+struct elf_assign_sym_version_info
+{
+  /* Output BFD.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* Version tree.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *verdefs;
+  /* Whether we are exporting all dynamic symbols.  */
+  boolean export_dynamic;
+  /* Whether we removed any symbols from the dynamic symbol table.  */
+  boolean removed_dynamic;
+  /* Whether we had a failure.  */
+  boolean failed;
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to pass information to
+   elf_link_find_version_dependencies.  */
+
+struct elf_find_verdep_info
+{
+  /* Output BFD.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* The number of dependencies.  */
+  unsigned int vers;
+  /* Whether we had a failure.  */
+  boolean failed;
+};
+
+/* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
+   based on the number of symbols there are.  If there are fewer than
+   3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
+   fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth.  We never use more
+   than 32771 buckets.  */
+
+static const size_t elf_buckets[] =
+{
+  1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
+  16411, 32771, 0
+};
+
+/* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections.  This is
+   called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine.  We
+   must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
+   addresses of the various sections.  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, soname, rpath,
+				     export_dynamic, filter_shlib,
+				     auxiliary_filters, info, sinterpptr,
+				     verdefs)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     const char *soname;
+     const char *rpath;
+     boolean export_dynamic;
+     const char *filter_shlib;
+     const char * const *auxiliary_filters;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection **sinterpptr;
+     struct bfd_elf_version_tree *verdefs;
+{
+  bfd_size_type soname_indx;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+  bfd_size_type old_dynsymcount;
+
+  *sinterpptr = NULL;
+
+  soname_indx = -1;
+
+  if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
+     we're dynamic or not.  */
+  bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+  if (bed->elf_backend_always_size_sections
+      && ! (*bed->elf_backend_always_size_sections) (output_bfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
+     do here.  */
+  if (dynobj == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
+     table (this is not the normal case), then do so.  */
+  if (export_dynamic)
+    {
+      struct elf_info_failed eif;
+
+      eif.failed = false;
+      eif.info = info;
+      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_export_symbol,
+			      (PTR) &eif);
+      if (eif.failed)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      struct elf_info_failed eif;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      bfd_size_type strsize;
+
+      *sinterpptr = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
+      BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr != NULL || info->shared);
+
+      if (soname != NULL)
+	{
+	  soname_indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+					    soname, true, true);
+	  if (soname_indx == (bfd_size_type) -1
+	      || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SONAME, soname_indx))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (info->symbolic)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMBOLIC, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (rpath != NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type indx;
+
+	  indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, rpath,
+				     true, true);
+	  if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1
+	      || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RPATH, indx))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (filter_shlib != NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type indx;
+
+	  indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+				     filter_shlib, true, true);
+	  if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1
+	      || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FILTER, indx))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (auxiliary_filters != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char * const *p;
+
+	  for (p = auxiliary_filters; *p != NULL; p++)
+	    {
+	      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+	      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+					 *p, true, true);
+	      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1
+		  || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_AUXILIARY, indx))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
+	 the backend pick a reasonable value for them.  */
+      eif.failed = false;
+      eif.info = info;
+      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+			      elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol,
+			      (PTR) &eif);
+      if (eif.failed)
+	return false;
+
+      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in some of the
+	 values later, in elf_bfd_final_link, but we must add the entries
+	 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section.  */
+      h =  elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_init", false,
+				false, false);
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
+					| ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_INIT, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      h =  elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_fini", false,
+				 false, false);
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
+					| ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FINI, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      strsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
+      if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_HASH, 0)
+	  || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRTAB, 0)
+	  || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMTAB, 0)
+	  || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRSZ, strsize)
+	  || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMENT,
+				      sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
+     sections.  */
+  old_dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+  if (! (*bed->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      size_t dynsymcount;
+      asection *s;
+      size_t i;
+      size_t bucketcount = 0;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
+      struct elf_assign_sym_version_info sinfo;
+
+      /* Set up the version definition section.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".gnu.version_d");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+      /* Attach all the symbols to their version information.  This
+         may cause some symbols to be unexported.  */
+      sinfo.output_bfd = output_bfd;
+      sinfo.info = info;
+      sinfo.verdefs = verdefs;
+      sinfo.export_dynamic = export_dynamic;
+      sinfo.removed_dynamic = false;
+      sinfo.failed = false;
+
+      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+			      elf_link_assign_sym_version,
+			      (PTR) &sinfo);
+      if (sinfo.failed)
+	return false;
+
+      /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
+         just linking a regular application.  */
+      verdefs = sinfo.verdefs;
+
+      if (verdefs == NULL)
+	{
+	  asection **spp;
+
+	  /* Don't include this section in the output file.  */
+	  for (spp = &output_bfd->sections;
+	       *spp != s->output_section;
+	       spp = &(*spp)->next)
+	    ;
+	  *spp = s->output_section->next;
+	  --output_bfd->section_count;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  unsigned int cdefs;
+	  bfd_size_type size;
+	  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+	  bfd_byte *p;
+	  Elf_Internal_Verdef def;
+	  Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux;
+
+	  if (sinfo.removed_dynamic)
+	    {
+	      /* Some dynamic symbols were changed to be local
+		 symbols.  In this case, we renumber all of the
+		 dynamic symbols, so that we don't have a hole.  If
+		 the backend changed dynsymcount, then assume that the
+		 new symbols are at the start.  This is the case on
+		 the MIPS.  FIXME: The names of the removed symbols
+		 will still be in the dynamic string table, wasting
+		 space.  */
+	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount =
+		1 + (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - old_dynsymcount);
+	      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+				      elf_link_renumber_dynsyms,
+				      (PTR) info);
+	    }
+
+	  cdefs = 0;
+	  size = 0;
+
+	  /* Make space for the base version.  */
+	  size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+	  size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+	  ++cdefs;
+
+	  for (t = verdefs; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	    {
+	      struct bfd_elf_version_deps *n;
+
+	      size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+	      size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+	      ++cdefs;
+
+	      for (n = t->deps; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+		size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+	    }
+
+	  s->_raw_size = size;
+	  s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+	  if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Fill in the version definition section.  */
+
+	  p = s->contents;
+
+	  def.vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
+	  def.vd_flags = VER_FLG_BASE;
+	  def.vd_ndx = 1;
+	  def.vd_cnt = 1;
+	  def.vd_aux = sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+	  def.vd_next = (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
+			 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
+
+	  if (soname_indx != -1)
+	    {
+	      def.vd_hash = bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) soname);
+	      defaux.vda_name = soname_indx;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+	      bfd_size_type indx;
+
+	      name = output_bfd->filename;
+	      def.vd_hash = bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) name);
+	      indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+					    name, true, false);
+	      if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+		return false;
+	      defaux.vda_name = indx;
+	    }
+	  defaux.vda_next = 0;
+
+	  _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd, &def,
+				    (Elf_External_Verdef *)p);
+	  p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+	  _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd, &defaux,
+				     (Elf_External_Verdaux *) p);
+	  p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+
+	  for (t = verdefs; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int cdeps;
+	      struct bfd_elf_version_deps *n;
+	      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	      cdeps = 0;
+	      for (n = t->deps; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+		++cdeps;
+
+	      /* Add a symbol representing this version.  */
+	      h = NULL;
+	      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		     (info, dynobj, t->name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
+		      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		      get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->collect,
+		      (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+		return false;
+	      h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+	      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+	      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+	      h->verinfo.vertree = t;
+
+	      if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+		return false;
+
+	      def.vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
+	      def.vd_flags = 0;
+	      if (t->globals == NULL && t->locals == NULL && ! t->used)
+		def.vd_flags |= VER_FLG_WEAK;
+	      def.vd_ndx = t->vernum + 1;
+	      def.vd_cnt = cdeps + 1;
+	      def.vd_hash = bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) t->name);
+	      def.vd_aux = sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+	      if (t->next != NULL)
+		def.vd_next = (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
+			       + (cdeps + 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
+	      else
+		def.vd_next = 0;
+
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd, &def,
+					(Elf_External_Verdef *) p);
+	      p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
+
+	      defaux.vda_name = h->dynstr_index;
+	      if (t->deps == NULL)
+		defaux.vda_next = 0;
+	      else
+		defaux.vda_next = sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+	      t->name_indx = defaux.vda_name;
+
+	      _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd, &defaux,
+					 (Elf_External_Verdaux *) p);
+	      p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+
+	      for (n = t->deps; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+		{
+		  defaux.vda_name = n->version_needed->name_indx;
+		  if (n->next == NULL)
+		    defaux.vda_next = 0;
+		  else
+		    defaux.vda_next = sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+
+		  _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd, &defaux,
+					     (Elf_External_Verdaux *) p);
+		  p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_VERDEF, 0)
+	      || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_VERDEFNUM, cdefs))
+	    return false;
+
+	  elf_tdata (output_bfd)->cverdefs = cdefs;
+	}
+
+      /* Work out the size of the version reference section.  */
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".gnu.version_r");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      {
+	struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo;
+
+	sinfo.output_bfd = output_bfd;
+	sinfo.info = info;
+	sinfo.vers = elf_tdata (output_bfd)->cverdefs;
+	if (sinfo.vers == 0)
+	  sinfo.vers = 1;
+	sinfo.failed = false;
+
+	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+				elf_link_find_version_dependencies,
+				(PTR) &sinfo);
+
+	if (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->verref == NULL)
+	  {
+	    asection **spp;
+
+	    /* We don't have any version definitions, so we can just
+               remove the section.  */
+
+	    for (spp = &output_bfd->sections;
+		 *spp != s->output_section;
+		 spp = &(*spp)->next)
+	      ;
+	    *spp = s->output_section->next;
+	    --output_bfd->section_count;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
+	    unsigned int size;
+	    unsigned int crefs;
+	    bfd_byte *p;
+
+	    /* Build the version definition section.  */
+	    size = 0;
+	    crefs = 0;
+	    for (t = elf_tdata (output_bfd)->verref;
+		 t != NULL;
+		 t = t->vn_nextref)
+	      {
+		Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
+
+		size += sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
+		++crefs;
+		for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+		  size += sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux);
+	      }
+
+	    s->_raw_size = size;
+	    s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, size);
+	    if (s->contents == NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    p = s->contents;
+	    for (t = elf_tdata (output_bfd)->verref;
+		 t != NULL;
+		 t = t->vn_nextref)
+	      {
+		unsigned int caux;
+		Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
+		bfd_size_type indx;
+
+		caux = 0;
+		for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+		  ++caux;
+
+		t->vn_version = VER_NEED_CURRENT;
+		t->vn_cnt = caux;
+		indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+					   t->vn_bfd->filename, true, false);
+		if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+		  return false;
+		t->vn_file = indx;
+		t->vn_aux = sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
+		if (t->vn_nextref == NULL)
+		  t->vn_next = 0;
+		else
+		  t->vn_next = (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
+				+ caux * sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
+
+		_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd, t,
+					   (Elf_External_Verneed *) p);
+		p += sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
+
+		for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+		  {
+		    a->vna_hash = bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *)
+						a->vna_nodename);
+		    indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
+					       a->vna_nodename, true, false);
+		    if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+		      return false;
+		    a->vna_name = indx;
+		    if (a->vna_nextptr == NULL)
+		      a->vna_next = 0;
+		    else
+		      a->vna_next = sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux);
+
+		    _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd, a,
+					       (Elf_External_Vernaux *) p);
+		    p += sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux);
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_VERNEED, 0)
+		|| ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_VERNEEDNUM, crefs))
+	      return false;
+
+	    elf_tdata (output_bfd)->cverrefs = crefs;
+	  }
+      }
+
+      dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+
+      /* Work out the size of the symbol version section.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".gnu.version");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      if (dynsymcount == 0
+	  || (verdefs == NULL && elf_tdata (output_bfd)->verref == NULL))
+	{
+	  asection **spp;
+
+	  /* We don't need any symbol versions; just discard the
+             section.  */
+	  for (spp = &output_bfd->sections;
+	       *spp != s->output_section;
+	       spp = &(*spp)->next)
+	    ;
+	  *spp = s->output_section->next;
+	  --output_bfd->section_count;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
+	  s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+	  if (s->contents == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_VERSYM, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections.  We counted
+	 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
+	 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
+	 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
+	 correct value to give the symbols.  We built the .dynstr
+	 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+      if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.  */
+      isym.st_value = 0;
+      isym.st_size = 0;
+      isym.st_name = 0;
+      isym.st_info = 0;
+      isym.st_other = 0;
+      isym.st_shndx = 0;
+      elf_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &isym,
+			   (PTR) (Elf_External_Sym *) s->contents);
+
+      for (i = 0; elf_buckets[i] != 0; i++)
+	{
+	  bucketcount = elf_buckets[i];
+	  if (dynsymcount < elf_buckets[i + 1])
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size = (2 + bucketcount + dynsymcount) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8);
+      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+      if (s->contents == NULL)
+	return false;
+      memset (s->contents, 0, (size_t) s->_raw_size);
+
+      put_word (output_bfd, bucketcount, s->contents);
+      put_word (output_bfd, dynsymcount, s->contents + (ARCH_SIZE / 8));
+
+      elf_hash_table (info)->bucketcount = bucketcount;
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynstr");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+      s->_raw_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
+
+      if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NULL, 0))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol.  This is
+   called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
+   recursively.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+  /* Ignore indirect symbols.  These are added by the versioning code.  */
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
+     DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly.  This is the only way to
+     permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
+     an ELF dynamic object.  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_NON_ELF) != 0)
+    {
+      if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (h->root.u.def.section->owner != NULL
+	      && (bfd_get_flavour (h->root.u.def.section->owner)
+		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour))
+	    h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+	  else
+	    h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+	}
+
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif->info, h))
+	    {
+	      eif->failed = true;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
+     symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
+     any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
+     the symbol in a common section but the ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
+     flag will not have been set.  */
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
+      && (h->root.u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+    h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+
+  /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
+     symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
+     symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
+     need a PLT entry.  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0
+      && eif->info->shared
+      && eif->info->symbolic
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0)
+    h->elf_link_hash_flags &=~ ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+
+  /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
+     defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
+     object, ignore it.  We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
+     even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
+     to the dynamic symbol table.  FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
+     about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
+     referenced by another one?  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0
+      && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0
+	  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
+	  || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0
+	      && (h->weakdef == NULL || h->weakdef->dynindx == -1))))
+    return true;
+
+  /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again.  This
+     can happen via a recursive call.  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Don't look at this symbol again.  Note that we must set this
+     after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
+     symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
+     recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below.  */
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED;
+
+  /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
+     the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
+     then get a good value for the real definition.  We handle the
+     real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
+
+     Note that there is a confusing case here.  If the real definition
+     is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
+     from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol.  If the
+     processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
+     dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
+     change in the corresponding weak symbol.  This is the way other
+     ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
+     library model.
+
+     I will clarify this issue.  Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
+     variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym.  The
+     tzset call changes _timezone.  If you write
+       extern int timezone;
+       int _timezone = 5;
+       int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
+     you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
+     the same number will print both times.  However, if the processor
+     backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
+     into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
+     yourself, _timezone will not.  Thus timezone and _timezone will
+     wind up at different memory locations.  The tzset call will set
+     _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged.  */
+
+  if (h->weakdef != NULL)
+    {
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+      weakdef = h->weakdef;
+      BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+      BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC);
+      if ((weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* This symbol is defined by a regular object file, so we
+	     will not do anything special.  Clear weakdef for the
+	     convenience of the processor backend.  */
+	  h->weakdef = NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* There is an implicit reference by a regular object file
+	     via the weak symbol.  */
+	  weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR;
+	  if (! elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (weakdef, (PTR) eif))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (eif->info)->dynobj;
+  bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
+  if (! (*bed->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol) (eif->info, h))
+    {
+      eif->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
+   symbol table.  It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_export_symbol (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data;
+
+  /* Ignore indirect symbols.  These are added by the versioning code.  */
+  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->dynindx == -1
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+	  & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif->info, h))
+	{
+	  eif->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
+   libraries and referenced here.  Update the list of version
+   dependencies.  This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
+   This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_find_version_dependencies (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct elf_find_verdep_info *rinfo = (struct elf_find_verdep_info *) data;
+  Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
+  Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
+
+  /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
+     information.  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0
+      || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0
+      || h->dynindx == -1
+      || h->verinfo.verdef == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  /* See if we already know about this version.  */
+  for (t = elf_tdata (rinfo->output_bfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
+    {
+      if (t->vn_bfd == h->verinfo.verdef->vd_bfd)
+	continue;
+
+      for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
+	if (a->vna_nodename == h->verinfo.verdef->vd_nodename)
+	  return true;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* This is a new version.  Add it to tree we are building.  */
+
+  if (t == NULL)
+    {
+      t = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (rinfo->output_bfd, sizeof *t);
+      if (t == NULL)
+	{
+	  rinfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      t->vn_bfd = h->verinfo.verdef->vd_bfd;
+      t->vn_nextref = elf_tdata (rinfo->output_bfd)->verref;
+      elf_tdata (rinfo->output_bfd)->verref = t;
+    }
+
+  a = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_zalloc (rinfo->output_bfd, sizeof *a);
+
+  /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
+     above.  If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
+     discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
+     fixed.  */
+  a->vna_nodename = h->verinfo.verdef->vd_nodename;
+
+  a->vna_flags = h->verinfo.verdef->vd_flags;
+  a->vna_nextptr = t->vn_auxptr;
+
+  h->verinfo.verdef->vd_exp_refno = rinfo->vers;
+  ++rinfo->vers;
+
+  a->vna_other = h->verinfo.verdef->vd_exp_refno + 1;
+
+  t->vn_auxptr = a;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols.  We may not
+   have the version number script until we have read all of the input
+   files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
+   local.  This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_assign_sym_version (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct elf_assign_sym_version_info *sinfo =
+    (struct elf_assign_sym_version_info *) data;
+  struct bfd_link_info *info = sinfo->info;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
+     objects.  */
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  p = strchr (h->root.root.string, ELF_VER_CHR);
+  if (p != NULL && h->verinfo.vertree == NULL)
+    {
+      struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+      boolean hidden;
+
+      hidden = true;
+
+      /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
+         not a hidden symbol.  */
+      ++p;
+      if (*p == ELF_VER_CHR)
+	{
+	  hidden = false;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      /* If there is no version string, we can just return out.  */
+      if (*p == '\0')
+	{
+	  if (hidden)
+	    h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HIDDEN;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for the version.  If we find it, it is no longer weak.  */
+      for (t = sinfo->verdefs; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (t->name, p) == 0)
+	    {
+	      h->verinfo.vertree = t;
+	      t->used = true;
+
+	      /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
+                 local scope.  */
+	      if (t->locals != NULL)
+		{
+		  int len;
+		  char *alc;
+		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *d;
+
+		  len = p - h->root.root.string;
+		  alc = bfd_alloc (sinfo->output_bfd, len);
+		  if (alc == NULL)
+		    return false;
+		  strncpy (alc, h->root.root.string, len - 1);
+		  alc[len - 1] = '\0';
+		  if (alc[len - 2] == ELF_VER_CHR)
+		    alc[len - 2] = '\0';
+
+		  for (d = t->locals; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+		    {
+		      if ((d->match[0] == '*' && d->match[1] == '\0')
+			  || fnmatch (d->match, alc, 0) == 0)
+			{
+			  if (h->dynindx != -1
+			      && info->shared
+			      && ! sinfo->export_dynamic
+			      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+				  & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
+			    {
+			      sinfo->removed_dynamic = true;
+			      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL;
+			      h->dynindx = -1;
+			      /* FIXME: The name of the symbol has
+				 already been recorded in the dynamic
+				 string table section.  */
+			    }
+
+			  break;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  bfd_release (sinfo->output_bfd, alc);
+		}
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
+         version node for this version.  */
+      if (t == NULL && ! info->shared)
+	{
+	  struct bfd_elf_version_tree **pp;
+	  int version_index;
+
+	  /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
+             to worry about it. */
+	  if (h->dynindx == -1)
+	    return true;
+
+	  t = ((struct bfd_elf_version_tree *)
+	       bfd_alloc (sinfo->output_bfd, sizeof *t));
+	  if (t == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sinfo->failed = true;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  t->next = NULL;
+	  t->name = p;
+	  t->globals = NULL;
+	  t->locals = NULL;
+	  t->deps = NULL;
+	  t->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
+	  t->used = true;
+
+	  version_index = 1;
+	  for (pp = &sinfo->verdefs; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+	    ++version_index;
+	  t->vernum = version_index;
+
+	  *pp = t;
+
+	  h->verinfo.vertree = t;
+	}
+      else if (t == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
+             generating a shared archive.  Return an error.  */
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: undefined version name %s",
+	     bfd_get_filename (sinfo->output_bfd), h->root.root.string);
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  sinfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      if (hidden)
+	h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HIDDEN;
+    }
+
+  /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
+     something.  */
+  if (h->verinfo.vertree == NULL && sinfo->verdefs != NULL)
+    {
+      struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+      struct bfd_elf_version_tree *deflt;
+      struct bfd_elf_version_expr *d;
+
+      /* See if can find what version this symbol is in.  If the
+         symbol is supposed to eb local, then don't actually register
+         it.  */
+      deflt = NULL;
+      for (t = sinfo->verdefs; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	{
+	  if (t->globals != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (d = t->globals; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+		{
+		  if (fnmatch (d->match, h->root.root.string, 0) == 0)
+		    {
+		      h->verinfo.vertree = t;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (d != NULL)
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (t->locals != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (d = t->locals; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+		{
+		  if (d->match[0] == '*' && d->match[1] == '\0')
+		    deflt = t;
+		  else if (fnmatch (d->match, h->root.root.string, 0) == 0)
+		    {
+		      h->verinfo.vertree = t;
+		      if (h->dynindx != -1
+			  && info->shared
+			  && ! sinfo->export_dynamic
+			  && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			      & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
+			{
+			  sinfo->removed_dynamic = true;
+			  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL;
+			  h->dynindx = -1;
+			  /* FIXME: The name of the symbol has already
+			     been recorded in the dynamic string table
+			     section.  */
+			}
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (d != NULL)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (deflt != NULL && h->verinfo.vertree == NULL)
+	{
+	  h->verinfo.vertree = deflt;
+	  if (h->dynindx != -1
+	      && info->shared
+	      && ! sinfo->export_dynamic
+	      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
+	    {
+	      sinfo->removed_dynamic = true;
+	      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL;
+	      h->dynindx = -1;
+	      /* FIXME: The name of the symbol has already been
+		 recorded in the dynamic string table section.  */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
+   them are removed because they are marked as local.  This is called
+   via elf_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+
+  if (h->dynindx != -1)
+    {
+      h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+      ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Final phase of ELF linker.  */
+
+/* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments.  */
+
+struct elf_final_link_info
+{
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* Output BFD.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* Symbol string table.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *symstrtab;
+  /* .dynsym section.  */
+  asection *dynsym_sec;
+  /* .hash section.  */
+  asection *hash_sec;
+  /* symbol version section (.gnu.version).  */
+  asection *symver_sec;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section.  */
+  PTR external_relocs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
+     BFD.  */
+  Elf_External_Sym *external_syms;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
+     BFD.  */
+  Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms;
+  /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
+     of any input BFD.  */
+  long *indices;
+  /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
+     symbol of any input BFD.  */
+  asection **sections;
+  /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols.  */
+  Elf_External_Sym *symbuf;
+  /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer.  */
+  size_t symbuf_count;
+  /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf.  */
+  size_t symbuf_size;
+};
+
+static boolean elf_link_output_sym
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, const char *,
+	   Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection *));
+static boolean elf_link_flush_output_syms
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *));
+static boolean elf_link_output_extsym
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean elf_link_input_bfd
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, bfd *));
+static boolean elf_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym.  */
+
+struct elf_outext_info
+{
+  boolean failed;
+  boolean localsyms;
+  struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+};
+
+/* Do the final step of an ELF link.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  boolean dynamic;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  struct elf_final_link_info finfo;
+  register asection *o;
+  register struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  register bfd *sub;
+  size_t max_contents_size;
+  size_t max_external_reloc_size;
+  size_t max_internal_reloc_count;
+  size_t max_sym_count;
+  file_ptr off;
+  Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym;
+  unsigned int i;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  struct elf_outext_info eoinfo;
+
+  if (info->shared)
+    abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC;
+
+  dynamic = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  finfo.info = info;
+  finfo.output_bfd = abfd;
+  finfo.symstrtab = elf_stringtab_init ();
+  if (finfo.symstrtab == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (! dynamic)
+    {
+      finfo.dynsym_sec = NULL;
+      finfo.hash_sec = NULL;
+      finfo.symver_sec = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      finfo.dynsym_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym");
+      finfo.hash_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash");
+      BFD_ASSERT (finfo.dynsym_sec != NULL && finfo.hash_sec != NULL);
+      finfo.symver_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".gnu.version");
+      /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL.  */
+    }
+
+  finfo.contents = NULL;
+  finfo.external_relocs = NULL;
+  finfo.internal_relocs = NULL;
+  finfo.external_syms = NULL;
+  finfo.internal_syms = NULL;
+  finfo.indices = NULL;
+  finfo.sections = NULL;
+  finfo.symbuf = NULL;
+  finfo.symbuf_count = 0;
+
+  /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
+     section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections.  We
+     also figure out some maximum sizes.  */
+  max_contents_size = 0;
+  max_external_reloc_size = 0;
+  max_internal_reloc_count = 0;
+  max_sym_count = 0;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      o->reloc_count = 0;
+
+      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+	      || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	    ++o->reloc_count;
+	  else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	    {
+	      asection *sec;
+
+	      sec = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+	      /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
+		 link.  This will normally be every section.  We need
+		 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
+		 the linker has decided to not include.  */
+	      sec->linker_mark = true;
+
+	      if (info->relocateable)
+		o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
+
+	      if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size)
+		max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size;
+	      if (sec->_cooked_size > max_contents_size)
+		max_contents_size = sec->_cooked_size;
+
+	      /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
+		 symbols.  */
+	      if (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+		  && (sec->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+		{
+		  size_t sym_count;
+
+		  if (elf_bad_symtab (sec->owner))
+		    sym_count = (elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_size
+				 / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym));
+		  else
+		    sym_count = elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
+
+		  if (sym_count > max_sym_count)
+		    max_sym_count = sym_count;
+
+		  if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+		    {
+		      size_t ext_size;
+
+		      ext_size = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_size;
+		      if (ext_size > max_external_reloc_size)
+			max_external_reloc_size = ext_size;
+		      if (sec->reloc_count > max_internal_reloc_count)
+			max_internal_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (o->reloc_count > 0)
+	o->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag.  The linker tends to
+	     set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
+	     assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section.  */
+	  o->flags &=~ SEC_RELOC;
+	}
+
+      /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
+	 zero.  This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
+	 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
+	 sections are handled correctly.  */
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+	  && ! o->user_set_vma)
+	o->vma = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
+     and the relocs.  We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
+     to create a symbol table.  */
+  abfd->symcount = info->strip == strip_all ? 0 : 1;
+  BFD_ASSERT (! abfd->output_has_begun);
+  if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, info))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* That created the reloc sections.  Set their sizes, and assign
+     them file positions, and allocate some buffers.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+	  register struct elf_link_hash_entry **p, **pend;
+
+	  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+
+	  rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize * o->reloc_count;
+
+	  /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents,
+	     so we allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc.  */
+	  rel_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_size);
+	  if (rel_hdr->contents == NULL && rel_hdr->sh_size != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  p = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **)
+	       bfd_malloc (o->reloc_count
+			   * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)));
+	  if (p == NULL && o->reloc_count != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes = p;
+	  pend = p + o->reloc_count;
+	  for (; p < pend; p++)
+	    *p = NULL;
+
+	  /* Use the reloc_count field as an index when outputting the
+	     relocs.  */
+	  o->reloc_count = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
+
+  /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
+     .symtab and .strtab.  We start the .symtab section at the current
+     file position, and write directly to it.  We build the .strtab
+     section in memory.  */
+  abfd->symcount = 0;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  /* sh_name is set in prep_headers.  */
+  symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
+  symtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+  symtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+  symtab_hdr->sh_size = 0;
+  symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+  /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers.  */
+  /* sh_info is set below.  */
+  /* sh_offset is set just below.  */
+  symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4;  /* FIXME: system dependent?  */
+
+  off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
+  off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr, off, true);
+
+  /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
+     incorrect.  We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
+     We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size.  */
+
+  /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols.  This is to avoid
+     continuously seeking to the right position in the file.  */
+  if (! info->keep_memory || max_sym_count < 20)
+    finfo.symbuf_size = 20;
+  else
+    finfo.symbuf_size = max_sym_count;
+  finfo.symbuf = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+		  bfd_malloc (finfo.symbuf_size * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+  if (finfo.symbuf == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Start writing out the symbol table.  The first symbol is always a
+     dummy symbol.  */
+  if (info->strip != strip_all || info->relocateable)
+    {
+      elfsym.st_value = 0;
+      elfsym.st_size = 0;
+      elfsym.st_info = 0;
+      elfsym.st_other = 0;
+      elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+      if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL,
+				 &elfsym, bfd_und_section_ptr))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes
+     bootstrap comparison failures.  */
+  /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol.
+     We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although
+     I'm not sure if this is correct.  */
+  elfsym.st_value = 0;
+  elfsym.st_size = 0;
+  elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
+  elfsym.st_other = 0;
+  elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+  if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+			     &elfsym, bfd_abs_section_ptr))
+    goto error_return;
+#endif
+
+  /* Output a symbol for each section.  We output these even if we are
+     discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs.  These
+     symbols have no names.  We store the index of each one in the
+     index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
+     outputting relocs.  */
+  if (info->strip != strip_all || info->relocateable)
+    {
+      elfsym.st_size = 0;
+      elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
+      elfsym.st_other = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++)
+	{
+	  o = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i);
+	  if (o != NULL)
+	    o->target_index = abfd->symcount;
+	  elfsym.st_shndx = i;
+	  if (info->relocateable || o == NULL)
+	    elfsym.st_value = 0;
+	  else
+	    elfsym.st_value = o->vma;
+	  if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL,
+				     &elfsym, o))
+	    goto error_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
+     files.  */
+  finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size);
+  finfo.external_relocs = (PTR) bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size);
+  finfo.internal_relocs = ((Elf_Internal_Rela *)
+			   bfd_malloc (max_internal_reloc_count
+				       * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela)));
+  finfo.external_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *)
+			 bfd_malloc (max_sym_count
+				     * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)));
+  finfo.internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *)
+			 bfd_malloc (max_sym_count
+				     * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)));
+  finfo.indices = (long *) bfd_malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long));
+  finfo.sections = ((asection **)
+		    bfd_malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (asection *)));
+  if ((finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0)
+      || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_external_reloc_size != 0)
+      || (finfo.internal_relocs == NULL && max_internal_reloc_count != 0)
+      || (finfo.external_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+      || (finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+      || (finfo.indices == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)
+      || (finfo.sections == NULL && max_sym_count != 0))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
+     must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
+     Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
+     would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
+     relocations for a single input file at the same time.
+
+     Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
+     symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
+     indices precede the global symbol indices.  This means that when
+     we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against
+     a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
+     finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
+     going to output.  To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
+     memory, and don't output them until the end of the link.  This is
+     an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
+     it.  Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable
+     link, which is not the common case.  FIXME: If keep_memory is set
+     we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
+     know how bad the memory loss will be.  */
+
+  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->next)
+    sub->output_has_begun = false;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
+	      && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner)
+		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour))
+	    {
+	      sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner;
+	      if (! sub->output_has_begun)
+		{
+		  if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  sub->output_has_begun = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	    {
+	      if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* That wrote out all the local symbols.  Finish up the symbol table
+     with the global symbols.  */
+
+  if (info->strip != strip_all && info->shared)
+    {
+      /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
+         version script.  We do this in a separate step since ELF
+         requires all local symbols to appear prior to any global
+         symbols.  FIXME: We should only do this if some global
+         symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.  FIXME:
+         Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker?  */
+      eoinfo.failed = false;
+      eoinfo.finfo = &finfo;
+      eoinfo.localsyms = true;
+      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym,
+			      (PTR) &eoinfo);
+      if (eoinfo.failed)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local
+     symbol.  */
+  symtab_hdr->sh_info = abfd->symcount;
+  if (dynamic)
+    elf_section_data (finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info = 1;
+
+  /* We get the global symbols from the hash table.  */
+  eoinfo.failed = false;
+  eoinfo.localsyms = false;
+  eoinfo.finfo = &finfo;
+  elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym,
+			  (PTR) &eoinfo);
+  if (eoinfo.failed)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Flush all symbols to the file.  */
+  if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Now we know the size of the symtab section.  */
+  off += symtab_hdr->sh_size;
+
+  /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
+     section.  */
+  symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
+  /* sh_name was set in prep_headers.  */
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo.symstrtab);
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
+  /* sh_offset is set just below.  */
+  symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
+
+  off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr, off, true);
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
+
+  if (abfd->symcount > 0)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, symstrtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, finfo.symstrtab))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      rel_hash = elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes;
+      rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+      for (i = 0; i < o->reloc_count; i++, rel_hash++)
+	{
+	  if (*rel_hash == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0);
+
+	  if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+	    {
+	      Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+	      Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+
+	      erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + i;
+	      elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel);
+	      irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx,
+					ELF_R_TYPE (irel.r_info));
+	      elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &irel, erel);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+	      Elf_Internal_Rela irela;
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+			  == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+
+	      erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + i;
+	      elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, &irela);
+	      irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx,
+					 ELF_R_TYPE (irela.r_info));
+	      elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &irela, erela);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
+	 trying to swap the relocs out itself.  */
+      o->reloc_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
+     shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information.  */
+  if (dynamic)
+    {
+      Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
+
+      /* Fix up .dynamic entries.  */
+      o = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+      BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL);
+
+      dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) o->contents;
+      dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (o->contents + o->_raw_size);
+      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+	  const char *name;
+	  unsigned int type;
+
+	  elf_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
+
+	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      break;
+
+	      /* SVR4 linkers seem to set DT_INIT and DT_FINI based on
+                 magic _init and _fini symbols.  This is pretty ugly,
+                 but we are compatible.  */
+	    case DT_INIT:
+	      name = "_init";
+	      goto get_sym;
+	    case DT_FINI:
+	      name = "_fini";
+	    get_sym:
+	      {
+		struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+		h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
+					  false, false, true);
+		if (h != NULL
+		    && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+		  {
+		    dyn.d_un.d_val = h->root.u.def.value;
+		    o = h->root.u.def.section;
+		    if (o->output_section != NULL)
+		      dyn.d_un.d_val += (o->output_section->vma
+					 + o->output_offset);
+		    else
+		      {
+			/* The symbol is imported from another shared
+			   library and does not apply to this one.  */
+			dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
+		      }
+
+		    elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon);
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_HASH:
+	      name = ".hash";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_STRTAB:
+	      name = ".dynstr";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_SYMTAB:
+	      name = ".dynsym";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_VERDEF:
+	      name = ".gnu.version_d";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_VERNEED:
+	      name = ".gnu.version_r";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_VERSYM:
+	      name = ".gnu.version";
+	    get_vma:
+	      o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+	      BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = o->vma;
+	      elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_REL:
+	    case DT_RELA:
+	    case DT_RELSZ:
+	    case DT_RELASZ:
+	      if (dyn.d_tag == DT_REL || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ)
+		type = SHT_REL;
+	      else
+		type = SHT_RELA;
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
+	      for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++)
+		{
+		  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+
+		  hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
+		  if (hdr->sh_type == type
+		      && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
+		    {
+		      if (dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ)
+			dyn.d_un.d_val += hdr->sh_size;
+		      else
+			{
+			  if (dyn.d_un.d_val == 0
+			      || hdr->sh_addr < dyn.d_un.d_val)
+			    dyn.d_un.d_val = hdr->sh_addr;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them.  */
+  if (dynobj != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! (*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      for (o = dynobj->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	{
+	  if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+	      || o->_raw_size == 0)
+	    continue;
+	  if ((o->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
+                 created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections.  */
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  if ((elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_type
+	       != SHT_STRTAB)
+	      || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), ".dynstr") != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, o->output_section,
+					      o->contents, o->output_offset,
+					      o->_raw_size))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      file_ptr off;
+
+	      /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
+                 stringtab.  */
+	      off = elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_offset;
+	      if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0
+		  || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd,
+					    elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them.  */
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->stab_info != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd, &elf_hash_table (info)->stab_info))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL)
+    _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab);
+  if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+    free (finfo.contents);
+  if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.external_relocs);
+  if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+  if (finfo.external_syms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.external_syms);
+  if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_syms);
+  if (finfo.indices != NULL)
+    free (finfo.indices);
+  if (finfo.sections != NULL)
+    free (finfo.sections);
+  if (finfo.symbuf != NULL)
+    free (finfo.symbuf);
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+	  && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL)
+	free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes);
+    }
+
+  elf_tdata (abfd)->linker = true;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL)
+    _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab);
+  if (finfo.contents != NULL)
+    free (finfo.contents);
+  if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.external_relocs);
+  if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_relocs);
+  if (finfo.external_syms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.external_syms);
+  if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL)
+    free (finfo.internal_syms);
+  if (finfo.indices != NULL)
+    free (finfo.indices);
+  if (finfo.sections != NULL)
+    free (finfo.sections);
+  if (finfo.symbuf != NULL)
+    free (finfo.symbuf);
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
+	  && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL)
+	free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes);
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Add a symbol to the output symbol table.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, elfsym, input_sec)
+     struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+     const char *name;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym;
+     asection *input_sec;
+{
+  boolean (*output_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					 struct bfd_link_info *info,
+					 const char *,
+					 Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+					 asection *));
+
+  output_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd)->
+    elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook;
+  if (output_symbol_hook != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ((*output_symbol_hook)
+	     (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, name, elfsym, input_sec)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (name == (const char *) NULL || *name == '\0')
+    elfsym->st_name = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      elfsym->st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->symstrtab,
+							    name, true,
+							    false);
+      if (elfsym->st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (finfo->symbuf_count >= finfo->symbuf_size)
+    {
+      if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, elfsym,
+		       (PTR) (finfo->symbuf + finfo->symbuf_count));
+  ++finfo->symbuf_count;
+
+  ++finfo->output_bfd->symcount;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Flush the output symbols to the file.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo)
+     struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+{
+  if (finfo->symbuf_count > 0)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab;
+
+      symtab = &elf_tdata (finfo->output_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, symtab->sh_offset + symtab->sh_size,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->symbuf, finfo->symbuf_count,
+			 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), finfo->output_bfd)
+	      != finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+	return false;
+
+      symtab->sh_size += finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+
+      finfo->symbuf_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add an external symbol to the symbol table.  This is called from
+   the hash table traversal routine.  When generating a shared object,
+   we go through the symbol table twice.  The first time we output
+   anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
+   script.  The second time we output the symbols that are still
+   global symbols.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_output_extsym (h, data)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct elf_outext_info *eoinfo = (struct elf_outext_info *) data;
+  struct elf_final_link_info *finfo = eoinfo->finfo;
+  boolean strip;
+  Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
+  asection *input_sec;
+
+  /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass.  */
+  if (eoinfo->localsyms)
+    {
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) == 0)
+	return true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
+	return true;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are not creating a shared library, and this symbol is
+     referenced by a shared library but is not defined anywhere, then
+     warn that it is undefined.  If we do not do this, the runtime
+     linker will complain that the symbol is undefined when the
+     program is run.  We don't have to worry about symbols that are
+     referenced by regular files, because we will already have issued
+     warnings for them.  */
+  if (! finfo->info->relocateable
+      && ! finfo->info->shared
+      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    {
+      if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+	     (finfo->info, h->root.root.string, h->root.u.undef.abfd,
+	      (asection *) NULL, 0)))
+	{
+	  eoinfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
+     a regular file, or that we have been told to strip.  However, if
+     h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
+     output it.  */
+  if (h->indx == -2)
+    strip = false;
+  else if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	    || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	   && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
+	   && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    strip = true;
+  else if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all
+	   || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	       && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash,
+				   h->root.root.string,
+				   false, false) == NULL))
+    strip = true;
+  else
+    strip = false;
+
+  /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
+     nothing else to do.  */
+  if (strip && h->dynindx == -1)
+    return true;
+
+  sym.st_value = 0;
+  sym.st_size = h->size;
+  sym.st_other = h->other;
+  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
+    sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, h->type);
+  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+	   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+    sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, h->type);
+  else
+    sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, h->type);
+
+  switch (h->root.type)
+    {
+    default:
+    case bfd_link_hash_new:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+      input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      {
+	input_sec = h->root.u.def.section;
+	if (input_sec->output_section != NULL)
+	  {
+	    sym.st_shndx =
+	      _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo->output_bfd,
+						 input_sec->output_section);
+	    if (sym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+	      {
+		eoinfo->failed = true;
+		return false;
+	      }
+
+	    /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative,
+	       but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual
+	       addresses.  */
+	    sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + input_sec->output_offset;
+	    if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+	      sym.st_value += input_sec->output_section->vma;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    BFD_ASSERT (input_sec->owner == NULL
+			|| (input_sec->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
+	    sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+	    input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      input_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+      sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
+      sym.st_value = 1 << h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+      /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning.  They point
+         to the decorated version of the name.  For example, if the
+         symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
+         foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
+         foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2.  We ignore these symbols,
+         since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table.  If
+         the indirect symbol is non-ELF, fall through and output it.  */
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_NON_ELF) == 0)
+	return true;
+
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+      /* We can't represent these symbols in ELF, although a warning
+         symbol may have come from a .gnu.warning.SYMBOL section.  We
+         just put the target symbol in the hash table.  If the target
+         symbol does not really exist, don't do anything.  */
+      if (h->root.u.i.link->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	return true;
+      return (elf_link_output_extsym
+	      ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link, data));
+    }
+
+  /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
+     there now.  We have already know the symbol index.  We also fill
+     in the entry in the .hash section.  */
+  if (h->dynindx != -1
+      && elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+      char *p, *copy;
+      const char *name;
+      size_t bucketcount;
+      size_t bucket;
+      bfd_byte *bucketpos;
+      bfd_vma chain;
+
+      sym.st_name = h->dynstr_index;
+
+      /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol
+	 value, and also to finish up anything that needs to be done
+	 for this symbol.  */
+      bed = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd);
+      if (! ((*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol)
+	     (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, h, &sym)))
+	{
+	  eoinfo->failed = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, &sym,
+			   (PTR) (((Elf_External_Sym *)
+				   finfo->dynsym_sec->contents)
+				  + h->dynindx));
+
+      /* We didn't include the version string in the dynamic string
+         table, so we must not consider it in the hash table.  */
+      name = h->root.root.string;
+      p = strchr (name, ELF_VER_CHR);
+      if (p == NULL)
+	copy = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  copy = bfd_alloc (finfo->output_bfd, p - name + 1);
+	  strncpy (copy, name, p - name);
+	  copy[p - name] = '\0';
+	  name = copy;
+	}
+
+      bucketcount = elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->bucketcount;
+      bucket = bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) name) % bucketcount;
+      bucketpos = ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents
+		   + (bucket + 2) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8));
+      chain = get_word (finfo->output_bfd, bucketpos);
+      put_word (finfo->output_bfd, h->dynindx, bucketpos);
+      put_word (finfo->output_bfd, chain,
+		((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents
+		 + (bucketcount + 2 + h->dynindx) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8)));
+
+      if (copy != NULL)
+	bfd_release (finfo->output_bfd, copy);
+
+      if (finfo->symver_sec != NULL && finfo->symver_sec->contents != NULL)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Versym iversym;
+
+	  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (h->verinfo.verdef == NULL)
+		iversym.vs_vers = 0;
+	      else
+		iversym.vs_vers = h->verinfo.verdef->vd_exp_refno + 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (h->verinfo.vertree == NULL)
+		iversym.vs_vers = 1;
+	      else
+		iversym.vs_vers = h->verinfo.vertree->vernum + 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HIDDEN) != 0)
+	    iversym.vs_vers |= VERSYM_HIDDEN;
+
+	  _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo->output_bfd, &iversym,
+				    (((Elf_External_Versym *)
+				      finfo->symver_sec->contents)
+				     + h->dynindx));
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
+     there's nothing else to do.  */
+  if (strip)
+    return true;
+
+  h->indx = finfo->output_bfd->symcount;
+
+  if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, h->root.root.string, &sym, input_sec))
+    {
+      eoinfo->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Link an input file into the linker output file.  This function
+   handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
+   This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
+   don't have to keep them in memory.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd)
+     struct elf_final_link_info *finfo;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+{
+  boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+				       bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+				       Elf_Internal_Rela *,
+				       Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  size_t locsymcount;
+  size_t extsymoff;
+  Elf_External_Sym *external_syms;
+  Elf_External_Sym *esym;
+  Elf_External_Sym *esymend;
+  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+  long *pindex;
+  asection **ppsection;
+  asection *o;
+
+  output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd;
+  relocate_section =
+    get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->elf_backend_relocate_section;
+
+  /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
+     we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
+     contents.  */
+  if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+    return true;
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
+    {
+      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym);
+      extsymoff = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+      extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the local symbols.  */
+  if (symtab_hdr->contents != NULL)
+    external_syms = (Elf_External_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+  else if (locsymcount == 0)
+    external_syms = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      external_syms = finfo->external_syms;
+      if (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
+	  || (bfd_read (external_syms, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym),
+			locsymcount, input_bfd)
+	      != locsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Swap in the local symbols and write out the ones which we know
+     are going into the output file.  */
+  esym = external_syms;
+  esymend = esym + locsymcount;
+  isym = finfo->internal_syms;
+  pindex = finfo->indices;
+  ppsection = finfo->sections;
+  for (; esym < esymend; esym++, isym++, pindex++, ppsection++)
+    {
+      asection *isec;
+      const char *name;
+      Elf_Internal_Sym osym;
+
+      elf_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isym);
+      *pindex = -1;
+
+      if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
+	{
+	  if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL)
+	    {
+	      *ppsection = NULL;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+	isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      else if (isym->st_shndx > 0 && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
+	isec = section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
+      else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+	isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+	isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Who knows?  */
+	  isec = NULL;
+	}
+
+      *ppsection = isec;
+
+      /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol.  */
+      if (esym == external_syms)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
+	 one.  */
+      if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We never output section symbols.  Instead, we use the section
+	 symbol of the corresponding section in the output file.  */
+      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
+	 output this one.  If we are generating a relocateable output
+	 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
+	 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
+	 needed.  */
+      if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
+         discarding, we don't need to keep it, but note that
+         linker_mark is only reliable for sections that have contents.
+         For the benefit of the MIPS ELF linker, we check SEC_EXCLUDE
+         as well as linker_mark.  */
+      if (isym->st_shndx > 0
+	  && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE
+	  && isec != NULL
+	  && ((! isec->linker_mark && (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	      || (! finfo->info->relocateable
+		  && (isec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)))
+	continue;
+
+      /* Get the name of the symbol.  */
+      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link,
+					      isym->st_name);
+      if (name == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name.  */
+      if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	   && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false)
+	       == NULL))
+	  || (finfo->info->discard == discard_l
+	      && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd, name)))
+	continue;
+
+      /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol.  */
+
+      osym = *isym;
+
+      /* Adjust the section index for the output file.  */
+      osym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
+							 isec->output_section);
+      if (osym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+	return false;
+
+      *pindex = output_bfd->symcount;
+
+      /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but
+	 in executable files they are virtual addresses.  Note that
+	 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
+	 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
+	 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
+	 output_section.  Any special sections must be set up to meet
+	 these requirements.  */
+      osym.st_value += isec->output_offset;
+      if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+	osym.st_value += isec->output_section->vma;
+
+      if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, &osym, isec))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Relocate the contents of each section.  */
+  for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *contents;
+
+      if (! o->linker_mark)
+	{
+	  /* This section was omitted from the link.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+	  || (o->_raw_size == 0 && (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Section was created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
+	     or somesuch.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Get the contents of the section.  They have been cached by a
+         relaxation routine.  Note that o is a section in an input
+         file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
+         the routines which work on output files.  */
+      if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+	contents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
+      else
+	{
+	  contents = finfo->contents;
+	  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, contents,
+					  (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+
+	  /* Get the swapped relocs.  */
+	  internal_relocs = (NAME(_bfd_elf,link_read_relocs)
+			     (input_bfd, o, finfo->external_relocs,
+			      finfo->internal_relocs, false));
+	  if (internal_relocs == NULL
+	      && o->reloc_count > 0)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
+
+	     The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
+	     section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
+	     and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the
+	     reloc addend as necessary.
+
+	     The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
+	     the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
+
+	     The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
+	     internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
+	     for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
+
+	     When generating relocateable output, the back end routine
+	     must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The
+	     output symbol is going to be a section symbol
+	     corresponding to the output section, which will require
+	     the addend to be adjusted.  */
+
+	  if (! (*relocate_section) (output_bfd, finfo->info,
+				     input_bfd, o, contents,
+				     internal_relocs,
+				     finfo->internal_syms,
+				     finfo->sections))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (finfo->info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Rela *irela;
+	      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelaend;
+	      struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash;
+	      Elf_Internal_Shdr *input_rel_hdr;
+	      Elf_Internal_Shdr *output_rel_hdr;
+
+	      /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices.  */
+
+	      irela = internal_relocs;
+	      irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count;
+	      rel_hash = (elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hashes
+			  + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+	      for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, rel_hash++)
+		{
+		  unsigned long r_symndx;
+		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+		  asection *sec;
+
+		  irela->r_offset += o->output_offset;
+
+		  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
+
+		  if (r_symndx == 0)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (r_symndx >= locsymcount
+		      || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)
+			  && finfo->sections[r_symndx] == NULL))
+		    {
+		      long indx;
+
+		      /* This is a reloc against a global symbol.  We
+			 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
+			 we do not know the symbol index of any global
+			 symbol.  We set the rel_hash entry for this
+			 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
+			 for this symbol.  The symbol index is then
+			 set at the end of elf_bfd_final_link.  */
+		      indx = r_symndx - extsymoff;
+		      *rel_hash = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx];
+
+		      /* Setting the index to -2 tells
+			 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
+			 used by a reloc.  */
+		      BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx < 0);
+		      (*rel_hash)->indx = -2;
+
+		      continue;
+		    }
+
+		  /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
+
+		  *rel_hash = NULL;
+		  isym = finfo->internal_syms + r_symndx;
+		  sec = finfo->sections[r_symndx];
+		  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+		    {
+		      /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
+			 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
+			 processor specific section.  If we have
+			 discarded a section, the output_section will
+			 be the absolute section.  */
+		      if (sec != NULL
+			  && (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
+			      || (sec->output_section != NULL
+				  && bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))))
+			r_symndx = 0;
+		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
+			{
+			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+			  return false;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  r_symndx = sec->output_section->target_index;
+			  BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx != 0);
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (finfo->indices[r_symndx] == -1)
+			{
+			  unsigned long link;
+			  const char *name;
+			  asection *osec;
+
+			  if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all)
+			    {
+			      /* You can't do ld -r -s.  */
+			      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+			      return false;
+			    }
+
+			  /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
+			     since it is needed by a reloc, we
+			     must output it now.  */
+			  link = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
+			  name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
+								  link,
+								  isym->st_name);
+			  if (name == NULL)
+			    return false;
+
+			  osec = sec->output_section;
+			  isym->st_shndx =
+			    _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
+							       osec);
+			  if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1)
+			    return false;
+
+			  isym->st_value += sec->output_offset;
+			  if (! finfo->info->relocateable)
+			    isym->st_value += osec->vma;
+
+			  finfo->indices[r_symndx] = output_bfd->symcount;
+
+			  if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym, sec))
+			    return false;
+			}
+
+		      r_symndx = finfo->indices[r_symndx];
+		    }
+
+		  irela->r_info = ELF_R_INFO (r_symndx,
+					      ELF_R_TYPE (irela->r_info));
+		}
+
+	      /* Swap out the relocs.  */
+	      input_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr;
+	      output_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hdr;
+	      BFD_ASSERT (output_rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+			  == input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize);
+	      irela = internal_relocs;
+	      irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count;
+	      if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))
+		{
+		  Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+
+		  erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) output_rel_hdr->contents
+			  + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+		  for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erel++)
+		    {
+		      Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+
+		      irel.r_offset = irela->r_offset;
+		      irel.r_info = irela->r_info;
+		      BFD_ASSERT (irela->r_addend == 0);
+		      elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+
+		  BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize
+			      == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela));
+		  erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) output_rel_hdr->contents
+			   + o->output_section->reloc_count);
+		  for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erela++)
+		    elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, irela, erela);
+		}
+
+	      o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Write out the modified section contents.  */
+      if (elf_section_data (o)->stab_info == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section,
+					  contents, o->output_offset,
+					  (o->_cooked_size != 0
+					   ? o->_cooked_size
+					   : o->_raw_size)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
+		 (output_bfd, &elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->stab_info,
+		  o, &elf_section_data (o)->stab_info, contents)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file.  This is a reloc
+   requested by the linker, and does come from any input file.  This
+   is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
+   with -Ur.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *output_section;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+  long indx;
+  bfd_vma offset;
+  bfd_vma addend;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+
+  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc);
+  if (howto == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend;
+
+  /* Figure out the symbol index.  */
+  rel_hash_ptr = (elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hashes
+		  + output_section->reloc_count);
+  if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+    {
+      indx = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->target_index;
+      BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
+      *rel_hash_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
+         actually against the section.  */
+      h = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, info,
+					 link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+					 false, false, true));
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+	{
+	  asection *section;
+
+	  section = h->root.u.def.section;
+	  indx = section->output_section->target_index;
+	  *rel_hash_ptr = NULL;
+	  /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
+             addend here, but in practice it has already been added
+             because it was passed to constructor_callback.  */
+	  addend += section->output_section->vma + section->output_offset;
+	}
+      else if (h != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
+	     this symbol is used by a reloc.  */
+	  h->indx = -2;
+	  *rel_hash_ptr = h;
+	  indx = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+		 (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL,
+		  (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  indx = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
+     object file.  */
+  if (howto->partial_inplace && addend != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type size;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+      bfd_byte *buf;
+      boolean ok;
+
+      size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+      if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+	return false;
+      rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd, addend, buf);
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		 (info,
+		  (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd,
+				       link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section)
+		   : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name),
+		  howto->name, addend, (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL,
+		  (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    {
+	      free (buf);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf,
+				     (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size);
+      free (buf);
+      if (! ok)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
+     relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
+     file.  */
+  offset = link_order->offset;
+  if (! info->relocateable)
+    offset += output_section->vma;
+
+  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hdr;
+
+  if (rel_hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Rel irel;
+      Elf_External_Rel *erel;
+
+      irel.r_offset = offset;
+      irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type);
+      erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents
+	      + output_section->reloc_count);
+      elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Rela irela;
+      Elf_External_Rela *erela;
+
+      irela.r_offset = offset;
+      irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type);
+      irela.r_addend = addend;
+      erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents
+	       + output_section->reloc_count);
+      elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &irela, erela);
+    }
+
+  ++output_section->reloc_count;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section.  */
+
+boolean
+elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, info, lsect, h, rel)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+{
+  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
+  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
+  unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info);;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
+
+  /* Is this a global symbol? */
+  if (h != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Has this symbol already been allocated, if so, our work is done */
+      if (_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section (h->linker_section_pointer,
+						rel->r_addend,
+						lsect->which))
+	return true;
+
+      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &h->linker_section_pointer;
+      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
+      if (h->dynindx == -1)
+	{
+	  if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (lsect->rel_section)
+	lsect->rel_section->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
+    }
+
+  else  /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol */
+    {
+      elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
+
+      /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time */
+      if (!ptr)
+	{
+	  int num_symbols = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
+	  register unsigned int i;
+
+	  ptr = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t **)
+	    bfd_alloc (abfd, num_symbols * sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *));
+
+	  if (!ptr)
+	    return false;
+
+	  elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
+	  for (i = 0; i < num_symbols; i++)
+	    ptr[i] = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)0;
+	}
+
+      /* Has this symbol already been allocated, if so, our work is done */
+      if (_bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
+						rel->r_addend,
+						lsect->which))
+	return true;
+
+      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
+
+      if (info->shared)
+	{
+	  /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
+	     output a R_<xxx>_RELATIVE reloc so that the
+	     dynamic linker can adjust this GOT entry.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (lsect->rel_section != NULL);
+	  lsect->rel_section->_raw_size += sizeof (Elf_External_Rela);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate a new pointer record
+     from internal memory.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
+  linker_section_ptr = (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *)
+    bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t));
+
+  if (!linker_section_ptr)
+    return false;
+
+  linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
+  linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
+  linker_section_ptr->which = lsect->which;
+  linker_section_ptr->written_address_p = false;
+  *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
+
+#if 0
+  if (lsect->hole_size && lsect->hole_offset < lsect->max_hole_offset)
+    {
+      linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->_raw_size - lsect->hole_size + (ARCH_SIZE / 8);
+      lsect->hole_offset += ARCH_SIZE / 8;
+      lsect->sym_offset  += ARCH_SIZE / 8;
+      if (lsect->sym_hash)	/* Bump up symbol value if needed */
+	{
+	  lsect->sym_hash->root.u.def.value += ARCH_SIZE / 8;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Bump up %s by %ld, current value = %ld\n",
+		   lsect->sym_hash->root.root.string,
+		   (long)ARCH_SIZE / 8,
+		   (long)lsect->sym_hash->root.u.def.value);
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->_raw_size;
+
+  lsect->section->_raw_size += ARCH_SIZE / 8;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  fprintf (stderr, "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
+	   lsect->name, (long)linker_section_ptr->offset, (long)lsect->section->_raw_size);
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+#if ARCH_SIZE==64
+#define bfd_put_ptr(BFD,VAL,ADDR) bfd_put_64 (BFD, VAL, ADDR)
+#endif
+#if ARCH_SIZE==32
+#define bfd_put_ptr(BFD,VAL,ADDR) bfd_put_32 (BFD, VAL, ADDR)
+#endif
+
+/* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in alinker section.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (output_bfd, input_bfd, info, lsect, h, relocation, rel, relative_reloc)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     bfd_vma relocation;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+     int relative_reloc;
+{
+  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
+
+  if (h != NULL)		/* global symbol */
+    {
+      linker_section_ptr = _bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section (h->linker_section_pointer,
+								 rel->r_addend,
+								 lsect->which);
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
+
+      if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+	  || (info->shared
+	      && info->symbolic
+	      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
+	{
+	  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
+	     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
+	     locally.  We must initialize this entry in the
+	     global section.
+
+	     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.<xxx>
+	     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
+	     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
+	  if (!linker_section_ptr->written_address_p)
+	    {
+	      linker_section_ptr->written_address_p = true;
+	      bfd_put_ptr (output_bfd, relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
+			  lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else				/* local symbol */
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+      BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
+      BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx] != NULL);
+      linker_section_ptr = _bfd_elf_find_pointer_linker_section (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx],
+								 rel->r_addend,
+								 lsect->which);
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
+
+      /* Write out pointer if it hasn't been rewritten out before */
+      if (!linker_section_ptr->written_address_p)
+	{
+	  linker_section_ptr->written_address_p = true;
+	  bfd_put_ptr (output_bfd, relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
+		       lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
+
+	  if (info->shared)
+	    {
+	      asection *srel = lsect->rel_section;
+	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+
+	      /* We need to generate a relative reloc for the dynamic linker.  */
+	      if (!srel)
+		lsect->rel_section = srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+								     lsect->rel_name);
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
+
+	      outrel.r_offset = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
+				 + lsect->section->output_offset
+				 + linker_section_ptr->offset);
+	      outrel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (0, relative_reloc);
+	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
+	      elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
+				   (((Elf_External_Rela *)
+				     lsect->section->contents)
+				    + lsect->section->reloc_count));
+	      ++lsect->section->reloc_count;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  relocation = (lsect->section->output_offset
+		+ linker_section_ptr->offset
+		- lsect->hole_offset
+		- lsect->sym_offset);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  fprintf (stderr, "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
+	   lsect->name, (long)relocation, (long)relocation);
+#endif
+
+  /* Subtract out the addend, because it will get added back in by the normal
+     processing.  */
+  return relocation - linker_section_ptr->addend;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfxx-target.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfxx-target.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b551a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/elfxx-target.h
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+/* Target definitions for NN-bit ELF
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This structure contains everything that BFD knows about a target.
+   It includes things like its byte order, name, what routines to call
+   to do various operations, etc.  Every BFD points to a target structure
+   with its "xvec" member.
+
+   There are two such structures here:  one for big-endian machines and
+   one for little-endian machines.   */
+
+#define	bfd_elfNN_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_get_section_contents
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_section_contents _bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab
+#define bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_reloc	_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_find_nearest_line
+#define bfd_elfNN_find_nearest_line	_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line
+#endif
+#define bfd_elfNN_read_minisymbols	_bfd_elf_read_minisymbols
+#define bfd_elfNN_minisymbol_to_symbol	_bfd_elf_minisymbol_to_symbol
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_lineno		_bfd_elf_get_lineno
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_get_reloc_upper_bound
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_reloc_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound
+#endif
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_symbol_info	_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_symtab		_bfd_elf_get_symtab
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound
+#if 0 /* done in elf-bfd.h */
+#define bfd_elfNN_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol
+#endif
+#define bfd_elfNN_make_empty_symbol	_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol
+#define bfd_elfNN_new_section_hook	_bfd_elf_new_section_hook
+#define bfd_elfNN_set_arch_mach		_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_set_section_contents
+#define bfd_elfNN_set_section_contents	_bfd_elf_set_section_contents
+#endif
+#define bfd_elfNN_sizeof_headers	_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers
+#define bfd_elfNN_write_object_contents _bfd_elf_write_object_contents
+
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+#ifndef elf_backend_want_got_plt
+#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_plt_readonly
+#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
+#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_start	bfd_void
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_end	bfd_void
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_accumulate	(PROTO(void,(*),(bfd*, struct sec *))) bfd_void
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+ bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_make_debug_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, void *, unsigned long))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data \
+  _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_section_data \
+  _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
+  _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_set_private_flags
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_set_private_flags \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword))) bfd_true)
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_is_local_label_name _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound
+#define bfd_elfNN_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound \
+  _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+#define bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc \
+  _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+#endif
+
+#ifdef elf_backend_relocate_section
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create
+#endif
+#else /* ! defined (elf_backend_relocate_section) */
+/* If no backend relocate_section routine, use the generic linker.  */
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
+  _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_add_symbols
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_add_symbols	_bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#endif
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_final_link
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_final_link	_bfd_generic_final_link
+#endif
+#endif /* ! defined (elf_backend_relocate_section) */
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_split_section
+#define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_archive_p
+#define bfd_elfNN_archive_p bfd_generic_archive_p
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_write_archive_contents
+#define bfd_elfNN_write_archive_contents _bfd_write_archive_contents
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_mkobject
+#define bfd_elfNN_mkobject bfd_elf_mkobject
+#endif
+
+#ifndef bfd_elfNN_mkarchive
+#define bfd_elfNN_mkarchive _bfd_generic_mkarchive
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_symbol_leading_char
+#define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_info_to_howto
+#define elf_info_to_howto 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_info_to_howto_rel
+#define elf_info_to_howto_rel 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
+#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_backend_collect
+#define elf_backend_collect false
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_type_change_ok
+#define elf_backend_type_change_ok false
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_backend_sym_is_global
+#define elf_backend_sym_is_global	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_object_p
+#define elf_backend_object_p		0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_symbol_processing
+#define elf_backend_symbol_processing	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_symbol_table_processing
+#define elf_backend_symbol_table_processing	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_section_processing
+#define elf_backend_section_processing	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_section_from_shdr
+#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_fake_sections
+#define elf_backend_fake_sections	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
+#define elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
+#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
+#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_check_relocs
+#define elf_backend_check_relocs	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_always_size_sections
+#define elf_backend_always_size_sections 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections 0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_relocate_section
+#define elf_backend_relocate_section	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_begin_write_processing
+#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_final_write_processing
+#define elf_backend_final_write_processing	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_additional_program_headers
+#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_modify_segment_map
+#define elf_backend_modify_segment_map	0
+#endif
+#ifndef elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
+#define elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap	0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELF_MACHINE_ALT1
+#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELF_MACHINE_ALT2
+#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef elf_backend_size_info
+#define elf_backend_size_info _bfd_elfNN_size_info
+#endif
+
+extern const struct elf_size_info _bfd_elfNN_size_info;
+
+static CONST struct elf_backend_data elfNN_bed =
+{
+#ifdef USE_REL
+  0,				/* use_rela_p */
+#else
+  1,				/* use_rela_p */
+#endif
+  ELF_ARCH,			/* arch */
+  ELF_MACHINE_CODE,		/* elf_machine_code */
+  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE,		/* maxpagesize */
+  elf_backend_collect,
+  elf_backend_type_change_ok,
+  elf_info_to_howto,
+  elf_info_to_howto_rel,
+  elf_backend_sym_is_global,
+  elf_backend_object_p,
+  elf_backend_symbol_processing,
+  elf_backend_symbol_table_processing,
+  elf_backend_section_processing,
+  elf_backend_section_from_shdr,
+  elf_backend_fake_sections,
+  elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section,
+  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook,
+  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook,
+  elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections,
+  elf_backend_check_relocs,
+  elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol,
+  elf_backend_always_size_sections,
+  elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections,
+  elf_backend_relocate_section,
+  elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol,
+  elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections,
+  elf_backend_begin_write_processing,
+  elf_backend_final_write_processing,
+  elf_backend_additional_program_headers,
+  elf_backend_modify_segment_map,
+  elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap,
+  ELF_MACHINE_ALT1,
+  ELF_MACHINE_ALT2,
+  &elf_backend_size_info,
+  elf_backend_want_got_plt,
+  elf_backend_plt_readonly,
+  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
+};
+
+#ifdef TARGET_BIG_SYM
+const bfd_target TARGET_BIG_SYM =
+{
+  /* name: identify kind of target */
+  TARGET_BIG_NAME,
+
+  /* flavour: general indication about file */
+  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+
+  /* byteorder: data is big endian */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,
+
+  /* header_byteorder: header is also big endian */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,
+
+  /* object_flags: mask of all file flags */
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P | HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS |
+   DYNAMIC | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+
+  /* section_flags: mask of all section flags */
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_READONLY |
+   SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_SORT_ENTRIES),
+
+   /* leading_symbol_char: is the first char of a user symbol
+      predictable, and if so what is it */
+  elf_symbol_leading_char,
+
+  /* ar_pad_char: pad character for filenames within an archive header
+     FIXME:  this really has nothing to do with ELF, this is a characteristic
+     of the archiver and/or os and should be independently tunable */
+  '/',
+
+  /* ar_max_namelen: maximum number of characters in an archive header
+     FIXME:  this really has nothing to do with ELF, this is a characteristic
+     of the archiver and should be independently tunable.  This value is
+     a WAG (wild a** guess) */
+  14,
+
+  /* Routines to byte-swap various sized integers from the data sections */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+    bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+    bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,
+
+  /* Routines to byte-swap various sized integers from the file headers */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+    bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+    bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,
+
+  /* bfd_check_format: check the format of a file being read */
+  { _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+    bfd_elfNN_object_p,		/* assembler/linker output (object file) */
+    bfd_elfNN_archive_p,	/* an archive */
+    bfd_elfNN_core_file_p	/* a core file */
+  },
+
+  /* bfd_set_format: set the format of a file being written */
+  { bfd_false,
+    bfd_elfNN_mkobject,
+    bfd_elfNN_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false
+  },
+
+  /* bfd_write_contents: write cached information into a file being written */
+  { bfd_false,
+    bfd_elfNN_write_object_contents,
+    bfd_elfNN_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false
+  },
+
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (bfd_elfNN),
+#ifdef bfd_elfNN_archive_functions
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (bfd_elfNN_archive),
+#else
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+#endif
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (bfd_elfNN),
+
+  /* backend_data: */
+  (PTR) &elfNN_bed,
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
+const bfd_target TARGET_LITTLE_SYM =
+{
+  /* name: identify kind of target */
+  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME,
+
+  /* flavour: general indication about file */
+  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+
+  /* byteorder: data is little endian */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,
+
+  /* header_byteorder: header is also little endian */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE,
+
+  /* object_flags: mask of all file flags */
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P | HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS |
+   DYNAMIC | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+
+  /* section_flags: mask of all section flags */
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_READONLY |
+   SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_SORT_ENTRIES),
+
+   /* leading_symbol_char: is the first char of a user symbol
+      predictable, and if so what is it */
+  elf_symbol_leading_char,
+
+  /* ar_pad_char: pad character for filenames within an archive header
+     FIXME:  this really has nothing to do with ELF, this is a characteristic
+     of the archiver and/or os and should be independently tunable */
+  '/',
+
+  /* ar_max_namelen: maximum number of characters in an archive header
+     FIXME:  this really has nothing to do with ELF, this is a characteristic
+     of the archiver and should be independently tunable.  This value is
+     a WAG (wild a** guess) */
+  14,
+
+  /* Routines to byte-swap various sized integers from the data sections */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+    bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+    bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16,
+
+  /* Routines to byte-swap various sized integers from the file headers */
+  bfd_getl64, bfd_getl_signed_64, bfd_putl64,
+    bfd_getl32, bfd_getl_signed_32, bfd_putl32,
+    bfd_getl16, bfd_getl_signed_16, bfd_putl16,
+
+  /* bfd_check_format: check the format of a file being read */
+  { _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+    bfd_elfNN_object_p,		/* assembler/linker output (object file) */
+    bfd_elfNN_archive_p,	/* an archive */
+    bfd_elfNN_core_file_p	/* a core file */
+  },
+
+  /* bfd_set_format: set the format of a file being written */
+  { bfd_false,
+    bfd_elfNN_mkobject,
+    bfd_elfNN_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false
+  },
+
+  /* bfd_write_contents: write cached information into a file being written */
+  { bfd_false,
+    bfd_elfNN_write_object_contents,
+    bfd_elfNN_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false
+  },
+
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (bfd_elfNN),
+#ifdef bfd_elfNN_archive_functions
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (bfd_elfNN_archive),
+#else
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff),
+#endif
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (bfd_elfNN),
+      BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (bfd_elfNN),
+
+  /* backend_data: */
+  (PTR) &elfNN_bed,
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/filemode.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/filemode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f45968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/filemode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+void mode_string ();
+static char ftypelet ();
+static void rwx ();
+static void setst ();
+
+/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0	File type.  'd' for directory, 'c' for character
+	special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
+	'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
+	'-' for any other file type
+
+   1	'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2	'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3	'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+	bit isn't set.
+
+   4	'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5	'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6	'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7	'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8	'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9	'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+	(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+	otherwise.
+	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */
+
+void
+filemodestring (statp, str)
+     struct stat *statp;
+     char *str;
+{
+  mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument. */
+
+void
+mode_string (mode, str)
+     unsigned short mode;
+     char *str;
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  setst (mode, str);
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   '-' for any other file type. */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (bits)
+     unsigned short bits;
+{
+  switch (bits & S_IFMT)
+    {
+    default:
+      return '-';
+    case S_IFDIR:
+      return 'd';
+#ifdef S_IFLNK
+    case S_IFLNK:
+      return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFCHR
+    case S_IFCHR:
+      return 'c';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFBLK
+    case S_IFBLK:
+      return 'b';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFMPC
+    case S_IFMPC:
+    case S_IFMPB:
+      return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFSOCK
+    case S_IFSOCK:
+      return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFIFO
+#if S_IFIFO != S_IFSOCK
+    case S_IFIFO:
+      return 'p';
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFNWK			/* HP-UX */
+    case S_IFNWK:
+      return 'n';
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
+   flags in CHARS accordingly. */
+
+static void
+rwx (bits, chars)
+     unsigned short bits;
+     char *chars;
+{
+  chars[0] = (bits & S_IREAD) ? 'r' : '-';
+  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWRITE) ? 'w' : '-';
+  chars[2] = (bits & S_IEXEC) ? 'x' : '-';
+}
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS. */
+
+static void
+setst (bits, chars)
+     unsigned short bits;
+     char *chars;
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others. */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/format.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/format.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a303424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/format.c
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/* Generic BFD support for file formats.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	File formats
+
+	A format is a BFD concept of high level file contents type. The
+	formats supported by BFD are: 
+
+	o <<bfd_object>>
+
+	The BFD may contain data, symbols, relocations and debug info.
+
+	o <<bfd_archive>>
+
+	The BFD contains other BFDs and an optional index.
+
+	o <<bfd_core>>
+
+	The BFD contains the result of an executable core dump.
+
+
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+/* IMPORT from targets.c.  */
+extern const size_t _bfd_target_vector_entries;
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_check_format
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_check_format(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Verify if the file attached to the BFD @var{abfd} is compatible
+	with the format @var{format} (i.e., one of <<bfd_object>>,
+	<<bfd_archive>> or <<bfd_core>>).
+
+	If the BFD has been set to a specific target before the
+	call, only the named target and format combination is
+	checked. If the target has not been set, or has been set to
+	<<default>>, then all the known target backends is
+	interrogated to determine a match.  If the default target
+	matches, it is used.  If not, exactly one target must recognize
+	the file, or an error results.
+
+	The function returns <<true>> on success, otherwise <<false>>
+	with one of the following error codes:  
+
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> -
+	if <<format>> is not one of <<bfd_object>>, <<bfd_archive>> or
+	<<bfd_core>>.
+
+	o <<bfd_error_system_call>> -
+	if an error occured during a read - even some file mismatches
+	can cause bfd_error_system_calls.
+
+	o <<file_not_recognised>> -
+	none of the backends recognised the file format.
+
+	o <<bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized>> -
+	more than one backend recognised the file format.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_check_format (abfd, format)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_format format;
+{
+  return bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, format, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_check_format_matches
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_check_format_matches(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format, char ***matching);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Like <<bfd_check_format>>, except when it returns false with
+	<<bfd_errno>> set to <<bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized>>.  In that
+	case, if @var{matching} is not NULL, it will be filled in with
+	a NULL-terminated list of the names of the formats that matched,
+	allocated with <<malloc>>.
+	Then the user may choose a format and try again.
+
+	When done with the list that @var{matching} points to, the caller
+	should free it.  
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, format, matching)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_format format;
+     char ***matching;
+{
+  const bfd_target * const *target, *save_targ, *right_targ;
+  char **matching_vector = NULL;
+  int match_count;
+
+  if (!bfd_read_p (abfd) ||
+      ((int)(abfd->format) < (int)bfd_unknown) ||
+      ((int)(abfd->format) >= (int)bfd_type_end)) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_unknown)
+    return (abfd->format == format)? true: false;
+
+
+  /* Since the target type was defaulted, check them 
+     all in the hope that one will be uniquely recognized.  */
+
+  save_targ = abfd->xvec;
+  match_count = 0;
+  if (matching)
+    {
+      matching_vector =
+	(char **) bfd_malloc (sizeof (char *) *
+			      (_bfd_target_vector_entries + 1));
+      if (!matching_vector)
+	return false;
+      matching_vector[0] = NULL;
+      *matching = matching_vector;
+    }
+  right_targ = 0;
+
+
+  /* presume the answer is yes */
+  abfd->format = format;
+
+  /* If the target type was explicitly specified, just check that target.  */
+
+  if (!abfd->target_defaulted) {
+    if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr)0, SEEK_SET) != 0)	/* rewind! */
+      return false;
+    right_targ = BFD_SEND_FMT (abfd, _bfd_check_format, (abfd));
+    if (right_targ) {
+      abfd->xvec = right_targ;		/* Set the target as returned */
+      if (matching)
+	free (matching_vector);
+      return true;			/* File position has moved, BTW */
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (target = bfd_target_vector; *target != NULL; target++) {
+    extern const bfd_target binary_vec;
+    const bfd_target *temp;
+
+    if (*target == &binary_vec)
+      continue;
+
+    abfd->xvec = *target;	/* Change BFD's target temporarily */
+    if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr)0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+      return false;
+    /* If _bfd_check_format neglects to set bfd_error, assume bfd_error_wrong_format.
+       We didn't used to even pay any attention to bfd_error, so I suspect
+       that some _bfd_check_format might have this problem.  */
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+    temp = BFD_SEND_FMT (abfd, _bfd_check_format, (abfd));
+    if (temp) {				/* This format checks out as ok! */
+      right_targ = temp;
+      if (matching)
+	{
+	  matching_vector[match_count] = temp->name;
+	  matching_vector[match_count + 1] = NULL;
+	}
+      match_count++;
+      /* If this is the default target, accept it, even if other targets
+	 might match.  People who want those other targets have to set 
+	 the GNUTARGET variable.  */
+      if (temp == bfd_default_vector[0])
+	{
+	  if (matching)
+	    {
+	      matching_vector[0] = temp->name;
+	      matching_vector[1] = NULL;
+	    }
+	  match_count = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+#ifdef GNU960
+      /* Big- and little-endian b.out archives look the same, but it doesn't
+       * matter: there is no difference in their headers, and member file byte
+       * orders will (I hope) be handled appropriately by bfd.  Ditto for big
+       * and little coff archives.  And the 4 coff/b.out object formats are
+       * unambiguous.  So accept the first match we find.
+       */
+      break;
+#endif
+    } else if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_wrong_format) {
+      abfd->xvec = save_targ;
+      abfd->format = bfd_unknown;
+      if (matching && bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	free (matching_vector);
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (match_count == 1) {
+    abfd->xvec = right_targ;		/* Change BFD's target permanently */
+    if (matching)
+      free (matching_vector);
+    return true;			/* File position has moved, BTW */
+  }
+
+  abfd->xvec = save_targ;		/* Restore original target type */
+  abfd->format = bfd_unknown;		/* Restore original format */
+  if (match_count == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_not_recognized);
+      if (matching)
+	free (matching_vector);
+    }
+  else
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_format
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_format(bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This function sets the file format of the BFD @var{abfd} to the
+	format @var{format}. If the target set in the BFD does not
+	support the format requested, the format is invalid, or the BFD
+	is not open for writing, then an error occurs.
+
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_format (abfd, format)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_format format;
+{
+
+  if (bfd_read_p (abfd) ||
+      ((int)abfd->format < (int)bfd_unknown) ||
+      ((int)abfd->format >= (int)bfd_type_end)) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_unknown)
+    return (abfd->format == format) ? true:false;
+
+  /* presume the answer is yes */
+  abfd->format = format;
+
+  if (!BFD_SEND_FMT (abfd, _bfd_set_format, (abfd))) {
+    abfd->format = bfd_unknown;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_format_string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	CONST char *bfd_format_string(bfd_format format);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a pointer to a const string
+	<<invalid>>, <<object>>, <<archive>>, <<core>>, or <<unknown>>,
+	depending upon the value of @var{format}.
+*/
+
+CONST char *
+bfd_format_string (format)
+     bfd_format format;
+{
+  if (((int)format <(int) bfd_unknown) 
+      || ((int)format >=(int) bfd_type_end)) 
+    return "invalid";
+  
+  switch (format) {
+  case bfd_object:
+    return "object";		/* linker/assember/compiler output */
+  case bfd_archive: 
+    return "archive";		/* object archive file */
+  case bfd_core: 
+    return "core";		/* core dump */
+  default: 
+    return "unknown";
+  }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/freebsd.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/freebsd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccd201f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/freebsd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* BFD back-end definitions used by all FreeBSD targets.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/* FreeBSD ZMAGIC files never have the header in the text. */
+#define	N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)	0
+
+/* ZMAGIC files start at offset 0.  Does not apply to QMAGIC files. */
+#define TEXT_START_ADDR		0
+
+#define N_GETMAGIC_NET(exec) \
+	((exec).a_info & 0xffff)
+#define N_GETMID_NET(exec) \
+	(((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0x3ff)
+#define N_GETFLAG_NET(ex) \
+	(((exec).a_info >> 26) & 0x3f)
+
+#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) \
+	((enum machine_type) \
+	 ((N_GETMAGIC_NET (exec) == ZMAGIC) ? N_GETMID_NET (exec) : \
+	  ((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0x3ff))
+#define N_FLAGS(exec) \
+	((N_GETMAGIC_NET (exec) == ZMAGIC) ? N_GETFLAG_NET (exec) : \
+	 ((exec).a_info >> 26) & 0x3f)
+
+#define N_SET_INFO(exec, magic, type, flags) \
+	((exec).a_info = ((magic) & 0xffff) \
+	 | (((int)(type) & 0x3ff) << 16) \
+	 | (((flags) & 0x3f) << 26))
+#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) \
+	((exec).a_info = \
+         ((exec).a_info & 0xfb00ffff) | ((((int)(machtype))&0x3ff) << 16))
+#define N_SET_FLAGS(exec, flags) \
+	((exec).a_info = \
+	 ((exec).a_info & 0x03ffffff) | ((flags & 0x03f) << 26))
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libaout.h"
+
+/* On FreeBSD, the magic number is always in ntohl's "network" (big-endian)
+   format.  I think.  */
+#define SWAP_MAGIC(ext) bfd_getb32 (ext)
+
+
+#define MY_write_object_contents MY(write_object_contents)
+static boolean MY(write_object_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
+
+/* Write an object file.
+   Section contents have already been written.  We write the
+   file header, symbols, and relocation.  */
+
+static boolean
+MY(write_object_contents) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+#if CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE
+  CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE(abfd);
+#else
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  /* Magic number, maestro, please!  */
+  switch (bfd_get_arch(abfd)) {
+  case bfd_arch_m68k:
+    if (strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "a.out-m68k4k-netbsd") == 0)
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_68K4K_NETBSD);
+    else
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_68K_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_sparc:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_SPARC_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_i386:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_386_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_ns32k:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_532_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  default:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_UNKNOWN);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/gen-aout.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/gen-aout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2224f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/gen-aout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Generate parameters for an a.out system.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "/usr/include/a.out.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc; char** argv;
+{
+  struct exec my_exec;
+  int page_size;
+  char *target = "unknown", *arch = "unknown";
+  FILE *file = fopen("gen-aout", "r");
+
+  if (file == NULL) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open gen-aout!\n");
+      return -1;
+  }
+  if (fread(&my_exec, sizeof(struct exec), 1, file) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Cannot read gen-aout!\n");
+      return -1;
+  }
+
+  target = argv[1];
+  if (target == NULL) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: gen-aout target_name\n");
+      exit (1);
+  }
+
+#ifdef N_TXTOFF
+  page_size = N_TXTOFF(my_exec);
+  if (page_size == 0)
+    printf("#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 1\n");
+  else
+    printf("#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 0\n");
+#endif
+
+  printf("#define BYTES_IN_WORD %d\n", sizeof (int));
+  if (my_exec.a_entry == 0) {
+      printf("#define ENTRY_CAN_BE_ZERO\n");
+      printf("#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) 0 /* Avoids warning */\n");
+  }
+  else {
+      printf("/*#define ENTRY_CAN_BE_ZERO*/\n");
+      printf("/*#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) 0*/\n");
+  }
+
+  printf("#define TEXT_START_ADDR %d\n", my_exec.a_entry);
+
+#ifdef PAGSIZ
+  if (page_size == 0)
+    page_size = PAGSIZ;
+#endif
+  if (page_size != 0)
+    printf("#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE %d\n", page_size);
+  else
+    printf("/* #define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE ??? */\n");
+  printf("#define SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE\n");
+
+#ifdef vax
+  arch = "vax";
+#endif
+#ifdef m68k
+  arch = "m68k";
+#endif
+  if (arch[0] == '1')
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "warning: preprocessor substituted architecture name inside string;");
+      fprintf (stderr, "         fix DEFAULT_ARCH in the output file yourself\n");
+      arch = "unknown";
+    }
+  printf("#define DEFAULT_ARCH bfd_arch_%s\n", arch);
+
+  printf("\n#define MY(OP) CAT(%s_,OP)\n", target);
+  printf("#define TARGETNAME \"a.out-%s\"\n\n", target);
+
+  printf("#include \"bfd.h\"\n");
+  printf("#include \"sysdep.h\"\n");
+  printf("#include \"libbfd.h\"\n");
+  printf("#include \"libaout.h\"\n");
+  printf("\n#include \"aout-target.h\"\n");
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/genlink.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/genlink.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e0a8de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/genlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* genlink.h -- interface to the BFD generic linker
+   Copyright 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GENLINK_H
+#define GENLINK_H
+
+/* This header file is internal to BFD.  It describes the internal
+   structures and functions used by the BFD generic linker, in case
+   any of the more specific linkers want to use or call them.  Note
+   that some functions, such as _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create,
+   are declared in libbfd.h, because they are expected to be widely
+   used.  The functions and structures in this file will probably only
+   be used by a few files besides linker.c itself.  In fact, this file
+   is not particularly complete; I have only put in the interfaces I
+   actually needed.  */
+
+/* The generic linker uses a hash table which is a derived class of
+   the standard linker hash table, just as the other backend specific
+   linkers do.  Do not confuse the generic linker hash table with the
+   standard BFD linker hash table it is built upon.  */
+
+/* Generic linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct generic_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+  /* Whether this symbol has been written out.  */
+  boolean written;
+  /* Symbol from input BFD.  */
+  asymbol *sym;
+};
+
+/* Generic linker hash table.  */
+
+struct generic_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in an generic link hash table.  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
+  ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse an generic link hash table.  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)		\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the generic link hash table from the info structure.  This is
+   just a cast.  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_hash_table(p) \
+  ((struct generic_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* The generic linker reads in the asymbol structures for an input BFD
+   and keeps them in the outsymbol and symcount fields.  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols(abfd) ((abfd)->outsymbols)
+#define _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount(abfd) ((abfd)->symcount)
+
+/* Add the symbols of input_bfd to the symbols being built for
+   output_bfd.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   size_t *psymalloc));
+
+/* This structure is used to pass information to
+   _bfd_generic_link_write_global_symbol, which may be called via
+   _bfd_generic_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+struct generic_write_global_symbol_info
+{
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  size_t *psymalloc;
+};
+
+/* Write out a single global symbol.  This is expected to be called
+   via _bfd_generic_link_hash_traverse.  The second argument must
+   actually be a struct generic_write_global_symbol_info *.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_write_global_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+
+/* Generic link hash table entry creation routine.  */
+struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_generic_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *,
+           const char *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/hash.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c6e987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+/* hash.c -- hash table routines for BFD
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "objalloc.h"
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Hash Tables
+
+@cindex Hash tables
+	BFD provides a simple set of hash table functions.  Routines
+	are provided to initialize a hash table, to free a hash table,
+	to look up a string in a hash table and optionally create an
+	entry for it, and to traverse a hash table.  There is
+	currently no routine to delete an string from a hash table.
+
+	The basic hash table does not permit any data to be stored
+	with a string.  However, a hash table is designed to present a
+	base class from which other types of hash tables may be
+	derived.  These derived types may store additional information
+	with the string.  Hash tables were implemented in this way,
+	rather than simply providing a data pointer in a hash table
+	entry, because they were designed for use by the linker back
+	ends.  The linker may create thousands of hash table entries,
+	and the overhead of allocating private data and storing and
+	following pointers becomes noticeable.
+
+	The basic hash table code is in <<hash.c>>.
+
+@menu
+@* Creating and Freeing a Hash Table::
+@* Looking Up or Entering a String::
+@* Traversing a Hash Table::
+@* Deriving a New Hash Table Type::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Creating and Freeing a Hash Table, Looking Up or Entering a String, Hash Tables, Hash Tables
+SUBSECTION
+	Creating and freeing a hash table
+
+@findex bfd_hash_table_init
+@findex bfd_hash_table_init_n
+	To create a hash table, create an instance of a <<struct
+	bfd_hash_table>> (defined in <<bfd.h>>) and call
+	<<bfd_hash_table_init>> (if you know approximately how many
+	entries you will need, the function <<bfd_hash_table_init_n>>,
+	which takes a @var{size} argument, may be used).
+	<<bfd_hash_table_init>> returns <<false>> if some sort of
+	error occurs.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_newfunc
+	The function <<bfd_hash_table_init>> take as an argument a
+	function to use to create new entries.  For a basic hash
+	table, use the function <<bfd_hash_newfunc>>.  @xref{Deriving
+	a New Hash Table Type} for why you would want to use a
+	different value for this argument.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_allocate
+	<<bfd_hash_table_init>> will create an objalloc which will be
+	used to allocate new entries.  You may allocate memory on this
+	objalloc using <<bfd_hash_allocate>>.
+
+@findex bfd_hash_table_free
+	Use <<bfd_hash_table_free>> to free up all the memory that has
+	been allocated for a hash table.  This will not free up the
+	<<struct bfd_hash_table>> itself, which you must provide.
+
+INODE
+Looking Up or Entering a String, Traversing a Hash Table, Creating and Freeing a Hash Table, Hash Tables
+SUBSECTION
+	Looking up or entering a string
+
+@findex bfd_hash_lookup
+	The function <<bfd_hash_lookup>> is used both to look up a
+	string in the hash table and to create a new entry.
+
+	If the @var{create} argument is <<false>>, <<bfd_hash_lookup>>
+	will look up a string.  If the string is found, it will
+	returns a pointer to a <<struct bfd_hash_entry>>.  If the
+	string is not found in the table <<bfd_hash_lookup>> will
+	return <<NULL>>.  You should not modify any of the fields in
+	the returns <<struct bfd_hash_entry>>.
+
+	If the @var{create} argument is <<true>>, the string will be
+	entered into the hash table if it is not already there.
+	Either way a pointer to a <<struct bfd_hash_entry>> will be
+	returned, either to the existing structure or to a newly
+	created one.  In this case, a <<NULL>> return means that an
+	error occurred.
+
+	If the @var{create} argument is <<true>>, and a new entry is
+	created, the @var{copy} argument is used to decide whether to
+	copy the string onto the hash table objalloc or not.  If
+	@var{copy} is passed as <<false>>, you must be careful not to
+	deallocate or modify the string as long as the hash table
+	exists.
+
+INODE
+Traversing a Hash Table, Deriving a New Hash Table Type, Looking Up or Entering a String, Hash Tables
+SUBSECTION
+	Traversing a hash table
+
+@findex bfd_hash_traverse
+	The function <<bfd_hash_traverse>> may be used to traverse a
+	hash table, calling a function on each element.  The traversal
+	is done in a random order.
+
+	<<bfd_hash_traverse>> takes as arguments a function and a
+	generic <<void *>> pointer.  The function is called with a
+	hash table entry (a <<struct bfd_hash_entry *>>) and the
+	generic pointer passed to <<bfd_hash_traverse>>.  The function
+	must return a <<boolean>> value, which indicates whether to
+	continue traversing the hash table.  If the function returns
+	<<false>>, <<bfd_hash_traverse>> will stop the traversal and
+	return immediately.
+
+INODE
+Deriving a New Hash Table Type, , Traversing a Hash Table, Hash Tables
+SUBSECTION
+	Deriving a new hash table type
+
+	Many uses of hash tables want to store additional information
+	which each entry in the hash table.  Some also find it
+	convenient to store additional information with the hash table
+	itself.  This may be done using a derived hash table.
+
+	Since C is not an object oriented language, creating a derived
+	hash table requires sticking together some boilerplate
+	routines with a few differences specific to the type of hash
+	table you want to create.
+
+	An example of a derived hash table is the linker hash table.
+	The structures for this are defined in <<bfdlink.h>>.  The
+	functions are in <<linker.c>>.
+
+	You may also derive a hash table from an already derived hash
+	table.  For example, the a.out linker backend code uses a hash
+	table derived from the linker hash table.
+
+@menu
+@* Define the Derived Structures::
+@* Write the Derived Creation Routine::
+@* Write Other Derived Routines::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Define the Derived Structures, Write the Derived Creation Routine, Deriving a New Hash Table Type, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Define the derived structures
+
+	You must define a structure for an entry in the hash table,
+	and a structure for the hash table itself.
+
+	The first field in the structure for an entry in the hash
+	table must be of the type used for an entry in the hash table
+	you are deriving from.  If you are deriving from a basic hash
+	table this is <<struct bfd_hash_entry>>, which is defined in
+	<<bfd.h>>.  The first field in the structure for the hash
+	table itself must be of the type of the hash table you are
+	deriving from itself.  If you are deriving from a basic hash
+	table, this is <<struct bfd_hash_table>>.
+
+	For example, the linker hash table defines <<struct
+	bfd_link_hash_entry>> (in <<bfdlink.h>>).  The first field,
+	<<root>>, is of type <<struct bfd_hash_entry>>.  Similarly,
+	the first field in <<struct bfd_link_hash_table>>, <<table>>,
+	is of type <<struct bfd_hash_table>>.
+
+INODE
+Write the Derived Creation Routine, Write Other Derived Routines, Define the Derived Structures, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Write the derived creation routine
+
+	You must write a routine which will create and initialize an
+	entry in the hash table.  This routine is passed as the
+	function argument to <<bfd_hash_table_init>>.
+
+	In order to permit other hash tables to be derived from the
+	hash table you are creating, this routine must be written in a
+	standard way.
+
+	The first argument to the creation routine is a pointer to a
+	hash table entry.  This may be <<NULL>>, in which case the
+	routine should allocate the right amount of space.  Otherwise
+	the space has already been allocated by a hash table type
+	derived from this one.
+
+	After allocating space, the creation routine must call the
+	creation routine of the hash table type it is derived from,
+	passing in a pointer to the space it just allocated.  This
+	will initialize any fields used by the base hash table.
+
+	Finally the creation routine must initialize any local fields
+	for the new hash table type.
+
+	Here is a boilerplate example of a creation routine.
+	@var{function_name} is the name of the routine.
+	@var{entry_type} is the type of an entry in the hash table you
+	are creating.  @var{base_newfunc} is the name of the creation
+	routine of the hash table type your hash table is derived
+	from.
+
+EXAMPLE
+
+.struct bfd_hash_entry *
+.@var{function_name} (entry, table, string)
+.     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+.     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+.     const char *string;
+.{
+.  struct @var{entry_type} *ret = (@var{entry_type} *) entry;
+.
+. {* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+.    derived class.  *}
+.  if (ret == (@var{entry_type} *) NULL)
+.    {
+.      ret = ((@var{entry_type} *)
+.	      bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (@var{entry_type})));
+.      if (ret == (@var{entry_type} *) NULL)
+.        return NULL;
+.    }
+.
+. {* Call the allocation method of the base class.  *}
+.  ret = ((@var{entry_type} *)
+.	 @var{base_newfunc} ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+.
+. {* Initialize the local fields here.  *}
+.
+.  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+.}
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The creation routine for the linker hash table, which is in
+	<<linker.c>>, looks just like this example.
+	@var{function_name} is <<_bfd_link_hash_newfunc>>.
+	@var{entry_type} is <<struct bfd_link_hash_entry>>.
+	@var{base_newfunc} is <<bfd_hash_newfunc>>, the creation
+	routine for a basic hash table.
+
+	<<_bfd_link_hash_newfunc>> also initializes the local fields
+	in a linker hash table entry: <<type>>, <<written>> and
+	<<next>>.
+
+INODE
+Write Other Derived Routines, , Write the Derived Creation Routine, Deriving a New Hash Table Type
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Write other derived routines
+
+	You will want to write other routines for your new hash table,
+	as well.  
+
+	You will want an initialization routine which calls the
+	initialization routine of the hash table you are deriving from
+	and initializes any other local fields.  For the linker hash
+	table, this is <<_bfd_link_hash_table_init>> in <<linker.c>>.
+
+	You will want a lookup routine which calls the lookup routine
+	of the hash table you are deriving from and casts the result.
+	The linker hash table uses <<bfd_link_hash_lookup>> in
+	<<linker.c>> (this actually takes an additional argument which
+	it uses to decide how to return the looked up value).
+
+	You may want a traversal routine.  This should just call the
+	traversal routine of the hash table you are deriving from with
+	appropriate casts.  The linker hash table uses
+	<<bfd_link_hash_traverse>> in <<linker.c>>.
+
+	These routines may simply be defined as macros.  For example,
+	the a.out backend linker hash table, which is derived from the
+	linker hash table, uses macros for the lookup and traversal
+	routines.  These are <<aout_link_hash_lookup>> and
+	<<aout_link_hash_traverse>> in aoutx.h.
+*/
+
+/* The default number of entries to use when creating a hash table.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SIZE (4051)
+
+/* Create a new hash table, given a number of entries.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_hash_table_init_n (table, newfunc, size)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  unsigned int alloc;
+
+  alloc = size * sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry *);
+
+  table->memory = (PTR) objalloc_create ();
+  if (table->memory == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  table->table = ((struct bfd_hash_entry **)
+		  objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) table->memory, alloc));
+  if (table->table == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  memset ((PTR) table->table, 0, alloc);
+  table->size = size;
+  table->newfunc = newfunc;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create a new hash table with the default number of entries.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_hash_table_init (table, newfunc)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  return bfd_hash_table_init_n (table, newfunc, DEFAULT_SIZE);
+}
+
+/* Free a hash table.  */
+
+void
+bfd_hash_table_free (table)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+{
+  objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) table->memory);
+  table->memory = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Look up a string in a hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+bfd_hash_lookup (table, string, create, copy)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean create;
+     boolean copy;
+{
+  register const unsigned char *s;
+  register unsigned long hash;
+  register unsigned int c;
+  struct bfd_hash_entry *hashp;
+  unsigned int len;
+  unsigned int index;
+  
+  hash = 0;
+  len = 0;
+  s = (const unsigned char *) string;
+  while ((c = *s++) != '\0')
+    {
+      hash += c + (c << 17);
+      hash ^= hash >> 2;
+      ++len;
+    }
+  hash += len + (len << 17);
+  hash ^= hash >> 2;
+
+  index = hash % table->size;
+  for (hashp = table->table[index];
+       hashp != (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL;
+       hashp = hashp->next)
+    {
+      if (hashp->hash == hash
+	  && strcmp (hashp->string, string) == 0)
+	return hashp;
+    }
+
+  if (! create)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL;
+
+  hashp = (*table->newfunc) ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL, table, string);
+  if (hashp == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL;
+  if (copy)
+    {
+      char *new;
+
+      new = (char *) objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) table->memory,
+				     len + 1);
+      if (!new)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL;
+	}
+      strcpy (new, string);
+      string = new;
+    }
+  hashp->string = string;
+  hashp->hash = hash;
+  hashp->next = table->table[index];
+  table->table[index] = hashp;
+
+  return hashp;
+}
+
+/* Replace an entry in a hash table.  */
+
+void
+bfd_hash_replace (table, old, nw)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *old;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *nw;
+{
+  unsigned int index;
+  struct bfd_hash_entry **pph;
+
+  index = old->hash % table->size;
+  for (pph = &table->table[index];
+       (*pph) != (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL;
+       pph = &(*pph)->next)
+    {
+      if (*pph == old)
+	{
+	  *pph = nw;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Base method for creating a new hash table entry.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  if (entry == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    entry = ((struct bfd_hash_entry *)
+	     bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry)));
+  return entry;
+}
+
+/* Allocate space in a hash table.  */
+
+PTR
+bfd_hash_allocate (table, size)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  PTR ret;
+
+  ret = objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) table->memory, size);
+  if (ret == NULL && size != 0)
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Traverse a hash table.  */
+
+void
+bfd_hash_traverse (table, func, info)
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     boolean (*func) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, PTR));
+     PTR info;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < table->size; i++)
+    {
+      struct bfd_hash_entry *p;
+
+      for (p = table->table[i]; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (! (*func) (p, info))
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* A few different object file formats (a.out, COFF, ELF) use a string
+   table.  These functions support adding strings to a string table,
+   returning the byte offset, and writing out the table.
+
+   Possible improvements:
+   + look for strings matching trailing substrings of other strings
+   + better data structures?  balanced trees?
+   + look at reducing memory use elsewhere -- maybe if we didn't have
+     to construct the entire symbol table at once, we could get by
+     with smaller amounts of VM?  (What effect does that have on the
+     string table reductions?)  */
+
+/* An entry in the strtab hash table.  */
+
+struct strtab_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* Index in string table.  */
+  bfd_size_type index;
+  /* Next string in strtab.  */
+  struct strtab_hash_entry *next;
+};
+
+/* The strtab hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_strtab_hash
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table table;
+  /* Size of strtab--also next available index.  */
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* First string in strtab.  */
+  struct strtab_hash_entry *first;
+  /* Last string in strtab.  */
+  struct strtab_hash_entry *last;
+  /* Whether to precede strings with a two byte length, as in the
+     XCOFF .debug section.  */
+  boolean xcoff;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *strtab_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in a strtab.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+strtab_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct strtab_hash_entry *ret = (struct strtab_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct strtab_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct strtab_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct strtab_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct strtab_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
+      ret->index = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+      ret->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in an strtab.  */
+
+#define strtab_hash_lookup(t, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct strtab_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(t)->table, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Create a new strtab.  */
+
+struct bfd_strtab_hash *
+_bfd_stringtab_init ()
+{
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *table;
+
+  table = ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *)
+	   bfd_malloc (sizeof (struct bfd_strtab_hash)));
+  if (table == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, strtab_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      free (table);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  table->size = 0;
+  table->first = NULL;
+  table->last = NULL;
+  table->xcoff = false;
+
+  return table;
+}
+
+/* Create a new strtab in which the strings are output in the format
+   used in the XCOFF .debug section: a two byte length precedes each
+   string.  */
+
+struct bfd_strtab_hash *
+_bfd_xcoff_stringtab_init ()
+{
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
+
+  ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+  if (ret != NULL)
+    ret->xcoff = true;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Free a strtab.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_stringtab_free (table)
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *table;
+{
+  bfd_hash_table_free (&table->table);
+  free (table);
+}
+
+/* Get the index of a string in a strtab, adding it if it is not
+   already present.  If HASH is false, we don't really use the hash
+   table, and we don't eliminate duplicate strings.  */
+
+bfd_size_type
+_bfd_stringtab_add (tab, str, hash, copy)
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab;
+     const char *str;
+     boolean hash;
+     boolean copy;
+{
+  register struct strtab_hash_entry *entry;
+
+  if (hash)
+    {
+      entry = strtab_hash_lookup (tab, str, true, copy);
+      if (entry == NULL)
+	return (bfd_size_type) -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      entry = ((struct strtab_hash_entry *)
+	       bfd_hash_allocate (&tab->table,
+				  sizeof (struct strtab_hash_entry)));
+      if (entry == NULL)
+	return (bfd_size_type) -1;
+      if (! copy)
+	entry->root.string = str;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *n;
+
+	  n = (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&tab->table, strlen (str) + 1);
+	  if (n == NULL)
+	    return (bfd_size_type) -1;
+	  entry->root.string = n;
+	}
+      entry->index = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+      entry->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (entry->index == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+    {
+      entry->index = tab->size;
+      tab->size += strlen (str) + 1;
+      if (tab->xcoff)
+	{
+	  entry->index += 2;
+	  tab->size += 2;
+	}
+      if (tab->first == NULL)
+	tab->first = entry;
+      else
+	tab->last->next = entry;
+      tab->last = entry;
+    }
+
+  return entry->index;
+}
+
+/* Get the number of bytes in a strtab.  */
+
+bfd_size_type
+_bfd_stringtab_size (tab)
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab;
+{
+  return tab->size;
+}
+
+/* Write out a strtab.  ABFD must already be at the right location in
+   the file.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, tab)
+     register bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_strtab_hash *tab;
+{
+  register boolean xcoff;
+  register struct strtab_hash_entry *entry;
+
+  xcoff = tab->xcoff;
+
+  for (entry = tab->first; entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
+    {
+      register const char *str;
+      register size_t len;
+
+      str = entry->root.string;
+      len = strlen (str) + 1;
+
+      if (xcoff)
+	{
+	  bfd_byte buf[2];
+
+	  /* The output length includes the null byte.  */
+	  bfd_put_16 (abfd, len, buf);
+	  if (bfd_write ((PTR) buf, 1, 2, abfd) != 2)
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_write ((PTR) str, 1, len, abfd) != len)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/host-aout.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/host-aout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99643dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/host-aout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* BFD backend for local host's a.out binaries
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.  Probably John Gilmore's fault.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#define	ARCH_SIZE	32
+
+/* When porting to a new system, you must supply:
+
+	HOST_PAGE_SIZE		(optional)
+	HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE	(optional -- defaults to page size)
+	HOST_MACHINE_ARCH	(optional)
+	HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE	(optional)
+	HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR	(optional)
+	HOST_STACK_END_ADDR	(not used, except by trad-core ???)
+	HOST_BIG_ENDIAN_P	(required -- define if big-endian)
+
+   in the ./hosts/h-systemname.h file.  */
+
+#ifdef TRAD_HEADER
+#include TRAD_HEADER
+#endif
+
+#ifdef			HOST_PAGE_SIZE
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	HOST_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef			HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	HOST_SEGMENT_SIZE
+#else
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef			HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR
+#define	TEXT_START_ADDR	HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR
+#endif
+
+#ifdef			HOST_STACK_END_ADDR
+#define	STACK_END_ADDR	HOST_STACK_END_ADDR
+#endif
+
+#ifdef			HOST_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+#define	TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+#else
+#undef  TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+#endif
+
+#include "libaout.h"           /* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+
+#ifdef HOST_MACHINE_ARCH
+#ifdef HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE
+#define SET_ARCH_MACH(abfd, execp) \
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach(abfd, HOST_MACHINE_ARCH, HOST_MACHINE_MACHINE)
+#else
+#define SET_ARCH_MACH(abfd, execp) \
+  bfd_default_set_arch_mach(abfd, HOST_MACHINE_ARCH, 0)
+#endif
+#endif /* HOST_MACHINE_ARCH */
+
+#define MY(OP) CAT(host_aout_,OP)
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out"
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/alphalinux.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/alphalinux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9ba1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/alphalinux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Linux dumps "struct task_struct" at the end of the core-file.  This
+   structure is currently 920 bytes long, but we allow up to 1024
+   bytes to allow for some future growth.  */
+#define TRAD_CORE_EXTRA_SIZE_ALLOWED		1024
+#define TRAD_UNIX_CORE_FILE_FAILING_SIGNAL(abfd) \
+  ((abfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->u.signal)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386bsd.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386bsd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eee3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386bsd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Intel 386 running any BSD Unix */
+
+#include <machine/param.h>
+#include <machine/vmparam.h>
+
+/* Recent versions of FreeBSD don't define NBPG.  */
+#ifndef NBPG
+#ifdef PAGE_SIZE
+#define NBPG PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define	HOST_PAGE_SIZE		NBPG
+#define	HOST_MACHINE_ARCH	bfd_arch_i386
+#define	HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR		USRTEXT
+
+/* Jolitz suggested defining HOST_STACK_END_ADDR to
+   (u.u_kproc.kp_eproc.e_vm.vm_maxsaddr + MAXSSIZ), which should work on
+   both BSDI and 386BSD, but that is believed not to work for BSD 4.4.  */
+
+#ifdef __bsdi__
+/* This seems to be the right thing for BSDI.  */
+#define	HOST_STACK_END_ADDR		USRSTACK
+#define HOST_DATA_START_ADDR ((bfd_vma)u.u_kproc.kp_eproc.e_vm.vm_daddr)
+#else
+/* This seems to be the right thing for 386BSD release 0.1.  */
+#define	HOST_STACK_END_ADDR		(USRSTACK - MAXSSIZ)
+#endif
+
+#define TRAD_UNIX_CORE_FILE_FAILING_SIGNAL(core_bfd) \
+  ((core_bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->u.u_sig)
+#define u_comm u_kproc.kp_proc.p_comm
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386linux.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386linux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13a51f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386linux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+/* Linux writes the task structure at the end of the core file.  Currently it
+   is 2912 bytes.  It is possible that this should be a pickier check, but
+   we should probably not be too picky (the size of the task structure might
+   vary, and if it's not the length we expect it to be, it doesn't affect
+   our ability to process the core file).  So allow 0-4096 extra bytes at
+   the end.  */
+
+#define TRAD_CORE_EXTRA_SIZE_ALLOWED 4096
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386sco.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386sco.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec8608c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/hosts/i386sco.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Core file stuff.  At least some, perhaps all, of the following
+   defines work on many more systems than just SCO.  */
+
+#define NBPG NBPC
+#define UPAGES USIZE
+#define HOST_DATA_START_ADDR u.u_exdata.ux_datorg
+#define HOST_STACK_START_ADDR u.u_sub
+#define TRAD_UNIX_CORE_FILE_FAILING_SIGNAL(abfd) \
+  ((core_upage(abfd)->u_sysabort != 0) \
+   ? core_upage(abfd)->u_sysabort \
+   : -1)
+
+/* According to the manpage, a version 2 SCO corefile can contain
+   various additional sections (it is cleverly arranged so the u area,
+   data, and stack are first where we can find them).  So without
+   writing lots of code to parse all their headers and stuff, we can't
+   know whether a corefile is bigger than it should be.  */
+
+#define TRAD_CORE_ALLOW_ANY_EXTRA_SIZE 1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386aout.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386aout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0b2cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386aout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* BFD back-end for i386 a.out binaries.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* The only 386 aout system we have here is GO32 from DJ. 
+   These numbers make BFD work with that. If your aout 386 system
+   doesn't work with these, we'll have to split them into different
+   files.  Send me (sac@cygnus.com) the runes to make it work on your
+   system, and I'll stick it in for the next release.  */
+
+#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) 0
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+
+#define N_TXTOFF(x) 0x20
+#define N_TXTADDR(x) (N_MAGIC(x)==ZMAGIC ? 0x1020 : 0)
+
+#define N_TXTSIZE(x) ((x).a_text)
+#if 0
+#define N_DATADDR(x) (N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? (N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text) : (SEGMENT_SIZE + ((0x1020+(x).a_text-1) & ~(SEGMENT_SIZE-1))))
+#define NOSUBEXECB
+
+#endif
+#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 4096
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x400000
+#define DEFAULT_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
+
+#define MY(OP) CAT(i386aout_,OP)
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-i386"
+#define NO_WRITE_HEADER_KLUDGE 1
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "libaout.h"
+
+/* Set the machine type correctly.  */
+
+static boolean
+i386aout_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_386);
+
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS (abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define MY_write_object_contents i386aout_write_object_contents
+
+static boolean MY(set_sizes)();
+#define MY_backend_data &MY(backend_data)
+static CONST struct aout_backend_data MY(backend_data) = {
+  0,				/* zmagic contiguous */
+  1,				/* text incl header */
+  0,				/* entry is text address */
+  0,				/* exec_hdr_flags */
+  0,				/* text vma? */
+  MY(set_sizes),
+  1,				/* exec header not counted */
+  0,				/* add_dynamic_symbols */
+  0,				/* add_one_symbol */
+  0,				/* link_dynamic_object */
+  0,				/* write_dynamic_symbol */
+  0,				/* check_dynamic_reloc */
+  0				/* finish_dynamic_link */
+};
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386bsd.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386bsd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2328fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386bsd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* BFD back-end for i386 a.out binaries under BSD.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This data should be correct for the format used under all the various
+   BSD ports for 386 machines.  */
+
+#define	BYTES_IN_WORD	4
+
+/* ZMAGIC files never have the header in the text.  */
+#define	N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)	0
+
+/* ZMAGIC files start at address 0.  This does not apply to QMAGIC.  */
+#define TEXT_START_ADDR 0
+#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) 0
+
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	4096
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+
+#define	DEFAULT_ARCH	bfd_arch_i386
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) ((mtype) == M_386 || (mtype) == M_UNKNOWN)
+
+#define MY(OP) CAT(i386bsd_,OP)
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-i386-bsd"
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libaout.h"
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386freebsd.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386freebsd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a6371b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386freebsd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* BFD back-end for FreeBSD/386 a.out-ish binaries.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define	BYTES_IN_WORD	4
+#undef TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	4096
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+
+#define	DEFAULT_ARCH	bfd_arch_i386
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) ((mtype) == M_386_NETBSD || (mtype) == M_UNKNOWN)
+
+#define MY(OP) CAT(i386freebsd_,OP)
+/* This needs to start with a.out so GDB knows it is an a.out variant.  */
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-i386-freebsd"
+
+#include "freebsd.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386linux.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386linux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f4514d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386linux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
+/* BFD back-end for linux flavored i386 a.out binaries.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	4096
+#define ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#define TEXT_START_ADDR	0x0
+#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) 0
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) ((mtype) == M_386 || (mtype) == M_UNKNOWN)
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "libaout.h"           /* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+
+#define DEFAULT_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
+#define MY(OP) CAT(i386linux_,OP)
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-i386-linux"
+
+extern const bfd_target MY(vec);
+
+/* We always generate QMAGIC files in preference to ZMAGIC files.  It
+   would be possible to make this a linker option, if that ever
+   becomes important.  */
+
+static void MY_final_link_callback
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *));
+static boolean i386linux_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean i386linux_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+i386linux_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  obj_aout_subformat (abfd) = q_magic_format;
+  return NAME(aout,final_link) (abfd, info, MY_final_link_callback);
+}
+
+#define MY_bfd_final_link i386linux_bfd_final_link
+
+/* Set the machine type correctly.  */
+
+static boolean
+i386linux_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  N_SET_MACHTYPE (*execp, M_386);
+
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define MY_write_object_contents i386linux_write_object_contents
+
+/* Code to link against Linux a.out shared libraries.  */
+
+/* See if a symbol name is a reference to the global offset table.  */
+
+#ifndef GOT_REF_PREFIX
+#define	GOT_REF_PREFIX	"__GOT_"
+#endif
+
+#define IS_GOT_SYM(name) \
+  (strncmp (name, GOT_REF_PREFIX, sizeof GOT_REF_PREFIX - 1) == 0)
+
+/* See if a symbol name is a reference to the procedure linkage table.  */
+
+#ifndef PLT_REF_PREFIX
+#define	PLT_REF_PREFIX	"__PLT_"
+#endif
+
+#define IS_PLT_SYM(name) \
+  (strncmp (name, PLT_REF_PREFIX, sizeof PLT_REF_PREFIX - 1) == 0)
+
+/* This string is used to generate specialized error messages.  */
+
+#ifndef NEEDS_SHRLIB
+#define NEEDS_SHRLIB "__NEEDS_SHRLIB_"
+#endif
+
+/* This special symbol is a set vector that contains a list of
+   pointers to fixup tables.  It will be present in any dynamicly
+   linked file.  The linker generated fixup table should also be added
+   to the list, and it should always appear in the second slot (the
+   first one is a dummy with a magic number that is defined in
+   crt0.o).  */
+
+#ifndef SHARABLE_CONFLICTS
+#define SHARABLE_CONFLICTS "__SHARABLE_CONFLICTS__"
+#endif
+
+/* We keep a list of fixups.  The terminology is a bit strange, but
+   each fixup contains two 32 bit numbers.  A regular fixup contains
+   an address and a pointer, and at runtime we should store the
+   address at the location pointed to by the pointer.  A builtin fixup
+   contains two pointers, and we should read the address using one
+   pointer and store it at the location pointed to by the other
+   pointer.  Builtin fixups come into play when we have duplicate
+   __GOT__ symbols for the same variable.  The builtin fixup will copy
+   the GOT pointer from one over into the other.  */
+
+struct fixup
+{
+  struct fixup *next;
+  struct linux_link_hash_entry *h;
+  bfd_vma value;
+
+  /* Nonzero if this is a jump instruction that needs to be fixed,
+     zero if this is just a pointer */
+  char jump;
+
+  char builtin;
+};
+
+/* We don't need a special hash table entry structure, but we do need
+   to keep some information between linker passes, so we use a special
+   hash table.  */
+
+struct linux_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry root;
+};
+
+struct linux_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct aout_link_hash_table root;
+
+  /* First dynamic object found in link.  */
+  bfd *dynobj;
+
+  /* Number of fixups.  */
+  size_t fixup_count;
+
+  /* Number of builtin fixups.  */
+  size_t local_builtins;
+
+  /* List of fixups.  */
+  struct fixup *fixup_list;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *linux_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table *linux_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static struct fixup *new_fixup
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct linux_link_hash_entry *,
+	   bfd_vma, int));
+static boolean linux_link_create_dynamic_sections
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean linux_add_one_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, const char *, flagword, asection *,
+	   bfd_vma, const char *, boolean, boolean,
+	   struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+static boolean linux_tally_symbols
+  PARAMS ((struct linux_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean linux_finish_dynamic_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in an Linux link hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+linux_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct linux_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct linux_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct linux_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct linux_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct linux_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct linux_link_hash_entry *)
+	 NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc) ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				       table, string));
+  if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields; there aren't any.  */
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Create a Linux link hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+linux_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct linux_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct linux_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct linux_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == (struct linux_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+  if (! NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init) (&ret->root, abfd,
+					 linux_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      free (ret);
+      return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+    }
+
+  ret->dynobj = NULL;
+  ret->fixup_count = 0;
+  ret->local_builtins = 0;
+  ret->fixup_list = NULL;
+
+  return &ret->root.root;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in a Linux link hash table.  */
+
+#define linux_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
+  ((struct linux_link_hash_entry *) \
+   aout_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy),\
+			  (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse a Linux link hash table.  */
+
+#define linux_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (aout_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the Linux link hash table from the info structure.  This is
+   just a cast.  */
+
+#define linux_hash_table(p) ((struct linux_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Store the information for a new fixup.  */
+
+static struct fixup *
+new_fixup (info, h, value, builtin)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct linux_link_hash_entry *h;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     int builtin;
+{
+  struct fixup *f;
+
+  f = (struct fixup *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+					  sizeof (struct fixup));
+  if (f == NULL)
+    return f;
+  f->next = linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list;
+  linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list = f;
+  f->h = h;
+  f->value = value;
+  f->builtin = builtin;
+  f->jump = 0;
+  ++linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count;
+  return f;
+}
+
+/* We come here once we realize that we are going to link to a shared
+   library.  We need to create a special section that contains the
+   fixup table, and we ultimately need to add a pointer to this into
+   the set vector for SHARABLE_CONFLICTS.  At this point we do not
+   know the size of the section, but that's OK - we just need to
+   create it for now.  */
+
+static boolean
+linux_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+
+  /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag.  */
+  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY;
+
+  /* We choose to use the name ".linux-dynamic" for the fixup table.
+     Why not? */
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".linux-dynamic");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
+    return false;
+  s->_raw_size = 0;
+  s->contents = 0;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Function to add a single symbol to the linker hash table.  This is
+   a wrapper around _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol which handles the
+   tweaking needed for dynamic linking support.  */
+
+static boolean
+linux_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string,
+		      copy, collect, hashp)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+     flagword flags;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean copy;
+     boolean collect;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp;
+{
+  struct linux_link_hash_entry *h;
+  boolean insert;
+
+  /* Look up and see if we already have this symbol in the hash table.
+     If we do, and the defining entry is from a shared library, we
+     need to create the dynamic sections.
+
+     FIXME: What if abfd->xvec != info->hash->creator?  We may want to
+     be able to link Linux a.out and ELF objects together, but serious
+     confusion is possible.  */
+
+  insert = false;
+
+  if (! info->relocateable
+      && linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL
+      && strcmp (name, SHARABLE_CONFLICTS) == 0
+      && (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0
+      && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator)
+    {
+      if (! linux_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+	return false;
+      linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd;
+      insert = true;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (section)
+      && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator)
+    {
+      h = linux_link_hash_lookup (linux_hash_table (info), name, false,
+				  false, false);
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+	{
+	  struct fixup *f;
+
+	  if (hashp != NULL)
+	    *hashp = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+	  f = new_fixup (info, h, value, ! IS_PLT_SYM (name));
+	  if (f == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  f->jump = IS_PLT_SYM (name);
+
+	  return true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Do the usual procedure for adding a symbol.  */
+  if (! _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section,
+					  value, string, copy, collect,
+					  hashp))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Insert a pointer to our table in the set vector.  The dynamic
+     linker requires this information */
+  if (insert)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      /* Here we do our special thing to add the pointer to the
+	 dynamic section in the SHARABLE_CONFLICTS set vector.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+				   ".linux-dynamic");
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	     (info, linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj, SHARABLE_CONFLICTS,
+	      BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR, s, 0, NULL, false, false, NULL)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We will crawl the hash table and come here for every global symbol.
+   We will examine each entry and see if there are indications that we
+   need to add a fixup.  There are two possible cases - one is where
+   you have duplicate definitions of PLT or GOT symbols - these will
+   have already been caught and added as "builtin" fixups.  If we find
+   that the corresponding non PLT/GOT symbol is also present, we
+   convert it to a regular fixup instead.
+
+   This function is called via linux_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+linux_tally_symbols (h, data)
+     struct linux_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+  struct fixup *f, *f1;
+  int is_plt;
+  struct linux_link_hash_entry *h1, *h2;
+  boolean exists;
+
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
+      && strncmp (h->root.root.root.string, NEEDS_SHRLIB,
+		  sizeof NEEDS_SHRLIB - 1) == 0)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      char *p;
+      char *alloc = NULL;
+
+      name = h->root.root.root.string + sizeof NEEDS_SHRLIB - 1;
+      p = strrchr (name, '_');
+      if (p != NULL)
+	alloc = (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+
+      if (p == NULL || alloc == NULL)
+	(*_bfd_error_handler) ("Output file requires shared library `%s'\n",
+			       name);
+      else
+	{
+	  strcpy (alloc, name);
+	  p = strrchr (alloc, '_');
+	  *p++ = '\0';
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("Output file requires shared library `%s.so.%s'\n",
+	     alloc, p);
+	  free (alloc);
+	}
+
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  /* If this symbol is not a PLT/GOT, we do not even need to look at it */
+  is_plt = IS_PLT_SYM (h->root.root.root.string);
+
+  if (is_plt || IS_GOT_SYM (h->root.root.root.string))
+    {
+      /* Look up this symbol twice.  Once just as a regular lookup,
+	 and then again following all of the indirect links until we
+	 reach a real symbol.  */
+      h1 = linux_link_hash_lookup (linux_hash_table (info),
+				   (h->root.root.root.string
+				    + sizeof PLT_REF_PREFIX - 1),
+				   false, false, true);
+      /* h2 does not follow indirect symbols. */
+      h2 = linux_link_hash_lookup (linux_hash_table (info), 
+				   (h->root.root.root.string
+				    + sizeof PLT_REF_PREFIX - 1),
+				   false, false, false);
+
+      /* The real symbol must exist but if it is also an ABS symbol,
+	 there is no need to have a fixup.  This is because they both
+	 came from the same library.  If on the other hand, we had to
+	 use an indirect symbol to get to the real symbol, we add the
+	 fixup anyway, since there are cases where these symbols come
+	 from different shared libraries */
+      if (h1 != NULL
+	  && (((h1->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		|| h1->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	       && ! bfd_is_abs_section (h1->root.root.u.def.section))
+	      || h2->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect))
+	{
+	  /* See if there is a "builtin" fixup already present
+	     involving this symbol.  If so, convert it to a regular
+	     fixup.  In the end, this relaxes some of the requirements
+	     about the order of performing fixups.  */
+	  exists = false;
+	  for (f1 = linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list;
+	       f1 != NULL;
+	       f1 = f1->next)
+	    {
+	      if ((f1->h != h && f1->h != h1)
+		  || (! f1->builtin && ! f1->jump))
+		continue;
+	      if (f1->h == h1)
+		exists = true;
+	      if (! exists
+		  && bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section))
+		{
+		  f = new_fixup (info, h1, f1->h->root.root.u.def.value, 0);
+		  f->jump = is_plt;
+		}
+	      f1->h = h1;
+	      f1->jump = is_plt;
+	      f1->builtin = 0;
+	      exists = true;
+	    }
+	  if (! exists
+	      && bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section))
+	    {
+	      f = new_fixup (info, h1, h->root.root.u.def.value, 0);
+	      if (f == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* FIXME: No way to return error.  */
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      f->jump = is_plt;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Quick and dirty way of stripping these symbols from the
+	 symtab. */
+      if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section))
+	h->root.written = true;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called to set the size of the .linux-dynamic section is.
+   It is called by the Linux linker emulation before_allocation
+   routine.  We have finished reading all of the input files, and now
+   we just scan the hash tables to find out how many additional fixups
+   are required.  */
+
+boolean
+bfd_i386linux_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct fixup *f;
+  asection *s;
+
+  if (output_bfd->xvec != &MY(vec))
+    return true;
+
+  /* First find the fixups... */
+  linux_link_hash_traverse (linux_hash_table (info),
+			    linux_tally_symbols,
+			    (PTR) info);
+
+  /* If there are builtin fixups, leave room for a marker.  This is
+     used by the dynamic linker so that it knows that all that follow
+     are builtin fixups instead of regular fixups.  */
+  for (f = linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+    {
+      if (f->builtin)
+	{
+	  ++linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count;
+	  ++linux_hash_table (info)->local_builtins;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL)
+    {
+      if (linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count > 0)
+	abort ();
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for our fixup table.  We will fill it in later.  */
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+			       ".linux-dynamic");
+  if (s != NULL)
+    {
+      s->_raw_size = 8 + linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count * 8;
+      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size);
+      if (s->contents == NULL)
+	return false;
+      memset (s->contents, 0, (size_t) s->_raw_size);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We come here once we are ready to actually write the fixup table to
+   the output file.  Scan the fixup tables and so forth and generate
+   the stuff we need.  */
+
+static boolean
+linux_finish_dynamic_link (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *s, *os, *is;
+  bfd_byte *fixup_table;
+  struct linux_link_hash_entry *h;
+  struct fixup *f;
+  unsigned int new_addr;
+  int section_offset;
+  unsigned int fixups_written;
+
+  if (linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (linux_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+			       ".linux-dynamic");
+  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+  os = s->output_section;
+  fixups_written = 0;
+
+#ifdef LINUX_LINK_DEBUG
+  printf ("Fixup table file offset: %x  VMA: %x\n", 
+	  os->filepos + s->output_offset,
+	  os->vma + s->output_offset);
+#endif
+
+  fixup_table = s->contents;
+  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count, fixup_table);
+  fixup_table += 4;
+
+  /* Fill in fixup table.  */
+  for (f = linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+    {
+      if (f->builtin)
+	continue;
+
+      if (f->h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  && f->h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("Symbol %s not defined for fixups\n",
+	     f->h->root.root.root.string);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      is = f->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+      section_offset = is->output_section->vma + is->output_offset;
+      new_addr = f->h->root.root.u.def.value + section_offset;
+
+#ifdef LINUX_LINK_DEBUG
+      printf ("Fixup(%d) %s: %x %x\n",f->jump, f->h->root.root.string,
+	      new_addr, f->value);
+#endif
+
+      if (f->jump)
+	{
+	  /* Relative address */
+	  new_addr = new_addr - (f->value + 5); 
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, new_addr, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, f->value + 1, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, new_addr, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, f->value, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	}
+      ++fixups_written;
+    }
+
+  if (linux_hash_table (info)->local_builtins != 0)
+    {
+      /* Special marker so we know to switch to the other type of fixup */
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, fixup_table);
+      fixup_table += 4;
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, fixup_table);
+      fixup_table += 4;
+      ++fixups_written;
+      for (f = linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_list; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+	{
+	  if (! f->builtin)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (f->h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      && f->h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("Symbol %s not defined for fixups\n",
+		 f->h->root.root.root.string);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  is = f->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+	  section_offset = is->output_section->vma + is->output_offset;
+	  new_addr = f->h->root.root.u.def.value + section_offset;
+
+#ifdef LINUX_LINK_DEBUG
+	  printf ("Fixup(B) %s: %x %x\n", f->h->root.root.string,
+		  new_addr, f->value);
+#endif
+
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, new_addr, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, f->value, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  ++fixups_written;
+	}
+  }
+
+  if (linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count != fixups_written)
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler) ("Warning: fixup count mismatch\n");
+      while (linux_hash_table (info)->fixup_count > fixups_written)
+	{
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, fixup_table);
+	  fixup_table += 4;
+	  ++fixups_written;
+	}
+    }
+
+  h = linux_link_hash_lookup (linux_hash_table (info), 
+			      "__BUILTIN_FIXUPS__",
+			      false, false, false);
+
+  if (h != NULL
+      && (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+    {
+      is = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+      section_offset = is->output_section->vma + is->output_offset;
+      new_addr = h->root.root.u.def.value + section_offset;
+
+#ifdef LINUX_LINK_DEBUG
+      printf ("Builtin fixup table at %x\n", new_addr);
+#endif
+
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, new_addr, fixup_table);
+    }
+  else
+    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, fixup_table);
+
+  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd, os->filepos + s->output_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) s->contents, 1, s->_raw_size, output_bfd)
+      != s->_raw_size)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+#define MY_bfd_link_hash_table_create linux_link_hash_table_create
+#define MY_add_one_symbol linux_add_one_symbol
+#define MY_finish_dynamic_link linux_finish_dynamic_link
+
+#define MY_zmagic_contiguous 1
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386netbsd.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386netbsd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32feaa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/i386netbsd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* BFD back-end for NetBSD/386 a.out-ish binaries.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define	BYTES_IN_WORD	4
+#undef TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+
+#define	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE	4096
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+
+#define	DEFAULT_ARCH	bfd_arch_i386
+#define MACHTYPE_OK(mtype) ((mtype) == M_386_NETBSD || (mtype) == M_UNKNOWN)
+
+#define MY(OP) CAT(i386netbsd_,OP)
+/* This needs to start with a.out so GDB knows it is an a.out variant.  */
+#define TARGETNAME "a.out-i386-netbsd"
+
+#include "netbsd.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ieee.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ieee.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b559208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ieee.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3831 @@
+/* BFD back-end for ieee-695 objects.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define KEEPMINUSPCININST 0
+
+/* IEEE 695 format is a stream of records, which we parse using a simple one-
+   token (which is one byte in this lexicon) lookahead recursive decent
+   parser.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "ieee.h"
+#include "libieee.h"
+
+static boolean ieee_write_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean ieee_write_2bytes PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean ieee_write_int PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_write_id PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_write_expression
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma, asymbol *, boolean, unsigned int));
+static void ieee_write_int5 PARAMS ((bfd_byte *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_write_int5_out PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_write_section_part PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean do_with_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static boolean do_as_repeat PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static boolean do_without_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static boolean ieee_write_external_part PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ieee_write_data_part PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ieee_write_debug_part PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ieee_write_me_part PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ieee_write_processor PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean ieee_slurp_debug PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ieee_slurp_section_data PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Functions for writing to ieee files in the strange way that the
+   standard requires. */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_byte (abfd, barg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int barg;
+{
+  bfd_byte byte;
+
+  byte = barg;
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) &byte, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, bytes)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int bytes;
+{
+  bfd_byte buffer[2];
+
+  buffer[0] = bytes >> 8;
+  buffer[1] = bytes & 0xff;
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) buffer, 1, 2, abfd) != 2)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_int (abfd, value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  if (value <= 127)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) value))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int length;
+
+      /* How many significant bytes ? */
+      /* FIXME FOR LONGER INTS */
+      if (value & 0xff000000)
+	length = 4;
+      else if (value & 0x00ff0000)
+	length = 3;
+      else if (value & 0x0000ff00)
+	length = 2;
+      else
+	length = 1;
+
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+			     (bfd_byte) ((int) ieee_number_repeat_start_enum
+					 + length)))
+	return false;
+      switch (length)
+	{
+	case 4:
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) (value >> 24)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 3:
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) (value >> 16)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 2:
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) (value >> 8)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 1:
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) (value)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_id (abfd, id)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *id;
+{
+  size_t length = strlen (id);
+
+  if (length <= 127)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) length))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (length < 255)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_extension_length_1_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) length))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (length < 65535)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_extension_length_2_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, (int) length))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: string too long (%d chars, max 65535)",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), length);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) id, 1, length, abfd) != length)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+Functions for reading from ieee files in the strange way that the
+standard requires:
+*/
+
+#define this_byte(ieee) *((ieee)->input_p)
+#define next_byte(ieee) ((ieee)->input_p++)
+#define this_byte_and_next(ieee) (*((ieee)->input_p++))
+
+static unsigned short
+read_2bytes (ieee)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+{
+  unsigned char c1 = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+  unsigned char c2 = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+  return (c1 << 8) | c2;
+}
+
+static void
+bfd_get_string (ieee, string, length)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+     char *string;
+     size_t length;
+{
+  size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+    {
+      string[i] = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+read_id (ieee)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+{
+  size_t length;
+  char *string;
+  length = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+  if (length <= 0x7f)
+    {
+      /* Simple string of length 0 to 127 */
+    }
+  else if (length == 0xde)
+    {
+      /* Length is next byte, allowing 0..255 */
+      length = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+    }
+  else if (length == 0xdf)
+    {
+      /* Length is next two bytes, allowing 0..65535 */
+      length = this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+      length = (length * 256) + this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+    }
+  /* Buy memory and read string */
+  string = bfd_alloc (ieee->abfd, length + 1);
+  if (!string)
+    return NULL;
+  bfd_get_string (ieee, string, length);
+  string[length] = 0;
+  return string;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_expression (abfd, value, symbol, pcrel, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     boolean pcrel;
+     unsigned int index;
+{
+  unsigned int term_count = 0;
+
+  if (value != 0)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, value))
+	return false;
+      term_count++;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)
+      || bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      /* Def of a common symbol */
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_X_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, symbol->value))
+	return false;
+      term_count++;
+    }
+  else if (! bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      /* Ref to defined symbol - */
+
+      if (symbol->flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_I_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, symbol->value))
+	    return false;
+	  term_count++;
+	}
+      else if (symbol->flags & (BSF_LOCAL | BSF_SECTION_SYM))
+	{
+	  /* This is a reference to a defined local symbol.  We can
+	     easily do a local as a section+offset.  */
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_R_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				    (bfd_byte) (symbol->section->index
+						+ IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)))
+	    return false;
+	  term_count++;
+	  if (symbol->value != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, symbol->value))
+		return false;
+	      term_count++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: unrecognized symbol `%s' flags 0x%x",
+	     bfd_get_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (symbol),
+	     symbol->flags);
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (pcrel)
+    {
+      /* subtract the pc from here by asking for PC of this section*/
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_P_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				(bfd_byte) (index + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_function_minus_enum))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle the degenerate case of a 0 address.  */
+  if (term_count == 0)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, 0))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  while (term_count > 1)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_function_plus_enum))
+	return false;
+      term_count--;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+writes any integer into the buffer supplied and always takes 5 bytes
+*/
+static void
+ieee_write_int5 (buffer, value)
+     bfd_byte *buffer;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  buffer[0] = (bfd_byte) ieee_number_repeat_4_enum;
+  buffer[1] = (value >> 24) & 0xff;
+  buffer[2] = (value >> 16) & 0xff;
+  buffer[3] = (value >> 8) & 0xff;
+  buffer[4] = (value >> 0) & 0xff;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_int5_out (abfd, value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  bfd_byte b[5];
+
+  ieee_write_int5 (b, value);
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) b, 1, 5, abfd) != 5)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+parse_int (ieee, value_ptr)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+     bfd_vma *value_ptr;
+{
+  int value = this_byte (ieee);
+  int result;
+  if (value >= 0 && value <= 127)
+    {
+      *value_ptr = value;
+      next_byte (ieee);
+      return true;
+    }
+  else if (value >= 0x80 && value <= 0x88)
+    {
+      unsigned int count = value & 0xf;
+      result = 0;
+      next_byte (ieee);
+      while (count)
+	{
+	  result = (result << 8) | this_byte_and_next (ieee);
+	  count--;
+	}
+      *value_ptr = result;
+      return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+parse_i (ieee, ok)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+     boolean *ok;
+{
+  bfd_vma x;
+  *ok = parse_int (ieee, &x);
+  return x;
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+must_parse_int (ieee)
+     common_header_type *ieee;
+{
+  bfd_vma result;
+  BFD_ASSERT (parse_int (ieee, &result) == true);
+  return result;
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bfd_vma value;
+  asection *section;
+  ieee_symbol_index_type symbol;
+} ieee_value_type;
+
+
+#if KEEPMINUSPCININST
+
+#define SRC_MASK(arg) arg
+#define PCREL_OFFSET false
+
+#else
+
+#define SRC_MASK(arg) 0
+#define PCREL_OFFSET true
+
+#endif
+
+static reloc_howto_type abs32_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 2,
+	 32,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield,
+	 0,
+	 "abs32",
+	 true,
+	 0xffffffff,
+	 0xffffffff,
+	 false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type abs16_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 1,
+	 16,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield,
+	 0,
+	 "abs16",
+	 true,
+	 0x0000ffff,
+	 0x0000ffff,
+	 false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type abs8_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 8,
+	 false,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_bitfield,
+	 0,
+	 "abs8",
+	 true,
+	 0x000000ff,
+	 0x000000ff,
+	 false);
+
+static reloc_howto_type rel32_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 2,
+	 32,
+	 true,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_signed,
+	 0,
+	 "rel32",
+	 true,
+	 SRC_MASK (0xffffffff),
+	 0xffffffff,
+	 PCREL_OFFSET);
+
+static reloc_howto_type rel16_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 1,
+	 16,
+	 true,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_signed,
+	 0,
+	 "rel16",
+	 true,
+	 SRC_MASK (0x0000ffff),
+	 0x0000ffff,
+	 PCREL_OFFSET);
+
+static reloc_howto_type rel8_howto =
+  HOWTO (1,
+	 0,
+	 0,
+	 8,
+	 true,
+	 0,
+	 complain_overflow_signed,
+	 0,
+	 "rel8",
+	 true,
+	 SRC_MASK (0x000000ff),
+	 0x000000ff,
+	 PCREL_OFFSET);
+
+static ieee_symbol_index_type NOSYMBOL = {0, 0};
+
+static void
+parse_expression (ieee, value, symbol, pcrel, extra, section)
+     ieee_data_type *ieee;
+     bfd_vma *value;
+     ieee_symbol_index_type *symbol;
+     boolean *pcrel;
+     unsigned int *extra;
+     asection **section;
+
+{
+#define POS sp[1]
+#define TOS sp[0]
+#define NOS sp[-1]
+#define INC sp++;
+#define DEC sp--;
+
+  boolean loop = true;
+  ieee_value_type stack[10];
+
+  /* The stack pointer always points to the next unused location */
+#define PUSH(x,y,z) TOS.symbol=x;TOS.section=y;TOS.value=z;INC;
+#define POP(x,y,z) DEC;x=TOS.symbol;y=TOS.section;z=TOS.value;
+  ieee_value_type *sp = stack;
+
+  while (loop)
+    {
+      switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	{
+	case ieee_variable_P_enum:
+	  /* P variable, current program counter for section n */
+	  {
+	    int section_n;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    *pcrel = true;
+	    section_n = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    PUSH (NOSYMBOL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0);
+	    break;
+	  }
+	case ieee_variable_L_enum:
+	  /* L variable  address of section N */
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  PUSH (NOSYMBOL, ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))], 0);
+	  break;
+	case ieee_variable_R_enum:
+	  /* R variable, logical address of section module */
+	  /* FIXME, this should be different to L */
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  PUSH (NOSYMBOL, ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))], 0);
+	  break;
+	case ieee_variable_S_enum:
+	  /* S variable, size in MAUS of section module */
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  PUSH (NOSYMBOL,
+		0,
+		ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))]->_raw_size);
+	  break;
+	case ieee_variable_I_enum:
+	  /* Push the address of variable n */
+	  {
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type sy;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    sy.index = (int) must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    sy.letter = 'I';
+
+	    PUSH (sy, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_variable_X_enum:
+	  /* Push the address of external variable n */
+	  {
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type sy;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    sy.index = (int) (must_parse_int (&(ieee->h)));
+	    sy.letter = 'X';
+
+	    PUSH (sy, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_function_minus_enum:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma value1, value2;
+	    asection *section1, *section_dummy;
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type sy;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	    POP (sy, section1, value1);
+	    POP (sy, section_dummy, value2);
+	    PUSH (sy, section1 ? section1 : section_dummy, value2 - value1);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_function_plus_enum:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma value1, value2;
+	    asection *section1;
+	    asection *section2;
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type sy1;
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type sy2;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	    POP (sy1, section1, value1);
+	    POP (sy2, section2, value2);
+	    PUSH (sy1.letter ? sy1 : sy2,
+		  bfd_is_abs_section (section1) ? section2 : section1,
+		  value1 + value2);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma va;
+	    BFD_ASSERT (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) < (int) ieee_variable_A_enum
+		    || this_byte (&(ieee->h)) > (int) ieee_variable_Z_enum);
+	    if (parse_int (&(ieee->h), &va))
+	      {
+		PUSH (NOSYMBOL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, va);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		/*
+		  Thats all that we can understand. As far as I can see
+		  there is a bug in the Microtec IEEE output which I'm
+		  using to scan, whereby the comma operator is omitted
+		  sometimes in an expression, giving expressions with too
+		  many terms. We can tell if that's the case by ensuring
+		  that sp == stack here. If not, then we've pushed
+		  something too far, so we keep adding.  */
+
+		while (sp != stack + 1)
+		  {
+		    asection *section1;
+		    ieee_symbol_index_type sy1;
+		    POP (sy1, section1, *extra);
+		  }
+		{
+		  asection *dummy;
+
+		  POP (*symbol, dummy, *value);
+		  if (section)
+		    *section = dummy;
+		}
+
+		loop = false;
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+#define ieee_seek(abfd, offset) \
+  IEEE_DATA(abfd)->h.input_p = IEEE_DATA(abfd)->h.first_byte + offset
+
+#define ieee_pos(abfd) \
+  (IEEE_DATA(abfd)->h.input_p - IEEE_DATA(abfd)->h.first_byte)
+
+static unsigned int last_index;
+static char last_type;		/* is the index for an X or a D */
+
+static ieee_symbol_type *
+get_symbol (abfd,
+	    ieee,
+	    last_symbol,
+	    symbol_count,
+	    pptr,
+	    max_index,
+	    this_type
+)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     ieee_data_type *ieee;
+     ieee_symbol_type *last_symbol;
+     unsigned int *symbol_count;
+     ieee_symbol_type ***pptr;
+     unsigned int *max_index;
+     char this_type
+      ;
+{
+  /* Need a new symbol */
+  unsigned int new_index = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+  if (new_index != last_index || this_type != last_type)
+    {
+      ieee_symbol_type *new_symbol = (ieee_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (ieee->h.abfd,
+						 sizeof (ieee_symbol_type));
+      if (!new_symbol)
+	return NULL;
+
+      new_symbol->index = new_index;
+      last_index = new_index;
+      (*symbol_count)++;
+      **pptr = new_symbol;
+      *pptr = &new_symbol->next;
+      if (new_index > *max_index)
+	{
+	  *max_index = new_index;
+	}
+      last_type = this_type;
+      new_symbol->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      return new_symbol;
+    }
+  return last_symbol;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_slurp_external_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  file_ptr offset = ieee->w.r.external_part;
+
+  ieee_symbol_type **prev_symbols_ptr = &ieee->external_symbols;
+  ieee_symbol_type **prev_reference_ptr = &ieee->external_reference;
+  ieee_symbol_type *symbol = (ieee_symbol_type *) NULL;
+  unsigned int symbol_count = 0;
+  boolean loop = true;
+  last_index = 0xffffff;
+  ieee->symbol_table_full = true;
+
+  ieee_seek (abfd, offset);
+
+  while (loop)
+    {
+      switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	{
+	case ieee_nn_record:
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	  symbol = get_symbol (abfd, ieee, symbol, &symbol_count,
+			       &prev_symbols_ptr,
+			       &ieee->external_symbol_max_index, 'I');
+	  if (symbol == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  symbol->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+	  symbol->symbol.name = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+	  symbol->symbol.udata.p = (PTR) NULL;
+	  symbol->symbol.flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS;
+	  break;
+	case ieee_external_symbol_enum:
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	  symbol = get_symbol (abfd, ieee, symbol, &symbol_count,
+			       &prev_symbols_ptr,
+			       &ieee->external_symbol_max_index, 'D');
+	  if (symbol == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT (symbol->index >= ieee->external_symbol_min_index);
+
+	  symbol->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+	  symbol->symbol.name = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+	  symbol->symbol.udata.p = (PTR) NULL;
+	  symbol->symbol.flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS;
+	  break;
+	case ieee_attribute_record_enum >> 8:
+	  {
+	    unsigned int symbol_name_index;
+	    unsigned int symbol_type_index;
+	    unsigned int symbol_attribute_def;
+	    bfd_vma value;
+	    switch (read_2bytes (ieee))
+	      {
+	      case ieee_attribute_record_enum:
+		symbol_name_index = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		symbol_type_index = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		symbol_attribute_def = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		switch (symbol_attribute_def)
+		  {
+		  case 8:
+		  case 19:
+		    parse_int (&ieee->h, &value);
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		      ("%s: unimplemented ATI record  %u for symbol %u",
+		       bfd_get_filename (abfd), symbol_attribute_def,
+		       symbol_name_index);
+		    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		    return false;
+		    break;
+		  }
+		break;
+	      case ieee_external_reference_info_record_enum:
+		/* Skip over ATX record. */
+		parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value);
+		parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value);
+		parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value);
+		parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value);
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_value_record_enum >> 8:
+	  {
+	    unsigned int symbol_name_index;
+	    ieee_symbol_index_type symbol_ignore;
+	    boolean pcrel_ignore;
+	    unsigned int extra;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	    symbol_name_index = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    parse_expression (ieee,
+			      &symbol->symbol.value,
+			      &symbol_ignore,
+			      &pcrel_ignore,
+			      &extra,
+			      &symbol->symbol.section);
+
+	    symbol->symbol.flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_EXPORT;
+
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_weak_external_reference_enum:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma size;
+	    bfd_vma value;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    /* Throw away the external reference index */
+	    (void) must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    /* Fetch the default size if not resolved */
+	    size = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    /* Fetch the defautlt value if available */
+	    if (parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value) == false)
+	      {
+		value = 0;
+	      }
+	    /* This turns into a common */
+	    symbol->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	    symbol->symbol.value = size;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_external_reference_enum:
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+	  symbol = get_symbol (abfd, ieee, symbol, &symbol_count,
+			       &prev_reference_ptr,
+			       &ieee->external_reference_max_index, 'X');
+	  if (symbol == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  symbol->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+	  symbol->symbol.name = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+	  symbol->symbol.udata.p = (PTR) NULL;
+	  symbol->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+	  symbol->symbol.value = (bfd_vma) 0;
+	  symbol->symbol.flags = 0;
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT (symbol->index >= ieee->external_reference_min_index);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  loop = false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (ieee->external_symbol_max_index != 0)
+    {
+      ieee->external_symbol_count =
+	ieee->external_symbol_max_index -
+	ieee->external_symbol_min_index + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ieee->external_symbol_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (ieee->external_reference_max_index != 0)
+    {
+      ieee->external_reference_count =
+	ieee->external_reference_max_index -
+	ieee->external_reference_min_index + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ieee->external_reference_count = 0;
+    }
+
+  abfd->symcount =
+    ieee->external_reference_count + ieee->external_symbol_count;
+
+  if (symbol_count != abfd->symcount)
+    {
+      /* There are gaps in the table -- */
+      ieee->symbol_table_full = false;
+    }
+
+  *prev_symbols_ptr = (ieee_symbol_type *) NULL;
+  *prev_reference_ptr = (ieee_symbol_type *) NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_slurp_symbol_table (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (IEEE_DATA (abfd)->read_symbols == false)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_slurp_external_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+      IEEE_DATA (abfd)->read_symbols = true;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+long
+ieee_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (! ieee_slurp_symbol_table (abfd))
+    return -1;
+
+  return (abfd->symcount != 0) ?
+    (abfd->symcount + 1) * (sizeof (ieee_symbol_type *)) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+Move from our internal lists to the canon table, and insert in
+symbol index order
+*/
+
+extern const bfd_target ieee_vec;
+
+long
+ieee_get_symtab (abfd, location)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **location;
+{
+  ieee_symbol_type *symp;
+  static bfd dummy_bfd;
+  static asymbol empty_symbol =
+  /* the_bfd, name, value, attr, section */
+  {&dummy_bfd, " ieee empty", (symvalue) 0, BSF_DEBUGGING, bfd_abs_section_ptr};
+
+  if (abfd->symcount)
+    {
+      ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+      dummy_bfd.xvec = &ieee_vec;
+      if (! ieee_slurp_symbol_table (abfd))
+	return -1;
+
+      if (ieee->symbol_table_full == false)
+	{
+	  /* Arrgh - there are gaps in the table, run through and fill them */
+	  /* up with pointers to a null place */
+	  unsigned int i;
+	  for (i = 0; i < abfd->symcount; i++)
+	    {
+	      location[i] = &empty_symbol;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      ieee->external_symbol_base_offset = -ieee->external_symbol_min_index;
+      for (symp = IEEE_DATA (abfd)->external_symbols;
+	   symp != (ieee_symbol_type *) NULL;
+	   symp = symp->next)
+	{
+	  /* Place into table at correct index locations */
+	  location[symp->index + ieee->external_symbol_base_offset] = &symp->symbol;
+	}
+
+      /* The external refs are indexed in a bit */
+      ieee->external_reference_base_offset =
+	-ieee->external_reference_min_index + ieee->external_symbol_count;
+
+      for (symp = IEEE_DATA (abfd)->external_reference;
+	   symp != (ieee_symbol_type *) NULL;
+	   symp = symp->next)
+	{
+	  location[symp->index + ieee->external_reference_base_offset] =
+	    &symp->symbol;
+
+	}
+    }
+  if (abfd->symcount)
+    {
+      location[abfd->symcount] = (asymbol *) NULL;
+    }
+  return abfd->symcount;
+}
+
+static asection *
+get_section_entry (abfd, ieee, index)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     ieee_data_type *ieee;
+     unsigned int index;
+{
+  if (index >= ieee->section_table_size)
+    {
+      unsigned int c, i;
+      asection **n;
+
+      c = ieee->section_table_size;
+      if (c == 0)
+	c = 20;
+      while (c <= index)
+	c *= 2;
+
+      n = ((asection **)
+	   bfd_realloc (ieee->section_table, c * sizeof (asection *)));
+      if (n == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      for (i = ieee->section_table_size; i < c; i++)
+	n[i] = NULL;
+
+      ieee->section_table = n;
+      ieee->section_table_size = c;
+    }
+
+  if (ieee->section_table[index] == (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      char *tmp = bfd_alloc (abfd, 11);
+      asection *section;
+
+      if (!tmp)
+	return NULL;
+      sprintf (tmp, " fsec%4d", index);
+      section = bfd_make_section (abfd, tmp);
+      ieee->section_table[index] = section;
+      section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+      section->target_index = index;
+      ieee->section_table[index] = section;
+    }
+  return ieee->section_table[index];
+}
+
+static void
+ieee_slurp_sections (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  file_ptr offset = ieee->w.r.section_part;
+  asection *section = (asection *) NULL;
+  char *name;
+
+  if (offset != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte section_type[3];
+      ieee_seek (abfd, offset);
+      while (true)
+	{
+	  switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	    {
+	    case ieee_section_type_enum:
+	      {
+		unsigned int section_index;
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		section_index = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+
+		section = get_section_entry (abfd, ieee, section_index);
+
+		section_type[0] = this_byte_and_next (&(ieee->h));
+
+		/* Set minimal section attributes. Attributes are
+		   extended later, based on section contents. */
+
+		switch (section_type[0])
+		  {
+		  case 0xC1:
+		    /* Normal attributes for absolute sections	*/
+		    section_type[1] = this_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		    section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+		    switch (section_type[1])
+		      {
+		      case 0xD3:	/* AS Absolute section attributes */
+			next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			section_type[2] = this_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			switch (section_type[2])
+			  {
+			  case 0xD0:
+			    /* Normal code */
+			    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			    section->flags |= SEC_CODE;
+			    break;
+			  case 0xC4:
+			    /* Normal data */
+			    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			    section->flags |= SEC_DATA;
+			    break;
+			  case 0xD2:
+			    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			    /* Normal rom data */
+			    section->flags |= SEC_ROM | SEC_DATA;
+			    break;
+			  default:
+			    break;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    break;
+		  case 0xC3:	/* Named relocatable sections (type C) */
+		    section_type[1] = this_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		    section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+		    switch (section_type[1])
+		      {
+		      case 0xD0:	/* Normal code (CP) */
+			next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			section->flags |= SEC_CODE;
+			break;
+		      case 0xC4:	/* Normal data (CD) */
+			next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			section->flags |= SEC_DATA;
+			break;
+		      case 0xD2:	/* Normal rom data (CR) */
+			next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			section->flags |= SEC_ROM | SEC_DATA;
+			break;
+		      default:
+			break;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		/* Read section name, use it if non empty. */
+		name = read_id (&ieee->h);
+		if (name[0])
+		  section->name = name;
+
+		/* Skip these fields, which we don't care about */
+		{
+		  bfd_vma parent, brother, context;
+		  parse_int (&(ieee->h), &parent);
+		  parse_int (&(ieee->h), &brother);
+		  parse_int (&(ieee->h), &context);
+		}
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    case ieee_section_alignment_enum:
+	      {
+		unsigned int section_index;
+		bfd_vma value;
+		asection *section;
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		section_index = must_parse_int (&ieee->h);
+		section = get_section_entry (abfd, ieee, section_index);
+		if (section_index > ieee->section_count)
+		  {
+		    ieee->section_count = section_index;
+		  }
+		section->alignment_power =
+		  bfd_log2 (must_parse_int (&ieee->h));
+		(void) parse_int (&(ieee->h), &value);
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    case ieee_e2_first_byte_enum:
+	      {
+		ieee_record_enum_type t = (ieee_record_enum_type) (read_2bytes (&(ieee->h)));
+
+		switch (t)
+		  {
+		  case ieee_section_size_enum:
+		    section = ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))];
+		    section->_raw_size = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_physical_region_size_enum:
+		    section = ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))];
+		    section->_raw_size = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_region_base_address_enum:
+		    section = ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))];
+		    section->vma = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    section->lma = section->vma;
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_mau_size_enum:
+		    must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_m_value_enum:
+		    must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_section_base_address_enum:
+		    section = ieee->section_table[must_parse_int (&(ieee->h))];
+		    section->vma = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    section->lma = section->vma;
+		    break;
+		  case ieee_section_offset_enum:
+		    (void) must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    (void) must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    return;
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make a section for the debugging information, if any.  We don't try
+   to interpret the debugging information; we just point the section
+   at the area in the file so that program which understand can dig it
+   out.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_slurp_debug (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  asection *sec;
+
+  if (ieee->w.r.debug_information_part == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".debug");
+  if (sec == NULL)
+    return false;
+  sec->flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  sec->filepos = ieee->w.r.debug_information_part;
+  sec->_raw_size = ieee->w.r.data_part - ieee->w.r.debug_information_part;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  archive stuff
+*/
+
+const bfd_target *
+ieee_archive_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char *library;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned char buffer[512];
+  file_ptr buffer_offset = 0;
+  ieee_ar_data_type *save = abfd->tdata.ieee_ar_data;
+  ieee_ar_data_type *ieee;
+  unsigned int alc_elts;
+  ieee_ar_obstack_type *elts = NULL;
+
+  abfd->tdata.ieee_ar_data =
+    (ieee_ar_data_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (ieee_ar_data_type));
+  if (!abfd->tdata.ieee_ar_data)
+    goto error_return;
+  ieee = IEEE_AR_DATA (abfd);
+
+  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to read
+     the entire buffer or not.  */
+  bfd_read ((PTR) buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), abfd);
+
+  ieee->h.first_byte = buffer;
+  ieee->h.input_p = buffer;
+
+  ieee->h.abfd = abfd;
+
+  if (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) != Module_Beginning)
+    {
+      abfd->tdata.ieee_ar_data = save;
+      goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+  library = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+  if (strcmp (library, "LIBRARY") != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ieee);
+      abfd->tdata.ieee_ar_data = save;
+      goto error_return;
+    }
+  /* Throw away the filename */
+  read_id (&(ieee->h));
+
+  ieee->element_count = 0;
+  ieee->element_index = 0;
+
+  next_byte (&(ieee->h));	/* Drop the ad part */
+  must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));	/* And the two dummy numbers */
+  must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+
+  alc_elts = 10;
+  elts = (ieee_ar_obstack_type *) bfd_malloc (alc_elts * sizeof *elts);
+  if (elts == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Read the index of the BB table */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int rec;
+      ieee_ar_obstack_type *t;
+
+      rec = read_2bytes (&(ieee->h));
+      if (rec != (int) ieee_assign_value_to_variable_enum)
+	break;
+
+      if (ieee->element_count >= alc_elts)
+	{
+	  ieee_ar_obstack_type *n;
+
+	  alc_elts *= 2;
+	  n = ((ieee_ar_obstack_type *)
+	       bfd_realloc (elts, alc_elts * sizeof *elts));
+	  if (n == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  elts = n;
+	}
+
+      t = &elts[ieee->element_count];
+      ieee->element_count++;
+
+      must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+      t->file_offset = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+      t->abfd = (bfd *) NULL;
+
+      /* Make sure that we don't go over the end of the buffer */
+
+      if ((size_t) ieee_pos (abfd) > sizeof (buffer) / 2)
+	{
+	  /* Past half way, reseek and reprime */
+	  buffer_offset += ieee_pos (abfd);
+	  if (bfd_seek (abfd, buffer_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs
+	     to read the entire buffer or not.  */
+	  bfd_read ((PTR) buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), abfd);
+	  ieee->h.first_byte = buffer;
+	  ieee->h.input_p = buffer;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ieee->elements = ((ieee_ar_obstack_type *)
+		    bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			       ieee->element_count * sizeof *ieee->elements));
+  if (ieee->elements == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+  memcpy (ieee->elements, elts,
+	  ieee->element_count * sizeof *ieee->elements);
+  free (elts);
+  elts = NULL;
+
+  /* Now scan the area again, and replace BB offsets with file */
+  /* offsets */
+
+  for (i = 2; i < ieee->element_count; i++)
+    {
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, ieee->elements[i].file_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	goto error_return;
+      /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to
+	 read the entire buffer or not.  */
+      bfd_read ((PTR) buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), abfd);
+      ieee->h.first_byte = buffer;
+      ieee->h.input_p = buffer;
+
+      next_byte (&(ieee->h));	/* Drop F8 */
+      next_byte (&(ieee->h));	/* Drop 14 */
+      must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));	/* Drop size of block */
+      if (must_parse_int (&(ieee->h)) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* This object has been deleted */
+	  ieee->elements[i].file_offset = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ieee->elements[i].file_offset = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*  abfd->has_armap = ;*/
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (elts != NULL)
+    free (elts);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  abfd->tdata.ieee_data = (ieee_data_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (ieee_data_type));
+  return abfd->tdata.ieee_data ? true : false;
+}
+
+const bfd_target *
+ieee_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char *processor;
+  unsigned int part;
+  ieee_data_type *ieee;
+  unsigned char buffer[300];
+  ieee_data_type *save = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+
+  abfd->tdata.ieee_data = 0;
+  ieee_mkobject (abfd);
+
+  ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto fail;
+  /* Read the first few bytes in to see if it makes sense */
+  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to read
+     the entire buffer or not.  */
+  bfd_read ((PTR) buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), abfd);
+
+  ieee->h.input_p = buffer;
+  if (this_byte_and_next (&(ieee->h)) != Module_Beginning)
+    goto got_wrong_format;
+
+  ieee->read_symbols = false;
+  ieee->read_data = false;
+  ieee->section_count = 0;
+  ieee->external_symbol_max_index = 0;
+  ieee->external_symbol_min_index = IEEE_PUBLIC_BASE;
+  ieee->external_reference_min_index = IEEE_REFERENCE_BASE;
+  ieee->external_reference_max_index = 0;
+  ieee->h.abfd = abfd;
+  ieee->section_table = NULL;
+  ieee->section_table_size = 0;
+
+  processor = ieee->mb.processor = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+  if (strcmp (processor, "LIBRARY") == 0)
+    goto got_wrong_format;
+  ieee->mb.module_name = read_id (&(ieee->h));
+  if (abfd->filename == (CONST char *) NULL)
+    {
+      abfd->filename = ieee->mb.module_name;
+    }
+  /* Determine the architecture and machine type of the object file.
+     */
+  {
+    const bfd_arch_info_type *arch = bfd_scan_arch (processor);
+    if (arch == 0)
+      goto got_wrong_format;
+    abfd->arch_info = arch;
+  }
+
+  if (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) != (int) ieee_address_descriptor_enum)
+    {
+      goto fail;
+    }
+  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+  if (parse_int (&(ieee->h), &ieee->ad.number_of_bits_mau) == false)
+    {
+      goto fail;
+    }
+  if (parse_int (&(ieee->h), &ieee->ad.number_of_maus_in_address) == false)
+    {
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+  /* If there is a byte order info, take it */
+  if (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) == (int) ieee_variable_L_enum ||
+      this_byte (&(ieee->h)) == (int) ieee_variable_M_enum)
+    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+
+  for (part = 0; part < N_W_VARIABLES; part++)
+    {
+      boolean ok;
+      if (read_2bytes (&(ieee->h)) != (int) ieee_assign_value_to_variable_enum)
+	{
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+      if (this_byte_and_next (&(ieee->h)) != part)
+	{
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+
+      ieee->w.offset[part] = parse_i (&(ieee->h), &ok);
+      if (ok == false)
+	{
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+  if (ieee->w.r.external_part != 0)
+    abfd->flags = HAS_SYMS;
+
+  /* By now we know that this is a real IEEE file, we're going to read
+     the whole thing into memory so that we can run up and down it
+     quickly.  We can work out how big the file is from the trailer
+     record */
+
+  IEEE_DATA (abfd)->h.first_byte =
+    (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (ieee->h.abfd, ieee->w.r.me_record + 1);
+  if (!IEEE_DATA (abfd)->h.first_byte)
+    goto fail;
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto fail;
+  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to read
+     the entire buffer or not.  */
+  bfd_read ((PTR) (IEEE_DATA (abfd)->h.first_byte), 1,
+	    ieee->w.r.me_record + 1, abfd);
+
+  ieee_slurp_sections (abfd);
+
+  if (! ieee_slurp_debug (abfd))
+    goto fail;
+
+  /* Parse section data to activate file and section flags implied by
+     section contents. */
+
+  if (! ieee_slurp_section_data (abfd))
+    goto fail;
+    
+  return abfd->xvec;
+got_wrong_format:
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+fail:
+  (void) bfd_release (abfd, ieee);
+  abfd->tdata.ieee_data = save;
+  return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+}
+
+void
+ieee_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+  if (symbol->name[0] == ' ')
+    ret->name = "* empty table entry ";
+  if (!symbol->section)
+    ret->type = (symbol->flags & BSF_LOCAL) ? 'a' : 'A';
+}
+
+void
+ieee_print_symbol (ignore_abfd, afile, symbol, how)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     PTR afile;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) afile;
+
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+#if 0
+      fprintf (file, "%4x %2x", aout_symbol (symbol)->desc & 0xffff,
+	       aout_symbol (symbol)->other & 0xff);
+#endif
+      BFD_FAIL ();
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+      {
+	const char *section_name =
+	  (symbol->section == (asection *) NULL
+	   ? "*abs"
+	   : symbol->section->name);
+	if (symbol->name[0] == ' ')
+	  {
+	    fprintf (file, "* empty table entry ");
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+
+	    fprintf (file, " %-5s %04x %02x %s",
+		     section_name,
+		     (unsigned) ieee_symbol (symbol)->index,
+		     (unsigned) 0,
+		     symbol->name);
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+static boolean
+do_one (ieee, current_map, location_ptr, s, iterations)
+     ieee_data_type *ieee;
+     ieee_per_section_type *current_map;
+     unsigned char *location_ptr;
+     asection *s;
+     int iterations;
+{
+  switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+    {
+    case ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum:
+      {
+	unsigned int number_of_maus;
+	unsigned int i;
+	next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	number_of_maus = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < number_of_maus; i++)
+	  {
+	    location_ptr[current_map->pc++] = this_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ieee_load_with_relocation_enum:
+      {
+	boolean loop = true;
+	next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	while (loop)
+	  {
+	    switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	      {
+	      case ieee_variable_R_enum:
+
+	      case ieee_function_signed_open_b_enum:
+	      case ieee_function_unsigned_open_b_enum:
+	      case ieee_function_either_open_b_enum:
+		{
+		  unsigned int extra = 4;
+		  boolean pcrel = false;
+		  asection *section;
+		  ieee_reloc_type *r =
+		  (ieee_reloc_type *) bfd_alloc (ieee->h.abfd,
+						 sizeof (ieee_reloc_type));
+		  if (!r)
+		    return false;
+
+		  *(current_map->reloc_tail_ptr) = r;
+		  current_map->reloc_tail_ptr = &r->next;
+		  r->next = (ieee_reloc_type *) NULL;
+		  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+/*			    abort();*/
+		  r->relent.sym_ptr_ptr = 0;
+		  parse_expression (ieee,
+				    &r->relent.addend,
+				    &r->symbol,
+				    &pcrel, &extra, &section);
+		  r->relent.address = current_map->pc;
+		  s->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+		  s->owner->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
+		  s->reloc_count++;
+		  if (r->relent.sym_ptr_ptr == 0)
+		    {
+		      r->relent.sym_ptr_ptr = section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+		    }
+
+		  if (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) == (int) ieee_comma)
+		    {
+		      next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		      /* Fetch number of bytes to pad */
+		      extra = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+		    };
+
+		  switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+		    {
+		    case ieee_function_signed_close_b_enum:
+		      next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		      break;
+		    case ieee_function_unsigned_close_b_enum:
+		      next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		      break;
+		    case ieee_function_either_close_b_enum:
+		      next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		      break;
+		    default:
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  /* Build a relocation entry for this type */
+		  /* If pc rel then stick -ve pc into instruction
+		     and take out of reloc ..
+
+		     I've changed this. It's all too complicated. I
+		     keep 0 in the instruction now.  */
+
+		  switch (extra)
+		    {
+		    case 0:
+		    case 4:
+
+		      if (pcrel == true)
+			{
+#if KEEPMINUSPCININST
+			  bfd_put_32 (ieee->h.abfd, -current_map->pc, location_ptr +
+				      current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel32_howto;
+			  r->relent.addend -=
+			    current_map->pc;
+#else
+			  bfd_put_32 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr +
+				      current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel32_howto;
+#endif
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  bfd_put_32 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr +
+				      current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &abs32_howto;
+			}
+		      current_map->pc += 4;
+		      break;
+		    case 2:
+		      if (pcrel == true)
+			{
+#if KEEPMINUSPCININST
+			  bfd_put_16 (ieee->h.abfd, (int) (-current_map->pc), location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.addend -= current_map->pc;
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel16_howto;
+#else
+
+			  bfd_put_16 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel16_howto;
+#endif
+			}
+
+		      else
+			{
+			  bfd_put_16 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &abs16_howto;
+			}
+		      current_map->pc += 2;
+		      break;
+		    case 1:
+		      if (pcrel == true)
+			{
+#if KEEPMINUSPCININST
+			  bfd_put_8 (ieee->h.abfd, (int) (-current_map->pc), location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.addend -= current_map->pc;
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel8_howto;
+#else
+			  bfd_put_8 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &rel8_howto;
+#endif
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  bfd_put_8 (ieee->h.abfd, 0, location_ptr + current_map->pc);
+			  r->relent.howto = &abs8_howto;
+			}
+		      current_map->pc += 1;
+		      break;
+
+		    default:
+		      BFD_FAIL ();
+		      return false;
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+	      default:
+		{
+		  bfd_vma this_size;
+		  if (parse_int (&(ieee->h), &this_size) == true)
+		    {
+		      unsigned int i;
+		      for (i = 0; i < this_size; i++)
+			{
+			  location_ptr[current_map->pc++] = this_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      loop = false;
+		    }
+		}
+	      }
+
+	    /* Prevent more than the first load-item of an LR record
+	       from being repeated (MRI convention). */
+	    if (iterations != 1)
+	      loop = false;
+	  }
+      }
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read in all the section data and relocation stuff too */
+static boolean
+ieee_slurp_section_data (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_byte *location_ptr = (bfd_byte *) NULL;
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  unsigned int section_number;
+
+  ieee_per_section_type *current_map = (ieee_per_section_type *) NULL;
+  asection *s;
+  /* Seek to the start of the data area */
+  if (ieee->read_data == true)
+    return true;
+  ieee->read_data = true;
+  ieee_seek (abfd, ieee->w.r.data_part);
+
+  /* Allocate enough space for all the section contents */
+
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      ieee_per_section_type *per = (ieee_per_section_type *) s->used_by_bfd;
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	continue;
+      per->data = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (ieee->h.abfd, s->_raw_size);
+      if (!per->data)
+	return false;
+      /*SUPPRESS 68*/
+      per->reloc_tail_ptr =
+	(ieee_reloc_type **) & (s->relocation);
+    }
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	{
+	  /* IF we see anything strange then quit */
+	default:
+	  return true;
+
+	case ieee_set_current_section_enum:
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  section_number = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	  s = ieee->section_table[section_number];
+	  s->flags |= SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	  current_map = (ieee_per_section_type *) s->used_by_bfd;
+	  location_ptr = current_map->data - s->vma;
+	  /* The document I have says that Microtec's compilers reset */
+	  /* this after a sec section, even though the standard says not */
+	  /* to. SO .. */
+	  current_map->pc = s->vma;
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_e2_first_byte_enum:
+	  next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	  switch (this_byte (&(ieee->h)))
+	    {
+	    case ieee_set_current_pc_enum & 0xff:
+	      {
+		bfd_vma value;
+		ieee_symbol_index_type symbol;
+		unsigned int extra;
+		boolean pcrel;
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));	/* Thow away section #*/
+		parse_expression (ieee, &value,
+				  &symbol,
+				  &pcrel, &extra,
+				  0);
+		current_map->pc = value;
+		BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned) (value - s->vma) <= s->_raw_size);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case ieee_value_starting_address_enum & 0xff:
+	      next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	      if (this_byte (&(ieee->h)) == ieee_function_either_open_b_enum)
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	      abfd->start_address = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	      /* We've got to the end of the data now - */
+	      return true;
+	    default:
+	      BFD_FAIL ();
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_repeat_data_enum:
+	  {
+	    /* Repeat the following LD or LR n times - we do this by
+		 remembering the stream pointer before running it and
+		 resetting it and running it n times. We special case
+		 the repetition of a repeat_data/load_constant
+		 */
+
+	    unsigned int iterations;
+	    unsigned char *start;
+	    next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	    iterations = must_parse_int (&(ieee->h));
+	    start = ieee->h.input_p;
+	    if (start[0] == (int) ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum &&
+		start[1] == 1)
+	      {
+		while (iterations != 0)
+		  {
+		    location_ptr[current_map->pc++] = start[2];
+		    iterations--;
+		  }
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+		next_byte (&(ieee->h));
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		while (iterations != 0)
+		  {
+		    ieee->h.input_p = start;
+		    if (!do_one (ieee, current_map, location_ptr, s,
+				 iterations))
+		      return false;
+		    iterations--;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum:
+	case ieee_load_with_relocation_enum:
+	  {
+	    if (!do_one (ieee, current_map, location_ptr, s, 1))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+boolean
+ieee_new_section_hook (abfd, newsect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *newsect;
+{
+  newsect->used_by_bfd = (PTR)
+    bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (ieee_per_section_type));
+  if (!newsect->used_by_bfd)
+    return false;
+  ieee_per_section (newsect)->data = (bfd_byte *) NULL;
+  ieee_per_section (newsect)->section = newsect;
+  return true;
+}
+
+long
+ieee_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr asect;
+{
+  if ((asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  if (! ieee_slurp_section_data (abfd))
+    return -1;
+  return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  ieee_per_section_type *p = (ieee_per_section_type *) section->used_by_bfd;
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    return _bfd_generic_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location,
+					      offset, count);
+  ieee_slurp_section_data (abfd);
+  (void) memcpy ((PTR) location, (PTR) (p->data + offset), (unsigned) count);
+  return true;
+}
+
+long
+ieee_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     arelent **relptr;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+/*  ieee_per_section_type *p = (ieee_per_section_type *) section->used_by_bfd;*/
+  ieee_reloc_type *src = (ieee_reloc_type *) (section->relocation);
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  while (src != (ieee_reloc_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Work out which symbol to attach it this reloc to */
+      switch (src->symbol.letter)
+	{
+	case 'I':
+	  src->relent.sym_ptr_ptr =
+	    symbols + src->symbol.index + ieee->external_symbol_base_offset;
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  src->relent.sym_ptr_ptr =
+	    symbols + src->symbol.index + ieee->external_reference_base_offset;
+	  break;
+	case 0:
+	  src->relent.sym_ptr_ptr =
+	    src->relent.sym_ptr_ptr[0]->section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+	  break;
+	default:
+
+	  BFD_FAIL ();
+	}
+      *relptr++ = &src->relent;
+      src = src->next;
+    }
+  *relptr = (arelent *) NULL;
+  return section->reloc_count;
+}
+
+static int
+comp (ap, bp)
+     CONST PTR ap;
+     CONST PTR bp;
+{
+  arelent *a = *((arelent **) ap);
+  arelent *b = *((arelent **) bp);
+  return a->address - b->address;
+}
+
+/* Write the section headers.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_section_part (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  asection *s;
+  ieee->w.r.section_part = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (s)
+	  && (s->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_section_type_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				    (bfd_byte) (s->index
+						+ IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+	    {
+	      /* This image is executable, so output absolute sections */
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_A_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_S_enum))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_C_enum))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  switch (s->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_ROM))
+	    {
+	    case SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD:
+	    case SEC_CODE:
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_P_enum))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    case SEC_DATA:
+	    default:
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_D_enum))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    case SEC_ROM:
+	    case SEC_ROM | SEC_DATA:
+	    case SEC_ROM | SEC_LOAD:
+	    case SEC_ROM | SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD:
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_variable_R_enum))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, s->name))
+	    return false;
+#if 0
+	  ieee_write_int (abfd, 0);	/* Parent */
+	  ieee_write_int (abfd, 0);	/* Brother */
+	  ieee_write_int (abfd, 0);	/* Context */
+#endif
+	  /* Alignment */
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_section_alignment_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				    (bfd_byte) (s->index
+						+ IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+	      || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, 1 << s->alignment_power))
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Size */
+	  if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_section_size_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				    (bfd_byte) (s->index
+						+ IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+	      || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, s->_raw_size))
+	    return false;
+	  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+	    {
+	      /* Relocateable sections don't have asl records */
+	      /* Vma */
+	      if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_section_base_address_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+					((bfd_byte)
+					 (s->index
+					  + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)))
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, s->lma))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static boolean
+do_with_relocs (abfd, s)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  unsigned int number_of_maus_in_address =
+    bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) / bfd_arch_bits_per_byte (abfd);
+  unsigned int relocs_to_go = s->reloc_count;
+  bfd_byte *stream = ieee_per_section (s)->data;
+  arelent **p = s->orelocation;
+  bfd_size_type current_byte_index = 0;
+
+  qsort (s->orelocation,
+	 relocs_to_go,
+	 sizeof (arelent **),
+	 comp);
+
+  /* Output the section preheader */
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_set_current_section_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+			    (bfd_byte) (s->index + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+      || ! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_set_current_pc_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+			    (bfd_byte) (s->index + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)))
+    return false;
+  if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0 && relocs_to_go == 0)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, s->lma))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_expression (abfd, 0, s->symbol, 0, 0))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (relocs_to_go == 0)
+    {
+      /* If there aren't any relocations then output the load constant
+	 byte opcode rather than the load with relocation opcode */
+
+      while (current_byte_index < s->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type run;
+	  unsigned int MAXRUN = 127;
+	  run = MAXRUN;
+	  if (run > s->_raw_size - current_byte_index)
+	    {
+	      run = s->_raw_size - current_byte_index;
+	    }
+
+	  if (run != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum))
+		return false;
+	      /* Output a stream of bytes */
+	      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, run))
+		return false;
+	      if (bfd_write ((PTR) (stream + current_byte_index),
+			     1,
+			     run,
+			     abfd)
+		  != run)
+		return false;
+	      current_byte_index += run;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_load_with_relocation_enum))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Output the data stream as the longest sequence of bytes
+	 possible, allowing for the a reasonable packet size and
+	 relocation stuffs.  */
+
+      if ((PTR) stream == (PTR) NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Outputting a section without data, fill it up */
+	  stream = (unsigned char *) (bfd_alloc (abfd, s->_raw_size));
+	  if (!stream)
+	    return false;
+	  memset ((PTR) stream, 0, (size_t) s->_raw_size);
+	}
+      while (current_byte_index < s->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type run;
+	  unsigned int MAXRUN = 127;
+	  if (relocs_to_go)
+	    {
+	      run = (*p)->address - current_byte_index;
+	      if (run > MAXRUN)
+		run = MAXRUN;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      run = MAXRUN;
+	    }
+	  if (run > s->_raw_size - current_byte_index)
+	    {
+	      run = s->_raw_size - current_byte_index;
+	    }
+
+	  if (run != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Output a stream of bytes */
+	      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd, run))
+		return false;
+	      if (bfd_write ((PTR) (stream + current_byte_index),
+			     1,
+			     run,
+			     abfd)
+		  != run)
+		return false;
+	      current_byte_index += run;
+	    }
+	  /* Output any relocations here */
+	  if (relocs_to_go && (*p) && (*p)->address == current_byte_index)
+	    {
+	      while (relocs_to_go
+		     && (*p) && (*p)->address == current_byte_index)
+		{
+		  arelent *r = *p;
+		  bfd_signed_vma ov;
+
+#if 0
+		  if (r->howto->pc_relative)
+		    {
+		      r->addend += current_byte_index;
+		    }
+#endif
+
+		  switch (r->howto->size)
+		    {
+		    case 2:
+
+		      ov = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd,
+					      stream + current_byte_index);
+		      current_byte_index += 4;
+		      break;
+		    case 1:
+		      ov = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd,
+					      stream + current_byte_index);
+		      current_byte_index += 2;
+		      break;
+		    case 0:
+		      ov = bfd_get_signed_8 (abfd,
+					     stream + current_byte_index);
+		      current_byte_index++;
+		      break;
+		    default:
+		      ov = 0;
+		      BFD_FAIL ();
+		      return false;
+		    }
+
+		  ov &= r->howto->src_mask;
+
+		  if (r->howto->pc_relative
+		      && ! r->howto->pcrel_offset)
+		    ov += r->address;
+
+		  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+					 ieee_function_either_open_b_enum))
+		    return false;
+
+/*		  abort();*/
+
+		  if (r->sym_ptr_ptr != (asymbol **) NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (! ieee_write_expression (abfd, r->addend + ov,
+						   *(r->sym_ptr_ptr),
+						   r->howto->pc_relative,
+						   s->index))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (! ieee_write_expression (abfd, r->addend + ov,
+						   (asymbol *) NULL,
+						   r->howto->pc_relative,
+						   s->index))
+			return false;
+		    }
+
+		  if (number_of_maus_in_address
+		      != bfd_get_reloc_size (r->howto))
+		    {
+		      if (! ieee_write_int (abfd,
+					    bfd_get_reloc_size (r->howto)))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+					 ieee_function_either_close_b_enum))
+		    return false;
+
+		  relocs_to_go--;
+		  p++;
+		}
+
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* If there are no relocations in the output section then we can be
+   clever about how we write.  We block items up into a max of 127
+   bytes.  */
+
+static boolean
+do_as_repeat (abfd, s)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  if (s->_raw_size)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_set_current_section_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				(bfd_byte) (s->index
+					    + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_set_current_pc_enum >> 8)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_set_current_pc_enum & 0xff)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+				(bfd_byte) (s->index
+					    + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE))
+	  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, s->lma)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_repeat_data_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, s->_raw_size)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 1)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 0))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+do_without_relocs (abfd, s)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  bfd_byte *stream = ieee_per_section (s)->data;
+
+  if (stream == 0 || ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
+    {
+      if (! do_as_repeat (abfd, s))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < s->_raw_size; i++)
+	{
+	  if (stream[i] != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! do_with_relocs (abfd, s))
+		return false;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (! do_as_repeat (abfd, s))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static unsigned char *output_ptr_start;
+static unsigned char *output_ptr;
+static unsigned char *output_ptr_end;
+static unsigned char *input_ptr_start;
+static unsigned char *input_ptr;
+static unsigned char *input_ptr_end;
+static bfd *input_bfd;
+static bfd *output_bfd;
+static int output_buffer;
+
+static void
+fill ()
+{
+  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to read
+     the entire buffer or not.  */
+  bfd_read ((PTR) input_ptr_start, 1, input_ptr_end - input_ptr_start, input_bfd);
+  input_ptr = input_ptr_start;
+}
+static void
+flush ()
+{
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) (output_ptr_start), 1, output_ptr - output_ptr_start,
+		 output_bfd)
+      != (bfd_size_type) (output_ptr - output_ptr_start))
+    abort ();
+  output_ptr = output_ptr_start;
+  output_buffer++;
+}
+
+#define THIS() ( *input_ptr )
+#define NEXT() { input_ptr++; if (input_ptr == input_ptr_end) fill(); }
+#define OUT(x) { *output_ptr++ = (x); if(output_ptr == output_ptr_end)  flush(); }
+
+static void
+write_int (value)
+     int value;
+{
+  if (value >= 0 && value <= 127)
+    {
+      OUT (value);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int length;
+      /* How many significant bytes ? */
+      /* FIXME FOR LONGER INTS */
+      if (value & 0xff000000)
+	{
+	  length = 4;
+	}
+      else if (value & 0x00ff0000)
+	{
+	  length = 3;
+	}
+      else if (value & 0x0000ff00)
+	{
+	  length = 2;
+	}
+      else
+	length = 1;
+
+      OUT ((int) ieee_number_repeat_start_enum + length);
+      switch (length)
+	{
+	case 4:
+	  OUT (value >> 24);
+	case 3:
+	  OUT (value >> 16);
+	case 2:
+	  OUT (value >> 8);
+	case 1:
+	  OUT (value);
+	}
+
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+copy_id ()
+{
+  int length = THIS ();
+  char ch;
+  OUT (length);
+  NEXT ();
+  while (length--)
+    {
+      ch = THIS ();
+      OUT (ch);
+      NEXT ();
+    }
+}
+
+#define VAR(x) ((x | 0x80))
+static void
+copy_expression ()
+{
+  int stack[10];
+  int *tos = stack;
+  int value = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      switch (THIS ())
+	{
+	case 0x84:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  *tos++ = value;
+	  break;
+	case 0x83:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  *tos++ = value;
+	  break;
+	case 0x82:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = (value << 8) | THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  *tos++ = value;
+	  break;
+	case 0x81:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  *tos++ = value;
+	  break;
+	case 0x80:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  *tos++ = 0;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  if (THIS () > 0x84)
+	    {
+	      /* Not a number, just bug out with the answer */
+	      write_int (*(--tos));
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  *tos++ = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  value = 0;
+	  break;
+	case 0xa5:
+	  /* PLUS anything */
+	  {
+	    int value = *(--tos);
+	    value += *(--tos);
+	    *tos++ = value;
+	    NEXT ();
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case VAR ('R'):
+	  {
+	    int section_number;
+	    ieee_data_type *ieee;
+	    asection *s;
+	    NEXT ();
+	    section_number = THIS ();
+
+	    NEXT ();
+	    ieee = IEEE_DATA (input_bfd);
+	    s = ieee->section_table[section_number];
+	    if (s->output_section)
+	      {
+		value = s->output_section->lma;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		value = 0;
+	      }
+	    value += s->output_offset;
+	    *tos++ = value;
+	    value = 0;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case 0x90:
+	  {
+	    NEXT ();
+	    write_int (*(--tos));
+	    OUT (0x90);
+	    return;
+
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+/* Drop the int in the buffer, and copy a null into the gap, which we
+   will overwrite later */
+
+struct output_buffer_struct
+{
+  unsigned char *ptrp;
+  int buffer;
+};
+
+static void
+fill_int (buf)
+     struct output_buffer_struct *buf;
+{
+  if (buf->buffer == output_buffer)
+    {
+      /* Still a chance to output the size */
+      int value = output_ptr - buf->ptrp + 3;
+      buf->ptrp[0] = value >> 24;
+      buf->ptrp[1] = value >> 16;
+      buf->ptrp[2] = value >> 8;
+      buf->ptrp[3] = value >> 0;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+drop_int (buf)
+     struct output_buffer_struct *buf;
+{
+  int type = THIS ();
+  int ch;
+  if (type <= 0x84)
+    {
+      NEXT ();
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	case 0x84:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x83:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x82:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x81:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x80:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  OUT (0x84);
+  buf->ptrp = output_ptr;
+  buf->buffer = output_buffer;
+  OUT (0);
+  OUT (0);
+  OUT (0);
+  OUT (0);
+}
+
+static void
+copy_int ()
+{
+  int type = THIS ();
+  int ch;
+  if (type <= 0x84)
+    {
+      OUT (type);
+      NEXT ();
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	case 0x84:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  OUT (ch);
+	case 0x83:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  OUT (ch);
+	case 0x82:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  OUT (ch);
+	case 0x81:
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  NEXT ();
+	  OUT (ch);
+	case 0x80:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#define ID copy_id()
+#define INT copy_int()
+#define EXP copy_expression()
+static void copy_till_end ();
+#define INTn(q) copy_int()
+#define EXPn(q) copy_expression()
+
+static void
+f1_record ()
+{
+  int ch;
+  /* ATN record */
+  NEXT ();
+  ch = THIS ();
+  switch (ch)
+    {
+    default:
+      OUT (0xf1);
+      OUT (ch);
+      break;
+    case 0xc9:
+      NEXT ();
+      OUT (0xf1);
+      OUT (0xc9);
+      INT;
+      INT;
+      ch = THIS ();
+      switch (ch)
+	{
+	case 0x16:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  break;
+	case 0x01:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  break;
+	case 0x00:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  INT;
+	  break;
+	case 0x03:
+	  NEXT ();
+	  INT;
+	  break;
+	case 0x13:
+	  EXPn (instruction address);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    case 0xd8:
+      /* EXternal ref */
+      NEXT ();
+      OUT (0xf1);
+      OUT (0xd8);
+      EXP;
+      EXP;
+      EXP;
+      EXP;
+      break;
+    case 0xce:
+      NEXT ();
+      OUT (0xf1);
+      OUT (0xce);
+      INT;
+      INT;
+      ch = THIS ();
+      INT;
+      switch (ch)
+	{
+	case 0x01:
+	  INT;
+	  INT;
+	  break;
+	case 0x02:
+	  INT;
+	  break;
+	case 0x04:
+	  EXPn (external function);
+	  break;
+	case 0x05:
+	  break;
+	case 0x07:
+	  INTn (line number);
+	  INT;
+	case 0x08:
+	  break;
+	case 0x0a:
+	  INTn (locked register);
+	  INT;
+	  break;
+	case 0x3f:
+	  copy_till_end ();
+	  break;
+	case 0x3e:
+	  copy_till_end ();
+	  break;
+	case 0x40:
+	  copy_till_end ();
+	  break;
+	case 0x41:
+	  ID;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+static void
+f0_record ()
+{
+  /* Attribute record */
+  NEXT ();
+  OUT (0xf0);
+  INTn (Symbol name);
+  ID;
+}
+
+static void
+copy_till_end ()
+{
+  int ch = THIS ();
+  while (1)
+    {
+      while (ch <= 0x80)
+	{
+	  OUT (ch);
+	  NEXT ();
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	}
+      switch (ch)
+	{
+	case 0x84:
+	  OUT (THIS ());
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x83:
+	  OUT (THIS ());
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x82:
+	  OUT (THIS ());
+	  NEXT ();
+	case 0x81:
+	  OUT (THIS ());
+	  NEXT ();
+	  OUT (THIS ());
+	  NEXT ();
+
+	  ch = THIS ();
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+static void
+f2_record ()
+{
+  NEXT ();
+  OUT (0xf2);
+  INT;
+  NEXT ();
+  OUT (0xce);
+  INT;
+  copy_till_end ();
+}
+
+
+static void block ();
+static void
+f8_record ()
+{
+  int ch;
+  NEXT ();
+  ch = THIS ();
+  switch (ch)
+    {
+    case 0x01:
+    case 0x02:
+    case 0x03:
+      /* Unique typedefs for module */
+      /* GLobal typedefs  */
+      /* High level module scope beginning */
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (ch);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+
+	block ();
+
+	NEXT ();
+	fill_int (&ob);
+	OUT (0xf9);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 0x04:
+      /* Global function */
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (0x04);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+	INTn (stack size);
+	INTn (ret val);
+	EXPn (offset);
+
+	block ();
+
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf9);
+	EXPn (size of block);
+	fill_int (&ob);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 0x05:
+      /* File name for source line numbers */
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (0x05);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+	INTn (year);
+	INTn (month);
+	INTn (day);
+	INTn (hour);
+	INTn (monute);
+	INTn (second);
+	block ();
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf9);
+	fill_int (&ob);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 0x06:
+      /* Local function */
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (0x06);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+	INTn (stack size);
+	INTn (type return);
+	EXPn (offset);
+	block ();
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf9);
+	EXPn (size);
+	fill_int (&ob);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 0x0a:
+      /* Assembler module scope beginning -*/
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (0x0a);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+	ID;
+	INT;
+	ID;
+	INT;
+	INT;
+	INT;
+	INT;
+	INT;
+	INT;
+
+	block ();
+
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf9);
+	fill_int (&ob);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 0x0b:
+      {
+	struct output_buffer_struct ob;
+	NEXT ();
+	OUT (0xf8);
+	OUT (0x0b);
+	drop_int (&ob);
+	ID;
+	INT;
+	INTn (section index);
+	EXPn (offset);
+	INTn (stuff);
+
+	block ();
+
+	OUT (0xf9);
+	NEXT ();
+	EXPn (Size in Maus);
+	fill_int (&ob);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+e2_record ()
+{
+  OUT (0xe2);
+  NEXT ();
+  OUT (0xce);
+  NEXT ();
+  INT;
+  EXP;
+}
+
+static void
+block ()
+{
+  int ch;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      ch = THIS ();
+      switch (ch)
+	{
+	case 0xe1:
+	case 0xe5:
+	  return;
+	case 0xf9:
+	  return;
+	case 0xf0:
+	  f0_record ();
+	  break;
+	case 0xf1:
+	  f1_record ();
+	  break;
+	case 0xf2:
+	  f2_record ();
+	  break;
+	case 0xf8:
+	  f8_record ();
+	  break;
+	case 0xe2:
+	  e2_record ();
+	  break;
+
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/* relocate_debug,
+   moves all the debug information from the source bfd to the output
+   bfd, and relocates any expressions it finds
+*/
+
+static void
+relocate_debug (output, input)
+     bfd *output;
+     bfd *input;
+{
+#define IBS 400
+#define OBS 400
+  unsigned char input_buffer[IBS];
+
+  input_ptr_start = input_ptr = input_buffer;
+  input_ptr_end = input_buffer + IBS;
+  input_bfd = input;
+  /* FIXME: Check return value.  I'm not sure whether it needs to read
+     the entire buffer or not.  */
+  bfd_read ((PTR) input_ptr_start, 1, IBS, input);
+  block ();
+}
+
+/*
+  During linking, we we told about the bfds which made up our
+  contents, we have a list of them. They will still be open, so go to
+  the debug info in each, and copy it out, relocating it as we go.
+*/
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_debug_part (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  bfd_chain_type *chain = ieee->chain_root;
+  unsigned char output_buffer[OBS];
+  boolean some_debug = false;
+  file_ptr here = bfd_tell (abfd);
+
+  output_ptr_start = output_ptr = output_buffer;
+  output_ptr_end = output_buffer + OBS;
+  output_ptr = output_buffer;
+  output_bfd = abfd;
+
+  if (chain == (bfd_chain_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	if ((s->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	  break;
+      if (s == NULL)
+	{
+	  ieee->w.r.debug_information_part = 0;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      ieee->w.r.debug_information_part = here;
+      if (bfd_write (s->contents, 1, s->_raw_size, abfd) != s->_raw_size)
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      while (chain != (bfd_chain_type *) NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd *entry = chain->this;
+	  ieee_data_type *entry_ieee = IEEE_DATA (entry);
+	  if (entry_ieee->w.r.debug_information_part)
+	    {
+	      if (bfd_seek (entry, entry_ieee->w.r.debug_information_part,
+			    SEEK_SET)
+		  != 0)
+		return false;
+	      relocate_debug (abfd, entry);
+	    }
+
+	  chain = chain->next;
+	}
+      if (some_debug)
+	{
+	  ieee->w.r.debug_information_part = here;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ieee->w.r.debug_information_part = 0;
+	}
+
+      flush ();
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write the data in an ieee way.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_data_part (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  ieee->w.r.data_part = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      /* Skip sections that have no loadable contents (.bss,
+         debugging, etc.)  */
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Sort the reloc records so we can insert them in the correct
+	 places */
+      if (s->reloc_count != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! do_with_relocs (abfd, s))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! do_without_relocs (abfd, s))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static boolean
+init_for_output (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	continue;
+      if (s->_raw_size != 0)
+	{
+	  ieee_per_section (s)->data = (bfd_byte *) (bfd_alloc (abfd, s->_raw_size));
+	  if (!ieee_per_section (s)->data)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/** exec and core file sections */
+
+/* set section contents is complicated with IEEE since the format is
+* not a byte image, but a record stream.
+*/
+boolean
+ieee_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    {
+      if (section->contents == NULL)
+	{
+	  section->contents = ((unsigned char *)
+			       bfd_alloc (abfd, section->_raw_size));
+	  if (section->contents == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      /* bfd_set_section_contents has already checked that everything
+         is within range.  */
+      memcpy (section->contents + offset, location, count);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (ieee_per_section (section)->data == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (!init_for_output (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+  memcpy ((PTR) (ieee_per_section (section)->data + offset),
+	  (PTR) location,
+	  (unsigned int) count);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write the external symbols of a file.  IEEE considers two sorts of
+   external symbols, public, and referenced.  It uses to internal
+   forms to index them as well.  When we write them out we turn their
+   symbol values into indexes from the right base.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_external_part (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol **q;
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+
+  unsigned int reference_index = IEEE_REFERENCE_BASE;
+  unsigned int public_index = IEEE_PUBLIC_BASE + 2;
+  file_ptr here = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  boolean hadone = false;
+  if (abfd->outsymbols != (asymbol **) NULL)
+    {
+
+      for (q = abfd->outsymbols; *q != (asymbol *) NULL; q++)
+	{
+	  asymbol *p = *q;
+	  if (bfd_is_und_section (p->section))
+	    {
+	      /* This must be a symbol reference .. */
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_external_reference_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, reference_index)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (abfd, p->name))
+		return false;
+	      p->value = reference_index;
+	      reference_index++;
+	      hadone = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (bfd_is_com_section (p->section))
+	    {
+	      /* This is a weak reference */
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_external_reference_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, reference_index)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (abfd, p->name)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+					ieee_weak_external_reference_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, reference_index)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, p->value))
+		return false;
+	      p->value = reference_index;
+	      reference_index++;
+	      hadone = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (p->flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+	    {
+	      /* This must be a symbol definition */
+
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_external_symbol_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, public_index)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (abfd, p->name)
+		  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_attribute_record_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, public_index)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 15) /* instruction address */
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 19) /* static symbol */
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 1)) /* one of them */
+		return false;
+
+	      /* Write out the value */
+	      if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_value_record_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, public_index))
+		return false;
+	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->section))
+		{
+		  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+		    {
+		      /* If fully linked, then output all symbols
+			 relocated */
+		      if (! (ieee_write_int
+			     (abfd,
+			      (p->value
+			       + p->section->output_offset
+			       + p->section->output_section->vma))))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (! (ieee_write_expression
+			     (abfd,
+			      p->value + p->section->output_offset,
+			      p->section->output_section->symbol,
+			      false, 0)))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (! ieee_write_expression (abfd,
+					       p->value,
+					       bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol,
+					       false, 0))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	      p->value = public_index;
+	      public_index++;
+	      hadone = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* This can happen - when there are gaps in the symbols read */
+	      /* from an input ieee file */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (hadone)
+    ieee->w.r.external_part = here;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static CONST unsigned char exten[] =
+{
+  0xf0, 0x20, 0x00,
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 37, 3, 3,	/* Set version 3 rev 3   	*/
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 39, 2,/* keep symbol in  original case */
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x20, 0x00, 38	/* set object type relocateable to x */
+};
+
+static CONST unsigned char envi[] =
+{
+  0xf0, 0x21, 0x00,
+
+/*    0xf1, 0xce, 0x21, 00, 50, 0x82, 0x07, 0xc7, 0x09, 0x11, 0x11,
+    0x19, 0x2c,
+*/
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x21, 00, 52, 0x00,	/* exec ok */
+
+  0xf1, 0xce, 0x21, 0, 53, 0x03,/* host unix */
+/*    0xf1, 0xce, 0x21, 0, 54, 2,1,1	tool & version # */
+};
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_me_part (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  ieee->w.r.trailer_part = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (abfd->start_address)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_value_starting_address_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_function_either_open_b_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_int (abfd, abfd->start_address)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_function_either_close_b_enum))
+	return false;
+    }
+  ieee->w.r.me_record = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_module_end_enum))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out the IEEE processor ID.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_processor (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
+
+  arch = bfd_get_arch_info (abfd);
+  switch (arch->arch)
+    {
+    default:
+      if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_a29k:
+      if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "29000"))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_h8300:
+      if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "H8/300"))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_h8500:
+      if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "H8/500"))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_i960:
+      switch (arch->mach)
+	{
+	default:
+	case bfd_mach_i960_core:
+	case bfd_mach_i960_ka_sa:
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "80960KA"))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case bfd_mach_i960_kb_sb:
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "80960KB"))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case bfd_mach_i960_ca:
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "80960CA"))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case bfd_mach_i960_mc:
+	case bfd_mach_i960_xa:
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, "80960MC"))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      {
+	char ab[20];
+
+	sprintf (ab, "%lu", arch->mach);
+	if (! ieee_write_id (abfd, ab))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+boolean
+ieee_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  unsigned int i;
+  file_ptr old;
+
+  /* Fast forward over the header area */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_module_beginning_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_processor (abfd)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (abfd, abfd->filename))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Fast forward over the variable bits */
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, ieee_address_descriptor_enum))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Bits per MAU */
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) (bfd_arch_bits_per_byte (abfd))))
+    return false;
+  /* MAU's per address */
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd,
+			 (bfd_byte) (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd)
+				     / bfd_arch_bits_per_byte (abfd))))
+    return false;
+
+  old = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (8 * N_W_VARIABLES), SEEK_CUR) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  ieee->w.r.extension_record = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (bfd_write ((char *) exten, 1, sizeof (exten), abfd) != sizeof (exten))
+    return false;
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 0x1)) /* Absolute */
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 0x2)) /* Relocateable */
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  ieee->w.r.environmental_record = bfd_tell (abfd);
+  if (bfd_write ((char *) envi, 1, sizeof (envi), abfd) != sizeof (envi))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The HP emulator database requires a timestamp in the file.  */
+  {
+    time_t now;
+    const struct tm *t;
+
+    time (&now);
+    t = (struct tm *) localtime (&now);
+    if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	|| ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 0x21)
+	|| ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 0)
+	|| ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, 50)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_year + 1900)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_mon + 1)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_mday)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_hour)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_min)
+	|| ! ieee_write_int (abfd, t->tm_sec))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  output_bfd = abfd;
+
+  flush ();
+
+  if (! ieee_write_section_part (abfd))
+    return false;
+  /* First write the symbols.  This changes their values into table
+    indeces so we cant use it after this point.  */
+  if (! ieee_write_external_part (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /*  ieee_write_byte(abfd, ieee_record_seperator_enum);*/
+
+  /*  ieee_write_byte(abfd, ieee_record_seperator_enum);*/
+
+
+  /* Write any debugs we have been told about.  */
+  if (! ieee_write_debug_part (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Can only write the data once the symbols have been written, since
+     the data contains relocation information which points to the
+     symbols.  */
+  if (! ieee_write_data_part (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* At the end we put the end!  */
+  if (! ieee_write_me_part (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Generate the header */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, old, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < N_W_VARIABLES; i++)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_2bytes (abfd, ieee_assign_value_to_variable_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (abfd, (bfd_byte) i)
+	  || ! ieee_write_int5_out (abfd, ieee->w.offset[i]))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Native-level interface to symbols. */
+
+/* We read the symbols into a buffer, which is discarded when this
+   function exits.  We read the strings into a buffer large enough to
+   hold them all plus all the cached symbol entries. */
+
+asymbol *
+ieee_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  ieee_symbol_type *new =
+    (ieee_symbol_type *) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (ieee_symbol_type));
+  if (!new)
+    return NULL;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+  return &new->symbol;
+}
+
+static bfd *
+ieee_openr_next_archived_file (arch, prev)
+     bfd *arch;
+     bfd *prev;
+{
+  ieee_ar_data_type *ar = IEEE_AR_DATA (arch);
+  /* take the next one from the arch state, or reset */
+  if (prev == (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Reset the index - the first two entries are bogus*/
+      ar->element_index = 2;
+    }
+  while (true)
+    {
+      ieee_ar_obstack_type *p = ar->elements + ar->element_index;
+      ar->element_index++;
+      if (ar->element_index <= ar->element_count)
+	{
+	  if (p->file_offset != (file_ptr) 0)
+	    {
+	      if (p->abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+		{
+		  p->abfd = _bfd_create_empty_archive_element_shell (arch);
+		  p->abfd->origin = p->file_offset;
+		}
+	      return p->abfd;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_more_archived_files);
+	  return (bfd *) NULL;
+	}
+
+    }
+}
+
+static boolean
+ieee_find_nearest_line (abfd,
+			section,
+			symbols,
+			offset,
+			filename_ptr,
+			functionname_ptr,
+			line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     char **filename_ptr;
+     char **functionname_ptr;
+     int *line_ptr;
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+ieee_generic_stat_arch_elt (abfd, buf)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct stat *buf;
+{
+  ieee_ar_data_type *ar = abfd->my_archive->tdata.ieee_ar_data;
+  ieee_data_type *ieee;
+
+  if (ar == (ieee_ar_data_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (IEEE_DATA (abfd) == NULL)
+    {
+      if (ieee_object_p (abfd) == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+
+  buf->st_size = ieee->w.r.me_record + 1;
+  buf->st_mode = 0644;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+ieee_sizeof_headers (abfd, x)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean x;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The debug info routines are never used.  */
+#if 0
+
+static void
+ieee_bfd_debug_info_start (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+
+}
+
+static void
+ieee_bfd_debug_info_end (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+
+}
+
+
+/* Add this section to the list of sections we have debug info for, to
+   be ready to output it at close time
+   */
+static void
+ieee_bfd_debug_info_accumulate (abfd, section)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+{
+  ieee_data_type *ieee = IEEE_DATA (section->owner);
+  ieee_data_type *output_ieee = IEEE_DATA (abfd);
+  /* can only accumulate data from other ieee bfds */
+  if (section->owner->xvec != abfd->xvec)
+    return;
+  /* Only bother once per bfd */
+  if (ieee->done_debug == true)
+    return;
+  ieee->done_debug = true;
+
+  /* Don't bother if there is no debug info */
+  if (ieee->w.r.debug_information_part == 0)
+    return;
+
+
+  /* Add to chain */
+  {
+    bfd_chain_type *n = (bfd_chain_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (bfd_chain_type));
+    if (!n)
+      abort ();		/* FIXME */
+    n->this = section->owner;
+    n->next = (bfd_chain_type *) NULL;
+
+    if (output_ieee->chain_head)
+      {
+	output_ieee->chain_head->next = n;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	output_ieee->chain_root = n;
+
+      }
+    output_ieee->chain_head = n;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#define	ieee_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define ieee_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+
+#define ieee_slurp_armap bfd_true
+#define ieee_slurp_extended_name_table bfd_true
+#define ieee_construct_extended_name_table \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **))) \
+   bfd_true)
+#define ieee_truncate_arname bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+#define ieee_write_armap \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int))) \
+   bfd_true)
+#define ieee_read_ar_hdr bfd_nullvoidptr
+#define ieee_update_armap_timestamp bfd_true
+#define ieee_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+
+#define ieee_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#define ieee_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define ieee_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define ieee_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define ieee_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define ieee_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+#define ieee_set_arch_mach _bfd_generic_set_arch_mach
+
+#define ieee_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+#define ieee_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define ieee_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define ieee_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#define ieee_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#define ieee_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#define ieee_bfd_link_split_section  _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+/*SUPPRESS 460 */
+const bfd_target ieee_vec =
+{
+  "ieee",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_ieee_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+  (SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_ROM | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+   | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),	/* section flags */
+  '_',				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {_bfd_dummy_target,
+   ieee_object_p,		/* bfd_check_format */
+   ieee_archive_p,
+   _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    ieee_mkobject,
+    _bfd_generic_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    ieee_write_object_contents,
+    _bfd_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (ieee),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) 0
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ihex.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ihex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c70cfe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ihex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1017 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Intel Hex objects.
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This is what Intel Hex files look like:
+
+1. INTEL FORMATS
+
+A. Intel 1
+
+   16-bit address-field format, for files 64k bytes in length or less.
+
+   DATA RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon(:)
+   2..3		The number of data bytes in hex notation
+   4..5		High byte of the record load address
+   6..7		Low byte of the record load address
+   8..9		Record type, must be "00"
+   10..x	Data bytes in hex notation:
+	x = (number of bytes - 1) * 2 + 11
+   x+1..x+2	Checksum in hex notation
+   x+3..x+4	Carriage return, line feed
+
+   END RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "00"
+   4..7		Transfer-address (usually "0000")
+		the jump-to address, execution start address
+   8..9		Record type, must be "01"
+   10..11	Checksum, in hex notation
+   12..13	Carriage return, line feed
+
+B. INTEL 2
+
+   MCS-86 format, using a 20-bit address for files larger than 64K bytes.
+
+   DATA RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count of this record, hex notation
+   4..5		High byte of the record load address
+   6..7		Low byte of the record load address
+   8..9		Record type, must be "00"
+   10..x	The data bytes in hex notation:
+	x = (number of data bytes - 1) * 2 + 11
+   x+1..x+2	Checksum in hex notation
+   x+3..x+4	Carriage return, line feed
+
+   EXTENDED ADDRESS RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon(:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "02"
+   4..7		Load address, must be "0000"
+   8..9		Record type, must be "02"
+   10..11	High byte of the offset address
+   12..13	Low byte of the offset address
+   14..15	Checksum in hex notation
+   16..17	Carriage return, line feed
+
+   The checksums are the two's complement of the 8-bit sum
+   without carry of the byte count, offset address, and the
+   record type.
+
+   START ADDRESS RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "04"
+   4..7		Load address, must be "0000"
+   8..9		Record type, must be "03"
+   10..13	8086 CS value
+   14..17	8086 IP value
+   18..19	Checksum in hex notation
+   20..21	Carriage return, line feed
+
+Another document reports these additional types:
+
+   EXTENDED LINEAR ADDRESS RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "02"
+   4..7		Load address, must be "0000"
+   8..9		Record type, must be "04"
+   10..13	Upper 16 bits of address of subsequent records
+   14..15	Checksum in hex notation
+   16..17	Carriage return, line feed
+
+   START LINEAR ADDRESS RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "02"
+   4..7		Load address, must be "0000"
+   8..9		Record type, must be "05"
+   10..13	Upper 16 bits of start address
+   14..15	Checksum in hex notation
+   16..17	Carriage return, line feed
+
+The MRI compiler uses this, which is a repeat of type 5:
+
+  EXTENDED START RECORD
+   Byte 1	Header = colon (:)
+   2..3		The byte count, must be "04"
+   4..7		Load address, must be "0000"
+   8..9		Record type, must be "05"
+   10..13	Upper 16 bits of start address
+   14..17	Lower 16 bits of start address
+   18..19	Checksum in hex notation
+   20..21	Carriage return, line feed
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+static void ihex_init PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean ihex_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static INLINE int ihex_get_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean *));
+static void ihex_bad_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, int, boolean));
+static boolean ihex_scan PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *ihex_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ihex_read_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *));
+static boolean ihex_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static boolean ihex_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static boolean ihex_write_record
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_size_type, bfd_vma, unsigned int, bfd_byte *));
+static boolean ihex_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static asymbol *ihex_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean ihex_set_arch_mach
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long));
+static int ihex_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+
+/* The number of bytes we put on one line during output.  */
+
+#define CHUNK (21)
+
+/* Macros for converting between hex and binary. */
+
+#define NIBBLE(x) (hex_value (x))
+#define HEX2(buffer) ((NIBBLE ((buffer)[0]) << 4) + NIBBLE ((buffer)[1]))
+#define HEX4(buffer) ((HEX2 (buffer) << 8) + HEX2 ((buffer) + 2))
+#define ISHEX(x) (hex_p (x))
+
+/* When we write out an ihex value, the values can not be output as
+   they are seen.  Instead, we hold them in memory in this structure.  */
+
+struct ihex_data_list
+{
+  struct ihex_data_list *next;
+  bfd_byte *data;
+  bfd_vma where;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+};
+
+/* The ihex tdata information.  */
+
+struct ihex_data_struct
+{
+  struct ihex_data_list *head;
+  struct ihex_data_list *tail;
+};
+
+/* Initialize by filling in the hex conversion array.  */
+
+static void
+ihex_init ()
+{
+  static boolean inited;
+
+  if (! inited)
+    {
+      inited = true;
+      hex_init ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Create an ihex object.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->tdata.ihex_data == NULL)
+    {
+      struct ihex_data_struct *tdata;
+
+      tdata = ((struct ihex_data_struct *)
+	       bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ihex_data_struct)));
+      if (tdata == NULL)
+	return false;
+      abfd->tdata.ihex_data = tdata;
+      tdata->head = NULL;
+      tdata->tail = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a byte from a BFD.  Set *ERRORPTR if an error occurred.
+   Return EOF on error or end of file.  */
+
+static INLINE int
+ihex_get_byte (abfd, errorptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean *errorptr;
+{
+  bfd_byte c;
+
+  if (bfd_read (&c, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_file_truncated)
+	*errorptr = true;
+      return EOF;
+    }
+
+  return (int) (c & 0xff);
+}
+
+/* Report a problem in an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static void
+ihex_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int lineno;
+     int c;
+     boolean error;
+{
+  if (c == EOF)
+    {
+      if (! error)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char buf[10];
+
+      if (! isprint (c))
+	sprintf (buf, "\\%03o", (unsigned int) c);
+      else
+	{
+	  buf[0] = c;
+	  buf[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s:%d: unexpected character `%s' in Intel Hex file\n",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno, buf);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read an Intel hex file and turn it into sections.  We create a new
+   section for each contiguous set of bytes.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_scan (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_vma segbase;
+  asection *sec;
+  int lineno;
+  boolean error;
+  bfd_byte *buf = NULL;
+  size_t bufsize;
+  int c;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  abfd->start_address = 0;
+
+  segbase = 0;
+  sec = NULL;
+  lineno = 1;
+  error = false;
+  bufsize = 0;
+  while ((c = ihex_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF)
+    {
+      if (c == '\r')
+	continue;
+      else if (c == '\n')
+	{
+	  ++lineno;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else if (c != ':')
+	{
+	  ihex_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+	  goto error_return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  file_ptr pos;
+	  char hdr[8];
+	  unsigned int i;
+	  unsigned int len;
+	  bfd_vma addr;
+	  unsigned int type;
+	  unsigned int chars;
+	  unsigned int chksum;
+
+	  /* This is a data record.  */
+
+	  pos = bfd_tell (abfd) - 1;
+
+	  /* Read the header bytes.  */
+
+	  if (bfd_read (hdr, 1, 8, abfd) != 8)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (! ISHEX (hdr[i]))
+		{
+		  ihex_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, hdr[i], error);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  len = HEX2 (hdr);
+	  addr = HEX4 (hdr + 2);
+	  type = HEX2 (hdr + 6);
+
+	  /* Read the data bytes.  */
+
+	  chars = len * 2 + 2;
+	  if (chars >= bufsize)
+	    {
+	      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_realloc (buf, chars);
+	      if (buf == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      bufsize = chars;
+	    }
+
+	  if (bfd_read (buf, 1, chars, abfd) != chars)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < chars; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (! ISHEX (buf[i]))
+		{
+		  ihex_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, hdr[i], error);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check the checksum.  */
+	  chksum = len + addr + (addr >> 8) + type;
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    chksum += HEX2 (buf + 2 * i);
+	  if (((- chksum) & 0xff) != (unsigned int) HEX2 (buf + 2 * i))
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s:%d: bad checksum in Intel Hex file (expected %u, found %u)",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno,
+		 (- chksum) & 0xff, (unsigned int) HEX2 (buf + 2 * i));
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+
+	  switch (type)
+	    {
+	    case 0:
+	      /* This is a data record.  */
+	      if (sec != NULL
+		  && sec->vma + sec->_raw_size == segbase + addr)
+		{
+		  /* This data goes at the end of the section we are
+                     currently building.  */
+		  sec->_raw_size += len;
+		}
+	      else if (len > 0)
+		{
+		  char secbuf[20];
+		  char *secname;
+
+		  sprintf (secbuf, ".sec%d", bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1);
+		  secname = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (secbuf) + 1);
+		  if (secname == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  strcpy (secname, secbuf);
+		  sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, secname);
+		  if (sec == NULL)
+		    goto error_return;
+		  sec->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+		  sec->vma = segbase + addr;
+		  sec->lma = segbase + addr;
+		  sec->_raw_size = len;
+		  sec->filepos = pos;
+		}
+	      break;
+
+	    case 1:
+	      /* An end record.  */
+	      if (abfd->start_address == 0)
+		abfd->start_address = addr;
+	      if (buf != NULL)
+		free (buf);
+	      return true;
+
+	    case 2:
+	      /* An extended address record.  */
+	      if (len != 2)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s:%d: bad extended address record length in Intel Hex file",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno);
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      segbase = HEX4 (buf) << 4;
+
+	      sec = NULL;
+
+	      break;
+
+	    case 3:
+	      /* An extended start address record.  */
+	      if (len != 4)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s:%d: bad extended start address length in Intel Hex file",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno);
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      abfd->start_address += (HEX4 (buf) << 4) + HEX4 (buf + 4);
+
+	      sec = NULL;
+
+	      break;
+
+	    case 4:
+	      /* An extended linear address record.  */
+	      if (len != 2)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s:%d: bad extended linear address record length in Intel Hex file",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno);
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      segbase = HEX4 (buf) << 16;
+
+	      sec = NULL;
+
+	      break;
+
+	    case 5:
+	      /* An extended linear start address record.  */
+	      if (len != 2 && len != 4)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("%s:%d: bad extended linear start address length in Intel Hex file",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno);
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      if (len == 2)
+		abfd->start_address += HEX4 (buf) << 16;
+	      else
+		abfd->start_address = (HEX4 (buf) << 16) + HEX4 (buf + 4);
+
+	      sec = NULL;
+
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		("%s:%d: unrecognized ihex type %u in Intel Hex file\n",
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno, type);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (error)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Try to recognize an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+ihex_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_byte b[9];
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int type;
+
+  ihex_init ();
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (bfd_read (b, 1, 9, abfd) != 9)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_truncated)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (b[0] != ':')
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 1; i < 9; i++)
+    {
+      if (! ISHEX (b[i]))
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  type = HEX2 (b + 7);
+  if (type > 5)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, it looks like it really is an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+  if (! ihex_mkobject (abfd)
+      || ! ihex_scan (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* Read the contents of a section in an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_read_section (abfd, section, contents)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  int c;
+  bfd_byte *p;
+  bfd_byte *buf = NULL;
+  size_t bufsize;
+  boolean error;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, section->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  p = contents;
+  bufsize = 0;
+  error = false;
+  while ((c = ihex_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF)
+    {
+      char hdr[8];
+      unsigned int len;
+      bfd_vma addr;
+      unsigned int type;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      if (c == '\r' || c == '\n')
+	continue;
+
+      /* This is called after ihex_scan has succeeded, so we ought to
+         know the exact format.  */
+      BFD_ASSERT (c == ':');
+
+      if (bfd_read (hdr, 1, 8, abfd) != 8)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      len = HEX2 (hdr);
+      addr = HEX4 (hdr + 2);
+      type = HEX2 (hdr + 6);
+
+      /* We should only see type 0 records here.  */
+      if (type != 0)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    ("%s: internal error in ihex_read_section",
+	     bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  goto error_return;
+	}
+
+      if (len * 2 > bufsize)
+	{
+	  buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_realloc (buf, len * 2);
+	  if (buf == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  bufsize = len * 2;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_read (buf, 1, len * 2, abfd) != len * 2)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	*p++ = HEX2 (buf + 2 * i);
+      if ((bfd_size_type) (p - contents) >= section->_raw_size)
+	{
+	  /* We've read everything in the section.  */
+	  if (buf != NULL)
+	    free (buf);
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      /* Skip the checksum.  */
+      if (bfd_read (buf, 1, 2, abfd) != 2)
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  if ((bfd_size_type) (p - contents) < section->_raw_size)
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s: bad section length in ihex_read_section",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Get the contents of a section in an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (section->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+    {
+      section->used_by_bfd = bfd_alloc (abfd, section->_raw_size);
+      if (section->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! ihex_read_section (abfd, section, section->used_by_bfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  memcpy (location, (bfd_byte *) section->used_by_bfd + offset,
+	  (size_t) count);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the contents of a section in an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  struct ihex_data_list *n;
+  bfd_byte *data;
+  struct ihex_data_struct *tdata;
+
+  if (count == 0
+      || (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+      || (section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  n = ((struct ihex_data_list *)
+       bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ihex_data_list)));
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  data = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, count);
+  if (data == NULL)
+    return false;
+  memcpy (data, location, (size_t) count);
+
+  n->data = data;
+  n->where = section->lma + offset;
+  n->size = count;
+
+  /* Sort the records by address.  Optimize for the common case of
+     adding a record to the end of the list.  */
+  tdata = abfd->tdata.ihex_data;
+  if (tdata->tail != NULL
+      && n->where >= tdata->tail->where)
+    {
+      tdata->tail->next = n;
+      n->next = NULL;
+      tdata->tail = n;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      register struct ihex_data_list **pp;
+
+      for (pp = &tdata->head;
+	   *pp != NULL && (*pp)->where < n->where;
+	   pp = &(*pp)->next)
+	;
+      n->next = *pp;
+      *pp = n;
+      if (n->next == NULL)
+	tdata->tail = n;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write a record out to an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_write_record (abfd, count, addr, type, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     unsigned int type;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+{
+  static const char digs[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+  char buf[9 + CHUNK * 2 + 4];
+  char *p;
+  unsigned int chksum;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+#define TOHEX(buf, v) \
+  ((buf)[0] = digs[((v) >> 4) & 0xf], (buf)[1] = digs[(v) & 0xf])
+
+  buf[0] = ':';
+  TOHEX (buf + 1, count);
+  TOHEX (buf + 3, (addr >> 8) & 0xff);
+  TOHEX (buf + 5, addr & 0xff);
+  TOHEX (buf + 7, type);
+
+  chksum = count + addr + (addr >> 8) + type;
+
+  for (i = 0, p = buf + 9; i < count; i++, p += 2, data++)
+    {
+      TOHEX (p, *data);
+      chksum += *data;
+    }
+
+  TOHEX (p, (- chksum) & 0xff);
+  p[2] = '\r';
+  p[3] = '\n';
+
+  if (bfd_write (buf, 1, 9 + count * 2 + 4, abfd) != 9 + count * 2 + 4)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out an Intel Hex file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_vma segbase;
+  struct ihex_data_list *l;
+
+  segbase = 0;
+  for (l = abfd->tdata.ihex_data->head; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      bfd_vma where;
+      bfd_byte *p;
+      bfd_size_type count;
+
+      where = l->where;
+      p = l->data;
+      count = l->size;
+      while (count > 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type now;
+
+	  now = count;
+	  if (now > CHUNK)
+	    now = CHUNK;
+
+	  if (where > segbase + 0xffff)
+	    {
+	      bfd_byte addr[2];
+
+	      /* We need a new base address.  */
+	      if (where <= 0xfffff)
+		{
+		  segbase = where & 0xf0000;
+		  addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(segbase >> 12) & 0xff;
+		  addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(segbase >> 4) & 0xff;
+		  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, 2, 0, 2, addr))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  segbase = where & 0xffff0000;
+		  if (where > segbase + 0xffff)
+		    {
+		      char buf[20];
+
+		      sprintf_vma (buf, where);
+		      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+			("%s: address 0x%s out of range for Intex Hex file",
+			 bfd_get_filename (abfd), buf);
+		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+		      return false;
+		    }
+		  addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(segbase >> 24) & 0xff;
+		  addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(segbase >> 16) & 0xff;
+		  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, 2, 0, 4, addr))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, now, where - segbase, 0, p))
+	    return false;
+
+	  where += now;
+	  p += now;
+	  count -= now;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (abfd->start_address != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_vma start;
+      bfd_byte startbuf[4];
+
+      start = abfd->start_address;
+
+      if (start <= 0xfffff)
+	{
+	  startbuf[0] = (bfd_byte)((start & 0xf0000) >> 12) & 0xff;
+	  startbuf[1] = 0;
+	  startbuf[2] = (bfd_byte)(start >> 8) & 0xff;
+	  startbuf[3] = (bfd_byte)start & 0xff;
+	  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, 4, 0, 3, startbuf))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  startbuf[0] = (bfd_byte)(start >> 24) & 0xff;
+	  startbuf[1] = (bfd_byte)(start >> 16) & 0xff;
+	  startbuf[2] = (bfd_byte)(start >> 8) & 0xff;
+	  startbuf[3] = (bfd_byte)start & 0xff;
+	  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, 4, 0, 5, startbuf))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! ihex_write_record (abfd, 0, 0, 1, NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make an empty symbol.  This is required only because
+   bfd_make_section_anyway wants to create a symbol for the section.  */
+
+static asymbol *
+ihex_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol *new;
+
+  new = (asymbol *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asymbol));
+  if (new != NULL)
+    new->the_bfd = abfd;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Set the architecture for the output file.  The architecture is
+   irrelevant, so we ignore errors about unknown architectures.  */
+
+static boolean
+ihex_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long mach;
+{
+  if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach))
+    {
+      if (arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
+	return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get the size of the headers, for the linker.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+ihex_sizeof_headers (abfd, exec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean exec;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Some random definitions for the target vector.  */
+
+#define	ihex_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define ihex_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define ihex_new_section_hook _bfd_generic_new_section_hook
+#define ihex_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+#define ihex_get_symtab_upper_bound bfd_0l
+#define ihex_get_symtab \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **))) bfd_0l)
+#define ihex_print_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_print_symbol
+#define ihex_get_symbol_info _bfd_nosymbols_get_symbol_info
+#define ihex_bfd_is_local_label_name _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define ihex_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define ihex_find_nearest_line _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line
+#define ihex_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define ihex_read_minisymbols _bfd_nosymbols_read_minisymbols
+#define ihex_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define ihex_get_reloc_upper_bound \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) bfd_0l)
+#define ihex_canonicalize_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **))) bfd_0l)
+#define ihex_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+#define ihex_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define ihex_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define ihex_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#define ihex_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#define ihex_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#define ihex_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+/* The Intel Hex target vector.  */
+
+const bfd_target ihex_vec =
+{
+  "ihex",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_ihex_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+  0,				/* object flags */
+  (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD),	/* section flags */
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    ihex_object_p,		/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    ihex_mkobject,
+    _bfd_generic_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+    bfd_false,
+    ihex_write_object_contents,
+    _bfd_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (ihex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (ihex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (ihex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (ihex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (ihex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) 0
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/init.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fa1d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* bfd initialization stuff
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Initialization
+
+	These are the functions that handle initializing a BFD.
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_init
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_init(void);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This routine must be called before any other BFD function to
+	initialize magical internal data structures.
+*/
+
+/* Actually, there is currently nothing for this function to do.
+   However, someday it may be needed, so keep it around.  */
+
+void
+bfd_init ()
+{
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libaout.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libaout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09c45d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libaout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+/* BFD back-end data structures for a.out (and similar) files.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LIBAOUT_H
+#define LIBAOUT_H
+
+/* We try to encapsulate the differences in the various a.out file
+   variants in a few routines, and otherwise share large masses of code.
+   This means we only have to fix bugs in one place, most of the time.  */
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+/* Parameterize the a.out code based on whether it is being built
+   for a 32-bit architecture or a 64-bit architecture.  */
+#if ARCH_SIZE==64
+#define GET_WORD bfd_h_get_64
+#define GET_SWORD bfd_h_get_signed_64
+#define PUT_WORD bfd_h_put_64
+#ifndef NAME
+#define NAME(x,y) CAT3(x,_64_,y)
+#endif
+#define JNAME(x) CAT(x,_64)
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 8
+#else /* ARCH_SIZE == 32 */
+#define GET_WORD bfd_h_get_32
+#define GET_SWORD bfd_h_get_signed_32
+#define PUT_WORD bfd_h_put_32
+#ifndef NAME
+#define NAME(x,y) CAT3(x,_32_,y)
+#endif
+#define JNAME(x) CAT(x,_32)
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+#endif /* ARCH_SIZE==32 */
+
+/* Declare at file level, since used in parameter lists, which have
+   weird scope.  */
+struct external_exec;
+struct external_nlist;
+struct reloc_ext_external;
+struct reloc_std_external;
+
+/* a.out backend linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct aout_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+  /* Whether this symbol has been written out.  */
+  boolean written;
+  /* Symbol index in output file.  */
+  int indx;
+};
+
+/* a.out backend linker hash table.  */
+
+struct aout_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in an a.out link hash table.  */
+
+#define aout_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
+  ((struct aout_link_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse an a.out link hash table.  */
+
+#define aout_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the a.out link hash table from the info structure.  This is
+   just a cast.  */
+
+#define aout_hash_table(p) ((struct aout_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Back-end information for various a.out targets.  */
+struct aout_backend_data
+{
+  /* Are ZMAGIC files mapped contiguously?  If so, the text section may
+     need more padding, if the segment size (granularity for memory access
+     control) is larger than the page size.  */
+  unsigned char zmagic_mapped_contiguous;
+  /* If this flag is set, ZMAGIC/NMAGIC file headers get mapped in with the
+     text section, which starts immediately after the file header.
+     If not, the text section starts on the next page.  */
+  unsigned char text_includes_header;
+
+  /* If this flag is set, then if the entry address is not in the
+     first SEGMENT_SIZE bytes of the text section, it is taken to be
+     the address of the start of the text section.  This can be useful
+     for kernels.  */
+  unsigned char entry_is_text_address;
+
+  /* The value to pass to N_SET_FLAGS.  */
+  unsigned char exec_hdr_flags;
+
+  /* If the text section VMA isn't specified, and we need an absolute
+     address, use this as the default.  If we're producing a relocatable
+     file, zero is always used.  */
+  /* ?? Perhaps a callback would be a better choice?  Will this do anything
+     reasonable for a format that handles multiple CPUs with different
+     load addresses for each?  */
+  bfd_vma default_text_vma;
+
+  /* Callback for setting the page and segment sizes, if they can't be
+     trivially determined from the architecture.  */
+  boolean (*set_sizes) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+  /* zmagic files only. For go32, the length of the exec header contributes
+     to the size of the text section in the file for alignment purposes but
+     does *not* get counted in the length of the text section. */
+  unsigned char exec_header_not_counted;
+
+  /* Callback from the add symbols phase of the linker code to handle
+     a dynamic object.  */
+  boolean (*add_dynamic_symbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+					  struct external_nlist **,
+					  bfd_size_type *, char **));
+
+  /* Callback from the add symbols phase of the linker code to handle
+     adding a single symbol to the global linker hash table.  */
+  boolean (*add_one_symbol) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *,
+				     const char *, flagword, asection *,
+				     bfd_vma, const char *, boolean,
+				     boolean,
+				     struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+
+  /* Called to handle linking a dynamic object.  */
+  boolean (*link_dynamic_object) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *));
+
+  /* Called for each global symbol being written out by the linker.
+     This should write out the dynamic symbol information.  */
+  boolean (*write_dynamic_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+					   struct aout_link_hash_entry *));
+
+  /* If this callback is not NULL, the linker calls it for each reloc.
+     RELOC is a pointer to the unswapped reloc.  If *SKIP is set to
+     true, the reloc will be skipped.  *RELOCATION may be changed to
+     change the effects of the relocation.  */
+  boolean (*check_dynamic_reloc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *info,
+					  bfd *input_bfd,
+					  asection *input_section,
+					  struct aout_link_hash_entry *h,
+					  PTR reloc, bfd_byte *contents,
+					  boolean *skip,
+					  bfd_vma *relocation));
+
+  /* Called at the end of a link to finish up any dynamic linking
+     information.  */
+  boolean (*finish_dynamic_link) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+};
+#define aout_backend_info(abfd) \
+	((CONST struct aout_backend_data *)((abfd)->xvec->backend_data))
+
+/* This is the layout in memory of a "struct exec" while we process it.
+   All 'lengths' are given as a number of bytes.
+   All 'alignments' are for relinkable files only;  an alignment of
+	'n' indicates the corresponding segment must begin at an
+	address that is a multiple of (2**n).  */
+
+struct internal_exec
+{
+    long a_info;		/* Magic number and flags, packed */
+    bfd_vma a_text;		/* length of text, in bytes  */
+    bfd_vma a_data;		/* length of data, in bytes  */
+    bfd_vma a_bss;		/* length of uninitialized data area in mem */
+    bfd_vma a_syms;		/* length of symbol table data in file */
+    bfd_vma a_entry;		/* start address */
+    bfd_vma a_trsize;		/* length of text's relocation info, in bytes */
+    bfd_vma a_drsize;		/* length of data's relocation info, in bytes */
+    /* Added for i960 */
+    bfd_vma a_tload;		/* Text runtime load address */
+    bfd_vma a_dload;		/* Data runtime load address */
+    unsigned char a_talign;	/* Alignment of text segment */
+    unsigned char a_dalign;	/* Alignment of data segment */
+    unsigned char a_balign;	/* Alignment of bss segment */
+    char a_relaxable;           /* Enough info for linker relax */
+};
+
+/* Magic number is written 
+< MSB          >
+3130292827262524232221201918171615141312111009080706050403020100
+< FLAGS        >< MACHINE TYPE ><  MAGIC NUMBER                >
+*/
+/* Magic number for NetBSD is
+<MSB           >
+3130292827262524232221201918171615141312111009080706050403020100
+< FLAGS    >< MACHINE TYPE     ><  MAGIC NUMBER                >
+*/
+
+enum machine_type {
+  M_UNKNOWN = 0,
+  M_68010 = 1,
+  M_68020 = 2,
+  M_SPARC = 3,
+  /* skip a bunch so we don't run into any of suns numbers */
+  /* make these up for the ns32k*/
+  M_NS32032 = (64),		/* ns32032 running ? */
+  M_NS32532 = (64 + 5),		/* ns32532 running mach */
+
+  M_386 = 100,
+  M_29K = 101,          /* AMD 29000 */
+  M_386_DYNIX = 102,	/* Sequent running dynix */
+  M_ARM = 103,		/* Advanced Risc Machines ARM */
+  M_SPARCLET = 131,	/* SPARClet = M_SPARC + 128 */
+  M_386_NETBSD = 134,	/* NetBSD/i386 binary */
+  M_68K_NETBSD = 135,	/* NetBSD/m68k binary */
+  M_68K4K_NETBSD = 136,	/* NetBSD/m68k4k binary */
+  M_532_NETBSD = 137,	/* NetBSD/ns32k binary */
+  M_SPARC_NETBSD = 138,	/* NetBSD/sparc binary */
+  M_SPARCLET_1 = 147,	/* 0x93, reserved */
+  M_MIPS1 = 151,        /* MIPS R2000/R3000 binary */
+  M_MIPS2 = 152,        /* MIPS R4000/R6000 binary */
+  M_SPARCLET_2 = 163,	/* 0xa3, reserved */
+  M_SPARCLET_3 = 179,	/* 0xb3, reserved */
+  M_SPARCLET_4 = 195,	/* 0xc3, reserved */
+  M_HP200 = 200,	/* HP 200 (68010) BSD binary */
+  M_HP300 = (300 % 256), /* HP 300 (68020+68881) BSD binary */
+  M_HPUX = (0x20c % 256), /* HP 200/300 HPUX binary */
+  M_SPARCLET_5 = 211,	/* 0xd3, reserved */
+  M_SPARCLET_6 = 227,	/* 0xe3, reserved */
+  M_SPARCLET_7 = 243	/* 0xf3, reserved */
+};
+
+#define N_DYNAMIC(exec) ((exec).a_info & 0x80000000)
+
+#ifndef N_MAGIC
+# define N_MAGIC(exec) ((exec).a_info & 0xffff)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_MACHTYPE
+# define N_MACHTYPE(exec) ((enum machine_type)(((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0xff))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_FLAGS
+# define N_FLAGS(exec) (((exec).a_info >> 24) & 0xff)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SET_INFO
+# define N_SET_INFO(exec, magic, type, flags) \
+((exec).a_info = ((magic) & 0xffff) \
+ | (((int)(type) & 0xff) << 16) \
+ | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SET_DYNAMIC
+# define N_SET_DYNAMIC(exec, dynamic) \
+((exec).a_info = (dynamic) ? ((exec).a_info | 0x80000000) : \
+((exec).a_info & 0x7fffffff))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SET_MAGIC
+# define N_SET_MAGIC(exec, magic) \
+((exec).a_info = (((exec).a_info & 0xffff0000) | ((magic) & 0xffff)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SET_MACHTYPE
+# define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) \
+((exec).a_info = \
+ ((exec).a_info&0xff00ffff) | ((((int)(machtype))&0xff) << 16))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SET_FLAGS
+# define N_SET_FLAGS(exec, flags) \
+((exec).a_info = \
+ ((exec).a_info&0x00ffffff) | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))
+#endif
+
+typedef struct aout_symbol {
+  asymbol symbol;
+  short desc;
+  char other;
+  unsigned char type;
+} aout_symbol_type;
+
+/* The `tdata' struct for all a.out-like object file formats.
+   Various things depend on this struct being around any time an a.out
+   file is being handled.  An example is dbxread.c in GDB.  */
+
+struct aoutdata {
+  struct internal_exec *hdr;		/* exec file header */
+  aout_symbol_type *symbols;		/* symtab for input bfd */
+  
+  /* For ease, we do this */
+  asection *textsec;
+  asection *datasec;
+  asection *bsssec;
+
+  /* We remember these offsets so that after check_file_format, we have
+     no dependencies on the particular format of the exec_hdr.  */
+  file_ptr sym_filepos;
+  file_ptr str_filepos;
+
+  /* Size of a relocation entry in external form */
+  unsigned reloc_entry_size;
+
+  /* Size of a symbol table entry in external form */
+  unsigned symbol_entry_size;
+
+  /* Page size - needed for alignment of demand paged files. */
+  unsigned long page_size;
+
+  /* Segment size - needed for alignment of demand paged files. */
+  unsigned long segment_size;
+
+  /* Zmagic disk block size - need to align the start of the text
+     section in ZMAGIC binaries.  Normally the same as page_size.  */
+  unsigned long zmagic_disk_block_size;
+
+  unsigned exec_bytes_size;
+  unsigned vma_adjusted : 1;
+
+  /* used when a bfd supports several highly similar formats */
+  enum
+    {
+      default_format = 0,
+      /* Used on HP 9000/300 running HP/UX.  See hp300hpux.c.  */
+      gnu_encap_format,
+      /* Used on Linux, 386BSD, etc.  See include/aout/aout64.h.  */
+      q_magic_format
+    } subformat;
+
+  enum
+    {
+      undecided_magic = 0,
+      z_magic,
+      o_magic,
+      n_magic
+    } magic;
+
+  /* A buffer for find_nearest_line.  */
+  char *line_buf;
+
+  /* The external symbol information.  */
+  struct external_nlist *external_syms;
+  bfd_size_type external_sym_count;
+  bfd_window sym_window;
+  char *external_strings;
+  bfd_size_type external_string_size;
+  bfd_window string_window;
+  struct aout_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+
+  /* A pointer for shared library information.  */
+  PTR dynamic_info;
+
+  /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the global offset
+     table, used when linking on SunOS.  This is indexed by the symbol
+     index.  */
+  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
+};
+
+struct  aout_data_struct {
+    struct aoutdata a;
+    struct internal_exec e;
+};
+
+#define	adata(bfd)		((bfd)->tdata.aout_data->a)
+#define	exec_hdr(bfd)		(adata(bfd).hdr)
+#define	obj_aout_symbols(bfd)	(adata(bfd).symbols)
+#define	obj_textsec(bfd)	(adata(bfd).textsec)
+#define	obj_datasec(bfd)	(adata(bfd).datasec)
+#define	obj_bsssec(bfd)		(adata(bfd).bsssec)
+#define	obj_sym_filepos(bfd)	(adata(bfd).sym_filepos)
+#define	obj_str_filepos(bfd)	(adata(bfd).str_filepos)
+#define	obj_reloc_entry_size(bfd) (adata(bfd).reloc_entry_size)
+#define	obj_symbol_entry_size(bfd) (adata(bfd).symbol_entry_size)
+#define obj_aout_subformat(bfd)	(adata(bfd).subformat)
+#define obj_aout_external_syms(bfd) (adata(bfd).external_syms)
+#define obj_aout_external_sym_count(bfd) (adata(bfd).external_sym_count)
+#define obj_aout_sym_window(bfd) (adata(bfd).sym_window)
+#define obj_aout_external_strings(bfd) (adata(bfd).external_strings)
+#define obj_aout_external_string_size(bfd) (adata(bfd).external_string_size)
+#define obj_aout_string_window(bfd) (adata(bfd).string_window)
+#define obj_aout_sym_hashes(bfd) (adata(bfd).sym_hashes)
+#define obj_aout_dynamic_info(bfd) (adata(bfd).dynamic_info)
+
+/* We take the address of the first element of an asymbol to ensure that the
+   macro is only ever applied to an asymbol */
+#define aout_symbol(asymbol) ((aout_symbol_type *)(&(asymbol)->the_bfd))
+
+/* Information we keep for each a.out section.  This is currently only
+   used by the a.out backend linker.  */
+
+struct aout_section_data_struct
+{
+  /* The unswapped relocation entries for this section.  */
+  PTR relocs;
+};
+
+#define aout_section_data(s) \
+  ((struct aout_section_data_struct *) (s)->used_by_bfd)
+
+#define set_aout_section_data(s,v) \
+  ((s)->used_by_bfd = (PTR)&(v)->relocs)
+
+/* Prototype declarations for functions defined in aoutx.h  */
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *section));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,make_sections) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+const bfd_target *
+NAME(aout,some_aout_object_p) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+				       struct internal_exec *execp,
+				       const bfd_target *(*callback)(bfd *)));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,mkobject) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+enum machine_type
+NAME(aout,machine_type) PARAMS ((enum bfd_architecture arch,
+				 unsigned long machine,
+				 boolean *unknown));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,set_arch_mach) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, enum bfd_architecture arch,
+		 		  unsigned long machine));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,new_section_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *newsect));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,set_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
+			 PTR location, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count));
+
+asymbol *
+NAME(aout,make_empty_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,translate_symbol_table) PARAMS ((bfd *, aout_symbol_type *,
+					   struct external_nlist *,
+					   bfd_size_type, char *,
+					   bfd_size_type,
+					   boolean dynamic));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,write_syms) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,reclaim_symbol_table) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_symtab) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asymbol **location));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_ext_reloc_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct reloc_ext_external *,
+				      arelent *, asymbol **, bfd_size_type));
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_std_reloc_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct reloc_std_external *,
+				      arelent *, asymbol **, bfd_size_type));
+
+reloc_howto_type *
+NAME(aout,reloc_type_lookup) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+				      bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,slurp_reloc_table) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, sec_ptr asect,
+				      asymbol **symbols));
+
+long
+NAME(aout,canonicalize_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
+				       arelent **relptr, asymbol **symbols));
+
+long
+NAME(aout,get_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, sec_ptr asect));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,reclaim_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *ignore_abfd, sec_ptr ignore));
+
+alent *
+NAME(aout,get_lineno) PARAMS ((bfd *ignore_abfd, asymbol *ignore_symbol));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,print_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *ignore_abfd, PTR file,
+			    asymbol *symbol, bfd_print_symbol_type how));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,get_symbol_info) PARAMS ((bfd *ignore_abfd,
+                           asymbol *symbol, symbol_info *ret));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,find_nearest_line) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+      asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset, CONST char **filename_ptr,
+      CONST char **functionname_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr));
+
+long
+NAME(aout,read_minisymbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *, unsigned int *));
+
+asymbol *
+NAME(aout,minisymbol_to_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR,
+					 asymbol *));
+
+int
+NAME(aout,sizeof_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, boolean exec));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+       bfd_size_type *text_size, file_ptr *text_end));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_in) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+       struct external_exec *raw_bytes, struct internal_exec *execp));
+
+void
+NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_out) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+       struct internal_exec *execp, struct external_exec *raw_bytes));
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+NAME(aout,link_hash_newfunc)
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,link_hash_table_init)
+     PARAMS ((struct aout_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	      struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+					  struct bfd_hash_table *,
+					  const char *)));
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,link_add_symbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,final_link) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+			       void (*) (bfd *, file_ptr *, file_ptr *,
+					 file_ptr *)));
+
+boolean
+NAME(aout,bfd_free_cached_info) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* A.out uses the generic versions of these routines... */
+
+#define	aout_32_get_section_contents	_bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+
+#define	aout_64_get_section_contents	_bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+#ifndef NO_WRITE_HEADER_KLUDGE
+#define NO_WRITE_HEADER_KLUDGE 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef aout_32_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define aout_32_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WRITE_HEADERS
+#define WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp)					      \
+      {									      \
+	bfd_size_type text_size; /* dummy vars */			      \
+	file_ptr text_end;						      \
+	if (adata(abfd).magic == undecided_magic)			      \
+	  NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end);     \
+    									      \
+	execp->a_syms = bfd_get_symcount (abfd) * EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE;	      \
+	execp->a_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);			      \
+    									      \
+	execp->a_trsize = ((obj_textsec (abfd)->reloc_count) *		      \
+			   obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd));		      \
+	execp->a_drsize = ((obj_datasec (abfd)->reloc_count) *		      \
+			   obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd));		      \
+	NAME(aout,swap_exec_header_out) (abfd, execp, &exec_bytes);	      \
+									      \
+	if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) return false;	      \
+	if (bfd_write ((PTR) &exec_bytes, 1, EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, abfd)	      \
+	    != EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)						      \
+	  return false;							      \
+	/* Now write out reloc info, followed by syms and strings */	      \
+  									      \
+	if (bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd) != (asymbol **) NULL		      \
+	    && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) != 0) 				      \
+	  {								      \
+	    if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr)(N_SYMOFF(*execp)), SEEK_SET) != 0) \
+	      return false;						      \
+									      \
+	    if (! NAME(aout,write_syms)(abfd)) return false;		      \
+	  }								      \
+									      \
+	if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr)(N_TRELOFF(*execp)), SEEK_SET) != 0)    \
+	  return false;						      	      \
+	if (!NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs) (abfd, obj_textsec (abfd)))         \
+	  return false;						      	      \
+									      \
+	if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr)(N_DRELOFF(*execp)), SEEK_SET) != 0)    \
+	  return false;						      	      \
+	if (!NAME(aout,squirt_out_relocs)(abfd, obj_datasec (abfd)))          \
+	  return false;						      	      \
+      }									      
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! defined (LIBAOUT_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd-in.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd-in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e332dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd-in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+/* libbfd.h -- Declarations used by bfd library *implementation*.
+   (This include file is not for users of the library.)
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: libbfd.h is a GENERATED file.  Don't change it; instead,
+** change libbfd-in.h or the other BFD source files processed to
+** generate this file.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Align an address upward to a boundary, expressed as a number of bytes.
+   E.g. align to an 8-byte boundary with argument of 8.  */
+#define BFD_ALIGN(this, boundary) \
+  ((( (this) + ((boundary) -1)) & (~((boundary)-1))))
+
+/* If you want to read and write large blocks, you might want to do it
+   in quanta of this amount */
+#define DEFAULT_BUFFERSIZE 8192
+
+/* Set a tdata field.  Can't use the other macros for this, since they
+   do casts, and casting to the left of assignment isn't portable.  */
+#define set_tdata(bfd, v) ((bfd)->tdata.any = (PTR) (v))
+
+/* If BFD_IN_MEMORY is set for a BFD, then the iostream fields points
+   to an instance of this structure.  */
+
+struct bfd_in_memory
+{
+  /* Size of buffer.  */
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* Buffer holding contents of BFD.  */
+  bfd_byte *buffer;
+};
+
+/* tdata for an archive.  For an input archive, cache
+   needs to be free()'d.  For an output archive, symdefs do.  */
+
+struct artdata {
+  file_ptr first_file_filepos;
+  /* Speed up searching the armap */
+  struct ar_cache *cache;
+  bfd *archive_head;            /* Only interesting in output routines */
+  carsym *symdefs;		/* the symdef entries */
+  symindex symdef_count;             /* how many there are */
+  char *extended_names;		/* clever intel extension */
+  /* when more compilers are standard C, this can be a time_t */
+  long  armap_timestamp;	/* Timestamp value written into armap.
+				   This is used for BSD archives to check
+				   that the timestamp is recent enough
+				   for the BSD linker to not complain,
+				   just before we finish writing an
+				   archive.  */
+  file_ptr armap_datepos;	/* Position within archive to seek to
+				   rewrite the date field.  */
+  PTR tdata;			/* Backend specific information.  */
+};
+
+#define bfd_ardata(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.aout_ar_data)
+
+/* Goes in bfd's arelt_data slot */
+struct areltdata {
+  char * arch_header;			     /* it's actually a string */
+  unsigned int parsed_size;     /* octets of filesize not including ar_hdr */
+  char *filename;			     /* null-terminated */
+};
+
+#define arelt_size(bfd) (((struct areltdata *)((bfd)->arelt_data))->parsed_size)
+
+extern PTR bfd_malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_realloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_zmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+extern bfd_error_handler_type _bfd_error_handler;
+
+/* These routines allocate and free things on the BFD's objalloc.  */
+
+extern PTR bfd_alloc PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_zalloc PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t));
+extern void bfd_release PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+
+bfd *	_bfd_create_empty_archive_element_shell PARAMS ((bfd *obfd));
+bfd *	_bfd_look_for_bfd_in_cache PARAMS ((bfd *arch_bfd, file_ptr index));
+boolean _bfd_add_bfd_to_archive_cache PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd *));
+boolean	_bfd_generic_mkarchive PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+const bfd_target *bfd_generic_archive_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean	bfd_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean bfd_slurp_bsd_armap_f2 PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+#define bfd_slurp_bsd_armap bfd_slurp_armap
+#define bfd_slurp_coff_armap bfd_slurp_armap
+boolean	_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern boolean _bfd_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, char **, bfd_size_type *));
+boolean	_bfd_write_archive_contents PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean _bfd_compute_and_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int elength));
+bfd *_bfd_get_elt_at_filepos PARAMS ((bfd *archive, file_ptr filepos));
+extern bfd *_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+bfd * _bfd_new_bfd PARAMS ((void));
+
+boolean	bfd_false PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+boolean	bfd_true PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+PTR	bfd_nullvoidptr PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+int	bfd_0 PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+unsigned int	bfd_0u PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+long	bfd_0l PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+long	_bfd_n1 PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+void	bfd_void PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+
+bfd *_bfd_new_bfd_contained_in PARAMS ((bfd *));
+const bfd_target *_bfd_dummy_target PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+void	bfd_dont_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+void	bfd_bsd_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+void	bfd_gnu_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+
+boolean	bsd_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *arch, unsigned int elength,
+				  struct orl *map, unsigned int orl_count, int stridx));
+
+boolean	coff_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *arch, unsigned int elength,
+				   struct orl *map, unsigned int orl_count, int stridx));
+
+extern PTR _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+extern PTR _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+bfd *	bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file PARAMS ((bfd *archive,
+						     bfd *last_file));
+
+int	bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
+
+#define _bfd_read_ar_hdr(abfd) \
+  BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn, (abfd))
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup bfd_true
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info bfd_true
+#define _bfd_generic_new_section_hook \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) bfd_true)
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR location, file_ptr offset,
+	   bfd_size_type count));
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_window *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_set_private_flags \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_section_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd *, asection *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, bfd *, asymbol *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR))) bfd_true)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE when there is no core file
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore).  */
+
+extern char *_bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int _bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_nocore_core_file_matches_executable_p
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE when there is no archive
+   file support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive).  */
+
+#define _bfd_noarchive_slurp_armap bfd_false
+#define _bfd_noarchive_slurp_extended_name_table bfd_false
+#define _bfd_noarchive_construct_extended_name_table \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_truncate_arname \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, char *))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_write_armap \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_read_ar_hdr bfd_nullvoidptr
+#define _bfd_noarchive_openr_next_archived_file \
+  ((bfd *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_get_elt_at_index \
+  ((bfd *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_generic_stat_arch_elt bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define _bfd_noarchive_update_armap_timestamp bfd_false
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE to get BSD style
+   archives.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_bsd).  */
+
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_slurp_armap bfd_slurp_bsd_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_slurp_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_bsd_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_truncate_arname bfd_bsd_truncate_arname
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_write_armap bsd_write_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_read_ar_hdr _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_openr_next_archived_file \
+  bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_generic_stat_arch_elt \
+  bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_bsd_update_armap_timestamp PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE to get COFF style
+   archives.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff).  */
+
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_slurp_armap bfd_slurp_coff_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_slurp_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_coff_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_truncate_arname bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_write_armap coff_write_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_read_ar_hdr _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_openr_next_archived_file \
+  bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_generic_stat_arch_elt \
+  bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_update_armap_timestamp bfd_true
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS where there is no symbol
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_nosymbols).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_make_empty_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_print_symbol \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symbol_info \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label_name \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno \
+  ((alent *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **, \
+	     const char **, unsigned int *))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, unsigned long))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_read_minisymbols \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *, unsigned int *))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_minisymbol_to_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR, asymbol *))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS when there is no reloc
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs).  */
+
+#define _bfd_norelocs_get_reloc_upper_bound \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_norelocs_canonicalize_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
+  ((reloc_howto_type *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE for targets which may not
+   be written.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_nowrite).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nowrite_set_arch_mach \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nowrite_set_section_contents \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type))) \
+   bfd_false)
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_set_arch_mach bfd_default_set_arch_mach
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK for targets which do not
+   support linking.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nolink_sizeof_headers ((int (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean))) bfd_0)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  ((bfd_byte *(*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *, \
+	     bfd_byte *, boolean, asymbol **))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_relax_section \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
+  ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_add_symbols \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_final_link \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_split_section \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *))) bfd_false)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC for targets which do not
+   have dynamic symbols or relocs.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC
+   (_bfd_nodynamic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+
+/* Generic routine to determine of the given symbol is a local
+   label.  */
+extern boolean bfd_generic_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+/* Generic minisymbol routines.  */
+extern long _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *, unsigned int *));
+extern asymbol *_bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR, asymbol *));
+
+/* Find the nearest line using .stab/.stabstr sections.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, asection *, bfd_vma, boolean *, const char **,
+	   const char **, unsigned int *, PTR *));
+
+/* A routine to create entries for a bfd_link_hash_table.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
+	   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
+	   const char *string));
+
+/* Initialize a bfd_link_hash_table.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_link_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+
+/* Generic link hash table creation routine.  */
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Generic add symbol routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Generic add symbol routine.  This version is used by targets for
+   which the linker must collect constructors and destructors by name,
+   as the collect2 program does.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols_collect
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Generic archive add symbol routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   boolean (*checkfn) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *)));
+
+
+
+/* Forward declaration to avoid prototype errors.  */
+typedef struct bfd_link_hash_entry _bfd_link_hash_entry;
+
+/* Generic routine to add a single symbol.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, const char *name, flagword,
+	   asection *, bfd_vma, const char *, boolean copy,
+	   boolean constructor, struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+
+/* Generic link routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
+
+/* Generic reloc_link_order processing routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Default link order processing routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_default_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Count the number of reloc entries in a link order list.  */
+extern unsigned int _bfd_count_link_order_relocs
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Final link relocation routine.  */
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_final_link_relocate
+  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   bfd_vma address, bfd_vma value, bfd_vma addend));
+
+/* Relocate a particular location by a howto and a value.  */
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_relocate_contents
+  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+
+/* Link stabs in sections in the first pass.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_link_section_stabs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, asection *, PTR *));
+
+/* Write out the .stab section when linking stabs in sections.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_write_section_stabs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, PTR *, bfd_byte *));
+
+/* Write out the .stabstr string table when linking stabs in sections.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_write_stab_strings PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *));
+
+/* Find an offset within a .stab section when linking stabs in
+   sections.  */
+
+extern bfd_vma _bfd_stab_section_offset
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, PTR *, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Create a string table.  */
+extern struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Create an XCOFF .debug section style string table.  */
+extern struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_xcoff_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Free a string table.  */
+extern void _bfd_stringtab_free PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Get the size of a string table.  */
+extern bfd_size_type _bfd_stringtab_size PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Add a string to a string table.  */
+extern bfd_size_type _bfd_stringtab_add
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *, const char *, boolean hash,
+	   boolean copy));
+
+/* Write out a string table.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_stringtab_emit PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Macros to tell if bfds are read or write enabled.
+
+   Note that bfds open for read may be scribbled into if the fd passed
+   to bfd_fdopenr is actually open both for read and write
+   simultaneously.  However an output bfd will never be open for
+   read.  Therefore sometimes you want to check bfd_read_p or
+   !bfd_read_p, and only sometimes bfd_write_p.
+*/
+
+#define	bfd_read_p(abfd) ((abfd)->direction == read_direction || (abfd)->direction == both_direction)
+#define	bfd_write_p(abfd) ((abfd)->direction == write_direction || (abfd)->direction == both_direction)
+
+void	bfd_assert PARAMS ((const char*,int));
+
+#define BFD_ASSERT(x) \
+{ if (!(x)) bfd_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); }
+
+#define BFD_FAIL() \
+{ bfd_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); }
+
+FILE *	bfd_cache_lookup_worker PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+extern bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+
+/* List of supported target vectors, and the default vector (if
+   bfd_default_vector[0] is NULL, there is no default).  */
+extern const bfd_target * const bfd_target_vector[];
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_default_vector[];
+
+/* Functions shared by the ECOFF and MIPS ELF backends, which have no
+   other common header files.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct ecoff_find_line;
+#endif
+
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_locate_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, struct ecoff_debug_info * const,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const, struct ecoff_find_line *,
+	   const char **, const char **, unsigned int *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+
+extern bfd_vma _bfd_get_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern void _bfd_set_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Function shared by the COFF and ELF SH backends, which have no
+   other common header files.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_sh_align_load_span
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   boolean (*) (bfd *, asection *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma),
+	   PTR, bfd_vma **, bfd_vma *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, boolean *));
+
+/* And more follows */
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c18a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@
+/* Assorted BFD support routines, only used internally.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+#define getpagesize() 2048
+#endif
+
+static int real_read PARAMS ((PTR, size_t, size_t, FILE *));
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Internal functions
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	These routines are used within BFD.
+	They are not intended for export, but are documented here for
+	completeness.
+*/
+
+/* A routine which is used in target vectors for unsupported
+   operations.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+bfd_false (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* A routine which is used in target vectors for supported operations
+   which do not actually do anything.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+bfd_true (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* A routine which is used in target vectors for unsupported
+   operations which return a pointer value.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+PTR
+bfd_nullvoidptr (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+int 
+bfd_0 (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+unsigned int 
+bfd_0u (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+   return 0;
+}
+
+/*ARGUSED*/
+long
+bfd_0l (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* A routine which is used in target vectors for unsupported
+   operations which return -1 on error.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+long
+_bfd_n1 (ignore_abfd)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void 
+bfd_void (ignore)
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+_bfd_nocore_core_file_matches_executable_p (ignore_core_bfd, ignore_exec_bfd)
+     bfd *ignore_core_bfd;
+     bfd *ignore_exec_bfd;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Routine to handle core_file_failing_command entry point for targets
+   without core file support.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+char *
+_bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_command (ignore_abfd)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Routine to handle core_file_failing_signal entry point for targets
+   without core file support.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+int
+_bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_signal (ignore_abfd)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+const bfd_target *
+_bfd_dummy_target (ignore_abfd)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+{
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Allocate memory using malloc.  */
+
+PTR
+bfd_malloc (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR ptr;
+
+  ptr = (PTR) malloc (size);
+  if (ptr == NULL && size != 0)
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Reallocate memory using realloc.  */
+
+PTR
+bfd_realloc (ptr, size)
+     PTR ptr;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR ret;
+
+  if (ptr == NULL)
+    ret = malloc (size);
+  else
+    ret = realloc (ptr, size);
+
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Allocate memory using malloc and clear it.  */
+
+PTR
+bfd_zmalloc (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR ptr;
+
+  ptr = (PTR) malloc (size);
+
+  if (size != 0)
+    {
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      else
+	memset (ptr, 0, size);
+    }
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Some IO code */
+
+
+/* Note that archive entries don't have streams; they share their parent's.
+   This allows someone to play with the iostream behind BFD's back.
+
+   Also, note that the origin pointer points to the beginning of a file's
+   contents (0 for non-archive elements).  For archive entries this is the
+   first octet in the file, NOT the beginning of the archive header. */
+
+static int
+real_read (where, a,b, file)
+     PTR where;
+     size_t a;
+     size_t b;
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  return fread (where, a, b, file);
+}
+
+/* Return value is amount read (FIXME: how are errors and end of file dealt
+   with?  We never call bfd_set_error, which is probably a mistake).  */
+
+bfd_size_type
+bfd_read (ptr, size, nitems, abfd)
+     PTR ptr;
+     bfd_size_type size;
+     bfd_size_type nitems;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int nread;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    {
+      struct bfd_in_memory *bim;
+      bfd_size_type get;
+
+      bim = (struct bfd_in_memory *) abfd->iostream;
+      get = size * nitems;
+      if (abfd->where + get > bim->size)
+	{
+	  get = bim->size - abfd->where;
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+	}
+      memcpy (ptr, bim->buffer + abfd->where, get);
+      abfd->where += get;
+      return get;
+    }
+
+  nread = real_read (ptr, 1, (size_t)(size*nitems), bfd_cache_lookup(abfd));
+  if (nread > 0)
+    abfd->where += nread;
+
+  /* Set bfd_error if we did not read as much data as we expected.
+
+     If the read failed due to an error set the bfd_error_system_call,
+     else set bfd_error_file_truncated.
+
+     A BFD backend may wish to override bfd_error_file_truncated to
+     provide something more useful (eg. no_symbols or wrong_format).  */
+  if (nread < (int)(size * nitems))
+    {
+      if (ferror (bfd_cache_lookup (abfd)))
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      else
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+    }
+
+  return nread;
+}
+
+/* The window support stuff should probably be broken out into
+   another file....  */
+/* The idea behind the next and refcount fields is that one mapped
+   region can suffice for multiple read-only windows or multiple
+   non-overlapping read-write windows.  It's not implemented yet
+   though.  */
+struct _bfd_window_internal {
+  struct _bfd_window_internal *next;
+  PTR data;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  int refcount : 31;		/* should be enough... */
+  unsigned mapped : 1;		/* 1 = mmap, 0 = malloc */
+};
+
+void
+bfd_init_window (windowp)
+     bfd_window *windowp;
+{
+  windowp->data = 0;
+  windowp->i = 0;
+  windowp->size = 0;
+}
+
+/* Currently, if USE_MMAP is undefined, none if the window stuff is
+   used.  Okay, so it's mis-named.  At least the command-line option
+   "--without-mmap" is more obvious than "--without-windows" or some
+   such.  */
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+
+#undef HAVE_MPROTECT /* code's not tested yet */
+
+#if HAVE_MMAP || HAVE_MPROTECT || HAVE_MADVISE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+static int debug_windows;
+
+void
+bfd_free_window (windowp)
+     bfd_window *windowp;
+{
+  bfd_window_internal *i = windowp->i;
+  windowp->i = 0;
+  windowp->data = 0;
+  if (i == 0)
+    return;
+  i->refcount--;
+  if (debug_windows)
+    fprintf (stderr, "freeing window @%p<%p,%lx,%p>\n",
+	     windowp, windowp->data, windowp->size, windowp->i);
+  if (i->refcount != 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (i->mapped)
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      munmap (i->data, i->size);
+      goto no_free;
+#else
+      abort ();
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef HAVE_MPROTECT
+  mprotect (i->data, i->size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE);
+#endif
+  free (i->data);
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ no_free:
+#endif
+  i->data = 0;
+  /* There should be no more references to i at this point.  */
+  free (i);
+}
+
+static int ok_to_map = 1;
+
+boolean
+bfd_get_file_window (abfd, offset, size, windowp, writable)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type size;
+     bfd_window *windowp;
+     boolean writable;
+{
+  static size_t pagesize;
+  bfd_window_internal *i = windowp->i;
+  size_t size_to_alloc = size;
+
+  if (debug_windows)
+    fprintf (stderr, "bfd_get_file_window (%p, %6ld, %6ld, %p<%p,%lx,%p>, %d)",
+	     abfd, (long) offset, (long) size,
+	     windowp, windowp->data, (unsigned long) windowp->size,
+	     windowp->i, writable);
+
+  /* Make sure we know the page size, so we can be friendly to mmap.  */
+  if (pagesize == 0)
+    pagesize = getpagesize ();
+  if (pagesize == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (i == 0)
+    {
+      windowp->i = i = (bfd_window_internal *) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (bfd_window_internal));
+      if (i == 0)
+	return false;
+      i->data = 0;
+    }
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  if (ok_to_map
+      && (i->data == 0 || i->mapped == 1)
+      && (abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) == 0)
+    {
+      file_ptr file_offset, offset2;
+      size_t real_size;
+      int fd;
+      FILE *f;
+
+      /* Find the real file and the real offset into it.  */
+      while (abfd->my_archive != NULL)
+	{
+	  offset += abfd->origin;
+	  abfd = abfd->my_archive;
+	}
+      f = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+      fd = fileno (f);
+
+      /* Compute offsets and size for mmap and for the user's data.  */
+      offset2 = offset % pagesize;
+      if (offset2 < 0)
+	abort ();
+      file_offset = offset - offset2;
+      real_size = offset + size - file_offset;
+      real_size = real_size + pagesize - 1;
+      real_size -= real_size % pagesize;
+
+      /* If we're re-using a memory region, make sure it's big enough.  */
+      if (i->data && i->size < size)
+	{
+	  munmap (i->data, i->size);
+	  i->data = 0;
+	}
+      i->data = mmap (i->data, real_size,
+		      writable ? PROT_WRITE | PROT_READ : PROT_READ,
+		      (writable
+		       ? MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE
+		       : MAP_FILE | MAP_SHARED),
+		      fd, file_offset);
+      if (i->data == (PTR) -1)
+	{
+	  /* An error happened.  Report it, or try using malloc, or
+	     something.  */
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+	  i->data = 0;
+	  windowp->data = 0;
+	  if (debug_windows)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "\t\tmmap failed!\n");
+	  return false;
+	}
+      if (debug_windows)
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n\tmapped %ld at %p, offset is %ld\n",
+		 (long) real_size, i->data, (long) offset2);
+      i->size = real_size;
+      windowp->data = (PTR) ((bfd_byte *) i->data + offset2);
+      windowp->size = size;
+      i->mapped = 1;
+      return true;
+    }
+  else if (debug_windows)
+    {
+      if (ok_to_map)
+	fprintf (stderr, "not mapping: data=%lx mapped=%d\n",
+		 (unsigned long) i->data, (int) i->mapped);
+      else
+	fprintf (stderr, "not mapping: env var not set\n");
+    }
+#else
+  ok_to_map = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MPROTECT
+  if (!writable)
+    {
+      size_to_alloc += pagesize - 1;
+      size_to_alloc -= size_to_alloc % pagesize;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (debug_windows)
+    fprintf (stderr, "\n\t%s(%6ld)",
+	     i->data ? "realloc" : " malloc", (long) size_to_alloc);
+  i->data = (PTR) bfd_realloc (i->data, size_to_alloc);
+  if (debug_windows)
+    fprintf (stderr, "\t-> %p\n", i->data);
+  i->refcount = 1;
+  if (i->data == NULL)
+    {
+      if (size_to_alloc == 0)
+	return true;
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return false;
+    }
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+  i->size = bfd_read (i->data, size, 1, abfd);
+  if (i->size != size)
+    return false;
+  i->mapped = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_MPROTECT
+  if (!writable)
+    {
+      if (debug_windows)
+	fprintf (stderr, "\tmprotect (%p, %ld, PROT_READ)\n", i->data,
+		 (long) i->size);
+      mprotect (i->data, i->size, PROT_READ);
+    }
+#endif
+  windowp->data = i->data;
+  windowp->size = i->size;
+  return true;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_MMAP */
+
+bfd_size_type
+bfd_write (ptr, size, nitems, abfd)
+     CONST PTR ptr;
+     bfd_size_type size;
+     bfd_size_type nitems;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long nwrote;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  nwrote = fwrite (ptr, 1, (size_t) (size * nitems),
+		   bfd_cache_lookup (abfd));
+  if (nwrote > 0)
+    abfd->where += nwrote;
+  if ((bfd_size_type) nwrote != size * nitems)
+    {
+#ifdef ENOSPC
+      if (nwrote >= 0)
+	errno = ENOSPC;
+#endif
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+    }
+  return nwrote;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int(bfd *abfd,  int i);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Write a 4 byte integer @var{i} to the output BFD @var{abfd}, in big
+	endian order regardless of what else is going on.  This is useful in
+	archives.
+
+*/
+void
+bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int (abfd, i)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int i;
+{
+  bfd_byte buffer[4];
+  bfd_putb32(i, buffer);
+  if (bfd_write((PTR)buffer, 4, 1, abfd) != 4)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+long
+bfd_tell (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  file_ptr ptr;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    return abfd->where;
+
+  ptr = ftell (bfd_cache_lookup(abfd));
+
+  if (abfd->my_archive)
+    ptr -= abfd->origin;
+  abfd->where = ptr;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+int
+bfd_flush (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return fflush (bfd_cache_lookup(abfd));
+}
+
+/* Returns 0 for success, negative value for failure (in which case
+   bfd_get_error can retrieve the error code).  */
+int
+bfd_stat (abfd, statbuf)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct stat *statbuf;
+{
+  FILE *f;
+  int result;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  f = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+  if (f == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  result = fstat (fileno (f), statbuf);
+  if (result < 0)
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Returns 0 for success, nonzero for failure (in which case bfd_get_error
+   can retrieve the error code).  */
+
+int
+bfd_seek (abfd, position, direction)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     file_ptr position;
+     int direction;
+{
+  int result;
+  FILE *f;
+  file_ptr file_position;
+  /* For the time being, a BFD may not seek to it's end.  The problem
+     is that we don't easily have a way to recognize the end of an
+     element in an archive. */
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (direction == SEEK_SET || direction == SEEK_CUR);
+
+  if (direction == SEEK_CUR && position == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((abfd->flags & BFD_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    {
+      if (direction == SEEK_SET)
+	abfd->where = position;
+      else
+	abfd->where += position;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (abfd->format != bfd_archive && abfd->my_archive == 0)
+    {
+#if 0
+      /* Explanation for this code: I'm only about 95+% sure that the above
+	 conditions are sufficient and that all i/o calls are properly
+	 adjusting the `where' field.  So this is sort of an `assert'
+	 that the `where' field is correct.  If we can go a while without
+	 tripping the abort, we can probably safely disable this code,
+	 so that the real optimizations happen.  */
+      file_ptr where_am_i_now;
+      where_am_i_now = ftell (bfd_cache_lookup (abfd));
+      if (abfd->my_archive)
+	where_am_i_now -= abfd->origin;
+      if (where_am_i_now != abfd->where)
+	abort ();
+#endif
+      if (direction == SEEK_SET && position == abfd->where)
+	return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We need something smarter to optimize access to archives.
+	 Currently, anything inside an archive is read via the file
+	 handle for the archive.  Which means that a bfd_seek on one
+	 component affects the `current position' in the archive, as
+	 well as in any other component.
+
+	 It might be sufficient to put a spike through the cache
+	 abstraction, and look to the archive for the file position,
+	 but I think we should try for something cleaner.
+
+	 In the meantime, no optimization for archives.  */
+    }
+
+  f = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+  file_position = position;
+  if (direction == SEEK_SET && abfd->my_archive != NULL)
+    file_position += abfd->origin;
+
+  result = fseek (f, file_position, direction);
+
+  if (result != 0)
+    {
+      /* Force redetermination of `where' field.  */
+      bfd_tell (abfd);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Adjust `where' field.  */
+      if (direction == SEEK_SET)
+	abfd->where = position;
+      else
+	abfd->where += position;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+/** The do-it-yourself (byte) sex-change kit */
+
+/* The middle letter e.g. get<b>short indicates Big or Little endian
+   target machine.  It doesn't matter what the byte order of the host
+   machine is; these routines work for either.  */
+
+/* FIXME: Should these take a count argument?
+   Answer (gnu@cygnus.com):  No, but perhaps they should be inline
+                             functions in swap.h #ifdef __GNUC__. 
+                             Gprof them later and find out.  */
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_put_size
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_size
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	These macros as used for reading and writing raw data in
+	sections; each access (except for bytes) is vectored through
+	the target format of the BFD and mangled accordingly. The
+	mangling performs any necessary endian translations and
+	removes alignment restrictions.  Note that types accepted and
+	returned by these macros are identical so they can be swapped
+	around in macros---for example, @file{libaout.h} defines <<GET_WORD>>
+	to either <<bfd_get_32>> or <<bfd_get_64>>.
+
+	In the put routines, @var{val} must be a <<bfd_vma>>.  If we are on a
+	system without prototypes, the caller is responsible for making
+	sure that is true, with a cast if necessary.  We don't cast
+	them in the macro definitions because that would prevent <<lint>>
+	or <<gcc -Wall>> from detecting sins such as passing a pointer.
+	To detect calling these with less than a <<bfd_vma>>, use
+	<<gcc -Wconversion>> on a host with 64 bit <<bfd_vma>>'s.
+
+.
+.{* Byte swapping macros for user section data.  *}
+.
+.#define bfd_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                (*((unsigned char *)(ptr)) = (unsigned char)(val))
+.#define bfd_put_signed_8 \
+.		bfd_put_8
+.#define bfd_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+.                (*(unsigned char *)(ptr))
+.#define bfd_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+.		((*(unsigned char *)(ptr) ^ 0x80) - 0x80)
+.
+.#define bfd_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx16, ((val),(ptr)))
+.#define bfd_put_signed_16 \
+.		 bfd_put_16
+.#define bfd_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx16, (ptr))
+.#define bfd_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+.         	 BFD_SEND (abfd, bfd_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+.
+.#define bfd_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx32, ((val),(ptr)))
+.#define bfd_put_signed_32 \
+.		 bfd_put_32
+.#define bfd_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx32, (ptr))
+.#define bfd_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+.		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+.
+.#define bfd_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_putx64, ((val), (ptr)))
+.#define bfd_put_signed_64 \
+.		 bfd_put_64
+.#define bfd_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx64, (ptr))
+.#define bfd_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+.		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+.
+*/ 
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_h_put_size
+	bfd_h_get_size
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	These macros have the same function as their <<bfd_get_x>>
+	bretheren, except that they are used for removing information
+	for the header records of object files. Believe it or not,
+	some object files keep their header records in big endian
+	order and their data in little endian order.
+.
+.{* Byte swapping macros for file header data.  *}
+.
+.#define bfd_h_put_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+.#define bfd_h_put_signed_8(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.		bfd_put_8 (abfd, val, ptr)
+.#define bfd_h_get_8(abfd, ptr) \
+.		bfd_get_8 (abfd, ptr)
+.#define bfd_h_get_signed_8(abfd, ptr) \
+.		bfd_get_signed_8 (abfd, ptr)
+.
+.#define bfd_h_put_16(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx16,(val,ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_put_signed_16 \
+.		 bfd_h_put_16
+.#define bfd_h_get_16(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx16,(ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_get_signed_16(abfd, ptr) \
+.		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_16, (ptr))
+.
+.#define bfd_h_put_32(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx32,(val,ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_put_signed_32 \
+.		 bfd_h_put_32
+.#define bfd_h_get_32(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx32,(ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_get_signed_32(abfd, ptr) \
+.		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_32, (ptr))
+.
+.#define bfd_h_put_64(abfd, val, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_putx64,(val, ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_put_signed_64 \
+.		 bfd_h_put_64
+.#define bfd_h_get_64(abfd, ptr) \
+.                BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx64,(ptr))
+.#define bfd_h_get_signed_64(abfd, ptr) \
+.		 BFD_SEND(abfd, bfd_h_getx_signed_64, (ptr))
+.
+*/ 
+
+/* Sign extension to bfd_signed_vma.  */
+#define COERCE16(x) (((bfd_signed_vma) (x) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
+#define COERCE32(x) (((bfd_signed_vma) (x) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
+#define EIGHT_GAZILLION (((BFD_HOST_64_BIT)0x80000000) << 32)
+#define COERCE64(x) \
+  (((bfd_signed_vma) (x) ^ EIGHT_GAZILLION) - EIGHT_GAZILLION)
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getb16 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return (addr[0] << 8) | addr[1];
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getl16 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return (addr[1] << 8) | addr[0];
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getb_signed_16 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return COERCE16((addr[0] << 8) | addr[1]);
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getl_signed_16 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return COERCE16((addr[1] << 8) | addr[0]);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putb16 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 8);
+  addr[1] = (bfd_byte )data;
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putl16 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;             
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  addr[0] = (bfd_byte )data;
+  addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 8);
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getb32 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return (((((bfd_vma)addr[0] << 8) | addr[1]) << 8)
+	  | addr[2]) << 8 | addr[3];
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getl32 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return (((((bfd_vma)addr[3] << 8) | addr[2]) << 8)
+	  | addr[1]) << 8 | addr[0];
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getb_signed_32 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return COERCE32((((((bfd_vma)addr[0] << 8) | addr[1]) << 8)
+		   | addr[2]) << 8 | addr[3]);
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getl_signed_32 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  return COERCE32((((((bfd_vma)addr[3] << 8) | addr[2]) << 8)
+		   | addr[1]) << 8 | addr[0]);
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getb64 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  bfd_vma low, high;
+
+  high= ((((((((addr[0]) << 8) |
+              addr[1]) << 8) |
+            addr[2]) << 8) |
+          addr[3]) );
+
+  low = (((((((((bfd_vma)addr[4]) << 8) |
+              addr[5]) << 8) |
+            addr[6]) << 8) |
+          addr[7]));
+
+  return high << 32 | low;
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_getl64 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  bfd_vma low, high;
+  high= (((((((addr[7] << 8) |
+              addr[6]) << 8) |
+            addr[5]) << 8) |
+          addr[4]));
+
+  low = ((((((((bfd_vma)addr[3] << 8) |
+              addr[2]) << 8) |
+            addr[1]) << 8) |
+          addr[0]) );
+
+  return high << 32 | low;
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+  return 0;
+#endif
+
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getb_signed_64 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  bfd_vma low, high;
+
+  high= ((((((((addr[0]) << 8) |
+              addr[1]) << 8) |
+            addr[2]) << 8) |
+          addr[3]) );
+
+  low = (((((((((bfd_vma)addr[4]) << 8) |
+              addr[5]) << 8) |
+            addr[6]) << 8) |
+          addr[7]));
+
+  return COERCE64(high << 32 | low);
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+bfd_signed_vma
+bfd_getl_signed_64 (addr)
+     register const bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  bfd_vma low, high;
+  high= (((((((addr[7] << 8) |
+              addr[6]) << 8) |
+            addr[5]) << 8) |
+          addr[4]));
+
+  low = ((((((((bfd_vma)addr[3] << 8) |
+              addr[2]) << 8) |
+            addr[1]) << 8) |
+          addr[0]) );
+
+  return COERCE64(high << 32 | low);
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putb32 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+        addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 24);
+        addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 16);
+        addr[2] = (bfd_byte)(data >>  8);
+        addr[3] = (bfd_byte)data;
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putl32 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+        addr[0] = (bfd_byte)data;
+        addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(data >>  8);
+        addr[2] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 16);
+        addr[3] = (bfd_byte)(data >> 24);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putb64 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (7*8));
+  addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (6*8));
+  addr[2] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (5*8));
+  addr[3] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (4*8));
+  addr[4] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (3*8));
+  addr[5] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (2*8));
+  addr[6] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (1*8));
+  addr[7] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (0*8));
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+bfd_putl64 (data, addr)
+     bfd_vma data;
+     register bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  addr[7] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (7*8));
+  addr[6] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (6*8));
+  addr[5] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (5*8));
+  addr[4] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (4*8));
+  addr[3] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (3*8));
+  addr[2] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (2*8));
+  addr[1] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (1*8));
+  addr[0] = (bfd_byte)(data >> (0*8));
+#else
+  BFD_FAIL();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Default implementation */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+    if (count == 0)
+        return true;
+    if ((bfd_size_type)(offset+count) > section->_raw_size
+        || bfd_seek(abfd, (file_ptr)(section->filepos + offset), SEEK_SET) == -1
+        || bfd_read(location, (bfd_size_type)1, count, abfd) != count)
+        return (false); /* on error */
+    return (true);
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window (abfd, section, w, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     bfd_window *w;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+#ifdef USE_MMAP
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+  if (abfd->xvec->_bfd_get_section_contents != _bfd_generic_get_section_contents)
+    {
+      /* We don't know what changes the bfd's get_section_contents
+	 method may have to make.  So punt trying to map the file
+	 window, and let get_section_contents do its thing.  */
+      /* @@ FIXME : If the internal window has a refcount of 1 and was
+	 allocated with malloc instead of mmap, just reuse it.  */
+      bfd_free_window (w);
+      w->i = (bfd_window_internal *) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (bfd_window_internal));
+      if (w->i == NULL)
+	return false;
+      w->i->data = (PTR) bfd_malloc ((size_t) count);
+      if (w->i->data == NULL)
+	{
+	  free (w->i);
+	  w->i = NULL;
+	  return false;
+	}
+      w->i->mapped = 0;
+      w->i->refcount = 1;
+      w->size = w->i->size = count;
+      w->data = w->i->data;
+      return bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, w->data, offset, count);
+    }
+  if ((bfd_size_type) (offset+count) > section->_raw_size
+      || (bfd_get_file_window (abfd, section->filepos + offset, count, w, true)
+	  == false))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+#else
+  abort ();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This generic function can only be used in implementations where creating
+   NEW sections is disallowed.  It is useful in patching existing sections
+   in read-write files, though.  See other set_section_contents functions
+   to see why it doesn't work for new sections.  */
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) (section->filepos + offset), SEEK_SET) == -1
+      || bfd_write (location, (bfd_size_type) 1, count, abfd) != count)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_log2
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	unsigned int bfd_log2(bfd_vma x);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the log base 2 of the value supplied, rounded up.  E.g., an
+	@var{x} of 1025 returns 11.
+*/
+
+unsigned
+bfd_log2(x)
+     bfd_vma x;
+{
+  unsigned result = 0;
+  while ( (bfd_vma)(1<< result) < x)
+    result++;
+  return result;
+}
+
+boolean
+bfd_generic_is_local_label_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  char locals_prefix = (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_') ? 'L' : '.';
+
+  return (name[0] == locals_prefix);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815dcfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libbfd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,801 @@
+/* libbfd.h -- Declarations used by bfd library *implementation*.
+   (This include file is not for users of the library.)
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: libbfd.h is a GENERATED file.  Don't change it; instead,
+** change libbfd-in.h or the other BFD source files processed to
+** generate this file.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Align an address upward to a boundary, expressed as a number of bytes.
+   E.g. align to an 8-byte boundary with argument of 8.  */
+#define BFD_ALIGN(this, boundary) \
+  ((( (this) + ((boundary) -1)) & (~((boundary)-1))))
+
+/* If you want to read and write large blocks, you might want to do it
+   in quanta of this amount */
+#define DEFAULT_BUFFERSIZE 8192
+
+/* Set a tdata field.  Can't use the other macros for this, since they
+   do casts, and casting to the left of assignment isn't portable.  */
+#define set_tdata(bfd, v) ((bfd)->tdata.any = (PTR) (v))
+
+/* If BFD_IN_MEMORY is set for a BFD, then the iostream fields points
+   to an instance of this structure.  */
+
+struct bfd_in_memory
+{
+  /* Size of buffer.  */
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* Buffer holding contents of BFD.  */
+  bfd_byte *buffer;
+};
+
+/* tdata for an archive.  For an input archive, cache
+   needs to be free()'d.  For an output archive, symdefs do.  */
+
+struct artdata {
+  file_ptr first_file_filepos;
+  /* Speed up searching the armap */
+  struct ar_cache *cache;
+  bfd *archive_head;            /* Only interesting in output routines */
+  carsym *symdefs;		/* the symdef entries */
+  symindex symdef_count;             /* how many there are */
+  char *extended_names;		/* clever intel extension */
+  /* when more compilers are standard C, this can be a time_t */
+  long  armap_timestamp;	/* Timestamp value written into armap.
+				   This is used for BSD archives to check
+				   that the timestamp is recent enough
+				   for the BSD linker to not complain,
+				   just before we finish writing an
+				   archive.  */
+  file_ptr armap_datepos;	/* Position within archive to seek to
+				   rewrite the date field.  */
+  PTR tdata;			/* Backend specific information.  */
+};
+
+#define bfd_ardata(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.aout_ar_data)
+
+/* Goes in bfd's arelt_data slot */
+struct areltdata {
+  char * arch_header;			     /* it's actually a string */
+  unsigned int parsed_size;     /* octets of filesize not including ar_hdr */
+  char *filename;			     /* null-terminated */
+};
+
+#define arelt_size(bfd) (((struct areltdata *)((bfd)->arelt_data))->parsed_size)
+
+extern PTR bfd_malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_realloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_zmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+extern bfd_error_handler_type _bfd_error_handler;
+
+/* These routines allocate and free things on the BFD's objalloc.  */
+
+extern PTR bfd_alloc PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t));
+extern PTR bfd_zalloc PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t));
+extern void bfd_release PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+
+bfd *	_bfd_create_empty_archive_element_shell PARAMS ((bfd *obfd));
+bfd *	_bfd_look_for_bfd_in_cache PARAMS ((bfd *arch_bfd, file_ptr index));
+boolean _bfd_add_bfd_to_archive_cache PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd *));
+boolean	_bfd_generic_mkarchive PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+const bfd_target *bfd_generic_archive_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean	bfd_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean bfd_slurp_bsd_armap_f2 PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+#define bfd_slurp_bsd_armap bfd_slurp_armap
+#define bfd_slurp_coff_armap bfd_slurp_armap
+boolean	_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern boolean _bfd_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, char **, bfd_size_type *));
+boolean	_bfd_write_archive_contents PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean _bfd_compute_and_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int elength));
+bfd *_bfd_get_elt_at_filepos PARAMS ((bfd *archive, file_ptr filepos));
+extern bfd *_bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+bfd * _bfd_new_bfd PARAMS ((void));
+
+boolean	bfd_false PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+boolean	bfd_true PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+PTR	bfd_nullvoidptr PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+int	bfd_0 PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+unsigned int	bfd_0u PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+long	bfd_0l PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+long	_bfd_n1 PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+void	bfd_void PARAMS ((bfd *ignore));
+
+bfd *_bfd_new_bfd_contained_in PARAMS ((bfd *));
+const bfd_target *_bfd_dummy_target PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+void	bfd_dont_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+void	bfd_bsd_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+void	bfd_gnu_truncate_arname PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, CONST char *filename,
+					char *hdr));
+
+boolean	bsd_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *arch, unsigned int elength,
+				  struct orl *map, unsigned int orl_count, int stridx));
+
+boolean	coff_write_armap PARAMS ((bfd *arch, unsigned int elength,
+				   struct orl *map, unsigned int orl_count, int stridx));
+
+extern PTR _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+extern PTR _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr_mag PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+bfd *	bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file PARAMS ((bfd *archive,
+						     bfd *last_file));
+
+int	bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
+
+#define _bfd_read_ar_hdr(abfd) \
+  BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn, (abfd))
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup bfd_true
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info bfd_true
+#define _bfd_generic_new_section_hook \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) bfd_true)
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR location, file_ptr offset,
+	   bfd_size_type count));
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_window *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_set_private_flags \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_section_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd *, asection *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, bfd *, asymbol *))) bfd_true)
+#define _bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR))) bfd_true)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE when there is no core file
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore).  */
+
+extern char *_bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern int _bfd_nocore_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_nocore_core_file_matches_executable_p
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE when there is no archive
+   file support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive).  */
+
+#define _bfd_noarchive_slurp_armap bfd_false
+#define _bfd_noarchive_slurp_extended_name_table bfd_false
+#define _bfd_noarchive_construct_extended_name_table \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_truncate_arname \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, char *))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_write_armap \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_read_ar_hdr bfd_nullvoidptr
+#define _bfd_noarchive_openr_next_archived_file \
+  ((bfd *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_get_elt_at_index \
+  ((bfd *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_noarchive_generic_stat_arch_elt bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define _bfd_noarchive_update_armap_timestamp bfd_false
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE to get BSD style
+   archives.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_bsd).  */
+
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_slurp_armap bfd_slurp_bsd_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_slurp_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_bsd_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_truncate_arname bfd_bsd_truncate_arname
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_write_armap bsd_write_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_read_ar_hdr _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_openr_next_archived_file \
+  bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#define _bfd_archive_bsd_generic_stat_arch_elt \
+  bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_bsd_update_armap_timestamp PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE to get COFF style
+   archives.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_archive_coff).  */
+
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_slurp_armap bfd_slurp_coff_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_slurp_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+extern boolean _bfd_archive_coff_construct_extended_name_table
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_truncate_arname bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_write_armap coff_write_armap
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_read_ar_hdr _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_openr_next_archived_file \
+  bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_generic_stat_arch_elt \
+  bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define _bfd_archive_coff_update_armap_timestamp bfd_true
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS where there is no symbol
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_nosymbols).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_make_empty_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_print_symbol \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_symbol_info \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *))) bfd_void)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label_name \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno \
+  ((alent *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, const char **, \
+	     const char **, unsigned int *))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, unsigned long))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_read_minisymbols \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *, unsigned int *))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nosymbols_minisymbol_to_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR, asymbol *))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS when there is no reloc
+   support.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs).  */
+
+#define _bfd_norelocs_get_reloc_upper_bound \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_norelocs_canonicalize_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
+  ((reloc_howto_type *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE for targets which may not
+   be written.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_nowrite).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nowrite_set_arch_mach \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nowrite_set_section_contents \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type))) \
+   bfd_false)
+
+/* Generic routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE.  Use
+   BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_generic_set_arch_mach bfd_default_set_arch_mach
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK for targets which do not
+   support linking.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nolink_sizeof_headers ((int (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean))) bfd_0)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  ((bfd_byte *(*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *, \
+	     bfd_byte *, boolean, asymbol **))) \
+   bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_relax_section \
+  ((boolean (*) \
+    PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *))) \
+   bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
+  ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_add_symbols \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_final_link \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *))) bfd_false)
+#define _bfd_nolink_bfd_link_split_section \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *))) bfd_false)
+
+/* Routines to use for BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC for targets which do not
+   have dynamic symbols or relocs.  Use BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC
+   (_bfd_nodynamic).  */
+
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound _bfd_n1
+#define _bfd_nodynamic_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, asymbol **))) _bfd_n1)
+
+/* Generic routine to determine of the given symbol is a local
+   label.  */
+extern boolean bfd_generic_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+
+/* Generic minisymbol routines.  */
+extern long _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *, unsigned int *));
+extern asymbol *_bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR, asymbol *));
+
+/* Find the nearest line using .stab/.stabstr sections.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, asection *, bfd_vma, boolean *, const char **,
+	   const char **, unsigned int *, PTR *));
+
+/* A routine to create entries for a bfd_link_hash_table.  */
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
+	   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
+	   const char *string));
+
+/* Initialize a bfd_link_hash_table.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_link_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+
+/* Generic link hash table creation routine.  */
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Generic add symbol routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Generic add symbol routine.  This version is used by targets for
+   which the linker must collect constructors and destructors by name,
+   as the collect2 program does.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols_collect
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Generic archive add symbol routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   boolean (*checkfn) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *)));
+
+
+
+/* Forward declaration to avoid prototype errors.  */
+typedef struct bfd_link_hash_entry _bfd_link_hash_entry;
+
+/* Generic routine to add a single symbol.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, const char *name, flagword,
+	   asection *, bfd_vma, const char *, boolean copy,
+	   boolean constructor, struct bfd_link_hash_entry **));
+
+/* Generic link routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
+
+/* Generic reloc_link_order processing routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_generic_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Default link order processing routine.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_default_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Count the number of reloc entries in a link order list.  */
+extern unsigned int _bfd_count_link_order_relocs
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+/* Final link relocation routine.  */
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_final_link_relocate
+  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   bfd_vma address, bfd_vma value, bfd_vma addend));
+
+/* Relocate a particular location by a howto and a value.  */
+extern bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_relocate_contents
+  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+
+/* Link stabs in sections in the first pass.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_link_section_stabs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, asection *, PTR *));
+
+/* Write out the .stab section when linking stabs in sections.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_write_section_stabs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, PTR *, bfd_byte *));
+
+/* Write out the .stabstr string table when linking stabs in sections.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_write_stab_strings PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *));
+
+/* Find an offset within a .stab section when linking stabs in
+   sections.  */
+
+extern bfd_vma _bfd_stab_section_offset
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR *, asection *, PTR *, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Create a string table.  */
+extern struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Create an XCOFF .debug section style string table.  */
+extern struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_xcoff_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Free a string table.  */
+extern void _bfd_stringtab_free PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Get the size of a string table.  */
+extern bfd_size_type _bfd_stringtab_size PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Add a string to a string table.  */
+extern bfd_size_type _bfd_stringtab_add
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_strtab_hash *, const char *, boolean hash,
+	   boolean copy));
+
+/* Write out a string table.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_stringtab_emit PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash *));
+
+/* Macros to tell if bfds are read or write enabled.
+
+   Note that bfds open for read may be scribbled into if the fd passed
+   to bfd_fdopenr is actually open both for read and write
+   simultaneously.  However an output bfd will never be open for
+   read.  Therefore sometimes you want to check bfd_read_p or
+   !bfd_read_p, and only sometimes bfd_write_p.
+*/
+
+#define	bfd_read_p(abfd) ((abfd)->direction == read_direction || (abfd)->direction == both_direction)
+#define	bfd_write_p(abfd) ((abfd)->direction == write_direction || (abfd)->direction == both_direction)
+
+void	bfd_assert PARAMS ((const char*,int));
+
+#define BFD_ASSERT(x) \
+{ if (!(x)) bfd_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); }
+
+#define BFD_FAIL() \
+{ bfd_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); }
+
+FILE *	bfd_cache_lookup_worker PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+extern bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+
+/* List of supported target vectors, and the default vector (if
+   bfd_default_vector[0] is NULL, there is no default).  */
+extern const bfd_target * const bfd_target_vector[];
+extern const bfd_target *bfd_default_vector[];
+
+/* Functions shared by the ECOFF and MIPS ELF backends, which have no
+   other common header files.  */
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+struct ecoff_find_line;
+#endif
+
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_locate_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, struct ecoff_debug_info * const,
+	   const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const, struct ecoff_find_line *,
+	   const char **, const char **, unsigned int *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_byte *));
+
+extern bfd_vma _bfd_get_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern void _bfd_set_gp_value PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Function shared by the COFF and ELF SH backends, which have no
+   other common header files.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_sh_align_load_span
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   boolean (*) (bfd *, asection *, PTR, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma),
+	   PTR, bfd_vma **, bfd_vma *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, boolean *));
+
+/* And more follows */
+
+void 
+bfd_write_bigendian_4byte_int PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,  int i));
+
+unsigned int 
+bfd_log2 PARAMS ((bfd_vma x));
+
+#define BFD_CACHE_MAX_OPEN 10
+extern bfd *bfd_last_cache;
+
+#define bfd_cache_lookup(x) \
+    ((x)==bfd_last_cache? \
+      (FILE*)(bfd_last_cache->iostream): \
+       bfd_cache_lookup_worker(x))
+boolean 
+bfd_cache_init  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_cache_close  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+FILE* 
+bfd_open_file PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+FILE *
+bfd_cache_lookup_worker PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+#ifdef _BFD_MAKE_TABLE_bfd_reloc_code_real
+
+static const char *const bfd_reloc_code_real_names[] = { "@@uninitialized@@",
+
+  "BFD_RELOC_64",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_26",
+  "BFD_RELOC_24",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_14",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8",
+  "BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_BASEREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_RVA",
+  "BFD_RELOC_8_FFnn",
+  "BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL_S2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_LO10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_GPREL16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_GPREL32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_I960_CALLJ",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NONE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC13",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_JMP",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_JMP",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_HI16_S",
+  "BFD_RELOC_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PCREL_HI16_S",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PCREL_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_LITERAL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_HI16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_HI16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_COPY",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_JMP_SLOT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_RELATIVE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD",
+  "BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA",
+  "BFD_RELOC_CTOR",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_PCREL_BRANCH",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_IMMEDIATE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_SHIFT_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_SWI",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_MULTI",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_CP_OFF_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_ADR_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_LDR_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_LITERAL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_IN_POOL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM8",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_ADD",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_IMM",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_SHIFT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_OFFSET",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_USES",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA",
+  "BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL",
+
+  "BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_R",
+  "BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_L",
+  "BFD_RELOC_D10V_18",
+  "BFD_RELOC_D10V_18_PCREL",
+
+
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_24",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_10_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_18_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_26_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_ULO",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_SLO",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_LO16",
+  "BFD_RELOC_M32R_SDA16",
+
+  "BFD_RELOC_MN10300_32_PCREL",
+  "BFD_RELOC_MN10300_16_PCREL",
+ "@@overflow: BFD_RELOC_UNUSED@@",
+};
+#endif
+
+reloc_howto_type *
+bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type  code));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_generic_relax_section
+ PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    asection *section,
+    struct bfd_link_info *,
+    boolean *));
+
+bfd_byte *
+
+bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+    struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+    bfd_byte *data,
+    boolean relocateable,
+    asymbol **symbols));
+
+extern const bfd_arch_info_type bfd_default_arch_struct;
+boolean 
+bfd_default_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+    enum bfd_architecture arch,
+    unsigned long mach));
+
+const bfd_arch_info_type *
+bfd_default_compatible
+ PARAMS ((const bfd_arch_info_type *a,
+    const bfd_arch_info_type *b));
+
+boolean 
+bfd_default_scan PARAMS ((const struct bfd_arch_info *info, const char *string));
+
+struct elf_internal_shdr *
+bfd_elf_find_section  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, char *name));
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff-in.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff-in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cd047e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff-in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/* BFD COFF object file private structure.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: libcoff.h is a GENERATED file.  Don't change it; instead,
+** change libcoff-in.h or coffcode.h.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+/* Object file tdata; access macros */
+
+#define coff_data(bfd)		((bfd)->tdata.coff_obj_data)
+#define exec_hdr(bfd)		(coff_data(bfd)->hdr)
+#define obj_pe(bfd)             (coff_data(bfd)->pe)
+#define obj_symbols(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->symbols)
+#define	obj_sym_filepos(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->sym_filepos)
+
+#define obj_relocbase(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->relocbase)
+#define obj_raw_syments(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->raw_syments)
+#define obj_raw_syment_count(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->raw_syment_count)
+#define obj_convert(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->conversion_table)
+#define obj_conv_table_size(bfd) (coff_data(bfd)->conv_table_size)
+
+#define obj_coff_external_syms(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->external_syms)
+#define obj_coff_keep_syms(bfd)	(coff_data (bfd)->keep_syms)
+#define obj_coff_strings(bfd)	(coff_data (bfd)->strings)
+#define obj_coff_keep_strings(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->keep_strings)
+#define obj_coff_sym_hashes(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->sym_hashes)
+
+#define obj_coff_local_toc_table(bfd) (coff_data(bfd)->local_toc_sym_map)
+
+/* `Tdata' information kept for COFF files.  */
+
+typedef struct coff_tdata
+{
+  struct   coff_symbol_struct *symbols;	/* symtab for input bfd */
+  unsigned int *conversion_table;
+  int conv_table_size;
+  file_ptr sym_filepos;
+
+  struct coff_ptr_struct *raw_syments;
+  unsigned int raw_syment_count;
+
+  /* These are only valid once writing has begun */
+  long int relocbase;
+
+  /* These members communicate important constants about the symbol table
+     to GDB's symbol-reading code.  These `constants' unfortunately vary
+     from coff implementation to implementation...  */
+  unsigned local_n_btmask;
+  unsigned local_n_btshft;
+  unsigned local_n_tmask;
+  unsigned local_n_tshift;
+  unsigned local_symesz;
+  unsigned local_auxesz;
+  unsigned local_linesz;
+
+  /* The unswapped external symbols.  May be NULL.  Read by
+     _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols.  */
+  PTR external_syms;
+  /* If this is true, the external_syms may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_syms;
+
+  /* The string table.  May be NULL.  Read by
+     _bfd_coff_read_string_table.  */
+  char *strings;
+  /* If this is true, the strings may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_strings;
+
+  /* is this a PE format coff file */
+  int pe;
+  /* Used by the COFF backend linker.  */
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+
+  /* used by the pe linker for PowerPC */
+  int *local_toc_sym_map;
+
+  struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+
+  /* Used by coff_find_nearest_line.  */
+  PTR line_info;
+} coff_data_type;
+
+/* Tdata for pe image files. */
+typedef struct pe_tdata
+{
+  coff_data_type coff;
+  struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe_opthdr;
+  int dll;
+  int has_reloc_section;
+  boolean (*in_reloc_p) PARAMS((bfd *, reloc_howto_type *));
+  flagword real_flags;
+} pe_data_type;
+
+#define pe_data(bfd)		((bfd)->tdata.pe_obj_data)
+
+/* Tdata for XCOFF files.  */
+
+struct xcoff_tdata
+{
+  /* Basic COFF information.  */
+  coff_data_type coff;
+
+  /* True if a large a.out header should be generated.  */
+  boolean full_aouthdr;
+
+  /* TOC value.  */
+  bfd_vma toc;
+
+  /* Index of section holding TOC.  */
+  int sntoc;
+
+  /* Index of section holding entry point.  */
+  int snentry;
+
+  /* .text alignment from optional header.  */
+  int text_align_power;
+
+  /* .data alignment from optional header.  */
+  int data_align_power;
+
+  /* modtype from optional header.  */
+  short modtype;
+
+  /* cputype from optional header.  */
+  short cputype;
+
+  /* maxdata from optional header.  */
+  bfd_size_type maxdata;
+
+  /* maxstack from optional header.  */
+  bfd_size_type maxstack;
+
+  /* Used by the XCOFF backend linker.  */
+  asection **csects;
+  unsigned long *debug_indices;
+  unsigned int import_file_id;
+};
+
+#define xcoff_data(abfd) ((abfd)->tdata.xcoff_obj_data)
+
+/* We take the address of the first element of a asymbol to ensure that the
+ * macro is only ever applied to an asymbol.  */
+#define coffsymbol(asymbol) ((coff_symbol_type *)(&((asymbol)->the_bfd)))
+
+/* The used_by_bfd field of a section may be set to a pointer to this
+   structure.  */
+
+struct coff_section_tdata
+{
+  /* The relocs, swapped into COFF internal form.  This may be NULL.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+  /* If this is true, the relocs entry may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_relocs;
+  /* The section contents.  This may be NULL.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* If this is true, the contents entry may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_contents;
+  /* Information cached by coff_find_nearest_line.  */
+  bfd_vma offset;
+  unsigned int i;
+  const char *function;
+  int line_base;
+  /* A pointer used for .stab linking optimizations.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+  /* Available for individual backends.  */
+  PTR tdata;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro for the coff_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define coff_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct coff_section_tdata *) (sec)->used_by_bfd)
+
+/* Tdata for sections in XCOFF files.  This is used by the linker.  */
+
+struct xcoff_section_tdata
+{
+  /* Used for XCOFF csects created by the linker; points to the real
+     XCOFF section which contains this csect.  */
+  asection *enclosing;
+  /* The lineno_count field for the enclosing section, because we are
+     going to clobber it there.  */
+  unsigned int lineno_count;
+  /* The first and one past the last symbol indices for symbols used
+     by this csect.  */
+  unsigned long first_symndx;
+  unsigned long last_symndx;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro the xcoff_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define xcoff_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct xcoff_section_tdata *) coff_section_data ((abfd), (sec))->tdata)
+
+/* Tdata for sections in PEI image files.  */
+
+struct pei_section_tdata
+{
+  /* The virtual size of the section.  */
+  bfd_size_type virt_size;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro for the pei_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define pei_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct pei_section_tdata *) coff_section_data ((abfd), (sec))->tdata)
+
+/* COFF linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct coff_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* Symbol index in output file.  Set to -1 initially.  Set to -2 if
+     there is a reloc against this symbol.  */
+  long indx;
+
+  /* Symbol type.  */
+  unsigned short type;
+
+  /* Symbol class.  */
+  unsigned char class;
+
+  /* Number of auxiliary entries.  */
+  char numaux;
+
+  /* BFD to take auxiliary entries from.  */
+  bfd *auxbfd;
+
+  /* Pointer to array of auxiliary entries, if any.  */
+  union internal_auxent *aux;
+};
+
+/* COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+  /* A pointer to information used to link stabs in sections.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
+  ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *)					\
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
+			 (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the COFF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define coff_hash_table(p) ((struct coff_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Functions in coffgen.c.  */
+extern const bfd_target *coff_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct sec *coff_section_from_bfd_index PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+extern long coff_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long coff_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern int coff_count_linenumbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct coff_symbol_struct *coff_symbol_from PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern boolean coff_renumber_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, int *));
+extern void coff_mangle_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean coff_write_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean coff_write_linenumbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern alent *coff_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern asymbol *coff_section_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const char *_bfd_coff_read_string_table PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_free_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct coff_ptr_struct *coff_get_normalized_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long coff_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+extern asymbol *coff_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern void coff_print_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR filep, asymbol *,
+				       bfd_print_symbol_type how));
+extern void coff_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+					  symbol_info *ret));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+extern asymbol *coff_bfd_make_debug_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+						    unsigned long));
+extern boolean coff_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					       asection *,
+					       asymbol **,
+					       bfd_vma offset,
+					       CONST char **filename_ptr,
+					       CONST char **functionname_ptr,
+					       unsigned int *line_ptr));
+extern int coff_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean reloc));
+extern boolean bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+extern bfd_byte *bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+	   bfd_byte *, boolean relocateable, asymbol **));
+extern bfd_vma bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value PARAMS ((arelent *,
+						   struct bfd_link_info *,
+						   asection *));
+extern void bfd_perform_slip PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, unsigned int slip,
+				      asection *input_section,
+				      bfd_vma val));
+
+/* Functions and types in cofflink.c.  */
+
+#define STRING_SIZE_SIZE (4)
+
+/* We use a hash table to merge identical enum, struct, and union
+   definitions in the linker.  */
+
+/* Information we keep for a single element (an enum value, a
+   structure or union field) in the debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_element
+{
+  /* Next element.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_element *next;
+
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Type.  */
+  unsigned int type;
+
+  /* Symbol index for complex type.  */
+  long tagndx;
+};
+
+/* A linked list of debug merge entries for a given name.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_type
+{
+  /* Next type with the same name.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_type *next;
+
+  /* Class of type.  */
+  int class;
+
+  /* Symbol index where this type is defined.  */
+  long indx;
+
+  /* List of elements.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_element *elements;
+};
+
+/* Information we store in the debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* A list of types with this name.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_type *types;
+};
+
+/* The debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Initialize a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_table_init(table) \
+  (bfd_hash_table_init (&(table)->root, _bfd_coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc))
+
+/* Free a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free(table) \
+  (bfd_hash_table_free (&(table)->root))
+
+/* Look up an entry in a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Information we keep for each section in the output file when doing
+   a relocateable link.  */
+
+struct coff_link_section_info
+{
+  /* The relocs to be output.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+  /* For each reloc against a global symbol whose index was not known
+     when the reloc was handled, the global hash table entry.  */
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **rel_hashes;
+};
+
+/* Information that we pass around while doing the final link step.  */
+
+struct coff_final_link_info
+{
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* Output BFD.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* Used to indicate failure in traversal routine.  */
+  boolean failed;
+  /* Hash table for long symbol names.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
+  /* When doing a relocateable link, an array of information kept for
+     each output section, indexed by the target_index field.  */
+  struct coff_link_section_info *section_info;
+  /* Symbol index of last C_FILE symbol (-1 if none).  */
+  long last_file_index;
+  /* Contents of last C_FILE symbol.  */
+  struct internal_syment last_file;
+  /* Symbol index of first aux entry of last .bf symbol with an empty
+     endndx field (-1 if none).  */
+  long last_bf_index;
+  /* Contents of last_bf_index aux entry.  */
+  union internal_auxent last_bf;
+  /* Hash table used to merge debug information.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table debug_merge;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold swapped symbols of any input file.  */
+  struct internal_syment *internal_syms;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold sections of symbols of any input file.  */
+  asection **sec_ptrs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold output indices of symbols of any
+     input file.  */
+  long *sym_indices;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold output symbols for any input file.  */
+  bfd_byte *outsyms;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external line numbers for any input
+     section.  */
+  bfd_byte *linenos;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold any input section.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any input section.  */
+  bfd_byte *external_relocs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold swapped relocs of any input section.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+};
+
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const char *_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const struct internal_syment *, char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern struct internal_reloc *_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, boolean, bfd_byte *, boolean,
+	   struct internal_reloc *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   struct internal_reloc *, struct internal_syment *, asection **));
+
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_write_global_sym
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_final_link_info *, bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_final_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+
+#define coff_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+/* Functions in xcofflink.c.  */
+
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, asymbol **));
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   struct internal_reloc *, struct internal_syment *, asection **));
+
+/* Functions in coff-ppc.c.  FIXME: These are called be pe.em in the
+   linker, and so should start with bfd and be declared in bfd.h.  */
+
+extern boolean ppc_allocate_toc_section PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean ppc_process_before_allocation
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* And more taken from the source .. */
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d525cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libcoff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+/* BFD COFF object file private structure.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+** NOTE: libcoff.h is a GENERATED file.  Don't change it; instead,
+** change libcoff-in.h or coffcode.h.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+/* Object file tdata; access macros */
+
+#define coff_data(bfd)		((bfd)->tdata.coff_obj_data)
+#define exec_hdr(bfd)		(coff_data(bfd)->hdr)
+#define obj_pe(bfd)             (coff_data(bfd)->pe)
+#define obj_symbols(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->symbols)
+#define	obj_sym_filepos(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->sym_filepos)
+
+#define obj_relocbase(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->relocbase)
+#define obj_raw_syments(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->raw_syments)
+#define obj_raw_syment_count(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->raw_syment_count)
+#define obj_convert(bfd)	(coff_data(bfd)->conversion_table)
+#define obj_conv_table_size(bfd) (coff_data(bfd)->conv_table_size)
+
+#define obj_coff_external_syms(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->external_syms)
+#define obj_coff_keep_syms(bfd)	(coff_data (bfd)->keep_syms)
+#define obj_coff_strings(bfd)	(coff_data (bfd)->strings)
+#define obj_coff_keep_strings(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->keep_strings)
+#define obj_coff_sym_hashes(bfd) (coff_data (bfd)->sym_hashes)
+
+#define obj_coff_local_toc_table(bfd) (coff_data(bfd)->local_toc_sym_map)
+
+/* `Tdata' information kept for COFF files.  */
+
+typedef struct coff_tdata
+{
+  struct   coff_symbol_struct *symbols;	/* symtab for input bfd */
+  unsigned int *conversion_table;
+  int conv_table_size;
+  file_ptr sym_filepos;
+
+  struct coff_ptr_struct *raw_syments;
+  unsigned int raw_syment_count;
+
+  /* These are only valid once writing has begun */
+  long int relocbase;
+
+  /* These members communicate important constants about the symbol table
+     to GDB's symbol-reading code.  These `constants' unfortunately vary
+     from coff implementation to implementation...  */
+  unsigned local_n_btmask;
+  unsigned local_n_btshft;
+  unsigned local_n_tmask;
+  unsigned local_n_tshift;
+  unsigned local_symesz;
+  unsigned local_auxesz;
+  unsigned local_linesz;
+
+  /* The unswapped external symbols.  May be NULL.  Read by
+     _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols.  */
+  PTR external_syms;
+  /* If this is true, the external_syms may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_syms;
+
+  /* The string table.  May be NULL.  Read by
+     _bfd_coff_read_string_table.  */
+  char *strings;
+  /* If this is true, the strings may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_strings;
+
+  /* is this a PE format coff file */
+  int pe;
+  /* Used by the COFF backend linker.  */
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+
+  /* used by the pe linker for PowerPC */
+  int *local_toc_sym_map;
+
+  struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+
+  /* Used by coff_find_nearest_line.  */
+  PTR line_info;
+} coff_data_type;
+
+/* Tdata for pe image files. */
+typedef struct pe_tdata
+{
+  coff_data_type coff;
+  struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe_opthdr;
+  int dll;
+  int has_reloc_section;
+  boolean (*in_reloc_p) PARAMS((bfd *, reloc_howto_type *));
+  flagword real_flags;
+} pe_data_type;
+
+#define pe_data(bfd)		((bfd)->tdata.pe_obj_data)
+
+/* Tdata for XCOFF files.  */
+
+struct xcoff_tdata
+{
+  /* Basic COFF information.  */
+  coff_data_type coff;
+
+  /* True if a large a.out header should be generated.  */
+  boolean full_aouthdr;
+
+  /* TOC value.  */
+  bfd_vma toc;
+
+  /* Index of section holding TOC.  */
+  int sntoc;
+
+  /* Index of section holding entry point.  */
+  int snentry;
+
+  /* .text alignment from optional header.  */
+  int text_align_power;
+
+  /* .data alignment from optional header.  */
+  int data_align_power;
+
+  /* modtype from optional header.  */
+  short modtype;
+
+  /* cputype from optional header.  */
+  short cputype;
+
+  /* maxdata from optional header.  */
+  bfd_size_type maxdata;
+
+  /* maxstack from optional header.  */
+  bfd_size_type maxstack;
+
+  /* Used by the XCOFF backend linker.  */
+  asection **csects;
+  unsigned long *debug_indices;
+  unsigned int import_file_id;
+};
+
+#define xcoff_data(abfd) ((abfd)->tdata.xcoff_obj_data)
+
+/* We take the address of the first element of a asymbol to ensure that the
+ * macro is only ever applied to an asymbol.  */
+#define coffsymbol(asymbol) ((coff_symbol_type *)(&((asymbol)->the_bfd)))
+
+/* The used_by_bfd field of a section may be set to a pointer to this
+   structure.  */
+
+struct coff_section_tdata
+{
+  /* The relocs, swapped into COFF internal form.  This may be NULL.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+  /* If this is true, the relocs entry may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_relocs;
+  /* The section contents.  This may be NULL.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* If this is true, the contents entry may not be freed.  */
+  boolean keep_contents;
+  /* Information cached by coff_find_nearest_line.  */
+  bfd_vma offset;
+  unsigned int i;
+  const char *function;
+  int line_base;
+  /* A pointer used for .stab linking optimizations.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+  /* Available for individual backends.  */
+  PTR tdata;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro for the coff_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define coff_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct coff_section_tdata *) (sec)->used_by_bfd)
+
+/* Tdata for sections in XCOFF files.  This is used by the linker.  */
+
+struct xcoff_section_tdata
+{
+  /* Used for XCOFF csects created by the linker; points to the real
+     XCOFF section which contains this csect.  */
+  asection *enclosing;
+  /* The lineno_count field for the enclosing section, because we are
+     going to clobber it there.  */
+  unsigned int lineno_count;
+  /* The first and one past the last symbol indices for symbols used
+     by this csect.  */
+  unsigned long first_symndx;
+  unsigned long last_symndx;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro the xcoff_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define xcoff_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct xcoff_section_tdata *) coff_section_data ((abfd), (sec))->tdata)
+
+/* Tdata for sections in PEI image files.  */
+
+struct pei_section_tdata
+{
+  /* The virtual size of the section.  */
+  bfd_size_type virt_size;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro for the pei_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define pei_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct pei_section_tdata *) coff_section_data ((abfd), (sec))->tdata)
+
+/* COFF linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct coff_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* Symbol index in output file.  Set to -1 initially.  Set to -2 if
+     there is a reloc against this symbol.  */
+  long indx;
+
+  /* Symbol type.  */
+  unsigned short type;
+
+  /* Symbol class.  */
+  unsigned char class;
+
+  /* Number of auxiliary entries.  */
+  char numaux;
+
+  /* BFD to take auxiliary entries from.  */
+  bfd *auxbfd;
+
+  /* Pointer to array of auxiliary entries, if any.  */
+  union internal_auxent *aux;
+};
+
+/* COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+  /* A pointer to information used to link stabs in sections.  */
+  PTR stab_info;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
+  ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *)					\
+   bfd_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
+			 (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse a COFF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the COFF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define coff_hash_table(p) ((struct coff_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Functions in coffgen.c.  */
+extern const bfd_target *coff_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct sec *coff_section_from_bfd_index PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+extern long coff_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long coff_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern int coff_count_linenumbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct coff_symbol_struct *coff_symbol_from PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern boolean coff_renumber_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, int *));
+extern void coff_mangle_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean coff_write_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean coff_write_linenumbers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern alent *coff_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *));
+extern asymbol *coff_section_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_get_external_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const char *_bfd_coff_read_string_table PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_free_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern struct coff_ptr_struct *coff_get_normalized_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long coff_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+extern asymbol *coff_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern void coff_print_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR filep, asymbol *,
+				       bfd_print_symbol_type how));
+extern void coff_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+					  symbol_info *ret));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_is_local_label_name PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+extern asymbol *coff_bfd_make_debug_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+						    unsigned long));
+extern boolean coff_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *,
+					       asection *,
+					       asymbol **,
+					       bfd_vma offset,
+					       CONST char **filename_ptr,
+					       CONST char **functionname_ptr,
+					       unsigned int *line_ptr));
+extern int coff_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean reloc));
+extern boolean bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *));
+extern bfd_byte *bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+	   bfd_byte *, boolean relocateable, asymbol **));
+extern bfd_vma bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value PARAMS ((arelent *,
+						   struct bfd_link_info *,
+						   asection *));
+extern void bfd_perform_slip PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, unsigned int slip,
+				      asection *input_section,
+				      bfd_vma val));
+
+/* Functions and types in cofflink.c.  */
+
+#define STRING_SIZE_SIZE (4)
+
+/* We use a hash table to merge identical enum, struct, and union
+   definitions in the linker.  */
+
+/* Information we keep for a single element (an enum value, a
+   structure or union field) in the debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_element
+{
+  /* Next element.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_element *next;
+
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Type.  */
+  unsigned int type;
+
+  /* Symbol index for complex type.  */
+  long tagndx;
+};
+
+/* A linked list of debug merge entries for a given name.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_type
+{
+  /* Next type with the same name.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_type *next;
+
+  /* Class of type.  */
+  int class;
+
+  /* Symbol index where this type is defined.  */
+  long indx;
+
+  /* List of elements.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_element *elements;
+};
+
+/* Information we store in the debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* A list of types with this name.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_type *types;
+};
+
+/* The debug merge hash table.  */
+
+struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Initialize a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_table_init(table) \
+  (bfd_hash_table_init (&(table)->root, _bfd_coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc))
+
+/* Free a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_table_free(table) \
+  (bfd_hash_table_free (&(table)->root))
+
+/* Look up an entry in a COFF debug merge hash table.  */
+
+#define coff_debug_merge_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct coff_debug_merge_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Information we keep for each section in the output file when doing
+   a relocateable link.  */
+
+struct coff_link_section_info
+{
+  /* The relocs to be output.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *relocs;
+  /* For each reloc against a global symbol whose index was not known
+     when the reloc was handled, the global hash table entry.  */
+  struct coff_link_hash_entry **rel_hashes;
+};
+
+/* Information that we pass around while doing the final link step.  */
+
+struct coff_final_link_info
+{
+  /* General link information.  */
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  /* Output BFD.  */
+  bfd *output_bfd;
+  /* Used to indicate failure in traversal routine.  */
+  boolean failed;
+  /* Hash table for long symbol names.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab;
+  /* When doing a relocateable link, an array of information kept for
+     each output section, indexed by the target_index field.  */
+  struct coff_link_section_info *section_info;
+  /* Symbol index of last C_FILE symbol (-1 if none).  */
+  long last_file_index;
+  /* Contents of last C_FILE symbol.  */
+  struct internal_syment last_file;
+  /* Symbol index of first aux entry of last .bf symbol with an empty
+     endndx field (-1 if none).  */
+  long last_bf_index;
+  /* Contents of last_bf_index aux entry.  */
+  union internal_auxent last_bf;
+  /* Hash table used to merge debug information.  */
+  struct coff_debug_merge_hash_table debug_merge;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold swapped symbols of any input file.  */
+  struct internal_syment *internal_syms;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold sections of symbols of any input file.  */
+  asection **sec_ptrs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold output indices of symbols of any
+     input file.  */
+  long *sym_indices;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold output symbols for any input file.  */
+  bfd_byte *outsyms;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external line numbers for any input
+     section.  */
+  bfd_byte *linenos;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold any input section.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any input section.  */
+  bfd_byte *external_relocs;
+  /* Buffer large enough to hold swapped relocs of any input section.  */
+  struct internal_reloc *internal_relocs;
+};
+
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_coff_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_link_hash_table *, bfd *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_coff_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern const char *_bfd_coff_internal_syment_name
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const struct internal_syment *, char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern struct internal_reloc *_bfd_coff_read_internal_relocs
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, boolean, bfd_byte *, boolean,
+	   struct internal_reloc *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_generic_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   struct internal_reloc *, struct internal_syment *, asection **));
+
+extern struct bfd_hash_entry *_bfd_coff_debug_merge_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_write_global_sym
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_link_input_bfd
+  PARAMS ((struct coff_final_link_info *, bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_coff_reloc_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_final_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+
+
+#define coff_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+/* Functions in xcofflink.c.  */
+
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern long _bfd_xcoff_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, asymbol **));
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_bfd_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_xcoff_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ppc_xcoff_relocate_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   struct internal_reloc *, struct internal_syment *, asection **));
+
+/* Functions in coff-ppc.c.  FIXME: These are called be pe.em in the
+   linker, and so should start with bfd and be declared in bfd.h.  */
+
+extern boolean ppc_allocate_toc_section PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean ppc_process_before_allocation
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* And more taken from the source .. */
+
+typedef struct coff_ptr_struct
+{
+
+        /* Remembers the offset from the first symbol in the file for
+          this symbol. Generated by coff_renumber_symbols. */
+unsigned int offset;
+
+        /* Should the value of this symbol be renumbered.  Used for
+          XCOFF C_BSTAT symbols.  Set by coff_slurp_symbol_table.  */
+unsigned int fix_value : 1;
+
+        /* Should the tag field of this symbol be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_tag : 1;
+
+        /* Should the endidx field of this symbol be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_end : 1;
+
+        /* Should the x_csect.x_scnlen field be renumbered.
+          Created by coff_pointerize_aux. */
+unsigned int fix_scnlen : 1;
+
+        /* Fix up an XCOFF C_BINCL/C_EINCL symbol.  The value is the
+          index into the line number entries.  Set by
+          coff_slurp_symbol_table.  */
+unsigned int fix_line : 1;
+
+        /* The container for the symbol structure as read and translated
+           from the file. */
+
+union {
+   union internal_auxent auxent;
+   struct internal_syment syment;
+ } u;
+} combined_entry_type;
+
+
+ /* Each canonical asymbol really looks like this: */
+
+typedef struct coff_symbol_struct
+{
+    /* The actual symbol which the rest of BFD works with */
+asymbol symbol;
+
+    /* A pointer to the hidden information for this symbol */
+combined_entry_type *native;
+
+    /* A pointer to the linenumber information for this symbol */
+struct lineno_cache_entry *lineno;
+
+    /* Have the line numbers been relocated yet ? */
+boolean done_lineno;
+} coff_symbol_type;
+typedef struct
+{
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd,
+       PTR             ext,
+       int             type,
+       int             class,
+       int             indaux,
+       int             numaux,
+       PTR             in));
+
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd ,
+       PTR             ext,
+       PTR             in));
+
+  void (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd            *abfd,
+       PTR            ext,
+       PTR             in));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) PARAMS ((
+       bfd   	*abfd,
+       PTR	in,
+       int    	type,
+       int    	class,
+       int     indaux,
+       int     numaux,
+       PTR    	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((
+      bfd      *abfd,
+      PTR	in,
+      PTR	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd   	*abfd,
+      	PTR	in,
+	PTR	ext));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd     *abfd,
+     	PTR	src,
+	PTR	dst));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd  	*abfd,
+	PTR 	in,
+	PTR 	out));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd 	*abfd,
+	PTR 	in,
+	PTR	out));
+
+ unsigned int (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) PARAMS ((
+      	bfd  	*abfd,
+      	PTR	in,
+	PTR	out));
+
+ unsigned int _bfd_filhsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_aoutsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_scnhsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_symesz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_auxesz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_relsz;
+ unsigned int _bfd_linesz;
+ boolean _bfd_coff_long_filenames;
+ boolean _bfd_coff_long_section_names;
+ unsigned int _bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power;
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     ext,
+       PTR     in));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr));
+ PTR (*_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_filehdr,
+       PTR     internal_aouthdr));
+ flagword (*_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       PTR     internal_scnhdr,
+       const char *name));
+ void (*_bfd_set_alignment_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       PTR     internal_scnhdr));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       struct internal_syment *sym));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_pointerize_aux_hook) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+       unsigned int indaux,
+       combined_entry_type *aux));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_print_aux) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       FILE *file,
+       combined_entry_type *table_base,
+       combined_entry_type *symbol,
+       combined_entry_type *aux,
+       unsigned int indaux));
+ void (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases) PARAMS ((
+       bfd     *abfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+       arelent *reloc,
+       bfd_byte *data,
+       unsigned int *src_ptr,
+       unsigned int *dst_ptr));
+ int (*_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       asection *input_section,
+       arelent *r,
+       unsigned int shrink,
+       struct bfd_link_info *link_info));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_sym_is_global) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       struct internal_syment *));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_start_final_link) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *output_bfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_relocate_section) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *output_bfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *input_bfd,
+       asection *input_section,
+       bfd_byte *contents,
+       struct internal_reloc *relocs,
+       struct internal_syment *syms,
+       asection **sections));
+ reloc_howto_type *(*_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *abfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       struct internal_reloc *rel,
+       struct coff_link_hash_entry *h,
+       struct internal_syment *sym,
+       bfd_vma *addendp));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx) PARAMS ((
+       bfd *obfd,
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *ibfd,
+       asection *sec,
+       struct internal_reloc *reloc,
+       boolean *adjustedp));
+ boolean (*_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol) PARAMS ((
+       struct bfd_link_info *info,
+       bfd *abfd,
+       const char *name,
+       flagword flags, 
+       asection *section,
+       bfd_vma value,
+       const char *string,
+       boolean copy,
+       boolean collect, 
+       struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp));
+
+} bfd_coff_backend_data;
+
+#define coff_backend_info(abfd) ((bfd_coff_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data)
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_in(a,e,t,c,ind,num,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_in) (a,e,t,c,ind,num,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_in(a,e,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_in) (a,e,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in(a,e,i) \
+        ((coff_backend_info ( a)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_in) (a,e,i))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aux_out(a,i,t,c,ind,num,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (a)->_bfd_coff_swap_aux_out) (a,i,t,c,ind,num,o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_sym_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_sym_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_filhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_filhsz)
+#define bfd_coff_aoutsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_aoutsz)
+#define bfd_coff_scnhsz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_scnhsz)
+#define bfd_coff_symesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_symesz)
+#define bfd_coff_auxesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_auxesz)
+#define bfd_coff_relsz(abfd)  (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_relsz)
+#define bfd_coff_linesz(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_linesz)
+#define bfd_coff_long_filenames(abfd) (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_filenames)
+#define bfd_coff_long_section_names(abfd) \
+        (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_long_section_names)
+#define bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power(abfd) \
+	 (coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_default_section_alignment_power)
+#define bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in(abfd, i,o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in(abfd, i, o) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_swap_reloc_in) (abfd, i, o))
+
+#define bfd_coff_bad_format_hook(abfd, filehdr) \
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_bad_format_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook(abfd, filehdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_set_arch_mach_hook) (abfd, filehdr))
+#define bfd_coff_mkobject_hook(abfd, filehdr, aouthdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_mkobject_hook) (abfd, filehdr, aouthdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_styp_to_sec_flags_hook(abfd, scnhdr, name)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_styp_to_sec_flags_hook) (abfd, scnhdr, name))
+
+#define bfd_coff_set_alignment_hook(abfd, sec, scnhdr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_set_alignment_hook) (abfd, sec, scnhdr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table(abfd)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_slurp_symbol_table) (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_coff_symname_in_debug(abfd, sym)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_symname_in_debug) (abfd, sym))
+
+#define bfd_coff_print_aux(abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_print_aux)\
+         (abfd, file, base, symbol, aux, indaux))
+
+#define bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases(abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases)\
+         (abfd, link_info, link_order, reloc, data, src_ptr, dst_ptr))
+
+#define bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate(abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate)\
+         (abfd, section, reloc, shrink, link_info))
+
+#define bfd_coff_sym_is_global(abfd, sym)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_sym_is_global)\
+         (abfd, sym))
+
+#define bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions(abfd)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_compute_section_file_positions)\
+         (abfd))
+
+#define bfd_coff_start_final_link(obfd, info)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (obfd)->_bfd_coff_start_final_link)\
+         (obfd, info))
+#define bfd_coff_relocate_section(obfd,info,ibfd,o,con,rel,isyms,secs)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (ibfd)->_bfd_coff_relocate_section)\
+         (obfd, info, ibfd, o, con, rel, isyms, secs))
+#define bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto(abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_rtype_to_howto)\
+         (abfd, sec, rel, h, sym, addendp))
+#define bfd_coff_adjust_symndx(obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_adjust_symndx)\
+         (obfd, info, ibfd, sec, rel, adjustedp))
+#define bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol(info,abfd,name,flags,section,value,string,cp,coll,hashp)\
+        ((coff_backend_info (abfd)->_bfd_coff_link_add_one_symbol)\
+         (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value, string, cp, coll, hashp))
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libecoff.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libecoff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad269a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libecoff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/* BFD ECOFF object file private structure.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#ifndef ECOFF_H
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#endif
+
+/* This is the backend information kept for ECOFF files.  This
+   structure is constant for a particular backend.  The first element
+   is the COFF backend data structure, so that ECOFF targets can use
+   the generic COFF code.  */
+
+#define ecoff_backend(abfd) \
+  ((struct ecoff_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data)
+
+struct ecoff_backend_data
+{
+  /* COFF backend information.  This must be the first field.  */
+  bfd_coff_backend_data coff;
+  /* Supported architecture.  */
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  /* Initial portion of armap string.  */
+  const char *armap_start;
+  /* The page boundary used to align sections in a demand-paged
+     executable file.  E.g., 0x1000.  */
+  bfd_vma round;
+  /* True if the .rdata section is part of the text segment, as on the
+     Alpha.  False if .rdata is part of the data segment, as on the
+     MIPS.  */
+  boolean rdata_in_text;
+  /* Bitsize of constructor entries.  */
+  unsigned int constructor_bitsize;
+  /* Reloc to use for constructor entries.  */
+  reloc_howto_type *constructor_reloc;
+  /* How to swap debugging information.  */
+  struct ecoff_debug_swap debug_swap;
+  /* External reloc size.  */
+  bfd_size_type external_reloc_size;
+  /* Reloc swapping functions.  */
+  void (*swap_reloc_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, struct internal_reloc *));
+  void (*swap_reloc_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const struct internal_reloc *, PTR));
+  /* Backend reloc tweaking.  */
+  void (*adjust_reloc_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const struct internal_reloc *,
+				   arelent *));
+  void (*adjust_reloc_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const arelent *,
+				    struct internal_reloc *));
+  /* Relocate section contents while linking.  */
+  boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *,
+				       bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
+				       bfd_byte *contents,
+				       PTR external_relocs));
+  /* Do final adjustments to filehdr and aouthdr.  */
+  boolean (*adjust_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct internal_filehdr *,
+				     struct internal_aouthdr *));
+  /* Read an element from an archive at a given file position.  This
+     is needed because OSF/1 3.2 uses a weird archive format.  */
+  bfd *(*get_elt_at_filepos) PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr));
+};
+
+/* This is the target specific information kept for ECOFF files.  */
+
+#define ecoff_data(abfd) ((abfd)->tdata.ecoff_obj_data)
+
+typedef struct ecoff_tdata
+{
+  /* The reloc file position, set by
+     ecoff_compute_section_file_positions.  */
+  file_ptr reloc_filepos;
+
+  /* The symbol table file position, set by _bfd_ecoff_mkobject_hook.  */
+  file_ptr sym_filepos;
+
+  /* The start and end of the text segment.  Only valid for an
+     existing file, not for one we are creating.  */
+  unsigned long text_start;
+  unsigned long text_end;
+
+  /* The cached gp value.  This is used when relocating.  */
+  bfd_vma gp;
+
+  /* The maximum size of objects to optimize using gp.  This is
+     typically set by the -G option to the compiler, assembler or
+     linker.  */
+  unsigned int gp_size;
+
+  /* The register masks.  When linking, all the masks found in the
+     input files are combined into the masks of the output file.
+     These are not all used for all targets, but that's OK, because
+     the relevant ones are the only ones swapped in and out.  */
+  unsigned long gprmask;
+  unsigned long fprmask;
+  unsigned long cprmask[4];
+
+  /* The ECOFF symbolic debugging information.  */
+  struct ecoff_debug_info debug_info;
+
+  /* The unswapped ECOFF symbolic information.  */
+  PTR raw_syments;
+
+  /* The canonical BFD symbols.  */
+  struct ecoff_symbol_struct *canonical_symbols;
+
+  /* A mapping from external symbol numbers to entries in the linker
+     hash table, used when linking.  */
+  struct ecoff_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+
+  /* A mapping from reloc symbol indices to sections, used when
+     linking.  */
+  asection **symndx_to_section;
+
+  /* True if this BFD was written by the backend linker.  */
+  boolean linker;
+
+  /* True if a warning that multiple global pointer values are
+     needed in the output binary was issued already.  */
+  boolean issued_multiple_gp_warning;
+
+  /* Used by find_nearest_line entry point.  The structure could be
+     included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
+     the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line.  */
+  struct ecoff_find_line *find_line_info;
+
+  /* Whether the .rdata section is in the text segment for this
+     particular ECOFF file.  This is not valid until
+     ecoff_compute_section_file_positions is called.  */
+  boolean rdata_in_text;
+
+} ecoff_data_type;
+
+/* Each canonical asymbol really looks like this.  */
+
+typedef struct ecoff_symbol_struct
+{
+  /* The actual symbol which the rest of BFD works with */
+  asymbol symbol;
+
+  /* The fdr for this symbol.  */
+  FDR *fdr;
+
+  /* true if this is a local symbol rather than an external one.  */
+  boolean local;
+
+  /* A pointer to the unswapped hidden information for this symbol.
+     This is either a struct sym_ext or a struct ext_ext, depending on
+     the value of the local field above.  */
+  PTR native;
+} ecoff_symbol_type;
+
+/* We take the address of the first element of a asymbol to ensure that the
+   macro is only ever applied to an asymbol.  */
+#define ecoffsymbol(asymbol) ((ecoff_symbol_type *) (&((asymbol)->the_bfd)))
+
+/* We need to save the index of an external symbol when we write it
+   out so that can set the symbol index correctly when we write out
+   the relocs.  */
+#define ecoff_get_sym_index(symbol) ((symbol)->udata.i)
+#define ecoff_set_sym_index(symbol, idx) ((symbol)->udata.i = (idx))
+
+/* When generating MIPS embedded PIC code, the linker relaxes the code
+   to turn PC relative branches into longer code sequences when the PC
+   relative branch is out of range.  This involves reading the relocs
+   in bfd_relax_section as well as in bfd_final_link, and requires the
+   code to keep track of which relocs have been expanded.  A pointer
+   to this structure is put in the used_by_bfd pointer of a section to
+   keep track of this information.  The user_by_bfd pointer will be
+   NULL if the information was not needed.  */
+
+struct ecoff_section_tdata
+{
+  /* The unswapped relocs for this section.  These are stored in
+     memory so the input file does not have to be read twice.  */
+  PTR external_relocs;
+
+  /* The contents of the section.  These bytes may or may not be saved
+     in memory, but if it is this is a pointer to them.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+
+  /* Offset adjustments for PC relative branches.  A number other than
+     1 is an addend for a PC relative branch, or a switch table entry
+     which is the difference of two .text locations; this addend
+     arises because the branch or difference crosses one or more
+     branches which were expanded into a larger code sequence.  A 1
+     means that this branch was itself expanded into a larger code
+     sequence.  1 is not a possible offset, since all offsets must be
+     multiples of the instruction size, which is 4; also, the only
+     relocs with non-zero offsets will be PC relative branches or
+     switch table entries within the same object file.  If this field
+     is NULL, no branches were expanded and no offsets are required.
+     Otherwise there are as many entries as there are relocs in the
+     section, and the entry for any reloc that is not PC relative is
+     zero.  */
+  long *offsets;
+
+  /* When producing an executable (i.e., final, non-relocatable link)
+     on the Alpha, we may need to use multiple global pointer values
+     to span the entire .lita section.  In essence, we allow each
+     input .lita section to have its own gp value.  To support this,
+     we need to keep track of the gp values that we picked for each
+     input .lita section . */
+  bfd_vma gp;
+};
+
+/* An accessor macro for the ecoff_section_tdata structure.  */
+#define ecoff_section_data(abfd, sec) \
+  ((struct ecoff_section_tdata *) (sec)->used_by_bfd)
+
+/* ECOFF linker hash table entries.  */
+
+struct ecoff_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry root;
+  /* Symbol index in output file.  */
+  long indx;
+  /* BFD that ext field value came from.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* ECOFF external symbol information.  */
+  EXTR esym;
+  /* Nonzero if this symbol has been written out.  */
+  char written;
+  /* Nonzero if this symbol was referred to as small undefined.  */
+  char small;
+};
+
+/* ECOFF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct ecoff_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Make an ECOFF object.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+/* Read in the ECOFF symbolic debugging information.  */
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbolic_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, struct ecoff_debug_info *));
+
+/* Generic ECOFF BFD backend vectors.  */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern const bfd_target *_bfd_ecoff_archive_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+#define	_bfd_ecoff_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR location, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_copy_private_section_data \
+  _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_section_data
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data \
+  _bfd_generic_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
+  _bfd_generic_bfd_print_private_bfd_data
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
+  _bfd_generic_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_set_private_flags _bfd_generic_bfd_set_private_flags
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_slurp_armap PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_slurp_extended_name_table _bfd_slurp_extended_name_table
+#define _bfd_ecoff_construct_extended_name_table \
+  _bfd_archive_bsd_construct_extended_name_table
+#define _bfd_ecoff_truncate_arname bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_write_armap
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, struct orl *, unsigned int, int));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_read_ar_hdr _bfd_generic_read_ar_hdr
+#define _bfd_ecoff_openr_next_archived_file \
+  bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define _bfd_ecoff_get_elt_at_index _bfd_generic_get_elt_at_index
+#define _bfd_ecoff_generic_stat_arch_elt bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define _bfd_ecoff_update_armap_timestamp bfd_true
+
+extern long _bfd_ecoff_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern long _bfd_ecoff_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, asymbol **alocation));
+extern asymbol *_bfd_ecoff_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_print_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR filep, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_get_symbol_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_bfd_is_local_label_name
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_find_nearest_line
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma offset,
+	   const char **filename_ptr, const char **fnname_ptr,
+	   unsigned int *retline_ptr));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define _bfd_ecoff_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define _bfd_ecoff_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define _bfd_ecoff_get_reloc_upper_bound coff_get_reloc_upper_bound
+extern long _bfd_ecoff_canonicalize_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **symbols));
+/* ecoff_bfd_reloc_type_lookup defined by backend. */
+
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long machine));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR location, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+
+extern int _bfd_ecoff_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, boolean reloc));
+/* ecoff_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents defined by backend.  */
+/* ecoff_bfd_relax_section defined by backend.  */
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_table *_bfd_ecoff_bfd_link_hash_table_create
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_bfd_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_bfd_final_link
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Hook functions for the generic COFF section reading code.  */
+
+extern PTR _bfd_ecoff_mkobject_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR filehdr, PTR aouthdr));
+#define _bfd_ecoff_set_alignment_hook \
+  ((void (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR))) bfd_void)
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_set_arch_mach_hook PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, PTR filehdr));
+extern flagword _bfd_ecoff_styp_to_sec_flags
+  PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, PTR hdr, const char *name));
+extern boolean _bfd_ecoff_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+/* ECOFF auxiliary information swapping routines.  These are the same
+   for all ECOFF targets, so they are defined in ecofflink.c.  */
+
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_in
+  PARAMS ((int, const struct tir_ext *, TIR *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_tir_out
+  PARAMS ((int, const TIR *, struct tir_ext *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_in
+  PARAMS ((int, const struct rndx_ext *, RNDXR *));
+extern void _bfd_ecoff_swap_rndx_out
+  PARAMS ((int, const RNDXR *, struct rndx_ext *));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/libieee.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libieee.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30e806e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/libieee.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* IEEE-695 object file formats:  definitions internal to BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.  Mostly Steve Chamberlain's fault.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned int index:24;
+  char letter;
+} ieee_symbol_index_type;
+
+typedef struct ct {
+  bfd *this;
+  struct ct *next;
+} bfd_chain_type;
+
+typedef struct ieee_symbol 
+{
+  asymbol symbol;
+  struct ieee_symbol *next;
+
+  unsigned int index;
+} ieee_symbol_type;
+
+
+typedef struct ieee_reloc {
+  arelent relent;
+  struct ieee_reloc *next;
+  ieee_symbol_index_type symbol;
+
+} ieee_reloc_type;
+
+#define ieee_symbol(x) ((ieee_symbol_type *)(x))
+
+typedef struct ieee_per_section
+{
+  asection *section;
+  bfd_byte *data;
+  bfd_vma offset;
+  bfd_vma pc;
+  /* For output */
+  file_ptr current_pos;
+  unsigned int current_byte;
+  boolean initialized;
+  ieee_reloc_type **reloc_tail_ptr;
+} ieee_per_section_type;
+
+#define ieee_per_section(x) ((ieee_per_section_type *)((x)->used_by_bfd))
+  
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned  char *input_p;
+  unsigned char *first_byte;
+  bfd *abfd;
+} common_header_type ;
+
+typedef struct ieee_data_struct
+{
+  common_header_type h;
+  boolean read_symbols;
+  boolean read_data;	
+  file_ptr output_cursor;
+  /* Map of section indexes to section ptrs */
+  asection **section_table;
+  unsigned int section_table_size;
+  ieee_address_descriptor_type ad;
+  ieee_module_begin_type mb;
+  ieee_w_variable_type w;
+  
+  unsigned int section_count;
+  
+  unsigned int map_idx;
+  /* List of GLOBAL EXPORT symbols */
+  ieee_symbol_type *external_symbols;
+  /* List of UNDEFINED symbols */
+  ieee_symbol_type *external_reference;
+  
+  /* When the symbols have been canonicalized, they are in a
+    * special order, we remember various bases here.. */
+  unsigned int external_symbol_max_index;
+  unsigned int external_symbol_min_index;
+  unsigned int external_symbol_count;
+  int external_symbol_base_offset;
+  
+  unsigned int external_reference_max_index;
+  unsigned int external_reference_min_index;
+  unsigned int external_reference_count;
+  int external_reference_base_offset;
+  
+
+  boolean symbol_table_full;
+
+  
+boolean done_debug;
+
+
+bfd_chain_type *chain_head;
+bfd_chain_type *chain_root;
+
+} ieee_data_type;
+
+typedef struct {
+  file_ptr file_offset;
+  bfd *abfd;
+} ieee_ar_obstack_type;
+
+typedef struct ieee_ar_data_struct 
+{
+  common_header_type h;
+  ieee_ar_obstack_type *elements;
+  
+  unsigned  int element_index ;
+  unsigned int element_count;
+
+} ieee_ar_data_type;
+
+#define IEEE_DATA(abfd) ((abfd)->tdata.ieee_data)
+#define IEEE_AR_DATA(abfd) ((abfd)->tdata.ieee_ar_data)
+
+#define ptr(abfd) (ieee_data(abfd)->input_p)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/linker.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/linker.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d508bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/linker.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2797 @@
+/* linker.c -- BFD linker routines
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "genlink.h"
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Linker Functions
+
+@cindex Linker
+	The linker uses three special entry points in the BFD target
+	vector.  It is not necessary to write special routines for
+	these entry points when creating a new BFD back end, since
+	generic versions are provided.  However, writing them can
+	speed up linking and make it use significantly less runtime
+	memory.
+
+	The first routine creates a hash table used by the other
+	routines.  The second routine adds the symbols from an object
+	file to the hash table.  The third routine takes all the
+	object files and links them together to create the output
+	file.  These routines are designed so that the linker proper
+	does not need to know anything about the symbols in the object
+	files that it is linking.  The linker merely arranges the
+	sections as directed by the linker script and lets BFD handle
+	the details of symbols and relocs.
+
+	The second routine and third routines are passed a pointer to
+	a <<struct bfd_link_info>> structure (defined in
+	<<bfdlink.h>>) which holds information relevant to the link,
+	including the linker hash table (which was created by the
+	first routine) and a set of callback functions to the linker
+	proper.
+
+	The generic linker routines are in <<linker.c>>, and use the
+	header file <<genlink.h>>.  As of this writing, the only back
+	ends which have implemented versions of these routines are
+	a.out (in <<aoutx.h>>) and ECOFF (in <<ecoff.c>>).  The a.out
+	routines are used as examples throughout this section.
+
+@menu	
+@* Creating a Linker Hash Table::
+@* Adding Symbols to the Hash Table::
+@* Performing the Final Link::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Creating a Linker Hash Table, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Linker Functions, Linker Functions
+SUBSECTION
+	Creating a linker hash table
+
+@cindex _bfd_link_hash_table_create in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_link_hash_table_create)
+	The linker routines must create a hash table, which must be
+	derived from <<struct bfd_link_hash_table>> described in
+	<<bfdlink.c>>.  @xref{Hash Tables} for information on how to
+	create a derived hash table.  This entry point is called using
+	the target vector of the linker output file.
+
+	The <<_bfd_link_hash_table_create>> entry point must allocate
+	and initialize an instance of the desired hash table.  If the
+	back end does not require any additional information to be
+	stored with the entries in the hash table, the entry point may
+	simply create a <<struct bfd_link_hash_table>>.  Most likely,
+	however, some additional information will be needed.
+
+	For example, with each entry in the hash table the a.out
+	linker keeps the index the symbol has in the final output file
+	(this index number is used so that when doing a relocateable
+	link the symbol index used in the output file can be quickly
+	filled in when copying over a reloc).  The a.out linker code
+	defines the required structures and functions for a hash table
+	derived from <<struct bfd_link_hash_table>>.  The a.out linker
+	hash table is created by the function
+	<<NAME(aout,link_hash_table_create)>>; it simply allocates
+	space for the hash table, initializes it, and returns a
+	pointer to it.
+
+	When writing the linker routines for a new back end, you will
+	generally not know exactly which fields will be required until
+	you have finished.  You should simply create a new hash table
+	which defines no additional fields, and then simply add fields
+	as they become necessary.
+
+INODE
+Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Performing the Final Link, Creating a Linker Hash Table, Linker Functions
+SUBSECTION
+	Adding symbols to the hash table
+
+@cindex _bfd_link_add_symbols in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_link_add_symbols)
+	The linker proper will call the <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>>
+	entry point for each object file or archive which is to be
+	linked (typically these are the files named on the command
+	line, but some may also come from the linker script).  The
+	entry point is responsible for examining the file.  For an
+	object file, BFD must add any relevant symbol information to
+	the hash table.  For an archive, BFD must determine which
+	elements of the archive should be used and adding them to the
+	link.
+
+	The a.out version of this entry point is
+	<<NAME(aout,link_add_symbols)>>.
+
+@menu
+@* Differing file formats::
+@* Adding symbols from an object file::
+@* Adding symbols from an archive::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Differing file formats, Adding symbols from an object file, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Differing file formats
+
+	Normally all the files involved in a link will be of the same
+	format, but it is also possible to link together different
+	format object files, and the back end must support that.  The
+	<<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> entry point is called via the target
+	vector of the file to be added.  This has an important
+	consequence: the function may not assume that the hash table
+	is the type created by the corresponding
+	<<_bfd_link_hash_table_create>> vector.  All the
+	<<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> function can assume about the hash
+	table is that it is derived from <<struct
+	bfd_link_hash_table>>.
+
+	Sometimes the <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> function must store
+	some information in the hash table entry to be used by the
+	<<_bfd_final_link>> function.  In such a case the <<creator>>
+	field of the hash table must be checked to make sure that the
+	hash table was created by an object file of the same format.
+
+	The <<_bfd_final_link>> routine must be prepared to handle a
+	hash entry without any extra information added by the
+	<<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> function.  A hash entry without
+	extra information will also occur when the linker script
+	directs the linker to create a symbol.  Note that, regardless
+	of how a hash table entry is added, all the fields will be
+	initialized to some sort of null value by the hash table entry
+	initialization function.
+
+	See <<ecoff_link_add_externals>> for an example of how to
+	check the <<creator>> field before saving information (in this
+	case, the ECOFF external symbol debugging information) in a
+	hash table entry.
+
+INODE
+Adding symbols from an object file, Adding symbols from an archive, Differing file formats, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Adding symbols from an object file
+
+	When the <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> routine is passed an object
+	file, it must add all externally visible symbols in that
+	object file to the hash table.  The actual work of adding the
+	symbol to the hash table is normally handled by the function
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol>>.  The
+	<<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> routine is responsible for reading
+	all the symbols from the object file and passing the correct
+	information to <<_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol>>.
+
+	The <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> routine should not use
+	<<bfd_canonicalize_symtab>> to read the symbols.  The point of
+	providing this routine is to avoid the overhead of converting
+	the symbols into generic <<asymbol>> structures.
+
+@findex _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol>> handles the details of
+	combining common symbols, warning about multiple definitions,
+	and so forth.  It takes arguments which describe the symbol to
+	add, notably symbol flags, a section, and an offset.  The
+	symbol flags include such things as <<BSF_WEAK>> or
+	<<BSF_INDIRECT>>.  The section is a section in the object
+	file, or something like <<bfd_und_section_ptr>> for an undefined
+	symbol or <<bfd_com_section_ptr>> for a common symbol.
+
+	If the <<_bfd_final_link>> routine is also going to need to
+	read the symbol information, the <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>>
+	routine should save it somewhere attached to the object file
+	BFD.  However, the information should only be saved if the
+	<<keep_memory>> field of the <<info>> argument is true, so
+	that the <<-no-keep-memory>> linker switch is effective.
+
+	The a.out function which adds symbols from an object file is
+	<<aout_link_add_object_symbols>>, and most of the interesting
+	work is in <<aout_link_add_symbols>>.  The latter saves
+	pointers to the hash tables entries created by
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol>> indexed by symbol number,
+	so that the <<_bfd_final_link>> routine does not have to call
+	the hash table lookup routine to locate the entry.
+
+INODE
+Adding symbols from an archive, , Adding symbols from an object file, Adding Symbols to the Hash Table
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Adding symbols from an archive
+
+	When the <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> routine is passed an
+	archive, it must look through the symbols defined by the
+	archive and decide which elements of the archive should be
+	included in the link.  For each such element it must call the
+	<<add_archive_element>> linker callback, and it must add the
+	symbols from the object file to the linker hash table.
+
+@findex _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+	In most cases the work of looking through the symbols in the
+	archive should be done by the
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols>> function.  This
+	function builds a hash table from the archive symbol table and
+	looks through the list of undefined symbols to see which
+	elements should be included.
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols>> is passed a function
+	to call to make the final decision about adding an archive
+	element to the link and to do the actual work of adding the
+	symbols to the linker hash table.
+
+	The function passed to
+	<<_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols>> must read the
+	symbols of the archive element and decide whether the archive
+	element should be included in the link.  If the element is to
+	be included, the <<add_archive_element>> linker callback
+	routine must be called with the element as an argument, and
+	the elements symbols must be added to the linker hash table
+	just as though the element had itself been passed to the
+	<<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> function.
+
+	When the a.out <<_bfd_link_add_symbols>> function receives an
+	archive, it calls <<_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols>>
+	passing <<aout_link_check_archive_element>> as the function
+	argument. <<aout_link_check_archive_element>> calls
+	<<aout_link_check_ar_symbols>>.  If the latter decides to add
+	the element (an element is only added if it provides a real,
+	non-common, definition for a previously undefined or common
+	symbol) it calls the <<add_archive_element>> callback and then
+	<<aout_link_check_archive_element>> calls
+	<<aout_link_add_symbols>> to actually add the symbols to the
+	linker hash table.
+
+	The ECOFF back end is unusual in that it does not normally
+	call <<_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols>>, because ECOFF
+	archives already contain a hash table of symbols.  The ECOFF
+	back end searches the archive itself to avoid the overhead of
+	creating a new hash table.
+
+INODE
+Performing the Final Link, , Adding Symbols to the Hash Table, Linker Functions
+SUBSECTION
+	Performing the final link
+
+@cindex _bfd_link_final_link in target vector
+@cindex target vector (_bfd_final_link)
+	When all the input files have been processed, the linker calls
+	the <<_bfd_final_link>> entry point of the output BFD.  This
+	routine is responsible for producing the final output file,
+	which has several aspects.  It must relocate the contents of
+	the input sections and copy the data into the output sections.
+	It must build an output symbol table including any local
+	symbols from the input files and the global symbols from the
+	hash table.  When producing relocateable output, it must
+	modify the input relocs and write them into the output file.
+	There may also be object format dependent work to be done.
+
+	The linker will also call the <<write_object_contents>> entry
+	point when the BFD is closed.  The two entry points must work
+	together in order to produce the correct output file.
+
+	The details of how this works are inevitably dependent upon
+	the specific object file format.  The a.out
+	<<_bfd_final_link>> routine is <<NAME(aout,final_link)>>.
+
+@menu
+@* Information provided by the linker::
+@* Relocating the section contents::
+@* Writing the symbol table::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Information provided by the linker, Relocating the section contents, Performing the Final Link, Performing the Final Link
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Information provided by the linker
+
+	Before the linker calls the <<_bfd_final_link>> entry point,
+	it sets up some data structures for the function to use.
+
+	The <<input_bfds>> field of the <<bfd_link_info>> structure
+	will point to a list of all the input files included in the
+	link.  These files are linked through the <<link_next>> field
+	of the <<bfd>> structure.
+
+	Each section in the output file will have a list of
+	<<link_order>> structures attached to the <<link_order_head>>
+	field (the <<link_order>> structure is defined in
+	<<bfdlink.h>>).  These structures describe how to create the
+	contents of the output section in terms of the contents of
+	various input sections, fill constants, and, eventually, other
+	types of information.  They also describe relocs that must be
+	created by the BFD backend, but do not correspond to any input
+	file; this is used to support -Ur, which builds constructors
+	while generating a relocateable object file.
+
+INODE
+Relocating the section contents, Writing the symbol table, Information provided by the linker, Performing the Final Link
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Relocating the section contents
+
+	The <<_bfd_final_link>> function should look through the
+	<<link_order>> structures attached to each section of the
+	output file.  Each <<link_order>> structure should either be
+	handled specially, or it should be passed to the function
+	<<_bfd_default_link_order>> which will do the right thing
+	(<<_bfd_default_link_order>> is defined in <<linker.c>>).
+
+	For efficiency, a <<link_order>> of type
+	<<bfd_indirect_link_order>> whose associated section belongs
+	to a BFD of the same format as the output BFD must be handled
+	specially.  This type of <<link_order>> describes part of an
+	output section in terms of a section belonging to one of the
+	input files.  The <<_bfd_final_link>> function should read the
+	contents of the section and any associated relocs, apply the
+	relocs to the section contents, and write out the modified
+	section contents.  If performing a relocateable link, the
+	relocs themselves must also be modified and written out.
+
+@findex _bfd_relocate_contents
+@findex _bfd_final_link_relocate
+	The functions <<_bfd_relocate_contents>> and
+	<<_bfd_final_link_relocate>> provide some general support for
+	performing the actual relocations, notably overflow checking.
+	Their arguments include information about the symbol the
+	relocation is against and a <<reloc_howto_type>> argument
+	which describes the relocation to perform.  These functions
+	are defined in <<reloc.c>>.
+
+	The a.out function which handles reading, relocating, and
+	writing section contents is <<aout_link_input_section>>.  The
+	actual relocation is done in <<aout_link_input_section_std>>
+	and <<aout_link_input_section_ext>>.
+
+INODE
+Writing the symbol table, , Relocating the section contents, Performing the Final Link
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	Writing the symbol table
+
+	The <<_bfd_final_link>> function must gather all the symbols
+	in the input files and write them out.  It must also write out
+	all the symbols in the global hash table.  This must be
+	controlled by the <<strip>> and <<discard>> fields of the
+	<<bfd_link_info>> structure.
+
+	The local symbols of the input files will not have been
+	entered into the linker hash table.  The <<_bfd_final_link>>
+	routine must consider each input file and include the symbols
+	in the output file.  It may be convenient to do this when
+	looking through the <<link_order>> structures, or it may be
+	done by stepping through the <<input_bfds>> list.
+
+	The <<_bfd_final_link>> routine must also traverse the global
+	hash table to gather all the externally visible symbols.  It
+	is possible that most of the externally visible symbols may be
+	written out when considering the symbols of each input file,
+	but it is still necessary to traverse the hash table since the
+	linker script may have defined some symbols that are not in
+	any of the input files.
+
+	The <<strip>> field of the <<bfd_link_info>> structure
+	controls which symbols are written out.  The possible values
+	are listed in <<bfdlink.h>>.  If the value is <<strip_some>>,
+	then the <<keep_hash>> field of the <<bfd_link_info>>
+	structure is a hash table of symbols to keep; each symbol
+	should be looked up in this hash table, and only symbols which
+	are present should be included in the output file.
+
+	If the <<strip>> field of the <<bfd_link_info>> structure
+	permits local symbols to be written out, the <<discard>> field
+	is used to further controls which local symbols are included
+	in the output file.  If the value is <<discard_l>>, then all
+	local symbols which begin with a certain prefix are discarded;
+	this is controlled by the <<bfd_is_local_label_name>> entry point.
+
+	The a.out backend handles symbols by calling
+	<<aout_link_write_symbols>> on each input BFD and then
+	traversing the global hash table with the function
+	<<aout_link_write_other_symbol>>.  It builds a string table
+	while writing out the symbols, which is written to the output
+	file at the end of <<NAME(aout,final_link)>>.
+*/
+
+static boolean generic_link_read_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean generic_link_add_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean collect));
+static boolean generic_link_add_object_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean collect));
+static boolean generic_link_check_archive_element_no_collect
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *pneeded));
+static boolean generic_link_check_archive_element_collect
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *pneeded));
+static boolean generic_link_check_archive_element
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *pneeded, boolean collect));
+static boolean generic_link_add_symbol_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_size_type count, asymbol **,
+	   boolean collect));
+static bfd *hash_entry_bfd PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *));
+static void set_symbol_from_hash
+  PARAMS ((asymbol *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *));
+static boolean generic_add_output_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t *psymalloc, asymbol *));
+static boolean default_fill_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *));
+static boolean default_indirect_link_order
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct bfd_link_order *, boolean));
+
+/* The link hash table structure is defined in bfdlink.h.  It provides
+   a base hash table which the backend specific hash tables are built
+   upon.  */
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in the link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+_bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
+      ret->type = bfd_link_hash_new;
+      ret->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Initialize a link hash table.  The BFD argument is the one
+   responsible for creating this table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_table *table;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  table->creator = abfd->xvec;
+  table->undefs = NULL;
+  table->undefs_tail = NULL;
+  return bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, newfunc);
+}
+
+/* Look up a symbol in a link hash table.  If follow is true, we
+   follow bfd_link_hash_indirect and bfd_link_hash_warning links to
+   the real symbol.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_entry *
+bfd_link_hash_lookup (table, string, create, copy, follow)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean create;
+     boolean copy;
+     boolean follow;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_lookup (&table->table, string, create, copy));
+
+  if (follow && ret != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      while (ret->type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+	     || ret->type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	ret = ret->u.i.link;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Look up a symbol in the main linker hash table if the symbol might
+   be wrapped.  This should only be used for references to an
+   undefined symbol, not for definitions of a symbol.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_entry *
+bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd, info, string, create, copy, follow)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean create;
+     boolean copy;
+     boolean follow;
+{
+  if (info->wrap_hash != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *l;
+
+      l = string;
+      if (*l == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd))
+	++l;
+
+#undef WRAP
+#define WRAP "__wrap_"
+
+      if (bfd_hash_lookup (info->wrap_hash, l, false, false) != NULL)
+	{
+	  char *n;
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  /* This symbol is being wrapped.  We want to replace all
+             references to SYM with references to __wrap_SYM.  */
+
+	  n = (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (l) + sizeof WRAP + 1);
+	  if (n == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  /* Note that symbol_leading_char may be '\0'.  */
+	  n[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd);
+	  n[1] = '\0';
+	  strcat (n, WRAP);
+	  strcat (n, l);
+	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, n, create, true, follow);
+	  free (n);
+	  return h;
+	}
+
+#undef WRAP
+
+#undef REAL
+#define REAL "__real_"
+
+      if (*l == '_'
+	  && strncmp (l, REAL, sizeof REAL - 1) == 0
+	  && bfd_hash_lookup (info->wrap_hash, l + sizeof REAL - 1,
+			      false, false) != NULL)
+	{
+	  char *n;
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  /* This is a reference to __real_SYM, where SYM is being
+             wrapped.  We want to replace all references to __real_SYM
+             with references to SYM.  */
+
+	  n = (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (l + sizeof REAL - 1) + 2);
+	  if (n == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  /* Note that symbol_leading_char may be '\0'.  */
+	  n[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd);
+	  n[1] = '\0';
+	  strcat (n, l + sizeof REAL - 1);
+	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, n, create, true, follow);
+	  free (n);
+	  return h;
+	}
+
+#undef REAL
+    }
+
+  return bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, string, create, copy, follow);
+}
+
+/* Traverse a generic link hash table.  The only reason this is not a
+   macro is to do better type checking.  This code presumes that an
+   argument passed as a struct bfd_hash_entry * may be caught as a
+   struct bfd_link_hash_entry * with no explicit cast required on the
+   call.  */
+
+void 
+bfd_link_hash_traverse (table, func, info)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_table *table;
+     boolean (*func) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+     PTR info;
+{
+  bfd_hash_traverse (&table->table,
+		     ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, PTR)))
+		      func),
+		     info);
+}
+
+/* Add a symbol to the linker hash table undefs list.  */
+
+INLINE void
+bfd_link_add_undef (table, h)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_table *table;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  BFD_ASSERT (h->next == NULL);
+  if (table->undefs_tail != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    table->undefs_tail->next = h;
+  if (table->undefs == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    table->undefs = h;
+  table->undefs_tail = h;
+}
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in an generic link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_hash_entry *
+_bfd_generic_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct generic_link_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct generic_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				 table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->written = false;
+      ret->sym = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Create an generic link hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct generic_link_hash_table *ret;
+
+  ret = ((struct generic_link_hash_table *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct generic_link_hash_table)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+  if (! _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+				   _bfd_generic_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      free (ret);
+      return (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL;
+    }
+  return &ret->root;
+}
+
+/* Grab the symbols for an object file when doing a generic link.  We
+   store the symbols in the outsymbols field.  We need to keep them
+   around for the entire link to ensure that we only read them once.
+   If we read them multiple times, we might wind up with relocs and
+   the hash table pointing to different instances of the symbol
+   structure.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_read_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (abfd->outsymbols == (asymbol **) NULL)
+    {
+      long symsize;
+      long symcount;
+
+      symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+      if (symsize < 0)
+	return false;
+      abfd->outsymbols = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, symsize);
+      if (abfd->outsymbols == NULL && symsize != 0)
+	return false;
+      symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, abfd->outsymbols);
+      if (symcount < 0)
+	return false;
+      abfd->symcount = symcount;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Generic function to add symbols to from an object file to the
+   global hash table.  This version does not automatically collect
+   constructors by name.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_add_symbols (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  return generic_link_add_symbols (abfd, info, false);
+}
+
+/* Generic function to add symbols from an object file to the global
+   hash table.  This version automatically collects constructors by
+   name, as the collect2 program does.  It should be used for any
+   target which does not provide some other mechanism for setting up
+   constructors and destructors; these are approximately those targets
+   for which gcc uses collect2 and do not support stabs.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_add_symbols_collect (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  return generic_link_add_symbols (abfd, info, true);
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from an object file to the global hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_add_symbols (abfd, info, collect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean collect;
+{
+  boolean ret;
+
+  switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_object:
+      ret = generic_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info, collect);
+      break;
+    case bfd_archive:
+      ret = (_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols
+	     (abfd, info,
+	      (collect
+	       ? generic_link_check_archive_element_collect
+	       : generic_link_check_archive_element_no_collect)));
+      break;
+    default:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      ret = false;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Add symbols from an object file to the global hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info, collect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean collect;
+{
+  if (! generic_link_read_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+  return generic_link_add_symbol_list (abfd, info,
+				       _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount (abfd),
+				       _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (abfd),
+				       collect);
+}
+
+/* We build a hash table of all symbols defined in an archive.  */
+
+/* An archive symbol may be defined by multiple archive elements.
+   This linked list is used to hold the elements.  */
+
+struct archive_list
+{
+  struct archive_list *next;
+  int indx;
+};
+
+/* An entry in an archive hash table.  */
+
+struct archive_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* Where the symbol is defined.  */
+  struct archive_list *defs;
+};
+
+/* An archive hash table itself.  */
+
+struct archive_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table table;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *archive_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean archive_hash_table_init
+  PARAMS ((struct archive_hash_table *,
+	   struct bfd_hash_entry *(*) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+				       struct bfd_hash_table *,
+				       const char *)));
+
+/* Create a new entry for an archive hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+archive_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct archive_hash_entry *ret = (struct archive_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct archive_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct archive_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct archive_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct archive_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct archive_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
+      ret->defs = (struct archive_list *) NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Initialize an archive hash table.  */
+
+static boolean
+archive_hash_table_init (table, newfunc)
+     struct archive_hash_table *table;
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *,
+						struct bfd_hash_table *,
+						const char *));
+{
+  return bfd_hash_table_init (&table->table, newfunc);
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in an archive hash table.  */
+
+#define archive_hash_lookup(t, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct archive_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(t)->table, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Allocate space in an archive hash table.  */
+
+#define archive_hash_allocate(t, size) bfd_hash_allocate (&(t)->table, (size))
+
+/* Free an archive hash table.  */
+
+#define archive_hash_table_free(t) bfd_hash_table_free (&(t)->table)
+
+/* Generic function to add symbols from an archive file to the global
+   hash file.  This function presumes that the archive symbol table
+   has already been read in (this is normally done by the
+   bfd_check_format entry point).  It looks through the undefined and
+   common symbols and searches the archive symbol table for them.  If
+   it finds an entry, it includes the associated object file in the
+   link.
+
+   The old linker looked through the archive symbol table for
+   undefined symbols.  We do it the other way around, looking through
+   undefined symbols for symbols defined in the archive.  The
+   advantage of the newer scheme is that we only have to look through
+   the list of undefined symbols once, whereas the old method had to
+   re-search the symbol table each time a new object file was added.
+
+   The CHECKFN argument is used to see if an object file should be
+   included.  CHECKFN should set *PNEEDED to true if the object file
+   should be included, and must also call the bfd_link_info
+   add_archive_element callback function and handle adding the symbols
+   to the global hash table.  CHECKFN should only return false if some
+   sort of error occurs.
+
+   For some formats, such as a.out, it is possible to look through an
+   object file but not actually include it in the link.  The
+   archive_pass field in a BFD is used to avoid checking the symbols
+   of an object files too many times.  When an object is included in
+   the link, archive_pass is set to -1.  If an object is scanned but
+   not included, archive_pass is set to the pass number.  The pass
+   number is incremented each time a new object file is included.  The
+   pass number is used because when a new object file is included it
+   may create new undefined symbols which cause a previously examined
+   object file to be included.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info, checkfn)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean (*checkfn) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+				 boolean *pneeded));
+{
+  carsym *arsyms;
+  carsym *arsym_end;
+  register carsym *arsym;
+  int pass;
+  struct archive_hash_table arsym_hash;
+  int indx;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry **pundef;
+
+  if (! bfd_has_map (abfd))
+    {
+      /* An empty archive is a special case.  */
+      if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL)
+	return true;
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  arsyms = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs;
+  arsym_end = arsyms + bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count;
+
+  /* In order to quickly determine whether an symbol is defined in
+     this archive, we build a hash table of the symbols.  */
+  if (! archive_hash_table_init (&arsym_hash, archive_hash_newfunc))
+    return false;
+  for (arsym = arsyms, indx = 0; arsym < arsym_end; arsym++, indx++)
+    {
+      struct archive_hash_entry *arh;
+      struct archive_list *l, **pp;
+
+      arh = archive_hash_lookup (&arsym_hash, arsym->name, true, false);
+      if (arh == (struct archive_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      l = ((struct archive_list *)
+	   archive_hash_allocate (&arsym_hash, sizeof (struct archive_list)));
+      if (l == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      l->indx = indx;
+      for (pp = &arh->defs;
+	   *pp != (struct archive_list *) NULL;
+	   pp = &(*pp)->next)
+	;
+      *pp = l;
+      l->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* The archive_pass field in the archive itself is used to
+     initialize PASS, sine we may search the same archive multiple
+     times.  */
+  pass = abfd->archive_pass + 1;
+
+  /* New undefined symbols are added to the end of the list, so we
+     only need to look through it once.  */
+  pundef = &info->hash->undefs;
+  while (*pundef != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+      struct archive_hash_entry *arh;
+      struct archive_list *l;
+
+      h = *pundef;
+
+      /* When a symbol is defined, it is not necessarily removed from
+	 the list.  */
+      if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	  && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+	{
+	  /* Remove this entry from the list, for general cleanliness
+	     and because we are going to look through the list again
+	     if we search any more libraries.  We can't remove the
+	     entry if it is the tail, because that would lose any
+	     entries we add to the list later on (it would also cause
+	     us to lose track of whether the symbol has been
+	     referenced).  */
+	  if (*pundef != info->hash->undefs_tail)
+	    *pundef = (*pundef)->next;
+	  else
+	    pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for this symbol in the archive symbol map.  */
+      arh = archive_hash_lookup (&arsym_hash, h->root.string, false, false);
+      if (arh == (struct archive_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	{
+	  pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look at all the objects which define this symbol.  */
+      for (l = arh->defs; l != (struct archive_list *) NULL; l = l->next)
+	{
+	  bfd *element;
+	  boolean needed;
+
+	  /* If the symbol has gotten defined along the way, quit.  */
+	  if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+	    break;
+
+	  element = bfd_get_elt_at_index (abfd, l->indx);
+	  if (element == (bfd *) NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* If we've already included this element, or if we've
+	     already checked it on this pass, continue.  */
+	  if (element->archive_pass == -1
+	      || element->archive_pass == pass)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* If we can't figure this element out, just ignore it.  */
+	  if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object))
+	    {
+	      element->archive_pass = -1;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* CHECKFN will see if this element should be included, and
+	     go ahead and include it if appropriate.  */
+	  if (! (*checkfn) (element, info, &needed))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  if (! needed)
+	    element->archive_pass = pass;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      element->archive_pass = -1;
+
+	      /* Increment the pass count to show that we may need to
+		 recheck object files which were already checked.  */
+	      ++pass;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      pundef = &(*pundef)->next;
+    }
+
+  archive_hash_table_free (&arsym_hash);
+
+  /* Save PASS in case we are called again.  */
+  abfd->archive_pass = pass;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  archive_hash_table_free (&arsym_hash);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* See if we should include an archive element.  This version is used
+   when we do not want to automatically collect constructors based on
+   the symbol name, presumably because we have some other mechanism
+   for finding them.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_check_archive_element_no_collect (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  return generic_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded, false);
+}
+
+/* See if we should include an archive element.  This version is used
+   when we want to automatically collect constructors based on the
+   symbol name, as collect2 does.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_check_archive_element_collect (abfd, info, pneeded)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+{
+  return generic_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded, true);
+}
+
+/* See if we should include an archive element.  Optionally collect
+   constructors.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_check_archive_element (abfd, info, pneeded, collect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean *pneeded;
+     boolean collect;
+{
+  asymbol **pp, **ppend;
+
+  *pneeded = false;
+
+  if (! generic_link_read_symbols (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  pp = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (abfd);
+  ppend = pp + _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount (abfd);
+  for (; pp < ppend; pp++)
+    {
+      asymbol *p;
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      p = *pp;
+
+      /* We are only interested in globally visible symbols.  */
+      if (! bfd_is_com_section (p->section)
+	  && (p->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_INDIRECT | BSF_WEAK)) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We are only interested if we know something about this
+	 symbol, and it is undefined or common.  An undefined weak
+	 symbol (type bfd_link_hash_undefweak) is not considered to be
+	 a reference when pulling files out of an archive.  See the
+	 SVR4 ABI, p. 4-27.  */
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, bfd_asymbol_name (p), false,
+				false, true);
+      if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common))
+	continue;
+
+      /* P is a symbol we are looking for.  */
+
+      if (! bfd_is_com_section (p->section))
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type symcount;
+	  asymbol **symbols;
+
+	  /* This object file defines this symbol, so pull it in.  */
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, abfd,
+							 bfd_asymbol_name (p)))
+	    return false;
+	  symcount = _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount (abfd);
+	  symbols = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (abfd);
+	  if (! generic_link_add_symbol_list (abfd, info, symcount,
+					      symbols, collect))
+	    return false;
+	  *pneeded = true;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      /* P is a common symbol.  */
+
+      if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	{
+	  bfd *symbfd;
+	  bfd_vma size;
+	  unsigned int power;
+
+	  symbfd = h->u.undef.abfd;
+	  if (symbfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This symbol was created as undefined from outside
+		 BFD.  We assume that we should link in the object
+		 file.  This is for the -u option in the linker.  */
+	      if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element)
+		  (info, abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (p)))
+		return false;
+	      *pneeded = true;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Turn the symbol into a common symbol but do not link in
+	     the object file.  This is how a.out works.  Object
+	     formats that require different semantics must implement
+	     this function differently.  This symbol is already on the
+	     undefs list.  We add the section to a common section
+	     attached to symbfd to ensure that it is in a BFD which
+	     will be linked in.  */
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_common;
+	  h->u.c.p =
+	    ((struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry *)
+	     bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+				sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry)));
+	  if (h->u.c.p == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  size = bfd_asymbol_value (p);
+	  h->u.c.size = size;
+
+	  power = bfd_log2 (size);
+	  if (power > 4)
+	    power = 4;
+	  h->u.c.p->alignment_power = power;
+
+	  if (p->section == bfd_com_section_ptr)
+	    h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (symbfd, "COMMON");
+	  else
+	    h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (symbfd,
+							  p->section->name);
+	  h->u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Adjust the size of the common symbol if necessary.  This
+	     is how a.out works.  Object formats that require
+	     different semantics must implement this function
+	     differently.  */
+	  if (bfd_asymbol_value (p) > h->u.c.size)
+	    h->u.c.size = bfd_asymbol_value (p);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* This archive element is not needed.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add the symbols from an object file to the global hash table.  ABFD
+   is the object file.  INFO is the linker information.  SYMBOL_COUNT
+   is the number of symbols.  SYMBOLS is the list of symbols.  COLLECT
+   is true if constructors should be automatically collected by name
+   as is done by collect2.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_link_add_symbol_list (abfd, info, symbol_count, symbols, collect)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd_size_type symbol_count;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     boolean collect;
+{
+  asymbol **pp, **ppend;
+
+  pp = symbols;
+  ppend = symbols + symbol_count;
+  for (; pp < ppend; pp++)
+    {
+      asymbol *p;
+
+      p = *pp;
+
+      if ((p->flags & (BSF_INDIRECT
+		       | BSF_WARNING
+		       | BSF_GLOBAL
+		       | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+		       | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
+	  || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (p))
+	  || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (p))
+	  || bfd_is_ind_section (bfd_get_section (p)))
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  const char *string;
+	  struct generic_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  name = bfd_asymbol_name (p);
+	  if (((p->flags & BSF_INDIRECT) != 0
+	       || bfd_is_ind_section (p->section))
+	      && pp + 1 < ppend)
+	    {
+	      pp++;
+	      string = bfd_asymbol_name (*pp);
+	    }
+	  else if ((p->flags & BSF_WARNING) != 0
+		   && pp + 1 < ppend)
+	    {
+	      /* The name of P is actually the warning string, and the
+		 next symbol is the one to warn about.  */
+	      string = name;
+	      pp++;
+	      name = bfd_asymbol_name (*pp);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    string = NULL;
+
+	  h = NULL;
+	  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		 (info, abfd, name, p->flags, bfd_get_section (p),
+		  p->value, string, false, collect,
+		  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* If this is a constructor symbol, and the linker didn't do
+             anything with it, then we want to just pass the symbol
+             through to the output file.  This will happen when
+             linking with -r.  */
+	  if ((p->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0
+	      && (h == NULL || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new))
+	    {
+	      p->udata.p = NULL;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Save the BFD symbol so that we don't lose any backend
+	     specific information that may be attached to it.  We only
+	     want this one if it gives more information than the
+	     existing one; we don't want to replace a defined symbol
+	     with an undefined one.  This routine may be called with a
+	     hash table other than the generic hash table, so we only
+	     do this if we are certain that the hash table is a
+	     generic one.  */
+	  if (info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec)
+	    {
+	      if (h->sym == (asymbol *) NULL
+		  || (! bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (p))
+		      && (! bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (p))
+			  || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (h->sym)))))
+		{
+		  h->sym = p;
+		  /* BSF_OLD_COMMON is a hack to support COFF reloc
+		     reading, and it should go away when the COFF
+		     linker is switched to the new version.  */
+		  if (bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (p)))
+		    p->flags |= BSF_OLD_COMMON;
+		}
+
+	      /* Store a back pointer from the symbol to the hash
+		 table entry for the benefit of relaxation code until
+		 it gets rewritten to not use asymbol structures.
+		 Setting this is also used to check whether these
+		 symbols were set up by the generic linker.  */
+	      p->udata.p = (PTR) h;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We use a state table to deal with adding symbols from an object
+   file.  The first index into the state table describes the symbol
+   from the object file.  The second index into the state table is the
+   type of the symbol in the hash table.  */
+
+/* The symbol from the object file is turned into one of these row
+   values.  */
+
+enum link_row
+{
+  UNDEF_ROW,		/* Undefined.  */
+  UNDEFW_ROW,		/* Weak undefined.  */
+  DEF_ROW,		/* Defined.  */
+  DEFW_ROW,		/* Weak defined.  */
+  COMMON_ROW,		/* Common.  */
+  INDR_ROW,		/* Indirect.  */
+  WARN_ROW,		/* Warning.  */
+  SET_ROW		/* Member of set.  */
+};
+
+/* apparently needed for Hitachi 3050R(HI-UX/WE2)? */
+#undef FAIL
+
+/* The actions to take in the state table.  */
+
+enum link_action
+{
+  FAIL,		/* Abort. */
+  UND,		/* Mark symbol undefined.  */
+  WEAK,		/* Mark symbol weak undefined.  */
+  DEF,		/* Mark symbol defined.  */
+  DEFW,		/* Mark symbol weak defined.  */
+  COM,		/* Mark symbol common.  */
+  REF,		/* Mark defined symbol referenced.  */
+  CREF,		/* Possibly warn about common reference to defined symbol.  */
+  CDEF,		/* Define existing common symbol.  */
+  NOACT,	/* No action.  */
+  BIG,		/* Mark symbol common using largest size.  */
+  MDEF,		/* Multiple definition error.  */
+  MIND,		/* Multiple indirect symbols.  */
+  IND,		/* Make indirect symbol.  */
+  CIND,		/* Make indirect symbol from existing common symbol.  */
+  SET,		/* Add value to set.  */
+  MWARN,	/* Make warning symbol.  */
+  WARN,		/* Issue warning.  */
+  CWARN,	/* Warn if referenced, else MWARN.  */
+  CYCLE,	/* Repeat with symbol pointed to.  */
+  REFC,		/* Mark indirect symbol referenced and then CYCLE.  */
+  WARNC		/* Issue warning and then CYCLE.  */
+};
+
+/* The state table itself.  The first index is a link_row and the
+   second index is a bfd_link_hash_type.  */
+
+static const enum link_action link_action[8][8] =
+{
+  /* current\prev    new    undef  undefw def    defw   com    indr   warn  */
+  /* UNDEF_ROW 	*/  {UND,   NOACT, UND,   REF,   REF,   NOACT, REFC,  WARNC },
+  /* UNDEFW_ROW	*/  {WEAK,  NOACT, NOACT, REF,   REF,   NOACT, REFC,  WARNC },
+  /* DEF_ROW 	*/  {DEF,   DEF,   DEF,   MDEF,  DEF,   CDEF,  MDEF,  CYCLE },
+  /* DEFW_ROW 	*/  {DEFW,  DEFW,  DEFW,  NOACT, NOACT, NOACT, NOACT, CYCLE },
+  /* COMMON_ROW	*/  {COM,   COM,   COM,   CREF,  CREF,  BIG,   CREF,  WARNC },
+  /* INDR_ROW	*/  {IND,   IND,   IND,   MDEF,  IND,   CIND,  MIND,  CYCLE },
+  /* WARN_ROW   */  {MWARN, WARN,  WARN,  CWARN, CWARN, WARN,  CWARN, MWARN },
+  /* SET_ROW	*/  {SET,   SET,   SET,   SET,   SET,   SET,   CYCLE, CYCLE }
+};
+
+/* Most of the entries in the LINK_ACTION table are straightforward,
+   but a few are somewhat subtle.
+
+   A reference to an indirect symbol (UNDEF_ROW/indr or
+   UNDEFW_ROW/indr) is counted as a reference both to the indirect
+   symbol and to the symbol the indirect symbol points to.
+
+   A reference to a warning symbol (UNDEF_ROW/warn or UNDEFW_ROW/warn)
+   causes the warning to be issued.
+
+   A common definition of an indirect symbol (COMMON_ROW/indr) is
+   treated as a multiple definition error.  Likewise for an indirect
+   definition of a common symbol (INDR_ROW/com).
+
+   An indirect definition of a warning (INDR_ROW/warn) does not cause
+   the warning to be issued.
+
+   If a warning is created for an indirect symbol (WARN_ROW/indr) no
+   warning is created for the symbol the indirect symbol points to.
+
+   Adding an entry to a set does not count as a reference to a set,
+   and no warning is issued (SET_ROW/warn).  */
+
+/* Return the BFD in which a hash entry has been defined, if known.  */
+
+static bfd *
+hash_entry_bfd (h)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  while (h->type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+    h = h->u.i.link;
+  switch (h->type)
+    {
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      return h->u.undef.abfd;
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      return h->u.def.section->owner;
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      return h->u.c.p->section->owner;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Add a symbol to the global hash table.
+   ABFD is the BFD the symbol comes from.
+   NAME is the name of the symbol.
+   FLAGS is the BSF_* bits associated with the symbol.
+   SECTION is the section in which the symbol is defined; this may be
+     bfd_und_section_ptr or bfd_com_section_ptr.
+   VALUE is the value of the symbol, relative to the section.
+   STRING is used for either an indirect symbol, in which case it is
+     the name of the symbol to indirect to, or a warning symbol, in
+     which case it is the warning string.
+   COPY is true if NAME or STRING must be copied into locally
+     allocated memory if they need to be saved.
+   COLLECT is true if we should automatically collect gcc constructor
+     or destructor names as collect2 does.
+   HASHP, if not NULL, is a place to store the created hash table
+     entry; if *HASHP is not NULL, the caller has already looked up
+     the hash table entry, and stored it in *HASHP. */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, name, flags, section, value,
+				  string, copy, collect, hashp)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+     flagword flags;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+     boolean copy;
+     boolean collect;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry **hashp;
+{
+  enum link_row row;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+  boolean cycle;
+
+  if (bfd_is_ind_section (section)
+      || (flags & BSF_INDIRECT) != 0)
+    row = INDR_ROW;
+  else if ((flags & BSF_WARNING) != 0)
+    row = WARN_ROW;
+  else if ((flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0)
+    row = SET_ROW;
+  else if (bfd_is_und_section (section))
+    {
+      if ((flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
+	row = UNDEFW_ROW;
+      else
+	row = UNDEF_ROW;
+    }
+  else if ((flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
+    row = DEFW_ROW;
+  else if (bfd_is_com_section (section))
+    row = COMMON_ROW;
+  else
+    row = DEF_ROW;
+
+  if (hashp != NULL && *hashp != NULL)
+    h = *hashp;
+  else
+    {
+      if (row == UNDEF_ROW || row == UNDEFW_ROW)
+	h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd, info, name, true, copy, false);
+      else
+	h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, true, copy, false);
+      if (h == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (hashp != NULL)
+	    *hashp = NULL;
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (info->notice_all
+      || (info->notice_hash != (struct bfd_hash_table *) NULL
+	  && (bfd_hash_lookup (info->notice_hash, name, false, false)
+	      != (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)))
+    {
+      if (! (*info->callbacks->notice) (info, h->root.string, abfd, section,
+					value))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (hashp != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) NULL)
+    *hashp = h;
+
+  do
+    {
+      enum link_action action;
+
+      cycle = false;
+      action = link_action[(int) row][(int) h->type];
+      switch (action)
+	{
+	case FAIL:
+	  abort ();
+
+	case NOACT:
+	  /* Do nothing.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case UND:
+	  /* Make a new undefined symbol.  */
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+	  h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+	  bfd_link_add_undef (info->hash, h);
+	  break;
+
+	case WEAK:
+	  /* Make a new weak undefined symbol.  */
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
+	  h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+	  break;
+
+	case CDEF:
+	  /* We have found a definition for a symbol which was
+	     previously common.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h->type == bfd_link_hash_common);
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+		 (info, h->root.string,
+		  h->u.c.p->section->owner, bfd_link_hash_common, h->u.c.size,
+		  abfd, bfd_link_hash_defined, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case DEF:
+	case DEFW:
+	  {
+	    enum bfd_link_hash_type oldtype;
+
+	    /* Define a symbol.  */
+	    oldtype = h->type;
+	    if (action == DEFW)
+	      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defweak;
+	    else
+	      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+	    h->u.def.section = section;
+	    h->u.def.value = value;
+
+	    /* If we have been asked to, we act like collect2 and
+	       identify all functions that might be global
+	       constructors and destructors and pass them up in a
+	       callback.  We only do this for certain object file
+	       types, since many object file types can handle this
+	       automatically.  */
+	    if (collect && name[0] == '_')
+	      {
+		const char *s;
+
+		/* A constructor or destructor name starts like this:
+		   _+GLOBAL_[_.$][ID][_.$] where the first [_.$] and
+		   the second are the same character (we accept any
+		   character there, in case a new object file format
+		   comes along with even worse naming restrictions).  */
+
+#define CONS_PREFIX "GLOBAL_"
+#define CONS_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof CONS_PREFIX - 1)
+
+		s = name + 1;
+		while (*s == '_')
+		  ++s;
+		if (s[0] == 'G'
+		    && strncmp (s, CONS_PREFIX, CONS_PREFIX_LEN - 1) == 0)
+		  {
+		    char c;
+
+		    c = s[CONS_PREFIX_LEN + 1];
+		    if ((c == 'I' || c == 'D')
+			&& s[CONS_PREFIX_LEN] == s[CONS_PREFIX_LEN + 2])
+		      {
+			/* If this is a definition of a symbol which
+                           was previously weakly defined, we are in
+                           trouble.  We have already added a
+                           constructor entry for the weak defined
+                           symbol, and now we are trying to add one
+                           for the new symbol.  Fortunately, this case
+                           should never arise in practice.  */
+			if (oldtype == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+			  abort ();
+
+			if (! ((*info->callbacks->constructor)
+			       (info,
+				c == 'I' ? true : false,
+				h->root.string, abfd, section, value)))
+			  return false;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	  break;
+
+	case COM:
+	  /* We have found a common definition for a symbol.  */
+	  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	    bfd_link_add_undef (info->hash, h);
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_common;
+	  h->u.c.p =
+	    ((struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry *)
+	     bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+				sizeof (struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry)));
+	  if (h->u.c.p == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  h->u.c.size = value;
+
+	  /* Select a default alignment based on the size.  This may
+             be overridden by the caller.  */
+	  {
+	    unsigned int power;
+
+	    power = bfd_log2 (value);
+	    if (power > 4)
+	      power = 4;
+	    h->u.c.p->alignment_power = power;
+	  }
+
+	  /* The section of a common symbol is only used if the common
+             symbol is actually allocated.  It basically provides a
+             hook for the linker script to decide which output section
+             the common symbols should be put in.  In most cases, the
+             section of a common symbol will be bfd_com_section_ptr,
+             the code here will choose a common symbol section named
+             "COMMON", and the linker script will contain *(COMMON) in
+             the appropriate place.  A few targets use separate common
+             sections for small symbols, and they require special
+             handling.  */
+	  if (section == bfd_com_section_ptr)
+	    {
+	      h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, "COMMON");
+	      h->u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+	    }
+	  else if (section->owner != abfd)
+	    {
+	      h->u.c.p->section = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd,
+							    section->name);
+	      h->u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    h->u.c.p->section = section;
+	  break;
+
+	case REF:
+	  /* A reference to a defined symbol.  */
+	  if (h->next == NULL && info->hash->undefs_tail != h)
+	    h->next = h;
+	  break;
+
+	case BIG:
+	  /* We have found a common definition for a symbol which
+	     already had a common definition.  Use the maximum of the
+	     two sizes.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h->type == bfd_link_hash_common);
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+		 (info, h->root.string,
+		  h->u.c.p->section->owner, bfd_link_hash_common, h->u.c.size,
+		  abfd, bfd_link_hash_common, value)))
+	    return false;
+	  if (value > h->u.c.size)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int power;
+
+	      h->u.c.size = value;
+
+	      /* Select a default alignment based on the size.  This may
+		 be overridden by the caller.  */
+	      power = bfd_log2 (value);
+	      if (power > 4)
+		power = 4;
+	      h->u.c.p->alignment_power = power;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case CREF:
+	  {
+	    bfd *obfd;
+
+	    /* We have found a common definition for a symbol which
+	       was already defined.  FIXME: It would nice if we could
+	       report the BFD which defined an indirect symbol, but we
+	       don't have anywhere to store the information.  */
+	    if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		|| h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	      obfd = h->u.def.section->owner;
+	    else
+	      obfd = NULL;
+	    if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+		   (info, h->root.string, obfd, h->type, (bfd_vma) 0,
+		    abfd, bfd_link_hash_common, value)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case MIND:
+	  /* Multiple indirect symbols.  This is OK if they both point
+	     to the same symbol.  */
+	  if (strcmp (h->u.i.link->root.string, string) == 0)
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case MDEF:
+	  /* Handle a multiple definition.  */
+	  {
+	    asection *msec;
+	    bfd_vma mval;
+
+	    switch (h->type)
+	      {
+	      case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+		msec = h->u.def.section;
+		mval = h->u.def.value;
+		break;
+	      case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+		msec = bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+		mval = 0;
+		break;
+	      default:
+		abort ();
+	      }
+
+	    /* Ignore a redefinition of an absolute symbol to the same
+               value; it's harmless.  */
+	    if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		&& bfd_is_abs_section (msec)
+		&& bfd_is_abs_section (section)
+		&& value == mval)
+	      break;
+
+	    if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_definition)
+		   (info, h->root.string, msec->owner, msec, mval, abfd,
+		    section, value)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case CIND:
+	  /* Create an indirect symbol from an existing common symbol.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h->type == bfd_link_hash_common);
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->multiple_common)
+		 (info, h->root.string,
+		  h->u.c.p->section->owner, bfd_link_hash_common, h->u.c.size,
+		  abfd, bfd_link_hash_indirect, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case IND:
+	  /* Create an indirect symbol.  */
+	  {
+	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *inh;
+
+	    /* STRING is the name of the symbol we want to indirect
+	       to.  */
+	    inh = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd, info, string, true,
+						copy, false);
+	    if (inh == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    if (inh->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	      {
+		inh->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+		inh->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+		bfd_link_add_undef (info->hash, inh);
+	      }
+
+	    /* If the indirect symbol has been referenced, we need to
+	       push the reference down to the symbol we are
+	       referencing.  */
+	    if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_new)
+	      {
+		row = UNDEF_ROW;
+		cycle = true;
+	      }
+
+	    h->type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
+	    h->u.i.link = inh;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case SET:
+	  /* Add an entry to a set.  */
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->add_to_set) (info, h, BFD_RELOC_CTOR,
+						abfd, section, value))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case WARNC:
+	  /* Issue a warning and cycle.  */
+	  if (h->u.i.warning != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (! (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, h->u.i.warning,
+						 h->root.string, abfd,
+						 (asection *) NULL,
+						 (bfd_vma) 0))
+		return false;
+	      /* Only issue a warning once.  */
+	      h->u.i.warning = NULL;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case CYCLE:
+	  /* Try again with the referenced symbol.  */
+	  h = h->u.i.link;
+	  cycle = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case REFC:
+	  /* A reference to an indirect symbol.  */
+	  if (h->next == NULL && info->hash->undefs_tail != h)
+	    h->next = h;
+	  h = h->u.i.link;
+	  cycle = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case WARN:
+	  /* Issue a warning.  */
+	  if (! (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, string, h->root.string,
+					     hash_entry_bfd (h),
+					     (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case CWARN:
+	  /* Warn if this symbol has been referenced already,
+	     otherwise add a warning.  A symbol has been referenced if
+	     the next field is not NULL, or it is the tail of the
+	     undefined symbol list.  The REF case above helps to
+	     ensure this.  */
+	  if (h->next != NULL || info->hash->undefs_tail == h)
+	    {
+	      if (! (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, string, h->root.string,
+						 hash_entry_bfd (h),
+						 (asection *) NULL,
+						 (bfd_vma) 0))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case MWARN:
+	  /* Make a warning symbol.  */
+	  {
+	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *sub;
+
+	    /* STRING is the warning to give.  */
+	    sub = ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *)
+		   ((*info->hash->table.newfunc)
+		    ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL, &info->hash->table,
+		     h->root.string)));
+	    if (sub == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    *sub = *h;
+	    sub->type = bfd_link_hash_warning;
+	    sub->u.i.link = h;
+	    if (! copy)
+	      sub->u.i.warning = string;
+	    else
+	      {
+		char *w;
+
+		w = bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table,
+				       strlen (string) + 1);
+		if (w == NULL)
+		  return false;
+		strcpy (w, string);
+		sub->u.i.warning = w;
+	      }
+
+	    bfd_hash_replace (&info->hash->table,
+			      (struct bfd_hash_entry *) h,
+			      (struct bfd_hash_entry *) sub);
+	    if (hashp != NULL)
+	      *hashp = sub;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  while (cycle);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Generic final link routine.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *sub;
+  asection *o;
+  struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  size_t outsymalloc;
+  struct generic_write_global_symbol_info wginfo;
+
+  abfd->outsymbols = (asymbol **) NULL;
+  abfd->symcount = 0;
+  outsymalloc = 0;
+
+  /* Mark all sections which will be included in the output file.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+    for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+      if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	p->u.indirect.section->linker_mark = true;
+
+  /* Build the output symbol table.  */
+  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != (bfd *) NULL; sub = sub->link_next)
+    if (! _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols (abfd, sub, info, &outsymalloc))
+      return false;
+
+  /* Accumulate the global symbols.  */
+  wginfo.info = info;
+  wginfo.output_bfd = abfd;
+  wginfo.psymalloc = &outsymalloc;
+  _bfd_generic_link_hash_traverse (_bfd_generic_hash_table (info),
+				   _bfd_generic_link_write_global_symbol,
+				   (PTR) &wginfo);
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    {
+      /* Allocate space for the output relocs for each section.  */
+      for (o = abfd->sections;
+	   o != (asection *) NULL;
+	   o = o->next)
+	{
+	  o->reloc_count = 0;
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		  || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+		++o->reloc_count;
+	      else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  asection *input_section;
+		  bfd *input_bfd;
+		  long relsize;
+		  arelent **relocs;
+		  asymbol **symbols;
+		  long reloc_count;
+
+		  input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+		  input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+		  relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd,
+						       input_section);
+		  if (relsize < 0)
+		    return false;
+		  relocs = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((size_t) relsize);
+		  if (!relocs && relsize != 0)
+		    return false;
+		  symbols = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd);
+		  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
+							input_section,
+							relocs,
+							symbols);
+		  if (reloc_count < 0)
+		    return false;
+		  BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) reloc_count
+			      == input_section->reloc_count);
+		  o->reloc_count += reloc_count;
+		  free (relocs);
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (o->reloc_count > 0)
+	    {
+	      o->orelocation = ((arelent **)
+				bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					   (o->reloc_count
+					    * sizeof (arelent *))));
+	      if (!o->orelocation)
+		return false;
+	      o->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+	      /* Reset the count so that it can be used as an index
+		 when putting in the output relocs.  */
+	      o->reloc_count = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Handle all the link order information for the sections.  */
+  for (o = abfd->sections;
+       o != (asection *) NULL;
+       o = o->next)
+    {
+      for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	   p = p->next)
+	{
+	  switch (p->type)
+	    {
+	    case bfd_section_reloc_link_order:
+	    case bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order:
+	      if (! _bfd_generic_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_indirect_link_order:
+	      if (! default_indirect_link_order (abfd, info, o, p, true))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add an output symbol to the output BFD.  */
+
+static boolean
+generic_add_output_symbol (output_bfd, psymalloc, sym)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     size_t *psymalloc;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  if (output_bfd->symcount >= *psymalloc)
+    {
+      asymbol **newsyms;
+
+      if (*psymalloc == 0)
+	*psymalloc = 124;
+      else
+	*psymalloc *= 2;
+      newsyms = (asymbol **) bfd_realloc (output_bfd->outsymbols,
+					  *psymalloc * sizeof (asymbol *));
+      if (newsyms == (asymbol **) NULL)
+	return false;
+      output_bfd->outsymbols = newsyms;
+    }
+
+  output_bfd->outsymbols[output_bfd->symcount] = sym;
+  ++output_bfd->symcount;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle the symbols for an input BFD.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_output_symbols (output_bfd, input_bfd, info, psymalloc)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     size_t *psymalloc;
+{
+  asymbol **sym_ptr;
+  asymbol **sym_end;
+
+  if (! generic_link_read_symbols (input_bfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Create a filename symbol if we are supposed to.  */
+  if (info->create_object_symbols_section != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      asection *sec;
+
+      for (sec = input_bfd->sections;
+	   sec != (asection *) NULL;
+	   sec = sec->next)
+	{
+	  if (sec->output_section == info->create_object_symbols_section)
+	    {
+	      asymbol *newsym;
+
+	      newsym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (input_bfd);
+	      if (!newsym)
+		return false;
+	      newsym->name = input_bfd->filename;
+	      newsym->value = 0;
+	      newsym->flags = BSF_LOCAL | BSF_FILE;
+	      newsym->section = sec;
+
+	      if (! generic_add_output_symbol (output_bfd, psymalloc,
+					       newsym))
+		return false;
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust the values of the globally visible symbols, and write out
+     local symbols.  */
+  sym_ptr = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd);
+  sym_end = sym_ptr + _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount (input_bfd);
+  for (; sym_ptr < sym_end; sym_ptr++)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+      struct generic_link_hash_entry *h;
+      boolean output;
+
+      h = (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL;
+      sym = *sym_ptr;
+      if ((sym->flags & (BSF_INDIRECT
+			 | BSF_WARNING
+			 | BSF_GLOBAL
+			 | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+			 | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
+	  || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	  || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	  || bfd_is_ind_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	{
+	  if (sym->udata.p != NULL)
+	    h = (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) sym->udata.p;
+	  else if ((sym->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This case normally means that the main linker code
+                 deliberately ignored this constructor symbol.  We
+                 should just pass it through.  This will screw up if
+                 the constructor symbol is from a different,
+                 non-generic, object file format, but the case will
+                 only arise when linking with -r, which will probably
+                 fail anyhow, since there will be no way to represent
+                 the relocs in the output format being used.  */
+	      h = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	    h = ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *)
+		 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, info,
+					       bfd_asymbol_name (sym),
+					       false, false, true));
+	  else
+	    h = _bfd_generic_link_hash_lookup (_bfd_generic_hash_table (info),
+					       bfd_asymbol_name (sym),
+					       false, false, true);
+
+	  if (h != (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Force all references to this symbol to point to
+		 the same area in memory.  It is possible that
+		 this routine will be called with a hash table
+		 other than a generic hash table, so we double
+		 check that.  */
+	      if (info->hash->creator == input_bfd->xvec)
+		{
+		  if (h->sym != (asymbol *) NULL)
+		    *sym_ptr = sym = h->sym;
+		}
+
+	      switch (h->root.type)
+		{
+		default:
+		case bfd_link_hash_new:
+		  abort ();
+		case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+		  break;
+		case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+		  sym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+		  h = (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+		  /* fall through */
+		case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+		  sym->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+		  sym->flags &=~ BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+		  sym->value = h->root.u.def.value;
+		  sym->section = h->root.u.def.section;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+		  sym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+		  sym->flags &=~ BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+		  sym->value = h->root.u.def.value;
+		  sym->section = h->root.u.def.section;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_link_hash_common:
+		  sym->value = h->root.u.c.size;
+		  sym->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+		  if (! bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
+		    {
+		      BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_und_section (sym->section));
+		      sym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+		    }
+		  /* We do not set the section of the symbol to
+		     h->root.u.c.p->section.  That value was saved so
+		     that we would know where to allocate the symbol
+		     if it was defined.  In this case the type is
+		     still bfd_link_hash_common, so we did not define
+		     it, so we do not want to use that section.  */
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* This switch is straight from the old code in
+	 write_file_locals in ldsym.c.  */
+      if (info->strip == strip_all
+	  || (info->strip == strip_some
+	      && (bfd_hash_lookup (info->keep_hash, bfd_asymbol_name (sym),
+				   false, false)
+		  == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)))
+	output = false;
+      else if ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* If this symbol is marked as occurring now, rather
+	     than at the end, output it now.  This is used for
+	     COFF C_EXT FCN symbols.  FIXME: There must be a
+	     better way.  */
+	  if (bfd_asymbol_bfd (sym) == input_bfd
+	      && (sym->flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) != 0)
+	    output = true;
+	  else
+	    output = false;
+	}
+      else if (bfd_is_ind_section (sym->section))
+	output = false;
+      else if ((sym->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (info->strip == strip_none)
+	    output = true;
+	  else
+	    output = false;
+	}
+      else if (bfd_is_und_section (sym->section)
+	       || bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
+	output = false;
+      else if ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
+	{
+	  if ((sym->flags & BSF_WARNING) != 0)
+	    output = false;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      switch (info->discard)
+		{
+		default:
+		case discard_all:
+		  output = false;
+		  break;
+		case discard_l:
+		  if (bfd_is_local_label (input_bfd, sym))
+		    output = false;
+		  else
+		    output = true;
+		  break;
+		case discard_none:
+		  output = true;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if ((sym->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR))
+	{
+	  if (info->strip != strip_all)
+	    output = true;
+	  else
+	    output = false;
+	}
+      else
+	abort ();
+
+      /* If this symbol is in a section which is not being included
+	 in the output file, then we don't want to output the symbol.
+
+	 Gross.  .bss and similar sections won't have the linker_mark
+	 field set.  */
+      if ((sym->section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
+	  && sym->section->linker_mark == false)
+	output = false;
+
+      if (output)
+	{
+	  if (! generic_add_output_symbol (output_bfd, psymalloc, sym))
+	    return false;
+	  if (h != (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    h->written = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the section and value of a generic BFD symbol based on a linker
+   hash table entry.  */
+
+static void
+set_symbol_from_hash (sym, h)
+     asymbol *sym;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  switch (h->type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_new:
+      /* This can happen when a constructor symbol is seen but we are
+         not building constructors.  */
+      if (sym->section != NULL)
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((sym->flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sym->flags |= BSF_CONSTRUCTOR;
+	  sym->section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  sym->value = 0;
+	}
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+      sym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      sym->value = 0;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+      sym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      sym->value = 0;
+      sym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+      sym->section = h->u.def.section;
+      sym->value = h->u.def.value;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+      sym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+      sym->section = h->u.def.section;
+      sym->value = h->u.def.value;
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+      sym->value = h->u.c.size;
+      if (sym->section == NULL)
+	sym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+      else if (! bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_und_section (sym->section));
+	  sym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+	}
+      /* Do not set the section; see _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols.  */
+      break;
+    case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+    case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+      /* FIXME: What should we do here?  */
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write out a global symbol, if it hasn't already been written out.
+   This is called for each symbol in the hash table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_write_global_symbol (h, data)
+     struct generic_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct generic_write_global_symbol_info *wginfo =
+    (struct generic_write_global_symbol_info *) data;
+  asymbol *sym;
+
+  if (h->written)
+    return true;
+
+  h->written = true;
+
+  if (wginfo->info->strip == strip_all
+      || (wginfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	  && bfd_hash_lookup (wginfo->info->keep_hash, h->root.root.string,
+			      false, false) == NULL))
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->sym != (asymbol *) NULL)
+    sym = h->sym;
+  else
+    {
+      sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (wginfo->output_bfd);
+      if (!sym)
+	return false;
+      sym->name = h->root.root.string;
+      sym->flags = 0;
+    }
+
+  set_symbol_from_hash (sym, &h->root);
+
+  sym->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+
+  if (! generic_add_output_symbol (wginfo->output_bfd, wginfo->psymalloc,
+				   sym))
+    {
+      /* FIXME: No way to return failure.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create a relocation.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  arelent *r;
+
+  if (! info->relocateable)
+    abort ();
+  if (sec->orelocation == (arelent **) NULL)
+    abort ();
+
+  r = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (arelent));
+  if (r == (arelent *) NULL)
+    return false;
+      
+  r->address = link_order->offset;
+  r->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc);
+  if (r->howto == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the symbol to use for the relocation.  */
+  if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order)
+    r->sym_ptr_ptr = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->symbol_ptr_ptr;
+  else
+    {
+      struct generic_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = ((struct generic_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd, info,
+					 link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+					 false, false, true));
+      if (h == (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  || ! h->written)
+	{
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc)
+		 (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name,
+		  (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    return false;
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      r->sym_ptr_ptr = &h->sym;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is an inplace reloc, write the addend to the object file.
+     Otherwise, store it in the reloc addend.  */
+  if (! r->howto->partial_inplace)
+    r->addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend;
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_size_type size;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type rstat;
+      bfd_byte *buf;
+      boolean ok;
+
+      size = bfd_get_reloc_size (r->howto);
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size);
+      if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL)
+	return false;
+      rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (r->howto, abfd,
+				      link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf);
+      switch (rstat)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+	  abort ();
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		 (info,
+		  (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		   ? bfd_section_name (abfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section)
+		   : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name),
+		  r->howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend,
+		  (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0)))
+	    {
+	      free (buf);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, sec, (PTR) buf,
+				     (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size);
+      free (buf);
+      if (! ok)
+	return false;
+
+      r->addend = 0;
+    }
+
+  sec->orelocation[sec->reloc_count] = r;
+  ++sec->reloc_count;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new link_order for a section.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_order *
+bfd_new_link_order (abfd, section)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_order *new;
+
+  new = ((struct bfd_link_order *)
+	 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order)));
+  if (!new)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new->type = bfd_undefined_link_order;
+  new->offset = 0;
+  new->size = 0;
+  new->next = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+  if (section->link_order_tail != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL)
+    section->link_order_tail->next = new;
+  else
+    section->link_order_head = new;
+  section->link_order_tail = new;
+
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Default link order processing routine.  Note that we can not handle
+   the reloc_link_order types here, since they depend upon the details
+   of how the particular backends generates relocs.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  switch (link_order->type)
+    {
+    case bfd_undefined_link_order:
+    case bfd_section_reloc_link_order:
+    case bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order:
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    case bfd_indirect_link_order:
+      return default_indirect_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order,
+					  false);
+    case bfd_fill_link_order:
+      return default_fill_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order);
+    case bfd_data_link_order:
+      return bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, sec,
+				       (PTR) link_order->u.data.contents,
+				       (file_ptr) link_order->offset,
+				       link_order->size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Default routine to handle a bfd_fill_link_order.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+default_fill_link_order (abfd, info, sec, link_order)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *space;
+  size_t i;
+  int fill;
+  boolean result;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0);
+
+  size = (size_t) link_order->size;
+  space = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
+  if (space == NULL && size != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  fill = link_order->u.fill.value;
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i += 2)
+    space[i] = fill >> 8;
+  for (i = 1; i < size; i += 2)
+    space[i] = fill;
+  result = bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, sec, space,
+				     (file_ptr) link_order->offset,
+				     link_order->size);
+  free (space);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Default routine to handle a bfd_indirect_link_order.  */
+
+static boolean
+default_indirect_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order,
+			     generic_linker)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *output_section;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     boolean generic_linker;
+{
+  asection *input_section;
+  bfd *input_bfd;
+  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *new_contents;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0);
+
+  if (link_order->size == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_section->output_section == output_section);
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_section->output_offset == link_order->offset);
+  BFD_ASSERT (input_section->_cooked_size == link_order->size);
+
+  if (info->relocateable
+      && input_section->reloc_count > 0
+      && output_section->orelocation == (arelent **) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Space has not been allocated for the output relocations.
+	 This can happen when we are called by a specific backend
+	 because somebody is attempting to link together different
+	 types of object files.  Handling this case correctly is
+	 difficult, and sometimes impossible.  */
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("Attempt to do relocateable link with %s input and %s output",
+	 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), bfd_get_target (output_bfd));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! generic_linker)
+    {
+      asymbol **sympp;
+      asymbol **symppend;
+
+      /* Get the canonical symbols.  The generic linker will always
+	 have retrieved them by this point, but we are being called by
+	 a specific linker, presumably because we are linking
+	 different types of object files together.  */
+      if (! generic_link_read_symbols (input_bfd))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Since we have been called by a specific linker, rather than
+	 the generic linker, the values of the symbols will not be
+	 right.  They will be the values as seen in the input file,
+	 not the values of the final link.  We need to fix them up
+	 before we can relocate the section.  */
+      sympp = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd);
+      symppend = sympp + _bfd_generic_link_get_symcount (input_bfd);
+      for (; sympp < symppend; sympp++)
+	{
+	  asymbol *sym;
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  sym = *sympp;
+
+	  if ((sym->flags & (BSF_INDIRECT
+			     | BSF_WARNING
+			     | BSF_GLOBAL
+			     | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+			     | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
+	      || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	      || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	      || bfd_is_ind_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	    {
+	      /* sym->udata may have been set by
+		 generic_link_add_symbol_list.  */
+	      if (sym->udata.p != NULL)
+		h = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) sym->udata.p;
+	      else if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+		h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, info,
+						  bfd_asymbol_name (sym),
+						  false, false, true);
+	      else
+		h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
+					  bfd_asymbol_name (sym),
+					  false, false, true);
+	      if (h != NULL)
+		set_symbol_from_hash (sym, h);
+	    }
+	}	  
+    }
+
+  /* Get and relocate the section contents.  */
+  contents = ((bfd_byte *)
+	      bfd_malloc (bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section)));
+  if (contents == NULL && bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+  new_contents = (bfd_get_relocated_section_contents
+		  (output_bfd, info, link_order, contents, info->relocateable,
+		   _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd)));
+  if (!new_contents)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Output the section contents.  */
+  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section,
+				  (PTR) new_contents,
+				  link_order->offset, link_order->size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (contents != NULL)
+    free (contents);
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (contents != NULL)
+    free (contents);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* A little routine to count the number of relocs in a link_order
+   list.  */
+
+unsigned int
+_bfd_count_link_order_relocs (link_order)
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+{
+  register unsigned int c;
+  register struct bfd_link_order *l;
+
+  c = 0;
+  for (l = link_order; l != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (l->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+	  || l->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order)
+	++c;
+    }
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_link_split_section
+
+SYNOPSIS
+        boolean bfd_link_split_section(bfd *abfd, asection *sec);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return nonzero if @var{sec} should be split during a
+	reloceatable or final link.
+
+.#define bfd_link_split_section(abfd, sec) \
+.       BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_link_split_section, (abfd, sec))
+.
+
+*/
+
+
+
+boolean
+_bfd_generic_link_split_section (abfd, sec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd-core.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd-core.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40500e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd-core.c
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* BFD back end for NetBSD style core files
+   Copyright 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Paul Kranenburg, EUR
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libaout.h"           /* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/core.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/*
+ * FIXME: On NetBSD/sparc CORE_FPU_OFFSET should be (sizeof(struct trapframe))
+ */
+
+struct netbsd_core_struct {
+	struct core core;
+} *rawptr;
+
+/* forward declarations */
+
+static const bfd_target *	netbsd_core_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static char *		netbsd_core_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static int 		netbsd_core_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+static boolean		netbsd_core_core_file_matches_executable_p
+			 PARAMS ((bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd));
+static void		swap_abort PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Handle NetBSD-style core dump file.  */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static const bfd_target *
+netbsd_core_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+
+{
+	int		i, val, offset;
+	asection	*asect, *asect2;
+	struct core	core;
+	struct coreseg	coreseg;
+
+	val = bfd_read ((void *)&core, 1, sizeof core, abfd);
+	if (val != sizeof core) {
+		/* Too small to be a core file */
+		bfd_set_error(bfd_error_wrong_format);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (CORE_GETMAGIC(core) != COREMAGIC) {
+		bfd_set_error(bfd_error_wrong_format);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	rawptr = (struct netbsd_core_struct *)
+		bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct netbsd_core_struct));
+	if (rawptr == NULL) {
+		bfd_set_error(bfd_error_no_memory);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	rawptr->core = core;
+	abfd->tdata.netbsd_core_data = rawptr;
+
+	offset = core.c_hdrsize;
+	for (i = 0; i < core.c_nseg; i++) {
+
+		if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+			goto punt;
+
+		val = bfd_read ((void *)&coreseg, 1, sizeof coreseg, abfd);
+		if (val != sizeof coreseg) {
+			bfd_set_error(bfd_error_file_truncated);
+			goto punt;
+		}
+		if (CORE_GETMAGIC(coreseg) != CORESEGMAGIC) {
+			bfd_set_error(bfd_error_wrong_format);
+			goto punt;
+		}
+
+		offset += core.c_seghdrsize;
+
+		asect = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof(asection));
+		if (asect == NULL) {
+			bfd_set_error(bfd_error_no_memory);
+		}
+
+		asect->_raw_size = coreseg.c_size;
+		asect->vma = coreseg.c_addr;
+		asect->filepos = offset;
+		asect->alignment_power = 2;
+		asect->next = abfd->sections;
+		abfd->sections = asect;
+		abfd->section_count++;
+		offset += coreseg.c_size;
+
+		switch (CORE_GETFLAG(coreseg)) {
+		case CORE_CPU:
+			asect->name = ".reg";
+			asect->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+#ifdef CORE_FPU_OFFSET
+			/* Hackish... */
+			asect->_raw_size = CORE_FPU_OFFSET;
+			asect2 = (asection *)bfd_zalloc (abfd,
+							 sizeof (asection));
+			if (asect2 == NULL) {
+				bfd_set_error(bfd_error_no_memory);
+				goto punt;
+			}
+			asect2->_raw_size = coreseg.c_size - CORE_FPU_OFFSET;
+			asect2->vma = 0;
+			asect2->filepos = asect->filepos + CORE_FPU_OFFSET;
+			asect2->alignment_power = 2;
+			asect2->next = abfd->sections;
+			asect2->name = ".reg2";
+			asect2->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+			abfd->sections = asect2;
+			abfd->section_count++;
+#endif
+
+			break;
+		case CORE_DATA:
+			asect->name = ".data";
+			asect->flags = SEC_ALLOC+SEC_LOAD+SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+			break;
+		case CORE_STACK:
+			asect->name = ".stack";
+			asect->flags = SEC_ALLOC+SEC_LOAD+SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* OK, we believe you.  You're a core file (sure, sure).  */
+	return abfd->xvec;
+
+punt:	{
+		asection	*anext;
+		for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = anext) {
+			anext = asect->next;
+			free((void *)asect);
+		}
+	}
+	free ((void *)rawptr);
+	abfd->tdata.netbsd_core_data = NULL;
+	abfd->sections = NULL;
+	abfd->section_count = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static char*
+netbsd_core_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+	bfd *abfd;
+{
+ /*return core_command (abfd);*/
+  return abfd->tdata.netbsd_core_data->core.c_name;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+netbsd_core_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+	bfd *abfd;
+{
+  /*return core_signal (abfd);*/
+  return abfd->tdata.netbsd_core_data->core.c_signo;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static boolean
+netbsd_core_core_file_matches_executable_p  (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd, *exec_bfd;
+{
+	return true;	/* FIXME, We have no way of telling at this point */
+}
+
+/* No archive file support via this BFD */
+#define	netbsd_openr_next_archived_file	bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+#define	netbsd_generic_stat_arch_elt		bfd_generic_stat_arch_elt
+#define	netbsd_slurp_armap			bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_slurp_extended_name_table	bfd_true
+#define	netbsd_write_armap			(boolean (*) PARAMS	\
+    ((bfd *arch, unsigned int elength, struct orl *map, \
+      unsigned int orl_count, int stridx))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_truncate_arname		bfd_dont_truncate_arname
+#define	aout_32_openr_next_archived_file	bfd_generic_openr_next_archived_file
+
+#define	netbsd_close_and_cleanup		bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define	netbsd_set_section_contents		(boolean (*) PARAMS	\
+        ((bfd *abfd, asection *section, PTR data, file_ptr offset,	\
+        bfd_size_type count))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_get_section_contents		bfd_generic_get_section_contents
+#define	netbsd_new_section_hook		(boolean (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, sec_ptr))) bfd_true
+#define	netbsd_get_symtab_upper_bound	bfd_0u
+#define	netbsd_get_symtab			(unsigned int (*) PARAMS \
+        ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry **))) bfd_0u
+#define	netbsd_get_reloc_upper_bound		(unsigned int (*) PARAMS \
+	((bfd *, sec_ptr))) bfd_0u
+#define	netbsd_canonicalize_reloc		(unsigned int (*) PARAMS \
+	((bfd *, sec_ptr, arelent **, struct symbol_cache_entry**))) bfd_0u
+#define	netbsd_make_empty_symbol		(struct symbol_cache_entry * \
+	(*) PARAMS ((bfd *))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_print_symbol			(void (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, PTR, struct symbol_cache_entry  *,			\
+	bfd_print_symbol_type))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_get_symbol_info		(void (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry  *,			\
+	symbol_info *))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_get_lineno			(alent * (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *))) bfd_nullvoidptr
+#define	netbsd_set_arch_mach			(boolean (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_find_nearest_line		(boolean (*) PARAMS	\
+        ((bfd *abfd, struct sec  *section,				\
+         struct symbol_cache_entry  **symbols,bfd_vma offset,		\
+         CONST char **file, CONST char **func, unsigned int *line))) bfd_false
+#define	netbsd_sizeof_headers		(int (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, boolean))) bfd_0
+
+#define netbsd_bfd_debug_info_start		bfd_void
+#define netbsd_bfd_debug_info_end		bfd_void
+#define netbsd_bfd_debug_info_accumulate	(void (*) PARAMS	\
+	((bfd *, struct sec *))) bfd_void
+#define netbsd_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define netbsd_bfd_relax_section		bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define netbsd_bfd_seclet_link \
+  ((boolean (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, boolean))) bfd_false)
+#define netbsd_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
+  ((CONST struct reloc_howto_struct *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+#define netbsd_bfd_make_debug_symbol \
+  ((asymbol *(*) PARAMS ((bfd *, void *, unsigned long))) bfd_nullvoidptr)
+
+/* If somebody calls any byte-swapping routines, shoot them.  */
+static void
+swap_abort()
+{
+  abort(); /* This way doesn't require any declaration for ANSI to fuck up */
+}
+#define	NO_GET	((bfd_vma (*) PARAMS ((   const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_PUT	((void    (*) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_SIGNED_GET \
+	((bfd_signed_vma (*) PARAMS ((    const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+
+const bfd_target netbsd_core_vec =
+  {
+    "netbsd-core",
+    bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+    true,			/* target byte order */
+    true,			/* target headers byte order */
+    (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |	/* object flags */
+     HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+     HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | DYNAMIC | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+    (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+    0,			                                   /* symbol prefix */
+    ' ',						   /* ar_pad_char */
+    16,							   /* ar_max_namelen */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit hdrs */
+
+    {				/* bfd_check_format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* object file */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* archive */
+     netbsd_core_core_file_p		/* a core file */
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (netbsd_core),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_nosymbols),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+    (PTR) 0			/* backend_data */
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad3ec9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/netbsd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* BFD back-end definitions used by all NetBSD targets.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/* This is the normal load address for executables. */
+#define TEXT_START_ADDR		TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+
+/* NetBSD ZMAGIC has its header in the text segment.  */
+#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)	1
+
+/* Determine if this is a shared library using the flags. */
+#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) 	(N_DYNAMIC(x))
+
+/* We have 6 bits of flags and 10 bits of machine ID.  */
+#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) \
+	((enum machine_type)(((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0x03ff))
+#define N_FLAGS(exec) \
+	(((exec).a_info >> 26) & 0x3f)
+
+#define N_SET_INFO(exec, magic, type, flags) \
+	((exec).a_info = ((magic) & 0xffff) \
+	 | (((int)(type) & 0x3ff) << 16) \
+	 | (((flags) & 0x3f) << 24))
+#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) \
+	((exec).a_info = \
+         ((exec).a_info & 0xfb00ffff) | ((((int)(machtype))&0x3ff) << 16))
+#define N_SET_FLAGS(exec, flags) \
+	((exec).a_info = \
+	 ((exec).a_info & 0x03ffffff) | ((flags & 0x03f) << 26))
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libaout.h"
+
+/* On NetBSD, the magic number is always in ntohl's "network" (big-endian)
+   format.  */
+#define SWAP_MAGIC(ext) bfd_getb32 (ext)
+
+/* On NetBSD, the entry point may be taken to be the start of the text
+   section.  */
+#define MY_entry_is_text_address 1
+
+#define MY_write_object_contents MY(write_object_contents)
+static boolean MY(write_object_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+#define MY_text_includes_header 1
+
+#include "aout-target.h"
+
+/* Write an object file.
+   Section contents have already been written.  We write the
+   file header, symbols, and relocation.  */
+
+static boolean
+MY(write_object_contents) (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct external_exec exec_bytes;
+  struct internal_exec *execp = exec_hdr (abfd);
+
+  /* We must make certain that the magic number has been set.  This
+     will normally have been done by set_section_contents, but only if
+     there actually are some section contents.  */
+  if (! abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type text_size;
+      file_ptr text_end;
+
+      NAME(aout,adjust_sizes_and_vmas) (abfd, &text_size, &text_end);
+    }
+
+#if CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE
+  CHOOSE_RELOC_SIZE(abfd);
+#else
+  obj_reloc_entry_size (abfd) = RELOC_STD_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+  /* Magic number, maestro, please!  */
+  switch (bfd_get_arch(abfd)) {
+  case bfd_arch_m68k:
+    if (strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "a.out-m68k4k-netbsd") == 0)
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_68K4K_NETBSD);
+    else
+      N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_68K_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_sparc:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_SPARC_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_i386:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_386_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  case bfd_arch_ns32k:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_532_NETBSD);
+    break;
+  default:
+    N_SET_MACHTYPE(*execp, M_UNKNOWN);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* The NetBSD magic number is always big-endian */
+#ifndef TARGET_IS_BIG_ENDIAN_P
+  /* XXX aren't there any macro to change byteorder of a word independent of
+     the host's or target's endianesses?  */
+  execp->a_info
+    = (execp->a_info & 0xff) << 24 | (execp->a_info & 0xff00) << 8
+      | (execp->a_info & 0xff0000) >> 8 | (execp->a_info & 0xff000000) >> 24;
+#endif
+
+  WRITE_HEADERS(abfd, execp);
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/opncls.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/opncls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142a32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/opncls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+/* opncls.c -- open and close a BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "objalloc.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+#define S_IXUSR 0100	/* Execute by owner.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+#define S_IXGRP 0010	/* Execute by group.  */
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+#define S_IXOTH 0001	/* Execute by others.  */
+#endif
+
+/* fdopen is a loser -- we should use stdio exclusively.  Unfortunately
+   if we do that we can't use fcntl.  */
+
+/* FIXME: This is no longer used.  */
+long _bfd_chunksize = -1;
+
+/* Return a new BFD.  All BFD's are allocated through this routine.  */
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_new_bfd ()
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+
+  nbfd = (bfd *) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (bfd));
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  nbfd->memory = (PTR) objalloc_create ();
+  if (nbfd->memory == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  nbfd->arch_info = &bfd_default_arch_struct;
+
+  nbfd->direction = no_direction;
+  nbfd->iostream = NULL;
+  nbfd->where = 0;
+  nbfd->sections = (asection *) NULL;
+  nbfd->format = bfd_unknown;
+  nbfd->my_archive = (bfd *) NULL;
+  nbfd->origin = 0;				
+  nbfd->opened_once = false;
+  nbfd->output_has_begun = false;
+  nbfd->section_count = 0;
+  nbfd->usrdata = (PTR) NULL;
+  nbfd->cacheable = false;
+  nbfd->flags = BFD_NO_FLAGS;
+  nbfd->mtime_set = false;
+
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new BFD as a member of archive OBFD.  */
+
+bfd *
+_bfd_new_bfd_contained_in (obfd)
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  nbfd->xvec = obfd->xvec;
+  nbfd->my_archive = obfd;
+  nbfd->direction = read_direction;
+  nbfd->target_defaulted = obfd->target_defaulted;
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Opening and closing BFDs
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_openr
+
+SYNOPSIS
+        bfd *bfd_openr(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Open the file @var{filename} (using <<fopen>>) with the target
+	@var{target}.  Return a pointer to the created BFD.
+
+	Calls <<bfd_find_target>>, so @var{target} is interpreted as by
+	that function.
+
+	If <<NULL>> is returned then an error has occured.   Possible errors
+	are <<bfd_error_no_memory>>, <<bfd_error_invalid_target>> or <<system_call>> error.
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openr (filename, target)
+     CONST char *filename;
+     CONST char *target;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+  const bfd_target *target_vec;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  target_vec = bfd_find_target (target, nbfd);
+  if (target_vec == NULL)
+    {
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_target);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  nbfd->filename = filename;
+  nbfd->direction = read_direction;
+
+  if (bfd_open_file (nbfd) == NULL)
+    {
+      /* File didn't exist, or some such */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/* Don't try to `optimize' this function:
+
+   o - We lock using stack space so that interrupting the locking
+       won't cause a storage leak.
+   o - We open the file stream last, since we don't want to have to
+       close it if anything goes wrong.  Closing the stream means closing
+       the file descriptor too, even though we didn't open it.
+ */
+/*
+FUNCTION
+         bfd_fdopenr
+
+SYNOPSIS
+         bfd *bfd_fdopenr(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target, int fd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+         <<bfd_fdopenr>> is to <<bfd_fopenr>> much like <<fdopen>> is to <<fopen>>.
+	 It opens a BFD on a file already described by the @var{fd}
+	 supplied.
+
+	 When the file is later <<bfd_close>>d, the file descriptor will be closed.
+
+	 If the caller desires that this file descriptor be cached by BFD
+	 (opened as needed, closed as needed to free descriptors for
+	 other opens), with the supplied @var{fd} used as an initial
+	 file descriptor (but subject to closure at any time), call
+	 bfd_set_cacheable(bfd, 1) on the returned BFD.  The default is to
+	 assume no cacheing; the file descriptor will remain open until
+	 <<bfd_close>>, and will not be affected by BFD operations on other
+	 files.
+
+         Possible errors are <<bfd_error_no_memory>>, <<bfd_error_invalid_target>> and <<bfd_error_system_call>>.
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_fdopenr (filename, target, fd)
+     CONST char *filename;
+     CONST char *target;
+     int fd;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+  const bfd_target *target_vec;
+  int fdflags;
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+#if ! defined(HAVE_FCNTL) || ! defined(F_GETFL)
+  fdflags = O_RDWR;			/* Assume full access */
+#else
+  fdflags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL, NULL);
+#endif
+  if (fdflags == -1) return NULL;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  target_vec = bfd_find_target (target, nbfd);
+  if (target_vec == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_target);
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+#if defined(VMS) || defined(__GO32__)
+  nbfd->iostream = (PTR)fopen(filename, FOPEN_RB);
+#else
+  /* (O_ACCMODE) parens are to avoid Ultrix header file bug */
+  switch (fdflags & (O_ACCMODE)) {
+  case O_RDONLY: nbfd->iostream = (PTR) fdopen (fd, FOPEN_RB);   break;
+  case O_WRONLY: nbfd->iostream = (PTR) fdopen (fd, FOPEN_RUB);  break;
+  case O_RDWR:   nbfd->iostream = (PTR) fdopen (fd, FOPEN_RUB);  break;
+  default: abort ();
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (nbfd->iostream == NULL)
+    {
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, put everything where it belongs */
+
+  nbfd->filename = filename;
+
+  /* As a special case we allow a FD open for read/write to
+     be written through, although doing so requires that we end
+     the previous clause with a preposition.  */
+  /* (O_ACCMODE) parens are to avoid Ultrix header file bug */
+  switch (fdflags & O_ACCMODE)
+    {
+    case O_RDONLY: nbfd->direction = read_direction; break;
+    case O_WRONLY: nbfd->direction = write_direction; break;
+    case O_RDWR: nbfd->direction = both_direction; break;
+    default: abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_cache_init (nbfd))
+    {
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  nbfd->opened_once = true;
+
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_openstreamr
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd *bfd_openstreamr(const char *, const char *, PTR);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Open a BFD for read access on an existing stdio stream.  When
+	the BFD is passed to <<bfd_close>>, the stream will be closed.
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openstreamr (filename, target, streamarg)
+     const char *filename;
+     const char *target;
+     PTR streamarg;
+{
+  FILE *stream = (FILE *) streamarg;
+  bfd *nbfd;
+  const bfd_target *target_vec;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  target_vec = bfd_find_target (target, nbfd);
+  if (target_vec == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_target);
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  nbfd->iostream = (PTR) stream;
+  nbfd->filename = filename;
+  nbfd->direction = read_direction;
+				
+  if (! bfd_cache_init (nbfd))
+    {
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/** bfd_openw -- open for writing.
+  Returns a pointer to a freshly-allocated BFD on success, or NULL.
+
+  See comment by bfd_fdopenr before you try to modify this function. */
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_openw
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd *bfd_openw(CONST char *filename, CONST char *target);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Create a BFD, associated with file @var{filename}, using the
+	file format @var{target}, and return a pointer to it.
+
+	Possible errors are <<bfd_error_system_call>>, <<bfd_error_no_memory>>,
+	<<bfd_error_invalid_target>>.
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_openw (filename, target)
+     CONST char *filename;
+     CONST char *target;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+  const bfd_target *target_vec;
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+
+  /* nbfd has to point to head of malloc'ed block so that bfd_close may
+     reclaim it correctly. */
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  target_vec = bfd_find_target (target, nbfd);
+  if (target_vec == NULL)
+    {
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  nbfd->filename = filename;
+  nbfd->direction = write_direction;
+
+  if (bfd_open_file (nbfd) == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);	/* File not writeable, etc */
+      objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) nbfd->memory);
+      free (nbfd);
+      return NULL;
+  }
+
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/*
+
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_close
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_close(bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Close a BFD. If the BFD was open for writing,
+	then pending operations are completed and the file written out
+	and closed. If the created file is executable, then
+	<<chmod>> is called to mark it as such.
+
+	All memory attached to the BFD is released.
+
+	The file descriptor associated with the BFD is closed (even
+	if it was passed in to BFD by <<bfd_fdopenr>>).
+
+RETURNS
+	<<true>> is returned if all is ok, otherwise <<false>>.
+*/
+
+
+boolean
+bfd_close (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  boolean ret;
+
+  if (!bfd_read_p (abfd))
+    {
+      if (! BFD_SEND_FMT (abfd, _bfd_write_contents, (abfd)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! BFD_SEND (abfd, _close_and_cleanup, (abfd)))
+    return false;
+
+  ret = bfd_cache_close (abfd);
+
+  /* If the file was open for writing and is now executable,
+     make it so */
+  if (ret
+      && abfd->direction == write_direction
+      && abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      struct stat buf;
+
+      if (stat (abfd->filename, &buf) == 0)
+	{
+ 	  int mask = umask (0);
+	  umask (mask);
+	  chmod (abfd->filename,
+		 (0777
+		  & (buf.st_mode | ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH) &~ mask))));
+	}
+    }
+
+  objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) abfd->memory);
+  free (abfd);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_close_all_done
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_close_all_done(bfd *);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Close a BFD.  Differs from <<bfd_close>>
+	since it does not complete any pending operations.  This
+	routine would be used if the application had just used BFD for
+	swapping and didn't want to use any of the writing code.
+
+	If the created file is executable, then <<chmod>> is called
+	to mark it as such.
+
+	All memory attached to the BFD is released.
+
+RETURNS
+	<<true>> is returned if all is ok, otherwise <<false>>.
+
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_close_all_done (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  boolean ret;
+
+  ret = bfd_cache_close (abfd);
+
+  /* If the file was open for writing and is now executable,
+     make it so */
+  if (ret
+      && abfd->direction == write_direction
+      && abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      struct stat buf;
+
+      if (stat (abfd->filename, &buf) == 0)
+	{
+	  int mask = umask (0);
+	  umask (mask);
+	  chmod (abfd->filename,
+		 (0x777
+		  & (buf.st_mode | ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH) &~ mask))));
+	}
+    }
+
+  objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) abfd->memory);
+  free (abfd);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_create
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd *bfd_create(CONST char *filename, bfd *templ);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Create a new BFD in the manner of
+	<<bfd_openw>>, but without opening a file. The new BFD
+	takes the target from the target used by @var{template}. The
+	format is always set to <<bfd_object>>.
+
+*/
+
+bfd *
+bfd_create (filename, templ)
+     CONST char *filename;
+     bfd *templ;
+{
+  bfd *nbfd;
+
+  nbfd = _bfd_new_bfd ();
+  if (nbfd == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  nbfd->filename = filename;
+  if (templ)
+    nbfd->xvec = templ->xvec;
+  nbfd->direction = no_direction;
+  bfd_set_format (nbfd, bfd_object);
+  return nbfd;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_alloc
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	PTR bfd_alloc (bfd *abfd, size_t wanted);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Allocate a block of @var{wanted} bytes of memory attached to
+	<<abfd>> and return a pointer to it.
+*/
+
+
+PTR
+bfd_alloc (abfd, size)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR ret;
+
+  ret = objalloc_alloc (abfd->memory, (unsigned long) size);
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+PTR
+bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  PTR res;
+
+  res = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+  if (res)
+    memset (res, 0, size);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Free a block allocated for a BFD.  */
+
+void
+bfd_release (abfd, block)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR block;
+{
+  objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc *) abfd->memory, block);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/osf-core.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/osf-core.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea158d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/osf-core.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* BFD back-end for OSF/1 core files.
+   Copyright 1993, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file can only be compiled on systems which use OSF/1 style
+   core files.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/user.h>
+#include <sys/core.h>
+
+/* forward declarations */
+
+static asection *
+make_bfd_asection PARAMS ((bfd *, CONST char *, flagword, bfd_size_type,
+			   bfd_vma, file_ptr));
+static asymbol *
+osf_core_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *
+osf_core_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static char *
+osf_core_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int
+osf_core_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean
+osf_core_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static void
+swap_abort PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* These are stored in the bfd's tdata */
+
+struct osf_core_struct 
+{
+  int sig;
+  char cmd[MAXCOMLEN + 1];
+};
+
+#define core_hdr(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.osf_core_data)
+#define core_signal(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->sig)
+#define core_command(bfd) (core_hdr(bfd)->cmd)
+
+static asection *
+make_bfd_asection (abfd, name, flags, _raw_size, vma, filepos)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *name;
+     flagword flags;
+     bfd_size_type _raw_size;
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     file_ptr filepos;
+{
+  asection *asect;
+
+  asect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
+  if (!asect)
+    return NULL;
+
+  asect->flags = flags;
+  asect->_raw_size = _raw_size;
+  asect->vma = vma;
+  asect->filepos = filepos;
+  asect->alignment_power = 8;
+
+  return asect;
+}
+
+static asymbol *
+osf_core_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol *new = (asymbol *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asymbol));
+  if (new)
+    new->the_bfd = abfd;
+  return new;
+}
+
+static const bfd_target *
+osf_core_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int val;
+  int i;
+  char *secname;
+  struct core_filehdr core_header;
+
+  val = bfd_read ((PTR)&core_header, 1, sizeof core_header, abfd);
+  if (val != sizeof core_header)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (strncmp (core_header.magic, "Core", 4) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  core_hdr (abfd) = (struct osf_core_struct *)
+    bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct osf_core_struct));
+  if (!core_hdr (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  strncpy (core_command (abfd), core_header.name, MAXCOMLEN + 1);
+  core_signal (abfd) = core_header.signo;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < core_header.nscns; i++)
+    {
+      struct core_scnhdr core_scnhdr;
+      flagword flags;
+
+      val = bfd_read ((PTR)&core_scnhdr, 1, sizeof core_scnhdr, abfd);
+      if (val != sizeof core_scnhdr)
+	break;
+
+      /* Skip empty sections.  */
+      if (core_scnhdr.size == 0 || core_scnhdr.scnptr == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      switch (core_scnhdr.scntype)
+	{
+	case SCNRGN:
+	  secname = ".data";
+	  flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	  break;
+	case SCNSTACK:
+	  secname = ".stack";
+	  flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	  break;
+	case SCNREGS:
+	  secname = ".reg";
+	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler) ("Unhandled OSF/1 core file section type %d\n",
+				 core_scnhdr.scntype);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!make_bfd_asection (abfd, secname, flags,
+			      (bfd_size_type) core_scnhdr.size,
+			      (bfd_vma) core_scnhdr.vaddr,
+			      (file_ptr) core_scnhdr.scnptr))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, we believe you.  You're a core file (sure, sure).  */
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+static char *
+osf_core_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return core_command (abfd);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+osf_core_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return core_signal (abfd);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static boolean
+osf_core_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd, *exec_bfd;
+{
+  return true;		/* FIXME, We have no way of telling at this point */
+}
+
+#define osf_core_get_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab_upper_bound
+#define osf_core_get_symtab _bfd_nosymbols_get_symtab
+#define osf_core_print_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_print_symbol
+#define osf_core_get_symbol_info _bfd_nosymbols_get_symbol_info
+#define osf_core_bfd_is_local_label_name _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_is_local_label_name
+#define osf_core_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define osf_core_find_nearest_line _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line
+#define osf_core_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define osf_core_read_minisymbols _bfd_nosymbols_read_minisymbols
+#define osf_core_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+/* If somebody calls any byte-swapping routines, shoot them.  */
+static void
+swap_abort()
+{
+  abort(); /* This way doesn't require any declaration for ANSI to fuck up */
+}
+#define	NO_GET	((bfd_vma (*) PARAMS ((   const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_PUT	((void    (*) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_SIGNED_GET \
+  ((bfd_signed_vma (*) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+
+const bfd_target osf_core_vec =
+  {
+    "osf-core",
+    bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+    BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* target byte order */
+    BFD_ENDIAN_BIG,		/* target headers byte order */
+    (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |	/* object flags */
+     HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+     HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+    (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+    0,			                                   /* symbol prefix */
+    ' ',						   /* ar_pad_char */
+    16,							   /* ar_max_namelen */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit hdrs */
+
+    {				/* bfd_check_format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* object file */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* archive */
+     osf_core_core_file_p	/* a core file */
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (osf_core),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (osf_core),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+    (PTR) 0			/* backend_data */
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/pe-i386.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/pe-i386.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcdbe44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/pe-i386.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* BFD back-end for Intel 386 PECOFF files.
+   Copyright 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+
+#define TARGET_SYM i386pe_vec
+#define TARGET_NAME "pe-i386"
+#define COFF_WITH_PE
+#define PCRELOFFSET true
+#define TARGET_UNDERSCORE '_'
+#define COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+
+#include "coff-i386.c"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/ptrace-core.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ptrace-core.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9700735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/ptrace-core.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* BFD backend for core files which use the ptrace_user structure
+   Copyright 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   The structure of this file is based on trad-core.c written by John Gilmore
+   of Cygnus Support.
+   Modified to work with the ptrace_user structure by Kevin A. Buettner.
+   (Longterm it may be better to merge this file with trad-core.c)
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef PTRACE_CORE
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/ptrace.h>
+
+
+struct trad_core_struct
+  {
+    asection *data_section;
+    asection *stack_section;
+    asection *reg_section;
+    struct ptrace_user u;
+  };
+
+#define core_upage(bfd) (&((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->u))
+#define core_datasec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->data_section)
+#define core_stacksec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->stack_section)
+#define core_regsec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->reg_section)
+
+/* forward declarations */
+
+const bfd_target *ptrace_unix_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+char *		ptrace_unix_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+int		ptrace_unix_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean		ptrace_unix_core_file_matches_executable_p
+			 PARAMS ((bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd));
+static void	swap_abort PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+const bfd_target *
+ptrace_unix_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+
+{
+  int val;
+  struct ptrace_user u;
+  struct trad_core_struct *rawptr;
+
+  val = bfd_read ((void *)&u, 1, sizeof u, abfd);
+  if (val != sizeof u || u.pt_magic != _BCS_PTRACE_MAGIC 
+      || u.pt_rev != _BCS_PTRACE_REV)
+    {
+      /* Too small to be a core file */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, we believe you.  You're a core file (sure, sure).  */
+
+  /* Allocate both the upage and the struct core_data at once, so
+     a single free() will free them both.  */
+  rawptr = (struct trad_core_struct *)
+		bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct trad_core_struct));
+
+  if (rawptr == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  
+  abfd->tdata.trad_core_data = rawptr;
+
+  rawptr->u = u; /*Copy the uarea into the tdata part of the bfd */
+
+  /* Create the sections.  This is raunchy, but bfd_close wants to free
+     them separately.  */
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_stacksec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  core_datasec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_datasec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  core_regsec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_regsec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->name = ".stack";
+  core_datasec (abfd)->name = ".data";
+  core_regsec (abfd)->name = ".reg";
+
+  /* FIXME:  Need to worry about shared memory, library data, and library
+     text.  I don't think that any of these things are supported on the
+     system on which I am developing this for though. */
+
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+  core_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size =  u.pt_dsize;
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->_raw_size = u.pt_ssize;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->_raw_size = sizeof(u);
+
+  core_datasec (abfd)->vma = u.pt_o_data_start;
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->vma = USRSTACK - u.pt_ssize;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->vma = 0 - sizeof(u);	/* see trad-core.c */
+
+  core_datasec (abfd)->filepos = (int) u.pt_dataptr;
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->filepos = (int) (u.pt_dataptr + u.pt_dsize);
+  core_regsec (abfd)->filepos = 0; /* Register segment is ptrace_user */
+
+  /* Align to word at least */
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+
+  abfd->sections = core_stacksec (abfd);
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->next = core_datasec (abfd);
+  core_datasec (abfd)->next = core_regsec (abfd);
+  abfd->section_count = 3;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+char *
+ptrace_unix_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char *com = abfd->tdata.trad_core_data->u.pt_comm;
+  if (*com)
+    return com;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+ptrace_unix_core_file_failing_signal (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return abfd->tdata.trad_core_data->u.pt_sigframe.sig_num;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+boolean
+ptrace_unix_core_file_matches_executable_p  (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd, *exec_bfd;
+{
+  /* FIXME: Use pt_timdat field of the ptrace_user structure to match 
+     the date of the executable */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* If somebody calls any byte-swapping routines, shoot them.  */
+static void
+swap_abort()
+{
+  abort(); /* This way doesn't require any declaration for ANSI to fuck up */
+}
+#define	NO_GET	((bfd_vma (*) PARAMS ((   const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_PUT	((void    (*) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_SIGNED_GET \
+  ((bfd_signed_vma (*) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+
+const bfd_target ptrace_core_vec =
+  {
+    "trad-core",
+    bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+    BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+    BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+    (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |	/* object flags */
+     HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+     HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+    (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+    0,			                                   /* symbol prefix */
+    ' ',						   /* ar_pad_char */
+    16,							   /* ar_max_namelen */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit hdrs */
+
+    {				/* bfd_check_format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* object file */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* archive */
+     ptrace_unix_core_file_p	/* a core file */
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (ptrace_unix),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_nosymbols),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+    (PTR) 0			/* backend_data */
+};
+
+#endif /* PTRACE_CORE */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2a94ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2558 @@
+/* BFD support for handling relocation entries.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Relocations
+
+	BFD maintains relocations in much the same way it maintains
+	symbols: they are left alone until required, then read in
+	en-mass and translated into an internal form.  A common
+	routine <<bfd_perform_relocation>> acts upon the
+	canonical form to do the fixup.
+
+	Relocations are maintained on a per section basis,
+	while symbols are maintained on a per BFD basis.
+
+	All that a back end has to do to fit the BFD interface is to create
+	a <<struct reloc_cache_entry>> for each relocation
+	in a particular section, and fill in the right bits of the structures.
+
+@menu
+@* typedef arelent::
+@* howto manager::
+@end menu
+
+*/
+
+/* DO compile in the reloc_code name table from libbfd.h.  */
+#define _BFD_MAKE_TABLE_bfd_reloc_code_real
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+	typedef arelent, howto manager, Relocations, Relocations
+
+SUBSECTION
+	typedef arelent
+
+	This is the structure of a relocation entry:
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef enum bfd_reloc_status
+.{
+.       {* No errors detected *}
+.  bfd_reloc_ok,
+.
+.       {* The relocation was performed, but there was an overflow. *}
+.  bfd_reloc_overflow,
+.
+.       {* The address to relocate was not within the section supplied. *}
+.  bfd_reloc_outofrange,
+.
+.       {* Used by special functions *}
+.  bfd_reloc_continue,
+.
+.       {* Unsupported relocation size requested. *}
+.  bfd_reloc_notsupported,
+.
+.       {* Unused *}
+.  bfd_reloc_other,
+.
+.       {* The symbol to relocate against was undefined. *}
+.  bfd_reloc_undefined,
+.
+.       {* The relocation was performed, but may not be ok - presently
+.          generated only when linking i960 coff files with i960 b.out
+.          symbols.  If this type is returned, the error_message argument
+.          to bfd_perform_relocation will be set.  *}
+.  bfd_reloc_dangerous
+. }
+. bfd_reloc_status_type;
+.
+.
+.typedef struct reloc_cache_entry
+.{
+.       {* A pointer into the canonical table of pointers  *}
+.  struct symbol_cache_entry **sym_ptr_ptr;
+.
+.       {* offset in section *}
+.  bfd_size_type address;
+.
+.       {* addend for relocation value *}
+.  bfd_vma addend;
+.
+.       {* Pointer to how to perform the required relocation *}
+.  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+.
+.} arelent;
+
+*/
+
+/*
+DESCRIPTION
+
+        Here is a description of each of the fields within an <<arelent>>:
+
+        o <<sym_ptr_ptr>>
+
+        The symbol table pointer points to a pointer to the symbol
+        associated with the relocation request.  It is
+        the pointer into the table returned by the back end's
+        <<get_symtab>> action. @xref{Symbols}. The symbol is referenced
+        through a pointer to a pointer so that tools like the linker
+        can fix up all the symbols of the same name by modifying only
+        one pointer. The relocation routine looks in the symbol and
+        uses the base of the section the symbol is attached to and the
+        value of the symbol as the initial relocation offset. If the
+        symbol pointer is zero, then the section provided is looked up.
+
+        o <<address>>
+
+        The <<address>> field gives the offset in bytes from the base of
+        the section data which owns the relocation record to the first
+        byte of relocatable information. The actual data relocated
+        will be relative to this point; for example, a relocation
+        type which modifies the bottom two bytes of a four byte word
+        would not touch the first byte pointed to in a big endian
+        world.
+
+	o <<addend>>
+
+	The <<addend>> is a value provided by the back end to be added (!)
+	to the relocation offset. Its interpretation is dependent upon
+	the howto. For example, on the 68k the code:
+
+
+|        char foo[];
+|        main()
+|                {
+|                return foo[0x12345678];
+|                }
+
+        Could be compiled into:
+
+|        linkw fp,#-4
+|        moveb @@#12345678,d0
+|        extbl d0
+|        unlk fp
+|        rts
+
+
+        This could create a reloc pointing to <<foo>>, but leave the
+        offset in the data, something like:
+
+
+|RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+|offset   type      value
+|00000006 32        _foo
+|
+|00000000 4e56 fffc          ; linkw fp,#-4
+|00000004 1039 1234 5678     ; moveb @@#12345678,d0
+|0000000a 49c0               ; extbl d0
+|0000000c 4e5e               ; unlk fp
+|0000000e 4e75               ; rts
+
+
+        Using coff and an 88k, some instructions don't have enough
+        space in them to represent the full address range, and
+        pointers have to be loaded in two parts. So you'd get something like:
+
+
+|        or.u     r13,r0,hi16(_foo+0x12345678)
+|        ld.b     r2,r13,lo16(_foo+0x12345678)
+|        jmp      r1
+
+
+        This should create two relocs, both pointing to <<_foo>>, and with
+        0x12340000 in their addend field. The data would consist of:
+
+
+|RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+|offset   type      value
+|00000002 HVRT16    _foo+0x12340000
+|00000006 LVRT16    _foo+0x12340000
+|
+|00000000 5da05678           ; or.u r13,r0,0x5678
+|00000004 1c4d5678           ; ld.b r2,r13,0x5678
+|00000008 f400c001           ; jmp r1
+
+
+        The relocation routine digs out the value from the data, adds
+        it to the addend to get the original offset, and then adds the
+        value of <<_foo>>. Note that all 32 bits have to be kept around
+        somewhere, to cope with carry from bit 15 to bit 16.
+
+        One further example is the sparc and the a.out format. The
+        sparc has a similar problem to the 88k, in that some
+        instructions don't have room for an entire offset, but on the
+        sparc the parts are created in odd sized lumps. The designers of
+        the a.out format chose to not use the data within the section
+        for storing part of the offset; all the offset is kept within
+        the reloc. Anything in the data should be ignored.
+
+|        save %sp,-112,%sp
+|        sethi %hi(_foo+0x12345678),%g2
+|        ldsb [%g2+%lo(_foo+0x12345678)],%i0
+|        ret
+|        restore
+
+        Both relocs contain a pointer to <<foo>>, and the offsets
+        contain junk.
+
+
+|RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [.text]:
+|offset   type      value
+|00000004 HI22      _foo+0x12345678
+|00000008 LO10      _foo+0x12345678
+|
+|00000000 9de3bf90     ; save %sp,-112,%sp
+|00000004 05000000     ; sethi %hi(_foo+0),%g2
+|00000008 f048a000     ; ldsb [%g2+%lo(_foo+0)],%i0
+|0000000c 81c7e008     ; ret
+|00000010 81e80000     ; restore
+
+
+        o <<howto>>
+
+        The <<howto>> field can be imagined as a
+        relocation instruction. It is a pointer to a structure which
+        contains information on what to do with all of the other
+        information in the reloc record and data section. A back end
+        would normally have a relocation instruction set and turn
+        relocations into pointers to the correct structure on input -
+        but it would be possible to create each howto field on demand.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+SUBSUBSECTION
+	<<enum complain_overflow>>
+
+	Indicates what sort of overflow checking should be done when
+	performing a relocation.
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.enum complain_overflow
+.{
+.	{* Do not complain on overflow. *}
+.  complain_overflow_dont,
+.
+.	{* Complain if the bitfield overflows, whether it is considered
+.	   as signed or unsigned. *}
+.  complain_overflow_bitfield,
+.
+.	{* Complain if the value overflows when considered as signed
+.	   number. *}
+.  complain_overflow_signed,
+.
+.	{* Complain if the value overflows when considered as an
+.	   unsigned number. *}
+.  complain_overflow_unsigned
+.};
+
+*/
+
+/*
+SUBSUBSECTION
+        <<reloc_howto_type>>
+
+        The <<reloc_howto_type>> is a structure which contains all the
+        information that libbfd needs to know to tie up a back end's data.
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.struct symbol_cache_entry;		{* Forward declaration *}
+.
+.struct reloc_howto_struct
+.{
+.       {*  The type field has mainly a documentary use - the back end can
+.           do what it wants with it, though normally the back end's
+.           external idea of what a reloc number is stored
+.           in this field. For example, a PC relative word relocation
+.           in a coff environment has the type 023 - because that's
+.           what the outside world calls a R_PCRWORD reloc. *}
+.  unsigned int type;
+.
+.       {*  The value the final relocation is shifted right by. This drops
+.           unwanted data from the relocation.  *}
+.  unsigned int rightshift;
+.
+.	{*  The size of the item to be relocated.  This is *not* a
+.	    power-of-two measure.  To get the number of bytes operated
+.	    on by a type of relocation, use bfd_get_reloc_size.  *}
+.  int size;
+.
+.       {*  The number of bits in the item to be relocated.  This is used
+.	    when doing overflow checking.  *}
+.  unsigned int bitsize;
+.
+.       {*  Notes that the relocation is relative to the location in the
+.           data section of the addend. The relocation function will
+.           subtract from the relocation value the address of the location
+.           being relocated. *}
+.  boolean pc_relative;
+.
+.	{*  The bit position of the reloc value in the destination.
+.	    The relocated value is left shifted by this amount. *}
+.  unsigned int bitpos;
+.
+.	{* What type of overflow error should be checked for when
+.	   relocating. *}
+.  enum complain_overflow complain_on_overflow;
+.
+.       {* If this field is non null, then the supplied function is
+.          called rather than the normal function. This allows really
+.          strange relocation methods to be accomodated (e.g., i960 callj
+.          instructions). *}
+.  bfd_reloc_status_type (*special_function)
+.				    PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+.					     arelent *reloc_entry,
+.                                            struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol,
+.                                            PTR data,
+.                                            asection *input_section,
+.                                            bfd *output_bfd,
+.                                            char **error_message));
+.
+.       {* The textual name of the relocation type. *}
+.  char *name;
+.
+.       {* When performing a partial link, some formats must modify the
+.          relocations rather than the data - this flag signals this.*}
+.  boolean partial_inplace;
+.
+.       {* The src_mask selects which parts of the read in data
+.          are to be used in the relocation sum.  E.g., if this was an 8 bit
+.          bit of data which we read and relocated, this would be
+.          0x000000ff. When we have relocs which have an addend, such as
+.          sun4 extended relocs, the value in the offset part of a
+.          relocating field is garbage so we never use it. In this case
+.          the mask would be 0x00000000. *}
+.  bfd_vma src_mask;
+.
+.       {* The dst_mask selects which parts of the instruction are replaced
+.          into the instruction. In most cases src_mask == dst_mask,
+.          except in the above special case, where dst_mask would be
+.          0x000000ff, and src_mask would be 0x00000000.   *}
+.  bfd_vma dst_mask;
+.
+.       {* When some formats create PC relative instructions, they leave
+.          the value of the pc of the place being relocated in the offset
+.          slot of the instruction, so that a PC relative relocation can
+.          be made just by adding in an ordinary offset (e.g., sun3 a.out).
+.          Some formats leave the displacement part of an instruction
+.          empty (e.g., m88k bcs); this flag signals the fact.*}
+.  boolean pcrel_offset;
+.
+.};
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	The HOWTO Macro
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The HOWTO define is horrible and will go away.
+
+
+.#define HOWTO(C, R,S,B, P, BI, O, SF, NAME, INPLACE, MASKSRC, MASKDST, PC) \
+.  {(unsigned)C,R,S,B, P, BI, O,SF,NAME,INPLACE,MASKSRC,MASKDST,PC}
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	And will be replaced with the totally magic way. But for the
+	moment, we are compatible, so do it this way.
+
+
+.#define NEWHOWTO( FUNCTION, NAME,SIZE,REL,IN) HOWTO(0,0,SIZE,0,REL,0,complain_overflow_dont,FUNCTION, NAME,false,0,0,IN)
+.
+DESCRIPTION
+	Helper routine to turn a symbol into a relocation value.
+
+.#define HOWTO_PREPARE(relocation, symbol)      \
+.  {                                            \
+.  if (symbol != (asymbol *)NULL) {             \
+.    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) { \
+.      relocation = 0;                          \
+.    }                                          \
+.    else {                                     \
+.      relocation = symbol->value;              \
+.    }                                          \
+.  }                                            \
+.}
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_reloc_size
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto_type *);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	For a reloc_howto_type that operates on a fixed number of bytes,
+	this returns the number of bytes operated on.
+ */
+
+int
+bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+{
+  switch (howto->size)
+    {
+    case 0: return 1;
+    case 1: return 2;
+    case 2: return 4;
+    case 3: return 0;
+    case 4: return 8;
+    case 8: return 16;
+    case -2: return 4;
+    default: abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+TYPEDEF
+	arelent_chain
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	How relocs are tied together in an <<asection>>:
+
+.typedef struct relent_chain {
+.  arelent relent;
+.  struct   relent_chain *next;
+.} arelent_chain;
+
+*/
+
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_perform_relocation
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_reloc_status_type
+                bfd_perform_relocation
+                        (bfd *abfd,
+                         arelent *reloc_entry,
+                         PTR data,
+                         asection *input_section,
+                         bfd *output_bfd,
+			 char **error_message);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	If @var{output_bfd} is supplied to this function, the
+	generated image will be relocatable; the relocations are
+	copied to the output file after they have been changed to
+	reflect the new state of the world. There are two ways of
+	reflecting the results of partial linkage in an output file:
+	by modifying the output data in place, and by modifying the
+	relocation record.  Some native formats (e.g., basic a.out and
+	basic coff) have no way of specifying an addend in the
+	relocation type, so the addend has to go in the output data.
+	This is no big deal since in these formats the output data
+	slot will always be big enough for the addend. Complex reloc
+	types with addends were invented to solve just this problem.
+	The @var{error_message} argument is set to an error message if
+	this return @code{bfd_reloc_dangerous}.
+
+*/
+
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+bfd_perform_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data, input_section, output_bfd,
+			error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     PTR data;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+  bfd_reloc_status_type flag = bfd_reloc_ok;
+  bfd_size_type addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  bfd_vma output_base = 0;
+  reloc_howto_type *howto = reloc_entry->howto;
+  asection *reloc_target_output_section;
+  asymbol *symbol;
+
+  symbol = *(reloc_entry->sym_ptr_ptr);
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section)
+      && output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are not producing relocateable output, return an error if
+     the symbol is not defined.  An undefined weak symbol is
+     considered to have a value of zero (SVR4 ABI, p. 4-27).  */
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
+      && (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK) == 0
+      && output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    flag = bfd_reloc_undefined;
+
+  /* If there is a function supplied to handle this relocation type,
+     call it.  It'll return `bfd_reloc_continue' if further processing
+     can be done.  */
+  if (howto->special_function)
+    {
+      bfd_reloc_status_type cont;
+      cont = howto->special_function (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
+				      input_section, output_bfd,
+				      error_message);
+      if (cont != bfd_reloc_continue)
+	return cont;
+    }
+
+  /* Is the address of the relocation really within the section?  */
+  if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
+    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+  /* Work out which section the relocation is targetted at and the
+     initial relocation command value.  */
+
+  /* Get symbol value.  (Common symbols are special.)  */
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    relocation = 0;
+  else
+    relocation = symbol->value;
+
+
+  reloc_target_output_section = symbol->section->output_section;
+
+  /* Convert input-section-relative symbol value to absolute.  */
+  if (output_bfd && howto->partial_inplace == false)
+    output_base = 0;
+  else
+    output_base = reloc_target_output_section->vma;
+
+  relocation += output_base + symbol->section->output_offset;
+
+  /* Add in supplied addend.  */
+  relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
+
+  /* Here the variable relocation holds the final address of the
+     symbol we are relocating against, plus any addend.  */
+
+  if (howto->pc_relative == true)
+    {
+      /* This is a PC relative relocation.  We want to set RELOCATION
+	 to the distance between the address of the symbol and the
+	 location.  RELOCATION is already the address of the symbol.
+
+	 We start by subtracting the address of the section containing
+	 the location.
+
+	 If pcrel_offset is set, we must further subtract the position
+	 of the location within the section.  Some targets arrange for
+	 the addend to be the negative of the position of the location
+	 within the section; for example, i386-aout does this.  For
+	 i386-aout, pcrel_offset is false.  Some other targets do not
+	 include the position of the location; for example, m88kbcs,
+	 or ELF.  For those targets, pcrel_offset is true.
+
+	 If we are producing relocateable output, then we must ensure
+	 that this reloc will be correctly computed when the final
+	 relocation is done.  If pcrel_offset is false we want to wind
+	 up with the negative of the location within the section,
+	 which means we must adjust the existing addend by the change
+	 in the location within the section.  If pcrel_offset is true
+	 we do not want to adjust the existing addend at all.
+
+	 FIXME: This seems logical to me, but for the case of
+	 producing relocateable output it is not what the code
+	 actually does.  I don't want to change it, because it seems
+	 far too likely that something will break.  */
+
+      relocation -=
+	input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset;
+
+      if (howto->pcrel_offset == true)
+	relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
+    }
+
+  if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (howto->partial_inplace == false)
+	{
+	  /* This is a partial relocation, and we want to apply the relocation
+	     to the reloc entry rather than the raw data. Modify the reloc
+	     inplace to reflect what we now know.  */
+	  reloc_entry->addend = relocation;
+	  reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+	  return flag;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* This is a partial relocation, but inplace, so modify the
+	     reloc record a bit.
+
+	     If we've relocated with a symbol with a section, change
+	     into a ref to the section belonging to the symbol.  */
+
+	  reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+
+	  /* WTF?? */
+	  if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_coff_flavour
+	      && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "aixcoff-rs6000") != 0
+	      && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "xcoff-powermac") != 0
+	      && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "coff-Intel-little") != 0
+	      && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "coff-Intel-big") != 0)
+	    {
+#if 1
+	      /* For m68k-coff, the addend was being subtracted twice during
+		 relocation with -r.  Removing the line below this comment
+		 fixes that problem; see PR 2953.
+
+However, Ian wrote the following, regarding removing the line below,
+which explains why it is still enabled:  --djm
+
+If you put a patch like that into BFD you need to check all the COFF
+linkers.  I am fairly certain that patch will break coff-i386 (e.g.,
+SCO); see coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c where I worked around the
+problem in a different way.  There may very well be a reason that the
+code works as it does.
+
+Hmmm.  The first obvious point is that bfd_perform_relocation should
+not have any tests that depend upon the flavour.  It's seem like
+entirely the wrong place for such a thing.  The second obvious point
+is that the current code ignores the reloc addend when producing
+relocateable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
+have no idea what the point of the line you want to remove is.
+
+A typical COFF reloc subtracts the old value of the symbol and adds in
+the new value to the location in the object file (if it's a pc
+relative reloc it adds the difference between the symbol value and the
+location).  When relocating we need to preserve that property.
+
+BFD handles this by setting the addend to the negative of the old
+value of the symbol.  Unfortunately it handles common symbols in a
+non-standard way (it doesn't subtract the old value) but that's a
+different story (we can't change it without losing backward
+compatibility with old object files) (coff-i386 does subtract the old
+value, to be compatible with existing coff-i386 targets, like SCO).
+
+So everything works fine when not producing relocateable output.  When
+we are producing relocateable output, logically we should do exactly
+what we do when not producing relocateable output.  Therefore, your
+patch is correct.  In fact, it should probably always just set
+reloc_entry->addend to 0 for all cases, since it is, in fact, going to
+add the value into the object file.  This won't hurt the COFF code,
+which doesn't use the addend; I'm not sure what it will do to other
+formats (the thing to check for would be whether any formats both use
+the addend and set partial_inplace).
+
+When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocateable output, I ran
+into the problem that you are running into: I wanted to remove that
+line.  Rather than risk it, I made the coff-i386 relocs use a special
+function; it's coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c.  The function
+specifically adds the addend field into the object file, knowing that
+bfd_perform_relocation is not going to.  If you remove that line, then
+coff-i386.c will wind up adding the addend field in twice.  It's
+trivial to fix; it just needs to be done.
+
+The problem with removing the line is just that it may break some
+working code.  With BFD it's hard to be sure of anything.  The right
+way to deal with this is simply to build and test at least all the
+supported COFF targets.  It should be straightforward if time and disk
+space consuming.  For each target:
+    1) build the linker
+    2) generate some executable, and link it using -r (I would
+       probably use paranoia.o and link against newlib/libc.a, which
+       for all the supported targets would be available in
+       /usr/cygnus/progressive/H-host/target/lib/libc.a).
+    3) make the change to reloc.c
+    4) rebuild the linker
+    5) repeat step 2
+    6) if the resulting object files are the same, you have at least
+       made it no worse
+    7) if they are different you have to figure out which version is
+       right
+*/
+	      relocation -= reloc_entry->addend;
+#endif
+	      reloc_entry->addend = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      reloc_entry->addend = relocation;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      reloc_entry->addend = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: This overflow checking is incomplete, because the value
+     might have overflowed before we get here.  For a correct check we
+     need to compute the value in a size larger than bitsize, but we
+     can't reasonably do that for a reloc the same size as a host
+     machine word.
+     FIXME: We should also do overflow checking on the result after
+     adding in the value contained in the object file.  */
+  if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
+      && flag == bfd_reloc_ok)
+    {
+      bfd_vma check;
+
+      /* Get the value that will be used for the relocation, but
+	 starting at bit position zero.  */
+      check = relocation >> howto->rightshift;
+      switch (howto->complain_on_overflow)
+	{
+	case complain_overflow_signed:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  */
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_max = (1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1;
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_min = ~reloc_signed_max;
+
+	    /* The above right shift is incorrect for a signed value.
+	       Fix it up by forcing on the upper bits.  */
+	    if (howto->rightshift > 0
+		&& (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
+	      check |= ((bfd_vma) - 1
+			& ~((bfd_vma) - 1
+			    >> howto->rightshift));
+	    if ((bfd_signed_vma) check > reloc_signed_max
+		|| (bfd_signed_vma) check < reloc_signed_min)
+	      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_unsigned:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_unsigned_max =
+	    (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if ((bfd_vma) check > reloc_unsigned_max)
+	      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_bitfield:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_bits = (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if (((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != 0
+		&& ((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != (-1 & ~reloc_bits))
+	      {
+		/* The above right shift is incorrect for a signed
+		   value.  See if turning on the upper bits fixes the
+		   overflow.  */
+		if (howto->rightshift > 0
+		    && (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
+		  {
+		    check |= ((bfd_vma) - 1
+			      & ~((bfd_vma) - 1
+				  >> howto->rightshift));
+		    if (((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != (-1 & ~reloc_bits))
+		      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+		  }
+		else
+		  flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*
+    Either we are relocating all the way, or we don't want to apply
+    the relocation to the reloc entry (probably because there isn't
+    any room in the output format to describe addends to relocs)
+    */
+
+  /* The cast to bfd_vma avoids a bug in the Alpha OSF/1 C compiler
+     (OSF version 1.3, compiler version 3.11).  It miscompiles the
+     following program:
+
+     struct str
+     {
+       unsigned int i0;
+     } s = { 0 };
+
+     int
+     main ()
+     {
+       unsigned long x;
+
+       x = 0x100000000;
+       x <<= (unsigned long) s.i0;
+       if (x == 0)
+	 printf ("failed\n");
+       else
+	 printf ("succeeded (%lx)\n", x);
+     }
+     */
+
+  relocation >>= (bfd_vma) howto->rightshift;
+
+  /* Shift everything up to where it's going to be used */
+
+  relocation <<= (bfd_vma) howto->bitpos;
+
+  /* Wait for the day when all have the mask in them */
+
+  /* What we do:
+     i instruction to be left alone
+     o offset within instruction
+     r relocation offset to apply
+     S src mask
+     D dst mask
+     N ~dst mask
+     A part 1
+     B part 2
+     R result
+
+     Do this:
+     i i i i i o o o o o        from bfd_get<size>
+     and           S S S S S    to get the size offset we want
+     +   r r r r r r r r r r  to get the final value to place
+     and           D D D D D  to chop to right size
+     -----------------------
+     A A A A A
+     And this:
+     ...   i i i i i o o o o o  from bfd_get<size>
+     and   N N N N N            get instruction
+     -----------------------
+     ...   B B B B B
+
+     And then:
+     B B B B B
+     or              A A A A A
+     -----------------------
+     R R R R R R R R R R        put into bfd_put<size>
+     */
+
+#define DOIT(x) \
+  x = ( (x & ~howto->dst_mask) | (((x & howto->src_mask) +  relocation) & howto->dst_mask))
+
+  switch (howto->size)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      {
+	char x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, (char *) data + addr);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, (unsigned char *) data + addr);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      {
+	short x = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_16 (abfd, x, (unsigned char *) data + addr);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      {
+	long x = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_32 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+      }
+      break;
+    case -2:
+      {
+	long x = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+	relocation = -relocation;
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_32 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case -1:
+      {
+	long x = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+	relocation = -relocation;
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_16 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+#ifdef BFD64
+      {
+	bfd_vma x = bfd_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_64 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data + addr);
+      }
+#else
+      abort ();
+#endif
+      break;
+    default:
+      return bfd_reloc_other;
+    }
+
+  return flag;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_install_relocation
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_reloc_status_type
+                bfd_install_relocation
+                        (bfd *abfd,
+                         arelent *reloc_entry,
+                         PTR data, bfd_vma data_start,
+                         asection *input_section,
+			 char **error_message);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This looks remarkably like <<bfd_perform_relocation>>, except it
+	does not expect that the section contents have been filled in.
+	I.e., it's suitable for use when creating, rather than applying
+	a relocation.
+
+	For now, this function should be considered reserved for the
+	assembler.
+
+*/
+
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+bfd_install_relocation (abfd, reloc_entry, data_start, data_start_offset,
+			input_section, error_message)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     PTR data_start;
+     bfd_vma data_start_offset;
+     asection *input_section;
+     char **error_message;
+{
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+  bfd_reloc_status_type flag = bfd_reloc_ok;
+  bfd_size_type addr = reloc_entry->address;
+  bfd_vma output_base = 0;
+  reloc_howto_type *howto = reloc_entry->howto;
+  asection *reloc_target_output_section;
+  asymbol *symbol;
+  bfd_byte *data;
+
+  symbol = *(reloc_entry->sym_ptr_ptr);
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return bfd_reloc_ok;
+    }
+
+  /* If there is a function supplied to handle this relocation type,
+     call it.  It'll return `bfd_reloc_continue' if further processing
+     can be done.  */
+  if (howto->special_function)
+    {
+      bfd_reloc_status_type cont;
+      /* XXX - The special_function calls haven't been fixed up to deal
+	 with creating new relocations and section contents.  */
+      cont = howto->special_function (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol,
+				      /* XXX - Non-portable! */
+				      ((bfd_byte *) data_start
+				       - data_start_offset),
+				      input_section, abfd, error_message);
+      if (cont != bfd_reloc_continue)
+	return cont;
+    }
+
+  /* Is the address of the relocation really within the section?  */
+  if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
+    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+  /* Work out which section the relocation is targetted at and the
+     initial relocation command value.  */
+
+  /* Get symbol value.  (Common symbols are special.)  */
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    relocation = 0;
+  else
+    relocation = symbol->value;
+
+
+  reloc_target_output_section = symbol->section->output_section;
+
+  /* Convert input-section-relative symbol value to absolute.  */
+  if (howto->partial_inplace == false)
+    output_base = 0;
+  else
+    output_base = reloc_target_output_section->vma;
+
+  relocation += output_base + symbol->section->output_offset;
+
+  /* Add in supplied addend.  */
+  relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
+
+  /* Here the variable relocation holds the final address of the
+     symbol we are relocating against, plus any addend.  */
+
+  if (howto->pc_relative == true)
+    {
+      /* This is a PC relative relocation.  We want to set RELOCATION
+	 to the distance between the address of the symbol and the
+	 location.  RELOCATION is already the address of the symbol.
+
+	 We start by subtracting the address of the section containing
+	 the location.
+
+	 If pcrel_offset is set, we must further subtract the position
+	 of the location within the section.  Some targets arrange for
+	 the addend to be the negative of the position of the location
+	 within the section; for example, i386-aout does this.  For
+	 i386-aout, pcrel_offset is false.  Some other targets do not
+	 include the position of the location; for example, m88kbcs,
+	 or ELF.  For those targets, pcrel_offset is true.
+
+	 If we are producing relocateable output, then we must ensure
+	 that this reloc will be correctly computed when the final
+	 relocation is done.  If pcrel_offset is false we want to wind
+	 up with the negative of the location within the section,
+	 which means we must adjust the existing addend by the change
+	 in the location within the section.  If pcrel_offset is true
+	 we do not want to adjust the existing addend at all.
+
+	 FIXME: This seems logical to me, but for the case of
+	 producing relocateable output it is not what the code
+	 actually does.  I don't want to change it, because it seems
+	 far too likely that something will break.  */
+
+      relocation -=
+	input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset;
+
+      if (howto->pcrel_offset == true && howto->partial_inplace == true)
+	relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
+    }
+
+  if (howto->partial_inplace == false)
+    {
+      /* This is a partial relocation, and we want to apply the relocation
+	 to the reloc entry rather than the raw data. Modify the reloc
+	 inplace to reflect what we now know.  */
+      reloc_entry->addend = relocation;
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+      return flag;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* This is a partial relocation, but inplace, so modify the
+	 reloc record a bit.
+
+	 If we've relocated with a symbol with a section, change
+	 into a ref to the section belonging to the symbol.  */
+
+      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+
+      /* WTF?? */
+      if (abfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_coff_flavour
+	  && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "aixcoff-rs6000") != 0
+	  && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "xcoff-powermac") != 0
+	  && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "coff-Intel-little") != 0
+	  && strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "coff-Intel-big") != 0)
+	{
+#if 1
+/* For m68k-coff, the addend was being subtracted twice during
+   relocation with -r.  Removing the line below this comment
+   fixes that problem; see PR 2953.
+
+However, Ian wrote the following, regarding removing the line below,
+which explains why it is still enabled:  --djm
+
+If you put a patch like that into BFD you need to check all the COFF
+linkers.  I am fairly certain that patch will break coff-i386 (e.g.,
+SCO); see coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c where I worked around the
+problem in a different way.  There may very well be a reason that the
+code works as it does.
+
+Hmmm.  The first obvious point is that bfd_install_relocation should
+not have any tests that depend upon the flavour.  It's seem like
+entirely the wrong place for such a thing.  The second obvious point
+is that the current code ignores the reloc addend when producing
+relocateable output for COFF.  That's peculiar.  In fact, I really
+have no idea what the point of the line you want to remove is.
+
+A typical COFF reloc subtracts the old value of the symbol and adds in
+the new value to the location in the object file (if it's a pc
+relative reloc it adds the difference between the symbol value and the
+location).  When relocating we need to preserve that property.
+
+BFD handles this by setting the addend to the negative of the old
+value of the symbol.  Unfortunately it handles common symbols in a
+non-standard way (it doesn't subtract the old value) but that's a
+different story (we can't change it without losing backward
+compatibility with old object files) (coff-i386 does subtract the old
+value, to be compatible with existing coff-i386 targets, like SCO).
+
+So everything works fine when not producing relocateable output.  When
+we are producing relocateable output, logically we should do exactly
+what we do when not producing relocateable output.  Therefore, your
+patch is correct.  In fact, it should probably always just set
+reloc_entry->addend to 0 for all cases, since it is, in fact, going to
+add the value into the object file.  This won't hurt the COFF code,
+which doesn't use the addend; I'm not sure what it will do to other
+formats (the thing to check for would be whether any formats both use
+the addend and set partial_inplace).
+
+When I wanted to make coff-i386 produce relocateable output, I ran
+into the problem that you are running into: I wanted to remove that
+line.  Rather than risk it, I made the coff-i386 relocs use a special
+function; it's coff_i386_reloc in coff-i386.c.  The function
+specifically adds the addend field into the object file, knowing that
+bfd_install_relocation is not going to.  If you remove that line, then
+coff-i386.c will wind up adding the addend field in twice.  It's
+trivial to fix; it just needs to be done.
+
+The problem with removing the line is just that it may break some
+working code.  With BFD it's hard to be sure of anything.  The right
+way to deal with this is simply to build and test at least all the
+supported COFF targets.  It should be straightforward if time and disk
+space consuming.  For each target:
+    1) build the linker
+    2) generate some executable, and link it using -r (I would
+       probably use paranoia.o and link against newlib/libc.a, which
+       for all the supported targets would be available in
+       /usr/cygnus/progressive/H-host/target/lib/libc.a).
+    3) make the change to reloc.c
+    4) rebuild the linker
+    5) repeat step 2
+    6) if the resulting object files are the same, you have at least
+       made it no worse
+    7) if they are different you have to figure out which version is
+       right
+*/
+	  relocation -= reloc_entry->addend;
+#endif
+	  reloc_entry->addend = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  reloc_entry->addend = relocation;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: This overflow checking is incomplete, because the value
+     might have overflowed before we get here.  For a correct check we
+     need to compute the value in a size larger than bitsize, but we
+     can't reasonably do that for a reloc the same size as a host
+     machine word.
+
+     FIXME: We should also do overflow checking on the result after
+     adding in the value contained in the object file.  */
+  if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont)
+    {
+      bfd_vma check;
+
+      /* Get the value that will be used for the relocation, but
+	 starting at bit position zero.  */
+      check = relocation >> howto->rightshift;
+      switch (howto->complain_on_overflow)
+	{
+	case complain_overflow_signed:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  */
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_max = (1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1;
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_min = ~reloc_signed_max;
+
+	    /* The above right shift is incorrect for a signed value.
+	       Fix it up by forcing on the upper bits.  */
+	    if (howto->rightshift > 0
+		&& (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
+	      check |= ((bfd_vma) - 1
+			& ~((bfd_vma) - 1
+			    >> howto->rightshift));
+	    if ((bfd_signed_vma) check > reloc_signed_max
+		|| (bfd_signed_vma) check < reloc_signed_min)
+	      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_unsigned:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_unsigned_max =
+	    (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if ((bfd_vma) check > reloc_unsigned_max)
+	      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_bitfield:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_bits = (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if (((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != 0
+		&& ((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != (-1 & ~reloc_bits))
+	      {
+		/* The above right shift is incorrect for a signed
+		   value.  See if turning on the upper bits fixes the
+		   overflow.  */
+		if (howto->rightshift > 0
+		    && (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
+		  {
+		    check |= ((bfd_vma) - 1
+			      & ~((bfd_vma) - 1
+				  >> howto->rightshift));
+		    if (((bfd_vma) check & ~reloc_bits) != (-1 & ~reloc_bits))
+		      flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+		  }
+		else
+		  flag = bfd_reloc_overflow;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*
+    Either we are relocating all the way, or we don't want to apply
+    the relocation to the reloc entry (probably because there isn't
+    any room in the output format to describe addends to relocs)
+    */
+
+  /* The cast to bfd_vma avoids a bug in the Alpha OSF/1 C compiler
+     (OSF version 1.3, compiler version 3.11).  It miscompiles the
+     following program:
+
+     struct str
+     {
+       unsigned int i0;
+     } s = { 0 };
+
+     int
+     main ()
+     {
+       unsigned long x;
+
+       x = 0x100000000;
+       x <<= (unsigned long) s.i0;
+       if (x == 0)
+	 printf ("failed\n");
+       else
+	 printf ("succeeded (%lx)\n", x);
+     }
+     */
+
+  relocation >>= (bfd_vma) howto->rightshift;
+
+  /* Shift everything up to where it's going to be used */
+
+  relocation <<= (bfd_vma) howto->bitpos;
+
+  /* Wait for the day when all have the mask in them */
+
+  /* What we do:
+     i instruction to be left alone
+     o offset within instruction
+     r relocation offset to apply
+     S src mask
+     D dst mask
+     N ~dst mask
+     A part 1
+     B part 2
+     R result
+
+     Do this:
+     i i i i i o o o o o        from bfd_get<size>
+     and           S S S S S    to get the size offset we want
+     +   r r r r r r r r r r  to get the final value to place
+     and           D D D D D  to chop to right size
+     -----------------------
+     A A A A A
+     And this:
+     ...   i i i i i o o o o o  from bfd_get<size>
+     and   N N N N N            get instruction
+     -----------------------
+     ...   B B B B B
+
+     And then:
+     B B B B B
+     or              A A A A A
+     -----------------------
+     R R R R R R R R R R        put into bfd_put<size>
+     */
+
+#define DOIT(x) \
+  x = ( (x & ~howto->dst_mask) | (((x & howto->src_mask) +  relocation) & howto->dst_mask))
+
+  data = (bfd_byte *) data_start + (addr - data_start_offset);
+
+  switch (howto->size)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      {
+	char x = bfd_get_8 (abfd, (char *) data);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_8 (abfd, x, (unsigned char *) data);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      {
+	short x = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_16 (abfd, x, (unsigned char *) data);
+      }
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      {
+	long x = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_32 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data);
+      }
+      break;
+    case -2:
+      {
+	long x = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data);
+	relocation = -relocation;
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_32 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      {
+	bfd_vma x = bfd_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data);
+	DOIT (x);
+	bfd_put_64 (abfd, x, (bfd_byte *) data);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      return bfd_reloc_other;
+    }
+
+  return flag;
+}
+
+/* This relocation routine is used by some of the backend linkers.
+   They do not construct asymbol or arelent structures, so there is no
+   reason for them to use bfd_perform_relocation.  Also,
+   bfd_perform_relocation is so hacked up it is easier to write a new
+   function than to try to deal with it.
+
+   This routine does a final relocation.  It should not be used when
+   generating relocateable output.
+
+   FIXME: This routine ignores any special_function in the HOWTO,
+   since the existing special_function values have been written for
+   bfd_perform_relocation.
+
+   HOWTO is the reloc howto information.
+   INPUT_BFD is the BFD which the reloc applies to.
+   INPUT_SECTION is the section which the reloc applies to.
+   CONTENTS is the contents of the section.
+   ADDRESS is the address of the reloc within INPUT_SECTION.
+   VALUE is the value of the symbol the reloc refers to.
+   ADDEND is the addend of the reloc.  */
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+_bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, address,
+			  value, addend)
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     bfd_vma address;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     bfd_vma addend;
+{
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+
+  /* Sanity check the address.  */
+  if (address > input_section->_raw_size)
+    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+  /* This function assumes that we are dealing with a basic relocation
+     against a symbol.  We want to compute the value of the symbol to
+     relocate to.  This is just VALUE, the value of the symbol, plus
+     ADDEND, any addend associated with the reloc.  */
+  relocation = value + addend;
+
+  /* If the relocation is PC relative, we want to set RELOCATION to
+     the distance between the symbol (currently in RELOCATION) and the
+     location we are relocating.  Some targets (e.g., i386-aout)
+     arrange for the contents of the section to be the negative of the
+     offset of the location within the section; for such targets
+     pcrel_offset is false.  Other targets (e.g., m88kbcs or ELF)
+     simply leave the contents of the section as zero; for such
+     targets pcrel_offset is true.  If pcrel_offset is false we do not
+     need to subtract out the offset of the location within the
+     section (which is just ADDRESS).  */
+  if (howto->pc_relative)
+    {
+      relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+		     + input_section->output_offset);
+      if (howto->pcrel_offset)
+	relocation -= address;
+    }
+
+  return _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, relocation,
+				 contents + address);
+}
+
+/* Relocate a given location using a given value and howto.  */
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+_bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, relocation, location)
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     bfd_vma relocation;
+     bfd_byte *location;
+{
+  int size;
+  bfd_vma x;
+  boolean overflow;
+
+  /* If the size is negative, negate RELOCATION.  This isn't very
+     general.  */
+  if (howto->size < 0)
+    relocation = -relocation;
+
+  /* Get the value we are going to relocate.  */
+  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    default:
+    case 0:
+      abort ();
+    case 1:
+      x = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, location);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      x = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, location);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, location);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+#ifdef BFD64
+      x = bfd_get_64 (input_bfd, location);
+#else
+      abort ();
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Check for overflow.  FIXME: We may drop bits during the addition
+     which we don't check for.  We must either check at every single
+     operation, which would be tedious, or we must do the computations
+     in a type larger than bfd_vma, which would be inefficient.  */
+  overflow = false;
+  if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont)
+    {
+      bfd_vma check;
+      bfd_signed_vma signed_check;
+      bfd_vma add;
+      bfd_signed_vma signed_add;
+
+      if (howto->rightshift == 0)
+	{
+	  check = relocation;
+	  signed_check = (bfd_signed_vma) relocation;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Drop unwanted bits from the value we are relocating to.  */
+	  check = relocation >> howto->rightshift;
+
+	  /* If this is a signed value, the rightshift just dropped
+	     leading 1 bits (assuming twos complement).  */
+	  if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation >= 0)
+	    signed_check = check;
+	  else
+	    signed_check = (check
+			    | ((bfd_vma) - 1
+			       & ~((bfd_vma) - 1 >> howto->rightshift)));
+	}
+
+      /* Get the value from the object file.  */
+      add = x & howto->src_mask;
+
+      /* Get the value from the object file with an appropriate sign.
+	 The expression involving howto->src_mask isolates the upper
+	 bit of src_mask.  If that bit is set in the value we are
+	 adding, it is negative, and we subtract out that number times
+	 two.  If src_mask includes the highest possible bit, then we
+	 can not get the upper bit, but that does not matter since
+	 signed_add needs no adjustment to become negative in that
+	 case.  */
+      signed_add = add;
+      if ((add & (((~howto->src_mask) >> 1) & howto->src_mask)) != 0)
+	signed_add -= (((~howto->src_mask) >> 1) & howto->src_mask) << 1;
+
+      /* Add the value from the object file, shifted so that it is a
+	 straight number.  */
+      if (howto->bitpos == 0)
+	{
+	  check += add;
+	  signed_check += signed_add;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  check += add >> howto->bitpos;
+
+	  /* For the signed case we use ADD, rather than SIGNED_ADD,
+	     to avoid warnings from SVR4 cc.  This is OK since we
+	     explictly handle the sign bits.  */
+	  if (signed_add >= 0)
+	    signed_check += add >> howto->bitpos;
+	  else
+	    signed_check += ((add >> howto->bitpos)
+			     | ((bfd_vma) - 1
+				& ~((bfd_vma) - 1 >> howto->bitpos)));
+	}
+
+      switch (howto->complain_on_overflow)
+	{
+	case complain_overflow_signed:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  */
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_max = (1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1;
+	    bfd_signed_vma reloc_signed_min = ~reloc_signed_max;
+
+	    if (signed_check > reloc_signed_max
+		|| signed_check < reloc_signed_min)
+	      overflow = true;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_unsigned:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_unsigned_max =
+	    (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if (check > reloc_unsigned_max)
+	      overflow = true;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case complain_overflow_bitfield:
+	  {
+	    /* Assumes two's complement.  This expression avoids
+	       overflow if howto->bitsize is the number of bits in
+	       bfd_vma.  */
+	    bfd_vma reloc_bits = (((1 << (howto->bitsize - 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
+
+	    if ((check & ~reloc_bits) != 0
+		&& (((bfd_vma) signed_check & ~reloc_bits)
+		    != (-1 & ~reloc_bits)))
+	      overflow = true;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Put RELOCATION in the right bits.  */
+  relocation >>= (bfd_vma) howto->rightshift;
+  relocation <<= (bfd_vma) howto->bitpos;
+
+  /* Add RELOCATION to the right bits of X.  */
+  x = ((x & ~howto->dst_mask)
+       | (((x & howto->src_mask) + relocation) & howto->dst_mask));
+
+  /* Put the relocated value back in the object file.  */
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    default:
+    case 0:
+      abort ();
+    case 1:
+      bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, x, location);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, x, location);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, location);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+#ifdef BFD64
+      bfd_put_64 (input_bfd, x, location);
+#else
+      abort ();
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return overflow ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+	howto manager,  , typedef arelent, Relocations
+
+SECTION
+	The howto manager
+
+	When an application wants to create a relocation, but doesn't
+	know what the target machine might call it, it can find out by
+	using this bit of code.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+TYPEDEF
+	bfd_reloc_code_type
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	The insides of a reloc code.  The idea is that, eventually, there
+	will be one enumerator for every type of relocation we ever do.
+	Pass one of these values to <<bfd_reloc_type_lookup>>, and it'll
+	return a howto pointer.
+
+	This does mean that the application must determine the correct
+	enumerator value; you can't get a howto pointer from a random set
+	of attributes.
+
+SENUM
+   bfd_reloc_code_real
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_64
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_26
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_24
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_14
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8
+ENUMDOC
+  Basic absolute relocations of N bits.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  PC-relative relocations.  Sometimes these are relative to the address
+of the relocation itself; sometimes they are relative to the start of
+the section containing the relocation.  It depends on the specific target.
+
+The 24-bit relocation is used in some Intel 960 configurations.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF
+ENUMDOC
+  For ELF.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE
+ENUMDOC
+  Relocations used by 68K ELF.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_32_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_8_BASEREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_RVA
+ENUMDOC
+  Linkage-table relative.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_8_FFnn
+ENUMDOC
+  Absolute 8-bit relocation, but used to form an address like 0xFFnn.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL_S2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2
+ENUMDOC
+  These PC-relative relocations are stored as word displacements --
+i.e., byte displacements shifted right two bits.  The 30-bit word
+displacement (<<32_PCREL_S2>> -- 32 bits, shifted 2) is used on the
+SPARC.  (SPARC tools generally refer to this as <<WDISP30>>.)  The
+signed 16-bit displacement is used on the MIPS, and the 23-bit
+displacement is used on the Alpha.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_HI22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_LO10
+ENUMDOC
+  High 22 bits and low 10 bits of 32-bit value, placed into lower bits of
+the target word.  These are used on the SPARC.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL32
+ENUMDOC
+  For systems that allocate a Global Pointer register, these are
+displacements off that register.  These relocation types are
+handled specially, because the value the register will have is
+decided relatively late.
+
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_I960_CALLJ
+ENUMDOC
+  Reloc types used for i960/b.out.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_NONE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC13
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32
+ENUMDOC
+  SPARC ELF relocations.  There is probably some overlap with other
+  relocation types already defined.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE13
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_BASE22
+ENUMDOC
+  I think these are specific to SPARC a.out (e.g., Sun 4).
+
+ENUMEQ
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_64
+  BFD_RELOC_64
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_JMP
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5
+ENUMDOC
+  Some relocations we're using for SPARC V9 -- subject to change.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
+ENUMDOC
+  Alpha ECOFF and ELF relocations.  Some of these treat the symbol or
+     "addend" in some special way.
+  For GPDISP_HI16 ("gpdisp") relocations, the symbol is ignored when
+     writing; when reading, it will be the absolute section symbol.  The
+     addend is the displacement in bytes of the "lda" instruction from
+     the "ldah" instruction (which is at the address of this reloc).
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16
+ENUMDOC
+  For GPDISP_LO16 ("ignore") relocations, the symbol is handled as
+     with GPDISP_HI16 relocs.  The addend is ignored when writing the
+     relocations out, and is filled in with the file's GP value on
+     reading, for convenience.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP
+ENUMDOC
+  The ELF GPDISP relocation is exactly the same as the GPDISP_HI16
+     relocation except that there is no accompanying GPDISP_LO16
+     relocation.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE
+ENUMDOC
+  The Alpha LITERAL/LITUSE relocs are produced by a symbol reference;
+     the assembler turns it into a LDQ instruction to load the address of
+     the symbol, and then fills in a register in the real instruction.
+
+     The LITERAL reloc, at the LDQ instruction, refers to the .lita
+     section symbol.  The addend is ignored when writing, but is filled
+     in with the file's GP value on reading, for convenience, as with the
+     GPDISP_LO16 reloc.
+
+     The ELF_LITERAL reloc is somewhere between 16_GOTOFF and GPDISP_LO16.
+     It should refer to the symbol to be referenced, as with 16_GOTOFF,
+     but it generates output not based on the position within the .got
+     section, but relative to the GP value chosen for the file during the
+     final link stage.
+
+     The LITUSE reloc, on the instruction using the loaded address, gives
+     information to the linker that it might be able to use to optimize
+     away some literal section references.  The symbol is ignored (read
+     as the absolute section symbol), and the "addend" indicates the type
+     of instruction using the register:
+              1 - "memory" fmt insn
+              2 - byte-manipulation (byte offset reg)
+              3 - jsr (target of branch)
+
+     The GNU linker currently doesn't do any of this optimizing.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT
+ENUMDOC
+  The HINT relocation indicates a value that should be filled into the
+     "hint" field of a jmp/jsr/ret instruction, for possible branch-
+     prediction logic which may be provided on some processors.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE
+ENUMDOC
+  The LINKAGE relocation outputs a linkage pair in the object file,
+     which is filled by the linker.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR
+ENUMDOC
+  The CODEADDR relocation outputs a STO_CA in the object file,
+     which is filled by the linker.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_JMP
+ENUMDOC
+  Bits 27..2 of the relocation address shifted right 2 bits;
+     simple reloc otherwise.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_JMP
+ENUMDOC
+  The MIPS16 jump instruction.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL
+ENUMDOC
+  MIPS16 GP relative reloc.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16
+ENUMDOC
+  High 16 bits of 32-bit value; simple reloc.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
+ENUMDOC
+  High 16 bits of 32-bit value but the low 16 bits will be sign
+     extended and added to form the final result.  If the low 16
+     bits form a negative number, we need to add one to the high value
+     to compensate for the borrow when the low bits are added.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_LO16
+ENUMDOC
+  Low 16 bits.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_PCREL_HI16_S
+ENUMDOC
+  Like BFD_RELOC_HI16_S, but PC relative.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_PCREL_LO16
+ENUMDOC
+  Like BFD_RELOC_LO16, but PC relative.
+
+ENUMEQ
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
+ENUMDOC
+  Relocation relative to the global pointer.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_LITERAL
+ENUMDOC
+  Relocation against a MIPS literal section.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL16
+ENUMEQX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL32
+  BFD_RELOC_GPREL32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_HI16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GOT_LO16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_HI16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_MIPS_CALL_LO16
+ENUMDOC
+  MIPS ELF relocations.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_COPY
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC
+ENUMDOC
+  i386/elf relocations
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_8_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_16_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_IMM_32_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_8_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_16_PCREL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_NS32K_DISP_32_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  ns32k relocations
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_JMP_SLOT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_RELATIVE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
+ENUMDOC
+  Power(rs6000) and PowerPC relocations.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_CTOR
+ENUMDOC
+  The type of reloc used to build a contructor table - at the moment
+  probably a 32 bit wide absolute relocation, but the target can choose.
+  It generally does map to one of the other relocation types.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_PCREL_BRANCH
+ENUMDOC
+  ARM 26 bit pc-relative branch.  The lowest two bits must be zero and are
+  not stored in the instruction.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_IMMEDIATE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_SHIFT_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_SWI
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_MULTI
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_CP_OFF_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_ADR_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_LDR_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_LITERAL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_IN_POOL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM8
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_ADD
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_IMM
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_SHIFT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_OFFSET
+ENUMDOC
+  These relocs are only used within the ARM assembler.  They are not
+  (at present) written to any object files.
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_USES
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA
+ENUMX
+  BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL
+ENUMDOC
+  Hitachi SH relocs.  Not all of these appear in object files.
+
+COMMENT
+
+COMMENT
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_R
+ENUMDOC
+  Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+  This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+  assumed to be 0.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_10_PCREL_L
+ENUMDOC
+  Mitsubishi D10V relocs.
+  This is a 10-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+  assumed to be 0.  This is the same as the previous reloc
+  except it is in the left container, i.e.,
+  shifted left 15 bits.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_18
+ENUMDOC
+  This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+  assumed to be 0.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_D10V_18_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits
+  assumed to be 0.
+COMMENT
+
+COMMENT
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_24
+ENUMDOC
+  Mitsubishi M32R relocs.
+  This is a 24 bit absolute address.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_10_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 10-bit pc-relative reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_18_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is an 18-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_26_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 26-bit reloc with the right 2 bits assumed to be 0.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_ULO
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+  used when the lower 16 bits are treated as unsigned.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_HI16_SLO
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 16-bit reloc containing the high 16 bits of an address
+  used when the lower 16 bits are treated as signed.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_LO16
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 16-bit reloc containing the lower 16 bits of an address.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_M32R_SDA16
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 16-bit reloc containing the small data area offset for use in
+  add3, load, and store instructions.
+
+COMMENT
+
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MN10300_32_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 32bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+  instruction.
+ENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_MN10300_16_PCREL
+ENUMDOC
+  This is a 16bit pcrel reloc for the mn10300, offset by two bytes in the
+  instruction.
+ENDSENUM
+  BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef enum bfd_reloc_code_real bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
+*/
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	reloc_howto_type *
+	bfd_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a pointer to a howto structure which, when
+	invoked, will perform the relocation @var{code} on data from the
+	architecture noted.
+
+*/
+
+
+reloc_howto_type *
+bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, reloc_type_lookup, (abfd, code));
+}
+
+static reloc_howto_type bfd_howto_32 =
+HOWTO (0, 00, 2, 32, false, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, 0, "VRT32", false, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, true);
+
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	reloc_howto_type *bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup
+	(bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type  code);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Provides a default relocation lookup routine for any architecture.
+
+
+*/
+
+reloc_howto_type *
+bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  switch (code)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
+      /* The type of reloc used in a ctor, which will be as wide as the
+	 address - so either a 64, 32, or 16 bitter.  */
+      switch (bfd_get_arch_info (abfd)->bits_per_address)
+	{
+	case 64:
+	  BFD_FAIL ();
+	case 32:
+	  return &bfd_howto_32;
+	case 16:
+	  BFD_FAIL ();
+	default:
+	  BFD_FAIL ();
+	}
+    default:
+      BFD_FAIL ();
+    }
+  return (reloc_howto_type *) NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_reloc_code_name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const char *bfd_get_reloc_code_name (bfd_reloc_code_real_type code);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Provides a printable name for the supplied relocation code.
+	Useful mainly for printing error messages.
+*/
+
+const char *
+bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code)
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+{
+  if (code > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
+    return 0;
+  return bfd_reloc_code_real_names[(int)code];
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_generic_relax_section
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_generic_relax_section
+	 (bfd *abfd,
+	  asection *section,
+	  struct bfd_link_info *,
+	  boolean *);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Provides default handling for relaxing for back ends which
+	don't do relaxing -- i.e., does nothing.
+*/
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+bfd_generic_relax_section (abfd, section, link_info, again)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     boolean *again;
+{
+  *again = false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+INTERNAL_FUNCTION
+	bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	bfd_byte *
+	   bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
+	     struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+	     struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+	     bfd_byte *data,
+	     boolean relocateable,
+	     asymbol **symbols);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Provides default handling of relocation effort for back ends
+	which can't be bothered to do it efficiently.
+
+*/
+
+bfd_byte *
+bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data,
+					    relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
+  bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+
+  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+  arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
+  long reloc_count;
+
+  if (reloc_size < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((size_t) reloc_size);
+  if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* read in the section */
+  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd,
+				 input_section,
+				 (PTR) data,
+				 0,
+				 input_section->_raw_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
+  input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
+  input_section->reloc_done = true;
+
+  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
+					input_section,
+					reloc_vector,
+					symbols);
+  if (reloc_count < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      arelent **parent;
+      for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL;
+	   parent++)
+	{
+	  char *error_message = (char *) NULL;
+	  bfd_reloc_status_type r =
+	    bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd,
+				    *parent,
+				    (PTR) data,
+				    input_section,
+				    relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
+				    &error_message);
+
+	  if (relocateable)
+	    {
+	      asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+
+	      /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
+	      os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
+	      os->reloc_count++;
+	    }
+
+	  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	    {
+	      switch (r)
+		{
+		case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+			(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
+		  BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL);
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+			(link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
+			 (*parent)->address)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+			(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+			 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
+			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+		default:
+		  abort ();
+		  break;
+		}
+
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return data;
+
+error_return:
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc16.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc16.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..999d7f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/reloc16.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/* 8 and 16 bit COFF relocation functions, for BFD.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* 
+Most of this hacked by  Steve Chamberlain,
+			sac@cygnus.com 
+*/
+
+/* These routines are used by coff-h8300 and coff-z8k to do
+   relocation.
+
+   FIXME: This code should be rewritten to support the new COFF
+   linker.  Basically, they need to deal with COFF relocs rather than
+   BFD generic relocs.  They should store the relocs in some location
+   where coff_link_input_bfd can find them (and coff_link_input_bfd
+   should be changed to use this location rather than rereading the
+   file) (unless info->keep_memory is false, in which case they should
+   free up the relocs after dealing with them).  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "genlink.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+bfd_vma
+bfd_coff_reloc16_get_value (reloc, link_info, input_section)
+     arelent *reloc;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     asection *input_section;
+{
+  bfd_vma value;
+  asymbol *symbol = *(reloc->sym_ptr_ptr);
+  /* A symbol holds a pointer to a section, and an offset from the
+     base of the section.  To relocate, we find where the section will
+     live in the output and add that in */
+
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section)
+      || bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      /* The symbol is undefined in this BFD.  Look it up in the
+	 global linker hash table.  FIXME: This should be changed when
+	 we convert this stuff to use a specific final_link function
+	 and change the interface to bfd_relax_section to not require
+	 the generic symbols.  */
+      h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (input_section->owner, link_info,
+					bfd_asymbol_name (symbol),
+					false, false, true);
+      if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+	value = (h->u.def.value
+		 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+		 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+      else if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	       && h->type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+	value = h->u.c.size;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (symbol),
+		  input_section->owner, input_section, reloc->address)))
+	    abort ();
+	  value = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      value = symbol->value +
+	symbol->section->output_offset +
+	  symbol->section->output_section->vma;
+    }
+  
+  /* Add the value contained in the relocation */
+  value += reloc->addend;
+  
+  return value;
+}
+
+void
+bfd_perform_slip(abfd, slip, input_section, value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int slip;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  asymbol **s;
+
+  s = _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (abfd);
+  BFD_ASSERT (s != (asymbol **) NULL);
+
+  /* Find all symbols past this point, and make them know
+     what's happened */
+  while (*s) 
+    {
+      asymbol *p = *s;
+      if (p->section == input_section) 
+	{
+	  /* This was pointing into this section, so mangle it */
+	  if (p->value > value)
+	    {
+	      p->value -= slip;
+	      if (p->udata.p != NULL)
+		{
+		  struct generic_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+		  h = (struct generic_link_hash_entry *) p->udata.p;
+		  BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+			      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+		  h->root.u.def.value -= slip;
+		  BFD_ASSERT (h->root.u.def.value == p->value);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      s++;
+    }    
+}
+
+boolean 
+bfd_coff_reloc16_relax_section (abfd, i, link_info, again)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *i;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     boolean *again;
+{
+  /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
+  bfd *input_bfd = i->owner;
+  asection *input_section = i;
+  unsigned *shrinks;
+  int shrink = 0;
+  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+  arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
+  long reloc_count;
+
+  /* We only do global relaxation once.  It is not safe to do it multiple
+     times (see discussion of the "shrinks" array below).  */
+  *again = false;
+
+  if (reloc_size < 0)
+    return false;
+
+  reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
+  if (!reloc_vector && reloc_size > 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Get the relocs and think about them */
+  reloc_count =
+    bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, reloc_vector,
+			    _bfd_generic_link_get_symbols (input_bfd));
+  if (reloc_count < 0)
+    {
+      free (reloc_vector);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* The reloc16.c and related relaxing code is very simple, the price
+     for that simplicity is we can only call this function once for
+     each section.
+
+     So, to get the best results within that limitation, we do multiple
+     relaxing passes over each section here.  That involves keeping track
+     of the "shrink" at each reloc in the section.  This allows us to
+     accurately determine the relative location of two relocs within
+     this section.
+
+     In theory, if we kept the "shrinks" array for each section for the
+     entire link, we could use the generic relaxing code in the linker
+     and get better results, particularly for jsr->bsr and 24->16 bit
+     memory reference relaxations.  */
+     
+  if (reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      int another_pass = 0;
+
+      /* Allocate and initialize the shrinks array for this section.  */
+      shrinks = (unsigned *)bfd_malloc (reloc_count * sizeof (unsigned));
+      memset (shrinks, 0, reloc_count * sizeof (unsigned));
+
+      /* Loop until nothing changes in this section.  */
+      do {
+	arelent **parent;
+	unsigned int i, j;
+
+	another_pass = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0, parent = reloc_vector; *parent; parent++, i++) 
+	  {
+	    /* Let the target/machine dependent code examine each reloc
+	       in this section and attempt to shrink it.  */
+	    shrink = bfd_coff_reloc16_estimate (abfd, input_section, *parent,
+						shrinks[i], link_info);
+
+	    /* If it shrunk, note it in the shrinks array and set up for
+	       another pass.  */
+	    if (shrink != shrinks[i])
+	      {
+	        another_pass = 1;
+		for (j = i + 1; j < reloc_count; j++)
+		  shrinks[j] += shrink - shrinks[i];
+	      }
+	  }
+  
+      } while (another_pass);
+
+      free((char *)shrinks);
+    }
+
+  input_section->_cooked_size -= shrink;  
+  free((char *)reloc_vector);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bfd_byte *
+bfd_coff_reloc16_get_relocated_section_contents(in_abfd,
+						link_info,
+						link_order,
+						data,
+						relocateable,
+						symbols)
+     bfd *in_abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
+  bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+  arelent **reloc_vector;
+  long reloc_count;
+
+  if (reloc_size < 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* If producing relocateable output, don't bother to relax.  */
+  if (relocateable)
+    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (in_abfd, link_info,
+						       link_order,
+						       data, relocateable,
+						       symbols);
+
+  /* read in the section */
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents(input_bfd,
+				 input_section,
+				 data,
+				 0,
+				 input_section->_raw_size))
+    return NULL;
+  
+  
+  reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc((size_t) reloc_size);
+  if (!reloc_vector && reloc_size != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  
+  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, 
+					input_section,
+					reloc_vector,
+					symbols);
+  if (reloc_count < 0)
+    {
+      free (reloc_vector);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    
+  if (reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      arelent **parent = reloc_vector;
+      arelent *reloc ;
+      unsigned int dst_address = 0;
+      unsigned int src_address = 0;
+      unsigned int run;
+      unsigned int idx;
+    
+      /* Find how long a run we can do */
+      while (dst_address < link_order->size) 
+	{
+	  reloc = *parent;
+	  if (reloc) 
+	    {
+	      /* Note that the relaxing didn't tie up the addresses in the
+		 relocation, so we use the original address to work out the
+		 run of non-relocated data */
+	      run = reloc->address - src_address;
+	      parent++;
+	    }
+	  else 
+	    {
+	      run = link_order->size - dst_address;
+	    }
+	  /* Copy the bytes */
+	  for (idx = 0; idx < run; idx++)
+	    {
+	      data[dst_address++] = data[src_address++];
+	    }
+    
+	  /* Now do the relocation */
+    
+	  if (reloc) 
+	    {
+	      bfd_coff_reloc16_extra_cases (input_bfd, link_info, link_order,
+					    reloc, data, &src_address,
+					    &dst_address);
+	    }    
+	}
+    }
+  free((char *)reloc_vector);
+  return data;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/section.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/section.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..787855c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/section.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+/* Object file "section" support for the BFD library.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Sections
+
+	The raw data contained within a BFD is maintained through the
+	section abstraction.  A single BFD may have any number of
+	sections.  It keeps hold of them by pointing to the first;
+	each one points to the next in the list.
+
+	Sections are supported in BFD in <<section.c>>.
+
+@menu
+@* Section Input::
+@* Section Output::
+@* typedef asection::
+@* section prototypes::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Section Input, Section Output, Sections, Sections
+SUBSECTION
+	Section input
+
+	When a BFD is opened for reading, the section structures are
+	created and attached to the BFD.
+
+	Each section has a name which describes the section in the
+	outside world---for example, <<a.out>> would contain at least
+	three sections, called <<.text>>, <<.data>> and <<.bss>>.
+
+	Names need not be unique; for example a COFF file may have several
+	sections named <<.data>>.
+
+	Sometimes a BFD will contain more than the ``natural'' number of
+	sections. A back end may attach other sections containing
+	constructor data, or an application may add a section (using
+	<<bfd_make_section>>) to the sections attached to an already open
+	BFD. For example, the linker creates an extra section
+	<<COMMON>> for each input file's BFD to hold information about
+	common storage.
+
+	The raw data is not necessarily read in when
+	the section descriptor is created. Some targets may leave the
+	data in place until a <<bfd_get_section_contents>> call is
+	made. Other back ends may read in all the data at once.  For
+	example, an S-record file has to be read once to determine the
+	size of the data. An IEEE-695 file doesn't contain raw data in
+	sections, but data and relocation expressions intermixed, so
+	the data area has to be parsed to get out the data and
+	relocations.
+
+INODE
+Section Output, typedef asection, Section Input, Sections
+
+SUBSECTION
+	Section output
+
+	To write a new object style BFD, the various sections to be
+	written have to be created. They are attached to the BFD in
+	the same way as input sections; data is written to the
+	sections using <<bfd_set_section_contents>>.
+
+	Any program that creates or combines sections (e.g., the assembler
+	and linker) must use the <<asection>> fields <<output_section>> and
+	<<output_offset>> to indicate the file sections to which each
+	section must be written.  (If the section is being created from
+	scratch, <<output_section>> should probably point to the section
+	itself and <<output_offset>> should probably be zero.)
+
+	The data to be written comes from input sections attached
+	(via <<output_section>> pointers) to
+	the output sections.  The output section structure can be
+	considered a filter for the input section: the output section
+	determines the vma of the output data and the name, but the
+	input section determines the offset into the output section of
+	the data to be written.
+
+	E.g., to create a section "O", starting at 0x100, 0x123 long,
+	containing two subsections, "A" at offset 0x0 (i.e., at vma
+	0x100) and "B" at offset 0x20 (i.e., at vma 0x120) the <<asection>>
+	structures would look like:
+
+|   section name          "A"
+|     output_offset   0x00
+|     size            0x20
+|     output_section ----------->  section name    "O"
+|                             |    vma             0x100
+|   section name          "B" |    size            0x123
+|     output_offset   0x20    |
+|     size            0x103   |
+|     output_section  --------|
+
+
+SUBSECTION
+	Link orders
+
+	The data within a section is stored in a @dfn{link_order}.
+	These are much like the fixups in <<gas>>.  The link_order
+	abstraction allows a section to grow and shrink within itself.
+
+	A link_order knows how big it is, and which is the next
+	link_order and where the raw data for it is; it also points to
+	a list of relocations which apply to it.
+
+	The link_order is used by the linker to perform relaxing on
+	final code.  The compiler creates code which is as big as
+	necessary to make it work without relaxing, and the user can
+	select whether to relax.  Sometimes relaxing takes a lot of
+	time.  The linker runs around the relocations to see if any
+	are attached to data which can be shrunk, if so it does it on
+	a link_order by link_order basis.
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+
+
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+typedef asection, section prototypes, Section Output, Sections
+SUBSECTION
+	typedef asection
+
+	Here is the section structure:
+
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+.
+.typedef struct sec
+.{
+.        {* The name of the section; the name isn't a copy, the pointer is
+.        the same as that passed to bfd_make_section. *}
+.
+.    CONST char *name;
+.
+.        {* Which section is it; 0..nth.      *}
+.
+.   int index;
+.
+.        {* The next section in the list belonging to the BFD, or NULL. *}
+.
+.    struct sec *next;
+.
+.        {* The field flags contains attributes of the section. Some
+.           flags are read in from the object file, and some are
+.           synthesized from other information.  *}
+.
+.    flagword flags;
+.
+.#define SEC_NO_FLAGS   0x000
+.
+.        {* Tells the OS to allocate space for this section when loading.
+.           This is clear for a section containing debug information
+.           only. *}
+.#define SEC_ALLOC      0x001
+.
+.        {* Tells the OS to load the section from the file when loading.
+.           This is clear for a .bss section. *}
+.#define SEC_LOAD       0x002
+.
+.        {* The section contains data still to be relocated, so there is
+.           some relocation information too. *}
+.#define SEC_RELOC      0x004
+.
+.#if 0   {* Obsolete ? *}
+.#define SEC_BALIGN     0x008
+.#endif
+.
+.        {* A signal to the OS that the section contains read only
+.          data. *}
+.#define SEC_READONLY   0x010
+.
+.        {* The section contains code only. *}
+.#define SEC_CODE       0x020
+.
+.        {* The section contains data only. *}
+.#define SEC_DATA       0x040
+.
+.        {* The section will reside in ROM. *}
+.#define SEC_ROM        0x080
+.
+.        {* The section contains constructor information. This section
+.           type is used by the linker to create lists of constructors and
+.           destructors used by <<g++>>. When a back end sees a symbol
+.           which should be used in a constructor list, it creates a new
+.           section for the type of name (e.g., <<__CTOR_LIST__>>), attaches
+.           the symbol to it, and builds a relocation. To build the lists
+.           of constructors, all the linker has to do is catenate all the
+.           sections called <<__CTOR_LIST__>> and relocate the data
+.           contained within - exactly the operations it would peform on
+.           standard data. *}
+.#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR 0x100
+.
+.        {* The section is a constuctor, and should be placed at the
+.          end of the text, data, or bss section(?). *}
+.#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_TEXT 0x1100
+.#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_DATA 0x2100
+.#define SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_BSS  0x3100
+.
+.        {* The section has contents - a data section could be
+.           <<SEC_ALLOC>> | <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>>; a debug section could be
+.           <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>> *}
+.#define SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 0x200
+.
+.        {* An instruction to the linker to not output the section
+.           even if it has information which would normally be written. *}
+.#define SEC_NEVER_LOAD 0x400
+.
+.        {* The section is a COFF shared library section.  This flag is
+.           only for the linker.  If this type of section appears in
+.           the input file, the linker must copy it to the output file
+.           without changing the vma or size.  FIXME: Although this
+.           was originally intended to be general, it really is COFF
+.           specific (and the flag was renamed to indicate this).  It
+.           might be cleaner to have some more general mechanism to
+.           allow the back end to control what the linker does with
+.           sections. *}
+.#define SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY 0x800
+.
+.        {* The section contains common symbols (symbols may be defined
+.           multiple times, the value of a symbol is the amount of
+.           space it requires, and the largest symbol value is the one
+.           used).  Most targets have exactly one of these (which we
+.	    translate to bfd_com_section_ptr), but ECOFF has two. *}
+.#define SEC_IS_COMMON 0x8000
+.
+.        {* The section contains only debugging information.  For
+.           example, this is set for ELF .debug and .stab sections.
+.           strip tests this flag to see if a section can be
+.           discarded. *}
+.#define SEC_DEBUGGING 0x10000
+.
+.        {* The contents of this section are held in memory pointed to
+.           by the contents field.  This is checked by
+.           bfd_get_section_contents, and the data is retrieved from
+.           memory if appropriate.  *}
+.#define SEC_IN_MEMORY 0x20000
+.
+.        {* The contents of this section are to be excluded by the
+.	    linker for executable and shared objects unless those
+.	    objects are to be further relocated.  *}
+.#define SEC_EXCLUDE 0x40000
+.
+.	{* The contents of this section are to be sorted by the
+.	   based on the address specified in the associated symbol
+.	   table.  *}
+.#define SEC_SORT_ENTRIES 0x80000
+.
+.	{* When linking, duplicate sections of the same name should be
+.	   discarded, rather than being combined into a single section as
+.	   is usually done.  This is similar to how common symbols are
+.	   handled.  See SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES below.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_ONCE 0x100000
+.
+.	{* If SEC_LINK_ONCE is set, this bitfield describes how the linker
+.	   should handle duplicate sections.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES 0x600000
+.
+.	{* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that duplicate
+.	   sections with the same name should simply be discarded. *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD 0x0
+.
+.	{* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+.	   should warn if there are any duplicate sections, although
+.	   it should still only link one copy.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY 0x200000
+.
+.	{* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+.	   should warn if any duplicate sections are a different size.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE 0x400000
+.
+.	{* This value for SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES means that the linker
+.	   should warn if any duplicate sections contain different
+.	   contents.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS 0x600000
+.
+.	{* This section was created by the linker as part of dynamic
+.	   relocation or other arcane processing.  It is skipped when
+.	   going through the first-pass output, trusting that someone
+.	   else up the line will take care of it later.  *}
+.#define SEC_LINKER_CREATED 0x800000
+.
+.	{*  End of section flags.  *}
+.
+.	{* Some internal packed boolean fields.  *}
+.
+.	{* See the vma field.  *}
+.	unsigned int user_set_vma : 1;
+.
+.	{* Whether relocations have been processed.  *}
+.	unsigned int reloc_done : 1;
+.
+.	{* A mark flag used by some of the linker backends.  *}
+.	unsigned int linker_mark : 1;
+.
+.	{* End of internal packed boolean fields.  *}
+.
+.       {*  The virtual memory address of the section - where it will be
+.           at run time.  The symbols are relocated against this.  The
+.	    user_set_vma flag is maintained by bfd; if it's not set, the
+.	    backend can assign addresses (for example, in <<a.out>>, where
+.	    the default address for <<.data>> is dependent on the specific
+.	    target and various flags).  *}
+.
+.   bfd_vma vma;
+.
+.       {*  The load address of the section - where it would be in a
+.           rom image; really only used for writing section header
+.	    information. *}
+.
+.   bfd_vma lma;
+.
+.        {* The size of the section in bytes, as it will be output.
+.           contains a value even if the section has no contents (e.g., the
+.           size of <<.bss>>). This will be filled in after relocation *}
+.
+.   bfd_size_type _cooked_size;
+.
+.        {* The original size on disk of the section, in bytes.  Normally this
+.	    value is the same as the size, but if some relaxing has
+.	    been done, then this value will be bigger.  *}
+.
+.   bfd_size_type _raw_size;
+.
+.        {* If this section is going to be output, then this value is the
+.           offset into the output section of the first byte in the input
+.           section. E.g., if this was going to start at the 100th byte in
+.           the output section, this value would be 100. *}
+.
+.   bfd_vma output_offset;
+.
+.        {* The output section through which to map on output. *}
+.
+.   struct sec *output_section;
+.
+.        {* The alignment requirement of the section, as an exponent of 2 -
+.           e.g., 3 aligns to 2^3 (or 8). *}
+.
+.   unsigned int alignment_power;
+.
+.        {* If an input section, a pointer to a vector of relocation
+.           records for the data in this section. *}
+.
+.   struct reloc_cache_entry *relocation;
+.
+.        {* If an output section, a pointer to a vector of pointers to
+.           relocation records for the data in this section. *}
+.
+.   struct reloc_cache_entry **orelocation;
+.
+.        {* The number of relocation records in one of the above  *}
+.
+.   unsigned reloc_count;
+.
+.        {* Information below is back end specific - and not always used
+.           or updated.  *}
+.
+.        {* File position of section data    *}
+.
+.   file_ptr filepos;
+.
+.        {* File position of relocation info *}
+.
+.   file_ptr rel_filepos;
+.
+.        {* File position of line data       *}
+.
+.   file_ptr line_filepos;
+.
+.        {* Pointer to data for applications *}
+.
+.   PTR userdata;
+.
+.        {* If the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag is set, this points to the actual
+.           contents.  *}
+.   unsigned char *contents;
+.
+.        {* Attached line number information *}
+.
+.   alent *lineno;
+.
+.        {* Number of line number records   *}
+.
+.   unsigned int lineno_count;
+.
+.        {* When a section is being output, this value changes as more
+.           linenumbers are written out *}
+.
+.   file_ptr moving_line_filepos;
+.
+.        {* What the section number is in the target world  *}
+.
+.   int target_index;
+.
+.   PTR used_by_bfd;
+.
+.        {* If this is a constructor section then here is a list of the
+.           relocations created to relocate items within it. *}
+.
+.   struct relent_chain *constructor_chain;
+.
+.        {* The BFD which owns the section. *}
+.
+.   bfd *owner;
+.
+.	 {* A symbol which points at this section only *}
+.   struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol;
+.   struct symbol_cache_entry **symbol_ptr_ptr;
+.
+.   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_head;
+.   struct bfd_link_order *link_order_tail;
+.} asection ;
+.
+.    {* These sections are global, and are managed by BFD.  The application
+.       and target back end are not permitted to change the values in
+.	these sections.  New code should use the section_ptr macros rather
+.       than referring directly to the const sections.  The const sections
+.       may eventually vanish.  *}
+.#define BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME "*ABS*"
+.#define BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME "*UND*"
+.#define BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME "*COM*"
+.#define BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME "*IND*"
+.
+.    {* the absolute section *}
+.extern const asection bfd_abs_section;
+.#define bfd_abs_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)
+.#define bfd_is_abs_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+.    {* Pointer to the undefined section *}
+.extern const asection bfd_und_section;
+.#define bfd_und_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_und_section)
+.#define bfd_is_und_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+.    {* Pointer to the common section *}
+.extern const asection bfd_com_section;
+.#define bfd_com_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_com_section)
+.    {* Pointer to the indirect section *}
+.extern const asection bfd_ind_section;
+.#define bfd_ind_section_ptr ((asection *) &bfd_ind_section)
+.#define bfd_is_ind_section(sec) ((sec) == bfd_ind_section_ptr)
+.
+.extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_abs_symbol;
+.extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_com_symbol;
+.extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_und_symbol;
+.extern const struct symbol_cache_entry * const bfd_ind_symbol;
+.#define bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc(section) \
+.     (section->reloc_done ? (abort(),1): (section)->_raw_size)
+.#define bfd_get_section_size_after_reloc(section) \
+.     ((section->reloc_done) ? (section)->_cooked_size: (abort(),1))
+*/
+
+/* These symbols are global, not specific to any BFD.  Therefore, anything
+   that tries to change them is broken, and should be repaired.  */
+static const asymbol global_syms[] =
+{
+ /* the_bfd, name, value, attr, section [, udata] */
+  {0, BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME, 0, BSF_SECTION_SYM, (asection *) &bfd_com_section},
+  {0, BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME, 0, BSF_SECTION_SYM, (asection *) &bfd_und_section},
+  {0, BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, BSF_SECTION_SYM, (asection *) &bfd_abs_section},
+  {0, BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME, 0, BSF_SECTION_SYM, (asection *) &bfd_ind_section},
+};
+
+#define STD_SECTION(SEC, FLAGS, SYM, NAME, IDX)	\
+  const asymbol * const SYM = (asymbol *) &global_syms[IDX]; \
+  const asection SEC = \
+    { NAME, 0, 0, FLAGS, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, (asection *) &SEC, \
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, \
+      (asymbol *) &global_syms[IDX], (asymbol **) &SYM, 0, 0 }
+
+STD_SECTION (bfd_com_section, SEC_IS_COMMON, bfd_com_symbol,
+	     BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME, 0);
+STD_SECTION (bfd_und_section, 0, bfd_und_symbol, BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME, 1);
+STD_SECTION (bfd_abs_section, 0, bfd_abs_symbol, BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 2);
+STD_SECTION (bfd_ind_section, 0, bfd_ind_symbol, BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME, 3);
+#undef STD_SECTION
+
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+section prototypes,  , typedef asection, Sections
+SUBSECTION
+	Section prototypes
+
+These are the functions exported by the section handling part of BFD.
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_section_by_name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	asection *bfd_get_section_by_name(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Run through @var{abfd} and return the one of the
+	<<asection>>s whose name matches @var{name}, otherwise <<NULL>>.
+	@xref{Sections}, for more information.
+
+	This should only be used in special cases; the normal way to process
+	all sections of a given name is to use <<bfd_map_over_sections>> and
+	<<strcmp>> on the name (or better yet, base it on the section flags
+	or something else) for each section.
+*/
+
+asection *
+bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  asection *sect;
+
+  for (sect = abfd->sections; sect != NULL; sect = sect->next)
+    if (!strcmp (sect->name, name))
+      return sect;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_make_section_old_way
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	asection *bfd_make_section_old_way(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Create a new empty section called @var{name}
+	and attach it to the end of the chain of sections for the
+	BFD @var{abfd}. An attempt to create a section with a name which
+	is already in use returns its pointer without changing the
+	section chain.
+
+	It has the funny name since this is the way it used to be
+	before it was rewritten....
+
+	Possible errors are:
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> -
+	If output has already started for this BFD.
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	If memory allocation fails.
+
+*/
+
+
+asection *
+bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+  if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
+    }
+  return sec;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_make_section_anyway
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	asection *bfd_make_section_anyway(bfd *abfd, CONST char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+   Create a new empty section called @var{name} and attach it to the end of
+   the chain of sections for @var{abfd}.  Create a new section even if there
+   is already a section with that name.
+
+   Return <<NULL>> and set <<bfd_error>> on error; possible errors are:
+   o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> - If output has already started for @var{abfd}.
+   o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> - If memory allocation fails.
+*/
+
+sec_ptr
+bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  asection *newsect;
+  asection **prev = &abfd->sections;
+  asection *sect = abfd->sections;
+
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  while (sect)
+    {
+      prev = &sect->next;
+      sect = sect->next;
+    }
+
+  newsect = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (newsect == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  newsect->name = name;
+  newsect->index = abfd->section_count++;
+  newsect->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+
+  newsect->userdata = NULL;
+  newsect->contents = NULL;
+  newsect->next = (asection *) NULL;
+  newsect->relocation = (arelent *) NULL;
+  newsect->reloc_count = 0;
+  newsect->line_filepos = 0;
+  newsect->owner = abfd;
+
+  /* Create a symbol whos only job is to point to this section. This is
+     useful for things like relocs which are relative to the base of a
+     section.  */
+  newsect->symbol = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+  if (newsect->symbol == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  newsect->symbol->name = name;
+  newsect->symbol->value = 0;
+  newsect->symbol->section = newsect;
+  newsect->symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+
+  newsect->symbol_ptr_ptr = &newsect->symbol;
+
+  if (BFD_SEND (abfd, _new_section_hook, (abfd, newsect)) != true)
+    {
+      free (newsect);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  *prev = newsect;
+  return newsect;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_make_section
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	asection *bfd_make_section(bfd *, CONST char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+   Like <<bfd_make_section_anyway>>, but return <<NULL>> (without calling
+   bfd_set_error ()) without changing the section chain if there is already a
+   section named @var{name}.  If there is an error, return <<NULL>> and set
+   <<bfd_error>>.
+*/
+
+asection *
+bfd_make_section (abfd, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  asection *sect = abfd->sections;
+
+  if (strcmp (name, BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (name, BFD_COM_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_com_section_ptr;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (name, BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_und_section_ptr;
+    }
+
+  if (strcmp (name, BFD_IND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    {
+      return bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+    }
+
+  while (sect)
+    {
+      if (!strcmp (sect->name, name))
+	return NULL;
+      sect = sect->next;
+    }
+
+  /* The name is not already used; go ahead and make a new section.  */
+  return bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_section_flags
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_section_flags(bfd *abfd, asection *sec, flagword flags);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the attributes of the section @var{sec} in the BFD
+	@var{abfd} to the value @var{flags}. Return <<true>> on success,
+	<<false>> on error. Possible error returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> -
+	The section cannot have one or more of the attributes
+	requested. For example, a .bss section in <<a.out>> may not
+	have the <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>> field set.
+
+*/
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, section, flags)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     flagword flags;
+{
+#if 0
+  /* If you try to copy a text section from an input file (where it
+     has the SEC_CODE flag set) to an output file, this loses big if
+     the bfd_applicable_section_flags (abfd) doesn't have the SEC_CODE
+     set - which it doesn't, at least not for a.out.  FIXME */
+
+  if ((flags & bfd_applicable_section_flags (abfd)) != flags)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  section->flags = flags;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_map_over_sections
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_map_over_sections(bfd *abfd,
+				   void (*func)(bfd *abfd,
+						asection *sect,
+						PTR obj),
+				   PTR obj);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Call the provided function @var{func} for each section
+	attached to the BFD @var{abfd}, passing @var{obj} as an
+	argument. The function will be called as if by
+
+|	func(abfd, the_section, obj);
+
+	This is the prefered method for iterating over sections; an
+	alternative would be to use a loop:
+
+|	   section *p;
+|	   for (p = abfd->sections; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+|	      func(abfd, p, ...)
+
+
+*/
+
+/*VARARGS2*/
+void
+bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, operation, user_storage)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     void (*operation) PARAMS ((bfd * abfd, asection * sect, PTR obj));
+     PTR user_storage;
+{
+  asection *sect;
+  unsigned int i = 0;
+
+  for (sect = abfd->sections; sect != NULL; i++, sect = sect->next)
+    (*operation) (abfd, sect, user_storage);
+
+  if (i != abfd->section_count)	/* Debugging */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_section_size
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_section_size(bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_size_type val);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set @var{sec} to the size @var{val}. If the operation is
+	ok, then <<true>> is returned, else <<false>>.
+
+	Possible error returns:
+	o <<bfd_error_invalid_operation>> -
+	Writing has started to the BFD, so setting the size is invalid.
+
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_section_size (abfd, ptr, val)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr ptr;
+     bfd_size_type val;
+{
+  /* Once you've started writing to any section you cannot create or change
+     the size of any others. */
+
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ptr->_cooked_size = val;
+  ptr->_raw_size = val;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_section_contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_section_contents
+         (bfd *abfd,
+         asection *section,
+         PTR data,
+         file_ptr offset,
+         bfd_size_type count);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Sets the contents of the section @var{section} in BFD
+	@var{abfd} to the data starting in memory at @var{data}. The
+	data is written to the output section starting at offset
+	@var{offset} for @var{count} bytes.
+
+
+
+	Normally <<true>> is returned, else <<false>>. Possible error
+	returns are:
+	o <<bfd_error_no_contents>> -
+	The output section does not have the <<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>>
+	attribute, so nothing can be written to it.
+	o and some more too
+
+	This routine is front end to the back end function
+	<<_bfd_set_section_contents>>.
+
+
+*/
+
+#define bfd_get_section_size_now(abfd,sec) \
+(sec->reloc_done \
+ ? bfd_get_section_size_after_reloc (sec) \
+ : bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sec))
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  bfd_size_type sz;
+
+  if (!(bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, section) & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_contents);
+      return (false);
+    }
+
+  if (offset < 0)
+    {
+    bad_val:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+  sz = bfd_get_section_size_now (abfd, section);
+  if ((bfd_size_type) offset > sz
+      || count > sz
+      || offset + count > sz)
+    goto bad_val;
+
+  switch (abfd->direction)
+    {
+    case read_direction:
+    case no_direction:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+
+    case write_direction:
+      break;
+
+    case both_direction:
+      /* File is opened for update. `output_has_begun' some time ago when
+	   the file was created.  Do not recompute sections sizes or alignments
+	   in _bfd_set_section_content.  */
+      abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_set_section_contents,
+		(abfd, section, location, offset, count)))
+    {
+      abfd->output_has_begun = true;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_section_contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_get_section_contents
+        (bfd *abfd, asection *section, PTR location,
+         file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Read data from @var{section} in BFD @var{abfd}
+	into memory starting at @var{location}. The data is read at an
+	offset of @var{offset} from the start of the input section,
+	and is read for @var{count} bytes.
+
+	If the contents of a constructor with the <<SEC_CONSTRUCTOR>>
+	flag set are requested or if the section does not have the
+	<<SEC_HAS_CONTENTS>> flag set, then the @var{location} is filled
+	with zeroes. If no errors occur, <<true>> is returned, else
+	<<false>>.
+
+
+
+*/
+boolean
+bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  bfd_size_type sz;
+
+  if (section->flags & SEC_CONSTRUCTOR)
+    {
+      memset (location, 0, (unsigned) count);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (offset < 0)
+    {
+    bad_val:
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+  /* Even if reloc_done is true, this function reads unrelocated
+     contents, so we want the raw size.  */
+  sz = section->_raw_size;
+  if ((bfd_size_type) offset > sz || count > sz || offset + count > sz)
+    goto bad_val;
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    /* Don't bother.  */
+    return true;
+
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
+    {
+      memset (location, 0, (unsigned) count);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) != 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (location, section->contents + offset, (size_t) count);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  return BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_section_contents,
+		   (abfd, section, location, offset, count));
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_copy_private_section_data
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_copy_private_section_data(bfd *ibfd, asection *isec, bfd *obfd, asection *osec);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy private section information from @var{isec} in the BFD
+	@var{ibfd} to the section @var{osec} in the BFD @var{obfd}.
+	Return <<true>> on success, <<false>> on error.  Possible error
+	returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{osec}.
+
+.#define bfd_copy_private_section_data(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection) \
+.     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_section_data, \
+.		(ibfd, isection, obfd, osection))
+*/
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/srec.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/srec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e45b3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/srec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1387 @@
+/* BFD back-end for s-record objects.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support <sac@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	S-Record handling
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	
+	Ordinary S-Records cannot hold anything but addresses and
+	data, so that's all that we implement.
+
+	The only interesting thing is that S-Records may come out of
+	order and there is no header, so an initial scan is required
+	to discover the minimum and maximum addresses used to create
+	the vma and size of the only section we create.  We
+	arbitrarily call this section ".text".
+
+	When bfd_get_section_contents is called the file is read
+	again, and this time the data is placed into a bfd_alloc'd
+	area.
+
+	Any number of sections may be created for output, we save them
+	up and output them when it's time to close the bfd.
+
+	An s record looks like:
+	
+EXAMPLE
+	S<type><length><address><data><checksum>
+	
+DESCRIPTION
+	Where
+	o length
+	is the number of bytes following upto the checksum. Note that
+	this is not the number of chars following, since it takes two
+	chars to represent a byte.
+	o type
+	is one of:
+	0) header record
+	1) two byte address data record
+	2) three byte address data record
+	3) four byte address data record
+	7) four byte address termination record
+	8) three byte address termination record
+	9) two byte address termination record
+	
+	o address
+	is the start address of the data following, or in the case of
+	a termination record, the start address of the image
+	o data
+	is the data.
+	o checksum
+	is the sum of all the raw byte data in the record, from the length
+	upwards, modulo 256 and subtracted from 255.
+
+
+SUBSECTION
+	Symbol S-Record handling
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Some ICE equipment understands an addition to the standard
+	S-Record format; symbols and their addresses can be sent
+	before the data.
+
+	The format of this is:
+	($$ <modulename>
+		(<space> <symbol> <address>)*)
+	$$
+
+	so a short symbol table could look like:
+
+EXAMPLE
+	$$ flash.x
+	$$ flash.c
+	  _port6 $0
+	  _delay $4
+	  _start $14
+	  _etext $8036
+	  _edata $8036
+ 	  _end $8036
+	$$
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	We allow symbols to be anywhere in the data stream - the module names
+	are always ignored.
+		
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+static void srec_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *));
+static void srec_print_symbol
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type));
+static void srec_init PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean srec_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int srec_get_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean *));
+static void srec_bad_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, int, boolean));
+static boolean srec_scan PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *srec_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static const bfd_target *symbolsrec_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean srec_read_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *));
+
+static boolean srec_write_record PARAMS ((bfd *, int, bfd_vma,
+					  const bfd_byte *,
+					  const bfd_byte *));
+static boolean srec_write_header PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean srec_write_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean srec_new_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean srec_get_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static boolean srec_set_arch_mach
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long));
+static boolean srec_set_section_contents
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static boolean internal_srec_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean srec_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean symbolsrec_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int srec_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+static asymbol *srec_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static long srec_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static long srec_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+
+/* Macros for converting between hex and binary. */
+
+static CONST char digs[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+#define NIBBLE(x) hex_value(x)
+#define HEX(buffer) ((NIBBLE((buffer)[0])<<4) + NIBBLE((buffer)[1]))
+#define TOHEX(d, x, ch) \
+	d[1] = digs[(x) & 0xf]; \
+	d[0] = digs[((x)>>4)&0xf]; \
+	ch += ((x) & 0xff);
+#define	ISHEX(x)  hex_p(x)
+
+/* Initialize by filling in the hex conversion array. */
+
+static void
+srec_init ()
+{
+  static boolean inited = false;
+
+  if (inited == false)
+    {
+      inited = true;
+      hex_init ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* The maximum number of bytes on a line is FF */
+#define MAXCHUNK 0xff
+/* The number of bytes we fit onto a line on output */
+#define CHUNK 21
+
+/* When writing an S-record file, the S-records can not be output as
+   they are seen.  This structure is used to hold them in memory.  */
+
+struct srec_data_list_struct
+{
+  struct srec_data_list_struct *next;
+  bfd_byte *data;
+  bfd_vma where;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+};
+
+typedef struct srec_data_list_struct srec_data_list_type;
+
+/* When scanning the S-record file, a linked list of srec_symbol
+   structures is built to represent the symbol table (if there is
+   one).  */
+
+struct srec_symbol
+{
+  struct srec_symbol *next;
+  const char *name;
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* The S-record tdata information.  */
+
+typedef struct srec_data_struct
+  {
+    srec_data_list_type *head;
+    srec_data_list_type *tail;
+    unsigned int type;
+    struct srec_symbol *symbols;
+    struct srec_symbol *symtail;
+    asymbol *csymbols;
+  }
+tdata_type;
+
+static boolean srec_write_section PARAMS ((bfd *, tdata_type *,
+					   srec_data_list_type *));
+static boolean srec_write_terminator PARAMS ((bfd *, tdata_type *));
+
+/* Set up the S-record tdata information.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  srec_init ();
+
+  if (abfd->tdata.srec_data == NULL)
+    {
+      tdata_type *tdata = (tdata_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (tdata_type));
+      if (tdata == NULL)
+	return false;
+      abfd->tdata.srec_data = tdata;
+      tdata->type = 1;
+      tdata->head = NULL;
+      tdata->tail = NULL;
+      tdata->symbols = NULL;
+      tdata->symtail = NULL;
+      tdata->csymbols = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a byte from an S record file.  Set *ERRORPTR if an error
+   occurred.  Return EOF on error or end of file.  */
+
+static int
+srec_get_byte (abfd, errorptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean *errorptr;
+{
+  bfd_byte c;
+
+  if (bfd_read (&c, 1, 1, abfd) != 1)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_file_truncated)
+	*errorptr = true;
+      return EOF;
+    }
+
+  return (int) (c & 0xff);
+}
+
+/* Report a problem in an S record file.  FIXME: This probably should
+   not call fprintf, but we really do need some mechanism for printing
+   error messages.  */
+
+static void
+srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int lineno;
+     int c;
+     boolean error;
+{
+  if (c == EOF)
+    {
+      if (! error)
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char buf[10];
+
+      if (! isprint (c))
+	sprintf (buf, "\\%03o", (unsigned int) c);
+      else
+	{
+	  buf[0] = c;
+	  buf[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	("%s:%d: Unexpected character `%s' in S-record file\n",
+	 bfd_get_filename (abfd), lineno, buf);
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add a new symbol found in an S-record file.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_new_symbol (abfd, name, val)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct srec_symbol *n;
+
+  n = (struct srec_symbol *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct srec_symbol));
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n->name = name;
+  n->val = val;
+
+  if (abfd->tdata.srec_data->symbols == NULL)
+    abfd->tdata.srec_data->symbols = n;
+  else
+    abfd->tdata.srec_data->symtail->next = n;
+  abfd->tdata.srec_data->symtail = n;
+  n->next = NULL;
+
+  ++abfd->symcount;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read the S record file and turn it into sections.  We create a new
+   section for each contiguous set of bytes.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_scan (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int c;
+  unsigned int lineno = 1;
+  boolean error = false;
+  bfd_byte *buf = NULL;
+  size_t bufsize = 0;
+  asection *sec = NULL;
+  char *symbuf = NULL;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF)
+    {
+      /* We only build sections from contiguous S-records, so if this
+         is not an S-record, then stop building a section.  */
+      if (c != 'S' && c != '\r' && c != '\n')
+	sec = NULL;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	default:
+	  srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+	  goto error_return;
+
+	case '\n':
+	  ++lineno;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\r':
+	  break;
+
+	case '$':
+	  /* Starting a module name, which we ignore.  */
+	  while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != '\n'
+		 && c != EOF)
+	    ;
+	  if (c == EOF)
+	    {
+	      srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+
+	  ++lineno;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case ' ':
+	  do
+	    {
+	      unsigned int alc;
+	      char *p, *symname;
+	      bfd_vma symval;
+
+	      /* Starting a symbol definition.  */
+	      while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF
+		     && (c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
+		;
+
+	      if (c == '\n')
+		break;
+
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		{
+		  srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      alc = 10;
+	      symbuf = (char *) bfd_malloc (alc + 1);
+	      if (symbuf == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+
+	      p = symbuf;
+
+	      *p++ = c;
+	      while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF
+		     && ! isspace (c))
+		{
+		  if (p - symbuf >= alc)
+		    {
+		      char *n;
+
+		      alc *= 2;
+		      n = (char *) bfd_realloc (symbuf, alc + 1);
+		      if (n == NULL)
+			goto error_return;
+		      p = n + (p - symbuf);
+		      symbuf = n;
+		    }
+
+		  *p++ = c;
+		}
+
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		{
+		  srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      *p++ = '\0';
+	      symname = bfd_alloc (abfd, p - symbuf);
+	      if (symname == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      strcpy (symname, symbuf);
+	      free (symbuf);
+	      symbuf = NULL;
+
+	      while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF
+		     && (c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
+		;
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		{
+		  srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+		  goto error_return;
+		}
+
+	      /* Skip a dollar sign before the hex value.  */
+	      if (c == '$')
+		{
+		  c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error);
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    {
+		      srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+		      goto error_return;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      symval = 0;
+	      while (ISHEX (c))
+		{
+		  symval <<= 4;
+		  symval += NIBBLE (c);
+		  c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error);
+		}
+
+	      if (! srec_new_symbol (abfd, symname, symval))
+		goto error_return;
+	    }
+	  while (c == ' ' || c == '\t');
+
+	  if (c != '\n')
+	    {
+	      srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+	      goto error_return;
+	    }
+
+	  ++lineno;
+
+	  break;
+    
+	case 'S':
+	  {
+	    file_ptr pos;
+	    char hdr[3];
+	    unsigned int bytes;
+	    bfd_vma address;
+	    bfd_byte *data;
+
+	    /* Starting an S-record.  */
+
+	    pos = bfd_tell (abfd) - 1;
+
+	    if (bfd_read (hdr, 1, 3, abfd) != 3)
+	      goto error_return;
+
+	    if (! ISHEX (hdr[1]) || ! ISHEX (hdr[2]))
+	      {
+		if (! ISHEX (hdr[1]))
+		  c = hdr[1];
+		else
+		  c = hdr[2];
+		srec_bad_byte (abfd, lineno, c, error);
+		goto error_return;
+	      }
+
+	    bytes = HEX (hdr + 1);
+	    if (bytes * 2 > bufsize)
+	      {
+		if (buf != NULL)
+		  free (buf);
+		buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (bytes * 2);
+		if (buf == NULL)
+		  goto error_return;
+		bufsize = bytes * 2;
+	      }
+
+	    if (bfd_read (buf, 1, bytes * 2, abfd) != bytes * 2)
+	      goto error_return;
+
+	    /* Ignore the checksum byte.  */
+	    --bytes;
+
+	    address = 0;
+	    data = buf;
+	    switch (hdr[0])
+	      {
+	      case '0':
+	      case '5':
+		/* Prologue--ignore the file name, but stop building a
+                   section at this point.  */
+		sec = NULL;
+		break;
+
+	      case '3':
+		address = HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		--bytes;
+		/* Fall through.  */
+	      case '2':
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		--bytes;
+		/* Fall through.  */
+	      case '1':
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		bytes -= 2;
+
+		if (sec != NULL
+		    && sec->vma + sec->_raw_size == address)
+		  {
+		    /* This data goes at the end of the section we are
+                       currently building.  */
+		    sec->_raw_size += bytes;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    char secbuf[20];
+		    char *secname;
+
+		    sprintf (secbuf, ".sec%d", bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1);
+		    secname = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (secbuf) + 1);
+		    strcpy (secname, secbuf);
+		    sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, secname);
+		    if (sec == NULL)
+		      goto error_return;
+		    sec->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+		    sec->vma = address;
+		    sec->lma = address;
+		    sec->_raw_size = bytes;
+		    sec->filepos = pos;
+		  }
+
+		break;
+
+	      case '7':
+		address = HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		/* Fall through.  */
+	      case '8':
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		/* Fall through.  */
+	      case '9':
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+		address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+		data += 2;
+
+		/* This is a termination record.  */
+		abfd->start_address = address;
+
+		if (buf != NULL)
+		  free (buf);
+
+		return true;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (error)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (symbuf != NULL)
+    free (symbuf);
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Check whether an existing file is an S-record file.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+srec_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_byte b[4];
+
+  srec_init ();
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (b, 1, 4, abfd) != 4)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (b[0] != 'S' || !ISHEX (b[1]) || !ISHEX (b[2]) || !ISHEX (b[3]))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (! srec_mkobject (abfd)
+      || ! srec_scan (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* Check whether an existing file is an S-record file with symbols.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+symbolsrec_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char b[2];
+
+  srec_init ();
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (b, 1, 2, abfd) != 2)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (b[0] != '$' || b[1] != '$')
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (! srec_mkobject (abfd)
+      || ! srec_scan (abfd))
+    return NULL;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+/* Read in the contents of a section in an S-record file.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_read_section (abfd, section, contents)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  int c;
+  bfd_size_type sofar = 0;
+  boolean error = false;
+  bfd_byte *buf = NULL;
+  size_t bufsize = 0;
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, section->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  while ((c = srec_get_byte (abfd, &error)) != EOF)
+    {
+      bfd_byte hdr[3];
+      unsigned int bytes;
+      bfd_vma address;
+      bfd_byte *data;
+
+      if (c == '\r' || c == '\n')
+	continue;
+
+      /* This is called after srec_scan has already been called, so we
+         ought to know the exact format.  */
+      BFD_ASSERT (c == 'S');
+
+      if (bfd_read (hdr, 1, 3, abfd) != 3)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (ISHEX (hdr[1]) && ISHEX (hdr[2]));
+
+      bytes = HEX (hdr + 1);
+
+      if (bytes * 2 > bufsize)
+	{
+	  if (buf != NULL)
+	    free (buf);
+	  buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (bytes * 2);
+	  if (buf == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  bufsize = bytes * 2;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_read (buf, 1, bytes * 2, abfd) != bytes * 2)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      address = 0;
+      data = buf;
+      switch (hdr[0])
+	{
+	default:
+	  BFD_ASSERT (sofar == section->_raw_size);
+	  if (buf != NULL)
+	    free (buf);
+	  return true;
+
+	case '3':
+	  address = HEX (data);
+	  data += 2;
+	  --bytes;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case '2':
+	  address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+	  data += 2;
+	  --bytes;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case '1':
+	  address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+	  data += 2;
+	  address = (address << 8) | HEX (data);
+	  data += 2;
+	  bytes -= 2;
+
+	  if (address != section->vma + sofar)
+	    {
+	      /* We've come to the end of this section.  */
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sofar == section->_raw_size);
+	      if (buf != NULL)
+		free (buf);
+	      return true;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Don't consider checksum.  */
+	  --bytes;
+
+	  while (bytes-- != 0)
+	    {
+	      contents[sofar] = HEX (data);
+	      data += 2;
+	      ++sofar;
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (error)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (sofar == section->_raw_size);
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    free (buf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Get the contents of a section in an S-record file.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_get_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (section->used_by_bfd == NULL)
+    {
+      section->used_by_bfd = bfd_alloc (abfd, section->_raw_size);
+      if (section->used_by_bfd == NULL
+	  && section->_raw_size != 0)
+	return false;
+
+      if (! srec_read_section (abfd, section, section->used_by_bfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  memcpy (location, (bfd_byte *) section->used_by_bfd + offset,
+	  (size_t) count);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the architecture.  We accept an unknown architecture here.  */
+
+static boolean
+srec_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long mach;
+{
+  if (arch == bfd_arch_unknown)
+    {
+      abfd->arch_info = &bfd_default_arch_struct;
+      return true;
+    }
+  return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, mach);
+}
+
+/* we have to save up all the Srecords for a splurge before output */
+
+static boolean
+srec_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, bytes_to_do)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type bytes_to_do;
+{
+  tdata_type *tdata = abfd->tdata.srec_data;
+  register srec_data_list_type *entry;
+
+  entry = ((srec_data_list_type *)
+	   bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (srec_data_list_type)));
+  if (entry == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bytes_to_do
+      && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
+      && (section->flags & SEC_LOAD))
+    {
+      bfd_byte *data = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, bytes_to_do);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return false;
+      memcpy ((PTR) data, location, (size_t) bytes_to_do);
+
+      if ((section->lma + offset + bytes_to_do - 1) <= 0xffff)
+	{
+
+	}
+      else if ((section->lma + offset + bytes_to_do - 1) <= 0xffffff
+	       && tdata->type < 2)
+	{
+	  tdata->type = 2;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  tdata->type = 3;
+	}
+
+      entry->data = data;
+      entry->where = section->lma + offset;
+      entry->size = bytes_to_do;
+
+      /* Sort the records by address.  Optimize for the common case of
+         adding a record to the end of the list.  */
+      if (tdata->tail != NULL
+	  && entry->where >= tdata->tail->where)
+	{
+	  tdata->tail->next = entry;
+	  entry->next = NULL;
+	  tdata->tail = entry;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  register srec_data_list_type **look;
+
+	  for (look = &tdata->head;
+	       *look != NULL && (*look)->where < entry->where;
+	       look = &(*look)->next)
+	    ;
+	  entry->next = *look;
+	  *look = entry;
+	  if (entry->next == NULL)
+	    tdata->tail = entry;
+	}
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write a record of type, of the supplied number of bytes. The
+   supplied bytes and length don't have a checksum. That's worked out
+   here
+*/
+static boolean
+srec_write_record (abfd, type, address, data, end)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int type;
+     bfd_vma address;
+     const bfd_byte *data;
+     const bfd_byte *end;
+{
+  char buffer[MAXCHUNK];
+  unsigned int check_sum = 0;
+  CONST bfd_byte *src = data;
+  char *dst = buffer;
+  char *length;
+  bfd_size_type wrlen;
+
+  *dst++ = 'S';
+  *dst++ = '0' + type;
+
+  length = dst;
+  dst += 2;			/* leave room for dst*/
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case 3:
+    case 7:
+      TOHEX (dst, (address >> 24), check_sum);
+      dst += 2;
+    case 8:
+    case 2:
+      TOHEX (dst, (address >> 16), check_sum);
+      dst += 2;
+    case 9:
+    case 1:
+    case 0:
+      TOHEX (dst, (address >> 8), check_sum);
+      dst += 2;
+      TOHEX (dst, (address), check_sum);
+      dst += 2;
+      break;
+
+    }
+  for (src = data; src < end; src++)
+    {
+      TOHEX (dst, *src, check_sum);
+      dst += 2;
+    }
+
+  /* Fill in the length */
+  TOHEX (length, (dst - length) / 2, check_sum);
+  check_sum &= 0xff;
+  check_sum = 255 - check_sum;
+  TOHEX (dst, check_sum, check_sum);
+  dst += 2;
+
+  *dst++ = '\r';
+  *dst++ = '\n';
+  wrlen = dst - buffer;
+  if (bfd_write ((PTR) buffer, 1, wrlen, abfd) != wrlen)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+
+static boolean
+srec_write_header (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_byte buffer[MAXCHUNK];
+  bfd_byte *dst = buffer;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  /* I'll put an arbitary 40 char limit on header size */
+  for (i = 0; i < 40 && abfd->filename[i]; i++)
+    {
+      *dst++ = abfd->filename[i];
+    }
+  return srec_write_record (abfd, 0, 0, buffer, dst);
+}
+
+static boolean
+srec_write_section (abfd, tdata, list)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     tdata_type *tdata;
+     srec_data_list_type *list;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes_written = 0;
+  bfd_byte *location = list->data;
+
+  while (bytes_written < list->size)
+    {
+      bfd_vma address;
+
+      unsigned int bytes_this_chunk = list->size - bytes_written;
+
+      if (bytes_this_chunk > CHUNK)
+	{
+	  bytes_this_chunk = CHUNK;
+	}
+
+      address = list->where + bytes_written;
+
+      if (! srec_write_record (abfd,
+			       tdata->type,
+			       address,
+			       location,
+			       location + bytes_this_chunk))
+	return false;
+
+      bytes_written += bytes_this_chunk;
+      location += bytes_this_chunk;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+srec_write_terminator (abfd, tdata)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     tdata_type *tdata;
+{
+  bfd_byte buffer[2];
+
+  return srec_write_record (abfd, 10 - tdata->type,
+			    abfd->start_address, buffer, buffer);
+}
+
+
+
+static boolean
+srec_write_symbols (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char buffer[MAXCHUNK];
+  /* Dump out the symbols of a bfd */
+  int i;
+  int count = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+
+  if (count)
+    {
+      size_t len;
+      asymbol **table = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
+      sprintf (buffer, "$$ %s\r\n", abfd->filename);
+
+      len = strlen (buffer);
+      if (bfd_write (buffer, len, 1, abfd) != len)
+	return false;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+	  asymbol *s = table[i];
+#if 0
+	  int len = strlen (s->name);
+
+	  /* If this symbol has a .[ocs] in it, it's probably a file name
+	 and we'll output that as the module name */
+
+	  if (len > 3 && s->name[len - 2] == '.')
+	    {
+	      int l;
+	      sprintf (buffer, "$$ %s\r\n", s->name);
+	      l = strlen (buffer);
+	      if (bfd_write (buffer, l, 1, abfd) != l)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif
+	    if (s->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_LOCAL)
+		&& (s->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) == 0
+		&& s->name[0] != '.'
+		&& s->name[0] != 't')
+	    {
+	      /* Just dump out non debug symbols */
+	      bfd_size_type l;
+	      char buf2[40], *p;
+
+	      sprintf_vma (buf2,
+			   s->value + s->section->output_section->lma
+			   + s->section->output_offset);
+	      p = buf2;
+	      while (p[0] == '0' && p[1] != 0)
+		p++;
+	      sprintf (buffer, "  %s $%s\r\n", s->name, p);
+	      l = strlen (buffer);
+	      if (bfd_write (buffer, l, 1, abfd) != l)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      sprintf (buffer, "$$ \r\n");
+      len = strlen (buffer);
+      if (bfd_write (buffer, len, 1, abfd) != len)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static boolean
+internal_srec_write_object_contents (abfd, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int symbols;
+{
+  tdata_type *tdata = abfd->tdata.srec_data;
+  srec_data_list_type *list;
+
+  if (symbols)
+    {
+      if (! srec_write_symbols (abfd))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! srec_write_header (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Now wander though all the sections provided and output them */
+  list = tdata->head;
+
+  while (list != (srec_data_list_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (! srec_write_section (abfd, tdata, list))
+	return false;
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  return srec_write_terminator (abfd, tdata);
+}
+
+static boolean
+srec_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return internal_srec_write_object_contents (abfd, 0);
+}
+
+static boolean
+symbolsrec_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return internal_srec_write_object_contents (abfd, 1);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+srec_sizeof_headers (abfd, exec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean exec;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static asymbol *
+srec_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol *new = (asymbol *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asymbol));
+  if (new)
+    new->the_bfd = abfd;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of memory needed to read the symbol table.  */
+
+static long
+srec_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *);
+}
+
+/* Return the symbol table.  */
+
+static long
+srec_get_symtab (abfd, alocation)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **alocation;
+{
+  unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+  asymbol *csymbols;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  csymbols = abfd->tdata.srec_data->csymbols;
+  if (csymbols == NULL)
+    {
+      asymbol *c;
+      struct srec_symbol *s;
+
+      csymbols = (asymbol *) bfd_alloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (asymbol));
+      if (csymbols == NULL && symcount != 0)
+	return false;
+      abfd->tdata.srec_data->csymbols = csymbols;
+
+      for (s = abfd->tdata.srec_data->symbols, c = csymbols;
+	   s != NULL;
+	   s = s->next, ++c)
+	{
+	  c->the_bfd = abfd;
+	  c->name = s->name;
+	  c->value = s->val;
+	  c->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+	  c->section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	  c->udata.p = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+	
+  for (i = 0; i < symcount; i++)
+    *alocation++ = csymbols++;
+  *alocation = NULL;
+
+  return symcount;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+srec_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+srec_print_symbol (ignore_abfd, afile, symbol, how)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     PTR afile;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) afile;
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+    default:
+      bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+      fprintf (file, " %-5s %s",
+	       symbol->section->name,
+	       symbol->name);
+
+    }
+}
+
+#define	srec_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define srec_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define srec_new_section_hook _bfd_generic_new_section_hook
+
+#define srec_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#define srec_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define srec_find_nearest_line _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line
+#define srec_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define srec_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define srec_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define srec_get_reloc_upper_bound \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *))) bfd_0l)
+#define srec_canonicalize_reloc \
+  ((long (*) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, asymbol **))) bfd_0l)
+#define srec_bfd_reloc_type_lookup _bfd_norelocs_bfd_reloc_type_lookup
+
+#define srec_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+#define srec_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define srec_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define srec_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#define srec_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#define srec_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#define srec_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+const bfd_target srec_vec =
+{
+  "srec",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_srec_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+  (SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_ROM | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+   | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),	/* section flags */
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    srec_object_p,		/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    srec_mkobject,
+    _bfd_generic_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+    bfd_false,
+    srec_write_object_contents,
+    _bfd_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) 0
+};
+
+
+
+const bfd_target symbolsrec_vec =
+{
+  "symbolsrec",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_srec_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+  (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |		/* object flags */
+   HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+  (SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_ROM | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+   | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),	/* section flags */
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    symbolsrec_object_p,	/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    srec_mkobject,
+    _bfd_generic_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+    bfd_false,
+    symbolsrec_write_object_contents,
+    _bfd_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (srec),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) 0
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/stab-syms.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/stab-syms.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4fe6c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/stab-syms.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Table of stab names for the BFD library.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+#define ARCH_SIZE 32		/* Value doesn't matter. */
+#include "libaout.h"
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+
+/* Ignore duplicate stab codes; just return the string for the first
+   one.  */
+#define __define_stab(NAME, CODE, STRING) __define_name(CODE, STRING)
+#define __define_stab_duplicate(NAME, CODE, STRING)
+
+/* These are not really stab symbols, but it is
+   convenient to have them here for the sake of nm.
+   For completeness, we could also add N_TEXT etc, but those
+   are never needed, since nm treats those specially. */
+#define EXTRA_SYMBOLS \
+  __define_name (N_SETA, "SETA")/* Absolute set element symbol */ \
+  __define_name (N_SETT, "SETT")/* Text set element symbol */ \
+  __define_name (N_SETD, "SETD")/* Data set element symbol */ \
+  __define_name (N_SETB, "SETB")/* Bss set element symbol */ \
+  __define_name (N_SETV, "SETV")/* Pointer to set vector in data area. */ \
+  __define_name (N_INDR, "INDR") \
+  __define_name (N_WARNING, "WARNING")
+
+const char *
+bfd_get_stab_name (code)
+     int code;
+{
+  switch (code)
+    {
+#define __define_name(val, str) case val: return str;
+#include "aout/stab.def"
+      EXTRA_SYMBOLS
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/stabs.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/stabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..783fcfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/stabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+/* Stabs in sections linking support.
+   Copyright 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains support for linking stabs in sections, as used
+   on COFF and ELF.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Stabs entries use a 12 byte format:
+     4 byte string table index
+     1 byte stab type
+     1 byte stab other field
+     2 byte stab desc field
+     4 byte stab value
+   FIXME: This will have to change for a 64 bit object format.
+
+   The stabs symbols are divided into compilation units.  For the
+   first entry in each unit, the type of 0, the value is the length of
+   the string table for this unit, and the desc field is the number of
+   stabs symbols for this unit.  */
+
+#define STRDXOFF (0)
+#define TYPEOFF (4)
+#define OTHEROFF (5)
+#define DESCOFF (6)
+#define VALOFF (8)
+#define STABSIZE (12)
+
+/* A hash table used for header files with N_BINCL entries.  */
+
+struct stab_link_includes_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* A linked list of totals that we have found for a particular header
+   file.  */
+
+struct stab_link_includes_totals
+{
+  struct stab_link_includes_totals *next;
+  bfd_vma total;
+};
+
+/* An entry in the header file hash table.  */
+
+struct stab_link_includes_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* List of totals we have found for this file.  */
+  struct stab_link_includes_totals *totals;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in an the header file hash table.  */
+
+#define stab_link_includes_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct stab_link_includes_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* This structure is used to hold a list of N_BINCL symbols, some of
+   which might be converted into N_EXCL symbols.  */
+
+struct stab_excl_list
+{
+  /* The next symbol to convert.  */
+  struct stab_excl_list *next;
+  /* The offset to this symbol in the section contents.  */
+  bfd_size_type offset;
+  /* The value to use for the symbol.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+  /* The type of this symbol (N_BINCL or N_EXCL).  */
+  int type;
+};
+
+/* This structure is stored with each .stab section.  */
+
+struct stab_section_info
+{
+  /* This is a linked list of N_BINCL symbols which should be
+     converted into N_EXCL symbols.  */
+  struct stab_excl_list *excls;
+
+  /* This is used to map input stab offsets within their sections
+     to output stab offsets, to take into account stabs that have
+     been deleted.  If it is NULL, the output offsets are the same
+     as the input offsets, because no stabs have been deleted from
+     this section.  Otherwise the i'th entry is the number of
+     bytes of stabs that have been deleted prior to the i'th
+     stab. */
+  bfd_size_type *cumulative_skips;
+
+  /* This is an array of string indices.  For each stab symbol, we
+     store the string index here.  If a stab symbol should not be
+     included in the final output, the string index is -1.  */
+  bfd_size_type stridxs[1];
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to keep track of stabs in sections
+   information while linking.  */
+
+struct stab_info
+{
+  /* A hash table used to hold stabs strings.  */
+  struct bfd_strtab_hash *strings;
+  /* The header file hash table.  */
+  struct stab_link_includes_table includes;
+  /* The first .stabstr section.  */
+  asection *stabstr;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *stab_link_includes_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+
+/* The function to create a new entry in the header file hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+stab_link_includes_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct stab_link_includes_entry *ret =
+    (struct stab_link_includes_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct stab_link_includes_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct stab_link_includes_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct stab_link_includes_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct stab_link_includes_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct stab_link_includes_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->totals = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* This function is called for each input file from the add_symbols
+   pass of the linker.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd, psinfo, stabsec, stabstrsec, psecinfo)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR *psinfo;
+     asection *stabsec;
+     asection *stabstrsec;
+     PTR *psecinfo;
+{
+  boolean first;
+  struct stab_info *sinfo;
+  bfd_size_type count;
+  struct stab_section_info *secinfo;
+  bfd_byte *stabbuf = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *stabstrbuf = NULL;
+  bfd_byte *sym, *symend;
+  bfd_size_type stroff, next_stroff, skip;
+  bfd_size_type *pstridx;
+
+  if (stabsec->_raw_size == 0
+      || stabstrsec->_raw_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* This file does not contain stabs debugging information.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (stabsec->_raw_size % STABSIZE != 0)
+    {
+      /* Something is wrong with the format of these stab symbols.
+         Don't try to optimize them.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if ((stabstrsec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+    {
+      /* We shouldn't see relocations in the strings, and we aren't
+         prepared to handle them.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if ((stabsec->output_section != NULL
+       && bfd_is_abs_section (stabsec->output_section))
+      || (stabstrsec->output_section != NULL
+	  && bfd_is_abs_section (stabstrsec->output_section)))
+    {
+      /* At least one of the sections is being discarded from the
+         link, so we should just ignore them.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  first = false;
+
+  if (*psinfo == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the stabs information we need to keep track of.  */
+      first = true;
+      *psinfo = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct stab_info));
+      if (*psinfo == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      sinfo = (struct stab_info *) *psinfo;
+      sinfo->strings = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
+      if (sinfo->strings == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (&sinfo->includes.root,
+				   stab_link_includes_newfunc,
+				   251))
+	goto error_return;
+      sinfo->stabstr = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".stabstr");
+      sinfo->stabstr->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DEBUGGING;
+    }
+
+  sinfo = (struct stab_info *) *psinfo;
+
+  /* Initialize the information we are going to store for this .stab
+     section.  */
+
+  count = stabsec->_raw_size / STABSIZE;
+
+  *psecinfo = bfd_alloc (abfd,
+			 (sizeof (struct stab_section_info)
+			  + (count - 1) * sizeof (bfd_size_type)));
+  if (*psecinfo == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  secinfo = (struct stab_section_info *) *psecinfo;
+  secinfo->excls = NULL;
+  secinfo->cumulative_skips = NULL;
+  memset (secinfo->stridxs, 0, count * sizeof (bfd_size_type));
+
+  /* Read the stabs information from abfd.  */
+
+  stabbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (stabsec->_raw_size);
+  stabstrbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (stabstrsec->_raw_size);
+  if (stabbuf == NULL || stabstrbuf == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, stabsec, stabbuf, 0,
+				  stabsec->_raw_size)
+      || ! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, stabstrsec, stabstrbuf, 0,
+				     stabstrsec->_raw_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* Look through the stabs symbols, work out the new string indices,
+     and identify N_BINCL symbols which can be eliminated.  */
+
+  stroff = 0;
+  next_stroff = 0;
+  skip = 0;
+
+  symend = stabbuf + stabsec->_raw_size;
+  for (sym = stabbuf, pstridx = secinfo->stridxs;
+       sym < symend;
+       sym += STABSIZE, ++pstridx)
+    {
+      int type;
+      const char *string;
+
+      if (*pstridx != 0)
+	{
+	  /* This symbol has already been handled by an N_BINCL pass.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      type = sym[TYPEOFF];
+
+      if (type == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Special type 0 stabs indicate the offset to the next
+             string table.  We only copy the very first one.  */
+	  stroff = next_stroff;
+	  next_stroff += bfd_get_32 (abfd, sym + 8);
+	  if (! first)
+	    {
+	      *pstridx = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+	      ++skip;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  first = false;
+	}
+
+      /* Store the string in the hash table, and record the index.  */
+      string = ((char *) stabstrbuf
+		+ stroff
+		+ bfd_get_32 (abfd, sym + STRDXOFF));
+      *pstridx = _bfd_stringtab_add (sinfo->strings, string, true, true);
+
+      /* An N_BINCL symbol indicates the start of the stabs entries
+	 for a header file.  We need to scan ahead to the next N_EINCL
+	 symbol, ignoring nesting, adding up all the characters in the
+	 symbol names, not including the file numbers in types (the
+	 first number after an open parenthesis).  */
+      if (type == N_BINCL)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma val;
+	  int nest;
+	  bfd_byte *incl_sym;
+	  struct stab_link_includes_entry *incl_entry;
+	  struct stab_link_includes_totals *t;
+	  struct stab_excl_list *ne;
+
+	  val = 0;
+	  nest = 0;
+	  for (incl_sym = sym + STABSIZE;
+	       incl_sym < symend;
+	       incl_sym += STABSIZE)
+	    {
+	      int incl_type;
+
+	      incl_type = incl_sym[TYPEOFF];
+	      if (incl_type == 0)
+		break;
+	      else if (incl_type == N_EINCL)
+		{
+		  if (nest == 0)
+		    break;
+		  --nest;
+		}
+	      else if (incl_type == N_BINCL)
+		++nest;
+	      else if (nest == 0)
+		{
+		  const char *str;
+
+		  str = ((char *) stabstrbuf
+			 + stroff
+			 + bfd_get_32 (abfd, incl_sym + STRDXOFF));
+		  for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+		    {
+		      val += *str;
+		      if (*str == '(')
+			{
+			  /* Skip the file number.  */
+			  ++str;
+			  while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *str))
+			    ++str;
+			  --str;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we have already included a header file with the same
+	     value, then replaced this one with an N_EXCL symbol.  */
+	  incl_entry = stab_link_includes_lookup (&sinfo->includes, string,
+						  true, true);
+	  if (incl_entry == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  for (t = incl_entry->totals; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	    if (t->total == val)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* Record this symbol, so that we can set the value
+             correctly.  */
+	  ne = (struct stab_excl_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof *ne);
+	  if (ne == NULL)
+	    goto error_return;
+	  ne->offset = sym - stabbuf;
+	  ne->val = val;
+	  ne->type = N_BINCL;
+	  ne->next = secinfo->excls;
+	  secinfo->excls = ne;
+
+	  if (t == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This is the first time we have seen this header file
+		 with this set of stabs strings.  */
+	      t = ((struct stab_link_includes_totals *)
+		   bfd_hash_allocate (&sinfo->includes.root, sizeof *t));
+	      if (t == NULL)
+		goto error_return;
+	      t->total = val;
+	      t->next = incl_entry->totals;
+	      incl_entry->totals = t;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      bfd_size_type *incl_pstridx;
+
+	      /* We have seen this header file before.  Tell the final
+		 pass to change the type to N_EXCL.  */
+	      ne->type = N_EXCL;
+
+	      /* Mark the skipped symbols.  */
+
+	      nest = 0;
+	      for (incl_sym = sym + STABSIZE, incl_pstridx = pstridx + 1;
+		   incl_sym < symend;
+		   incl_sym += STABSIZE, ++incl_pstridx)
+		{
+		  int incl_type;
+
+		  incl_type = incl_sym[TYPEOFF];
+
+		  if (incl_type == N_EINCL)
+		    {
+		      if (nest == 0)
+			{
+			  *incl_pstridx = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+			  ++skip;
+			  break;
+			}
+		      --nest;
+		    }
+		  else if (incl_type == N_BINCL)
+		    ++nest;
+		  else if (nest == 0)
+		    {
+		      *incl_pstridx = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+		      ++skip;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (stabbuf);
+  stabbuf = NULL;
+  free (stabstrbuf);
+  stabstrbuf = NULL;
+
+  /* We need to set the section sizes such that the linker will
+     compute the output section sizes correctly.  We set the .stab
+     size to not include the entries we don't want.  We set
+     SEC_EXCLUDE for the .stabstr section, so that it will be dropped
+     from the link.  We record the size of the strtab in the first
+     .stabstr section we saw, and make sure we don't set SEC_EXCLUDE
+     for that section.  */
+  stabsec->_cooked_size = (count - skip) * STABSIZE;
+  if (stabsec->_cooked_size == 0)
+    stabsec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+  stabstrsec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+  sinfo->stabstr->_cooked_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (sinfo->strings);
+
+  /* Calculate the `cumulative_skips' array now that stabs have been
+     deleted for this section. */
+
+  if (skip != 0)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type i, offset;
+      bfd_size_type *pskips;
+
+      secinfo->cumulative_skips =
+	(bfd_size_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, count * sizeof (bfd_size_type));
+      if (secinfo->cumulative_skips == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      pskips = secinfo->cumulative_skips;
+      pstridx = secinfo->stridxs;
+      offset = 0;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++, pskips++, pstridx++)
+	{
+	  *pskips = offset;
+	  if (*pstridx == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	    offset += STABSIZE;
+	}
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (offset != 0);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (stabbuf != NULL)
+    free (stabbuf);
+  if (stabstrbuf != NULL)
+    free (stabstrbuf);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Write out the stab section.  This is called with the relocated
+   contents.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_write_section_stabs (output_bfd, psinfo, stabsec, psecinfo, contents)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     PTR *psinfo;
+     asection *stabsec;
+     PTR *psecinfo;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  struct stab_info *sinfo;
+  struct stab_section_info *secinfo;
+  struct stab_excl_list *e;
+  bfd_byte *sym, *tosym, *symend;
+  bfd_size_type *pstridx;
+
+  sinfo = (struct stab_info *) *psinfo;
+  secinfo = (struct stab_section_info *) *psecinfo;
+
+  if (secinfo == NULL)
+    return bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, stabsec->output_section,
+				     contents, stabsec->output_offset,
+				     stabsec->_raw_size);
+
+  /* Handle each N_BINCL entry.  */
+  for (e = secinfo->excls; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *excl_sym;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (e->offset < stabsec->_raw_size);
+      excl_sym = contents + e->offset;
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, e->val, excl_sym + VALOFF);
+      excl_sym[TYPEOFF] = e->type;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy over all the stabs symbols, omitting the ones we don't want,
+     and correcting the string indices for those we do want.  */
+  tosym = contents;
+  symend = contents + stabsec->_raw_size;
+  for (sym = contents, pstridx = secinfo->stridxs;
+       sym < symend;
+       sym += STABSIZE, ++pstridx)
+    {
+      if (*pstridx != (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	{
+	  if (tosym != sym)
+	    memcpy (tosym, sym, STABSIZE);
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, *pstridx, tosym + STRDXOFF);
+
+	  if (sym[TYPEOFF] == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* This is the header symbol for the stabs section.  We
+                 don't really need one, since we have merged all the
+                 input stabs sections into one, but we generate one
+                 for the benefit of readers which expect to see one.  */
+	      BFD_ASSERT (sym == contents);
+	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, _bfd_stringtab_size (sinfo->strings),
+			  tosym + VALOFF);
+	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
+			  stabsec->output_section->_raw_size / STABSIZE - 1,
+			  tosym + DESCOFF);
+	    }
+
+	  tosym += STABSIZE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (tosym - contents == stabsec->_cooked_size);
+
+  return bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, stabsec->output_section,
+				   contents, stabsec->output_offset,
+				   stabsec->_cooked_size);
+}
+
+/* Write out the .stabstr section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_write_stab_strings (output_bfd, psinfo)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     PTR *psinfo;
+{
+  struct stab_info *sinfo;
+
+  sinfo = (struct stab_info *) *psinfo;
+
+  if (sinfo == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT ((sinfo->stabstr->output_offset
+	       + _bfd_stringtab_size (sinfo->strings))
+	      <= sinfo->stabstr->output_section->_raw_size);
+
+  if (bfd_seek (output_bfd,
+		(sinfo->stabstr->output_section->filepos
+		 + sinfo->stabstr->output_offset),
+		SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return false;
+
+  if (! _bfd_stringtab_emit (output_bfd, sinfo->strings))
+    return false;
+
+  /* We no longer need the stabs information.  */
+  _bfd_stringtab_free (sinfo->strings);
+  bfd_hash_table_free (&sinfo->includes.root);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Adjust an address in the .stab section.  Given OFFSET within
+   STABSEC, this returns the new offset in the adjusted stab section,
+   or -1 if the address refers to a stab which has been removed.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+_bfd_stab_section_offset (output_bfd, psinfo, stabsec, psecinfo, offset)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     PTR *psinfo;
+     asection *stabsec;
+     PTR *psecinfo;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+{
+  struct stab_section_info *secinfo;
+
+  secinfo = (struct stab_section_info *) *psecinfo;
+
+  if (secinfo == NULL)
+    return offset;
+
+  if (offset >= stabsec->_raw_size)
+    return offset - (stabsec->_cooked_size - stabsec->_raw_size);
+
+  if (secinfo->cumulative_skips)
+    {
+      bfd_vma i;
+
+      i = offset / STABSIZE;
+
+      if (secinfo->stridxs [i] == (bfd_size_type) -1)
+	return (bfd_vma) -1;
+
+      return offset - secinfo->cumulative_skips [i];
+    }
+
+  return offset;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/syms.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/syms.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbff74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/syms.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+/* Generic symbol-table support for the BFD library.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SECTION
+	Symbols
+
+	BFD tries to maintain as much symbol information as it can when
+	it moves information from file to file. BFD passes information
+	to applications though the <<asymbol>> structure. When the
+	application requests the symbol table, BFD reads the table in
+	the native form and translates parts of it into the internal
+	format. To maintain more than the information passed to
+	applications, some targets keep some information ``behind the
+	scenes'' in a structure only the particular back end knows
+	about. For example, the coff back end keeps the original
+	symbol table structure as well as the canonical structure when
+	a BFD is read in. On output, the coff back end can reconstruct
+	the output symbol table so that no information is lost, even
+	information unique to coff which BFD doesn't know or
+	understand. If a coff symbol table were read, but were written
+	through an a.out back end, all the coff specific information
+	would be lost. The symbol table of a BFD
+	is not necessarily read in until a canonicalize request is
+	made. Then the BFD back end fills in a table provided by the
+	application with pointers to the canonical information.  To
+	output symbols, the application provides BFD with a table of
+	pointers to pointers to <<asymbol>>s. This allows applications
+	like the linker to output a symbol as it was read, since the ``behind
+	the scenes'' information will be still available.
+@menu
+@* Reading Symbols::
+@* Writing Symbols::
+@* Mini Symbols::
+@* typedef asymbol::
+@* symbol handling functions::
+@end menu
+
+INODE
+Reading Symbols, Writing Symbols, Symbols, Symbols
+SUBSECTION
+	Reading symbols
+
+	There are two stages to reading a symbol table from a BFD:
+	allocating storage, and the actual reading process. This is an
+	excerpt from an application which reads the symbol table:
+
+|	  long storage_needed;
+|	  asymbol **symbol_table;
+|	  long number_of_symbols;
+|	  long i;
+|
+|	  storage_needed = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+|
+|         if (storage_needed < 0)
+|           FAIL
+|
+|	  if (storage_needed == 0) {
+|	     return ;
+|	  }
+|	  symbol_table = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage_needed);
+|	    ...
+|	  number_of_symbols =
+|	     bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, symbol_table);
+|
+|         if (number_of_symbols < 0)
+|           FAIL
+|
+|	  for (i = 0; i < number_of_symbols; i++) {
+|	     process_symbol (symbol_table[i]);
+|	  }
+
+	All storage for the symbols themselves is in an objalloc
+	connected to the BFD; it is freed when the BFD is closed.
+
+
+INODE
+Writing Symbols, Mini Symbols, Reading Symbols, Symbols
+SUBSECTION
+	Writing symbols
+
+	Writing of a symbol table is automatic when a BFD open for
+	writing is closed. The application attaches a vector of
+	pointers to pointers to symbols to the BFD being written, and
+	fills in the symbol count. The close and cleanup code reads
+	through the table provided and performs all the necessary
+	operations. The BFD output code must always be provided with an
+	``owned'' symbol: one which has come from another BFD, or one
+	which has been created using <<bfd_make_empty_symbol>>.  Here is an
+	example showing the creation of a symbol table with only one element:
+
+|	#include "bfd.h"
+|	main()
+|	{
+|	  bfd *abfd;
+|	  asymbol *ptrs[2];
+|	  asymbol *new;
+|
+|	  abfd = bfd_openw("foo","a.out-sunos-big");
+|	  bfd_set_format(abfd, bfd_object);
+|	  new = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+|	  new->name = "dummy_symbol";
+|	  new->section = bfd_make_section_old_way(abfd, ".text");
+|	  new->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+|	  new->value = 0x12345;
+|
+|	  ptrs[0] = new;
+|	  ptrs[1] = (asymbol *)0;
+|
+|	  bfd_set_symtab(abfd, ptrs, 1);
+|	  bfd_close(abfd);
+|	}
+|
+|	./makesym
+|	nm foo
+|	00012345 A dummy_symbol
+
+	Many formats cannot represent arbitary symbol information; for
+ 	instance, the <<a.out>> object format does not allow an
+	arbitary number of sections. A symbol pointing to a section
+	which is not one  of <<.text>>, <<.data>> or <<.bss>> cannot
+	be described.
+
+INODE
+Mini Symbols, typedef asymbol, Writing Symbols, Symbols
+SUBSECTION
+	Mini Symbols
+
+	Mini symbols provide read-only access to the symbol table.
+	They use less memory space, but require more time to access.
+	They can be useful for tools like nm or objdump, which may
+	have to handle symbol tables of extremely large executables.
+
+	The <<bfd_read_minisymbols>> function will read the symbols
+	into memory in an internal form.  It will return a <<void *>>
+	pointer to a block of memory, a symbol count, and the size of
+	each symbol.  The pointer is allocated using <<malloc>>, and
+	should be freed by the caller when it is no longer needed.
+
+	The function <<bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol>> will take a pointer
+	to a minisymbol, and a pointer to a structure returned by
+	<<bfd_make_empty_symbol>>, and return a <<asymbol>> structure.
+	The return value may or may not be the same as the value from
+	<<bfd_make_empty_symbol>> which was passed in.
+
+*/
+
+
+
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+typedef asymbol, symbol handling functions, Mini Symbols, Symbols
+
+*/
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	typedef asymbol
+
+	An <<asymbol>> has the form:
+
+*/
+
+/*
+CODE_FRAGMENT
+
+.
+.typedef struct symbol_cache_entry
+.{
+.	{* A pointer to the BFD which owns the symbol. This information
+.	   is necessary so that a back end can work out what additional
+.   	   information (invisible to the application writer) is carried
+.	   with the symbol.
+.
+.	   This field is *almost* redundant, since you can use section->owner
+.	   instead, except that some symbols point to the global sections
+.	   bfd_{abs,com,und}_section.  This could be fixed by making
+.	   these globals be per-bfd (or per-target-flavor).  FIXME. *}
+.
+.  struct _bfd *the_bfd; {* Use bfd_asymbol_bfd(sym) to access this field. *}
+.
+.	{* The text of the symbol. The name is left alone, and not copied; the
+.	   application may not alter it. *}
+.  CONST char *name;
+.
+.	{* The value of the symbol.  This really should be a union of a
+.          numeric value with a pointer, since some flags indicate that
+.          a pointer to another symbol is stored here.  *}
+.  symvalue value;
+.
+.	{* Attributes of a symbol: *}
+.
+.#define BSF_NO_FLAGS    0x00
+.
+.	{* The symbol has local scope; <<static>> in <<C>>. The value
+. 	   is the offset into the section of the data. *}
+.#define BSF_LOCAL	0x01
+.
+.	{* The symbol has global scope; initialized data in <<C>>. The
+.	   value is the offset into the section of the data. *}
+.#define BSF_GLOBAL	0x02
+.
+.	{* The symbol has global scope and is exported. The value is
+.	   the offset into the section of the data. *}
+.#define BSF_EXPORT	BSF_GLOBAL {* no real difference *}
+.
+.	{* A normal C symbol would be one of:
+.	   <<BSF_LOCAL>>, <<BSF_FORT_COMM>>,  <<BSF_UNDEFINED>> or
+.	   <<BSF_GLOBAL>> *}
+.
+.	{* The symbol is a debugging record. The value has an arbitary
+.	   meaning. *}
+.#define BSF_DEBUGGING	0x08
+.
+.	{* The symbol denotes a function entry point.  Used in ELF,
+.	   perhaps others someday.  *}
+.#define BSF_FUNCTION    0x10
+.
+.	{* Used by the linker. *}
+.#define BSF_KEEP        0x20
+.#define BSF_KEEP_G      0x40
+.
+.	{* A weak global symbol, overridable without warnings by
+.	   a regular global symbol of the same name.  *}
+.#define BSF_WEAK        0x80
+.
+.       {* This symbol was created to point to a section, e.g. ELF's
+.	   STT_SECTION symbols.  *}
+.#define BSF_SECTION_SYM 0x100
+.
+.	{* The symbol used to be a common symbol, but now it is
+.	   allocated. *}
+.#define BSF_OLD_COMMON  0x200
+.
+.	{* The default value for common data. *}
+.#define BFD_FORT_COMM_DEFAULT_VALUE 0
+.
+.	{* In some files the type of a symbol sometimes alters its
+.	   location in an output file - ie in coff a <<ISFCN>> symbol
+.	   which is also <<C_EXT>> symbol appears where it was
+.	   declared and not at the end of a section.  This bit is set
+.  	   by the target BFD part to convey this information. *}
+.
+.#define BSF_NOT_AT_END    0x400
+.
+.	{* Signal that the symbol is the label of constructor section. *}
+.#define BSF_CONSTRUCTOR   0x800
+.
+.	{* Signal that the symbol is a warning symbol.  The name is a
+.	   warning.  The name of the next symbol is the one to warn about;
+.	   if a reference is made to a symbol with the same name as the next
+.	   symbol, a warning is issued by the linker. *}
+.#define BSF_WARNING       0x1000
+.
+.	{* Signal that the symbol is indirect.  This symbol is an indirect
+.	   pointer to the symbol with the same name as the next symbol. *}
+.#define BSF_INDIRECT      0x2000
+.
+.	{* BSF_FILE marks symbols that contain a file name.  This is used
+.	   for ELF STT_FILE symbols.  *}
+.#define BSF_FILE          0x4000
+.
+.	{* Symbol is from dynamic linking information.  *}
+.#define BSF_DYNAMIC	   0x8000
+.
+.       {* The symbol denotes a data object.  Used in ELF, and perhaps
+.          others someday.  *}
+.#define BSF_OBJECT	   0x10000
+.
+.  flagword flags;
+.
+.	{* A pointer to the section to which this symbol is
+.	   relative.  This will always be non NULL, there are special
+.          sections for undefined and absolute symbols.  *}
+.  struct sec *section;
+.
+.	{* Back end special data.  *}
+.  union
+.    {
+.      PTR p;
+.      bfd_vma i;
+.    } udata;
+.
+.} asymbol;
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+static char coff_section_type PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/*
+DOCDD
+INODE
+symbol handling functions,  , typedef asymbol, Symbols
+SUBSECTION
+	Symbol handling functions
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return the number of bytes required to store a vector of pointers
+	to <<asymbols>> for all the symbols in the BFD @var{abfd},
+	including a terminal NULL pointer. If there are no symbols in
+	the BFD, then return 0.  If an error occurs, return -1.
+
+.#define bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound(abfd) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound, (abfd))
+
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_is_local_label
+
+SYNOPSIS
+        boolean bfd_is_local_label(bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return true if the given symbol @var{sym} in the BFD @var{abfd} is
+	a compiler generated local label, else return false.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_is_local_label (abfd, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  if ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0)
+    return false;
+  if (sym->name == NULL)
+    return false;
+  return bfd_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_is_local_label_name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+        boolean bfd_is_local_label_name(bfd *abfd, const char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return true if a symbol with the name @var{name} in the BFD
+	@var{abfd} is a compiler generated local label, else return
+	false.  This just checks whether the name has the form of a
+	local label.
+
+.#define bfd_is_local_label_name(abfd, name) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_is_local_label_name, (abfd, name))
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_canonicalize_symtab
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Read the symbols from the BFD @var{abfd}, and fills in
+	the vector @var{location} with pointers to the symbols and
+	a trailing NULL.
+	Return the actual number of symbol pointers, not
+	including the NULL.
+
+
+.#define bfd_canonicalize_symtab(abfd, location) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_canonicalize_symtab,\
+.                  (abfd, location))
+
+*/
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_symtab
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **location, unsigned int count);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Arrange that when the output BFD @var{abfd} is closed,
+	the table @var{location} of @var{count} pointers to symbols
+	will be written.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_symtab (abfd, location, symcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **location;
+     unsigned int symcount;
+{
+  if ((abfd->format != bfd_object) || (bfd_read_p (abfd)))
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd) = location;
+  bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_print_symbol_vandf
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_print_symbol_vandf(PTR file, asymbol *symbol);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Print the value and flags of the @var{symbol} supplied to the
+	stream @var{file}.
+*/
+void
+bfd_print_symbol_vandf (arg, symbol)
+     PTR arg;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) arg;
+  flagword type = symbol->flags;
+  if (symbol->section != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value + symbol->section->vma);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fprintf_vma (file, symbol->value);
+    }
+
+  /* This presumes that a symbol can not be both BSF_DEBUGGING and
+     BSF_DYNAMIC, nor more than one of BSF_FUNCTION, BSF_FILE, and
+     BSF_OBJECT.  */
+  fprintf (file, " %c%c%c%c%c%c%c",
+	   ((type & BSF_LOCAL)
+	    ? (type & BSF_GLOBAL) ? '!' : 'l'
+	    : (type & BSF_GLOBAL) ? 'g' : ' '),
+	   (type & BSF_WEAK) ? 'w' : ' ',
+	   (type & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) ? 'C' : ' ',
+	   (type & BSF_WARNING) ? 'W' : ' ',
+	   (type & BSF_INDIRECT) ? 'I' : ' ',
+	   (type & BSF_DEBUGGING) ? 'd' : (type & BSF_DYNAMIC) ? 'D' : ' ',
+	   ((type & BSF_FUNCTION)
+	    ? 'F'
+	    : ((type & BSF_FILE)
+	       ? 'f'
+	       : ((type & BSF_OBJECT) ? 'O' : ' '))));
+}
+
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_make_empty_symbol
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Create a new <<asymbol>> structure for the BFD @var{abfd}
+	and return a pointer to it.
+
+	This routine is necessary because each back end has private
+	information surrounding the <<asymbol>>. Building your own
+	<<asymbol>> and pointing to it will not create the private
+	information, and will cause problems later on.
+
+.#define bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd) \
+.     BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_empty_symbol, (abfd))
+*/
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_make_debug_symbol
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Create a new <<asymbol>> structure for the BFD @var{abfd},
+	to be used as a debugging symbol.  Further details of its use have
+	yet to be worked out.
+
+.#define bfd_make_debug_symbol(abfd,ptr,size) \
+.        BFD_SEND (abfd, _bfd_make_debug_symbol, (abfd, ptr, size))
+*/
+
+struct section_to_type
+{
+  CONST char *section;
+  char type;
+};
+
+/* Map section names to POSIX/BSD single-character symbol types.
+   This table is probably incomplete.  It is sorted for convenience of
+   adding entries.  Since it is so short, a linear search is used.  */
+static CONST struct section_to_type stt[] =
+{
+  {"*DEBUG*", 'N'},
+  {".bss", 'b'},
+  {"zerovars", 'b'},		/* MRI .bss */
+  {".data", 'd'},
+  {"vars", 'd'},		/* MRI .data */
+  {".rdata", 'r'},		/* Read only data.  */
+  {".rodata", 'r'},		/* Read only data.  */
+  {".sbss", 's'},		/* Small BSS (uninitialized data).  */
+  {".scommon", 'c'},		/* Small common.  */
+  {".sdata", 'g'},		/* Small initialized data.  */
+  {".text", 't'},
+  {"code", 't'},		/* MRI .text */
+  {0, 0}
+};
+
+/* Return the single-character symbol type corresponding to
+   section S, or '?' for an unknown COFF section.  
+
+   Check for any leading string which matches, so .text5 returns
+   't' as well as .text */
+
+static char
+coff_section_type (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  CONST struct section_to_type *t;
+
+  for (t = &stt[0]; t->section; t++) 
+    if (!strncmp (s, t->section, strlen (t->section)))
+      return t->type;
+
+  return '?';
+}
+
+#ifndef islower
+#define islower(c) ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'z')
+#endif
+#ifndef toupper
+#define toupper(c) (islower(c) ? ((c) & ~0x20) : (c))
+#endif
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_decode_symclass
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a character corresponding to the symbol
+	class of @var{symbol}, or '?' for an unknown class.
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int bfd_decode_symclass(asymbol *symbol);
+*/
+int
+bfd_decode_symclass (symbol)
+     asymbol *symbol;
+{
+  char c;
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    return 'C';
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
+    return 'U';
+  if (bfd_is_ind_section (symbol->section))
+    return 'I';
+  if (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+    return 'W';
+  if (!(symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_LOCAL)))
+    return '?';
+
+  if (bfd_is_abs_section (symbol->section))
+    c = 'a';
+  else if (symbol->section)
+    c = coff_section_type (symbol->section->name);
+  else
+    return '?';
+  if (symbol->flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+    c = toupper (c);
+  return c;
+
+  /* We don't have to handle these cases just yet, but we will soon:
+     N_SETV: 'v';
+     N_SETA: 'l';
+     N_SETT: 'x';
+     N_SETD: 'z';
+     N_SETB: 's';
+     N_INDR: 'i';
+     */
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_symbol_info
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Fill in the basic info about symbol that nm needs.
+	Additional info may be added by the back-ends after
+	calling this function.
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bfd_symbol_info(asymbol *symbol, symbol_info *ret);
+*/
+
+void
+bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret)
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  ret->type = bfd_decode_symclass (symbol);
+  if (ret->type != 'U')
+    ret->value = symbol->value + symbol->section->vma;
+  else
+    ret->value = 0;
+  ret->name = symbol->name;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_copy_private_symbol_data
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_copy_private_symbol_data(bfd *ibfd, asymbol *isym, bfd *obfd, asymbol *osym);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy private symbol information from @var{isym} in the BFD
+	@var{ibfd} to the symbol @var{osym} in the BFD @var{obfd}.
+	Return <<true>> on success, <<false>> on error.  Possible error
+	returns are:
+
+	o <<bfd_error_no_memory>> -
+	Not enough memory exists to create private data for @var{osec}.
+
+.#define bfd_copy_private_symbol_data(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol) \
+.     BFD_SEND (obfd, _bfd_copy_private_symbol_data, \
+.		(ibfd, isymbol, obfd, osymbol))
+
+*/
+
+/* The generic version of the function which returns mini symbols.
+   This is used when the backend does not provide a more efficient
+   version.  It just uses BFD asymbol structures as mini symbols.  */
+
+long
+_bfd_generic_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, minisymsp, sizep)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     PTR *minisymsp;
+     unsigned int *sizep;
+{
+  long storage;
+  asymbol **syms = NULL;
+  long symcount;
+
+  if (dynamic)
+    storage = bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+  else
+    storage = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+  if (storage < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  syms = (asymbol **) bfd_malloc ((size_t) storage);
+  if (syms == NULL)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (dynamic)
+    symcount = bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, syms);
+  else
+    symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, syms);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  *minisymsp = (PTR) syms;
+  *sizep = sizeof (asymbol *);
+  return symcount;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (syms != NULL)
+    free (syms);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* The generic version of the function which converts a minisymbol to
+   an asymbol.  We don't worry about the sym argument we are passed;
+   we just return the asymbol the minisymbol points to.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+asymbol *
+_bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, minisym, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     const PTR minisym;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  return *(asymbol **) minisym;
+}
+
+/* Look through stabs debugging information in .stab and .stabstr
+   sections to find the source file and line closest to a desired
+   location.  This is used by COFF and ELF targets.  It sets *pfound
+   to true if it finds some information.  The *pinfo field is used to
+   pass cached information in and out of this routine; this first time
+   the routine is called for a BFD, *pinfo should be NULL.  The value
+   placed in *pinfo should be saved with the BFD, and passed back each
+   time this function is called.  */
+
+/* A pointer to this structure is stored in *pinfo.  */
+
+struct stab_find_info
+{
+  /* The .stab section.  */
+  asection *stabsec;
+  /* The .stabstr section.  */
+  asection *strsec;
+  /* The contents of the .stab section.  */
+  bfd_byte *stabs;
+  /* The contents of the .stabstr section.  */
+  bfd_byte *strs;
+  /* An malloc buffer to hold the file name.  */
+  char *filename;
+  /* Cached values to restart quickly.  */
+  bfd_vma cached_offset;
+  bfd_byte *cached_stab;
+  bfd_byte *cached_str;
+  bfd_size_type cached_stroff;
+};
+
+boolean
+_bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, pfound,
+				     pfilename, pfnname, pline, pinfo)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     boolean *pfound;
+     const char **pfilename;
+     const char **pfnname;
+     unsigned int *pline;
+     PTR *pinfo;
+{
+  struct stab_find_info *info;
+  bfd_size_type stabsize, strsize;
+  bfd_byte *stab, *stabend, *str;
+  bfd_size_type stroff;
+  bfd_vma fnaddr;
+  char *directory_name, *main_file_name, *current_file_name, *line_file_name;
+  char *fnname;
+  bfd_vma low_func_vma, low_line_vma;
+
+  *pfound = false;
+  *pfilename = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+  *pfnname = NULL;
+  *pline = 0;
+
+  info = (struct stab_find_info *) *pinfo;
+  if (info != NULL)
+    {
+      if (info->stabsec == NULL || info->strsec == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* No stabs debugging information.  */
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      stabsize = info->stabsec->_raw_size;
+      strsize = info->strsec->_raw_size;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      long reloc_size, reloc_count;
+      arelent **reloc_vector;
+
+      info = (struct stab_find_info *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *info);
+      if (info == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      /* FIXME: When using the linker --split-by-file or
+	 --split-by-reloc options, it is possible for the .stab and
+	 .stabstr sections to be split.  We should handle that.  */
+
+      info->stabsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stab");
+      info->strsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".stabstr");
+
+      if (info->stabsec == NULL || info->strsec == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* No stabs debugging information.  Set *pinfo so that we
+             can return quickly in the info != NULL case above.  */
+	  *pinfo = (PTR) info;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      stabsize = info->stabsec->_raw_size;
+      strsize = info->strsec->_raw_size;
+
+      info->stabs = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, stabsize);
+      info->strs = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strsize);
+      if (info->stabs == NULL || info->strs == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, info->stabsec, info->stabs, 0,
+				      stabsize)
+	  || ! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, info->strsec, info->strs, 0,
+					 strsize))
+	return false;
+
+      /* If this is a relocateable object file, we have to relocate
+	 the entries in .stab.  This should always be simple 32 bit
+	 relocations against symbols defined in this object file, so
+	 this should be no big deal.  */
+      reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, info->stabsec);
+      if (reloc_size < 0)
+	return false;
+      reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
+      if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+	return false;
+      reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, info->stabsec, reloc_vector,
+					    symbols);
+      if (reloc_count < 0)
+	{
+	  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+	    free (reloc_vector);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      if (reloc_count > 0)
+	{
+	  arelent **pr;
+
+	  for (pr = reloc_vector; *pr != NULL; pr++)
+	    {
+	      arelent *r;
+	      unsigned long val;
+	      asymbol *sym;
+
+	      r = *pr;
+	      if (r->howto->rightshift != 0
+		  || r->howto->size != 2
+		  || r->howto->bitsize != 32
+		  || r->howto->pc_relative
+		  || r->howto->bitpos != 0
+		  || r->howto->dst_mask != 0xffffffff)
+		{
+		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		    ("Unsupported .stab relocation");
+		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
+		  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+		    free (reloc_vector);
+		  return false;
+		}
+
+	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, info->stabs + r->address);
+	      val &= r->howto->src_mask;
+	      sym = *r->sym_ptr_ptr;
+	      val += sym->value + sym->section->vma + r->addend;
+	      bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, info->stabs + r->address);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+	free (reloc_vector);
+
+      *pinfo = (PTR) info;
+    }
+
+  /* We are passed a section relative offset.  The offsets in the
+     stabs information are absolute.  */
+  offset += bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+
+  /* Stabs entries use a 12 byte format:
+       4 byte string table index
+       1 byte stab type
+       1 byte stab other field
+       2 byte stab desc field
+       4 byte stab value
+     FIXME: This will have to change for a 64 bit object format.
+
+     The stabs symbols are divided into compilation units.  For the
+     first entry in each unit, the type of 0, the value is the length
+     of the string table for this unit, and the desc field is the
+     number of stabs symbols for this unit.  */
+
+#define STRDXOFF (0)
+#define TYPEOFF (4)
+#define OTHEROFF (5)
+#define DESCOFF (6)
+#define VALOFF (8)
+#define STABSIZE (12)
+
+  /* It would be nice if we could skip ahead to the stabs symbols for
+     the next compilation unit to quickly scan through the compilation
+     units.  Unfortunately, since each line number gets a separate
+     stabs entry, it is entirely plausible that a large source file
+     will overflow the 16 bit count of stabs entries.  */
+  fnaddr = 0;
+  directory_name = NULL;
+  main_file_name = NULL;
+  current_file_name = NULL;
+  line_file_name = NULL;
+  fnname = NULL;
+  low_func_vma = 0;
+  low_line_vma = 0;
+
+  stabend = info->stabs + stabsize;
+
+  if (info->cached_stab == NULL || offset < info->cached_offset)
+    {
+      stab = info->stabs;
+      str = info->strs;
+      stroff = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      stab = info->cached_stab;
+      str = info->cached_str;
+      stroff = info->cached_stroff;
+    }
+
+  info->cached_offset = offset;
+
+  for (; stab < stabend; stab += STABSIZE)
+    {
+      boolean done;
+      bfd_vma val;
+      char *name;
+
+      done = false;
+
+      switch (stab[TYPEOFF])
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  /* This is the first entry in a compilation unit.  */
+	  if ((bfd_size_type) ((info->strs + strsize) - str) < stroff)
+	    {
+	      done = true;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  str += stroff;
+	  stroff = bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + VALOFF);
+	  break;
+
+	case N_SO:
+	  /* The main file name.  */
+
+	  val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + VALOFF);
+	  if (val > offset)
+	    {
+	      done = true;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  name = (char *) str + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + STRDXOFF);
+
+	  /* An empty string indicates the end of the compilation
+             unit.  */
+	  if (*name == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* If there are functions in different sections, they
+                 may have addresses larger than val, but we don't want
+                 to forget the file name.  When there are functions in
+                 different cases, there is supposed to be an N_FUN at
+                 the end of the function indicating where it ends.  */
+	      if (low_func_vma < val || fnname == NULL)
+		main_file_name = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We know that we have to get to at least this point in the
+             stabs entries for this offset.  */
+	  info->cached_stab = stab;
+	  info->cached_str = str;
+	  info->cached_stroff = stroff;
+
+	  current_file_name = name;
+
+	  /* Look ahead to the next symbol.  Two consecutive N_SO
+             symbols are a directory and a file name.  */
+	  if (stab + STABSIZE >= stabend
+	      || *(stab + STABSIZE + TYPEOFF) != N_SO)
+	    directory_name = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      stab += STABSIZE;
+	      directory_name = current_file_name;
+	      current_file_name = ((char *) str
+				   + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + STRDXOFF));
+	    }
+
+	  main_file_name = current_file_name;
+
+	  break;
+
+	case N_SOL:
+	  /* The name of an include file.  */
+	  current_file_name = ((char *) str
+			       + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + STRDXOFF));
+	  break;
+
+	case N_SLINE:
+	case N_DSLINE:
+	case N_BSLINE:
+	  /* A line number.  The value is relative to the start of the
+             current function.  */
+	  val = fnaddr + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + VALOFF);
+	  if (val >= low_line_vma && val <= offset)
+	    {
+	      *pline = bfd_get_16 (abfd, stab + DESCOFF);
+	      low_line_vma = val;
+	      line_file_name = current_file_name;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case N_FUN:
+	  /* A function name.  */
+	  val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + VALOFF);
+	  name = (char *) str + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + STRDXOFF);
+
+	  /* An empty string here indicates the end of a function, and
+	     the value is relative to fnaddr.  */
+
+	  if (*name == '\0')
+	    {
+	      val += fnaddr;
+	      if (val >= low_func_vma && val < offset)
+		fnname = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (val >= low_func_vma && val <= offset)
+		{
+		  fnname = name;
+		  low_func_vma = val;
+		}
+
+	       fnaddr = val;
+	     }
+
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (done)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (main_file_name == NULL)
+    {
+      /* No information found.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  *pfound = true;
+
+  if (*pline != 0)
+    main_file_name = line_file_name;
+
+  if (main_file_name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (main_file_name[0] == '/' || directory_name == NULL)
+	*pfilename = main_file_name;
+      else
+	{
+	  size_t dirlen;
+
+	  dirlen = strlen (directory_name);
+	  if (info->filename == NULL
+	      || strncmp (info->filename, directory_name, dirlen) != 0
+	      || strcmp (info->filename + dirlen, main_file_name) != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (info->filename != NULL)
+		free (info->filename);
+	      info->filename = (char *) bfd_malloc (dirlen +
+						    strlen (main_file_name)
+						    + 1);
+	      if (info->filename == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      strcpy (info->filename, directory_name);
+	      strcpy (info->filename + dirlen, main_file_name);
+	    }
+
+	  *pfilename = info->filename;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fnname != NULL)
+    {
+      char *s;
+
+      /* This will typically be something like main:F(0,1), so we want
+         to clobber the colon.  It's OK to change the name, since the
+         string is in our own local storage anyhow.  */
+
+      s = strchr (fnname, ':');
+      if (s != NULL)
+	*s = '\0';
+
+      *pfnname = fnname;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/sysdep.h b/contrib/binutils/bfd/sysdep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e559aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/sysdep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* sysdep.h -- handle host dependencies for the BFD library
+   Copyright 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef BFD_SYSDEP_H
+#define BFD_SYSDEP_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !(defined(errno) || defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_INC_ERRNO))
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#else
+extern char *strchr ();
+extern char *strrchr ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#else
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+#include "fopen-bin.h"
+#else
+#include "fopen-same.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RDONLY
+#define O_RDONLY 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_WRONLY
+#define O_WRONLY 1
+#endif
+#ifndef O_RDWR
+#define O_RDWR 2
+#endif
+#ifndef O_ACCMODE
+#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+#define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+extern char *strstr ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+extern PTR malloc ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_REALLOC
+extern PTR realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+extern void free ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! defined (BFD_SYSDEP_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/targets.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/targets.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de0e0f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/targets.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1011 @@
+/* Generic target-file-type support for the BFD library.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+
+/*
+SECTION 
+	Targets
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Each port of BFD to a different machine requries the creation
+	of a target back end. All the back end provides to the root
+	part of BFD is a structure containing pointers to functions
+	which perform certain low level operations on files. BFD
+	translates the applications's requests through a pointer into
+	calls to the back end routines. 
+
+	When a file is opened with <<bfd_openr>>, its format and
+	target are unknown. BFD uses various mechanisms to determine
+	how to interpret the file. The operations performed are:
+
+	o Create a BFD by calling the internal routine
+	<<_bfd_new_bfd>>, then call <<bfd_find_target>> with the
+	target string supplied to <<bfd_openr>> and the new BFD pointer. 
+
+	o If a null target string was provided to <<bfd_find_target>>,
+	look up the environment variable <<GNUTARGET>> and use
+	that as the target string. 
+
+	o If the target string is still <<NULL>>, or the target string is
+	<<default>>, then use the first item in the target vector
+	as the target type, and set <<target_defaulted>> in the BFD to
+	cause <<bfd_check_format>> to loop through all the targets.
+	@xref{bfd_target}.  @xref{Formats}.
+
+	o Otherwise, inspect the elements in the target vector
+	one by one, until a match on target name is found. When found,
+	use it. 
+
+	o Otherwise return the error <<bfd_error_invalid_target>> to
+	<<bfd_openr>>.
+
+	o <<bfd_openr>> attempts to open the file using
+	<<bfd_open_file>>, and returns the BFD.
+
+	Once the BFD has been opened and the target selected, the file
+	format may be determined. This is done by calling
+	<<bfd_check_format>> on the BFD with a suggested format. 
+	If <<target_defaulted>> has been set, each possible target
+	type is tried to see if it recognizes the specified format.
+	<<bfd_check_format>> returns <<true>> when the caller guesses right.
+@menu
+@* bfd_target::
+@end menu
+*/
+
+
+/*
+
+INODE
+	bfd_target,  , Targets, Targets
+DOCDD
+SUBSECTION
+	bfd_target
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This structure contains everything that BFD knows about a
+	target. It includes things like its byte order, name, and which
+	routines to call to do various operations.   
+
+	Every BFD points to a target structure with its <<xvec>>
+	member. 
+
+	The macros below are used to dispatch to functions through the
+	<<bfd_target>> vector. They are used in a number of macros further
+	down in @file{bfd.h}, and are also used when calling various
+	routines by hand inside the BFD implementation.  The @var{arglist}
+	argument must be parenthesized; it contains all the arguments
+	to the called function. 
+
+	They make the documentation (more) unpleasant to read, so if
+	someone wants to fix this and not break the above, please do.
+
+.#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+.               ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist)
+.
+.#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+.#undef BFD_SEND
+.#define BFD_SEND(bfd, message, arglist) \
+.  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+.    ((*((bfd)->xvec->message)) arglist) : \
+.    (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+.#endif
+
+	For operations which index on the BFD format:
+
+.#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+.            (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist)
+.
+.#ifdef DEBUG_BFD_SEND
+.#undef BFD_SEND_FMT
+.#define BFD_SEND_FMT(bfd, message, arglist) \
+.  (((bfd) && (bfd)->xvec && (bfd)->xvec->message) ? \
+.   (((bfd)->xvec->message[(int)((bfd)->format)]) arglist) : \
+.   (bfd_assert (__FILE__,__LINE__), NULL))
+.#endif
+
+	This is the structure which defines the type of BFD this is.  The
+	<<xvec>> member of the struct <<bfd>> itself points here.  Each
+	module that implements access to a different target under BFD,
+	defines one of these.
+
+
+	FIXME, these names should be rationalised with the names of
+	the entry points which call them. Too bad we can't have one
+	macro to define them both! 
+
+.enum bfd_flavour {
+.  bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_aout_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_ecoff_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_ieee_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_nlm_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_oasys_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_tekhex_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_srec_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_ihex_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_som_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_os9k_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_versados_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_msdos_flavour,
+.  bfd_target_evax_flavour
+.};
+.
+.enum bfd_endian { BFD_ENDIAN_BIG, BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE, BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN };
+.
+.{* Forward declaration.  *}
+.typedef struct bfd_link_info _bfd_link_info;
+.
+.typedef struct bfd_target
+.{
+
+Identifies the kind of target, e.g., SunOS4, Ultrix, etc.
+
+.  char *name;
+
+The "flavour" of a back end is a general indication about the contents
+of a file.
+
+.  enum bfd_flavour flavour;
+
+The order of bytes within the data area of a file.
+
+.  enum bfd_endian byteorder;
+
+The order of bytes within the header parts of a file.
+
+.  enum bfd_endian header_byteorder;
+
+A mask of all the flags which an executable may have set -
+from the set <<BFD_NO_FLAGS>>, <<HAS_RELOC>>, ...<<D_PAGED>>.
+
+.  flagword object_flags;       
+
+A mask of all the flags which a section may have set - from
+the set <<SEC_NO_FLAGS>>, <<SEC_ALLOC>>, ...<<SET_NEVER_LOAD>>.
+
+.  flagword section_flags;
+
+The character normally found at the front of a symbol 
+(if any), perhaps `_'.
+
+.  char symbol_leading_char;
+
+The pad character for file names within an archive header.
+
+.  char ar_pad_char;            
+
+The maximum number of characters in an archive header.
+
+.  unsigned short ar_max_namelen;
+
+Entries for byte swapping for data. These are different from the other
+entry points, since they don't take a BFD asthe first argument.
+Certain other handlers could do the same.
+
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+
+Byte swapping for the headers
+
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_64) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_h_putx64) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_32) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_h_putx32) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_vma      (*bfd_h_getx16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  bfd_signed_vma (*bfd_h_getx_signed_16) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *));
+.  void         (*bfd_h_putx16) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *));
+
+Format dependent routines: these are vectors of entry points
+within the target vector structure, one for each format to check.
+
+Check the format of a file being read.  Return a <<bfd_target *>> or zero. 
+
+.  const struct bfd_target *(*_bfd_check_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+Set the format of a file being written.  
+
+.  boolean             (*_bfd_set_format[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+Write cached information into a file being written, at <<bfd_close>>. 
+
+.  boolean             (*_bfd_write_contents[bfd_type_end]) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+The general target vector.
+
+.
+.  {* Generic entry points.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_close_and_cleanup),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_free_cached_info),\
+.CAT(NAME,_new_section_hook),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_section_contents_in_window)
+.
+.  {* Called when the BFD is being closed to do any necessary cleanup.  *}
+.  boolean       (*_close_and_cleanup) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  {* Ask the BFD to free all cached information.  *}
+.  boolean (*_bfd_free_cached_info) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  {* Called when a new section is created.  *}
+.  boolean       (*_new_section_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+.  {* Read the contents of a section.  *}
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, 
+.                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_get_section_contents_in_window)
+.                          PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, bfd_window *,
+.                                   file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+.
+.  {* Entry points to copy private data.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_section_data),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_set_private_flags),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_print_private_bfd_data)\
+.  {* Called to copy BFD general private data from one object file
+.     to another.  *}
+.  boolean	 (*_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+.  {* Called to merge BFD general private data from one object file
+.     to a common output file when linking.  *}
+.  boolean	 (*_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+.  {* Called to copy BFD private section data from one object file
+.     to another.  *}
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_section_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr,
+.                                                       bfd *, sec_ptr));
+.  {* Called to copy BFD private symbol data from one symbol 
+.     to another.  *}
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_copy_private_symbol_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *,
+.							   bfd *, asymbol *));
+.  {* Called to set private backend flags *}
+.  boolean	 (*_bfd_set_private_flags) PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
+.
+.  {* Called to print private BFD data *}
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_print_private_bfd_data) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+.
+.  {* Core file entry points.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_command),\
+.CAT(NAME,_core_file_failing_signal),\
+.CAT(NAME,_core_file_matches_executable_p)
+.  char *   (*_core_file_failing_command) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  int      (*_core_file_failing_signal) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  boolean  (*_core_file_matches_executable_p) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+.
+.  {* Archive entry points.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_slurp_armap),\
+.CAT(NAME,_slurp_extended_name_table),\
+.CAT(NAME,_construct_extended_name_table),\
+.CAT(NAME,_truncate_arname),\
+.CAT(NAME,_write_armap),\
+.CAT(NAME,_read_ar_hdr),\
+.CAT(NAME,_openr_next_archived_file),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_elt_at_index),\
+.CAT(NAME,_generic_stat_arch_elt),\
+.CAT(NAME,_update_armap_timestamp)
+.  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  boolean  (*_bfd_slurp_extended_name_table) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  boolean  (*_bfd_construct_extended_name_table)
+.             PARAMS ((bfd *, char **, bfd_size_type *, const char **));
+.  void     (*_bfd_truncate_arname) PARAMS ((bfd *, CONST char *, char *));
+.  boolean  (*write_armap) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, 
+.                              unsigned int elength,
+.                              struct orl *map,
+.                              unsigned int orl_count, 
+.                              int stridx));
+.  PTR (*_bfd_read_ar_hdr_fn) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  bfd *    (*openr_next_archived_file) PARAMS ((bfd *arch, bfd *prev));
+.#define bfd_get_elt_at_index(b,i) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_elt_at_index, (b,i))
+.  bfd *    (*_bfd_get_elt_at_index) PARAMS ((bfd *, symindex));
+.  int      (*_bfd_stat_arch_elt) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct stat *));
+.  boolean  (*_bfd_update_armap_timestamp) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.
+.  {* Entry points used for symbols.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_symtab_upper_bound),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_symtab),\
+.CAT(NAME,_make_empty_symbol),\
+.CAT(NAME,_print_symbol),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_symbol_info),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_is_local_label_name),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_lineno),\
+.CAT(NAME,_find_nearest_line),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_make_debug_symbol),\
+.CAT(NAME,_read_minisymbols),\
+.CAT(NAME,_minisymbol_to_symbol)
+.  long  (*_bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_symtab) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+.                                             struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+.  struct symbol_cache_entry  *
+.                (*_bfd_make_empty_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  void          (*_bfd_print_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR,
+.                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+.                                      bfd_print_symbol_type));
+.#define bfd_print_symbol(b,p,s,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_print_symbol, (b,p,s,e))
+.  void          (*_bfd_get_symbol_info) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+.                                      struct symbol_cache_entry *,
+.                                      symbol_info *));
+.#define bfd_get_symbol_info(b,p,e) BFD_SEND(b, _bfd_get_symbol_info, (b,p,e))
+.  boolean	 (*_bfd_is_local_label_name) PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *));
+.
+.  alent *    (*_get_lineno) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry *));
+.  boolean    (*_bfd_find_nearest_line) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+.                    struct sec *section, struct symbol_cache_entry **symbols,
+.                    bfd_vma offset, CONST char **file, CONST char **func,
+.                    unsigned int *line));
+. {* Back-door to allow format-aware applications to create debug symbols
+.    while using BFD for everything else.  Currently used by the assembler
+.    when creating COFF files.  *}
+.  asymbol *  (*_bfd_make_debug_symbol) PARAMS ((
+.       bfd *abfd,
+.       void *ptr,
+.       unsigned long size));
+.#define bfd_read_minisymbols(b, d, m, s) \
+.  BFD_SEND (b, _read_minisymbols, (b, d, m, s))
+.  long  (*_read_minisymbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR *,
+.                                      unsigned int *));
+.#define bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol(b, d, m, f) \
+.  BFD_SEND (b, _minisymbol_to_symbol, (b, d, m, f))
+.  asymbol *(*_minisymbol_to_symbol) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, const PTR,
+.                                             asymbol *));
+.
+.  {* Routines for relocs.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_reloc_upper_bound),\
+.CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_reloc),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_reloc_type_lookup)
+.  long  (*_get_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr));
+.  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_reloc) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, arelent **,
+.                                            struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+.  {* See documentation on reloc types.  *}
+.  reloc_howto_type *
+.       (*reloc_type_lookup) PARAMS ((bfd *abfd,
+.                                     bfd_reloc_code_real_type code));
+.
+.  {* Routines used when writing an object file.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_set_arch_mach),\
+.CAT(NAME,_set_section_contents)
+.  boolean    (*_bfd_set_arch_mach) PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture,
+.                    unsigned long));
+.  boolean       (*_bfd_set_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR,
+.                                            file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+.
+.  {* Routines used by the linker.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_sizeof_headers),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_relax_section),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_hash_table_create),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_add_symbols),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_final_link),\
+.CAT(NAME,_bfd_link_split_section)
+.  int        (*_bfd_sizeof_headers) PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+.  bfd_byte * (*_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents) PARAMS ((bfd *,
+.                    struct bfd_link_info *, struct bfd_link_order *,
+.                    bfd_byte *data, boolean relocateable,
+.                    struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+.
+.  boolean    (*_bfd_relax_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *,
+.                    struct bfd_link_info *, boolean *again));
+.
+.  {* Create a hash table for the linker.  Different backends store
+.     different information in this table.  *}
+.  struct bfd_link_hash_table *(*_bfd_link_hash_table_create) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.
+.  {* Add symbols from this object file into the hash table.  *}
+.  boolean (*_bfd_link_add_symbols) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+.
+.  {* Do a link based on the link_order structures attached to each
+.     section of the BFD.  *}
+.  boolean (*_bfd_final_link) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+.
+.  {* Should this section be split up into smaller pieces during linking.  *}
+.  boolean (*_bfd_link_split_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *));
+.
+. {* Routines to handle dynamic symbols and relocs.  *}
+.#define BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC(NAME)\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound),\
+.CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab),\
+.CAT(NAME,_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound),\
+.CAT(NAME,_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+.  {* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic symbols. *}
+.  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  {* Read in the dynamic symbols.  *}
+.  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab)
+.    PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+.  {* Get the amount of memory required to hold the dynamic relocs.  *}
+.  long  (*_bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+.  {* Read in the dynamic relocs.  *}
+.  long  (*_bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc)
+.    PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent **, struct symbol_cache_entry **));
+.
+
+Data for use by back-end routines, which isn't generic enough to belong
+in this structure.
+
+. PTR backend_data;
+.} bfd_target;
+
+*/
+
+/* All known xvecs (even those that don't compile on all systems).
+   Alphabetized for easy reference.
+   They are listed a second time below, since
+   we can't intermix extern's and initializers.  */
+extern const bfd_target a29kcoff_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target a_out_adobe_vec;
+extern const bfd_target aout_arm_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target aout_arm_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target aout_mips_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target aout_mips_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target aout0_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target apollocoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armcoff_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armcoff_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armpe_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armpe_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armpei_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target armpei_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target b_out_vec_big_host;
+extern const bfd_target b_out_vec_little_host;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_alpha_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_d10v_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_hppa_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_i386_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_i860_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_m32r_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_m68k_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_m88k_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_mn10200_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_mn10300_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_sh_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shl_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_sparc_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_big_generic_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_little_generic_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_elf64_sparc_vec;
+extern const bfd_target demo_64_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ecoff_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ecoff_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ecoff_biglittle_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ecoffalpha_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target evax_alpha_vec;
+extern const bfd_target h8300coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target h8500coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target host_aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target hp300bsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target hp300hpux_vec;
+extern const bfd_target som_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386bsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386dynix_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386freebsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386os9k_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_powerpc_pe_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_powerpc_pei_vec;
+extern const bfd_target bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386pe_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386pei_vec;
+extern const bfd_target go32coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386linux_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386lynx_aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386lynx_coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386mach3_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386msdos_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i386netbsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target i860coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target icoff_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target icoff_little_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ieee_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68kaux_coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68kcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68kcoffun_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68klinux_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68klynx_aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68klynx_coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68knetbsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68ksysvcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m68k4knetbsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m88kbcs_vec;
+extern const bfd_target m88kmach3_vec;
+extern const bfd_target newsos3_vec;
+extern const bfd_target nlm32_i386_vec;
+extern const bfd_target nlm32_sparc_vec;
+extern const bfd_target nlm32_alpha_vec;
+extern const bfd_target nlm32_powerpc_vec;
+extern const bfd_target pc532netbsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target oasys_vec;
+extern const bfd_target pc532machaout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ppcboot_vec;
+extern const bfd_target riscix_vec;
+extern const bfd_target pmac_xcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target rs6000coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target shcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target shlcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparcle_aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparclinux_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparclynx_aout_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparclynx_coff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparcnetbsd_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sparccoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sunos_big_vec;
+extern const bfd_target tekhex_vec;
+extern const bfd_target versados_vec;
+extern const bfd_target we32kcoff_vec;
+extern const bfd_target w65_vec;
+extern const bfd_target z8kcoff_vec;
+
+/* srec is always included.  */
+extern const bfd_target srec_vec;
+extern const bfd_target symbolsrec_vec;
+
+/* binary is always included.  */
+extern const bfd_target binary_vec;
+
+/* ihex is always included.  */
+extern const bfd_target ihex_vec;
+
+/* All of the xvecs for core files.  */
+extern const bfd_target aix386_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target cisco_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target hpux_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target hppabsd_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target irix_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target netbsd_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target osf_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target sco_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target trad_core_vec;
+extern const bfd_target ptrace_core_vec;
+
+const bfd_target * const bfd_target_vector[] = {
+
+#ifdef SELECT_VECS
+
+	SELECT_VECS,
+
+#else /* not SELECT_VECS */
+
+#ifdef DEFAULT_VECTOR
+	&DEFAULT_VECTOR,
+#endif
+	/* This list is alphabetized to make it easy to compare
+	   with other vector lists -- the decls above and
+	   the case statement in configure.in.
+	   Vectors that don't compile on all systems, or aren't finished,
+	   should have an entry here with #if 0 around it, to show that
+	   it wasn't omitted by mistake.  */
+	&a29kcoff_big_vec,
+	&a_out_adobe_vec,
+#if 0				/* No one seems to use this.  */
+	&aout_mips_big_vec,
+#endif
+	&aout_mips_little_vec,
+	&b_out_vec_big_host,
+	&b_out_vec_little_host,
+
+	/* This, and other vectors, may not be used in any *.mt configuration.
+	   But that does not mean they are unnecessary.  If configured with
+	   --enable-targets=all, objdump or gdb should be able to examine
+	   the file even if we don't recognize the machine type.  */
+	&bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&bfd_elf64_alpha_vec,
+#endif
+	&bfd_elf32_bigmips_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&bfd_elf64_bigmips_vec,
+#endif
+	&bfd_elf32_d10v_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_hppa_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_i386_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_i860_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_littlemips_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&bfd_elf64_littlemips_vec,
+#endif
+	&bfd_elf32_m32r_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_mn10200_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_mn10300_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_m68k_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_m88k_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_sparc_vec,
+	&bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64			/* No one seems to use this.  */
+	&bfd_elf64_big_generic_vec,
+	&bfd_elf64_little_generic_vec,
+#endif
+#if 0
+	&bfd_elf64_sparc_vec,
+#endif
+	/* We don't include cisco_core_vec.  Although it has a magic number,
+	   the magic number isn't at the beginning of the file, and thus
+	   might spuriously match other kinds of files.  */
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&demo_64_vec,	/* Only compiled if host has long-long support */
+#endif
+	&ecoff_big_vec,
+	&ecoff_little_vec,
+	&ecoff_biglittle_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&ecoffalpha_little_vec,
+	&evax_alpha_vec,
+#endif
+	&h8300coff_vec,
+	&h8500coff_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* Since a.out files lack decent magic numbers, no way to recognize
+	   which kind of a.out file it is.  */
+	&host_aout_vec,
+#endif
+#if 0				/* Clashes with sunos_big_vec magic no.  */
+	&hp300bsd_vec,
+#endif
+	&hp300hpux_vec,
+#if defined (HOST_HPPAHPUX) || defined (HOST_HPPABSD) || defined (HOST_HPPAOSF)
+        &som_vec,
+#endif
+	&i386aout_vec,
+	&i386bsd_vec,
+	&i386coff_vec,
+	&i386freebsd_vec,
+	&i860coff_vec,
+	&bfd_powerpc_pe_vec,
+	&bfd_powerpcle_pe_vec,
+	&bfd_powerpc_pei_vec,
+	&bfd_powerpcle_pei_vec,
+	&go32coff_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* Since a.out files lack decent magic numbers, no way to recognize
+	   which kind of a.out file it is.  */
+	&i386linux_vec,
+#endif
+	&i386lynx_aout_vec,
+	&i386lynx_coff_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* No distinguishing features for Mach 3 executables.  */
+	&i386mach3_vec,
+#endif
+	&i386msdos_vec,
+	&i386netbsd_vec,
+	&i386os9k_vec,
+	&i386pe_vec,
+	&i386pei_vec,
+	&armcoff_little_vec,
+	&armcoff_big_vec,
+	&armpe_little_vec,
+	&armpe_big_vec,
+	&armpei_little_vec,
+	&armpei_big_vec,
+	&icoff_big_vec,
+	&icoff_little_vec,
+	&ieee_vec,
+	&m68kcoff_vec,
+	&m68kcoffun_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* Since a.out files lack decent magic numbers, no way to recognize
+	   which kind of a.out file it is.  */
+	&m68klinux_vec,
+#endif
+	&m68klynx_aout_vec,
+	&m68klynx_coff_vec,
+	&m68knetbsd_vec,
+	&m68ksysvcoff_vec,
+	&m88kbcs_vec,
+	&m88kmach3_vec,
+	&newsos3_vec,
+	&nlm32_i386_vec,
+	&nlm32_sparc_vec,
+#ifdef BFD64
+	&nlm32_alpha_vec,
+#endif
+	&pc532netbsd_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* We have no oasys tools anymore, so we can't test any of this
+	   anymore. If you want to test the stuff yourself, go ahead...
+	   steve@cygnus.com
+	   Worse, since there is no magic number for archives, there
+	   can be annoying target mis-matches.  */
+	&oasys_vec,
+#endif
+	&pc532machaout_vec,
+#if 0
+	/* We have no way of distinguishing these from other a.out variants */
+	&aout_arm_big_vec,
+	&aout_arm_little_vec,
+	&riscix_vec,
+#endif
+#if 0
+	/* This has the same magic number as RS/6000. */
+	&pmac_xcoff_vec,
+#endif
+	&rs6000coff_vec,
+	&ppcboot_vec,
+	&shcoff_vec,
+	&shlcoff_vec,
+	&sparcle_aout_vec,
+	&sparclinux_vec,
+	&sparclynx_aout_vec,
+	&sparclynx_coff_vec,
+	&sparcnetbsd_vec,
+	&sunos_big_vec,
+	&aout0_big_vec,
+	&tekhex_vec,
+	&we32kcoff_vec,
+	&versados_vec,
+	&z8kcoff_vec,
+
+#endif /* not SELECT_VECS */
+
+/* Always support S-records, for convenience.  */
+	&srec_vec,
+	&symbolsrec_vec,
+/* And tekhex */
+	&tekhex_vec,
+/* Likewise for binary output.  */
+	&binary_vec,
+/* Likewise for ihex.  */
+	&ihex_vec,
+
+/* Add any required traditional-core-file-handler.  */
+
+#ifdef AIX386_CORE
+	&aix386_core_vec,
+#endif
+#ifdef HPUX_CORE
+	&hpux_core_vec,
+#endif
+#ifdef HPPABSD_CORE
+	&hppabsd_core_vec,
+#endif
+#ifdef IRIX_CORE
+	&irix_core_vec,
+#endif
+#ifdef OSF_CORE
+	&osf_core_vec,
+#endif
+#ifdef	TRAD_CORE
+	&trad_core_vec,
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	PTRACE_CORE
+	&ptrace_core_vec,
+#endif
+
+	NULL /* end of list marker */
+};
+
+/* bfd_default_vector[0] contains either the address of the default vector,
+   if there is one, or zero if there isn't.  */
+
+const bfd_target *bfd_default_vector[] = {
+#ifdef DEFAULT_VECTOR
+	&DEFAULT_VECTOR,
+#endif
+	NULL
+};
+
+/* When there is an ambiguous match, bfd_check_format_matches puts the
+   names of the matching targets in an array.  This variable is the maximum
+   number of entries that the array could possibly need.  */
+const size_t _bfd_target_vector_entries = sizeof(bfd_target_vector)/sizeof(*bfd_target_vector);
+
+/* This array maps configuration triplets onto BFD vectors.  */
+
+struct targmatch
+{
+  /* The configuration triplet.  */
+  const char *triplet;
+  /* The BFD vector.  If this is NULL, then the vector is found by
+     searching forward for the next structure with a non NULL vector
+     field.  */
+  const bfd_target *vector;
+};
+
+/* targmatch.h is built by Makefile out of config.bfd.  */
+static const struct targmatch bfd_target_match[] = {
+#include "targmatch.h"
+  { NULL, NULL }
+};
+
+static const bfd_target *find_target PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* Find a target vector, given a name or configuration triplet.  */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+find_target (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const bfd_target * const *target;
+  const struct targmatch *match;
+
+  for (target = &bfd_target_vector[0]; *target != NULL; target++)
+    if (strcmp (name, (*target)->name) == 0)
+      return *target;
+
+  /* If we couldn't match on the exact name, try matching on the
+     configuration triplet.  FIXME: We should run the triplet through
+     config.sub first, but that is hard.  */
+  for (match = &bfd_target_match[0]; match->triplet != NULL; match++)
+    {
+      if (fnmatch (match->triplet, name, 0) == 0)
+	{
+	  while (match->vector == NULL)
+	    ++match;
+	  return match->vector;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_target);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_set_default_target
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	boolean bfd_set_default_target (const char *name);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Set the default target vector to use when recognizing a BFD.
+	This takes the name of the target, which may be a BFD target
+	name or a configuration triplet.
+*/
+
+boolean
+bfd_set_default_target (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const bfd_target *target;
+
+  if (bfd_default_vector[0] != NULL
+      && strcmp (name, bfd_default_vector[0]->name) == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  target = find_target (name);
+  if (target == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  bfd_default_vector[0] = target;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_find_target
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const bfd_target *bfd_find_target(CONST char *target_name, bfd *abfd);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a pointer to the transfer vector for the object target
+	named @var{target_name}.  If @var{target_name} is <<NULL>>, choose the
+	one in the environment variable <<GNUTARGET>>; if that is null or not
+	defined, then choose the first entry in the target list.
+	Passing in the string "default" or setting the environment
+	variable to "default" will cause the first entry in the target
+	list to be returned, and "target_defaulted" will be set in the
+	BFD.  This causes <<bfd_check_format>> to loop over all the
+	targets to find the one that matches the file being read.   
+*/
+
+const bfd_target *
+bfd_find_target (target_name, abfd)
+     const char *target_name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const char *targname;
+  const bfd_target *target;
+
+  if (target_name != NULL)
+    targname = target_name;
+  else
+    targname = getenv ("GNUTARGET");
+
+  /* This is safe; the vector cannot be null */
+  if (targname == NULL || strcmp (targname, "default") == 0)
+    {
+      abfd->target_defaulted = true;
+      if (bfd_default_vector[0] != NULL)
+	abfd->xvec = bfd_default_vector[0];
+      else
+	abfd->xvec = bfd_target_vector[0];
+      return abfd->xvec;
+    }
+
+  abfd->target_defaulted = false;
+
+  target = find_target (targname);
+  if (target == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  abfd->xvec = target;
+  return target;
+}
+
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	bfd_target_list
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	const char **bfd_target_list(void);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Return a freshly malloced NULL-terminated
+	vector of the names of all the valid BFD targets. Do not
+	modify the names.
+
+*/
+
+const char **
+bfd_target_list ()
+{
+  int vec_length= 0;
+#if defined (HOST_HPPAHPUX) && ! defined (__STDC__)
+  /* The native compiler on the HP9000/700 has a bug which causes it
+     to loop endlessly when compiling this file.  This avoids it.  */
+  volatile
+#endif
+    const bfd_target * const *target;
+  CONST  char **name_list, **name_ptr;
+
+  for (target = &bfd_target_vector[0]; *target != NULL; target++)
+    vec_length++;
+
+  name_ptr = name_list = (CONST char **)
+    bfd_zmalloc ((vec_length + 1) * sizeof (char **));
+
+  if (name_list == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (target = &bfd_target_vector[0]; *target != NULL; target++)
+    *(name_ptr++) = (*target)->name;
+
+  return name_list;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/targmatch.sed b/contrib/binutils/bfd/targmatch.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f40e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/targmatch.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+1,/START OF targmatch.h/	d
+/END OF targmatch.h/,$		d
+s/^#if/KEEP #if/
+s/^#endif/KEEP #endif/
+s/^[ 	]*#.*$//
+s/^KEEP #/#/
+s/[ 	]*\\$//
+t lab1
+	:lab1
+s/[| 	][| 	]*\([^|() 	][^|() 	]*\)[ 	]*|/{ "\1", NULL },/g
+s/[| 	][| 	]*\([^|() 	][^|() 	]*\)[ 	]*)/{ "\1",/g
+t lab2
+s/^[ 	]*targ_defvec=\([^ 	]*\)/#if !defined (SELECT_VECS) || defined (HAVE_\1)/
+t lab3
+s/.*=.*//
+s/;;//
+b
+	:lab2
+H
+d
+	:lab3
+G
+s/\n/%EOL%/g
+s/\(defined (HAVE_\)\([^)]*\)\(.*\)/\1\2\3\
+\&\2 },\
+#endif/
+s/%EOL%/\
+/g
+p
+s/.*//g
+s/\n//g
+h
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/tekhex.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/tekhex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..238ccca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/tekhex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1059 @@
+/* BFD backend for Extended Tektronix Hex Format  objects.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support <sac@cygnus.com>.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+SUBSECTION
+	Tektronix Hex Format handling
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	
+	Tek Hex records can hold symbols and data, but not
+	relocations. Their main application is communication with
+	devices like PROM programmers and ICE equipment.
+	
+	It seems that the sections are descibed as being really big,
+        the example I have says that the text section is 0..ffffffff.
+	BFD would barf with this, many apps would try to alloc 4GB to
+	read in the file.
+
+	Tex Hex may contain many sections, but the data which comes in
+	has no tag saying which section it belongs to, so we create
+	one section for each block of data, called "blknnnn" which we
+	stick all the data into.
+
+	TekHex may come out of 	order and there is no header, so an
+	initial scan is required  to discover the minimum and maximum
+	addresses used to create the vma and size of the sections we
+	create.
+	We read in the data into pages of CHUNK_MASK+1 size and read
+	them out from that whenever we need to.
+
+	Any number of sections may be created for output, we save them
+	up and output them when it's time to close the bfd.
+
+
+	A TekHex record looks like:
+EXAMPLE
+	%<block length><type><checksum><stuff><cr>
+	
+DESCRIPTION
+	Where
+	o length
+	is the number of bytes in the record not including the % sign.
+	o type
+	is one of:
+	3) symbol record
+	6) data record
+	8) termination record
+	
+
+The data can come out of order, and may be discontigous. This is a
+serial protocol, so big files are unlikely, so we keep a list of 8k chunks
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    bfd_vma low;
+    bfd_vma high;
+  } addr_range_type;
+
+typedef struct tekhex_symbol_struct
+  {
+
+    asymbol symbol;
+    struct tekhex_symbol_struct *prev;
+
+  } tekhex_symbol_type;
+
+static const char digs[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+static char sum_block[256];
+
+#define NOT_HEX 20
+#define NIBBLE(x) hex_value(x)
+#define HEX(buffer) ((NIBBLE((buffer)[0])<<4) + NIBBLE((buffer)[1]))
+#define TOHEX(d,x) \
+(d)[1] = digs[(x) & 0xf]; \
+(d)[0] = digs[((x)>>4)&0xf];
+#define	ISHEX(x)  hex_p(x)
+
+static void tekhex_init PARAMS ((void));
+static bfd_vma getvalue PARAMS ((char **));
+static void tekhex_print_symbol
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type));
+static void tekhex_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *));
+static asymbol *tekhex_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static int tekhex_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean));
+static boolean tekhex_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void out PARAMS ((bfd *, int, char *, char *));
+static void writesym PARAMS ((char **, CONST char *));
+static void writevalue PARAMS ((char **, bfd_vma));
+static boolean tekhex_set_section_contents
+ PARAMS ((bfd*, sec_ptr, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static boolean tekhex_set_arch_mach
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long));
+static boolean tekhex_get_section_contents
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type));
+static void move_section_contents
+ PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type, boolean));
+static const bfd_target *tekhex_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static boolean tekhex_mkobject PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static long tekhex_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static long tekhex_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **));
+static void pass_over PARAMS ((bfd *, void (*)(bfd*, int, char *)));
+static void first_phase PARAMS ((bfd *, int, char *));
+static void insert_byte PARAMS ((bfd *, int, bfd_vma));
+static struct data_struct *find_chunk PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_vma));
+static unsigned int getsym PARAMS ((char *, char **));
+
+/*
+Here's an example
+%3A6C6480004E56FFFC4E717063B0AEFFFC6D0652AEFFFC60F24E5E4E75
+%1B3709T_SEGMENT1108FFFFFFFF
+%2B3AB9T_SEGMENT7Dgcc_compiled$1087hello$c10
+%373829T_SEGMENT80int$t1$r1$$214741080char$t2$r2$0$12710
+%373769T_SEGMENT80long$int$t3$r1$$1080unsigned$int$t4$10
+%373CA9T_SEGMENT80long$unsigned$in1080short$int$t6$r1$10
+%373049T_SEGMENT80long$long$int$t71080short$unsigned$i10
+%373A29T_SEGMENT80long$long$unsign1080signed$char$t10$10
+%373D69T_SEGMENT80unsigned$char$t11080float$t12$r1$4$010
+%373D19T_SEGMENT80double$t13$r1$8$1080long$double$t14$10
+%2734D9T_SEGMENT8Bvoid$t15$151035_main10
+%2F3CA9T_SEGMENT81$1081$1681$1E81$21487main$F110
+%2832F9T_SEGMENT83i$18FFFFFFFC81$1481$214
+%07 8 10 10
+
+explanation:
+%3A6C6480004E56FFFC4E717063B0AEFFFC6D0652AEFFFC60F24E5E4E75
+ ^ ^^ ^     ^-data
+ | || +------ 4 char integer 0x8000
+ | |+-------- checksum
+ | +--------- type 6 (data record)
+ +----------- length 3a chars
+ <---------------------- 3a (58 chars) ------------------->
+
+%1B3709T_SEGMENT1108FFFFFFFF
+      ^         ^^ ^- 8 character integer 0xffffffff
+      |         |+-   1 character integer 0
+      |         +--   type 1 symbol (section definition)
+      +------------   9 char symbol T_SEGMENT
+
+%2B3AB9T_SEGMENT7Dgcc_compiled$1087hello$c10
+%373829T_SEGMENT80int$t1$r1$$214741080char$t2$r2$0$12710
+%373769T_SEGMENT80long$int$t3$r1$$1080unsigned$int$t4$10
+%373CA9T_SEGMENT80long$unsigned$in1080short$int$t6$r1$10
+%373049T_SEGMENT80long$long$int$t71080short$unsigned$i10
+%373A29T_SEGMENT80long$long$unsign1080signed$char$t10$10
+%373D69T_SEGMENT80unsigned$char$t11080float$t12$r1$4$010
+%373D19T_SEGMENT80double$t13$r1$8$1080long$double$t14$10
+%2734D9T_SEGMENT8Bvoid$t15$151035_main10
+%2F3CA9T_SEGMENT81$1081$1681$1E81$21487main$F110
+%2832F9T_SEGMENT83i$18FFFFFFFC81$1481$214
+%0781010
+
+Turns into
+sac@thepub$ ./objdump -dx -m m68k f
+
+f:     file format tekhex
+-----x--- 9/55728 -134219416 Sep 29 15:13 1995 f
+architecture: UNKNOWN!, flags 0x00000010:
+HAS_SYMS
+start address 0x00000000
+SECTION 0 [D00000000]	: size 00020000 vma 00000000 align 2**0
+ ALLOC, LOAD
+SECTION 1 [D00008000]	: size 00002001 vma 00008000 align 2**0
+
+SECTION 2 [T_SEGMENT]	: size ffffffff vma 00000000 align 2**0
+
+SYMBOL TABLE:
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT gcc_compiled$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT hello$c
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT int$t1$r1$$21474
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT char$t2$r2$0$127
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT long$int$t3$r1$$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT unsigned$int$t4$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT long$unsigned$in
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT short$int$t6$r1$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT long$long$int$t7
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT short$unsigned$i
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT long$long$unsign
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT signed$char$t10$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT unsigned$char$t1
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT float$t12$r1$4$0
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT double$t13$r1$8$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT long$double$t14$
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT void$t15$15
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT _main
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT $
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT $
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT $
+00000010  g       T_SEGMENT $
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT main$F1
+fcffffff  g       T_SEGMENT i$1
+00000000  g       T_SEGMENT $
+00000010  g       T_SEGMENT $
+
+
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [D00000000]: (none)
+
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [D00008000]: (none)
+
+RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [T_SEGMENT]: (none)
+
+Disassembly of section D00000000:
+...
+00008000 ($+)7ff0 linkw fp,#-4
+00008004 ($+)7ff4 nop
+00008006 ($+)7ff6 movel #99,d0
+00008008 ($+)7ff8 cmpl fp@(-4),d0
+0000800c ($+)7ffc blts 00008014 ($+)8004
+0000800e ($+)7ffe addql #1,fp@(-4)
+00008012 ($+)8002 bras 00008006 ($+)7ff6
+00008014 ($+)8004 unlk fp
+00008016 ($+)8006 rts
+...
+
+*/
+
+static void
+tekhex_init ()
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  static boolean inited = false;
+  int val;
+
+  if (inited == false)
+    {
+      inited = true;
+      hex_init ();
+      val = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+	{
+	  sum_block[i + '0'] = val++;
+	}
+      for (i = 'A'; i <= 'Z'; i++)
+	{
+	  sum_block[i] = val++;
+	}
+      sum_block['$'] = val++;
+      sum_block['%'] = val++;
+      sum_block['.'] = val++;
+      sum_block['_'] = val++;
+      for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; i++)
+	{
+	  sum_block[i] = val++;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* The maximum number of bytes on a line is FF */
+#define MAXCHUNK 0xff
+/* The number of bytes we fit onto a line on output */
+#define CHUNK 21
+
+/* We cannot output our tekhexords as we see them, we have to glue them
+   together, this is done in this structure : */
+
+struct tekhex_data_list_struct
+{
+  unsigned char *data;
+  bfd_vma where;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  struct tekhex_data_list_struct *next;
+
+};
+typedef struct tekhex_data_list_struct tekhex_data_list_type;
+
+#define CHUNK_MASK 0x1fff
+
+struct data_struct
+  {
+    char chunk_data[CHUNK_MASK + 1];
+    char chunk_init[CHUNK_MASK + 1];
+    bfd_vma vma;
+    struct data_struct *next;
+  };
+
+typedef struct tekhex_data_struct
+{
+  tekhex_data_list_type *head;
+  unsigned int type;
+  struct tekhex_symbol_struct *symbols;
+  struct data_struct *data;
+} tdata_type;
+
+#define enda(x) (x->vma + x->size)
+
+static bfd_vma
+getvalue (srcp)
+     char **srcp;
+{
+  char *src = *srcp;
+  bfd_vma value = 0;
+  unsigned int len = hex_value(*src++);
+
+  if (len == 0)
+    len = 16;
+  while (len--)
+    {
+      value = value << 4 | hex_value(*src++);
+    }
+  *srcp = src;
+  return value;
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+getsym (dstp, srcp)
+     char *dstp;
+     char **srcp;
+{
+  char *src = *srcp;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int len = hex_value(*src++);
+
+  if (len == 0)
+    len = 16;
+  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    dstp[i] = src[i];
+  dstp[i] = 0;
+  *srcp = src + i;
+  return len;
+}
+
+static struct data_struct *
+find_chunk (abfd, vma)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd_vma vma;
+{
+  struct data_struct *d = abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->data;
+
+  vma &= ~CHUNK_MASK;
+  while (d && (d->vma) != vma)
+    {
+      d = d->next;
+    }
+  if (!d)
+    {
+      char *sname = bfd_alloc (abfd, 12);
+
+      /* No chunk for this address, so make one up */
+      d = (struct data_struct *)
+	bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct data_struct));
+
+      if (!sname || !d)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memset (d->chunk_init, 0, CHUNK_MASK + 1);
+      memset (d->chunk_data, 0, CHUNK_MASK + 1);
+      d->next = abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->data;
+      d->vma = vma;
+      abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->data = d;
+    }
+  return d;
+}
+
+static void
+insert_byte (abfd, value, addr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int value;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  /* Find the chunk that this byte needs and put it in */
+  struct data_struct *d = find_chunk (abfd, addr);
+
+  d->chunk_data[addr & CHUNK_MASK] = value;
+  d->chunk_init[addr & CHUNK_MASK] = 1;
+}
+
+/* The first pass is to find the names of all the sections, and see
+  how big the data is */
+static void
+first_phase (abfd, type, src)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int type;
+     char *src;
+{
+  asection *section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+  int len;
+  char sym[17];			/* A symbol can only be 16chars long */
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case '6':
+      /* Data record - read it and store it */
+      {
+	bfd_vma addr = getvalue (&src);
+
+	while (*src)
+	  {
+	    insert_byte (abfd, HEX (src), addr);
+	    src += 2;
+	    addr++;
+	  }
+      }
+
+      return;
+    case '3':
+      /* Symbol record, read the segment */
+      len = getsym (sym, &src);
+      section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sym);
+      if (section == (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  char *n = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
+
+	  if (!n)
+	    abort();		/* FIXME */
+	  memcpy (n, sym, len + 1);
+	  section = bfd_make_section (abfd, n);
+	}
+      while (*src)
+	{
+	  switch (*src)
+	    {
+	    case '1':		/* section range */
+	      src++;
+	      section->vma = getvalue (&src);
+	      section->_raw_size = getvalue (&src) - section->vma;
+	      section->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+	      break;
+	    case '0':
+	    case '2':
+	    case '3':
+	    case '4':
+	    case '6':
+	    case '7':
+	    case '8':
+	      /* Symbols, add to section */
+	      {
+		tekhex_symbol_type *new =
+		(tekhex_symbol_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
+					       sizeof (tekhex_symbol_type));
+		char type = (*src);
+
+		if (!new)
+		  abort();	/* FIXME */
+		new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+		src++;
+		abfd->symcount++;
+		abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
+		new->prev = abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->symbols;
+		abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->symbols = new;
+		len = getsym (sym, &src);
+		new->symbol.name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
+		if (!new->symbol.name)
+		  abort();	/* FIXME */
+		memcpy ((char *) (new->symbol.name), sym, len + 1);
+		new->symbol.section = section;
+		if (type <= '4')
+		  new->symbol.flags = (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_EXPORT);
+		else
+		  new->symbol.flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+		new->symbol.value = getvalue (&src) - section->vma;
+	      }
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Pass over an tekhex, calling one of the above functions on each
+   record.  */
+
+static void
+pass_over (abfd, func)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((bfd *, int, char *));
+{
+  unsigned int chars_on_line;
+  boolean eof = false;
+
+  /* To the front of the file */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  while (eof == false)
+    {
+      char buffer[MAXCHUNK];
+      char *src = buffer;
+      char type;
+
+      /* Find first '%' */
+      eof = (boolean) (bfd_read (src, 1, 1, abfd) != 1);
+      while (*src != '%' && !eof)
+	{
+	  eof = (boolean) (bfd_read (src, 1, 1, abfd) != 1);
+	}
+      if (eof)
+	break;
+      src++;
+
+      /* Fetch the type and the length and the checksum */
+      if (bfd_read (src, 1, 5, abfd) != 5)
+	abort (); /* FIXME */
+
+      type = src[2];
+
+      if (!ISHEX (src[0]) || !ISHEX (src[1]))
+	break;
+
+      chars_on_line = HEX (src) - 5;	/* Already read five char */
+
+      if (bfd_read (src, 1, chars_on_line, abfd) != chars_on_line)
+	abort (); /* FIXME */
+      src[chars_on_line] = 0;	/* put a null at the end */
+
+      func (abfd, type, src);
+    }
+
+}
+
+static long
+tekhex_get_symtab (abfd, table)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **table;
+{
+  tekhex_symbol_type *p = abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->symbols;
+  unsigned int c = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+
+  table[c] = 0;
+  while (p)
+    {
+      table[--c] = &(p->symbol);
+      p = p->prev;
+    }
+
+  return bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
+}
+
+static long
+tekhex_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return (abfd->symcount + 1) * (sizeof (struct tekhex_asymbol_struct *));
+
+}
+
+static boolean
+tekhex_mkobject (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  tdata_type *tdata = (tdata_type *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (tdata_type));
+
+  if (!tdata)
+    return false;
+  abfd->tdata.tekhex_data = tdata;
+  tdata->type = 1;
+  tdata->head = (tekhex_data_list_type *) NULL;
+  tdata->symbols = (struct tekhex_symbol_struct *) NULL;
+  tdata->data = (struct data_struct *) NULL;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+  Return true if the file looks like it's in TekHex format. Just look
+  for a percent sign and some hex digits */
+
+static const bfd_target *
+tekhex_object_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char b[4];
+
+  tekhex_init ();
+
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0
+      || bfd_read (b, 1, 4, abfd) != 4)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (b[0] != '%' || !ISHEX (b[1]) || !ISHEX (b[2]) || !ISHEX (b[3]))
+    return (const bfd_target *) NULL;
+
+  tekhex_mkobject (abfd);
+
+  pass_over (abfd, first_phase);
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+static void
+move_section_contents (abfd, section, locationp, offset, count, get)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR locationp;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+     boolean get;
+{
+  bfd_vma addr;
+  char *location = (char *) locationp;
+  bfd_vma prev_number = 1;	/* Nothing can have this as a high bit*/
+  struct data_struct *d = (struct data_struct *) NULL;
+
+  for (addr = section->vma; count != 0; count--, addr++)
+    {
+
+      bfd_vma chunk_number = addr & ~CHUNK_MASK;	/* Get high bits of address */
+      bfd_vma low_bits = addr & CHUNK_MASK;
+
+      if (chunk_number != prev_number)
+	{
+	  /* Different chunk, so move pointer */
+	  d = find_chunk (abfd, chunk_number);
+	}
+
+      if (get)
+	{
+	  if (d->chunk_init[low_bits])
+	    {
+	      *location = d->chunk_data[low_bits];
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *location = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  d->chunk_data[low_bits] = *location;
+	  d->chunk_init[low_bits] = (*location != 0);
+	}
+
+      location++;
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+static boolean
+tekhex_get_section_contents (abfd, section, locationp, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR locationp;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+    {
+      move_section_contents (abfd, section, locationp, offset, count, true);
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+static boolean
+tekhex_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     enum bfd_architecture arch;
+     unsigned long machine;
+{
+  return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
+}
+
+/* we have to save up all the Tekhexords for a splurge before output,
+    */
+
+static boolean
+tekhex_set_section_contents (abfd, section, locationp, offset, bytes_to_do)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR locationp;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type bytes_to_do;
+{
+
+  if (abfd->output_has_begun == false)
+    {
+      /* The first time around, allocate enough sections to hold all the chunks */
+      asection *s = abfd->sections;
+      bfd_vma vma;
+
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  if (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)
+	    {
+	      for (vma = s->vma & ~CHUNK_MASK;
+		   vma < s->vma + s->_raw_size;
+		   vma += CHUNK_MASK)
+		find_chunk (abfd, vma);
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+  if (section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+    {
+      move_section_contents (abfd, section, locationp, offset, bytes_to_do, false);
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    return false;
+
+}
+
+static void
+writevalue (dst, value)
+     char **dst;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  char *p = *dst;
+  int len;
+  int shift;
+
+  for (len = 8, shift = 28; shift; shift -= 4, len--)
+    {
+      if ((value >> shift) & 0xf)
+	{
+	  *p++ = len + '0';
+	  while (len)
+	    {
+	      *p++ = digs[(value >> shift) & 0xf];
+	      shift -= 4;
+	      len--;
+	    }
+	  *dst = p;
+	  return;
+
+	}
+    }
+  *p++ = '1';
+  *p++ = '0';
+  *dst = p;
+}
+
+static void
+writesym (dst, sym)
+     char **dst;
+     CONST char *sym;
+{
+  char *p = *dst;
+  int len = (sym ? strlen (sym) : 0);
+
+  if (len >= 16)
+    {
+      *p++ = '0';
+      len = 16;
+    }
+
+  else
+    {
+      if (len == 0)
+	{
+	  *p++ = '1';
+	  sym = "$";
+	  len = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *p++ = digs[len];
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (len--)
+    {
+      *p++ = *sym++;
+    }
+  *dst = p;
+}
+
+static void
+out (abfd, type, start, end)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int type;
+     char *start;
+     char *end;
+{
+  int sum = 0;
+  char *s;
+  char front[6];
+  bfd_size_type wrlen;
+
+  front[0] = '%';
+  TOHEX (front + 1, end - start + 5);
+  front[3] = type;
+
+  for (s = start; s < end; s++)
+    {
+      sum += sum_block[(unsigned char) *s];
+    }
+
+  sum += sum_block[(unsigned char) front[1]];	/*  length */
+  sum += sum_block[(unsigned char) front[2]];
+  sum += sum_block[(unsigned char) front[3]];	/* type */
+  TOHEX (front + 4, sum);
+  if (bfd_write (front, 1, 6, abfd) != 6)
+    abort ();
+  end[0] = '\n';
+  wrlen = end - start + 1;
+  if (bfd_write (start, 1, wrlen, abfd) != wrlen)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+static boolean
+tekhex_write_object_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int bytes_written;
+  char buffer[100];
+  asymbol **p;
+  asection *s;
+  struct data_struct *d;
+
+  bytes_written = 0;
+
+  /* And the raw data */
+  for (d = abfd->tdata.tekhex_data->data;
+       d != (struct data_struct *) NULL;
+       d = d->next)
+    {
+      int low;
+
+      CONST int span = 32;
+      int addr;
+
+      /* Write it in blocks of 32 bytes */
+
+      for (addr = 0; addr < CHUNK_MASK + 1; addr += span)
+	{
+	  int need = 0;
+
+	  /* Check to see if necessary */
+	  for (low = 0; !need && low < span; low++)
+	    {
+	      if (d->chunk_init[addr + low])
+		need = 1;
+	    }
+	  if (need)
+	    {
+	      char *dst = buffer;
+
+	      writevalue (&dst, addr + d->vma);
+	      for (low = 0; low < span; low++)
+		{
+		  TOHEX (dst, d->chunk_data[addr + low]);
+		  dst += 2;
+		}
+	      out (abfd, '6', buffer, dst);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* write all the section headers for the sections */
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s != (asection *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      char *dst = buffer;
+
+      writesym (&dst, s->name);
+      *dst++ = '1';
+      writevalue (&dst, s->vma);
+      writevalue (&dst, s->vma + s->_raw_size);
+      out (abfd, '3', buffer, dst);
+    }
+
+  /* And the symbols */
+  for (p = abfd->outsymbols; *p; p++)
+    {
+      int section_code = bfd_decode_symclass (*p);
+
+      if (section_code != '?')
+	{			/* do not include debug symbols */
+	  asymbol *s = *p;
+	  char *dst = buffer;
+
+	  writesym (&dst, s->section->name);
+
+	  switch (section_code)
+	    {
+	    case 'A':
+	      *dst++ = '2';
+	      break;
+	    case 'a':
+	      *dst++ = '6';
+	      break;
+	    case 'D':
+	    case 'B':
+	    case 'O':
+	      *dst++ = '4';
+	      break;
+	    case 'd':
+	    case 'b':
+	    case 'o':
+	      *dst++ = '8';
+	      break;
+	    case 'T':
+	      *dst++ = '3';
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      *dst++ = '7';
+	      break;
+	    case 'C':
+	    case 'U':
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  writesym (&dst, s->name);
+	  writevalue (&dst, s->value + s->section->vma);
+	  out (abfd, '3', buffer, dst);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* And the terminator */
+  if (bfd_write ("%0781010\n", 1, 9, abfd) != 9)
+    abort ();
+  return true;
+}
+
+static int
+tekhex_sizeof_headers (abfd, exec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean exec;
+
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static asymbol *
+tekhex_make_empty_symbol (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  tekhex_symbol_type *new =
+  (tekhex_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct tekhex_symbol_struct));
+
+  if (!new)
+    return NULL;
+  new->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
+  new->prev = (struct tekhex_symbol_struct *) NULL;
+  return &(new->symbol);
+}
+
+static void
+tekhex_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     symbol_info *ret;
+{
+  bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
+}
+
+static void
+tekhex_print_symbol (ignore_abfd, filep, symbol, how)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+     PTR filep;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     bfd_print_symbol_type how;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
+
+  switch (how)
+    {
+    case bfd_print_symbol_name:
+      fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
+      break;
+    case bfd_print_symbol_more:
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_print_symbol_all:
+      {
+	CONST char *section_name = symbol->section->name;
+
+	bfd_print_symbol_vandf ((PTR) file, symbol);
+
+	fprintf (file, " %-5s %s",
+		 section_name,
+		 symbol->name);
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+#define	tekhex_close_and_cleanup _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup
+#define tekhex_bfd_free_cached_info _bfd_generic_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define tekhex_new_section_hook _bfd_generic_new_section_hook
+
+#define tekhex_bfd_is_local_label_name bfd_generic_is_local_label_name
+#define tekhex_get_lineno _bfd_nosymbols_get_lineno
+#define tekhex_find_nearest_line _bfd_nosymbols_find_nearest_line
+#define tekhex_bfd_make_debug_symbol _bfd_nosymbols_bfd_make_debug_symbol
+#define tekhex_read_minisymbols _bfd_generic_read_minisymbols
+#define tekhex_minisymbol_to_symbol _bfd_generic_minisymbol_to_symbol
+
+#define tekhex_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
+  bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
+#define tekhex_bfd_relax_section bfd_generic_relax_section
+#define tekhex_bfd_link_hash_table_create _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_create
+#define tekhex_bfd_link_add_symbols _bfd_generic_link_add_symbols
+#define tekhex_bfd_final_link _bfd_generic_final_link
+#define tekhex_bfd_link_split_section _bfd_generic_link_split_section
+
+#define tekhex_get_section_contents_in_window \
+  _bfd_generic_get_section_contents_in_window
+
+const bfd_target tekhex_vec =
+{
+  "tekhex",			/* name */
+  bfd_target_tekhex_flavour,
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+  BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+  (EXEC_P |			/* object flags */
+   HAS_SYMS | HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG | HAS_RELOC | HAS_LOCALS |
+   WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+  (SEC_CODE | SEC_DATA | SEC_ROM | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+   | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC),	/* section flags */
+  0,				/* leading underscore */
+  ' ',				/* ar_pad_char */
+  16,				/* ar_max_namelen */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* data */
+  bfd_getb64, bfd_getb_signed_64, bfd_putb64,
+  bfd_getb32, bfd_getb_signed_32, bfd_putb32,
+  bfd_getb16, bfd_getb_signed_16, bfd_putb16,	/* hdrs */
+
+  {
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    tekhex_object_p,		/* bfd_check_format */
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+    _bfd_dummy_target,
+  },
+  {
+    bfd_false,
+    tekhex_mkobject,
+    _bfd_generic_mkarchive,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+  {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+    bfd_false,
+    tekhex_write_object_contents,
+    _bfd_write_archive_contents,
+    bfd_false,
+  },
+
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (tekhex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (_bfd_nocore),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (tekhex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (tekhex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (tekhex),
+  BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+  (PTR) 0
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/bfd/trad-core.c b/contrib/binutils/bfd/trad-core.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02d6a25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/bfd/trad-core.c
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/* BFD back end for traditional Unix core files (U-area and raw sections)
+   Copyright 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by John Gilmore of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libaout.h"           /* BFD a.out internal data structures */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <sys/user.h>		/* After a.out.h  */
+
+#ifdef TRAD_HEADER
+#include TRAD_HEADER
+#endif
+
+  struct trad_core_struct 
+    {
+      asection *data_section;
+      asection *stack_section;
+      asection *reg_section;
+      struct user u;
+    };
+
+#define core_upage(bfd) (&((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->u))
+#define core_datasec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->data_section)
+#define core_stacksec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->stack_section)
+#define core_regsec(bfd) ((bfd)->tdata.trad_core_data->reg_section)
+
+/* forward declarations */
+
+const bfd_target *trad_unix_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+char *		trad_unix_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+int		trad_unix_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+boolean		trad_unix_core_file_matches_executable_p
+			 PARAMS ((bfd *core_bfd, bfd *exec_bfd));
+static void	swap_abort PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Handle 4.2-style (and perhaps also sysV-style) core dump file.  */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+const bfd_target *
+trad_unix_core_file_p (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+
+{
+  int val;
+  struct user u;
+  struct trad_core_struct *rawptr;
+
+#ifdef TRAD_CORE_USER_OFFSET
+  /* If defined, this macro is the file position of the user struct.  */
+  if (bfd_seek (abfd, TRAD_CORE_USER_OFFSET, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+    return 0;
+#endif
+    
+  val = bfd_read ((void *)&u, 1, sizeof u, abfd);
+  if (val != sizeof u)
+    {
+      /* Too small to be a core file */
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Sanity check perhaps??? */
+  if (u.u_dsize > 0x1000000)	/* Remember, it's in pages... */
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  if (u.u_ssize > 0x1000000)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Check that the size claimed is no greater than the file size.  */
+  {
+    FILE *stream = bfd_cache_lookup (abfd);
+    struct stat statbuf;
+    if (stream == NULL)
+      return 0;
+    if (fstat (fileno (stream), &statbuf) < 0)
+      {
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+	return 0;
+      }
+    if (NBPG * (UPAGES + u.u_dsize
+#ifdef TRAD_CORE_DSIZE_INCLUDES_TSIZE
+		- u.u_tsize
+#endif
+		+ u.u_ssize) > statbuf.st_size)
+      {
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
+	return 0;
+      }
+#ifndef TRAD_CORE_ALLOW_ANY_EXTRA_SIZE
+    if (NBPG * (UPAGES + u.u_dsize + u.u_ssize)
+#ifdef TRAD_CORE_EXTRA_SIZE_ALLOWED
+	/* Some systems write the file too big.  */
+	+ TRAD_CORE_EXTRA_SIZE_ALLOWED
+#endif
+	< statbuf.st_size)
+      {
+	/* The file is too big.  Maybe it's not a core file
+	   or we otherwise have bad values for u_dsize and u_ssize).  */
+	bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
+	return 0;
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* OK, we believe you.  You're a core file (sure, sure).  */
+
+  /* Allocate both the upage and the struct core_data at once, so
+     a single free() will free them both.  */
+  rawptr = (struct trad_core_struct *)
+		bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct trad_core_struct));
+  if (rawptr == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  
+  abfd->tdata.trad_core_data = rawptr;
+
+  rawptr->u = u; /*Copy the uarea into the tdata part of the bfd */
+
+  /* Create the sections.  This is raunchy, but bfd_close wants to free
+     them separately.  */
+
+  core_stacksec(abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_stacksec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  core_datasec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_datasec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  core_regsec (abfd) = (asection *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (asection));
+  if (core_regsec (abfd) == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->name = ".stack";
+  core_datasec (abfd)->name = ".data";
+  core_regsec (abfd)->name = ".reg";
+
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->flags = SEC_ALLOC + SEC_LOAD + SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+  core_datasec (abfd)->_raw_size =  NBPG * u.u_dsize
+#ifdef TRAD_CORE_DSIZE_INCLUDES_TSIZE
+    - NBPG * u.u_tsize
+#endif
+      ;
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->_raw_size = NBPG * u.u_ssize;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->_raw_size = NBPG * UPAGES; /* Larger than sizeof struct u */
+
+  /* What a hack... we'd like to steal it from the exec file,
+     since the upage does not seem to provide it.  FIXME.  */
+#ifdef HOST_DATA_START_ADDR
+  core_datasec (abfd)->vma = HOST_DATA_START_ADDR;
+#else
+  core_datasec (abfd)->vma = HOST_TEXT_START_ADDR + (NBPG * u.u_tsize);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HOST_STACK_START_ADDR
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->vma = HOST_STACK_START_ADDR;
+#else
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->vma = HOST_STACK_END_ADDR - (NBPG * u.u_ssize);
+#endif
+
+  /* This is tricky.  As the "register section", we give them the entire
+     upage and stack.  u.u_ar0 points to where "register 0" is stored.
+     There are two tricks with this, though.  One is that the rest of the
+     registers might be at positive or negative (or both) displacements
+     from *u_ar0.  The other is that u_ar0 is sometimes an absolute address
+     in kernel memory, and on other systems it is an offset from the beginning
+     of the `struct user'.
+     
+     As a practical matter, we don't know where the registers actually are,
+     so we have to pass the whole area to GDB.  We encode the value of u_ar0
+     by setting the .regs section up so that its virtual memory address
+     0 is at the place pointed to by u_ar0 (by setting the vma of the start
+     of the section to -u_ar0).  GDB uses this info to locate the regs,
+     using minor trickery to get around the offset-or-absolute-addr problem. */
+  core_regsec (abfd)->vma = 0 - (bfd_vma) u.u_ar0;
+
+  core_datasec (abfd)->filepos = NBPG * UPAGES;
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->filepos = (NBPG * UPAGES) + NBPG * u.u_dsize
+#ifdef TRAD_CORE_DSIZE_INCLUDES_TSIZE
+    - NBPG * u.u_tsize
+#endif
+      ;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->filepos = 0; /* Register segment is the upage */
+
+  /* Align to word at least */
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_datasec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+  core_regsec (abfd)->alignment_power = 2;
+
+  abfd->sections = core_stacksec (abfd);
+  core_stacksec (abfd)->next = core_datasec (abfd);
+  core_datasec (abfd)->next = core_regsec (abfd);
+  abfd->section_count = 3;
+
+  return abfd->xvec;
+}
+
+char *
+trad_unix_core_file_failing_command (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+#ifndef NO_CORE_COMMAND
+  char *com = abfd->tdata.trad_core_data->u.u_comm;
+  if (*com)
+    return com;
+  else
+#endif
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+trad_unix_core_file_failing_signal (ignore_abfd)
+     bfd *ignore_abfd;
+{
+#ifdef TRAD_UNIX_CORE_FILE_FAILING_SIGNAL
+  return TRAD_UNIX_CORE_FILE_FAILING_SIGNAL(ignore_abfd);
+#else
+  return -1;		/* FIXME, where is it? */
+#endif
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+boolean
+trad_unix_core_file_matches_executable_p  (core_bfd, exec_bfd)
+     bfd *core_bfd, *exec_bfd;
+{
+  return true;		/* FIXME, We have no way of telling at this point */
+}
+
+/* If somebody calls any byte-swapping routines, shoot them.  */
+static void
+swap_abort()
+{
+  abort(); /* This way doesn't require any declaration for ANSI to fuck up */
+}
+#define	NO_GET	((bfd_vma (*) PARAMS ((   const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_PUT	((void    (*) PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+#define	NO_SIGNED_GET \
+  ((bfd_signed_vma (*) PARAMS ((const bfd_byte *))) swap_abort )
+
+const bfd_target trad_core_vec =
+  {
+    "trad-core",
+    bfd_target_unknown_flavour,
+    BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target byte order */
+    BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,		/* target headers byte order */
+    (HAS_RELOC | EXEC_P |	/* object flags */
+     HAS_LINENO | HAS_DEBUG |
+     HAS_SYMS | HAS_LOCALS | WP_TEXT | D_PAGED),
+    (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC), /* section flags */
+    0,			                                   /* symbol prefix */
+    ' ',						   /* ar_pad_char */
+    16,							   /* ar_max_namelen */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit data */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 64 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 32 bit hdrs */
+    NO_GET, NO_SIGNED_GET, NO_PUT,	/* 16 bit hdrs */
+
+    {				/* bfd_check_format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* unknown format */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* object file */
+     _bfd_dummy_target,		/* archive */
+     trad_unix_core_file_p	/* a core file */
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_set_format */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    {				/* bfd_write_contents */
+     bfd_false, bfd_false,
+     bfd_false, bfd_false
+    },
+    
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_GENERIC (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_COPY (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_CORE (trad_unix),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_ARCHIVE (_bfd_noarchive),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_SYMBOLS (_bfd_nosymbols),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_RELOCS (_bfd_norelocs),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_WRITE (_bfd_generic),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_LINK (_bfd_nolink),
+       BFD_JUMP_TABLE_DYNAMIC (_bfd_nodynamic),
+
+    (PTR) 0			/* backend_data */
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f22cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4855 @@
+Tue May 13 10:42:58 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to 2.8.1.
+
+Mon May 12 13:14:22 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't clear OPCODES when --enable-commonbfdlib is
+	used on HP/UX.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr 25 14:22:08 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean realclean): Change *.info*
+	to binutils.info* to save sysroff.info.
+
+Mon Apr 14 11:52:39 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+	* Makefile.in: Always use $(SHELL) when running move-if-change.
+	* configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr  4 13:28:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add AC_FUNC_ALLOCA.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* bucomm.h: Add alloca handling, copied from gas/as.h.
+	* dlltool.c: Add #pragma alloca for AIX to start of file.
+	* nlmconv.c: Likewise.
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove site.exp and site.bak.  Remove
+	everything that clean removes.
+
+Thu Apr  3 18:53:31 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to 2.8.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:21:44 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* configure.com: New file.
+	* config.h-vms: Remove file.
+	* makefile.vms: Update for new configure scheme.
+
+Mon Mar 31 15:30:43 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* objcopy.c (make_same_dates): Use statbuf, not buf, if not
+	HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H.
+
+Fri Mar 28 17:57:53 1997  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Don't link against BFDLIB twice.
+	* configure.in: Add AC_ARG_ENABLE for commonbfdlib.  If it is set,
+	set OPCODES to empty.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Mar 27 16:03:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patch from Marty Leisner <leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com>:
+	* objcopy.c: Include <utime.h> or <sys/time.h>.
+	(strip_options): Add "preserve-dates".
+	(copy_options): Likewise.
+	(copy_usage): Mention -p and --preserve-dates.
+	(strip_usage): Likewise.
+	(make_same_dates): New static function.
+	(strip_main): Handle -p.
+	(copy_main): Likewise.
+	* binutils.texi, strip.1, objcopy.1: Document new option.
+
+	addr2line.c contributed by Ulrich Lauther
+	<Ulrich.Lauther@zfe.siemens.de>:
+	* addr2line.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(ADDR2LINE_PROG): New variable.
+	(MANPAGES): Add addr2line.
+	(PROGS): Add $(ADDR2LINE_PROG).
+	(CFILES): Add addr2line.c.
+	($(ADDR2LINE_PROG)): New target.
+	* binutils.texi: Document addr2line.
+	* addr2line.1: New file.
+
+	* version.c (print_version): Update copyright date.
+
+Mon Mar 24 10:52:45 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Don't exit if a file cannot be
+	disassembled, instead just return.
+
+Thu Mar 20 21:16:51 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* size.c (usage): Make definition match its prototype.
+	(display_bfd, lprint_number, rprint_number): Likewise.
+	(print_berkeley_format, sysv_internal_printer): Likewise.
+	(print_sysv_format): Likewise.
+	* nm.c (set_print_radix, set_output_format): Likewise.
+	* objcopy.c (filter_bytes): Likewise.
+
+Tue Mar 18 16:39:55 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* Many files: Add function prototypes.
+	* ar.c (mri_emul, get_pos_bfd): Make static.
+	* arlex.l: Include "libiberty.h".  Don't declare strdup.  Use
+	xstrdup rather than strdup.
+	* arparse.y (yyerror): Make argument const.  Correct typo.
+	* arsup.c (strdup): Don't declare.
+	(ar_save): Use xstrdup rather than strdup.
+	* filemode.c: Include "bucomm.h".
+	* nm.c (usage): Make static.
+	(print_symname): Make format and name const.
+	* objcopy.c (cat): Remove.
+	(copy_archive): Make output_target const.  Use concat, not cat.
+	(copy_file, simple_copy, smart_rename): Make arguments const.
+	* objdump.c (read_section_stabs): Likewise.
+	(print_section_stabs): Likewise.
+	(display_target_tables): Don't declare getenv.
+	* strings.c (strings_object_file): Change file to const.
+	(print_strings): Change filename to const.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Tue Mar 18 11:37:24 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv).
+	* acconfig.h: Add NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV.
+	* bucomm.h (getenv): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* nlmconv.c (getenv): Don't declare.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Sat Mar 15 15:35:56 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from Jamie Lokier <jamie@rebellion.co.uk>:
+	* objdump.c: Include "demangle.h".
+	(do_demangle): New static variable.
+	(usage): Mention -C/--demangle.
+	(long_options): Add "demangle".
+	(objdump_print_symname): New static function.
+	(objdump_print_addr_with_sym): Use objdump_print_symname.
+	(disassemble_bytes): Likewise.
+	(dump_reloc_set): Likewise.
+	(dump_symbols): Demangle symbol name.
+	(main): Handle -C.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document -C/--demangle.
+
+	* objdump.c (usage): Mention --no-show-raw-insn.
+	(long_options): Add "no-show-raw-insn".
+	(disassemble_bytes): Handle --no-show-raw-insn.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document --no-show-raw-insn.
+
+Wed Mar 12 11:42:00 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* rddbg.c (free_saved_stabs): Set the strings to NULL after being
+	freed.
+
+Fri Feb 28 17:18:45 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bucomm.c (set_default_bfd_target): New function.
+	* bucomm.h (set_default_bfd_target): Declare.
+	* ar.c (main): Call set_default_bfd_target.
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Likewise.
+	* nm.c (main): Likewise.
+	* objcopy.c (main): Likewise.
+	* objdump.c (main): Likewise.
+	* size.c (main): Likewise.
+	* strings.c (main): Likewise.
+	* Makefile.in (bucomm.o): New target, to define TARGET.
+
+Tue Feb 25 21:28:38 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (adjust_section_vma): New static variable.
+	(usage): Mention --adjust-section-vma.
+	(OPTION_ADJUST_VMA): Define.
+	(long_options): Add "addjust-vma".
+	(display_bfd): If adjust_section_vma is not 0, add it to all the
+	section addresses.
+	(main): Handle OPTION_ADJUST_VMA.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document --adjust-vma.
+
+Fri Feb 14 18:46:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (print_symbol): Cache the BFD as well as the symbols and
+ 	relocs, and don't try to use the symbols or relocs with a
+ 	different BFD.
+
+Thu Feb 13 21:34:43 1997  Klaus Kaempf  (kkaempf@progis.de)
+
+	* config.h-vms: sbrk() is provided on openVMS/Alpha.
+	* makefile.vms: allow compiling with current gcc snapshot.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:14:40 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arsup.c, coffgrok.c, dlltool.c, nlmconv.c: Use xmalloc rather
+	than malloc.
+
+Wed Feb 12 16:12:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Correct VMA argument to
+	find_symbol_for_address.  Improve handling of code with no symbol
+	followed by code with a symbol.
+
+Wed Feb 12 12:16:47 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_bytes): Make output of raw instructions
+	work better for non-standard values of bytes_per_chunk and
+	bytes_per_line.
+
+Thu Feb  6 14:14:59 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_bytes): Added code to allow some control
+ 	over the way raw instructions are displayed.
+
+Thu Feb  6 12:36:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (struct bincl_file): Add next_stack field.
+	(push_bincl): Put the new file on both bincl_list and
+	bincl_stack.  Clear the file_types field.
+	(pop_bincl): Use the next_stack field when popping the stack.
+	Don't put the file on bincl_list.
+	(find_excl): Include the file name when warning about an unfound
+	N_EXCL.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_type_samep): Don't crash if we are passed NULL.
+
+Thu Feb  6 11:54:24 1997  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* objcopy.1: Add missing space after .B.
+
+Fri Jan 31 10:33:07 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Initialize `aux.require_sec'.
+
+Wed Jan 29 13:21:21 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_value): Add skip_zeroes parameter.
+	Change all callers.
+	(objdump_print_addr_with_sym): Likewise.  Call objdump_print_value
+	to print address.
+	(objdump_print_addr): New static function.
+	(objdump_print_address): Just call objdump_print_addr.
+	(disassemble_bytes): Print real address, not function offset.
+	Skip a certain number of leading zeroes.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_zeroes): New static variable.
+	(usage): Mention --disassemble-zeroes.
+	(long_options): Add "disassemble-zeroes".
+	(disassemble_bytes): Check disassemble_zeroes.
+
+Tue Jan 28 16:47:26 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_bytes): Don't skip zeroes if the
+	disassembler has told us that we are in a branch delay slot.
+
+Mon Jan 20 14:24:04 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* size.c (berkeley_sum): Rewrite.  Skip sections which are not
+	SEC_ALLOC.  Count SEC_READONLY sections as text.
+
+Tue Jan 14 15:14:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean realclean): Remove *.info*, not
+	just *.info.  From H.J. Lu <hjl@lucon.org>.
+
+Tue Dec 31 15:42:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+Fri Dec 27 11:19:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Work around bug in AC_FUNC_VFORK in autoconf 2.12.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Dec 19 13:11:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patch from Andrew J Klossner <andrew@pogo.wv.tek.com>:
+	* objcopy.c (OPTION_WEAKEN): Define.
+	(copy_options): Add "weaken".
+	(copy_usage): Mention --weaken.
+	(weaken): New static variable.
+	(filter_symbols): Handle weaken.
+	(copy_object): Call filter_symbols if weaken.
+	(copy_main): Handle OPTION_WEAKEN.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --weaken.
+
+Wed Dec 18 22:49:13 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Use NewFolderRecursive for installation.
+
+Sat Dec  7 10:17:25 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Add "else true" clause to cater to
+	broken "make" on some systems.
+
+Fri Dec  6 17:21:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (parse_ieee_bb): Always initialize namcopy to avoid gcc
+	warning about uninitialized variable.
+	(ieee_read_cxx_class): Likewise, for pf.
+	(ieee_enum_type): Likewise, for i.
+
+Tue Nov 26 17:01:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* wrstabs.c (stab_array_type): Add casts when printing
+	bfd_signed_vma values.
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+Mon Nov 25 16:53:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Don't crash if there is no
+	symbol.
+
+Fri Nov 22 17:29:14 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* ar.c (open_inarch): Don't call bfd_openr with a null name.
+
+Fri Nov  1 12:08:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* binutils.texi: Add section on reporting bugs.
+
+Thu Oct 31 18:20:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_handle): Add bincl_list field.
+	(parse_stab): Pass value to push_bincl.  Call find_excl for
+	N_EXCL.
+	(struct bincl_file): Add hash, file and file_types fields.
+	(push_bincl): Add hash parameter.  Save it in the new hash field.
+	Save the file number in the new file field.
+	(pop_bincl): Put the bincl_file on bincl_list, rather than freeing
+	it.  Save the file types in the new file_types field.
+	(find_excl): New static function.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_lineno): Don't compare line number addresses to
+	info->highaddr (undo part of October 28 patch).
+
+Tue Oct 29 16:40:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_value): Don't print the empty string
+	for zero.
+
+Mon Oct 28 16:58:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_handle): Add function_end field.
+	(start_stab): Initialize function_end.
+	(finish_stab): Pass info->function_end to debug_end_function.
+	(parse_stab): If info->function_end is set, use it as the address
+	which ends a function.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_array_type): Remember the correct size.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_finish_compilation_unit): Permit coalescing ranges
+	that are up to 0x1000 bytes apart, not just 64.
+	(ieee_add_bb11_blocks): Don't bother to emit a BB11 that is less
+	than 0x100 bytes.
+	(ieee_lineno): Only emit line numbers that are less than
+	info->highaddr.
+
+Fri Oct 25 12:12:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_defined_enum): Add defined field.
+	(ieee_enum_type): If the enum tag has been seen before but not
+	defined, reuse the same type index, and define it.
+	(ieee_tag_type): If this enum has not been defined, add an
+	undefined entry to the list of enums.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_bytes): Let the disassembler override the
+	number of bytes printed on a line.
+
+Thu Oct 24 16:42:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (prefix_addresses): New static variable.
+	(long_options): Add "prefix-addresses".
+	(compare_symbols): Sort BSF_FUNCTION symbols before other
+	symbols.
+	(find_symbol_for_address): New static function, broken out of
+	objdump_print_address.
+	(objdump_print_addr_with_sym): New static function, broken out of
+	objdump_print_address.
+	(objdump_print_address): Call new functions.
+	(disassemble_bytes): New static function, broken out of
+	disassemble_data.  Change disassembly format, unless
+	prefix_addresses is set.
+	(disassemble_data): Call disassemble_bytes.  Unless
+	prefix_addresses is set, disassemble in chunks headed by a
+	symbol.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document --prefix-addresses.
+
+	* rddbg.c (read_section_stabs_debugging_info): Preserve the
+	backslash when concatenating multiple stabs strings.
+
+Thu Oct 10 11:36:31 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (scan_open_obj_file): Fix loop exit test.
+	Add missing parameter to def_exports.
+
+Tue Oct  8 12:06:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (LEX_OPTIONS): Set to empty string.  -I -Cem is the
+	default for flex, and is not recognized by lex.
+
+Thu Oct  3 17:41:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* binutils.texi (Target Selection): Document that you can now
+	specify targets using configuration triplets.
+
+	* ar.c (usage): Declare.  Make sure all callers pass an argument.
+
+Thu Oct  3 15:39:42 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean): Remove config.log.
+
+Wed Oct  2 15:49:16 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Bump version date.
+
+Tue Oct  1 15:00:59 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* version.c (print_version): New function.
+	* bucomm.h (print_version): Declare.
+	* ar.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(do_show_version): Remove.
+	(usage): Add help parameter.  Print bug report address.
+	(main): Set is_ranlib at start.  Check for --help and --version.
+	Call print_version, not do_show_version.
+	* nlmconv.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(main): Call print_version.
+	(show_usage): Print bug report address.
+	* nm.c (program_version, print_version): Don't declare.
+	(usage): Print bug report address.
+	(main): Call print_version.
+	* objcopy.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(copy_usage): Print bug report address.
+	(strip_usage): Likewise.
+	(strip_main): Call print_version.
+	(copy_main): Likewise.
+	* objdump.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(usage): Print bug report address.
+	(main): Call print_version.
+	* size.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(usage): Print bug report address.
+	(main): Call print_version.
+	* strings.c (program_version): Don't declare.
+	(main): Call print_version.
+	(usage): Print bug report address.
+	* Makefile.in: Update dependencies.
+
+Thu Sep 19 14:53:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Revert Monday's reflocalp patch, and apply this patch
+	instead:
+ 	(write_ieee_debugging_info): Write a dummy type at the end of the
+	global type block.
+
+Mon Sep 16 15:30:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_write_type): Add reflocalp field.
+	(ieee_pointer_type): Set reflocalp after pushing type.
+	(ieee_function_type): If reflocalp is set, make this type local.
+	(ieee_range_type, ieee_array_type, ieee_set_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_const_type, ieee_volatile_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_struct_field, ieee_class_baseclass): Likewise.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_info): Add global_types field.
+	(parse_ieee_bb): When starting a BB1, initialize the types field
+	to the global_types field.
+	(parse_ieee_be): When ending a BB2, copy the types field to the
+	global_types field.
+
+Fri Sep 13 17:32:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (change_leading_char): New static variable.
+	(OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR): Define.
+	(copy_options): Add "change-leading-char".
+	(copy_usage): Mention --change-leading-char.
+	(filter_symbols): Add obfd parameter.  Change all callers.
+	Implement change_leading_char.
+	(copy_object): Call filter_symbols if change_leading_char.
+	(copy_main): Handle OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --change-leading-char.
+
+Tue Sep  3 14:05:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_enum_type): Don't check index into a NULL names
+	array.
+	* nm.c (sort_symbols_by_size): Always initialize next.
+	* rdcoff.c (parse_coff_type): Warn about an incomprehensible
+	type rather than crashing.
+	* rddbg.c (read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info): Initialize f.
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_members): Set context in all cases.
+
+Thu Aug 29 16:56:52 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium pro.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+Thu Aug 29 11:29:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (L_tmpnam): Never define.
+	(display_target_list): Use choose_temp_base instead of tmpnam.
+	(display_info_table): Likewise.
+
+Tue Aug 27 18:15:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab): An N_FUN symbol with an empty string
+	indicates the end of a function.
+
+Thu Aug 22 17:08:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* wrstabs.c (struct string_hash_entry): Add next field.
+	(struct stab_write_handle): Change strings to a pointer to
+	string_hash_entry.  Add last_strings field.  Remove strings_alloc
+	field.
+	(string_hash_newfunc): Initialize next field.
+	(stab_write_symbol): Copy string into hash table rather than into
+	buffer.  Keep a list of hash table entries.
+	(write_stabs_in_sections_debugging_info): Initialize last_string.
+	Copy strings from list of hash table entries in memory.
+	(stab_modify_type): If the entry on the stack is a definition,
+	make a new definition rather than failing an assert.
+	(stab_array_type): The size is only zero if high is strictly less
+	than low.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_info): Add saw_filename field.
+	(parse_ieee): Initialize saw_filename.
+	(parse_ieee_bb): Set saw_filename for a BB1 or BB2.  In a BB1,
+	discard the current variables and types.  In a BB10, if no
+	filename has been seen, call debug_set_filename.
+	(parse_ieee_ty): In case 'g', the type is optional.
+
+	* prdbg.c (pr_fix_visibility): Don't abort on
+	DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_name_type): Correct error message.
+
+	* configure.in: Substitute HLDENV.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (HLDENV): New variable.  Use it whenever linking a
+	program.
+
+Thu Aug 15 19:30:41 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add symbolic doublequotes around the version
+	number.
+
+Thu Aug  8 12:27:52 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Add better support for DEC C compilation.
+	Add new macros as in Makefile.in.
+
+Wed Aug  7 14:27:33 1996  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* configure.in: Call BFD_NEED_DECLARATION on strstr and sbrk.
+	* acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR): New macro.
+	(NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK): New macro.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* bucomm.h (strstr): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR.
+	(sbrk): Declare if HAVE_SBRK and NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK.
+
+	* prdbg.c (pr_end_struct_type): Avoid using a string constant in
+	assert, for the benefit of broken assert macros.
+
+Fri Jul 26 14:06:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Set disasm_info.flavour from
+	abfd.
+
+Tue Jul 23 13:59:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (secdata): In non DLLTOOL_PPC case, change alignment
+	of .text section to 2.
+
+Mon Jul 22 08:46:15 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_stabs):  Fix test for stabs sections
+	ending with numbers.  This fixes a problem with .stab being
+	confused with .stab.index.
+
+Wed Jul 10 13:32:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (stab_demangle_fund_type): Return a void * for a
+	template, rather than simply aborting.
+
+Mon Jul  8 15:28:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (open_inarch): Add file parameter.  Change all callers.  If
+	this is a newly created archive, set the target based on the
+	file.
+	* arsup.h (open_inarch): Update declaration.
+
+Thu Jul  4 12:00:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to cygnus-2.7.1.
+
+	* Released binutils 2.7.
+
+	* rdcoff.c (parse_coff): Get address to pass to debug_end_function
+	from function size, not value of .ef symbol.  From Ning
+	Mosberger-Tang <ning@AZStarNet.com>.
+
+Sat Jun 29 21:18:09 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (strip_main): Add -o option, and handle it.
+	(strip_usage): Mention -o.
+	* binutils.texi, strip.1: Mention -o.
+
+Mon Jun 24 17:19:02 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir,
+	INSTALL_PROGRAM, INSTALL_DATA): Use autoconf set values.
+	(docdir): Removed.
+	* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): Autoconf 2.5 or higher.	
+
+Mon Jun 24 11:59:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (endian): New static variable.
+	(usage): Mention -EB/-EL/--endian.
+	(long_options): Add "endian".
+	(disassemble_data): If endianness was specified, replace
+	abfd->xvec with a copy of itself with the given endianness.
+	(main): Handle -EB/-EL/--endian.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Mention -EB/-EL/--endian.
+
+	* objdump.c: Make most variables and functions static.
+
+	* configure.in: On alpha*-*-osf*, link against libbfd.a if not
+	using shared libraries.
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+
+Sun Jun 23 14:47:36 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (secdata): Changed .rdata to .reldata so .reloc will work.
+	(make_one_lib_file): Removed cruft. (#if 1)
+
+Wed Jun 19 14:46:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (stabs): Change from struct internal_nlist * to
+	bfd_byte *.
+	(print_section_stabs): Fetch stabs information directly, rather
+	than assuming that struct internal_nlist is the right size.
+
+	* binutils.texi: Document change to binary format: file position
+	based on load address, not section VMA.
+
+	* bucomm.h: Define SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and SEEK_END if they are
+	not already defined.
+
+Tue Jun 18 18:25:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Add deflex.c.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:03:44 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* config.h-vms, makefile.vms: New files.
+
+Mon Jun 17 09:47:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (make_one_lib_file): Use BFD_RELOC_RVA rather than
+	BFD_RELOC_32 in IDATA7.
+
+Wed Jun 12 11:52:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (struct get_relocs_info): Define.
+	(line_numbers): New static variable.
+	(long_options): Add "line-numbers".
+	(usage): Mention -l and --line-numbers.
+	(main): Handle -l.
+	(print_symbol): Print line numbers if requested.
+	(get_relocs): New static function.
+	* binutils.texi, nm.1: Document -l/--line-numbers.
+
+Tue Jun 11 20:12:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_reloc_set): Add sec parameter.  Change all
+	callers.  If with_line_numbers is set, display line numbers of
+	relocation entries.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document -l with -r.
+
+Mon Jun 10 23:42:59 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (open_inarch): Report BFD error message if an archive can
+	not be recognized.  List matching formats if the file is
+	ambiguously recognized.
+	(ranlib_touch): Likewise.
+
+Thu Jun  6 13:56:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* README: Add notes on how to build if you don't have ar.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove old incorrect setting of CC.
+
+Tue Jun  4 10:52:49 1996  Tom Tromey  <tromey@csk3.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Don't check to see if tooldir exists.
+	Make $(tooldir) and $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Mon Jun  3 17:40:23 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* strings.c (main): Make main an int function, not void.
+
+Fri May 31 13:59:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (filter_symbols): Check for BSF_WEAK as well as
+	BSF_GLOBAL.
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols): Likewise.
+
+Wed May  8 16:57:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Make clear that it is only a warning
+	when the output file can not represent the architecture.
+
+Fri May  3 11:30:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Don't refer to bytes past the end
+	of data.
+
+Wed Apr 24 14:10:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rddbg.c (read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info): Move call to
+	free_saved_stabs outside the loop over the symbols.
+
+Tue Apr 23 12:56:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (compare_symbols): Sort symbols whose names start with
+ 	`.' after other symbols.  If no other decision can be made, sort
+	symbols by name.
+
+Thu Apr 18 16:02:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dep-in.sed: Substitute $(BFDDIR) for @BFDDIR@.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(dep.sed): Substitute $(BFDDIR) for @BFDDIR@.
+
+Tue Apr 16 13:50:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rdcoff.c: New file.
+	* rddbg.c (read_debugging_info): Read COFF symbols if COFF flavour
+	and no stabs were found.
+	* budbg.h (parse_coff): Declare.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Add rdcoff.c.
+	(DEBUG_OBJS): Add rdcoff.o.
+
+Mon Apr 15 15:55:01 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* nlmconv.c (choose_temp_base{,_try}): Delete, in libiberty now.
+	(link_inputs): Update call to choose_temp_base.
+
+Mon Apr  8 14:40:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Mar 29 16:11:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_header): Print the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag
+	and the SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES field.
+
+Fri Mar 29 11:35:55 1996  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.1: Changed to be recognized by catman -w on Solaris.
+
+Thu Mar 28 14:17:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* wrstabs.c (stab_enum_type): Set buf before using it.
+
+Fri Mar 22 15:49:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_handle): Add field abfd.
+	(start_stab): Add abfd parameter.
+	(parse_stab_string): Skip the symbol leading char when searching
+	for the value of a global symbol.
+	* budbg.h (start_stab): Update declaration.
+	* rddbg.c (read_section_stabs_debugging_info): Pass abfd to
+	start_stab.
+	(read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info): Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar 21 12:40:48 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* wrstabs.c (stab_function_type): Output an empty typedef for an
+	unused argument, rather than making up a meaningless name.
+	(stab_variable): Use N_RSYM for a DEBUG_REGISTER variable.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_info): Add global_vars field.
+	(parse_ieee_be): When ending the global typedef block, copy the
+	variables into info->global_vars.
+	(parse_ieee_atn): Don't require an NN record for a pmisc ATN.
+	(ieee_read_reference): Search the global variables after the local
+	variables.
+
+Wed Mar 20 18:08:19 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Make sure sym_name is always set.
+	(dump_section_header): Always put a space after the section name.
+	(dump_bfd_header): Terminate output with newline.
+
+Wed Mar 20 16:35:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* wrstabs.c: New file.
+	* budbg.h (write_stabs_in_sections_debugging_info): Declare.
+	* objcopy.c (write_debugging_info): For COFF or ELF, output stabs
+	in sections.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Add wrstabs.c.
+	(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS): New variable.
+	($(OBJCOPY_PROG)): Use $(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS), not $(DEBUG_OBJS).
+	($(STRIP_PROG)): Likewise.
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_members): Make type stub detection more like
+	gdb.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_handle): Add fields complex_float_index and
+	complex_double_index.
+	(ieee_complex_type): Cache type index in complex_float_index and
+	complex_double_index, depending upon size.  Set size on type stack
+	to size * 2.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_empty_type): Use builtin_unknown, not 0.
+	(ieee_void_type): Use builtin_void, not 1.
+
+	* ieee.c (parse_ieee_ty): Handle 'V' type code.
+	(parse_ieee_atn): Don't require two numbers for type 10.
+
+	* ieee.c (parse_ieee_be): Add one to offset at end of function or
+	block.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_block): Add field skip.
+	(parse_ieee_bb): Don't call debug_record_function for __XRYCPP
+	function, and set skip field.
+	(parse_ieee_be): Don't call debug_end_function if skip is set.
+
+	* debug.c (struct debug_handle): Add fields current_write_lineno
+	and current_write_lineno_index.
+	(debug_write): Initialize current_write_lineno and
+	current_write_lineno_index for each unit.  Call
+	debug_write_linenos rather than writing out the line numbers
+	directly.
+	(debug_write_function): Call debug_write_linenos.
+	(debug_write_block): Likewise.
+	(debug_write_linenos): New static function.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_write_type): For DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION, push return
+	type before arguments.
+
+Mon Mar 18 18:05:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add AC_FUNC_VFORK.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* dlltool.c, nlmconv.c: Include <vfork.h> if HAVE_VFORK_H is
+	defined.
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_range_type): A complex type is defined as a
+	subrange of itself with the high bound zero.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_complex_type): Don't crash on sizes of 12 or 16.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:09:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_write_undefined_tag): Switch to global_types even
+	if it is not empty.
+	(ieee_tag_type): For an enum, look through info->enums.
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_type_samep): Don't loop endlessly in
+	DEBUG_KIND_ENUM case.  From Eric Baur <ecb@nexen.com>.
+
+Mon Mar 11 12:35:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rddbg.c (read_section_stabs_debugging_info): Call save_stab for
+	each stab entry, call stab_context on an error, and call
+	free_saved_stabs before rturning.
+	(read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info): Likewise.
+	(SAVE_STABS_COUNT): Define.
+	(struct saved_stab): Define.
+	(saved_stabs, saved_stabs_index): New static variables.
+	(save_stab, stab_context, free_saved_stabs): New static functios.
+
+	* objdump.c (stab_name): Remove.
+	(struct stab_print): Remove.
+	(stab_print): Remove.
+	(dump_stabs): Don't initialize stab_name.
+	(print_section_stabs): Call bfd_get_stab_name rather than using
+	the stab_name array.
+
+Tue Feb 27 19:52:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* prdbg.c (pr_int_constant): Initialize info correctly.
+	(pr_float_constant): Likewise.
+
+Mon Feb 26 18:11:37 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Update to handle shared library support.
+
+Sat Feb 24 11:21:49 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Search $(BFDLIB) before
+	$(OPCODES).
+
+Thu Feb 15 12:44:45 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't tamper with LDFLAGS.  Call AC_PROG_CC before
+	configure.host.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* configure.in: Substitute RPATH_ENVVAR.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (RPATH_ENVVAR): New variable.
+	(check): Use $(RPATH_ENVVAR) rather than LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
+
+	* objcopy.c (smart_rename): Rather than doing chmod then chown, do
+	chmod without setuid, then chown, then chmod with setuid.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:46:42 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* arsup.c (map_over_list): Reindent.  Don't assume that the
+	function does not delete the BFD.
+	(ar_addlib_doer): Don't set prev->next if prev is NULL.
+
+Wed Feb 14 15:12:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_regno_to_genreg): Convert register numbers for m68k
+	and i960.
+	(ieee_genreg_to_regno): Likewise.
+
+Mon Feb 12 14:19:59 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Extensive changes to write code to put types in the
+	global type block when possible, to output ranges for all memory
+	occupied by the module, and to improve efficiency.
+
+	* debug.c (struct debug_handle): Remove class_mark field.  Add
+	id_list and compare_list fields.
+	(struct debug_class_id): Define.
+	(struct debug_type_compare_list): Define.
+	(debug_write): Initialize info->id_list
+	(debug_write_name): Remove reference to info->class_mark.
+	(debug_write_type): Get id for all structs and classes.  Simplify
+	test for whether struct has already been written.
+	(debug_write_class_type): Get id for all classes.  Simplify test
+	for whether class has already been written.
+	(debug_write_block): Don't write out blocks other than the top
+	level block if they have no local variables.
+	(debug_set_class_id): New static function.
+	(debug_type_samep): New static function.
+	(debug_class_type_samep): New static function.
+	* prdbg.c (pr_start_struct_type): Always print id.
+	(pr_start_class_type): Likewise.
+	(pr_tag_type): Likewise.
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_handle): Add syms and symcount fields.
+	(start_stab): Add syms and symcount parameters.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(parse_stab_string): Look up global variables in the symbol table
+	to get the right value.
+	* budbg.h (start_stab): Update declaration.
+	* rddbg.c (read_section_stabs_debugging_info): Add syms and
+	symcount parameters.  Change all callers.
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_array_type): If the index type is 0, use
+	int.
+
+Wed Feb  7 14:17:45 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_start_compilation_unit): Clear modified and
+	modified_alloc fields of info.
+
+	* configure.in: Check for --enable-shared.  Substitute new
+	variables BFDLIB and OPCODES.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (BFDLIB): Set to @BFDLIB@.
+	(OPCODES): Set to @OPCODES@.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:18:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Support for building bfd and opcodes as shared libraries, based on
+	patches from Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in (HLDFLAGS): New substitution.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (HLDFLAGS): New variable.  Make all links use
+	$(HLDFLAGS) before $(CFLAGS) and $(LDFLAGS).
+	(BFDLIB_DEP): New variable.  Replace all occurrences of $(BFD) as
+	a dependency with $(BFDLIB_DEP).  Remove $(BFD) as a dependency if
+	there is also a dependency on $(ADDL_DEPS).
+	(BFDLIB): Rename from BFD; change all uses; set to -L../bfd -lbfd.
+	(OPCODES_DEP): New variable.  Replace all occurrends of $(OPCODES)
+	as a dependency with $(OPCODES_DEP).
+	(OPCODES): Set to -L../opcodes -lopcodes.
+	(ADDL_DEPS): New variable.  Replace all occurrences of
+	$(ADDL_LIBS) as a dependency with $(ADDL_DEPS).
+	(check): Set LD_LIBRARY_PATH in the environment.
+	(config.status): Depend upon BFD configure.host and config.bfd.
+
+Fri Feb  2 17:02:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c: #include stdarg.h or varargs.h.
+	(objdump_print_value): Change FILE* arg to struct disassemble_info*.
+	All callers updated.  Use fprintf_func.
+	(objdump_print_address): Consistently use fprintf_func.
+	(objdump_sprintf): New function.
+	(disassemble_data): Print insn into a buffer, print raw insn ourselves,
+	then print insn mnemonic.
+
+Fri Feb  2 16:48:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+Thu Feb  1 09:38:18 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[3-6]86-*-win32): Becomes i[3-6]86-*-cygwin32.
+	(powerpc*-*-cygwin32): New.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+Wed Jan 31 13:22:03 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1.
+
+Mon Jan 29 17:36:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from H J Lu <hjl@zoom.com>:
+	* objcopy.c (remove_leading_char): New static variable.
+	(OPTION_REMOVE_LEADING_CHAR): Define.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --remove-leading-char.
+	(filter_symbols): If remove_leading_char, and the first character
+	of a global symbol matches the symbol leading char of the BFD,
+	remove the first character.
+	(copy_object): Filter the symbols if remove_leading_char is set.
+	(copy_main): Handle --remove-leading-char.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --remove-leading-char.
+
+Sat Jan 27 15:40:13 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (fprintf): Add prototype to avoid compiler warning on
+	SunOS.
+
+Fri Jan 26 11:53:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* binutils.texi (nm): Improve documentation on symbol types.
+	(objdump): Reference the stabs manual from the discussion of the
+	--stabs option.
+
+Thu Jan 25 11:21:46 1996  Raymond Jou  <rjou@mexican.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add a "stamps" target.
+
+Thu Jan 25 13:51:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_headers, dump_section_header): Change objdump -h
+	output to be simpler and to include section file offsets.
+
+Wed Jan 24 12:06:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_members): Don't adjust voffset.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_read_cxx_class): Don't multiply voffset by 4.
+	(struct ieee_write_type): Add name field.
+	(struct ieee_type_class): Remove name field.  Change all uses to
+	use new name field in type instead.
+	(struct ieee_name_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_start_struct_type): Initialize name field of type.
+	(ieee_start_class_type): Don't initialize classdef entry of tag.
+	(ieee_class_method_var): Don't adjust voffset.
+	(ieee_end_class_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_tag_type): Initialize new name field of type.
+	(ieee_typdef): Set name after copying in type information.
+
+	* debug.c (VOFFSET_STATIC_METHOD): Define as -1, not 1.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_modified_type): Define.
+	(struct ieee_handle): Add modified and modified_alloc fields.
+	(ieee_get_modified_info): New static function.
+	(ieee_pointer_type): Cache type index.
+	(ieee_const_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_volatile_type): Likewise.
+
+	* ieee.c (ieee_define_named_type): When creating a tag for an
+	anonymous struct, copy the name into memory.
+	(ieee_tag_type): Likewise.
+	* debug.c (debug_write_type): Only check and set id field for an
+	unnamed object.
+	(debug_write_class_type): Likewise.
+
+	* ieee.c: Various changes to write out types for functions and
+	references, and to not write out unnecessary function types.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_var): Remove variable field.  Add kind
+	field, and define some enum constants for it.
+	(parse_ieee_ty): Set kind field of variable for 'x' and 'X' types.
+	(parse_ieee_atn): Make an indirect slot for an external variable,
+	although we otherwise don't record it.  Set kind field rather than
+	variable field of pvar.
+	(ieee_read_cxx_class): Try to get the type of a static member.
+	(ieee_read_reference): Check kind field rather than variable
+	field.
+
+Tue Jan 23 15:54:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Various changes to handle reading C++ reference type
+	information.
+
+	* debug.h (enum debug_var_kind): Add DEBUG_VAR_ILLEGAL.
+	(enum debug_parm_kind): Add DEBUG_PARM_ILLEGAL.
+	* debug.c (debug_get_parameter_types): Handle DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION.
+
+	* ieee.c: Various changes to write out definitions of C++ classes.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_append_filename): Remove.
+	* debug.h (debug_append_filename): Don't declare.
+
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_handle): Remove last_type field.  Add
+	so_string and so_value fields.
+	(finish_stab): Call stab_emit_pending_vars before calling
+	debug_end_function.  Don't warn about pending variables.
+	(parse_stab): Accumulate N_SO strings until a non N_SO symbol is
+	seen, rather than calling debug_append_filename.  Call
+	stab_emit_pending_vars before calling debug_end_function.  Don't
+	set info->last_type.
+
+Tue Jan 23 09:53:54 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Handle unknown endianness.
+	Pass fprintf to INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO.
+
+Mon Jan 22 16:46:43 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	Add new option --show-raw-insn.
+	* objdump.c (show_raw_insn): New global.
+	(usage): Update.
+	(long_options): Update.
+	(disassemble_data): Set disasm_info.flags if --show-raw-insn.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Set new arch,mach,endian fields in
+	disasm_info.
+
+Mon Jan 22 19:29:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Extensive changes to pass a single info argument around
+	in the reading routines, rather than several arguments.  Add code
+	to read C++ debugging records.
+
+	* debug.h (debug_get_type_size): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_name): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_bitpos): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_bitsize): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_visibility): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_physname): Declare.
+	* debug.c (debug_get_real_type): Handle DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED.
+	(debug_get_type_size): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_name): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_bitpos): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_bitsize): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_visibility): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_physname): New function.
+	(debug_write_type): Make sure we pass the real kind, not INDIRECT,
+	to tag_type.  Pass the name recursively for INDIRECT.
+
+Fri Jan 19 12:31:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* debug.h (struct debug_write_fns): Remove ellipsis_type.  Add int
+	and boolean parameters to function_type.  Add boolean parameter to
+	method_type.
+	(debug_make_ellipsis_type): Don't declare.
+	(debug_make_function_type): Add debug_type * and boolean
+	parameters.  Change all callers.
+	(debug_make_method_type): Add boolean parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(debug_get_parameter_types): Add boolean * parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(debug_get_target_type): Declare.
+	* debug.c (struct debug_function_type): Add fields arg_types and
+	varargs.
+	(struct debug_method_type): Add field varargs.
+	(debug_ellipsis_type, ELLIPSIS_P): Remove.
+	(debug_make_ellipsis_type): Remove.
+	(debug_make_function_type): Add arg_types and varargs parameters.
+	(debug_make_method_type): Add varargs parameter.
+	(debug_get_parameter_types): Add pvarargs parameter.
+	(debug_get_target_type): New function.
+	(debug_write_type): In case DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION, push argument
+	types and pass count to function_type.  In DEBUG_KIND_METHOD, use
+	a signed int for the count, don't call ellipsis_type, and pass
+	varargs to method_type.
+	* stabs.c (struct stab_demangle_info): Add varargs field.
+	(stab_demangle_argtypes): Add pvarargs parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(stab_demangle_args): Likewise.
+	(stab_demangle_type): In case 'F', pick up argument types.
+	* prdbg.c (pr_ellipsis_type): Remove.
+	(pr_function_type): Add argcount and varargs parameters.
+	(pr_method_type): Add varargs parameter.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_ellipsis_type): Remove.
+	(ieee_function_type): Add argcount and varargs parameters.
+	(ieee_method_type): Add varargs parameter.  Remove most of
+	function body, and just call ieee_function_type.
+
+	* stabs.c: Include "demangle.h".  Added several new static
+	functions not listed below to demangle argument types; they are
+	all called via stab_demangle_argtypes.
+	(finish_stab): If the kind of an undefined tag is
+	DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL, use DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT instead.  Warn if there
+	are any pending variable.
+	(parse_stab): Don't close the function when the block depth goes
+	to zero.  Pass value to debug_end_function.
+	(parse_stab_string): In case 'T', pass the name to
+	parse_stab_type.
+	(parse_stab_type): In case 'x', use stab_find_tagged_type.  In
+	case '#', handle functions with variable numbers of arguments.
+	(parse_stab_struct_type): Add tagname parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(parse_stab_members): Add tagname and typenums parameters.  Change
+	all callers.  If the type of a method is a stub, call
+	parse_stab_argtypes to demangle the argument types and get the
+	physical name of the function.
+	(parse_stab_argtypes): New static function.
+	(stab_record_variable): For a DEBUG_GLOBAL or DEBUG_STATIC
+	variable, call debug_record_variable immediately.
+	(stab_find_tagged_type): New static function.
+
+	* debug.h (enum debug_type_kind): Add DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL.
+	(struct debug_write_fns): Add field ellipsis_type.  Add id
+	parameter to start_struct_type, start_class_type, and tag_type.
+	(debug_make_ellipsis_type): Declare.
+	(debug_find_named_type): Declare.
+	(debug_get_type_kind): Declare.
+	(debug_get_return_type): Declare.
+	(debug_get_parameter_types): Declare.
+	(debug_get_fields): Declare.
+	(debug_get_field_type): Declare.
+	* debug.c (struct debug_handle): Add fields class_id and base_id.
+	(struct debug_class_type): Add field id.
+	(struct debug_method_variant): Rename argtypes to physname.
+	Change all uses.
+	(debug_ellipsis_type): New static variable.
+	(ELLIPSIS_P): New macro.
+	(debug_make_ellipsis_type): New function.
+	(debug_make_method_variant): Rename argtypes to physname.
+	(debug_make_static_method_variant): Likewise.
+	(debug_name_type): Always put types in the global namespace.
+	(debug_find_named_type): New function.
+	(debug_find_tagged_type): Treat DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL specially,
+	rather than DEBUG_KIND_VOID.
+	(debug_get_real_type): New static function.
+	(debug_get_type_kind): New function.
+	(debug_get_return_type): New function.
+	(debug_get_parameter_types): New function.
+	(debug_get_fields): New function.
+	(debug_get_field_type): New function.
+	(debug_write): Initialize base_id.
+	(debug_write_type): Pass new id argument to tag_type.  Handle
+	DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL.  Use id for	DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT and
+	DEBUG_KIND_UNION.  Handle ellipsis for method arguments.
+	(debug_write_class_type): Don't dereference kclass if it is NULL.
+	Use id.
+	* prdbg.c (pr_fns): Add pr_ellipsis_type.
+	(pr_ellipsis_type): New static function.
+	(pr_pointer_type): If this is a pointer to an array, parenthesize
+	it correctly.
+	(pr_start_struct_type): Add id parameter.
+	(pr_start_class_type): Likewise.
+	(pr_tag_type): Likewise.
+	(pr_fix_visibility): Add the visibility to the top of the stack,
+	not the second element on the stack.
+	(pr_struct_field): Pop the stack before calling pr_fix_visibility.
+	(pr_class_static_member): Likewise.
+	(pr_class_start_method): Don't push a type, just set the method
+	name in the type on the top of the stack.
+	(pr_class_end_method): Don't pop the stack.
+	(pr_class_method_variant): Rename argtypes parameter to physname.
+	Append const and volatile rather than prepending them.  Add a
+	space after the physname.
+	(pr_class_static_method_variant): Likewise.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_fns): Add ieee_ellipsis_type.
+	(ieee_define_named_type): Use DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL rather than
+	DEBUG_KIND_VOID.
+	(write_ieee_debugging_info): Likewise.
+	(ieee_typdef): Likewise.
+	(ieee_ellipsis_type): New static function.
+	(ieee_start_struct_type): Add id parameter.
+	(ieee_start_class_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_tag_type): Likewise.
+	(ieee_class_method_variant): Rename name to physname.
+	(ieee_class_static_method_variant): Likewise.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DEBUG_OBJS): Remove prdbg.o.
+	($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Depend upon, and link against, prdbg.o.
+
+Thu Jan 18 17:35:06 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (make_tail): Changed the order of the sections to avoid
+	an alignment problem.
+
+Wed Jan 17 14:23:00 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* srconv.c (wr_du): Set du.stackfrmt to 0.
+	(wr_un, wr_sc): Emit all sections, even those with 0 size.
+
+Tue Jan 16 16:15:49 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* srconv.c (wr_hd): Space size within segment was being
+	stored in segment identifier field.
+
+Tue Jan 16 12:07:25 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in (BUILD_NLMCONV, BUILD_SRCONV, SYSINFO_PROG,
+	BUILD_DLLTOOL): Put definitions for these into makefile when
+	configuring, instead of always clearing in mpw-make.sed.
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit out any host_alias or target_alias settings,
+	fix pathname to BFD internal include files, remove dependency
+	calculation rules.
+
+Thu Jan 11 17:31:38 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_header): Add new section flags
+	SEC_{EXCLUDE,SORT_ENTRIES}.
+
+Thu Jan 11 11:45:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols): NULL terminate the output symbols.
+	(copy_object): Allocate space for a possible extra NULL pointer.
+
+	* debug.c (debug_make_undefined_tagged_type): Make sure we are
+	given a kind of type we can handle.
+	(debug_write_type): Handle undefined enums and structs.
+	(debug_write_class_type): Handle undefined classes.
+	* prdbg.c (pr_enum_type): Handle an undefined enum.
+	* ieee.c (ieee_enum_type): Likewise.
+
+Wed Jan 10 15:33:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Updated dependencies.
+	(ALLOCA, MALLOC): Remove variables.
+	(ADDL_LIBS): Remove $(MALLOC) from definition.
+	* alloca.c, gmalloc.c: Remove.
+
+Mon Jan  8 18:02:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: Add global function write_ieee_debugging_info and a
+	bunch of static functions and structs used to write out IEEE
+	debugging information.
+	* budbg.h (write_ieee_debugging_info): Declare.
+
+	* ieee.c (struct ieee_type): Add pslot field.
+	(enum builtin_types): Define.
+	(ieee_builtin_type): For a pointer, return a pointer to the named
+	type.  Use enum values rather than numbers.
+	(ieee_alloc_type): New static function.
+	(ieee_read_type_index): Use ieee_alloc_type.
+	(parse_ieee_bb): Likewise.
+	(parse_ieee_ty): Likewise.  Use ieee_builtin_type for array range,
+	rather than making a new integer type.  Store the new type in the
+	slot, if there is one.
+	(parse_ieee_atn): Treat ATN10 as defining a register variable.
+	(ieee_regno_to_genreg): Rename from ieee_regno_to_gen.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(ieee_genreg_to_regno): New static function.
+
+	* stabs.c (parse_stab_type): Add new typename parameter.  Change
+	all callers.
+	(parse_stab_range_type): Add new typename parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+
+	* debug.h (struct debug_write_fns): Add tag parameter to
+	enum_type, start_struct_type, and start_class_type.
+	* debug.c (debug_write_type): Pass any tag name to
+	start_struct_type, debug_write_class_type, and enum_type.  If
+	DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED, pass the name in the recursive call.
+	(debug_write_class_type): Accept a new tag parameter, and pass it
+	to start_class_type.
+	* prdbg.c (pop_type): Don't remove '+' character.
+	(pr_enum_type): Accept and use tag parameter.
+	(pr_start_struct_type): Likewise.
+	(pr_start_class_type): Likewise.
+	(pr_class_baseclass): Adjust algorithm used to find where to put
+	the baseclass name.
+	(pr_tag): Don't bother to insert the tag name.
+
+	* objcopy.c: Include budbg.h.
+	(convert_debugging): New static variable.
+	(OPTION_DEBUGGING): Define.
+	(copy_options): Add "debugging".
+	(copy_usage): Mention --debugging.
+	(is_strip_section): Skip debugging sections if convert_debugging.
+	(setup_section, copy_section): Likewise.
+	(filter_symbols): Skip debugging symbols if convert_debugging.
+	(copy_object): If convert_debugging, read and write debugging
+	information.
+	(write_debugging_info): New static function.
+	(copy_main): Handle --debugging.
+	* Makefile.in (DEBUG_OBJS): New variable.
+	($(OBJCOPY_PROG)): Depend upon and link against $(DEBUG_OBJS).
+	($(STRIP_PROG)): Likewise.
+	(OBJDUMP_OBJS): Remove variable.
+	($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Use objdump.o $(DEBUG_OBJS) rather than
+	$(OBJDUMP_OBJS).
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --debugging.
+
+Thu Jan  4 16:31:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.c: New file with code to read IEEE debugging information.
+	* budbg.h (parse_ieee): Declare.
+	* rddbg.c (read_debugging_info): Handle IEEE flavour files.
+	(read_ieee_debugging_info): New static function.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Add ieee.c.
+	(OBJDUMP_OBJS): Add ieee.o.
+
+	* bucomm.h (xrealloc): Change type of first parameter from char *
+	to PTR.
+
+Tue Jan  2 17:44:07 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add targets to automatically rebuild dependencies.
+	Remove targets which just listed dependencies of .o files.
+	(DEP): New variable.
+	(HFILES, GENERATED_HFILES): New variables.
+	(CFILES, GENERATED_CFILES): New variables.
+	(underscore.c): Don't do anything, just depend upon stamp-under.
+	(stamp-under): New target; do what underscore.c used to do.
+	(nlmconv.o): Depend upon sym.h and ecoff.h.
+	(.dep, .dep1, dep.sed, dep, dep-in): New targets.
+	(stage1, stage2, stage3, against, comparison): Remove.
+	(de-stage1, de-stage2, de-stage3): Remove.
+	(clean, distclean): Remove stamp-under and dep.sed.
+	* dep-in.sed: New file.
+
+	Implement generic debugging support.  Implement a stabs reader and
+	a generic printer.
+	* budbg.h, debug.c, debug.h, prdbg.c, rddbg.c, stabs.c: New files.
+	* objdump.c: Include "debug.h" and "budbg.h".
+	(dump_debugging): New global variable.
+	(usage): Mention --debugging.
+	(long_options): Add "debugging".
+	(display_bfd): Handle --debugging.
+	* Makefile.in (OBJDUMP_OBJS): New variable.
+	($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Use $(OBJDUMP_OBJS).
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document --debugging.
+
+Sat Dec 30 09:59:51 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c ( long_options): Add "--defined-only" option.
+	(usage): Update for new "--defined-only" option.
+	(filter_symbols): Handle "--defined-only".
+
+Fri Dec 29 16:04:56 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arparse.y: Include "bucomm.h", not <sysdep.h>.
+	* nlmheader.y: Don't include "sysdep.h".
+
+Tue Dec 26 18:23:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (print_symdef_entry): Check return value of
+	bfd_get_elt_at_index.
+
+Sat Dec 23 11:03:16 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cgynsu.com>
+
+	* configure.in (DLLTOOL_DEFS): Build dlltool for PowerPC if target
+	is powerpc*-*-win* in addition to powerpc*-*-*pe*.
+
+Fri Dec 15 16:30:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (endian_string): New static function.
+	(display_target_list): Use it.
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Use new bfd_big_endian macro.
+
+Fri Dec 15 07:51:34 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (fill_ordinals): Start from 1 if no other instructions
+ 	given.
+
+Tue Dec 12 12:05:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean): Remove $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1.  From Ronald
+	F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+Mon Dec 11 14:33:05 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mac-binutils.r: Fix copyright and version strings.
+
+	* Makefile.in (version): Remove, no longer used.
+
+Fri Dec  1 14:41:56 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed (install, install-only): Edit in Mac-specific
+	install procedure.
+
+Thu Nov 30 20:26:02 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (ppc_jtab): The binary glue for PowerPC dll linkage,
+	including the return instruction.
+	sinfo: added a preferred alignment field.
+	(secdata): section data for the PowerPC version.
+	(make_one_lib_file): More symbols, More sections (pdata, rdata)
+	(make_tail): Use idata$6 instead of idata$7 for ppc. Also added a 
+	NULL idata$3 descriptor (temporary).
+
+Tue Nov 28 17:23:44 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (fill_ordinals): Don't reference d_export_vec if
+	there are no exported functions.
+
+Mon Nov 27 13:05:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Regenerate with autoconf 2.7.
+
+Wed Nov 22 13:17:15 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (fill_ordinals): Start assigning ordinals at 1.
+
+	* Makefile.in (EXPECT): Use $$r, not $${rootme}.
+	(check): Set r, not rootme.
+
+Tue Nov 21 18:04:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Use BFD_NEED_DECLARATION.
+	* acconfig.h: Put NEED_DECLARATION_FPRINTF in @TOP@ section.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+Fri Nov 17 10:34:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Use @host@ and @target@, not
+	$(host_canonical) and $(target_canonical).
+
+Thu Nov 16 03:39:20 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Version 2.6 released.
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Update to 2.6.
+
+Wed Nov 15 12:14:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Define.
+	(check): Pass CC and CFLAGS to runtest.
+
+	* nm.c (display_rel_file): Don't require a DYNAMIC object when
+	dumping the dynamic symbol table.
+
+	* objdump.c (compare_symbols): Sort global symbols before local
+	symbols before debugging symbols.
+	(objdump_print_address): Don't futz around looking for a global
+	symbol with the same value.
+
+Tue Nov 14 17:19:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c: Use FOPEN_* macros rather than "r" or "w".
+
+	* dlltool.c (fill_ordinals): Correct memset call.
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:56:05 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed (DEMANGLER_PROG): Edit out attempts to do anything
+ 	with the man page.
+
+Fri Nov 10 11:41:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (setup_section): Copy the section lma independently of
+	the vma.
+
+Wed Nov  8 11:33:00 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arsup.c (ar_open): Cast malloc return value.
+
+Tue Nov  7 09:01:26 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in, configure (DLLTOOL_DEFS): Added ppc target.
+	* dlltool.c (MPPC): Added basic PPC definitions.
+
+Tue Nov  7 14:02:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't treat rs6000-*-lynx* specially.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/rslynx: Remove.
+	* Makefile.in: Remove @target_makefile_fragment@.
+
+Mon Nov  6 15:00:50 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bucomm.h: Include <sys/types.h>.
+	* ar.c: Don't include <sys/types.h> or <stdio.h>.
+	* bucomm.c, dlltool.c, nlmconv.c, objcopy.c, objdump.c: Likewise.
+
+Fri Nov  3 12:38:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c: Include <sys/types.h>.
+
+	Permit user to override DEMANGLER_PROG from command line.  From
+	Manfred Hollstein <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>.
+	* Makefile.in ($(DEMANGLER_PROG)): Depend upon
+	$(DEMANGLER_PROG).1.
+	(install): Don't depend upon $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1.  Only install
+	$(DEMANGLER_PROG).1 if $(DEMANGLER_PROG) is not empty.
+
+Wed Nov  1 15:04:57 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (syslex.o): add -I$(srcdir) if compiling in a
+	separate directory.
+
+Mon Oct 30 14:24:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_value): New static function.
+	(objdump_print_address): Use it.  If we need the right section for
+	the symbol, and we can't find it, print an offset from the section
+	rather than using a symbol from some other section.
+
+Thu Oct 26 10:23:14 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (no_idata4, no_idata5): New.
+	(arm_jtab): Use correct encoding of jump instruction.
+	(usage, main, make_head, make_tail): Act on no_idata4, no_idata5.
+
+Wed Oct 25 12:10:07 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit paths to generated y.tab.[ch] files.
+
+Fri Oct 20 18:40:34 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* binutils.texi: Change --with-targets to --enable-targets.
+
+Thu Oct 19 17:47:41 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Remove extraneous tab on otherwise empty line,
+	which confuses many non-GNU versions of "make".
+
+Wed Oct 18 16:31:58 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (i386_jtab, arm_jtab): New
+	(gen_lib_file): Rewritten to use bfd.
+
+Fri Oct 13 16:10:07 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Don't give error message if dlltool
+	wasn't built.
+
+Fri Oct 13 11:04:37 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* deflex.l: Allow quoting of IDs.
+	* defparse.y (%union): string deleted.
+	(command): DESCRIPTION takes ID.
+	* dlltool.c (gen_def_file): Quote outgoing name if
+	necessary.  Preserve NONAME.
+	(gen_lib_file): Run ranlib.
+	(workout_prefix): Deleted.
+	(main, usage, long_options): Add --as, --ranlib, --ar options.
+
+Wed Oct 11 13:36:13 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (mtable): HOW_ALIGN_LONG, new.
+	(d_ord): Deleted.
+	(d_low_ord, d_high_ord, d_named_funcs): New.
+	(gen_exp_file): Create noname entries correctly.
+	(gen_lib_file): Dump exports alphabetically.
+	(process_duplicates):  Count nonamed functions.
+	(fill_ordinals): Keep track of highest ord too.
+	(mangle_defs): Create alphabetically ordered list of names.
+
+Tue Oct 10 09:39:09 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (TOOL_PROGS): Include DLLTOOL_PROG.
+
+Mon Oct  9 13:06:31 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (add_underscore): New.
+	(xlate): Use new name.
+	(main, usage): Update.
+
+Fri Oct  6 14:08:51 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysinfo.y: Eliminate unused terminals "[" and "]" and unused
+	nonterminal "name".  One s/r conflict remains.
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* nm.c (print_symname): Don't try to demangle an empty
+	name.
+	* objdump.c (slurp_symtab): Reset symcount if there are
+	no symbols.
+	(slurp_dynamic_symtab): Likewise, for dynsymcount.
+	(disassemble_data): Fix memory leak: free sorted_syms when done.
+	(display_bfd): Likewise, for syms and dynsyms.
+	(dump_relocs): Don't print header before possibly generating an
+	error message.
+	(dump_dynamic_relocs): Likewise.
+
+	* ar.1, nm.1, objdump.1, size.1, strings.1, strip.1: Fix typos and
+	formatting bugs.
+
+Fri Oct  6 12:00:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (do_quick_append): Comment out.
+	(replace_members): Add quick argument.
+	(main): Don't call do_quick_append.
+	(open_inarch): Don't call quick_append to create an empty archive.
+	Instead call bfd_openw/bfd_set_format/bfd_close.
+
+Thu Oct  5 20:53:08 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bucomm.c: Always include time.h.
+
+Thu Oct  5 17:25:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (compare_symbols): Sort gnu_compiled and gcc2_compiled
+	symbols after other symbols with the same value.  Likewise for
+	symbols which look like file names.
+	(objdump_print_address): Always chose the first reasonable symbol
+	with a given value.
+
+Tue Oct  3 22:38:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arsup.c (ar_save): Use rename, not unlink/link/unlink.
+
+Mon Oct  2 12:10:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strings.c (main): Exit with zero status if no files are given
+	and standard input is read.
+
+Thu Sep 28 20:03:07 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Calculate underscore and put into makefile
+	fragment, generate config.h.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, sed commands to edit Unix makefile
+	into MPW syntax.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* mac-binutils.r: New file, Mac resources.
+
+Thu Sep 28 15:49:00 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c: (gen_exp_file): Always emit a .reloc section if
+	relocatable.
+	(imp_name_lab): New.
+	(gen_def_file): New.
+	(gen_lib_file): Use imp_name_lab.
+	(main): Initialize imp_name_lab.
+
+Mon Sep 25 12:05:34 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config.in: Rebuild.
+	* dlltool.c: Include "libiberty.h" and "bucomm.h".  Don't include
+	<stdio.h>, <stdlib.h>, or <string.h>.  Don't include <wait.h>.
+	Include <sys/types.h>.  Use HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H to control whether to
+	include <sys/wait.h> or define the wait macros by hand.  Don't
+	declare xmalloc.
+	(gen_lib_file): Don't assume that sprintf returns the number of
+	characters; use strlen instead.
+
+Fri Sep 22 17:16:41 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Don't use the old BFD based
+	disassembler interface.  Make info a const pointer.
+
+Wed Sep 13 18:33:44 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (start_address): New variable.
+	(stop_address): New variable.
+	(usage): Mention --start-address and --stop-address.
+	(OPTION_START_ADDRESS, OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS): Define.
+	(long_options): Add "start-address" and "stop-address".
+	(disassemble_data): Handle start_address and stop_address.
+	(dump_data, dump_reloc_set): Likewise.
+	(main): Don't set seenflag for -l.  Handle OPTION_START_ADDRESS
+	and OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS.
+	* objcopy.c (parse_vma): Move to bucomm.c.
+	* bucomm.c (parse_vma): New function, moved in from objcopy.c.
+	* bucomm.h (parse_vma): Declare.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document new objdump options.
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:37:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target.
+
+	* ar.c (replace_members): Don't call write_archive if nothing
+	changed.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Add casts to avoid gcc warnings.
+
+Thu Sep  7 12:12:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.in: Rename from config.h.in.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER with config.h:config.in.
+	Check for config.h:config.in when creating stamp-h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (stamp-h): Depend upon config.in rather than
+	config.h.in.  Set CONFIG_HEADERS to config.h:config.in when
+	calling config.status.
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.h, stamp-h, and
+        config.log.
+
+	* nm.c (value_format): Initialize based on BFD64 and
+	BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG.
+	(print_radix): New static variable.
+	(set_print_radix): Set print_radix.  Adjust changes to
+	value_format.
+	(print_value): New static function, to print 64 bit octal and
+	decimal values correctly.
+	(print_symbol_info_bsd): Check BFD64, not BFD_HOST_64_BIT.  Use
+	print_value.
+	(print_symbol_info_sysv): Use print_value.
+	(print_symbol_info_posix): Likewise.
+
+Wed Sep  6 15:02:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (*.o): Remove incorrect dependencies on
+	$(BFDDIR)/hosts/std-host.h.
+
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL_DATA): Add -m 644.
+	(INSTALL_XFORM1): Likewise.
+	(CC_FOR_BUILD): Set to @CC_FOR_BUILD@ rather than $(CC).
+	(mostlyclean): Remove config.log.
+	(distclean): Remove config.cache.
+
+	* configure.in: Call BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD and BFD_BINARY_FOPEN.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Sep  5 20:22:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Rewrite to use autoconf.
+	* aclocal.m4: New file.
+	* configure: New file, built by autoconf.
+	* acconfig.h: New file.
+	* config.h.in: New file, built by autoheader.
+	* Makefile.in: Various changes for new configure script.  Also:
+	(PROGS): Remove $(SYSINFO_PROG).
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Remove $(TDEFINES).
+	(version.o): Use $(ALL_CFLAGS).
+	(cplus-dem.o, dlltool.o, nlmconv.o): Likewise.
+	(sysdump.o): Depend upon bucomm.h and config.h.
+	(srconv.o, arsup.o, strings.o): Depend upon config.h.
+	(filemode.o): Don't depend upon ../bfd/sysdep.h.
+	(bucomm.o): Depend upon config.h, not ../bfd/sysdep.h.
+	(size.o, objdump.o, nm.o, ar.o, objcopy.o): Likewise.
+	(nlmheader.o, nlmconv.o): Likewise.
+	(distclean): Don't remove sysdep.h.
+	* bucomm.h: Include "ansidecl.h", <stdio.h>, and "config.h".
+  	Include "fopen-same.h" or "fopen-bin.h", based on
+ 	USE_BINARY_FOPEN.  Include <errno.h>, and declare errno if it is
+ 	not a macro.  Include <unistd.h>, <string.h>, <strings.h>,
+ 	<stdlib.h>, and <fcntl.h> if they are present.  Declare strchr,
+ 	strrchr, and strstr if no string header file exists.  Include
+	<sys/file.h> if it exists and <fcntl.h> does not.  Define
+	O_RDONLY and O_RDWR if necessary.
+	* ar.c:  Don't include "sysdep.h".  Do include <sys/types.h> and
+	<sys/stat.h>.  Use HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H rather than POSIX_UTIME.  Use
+	HAVE_UTIMES rather than !USE_UTIME.  Don't include <errno.h>, and
+	don't declare errno.
+	* arsup.c: Don't include <sysdep.h>.
+	* bucomm.c: Don't include "sysdep.h".  Include <stdio.h>,
+	<sys/types.h>, and <sys/stat.h>.  Include <time.h> if it defines
+	time_t.  Define time_t if necessary.
+	* coffdump.c: Don't include "sysdep.h".
+	* coffgrok.c, filemode.c, nlmconv.c, size.c: Likewise.
+	* srconv.c, strings.c: Likewise.
+	* nm.c: Don't include "sysdep.h".  Don't try to define HAVE_SBRK.
+	* objcopy.c: Don't include "sysdep.h".  Include <sys/types.h> and
+	<sys/stat.h>.
+	(simple_copy): Use creat rather than assuming that O_CREAT is
+	defined.
+	* objdump.c: Don't include "sysdep.h".  Use
+	NEED_DECLARATION_PRINTF rather than !FPRINTF_ALREADY_DECLARED.
+	* sysdump.c: Include "bfd.h" and "bucomm.h".  Don't include
+	"sysdep.h" or <stdlib.h>.
+	(dump_symbol_info): Rename from symbol_info.  Change all callers.
+	
+Mon Sep  4 14:30:00 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (host_makefile_frag): Don't set.  Substitute for
+	@CC@, @CFLAGS@, @HDEFINES@ and @LDFLAGS@ in Makefile.
+	* Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS): Set to rc rather than qv.
+	(CC): Define as @CC@.
+	(CFLAGS): Set to @CFLAGS@.
+	(LDFLAGS): Define as @LDFLAGS@.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Use @HDEFINES@ rather than $(HDEFINES).
+
+	* configure.in: Don't bother to call config.bfd for each target.
+	Just call it for the default target, and use the shell variable to
+	decide whether underscores are used.
+
+Thu Aug 31 19:21:48 1995  Jason Molenda    (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: match i[3-6]86-*-win32, not just i386-*-win32.
+
+Thu Aug 31 16:30:22 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (add_indirect): New.
+	(asm_prefix): New
+	(gen_exp_file): Timestamp should be 0. Insert prefix when
+	needed. New code for indirection.
+	(gen_lib_file): Timestamp should be 0. Insert prefix
+	when needed.
+	(usage): Document --add-indirect.
+	(main): Cope with new option.
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_private_headers): New.
+	(usage): Document new option.
+	(long_option): Add private-headers.
+	(dump_bfd_private_header): New.
+	(main): Cope with new option.
+
+Thu Aug 31 04:09:16 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (run): Add missing 3rd arg to waitpid.
+
+Wed Aug 30 11:02:11 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (TOOL_PROGS): Include dlltool if needed.
+
+Tue Aug 29 13:25:21 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (rva): Deleted.
+	(rvaafter, rva_before): Use new assembler pseudo.
+	(flush_page, gen_exp_file, gen_lib_file): Use new way of RVAing.
+	(gen_exp_file): Don't generate .edata if no need.
+	(gen_lib_file): Don't make timestamp.
+	Put _iname in idata$7.
+	(workout_prefix): Fix memory initialization bug.
+	(usage): Tidy up, delete many single char options.
+	(main): rva option is gone.
+
+Mon Aug 21 18:41:28 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (options): image-base is a synonym for rva.
+	(gen_lib_file): Put dll name into ibase$7.
+
+Sun Aug 20 09:59:00 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	Modified to generate archives and objects rather than .s files.
+	* dlltool.c (run) New function.
+ 	(gen_exp_file, gen_lib_file): Use run.
+	(workout_prefix): New.
+	(usage): Document new options.
+	(main): Parse new options.
+
+Wed Aug 16 16:26:52 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (gen_exp_file): Fix RVA handling.
+	(rva_s, rva_n): Delete.
+
+Fri Aug 11 18:27:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (main): Ignore -e.
+
+Thu Aug 10 17:35:00 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (config.texi): New target.  Write out a setting for
+	texinfo variable VERSION.
+	(binutils.dvi, binutils.info): Depend on it.
+	* binutils.texi: Include it, and reference @value{VERSION} instead
+	of explicitly specifying 2.2(!).
+
+Thu Aug 10 16:07:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffgrok.c (do_type): Handle array dimensions the same way gdb
+	does.
+
+Tue Aug  8 17:10:42 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (mtable): New fields.
+	(ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER): New.
+	(flush_page): Use new macros.
+
+Sat Aug  5 00:16:37 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objcopy.c (mark_symbols_used_in_relocations): Handle sections
+	with no relocations.
+	* coffgrok.c (do_sections_p1): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jul 31 12:51:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strings.c (print_strings): For compatibility with existing
+	strings programs, print strings which are not terminated with a
+	null byte or a newline.
+	* binutils.texi, strings.1: Update documentation accordingly.
+
+	* ar.c (replace_members): For compatibility with existing ar
+	programs, permit users to add the same file multiple times.
+
+Tue Jul 25 11:21:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strings.c (DATA_FLAGS): Remove SEC_DATA.
+	(main): If no file names are given, scan standard input.
+	* binutils.texi, strings.1: strings now scans non-data sections by
+	default.
+
+Mon Jul 24 13:52:28 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* srconv.c (wr_hd): Set afl field to 4 for bfd_arch_sh.
+	(writeINT): When size == -2, use 2 bytes for the h8300 and 4 bytes 
+	for the	sh.
+
+	* sysdump.c (fillup): Return size - 1, the last byte is a checksum
+	and shouldn't be counted.
+	* sysroff.info (hd): Changed segment identifier from a byte to a 1
+	bit field.  The sysroff 2.0-01 specification seems to be in error
+	here.  Reduce width of following "spare" field from 4 to 3 bits.
+	(rl): Changed order and width of first 4 bitfields to correspond
+	to sysroff specification.
+	(dln_head, dln_inside, dln_tail): Removed.
+
+Tue Jul 18 23:00:03 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (sort_symbols_by_size):  Enclose expression being casted
+	in parens so result is casted, not just first operand.  Can't
+	do pointer arithmetic on void* pointers.
+
+Fri Jul 14 13:42:42 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysdump.c (dh): Changed format of output to be 16 hex digits
+	followed by 16 ascii characters, similar to Emacs' hexl-mode,
+	to make it easier to read.
+	(xcalloc): fix typo.
+
+Thu Jul 13 15:27:44 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* srconv.c (wr_tr): Write out handcrafted tr block.
+	(walk_tree_symbol): Use evallen and evalue instead of
+	vallen & value because of corresponding changes in
+	sysroff.info.
+
+	* sysdump.c (sysroff_swap_tr_in, sysroff_print_tr_out): New
+	functions.
+
+	* sysroff.info (tr): the tr block is a special case --- a block
+	without contents --- which can't be handled by generated code.
+	(den, dpp): only first byte is present for DENend, DPPend.
+	(dsy): describe a conditional portion of block, rename some fields.
+	(dps): describe a conditional portion of block.
+	(dfl): removed.
+
+	* sysinfo.y (yyerror): write error message to standard error.
+
+Thu Jul 13 10:43:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Add arparse.h and sysinfo.h.
+	(mostlyclean): Remove y.output.
+	(clean): Remove sysroff, sysroff.c, sysroff.h, and sysinfo.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_mangle_relocs): Cast memset arg to size_t.
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Likewise.
+
+	* nm.c (HAVE_SBRK): Define execpt on amigados and WINDOWS_NT.
+	(struct size_sym): Define.
+	(show_stats): New static variable.
+	(long_options): Add undocumented option "stats".
+	(main): Print memory stats if requested.
+	(sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, sort_x, sort_y): New static variables.
+	(numeric_forward): Use minisymbols rather than asymbols.
+	(non_numeric_forward): Likewise.
+	(size_forward1): Rename from size_forward.  Use minisymbols.
+	(size_forward2): New static function.
+	(sort_symbols_by_size): Take new arguments dynamic, size, and
+	symsizep.  Use minisymbols.  Don't store the size back in the
+	symbol; store in a newly allocate struct size_sym array.
+	(display_rel_file): Read minisymbols rather than asymbols.  Set
+	sort_* variables.  Call print_size_symbols if sorting by size.
+	(filter_symbols): Take new arguments dynamic and size.  Use
+	minisymbols.
+	(print_symbols): Likewise.  Call print_symbol for actual printing.
+	(print_size_symbols): New static function.
+	(print_symbol): New static function.
+
+Wed Jul 12 10:43:05 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_stabs): Only print each stabs section
+	once.
+	(compare_relocs): Make it clear to gcc that this always returns a
+	value.
+
+Wed Jul 12 10:40:23 1995  H.J. Lu  <hjl@nynexst.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (simple_copy): Preserve errno on failure.
+	(smart_rename): Print error mesage if simple_copy fails.
+
+Tue Jul 11 13:10:52 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysdump.c: re-indented file.  
+	(module): read blocks sequentially instead of trying to parse
+	them, as that would require changing the parser recognize the
+	difference between a DPSstart and DPSend block.
+	(getone): Add break's between switch blocks as appropriate.
+	(object_body_list): parse blocks according to sysroff spec.
+
+Mon Jul 10 12:37:25 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@poseidon.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysroff.info: re-indented file, prior formatting was confusing
+	because it was indentation did not reflect nesting of conditional
+	records.  Change "space size within segment" record in hd record
+	from bit to byte.
+
+	* sysinfo.y (cond_it_field): Use xcalloc instead of calloc.
+
+	* srconv.c (wr_cs): Reformatted cs header array, tag each byte
+	with a comment describing the field.
+	(wr_unit_info): Use SEEK_SET macro instead of constant 0.
+	(main): Use FOPEN_WB macro instead of literal "wb".
+	* sysroff.info: Remove fdl (dfl) field from cs block.  Compare
+	ptr->type with ED_TYPE_CONST instead of constant 2 in ed block.
+
+Tue Jul  4 14:48:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* nm.c (size_forward): Check yf against yn, not xn.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_archive): Record all output BFD's, and close
+	them before unlinking them and removing the temporary directory,
+	to avoid NFS problems.
+
+	* ar.c (replace_members): In verbose messages, use 'r' when
+        replacing a member, and 'a' when adding one.
+
+	* ar.c (ar_truncate): New static variable.
+	(normalize): Change return type to const char *.  Add abfd
+	argument.  Change all callers.  If ar_truncate, chop the filename
+	to abfd->ar_max_namelen.
+	(main): For the 'f' modifier, set ar_truncate to true.  Don't
+	change quick_append to replace if ar_truncate is true.
+	(do_quick_append): If ar_truncate, set BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT.
+	(write_archive): Likewise.
+	* binutils.texi, ar.1: Document 'f' modifier.
+
+	* objcopy.c (enum strip_action): Define strip_unneeded.
+	(OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED): Define.
+	(strip_options): Add "strip-unneeded".
+	(copy_options): Likewise.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --strip-unneeded.
+	(strip_usage): Likewise.
+	(is_strip_section): Strip debugging sections if strip_unneeded.
+	(filter_symbols): If strip_unneeded, only keep BSF_KEEP symbols.
+	(copy_object): If strip_all, discard symbols without checking
+	discard_locals.
+	(copy_object): Call filter_symbols if strip_unneeded.
+	(setup_section): Strip debugging sections if strip_unneeded.
+	(copy_section): Likewise.
+	(strip_main): Handle OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED.
+	(copy_main): Likewise.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1, strip.1: Document --strip-unneeded.
+
+Mon Jul  3 14:16:47 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-win32): New configuration.
+	* dlltool.c (killat, xlate, usage, long_options, main): 
+	Understand and cope with -k option.
+
+Sat Jul  1 12:25:15 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c: (extract_file):  Change "#if POSIX_UTIME" to
+	"#ifdef POSIX_UTIME" to match other tests of POSIX_UTIME
+	and avoid lossage when POSIX_UTIME is not defined at all.
+
+Wed Jun 28 17:51:24 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c: (print_contents.c, extract_file, do_quick_append):
+	Malloc buffers rather than allocate on stack (so it works
+	on NT).
+	* deflex.l: Names can have an @ in them.
+	* dlltool.c: Loads of stuff. Can now generate .imp files which
+	work with NT .dlls.
+
+Thu Jun 22 19:10:50 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.in (demangle.c.o): Remove.
+	(arparse.h): Depend on arparse.c instead of arparse.y.
+
+Wed Jun 21 17:32:45 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Don't include info here.
+	(diststuff): Include it here.
+	(realclean): Remove *.info.
+
+	* objdump.c (compare_relocs): If relocation entries have the same
+	address, keep them in file order.
+
+Mon Jun 19 09:06:49 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c: Change names of generated files. .*.s-> -*.s
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_stabs):  Check for names
+	which are supersets of selected names.
+
+Wed Jun 14 19:43:52 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dlltool.c (mtable, ARM jump): Must redirect via pc offsetable ptr.
+
+Wed Jun 14 13:27:22 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* deflex.l, defparse.y, dlltool.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: Support for them.
+
+Mon Jun 12 11:27:54 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sysdump.c: Include sysdep.h
+	(main): Open input with FOPEN_RB.
+
+Fri Jun  9 17:26:11 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (wide_output): New flag variable.
+	(usage): Print new -w, --wide options.
+	(long_options): Add --wide support.
+	(dump_section_header): If --wide, don't print a newline between
+	the section's first line and the flags.
+	(objdump_print_address): Use unsigned comparisons for the binary
+	search, not signed.
+	(disassemble_data): If --wide, don't put a \n between the
+	disassembly output and relocation information.
+	(main): Support -w option being the same as --wide.
+
+Thu Jun  1 17:09:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	Sat May  6 08:52:24 1995  H.J. Lu (hjl@nynexst.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (smart_rename): make it smarter, clean up
+	  if rename () fails.
+
+Tue May 30 14:24:15 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Delete lines with lots of #### because four or more
+	indicate a point for makefile fragment substitution.
+
+Tue May  9 17:17:05 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't build nlmconv on PowerPC eabi any more, it
+	is not needed.
+
+Thu Apr 27 20:21:24 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (EXPECT): Define.
+	(RUNTEST): Use one in source tree if present.
+	(check): Set `rootme' for $(EXPECT).
+
+Wed Apr 26 18:26:21 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* srconv.c (main): Add support for -n option which disables
+	prescan of common symbols.
+	(wr_ob): If reading past the end of a section, fill with zeros.
+
+Tue Apr 25 19:14:37 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_header): Display load address after
+	virtual memory (run-time) address.
+
+Wed Apr 19 09:44:06 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (cplus-dem.o): Pass -DVERSION='"$(VERSION)"' to the
+        compile.
+	(DEMANGLER_PROG): No longer uses version.o.
+
+Mon Apr 10 13:29:49 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	Merge in support for Mac MPW as a host.
+	(Old change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+
+	* mpw-config.in (TDEFINES): Define as empty in makefile frag.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Create mk.tmp, define ARCHDEFS in it.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: New file, MPW configure fragment for binutils.
+	* mpw-make.in (install-only): New target.
+	(install): Also depend on install-only.
+
+	* mpw-make.in (cplusfilt): Renamed from c++filt.
+	(INCLUDES): Add more paths.
+
+	* mpw-make.in: New file, MPW makefile fragment for binutils.
+	(Normally automatically generated from Makefile.in.)
+
+Mon Mar 27 11:52:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (write_archive): Call make_tempname to get output file
+	name, rather than using a fixed name based on the input file.
+
+	* objcopy.c (make_tempname): Copy from here...
+	* bucomm.c (make_tempname): ...to here, and make global.
+	* bucomm.h (make_tempname): Declare.
+
+Fri Mar 24 11:47:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strings.c: Include "bfd.h" before other headers.  Include
+	"sysdep.h".
+	* bucomm.c (print_arelt_descr): Cast st_uid and st_gid to long,
+	and print them with %ld.
+
+Fri Mar 10 13:09:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (strip_options): Add --keep-symbol.
+	(copy_options): Likewise.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --keep-symbol and -K.
+	(strip_usage): Likewise.
+	(keep_symbols): New static variable.
+	(is_strip_symbol): Adjust the return value according to
+	keep_symbols.
+	(strip_main): Handle -K.  For -N, check that -K was not given.
+	(copy_main): Likewise.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1, strip.1: Document -K.
+
+Mon Mar  6 13:33:47 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_archive): Check result of mkdir.
+	(copy_main): Cast an xmalloc result.
+
+	* objdump.c (usage): Break long format string into shorter ones.
+
+Mon Mar  6 13:46:12 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bucomm.c (list_supported_targets): New function.
+	* bucomm.h (list_supported_targets): Declare.
+	* ar.c (usage): Call list_supported_targets.
+	* nm.c (usage): Likewise.
+	* objcopy.c (copy_usage, strip_usage): Likewise.
+	* objdump.c (usage): Likewise.
+	* size.c (usage): Likewise.
+	* strings.c (usage): Likewise.
+
+Tue Feb 28 15:13:58 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bucomm.c (print_arelt_descr): Cast st_size to long before
+	passing it to fprintf.
+
+Fri Feb 17 13:36:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (struct section_list): Add fields remove, set_flags,
+	and flags.  Change adjust from boolean to enum.
+	(remove_sections): Remove static variable.
+	(sections_removed): New static variable.
+	(copy_options): Add --set-section-flags.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --set-section-flags.
+	(parse_flags): New static function.
+	(find_section_list): New static function.
+	(is_strip_symbol): Change return type from int to boolean.
+	(is_strip_section): New static function.
+	(filter_symbols): Call is_strip_section.
+	(copy_object): When adding sections, check for specified flags or
+	VMA.  Call filter_symbols if any sections are being removed.
+	(setup_section): Use find_section_list function rather than
+	looking through remove_sections and adjust_sections.  Handle
+	--set-section-flags.
+	(copy_section): Use find_section_list rather than looking through
+	remove_sections.
+	(strip_main): Use find_section_list instead of adding items to
+	sections_removed.
+	(copy_main): Use find_section_list instead of adding items to
+	sections_removed and adjust_sections.  Handle --set-section-flags.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --set-section-flags.
+
+Tue Feb 14 18:03:03 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (with_source_code): New global variable.
+	(usage): Mention -S/--source.
+	(long_options): Add --source.
+	(prev_functionname, prev_line): New static variables.
+	(struct print_file_list): Define.
+	(print_files): New static variable.
+	(skip_to_line, show_line): New static functions.
+	(disassemble_data): Call show_line to handle -l and -S.
+	(main): Handle -S.
+	* binutils.texi, objdump.1: Document -S/--source.
+
+Thu Feb  9 16:11:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_usage): Rename parameter to avoid shadowing.
+	(strip_usage): Likewise.
+
+	* objcopy.c (struct section_add): Define.
+	(add_sections): New static variable.
+	(copy_options): Accept --add-section.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --add-section.
+	(copy_object): Add sections from the add_sections list.
+	(copy_main): Handle --add-section.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --add-section.
+
+Wed Feb  1 15:04:57 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Pass section offset, not absolute
+	address, to bfd_find_nearest_line.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_mangle_relocs): Don't use const with
+	reloc_howto_type.
+
+Thu Jan 26 18:50:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (compare_symbols): Use bfd_asymbol_value (VAR) rather
+	than VAR->value.
+	(objdump_print_address): Likewise.
+	(disassemble_data): Don't change the symbol values.  It can
+	confuse bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+
+Thu Jan 26 12:03:56 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for powerpc-*-ebai.
+
+Wed Jan 18 10:02:12 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@splat>
+
+	* coffdump.c: Include sysdep.h.
+	(dump_coff_type): Handle coff_secdef_type.
+	* coffgrok.c : Include sysdep.h.
+	* srconv.c: Include libiberty.h
+	(absolute_p, dty_start, dty_end, dump_tree_structure): Remove.
+
+Wed Jan 18 12:24:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coffdump.c (dump_coff_scope): Cast pointer to unsigned long for
+	printf.
+	* coffgrok.c: Include bucomm.h.  Don't declare xmalloc.
+	(push_scope): Declare type of parameter link.
+	* size.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	* srconv.c: Include bucomm.h.
+	(find_base): Declare at top of file.
+	(wr_hd): Add default case to architecture switch.
+	(wr_dps_start): Declare type of parameter nest.
+	(wr_du): Comment out variables used only in commented out blocks.
+	(wr_dus): Remove unused variable i.
+	(wr_sc): Remove unused variables myinfo, low, and high.
+	* strings.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	* sysdump.c: Include <ctype.h>.
+
+Tue Dec 20 19:13:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (main): Ignore 'f' modifier used on HP/UX 9.
+
+Thu Dec 15 17:34:12 1994  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c, nm.c, objcopy.c, objdump.c: Include progress.h.
+	* ar.c, nm.c, objcopy.c, objdump.c (main): Add START_PROGRESS
+	and END_PROGRESS.
+	* ar.c (map_over_members, open_inarch): Call PROGRESS.
+	* nm.c (main, display_archive, filter_symbols, print_symbols):
+	Call PROGRESS.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_usage): Break up long usage string.
+
+Wed Dec 14 15:51:56 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Don't bother setting status after
+	nonfatal() "call", because it won't return.
+
+Fri Dec  9 00:22:54 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_mangle_relocs): Don't switch a reloc to use
+	the section symbol if the symbol is undefined.
+
+Thu Dec  8 14:45:50 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (add_strip_symbol): Cast return value of xmalloc.
+
+Wed Nov 30 11:05:43 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (replace_members): Pass current->filename to normalize when
+	checking for duplicates, because the filename of a newly added
+	file will not have been normalized yet.
+
+Thu Nov 17 15:00:13 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (main): Don't call do_quick_append if any of the archive
+	names are longer than 14 characters.
+
+	* objcopy.c (main): Fix is_strip test.  From
+	pirker@eiunix.tuwien.ac.at (Martin Pirker).
+
+Thu Nov 17 15:37:19 1994  Mark W. Eichin  <eichin@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (add_strip_symbol): New function, adds a name to an
+	explicit list of symbols to strip.
+	(is_strip_symbol): New function, reports whether the name argument
+	is in the explicit list.
+	(filter_symbols): Check against is_strip_symbol above all.
+	(strip_main): Recognize -N option. If used, don't default to
+	strip_all.
+	(copy_main): Recognize -N option.
+	(strip_usage): Document -N and --strip-symbol options.
+	(copy_usage): Ditto.
+	* objcopy.1, strip.1, binutils.texi: Document -N and
+	--strip-symbol options.
+
+Tue Nov  8 13:12:54 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objdump.c (display_target_list, display_info_table): Pass an
+	array to tmparg, rather than NULL, since some systems can't handle
+	NULL.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_archive): Keep a list of the names of the
+        temporary files we created.  Close each input BFD after we open
+        its successor.
+
+Mon Nov  7 15:48:39 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Bump to 2.5.3.
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:04:34 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Install info files from whatever
+	directory they were found in.
+
+	Patch from DJ Delorie:
+	* configure.bat: do c++filt -> cxxfilt right
+
+	* sysinfo.y: Include system header files early, so any potential
+	declaration of abort() occurs before its use.
+
+	* strings.c (strings_file): Try opening the file in binary mode
+	first.
+
+Wed Nov  2 15:44:13 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ar.c (main): Treat ar qs like ar rs.
+
+Tue Oct 25 16:19:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (gap_fill): Explicitly initialize, for clarity.
+	(pad_to_set, pad_to): New static variables.
+	(copy_options): Accept --pad-to.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --pad-to.
+	(copy_object): Support --pad-to.
+	(compare_section_vma): Sort non loadable sections to the front.
+	Sort sections with the same VMA by size.
+	(copy_main): Handle --pad-to.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --pad-to.
+
+Thu Oct 20 13:51:31 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (gap_fill_set, gap_fill): New static variables.
+	(copy_options): Accept --gap-fill.
+	(copy_usage): Mention --gap-fill.
+	(copy_object): Support --gap-fill.
+	(get_sections, compare_section_vma): New static functions.
+	(copy_main): Handle --gap-fill.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Document --gap-fill.
+
+Wed Oct 19 14:09:16 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (check): Add a dummy else clause to the if
+	statement.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Revert yesterday's change.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Remove special mention of --set-start
+	and `binary' output format.
+
+Tue Oct 18 11:12:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): If the output file format is `binary',
+	and the start address was not set using --set-start, default the
+	start address to zero.  This hack is because the `binary' output
+	file format uses the start address to set the virtual address of
+	the first byte in the file.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1: Add some notes on generating S-records
+	and binary files.
+
+	* nm.c (print_symdef_entry): Call print_symname to print the
+	symbol name, so that --demangle works.
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove tmpdir.
+
+	* objcopy.c (struct section_list): Add fields used, adjust, val.
+	(adjust_start, set_start_set, set_start): New static variables.
+	(adjust_section_vma, adjust_sections): New static variables.
+	(copy_options): Add --adjust-start, --adjust-vma,
+	--adjust-section-vma, --adjust-warnings, --no-adjust-warnings,
+	--set-start.
+	(parse_vma): New static function.
+	(copy_usage): Mention new options.
+	(copy_object): Handle --set-start and --adjust-start.
+	(setup_section): Correct type of last argument to PTR.  Set used
+	field if section is removed.  Handle --adjust-vma and
+	--adjust-section-vma.
+	(copy_section): Correct type of last argument to PTR.
+	(mark_symbols_used_in_relocations): Likewise.
+	(strip_main): Clear used field when handling -R.
+	(copy_main): Handle new options.
+	* binutils.texi (objcopy): Document new options.
+	* objcopy.1: Document new options.
+
+Fri Oct 14 14:38:13 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (configdirs): Remove definition--testsuite is no
+	longer configured.
+	* Makefile.in (testsuite): Remove target.
+	(site.exp): New target.
+	(check): Rewrite.
+	(clean, distclean): Don't recur into testsuite directory.
+
+Thu Oct 13 19:24:09 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Updated to 2.5.
+	* Version 2.5 released.
+
+Tue Oct 11 15:26:42 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (sysdump.o): Depends upon sysroff.c.
+
+Mon Oct 10 13:50:30 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (link_inputs): Pass -Ur flag to ld so that the
+	  ctor/dtor tables needed by C++ programs are built.
+
+Sun Oct  9 18:04:00 1994  Jim Wilson  (wilson@sphagnum.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (srconv.o): Add dependence on sysroff.c.
+
+Tue Oct  4 12:19:51 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Use ${config_shell} when running config.bfd.
+
+	* Makefile.in (sysroff.h): Split target away from sysroff.c.
+	(srconv.o, sysdump.o): New targets.
+	(srconv, sysdump): Don't depend upon sysroff.c.
+
+Wed Sep 28 13:04:34 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (arparse.c): Don't ignore errors from mv.
+	(sysinfo.c): Likewise.  Also, depend upon arparse.c, to prevent a
+	parallel make from trying to build both arparse.c and sysinfo.c
+	simultaneously.
+	(nlmheader.c): Similar change.
+	(arparse.h): Separate target from arparse.c, so that a parallel
+	make does not try to build both at once.  Depend upon arparse.c.
+	(sysinfo.h): Similar change.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Pass the reloc buffer to free, not
+	the pointer used to loop over the relocs.
+
+Sat Sep 24 16:16:57 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Cast result of xmalloc.
+
+Wed Sep 21 19:30:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (sorted_syms, sorted_symcount): New global variables.
+	(objdump_print_address): Use sorted_syms and sorted_symcount
+	instead of syms and symcount.
+	(disassemble_data): Don't bother to get the relocs before looping
+	over the sections.  Before filtering and sorting the symbol table,
+	copy it into sorted_syms.
+
+Fri Sep 16 11:27:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (struct objdump_disasm_info): Add field require_sec.
+	(objdump_print_address): If aux->require_sec, require that the
+	symbol be in aux->sec even if HAS_RELOC is not set.  If we can't
+	find a smaller symbol in the right section, look for a larger one.
+	(disassemble_data): Set aux.require_sec around the
+	objdump_print_address call for the instruction address.
+
+Thu Sep 15 21:43:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c: Call xexit rather than exit.
+	(output_filename, output_file, output_bfd): New static variables.
+	(remove_output): New static function.
+	(main): Call xatexit (remove_output).  Call xexit rather than
+	returning.
+	(extract_file): Set output_filename and output_file while output
+	file is open.
+	(write_archive): Likewise, but use output_bfd, not output_file.
+	* arsup.c: Include libiberty.h.  Call xexit rather than exit.
+	* bucomm.c: Likewise.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_all): New global variable.
+	(usage): Document --disassemble-all.
+	(long_options): Add disassemble-all as a synonym for -D.
+	(compare_symbols): Make pointers const.
+	(compare_relocs): New static function.
+	(disassemble_data): Rename disassemble to disassemble_fn to avoid
+	shadowing.  If dump_reloc_info, print relocs along with
+	disassembly.  Skip sections which are not SEC_CODE unless
+	disassemble_all or only is set.
+	(display_bfd): Don't call dump_relocs if disassemble is set.
+	(main): Accept and handle -D.
+	* binutils.texi: Document -D/--disassemble-all.
+	* objdump.1: Likewise.
+
+Wed Sep 14 12:19:07 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Initialize prevline to 0.  Make
+	prev_function non const.  Copy functionname into an malloc buffer
+	when setting prev_function, instead of assuming that the string
+	will last forever.
+
+	* nm.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(sort_by_size): New static variable.
+	(long_options): Add --size-sort.
+	(usage): Mention --size-sort.
+	(numeric_forward): Make static.  Change from void * to PTR.
+	(numeric_reverse): Likewise.
+	(non_numeric_forward, non_numeric_reverse): Likewise.
+	(sorters): Change declaration from void * to PTR.
+	(size_forward, sort_symbol_by_size): New static functions.
+	(display_rel_file): Handle sort_by_size.
+	(filter_symbols): If sort_by_size, discard absolute and undefined
+	symbols.
+	* binutils.texi (nm): Document --size-sort.
+	* nm.1: Document --size-sort.
+
+Tue Sep 13 21:06:06 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_main): Initialize input_filename and
+	output_filename to NULL.
+
+Tue Sep 13 14:17:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (version.o): Depend upon Makefile, so that version.o
+	gets rebuilt when make variable VERSION is changed.
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_header): Print the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag.
+
+Wed Aug 24 12:40:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change i[34]86 to i[345]86.
+
+Tue Aug 23 11:00:40 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (ranlib_touch): Don't update the archive map if there isn't
+	one.
+
+Mon Aug 22 16:02:18 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(inarch): Remove variable.
+	(map_over_members): Make static.  Add arch argument, and use it
+	instead of inarch.  Change all callers.
+	(main): Treat --version as -v.  Accept -t argument.  Accept any
+	number of archive arguments.  Catch and use open_inarch return
+	value, rather than using inarch.
+	(open_inarch): Return newly opened BFD, rather than using inarch.
+	(do_quick_append): Make archive_filename const.
+	(write_archive): Add iarch argument, and use it instead of inarch.
+	Change all callers.
+	(delete_members, move_members, replace_members): Likewise.
+	(ranlib_only): Don't exit on success.  Catch and use open_inarch
+	return value.
+	(ranlib_touch): New function.
+	* arsup.h (map_over_members): Don't declare.
+	(ar_end, ar_extract): Declare.
+	(open_inarch): Change return value in declaration to bfd *.
+	* arsup.c (map_over_list): Make static. Always pass two arguments
+	to function.  Add arch argument, and use it instead of inarch.
+	Change all callers.
+	(ar_directory_doer): Make static.  Add ignored second argument.
+	Change all callers.
+	(ar_directory): Use open_inarch return value rather than inarch.
+	(ar_addlib_doer): Make static.
+	(ar_addlib): Use open_inarch return value rather than inarch.
+	(ar_extract): Remove unused local variable abfd.
+
+Thu Aug 11 14:55:57 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	Add support for removing named sections to objcopy and strip.
+	* objcopy.c (struct section_list): Define.
+	(remove_sections): New static variable.
+	(strip_options, copy_options): Add remove-section.
+	(copy_usage, strip_usage): Mention -R and --remove-section.
+	(setup_section): If section is in remove_sections list, ignore it.
+	(copy_section): Likewise.
+	(strip_main, copy_main): Handle -R.
+	* binutils.texi, objcopy.1, strip.1: Document new options.
+
+Wed Aug 10 10:19:55 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_mangle_relocs): Rename symvalue to sym_value,
+	so as not to conflict with the symvalue typedef in bfd.h.
+
+Mon Aug  1 13:19:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmheader.y: Per current NetWare docs, accept a revision number
+	of 0 and treat a revision number greater than 26 as 0.
+
+Mon Jul 25 12:58:36 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address): Correct handling of end of
+	symbols when looking for next symbol with a different value.
+
+Fri Jul 22 16:48:34 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (numeric_forward): Treat undefined symbols as "less than"
+	defined symbols with zero values.  If numeric values are equal, or
+	both symbols are undefined, sort alphabetically.  Don't assume
+	that the difference of two bfd_vma values will truncate to "int"
+	and still have the same sign.
+	(numeric_reverse): Call numeric_forward and negate the result.
+	(print_symbol_info_bsd): For undefined symbols, print leading
+	spaces equivalent to the width of a printed bfd_vma, rather than
+	assuming that 8 will look right.
+
+Fri Jul 22 10:36:50 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* coffgrok.c (doit):  Zero all fields of new structure.	
+	* srconv.c (sysroff_swap_*_out): Remove redundant trailing arg. 
+	* sysinfo.y: Generate sysroff_swap_*_out without requiring extra
+	arg.
+
+Fri Jul 22 10:09:53 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmheader.y: Make "stack" and "stacksize" synonyms in the lexer
+	  rather than the parser.
+
+Thu Jul 21 10:25:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-alphaosf, config/mh-apollo68v, config/mh-delta88:
+	Remove; obsolete.
+
+Sat Jul 16 22:34:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (slurp_dynamic_symtab): Try to get the dynamic symbols
+	even if the bfd is not marked DYNAMIC.  ELF executables are not
+	marked DYNAMIC, but do have dynamic symbols.
+
+Fri Jul 15 01:41:35 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* coffgrok.c (do_where): Make data with no type 'int'.
+	(do_define):  Keep info on source file of a symbol.
+	* coffgrok.h (coff_symbol): New field.
+	* srconv.c (PROGRAM_VERSION): Now 1.3
+	(wr_rl): Use external ref number for symbol.
+	(wr_dus): Only keep one source file per debug unit.
+	(wr_dln): Always emit line numbers for first source file,
+	(wr_globals):  Emit globals in the du of their owning source file.
+
+Mon Jul 11 15:59:03 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmheader.y: Null terminate var_hdr->threadName.
+
+Fri Jul  8 17:33:22 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (syslex.o, sysinfo.o): Permit C source files to be
+	in $(srcdir), as they will be for FSF releases.
+
+Wed Jul  6 01:13:14 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (setup_sections): Preserve existing section flags when
+	copying in flags from a new section.
+
+Tue Jul  5 15:56:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(copy_file): If output_target is NULL, set it to the target of the
+	input file.
+
+Wed Jun 29 17:17:14 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (link_inputs): Fixed memory allocation bug.
+
+Thu Jun 23 12:52:46 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change --with-targets to --enable-targets.
+
+Tue Jun 21 12:53:21 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (sysinfo): Does not depend upon $(ADDL_LIBS).
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_build_stubs): Don't generate the PowerPC
+	NetWare custom header; no longer needed.
+	(powerpc_mangle_relocs): Convert relocs against the uninitialized
+	data section into relocs against the data section.
+
+	* configure.in: Set nlmconv_defs to -DNLMCONV_cputype for all the
+	netware targets.  Write it into Makefile as NLMCONV_DEFS.
+	* Makefile.in (nlmconv.o): Pass $(NLMCONV_DEFS) to $(CC).
+	* nlmconv.c: Only compile code for specific CPU types if
+	NLMCONV_cputype is defined.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Change uses of bfd_abs_section, etc., to use
+	bfd_abs_section_ptr or bfd_is_abs_section, etc.
+	(i386_mangle_relocs, alpha_mangle_relocs): Likewise.
+	(powerpc_build_stubs): Likewise.
+	* nm.c (filter_symbols, print_symbols): Likewise.
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols): Likewise.
+	(mark_symbols_used_in_relocations): Likewise.
+	* objdump.c (remove_useless_symbols, dump_relocs): Likewise.
+	* size.c (sysv_internal_printer): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jun 20 16:43:03 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MANPAGES): Remove $(DEMANGLER_PROG).
+	(install): Install it explicitly, from build dir, not srcdir.
+
+Mon Jun 20 16:29:54 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c: Don't include elf/internal.h.
+	(bfd_elf_find_section): Don't declare.
+	(read_section_stabs): No special handling for ELF.  Always read
+	using BFD sections.
+
+Thu Jun 16 17:25:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Set UNDERSCORE in Makefile based on result of
+	invoking config.bfd with a second argument of ``_''.
+	* Makefile.in (underscore.c): Depend upon Makefile.  Don't try to
+	run $(CC) and $(NM), just use $(UNDERSCORE).  Create via temporary
+	file.
+	(demangle.o): Remove target.
+	($(NM_PROG)): Don't depend upon demangle.o, and	don't link against
+	demangle.o.  It's in libiberty anyhow.
+	(cplus-dem.o): Don't depend upon demangle.o.
+	* binutils.texi: Mention -n and --no-strip-underscores arguments
+	to c++filt.
+
+Wed Jun 15 12:10:31 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (long_options): Add --no-demangle to turn off --demangle,
+	and --no-cplus for Linux compatibility.
+	(usage): Mention --no-demangle.
+	* binutils.texi: Document --no-demangle.
+
+Fri Jun 10 15:41:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c: HOST_64_BIT was renamed to BFD_HOST_64_BIT.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_archive): Make the temporary directory in the
+	same directory as the output BFD, since we may not have write
+	permission on the current directory.  Set the permissions of the
+	new directory to 0700, not 0777.
+
+Mon Jun  6 21:36:43 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: if this is an rs6000 (and we're not building for
+	any other bfd targets) then build only nm (collect needs it on
+	rs6000-lynx).
+
+	* Makefile.in: define TOOL_PROGS which the list of programes to
+	install in $tooldir -- replaces a hard-coded list.
+
+Fri Jun  3 10:59:18 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_target_list): Remove unused local ok.
+
+Thu May 26 18:05:52 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-alphaosf (CFLAGS): Don't specify both -g and -O;
+	they're not compatible under native cc.  Use -O1 instead.
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Updated to cygnus-2.4.1.
+
+	Changes from binutils-2.4 net release:
+
+	* Makefile.in (MANPAGES): Use $(DEMANGLER_PROG).
+	($(DEMANGLER_PROG).1): Build from cxxfilt.man, using sed.
+	* cxxfilt.man: Renamed from c++filt.1, replaced "c++filt" with
+	magic token to be replaced by sed.
+
+	Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* configure.bat: update for latest makefile.in
+
+Fri May 13 23:25:13 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bucomm.c: Check ANSI_PROTOTYPES rather than __STDC__.
+
+Tue May 10 18:22:06 1994  Jason Molenda    (crash@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_section): Set section size correctly if using
+	interleave.
+
+Sat May  7 16:49:36 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add rule for sysinfo.h
+
+Fri May  6 12:18:33 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (SRCONV_PROG): Define.
+	(PROGS): Use $(SRCONV_PROG) too.
+
+Thu May  5 19:41:43 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Add sysinfo.c, syslex.c, in case
+	someone configures with `targets=all'.
+	(distclean): Remove y.*.
+	(syslex.o): Depend on sysinfo.h.
+	(sysinfo.c): Rename y.tab.h to sysinfo.h.
+	(install-info): Don't try to install into $(infodir)/$(srcdir).
+	* syslex.l: Include sysinfo.h, not y.tab.h.
+
+Thu May  5 11:50:55 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* syslex.l (yywrap): Define as function if not defined as a macro.
+
+	* Makefile.in (objdump.o): Deleted special rule.
+	* configure.in: Don't bother building ARCHDEFS variable for
+	Makefile.
+	* objdump.c (ARCH_*): Deleted handling.
+	(disassemble_data): Call `disassembler' from opcodes library.
+
+Thu May  5 13:28:42 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Correct handling of $(tooldir) and
+	$(bindir) being on different devices.
+
+Fri Apr 29 09:50:38 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sysdump.c (h8300, sh): Add declarations.
+
+Wed Apr 27 11:25:18 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (syslex, sysinfo): Use CC_FOR_BUILD.
+	* coffdump.c, coffgroc.c, coffgrog.h, srconv.c, sysdump.c,
+	sysroff.info: Major changes.
+
+Tue Apr 26 18:18:24 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (print_section_stabs): Indicate the stab header symbol
+	more clearly, print numbers of unrecognized stab n_type values.
+
+Tue Apr 26 16:22:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (copy_sections): Copy arelent pointers, not arelents.
+
+Mon Apr 25 16:14:32 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove $(PROGS) and underscore.c.
+
+Fri Apr 22 11:14:19 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (setup_sections): Remove special handling of .reginfo
+	section.
+	(copy_sections): Likewise.
+	(alpha_mangle_relocs): Use bfd_ecoff_get_gp_value rather than the
+	special ECOFF .reginfo section.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Call bfd_copy_private_bfd_data after
+	copying everything else, to let it fiddle with the file in its
+	final state.
+
+	* objdump.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(display_target_list): If a format fails, just go on to the next
+	one.  Check return value of bfd_set_format.
+	(display_info_table): Likewise.  Don't increment loop variable in
+	for loop test, since that skips the first element.
+	(display_target_tables): Rewrite loop for clarity.  Ensure that it
+	always prints at least one element.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Use CyGnUsEx rather than CyGnUsSeCs for
+	sections header.  Rename from cygnus_sections to cygnus_ext.
+
+Thu Apr 21 12:12:26 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (_DUMMY_NAME_): Don't define.
+	(display_target_list): Use tmpnam to get a file name rather than
+	using _DUMMY_NAME_.  Unlink it when done.
+	(display_info_table): Likewise.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (secsec): New static variable.
+	(main): Create .nlmsections section in output BFD.  Store
+	information about it in sections header.
+	(setup_sections): Allocate space in sections header.
+	(copy_sections): Copy zero sized sections.  Put information about
+	each section in the sections header.
+
+Wed Apr 20 14:34:51 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_build_stubs): Take new outbfd argument.
+	Change caller.  Create custom header for new PowerPC NetWare
+	format.
+
+	* Makefile.in (nlmheader.o, nlmconv.o): Update dependencies.
+	* nlmconv.c: Include bfd.h and libiberty.h with "", not <>.
+	* nlmheader.y: Include bfd.h with "", not <>.
+
+Wed Apr 13 10:52:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c: Do an ifdef on __GO32__, not unix.
+
+Wed Apr  6 21:54:49 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Added -D (--dynamic) option to nm and -T (--dynamic-syms) and -R
+	(--dynamic-reloc) arguments to objdump.
+	* nm.c (dynamic): New static variable.
+	(long_options): Added "dynamic".
+	(usage): Mention -D and --dynamic.
+	(main): Add D to getopt string.  Handle -D by setting dynamic.
+	(display_rel_file): If dynamic is non-zero, read dynamic symbols
+	rather than normal symbols.
+	* nm.1: Updated for -D (--dynamic) option.
+	* objdump.c (dump_dynamic_symtab): New global variable.
+	(dump_dynamic_reloc_info): New global variable.
+	(dynsyms, dynsymcount): New global variables.
+	(usage): Mention -R, -T, --dynamic-syms and --dynamic-reloc.
+	(long_options): Added "dynamic-reloc" and "dynamic-syms".
+	(slurp_symtab): If no symbols, return rather than exit.
+	(slurp_dynamic_symtab): New function.
+	(display_bfd): Handle dump_dynamic_symtab and
+	dump_dynamic_reloc_info.
+	(dump_symbols): Take new dynamic argument, indicating whether to
+	display dynamic symbols.
+	(dump_relocs): Move most printing into dump_reloc_set.
+	(dump_dynamic_relocs): New function.
+	(dump_reloc_set): New function, extracted from dump_relocs.
+	(main): Add R and T to getopt string.  Handle -T by setting
+	dump_dynamic_symtab and -R by setting dump_dynamic_reloc_info.
+	* objdump.1: Updated for -R (--dynamic-reloc) and -T
+	(--dynamic-syms) options.
+	* binutils.texi: Updated for new nm and objdump options.
+
+Wed Mar 30 15:52:40 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Update for recent BFD changes to symbol and reloc reading.  Rename
+	all uses of get_symtab_upper_bound to bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound.
+	Also:
+	* coffgrok.c (symcount): Change to long.
+	(do_sections_p1): Check for error return from
+	bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound.  Change relcount to long, and check for
+	error from bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+	(coff_grok): Change storage to long.  Check for error from
+	bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound and bfd_canonicalize_symtab.
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Change symcount, newsymalloc, newsymcount, and
+	i to long.  Check for error from bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound and
+	bfd_canonicalize_symtab.
+	(copy_sections): Change reloc_size and reloc_count to long.  Check
+	for error from bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound and
+	bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+	(mangle_relocs, i386_mangle_relocs, alpha_mangle_relocs): Change
+	reloc_count_ptr argument to long *.  Make corresponding changes to
+	variables loaded from *reloc_count_ptr.
+	* nm.c (display_rel_file): Change storage and symcount to long.
+	Check for errors from bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound and
+	bfd_canonicalize_symtab.
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols): Change symcount, src_count and
+	dst_count to long.
+	(copy_object): Change symcount to long.  Pass another argument to
+	fprintf.  Check for errors from bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound and
+	bfd_canonicalize_symtab.
+	(copy_section): Change relcount to long.  Check for errors from
+	bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound and bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+	(mark_symbols_used_in_relocations): Change relcount and i to long.
+	Check for errors form bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound and
+	bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+	* objdump.c (storage): Remove global variable.
+	(symcount): Changed to long.
+	(slurp_symtab): New local variable storage.  Check for errors from
+	bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound and bfd_canonicalize_symtab.
+	(remove_useless_symbols): Change return value and count to long.
+	(objdump_print_address): Change min, max, thisplace and i to long.
+	(disassemble_data): Change i to long.
+	(dump_symbols): Change count to long.
+	(dump_relocs): Change relcount to long.  Check for errors from
+	bfd_ret_reloc_upper_bound and bfd_canonicalize_reloc.
+	(display_info_table): Add casts when passing LONGEST_ARCH for
+	printf %* argument.
+
+Tue Mar 29 14:59:04 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (display_archive): Close each archive element after it has
+	been displayed.
+	* objdump.c (display_file): Likewise.
+
+Mon Mar 28 13:04:08 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change error message to refer to bfd/config.bfd
+	rather than bfd/configure.in.
+
+Sun Mar 27 16:23:39 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* More fixes for object formats which allow multiple sections
+	with the same name:
+	* objcopy.c (setup_section): Make a new output section even if
+	one already exists with the given name.
+	(copy_section): Use isection->output_section rather than trying
+	to look the output section up by its (possibly non-unique) name.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Look for binutils.info in the
+	current directory, then in $(srcdir).  Don't use $<.
+
+Mon Mar 21 12:55:45 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address): Make static.  Declare with
+	prototype.  Change vardiff from int to bfd_signed_vma.  Correct
+	binary search termination condition.  When looking for same
+	section symbol in relocatable file, handle final symbol correctly.
+
+Sun Mar 20 11:26:36 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Avoid bug in hpux sed.
+
+	* objcopy.c: Changes to keep it from stripping symbols used
+	in output relocations.
+	(mark_symbols_used_in_relocations): New function.  Mark symbols
+	used in output relocations with BSF_KEEP.
+	(filter_symbols): Do not strip symbols marked with BSF_KEEP.
+	(copy_object): Reorder actions.  First setup sections, then
+	build the output symbol table, then copy the section contents.
+
+Fri Mar 18 10:53:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (write_archive): Allocate space for the null byte.  From
+	Robert Lipe <robertl@arnet.com>.
+
+Thu Mar 17 16:20:28 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Built nm.new and strip.new to avoid problems with
+	collect when . is in PATH.
+	(STRIP_PROG): Change from strip to strip.new.
+	(NM_PROG): Change from nm to nm.new.
+	(install): Remove the .new when installing.
+
+Wed Mar 16 16:27:05 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (powerpc_build_stubs): Set BSF_DYNAMIC flag for each
+	symbol for which we build a stub.
+	(powerpc_mangle_relocs): Only reset TOC pointer for a call to a
+	symbol with BSF_DYNAMIC flag set.
+
+Tue Mar 15 23:04:13 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols): Use bfd_is_local_label to determine
+	if a symbol represents a compiler-generated local label.
+	(copy_object): Give the BFD backends a chance to copy any private
+	bfd data from the input BFD to the output BFD.
+	(setup_section): Give the BFD backends a chance to copy any private
+	section data from the input section to the output section.
+
+Mon Mar 14 11:15:58 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objcopy.c (mangle_section): Delete unused function.
+	(setup_section): Set osection here instead of calling
+	mangle section to do it.
+
+Mon Mar 14 12:11:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (write_archive): Close inarch before unlinking it.
+
+Fri Mar 11 22:20:48 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): For PowerPC, call powerpc_build_stubs and
+	powerpc_resolve_stubs.  Use __GOT0, not __toc_start.  Handle it if
+	the start and end symbols are not in the text section.
+	(struct powerpc_stub): New struct definition.
+	(powerpc_stubs, powerpc_stub_insns): New static variables.
+	(powerpc_initial_got_size): New static variable.
+	(powerpc_build_stubs): New function.
+	(powerpc_resolve_stubs): New function.
+	(powerpc_mangle_relocs): Clear extraneous data in .got section.
+	Rearrange reloc handling to handle ELF relocs that are not
+	partial_inplace.  Resolve PC relative relocs.
+
+Wed Mar  9 13:48:11 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (move_members): Fix it so that the abi positional modifiers
+	don't delete all archive members following the insert point.
+
+Tue Mar  8 13:14:43 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* coffgrok.[ch]: New files, understand coff objects.
+	* coffdump.c: Uses coffgrok to dump out the debug info of a coff
+	file.
+	* sysroff.info: Description of a SYSROFF object file.
+	* sysinfo.y, syslex.l: Parse info file, generate a reader, writer,
+	header files and a printer.
+	* srconv.c: Uses coffgrok.c and sysroff.info to convert a coff
+	file to a SYSROFF file.
+
+Sat Feb 26 13:35:26 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (do_quick_append): Pad with a genuine character 10,
+	rather than whatever '\n' might happen to be.
+
+Tue Feb 22 18:25:52 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Ignore debugging symbols when looking for
+	special symbols by name.
+
+Sun Feb 20 18:47:42 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c: Include libiberty.h.
+
+	Support for PowerPC NetWare.
+	* nlmconv.c (main): For PowerPC NetWare, automatically define the
+	special symbols __toc_start.
+	(select_output_format): Handle bfd_arch_powerpc.
+	(mangle_relocs): Likewise.
+	(powerpc_mangle_relocs): New function.
+
+Thu Feb 17 09:28:23 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c, bucomm.c, nlmconv.c, nm.c, objcopy.c, objdump.c, 
+	size.c: Use bfd_get_error and bfd_set_error and new error names.
+
+Fri Feb 11 15:54:51 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (strip_main, copy_main): Add missing 'break' in switch.
+
+Mon Feb  7 19:45:52 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Handle bfd_arch_powerpc.
+
+Sun Feb  6 22:08:20 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strings.c objdump.c nlmconv.c objcopy.c nm.c ar.c size.c (main):
+	Call xmalloc_set_program_name.
+
+Fri Feb  4 10:46:01 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (filter_bytes): Make MEMHUNK a char *, not PTR, so we
+	can do arithmetic on it.
+
+Thu Feb  3 14:06:41 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_section_stabs, read_section_stabs,
+	print_section_stabs): Functions broken out of dump_stabs_1.
+	Free the stabs and strings when done with them.
+
+Wed Feb  2 13:42:23 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Use bfd_get_flavour instead of struct member.
+	* ar.c (print_contents, extract_file), size.c
+	(print_berkeley_format, print_sysv_format): Use bfd_get_filename and 
+	bfd_my_archive instead of dereferencing the structs directly.
+
+	* ar.c: Use bfd_fatal and bfd_nonfatal instead of bfd_perror and exit.
+	Indent.  Remove DEFUNs.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main), objcopy.c (copy_file): Print matching formats
+	if ambiguous match.
+	* nm.c (display_file, display_archive), size.c (display_bfd):
+	Eliminate gotos.
+	Print matching formats if there is an ambiguous match.  Use
+	bfd_nonfatal instead of hardcoded error message if nothing matches.
+
+	* arsup.c, ar.c, objdump.c: Use bfd_get_filename instead of
+	abfd->filename. 
+
+	* nm.c (display_archive): New function, from code in display_file.
+	(display_rel_file): Renamed from do_one_rel_file.
+
+	* size.c: Indent.
+	(display_archive): New function from code in display_file.
+	(display_file): Check bfd_close error return.
+
+	* strings.c (strings_object_file): Check bfd_check_format
+	error return.
+
+	* strings.c, objdump.c, size.c: Use bfd_nonfatal instead of bfd_perror.
+
+	* bucomm.c: Delete references to exit_handler.  It wasn't set
+	anywhere, and now that we're using the libiberty xmalloc, it
+	wouldn't always get called before exiting.
+	(list_matching_formats): Function moved from objdump.c.
+	* bucomm.h: Declare it.
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Move some variable decls closer to
+	their use.  Add some comments.  Replace a nested block with a
+	return. 
+
+Mon Jan 31 18:50:41 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_target_list, display_info_table): Check that
+	the bfd of the dummy output file is not null.
+
+Wed Jan 26 13:13:18 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (filter_bytes): New function.
+	(copy_section): Call it.
+	(copy_options, copy_usage, copy_main): Add --byte option to
+	activate it.  Appropriate the -b option (which was an undocumented
+	synonym for -F) for it, also.  Add --interleave, -i option for
+	additional control.
+	(setup_section, copy_section, mangle_section): Renamed with no `s'
+	on the end.
+	* objcopy.1, binutils.texi: Document the new options.
+
+	* objdump.c (display_target_tables, display_target_list):
+	New functions broken out of display_info.
+	Eliminate some magic constants.  Use more meaningful variable names.
+	(dump_bfd_header): New function broken out of display_bfd.
+	(dump_section_header): New function broken out of dump_headers.
+	(remove_useless_symbols): Don't shadow global variable name with
+	parameter. 
+	(objdump_print_address): Fix backward test.
+
+Tue Jan 25 19:40:54 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bucomm.c (print_arelt_descr): Change decl of `when' to time_t.
+	* objdump.h: Removed.
+
+Mon Jan 24 13:29:02 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_file): Remove call to list_matching_formats.
+	It would never be called.
+	(list_matching_formats): Take an arg giving the list of matching
+	formats.
+	(display_bfd): Pass the arg, and get it filled in by calling
+	bfd_check_format_matches instead of bfd_check_format.
+	(display_info, display_info_table): target_vector was renamed to
+	bfd_target_vector. 
+
+	* binutils.texi (objdump): Note some limitations of -h section
+	address printing.
+
+Sat Jan 22 16:20:46 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MALLOC): Set to emptiness by default.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Add and use.
+	(arparse.h): Make it depend on arparse.y.
+	* ar.c (libbfd.h): Don't require to be in ../bfd.
+	* objdump.c (comp): Rename to compare_symbols.
+
+Fri Jan 21 20:22:30 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (list_matching_formats): If the file format is ambiguous,
+	print the matching names so the user can choose one.
+	(display_bfd): Call it.
+	(display_file): Call it.
+
+Fri Jan 21 19:17:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Support bfd_arch_rs6000.
+
+Mon Jan 17 13:57:25 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (stab_name): Allocate dynamically.
+	(stab_print): Use pointers to strings instead of char arrays.
+	(dump_stabs): Change alloc and init of arrays appropriately.	
+	(dump_stabs_1): Always decide whether to print stab_name or
+	the stab's type number, if unnamed.
+
+Fri Jan 14 14:42:48 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (strip_main, copy_main): Don't clobber the input file
+	if copy_file fails.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Warn about an attempt to use a shared library
+	with uninitialized data.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (setup_sections): Make sure that we align the
+	output_offset of each input section appropriately.
+
+Thu Jan 13 17:32:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_relocs): Don't crash if section name is NULL.
+
+Tue Jan 11 19:46:33 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* filemode.c (filemodestring): Commented out; not used.
+	(mode_string): Use POSIX definitions.
+	(ftypelet): Likewise.
+	(rwx): Removed; no longer used.
+	* bucomm.c: Include bucomm.h.
+	(bfd_nonfatal, bfd_fatal): Argument is const.
+	(fatal): Make __STDC__ version.
+	* bucomm.h (mode_string): Declare.
+	* Makefile.in (bucomm.o): Depend upon bucomm.h
+
+Sun Jan  9 12:03:20 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bucomm.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Deleted.
+	* bucomm.h (xmalloc, xrealloc): Fix prototypes, to correspond to
+	libiberty version of functions.
+
+Thu Jan  6 06:18:15 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi: Add a chapter summarizing the ways to select
+	aspects of the target for each program.
+
+	* objdump.c (long_options, usage): Add long equivalents for all
+	remaining short options that lacked them.
+	* binutils.texi objdump.1: Document them.
+
+	* size.c (usage): Tweak usage message.
+	* size.1: Add missing `=' in examples.
+
+	* binutils.texi strip.1 objcopy.1 nlmconv.1 objcopy.c nlmconv.c:
+	Use "--target=bfdname" as the option to select the BFD target,
+	like nm and size already do.
+	Reserve "--format=format" for textual output selection options, but
+	for now keep old option names as obsolete for backward compatibility.
+
+	* strings.c (main, strings_object_file, usage): Add --target option.
+	* binutils.texi strings.1: Document it.
+
+Sat Jan  1 13:58:24 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (main): Add \n in error message.
+
+Thu Dec 23 12:23:11 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	gcc -Wall lint:
+	* ar.c (main): Put parens around assignment used as truth value.
+	* objcopy.c (strip_main): Remove unused variables.  Return 0.
+	(copy_main): Remove unused variables.  Return 0.
+	* objdump.c (display_bfd): Declare return value as void.
+	(stab_print): Use "" instead of 0 to initialize array.
+	(dump_stabs_1): Print vma using printf_vma.
+	(display_info): Put parens around assignment used as truth value.
+	* strings.c (print_strings): Cast printf arguments.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_main): Use copy_options, not strip_options.
+
+	* nlmheader.y (command): Warn about illegal date values.
+
+Wed Dec 15 11:18:03 1993  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@frosty.eng.umd.edu)
+
+	* bucomm.c bucomm.h: Run through indent.  De-ansidecl-ify.
+	(bfd_nonfatal): New function.
+	(bfd_fatal): Call it.
+
+	* objcopy.c (smart_rename): Do a copy if the dest file has
+	multiple hard links.  Remove source file on successful copy.
+	Try to preserve mode and owner on successful rename.
+
+	* objcopy.c: Run through indent.  Clean up a bit.
+	Make global variables static.
+	Make {input,output}_{target,filename}, show_version local
+	to various functions.
+	New global variable `status' for exit status.
+	(strip_main, copy_main): New functions with code from main.
+	(nonfatal): New macro.  Use it globally instead of bfd_perror and
+	bfd_fatal.
+
+	(copy_object): Call mangle_sections with bfd_map_over_sections.
+	(mangle_sections): Adjust for new calling convention.
+
+Fri Dec 10 11:28:11 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmheader.y (command): Accept MAP and FULLMAP without arguments.
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Change error message for MAP and FULLMAP.
+
+Thu Dec  9 17:47:19 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Warn about imported symbols that are not in
+	the IMPORT list even if the IMPORT keyword is not used.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (debug, unlink_on_exit): New static variables.
+	(long_options): Add "debug" and "linker".
+	(main): Handle -d and -l arguments.  Make command line input and
+	output files optional.  Parse the command file before opening the
+	BFD's, which requires storing more information in local variables.
+	If INPUT names multiple files, link them together.  Use OUTPUT for
+	the output file name if not named on command line.
+	(show_usage): Changed for new options.
+	(link_inputs): New function to automatically invoke linker to
+	handle multiple INPUT files.
+	(choose_temp_base_try, choose_temp_base, pexecute): New functions,
+	mostly copied from gcc/gcc.c.
+	* nlmconv.h (input_files, output_file): Declare.
+	* nlmheader.y (input_files, output_file): Define.
+	(command): Support INPUT with a string_list argument.  Support
+	OUTPUT.
+	(string_list): Renamed from module_list.
+	* Makefile.in (nlmconv.o): Define LD_NAME based on
+	program_transform_name.
+
+Wed Dec  8 10:09:04 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmheader.y (nlmheader_identify): New function.  Use it to print
+	the program name just once, instead of with every error message.
+
+Mon Dec  6 16:11:32 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (long_options): Changed --header-info to --header-file
+	to match documentation and usage message.
+
+Sun Dec  5 01:31:01 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_relocs): Avoid dereferencing a NULL sym_ptr_ptr
+	in a relocation.
+
+Thu Dec  2 16:00:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Change various types from bfd_size_type to
+	size_t, since they have to be arguments to fread and fwrite.
+	Change set from char * to unsigned char *.
+	(select_output_format): Make mach argument unsigned.  Handle
+	bfd_arch_alpha.
+	(setup_sections): Don't copy the .reginfo section of an ECOFF
+	file.  Call bfd_set_reloc to initialize the relocation fields.
+	(copy_sections): Don't copy the .reginfo section of an ECOFF file.
+	Combine all relocs for a section.
+	(mangle_relocs): Change type of relocs to permit specific
+	functions to change it.  Call alpha_mangle_relocs for alpha,
+	default_mangle_relocs for other architectures.
+	(default_mangle_relocs): New function.  Adjust the address of all
+	relocs by the output_offset.
+	(i386_mangle_relocs): Change type of relocs argument.  Cast length
+	argument to memmove to size_t.
+	(alpha_mangle_relocs): New function.	
+
+Wed Nov 17 17:38:58 1993  Sean Eric Fagan  (sef@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (select_output_format): Use nlm32-sparc for
+	bfd_arch_sparc.
+
+Wed Nov 17 14:41:35 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+        * nlmconv.1:   added man page
+	* objcopy.1:   fixed format errors
+
+Wed Nov 17 12:03:41 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Use CFLAGS as well as LDFLAGS when linking.
+
+Wed Nov 17 04:50:55 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strings.1: Fix typo.
+
+Mon Nov 15 12:03:20 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Build "info".
+	(VERSION): Updated to cygnus-2.3.1; 2.3 has gone out.
+
+Sun Nov 14 00:27:24 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_stabs): Handle stabs-in-som as implemented
+	by the new BFD SOM assembler.
+
+Sat Nov 13 07:14:05 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.1 c++filt.1 nm.1 objcopy.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 size.1
+	strings.1 strip.1: Replace \(em in NAME section with \- so
+	makewhatis can grok it.
+
+Tue Nov  9 15:22:12 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (i386_mangle_relocs): Adjust reloc address by
+	section output_offset.
+
+Fri Nov  5 12:11:52 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi:  added nlmconv chapter
+
+Wed Nov  3 16:10:50 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Change RUNTESTFLAGS to RUNTEST_FLAGS
+
+Wed Nov  3 15:09:23 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Don't get rid of dvi or info files.
+
+Tue Nov  2 13:29:59 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (S_ISLNK): Define as 0 if there's no S_IFLNK.
+
+Fri Oct 29 16:02:34 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi: Move objcopy docs into alphabetical order.
+
+	* objdump.c: Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
+
+Fri Oct 29 11:11:14 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (info): Rename to formats_info.
+	(dump_stabs_1): Better comments and formatting.
+
+Thu Oct 28 19:43:16 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (main): Always create the archive when quick appending,
+	even if no input files have been given.
+
+Wed Oct 27 12:03:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Set sharedDebugRecordOffset and
+	sharedDebugRecordCount fields in extended header.
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Force moduleName field to upper case.
+
+Mon Oct 25 16:45:42 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (main): Give a usage message if there are too many
+	arguments.
+
+Mon Oct 25 10:37:08 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Rewrite to take advantage of VPATH,
+	so FSF distributions (with info files in $(srcdir)) install
+	properly.
+	(DISTSTUFF): Build nlmheader.c too.
+
+Fri Oct 22 11:43:23 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (program_name): Don't define here.
+	* objdump.c: Include "bucomm.h".
+	(xmalloc): Don't declare here.
+	(program_name): Don't define here.
+	(program_version): Fixed type in declaration.
+	* size.c: Include "bucomm.h".
+	(program_name): Don't declare here.
+
+Fri Oct 22 14:10:41 1993  Mark Eichin  (eichin@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (fprintf): hide declaration in FPRINTF_ALREADY_DECLARED
+
+Fri Oct  1 12:43:00 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (i386_mangle_relocs): Resolve and remove PC relative
+	relocs against defined symbols in the same section.
+
+Thu Sep 30 16:46:26 1993  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (binutils.dvi): use TEXIDIR to find texinfo.tex
+
+Sat Sep 25 18:09:29 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (simple_copy, smart_rename): New functions.
+	(main): Use them.
+
+Fri Sep 24 15:38:29 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean, distclean): Recurse into testsuite.
+
+Thu Sep 23 01:05:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (setup_sections, copy_sections): If stripping, don't
+	copy SEC_DEBUGGING sections.
+	* objdump.c (dump_headers): Print SEC_DEBUGGING flag.
+
+	* objdump.c (usage): Mention --stabs.
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object): Copy all applicable file flags.
+	(copy_file): Don't copy EXEC_P specially here.
+
+Mon Sep 20 19:28:57 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Adjust data section size to correspond to bss
+	alignment adjustment.  Clear BSF_SECTION_SYM if symbol is moved to
+	a different section.  Use time_t for time variable.
+	(setup_sections): Only put sections with contents in output NLM.
+	(i386_mangle_relocs): No symbols are common at this point.  Add
+	casts to avoid warnings.	
+
+Fri Sep 10 11:00:40 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c: Made the --stabs option work for stabs-in-coff.
+	(ELF_STAB_DISPLAY): Removed.
+	(dump_elf_stabs): Renamed to dump_stabs, changed to run for
+	any object file format.
+	(dump_elf_stabs_1): Renamed to dump_stabs_1, added calls to
+	generic BFD routines for non-ELF case, changed format of message
+	for no-section-found case.
+	(display_bfd): Always call dump_stabs if requested.
+	(dump_data): Call bfd_section_size to get section size.
+
+Fri Sep 10 08:12:23 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Don't put strings in tooldir/bin.
+
+Mon Sep  6 15:39:04 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (total_bss_size): Removed.
+	(main): Set the bss vma to always follow the data section.  Move
+	symbols into new sections, and adjust values by output_offset.
+	(setup_sections): Don't copy all sections, but instead point all
+	text sections to .text, all data sections to .data, and all bss
+	sections to .bss.
+	(copy_sections): Adjust accordingly.
+
+Thu Sep  2 12:34:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Only build nlmconv if configured for a NetWare target.
+	* configure.in: If we have some *-*-netware* target, or are using
+	all targets, set BUILD_NLMCONV to $(NLMCONV_PROG) in Makefile.
+	* Makefile.in (PROGS): Use $(BUILD_NLMCONV) rather than
+	$(NLMCONV_PROG).
+
+Tue Aug 31 14:13:35 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (ARCH_all): Define ARCH_hppa too.
+	(dump_headers): Don't test for SEC_BALIGN if it's not defined by
+	bfd.h.
+
+Tue Aug 31 13:29:12 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c (main): Force creation of .bss section.  Set up the
+	sections before looking at the symbols.  Move all common symbols
+	into .bss section.  Automatically define _edata and _end.  Only
+	export symbols in the export list, with multiple prefixes if
+	necessary.  Warn if no version.  Always create extended header.
+	Set date automatically if not already set.
+	(setup_sections): Count size of bss sections.
+	(mangle_relocs, i386_mangle_relocs): Accept section argument, and
+	take reloc_count as a changeable pointer; changed callers.
+	(i386_mangle_relocs): Remove PC relative relocs within a section,
+	as they require no adjustment.
+	* nlmheader.y: Fixed memory allocation throughout: token STRING is
+	now allocated on the heap, and freed if not needed.  Null
+	terminated copyright message.  Accept version with only two
+	strings.
+	(symbol_list_opt): New nonterminal, either symbol_list or empty.
+	(symbol_list): Use left recursion to avoid overflowing parser
+	stack.
+	(yylex): Rearranged beginning of line check.  Accept quoted
+	strings using single quotes.  End generic argument at comment
+	character or parentheses.
+	(string_list_append): Fixed.
+	(string_list_append1): New function.
+
+	* bucomm.h: The first argument to xrealloc is PTR, not char *.
+	* bucomm.c (xrealloc): Use PTR rather than char *.
+	* Makefile.in (objdump.o): Depend upon config.status to notice
+	--with-targets changes.
+	(nlmconv.o): Depend upon bucomm.h.
+
+Tue Aug 17 09:46:01 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Don't pass cpu to config.bfd.
+
+Thu Aug 12 16:43:04 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(NM_PROG)): Depend on demangle.o.
+	(demangle.o): New target.
+	(cplus-dem.o): Depend on it, to force compilation order when doing
+	parallel compiles.
+
+	* nm.c (print_symbol_info_{bsd,sysv,posix}): Take a bfd arg.
+	(struct output_fns print_symbol_info): Ditto.
+	(long_options, usage, main): Add -C --demangle option.
+	(print_symname): New function, demangling if requested.
+	(print_symbols, print_symbol_info_{bsd,sysv,posix}): Use it.
+
+Wed Aug 11 22:57:23 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Put CFLAGS last in compilation rules and omit from
+	linking rules.  Use ARCHDEFS to compile objdump.c.
+	Update dependencies.
+	* configure.in: Construct ARCHDEFS based on the BFD target makefile
+	fragments.
+	* objdump.c: Conditionalize calls to the print_insn_ARCH functions
+	according to ARCHDEFS.
+
+Thu Aug 12 08:06:15 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c: Removed obsolete and non-functional GNU960 code.
+
+Wed Aug 11 13:08:26 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* size.c (berkeley_sum): New function.
+	(bsssize, datasize, textsize): New global variables.
+	(bss_section_name, data_section_name, text_section_name): Removed.
+	(print_berkeley_format): Map berkeley_sum over all the sections,
+	rather than only reporting sizes of specifically named sections.
+	* Makefile.in ($(OBJDUMP_PROG)): Removed dependency on size.o.
+
+Tue Aug 10 10:46:01 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlmconv.c, nlmconv.h, nlmheader.y: New files for program to
+	convert object files into NetWare Loadable Modules.
+	* Makefile.in (NLMCONV_PROG): New macro, define to be nlmconv.
+	(PROGS): Add NLMCONV_PROG.
+	(nlmheader.c, nlmheader.o, nlmconv.o, $(NLMCONV_PROG)): New
+	targets.
+
+Thu Aug  5 15:48:32 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: define MAKEOVERRIDES to an empty string
+
+Wed Aug  4 17:08:08 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_file): Make failures to process a file nonfatal.
+
+Mon Aug  2 11:28:23 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c: Add -B option, like --format=bsd.
+
+Tue Jul 27 16:29:54 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_file): If the file is neither an object nor an
+	archive, give an error rather than returning success.
+
+Mon Jul 19 16:13:40 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address): Prefer non-local symbols over
+	local ones, and especially discriminate against debugging symbols.
+	Also, for relocateable files, try to find a symbol in the current
+	section, instead of picking one from some random section with a
+	convenient value (read, section offset).
+	(disassemble_data): Cast argument to malloc to size_t first.
+	(dump_data): Likewise.
+	(dump_relocs): If a single section name is specified, show relocs
+	only for that section.  Otherwise, silently omit sections without
+	relocs.  Format table nicely even if values are printed using 16
+	digits instead of 8.
+
+Fri Jul 16 15:19:59 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c: Changes for final version of POSIX.2.
+	(print_symbol_filename_{bsd,sysv,posix}): New functions.
+	(formats): Add an element for a pointer to them.
+	(print_symbols): Call it.
+	(print_object_filename_posix, print_archive_member_posix): Produce
+	output according to new POSIX.2 spec.
+
+	* strings.c (print_strings): Handle STREAM being NULL.
+	(strings_a_section): Pass a NULL.
+	(main): Don't open /dev/null.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:44:09 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Handle the m88k.
+	(display_bfd): Use bfd_errmsg, rather than just claiming that the
+	bfd is not an object file.
+
+Mon Jul 12 17:55:34 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (TAGS): make work again by naming directories
+	  explicitly rather than depending on undefined macros.
+	  (INSTALL_XFORM): correct bad install target.
+
+Fri Jul  2 16:58:34 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strings.c: Doc fixes.
+
+Sun Jun 27 13:35:24 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Note dependencies on bucomm.h.
+	(cplus-dem.o): Link c++filt with version.o.
+
+	* strings.c: Include bucomm.h and add prototypes to other decls.
+	Remove -h option.
+
+	* bucomm.h: Declare xrealloc.
+
+	* nm.c, objcopy.c, objdump.c, size.c, strings.c (main, usage): Add
+	--help option.  Put "GNU" in the version message.
+	(usage): Take stream and exit status as args.
+	(main): Pass new args to usage.
+
+Fri Jun 25 23:12:12 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strings.c, strings.1: New files.
+	* binutils.texi: Document strings.
+	* Makefile.in: Add rules for it.
+
+Fri Jun 25 20:44:43 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c: Use size-independent bfd elf section names.
+
+Sun Jun 20 23:09:06 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address): Handle wide offsets by
+	calling sprintf_vma.
+
+Fri Jun 18 14:29:12 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (syms2):  Removed unused variable.
+	* objdump.c (remove_useless_symbols):  New function.
+	* objdump.c (comp):  Simplify.
+	* objdump.c (dis-assemble_data):  Make simpler and more
+	efficient how we filter out useless symbols:  Just filter
+	BEFORE the sort (using remove_useless_symbols).
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address):  Simplify.
+	Change output syntax to match gdb.
+
+Thu Jun 17 16:53:56 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cygnus.com)
+	
+	* Makefile.in: canonicalize install.sh; for use within
+	this directory (and subdirs)
+
+Mon Jun 14 12:13:22 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install, install-info): remove parentdir support,
+	use INSTALL_XFORM; define INSTALL_XFORM
+
+Thu Jun 10 17:29:21 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object):  Fix bad size passed to xmalloc().
+
+Mon Jun  7 12:41:12 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES):  Add -I../bfd for sysdep.h and bfd.h.
+	* configure.in:  No longer need to configure to get sysdep.h.
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object):  Fix symbol table handling.
+
+Fri Jun  4 17:20:03 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objcopy.c (filter_symbols):  Cannot filter the symbols
+	in place, because that confuses the relocs, so take separate
+	parameter for output array.
+	* objcopy.c (sympp):  Make two variables: isympp and osympp.
+	* objcopy.c (copy_object):  Allocate separate array (osympp)
+	for filtered symbols.
+
+Fri Jun  4 10:51:44 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: change recursion test to presence of a configured
+	testsuite directory
+
+Thu Jun  3 14:05:57 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (underscore.c): Hack the backquoted command so it
+	doesn't cause Solaris make to bomb.
+
+Thu Jun  3 10:40:19 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  added c++filt and objcopy to MANPAGES variable
+
+Thu Jun  3 00:32:52 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: rename LOADLIBES to EXTRALIBS
+
+Wed Jun  2 18:30:24 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* c++filt.1, objcopy.1:  new man pages
+
+Fri May 28 15:01:24 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install):  Also install ar and ranlib in
+	$(tooldir)/bin;  needed for building libgcc.a.
+	* objdump.c (objdump_print_address):  Fix the check
+	"coincidental" label matches by dis-allowing undefined
+	or com symbols.
+
+Thu May 27 16:58:31 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+        * biutils.texi:  revised c++filt chapter
+
+Wed May 26 17:24:17 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Pass down CC and CFLAGS.
+
+Tue May 25 00:26:47 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (slurp_symtab): Print warning for bad symbol table.
+	(bfd_elf32_find_section, Elf32_Internal_Shdr): Updated
+	declarations and uses.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Don't build binutils.mm.
+
+Fri May 21 10:51:19 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c: Add -f/--format, -P/--portability, -t/--radix options.
+	Make global variables static.
+	(main): Make -v like -n, not -V, and make -A like -o, for POSIX.2.
+	(set_print_radix, set_output_format,
+	print_{object_filename,archive_filename,archive_member,symbol_info}
+	{bsd,sysv,posix}): New functions.
+	(display_file, print_symbols): Call them.
+
+	* ar.c: Improve error messages.
+
+	* nm.c (main): Handle long options that just set a flag.
+
+	* nm.c (main), ar.c (do_show_version), objcopy.c (main), size.c
+	(main): Exit after printing the version number, per the GNU coding
+	standards.
+
+Mon May 17 13:20:25 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* README, Makefile.in:  Minor updates for 2.2.
+
+Fri May 14 11:12:26 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (underscore.c):  Automatically generate
+	(using nm) a file with the variable prepends_underscore.
+	* Makefile.in (c++filt):  Link underscore.o with cplus-dem.o
+	so that initial underscores get removed iff appropriate.
+	* binutils.texi:  Preliminary documentation for c++filt.
+	* Makefile.in, binutils.texi:  Set to version 2.2.
+
+	* NEWS:  Mention copy->objcopy renaming and new c++filt program.
+
+Wed May 12 12:05:36 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (cplus-dem.o, $(DEMANGLER_PROG)): Build the
+	demangler via cplus-dem.o, rather than directly from the .c file.
+
+	* objcopy.c: Renamed from copy.c, updated comments accordingly.
+	* Makefile.in, binutils.texi: Renamed copy to objcopy.
+	* is-strip.c, maybe-strip.c, not-strip.c: Updated comments for
+	rename of copy to objcopy.
+
+Mon May 10 17:20:18 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi (strip, -v option):  Fix typo.
+
+Fri May  7 13:57:50 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (RUNTEST): Define.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Pass down RUNTEST.
+
+Tue May  4 10:06:50 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (DEMANGLER_PROG): Name it c++filt.
+	(PROG): Also build and install COPY_PROG.
+
+Mon May  3 19:11:48 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Change definition of $(tooldir) to match FSF.
+
+Wed Apr 28 23:41:32 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* size.c (usage): Add missing options.
+	(main): Clean up option parser.
+
+	* objdump.c (usage): Add missing options.
+	(display_file): Print program name before calling
+	bdf_perror. 
+
+	* nm.c (usage): Add missing options.
+	(main): Clean up option parser.
+	(display_file): Print program name before calling
+	bdf_perror. 
+
+	* copy.c (copy_usage, strip_usage): Add missing options.
+
+	* ar.c (usage): New function.
+	(main): Call it.
+	(open_inarch, do_quick_append): Print program name before calling
+	bdf_perror. 
+
+Thu Apr 22 15:01:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (main): Accept and ignore -A and -B for MIPS compatibility.
+
+Mon Apr 19 14:06:59 1993  Rob Savoye  (rob@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Added FLAGS_TO_PASS so tests get run on freshly
+	built binaries if they exist. (otherwise the path)
+
+Wed Apr  7 22:22:50 1993  Rob Savoye  (rob@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Changed check target to use DejaGnu.
+
+Thu Apr  1 12:37:13 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove am29k-pinsn.c, i960-pinsn.c.
+	objdump.c: a29k and i960 are `disassemble' not `print'.
+
+	* objdump.c: Rename print_address to objdump_print_address
+	and change parameters.
+	(disassemble_data): Use objdump_print_address.
+
+Wed Mar 31 10:25:29 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): print_insn_sparc is now a
+	`disassemble' not a `print'.
+	Makefile.in: Remove sparc-pinsn.c (now in libopcodes.a).
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Use new read_memory_func stuff.
+
+Thu Mar 25 10:38:11 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (fprintf): Declaration of variadic function had better
+	be a prototype for ANSI C systems.
+
+Mon Mar 22 23:19:46 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: rename test-install to install-check
+
+Fri Mar 19 14:40:08 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Add H8500.
+
+Fri Mar 19 10:56:51 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (usage): Mention long options.
+
+Thu Mar 18 14:22:17 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c:  Modify behavior of -o flag for archives to match
+	BSD4.4 and Sunos 4:  Prefix archive name before each line.
+
+	* m68k-pinsn.c:  Removed.  Subsumed by ../opcodes/m68k-dis.c.
+	* i386-pinsn.c:  Removed.  Subsumed by ../opcodes/i386-dis.c.
+	* Makefile.in:  Adjust accordingly.
+	* objdump.c:  Support new-style disassemblers (ones that use
+	the interface of ../include/dis-asm.h).
+
+Thu Feb 25 15:57:00 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  When making tar file, remove texinfo/*,
+	except for texinfo/texinfo.tex.
+	* ardup.c:  Add extern declaration of strdup.
+	* Makefile.in (testsuite):  Add 'else true' since otherwise
+	Ultrix /bin/sh complains.
+
+Wed Feb 24 19:44:18 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Set VERSION to 2.1.
+	* README, NEWS: Updates.
+	* nm.c:  Add -v as a synonym for -V.
+
+Tue Feb 23 19:00:50 1993  Mike Werner  (mtw@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: added testsuite to configdirs.
+	* Makefile.in: added support for building testsuite.
+
+Mon Feb 22 22:52:10 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data):  Print function names when
+	given by bfd_find_nearest_line.  If not - still print
+	line numbers.
+
+Mon Feb 22 07:54:03 1993  Mike Werner  (mtw@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils/testsuite: made modifications to testcases, etc., to allow
+        them to work properly  given the reorganization of deja-gnu and the
+	relocation of the testcases from deja-gnu to a "tool" subdirectory.
+
+Mon Feb 22 10:27:24 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_data): Free up section contents each time
+	through the loop.  Reported by minyard@bnr.ca.
+
+Sun Feb 21 10:55:55 1993  Mike Werner  (mtw@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils/testsuite: Initial creation of binutils/testsuite.
+	Migrated dejagnu testcases and support files for testing nm to
+	binutils/testsuite from deja-gnu.  These files were moved "as is"
+	with no modifications.	This migration is part of a major overhaul
+	of dejagnu.  The modifications to these testcases, etc., which
+	will allow them to work with the new version of dejagnu will be
+	made in a future update.
+
+Fri Feb 12 10:05:20 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (LIBIBERTY_SRC_DIR, LIBIBERTY_BIN_DIR): New macros.
+	* Makefile.in (LIBIBERTY):  Use LIBIBERTY_BIN_DIR.
+	* Makefile.in (DEMANGLER_PROG):  New program to build.  Add macro
+	and rule.
+	* Makefile.in (PROGS):  Add DEMANGLER_PROG.
+
+Tue Jan 26 11:56:33 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c, nm.c, objdump.c, size.c: Use new bfd_is_com_section
+	macro rather than checking for equality to bfd_com_section.
+
+Fri Jan  8 15:50:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Fix code to find first useless
+	symbol.
+
+Thu Jan  7 13:13:31 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): Use mips_print_insn for MIPS.
+	Don't core dump if bfd_find_nearest_line returns false.
+
+Wed Jan  6 17:14:01 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): know how to disassemble z8000s
+	too.
+
+Wed Jan  6 15:16:27 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* arsup.h (interactive), bucomm.h (program_name):  Prefix
+	with 'extern', to avoid warnings from some compilers.
+
+Wed Jan  6 15:14:11 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* arparse.y: fix unnecessary shift/reduce
+
+Tue Dec 22 15:46:56 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Make check depend on all.
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove sysdep.h.
+	* size.c:  Use %u format where appropriate.
+	* objdump.c:  Standardize:  L_SET -> SEEK_SET.
+	* objdump.c:  Use new macro bfd_asymbol_bfd.
+	* configure.in:  Allow std-host as the default ${mys_host}.
+
+Thu Dec 17 19:38:19 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added dvi target, define and use TEXI2DVI
+
+Tue Dec 15 18:05:07 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (dist):  Fix permissions before release.
+	* size.c:  Use bfd_size_type (and long) where appropriate.
+	* ar.c:  Make writing a map the default, to be compatible
+	with SYSV and Posix.2.  Remove some bogus kludges that
+	handled __.SYMDEF directly.
+	* NEWS:  New file.
+
+Mon Nov  9 13:36:53 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: flex no longer needs the -S flag
+
+Sat Nov  7 15:06:13 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+        * ar.c (extract_file): utime needs a pointer to a utimbuf
+
+	* Makefile.in: handle -I includes better, adding $(BASEDIR)/bfd to
+	the list (since some of the bfd/hosts/*.h files include other
+	files from that directory)
+
+Fri Nov  6 00:12:51 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-pinsn.c (MEM_MAX, MEM_SIZ):  Set upper bound properly.
+
+Thu Nov  5 03:37:15 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	Clean up some old BFD ansification macros.
+
+	* arsup.h, bucomm.h, objdump.h:  Remove EXFUN from binutils.
+	It still remains as a local macro in gmalloc.c, which is derived
+	from some other copy of GNU Malloc somewhere (FIXME).
+
+	* ar.c, objdump.c, size.c:  Replace EXFUN with PROTO.  Make static
+	fns really static.
+	* arsup.h:  Declare extract_files.
+
+Mon Nov  2 12:42:11 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (extract_file): instead of checking USG: if POSIX_UTIME,
+	use utime and utimbuf structure, otherwise if USE_UTIME use utime
+	and array of two longs, otherwise use utimes.
+
+Thu Oct 15 13:57:35 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.tex:  Document yesterday's changes to strip and copy.
+
+Wed Oct 14 13:22:14 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c:  Re-do command-line parsing to use getopt_long().
+	Add long option names.  Re-think option letters to be more
+	consistent.
+	* copy.c:  New function filter_symbols() for stripping only
+	debug-symbols and/or local symbols.  Use these to support
+	the previously-missing options of the old FSF strip.
+
+Tue Oct 13 01:24:20 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (host):  Use ${srcdir}/../bfd/configure.host rather
+	than repeating a copy of it here.
+
+Wed Oct  7 12:53:52 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c (main): Even if is_strip, accept -d argument indicating
+	alternate output format.  Needed by gdb for Nindy.
+
+	* m68k-pinsn.c (print_insn_arg): Handle new "`" operand type.
+
+Tue Oct  6 16:33:56 1992  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi:  added documentation for "copy"
+
+Tue Oct  6 14:22:56 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at PersSony)
+
+	* Makefile.in (*clean rules): Some cleaning up.
+	* Makefile.in (dist): Make diststuff in gprof for a dist.
+
+	* ar.c (do_show_version):  New function.
+	* ar.c (main):  Fix so "ar -V" works.
+
+Thu Oct  1 22:44:45 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: now uses the cpu-vendor-os triple instead of
+	nested cases.
+
+Fri Sep 25 22:41:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-pinsn.c:  Change bzero to memset.
+	* sparc-pinsn.c:  Change index to strchr.
+
+Mon Sep 21 14:39:56 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-pinsn (print_insn_arg, fetch_arg): added support for
+	operands to memory management instructions, from WRS.
+
+Tue Sep 15 15:26:38 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): if $(tooldir) exists, install nm and
+	strip in $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Thu Sep  3 11:57:40 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Let's call it version 2.0.
+
+Wed Sep  2 00:25:13 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to version 0.98.
+	* TODO, README:  Minor updates.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Added mostlyclean, distclean rules,
+	and cleaned up clean, realclean.
+
+Sun Aug 30 21:18:59 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: map program names through program_transform_name
+	when installing.
+
+Sun Aug 30 18:09:03 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to versions 1.97.90.
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Removed.  Was nowhere used - and if some
+	programs are changed to to demangling should now use the
+	versions in libiberty.
+
+Thu Aug 27 12:58:09 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: add we32k
+
+Mon Aug 24 14:53:42 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (map_over_members): if the element of the archive has a
+	null name, fill it in.
+
+	* nm.c (do_one_rel_file): only warn if a bfd's flags say there
+	will be symbols and there aren't any.
+
+Wed Aug 19 11:20:25 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-pinsn.c: handle new operand type 'r', introduced for cas2.
+
+Tue Aug 18 20:45:48 1992  Rob Savoye  (rob@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c objdump.c: Added support for a +version (-V)
+	to print the version number.
+
+	* ar.c, copy.c: Added support for a -V option to print
+	the version number.
+
+Tue Aug 18 13:28:44 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-apollo68v: removed -g from CC definition.
+
+	* Makefile.in: always create installation directories.
+
+Mon Aug 17 18:33:41 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-pinsn.c:  Minor fix in style of output (don't use
+	range to indicate floating point control registers).
+
+Tue Aug 11 23:42:21 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (main):  Don't *always* set the verbose flag!
+
+Wed Aug  5 11:25:27 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c:  When is_strip (because it is invoked as the strip
+	program), follow traditional argv processing:
+	'strip file1 file2' now strips file1 and file2, rather
+	than stripping file1 (as input), leaving output in file2.
+
+Mon Jul 27 16:28:08 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_info, display_info_table):  Call
+	bfd_set_format() on dummy bfd before using it (twice).
+	* ar.c:  Make sure archive is created on command 'r'
+	even when no elements are inserted.  (Clean up and
+	simplify some non-working related code.)
+
+Mon Jul 20 02:48:38 1992  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: hppa support doesn't assume hp OS (from sef).
+
+Sat Jul 18 14:35:22 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: recognize hppa hosts (bsd & hpux), error messages
+	to stderr, not stdout
+
+Fri Jul 17 18:39:44 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.1, binutils.texi, i960-pinsn.c, nm.1, objdump.1, ranlib.1,
+	  size.1, sparc-pinsn.c, strip.1: removed rcsid's.
+
+Thu Jul 16 16:55:24 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.dos: removed rcsid.
+
+Thu Jul 16 08:23:07 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_bfd): print state of BFD_IS_RELAXABLE too
+
+Tue Jun 30 20:26:15 1992  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add program_suffix (parallel to program_prefix)
+
+Thu Jun 25 04:52:45 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (sorters):  Lint.  Remove excess whitespace.
+
+Wed Jun 24 13:48:07 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (valueof macro):  Add missing parentheses.
+	(Their lack screwed up numeric_forward().)
+
+Sun Jun 14 10:33:27 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_elf_stabs):  Also dump .stab.index and
+	.stab.excl sections.
+	(dump_elf_stabs_1):  Split out main body of old dump_elf_stabs.
+	* objdump.1, binutils.texi:  Document new sections dumped.
+
+Fri Jun 12 22:23:35 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* size.c, objdump.c, bucomm.c:  Lint.
+
+Thu Jun 11 01:19:06 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (dump_elf_stabs): New feature: --stabs prints out a
+	.stab section from an ELF file.  Installed under #ifdef
+	ELF_STAB_DISPLAY so it can be easily disabled, since it requires
+	bfd-internals header files and such.
+	* objdump.1, binutils.texi:  Update for --stabs.  Also fix
+	objdump's doc to use -- rather than + for long options.
+	(FIXME:  Not yet fixed everywhere in binutils.texinfo.)
+
+Wed Jun 10 07:53:24 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c(display_info), patches from
+	mohring@informatik.tu-muenchen.de to print the table much more
+	nicely.
+
+Thu May 28 13:36:16 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c:  Add another enum->int cast, for the sake of
+	old compilers (such as PCC).
+
+Wed May 27 13:01:44 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* arlex.l:  Don't include <sysdep.h> (unneeded conflicts).
+	Add declaration of strdup().
+
+Fri May 22 13:40:37 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Use srcdir instead of VPATH in ldgram/ldlex
+	rules, since these are used when building a distribution.
+	* Makefile.in (arlex.c):  Don't re-direct output, since that
+	leaves a bogus output files if it fails.
+
+	* arlex.l:  Make work with lex, for what it's worth.
+	* Makefile.in:  Better lex support.
+	* Makefile.in (dist):  Generate flex and bison outputs
+	for distribution.
+
+Thu May 14 17:17:59 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: get BISON definition right.
+
+Fri May  8 07:47:08 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sanity.sh: default TMPDIR to ".".
+
+Thu May  7 12:34:50 1992  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texi: add doc for ar command language.
+
+Wed May  6 18:05:36 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* arparse.y: make END call ar_end
+	* arsup.c (ar_end): added, deletes temp file if archive session
+	aborted.
+
+
+Wed May  6 11:08:53 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: use bison & flex from ../ if they exist.  Also,
+	  FLEX->LEX.
+
+	* sanity.sh: remove temporary directory when finished.
+
+Tue May  5 12:00:58 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to version 1.97.
+	* ar.c:  Declare errno for machines that need it.
+
+Mon May  4 23:29:51 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (display_info):  Handle error cases without coredump.
+	Close the dummy temporary file we open in the loop.
+	* Makefile.in (arsup.o):  Add kludge to build with Sun Make.
+
+Fri May  1 16:20:23 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added test-install target.
+
+	* sanity.sh: new file.
+
+	* Makefile.in: use sanity test on make check.
+
+Tue Apr 21 13:38:37 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: rework CFLAGS so that they can be passed on the
+	  command line to make.  Remove MINUS_G.  Default CFLAGS to -g.
+
+Wed Apr 15 14:33:07 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* arsup.c, arsup.h, arparse.y, arlex.l: support for archive
+	scripting language.
+
+Fri Mar  6 21:54:53 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added check target.
+
+Thu Mar  5 21:35:49 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added clean-info target.
+
+Tue Mar  3 15:36:37 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove $(COPY_PROG) from PROGS.  It shouldn't be
+	  installed. added tooldir and program_prefix.
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+	  -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers.  Forced
+	  copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Sun Feb 16 12:53:02 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump version to 1.96, and remove -beta
+	suffix from distribution name.
+	* m68k-pinsn.c:  New macro COERCE_SIGNED_CHAR to extract
+	the signed value of a character (even if chars are unsigned).
+	* sparc-pinsn.c:  Add new operand types.
+
+Thu Feb  6 12:14:19 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (disassemble_data): don't print a section's contents
+	if it's not loadable (eg bss)
+
+Tue Jan 28 11:11:06 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-pinsn.c (print_insn_arg): fixed so that -ve branch
+	displacements don't get printed as large +ve ones.
+
+Fri Jan 24 14:47:53 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c, nm.c, objdump.c, size.c : changed to use the
+	new reloc scheme.
+
+
+Mon Dec 30 18:34:41 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bucomm.c (print_arelt_descr):  Tweek the output format
+	so that 'ar tv' output follows Posix 1003.2/D11.
+	Output is now also identical to Sun's (except __.SYMDEF).
+
+Mon Dec 30 06:09:53 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Make `make' output more readable.
+
+Wed Dec 18 15:04:45 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to version 1.94.
+
+Wed Dec 11 16:48:09 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c: added "b" to fopens for dos
+	* configdj.bat, makefile.dos new files from DJ
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:07:26 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Sat Dec  7 17:09:37 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bucomm.h: created to hold prototypes of bucomm.c
+	* objdump.h: created to hold prototyes of objdump.c
+	* am29k-pinsn.c: include objdump.h
+	* ar.c: include bucomm.h, get ar.h from the right place and
+	include libbfd.h
+	* bucomm.c: defunize bfd_fatal
+	* copy.c: include bucomm.h, lint.
+	* i960-pinsn.h: include bucomm.h
+	* m68k-pinsn.h: lint
+	* nm.c: include bucomm.h, lint
+	* objdump.c: lint
+	* sparc-pinsn.c: include objdump.h
+
+	
+
+Fri Dec  6 23:02:14 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added standards.text support.  install using
+	  INSTALL_PROGRAM and INSTALL_DATA.
+
+	* configure.in: configure now does all of it's work from objdir so
+	  make file existence tests against ${srcdir}.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:46:22 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away.  Added copyrights
+	  and shift gpl to v2.  Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+	  and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+Wed Dec  4 22:42:03 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to version 1.93.
+	* Makefile.in:  Add make-strip.o:maybe-strip.c dependency
+	for make versions that provide half-baked VPATH-support (e.g. Sun's).
+	* size.c:  Improvements suggested by
+	"david d [zoo] zuhn" <zoo@aps1.spa.umn.edu>:
+	- Don't emit (Berkeley) headers if no files were found.
+	- Return a non-zero return code on failure.
+
+Sat Nov 30 21:34:19 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	Changes due to include file renaming:
+	* am29k-pinsn.c: a29k-opcode.h	-> opcode/a29k.h
+	* sparc-pinsn.c: sparc-opcode.h	-> opcode/sparc.h
+	* m68k-pinsn.c:	 m68k-opcode.h	-> opcode/m68k.h
+	* nm.c:		 stab.gnu.h	-> aout/stab_gnu.h
+
+Tue Nov 19 19:20:43 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* README:  Mention MINIMIZE flag for bfd's make.
+
+Mon Nov 18 12:05:37 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* README:  Various improvements.
+
+Sun Nov 17 23:40:59 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Bump to version 1.92.
+	* version.c, Makefile.in:  Get version string from Makefile.
+	* copy.c, is-strip.c, not-strip.c, maybe-strip.c, Makefile.in:
+	Make the same change that we earlier did for ar/ranlib:
+	Generate two different binaries for strip and copy and use
+	a global variable with different values to distinguish
+	ostrip from copy.  (-1 means to use argv[0] to decide,
+	so you can get the old behavior, but it is no longer the default).
+	* copy.c (copy_file):  Set EXEC_P of output bfd if input is so.
+	* copy.c (main):  If is_strip==-1, compare last 5 chars
+	of argv[0], not the whole path.
+	* copy.c (main): Return 0, not 1.
+	* copy.c (setup_sections):  Fix due to change in bfd_make_section
+	now failing if asked for a duplicate section.
+	* strip.c, ostrip.c:  Removed obsolete files.
+	* ar.c, not-ranlib.c, maybe-ranlib.c:
+	Change encoding of is_ranlib variable to be consistent
+	with is_strip for strip.copy (i.e -1 to means use argv[0]).
+
+Thu Nov 14 20:11:02 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* version.c (program_version): Update to version 1.92.
+
+Tue Nov 12 16:17:53 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (get_pos_bfd):  Previous fix was missing a "break".
+
+Thu Nov  7 08:55:56 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* am29k-pinsn.c: Fixed bug in mtacc, dmac and fmac instruction
+	encodings. (Thaks to David Wood)
+
+Sun Nov  3 14:50:23 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(DIST_NAME).tar.Z), TODO:  Various fixes.
+	* ar.c (get_pos_bfd): Fix to handling of before/after
+	positioning options.
+	* bucomm.c (fatal):  MISSING_VFPRINTF is no longer an issue,
+	since libiberty contains vfprintf etc if otherwise missing.
+	* m68k-pinsn.c (print_insn_arg):  Support BB/BW/BL
+	type operands, as used by branch instructions.
+	* nm.c:  Delegate printing of symbols to BFD,
+	by using bfd_print_symbol to do the formatting.
+
+Mon Oct 28 11:20:47 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c (write_archive.c): added unlink before rename since some
+	systems can't rename onto an existant file.
+
+Mon Oct 21 09:47:23 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c: now doesn't crash if a symbol with no section and no
+	SEC_ABS appears.
+
+Thu Oct 17 15:25:50 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, version.c:  Bump to version 1.91.
+
+Wed Oct 16 11:45:36 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, ar.c, bucomm.c, copy.c, cplus-dem.c, filemode.c,
+	i960-pinsn.c, m68k-pinsn.c, nm.c, objdump.c, size.c, sparc-pinsn.c,
+	* strip.c: Add or update Copyright notice.
+	* TODO:  Add note on 'nm -a'.	
+	* version.c: Update version number to 1.90.
+	* Makefile.in: Fix making of documentation for dist.
+
+Tue Oct 15 00:17:17 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* README: New file.
+	* Makefile.in: New kludgy rules for making a tarfile.
+	* Makefile.in: Fix bindir path.
+
+Mon Oct 14 17:34:29 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add targets binutils.mm, binutils.me
+
+Fri Oct 11 22:44:21 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Avoid Sun Make VPATH bugs by adding dependencies.
+
+Fri Oct 11 12:51:33 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add target "binutils.ms"
+
+	* binutils.texinfo: minor restructuring for texi2roff comfort.
+
+Fri Oct 11 04:12:28 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	Restructure configuration scheme for bfd, binutils, ld.
+
+	* include/sys/h-*.h:  Move to bfd/hosts/h-*.h.
+	* configure.in:  Revise to symlink sysdep.h to ../bfd/hosts/h-xxx.h.
+	Change some config names to match other dirs.
+	* *.c:  Include bfd.h before sysdep.h, so ansidecl and PROTO()
+	get defined first.
+	* Makefile.in:  Use -I. to get sysdep.h.
+
+Wed Oct  9 22:42:56 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* nm.c (print_symbols):  Handle NULL name field of symbol.
+	* Makefile.in: Removed spurious comment.
+
+Tue Oct  8 16:55:03 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texinfo: minor typos, phrasing, formatting fixes.
+
+Tue Oct  8 15:13:20 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Get host file from ../bfd/config, not config.
+	* config/*: Remove config directory and its files.
+
+Tue Oct  8 13:58:59 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: new targets binutils.dvi, binutils.info
+
+	* binutils.texinfo: remove most remaining FIXME's, delete
+	references to __.SYMDEF by name
+
+
+Tue Oct  8 10:23:44 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c (print_address) Print addresses nicely.
+
+Mon Oct  7 11:31:05 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.c, Makefile.in, new files {is,not,maybe}-ranlib.c:
+	Make two different binaries for ar and ranlib, instead of
+	distinguishing them at run time using argv[0].
+	(Old behavior is still available if you "make ar_with_ranlib",
+	but it is not the default.)
+	* ranlib.sh (new):  An alternative one-line
+	shell implementation of ranlib.
+
+Fri Oct  4 21:49:44 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* objdump.c:  Cope with renames of a few BFD types & enums.
+
+Fri Oct  4 19:08:09 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* binutils.texinfo: add new file (rudimentary docn)
+
+Mon Sep 30 12:30:39 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/hmake-news: Add new file (for Sony NEWSOS3).
+	* bucomm.c (fatal):  Conditionally compile fatal() depending on
+	MISSING_VFPRINTF, and don't confuse the issue with NO_VARARGS.
+	* objdump.c (dump_headers):  Trivial output format change.
+	* objdump.c (display_info): Loop over integers, not enums,
+	to appease old compilers.
+
+Mon May 20 16:14:07 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+        *objdump.c *nm.c *copy.c :hanged some types to work with 64 bit object files
+
+Thu May 16 16:06:55 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygint.cygnus.com)
+     from bother
+	* objdump.c (print_address): Make disasembled output more
+	consistent with gdb and as: Add 0x when printing hex.
+	Don't print extra leading zeros.
+	Attempt to not print "filename.o".
+	* objdump.c: Add some enum-to-int casts to accomodate old compilers.
+
+
+Fri May  3 22:21:44 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* copy.c:  Change =& constructs to = &, since they confuse older
+	C compilers.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/binutils/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20d1a36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
+# Makefile for GNU binary-file utilities
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU binutils.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias)
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = `cd $(srcdir)/..;pwd`/install.sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_XFORM = $(INSTALL) -t='$(program_transform_name)'
+INSTALL_XFORM1 = $(INSTALL_XFORM) -b=.1 -m 644
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+HLDFLAGS = @HLDFLAGS@
+HLDENV = @HLDENV@
+RPATH_ENVVAR = @RPATH_ENVVAR@
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+RANLIB = ranlib
+BISONFLAGS = -d
+TEXI2ROFF=texi2roff
+MAKEOVERRIDES=
+CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
+NM_FOR_TARGET = nm
+NM = $(NM_FOR_TARGET)
+SYMLINK = ln -s
+
+BISON = bison -y
+LEX_OPTIONS =
+LEX = `if [ -f ../flex/flex ] ; then echo ../flex/flex ; else echo flex ; fi`
+
+# Distribution version
+VERSION=2.8.1
+# Distribution name
+DIST_NAME=binutils-${VERSION}
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format docn with TeX
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+# these two are almost the same program
+AR_PROG=ar
+RANLIB_PROG=ranlib
+
+# objcopy and strip should be the same program
+OBJCOPY_PROG=objcopy
+STRIP_PROG=strip.new
+
+STRINGS_PROG=strings
+
+# These should all be the same program too.
+SIZE_PROG=size
+NM_PROG=nm.new
+OBJDUMP_PROG=objdump
+
+# This is the demangler, as a standalone program.
+# Note: This one is used as the installed name too, unlike the above.
+DEMANGLER_PROG=c++filt
+
+ADDR2LINE_PROG=addr2line
+
+NLMCONV_PROG=nlmconv
+DLLTOOL_PROG=dlltool
+
+SRCONV_PROG=srconv sysdump coffdump 
+
+MANPAGES= ar nm objdump ranlib size strings strip objcopy addr2line nlmconv
+
+PROGS = $(SIZE_PROG) $(OBJDUMP_PROG) $(NM_PROG) $(AR_PROG) $(STRINGS_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG) $(DEMANGLER_PROG) $(OBJCOPY_PROG) $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) @BUILD_NLMCONV@ @BUILD_SRCONV@ @BUILD_DLLTOOL@
+STAGESTUFF = $(PROGS) *.o
+# Files that can be generated, but should be in the distribution.
+# Don't build $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1, since its name may vary with the
+# configuration.
+DISTSTUFF=arparse.c arparse.h arlex.c nlmheader.c sysinfo.c sysinfo.h \
+	syslex.c deflex.c
+
+# Stuff that goes in tooldir/ if appropriate
+TOOL_PROGS = nm.new strip.new ar ranlib $(DLLTOOL_PROG)
+
+BASEDIR = $(srcdir)/..
+BFDDIR = $(BASEDIR)/bfd
+INCDIR	= $(BASEDIR)/include
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR)
+DEP = mkdep
+
+ALL_CFLAGS = -D_GNU_SOURCE $(INCLUDES) @HDEFINES@ $(CFLAGS)
+
+HFILES = arsup.h bucomm.h budbg.h coffgrok.h debug.h nlmconv.h
+
+GENERATED_HFILES = arparse.h sysroff.h sysinfo.h defparse.h
+
+CFILES = addr2line.c ar.c arsup.c bucomm.c coffdump.c coffgrok.c debug.c \
+	dlltool.c filemode.c ieee.c is-ranlib.c is-strip.c maybe-ranlib.c \
+	maybe-strip.c nlmconv.c nm.c not-ranlib.c not-strip.c \
+	objcopy.c objdump.c prdbg.c rdcoff.c rddbg.c size.c srconv.c \
+	stabs.c strings.c sysdump.c version.c wrstabs.c
+
+GENERATED_CFILES = \
+	underscore.c arparse.c arlex.c sysroff.c sysinfo.c syslex.c \
+	defparse.c deflex.c nlmheader.c
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+DEBUG_OBJS = rddbg.o debug.o stabs.o ieee.o rdcoff.o
+WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS = $(DEBUG_OBJS) wrstabs.o
+
+LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+
+# Code shared by all the binutils.
+BULIBS = bucomm.o version.o filemode.o
+
+BFDLIB_DEP = ../bfd/libbfd.a
+BFDLIB = @BFDLIB@
+
+OPCODES_DEP = ../opcodes/libopcodes.a
+OPCODES = @OPCODES@
+
+ADDL_DEPS = $(BULIBS) $(BFDLIB_DEP) $(LIBIBERTY)
+ADDL_LIBS = $(BULIBS) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) 
+
+EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then \
+          echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \
+          else echo expect ; fi`
+RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then \
+           echo ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \
+           else echo runtest ;  fi`
+RUNTESTFLAGS =
+
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+    if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+    else \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
+    fi; \
+  else \
+    if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
+      echo $(CC); \
+    else \
+      echo gcc | sed '$(program_transform_name)'; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"RUNTEST=$(RUNTEST)" \
+	"RUNTESTFLAGS=$(RUNTESTFLAGS)"
+#
+## The rules
+
+all: $(ADDL_DEPS) $(PROGS)
+
+# These targets are for the dejagnu testsuites. The file site.exp 
+# contains global variables that all the testsuites will use.
+
+site.exp: ./config.status Makefile
+	@echo "Making a new config file..."
+	@rm -f ./tmp?
+	@touch site.exp
+	@mv site.exp site.bak
+	@echo "## variables are automatically generated by make ##" > ./tmp0
+	@echo "# Do not edit here. If you wish to override these" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# values, add them to the last section" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# HOST AND TARGET INFO" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_os @host_os@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_alias @host_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_cpu @host_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_vendor @host_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_os @target_os@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_alias @target_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_cpu @target_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_vendor @target_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_triplet @host@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_triplet @target@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# DIRECTORY INFO" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set objdir `pwd`" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "" >> ./tmp0	
+	@echo "## Variables generated by configure. Do Not Edit ##" >> ./tmp0
+	@cat ./tmp0 > site.exp
+	@cat site.bak | sed \
+			-e '1,/^## Variables generated by.*##/ d' >> site.exp
+	-@rm -f ./tmp?
+
+check: site.exp
+	r=`pwd`; export r ; \
+	srcroot=`cd ${srcdir}; pwd` ; export srcroot ; \
+	EXPECT=${EXPECT} ; export EXPECT ; \
+	$(RPATH_ENVVAR)=$$r/../bfd:$$r/../opcodes:$$$(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	export $(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then  \
+	   TCL_LIBRARY=$${srcroot}/../tcl/library ; \
+	   export TCL_LIBRARY ; else true; fi ; \
+	$(RUNTEST) --tool binutils --srcdir $(srcdir)/testsuite \
+	  $(RUNTESTFLAGS) CC="$(CC_FOR_TARGET)" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS)"
+
+installcheck:
+	/bin/sh $(srcdir)/sanity.sh $(bindir)
+
+info: binutils.info
+
+dvi: binutils.dvi
+
+$(SIZE_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) size.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(SIZE_PROG) size.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(OBJCOPY_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) objcopy.o not-strip.o $(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(OBJCOPY_PROG) objcopy.o not-strip.o $(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS) $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(STRINGS_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) strings.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(STRINGS_PROG) strings.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(STRIP_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) objcopy.o is-strip.o $(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(STRIP_PROG) objcopy.o is-strip.o $(WRITE_DEBUG_OBJS) $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(NM_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) nm.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(NM_PROG) nm.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(OBJDUMP_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) objdump.o prdbg.o $(DEBUG_OBJS) $(OPCODES_DEP)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(OBJDUMP_PROG) objdump.o prdbg.o $(DEBUG_OBJS) $(OPCODES) $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+underscore.c: stamp-under ; @true
+
+stamp-under: Makefile
+	echo '/*WARNING: This file is automatically generated!*/' >underscore.t
+	echo "int prepends_underscore = @UNDERSCORE@;" >>underscore.t
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change underscore.t underscore.c
+	touch stamp-under
+
+version.o: version.c Makefile
+	$(CC) -DVERSION='"$(VERSION)"' $(ALL_CFLAGS) -c $(srcdir)/version.c
+
+bucomm.o: bucomm.c Makefile
+	$(CC) -DTARGET='"@target@"' $(ALL_CFLAGS) -c $(srcdir)/bucomm.c
+
+cplus-dem.o: $(BASEDIR)/libiberty/cplus-dem.c $(INCDIR)/getopt.h
+	$(CC) -c -DMAIN -DVERSION='"$(VERSION)"' $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(BASEDIR)/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
+
+$(DEMANGLER_PROG): cplus-dem.o $(LIBIBERTY) underscore.o $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(DEMANGLER_PROG) cplus-dem.o $(LIBIBERTY) $(EXTRALIBS) underscore.o
+
+arparse.c: arparse.y
+	$(BISON) $(BISONFLAGS)  $(srcdir)/arparse.y
+	mv -f y.tab.c arparse.c
+	mv -f y.tab.h arparse.h
+
+# Separate from arparse.c so that a parallel make doesn't try to build
+# both arparse.c and arparse.h simultaneously.
+arparse.h: arparse.c
+
+arlex.c: arlex.l
+	$(LEX) $(LEX_OPTIONS) $(srcdir)/arlex.l
+	mv lex.yy.c arlex.c
+
+$(AR_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) ar.o arparse.o arlex.o not-ranlib.o arsup.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(AR_PROG) ar.o arparse.o arlex.o arsup.o not-ranlib.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(RANLIB_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) ar.o is-ranlib.o arparse.o arlex.o arsup.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(RANLIB_PROG) ar.o arparse.o arlex.o arsup.o is-ranlib.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+$(ADDR2LINE_PROG): $(ADDL_DEPS) addr2line.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) addr2line.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+# This rule creates a single binary that switches between ar and ranlib
+# by looking at argv[0].  Use this kludge to save some disk space.
+# However, you have to install things by hand.
+# (That is after 'make install', replace the installed ranlib by a link to ar.)
+
+# Alternatively, you can install ranlib.sh as ranlib.
+
+ar_with_ranlib: $(ADDL_DEPS) ar.o maybe-ranlib.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(AR_PROG) ar.o maybe-ranlib.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+	-rm -f $(RANLIB_PROG)
+	-ln $(AR_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG)
+
+# objcopy and strip in one binary that uses argv[0] to decide its action.
+
+objcopy_with_strip: $(ADDL_DEPS) objcopy.o maybe-strip.o
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(OBJCOPY_PROG) objcopy.o maybe-strip.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+	-rm -f $(STRIP_PROG)
+	-ln $(OBJCOPY_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG)
+
+sysroff.c: sysinfo sysroff.info 
+	./sysinfo -c <$(srcdir)/sysroff.info >sysroff.c
+	./sysinfo -i <$(srcdir)/sysroff.info >>sysroff.c
+	./sysinfo -g <$(srcdir)/sysroff.info >>sysroff.c
+
+sysroff.h: sysinfo sysroff.info
+	./sysinfo -d <$(srcdir)/sysroff.info >sysroff.h	
+
+# Depend upon arparse.c to avoid building both arparse.c and sysinfo.c
+# simultaneously.
+sysinfo.c: sysinfo.y arparse.c
+	$(BISON) -tvd $(srcdir)/sysinfo.y
+	rm -f sysinfo.c
+	mv -f y.tab.c sysinfo.c
+	mv -f y.tab.h sysinfo.h
+
+# Separate from sysinfo.c so that a parallel make doesn't try to build
+# both sysinfo.c and sysinfo.h simultaneously.
+sysinfo.h: sysinfo.c
+
+syslex.c : syslex.l
+	$(LEX) $(LEX_OPTIONS) $(srcdir)/syslex.l
+	mv lex.yy.c syslex.c
+
+sysinfo: sysinfo.o syslex.o
+	$(CC_FOR_BUILD) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ sysinfo.o syslex.o 
+
+syslex.o: syslex.c sysinfo.h
+	if [ -r syslex.c ]; then \
+	  $(CC_FOR_BUILD) -c -I. $(CFLAGS)  syslex.c  ; \
+	else \
+	  $(CC_FOR_BUILD) -c -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/syslex.c ;\
+	fi
+
+sysinfo.o: sysinfo.c
+	if [ -r sysinfo.c ]; then \
+	  $(CC_FOR_BUILD) -c -I. $(CFLAGS)  sysinfo.c  ; \
+	else \
+	  $(CC_FOR_BUILD) -c -I. $(CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/sysinfo.c ; \
+	fi
+
+srconv: srconv.o coffgrok.o $(ADDL_DEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ srconv.o coffgrok.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+dlltool: dlltool.o defparse.o deflex.o cplus-dem.o $(ADDL_DEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ dlltool.o defparse.o deflex.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+defparse.c:defparse.y
+	$(BISON)  $(BISONFLAGS)  $(srcdir)/defparse.y
+	mv -f y.tab.c defparse.c
+	mv -f y.tab.h defparse.h
+
+defparse.h: defparse.c
+
+deflex.c:deflex.l
+	$(LEX) $(LEX_OPTIONS) $(srcdir)/deflex.l
+	mv lex.yy.c deflex.c
+
+dlltool.o:dlltool.c
+	$(CC) -c @DLLTOOL_DEFS@ $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/dlltool.c
+
+coffdump: coffdump.o coffgrok.o $(ADDL_DEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@  coffdump.o coffgrok.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+sysdump: sysdump.o $(ADDL_DEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ sysdump.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+# Depend upon sysinfo.c to avoid building both nlmheader.c and sysinfo.c
+# simultaneously.
+nlmheader.c: nlmheader.y sysinfo.c
+	$(BISON) $(srcdir)/nlmheader.y
+	rm -f nlmheader.c
+	mv -f y.tab.c nlmheader.c
+
+# coff/sym.h and coff/ecoff.h won't be found by the automatic dependency
+# scripts, since they are only included conditionally.
+nlmconv.o: nlmconv.c $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+	ldname=`echo ld | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	$(CC) -c -DLD_NAME="\"$${ldname}\"" @NLMCONV_DEFS@ $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/nlmconv.c
+
+$(NLMCONV_PROG): nlmconv.o nlmheader.o $(ADDL_DEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ nlmconv.o nlmheader.o $(ADDL_LIBS) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+# Targets to rebuild dependencies in this Makefile.
+# Have to get rid of .dep1 here so that "$?" later includes all of $(CFILES).
+.dep: dep.sed $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES) config.h
+	rm -f .dep1
+	$(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+	sed -f dep.sed <.dep1 >.dep
+
+# This rule really wants a mkdep that runs "gcc -MM".
+.dep1: $(CFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES)
+	rm -f .dep2
+	echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep2
+	$(DEP) -f .dep2 $(ALL_CFLAGS) $?
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change .dep2 .dep1
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+	sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed	\
+		-e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: dep dep-in
+
+###
+# DOCUMENTATION TARGETS
+config.texi: Makefile
+	rm -f config.texi
+	echo '@set VERSION $(VERSION)' > config.texi
+# TeX output
+binutils.dvi: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
+
+# info file for online browsing
+binutils.info: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o binutils.info $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
+
+$(DEMANGLER_PROG).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile
+	sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_PROG)/' < $(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man \
+		> $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1
+
+#   different targets for -ms, -mm, -me
+# Try to use a recent texi2roff.  v2 was put on prep in jan91.
+# If you want an index, see texi2roff doc for postprocessing 
+# and add -i to texi2roff invocations below.
+# Workarounds for texi2roff-2 (probably fixed in later texi2roff's, delete
+#    corresponding -e lines when later texi2roff's are current)
+# + @ifinfo's deleted explicitly due to texi2roff-2 bug w nested constructs.
+# + @c's deleted explicitly because texi2roff sees texinfo commands in them
+# + @   (that's at-BLANK) not recognized by texi2roff, turned into blank
+# + @alphaenumerate is ridiculously new, turned into @enumerate
+
+# roff output (-ms)
+binutils.ms: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/binutils.texi | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) -ms | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+	>binutils.ms 
+
+# roff output (-mm)
+# '@noindent's removed due to texi2roff-2 mm bug; if yours is newer, 
+#   try leaving them in
+binutils.mm: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e '/@noindent/d' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/binutils.texi | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) -mm | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+		>binutils.mm
+
+# roff output (-me)
+binutils.me: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/binutils.texi | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) -me | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+	>binutils.me 
+
+
+###
+
+mostlyclean:
+	-rm -f *.o *~ \#* core binutils.?? binutils.??? y.output
+	-rm -rf tmpdir
+clean: mostlyclean
+	-rm -f $(PROGS) $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1 stamp-under
+	-rm -f underscore.c sysroff sysroff.c sysroff.h sysinfo dep.sed
+distclean:
+	-rm -f Makefile config.status *.o *~ \#* core y.*
+	-rm -f binutils.?? binutils.??? binutils.aux binutils.log binutils.toc
+	-rm -f $(PROGS) underscore.c config.h stamp-h config.cache config.log
+	-rm -f dep.sed stamp-under $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1 site.bak site.exp
+	-rm -f sysroff sysroff.c sysroff.h sysinfo
+	-rm -rf tmpdir
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-rm -f $(DISTSTUFF) binutils.info* TAGS
+
+etags tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: force
+	etags $(INCDIR)/*.h $(srcdir)/*.[hc] 
+
+install: all
+	for i in $(PROGS) ; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_XFORM) $$i $(bindir)/`echo $$i | sed -e 's/.new//'` ; \
+	done
+	for i in $(MANPAGES) ; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(srcdir)/$$i.1 $(man1dir)/$$i.1 ; \
+	done
+	if [ x$(DEMANGLER_PROG) != x ]; then \
+	  $(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(DEMANGLER_PROG).1 $(man1dir)/$(DEMANGLER_PROG).1; \
+	fi
+	test -d $(tooldir) || mkdir $(tooldir)
+	test -d $(tooldir)/bin || mkdir $(tooldir)/bin
+	for i in $(TOOL_PROGS) ; do \
+	  if [ -f $$i ]; then \
+	    j=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/.new//'`; \
+	    rm -f $(tooldir)/bin/$$j; \
+	    k=`echo $$j | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	    ln $(bindir)/$$k $(tooldir)/bin/$$j >/dev/null 2>/dev/null \
+		|| $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$i $(tooldir)/bin/$$j; \
+	  else true; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+# This little path search is required because in the FSF net releases,
+# the info files are included in the source tree, and that may not be
+# the same as the build directory.
+install-info: binutils.info
+	if [ -r binutils.info ]; then \
+	  dir=. ; \
+	else \
+	  dir=$(srcdir) ; \
+	fi ; \
+	for i in `cd $$dir; echo binutils.info*` ; do \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
+	done
+
+clean-info:
+	-rm -rf *.info*
+
+# Making a dist:
+# cvs rtag binutils-x-yy ld+utils
+# cvs co -r binutils-x-yy ld+utils
+# cd {HERE}; make dist [-f Makefile.in]
+
+dist: $(DIST_NAME).tar.z
+
+diststuff: $(DISTSTUFF) info
+
+$(DIST_NAME).tar.z:
+	cd ../..; rm -f $(DIST_NAME); ln -s devo $(DIST_NAME)
+	make diststuff -f Makefile.in
+	cd ../ld; make diststuff -f Makefile.in
+	cd ../gprof; make diststuff -f Makefile.in
+	cd ../texinfo; mv texinfo.tex ..; rm -rf *; mv ../texinfo.tex .
+	# Take out texinfo from configurable dirs
+	mv ../configure.in tmp; \
+	  sed -e '/^host_tools=/s/texinfo //' <tmp >../configure.in; rm tmp
+	cd ..; chmod og=u `find . -print`
+	cd ../..; tar chf - $(DIST_NAME) | gzip >$(DIST_NAME).tar.z
+	rm -rf ../../$(DIST_NAME)
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#		'STANDARD' GNU/960 TARGETS BELOW THIS POINT
+#
+# 'VERSION' file must be present and contain a string of the form "x.y"
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ver960.c: FORCE
+	rm -f ver960.c
+	echo "char ${TARG}_ver[]= \"${TARG} `cat VERSION`, `date`\";" > ver960.c
+
+
+# Dummy target to force execution of dependent targets.
+#
+force:
+
+# Target to uncomment host-specific lines in this makefile.  Such lines must
+# have the following string beginning in column 1: #__<hostname>__#
+# Original Makefile is backed up as 'Makefile.old'.
+#
+# Invoke with:  make make HOST=xxx
+#
+make:
+	-@if test $(HOST)x = x ; then \
+		echo 'Specify "make make HOST=???"'; \
+		exit 1; \
+	fi ; \
+	grep -s "^#The next line was generated by 'make make'" Makefile; \
+	if test $$? = 0 ; then	\
+		echo "Makefile has already been processed with 'make make'";\
+		exit 1; \
+	fi ; \
+	mv -f Makefile Makefile.old; \
+	echo "#The next line was generated by 'make make'"	 >Makefile ; \
+	echo "HOST=$(HOST)"					>>Makefile ; \
+	echo							>>Makefile ; \
+	sed "s/^#__$(HOST)__#//" < Makefile.old			>>Makefile
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.h: stamp-h ; @true
+stamp-h: config.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h:config.in $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.status: configure $(srcdir)/../bfd/configure.host $(srcdir)/../bfd/config.bfd
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+# What appears below is generated by a hacked mkdep using gcc -MM.
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+
+addr2line.o: addr2line.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(INCDIR)/demangle.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+ar.o: ar.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/progress.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/ar.h $(BFDDIR)/libbfd.h arsup.h
+arsup.o: arsup.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  arsup.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+bucomm.o: bucomm.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+coffdump.o: coffdump.c coffgrok.h bucomm.h config.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+coffgrok.o: coffgrok.c bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  coffgrok.h
+debug.o: debug.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  debug.h
+dlltool.o: dlltool.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/demangle.h
+filemode.o: filemode.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+ieee.o: ieee.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/ieee.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  debug.h budbg.h
+is-ranlib.o: is-ranlib.c
+is-strip.o: is-strip.c
+maybe-ranlib.o: maybe-ranlib.c
+maybe-strip.o: maybe-strip.c
+nlmconv.o: nlmconv.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libnlm.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/nlm/external.h nlmconv.h
+nm.o: nm.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/progress.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/getopt.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(INCDIR)/aout/ranlib.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/demangle.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+not-ranlib.o: not-ranlib.c
+not-strip.o: not-strip.c
+objcopy.o: objcopy.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/progress.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h budbg.h
+objdump.o: objdump.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/progress.h bucomm.h config.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/demangle.h debug.h budbg.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+prdbg.o: prdbg.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  debug.h budbg.h
+rdcoff.o: rdcoff.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(INCDIR)/demangle.h debug.h \
+  budbg.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+rddbg.o: rddbg.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  debug.h budbg.h
+size.o: size.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/getopt.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+srconv.o: srconv.c bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  sysroff.h coffgrok.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h sysroff.c
+stabs.o: stabs.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/demangle.h debug.h budbg.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+strings.o: strings.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+sysdump.o: sysdump.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h sysroff.h \
+  sysroff.c
+version.o: version.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h
+wrstabs.o: wrstabs.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  debug.h budbg.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+underscore.o: underscore.c
+arparse.o: arparse.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  bucomm.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h arsup.h
+arlex.o: arlex.c $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h arparse.h
+sysroff.o: sysroff.c
+sysinfo.o: sysinfo.c
+syslex.o: syslex.c sysinfo.h
+defparse.o: defparse.c
+deflex.o: deflex.c defparse.h
+nlmheader.o: nlmheader.c ../bfd/bfd.h bucomm.h config.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/common.h $(INCDIR)/nlm/internal.h \
+  nlmconv.h
+
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/NEWS b/contrib/binutils/binutils/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1caa151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+Changes in binutils 2.8:
+
+* The objdump disassembly format has been changed, and hopefully improved.  Use
+  the new --prefix-addresses option to get the old format.  There are also new
+  --disassemble-zeroes and --no-show-raw-insn options which affect disassembler
+  output.
+
+* Formats may now be specified as configuration triplets.  For example,
+  objdump -b i386-pc-linux.  The triplets are not passed through config.sub,
+  so they must be in canonical form.
+
+* Added new addr2line program.  This uses the debugging information to convert
+  an address into a file name and line number within a program.
+
+* Added --change-leading-char argument to objcopy.
+
+* Added --weaken argument to objcopy.
+
+* objdump --dynamic-reloc now works on ELF executables and shared libraries.
+
+* Added --adjust-vma option to objdump.
+
+* Added -C/--demangle option to objdump.
+
+* Added -p/--preserve-dates option to strip and objcopy.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.7:
+
+* Added --enable-shared and --enable-commonbfdlib options to configure.
+
+* Added --debugging argument to objdump and objcopy.
+
+* Added --defined-only argument to nm.
+
+* Added --remove-leading-char argument to objcopy.
+
+* The objdump --line-numbers option is now meaningful with --reloc.
+
+* Added --line-numbers option to nm.
+
+* Added --endian/-EB/-EL option to objdump.
+
+* Added support for Alpha OpenVMS/AXP.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.6:
+
+* Added -N/--strip-symbol and -K/--keep-symbol arguments to strip and objcopy.
+
+* Added several arguments to objcopy to provide some control over how the new
+  file is laid out in memory.  Also added binary output format to BFD to permit
+  generating plain binary files.
+
+* Added --start-address and --stop-address options to objdump.
+
+* ar and ranlib now work on AIX.  The tools are now built by default on AIX.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.5:
+
+* Changed objdump -dr to dump the relocs interspersed with the assembly
+  listing, for a more useful listing of relocateable files.
+
+* Changed objdump -d/--disassemble to only disassemble SEC_CODE sections.
+  Added -D/--disassemble-all option to disassemble all sections.
+
+* Added --size-sort option to nm.
+
+* strip and objcopy should now be able to handle dynamically linked ELF
+  executables.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.4:
+
+* Support for HP-PA (by Jeff Law), i386 Mach (by David Mackenzie), RS/6000 and
+  PowerPC (except ar and ranlib; by Ian Taylor).
+
+* Support for Irix 5.
+
+* Programs `strip' and `objcopy' will not attempt to write dynamically linked
+  ELF output files, since BFD currently can't create them properly.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.3:
+
+* A new --stabs argument has been added to objdump to dump stabs sections in
+  ELF and COFF files.
+
+* A new program, nlmconv, has been added.  It can convert object files into
+  Novell NetWare Loadable Modules.
+
+* The strings program has been added.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.2:
+
+* The 'copy' program has been renamed to 'objcopy', for consistency with
+  'objdump', and because 'copy' might more plausibly be used as a synonym for
+  'cp'.
+
+* The new stand-alone program c++filt is a filter that converts encoded
+  (mangled) C++ assembly-level identifiers to user-level names.  (Note: This
+  may get moved to the gcc distribution.)
+
+* nm -o on an archive now prefixes each line with the archive name, matching
+  the output from BSD nm.
+
+* ar (and ld) can now read (but not write) BSD4.4-style archives.
+
+* New support for H8500, Z8000, and the Hitach SH.
+
+* Dis-assembler interface changed to allow sharing with gdb.
+
+* There is new Elf code, but it is not yet ready for general use.
+
+* There is the beginnings of a test suite.
+
+Changes in binutils 2.1:
+
+* There is now support for writing ECOFF files, so ld and the other utilities
+  should work on Risc/Ultrix and Irix.  Please let us know how well this works.
+
+* ar now automatically creates a symbol table (a __.SYMDEF member, in the BSD
+  version), if there are any object files in the archive.  So running ranlib is
+  now redundant (unless the non-standard q command is used).  This is required
+  for Posix.2 conformance.
+
+* The archive-reading code now reads both BSD-style and SYSV-style archives
+  independently of the selected target format.  This is to encourage people to
+  switch to SYSV-format, which has a number of advantages.
+
+* The strip and copy programs now have options to remove debug-symbols only
+  and/or local symbols only.  They now also support long options.
+
+
+Local variables:
+fill-column: 79
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/README b/contrib/binutils/binutils/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ae93cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/README
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+This is a beta release of a completely rewritten binutils distribution.
+(Rewritten since binutils 1.x, that is.)
+
+The linker (ld) has been moved into a separate directory, which should be
+../ld.  Linker-specific notes are in ../ld/README.
+
+As of version 2.5, the assembler (as) is also included in this package, in
+../gas.  Assembler-specific notes can be found in ../gas/README.
+
+Recent changes are in ./NEWS, ../ld/NEWS, and ../gas/NEWS.
+
+Unpacking and Installation -- quick overview
+============================================
+
+When you unpack the binutils-2.8.tar.gz file, you'll get a directory
+called something like `binutils-2.8', which contains various files and
+directories.  Most of the files in the top directory are for
+information and for configuration.  The actual source code is in
+subdirectories.
+
+To build binutils, you can just do:
+
+	cd binutils-2.8
+	./configure [ --enable-targets='target1,target2...' ]
+	make
+	make install # copies the programs files into /usr/local/bin
+		     # by default.
+
+This will configure and build all the libraries as well as the
+assembler, the binutils, and the linker.
+
+The --enable-targets option adds support for more binary file
+formats besides the default.  By default, support for only the
+selected target file format is compiled in.  To add support for more
+formats, list them as the argument to --enable-targets, separated by
+commas.  For example:
+
+	./configure --enable-targets=sun3,rs6000-aix,decstation
+
+The name 'all' compiles in support for all valid BFD targets (this was
+the default in releases before 2.3):
+
+	./configure --enable-targets=all
+
+The binutils can be used in a cross-development environment.
+The file etc/configure.texi contains more information.
+
+You can also specify the --enable-shared option when you run
+configure.  This will build the BFD and opcodes libraries as shared
+libraries.  This will only work on certain systems, and currently will
+only work when compiling with gcc.  You can use arguments with the
+--enable-shared option to indicate that only certain libraries should
+be built shared; for example, --enable-shared=bfd.  The only potential
+shared libraries in a binutils release are bfd and opcodes.
+
+The binutils will be linked against the shared libraries.  The build
+step will attempt to place the correct library in the runtime search
+path for the binaries.  However, in some cases, after you install the
+binaries, you may have to set an environment variable, normally
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH, so that the system can find the installed libbfd
+shared library.
+
+If you specify --enable-commonbfdlib as well as --enable-shared, then
+a single shared library will be built containing the bfd, opcodes, and
+libiberty libraries.  It will be installed as libbfd.  This option
+will make the binutils programs as small as possible.
+
+To build under openVMS/AXP, see the file makefile.vms in the top level
+directory.
+
+If you don't have ar
+====================
+
+If your system does not already have an ar program, the normal
+binutils build process will not work.  In this case, run configure as
+usual.  Before running make, run this script:
+
+#!/bin/sh
+MAKE=${MAKE-make}
+${MAKE} $* AR=true all-libiberty
+${MAKE} $* AR=true all-bfd
+cd binutils
+${MAKE} $* ADDL_DEPS='$(BULIBS)' ADDL_LIBS='$(BULIBS) ../bfd/*.o `cat ../libiberty/required-list ../libiberty/needed-list | sed -e "s,\([^ ][^ ]*\),../libiberty/\1,g"`' ar
+
+This script will build an ar program in binutils/ar.  Move binutils/ar
+into a directory on your PATH.  After doing this, you can run make as
+usual to build the complete binutils distribution.  You do not need
+the ranlib program in order to build the distribution.
+
+Porting
+=======
+Binutils-2.8 supports many different architectures, but there
+are many more not supported, including some that were supported
+by earlier versions.  We are hoping for volunteers to
+improve this situation.
+
+The major effort in porting binutils to a new host and/or target
+architecture involves the BFD library.  There is some documentation
+in ../bfd/doc.  The file ../gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo (distributed
+with gdb-4.x) may also be of help.
+
+Reporting bugs
+==============
+Send bug reports and patches to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu.  Always
+mention the version number you are running; this is printed by running
+any of the binutils with the --version option.  We appreciate reports
+about bugs, but we do not promise to fix them.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/acconfig.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ae3d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether fprintf must be declared even if <stdio.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FPRINTF
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+@TOP@
+
+/* Is the type time_t defined in <time.h>?  */
+#undef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TIME_H
+
+/* Is the type time_t defined in <sys/types.h>?  */
+#undef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TYPES_H
+
+/* Does <utime.h> define struct utimbuf?  */
+#undef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7adc004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sinclude(../bfd/aclocal.m4)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ce103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.1
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Cygnus Solutions" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B addr2line
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.I bfdname\c
+.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c
+.I bfdname\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
+.I filename\c
+.RB " | " "\-\-exe="\c
+.I filename\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-functions "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-basenames "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-H | \-\-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-V | \-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" addr addr ...  "\|]"
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\c
+.B addr2line
+translates program addresses into file names and line numbers.  Given
+an address and an executable, it uses the debugging information in the
+executable to figure out which file name and line number are
+associated with a given address.
+
+The executable to use is specified with the
+.B \-e
+option.  The default is
+.B a.out\c
+\&.
+
+.B addr2line
+has two modes of operation.
+
+In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
+and
+.B addr2line
+displays the file name and line number for each address.
+
+In the second,
+.B addr2line
+reads hexadecimal addresses from standard input, and prints the file
+name and line number for each address on standard output.  In this
+mode,
+.B addr2line
+may be used in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
+
+The format of the output is FILENAME:LINENO.  The file name and line
+number for each address is printed on a separate line.  If the
+.B \-f
+option is used, then each FILENAME:LINENO line is preceded by a
+FUNCTIONNAME line which is the name of the function containing the
+address.
+
+If the file name or function name can not be determined,
+.B addr2line
+will print two question marks in their place.  If the line number can
+not be determined,
+.B addr2line
+will print 0.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
+Specify the object-code format for the object files to be
+\c
+.I bfdname\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-C
+.TP
+.B \-\-demangle
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-e " "filename"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-exe=" "filename"
+Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
+translated.  The default file is
+.B a.out\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-f
+.TP
+.B \-\-functions
+Display function names as well as file and line number information.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s
+.TP
+.B \-\-basenames
+Display only the base of each file name.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fbbdd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/addr2line.c
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+/* addr2line.c -- convert addresses to line number and function name
+   Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Lauther <Ulrich.Lauther@zfe.siemens.de>
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Derived from objdump.c and nm.c by Ulrich.Lauther@zfe.siemens.de
+
+   Usage: 
+   addr2line [options] addr addr ...
+   or
+   addr2line [options] 
+
+   both forms write results to stdout, the second form reads addresses
+   to be converted from stdin.  */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+extern char *program_version;
+
+static boolean with_functions;	/* -f, show function names.  */
+static boolean do_demangle;	/* -C, demangle names.  */
+static boolean base_names;	/* -s, strip directory names.  */
+
+static int naddr;		/* Number of addresses to process.  */
+static char **addr;		/* Hex addresses to process.  */
+
+static asymbol **syms;		/* Symbol table.  */
+
+static struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  {"basenames", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
+  {"demangle", no_argument, NULL, 'C'},
+  {"exe", required_argument, NULL, 'e'},
+  {"functions", no_argument, NULL, 'f'},
+  {"target", required_argument, NULL, 'b'},
+  {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'H'},
+  {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'V'},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static void slurp_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void find_address_in_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void translate_addresses PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void process_file PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* Print a usage message to STREAM and exit with STATUS.  */
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-CfsHV] [-b bfdname] [--target=bfdname]\n\
+       [-e executable] [--exe=executable] [--demangle]\n\
+       [--basenames] [--functions] [addr addr ...]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Read in the symbol table.  */
+
+static void
+slurp_symtab (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long storage;
+  long symcount;
+
+  if ((bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & HAS_SYMS) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  storage = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+  if (storage < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  syms = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage);
+
+  symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, syms);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+}
+
+/* These global variables are used to pass information between
+   translate_addresses and find_address_in_section.  */
+
+static bfd_vma pc;
+static const char *filename;
+static const char *functionname;
+static unsigned int line;
+static boolean found;
+
+/* Look for an address in a section.  This is called via
+   bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+static void
+find_address_in_section (abfd, section, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  bfd_vma vma;
+
+  if (found)
+    return;
+
+  if ((bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, section) & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  vma = bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section);
+  if (pc < vma)
+    return;
+
+  found = bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, syms, pc - vma,
+				 &filename, &functionname, &line);
+}
+
+/* Read hexadecimal addresses from stdin, translate into
+   file_name:line_number and optionally function name.  */
+
+static void
+translate_addresses (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int read_stdin = (naddr == 0);
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (read_stdin)
+	{
+	  char addr_hex[100];
+
+	  if (fgets (addr_hex, sizeof addr_hex, stdin) == NULL)
+	    break;
+	  pc = strtol (addr_hex, NULL, 16);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (naddr <= 0)
+	    break;
+	  --naddr;
+	  pc = strtol (*addr++, NULL, 16);
+	}
+
+      found = false;
+      bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, find_address_in_section, (PTR) NULL);
+
+      if (! found)
+	{
+	  if (with_functions)
+	    printf ("??\n");
+	  printf ("??:0\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (with_functions)
+	    {
+	      if (*functionname == '\0')
+		printf ("??\n");
+	      else if (! do_demangle)
+		printf ("%s\n", functionname);
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *res;
+
+		  res = cplus_demangle (functionname, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+		  if (res == NULL)
+		    printf ("%s\n", functionname);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      printf ("%s\n", res);
+		      free (res);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (base_names)
+	    {
+	      char *h;
+
+	      h = strrchr (filename, '/');
+	      if (h != NULL)
+		filename = h + 1;
+	    }
+
+	  printf ("%s:%u\n", filename, line);
+	}
+
+      /* fflush() is essential for using this command as a server
+         child process that reads addresses from a pipe and responds
+         with line number information, processing one address at a
+         time.  */
+      fflush (stdout);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Process a file.  */
+
+static void
+process_file (filename, target)
+     const char *filename;
+     const char *target;
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+  char **matching;
+
+  abfd = bfd_openr (filename, target);
+  if (abfd == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (filename);
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_archive))
+    fatal ("%s: can not get addresses from archive", filename);
+
+  if (! bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+
+  slurp_symtab (abfd);
+
+  translate_addresses (abfd);
+
+  if (syms != NULL)
+    {
+      free (syms);
+      syms = NULL;
+    }
+
+  bfd_close (abfd);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *filename;
+  char *target;
+  int c;
+
+  program_name = *argv;
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  filename = NULL;
+  target = NULL;
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "b:Ce:sfHV", long_options, (int *) 0))
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  break;		/* we've been given a long option */
+	case 'b':
+	  target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'C':
+	  do_demangle = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  filename = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  base_names = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  with_functions = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  print_version ("addr2line");
+	  break;
+	case 'H':
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    filename = "a.out";
+
+  addr = argv + optind;
+  naddr = argc - optind;
+
+  process_file (filename, target);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a138e4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.1
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH ar 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.BR ar " [\|" "-" "\|]"\c
+.I {dmpqrtx}[abcilosuvV] \c
+[\|\c
+.I membername\c
+\&\|] \c
+.I archive\c
+\& \c
+.I files\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The GNU \c
+.B ar\c
+\& program creates, modifies, and extracts from
+archives.  An \c
+.I archive\c
+\& is a single file holding a collection of
+other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
+the original individual files (called \c
+.I members\c
+\& of the archive).
+
+The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
+group are preserved in the archive, and may be reconstituted on
+extraction.  
+
+GNU \c
+.B ar\c
+\& can maintain archives whose members have names of any
+length; however, depending on how \c
+.B ar\c
+\& is configured on your
+system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed (for compatibility
+with archive formats maintained with other tools).  If it exists, the
+limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
+characters (typical of formats related to coff).
+
+\c
+.B ar\c
+\& is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
+are most often used as \c
+.I libraries\c
+\& holding commonly needed
+subroutines.
+
+\c
+.B ar\c
+\& will create an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
+object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier `\|\c
+.B s\c
+\|'.
+Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \c
+.B ar\c
+\&
+makes a change to its contents (save for the `\|\c
+.B q\c
+\|' update operation).
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+
+You may use `\|\c
+.B nm \-s\c
+\|' or `\|\c
+.B nm \-\-print\-armap\c
+\|' to list this index
+table.  If an archive lacks the table, another form of \c
+.B ar\c
+\& called
+\c
+.B ranlib\c
+\& can be used to add just the table.
+
+\c
+.B ar\c
+\& insists on at least two arguments to execute: one
+keyletter specifying the \c
+.I operation\c
+\& (optionally accompanied by other
+keyletters specifying \c
+.I modifiers\c
+\&), and the archive name to act on.
+
+Most operations can also accept further \c
+.I files\c
+\& arguments,
+specifying particular files to operate on.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+GNU \c
+.B ar\c
+\& allows you to mix the operation code \c
+.I p\c
+\& and modifier
+flags \c
+.I mod\c
+\& in any order, within the first command-line argument.
+
+If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
+dash.
+
+The \c
+.I p\c
+\& keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
+any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
+
+.TP
+.B d
+\c
+.I Delete\c
+\& modules from the archive.  Specify the names of modules to
+be deleted as \c
+.I files\c
+\&; the archive is untouched if you
+specify no files to delete.
+
+If you specify the `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' modifier, \c
+.B ar\c
+\& will list each module
+as it is deleted.
+
+.TP
+.B m
+Use this operation to \c
+.I move\c
+\& members in an archive.
+
+The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
+programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
+than one member.  
+
+If no modifiers are used with \c
+.B m\c
+\&, any members you name in the
+\c
+.I files\c
+\& arguments are moved to the \c
+.I end\c
+\& of the archive;
+you can use the `\|\c
+.B a\c
+\|', `\|\c
+.B b\c
+\|', or `\|\c
+.B i\c
+\|' modifiers to move them to a
+specified place instead.
+
+.TP
+.B p
+\c
+.I Print\c
+\& the specified members of the archive, to the standard
+output file.  If the `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' modifier is specified, show the member
+name before copying its contents to standard output.
+
+If you specify no \c
+.I files\c
+\&, all the files in the archive are printed.
+
+.TP
+.B q
+\c
+.I Quick append\c
+\&; add \c
+.I files\c
+\& to the end of \c
+.I archive\c
+\&,
+without checking for replacement.  
+
+The modifiers `\|\c
+.B a\c
+\|', `\|\c
+.B b\c
+\|', and `\|\c
+.B i\c
+\|' do \c
+.I not\c
+\& affect this
+operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
+
+The modifier `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' makes \c
+.B ar\c
+\& list each file as it is appended.
+
+Since the point of this operation is speed, the archive's symbol table
+index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use `\|\c
+.B ar s\c
+\|' or
+\c
+.B ranlib\c
+\& explicitly to update the symbol table index.
+
+.TP
+.B r
+Insert \c
+.I files\c
+\& into \c
+.I archive\c
+\& (with \c
+.I replacement\c
+\&). This
+operation differs from `\|\c
+.B q\c
+\|' in that any previously existing members
+are deleted if their names match those being added.
+
+If one of the files named in \c
+.I files\c
+\& doesn't exist, \c
+.B ar\c
+\&
+displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
+of the archive matching that name.
+
+By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
+use one of the modifiers `\|\c
+.B a\c
+\|', `\|\c
+.B b\c
+\|', or `\|\c
+.B i\c
+\|' to request
+placement relative to some existing member.
+
+The modifier `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' used with this operation elicits a line of
+output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters `\|\c
+.B a\c
+\|' or
+`\|\c
+.B r\c
+\|' to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
+deleted) or replaced.
+
+.TP
+.B t
+Display a \c
+.I table\c
+\& listing the contents of \c
+.I archive\c
+\&, or those
+of the files listed in \c
+.I files\c
+\& that are present in the
+archive.  Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
+see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
+request that by also specifying the `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' modifier.
+
+If you do not specify any \c
+.I files\c
+\&, all files in the archive
+are listed.
+
+If there is more than one file with the same name (say, `\|\c
+.B fie\c
+\|') in
+an archive (say `\|\c
+.B b.a\c
+\|'), `\|\c
+.B ar t b.a fie\c
+\|' will list only the
+first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
+listing\(em\&in our example, `\|\c
+.B ar t b.a\c
+\|'.
+
+.TP
+.B x
+\c
+.I Extract\c
+\& members (named \c
+.I files\c
+\&) from the archive.  You can
+use the `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' modifier with this operation, to request that
+\c
+.B ar\c
+\& list each name as it extracts it.
+
+If you do not specify any \c
+.I files\c
+\&, all files in the archive
+are extracted.
+
+.PP
+
+A number of modifiers (\c
+.I mod\c
+\&) may immediately follow the \c
+.I p\c
+\&
+keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
+
+.TP
+.B a
+Add new files \c
+.I after\c
+\& an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \c
+.B a\c
+\&, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \c
+.I membername\c
+\& argument, before the
+\c
+.I archive\c
+\& specification.
+
+.TP
+.B b
+Add new files \c
+.I before\c
+\& an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \c
+.B b\c
+\&, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \c
+.I membername\c
+\& argument, before the
+\c
+.I archive\c
+\& specification.  (same as `\|\c
+.B i\c
+\|').
+
+.TP
+.B c
+\c
+.I Create\c
+\& the archive.  The specified \c
+.I archive\c
+\& is always
+created if it didn't exist, when you request an update.  But a warning is
+issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
+using this modifier.
+
+.TP
+.B f
+Truncate names in the archive.  
+.B ar
+will normally permit file names of any length.  This will cause it to
+create archives which are not compatible with the native 
+.B ar
+program on some systems.  If this is a concern, the 
+.B f
+modifier may be used to truncate file names when putting them in the
+archive.
+
+.TP
+.B i
+Insert new files \c
+.I before\c
+\& an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \c
+.B i\c
+\&, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \c
+.I membername\c
+\& argument, before the
+\c
+.I archive\c
+\& specification.  (same as `\|\c
+.B b\c
+\|').
+
+.TP
+.B l
+This modifier is accepted but not used.
+
+.TP
+.B o
+Preserve the \c
+.I original\c
+\& dates of members when extracting them.  If
+you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
+will be stamped with the time of extraction.
+
+.TP
+.B s
+Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
+even if no other change is made to the archive.  You may use this modifier
+flag either with any operation, or alone.  Running `\|\c
+.B ar s\c
+\|' on an
+archive is equivalent to running `\|\c
+.B ranlib\c
+\|' on it.
+
+.TP
+.B u
+Normally, \c
+.B ar r\c
+\&.\|.\|. inserts all files
+listed into the archive.  If you would like to insert \c
+.I only\c
+\& those
+of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
+names, use this modifier.  The `\|\c
+.B u\c
+\|' modifier is allowed only for the
+operation `\|\c
+.B r\c
+\|' (replace).  In particular, the combination `\|\c
+.B qu\c
+\|' is
+not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
+advantage from the operation `\|\c
+.B q\c
+\|'.
+
+.TP
+.B v
+This modifier requests the \c
+.I verbose\c
+\& version of an operation.  Many
+operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
+when the modifier `\|\c
+.B v\c
+\|' is appended.
+
+.TP
+.B V
+This modifier shows the version number of
+.BR ar .
+
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
+.BR nm ( 1 )\c
+\&,
+.BR ranlib ( 1 )\c
+\&.
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceed38e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@
+/* ar.c - Archive modify and extract.
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+   Bugs: should use getopt the way tar does (complete w/optional -) and
+   should have long options too. GNU ar used to check file against filesystem
+   in quick_update and replace operations (would check mtime). Doesn't warn
+   when name truncated. No way to specify pos_end. Error messages should be
+   more consistant.
+*/
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "aout/ar.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "arsup.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+#include <utime.h>
+#else /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIMES
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+
+#ifdef __GO32___
+#define EXT_NAME_LEN 3		/* bufflen of addition to name if it's MS-DOS */
+#else
+#define EXT_NAME_LEN 6		/* ditto for *NIX */
+#endif
+
+#define BUFSIZE 8192
+
+/* Kludge declaration from BFD!  This is ugly!  FIXME!  XXX */
+
+struct ar_hdr *
+  bfd_special_undocumented_glue PARAMS ((bfd * abfd, char *filename));
+
+/* Static declarations */
+
+static void
+mri_emul PARAMS ((void));
+
+static const char *
+normalize PARAMS ((const char *, bfd *));
+
+static void
+remove_output PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void
+map_over_members PARAMS ((bfd *, void (*)(bfd *), char **, int));
+
+static void
+print_contents PARAMS ((bfd * member));
+
+static void
+delete_members PARAMS ((bfd *, char **files_to_delete));
+
+#if 0
+static void
+do_quick_append PARAMS ((const char *archive_filename,
+			 char **files_to_append));
+#endif
+
+static void
+move_members PARAMS ((bfd *, char **files_to_move));
+
+static void
+replace_members PARAMS ((bfd *, char **files_to_replace, boolean quick));
+
+static void
+print_descr PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+write_archive PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static void
+ranlib_only PARAMS ((const char *archname));
+
+static void
+ranlib_touch PARAMS ((const char *archname));
+
+static void
+usage PARAMS ((int));
+
+/** Globals and flags */
+
+int mri_mode;
+
+/* This flag distinguishes between ar and ranlib:
+   1 means this is 'ranlib'; 0 means this is 'ar'.
+   -1 means if we should use argv[0] to decide.  */
+extern int is_ranlib;
+
+/* Nonzero means don't warn about creating the archive file if necessary.  */
+int silent_create = 0;
+
+/* Nonzero means describe each action performed.  */
+int verbose = 0;
+
+/* Nonzero means preserve dates of members when extracting them.  */
+int preserve_dates = 0;
+
+/* Nonzero means don't replace existing members whose dates are more recent
+   than the corresponding files.  */
+int newer_only = 0;
+
+/* Controls the writing of an archive symbol table (in BSD: a __.SYMDEF
+   member).  -1 means we've been explicitly asked to not write a symbol table;
+   +1 means we've been explictly asked to write it;
+   0 is the default.
+   Traditionally, the default in BSD has been to not write the table.
+   However, for POSIX.2 compliance the default is now to write a symbol table
+   if any of the members are object files.  */
+int write_armap = 0;
+
+/* Nonzero means it's the name of an existing member; position new or moved
+   files with respect to this one.  */
+char *posname = NULL;
+
+/* Sez how to use `posname': pos_before means position before that member.
+   pos_after means position after that member. pos_end means always at end.
+   pos_default means default appropriately. For the latter two, `posname'
+   should also be zero.  */
+enum pos
+  {
+    pos_default, pos_before, pos_after, pos_end
+  } postype = pos_default;
+
+static bfd **
+get_pos_bfd PARAMS ((bfd **, enum pos));
+
+/* Whether to truncate names of files stored in the archive.  */
+static boolean ar_truncate = false;
+
+int interactive = 0;
+
+static void
+mri_emul ()
+{
+  interactive = isatty (fileno (stdin));
+  yyparse ();
+}
+
+/* If COUNT is 0, then FUNCTION is called once on each entry.  If nonzero,
+   COUNT is the length of the FILES chain; FUNCTION is called on each entry
+   whose name matches one in FILES.  */
+
+static void
+map_over_members (arch, function, files, count)
+     bfd *arch;
+     void (*function) PARAMS ((bfd *));
+     char **files;
+     int count;
+{
+  bfd *head;
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    {
+      for (head = arch->next; head; head = head->next)
+	{
+	  PROGRESS (1);
+	  function (head);
+	}
+      return;
+    }
+  /* This may appear to be a baroque way of accomplishing what we want.
+     However we have to iterate over the filenames in order to notice where
+     a filename is requested but does not exist in the archive.  Ditto
+     mapping over each file each time -- we want to hack multiple
+     references.  */
+
+  for (; count > 0; files++, count--)
+    {
+      boolean found = false;
+
+      for (head = arch->next; head; head = head->next)
+	{
+	  PROGRESS (1);
+	  if (head->filename == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Some archive formats don't get the filenames filled in
+		 until the elements are opened.  */
+	      struct stat buf;
+	      bfd_stat_arch_elt (head, &buf);
+	    }
+	  if ((head->filename != NULL) &&
+	      (!strcmp (*files, head->filename)))
+	    {
+	      found = true;
+	      function (head);
+	    }
+	}
+      if (!found)
+	fprintf (stderr, "no entry %s in archive\n", *files);
+    }
+}
+
+boolean operation_alters_arch = false;
+
+static void
+usage (help)
+     int help;
+{
+  FILE *s;
+
+  s = help ? stdout : stderr;
+  if (! is_ranlib)
+    fprintf (s, "\
+Usage: %s [-]{dmpqrtx}[abcilosuvV] [member-name] archive-file file...\n\
+       %s -M [<mri-script]\n",
+	     program_name, program_name);
+  else
+    fprintf (s, "\
+Usage: %s [-vV] archive\n", program_name);
+
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stderr);
+
+  if (help)
+    fprintf (s, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+
+  xexit (help ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+/* Normalize a file name specified on the command line into a file
+   name which we will use in an archive.  */
+
+static const char *
+normalize (file, abfd)
+     const char *file;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  const char *filename;
+
+  filename = strrchr (file, '/');
+  if (filename != (char *) NULL)
+    filename++;
+  else
+    filename = file;
+
+  if (ar_truncate
+      && abfd != NULL
+      && strlen (filename) > abfd->xvec->ar_max_namelen)
+    {
+      char *s;
+
+      /* Space leak.  */
+      s = (char *) xmalloc (abfd->xvec->ar_max_namelen + 1);
+      memcpy (s, filename, abfd->xvec->ar_max_namelen);
+      s[abfd->xvec->ar_max_namelen] = '\0';
+      filename = s;
+    }
+
+  return filename;
+}
+
+/* Remove any output file.  This is only called via xatexit.  */
+
+static char *output_filename = NULL;
+static FILE *output_file = NULL;
+static bfd *output_bfd = NULL;
+
+static void
+remove_output ()
+{
+  if (output_filename != NULL)
+    {
+      if (output_bfd != NULL && output_bfd->iostream != NULL)
+	fclose ((FILE *) (output_bfd->iostream));
+      if (output_file != NULL)
+	fclose (output_file);
+      unlink (output_filename);
+    }
+}
+
+/* The option parsing should be in its own function.
+   It will be when I have getopt working.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *arg_ptr;
+  char c;
+  enum
+    {
+      none = 0, delete, replace, print_table,
+      print_files, extract, move, quick_append
+    } operation = none;
+  int arg_index;
+  char **files;
+  char *inarch_filename;
+  int show_version;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  if (is_ranlib < 0)
+    {
+      char *temp;
+
+      temp = strrchr (program_name, '/');
+      if (temp == NULL)
+	temp = program_name;
+      else
+	++temp;
+      if (strlen (temp) >= 6
+	  && strcmp (temp + strlen (temp) - 6, "ranlib") == 0)
+	is_ranlib = 1;
+      else
+	is_ranlib = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-')
+    {
+      if (strcmp (argv[1], "--help") == 0)
+	usage (1);
+      else if (strcmp (argv[1], "--version") == 0)
+	{
+	  if (is_ranlib)
+	    print_version ("ranlib");
+	  else
+	    print_version ("ar");
+	}
+    }
+
+  START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  show_version = 0;
+
+  xatexit (remove_output);
+
+  if (is_ranlib)
+    {
+      boolean touch = false;
+
+      if (argc < 2 || strcmp (argv[1], "--help") == 0)
+	usage (0);
+      if (strcmp (argv[1], "-V") == 0
+	  || strcmp (argv[1], "-v") == 0
+	  || strncmp (argv[1], "--v", 3) == 0)
+	print_version ("ranlib");
+      arg_index = 1;
+      if (strcmp (argv[1], "-t") == 0)
+	{
+	  ++arg_index;
+	  touch = true;
+	}
+      while (arg_index < argc)
+	{
+	  if (! touch)
+	    ranlib_only (argv[arg_index]);
+	  else
+	    ranlib_touch (argv[arg_index]);
+	  ++arg_index;
+	}
+      xexit (0);
+    }
+
+  if (argc == 2 && strcmp (argv[1], "-M") == 0)
+    {
+      mri_emul ();
+      xexit (0);
+    }
+
+  if (argc < 2)
+    usage (0);
+
+  arg_ptr = argv[1];
+
+  if (*arg_ptr == '-')
+    ++arg_ptr;			/* compatibility */
+
+  while ((c = *arg_ptr++) != '\0')
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 'd':
+	case 'm':
+	case 'p':
+	case 'q':
+	case 'r':
+	case 't':
+	case 'x':
+	  if (operation != none)
+	    fatal ("two different operation options specified");
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case 'd':
+	      operation = delete;
+	      operation_alters_arch = true;
+	      break;
+	    case 'm':
+	      operation = move;
+	      operation_alters_arch = true;
+	      break;
+	    case 'p':
+	      operation = print_files;
+	      break;
+	    case 'q':
+	      operation = quick_append;
+	      operation_alters_arch = true;
+	      break;
+	    case 'r':
+	      operation = replace;
+	      operation_alters_arch = true;
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      operation = print_table;
+	      break;
+	    case 'x':
+	      operation = extract;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	case 'l':
+	  break;
+	case 'c':
+	  silent_create = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'o':
+	  preserve_dates = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  show_version = true;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  write_armap = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  newer_only = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  verbose = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  postype = pos_after;
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  postype = pos_before;
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  postype = pos_before;
+	  break;
+	case 'M':
+	  mri_mode = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  ar_truncate = true;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", program_name, c);
+	  usage (0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("ar");
+
+  if (argc < 3)
+    usage (0);
+
+  if (mri_mode)
+    {
+      mri_emul ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bfd *arch;
+
+      /* We can't write an armap when using ar q, so just do ar r
+         instead.  */
+      if (operation == quick_append && write_armap)
+	operation = replace;
+
+      if ((operation == none || operation == print_table)
+	  && write_armap == 1)
+	{
+	  ranlib_only (argv[2]);
+	  xexit (0);
+	}
+
+      if (operation == none)
+	fatal ("no operation specified");
+
+      if (newer_only && operation != replace)
+	fatal ("`u' is only meaningful with the `r' option.");
+
+      arg_index = 2;
+
+      if (postype != pos_default)
+	posname = argv[arg_index++];
+
+      inarch_filename = argv[arg_index++];
+
+      files = arg_index < argc ? argv + arg_index : NULL;
+
+#if 0
+      /* We don't use do_quick_append any more.  Too many systems
+         expect ar to always rebuild the symbol table even when q is
+         used.  */
+
+      /* We can't do a quick append if we need to construct an
+	 extended name table, because do_quick_append won't be able to
+	 rebuild the name table.  Unfortunately, at this point we
+	 don't actually know the maximum name length permitted by this
+	 object file format.  So, we guess.  FIXME.  */
+      if (operation == quick_append && ! ar_truncate)
+	{
+	  char **chk;
+
+	  for (chk = files; chk != NULL && *chk != '\0'; chk++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (normalize (*chk, (bfd *) NULL)) > 14)
+		{
+		  operation = replace;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (operation == quick_append)
+	{
+	  /* Note that quick appending to a non-existent archive creates it,
+	     even if there are no files to append. */
+	  do_quick_append (inarch_filename, files);
+	  xexit (0);
+	}
+#endif
+
+      arch = open_inarch (inarch_filename,
+			  files == NULL ? (char *) NULL : files[0]);
+
+      switch (operation)
+	{
+	case print_table:
+	  map_over_members (arch, print_descr, files, argc - 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case print_files:
+	  map_over_members (arch, print_contents, files, argc - 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case extract:
+	  map_over_members (arch, extract_file, files, argc - 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case delete:
+	  if (files != NULL)
+	    delete_members (arch, files);
+	  break;
+
+	case move:
+	  if (files != NULL)
+	    move_members (arch, files);
+	  break;
+
+	case replace:
+	case quick_append:
+	  if (files != NULL || write_armap > 0)
+	    replace_members (arch, files, operation == quick_append);
+	  break;
+
+	  /* Shouldn't happen! */
+	default:
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: internal error -- this option not implemented\n",
+		   program_name);
+	  xexit (1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+  xexit (0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+bfd *
+open_inarch (archive_filename, file)
+     const char *archive_filename;
+     const char *file;
+{
+  const char *target;
+  bfd **last_one;
+  bfd *next_one;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  bfd *arch;
+  char **matching;
+
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+
+  target = NULL;
+
+  if (stat (archive_filename, &sbuf) != 0)
+    {
+#ifndef __GO32__
+
+/* KLUDGE ALERT! Temporary fix until I figger why
+ * stat() is wrong ... think it's buried in GO32's IDT
+ * - Jax
+ */
+      if (errno != ENOENT)
+	bfd_fatal (archive_filename);
+#endif
+
+      if (!operation_alters_arch)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+	  perror (archive_filename);
+	  maybequit ();
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Try to figure out the target to use for the archive from the
+         first object on the list.  */
+      if (file != NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd *obj;
+
+	  obj = bfd_openr (file, NULL);
+	  if (obj != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (bfd_check_format (obj, bfd_object))
+		target = bfd_get_target (obj);
+	      (void) bfd_close (obj);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Create an empty archive.  */
+      arch = bfd_openw (archive_filename, target);
+      if (arch == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_format (arch, bfd_archive)
+	  || ! bfd_close (arch))
+	bfd_fatal (archive_filename);
+    }
+
+  arch = bfd_openr (archive_filename, target);
+  if (arch == NULL)
+    {
+    bloser:
+      bfd_fatal (archive_filename);
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_check_format_matches (arch, bfd_archive, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (archive_filename);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+
+  last_one = &(arch->next);
+  /* Read all the contents right away, regardless.  */
+  for (next_one = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (arch, NULL);
+       next_one;
+       next_one = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (arch, next_one))
+    {
+      PROGRESS (1);
+      *last_one = next_one;
+      last_one = &next_one->next;
+    }
+  *last_one = (bfd *) NULL;
+  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_more_archived_files)
+    goto bloser;
+  return arch;
+}
+
+static void
+print_contents (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  int ncopied = 0;
+  char *cbuf = xmalloc (BUFSIZE);
+  struct stat buf;
+  long size;
+  if (bfd_stat_arch_elt (abfd, &buf) != 0)
+    fatal ("internal stat error on %s", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  if (verbose)
+    printf ("\n<member %s>\n\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  bfd_seek (abfd, 0, SEEK_SET);
+
+  size = buf.st_size;
+  while (ncopied < size)
+    {
+
+      int nread;
+      int tocopy = size - ncopied;
+      if (tocopy > BUFSIZE)
+	tocopy = BUFSIZE;
+
+      nread = bfd_read (cbuf, 1, tocopy, abfd);	/* oops -- broke
+							   abstraction!  */
+      if (nread != tocopy)
+	fatal ("%s is not a valid archive",
+	       bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)));
+      fwrite (cbuf, 1, nread, stdout);
+      ncopied += tocopy;
+    }
+  free (cbuf);
+}
+
+/* Extract a member of the archive into its own file.
+
+   We defer opening the new file until after we have read a BUFSIZ chunk of the
+   old one, since we know we have just read the archive header for the old
+   one.  Since most members are shorter than BUFSIZ, this means we will read
+   the old header, read the old data, write a new inode for the new file, and
+   write the new data, and be done. This 'optimization' is what comes from
+   sitting next to a bare disk and hearing it every time it seeks.  -- Gnu
+   Gilmore  */
+
+void
+extract_file (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  FILE *ostream;
+  char *cbuf = xmalloc (BUFSIZE);
+  int nread, tocopy;
+  int ncopied = 0;
+  long size;
+  struct stat buf;
+  if (bfd_stat_arch_elt (abfd, &buf) != 0)
+    fatal ("internal stat error on %s", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+  size = buf.st_size;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    printf ("x - %s\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  bfd_seek (abfd, 0, SEEK_SET);
+
+  ostream = 0;
+  if (size == 0)
+    {
+      /* Seems like an abstraction violation, eh?  Well it's OK! */
+      output_filename = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+
+      ostream = fopen (bfd_get_filename (abfd), FOPEN_WB);
+      if (!ostream)
+	{
+	  perror (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  xexit (1);
+	}
+
+      output_file = ostream;
+    }
+  else
+    while (ncopied < size)
+      {
+	tocopy = size - ncopied;
+	if (tocopy > BUFSIZE)
+	  tocopy = BUFSIZE;
+
+	nread = bfd_read (cbuf, 1, tocopy, abfd);
+	if (nread != tocopy)
+	  fatal ("%s is not a valid archive",
+		 bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)));
+
+	/* See comment above; this saves disk arm motion */
+	if (!ostream)
+	  {
+	    /* Seems like an abstraction violation, eh?  Well it's OK! */
+	    output_filename = bfd_get_filename (abfd);
+
+	    ostream = fopen (bfd_get_filename (abfd), FOPEN_WB);
+	    if (!ostream)
+	      {
+		perror (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+		xexit (1);
+	      }
+
+	    output_file = ostream;
+	  }
+	fwrite (cbuf, 1, nread, ostream);
+	ncopied += tocopy;
+      }
+
+  fclose (ostream);
+
+  output_file = NULL;
+  output_filename = NULL;
+
+  chmod (bfd_get_filename (abfd), buf.st_mode);
+
+  if (preserve_dates)
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+      struct utimbuf tb;
+      tb.actime = buf.st_mtime;
+      tb.modtime = buf.st_mtime;
+      utime (bfd_get_filename (abfd), &tb);	/* FIXME check result */
+#else /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+#ifndef HAVE_UTIMES
+      long tb[2];
+      tb[0] = buf.st_mtime;
+      tb[1] = buf.st_mtime;
+      utime (bfd_get_filename (abfd), tb);	/* FIXME check result */
+#else /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+      struct timeval tv[2];
+      tv[0].tv_sec = buf.st_mtime;
+      tv[0].tv_usec = 0;
+      tv[1].tv_sec = buf.st_mtime;
+      tv[1].tv_usec = 0;
+      utimes (bfd_get_filename (abfd), tv);	/* FIXME check result */
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+    }
+free (cbuf);
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/* We don't use this anymore.  Too many systems expect ar to rebuild
+   the symbol table even when q is used.  */
+
+/* Just do it quickly; don't worry about dups, armap, or anything like that */
+
+static void
+do_quick_append (archive_filename, files_to_append)
+     const char *archive_filename;
+     char **files_to_append;
+{
+  FILE *ofile, *ifile;
+  char *buf = xmalloc (BUFSIZE);
+  long tocopy, thistime;
+  bfd *temp;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  boolean newfile = false;
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+
+  if (stat (archive_filename, &sbuf) != 0)
+    {
+
+#ifndef __GO32__
+
+/* KLUDGE ALERT! Temporary fix until I figger why
+ * stat() is wrong ... think it's buried in GO32's IDT
+ * - Jax
+ */
+
+      if (errno != ENOENT)
+	bfd_fatal (archive_filename);
+#endif
+
+      newfile = true;
+    }
+
+  ofile = fopen (archive_filename, FOPEN_AUB);
+  if (ofile == NULL)
+    {
+      perror (program_name);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+
+  temp = bfd_openr (archive_filename, NULL);
+  if (temp == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_fatal (archive_filename);
+    }
+  if (newfile == false)
+    {
+      if (bfd_check_format (temp, bfd_archive) != true)
+	fatal ("%s is not an archive", archive_filename);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fwrite (ARMAG, 1, SARMAG, ofile);
+      if (!silent_create)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: creating %s\n",
+		 program_name, archive_filename);
+    }
+
+  if (ar_truncate)
+    temp->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+
+  /* assume it's an achive, go straight to the end, sans $200 */
+  fseek (ofile, 0, 2);
+
+  for (; files_to_append && *files_to_append; ++files_to_append)
+    {
+      struct ar_hdr *hdr = bfd_special_undocumented_glue (temp, *files_to_append);
+      if (hdr == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_fatal (*files_to_append);
+	}
+
+      BFD_SEND (temp, _bfd_truncate_arname, (temp, *files_to_append, (char *) hdr));
+
+      ifile = fopen (*files_to_append, FOPEN_RB);
+      if (ifile == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_nonfatal (*files_to_append);
+	}
+
+      if (stat (*files_to_append, &sbuf) != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_nonfatal (*files_to_append);
+	}
+
+      tocopy = sbuf.st_size;
+
+      /* XXX should do error-checking! */
+      fwrite (hdr, 1, sizeof (struct ar_hdr), ofile);
+
+      while (tocopy > 0)
+	{
+	  thistime = tocopy;
+	  if (thistime > BUFSIZE)
+	    thistime = BUFSIZE;
+	  fread (buf, 1, thistime, ifile);
+	  fwrite (buf, 1, thistime, ofile);
+	  tocopy -= thistime;
+	}
+      fclose (ifile);
+      if ((sbuf.st_size % 2) == 1)
+	putc ('\012', ofile);
+    }
+  fclose (ofile);
+  bfd_close (temp);
+  free (buf);
+}
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+static void
+write_archive (iarch)
+     bfd *iarch;
+{
+  bfd *obfd;
+  char *old_name, *new_name;
+  bfd *contents_head = iarch->next;
+
+  old_name = xmalloc (strlen (bfd_get_filename (iarch)) + 1);
+  strcpy (old_name, bfd_get_filename (iarch));
+  new_name = make_tempname (old_name);
+
+  output_filename = new_name;
+
+  obfd = bfd_openw (new_name, bfd_get_target (iarch));
+
+  if (obfd == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (old_name);
+
+  output_bfd = obfd;
+
+  bfd_set_format (obfd, bfd_archive);
+
+  /* Request writing the archive symbol table unless we've
+     been explicitly requested not to.  */
+  obfd->has_armap = write_armap >= 0;
+
+  if (ar_truncate)
+    {
+      /* This should really use bfd_set_file_flags, but that rejects
+         archives.  */
+      obfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_set_archive_head (obfd, contents_head) != true)
+    bfd_fatal (old_name);
+
+  if (!bfd_close (obfd))
+    bfd_fatal (old_name);
+
+  output_bfd = NULL;
+  output_filename = NULL;
+
+  /* We don't care if this fails; we might be creating the archive.  */
+  bfd_close (iarch);
+  unlink (old_name);
+
+  if (rename (new_name, old_name) != 0)
+    bfd_fatal (old_name);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the pointer to the entry which should be rplacd'd
+   into when altering.  DEFAULT_POS should be how to interpret pos_default,
+   and should be a pos value.  */
+
+static bfd **
+get_pos_bfd (contents, default_pos)
+     bfd **contents;
+     enum pos default_pos;
+{
+  bfd **after_bfd = contents;
+  enum pos realpos = (postype == pos_default ? default_pos : postype);
+
+  if (realpos == pos_end)
+    {
+      while (*after_bfd)
+	after_bfd = &((*after_bfd)->next);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (; *after_bfd; after_bfd = &(*after_bfd)->next)
+	if (!strcmp ((*after_bfd)->filename, posname))
+	  {
+	    if (realpos == pos_after)
+	      after_bfd = &(*after_bfd)->next;
+	    break;
+	  }
+    }
+  return after_bfd;
+}
+
+static void
+delete_members (arch, files_to_delete)
+     bfd *arch;
+     char **files_to_delete;
+{
+  bfd **current_ptr_ptr;
+  boolean found;
+  boolean something_changed = false;
+  for (; *files_to_delete != NULL; ++files_to_delete)
+    {
+      /* In a.out systems, the armap is optional.  It's also called
+	 __.SYMDEF.  So if the user asked to delete it, we should remember
+	 that fact. This isn't quite right for COFF systems (where
+	 __.SYMDEF might be regular member), but it's very unlikely
+	 to be a problem.  FIXME */
+
+      if (!strcmp (*files_to_delete, "__.SYMDEF"))
+	{
+	  arch->has_armap = false;
+	  write_armap = -1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      found = false;
+      current_ptr_ptr = &(arch->next);
+      while (*current_ptr_ptr)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (*files_to_delete, (*current_ptr_ptr)->filename) == 0)
+	    {
+	      found = true;
+	      something_changed = true;
+	      if (verbose)
+		printf ("d - %s\n",
+			*files_to_delete);
+	      *current_ptr_ptr = ((*current_ptr_ptr)->next);
+	      goto next_file;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      current_ptr_ptr = &((*current_ptr_ptr)->next);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (verbose && found == false)
+	{
+	  printf ("No member named `%s'\n", *files_to_delete);
+	}
+    next_file:
+      ;
+    }
+
+  if (something_changed == true)
+    {
+      write_archive (arch);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Reposition existing members within an archive */
+
+static void
+move_members (arch, files_to_move)
+     bfd *arch;
+     char **files_to_move;
+{
+  bfd **after_bfd;		/* New entries go after this one */
+  bfd **current_ptr_ptr;	/* cdr pointer into contents */
+
+  for (; *files_to_move; ++files_to_move)
+    {
+      current_ptr_ptr = &(arch->next);
+      while (*current_ptr_ptr)
+	{
+	  bfd *current_ptr = *current_ptr_ptr;
+	  if (strcmp (normalize (*files_to_move, arch),
+		      current_ptr->filename) == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Move this file to the end of the list - first cut from
+		 where it is.  */
+	      bfd *link;
+	      *current_ptr_ptr = current_ptr->next;
+
+	      /* Now glue to end */
+	      after_bfd = get_pos_bfd (&arch->next, pos_end);
+	      link = *after_bfd;
+	      *after_bfd = current_ptr;
+	      current_ptr->next = link;
+
+	      if (verbose)
+		printf ("m - %s\n", *files_to_move);
+
+	      goto next_file;
+	    }
+
+	  current_ptr_ptr = &((*current_ptr_ptr)->next);
+	}
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no entry %s in archive %s!\n",
+	       program_name, *files_to_move, arch->filename);
+      xexit (1);
+    next_file:;
+    }
+
+  write_archive (arch);
+}
+
+/* Ought to default to replacing in place, but this is existing practice!  */
+
+static void
+replace_members (arch, files_to_move, quick)
+     bfd *arch;
+     char **files_to_move;
+     boolean quick;
+{
+  boolean changed = false;
+  bfd **after_bfd;		/* New entries go after this one */
+  bfd *current;
+  bfd **current_ptr;
+  bfd *temp;
+
+  while (files_to_move && *files_to_move)
+    {
+      if (! quick)
+	{
+	  current_ptr = &arch->next;
+	  while (*current_ptr)
+	    {
+	      current = *current_ptr;
+
+	      /* For compatibility with existing ar programs, we
+		 permit the same file to be added multiple times.  */
+	      if (strcmp (normalize (*files_to_move, arch),
+			  normalize (current->filename, arch)) == 0
+		  && current->arelt_data != NULL)
+		{
+		  if (newer_only)
+		    {
+		      struct stat fsbuf, asbuf;
+
+		      if (stat (*files_to_move, &fsbuf) != 0)
+			{
+			  if (errno != ENOENT)
+			    bfd_fatal (*files_to_move);
+			  goto next_file;
+			}
+		      if (bfd_stat_arch_elt (current, &asbuf) != 0)
+			fatal ("internal stat error on %s", current->filename);
+
+		      if (fsbuf.st_mtime <= asbuf.st_mtime)
+			goto next_file;
+		    }
+
+		  /* snip out this entry from the chain */
+		  *current_ptr = current->next;
+
+		  after_bfd = get_pos_bfd (&arch->next, pos_end);
+		  temp = *after_bfd;
+		  *after_bfd = bfd_openr (*files_to_move, NULL);
+		  if (*after_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+		    {
+		      bfd_fatal (*files_to_move);
+		    }
+		  (*after_bfd)->next = temp;
+
+		  if (verbose)
+		    {
+		      printf ("r - %s\n", *files_to_move);
+		    }
+
+		  changed = true;
+
+		  goto next_file;
+		}
+	      current_ptr = &(current->next);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Add to the end of the archive.  */
+
+      after_bfd = get_pos_bfd (&arch->next, pos_end);
+      temp = *after_bfd;
+      *after_bfd = bfd_openr (*files_to_move, NULL);
+      if (*after_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_fatal (*files_to_move);
+	}
+      if (verbose)
+	{
+	  printf ("a - %s\n", *files_to_move);
+	}
+
+      (*after_bfd)->next = temp;
+
+      changed = true;
+
+    next_file:;
+
+      files_to_move++;
+    }
+
+  if (changed)
+    write_archive (arch);
+}
+
+static void
+ranlib_only (archname)
+     const char *archname;
+{
+  bfd *arch;
+
+  write_armap = 1;
+  arch = open_inarch (archname, (char *) NULL);
+  if (arch == NULL)
+    xexit (1);
+  write_archive (arch);
+}
+
+/* Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive.  */
+
+static void
+ranlib_touch (archname)
+     const char *archname;
+{
+#ifdef __GO32__
+  /* I don't think updating works on go32.  */
+  ranlib_only (archname);
+#else
+  int f;
+  bfd *arch;
+  char **matching;
+
+  f = open (archname, O_RDWR, 0);
+  if (f < 0)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      bfd_fatal (archname);
+    }
+
+  arch = bfd_fdopenr (archname, (const char *) NULL, f);
+  if (arch == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (archname);
+  if (! bfd_check_format_matches (arch, bfd_archive, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (archname);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_has_map (arch))
+    fatal ("%s: no archive map to update", archname);
+
+  bfd_update_armap_timestamp (arch);
+
+  if (! bfd_close (arch))
+    bfd_fatal (archname);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Things which are interesting to map over all or some of the files: */
+
+static void
+print_descr (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  print_arelt_descr (stdout, abfd, verbose);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/arlex.l b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arlex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74e13d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arlex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+%{
+/* arlex.l - Strange script language lexer */
+
+/*   Copyright (C) 1992, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+   		  sac@cygnus.com
+
+*/
+#define DONTDECLARE_MALLOC
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "arparse.h"
+
+int linenumber;
+%}
+%%
+
+"ADDLIB"   	{ return ADDLIB; }
+"ADDMOD"   	{ return ADDMOD; }
+"CLEAR"   	{ return CLEAR; }
+"CREATE"   	{ return CREATE; }
+"DELETE"   	{ return DELETE; }
+"DIRECTORY"   	{ return DIRECTORY; }
+"END"   	{ return END; }
+"EXTRACT"   	{ return EXTRACT; }
+"FULLDIR"   	{ return FULLDIR; }
+"HELP"   	{ return HELP; }
+"LIST"		{ return LIST; }
+"OPEN"   	{ return OPEN; }
+"REPLACE"   	{ return REPLACE; }
+"VERBOSE"   	{ return VERBOSE; }
+"SAVE"   	{ return SAVE; }
+"addlib"   	{ return ADDLIB; }
+"addmod"   	{ return ADDMOD; }
+"clear"   	{ return CLEAR; }
+"create"   	{ return CREATE; }
+"delete"   	{ return DELETE; }
+"directory"   	{ return DIRECTORY; }
+"end"   	{ return END; }
+"extract"   	{ return EXTRACT; }
+"fulldir"   	{ return FULLDIR; }
+"help"   	{ return HELP; }
+"list"		{ return LIST; }
+"open"   	{ return OPEN; }
+"replace"   	{ return REPLACE; }
+"verbose"   	{ return VERBOSE; }
+"save"   	{ return SAVE; }
+"+\n"           { linenumber ++; }
+"("             { return '('; }
+")"             { return ')'; }
+","             { return ','; }
+[A-Za-z0-9/$:.\-\_]+  { 	
+		yylval.name =  xstrdup (yytext);
+		return FILENAME;
+		}
+"*".* 		{ }
+";".* 		{ }
+" "		{ }
+"\n"	 	 { linenumber ++; return NEWLINE; }	
+
+%%
+#ifndef yywrap
+/* Needed for lex, though not flex. */
+int yywrap() { return 1; }
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/arparse.y b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arparse.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8457f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arparse.y
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+%{
+/* arparse.y - Stange script language parser */
+
+/*   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+   		  sac@cygnus.com
+
+*/
+#define DONTDECLARE_MALLOC
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "arsup.h"
+extern int verbose;
+static int yyerror PARAMS ((const char *));
+%}
+
+%union {
+  char *name;
+struct list *list ;
+
+};
+
+%token NEWLINE
+%token VERBOSE
+%token <name> FILENAME
+%token ADDLIB
+%token LIST
+%token ADDMOD
+%token CLEAR
+%token CREATE
+%token DELETE
+%token DIRECTORY
+%token END
+%token EXTRACT
+%token FULLDIR
+%token HELP
+%token QUIT
+%token REPLACE
+%token SAVE
+%token OPEN
+
+%type <list> modulelist 
+%type <list> modulename
+%type <name> optional_filename
+%%
+
+start:
+	{ prompt(); } session
+	;
+
+session:
+	    session command_line
+	|
+	;
+
+command_line:
+		command NEWLINE { prompt(); }
+
+command:
+		open_command	
+	|	create_command	
+	| 	verbose_command
+	|	directory_command
+	|	addlib_command
+	|	clear_command
+	|	addmod_command
+	| 	save_command
+        |       extract_command
+	|	replace_command
+	|	delete_command
+	|	list_command
+	| 	END	 { ar_end(); return 0; }
+	| 	error
+	|       FILENAME { yyerror("foo"); }
+	|
+	;
+
+
+extract_command:
+                EXTRACT modulename
+		{ ar_extract($2); }
+	;
+
+replace_command:	
+		REPLACE modulename
+		{ ar_replace($2); }
+	;
+	
+clear_command:
+		CLEAR
+		{ ar_clear(); }
+	;
+
+delete_command:
+		DELETE modulename
+		{ ar_delete($2); }
+	;
+addmod_command:
+	ADDMOD modulename
+		{ ar_addmod($2); }
+	;
+
+list_command:	
+		LIST
+		{ ar_list(); }
+	;
+
+save_command:	
+		SAVE
+		{ ar_save(); }
+	;
+
+
+
+open_command:
+		OPEN FILENAME 
+		{ ar_open($2,0); }
+	;
+
+create_command:
+		CREATE FILENAME 
+		{ ar_open($2,1); }
+	;
+
+
+addlib_command:
+		ADDLIB FILENAME modulelist
+		{ ar_addlib($2,$3); }
+	;
+directory_command:
+		DIRECTORY FILENAME modulelist optional_filename
+		{ ar_directory($2, $3, $4); }
+	;
+
+
+
+optional_filename:
+		FILENAME
+		{ $$ = $1; }
+	|	{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+
+modulelist:
+	'(' modulename ')' 
+		{ $$ = $2; }
+	|
+		{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+
+modulename:
+		modulename optcomma FILENAME
+		{ 	struct list *n  = (struct list *) malloc(sizeof(struct list));
+			n->next = $1; 
+			n->name = $3;
+			$$ = n;
+		 }
+	|	{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+	
+
+optcomma:
+		','
+	|
+	;
+	
+		
+verbose_command:
+	VERBOSE 
+		{ verbose = !verbose; }
+	;
+
+
+%%
+
+static int
+yyerror (x)
+     const char *x;
+{
+  extern int linenumber;
+
+  printf ("Syntax error in archive script, line %d\n", linenumber + 1);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e02283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+/* arsup.c - Archive support for MRI compatibility
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+   		  sac@cygnus.com
+
+This file looks after requests from arparse.y, to provide the MRI
+style librarian command syntax + 1 word LIST
+
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "arsup.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+static void map_over_list
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, void (*function) (bfd *, bfd *), struct list *));
+static void ar_directory_doer PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static void ar_addlib_doer PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+
+extern int verbose;
+
+static void
+map_over_list (arch, function, list)
+     bfd *arch;
+     void (*function) PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+     struct list *list;
+{
+  bfd *head;
+
+  if (list == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd *next;
+
+      head = arch->next;
+      while (head != NULL)
+	{
+	  next = head->next;
+	  function (head, (bfd *) NULL);
+	  head = next;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct list *ptr;
+
+      /* This may appear to be a baroque way of accomplishing what we
+	 want.  however we have to iterate over the filenames in order
+	 to notice where a filename is requested but does not exist in
+	 the archive.  Ditto mapping over each file each time -- we
+	 want to hack multiple references.  */
+      for (ptr = list; ptr; ptr = ptr->next)
+	{
+	  boolean found = false;
+	  bfd *prev = arch;
+
+	  for (head = arch->next; head; head = head->next) 
+	    {
+	      if (head->filename != NULL
+		  && strcmp (ptr->name, head->filename) == 0)
+		{
+		  found = true;
+		  function (head, prev);
+		}
+	      prev = head;
+	    }
+	  if (! found)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "No entry %s in archive.\n", ptr->name);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+FILE *outfile;
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ar_directory_doer (abfd, ignore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd *ignore;
+{
+    print_arelt_descr(outfile, abfd, verbose);
+}
+
+void
+ar_directory (ar_name, list, output)
+     char *ar_name;
+     struct list *list;
+     char *output;
+{
+  bfd *arch;
+
+  arch = open_inarch (ar_name, (char *) NULL);
+  if (output)
+    {
+      outfile = fopen(output,"w");
+      if (outfile == 0)
+	{
+	  outfile = stdout;
+	  fprintf (stderr,"Can't open file %s\n", output);
+	  output = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else 
+    outfile = stdout;
+
+  map_over_list (arch, ar_directory_doer, list);
+
+  bfd_close (arch);
+
+  if (output)
+   fclose (outfile);
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN_VOID(prompt)
+{
+  extern int interactive;
+  if (interactive) 
+  {
+    printf("AR >");
+    fflush(stdout); 
+  }
+}
+
+void
+maybequit ()
+{
+  if (! interactive) 
+    xexit (9);
+}
+
+
+bfd *obfd;
+char *real_name ; 
+void
+DEFUN(ar_open,(name, t),
+      char *name AND
+      int t)
+
+{
+  char *tname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 10);
+  real_name = name;
+  sprintf(tname, "%s-tmp", name);
+  obfd = bfd_openw(tname, NULL);
+
+  if (!obfd) {
+    fprintf(stderr,"%s: Can't open output archive %s\n", program_name,
+	    tname);
+
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else {
+    if (!t) {
+      bfd **ptr;
+      bfd *element;
+      bfd *ibfd;
+      ibfd = bfd_openr(name, NULL);
+      if (!ibfd) {
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: Can't open input archive %s\n",
+		program_name, name);
+	maybequit();
+	return;
+      }
+      if (bfd_check_format(ibfd, bfd_archive) != true) {
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: file %s is not an archive\n", program_name,
+		name);
+	maybequit();
+	return;
+      }
+      ptr = &(obfd->archive_head);
+      element = bfd_openr_next_archived_file(ibfd, NULL);
+
+      while (element) {
+	*ptr = element;
+	ptr = &element->next;
+	element = bfd_openr_next_archived_file(ibfd, element);
+      }
+    }
+
+    bfd_set_format(obfd, bfd_archive);
+
+    obfd->has_armap = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+
+static void
+ar_addlib_doer (abfd, prev)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd *prev;
+{
+  /* Add this module to the output bfd */
+  if (prev != NULL)
+    prev->next = abfd->next;
+  abfd->next = obfd->archive_head;
+  obfd->archive_head = abfd;
+}
+
+void
+ar_addlib (name, list)
+     char *name;
+     struct list *list;
+{
+  if (obfd == NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no output archive specified yet\n", program_name);
+      maybequit ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bfd *arch;
+
+      arch = open_inarch (name, (char *) NULL);
+      if (arch != NULL)
+	map_over_list (arch, ar_addlib_doer, list);
+
+      /* Don't close the bfd, since it will make the elements disasppear */
+    }
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN(ar_addmod, (list),
+      struct list *list)
+{
+  if (!obfd) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open output archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    while (list) {
+      bfd *abfd = bfd_openr(list->name, NULL);
+      if (!abfd)  {
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't open file %s\n", program_name,
+		list->name);
+	maybequit();
+      }
+      else {
+	abfd->next = obfd->archive_head;
+	obfd->archive_head = abfd;
+      }
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+void
+DEFUN_VOID(ar_clear)
+{
+if (obfd) 
+ obfd->archive_head = 0;
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN(ar_delete, (list),
+      struct list *list)
+{
+  if (!obfd) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open output archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    while (list) {
+      /* Find this name in the archive */
+      bfd *member = obfd->archive_head;
+      bfd **prev = &(obfd->archive_head);
+      int found = 0;
+      while (member) {
+	if (strcmp(member->filename, list->name) == 0) {
+	  *prev = member->next;
+	  found = 1;
+	}
+	else {
+	  prev = &(member->next);
+	}
+	  member = member->next;
+      }
+      if (!found)  {
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't find module file %s\n", program_name,
+		list->name);
+	maybequit();
+      }
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+DEFUN_VOID(ar_save)
+{
+
+  if (!obfd) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open output archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else {
+    char *ofilename = xstrdup (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+    bfd_close(obfd);
+    
+    rename (ofilename, real_name);
+    obfd = 0;
+    free(ofilename);
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+void
+DEFUN(ar_replace, (list),
+      struct list *list)
+{
+  if (!obfd) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open output archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    while (list) {
+      /* Find this name in the archive */
+      bfd *member = obfd->archive_head;
+      bfd **prev = &(obfd->archive_head);
+      int found = 0;
+      while (member) 
+      {
+	if (strcmp(member->filename, list->name) == 0) 
+	{
+	  /* Found the one to replace */
+	  bfd *abfd = bfd_openr(list->name, 0);
+	  if (!abfd) 
+	  {
+	    fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't open file %s\n", program_name, list->name);
+	    maybequit();
+	  }
+	  else {
+	    *prev = abfd;
+	    abfd->next = member->next;
+	    found = 1;
+	  }
+	}
+	else {
+	  prev = &(member->next);
+	}
+	member = member->next;
+      }
+      if (!found)  {
+	bfd *abfd = bfd_openr(list->name, 0);
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't find module file %s\n", program_name,
+		list->name);
+	if (!abfd) 
+	{
+	  fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't open file %s\n", program_name, list->name);
+	  maybequit();
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+	  *prev = abfd;
+	}
+      }
+
+    list = list->next;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* And I added this one */
+void
+DEFUN_VOID(ar_list)
+{
+  if (!obfd) 
+  {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open output archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else {
+    bfd *abfd;
+    outfile = stdout;
+    verbose =1 ;
+    printf("Current open archive is %s\n", bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+    for (abfd = obfd->archive_head;
+	 abfd != (bfd *)NULL;
+	 abfd = abfd->next) 
+    {
+      ar_directory_doer (abfd, (bfd *) NULL);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void 
+DEFUN_VOID(ar_end)
+{
+  if (obfd)
+  {
+    fclose((FILE *)(obfd->iostream));
+    unlink(bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+  }
+}
+void
+DEFUN(ar_extract,(list),
+      struct list *list)
+{
+  if (!obfd) 
+  {
+
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s: no open  archive\n", program_name);
+    maybequit();
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    while (list) {
+      /* Find this name in the archive */
+      bfd *member = obfd->archive_head;
+      int found = 0;
+      while (member && !found) 
+      {
+	if (strcmp(member->filename, list->name) == 0) 
+	{
+	  extract_file(member);
+	  found = 1;
+	  }
+
+	member = member->next;
+      }
+      if (!found)  {
+	bfd_openr(list->name, 0);
+	fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't find module file %s\n", program_name,
+		list->name);
+
+      }
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f54a34b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/arsup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* arsup.h - archive support header file
+   Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+struct list {
+	char *name;	
+	struct list *next;
+};
+
+void
+maybequit PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+prompt PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+ar_clear PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+ar_replace PARAMS ((struct list *));
+
+void
+ar_delete PARAMS ((struct list *));
+
+void
+ar_save PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+ar_list PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+ar_open PARAMS ((char *, int));
+
+void
+ar_directory PARAMS ((char *, struct list *, char *));
+
+void
+ar_addmod PARAMS ((struct list *));
+
+void
+ar_addlib PARAMS ((char *, struct list *));
+
+void 
+ar_end PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+ar_extract PARAMS ((struct list *));
+
+bfd *
+open_inarch PARAMS ((const char *archive_filename, const char *));
+
+int
+yyparse PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Functions from ar.c */
+
+void
+extract_file PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+
+extern int interactive;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/binutils.texi b/contrib/binutils/binutils/binutils.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c289119
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/binutils.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2319 @@
+\input texinfo       @c                    -*- Texinfo -*-
+@setfilename binutils.info
+@include config.texi
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Binutils: (binutils).         The GNU binary utilities "ar", "objcopy",
+				"objdump", "nm", "nlmconv", "size", 
+                                "strings", "strip", and "ranlib".
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@synindex ky cp
+@c
+@c This file documents the GNU binary utilities "ar", "ld", "objcopy",
+@c  "objdump", "nm", "size", "strings", "strip", and "ranlib".
+@c
+@c Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c 
+@c This text may be freely distributed under the terms of the GNU
+@c General Public License.
+@c
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@settitle @sc{gnu} Binary Utilities
+@titlepage
+@finalout
+@title The @sc{gnu} Binary Utilities
+@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
+@sp 1
+@subtitle May 1993
+@author Roland H. Pesch
+@author Jeffrey M. Osier
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt \hfill Cygnus Support\par \hfill
+\TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par }
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+
+@node Top
+@top Introduction
+
+@cindex version
+This brief manual contains preliminary documentation for the @sc{gnu} binary
+utilities (collectively version @value{VERSION}): 
+
+@iftex
+@table @code
+@item ar
+Create, modify, and extract from archives
+
+@item nm
+List symbols from object files
+
+@item objcopy
+Copy and translate object files
+
+@item objdump
+Display information from object files
+
+@item ranlib
+Generate index to archive contents
+
+@item size
+List file section sizes and total size
+
+@item strings
+List printable strings from files
+
+@item strip
+Discard symbols
+
+@item c++filt
+Demangle encoded C++ symbols
+
+@item addr2line
+Convert addresses into file names and line numbers
+
+@item nlmconv
+Convert object code into a Netware Loadable Module
+@end table
+@end iftex
+
+@menu
+* ar::                          Create, modify, and extract from archives
+* nm::                          List symbols from object files
+* objcopy::			Copy and translate object files
+* objdump::                     Display information from object files
+* ranlib::                      Generate index to archive contents
+* size::                        List section sizes and total size
+* strings::                     List printable strings from files
+* strip::                       Discard symbols
+* c++filt::			Filter to demangle encoded C++ symbols
+* addr2line::			Convert addresses to file and line
+* nlmconv::                     Converts object code into an NLM
+* Selecting The Target System:: How these utilities determine the target.
+* Reporting Bugs::              Reporting Bugs
+* Index::                       Index
+@end menu
+
+@node ar
+@chapter ar
+
+@kindex ar
+@cindex archives
+@cindex collections of files
+@smallexample
+ar [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
+ar -M [ <mri-script ]
+@end smallexample
+
+The @sc{gnu} @code{ar} program creates, modifies, and extracts from
+archives.  An @dfn{archive} is a single file holding a collection of
+other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
+the original individual files (called @dfn{members} of the archive).
+
+The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
+group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
+extraction.  
+
+@cindex name length
+@sc{gnu} @code{ar} can maintain archives whose members have names of any
+length; however, depending on how @code{ar} is configured on your
+system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility
+with archive formats maintained with other tools.  If it exists, the
+limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
+characters (typical of formats related to coff).
+
+@cindex libraries
+@code{ar} is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
+are most often used as @dfn{libraries} holding commonly needed
+subroutines.
+
+@cindex symbol index
+@code{ar} creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
+object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier @samp{s}.
+Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever @code{ar}
+makes a change to its contents (save for the @samp{q} update operation).
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+
+You may use @samp{nm -s} or @samp{nm --print-armap} to list this index
+table.  If an archive lacks the table, another form of @code{ar} called
+@code{ranlib} can be used to add just the table.
+
+@cindex compatibility, @code{ar}
+@cindex @code{ar} compatibility
+@sc{gnu} @code{ar} is designed to be compatible with two different
+facilities.  You can control its activity using command-line options,
+like the different varieties of @code{ar} on Unix systems; or, if you
+specify the single command-line option @samp{-M}, you can control it
+with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI ``librarian''
+program.
+
+@menu
+* ar cmdline::                  Controlling @code{ar} on the command line
+* ar scripts::                  Controlling @code{ar} with a script
+@end menu
+
+@page
+@node ar cmdline
+@section Controlling @code{ar} on the command line
+
+@smallexample
+ar [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex Unix compatibility, @code{ar}
+When you use @code{ar} in the Unix style, @code{ar} insists on at least two
+arguments to execute: one keyletter specifying the @emph{operation}
+(optionally accompanied by other keyletters specifying
+@emph{modifiers}), and the archive name to act on.
+
+Most operations can also accept further @var{member} arguments,
+specifying particular files to operate on.
+
+@sc{gnu} @code{ar} allows you to mix the operation code @var{p} and modifier
+flags @var{mod} in any order, within the first command-line argument.
+
+If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
+dash.
+
+@cindex operations on archive
+The @var{p} keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
+any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
+
+@table @code
+@item d
+@cindex deleting from archive
+@emph{Delete} modules from the archive.  Specify the names of modules to
+be deleted as @var{member}@dots{}; the archive is untouched if you
+specify no files to delete.
+
+If you specify the @samp{v} modifier, @code{ar} lists each module
+as it is deleted.
+
+@item m
+@cindex moving in archive
+Use this operation to @emph{move} members in an archive.
+
+The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
+programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
+than one member.  
+
+If no modifiers are used with @code{m}, any members you name in the
+@var{member} arguments are moved to the @emph{end} of the archive;
+you can use the @samp{a}, @samp{b}, or @samp{i} modifiers to move them to a
+specified place instead.
+
+@item p
+@cindex printing from archive
+@emph{Print} the specified members of the archive, to the standard
+output file.  If the @samp{v} modifier is specified, show the member
+name before copying its contents to standard output.
+
+If you specify no @var{member} arguments, all the files in the archive are
+printed.
+
+@item q
+@cindex quick append to archive
+@emph{Quick append}; add the files @var{member}@dots{} to the end of
+@var{archive}, without checking for replacement.
+
+The modifiers @samp{a}, @samp{b}, and @samp{i} do @emph{not} affect this
+operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
+
+The modifier @samp{v} makes @code{ar} list each file as it is appended.
+
+Since the point of this operation is speed, the archive's symbol table
+index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use @samp{ar s} or
+@code{ranlib} explicitly to update the symbol table index.
+
+@item r
+@cindex replacement in archive
+Insert the files @var{member}@dots{} into @var{archive} (with
+@emph{replacement}). This operation differs from @samp{q} in that any
+previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being
+added.
+
+If one of the files named in @var{member}@dots{} does not exist, @code{ar}
+displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
+of the archive matching that name.
+
+By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
+use one of the modifiers @samp{a}, @samp{b}, or @samp{i} to request
+placement relative to some existing member.
+
+The modifier @samp{v} used with this operation elicits a line of
+output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters @samp{a} or
+@samp{r} to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
+deleted) or replaced.
+
+@item t
+@cindex contents of archive
+Display a @emph{table} listing the contents of @var{archive}, or those
+of the files listed in @var{member}@dots{} that are present in the
+archive.  Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
+see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
+request that by also specifying the @samp{v} modifier.
+
+If you do not specify a @var{member}, all files in the archive
+are listed.
+
+@cindex repeated names in archive
+@cindex name duplication in archive
+If there is more than one file with the same name (say, @samp{fie}) in
+an archive (say @samp{b.a}), @samp{ar t b.a fie} lists only the
+first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
+listing---in our example, @samp{ar t b.a}.
+@c WRS only; per Gumby, this is implementation-dependent, and in a more
+@c recent case in fact works the other way.
+
+@item x
+@cindex extract from archive
+@emph{Extract} members (named @var{member}) from the archive.  You can
+use the @samp{v} modifier with this operation, to request that
+@code{ar} list each name as it extracts it.
+
+If you do not specify a @var{member}, all files in the archive
+are extracted.
+
+@end table
+
+A number of modifiers (@var{mod}) may immediately follow the @var{p}
+keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
+
+@table @code
+@item a
+@cindex relative placement in archive
+Add new files @emph{after} an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier @samp{a}, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
+@var{archive} specification.
+
+@item b
+Add new files @emph{before} an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier @samp{b}, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
+@var{archive} specification.  (same as @samp{i}).
+
+@item c
+@cindex creating archives
+@emph{Create} the archive.  The specified @var{archive} is always
+created if it did not exist, when you request an update.  But a warning is
+issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
+using this modifier.
+
+@item f
+Truncate names in the archive.  @sc{gnu} @code{ar} will normally permit file
+names of any length.  This will cause it to create archives which are
+not compatible with the native @code{ar} program on some systems.  If
+this is a concern, the @samp{f} modifier may be used to truncate file
+names when putting them in the archive.
+
+@item i
+Insert new files @emph{before} an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier @samp{i}, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
+@var{archive} specification.  (same as @samp{b}).
+
+@item l
+This modifier is accepted but not used.
+@c whaffor ar l modifier??? presumably compat; with
+@c what???---doc@@cygnus.com, 25jan91 
+
+@item o
+@cindex dates in archive
+Preserve the @emph{original} dates of members when extracting them.  If
+you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
+are stamped with the time of extraction.
+
+@item s
+@cindex writing archive index
+Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
+even if no other change is made to the archive.  You may use this modifier
+flag either with any operation, or alone.  Running @samp{ar s} on an
+archive is equivalent to running @samp{ranlib} on it.
+
+@item u
+@cindex updating an archive
+Normally, @samp{ar r}@dots{} inserts all files
+listed into the archive.  If you would like to insert @emph{only} those
+of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
+names, use this modifier.  The @samp{u} modifier is allowed only for the
+operation @samp{r} (replace).  In particular, the combination @samp{qu} is
+not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
+advantage from the operation @samp{q}.
+
+@item v
+This modifier requests the @emph{verbose} version of an operation.  Many
+operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
+when the modifier @samp{v} is appended.
+
+@item V
+This modifier shows the version number of @code{ar}.
+@end table
+
+@node ar scripts
+@section Controlling @code{ar} with a script
+
+@smallexample
+ar -M [ <@var{script} ]
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex MRI compatibility, @code{ar}
+@cindex scripts, @code{ar}
+If you use the single command-line option @samp{-M} with @code{ar}, you
+can control its operation with a rudimentary command language.  This
+form of @code{ar} operates interactively if standard input is coming
+directly from a terminal.  During interactive use, @code{ar} prompts for
+input (the prompt is @samp{AR >}), and continues executing even after
+errors.  If you redirect standard input to a script file, no prompts are
+issued, and @code{ar} abandons execution (with a nonzero exit code)
+on any error.
+
+The @code{ar} command language is @emph{not} designed to be equivalent
+to the command-line options; in fact, it provides somewhat less control
+over archives.  The only purpose of the command language is to ease the
+transition to @sc{gnu} @code{ar} for developers who already have scripts
+written for the MRI ``librarian'' program.
+
+The syntax for the @code{ar} command language is straightforward:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+commands are recognized in upper or lower case; for example, @code{LIST}
+is the same as @code{list}.  In the following descriptions, commands are
+shown in upper case for clarity.
+
+@item
+a single command may appear on each line; it is the first word on the
+line.
+
+@item
+empty lines are allowed, and have no effect.
+
+@item
+comments are allowed; text after either of the characters @samp{*}
+or @samp{;} is ignored.
+
+@item
+Whenever you use a list of names as part of the argument to an @code{ar}
+command, you can separate the individual names with either commas or
+blanks.  Commas are shown in the explanations below, for clarity.
+
+@item
+@samp{+} is used as a line continuation character; if @samp{+} appears
+at the end of a line, the text on the following line is considered part
+of the current command.
+@end itemize
+
+Here are the commands you can use in @code{ar} scripts, or when using
+@code{ar} interactively.  Three of them have special significance:
+
+@code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE} specify a @dfn{current archive}, which is
+a temporary file required for most of the other commands.
+
+@code{SAVE} commits the changes so far specified by the script.  Prior
+to @code{SAVE}, commands affect only the temporary copy of the current
+archive.
+
+@table @code
+@item ADDLIB @var{archive} 
+@itemx ADDLIB @var{archive} (@var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module})
+Add all the contents of @var{archive} (or, if specified, each named
+@var{module} from @var{archive}) to the current archive.
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@item ADDMOD @var{member}, @var{member}, @dots{} @var{member}
+@c FIXME! w/Replacement??  If so, like "ar r @var{archive} @var{names}"
+@c        else like "ar q..."
+Add each named @var{member} as a module in the current archive.
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@item CLEAR
+Discard the contents of the current archive, cancelling the effect of
+any operations since the last @code{SAVE}.  May be executed (with no
+effect) even if  no current archive is specified.
+
+@item CREATE @var{archive}
+Creates an archive, and makes it the current archive (required for many
+other commands).  The new archive is created with a temporary name; it
+is not actually saved as @var{archive} until you use @code{SAVE}.
+You can overwrite existing archives; similarly, the contents of any
+existing file named @var{archive} will not be destroyed until @code{SAVE}.
+
+@item DELETE @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
+Delete each listed @var{module} from the current archive; equivalent to
+@samp{ar -d @var{archive} @var{module} @dots{} @var{module}}.
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@item DIRECTORY @var{archive} (@var{module}, @dots{} @var{module})
+@itemx DIRECTORY @var{archive} (@var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}) @var{outputfile}
+List each named @var{module} present in @var{archive}.  The separate
+command @code{VERBOSE} specifies the form of the output: when verbose
+output is off, output is like that of @samp{ar -t @var{archive}
+@var{module}@dots{}}.  When verbose output is on, the listing is like
+@samp{ar -tv @var{archive} @var{module}@dots{}}.
+
+Output normally goes to the standard output stream; however, if you
+specify @var{outputfile} as a final argument, @code{ar} directs the
+output to that file.
+
+@item END
+Exit from @code{ar}, with a @code{0} exit code to indicate successful
+completion.  This command does not save the output file; if you have
+changed the current archive since the last @code{SAVE} command, those
+changes are lost.
+
+@item EXTRACT @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
+Extract each named @var{module} from the current archive, writing them
+into the current directory as separate files.  Equivalent to @samp{ar -x
+@var{archive} @var{module}@dots{}}.
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@ignore
+@c FIXME Tokens but no commands???
+@item FULLDIR
+
+@item HELP
+@end ignore
+
+@item LIST
+Display full contents of the current archive, in ``verbose'' style
+regardless of the state of @code{VERBOSE}.  The effect is like @samp{ar
+tv @var{archive}}).  (This single command is a @sc{gnu} @code{ld}
+enhancement, rather than present for MRI compatibility.)
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@item OPEN @var{archive}
+Opens an existing archive for use as the current archive (required for
+many other commands).  Any changes as the result of subsequent commands
+will not actually affect @var{archive} until you next use @code{SAVE}.
+
+@item REPLACE @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
+In the current archive, replace each existing @var{module} (named in
+the @code{REPLACE} arguments) from files in the current working directory.
+To execute this command without errors, both the file, and the module in
+the current archive, must exist. 
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@item VERBOSE
+Toggle an internal flag governing the output from @code{DIRECTORY}.
+When the flag is on, @code{DIRECTORY} output matches output from
+@samp{ar -tv }@dots{}.
+
+@item SAVE
+Commit your changes to the current archive, and actually save it as a
+file with the name specified in the last @code{CREATE} or @code{OPEN}
+command. 
+
+Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
+
+@end table
+
+@iftex
+@node ld
+@chapter ld
+@cindex linker
+@kindex ld
+The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is now described in a separate manual.
+@xref{Top,, Overview,, Using LD: the @sc{gnu} linker}.
+@end iftex
+
+@node nm
+@chapter nm
+@cindex symbols
+@kindex nm
+
+@smallexample
+nm [ -a | --debug-syms ]  [ -g | --extern-only ]
+   [ -B ]  [ -C | --demangle ] [ -D | --dynamic ]
+   [ -s | --print-armap ]  [ -A | -o | --print-file-name ]
+   [ -n | -v | --numeric-sort ]  [ -p | --no-sort ]
+   [ -r | --reverse-sort ]  [ --size-sort ] [ -u | --undefined-only ]
+   [ -t @var{radix} | --radix=@var{radix} ] [ -P | --portability ]
+   [ --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -f @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ]
+   [ --defined-only ] [-l | --line-numbers ]
+   [ --no-demangle ] [ -V | --version ]  [ --help ]  [ @var{objfile}@dots{} ]
+@end smallexample
+
+@sc{gnu} @code{nm} lists the symbols from object files @var{objfile}@dots{}.
+If no object files are listed as arguments, @code{nm} assumes
+@file{a.out}.
+
+For each symbol, @code{nm} shows:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
+hexadecimal by default.
+
+@item
+The symbol type.  At least the following types are used; others are, as
+well, depending on the object file format.  If lowercase, the symbol is
+local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external).
+
+@c Some more detail on exactly what these symbol types are used for
+@c would be nice.
+@table @code
+@item A
+The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
+linking.
+
+@item B
+The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as BSS).
+
+@item C
+The symbol is common.  Common symbols are uninitialized data.  When
+linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name.  If the
+symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
+references.  For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of
+--warn-common in @ref{Options,,Linker options,ld.info,The GNU linker}.
+
+@item D
+The symbol is in the initialized data section.
+
+@item G
+The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects.  Some
+object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects,
+such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array.
+
+@item I
+The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol.  This is a GNU
+extension to the a.out object file format which is rarely used.
+
+@item N
+The symbol is a debugging symbol.
+
+@item R
+The symbol is in a read only data section.
+
+@item S
+The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small objects.
+
+@item T
+The symbol is in the text (code) section.
+
+@item U
+The symbol is undefined.
+
+@item W
+The symbol is weak.  When a weak defined symbol is linked with a normal
+defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.  When a
+weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined, the value
+of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error.
+
+@item -
+The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file.  In this case, the
+next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and
+the stab type.  Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information;
+for more information, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs Overview,stabs.info, The
+``stabs'' debug format}.
+
+@item ?
+The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
+@end table
+
+@item
+The symbol name.
+@end itemize
+
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+
+@table @code
+@item -A
+@itemx -o
+@itemx --print-file-name 
+@cindex input file name
+@cindex file name
+@cindex source file name
+Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive element)
+in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only,
+before all of its symbols.
+
+@item -a
+@itemx --debug-syms 
+@cindex debugging symbols
+Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not
+listed.
+
+@item -B
+@cindex @code{nm} format
+@cindex @code{nm} compatibility
+The same as @samp{--format=bsd} (for compatibility with the MIPS @code{nm}).
+
+@item -C
+@itemx --demangle
+@cindex demangling in nm
+Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.  @xref{c++filt}, for more information
+on demangling.
+
+@item --no-demangle
+Do not demangle low-level symbol names.  This is the default.
+
+@item -D
+@itemx --dynamic
+@cindex dynamic symbols
+Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols.  This is
+only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+
+@item -f @var{format}
+@itemx --format=@var{format}
+@cindex @code{nm} format
+@cindex @code{nm} compatibility
+Use the output format @var{format}, which can be @code{bsd},
+@code{sysv}, or @code{posix}.  The default is @code{bsd}.
+Only the first character of @var{format} is significant; it can be
+either upper or lower case.
+
+@item -g
+@itemx --extern-only 
+@cindex external symbols
+Display only external symbols.
+
+@item -l
+@itemx --line-numbers
+@cindex symbol line numbers
+For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
+line number.  For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
+address of the symbol.  For an undefined symbol, look for the line
+number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol.  If line number
+information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
+
+@item -n
+@itemx -v
+@itemx --numeric-sort 
+Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically
+by their names. 
+
+@item -p
+@itemx --no-sort 
+@cindex sorting symbols
+Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order
+encountered.
+
+@item -P
+@itemx --portability
+Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
+Equivalent to @samp{-f posix}.
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --print-armap
+@cindex symbol index, listing
+When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
+(stored in the archive by @code{ar} or @code{ranlib}) of which modules
+contain definitions for which names.
+
+@item -r
+@itemx --reverse-sort 
+Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
+last come first.
+
+@item --size-sort
+Sort symbols by size.  The size is computed as the difference between
+the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
+value.  The size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value.
+
+@item -t @var{radix}
+@itemx --radix=@var{radix}
+Use @var{radix} as the radix for printing the symbol values.  It must be
+@samp{d} for decimal, @samp{o} for octal, or @samp{x} for hexadecimal.
+
+@item --target=@var{bfdname}
+@cindex object code format
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -u
+@itemx --undefined-only 
+@cindex external symbols
+@cindex undefined symbols
+Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
+
+@item --defined-only
+@cindex external symbols
+@cindex undefined symbols
+Display only defined symbols for each object file.
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Show the version number of @code{nm} and exit.
+
+@item --help
+Show a summary of the options to @code{nm} and exit.
+@end table
+
+@node objcopy
+@chapter objcopy
+
+@smallexample
+objcopy [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
+        [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+        [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+        [ -S | --strip-all ]  [ -g | --strip-debug ]
+        [ -K @var{symbolname} | --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname} ]
+        [ -N @var{symbolname} | --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname} ]
+        [ -x | --discard-all ]  [ -X | --discard-locals ]
+        [ -b @var{byte} | --byte=@var{byte} ]
+        [ -i @var{interleave} | --interleave=@var{interleave} ]
+        [ -R @var{sectionname} | --remove-section=@var{sectionname} ]
+        [ -p | --preserve-dates ] [ --debugging ]
+        [ --gap-fill=@var{val} ] [ --pad-to=@var{address} ]
+        [ --set-start=@var{val} ] [ --adjust-start=@var{incr} ]
+        [ --adjust-vma=@var{incr} ]
+        [ --adjust-section-vma=@var{section}@{=,+,-@}@var{val} ]
+        [ --adjust-warnings ] [ --no-adjust-warnings ]
+        [ --set-section-flags=@var{section}=@var{flags} ]
+        [ --add-section=@var{sectionname}=@var{filename} ]
+        [ --change-leading-char ] [ --remove-leading-char ]
+        [ --weaken ]
+        [ -v | --verbose ] [ -V | --version ]  [ --help ]
+        @var{infile} [@var{outfile}]
+@end smallexample
+
+The @sc{gnu} @code{objcopy} utility copies the contents of an object
+file to another.  @code{objcopy} uses the @sc{gnu} @sc{bfd} Library to
+read and write the object files.  It can write the destination object
+file in a format different from that of the source object file.  The
+exact behavior of @code{objcopy} is controlled by command-line options.
+
+@code{objcopy} creates temporary files to do its translations and
+deletes them afterward.  @code{objcopy} uses @sc{bfd} to do all its
+translation work; it has access to all the formats described in @sc{bfd}
+and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told
+explicitly.  @xref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}.
+
+@code{objcopy} can be used to generate S-records by using an output
+target of @samp{srec} (e.g., use @samp{-O srec}).
+
+@code{objcopy} can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
+output target of @samp{binary} (e.g., use @samp{-O binary}).  When
+@code{objcopy} generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce
+a memory dump of the contents of the input object file.  All symbols and
+relocation information will be discarded.  The memory dump will start at
+the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
+
+When generating an S-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
+use @samp{-S} to remove sections containing debugging information.  In
+some cases @samp{-R} will be useful to remove sections which contain
+information which is not needed by the binary file.
+
+@table @code
+@item @var{infile}
+@itemx @var{outfile}
+The source and output files, respectively.
+If you do not specify @var{outfile}, @code{objcopy} creates a
+temporary file and destructively renames the result with
+the name of @var{infile}.
+
+@item -I @var{bfdname}	
+@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
+Consider the source file's object format to be @var{bfdname}, rather than
+attempting to deduce it.  @xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -O @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
+Write the output file using the object format @var{bfdname}.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -F @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
+Use @var{bfdname} as the object format for both the input and the output
+file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
+translation.  @xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -R @var{sectionname}
+@itemx --remove-section=@var{sectionname}
+Remove any section named @var{sectionname} from the output file.  This
+option may be given more than once.  Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+
+@item -S
+@itemx --strip-all
+Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
+
+@item -g
+@itemx --strip-debug
+Do not copy debugging symbols from the source file.
+
+@item --strip-unneeded
+Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+
+@item -K @var{symbolname}
+@itemx --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname}
+Copy only symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file.  This option may
+be given more than once.
+
+@item -N @var{symbolname}
+@itemx --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname}
+Do not copy symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file.  This option
+may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options
+other than @code{-K}.
+
+@item -x
+@itemx --discard-all
+Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
+@c FIXME any reason to prefer "non-global" to "local" here?
+
+@item -X
+@itemx --discard-locals
+Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with @samp{L} or @samp{.}.)
+
+@item -b @var{byte}
+@itemx --byte=@var{byte}
+Keep only every @var{byte}th byte of the input file (header data is not
+affected).  @var{byte} can be in the range from 0 to @var{interleave}-1,
+where @var{interleave} is given by the @samp{-i} or @samp{--interleave}
+option, or the default of 4.  This option is useful for creating files
+to program @sc{rom}.  It is typically used with an @code{srec} output
+target.
+
+@item -i @var{interleave}
+@itemx --interleave=@var{interleave}
+Only copy one out of every @var{interleave} bytes.  Select which byte to
+copy with the @var{-b} or @samp{--byte} option.  The default is 4.
+@code{objcopy} ignores this option if you do not specify either @samp{-b} or
+@samp{--byte}.
+
+@item -p
+@itemx --preserve-dates
+Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
+as those of the input file.
+
+@item --debugging
+Convert debugging information, if possible.  This is not the default
+because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
+conversion process can be time consuming.
+
+@item --gap-fill @var{val}
+Fill gaps between sections with @var{val}.  This is done by increasing
+the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
+space created with @var{val}.
+
+@item --pad-to @var{address}
+Pad the output file up to the virtual address @var{address}.  This is
+done by increasing the size of the last section.  The extra space is
+filled in with the value specified by @samp{--gap-fill} (default zero).
+
+@item --set-start @var{val}
+Set the address of the new file to @var{val}.  Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+
+@item --adjust-start @var{incr}
+Adjust the start address by adding @var{incr}.  Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+
+@item --adjust-vma @var{incr}
+Adjust the address of all sections, as well as the start address, by
+adding @var{incr}.  Some object file formats do not permit section
+addresses to be changed arbitrarily.  Note that this does not relocate
+the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a certain
+address, and this option is used to change the sections such that they
+are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
+
+@item --adjust-section-vma @var{section}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}
+Set or adjust the address of the named @var{section}.  If @samp{=} is
+used, the section address is set to @var{val}.  Otherwise, @var{val} is
+added to or subtracted from the section address.  See the comments under
+@samp{--adjust-vma}, above.  If @var{section} does not exist in the
+input file, a warning will be issued, unless @samp{--no-adjust-warnings}
+is used.
+
+@item --adjust-warnings
+If @samp{--adjust-section-vma} is used, and the named section does not
+exist, issue a warning.  This is the default.
+
+@item --no-adjust-warnings
+Do not issue a warning if @samp{--adjust-section-vma} is used, even if
+the named section does not exist.
+
+@item --set-section-flags @var{section}=@var{flags}
+Set the flags for the named section.  The @var{flags} argument is a
+comma separated string of flag names.  The recognized names are
+@samp{alloc}, @samp{load}, @samp{readonly}, @samp{code}, @samp{data},
+and @samp{rom}.  Not all flags are meaningful for all object file
+formats.
+
+@item --add-section @var{sectionname}=@var{filename}
+Add a new section named @var{sectionname} while copying the file.  The
+contents of the new section are taken from the file @var{filename}.  The
+size of the section will be the size of the file.  This option only
+works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names.
+
+@item --change-leading-char
+Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
+symbols.  The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
+often add before every symbol.  This option tells @code{objcopy} to
+change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between
+object file formats.  If the object file formats use the same leading
+character, this option has no effect.  Otherwise, it will add a
+character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
+appropriate.
+
+@item --remove-leading-char
+If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
+character used by the object file format, remove the character.  The
+most common symbol leading character is underscore.  This option will
+remove a leading underscore from all global symbols.  This can be useful
+if you want to link together objects of different file formats with
+different conventions for symbol names.  This is different from
+@code{--change-leading-char} because it always changes the symbol name
+when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
+file.
+
+@item --weaken
+Change all global symbols in the file to be weak.  This can be useful
+when building an object which will be linked against other objects using
+the @code{-R} option to the linker.  This option is only effective when
+using an object file format which supports weak symbols.
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Show the version number of @code{objcopy}.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --verbose
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives, @samp{objcopy -V} lists all members of the archive.
+
+@item --help
+Show a summary of the options to @code{objcopy}.
+@end table
+
+@node objdump
+@chapter objdump
+
+@cindex object file information
+@kindex objdump
+
+@smallexample
+objdump [ -a | --archive-headers ] 
+        [ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ --debugging ]
+        [ -C | --demangle ] [ -d | --disassemble ]
+        [ -D | --disassemble-all ] [ --disassemble-zeroes ]
+        [ -EB | -EL | --endian=@{big | little @} ]
+        [ -f | --file-headers ]
+        [ -h | --section-headers | --headers ]  [ -i | --info ]
+        [ -j @var{section} | --section=@var{section} ]
+        [ -l | --line-numbers ] [ -S | --source ]
+        [ -m @var{machine} | --architecture=@var{machine} ]
+        [ -r | --reloc ] [ -R | --dynamic-reloc ]
+        [ -s | --full-contents ]  [ --stabs ]
+        [ -t | --syms ] [ -T | --dynamic-syms ] [ -x | --all-headers ]
+        [ -w | --wide ] [ --start-address=@var{address} ]
+        [ --stop-address=@var{address} ]
+        [ --prefix-addresses] [ --[no-]show-raw-insn ]
+        [ --adjust-vma=@var{offset} ]
+        [ --version ]  [ --help ]
+        @var{objfile}@dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{objdump} displays information about one or more object files.
+The options control what particular information to display.  This
+information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
+compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
+program to compile and work.
+
+@var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined.  When you
+specify archives, @code{objdump} shows information on each of the member
+object files.
+
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.  At least one option besides @samp{-l} must be given.
+
+@table @code
+@item -a
+@itemx --archive-header
+@cindex archive headers
+If any of the @var{objfile} files are archives, display the archive
+header information (in a format similar to @samp{ls -l}).  Besides the
+information you could list with @samp{ar tv}, @samp{objdump -a} shows
+the object file format of each archive member.
+
+@item --adjust-vma=@var{offset}
+@cindex section addresses in objdump
+@cindex VMA in objdump
+When dumping information, first add @var{offset} to all the section
+addresses.  This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to
+the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular
+addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses,
+such as a.out.
+
+@item -b @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
+@cindex object code format
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+@var{bfdname}.  This option may not be necessary; @var{objdump} can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+
+For example,
+@example
+objdump -b oasys -m vax -h fu.o
+@end example
+@noindent
+displays summary information from the section headers (@samp{-h}) of
+@file{fu.o}, which is explicitly identified (@samp{-m}) as a VAX object
+file in the format produced by Oasys compilers.  You can list the
+formats available with the @samp{-i} option.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -C
+@itemx --demangle
+@cindex demangling in objdump
+Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.  @xref{c++filt}, for more information
+on demangling.
+
+@item --debugging
+Display debugging information.  This attempts to parse debugging
+information stored in the file and print it out using a C like syntax.
+Only certain types of debugging information have been implemented.
+
+@item -d
+@itemx --disassemble
+@cindex disassembling object code
+@cindex machine instructions
+Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
+@var{objfile}.  This option only disassembles those sections which are
+expected to contain instructions.
+
+@item -D
+@itemx --disassemble-all
+Like @samp{-d}, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
+those expected to contain instructions.
+
+@item --prefix-addresses
+When disassembling, print the complete address on each line.  This is
+the older disassembly format.
+
+@item --disassemble-zeroes
+Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes.  This
+option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
+any other data.
+
+@item -EB
+@itemx -EL
+@itemx --endian=@{big|little@}
+@cindex endianness
+@cindex disassembly endianness
+Specify the endianness of the object files.  This only affects
+disassembly.  This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
+does not describe endianness information, such as S-records.
+
+@item -f
+@itemx --file-header
+@cindex object file header
+Display summary information from the overall header of
+each of the @var{objfile} files.
+
+@item -h
+@itemx --section-header
+@itemx --header
+@cindex section headers
+Display summary information from the section headers of the
+object file.
+
+File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by
+using the @samp{-Ttext}, @samp{-Tdata}, or @samp{-Tbss} options to
+@code{ld}.  However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
+store the starting address of the file segments.  In those situations,
+although @code{ld} relocates the sections correctly, using @samp{objdump
+-h} to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses.
+Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the
+target.
+
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the options to @code{objdump} and exit.
+
+@item -i
+@itemx --info
+@cindex architectures available
+@cindex object formats available
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
+for specification with @samp{-b} or @samp{-m}.
+
+@item -j @var{name}
+@itemx --section=@var{name}
+@cindex section information
+Display information only for section @var{name}.
+
+@item -l
+@itemx --line-numbers
+@cindex source filenames for object files
+Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and
+source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown.
+Only useful with @samp{-d}, @samp{-D}, or @samp{-r}.
+
+@item -m @var{machine}
+@itemx --architecture=@var{machine}
+@cindex architecture
+@cindex disassembly architecture
+Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files.  This
+can be useful when disasembling object files which do not describe
+architecture information, such as S-records.  You can list the available
+architectures with the @samp{-i} option.
+
+@item -r
+@itemx --reloc
+@cindex relocation entries, in object file
+Print the relocation entries of the file.  If used with @samp{-d} or
+@samp{-D}, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
+disassembly.
+
+@item -R
+@itemx --dynamic-reloc
+@cindex dynamic relocation entries, in object file
+Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file.  This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --full-contents
+@cindex sections, full contents
+@cindex object file sections
+Display the full contents of any sections requested.
+
+@item -S
+@itemx --source
+@cindex source disassembly
+@cindex disassembly, with source
+Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible.  Implies
+@samp{-d}.
+
+@item --show-raw-insn
+When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
+in symbolic form.  This is the default except when
+@code{--prefix-addresses} is used.
+
+@item --no-show-raw-insn
+When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
+This is the default when @code{--prefix-addresses} is used.
+
+@item --stabs
+@cindex stab
+@cindex .stab
+@cindex debug symbols
+@cindex ELF object file format
+Display the full contents of any sections requested.  Display the
+contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an
+ELF file.  This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
+@code{.stab} debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an ELF
+section.  In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
+interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the @samp{--syms}
+output.  For more information on stabs symbols, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs
+Overview,stabs.info, The ``stabs'' debug format}.
+
+@item --start-address=@var{address}
+@cindex start-address
+Start displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the @code{-d}, @code{-r} and @code{-s} options.
+
+@item --stop-address=@var{address}
+@cindex stop-address
+Stop displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the @code{-d}, @code{-r} and @code{-s} options.
+
+@item -t
+@itemx --syms
+@cindex symbol table entries, printing
+Print the symbol table entries of the file.
+This is similar to the information provided by the @samp{nm} program.
+
+@item -T
+@itemx --dynamic-syms
+@cindex dynamic symbol table entries, printing
+Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file.  This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.  This is similar to the information provided by the @samp{nm}
+program when given the @samp{-D} (@samp{--dynamic}) option.
+
+@item --version
+Print the version number of @code{objdump} and exit.
+
+@item -x
+@itemx --all-header
+@cindex all header information, object file
+@cindex header information, all
+Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
+relocation entries.  Using @samp{-x} is equivalent to specifying all of
+@samp{-a -f -h -r -t}.
+
+@item -w
+@item --wide
+@cindex wide output, printing
+Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
+@end table
+
+@node ranlib
+@chapter ranlib
+
+@kindex ranlib
+@cindex archive contents
+@cindex symbol index
+
+@smallexample
+ranlib [-vV] @var{archive}
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{ranlib} generates an index to the contents of an archive and
+stores it in the archive.  The index lists each symbol defined by a
+member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.  
+
+You may use @samp{nm -s} or @samp{nm --print-armap} to list this index.
+
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+
+The @sc{gnu} @code{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @code{ar}; running
+@code{ranlib} is completely equivalent to executing @samp{ar -s}.
+@xref{ar}.
+
+@table @code
+@item -v
+@itemx -V
+Show the version number of @code{ranlib}.
+@end table
+
+@node size
+@chapter size
+
+@kindex size
+@cindex section sizes
+
+@smallexample
+size [ -A | -B | --format=@var{compatibility} ]
+     [ --help ]  [ -d | -o | -x | --radix=@var{number} ]
+     [ --target=@var{bfdname} ]  [ -V | --version ]  
+     @var{objfile}@dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+The @sc{gnu} @code{size} utility lists the section sizes---and the total
+size---for each of the object or archive files @var{objfile} in its
+argument list.  By default, one line of output is generated for each
+object file or each module in an archive.
+
+@var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined.
+
+The command line options have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -A
+@itemx -B
+@itemx --format=@var{compatibility}
+@cindex @code{size} display format
+Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from @sc{gnu}
+@code{size} resembles output from System V @code{size} (using @samp{-A},
+or @samp{--format=sysv}), or Berkeley @code{size} (using @samp{-B}, or
+@samp{--format=berkeley}).  The default is the one-line format similar to
+Berkeley's.  
+@c Bonus for doc-source readers: you can also say --format=strange (or
+@c anything else that starts with 's') for sysv, and --format=boring (or
+@c anything else that starts with 'b') for Berkeley.
+
+Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
+@code{size}: 
+@smallexample
+size --format=Berkeley ranlib size
+text    data    bss     dec     hex     filename
+294880  81920   11592   388392  5ed28   ranlib
+294880  81920   11888   388688  5ee50   size
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
+
+@smallexample
+size --format=SysV ranlib size
+ranlib  :
+section         size         addr
+.text         294880         8192       
+.data          81920       303104       
+.bss           11592       385024       
+Total         388392    
+
+
+size  :
+section         size         addr
+.text         294880         8192       
+.data          81920       303104       
+.bss           11888       385024       
+Total         388688    
+@end smallexample
+
+@item --help
+Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
+
+@item -d
+@itemx -o
+@itemx -x
+@itemx --radix=@var{number}
+@cindex @code{size} number format
+@cindex radix for section sizes
+Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
+section is given in decimal (@samp{-d}, or @samp{--radix=10}); octal
+(@samp{-o}, or @samp{--radix=8}); or hexadecimal (@samp{-x}, or
+@samp{--radix=16}).  In @samp{--radix=@var{number}}, only the three
+values (8, 10, 16) are supported.  The total size is always given in two
+radices; decimal and hexadecimal for @samp{-d} or @samp{-x} output, or
+octal and hexadecimal if you're using @samp{-o}.
+
+@item --target=@var{bfdname}
+@cindex object code format
+Specify that the object-code format for @var{objfile} is
+@var{bfdname}.  This option may not be necessary; @code{size} can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Display the version number of @code{size}.
+@end table
+
+@node strings
+@chapter strings
+@kindex strings
+@cindex listings strings
+@cindex printing strings
+@cindex strings, printing
+
+@smallexample
+strings [-afov] [-@var{min-len}] [-n @var{min-len}] [-t @var{radix}] [-]
+        [--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=@var{min-len}]
+        [--radix=@var{radix}] [--target=@var{bfdname}]
+        [--help] [--version] @var{file}@dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+For each @var{file} given, @sc{gnu} @code{strings} prints the printable
+character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
+given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
+character.  By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
+and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
+the strings from the whole file.
+
+@code{strings} is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
+files.
+
+@table @code
+@item -a
+@itemx --all
+@itemx -
+Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
+scan the whole files.
+
+@item -f
+@itemx --print-file-name
+Print the name of the file before each string.
+
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
+
+@itemx -@var{min-len}
+@item -n @var{min-len}
+@itemx --bytes=@var{min-len}
+Print sequences of characters that are at least @var{min-len} characters
+long, instead of the default 4.
+
+@item -o
+Like @samp{-t o}.  Some other versions of @code{strings} have @samp{-o}
+act like @samp{-t d} instead.  Since we can not be compatible with both
+ways, we simply chose one.
+
+@item -t @var{radix}
+@itemx --radix=@var{radix}
+Print the offset within the file before each string.  The single
+character argument specifies the radix of the offset---@samp{o} for
+octal, @samp{x} for hexadecimal, or @samp{d} for decimal.
+
+@item --target=@var{bfdname}
+@cindex object code format
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --version
+Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
+@end table
+
+@node strip
+@chapter strip
+
+@kindex strip
+@cindex removing symbols
+@cindex discarding symbols
+@cindex symbols, discarding
+
+@smallexample
+strip [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
+      [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+      [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+      [ -s | --strip-all ] [ -S | -g | --strip-debug ]
+      [ -K @var{symbolname} | --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname} ]
+      [ -N @var{symbolname} | --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname} ]
+      [ -x | --discard-all ] [ -X | --discard-locals ]
+      [ -R @var{sectionname} | --remove-section=@var{sectionname} ]
+      [ -o @var{file} ] [ -p | --preserve-dates ]
+      [ -v | --verbose ]  [ -V | --version ]  [ --help ]
+      @var{objfile}@dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+@sc{gnu} @code{strip} discards all symbols from object files
+@var{objfile}.  The list of object files may include archives.
+At least one object file must be given.
+
+@code{strip} modifies the files named in its argument,
+rather than writing modified copies under different names.
+
+@table @code
+@item -F @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
+Treat the original @var{objfile} as a file with the object
+code format @var{bfdname}, and rewrite it in the same format.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item --help
+Show a summary of the options to @code{strip} and exit.
+
+@item -I @var{bfdname}	
+@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
+Treat the original @var{objfile} as a file with the object
+code format @var{bfdname}.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -O @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
+Replace @var{objfile} with a file in the output format @var{bfdname}.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -R @var{sectionname}
+@itemx --remove-section=@var{sectionname}
+Remove any section named @var{sectionname} from the output file.  This
+option may be given more than once.  Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --strip-all
+Remove all symbols.
+
+@item -g
+@itemx -S
+@itemx --strip-debug
+Remove debugging symbols only.
+
+@item --strip-unneeded
+Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+
+@item -K @var{symbolname}
+@itemx --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname}
+Keep only symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file.  This option may
+be given more than once.
+
+@item -N @var{symbolname}
+@itemx --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname}
+Remove symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file. This option may be
+given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
+@code{-K}.
+
+@item -o @var{file}
+Put the stripped output in @var{file}, rather than replacing the
+existing file.  When this argument is used, only one @var{objfile}
+argument may be specified.
+
+@item -p
+@itemx --preserve-dates
+Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
+
+@item -x
+@itemx --discard-all
+Remove non-global symbols.
+
+@item -X
+@itemx --discard-locals
+Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with @samp{L} or @samp{.}.)
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Show the version number for @code{strip}.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --verbose
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives, @samp{strip -v} lists all members of the archive.
+@end table
+
+@node c++filt
+@chapter c++filt
+
+@kindex c++filt
+@cindex demangling C++ symbols
+
+@smallexample
+c++filt [ -_ | --strip-underscores ]
+	[ -n | --no-strip-underscores ]
+        [ -s @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ]
+        [ --help ]  [ --version ]  [ @var{symbol}@dots{} ]
+@end smallexample
+
+The C++ language provides function overloading, which means that you can
+write many functions with the same name (providing each takes parameters
+of different types).  All C++ function names are encoded into a
+low-level assembly label (this process is known as
+@dfn{mangling}). The @code{c++filt} program does the inverse mapping: it
+decodes (@dfn{demangles}) low-level names into user-level names so that
+the linker can keep these overloaded functions from clashing.
+
+Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
+dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential label.  If the
+label decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level
+name in the output.
+
+You can use @code{c++filt} to decipher individual symbols:
+
+@example
+c++filt @var{symbol}
+@end example
+
+If no @var{symbol} arguments are given, @code{c++filt} reads symbol
+names from the standard input and writes the demangled names to the
+standard output.  All results are printed on the standard output.
+
+@table @code
+@item -_
+@itemx --strip-underscores
+On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an underscore in front
+of every name.  For example, the C name @code{foo} gets the low-level
+name @code{_foo}.  This option removes the initial underscore.  Whether
+@code{c++filt} removes the underscore by default is target dependent.
+
+@item -n
+@itemx --no-strip-underscores
+Do not remove the initial underscore.
+
+@item -s @var{format}
+@itemx --format=@var{format}
+@sc{gnu} @code{nm} can decode three different methods of mangling, used by
+different C++ compilers.  The argument to this option selects which
+method it uses:
+
+@table @code
+@item gnu
+the one used by the @sc{gnu} compiler (the default method)
+@item lucid
+the one used by the Lucid compiler
+@item arm
+the one specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual
+@end table
+
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the options to @code{c++filt} and exit.
+
+@item --version
+Print the version number of @code{c++filt} and exit.
+@end table
+
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning:} @code{c++filt} is a new utility, and the details of its
+user interface are subject to change in future releases.  In particular,
+a command-line option may be required in the the future to decode a name
+passed as an argument on the command line; in other words, 
+
+@example
+c++filt @var{symbol}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+may in a future release become
+
+@example
+c++filt @var{option} @var{symbol}
+@end example
+@end quotation
+
+@node addr2line
+@chapter addr2line
+
+@kindex addr2line
+@cindex address to file name and line number
+
+@smallexample
+addr2line [ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ]
+          [ -C | --demangle ]
+          [ -e @var{filename} | --exe=@var{filename} ]
+          [ -f | --functions ] [ -s | --basename ]
+          [ -H | --help ] [ -V | --version ]
+          [ addr addr ... ]
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{addr2line} translates program addresses into file names and line
+numbers.  Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging
+information in the executable to figure out which file name and line
+number are associated with a given address.
+
+The executable to use is specified with the @code{-e} option.  The
+default is @file{a.out}.
+
+@code{addr2line} has two modes of operation.
+
+In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
+and @code{addr2line} displays the file name and line number for each
+address.
+
+In the second, @code{addr2line} reads hexadecimal addresses from
+standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
+address on standard output.  In this mode, @code{addr2line} may be used
+in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
+
+The format of the output is @samp{FILENAME:LINENO}.  The file name and
+line number for each address is printed on a separate line.  If the
+@code{-f} option is used, then each @samp{FILENAME:LINENO} line is
+preceded by a @samp{FUNCTIONNAME} line which is the name of the function
+containing the address.
+
+If the file name or function name can not be determined,
+@code{addr2line} will print two question marks in their place.  If the
+line number can not be determined, @code{addr2line} will print 0.
+
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+
+@table @code
+@item -b @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
+@cindex object code format
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+@var{bfdname}.
+
+@item -C
+@itemx --demangle
+@cindex demangling in objdump
+Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.  @xref{c++filt}, for more information
+on demangling.
+
+@item -e @var{filename}
+@itemx --exe=@var{filename}
+Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
+translated.  The default file is @file{a.out}.
+
+@item -f
+@itemx --functions
+Display function names as well as file and line number information.
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --basenames
+Display only the base of each file name.
+@end table
+
+@node nlmconv
+@chapter nlmconv
+
+@code{nlmconv} converts a relocatable object file into a NetWare
+Loadable Module.
+
+@ignore
+@code{nlmconv} currently works with @samp{i386} object
+files in @code{coff}, @sc{elf}, or @code{a.out} format, and @sc{SPARC}
+object files in @sc{elf}, or @code{a.out} format@footnote{
+@code{nlmconv} should work with any @samp{i386} or @sc{sparc} object
+format in the Binary File Descriptor library.  It has only been tested
+with the above formats.}.
+@end ignore
+
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning:} @code{nlmconv} is not always built as part of the binary
+utilities, since it is only useful for NLM targets.
+@end quotation
+
+@smallexample
+nlmconv [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+        [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ]
+        [ -T @var{headerfile} | --header-file=@var{headerfile} ]
+        [ -d | --debug]  [ -l @var{linker} | --linker=@var{linker} ]
+        [ -h | --help ]  [ -V | --version ]
+        @var{infile} @var{outfile}
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{nlmconv} converts the relocatable @samp{i386} object file
+@var{infile} into the NetWare Loadable Module @var{outfile}, optionally
+reading @var{headerfile} for NLM header information.  For instructions
+on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the
+@samp{linkers} section, @samp{NLMLINK} in particular, of the @cite{NLM
+Development and Tools Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software
+Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc.
+@code{nlmconv} uses the @sc{gnu} Binary File Descriptor library to read
+@var{infile}; see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for
+more information.
+
+@code{nlmconv} can perform a link step.  In other words, you can list
+more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
+file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
+In this case, @code{nlmconv} calls the linker for you.
+
+@table @code
+@item -I @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
+Object format of the input file.  @code{nlmconv} can usually determine
+the format of a given file (so no default is necessary).
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -O @var{bfdname}
+@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
+Object format of the output file.  @code{nlmconv} infers the output
+format based on the input format, e.g. for a @samp{i386} input file the
+output format is @samp{nlm32-i386}.
+@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
+
+@item -T @var{headerfile}
+@itemx --header-file=@var{headerfile}
+Reads @var{headerfile} for NLM header information.  For instructions on
+writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see@ see the
+@samp{linkers} section, of the @cite{NLM Development and Tools
+Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software Developer's Kit, available
+from Novell, Inc.
+
+@item -d
+@itemx --debug
+Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by @code{nlmconv}.
+
+@item -l @var{linker}
+@itemx --linker=@var{linker}
+Use @var{linker} for any linking.  @var{linker} can be an abosolute or a
+relative pathname.
+
+@item -h
+@itemx --help
+Prints a usage summary.
+
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Prints the version number for @code{nlmconv}.
+@end table
+
+@node Selecting The Target System
+@chapter Selecting the target system
+
+You can specify three aspects of the target system to the @sc{gnu}
+binary file utilities, each in several ways:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+the target
+
+@item
+the architecture
+
+@item
+the linker emulation (which applies to the linker only)
+@end itemize
+
+In the following summaries, the lists of ways to specify values are in
+order of decreasing precedence.  The ways listed first override those
+listed later.
+
+The commands to list valid values only list the values for which the
+programs you are running were configured.  If they were configured with
+@samp{--enable-targets=all}, the commands list most of the available
+values, but a few are left out; not all targets can be configured in at
+once because some of them can only be configured @dfn{native} (on hosts
+with the same type as the target system).
+
+@menu
+* Target Selection::            
+* Architecture Selection::      
+* Linker Emulation Selection::  
+@end menu
+
+@node Target Selection
+@section Target Selection
+
+A @dfn{target} is an object file format.  A given target may be
+supported for multiple architectures (@pxref{Architecture Selection}).
+A target selection may also have variations for different operating
+systems or architectures.
+
+The command to list valid target values is @samp{objdump -i}
+(the first column of output contains the relevant information).
+
+Some sample values are: @samp{a.out-hp300bsd}, @samp{ecoff-littlemips},
+@samp{a.out-sunos-big}.
+
+You can also specify a target using a configuration triplet.  This is
+the same sort of name that is passed to configure to specify a target.
+When you use a configuration triplet as an argument, it must be fully
+canonicalized.  You can see the canonical version of a triplet by
+running the shell script @file{config.sub} which is included with the
+sources.
+
+Some sample configuration triplets are: @samp{m68k-hp-bsd},
+@samp{mips-dec-ultrix}, @samp{sparc-sun-sunos}.
+
+@subheading @code{objdump} Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{-b} or @samp{--target}
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
+
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading @code{objcopy} and @code{strip} Input Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line options: @samp{-I} or @samp{--input-target}, or @samp{-F} or @samp{--target}
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
+
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading @code{objcopy} and @code{strip} Output Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line options: @samp{-O} or @samp{--output-target}, or @samp{-F} or @samp{--target}
+
+@item
+the input target (see ``@code{objcopy} and @code{strip} Input Target'' above)
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
+
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading @code{nm}, @code{size}, and @code{strings} Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{--target}
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
+
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading Linker Input Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{-b} or @samp{--format}
+(@pxref{Options,,Options,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+script command @code{TARGET}
+(@pxref{Option Commands,,Option Commands,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
+(@pxref{Environment,,Environment,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+the default target of the selected linker emulation
+(@pxref{Linker Emulation Selection})
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading Linker Output Target
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{-oformat}
+(@pxref{Options,,Options,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+script command @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+(@pxref{Option Commands,,Option Commands,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+the linker input target (see ``Linker Input Target'' above)
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Architecture Selection
+@section Architecture selection
+
+An @dfn{architecture} is a type of @sc{cpu} on which an object file is
+to run.  Its name may contain a colon, separating the name of the
+processor family from the name of the particular @sc{cpu}.
+
+The command to list valid architecture values is @samp{objdump -i} (the
+second column contains the relevant information).
+
+Sample values: @samp{m68k:68020}, @samp{mips:3000}, @samp{sparc}.
+
+@subheading @code{objdump} Architecture
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{-m} or @samp{--architecture}
+
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading @code{objcopy}, @code{nm}, @code{size}, @code{strings} Architecture
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading Linker Input Architecture
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+deduced from the input file
+@end enumerate
+
+@subheading Linker Output Architecture
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+script command @code{OUTPUT_ARCH}
+(@pxref{Option Commands,,Option Commands,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+the default architecture from the linker output target
+(@pxref{Target Selection})
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Linker Emulation Selection
+@section Linker emulation selection
+
+A linker @dfn{emulation} is a ``personality'' of the linker, which gives
+the linker default values for the other aspects of the target system.
+In particular, it consists of
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+the linker script
+
+@item
+the target
+
+@item
+several ``hook'' functions that are run at certain stages of the linking
+process to do special things that some targets require
+@end itemize
+
+The command to list valid linker emulation values is @samp{ld -V}.
+
+Sample values: @samp{hp300bsd}, @samp{mipslit}, @samp{sun4}.
+
+Ways to specify:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+command line option: @samp{-m}
+(@pxref{Options,,Options,ld.info,Using LD})
+
+@item
+environment variable @code{LDEMULATION}
+
+@item
+compiled-in @code{DEFAULT_EMULATION} from @file{Makefile},
+which comes from @code{EMUL} in @file{config/@var{target}.mt}
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Reporting Bugs
+@chapter Reporting Bugs
+@cindex bugs
+@cindex reporting bugs
+
+Your bug reports play an essential role in making the binary utilities
+reliable.
+
+Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or
+it may not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report is
+to help the entire community by making the next version of the binary
+utilities work better.  Bug reports are your contribution to their
+maintenance.
+
+In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
+information that enables us to fix the bug.
+
+@menu
+* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
+* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs
+@end menu
+
+@node Bug Criteria
+@section Have you found a bug?
+@cindex bug criteria
+
+If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex fatal signal
+@cindex crash
+@item
+If a binary utility gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is
+a bug.  Reliable utilities never crash.
+
+@cindex error on valid input
+@item
+If a binary utility produces an error message for valid input, that is a
+bug.
+
+@item
+If you are an experienced user of binary utilities, your suggestions for
+improvement are welcome in any case.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Bug Reporting
+@section How to report bugs
+@cindex bug reports
+@cindex bugs, reporting
+
+A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu}
+products.  If you obtained the binary utilities from a support
+organization, we recommend you contact that organization first.
+
+You can find contact information for many support companies and
+individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
+distribution.
+
+In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for the binary
+utilities to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
+
+The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
+@strong{report all the facts}.  If you are not sure whether to state a
+fact or leave it out, state it!
+
+Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
+problem and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might
+assume that the name of a file you use in an example does not matter.
+Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps the bug is
+a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
+that pathname is stored in memory; perhaps, if the pathname were
+different, the contents of that location would fool the utility into
+doing the right thing despite the bug.  Play it safe and give a
+specific, complete example.  That is the easiest thing for you to do,
+and the most helpful.
+
+Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
+it is new to us.  Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
+that the bug has not been reported previously.
+
+Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
+bell?''  Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
+@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
+bugs properly.
+
+To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The version of the utility.  Each utility announces it if you start it
+with the @samp{--version} argument.
+
+Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
+the bug in the current version of the binary utilities.
+
+@item
+Any patches you may have applied to the source, including any patches
+made to the @code{BFD} library.
+
+@item
+The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
+version number.
+
+@item
+What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the utilities---e.g.
+``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
+
+@item
+The command arguments you gave the utility to observe the bug.  To
+guarantee you will not omit something important, list them all.  A copy
+of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
+
+If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
+and then we might not encounter the bug.
+
+@item
+A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce the
+bug.  If the utility is reading an object file or files, then it is
+generally most helpful to send the actual object files, uuencoded if
+necessary to get them through the mail system.  Making them available
+for anonymous FTP is not as good, but may be the only reasonable choice
+for large object files.
+
+If the source files were produced exclusively using @sc{gnu} programs
+(e.g., @code{gcc}, @code{gas}, and/or the @sc{gnu} @code{ld}), then it
+may be OK to send the source files rather than the object files.  In
+this case, be sure to say exactly what version of @code{gcc}, or
+whatever, was used to produce the object files.  Also say how
+@code{gcc}, or whatever, was configured.
+
+@item
+A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
+incorrect.  For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
+
+Of course, if the bug is that the utility gets a fatal signal, then we
+will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we might
+not notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well not give us
+a chance to make a mistake.
+
+Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
+say so explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your
+copy of the utility is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in
+the C library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your copy might
+crash and ours would not.  If you told us to expect a crash, then when
+ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for
+us.  If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able
+to draw any conclusion from our observations.
+
+@item
+If you wish to suggest changes to the source, send us context diffs, as
+generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
+option.  Always send diffs from the old file to the new file.  If you
+even discuss something in the @code{ld} source, refer to it by context,
+not by line number.
+
+The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
+sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
+@end itemize
+
+Here are some things that are not necessary:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+A description of the envelope of the bug.
+
+Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
+which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
+changes will not affect it.
+
+This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
+will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
+with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
+We recommend that you save your time for something else.
+
+Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
+of the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
+output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
+less time, and so on.
+
+However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
+report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
+
+@item
+A patch for the bug.
+
+A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not omit
+the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
+a patch is all we need.  We might see problems with your patch and decide
+to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
+
+Sometimes with programs as complicated as the binary utilities it is
+very hard to construct an example that will make the program follow a
+certain path through the code.  If you do not send us the example, we
+will not be able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that
+the bug is fixed.
+
+And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
+patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A test case will
+help us to understand.
+
+@item
+A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
+
+Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about such
+things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b23d9e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* bucomm.c -- Bin Utils COMmon code.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* We might put this in a library someday so it could be dynamically
+   loaded, but for now it's not necessary.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>		/* ctime, maybe time_t */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TIME_H
+#ifndef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TYPES_H
+typedef long time_t;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+char *target = NULL;		/* default as late as possible */
+
+/* Error reporting */
+
+char *program_name;
+
+void
+bfd_nonfatal (string)
+     CONST char *string;
+{
+  CONST char *errmsg = bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ());
+
+  if (string)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n", program_name, string, errmsg);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, errmsg);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_fatal (string)
+     CONST char *string;
+{
+  bfd_nonfatal (string);
+  xexit (1);
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+void
+fatal (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+  va_start (args, format);
+  vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  xexit (1);
+}
+#else
+void 
+fatal (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+{
+  char *Format;
+  va_list args;
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+  va_start (args);
+  Format = va_arg (args, char *);
+  vfprintf (stderr, Format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  xexit (1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Set the default BFD target based on the configured target.  Doing
+   this permits the binutils to be configured for a particular target,
+   and linked against a shared BFD library which was configured for a
+   different target.  */
+
+void
+set_default_bfd_target ()
+{
+  /* The macro TARGET is defined by Makefile.  */
+  const char *target = TARGET;
+
+  if (! bfd_set_default_target (target))
+    {
+      char *errmsg;
+
+      errmsg = (char *) xmalloc (100 + strlen (target));
+      sprintf (errmsg, "can't set BFD default target to `%s'", target);
+      bfd_fatal (errmsg);
+    }
+}
+
+/* After a false return from bfd_check_format_matches with
+   bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized, print
+   the possible matching targets.  */
+
+void
+list_matching_formats (p)
+     char **p;
+{
+  fprintf(stderr, "%s: Matching formats:", program_name);
+  while (*p)
+    fprintf(stderr, " %s", *p++);
+  fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+/* List the supported targets.  */
+
+void
+list_supported_targets (name, f)
+     const char *name;
+     FILE *f;
+{
+  extern bfd_target *bfd_target_vector[];
+  int t;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    fprintf (f, "Supported targets:");
+  else
+    fprintf (f, "%s: supported targets:", name);
+  for (t = 0; bfd_target_vector[t] != NULL; t++)
+    fprintf (f, " %s", bfd_target_vector[t]->name);
+  fprintf (f, "\n");
+}
+
+/* Display the archive header for an element as if it were an ls -l listing:
+
+   Mode       User\tGroup\tSize\tDate               Name */
+
+void
+print_arelt_descr (file, abfd, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean verbose;
+{
+  struct stat buf;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    {
+      if (bfd_stat_arch_elt (abfd, &buf) == 0)
+	{
+	  char modebuf[11];
+	  char timebuf[40];
+	  time_t when = buf.st_mtime;
+	  CONST char *ctime_result = (CONST char *) ctime (&when);
+
+	  /* POSIX format:  skip weekday and seconds from ctime output.  */
+	  sprintf (timebuf, "%.12s %.4s", ctime_result + 4, ctime_result + 20);
+
+	  mode_string (buf.st_mode, modebuf);
+	  modebuf[10] = '\0';
+	  /* POSIX 1003.2/D11 says to skip first character (entry type).  */
+	  fprintf (file, "%s %ld/%ld %6ld %s ", modebuf + 1,
+		   (long) buf.st_uid, (long) buf.st_gid,
+		   (long) buf.st_size, timebuf);
+	}
+    }
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+}
+
+/* Return the name of a temporary file in the same directory as FILENAME.  */
+
+char *
+make_tempname (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  static char template[] = "stXXXXXX";
+  char *tmpname;
+  char *slash = strrchr (filename, '/');
+
+  if (slash != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      *slash = 0;
+      tmpname = xmalloc (strlen (filename) + sizeof (template) + 1);
+      strcpy (tmpname, filename);
+      strcat (tmpname, "/");
+      strcat (tmpname, template);
+      mktemp (tmpname);
+      *slash = '/';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      tmpname = xmalloc (sizeof (template));
+      strcpy (tmpname, template);
+      mktemp (tmpname);
+    }
+  return tmpname;
+}
+
+/* Parse a string into a VMA, with a fatal error if it can't be
+   parsed.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+parse_vma (s, arg)
+     const char *s;
+     const char *arg;
+{
+  bfd_vma ret;
+  const char *end;
+
+  ret = bfd_scan_vma (s, &end, 0);
+  if (*end != '\0')
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: bad number: %s\n", program_name, arg, s);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6279a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/bucomm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* bucomm.h -- binutils common include file.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BUCOMM_H
+#define _BUCOMM_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+#include "fopen-bin.h"
+#else
+#include "fopen-same.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#else
+extern char *strchr ();
+extern char *strrchr ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+extern char *strstr ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+extern char *sbrk ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RDONLY
+#define O_RDONLY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RDWR
+#define O_RDWR 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+#define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_END
+#define SEEK_END 2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+#   if !defined (__STDC__) && !defined (__hpux)
+char *alloca ();
+#   else
+void *alloca ();
+#   endif /* __STDC__, __hpux */
+#  endif /* alloca */
+# endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
+#endif
+
+/* bucomm.c */
+void bfd_nonfatal PARAMS ((CONST char *));
+
+void bfd_fatal PARAMS ((CONST char *));
+
+void fatal PARAMS ((CONST char *, ...));
+
+void set_default_bfd_target PARAMS ((void));
+
+void list_matching_formats PARAMS ((char **p));
+
+void list_supported_targets PARAMS ((const char *, FILE *));
+
+void print_arelt_descr PARAMS ((FILE *file, bfd *abfd, boolean verbose));
+
+char *make_tempname PARAMS ((char *));
+
+bfd_vma parse_vma PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* filemode.c */
+void mode_string PARAMS ((unsigned long mode, char *buf));
+
+/* version.c */
+extern void print_version PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* libiberty */
+PTR xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+PTR xrealloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+
+#endif /* _BUCOMM_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/budbg.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/budbg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8ee889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/budbg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* budbg.c -- Interfaces to the generic debugging information routines.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef BUDBG_H
+#define BUDBG_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Routine used to read generic debugging information.  */
+
+extern PTR read_debugging_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, long));
+
+/* Routine used to print generic debugging information.  */
+
+extern boolean print_debugging_info PARAMS ((FILE *, PTR));
+
+/* Routines used to read and write stabs information.  */
+
+extern PTR start_stab PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, boolean, asymbol **, long));
+
+extern boolean finish_stab PARAMS ((PTR, PTR));
+
+extern boolean parse_stab PARAMS ((PTR, PTR, int, int, bfd_vma, const char *));
+
+extern boolean write_stabs_in_sections_debugging_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, bfd_byte **, bfd_size_type *, bfd_byte **,
+	   bfd_size_type *));
+
+/* Routines used to read and write IEEE debugging information.  */
+
+extern boolean parse_ieee
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, const bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type));
+
+extern boolean write_ieee_debugging_info PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
+
+/* Routine used to read COFF debugging information.  */
+
+extern boolean parse_coff PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, long, PTR));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffdump.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffdump.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bae1e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffdump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* Coff file dumper.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+
+   This module reads a type tree generated by coffgrok and prints
+   it out so we can test the grokker.
+*/
+
+#include <bfd.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <libiberty.h>
+
+#include "coffgrok.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+#define PROGRAM_VERSION "1.0"
+
+char *xcalloc(a,b)
+int a;
+int b;
+{
+  char *r = xmalloc(a*b);
+  memset (r, 0, a * b);
+  return r;
+}
+
+static int atnl;
+static void dump_coff_scope ();
+
+static void
+tab (x)
+int x;
+{
+  static int indent;
+  int i;
+
+  if (atnl)
+    {
+      if (x < 0)
+	{
+	  printf (")");
+	  indent += x;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  atnl = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (x == -1)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+	printf ("   ");
+
+      indent += x;
+      printf (")");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  indent += x;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+    printf ("   ");
+
+  if (x)
+    {
+      printf ("(");
+    }
+}
+
+static void nl ()
+{
+  atnl = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_lines (p)
+     struct coff_line *p;
+{
+  int i;
+  int online = 0;
+  tab(1);
+  printf("#lines %d ",p->nlines);
+  for (i = 0; i < p->nlines; i++) 
+    {
+      printf("(%d 0x%x)", p->lines[i], p->addresses[i]);
+      online++;
+      if (online > 6)
+	{
+	  nl();
+	  tab(0);
+	  online = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  nl();
+  tab(-1);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_type (p)
+     struct coff_type *p;
+{
+  tab (1);
+  printf ("size %d ", p->size);
+  switch (p->type)
+    {
+    case coff_secdef_type:
+      printf ("section definition at %x size %x\n", 
+	      p->u.asecdef.address,
+	      p->u.asecdef.size);
+      nl();
+      break;
+    case coff_pointer_type:
+      printf ("pointer to");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_type (p->u.pointer.points_to);
+      break;
+    case coff_array_type:
+      printf ("array [%d] of", p->u.array.dim);
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_type (p->u.array.array_of);
+      break;
+    case coff_function_type:
+      printf ("function returning");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_type (p->u.function.function_returns);
+      dump_coff_lines (p->u.function.lines);
+      printf ("arguments");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->u.function.parameters);
+      tab (0);
+      printf ("code");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->u.function.code);
+      tab(0);
+      break;
+    case coff_structdef_type:
+      printf ("structure definition");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->u.astructdef.elements);
+      break;
+    case coff_structref_type:
+      if (!p->u.aenumref.ref)
+	printf ("structure ref to UNKNOWN struct");
+      else
+	printf ("structure ref to %s", p->u.aenumref.ref->name);
+      break;
+    case coff_enumref_type:
+      printf ("enum ref to %s", p->u.astructref.ref->name);
+      break;
+    case coff_enumdef_type:
+      printf ("enum definition");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->u.aenumdef.elements);
+      break;
+    case coff_basic_type:
+      switch (p->u.basic)
+	{
+	case T_NULL:
+	  printf ("NULL");
+	  break;
+	case T_VOID:
+	  printf ("VOID");
+	  break;
+	case T_CHAR:
+	  printf ("CHAR");
+	  break;
+	case T_SHORT:
+	  printf ("SHORT");
+	  break;
+	case T_INT:
+	  printf ("INT ");
+	  break;
+	case T_LONG:
+	  printf ("LONG");
+	  break;
+	case T_FLOAT:
+	  printf ("FLOAT");
+	  break;
+	case T_DOUBLE:
+	  printf ("DOUBLE");
+	  break;
+	case T_STRUCT:
+	  printf ("STRUCT");
+	  break;
+	case T_UNION:
+	  printf ("UNION");
+	  break;
+	case T_ENUM:
+	  printf ("ENUM");
+	  break;
+	case T_MOE:
+	  printf ("MOE ");
+	  break;
+	case T_UCHAR:
+	  printf ("UCHAR");
+	  break;
+	case T_USHORT:
+	  printf ("USHORT");
+	  break;
+	case T_UINT:
+	  printf ("UINT");
+	  break;
+	case T_ULONG:
+	  printf ("ULONG");
+	  break;
+	case T_LNGDBL:
+	  printf ("LNGDBL");
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+  nl ();
+  tab (-1);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_where (p)
+     struct coff_where *p;
+{
+  tab (1);
+  switch (p->where)
+    {
+    case coff_where_stack:
+      printf ("Stack offset %x", p->offset);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_memory:
+      printf ("Memory section %s+%x", p->section->name, p->offset);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_register:
+      printf ("Register %d", p->offset);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_member_of_struct:
+      printf ("Struct Member offset %x", p->offset);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_member_of_enum:
+      printf ("Enum Member offset %x", p->offset);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_unknown:
+      printf ("Undefined symbol");
+      break;
+    case coff_where_strtag:
+      printf ("STRTAG");
+    case coff_where_entag:
+      printf ("ENTAG");
+      break;
+    case coff_where_typedef:
+      printf ("TYPEDEF");
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  nl ();
+  tab (-1);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_visible (p)
+     struct coff_visible *p;
+{
+  tab (1);
+  switch (p->type)
+    {
+    case coff_vis_ext_def:
+      printf ("coff_vis_ext_def");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_ext_ref:
+      printf ("coff_vis_ext_ref");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_int_def:
+      printf ("coff_vis_int_def");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_common:
+      printf ("coff_vis_common");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_auto:
+      printf ("coff_vis_auto");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_autoparam:
+      printf ("coff_vis_autoparam");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_regparam:
+      printf ("coff_vis_regparam");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_register:
+      printf ("coff_vis_register");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_tag:
+      printf ("coff_vis_tag");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_member_of_struct:
+      printf ("coff_vis_member_of_struct");
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_member_of_enum:
+      printf ("coff_vis_member_of_enum");
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  nl ();
+  tab (-1);
+}
+
+
+void
+dump_coff_symbol (p)
+     struct coff_symbol *p;
+{
+  tab (1);
+  printf ("List of symbols");
+  nl ();
+  while (p)
+    {
+      tab (1);
+      tab (1);
+      printf ("Symbol  %s, tag %d, number %d", p->name, p->tag, p->number);
+      nl ();
+      tab (-1);
+      tab (1);
+      printf ("Type");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_type (p->type);
+      tab (-1);
+      tab (1);
+      printf ("Where");
+      dump_coff_where (p->where);
+      tab (-1);
+      tab (1);
+      printf ("Visible");
+      dump_coff_visible (p->visible);
+      tab (-1);
+      p = p->next;
+      tab (-1);
+    }
+  tab (-1);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_scope (p)
+     struct coff_scope *p;
+{
+if (p) {
+  tab (1);
+  printf ("List of blocks %lx ",(unsigned long) p);
+
+  if (p->sec) {
+    printf( "  %s %x..%x",  p->sec->name,p->offset, p->offset + p->size -1);
+  }
+  nl ();
+  tab (0);
+  printf ("*****************");
+  nl ();
+  while (p)
+    {
+      tab (0);
+      printf ("vars %d", p->nvars);
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_symbol (p->vars_head);
+      printf ("blocks");
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->list_head);
+      nl ();
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+
+  tab (0);
+  printf ("*****************");
+  nl ();
+  tab (-1);
+}
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_sfile (p)
+     struct coff_sfile *p;
+{
+  tab (1);
+  printf ("List of source files");
+  nl ();
+  while (p)
+    {
+      tab (0);
+      printf ("Source file %s", p->name);
+      nl ();
+      dump_coff_scope (p->scope);
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+  tab (-1);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_coff_section(ptr)
+struct coff_section *ptr;
+{
+  int i;
+  tab(1);
+  printf("section %s %d %d address %x size %x number %d nrelocs %d", 
+	 ptr->name, ptr->code, ptr->data, ptr->address,ptr->size, ptr->number, ptr->nrelocs);
+  nl();
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ptr->nrelocs; i++) 
+    {
+      tab(0);    
+      printf("(%x %s %x)",
+	     ptr->relocs[i].offset,
+	     ptr->relocs[i].symbol->name,
+	     ptr->relocs[i].addend);
+      nl();
+    }
+  tab(-1);
+
+}
+
+void
+coff_dump (ptr)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+{
+  int i;
+  printf ("Coff dump");
+  nl ();
+  printf ("#souces %d", ptr->nsources);
+  nl ();
+  dump_coff_sfile (ptr->source_head);
+  for (i = 0; i < ptr->nsections; i++)
+    dump_coff_section(ptr->sections + i);
+}
+
+
+
+char * program_name;
+
+static void
+show_usage (file, status)
+     FILE *file;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "Usage: %s [-hV] in-file\n",   program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+static void
+show_help ()
+{
+  printf ("%s: Print a human readable interpretation of a SYSROFF object file\n",
+	  program_name);
+  show_usage (stdout, 0);
+}
+
+
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char *av[];
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+  struct coff_ofile *tree;
+  char **matching;
+  char *input_file = NULL;
+  int opt;
+  static struct option long_options[] =
+    {
+      { "help", no_argument, 0, 'h' },
+      { "version", no_argument, 0, 'V' },
+      { NULL, no_argument, 0, 0 }
+    };
+
+  program_name = av[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  while ((opt = getopt_long (ac, av, "hV", long_options,
+			     (int *) NULL))
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'h':
+	  show_help ();
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 'V':
+	  printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, PROGRAM_VERSION);
+	  exit (0);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 0:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  show_usage (stderr, 1);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < ac)
+    {
+      input_file = av[optind];
+    }
+
+  if (!input_file)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr,"%s: no input file specified\n",
+	       program_name);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  abfd = bfd_openr (input_file, 0);
+
+  if (!abfd)
+    bfd_fatal (input_file);
+
+  if (! bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (input_file);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  tree = coff_grok (abfd);
+
+  coff_dump(tree);
+  printf("\n");
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0725986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.c
@@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
+/* coffgrok.c
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+   This module reads a coff file and builds a really simple type tree
+   which can be read by other programs.  The first application is a
+   coff->sysroff converter.  It can be tested with coffdump.c.
+
+*/
+
+#include <bfd.h>
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "../bfd/libcoff.h"
+#include "coffgrok.h"
+int lofile = 1;
+static struct coff_scope *top_scope;
+static struct coff_scope *file_scope;
+static struct coff_ofile *ofile;
+
+struct coff_symbol *last_function_symbol;
+struct coff_type *last_function_type;
+struct coff_type *last_struct;
+struct coff_type *last_enum;
+struct coff_sfile *cur_sfile;
+
+static struct coff_symbol **tindex;
+
+
+static asymbol **syms;
+static long symcount;
+
+#define N(x) ((x)->_n._n_nptr[1])
+
+static struct coff_ptr_struct *rawsyms;
+static int rawcount;
+static bfd *abfd;
+extern char *xcalloc ();
+#define PTR_SIZE 	4
+#define SHORT_SIZE 	2
+#define INT_SIZE 	4
+#define LONG_SIZE 	4
+#define FLOAT_SIZE 	4
+#define DOUBLE_SIZE 	8
+
+#define INDEXOF(p)  ((struct coff_ptr_struct *)(p)-(rawsyms))
+
+static struct coff_scope *
+empty_scope ()
+{
+  struct coff_scope *l;
+  l = (struct coff_scope *) (xcalloc (sizeof (struct coff_scope), 1));
+  return l;
+}
+
+static struct coff_symbol *
+empty_symbol ()
+{
+  return (struct coff_symbol *) (xcalloc (sizeof (struct coff_symbol), 1));
+}
+
+/*int l;*/
+static void
+push_scope (link)
+     int link;
+{
+  struct coff_scope *n = empty_scope ();
+  if (link)
+    {
+      if (top_scope)
+	{
+	  if (top_scope->list_tail)
+	    {
+	      top_scope->list_tail->next = n;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      top_scope->list_head = n;
+	    }
+	  top_scope->list_tail = n;
+	}
+    }
+  n->parent = top_scope;
+
+  top_scope = n;
+}
+
+static void
+pop_scope ()
+{
+  top_scope = top_scope->parent;
+}
+
+static void
+do_sections_p1 (head)
+     struct coff_ofile *head;
+{
+  asection *section;
+  int idx;
+  struct coff_section *all = (struct coff_section *) (xcalloc (abfd->section_count + 1,
+					     sizeof (struct coff_section)));
+  head->nsections = abfd->section_count + 1;
+  head->sections = all;
+
+  for (idx = 0, section = abfd->sections; section; section = section->next, idx++)
+    {
+      long relsize;
+      int i = section->target_index;
+      arelent **relpp;
+      long relcount;
+
+      relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, section);
+      if (relsize < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      if (relsize == 0)
+        continue;
+      relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+      relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relpp, syms);
+      if (relcount < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      head->sections[i].name = (char *) (section->name);
+      head->sections[i].code = section->flags & SEC_CODE;
+      head->sections[i].data = section->flags & SEC_DATA;
+      if (strcmp (section->name, ".bss") == 0)
+	head->sections[i].data = 1;
+      head->sections[i].address = section->vma;
+      head->sections[i].size = section->_raw_size;
+      head->sections[i].number = idx;
+      head->sections[i].nrelocs = section->reloc_count;
+      head->sections[i].relocs =
+	(struct coff_reloc *) (xcalloc (section->reloc_count,
+					sizeof (struct coff_reloc)));
+      head->sections[i].bfd_section = section;
+    }
+  head->sections[0].name = "ABSOLUTE";
+  head->sections[0].code = 0;
+  head->sections[0].data = 0;
+  head->sections[0].address = 0;
+  head->sections[0].size = 0;
+  head->sections[0].number = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+do_sections_p2 (head)
+     struct coff_ofile *head;
+{
+  asection *section;
+  for (section = abfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
+    {
+      int j;
+      for (j = 0; j < section->reloc_count; j++)
+	{
+	  int idx;
+	  int i = section->target_index;
+	  struct coff_reloc *r = head->sections[i].relocs + j;
+	  arelent *sr = section->relocation + j;
+	  r->offset = sr->address;
+	  r->addend = sr->addend;
+	  idx = ((coff_symbol_type *) (sr->sym_ptr_ptr[0]))->native - rawsyms;
+	  r->symbol = tindex[idx];
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static struct coff_where *
+do_where (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  struct internal_syment *sym = &rawsyms[i].u.syment;
+  struct coff_where *where =
+    (struct coff_where *) (xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_where)));
+  where->offset = sym->n_value;
+
+  if (sym->n_scnum == -1)
+    sym->n_scnum = 0;
+
+  switch (sym->n_sclass)
+    {
+    case C_FIELD:
+      where->where = coff_where_member_of_struct;
+      where->offset = sym->n_value / 8;
+      where->bitoffset = sym->n_value % 8;
+      where->bitsize = rawsyms[i + 1].u.auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size;
+      break;
+    case C_MOE:
+      where->where = coff_where_member_of_enum;
+      break;
+    case C_MOS:
+    case C_MOU:
+      where->where = coff_where_member_of_struct;
+      break;
+    case C_AUTO:
+    case C_ARG:
+      where->where = coff_where_stack;
+      break;
+    case C_EXT:
+    case C_STAT:
+    case C_EXTDEF:
+    case C_LABEL:
+      where->where = coff_where_memory;
+      where->section = &ofile->sections[sym->n_scnum];
+      break;
+    case C_REG:
+    case C_REGPARM:
+      where->where = coff_where_register;
+      break;
+    case C_ENTAG:
+      where->where = coff_where_entag;
+      break;
+    case C_STRTAG:
+    case C_UNTAG:
+      where->where = coff_where_strtag;
+      break;
+    case C_TPDEF:
+      where->where = coff_where_typedef;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+    }
+  return where;
+}
+
+static
+struct coff_line *
+do_lines (i, name)
+     int i;
+     char *name;
+{
+  struct coff_line *res = (struct coff_line *) xcalloc (sizeof (struct coff_line), 1);
+  asection *s;
+  int l;
+  /* Find out if this function has any line numbers in the table */
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+    {
+      for (l = 0; l < s->lineno_count; l++)
+	{
+	  if (s->lineno[l].line_number == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (rawsyms + i == ((coff_symbol_type *) (&(s->lineno[l].u.sym[0])))->native)
+		{
+		  /* These lines are for this function - so count them and stick them on */
+		  int c = 0;
+		  /* Find the linenumber of the top of the function, since coff linenumbers
+		     are relative to the start of the function. */
+		  int start_line = rawsyms[i + 3].u.auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno;
+
+		  l++;
+		  for (c = 0; s->lineno[l + c + 1].line_number; c++)
+		    ;
+
+		  /* Add two extra records, one for the prologue and one for the epilogue */
+		  c += 1;
+		  res->nlines = c;
+		  res->lines = (int *) (xcalloc (sizeof (int), c));
+		  res->addresses = (int *) (xcalloc (sizeof (int), c));
+		  res->lines[0] = start_line;
+		  res->addresses[0] = rawsyms[i].u.syment.n_value - s->vma;
+		  for (c = 0; s->lineno[l + c + 1].line_number; c++)
+		    {
+		      res->lines[c + 1] = s->lineno[l + c].line_number + start_line - 1;
+		      res->addresses[c + 1] = s->lineno[l + c].u.offset;
+		    }
+		  return res;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return res;
+}
+
+static
+struct coff_type *
+do_type (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  struct internal_syment *sym = &rawsyms[i].u.syment;
+  union internal_auxent *aux = &rawsyms[i + 1].u.auxent;
+  struct coff_type *res =
+    (struct coff_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_type));
+  int type = sym->n_type;
+  int which_dt = 0;
+  int dimind = 0;
+
+  res->type = coff_basic_type;
+  res->u.basic = type & 0xf;
+
+  switch (type & 0xf)
+    {
+    case T_NULL:
+    case T_VOID:
+      if (sym->n_numaux && sym->n_sclass == C_STAT)
+	{
+	  /* This is probably a section definition */
+	  res->type = coff_secdef_type;
+	  res->size = aux->x_scn.x_scnlen;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (type == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't know what this is, let's make it a simple int */
+	      res->size = INT_SIZE;
+	      res->u.basic = T_UINT;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Else it could be a function or pointer to void */
+	      res->size = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+
+      break;
+    case T_UCHAR:
+    case T_CHAR:
+      res->size = 1;
+      break;
+    case T_USHORT:
+    case T_SHORT:
+      res->size = SHORT_SIZE;
+      break;
+    case T_UINT:
+    case T_INT:
+      res->size = INT_SIZE;
+      break;
+    case T_ULONG:
+    case T_LONG:
+      res->size = LONG_SIZE;
+      break;
+    case T_FLOAT:
+      res->size = FLOAT_SIZE;
+      break;
+    case T_DOUBLE:
+      res->size = DOUBLE_SIZE;
+      break;
+    case T_STRUCT:
+    case T_UNION:
+      if (sym->n_numaux)
+	{
+	  if (aux->x_sym.x_tagndx.p)
+	    {
+	      /* Refering to a struct defined elsewhere */
+	      res->type = coff_structref_type;
+	      res->u.astructref.ref = tindex[INDEXOF (aux->x_sym.x_tagndx.p)];
+	      res->size = res->u.astructref.ref ?
+		res->u.astructref.ref->type->size : 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* A definition of a struct */
+	      last_struct = res;
+	      res->type = coff_structdef_type;
+	      res->u.astructdef.elements = empty_scope ();
+	      res->u.astructdef.idx = 0;
+	      res->u.astructdef.isstruct = (type & 0xf) == T_STRUCT;
+	      res->size = aux->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* No auxents - it's anonynmous */
+	  res->type = coff_structref_type;
+	  res->u.astructref.ref = 0;
+	  res->size = 0;
+	}
+      break;
+    case T_ENUM:
+      if (aux->x_sym.x_tagndx.p)
+	{
+	  /* Refering to a enum defined elsewhere */
+	  res->type = coff_enumref_type;
+	  res->u.aenumref.ref = tindex[INDEXOF (aux->x_sym.x_tagndx.p)];
+	  res->size = res->u.aenumref.ref->type->size;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* A definition of an enum */
+	  last_enum = res;
+	  res->type = coff_enumdef_type;
+	  res->u.aenumdef.elements = empty_scope ();
+	  res->size = aux->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size;
+	}
+      break;
+    case T_MOE:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  for (which_dt = 5; which_dt >= 0; which_dt--)
+    {
+      switch ((type >> ((which_dt * 2) + 4)) & 0x3)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  break;
+	case DT_ARY:
+	  {
+	    struct coff_type *ptr = ((struct coff_type *)
+				     xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_type)));
+	    int els = (dimind < DIMNUM
+		       ? aux->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[dimind]
+		       : 0);
+	    ++dimind;
+	    ptr->type = coff_array_type;
+	    ptr->size = els * res->size;
+	    ptr->u.array.dim = els;
+	    ptr->u.array.array_of = res;
+	    res = ptr;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	case DT_PTR:
+	  {
+	    struct coff_type *ptr =
+	      (struct coff_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_type));
+	    ptr->size = PTR_SIZE;
+	    ptr->type = coff_pointer_type;
+	    ptr->u.pointer.points_to = res;
+	    res = ptr;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	case DT_FCN:
+	  {
+	    struct coff_type *ptr
+	      = (struct coff_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_type));
+	    ptr->size = 0;
+	    ptr->type = coff_function_type;
+	    ptr->u.function.function_returns = res;
+	    ptr->u.function.parameters = empty_scope ();
+	    ptr->u.function.lines = do_lines (i, sym->_n._n_nptr[1]);
+	    ptr->u.function.code = 0;
+	    last_function_type = ptr;
+	    res = ptr;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+  return res;
+}
+
+static struct coff_visible *
+do_visible (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  struct internal_syment *sym = &rawsyms[i].u.syment;
+  struct coff_visible *visible =
+    (struct coff_visible *) (xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_visible)));
+  enum coff_vis_type t;
+  switch (sym->n_sclass)
+    {
+    case C_MOS:
+    case C_MOU:
+    case C_FIELD:
+      t = coff_vis_member_of_struct;
+      break;
+    case C_MOE:
+      t = coff_vis_member_of_enum;
+      break;
+
+    case C_REGPARM:
+      t = coff_vis_regparam;
+      break;
+
+    case C_REG:
+      t = coff_vis_register;
+      break;
+    case C_STRTAG:
+    case C_UNTAG:
+    case C_ENTAG:
+    case C_TPDEF:
+      t = coff_vis_tag;
+      break;
+    case C_AUTOARG:
+    case C_ARG:
+      t = coff_vis_autoparam;
+      break;
+    case C_AUTO:
+
+
+      t = coff_vis_auto;
+      break;
+    case C_LABEL:
+    case C_STAT:
+      t = coff_vis_int_def;
+      break;
+    case C_EXT:
+      if (sym->n_scnum == N_UNDEF)
+	{
+	  if (sym->n_value)
+	    t = coff_vis_common;
+	  else
+	    t = coff_vis_ext_ref;
+	}
+      else
+	t = coff_vis_ext_def;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      break;
+
+    }
+  visible->type = t;
+  return visible;
+}
+
+static int
+do_define (i, b)
+     int i;
+     struct coff_scope *b;
+{
+  static int symbol_index;
+  struct internal_syment *sym = &rawsyms[i].u.syment;
+
+  /* Define a symbol and attach to block b */
+  struct coff_symbol *s = empty_symbol ();
+
+  s->number = ++symbol_index;
+  s->name = sym->_n._n_nptr[1];
+  s->sfile = cur_sfile;
+  /* Glue onto the ofile list */
+  if (lofile >= 0)
+    {
+      if (ofile->symbol_list_tail)
+	ofile->symbol_list_tail->next_in_ofile_list = s;
+      else
+	ofile->symbol_list_head = s;
+      ofile->symbol_list_tail = s;
+      /* And the block list */
+    }
+  if (b->vars_tail)
+    b->vars_tail->next = s;
+  else
+    b->vars_head = s;
+
+  b->vars_tail = s;
+  b->nvars++;
+  s->type = do_type (i);
+  s->where = do_where (i);
+  s->visible = do_visible (i);
+
+  tindex[i] = s;
+
+  /* We remember the lowest address in each section for each source file */
+
+  if (s->where->where == coff_where_memory
+      && s->type->type == coff_secdef_type)
+    {
+      struct coff_isection *is = cur_sfile->section + s->where->section->number;
+
+      if (!is->init)
+	{
+	  is->low = s->where->offset;
+	  is->high = s->where->offset + s->type->size;
+	  is->init = 1;
+	  is->parent = s->where->section;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+  if (s->type->type == coff_function_type)
+    last_function_symbol = s;
+
+  return i + sym->n_numaux + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+struct coff_ofile *
+doit ()
+{
+  int i;
+  int infile = 0;
+  struct coff_ofile *head =
+  (struct coff_ofile *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_ofile));
+  ofile = head;
+  head->source_head = 0;
+  head->source_tail = 0;
+  head->nsources = 0;
+  head->symbol_list_tail = 0;
+  head->symbol_list_head = 0;
+  do_sections_p1 (head);
+  push_scope (1);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < rawcount;)
+    {
+      struct internal_syment *sym = &rawsyms[i].u.syment;
+      switch (sym->n_sclass)
+	{
+	case C_FILE:
+	  {
+	    /* new source file announced */
+	    struct coff_sfile *n =
+	      (struct coff_sfile *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct coff_sfile));
+	    n->section = (struct coff_isection *) xcalloc (sizeof (struct coff_isection), abfd->section_count + 1);
+	    cur_sfile = n;
+	    n->name = sym->_n._n_nptr[1];
+	    n->next = 0;
+
+	    if (infile)
+	      {
+		pop_scope ();
+	      }
+	    infile = 1;
+	    push_scope (1);
+	    file_scope = n->scope = top_scope;
+
+	    if (head->source_tail)
+	      head->source_tail->next = n;
+	    else
+	      head->source_head = n;
+	    head->source_tail = n;
+	    head->nsources++;
+	    i += sym->n_numaux + 1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case C_FCN:
+	  {
+	    char *name = sym->_n._n_nptr[1];
+	    if (name[1] == 'b')
+	      {
+		/* Function start */
+		push_scope (0);
+		last_function_type->u.function.code = top_scope;
+		top_scope->sec = ofile->sections + sym->n_scnum;
+		top_scope->offset = sym->n_value;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		top_scope->size = sym->n_value - top_scope->offset + 1;
+		pop_scope ();
+
+	      }
+	    i += sym->n_numaux + 1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case C_BLOCK:
+	  {
+	    char *name = sym->_n._n_nptr[1];
+	    if (name[1] == 'b')
+	      {
+		/* Block start */
+		push_scope (1);
+		top_scope->sec = ofile->sections + sym->n_scnum;
+		top_scope->offset = sym->n_value;
+
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		top_scope->size = sym->n_value - top_scope->offset + 1;
+		pop_scope ();
+	      }
+	    i += sym->n_numaux + 1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case C_REGPARM:
+	case C_ARG:
+	  i = do_define (i, last_function_symbol->type->u.function.parameters);
+	  break;
+	case C_MOS:
+	case C_MOU:
+	case C_FIELD:
+	  i = do_define (i, last_struct->u.astructdef.elements);
+	  break;
+	case C_MOE:
+	  i = do_define (i, last_enum->u.aenumdef.elements);
+	  break;
+	case C_STRTAG:
+	case C_ENTAG:
+	case C_UNTAG:
+	  /* Various definition */
+	  i = do_define (i, top_scope);
+	  break;
+	case C_EXT:
+	case C_LABEL:
+	  i = do_define (i, file_scope);
+	  break;
+	case C_STAT:
+	case C_TPDEF:
+	case C_AUTO:
+	case C_REG:
+	  i = do_define (i, top_scope);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	case C_EOS:
+	  i += sym->n_numaux + 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  do_sections_p2 (head);
+  return head;
+}
+
+struct coff_ofile *
+coff_grok (inabfd)
+     bfd *inabfd;
+{
+  long storage;
+  struct coff_ofile *p;
+  abfd = inabfd;
+  storage = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+
+  if (storage < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (abfd->filename);
+
+  syms = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage);
+  symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, syms);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (abfd->filename);
+  rawsyms = obj_raw_syments (abfd);
+  rawcount = obj_raw_syment_count (abfd);;
+  tindex = (struct coff_symbol **) (xcalloc (sizeof (struct coff_symbol *), rawcount));
+
+  p = doit ();
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ade42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/coffgrok.h
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+#define T_NULL		0
+#define T_VOID		1	/* function argument (only used by compiler) */
+#define T_CHAR		2	/* character		*/
+#define T_SHORT		3	/* short integer	*/
+#define T_INT		4	/* integer		*/
+#define T_LONG		5	/* long integer		*/
+#define T_FLOAT		6	/* floating point	*/
+#define T_DOUBLE	7	/* double word		*/
+#define T_STRUCT	8	/* structure 		*/
+#define T_UNION		9	/* union 		*/
+#define T_ENUM		10	/* enumeration 		*/
+#define T_MOE		11	/* member of enumeration*/
+#define T_UCHAR		12	/* unsigned character	*/
+#define T_USHORT	13	/* unsigned short	*/
+#define T_UINT		14	/* unsigned integer	*/
+#define T_ULONG		15	/* unsigned long	*/
+#define T_LNGDBL	16	/* long double		*/
+
+
+ struct coff_reloc
+ {
+   int offset;
+   struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+   int addend;
+ };
+
+ struct coff_section 
+ {
+   char *name;
+   int code;
+   int data;
+   int address;
+   int number;  /* 0..n, .text = 0 */
+   int nrelocs;
+   int size;
+   struct coff_reloc *relocs;
+   struct sec *bfd_section;
+ };
+
+struct coff_ofile
+{
+  int nsources;
+  struct coff_sfile *source_head;
+  struct coff_sfile *source_tail;
+  int nsections;
+  struct coff_section *sections;
+  struct coff_symbol *symbol_list_head;
+  struct coff_symbol *symbol_list_tail;
+};
+
+struct coff_isection {
+  int low;
+  int high;
+  int init;
+  struct coff_section *parent;
+};
+
+struct coff_sfile
+{
+  char *name;
+  struct coff_scope *scope;
+  struct coff_sfile *next;
+
+  /* Vector which maps where in each output section
+     the input file has it's data */
+  struct coff_isection *section; 
+
+};
+
+
+ struct coff_type
+{
+  int size;
+  enum
+    {
+      coff_pointer_type, coff_function_type, coff_array_type, coff_structdef_type, coff_basic_type,
+      coff_structref_type, coff_enumref_type, coff_enumdef_type, coff_secdef_type
+      } type;
+  union
+    {
+      struct 
+	{
+	int address;
+	int size;
+      } asecdef;
+
+      struct
+	{
+	  int isstruct;
+	  struct coff_scope *elements;
+	  int idx;
+	}
+      astructdef;
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct coff_symbol *ref;
+	} astructref;
+
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct coff_scope *elements;
+	  int idx;
+	} aenumdef;
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct coff_symbol *ref;
+	} aenumref;
+
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct coff_type *points_to;
+	} pointer;
+      struct
+	{
+	  int dim;
+	  struct coff_type *array_of;
+	} array;
+
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct coff_type *function_returns;
+	  struct coff_scope *parameters;
+	  struct coff_scope *code;
+	  struct coff_line *lines;
+	} function;
+      int basic;		/* One of T_VOID.. T_UINT */
+    }  u;
+};
+
+
+ struct coff_line 
+ {
+   int nlines;
+   int *lines;
+   int *addresses;
+ };
+
+
+ struct coff_scope
+   {
+     struct coff_section *sec; /* What section */
+     int offset; /* where */
+     int size; /* How big */
+     struct coff_scope *parent;	/* one up */
+
+     struct coff_scope *next;	/*next along */
+
+     int nvars;
+
+     struct coff_symbol *vars_head;	/* symbols */
+     struct coff_symbol *vars_tail;
+
+     struct coff_scope *list_head;	/* children */
+     struct coff_scope *list_tail;
+
+   };
+
+
+ struct coff_visible
+   {
+     enum coff_vis_type
+       {
+	 coff_vis_ext_def,
+	 coff_vis_ext_ref,
+	 coff_vis_int_def,
+	 coff_vis_common,
+	 coff_vis_auto,
+	 coff_vis_register,
+	 coff_vis_tag,
+	 coff_vis_member_of_struct,
+	 coff_vis_member_of_enum,
+	 coff_vis_autoparam,	
+	 coff_vis_regparam,
+       } type;
+   };
+
+ struct coff_where
+   {
+     enum
+       {
+	 coff_where_stack, coff_where_memory, coff_where_register, coff_where_unknown,
+	 coff_where_strtag, coff_where_member_of_struct,
+	 coff_where_member_of_enum, coff_where_entag, coff_where_typedef
+
+       } where;
+     int offset;
+     int bitoffset;
+     int bitsize;
+     struct coff_section *section;
+   };
+
+ struct coff_symbol
+   {
+     char *name;
+     int tag;
+     struct coff_type *type;
+     struct coff_where *where;
+     struct coff_visible *visible;
+     struct coff_symbol *next;
+     struct coff_symbol *next_in_ofile_list; /* For the ofile list */
+     int number;
+     int er_number;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+  };
+
+struct coff_ofile *coff_grok();
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.in b/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0aa5a64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* config.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether fprintf must be declared even if <stdio.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FPRINTF
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define if you have <vfork.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define vfork as fork if vfork does not work.  */
+#undef vfork
+
+/* Is the type time_t defined in <time.h>?  */
+#undef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TIME_H
+
+/* Is the type time_t defined in <sys/types.h>?  */
+#undef HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TYPES_H
+
+/* Does <utime.h> define struct utimbuf?  */
+#undef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+/* Define if you have the sbrk function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the utimes function.  */
+#undef HAVE_UTIMES
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.texi b/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdcc312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/config.texi
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+@set VERSION 2.8.1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure b/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c80280c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2635 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=ar.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_targets"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*opcodes*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *opcodes*bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-commonbfdlib or --disable-commonbfdlib was given.
+if test "${enable_commonbfdlib+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_commonbfdlib"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:611: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE)
+    if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+    else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi ;;
+  *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:632: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:650: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+HDEFINES=
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:708: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:737: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:785: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 795 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:799: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:819: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:824: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:833: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:848: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+
+. ${srcdir}/../bfd/configure.host
+
+
+
+
+
+AR=${AR-ar}
+
+# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:887: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:924: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries.  However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+OPCODES='-L../opcodes -lopcodes'
+
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+  # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+  # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+  if test "${shared_bfd}" = "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+    OPCODES='-L../opcodes -l`echo opcodes | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+  # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+  # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+  # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+  # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+  # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+  # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+  # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+  if test "${shared_bfd}" != "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+  fi
+  if test "${shared_opcodes}" != "true"; then
+    OPCODES='../opcodes/libopcodes.a'
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  # when a shared libbfd is built with --enable-commonbfdlib,
+  # all of libopcodes is available in libbfd.so.  Unfortunately, on
+  # HP/UX, when using gcc -g, the linker does a static link, so we
+  # need to continue linking against opcodes on that platform.
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*) ;;
+  *) OPCODES= ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# Put a plausible default for CC_FOR_BUILD in Makefile.
+if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then
+  if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
+    CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)'
+  else
+    CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1033: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1048 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1054: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1065 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1071: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h fcntl.h sys/file.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1097: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1102 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1107: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1134: checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1139 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+#define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned)(stat_val) >> 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+#define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
+#endif
+int main() {
+int s;
+wait (&s);
+s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1155: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments.  Useless!
+echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1178: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1183 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <alloca.h>
+int main() {
+char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int));
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1190: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1211: checking for alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1216 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+char *p = (char *) alloca(1);
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1239: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
+  # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+  # that cause trouble.  Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+  # contain a buggy version.  If you still want to use their alloca,
+  # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+  ALLOCA=alloca.o
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1271: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1276 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+  echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1301: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1306 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1329: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+EOF
+
+  break
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+done
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1356: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1364 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = 0;
+  auto char dummy;
+  if (addr == 0)
+    {
+      addr = &dummy;
+      return find_stack_direction ();
+    }
+  else
+    return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+main ()
+{
+  exit (find_stack_direction() < 0);
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1383: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+for ac_func in sbrk utimes
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1407: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1412 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1435: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
+  echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1461: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1466 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1474: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1491 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1509 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1530 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
+exit (0); }
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1541: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  :
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for pid_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1565: checking for pid_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_pid_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1570 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "pid_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_pid_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_pid_t" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = no; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define pid_t int
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_safe=`echo "vfork.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for vfork.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1599: checking for vfork.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1604 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <vfork.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1609: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_VFORK_H 1
+EOF
+
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working vfork""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1634: checking for working vfork" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vfork_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  echo $ac_n "checking for vfork""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1640: checking for vfork" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vfork'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1645 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char vfork(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char vfork();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_vfork) || defined (__stub___vfork)
+choke me
+#else
+vfork();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1668: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_vfork=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_vfork=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'vfork`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1689 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Thanks to Paul Eggert for this test.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_VFORK_H
+#include <vfork.h>
+#endif
+/* On some sparc systems, changes by the child to local and incoming
+   argument registers are propagated back to the parent.
+   The compiler is told about this with #include <vfork.h>,
+   but some compilers (e.g. gcc -O) don't grok <vfork.h>.
+   Test for this by using a static variable whose address
+   is put into a register that is clobbered by the vfork.  */
+static
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sparc_address_test (int arg)
+#else
+sparc_address_test (arg) int arg;
+#endif
+{
+  static pid_t child;
+  if (!child) {
+    child = vfork ();
+    if (child < 0) {
+      perror ("vfork");
+      _exit(2);
+    }
+    if (!child) {
+      arg = getpid();
+      write(-1, "", 0);
+      _exit (arg);
+    }
+  }
+}
+main() {
+  pid_t parent = getpid ();
+  pid_t child;
+
+  sparc_address_test ();
+
+  child = vfork ();
+
+  if (child == 0) {
+    /* Here is another test for sparc vfork register problems.
+       This test uses lots of local variables, at least
+       as many local variables as main has allocated so far
+       including compiler temporaries.  4 locals are enough for
+       gcc 1.40.3 on a Solaris 4.1.3 sparc, but we use 8 to be safe.
+       A buggy compiler should reuse the register of parent
+       for one of the local variables, since it will think that
+       parent can't possibly be used any more in this routine.
+       Assigning to the local variable will thus munge parent
+       in the parent process.  */
+    pid_t
+      p = getpid(), p1 = getpid(), p2 = getpid(), p3 = getpid(),
+      p4 = getpid(), p5 = getpid(), p6 = getpid(), p7 = getpid();
+    /* Convince the compiler that p..p7 are live; otherwise, it might
+       use the same hardware register for all 8 local variables.  */
+    if (p != p1 || p != p2 || p != p3 || p != p4
+	|| p != p5 || p != p6 || p != p7)
+      _exit(1);
+
+    /* On some systems (e.g. IRIX 3.3),
+       vfork doesn't separate parent from child file descriptors.
+       If the child closes a descriptor before it execs or exits,
+       this munges the parent's descriptor as well.
+       Test for this by closing stdout in the child.  */
+    _exit(close(fileno(stdout)) != 0);
+  } else {
+    int status;
+    struct stat st;
+
+    while (wait(&status) != child)
+      ;
+    exit(
+	 /* Was there some problem with vforking?  */
+	 child < 0
+
+	 /* Did the child fail?  (This shouldn't happen.)  */
+	 || status
+
+	 /* Did the vfork/compiler bug occur?  */
+	 || parent != getpid()
+
+	 /* Did the file descriptor bug occur?  */
+	 || fstat(fileno(stdout), &st) != 0
+	 );
+  }
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1784: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_vfork_works = no; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define vfork fork
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+else
+  echo $ac_n "checking for vfork""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1808: checking for vfork" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vfork'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1813 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char vfork(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char vfork();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_vfork) || defined (__stub___vfork)
+choke me
+#else
+vfork();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1836: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_vfork=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_vfork=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'vfork`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define vfork fork
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for time_t in time.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1862: checking for time_t in time.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1867 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <time.h>
+int main() {
+time_t i;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1874: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h" 1>&6
+if test $bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TIME_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for time_t in sys/types.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1895: checking for time_t in sys/types.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1900 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int main() {
+time_t i;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1907: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h" 1>&6
+if test $bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TYPES_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+# Under Next 3.2 <utime.h> apparently does not define struct utimbuf
+# by default.
+echo $ac_n "checking for utime.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1930: checking for utime.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bu_cv_header_utime_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1935 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_TIME_H
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#include <utime.h>
+int main() {
+struct utimbuf s;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1946: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_header_utime_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bu_cv_header_utime_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bu_cv_header_utime_h" 1>&6
+if test $bu_cv_header_utime_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether fprintf must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1967: checking whether fprintf must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_fprintf'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1972 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) fprintf
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1993: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_fprintf=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_fprintf=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_fprintf" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_fprintf = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo fprintf | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether strstr must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2015: checking whether strstr must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2020 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) strstr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2041: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo strstr | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether sbrk must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2063: checking whether sbrk must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2068 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) sbrk
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2089: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo sbrk | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether getenv must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2111: checking whether getenv must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2116 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) getenv
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2137: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo getenv | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+case "${host}" in
+i[345]86-*-msdos* | i[345]86-*-go32* | *-*-cygwin32 | *-*-windows)
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_BINARY_FOPEN 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets"; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result"; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+BUILD_NLMCONV=
+NLMCONV_DEFS=
+BUILD_SRCONV=
+BUILD_DLLTOOL=
+DLLTOOL_DEFS=
+
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall"; then
+        all_targets=true
+	BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	BUILD_SRCONV='$(SRCONV_PROG)'
+	NLMCONV_DEFS="-DNLMCONV_I386 -DNLMCONV_ALPHA -DNLMCONV_POWERPC -DNLMCONV_SPARC"
+    else
+	case $targ in
+	i[3456]86*-*-netware*) 
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_I386"
+	  ;;
+	alpha*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_ALPHA"
+	  ;;
+	powerpc*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_POWERPC"
+	  ;;
+	sparc*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_SPARC"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $targ in
+	*-*-hms*) BUILD_SRCONV='$(SRCONV_PROG)' ;;
+	esac
+	case $targ in
+	arm-*pe*)
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_ARM"
+	 ;;
+	i[3-6]86-*pe* | i[3-6]86-*-cygwin32)
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_I386"
+	 ;;
+	powerpc*-*-*pe* | powerpc*-*-cygwin32)
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_PPC"
+	 ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+targ=$target
+. $srcdir/../bfd/config.bfd
+if test "x$targ_underscore" = "xyes"; then
+    UNDERSCORE=1
+else
+    UNDERSCORE=0
+fi
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@HDEFINES@%$HDEFINES%g
+s%@HLDFLAGS@%$HLDFLAGS%g
+s%@HLDENV@%$HLDENV%g
+s%@RPATH_ENVVAR@%$RPATH_ENVVAR%g
+s%@AR@%$AR%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@BFDLIB@%$BFDLIB%g
+s%@OPCODES@%$OPCODES%g
+s%@CC_FOR_BUILD@%$CC_FOR_BUILD%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g
+s%@NLMCONV_DEFS@%$NLMCONV_DEFS%g
+s%@BUILD_NLMCONV@%$BUILD_NLMCONV%g
+s%@BUILD_SRCONV@%$BUILD_SRCONV%g
+s%@BUILD_DLLTOOL@%$BUILD_DLLTOOL%g
+s%@DLLTOOL_DEFS@%$DLLTOOL_DEFS%g
+s%@UNDERSCORE@%$UNDERSCORE%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d5432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+dnl
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(ar.c)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*opcodes*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *opcodes*bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(commonbfdlib,
+[  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option]) ;;
+esac])dnl
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+HDEFINES=
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+. ${srcdir}/../bfd/configure.host
+
+AC_SUBST(HDEFINES)
+AC_SUBST(HLDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(HLDENV)
+AC_SUBST(RPATH_ENVVAR)
+AR=${AR-ar}
+AC_SUBST(AR)
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries.  However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+OPCODES='-L../opcodes -lopcodes'
+
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+  # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+  # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+  if test "${shared_bfd}" = "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+    OPCODES='-L../opcodes -l`echo opcodes | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+  # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+  # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+  # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+  # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+  # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+  # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+  # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+  if test "${shared_bfd}" != "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+  fi
+  if test "${shared_opcodes}" != "true"; then
+    OPCODES='../opcodes/libopcodes.a'
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  # when a shared libbfd is built with --enable-commonbfdlib,
+  # all of libopcodes is available in libbfd.so.  Unfortunately, on
+  # HP/UX, when using gcc -g, the linker does a static link, so we
+  # need to continue linking against opcodes on that platform.
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*) ;;
+  *) OPCODES= ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(BFDLIB)
+AC_SUBST(OPCODES)
+
+BFD_CC_FOR_BUILD
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h fcntl.h sys/file.h)
+AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sbrk utimes)
+dnl Temporary workaround for bug in autoconf 2.12.  When the bug is
+dnl fixed, we can just call AC_FUNC_VFORK in all cases.
+if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then
+  AC_FUNC_VFORK
+else
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(vfork, , AC_DEFINE(vfork, fork))
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for time_t in time.h)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [time_t i;],
+bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h=yes, bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h)
+if test $bu_cv_decl_time_t_time_h = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE([HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TIME_H])
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for time_t in sys/types.h)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>], [time_t i;],
+bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h=yes, bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h)
+if test $bu_cv_decl_time_t_types_h = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE([HAVE_TIME_T_IN_TYPES_H])
+fi
+
+# Under Next 3.2 <utime.h> apparently does not define struct utimbuf
+# by default.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for utime.h])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(bu_cv_header_utime_h,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_TIME_H
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#include <utime.h>],
+[struct utimbuf s;],
+bu_cv_header_utime_h=yes, bu_cv_header_utime_h=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($bu_cv_header_utime_h)
+if test $bu_cv_header_utime_h = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H)
+fi
+
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(fprintf)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(strstr)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(sbrk)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv)
+
+BFD_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets"; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result"; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+BUILD_NLMCONV=
+NLMCONV_DEFS=
+BUILD_SRCONV=
+BUILD_DLLTOOL=
+DLLTOOL_DEFS=
+
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall"; then
+        all_targets=true
+	BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	BUILD_SRCONV='$(SRCONV_PROG)'
+	NLMCONV_DEFS="-DNLMCONV_I386 -DNLMCONV_ALPHA -DNLMCONV_POWERPC -DNLMCONV_SPARC"
+    else
+	case $targ in
+changequote(,)dnl
+	i[3456]86*-*-netware*) 
+changequote([,])dnl
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_I386"
+	  ;;
+	alpha*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_ALPHA"
+	  ;;
+	powerpc*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_POWERPC"
+	  ;;
+	sparc*-*-netware*)
+	  BUILD_NLMCONV='$(NLMCONV_PROG)'
+	  NLMCONV_DEFS="$NLMCONV_DEFS -DNLMCONV_SPARC"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $targ in
+	*-*-hms*) BUILD_SRCONV='$(SRCONV_PROG)' ;;
+	esac
+	case $targ in
+	arm-*pe*)
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_ARM"
+	 ;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+	i[3-6]86-*pe* | i[3-6]86-*-cygwin32)
+changequote([,])dnl
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_I386"
+	 ;;
+	powerpc*-*-*pe* | powerpc*-*-cygwin32)
+  	  BUILD_DLLTOOL='$(DLLTOOL_PROG)'
+	  DLLTOOL_DEFS="$DLLTOOL_DEFS -DDLLTOOL_PPC"
+	 ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+done
+
+AC_SUBST(NLMCONV_DEFS)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_NLMCONV)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_SRCONV)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_DLLTOOL)
+AC_SUBST(DLLTOOL_DEFS)
+
+targ=$target
+. $srcdir/../bfd/config.bfd
+if test "x$targ_underscore" = "xyes"; then
+    UNDERSCORE=1
+else
+    UNDERSCORE=0
+fi
+AC_SUBST(UNDERSCORE)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile,
+[case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/cxxfilt.man b/contrib/binutils/binutils/cxxfilt.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4d5d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/cxxfilt.man
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH @PROGRAM@ 1 "June 1993" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+@PROGRAM@ \- demangle C++ symbols
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B @PROGRAM@
+.RB "[\|" \-_ | \-\-strip-underscores "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm} " | " \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm}" "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" symbol "...\|]"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The C++ language provides function overloading, which means that you can
+write many functions with the same name (providing each takes parameters
+of different types).  All C++ function names are encoded into a
+low-level assembly label (this process is known as
+.I mangling\c
+).  The 
+.B @PROGRAM@
+program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR)
+low-level names into user-level names so that the linker can keep
+these overloaded functions from clashing.
+.PP
+Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
+dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential label.  If the
+label decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level
+name in the output.
+.PP
+You can use
+.B @PROGRAM@
+to decipher individual symbols by specifying these symbols on the
+command line.
+.PP
+If no
+.B symbol
+arguments are given,
+.B @PROGRAM@
+reads symbol names from the standard input and writes the demangled
+names to the standard output.  All results are printed on the standard
+output.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-_
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-underscores
+On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an
+underscore in front of every name.  For example, the C name 
+.B foo
+gets the low-level name 
+.BR _foo .
+This option removes the leading underscore.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm}"
+.TP
+.B \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm}
+GNU
+.B nm
+can decode three different methods of mangling, used by different C++
+compilers.  This option selects which method it uses: the one used by
+the GNU compiler, the one used by the Lucid compiler, or the one
+specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual.  The default is the
+GNU style.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print a summary of the options to
+.B @PROGRAM@
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Print the version number of
+.B @PROGRAM@
+and exit.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" 
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993).
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b9b2b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3506 @@
+/* debug.c -- Handle generic debugging information.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file implements a generic debugging format.  We may eventually
+   have readers which convert different formats into this generic
+   format, and writers which write it out.  The initial impetus for
+   this was writing a convertor from stabs to HP IEEE-695 debugging
+   format.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+/* Global information we keep for debugging.  A pointer to this
+   structure is the debugging handle passed to all the routines.  */
+
+struct debug_handle
+{
+  /* A linked list of compilation units.  */
+  struct debug_unit *units;
+  /* The current compilation unit.  */
+  struct debug_unit *current_unit;
+  /* The current source file.  */
+  struct debug_file *current_file;
+  /* The current function.  */
+  struct debug_function *current_function;
+  /* The current block.  */
+  struct debug_block *current_block;
+  /* The current line number information for the current unit.  */
+  struct debug_lineno *current_lineno;
+  /* Mark.  This is used by debug_write.  */
+  unsigned int mark;
+  /* A struct/class ID used by debug_write.  */
+  unsigned int class_id;
+  /* The base for class_id for this call to debug_write.  */
+  unsigned int base_id;
+  /* The current line number in debug_write.  */
+  struct debug_lineno *current_write_lineno;
+  unsigned int current_write_lineno_index;
+  /* A list of classes which have assigned ID's during debug_write.
+     This is linked through the next_id field of debug_class_type.  */
+  struct debug_class_id *id_list;
+  /* A list used to avoid recursion during debug_type_samep.  */
+  struct debug_type_compare_list *compare_list;
+};
+
+/* Information we keep for a single compilation unit.  */
+
+struct debug_unit
+{
+  /* The next compilation unit.  */
+  struct debug_unit *next;
+  /* A list of files included in this compilation unit.  The first
+     file is always the main one, and that is where the main file name
+     is stored.  */
+  struct debug_file *files;
+  /* Line number information for this compilation unit.  This is not
+     stored by function, because assembler code may have line number
+     information without function information.  */
+  struct debug_lineno *linenos;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a single source file.  */
+
+struct debug_file
+{
+  /* The next source file in this compilation unit.  */
+  struct debug_file *next;
+  /* The name of the source file.  */
+  const char *filename;
+  /* Global functions, variables, types, etc.  */
+  struct debug_namespace *globals;
+};
+
+/* A type.  */
+
+struct debug_type
+{
+  /* Kind of type.  */
+  enum debug_type_kind kind;
+  /* Size of type (0 if not known).  */
+  unsigned int size;
+  /* Type which is a pointer to this type.  */
+  debug_type pointer;
+  /* Tagged union with additional information about the type.  */
+  union
+    {
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT.  */
+      struct debug_indirect_type *kindirect;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_INT.  */
+      /* Whether the integer is unsigned.  */
+      boolean kint;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT, DEBUG_KIND_UNION, DEBUG_KIND_CLASS,
+         DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS.  */
+      struct debug_class_type *kclass;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_ENUM.  */
+      struct debug_enum_type *kenum;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_POINTER.  */
+      struct debug_type *kpointer;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION.  */
+      struct debug_function_type *kfunction;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE.  */
+      struct debug_type *kreference;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_RANGE.  */
+      struct debug_range_type *krange;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_ARRAY.  */
+      struct debug_array_type *karray;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_SET.  */
+      struct debug_set_type *kset;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_OFFSET.  */
+      struct debug_offset_type *koffset;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_METHOD.  */
+      struct debug_method_type *kmethod;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_CONST.  */
+      struct debug_type *kconst;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE.  */
+      struct debug_type *kvolatile;
+      /* DEBUG_KIND_NAMED, DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED.  */
+      struct debug_named_type *knamed;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for an indirect type.  */
+
+struct debug_indirect_type
+{
+  /* Slot where the final type will appear.  */
+  debug_type *slot;
+  /* Tag.  */
+  const char *tag;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a struct, union, or class.  */
+
+struct debug_class_type
+{
+  /* NULL terminated array of fields.  */
+  debug_field *fields;
+  /* A mark field which indicates whether the struct has already been
+     printed.  */
+  unsigned int mark;
+  /* This is used to uniquely identify unnamed structs when printing.  */
+  unsigned int id;
+  /* The remaining fields are only used for DEBUG_KIND_CLASS and
+     DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS.  */
+  /* NULL terminated array of base classes.  */
+  debug_baseclass *baseclasses;
+  /* NULL terminated array of methods.  */
+  debug_method *methods;
+  /* The type of the class providing the virtual function table for
+     this class.  This may point to the type itself.  */
+  debug_type vptrbase;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for an enum.  */
+
+struct debug_enum_type
+{
+  /* NULL terminated array of names.  */
+  const char **names;
+  /* Array of corresponding values.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma *values;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a function.  FIXME: We should be able to
+   record the parameter types.  */
+
+struct debug_function_type
+{
+  /* Return type.  */
+  debug_type return_type;
+  /* NULL terminated array of argument types.  */
+  debug_type *arg_types;
+  /* Whether the function takes a variable number of arguments.  */
+  boolean varargs;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a range.  */
+
+struct debug_range_type
+{
+  /* Range base type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Lower bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma lower;
+  /* Upper bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma upper;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for an array.  */
+
+struct debug_array_type
+{
+  /* Element type.  */
+  debug_type element_type;
+  /* Range type.  */
+  debug_type range_type;
+  /* Lower bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma lower;
+  /* Upper bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma upper;
+  /* Whether this array is really a string.  */
+  boolean stringp;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a set.  */
+
+struct debug_set_type
+{
+  /* Base type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Whether this set is really a bitstring.  */
+  boolean bitstringp;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for an offset type (a based pointer).  */
+
+struct debug_offset_type
+{
+  /* The type the pointer is an offset from.  */
+  debug_type base_type;
+  /* The type the pointer points to.  */
+  debug_type target_type;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a method type.  */
+
+struct debug_method_type
+{
+  /* The return type.  */
+  debug_type return_type;
+  /* The object type which this method is for.  */
+  debug_type domain_type;
+  /* A NULL terminated array of argument types.  */
+  debug_type *arg_types;
+  /* Whether the method takes a variable number of arguments.  */
+  boolean varargs;
+};
+
+/* Information kept for a named type.  */
+
+struct debug_named_type
+{
+  /* Name.  */
+  struct debug_name *name;
+  /* Real type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+};
+
+/* A field in a struct or union.  */
+
+struct debug_field
+{
+  /* Name of the field.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Type of the field.  */
+  struct debug_type *type;
+  /* Visibility of the field.  */
+  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+  /* Whether this is a static member.  */
+  boolean static_member;
+  union
+    {
+      /* If static_member is false.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* Bit position of the field in the struct.  */
+	  unsigned int bitpos;
+	  /* Size of the field in bits.  */
+	  unsigned int bitsize;
+	} f;
+      /* If static_member is true.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  const char *physname;
+	} s;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* A base class for an object.  */
+
+struct debug_baseclass
+{
+  /* Type of the base class.  */
+  struct debug_type *type;
+  /* Bit position of the base class in the object.  */
+  unsigned int bitpos;
+  /* Whether the base class is virtual.  */
+  boolean virtual;
+  /* Visibility of the base class.  */
+  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+};
+
+/* A method of an object.  */
+
+struct debug_method
+{
+  /* The name of the method.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* A NULL terminated array of different types of variants.  */
+  struct debug_method_variant **variants;
+};
+
+/* The variants of a method function of an object.  These indicate
+   which method to run.  */
+
+struct debug_method_variant
+{
+  /* The physical name of the function.  */
+  const char *physname;
+  /* The type of the function.  */
+  struct debug_type *type;
+  /* The visibility of the function.  */
+  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+  /* Whether the function is const.  */
+  boolean constp;
+  /* Whether the function is volatile.  */
+  boolean volatilep;
+  /* The offset to the function in the virtual function table.  */
+  bfd_vma voffset;
+  /* If voffset is VOFFSET_STATIC_METHOD, this is a static method.  */
+#define VOFFSET_STATIC_METHOD ((bfd_vma) -1)
+  /* Context of a virtual method function.  */
+  struct debug_type *context;
+};
+
+/* A variable.  This is the information we keep for a variable object.
+   This has no name; a name is associated with a variable in a
+   debug_name structure.  */
+
+struct debug_variable
+{
+  /* Kind of variable.  */
+  enum debug_var_kind kind;
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Value.  The interpretation of the value depends upon kind.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* A function.  This has no name; a name is associated with a function
+   in a debug_name structure.  */
+
+struct debug_function
+{
+  /* Return type.  */
+  debug_type return_type;
+  /* Parameter information.  */
+  struct debug_parameter *parameters;
+  /* Block information.  The first structure on the list is the main
+     block of the function, and describes function local variables.  */
+  struct debug_block *blocks;
+};
+
+/* A function parameter.  */
+
+struct debug_parameter
+{
+  /* Next parameter.  */
+  struct debug_parameter *next;
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Kind.  */
+  enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+  /* Value (meaning depends upon kind).  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* A typed constant.  */
+
+struct debug_typed_constant
+{
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Value.  FIXME: We may eventually need to support non-integral
+     values.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* Information about a block within a function.  */
+
+struct debug_block
+{
+  /* Next block with the same parent.  */
+  struct debug_block *next;
+  /* Parent block.  */
+  struct debug_block *parent;
+  /* List of child blocks.  */
+  struct debug_block *children;
+  /* Start address of the block.  */
+  bfd_vma start;
+  /* End address of the block.  */
+  bfd_vma end;
+  /* Local variables.  */
+  struct debug_namespace *locals;
+};
+
+/* Line number information we keep for a compilation unit.  FIXME:
+   This structure is easy to create, but can be very space
+   inefficient.  */
+
+struct debug_lineno
+{
+  /* More line number information for this block.  */
+  struct debug_lineno *next;
+  /* Source file.  */
+  struct debug_file *file;
+  /* Line numbers, terminated by a -1 or the end of the array.  */
+#define DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT 10
+  unsigned long linenos[DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT];
+  /* Addresses for the line numbers.  */
+  bfd_vma addrs[DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT];
+};
+
+/* A namespace.  This is a mapping from names to objects.  FIXME: This
+   should be implemented as a hash table.  */
+
+struct debug_namespace
+{
+  /* List of items in this namespace.  */
+  struct debug_name *list;
+  /* Pointer to where the next item in this namespace should go.  */
+  struct debug_name **tail;
+};
+
+/* Kinds of objects that appear in a namespace.  */
+
+enum debug_object_kind
+{
+  /* A type.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE,
+  /* A tagged type (really a different sort of namespace).  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG,
+  /* A variable.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_VARIABLE,
+  /* A function.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_FUNCTION,
+  /* An integer constant.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_INT_CONSTANT,
+  /* A floating point constant.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_FLOAT_CONSTANT,
+  /* A typed constant.  */
+  DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPED_CONSTANT
+};
+
+/* Linkage of an object that appears in a namespace.  */
+
+enum debug_object_linkage
+{
+  /* Local variable.  */
+  DEBUG_LINKAGE_AUTOMATIC,
+  /* Static--either file static or function static, depending upon the
+     namespace is.  */
+  DEBUG_LINKAGE_STATIC,
+  /* Global.  */
+  DEBUG_LINKAGE_GLOBAL,
+  /* No linkage.  */
+  DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE
+};
+
+/* A name in a namespace.  */
+
+struct debug_name
+{
+  /* Next name in this namespace.  */
+  struct debug_name *next;
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Mark.  This is used by debug_write.  */
+  unsigned int mark;
+  /* Kind of object.  */
+  enum debug_object_kind kind;
+  /* Linkage of object.  */
+  enum debug_object_linkage linkage;
+  /* Tagged union with additional information about the object.  */
+  union
+    {
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE.  */
+      struct debug_type *type;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG.  */
+      struct debug_type *tag;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_VARIABLE.  */
+      struct debug_variable *variable;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_FUNCTION.  */
+      struct debug_function *function;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_INT_CONSTANT.  */
+      bfd_vma int_constant;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_FLOAT_CONSTANT.  */
+      double float_constant;
+      /* DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPED_CONSTANT.  */
+      struct debug_typed_constant *typed_constant;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* During debug_write, a linked list of these structures is used to
+   keep track of ID numbers that have been assigned to classes.  */
+
+struct debug_class_id
+{
+  /* Next ID number.  */
+  struct debug_class_id *next;
+  /* The type with the ID.  */
+  struct debug_type *type;
+  /* The tag; NULL if no tag.  */
+  const char *tag;
+};
+
+/* During debug_type_samep, a linked list of these structures is kept
+   on the stack to avoid infinite recursion.  */
+
+struct debug_type_compare_list
+{
+  /* Next type on list.  */
+  struct debug_type_compare_list *next;
+  /* The types we are comparing.  */
+  struct debug_type *t1;
+  struct debug_type *t2;
+};
+
+/* Local functions.  */
+
+static void debug_error PARAMS ((const char *));
+static struct debug_name *debug_add_to_namespace
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, struct debug_namespace **, const char *,
+	   enum debug_object_kind, enum debug_object_linkage));
+static struct debug_name *debug_add_to_current_namespace
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const char *, enum debug_object_kind,
+	   enum debug_object_linkage));
+static struct debug_type *debug_make_type
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, enum debug_type_kind, unsigned int));
+static struct debug_type *debug_get_real_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+static boolean debug_write_name
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   struct debug_name *));
+static boolean debug_write_type
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   struct debug_type *, struct debug_name *));
+static boolean debug_write_class_type
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   struct debug_type *, const char *));
+static boolean debug_write_function
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   const char *, enum debug_object_linkage, struct debug_function *));
+static boolean debug_write_block
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   struct debug_block *));
+static boolean debug_write_linenos
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR,
+	   bfd_vma));
+static boolean debug_set_class_id
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, const char *, struct debug_type *));
+static boolean debug_type_samep
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, struct debug_type *, struct debug_type *));
+static boolean debug_class_type_samep
+  PARAMS ((struct debug_handle *, struct debug_type *, struct debug_type *));
+
+/* Issue an error message.  */
+
+static void
+debug_error (message)
+     const char *message;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", message);
+}
+
+/* Add an object to a namespace.  */
+
+static struct debug_name *
+debug_add_to_namespace (info, nsp, name, kind, linkage)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     struct debug_namespace **nsp;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_object_kind kind;
+     enum debug_object_linkage linkage;
+{
+  struct debug_name *n;
+  struct debug_namespace *ns;
+
+  n = (struct debug_name *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  memset (n, 0, sizeof *n);
+
+  n->name = name;
+  n->kind = kind;
+  n->linkage = linkage;
+
+  ns = *nsp;
+  if (ns == NULL)
+    {
+      ns = (struct debug_namespace *) xmalloc (sizeof *ns);
+      memset (ns, 0, sizeof *ns);
+
+      ns->tail = &ns->list;
+
+      *nsp = ns;
+    }
+
+  *ns->tail = n;
+  ns->tail = &n->next;
+
+  return n;
+}
+
+/* Add an object to the current namespace.  */
+
+static struct debug_name *
+debug_add_to_current_namespace (info, name, kind, linkage)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_object_kind kind;
+     enum debug_object_linkage linkage;
+{
+  struct debug_namespace **nsp;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_file == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_add_to_current_namespace: no current file");
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (info->current_block != NULL)
+    nsp = &info->current_block->locals;
+  else
+    nsp = &info->current_file->globals;
+
+  return debug_add_to_namespace (info, nsp, name, kind, linkage);
+}
+
+/* Return a handle for debugging information.  */
+
+PTR
+debug_init ()
+{
+  struct debug_handle *ret;
+
+  ret = (struct debug_handle *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+  memset (ret, 0, sizeof *ret);
+  return (PTR) ret;
+}
+
+/* Set the source filename.  This implicitly starts a new compilation
+   unit.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_set_filename (handle, name)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_file *nfile;
+  struct debug_unit *nunit;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    name = "";
+
+  nfile = (struct debug_file *) xmalloc (sizeof *nfile);
+  memset (nfile, 0, sizeof *nfile);
+
+  nfile->filename = name;
+
+  nunit = (struct debug_unit *) xmalloc (sizeof *nunit);
+  memset (nunit, 0, sizeof *nunit);
+
+  nunit->files = nfile;
+  info->current_file = nfile;
+
+  if (info->current_unit != NULL)
+    info->current_unit->next = nunit;
+  else
+    {
+      assert (info->units == NULL);
+      info->units = nunit;
+    }
+
+  info->current_unit = nunit;
+
+  info->current_function = NULL;
+  info->current_block = NULL;
+  info->current_lineno = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Change source files to the given file name.  This is used for
+   include files in a single compilation unit.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_start_source (handle, name)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_file *f, **pf;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    name = "";
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_start_source: no debug_set_filename call");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  for (f = info->current_unit->files; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+    {
+      if (f->filename[0] == name[0]
+	  && f->filename[1] == name[1]
+	  && strcmp (f->filename, name) == 0)
+	{
+	  info->current_file = f;
+	  return true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  f = (struct debug_file *) xmalloc (sizeof *f);
+  memset (f, 0, sizeof *f);
+
+  f->filename = name;
+
+  for (pf = &info->current_file->next;
+       *pf != NULL;
+       pf = &(*pf)->next)
+    ;
+  *pf = f;
+
+  info->current_file = f;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a function definition.  This implicitly starts a function
+   block.  The debug_type argument is the type of the return value.
+   The boolean indicates whether the function is globally visible.
+   The bfd_vma is the address of the start of the function.  Currently
+   the parameter types are specified by calls to
+   debug_record_parameter.  FIXME: There is no way to specify nested
+   functions.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_function (handle, name, return_type, global, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type return_type;
+     boolean global;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_function *f;
+  struct debug_block *b;
+  struct debug_name *n;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    name = "";
+  if (return_type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_record_function: no debug_set_filename call");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  f = (struct debug_function *) xmalloc (sizeof *f);
+  memset (f, 0, sizeof *f);
+
+  f->return_type = return_type;
+
+  b = (struct debug_block *) xmalloc (sizeof *b);
+  memset (b, 0, sizeof *b);
+
+  b->start = addr;
+  b->end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
+  f->blocks = b;
+
+  info->current_function = f;
+  info->current_block = b;
+
+  /* FIXME: If we could handle nested functions, this would be the
+     place: we would want to use a different namespace.  */
+  n = debug_add_to_namespace (info,
+			      &info->current_file->globals,
+			      name,
+			      DEBUG_OBJECT_FUNCTION,
+			      (global
+			       ? DEBUG_LINKAGE_GLOBAL
+			       : DEBUG_LINKAGE_STATIC));
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n->u.function = f;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a parameter for the current function.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_parameter (handle, name, type, kind, val)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_parameter *p, **pp;
+
+  if (name == NULL || type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_function == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_record_parameter: no current function");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  p = (struct debug_parameter *) xmalloc (sizeof *p);
+  memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
+
+  p->name = name;
+  p->type = type;
+  p->kind = kind;
+  p->val = val;
+
+  for (pp = &info->current_function->parameters;
+       *pp != NULL;
+       pp = &(*pp)->next)
+    ;
+  *pp = p;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* End a function.  FIXME: This should handle function nesting.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_end_function (handle, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_block == NULL
+      || info->current_function == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_end_function: no current function");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (info->current_block->parent != NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_end_function: some blocks were not closed");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  info->current_block->end = addr;
+
+  info->current_function = NULL;
+  info->current_block = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a block in a function.  All local information will be
+   recorded in this block, until the matching call to debug_end_block.
+   debug_start_block and debug_end_block may be nested.  The bfd_vma
+   argument is the address at which this block starts.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_start_block (handle, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_block *b, **pb;
+
+  /* We must always have a current block: debug_record_function sets
+     one up.  */
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_block == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_start_block: no current block");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  b = (struct debug_block *) xmalloc (sizeof *b);
+  memset (b, 0, sizeof *b);
+
+  b->parent = info->current_block;
+  b->start = addr;
+  b->end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
+  /* This new block is a child of the current block.  */
+  for (pb = &info->current_block->children;
+       *pb != NULL;
+       pb = &(*pb)->next)
+    ;
+  *pb = b;
+
+  info->current_block = b;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish a block in a function.  This matches the call to
+   debug_start_block.  The argument is the address at which this block
+   ends.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_end_block (handle, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_block *parent;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_block == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_end_block: no current block");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  parent = info->current_block->parent;
+  if (parent == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_end_block: attempt to close top level block");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  info->current_block->end = addr;
+
+  info->current_block = parent;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Associate a line number in the current source file and function
+   with a given address.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_line (handle, lineno, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     unsigned long lineno;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_lineno *l;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_record_line: no current unit");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  l = info->current_lineno;
+  if (l != NULL && l->file == info->current_file)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT; i++)
+	{
+	  if (l->linenos[i] == (unsigned long) -1)
+	    {
+	      l->linenos[i] = lineno;
+	      l->addrs[i] = addr;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we get here, then either 1) there is no current_lineno
+     structure, which means this is the first line number in this
+     compilation unit, 2) the current_lineno structure is for a
+     different file, or 3) the current_lineno structure is full.
+     Regardless, we want to allocate a new debug_lineno structure, put
+     it in the right place, and make it the new current_lineno
+     structure.  */
+
+  l = (struct debug_lineno *) xmalloc (sizeof *l);
+  memset (l, 0, sizeof *l);
+
+  l->file = info->current_file;
+  l->linenos[0] = lineno;
+  l->addrs[0] = addr;
+  for (i = 1; i < DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT; i++)
+    l->linenos[i] = (unsigned long) -1;
+
+  if (info->current_lineno != NULL)
+    info->current_lineno->next = l;
+  else
+    info->current_unit->linenos = l;
+
+  info->current_lineno = l;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a named common block.  This is a block of variables that may
+   move in memory.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_start_common_block (handle, name)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* FIXME */
+  debug_error ("debug_start_common_block: not implemented");
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* End a named common block.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_end_common_block (handle, name)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* FIXME */
+  debug_error ("debug_end_common_block: not implemented");
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Record a named integer constant.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_int_const (handle, name, val)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_name *n;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n = debug_add_to_current_namespace (info, name, DEBUG_OBJECT_INT_CONSTANT,
+				      DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE);
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n->u.int_constant = val;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a named floating point constant.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_float_const (handle, name, val)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     double val;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_name *n;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n = debug_add_to_current_namespace (info, name, DEBUG_OBJECT_FLOAT_CONSTANT,
+				      DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE);
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n->u.float_constant = val;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a typed constant with an integral value.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_typed_const (handle, name, type, val)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_name *n;
+  struct debug_typed_constant *tc;
+
+  if (name == NULL || type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n = debug_add_to_current_namespace (info, name, DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPED_CONSTANT,
+				      DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE);
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  tc = (struct debug_typed_constant *) xmalloc (sizeof *tc);
+  memset (tc, 0, sizeof *tc);
+
+  tc->type = type;
+  tc->val = val;
+
+  n->u.typed_constant = tc;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a label.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_label (handle, name, type, addr)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  /* FIXME.  */
+  debug_error ("debug_record_label not implemented");
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Record a variable.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_record_variable (handle, name, type, kind, val)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     enum debug_var_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_namespace **nsp;
+  enum debug_object_linkage linkage;
+  struct debug_name *n;
+  struct debug_variable *v;
+
+  if (name == NULL || type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_file == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_record_variable: no current file");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (kind == DEBUG_GLOBAL || kind == DEBUG_STATIC)
+    {
+      nsp = &info->current_file->globals;
+      if (kind == DEBUG_GLOBAL)
+	linkage = DEBUG_LINKAGE_GLOBAL;
+      else
+	linkage = DEBUG_LINKAGE_STATIC;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (info->current_block == NULL)
+	{
+	  debug_error ("debug_record_variable: no current block");
+	  return false;
+	}
+      nsp = &info->current_block->locals;
+      linkage = DEBUG_LINKAGE_AUTOMATIC;
+    }
+
+  n = debug_add_to_namespace (info, nsp, name, DEBUG_OBJECT_VARIABLE, linkage);
+  if (n == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  v = (struct debug_variable *) xmalloc (sizeof *v);
+  memset (v, 0, sizeof *v);
+
+  v->kind = kind;
+  v->type = type;
+  v->val = val;
+
+  n->u.variable = v;
+
+  return true;  
+}
+
+/* Make a type with a given kind and size.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static struct debug_type *
+debug_make_type (info, kind, size)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  t = (struct debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *t);
+  memset (t, 0, sizeof *t);
+
+  t->kind = kind;
+  t->size = size;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make an indirect type which may be used as a placeholder for a type
+   which is referenced before it is defined.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_indirect_type (handle, slot, tag)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type *slot;
+     const char *tag;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_indirect_type *i;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  i = (struct debug_indirect_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *i);
+  memset (i, 0, sizeof *i);
+
+  i->slot = slot;
+  i->tag = tag;
+
+  t->u.kindirect = i;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a void type.  There is only one of these.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_void_type (handle)
+     PTR handle;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+
+  return debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_VOID, 0);
+}
+
+/* Make an integer type of a given size.  The boolean argument is true
+   if the integer is unsigned.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_int_type (handle, size, unsignedp)
+     PTR handle;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_INT, size);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t->u.kint = unsignedp;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a floating point type of a given size.  FIXME: On some
+   platforms, like an Alpha, you probably need to be able to specify
+   the format.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_float_type (handle, size)
+     PTR handle;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+
+  return debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_FLOAT, size);
+}
+
+/* Make a boolean type of a given size.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_bool_type (handle, size)
+     PTR handle;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+
+  return debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_BOOL, size);
+}
+
+/* Make a complex type of a given size.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_complex_type (handle, size)
+     PTR handle;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+
+  return debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_COMPLEX, size);
+}
+
+/* Make a structure type.  The second argument is true for a struct,
+   false for a union.  The third argument is the size of the struct.
+   The fourth argument is a NULL terminated array of fields.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_struct_type (handle, structp, size, fields)
+     PTR handle;
+     boolean structp;
+     bfd_vma size;
+     debug_field *fields;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_class_type *c;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info,
+		       structp ? DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT : DEBUG_KIND_UNION,
+		       size);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  c = (struct debug_class_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *c);
+  memset (c, 0, sizeof *c);
+
+  c->fields = fields;
+
+  t->u.kclass = c;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make an object type.  The first three arguments after the handle
+   are the same as for debug_make_struct_type.  The next arguments are
+   a NULL terminated array of base classes, a NULL terminated array of
+   methods, the type of the object holding the virtual function table
+   if it is not this object, and a boolean which is true if this
+   object has its own virtual function table.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_object_type (handle, structp, size, fields, baseclasses,
+			methods, vptrbase, ownvptr)
+     PTR handle;
+     boolean structp;
+     bfd_vma size;
+     debug_field *fields;
+     debug_baseclass *baseclasses;
+     debug_method *methods;
+     debug_type vptrbase;
+     boolean ownvptr;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_class_type *c;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info,
+		       structp ? DEBUG_KIND_CLASS : DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS,
+		       size);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  c = (struct debug_class_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *c);
+  memset (c, 0, sizeof *c);
+
+  c->fields = fields;
+  c->baseclasses = baseclasses;
+  c->methods = methods;
+  if (ownvptr)
+    c->vptrbase = t;
+  else
+    c->vptrbase = vptrbase;
+
+  t->u.kclass = c;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make an enumeration type.  The arguments are a null terminated
+   array of strings, and an array of corresponding values.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_enum_type (handle, names, values)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char **names;
+     bfd_signed_vma *values;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_enum_type *e;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_ENUM, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  e = (struct debug_enum_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *e);
+  memset (e, 0, sizeof *e);
+
+  e->names = names;
+  e->values = values;
+
+  t->u.kenum = e;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a pointer to a given type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_pointer_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (type->pointer != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return type->pointer;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_POINTER, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t->u.kpointer = type;
+
+  type->pointer = t;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a function returning a given type.  FIXME: We should be able
+   to record the parameter types.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_function_type (handle, type, arg_types, varargs)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     debug_type *arg_types;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_function_type *f;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  f = (struct debug_function_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *f);
+  memset (f, 0, sizeof *f);
+
+  f->return_type = type;
+  f->arg_types = arg_types;
+  f->varargs = varargs;
+
+  t->u.kfunction = f;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a reference to a given type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_reference_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t->u.kreference = type;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a range of a given type from a lower to an upper bound.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_range_type (handle, type, lower, upper)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     bfd_signed_vma lower;
+     bfd_signed_vma upper;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_range_type *r;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_RANGE, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  r = (struct debug_range_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *r);
+  memset (r, 0, sizeof *r);
+
+  r->type = type;
+  r->lower = lower;
+  r->upper = upper;
+
+  t->u.krange = r;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make an array type.  The second argument is the type of an element
+   of the array.  The third argument is the type of a range of the
+   array.  The fourth and fifth argument are the lower and upper
+   bounds, respectively.  The sixth argument is true if this array is
+   actually a string, as in C.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_array_type (handle, element_type, range_type, lower, upper,
+		       stringp)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type element_type;
+     debug_type range_type;
+     bfd_signed_vma lower;
+     bfd_signed_vma upper;
+     boolean stringp;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_array_type *a;
+
+  if (element_type == NULL || range_type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_ARRAY, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  a = (struct debug_array_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *a);
+  memset (a, 0, sizeof *a);
+
+  a->element_type = element_type;
+  a->range_type = range_type;
+  a->lower = lower;
+  a->upper = upper;
+  a->stringp = stringp;
+
+  t->u.karray = a;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a set of a given type.  For example, a Pascal set type.  The
+   boolean argument is true if this set is actually a bitstring, as in
+   CHILL.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_set_type (handle, type, bitstringp)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     boolean bitstringp;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_set_type *s;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_SET, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  s = (struct debug_set_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *s);
+  memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
+
+  s->type = type;
+  s->bitstringp = bitstringp;
+
+  t->u.kset = s;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a type for a pointer which is relative to an object.  The
+   second argument is the type of the object to which the pointer is
+   relative.  The third argument is the type that the pointer points
+   to.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_offset_type (handle, base_type, target_type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type base_type;
+     debug_type target_type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_offset_type *o;
+
+  if (base_type == NULL || target_type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_OFFSET, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  o = (struct debug_offset_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *o);
+  memset (o, 0, sizeof *o);
+
+  o->base_type = base_type;
+  o->target_type = target_type;
+
+  t->u.koffset = o;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a type for a method function.  The second argument is the
+   return type, the third argument is the domain, and the fourth
+   argument is a NULL terminated array of argument types.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_method_type (handle, return_type, domain_type, arg_types, varargs)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type return_type;
+     debug_type domain_type;
+     debug_type *arg_types;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_method_type *m;
+
+  if (return_type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_METHOD, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  m = (struct debug_method_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *m);
+  memset (m, 0, sizeof *m);
+
+  m->return_type = return_type;
+  m->domain_type = domain_type;
+  m->arg_types = arg_types;
+  m->varargs = varargs;
+
+  t->u.kmethod = m;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a const qualified version of a given type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_const_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_CONST, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t->u.kconst = type;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make a volatile qualified version of a given type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_volatile_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  t->u.kvolatile = type;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Make an undefined tagged type.  For example, a struct which has
+   been mentioned, but not defined.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_make_undefined_tagged_type (handle, name, kind)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ENUM:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      debug_error ("debug_make_undefined_type: unsupported kind");
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, kind, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  return debug_tag_type (handle, name, t);
+}
+
+/* Make a base class for an object.  The second argument is the base
+   class type.  The third argument is the bit position of this base
+   class in the object (always 0 unless doing multiple inheritance).
+   The fourth argument is whether this is a virtual class.  The fifth
+   argument is the visibility of the base class.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_baseclass
+debug_make_baseclass (handle, type, bitpos, virtual, visibility)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     boolean virtual;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{     
+  struct debug_baseclass *b;
+
+  b = (struct debug_baseclass *) xmalloc (sizeof *b);
+  memset (b, 0, sizeof *b);
+
+  b->type = type;
+  b->bitpos = bitpos;
+  b->virtual = virtual;
+  b->visibility = visibility;
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+/* Make a field for a struct.  The second argument is the name.  The
+   third argument is the type of the field.  The fourth argument is
+   the bit position of the field.  The fifth argument is the size of
+   the field (it may be zero).  The sixth argument is the visibility
+   of the field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_field
+debug_make_field (handle, name, type, bitpos, bitsize, visibility)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     bfd_vma bitsize;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct debug_field *f;
+
+  f = (struct debug_field *) xmalloc (sizeof *f);
+  memset (f, 0, sizeof *f);
+
+  f->name = name;
+  f->type = type;
+  f->static_member = false;
+  f->u.f.bitpos = bitpos;
+  f->u.f.bitsize = bitsize;
+  f->visibility = visibility;
+
+  return f;
+}
+
+/* Make a static member of an object.  The second argument is the
+   name.  The third argument is the type of the member.  The fourth
+   argument is the physical name of the member (i.e., the name as a
+   global variable).  The fifth argument is the visibility of the
+   member.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_field
+debug_make_static_member (handle, name, type, physname, visibility)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct debug_field *f;
+
+  f = (struct debug_field *) xmalloc (sizeof *f);
+  memset (f, 0, sizeof *f);
+
+  f->name = name;
+  f->type = type;
+  f->static_member = true;
+  f->u.s.physname = physname;
+  f->visibility = visibility;
+
+  return f;
+}
+
+/* Make a method.  The second argument is the name, and the third
+   argument is a NULL terminated array of method variants.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_method
+debug_make_method (handle, name, variants)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_method_variant *variants;
+{
+  struct debug_method *m;
+
+  m = (struct debug_method *) xmalloc (sizeof *m);
+  memset (m, 0, sizeof *m);
+
+  m->name = name;
+  m->variants = variants;
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Make a method argument.  The second argument is the real name of
+   the function.  The third argument is the type of the function.  The
+   fourth argument is the visibility.  The fifth argument is whether
+   this is a const function.  The sixth argument is whether this is a
+   volatile function.  The seventh argument is the offset in the
+   virtual function table, if any.  The eighth argument is the virtual
+   function context.  FIXME: Are the const and volatile arguments
+   necessary?  Could we just use debug_make_const_type?  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_method_variant
+debug_make_method_variant (handle, physname, type, visibility, constp,
+			   volatilep, voffset, context)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *physname;
+     debug_type type;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     debug_type context;
+{
+  struct debug_method_variant *m;
+
+  m = (struct debug_method_variant *) xmalloc (sizeof *m);
+  memset (m, 0, sizeof *m);
+
+  m->physname = physname;
+  m->type = type;
+  m->visibility = visibility;
+  m->constp = constp;
+  m->volatilep = volatilep;
+  m->voffset = voffset;
+  m->context = context;
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Make a static method argument.  The arguments are the same as for
+   debug_make_method_variant, except that the last two are omitted
+   since a static method can not also be virtual.  */
+
+debug_method_variant
+debug_make_static_method_variant (handle, physname, type, visibility,
+				  constp, volatilep)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *physname;
+     debug_type type;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+{
+  struct debug_method_variant *m;
+
+  m = (struct debug_method_variant *) xmalloc (sizeof *m);
+  memset (m, 0, sizeof *m);
+
+  m->physname = physname;
+  m->type = type;
+  m->visibility = visibility;
+  m->constp = constp;
+  m->volatilep = volatilep;
+  m->voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC_METHOD;
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+/* Name a type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_name_type (handle, name, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_named_type *n;
+  struct debug_name *nm;
+
+  if (name == NULL || type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL
+      || info->current_file == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_name_type: no current file");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_NAMED, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  n = (struct debug_named_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  memset (n, 0, sizeof *n);
+
+  n->type = type;
+
+  t->u.knamed = n;
+
+  /* We always add the name to the global namespace.  This is probably
+     wrong in some cases, but it seems to be right for stabs.  FIXME.  */
+
+  nm = debug_add_to_namespace (info, &info->current_file->globals, name,
+			       DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE, DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE);
+  if (nm == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  nm->u.type = t;
+
+  n->name = nm;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Tag a type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_tag_type (handle, name, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_type *t;
+  struct debug_named_type *n;
+  struct debug_name *nm;
+
+  if (name == NULL || type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (info->current_file == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_tag_type: no current file");
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (type->u.knamed->name->name, name) == 0)
+	return type;
+      debug_error ("debug_tag_type: extra tag attempted");
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  t = debug_make_type (info, DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED, 0);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  n = (struct debug_named_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  memset (n, 0, sizeof *n);
+
+  n->type = type;
+
+  t->u.knamed = n;
+
+  /* We keep a global namespace of tags for each compilation unit.  I
+     don't know if that is the right thing to do.  */
+
+  nm = debug_add_to_namespace (info, &info->current_file->globals, name,
+			       DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG, DEBUG_LINKAGE_NONE);
+  if (nm == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  nm->u.tag = t;
+
+  n->name = nm;
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* Record the size of a given type.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+boolean
+debug_record_type_size (handle, type, size)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  if (type->size != 0 && type->size != size)
+    fprintf (stderr, "Warning: changing type size from %d to %d\n",
+	     type->size, size);
+
+  type->size = size;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Find a named type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_find_named_type (handle, name)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_block *b;
+  struct debug_file *f;
+
+  /* We only search the current compilation unit.  I don't know if
+     this is right or not.  */
+
+  if (info->current_unit == NULL)
+    {
+      debug_error ("debug_find_named_type: no current compilation unit");
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  for (b = info->current_block; b != NULL; b = b->parent)
+    {
+      if (b->locals != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct debug_name *n;
+
+	  for (n = b->locals->list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+	    {
+	      if (n->kind == DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE
+		  && n->name[0] == name[0]
+		  && strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
+		return n->u.type;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (f = info->current_unit->files; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+    {
+      if (f->globals != NULL)
+	{
+	  struct debug_name *n;
+
+	  for (n = f->globals->list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+	    {
+	      if (n->kind == DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE
+		  && n->name[0] == name[0]
+		  && strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
+		return n->u.type;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;	  
+}
+
+/* Find a tagged type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_find_tagged_type (handle, name, kind)
+     PTR handle;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_unit *u;
+
+  /* We search the globals of all the compilation units.  I don't know
+     if this is correct or not.  It would be easy to change.  */
+
+  for (u = info->units; u != NULL; u = u->next)
+    {
+      struct debug_file *f;
+
+      for (f = u->files; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+	{
+	  struct debug_name *n;
+
+	  if (f->globals != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (n = f->globals->list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+		{
+		  if (n->kind == DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG
+		      && (kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL
+			  || n->u.tag->kind == kind)
+		      && n->name[0] == name[0]
+		      && strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
+		    return n->u.tag;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+}
+
+/* Get a base type.  */
+
+static struct debug_type *
+debug_get_real_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return type;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT:
+      if (*type->u.kindirect->slot != NULL)
+	return debug_get_real_type (handle, *type->u.kindirect->slot);
+      return type;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_NAMED:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED:
+      return debug_get_real_type (handle, type->u.knamed->type);
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Get the kind of a type.  */
+
+enum debug_type_kind
+debug_get_type_kind (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL;
+  type = debug_get_real_type (handle, type);
+  return type->kind;
+}
+
+/* Get the name of a type.  */
+
+const char *
+debug_get_type_name (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT)
+    {
+      if (*type->u.kindirect->slot != NULL)
+	return debug_get_type_name (handle, *type->u.kindirect->slot);
+      return type->u.kindirect->tag;
+    }
+  if (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_NAMED
+      || type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED)
+    return type->u.knamed->name->name;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Get the size of a type.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+debug_get_type_size (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* We don't call debug_get_real_type, because somebody might have
+     called debug_record_type_size on a named or indirect type.  */
+
+  if (type->size != 0)
+    return type->size;
+
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT:
+      if (*type->u.kindirect->slot != NULL)
+	return debug_get_type_size (handle, *type->u.kindirect->slot);
+      return 0;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_NAMED:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED:
+      return debug_get_type_size (handle, type->u.knamed->type);
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Get the return type of a function or method type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_get_return_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+  type = debug_get_real_type (handle, type);
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION:
+      return type->u.kfunction->return_type;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_METHOD:
+      return type->u.kmethod->return_type;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/      
+}
+
+/* Get the parameter types of a function or method type (except that
+   we don't currently store the parameter types of a function).  */
+
+const debug_type *
+debug_get_parameter_types (handle, type, pvarargs)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+     boolean *pvarargs;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  type = debug_get_real_type (handle, type);
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION:
+      *pvarargs = type->u.kfunction->varargs;
+      return type->u.kfunction->arg_types;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_METHOD:
+      *pvarargs = type->u.kmethod->varargs;
+      return type->u.kmethod->arg_types;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Get the target type of a type.  */
+
+debug_type
+debug_get_target_type (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  type = debug_get_real_type (handle, type);
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_POINTER:
+      return type->u.kpointer;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE:
+      return type->u.kreference;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CONST:
+      return type->u.kconst;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE:
+      return type->u.kvolatile;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Get the NULL terminated array of fields for a struct, union, or
+   class.  */
+
+const debug_field *
+debug_get_fields (handle, type)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  type = debug_get_real_type (handle, type);
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+      return type->u.kclass->fields;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Get the type of a field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+debug_type
+debug_get_field_type (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  return field->type;
+}
+
+/* Get the name of a field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+const char *
+debug_get_field_name (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  return field->name;
+}
+
+/* Get the bit position of a field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+bfd_vma
+debug_get_field_bitpos (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL || field->static_member)
+    return (bfd_vma) -1;
+  return field->u.f.bitpos;
+}
+
+/* Get the bit size of a field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+bfd_vma
+debug_get_field_bitsize (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL || field->static_member)
+    return (bfd_vma) -1;
+  return field->u.f.bitsize;
+}
+
+/* Get the visibility of a field.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+enum debug_visibility
+debug_get_field_visibility (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE;
+  return field->visibility;
+}
+
+/* Get the physical name of a field.  */
+
+const char *
+debug_get_field_physname (handle, field)
+     PTR handle;
+     debug_field field;
+{
+  if (field == NULL || ! field->static_member)
+    return NULL;
+  return field->u.s.physname;
+}
+
+/* Write out the debugging information.  This is given a handle to
+   debugging information, and a set of function pointers to call.  */
+
+boolean
+debug_write (handle, fns, fhandle)
+     PTR handle;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+{
+  struct debug_handle *info = (struct debug_handle *) handle;
+  struct debug_unit *u;
+
+  /* We use a mark to tell whether we have already written out a
+     particular name.  We use an integer, so that we don't have to
+     clear the mark fields if we happen to write out the same
+     information more than once.  */
+  ++info->mark;
+
+  /* The base_id field holds an ID value which will never be used, so
+     that we can tell whether we have assigned an ID during this call
+     to debug_write.  */
+  info->base_id = info->class_id;
+
+  /* We keep a linked list of classes for which was have assigned ID's
+     during this call to debug_write.  */
+  info->id_list = NULL;
+
+  for (u = info->units; u != NULL; u = u->next)
+    {
+      struct debug_file *f;
+      boolean first_file;
+
+      info->current_write_lineno = u->linenos;
+      info->current_write_lineno_index = 0;
+
+      if (! (*fns->start_compilation_unit) (fhandle, u->files->filename))
+	return false;
+
+      first_file = true;
+      for (f = u->files; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+	{
+	  struct debug_name *n;
+
+	  if (first_file)
+	    first_file = false;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! (*fns->start_source) (fhandle, f->filename))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (f->globals != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (n = f->globals->list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+		{
+		  if (! debug_write_name (info, fns, fhandle, n))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Output any line number information which hasn't already been
+         handled.  */
+      if (! debug_write_linenos (info, fns, fhandle, (bfd_vma) -1))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out an element in a namespace.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_name (info, fns, fhandle, n)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     struct debug_name *n;
+{
+  switch (n->kind)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPE:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, n->u.type, n)
+	  || ! (*fns->typdef) (fhandle, n->name))
+	return false;
+      return true;
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, n->u.tag, n))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->tag) (fhandle, n->name);
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_VARIABLE:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, n->u.variable->type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->variable) (fhandle, n->name, n->u.variable->kind,
+			       n->u.variable->val);
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_FUNCTION:
+      return debug_write_function (info, fns, fhandle, n->name,
+				   n->linkage, n->u.function);
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_INT_CONSTANT:
+      return (*fns->int_constant) (fhandle, n->name, n->u.int_constant);
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_FLOAT_CONSTANT:
+      return (*fns->float_constant) (fhandle, n->name, n->u.float_constant);
+    case DEBUG_OBJECT_TYPED_CONSTANT:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, n->u.typed_constant->type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->typed_constant) (fhandle, n->name,
+				     n->u.typed_constant->val);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Write out a type.  If the type is DEBUG_KIND_NAMED or
+   DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED, then the name argument is the name for which we
+   are about to call typedef or tag.  If the type is anything else,
+   then the name argument is a tag from a DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED type which
+   points to this one.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type, name)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     struct debug_type *type;
+     struct debug_name *name;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int is;
+  const char *tag;
+
+  /* If we have a name for this type, just output it.  We only output
+     typedef names after they have been defined.  We output type tags
+     whenever we are not actually defining them.  */
+  if ((type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_NAMED
+       || type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED)
+      && (type->u.knamed->name->mark == info->mark
+	  || (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED
+	      && type->u.knamed->name != name)))
+    {
+      if (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_NAMED)
+	return (*fns->typedef_type) (fhandle, type->u.knamed->name->name);
+      else
+	{
+	  struct debug_type *real;
+	  unsigned int id;
+
+	  real = debug_get_real_type ((PTR) info, type);
+	  id = 0;
+	  if ((real->kind == DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT
+	       || real->kind == DEBUG_KIND_UNION
+	       || real->kind == DEBUG_KIND_CLASS
+	       || real->kind == DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS)
+	      && real->u.kclass != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (real->u.kclass->id <= info->base_id)
+		{
+		  if (! debug_set_class_id (info,
+					    type->u.knamed->name->name,
+					    real))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	      id = real->u.kclass->id;
+	    }
+
+	  return (*fns->tag_type) (fhandle, type->u.knamed->name->name, id,
+				   real->kind);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Mark the name after we have already looked for a known name, so
+     that we don't just define a type in terms of itself.  We need to
+     mark the name here so that a struct containing a pointer to
+     itself will work.  */
+  if (name != NULL)
+    name->mark = info->mark;
+
+  tag = NULL;
+  if (name != NULL
+      && type->kind != DEBUG_KIND_NAMED
+      && type->kind != DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED)
+    {
+      assert (name->kind == DEBUG_OBJECT_TAG);
+      tag = name->name;
+    }
+
+  switch (type->kind)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL:
+      debug_error ("debug_write_type: illegal type encountered");
+      return false;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT:
+      if (*type->u.kindirect->slot == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return (*fns->empty_type) (fhandle);
+      return debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, *type->u.kindirect->slot,
+			       name);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_VOID:
+      return (*fns->void_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_INT:
+      return (*fns->int_type) (fhandle, type->size, type->u.kint);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FLOAT:
+      return (*fns->float_type) (fhandle, type->size);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_COMPLEX:
+      return (*fns->complex_type) (fhandle, type->size);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_BOOL:
+      return (*fns->bool_type) (fhandle, type->size);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+      if (type->u.kclass != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (type->u.kclass->id <= info->base_id)
+	    {
+	      if (! debug_set_class_id (info, tag, type))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (info->mark == type->u.kclass->mark)
+	    {
+	      /* We are currently outputting this struct, or we have
+		 already output it.  I don't know if this can happen,
+		 but it can happen for a class.  */
+	      assert (type->u.kclass->id > info->base_id);
+	      return (*fns->tag_type) (fhandle, tag, type->u.kclass->id,
+				       type->kind);
+	    }
+	  type->u.kclass->mark = info->mark;
+	}
+
+      if (! (*fns->start_struct_type) (fhandle, tag,
+				       (type->u.kclass != NULL
+					? type->u.kclass->id
+					: 0),
+				       type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT,
+				       type->size))
+	return false;
+      if (type->u.kclass != NULL
+	  && type->u.kclass->fields != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; type->u.kclass->fields[i] != NULL; i++)
+	    {
+	      struct debug_field *f;
+
+	      f = type->u.kclass->fields[i];
+	      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, f->type,
+				      (struct debug_name *) NULL)
+		  || ! (*fns->struct_field) (fhandle, f->name, f->u.f.bitpos,
+					     f->u.f.bitsize, f->visibility))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      return (*fns->end_struct_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+      return debug_write_class_type (info, fns, fhandle, type, tag);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ENUM:
+      if (type->u.kenum == NULL)
+	return (*fns->enum_type) (fhandle, tag, (const char **) NULL,
+				  (bfd_signed_vma *) NULL);
+      return (*fns->enum_type) (fhandle, tag, type->u.kenum->names,
+				type->u.kenum->values);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_POINTER:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.kpointer,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->pointer_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+			      type->u.kfunction->return_type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      if (type->u.kfunction->arg_types == NULL)
+	is = -1;
+      else
+	{
+	  for (is = 0; type->u.kfunction->arg_types[is] != NULL; is++)
+	    if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+				    type->u.kfunction->arg_types[is],
+				    (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	      return false;
+	}
+      return (*fns->function_type) (fhandle, is,
+				    type->u.kfunction->varargs);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.kreference,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->reference_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_RANGE:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.krange->type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->range_type) (fhandle, type->u.krange->lower,
+				 type->u.krange->upper);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ARRAY:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.karray->element_type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL)
+	  || ! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+				 type->u.karray->range_type,
+				 (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->array_type) (fhandle, type->u.karray->lower,
+				 type->u.karray->upper,
+				 type->u.karray->stringp);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_SET:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.kset->type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->set_type) (fhandle, type->u.kset->bitstringp);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_OFFSET:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.koffset->base_type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL)
+	  || ! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+				 type->u.koffset->target_type,
+				 (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->offset_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_METHOD:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+			      type->u.kmethod->return_type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      if (type->u.kmethod->arg_types == NULL)
+	is = -1;
+      else
+	{
+	  for (is = 0; type->u.kmethod->arg_types[is] != NULL; is++)
+	    if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+				    type->u.kmethod->arg_types[is],
+				    (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	      return false;
+	}
+      if (type->u.kmethod->domain_type != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle,
+				  type->u.kmethod->domain_type,
+				  (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      return (*fns->method_type) (fhandle,
+				  type->u.kmethod->domain_type != NULL,
+				  is,
+				  type->u.kmethod->varargs);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CONST:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.kconst,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->const_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE:
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.kvolatile,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      return (*fns->volatile_type) (fhandle);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_NAMED:
+      return debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.knamed->type,
+			       (struct debug_name *) NULL);
+    case DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED:
+      return debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, type->u.knamed->type,
+			       type->u.knamed->name);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write out a class type.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_class_type (info, fns, fhandle, type, tag)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     struct debug_type *type;
+     const char *tag;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int id;
+  struct debug_type *vptrbase;
+
+  if (type->u.kclass == NULL)
+    {
+      id = 0;
+      vptrbase = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (type->u.kclass->id <= info->base_id)
+	{
+	  if (! debug_set_class_id (info, tag, type))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (info->mark == type->u.kclass->mark)
+	{
+	  /* We are currently outputting this class, or we have
+	     already output it.  This can happen when there are
+	     methods for an anonymous class.  */
+	  assert (type->u.kclass->id > info->base_id);
+	  return (*fns->tag_type) (fhandle, tag, type->u.kclass->id,
+				   type->kind);
+	}
+      type->u.kclass->mark = info->mark;
+      id = type->u.kclass->id;
+
+      vptrbase = type->u.kclass->vptrbase;
+      if (vptrbase != NULL && vptrbase != type)
+	{
+	  if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, vptrbase,
+				  (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! (*fns->start_class_type) (fhandle, tag, id,
+				  type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_CLASS,
+				  type->size,
+				  vptrbase != NULL,
+				  vptrbase == type))
+    return false;
+
+  if (type->u.kclass != NULL)
+    {
+      if (type->u.kclass->fields != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; type->u.kclass->fields[i] != NULL; i++)
+	    {
+	      struct debug_field *f;
+
+	      f = type->u.kclass->fields[i];
+	      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, f->type,
+				      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+		return false;
+	      if (f->static_member)
+		{
+		  if (! (*fns->class_static_member) (fhandle, f->name,
+						     f->u.s.physname,
+						     f->visibility))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (! (*fns->struct_field) (fhandle, f->name, f->u.f.bitpos,
+					      f->u.f.bitsize, f->visibility))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (type->u.kclass->baseclasses != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; type->u.kclass->baseclasses[i] != NULL; i++)
+	    {
+	      struct debug_baseclass *b;
+
+	      b = type->u.kclass->baseclasses[i];
+	      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, b->type,
+				      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+		return false;
+	      if (! (*fns->class_baseclass) (fhandle, b->bitpos, b->virtual,
+					     b->visibility))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (type->u.kclass->methods != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; type->u.kclass->methods[i] != NULL; i++)
+	    {
+	      struct debug_method *m;
+	      unsigned int j;
+
+	      m = type->u.kclass->methods[i];
+	      if (! (*fns->class_start_method) (fhandle, m->name))
+		return false;
+	      for (j = 0; m->variants[j] != NULL; j++)
+		{
+		  struct debug_method_variant *v;
+
+		  v = m->variants[j];
+		  if (v->context != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, v->context,
+					      (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		  if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, v->type,
+					  (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+		    return false;
+		  if (v->voffset != VOFFSET_STATIC_METHOD)
+		    {
+		      if (! (*fns->class_method_variant) (fhandle, v->physname,
+							  v->visibility,
+							  v->constp,
+							  v->volatilep,
+							  v->voffset,
+							  v->context != NULL))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (! (*fns->class_static_method_variant) (fhandle,
+								 v->physname,
+								 v->visibility,
+								 v->constp,
+								 v->volatilep))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if (! (*fns->class_end_method) (fhandle))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (*fns->end_class_type) (fhandle);
+}
+
+/* Write out information for a function.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_function (info, fns, fhandle, name, linkage, function)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_object_linkage linkage;
+     struct debug_function *function;
+{
+  struct debug_parameter *p;
+  struct debug_block *b;
+
+  if (! debug_write_linenos (info, fns, fhandle, function->blocks->start))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, function->return_type,
+			  (struct debug_name *) NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! (*fns->start_function) (fhandle, name,
+				linkage == DEBUG_LINKAGE_GLOBAL))
+    return false;
+
+  for (p = function->parameters; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      if (! debug_write_type (info, fns, fhandle, p->type,
+			      (struct debug_name *) NULL)
+	  || ! (*fns->function_parameter) (fhandle, p->name, p->kind, p->val))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  for (b = function->blocks; b != NULL; b = b->next)
+    {
+      if (! debug_write_block (info, fns, fhandle, b))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return (*fns->end_function) (fhandle);
+}
+
+/* Write out information for a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_block (info, fns, fhandle, block)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     struct debug_block *block;
+{
+  struct debug_name *n;
+  struct debug_block *b;
+
+  if (! debug_write_linenos (info, fns, fhandle, block->start))
+    return false;
+
+  /* I can't see any point to writing out a block with no local
+     variables, so we don't bother, except for the top level block.  */
+  if (block->locals != NULL || block->parent == NULL)
+    {
+      if (! (*fns->start_block) (fhandle, block->start))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (block->locals != NULL)
+    {
+      for (n = block->locals->list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+	{
+	  if (! debug_write_name (info, fns, fhandle, n))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (b = block->children; b != NULL; b = b->next)
+    {
+      if (! debug_write_block (info, fns, fhandle, b))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! debug_write_linenos (info, fns, fhandle, block->end))
+    return false;
+
+  if (block->locals != NULL || block->parent == NULL)
+    {
+      if (! (*fns->end_block) (fhandle, block->end))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out line number information up to ADDRESS.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_write_linenos (info, fns, fhandle, address)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const struct debug_write_fns *fns;
+     PTR fhandle;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  while (info->current_write_lineno != NULL)
+    {
+      struct debug_lineno *l;
+
+      l = info->current_write_lineno;
+
+      while (info->current_write_lineno_index < DEBUG_LINENO_COUNT)
+	{
+	  if (l->linenos[info->current_write_lineno_index]
+	      == (unsigned long) -1)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (l->addrs[info->current_write_lineno_index] >= address)
+	    return true;
+
+	  if (! (*fns->lineno) (fhandle, l->file->filename,
+				l->linenos[info->current_write_lineno_index],
+				l->addrs[info->current_write_lineno_index]))
+	    return false;
+
+	  ++info->current_write_lineno_index;
+	}
+
+      info->current_write_lineno = l->next;
+      info->current_write_lineno_index = 0;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Get the ID number for a class.  If during the same call to
+   debug_write we find a struct with the same definition with the same
+   name, we use the same ID.  This type of things happens because the
+   same struct will be defined by multiple compilation units.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_set_class_id (info, tag, type)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     const char *tag;
+     struct debug_type *type;
+{
+  struct debug_class_type *c;
+  struct debug_class_id *l;
+
+  assert (type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT
+	  || type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_UNION
+	  || type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_CLASS
+	  || type->kind == DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS);
+
+  c = type->u.kclass;
+
+  if (c->id > info->base_id)
+    return true;
+
+  for (l = info->id_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (l->type->kind != type->kind)
+	continue;
+
+      if (tag == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (l->tag != NULL)
+	    continue;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (l->tag == NULL
+	      || l->tag[0] != tag[0]
+	      || strcmp (l->tag, tag) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      if (debug_type_samep (info, l->type, type))
+	{
+	  c->id = l->type->u.kclass->id;
+	  return true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* There are no identical types.  Use a new ID, and add it to the
+     list.  */
+  ++info->class_id;
+  c->id = info->class_id;
+
+  l = (struct debug_class_id *) xmalloc (sizeof *l);
+  memset (l, 0, sizeof *l);
+
+  l->type = type;
+  l->tag = tag;
+
+  l->next = info->id_list;
+  info->id_list = l;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* See if two types are the same.  At this point, we don't care about
+   tags and the like.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_type_samep (info, t1, t2)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     struct debug_type *t1;
+     struct debug_type *t2;
+{
+  struct debug_type_compare_list *l;
+  struct debug_type_compare_list top;
+  boolean ret;
+
+  if (t1 == NULL)
+    return t2 == NULL;
+  if (t2 == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  while (t1->kind == DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT)
+    {
+      t1 = *t1->u.kindirect->slot;
+      if (t1 == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+  while (t2->kind == DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT)
+    {
+      t2 = *t2->u.kindirect->slot;
+      if (t2 == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (t1 == t2)
+    return true;
+
+  /* As a special case, permit a typedef to match a tag, since C++
+     debugging output will sometimes add a typedef where C debugging
+     output will not.  */
+  if (t1->kind == DEBUG_KIND_NAMED
+      && t2->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED)
+    return debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.knamed->type, t2);
+  else if (t1->kind == DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED
+	   && t2->kind == DEBUG_KIND_NAMED)
+    return debug_type_samep (info, t1, t2->u.knamed->type);
+
+  if (t1->kind != t2->kind
+      || t1->size != t2->size)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Get rid of the trivial cases first.  */
+  switch (t1->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_VOID:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FLOAT:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_COMPLEX:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_BOOL:
+      return true;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_INT:
+      return t1->u.kint == t2->u.kint;
+    }
+
+  /* We have to avoid an infinite recursion.  We do this by keeping a
+     list of types which we are comparing.  We just keep the list on
+     the stack.  If we encounter a pair of types we are currently
+     comparing, we just assume that they are equal.  */
+  for (l = info->compare_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (l->t1 == t1 && l->t2 == t2)
+	return true;
+    }
+
+  top.t1 = t1;
+  top.t2 = t2;
+  top.next = info->compare_list;
+  info->compare_list = &top;
+
+  switch (t1->kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      ret = false;
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+      if (t1->u.kclass == NULL)
+	ret = t2->u.kclass == NULL;
+      else if (t2->u.kclass == NULL)
+	ret = false;
+      else if (t1->u.kclass->id > info->base_id
+	       && t1->u.kclass->id == t2->u.kclass->id)
+	ret = true;
+      else
+	ret = debug_class_type_samep (info, t1, t2);
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ENUM:
+      if (t1->u.kenum == NULL)
+	ret = t2->u.kenum == NULL;
+      else if (t2->u.kenum == NULL)
+	ret = false;
+      else
+	{
+	  const char **pn1, **pn2;
+	  bfd_signed_vma *pv1, *pv2;
+
+	  pn1 = t1->u.kenum->names;
+	  pn2 = t2->u.kenum->names;
+	  pv1 = t1->u.kenum->values;
+	  pv2 = t2->u.kenum->values;
+	  while (*pn1 != NULL && *pn2 != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (**pn1 != **pn2
+		  || *pv1 != *pv2
+		  || strcmp (*pn1, *pn2) != 0)
+		break;
+	      ++pn1;
+	      ++pn2;
+	      ++pv1;
+	      ++pv2;
+	    }
+	  ret = *pn1 == NULL && *pn2 == NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_POINTER:
+      ret = debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kpointer, t2->u.kpointer);
+      break;
+	     
+    case DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION:
+      if (t1->u.kfunction->varargs != t2->u.kfunction->varargs
+	  || ! debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kfunction->return_type,
+				 t2->u.kfunction->return_type)
+	  || ((t1->u.kfunction->arg_types == NULL)
+	      != (t2->u.kfunction->arg_types == NULL)))
+	ret = false;
+      else if (t1->u.kfunction->arg_types == NULL)
+	ret = true;
+      else
+	{
+	  struct debug_type **a1, **a2;
+
+	  a1 = t1->u.kfunction->arg_types;
+	  a2 = t2->u.kfunction->arg_types;
+	  while (*a1 != NULL && *a2 != NULL)
+	    if (! debug_type_samep (info, *a1, *a2))
+	      break;
+	  ret = *a1 == NULL && *a2 == NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE:
+      ret = debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kreference, t2->u.kreference);
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_RANGE:
+      ret = (t1->u.krange->lower == t2->u.krange->lower
+	     && t1->u.krange->upper == t2->u.krange->upper
+	     && debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.krange->type,
+				  t2->u.krange->type));
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ARRAY:
+      ret = (t1->u.karray->lower == t2->u.karray->lower
+	     && t1->u.karray->upper == t2->u.karray->upper
+	     && t1->u.karray->stringp == t2->u.karray->stringp
+	     && debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.karray->element_type,
+				  t2->u.karray->element_type));
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_SET:
+      ret = (t1->u.kset->bitstringp == t2->u.kset->bitstringp
+	     && debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kset->type, t2->u.kset->type));
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_OFFSET:
+      ret = (debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.koffset->base_type,
+			       t2->u.koffset->base_type)
+	     && debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.koffset->target_type,
+				  t2->u.koffset->target_type));
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_METHOD:
+      if (t1->u.kmethod->varargs != t2->u.kmethod->varargs
+	  || ! debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kmethod->return_type,
+				 t2->u.kmethod->return_type)
+	  || ! debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kmethod->domain_type,
+				 t2->u.kmethod->domain_type)
+	  || ((t1->u.kmethod->arg_types == NULL)
+	      != (t2->u.kmethod->arg_types == NULL)))
+	ret = false;
+      else if (t1->u.kmethod->arg_types == NULL)
+	ret = true;
+      else
+	{
+	  struct debug_type **a1, **a2;
+
+	  a1 = t1->u.kmethod->arg_types;
+	  a2 = t2->u.kmethod->arg_types;
+	  while (*a1 != NULL && *a2 != NULL)
+	    if (! debug_type_samep (info, *a1, *a2))
+	      break;
+	  ret = *a1 == NULL && *a2 == NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CONST:
+      ret = debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kconst, t2->u.kconst);
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE:
+      ret = debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.kvolatile, t2->u.kvolatile);
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_KIND_NAMED:
+    case DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED:
+      ret = (strcmp (t1->u.knamed->name->name, t2->u.knamed->name->name) == 0
+	     && debug_type_samep (info, t1->u.knamed->type,
+				  t2->u.knamed->type));
+      break;
+    }
+
+  info->compare_list = top.next;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* See if two classes are the same.  This is a subroutine of
+   debug_type_samep.  */
+
+static boolean
+debug_class_type_samep (info, t1, t2)
+     struct debug_handle *info;
+     struct debug_type *t1;
+     struct debug_type *t2;
+{
+  struct debug_class_type *c1, *c2;
+
+  c1 = t1->u.kclass;
+  c2 = t2->u.kclass;
+
+  if ((c1->fields == NULL) != (c2->fields == NULL)
+      || (c1->baseclasses == NULL) != (c2->baseclasses == NULL)
+      || (c1->methods == NULL) != (c2->methods == NULL)
+      || (c1->vptrbase == NULL) != (c2->vptrbase == NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  if (c1->fields != NULL)
+    {
+      struct debug_field **pf1, **pf2;
+
+      for (pf1 = c1->fields, pf2 = c2->fields;
+	   *pf1 != NULL && *pf2 != NULL;
+	   pf1++, pf2++)
+	{
+	  struct debug_field *f1, *f2;
+
+	  f1 = *pf1;
+	  f2 = *pf2;
+	  if (f1->name[0] != f2->name[0]
+	      || f1->visibility != f2->visibility
+	      || f1->static_member != f2->static_member)
+	    return false;
+	  if (f1->static_member)
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (f1->u.s.physname, f2->u.s.physname) != 0)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (f1->u.f.bitpos != f2->u.f.bitpos
+		  || f1->u.f.bitsize != f2->u.f.bitsize)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  /* We do the checks which require function calls last.  We
+             don't require that the types of fields have the same
+             names, since that sometimes fails in the presence of
+             typedefs and we really don't care.  */
+	  if (strcmp (f1->name, f2->name) != 0
+	      || ! debug_type_samep (info,
+				     debug_get_real_type ((PTR) info,
+							  f1->type),
+				     debug_get_real_type ((PTR) info,
+							  f2->type)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (*pf1 != NULL || *pf2 != NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (c1->vptrbase != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! debug_type_samep (info, c1->vptrbase, c2->vptrbase))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (c1->baseclasses != NULL)
+    {
+      struct debug_baseclass **pb1, **pb2;
+
+      for (pb1 = c1->baseclasses, pb2 = c2->baseclasses;
+	   *pb1 != NULL && *pb2 != NULL;
+	   ++pb1, ++pb2)
+	{
+	  struct debug_baseclass *b1, *b2;
+
+	  b1 = *pb1;
+	  b2 = *pb2;
+	  if (b1->bitpos != b2->bitpos
+	      || b1->virtual != b2->virtual
+	      || b1->visibility != b2->visibility
+	      || ! debug_type_samep (info, b1->type, b2->type))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (*pb1 != NULL || *pb2 != NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (c1->methods != NULL)
+    {
+      struct debug_method **pm1, **pm2;
+
+      for (pm1 = c1->methods, pm2 = c2->methods;
+	   *pm1 != NULL && *pm2 != NULL;
+	   ++pm1, ++pm2)
+	{
+	  struct debug_method *m1, *m2;
+
+	  m1 = *pm1;
+	  m2 = *pm2;
+	  if (m1->name[0] != m2->name[0]
+	      || strcmp (m1->name, m2->name) != 0
+	      || (m1->variants == NULL) != (m2->variants == NULL))
+	    return false;
+	  if (m1->variants == NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct debug_method_variant **pv1, **pv2;
+
+	      for (pv1 = m1->variants, pv2 = m2->variants;
+		   *pv1 != NULL && *pv2 != NULL;
+		   ++pv1, ++pv2)
+		{
+		  struct debug_method_variant *v1, *v2;
+
+		  v1 = *pv1;
+		  v2 = *pv2;
+		  if (v1->physname[0] != v2->physname[0]
+		      || v1->visibility != v2->visibility
+		      || v1->constp != v2->constp
+		      || v1->volatilep != v2->volatilep
+		      || v1->voffset != v2->voffset
+		      || (v1->context == NULL) != (v2->context == NULL)
+		      || strcmp (v1->physname, v2->physname) != 0
+		      || ! debug_type_samep (info, v1->type, v2->type))
+		    return false;
+		  if (v1->context != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (! debug_type_samep (info, v1->context,
+					      v2->context))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if (*pv1 != NULL || *pv2 != NULL)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (*pm1 != NULL || *pm2 != NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.h b/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b890b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/debug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+/* debug.h -- Describe generic debugging information.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_H
+#define DEBUG_H
+
+/* This header file describes a generic debugging information format.
+   We may eventually have readers which convert different formats into
+   this generic format, and writers which write it out.  The initial
+   impetus for this was writing a convertor from stabs to HP IEEE-695
+   debugging format.  */
+
+/* Different kinds of types.  */
+
+enum debug_type_kind
+{
+  /* Not used.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL,
+  /* Indirect via a pointer.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_INDIRECT,
+  /* Void.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_VOID,
+  /* Integer.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_INT,
+  /* Floating point.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_FLOAT,
+  /* Complex.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_COMPLEX,
+  /* Boolean.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_BOOL,
+  /* Struct.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT,
+  /* Union.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_UNION,
+  /* Class.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_CLASS,
+  /* Union class (can this really happen?).  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS,
+  /* Enumeration type.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_ENUM,
+  /* Pointer.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_POINTER,
+  /* Function.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION,
+  /* Reference.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_REFERENCE,
+  /* Range.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_RANGE,
+  /* Array.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_ARRAY,
+  /* Set.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_SET,
+  /* Based pointer.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_OFFSET,
+  /* Method.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_METHOD,
+  /* Const qualified type.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_CONST,
+  /* Volatile qualified type.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_VOLATILE,
+  /* Named type.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_NAMED,
+  /* Tagged type.  */
+  DEBUG_KIND_TAGGED
+};
+
+/* Different kinds of variables.  */
+
+enum debug_var_kind
+{
+  /* Not used.  */
+  DEBUG_VAR_ILLEGAL,
+  /* A global variable.  */
+  DEBUG_GLOBAL,
+  /* A static variable.  */
+  DEBUG_STATIC,
+  /* A local static variable.  */
+  DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC,
+  /* A local variable.  */
+  DEBUG_LOCAL,
+  /* A register variable.  */
+  DEBUG_REGISTER
+};
+
+/* Different kinds of function parameters.  */
+
+enum debug_parm_kind
+{
+  /* Not used.  */
+  DEBUG_PARM_ILLEGAL,
+  /* A stack based parameter.  */
+  DEBUG_PARM_STACK,
+  /* A register parameter.  */
+  DEBUG_PARM_REG,
+  /* A stack based reference parameter.  */
+  DEBUG_PARM_REFERENCE,
+  /* A register reference parameter.  */
+  DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG
+};
+
+/* Different kinds of visibility.  */
+
+enum debug_visibility
+{
+  /* A public field (e.g., a field in a C struct).  */
+  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC,
+  /* A protected field.  */
+  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED,
+  /* A private field.  */
+  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE,
+  /* A field which should be ignored.  */
+  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE
+};
+
+/* A type.  */
+
+typedef struct debug_type *debug_type;
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE_NULL ((debug_type) NULL)
+
+/* A field in a struct or union.  */
+
+typedef struct debug_field *debug_field;
+
+#define DEBUG_FIELD_NULL ((debug_field) NULL)
+
+/* A base class for an object.  */
+
+typedef struct debug_baseclass *debug_baseclass;
+
+#define DEBUG_BASECLASS_NULL ((debug_baseclass) NULL)
+
+/* A method of an object.  */
+
+typedef struct debug_method *debug_method;
+
+#define DEBUG_METHOD_NULL ((debug_method) NULL)
+
+/* The arguments to a method function of an object.  These indicate
+   which method to run.  */
+
+typedef struct debug_method_variant *debug_method_variant;
+
+#define DEBUG_METHOD_VARIANT_NULL ((debug_method_variant) NULL)
+
+/* This structure is passed to debug_write.  It holds function
+   pointers that debug_write will call based on the accumulated
+   debugging information.  */
+
+struct debug_write_fns
+{
+  /* This is called at the start of each new compilation unit with the
+     name of the main file in the new unit.  */
+  boolean (*start_compilation_unit) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* This is called at the start of each source file within a
+     compilation unit, before outputting any global information for
+     that file.  The argument is the name of the file.  */
+  boolean (*start_source) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* Each writer must keep a stack of types.  */
+
+  /* Push an empty type onto the type stack.  This type can appear if
+     there is a reference to a type which is never defined.  */
+  boolean (*empty_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Push a void type onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*void_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Push an integer type onto the type stack, given the size and
+     whether it is unsigned.  */
+  boolean (*int_type) PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int, boolean));
+
+  /* Push a floating type onto the type stack, given the size.  */
+  boolean (*float_type) PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+  /* Push a complex type onto the type stack, given the size.  */
+  boolean (*complex_type) PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+  /* Push a boolean type onto the type stack, given the size.  */
+  boolean (*bool_type) PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+  /* Push an enum type onto the type stack, given the tag, a NULL
+     terminated array of names and the associated values.  If there is
+     no tag, the tag argument will be NULL.  If this is an undefined
+     enum, the names and values arguments will be NULL.  */
+  boolean (*enum_type) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char **,
+				bfd_signed_vma *));
+
+  /* Pop the top type on the type stack, and push a pointer to that
+     type onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*pointer_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Push a function type onto the type stack.  The second argument
+     indicates the number of argument types that have been pushed onto
+     the stack.  If the number of argument types is passed as -1, then
+     the argument types of the function are unknown, and no types have
+     been pushed onto the stack.  The third argument is true if the
+     function takes a variable number of arguments.  The return type
+     of the function is pushed onto the type stack below the argument
+     types, if any.  */
+  boolean (*function_type) PARAMS ((PTR, int, boolean));
+
+  /* Pop the top type on the type stack, and push a reference to that
+     type onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*reference_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Pop the top type on the type stack, and push a range of that type
+     with the given lower and upper bounds onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*range_type) PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma));
+
+  /* Push an array type onto the type stack.  The top type on the type
+     stack is the range, and the next type on the type stack is the
+     element type.  These should be popped before the array type is
+     pushed.  The arguments are the lower bound, the upper bound, and
+     whether the array is a string.  */
+  boolean (*array_type) PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma,
+				 boolean));
+
+  /* Pop the top type on the type stack, and push a set of that type
+     onto the type stack.  The argument indicates whether this set is
+     a bitstring.  */
+  boolean (*set_type) PARAMS ((PTR, boolean));
+
+  /* Push an offset type onto the type stack.  The top type on the
+     type stack is the target type, and the next type on the type
+     stack is the base type.  These should be popped before the offset
+     type is pushed.  */
+  boolean (*offset_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Push a method type onto the type stack.  If the second argument
+     is true, the top type on the stack is the class to which the
+     method belongs; otherwise, the class must be determined by the
+     class to which the method is attached.  The third argument is the
+     number of argument types; these are pushed onto the type stack in
+     reverse order (the first type popped is the last argument to the
+     method).  A value of -1 for the third argument means that no
+     argument information is available.  The fourth argument is true
+     if the function takes a variable number of arguments.  The next
+     type on the type stack below the domain and the argument types is
+     the return type of the method.  All these types must be popped,
+     and then the method type must be pushed.  */
+  boolean (*method_type) PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, int, boolean));
+
+  /* Pop the top type off the type stack, and push a const qualified
+     version of that type onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*const_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Pop the top type off the type stack, and push a volatile
+     qualified version of that type onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*volatile_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Start building a struct.  This is followed by calls to the
+     struct_field function, and finished by a call to the
+     end_struct_type function.  The second argument is the tag; this
+     will be NULL if there isn't one.  If the second argument is NULL,
+     the third argument is a constant identifying this struct for use
+     with tag_type.  The fourth argument is true for a struct, false
+     for a union.  The fifth argument is the size.  If this is an
+     undefined struct or union, the size will be 0 and struct_field
+     will not be called before end_struct_type is called.  */
+  boolean (*start_struct_type) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int,
+					boolean, unsigned int));
+
+  /* Add a field to the struct type currently being built.  The type
+     of the field should be popped off the type stack.  The arguments
+     are the name, the bit position, the bit size (may be zero if the
+     field is not packed), and the visibility.  */
+  boolean (*struct_field) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma,
+				   enum debug_visibility));
+
+  /* Finish building a struct, and push it onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*end_struct_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Start building a class.  This is followed by calls to several
+     functions: struct_field, class_static_member, class_baseclass,
+     class_start_method, class_method_variant,
+     class_static_method_variant, and class_end_method.  The class is
+     finished by a call to end_class_type.  The first five arguments
+     are the same as for start_struct_type.  The sixth argument is
+     true if there is a virtual function table; if there is, the
+     seventh argument is true if the virtual function table can be
+     found in the type itself, and is false if the type of the object
+     holding the virtual function table should be popped from the type
+     stack.  */
+  boolean (*start_class_type) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int,
+				       boolean, unsigned int, boolean,
+				       boolean));
+
+  /* Add a static member to the class currently being built.  The
+     arguments are the field name, the physical name, and the
+     visibility.  The type must be popped off the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*class_static_member) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char *,
+					  enum debug_visibility));
+  
+  /* Add a baseclass to the class currently being built.  The type of
+     the baseclass must be popped off the type stack.  The arguments
+     are the bit position, whether the class is virtual, and the
+     visibility.  */
+  boolean (*class_baseclass) PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma, boolean,
+				      enum debug_visibility));
+
+  /* Start adding a method to the class currently being built.  This
+     is followed by calls to class_method_variant and
+     class_static_method_variant to describe different variants of the
+     method which take different arguments.  The method is finished
+     with a call to class_end_method.  The argument is the method
+     name.  */
+  boolean (*class_start_method) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* Describe a variant to the class method currently being built.
+     The type of the variant must be popped off the type stack.  The
+     second argument is the physical name of the function.  The
+     following arguments are the visibility, whether the variant is
+     const, whether the variant is volatile, the offset in the virtual
+     function table, and whether the context is on the type stack
+     (below the variant type).  */
+  boolean (*class_method_variant) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *,
+					   enum debug_visibility,
+					   boolean, boolean,
+					   bfd_vma, boolean));
+
+  /* Describe a static variant to the class method currently being
+     built.  The arguments are the same as for class_method_variant,
+     except that the last two arguments are omitted.  The type of the
+     variant must be popped off the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*class_static_method_variant) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *,
+						  enum debug_visibility,
+						  boolean, boolean));
+
+  /* Finish describing a class method.  */
+  boolean (*class_end_method) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Finish describing a class, and push it onto the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*end_class_type) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Push a type on the stack which was given a name by an earlier
+     call to typdef.  */
+  boolean (*typedef_type) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* Push a tagged type on the stack which was defined earlier.  If
+     the second argument is not NULL, the type was defined by a call
+     to tag.  If the second argument is NULL, the type was defined by
+     a call to start_struct_type or start_class_type with a tag of
+     NULL and the number of the third argument.  Either way, the
+     fourth argument is the tag kind.  Note that this may be called
+     for a struct (class) being defined, in between the call to
+     start_struct_type (start_class_type) and the call to
+     end_struct_type (end_class_type).  */
+  boolean (*tag_type) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int,
+			       enum debug_type_kind));
+
+  /* Pop the type stack, and typedef it to the given name.  */
+  boolean (*typdef) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* Pop the type stack, and declare it as a tagged struct or union or
+     enum or whatever.  The tag passed down here is redundant, since
+     was also passed when enum_type, start_struct_type, or
+     start_class_type was called.  */
+  boolean (*tag) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+  /* This is called to record a named integer constant.  */
+  boolean (*int_constant) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+
+  /* This is called to record a named floating point constant.  */
+  boolean (*float_constant) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, double));
+
+  /* This is called to record a typed integer constant.  The type is
+     popped off the type stack.  */
+  boolean (*typed_constant) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+
+  /* This is called to record a variable.  The type is popped off the
+     type stack.  */
+  boolean (*variable) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_var_kind,
+			       bfd_vma));
+
+  /* Start writing out a function.  The return type must be popped off
+     the stack.  The boolean is true if the function is global.  This
+     is followed by calls to function_parameter, followed by block
+     information.  */
+  boolean (*start_function) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, boolean));
+
+  /* Record a function parameter for the current function.  The type
+     must be popped off the stack.  */
+  boolean (*function_parameter) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *,
+					 enum debug_parm_kind, bfd_vma));
+
+  /* Start writing out a block.  There is at least one top level block
+     per function.  Blocks may be nested.  The argument is the
+     starting address of the block.  */
+  boolean (*start_block) PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+
+  /* Finish writing out a block.  The argument is the ending address
+     of the block.  */
+  boolean (*end_block) PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+
+  /* Finish writing out a function.  */
+  boolean (*end_function) PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+  /* Record line number information for the current compilation unit.  */
+  boolean (*lineno) PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned long, bfd_vma));
+};
+
+/* Exported functions.  */
+
+/* The first argument to most of these functions is a handle.  This
+   handle is returned by the debug_init function.  The purpose of the
+   handle is to permit the debugging routines to not use static
+   variables, and hence to be reentrant.  This would be useful for a
+   program which wanted to handle two executables simultaneously.  */
+
+/* Return a debugging handle.  */
+
+extern PTR debug_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Set the source filename.  This implicitly starts a new compilation
+   unit.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_set_filename PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+/* Change source files to the given file name.  This is used for
+   include files in a single compilation unit.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_start_source PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+/* Record a function definition.  This implicitly starts a function
+   block.  The debug_type argument is the type of the return value.
+   The boolean indicates whether the function is globally visible.
+   The bfd_vma is the address of the start of the function.  Currently
+   the parameter types are specified by calls to
+   debug_record_parameter.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_function
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, boolean, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Record a parameter for the current function.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_parameter
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, enum debug_parm_kind, bfd_vma));
+
+/* End a function definition.  The argument is the address where the
+   function ends.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_end_function PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Start a block in a function.  All local information will be
+   recorded in this block, until the matching call to debug_end_block.
+   debug_start_block and debug_end_block may be nested.  The argument
+   is the address at which this block starts.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_start_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Finish a block in a function.  This matches the call to
+   debug_start_block.  The argument is the address at which this block
+   ends.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_end_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Associate a line number in the current source file with a given
+   address.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_line PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned long, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Start a named common block.  This is a block of variables that may
+   move in memory.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_start_common_block PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+/* End a named common block.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_end_common_block PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+/* Record a named integer constant.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_int_const PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Record a named floating point constant.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_float_const PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, double));
+
+/* Record a typed constant with an integral value.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_typed_const
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Record a label.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_label
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Record a variable.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_variable
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, enum debug_var_kind, bfd_vma));
+
+/* Make an indirect type.  The first argument is a pointer to the
+   location where the real type will be placed.  The second argument
+   is the type tag, if there is one; this may be NULL; the only
+   purpose of this argument is so that debug_get_type_name can return
+   something useful.  This function may be used when a type is
+   referenced before it is defined.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_indirect_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type *, const char *));
+
+/* Make a void type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_void_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+
+/* Make an integer type of a given size.  The boolean argument is true
+   if the integer is unsigned.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_int_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int, boolean));
+
+/* Make a floating point type of a given size.  FIXME: On some
+   platforms, like an Alpha, you probably need to be able to specify
+   the format.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_float_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+/* Make a boolean type of a given size.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_bool_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+/* Make a complex type of a given size.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_complex_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+
+/* Make a structure type.  The second argument is true for a struct,
+   false for a union.  The third argument is the size of the struct.
+   The fourth argument is a NULL terminated array of fields.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, bfd_vma, debug_field *));
+
+/* Make an object type.  The first three arguments after the handle
+   are the same as for debug_make_struct_type.  The next arguments are
+   a NULL terminated array of base classes, a NULL terminated array of
+   methods, the type of the object holding the virtual function table
+   if it is not this object, and a boolean which is true if this
+   object has its own virtual function table.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_object_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, bfd_vma, debug_field *, debug_baseclass *,
+	   debug_method *, debug_type, boolean));
+
+/* Make an enumeration type.  The arguments are a null terminated
+   array of strings, and an array of corresponding values.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_enum_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char **, bfd_signed_vma *));
+
+/* Make a pointer to a given type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_pointer_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Make a function type.  The second argument is the return type.  The
+   third argument is a NULL terminated array of argument types.  The
+   fourth argument is true if the function takes a variable number of
+   arguments.  If the third argument is NULL, then the argument types
+   are unknown.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_function_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, debug_type *, boolean));
+
+/* Make a reference to a given type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_reference_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Make a range of a given type from a lower to an upper bound.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_range_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma));
+
+/* Make an array type.  The second argument is the type of an element
+   of the array.  The third argument is the type of a range of the
+   array.  The fourth and fifth argument are the lower and upper
+   bounds, respectively (if the bounds are not known, lower should be
+   0 and upper should be -1).  The sixth argument is true if this
+   array is actually a string, as in C.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_array_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, debug_type, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma,
+	   boolean));
+
+/* Make a set of a given type.  For example, a Pascal set type.  The
+   boolean argument is true if this set is actually a bitstring, as in
+   CHILL.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_set_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, boolean));
+
+/* Make a type for a pointer which is relative to an object.  The
+   second argument is the type of the object to which the pointer is
+   relative.  The third argument is the type that the pointer points
+   to.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_offset_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, debug_type));
+
+/* Make a type for a method function.  The second argument is the
+   return type.  The third argument is the domain.  The fourth
+   argument is a NULL terminated array of argument types.  The fifth
+   argument is true if the function takes a variable number of
+   arguments, in which case the array of argument types indicates the
+   types of the first arguments.  The domain and the argument array
+   may be NULL, in which case this is a stub method and that
+   information is not available.  Stabs debugging uses this, and gets
+   the argument types from the mangled name.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_method_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, debug_type, debug_type *, boolean));
+
+/* Make a const qualified version of a given type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_const_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Make a volatile qualified version of a given type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_volatile_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Make an undefined tagged type.  For example, a struct which has
+   been mentioned, but not defined.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_make_undefined_tagged_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_type_kind));
+
+/* Make a base class for an object.  The second argument is the base
+   class type.  The third argument is the bit position of this base
+   class in the object.  The fourth argument is whether this is a
+   virtual class.  The fifth argument is the visibility of the base
+   class.  */
+
+extern debug_baseclass debug_make_baseclass
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, bfd_vma, boolean, enum debug_visibility));
+
+/* Make a field for a struct.  The second argument is the name.  The
+   third argument is the type of the field.  The fourth argument is
+   the bit position of the field.  The fifth argument is the size of
+   the field (it may be zero).  The sixth argument is the visibility
+   of the field.  */
+
+extern debug_field debug_make_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, bfd_vma, bfd_vma,
+	   enum debug_visibility));
+
+/* Make a static member of an object.  The second argument is the
+   name.  The third argument is the type of the member.  The fourth
+   argument is the physical name of the member (i.e., the name as a
+   global variable).  The fifth argument is the visibility of the
+   member.  */
+
+extern debug_field debug_make_static_member
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, const char *,
+	   enum debug_visibility));
+
+/* Make a method.  The second argument is the name, and the third
+   argument is a NULL terminated array of method variants.  Each
+   method variant is a method with this name but with different
+   argument types.  */
+
+extern debug_method debug_make_method
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_method_variant *));
+
+/* Make a method variant.  The second argument is the physical name of
+   the function.  The third argument is the type of the function,
+   probably constructed by debug_make_method_type.  The fourth
+   argument is the visibility.  The fifth argument is whether this is
+   a const function.  The sixth argument is whether this is a volatile
+   function.  The seventh argument is the index in the virtual
+   function table, if any.  The eighth argument is the virtual
+   function context.  */
+
+extern debug_method_variant debug_make_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, enum debug_visibility, boolean,
+	   boolean, bfd_vma, debug_type));
+
+/* Make a static method argument.  The arguments are the same as for
+   debug_make_method_variant, except that the last two are omitted
+   since a static method can not also be virtual.  */
+
+extern debug_method_variant debug_make_static_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type, enum debug_visibility, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+
+/* Name a type.  This returns a new type with an attached name.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_name_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type));
+
+/* Give a tag to a type, such as a struct or union.  This returns a
+   new type with an attached tag.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_tag_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, debug_type));
+
+/* Record the size of a given type.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_record_type_size PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type, unsigned int));
+
+/* Find a named type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_find_named_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+
+/* Find a tagged type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_find_tagged_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_type_kind));
+
+/* Get the kind of a type.  */
+
+extern enum debug_type_kind debug_get_type_kind PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the name of a type.  */
+
+extern const char *debug_get_type_name PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the size of a type.  */
+
+extern bfd_vma debug_get_type_size PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the return type of a function or method type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_get_return_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the NULL terminated array of parameter types for a function or
+   method type (actually, parameter types are not currently stored for
+   function types).  This may be used to determine whether a method
+   type is a stub method or not.  The last argument points to a
+   boolean which is set to true if the function takes a variable
+   number of arguments.  */
+
+extern const debug_type *debug_get_parameter_types PARAMS ((PTR,
+							    debug_type,
+							    boolean *));
+
+/* Get the target type of a pointer or reference or const or volatile
+   type.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_get_target_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the NULL terminated array of fields for a struct, union, or
+   class.  */
+
+extern const debug_field *debug_get_fields PARAMS ((PTR, debug_type));
+
+/* Get the type of a field.  */
+
+extern debug_type debug_get_field_type PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Get the name of a field.  */
+
+extern const char *debug_get_field_name PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Get the bit position of a field within the containing structure.
+   If the field is a static member, this will return (bfd_vma) -1.  */
+
+extern bfd_vma debug_get_field_bitpos PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Get the bit size of a field.  If the field is a static member, this
+   will return (bfd_vma) -1.  */
+
+extern bfd_vma debug_get_field_bitsize PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Get the visibility of a field.  */
+
+extern enum debug_visibility debug_get_field_visibility
+  PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Get the physical name of a field, if it is a static member.  If the
+   field is not a static member, this will return NULL.  */
+
+extern const char *debug_get_field_physname PARAMS ((PTR, debug_field));
+
+/* Write out the recorded debugging information.  This takes a set of
+   function pointers which are called to do the actual writing.  The
+   first PTR is the debugging handle.  The second PTR is a handle
+   which is passed to the functions.  */
+
+extern boolean debug_write PARAMS ((PTR, const struct debug_write_fns *, PTR));
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/deflex.l b/contrib/binutils/binutils/deflex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ce50ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/deflex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+%{
+/* deflex.l - Lexer for .def files */
+
+/*   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+   		  sac@cygnus.com
+
+*/
+#define DONTDECLARE_MALLOC
+#include "defparse.h"
+extern char *strdup();
+int linenumber;
+
+%}
+%%
+"NAME" 		{ return NAME;}
+"LIBRARY"	{ return LIBRARY;}
+"DESCRIPTION" 	{ return DESCRIPTION;}
+"STACKSIZE"	{ return STACKSIZE;}
+"HEAPSIZE" 	{ return HEAPSIZE;}
+"CODE" 		{ return CODE;}
+"DATA"		{ return DATA;}
+"SECTIONS"	{ return SECTIONS;}
+"EXPORTS"	{ return EXPORTS;}
+"IMPORTS"	{ return IMPORTS;}
+"VERSION"	{ return VERSION;}
+"BASE"		{ return BASE;}
+"CONSTANT"	{ return CONSTANT; }
+"NONAME"	{ return NONAME; }
+"READ"		{ return READ;}
+"WRITE"		{ return WRITE;}
+"EXECUTE"	{ return EXECUTE;}
+"SHARED"	{ return SHARED;}
+
+[0-9][x0-9A-Fa-f]* { yylval.number = strtol (yytext,0,0); 
+		return NUMBER; }
+
+[A-Za-z$:\-\_][A-Za-z0-9/$:\-\_@]+ { 	
+		yylval.id =  strdup(yytext);
+		return ID;
+		}
+
+"\""[^\"]*"\"" {
+		yylval.id = strdup (yytext+1);
+		yylval.id[yyleng-2] = 0;
+		return ID;
+		}
+
+"\'"[^\']*"\'" {
+		yylval.id = strdup (yytext+1);
+		yylval.id[yyleng-2] = 0;
+		return ID;
+		}
+"*".* 		{ }
+";".* 		{ }
+" "		{ }
+"\t"		{ }
+"\n"	 	{ linenumber ++ ;}
+"=" 		{ return '=';}
+"." 		{ return '.';}
+"@"	 	{ return '@';}
+","		{ return ',';}
+%%
+#ifndef yywrap
+/* Needed for lex, though not flex. */
+int yywrap() { return 1; }
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/defparse.y b/contrib/binutils/binutils/defparse.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a0f844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/defparse.y
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* defparse.y - parser for .def files */
+
+/*   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+%union {
+  char *id;
+  int number;
+};
+
+%token NAME, LIBRARY, DESCRIPTION, STACKSIZE, HEAPSIZE, CODE, DATA
+%token SECTIONS, EXPORTS, IMPORTS, VERSION, BASE, CONSTANT
+%token READ WRITE EXECUTE SHARED NONAME
+%token <id> ID
+%token <number> NUMBER
+%type  <number> opt_base opt_ordinal opt_NONAME opt_CONSTANT attr attr_list opt_number
+%type  <id> opt_name opt_equal_name 
+
+%%
+
+start: start command
+	| command
+	;
+
+command: 
+		NAME opt_name opt_base { def_name ($2, $3); }
+	|	LIBRARY opt_name opt_base { def_library ($2, $3); }
+	|	EXPORTS explist 
+	|	DESCRIPTION ID { def_description ($2);}
+	|	STACKSIZE NUMBER opt_number { def_stacksize ($2, $3);}
+	|	HEAPSIZE NUMBER opt_number { def_heapsize ($2, $3);}
+	|	CODE attr_list { def_code ($2);}
+	|	DATA attr_list  { def_data ($2);}
+	|	SECTIONS seclist
+	|	IMPORTS implist
+	|	VERSION NUMBER { def_version ($2,0);}
+	|	VERSION NUMBER '.' NUMBER { def_version ($2,$4);}
+	;
+
+
+explist:
+		explist expline
+	|	expline
+	;
+
+expline:
+		ID opt_equal_name opt_ordinal opt_NONAME opt_CONSTANT
+			{ def_exports ($1, $2, $3, $4, $5);}
+	;
+implist:	
+		implist impline
+	|	impline
+	;
+
+impline:
+		ID '=' ID '.' ID { def_import ($1,$3,$5);}
+	|	ID '.' ID	 { def_import (0, $1,$3);}
+	;
+seclist:
+		seclist secline
+	|	secline
+	;
+
+secline:
+	ID attr_list { def_section ($1,$2);}
+	;
+
+attr_list:
+	attr_list opt_comma attr
+	| attr
+	;
+
+opt_comma:
+	','
+	| 
+	;
+opt_number: ',' NUMBER { $$=$2;}
+	|	   { $$=-1;}
+	;
+	
+attr:
+		READ { $$ = 1;}
+	|	WRITE { $$ = 2;}	
+	|	EXECUTE { $$=4;}
+	|	SHARED { $$=8;}
+	;
+
+opt_CONSTANT:
+		CONSTANT {$$=1;}
+	|		 {$$=0;}
+	;
+opt_NONAME:
+		NONAME {$$=1;}
+	|		 {$$=0;}
+	;
+
+opt_name: ID		{ $$ =$1; }
+	|		{ $$=""; }
+	;
+
+opt_ordinal: 
+	  '@' NUMBER     { $$=$2;}
+	|                { $$=-1;}
+	;
+
+opt_equal_name:
+          '=' ID	{ $$ = $2; }
+        | 		{ $$ =  0; }			 
+	;
+
+opt_base: BASE	'=' NUMBER	{ $$= $3;}
+	|	{ $$=-1;}
+	;
+
+	
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/binutils/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..278f253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+/\\$/b loop
+
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/  */ /g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+  /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/dlltool.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/dlltool.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5530bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/dlltool.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2358 @@
+/* dlltool.c -- tool to generate stuff for PE style DLLs 
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*
+   This program allows you to build the files necessary to create
+   DLLs to run on a system which understands PE format image files.
+   (eg, Windows NT)
+
+   See "Peering Inside the PE: A Tour of the Win32 Portable Executable
+   File Format", MSJ 1994, Volume 9 for more information.
+   Also see "Microsoft Portable Executable and Common Object File Format,
+   Specification 4.1" for more information.
+
+   A DLL contains an export table which contains the information
+   which the runtime loader needs to tie up references from a
+   referencing program. 
+
+   The export table is generated by this program by reading
+   in a .DEF file or scanning the .a and .o files which will be in the
+   DLL.  A .o file can contain information in special  ".drectve" sections
+   with export information.  
+
+   A DEF file contains any number of the following commands:
+
+
+   NAME <name> [ , <base> ] 
+   The result is going to be <name>.EXE
+
+   LIBRARY <name> [ , <base> ]    
+   The result is going to be <name>.DLL
+
+   EXPORTS  ( <name1> [ = <name2> ] [ @ <integer> ] [ NONAME ] [CONSTANT] ) *
+   Declares name1 as an exported symbol from the
+   DLL, with optional ordinal number <integer>
+
+   IMPORTS  ( [ <name> = ] <name> . <name> ) *
+   Ignored for compatibility
+
+   DESCRIPTION <string>
+   Puts <string> into output .exp file in the .rdata section
+
+   [STACKSIZE|HEAPSIZE] <number-reserve> [ , <number-commit> ]
+   Generates --stack|--heap <number-reserve>,<number-commit>
+   in the output .drectve section.  The linker will
+   see this and act upon it.
+
+   [CODE|DATA] <attr>+
+   SECTIONS ( <sectionname> <attr>+ )*
+   <attr> = READ | WRITE | EXECUTE | SHARED
+   Generates --attr <sectionname> <attr> in the output
+   .drectve section.  The linker will see this and act
+   upon it.
+
+
+   A -export:<name> in a .drectve section in an input .o or .a
+   file to this program is equivalent to a EXPORTS <name>
+   in a .DEF file.
+
+
+
+   The program generates output files with the prefix supplied
+   on the command line, or in the def file, or taken from the first 
+   supplied argument.
+
+   The .exp.s file contains the information necessary to export
+   the routines in the DLL.  The .lib.s file contains the information
+   necessary to use the DLL's routines from a referencing program.
+
+
+
+   Example:
+
+   file1.c: 
+   asm (".section .drectve");  
+   asm (".ascii \"-export:adef\"");
+
+   adef(char *s)
+   {
+   printf("hello from the dll %s\n",s);
+   }
+
+   bdef(char *s)
+   {
+   printf("hello from the dll and the other entry point %s\n",s);
+   }
+
+   file2.c:
+   asm (".section .drectve");
+   asm (".ascii \"-export:cdef\"");
+   asm (".ascii \"-export:ddef\"");
+   cdef(char *s)
+   {
+   printf("hello from the dll %s\n",s);
+   }
+
+   ddef(char *s)
+   {
+   printf("hello from the dll and the other entry point %s\n",s);
+   }
+
+   printf()
+   {
+   return 9;
+   }
+
+   main.c
+
+   main()
+   {
+   cdef();
+   }
+
+   thedll.def
+
+   LIBRARY thedll
+   HEAPSIZE 0x40000, 0x2000
+   EXPORTS bdef @ 20
+   cdef @ 30 NONAME 
+
+   SECTIONS donkey READ WRITE
+   aardvark EXECUTE
+
+
+   # compile up the parts of the dll
+
+   gcc -c file1.c       
+   gcc -c file2.c
+
+   # put them in a library (you don't have to, you
+   # could name all the .os on the dlltool line)
+
+   ar  qcv thedll.in file1.o file2.o
+   ranlib thedll.in
+
+   # run this tool over the library and the def file
+   ./dlltool --def thedll.def --output-exp thedll.o --output-lib thedll.a
+
+   # build the dll with the library with file1.o, file2.o and the export table
+   ld -o thedll.dll thedll.o thedll.in
+
+   # build the mainline
+   gcc -c themain.c 
+
+   # link the executable with the import library
+   ld -e main -Tthemain.ld -o themain.exe themain.o thedll.a
+
+ */
+
+/* .idata section description
+
+   The .idata section is the import table.  It is a collection of several
+   subsections used to keep the pieces for each dll together: .idata$[234567].
+   IE: Each dll's .idata$2's are catenated together, each .idata$3's, etc.
+
+   .idata$2 = Import Directory Table
+   = array of IMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR's.
+
+	DWORD   Characteristics;      - pointer to .idata$4
+	DWORD   TimeDateStamp;        - currently always 0
+	DWORD   ForwarderChain;       - currently always 0
+	DWORD   Name;                 - pointer to dll's name
+	PIMAGE_THUNK_DATA FirstThunk; - pointer to .idata$5
+
+   .idata$3 = null terminating entry for .idata$2.
+
+   .idata$4 = Import Lookup Table
+   = array of array of pointers to hint name table.
+   There is one for each dll being imported from, and each dll's set is
+   terminated by a trailing NULL.
+
+   .idata$5 = Import Address Table
+   = array of array of pointers to hint name table.
+   There is one for each dll being imported from, and each dll's set is
+   terminated by a trailing NULL.
+   Initially, this table is identical to the Import Lookup Table.  However,
+   at load time, the loader overwrites the entries with the address of the
+   function.
+
+   .idata$6 = Hint Name Table
+   = Array of { short, asciz } entries, one for each imported function.
+   The `short' is the function's ordinal number.
+
+   .idata$7 = dll name (eg: "kernel32.dll"). (.idata$6 for ppc)
+*/
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define show_allnames 0
+
+#define PAGE_SIZE 4096
+#define PAGE_MASK (-PAGE_SIZE)
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#else
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+#define WIFEXITED(w)	(((w)&0377) == 0)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFSIGNALED
+#define WIFSIGNALED(w)	(((w)&0377) != 0177 && ((w)&~0377) == 0)
+#endif
+#ifndef WTERMSIG
+#define WTERMSIG(w)	((w) & 0177)
+#endif
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+#define WEXITSTATUS(w)	(((w) >> 8) & 0377)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_VFORK_H
+#include <vfork.h>
+#endif
+
+char *as_name = "as";
+
+static int no_idata4;
+static int no_idata5;
+static char *exp_name;
+static char *imp_name;
+static char *head_label;
+static char *imp_name_lab;
+static char *dll_name;
+
+static int add_indirect = 0;
+static int add_underscore = 0;
+static int dontdeltemps = 0;
+
+int yyparse();
+int yydebug;
+static char *def_file;
+
+static char *program_name;
+char *strrchr ();
+char *strdup ();
+
+static int machine;
+int killat;
+static int verbose;
+FILE *output_def;
+FILE *base_file;
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_ARM
+static char *mname = "arm";
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_I386
+static char *mname = "i386";
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_PPC
+static char *mname = "ppc";
+#endif
+
+#define PATHMAX 250		/* What's the right name for this ? */
+
+/* This bit of assemly does jmp * ....
+s set how_jtab_roff to mark where the 32bit abs branch should go */
+unsigned char i386_jtab[] = { 0xff, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, 0x90};
+
+
+unsigned char arm_jtab[] = { 0x00, 0xc0, 0x9f, 0xe5,
+                             0x00, 0xf0, 0x9c, 0xe5,
+			        0,     0,   0,    0};
+
+/* This is the glue sequence for PowerPC PE. There is a  */
+/* tocrel16-tocdefn reloc against the first instruction. */
+/* We also need a IMGLUE reloc against the glue function */
+/* to restore the toc saved by the third instruction in  */
+/* the glue. */
+unsigned char ppc_jtab[] = 
+{ 
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x62, 0x81, /* lwz r11,0(r2)               */
+                          /*   Reloc TOCREL16 __imp_xxx  */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x8B, 0x81, /* lwz r12,0(r11)              */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x41, 0x90, /* stw r2,4(r1)                */
+  0xA6, 0x03, 0x89, 0x7D, /* mtctr r12                   */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x4B, 0x80, /* lwz r2,4(r11)               */
+  0x20, 0x04, 0x80, 0x4E  /* bctr                        */
+};
+
+/* the glue instruction, picks up the toc from the stw in */
+/* the above code: "lwz r2,4(r1)"                         */
+bfd_vma ppc_glue_insn = 0x80410004;
+
+
+char outfile[PATHMAX];
+struct mac
+  {
+    char *type;
+    char *how_byte;
+    char *how_short;
+    char *how_long;
+    char *how_asciz;
+    char *how_comment;
+    char *how_jump;
+    char *how_global;
+    char *how_space;
+    char *how_align_short;
+    char *how_align_long;
+    char *how_bfd_target;
+    enum bfd_architecture how_bfd_arch;
+    unsigned char *how_jtab;
+    int how_jtab_size; /* size of the jtab entry */
+    int how_jtab_roff; /* offset into it for the ind 32 reloc into idata 5 */
+  }
+mtable[]
+=
+{
+  {
+#define MARM 0
+    "arm", ".byte", ".short", ".long", ".asciz", "@", 
+    "ldr\tip,[pc]\n\tldr\tpc,[ip]\n\t.long",
+    ".global", ".space", ".align\t2",".align\t4","pe-arm-little", bfd_arch_arm,
+    arm_jtab, sizeof(arm_jtab),8
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+#define M386 1
+    "i386", ".byte", ".short", ".long", ".asciz", "#", "jmp *", ".global", ".space", ".align\t2",".align\t4","pe-i386",bfd_arch_i386,
+   i386_jtab,sizeof(i386_jtab),2,
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+#define MPPC 2
+    "ppc", ".byte", ".short", ".long", ".asciz", "#", "jmp *", ".global", ".space", ".align\t2",".align\t4","pe-powerpcle",bfd_arch_powerpc,
+   ppc_jtab,sizeof(ppc_jtab),0,
+  }
+  ,
+{    0}
+};
+
+
+char *
+rvaafter (machine)
+     int machine;
+{
+  switch (machine)
+    {
+    case MARM:
+      return "";
+    case M386:
+      return "";
+    case MPPC:
+      return "";
+    }
+return "";
+}
+
+char *
+rvabefore (machine)
+     int machine;
+{
+  switch (machine)
+    {
+    case MARM:
+      return ".rva\t";
+    case M386:
+      return ".rva\t";
+    case MPPC:
+      return ".rva\t";
+    }
+return "";
+}
+
+char *
+asm_prefix (machine)
+int machine;
+{
+  switch (machine)
+    {
+    case MARM:
+      return "";
+    case M386:
+      return "_";
+    case MPPC:
+      return "";
+    }
+return "";
+}
+#define ASM_BYTE 	mtable[machine].how_byte
+#define ASM_SHORT 	mtable[machine].how_short
+#define ASM_LONG	mtable[machine].how_long
+#define ASM_TEXT	mtable[machine].how_asciz
+#define ASM_C 		mtable[machine].how_comment
+#define ASM_JUMP 	mtable[machine].how_jump
+#define ASM_GLOBAL	mtable[machine].how_global
+#define ASM_SPACE	mtable[machine].how_space
+#define ASM_ALIGN_SHORT mtable[machine].how_align_short
+#define ASM_RVA_BEFORE 	rvabefore(machine)
+#define ASM_RVA_AFTER  	rvaafter(machine)
+#define ASM_PREFIX	asm_prefix(machine)
+#define ASM_ALIGN_LONG mtable[machine].how_align_long
+#define HOW_BFD_TARGET  0  /* always default*/
+#define HOW_BFD_ARCH   mtable[machine].how_bfd_arch
+#define HOW_JTAB       mtable[machine].how_jtab
+#define HOW_JTAB_SIZE      mtable[machine].how_jtab_size
+#define HOW_JTAB_ROFF      mtable[machine].how_jtab_roff
+static char **oav;
+
+
+FILE *yyin;			/* communications with flex */
+extern int linenumber;
+void
+process_def_file (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  FILE *f = fopen (name, FOPEN_RT);
+  if (!f)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open def file %s\n", program_name, name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  yyin = f;
+
+  yyparse ();
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/* Communications with the parser */
+
+
+typedef struct dlist
+{
+  char *text;
+  struct dlist *next;
+}
+dlist_type;
+
+typedef struct export
+  {
+    char *name;
+    char *internal_name;
+    int ordinal;
+    int constant;
+    int noname;
+    int hint;
+    struct export *next;
+  }
+export_type;
+
+static char *d_name;		/* Arg to NAME or LIBRARY */
+static int d_nfuncs;		/* Number of functions exported */
+static int d_named_nfuncs;	/* Number of named functions exported */
+static int d_low_ord;		/* Lowest ordinal index */
+static int d_high_ord;		/* Highest ordinal index */
+static export_type *d_exports;	/*list of exported functions */
+static export_type **d_exports_lexically;	/* vector of exported functions in alpha order */
+static dlist_type *d_list;	/* Descriptions */
+static dlist_type *a_list;	/* Stuff to go in directives */
+
+static int d_is_dll;
+static int d_is_exe;
+
+int 
+yyerror ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Syntax error in def file %s:%d\n",
+	   program_name, def_file, linenumber);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+def_exports (name, internal_name, ordinal, noname, constant)
+     char *name;
+     char *internal_name;
+     int ordinal;
+     int noname;
+     int constant;
+{
+  struct export *p = (struct export *) xmalloc (sizeof (*p));
+
+  p->name = name;
+  p->internal_name = internal_name ? internal_name : name;
+  p->ordinal = ordinal;
+  p->constant = constant;
+  p->noname = noname;
+  p->next = d_exports;
+  d_exports = p;
+  d_nfuncs++;
+}
+
+
+void
+def_name (name, base)
+     char *name;
+     int base;
+{
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s NAME %s base %x\n", program_name, name, base);
+  if (d_is_dll)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Can't have LIBRARY and NAME\n");
+    }
+  d_name = name;
+  d_is_exe = 1;
+}
+
+void
+def_library (name, base)
+     char *name;
+     int base;
+{
+  if (verbose)
+    printf ("%s: LIBRARY %s base %x\n", program_name, name, base);
+  if (d_is_exe)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't have LIBRARY and NAME\n", program_name);
+    }
+  d_name = name;
+  d_is_dll = 1;
+}
+
+void
+def_description (desc)
+     char *desc;
+{
+  dlist_type *d = (dlist_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (dlist_type));
+  d->text = strdup (desc);
+  d->next = d_list;
+  d_list = d;
+}
+
+void
+new_directive (dir)
+     char *dir;
+{
+  dlist_type *d = (dlist_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (dlist_type));
+  d->text = strdup (dir);
+  d->next = a_list;
+  a_list = d;
+}
+
+void
+def_stacksize (reserve, commit)
+     int reserve;
+     int commit;
+{
+  char b[200];
+  if (commit > 0)
+    sprintf (b, "-stack 0x%x,0x%x ", reserve, commit);
+  else
+    sprintf (b, "-stack 0x%x ", reserve);
+  new_directive (strdup (b));
+}
+
+void
+def_heapsize (reserve, commit)
+     int reserve;
+     int commit;
+{
+  char b[200];
+  if (commit > 0)
+    sprintf (b, "-heap 0x%x,0x%x ", reserve, commit);
+  else
+    sprintf (b, "-heap 0x%x ", reserve);
+  new_directive (strdup (b));
+}
+
+
+void
+def_import (internal, module, entry)
+     char *internal;
+     char *module;
+     char *entry;
+{
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: IMPORTS are ignored", program_name);
+}
+
+void
+def_version (major, minor)
+int major;
+int minor;
+{
+  printf ("VERSION %d.%d\n", major, minor);
+}
+
+
+void
+def_section (name, attr)
+     char *name;
+     int attr;
+{
+  char buf[200];
+  char atts[5];
+  char *d = atts;
+  if (attr & 1)
+    *d++ = 'R';
+
+  if (attr & 2)
+    *d++ = 'W';
+  if (attr & 4)
+    *d++ = 'X';
+  if (attr & 8)
+    *d++ = 'S';
+  *d++ = 0;
+  sprintf (buf, "-attr %s %s", name, atts);
+  new_directive (strdup (buf));
+}
+void
+def_code (attr)
+     int attr;
+{
+
+  def_section ("CODE", attr);
+}
+
+void
+def_data (attr)
+     int attr;
+{
+  def_section ("DATA", attr);
+}
+
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void
+run (what, args)
+     char *what;
+     char *args;
+{
+  char *s;
+  int pid;
+  int i;
+  char **argv;
+  extern char **environ;
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s %s\n", what, args);
+
+  /* Count the args */
+  i = 0;
+  for (s = args; *s; s++)
+    if (*s == ' ')
+      i++;
+  i++;
+  argv = alloca (sizeof (char *) * (i + 3));
+  i = 0;
+  argv[i++] = what;
+  s = args;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      argv[i++] = s;
+      while (*s != ' ' && *s != 0)
+	s++;
+      if (*s == 0)
+	break;
+      *s++ = 0;
+    }
+  argv[i++] = 0;
+
+
+  pid = vfork ();
+
+  if (pid == 0)
+    {
+      execvp (what, argv);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: can't exec %s\n", program_name, what);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  else if (pid == -1)
+    {
+      extern int errno;
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: vfork failed, %d\n", program_name, errno);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int status;
+      waitpid (pid, &status, 0);
+      if (status)
+	{
+	  if (WIFSIGNALED (status))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s %s terminated with signal %d\n",
+		       program_name, what, args, WTERMSIG (status));
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+
+	  if (WIFEXITED (status))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s %s terminated with exit status %d\n",
+		       program_name, what, args, WEXITSTATUS (status));
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* read in and block out the base relocations */
+static void
+basenames (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+
+
+
+
+}
+
+void
+scan_open_obj_file (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  /* Look for .drectve's */
+  asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".drectve");
+  if (s)
+    {
+      int size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (s);
+      char *buf = xmalloc (size);
+      char *p;
+      char *e;
+      bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, buf, 0, size);
+      if (verbose)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: Sucking in info from %s\n",
+		 program_name,
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      /* Search for -export: strings */
+      p = buf;
+      e = buf + size;
+      while (p < e)
+	{
+	  if (p[0] == '-'
+	      && strncmp (p, "-export:", 8) == 0)
+	    {
+	      char *name;
+	      char *c;
+	      p += 8;
+	      name = p;
+	      while (p < e && *p != ' ' && *p != '-')
+		p++;
+	      c = xmalloc (p - name + 1);
+	      memcpy (c, name, p - name);
+	      c[p - name] = 0;
+	      /* FIXME: The 5th arg is for the `constant' field.
+		 What should it be?  Not that it matters since it's not
+		 currently useful.  */
+	      def_exports (c, 0, -1, 0, 0);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    p++;
+	}
+      free (buf);
+    }
+
+  basenames (abfd);
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: Done readin\n",
+	     program_name);
+}
+
+
+void
+scan_obj_file (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  bfd *f = bfd_openr (filename, 0);
+
+  if (!f)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Unable to open object file %s\n",
+	       program_name,
+	       filename);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  if (bfd_check_format (f, bfd_archive))
+    {
+      bfd *arfile = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f, 0);
+      while (arfile)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_check_format (arfile, bfd_object))
+	    scan_open_obj_file (arfile);
+	  bfd_close (arfile);
+	  arfile = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f, arfile);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (bfd_check_format (f, bfd_object))
+    {
+      scan_open_obj_file (f);
+    }
+
+  bfd_close (f);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+
+
+void
+dump_def_info (f)
+     FILE *f;
+{
+  int i;
+  export_type *exp;
+  fprintf (f, "%s ", ASM_C);
+  for (i = 0; oav[i]; i++)
+    fprintf (f, "%s ", oav[i]);
+  fprintf (f, "\n");
+  for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "%s  %d = %s %s @ %d %s%s\n",
+	       ASM_C,
+	       i,
+	       exp->name,
+	       exp->internal_name,
+	       exp->ordinal,
+	       exp->noname ? "NONAME " : "",
+	       exp->constant ? "CONSTANT" : "");
+    }
+}
+/* Generate the .exp file */
+
+int
+sfunc (a, b)
+     long *a;
+     long *b;
+{
+  return *a - *b;
+}
+
+
+
+static void
+flush_page (f, need, page_addr, on_page)
+     FILE *f;
+     int *need;
+     int page_addr;
+     int on_page;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Flush this page */
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0x%08x\t%s Starting RVA for chunk\n",
+	   ASM_LONG,
+	   page_addr,
+	   ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0x%x\t%s Size of block\n",
+	   ASM_LONG,
+	   (on_page * 2) + (on_page & 1) * 2 + 8,
+	   ASM_C);
+  for (i = 0; i < on_page; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0x%x\n", ASM_SHORT, (need[i] - page_addr) | 0x3000);
+    }
+  /* And padding */
+  if (on_page & 1)
+    fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0x%x\n", ASM_SHORT, 0 | 0x0000);
+
+}
+
+
+void
+gen_def_file ()
+{
+  int i;
+  export_type *exp;
+
+  fprintf (output_def, ";");
+  for (i = 0; oav[i]; i++)
+    fprintf (output_def, " %s", oav[i]);
+
+  fprintf (output_def, "\nEXPORTS\n");
+
+  for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+    {
+      char *quote = strchr (exp->name, '.') ? "\"" : "";
+      fprintf (output_def, "\t%s%s%s @ %d%s ; %s\n",
+	       quote,
+	       exp->name,
+	       quote,
+	       exp->ordinal,
+	       exp->noname ? " NONAME" : "",
+	       cplus_demangle (exp->internal_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS));
+    }
+}
+void
+gen_exp_file ()
+{
+  FILE *f;
+  int i;
+  export_type *exp;
+  dlist_type *dl;
+
+
+  sprintf (outfile, "t%s", exp_name);
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: Generate exp file %s\n",
+	     program_name, exp_name);
+
+  f = fopen (outfile, FOPEN_WT);
+  if (!f)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Unable to open output file %s\n", program_name, outfile);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  if (verbose)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Opened file %s\n",
+	       program_name, outfile);
+    }
+
+  dump_def_info (f);
+  if (d_exports)
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.edata\n\n");
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	0	%s Allways 0\n", ASM_LONG, ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	0x%x	%s Time and date\n", ASM_LONG, time(0),ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	0	%s Major and Minor version\n", ASM_LONG, ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%sname%s	%s Ptr to name of dll\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	%d	%s Starting ordinal of exports\n", ASM_LONG, d_low_ord, ASM_C);
+
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	%d	%s Number of functions\n", ASM_LONG, d_high_ord - d_low_ord + 1, ASM_C);
+      fprintf(f,"\t%s named funcs %d, low ord %d, high ord %d\n",
+	      ASM_C,
+	      d_named_nfuncs, d_low_ord, d_high_ord);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s	%d	%s Number of names\n", ASM_LONG,
+	       show_allnames ? d_high_ord - d_low_ord + 1 : d_named_nfuncs, ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%safuncs%s  %s Address of functions\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t%sanames%s	%s Address of Name Pointer Table\n", 
+	       ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t%sanords%s	%s Address of ordinals\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+
+      fprintf (f, "name:	%s	\"%s\"\n", ASM_TEXT, dll_name);
+
+
+      fprintf(f,"%s Export address Table\n", ASM_C);
+      fprintf(f,"\t%s\n", ASM_ALIGN_LONG);
+      fprintf (f, "afuncs:\n");
+      i = d_low_ord;
+
+      for (exp = d_exports; exp; exp = exp->next)
+	{
+	  if (exp->ordinal != i)
+	    {
+#if 0	      
+	      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t%d\t%s %d..%d missing\n",
+		       ASM_SPACE,
+		       (exp->ordinal - i) * 4,
+		       ASM_C,
+		       i, exp->ordinal - 1);
+	      i = exp->ordinal;
+#endif
+	      while (i < exp->ordinal)
+		{
+		  fprintf(f,"\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+		  i++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  fprintf (f, "\t%s%s%s%s\t%s %d\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE,
+		   ASM_PREFIX,
+		   exp->internal_name, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C, exp->ordinal);
+	  i++;
+	}
+
+      fprintf (f,"%s Export Name Pointer Table\n", ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "anames:\n");
+
+      for (i = 0; (exp = d_exports_lexically[i]); i++)
+	{
+	  if (!exp->noname || show_allnames)
+	    fprintf (f, "\t%sn%d%s\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE, exp->ordinal, ASM_RVA_AFTER);
+	}
+
+      fprintf (f,"%s Export Oridinal Table\n", ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "anords:\n");
+      for (i = 0; (exp = d_exports_lexically[i]); i++)
+	{
+	  if (!exp->noname || show_allnames)
+	    fprintf (f, "\t%s	%d\n", ASM_SHORT, exp->ordinal - d_low_ord);
+	}
+
+      fprintf(f,"%s Export Name Table\n", ASM_C);
+      for (i = 0; (exp = d_exports_lexically[i]); i++)
+	if (!exp->noname || show_allnames)
+	  fprintf (f, "n%d:	%s	\"%s\"\n", exp->ordinal, ASM_TEXT, exp->name);
+
+      if (a_list)
+	{
+	  fprintf (f, "\t.section .drectve\n");
+	  for (dl = a_list; dl; dl = dl->next)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t\"%s\"\n", ASM_TEXT, dl->text);
+	    }
+	}
+      if (d_list)
+	{
+	  fprintf (f, "\t.section .rdata\n");
+	  for (dl = d_list; dl; dl = dl->next)
+	    {
+	      char *p;
+	      int l;
+	      /* We dont output as ascii 'cause there can
+	         be quote characters in the string */
+
+	      l = 0;
+	      for (p = dl->text; *p; p++)
+		{
+		  if (l == 0)
+		    fprintf (f, "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE);
+		  else
+		    fprintf (f, ",");
+		  fprintf (f, "%d", *p);
+		  if (p[1] == 0)
+		    {
+		      fprintf (f, ",0\n");
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  if (++l == 10)
+		    {
+		      fprintf (f, "\n");
+		      l = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  /* Add to the output file a way of getting to the exported names
+     without using the import library. */
+  if (add_indirect)
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.rdata\n");
+      for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+	if (!exp->noname || show_allnames)
+	  {
+	    fprintf (f, "\t%s\t__imp_%s\n", ASM_GLOBAL, exp->name);
+	    fprintf (f, "__imp_%s:\n", exp->name);
+	    fprintf (f, "\t%s\t%s\n", ASM_LONG, exp->name);
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* Dump the reloc section if a base file is provided */
+  if (base_file)
+    {
+      int addr;
+      long need[PAGE_SIZE];
+      long page_addr;
+      int numbytes;
+      int num_entries;
+      long *copy;
+      int j;
+      int on_page;
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.init\n");
+      fprintf (f, "lab:\n");
+
+      fseek (base_file, 0, SEEK_END);
+      numbytes = ftell (base_file);
+      fseek (base_file, 0, SEEK_SET);
+      copy = xmalloc (numbytes);
+      fread (copy, 1, numbytes, base_file);
+      num_entries = numbytes / sizeof (long);
+
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.reloc\n");
+      if (num_entries)
+	{
+
+	  int src;
+	  int dst = 0;
+	  int last = -1;
+	  qsort (copy, num_entries, sizeof (long), sfunc);
+	  /* Delete duplcates */
+	  for (src = 0; src < num_entries; src++)
+	    {
+	      if (last != copy[src]) 
+		last = copy[dst++] = copy[src];
+	    }
+	  num_entries = dst;
+	  addr = copy[0];
+	  page_addr = addr & PAGE_MASK;		/* work out the page addr */
+	  on_page = 0;
+	  for (j = 0; j < num_entries; j++)
+	    {
+	      addr = copy[j];
+	      if ((addr & PAGE_MASK) != page_addr)
+		{
+		  flush_page (f, need, page_addr, on_page);
+		  on_page = 0;
+		  page_addr = addr & PAGE_MASK;
+		}
+	      need[on_page++] = addr;
+	    }
+	  flush_page (f, need, page_addr, on_page);
+
+/*	  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0,0\t%s End\n", ASM_LONG, ASM_C);*/
+	}
+    }
+
+  fclose (f);
+
+  /* assemble the file */
+  sprintf (outfile, "-o %s t%s", exp_name, exp_name);
+  run (as_name, outfile);
+  if (dontdeltemps == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (outfile, "t%s", exp_name);
+      unlink (outfile);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+xlate (char *name)
+{
+  if (add_underscore)
+    {
+      char *copy = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 2);
+      copy[0] = '_';
+      strcpy (copy + 1, name);
+      name = copy;
+    }
+
+  if (killat)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      p = strchr (name, '@');
+      if (p)
+	*p = 0;
+    }
+  return name;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+static void dump_iat (f, exp)
+FILE *f;
+export_type *exp;
+{
+  if (exp->noname && !show_allnames ) 
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0x%08x\n",
+	       ASM_LONG,
+	       exp->ordinal | 0x80000000); /* hint or orindal ?? */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t%sID%d%s\n", ASM_RVA_BEFORE,
+	       exp->ordinal,
+	       ASM_RVA_AFTER);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  int id;
+  const char *name;
+  int flags;
+  int align;
+  asection *sec;
+  asymbol *sym;
+  asymbol **sympp;
+  int size;
+  unsigned   char *data;
+} sinfo;
+
+
+#ifndef DLLTOOL_PPC
+
+#define TEXT 0
+#define DATA 1
+#define BSS 2
+#define IDATA7 3
+#define IDATA5 4
+#define IDATA4 5
+#define IDATA6 6
+#define PDATA 7
+#define RDATA 8
+
+#define NSECS 7
+
+
+static sinfo secdata[NSECS] = 
+{
+  { TEXT,   ".text",    SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS, 2},
+  { DATA,   ".data",    SEC_DATA,                    2},
+  { BSS,    ".bss",     0,                           2},
+  { IDATA7, ".idata$7", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA5, ".idata$5", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA4, ".idata$4", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA6, ".idata$6", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            1}
+};
+
+#else 
+
+/* Sections numbered to make the order the same as other PowerPC NT    */
+/* compilers. This also keeps funny alignment thingies from happening. */
+#define TEXT   0
+#define PDATA  1
+#define RDATA  2
+#define IDATA5 3
+#define IDATA4 4
+#define IDATA6 5
+#define IDATA7 6
+#define DATA   7
+#define BSS    8
+
+#define NSECS 9
+
+static sinfo secdata[NSECS] = 
+{
+  { TEXT,   ".text",    SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS, 3},
+  { PDATA,  ".pdata",   SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { RDATA,  ".reldata", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA5, ".idata$5", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA4, ".idata$4", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { IDATA6, ".idata$6", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            1},
+  { IDATA7, ".idata$7", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS,            2},
+  { DATA,   ".data",    SEC_DATA,                    2},
+  { BSS,    ".bss",     0,                           2}
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+This is what we're trying to make
+
+	.text
+	.global	_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW@8
+	.global	__imp_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW@8
+_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW@8:
+	jmp *	__imp_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW@8
+	.section	.idata$7	# To force loading of head
+	.long	__version_a_head
+# Import Address Table
+	.section	.idata$5
+__imp_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW@8:
+	.rva	ID2
+
+# Import Lookup Table
+	.section	.idata$4
+	.rva	ID2
+# Hint/Name table
+	.section	.idata$6
+ID2:	.short	2
+	.asciz	"GetFileVersionInfoSizeW"
+
+
+For the PowerPC, here's the variation on the above scheme:
+
+# Rather than a simple "jmp *", the code to get to the dll function 
+# looks like:
+         .text
+         lwz	r11,[tocv]__imp_function_name(r2)
+#		   RELOC: 00000000 TOCREL16,TOCDEFN __imp_function_name
+         lwz	r12,0(r11)
+	 stw	r2,4(r1)
+	 mtctr	r12
+	 lwz	r2,4(r11)
+	 bctr
+*/
+
+static char *
+make_label (prefix, name)
+     const char *prefix;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  int len = strlen (ASM_PREFIX) + strlen (prefix) + strlen (name);
+  char *copy = xmalloc (len +1 );
+  strcpy (copy, ASM_PREFIX);
+  strcat (copy, prefix);
+  strcat (copy, name);
+  return copy;
+}
+
+static bfd *
+make_one_lib_file (exp, i)
+     export_type *exp;
+     int i;
+{
+  if (0)
+    {
+      FILE *f;
+      char *prefix="d";
+      sprintf (outfile, "%ss%d.s", prefix, i);
+      f = fopen (outfile, FOPEN_WT);
+      fprintf (f, "\t.text\n");
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t%s%s\n", ASM_GLOBAL, ASM_PREFIX, exp->name);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t__imp_%s\n", ASM_GLOBAL, exp->name);
+      fprintf (f, "%s%s:\n\t%s\t__imp_%s\n", ASM_PREFIX,
+	       exp->name, ASM_JUMP, exp->name);
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.idata$7\t%s To force loading of head\n", ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t%s\n", ASM_LONG, head_label);
+
+
+      fprintf (f,"%s Import Address Table\n", ASM_C);
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$5\n");
+      fprintf (f, "__imp_%s:\n", exp->name);
+
+      dump_iat (f, exp);
+
+      fprintf (f, "\n%s Import Lookup Table\n", ASM_C);
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$4\n");
+
+      dump_iat (f, exp);
+
+      if(!exp->noname || show_allnames) 
+	{
+	  fprintf (f, "%s Hint/Name table\n", ASM_C);
+	  fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$6\n");
+	  fprintf (f, "ID%d:\t%s\t%d\n", exp->ordinal, ASM_SHORT, exp->hint);      
+	  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t\"%s\"\n", ASM_TEXT, xlate (exp->name));
+	}
+
+      fclose (f);
+
+
+      sprintf (outfile, "-o %ss%d.o %ss%d.s", prefix, i, prefix, i);
+
+      run (as_name, outfile);
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+
+      bfd *abfd;
+
+      asymbol *exp_label;
+      asymbol *iname;
+      asymbol *iname_lab;
+      asymbol **iname_lab_pp;
+      asymbol **iname_pp;
+
+      /* Extra Symbols for PPC */
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_PPC
+#define EXTRA 2     
+#else
+#define EXTRA 0
+#endif
+
+      asymbol *function_name; /* ".." functionName */
+      asymbol **fn_pp;
+      asymbol *toc_symbol;    /* The .toc symbol */
+      asymbol **toc_pp;
+
+      /* one symbol for each section, 2 extra + a null */
+      asymbol *ptrs[NSECS+3+EXTRA+1];
+
+      char *outname = xmalloc (10);
+      int oidx = 0;
+      sprintf (outname, "ds%d.o",  i);
+      abfd = bfd_openw (outname, HOW_BFD_TARGET);
+      if (!abfd)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_open failed open output file %s\n", 
+		   program_name, outname);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+
+      bfd_set_format (abfd, bfd_object);
+      bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, HOW_BFD_ARCH, 0);
+
+
+      /* First make symbols for the sections */
+      for (i = 0; i < NSECS; i++)
+	{
+	  sinfo *si = secdata + i;
+	  if (si->id != i)
+	    abort();
+	  si->sec = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, si->name);
+	  bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, 
+				 si->sec,
+				 si->flags);
+	  
+	  bfd_set_section_alignment(abfd, si->sec, si->align);
+	  si->sec->output_section = si->sec;
+	  si->sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+	  si->sym->name = si->sec->name;
+	  si->sym->section = si->sec;
+	  si->sym->flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+	  si->sym->value = 0;
+	  ptrs[oidx] = si->sym;
+	  si->sympp = ptrs + oidx;
+
+	  oidx++;
+	}
+
+      exp_label = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+      exp_label->name = make_label ("",exp->name);
+
+      /* On PowerPC, the function name points to a descriptor in the
+	 rdata section, the first element of which is a pointer to the
+	 code (..function_name), and the second points to the .toc
+      */
+      if (machine == MPPC)
+	exp_label->section = secdata[RDATA].sec;
+      else
+	exp_label->section = secdata[TEXT].sec;
+
+      exp_label->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+      exp_label->value = 0;
+
+      ptrs[oidx++] = exp_label;
+
+      iname = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+      iname->name = make_label ("__imp_", exp->name);
+      iname->section = secdata[IDATA5].sec;
+      iname->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+      iname->value = 0;
+
+
+      iname_lab = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+
+      iname_lab->name = head_label;
+      iname_lab->section = (asection *)&bfd_und_section;
+      iname_lab->flags = 0;
+      iname_lab->value = 0;
+
+
+      iname_pp = ptrs + oidx;
+      ptrs[oidx++] = iname;
+
+      iname_lab_pp = ptrs + oidx;
+      ptrs[oidx++] = iname_lab;
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_PPC
+      /* The symbol refering to the code (.text) */
+      function_name = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+      function_name->name = make_label ("..", exp->name);
+      function_name->section = secdata[TEXT].sec;
+      function_name->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+      function_name->value = 0;
+
+      fn_pp = ptrs + oidx;
+      ptrs[oidx++] = function_name;
+
+      /* The .toc symbol */
+      toc_symbol = bfd_make_empty_symbol(abfd);
+      toc_symbol->name = make_label (".", "toc");
+      toc_symbol->section = (asection *)&bfd_und_section;
+      toc_symbol->flags = BSF_GLOBAL;
+      toc_symbol->value = 0;
+
+      toc_pp = ptrs + oidx;
+      ptrs[oidx++] = toc_symbol;
+#endif
+
+      ptrs[oidx] = 0;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < NSECS; i++)
+	{
+	  sinfo *si = secdata + i;
+	  asection *sec = si->sec;
+	  arelent *rel;
+	  arelent **rpp;
+
+	  switch (i) 
+	    {
+	    case TEXT:
+	      si->size = HOW_JTAB_SIZE;
+	      si->data = xmalloc (HOW_JTAB_SIZE);
+	      memcpy (si->data, HOW_JTAB, HOW_JTAB_SIZE);
+	      
+	      /* add the reloc into idata$5 */
+	      rel = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+	      rpp = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * 2);
+	      rpp[0] = rel;
+	      rpp[1] = 0;
+	      rel->address = HOW_JTAB_ROFF;
+	      rel->addend = 0;
+
+	      if (machine == MPPC)
+		{
+		  rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, 
+						      BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF);
+		  rel->sym_ptr_ptr = iname_pp;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+		  rel->sym_ptr_ptr = secdata[IDATA5].sympp;
+		}
+	      sec->orelocation = rpp;
+	      sec->reloc_count = 1;
+	      break;
+	    case IDATA4:
+	    case IDATA5:
+	      /* An idata$4 or idata$5 is one word long, and has an
+		 rva to idata$6 */
+	  
+	      si->data = xmalloc (4);
+	      si->size = 4;
+
+	      if (exp->noname)
+		{
+		  si->data[0] = exp->ordinal ;
+		  si->data[1] = exp->ordinal >> 8;
+		  si->data[2] = exp->ordinal >> 16;
+		  si->data[3] = 0x80;
+		}
+	      else 
+		{
+		  sec->reloc_count = 1;
+		  memset (si->data, 0, si->size);
+		  rel = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+		  rpp = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * 2);
+		  rpp[0] = rel;
+		  rpp[1] = 0;
+		  rel->address = 0;
+		  rel->addend = 0;
+		  rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_RVA);
+		  rel->sym_ptr_ptr = secdata[IDATA6].sympp;
+		  sec->orelocation = rpp;
+		}
+
+	      break;
+
+	    case IDATA6:
+	      if (!exp->noname) 
+		{
+		  int idx = exp->hint + 1;
+		  si->size = strlen (xlate (exp->name)) + 3;
+		  si->data = xmalloc (si->size);
+		  si->data[0] = idx & 0xff;
+		  si->data[1] = idx >> 8;
+		  strcpy (si->data + 2, xlate (exp->name));
+		}
+	      break;
+	    case IDATA7:
+	      si->size = 4;
+	      si->data =xmalloc(4);
+	      memset (si->data, 0, si->size);
+	      rel = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+	      rpp = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * 2);
+	      rpp[0] = rel;
+	      rel->address = 0;
+	      rel->addend = 0;
+	      rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_RVA);
+	      rel->sym_ptr_ptr = iname_lab_pp;
+	      sec->orelocation = rpp;
+	      sec->reloc_count = 1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case PDATA:
+	      {
+		/* The .pdata section is 5 words long. */
+		/* Think of it as:                     */
+		/* struct                              */
+		/* {                                   */
+		/*   bfd_vma BeginAddress,     [0x00]  */
+		/*           EndAddress,       [0x04]  */
+		/*	     ExceptionHandler, [0x08]  */
+		/*	     HandlerData,      [0x0c]  */
+		/*	     PrologEndAddress; [0x10]  */
+		/* };                                  */
+
+		/* So this pdata section setups up this as a glue linkage to
+		   a dll routine. There are a number of house keeping things
+		   we need to do:
+
+		   1. In the name of glue trickery, the ADDR32 relocs for 0, 
+		      4, and 0x10 are set to point to the same place: 
+		      "..function_name". 
+		   2. There is one more reloc needed in the pdata section. 
+		      The actual glue instruction to restore the toc on 
+		      return is saved as the offset in an IMGLUE reloc.
+		      So we need a total of four relocs for this section.
+
+		   3. Lastly, the HandlerData field is set to 0x03, to indicate
+		      that this is a glue routine.
+		*/
+		arelent *imglue, *ba_rel, *ea_rel, *pea_rel;
+
+		/* alignment must be set to 2**2 or you get extra stuff */
+		bfd_set_section_alignment(abfd, sec, 2);
+
+		si->size = 4 * 5;
+		si->data =xmalloc(4 * 5);
+		memset (si->data, 0, si->size);
+		rpp = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * 5);
+		rpp[0] = imglue  = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+		rpp[1] = ba_rel  = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+		rpp[2] = ea_rel  = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+		rpp[3] = pea_rel = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+		rpp[4] = 0;
+
+		/* stick the toc reload instruction in the glue reloc */
+		bfd_put_32(abfd, ppc_glue_insn, (char *) &imglue->address);
+
+		imglue->addend = 0;
+		imglue->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, 
+						       BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF);
+		imglue->sym_ptr_ptr = fn_pp;
+
+		ba_rel->address = 0;
+		ba_rel->addend = 0;
+		ba_rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+		ba_rel->sym_ptr_ptr = fn_pp;
+
+		bfd_put_32(abfd, 0x18, si->data + 0x04);
+		ea_rel->address = 4;
+		ea_rel->addend = 0;
+		ea_rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+		ea_rel->sym_ptr_ptr = fn_pp;
+
+		/* mark it as glue */
+		bfd_put_32(abfd, 0x03, si->data + 0x0c);
+
+		/* mark the prolog end address */
+		bfd_put_32(abfd, 0x0D, si->data + 0x10);
+		pea_rel->address = 0x10;
+		pea_rel->addend = 0;
+		pea_rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+		pea_rel->sym_ptr_ptr = fn_pp;
+
+		sec->orelocation = rpp;
+		sec->reloc_count = 4;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    case RDATA:
+	      /* Each external function in a PowerPC PE file has a two word
+		 descriptor consisting of:
+		 1. The address of the code.
+		 2. The address of the appropriate .toc
+	         We use relocs to build this.
+	      */
+
+	      si->size = 8;
+	      si->data =xmalloc(8);
+	      memset (si->data, 0, si->size);
+
+	      rpp = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * 3);
+	      rpp[0] = rel = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+	      rpp[1] = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+	      rpp[2] = 0;
+
+	      rel->address = 0;
+	      rel->addend = 0;
+	      rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+	      rel->sym_ptr_ptr = fn_pp;
+
+	      rel = rpp[1];
+
+	      rel->address = 4;
+	      rel->addend = 0;
+	      rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_32);
+	      rel->sym_ptr_ptr = toc_pp;
+
+	      sec->orelocation = rpp;
+	      sec->reloc_count = 2;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      {
+	bfd_vma vma = 0;
+	/* Size up all the sections */
+	for (i = 0; i < NSECS; i++)
+	  {
+	    sinfo *si = secdata + i;
+
+	    bfd_set_section_size (abfd, si->sec, si->size);
+	    bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, si->sec, vma);
+
+/*	    vma += si->size;*/
+	  }
+      }
+      /* Write them out */
+      for (i = 0; i < NSECS; i++)
+	{
+	  sinfo *si = secdata + i;
+
+	  if (i == IDATA5 && no_idata5)
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (i == IDATA4 && no_idata4)
+	    continue;
+
+	  bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, si->sec, 
+				    si->data, 0,
+				    si->size);
+	}
+
+      bfd_set_symtab (abfd, ptrs, oidx);
+      bfd_close (abfd);
+      abfd = bfd_openr (outname, HOW_BFD_TARGET);
+      return abfd;
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+static bfd *
+make_head()
+{
+  FILE *  f = fopen ("dh.s", FOPEN_WT);
+
+  fprintf (f, "%s IMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR\n", ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$2\n");
+
+  fprintf(f,"\t%s\t%s\n", ASM_GLOBAL,head_label);
+
+  fprintf (f, "%s:\n", head_label);
+
+  fprintf (f, "\t%shname%s\t%sPtr to image import by name list\n",
+	   ASM_RVA_BEFORE, ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+
+  fprintf (f, "\t%sthis should be the timestamp, but NT sometimes\n", ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%sdoesn't load DLLs when this is set.\n", ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\t%s loaded time\n", ASM_LONG, ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\t%s Forwarder chain\n", ASM_LONG, ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s__%s_iname%s\t%s imported dll's name\n",
+	   ASM_RVA_BEFORE,
+	   imp_name_lab,
+	   ASM_RVA_AFTER,
+	   ASM_C);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%sfthunk%s\t%s pointer to firstthunk\n",
+	   ASM_RVA_BEFORE,
+	   ASM_RVA_AFTER, ASM_C);
+
+  fprintf (f, "%sStuff for compatibility\n", ASM_C);
+
+  if (!no_idata5) 
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.idata$5\n");
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+      fprintf (f, "fthunk:\n");
+    }
+  if (!no_idata4) 
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section\t.idata$4\n");
+
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$4\n");
+      fprintf (f, "hname:\n");
+    }
+  fclose (f);
+
+  sprintf (outfile, "-o dh.o dh.s");
+  run (as_name, outfile);
+
+  return  bfd_openr ("dh.o", HOW_BFD_TARGET);  
+}
+
+static bfd * 
+make_tail()
+{
+  FILE *  f = fopen ("dt.s", FOPEN_WT);
+
+  if (!no_idata4) 
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$4\n");
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+    }
+  if (!no_idata5) 
+    {
+      fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$5\n");
+      fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+    }
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_PPC
+  /* Normally, we need to see a null descriptor built in idata$3 to
+     act as the terminator for the list. The ideal way, I suppose,
+     would be to mark this section as a comdat type 2 section, so
+     only one would appear in the final .exe (if our linker supported
+     comdat, that is) or cause it to be inserted by something else (say
+     crt0)
+  */
+
+  fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$3\n");
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_LONG);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DLLTOOL_PPC
+  /* Other PowerPC NT compilers use idata$6 for the dllname, so I
+     do too. Original, huh? */
+  fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$6\n");
+#else
+  fprintf (f, "\t.section	.idata$7\n");
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (f, "\t%s\t__%s_iname\n", ASM_GLOBAL, imp_name_lab);
+  fprintf (f, "__%s_iname:\t%s\t\"%s\"\n",
+	   imp_name_lab, ASM_TEXT, dll_name);
+
+  fclose (f);
+
+  sprintf (outfile, "-o dt.o dt.s");
+  run (as_name, outfile);
+  return  bfd_openr ("dt.o", HOW_BFD_TARGET);  
+}
+
+static void
+gen_lib_file ()
+{
+  int i;
+  export_type *exp;
+  bfd *ar_head;
+  bfd *ar_tail;
+  bfd *outarch;
+  bfd * head  = 0;
+
+  unlink (imp_name);
+
+  outarch = bfd_openw (imp_name, HOW_BFD_TARGET);
+
+  if (!outarch)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open .lib file %s\n", program_name, imp_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  bfd_set_format (outarch, bfd_archive);
+  outarch->has_armap = 1;
+
+  /* Work out a reasonable size of things to put onto one line. */
+
+
+
+  ar_head = make_head ();
+  ar_tail = make_tail();
+
+  for (i = 0; (exp = d_exports_lexically[i]); i++)
+    {
+      bfd *n = make_one_lib_file (exp, i);
+      n->next = head;
+      head = n;
+    }
+
+
+  /* Now stick them all into the archive */
+
+  ar_head->next = head;
+  ar_tail->next = ar_head;
+  head = ar_tail;
+
+  bfd_set_archive_head (outarch, head);
+  bfd_close (outarch);
+
+  /* Delete all the temp files */
+
+  if (dontdeltemps == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (outfile, "dh.o");
+      unlink (outfile);
+      sprintf (outfile, "dh.s");
+      unlink (outfile);
+      sprintf (outfile, "dt.o");
+      unlink (outfile);
+      sprintf (outfile, "dt.s");
+      unlink (outfile);
+    }
+
+  if (dontdeltemps < 2)
+    for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+      {
+	sprintf (outfile, "ds%d.o",i);
+	unlink (outfile);
+      }
+
+}
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/* Run through the information gathered from the .o files and the
+   .def file and work out the best stuff */
+int
+pfunc (a, b)
+     void *a;
+     void *b;
+{
+  export_type *ap = *(export_type **) a;
+  export_type *bp = *(export_type **) b;
+  if (ap->ordinal == bp->ordinal)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* unset ordinals go to the bottom */
+  if (ap->ordinal == -1)
+    return 1;
+  if (bp->ordinal == -1)
+    return -1;
+  return (ap->ordinal - bp->ordinal);
+}
+
+
+int
+nfunc (a, b)
+     void *a;
+     void *b;
+{
+  export_type *ap = *(export_type **) a;
+  export_type *bp = *(export_type **) b;
+
+  return (strcmp (ap->name, bp->name));
+}
+
+static
+void
+remove_null_names (ptr)
+     export_type **ptr;
+{
+  int src;
+  int dst;
+  for (dst = src = 0; src < d_nfuncs; src++)
+    {
+      if (ptr[src])
+	{
+	  ptr[dst] = ptr[src];
+	  dst++;
+	}
+    }
+  d_nfuncs = dst;
+}
+
+static void
+dtab (ptr)
+     export_type **ptr;
+{
+#ifdef SACDEBUG
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs; i++)
+    {
+      if (ptr[i])
+	{
+	  printf ("%d %s @ %d %s%s\n",
+		  i, ptr[i]->name, ptr[i]->ordinal,
+		  ptr[i]->noname ? "NONAME " : "",
+		  ptr[i]->constant ? "CONSTANT" : "");
+	}
+      else
+	printf ("empty\n");
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+process_duplicates (d_export_vec)
+     export_type **d_export_vec;
+{
+  int more = 1;
+  int i;  
+  while (more)
+    {
+
+      more = 0;
+      /* Remove duplicates */
+      qsort (d_export_vec, d_nfuncs, sizeof (export_type *), nfunc);
+
+      dtab (d_export_vec);
+      for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs - 1; i++)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (d_export_vec[i]->name,
+		      d_export_vec[i + 1]->name) == 0)
+	    {
+
+	      export_type *a = d_export_vec[i];
+	      export_type *b = d_export_vec[i + 1];
+
+	      more = 1;
+	      if (verbose)
+		fprintf (stderr, "Warning, ignoring duplicate EXPORT %s %d,%d\n",
+			 a->name,
+			 a->ordinal,
+			 b->ordinal);
+	      if (a->ordinal != -1
+		  && b->ordinal != -1)
+		{
+
+		  fprintf (stderr, "Error, duplicate EXPORT with oridinals %s\n",
+			   a->name);
+		  exit (1);
+		}
+	      /* Merge attributes */
+	      b->ordinal = a->ordinal > 0 ? a->ordinal : b->ordinal;
+	      b->constant |= a->constant;
+	      b->noname |= a->noname;
+	      d_export_vec[i] = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  dtab (d_export_vec);
+	  remove_null_names (d_export_vec);
+	  dtab (d_export_vec);
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  /* Count the names */
+  for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs; i++)
+    {
+      if (!d_export_vec[i]->noname)
+	d_named_nfuncs++;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+fill_ordinals (d_export_vec)
+     export_type **d_export_vec;
+{
+  int lowest = -1;
+  int i;
+  char *ptr;
+  int size = 65536;
+
+  qsort (d_export_vec, d_nfuncs, sizeof (export_type *), pfunc);
+
+  /* fill in the unset ordinals with ones from our range */
+
+  ptr = (char *) xmalloc (size);
+
+  memset (ptr, 0, size);
+
+  /* Mark in our large vector all the numbers that are taken */
+  for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs; i++)
+    {
+      if (d_export_vec[i]->ordinal != -1)
+	{
+	  ptr[d_export_vec[i]->ordinal] = 1;
+	  if (lowest == -1 || d_export_vec[i]->ordinal < lowest)
+	    {
+	      lowest = d_export_vec[i]->ordinal;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Start at 1 for compatibility with MS toolchain.  */
+  if (lowest == -1)
+    lowest = 1;
+
+  /* Now fill in ordinals where the user wants us to choose. */
+  for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs; i++)
+    {
+      if (d_export_vec[i]->ordinal == -1)
+	{
+	  register int j;
+
+	  /* First try within or after any user supplied range. */
+	  for (j = lowest; j < size; j++)
+	    if (ptr[j] == 0)
+	      {
+		ptr[j] = 1;
+		d_export_vec[i]->ordinal = j;
+		goto done;
+	      }
+
+	  /* Then try before the range. */
+	  for (j = lowest; j >0; j--)
+	    if (ptr[j] == 0)
+	      {
+		ptr[j] = 1;
+		d_export_vec[i]->ordinal = j;
+		goto done;
+	      }
+	done:;
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (ptr);
+
+  /* And resort */
+
+  qsort (d_export_vec, d_nfuncs, sizeof (export_type *), pfunc);
+
+  /* Work out the lowest and highest ordinal numbers.  */
+  if (d_nfuncs) 
+    {
+      if (d_export_vec[0])
+	d_low_ord = d_export_vec[0]->ordinal;
+      if (d_export_vec[d_nfuncs-1])
+	d_high_ord = d_export_vec[d_nfuncs-1]->ordinal;
+    }
+}
+
+int alphafunc(av,bv)
+void *av;
+void *bv;
+{
+  export_type **a = av;
+  export_type **b = bv;
+
+  return strcmp ((*a)->name, (*b)->name);
+}
+
+void
+mangle_defs ()
+{
+  /* First work out the minimum ordinal chosen */
+
+  export_type *exp;
+
+  int i;
+  int hint = 0;
+  export_type **d_export_vec
+  = (export_type **) xmalloc (sizeof (export_type *) * d_nfuncs);
+
+  for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+    {
+      d_export_vec[i] = exp;
+    }
+
+  process_duplicates (d_export_vec);
+  fill_ordinals (d_export_vec);
+
+  /* Put back the list in the new order */
+  d_exports = 0;
+  for (i = d_nfuncs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      d_export_vec[i]->next = d_exports;
+      d_exports = d_export_vec[i];
+    }
+
+  /* Build list in alpha order */
+  d_exports_lexically = (export_type **)xmalloc (sizeof(export_type *)*(d_nfuncs+1));
+
+  for (i = 0, exp = d_exports; exp; i++, exp = exp->next)
+    {
+      d_exports_lexically[i] = exp;
+    }
+  d_exports_lexically[i] = 0;
+
+  qsort (d_exports_lexically, i, sizeof (export_type *), alphafunc);
+
+  /* Fill exp entries with their hint values */
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < d_nfuncs; i++)
+    {
+      if (!d_exports_lexically[i]->noname || show_allnames)
+	d_exports_lexically[i]->hint = hint++;
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void
+usage (file, status)
+     FILE *file;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "Usage %s <options> <object-files>\n", program_name);
+  fprintf (file, "   --machine <machine>\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --output-exp <outname> Generate export file.\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --output-lib <outname> Generate input library.\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --add-indirect         Add dll indirects to export file.\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --dllname <name>       Name of input dll to put into output lib.\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --def <deffile>        Name input .def file\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --output-def <deffile> Name output .def file\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --base-file <basefile> Read linker generated base file\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --no-idata4           Don't generate idata$4 section\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --no-idata5           Don't generate idata$5 section\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   -v                     Verbose\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   -U                     Add underscores to .lib\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   -k                     Kill @<n> from exported names\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --as <name>            Use <name> for assembler\n");
+  fprintf (file, "   --nodelete             Keep temp files.\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+#define OPTION_NO_IDATA4 'x'
+#define OPTION_NO_IDATA5 'c'
+static struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  {"nodelete", no_argument, NULL, 'n'},
+  {"dllname", required_argument, NULL, 'D'},
+  {"no-idata4", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_IDATA4},
+  {"no-idata5", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_IDATA5},
+  {"output-exp", required_argument, NULL, 'e'},
+  {"output-def", required_argument, NULL, 'z'},
+  {"output-lib", required_argument, NULL, 'l'},
+  {"def", required_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+  {"add-underscore", no_argument, NULL, 'U'},
+  {"killat", no_argument, NULL, 'k'},
+  {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'},
+  {"machine", required_argument, NULL, 'm'},
+  {"add-indirect", no_argument, NULL, 'a'},
+  {"base-file", required_argument, NULL, 'b'},
+  {"as", required_argument, NULL, 'S'},
+  {0}
+};
+
+
+
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char **av;
+{
+  int c;
+  int i;
+  char *firstarg = 0;
+  program_name = av[0];
+  oav = av;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (ac, av, "xcz:S:R:A:puaD:l:e:nkvbUh?m:yd:", long_options, 0)) 
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case OPTION_NO_IDATA4:
+	  no_idata4 = 1;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NO_IDATA5:
+	  no_idata5 = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  as_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	  /* ignored for compatibility */
+	case 'u':
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  add_indirect = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'z':
+	  output_def = fopen (optarg, FOPEN_WT);
+	  break;
+	case 'D':
+	  dll_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'l':
+	  imp_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  exp_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	case '?':
+	  usage (stderr, 0);
+	  break;
+	case 'm':
+	  mname = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  verbose = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'y':
+	  yydebug = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'U':
+	  add_underscore = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'k':
+	  killat = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  def_file = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	  dontdeltemps++;
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  base_file = fopen (optarg, FOPEN_RB);
+	  if (!base_file)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Unable to open base-file %s\n",
+		       av[0],
+		       optarg);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  for (i = 0; mtable[i].type; i++)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (mtable[i].type, mname) == 0)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (!mtable[i].type)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Machine not supported\n");
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  machine = i;
+
+
+  if (!dll_name && exp_name)
+    {
+      char len = strlen (exp_name) + 5;
+      dll_name = xmalloc (len);
+      strcpy (dll_name, exp_name);
+      strcat (dll_name, ".dll");
+    }
+
+  if (def_file)
+    {
+      process_def_file (def_file);
+    }
+  while (optind < ac)
+    {
+      if (!firstarg)
+	firstarg = av[optind];
+      scan_obj_file (av[optind]);
+      optind++;
+    }
+
+  mangle_defs ();
+
+  if (exp_name)
+    gen_exp_file ();
+  if (imp_name)
+    {
+      /* Make imp_name safe for use as a label. */
+      char *p;
+      imp_name_lab = strdup (imp_name);
+      for (p = imp_name_lab; *p; *p++)
+	{
+	  if (!isalpha (*p) && !isdigit (*p))
+	    *p = '_';
+	}
+      head_label = make_label("_head_", imp_name_lab);
+      gen_lib_file ();
+    }
+  if (output_def)
+    gen_def_file ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/filemode.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/filemode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58b52ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/filemode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 90, 91, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+static char ftypelet PARAMS ((unsigned long));
+static void setst PARAMS ((unsigned long, char *));
+
+/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0	File type.  'd' for directory, 'c' for character
+	special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
+	'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
+	'-' for any other file type
+
+   1	'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2	'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3	'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+	bit isn't set.
+
+   4	'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5	'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6	'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7	'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8	'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9	'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+	(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+	otherwise.
+	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */
+
+#if 0
+
+/* This is not used; only mode_string is used.  */
+
+void
+filemodestring (statp, str)
+     struct stat *statp;
+     char *str;
+{
+  mode_string ((unsigned long) statp->st_mode, str);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Get definitions for the file permission bits.  */
+
+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+#define S_IRWXU 0700
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+#define S_IRUSR 0400
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+#define S_IWUSR 0200
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+#define S_IXUSR 0100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IRWXG
+#define S_IRWXG 0070
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRGRP
+#define S_IRGRP 0040
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWGRP
+#define S_IWGRP 0020
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+#define S_IXGRP 0010
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IRWXO
+#define S_IRWXO 0007
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IROTH
+#define S_IROTH 0004
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWOTH
+#define S_IWOTH 0002
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+#define S_IXOTH 0001
+#endif
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument. */
+
+void
+mode_string (mode, str)
+     unsigned long mode;
+     char *str;
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet ((unsigned long) mode);
+  str[1] = (mode & S_IRUSR) != 0 ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = (mode & S_IWUSR) != 0 ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = (mode & S_IXUSR) != 0 ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[4] = (mode & S_IRGRP) != 0 ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = (mode & S_IWGRP) != 0 ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) != 0 ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[7] = (mode & S_IROTH) != 0 ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = (mode & S_IWOTH) != 0 ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) != 0 ? 'x' : '-';
+  setst ((unsigned long) mode, str);
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   '-' for any other file type. */
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+#ifdef S_IFDIR
+#define S_ISDIR(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFDIR) */
+#define S_ISDIR(i) (((i) & 0170000) == 040000)
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFDIR) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISDIR) */
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+#ifdef S_IFBLK
+#define S_ISBLK(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFBLK) */
+#define S_ISBLK(i) 0
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFBLK) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISBLK) */
+
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+#ifdef S_IFCHR
+#define S_ISCHR(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFCHR) */
+#define S_ISCHR(i) 0
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFCHR) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISCHR) */
+
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+#ifdef S_IFIFO
+#define S_ISFIFO(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFIFO) */
+#define S_ISFIFO(i) 0
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFIFO) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISFIFO) */
+
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+#ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#define S_ISSOCK(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFSOCK) */
+#define S_ISSOCK(i) 0
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFSOCK) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISSOCK) */
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+#ifdef S_IFLNK
+#define S_ISLNK(i) (((i) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#else /* ! defined (S_IFLNK) */
+#define S_ISLNK(i) 0
+#endif /* ! defined (S_IFLNK) */
+#endif /* ! defined (S_ISLNK) */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (bits)
+     unsigned long bits;
+{
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+
+#ifdef S_IFMT
+#ifdef S_IFMPC
+  if ((bits & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC
+      || (bits & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFNWK
+  if ((bits & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  return '-';
+}
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS. */
+
+static void
+setst (bits, chars)
+     unsigned long bits;
+     char *chars;
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others. */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ieee.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ieee.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..180b97aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ieee.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7602 @@
+/* ieee.c -- Read and write IEEE-695 debugging information.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file reads and writes IEEE-695 debugging information.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "ieee.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+/* This structure holds an entry on the block stack.  */
+
+struct ieee_block
+{
+  /* The kind of block.  */
+  int kind;
+  /* The source file name, for a BB5 block.  */
+  const char *filename;
+  /* The index of the function type, for a BB4 or BB6 block.  */
+  unsigned int fnindx;
+  /* True if this function is being skipped.  */
+  boolean skip;
+};
+
+/* This structure is the block stack.  */
+
+#define BLOCKSTACK_SIZE (16)
+
+struct ieee_blockstack
+{
+  /* The stack pointer.  */
+  struct ieee_block *bsp;
+  /* The stack.  */
+  struct ieee_block stack[BLOCKSTACK_SIZE];
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information for a variable.  */
+
+struct ieee_var
+{
+  /* Start of name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Length of name.  */
+  unsigned long namlen;
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Slot if we make an indirect type.  */
+  debug_type *pslot;
+  /* Kind of variable or function.  */
+  enum
+    {
+      IEEE_UNKNOWN,
+      IEEE_EXTERNAL,
+      IEEE_GLOBAL,
+      IEEE_STATIC,
+      IEEE_LOCAL,
+      IEEE_FUNCTION
+    } kind;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds all the variables.  */
+
+struct ieee_vars
+{
+  /* Number of slots allocated.  */
+  unsigned int alloc;
+  /* Variables.  */
+  struct ieee_var *vars;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information for a type.  We need this because
+   we don't want to represent bitfields as real types.  */
+
+struct ieee_type
+{
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Slot if this is type is referenced before it is defined.  */
+  debug_type *pslot;
+  /* Slots for arguments if we make indirect types for them.  */
+  debug_type *arg_slots;
+  /* If this is a bitfield, this is the size in bits.  If this is not
+     a bitfield, this is zero.  */
+  unsigned long bitsize;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds all the type information.  */
+
+struct ieee_types
+{
+  /* Number of slots allocated.  */
+  unsigned int alloc;
+  /* Types.  */
+  struct ieee_type *types;
+  /* Builtin types.  */
+#define BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT (60)
+  debug_type builtins[BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT];
+};
+
+/* This structure holds a linked last of structs with their tag names,
+   so that we can convert them to C++ classes if necessary.  */
+
+struct ieee_tag
+{
+  /* Next tag.  */
+  struct ieee_tag *next;
+  /* This tag name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* The type of the tag.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* The tagged type is an indirect type pointing at this slot.  */
+  debug_type slot;
+  /* This is an array of slots used when a field type is converted
+     into a indirect type, in case it needs to be later converted into
+     a reference type.  */
+  debug_type *fslots;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds the information we pass around to the parsing
+   functions.  */
+
+struct ieee_info
+{
+  /* The debugging handle.  */
+  PTR dhandle;
+  /* The BFD.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* The start of the bytes to be parsed.  */
+  const bfd_byte *bytes;
+  /* The end of the bytes to be parsed.  */
+  const bfd_byte *pend;
+  /* The block stack.  */
+  struct ieee_blockstack blockstack;
+  /* Whether we have seen a BB1 or BB2.  */
+  boolean saw_filename;
+  /* The variables.  */
+  struct ieee_vars vars;
+  /* The global variables, after a global typedef block.  */
+  struct ieee_vars *global_vars;
+  /* The types.  */
+  struct ieee_types types;
+  /* The global types, after a global typedef block.  */
+  struct ieee_types *global_types;
+  /* The list of tagged structs.  */
+  struct ieee_tag *tags;
+};
+
+/* Basic builtin types, not including the pointers.  */
+
+enum builtin_types
+{
+  builtin_unknown = 0,
+  builtin_void = 1,
+  builtin_signed_char = 2,
+  builtin_unsigned_char = 3,
+  builtin_signed_short_int = 4,
+  builtin_unsigned_short_int = 5,
+  builtin_signed_long = 6,
+  builtin_unsigned_long = 7,
+  builtin_signed_long_long = 8,
+  builtin_unsigned_long_long = 9,
+  builtin_float = 10,
+  builtin_double = 11,
+  builtin_long_double = 12,
+  builtin_long_long_double = 13,
+  builtin_quoted_string = 14,
+  builtin_instruction_address = 15,
+  builtin_int = 16,
+  builtin_unsigned = 17,
+  builtin_unsigned_int = 18,
+  builtin_char = 19,
+  builtin_long = 20,
+  builtin_short = 21,
+  builtin_unsigned_short = 22,
+  builtin_short_int = 23,
+  builtin_signed_short = 24,
+  builtin_bcd_float = 25
+};
+
+/* These are the values found in the derivation flags of a 'b'
+   component record of a 'T' type extension record in a C++ pmisc
+   record.  These are bitmasks.  */
+
+/* Set for a private base class, clear for a public base class.
+   Protected base classes are not supported.  */
+#define BASEFLAGS_PRIVATE (0x1)
+/* Set for a virtual base class.  */
+#define BASEFLAGS_VIRTUAL (0x2)
+/* Set for a friend class, clear for a base class.  */
+#define BASEFLAGS_FRIEND (0x10)
+
+/* These are the values found in the specs flags of a 'd', 'm', or 'v'
+   component record of a 'T' type extension record in a C++ pmisc
+   record.  The same flags are used for a 'M' record in a C++ pmisc
+   record.  */
+
+/* The lower two bits hold visibility information.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY (0x3)
+/* This value in the lower two bits indicates a public member.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC (0x0)
+/* This value in the lower two bits indicates a private member.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE (0x1)
+/* This value in the lower two bits indicates a protected member.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED (0x2)
+/* Set for a static member.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_STATIC (0x4)
+/* Set for a virtual override.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_OVERRIDE (0x8)
+/* Set for a friend function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_FRIEND (0x10)
+/* Set for a const function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_CONST (0x20)
+/* Set for a volatile function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_VOLATILE (0x40)
+/* Set for an overloaded function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_OVERLOADED (0x80)
+/* Set for an operator function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_OPERATOR (0x100)
+/* Set for a constructor or destructor.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_CTORDTOR (0x400)
+/* Set for a constructor.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_CTOR (0x200)
+/* Set for an inline function.  */
+#define CXXFLAGS_INLINE (0x800)
+
+/* Local functions.  */
+
+static void ieee_error
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte *, const char *));
+static void ieee_eof PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *));
+static char *savestring PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned long));
+static boolean ieee_read_number
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, bfd_vma *));
+static boolean ieee_read_optional_number
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, bfd_vma *, boolean *));
+static boolean ieee_read_id
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, const char **,
+	   unsigned long *));
+static boolean ieee_read_optional_id
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, const char **,
+	   unsigned long *, boolean *));
+static boolean ieee_read_expression
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, bfd_vma *));
+static debug_type ieee_builtin_type
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte *, unsigned int));
+static boolean ieee_alloc_type
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, unsigned int, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_read_type_index
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, debug_type *));
+static int ieee_regno_to_genreg PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static int ieee_genreg_to_regno PARAMS ((bfd *, int));
+static boolean parse_ieee_bb PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean parse_ieee_be PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean parse_ieee_nn PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean parse_ieee_ty PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean parse_ieee_atn PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean ieee_read_cxx_misc
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, unsigned long));
+static boolean ieee_read_cxx_class
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, unsigned long));
+static boolean ieee_read_cxx_defaults
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, unsigned long));
+static boolean ieee_read_reference
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **));
+static boolean ieee_require_asn
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, bfd_vma *));
+static boolean ieee_require_atn65
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_info *, const bfd_byte **, const char **,
+	   unsigned long *));
+
+/* Report an error in the IEEE debugging information.  */
+
+static void
+ieee_error (info, p, s)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  if (p != NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: 0x%lx: %s (0x%x)\n", bfd_get_filename (info->abfd),
+	     (unsigned long) (p - info->bytes), s, *p);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", bfd_get_filename (info->abfd), s);
+}
+
+/* Report an unexpected EOF in the IEEE debugging information.  */
+
+static void
+ieee_eof (info)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+{
+  ieee_error (info, (const bfd_byte *) NULL,
+	      "unexpected end of debugging information");
+}
+
+/* Save a string in memory.  */
+
+static char *
+savestring (start, len)
+     const char *start;
+     unsigned long len;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (ret, start, len);
+  ret[len] = '\0';
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Read a number which must be present in an IEEE file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_number (info, pp, pv)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     bfd_vma *pv;
+{
+  return ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, pv, (boolean *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Read a number in an IEEE file.  If ppresent is not NULL, the number
+   need not be there. */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, pv, ppresent)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     bfd_vma *pv;
+     boolean *ppresent;
+{
+  ieee_record_enum_type b;
+
+  if (*pp >= info->pend)
+    {
+      if (ppresent != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ppresent = false;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      ieee_eof (info);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  b = (ieee_record_enum_type) **pp;
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (b <= ieee_number_end_enum)
+    {
+      *pv = (bfd_vma) b;
+      if (ppresent != NULL)
+	*ppresent = true;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (b >= ieee_number_repeat_start_enum && b <= ieee_number_repeat_end_enum)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      i = (int) b - (int) ieee_number_repeat_start_enum;
+      if (*pp + i - 1 >= info->pend)
+	{
+	  ieee_eof (info);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      *pv = 0;
+      for (; i > 0; i--)
+	{
+	  *pv <<= 8;
+	  *pv += **pp;
+	  ++*pp;
+	}
+
+      if (ppresent != NULL)
+	*ppresent = true;
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (ppresent != NULL)
+    {
+      --*pp;
+      *ppresent = false;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  ieee_error (info, *pp - 1, "invalid number");
+  return false;  
+}
+
+/* Read a required string from an IEEE file.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_id (info, pp, pname, pnamlen)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     const char **pname;
+     unsigned long *pnamlen;
+{
+  return ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, pname, pnamlen, (boolean *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Read a string from an IEEE file.  If ppresent is not NULL, the
+   string is optional.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, pname, pnamlen, ppresent)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     const char **pname;
+     unsigned long *pnamlen;
+     boolean *ppresent;
+{
+  bfd_byte b;
+  unsigned long len;
+
+  if (*pp >= info->pend)
+    {
+      ieee_eof (info);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  b = **pp;
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (b <= 0x7f)
+    len = b;
+  else if ((ieee_record_enum_type) b == ieee_extension_length_1_enum)
+    {
+      len = **pp;
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+  else if ((ieee_record_enum_type) b == ieee_extension_length_2_enum)
+    {
+      len = (**pp << 8) + (*pp)[1];
+      *pp += 2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (ppresent != NULL)
+	{
+	  --*pp;
+	  *ppresent = false;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      ieee_error (info, *pp - 1, "invalid string length");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if ((unsigned long) (info->pend - *pp) < len)
+    {
+      ieee_eof (info);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  *pname = (const char *) *pp;
+  *pnamlen = len;
+  *pp += len;
+
+  if (ppresent != NULL)
+    *ppresent = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read an expression from an IEEE file.  Since this code is only used
+   to parse debugging information, I haven't bothered to write a full
+   blown IEEE expression parser.  I've only thrown in the things I've
+   seen in debugging information.  This can be easily extended if
+   necessary.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_expression (info, pp, pv)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     bfd_vma *pv;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *expr_start;
+#define EXPR_STACK_SIZE (10)
+  bfd_vma expr_stack[EXPR_STACK_SIZE];
+  bfd_vma *esp;
+
+  expr_start = *pp;
+
+  esp = expr_stack;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      const bfd_byte *start;
+      bfd_vma val;
+      boolean present;
+      ieee_record_enum_type c;
+
+      start = *pp;
+
+      if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &val, &present))
+	return false;
+
+      if (present)
+	{
+	  if (esp - expr_stack >= EXPR_STACK_SIZE)
+	    {
+	      ieee_error (info, start, "expression stack overflow");
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  *esp++ = val;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      c = (ieee_record_enum_type) **pp;
+
+      if (c >= ieee_module_beginning_enum)
+	break;
+
+      ++*pp;
+
+      if (c == ieee_comma)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	default:
+	  ieee_error (info, start, "unsupported IEEE expression operator");
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_variable_R_enum:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma indx;
+	    asection *s;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &indx))
+	      return false;
+	    for (s = info->abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	      if ((bfd_vma) s->target_index == indx)
+		break;
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start, "unknown section");
+		return false;
+	      }
+	    
+	    if (esp - expr_stack >= EXPR_STACK_SIZE)
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start, "expression stack overflow");
+		return false;
+	      }
+
+	    *esp++ = bfd_get_section_vma (info->abfd, s);
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_function_plus_enum:
+	case ieee_function_minus_enum:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma v1, v2;
+
+	    if (esp - expr_stack < 2)
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start, "expression stack underflow");
+		return false;
+	      }
+
+	    v1 = *--esp;
+	    v2 = *--esp;
+	    *esp++ = v1 + v2;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (esp - 1 != expr_stack)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, expr_start, "expression stack mismatch");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  *pv = *--esp;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return an IEEE builtin type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+ieee_builtin_type (info, p, indx)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte *p;
+     unsigned int indx;
+{
+  PTR dhandle;
+  debug_type type;
+  const char *name;
+
+  if (indx < BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT
+      && info->types.builtins[indx] != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return info->types.builtins[indx];
+
+  dhandle = info->dhandle;
+
+  if (indx >= 32 && indx < 64)
+    {
+      type = debug_make_pointer_type (dhandle,
+				      ieee_builtin_type (info, p, indx - 32));
+      assert (indx < BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT);
+      info->types.builtins[indx] = type;
+      return type;
+    }
+
+  switch ((enum builtin_types) indx)
+    {
+    default:
+      ieee_error (info, p, "unknown builtin type");
+      return NULL;
+
+    case builtin_unknown:
+      type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      name = NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_void:
+      type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      name = "void";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_signed_char:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      name = "signed char";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_char:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, true);
+      name = "unsigned char";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_signed_short_int:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      name = "signed short int";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_short_int:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, true);
+      name = "unsigned short int";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_signed_long:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      name = "signed long";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_long:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "unsigned long";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_signed_long_long:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, false);
+      name = "signed long long";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_long_long:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, true);
+      name = "unsigned long long";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_float:
+      type = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 4);
+      name = "float";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_double:
+      type = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 8);
+      name = "double";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_long_double:
+      /* FIXME: The size for this type should depend upon the
+         processor.  */
+      type = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 12);
+      name = "long double";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_long_long_double:
+      type = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 16);
+      name = "long long double";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_quoted_string:
+      type = debug_make_array_type (dhandle,
+				    ieee_builtin_type (info, p,
+						       ((unsigned int)
+							builtin_char)),
+				    ieee_builtin_type (info, p,
+						       ((unsigned int)
+							builtin_int)),
+				    0, -1, true);
+      name = "QUOTED STRING";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_instruction_address:
+      /* FIXME: This should be a code address.  */
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "instruction address";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_int:
+      /* FIXME: The size for this type should depend upon the
+         processor.  */
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      name = "int";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned:
+      /* FIXME: The size for this type should depend upon the
+         processor.  */
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "unsigned";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_int:
+      /* FIXME: The size for this type should depend upon the
+         processor.  */
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "unsigned int";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_char:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      name = "char";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_long:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      name = "long";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_short:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      name = "short";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_unsigned_short:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, true);
+      name = "unsigned short";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_short_int:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      name = "short int";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_signed_short:
+      type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      name = "signed short";
+      break;
+
+    case builtin_bcd_float:
+      ieee_error (info, p, "BCD float type not supported");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    type = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, type);
+
+  assert (indx < BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT);
+
+  info->types.builtins[indx] = type;
+
+  return type;
+}
+
+/* Allocate more space in the type table.  If ref is true, this is a
+   reference to the type; if it is not already defined, we should set
+   up an indirect type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_alloc_type (info, indx, ref)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     unsigned int indx;
+     boolean ref;
+{
+  unsigned int nalloc;
+  register struct ieee_type *t;
+  struct ieee_type *tend;
+
+  if (indx >= info->types.alloc)
+    {
+      nalloc = info->types.alloc;
+      if (nalloc == 0)
+	nalloc = 4;
+      while (indx >= nalloc)
+	nalloc *= 2;
+
+      info->types.types = ((struct ieee_type *)
+			   xrealloc (info->types.types,
+				     nalloc * sizeof *info->types.types));
+
+      memset (info->types.types + info->types.alloc, 0,
+	      (nalloc - info->types.alloc) * sizeof *info->types.types);
+
+      tend = info->types.types + nalloc;
+      for (t = info->types.types + info->types.alloc; t < tend; t++)
+	t->type = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+      info->types.alloc = nalloc;
+    }
+
+  if (ref)
+    {
+      t = info->types.types + indx;
+      if (t->type == NULL)
+	{
+	  t->pslot = (debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *t->pslot);
+	  *t->pslot = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  t->type = debug_make_indirect_type (info->dhandle, t->pslot,
+					      (const char *) NULL);
+	  if (t->type == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a type index and return the corresponding type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, ptype)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     debug_type *ptype;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  bfd_vma indx;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &indx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (indx < 256)
+    {
+      *ptype = ieee_builtin_type (info, start, indx);
+      if (*ptype == NULL)
+	return false;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  indx -= 256;
+  if (! ieee_alloc_type (info, indx, true))
+    return false;
+
+  *ptype = info->types.types[indx].type;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse IEEE debugging information for a file.  This is passed the
+   bytes which compose the Debug Information Part of an IEEE file.  */
+
+boolean
+parse_ieee (dhandle, abfd, bytes, len)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const bfd_byte *bytes;
+     bfd_size_type len;
+{
+  struct ieee_info info;
+  unsigned int i;
+  const bfd_byte *p, *pend;
+
+  info.dhandle = dhandle;
+  info.abfd = abfd;
+  info.bytes = bytes;
+  info.pend = bytes + len;
+  info.blockstack.bsp = info.blockstack.stack;
+  info.saw_filename = false;
+  info.vars.alloc = 0;
+  info.vars.vars = NULL;
+  info.types.alloc = 0;
+  info.types.types = NULL;
+  info.tags = NULL;
+  for (i = 0; i < BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT; i++)
+    info.types.builtins[i] = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  p = bytes;
+  pend = info.pend;
+  while (p < pend)
+    {
+      const bfd_byte *record_start;
+      ieee_record_enum_type c;
+
+      record_start = p;
+
+      c = (ieee_record_enum_type) *p++;
+
+      if (c == ieee_at_record_enum)
+	c = (ieee_record_enum_type) (((unsigned int) c << 8) | *p++);
+
+      if (c <= ieee_number_repeat_end_enum)
+	{
+	  ieee_error (&info, record_start, "unexpected number");
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	default:
+	  ieee_error (&info, record_start, "unexpected record type");
+	  return false;
+
+	case ieee_bb_record_enum:
+	  if (! parse_ieee_bb (&info, &p))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_be_record_enum:
+	  if (! parse_ieee_be (&info, &p))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_nn_record:
+	  if (! parse_ieee_nn (&info, &p))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_ty_record_enum:
+	  if (! parse_ieee_ty (&info, &p))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case ieee_atn_record_enum:
+	  if (! parse_ieee_atn (&info, &p))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (info.blockstack.bsp != info.blockstack.stack)
+    {
+      ieee_error (&info, (const bfd_byte *) NULL,
+		  "blocks left on stack at end");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle an IEEE BB record.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_ieee_bb (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *block_start;
+  bfd_byte b;
+  bfd_vma size;
+  const char *name;
+  unsigned long namlen;
+  char *namcopy = NULL;
+  unsigned int fnindx;
+  boolean skip;
+
+  block_start = *pp;
+
+  b = **pp;
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size)
+      || ! ieee_read_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+    return false;
+
+  fnindx = (unsigned int) -1;
+  skip = false;
+
+  switch (b)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* BB1: Type definitions local to a module.  */
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (namcopy == NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_set_filename (info->dhandle, namcopy))
+	return false;
+      info->saw_filename = true;
+
+      /* Discard any variables or types we may have seen before.  */
+      if (info->vars.vars != NULL)
+	free (info->vars.vars);
+      info->vars.vars = NULL;
+      info->vars.alloc = 0;
+      if (info->types.types != NULL)
+	free (info->types.types);
+      info->types.types = NULL;
+      info->types.alloc = 0;
+
+      /* Initialize the types to the global types.  */
+      if (info->global_types != NULL)
+	{
+	  info->types.alloc = info->global_types->alloc;
+	  info->types.types = ((struct ieee_type *)
+			       xmalloc (info->types.alloc
+					* sizeof (*info->types.types)));
+	  memcpy (info->types.types, info->global_types->types,
+		  info->types.alloc * sizeof (*info->types.types));
+	}
+
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      /* BB2: Global type definitions.  The name is supposed to be
+	 empty, but we don't check. */
+      if (! debug_set_filename (info->dhandle, "*global*"))
+	return false;
+      info->saw_filename = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      /* BB3: High level module block begin.  We don't have to do
+	 anything here.  The name is supposed to be the same as for
+	 the BB1, but we don't check.  */
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      /* BB4: Global function.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma stackspace, typindx, offset;
+	debug_type return_type;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &stackspace)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &typindx)
+	    || ! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* We have no way to record the stack space.  FIXME.  */
+
+	if (typindx < 256)
+	  {
+	    return_type = ieee_builtin_type (info, block_start, typindx);
+	    if (return_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    typindx -= 256;
+	    if (! ieee_alloc_type (info, typindx, true))
+	      return false;
+	    fnindx = typindx;
+	    return_type = info->types.types[typindx].type;
+	    if (debug_get_type_kind (info->dhandle, return_type)
+		== DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION)
+	      return_type = debug_get_return_type (info->dhandle,
+						   return_type);
+	  }
+
+	namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+	if (namcopy == NULL)
+	  return false;
+	if (! debug_record_function (info->dhandle, namcopy, return_type,
+				     true, offset))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 5:
+      /* BB5: File name for source line numbers.  */
+      {
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	/* We ignore the date and time.  FIXME.  */
+	for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma ignore;
+	    boolean present;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &ignore, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+	  }
+
+	namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+	if (namcopy == NULL)
+	  return false;
+	if (! debug_start_source (info->dhandle, namcopy))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 6:
+      /* BB6: Local function or block.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma stackspace, typindx, offset;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &stackspace)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &typindx)
+	    || ! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* We have no way to record the stack space.  FIXME.  */
+
+	if (namlen == 0)
+	  {
+	    if (! debug_start_block (info->dhandle, offset))
+	      return false;
+	    /* Change b to indicate that this is a block
+	       rather than a function.  */
+	    b = 0x86;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* The MRI C++ compiler will output a fake function named
+	       __XRYCPP to hold C++ debugging information.  We skip
+	       that function.  This is not crucial, but it makes
+	       converting from IEEE to other debug formats work
+	       better.  */
+	    if (strncmp (name, "__XRYCPP", namlen) == 0)
+	      skip = true;
+	    else
+	      {
+		debug_type return_type;
+
+		if (typindx < 256)
+		  {
+		    return_type = ieee_builtin_type (info, block_start,
+						     typindx);
+		    if (return_type == NULL)
+		      return false;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    typindx -= 256;
+		    if (! ieee_alloc_type (info, typindx, true))
+		      return false;
+		    fnindx = typindx;
+		    return_type = info->types.types[typindx].type;
+		    if (debug_get_type_kind (info->dhandle, return_type)
+			== DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION)
+		      return_type = debug_get_return_type (info->dhandle,
+							   return_type);
+		  }
+
+		namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+		if (namcopy == NULL)
+		  return false;
+		if (! debug_record_function (info->dhandle, namcopy,
+					     return_type, false, offset))
+		  return false;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 10:
+      /* BB10: Assembler module scope.  In the normal case, we
+	 completely ignore all this information.  FIXME.  */
+      {
+	const char *inam, *vstr;
+	unsigned long inamlen, vstrlen;
+	bfd_vma tool_type;
+	boolean present;
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	if (! info->saw_filename)
+	  {
+	    namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+	    if (namcopy == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    if (! debug_set_filename (info->dhandle, namcopy))
+	      return false;
+	    info->saw_filename = true;
+	  }
+
+	if (! ieee_read_id (info, pp, &inam, &inamlen)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &tool_type)
+	    || ! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &vstr, &vstrlen, &present))
+	  return false;
+	for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma ignore;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &ignore, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 11:
+      /* BB11: Module section.  We completely ignore all this
+	 information.  FIXME.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma sectype, secindx, offset, map;
+	boolean present;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &sectype)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &secindx)
+	    || ! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset)
+	    || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &map, &present))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ieee_error (info, block_start, "unknown BB type");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+
+  /* Push this block on the block stack.  */
+
+  if (info->blockstack.bsp >= info->blockstack.stack + BLOCKSTACK_SIZE)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, (const bfd_byte *) NULL, "stack overflow");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  info->blockstack.bsp->kind = b;
+  if (b == 5)
+    info->blockstack.bsp->filename = namcopy;
+  info->blockstack.bsp->fnindx = fnindx;
+  info->blockstack.bsp->skip = skip;
+  ++info->blockstack.bsp;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle an IEEE BE record.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_ieee_be (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  bfd_vma offset;
+
+  if (info->blockstack.bsp <= info->blockstack.stack)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, *pp, "stack underflow");
+      return false;
+    }
+  --info->blockstack.bsp;
+
+  switch (info->blockstack.bsp->kind)
+    {
+    case 2:
+      /* When we end the global typedefs block, we copy out the the
+         contents of info->vars.  This is because the variable indices
+         may be reused in the local blocks.  However, we need to
+         preserve them so that we can locate a function returning a
+         reference variable whose type is named in the global typedef
+         block.  */
+      info->global_vars = ((struct ieee_vars *)
+			   xmalloc (sizeof *info->global_vars));
+      info->global_vars->alloc = info->vars.alloc;
+      info->global_vars->vars = ((struct ieee_var *)
+				 xmalloc (info->vars.alloc
+					  * sizeof (*info->vars.vars)));
+      memcpy (info->global_vars->vars, info->vars.vars,
+	      info->vars.alloc * sizeof (*info->vars.vars));
+
+      /* We also copy out the non builtin parts of info->types, since
+         the types are discarded when we start a new block.  */
+      info->global_types = ((struct ieee_types *)
+			    xmalloc (sizeof *info->global_types));
+      info->global_types->alloc = info->types.alloc;
+      info->global_types->types = ((struct ieee_type *)
+				   xmalloc (info->types.alloc
+					    * sizeof (*info->types.types)));
+      memcpy (info->global_types->types, info->types.types,
+	      info->types.alloc * sizeof (*info->types.types));
+      memset (info->global_types->builtins, 0,
+	      sizeof (info->global_types->builtins));
+
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+    case 6:
+      if (! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset))
+	return false;
+      if (! info->blockstack.bsp->skip)
+	{
+	  if (! debug_end_function (info->dhandle, offset + 1))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 0x86:
+      /* This is BE6 when BB6 started a block rather than a local
+	 function.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset))
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_end_block (info->dhandle, offset + 1))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 5:
+      /* When we end a BB5, we look up the stack for the last BB5, if
+         there is one, so that we can call debug_start_source.  */
+      if (info->blockstack.bsp > info->blockstack.stack)
+	{
+	  struct ieee_block *bl;
+
+	  bl = info->blockstack.bsp;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      --bl;
+	      if (bl->kind == 5)
+		{
+		  if (! debug_start_source (info->dhandle, bl->filename))
+		    return false;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  while (bl != info->blockstack.stack);
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 11:
+      if (! ieee_read_expression (info, pp, &offset))
+	return false;
+      /* We just ignore the module size.  FIXME.  */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* Other block types do not have any trailing information.  */
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse an NN record.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_ieee_nn (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *nn_start;
+  bfd_vma varindx;
+  const char *name;
+  unsigned long namlen;
+
+  nn_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &varindx)
+      || ! ieee_read_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+    return false;
+
+  if (varindx < 32)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, nn_start, "illegal variable index");
+      return false;
+    }
+  varindx -= 32;
+
+  if (varindx >= info->vars.alloc)
+    {
+      unsigned int alloc;
+
+      alloc = info->vars.alloc;
+      if (alloc == 0)
+	alloc = 4;
+      while (varindx >= alloc)
+	alloc *= 2;
+      info->vars.vars = ((struct ieee_var *)
+			 xrealloc (info->vars.vars,
+				   alloc * sizeof *info->vars.vars));
+      memset (info->vars.vars + info->vars.alloc, 0,
+	      (alloc - info->vars.alloc) * sizeof *info->vars.vars);
+      info->vars.alloc = alloc;
+    }
+
+  info->vars.vars[varindx].name = name;
+  info->vars.vars[varindx].namlen = namlen;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a TY record.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_ieee_ty (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *ty_start, *ty_var_start, *ty_code_start;
+  bfd_vma typeindx, varindx, tc;
+  PTR dhandle;
+  boolean tag, typdef;
+  debug_type *arg_slots;
+  unsigned long type_bitsize;
+  debug_type type;
+
+  ty_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &typeindx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (typeindx < 256)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, ty_start, "illegal type index");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  typeindx -= 256;
+  if (! ieee_alloc_type (info, typeindx, false))
+    return false;
+
+  if (**pp != 0xce)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, *pp, "unknown TY code");
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  ty_var_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &varindx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (varindx < 32)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, ty_var_start, "illegal variable index");
+      return false;
+    }
+  varindx -= 32;
+
+  if (varindx >= info->vars.alloc || info->vars.vars[varindx].name == NULL)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, ty_var_start, "undefined variable in TY");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  ty_code_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &tc))
+    return false;
+
+  dhandle = info->dhandle;
+
+  tag = false;
+  typdef = false;
+  arg_slots = NULL;
+  type_bitsize = 0;
+  switch (tc)
+    {
+    default:
+      ieee_error (info, ty_code_start, "unknown TY code");
+      return false;
+
+    case '!':
+      /* Unknown type, with size.  We treat it as int.  FIXME.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma size;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size))
+	  return false;
+	type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, size, false);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'A': /* Array.  */
+    case 'a': /* FORTRAN array in column/row order.  FIXME: Not
+		 distinguished from normal array.  */
+      {
+	debug_type ele_type;
+	bfd_vma lower, upper;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &ele_type)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &lower)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &upper))
+	  return false;
+	type = debug_make_array_type (dhandle, ele_type,
+				      ieee_builtin_type (info, ty_code_start,
+							 ((unsigned int)
+							  builtin_int)),
+				      (bfd_signed_vma) lower,
+				      (bfd_signed_vma) upper,
+				      false);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'E':
+      /* Simple enumeration.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma size;
+	unsigned int alloc;
+	const char **names;
+	unsigned int c;
+	bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size))
+	  return false;
+	/* FIXME: we ignore the enumeration size.  */
+
+	alloc = 10;
+	names = (const char **) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *names);
+	memset (names, 0, alloc * sizeof *names);
+	c = 0;
+	while (1)
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    unsigned long namlen;
+	    boolean present;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+
+	    if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	      {
+		alloc += 10;
+		names = ((const char **)
+			 xrealloc (names, alloc * sizeof *names));
+	      }
+
+	    names[c] = savestring (name, namlen);
+	    if (names[c] == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    ++c;
+	  }
+
+	names[c] = NULL;
+
+	vals = (bfd_signed_vma *) xmalloc (c * sizeof *vals);
+	for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
+	  vals[i] = i;
+
+	type = debug_make_enum_type (dhandle, names, vals);
+	tag = true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      /* Struct with bit fields.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma size;
+	unsigned int alloc;
+	debug_field *fields;
+	unsigned int c;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size))
+	  return false;
+
+	alloc = 10;
+	fields = (debug_field *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *fields);
+	c = 0;
+	while (1)
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    unsigned long namlen;
+	    boolean present;
+	    debug_type ftype;
+	    bfd_vma bitpos, bitsize;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+	    if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &ftype)
+		|| ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &bitpos)
+		|| ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &bitsize))
+	      return false;
+
+	    if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	      {
+		alloc += 10;
+		fields = ((debug_field *)
+			  xrealloc (fields, alloc * sizeof *fields));
+	      }
+
+	    fields[c] = debug_make_field (dhandle, savestring (name, namlen),
+					  ftype, bitpos, bitsize,
+					  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC);
+	    if (fields[c] == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    ++c;
+	  }
+
+	fields[c] = NULL;
+
+	type = debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, true, size, fields);
+	tag = true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'N':
+      /* Enumeration.  */
+      {
+	unsigned int alloc;
+	const char **names;
+	bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+	unsigned int c;
+
+	alloc = 10;
+	names = (const char **) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *names);
+	vals = (bfd_signed_vma *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *names);
+	c = 0;
+	while (1)
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    unsigned long namlen;
+	    boolean present;
+	    bfd_vma val;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+	    if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &val))
+	      return false;
+
+	    /* If the length of the name is zero, then the value is
+               actually the size of the enum.  We ignore this
+               information.  FIXME.  */
+	    if (namlen == 0)
+	      continue;
+
+	    if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	      {
+		alloc += 10;
+		names = ((const char **)
+			 xrealloc (names, alloc * sizeof *names));
+		vals = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
+			xrealloc (vals, alloc * sizeof *vals));
+	      }
+
+	    names[c] = savestring (name, namlen);
+	    if (names[c] == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    vals[c] = (bfd_signed_vma) val;
+	    ++c;
+	  }
+
+	names[c] = NULL;
+
+	type = debug_make_enum_type (dhandle, names, vals);
+	tag = true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'O': /* Small pointer.  We don't distinguish small and large
+		 pointers.  FIXME.  */
+    case 'P': /* Large pointer.  */
+      {
+	debug_type t;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &t))
+	  return false;
+	type = debug_make_pointer_type (dhandle, t);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'R':
+      /* Range.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma low, high, signedp, size;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &low)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &high)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &signedp)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size))
+	  return false;
+
+	type = debug_make_range_type (dhandle,
+				      debug_make_int_type (dhandle, size,
+							   ! signedp),
+				      (bfd_signed_vma) low,
+				      (bfd_signed_vma) high);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'S': /* Struct.  */
+    case 'U': /* Union.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma size;
+	unsigned int alloc;
+	debug_field *fields;
+	unsigned int c;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size))
+	  return false;
+
+	alloc = 10;
+	fields = (debug_field *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *fields);
+	c = 0;
+	while (1)
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    unsigned long namlen;
+	    boolean present;
+	    bfd_vma tindx;
+	    bfd_vma offset;
+	    debug_type ftype;
+	    bfd_vma bitsize;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	      return false;
+	    if (! present)
+	      break;
+	    if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &tindx)
+		|| ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &offset))
+	      return false;
+
+	    if (tindx < 256)
+	      {
+		ftype = ieee_builtin_type (info, ty_code_start, tindx);
+		bitsize = 0;
+		offset *= 8;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		struct ieee_type *t;
+
+		tindx -= 256;
+		if (! ieee_alloc_type (info, tindx, true))
+		  return false;
+		t = info->types.types + tindx;
+		ftype = t->type;
+		bitsize = t->bitsize;
+		if (bitsize == 0)
+		  offset *= 8;
+	      }
+
+	    if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	      {
+		alloc += 10;
+		fields = ((debug_field *)
+			  xrealloc (fields, alloc * sizeof *fields));
+	      }
+
+	    fields[c] = debug_make_field (dhandle, savestring (name, namlen),
+					  ftype, offset, bitsize,
+					  DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC);
+	    if (fields[c] == NULL)
+	      return false;
+	    ++c;
+	  }
+
+	fields[c] = NULL;
+
+	type = debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, tc == 'S', size, fields);
+	tag = true;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'T':
+      /* Typedef.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &type))
+	return false;
+      typdef = true;
+      break;
+
+    case 'X':
+      /* Procedure.  FIXME: This is an extern declaration, which we
+         have no way of representing.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma attr;
+	debug_type rtype;
+	bfd_vma nargs;
+	boolean present;
+	struct ieee_var *pv;
+
+	/* FIXME: We ignore the attribute and the argument names.  */
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &attr)
+	    || ! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &rtype)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &nargs))
+	  return false;
+	do
+	  {
+	    const char *name;
+	    unsigned long namlen;
+
+	    if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	while (present);
+
+	pv = info->vars.vars + varindx;
+	pv->kind = IEEE_EXTERNAL;
+	if (pv->namlen > 0
+	    && debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, rtype) == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+	  {
+	    /* Set up the return type as an indirect type pointing to
+               the variable slot, so that we can change it to a
+               reference later if appropriate.  */
+	    pv->pslot = (debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *pv->pslot);
+	    *pv->pslot = rtype;
+	    rtype = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, pv->pslot,
+					      (const char *) NULL);
+	  }
+
+	type = debug_make_function_type (dhandle, rtype, (debug_type *) NULL,
+					 false);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'V':
+      /* Void.  This is not documented, but the MRI compiler emits it.  */
+      type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      break;
+
+    case 'Z':
+      /* Array with 0 lower bound.  */
+      {
+	debug_type etype;
+	bfd_vma high;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &etype)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &high))
+	  return false;
+
+	type = debug_make_array_type (dhandle, etype,
+				      ieee_builtin_type (info, ty_code_start,
+							 ((unsigned int)
+							  builtin_int)),
+				      0, (bfd_signed_vma) high, false);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'c': /* Complex.  */
+    case 'd': /* Double complex.  */
+      {
+	const char *name;
+	unsigned long namlen;
+
+	/* FIXME: I don't know what the name means.  */
+
+	if (! ieee_read_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+	  return false;
+
+	type = debug_make_complex_type (dhandle, tc == 'c' ? 4 : 8);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+      /* Pascal file name.  FIXME.  */
+      ieee_error (info, ty_code_start, "Pascal file name not supported");
+      return false;
+
+    case 'g':
+      /* Bitfield type.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma signedp, bitsize, dummy;
+	const bfd_byte *hold;
+	boolean present;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &signedp)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &bitsize))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* I think the documentation says that there is a type index,
+           but some actual files do not have one.  */
+	hold = *pp;
+	if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &dummy, &present))
+	  return false;
+	if (! present)
+	  {
+	    /* FIXME: This is just a guess.  */
+	    type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4,
+					signedp ? false : true);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    *pp = hold;
+	    if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &type))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+	type_bitsize = bitsize;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+      /* Qualifier.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma kind;
+	debug_type t;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &kind)
+	    || ! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &t))
+	  return false;
+
+	switch (kind)
+	  {
+	  default:
+	    ieee_error (info, ty_start, "unsupported qualifer");
+	    return false;
+
+	  case 1:
+	    type = debug_make_const_type (dhandle, t);
+	    break;
+
+	  case 2:
+	    type = debug_make_volatile_type (dhandle, t);
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+      /* Set.  */
+      {
+	bfd_vma size;
+	debug_type etype;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &size)
+	    || ! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &etype))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* FIXME: We ignore the size.  */
+
+	type = debug_make_set_type (dhandle, etype, false);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+      /* Procedure with compiler dependencies.  */
+      {
+	struct ieee_var *pv;
+	bfd_vma attr, frame_type, push_mask, nargs, level, father;
+	debug_type rtype;
+	debug_type *arg_types;
+	boolean varargs;
+	boolean present;
+
+	/* FIXME: We ignore some of this information.  */
+
+	pv = info->vars.vars + varindx;
+
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &attr)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &frame_type)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &push_mask)
+	    || ! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &rtype)
+	    || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &nargs))
+	  return false;
+	if (nargs == (bfd_vma) -1)
+	  {
+	    arg_types = NULL;
+	    varargs = false;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned int i;
+
+	    arg_types = ((debug_type *)
+			 xmalloc ((nargs + 1) * sizeof *arg_types));
+	    for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
+	      if (! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, arg_types + i))
+		return false;
+
+	    /* If the last type is pointer to void, this is really a
+               varargs function.  */
+	    varargs = false;
+	    if (nargs > 0)
+	      {
+		debug_type last;
+
+		last = arg_types[nargs - 1];
+		if (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, last) == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER
+		    && (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle,
+					     debug_get_target_type (dhandle,
+								    last))
+			== DEBUG_KIND_VOID))
+		  {
+		    --nargs;
+		    varargs = true;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    /* If there are any pointer arguments, turn them into
+               indirect types in case we later need to convert them to
+               reference types.  */
+	    for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
+	      {
+		if (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, arg_types[i])
+		    == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+		  {
+		    if (arg_slots == NULL)
+		      {
+			arg_slots = ((debug_type *)
+				     xmalloc (nargs * sizeof *arg_slots));
+			memset (arg_slots, 0, nargs * sizeof *arg_slots);
+		      }
+		    arg_slots[i] = arg_types[i];
+		    arg_types[i] =
+		      debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle,
+						arg_slots + i,
+						(const char *) NULL);
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    arg_types[nargs] = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  }
+	if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &level)
+	    || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &father, &present))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* We can't distinguish between a global function and a static
+           function.  */
+	pv->kind = IEEE_FUNCTION;
+
+	if (pv->namlen > 0
+	    && debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, rtype) == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+	  {
+	    /* Set up the return type as an indirect type pointing to
+               the variable slot, so that we can change it to a
+               reference later if appropriate.  */
+	    pv->pslot = (debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *pv->pslot);
+	    *pv->pslot = rtype;
+	    rtype = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, pv->pslot,
+					      (const char *) NULL);
+	  }
+
+	type = debug_make_function_type (dhandle, rtype, arg_types, varargs);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Record the type in the table.  */
+
+  if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  info->vars.vars[varindx].type = type;
+
+  if ((tag || typdef)
+      && info->vars.vars[varindx].namlen > 0)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+
+      name = savestring (info->vars.vars[varindx].name,
+			 info->vars.vars[varindx].namlen);
+      if (typdef)
+	type = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, type);
+      else if (tc == 'E' || tc == 'N')
+	type = debug_tag_type (dhandle, name, type);
+      else
+	{
+	  struct ieee_tag *it;
+
+	  /* We must allocate all struct tags as indirect types, so
+             that if we later see a definition of the tag as a C++
+             record we can update the indirect slot and automatically
+             change all the existing references.  */
+	  it = (struct ieee_tag *) xmalloc (sizeof *it);
+	  memset (it, 0, sizeof *it);
+	  it->next = info->tags;
+	  info->tags = it;
+	  it->name = name;
+	  it->slot = type;
+
+	  type = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, &it->slot, name);
+	  type = debug_tag_type (dhandle, name, type);
+
+	  it->type = type;
+	}
+      if (type == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  info->types.types[typeindx].type = type;
+  info->types.types[typeindx].arg_slots = arg_slots;
+  info->types.types[typeindx].bitsize = type_bitsize;
+
+  /* We may have already allocated type as an indirect type pointing
+     to slot.  It does no harm to replace the indirect type with the
+     real type.  Filling in slot as well handles the indirect types
+     which are already hanging around.  */
+  if (info->types.types[typeindx].pslot != NULL)
+    *info->types.types[typeindx].pslot = type;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse an ATN record.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_ieee_atn (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *atn_start, *atn_code_start;
+  bfd_vma varindx;
+  struct ieee_var *pvar;
+  debug_type type;
+  bfd_vma atn_code;
+  PTR dhandle;
+  bfd_vma v, v2, v3, v4, v5;
+  const char *name;
+  unsigned long namlen;
+  char *namcopy;
+  boolean present;
+  int blocktype;
+
+  atn_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &varindx)
+      || ! ieee_read_type_index (info, pp, &type))
+    return false;
+
+  atn_code_start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &atn_code))
+    return false;
+
+  if (varindx == 0)
+    {
+      pvar = NULL;
+      name = "";
+      namlen = 0;
+    }
+  else if (varindx < 32)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, atn_start, "illegal variable index");
+      return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      varindx -= 32;
+      if (varindx >= info->vars.alloc
+	  || info->vars.vars[varindx].name == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* The MRI compiler or linker sometimes omits the NN record
+             for a pmisc record.  */
+	  if (atn_code == 62)
+	    {
+	      if (varindx >= info->vars.alloc)
+		{
+		  unsigned int alloc;
+
+		  alloc = info->vars.alloc;
+		  if (alloc == 0)
+		    alloc = 4;
+		  while (varindx >= alloc)
+		    alloc *= 2;
+		  info->vars.vars = ((struct ieee_var *)
+				     xrealloc (info->vars.vars,
+					       (alloc
+						* sizeof *info->vars.vars)));
+		  memset (info->vars.vars + info->vars.alloc, 0,
+			  ((alloc - info->vars.alloc)
+			   * sizeof *info->vars.vars));
+		  info->vars.alloc = alloc;
+		}
+
+	      pvar = info->vars.vars + varindx;
+	      pvar->name = "";
+	      pvar->namlen = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      ieee_error (info, atn_start, "undefined variable in ATN");
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      pvar = info->vars.vars + varindx;
+
+      pvar->type = type;
+
+      name = pvar->name;
+      namlen = pvar->namlen;
+    }
+
+  dhandle = info->dhandle;
+
+  /* If we are going to call debug_record_variable with a pointer
+     type, change the type to an indirect type so that we can later
+     change it to a reference type if we encounter a C++ pmisc 'R'
+     record.  */
+  if (pvar != NULL
+      && type != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL
+      && debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, type) == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+    {
+      switch (atn_code)
+	{
+	case 1:
+	case 2:
+	case 3:
+	case 5:
+	case 8:
+	case 10:
+	  pvar->pslot = (debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *pvar->pslot);
+	  *pvar->pslot = type;
+	  type = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, pvar->pslot,
+					   (const char *) NULL);
+	  pvar->type = type;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (atn_code)
+    {
+    default:
+      ieee_error (info, atn_code_start, "unknown ATN type");
+      return false;
+
+    case 1:
+      /* Automatic variable.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v))
+	return false;
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_LOCAL;
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy, type, DEBUG_LOCAL, v);
+
+    case 2:
+      /* Register variable.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v))
+	return false;
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_LOCAL;
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy, type, DEBUG_REGISTER,
+				    ieee_regno_to_genreg (info->abfd, v));
+
+    case 3:
+      /* Static variable.  */
+      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v))
+	return false;
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      if (info->blockstack.bsp <= info->blockstack.stack)
+	blocktype = 0;
+      else
+	blocktype = info->blockstack.bsp[-1].kind;
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (blocktype == 4 || blocktype == 6)
+	    pvar->kind = IEEE_LOCAL;
+	  else
+	    pvar->kind = IEEE_STATIC;
+	}
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy, type,
+				    (blocktype == 4 || blocktype == 6
+				     ? DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC
+				     : DEBUG_STATIC),
+				    v);
+
+    case 4:
+      /* External function.  We don't currently record these.  FIXME.  */
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_EXTERNAL;
+      return true;
+
+    case 5:
+      /* External variable.  We don't currently record these.  FIXME.  */
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_EXTERNAL;
+      return true;
+
+    case 7:
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v2)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v3, &present))
+	return false;
+      if (present)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v4, &present))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      /* We just ignore the two optional fields in v3 and v4, since
+         they are not defined.  */
+
+      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v3))
+	return false;
+
+      /* We have no way to record the column number.  FIXME.  */
+
+      return debug_record_line (dhandle, v, v3);
+
+    case 8:
+      /* Global variable.  */
+      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v))
+	return false;
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_GLOBAL;
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy, type, DEBUG_GLOBAL, v);
+
+    case 9:
+      /* Variable lifetime information.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v))
+	return false;
+
+      /* We have no way to record this information.  FIXME.  */
+      return true;
+
+    case 10:
+      /* Locked register.  The spec says that there are two required
+         fields, but at least on occasion the MRI compiler only emits
+         one.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v2, &present))
+	return false;
+
+      /* I think this means a variable that is both in a register and
+         a frame slot.  We ignore the frame slot.  FIXME.  */
+
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	type = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      if (pvar != NULL)
+	pvar->kind = IEEE_LOCAL;
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy, type, DEBUG_REGISTER, v);
+
+    case 11:
+      /* Reserved for FORTRAN common.  */
+      ieee_error (info, atn_code_start, "unsupported ATN11");
+
+      /* Return true to keep going.  */
+      return true;
+
+    case 12:
+      /* Based variable.  */
+      v3 = 0;
+      v4 = 0x80;
+      v5 = 0;
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v2)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v3, &present))
+	return false;
+      if (present)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v4, &present))
+	    return false;
+	  if (present)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v5, &present))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* We have no way to record this information.  FIXME.  */
+
+      ieee_error (info, atn_code_start, "unsupported ATN12");
+
+      /* Return true to keep going.  */
+      return true;
+
+    case 16:
+      /* Constant.  The description of this that I have is ambiguous,
+         so I'm not going to try to implement it.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v2, &present))
+	return false;
+      if (present)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v2, &present))
+	    return false;
+	  if (present)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if ((ieee_record_enum_type) **pp == ieee_e2_first_byte_enum)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v3))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      return true;
+
+    case 19:
+      /* Static variable from assembler.  */
+      v2 = 0;
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_number (info, pp, &v2, &present)
+	  || ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v3))
+	return false;
+      namcopy = savestring (name, namlen);
+      /* We don't really handle this correctly.  FIXME.  */
+      return debug_record_variable (dhandle, namcopy,
+				    debug_make_void_type (dhandle),
+				    v2 != 0 ? DEBUG_GLOBAL : DEBUG_STATIC,
+				    v3);
+
+    case 62:
+      /* Procedure miscellaneous information.  */
+    case 63:
+      /* Variable miscellaneous information.  */
+    case 64:
+      /* Module miscellaneous information.  */
+      if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v)
+	  || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &v2)
+	  || ! ieee_read_optional_id (info, pp, &name, &namlen, &present))
+	return false;
+
+      if (atn_code == 62 && v == 80)
+	{
+	  if (present)
+	    {
+	      ieee_error (info, atn_code_start,
+			  "unexpected string in C++ misc");
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  return ieee_read_cxx_misc (info, pp, v2);
+	}
+
+      /* We just ignore all of this stuff.  FIXME.  */
+
+      for (; v2 > 0; --v2)
+	{
+	  switch ((ieee_record_enum_type) **pp)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      ieee_error (info, *pp, "bad misc record");
+	      return false;
+
+	    case ieee_at_record_enum:
+	      if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case ieee_e2_first_byte_enum:
+	      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &v3))
+		return false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Handle C++ debugging miscellaneous records.  This is called for
+   procedure miscellaneous records of type 80.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_cxx_misc (info, pp, count)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     unsigned long count;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  bfd_vma category;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  /* Get the category of C++ misc record.  */
+  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &category))
+    return false;
+  --count;
+
+  switch (category)
+    {
+    default:
+      ieee_error (info, start, "unrecognized C++ misc record");
+      return false;
+
+    case 'T':
+      if (! ieee_read_cxx_class (info, pp, count))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'M':
+      {
+	bfd_vma flags;
+	const char *name;
+	unsigned long namlen;
+
+	/* The IEEE spec indicates that the 'M' record only has a
+           flags field.  The MRI compiler also emits the name of the
+           function.  */
+
+	if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &flags))
+	  return false;
+	if (*pp < info->pend
+	    && (ieee_record_enum_type) **pp == ieee_at_record_enum)
+	  {
+	    if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+
+	/* This is emitted for method functions, but I don't think we
+           care very much.  It might help if it told us useful
+           information like the class with which this function is
+           associated, but it doesn't, so it isn't helpful.  */
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'B':
+      if (! ieee_read_cxx_defaults (info, pp, count))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'z':
+      {
+	const char *name, *mangled, *class;
+	unsigned long namlen, mangledlen, classlen;
+	bfd_vma control;
+
+	/* Pointer to member.  */
+
+	if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &name, &namlen)
+	    || ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &mangled, &mangledlen)
+	    || ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &class, &classlen)
+	    || ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &control))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* FIXME: We should now track down name and change its type.  */
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'R':
+      if (! ieee_read_reference (info, pp))
+	return false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a C++ class definition.  This is a pmisc type 80 record of
+   category 'T'.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_cxx_class (info, pp, count)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     unsigned long count;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  bfd_vma class;
+  const char *tag;
+  unsigned long taglen;
+  struct ieee_tag *it;
+  PTR dhandle;
+  debug_field *fields;
+  unsigned int field_count, field_alloc;
+  debug_baseclass *baseclasses;
+  unsigned int baseclasses_count, baseclasses_alloc;
+  const debug_field *structfields;
+  struct ieee_method
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      unsigned long namlen;
+      debug_method_variant *variants;
+      unsigned count;
+      unsigned int alloc;
+    } *methods;
+  unsigned int methods_count, methods_alloc;
+  debug_type vptrbase;
+  boolean ownvptr;
+  debug_method *dmethods;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &class))
+    return false;
+  --count;
+
+  if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &tag, &taglen))
+    return false;
+  --count;
+
+  /* Find the C struct with this name.  */
+  for (it = info->tags; it != NULL; it = it->next)
+    if (it->name[0] == tag[0]
+	&& strncmp (it->name, tag, taglen) == 0
+	&& strlen (it->name) == taglen)
+      break;
+  if (it == NULL)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "undefined C++ object");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  dhandle = info->dhandle;
+
+  fields = NULL;
+  field_count = 0;
+  field_alloc = 0;
+  baseclasses = NULL;
+  baseclasses_count = 0;
+  baseclasses_alloc = 0;
+  methods = NULL;
+  methods_count = 0;
+  methods_alloc = 0;
+  vptrbase = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+  ownvptr = false;
+
+  structfields = debug_get_fields (dhandle, it->type);
+
+  while (count > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_vma id;
+      const bfd_byte *spec_start;
+
+      spec_start = *pp;
+
+      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &id))
+	return false;
+      --count;
+
+      switch (id)
+	{
+	default:
+	  ieee_error (info, spec_start, "unrecognized C++ object spec");
+	  return false;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma flags, cinline;
+	    const char *basename, *fieldname;
+	    unsigned long baselen, fieldlen;
+	    char *basecopy;
+	    debug_type basetype;
+	    bfd_vma bitpos;
+	    boolean virtualp;
+	    enum debug_visibility visibility;
+	    debug_baseclass baseclass;
+
+	    /* This represents a base or friend class.  */
+
+	    if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &flags)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &basename, &baselen)
+		|| ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &cinline)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &fieldname, &fieldlen))
+	      return false;
+	    count -= 4;
+
+	    /* We have no way of recording friend information, so we
+               just ignore it.  */
+	    if ((flags & BASEFLAGS_FRIEND) != 0)
+	      break;
+
+	    /* I assume that either all of the members of the
+               baseclass are included in the object, starting at the
+               beginning of the object, or that none of them are
+               included.  */
+
+	    if ((fieldlen == 0) == (cinline == 0))
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start, "unsupported C++ object type");
+		return false;
+	      }
+
+	    basecopy = savestring (basename, baselen);
+	    basetype = debug_find_tagged_type (dhandle, basecopy,
+					       DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL);
+	    free (basecopy);
+	    if (basetype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start, "C++ base class not defined");
+		return false;
+	      }
+
+	    if (fieldlen == 0)
+	      bitpos = 0;
+	    else
+	      {
+		const debug_field *pf;
+
+		if (structfields == NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start, "C++ object has no fields");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		for (pf = structfields; *pf != DEBUG_FIELD_NULL; pf++)
+		  {
+		    const char *fname;
+
+		    fname = debug_get_field_name (dhandle, *pf);
+		    if (fname == NULL)
+		      return false;
+		    if (fname[0] == fieldname[0]
+			&& strncmp (fname, fieldname, fieldlen) == 0
+			&& strlen (fname) == fieldlen)
+		      break;
+		  }
+		if (*pf == DEBUG_FIELD_NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start,
+				"C++ base class not found in container");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		bitpos = debug_get_field_bitpos (dhandle, *pf);
+	      }
+
+	    if ((flags & BASEFLAGS_VIRTUAL) != 0)
+	      virtualp = true;
+	    else
+	      virtualp = false;
+	    if ((flags & BASEFLAGS_PRIVATE) != 0)
+	      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+	    else
+	      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+
+	    baseclass = debug_make_baseclass (dhandle, basetype, bitpos,
+					      virtualp, visibility);
+	    if (baseclass == DEBUG_BASECLASS_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    if (baseclasses_count + 1 >= baseclasses_alloc)
+	      {
+		baseclasses_alloc += 10;
+		baseclasses = ((debug_baseclass *)
+			       xrealloc (baseclasses,
+					 (baseclasses_alloc
+					  * sizeof *baseclasses)));
+	      }
+
+	    baseclasses[baseclasses_count] = baseclass;
+	    ++baseclasses_count;
+	    baseclasses[baseclasses_count] = DEBUG_BASECLASS_NULL;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma flags;
+	    const char *fieldname, *mangledname;
+	    unsigned long fieldlen, mangledlen;
+	    char *fieldcopy;
+	    boolean staticp;
+	    debug_type ftype;
+	    const debug_field *pf = NULL;
+	    enum debug_visibility visibility;
+	    debug_field field;
+
+	    /* This represents a data member.  */
+
+	    if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &flags)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &fieldname, &fieldlen)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &mangledname, &mangledlen))
+	      return false;
+	    count -= 3;
+
+	    fieldcopy = savestring (fieldname, fieldlen);
+
+	    staticp = (flags & CXXFLAGS_STATIC) != 0 ? true : false;
+
+	    if (staticp)
+	      {
+		struct ieee_var *pv, *pvend;
+
+		/* See if we can find a definition for this variable.  */
+		pv = info->vars.vars;
+		pvend = pv + info->vars.alloc;
+		for (; pv < pvend; pv++)
+		  if (pv->namlen == mangledlen
+		      && strncmp (pv->name, mangledname, mangledlen) == 0)
+		    break;
+		if (pv < pvend)
+		  ftype = pv->type;
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* This can happen if the variable is never used.  */
+		    ftype = ieee_builtin_type (info, start,
+					       (unsigned int) builtin_void);
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		unsigned int findx;
+
+		if (structfields == NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start, "C++ object has no fields");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		for (pf = structfields, findx = 0;
+		     *pf != DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+		     pf++, findx++)
+		  {
+		    const char *fname;
+
+		    fname = debug_get_field_name (dhandle, *pf);
+		    if (fname == NULL)
+		      return false;
+		    if (fname[0] == mangledname[0]
+			&& strncmp (fname, mangledname, mangledlen) == 0
+			&& strlen (fname) == mangledlen)
+		      break;
+		  }
+		if (*pf == DEBUG_FIELD_NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start,
+				"C++ data member not found in container");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		ftype = debug_get_field_type (dhandle, *pf);
+
+		if (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, ftype) == DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+		  {
+		    /* We might need to convert this field into a
+                       reference type later on, so make it an indirect
+                       type.  */
+		    if (it->fslots == NULL)
+		      {
+			unsigned int fcnt;
+			const debug_field *pfcnt;
+
+			fcnt = 0;
+			for (pfcnt = structfields;
+			     *pfcnt != DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+			     pfcnt++)
+			  ++fcnt;
+			it->fslots = ((debug_type *)
+				      xmalloc (fcnt * sizeof *it->fslots));
+			memset (it->fslots, 0,
+				fcnt * sizeof *it->fslots);
+		      }
+
+		    if (ftype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		      return false;
+		    it->fslots[findx] = ftype;
+		    ftype = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle,
+						      it->fslots + findx,
+						      (const char *) NULL);
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if (ftype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    switch (flags & CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY)
+	      {
+	      default:
+		ieee_error (info, start, "unknown C++ visibility");
+		return false;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+		break;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+		break;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    if (staticp)
+	      {
+		char *mangledcopy;
+
+		mangledcopy = savestring (mangledname, mangledlen);
+
+		field = debug_make_static_member (dhandle, fieldcopy,
+						  ftype, mangledcopy,
+						  visibility);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		bfd_vma bitpos, bitsize;
+
+		bitpos = debug_get_field_bitpos (dhandle, *pf);
+		bitsize = debug_get_field_bitsize (dhandle, *pf);
+		if (bitpos == (bfd_vma) -1 || bitsize == (bfd_vma) -1)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start, "bad C++ field bit pos or size");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+		field = debug_make_field (dhandle, fieldcopy, ftype, bitpos,
+					  bitsize, visibility);
+	      }
+
+	    if (field == DEBUG_FIELD_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    if (field_count + 1 >= field_alloc)
+	      {
+		field_alloc += 10;
+		fields = ((debug_field *)
+			  xrealloc (fields, field_alloc * sizeof *fields));
+	      }
+
+	    fields[field_count] = field;
+	    ++field_count;
+	    fields[field_count] = DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'm':
+	case 'v':
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma flags, voffset, control;
+	    const char *name, *mangled;
+	    unsigned long namlen, mangledlen;
+	    struct ieee_var *pv, *pvend;
+	    debug_type type;
+	    enum debug_visibility visibility;
+	    boolean constp, volatilep;
+	    char *mangledcopy;
+	    debug_method_variant mv;
+	    struct ieee_method *meth;
+	    unsigned int im;
+
+	    if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &flags)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &name, &namlen)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &mangled, &mangledlen))
+	      return false;
+	    count -= 3;
+	    if (id != 'v')
+	      voffset = 0;
+	    else
+	      {
+		if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &voffset))
+		  return false;
+		--count;
+	      }
+	    if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &control))
+	      return false;
+	    --count;
+
+	    /* We just ignore the control information.  */
+
+	    /* We have no way to represent friend information, so we
+               just ignore it.  */
+	    if ((flags & CXXFLAGS_FRIEND) != 0)
+	      break;
+
+	    /* We should already have seen a type for the function.  */
+	    pv = info->vars.vars;
+	    pvend = pv + info->vars.alloc;
+	    for (; pv < pvend; pv++)
+	      if (pv->namlen == mangledlen
+		  && strncmp (pv->name, mangled, mangledlen) == 0)
+		break;
+
+	    if (pv >= pvend)
+	      {
+		/* We won't have type information for this function if
+		   it is not included in this file.  We don't try to
+		   handle this case.  FIXME.  */
+		type = (debug_make_function_type
+			(dhandle,
+			 ieee_builtin_type (info, start,
+					    (unsigned int) builtin_void),
+			 (debug_type *) NULL,
+			 false));
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		debug_type return_type;
+		const debug_type *arg_types;
+		boolean varargs;
+
+		if (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, pv->type)
+		    != DEBUG_KIND_FUNCTION)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start,
+				"bad type for C++ method function");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		return_type = debug_get_return_type (dhandle, pv->type);
+		arg_types = debug_get_parameter_types (dhandle, pv->type,
+						       &varargs);
+		if (return_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL || arg_types == NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start,
+				"no type information for C++ method function");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+
+		type = debug_make_method_type (dhandle, return_type, it->type,
+					       (debug_type *) arg_types,
+					       varargs);
+	      }
+	    if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    switch (flags & CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY)
+	      {
+	      default:
+		ieee_error (info, start, "unknown C++ visibility");
+		return false;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+		break;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+		break;
+
+	      case CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+		visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    constp = (flags & CXXFLAGS_CONST) != 0 ? true : false;
+	    volatilep = (flags & CXXFLAGS_VOLATILE) != 0 ? true : false;
+
+	    mangledcopy = savestring (mangled, mangledlen);
+
+	    if ((flags & CXXFLAGS_STATIC) != 0)
+	      {
+		if (id == 'v')
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start, "C++ static virtual method");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+		mv = debug_make_static_method_variant (dhandle, mangledcopy,
+						       type, visibility,
+						       constp, volatilep);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		debug_type vcontext;
+
+		if (id != 'v')
+		  vcontext = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* FIXME: How can we calculate this correctly?  */
+		    vcontext = it->type;
+		  }
+		mv = debug_make_method_variant (dhandle, mangledcopy, type,
+						visibility, constp,
+						volatilep, voffset,
+						vcontext);
+	      }
+	    if (mv == DEBUG_METHOD_VARIANT_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    for (meth = methods, im = 0; im < methods_count; meth++, im++)
+	      if (meth->namlen == namlen
+		  && strncmp (meth->name, name, namlen) == 0)
+		break;
+	    if (im >= methods_count)
+	      {
+		if (methods_count >= methods_alloc)
+		  {
+		    methods_alloc += 10;
+		    methods = ((struct ieee_method *)
+			       xrealloc (methods,
+					 methods_alloc * sizeof *methods));
+		  }
+		methods[methods_count].name = name;
+		methods[methods_count].namlen = namlen;
+		methods[methods_count].variants = NULL;
+		methods[methods_count].count = 0;
+		methods[methods_count].alloc = 0;
+		meth = methods + methods_count;
+		++methods_count;
+	      }
+
+	    if (meth->count + 1 >= meth->alloc)
+	      {
+		meth->alloc += 10;
+		meth->variants = ((debug_method_variant *)
+				  xrealloc (meth->variants,
+					    (meth->alloc
+					     * sizeof *meth->variants)));
+	      }
+
+	    meth->variants[meth->count] = mv;
+	    ++meth->count;
+	    meth->variants[meth->count] = DEBUG_METHOD_VARIANT_NULL;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'o':
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma spec;
+
+	    /* We have no way to store this information, so we just
+	       ignore it.  */
+	    if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &spec))
+	      return false;
+	    --count;
+	    if ((spec & 4) != 0)
+	      {
+		const char *filename;
+		unsigned long filenamlen;
+		bfd_vma lineno;
+
+		if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &filename, &filenamlen)
+		    || ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &lineno))
+		  return false;
+		count -= 2;
+	      }
+	    else if ((spec & 8) != 0)
+	      {
+		const char *mangled;
+		unsigned long mangledlen;
+
+		if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &mangled, &mangledlen))
+		  return false;
+		--count;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		ieee_error (info, start,
+			    "unrecognized C++ object overhead spec");
+		return false;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'z':
+	  {
+	    const char *vname, *basename;
+	    unsigned long vnamelen, baselen;
+	    bfd_vma vsize, control;
+
+	    /* A virtual table pointer.  */
+
+	    if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &vname, &vnamelen)
+		|| ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &vsize)
+		|| ! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &basename, &baselen)
+		|| ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &control))
+	      return false;
+	    count -= 4;
+
+	    /* We just ignore the control number.  We don't care what
+	       the virtual table name is.  We have no way to store the
+	       virtual table size, and I don't think we care anyhow.  */
+
+	    /* FIXME: We can't handle multiple virtual table pointers.  */
+
+	    if (baselen == 0)
+	      ownvptr = true;
+	    else
+	      {
+		char *basecopy;
+
+		basecopy = savestring (basename, baselen);
+		vptrbase = debug_find_tagged_type (dhandle, basecopy,
+						   DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL);
+		free (basecopy);
+		if (vptrbase == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		  {
+		    ieee_error (info, start, "undefined C++ vtable");
+		    return false;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now that we have seen all the method variants, we can call
+     debug_make_method for each one.  */
+
+  if (methods_count == 0)
+    dmethods = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      dmethods = ((debug_method *)
+		  xmalloc ((methods_count + 1) * sizeof *dmethods));
+      for (i = 0; i < methods_count; i++)
+	{
+	  char *namcopy;
+
+	  namcopy = savestring (methods[i].name, methods[i].namlen);
+	  dmethods[i] = debug_make_method (dhandle, namcopy,
+					   methods[i].variants);
+	  if (dmethods[i] == DEBUG_METHOD_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      dmethods[i] = DEBUG_METHOD_NULL;
+      free (methods);
+    }
+
+  /* The struct type was created as an indirect type pointing at
+     it->slot.  We update it->slot to automatically update all
+     references to this struct.  */
+  it->slot = debug_make_object_type (dhandle,
+				     class != 'u',
+				     debug_get_type_size (dhandle,
+							  it->slot),
+				     fields, baseclasses, dmethods,
+				     vptrbase, ownvptr);
+  if (it->slot == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read C++ default argument value and reference type information.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_cxx_defaults (info, pp, count)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     unsigned long count;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  const char *fnname;
+  unsigned long fnlen;
+  bfd_vma defcount;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  /* Giving the function name before the argument count is an addendum
+     to the spec.  The function name is demangled, though, so this
+     record must always refer to the current function.  */
+
+  if (info->blockstack.bsp <= info->blockstack.stack
+      || info->blockstack.bsp[-1].fnindx == (unsigned int) -1)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "C++ default values not in a function");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &fnname, &fnlen)
+      || ! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &defcount))
+    return false;
+  count -= 2;
+
+  while (defcount-- > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_vma type, val;
+      const char *strval;
+      unsigned long strvallen;
+
+      if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &type))
+	return false;
+      --count;
+
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	case 4:
+	  break;
+
+	case 1:
+	case 2:
+	  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &val))
+	    return false;
+	  --count;
+	  break;
+
+	case 3:
+	case 7:
+	  if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &strval, &strvallen))
+	    return false;
+	  --count;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  ieee_error (info, start, "unrecognized C++ default type");
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      /* We have no way to record the default argument values, so we
+         just ignore them.  FIXME.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Any remaining arguments are indices of parameters that are really
+     reference type.  */
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      PTR dhandle;
+      debug_type *arg_slots;
+
+      dhandle = info->dhandle;
+      arg_slots = info->types.types[info->blockstack.bsp[-1].fnindx].arg_slots;
+      while (count-- > 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma indx;
+	  debug_type target;
+
+	  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &indx))
+	    return false;
+	  /* The index is 1 based.  */
+	  --indx;
+	  if (arg_slots == NULL
+	      || arg_slots[indx] == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL
+	      || (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, arg_slots[indx])
+		  != DEBUG_KIND_POINTER))
+	    {
+	      ieee_error (info, start, "reference parameter is not a pointer");
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  target = debug_get_target_type (dhandle, arg_slots[indx]);
+	  arg_slots[indx] = debug_make_reference_type (dhandle, target);
+	  if (arg_slots[indx] == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read a C++ reference definition.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_read_reference (info, pp)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  bfd_vma flags;
+  const char *class, *name;
+  unsigned long classlen, namlen;
+  debug_type *pslot;
+  debug_type target;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_require_asn (info, pp, &flags))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Giving the class name before the member name is in an addendum to
+     the spec.  */
+  if (flags == 3)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &class, &classlen))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, &name, &namlen))
+    return false;
+
+  pslot = NULL;
+  if (flags != 3)
+    {
+      int pass;
+
+      /* We search from the last variable indices to the first in
+	 hopes of finding local variables correctly.  We search the
+	 local variables on the first pass, and the global variables
+	 on the second.  FIXME: This probably won't work in all cases.
+	 On the other hand, I don't know what will.  */
+      for (pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
+	{
+	  struct ieee_vars *vars;
+	  int i;
+	  struct ieee_var *pv = NULL;
+
+	  if (pass == 0)
+	    vars = &info->vars;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      vars = info->global_vars;
+	      if (vars == NULL)
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  for (i = (int) vars->alloc - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	    {
+	      boolean found;
+
+	      pv = vars->vars + i;
+
+	      if (pv->pslot == NULL
+		  || pv->namlen != namlen
+		  || strncmp (pv->name, name, namlen) != 0)
+		continue;
+
+	      found = false;
+	      switch (flags)
+		{
+		default:
+		  ieee_error (info, start,
+			      "unrecognized C++ reference type");
+		  return false;
+
+		case 0:
+		  /* Global variable or function.  */
+		  if (pv->kind == IEEE_GLOBAL
+		      || pv->kind == IEEE_EXTERNAL
+		      || pv->kind == IEEE_FUNCTION)
+		    found = true;
+		  break;
+
+		case 1:
+		  /* Global static variable or function.  */
+		  if (pv->kind == IEEE_STATIC
+		      || pv->kind == IEEE_FUNCTION)
+		    found = true;
+		  break;
+
+		case 2:
+		  /* Local variable.  */
+		  if (pv->kind == IEEE_LOCAL)
+		    found = true;
+		  break;
+		}
+
+	      if (found)
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (i >= 0)
+	    {
+	      pslot = pv->pslot;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct ieee_tag *it;
+
+      for (it = info->tags; it != NULL; it = it->next)
+	{
+	  if (it->name[0] == class[0]
+	      && strncmp (it->name, class, classlen) == 0
+	      && strlen (it->name) == classlen)
+	    {
+	      if (it->fslots != NULL)
+		{
+		  const debug_field *pf;
+		  unsigned int findx;
+
+		  pf = debug_get_fields (info->dhandle, it->type);
+		  if (pf == NULL)
+		    {
+		      ieee_error (info, start,
+				  "C++ reference in class with no fields");
+		      return false;
+		    }
+
+		  for (findx = 0; *pf != DEBUG_FIELD_NULL; pf++, findx++)
+		    {
+		      const char *fname;
+
+		      fname = debug_get_field_name (info->dhandle, *pf);
+		      if (fname == NULL)
+			return false;
+		      if (strncmp (fname, name, namlen) == 0
+			  && strlen (fname) == namlen)
+			{
+			  pslot = it->fslots + findx;
+			  break;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (pslot == NULL)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "C++ reference not found");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* We allocated the type of the object as an indirect type pointing
+     to *pslot, which we can now update to be a reference type.  */
+  if (debug_get_type_kind (info->dhandle, *pslot) != DEBUG_KIND_POINTER)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "C++ reference is not pointer");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  target = debug_get_target_type (info->dhandle, *pslot);
+  *pslot = debug_make_reference_type (info->dhandle, target);
+  if (*pslot == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Require an ASN record.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_require_asn (info, pp, pv)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     bfd_vma *pv;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  ieee_record_enum_type c;
+  bfd_vma varindx;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  c = (ieee_record_enum_type) **pp;
+  if (c != ieee_e2_first_byte_enum)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "missing required ASN");
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  c = (ieee_record_enum_type) (((unsigned int) c << 8) | **pp);
+  if (c != ieee_asn_record_enum)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "missing required ASN");
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* Just ignore the variable index.  */
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &varindx))
+    return false;
+
+  return ieee_read_expression (info, pp, pv);
+}
+
+/* Require an ATN65 record.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_require_atn65 (info, pp, pname, pnamlen)
+     struct ieee_info *info;
+     const bfd_byte **pp;
+     const char **pname;
+     unsigned long *pnamlen;
+{
+  const bfd_byte *start;
+  ieee_record_enum_type c;
+  bfd_vma name_indx, type_indx, atn_code;
+
+  start = *pp;
+
+  c = (ieee_record_enum_type) **pp;
+  if (c != ieee_at_record_enum)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "missing required ATN65");
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  c = (ieee_record_enum_type) (((unsigned int) c << 8) | **pp);
+  if (c != ieee_atn_record_enum)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "missing required ATN65");
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &name_indx)
+      || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &type_indx)
+      || ! ieee_read_number (info, pp, &atn_code))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Just ignore name_indx.  */
+
+  if (type_indx != 0 || atn_code != 65)
+    {
+      ieee_error (info, start, "bad ATN65 record");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return ieee_read_id (info, pp, pname, pnamlen);
+}
+
+/* Convert a register number in IEEE debugging information into a
+   generic register number.  */
+
+static int
+ieee_regno_to_genreg (abfd, r)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int r;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      /* For some reasons stabs adds 2 to the floating point register
+         numbers.  */
+      if (r >= 16)
+	r += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_i960:
+      /* Stabs uses 0 to 15 for r0 to r15, 16 to 31 for g0 to g15, and
+         32 to 35 for fp0 to fp3.  */
+      --r;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Convert a generic register number to an IEEE specific one.  */
+
+static int
+ieee_genreg_to_regno (abfd, r)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     int r;
+{
+  switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      /* For some reason stabs add 2 to the floating point register
+         numbers.  */
+      if (r >= 18)
+	r -= 2;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_arch_i960:
+      /* Stabs uses 0 to 15 for r0 to r15, 16 to 31 for g0 to g15, and
+         32 to 35 for fp0 to fp3.  */
+      ++r;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* These routines build IEEE debugging information out of the generic
+   debugging information.  */
+
+/* We build the IEEE debugging information byte by byte.  Rather than
+   waste time copying data around, we use a linked list of buffers to
+   hold the data.  */
+
+#define IEEE_BUFSIZE (490)
+
+struct ieee_buf
+{
+  /* Next buffer.  */
+  struct ieee_buf *next;
+  /* Number of data bytes in this buffer.  */
+  unsigned int c;
+  /* Bytes.  */
+  bfd_byte buf[IEEE_BUFSIZE];
+};
+
+/* A list of buffers.  */
+
+struct ieee_buflist
+{
+  /* Head of list.  */
+  struct ieee_buf *head;
+  /* Tail--last buffer on list.  */
+  struct ieee_buf *tail;
+};
+
+/* In order to generate the BB11 blocks required by the HP emulator,
+   we keep track of ranges of addresses which correspond to a given
+   compilation unit.  */
+
+struct ieee_range
+{
+  /* Next range.  */
+  struct ieee_range *next;
+  /* Low address.  */
+  bfd_vma low;
+  /* High address.  */
+  bfd_vma high;
+};
+
+/* This structure holds information for a class on the type stack.  */
+
+struct ieee_type_class
+{
+  /* The name index in the debugging information.  */
+  unsigned int indx;
+  /* The pmisc records for the class.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist pmiscbuf;
+  /* The number of pmisc records.  */
+  unsigned int pmisccount;
+  /* The name of the class holding the virtual table, if not this
+     class.  */
+  const char *vclass;
+  /* Whether this class holds its own virtual table.  */
+  boolean ownvptr;
+  /* The largest virtual table offset seen so far.  */
+  bfd_vma voffset;
+  /* The current method.  */
+  const char *method;
+  /* Additional pmisc records used to record fields of reference type.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist refs;
+};
+
+/* This is how we store types for the writing routines.  Most types
+   are simply represented by a type index.  */
+
+struct ieee_write_type
+{
+  /* Type index.  */
+  unsigned int indx;
+  /* The size of the type, if known.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+  /* The name of the type, if any.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* If this is a function or method type, we build the type here, and
+     only add it to the output buffers if we need it.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist fndef;
+  /* If this is a struct, this is where the struct definition is
+     built.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist strdef;
+  /* If this is a class, this is where the class information is built.  */
+  struct ieee_type_class *classdef;
+  /* Whether the type is unsigned.  */
+  unsigned int unsignedp : 1;
+  /* Whether this is a reference type.  */
+  unsigned int referencep : 1;
+  /* Whether this is in the local type block.  */
+  unsigned int localp : 1;
+  /* Whether this is a duplicate struct definition which we are
+     ignoring.  */
+  unsigned int ignorep : 1;
+};
+
+/* This is the type stack used by the debug writing routines.  FIXME:
+   We could generate more efficient output if we remembered when we
+   have output a particular type before.  */
+
+struct ieee_type_stack
+{
+  /* Next entry on stack.  */
+  struct ieee_type_stack *next;
+  /* Type information.  */
+  struct ieee_write_type type;
+};
+
+/* This is a list of associations between a name and some types.
+   These are used for typedefs and tags.  */
+
+struct ieee_name_type
+{
+  /* Next type for this name.  */
+  struct ieee_name_type *next;
+  /* ID number.  For a typedef, this is the index of the type to which
+     this name is typedefed.  */
+  unsigned int id;
+  /* Type.  */
+  struct ieee_write_type type;
+  /* If this is a tag which has not yet been defined, this is the
+     kind.  If the tag has been defined, this is DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL.  */
+  enum debug_type_kind kind;
+};
+
+/* We use a hash table to associate names and types.  */
+
+struct ieee_name_type_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* Information for this name.  */
+  struct ieee_name_type *types;
+};
+
+/* This is a list of enums.  */
+
+struct ieee_defined_enum
+{
+  /* Next enum.  */
+  struct ieee_defined_enum *next;
+  /* Type index.  */
+  unsigned int indx;
+  /* Whether this enum has been defined.  */
+  boolean defined;
+  /* Tag.  */
+  const char *tag;
+  /* Names.  */
+  const char **names;
+  /* Values.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+};
+
+/* We keep a list of modified versions of types, so that we don't
+   output them more than once.  */
+
+struct ieee_modified_type
+{
+  /* Pointer to this type.  */
+  unsigned int pointer;
+  /* Function with unknown arguments returning this type.  */
+  unsigned int function;
+  /* Const version of this type.  */
+  unsigned int const_qualified;
+  /* Volatile version of this type.  */
+  unsigned int volatile_qualified;
+  /* List of arrays of this type of various bounds.  */
+  struct ieee_modified_array_type *arrays;
+};
+
+/* A list of arrays bounds.  */
+
+struct ieee_modified_array_type
+{
+  /* Next array bounds.  */
+  struct ieee_modified_array_type *next;
+  /* Type index with these bounds.  */
+  unsigned int indx;
+  /* Low bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma low;
+  /* High bound.  */
+  bfd_signed_vma high;
+};
+
+/* This is a list of pending function parameter information.  We don't
+   output them until we see the first block.  */
+
+struct ieee_pending_parm
+{
+  /* Next pending parameter.  */
+  struct ieee_pending_parm *next;
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Type index.  */
+  unsigned int type;
+  /* Whether the type is a reference.  */
+  boolean referencep;
+  /* Kind.  */
+  enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+  /* Value.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* This is the handle passed down by debug_write.  */
+
+struct ieee_handle
+{
+  /* BFD we are writing to.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* Whether we got an error in a subroutine called via traverse or
+     map_over_sections.  */
+  boolean error;
+  /* Current data buffer list.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist *current;
+  /* Current data buffer.  */
+  struct ieee_buf *curbuf;
+  /* Filename of current compilation unit.  */
+  const char *filename;
+  /* Module name of current compilation unit.  */
+  const char *modname;
+  /* List of buffer for global types.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist global_types;
+  /* List of finished data buffers.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist data;
+  /* List of buffers for typedefs in the current compilation unit.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist types;
+  /* List of buffers for variables and functions in the current
+     compilation unit.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist vars;
+  /* List of buffers for C++ class definitions in the current
+     compilation unit.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist cxx;
+  /* List of buffers for line numbers in the current compilation unit.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist linenos;
+  /* Ranges for the current compilation unit.  */
+  struct ieee_range *ranges;
+  /* Ranges for all debugging information.  */
+  struct ieee_range *global_ranges;
+  /* Nested pending ranges.  */
+  struct ieee_range *pending_ranges;
+  /* Type stack.  */
+  struct ieee_type_stack *type_stack;
+  /* Next unallocated type index.  */
+  unsigned int type_indx;
+  /* Next unallocated name index.  */
+  unsigned int name_indx;
+  /* Typedefs.  */
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_table typedefs;
+  /* Tags.  */
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_table tags;
+  /* Enums.  */
+  struct ieee_defined_enum *enums;
+  /* Modified versions of types.  */
+  struct ieee_modified_type *modified;
+  /* Number of entries allocated in modified.  */
+  unsigned int modified_alloc;
+  /* 4 byte complex type.  */
+  unsigned int complex_float_index;
+  /* 8 byte complex type.  */
+  unsigned int complex_double_index;
+  /* The depth of block nesting.  This is 0 outside a function, and 1
+     just after start_function is called.  */
+  unsigned int block_depth;
+  /* The name of the current function.  */
+  const char *fnname;
+  /* List of buffers for the type of the function we are currently
+     writing out.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist fntype;
+  /* List of buffers for the parameters of the function we are
+     currently writing out.  */
+  struct ieee_buflist fnargs;
+  /* Number of arguments written to fnargs.  */
+  unsigned int fnargcount;
+  /* Pending function parameters.  */
+  struct ieee_pending_parm *pending_parms;
+  /* Current line number filename.  */
+  const char *lineno_filename;
+  /* Line number name index.  */
+  unsigned int lineno_name_indx;
+  /* Filename of pending line number.  */
+  const char *pending_lineno_filename;
+  /* Pending line number.  */
+  unsigned long pending_lineno;
+  /* Address of pending line number.  */
+  bfd_vma pending_lineno_addr;
+  /* Highest address seen at end of procedure.  */
+  bfd_vma highaddr;
+};
+
+static boolean ieee_init_buffer
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, struct ieee_buflist *));
+static boolean ieee_change_buffer
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, struct ieee_buflist *));
+static boolean ieee_append_buffer
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, struct ieee_buflist *,
+	   struct ieee_buflist *));
+static boolean ieee_real_write_byte PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, int));
+static boolean ieee_write_2bytes PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, int));
+static boolean ieee_write_number PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_write_id PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_write_asn
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, unsigned int, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_write_atn65
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, unsigned int, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_push_type
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+static unsigned int ieee_pop_type PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *));
+static void ieee_pop_unused_type PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *));
+static unsigned int ieee_pop_type_used
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_add_range
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, boolean, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_start_range PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_end_range PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_define_type
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, unsigned int, boolean, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_define_named_type
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, const char *, unsigned int, unsigned int,
+	   boolean, boolean, struct ieee_buflist *));
+static struct ieee_modified_type *ieee_get_modified_info
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, unsigned int));
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *ieee_name_type_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_write_undefined_tag
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean ieee_finish_compilation_unit PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *));
+static void ieee_add_bb11_blocks PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean ieee_add_bb11
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, asection *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_output_pending_parms PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *));
+static unsigned int ieee_vis_to_flags PARAMS ((enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean ieee_class_method_var
+  PARAMS ((struct ieee_handle *, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean,
+	   boolean, boolean, bfd_vma, boolean));
+
+static boolean ieee_start_compilation_unit PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_start_source PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_empty_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_void_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_int_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_float_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean ieee_complex_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean ieee_bool_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean ieee_enum_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char **, bfd_signed_vma *));
+static boolean ieee_pointer_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_function_type PARAMS ((PTR, int, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_reference_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_range_type PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma));
+static boolean ieee_array_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_set_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_offset_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_method_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, int, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_const_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_volatile_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_start_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int));
+static boolean ieee_struct_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean ieee_end_struct_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_start_class_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+static boolean ieee_class_static_member
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char *, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean ieee_class_baseclass
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma, boolean, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean ieee_class_start_method PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_class_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean,
+	   bfd_vma, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_class_static_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_class_end_method PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_end_class_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_typedef_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_tag_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, enum debug_type_kind));
+static boolean ieee_typdef PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_tag PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean ieee_int_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_float_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, double));
+static boolean ieee_typed_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_variable
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_var_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_start_function PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, boolean));
+static boolean ieee_function_parameter
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_parm_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_start_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_end_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean ieee_end_function PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean ieee_lineno
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned long, bfd_vma));
+
+static const struct debug_write_fns ieee_fns =
+{
+  ieee_start_compilation_unit,
+  ieee_start_source,
+  ieee_empty_type,
+  ieee_void_type,
+  ieee_int_type,
+  ieee_float_type,
+  ieee_complex_type,
+  ieee_bool_type,
+  ieee_enum_type,
+  ieee_pointer_type,
+  ieee_function_type,
+  ieee_reference_type,
+  ieee_range_type,
+  ieee_array_type,
+  ieee_set_type,
+  ieee_offset_type,
+  ieee_method_type,
+  ieee_const_type,
+  ieee_volatile_type,
+  ieee_start_struct_type,
+  ieee_struct_field,
+  ieee_end_struct_type,
+  ieee_start_class_type,
+  ieee_class_static_member,
+  ieee_class_baseclass,
+  ieee_class_start_method,
+  ieee_class_method_variant,
+  ieee_class_static_method_variant,
+  ieee_class_end_method,
+  ieee_end_class_type,
+  ieee_typedef_type,
+  ieee_tag_type,
+  ieee_typdef,
+  ieee_tag,
+  ieee_int_constant,
+  ieee_float_constant,
+  ieee_typed_constant,
+  ieee_variable,
+  ieee_start_function,
+  ieee_function_parameter,
+  ieee_start_block,
+  ieee_end_block,
+  ieee_end_function,
+  ieee_lineno
+};
+
+/* Initialize a buffer to be empty.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+ieee_init_buffer (info, buflist)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     struct ieee_buflist *buflist;
+{
+  buflist->head = NULL;
+  buflist->tail = NULL;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* See whether a buffer list has any data.  */
+
+#define ieee_buffer_emptyp(buflist) ((buflist)->head == NULL)
+
+/* Change the current buffer to a specified buffer chain.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_change_buffer (info, buflist)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     struct ieee_buflist *buflist;
+{
+  if (buflist->head == NULL)
+    {
+      struct ieee_buf *buf;
+
+      buf = (struct ieee_buf *) xmalloc (sizeof *buf);
+      buf->next = NULL;
+      buf->c = 0;
+      buflist->head = buf;
+      buflist->tail = buf;
+    }
+
+  info->current = buflist;
+  info->curbuf = buflist->tail;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Append a buffer chain.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+ieee_append_buffer (info, mainbuf, newbuf)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     struct ieee_buflist *mainbuf;
+     struct ieee_buflist *newbuf;
+{
+  if (newbuf->head != NULL)
+    {
+      if (mainbuf->head == NULL)
+	mainbuf->head = newbuf->head;
+      else
+	mainbuf->tail->next = newbuf->head;
+      mainbuf->tail = newbuf->tail;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write a byte into the buffer.  We use a macro for speed and a
+   function for the complex cases.  */
+
+#define ieee_write_byte(info, b)				\
+  ((info)->curbuf->c < IEEE_BUFSIZE				\
+   ? ((info)->curbuf->buf[(info)->curbuf->c++] = (b), true)	\
+   : ieee_real_write_byte ((info), (b)))
+
+static boolean
+ieee_real_write_byte (info, b)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     int b;
+{
+  if (info->curbuf->c >= IEEE_BUFSIZE)
+    {
+      struct ieee_buf *n;
+
+      n = (struct ieee_buf *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+      n->next = NULL;
+      n->c = 0;
+      if (info->current->head == NULL)
+	info->current->head = n;
+      else
+	info->current->tail->next = n;
+      info->current->tail = n;
+      info->curbuf = n;
+    }
+
+  info->curbuf->buf[info->curbuf->c] = b;
+  ++info->curbuf->c;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out two bytes.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_2bytes (info, i)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     int i;
+{
+  return (ieee_write_byte (info, i >> 8)
+	  && ieee_write_byte (info, i & 0xff));
+}
+
+/* Write out an integer.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_number (info, v)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     bfd_vma v;
+{
+  bfd_vma t;
+  bfd_byte ab[20];
+  bfd_byte *p;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  if (v <= (bfd_vma) ieee_number_end_enum)
+    return ieee_write_byte (info, (int) v);
+
+  t = v;
+  p = ab + sizeof ab;
+  while (t != 0)
+    {
+      *--p = t & 0xff;
+      t >>= 8;
+    }
+  c = (ab + 20) - p;
+
+  if (c > (unsigned int) (ieee_number_repeat_end_enum
+			  - ieee_number_repeat_start_enum))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "IEEE numeric overflow: 0x");
+      fprintf_vma (stderr, v);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_number_repeat_start_enum + c))
+    return false;
+  for (; c > 0; --c, ++p)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, *p))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out a string.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_id (info, s)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  unsigned int len;
+
+  len = strlen (s);
+  if (len <= 0x7f)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, len))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (len <= 0xff)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_extension_length_1_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, len))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (len <= 0xffff)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_extension_length_2_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, len))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "IEEE string length overflow: %u\n", len);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  for (; *s != '\0'; s++)
+    if (! ieee_write_byte (info, *s))
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out an ASN record.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_asn (info, indx, val)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     unsigned int indx;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  return (ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_asn_record_enum)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, indx)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, val));
+}
+
+/* Write out an ATN65 record.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_atn65 (info, indx, s)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     unsigned int indx;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  return (ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, indx)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 65)
+	  && ieee_write_id (info, s));
+}
+
+/* Push a type index onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_push_type (info, indx, size, unsignedp, localp)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     unsigned int indx;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+     boolean localp;
+{
+  struct ieee_type_stack *ts;
+
+  ts = (struct ieee_type_stack *) xmalloc (sizeof *ts);
+  memset (ts, 0, sizeof *ts);
+
+  ts->type.indx = indx;
+  ts->type.size = size;
+  ts->type.unsignedp = unsignedp;
+  ts->type.localp = localp;
+
+  ts->next = info->type_stack;
+  info->type_stack = ts;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Pop a type index off the type stack.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+ieee_pop_type (info)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+{
+  return ieee_pop_type_used (info, true);
+}
+
+/* Pop an unused type index off the type stack.  */
+
+static void
+ieee_pop_unused_type (info)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+{
+  (void) ieee_pop_type_used (info, false);
+}
+
+/* Pop a used or unused type index off the type stack.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+ieee_pop_type_used (info, used)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     boolean used;
+{
+  struct ieee_type_stack *ts;
+  unsigned int ret;
+
+  ts = info->type_stack;
+  assert (ts != NULL);
+
+  /* If this is a function type, and we need it, we need to append the
+     actual definition to the typedef block now.  */
+  if (used && ! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&ts->type.fndef))
+    {
+      struct ieee_buflist *buflist;
+
+      if (ts->type.localp)
+	{
+	  /* Make sure we have started the types block.  */
+	  if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->types))
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 1)
+		  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  buflist = &info->types;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Make sure we started the global type block.  */
+	  if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->global_types))
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 2)
+		  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  buflist = &info->global_types;
+	}
+
+      if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, buflist, &ts->type.fndef))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  ret = ts->type.indx;
+  info->type_stack = ts->next;
+  free (ts);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Add a range of bytes included in the current compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_add_range (info, global, low, high)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     boolean global;
+     bfd_vma low;
+     bfd_vma high;
+{
+  struct ieee_range **plist, *r, **pr;
+
+  if (low == (bfd_vma) -1 || high == (bfd_vma) -1 || low == high)
+    return true;
+
+  if (global)
+    plist = &info->global_ranges;
+  else
+    plist = &info->ranges;
+
+  for (r = *plist; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    {
+      if (high >= r->low && low <= r->high)
+	{
+	  /* The new range overlaps r.  */
+	  if (low < r->low)
+	    r->low = low;
+	  if (high > r->high)
+	    r->high = high;
+	  pr = &r->next;
+	  while (*pr != NULL && (*pr)->low <= r->high)
+	    {
+	      struct ieee_range *n;
+
+	      if ((*pr)->high > r->high)
+		r->high = (*pr)->high;
+	      n = (*pr)->next;
+	      free (*pr);
+	      *pr = n;
+	    }
+	  return true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  r = (struct ieee_range *) xmalloc (sizeof *r);
+  memset (r, 0, sizeof *r);
+
+  r->low = low;
+  r->high = high;
+
+  /* Store the ranges sorted by address.  */
+  for (pr = plist; *pr != NULL; pr = &(*pr)->next)
+    if ((*pr)->low > high)
+      break;
+  r->next = *pr;
+  *pr = r;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a new range for which we only have the low address.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_range (info, low)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     bfd_vma low;
+{
+  struct ieee_range *r;
+
+  r = (struct ieee_range *) xmalloc (sizeof *r);
+  memset (r, 0, sizeof *r);
+  r->low = low;
+  r->next = info->pending_ranges;
+  info->pending_ranges = r;
+  return true;
+}  
+
+/* Finish a range started by ieee_start_range.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_end_range (info, high)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     bfd_vma high;
+{
+  struct ieee_range *r;
+  bfd_vma low;
+
+  assert (info->pending_ranges != NULL);
+  r = info->pending_ranges;
+  low = r->low;
+  info->pending_ranges = r->next;
+  free (r);
+  return ieee_add_range (info, false, low, high);
+}
+
+/* Start defining a type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_define_type (info, size, unsignedp, localp)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+     boolean localp;
+{
+  return ieee_define_named_type (info, (const char *) NULL,
+				 (unsigned int) -1, size, unsignedp,
+				 localp, (struct ieee_buflist *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Start defining a named type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_define_named_type (info, name, indx, size, unsignedp, localp, buflist)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     const char *name;
+     unsigned int indx;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+     boolean localp;
+     struct ieee_buflist *buflist;
+{
+  unsigned int type_indx;
+  unsigned int name_indx;
+
+  if (indx != (unsigned int) -1)
+    type_indx = indx;
+  else
+    {
+      type_indx = info->type_indx;
+      ++info->type_indx;
+    }
+
+  name_indx = info->name_indx;
+  ++info->name_indx;
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    name = "";
+
+  /* If we were given a buffer, use it; otherwise, use either the
+     local or the global type information, and make sure that the type
+     block is started.  */
+  if (buflist != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, buflist))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (localp)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->types))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 1)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->global_types))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 2)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Push the new type on the type stack, write out an NN record, and
+     write out the start of a TY record.  The caller will then finish
+     the TY record.  */
+  if (! ieee_push_type (info, type_indx, size, unsignedp, localp))
+    return false;
+
+  return (ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, name_indx)
+	  && ieee_write_id (info, name)
+	  && ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_ty_record_enum)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, type_indx)
+	  && ieee_write_byte (info, 0xce)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, name_indx));
+}
+
+/* Get an entry to the list of modified versions of a type.  */
+
+static struct ieee_modified_type *
+ieee_get_modified_info (info, indx)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     unsigned int indx;
+{
+  if (indx >= info->modified_alloc)
+    {
+      unsigned int nalloc;
+
+      nalloc = info->modified_alloc;
+      if (nalloc == 0)
+	nalloc = 16;
+      while (indx >= nalloc)
+	nalloc *= 2;
+      info->modified = ((struct ieee_modified_type *)
+			xrealloc (info->modified,
+				  nalloc * sizeof *info->modified));
+      memset (info->modified + info->modified_alloc, 0,
+	      (nalloc - info->modified_alloc) * sizeof *info->modified);
+      info->modified_alloc = nalloc;
+    }
+
+  return info->modified + indx;
+}
+
+/* Routines for the hash table mapping names to types.  */
+
+/* Initialize an entry in the hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+ieee_name_type_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    ret = ((struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof *ret));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->types = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in the hash table.  */
+
+#define ieee_name_type_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Traverse the hash table.  */
+
+#define ieee_name_type_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (bfd_hash_traverse							\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* The general routine to write out IEEE debugging information.  */
+
+boolean
+write_ieee_debugging_info (abfd, dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle info;
+  asection *s;
+  const char *err;
+  struct ieee_buf *b;
+
+  memset (&info, 0, sizeof info);
+  info.abfd = abfd;
+  info.type_indx = 256;
+  info.name_indx = 32;
+
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&info.typedefs.root, ieee_name_type_newfunc)
+      || ! bfd_hash_table_init (&info.tags.root, ieee_name_type_newfunc))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.global_types)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.data)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.types)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.vars)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.cxx)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.linenos)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.fntype)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.fnargs))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! debug_write (dhandle, &ieee_fns, (PTR) &info))
+    return false;
+
+  if (info.filename != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_finish_compilation_unit (&info))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Put any undefined tags in the global typedef information.  */
+  info.error = false;
+  ieee_name_type_hash_traverse (&info.tags,
+				ieee_write_undefined_tag,
+				(PTR) &info);
+  if (info.error)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Prepend the global typedef information to the other data.  */
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info.global_types))
+    {
+      /* The HP debugger seems to have a bug in which it ignores the
+         last entry in the global types, so we add a dummy entry.  */
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (&info, &info.global_types)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (&info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (&info, info.name_indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (&info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (&info, (int) ieee_ty_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (&info, info.type_indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (&info, 0xce)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (&info, info.name_indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (&info, 'P')
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (&info, (int) builtin_void + 32)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (&info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! ieee_append_buffer (&info, &info.global_types, &info.data))
+	return false;
+      info.data = info.global_types;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure that we have declare BB11 blocks for each range in the
+     file.  They are added to info->vars.  */
+  info.error = false;
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (&info, &info.vars))
+    return false;
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, ieee_add_bb11_blocks, (PTR) &info);
+  if (info.error)
+    return false;
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info.vars))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (&info, &info.vars)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (&info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! ieee_append_buffer (&info, &info.data, &info.vars))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Now all the data is in info.data.  Write it out to the BFD.  We
+     normally would need to worry about whether all the other sections
+     are set up yet, but the IEEE backend will handle this particular
+     case correctly regardless.  */
+  if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info.data))
+    {
+      /* There is no debugging information.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+  err = NULL;
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".debug");
+  if (s == NULL)
+    err = "bfd_make_section";
+  if (err == NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+	err = "bfd_set_section_flags";
+    }
+  if (err == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type size;
+
+      size = 0;
+      for (b = info.data.head; b != NULL; b = b->next)
+	size += b->c;
+      if (! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, s, size))
+	err = "bfd_set_section_size";
+    }
+  if (err == NULL)
+    {
+      file_ptr offset;
+
+      offset = 0;
+      for (b = info.data.head; b != NULL; b = b->next)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, s, b->buf, offset, b->c))
+	    {
+	      err = "bfd_set_section_contents";
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  offset += b->c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (err != NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd), err,
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bfd_hash_table_free (&info.typedefs.root);
+  bfd_hash_table_free (&info.tags.root);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out information for an undefined tag.  This is called via
+   ieee_name_type_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_write_undefined_tag (h, p)
+     struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_name_type *nt;
+
+  for (nt = h->types; nt != NULL; nt = nt->next)
+    {
+      unsigned int name_indx;
+      char code;
+
+      if (nt->kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL)
+	continue;
+
+      if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->global_types))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 2)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+	    {
+	      info->error = true;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types))
+	    {
+	      info->error = true;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      name_indx = info->name_indx;
+      ++info->name_indx;
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, name_indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, nt->type.name)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_ty_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nt->type.indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 0xce)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, name_indx))
+	{
+	  info->error = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      switch (nt->kind)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	  info->error = true;
+	  return false;
+	case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+	case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+	  code = 'S';
+	  break;
+	case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+	case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+	  code = 'U';
+	  break;
+	case DEBUG_KIND_ENUM:
+	  code = 'E';
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, code)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0))
+	{
+	  info->error = true;
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start writing out information for a compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_compilation_unit (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  const char *modname;
+  char *c, *s;
+  unsigned int nindx;
+
+  if (info->filename != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_finish_compilation_unit (info))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  info->filename = filename;
+  modname = strrchr (filename, '/');
+  if (modname != NULL)
+    ++modname;
+  else
+    {
+      modname = strrchr (filename, '\\');
+      if (modname != NULL)
+	++modname;
+      else
+	modname = filename;
+    }
+  c = xstrdup (modname);
+  s = strrchr (c, '.');
+  if (s != NULL)
+    *s = '\0';
+  info->modname = c;
+
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->types)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->cxx)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->linenos))
+    return false;
+  info->ranges = NULL;
+
+  /* Always include a BB1 and a BB3 block.  That is what the output of
+     the MRI linker seems to look like.  */
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 1)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+    return false;
+
+  nindx = info->name_indx;
+  ++info->name_indx;
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 3)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up a compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_finish_compilation_unit (info)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+{
+  struct ieee_range *r;
+
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->types))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->cxx))
+    {
+      /* Append any C++ information to the global function and
+         variable information.  */
+      assert (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->vars));
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars))
+	return false;
+
+      /* We put the pmisc records in a dummy procedure, just as the
+         MRI compiler does.  */
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 6)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "__XRYCPP")
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->highaddr - 1)
+	  || ! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->vars, &info->cxx)
+	  || ! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->highaddr - 1))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->vars))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (info->pending_lineno_filename != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Force out the pending line number.  */
+      if (! ieee_lineno ((PTR) info, (const char *) NULL, 0, (bfd_vma) -1))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->linenos))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->linenos)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	return false;
+      if (strcmp (info->filename, info->lineno_filename) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* We were not in the main file.  We just closed the
+             included line number block, and now we must close the
+             main line number block.  */
+	  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->data, &info->types)
+      || ! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->data, &info->vars)
+      || ! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->data, &info->linenos))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Build BB10/BB11 blocks based on the ranges we recorded.  */
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->data))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 10)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, "GNU objcopy"))
+    return false;
+
+  for (r = info->ranges; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    {
+      bfd_vma low, high;
+      asection *s;
+      int kind;
+
+      low = r->low;
+      high = r->high;
+
+      /* Find the section corresponding to this range.  */
+      for (s = info->abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_section_vma (info->abfd, s) <= low
+	      && high <= (bfd_get_section_vma (info->abfd, s)
+			  + bfd_section_size (info->abfd, s)))
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      if (s == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Just ignore this range.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Coalesce ranges if it seems reasonable.  */
+      while (r->next != NULL
+	     && high + 0x1000 >= r->next->low
+	     && (r->next->high
+		 <= (bfd_get_section_vma (info->abfd, s)
+		     + bfd_section_size (info->abfd, s))))
+	{
+	  r = r->next;
+	  high = r->high;
+	}
+
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+	kind = 1;
+      else if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+	kind = 3;
+      else
+	kind = 2;
+
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 11)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, kind)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, s->index + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, low)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, high - low))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Add this range to the list of global ranges.  */
+      if (! ieee_add_range (info, true, low, high))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add BB11 blocks describing each range that we have not already
+   described.  */
+
+static void
+ieee_add_bb11_blocks (abfd, sec, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) data;
+  bfd_vma low, high;
+  struct ieee_range *r;
+
+  low = bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec);
+  high = low + bfd_section_size (abfd, sec);
+
+  /* Find the first range at or after this section.  The ranges are
+     sorted by address.  */
+  for (r = info->global_ranges; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    if (r->high > low)
+      break;
+
+  while (low < high)
+    {
+      if (r == NULL || r->low >= high)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_add_bb11 (info, sec, low, high))
+	    info->error = true;
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      if (low < r->low
+	  && r->low - low > 0x100)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_add_bb11 (info, sec, low, r->low))
+	    {
+	      info->error = true;
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+      low = r->high;
+
+      r = r->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add a single BB11 block for a range.  We add it to info->vars.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_add_bb11 (info, sec, low, high)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_vma low;
+     bfd_vma high;
+{
+  int kind;
+
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->vars))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      const char *filename, *modname;
+      char *c, *s;
+
+      /* Start the enclosing BB10 block.  */
+      filename = bfd_get_filename (info->abfd);
+      modname = strrchr (filename, '/');
+      if (modname != NULL)
+	++modname;
+      else
+	{
+	  modname = strrchr (filename, '\\');
+	  if (modname != NULL)
+	    ++modname;
+	  else
+	    modname = filename;
+	}
+      c = xstrdup (modname);
+      s = strrchr (c, '.');
+      if (s != NULL)
+	*s = '\0';
+
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 10)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, c)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "GNU objcopy"))
+	return false;
+
+      free (c);
+    }
+
+  if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+    kind = 1;
+  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+    kind = 3;
+  else
+    kind = 2;
+
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 11)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, kind)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, sec->index + IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, low)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, high - low))
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start recording information from a particular source file.  This is
+   used to record which file defined which types, variables, etc.  It
+   is not used for line numbers, since the lineno entry point passes
+   down the file name anyhow.  IEEE debugging information doesn't seem
+   to store this information anywhere.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+ieee_start_source (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make an empty type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_empty_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  return ieee_push_type (info, (int) builtin_unknown, 0, false, false);
+}
+
+/* Make a void type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_void_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  return ieee_push_type (info, (int) builtin_void, 0, false, false);
+}
+
+/* Make an integer type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_int_type (p, size, unsignedp)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int indx;
+
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      indx = (int) builtin_signed_char;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      indx = (int) builtin_signed_short_int;
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      indx = (int) builtin_signed_long;
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      indx = (int) builtin_signed_long_long;
+      break;
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "IEEE unsupported integer type size %u\n", size);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (unsignedp)
+    ++indx;
+
+  return ieee_push_type (info, indx, size, unsignedp, false);
+}
+
+/* Make a floating point type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_float_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int indx;
+
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 4:
+      indx = (int) builtin_float;
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      indx = (int) builtin_double;
+      break;
+    case 12:
+      /* FIXME: This size really depends upon the processor.  */
+      indx = (int) builtin_long_double;
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      indx = (int) builtin_long_long_double;
+      break;
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "IEEE unsupported float type size %u\n", size);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return ieee_push_type (info, indx, size, false, false);
+}
+
+/* Make a complex type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_complex_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  char code;
+
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 4:
+      if (info->complex_float_index != 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, info->complex_float_index, size * 2,
+			       false, false);
+      code = 'c';
+      break;
+    case 12:
+    case 16:
+      /* These cases can be output by gcc -gstabs.  Outputting the
+         wrong type is better than crashing.  */
+    case 8:
+      if (info->complex_double_index != 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, info->complex_double_index, size * 2,
+			       false, false);
+      code = 'd';
+      break;
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "IEEE unsupported complex type size %u\n", size);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: I don't know what the string is for.  */
+  if (! ieee_define_type (info, size * 2, false, false)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, code)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+    return false;
+
+  if (size == 4)
+    info->complex_float_index = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+  else
+    info->complex_double_index = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a boolean type.  IEEE doesn't support these, so we just make
+   an integer type instead.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_bool_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  return ieee_int_type (p, size, true);
+}
+
+/* Make an enumeration.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_enum_type (p, tag, names, vals)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     const char **names;
+     bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_defined_enum *e;
+  boolean localp, simple;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  int i = 0;
+
+  localp = false;
+  indx = (unsigned int) -1;
+  for (e = info->enums; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+    {
+      if (tag == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (e->tag != NULL)
+	    continue;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (e->tag == NULL
+	      || tag[0] != e->tag[0]
+	      || strcmp (tag, e->tag) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      if (! e->defined)
+	{
+	  /* This enum tag has been seen but not defined.  */
+	  indx = e->indx;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (names != NULL && e->names != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; names[i] != NULL && e->names[i] != NULL; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (names[i][0] != e->names[i][0]
+		  || vals[i] != e->vals[i]
+		  || strcmp (names[i], e->names[i]) != 0)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if ((names == NULL && e->names == NULL)
+	  || (names != NULL
+	      && e->names != NULL
+	      && names[i] == NULL
+	      && e->names[i] == NULL))
+	{
+	  /* We've seen this enum before.  */
+	  return ieee_push_type (info, e->indx, 0, true, false);
+	}
+
+      if (tag != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We've already seen an enum of the same name, so we must make
+	     sure to output this one locally.  */
+	  localp = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a simple enumeration, in which the values start at 0
+     and always increment by 1, we can use type E.  Otherwise we must
+     use type N.  */
+
+  simple = true;
+  if (names != NULL)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; names[i] != NULL; i++)
+	{
+	  if (vals[i] != i)
+	    {
+	      simple = false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_define_named_type (info, tag, indx, 0, true, localp,
+				(struct ieee_buflist *) NULL)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, simple ? 'E' : 'N'))
+    return false;
+  if (simple)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: This is supposed to be the enumeration size, but we
+         don't store that.  */
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 4))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (names != NULL)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; names[i] != NULL; i++)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_write_id (info, names[i]))
+	    return false;
+	  if (! simple)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_write_number (info, vals[i]))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      if (indx == (unsigned int) -1)
+	{
+	  e = (struct ieee_defined_enum *) xmalloc (sizeof *e);
+	  memset (e, 0, sizeof *e);
+	  e->indx = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+	  e->tag = tag;
+
+	  e->next = info->enums;
+	  info->enums = e;
+	}
+
+      e->names = names;
+      e->vals = vals;
+      e->defined = true;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a pointer type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_pointer_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  struct ieee_modified_type *m = NULL;
+
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* A pointer to a simple builtin type can be obtained by adding 32.
+     FIXME: Will this be a short pointer, and will that matter?  */
+  if (indx < 32)
+    return ieee_push_type (info, indx + 32, 0, true, false);
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      m = ieee_get_modified_info (p, indx);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      /* FIXME: The size should depend upon the architecture.  */
+      if (m->pointer > 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, m->pointer, 4, true, false);
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_define_type (info, 4, true, localp)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'P')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, indx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! localp)
+    m->pointer = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a function type.  This will be called for a method, but we
+   don't want to actually add it to the type table in that case.  We
+   handle this by defining the type in a private buffer, and only
+   adding that buffer to the typedef block if we are going to use it.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_function_type (p, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int *args = NULL;
+  int i;
+  unsigned int retindx;
+  struct ieee_buflist fndef;
+  struct ieee_modified_type *m;
+
+  localp = false;
+
+  if (argcount > 0)
+    {
+      args = (unsigned int *) xmalloc (argcount * sizeof *args);
+      for (i = argcount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  if (info->type_stack->type.localp)
+	    localp = true;
+	  args[i] = ieee_pop_type (info);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (argcount < 0)
+    varargs = false;
+
+  if (info->type_stack->type.localp)
+    localp = true;
+  retindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  m = NULL;
+  if (argcount < 0 && ! localp)
+    {
+      m = ieee_get_modified_info (p, retindx);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (m->function > 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, m->function, 0, true, false);
+    }
+
+  /* An attribute of 0x41 means that the frame and push mask are
+     unknown.  */
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &fndef)
+      || ! ieee_define_named_type (info, (const char *) NULL,
+				   (unsigned int) -1, 0, true, localp,
+				   &fndef)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'x')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0x41)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, retindx)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, (bfd_vma) argcount + (varargs ? 1 : 0)))
+    return false;
+  if (argcount > 0)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+	if (! ieee_write_number (info, args[i]))
+	  return false;
+      free (args);
+    }
+  if (varargs)
+    {
+      /* A varargs function is represented by writing out the last
+         argument as type void *, although this makes little sense.  */
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, (bfd_vma) builtin_void + 32))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_write_number (info, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  /* We wrote the information into fndef, in case we don't need it.
+     It will be appended to info->types by ieee_pop_type.  */
+  info->type_stack->type.fndef = fndef;
+
+  if (m != NULL)
+    m->function = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a reference type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_reference_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  /* IEEE appears to record a normal pointer type, and then use a
+     pmisc record to indicate that it is really a reference.  */
+
+  if (! ieee_pointer_type (p))
+    return false;
+  info->type_stack->type.referencep = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a range type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_range_type (p, low, high)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma low;
+     bfd_signed_vma high;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int size;
+  boolean unsignedp, localp;
+
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  unsignedp = info->type_stack->type.unsignedp;
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+  return (ieee_define_type (info, size, unsignedp, localp)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 'R')
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, (bfd_vma) low)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, (bfd_vma) high)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, unsignedp ? 0 : 1)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, size));
+}
+
+/* Make an array type.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+ieee_array_type (p, low, high, stringp)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma low;
+     bfd_signed_vma high;
+     boolean stringp;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int eleindx;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int size;
+  struct ieee_modified_type *m = NULL;
+  struct ieee_modified_array_type *a;
+
+  /* IEEE does not store the range, so we just ignore it.  */
+  ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  eleindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* If we don't know the range, treat the size as exactly one
+     element.  */
+  if (low < high)
+    size *= (high - low) + 1;
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      m = ieee_get_modified_info (info, eleindx);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      for (a = m->arrays; a != NULL; a = a->next)
+	{
+	  if (a->low == low && a->high == high)
+	    return ieee_push_type (info, a->indx, size, false, false);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_define_type (info, size, false, localp)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, low == 0 ? 'Z' : 'C')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, eleindx))
+    return false;
+  if (low != 0)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, low))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_write_number (info, high + 1))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      a = (struct ieee_modified_array_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *a);
+      memset (a, 0, sizeof *a);
+
+      a->indx = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+      a->low = low;
+      a->high = high;
+
+      a->next = m->arrays;
+      m->arrays = a;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a set type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_set_type (p, bitstringp)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean bitstringp;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int eleindx;
+
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  eleindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* FIXME: We don't know the size, so we just use 4.  */
+
+  return (ieee_define_type (info, 0, true, localp)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 's')
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 4)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, eleindx));
+}
+
+/* Make an offset type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_offset_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int targetindx, baseindx;
+
+  targetindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+  baseindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* FIXME: The MRI C++ compiler does not appear to generate any
+     useful type information about an offset type.  It just records a
+     pointer to member as an integer.  The MRI/HP IEEE spec does
+     describe a pmisc record which can be used for a pointer to
+     member.  Unfortunately, it does not describe the target type,
+     which seems pretty important.  I'm going to punt this for now.  */
+
+  return ieee_int_type (p, 4, true);
+}  
+
+/* Make a method type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_method_type (p, domain, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean domain;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  /* FIXME: The MRI/HP IEEE spec defines a pmisc record to use for a
+     method, but the definition is incomplete.  We just output an 'x'
+     type.  */
+
+  if (domain)
+    ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+
+  return ieee_function_type (p, argcount, varargs);
+}
+
+/* Make a const qualified type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_const_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int size;
+  boolean unsignedp, localp;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  struct ieee_modified_type *m = NULL;
+
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  unsignedp = info->type_stack->type.unsignedp;
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      m = ieee_get_modified_info (info, indx);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (m->const_qualified > 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, m->const_qualified, size, unsignedp,
+			       false);
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_define_type (info, size, unsignedp, localp)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'n')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 1)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, indx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! localp)
+    m->const_qualified = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a volatile qualified type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_volatile_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int size;
+  boolean unsignedp, localp;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  struct ieee_modified_type *m = NULL;
+
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  unsignedp = info->type_stack->type.unsignedp;
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (! localp)
+    {
+      m = ieee_get_modified_info (info, indx);
+      if (m == NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (m->volatile_qualified > 0)
+	return ieee_push_type (info, m->volatile_qualified, size, unsignedp,
+			       false);
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_define_type (info, size, unsignedp, localp)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'n')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 2)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, indx))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! localp)
+    m->volatile_qualified = info->type_stack->type.indx;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Convert an enum debug_visibility into a CXXFLAGS value.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+ieee_vis_to_flags (visibility)
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      return CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      return CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      return CXXFLAGS_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Start defining a struct type.  We build it in the strdef field on
+   the stack, to avoid confusing type definitions required by the
+   fields with the struct type itself.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_struct_type (p, tag, id, structp, size)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean localp, ignorep;
+  boolean copy;
+  char ab[20];
+  const char *look;
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *h;
+  struct ieee_name_type *nt, *ntlook;
+  struct ieee_buflist strdef;
+
+  localp = false;
+  ignorep = false;
+
+  /* We need to create a tag for internal use even if we don't want
+     one for external use.  This will let us refer to an anonymous
+     struct.  */
+  if (tag != NULL)
+    {
+      look = tag;
+      copy = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sprintf (ab, "__anon%u", id);
+      look = ab;
+      copy = true;
+    }
+
+  /* If we already have references to the tag, we must use the
+     existing type index.  */
+  h = ieee_name_type_hash_lookup (&info->tags, look, true, copy);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  nt = NULL;
+  for (ntlook = h->types; ntlook != NULL; ntlook = ntlook->next)
+    {
+      if (ntlook->id == id)
+	nt = ntlook;
+      else if (! ntlook->type.localp)
+	{
+	  /* We are creating a duplicate definition of a globally
+	     defined tag.  Force it to be local to avoid
+	     confusion.  */
+	  localp = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (nt != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (localp == nt->type.localp);
+      if (nt->kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL && ! localp)
+	{
+	  /* We've already seen a global definition of the type.
+             Ignore this new definition.  */
+	  ignorep = true;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      nt = (struct ieee_name_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nt);
+      memset (nt, 0, sizeof *nt);
+      nt->id = id;
+      nt->type.name = h->root.string;
+      nt->next = h->types;
+      h->types = nt;
+      nt->type.indx = info->type_indx;
+      ++info->type_indx;
+    }
+
+  nt->kind = DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL;
+
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &strdef)
+      || ! ieee_define_named_type (info, tag, nt->type.indx, size, true,
+				   localp, &strdef)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, structp ? 'S' : 'U')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, size))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ignorep)
+    {
+      const char *hold;
+
+      /* We never want nt->type.name to be NULL.  We want the rest of
+	 the type to be the object set up on the type stack; it will
+	 have a NULL name if tag is NULL.  */
+      hold = nt->type.name;
+      nt->type = info->type_stack->type;
+      nt->type.name = hold;
+    }
+
+  info->type_stack->type.name = tag;
+  info->type_stack->type.strdef = strdef;
+  info->type_stack->type.ignorep = ignorep;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a field to a struct.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_struct_field (p, name, bitpos, bitsize, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     bfd_vma bitsize;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int size;
+  boolean unsignedp;
+  boolean referencep;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  bfd_vma offset;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->next != NULL
+	  && ! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->type_stack->next->type.strdef));
+
+  /* If we are ignoring this struct definition, just pop and ignore
+     the type.  */
+  if (info->type_stack->next->type.ignorep)
+    {
+      ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  unsignedp = info->type_stack->type.unsignedp;
+  referencep = info->type_stack->type.referencep;
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (localp)
+    info->type_stack->type.localp = true;
+
+  if (info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int flags;
+      unsigned int nindx;
+
+      /* This is a class.  We must add a description of this field to
+         the class records we are building.  */
+
+      flags = ieee_vis_to_flags (visibility);
+      nindx = info->type_stack->type.classdef->indx;
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info,
+				&info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'd')
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, flags)
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name)
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name))
+	return false;
+      info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount += 4;
+
+      if (referencep)
+	{
+	  unsigned int nindx;
+
+	  /* We need to output a record recording that this field is
+             really of reference type.  We put this on the refs field
+             of classdef, so that it can be appended to the C++
+             records after the class is defined.  */
+
+	  nindx = info->name_indx;
+	  ++info->name_indx;
+
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info,
+				    &info->type_stack->type.classdef->refs)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	      || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 62)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 80)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 4)
+	      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'R')
+	      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 3)
+	      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, info->type_stack->type.name)
+	      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If the bitsize doesn't match the expected size, we need to output
+     a bitfield type.  */
+  if (size == 0 || bitsize == 0 || bitsize == size * 8)
+    offset = bitpos / 8;
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_define_type (info, 0, unsignedp,
+			      info->type_stack->type.localp)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'g')
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, unsignedp ? 0 : 1)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, bitsize)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, indx))
+	return false;
+      indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+      offset = bitpos;
+    }
+
+  /* Switch to the struct we are building in order to output this
+     field definition.  */
+  return (ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->type_stack->type.strdef)
+	  && ieee_write_id (info, name)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, indx)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, offset));
+}
+
+/* Finish up a struct type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_end_struct_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_buflist *pb;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && ! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->type_stack->type.strdef));
+
+  /* If we were ignoring this struct definition because it was a
+     duplicate defintion, just through away whatever bytes we have
+     accumulated.  Leave the type on the stack. */
+  if (info->type_stack->type.ignorep)
+    return true;
+
+  /* If this is not a duplicate definition of this tag, then localp
+     will be false, and we can put it in the global type block.
+     FIXME: We should avoid outputting duplicate definitions which are
+     the same.  */
+  if (! info->type_stack->type.localp)
+    {
+      /* Make sure we have started the global type block.  */
+      if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->global_types))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->global_types)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 2)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      pb = &info->global_types;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Make sure we have started the types block.  */
+      if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->types))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 1)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      pb = &info->types;
+    }
+
+  /* Append the struct definition to the types.  */
+  if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, pb, &info->type_stack->type.strdef)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->type_stack->type.strdef))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Leave the struct on the type stack.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a class type.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_class_type (p, tag, id, structp, size, vptr, ownvptr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean vptr;
+     boolean ownvptr;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  const char *vclass;
+  struct ieee_buflist pmiscbuf;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  struct ieee_type_class *classdef;
+
+  /* A C++ class is output as a C++ struct along with a set of pmisc
+     records describing the class.  */
+
+  /* We need to have a name so that we can associate the struct and
+     the class.  */
+  if (tag == NULL)
+    {
+      char *t;
+
+      t = (char *) xmalloc (20);
+      sprintf (t, "__anon%u", id);
+      tag = t;
+    }
+
+  /* We can't write out the virtual table information until we have
+     finished the class, because we don't know the virtual table size.
+     We get the size from the largest voffset we see.  */
+  vclass = NULL;
+  if (vptr && ! ownvptr)
+    {
+      vclass = info->type_stack->type.name;
+      assert (vclass != NULL);
+      /* We don't call ieee_pop_unused_type, since the class should
+         get defined.  */
+      (void) ieee_pop_type (info);
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_start_struct_type (p, tag, id, structp, size))
+    return false;
+
+  indx = info->name_indx;
+  ++info->name_indx;
+
+  /* We write out pmisc records into the classdef field.  We will
+     write out the pmisc start after we know the number of records we
+     need.  */
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &pmiscbuf)
+      || ! ieee_change_buffer (info, &pmiscbuf)
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, indx, 'T')
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, indx, structp ? 'o' : 'u')
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, indx, tag))
+    return false;
+
+  classdef = (struct ieee_type_class *) xmalloc (sizeof *classdef);
+  memset (classdef, 0, sizeof *classdef);
+
+  classdef->indx = indx;
+  classdef->pmiscbuf = pmiscbuf;
+  classdef->pmisccount = 3;
+  classdef->vclass = vclass;
+  classdef->ownvptr = ownvptr;
+
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef = classdef;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a static member to a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_static_member (p, name, physname, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int flags;
+  unsigned int nindx;
+
+  /* We don't care about the type.  Hopefully there will be a call to
+     ieee_variable declaring the physical name and the type, since
+     that is where an IEEE consumer must get the type.  */
+  ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL);
+
+  flags = ieee_vis_to_flags (visibility);
+  flags |= CXXFLAGS_STATIC;
+
+  nindx = info->type_stack->type.classdef->indx;
+
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf)
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'd')
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, flags)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, physname))
+    return false;
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount += 4;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a base class to a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_baseclass (p, bitpos, virtual, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     boolean virtual;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  const char *bname;
+  boolean localp;
+  unsigned int bindx;
+  char *fname;
+  unsigned int flags;
+  unsigned int nindx;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.name != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->next != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->next->type.classdef != NULL
+	  && ! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->type_stack->next->type.strdef));
+
+  bname = info->type_stack->type.name;
+  localp = info->type_stack->type.localp;
+  bindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* We are currently defining both a struct and a class.  We must
+     write out a field definition in the struct which holds the base
+     class.  The stabs debugging reader will create a field named
+     _vb$CLASS for a virtual base class, so we just use that.  FIXME:
+     we should not depend upon a detail of stabs debugging.  */
+  if (virtual)
+    {
+      fname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (bname) + sizeof "_vb$");
+      sprintf (fname, "_vb$%s", bname);
+      flags = BASEFLAGS_VIRTUAL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (localp)
+	info->type_stack->type.localp = true;
+
+      fname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (bname) + sizeof "_b$");
+      sprintf (fname, "_b$%s", bname);
+
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->type_stack->type.strdef)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, fname)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, bindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, bitpos / 8))
+	return false;
+      flags = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (visibility == DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE)
+    flags |= BASEFLAGS_PRIVATE;
+
+  nindx = info->type_stack->type.classdef->indx;
+
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf)
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'b')
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, flags)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, bname)
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, fname))
+    return false;
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount += 5;
+
+  free (fname);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start building a method for a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_start_method (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef->method == NULL);
+
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef->method = name;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define a new method variant, either static or not.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, staticp, constp,
+		       volatilep, voffset, context)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean staticp;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     boolean context;
+{
+  unsigned int flags;
+  unsigned int nindx;
+  boolean virtual;
+
+  /* We don't need the type of the method.  An IEEE consumer which
+     wants the type must track down the function by the physical name
+     and get the type from that.  */
+  ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+
+  /* We don't use the context.  FIXME: We probably ought to use it to
+     adjust the voffset somehow, but I don't really know how.  */
+  if (context)
+    ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef->method != NULL);
+
+  flags = ieee_vis_to_flags (visibility);
+
+  /* FIXME: We never set CXXFLAGS_OVERRIDE, CXXFLAGS_OPERATOR,
+     CXXFLAGS_CTORDTOR, CXXFLAGS_CTOR, or CXXFLAGS_INLINE.  */
+
+  if (staticp)
+    flags |= CXXFLAGS_STATIC;
+  if (constp)
+    flags |= CXXFLAGS_CONST;
+  if (volatilep)
+    flags |= CXXFLAGS_VOLATILE;
+
+  nindx = info->type_stack->type.classdef->indx;
+
+  virtual = context || voffset > 0;
+
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info,
+			    &info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf)
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, virtual ? 'v' : 'm')
+      || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, flags)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx,
+			     info->type_stack->type.classdef->method)
+      || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, physname))
+    return false;
+
+  if (virtual)
+    {
+      if (voffset > info->type_stack->type.classdef->voffset)
+	info->type_stack->type.classdef->voffset = voffset;
+      if (! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, voffset))
+	return false;
+      ++info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount += 5;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define a new method variant.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep,
+			   voffset, context)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     boolean context;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  return ieee_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, false, constp,
+				volatilep, voffset, context);
+}
+
+/* Define a new static method variant.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_static_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  return ieee_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, true, constp,
+				volatilep, 0, false);
+}
+
+/* Finish up a method.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_class_end_method (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef->method != NULL);
+
+  info->type_stack->type.classdef->method = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_end_class_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int nindx;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL
+	  && info->type_stack->type.classdef != NULL);
+
+  /* If we were ignoring this class definition because it was a
+     duplicate definition, just through away whatever bytes we have
+     accumulated.  Leave the type on the stack.  */
+  if (info->type_stack->type.ignorep)
+    return true;
+
+  nindx = info->type_stack->type.classdef->indx;
+
+  /* If we have a virtual table, we can write out the information now.  */
+  if (info->type_stack->type.classdef->vclass != NULL
+      || info->type_stack->type.classdef->ownvptr)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info,
+				&info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'z')
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx,
+			       info->type_stack->type.classdef->voffset))
+	return false;
+      if (info->type_stack->type.classdef->ownvptr)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, ""))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx,
+				  info->type_stack->type.classdef->vclass))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 0))
+	return false;
+      info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount += 5;
+    }
+
+  /* Now that we know the number of pmisc records, we can write out
+     the atn62 which starts the pmisc records, and append them to the
+     C++ buffers.  */
+
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->cxx)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+      || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 62)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 80)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info,
+			      info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmisccount))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->cxx,
+			    &info->type_stack->type.classdef->pmiscbuf))
+    return false;
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->type_stack->type.classdef->refs))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->cxx,
+				&info->type_stack->type.classdef->refs))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return ieee_end_struct_type (p);
+}
+
+/* Push a previously seen typedef onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_typedef_type (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *h;
+  struct ieee_name_type *nt;
+
+  h = ieee_name_type_hash_lookup (&info->typedefs, name, false, false);
+
+  /* h should never be NULL, since that would imply that the generic
+     debugging code has asked for a typedef which it has not yet
+     defined.  */
+  assert (h != NULL);
+
+  /* We always use the most recently defined type for this name, which
+     will be the first one on the list.  */
+
+  nt = h->types;
+  if (! ieee_push_type (info, nt->type.indx, nt->type.size,
+			nt->type.unsignedp, nt->type.localp))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Copy over any other type information we may have.  */
+  info->type_stack->type = nt->type;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a tagged type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_tag_type (p, name, id, kind)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     unsigned int id;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean localp;
+  boolean copy;
+  char ab[20];
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *h;
+  struct ieee_name_type *nt;
+
+  if (kind == DEBUG_KIND_ENUM)
+    {
+      struct ieee_defined_enum *e;
+
+      if (name == NULL)
+	abort ();
+      for (e = info->enums; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+	if (e->tag != NULL && strcmp (e->tag, name) == 0)
+	  return ieee_push_type (info, e->indx, 0, true, false);
+
+      e = (struct ieee_defined_enum *) xmalloc (sizeof *e);
+      memset (e, 0, sizeof *e);
+
+      e->indx = info->type_indx;
+      ++info->type_indx;
+      e->tag = name;
+      e->defined = false;
+
+      e->next = info->enums;
+      info->enums = e;
+
+      return ieee_push_type (info, e->indx, 0, true, false);
+    }
+
+  localp = false;
+
+  copy = false;
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      sprintf (ab, "__anon%u", id);
+      name = ab;
+      copy = true;
+    }
+
+  h = ieee_name_type_hash_lookup (&info->tags, name, true, copy);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  for (nt = h->types; nt != NULL; nt = nt->next)
+    {
+      if (nt->id == id)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_push_type (info, nt->type.indx, nt->type.size,
+				nt->type.unsignedp, nt->type.localp))
+	    return false;
+	  /* Copy over any other type information we may have.  */
+	  info->type_stack->type = nt->type;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      if (! nt->type.localp)
+	{
+	  /* This is a duplicate of a global type, so it must be
+             local. */
+	  localp = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  nt = (struct ieee_name_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nt);
+  memset (nt, 0, sizeof *nt);
+
+  nt->id = id;
+  nt->type.name = h->root.string;
+  nt->type.indx = info->type_indx;
+  nt->type.localp = localp;
+  ++info->type_indx;
+  nt->kind = kind;
+
+  nt->next = h->types;
+  h->types = nt;
+
+  if (! ieee_push_type (info, nt->type.indx, 0, false, localp))
+    return false;
+
+  info->type_stack->type.name = h->root.string;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a typedef.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_typdef (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_write_type type;
+  unsigned int indx;
+  boolean found;
+  boolean localp;
+  struct ieee_name_type_hash_entry *h;
+  struct ieee_name_type *nt;
+
+  type = info->type_stack->type;
+  indx = type.indx;
+
+  /* If this is a simple builtin type using a builtin name, we don't
+     want to output the typedef itself.  We also want to change the
+     type index to correspond to the name being used.  We recognize
+     names used in stabs debugging output even if they don't exactly
+     correspond to the names used for the IEEE builtin types.  */
+  found = false;
+  if (indx <= (unsigned int) builtin_bcd_float)
+    {
+      switch ((enum builtin_types) indx)
+	{
+	default:
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_void:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "void") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_signed_char:
+	case builtin_char:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "signed char") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_signed_char;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "char") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_char;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_unsigned_char:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "unsigned char") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_signed_short_int:
+	case builtin_short:
+	case builtin_short_int:
+	case builtin_signed_short:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "signed short int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_signed_short_int;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_short;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "short int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_short_int;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "signed short") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = (unsigned int) builtin_signed_short;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_unsigned_short_int:
+	case builtin_unsigned_short:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "unsigned short int") == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, "short unsigned int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_unsigned_short_int;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "unsigned short") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_unsigned_short;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_signed_long:
+	case builtin_int: /* FIXME: Size depends upon architecture.  */
+	case builtin_long:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "signed long") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_signed_long;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_int;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "long") == 0
+		   || strcmp (name, "long int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_long;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_unsigned_long:
+	case builtin_unsigned: /* FIXME: Size depends upon architecture.  */
+	case builtin_unsigned_int: /* FIXME: Like builtin_unsigned.  */
+	  if (strcmp (name, "unsigned long") == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, "long unsigned int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_unsigned_long;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "unsigned") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_unsigned;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "unsigned int") == 0)
+	    {
+	      indx = builtin_unsigned_int;
+	      found = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_signed_long_long:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "signed long long") == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, "long long int") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_unsigned_long_long:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "unsigned long long") == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, "long long unsigned int") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_float:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "float") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_double:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "double") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_long_double:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "long double") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case builtin_long_long_double:
+	  if (strcmp (name, "long long double") == 0)
+	    found = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (found)
+	type.indx = indx;
+    }
+
+  h = ieee_name_type_hash_lookup (&info->typedefs, name, true, false);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* See if we have already defined this type with this name.  */
+  localp = type.localp;
+  for (nt = h->types; nt != NULL; nt = nt->next)
+    {
+      if (nt->id == indx)
+	{
+	  /* If this is a global definition, then we don't need to
+	     do anything here.  */
+	  if (! nt->type.localp)
+	    {
+	      ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+	      return true;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* This is a duplicate definition, so make this one local.  */
+	  localp = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We need to add a new typedef for this type.  */
+
+  nt = (struct ieee_name_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nt);
+  memset (nt, 0, sizeof *nt);
+  nt->id = indx;
+  nt->type = type;
+  nt->type.name = name;
+  nt->type.localp = localp;
+  nt->kind = DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL;
+
+  nt->next = h->types;
+  h->types = nt;
+
+  if (found)
+    {
+      /* This is one of the builtin typedefs, so we don't need to
+         actually define it.  */
+      ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (! ieee_define_named_type (info, name, (unsigned int) -1, type.size,
+				type.unsignedp,	localp,
+				(struct ieee_buflist *) NULL)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'T')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, indx))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Remove the type we just added to the type stack.  This should not
+     be ieee_pop_unused_type, since the type is used, we just don't
+     need it now.  */
+  (void) ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a tag for a type.  We don't have to do anything here.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_tag (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  /* This should not be ieee_pop_unused_type, since we want the type
+     to be defined.  */
+  (void) ieee_pop_type (info);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output an integer constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_int_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  /* FIXME.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a floating point constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_float_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     double val;
+{
+  /* FIXME.  */
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a typed constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_typed_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  /* FIXME.  */
+  ieee_pop_unused_type (info);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a variable.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_variable (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_var_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int name_indx;
+  unsigned int size;
+  boolean referencep;
+  unsigned int type_indx;
+  boolean asn;
+  int refflag;
+
+  size = info->type_stack->type.size;
+  referencep = info->type_stack->type.referencep;
+  type_indx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  assert (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->vars));
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars))
+    return false;
+
+  name_indx = info->name_indx;
+  ++info->name_indx;
+
+  /* Write out an NN and an ATN record for this variable.  */
+  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, name_indx)
+      || ! ieee_write_id (info, name)
+      || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, name_indx)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, type_indx))
+    return false;
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+    case DEBUG_GLOBAL:
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 8)
+	  || ! ieee_add_range (info, false, val, val + size))
+	return false;
+      refflag = 0;
+      asn = true;
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_STATIC:
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 3)
+	  || ! ieee_add_range (info, false, val, val + size))
+	return false;
+      refflag = 1;
+      asn = true;
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC:
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 3)
+	  || ! ieee_add_range (info, false, val, val + size))
+	return false;
+      refflag = 2;
+      asn = true;
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_LOCAL:
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 1)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, val))
+	return false;
+      refflag = 2;
+      asn = false;
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_REGISTER:
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, 2)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info,
+				  ieee_genreg_to_regno (info->abfd, val)))
+	return false;
+      refflag = 2;
+      asn = false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (asn)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_asn (info, name_indx, val))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is really a reference type, then we just output it with
+     pointer type, and must now output a C++ record indicating that it
+     is really reference type.  */
+  if (referencep)
+    {
+      unsigned int nindx;
+
+      nindx = info->name_indx;
+      ++info->name_indx;
+
+      /* If this is a global variable, we want to output the misc
+         record in the C++ misc record block.  Otherwise, we want to
+         output it just after the variable definition, which is where
+         the current buffer is.  */
+      if (refflag != 2)
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->cxx))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 62)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 80)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 3)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'R')
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, refflag)
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start outputting information for a function.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_function (p, name, global)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     boolean global;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  boolean referencep;
+  unsigned int retindx, typeindx;
+
+  referencep = info->type_stack->type.referencep;
+  retindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* Besides recording a BB4 or BB6 block, we record the type of the
+     function in the BB1 typedef block.  We can't write out the full
+     type until we have seen all the parameters, so we accumulate it
+     in info->fntype and info->fnargs.  */
+  if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->fntype))
+    {
+      /* FIXME: This might happen someday if we support nested
+         functions.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  info->fnname = name;
+
+  /* An attribute of 0x40 means that the push mask is unknown.  */
+  if (! ieee_define_named_type (info, name, (unsigned int) -1, 0, false, true,
+				&info->fntype)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 'x')
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0x40)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, retindx))
+    return false;
+
+  typeindx = ieee_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->fnargs))
+    return false;
+  info->fnargcount = 0;
+
+  /* If the function return value is actually a reference type, we
+     must add a record indicating that.  */
+  if (referencep)
+    {
+      unsigned int nindx;
+
+      nindx = info->name_indx;
+      ++info->name_indx;
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->cxx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 62)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 80)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 3)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'R')
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, global ? 0 : 1)
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, name))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  assert (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->vars));
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The address is written out as the first block.  */
+
+  ++info->block_depth;
+
+  return (ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  && ieee_write_byte (info, global ? 4 : 6)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  && ieee_write_id (info, name)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  && ieee_write_number (info, typeindx));
+}
+
+/* Add a function parameter.  This will normally be called before the
+   first block, so we postpone them until we see the block.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_function_parameter (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+  struct ieee_pending_parm *m, **pm;
+
+  assert (info->block_depth == 1);
+
+  m = (struct ieee_pending_parm *) xmalloc (sizeof *m);
+  memset (m, 0, sizeof *m);
+
+  m->next = NULL;
+  m->name = name;
+  m->referencep = info->type_stack->type.referencep;
+  m->type = ieee_pop_type (info);
+  m->kind = kind;
+  m->val = val;
+
+  for (pm = &info->pending_parms; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
+    ;
+  *pm = m;
+
+  /* Add the type to the fnargs list.  */
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->fnargs)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, m->type))
+    return false;
+  ++info->fnargcount;
+
+  return true;  
+}
+
+/* Output pending function parameters.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_output_pending_parms (info)
+     struct ieee_handle *info;
+{
+  struct ieee_pending_parm *m;
+  unsigned int refcount;
+
+  refcount = 0;
+  for (m = info->pending_parms; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+    {
+      enum debug_var_kind vkind;
+
+      switch (m->kind)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	  return false;
+	case DEBUG_PARM_STACK:
+	case DEBUG_PARM_REFERENCE:
+	  vkind = DEBUG_LOCAL;
+	  break;
+	case DEBUG_PARM_REG:
+	case DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG:
+	  vkind = DEBUG_REGISTER;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (! ieee_push_type (info, m->type, 0, false, false))
+	return false;
+      info->type_stack->type.referencep = m->referencep;
+      if (m->referencep)
+	++refcount;
+      if (! ieee_variable ((PTR) info, m->name, vkind, m->val))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* If there are any reference parameters, we need to output a
+     miscellaneous record indicating them.  */
+  if (refcount > 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int nindx, varindx;
+
+      /* FIXME: The MRI compiler outputs the demangled function name
+         here, but we are outputting the mangled name.  */
+      nindx = info->name_indx;
+      ++info->name_indx;
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, nindx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 62)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 80)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, refcount + 3)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 'B')
+	  || ! ieee_write_atn65 (info, nindx, info->fnname)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, 0))
+	return false;
+      for (m = info->pending_parms, varindx = 1;
+	   m != NULL;
+	   m = m->next, varindx++)
+	{
+	  if (m->referencep)
+	    {
+	      if (! ieee_write_asn (info, nindx, varindx))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  m = info->pending_parms;
+  while (m != NULL)
+    {
+      struct ieee_pending_parm *next;
+
+      next = m->next;
+      free (m);
+      m = next;
+    }
+
+  info->pending_parms = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a block.  If this is the first block, we output the address
+   to finish the BB4 or BB6, and then output the function parameters.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_start_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars))
+    return false;
+
+  if (info->block_depth == 1)
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_number (info, addr)
+	  || ! ieee_output_pending_parms (info))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 6)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, "")
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, addr))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_start_range (info, addr))
+    return false;
+
+  ++info->block_depth;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* End a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_end_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  /* The address we are given is the end of the block, but IEEE seems
+     to want to the address of the last byte in the block, so we
+     subtract one.  */
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->vars)
+      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, addr - 1))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! ieee_end_range (info, addr))
+    return false;
+
+  --info->block_depth;
+
+  if (addr > info->highaddr)
+    info->highaddr = addr;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* End a function.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_end_function (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->block_depth == 1);
+
+  --info->block_depth;
+
+  /* Now we can finish up fntype, and add it to the typdef section.
+     At this point, fntype is the 'x' type up to the argument count,
+     and fnargs is the argument types.  We must add the argument
+     count, and we must add the level.  FIXME: We don't record varargs
+     functions correctly.  In fact, stabs debugging does not give us
+     enough information to do so.  */
+  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->fntype)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->fnargcount)
+      || ! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->fnargs)
+      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Make sure the typdef block has been started.  */
+  if (ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->types))
+    {
+      if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->types)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 1)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->modname))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->types, &info->fntype)
+      || ! ieee_append_buffer (info, &info->types, &info->fnargs))
+    return false;
+
+  info->fnname = NULL;
+  if (! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->fntype)
+      || ! ieee_init_buffer (info, &info->fnargs))
+    return false;
+  info->fnargcount = 0;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record line number information.  */
+
+static boolean
+ieee_lineno (p, filename, lineno, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+     unsigned long lineno;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct ieee_handle *info = (struct ieee_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->filename != NULL);
+
+  /* The HP simulator seems to get confused when more than one line is
+     listed for the same address, at least if they are in different
+     files.  We handle this by always listing the last line for a
+     given address, since that seems to be the one that gdb uses.  */
+  if (info->pending_lineno_filename != NULL
+      && addr != info->pending_lineno_addr)
+    {
+      /* Make sure we have a line number block.  */
+      if (! ieee_buffer_emptyp (&info->linenos))
+	{
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->linenos))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  info->lineno_name_indx = info->name_indx;
+	  ++info->name_indx;
+	  if (! ieee_change_buffer (info, &info->linenos)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 5)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->filename)
+	      || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+	      || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->lineno_name_indx)
+	      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+	    return false;
+	  info->lineno_filename = info->filename;
+	}
+
+      if (strcmp (info->pending_lineno_filename, info->lineno_filename) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (info->filename, info->lineno_filename) != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* We were not in the main file.  Close the block for the
+		 included file.  */
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_be_record_enum))
+		return false;
+	      if (strcmp (info->filename, info->pending_lineno_filename) == 0)
+		{
+		  /* We need a new NN record, and we aren't about to
+		     output one.  */
+		  info->lineno_name_indx = info->name_indx;
+		  ++info->name_indx;
+		  if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+		      || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->lineno_name_indx)
+		      || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+		    return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (strcmp (info->filename, info->pending_lineno_filename) != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* We are not changing to the main file.  Open a block for
+		 the new included file.  */
+	      info->lineno_name_indx = info->name_indx;
+	      ++info->name_indx;
+	      if (! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_bb_record_enum)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, 5)
+		  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (info, info->pending_lineno_filename)
+		  || ! ieee_write_byte (info, (int) ieee_nn_record)
+		  || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->lineno_name_indx)
+		  || ! ieee_write_id (info, ""))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  info->lineno_filename = info->pending_lineno_filename;
+	}
+
+      if (! ieee_write_2bytes (info, (int) ieee_atn_record_enum)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->lineno_name_indx)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 7)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, info->pending_lineno)
+	  || ! ieee_write_number (info, 0)
+	  || ! ieee_write_asn (info, info->lineno_name_indx,
+			       info->pending_lineno_addr))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  info->pending_lineno_filename = filename;
+  info->pending_lineno = lineno;
+  info->pending_lineno_addr = addr;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-ranlib.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-ranlib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fde72a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-ranlib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* Linked with ar.o to flag that this program is 'ranlib' (not 'ar'). */
+
+int is_ranlib = 1;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-strip.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-strip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..215341a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/is-strip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* Linked with objcopy.o to flag that this program is 'strip' (not
+   'objcopy'). */
+
+int is_strip = 1;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-ranlib.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-ranlib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f37bc0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-ranlib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* Linked with ar.o to flag that this program decides at runtime
+   (using argv[0] if it is is 'ar' or 'ranlib'. */
+
+int is_ranlib = -1;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-strip.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-strip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6467c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/maybe-strip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* Linked with objcopy.o to flag that this program decides at runtime
+   (using argv[0] if it is is 'strip' or 'objcopy'. */
+
+int is_strip = -1;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2ad99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+nm \- list symbols from object files.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B nm
+.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-debug\-syms "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-g | \-\-extern\-only "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-B "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-dynamic "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-print\-armap "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-o | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-n | \-\-numeric\-sort "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-no\-sort "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reverse\-sort "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-size\-sort "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-u | \-\-undefined\-only "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" "\-t \fIradix" | \-\-radix=\fIradix "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-P | --portability "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-f \fIformat" | \-\-format=\fIformat "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.\|]
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+GNU \c
+.B nm\c
+\& lists the symbols from object files \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.  If no object files are given as arguments, \c
+.B nm\c
+\& assumes `\|\c
+.B a.out\c
+\|'.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+
+.TP
+.B \-A
+.TP
+.B \-o
+.TP
+.B \-\-print\-file\-name 
+Precede each symbol by the name of the input file where it was found,
+rather than identifying the input file once only before all of its
+symbols. 
+
+.TP
+.B \-a
+.TP
+.B \-\-debug\-syms 
+Display debugger-only symbols; normally these are not listed.
+
+.TP
+.B \-B
+The same as
+.B \-\-format=bsd
+(for compatibility with the MIPS \fBnm\fP).
+
+.TP
+.B \-C
+.TP
+.B \-\-demangle
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.
+
+.TP
+.B \-D
+.TP
+.B \-\-dynamic
+Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols.  This is
+only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-f \fIformat"
+Use the output format \fIformat\fP, which can be ``bsd'',
+``sysv'', or ``posix''.  The default is ``bsd''.
+Only the first character of \fIformat\fP is significant; it can be
+either upper or lower case.
+
+.TP
+.B \-g
+.TP
+.B \-\-extern\-only 
+Display only external symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-n
+.TP
+.B \-v
+.TP
+.B \-\-numeric\-sort 
+Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, not alphabetically by their
+names. 
+
+.TP
+.B \-p
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-sort 
+Don't bother to sort the symbols in any order; just print them in the
+order encountered.
+
+.TP
+.B \-P
+.TP
+.B \-\-portability
+Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
+Equivalent to ``\-f posix''.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s
+.TP
+.B \-\-print\-armap
+When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
+(stored in the archive by \c
+.B ar\c
+\& or \c
+.B ranlib\c
+\&) of what modules
+contain definitions for what names.
+
+.TP
+.B \-r
+.TP
+.B \-\-reverse\-sort 
+Reverse the sense of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
+last come first.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-size\-sort 
+Sort symbols by size.  The size is computed as the difference between
+the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
+value.  The size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-t \fIradix"
+.TP
+.B "\-\-radix=\fIradix"
+Use \fIradix\fP as the radix for printing the symbol values.  It must be
+``d'' for decimal, ``o'' for octal, or ``x'' for hexadecimal.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+See 
+.BR objdump ( 1 ),
+for information on listing available formats.
+
+.TP
+.B \-u
+.TP
+.B \-\-undefined\-only 
+Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
+
+.TP
+.B \-l
+.TP
+.B \-\-line\-numbers
+For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
+line number.  For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
+address of the symbol.  For an undefined symbol, look for the line
+number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol.  If line number
+information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
+
+.TP
+.B \-V
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Show the version number of
+.B nm
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Show a summary of the options to
+.B nm
+and exit.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
+.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
+.BR objdump ( 1 ),
+.BR ranlib "(" 1 ")."
+
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f5d1c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/nm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@
+/* nm.c -- Describe symbol table of a rel file.
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+#include "aout/ranlib.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+/* When sorting by size, we use this structure to hold the size and a
+   pointer to the minisymbol.  */
+
+struct size_sym
+{
+  const PTR minisym;
+  bfd_vma size;
+};
+
+/* When fetching relocs, we use this structure to pass information to
+   get_relocs.  */
+
+struct get_relocs_info
+{
+  asection **secs;
+  arelent ***relocs;
+  long *relcount;
+  asymbol **syms;
+};
+
+static void
+usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+
+static void
+set_print_radix PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static void
+set_output_format PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static void
+display_archive PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+display_file PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+static void
+display_rel_file PARAMS ((bfd * file, bfd * archive));
+
+static long
+filter_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR, long, unsigned int));
+
+static long
+sort_symbols_by_size PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR, long, unsigned int,
+			      struct size_sym **));
+
+static void
+print_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, PTR, long, unsigned int, bfd *));
+
+static void
+print_size_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean, struct size_sym *, long, bfd *));
+
+static void
+print_symname PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, bfd *));
+
+static void
+print_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, bfd *));
+
+static void
+print_symdef_entry PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+
+/* The sorting functions.  */
+
+static int
+numeric_forward PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+numeric_reverse PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+non_numeric_forward PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+non_numeric_reverse PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+size_forward1 PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+size_forward2 PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+/* The output formatting functions.  */
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_bsd PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_sysv PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_posix PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_bsd PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_sysv PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_posix PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_bsd PARAMS ((char *archive, CONST char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_sysv PARAMS ((char *archive, CONST char *filename));
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_posix PARAMS ((char *archive, CONST char *filename));
+
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_bsd PARAMS ((bfd * archive_bfd, bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_sysv PARAMS ((bfd * archive_bfd, bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_posix PARAMS ((bfd * archive_bfd, bfd * abfd));
+
+
+static void
+print_value PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_bsd PARAMS ((symbol_info * info, bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_sysv PARAMS ((symbol_info * info, bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_posix PARAMS ((symbol_info * info, bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+get_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+/* Support for different output formats.  */
+struct output_fns
+  {
+    /* Print the name of an object file given on the command line.  */
+    void (*print_object_filename) PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+    /* Print the name of an archive file given on the command line.  */
+    void (*print_archive_filename) PARAMS ((char *filename));
+
+    /* Print the name of an archive member file.  */
+    void (*print_archive_member) PARAMS ((char *archive, CONST char *filename));
+
+    /* Print the name of the file (and archive, if there is one)
+       containing a symbol.  */
+    void (*print_symbol_filename) PARAMS ((bfd * archive_bfd, bfd * abfd));
+
+    /* Print a line of information about a symbol.  */
+    void (*print_symbol_info) PARAMS ((symbol_info * info, bfd * abfd));
+  };
+static struct output_fns formats[] =
+{
+  {print_object_filename_bsd,
+   print_archive_filename_bsd,
+   print_archive_member_bsd,
+   print_symbol_filename_bsd,
+   print_symbol_info_bsd},
+  {print_object_filename_sysv,
+   print_archive_filename_sysv,
+   print_archive_member_sysv,
+   print_symbol_filename_sysv,
+   print_symbol_info_sysv},
+  {print_object_filename_posix,
+   print_archive_filename_posix,
+   print_archive_member_posix,
+   print_symbol_filename_posix,
+   print_symbol_info_posix}
+};
+
+/* Indices in `formats'.  */
+#define FORMAT_BSD 0
+#define FORMAT_SYSV 1
+#define FORMAT_POSIX 2
+#define FORMAT_DEFAULT FORMAT_BSD
+
+/* The output format to use.  */
+static struct output_fns *format = &formats[FORMAT_DEFAULT];
+
+
+/* Command options.  */
+
+static int do_demangle = 0;	/* Pretty print C++ symbol names.  */
+static int external_only = 0;	/* print external symbols only */
+static int defined_only = 0;	/* Print defined symbols only */
+static int no_sort = 0;		/* don't sort; print syms in order found */
+static int print_debug_syms = 0;	/* print debugger-only symbols too */
+static int print_armap = 0;	/* describe __.SYMDEF data in archive files.  */
+static int reverse_sort = 0;	/* sort in downward(alpha or numeric) order */
+static int sort_numerically = 0;	/* sort in numeric rather than alpha order */
+static int sort_by_size = 0;	/* sort by size of symbol */
+static int undefined_only = 0;	/* print undefined symbols only */
+static int dynamic = 0;		/* print dynamic symbols.  */
+static int show_version = 0;	/* show the version number */
+static int show_stats = 0;	/* show statistics */
+static int line_numbers = 0;	/* print line numbers for symbols */
+
+/* When to print the names of files.  Not mutually exclusive in SYSV format.  */
+static int filename_per_file = 0;	/* Once per file, on its own line.  */
+static int filename_per_symbol = 0;	/* Once per symbol, at start of line.  */
+
+/* Print formats for printing a symbol value.  */
+#ifndef BFD64
+static char value_format[] = "%08lx";
+#else
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+static char value_format[] = "%016lx";
+#else
+/* We don't use value_format for this case.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+static int print_radix = 16;
+/* Print formats for printing stab info.  */
+static char other_format[] = "%02x";
+static char desc_format[] = "%04x";
+
+/* IMPORT */
+extern char *program_name;
+extern char *target;
+
+static struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  {"debug-syms", no_argument, &print_debug_syms, 1},
+  {"demangle", no_argument, &do_demangle, 1},
+  {"dynamic", no_argument, &dynamic, 1},
+  {"extern-only", no_argument, &external_only, 1},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 'f'},
+  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+  {"line-numbers", no_argument, 0, 'l'},
+  {"no-cplus", no_argument, &do_demangle, 0},  /* Linux compatibility.  */
+  {"no-demangle", no_argument, &do_demangle, 0},
+  {"no-sort", no_argument, &no_sort, 1},
+  {"numeric-sort", no_argument, &sort_numerically, 1},
+  {"portability", no_argument, 0, 'P'},
+  {"print-armap", no_argument, &print_armap, 1},
+  {"print-file-name", no_argument, 0, 'o'},
+  {"radix", required_argument, 0, 't'},
+  {"reverse-sort", no_argument, &reverse_sort, 1},
+  {"size-sort", no_argument, &sort_by_size, 1},
+  {"stats", no_argument, &show_stats, 1},
+  {"target", required_argument, 0, 200},
+  {"defined-only", no_argument, &defined_only, 1},
+  {"undefined-only", no_argument, &undefined_only, 1},
+  {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/* Some error-reporting functions */
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-aABCDglnopPrsuvV] [-t radix] [--radix=radix] [--target=bfdname]\n\
+       [--debug-syms] [--extern-only] [--print-armap] [--print-file-name]\n\
+       [--numeric-sort] [--no-sort] [--reverse-sort] [--size-sort]\n\
+       [--undefined-only] [--portability] [-f {bsd,sysv,posix}]\n\
+       [--format={bsd,sysv,posix}] [--demangle] [--no-demangle] [--dynamic]\n\
+       [--defined-only] [--line-numbers]\n\
+       [--version] [--help]\n\
+       [file...]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Set the radix for the symbol value and size according to RADIX.  */
+
+static void
+set_print_radix (radix)
+     char *radix;
+{
+  switch (*radix)
+    {
+    case 'x':
+      break;
+    case 'd':
+    case 'o':
+      if (*radix == 'd')
+	print_radix = 10;
+      else
+	print_radix = 8;
+#ifndef BFD64
+      value_format[4] = *radix;
+#else
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+      value_format[5] = *radix;
+#else
+      /* This case requires special handling for octal and decimal
+         printing.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+      other_format[3] = desc_format[3] = *radix;
+      break;
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: invalid radix\n", program_name, radix);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+set_output_format (f)
+     char *f;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  switch (*f)
+    {
+    case 'b':
+    case 'B':
+      i = FORMAT_BSD;
+      break;
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+      i = FORMAT_POSIX;
+      break;
+    case 's':
+    case 'S':
+      i = FORMAT_SYSV;
+      break;
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: invalid output format\n", program_name, f);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  format = &formats[i];
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int retval;
+
+  program_name = *argv;
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "aABCDef:glnopPrst:uvV", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 'a':
+	  print_debug_syms = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'A':
+	case 'o':
+	  filename_per_symbol = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'B':		/* For MIPS compatibility.  */
+	  set_output_format ("bsd");
+	  break;
+	case 'C':
+	  do_demangle = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'D':
+	  dynamic = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  /* Ignored for HP/UX compatibility.  */
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  set_output_format (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'g':
+	  external_only = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	case 'l':
+	  line_numbers = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	case 'v':
+	  sort_numerically = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  no_sort = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'P':
+	  set_output_format ("posix");
+	  break;
+	case 'r':
+	  reverse_sort = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  print_armap = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  set_print_radix (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  undefined_only = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  show_version = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 200:		/* --target */
+	  target = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 0:		/* A long option that just sets a flag.  */
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("nm");
+
+  /* OK, all options now parsed.  If no filename specified, do a.out.  */
+  if (optind == argc)
+    return !display_file ("a.out");
+
+  retval = 0;
+
+  if (argc - optind > 1)
+    filename_per_file = 1;
+
+  /* We were given several filenames to do.  */
+  while (optind < argc)
+    {
+      PROGRESS (1);
+      if (!display_file (argv[optind++]))
+	retval++;
+    }
+
+  END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+  if (show_stats)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+      char *lim = (char *) sbrk (0);
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: data size %ld\n", program_name,
+	       (long) (lim - (char *) &environ));
+    }
+#endif
+
+  exit (retval);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+static void
+display_archive (file)
+     bfd *file;
+{
+  bfd *arfile = NULL;
+  bfd *last_arfile = NULL;
+  char **matching;
+
+  (*format->print_archive_filename) (bfd_get_filename (file));
+
+  if (print_armap)
+    print_symdef_entry (file);
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      PROGRESS (1);
+
+      arfile = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (file, arfile);
+
+      if (arfile == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_more_archived_files)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (file));
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_check_format_matches (arfile, bfd_object, &matching))
+	{
+	  (*format->print_archive_member) (bfd_get_filename (file),
+					   bfd_get_filename (arfile));
+	  display_rel_file (arfile, file);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (arfile));
+	  if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	    {
+	      list_matching_formats (matching);
+	      free (matching);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (last_arfile != NULL)
+	bfd_close (last_arfile);
+      last_arfile = arfile;
+    }
+
+  if (last_arfile != NULL)
+    bfd_close (last_arfile);
+}
+
+static boolean
+display_file (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  boolean retval = true;
+  bfd *file;
+  char **matching;
+
+  file = bfd_openr (filename, target);
+  if (file == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (filename);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (file, bfd_archive))
+    {
+      display_archive (file);
+    }
+  else if (bfd_check_format_matches (file, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      (*format->print_object_filename) (filename);
+      display_rel_file (file, NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (filename);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      retval = false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_close (file) == false)
+    bfd_fatal (filename);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* These globals are used to pass information into the sorting
+   routines.  */
+static bfd *sort_bfd;
+static boolean sort_dynamic;
+static asymbol *sort_x;
+static asymbol *sort_y;
+
+/* Symbol-sorting predicates */
+#define valueof(x) ((x)->section->vma + (x)->value)
+
+/* Numeric sorts.  Undefined symbols are always considered "less than"
+   defined symbols with zero values.  Common symbols are not treated
+   specially -- i.e., their sizes are used as their "values".  */
+
+static int
+numeric_forward (P_x, P_y)
+     const PTR P_x;
+     const PTR P_y;
+{
+  asymbol *x, *y;
+  asection *xs, *ys;
+
+  x = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_x, sort_x);
+  y =  bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_y, sort_y);
+  if (x == NULL || y == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (sort_bfd));
+
+  xs = bfd_get_section (x);
+  ys = bfd_get_section (y);
+
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (xs))
+    {
+      if (! bfd_is_und_section (ys))
+	return -1;
+    }
+  else if (bfd_is_und_section (ys))
+    return 1;
+  else if (valueof (x) != valueof (y))
+    return valueof (x) < valueof (y) ? -1 : 1;
+
+  return non_numeric_forward (P_x, P_y);
+}
+
+static int
+numeric_reverse (x, y)
+     const PTR x;
+     const PTR y;
+{
+  return - numeric_forward (x, y);
+}
+
+static int
+non_numeric_forward (P_x, P_y)
+     const PTR P_x;
+     const PTR P_y;
+{
+  asymbol *x, *y;
+  const char *xn, *yn;
+
+  x = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_x, sort_x);
+  y = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_y, sort_y);
+  if (x == NULL || y == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (sort_bfd));
+
+  xn = bfd_asymbol_name (x);
+  yn = bfd_asymbol_name (y);
+
+  return ((xn == NULL) ? ((yn == NULL) ? 0 : -1) :
+	  ((yn == NULL) ? 1 : strcmp (xn, yn)));
+}
+
+static int
+non_numeric_reverse (x, y)
+     const PTR x;
+     const PTR y;
+{
+  return - non_numeric_forward (x, y);
+}
+
+static int (*(sorters[2][2])) PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)) =
+{
+  { non_numeric_forward, non_numeric_reverse },
+  { numeric_forward, numeric_reverse }
+};
+
+/* This sort routine is used by sort_symbols_by_size.  It is similar
+   to numeric_forward, but when symbols have the same value it sorts
+   by section VMA.  This simplifies the sort_symbols_by_size code
+   which handles symbols at the end of sections.  Also, this routine
+   tries to sort file names before other symbols with the same value.
+   That will make the file name have a zero size, which will make
+   sort_symbols_by_size choose the non file name symbol, leading to
+   more meaningful output.  For similar reasons, this code sorts
+   gnu_compiled_* and gcc2_compiled before other symbols with the same
+   value.  */
+
+static int
+size_forward1 (P_x, P_y)
+     const PTR P_x;
+     const PTR P_y;
+{
+  asymbol *x, *y;
+  asection *xs, *ys;
+  const char *xn, *yn;
+  size_t xnl, ynl;
+  int xf, yf;
+
+  x = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_x, sort_x);
+  y = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (sort_bfd, sort_dynamic, P_y, sort_y);
+  if (x == NULL || y == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (sort_bfd));
+
+  xs = bfd_get_section (x);
+  ys = bfd_get_section (y);
+
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (xs))
+    abort ();
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (ys))
+    abort ();
+
+  if (valueof (x) != valueof (y))
+    return valueof (x) < valueof (y) ? -1 : 1;
+
+  if (xs->vma != ys->vma)
+    return xs->vma < ys->vma ? -1 : 1;
+
+  xn = bfd_asymbol_name (x);
+  yn = bfd_asymbol_name (y);
+  xnl = strlen (xn);
+  ynl = strlen (yn);
+
+  /* The symbols gnu_compiled and gcc2_compiled convey even less
+     information than the file name, so sort them out first.  */
+
+  xf = (strstr (xn, "gnu_compiled") != NULL
+	|| strstr (xn, "gcc2_compiled") != NULL);
+  yf = (strstr (yn, "gnu_compiled") != NULL
+	|| strstr (yn, "gcc2_compiled") != NULL);
+
+  if (xf && ! yf)
+    return -1;
+  if (! xf && yf)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* We use a heuristic for the file name.  It may not work on non
+     Unix systems, but it doesn't really matter; the only difference
+     is precisely which symbol names get printed.  */
+
+#define file_symbol(s, sn, snl)			\
+  (((s)->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0			\
+   || ((sn)[(snl) - 2] == '.'			\
+       && ((sn)[(snl) - 1] == 'o'		\
+	   || (sn)[(snl) - 1] == 'a')))
+
+  xf = file_symbol (x, xn, xnl);
+  yf = file_symbol (y, yn, ynl);
+
+  if (xf && ! yf)
+    return -1;
+  if (! xf && yf)
+    return 1;
+
+  return non_numeric_forward (P_x, P_y);
+}
+
+/* This sort routine is used by sort_symbols_by_size.  It is sorting
+   an array of size_sym structures into size order.  */
+
+static int
+size_forward2 (P_x, P_y)
+     const PTR P_x;
+     const PTR P_y;
+{
+  const struct size_sym *x = (const struct size_sym *) P_x;
+  const struct size_sym *y = (const struct size_sym *) P_y;
+
+  if (x->size < y->size)
+    return reverse_sort ? 1 : -1;
+  else if (x->size > y->size)
+    return reverse_sort ? -1 : 1;
+  else
+    return sorters[0][reverse_sort] (x->minisym, y->minisym);
+}
+
+/* Sort the symbols by size.  We guess the size by assuming that the
+   difference between the address of a symbol and the address of the
+   next higher symbol is the size.  FIXME: ELF actually stores a size
+   with each symbol.  We should use it.  */
+
+static long
+sort_symbols_by_size (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount, size, symsizesp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     PTR minisyms;
+     long symcount;
+     unsigned int size;
+     struct size_sym **symsizesp;
+{
+  struct size_sym *symsizes;
+  bfd_byte *from, *fromend;
+  asymbol *sym;
+  asymbol *store_sym, *store_next;
+
+  qsort (minisyms, symcount, size, size_forward1);
+
+  /* We are going to return a special set of symbols and sizes to
+     print.  */
+  symsizes = (struct size_sym *) xmalloc (symcount * sizeof (struct size_sym));
+  *symsizesp = symsizes;
+
+  /* Note that filter_symbols has already removed all absolute and
+     undefined symbols.  Here we remove all symbols whose size winds
+     up as zero.  */
+
+  from = (bfd_byte *) minisyms;
+  fromend = from + symcount * size;
+
+  store_sym = sort_x;
+  store_next = sort_y;
+
+  if (from < fromend)
+    {
+      sym = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, (const PTR) from,
+				      store_sym);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+
+  for (; from < fromend; from += size)
+    {
+      asymbol *next;
+      asection *sec;
+      bfd_vma sz;
+      asymbol *temp;
+
+      if (from + size < fromend)
+	{
+	  next = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd,
+					   dynamic,
+					   (const PTR) (from + size),
+					   store_next);
+	  if (next == NULL)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	}
+      else
+	next = NULL;
+
+      sec = bfd_get_section (sym);
+
+      if (bfd_is_com_section (sec))
+	sz = sym->value;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (from + size < fromend
+	      && sec == bfd_get_section (next))
+	    sz = valueof (next) - valueof (sym);
+	  else
+	    sz = (bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec)
+		  + bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)
+		  - valueof (sym));
+	}
+
+      if (sz != 0)
+	{
+	  symsizes->minisym = (const PTR) from;
+	  symsizes->size = sz;
+	  ++symsizes;
+	}
+
+      sym = next;
+
+      temp = store_sym;
+      store_sym = store_next;
+      store_next = temp;
+    }
+
+  symcount = symsizes - *symsizesp;
+
+  /* We must now sort again by size.  */
+  qsort ((PTR) *symsizesp, symcount, sizeof (struct size_sym), size_forward2);
+
+  return symcount;
+}
+
+/* If ARCHIVE_BFD is non-NULL, it is the archive containing ABFD.  */
+
+static void
+display_rel_file (abfd, archive_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd *archive_bfd;
+{
+  long symcount;
+  PTR minisyms;
+  unsigned int size;
+  struct size_sym *symsizes;
+
+  if (! dynamic)
+    {
+      if (!(bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & HAS_SYMS))
+	{
+	  printf ("No symbols in \"%s\".\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  symcount = bfd_read_minisymbols (abfd, dynamic, &minisyms, &size);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  if (symcount == 0)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no symbols\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Discard the symbols we don't want to print.
+     It's OK to do this in place; we'll free the storage anyway
+     (after printing).  */
+
+  symcount = filter_symbols (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount, size);
+
+  symsizes = NULL;
+  if (! no_sort)
+    {
+      sort_bfd = abfd;
+      sort_dynamic = dynamic;
+      sort_x = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+      sort_y = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+      if (sort_x == NULL || sort_y == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      if (! sort_by_size)
+	qsort (minisyms, symcount, size,
+	       sorters[sort_numerically][reverse_sort]);
+      else
+	symcount = sort_symbols_by_size (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount,
+					 size, &symsizes);
+    }
+
+  if (! sort_by_size)
+    print_symbols (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount, size, archive_bfd);
+  else
+    print_size_symbols (abfd, dynamic, symsizes, symcount, archive_bfd);
+
+  free (minisyms);
+}
+
+/* Choose which symbol entries to print;
+   compact them downward to get rid of the rest.
+   Return the number of symbols to be printed.  */
+
+static long
+filter_symbols (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount, size)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     PTR minisyms;
+     long symcount;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  bfd_byte *from, *fromend, *to;
+  asymbol *store;
+
+  store = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+  if (store == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  from = (bfd_byte *) minisyms;
+  fromend = from + symcount * size;
+  to = (bfd_byte *) minisyms;
+
+  for (; from < fromend; from += size)
+    {
+      int keep = 0;
+      asymbol *sym;
+
+      PROGRESS (1);
+      
+      sym = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, (const PTR) from, store);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      if (undefined_only)
+	keep = bfd_is_und_section (sym->section);
+      else if (external_only)
+	keep = ((sym->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0
+		|| (sym->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0
+		|| bfd_is_und_section (sym->section)
+		|| bfd_is_com_section (sym->section));
+      else
+	keep = 1;
+
+      if (keep
+	  && ! print_debug_syms
+	  && (sym->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	keep = 0;
+
+      if (keep
+	  && sort_by_size
+	  && (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)
+	      || bfd_is_und_section (sym->section)))
+	keep = 0;
+
+      if (keep
+	  && defined_only)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_is_und_section (sym->section))
+	    keep = 0;
+	}
+
+      if (keep)
+	{
+	  memcpy (to, from, size);
+	  to += size;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (to - (bfd_byte *) minisyms) / size;
+}
+
+/* Print symbol name NAME, read from ABFD, with printf format FORMAT,
+   demangling it if requested.  */
+
+static void
+print_symname (format, name, abfd)
+     const char *format;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (do_demangle && *name)
+    {
+      char *res;
+
+      /* In this mode, give a user-level view of the symbol name
+	 even if it's not mangled; strip off any leading
+	 underscore.  */
+      if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == name[0])
+	name++;
+
+      res = cplus_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+      if (res)
+	{
+	  printf (format, res);
+	  free (res);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  printf (format, name);
+}
+
+/* Print the symbols.  If ARCHIVE_BFD is non-NULL, it is the archive
+   containing ABFD.  */
+
+static void
+print_symbols (abfd, dynamic, minisyms, symcount, size, archive_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     PTR minisyms;
+     long symcount;
+     unsigned int size;
+     bfd *archive_bfd;
+{
+  asymbol *store;
+  bfd_byte *from, *fromend;
+
+  store = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+  if (store == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  from = (bfd_byte *) minisyms;
+  fromend = from + symcount * size;
+  for (; from < fromend; from += size)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+
+      sym = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, from, store);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      print_symbol (abfd, sym, archive_bfd);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print the symbols when sorting by size.  */
+
+static void 
+print_size_symbols (abfd, dynamic, symsizes, symcount, archive_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+     struct size_sym *symsizes;
+     long symcount;
+     bfd *archive_bfd;
+{
+  asymbol *store;
+  struct size_sym *from, *fromend;
+
+  store = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd);
+  if (store == NULL)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  from = symsizes;
+  fromend = from + symcount;
+  for (; from < fromend; from++)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+
+      sym = bfd_minisymbol_to_symbol (abfd, dynamic, from->minisym, store);
+      if (sym == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      /* Set the symbol value so that we actually display the symbol
+         size.  */
+      sym->value = from->size - bfd_section_vma (abfd, bfd_get_section (sym));
+
+      print_symbol (abfd, sym, archive_bfd);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print a single symbol.  */
+
+static void
+print_symbol (abfd, sym, archive_bfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     bfd *archive_bfd;
+{
+  PROGRESS (1);
+
+  (*format->print_symbol_filename) (archive_bfd, abfd);
+
+  if (undefined_only)
+    {
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	print_symname ("%s", bfd_asymbol_name (sym), abfd);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      symbol_info syminfo;
+
+      bfd_get_symbol_info (abfd, sym, &syminfo);
+      (*format->print_symbol_info) (&syminfo, abfd);
+    }
+
+  if (line_numbers)
+    {
+      static bfd *cache_bfd;
+      static asymbol **syms;
+      static long symcount;
+      const char *filename, *functionname;
+      unsigned int lineno;
+
+      /* We need to get the canonical symbols in order to call
+         bfd_find_nearest_line.  This is inefficient, but, then, you
+         don't have to use --line-numbers.  */
+      if (abfd != cache_bfd && syms != NULL)
+	{
+	  free (syms);
+	  syms = NULL;
+	}
+      if (syms == NULL)
+	{
+	  long symsize;
+
+	  symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+	  if (symsize < 0)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  syms = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+	  symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, syms);
+	  if (symcount < 0)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  cache_bfd = abfd;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	{
+	  static bfd *cache_rel_bfd;
+	  static asection **secs;
+	  static arelent ***relocs;
+	  static long *relcount;
+	  unsigned int seccount, i;
+	  const char *symname;
+
+	  /* For an undefined symbol, we try to find a reloc for the
+             symbol, and print the line number of the reloc.  */
+
+	  seccount = bfd_count_sections (abfd);
+
+	  if (abfd != cache_rel_bfd && relocs != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (i = 0; i < seccount; i++)
+		if (relocs[i] != NULL)
+		  free (relocs[i]);
+	      free (secs);
+	      free (relocs);
+	      free (relcount);
+	      secs = NULL;
+	      relocs = NULL;
+	      relcount = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  if (relocs == NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct get_relocs_info info;
+
+	      secs = (asection **) xmalloc (seccount * sizeof *secs);
+	      relocs = (arelent ***) xmalloc (seccount * sizeof *relocs);
+	      relcount = (long *) xmalloc (seccount * sizeof *relcount);
+
+	      info.secs = secs;
+	      info.relocs = relocs;
+	      info.relcount = relcount;
+	      info.syms = syms;
+	      bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, get_relocs, (PTR) &info);
+	      cache_rel_bfd = abfd;
+	    }
+
+	  symname = bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
+	  for (i = 0; i < seccount; i++)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int j;
+
+	      for (j = 0; j < relcount[i]; j++)
+		{
+		  arelent *r;
+
+		  r = relocs[i][j];
+		  if (r->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+		      && (*r->sym_ptr_ptr)->section == sym->section
+		      && (*r->sym_ptr_ptr)->value == sym->value
+		      && strcmp (symname,
+				 bfd_asymbol_name (*r->sym_ptr_ptr)) == 0
+		      && bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, secs[i], syms,
+						r->address, &filename,
+						&functionname, &lineno))
+		    {
+		      /* We only print the first one we find.  */
+		      printf ("\t%s:%u", filename, lineno);
+		      i = seccount;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (bfd_get_section (sym)->owner == abfd)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, bfd_get_section (sym), syms,
+				     sym->value, &filename, &functionname,
+				     &lineno)
+	      && filename != NULL
+	      && lineno != 0)
+	    {
+	      printf ("\t%s:%u", filename, lineno);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  putchar ('\n');
+}
+
+/* The following 3 groups of functions are called unconditionally,
+   once at the start of processing each file of the appropriate type.
+   They should check `filename_per_file' and `filename_per_symbol',
+   as appropriate for their output format, to determine whether to
+   print anything.  */
+
+/* Print the name of an object file given on the command line.  */
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_bsd (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  if (filename_per_file && !filename_per_symbol)
+    printf ("\n%s:\n", filename);
+}
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_sysv (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  if (undefined_only)
+    printf ("\n\nUndefined symbols from %s:\n\n", filename);
+  else
+    printf ("\n\nSymbols from %s:\n\n", filename);
+  printf ("\
+Name                  Value   Class        Type         Size   Line  Section\n\n");
+}
+
+static void
+print_object_filename_posix (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  if (filename_per_file && !filename_per_symbol)
+    printf ("%s:\n", filename);
+}
+
+/* Print the name of an archive file given on the command line.  */
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_bsd (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  if (filename_per_file)
+    printf ("\n%s:\n", filename);
+}
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_sysv (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+}
+
+static void
+print_archive_filename_posix (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+}
+
+/* Print the name of an archive member file.  */
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_bsd (archive, filename)
+     char *archive;
+     CONST char *filename;
+{
+  if (!filename_per_symbol)
+    printf ("\n%s:\n", filename);
+}
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_sysv (archive, filename)
+     char *archive;
+     CONST char *filename;
+{
+  if (undefined_only)
+    printf ("\n\nUndefined symbols from %s[%s]:\n\n", archive, filename);
+  else
+    printf ("\n\nSymbols from %s[%s]:\n\n", archive, filename);
+  printf ("\
+Name                  Value   Class        Type         Size   Line  Section\n\n");
+}
+
+static void
+print_archive_member_posix (archive, filename)
+     char *archive;
+     CONST char *filename;
+{
+  if (!filename_per_symbol)
+    printf ("%s[%s]:\n", archive, filename);
+}
+
+/* Print the name of the file (and archive, if there is one)
+   containing a symbol.  */
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_bsd (archive_bfd, abfd)
+     bfd *archive_bfd, *abfd;
+{
+  if (filename_per_symbol)
+    {
+      if (archive_bfd)
+	printf ("%s:", bfd_get_filename (archive_bfd));
+      printf ("%s:", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_sysv (archive_bfd, abfd)
+     bfd *archive_bfd, *abfd;
+{
+  if (filename_per_symbol)
+    {
+      if (archive_bfd)
+	printf ("%s:", bfd_get_filename (archive_bfd));
+      printf ("%s:", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_symbol_filename_posix (archive_bfd, abfd)
+     bfd *archive_bfd, *abfd;
+{
+  if (filename_per_symbol)
+    {
+      if (archive_bfd)
+	printf ("%s[%s]: ", bfd_get_filename (archive_bfd),
+		bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      else
+	printf ("%s: ", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print a symbol value.  */
+
+static void
+print_value (val)
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+#if ! defined (BFD64) || BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+  printf (value_format, val);
+#else
+  /* We have a 64 bit value to print, but the host is only 32 bit.  */
+  if (print_radix == 16)
+    fprintf_vma (stdout, val);
+  else
+    {
+      char buf[30];
+      char *s;
+
+      s = buf + sizeof buf;
+      *--s = '\0';
+      while (val > 0)
+	{
+	  *--s = (val % print_radix) + '0';
+	  val /= print_radix;
+	}
+      while ((buf + sizeof buf - 1) - s < 16)
+	*--s = '0';
+      printf ("%s", s);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Print a line of information about a symbol.  */
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_bsd (info, abfd)
+     symbol_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  if (info->type == 'U')
+    {
+      printf ("%*s",
+#ifdef BFD64
+	      16,
+#else
+	      8,
+#endif
+	      "");
+    }
+  else
+    print_value (info->value);
+  printf (" %c", info->type);
+  if (info->type == '-')
+    {
+      /* A stab.  */
+      printf (" ");
+      printf (other_format, info->stab_other);
+      printf (" ");
+      printf (desc_format, info->stab_desc);
+      printf (" %5s", info->stab_name);
+    }
+  print_symname (" %s", info->name, abfd);
+}
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_sysv (info, abfd)
+     symbol_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  print_symname ("%-20s|", info->name, abfd);	/* Name */
+  if (info->type == 'U')
+    printf ("        ");	/* Value */
+  else
+    print_value (info->value);
+  printf ("|   %c  |", info->type);	/* Class */
+  if (info->type == '-')
+    {
+      /* A stab.  */
+      printf ("%18s|  ", info->stab_name);	/* (C) Type */
+      printf (desc_format, info->stab_desc);	/* Size */
+      printf ("|     |");	/* Line, Section */
+    }
+  else
+    printf ("                  |      |     |");	/* Type, Size, Line, Section */
+}
+
+static void
+print_symbol_info_posix (info, abfd)
+     symbol_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  print_symname ("%s ", info->name, abfd);
+  printf ("%c ", info->type);
+  if (info->type == 'U')
+    printf ("        ");
+  else
+    print_value (info->value);
+  /* POSIX.2 wants the symbol size printed here, when applicable;
+     BFD currently doesn't provide it, so we take the easy way out by
+     considering it to never be applicable.  */
+}
+
+static void
+print_symdef_entry (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  symindex idx = BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS;
+  carsym *thesym;
+  boolean everprinted = false;
+
+  for (idx = bfd_get_next_mapent (abfd, idx, &thesym);
+       idx != BFD_NO_MORE_SYMBOLS;
+       idx = bfd_get_next_mapent (abfd, idx, &thesym))
+    {
+      bfd *elt;
+      if (!everprinted)
+	{
+	  printf ("\nArchive index:\n");
+	  everprinted = true;
+	}
+      elt = bfd_get_elt_at_index (abfd, idx);
+      if (elt == NULL)
+	bfd_fatal ("bfd_get_elt_at_index");
+      if (thesym->name != (char *) NULL)
+	{
+	  print_symname ("%s", thesym->name, abfd);
+	  printf (" in %s\n", bfd_get_filename (elt));
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function is used to get the relocs for a particular section.
+   It is called via bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+static void
+get_relocs (abfd, sec, dataarg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR dataarg;
+{
+  struct get_relocs_info *data = (struct get_relocs_info *) dataarg;
+
+  *data->secs = sec;
+
+  if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+    {
+      *data->relocs = NULL;
+      *data->relcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      long relsize;
+
+      relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, sec);
+      if (relsize < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      *data->relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+      *data->relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, sec, *data->relocs,
+						data->syms);
+      if (*data->relcount < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+
+  ++data->secs;
+  ++data->relocs;
+  ++data->relcount;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-ranlib.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-ranlib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afb9ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-ranlib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* Linked with ar.o to flag that this program is 'ar' (not 'ranlib'). */
+
+int is_ranlib = 0;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-strip.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-strip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98093ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/not-strip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* Linked with objcopy.o to flag that this program is 'objcopy' (not
+   'strip'). */
+
+int is_strip = 0;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3b8bb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH objcopy 1 "October 1994" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+objcopy \- copy and translate object files
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B objcopy
+.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-b\ \fIbyte\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-i\ \fIinterleave\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-start=\fIval\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-adjust\-start=\fIincr\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-adjust\-vma=\fIincr\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-adjust\-section\-vma=\fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-adjust\-warnings\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-section\-flags=\fIsection=flags\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-add\-section=\fIsectionname=filename\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-leading\-char\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-weaken\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-v\ |\ \-\-verbose\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]" 
+.B infile
+.RB "[\|" outfile\fR "\|]" 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The GNU 
+.B objcopy
+utility copies the contents of an object file to another.  
+.B objcopy 
+uses the GNU BFD Library to read and write the object files.  It can
+write the destination object file in a format different from that of
+the source object file.  The exact behavior of 
+.B objcopy
+is controlled by command-line options.
+.PP
+.B objcopy
+creates temporary files to do its translations and deletes them
+afterward.
+.B objcopy
+uses BFD to do all its translation work; it knows about all the
+formats BFD knows about, and thus is able to recognize most formats
+without being told explicitly.
+.PP
+.B objcopy
+can be used to generate S-records by using an output target of
+.B srec
+(e.g., use
+.B -O srec).
+.PP
+.B objcopy
+can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an output target of
+.B binary
+(e.g., use
+.B -O binary).
+When
+.B objcopy
+generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce a memory dump
+of the contents of the input object file.  All symbols and relocation
+information will be discarded.  The memory dump will start at the
+virtual address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
+.PP
+When generating an S-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
+use
+.B -S
+to remove sections containing debugging information.  In some cases
+.B -R
+will be useful to remove sections which contain information which is
+not needed by the binary file.
+.PP
+.I infile
+and
+.I outfile
+are the source and output files respectively.  If you do not specify
+.IR outfile ,
+.B objcopy
+creates a temporary file and destructively renames the result with the
+name of the input file.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname
+Consider the source file's object format to be 
+.IR bfdname ,
+rather than attempting to deduce it.
+.TP
+.B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname
+Write the output file using the object format 
+.IR bfdname .
+.TP
+.B \-F \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname
+Use 
+.I bfdname
+as the object format for both the input and the output file; i.e.
+simply transfer data from source to destination with no translation.
+.TP
+.B \-R \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-remove-section=\fIsectionname
+Remove the named section from the file.  This option may be given more
+than once.  Note that using this option inappropriately may make the
+output file unusable.
+.TP
+.B \-S\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-all
+Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
+.TP
+.B \-g\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-debug
+Do not copy debugging symbols from the source file.
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-unneeded
+Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+.TP
+.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
+Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once.
+.TP
+.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options
+other than \fB\-K\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-x\fR, \fB \-\-discard\-all
+Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
+.TP
+.B \-X\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-locals
+Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start
+with "L" or ".").
+.TP
+.B \-b \fIbyte\fR, \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte
+Keep only every \fIbyte\fPth byte of the input file (header data is
+not affected).  \fIbyte\fP can be in the range from 0 to the
+interleave-1.  This option is useful for creating files to program
+ROMs.  It is typically used with an srec output target.
+.TP
+.B \-i \fIinterleave\fR, \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave
+Only copy one out of every \fIinterleave\fP bytes.  Which one to copy is
+selected by the \fB\-b\fP or \fB\-\-byte\fP option.  The default is 4.
+The interleave is ignored if neither \fB\-b\fP nor \fB\-\-byte\fP is given.
+.TP
+.B \-p\fR, \fB\-\-preserve\-dates
+Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
+as those of the input file.
+.TP
+.B \-\-debugging
+Convert debugging information, if possible.  This is not the default
+because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
+conversion process can be time consuming.
+.TP
+.B \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval
+Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fP.  This is done by increasing
+the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
+space created with \fIval\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress
+Pad the output file up to the virtual address \fIaddress\fP.  This is
+done by increasing the size of the last section.  The extra space is
+filled in with the value specified by \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fP (default
+zero).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-set\-start=\fIval
+Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fP.  Not all object
+file formats support setting the start address.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fIincr
+Adjust the start address by adding \fIincr\fP.  Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fIincr
+Adjust the address of all sections, as well as the start address, by
+adding \fIincr\fP.  Some object file formats do not permit section
+addresses to be changed arbitrarily.  Note that this does not relocate
+the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a
+certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such
+that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma=\fIsection{=,+,-}val
+Set or adjust the address of the named \fIsection\fP.  If \fI=\fP is
+used, the section address is set to \fIval\fP.  Otherwise, \fIval\fP
+is added to or subtracted from the section address.  See the comments
+under \fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fP, above.  If \fIsection\fP does not exist
+in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
+\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fP is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-adjust\-warnings
+If \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fP is used, and the named section does
+not exist, issue a warning.  This is the default.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings
+Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fP is used, even
+if the named section does not exist.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-set\-section\-flags=\fIsection=flags
+Set the flags for the named section.  The \fIflags\fP argument is a
+comma separated string of flag names.  The recognized names are
+\fIalloc\fP, \fIload\fP, \fIreadonly\fP, \fIcode\fP, \fIdata\fP, and
+\fIrom\fP.  Not all flags are meaningful for all object file
+formats.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-add\-section=\fIsectionname=filename
+Add a new section named \fIsectionname\fR while copying the file.  The
+contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR.
+The size of the section will be the size of the file.  This option
+only works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary
+names.
+.TP
+.B \-\-change\-leading\-char
+Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
+symbols.  The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
+often add before every symbol.  This option tells 
+.B objcopy
+to change the leading character of every symbol when it converts
+between object file formats.  If the object file formats use the same
+leading character, this option has no effect.  Otherwise, it will add
+a character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
+appropriate.
+.TP
+.B \-\-remove\-leading\-char
+If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
+character used by the object file format, remove the character.  The
+most common symbol leading character is underscore.  This option will
+remove a leading underscore from all global symbols.  This can be
+useful if you want to link together objects of different file formats
+with different conventions for symbol names.  This is different from
+@code{--change-leading-char} because it always changes the symbol name
+when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
+.TP
+.B \-\-weaken
+Change all global symbols in the file to be weak.
+.TP
+.B \-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives, "\fBobjcopy \-V\fR" lists all members of the archive.
+.TP
+.B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version
+Show the version number of
+.B objcopy
+and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Show a summary of the options to
+.B objcopy
+and exit.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" 
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993).
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f24e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2113 @@
+/* objcopy.c -- copy object file from input to output, optionally massaging it.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+#include <utime.h>
+#else /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIMES
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+
+static void copy_usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static void strip_usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static flagword parse_flags PARAMS ((const char *));
+static struct section_list *find_section_list PARAMS ((const char *, boolean));
+static void setup_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void copy_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void get_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static int compare_section_vma PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static void add_strip_symbol PARAMS ((const char *));
+static boolean is_strip_symbol PARAMS ((const char *));
+static boolean is_strip_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static unsigned int filter_symbols
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asymbol **, asymbol **, long));
+static void mark_symbols_used_in_relocations PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void filter_bytes PARAMS ((char *, bfd_size_type *));
+static boolean write_debugging_info PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, long *, asymbol ***));
+static void copy_object PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
+static void copy_archive PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, const char *));
+static void copy_file
+  PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, const char *, const char *));
+static int simple_copy PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static int smart_rename PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static void make_same_dates PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static int strip_main PARAMS ((int, char **));
+static int copy_main PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+#define nonfatal(s) {bfd_nonfatal(s); status = 1; return;}
+
+static asymbol **isympp = NULL;	/* Input symbols */
+static asymbol **osympp = NULL;	/* Output symbols that survive stripping */
+
+/* If `copy_byte' >= 0, copy only that byte of every `interleave' bytes.  */
+static int copy_byte = -1;
+static int interleave = 4;
+
+static boolean verbose;		/* Print file and target names. */
+static int status = 0;		/* Exit status.  */
+
+enum strip_action
+  {
+    strip_undef,
+    strip_none,			/* don't strip */
+    strip_debug,		/* strip all debugger symbols */
+    strip_unneeded,		/* strip unnecessary symbols */
+    strip_all			/* strip all symbols */
+  };
+
+/* Which symbols to remove. */
+static enum strip_action strip_symbols;
+
+enum locals_action
+  {
+    locals_undef,
+    locals_start_L,		/* discard locals starting with L */
+    locals_all			/* discard all locals */
+  };
+
+/* Which local symbols to remove.  Overrides strip_all.  */
+static enum locals_action discard_locals;
+
+/* Structure used to hold lists of sections and actions to take.  */
+
+struct section_list
+{
+  /* Next section to adjust.  */
+  struct section_list *next;
+  /* Section name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Whether this entry was used.  */
+  boolean used;
+  /* Whether to remove this section.  */
+  boolean remove;
+  /* Whether to adjust or set VMA.  */
+  enum { ignore_vma, adjust_vma, set_vma } adjust;
+  /* Amount to adjust by or set to.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+  /* Whether to set the section flags.  */
+  boolean set_flags;
+  /* What to set the section flags to.  */
+  flagword flags;
+};
+
+static struct section_list *adjust_sections;
+static boolean sections_removed;
+
+/* Adjustments to the start address.  */
+static bfd_vma adjust_start = 0;
+static boolean set_start_set = false;
+static bfd_vma set_start;
+
+/* Adjustments to section VMA's.  */
+static bfd_vma adjust_section_vma = 0;
+
+/* Filling gaps between sections.  */
+static boolean gap_fill_set = false;
+static bfd_byte gap_fill = 0;
+
+/* Pad to a given address.  */
+static boolean pad_to_set = false;
+static bfd_vma pad_to;
+
+/* List of sections to add.  */
+
+struct section_add
+{
+  /* Next section to add.  */
+  struct section_add *next;
+  /* Name of section to add.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Name of file holding section contents.  */
+  const char *filename;
+  /* Size of file.  */
+  size_t size;
+  /* Contents of file.  */
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+  /* BFD section, after it has been added.  */
+  asection *section;
+};
+
+static struct section_add *add_sections;
+
+/* Whether to convert debugging information.  */
+
+static boolean convert_debugging = false;
+
+/* Whether to change the leading character in symbol names.  */
+
+static boolean change_leading_char = false;
+
+/* Whether to remove the leading character from global symbol names.  */
+
+static boolean remove_leading_char = false;
+
+/* 150 isn't special; it's just an arbitrary non-ASCII char value.  */
+
+#define OPTION_ADD_SECTION 150
+#define OPTION_ADJUST_START (OPTION_ADD_SECTION + 1)
+#define OPTION_ADJUST_VMA (OPTION_ADJUST_START + 1)
+#define OPTION_ADJUST_SECTION_VMA (OPTION_ADJUST_VMA + 1)
+#define OPTION_ADJUST_WARNINGS (OPTION_ADJUST_SECTION_VMA + 1)
+#define OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR (OPTION_ADJUST_WARNINGS + 1)
+#define OPTION_DEBUGGING (OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR + 1)
+#define OPTION_GAP_FILL (OPTION_DEBUGGING + 1)
+#define OPTION_NO_ADJUST_WARNINGS (OPTION_GAP_FILL + 1)
+#define OPTION_PAD_TO (OPTION_NO_ADJUST_WARNINGS + 1)
+#define OPTION_REMOVE_LEADING_CHAR (OPTION_PAD_TO + 1)
+#define OPTION_SET_SECTION_FLAGS (OPTION_REMOVE_LEADING_CHAR + 1)
+#define OPTION_SET_START (OPTION_SET_SECTION_FLAGS + 1)
+#define OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED (OPTION_SET_START + 1)
+#define OPTION_WEAKEN (OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED + 1)
+
+/* Options to handle if running as "strip".  */
+
+static struct option strip_options[] =
+{
+  {"discard-all", no_argument, 0, 'x'},
+  {"discard-locals", no_argument, 0, 'X'},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 'F'}, /* Obsolete */
+  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+  {"input-format", required_argument, 0, 'I'}, /* Obsolete */
+  {"input-target", required_argument, 0, 'I'},
+  {"keep-symbol", required_argument, 0, 'K'},
+  {"output-format", required_argument, 0, 'O'},	/* Obsolete */
+  {"output-target", required_argument, 0, 'O'},
+  {"preserve-dates", no_argument, 0, 'p'},
+  {"remove-section", required_argument, 0, 'R'},
+  {"strip-all", no_argument, 0, 's'},
+  {"strip-debug", no_argument, 0, 'S'},
+  {"strip-unneeded", no_argument, 0, OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED},
+  {"strip-symbol", required_argument, 0, 'N'},
+  {"target", required_argument, 0, 'F'},
+  {"verbose", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
+  {"version", no_argument, 0, 'V'},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/* Options to handle if running as "objcopy".  */
+
+static struct option copy_options[] =
+{
+  {"add-section", required_argument, 0, OPTION_ADD_SECTION},
+  {"adjust-start", required_argument, 0, OPTION_ADJUST_START},
+  {"adjust-vma", required_argument, 0, OPTION_ADJUST_VMA},
+  {"adjust-section-vma", required_argument, 0, OPTION_ADJUST_SECTION_VMA},
+  {"adjust-warnings", no_argument, 0, OPTION_ADJUST_WARNINGS},
+  {"byte", required_argument, 0, 'b'},
+  {"change-leading-char", no_argument, 0, OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR},
+  {"debugging", no_argument, 0, OPTION_DEBUGGING},
+  {"discard-all", no_argument, 0, 'x'},
+  {"discard-locals", no_argument, 0, 'X'},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 'F'}, /* Obsolete */
+  {"gap-fill", required_argument, 0, OPTION_GAP_FILL},
+  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+  {"input-format", required_argument, 0, 'I'}, /* Obsolete */
+  {"input-target", required_argument, 0, 'I'},
+  {"interleave", required_argument, 0, 'i'},
+  {"keep-symbol", required_argument, 0, 'K'},
+  {"no-adjust-warnings", no_argument, 0, OPTION_NO_ADJUST_WARNINGS},
+  {"output-format", required_argument, 0, 'O'},	/* Obsolete */
+  {"output-target", required_argument, 0, 'O'},
+  {"pad-to", required_argument, 0, OPTION_PAD_TO},
+  {"preserve-dates", no_argument, 0, 'p'},
+  {"remove-leading-char", no_argument, 0, OPTION_REMOVE_LEADING_CHAR},
+  {"remove-section", required_argument, 0, 'R'},
+  {"set-section-flags", required_argument, 0, OPTION_SET_SECTION_FLAGS},
+  {"set-start", required_argument, 0, OPTION_SET_START},
+  {"strip-all", no_argument, 0, 'S'},
+  {"strip-debug", no_argument, 0, 'g'},
+  {"strip-unneeded", no_argument, 0, OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED},
+  {"strip-symbol", required_argument, 0, 'N'},
+  {"target", required_argument, 0, 'F'},
+  {"verbose", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
+  {"version", no_argument, 0, 'V'},
+  {"weaken", no_argument, 0, OPTION_WEAKEN},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/* IMPORTS */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* This flag distinguishes between strip and objcopy:
+   1 means this is 'strip'; 0 means this is 'objcopy'.
+   -1 means if we should use argv[0] to decide. */
+extern int is_strip;
+
+
+static void
+copy_usage (stream, exit_status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int exit_status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-vVSpgxX] [-I bfdname] [-O bfdname] [-F bfdname] [-b byte]\n\
+       [-R section] [-i interleave] [--interleave=interleave] [--byte=byte]\n\
+       [--input-target=bfdname] [--output-target=bfdname] [--target=bfdname]\n\
+       [--strip-all] [--strip-debug] [--strip-unneeded] [--discard-all]\n\
+       [--discard-locals] [--debugging] [--remove-section=section]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+       [--gap-fill=val] [--pad-to=address] [--preserve-dates]\n\
+       [--set-start=val] [--adjust-start=incr]\n\
+       [--adjust-vma=incr] [--adjust-section-vma=section{=,+,-}val]\n\
+       [--adjust-warnings] [--no-adjust-warnings]\n\
+       [--set-section-flags=section=flags] [--add-section=sectionname=filename]\n\
+       [--keep-symbol symbol] [-K symbol] [--strip-symbol symbol] [-N symbol]\n\
+       [--change-leading-char] [--remove-leading-char] [--weaken] [--verbose]\n\
+       [--version] [--help] in-file [out-file]\n");
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (exit_status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+static void
+strip_usage (stream, exit_status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int exit_status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-vVsSpgxX] [-I bfdname] [-O bfdname] [-F bfdname] [-R section]\n\
+       [--input-target=bfdname] [--output-target=bfdname] [--target=bfdname]\n\
+       [--strip-all] [--strip-debug] [--strip-unneeded] [--discard-all]\n\
+       [--discard-locals] [--keep-symbol symbol] [-K symbol]\n\
+       [--strip-symbol symbol] [-N symbol] [--remove-section=section]\n\
+       [-o file] [--preserve-dates] [--verbose] [--version] [--help] file...\n",
+	   program_name);
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (exit_status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+/* Parse section flags into a flagword, with a fatal error if the
+   string can't be parsed.  */
+
+static flagword
+parse_flags (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  flagword ret;
+  const char *snext;
+  int len;
+
+  ret = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      snext = strchr (s, ',');
+      if (snext == NULL)
+	len = strlen (s);
+      else
+	{
+	  len = snext - s;
+	  ++snext;
+	}
+
+#define PARSE_FLAG(fname,fval) if (strncmp (fname, s, len) == 0) ret |= fval;
+      PARSE_FLAG ("alloc", SEC_ALLOC);
+      PARSE_FLAG ("load", SEC_LOAD);
+      PARSE_FLAG ("readonly", SEC_READONLY);
+      PARSE_FLAG ("code", SEC_CODE);
+      PARSE_FLAG ("data", SEC_DATA);
+      PARSE_FLAG ("rom", SEC_ROM);
+#undef PARSE_FLAG
+
+      s = snext;
+    }
+  while (s != NULL);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Find and optionally add an entry in the adjust_sections list.  */
+
+static struct section_list *
+find_section_list (name, add)
+     const char *name;
+     boolean add;
+{
+  register struct section_list *p;
+
+  for (p = adjust_sections; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    if (strcmp (p->name, name) == 0)
+      return p;
+
+  if (! add)
+    return NULL;
+
+  p = (struct section_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct section_list));
+  p->name = name;
+  p->used = false;
+  p->remove = false;
+  p->adjust = ignore_vma;
+  p->val = 0;
+  p->set_flags = false;
+  p->flags = 0;
+
+  p->next = adjust_sections;
+  adjust_sections = p;
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Make a list of symbols to explicitly strip out, or to keep.  A
+   linked list is good enough for a small number from the command
+   line, but this will slow things down a lot if many symbols are
+   being deleted. */
+
+struct symlist
+{
+  const char *name;
+  struct symlist *next;
+};
+
+/* List of symbols to strip.  */
+
+static struct symlist *strip_specific_list = NULL;
+
+/* If this is false, we strip the symbols in strip_specific_list.
+   Otherwise, we keep only the symbols in the list.  */
+
+static boolean keep_symbols = false;
+
+/* If this is true, we weaken global symbols (set BSF_WEAK).  */
+
+static boolean weaken = false;
+
+/* Add a symbol to strip_specific_list.  */
+
+static void 
+add_strip_symbol (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct symlist *tmp_list;
+
+  tmp_list = (struct symlist *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symlist));
+  tmp_list->name = name;
+  tmp_list->next = strip_specific_list;
+  strip_specific_list = tmp_list;
+}
+
+/* See whether a symbol should be stripped or kept based on
+   strip_specific_list and keep_symbols.  */
+
+static boolean
+is_strip_symbol (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct symlist *tmp_list;
+
+  for (tmp_list = strip_specific_list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (name, tmp_list->name) == 0)
+	return keep_symbols ? false : true;
+    }
+  return keep_symbols;
+}
+
+/* See if a section is being removed.  */
+
+static boolean
+is_strip_section (abfd, sec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  struct section_list *p;
+
+  if ((bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec) & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
+      && (strip_symbols == strip_debug
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_unneeded
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_all
+	  || discard_locals == locals_all
+	  || convert_debugging))
+    return true;
+
+  if (! sections_removed)
+    return false;
+  p = find_section_list (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), false);
+  return p != NULL && p->remove ? true : false;
+}
+
+/* Choose which symbol entries to copy; put the result in OSYMS.
+   We don't copy in place, because that confuses the relocs.
+   Return the number of symbols to print.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+filter_symbols (abfd, obfd, osyms, isyms, symcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asymbol **osyms, **isyms;
+     long symcount;
+{
+  register asymbol **from = isyms, **to = osyms;
+  long src_count = 0, dst_count = 0;
+
+  for (; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym = from[src_count];
+      flagword flags = sym->flags;
+      int keep;
+
+      if (change_leading_char
+	  && (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd)
+	      != bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd))
+	  && (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '\0'
+	      || (bfd_asymbol_name (sym)[0]
+		  == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd))))
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd) == '\0')
+	    bfd_asymbol_name (sym) = bfd_asymbol_name (sym) + 1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *n;
+
+	      n = xmalloc (strlen (bfd_asymbol_name (sym)) + 2);
+	      n[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd);
+	      if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '\0')
+		strcpy (n + 1, bfd_asymbol_name (sym));
+	      else
+		strcpy (n + 1, bfd_asymbol_name (sym) + 1);
+	      bfd_asymbol_name (sym) = n;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (remove_leading_char
+	  && ((flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0
+	      || (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0
+	      || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	      || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	  && bfd_asymbol_name (sym)[0] == bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd))
+	bfd_asymbol_name (sym) = bfd_asymbol_name (sym) + 1;
+
+      if ((flags & BSF_KEEP) != 0)		/* Used in relocation.  */
+	keep = 1;
+      else if ((flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0	/* Global symbol.  */
+	       || (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0
+	       || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
+	       || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	keep = strip_symbols != strip_unneeded;
+      else if ((flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0)	/* Debugging symbol.  */
+	keep = (strip_symbols != strip_debug
+		&& strip_symbols != strip_unneeded
+		&& ! convert_debugging);
+      else			/* Local symbol.  */
+	keep = (strip_symbols != strip_unneeded
+		&& (discard_locals != locals_all
+		    && (discard_locals != locals_start_L
+			|| ! bfd_is_local_label (abfd, sym))));
+
+      if (keep && is_strip_symbol (bfd_asymbol_name (sym)))
+	keep = 0;
+      if (keep && is_strip_section (abfd, bfd_get_section (sym)))
+	keep = 0;
+
+      if (keep && weaken && (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0)
+	{
+	  sym->flags &=~ BSF_GLOBAL;
+	  sym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+	}
+
+      if (keep)
+	to[dst_count++] = sym;
+    }
+
+  to[dst_count] = NULL;
+
+  return dst_count;
+}
+
+/* Keep only every `copy_byte'th byte in MEMHUNK, which is *SIZE bytes long.
+   Adjust *SIZE.  */
+
+static void
+filter_bytes (memhunk, size)
+     char *memhunk;
+     bfd_size_type *size;
+{
+  char *from = memhunk + copy_byte, *to = memhunk, *end = memhunk + *size;
+
+  for (; from < end; from += interleave)
+    *to++ = *from;
+  *size /= interleave;
+}
+
+/* Copy object file IBFD onto OBFD.  */
+
+static void
+copy_object (ibfd, obfd)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  bfd_vma start;
+  long symcount;
+  asection **osections = NULL;
+  bfd_size_type *gaps = NULL;
+  bfd_size_type max_gap = 0;
+
+  if (!bfd_set_format (obfd, bfd_get_format (ibfd)))
+    {
+      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+    }
+
+  if (verbose)
+    printf ("copy from %s(%s) to %s(%s)\n",
+	    bfd_get_filename(ibfd), bfd_get_target(ibfd),
+	    bfd_get_filename(obfd), bfd_get_target(obfd));
+
+  if (set_start_set)
+    start = set_start;
+  else
+    start = bfd_get_start_address (ibfd);
+  start += adjust_start;
+
+  if (!bfd_set_start_address (obfd, start)
+      || !bfd_set_file_flags (obfd,
+			      (bfd_get_file_flags (ibfd)
+			       & bfd_applicable_file_flags (obfd))))
+    {
+      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+    }
+
+  /* Copy architecture of input file to output file */
+  if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
+			  bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "Warning: Output file cannot represent architecture %s\n",
+	       bfd_printable_arch_mach (bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
+					bfd_get_mach (ibfd)));
+    }
+  if (!bfd_set_format (obfd, bfd_get_format (ibfd)))
+    {
+      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename(ibfd));
+    }
+
+  if (isympp)
+    free (isympp);
+  if (osympp != isympp)
+    free (osympp);
+
+  /* bfd mandates that all output sections be created and sizes set before
+     any output is done.  Thus, we traverse all sections multiple times.  */
+  bfd_map_over_sections (ibfd, setup_section, (void *) obfd);
+
+  if (add_sections != NULL)
+    {
+      struct section_add *padd;
+      struct section_list *pset;
+
+      for (padd = add_sections; padd != NULL; padd = padd->next)
+	{
+	  padd->section = bfd_make_section (obfd, padd->name);
+	  if (padd->section == NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: can't create section `%s': %s\n",
+		       program_name, padd->name,
+		       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      status = 1;
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      flagword flags;
+	      
+	      if (! bfd_set_section_size (obfd, padd->section, padd->size))
+		nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+
+	      pset = find_section_list (padd->name, false);
+	      if (pset != NULL)
+		pset->used = true;
+
+	      if (pset != NULL && pset->set_flags)
+		flags = pset->flags | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	      else
+		flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA;
+	      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (obfd, padd->section, flags))
+		nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+
+	      if (pset != NULL
+		  && (pset->adjust == adjust_vma
+		      || pset->adjust == set_vma))
+		{
+		  if (! bfd_set_section_vma (obfd, padd->section, pset->val))
+		    nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (gap_fill_set || pad_to_set)
+    {
+      asection **set;
+      unsigned int c, i;
+
+      /* We must fill in gaps between the sections and/or we must pad
+	 the last section to a specified address.  We do this by
+	 grabbing a list of the sections, sorting them by VMA, and
+	 increasing the section sizes as required to fill the gaps.
+	 We write out the gap contents below.  */
+
+      c = bfd_count_sections (obfd);
+      osections = (asection **) xmalloc (c * sizeof (asection *));
+      set = osections;
+      bfd_map_over_sections (obfd, get_sections, (void *) &set);
+
+      qsort (osections, c, sizeof (asection *), compare_section_vma);
+
+      gaps = (bfd_size_type *) xmalloc (c * sizeof (bfd_size_type));
+      memset (gaps, 0, c * sizeof (bfd_size_type));
+
+      if (gap_fill_set)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < c - 1; i++)
+	    {
+	      flagword flags;
+	      bfd_size_type size;
+	      bfd_vma gap_start, gap_stop;
+
+	      flags = bfd_get_section_flags (obfd, osections[i]);
+	      if ((flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+		  || (flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+		continue;
+
+	      size = bfd_section_size (obfd, osections[i]);
+	      gap_start = bfd_section_vma (obfd, osections[i]) + size;
+	      gap_stop = bfd_section_vma (obfd, osections[i + 1]);
+	      if (gap_start < gap_stop)
+		{
+		  if (! bfd_set_section_size (obfd, osections[i],
+					      size + (gap_stop - gap_start)))
+		    {
+		      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't fill gap after %s: %s\n",
+			       program_name,
+			       bfd_get_section_name (obfd, osections[i]),
+			       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error()));
+		      status = 1;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  gaps[i] = gap_stop - gap_start;
+		  if (max_gap < gap_stop - gap_start)
+		    max_gap = gap_stop - gap_start;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (pad_to_set)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma vma;
+	  bfd_size_type size;
+
+	  vma = bfd_section_vma (obfd, osections[c - 1]);
+	  size = bfd_section_size (obfd, osections[c - 1]);
+	  if (vma + size < pad_to)
+	    {
+	      if (! bfd_set_section_size (obfd, osections[c - 1],
+					  pad_to - vma))
+		{
+		  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't add padding to %s: %s\n",
+			   program_name,
+			   bfd_get_section_name (obfd, osections[c - 1]),
+			   bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+		  status = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  gaps[c - 1] = pad_to - (vma + size);
+		  if (max_gap < pad_to - (vma + size))
+		    max_gap = pad_to - (vma + size);
+		}
+	    }
+	}	      
+    }
+
+  /* Symbol filtering must happen after the output sections have
+     been created, but before their contents are set.  */
+  if (strip_symbols == strip_all)
+    {
+      osympp = isympp = NULL;
+      symcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      long symsize;
+      PTR dhandle = NULL;
+
+      symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (ibfd);
+      if (symsize < 0)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+	}
+
+      osympp = isympp = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+      symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (ibfd, isympp);
+      if (symcount < 0)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+	}
+
+      if (convert_debugging)
+	dhandle = read_debugging_info (ibfd, isympp, symcount);
+
+      if (strip_symbols == strip_debug 
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_unneeded
+	  || discard_locals != locals_undef
+	  || strip_specific_list != NULL
+	  || sections_removed
+	  || convert_debugging
+	  || change_leading_char
+	  || remove_leading_char
+	  || weaken)
+	{
+	  /* Mark symbols used in output relocations so that they
+	     are kept, even if they are local labels or static symbols.
+
+	     Note we iterate over the input sections examining their
+	     relocations since the relocations for the output sections
+	     haven't been set yet.  mark_symbols_used_in_relocations will
+	     ignore input sections which have no corresponding output
+	     section.  */
+	  bfd_map_over_sections (ibfd,
+				 mark_symbols_used_in_relocations,
+				 (PTR)isympp);
+	  osympp = (asymbol **) xmalloc ((symcount + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *));
+	  symcount = filter_symbols (ibfd, obfd, osympp, isympp, symcount);
+	}
+
+      if (convert_debugging && dhandle != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! write_debugging_info (obfd, dhandle, &symcount, &osympp))
+	    {
+	      status = 1;
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  bfd_set_symtab (obfd, osympp, symcount);
+
+  /* This has to happen after the symbol table has been set.  */
+  bfd_map_over_sections (ibfd, copy_section, (void *) obfd);
+
+  if (add_sections != NULL)
+    {
+      struct section_add *padd;
+
+      for (padd = add_sections; padd != NULL; padd = padd->next)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, padd->section,
+					  (PTR) padd->contents,
+					  (file_ptr) 0,
+					  (bfd_size_type) padd->size))
+	    nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (gap_fill_set || pad_to_set)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *buf;
+      int c, i;
+
+      /* Fill in the gaps.  */
+
+      if (max_gap > 8192)
+	max_gap = 8192;
+      buf = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (max_gap);
+      memset (buf, gap_fill, (size_t) max_gap);
+
+      c = bfd_count_sections (obfd);
+      for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
+	{
+	  if (gaps[i] != 0)
+	    {
+	      bfd_size_type left;
+	      file_ptr off;
+
+	      left = gaps[i];
+	      off = bfd_section_size (obfd, osections[i]) - left;
+	      while (left > 0)
+		{
+		  bfd_size_type now;
+
+		  if (left > 8192)
+		    now = 8192;
+		  else
+		    now = left;
+		  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, osections[i], buf,
+						  off, now))
+		    {
+		      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+		    }
+		  left -= now;
+		  off += now;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
+     from the input BFD to the output BFD.  This is done last to
+     permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table, which is
+     important for the ECOFF code at least.  */
+  if (!bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: error copying private BFD data: %s\n",
+	       program_name, bfd_get_filename (obfd),
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      status = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read each archive element in turn from IBFD, copy the
+   contents to temp file, and keep the temp file handle.  */
+
+static void
+copy_archive (ibfd, obfd, output_target)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     const char *output_target;
+{
+  struct name_list
+    {
+      struct name_list *next;
+      char *name;
+      bfd *obfd;
+    } *list, *l;
+  bfd **ptr = &obfd->archive_head;
+  bfd *this_element;
+  char *dir = make_tempname (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+
+  /* Make a temp directory to hold the contents.  */
+  if (mkdir (dir, 0700) != 0)
+    {
+      fatal ("cannot mkdir %s for archive copying (error: %s)",
+	     dir, strerror (errno));
+    }
+  obfd->has_armap = ibfd->has_armap;
+
+  list = NULL;
+
+  this_element = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (ibfd, NULL);
+  while (this_element != (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Create an output file for this member.  */
+      char *output_name = concat (dir, "/", bfd_get_filename(this_element),
+				  (char *) NULL);
+      bfd *output_bfd = bfd_openw (output_name, output_target);
+      bfd *last_element;
+
+      l = (struct name_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct name_list));
+      l->name = output_name;
+      l->next = list;
+      list = l;
+
+      if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (output_name);
+	}
+      if (!bfd_set_format (obfd, bfd_get_format (ibfd)))
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_check_format (this_element, bfd_object) == true)
+	{
+	  copy_object (this_element, output_bfd);
+	}
+
+      bfd_close (output_bfd);
+
+      /* Open the newly output file and attach to our list.  */
+      output_bfd = bfd_openr (output_name, output_target);
+
+      l->obfd = output_bfd;
+
+      *ptr = output_bfd;
+      ptr = &output_bfd->next;
+
+      last_element = this_element;
+
+      this_element = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (ibfd, last_element);
+
+      bfd_close (last_element);
+    }
+  *ptr = (bfd *) NULL;
+
+  if (!bfd_close (obfd))
+    {
+      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+    }
+
+  if (!bfd_close (ibfd))
+    {
+      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+    }
+
+  /* Delete all the files that we opened.  */
+  for (l = list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      bfd_close (l->obfd);
+      unlink (l->name);
+    }
+  rmdir (dir);
+}
+
+/* The top-level control.  */
+
+static void
+copy_file (input_filename, output_filename, input_target, output_target)
+     const char *input_filename;
+     const char *output_filename;
+     const char *input_target;
+     const char *output_target;
+{
+  bfd *ibfd;
+  char **matching;
+
+  /* To allow us to do "strip *" without dying on the first
+     non-object file, failures are nonfatal.  */
+
+  ibfd = bfd_openr (input_filename, input_target);
+  if (ibfd == NULL)
+    {
+      nonfatal (input_filename);
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (ibfd, bfd_archive))
+    {
+      bfd *obfd;
+
+      /* bfd_get_target does not return the correct value until
+         bfd_check_format succeeds.  */
+      if (output_target == NULL)
+	output_target = bfd_get_target (ibfd);
+
+      obfd = bfd_openw (output_filename, output_target);
+      if (obfd == NULL)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (output_filename);
+	}
+      copy_archive (ibfd, obfd, output_target);
+    }
+  else if (bfd_check_format_matches (ibfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd *obfd;
+
+      /* bfd_get_target does not return the correct value until
+         bfd_check_format succeeds.  */
+      if (output_target == NULL)
+	output_target = bfd_get_target (ibfd);
+
+      obfd = bfd_openw (output_filename, output_target);
+      if (obfd == NULL)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (output_filename);
+	}
+
+      copy_object (ibfd, obfd);
+
+      if (!bfd_close (obfd))
+	{
+	  nonfatal (output_filename);
+	}
+
+      if (!bfd_close (ibfd))
+	{
+	  nonfatal (input_filename);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (input_filename);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      status = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Create a section in OBFD with the same name and attributes
+   as ISECTION in IBFD.  */
+
+static void
+setup_section (ibfd, isection, obfdarg)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     sec_ptr isection;
+     PTR obfdarg;
+{
+  bfd *obfd = (bfd *) obfdarg;
+  struct section_list *p;
+  sec_ptr osection;
+  bfd_vma vma;
+  bfd_vma lma;
+  flagword flags;
+  char *err;
+
+  if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, isection) & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
+      && (strip_symbols == strip_debug
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_unneeded
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_all
+	  || discard_locals == locals_all
+	  || convert_debugging))
+    return;
+
+  p = find_section_list (bfd_section_name (ibfd, isection), false);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    p->used = true;
+
+  if (p != NULL && p->remove)
+    return;
+
+  osection = bfd_make_section_anyway (obfd, bfd_section_name (ibfd, isection));
+  if (osection == NULL)
+    {
+      err = "making";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  if (!bfd_set_section_size (obfd,
+			     osection,
+			     bfd_section_size (ibfd, isection)))
+    {
+      err = "size";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  vma = bfd_section_vma (ibfd, isection);
+  if (p != NULL && p->adjust == adjust_vma)
+    vma += p->val;
+  else if (p != NULL && p->adjust == set_vma)
+    vma = p->val;
+  else
+    vma += adjust_section_vma;
+  if (! bfd_set_section_vma (obfd, osection, vma))
+    {
+      err = "vma";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  lma = isection->lma;
+  if (p != NULL && p->adjust == adjust_vma)
+    lma += p->val;
+  else if (p != NULL && p->adjust == set_vma)
+    lma = p->val;
+  else
+    lma += adjust_section_vma;
+  osection->lma = lma;
+
+  if (bfd_set_section_alignment (obfd,
+				 osection,
+				 bfd_section_alignment (ibfd, isection))
+      == false)
+    {
+      err = "alignment";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, isection);
+  if (p != NULL && p->set_flags)
+    flags = p->flags | (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
+  if (!bfd_set_section_flags (obfd, osection, flags))
+    {
+      err = "flags";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  /* This used to be mangle_section; we do here to avoid using
+     bfd_get_section_by_name since some formats allow multiple
+     sections with the same name.  */
+  isection->output_section = osection;
+  isection->output_offset = 0;
+
+  /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
+     from the input section to the output section.  */
+  if (!bfd_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isection, obfd, osection))
+    {
+      err = "private data";
+      goto loser;
+    }
+
+  /* All went well */
+  return;
+
+loser:
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: section `%s': error in %s: %s\n",
+	   program_name,
+	   bfd_get_filename (ibfd), bfd_section_name (ibfd, isection),
+	   err, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+  status = 1;
+}
+
+/* Copy the data of input section ISECTION of IBFD
+   to an output section with the same name in OBFD.
+   If stripping then don't copy any relocation info.  */
+
+static void
+copy_section (ibfd, isection, obfdarg)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     sec_ptr isection;
+     PTR obfdarg;
+{
+  bfd *obfd = (bfd *) obfdarg;
+  struct section_list *p;
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount;
+  sec_ptr osection;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+
+  if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, isection) & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
+      && (strip_symbols == strip_debug
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_unneeded
+	  || strip_symbols == strip_all
+	  || discard_locals == locals_all
+	  || convert_debugging))
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+  p = find_section_list (bfd_section_name (ibfd, isection), false);
+
+  if (p != NULL && p->remove)
+    return;
+
+  osection = isection->output_section;
+  size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (isection);
+
+  if (size == 0 || osection == 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (strip_symbols == strip_all)
+    bfd_set_reloc (obfd, osection, (arelent **) NULL, 0);
+  else
+    {
+      long relsize;
+
+      relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (ibfd, isection);
+      if (relsize < 0)
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+	}
+      if (relsize == 0)
+	bfd_set_reloc (obfd, osection, (arelent **) NULL, 0);
+      else
+	{
+	  relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+	  relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (ibfd, isection, relpp, isympp);
+	  if (relcount < 0)
+	    {
+	      nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+	    }
+	  bfd_set_reloc (obfd, osection, relpp, relcount);
+	}
+    }
+
+  isection->_cooked_size = isection->_raw_size;
+  isection->reloc_done = true;
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, isection) & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)
+    {
+      PTR memhunk = (PTR) xmalloc ((unsigned) size);
+
+      if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, isection, memhunk, (file_ptr) 0,
+				     size))
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+	}
+
+      if (copy_byte >= 0) 
+        {
+	  filter_bytes (memhunk, &size);
+              /* The section has gotten smaller. */
+          if (!bfd_set_section_size (obfd, osection, size))
+            nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+        }
+
+      if (!bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, osection, memhunk, (file_ptr) 0,
+				     size))
+	{
+	  nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (obfd));
+	}
+      free (memhunk);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Get all the sections.  This is used when --gap-fill or --pad-to is
+   used.  */
+
+static void
+get_sections (obfd, osection, secppparg)
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asection *osection;
+     PTR secppparg;
+{
+  asection ***secppp = (asection ***) secppparg;
+
+  **secppp = osection;
+  ++(*secppp);
+}
+
+/* Sort sections by VMA.  This is called via qsort, and is used when
+   --gap-fill or --pad-to is used.  We force non loadable or empty
+   sections to the front, where they are easier to ignore.  */
+
+static int
+compare_section_vma (arg1, arg2)
+     const PTR arg1;
+     const PTR arg2;
+{
+  const asection **sec1 = (const asection **) arg1;
+  const asection **sec2 = (const asection **) arg2;
+  flagword flags1, flags2;
+
+  /* Sort non loadable sections to the front.  */
+  flags1 = (*sec1)->flags;
+  flags2 = (*sec2)->flags;
+  if ((flags1 & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+      || (flags1 & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+    {
+      if ((flags2 & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
+	  && (flags2 & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((flags2 & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+	  || (flags2 & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Sort sections by VMA.  */
+  if ((*sec1)->vma > (*sec2)->vma)
+    return 1;
+  else if ((*sec1)->vma < (*sec2)->vma)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Sort sections with the same VMA by size.  */
+  if ((*sec1)->_raw_size > (*sec2)->_raw_size)
+    return 1;
+  else if ((*sec1)->_raw_size < (*sec2)->_raw_size)
+    return -1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Mark all the symbols which will be used in output relocations with
+   the BSF_KEEP flag so that those symbols will not be stripped.
+
+   Ignore relocations which will not appear in the output file.  */
+
+static void
+mark_symbols_used_in_relocations (ibfd, isection, symbolsarg)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     sec_ptr isection;
+     PTR symbolsarg;
+{
+  asymbol **symbols = (asymbol **) symbolsarg;
+  long relsize;
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount, i;
+
+  /* Ignore an input section with no corresponding output section.  */
+  if (isection->output_section == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (ibfd, isection);
+  if (relsize < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+
+  if (relsize == 0)
+    return;
+
+  relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+  relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (ibfd, isection, relpp, symbols);
+  if (relcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (ibfd));
+
+  /* Examine each symbol used in a relocation.  If it's not one of the
+     special bfd section symbols, then mark it with BSF_KEEP.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < relcount; i++)
+    {
+      if (*relpp[i]->sym_ptr_ptr != bfd_com_section_ptr->symbol
+	  && *relpp[i]->sym_ptr_ptr != bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol
+	  && *relpp[i]->sym_ptr_ptr != bfd_und_section_ptr->symbol)
+	(*relpp[i]->sym_ptr_ptr)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
+    }
+
+  if (relpp != NULL)
+    free (relpp);
+}
+
+/* Write out debugging information.  */
+
+static boolean
+write_debugging_info (obfd, dhandle, symcountp, symppp)
+     bfd *obfd;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     long *symcountp;
+     asymbol ***symppp;
+{
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (obfd) == bfd_target_ieee_flavour)
+    return write_ieee_debugging_info (obfd, dhandle);
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (obfd) == bfd_target_coff_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *syms, *strings;
+      bfd_size_type symsize, stringsize;
+      asection *stabsec, *stabstrsec;
+
+      if (! write_stabs_in_sections_debugging_info (obfd, dhandle, &syms,
+						    &symsize, &strings,
+						    &stringsize))
+	return false;
+
+      stabsec = bfd_make_section (obfd, ".stab");
+      stabstrsec = bfd_make_section (obfd, ".stabstr");
+      if (stabsec == NULL
+	  || stabstrsec == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_size (obfd, stabsec, symsize)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_size (obfd, stabstrsec, stringsize)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (obfd, stabsec, 2)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (obfd, stabstrsec, 0)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (obfd, stabsec,
+				   (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+				    | SEC_READONLY
+				    | SEC_DEBUGGING))
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (obfd, stabstrsec,
+				      (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+				       | SEC_READONLY
+				       | SEC_DEBUGGING)))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: can't create debugging section: %s\n",
+		   bfd_get_filename (obfd), bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      /* We can get away with setting the section contents now because
+         the next thing the caller is going to do is copy over the
+         real sections.  We may someday have to split the contents
+         setting out of this function.  */
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, stabsec, syms, (file_ptr) 0,
+				      symsize)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, stabstrsec, strings,
+					 (file_ptr) 0, stringsize))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: can't set debugging section contents: %s\n",
+		   bfd_get_filename (obfd), bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   "%s: don't know how to write debugging information for %s\n",
+	   bfd_get_filename (obfd), bfd_get_target (obfd));
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* The number of bytes to copy at once.  */
+#define COPY_BUF 8192
+
+/* Copy file FROM to file TO, performing no translations.
+   Return 0 if ok, -1 if error.  */
+
+static int
+simple_copy (from, to)
+     const char *from;
+     const char *to;
+{
+  int fromfd, tofd, nread;
+  int saved;
+  char buf[COPY_BUF];
+
+  fromfd = open (from, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fromfd < 0)
+    return -1;
+  tofd = creat (to, 0777);
+  if (tofd < 0)
+    {
+      saved = errno;
+      close (fromfd);
+      errno = saved;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  while ((nread = read (fromfd, buf, sizeof buf)) > 0)
+    {
+      if (write (tofd, buf, nread) != nread)
+	{
+	  saved = errno;
+	  close (fromfd);
+	  close (tofd);
+	  errno = saved;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+  saved = errno;
+  close (fromfd);
+  close (tofd);
+  if (nread < 0)
+    {
+      errno = saved;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+#ifdef S_IFLNK
+#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#else
+#define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+#define lstat stat
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Rename FROM to TO, copying if TO is a link.
+   Assumes that TO already exists, because FROM is a temp file.
+   Return 0 if ok, -1 if error.  */
+
+static int
+smart_rename (from, to)
+     const char *from;
+     const char *to;
+{
+  struct stat s;
+  int ret = 0;
+
+  if (lstat (to, &s))
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Use rename only if TO is not a symbolic link and has
+     only one hard link.  */
+  if (!S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) && s.st_nlink == 1)
+    {
+      ret = rename (from, to);
+      if (ret == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Try to preserve the permission bits and ownership of TO.
+             First get the mode right except for the setuid bit.  Then
+             change the ownership.  Then fix the setuid bit.  We do
+             the chmod before the chown because if the chown succeeds,
+             and we are a normal user, we won't be able to do the
+             chmod afterward.  We don't bother to fix the setuid bit
+             first because that might introduce a fleeting security
+             problem, and because the chown will clear the setuid bit
+             anyhow.  We only fix the setuid bit if the chown
+             succeeds, because we don't want to introduce an
+             unexpected setuid file owned by the user running objcopy.  */
+	  chmod (to, s.st_mode & 0777);
+	  if (chown (to, s.st_uid, s.st_gid) >= 0)
+	    chmod (to, s.st_mode & 07777);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We have to clean up here. */
+	  int saved = errno;
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, to);
+	  errno = saved;
+	  perror ("rename");
+	  unlink (from);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ret = simple_copy (from, to);
+      if (ret != 0)
+	{
+	  int saved = errno;
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, to);
+	  errno = saved;
+	  perror ("simple_copy");
+	}
+      unlink (from);
+    }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Set the date of the file DESTINATION to be the same as the date of
+   the file SOURCE.  */
+
+static void
+make_same_dates (source, destination)
+     const char *source;
+     const char *destination;
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  int result;
+
+  if (stat (source, &statbuf) < 0)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", source);
+      perror ("cannot stat");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  {
+#ifdef HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H
+    struct utimbuf tb;
+
+    tb.actime = statbuf.st_atime;
+    tb.modtime = statbuf.st_mtime;
+    result = utime (destination, &tb);
+#else /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+#ifndef HAVE_UTIMES
+    long tb[2];
+
+    tb[0] = statbuf.st_atime;
+    tb[1] = statbuf.st_mtime;
+    result = utime (destination, tb);
+#else /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+    struct timeval tv[2];
+
+    tv[0].tv_sec = statbuf.st_atime;
+    tv[0].tv_usec = 0;
+    tv[1].tv_sec = statbuf.st_mtime;
+    tv[1].tv_usec = 0;
+    result = utimes (destination, tv);
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GOOD_UTIME_H */
+  }
+
+  if (result != 0)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", destination);
+      perror ("can not set time");
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+strip_main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+  char *input_target = NULL, *output_target = NULL;
+  boolean show_version = false;
+  boolean preserve_dates = false;
+  int c, i;
+  struct section_list *p;
+  char *output_file = NULL;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "I:O:F:K:N:R:o:sSpgxXVv",
+			   strip_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 'I':
+	  input_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'O':
+	  output_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'F':
+	  input_target = output_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'R':
+	  p = find_section_list (optarg, true);
+	  p->remove = true;
+	  sections_removed = true;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  strip_symbols = strip_all;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	case 'g':
+	  strip_symbols = strip_debug;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED:
+	  strip_symbols = strip_unneeded;
+	  break;
+	case 'K':
+	  if (! keep_symbols && strip_specific_list != NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can not specify both -K and -N\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  keep_symbols = true;
+	  add_strip_symbol (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'N':
+	  if (keep_symbols)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can not specify both -K and -N\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  add_strip_symbol (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'o':
+	  output_file = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  preserve_dates = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  discard_locals = locals_all;
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  discard_locals = locals_start_L;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  verbose = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  show_version = true;
+	  break;
+	case 0:
+	  break;		/* we've been given a long option */
+	case 'h':
+	  strip_usage (stdout, 0);
+	default:
+	  strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("strip");
+
+  /* Default is to strip all symbols.  */
+  if (strip_symbols == strip_undef
+      && discard_locals == locals_undef
+      && strip_specific_list == NULL)
+    strip_symbols = strip_all;
+
+  if (output_target == (char *) NULL)
+    output_target = input_target;
+
+  i = optind;
+  if (i == argc
+      || (output_file != NULL && (i + 1) < argc))
+    strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  for (; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      int hold_status = status;
+      char *tmpname;
+
+      if (output_file != NULL)
+	tmpname = output_file;
+      else
+	tmpname = make_tempname (argv[i]);
+      status = 0;
+      copy_file (argv[i], tmpname, input_target, output_target);
+      if (status == 0)
+	{
+	  if (preserve_dates)
+	    make_same_dates (argv[i], tmpname);
+	  if (output_file == NULL)
+	    smart_rename (tmpname, argv[i]);
+	  status = hold_status;
+	}
+      else
+	unlink (tmpname);
+      if (output_file == NULL)
+	free (tmpname);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+copy_main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+  char *input_filename = NULL, *output_filename = NULL;
+  char *input_target = NULL, *output_target = NULL;
+  boolean show_version = false;
+  boolean adjust_warn = true;
+  boolean preserve_dates = false;
+  int c;
+  struct section_list *p;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "b:i:I:K:N:s:O:d:F:R:SpgxXVv",
+			   copy_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 'b':
+	  copy_byte = atoi(optarg);
+	  if (copy_byte < 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: byte number must be non-negative\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  interleave = atoi(optarg);
+	  if (interleave < 1)
+	    {
+	      fprintf(stderr, "%s: interleave must be positive\n",
+		      program_name);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'I':
+	case 's':		/* "source" - 'I' is preferred */
+	  input_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'O':
+	case 'd':		/* "destination" - 'O' is preferred */
+	  output_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'F':
+	  input_target = output_target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'R':
+	  p = find_section_list (optarg, true);
+	  p->remove = true;
+	  sections_removed = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  strip_symbols = strip_all;
+	  break;
+	case 'g':
+	  strip_symbols = strip_debug;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_STRIP_UNNEEDED:
+	  strip_symbols = strip_unneeded;
+	  break;
+	case 'K':
+	  if (! keep_symbols && strip_specific_list != NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can not specify both -K and -N\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  keep_symbols = true;
+	  add_strip_symbol (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'N':
+	  if (keep_symbols)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can not specify both -K and -N\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      strip_usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  add_strip_symbol (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  preserve_dates = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  discard_locals = locals_all;
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  discard_locals = locals_start_L;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  verbose = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  show_version = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WEAKEN:
+	  weaken = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADD_SECTION:
+	  {
+	    const char *s;
+	    struct stat st;
+	    struct section_add *pa;
+	    int len;
+	    char *name;
+	    FILE *f;
+
+	    s = strchr (optarg, '=');
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 "%s: bad format for --add-section NAME=FILENAME\n",
+			 program_name);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+
+	    if (stat (s + 1, &st) < 0)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+		perror (s + 1);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+
+	    pa = (struct section_add *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct section_add));
+
+	    len = s - optarg;
+	    name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+	    strncpy (name, optarg, len);
+	    name[len] = '\0';
+	    pa->name = name;
+
+	    pa->filename = s + 1;
+
+	    pa->size = st.st_size;
+
+	    pa->contents = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (pa->size);
+	    f = fopen (pa->filename, FOPEN_RB);
+	    if (f == NULL)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+		perror (pa->filename);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+	    if (fread (pa->contents, 1, pa->size, f) == 0
+		|| ferror (f))
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: fread failed\n",
+			 program_name, pa->filename);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+	    fclose (f);
+
+	    pa->next = add_sections;
+	    add_sections = pa;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADJUST_START:
+	  adjust_start = parse_vma (optarg, "--adjust-start");
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADJUST_SECTION_VMA:
+	  {
+	    const char *s;
+	    int len;
+	    char *name;
+
+	    s = strchr (optarg, '=');
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	      {
+		s = strchr (optarg, '+');
+		if (s == NULL)
+		  {
+		    s = strchr (optarg, '-');
+		    if (s == NULL)
+		      {
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 "%s: bad format for --adjust-section-vma\n",
+				 program_name);
+			exit (1);
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    len = s - optarg;
+	    name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+	    strncpy (name, optarg, len);
+	    name[len] = '\0';
+
+	    p = find_section_list (name, true);
+
+	    p->val = parse_vma (s + 1, "--adjust-section-vma");
+
+	    if (*s == '=')
+	      p->adjust = set_vma;
+	    else
+	      {
+		p->adjust = adjust_vma;
+		if (*s == '-')
+		  p->val = - p->val;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADJUST_VMA:
+	  adjust_section_vma = parse_vma (optarg, "--adjust-vma");
+	  adjust_start = adjust_section_vma;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADJUST_WARNINGS:
+	  adjust_warn = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_CHANGE_LEADING_CHAR:
+	  change_leading_char = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_DEBUGGING:
+	  convert_debugging = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_GAP_FILL:
+	  {
+	    bfd_vma gap_fill_vma;
+
+	    gap_fill_vma = parse_vma (optarg, "--gap-fill");
+	    gap_fill = (bfd_byte) gap_fill_vma;
+	    if ((bfd_vma) gap_fill != gap_fill_vma)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: warning: truncating gap-fill from 0x",
+			 program_name);
+		fprintf_vma (stderr, gap_fill_vma);
+		fprintf (stderr, "to 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) gap_fill);
+	      }
+	    gap_fill_set = true;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NO_ADJUST_WARNINGS:
+	  adjust_warn = false;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_PAD_TO:
+	  pad_to = parse_vma (optarg, "--pad-to");
+	  pad_to_set = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_REMOVE_LEADING_CHAR:
+	  remove_leading_char = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SET_SECTION_FLAGS:
+	  {
+	    const char *s;
+	    int len;
+	    char *name;
+
+	    s = strchr (optarg, '=');
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: bad format for --set-section-flags\n",
+			 program_name);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+
+	    len = s - optarg;
+	    name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+	    strncpy (name, optarg, len);
+	    name[len] = '\0';
+
+	    p = find_section_list (name, true);
+
+	    p->set_flags = true;
+	    p->flags = parse_flags (s + 1);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SET_START:
+	  set_start = parse_vma (optarg, "--set-start");
+	  set_start_set = true;
+	  break;
+	case 0:
+	  break;		/* we've been given a long option */
+	case 'h':
+	  copy_usage (stdout, 0);
+	default:
+	  copy_usage (stderr, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("objcopy");
+
+  if (copy_byte >= interleave)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: byte number must be less than interleave\n",
+	       program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if (optind == argc || optind + 2 < argc)
+    copy_usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  input_filename = argv[optind];
+  if (optind + 1 < argc)
+    output_filename = argv[optind + 1];
+
+  /* Default is to strip no symbols.  */
+  if (strip_symbols == strip_undef && discard_locals == locals_undef)
+    strip_symbols = strip_none;
+
+  if (output_target == (char *) NULL)
+    output_target = input_target;
+
+  /* If there is no destination file then create a temp and rename
+     the result into the input.  */
+
+  if (output_filename == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      char *tmpname = make_tempname (input_filename);
+
+      copy_file (input_filename, tmpname, input_target, output_target);
+      if (status == 0)
+	{	
+	  if (preserve_dates)
+	    make_same_dates (input_filename, tmpname);
+	  smart_rename (tmpname, input_filename);
+	}
+      else
+	unlink (tmpname);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      copy_file (input_filename, output_filename, input_target, output_target);
+      if (status == 0 && preserve_dates)
+	make_same_dates (input_filename, output_filename);
+    }
+
+  if (adjust_warn)
+    {
+      for (p = adjust_sections; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (! p->used && p->adjust != ignore_vma)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: warning: --adjust-section-vma %s%c0x",
+		       program_name, p->name,
+		       p->adjust == set_vma ? '=' : '+');
+	      fprintf_vma (stderr, p->val);
+	      fprintf (stderr, " never used\n");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+  strip_symbols = strip_undef;
+  discard_locals = locals_undef;
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  if (is_strip < 0)
+    {
+      int i = strlen (program_name);
+      is_strip = (i >= 5 && strcmp (program_name + i - 5, "strip") == 0);
+    }
+
+  if (is_strip)
+    strip_main (argc, argv);
+  else
+    copy_main (argc, argv);
+
+  END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+  return status;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c15531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH objdump 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+objdump \- display information from object files.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B objdump
+.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-archive\-headers "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.I bfdname\c
+.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c
+.I bfdname\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-d | \-\-disassemble "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-disassemble-all "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-disassemble\-zeroes "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-EB | \-EL | \-\-endian=\c
+.I {big|little}\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-file\-headers "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-h | \-\-section\-headers
+.RB "| " \-\-headers "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-i | \-\-info "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-j\ "\c
+.I section\c
+.RB " | " "\-\-section="\c
+.I section\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-m\ "\c
+.I machine\c
+.RB " | " "\-\-architecture="\c
+.I machine\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-prefix\-addresses "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reloc "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-R | \-\-dynamic\-reloc "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-full\-contents "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-S | \-\-source "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-stabs "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-t | \-\-syms "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-T | \-\-dynamic\-syms "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-x | \-\-all\-headers "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-start\-address="\c
+.I address\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-stop\-address="\c
+.I address\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-adjust\-vma="\c
+.I offset\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\c
+.B objdump\c
+\& displays information about one or more object files.
+The options control what particular information to display.  This
+information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
+compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
+program to compile and work.
+.PP
+.IR  "objfile" .\|.\|.
+are the object files to be examined.  When you specify archives,
+\c
+.B objdump\c
+\& shows information on each of the member object files.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+Where long and short forms of an option are shown together, they are
+equivalent.  At least one option besides
+.B \-l
+(\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fP) must be given.
+
+.TP
+.B \-a
+.TP
+.B \-\-archive\-headers
+If any files from \c
+.I objfile\c
+\& are archives, display the archive
+header information (in a format similar to `\|\c
+.B ls \-l\c
+\|').  Besides the
+information you could list with `\|\c
+.B ar tv\c
+\|', `\|\c
+.B objdump \-a\c
+\|' shows
+the object file format of each archive member.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-adjust\-vma=" "offset"
+When dumping information, first add
+.I offset
+to all the section addresses.  This is useful if the section addresses
+do not correspond to the symbol table, which can happen when putting
+sections at particular addresses when using a format which can not
+represent section addresses, such as a.out.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
+Specify the object-code format for the object files to be
+\c
+.I bfdname\c
+\&.  This may not be necessary; \c
+.I objdump\c
+\& can
+automatically recognize many formats.  For example,
+.sp
+.br
+objdump\ \-b\ oasys\ \-m\ vax\ \-h\ fu.o
+.br
+.sp
+display summary information from the section headers (`\|\c
+.B \-h\c
+\|') of
+`\|\c
+.B fu.o\c
+\|', which is explicitly identified (`\|\c
+.B \-m\c
+\|') as a Vax object
+file in the format produced by Oasys compilers.  You can list the
+formats available with the `\|\c
+.B \-i\c
+\|' option.
+
+.TP
+.B \-C
+.TP
+.B \-\-demangle
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes C++ function names readable.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-debugging
+Display debugging information.  This attempts to parse debugging
+information stored in the file and print it out using a C like syntax.
+Only certain types of debugging information have been implemented.
+
+.TP
+.B \-d
+.TP
+.B \-\-disassemble
+Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine
+instructions from \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.
+This option only disassembles those sections which are
+expected to contain instructions.
+
+.TP
+.B \-D
+.TP
+.B \-\-disassemble-all
+Like \fB\-d\fP, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
+those expected to contain instructions.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-prefix\-addresses
+When disassembling, print the complete address on each line.  This is
+the older disassembly format.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-disassemble\-zeroes
+Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes.  This
+option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
+any other data.
+
+.TP
+.B \-EB
+.TP
+.B \-EL
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-endian=" "{big|little}"
+Specify the endianness of the object files.  This only affects
+disassembly.  This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
+does not describe endianness information, such as S-records.
+
+.TP
+.B \-f
+.TP
+.B \-\-file\-headers
+Display summary information from the overall header of
+each file in \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-h
+.TP
+.B \-\-section\-headers
+.TP
+.B \-\-headers
+Display summary information from the section headers of the
+object file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print a summary of the options to
+.B objdump
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-i
+.TP
+.B \-\-info
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
+for specification with \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& or \c
+.B \-m\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-j " "name"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-section=" "name"
+Display information only for section \c
+.I name\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-l
+.TP
+.B \-\-line\-numbers
+Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename
+and source line numbers corresponding to the object code shown.
+Only useful with \fB\-d\fP, \fB\-D\fP, or \fB\-r\fP.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-m " "machine"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-architecture=" "machine"
+Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files.  This
+can be useful when disasembling object files which do not describe
+architecture information, such as S-records.  You can list the available
+architectures with the \fB\-i\fP option. 
+
+.TP
+.B \-r
+.TP
+.B \-\-reloc
+Print the relocation entries of the file.  If used with \fB\-d\fP or
+\fB\-d\fP, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
+disassembly.
+
+.TP
+.B \-R
+.TP
+.B \-\-dynamic\-reloc
+Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file.  This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s
+.TP
+.B \-\-full\-contents
+Display the full contents of any sections requested.
+
+.TP
+.B \-S
+.TP
+.B \-\-source
+Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible.  Implies
+\fB-d\fP.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-show\-raw\-insn
+When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
+in symbolic form.  This is the default except when
+.B \-\-prefix\-addresses
+is used.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn
+When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
+This is the default when
+.B \-\-prefix\-addresses
+is used.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-stabs
+Display the contents of the .stab, .stab.index, and .stab.excl
+sections from an ELF file.  This is only useful on systems (such as
+Solaris 2.0) in which .stab debugging symbol-table entries are carried
+in an ELF section.  In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table
+entries are interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the
+\-\-syms output.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-start\-address=" "address"
+Start displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the
+.B \-d\c
+,
+.B \-r
+and
+.B \-s
+options.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-stop\-address=" "address"
+Stop displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the
+.B \-d\c
+,
+.B \-r
+and
+.B \-s
+options.
+
+.TP
+.B \-t
+.TP
+.B \-\-syms
+Symbol Table.  Print the symbol table entries of the file.
+This is similar to the information provided by the `\|\c
+.B nm\c
+\|' program.
+
+.TP
+.B \-T
+.TP
+.B \-\-dynamic\-syms
+Dynamic Symbol Table.  Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the
+file.  This is only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain
+types of shared libraries.  This is similar to the information
+provided by the `\|\c
+.B nm\c
+\|' program when given the
+.B \-D (\-\-dynamic)
+option.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Print the version number of
+.B objdump
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-x
+.TP
+.B \-\-all\-headers
+Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
+relocation entries.  Using `\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\|' is equivalent to specifying all of
+`\|\c
+.B \-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\c
+\|'.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); 
+.BR nm "(" 1 ")."
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ae4002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2740 @@
+/* objdump.c -- dump information about an object file.
+   Copyright 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Internal headers for the ELF .stab-dump code - sorry.  */
+#define	BYTES_IN_WORD	32
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_FPRINTF
+/* This is needed by INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO.  */
+extern int fprintf PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, ...));
+#endif
+
+static char *default_target = NULL;	/* default at runtime */
+
+static int show_version = 0;		/* show the version number */
+static int dump_section_contents;	/* -s */
+static int dump_section_headers;	/* -h */
+static boolean dump_file_header;	/* -f */
+static int dump_symtab;			/* -t */
+static int dump_dynamic_symtab;		/* -T */
+static int dump_reloc_info;		/* -r */
+static int dump_dynamic_reloc_info;	/* -R */
+static int dump_ar_hdrs;		/* -a */
+static int dump_private_headers;	/* -p */
+static int prefix_addresses;		/* --prefix-addresses */
+static int with_line_numbers;		/* -l */
+static boolean with_source_code;	/* -S */
+static int show_raw_insn;		/* --show-raw-insn */
+static int dump_stab_section_info;	/* --stabs */
+static int do_demangle;			/* -C, --demangle */
+static boolean disassemble;		/* -d */
+static boolean disassemble_all;		/* -D */
+static int disassemble_zeroes;		/* --disassemble-zeroes */
+static boolean formats_info;		/* -i */
+static char *only;			/* -j secname */
+static int wide_output;			/* -w */
+static bfd_vma start_address = (bfd_vma) -1; /* --start-address */
+static bfd_vma stop_address = (bfd_vma) -1;  /* --stop-address */
+static int dump_debugging;		/* --debugging */
+static bfd_vma adjust_section_vma = 0;	/* --adjust-vma */
+
+/* Extra info to pass to the disassembler address printing function.  */
+struct objdump_disasm_info {
+  bfd *abfd;
+  asection *sec;
+  boolean require_sec;
+};
+
+/* Architecture to disassemble for, or default if NULL.  */
+static char *machine = (char *) NULL;
+
+/* Endianness to disassemble for, or default if BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN.  */
+static enum bfd_endian endian = BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN;
+
+/* The symbol table.  */
+static asymbol **syms;
+
+/* Number of symbols in `syms'.  */
+static long symcount = 0;
+
+/* The sorted symbol table.  */
+static asymbol **sorted_syms;
+
+/* Number of symbols in `sorted_syms'.  */
+static long sorted_symcount = 0;
+
+/* The dynamic symbol table.  */
+static asymbol **dynsyms;
+
+/* Number of symbols in `dynsyms'.  */
+static long dynsymcount = 0;
+
+/* Static declarations.  */
+
+static void
+usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+
+static void
+display_file PARAMS ((char *filename, char *target));
+
+static void
+dump_section_header PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+static void
+dump_headers PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static void
+dump_data PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+static void
+dump_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+static void
+dump_dynamic_relocs PARAMS ((bfd * abfd));
+
+static void
+dump_reloc_set PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, arelent **, long));
+
+static void
+dump_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, boolean dynamic));
+
+static void
+dump_bfd_header PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static void
+dump_bfd_private_header PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static void
+display_bfd PARAMS ((bfd *abfd));
+
+static void
+display_target_list PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void
+display_info_table PARAMS ((int, int));
+
+static void
+display_target_tables PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void
+display_info PARAMS ((void));
+
+static void
+objdump_print_value PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *, boolean));
+
+static void
+objdump_print_symname PARAMS ((bfd *, struct disassemble_info *, asymbol *));
+
+static asymbol *
+find_symbol_for_address PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, boolean, long *));
+
+static void
+objdump_print_addr_with_sym PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol *, bfd_vma,
+				     struct disassemble_info *, boolean));
+
+static void
+objdump_print_addr PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *, boolean));
+
+static void
+objdump_print_address PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *));
+
+static void
+show_line PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+
+static void
+disassemble_bytes PARAMS ((struct disassemble_info *, disassembler_ftype,
+			   boolean, bfd_byte *, long, long, arelent ***,
+			   arelent **));
+
+static void
+disassemble_data PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static const char *
+endian_string PARAMS ((enum bfd_endian));
+
+static asymbol **
+slurp_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static asymbol **
+slurp_dynamic_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static long
+remove_useless_symbols PARAMS ((asymbol **, long));
+
+static int
+compare_symbols PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static int
+compare_relocs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+static void
+dump_stabs PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+static boolean
+read_section_stabs PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *));
+
+static void
+print_section_stabs PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, const char *));
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-ahifCdDprRtTxsSlw] [-b bfdname] [-m machine] [-j section-name]\n\
+       [--archive-headers] [--target=bfdname] [--debugging] [--disassemble]\n\
+       [--disassemble-all] [--disassemble-zeroes] [--file-headers]\n\
+       [--section-headers] [--headers]\n\
+       [--info] [--section=section-name] [--line-numbers] [--source]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+       [--architecture=machine] [--reloc] [--full-contents] [--stabs]\n\
+       [--syms] [--all-headers] [--dynamic-syms] [--dynamic-reloc]\n\
+       [--wide] [--version] [--help] [--private-headers]\n\
+       [--start-address=addr] [--stop-address=addr]\n\
+       [--prefix-addresses] [--[no-]show-raw-insn] [--demangle]\n\
+       [--adjust-vma=offset] [-EB|-EL] [--endian={big|little}] objfile...\n\
+at least one option besides -l (--line-numbers) must be given\n");
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+/* 150 isn't special; it's just an arbitrary non-ASCII char value.  */
+
+#define OPTION_ENDIAN (150)
+#define OPTION_START_ADDRESS (OPTION_ENDIAN + 1)
+#define OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS (OPTION_START_ADDRESS + 1)
+#define OPTION_ADJUST_VMA (OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS + 1)
+
+static struct option long_options[]=
+{
+  {"adjust-vma", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_ADJUST_VMA},
+  {"all-headers", no_argument, NULL, 'x'},
+  {"private-headers", no_argument, NULL, 'p'},
+  {"architecture", required_argument, NULL, 'm'},
+  {"archive-headers", no_argument, NULL, 'a'},
+  {"debugging", no_argument, &dump_debugging, 1},
+  {"demangle", no_argument, &do_demangle, 1},
+  {"disassemble", no_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+  {"disassemble-all", no_argument, NULL, 'D'},
+  {"disassemble-zeroes", no_argument, &disassemble_zeroes, 1},
+  {"dynamic-reloc", no_argument, NULL, 'R'},
+  {"dynamic-syms", no_argument, NULL, 'T'},
+  {"endian", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_ENDIAN},
+  {"file-headers", no_argument, NULL, 'f'},
+  {"full-contents", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
+  {"headers", no_argument, NULL, 'h'},
+  {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'H'},
+  {"info", no_argument, NULL, 'i'},
+  {"line-numbers", no_argument, NULL, 'l'},
+  {"no-show-raw-insn", no_argument, &show_raw_insn, -1},
+  {"prefix-addresses", no_argument, &prefix_addresses, 1},
+  {"reloc", no_argument, NULL, 'r'},
+  {"section", required_argument, NULL, 'j'},
+  {"section-headers", no_argument, NULL, 'h'},
+  {"show-raw-insn", no_argument, &show_raw_insn, 1},
+  {"source", no_argument, NULL, 'S'},
+  {"stabs", no_argument, &dump_stab_section_info, 1},
+  {"start-address", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_START_ADDRESS},
+  {"stop-address", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS},
+  {"syms", no_argument, NULL, 't'},
+  {"target", required_argument, NULL, 'b'},
+  {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
+  {"wide", no_argument, &wide_output, 'w'},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static void
+dump_section_header (abfd, section, ignored)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     PTR ignored;
+{
+  char *comma = "";
+
+  printf ("%3d %-13s %08lx  ", section->index,
+	  bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section),
+	  (unsigned long) bfd_section_size (abfd, section));
+  printf_vma (bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, section));
+  printf ("  ");
+  printf_vma (section->lma);
+  printf ("  %08lx  2**%u", section->filepos,
+	  bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, section));
+  if (! wide_output)
+    printf ("\n                ");
+  printf ("  ");
+
+#define PF(x, y) \
+  if (section->flags & x) { printf ("%s%s", comma, y); comma = ", "; }
+
+  PF (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS, "CONTENTS");
+  PF (SEC_ALLOC, "ALLOC");
+  PF (SEC_CONSTRUCTOR, "CONSTRUCTOR");
+  PF (SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_TEXT, "CONSTRUCTOR TEXT");
+  PF (SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_DATA, "CONSTRUCTOR DATA");
+  PF (SEC_CONSTRUCTOR_BSS, "CONSTRUCTOR BSS");
+  PF (SEC_LOAD, "LOAD");
+  PF (SEC_RELOC, "RELOC");
+#ifdef SEC_BALIGN
+  PF (SEC_BALIGN, "BALIGN");
+#endif
+  PF (SEC_READONLY, "READONLY");
+  PF (SEC_CODE, "CODE");
+  PF (SEC_DATA, "DATA");
+  PF (SEC_ROM, "ROM");
+  PF (SEC_DEBUGGING, "DEBUGGING");
+  PF (SEC_NEVER_LOAD, "NEVER_LOAD");
+  PF (SEC_EXCLUDE, "EXCLUDE");
+  PF (SEC_SORT_ENTRIES, "SORT_ENTRIES");
+
+  if ((section->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE) != 0)
+    {
+      const char *ls;
+
+      switch (section->flags & SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD:
+	  ls = "LINK_ONCE_DISCARD";
+	  break;
+	case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY:
+	  ls = "LINK_ONCE_ONE_ONLY";
+	  break;
+	case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE:
+	  ls = "LINK_ONCE_SAME_SIZE";
+	  break;
+	case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS:
+	  ls = "LINK_ONCE_SAME_CONTENTS";
+	  break;
+	}
+      printf ("%s%s", comma, ls);
+      comma = ", ";
+    }
+
+  printf ("\n");
+#undef PF
+}
+
+static void
+dump_headers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  printf ("Sections:\n");
+#ifndef BFD64
+  printf ("Idx Name          Size      VMA       LMA       File off  Algn\n");
+#else
+  printf ("Idx Name          Size      VMA               LMA               File off  Algn\n");
+#endif
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, dump_section_header, (PTR) NULL);
+}
+
+static asymbol **
+slurp_symtab (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol **sy = (asymbol **) NULL;
+  long storage;
+
+  if (!(bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & HAS_SYMS))
+    {
+      printf ("No symbols in \"%s\".\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      symcount = 0;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  storage = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+  if (storage < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  if (storage)
+    {
+      sy = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage);
+    }
+  symcount = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, sy);
+  if (symcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+  if (symcount == 0)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: No symbols\n",
+	     program_name, bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+  return sy;
+}
+
+/* Read in the dynamic symbols.  */
+
+static asymbol **
+slurp_dynamic_symtab (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asymbol **sy = (asymbol **) NULL;
+  long storage;
+
+  storage = bfd_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+  if (storage < 0)
+    {
+      if (!(bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & DYNAMIC))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: not a dynamic object\n",
+		   program_name, bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  dynsymcount = 0;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+    }
+
+  if (storage)
+    {
+      sy = (asymbol **) xmalloc (storage);
+    }
+  dynsymcount = bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, sy);
+  if (dynsymcount < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+  if (dynsymcount == 0)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: No dynamic symbols\n",
+	     program_name, bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+  return sy;
+}
+
+/* Filter out (in place) symbols that are useless for disassembly.
+   COUNT is the number of elements in SYMBOLS.
+   Return the number of useful symbols. */
+
+static long
+remove_useless_symbols (symbols, count)
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     long count;
+{
+  register asymbol **in_ptr = symbols, **out_ptr = symbols;
+
+  while (--count >= 0)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym = *in_ptr++;
+
+      if (sym->name == NULL || sym->name[0] == '\0')
+	continue;
+      if (sym->flags & (BSF_DEBUGGING))
+	continue;
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (sym->section)
+	  || bfd_is_com_section (sym->section))
+	continue;
+
+      *out_ptr++ = sym;
+    }
+  return out_ptr - symbols;
+}
+
+/* Sort symbols into value order.  */
+
+static int 
+compare_symbols (ap, bp)
+     const PTR ap;
+     const PTR bp;
+{
+  const asymbol *a = *(const asymbol **)ap;
+  const asymbol *b = *(const asymbol **)bp;
+  const char *an, *bn;
+  size_t anl, bnl;
+  boolean af, bf;
+  flagword aflags, bflags;
+
+  if (bfd_asymbol_value (a) > bfd_asymbol_value (b))
+    return 1;
+  else if (bfd_asymbol_value (a) < bfd_asymbol_value (b))
+    return -1;
+
+  if (a->section > b->section)
+    return 1;
+  else if (a->section < b->section)
+    return -1;
+
+  an = bfd_asymbol_name (a);
+  bn = bfd_asymbol_name (b);
+  anl = strlen (an);
+  bnl = strlen (bn);
+
+  /* The symbols gnu_compiled and gcc2_compiled convey no real
+     information, so put them after other symbols with the same value.  */
+
+  af = (strstr (an, "gnu_compiled") != NULL
+	|| strstr (an, "gcc2_compiled") != NULL);
+  bf = (strstr (bn, "gnu_compiled") != NULL
+	|| strstr (bn, "gcc2_compiled") != NULL);
+
+  if (af && ! bf)
+    return 1;
+  if (! af && bf)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* We use a heuristic for the file name, to try to sort it after
+     more useful symbols.  It may not work on non Unix systems, but it
+     doesn't really matter; the only difference is precisely which
+     symbol names get printed.  */
+
+#define file_symbol(s, sn, snl)			\
+  (((s)->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0			\
+   || ((sn)[(snl) - 2] == '.'			\
+       && ((sn)[(snl) - 1] == 'o'		\
+	   || (sn)[(snl) - 1] == 'a')))
+
+  af = file_symbol (a, an, anl);
+  bf = file_symbol (b, bn, bnl);
+
+  if (af && ! bf)
+    return 1;
+  if (! af && bf)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Try to sort global symbols before local symbols before function
+     symbols before debugging symbols.  */
+
+  aflags = a->flags;
+  bflags = b->flags;
+
+  if ((aflags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != (bflags & BSF_DEBUGGING))
+    {
+      if ((aflags & BSF_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+	return 1;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  if ((aflags & BSF_FUNCTION) != (bflags & BSF_FUNCTION))
+    {
+      if ((aflags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
+	return -1;
+      else
+	return 1;
+    }
+  if ((aflags & BSF_LOCAL) != (bflags & BSF_LOCAL))
+    {
+      if ((aflags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
+	return 1;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  if ((aflags & BSF_GLOBAL) != (bflags & BSF_GLOBAL))
+    {
+      if ((aflags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0)
+	return -1;
+      else
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Symbols that start with '.' might be section names, so sort them
+     after symbols that don't start with '.'.  */
+  if (an[0] == '.' && bn[0] != '.')
+    return 1;
+  if (an[0] != '.' && bn[0] == '.')
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Finally, if we can't distinguish them in any other way, try to
+     get consistent results by sorting the symbols by name.  */
+  return strcmp (an, bn);
+}
+
+/* Sort relocs into address order.  */
+
+static int
+compare_relocs (ap, bp)
+     const PTR ap;
+     const PTR bp;
+{
+  const arelent *a = *(const arelent **)ap;
+  const arelent *b = *(const arelent **)bp;
+
+  if (a->address > b->address)
+    return 1;
+  else if (a->address < b->address)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* So that associated relocations tied to the same address show up
+     in the correct order, we don't do any further sorting.  */
+  if (a > b)
+    return 1;
+  else if (a < b)
+    return -1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Print VMA to STREAM.  If SKIP_ZEROES is true, omit leading zeroes.  */
+
+static void
+objdump_print_value (vma, info, skip_zeroes)
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     boolean skip_zeroes;
+{
+  char buf[30];
+  char *p;
+
+  sprintf_vma (buf, vma);
+  if (! skip_zeroes)
+    p = buf;
+  else
+    {
+      for (p = buf; *p == '0'; ++p)
+	;
+      if (*p == '\0')
+	--p;
+    }
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", p);
+}
+
+/* Print the name of a symbol.  */
+
+static void
+objdump_print_symname (abfd, info, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     asymbol *sym;
+{
+  char *alloc;
+  const char *name;
+  const char *print;
+
+  alloc = NULL;
+  name = bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
+  if (! do_demangle || name[0] == '\0')
+    print = name;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Demangle the name.  */
+      if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == name[0])
+	++name;
+
+      alloc = cplus_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+      if (alloc == NULL)
+	print = name;
+      else
+	print = alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (info != NULL)
+    (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", print);
+  else
+    printf ("%s", print);
+
+  if (alloc != NULL)
+    free (alloc);
+}
+
+/* Locate a symbol given a bfd, a section, and a VMA.  If REQUIRE_SEC
+   is true, then always require the symbol to be in the section.  This
+   returns NULL if there is no suitable symbol.  If PLACE is not NULL,
+   then *PLACE is set to the index of the symbol in sorted_syms.  */
+
+static asymbol *
+find_symbol_for_address (abfd, sec, vma, require_sec, place)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     boolean require_sec;
+     long *place;
+{
+  /* @@ Would it speed things up to cache the last two symbols returned,
+     and maybe their address ranges?  For many processors, only one memory
+     operand can be present at a time, so the 2-entry cache wouldn't be
+     constantly churned by code doing heavy memory accesses.  */
+
+  /* Indices in `sorted_syms'.  */
+  long min = 0;
+  long max = sorted_symcount;
+  long thisplace;
+
+  if (sorted_symcount < 1)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Perform a binary search looking for the closest symbol to the
+     required value.  We are searching the range (min, max].  */
+  while (min + 1 < max)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+
+      thisplace = (max + min) / 2;
+      sym = sorted_syms[thisplace];
+
+      if (bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > vma)
+	max = thisplace;
+      else if (bfd_asymbol_value (sym) < vma)
+	min = thisplace;
+      else
+	{
+	  min = thisplace;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The symbol we want is now in min, the low end of the range we
+     were searching.  If there are several symbols with the same
+     value, we want the first one.  */
+  thisplace = min;
+  while (thisplace > 0
+	 && (bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[thisplace])
+	     == bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[thisplace - 1])))
+    --thisplace;
+
+  /* If the file is relocateable, and the symbol could be from this
+     section, prefer a symbol from this section over symbols from
+     others, even if the other symbol's value might be closer.
+       
+     Note that this may be wrong for some symbol references if the
+     sections have overlapping memory ranges, but in that case there's
+     no way to tell what's desired without looking at the relocation
+     table.  */
+
+  if (sorted_syms[thisplace]->section != sec
+      && (require_sec
+	  || ((abfd->flags & HAS_RELOC) != 0
+	      && vma >= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec)
+	      && vma < (bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec)
+			+ bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)))))
+    {
+      long i;
+
+      for (i = thisplace + 1; i < sorted_symcount; i++)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[i])
+	      != bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[thisplace]))
+	    break;
+	}
+      --i;
+      for (; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  if (sorted_syms[i]->section == sec
+	      && (i == 0
+		  || sorted_syms[i - 1]->section != sec
+		  || (bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[i])
+		      != bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[i - 1]))))
+	    {
+	      thisplace = i;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (sorted_syms[thisplace]->section != sec)
+	{
+	  /* We didn't find a good symbol with a smaller value.
+	     Look for one with a larger value.  */
+	  for (i = thisplace + 1; i < sorted_symcount; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (sorted_syms[i]->section == sec)
+		{
+		  thisplace = i;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (sorted_syms[thisplace]->section != sec
+	  && (require_sec
+	      || ((abfd->flags & HAS_RELOC) != 0
+		  && vma >= bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec)
+		  && vma < (bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec)
+			    + bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)))))
+	{
+	  /* There is no suitable symbol.  */
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (place != NULL)
+    *place = thisplace;
+
+  return sorted_syms[thisplace];
+}
+
+/* Print an address to INFO symbolically.  */
+
+static void
+objdump_print_addr_with_sym (abfd, sec, sym, vma, info, skip_zeroes)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     boolean skip_zeroes;
+{
+  objdump_print_value (vma, info, skip_zeroes);
+
+  if (sym == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_vma secaddr;
+
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, " <%s",
+			     bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec));
+      secaddr = bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, sec);
+      if (vma < secaddr)
+	{
+	  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "-");
+	  objdump_print_value (secaddr - vma, info, true);
+	}
+      else if (vma > secaddr)
+	{
+	  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "+");
+	  objdump_print_value (vma - secaddr, info, true);
+	}
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ">");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, " <");
+      objdump_print_symname (abfd, info, sym);
+      if (bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > vma)
+	{
+	  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "-");
+	  objdump_print_value (bfd_asymbol_value (sym) - vma, info, true);
+	}
+      else if (vma > bfd_asymbol_value (sym))
+	{
+	  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "+");
+	  objdump_print_value (vma - bfd_asymbol_value (sym), info, true);
+	}
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ">");
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print VMA to INFO, symbolically if possible.  If SKIP_ZEROES is
+   true, don't output leading zeroes.  */
+
+static void
+objdump_print_addr (vma, info, skip_zeroes)
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     boolean skip_zeroes;
+{
+  struct objdump_disasm_info *aux;
+  asymbol *sym;
+
+  if (sorted_symcount < 1)
+    {
+      objdump_print_value (vma, info, skip_zeroes);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  aux = (struct objdump_disasm_info *) info->application_data;
+  sym = find_symbol_for_address (aux->abfd, aux->sec, vma, aux->require_sec,
+				 (long *) NULL);
+  objdump_print_addr_with_sym (aux->abfd, aux->sec, sym, vma, info,
+			       skip_zeroes);
+}
+
+/* Print VMA to INFO.  This function is passed to the disassembler
+   routine.  */
+
+static void
+objdump_print_address (vma, info)
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  objdump_print_addr (vma, info, ! prefix_addresses);
+}
+
+/* Hold the last function name and the last line number we displayed
+   in a disassembly.  */
+
+static char *prev_functionname;
+static unsigned int prev_line;
+
+/* We keep a list of all files that we have seen when doing a
+   dissassembly with source, so that we know how much of the file to
+   display.  This can be important for inlined functions.  */
+
+struct print_file_list
+{
+  struct print_file_list *next;
+  char *filename;
+  unsigned int line;
+  FILE *f;
+};
+
+static struct print_file_list *print_files;
+
+/* The number of preceding context lines to show when we start
+   displaying a file for the first time.  */
+
+#define SHOW_PRECEDING_CONTEXT_LINES (5)
+
+/* Skip ahead to a given line in a file, optionally printing each
+   line.  */
+
+static void
+skip_to_line PARAMS ((struct print_file_list *, unsigned int, boolean));
+
+static void
+skip_to_line (p, line, show)
+     struct print_file_list *p;
+     unsigned int line;
+     boolean show;
+{
+  while (p->line < line)
+    {
+      char buf[100];
+
+      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, p->f) == NULL)
+	{
+	  fclose (p->f);
+	  p->f = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (show)
+	printf ("%s", buf);
+
+      if (strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL)
+	++p->line;
+    }
+}  
+
+/* Show the line number, or the source line, in a dissassembly
+   listing.  */
+
+static void
+show_line (abfd, section, off)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma off;
+{
+  CONST char *filename;
+  CONST char *functionname;
+  unsigned int line;
+
+  if (! with_line_numbers && ! with_source_code)
+    return;
+
+  if (! bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, syms, off, &filename,
+			       &functionname, &line))
+    return;
+
+  if (filename != NULL && *filename == '\0')
+    filename = NULL;
+  if (functionname != NULL && *functionname == '\0')
+    functionname = NULL;
+
+  if (with_line_numbers)
+    {
+      if (functionname != NULL
+	  && (prev_functionname == NULL
+	      || strcmp (functionname, prev_functionname) != 0))
+	printf ("%s():\n", functionname);
+      if (line > 0 && line != prev_line)
+	printf ("%s:%u\n", filename == NULL ? "???" : filename, line);
+    }
+
+  if (with_source_code
+      && filename != NULL
+      && line > 0)
+    {
+      struct print_file_list **pp, *p;
+
+      for (pp = &print_files; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+	if (strcmp ((*pp)->filename, filename) == 0)
+	  break;
+      p = *pp;
+
+      if (p != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (p != print_files)
+	    {
+	      int l;
+
+	      /* We have reencountered a file name which we saw
+		 earlier.  This implies that either we are dumping out
+		 code from an included file, or the same file was
+		 linked in more than once.  There are two common cases
+		 of an included file: inline functions in a header
+		 file, and a bison or flex skeleton file.  In the
+		 former case we want to just start printing (but we
+		 back up a few lines to give context); in the latter
+		 case we want to continue from where we left off.  I
+		 can't think of a good way to distinguish the cases,
+		 so I used a heuristic based on the file name.  */
+	      if (strcmp (p->filename + strlen (p->filename) - 2, ".h") != 0)
+		l = p->line;
+	      else
+		{
+		  l = line - SHOW_PRECEDING_CONTEXT_LINES;
+		  if (l <= 0)
+		    l = 1;
+		}
+
+	      if (p->f == NULL)
+		{
+		  p->f = fopen (p->filename, "r");
+		  p->line = 0;
+		}
+	      if (p->f != NULL)
+		skip_to_line (p, l, false);
+
+	      if (print_files->f != NULL)
+		{
+		  fclose (print_files->f);
+		  print_files->f = NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (p->f != NULL)
+	    {
+	      skip_to_line (p, line, true);
+	      *pp = p->next;
+	      p->next = print_files;
+	      print_files = p;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  FILE *f;
+
+	  f = fopen (filename, "r");
+	  if (f != NULL)
+	    {
+	      int l;
+
+	      p = ((struct print_file_list *)
+		   xmalloc (sizeof (struct print_file_list)));
+	      p->filename = xmalloc (strlen (filename) + 1);
+	      strcpy (p->filename, filename);
+	      p->line = 0;
+	      p->f = f;
+
+	      if (print_files != NULL && print_files->f != NULL)
+		{
+		  fclose (print_files->f);
+		  print_files->f = NULL;
+		}
+	      p->next = print_files;
+	      print_files = p;
+
+	      l = line - SHOW_PRECEDING_CONTEXT_LINES;
+	      if (l <= 0)
+		l = 1;
+	      skip_to_line (p, l, false);
+	      if (p->f != NULL)
+		skip_to_line (p, line, true);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (functionname != NULL
+      && (prev_functionname == NULL
+	  || strcmp (functionname, prev_functionname) != 0))
+    {
+      if (prev_functionname != NULL)
+	free (prev_functionname);
+      prev_functionname = xmalloc (strlen (functionname) + 1);
+      strcpy (prev_functionname, functionname);
+    }
+
+  if (line > 0 && line != prev_line)
+    prev_line = line;
+}
+
+/* Pseudo FILE object for strings.  */
+typedef struct {
+  char *buffer;
+  char *current;
+} SFILE;
+
+/* sprintf to a "stream" */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+static int
+objdump_sprintf (SFILE *f, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int n;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  vsprintf (f->current, format, args);
+  f->current += n = strlen (f->current);
+  va_end (args);
+  return n;
+}
+#else
+static int
+objdump_sprintf (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+{
+  int n;
+  SFILE *f;
+  const char *format;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args);
+  f = va_arg (args, SFILE *);
+  format = va_arg (args, const char *);
+  vsprintf (f->current, format, args);
+  f->current += n = strlen (f->current);
+  va_end (args);
+  return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* The number of zeroes we want to see before we start skipping them.
+   The number is arbitrarily chosen.  */
+
+#define SKIP_ZEROES (8)
+
+/* The number of zeroes to skip at the end of a section.  If the
+   number of zeroes at the end is between SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END and
+   SKIP_ZEROES, they will be disassembled.  If there are fewer than
+   SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END, they will be skipped.  This is a heuristic
+   attempt to avoid disassembling zeroes inserted by section
+   alignment.  */
+
+#define SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END (3)
+
+/* Disassemble some data in memory between given values.  */
+
+static void
+disassemble_bytes (info, disassemble_fn, insns, data, start, stop, relppp,
+		   relppend)
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     disassembler_ftype disassemble_fn;
+     boolean insns;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     long start;
+     long stop;
+     arelent ***relppp;
+     arelent **relppend;
+{
+  struct objdump_disasm_info *aux;
+  asection *section;
+  int bytes_per_line;
+  boolean done_dot;
+  int skip_addr_chars;
+  long i;
+
+  aux = (struct objdump_disasm_info *) info->application_data;
+  section = aux->sec;
+
+  if (insns)
+    bytes_per_line = 4;
+  else
+    bytes_per_line = 16;
+
+  /* Figure out how many characters to skip at the start of an
+     address, to make the disassembly look nicer.  We discard leading
+     zeroes in chunks of 4, ensuring that there is always a leading
+     zero remaining.  */
+  skip_addr_chars = 0;
+  if (! prefix_addresses)
+    {
+      char buf[30];
+      char *s;
+
+      sprintf_vma (buf,
+		   section->vma + bfd_section_size (section->owner, section));
+      s = buf;
+      while (s[0] == '0' && s[1] == '0' && s[2] == '0' && s[3] == '0'
+	     && s[4] == '0')
+	{
+	  skip_addr_chars += 4;
+	  s += 4;
+	}
+    }
+
+  info->insn_info_valid = 0;
+
+  done_dot = false;
+  i = start;
+  while (i < stop)
+    {
+      long z;
+      int bytes;
+      boolean need_nl = false;
+
+      /* If we see more than SKIP_ZEROES bytes of zeroes, we just
+         print `...'.  */
+      for (z = i; z < stop; z++)
+	if (data[z] != 0)
+	  break;
+      if (! disassemble_zeroes
+	  && (info->insn_info_valid == 0
+	      || info->branch_delay_insns == 0)
+	  && (z - i >= SKIP_ZEROES
+	      || (z == stop && z - i < SKIP_ZEROES_AT_END)))
+	{
+	  printf ("\t...\n");
+
+	  /* If there are more nonzero bytes to follow, we only skip
+             zeroes in multiples of 4, to try to avoid running over
+             the start of an instruction which happens to start with
+             zero.  */
+	  if (z != stop)
+	    z = i + ((z - i) &~ 3);
+
+	  bytes = z - i;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char buf[1000];
+	  SFILE sfile;
+	  int bpc, pb = 0;
+
+	  done_dot = false;
+
+	  if (with_line_numbers || with_source_code)
+	    show_line (aux->abfd, section, i);
+
+	  if (! prefix_addresses)
+	    {
+	      char *s;
+
+	      sprintf_vma (buf, section->vma + i);
+	      for (s = buf + skip_addr_chars; *s == '0'; s++)
+		*s = ' ';
+	      if (*s == '\0')
+		*--s = '0';
+	      printf ("%s:\t", buf + skip_addr_chars);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      aux->require_sec = true;
+	      objdump_print_address (section->vma + i, info);
+	      aux->require_sec = false;
+	      putchar (' ');
+	    }
+
+	  if (insns)
+	    {
+	      sfile.buffer = sfile.current = buf;
+	      info->fprintf_func = (fprintf_ftype) objdump_sprintf;
+	      info->stream = (FILE *) &sfile;
+	      info->bytes_per_line = 0;
+	      info->bytes_per_chunk = 0;
+	      bytes = (*disassemble_fn) (section->vma + i, info);
+	      info->fprintf_func = (fprintf_ftype) fprintf;
+	      info->stream = stdout;
+	      if (info->bytes_per_line != 0)
+		bytes_per_line = info->bytes_per_line;
+	      if (bytes < 0)
+		break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      long j;
+
+	      bytes = bytes_per_line;
+	      if (i + bytes > stop)
+		bytes = stop - i;
+
+	      for (j = i; j < i + bytes; ++j)
+		{
+		  if (isprint (data[j]))
+		    buf[j - i] = data[j];
+		  else
+		    buf[j - i] = '.';
+		}
+	      buf[j - i] = '\0';
+	    }
+
+	  if (prefix_addresses
+	      ? show_raw_insn > 0
+	      : show_raw_insn >= 0)
+	    {
+	      long j;
+
+	      /* If ! prefix_addresses and ! wide_output, we print
+                 bytes_per_line bytes per line.  */
+	      pb = bytes;
+	      if (pb > bytes_per_line && ! prefix_addresses && ! wide_output)
+		pb = bytes_per_line;
+
+	      if (info->bytes_per_chunk)
+		bpc = info->bytes_per_chunk;
+	      else
+		bpc = 1;
+
+	      for (j = i; j < i + pb; j += bpc)
+		{
+		  int k;
+		  if (bpc > 1 && info->display_endian == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+		    {
+		      for (k = bpc - 1; k >= 0; k--)
+			printf ("%02x", (unsigned) data[j + k]);
+		      putchar (' ');
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      for (k = 0; k < bpc; k++)
+			printf ("%02x", (unsigned) data[j + k]);
+		      putchar (' ');
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      for (; pb < bytes_per_line; pb += bpc)
+		{
+		  int k;
+
+		  for (k = 0; k < bpc; k++)
+		    printf ("  ");
+		  putchar (' ');
+		}
+
+	      /* Separate raw data from instruction by extra space.  */
+	      if (insns)
+		putchar ('\t');
+	      else
+		printf ("    ");
+	    }
+
+	  printf ("%s", buf);
+
+	  if (prefix_addresses
+	      ? show_raw_insn > 0
+	      : show_raw_insn >= 0)
+	    {
+	      while (pb < bytes)
+		{
+		  long j;
+		  char *s;
+
+		  putchar ('\n');
+		  j = i + pb;
+
+		  sprintf_vma (buf, section->vma + j);
+		  for (s = buf + skip_addr_chars; *s == '0'; s++)
+		    *s = ' ';
+		  if (*s == '\0')
+		    *--s = '0';
+		  printf ("%s:\t", buf + skip_addr_chars);
+
+		  pb += bytes_per_line;
+		  if (pb > bytes)
+		    pb = bytes;
+		  for (; j < i + pb; j += bpc)
+		    {
+		      int k;
+
+		      if (bpc > 1 && info->display_endian == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+			{
+			  for (k = bpc - 1; k >= 0; k--)
+			    printf ("%02x", (unsigned) data[j + k]);
+			  putchar (' ');
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  for (k = 0; k < bpc; k++)
+			    printf ("%02x", (unsigned) data[j + k]);
+			  putchar (' ');
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (!wide_output)
+	    putchar ('\n');
+	  else
+	    need_nl = true;
+	}
+
+      if (dump_reloc_info
+	  && (section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  while ((*relppp) < relppend
+		 && ((**relppp)->address >= (bfd_vma) i
+		     && (**relppp)->address < (bfd_vma) i + bytes))
+	    {
+	      arelent *q;
+
+	      q = **relppp;
+
+	      if (wide_output)
+		putchar ('\t');
+	      else
+		printf ("\t\t\t");
+
+	      objdump_print_value (section->vma + q->address, info, true);
+
+	      printf (": %s\t", q->howto->name);
+
+	      if (q->sym_ptr_ptr == NULL || *q->sym_ptr_ptr == NULL)
+		printf ("*unknown*");
+	      else
+		{
+		  const char *sym_name;
+
+		  sym_name = bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr);
+		  if (sym_name != NULL && *sym_name != '\0')
+		    objdump_print_symname (aux->abfd, info, *q->sym_ptr_ptr);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      asection *sym_sec;
+
+		      sym_sec = bfd_get_section (*q->sym_ptr_ptr);
+		      sym_name = bfd_get_section_name (aux->abfd, sym_sec);
+		      if (sym_name == NULL || *sym_name == '\0')
+			sym_name = "*unknown*";
+		      printf ("%s", sym_name);
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (q->addend)
+		{
+		  printf ("+0x");
+		  objdump_print_value (q->addend, info, true);
+		}
+
+	      printf ("\n");
+	      need_nl = false;
+	      ++(*relppp);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (need_nl)
+	printf ("\n");
+
+      i += bytes;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Disassemble the contents of an object file.  */
+
+static void
+disassemble_data (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long i;
+  disassembler_ftype disassemble_fn;
+  struct disassemble_info disasm_info;
+  struct objdump_disasm_info aux;
+  asection *section;
+
+  print_files = NULL;
+  prev_functionname = NULL;
+  prev_line = -1;
+
+  /* We make a copy of syms to sort.  We don't want to sort syms
+     because that will screw up the relocs.  */
+  sorted_syms = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symcount * sizeof (asymbol *));
+  memcpy (sorted_syms, syms, symcount * sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+  sorted_symcount = remove_useless_symbols (sorted_syms, symcount);
+
+  /* Sort the symbols into section and symbol order */
+  qsort (sorted_syms, sorted_symcount, sizeof (asymbol *), compare_symbols);
+
+  INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO(disasm_info, stdout, fprintf);
+  disasm_info.application_data = (PTR) &aux;
+  aux.abfd = abfd;
+  aux.require_sec = false;
+  disasm_info.print_address_func = objdump_print_address;
+
+  if (machine != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      const bfd_arch_info_type *info = bfd_scan_arch (machine);
+      if (info == NULL)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't use supplied machine %s\n",
+		   program_name,
+		   machine);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      abfd->arch_info = info;
+    }
+
+  if (endian != BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN)
+    {
+      struct bfd_target *xvec;
+
+      xvec = (struct bfd_target *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_target));
+      memcpy (xvec, abfd->xvec, sizeof (struct bfd_target));
+      xvec->byteorder = endian;
+      abfd->xvec = xvec;
+    }
+
+  disassemble_fn = disassembler (abfd);
+  if (!disassemble_fn)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't disassemble for architecture %s\n",
+	       program_name,
+	       bfd_printable_arch_mach (bfd_get_arch (abfd), 0));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  disasm_info.flavour = bfd_get_flavour (abfd);
+  disasm_info.arch = bfd_get_arch (abfd);
+  disasm_info.mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
+  if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+    disasm_info.endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
+  else if (bfd_little_endian (abfd))
+    disasm_info.endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+  else
+    /* ??? Aborting here seems too drastic.  We could default to big or little
+       instead.  */
+    disasm_info.endian = BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN;
+
+  for (section = abfd->sections;
+       section != (asection *) NULL;
+       section = section->next)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *data = NULL;
+      bfd_size_type datasize = 0;
+      arelent **relbuf = NULL;
+      arelent **relpp = NULL;
+      arelent **relppend = NULL;
+      long stop;
+
+      if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
+	  || (! disassemble_all
+	      && only == NULL
+	      && (section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0))
+	continue;
+      if (only != (char *) NULL && strcmp (only, section->name) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if (dump_reloc_info
+	  && (section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  long relsize;
+
+	  relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, section);
+	  if (relsize < 0)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+	  if (relsize > 0)
+	    {
+	      long relcount;
+
+	      relbuf = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+	      relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relbuf, syms);
+	      if (relcount < 0)
+		bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+	      /* Sort the relocs by address.  */
+	      qsort (relbuf, relcount, sizeof (arelent *), compare_relocs);
+
+	      relpp = relbuf;
+	      relppend = relpp + relcount;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      printf ("Disassembly of section %s:\n", section->name);
+
+      datasize = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (section);
+      if (datasize == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      data = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc ((size_t) datasize);
+
+      bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, data, 0, datasize);
+
+      aux.sec = section;
+      disasm_info.buffer = data;
+      disasm_info.buffer_vma = section->vma;
+      disasm_info.buffer_length = datasize;
+      if (start_address == (bfd_vma) -1
+	  || start_address < disasm_info.buffer_vma)
+	i = 0;
+      else
+	i = start_address - disasm_info.buffer_vma;
+      if (stop_address == (bfd_vma) -1)
+	stop = datasize;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (stop_address < disasm_info.buffer_vma)
+	    stop = 0;
+	  else
+	    stop = stop_address - disasm_info.buffer_vma;
+	  if (stop > disasm_info.buffer_length)
+	    stop = disasm_info.buffer_length;
+	}
+
+      if (prefix_addresses)
+	disassemble_bytes (&disasm_info, disassemble_fn, true, data, i, stop,
+			   &relpp, relppend);
+      else
+	{
+	  asymbol *sym;
+	  long place;
+
+	  sym = find_symbol_for_address (abfd, section, section->vma + i,
+					 true, &place);
+	  ++place;
+	  while (i < stop)
+	    {
+	      asymbol *nextsym;
+	      long nextstop;
+	      boolean insns;
+
+	      if (sym != NULL && bfd_asymbol_value (sym) <= section->vma + i)
+		disasm_info.symbol = sym;
+	      else
+		disasm_info.symbol = NULL;
+
+	      printf ("\n");
+	      objdump_print_addr_with_sym (abfd, section, sym,
+					   section->vma + i,
+					   &disasm_info,
+					   false);
+	      printf (":\n");
+
+	      if (sym != NULL && bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > section->vma + i)
+		nextsym = sym;
+	      else if (sym == NULL)
+		nextsym = NULL;
+	      else
+		{
+		  while (place < sorted_symcount
+			 && (sorted_syms[place]->section != section
+			     || (bfd_asymbol_value (sorted_syms[place])
+				 <= bfd_asymbol_value (sym))))
+		    ++place;
+		  if (place >= sorted_symcount)
+		    nextsym = NULL;
+		  else
+		    nextsym = sorted_syms[place];
+		}
+
+	      if (sym != NULL && bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > section->vma + i)
+		{
+		  nextstop = bfd_asymbol_value (sym) - section->vma;
+		  if (nextstop > stop)
+		    nextstop = stop;
+		}
+	      else if (nextsym == NULL)
+		nextstop = stop;
+	      else
+		{
+		  nextstop = bfd_asymbol_value (nextsym) - section->vma;
+		  if (nextstop > stop)
+		    nextstop = stop;
+		}
+
+	      /* If a symbol is explicitly marked as being an object
+                 rather than a function, just dump the bytes without
+                 disassembling them.  */
+	      if (disassemble_all
+		  || sym == NULL
+		  || bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > section->vma + i
+		  || ((sym->flags & BSF_OBJECT) == 0
+		      && (strstr (bfd_asymbol_name (sym), "gnu_compiled")
+			  == NULL)
+		      && (strstr (bfd_asymbol_name (sym), "gcc2_compiled")
+			  == NULL))
+		  || (sym->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
+		insns = true;
+	      else
+		insns = false;
+
+	      disassemble_bytes (&disasm_info, disassemble_fn, insns, data, i,
+				 nextstop, &relpp, relppend);
+
+	      i = nextstop;
+	      sym = nextsym;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      free (data);
+      if (relbuf != NULL)
+	free (relbuf);
+    }
+  free (sorted_syms);
+}
+
+
+/* Define a table of stab values and print-strings.  We wish the initializer
+   could be a direct-mapped table, but instead we build one the first
+   time we need it.  */
+
+static void dump_section_stabs PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, char *stabsect_name,
+					char *strsect_name));
+
+/* Dump the stabs sections from an object file that has a section that
+   uses Sun stabs encoding.  */
+
+static void
+dump_stabs (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  dump_section_stabs (abfd, ".stab", ".stabstr");
+  dump_section_stabs (abfd, ".stab.excl", ".stab.exclstr");
+  dump_section_stabs (abfd, ".stab.index", ".stab.indexstr");
+  dump_section_stabs (abfd, "$GDB_SYMBOLS$", "$GDB_STRINGS$");
+}
+
+static bfd_byte *stabs;
+static bfd_size_type stab_size;
+
+static char *strtab;
+static bfd_size_type stabstr_size;
+
+/* Read ABFD's stabs section STABSECT_NAME into `stabs'
+   and string table section STRSECT_NAME into `strtab'.
+   If the section exists and was read, allocate the space and return true.
+   Otherwise return false.  */
+
+static boolean
+read_section_stabs (abfd, stabsect_name, strsect_name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *stabsect_name;
+     const char *strsect_name;
+{
+  asection *stabsect, *stabstrsect;
+
+  stabsect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, stabsect_name);
+  if (0 == stabsect)
+    {
+      printf ("No %s section present\n\n", stabsect_name);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  stabstrsect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, strsect_name);
+  if (0 == stabstrsect)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s has no %s section\n", program_name,
+	       bfd_get_filename (abfd), strsect_name);
+      return false;
+    }
+ 
+  stab_size    = bfd_section_size (abfd, stabsect);
+  stabstr_size = bfd_section_size (abfd, stabstrsect);
+
+  stabs  = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (stab_size);
+  strtab = (char *) xmalloc (stabstr_size);
+  
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, stabsect, (PTR) stabs, 0, stab_size))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Reading %s section of %s failed: %s\n",
+	       program_name, stabsect_name, bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      free (stabs);
+      free (strtab);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, stabstrsect, (PTR) strtab, 0,
+				  stabstr_size))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Reading %s section of %s failed: %s\n",
+	       program_name, strsect_name, bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      free (stabs);
+      free (strtab);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Stabs entries use a 12 byte format:
+     4 byte string table index
+     1 byte stab type
+     1 byte stab other field
+     2 byte stab desc field
+     4 byte stab value
+   FIXME: This will have to change for a 64 bit object format.  */
+
+#define STRDXOFF (0)
+#define TYPEOFF (4)
+#define OTHEROFF (5)
+#define DESCOFF (6)
+#define VALOFF (8)
+#define STABSIZE (12)
+
+/* Print ABFD's stabs section STABSECT_NAME (in `stabs'),
+   using string table section STRSECT_NAME (in `strtab').  */
+
+static void
+print_section_stabs (abfd, stabsect_name, strsect_name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *stabsect_name;
+     const char *strsect_name;
+{
+  int i;
+  unsigned file_string_table_offset = 0, next_file_string_table_offset = 0;
+  bfd_byte *stabp, *stabs_end;
+
+  stabp = stabs;
+  stabs_end = stabp + stab_size;
+
+  printf ("Contents of %s section:\n\n", stabsect_name);
+  printf ("Symnum n_type n_othr n_desc n_value  n_strx String\n");
+
+  /* Loop through all symbols and print them.
+
+     We start the index at -1 because there is a dummy symbol on
+     the front of stabs-in-{coff,elf} sections that supplies sizes.  */
+
+  for (i = -1; stabp < stabs_end; stabp += STABSIZE, i++)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      unsigned long strx;
+      unsigned char type, other;
+      unsigned short desc;
+      bfd_vma value;
+
+      strx = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, stabp + STRDXOFF);
+      type = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, stabp + TYPEOFF);
+      other = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, stabp + OTHEROFF);
+      desc = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, stabp + DESCOFF);
+      value = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, stabp + VALOFF);
+
+      printf ("\n%-6d ", i);
+      /* Either print the stab name, or, if unnamed, print its number
+	 again (makes consistent formatting for tools like awk). */
+      name = bfd_get_stab_name (type);
+      if (name != NULL)
+	printf ("%-6s", name);
+      else if (type == N_UNDF)
+	printf ("HdrSym");
+      else
+	printf ("%-6d", type);
+      printf (" %-6d %-6d ", other, desc);
+      printf_vma (value);
+      printf (" %-6lu", strx);
+
+      /* Symbols with type == 0 (N_UNDF) specify the length of the
+	 string table associated with this file.  We use that info
+	 to know how to relocate the *next* file's string table indices.  */
+
+      if (type == N_UNDF)
+	{
+	  file_string_table_offset = next_file_string_table_offset;
+	  next_file_string_table_offset += value;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Using the (possibly updated) string table offset, print the
+	     string (if any) associated with this symbol.  */
+
+	  if ((strx + file_string_table_offset) < stabstr_size)
+	    printf (" %s", &strtab[strx + file_string_table_offset]);
+	  else
+	    printf (" *");
+	}
+    }
+  printf ("\n\n");
+}
+
+static void
+dump_section_stabs (abfd, stabsect_name, strsect_name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     char *stabsect_name;
+     char *strsect_name;
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  /* Check for section names for which stabsect_name is a prefix, to
+     handle .stab0, etc.  */
+  for (s = abfd->sections;
+       s != NULL;
+       s = s->next)
+    {
+      int len;
+
+      len = strlen (stabsect_name);
+
+/* If the prefix matches, and the files section name ends with a nul or a digit,
+   then we match.  Ie: we want either an exact match or a a section followed by 
+   a number.  */
+      if (strncmp (stabsect_name, s->name, len) == 0
+	  && (s->name[len] == '\000' || isdigit (s->name[len])))
+	{
+	  if (read_section_stabs (abfd, s->name, strsect_name))
+	    {
+	      print_section_stabs (abfd, s->name, strsect_name);
+	      free (stabs);
+	      free (strtab);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+dump_bfd_header (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char *comma = "";
+
+  printf ("architecture: %s, ",
+	  bfd_printable_arch_mach (bfd_get_arch (abfd),
+				   bfd_get_mach (abfd)));
+  printf ("flags 0x%08x:\n", abfd->flags);
+
+#define PF(x, y)    if (abfd->flags & x) {printf("%s%s", comma, y); comma=", ";}
+  PF (HAS_RELOC, "HAS_RELOC");
+  PF (EXEC_P, "EXEC_P");
+  PF (HAS_LINENO, "HAS_LINENO");
+  PF (HAS_DEBUG, "HAS_DEBUG");
+  PF (HAS_SYMS, "HAS_SYMS");
+  PF (HAS_LOCALS, "HAS_LOCALS");
+  PF (DYNAMIC, "DYNAMIC");
+  PF (WP_TEXT, "WP_TEXT");
+  PF (D_PAGED, "D_PAGED");
+  PF (BFD_IS_RELAXABLE, "BFD_IS_RELAXABLE");
+  printf ("\nstart address 0x");
+  printf_vma (abfd->start_address);
+  printf ("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+dump_bfd_private_header (abfd)
+bfd *abfd;
+{
+  bfd_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, stdout);
+}
+
+static void
+display_bfd (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char **matching;
+
+  if (!bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are adjusting section VMA's, change them all now.  Changing
+     the BFD information is a hack.  However, we must do it, or
+     bfd_find_nearest_line will not do the right thing.  */
+  if (adjust_section_vma != 0)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  s->vma += adjust_section_vma;
+	  s->lma += adjust_section_vma;
+	}
+    }
+
+  printf ("\n%s:     file format %s\n", bfd_get_filename (abfd),
+	  abfd->xvec->name);
+  if (dump_ar_hdrs)
+    print_arelt_descr (stdout, abfd, true);
+  if (dump_file_header)
+    dump_bfd_header (abfd);
+  if (dump_private_headers)
+    dump_bfd_private_header (abfd);
+  putchar ('\n');
+  if (dump_section_headers)
+    dump_headers (abfd);
+  if (dump_symtab || dump_reloc_info || disassemble || dump_debugging)
+    {
+      syms = slurp_symtab (abfd);
+    }
+  if (dump_dynamic_symtab || dump_dynamic_reloc_info)
+    {
+      dynsyms = slurp_dynamic_symtab (abfd);
+    }
+  if (dump_symtab)
+    dump_symbols (abfd, false);
+  if (dump_dynamic_symtab)
+    dump_symbols (abfd, true);
+  if (dump_stab_section_info)
+    dump_stabs (abfd);
+  if (dump_reloc_info && ! disassemble)
+    dump_relocs (abfd);
+  if (dump_dynamic_reloc_info)
+    dump_dynamic_relocs (abfd);
+  if (dump_section_contents)
+    dump_data (abfd);
+  if (disassemble)
+    disassemble_data (abfd);
+  if (dump_debugging)
+    {
+      PTR dhandle;
+
+      dhandle = read_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount);
+      if (dhandle != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! print_debugging_info (stdout, dhandle))
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: printing debugging information failed\n",
+		     bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	}
+    }
+  if (syms)
+    {
+      free (syms);
+      syms = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dynsyms)
+    {
+      free (dynsyms);
+      dynsyms = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+display_file (filename, target)
+     char *filename;
+     char *target;
+{
+  bfd *file, *arfile = (bfd *) NULL;
+
+  file = bfd_openr (filename, target);
+  if (file == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (filename);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (file, bfd_archive) == true)
+    {
+      bfd *last_arfile = NULL;
+
+      printf ("In archive %s:\n", bfd_get_filename (file));
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+
+	  arfile = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (file, arfile);
+	  if (arfile == NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_more_archived_files)
+		{
+		  bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (file));
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  display_bfd (arfile);
+
+	  if (last_arfile != NULL)
+	    bfd_close (last_arfile);
+	  last_arfile = arfile;
+	}
+
+      if (last_arfile != NULL)
+	bfd_close (last_arfile);
+    }
+  else
+    display_bfd (file);
+
+  bfd_close (file);
+}
+
+/* Actually display the various requested regions */
+
+static void
+dump_data (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *section;
+  bfd_byte *data = 0;
+  bfd_size_type datasize = 0;
+  bfd_size_type i;
+  bfd_size_type start, stop;
+
+  for (section = abfd->sections; section != NULL; section =
+       section->next)
+    {
+      int onaline = 16;
+
+      if (only == (char *) NULL ||
+	  strcmp (only, section->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)
+	    {
+	      printf ("Contents of section %s:\n", section->name);
+
+	      if (bfd_section_size (abfd, section) == 0)
+		continue;
+	      data = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc ((size_t) bfd_section_size (abfd, section));
+	      datasize = bfd_section_size (abfd, section);
+
+
+	      bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, (PTR) data, 0, bfd_section_size (abfd, section));
+
+	      if (start_address == (bfd_vma) -1
+		  || start_address < section->vma)
+		start = 0;
+	      else
+		start = start_address - section->vma;
+	      if (stop_address == (bfd_vma) -1)
+		stop = bfd_section_size (abfd, section);
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (stop_address < section->vma)
+		    stop = 0;
+		  else
+		    stop = stop_address - section->vma;
+		  if (stop > bfd_section_size (abfd, section))
+		    stop = bfd_section_size (abfd, section);
+		}
+	      for (i = start; i < stop; i += onaline)
+		{
+		  bfd_size_type j;
+
+		  printf (" %04lx ", (unsigned long int) (i + section->vma));
+		  for (j = i; j < i + onaline; j++)
+		    {
+		      if (j < stop)
+			printf ("%02x", (unsigned) (data[j]));
+		      else
+			printf ("  ");
+		      if ((j & 3) == 3)
+			printf (" ");
+		    }
+
+		  printf (" ");
+		  for (j = i; j < i + onaline; j++)
+		    {
+		      if (j >= stop)
+			printf (" ");
+		      else
+			printf ("%c", isprint (data[j]) ? data[j] : '.');
+		    }
+		  putchar ('\n');
+		}
+	      free (data);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Should perhaps share code and display with nm? */
+static void
+dump_symbols (abfd, dynamic)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean dynamic;
+{
+  asymbol **current;
+  long max;
+  long count;
+
+  if (dynamic)
+    {
+      current = dynsyms;
+      max = dynsymcount;
+      if (max == 0)
+	return;
+      printf ("DYNAMIC SYMBOL TABLE:\n");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      current = syms;
+      max = symcount;
+      if (max == 0)
+	return;
+      printf ("SYMBOL TABLE:\n");
+    }
+
+  for (count = 0; count < max; count++)
+    {
+      if (*current)
+	{
+	  bfd *cur_bfd = bfd_asymbol_bfd (*current);
+
+	  if (cur_bfd != NULL)
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+	      char *alloc;
+
+	      name = bfd_asymbol_name (*current);
+	      alloc = NULL;
+	      if (do_demangle && name != NULL && *name != '\0')
+		{
+		  const char *n;
+
+		  /* If we want to demangle the name, we demangle it
+                     here, and temporarily clobber it while calling
+                     bfd_print_symbol.  FIXME: This is a gross hack.  */
+
+		  n = name;
+		  if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (cur_bfd) == *n)
+		    ++n;
+		  alloc = cplus_demangle (n, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+		  if (alloc != NULL)
+		    (*current)->name = alloc;
+		  else
+		    (*current)->name = n;
+		}
+
+	      bfd_print_symbol (cur_bfd, stdout, *current,
+				bfd_print_symbol_all);
+
+	      (*current)->name = name;
+	      if (alloc != NULL)
+		free (alloc);
+
+	      printf ("\n");
+	    }
+	}
+      current++;
+    }
+  printf ("\n");
+  printf ("\n");
+}
+
+static void
+dump_relocs (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount;
+  asection *a;
+
+  for (a = abfd->sections; a != (asection *) NULL; a = a->next)
+    {
+      long relsize;
+
+      if (bfd_is_abs_section (a))
+	continue;
+      if (bfd_is_und_section (a))
+	continue;
+      if (bfd_is_com_section (a))
+	continue;
+
+      if (only)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (only, a->name))
+	    continue;
+	}
+      else if ((a->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, a);
+      if (relsize < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+      printf ("RELOCATION RECORDS FOR [%s]:", a->name);
+
+      if (relsize == 0)
+	{
+	  printf (" (none)\n\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+	  relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, a, relpp, syms);
+	  if (relcount < 0)
+	    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  else if (relcount == 0)
+	    {
+	      printf (" (none)\n\n");
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      printf ("\n");
+	      dump_reloc_set (abfd, a, relpp, relcount);
+	      printf ("\n\n");
+	    }
+	  free (relpp);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+dump_dynamic_relocs (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  long relsize;
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount;
+
+  relsize = bfd_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd);
+  if (relsize < 0)
+    bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  printf ("DYNAMIC RELOCATION RECORDS");
+
+  if (relsize == 0)
+    {
+      printf (" (none)\n\n");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+      relcount = bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, relpp, dynsyms);
+      if (relcount < 0)
+	bfd_fatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      else if (relcount == 0)
+	{
+	  printf (" (none)\n\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  dump_reloc_set (abfd, (asection *) NULL, relpp, relcount);
+	  printf ("\n\n");
+	}
+      free (relpp);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+dump_reloc_set (abfd, sec, relpp, relcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     arelent **relpp;
+     long relcount;
+{
+  arelent **p;
+  char *last_filename, *last_functionname;
+  unsigned int last_line;
+
+  /* Get column headers lined up reasonably.  */
+  {
+    static int width;
+    if (width == 0)
+      {
+	char buf[30];
+	sprintf_vma (buf, (bfd_vma) -1);
+	width = strlen (buf) - 7;
+      }
+    printf ("OFFSET %*s TYPE %*s VALUE \n", width, "", 12, "");
+  }
+
+  last_filename = NULL;
+  last_functionname = NULL;
+  last_line = 0;
+
+  for (p = relpp; relcount && *p != (arelent *) NULL; p++, relcount--)
+    {
+      arelent *q = *p;
+      const char *filename, *functionname;
+      unsigned int line;
+      const char *sym_name;
+      const char *section_name;
+
+      if (start_address != (bfd_vma) -1
+	  && q->address < start_address)
+	continue;
+      if (stop_address != (bfd_vma) -1
+	  && q->address > stop_address)
+	continue;
+
+      if (with_line_numbers
+	  && sec != NULL
+	  && bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, sec, syms, q->address,
+				    &filename, &functionname, &line))
+	{
+	  if (functionname != NULL
+	      && (last_functionname == NULL
+		  || strcmp (functionname, last_functionname) != 0))
+	    {
+	      printf ("%s():\n", functionname);
+	      if (last_functionname != NULL)
+		free (last_functionname);
+	      last_functionname = xstrdup (functionname);
+	    }
+	  if (line > 0
+	      && (line != last_line
+		  || (filename != NULL
+		      && last_filename != NULL
+		      && strcmp (filename, last_filename) != 0)))
+	    {
+	      printf ("%s:%u\n", filename == NULL ? "???" : filename, line);
+	      last_line = line;
+	      if (last_filename != NULL)
+		free (last_filename);
+	      if (filename == NULL)
+		last_filename = NULL;
+	      else
+		last_filename = xstrdup (filename);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (q->sym_ptr_ptr && *q->sym_ptr_ptr)
+	{
+	  sym_name = (*(q->sym_ptr_ptr))->name;
+	  section_name = (*(q->sym_ptr_ptr))->section->name;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sym_name = NULL;
+	  section_name = NULL;
+	}
+      if (sym_name)
+	{
+	  printf_vma (q->address);
+	  printf (" %-16s  ", q->howto->name);
+	  objdump_print_symname (abfd, (struct disassemble_info *) NULL,
+				 *q->sym_ptr_ptr);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (section_name == (CONST char *) NULL)
+	    section_name = "*unknown*";
+	  printf_vma (q->address);
+	  printf (" %-16s  [%s]",
+		  q->howto->name,
+		  section_name);
+	}
+      if (q->addend)
+	{
+	  printf ("+0x");
+	  printf_vma (q->addend);
+	}
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/* The length of the longest architecture name + 1.  */
+#define LONGEST_ARCH sizeof("rs6000:6000")
+
+static const char *
+endian_string (endian)
+     enum bfd_endian endian;
+{
+  if (endian == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+    return "big endian";
+  else if (endian == BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+    return "little endian";
+  else
+    return "endianness unknown";
+}
+
+/* List the targets that BFD is configured to support, each followed
+   by its endianness and the architectures it supports.  */
+
+static void
+display_target_list ()
+{
+  extern bfd_target *bfd_target_vector[];
+  char *dummy_name;
+  int t;
+
+  dummy_name = choose_temp_base ();
+  for (t = 0; bfd_target_vector[t]; t++)
+    {
+      bfd_target *p = bfd_target_vector[t];
+      bfd *abfd = bfd_openw (dummy_name, p->name);
+      int a;
+
+      printf ("%s\n (header %s, data %s)\n", p->name,
+	      endian_string (p->header_byteorder),
+	      endian_string (p->byteorder));
+
+      if (abfd == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_nonfatal (dummy_name);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (! bfd_set_format (abfd, bfd_object))
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_invalid_operation)
+	    bfd_nonfatal (p->name);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      for (a = (int) bfd_arch_obscure + 1; a < (int) bfd_arch_last; a++)
+	if (bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, (enum bfd_architecture) a, 0))
+	  printf ("  %s\n",
+		  bfd_printable_arch_mach ((enum bfd_architecture) a, 0));
+    }
+  unlink (dummy_name);
+  free (dummy_name);
+}
+
+/* Print a table showing which architectures are supported for entries
+   FIRST through LAST-1 of bfd_target_vector (targets across,
+   architectures down).  */
+
+static void
+display_info_table (first, last)
+     int first;
+     int last;
+{
+  extern bfd_target *bfd_target_vector[];
+  int t, a;
+  char *dummy_name;
+
+  /* Print heading of target names.  */
+  printf ("\n%*s", (int) LONGEST_ARCH, " ");
+  for (t = first; t < last && bfd_target_vector[t]; t++)
+    printf ("%s ", bfd_target_vector[t]->name);
+  putchar ('\n');
+
+  dummy_name = choose_temp_base ();
+  for (a = (int) bfd_arch_obscure + 1; a < (int) bfd_arch_last; a++)
+    if (strcmp (bfd_printable_arch_mach (a, 0), "UNKNOWN!") != 0)
+      {
+	printf ("%*s ", (int) LONGEST_ARCH - 1,
+		bfd_printable_arch_mach (a, 0));
+	for (t = first; t < last && bfd_target_vector[t]; t++)
+	  {
+	    bfd_target *p = bfd_target_vector[t];
+	    boolean ok = true;
+	    bfd *abfd = bfd_openw (dummy_name, p->name);
+
+	    if (abfd == NULL)
+	      {
+		bfd_nonfatal (p->name);
+		ok = false;
+	      }
+
+	    if (ok)
+	      {
+		if (! bfd_set_format (abfd, bfd_object))
+		  {
+		    if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_invalid_operation)
+		      bfd_nonfatal (p->name);
+		    ok = false;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    if (ok)
+	      {
+		if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, a, 0))
+		  ok = false;
+	      }
+
+	    if (ok)
+	      printf ("%s ", p->name);
+	    else
+	      {
+		int l = strlen (p->name);
+		while (l--)
+		  putchar ('-');
+		putchar (' ');
+	      }
+	  }
+	putchar ('\n');
+      }
+  unlink (dummy_name);
+  free (dummy_name);
+}
+
+/* Print tables of all the target-architecture combinations that
+   BFD has been configured to support.  */
+
+static void
+display_target_tables ()
+{
+  int t, columns;
+  extern bfd_target *bfd_target_vector[];
+  char *colum;
+
+  columns = 0;
+  colum = getenv ("COLUMNS");
+  if (colum != NULL)
+    columns = atoi (colum);
+  if (columns == 0)
+    columns = 80;
+
+  t = 0;
+  while (bfd_target_vector[t] != NULL)
+    {
+      int oldt = t, wid;
+
+      wid = LONGEST_ARCH + strlen (bfd_target_vector[t]->name) + 1;
+      ++t;
+      while (wid < columns && bfd_target_vector[t] != NULL)
+	{
+	  int newwid;
+
+	  newwid = wid + strlen (bfd_target_vector[t]->name) + 1;
+	  if (newwid >= columns)
+	    break;
+	  wid = newwid;
+	  ++t;
+	}
+      display_info_table (oldt, t);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+display_info ()
+{
+  printf ("BFD header file version %s\n", BFD_VERSION);
+  display_target_list ();
+  display_target_tables ();
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  char *target = default_target;
+  boolean seenflag = false;
+
+  program_name = *argv;
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "pib:m:VCdDlfahrRtTxsSj:wE:",
+			   long_options, (int *) 0))
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      if (c != 'l' && c != OPTION_START_ADDRESS && c != OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS)
+	seenflag = true;
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  break;		/* we've been given a long option */
+	case 'm':
+	  machine = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'j':
+	  only = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'l':
+	  with_line_numbers = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  target = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  dump_file_header = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  formats_info = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  dump_private_headers = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  dump_private_headers = 1;
+	  dump_symtab = 1;
+	  dump_reloc_info = 1;
+	  dump_file_header = true;
+	  dump_ar_hdrs = 1;
+	  dump_section_headers = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  dump_symtab = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'T':
+	  dump_dynamic_symtab = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'C':
+	  do_demangle = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  disassemble = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'D':
+	  disassemble = disassemble_all = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  disassemble = true;
+	  with_source_code = true;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  dump_section_contents = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'r':
+	  dump_reloc_info = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'R':
+	  dump_dynamic_reloc_info = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  dump_ar_hdrs = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  dump_section_headers = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'H':
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	case 'V':
+	  show_version = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'w':
+	  wide_output = 1;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ADJUST_VMA:
+	  adjust_section_vma = parse_vma (optarg, "--adjust-vma");
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_START_ADDRESS:
+	  start_address = parse_vma (optarg, "--start-address");
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_STOP_ADDRESS:
+	  stop_address = parse_vma (optarg, "--stop-address");
+	  break;
+	case 'E':
+	  if (strcmp (optarg, "B") == 0)
+	    endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "L") == 0)
+	    endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized -E option\n", program_name);
+	      usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ENDIAN:
+	  if (strncmp (optarg, "big", strlen (optarg)) == 0)
+	    endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
+	  else if (strncmp (optarg, "little", strlen (optarg)) == 0)
+	    endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized --endian type `%s'\n",
+		      program_name, optarg);
+	      usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("objdump");
+
+  if (seenflag == false)
+    usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  if (formats_info)
+    {
+      display_info ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (optind == argc)
+	display_file ("a.out", target);
+      else
+	for (; optind < argc;)
+	  display_file (argv[optind++], target);
+    }
+
+  END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/prdbg.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/prdbg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958cbd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/prdbg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1862 @@
+/* prdbg.c -- Print out generic debugging information.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file prints out the generic debugging information, by
+   supplying a set of routines to debug_write.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+/* This is the structure we use as a handle for these routines.  */
+
+struct pr_handle
+{
+  /* File to print information to.  */
+  FILE *f;
+  /* Current indentation level.  */
+  unsigned int indent;
+  /* Type stack.  */
+  struct pr_stack *stack;
+  /* Parameter number we are about to output.  */
+  int parameter;
+};
+
+/* The type stack.  */
+
+struct pr_stack
+{
+  /* Next element on the stack.  */
+  struct pr_stack *next;
+  /* This element.  */
+  char *type;
+  /* Current visibility of fields if this is a class.  */
+  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+  /* Name of the current method we are handling.  */
+  const char *method;
+};
+
+static void indent PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *));
+static boolean push_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *, const char *));
+static boolean prepend_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *, const char *));
+static boolean append_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *, const char *));
+static boolean substitute_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *, const char *));
+static boolean indent_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *));
+static char *pop_type PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *));
+static void print_vma PARAMS ((bfd_vma, char *, boolean, boolean));
+static boolean pr_fix_visibility
+  PARAMS ((struct pr_handle *, enum debug_visibility));
+
+static boolean pr_start_compilation_unit PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_start_source PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_empty_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_void_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_int_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int, boolean));
+static boolean pr_float_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean pr_complex_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean pr_bool_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean pr_enum_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char **, bfd_signed_vma *));
+static boolean pr_pointer_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_function_type PARAMS ((PTR, int, boolean));
+static boolean pr_reference_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_range_type PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma));
+static boolean pr_array_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma, boolean));
+static boolean pr_set_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean));
+static boolean pr_offset_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_method_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, int, boolean));
+static boolean pr_const_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_volatile_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_start_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int));
+static boolean pr_struct_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean pr_end_struct_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_start_class_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+static boolean pr_class_static_member
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char *, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean pr_class_baseclass
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma, boolean, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean pr_class_start_method PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_class_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean,
+	   bfd_vma, boolean));
+static boolean pr_class_static_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean));
+static boolean pr_class_end_method PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_end_class_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_typedef_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_tag_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, enum debug_type_kind));
+static boolean pr_typdef PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_tag PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean pr_int_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_float_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, double));
+static boolean pr_typed_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_variable
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_var_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_start_function PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, boolean));
+static boolean pr_function_parameter
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_parm_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_start_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_end_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean pr_end_function PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean pr_lineno PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned long, bfd_vma));
+
+static const struct debug_write_fns pr_fns =
+{
+  pr_start_compilation_unit,
+  pr_start_source,
+  pr_empty_type,
+  pr_void_type,
+  pr_int_type,
+  pr_float_type,
+  pr_complex_type,
+  pr_bool_type,
+  pr_enum_type,
+  pr_pointer_type,
+  pr_function_type,
+  pr_reference_type,
+  pr_range_type,
+  pr_array_type,
+  pr_set_type,
+  pr_offset_type,
+  pr_method_type,
+  pr_const_type,
+  pr_volatile_type,
+  pr_start_struct_type,
+  pr_struct_field,
+  pr_end_struct_type,
+  pr_start_class_type,
+  pr_class_static_member,
+  pr_class_baseclass,
+  pr_class_start_method,
+  pr_class_method_variant,
+  pr_class_static_method_variant,
+  pr_class_end_method,
+  pr_end_class_type,
+  pr_typedef_type,
+  pr_tag_type,
+  pr_typdef,
+  pr_tag,
+  pr_int_constant,
+  pr_float_constant,
+  pr_typed_constant,
+  pr_variable,
+  pr_start_function,
+  pr_function_parameter,
+  pr_start_block,
+  pr_end_block,
+  pr_end_function,
+  pr_lineno
+};
+
+/* Print out the generic debugging information recorded in dhandle.  */
+
+boolean
+print_debugging_info (f, dhandle)
+     FILE *f;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  struct pr_handle info;
+
+  info.f = f;
+  info.indent = 0;
+  info.stack = NULL;
+  info.parameter = 0;
+
+  return debug_write (dhandle, &pr_fns, (PTR) &info);
+}
+
+/* Indent to the current indentation level.  */
+
+static void
+indent (info)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < info->indent; i++)
+    putc (' ', info->f);
+}
+
+/* Push a type on the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+push_type (info, type)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+     const char *type;
+{
+  struct pr_stack *n;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n = (struct pr_stack *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  memset (n, 0, sizeof *n);
+
+  n->type = xstrdup (type);
+  n->visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE;
+  n->method = NULL;
+  n->next = info->stack;
+  info->stack = n;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Prepend a string onto the type on the top of the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+prepend_type (info, s)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  char *n;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + strlen (info->stack->type) + 1);
+  sprintf (n, "%s%s", s, info->stack->type);
+  free (info->stack->type);
+  info->stack->type = n;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Append a string to the type on the top of the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+append_type (info, s)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  unsigned int len;
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  len = strlen (info->stack->type);
+  info->stack->type = (char *) xrealloc (info->stack->type,
+					 len + strlen (s) + 1);
+  strcpy (info->stack->type + len, s);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* We use an underscore to indicate where the name should go in a type
+   string.  This function substitutes a string for the underscore.  If
+   there is no underscore, the name follows the type.  */
+
+static boolean
+substitute_type (info, s)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  char *u;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  u = strchr (info->stack->type, '|');
+  if (u != NULL)
+    {
+      char *n;
+
+      n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (info->stack->type) + strlen (s));
+
+      memcpy (n, info->stack->type, u - info->stack->type);
+      strcpy (n + (u - info->stack->type), s);
+      strcat (n, u + 1);
+
+      free (info->stack->type);
+      info->stack->type = n;
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (strchr (s, '|') != NULL
+      && (strchr (info->stack->type, '{') != NULL
+	  || strchr (info->stack->type, '(') != NULL))
+    {
+      if (! prepend_type (info, "(")
+	  || ! append_type (info, ")"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (*s == '\0')
+    return true;
+
+  return (append_type (info, " ")
+	  && append_type (info, s));
+}
+
+/* Indent the type at the top of the stack by appending spaces.  */
+
+static boolean
+indent_type (info)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < info->indent; i++)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " "))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Pop a type from the type stack.  */
+
+static char *
+pop_type (info)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+{
+  struct pr_stack *o;
+  char *ret;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  o = info->stack;
+  info->stack = o->next;
+  ret = o->type;
+  free (o);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Print a VMA value into a string.  */
+
+static void
+print_vma (vma, buf, unsignedp, hexp)
+     bfd_vma vma;
+     char *buf;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+     boolean hexp;
+{
+  if (sizeof (vma) <= sizeof (unsigned long))
+    {
+      if (hexp)
+	sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) vma);
+      else if (unsignedp)
+	sprintf (buf, "%lu", (unsigned long) vma);
+      else
+	sprintf (buf, "%ld", (long) vma);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      buf[0] = '0';
+      buf[1] = 'x';
+      sprintf_vma (buf + 2, vma);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Start a new compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_compilation_unit (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->indent == 0);
+
+  fprintf (info->f, "%s:\n", filename);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a source file within a compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_source (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->indent == 0);
+
+  fprintf (info->f, " %s:\n", filename);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push an empty type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_empty_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  return push_type (info, "<undefined>");
+}
+
+/* Push a void type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_void_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  return push_type (info, "void");
+}
+
+/* Push an integer type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_int_type (p, size, unsignedp)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[10];
+
+  sprintf (ab, "%sint%d", unsignedp ? "u" : "", size * 8);
+  return push_type (info, ab);
+}
+
+/* Push a floating type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_float_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[10];
+
+  if (size == 4)
+    return push_type (info, "float");
+  else if (size == 8)
+    return push_type (info, "double");
+
+  sprintf (ab, "float%d", size * 8);
+  return push_type (info, ab);
+}
+
+/* Push a complex type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_complex_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  if (! pr_float_type (p, size))
+    return false;
+
+  return prepend_type (info, "complex ");
+}
+
+/* Push a boolean type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_bool_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[10];
+
+  sprintf (ab, "bool%d", size * 8);
+
+  return push_type (info, ab);
+}
+
+/* Push an enum type onto the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_enum_type (p, tag, names, values)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     const char **names;
+     bfd_signed_vma *values;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int i;
+  bfd_signed_vma val;
+
+  if (! push_type (info, "enum "))
+    return false;
+  if (tag != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, tag)
+	  || ! append_type (info, " "))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (! append_type (info, "{ "))
+    return false;
+
+  if (names == NULL)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, "/* undefined */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      val = 0;
+      for (i = 0; names[i] != NULL; i++)
+	{
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! append_type (info, ", "))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! append_type (info, names[i]))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (values[i] != val)
+	    {
+	      char ab[20];
+
+	      print_vma (values[i], ab, false, false);
+	      if (! append_type (info, " = ")
+		  || ! append_type (info, ab))
+		return false;
+	      val = values[i];
+	    }
+
+	  ++val;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return append_type (info, " }");
+}
+
+/* Turn the top type on the stack into a pointer.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_pointer_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *s;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  s = strchr (info->stack->type, '|');
+  if (s != NULL && s[1] == '[')
+    return substitute_type (info, "(*|)");
+  return substitute_type (info, "*|");
+}
+
+/* Turn the top type on the stack into a function returning that type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_function_type (p, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char **arg_types;
+  unsigned int len;
+  char *s;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  len = 10;
+
+  if (argcount <= 0)
+    {
+      arg_types = NULL;
+      len += 15;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      arg_types = (char **) xmalloc (argcount * sizeof *arg_types);
+      for (i = argcount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+	    return false;
+	  arg_types[i] = pop_type (info);
+	  if (arg_types[i] == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  len += strlen (arg_types[i]) + 2;
+	}
+      if (varargs)
+	len += 5;
+    }
+
+  /* Now the return type is on the top of the stack.  */
+
+  s = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+  strcpy (s, "(|) (");
+
+  if (argcount < 0)
+    strcat (s, "/* unknown */");
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+	{
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    strcat (s, ", ");
+	  strcat (s, arg_types[i]);
+	}
+      if (varargs)
+	{
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    strcat (s, ", ");
+	  strcat (s, "...");
+	}
+      if (argcount > 0)
+	free (arg_types);
+    }
+
+  strcat (s, ")");
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, s))
+    return false;
+
+  free (s);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Turn the top type on the stack into a reference to that type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_reference_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  return substitute_type (info, "&|");
+}
+
+/* Make a range type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_range_type (p, lower, upper)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma lower;
+     bfd_signed_vma upper;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char abl[20], abu[20];
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+    return false;
+
+  print_vma (lower, abl, false, false);
+  print_vma (upper, abu, false, false);
+
+  return (prepend_type (info, "range (")
+	  && append_type (info, "):")
+	  && append_type (info, abl)
+	  && append_type (info, ":")
+	  && append_type (info, abu));
+}
+
+/* Make an array type.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+pr_array_type (p, lower, upper, stringp)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma lower;
+     bfd_signed_vma upper;
+     boolean stringp;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *range_type;
+  char abl[20], abu[20], ab[50];
+
+  range_type = pop_type (info);
+  if (range_type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (lower == 0)
+    {
+      if (upper == -1)
+	sprintf (ab, "|[]");
+      else
+	{
+	  print_vma (upper + 1, abu, false, false);
+	  sprintf (ab, "|[%s]", abu);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print_vma (lower, abl, false, false);
+      print_vma (upper, abu, false, false);
+      sprintf (ab, "|[%s:%s]", abl, abu);
+    }
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, ab))
+    return false;
+
+  if (strcmp (range_type, "int") != 0)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, ":")
+	  || ! append_type (info, range_type))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (stringp)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " /* string */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a set type.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+pr_set_type (p, bitstringp)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean bitstringp;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! prepend_type (info, "set { ")
+      || ! append_type (info, " }"))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bitstringp)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, "/* bitstring */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make an offset type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_offset_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return (substitute_type (info, "")
+	  && prepend_type (info, " ")
+	  && prepend_type (info, t)
+	  && append_type (info, "::|"));
+}
+
+/* Make a method type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_method_type (p, domain, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean domain;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  unsigned int len;
+  char *domain_type;
+  char **arg_types;
+  char *s;
+
+  len = 10;
+
+  if (! domain)
+    domain_type = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+	return false;
+      domain_type = pop_type (info);
+      if (domain_type == NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (strncmp (domain_type, "class ", sizeof "class " - 1) == 0
+	  && strchr (domain_type + sizeof "class " - 1, ' ') == NULL)
+	domain_type += sizeof "class " - 1;
+      else if (strncmp (domain_type, "union class ",
+			sizeof "union class ") == 0
+	       && (strchr (domain_type + sizeof "union class " - 1, ' ')
+		   == NULL))
+	domain_type += sizeof "union class " - 1;
+      len += strlen (domain_type);
+    }
+
+  if (argcount <= 0)
+    {
+      arg_types = NULL;
+      len += 15;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      arg_types = (char **) xmalloc (argcount * sizeof *arg_types);
+      for (i = argcount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+	    return false;
+	  arg_types[i] = pop_type (info);
+	  if (arg_types[i] == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  len += strlen (arg_types[i]) + 2;
+	}
+      if (varargs)
+	len += 5;
+    }
+
+  /* Now the return type is on the top of the stack.  */
+
+  s = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+  if (! domain)
+    *s = '\0';
+  else
+    strcpy (s, domain_type);
+  strcat (s, "::| (");
+
+  if (argcount < 0)
+    strcat (s, "/* unknown */");
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+	{
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    strcat (s, ", ");
+	  strcat (s, arg_types[i]);
+	}
+      if (varargs)
+	{
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    strcat (s, ", ");
+	  strcat (s, "...");
+	}
+      if (argcount > 0)
+	free (arg_types);
+    }
+
+  strcat (s, ")");
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, s))
+    return false;
+
+  free (s);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Make a const qualified type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_const_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  return substitute_type (info, "const |");
+}
+
+/* Make a volatile qualified type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_volatile_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  return substitute_type (info, "volatile |");
+}
+
+/* Start accumulating a struct type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_struct_type (p, tag, id, structp, size)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  info->indent += 2;
+
+  if (! push_type (info, structp ? "struct " : "union "))
+    return false;
+  if (tag != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, tag))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char idbuf[20];
+
+      sprintf (idbuf, "%%anon%u", id);
+      if (! append_type (info, idbuf))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! append_type (info, " {"))
+    return false;
+  if (size != 0 || tag != NULL)
+    {
+      char ab[30];
+
+      if (! append_type (info, " /*"))
+	return false;
+
+      if (size != 0)
+	{
+	  sprintf (ab, " size %u", size);
+	  if (! append_type (info, ab))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (tag != NULL)
+	{
+	  sprintf (ab, " id %u", id);
+	  if (! append_type (info, ab))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      if (! append_type (info, " */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (! append_type (info, "\n"))
+    return false;
+
+  info->stack->visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+
+  return indent_type (info);
+}
+
+/* Output the visibility of a field in a struct.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_fix_visibility (info, visibility)
+     struct pr_handle *info;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  const char *s;
+  char *t;
+  unsigned int len;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+
+  if (info->stack->visibility == visibility)
+    return true;
+
+  assert (info->stack->visibility != DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE);
+
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      s = "public";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      s = "private";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      s = "protected";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE:
+      s = "/* ignore */";
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Trim off a trailing space in the struct string, to make the
+     output look a bit better, then stick on the visibility string.  */
+
+  t = info->stack->type;
+  len = strlen (t);
+  assert (t[len - 1] == ' ');
+  t[len - 1] = '\0';
+
+  if (! append_type (info, s)
+      || ! append_type (info, ":\n")
+      || ! indent_type (info))
+    return false;
+
+  info->stack->visibility = visibility;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a field to a struct type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_struct_field (p, name, bitpos, bitsize, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     bfd_vma bitsize;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[20];
+  char *t;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! append_type (info, "; /* "))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bitsize != 0)
+    {
+      print_vma (bitsize, ab, true, false);
+      if (! append_type (info, "bitsize ")
+	  || ! append_type (info, ab)
+	  || ! append_type (info, ", "))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  print_vma (bitpos, ab, true, false);
+  if (! append_type (info, "bitpos ")
+      || ! append_type (info, ab)
+      || ! append_type (info, " */\n")
+      || ! indent_type (info))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (! pr_fix_visibility (info, visibility))
+    return false;
+
+  return append_type (info, t);
+}
+
+/* Finish a struct type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_end_struct_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *s;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+  assert (info->indent >= 2);
+
+  info->indent -= 2;
+
+  /* Change the trailing indentation to have a close brace.  */
+  s = info->stack->type + strlen (info->stack->type) - 2;
+  assert (s[0] == ' ' && s[1] == ' ' && s[2] == '\0');
+
+  *s++ = '}';
+  *s = '\0';
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a class type.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_class_type (p, tag, id, structp, size, vptr, ownvptr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean vptr;
+     boolean ownvptr;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *tv = NULL;
+
+  info->indent += 2;
+
+  if (vptr && ! ownvptr)
+    {
+      tv = pop_type (info);
+      if (tv == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! push_type (info, structp ? "class " : "union class "))
+    return false;
+  if (tag != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, tag))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char idbuf[20];
+
+      sprintf (idbuf, "%%anon%u", id);
+      if (! append_type (info, idbuf))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! append_type (info, " {"))
+    return false;
+  if (size != 0 || vptr || ownvptr || tag != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " /*"))
+	return false;
+
+      if (size != 0)
+	{
+	  char ab[20];
+
+	  sprintf (ab, "%u", size);
+	  if (! append_type (info, " size ")
+	      || ! append_type (info, ab))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (vptr)
+	{
+	  if (! append_type (info, " vtable "))
+	    return false;
+	  if (ownvptr)
+	    {
+	      if (! append_type (info, "self "))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! append_type (info, tv)
+		  || ! append_type (info, " "))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (tag != NULL)
+	{
+	  char ab[30];
+
+	  sprintf (ab, " id %u", id);
+	  if (! append_type (info, ab))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! append_type (info, " */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  info->stack->visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+
+  return (append_type (info, "\n")
+	  && indent_type (info));
+}
+
+/* Add a static member to a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_static_member (p, name, physname, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! prepend_type (info, "static ")
+      || ! append_type (info, "; /* ")
+      || ! append_type (info, physname)
+      || ! append_type (info, " */\n")
+      || ! indent_type (info))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (! pr_fix_visibility (info, visibility))
+    return false;
+
+  return append_type (info, t);
+}
+
+/* Add a base class to a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_baseclass (p, bitpos, virtual, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     boolean virtual;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+  const char *prefix;
+  char ab[20];
+  char *s, *l, *n;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL && info->stack->next != NULL);
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, ""))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (strncmp (t, "class ", sizeof "class " - 1) == 0)
+    t += sizeof "class " - 1;
+
+  /* Push it back on to take advantage of the prepend_type and
+     append_type routines.  */
+  if (! push_type (info, t))
+    return false;
+
+  if (virtual)
+    {
+      if (! prepend_type (info, "virtual "))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      prefix = "public ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      prefix = "protected ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      prefix = "private ";
+      break;
+    default:
+      prefix = "/* unknown visibility */ ";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (! prepend_type (info, prefix))
+    return false;
+
+  if (bitpos != 0)
+    {
+      print_vma (bitpos, ab, true, false);
+      if (! append_type (info, " /* bitpos ")
+	  || ! append_type (info, ab)
+	  || ! append_type (info, " */"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Now the top of the stack is something like "public A / * bitpos
+     10 * /".  The next element on the stack is something like "class
+     xx { / * size 8 * /\n...".  We want to substitute the top of the
+     stack in before the {.  */
+  s = strchr (info->stack->next->type, '{');
+  assert (s != NULL);
+  --s;
+
+  /* If there is already a ':', then we already have a baseclass, and
+     we must append this one after a comma.  */
+  for (l = info->stack->next->type; l != s; l++)
+    if (*l == ':')
+      break;
+  if (! prepend_type (info, l == s ? " : " : ", "))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (info->stack->type) + strlen (t) + 1);
+  memcpy (n, info->stack->type, s - info->stack->type);
+  strcpy (n + (s - info->stack->type), t);
+  strcat (n, s);
+
+  free (info->stack->type);
+  info->stack->type = n;
+
+  free (t);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start adding a method to a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_start_method (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+  info->stack->method = name;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a variant to a method.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep, voffset,
+			 context)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     boolean context;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *method_type;
+  char *context_type;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+  assert (info->stack->next != NULL);
+
+  /* Put the const and volatile qualifiers on the type.  */
+  if (volatilep)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " volatile"))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (constp)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " const"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Stick the name of the method into its type.  */
+  if (! substitute_type (info,
+			 (context
+			  ? info->stack->next->next->method
+			  : info->stack->next->method)))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Get the type.  */
+  method_type = pop_type (info);
+  if (method_type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Pull off the context type if there is one.  */
+  if (! context)
+    context_type = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      context_type = pop_type (info);
+      if (context_type == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Now the top of the stack is the class.  */
+
+  if (! pr_fix_visibility (info, visibility))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! append_type (info, method_type)
+      || ! append_type (info, " /* ")
+      || ! append_type (info, physname)
+      || ! append_type (info, " "))
+    return false;
+  if (context || voffset != 0)
+    {
+      char ab[20];
+
+      if (context)
+	{
+	  if (! append_type (info, "context ")
+	      || ! append_type (info, context_type)
+	      || ! append_type (info, " "))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      print_vma (voffset, ab, true, false);
+      if (! append_type (info, "voffset ")
+	  || ! append_type (info, ab))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return (append_type (info, " */;\n")
+	  && indent_type (info));
+}
+
+/* Add a static variant to a method.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_static_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *method_type;
+
+  assert (info->stack != NULL);
+  assert (info->stack->next != NULL);
+  assert (info->stack->next->method != NULL);
+
+  /* Put the const and volatile qualifiers on the type.  */
+  if (volatilep)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " volatile"))
+	return false;
+    }
+  if (constp)
+    {
+      if (! append_type (info, " const"))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Mark it as static.  */
+  if (! prepend_type (info, "static "))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Stick the name of the method into its type.  */
+  if (! substitute_type (info, info->stack->next->method))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Get the type.  */
+  method_type = pop_type (info);
+  if (method_type == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Now the top of the stack is the class.  */
+
+  if (! pr_fix_visibility (info, visibility))
+    return false;
+
+  return (append_type (info, method_type)
+	  && append_type (info, " /* ")
+	  && append_type (info, physname)
+	  && append_type (info, " */;\n")
+	  && indent_type (info));
+}
+
+/* Finish up a method.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_class_end_method (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  info->stack->method = NULL;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_end_class_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  return pr_end_struct_type (p);
+}
+
+/* Push a type on the stack using a typedef name.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_typedef_type (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  return push_type (info, name);
+}
+
+/* Push a type on the stack using a tag name.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_tag_type (p, name, id, kind)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     unsigned int id;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  const char *t, *tag;
+  char idbuf[20];
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT:
+      t = "struct ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION:
+      t = "union ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_ENUM:
+      t = "enum ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_CLASS:
+      t = "class ";
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_KIND_UNION_CLASS:
+      t = "union class ";
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! push_type (info, t))
+    return false;
+  if (name != NULL)
+    tag = name;
+  else
+    {
+      sprintf (idbuf, "%%anon%u", id);
+      tag = idbuf;
+    }
+
+  if (! append_type (info, tag))
+    return false;
+  if (name != NULL && kind != DEBUG_KIND_ENUM)
+    {
+      sprintf (idbuf, " /* id %u */", id);
+      if (! append_type (info, idbuf))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a typedef.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_typdef (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *s;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  s = pop_type (info);
+  if (s == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  indent (info);
+  fprintf (info->f, "typedef %s;\n", s);
+
+  free (s);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a tag.  The tag should already be in the string on the
+   stack, so all we have to do here is print it out.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+pr_tag (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  indent (info);
+  fprintf (info->f, "%s;\n", t);
+
+  free (t);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output an integer constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_int_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  indent (info);
+  print_vma (val, ab, false, false);
+  fprintf (info->f, "const int %s = %s;\n", name, ab);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a floating point constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_float_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     double val;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+
+  indent (info);
+  fprintf (info->f, "const double %s = %g;\n", name, val);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a typed constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_typed_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  indent (info);
+  print_vma (val, ab, false, false);
+  fprintf (info->f, "const %s %s = %s;\n", t, name, ab);
+
+  free (t);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a variable.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_variable (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_var_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  indent (info);
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    case DEBUG_STATIC:
+    case DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC:
+      fprintf (info->f, "static ");
+      break;
+    case DEBUG_REGISTER:
+      fprintf (info->f, "register ");
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  print_vma (val, ab, true, true);
+  fprintf (info->f, "%s /* %s */;\n", t, ab);
+
+  free (t);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start outputting a function.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_function (p, name, global)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     boolean global;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  indent (info);
+  if (! global)
+    fprintf (info->f, "static ");
+  fprintf (info->f, "%s (", t);
+
+  info->parameter = 1;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a function parameter.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_function_parameter (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char *t;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  if (kind == DEBUG_PARM_REFERENCE
+      || kind == DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG)
+    {
+      if (! pr_reference_type (p))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! substitute_type (info, name))
+    return false;
+
+  t = pop_type (info);
+  if (t == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (info->parameter != 1)
+    fprintf (info->f, ", ");
+
+  if (kind == DEBUG_PARM_REG || kind == DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG)
+    fprintf (info->f, "register ");
+
+  print_vma (val, ab, true, true);
+  fprintf (info->f, "%s /* %s */", t, ab);
+
+  free (t);
+
+  ++info->parameter;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start writing out a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_start_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  if (info->parameter > 0)
+    {
+      fprintf (info->f, ")\n");
+      info->parameter = 0;
+    }
+
+  indent (info);
+  print_vma (addr, ab, true, true);
+  fprintf (info->f, "{ /* %s */\n", ab);
+
+  info->indent += 2;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Write out line number information.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_lineno (p, filename, lineno, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+     unsigned long lineno;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  indent (info);
+  print_vma (addr, ab, true, true);
+  fprintf (info->f, "/* file %s line %lu addr %s */\n", filename, lineno, ab);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish writing out a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+pr_end_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct pr_handle *info = (struct pr_handle *) p;
+  char ab[20];
+
+  info->indent -= 2;
+
+  indent (info);
+  print_vma (addr, ab, true, true);
+  fprintf (info->f, "} /* %s */\n", ab);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish writing out a function.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+pr_end_function (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7efb5c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.1
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH ranlib 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+ranlib \- generate index to archive.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.B ranlib \c
+.RB "[\|" \-v | \-V "\|]"
+.I archive\c
+\&
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B ranlib
+generates an index to the contents of an archive, and
+stores it in the archive.  The index lists each symbol defined by a
+member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.  
+.PP
+You may use
+.RB ` "nm \-s" '
+or
+.RB ` "nm \-\-print-armap" '
+to list this index.
+.PP
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+.PP
+The GNU
+.B ranlib
+program is another form of GNU
+.BR ar ;
+running
+.B ranlib
+is completely equivalent to executing
+.RB ` "ar \-s" '.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-v
+Print the version number of
+.B ranlib
+and exit.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); 
+.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
+.BR nm "(" 1 ")."
+
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.sh b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2b6fbc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/ranlib.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# A simple ranlib script, to use less disk space than a ranlib program.
+ar s $1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/rdcoff.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/rdcoff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..287b3cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/rdcoff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
+/* stabs.c -- Parse COFF debugging information
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains code which parses COFF debugging information.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+/* FIXME: We should not need this BFD internal file.  We need it for
+   the N_BTMASK, etc., values.  */
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+/* These macros extract the right mask and shifts for this BFD.  They
+   assume that there is a local variable named ABFD.  This is so that
+   macros like ISFCN and DECREF, from coff/internal.h, will work
+   without modification.  */
+#define N_BTMASK (coff_data (abfd)->local_n_btmask)
+#define	N_BTSHFT (coff_data (abfd)->local_n_btshft)
+#define	N_TMASK  (coff_data (abfd)->local_n_tmask)
+#define	N_TSHIFT (coff_data (abfd)->local_n_tshift)
+
+/* This structure is used to hold the symbols, as well as the current
+   location within the symbols.  */
+
+struct coff_symbols
+{
+  /* The symbols.  */
+  asymbol **syms;
+  /* The number of symbols.  */
+  long symcount;
+  /* The index of the current symbol.  */
+  long symno;
+  /* The index of the current symbol in the COFF symbol table (where
+     each auxent counts as a symbol).  */
+  long coff_symno;
+};
+
+/* The largest basic type we are prepared to handle.  */
+
+#define T_MAX (T_LNGDBL)
+
+/* This structure is used to hold slots.  */
+
+struct coff_slots
+{
+  /* Next set of slots.  */
+  struct coff_slots *next;
+  /* Slots.  */
+#define COFF_SLOTS (16)
+  debug_type slots[COFF_SLOTS];
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to map symbol indices to types.  */
+
+struct coff_types
+{
+  /* Slots.  */
+  struct coff_slots *slots;
+  /* Basic types.  */
+  debug_type basic[T_MAX + 1];
+};
+
+static debug_type *coff_get_slot PARAMS ((struct coff_types *, int));
+static debug_type parse_coff_type
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_symbols *, struct coff_types *, long, int,
+	   union internal_auxent *, boolean, PTR));
+static debug_type parse_coff_base_type
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_symbols *, struct coff_types *, long, int,
+	   union internal_auxent *, PTR));
+static debug_type parse_coff_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_symbols *, struct coff_types *, int,
+	   union internal_auxent *, PTR));
+static debug_type parse_coff_enum_type
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_symbols *, struct coff_types *,
+	   union internal_auxent *, PTR));
+static boolean parse_coff_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct coff_types *, asymbol *, long,
+	   struct internal_syment *, PTR, debug_type, boolean));
+
+/* Return the slot for a type.  */
+
+static debug_type *
+coff_get_slot (types, indx)
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     int indx;
+{
+  struct coff_slots **pps;
+
+  pps = &types->slots;
+
+  while (indx >= COFF_SLOTS)
+    {
+      if (*pps == NULL)
+	{
+	  *pps = (struct coff_slots *) xmalloc (sizeof **pps);
+	  memset (*pps, 0, sizeof **pps);
+	}
+      pps = &(*pps)->next;
+      indx -= COFF_SLOTS;
+    }
+
+  if (*pps == NULL)
+    {
+      *pps = (struct coff_slots *) xmalloc (sizeof **pps);
+      memset (*pps, 0, sizeof **pps);
+    }
+
+  return (*pps)->slots + indx;
+}
+
+/* Parse a COFF type code in NTYPE.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_coff_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, ntype, pauxent, useaux,
+		 dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct coff_symbols *symbols;
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     long coff_symno;
+     int ntype;
+     union internal_auxent *pauxent;
+     boolean useaux;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  debug_type type;
+
+  if ((ntype & ~N_BTMASK) != 0)
+    {
+      int newtype;
+
+      newtype = DECREF (ntype);
+
+      if (ISPTR (ntype))
+	{
+	  type = parse_coff_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, newtype,
+				  pauxent, useaux, dhandle);
+	  type = debug_make_pointer_type (dhandle, type);
+	}
+      else if (ISFCN (ntype))
+	{
+	  type = parse_coff_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, newtype,
+				  pauxent, useaux, dhandle);
+	  type = debug_make_function_type (dhandle, type, (debug_type *) NULL,
+					   false);
+	}
+      else if (ISARY (ntype))
+	{
+	  int n;
+
+	  if (pauxent == NULL)
+	    n = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      unsigned short *dim;
+	      int i;
+
+	      /* FIXME: If pauxent->x_sym.x_tagndx.l == 0, gdb sets
+                 the c_naux field of the syment to 0.  */
+
+	      /* Move the dimensions down, so that the next array
+                 picks up the next one.  */
+	      dim = pauxent->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen;
+	      n = dim[0];
+	      for (i = 0; *dim != 0 && i < DIMNUM - 1; i++, dim++)
+		*dim = *(dim + 1);
+	      *dim = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  type = parse_coff_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, newtype,
+				  pauxent, false, dhandle);
+	  type = debug_make_array_type (dhandle, type,
+					parse_coff_base_type (abfd, symbols,
+							      types,
+							      coff_symno,
+							      T_INT,
+							      NULL, dhandle),
+					0, n - 1, false);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: parse_coff_type: Bad type code 0x%x\n",
+		   program_name, ntype);
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	}
+
+      return type;
+    }
+
+  if (pauxent != NULL && pauxent->x_sym.x_tagndx.l > 0)
+    {
+      debug_type *slot;
+
+      /* This is a reference to an existing type.  FIXME: gdb checks
+	 that the class is not C_STRTAG, nor C_UNTAG, nor C_ENTAG.  */
+      slot = coff_get_slot (types, pauxent->x_sym.x_tagndx.l);
+      if (*slot != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return *slot;
+      else
+	return debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, slot, (const char *) NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* If the aux entry has already been used for something, useaux will
+     have been set to false, indicating that parse_coff_base_type
+     should not use it.  We need to do it this way, rather than simply
+     passing pauxent as NULL, because we need to be able handle
+     multiple array dimensions while still discarding pauxent after
+     having handled all of them.  */
+  if (! useaux)
+    pauxent = NULL;
+
+  return parse_coff_base_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, ntype,
+			       pauxent, dhandle);
+}
+
+/* Parse a basic COFF type in NTYPE.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_coff_base_type (abfd, symbols, types, coff_symno, ntype, pauxent,
+		      dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct coff_symbols *symbols;
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     long coff_symno;
+     int ntype;
+     union internal_auxent *pauxent;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  debug_type ret;
+  boolean set_basic;
+  const char *name;
+  debug_type *slot;
+
+  if (ntype >= 0
+      && ntype <= T_MAX
+      && types->basic[ntype] != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return types->basic[ntype];
+
+  set_basic = true;
+  name = NULL;
+
+  switch (ntype)
+    {
+    default:
+      ret = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      break;
+
+    case T_NULL:
+    case T_VOID:
+      ret = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      name = "void";
+      break;
+
+    case T_CHAR:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      name = "char";
+      break;
+
+    case T_SHORT:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      name = "short";
+      break;
+
+    case T_INT:
+      /* FIXME: Perhaps the size should depend upon the architecture.  */
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      name = "int";
+      break;
+
+    case T_LONG:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      name = "long";
+      break;
+
+    case T_FLOAT:
+      ret = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 4);
+      name = "float";
+      break;
+
+    case T_DOUBLE:
+      ret = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 8);
+      name = "double";
+      break;
+
+    case T_LNGDBL:
+      ret = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 12);
+      name = "long double";
+      break;
+
+    case T_UCHAR:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, true);
+      name = "unsigned char";
+      break;
+
+    case T_USHORT:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, true);
+      name = "unsigned short";
+      break;
+
+    case T_UINT:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "unsigned int";
+      break;
+
+    case T_ULONG:
+      ret = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      name = "unsigned long";
+      break;
+
+    case T_STRUCT:
+      if (pauxent == NULL)
+	ret = debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, true, 0,
+				      (debug_field *) NULL);
+      else
+	ret = parse_coff_struct_type (abfd, symbols, types, ntype, pauxent,
+				      dhandle);
+
+      slot = coff_get_slot (types, coff_symno);
+      *slot = ret;
+
+      set_basic = false;
+      break;
+
+    case T_UNION:
+      if (pauxent == NULL)
+	ret = debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, false, 0, (debug_field *) NULL);
+      else
+	ret = parse_coff_struct_type (abfd, symbols, types, ntype, pauxent,
+				      dhandle);
+
+      slot = coff_get_slot (types, coff_symno);
+      *slot = ret;
+
+      set_basic = false;
+      break;
+
+    case T_ENUM:
+      if (pauxent == NULL)
+	ret = debug_make_enum_type (dhandle, (const char **) NULL,
+				    (bfd_signed_vma *) NULL);
+      else
+	ret = parse_coff_enum_type (abfd, symbols, types, pauxent, dhandle);
+
+      slot = coff_get_slot (types, coff_symno);
+      *slot = ret;
+
+      set_basic = false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    ret = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, ret);
+
+  if (set_basic
+      && ntype >= 0
+      && ntype <= T_MAX)
+    types->basic[ntype] = ret;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Parse a struct type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_coff_struct_type (abfd, symbols, types, ntype, pauxent, dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct coff_symbols *symbols;
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     int ntype;
+     union internal_auxent *pauxent;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  long symend;
+  int alloc;
+  debug_field *fields;
+  int count;
+  boolean done;
+
+  symend = pauxent->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l;
+
+  alloc = 10;
+  fields = (debug_field *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *fields);
+  count = 0;
+
+  done = false;
+  while (! done
+	 && symbols->coff_symno < symend
+	 && symbols->symno < symbols->symcount)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+      long this_coff_symno;
+      struct internal_syment syment;
+      union internal_auxent auxent;
+      union internal_auxent *psubaux;
+      bfd_vma bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
+
+      sym = symbols->syms[symbols->symno];
+
+      if (! bfd_coff_get_syment (abfd, sym, &syment))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_coff_get_syment failed: %s\n",
+		   program_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	}
+
+      this_coff_symno = symbols->coff_symno;
+
+      ++symbols->symno;
+      symbols->coff_symno += 1 + syment.n_numaux;
+
+      if (syment.n_numaux == 0)
+	psubaux = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_coff_get_auxent (abfd, sym, 0, &auxent))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_coff_get_auxent failed: %s\n",
+		       program_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	    }
+	  psubaux = &auxent;
+	}
+
+      switch (syment.n_sclass)
+	{
+	case C_MOS:
+	case C_MOU:
+	  bitpos = 8 * bfd_asymbol_value (sym);
+	  bitsize = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case C_FIELD:
+	  bitpos = bfd_asymbol_value (sym);
+	  bitsize = auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size;
+	  break;
+
+	case C_EOS:
+	  done = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (! done)
+	{
+	  debug_type ftype;
+	  debug_field f;
+
+	  ftype = parse_coff_type (abfd, symbols, types, this_coff_symno,
+				   syment.n_type, psubaux, true, dhandle);
+	  f = debug_make_field (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), ftype,
+				bitpos, bitsize, DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC);
+	  if (f == DEBUG_FIELD_NULL)
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	  if (count + 1 >= alloc)
+	    {
+	      alloc += 10;
+	      fields = ((debug_field *)
+			xrealloc (fields, alloc * sizeof *fields));
+	    }
+
+	  fields[count] = f;
+	  ++count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  fields[count] = DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+
+  return debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, ntype == T_STRUCT,
+				 pauxent->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size,
+				 fields);
+}
+
+/* Parse an enum type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_coff_enum_type (abfd, symbols, types, pauxent, dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct coff_symbols *symbols;
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     union internal_auxent *pauxent;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  long symend;
+  int alloc;
+  const char **names;
+  bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+  int count;
+  boolean done;
+
+  symend = pauxent->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l;
+
+  alloc = 10;
+  names = (const char **) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *names);
+  vals = (bfd_signed_vma *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *vals);
+  count = 0;
+
+  done = false;
+  while (! done
+	 && symbols->coff_symno < symend
+	 && symbols->symno < symbols->symcount)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+      struct internal_syment syment;
+
+      sym = symbols->syms[symbols->symno];
+
+      if (! bfd_coff_get_syment (abfd, sym, &syment))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_coff_get_syment failed: %s\n",
+		   program_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	}
+
+      ++symbols->symno;
+      symbols->coff_symno += 1 + syment.n_numaux;
+
+      switch (syment.n_sclass)
+	{
+	case C_MOE:
+	  if (count + 1 >= alloc)
+	    {
+	      alloc += 10;
+	      names = ((const char **)
+		       xrealloc (names, alloc * sizeof *names));
+	      vals = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
+		      xrealloc (vals, alloc * sizeof *vals));
+	    }
+
+	  names[count] = bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
+	  vals[count] = bfd_asymbol_value (sym);
+	  ++count;
+	  break;
+
+	case C_EOS:
+	  done = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  names[count] = NULL;
+
+  return debug_make_enum_type (dhandle, names, vals);
+}
+
+/* Handle a single COFF symbol.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_coff_symbol (abfd, types, sym, coff_symno, psyment, dhandle, type,
+		   within_function)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct coff_types *types;
+     asymbol *sym;
+     long coff_symno;
+     struct internal_syment *psyment;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     debug_type type;
+     boolean within_function;
+{
+  switch (psyment->n_sclass)
+    {
+    case C_NULL:
+      break;
+
+    case C_AUTO:
+      if (! debug_record_variable (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				   DEBUG_LOCAL, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_EXT:
+      if (! debug_record_variable (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				   DEBUG_GLOBAL, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_STAT:
+      if (! debug_record_variable (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				   (within_function
+				    ? DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC
+				    : DEBUG_STATIC),
+				   bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_REG:
+      /* FIXME: We may need to convert the register number.  */
+      if (! debug_record_variable (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				   DEBUG_REGISTER, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_LABEL:
+      break;
+
+    case C_ARG:
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				    DEBUG_PARM_STACK, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_REGPARM:
+      /* FIXME: We may need to convert the register number.  */
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type,
+				    DEBUG_PARM_REG, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_TPDEF:
+      type = debug_name_type (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type);
+      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case C_STRTAG:
+    case C_UNTAG:
+    case C_ENTAG:
+      {
+	debug_type *slot;
+
+	type = debug_tag_type (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_name (sym), type);
+	if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Store the named type into the slot, so that references get
+           the name.  */
+	slot = coff_get_slot (types, coff_symno);
+	*slot = type;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;				   
+}
+
+/* This is the main routine.  It looks through all the symbols and
+   handles them.  */
+
+boolean
+parse_coff (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **syms;
+     long symcount;
+     PTR dhandle;
+{
+  struct coff_symbols symbols;
+  struct coff_types types;
+  int i;
+  long next_c_file;
+  const char *fnname;
+  int fnclass;
+  int fntype;
+  bfd_vma fnend;
+  alent *linenos;
+  boolean within_function;
+  long this_coff_symno;
+
+  symbols.syms = syms;
+  symbols.symcount = symcount;
+  symbols.symno = 0;
+  symbols.coff_symno = 0;
+
+  types.slots = NULL;
+  for (i = 0; i <= T_MAX; i++)
+    types.basic[i] = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  next_c_file = -1;
+  fnname = NULL;
+  fnclass = 0;
+  fntype = 0;
+  fnend = 0;
+  linenos = NULL;
+  within_function = false;
+
+  while (symbols.symno < symcount)
+    {
+      asymbol *sym;
+      const char *name;
+      struct internal_syment syment;
+      union internal_auxent auxent;
+      union internal_auxent *paux;
+      debug_type type;
+
+      sym = syms[symbols.symno];
+
+      if (! bfd_coff_get_syment (abfd, sym, &syment))
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_coff_get_syment failed: %s\n",
+		   program_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      name = bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
+
+      this_coff_symno = symbols.coff_symno;
+
+      ++symbols.symno;
+      symbols.coff_symno += 1 + syment.n_numaux;
+
+      /* We only worry about the first auxent, because that is the
+	 only one which is relevant for debugging information.  */
+      if (syment.n_numaux == 0)
+	paux = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_coff_get_auxent (abfd, sym, 0, &auxent))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: bfd_coff_get_auxent failed: %s\n",
+		       program_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  paux = &auxent;
+	}
+
+      if (this_coff_symno == next_c_file && syment.n_sclass != C_FILE)
+	{
+	  /* The last C_FILE symbol points to the first external
+             symbol.  */
+	  if (! debug_set_filename (dhandle, "*globals*"))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      switch (syment.n_sclass)
+	{
+	case C_EFCN:
+	case C_EXTDEF:
+	case C_ULABEL:
+	case C_USTATIC:
+	case C_LINE:
+	case C_ALIAS:
+	case C_HIDDEN:
+	  /* Just ignore these classes.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case C_FILE:
+	  next_c_file = syment.n_value;
+	  if (! debug_set_filename (dhandle, name))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case C_STAT:
+	  /* Ignore static symbols with a type of T_NULL.  These
+             represent section entries.  */
+	  if (syment.n_type == T_NULL)
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case C_EXT:
+	  if (ISFCN (syment.n_type))
+	    {
+	      fnname = name;
+	      fnclass = syment.n_sclass;
+	      fntype = syment.n_type;
+	      if (syment.n_numaux > 0)
+		fnend = bfd_asymbol_value (sym) + auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize;
+	      else
+		fnend = 0;
+	      linenos = BFD_SEND (abfd, _get_lineno, (abfd, sym));
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  type = parse_coff_type (abfd, &symbols, &types, this_coff_symno,
+				  syment.n_type, paux, true, dhandle);
+	  if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  if (! parse_coff_symbol (abfd, &types, sym, this_coff_symno, &syment,
+				   dhandle, type, within_function))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case C_FCN:
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".bf") == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (fnname == NULL)
+		{
+		  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %ld: .bf without preceding function\n",
+			   program_name, this_coff_symno);
+		  return false;
+		}
+
+	      type = parse_coff_type (abfd, &symbols, &types, this_coff_symno,
+				      DECREF (fntype), paux, false, dhandle);
+	      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	      if (! debug_record_function (dhandle, fnname, type,
+					   fnclass == C_EXT,
+					   bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+		return false;
+
+	      if (linenos != NULL)
+		{
+		  int base;
+		  bfd_vma addr;
+
+		  if (syment.n_numaux == 0)
+		    base = 0;
+		  else
+		    base = auxent.x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno - 1;
+
+		  addr = bfd_get_section_vma (abfd, bfd_get_section (sym));
+
+		  ++linenos;
+
+		  while (linenos->line_number != 0)
+		    {
+		      if (! debug_record_line (dhandle,
+					       linenos->line_number + base,
+					       linenos->u.offset + addr))
+			return false;
+		      ++linenos;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      fnname = NULL;
+	      linenos = NULL;
+	      fnclass = 0;
+	      fntype = 0;
+
+	      within_function = true;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".ef") == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! within_function)
+		{
+		  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %ld: unexpected .ef\n",
+			   program_name, this_coff_symno);
+		  return false;
+		}
+
+	      if (bfd_asymbol_value (sym) > fnend)
+		fnend = bfd_asymbol_value (sym);
+	      if (! debug_end_function (dhandle, fnend))
+		return false;
+
+	      fnend = 0;
+	      within_function = false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case C_BLOCK:
+	  if (strcmp (name, ".bb") == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! debug_start_block (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, ".eb") == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! debug_end_block (dhandle, bfd_asymbol_value (sym)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  type = parse_coff_type (abfd, &symbols, &types, this_coff_symno,
+				  syment.n_type, paux, true, dhandle);
+	  if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  if (! parse_coff_symbol (abfd, &types, sym, this_coff_symno, &syment,
+				   dhandle, type, within_function))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/rddbg.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/rddbg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ee3a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/rddbg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+/* rddbg.c -- Read debugging information into a generic form.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file reads debugging information into a generic form.  This
+   file knows how to dig the debugging information out of an object
+   file.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+static boolean read_section_stabs_debugging_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, long, PTR, boolean *));
+static boolean read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, long, PTR, boolean *));
+static boolean read_ieee_debugging_info PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, boolean *));
+static void save_stab PARAMS ((int, int, bfd_vma, const char *));
+static void stab_context PARAMS ((void));
+static void free_saved_stabs PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Read debugging information from a BFD.  Returns a generic debugging
+   pointer.  */
+
+PTR
+read_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **syms;
+     long symcount;
+{
+  PTR dhandle;
+  boolean found;
+
+  dhandle = debug_init ();
+  if (dhandle == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! read_section_stabs_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle,
+					   &found))
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
+    {
+      if (! read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle,
+					      &found))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_ieee_flavour)
+    {
+      if (! read_ieee_debugging_info (abfd, dhandle, &found))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Try reading the COFF symbols if we didn't find any stabs in COFF
+     sections.  */
+  if (! found
+      && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_coff_flavour
+      && symcount > 0)
+    {
+      if (! parse_coff (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle))
+	return NULL;
+      found = true;
+    }
+
+  if (! found)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no recognized debugging information\n",
+	       bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return dhandle;
+}
+
+/* Read stabs in sections debugging information from a BFD.  */
+
+static boolean
+read_section_stabs_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle, pfound)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **syms;
+     long symcount;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     boolean *pfound;
+{
+  static struct
+    {
+      const char *secname;
+      const char *strsecname;
+    } names[] = { { ".stab", ".stabstr" } };
+  unsigned int i;
+  PTR shandle;
+
+  *pfound = false;
+  shandle = NULL;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof names / sizeof names[0]; i++)
+    {
+      asection *sec, *strsec;
+
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, names[i].secname);
+      strsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, names[i].strsecname);
+      if (sec != NULL && strsec != NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type stabsize, strsize;
+	  bfd_byte *stabs, *strings;
+	  bfd_byte *stab;
+	  bfd_size_type stroff, next_stroff;
+
+	  stabsize = bfd_section_size (abfd, sec);
+	  stabs = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (stabsize);
+	  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, stabs, 0, stabsize))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n",
+		       bfd_get_filename (abfd), names[i].secname,
+		       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  strsize = bfd_section_size (abfd, strsec);
+	  strings = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (strsize);
+	  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, strsec, strings, 0, strsize))
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n",
+		       bfd_get_filename (abfd), names[i].strsecname,
+		       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (shandle == NULL)
+	    {
+	      shandle = start_stab (dhandle, abfd, true, syms, symcount);
+	      if (shandle == NULL)
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  *pfound = true;
+
+	  stroff = 0;
+	  next_stroff = 0;
+	  for (stab = stabs; stab < stabs + stabsize; stab += 12)
+	    {
+	      bfd_size_type strx;
+	      int type;
+	      int other;
+	      int desc;
+	      bfd_vma value;
+
+	      /* This code presumes 32 bit values.  */
+
+	      strx = bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab);
+	      type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, stab + 4);
+	      other = bfd_get_8 (abfd, stab + 5);
+	      desc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, stab + 6);
+	      value = bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab + 8);
+
+	      if (type == 0)
+		{
+		  /* Special type 0 stabs indicate the offset to the
+                     next string table.  */
+		  stroff = next_stroff;
+		  next_stroff += value;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *f, *s;
+
+		  f = NULL;
+		  s = (char *) strings + stroff + strx;
+		  while (s[strlen (s) - 1] == '\\'
+			 && stab + 12 < stabs + stabsize)
+		    {
+		      char *p;
+
+		      stab += 12;
+		      p = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+		      *p = '\0';
+		      s = concat (s,
+				  ((char *) strings
+				   + stroff
+				   + bfd_get_32 (abfd, stab)),
+				  (const char *) NULL);
+
+		      /* We have to restore the backslash, because, if
+                         the linker is hashing stabs strings, we may
+                         see the same string more than once.  */
+		      *p = '\\';
+
+		      if (f != NULL)
+			free (f);
+		      f = s;
+		    }
+
+		  save_stab (type, desc, value, s);
+
+		  if (! parse_stab (dhandle, shandle, type, desc, value, s))
+		    {
+		      stab_context ();
+		      free_saved_stabs ();
+		      return false;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Don't free f, since I think the stabs code
+                     expects strings to hang around.  This should be
+                     straightened out.  FIXME.  */
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  free_saved_stabs ();
+	  free (stabs);
+
+	  /* Don't free strings, since I think the stabs code expects
+             the strings to hang around.  This should be straightened
+             out.  FIXME.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (shandle != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! finish_stab (dhandle, shandle))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read stabs in the symbol table.  */
+
+static boolean
+read_symbol_stabs_debugging_info (abfd, syms, symcount, dhandle, pfound)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol **syms;
+     long symcount;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     boolean *pfound;
+{
+  PTR shandle;
+  asymbol **ps, **symend;
+
+  shandle = NULL;
+  symend = syms + symcount;
+  for (ps = syms; ps < symend; ps++)
+    {
+      symbol_info i;
+
+      bfd_get_symbol_info (abfd, *ps, &i);
+
+      if (i.type == '-')
+	{
+	  const char *s;
+	  char *f;
+
+	  if (shandle == NULL)
+	    {
+	      shandle = start_stab (dhandle, abfd, false, syms, symcount);
+	      if (shandle == NULL)
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  *pfound = true;
+
+	  s = i.name;
+	  f = NULL;
+	  while (s[strlen (s) - 1] == '\\'
+		 && ps + 1 < symend)
+	    {
+	      char *sc, *n;
+
+	      ++ps;
+	      sc = xstrdup (s);
+	      sc[strlen (sc) - 1] = '\0';
+	      n = concat (sc, bfd_asymbol_name (*ps), (const char *) NULL);
+	      free (sc);
+	      if (f != NULL)
+		free (f);
+	      f = n;
+	      s = n;
+	    }
+
+	  save_stab (i.stab_type, i.stab_desc, i.value, s);
+
+	  if (! parse_stab (dhandle, shandle, i.stab_type, i.stab_desc,
+			    i.value, s))
+	    {
+	      stab_context ();
+	      free_saved_stabs ();
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Don't free f, since I think the stabs code expects
+	     strings to hang around.  This should be straightened out.
+	     FIXME.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  free_saved_stabs ();
+
+  if (shandle != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! finish_stab (dhandle, shandle))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read IEEE debugging information.  */
+
+static boolean
+read_ieee_debugging_info (abfd, dhandle, pfound)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     boolean *pfound;
+{
+  asection *dsec;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  bfd_byte *contents;
+
+  /* The BFD backend puts the debugging information into a section
+     named .debug.  */
+
+  dsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".debug");
+  if (dsec == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  size = bfd_section_size (abfd, dsec);
+  contents = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (size);
+  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, dsec, contents, 0, size))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! parse_ieee (dhandle, abfd, contents, size))
+    return false;
+
+  free (contents);
+
+  *pfound = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record stabs strings, so that we can give some context for errors.  */
+
+#define SAVE_STABS_COUNT (16)
+
+struct saved_stab
+{
+  int type;
+  int desc;
+  bfd_vma value;
+  char *string;
+};
+
+static struct saved_stab saved_stabs[SAVE_STABS_COUNT];
+static int saved_stabs_index;
+
+/* Save a stabs string.  */
+
+static void
+save_stab (type, desc, value, string)
+     int type;
+     int desc;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  if (saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].string != NULL)
+    free (saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].string);
+  saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].type = type;
+  saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].desc = desc;
+  saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].value = value;
+  saved_stabs[saved_stabs_index].string = xstrdup (string);
+  saved_stabs_index = (saved_stabs_index + 1) % SAVE_STABS_COUNT;
+}
+
+/* Provide context for an error.  */
+
+static void
+stab_context ()
+{
+  int i;
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "Last stabs entries before error:\n");
+  fprintf (stderr, "n_type n_desc n_value  string\n");
+
+  i = saved_stabs_index;
+  do
+    {
+      struct saved_stab *stabp;
+
+      stabp = saved_stabs + i;
+      if (stabp->string != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *s;
+
+	  s = bfd_get_stab_name (stabp->type);
+	  if (s != NULL)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%-6s", s);
+	  else if (stabp->type == 0)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "HdrSym");
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%-6d", stabp->type);
+	  fprintf (stderr, " %-6d ", stabp->desc);
+	  fprintf_vma (stderr, stabp->value);
+	  if (stabp->type != 0)
+	    fprintf (stderr, " %s", stabp->string);
+	  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+	}
+      i = (i + 1) % SAVE_STABS_COUNT;
+    }
+  while (i != saved_stabs_index);
+}
+
+/* Free the saved stab strings.  */
+
+static void
+free_saved_stabs ()
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < SAVE_STABS_COUNT; i++)
+    {
+      if (saved_stabs[i].string != NULL)
+	{
+	  free (saved_stabs[i].string);
+	  saved_stabs[i].string = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  saved_stabs_index = 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/sanity.sh b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sanity.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..942cabf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sanity.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+### quick sanity test for the binutils.
+###
+### This file was written and is maintained by K. Richard Pixley,
+### rich@cygnus.com.
+
+### fail on errors
+set -e
+
+### first arg is directory in which binaries to be tested reside.
+case "$1" in
+"") BIN=. ;;
+*)  BIN="$1" ;;
+esac
+
+### size
+for i in size objdump nm ar strip ranlib ; do
+	${BIN}/size ${BIN}/$i > /dev/null
+done
+
+### objdump
+for i in size objdump nm ar strip ranlib ; do
+	${BIN}/objdump -ahifdrtxsl ${BIN}/$i > /dev/null
+done
+
+### nm
+for i in size objdump nm ar strip ranlib ; do
+	${BIN}/nm ${BIN}/$i > /dev/null
+done
+
+### strip
+TMPDIR=./binutils-$$
+mkdir ${TMPDIR}
+
+cp ${BIN}/strip ${TMPDIR}/strip
+
+for i in size objdump nm ar ranlib ; do
+	cp ${BIN}/$i ${TMPDIR}/$i
+	${BIN}/strip ${TMPDIR}/$i
+	cp ${BIN}/$i ${TMPDIR}/$i
+	${TMPDIR}/strip ${TMPDIR}/$i
+done
+
+### ar
+
+### ranlib
+
+rm -rf ${TMPDIR}
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b19bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.1
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+size \- list section sizes and total size.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B size
+.RB "[\|" \-A \||\| \-B \||\| \c
+.BI "\-\-format=" compatibility\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-d \||\| \-o \||\| \-x\c
+\||\|\c
+.BI "\-\-radix=" number\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \c
+.BI "\-\-target=" bfdname\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-V \||\| \-\-version "\|]"  
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The GNU \c
+.B size\c
+\& utility lists the section sizes\(em\&and the total
+size\(em\&for each of the object files
+.I objfile
+in its argument list.
+By default, one line of output is generated for each object file or each
+module in an archive.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-A
+.TP
+.B \-B
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-format " "compatibility"
+Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from GNU
+\c
+.B size\c
+\& resembles output from System V \c
+.B size\c
+\& (using `\|\c
+.B \-A\c
+\|',
+or `\|\c
+.B \-\-format=sysv\c
+\|'), or Berkeley \c
+.B size\c
+\& (using `\|\c
+.B \-B\c
+\|', or
+`\|\c
+.B \-\-format=berkeley\c
+\|').  The default is the one-line format similar to
+Berkeley's.  
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
+
+.TP
+.B \-d
+.TP
+.B \-o
+.TP
+.B \-x
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-radix " "number"
+Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
+section is given in decimal (`\|\c
+.B \-d\c
+\|', or `\|\c
+.B \-\-radix 10\c
+\|'); octal
+(`\|\c
+.B \-o\c
+\|', or `\|\c
+.B \-\-radix 8\c
+\|'); or hexadecimal (`\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\|', or
+`\|\c
+.B \-\-radix 16\c
+\|').  In `\|\c
+.B \-\-radix \c
+.I number\c
+\&\c
+\|', only the three
+values (8, 10, 16) are supported.  The total size is always given in two
+radices; decimal and hexadecimal for `\|\c
+.B \-d\c
+\|' or `\|\c
+.B \-x\c
+\|' output, or
+octal and hexadecimal if you're using `\|\c
+.B \-o\c
+\|'.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-target " "bfdname"
+You can specify a particular object-code format for \c
+.I objfile\c
+\& as
+\c
+.I bfdname\c
+\&.  This may not be necessary; \c
+.I size\c
+\& can
+automatically recognize many formats.   See 
+.BR objdump ( 1 ) 
+for information
+on listing available formats.
+
+.TP
+.B \-V
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Display version number information on \c
+.B size\c
+\& itself.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" 
+entry in 
+.BR info ;
+.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
+ Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); 
+.BR ar "(" 1 "),"
+.BR objdump ( 1 ).
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b928a81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/* size.c -- report size of various sections of an executable file.
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Extensions/incompatibilities:
+   o - BSD output has filenames at the end.
+   o - BSD output can appear in different radicies.
+   o - SysV output has less redundant whitespace.  Filename comes at end.
+   o - SysV output doesn't show VMA which is always the same as the PMA.
+   o - We also handle core files.
+   o - We also handle archives.
+   If you write shell scripts which manipulate this info then you may be
+   out of luck; there's no --compatibility or --pedantic option.
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifndef BSD_DEFAULT
+#define BSD_DEFAULT 1
+#endif
+
+/* Program options.  */
+
+enum
+  {
+    decimal, octal, hex
+  } radix = decimal;
+int berkeley_format = BSD_DEFAULT;	/* 0 means use AT&T-style output.  */
+int show_version = 0;
+int show_help = 0;
+
+/* Program exit status.  */
+int return_code = 0;
+
+/* IMPORTS */
+extern char *target;
+
+/* Static declarations */
+
+static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static void display_file PARAMS ((char *filename));
+static void display_bfd PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void display_archive PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void lprint_number PARAMS ((int, bfd_size_type));
+static void rprint_number PARAMS ((int, bfd_size_type));
+static void print_berkeley_format PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void sysv_internal_printer PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void print_sysv_format PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void print_sizes PARAMS ((bfd * file));
+static void berkeley_sum PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR));
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-ABdoxV] [--format=berkeley|sysv] [--radix=8|10|16]\n\
+       [--target=bfdname] [--version] [--help] [file...]\n", program_name);
+#if BSD_DEFAULT
+  fputs ("default is --format=berkeley\n", stream);
+#else
+  fputs ("default is --format=sysv\n", stream);
+#endif
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 200},
+  {"radix", required_argument, 0, 201},
+  {"target", required_argument, 0, 202},
+  {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
+  {"help", no_argument, &show_help, 1},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int temp;
+  int c;
+
+  program_name = *argv;
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "ABVdox", long_options,
+			   (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    switch (c)
+      {
+      case 200:		/* --format */
+	switch (*optarg)
+	  {
+	  case 'B':
+	  case 'b':
+	    berkeley_format = 1;
+	    break;
+	  case 'S':
+	  case 's':
+	    berkeley_format = 0;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    fprintf (stderr, "invalid argument to --format: %s\n", optarg);
+	    usage (stderr, 1);
+	  }
+	break;
+
+      case 202:		/* --target */
+	target = optarg;
+	break;
+
+      case 201:		/* --radix */
+#ifdef ANSI_LIBRARIES
+	temp = strtol (optarg, NULL, 10);
+#else
+	temp = atol (optarg);
+#endif
+	switch (temp)
+	  {
+	  case 10:
+	    radix = decimal;
+	    break;
+	  case 8:
+	    radix = octal;
+	    break;
+	  case 16:
+	    radix = hex;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    printf ("Invalid radix: %s\n", optarg);
+	    usage (stderr, 1);
+	  }
+	break;
+
+      case 'A':
+	berkeley_format = 0;
+	break;
+      case 'B':
+	berkeley_format = 1;
+	break;
+      case 'V':
+	show_version = 1;
+	break;
+      case 'd':
+	radix = decimal;
+	break;
+      case 'x':
+	radix = hex;
+	break;
+      case 'o':
+	radix = octal;
+	break;
+      case 0:
+	break;
+      case '?':
+	usage (stderr, 1);
+      }
+
+  if (show_version)
+    print_version ("size");
+  if (show_help)
+    usage (stdout, 0);
+
+  if (optind == argc)
+    display_file ("a.out");
+  else
+    for (; optind < argc;)
+      display_file (argv[optind++]);
+
+  return return_code;
+}
+
+/* Display stats on file or archive member ABFD.  */
+
+static void
+display_bfd (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  char **matching;
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_archive))
+    /* An archive within an archive.  */
+    return;
+
+  if (bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      print_sizes (abfd);
+      printf ("\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+      list_matching_formats (matching);
+      free (matching);
+      return_code = 3;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_core, &matching))
+    {
+      CONST char *core_cmd;
+
+      print_sizes (abfd);
+      fputs (" (core file", stdout);
+
+      core_cmd = bfd_core_file_failing_command (abfd);
+      if (core_cmd)
+	printf (" invoked as %s", core_cmd);
+
+      puts (")\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+  if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+    {
+      list_matching_formats (matching);
+      free (matching);
+    }
+
+  return_code = 3;
+}
+
+static void
+display_archive (file)
+     bfd *file;
+{
+  bfd *arfile = (bfd *) NULL;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+
+      arfile = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (file, arfile);
+      if (arfile == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_more_archived_files)
+	    {
+	      bfd_nonfatal (bfd_get_filename (file));
+	      return_code = 2;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      display_bfd (arfile);
+      /* Don't close the archive elements; we need them for next_archive */
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+display_file (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  bfd *file = bfd_openr (filename, target);
+  if (file == NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (filename);
+      return_code = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_check_format (file, bfd_archive) == true)
+    display_archive (file);
+  else
+    display_bfd (file);
+
+  if (bfd_close (file) == false)
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (filename);
+      return_code = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+/* This is what lexical functions are for.  */
+
+static void
+lprint_number (width, num)
+     int width;
+     bfd_size_type num;
+{
+  printf ((radix == decimal ? "%-*lu\t" :
+	   ((radix == octal) ? "%-*lo\t" : "%-*lx\t")),
+	  width, (unsigned long) num);
+}
+
+static void
+rprint_number (width, num)
+     int width;
+     bfd_size_type num;
+{
+  printf ((radix == decimal ? "%*lu\t" :
+	   ((radix == octal) ? "%*lo\t" : "%*lx\t")),
+	  width, (unsigned long) num);
+}
+
+static bfd_size_type bsssize;
+static bfd_size_type datasize;
+static bfd_size_type textsize;
+
+static void
+berkeley_sum (abfd, sec, ignore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr sec;
+     PTR ignore;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+
+  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
+  if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sec);
+  if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 || (flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+    textsize += size;
+  else if ((flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+    datasize += size;
+  else
+    bsssize += size;
+}
+
+static void 
+print_berkeley_format (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  static int files_seen = 0;
+  bfd_size_type total;
+
+  bsssize = 0;
+  datasize = 0;
+  textsize = 0;
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, berkeley_sum, (PTR) NULL);
+
+  if (files_seen++ == 0)
+#if 0
+    /* Intel doesn't like bss/stk because they don't have core files.  */
+    puts ((radix == octal) ? "text\tdata\tbss/stk\toct\thex\tfilename" :
+	  "text\tdata\tbss/stk\tdec\thex\tfilename");
+#else
+    puts ((radix == octal) ? "text\tdata\tbss\toct\thex\tfilename" :
+	  "text\tdata\tbss\tdec\thex\tfilename");
+#endif
+
+  total = textsize + datasize + bsssize;
+
+  lprint_number (7, textsize);
+  lprint_number (7, datasize);
+  lprint_number (7, bsssize);
+  printf (((radix == octal) ? "%-7lo\t%-7lx\t" : "%-7lu\t%-7lx\t"),
+	  (unsigned long) total, (unsigned long) total);
+
+  fputs (bfd_get_filename (abfd), stdout);
+  if (bfd_my_archive (abfd))
+    printf (" (ex %s)", bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)));
+}
+
+/* I REALLY miss lexical functions! */
+bfd_size_type svi_total = 0;
+
+static void
+sysv_internal_printer (file, sec, ignore)
+     bfd *file;
+     sec_ptr sec;
+     PTR ignore;
+{
+  bfd_size_type size = bfd_section_size (file, sec);
+  if (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
+      && !bfd_is_com_section (sec)
+      && !bfd_is_und_section (sec))
+    {
+      svi_total += size;
+
+      printf ("%-12s", bfd_section_name (file, sec));
+      rprint_number (8, size);
+      printf (" ");
+      rprint_number (8, bfd_section_vma (file, sec));
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_sysv_format (file)
+     bfd *file;
+{
+  svi_total = 0;
+
+  printf ("%s  ", bfd_get_filename (file));
+  if (bfd_my_archive (file))
+    printf (" (ex %s)", bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (file)));
+
+  puts (":\nsection\t\tsize\t     addr");
+  bfd_map_over_sections (file, sysv_internal_printer, (PTR) NULL);
+
+  printf ("Total       ");
+  rprint_number (8, svi_total);
+  printf ("\n\n");
+}
+
+static void
+print_sizes (file)
+     bfd *file;
+{
+  if (berkeley_format)
+    print_berkeley_format (file);
+  else
+    print_sysv_format (file);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/srconv.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/srconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f378eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/srconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2028 @@
+/* srconv.c -- Sysroff conversion program
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+   This program can be used to convert a coff object file
+   into a Hitachi OM/LM (Sysroff) format.
+
+   All debugging information is preserved */
+
+#include <bfd.h>
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "sysroff.h"
+#include "coffgrok.h"
+#include <libiberty.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "../bfd/libcoff.h"
+
+#define PROGRAM_VERSION "1.5"
+/*#define FOOP1 1 */
+
+static int sh;
+static int h8300;
+static void wr_cs ();
+static void walk_tree_scope ();
+static void wr_globals ();
+static int find_base ();
+
+static FILE *file;
+static bfd *abfd;
+static int debug = 0;
+static int quick = 0;
+static int noprescan = 0;
+static struct coff_ofile *tree;
+/* Obsolete ?? 
+   static int absolute_p;
+ */
+
+static int segmented_p;
+static int code;
+
+static int ids1[20000];
+static int ids2[20000];
+
+static int base1 = 0x18;
+static int base2 = 0x2018;
+
+char *
+xcalloc (a, b)
+     int a;
+     int b;
+{
+  char *r = xmalloc (a * b);
+  memset (r, 0, a * b);
+  return r;
+}
+
+static int
+get_member_id (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  if (ids2[x])
+    {
+      return ids2[x];
+    }
+  ids2[x] = base2++;
+  return ids2[x];
+}
+
+static int
+get_ordinary_id (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  if (ids1[x])
+    {
+      return ids1[x];
+    }
+  ids1[x] = base1++;
+  return ids1[x];
+}
+static char *
+section_translate (n)
+     char *n;
+{
+  if (strcmp (n, ".text") == 0)
+    return "P";
+  if (strcmp (n, ".data") == 0)
+    return "D";
+  if (strcmp (n, ".bss") == 0)
+    return "B";
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+
+#define DATE "940201073000";	/* Just a time on my birthday */
+
+
+static
+char *
+strip_suffix (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *res;
+  for (i = 0; name[i] != 0 && name[i] != '.'; i++)
+    ;
+  res = (char *) xmalloc (i + 1);
+  memcpy (res, name, i);
+  res[i] = 0;
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/* IT LEN stuff CS */
+static void
+checksum (file, ptr, size, code)
+     FILE *file;
+     char *ptr;
+     int size;
+     int code;
+{
+  int j;
+  int last;
+  int sum = 0;
+  int bytes = size / 8;
+  last = !(code & 0xff00);
+  if (size & 0x7)
+    abort ();
+  ptr[0] = code | (last ? 0x80 : 0);
+  ptr[1] = bytes + 1;
+
+  for (j = 0; j < bytes; j++)
+    {
+      sum += ptr[j];
+    }
+  /* Glue on a checksum too */
+  ptr[bytes] = ~sum;
+  fwrite (ptr, bytes + 1, 1, file);
+}
+
+
+
+
+static void
+writeINT (n, ptr, idx, size, file)
+     int n;
+     char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  int byte = *idx / 8;
+
+  if (size == -2)
+    {
+      if (sh)	
+	size = 4;
+      else if (h8300)
+	size = 2;
+    }
+  else if (size == -1)
+    size = 0;
+
+  if (byte > 240)
+    {
+      /* Lets write out that record and do another one */
+      checksum (file, ptr, *idx, code | 0x1000);
+      *idx = 16;
+      byte = *idx / 8;
+    }
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      ptr[byte] = n;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      ptr[byte + 0] = n >> 8;
+      ptr[byte + 1] = n;
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      ptr[byte + 0] = n >> 24;
+      ptr[byte + 1] = n >> 16;
+      ptr[byte + 2] = n >> 8;
+      ptr[byte + 3] = n >> 0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  *idx += size * 8;
+}
+
+
+static void
+writeBITS (val, ptr, idx, size)
+     int val;
+     char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+{
+  int byte = *idx / 8;
+  int bit = *idx % 8;
+  int old;
+  *idx += size;
+
+  old = ptr[byte];
+  /* Turn off all about to change bits */
+  old &= ~((~0 >> (8 - bit - size)) & ((1 << size) - 1));
+  /* Turn on the bits we want */
+  old |= (val & ((1 << size) - 1)) << (8 - bit - size);
+  ptr[byte] = old;
+}
+
+static void
+writeBARRAY (data, ptr, idx, size, file)
+     barray data;
+     char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  int i;
+  writeINT (data.len, ptr, idx, 1, file);
+  for (i = 0; i < data.len; i++)
+    {
+      writeINT (data.data[i], ptr, idx, 1, file);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+writeCHARS (string, ptr, idx, size, file)
+     char *string;
+     char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  int i = *idx / 8;
+
+  if (i > 240)
+    {
+      /* Lets write out that record and do another one */
+      checksum (file, ptr, *idx, code | 0x1000);
+      *idx = 16;
+      i = *idx / 8;
+    }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    {
+      /* Variable length string */
+      size = strlen (string);
+      ptr[i++] = size;
+    }
+
+  /* BUG WAITING TO HAPPEN */
+  memcpy (ptr + i, string, size);
+  i += size;
+  *idx = i * 8;
+}
+
+#define SYSROFF_SWAP_OUT
+#include "sysroff.c"
+
+
+static char *rname_sh[] =
+{
+  "R0", "R1", "R2", "R3", "R4", "R5", "R6", "R7", "R8", "R9", "R10", "R11", "R12", "R13", "R14", "R15"
+};
+
+static char *rname_h8300[] =
+{
+  "ER0", "ER1", "ER2", "ER3", "ER4", "ER5", "ER6", "ER7", "PC", "CCR"
+};
+
+static void
+wr_tr ()
+{
+  /* The TR block is not normal - it doesn't have any contents. */
+
+  static char b[] = {
+    0xff,			/* IT */
+    0x03,			/* RL */
+    0xfd,			/* CS */
+  };
+  fwrite (b, 1, sizeof (b), file);
+}
+
+static void
+wr_un (ptr, sfile, first, nsecs)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int first;
+     int nsecs;
+{
+  struct IT_un un;
+
+  struct coff_symbol *s;
+
+  un.spare1 = 0;
+
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    un.format = FORMAT_LM;
+  else
+    un.format = FORMAT_OM;
+  un.spare1 = 0;
+
+
+#if 1
+  un.nsections = ptr->nsections - 1;	/*  Don't count the abs section */
+#else
+  /*NEW - only count sections with size */
+  un.nsections = nsecs;
+#endif
+
+  un.nextdefs = 0;
+  un.nextrefs = 0;
+  /* Count all the undefined and defined variables with global scope */
+
+  if (first)
+    {
+      for (s = ptr->symbol_list_head; s; s = s->next_in_ofile_list)
+	{
+	  if (s->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_def
+	      || s->visible->type == coff_vis_common)
+	    un.nextdefs++;
+
+	  if (s->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_ref)
+	    un.nextrefs++;
+	}
+    }
+  if (sh)
+    un.tool = "C_SH";
+  else if (h8300)
+    un.tool = "C_H8/300H";
+  un.tcd = DATE;
+  un.linker = "L_GX00";
+  un.lcd = DATE;
+  un.name = sfile->name;
+  sysroff_swap_un_out (file, &un);
+}
+
+
+static void
+wr_hd (p)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+{
+  struct IT_hd hd;
+
+  hd.spare1 = 0;
+  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      hd.mt = MTYPE_ABS_LM;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      hd.mt = MTYPE_OMS_OR_LMS;
+    }
+  hd.cd = DATE;
+
+  hd.nu = p->nsources;		/* Always one unit */
+  hd.code = 0;			/* Always ASCII */
+  hd.ver = "0200";		/* Version 2.00 */
+  switch (abfd->arch_info->arch)
+    {
+    case bfd_arch_h8300:
+      hd.au = 8;
+      hd.si = 0;
+      hd.afl = 2;
+      hd.spcsz = 32;
+      hd.segsz = 0;
+      hd.segsh = 0;
+      hd.cpu = "H8300H";
+      h8300 = 1;
+      break;
+    case bfd_arch_sh:
+      hd.au = 8;
+      hd.si = 0;
+      hd.afl = 4;
+      hd.spcsz = 32;
+      hd.segsz = 0;
+      hd.segsh = 0;
+      hd.cpu = "SH";
+      sh = 1;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (!abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+    {
+      hd.ep = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      hd.ep = 1;
+      hd.uan = 0;
+      hd.sa = 0;
+      hd.sad = 0;
+      hd.address = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
+    }
+
+  hd.os = "";
+  hd.sys = "";
+  hd.mn = strip_suffix (abfd->filename);
+
+
+  sysroff_swap_hd_out (file, &hd);
+}
+
+
+static void
+wr_sh (p, sec)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_section *sec;
+{
+  struct IT_sh sh;
+  sh.unit = 0;
+  sh.section = sec->number;
+#ifdef FOOP1
+  sh.section = 0;
+#endif
+  sysroff_swap_sh_out (file, &sh);
+}
+
+
+static void
+wr_ob (p, section)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_section *section;
+{
+  int i;
+  int first = 1;
+  unsigned char stuff[200];
+
+  i = 0;
+  while (i < section->bfd_section->_raw_size)
+    {
+      struct IT_ob ob;
+      int todo = 200;		/* Copy in 200 byte lumps */
+      ob.spare = 0;
+      if (i + todo > section->bfd_section->_raw_size)
+	todo = section->bfd_section->_raw_size - i;
+
+      if (first)
+	{
+	  ob.saf = 1;
+	  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+	    ob.address = section->address;
+	  else
+	    ob.address = 0;
+
+	  first = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ob.saf = 0;
+	}
+
+      ob.cpf = 0;		/* Never compress */
+      ob.data.len = todo;
+      bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section->bfd_section, stuff, i, todo);
+      ob.data.data = stuff;
+      sysroff_swap_ob_out (file, &ob /*, i + todo < section->size */ );
+      i += todo;
+    }
+  /* Now fill the rest with blanks */
+  while (i < section->size)
+    {
+      struct IT_ob ob;
+      int todo = 200;		/* Copy in 200 byte lumps */
+      ob.spare = 0;
+      if (i + todo > section->size)
+	todo = section->size - i;
+      ob.saf = 0;
+
+      ob.cpf = 0;		/* Never compress */
+      ob.data.len = todo;
+      memset (stuff, 0, todo);
+      ob.data.data = stuff;
+      sysroff_swap_ob_out (file, &ob);
+      i += todo;
+    }
+  /* Now fill the rest with blanks */
+
+}
+
+static void
+wr_rl (ptr, sec)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+     struct coff_section *sec;
+{
+  int nr = sec->nrelocs;
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < nr; i++)
+    {
+      struct coff_reloc *r = sec->relocs + i;
+      struct coff_symbol *ref;
+      struct IT_rl rl;
+      rl.apol = 0;
+      rl.boundary = 0;
+      rl.segment = 1;
+      rl.sign = 0;
+      rl.check = 0;
+      rl.addr = r->offset;
+      rl.bitloc = 0;
+      rl.flen = 32;		/* SH Specific */
+      /* What sort of reloc ? Look in the section to find out */
+      ref = r->symbol;
+      if (ref->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_ref)
+	{
+	  rl.bcount = 4;	/* Always 4 for us */
+	  rl.op = OP_EXT_REF;
+	  rl.symn = ref->er_number;
+	}
+      else if (ref->visible->type == coff_vis_common)
+	{
+	  rl.bcount = 11;	/* Always 11 for us */
+	  rl.op = OP_SEC_REF;
+	  rl.secn = ref->where->section->number;
+	  rl.copcode_is_3 = 3;
+	  rl.alength_is_4 = 4;
+	  rl.addend = ref->where->offset - ref->where->section->address;
+	  rl.aopcode_is_0x20 = 0x20;
+	}
+
+      else
+	{
+	  rl.bcount = 11;	/* Always 11 for us */
+	  rl.op = OP_SEC_REF;
+	  rl.secn = ref->where->section->number;
+	  rl.copcode_is_3 = 3;
+	  rl.alength_is_4 = 4;
+	  rl.addend = -ref->where->section->address;
+	  rl.aopcode_is_0x20 = 0x20;
+	}
+      rl.end = 0xff;
+      if (rl.op == OP_SEC_REF
+	  || rl.op == OP_EXT_REF)
+	{
+	  sysroff_swap_rl_out (file, &rl);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_object_body (p)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < p->nsections; i++)
+    {
+      wr_sh (p, p->sections + i);
+      wr_ob (p, p->sections + i);
+      wr_rl (p, p->sections + i);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_dps_start (sfile, section, scope, type, nest)
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_section *section;
+     struct coff_scope *scope;
+     int type;
+     int nest;
+{
+  struct IT_dps dps;
+  dps.end = 0;
+  dps.opt = 0;
+  dps.type = type;
+  if (scope->sec)
+    {
+      dps.san = scope->sec->number;
+      dps.address = scope->offset - find_base (sfile, scope->sec);
+      dps.block_size = scope->size;
+      if (debug)
+	{
+	  printf ("DPS %s %d %x\n",
+		  sfile->name,
+		  nest,
+		  dps.address);
+
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dps.san = 0;
+      dps.address = 0;
+      dps.block_size = 0;
+    }
+
+  dps.nesting = nest;
+  dps.neg = 0x1001;
+  sysroff_swap_dps_out (file, &dps);
+}
+
+static void
+wr_dps_end (section, scope, type)
+     struct coff_section *section;
+     struct coff_scope *scope;
+     int type;
+{
+  struct IT_dps dps;
+  dps.end = 1;
+  dps.type = type;
+  sysroff_swap_dps_out (file, &dps);
+}
+
+static int *
+nints (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  return (int *) (xcalloc (sizeof (int), x));
+}
+
+static void walk_tree_symbol ();
+static void
+walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type, nest)
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+     struct coff_type *type;
+     int nest;
+{
+  switch (type->type)
+    {
+    case coff_secdef_type:
+    case coff_basic_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dbt;
+
+	switch (type->u.basic)
+	  {
+	  case T_NULL:
+	  case T_VOID:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_VOID;
+	    dbt.sign = BTYPE_UNSPEC;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	    break;
+	  case T_CHAR:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_CHAR;
+	    dbt.sign = BTYPE_UNSPEC;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	    break;
+	  case T_SHORT:
+	  case T_INT:
+	  case T_LONG:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_INT;
+	    dbt.sign = SIGN_SIGNED;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	    break;
+	  case T_FLOAT:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_FLOAT;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_SINGLE;
+	    break;
+	  case T_DOUBLE:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_FLOAT;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_DOUBLE;
+	    break;
+	  case T_LNGDBL:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_FLOAT;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_EXTENDED;
+	    break;
+	  case T_UCHAR:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_CHAR;
+	    dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSIGNED;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	    break;
+	  case T_USHORT:
+	  case T_UINT:
+	  case T_ULONG:
+	    dbt.btype = BTYPE_INT;
+	    dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSIGNED;
+	    dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	dbt.bitsize = type->size;
+	dbt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_out (file, &dbt);
+	break;
+      }
+    case coff_pointer_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dpt dpt;
+	walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type->u.pointer.points_to, nest + 1);
+	dpt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dpt_out (file, &dpt);
+	break;
+      }
+
+    case coff_function_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dfp dfp;
+	struct coff_symbol *param;
+	dfp.end = 0;
+	dfp.spare = 0;
+	dfp.nparams = type->u.function.parameters->nvars;
+	dfp.neg = 0x1001;
+
+	walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type->u.function.function_returns, nest + 1);
+
+	sysroff_swap_dfp_out (file, &dfp);
+
+	for (param = type->u.function.parameters->vars_head;
+	     param;
+	     param = param->next)
+	  {
+	    walk_tree_symbol (sfile, 0, param, nest);
+	  }
+	dfp.end = 1;
+	sysroff_swap_dfp_out (file, &dfp);
+	break;
+      }
+
+    case coff_structdef_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dbt;
+	struct IT_dds dds;
+	struct coff_symbol *member;
+	dds.spare = 0;
+	dbt.btype = BTYPE_STRUCT;
+	dbt.bitsize = type->size;
+	dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSPEC;
+	dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	dbt.sid = get_member_id (type->u.astructdef.idx);
+	dbt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_out (file, &dbt);
+	dds.end = 0;
+	dds.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dds_out (file, &dds);
+	for (member = type->u.astructdef.elements->vars_head;
+	     member;
+	     member = member->next)
+	  {
+	    walk_tree_symbol (sfile, 0, member, nest + 1);
+	  }
+
+	dds.end = 1;
+	sysroff_swap_dds_out (file, &dds);
+
+      }
+      break;
+    case coff_structref_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dbt;
+	dbt.btype = BTYPE_TAG;
+	dbt.bitsize = type->size;
+	dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSPEC;
+	dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	if (type->u.astructref.ref)
+	  {
+	    dbt.sid = get_member_id (type->u.astructref.ref->number);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    dbt.sid = 0;
+	  }
+
+	dbt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_out (file, &dbt);
+      }
+      break;
+    case coff_array_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dar dar;
+	int j;
+	int dims = 1;		/* Only output one dimension at a time */
+	dar.dims = dims;
+	dar.variable = nints (dims);
+	dar.subtype = nints (dims);
+	dar.spare = nints (dims);
+	dar.max_variable = nints (dims);
+	dar.maxspare = nints (dims);
+	dar.max = nints (dims);
+	dar.min_variable = nints (dims);
+	dar.min = nints (dims);
+	dar.minspare = nints (dims);
+	dar.neg = 0x1001;
+	dar.length = type->size / type->u.array.dim;
+	for (j = 0; j < dims; j++)
+	  {
+	    dar.variable[j] = VARIABLE_FIXED;
+	    dar.subtype[j] = SUB_INTEGER;
+	    dar.spare[j] = 0;
+	    dar.max_variable[j] = 0;
+	    dar.max[j] = type->u.array.dim;
+	    dar.min_variable[j] = 0;
+	    dar.min[j] = 1;	/* Why isn't this 0 ? */
+	  }
+	walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type->u.array.array_of, nest + 1);
+	sysroff_swap_dar_out (file, &dar);
+      }
+      break;
+    case coff_enumdef_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dbt;
+	struct IT_den den;
+	struct coff_symbol *member;
+	dbt.btype = BTYPE_ENUM;
+	dbt.bitsize = type->size;
+	dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSPEC;
+	dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	dbt.sid = get_member_id (type->u.aenumdef.idx);
+	dbt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_out (file, &dbt);
+
+	den.end = 0;
+	den.neg = 0x1001;
+	den.spare = 0;
+	sysroff_swap_den_out (file, &den);
+	for (member = type->u.aenumdef.elements->vars_head;
+	     member;
+	     member = member->next)
+	  {
+	    walk_tree_symbol (sfile, 0, member, nest + 1);
+	  }
+
+	den.end = 1;
+	sysroff_swap_den_out (file, &den);
+      }
+      break;
+
+      break;
+    case coff_enumref_type:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dbt;
+	dbt.btype = BTYPE_TAG;
+	dbt.bitsize = type->size;
+	dbt.sign = SIGN_UNSPEC;
+	dbt.fptype = FPTYPE_NOTSPEC;
+	dbt.sid = get_member_id (type->u.aenumref.ref->number);
+	dbt.neg = 0x1001;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_out (file, &dbt);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Obsolete ? 
+   static void
+   dty_start ()
+   {
+   struct IT_dty dty;
+   dty.end = 0;
+   dty.neg = 0x1001;
+   dty.spare = 0;
+   sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+   }
+
+   static void
+   dty_stop ()
+   {
+   struct IT_dty dty;
+   dty.end = 0;
+   dty.neg = 0x1001;
+   dty.end = 1;
+   sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+   }
+
+
+   static void
+   dump_tree_structure (sfile, symbol, type, nest)
+   struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+   struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+   struct coff_type *type;
+   int nest;
+   {
+   if (symbol->type->type == coff_function_type)
+   {
+
+
+   }
+
+   }
+ */
+
+static void
+walk_tree_type (sfile, symbol, type, nest)
+
+     struct
+     coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+     struct coff_type *type;
+     int nest;
+{
+  if (symbol->type->type == coff_function_type)
+    {
+
+      struct IT_dty dty;
+      dty.end = 0;
+      dty.neg = 0x1001;
+
+      sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+      walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type, nest);
+      dty.end = 1;
+      sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+
+      wr_dps_start (sfile,
+		    symbol->where->section,
+		    symbol->type->u.function.code,
+		    BLOCK_TYPE_FUNCTION, nest);
+      wr_dps_start (sfile, symbol->where->section,
+		    symbol->type->u.function.code,
+		    BLOCK_TYPE_BLOCK, nest);
+      walk_tree_scope (symbol->where->section,
+		       sfile,
+		       symbol->type->u.function.code,
+		       nest + 1, BLOCK_TYPE_BLOCK);
+
+      wr_dps_end (symbol->where->section,
+		  symbol->type->u.function.code,
+		  BLOCK_TYPE_BLOCK);
+      wr_dps_end (symbol->where->section,
+		  symbol->type->u.function.code, BLOCK_TYPE_FUNCTION);
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct IT_dty dty;
+      dty.end = 0;
+      dty.neg = 0x1001;
+      sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+      walk_tree_type_1 (sfile, symbol, type, nest);
+      dty.end = 1;
+      sysroff_swap_dty_out (file, &dty);
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+
+static void
+walk_tree_symbol (sfile, section, symbol, nest)
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_section *section;
+     struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+     int nest;
+{
+  struct IT_dsy dsy;
+
+  dsy.spare2 = 0;
+  dsy.nesting = nest;
+
+  switch (symbol->type->type)
+    {
+    case coff_function_type:
+      dsy.type = STYPE_FUNC;
+      dsy.assign = 1;
+      break;
+    case coff_structref_type:
+    case coff_pointer_type:
+    case coff_array_type:
+    case coff_basic_type:
+    case coff_enumref_type:
+      dsy.type = STYPE_VAR;
+      dsy.assign = 1;
+      break;
+    case coff_enumdef_type:
+      dsy.type = STYPE_TAG;
+      dsy.assign = 0;
+      dsy.magic = 2;
+      break;
+    case coff_structdef_type:
+      dsy.type = STYPE_TAG;
+      dsy.assign = 0;
+      dsy.magic = symbol->type->u.astructdef.isstruct ? 0 : 1;
+      break;
+    case coff_secdef_type:
+      return;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (symbol->where->where == coff_where_member_of_struct)
+    {
+      dsy.assign = 0;
+      dsy.type = STYPE_MEMBER;
+    }
+  if (symbol->where->where == coff_where_member_of_enum)
+    {
+      dsy.type = STYPE_ENUM;
+      dsy.assign = 0;
+      dsy.evallen = 4;
+      dsy.evalue = symbol->where->offset;
+    }
+
+  if (symbol->type->type == coff_structdef_type
+      || symbol->where->where == coff_where_entag
+      || symbol->where->where == coff_where_strtag)
+    {
+      dsy.snumber = get_member_id (symbol->number);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dsy.snumber = get_ordinary_id (symbol->number);
+    }
+
+
+  dsy.sname = symbol->name[0] == '_' ? symbol->name + 1 : symbol->name;
+
+  switch (symbol->visible->type)
+    {
+    case coff_vis_common:
+    case coff_vis_ext_def:
+      dsy.ainfo = AINFO_STATIC_EXT_DEF;
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_ext_ref:
+      dsy.ainfo = AINFO_STATIC_EXT_REF;
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_int_def:
+      dsy.ainfo = AINFO_STATIC_INT;
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_auto:
+    case coff_vis_autoparam:
+      dsy.ainfo = AINFO_AUTO;
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_register:
+    case coff_vis_regparam:
+      dsy.ainfo = AINFO_REG;
+      break;
+      break;
+    case coff_vis_tag:
+    case coff_vis_member_of_struct:
+    case coff_vis_member_of_enum:
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  dsy.dlength = symbol->type->size;
+  switch (symbol->where->where)
+    {
+    case coff_where_memory:
+
+      dsy.section = symbol->where->section->number;
+#ifdef FOOP
+      dsy.section = 0;
+#endif
+      break;
+    case coff_where_member_of_struct:
+    case coff_where_member_of_enum:
+    case coff_where_stack:
+    case coff_where_register:
+    case coff_where_unknown:
+    case coff_where_strtag:
+
+    case coff_where_entag:
+    case coff_where_typedef:
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  switch (symbol->where->where)
+    {
+    case coff_where_memory:
+      dsy.address = symbol->where->offset - find_base (sfile, symbol->where->section);
+      break;
+    case coff_where_stack:
+      dsy.address = symbol->where->offset;
+      break;
+    case coff_where_member_of_struct:
+
+
+      if (symbol->where->bitsize)
+	{
+	  int bits = (symbol->where->offset * 8 + symbol->where->bitoffset);
+	  dsy.bitunit = 1;
+	  dsy.field_len = symbol->where->bitsize;
+	  dsy.field_off = (bits / 32) * 4;
+	  dsy.field_bitoff = bits % 32;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  dsy.bitunit = 0;
+
+	  dsy.field_len = symbol->type->size;
+	  dsy.field_off = symbol->where->offset;
+	}
+      break;
+    case coff_where_member_of_enum:
+      /*      dsy.bitunit = 0;
+         dsy.field_len  = symbol->type->size;
+         dsy.field_off = symbol->where->offset; */
+      break;
+    case coff_where_register:
+    case coff_where_unknown:
+    case coff_where_strtag:
+
+    case coff_where_entag:
+    case coff_where_typedef:
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (symbol->where->where == coff_where_register)
+    {
+      if (sh)
+	dsy.reg = rname_sh[symbol->where->offset];
+      else if (h8300)
+	dsy.reg = rname_h8300[symbol->where->offset];
+    }
+
+  switch (symbol->visible->type)
+    {
+    case coff_vis_common:
+      /* We do this 'cause common C symbols are treated as extdefs */
+    case coff_vis_ext_def:
+    case coff_vis_ext_ref:
+
+      dsy.ename = symbol->name;
+      break;
+
+    case coff_vis_regparam:
+    case coff_vis_autoparam:
+      dsy.type = STYPE_PARAMETER;
+      break;
+
+    case coff_vis_int_def:
+
+    case coff_vis_auto:
+    case coff_vis_register:
+    case coff_vis_tag:
+    case coff_vis_member_of_struct:
+    case coff_vis_member_of_enum:
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  dsy.sfn = 0;
+  dsy.sln = 2;
+
+  dsy.neg = 0x1001;
+
+
+  sysroff_swap_dsy_out (file, &dsy);
+
+  walk_tree_type (sfile, symbol, symbol->type, nest);
+}
+
+
+static void
+walk_tree_scope (section, sfile, scope, nest, type)
+     struct coff_section *section;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_scope *scope;
+     int nest;
+     int type;
+{
+  struct coff_symbol *vars;
+  struct coff_scope *child;
+
+  if (scope->vars_head
+      || (scope->list_head && scope->list_head->vars_head))
+    {
+      wr_dps_start (sfile, section, scope, type, nest);
+
+      if (nest == 0)
+	wr_globals (tree, sfile, nest + 1);
+
+      for (vars = scope->vars_head; vars; vars = vars->next)
+	{
+	  walk_tree_symbol (sfile, section, vars, nest);
+	}
+
+      for (child = scope->list_head; child; child = child->next)
+	{
+	  walk_tree_scope (section, sfile, child, nest + 1, BLOCK_TYPE_BLOCK);
+	}
+
+      wr_dps_end (section, scope, type);
+    }
+}
+static void
+walk_tree_sfile (section, sfile)
+     struct coff_section *section;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+{
+  walk_tree_scope (section, sfile, sfile->scope, 0, BLOCK_TYPE_COMPUNIT);
+
+}
+
+static void
+wr_program_structure (p, sfile)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+{
+
+  walk_tree_sfile (p->sections + 4, sfile);
+
+}
+
+static void
+wr_du (p, sfile, n)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int n;
+{
+  struct IT_du du;
+  int lim;
+#if 0
+  struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+  static int incit = 0x500000;
+  int used = 0;
+#endif
+  int i;
+  int j;
+  unsigned int *lowest = (unsigned *) nints (p->nsections);
+  unsigned int *highest = (unsigned *) nints (p->nsections);
+  du.format = abfd->flags & EXEC_P ? 0 : 1;
+  du.optimized = 0;
+  du.stackfrmt = 0;
+  du.spare = 0;
+  du.unit = n;
+  du.sections = p->nsections - 1;
+  du.san = (int *) xcalloc (sizeof (int), du.sections);
+  du.address = nints (du.sections);
+  du.length = nints (du.sections);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < du.sections; i++)
+    {
+      lowest[i] = ~0;
+      highest[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Look through all the symbols and try and work out the extents in this
+     source file */
+#if 0
+  for (symbol = sfile->scope->vars_head;
+       symbol;
+       symbol = symbol->next)
+    {
+      if (symbol->type->type == coff_secdef_type)
+	{
+	  unsigned int low = symbol->where->offset;
+	  unsigned int high = symbol->where->offset + symbol->type->size - 1;
+	  struct coff_section *section = symbol->where->section;
+
+	  int sn = section->number;
+	  if (low < lowest[sn])
+	    lowest[sn] = low;
+	  if (high > highest[sn])
+	    highest[sn] = high;
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  for (i = 0; i < du.sections; i++)
+    {
+      if (highest[i] == 0)
+	{
+	  lowest[i] = highest[i] = incit;
+	}
+      du.san[used] = i;
+      du.length[used] = highest[i] - lowest[i];
+      du.address[used] = abfd->flags & EXEC_P ? lowest[i] : 0;
+      if (debug)
+	{
+	  printf (" section %6s 0x%08x..0x%08x\n",
+		  p->sections[i + 1].name,
+		  lowest[i],
+		  highest[i]);
+	}
+      used++;
+    }
+
+#endif
+  lim = du.sections;
+  for (j = 0; j < lim; j++)
+    {
+      int src = j;
+      int dst = j;
+      du.san[dst] = dst;
+      if (sfile->section[src].init)
+	{
+	  du.length[dst]
+	    = sfile->section[src].high - sfile->section[src].low + 1;
+	  du.address[dst]
+	    = sfile->section[src].low;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  du.length[dst] = 0;
+	  du.address[dst] = 0;
+	}
+      if (debug)
+	{
+	  if (sfile->section[src].parent)
+	    {
+	      printf (" section %6s 0x%08x..0x%08x\n",
+		      sfile->section[src].parent->name,
+		      du.address[dst],
+		      du.address[dst] + du.length[dst] - 1);
+	    }
+	}
+      du.sections = dst + 1;
+    }
+
+  du.tool = "c_gcc";
+  du.date = DATE;
+
+  sysroff_swap_du_out (file, &du);
+}
+
+static void
+wr_dus (p, sfile)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+{
+
+  struct IT_dus dus;
+
+  dus.efn = 0x1001;
+  dus.ns = 1;			/* p->nsources; sac 14 jul 94 */
+  dus.drb = nints (dus.ns);
+  dus.fname = (char **) xcalloc (sizeof (char *), dus.ns);
+  dus.spare = nints (dus.ns);
+  dus.ndir = 0;
+  /* Find the filenames */
+#if 0
+  i = 0;
+
+  for (sfile = p->source_head;
+       sfile;
+       sfile = sfile->next)
+    {
+      dus.drb[i] = 0;
+      dus.spare[i] = 0;
+      dus.fname[i] = sfile->name;
+      i++;
+    }
+#else
+  dus.drb[0] = 0;
+  dus.fname[0] = sfile->name;
+#endif
+
+  sysroff_swap_dus_out (file, &dus);
+
+}
+
+/* Find the offset of the .text section for this sfile in the
+   .text section for the output file */
+
+static int
+find_base (sfile, section)
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     struct coff_section *section;
+{
+  return sfile->section[section->number].low;
+}
+static void
+wr_dln (p, sfile, n)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int n;
+
+{
+#if 0
+  if (n == 0)
+    {
+      /* Count up all the linenumbers */
+      struct coff_symbol *sy;
+      int lc = 0;
+      struct IT_dln dln;
+
+      int idx;
+
+      for (sy = p->symbol_list_head;
+	   sy;
+	   sy = sy->next_in_ofile_list)
+	{
+	  struct coff_type *t = sy->type;
+	  if (t->type == coff_function_type)
+	    {
+	      struct coff_line *l = t->u.function.lines;
+	      lc += l->nlines;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      dln.sfn = nints (lc);
+      dln.sln = nints (lc);
+      dln.lln = nints (lc);
+      dln.section = nints (lc);
+
+      dln.from_address = nints (lc);
+      dln.to_address = nints (lc);
+
+
+      dln.neg = 0x1001;
+
+      dln.nln = lc;
+
+      /* Run through once more and fill up the structure */
+      idx = 0;
+      for (sy = p->symbol_list_head;
+	   sy;
+	   sy = sy->next_in_ofile_list)
+	{
+	  if (sy->type->type == coff_function_type)
+	    {
+	      int i;
+	      struct coff_line *l = sy->type->u.function.lines;
+	      for (i = 0; i < l->nlines; i++)
+		{
+		  dln.section[idx] = sy->where->section->number;
+		  dln.sfn[idx] = n;
+		  dln.sln[idx] = l->lines[i];
+		  dln.from_address[idx] = l->addresses[i];
+		  if (idx)
+		    dln.to_address[idx - 1] = dln.from_address[idx];
+		  idx++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  n++;
+	}
+      sysroff_swap_dln_out (file, &dln);
+    }
+
+#endif
+#if 1
+  /* Count up all the linenumbers */
+
+  struct coff_symbol *sy;
+  int lc = 0;
+  struct IT_dln dln;
+
+  int idx;
+
+  for (sy = sfile->scope->vars_head;
+       sy;
+       sy = sy->next)
+    {
+      struct coff_type *t = sy->type;
+      if (t->type == coff_function_type)
+	{
+	  struct coff_line *l = t->u.function.lines;
+	  if (l)
+	    lc += l->nlines;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dln.sfn = nints (lc);
+  dln.sln = nints (lc);
+  dln.cc = nints (lc);
+  dln.section = nints (lc);
+
+  dln.from_address = nints (lc);
+  dln.to_address = nints (lc);
+
+
+  dln.neg = 0x1001;
+
+  dln.nln = lc;
+
+  /* Run through once more and fill up the structure */
+  idx = 0;
+  for (sy = sfile->scope->vars_head;
+       sy;
+       sy = sy->next)
+    {
+      if (sy->type->type == coff_function_type)
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  struct coff_line *l = sy->type->u.function.lines;
+	  if (l)
+	    {
+	      int base = find_base (sfile, sy->where->section);
+	      for (i = 0; i < l->nlines; i++)
+		{
+		  dln.section[idx] = sy->where->section->number;
+		  dln.sfn[idx] = 0;
+		  dln.sln[idx] = l->lines[i];
+		  dln.from_address[idx] =
+		    l->addresses[i] + sy->where->section->address - base;
+		  dln.cc[idx] = 0;
+		  if (idx)
+		    dln.to_address[idx - 1] = dln.from_address[idx];
+		  idx++;
+
+		}
+	      dln.to_address[idx - 1] = dln.from_address[idx - 1] + 2;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (lc)
+    sysroff_swap_dln_out (file, &dln);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Write the global symbols out to the debug info */
+static void
+wr_globals (p, sfile, n)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int n;
+{
+  struct coff_symbol *sy;
+  for (sy = p->symbol_list_head;
+       sy;
+       sy = sy->next_in_ofile_list)
+    {
+      if (sy->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_def
+	  || sy->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_ref)
+	{
+	  /* Only write out symbols if they belong to
+	     the current source file */
+	  if (sy->sfile == sfile)
+	    walk_tree_symbol (sfile, 0, sy, 0);
+
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_debug (p)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+{
+  struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+  int n = 0;
+  for (sfile = p->source_head;
+       sfile;
+       sfile = sfile->next)
+
+    {
+      if (debug)
+	{
+	  printf ("%s\n", sfile->name);
+	}
+      wr_du (p, sfile, n);
+      wr_dus (p, sfile);
+      wr_program_structure (p, sfile);
+      wr_dln (p, sfile, n);
+      n++;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_cs ()
+{
+  /* It seems that the CS struct is not normal - the size is wrong
+     heres one I prepared earlier.. */
+  static char b[] = {
+    0x80,			/* IT */
+    0x21,			/* RL */
+    0x00,			/* number of chars in variable length part */
+    0x80,			/* hd */ 
+    0x00,			/* hs */ 
+    0x80,			/* un */ 
+    0x00,			/* us */ 
+    0x80,			/* sc */ 
+    0x00,			/* ss */ 
+    0x80,			/* er */ 
+    0x80,			/* ed */ 
+    0x80,			/* sh */ 
+    0x80,			/* ob */ 
+    0x80,			/* rl */ 
+    0x80,			/* du */
+    0x80,			/* dps */
+    0x80,			/* dsy */
+    0x80,			/* dty */
+    0x80,			/* dln */
+    0x80,			/* dso */
+    0x80,			/* dus */
+    0x00,			/* dss */
+    0x80,			/* dbt */
+    0x00,			/* dpp */
+    0x80,			/* dfp */
+    0x80,			/* den */
+    0x80,			/* dds */
+    0x80,			/* dar */
+    0x80,			/* dpt */
+    0x00,			/* dul */
+    0x00,			/* dse */
+    0x00,			/* dot */
+    0xDE			/* CS */
+  };
+  fwrite (b, 1, sizeof (b), file);
+}
+
+/* Write out the SC records for a unit.  Create an SC
+   for all the sections which appear in the output file, even
+   if there isn't an equivalent one on the input */
+
+static int
+wr_sc (ptr, sfile)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+{
+  int i;
+int scount = 0;
+  /* First work out the total number of sections */
+
+  int total_sec = ptr->nsections;
+
+  struct myinfo
+    {
+      struct coff_section *sec;
+      struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+    };
+  struct coff_symbol *symbol;
+
+  struct myinfo *info
+    = (struct myinfo *) calloc (total_sec, sizeof (struct myinfo));
+
+
+
+  for (i = 0; i < total_sec; i++)
+    {
+      info[i].sec = ptr->sections + i;
+      info[i].symbol = 0;
+    }
+
+  for (symbol = sfile->scope->vars_head;
+       symbol;
+       symbol = symbol->next)
+    {
+
+      if (symbol->type->type == coff_secdef_type)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < total_sec; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (symbol->where->section == info[i].sec)
+		{
+		  info[i].symbol = symbol;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now output all the section info, and fake up some stuff for sections
+     we don't have */
+
+  for (i = 1; i < total_sec; i++)
+    {
+      struct IT_sc sc;
+      char *name;
+      symbol = info[i].symbol;
+      sc.spare = 0;
+      sc.spare1 = 0;
+      if (!symbol)
+	{
+	  /* Don't have a symbol set aside for this section, which means that nothing
+	     in this file does anything for the section. */
+	  sc.format = !(abfd->flags & EXEC_P);
+	  sc.addr = 0;
+	  sc.length = 0;
+	  name = info[i].sec->name;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
+	    {
+	      sc.format = 0;
+	      sc.addr = symbol->where->offset;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sc.format = 1;
+	      sc.addr = 0;
+	    }
+	  sc.length = symbol->type->size;
+	  name = symbol->name;
+	}
+
+      sc.align = 4;
+
+      sc.concat = CONCAT_SIMPLE;
+      sc.read = 3;
+      sc.write = 3;
+      sc.exec = 3;
+      sc.init = 3;
+      sc.mode = 3;
+      sc.spare = 0;
+      sc.segadd = 0;
+      sc.spare1 = 0;		/* If not zero, then it doesn't work */
+      sc.name = section_translate (name);
+      if (strlen (sc.name) == 1)
+	{
+	  switch (sc.name[0])
+	    {
+	    case 'D':
+	    case 'B':
+	      sc.contents = CONTENTS_DATA;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      sc.contents = CONTENTS_CODE;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sc.contents = CONTENTS_CODE;
+	}
+#if 0
+      /* NEW */
+      if (sc.length) {
+#endif
+	sysroff_swap_sc_out (file, &sc);
+	scount++;
+#if 0
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+return scount;
+}
+
+
+/* Write out the ER records for a unit. */
+static void
+wr_er (ptr, sfile, first)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int first;
+{
+  int idx = 0;
+  struct coff_symbol *sym;
+  if (first)
+    {
+      for (sym = ptr->symbol_list_head; sym; sym = sym->next_in_ofile_list)
+	{
+	  if (sym->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_ref)
+	    {
+	      struct IT_er er;
+	      er.spare = 0;
+	      er.type = ER_NOTSPEC;
+	      er.name = sym->name;
+	      sysroff_swap_er_out (file, &er);
+	      sym->er_number = idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write out the ED records for a unit. */
+static void
+wr_ed (ptr, sfile, first)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+     struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+     int first;
+{
+  struct coff_symbol *s;
+  if (first)
+    {
+      for (s = ptr->symbol_list_head; s; s = s->next_in_ofile_list)
+	{
+	  if (s->visible->type == coff_vis_ext_def
+	      || s->visible->type == coff_vis_common)
+	    {
+	      struct IT_ed ed;
+
+	      ed.section = s->where->section->number;
+	      ed.spare = 0;
+	      if (s->where->section->data)
+		{
+		  ed.type = ED_TYPE_DATA;
+		}
+	      else if (s->where->section->code & SEC_CODE)
+		{
+		  ed.type = ED_TYPE_ENTRY;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  ed.type = ED_TYPE_NOTSPEC;
+		  ed.type = ED_TYPE_DATA;
+		}
+	      ed.address = s->where->offset - s->where->section->address;
+	      ed.name = s->name;
+	      sysroff_swap_ed_out (file, &ed);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_unit_info (ptr)
+     struct coff_ofile *ptr;
+{
+  struct coff_sfile *sfile;
+  int first = 1;
+  for (sfile = ptr->source_head;
+       sfile;
+       sfile = sfile->next)
+    {
+      long p1;
+      long p2;
+      int nsecs;
+      p1 = ftell (file);
+      wr_un (ptr, sfile, first, 0);
+      nsecs = wr_sc (ptr, sfile);
+      p2 = ftell (file);
+      fseek (file, p1, SEEK_SET);
+      wr_un (ptr, sfile, first, nsecs);
+      fseek (file, p2, SEEK_SET); 
+      wr_er (ptr, sfile, first);
+      wr_ed (ptr, sfile, first);
+      first = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+wr_module (p)
+     struct coff_ofile *p;
+{
+  wr_cs ();
+  wr_hd (p);
+  wr_unit_info (p);
+  wr_object_body (p);
+  wr_debug (p);
+  wr_tr ();
+}
+
+static int
+align (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  return (x + 3) & ~3;
+}
+
+/* Find all the common variables and turn them into
+   ordinary defs - dunno why, but thats what hitachi does with 'em */
+
+static void
+prescan (tree)
+     struct coff_ofile *tree;
+{
+  struct coff_symbol *s;
+  struct coff_section *common_section;
+  /* Find the common section - always section 3 */
+  common_section = tree->sections + 3;
+  for (s = tree->symbol_list_head;
+       s;
+       s = s->next_in_ofile_list)
+    {
+      if (s->visible->type == coff_vis_common)
+	{
+	  struct coff_where *w = s->where;
+	  /*      s->visible->type = coff_vis_ext_def; leave it as common */
+	  common_section->size = align (common_section->size);
+	  w->offset = common_section->size + common_section->address;
+	  w->section = common_section;
+	  common_section->size += s->type->size;
+	  common_section->size = align (common_section->size);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+char *program_name;
+
+static void
+show_usage (file, status)
+     FILE *file;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "Usage: %s [-dhVq] in-file [out-file]\n", program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+static void
+show_help ()
+{
+  printf ("%s: Convert a COFF object file into a SYSROFF object file\n",
+	  program_name);
+  show_usage (stdout, 0);
+}
+
+
+
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char *av[];
+{
+  int opt;
+  static struct option long_options[] =
+  {
+    {"debug", no_argument, 0, 'd'},
+    {"quick", no_argument, 0, 'q'},
+    {"noprescan", no_argument, 0, 'n'},
+    {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+    {"version", no_argument, 0, 'V'},
+    {NULL, no_argument, 0, 0}
+  };
+  char **matching;
+  char *input_file;
+
+  char *output_file;
+  program_name = av[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  while ((opt = getopt_long (ac, av, "dhVqn", long_options,
+			     (int *) NULL))
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'q':
+	  quick = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	  noprescan = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  debug = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  show_help ();
+	  /*NOTREACHED */
+	case 'V':
+	  printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, PROGRAM_VERSION);
+	  exit (0);
+	  /*NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  show_usage (stderr, 1);
+	  /*NOTREACHED */
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The input and output files may be named on the command line.  */
+  output_file = NULL;
+  if (optind < ac)
+    {
+      input_file = av[optind];
+      ++optind;
+      if (optind < ac)
+	{
+	  output_file = av[optind];
+	  ++optind;
+	  if (optind < ac)
+	    show_usage (stderr, 1);
+	  if (strcmp (input_file, output_file) == 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr,
+		       "%s: input and output files must be different\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    input_file = 0;
+
+  if (!input_file)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no input file specified\n",
+	       program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if (!output_file)
+    {
+      /* Take a .o off the input file and stick on a .obj.  If
+         it doesn't end in .o, then stick a .obj on anyway */
+
+      int len = strlen (input_file);
+      output_file = xmalloc (len + 5);
+      strcpy (output_file, input_file);
+      if (len > 3
+	  && output_file[len - 2] == '.'
+	  && output_file[len - 1] == 'o')
+	{
+	  output_file[len] = 'b';
+	  output_file[len + 1] = 'j';
+	  output_file[len + 2] = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  strcat (output_file, ".obj");
+	}
+    }
+
+  abfd = bfd_openr (input_file, 0);
+
+  if (!abfd)
+    bfd_fatal (input_file);
+
+  if (!bfd_check_format_matches (abfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (input_file);
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  list_matching_formats (matching);
+	  free (matching);
+	}
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  file = fopen (output_file, FOPEN_WB);
+
+  if (!file)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unable to open output file %s\n",
+	       program_name, output_file);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if (debug)
+    printf ("ids %d %d\n", base1, base2);
+  tree = coff_grok (abfd);
+  if (!noprescan)
+    prescan (tree);
+  wr_module (tree);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/stabs.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/stabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db2df7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/stabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5082 @@
+/* stabs.c -- Parse stabs debugging information
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains code which parses stabs debugging information.
+   The organization of this code is based on the gdb stabs reading
+   code.  The job it does is somewhat different, because it is not
+   trying to identify the correct address for anything.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+/* Meaningless definition needs by aout64.h.  FIXME.  */
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+/* The number of predefined XCOFF types.  */
+
+#define XCOFF_TYPE_COUNT 34
+
+/* This structure is used as a handle so that the stab parsing doesn't
+   need to use any static variables.  */
+
+struct stab_handle
+{
+  /* The BFD.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* True if this is stabs in sections.  */
+  boolean sections;
+  /* The symbol table.  */
+  asymbol **syms;
+  /* The number of symbols.  */
+  long symcount;
+  /* The accumulated file name string.  */
+  char *so_string;
+  /* The value of the last N_SO symbol.  */
+  bfd_vma so_value;
+  /* The value of the start of the file, so that we can handle file
+     relative N_LBRAC and N_RBRAC symbols.  */
+  bfd_vma file_start_offset;
+  /* The offset of the start of the function, so that we can handle
+     function relative N_LBRAC and N_RBRAC symbols.  */
+  bfd_vma function_start_offset;
+  /* The version number of gcc which compiled the current compilation
+     unit, 0 if not compiled by gcc.  */
+  int gcc_compiled;
+  /* Whether an N_OPT symbol was seen that was not generated by gcc,
+     so that we can detect the SunPRO compiler.  */
+  boolean n_opt_found;
+  /* The main file name.  */
+  char *main_filename;
+  /* A stack of unfinished N_BINCL files.  */
+  struct bincl_file *bincl_stack;
+  /* A list of finished N_BINCL files.  */
+  struct bincl_file *bincl_list;
+  /* Whether we are inside a function or not.  */
+  boolean within_function;
+  /* The address of the end of the function, used if we have seen an
+     N_FUN symbol while in a function.  This is -1 if we have not seen
+     an N_FUN (the normal case).  */
+  bfd_vma function_end;
+  /* The depth of block nesting.  */
+  int block_depth;
+  /* List of pending variable definitions.  */
+  struct stab_pending_var *pending;
+  /* Number of files for which we have types.  */
+  unsigned int files;
+  /* Lists of types per file.  */
+  struct stab_types **file_types;
+  /* Predefined XCOFF types.  */
+  debug_type xcoff_types[XCOFF_TYPE_COUNT];
+  /* Undefined tags.  */
+  struct stab_tag *tags;
+};
+
+/* A list of these structures is used to hold pending variable
+   definitions seen before the N_LBRAC of a block.  */
+
+struct stab_pending_var
+{
+  /* Next pending variable definition.  */
+  struct stab_pending_var *next;
+  /* Name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Type.  */
+  debug_type type;
+  /* Kind.  */
+  enum debug_var_kind kind;
+  /* Value.  */
+  bfd_vma val;
+};
+
+/* A list of these structures is used to hold the types for a single
+   file.  */
+
+struct stab_types
+{
+  /* Next set of slots for this file.  */
+  struct stab_types *next;
+  /* Types indexed by type number.  */
+#define STAB_TYPES_SLOTS (16)
+  debug_type types[STAB_TYPES_SLOTS];
+};
+
+/* We keep a list of undefined tags that we encounter, so that we can
+   fill them in if the tag is later defined.  */
+
+struct stab_tag
+{
+  /* Next undefined tag.  */
+  struct stab_tag *next;
+  /* Tag name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Type kind.  */
+  enum debug_type_kind kind;
+  /* Slot to hold real type when we discover it.  If we don't, we fill
+     in an undefined tag type.  */
+  debug_type slot;
+  /* Indirect type we have created to point at slot.  */
+  debug_type type;
+};
+
+static char *savestring PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+static bfd_vma parse_number PARAMS ((const char **, boolean *));
+static void bad_stab PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void warn_stab PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static boolean parse_stab_string
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, int, int, bfd_vma, const char *));
+static debug_type parse_stab_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, const char **,
+	   debug_type **));
+static boolean parse_stab_type_number
+  PARAMS ((const char **, int *));
+static debug_type parse_stab_range_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, const char **,
+	   const int *));
+static debug_type parse_stab_sun_builtin_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char **));
+static debug_type parse_stab_sun_floating_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char **));
+static debug_type parse_stab_enum_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char **));
+static debug_type parse_stab_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, const char **, boolean,
+	   const int *));
+static boolean parse_stab_baseclasses
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, debug_baseclass **));
+static boolean parse_stab_struct_fields
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, debug_field **,
+	   boolean *));
+static boolean parse_stab_cpp_abbrev
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, debug_field *));
+static boolean parse_stab_one_struct_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, const char *,
+	   debug_field *, boolean *));
+static boolean parse_stab_members
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, const char **,
+	   const int *, debug_method **));
+static debug_type parse_stab_argtypes
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, debug_type, const char *, const char *,
+	   debug_type, const char *, boolean, boolean, const char **));
+static boolean parse_stab_tilde_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, const int *,
+	   debug_type *, boolean *));
+static debug_type parse_stab_array_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char **, boolean));
+static void push_bincl PARAMS ((struct stab_handle *, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static const char *pop_bincl PARAMS ((struct stab_handle *));
+static boolean find_excl
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_handle *, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_record_variable
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, debug_type,
+	   enum debug_var_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_emit_pending_vars PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *));
+static debug_type *stab_find_slot
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_handle *, const int *));
+static debug_type stab_find_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const int *));
+static boolean stab_record_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const int *, debug_type));
+static debug_type stab_xcoff_builtin_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, int));
+static debug_type stab_find_tagged_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, int,
+	   enum debug_type_kind));
+static debug_type *stab_demangle_argtypes
+  PARAMS ((PTR, struct stab_handle *, const char *, boolean *));
+
+/* Save a string in memory.  */
+
+static char *
+savestring (start, len)
+     const char *start;
+     int len;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (ret, start, len);
+  ret[len] = '\0';
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Read a number from a string.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+parse_number (pp, poverflow)
+     const char **pp;
+     boolean *poverflow;
+{
+  unsigned long ul;
+  const char *orig;
+
+  if (poverflow != NULL)
+    *poverflow = false;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  errno = 0;
+  ul = strtoul (*pp, (char **) pp, 0);
+  if (ul + 1 != 0 || errno == 0)
+    return (bfd_vma) ul;
+
+  /* Note that even though strtoul overflowed, it should have set *pp
+     to the end of the number, which is where we want it.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (bfd_vma) > sizeof (unsigned long))
+    {
+      const char *p;
+      boolean neg;
+      int base;
+      bfd_vma over, lastdig;
+      boolean overflow;
+      bfd_vma v;
+
+      /* Our own version of strtoul, for a bfd_vma.  */
+
+      p = orig;
+
+      neg = false;
+      if (*p == '+')
+	++p;
+      else if (*p == '-')
+	{
+	  neg = true;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      base = 10;
+      if (*p == '0')
+	{
+	  if (p[1] == 'x' || p[1] == 'X')
+	    {
+	      base = 16;
+	      p += 2;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      base = 8;
+	      ++p;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      over = ((bfd_vma) (bfd_signed_vma) -1) / (bfd_vma) base;
+      lastdig = ((bfd_vma) (bfd_signed_vma) -1) % (bfd_vma) base;
+
+      overflow = false;
+      v = 0;
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  int d;
+
+	  d = *p++;
+	  if (isdigit ((unsigned char) d))
+	    d -= '0';
+	  else if (isupper ((unsigned char) d))
+	    d -= 'A';
+	  else if (islower ((unsigned char) d))
+	    d -= 'a';
+	  else
+	    break;
+
+	  if (d >= base)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (v > over || (v == over && (bfd_vma) d > lastdig))
+	    {
+	      overflow = true;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (! overflow)
+	{
+	  if (neg)
+	    v = - v;
+	  return v;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we get here, the number is too large to represent in a
+     bfd_vma.  */
+
+  if (poverflow != NULL)
+    *poverflow = true;
+  else
+    warn_stab (orig, "numeric overflow");
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Give an error for a bad stab string.  */
+
+static void
+bad_stab (p)
+     const char *p;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "Bad stab: %s\n", p);
+}
+
+/* Warn about something in a stab string.  */
+
+static void
+warn_stab (p, err)
+     const char *p;
+     const char *err;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "Warning: %s: %s\n", err, p);
+}
+
+/* Create a handle to parse stabs symbols with.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+PTR
+start_stab (dhandle, abfd, sections, syms, symcount)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean sections;
+     asymbol **syms;
+     long symcount;
+{
+  struct stab_handle *ret;
+
+  ret = (struct stab_handle *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+  memset (ret, 0, sizeof *ret);
+  ret->abfd = abfd;
+  ret->sections = sections;
+  ret->syms = syms;
+  ret->symcount = symcount;
+  ret->files = 1;
+  ret->file_types = (struct stab_types **) xmalloc (sizeof *ret->file_types);
+  ret->file_types[0] = NULL;
+  ret->function_end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+  return (PTR) ret;
+}
+
+/* When we have processed all the stabs information, we need to go
+   through and fill in all the undefined tags.  */
+
+boolean
+finish_stab (dhandle, handle)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     PTR handle;
+{
+  struct stab_handle *info = (struct stab_handle *) handle;
+  struct stab_tag *st;
+
+  if (info->within_function)
+    {
+      if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info)
+	  || ! debug_end_function (dhandle, info->function_end))
+	return false;
+      info->within_function = false;
+      info->function_end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+    }
+
+  for (st = info->tags; st != NULL; st = st->next)
+    {
+      enum debug_type_kind kind;
+
+      kind = st->kind;
+      if (kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL)
+	kind = DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT;
+      st->slot = debug_make_undefined_tagged_type (dhandle, st->name, kind);
+      if (st->slot == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a single stabs symbol.  */
+
+boolean
+parse_stab (dhandle, handle, type, desc, value, string)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     PTR handle;
+     int type;
+     int desc;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct stab_handle *info = (struct stab_handle *) handle;
+
+  /* gcc will emit two N_SO strings per compilation unit, one for the
+     directory name and one for the file name.  We just collect N_SO
+     strings as we see them, and start the new compilation unit when
+     we see a non N_SO symbol.  */
+  if (info->so_string != NULL
+      && (type != N_SO || *string == '\0' || value != info->so_value))
+    {
+      if (! debug_set_filename (dhandle, info->so_string))
+	return false;
+      info->main_filename = info->so_string;
+
+      info->gcc_compiled = 0;
+      info->n_opt_found = false;
+
+      /* Generally, for stabs in the symbol table, the N_LBRAC and
+	 N_RBRAC symbols are relative to the N_SO symbol value.  */
+      if (! info->sections)
+	info->file_start_offset = info->so_value;
+
+      /* We need to reset the mapping from type numbers to types.  We
+	 can't free the old mapping, because of the use of
+	 debug_make_indirect_type.  */
+      info->files = 1;
+      info->file_types = ((struct stab_types **)
+			  xmalloc (sizeof *info->file_types));
+      info->file_types[0] = NULL;
+
+      info->so_string = NULL;
+
+      /* Now process whatever type we just got.  */
+    }
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case N_FN:
+    case N_FN_SEQ:
+      break;
+
+    case N_LBRAC:
+      /* Ignore extra outermost context from SunPRO cc and acc.  */
+      if (info->n_opt_found && desc == 1)
+	break;
+
+      if (! info->within_function)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "N_LBRAC not within function\n");
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      /* Start an inner lexical block.  */
+      if (! debug_start_block (dhandle,
+			       (value
+				+ info->file_start_offset
+				+ info->function_start_offset)))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Emit any pending variable definitions.  */
+      if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info))
+	return false;
+
+      ++info->block_depth;
+      break;
+
+    case N_RBRAC:
+      /* Ignore extra outermost context from SunPRO cc and acc.  */
+      if (info->n_opt_found && desc == 1)
+	break;
+
+      /* We shouldn't have any pending variable definitions here, but,
+         if we do, we probably need to emit them before closing the
+         block.  */
+      if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info))
+	return false;
+
+      /* End an inner lexical block.  */
+      if (! debug_end_block (dhandle,
+			     (value
+			      + info->file_start_offset
+			      + info->function_start_offset)))
+	return false;
+
+      --info->block_depth;
+      if (info->block_depth < 0)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Too many N_RBRACs\n");
+	  return false;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case N_SO:
+      /* This always ends a function.  */
+      if (info->within_function)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma endval;
+
+	  endval = value;
+	  if (*string != '\0'
+	      && info->function_end != (bfd_vma) -1
+	      && info->function_end < endval)
+	    endval = info->function_end;
+	  if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info)
+	      || ! debug_end_function (dhandle, endval))
+	    return false;
+	  info->within_function = false;
+	  info->function_end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+	}
+
+      /* An empty string is emitted by gcc at the end of a compilation
+         unit.  */
+      if (*string == '\0')
+	return true;
+
+      /* Just accumulate strings until we see a non N_SO symbol.  If
+         the string starts with '/', we discard the previously
+         accumulated strings.  */
+      if (info->so_string == NULL)
+	info->so_string = xstrdup (string);
+      else
+	{
+	  char *f;
+
+	  f = info->so_string;
+	  if (*string == '/')
+	    info->so_string = xstrdup (string);
+	  else
+	    info->so_string = concat (info->so_string, string,
+				      (const char *) NULL);
+	  free (f);
+	}
+
+      info->so_value = value;
+
+      break;
+
+    case N_SOL:
+      /* Start an include file.  */
+      if (! debug_start_source (dhandle, string))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_BINCL:
+      /* Start an include file which may be replaced.  */
+      push_bincl (info, string, value);
+      if (! debug_start_source (dhandle, string))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_EINCL:
+      /* End an N_BINCL include.  */
+      if (! debug_start_source (dhandle, pop_bincl (info)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_EXCL:
+      /* This is a duplicate of a header file named by N_BINCL which
+         was eliminated by the linker.  */
+      if (! find_excl (info, string, value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_SLINE:
+      if (! debug_record_line (dhandle, desc,
+			       value + info->function_start_offset))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_BCOMM:
+      if (! debug_start_common_block (dhandle, string))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_ECOMM:
+      if (! debug_end_common_block (dhandle, string))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case N_FUN:
+      if (*string == '\0')
+	{
+	  if (info->within_function)
+	    {
+	      /* This always marks the end of a function; we don't
+                 need to worry about info->function_end.  */
+	      if (info->sections)
+		value += info->function_start_offset;
+	      if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info)
+		  || ! debug_end_function (dhandle, value))
+		return false;
+	      info->within_function = false;
+	      info->function_end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* A const static symbol in the .text section will have an N_FUN
+         entry.  We need to use these to mark the end of the function,
+         in case we are looking at gcc output before it was changed to
+         always emit an empty N_FUN.  We can't call debug_end_function
+         here, because it might be a local static symbol.  */
+      if (info->within_function
+	  && (info->function_end == (bfd_vma) -1
+	      || value < info->function_end))
+	info->function_end = value;
+
+      /* Fall through.  */
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks the string for N_STSYM, N_LCSYM or N_ROSYM
+         symbols, and if it does not start with :S, gdb relocates the
+         value to the start of the section.  gcc always seems to use
+         :S, so we don't worry about this.  */
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    default:
+      {
+	const char *colon;
+
+	colon = strchr (string, ':');
+	if (colon != NULL
+	    && (colon[1] == 'f' || colon[1] == 'F'))
+	  {
+	    if (info->within_function)
+	      {
+		bfd_vma endval;
+
+		endval = value;
+		if (info->function_end != (bfd_vma) -1
+		    && info->function_end < endval)
+		  endval = info->function_end;
+		if (! stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info)
+		    || ! debug_end_function (dhandle, endval))
+		  return false;
+		info->function_end = (bfd_vma) -1;
+	      }
+	    /* For stabs in sections, line numbers and block addresses
+               are offsets from the start of the function.  */
+	    if (info->sections)
+	      info->function_start_offset = value;
+	    info->within_function = true;
+	  }
+
+	if (! parse_stab_string (dhandle, info, type, desc, value, string))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case N_OPT:
+      if (string != NULL && strcmp (string, "gcc2_compiled.") == 0)
+	info->gcc_compiled = 2;
+      else if (string != NULL && strcmp (string, "gcc_compiled.") == 0)
+	info->gcc_compiled = 1;
+      else
+	info->n_opt_found = true;
+      break;
+
+    case N_OBJ:
+    case N_ENDM:
+    case N_MAIN:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse the stabs string.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_string (dhandle, info, stabtype, desc, value, string)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     int stabtype;
+     int desc;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  char *name;
+  int type;
+  debug_type dtype;
+  boolean synonym;
+  unsigned int lineno;
+  debug_type *slot;
+
+  p = strchr (string, ':');
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  while (p[1] == ':')
+    {
+      p += 2;
+      p = strchr (p, ':');
+      if (p == NULL)
+	{
+	  bad_stab (string);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* GCC 2.x puts the line number in desc.  SunOS apparently puts in
+     the number of bytes occupied by a type or object, which we
+     ignore.  */
+  if (info->gcc_compiled >= 2)
+    lineno = desc;
+  else
+    lineno = 0;
+
+  /* FIXME: Sometimes the special C++ names start with '.'.  */
+  name = NULL;
+  if (string[0] == '$')
+    {
+      switch (string[1])
+	{
+	case 't':
+	  name = "this";
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  /* Was: name = "vptr"; */
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  name = "eh_throw";
+	  break;
+	case '_':
+	  /* This was an anonymous type that was never fixed up.  */
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  /* SunPRO (3.0 at least) static variable encoding.  */
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  warn_stab (string, "unknown C++ encoded name");
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      if (p == string || (string[0] == ' ' && p == string + 1))
+	name = NULL;
+      else
+	name = savestring (string, p - string);
+    }
+
+  ++p;
+  if (isdigit ((unsigned char) *p) || *p == '(' || *p == '-')
+    type = 'l';
+  else
+    type = *p++;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case 'c':
+      /* c is a special case, not followed by a type-number.
+	 SYMBOL:c=iVALUE for an integer constant symbol.
+	 SYMBOL:c=rVALUE for a floating constant symbol.
+	 SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for an enum constant symbol.
+	 e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1"
+	 (where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;").  */
+      if (*p != '=')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (string);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      ++p;
+      switch (*p++)
+	{
+	case 'r':
+	  /* Floating point constant.  */
+	  if (! debug_record_float_const (dhandle, name, atof (p)))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  /* Integer constant.  */
+	  /* Defining integer constants this way is kind of silly,
+	     since 'e' constants allows the compiler to give not only
+	     the value, but the type as well.  C has at least int,
+	     long, unsigned int, and long long as constant types;
+	     other languages probably should have at least unsigned as
+	     well as signed constants.  */
+	  if (! debug_record_int_const (dhandle, name, atoi (p)))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  /* SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for a constant symbol whose value
+	     can be represented as integral.
+	     e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1"
+	     (where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;").  */
+	  dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+				   &p, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	  if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  if (*p != ',')
+	    {
+	      bad_stab (string);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  if (! debug_record_typed_const (dhandle, name, dtype, atoi (p)))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  bad_stab (string);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'C':
+      /* The name of a caught exception.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+			       &p, (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_label (dhandle, name, dtype, value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+      /* A function definition.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_function (dhandle, name, dtype, type == 'F', value))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Sun acc puts declared types of arguments here.  We don't care
+	 about their actual types (FIXME -- we should remember the whole
+	 function prototype), but the list may define some new types
+	 that we have to remember, so we must scan it now.  */
+      while (*p == ';')
+	{
+	  ++p;
+	  if (parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL)
+	      == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      {
+	char leading;
+	long c;
+	asymbol **ps;
+
+	/* A global symbol.  The value must be extracted from the
+	   symbol table.  */
+	dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+				 (debug_type **) NULL);
+	if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	  return false;
+	leading = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (info->abfd);
+	for (c = info->symcount, ps = info->syms; c > 0; --c, ++ps)
+	  {
+	    const char *n;
+
+	    n = bfd_asymbol_name (*ps);
+	    if (leading != '\0' && *n == leading)
+	      ++n;
+	    if (*n == *name && strcmp (n, name) == 0)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	if (c > 0)
+	  value = bfd_asymbol_value (*ps);
+	if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype, DEBUG_GLOBAL,
+				    value))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      /* This case is faked by a conditional above, when there is no
+	 code letter in the dbx data.  Dbx data never actually
+	 contains 'l'.  */
+    case 'l':
+    case 's':
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype, DEBUG_LOCAL,
+				  value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+      /* A function parameter.  */
+      if (*p != 'F')
+	dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+				 (debug_type **) NULL);
+      else
+	{
+	/* pF is a two-letter code that means a function parameter in
+	   Fortran.  The type-number specifies the type of the return
+	   value.  Translate it into a pointer-to-function type.  */
+	  ++p;
+	  dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+				   (debug_type **) NULL);
+	  if (dtype != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    {
+	      debug_type ftype;
+
+	      ftype = debug_make_function_type (dhandle, dtype,
+						(debug_type *) NULL, false);
+	      dtype = debug_make_pointer_type (dhandle, ftype);
+	    }
+	}
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, name, dtype, DEBUG_PARM_STACK,
+				    value))
+	return false;
+
+      /* FIXME: At this point gdb considers rearranging the parameter
+	 address on a big endian machine if it is smaller than an int.
+	 We have no way to do that, since we don't really know much
+	 about the target.  */
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'P':
+      if (stabtype == N_FUN)
+	{
+	  /* Prototype of a function referenced by this file.  */
+	  while (*p == ';')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      if (parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+				   (debug_type **) NULL)
+		  == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case 'R':
+      /* Parameter which is in a register.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, name, dtype, DEBUG_PARM_REG,
+				    value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'r':
+      /* Register variable (either global or local).  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype, DEBUG_REGISTER,
+				  value))
+	return false;
+
+      /* FIXME: At this point gdb checks to combine pairs of 'p' and
+	 'r' stabs into a single 'P' stab.  */
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'S':
+      /* Static symbol at top level of file */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype, DEBUG_STATIC,
+				  value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 't':
+      /* A typedef.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, name, &p, &slot);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (name == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* A nameless type.  Nothing to do.  */
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      dtype = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, dtype);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (slot != NULL)
+	*slot = dtype;
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'T':
+      /* Struct, union, or enum tag.  For GNU C++, this can be be followed
+	 by 't' which means we are typedef'ing it as well.  */
+      if (*p != 't')
+	{
+	  synonym = false;
+	  /* FIXME: gdb sets synonym to true if the current language
+             is C++.  */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  synonym = true;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, name, &p, &slot);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (name == NULL)
+	return true;
+
+      dtype = debug_tag_type (dhandle, name, dtype);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (slot != NULL)
+	*slot = dtype;
+
+      /* See if we have a cross reference to this tag which we can now
+         fill in.  */
+      {
+	register struct stab_tag **pst;
+
+	for (pst = &info->tags; *pst != NULL; pst = &(*pst)->next)
+	  {
+	    if ((*pst)->name[0] == name[0]
+		&& strcmp ((*pst)->name, name) == 0)
+	      {
+		(*pst)->slot = dtype;
+		*pst = (*pst)->next;
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (synonym)
+	{
+	  dtype = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, dtype);
+	  if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (slot != NULL)
+	    *slot = dtype;
+	}
+
+      break;
+
+    case 'V':
+      /* Static symbol of local scope */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+      if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype,
+				  DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC, value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'v':
+      /* Reference parameter.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, name, dtype, DEBUG_PARM_REFERENCE,
+				    value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'a':
+      /* Reference parameter which is in a register.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! debug_record_parameter (dhandle, name, dtype, DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG,
+				    value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'X':
+      /* This is used by Sun FORTRAN for "function result value".
+	 Sun claims ("dbx and dbxtool interfaces", 2nd ed)
+	 that Pascal uses it too, but when I tried it Pascal used
+	 "x:3" (local symbol) instead.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, &p,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, dtype, DEBUG_LOCAL,
+				  value))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      bad_stab (string);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: gdb converts structure values to structure pointers in a
+     couple of cases, depending upon the target.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a stabs type.  The typename argument is non-NULL if this is a
+   typedef or a tag definition.  The pp argument points to the stab
+   string, and is updated.  The slotp argument points to a place to
+   store the slot used if the type is being defined.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, typename, pp, slotp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *typename;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type **slotp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  int typenums[2];
+  int size;
+  boolean stringp;
+  int descriptor;
+  debug_type dtype;
+
+  if (slotp != NULL)
+    *slotp = NULL;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  size = -1;
+  stringp = false;
+
+  /* Read type number if present.  The type number may be omitted.
+     for instance in a two-dimensional array declared with type
+     "ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4".  */
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp) && **pp != '(' && **pp != '-')
+    {
+      /* 'typenums=' not present, type is anonymous.  Read and return
+	 the definition, but don't put it in the type vector.  */
+      typenums[0] = typenums[1] = -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! parse_stab_type_number (pp, typenums))
+	return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+      if (**pp != '=')
+	{
+	  /* Type is not being defined here.  Either it already
+	     exists, or this is a forward reference to it.  */
+	  return stab_find_type (dhandle, info, typenums);
+	}
+
+      /* Only set the slot if the type is being defined.  This means
+         that the mapping from type numbers to types will only record
+         the name of the typedef which defines a type.  If we don't do
+         this, then something like
+	     typedef int foo;
+	     int i;
+	 will record that i is of type foo.  Unfortunately, stabs
+	 information is ambiguous about variable types.  For this code,
+	     typedef int foo;
+	     int i;
+	     foo j;
+	 the stabs information records both i and j as having the same
+	 type.  This could be fixed by patching the compiler.  */
+      if (slotp != NULL && typenums[0] >= 0 && typenums[1] >= 0)
+	*slotp = stab_find_slot (info, typenums);
+
+      /* Type is being defined here.  */
+      /* Skip the '='.  */
+      ++*pp;
+
+      while (**pp == '@')
+	{
+	  const char *p = *pp + 1;
+	  const char *attr;
+
+	  if (isdigit ((unsigned char) *p) || *p == '(' || *p == '-')
+	    {
+	      /* Member type.  */
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Type attributes.  */
+	  attr = p;
+
+	  for (; *p != ';'; ++p)
+	    {
+	      if (*p == '\0')
+		{
+		  bad_stab (orig);
+		  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *pp = p + 1;
+
+	  switch (*attr)
+	    {
+	    case 's':
+	      size = atoi (attr + 1);
+	      if (size <= 0)
+		size = -1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'S':
+	      stringp = true;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      /* Ignore unrecognized type attributes, so future
+		 compilers can invent new ones.  */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  descriptor = **pp;
+  ++*pp;
+
+  switch (descriptor)
+    {
+    case 'x':
+      {
+	enum debug_type_kind code;
+	const char *q1, *q2, *p;
+
+	/* A cross reference to another type.  */
+
+	switch (**pp)
+	  {
+	  case 's':
+	    code = DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT;
+	    break;
+	  case 'u':
+	    code = DEBUG_KIND_UNION;
+	    break;
+	  case 'e':
+	    code = DEBUG_KIND_ENUM;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    /* Complain and keep going, so compilers can invent new
+	       cross-reference types.  */
+	    warn_stab (orig, "unrecognized cross reference type");
+	    code = DEBUG_KIND_STRUCT;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	++*pp;
+
+	q1 = strchr (*pp, '<');
+	p = strchr (*pp, ':');
+	if (p == NULL)
+	  {
+	    bad_stab (orig);
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  }
+	while (q1 != NULL && p > q1 && p[1] == ':')
+	  {
+	    q2 = strchr (q1, '>');
+	    if (q2 == NULL || q2 < p)
+	      break;
+	    p += 2;
+	    p = strchr (p, ':');
+	    if (p == NULL)
+	      {
+		bad_stab (orig);
+		return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	dtype = stab_find_tagged_type (dhandle, info, *pp, p - *pp, code);
+
+	*pp = p + 1;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+    case '(':
+      {
+	const char *hold;
+	int xtypenums[2];
+
+	/* This type is defined as another type.  */
+
+	(*pp)--;
+	hold = *pp;
+
+	/* Peek ahead at the number to detect void.  */
+	if (! parse_stab_type_number (pp, xtypenums))
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	if (typenums[0] == xtypenums[0] && typenums[1] == xtypenums[1])
+	  {
+	    /* This type is being defined as itself, which means that
+               it is void.  */
+	    dtype = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    *pp = hold;
+
+	    /* Go back to the number and have parse_stab_type get it.
+	       This means that we can deal with something like
+	       t(1,2)=(3,4)=... which the Lucid compiler uses.  */
+	    dtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+				     pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	    if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  }
+
+	if (typenums[0] != -1)
+	  {
+	    if (! stab_record_type (dhandle, info, typenums, dtype))
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  }
+
+	break;
+      }
+
+    case '*':
+      dtype = debug_make_pointer_type (dhandle,
+				       parse_stab_type (dhandle, info,
+							(const char *) NULL,
+							pp,
+							(debug_type **) NULL));
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+      /* Reference to another type.  */
+      dtype = (debug_make_reference_type
+	       (dhandle,
+		parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				 (debug_type **) NULL)));
+      break;
+
+    case 'f':
+      /* Function returning another type.  */
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+      dtype = (debug_make_function_type
+	       (dhandle,
+		parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				 (debug_type **) NULL),
+		(debug_type *) NULL, false));
+      break;
+
+    case 'k':
+      /* Const qualifier on some type (Sun).  */
+      /* FIXME: gdb accepts 'c' here if os9k_stabs.  */
+      dtype = debug_make_const_type (dhandle,
+				     parse_stab_type (dhandle, info,
+						      (const char *) NULL,
+						      pp,
+						      (debug_type **) NULL));
+      break;
+
+    case 'B':
+      /* Volatile qual on some type (Sun).  */
+      /* FIXME: gdb accepts 'i' here if os9k_stabs.  */
+      dtype = (debug_make_volatile_type
+	       (dhandle,
+		parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				 (debug_type **) NULL)));
+      break;
+
+    case '@':
+      /* Offset (class & variable) type.  This is used for a pointer
+         relative to an object.  */
+      {
+	debug_type domain;
+	debug_type memtype;
+
+	/* Member type.  */
+
+	domain = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				  (debug_type **) NULL);
+	if (domain == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	if (**pp != ',')
+	  {
+	    bad_stab (orig);
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  }
+	++*pp;
+
+	memtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				   (debug_type **) NULL);
+	if (memtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	dtype = debug_make_offset_type (dhandle, domain, memtype);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '#':
+      /* Method (class & fn) type.  */
+      if (**pp == '#')
+	{
+	  debug_type return_type;
+
+	  ++*pp;
+	  return_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+					 pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	  if (return_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	  if (**pp != ';')
+	    {
+	      bad_stab (orig);
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	    }
+	  ++*pp;
+	  dtype = debug_make_method_type (dhandle, return_type,
+					  DEBUG_TYPE_NULL,
+					  (debug_type *) NULL, false);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  debug_type domain;
+	  debug_type return_type;
+	  debug_type *args;
+	  unsigned int n;
+	  unsigned int alloc;
+	  boolean varargs;
+
+	  domain = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+				    pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	  if (domain == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	  if (**pp != ',')
+	    {
+	      bad_stab (orig);
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	    }
+	  ++*pp;
+
+	  return_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+					 pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	  if (return_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	  alloc = 10;
+	  args = (debug_type *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *args);
+	  n = 0;
+	  while (**pp != ';')
+	    {
+	      if (**pp != ',')
+		{
+		  bad_stab (orig);
+		  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+		}
+	      ++*pp;
+
+	      if (n + 1 >= alloc)
+		{
+		  alloc += 10;
+		  args = ((debug_type *)
+			  xrealloc ((PTR) args, alloc * sizeof *args));
+		}
+
+	      args[n] = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+					 pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+	      if (args[n] == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	      ++n;
+	    }
+	  ++*pp;
+
+	  /* If the last type is not void, then this function takes a
+	     variable number of arguments.  Otherwise, we must strip
+	     the void type.  */
+	  if (n == 0
+	      || debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, args[n - 1]) != DEBUG_KIND_VOID)
+	    varargs = true;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      --n;
+	      varargs = false;
+	    }
+
+	  args[n] = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	  dtype = debug_make_method_type (dhandle, return_type, domain, args,
+					  varargs);
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 'r':
+      /* Range type.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_range_type (dhandle, info, typename, pp, typenums);
+      break;
+
+    case 'b':
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+      /* Sun ACC builtin int type.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_sun_builtin_type (dhandle, pp);
+      break;
+
+    case 'R':
+      /* Sun ACC builtin float type.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_sun_floating_type (dhandle, pp);
+      break;
+
+    case 'e':
+      /* Enumeration type.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_enum_type (dhandle, pp);
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+    case 'u':
+      /* Struct or union type.  */
+      dtype = parse_stab_struct_type (dhandle, info, typename, pp,
+				      descriptor == 's', typenums);
+      break;
+
+    case 'a':
+      /* Array type.  */
+      if (**pp != 'r')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+
+      dtype = parse_stab_array_type (dhandle, info, pp, stringp);
+      break;
+
+    case 'S':
+      dtype = debug_make_set_type (dhandle,
+				   parse_stab_type (dhandle, info,
+						    (const char *) NULL,
+						    pp,
+						    (debug_type **) NULL),
+				   stringp);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (dtype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (typenums[0] != -1)
+    {
+      if (! stab_record_type (dhandle, info, typenums, dtype))
+	return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (size != -1)
+    {
+      if (! debug_record_type_size (dhandle, dtype, (unsigned int) size))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return dtype;
+}
+
+/* Read a number by which a type is referred to in dbx data, or
+   perhaps read a pair (FILENUM, TYPENUM) in parentheses.  Just a
+   single number N is equivalent to (0,N).  Return the two numbers by
+   storing them in the vector TYPENUMS.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_type_number (pp, typenums)
+     const char **pp;
+     int *typenums;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  if (**pp != '(')
+    {
+      typenums[0] = 0;
+      typenums[1] = (int) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ++*pp;
+      typenums[0] = (int) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+      if (**pp != ',')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      typenums[1] = (int) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+      if (**pp != ')')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a range type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_range_type (dhandle, info, typename, pp, typenums)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *typename;
+     const char **pp;
+     const int *typenums;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  int rangenums[2];
+  boolean self_subrange;
+  debug_type index_type;
+  const char *s2, *s3;
+  bfd_signed_vma n2, n3;
+  boolean ov2, ov3;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  index_type = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  /* First comes a type we are a subrange of.
+     In C it is usually 0, 1 or the type being defined.  */
+  if (! parse_stab_type_number (pp, rangenums))
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  self_subrange = (rangenums[0] == typenums[0]
+		   && rangenums[1] == typenums[1]);
+
+  if (**pp == '=')
+    {
+      *pp = orig;
+      index_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL,
+				    pp, (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (**pp == ';')
+    ++*pp;
+
+  /* The remaining two operands are usually lower and upper bounds of
+     the range.  But in some special cases they mean something else.  */
+  s2 = *pp;
+  n2 = parse_number (pp, &ov2);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  s3 = *pp;
+  n3 = parse_number (pp, &ov3);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (ov2 || ov3)
+    {
+      /* gcc will emit range stabs for long long types.  Handle this
+         as a special case.  FIXME: This needs to be more general.  */
+#define LLLOW  "01000000000000000000000;"
+#define LLHIGH "0777777777777777777777;"
+#define ULLHIGH "01777777777777777777777;"
+      if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (s2, LLLOW, sizeof LLLOW - 1) == 0
+	      && strncmp (s3, LLHIGH, sizeof LLHIGH - 1) == 0)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, false);
+	  if (! ov2
+	      && n2 == 0
+	      && strncmp (s3, ULLHIGH, sizeof ULLHIGH - 1) == 0)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, true);
+	}
+
+      warn_stab (orig, "numeric overflow");
+    }
+
+  if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    {
+      /* A type defined as a subrange of itself, with both bounds 0,
+         is void.  */
+      if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 0)
+	return debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+
+      /* A type defined as a subrange of itself, with n2 positive and
+	 n3 zero, is a complex type, and n2 is the number of bytes.  */
+      if (self_subrange && n3 == 0 && n2 > 0)
+	return debug_make_complex_type (dhandle, n2);
+
+      /* If n3 is zero and n2 is positive, this is a floating point
+         type, and n2 is the number of bytes.  */
+      if (n3 == 0 && n2 > 0)
+	return debug_make_float_type (dhandle, n2);
+
+      /* If the upper bound is -1, this is an unsigned int.  */
+      if (n2 == 0 && n3 == -1)
+	{
+	  /* When gcc is used with -gstabs, but not -gstabs+, it will emit
+	         long long int:t6=r1;0;-1;
+		 long long unsigned int:t7=r1;0;-1;
+	     We hack here to handle this reasonably.  */
+	  if (typename != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (typename, "long long int") == 0)
+		return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, false);
+	      else if (strcmp (typename, "long long unsigned int") == 0)
+		return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, true);
+	    }
+	  /* FIXME: The size here really depends upon the target.  */
+	  return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+	}
+
+      /* A range of 0 to 127 is char.  */
+      if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 127)
+	return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks for the language CHILL here.  */
+
+      if (n2 == 0)
+	{
+	  if (n3 < 0)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, - n3, true);
+	  else if (n3 == 0xff)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, true);
+	  else if (n3 == 0xffff)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, true);
+	  /* -1 is used for the upper bound of (4 byte) "unsigned int"
+	     and "unsigned long", and we already checked for that, so
+	     don't need to test for it here.  */
+	}
+      else if (n3 == 0
+	       && n2 < 0
+	       && (self_subrange || n2 == -8))
+	return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, - n2, true);
+      else if (n2 == - n3 - 1)
+	{
+	  if (n3 == 0x7f)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+	  else if (n3 == 0x7fff)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+	  else if (n3 == 0x7fffffff)
+	    return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* At this point I don't have the faintest idea how to deal with a
+     self_subrange type; I'm going to assume that this is used as an
+     idiom, and that all of them are special cases.  So . . .  */
+  if (self_subrange)
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  index_type = stab_find_type (dhandle, info, rangenums);
+  if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    {
+      /* Does this actually ever happen?  Is that why we are worrying
+         about dealing with it rather than just calling error_type?  */
+      warn_stab (orig, "missing index type");
+      index_type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+    }
+
+  return debug_make_range_type (dhandle, index_type, n2, n3);
+}
+
+/* Sun's ACC uses a somewhat saner method for specifying the builtin
+   typedefs in every file (for int, long, etc):
+
+	type = b <signed> <width>; <offset>; <nbits>
+	signed = u or s.  Possible c in addition to u or s (for char?).
+	offset = offset from high order bit to start bit of type.
+	width is # bytes in object of this type, nbits is # bits in type.
+
+   The width/offset stuff appears to be for small objects stored in
+   larger ones (e.g. `shorts' in `int' registers).  We ignore it for now,
+   FIXME.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_sun_builtin_type (dhandle, pp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  boolean unsignedp;
+  bfd_vma bits;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  switch (**pp)
+    {
+    case 's':
+      unsignedp = false;
+      break;
+    case 'u':
+      unsignedp = true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* For some odd reason, all forms of char put a c here.  This is strange
+     because no other type has this honor.  We can safely ignore this because
+     we actually determine 'char'acterness by the number of bits specified in
+     the descriptor.  */
+  if (**pp == 'c')
+    ++*pp;
+
+  /* The first number appears to be the number of bytes occupied
+     by this type, except that unsigned short is 4 instead of 2.
+     Since this information is redundant with the third number,
+     we will ignore it.  */
+  (void) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* The second number is always 0, so ignore it too. */
+  (void) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* The third number is the number of bits for this type. */
+  bits = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+
+  /* The type *should* end with a semicolon.  If it are embedded
+     in a larger type the semicolon may be the only way to know where
+     the type ends.  If this type is at the end of the stabstring we
+     can deal with the omitted semicolon (but we don't have to like
+     it).  Don't bother to complain(), Sun's compiler omits the semicolon
+     for "void".  */
+  if (**pp == ';')
+    ++*pp;
+
+  if (bits == 0)
+    return debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+
+  return debug_make_int_type (dhandle, bits / 8, unsignedp);
+}
+
+/* Parse a builtin floating type generated by the Sun compiler.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_sun_floating_type (dhandle, pp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  bfd_vma details;
+  bfd_vma bytes;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* The first number has more details about the type, for example
+     FN_COMPLEX.  */
+  details = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* The second number is the number of bytes occupied by this type */
+  bytes = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (details == NF_COMPLEX
+      || details == NF_COMPLEX16
+      || details == NF_COMPLEX32)
+    return debug_make_complex_type (dhandle, bytes);
+
+  return debug_make_float_type (dhandle, bytes);      
+}
+
+/* Handle an enum type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_enum_type (dhandle, pp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  const char **names;
+  bfd_signed_vma *values;
+  unsigned int n;
+  unsigned int alloc;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+
+  /* The aix4 compiler emits an extra field before the enum members;
+     my guess is it's a type of some sort.  Just ignore it.  */
+  if (**pp == '-')
+    {
+      while (**pp != ':')
+	++*pp;
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the value-names and their values.
+     The input syntax is NAME:VALUE,NAME:VALUE, and so on.
+     A semicolon or comma instead of a NAME means the end.  */
+  alloc = 10;
+  names = (const char **) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *names);
+  values = (bfd_signed_vma *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *values);
+  n = 0;
+  while (**pp != '\0' && **pp != ';' && **pp != ',')
+    {
+      const char *p;
+      char *name;
+      bfd_signed_vma val;
+
+      p = *pp;
+      while (*p != ':')
+	++p;
+
+      name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+
+      *pp = p + 1;
+      val = (bfd_signed_vma) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+      if (**pp != ',')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+
+      if (n + 1 >= alloc)
+	{
+	  alloc += 10;
+	  names = ((const char **)
+		   xrealloc ((PTR) names, alloc * sizeof *names));
+	  values = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
+		    xrealloc ((PTR) values, alloc * sizeof *values));
+	}
+
+      names[n] = name;
+      values[n] = val;
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  names[n] = NULL;
+  values[n] = 0;
+
+  if (**pp == ';')
+    ++*pp;
+
+  return debug_make_enum_type (dhandle, names, values);
+}
+
+/* Read the description of a structure (or union type) and return an object
+   describing the type.
+
+   PP points to a character pointer that points to the next unconsumed token
+   in the the stabs string.  For example, given stabs "A:T4=s4a:1,0,32;;",
+   *PP will point to "4a:1,0,32;;".  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_struct_type (dhandle, info, tagname, pp, structp, typenums)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *tagname;
+     const char **pp;
+     boolean structp;
+     const int *typenums;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  bfd_vma size;
+  debug_baseclass *baseclasses;
+  debug_field *fields;
+  boolean statics;
+  debug_method *methods;
+  debug_type vptrbase;
+  boolean ownvptr;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* Get the size.  */
+  size = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+
+  /* Get the other information.  */
+  if (! parse_stab_baseclasses (dhandle, info, pp, &baseclasses)
+      || ! parse_stab_struct_fields (dhandle, info, pp, &fields, &statics)
+      || ! parse_stab_members (dhandle, info, tagname, pp, typenums, &methods)
+      || ! parse_stab_tilde_field (dhandle, info, pp, typenums, &vptrbase,
+				   &ownvptr))
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (! statics
+      && baseclasses == NULL
+      && methods == NULL
+      && vptrbase == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL
+      && ! ownvptr)
+    return debug_make_struct_type (dhandle, structp, size, fields);
+
+  return debug_make_object_type (dhandle, structp, size, fields, baseclasses,
+				 methods, vptrbase, ownvptr);
+}
+
+/* The stabs for C++ derived classes contain baseclass information which
+   is marked by a '!' character after the total size.  This function is
+   called when we encounter the baseclass marker, and slurps up all the
+   baseclass information.
+
+   Immediately following the '!' marker is the number of base classes that
+   the class is derived from, followed by information for each base class.
+   For each base class, there are two visibility specifiers, a bit offset
+   to the base class information within the derived class, a reference to
+   the type for the base class, and a terminating semicolon.
+
+   A typical example, with two base classes, would be "!2,020,19;0264,21;".
+   						       ^^ ^ ^ ^  ^ ^  ^
+	Baseclass information marker __________________|| | | |  | |  |
+	Number of baseclasses __________________________| | | |  | |  |
+	Visibility specifiers (2) ________________________| | |  | |  |
+	Offset in bits from start of class _________________| |  | |  |
+	Type number for base class ___________________________|  | |  |
+	Visibility specifiers (2) _______________________________| |  |
+	Offset in bits from start of class ________________________|  |
+	Type number of base class ____________________________________|
+
+  Return true for success, false for failure.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_baseclasses (dhandle, info, pp, retp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_baseclass **retp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  unsigned int c, i;
+  debug_baseclass *classes;
+
+  *retp = NULL;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  if (**pp != '!')
+    {
+      /* No base classes.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  c = (unsigned int) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+
+  if (**pp != ',')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  classes = (debug_baseclass *) xmalloc ((c + 1) * sizeof (**retp));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
+    {
+      boolean virtual;
+      enum debug_visibility visibility;
+      bfd_vma bitpos;
+      debug_type type;
+
+      switch (**pp)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	  virtual = false;
+	  break;
+	case '1':
+	  virtual = true;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  warn_stab (orig, "unknown virtual character for baseclass");
+	  virtual = false;
+	  break;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+
+      switch (**pp)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+	  break;
+	case '1':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+	  break;
+	case '2':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  warn_stab (orig, "unknown visibility character for baseclass");
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+	  break;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+
+      /* The remaining value is the bit offset of the portion of the
+	 object corresponding to this baseclass.  Always zero in the
+	 absence of multiple inheritance.  */
+      bitpos = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+      if (**pp != ',')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+
+      type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+			      (debug_type **) NULL);
+      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      classes[i] = debug_make_baseclass (dhandle, type, bitpos, virtual,
+					 visibility);
+      if (classes[i] == DEBUG_BASECLASS_NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (**pp != ';')
+	return false;
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  classes[i] = DEBUG_BASECLASS_NULL;
+
+  *retp = classes;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read struct or class data fields.  They have the form:
+
+   	NAME : [VISIBILITY] TYPENUM , BITPOS , BITSIZE ;
+
+   At the end, we see a semicolon instead of a field.
+
+   In C++, this may wind up being NAME:?TYPENUM:PHYSNAME; for
+   a static field.
+
+   The optional VISIBILITY is one of:
+
+   	'/0'	(VISIBILITY_PRIVATE)
+	'/1'	(VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
+	'/2'	(VISIBILITY_PUBLIC)
+	'/9'	(VISIBILITY_IGNORE)
+
+   or nothing, for C style fields with public visibility.
+
+   Returns 1 for success, 0 for failure.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_struct_fields (dhandle, info, pp, retp, staticsp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_field **retp;
+     boolean *staticsp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  const char *p;
+  debug_field *fields;
+  unsigned int c;
+  unsigned int alloc;
+
+  *retp = NULL;
+  *staticsp = false;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  c = 0;
+  alloc = 10;
+  fields = (debug_field *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof *fields);
+  while (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+
+      p = *pp;
+
+      /* Add 1 to c to leave room for NULL pointer at end.  */
+      if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	{
+	  alloc += 10;
+	  fields = ((debug_field *)
+		    xrealloc ((PTR) fields, alloc * sizeof *fields));
+	}
+
+      /* If it starts with CPLUS_MARKER it is a special abbreviation,
+	 unless the CPLUS_MARKER is followed by an underscore, in
+	 which case it is just the name of an anonymous type, which we
+	 should handle like any other type name.  We accept either '$'
+	 or '.', because a field name can never contain one of these
+	 characters except as a CPLUS_MARKER.  */
+
+      if ((*p == '$' || *p == '.') && p[1] != '_')
+	{
+	  ++*pp;
+	  if (! parse_stab_cpp_abbrev (dhandle, info, pp, fields + c))
+	    return false;
+	  ++c;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look for the ':' that separates the field name from the field
+	 values.  Data members are delimited by a single ':', while member
+	 functions are delimited by a pair of ':'s.  When we hit the member
+	 functions (if any), terminate scan loop and return. */
+
+      p = strchr (p, ':');
+      if (p == NULL)
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      if (p[1] == ':')
+	break;
+
+      if (! parse_stab_one_struct_field (dhandle, info, pp, p, fields + c,
+					 staticsp))
+	return false;
+
+      ++c;
+    }
+
+  fields[c] = DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+
+  *retp = fields;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Special GNU C++ name.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_cpp_abbrev (dhandle, info, pp, retp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_field *retp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  int cpp_abbrev;
+  debug_type context;
+  const char *name;
+  const char *typename;
+  debug_type type;
+  bfd_vma bitpos;
+
+  *retp = DEBUG_FIELD_NULL;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  if (**pp != 'v')
+    {
+      bad_stab (*pp);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  cpp_abbrev = **pp;
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* At this point, *pp points to something like "22:23=*22...", where
+     the type number before the ':' is the "context" and everything
+     after is a regular type definition.  Lookup the type, find it's
+     name, and construct the field name.  */
+
+  context = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+			     (debug_type **) NULL);
+  if (context == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  switch (cpp_abbrev)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+      /* $vf -- a virtual function table pointer.  */
+      name = "_vptr$";
+      break;
+    case 'b':
+      /* $vb -- a virtual bsomethingorother */
+      typename = debug_get_type_name (dhandle, context);
+      if (typename == NULL)
+	{
+	  warn_stab (orig, "unnamed $vb type");
+	  typename = "FOO";
+	}
+      name = concat ("_vb$", typename, (const char *) NULL);
+      break;
+    default:
+      warn_stab (orig, "unrecognized C++ abbreviation");
+      name = "INVALID_CPLUSPLUS_ABBREV";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (**pp != ':')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+			  (debug_type **) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ',')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  bitpos = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  *retp = debug_make_field (dhandle, name, type, bitpos, 0,
+			    DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE);
+  if (*retp == DEBUG_FIELD_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a single field in a struct or union.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_one_struct_field (dhandle, info, pp, p, retp, staticsp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     const char *p;
+     debug_field *retp;
+     boolean *staticsp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  char *name;
+  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+  debug_type type;
+  bfd_vma bitpos;
+  bfd_vma bitsize;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* FIXME: gdb checks ARM_DEMANGLING here.  */
+
+  name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+
+  *pp = p + 1;
+
+  if (**pp != '/')
+    visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+  else
+    {
+      ++*pp;
+      switch (**pp)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+	  break;
+	case '1':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+	  break;
+	case '2':
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  warn_stab (orig, "unknown visibility character for field");
+	  visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+	  break;
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+			  (debug_type **) NULL);
+  if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (**pp == ':')
+    {
+      char *varname;
+
+      /* This is a static class member.  */
+      ++*pp;
+      p = strchr (*pp, ';');
+      if (p == NULL)
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      varname = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+
+      *pp = p + 1;
+
+      *retp = debug_make_static_member (dhandle, name, type, varname,
+					visibility);
+      *staticsp = true;
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (**pp != ',')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  bitpos = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ',')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  bitsize = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (bitpos == 0 && bitsize == 0)
+    {
+      /* This can happen in two cases: (1) at least for gcc 2.4.5 or
+	 so, it is a field which has been optimized out.  The correct
+	 stab for this case is to use VISIBILITY_IGNORE, but that is a
+	 recent invention.  (2) It is a 0-size array.  For example
+	 union { int num; char str[0]; } foo.  Printing "<no value>"
+	 for str in "p foo" is OK, since foo.str (and thus foo.str[3])
+	 will continue to work, and a 0-size array as a whole doesn't
+	 have any contents to print.
+
+	 I suspect this probably could also happen with gcc -gstabs
+	 (not -gstabs+) for static fields, and perhaps other C++
+	 extensions.  Hopefully few people use -gstabs with gdb, since
+	 it is intended for dbx compatibility.  */
+      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_IGNORE;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: gdb does some stuff here to mark fields as unpacked.  */
+
+  *retp = debug_make_field (dhandle, name, type, bitpos, bitsize, visibility);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read member function stabs info for C++ classes.  The form of each member
+   function data is:
+
+	NAME :: TYPENUM[=type definition] ARGS : PHYSNAME ;
+
+   An example with two member functions is:
+
+	afunc1::20=##15;:i;2A.;afunc2::20:i;2A.;
+
+   For the case of overloaded operators, the format is op$::*.funcs, where
+   $ is the CPLUS_MARKER (usually '$'), `*' holds the place for an operator
+   name (such as `+=') and `.' marks the end of the operator name.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_members (dhandle, info, tagname, pp, typenums, retp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *tagname;
+     const char **pp;
+     const int *typenums;
+     debug_method **retp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  debug_method *methods;
+  unsigned int c;
+  unsigned int alloc;
+
+  *retp = NULL;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  alloc = 0;
+  methods = NULL;
+  c = 0;
+
+  while (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      const char *p;
+      char *name;
+      debug_method_variant *variants;
+      unsigned int cvars;
+      unsigned int allocvars;
+      debug_type look_ahead_type;
+
+      p = strchr (*pp, ':');
+      if (p == NULL || p[1] != ':')
+	break;
+
+      /* FIXME: Some systems use something other than '$' here.  */
+      if ((*pp)[0] != 'o' || (*pp)[1] != 'p' || (*pp)[2] != '$')
+	{
+	  name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+	  *pp = p + 2;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* This is a completely wierd case.  In order to stuff in the
+	     names that might contain colons (the usual name delimiter),
+	     Mike Tiemann defined a different name format which is
+	     signalled if the identifier is "op$".  In that case, the
+	     format is "op$::XXXX." where XXXX is the name.  This is
+	     used for names like "+" or "=".  YUUUUUUUK!  FIXME!  */
+	  *pp = p + 2;
+	  for (p = *pp; *p != '.' && *p != '\0'; p++)
+	    ;
+	  if (*p != '.')
+	    {
+	      bad_stab (orig);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+	  *pp = p + 1;
+	}
+
+      allocvars = 10;
+      variants = ((debug_method_variant *)
+		  xmalloc (allocvars * sizeof *variants));
+      cvars = 0;
+
+      look_ahead_type = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  debug_type type;
+	  boolean stub;
+	  char *argtypes;
+	  enum debug_visibility visibility;
+	  boolean constp, volatilep, staticp;
+	  bfd_vma voffset;
+	  debug_type context;
+	  const char *physname;
+	  boolean varargs;
+
+	  if (look_ahead_type != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* g++ version 1 kludge */
+	      type = look_ahead_type;
+	      look_ahead_type = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				      (debug_type **) NULL);
+	      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return false;
+	      if (**pp != ':')
+		{
+		  bad_stab (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  ++*pp;
+	  p = strchr (*pp, ';');
+	  if (p == NULL)
+	    {
+	      bad_stab (orig);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  stub = false;
+	  if (debug_get_type_kind (dhandle, type) == DEBUG_KIND_METHOD
+	      && debug_get_parameter_types (dhandle, type, &varargs) == NULL)
+	    stub = true;
+
+	  argtypes = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
+	  *pp = p + 1;
+
+	  switch (**pp)
+	    {
+	    case '0':
+	      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE;
+	      break;
+	    case '1':
+	      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      visibility = DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  ++*pp;
+
+	  constp = false;
+	  volatilep = false;
+	  switch (**pp)
+	    {
+	    case 'A':
+	      /* Normal function.  */
+	      ++*pp;
+	      break;
+	    case 'B':
+	      /* const member function.  */
+	      constp = true;
+	      ++*pp;
+	      break;
+	    case 'C':
+	      /* volatile member function.  */
+	      volatilep = true;
+	      ++*pp;
+	      break;
+	    case 'D':
+	      /* const volatile member function.  */
+	      constp = true;
+	      volatilep = true;
+	      ++*pp;
+	      break;
+	    case '*':
+	    case '?':
+	    case '.':
+	      /* File compiled with g++ version 1; no information.  */
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      warn_stab (orig, "const/volatile indicator missing");
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  staticp = false;
+	  switch (**pp)
+	    {
+	    case '*':
+	      /* virtual member function, followed by index.  The sign
+		 bit is supposedly set to distinguish
+		 pointers-to-methods from virtual function indicies.  */
+	      ++*pp;
+	      voffset = parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+	      if (**pp != ';')
+		{
+		  bad_stab (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      ++*pp;
+	      voffset &= 0x7fffffff;
+
+	      if (**pp == ';' || *pp == '\0')
+		{
+		  /* Must be g++ version 1.  */
+		  context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Figure out from whence this virtual function
+		     came.  It may belong to virtual function table of
+		     one of its baseclasses.  */
+		    look_ahead_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info,
+						       (const char *) NULL,
+						       pp,
+						       (debug_type **) NULL);
+		    if (**pp == ':')
+		      {
+			/* g++ version 1 overloaded methods.  */
+			context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			context = look_ahead_type;
+			look_ahead_type = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+			if (**pp != ';')
+			  {
+			    bad_stab (orig);
+			    return false;
+			  }
+			++*pp;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      break;
+
+	    case '?':
+	      /* static member function.  */
+	      ++*pp;
+	      staticp = true;
+	      voffset = 0;
+	      context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	      if (strncmp (argtypes, name, strlen (name)) != 0)
+		stub = true;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      warn_stab (orig, "member function type missing");
+	      voffset = 0;
+	      context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '.':
+	      ++*pp;
+	      voffset = 0;
+	      context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If the type is not a stub, then the argtypes string is
+             the physical name of the function.  Otherwise the
+             argtypes string is the mangled form of the argument
+             types, and the full type and the physical name must be
+             extracted from them.  */
+	  if (! stub)
+	    physname = argtypes;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      debug_type class_type, return_type;
+
+	      class_type = stab_find_type (dhandle, info, typenums);
+	      if (class_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return false;
+	      return_type = debug_get_return_type (dhandle, type);
+	      if (return_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		{
+		  bad_stab (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      type = parse_stab_argtypes (dhandle, info, class_type, name,
+					  tagname, return_type, argtypes,
+					  constp, volatilep, &physname);
+	      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (cvars + 1 >= allocvars)
+	    {
+	      allocvars += 10;
+	      variants = ((debug_method_variant *)
+			  xrealloc ((PTR) variants,
+				    allocvars * sizeof *variants));
+	    }
+
+	  if (! staticp)
+	    variants[cvars] = debug_make_method_variant (dhandle, physname,
+							 type, visibility,
+							 constp, volatilep,
+							 voffset, context);
+	  else
+	    variants[cvars] = debug_make_static_method_variant (dhandle,
+								physname,
+								type,
+								visibility,
+								constp,
+								volatilep);
+	  if (variants[cvars] == DEBUG_METHOD_VARIANT_NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  ++cvars;
+	}
+      while (**pp != ';' && **pp != '\0');
+
+      variants[cvars] = DEBUG_METHOD_VARIANT_NULL;
+
+      if (**pp != '\0')
+	++*pp;
+
+      if (c + 1 >= alloc)
+	{
+	  alloc += 10;
+	  methods = ((debug_method *)
+		     xrealloc ((PTR) methods, alloc * sizeof *methods));
+	}
+
+      methods[c] = debug_make_method (dhandle, name, variants);
+
+      ++c;
+    }
+
+  if (methods != NULL)
+    methods[c] = DEBUG_METHOD_NULL;
+
+  *retp = methods;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a string representing argument types for a method.  Stabs
+   tries to save space by packing argument types into a mangled
+   string.  This string should give us enough information to extract
+   both argument types and the physical name of the function, given
+   the tag name.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_argtypes (dhandle, info, class_type, fieldname, tagname,
+		     return_type, argtypes, constp, volatilep, pphysname)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     debug_type class_type;
+     const char *fieldname;
+     const char *tagname;
+     debug_type return_type;
+     const char *argtypes;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     const char **pphysname;
+{
+  boolean is_full_physname_constructor;
+  boolean is_constructor;
+  boolean is_destructor;
+  debug_type *args;
+  boolean varargs;
+
+  /* Constructors are sometimes handled specially.  */
+  is_full_physname_constructor = ((argtypes[0] == '_'
+				   && argtypes[1] == '_'
+				   && (isdigit ((unsigned char) argtypes[2])
+				       || argtypes[2] == 'Q'
+				       || argtypes[2] == 't'))
+				  || strncmp (argtypes, "__ct", 4) == 0);
+
+  is_constructor = (is_full_physname_constructor
+		    || (tagname != NULL
+			&& strcmp (fieldname, tagname) == 0));
+  is_destructor = ((argtypes[0] == '_'
+		    && (argtypes[1] == '$' || argtypes[1] == '.')
+		    && argtypes[2] == '_')
+		   || strncmp (argtypes, "__dt", 4) == 0);
+
+  if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor)
+    *pphysname = argtypes;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int len;
+      const char *const_prefix;
+      const char *volatile_prefix;
+      char buf[20];
+      unsigned int mangled_name_len;
+      char *physname;
+
+      len = tagname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (tagname);
+      const_prefix = constp ? "C" : "";
+      volatile_prefix = volatilep ? "V" : "";
+
+      if (len == 0)
+	sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
+      else if (tagname != NULL && strchr (tagname, '<') != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Template methods are fully mangled.  */
+	  sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
+	  tagname = NULL;
+	  len = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	sprintf (buf, "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, volatile_prefix, len);
+
+      mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (fieldname))
+			  + strlen (buf)
+			  + len
+			  + strlen (argtypes)
+			  + 1);
+
+      if (fieldname[0] == 'o'
+	  && fieldname[1] == 'p'
+	  && (fieldname[2] == '$' || fieldname[2] == '.'))
+	{
+	  const char *opname;
+
+	  opname = cplus_mangle_opname (fieldname + 3, 0);
+	  if (opname == NULL)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "No mangling for \"%s\"\n", fieldname);
+	      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+	    }
+	  mangled_name_len += strlen (opname);
+	  physname = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len);
+	  strncpy (physname, fieldname, 3);
+	  strcpy (physname + 3, opname);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  physname = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len);
+	  if (is_constructor)
+	    physname[0] = '\0';
+	  else
+	    strcpy (physname, fieldname);
+	}
+
+      strcat (physname, buf);
+      if (tagname != NULL)
+	strcat (physname, tagname);
+      strcat (physname, argtypes);
+
+      *pphysname = physname;
+    }
+
+  if (*argtypes == '\0')
+    {
+      args = (debug_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *args);
+      *args = NULL;
+      return debug_make_method_type (dhandle, return_type, class_type, args,
+				     false);
+    }
+
+  args = stab_demangle_argtypes (dhandle, info, *pphysname, &varargs);
+  if (args == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  return debug_make_method_type (dhandle, return_type, class_type, args,
+				 varargs);
+}
+
+/* The tail end of stabs for C++ classes that contain a virtual function
+   pointer contains a tilde, a %, and a type number.
+   The type number refers to the base class (possibly this class itself) which
+   contains the vtable pointer for the current class.
+
+   This function is called when we have parsed all the method declarations,
+   so we can look for the vptr base class info.  */
+
+static boolean
+parse_stab_tilde_field (dhandle, info, pp, typenums, retvptrbase, retownvptr)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     const int *typenums;
+     debug_type *retvptrbase;
+     boolean *retownvptr;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  const char *hold;
+  int vtypenums[2];
+
+  *retvptrbase = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+  *retownvptr = false;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* If we are positioned at a ';', then skip it. */
+  if (**pp == ';')
+    ++*pp;
+
+  if (**pp != '~')
+    return true;
+
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (**pp == '=' || **pp == '+' || **pp == '-')
+    {
+      /* Obsolete flags that used to indicate the presence of
+	 constructors and/or destructors. */
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  if (**pp != '%')
+    return true;
+
+  ++*pp;
+
+  hold = *pp;
+
+  /* The next number is the type number of the base class (possibly
+     our own class) which supplies the vtable for this class.  */
+  if (! parse_stab_type_number (pp, vtypenums))
+    return false;
+
+  if (vtypenums[0] == typenums[0]
+      && vtypenums[1] == typenums[1])
+    *retownvptr = true;
+  else
+    {
+      debug_type vtype;
+      const char *p;
+
+      *pp = hold;
+
+      vtype = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+			       (debug_type **) NULL);
+      for (p = *pp; *p != ';' && *p != '\0'; p++)
+	;
+      if (*p != ';')
+	{
+	  bad_stab (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      *retvptrbase = vtype;
+
+      *pp = p + 1;
+    }
+
+  return true;    
+}
+
+/* Read a definition of an array type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+parse_stab_array_type (dhandle, info, pp, stringp)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char **pp;
+     boolean stringp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  const char *p;
+  int typenums[2];
+  debug_type index_type;
+  boolean adjustable;
+  bfd_signed_vma lower, upper;
+  debug_type element_type;
+
+  /* Format of an array type:
+     "ar<index type>;lower;upper;<array_contents_type>".
+     OS9000: "arlower,upper;<array_contents_type>".
+
+     Fortran adjustable arrays use Adigits or Tdigits for lower or upper;
+     for these, produce a type like float[][].  */
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  /* FIXME: gdb checks os9k_stabs here.  */
+
+  /* If the index type is type 0, we take it as int.  */
+  p = *pp;
+  if (! parse_stab_type_number (&p, typenums))
+    return false;
+  if (typenums[0] == 0 && typenums[1] == 0 && **pp != '=')
+    {
+      index_type = debug_find_named_type (dhandle, "int");
+      if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	{
+	  index_type = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+	  if (index_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      *pp = p;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      index_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				    (debug_type **) NULL);
+    }
+
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  adjustable = false;
+
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp) && **pp != '-')
+    {
+      ++*pp;
+      adjustable = true;
+    }
+
+  lower = (bfd_signed_vma) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp) && **pp != '-')
+    {
+      ++*pp;
+      adjustable = true;
+    }
+
+  upper = (bfd_signed_vma) parse_number (pp, (boolean *) NULL);
+  if (**pp != ';')
+    {
+      bad_stab (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  ++*pp;
+
+  element_type = parse_stab_type (dhandle, info, (const char *) NULL, pp,
+				  (debug_type **) NULL);
+  if (element_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  if (adjustable)
+    {
+      lower = 0;
+      upper = -1;
+    }
+
+  return debug_make_array_type (dhandle, element_type, index_type, lower,
+				upper, stringp);
+}
+
+/* This struct holds information about files we have seen using
+   N_BINCL.  */
+
+struct bincl_file
+{
+  /* The next N_BINCL file.  */
+  struct bincl_file *next;
+  /* The next N_BINCL on the stack.  */
+  struct bincl_file *next_stack;
+  /* The file name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* The hash value.  */
+  bfd_vma hash;
+  /* The file index.  */
+  unsigned int file;
+  /* The list of types defined in this file.  */
+  struct stab_types *file_types;
+};
+
+/* Start a new N_BINCL file, pushing it onto the stack.  */
+
+static void
+push_bincl (info, name, hash)
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma hash;
+{
+  struct bincl_file *n;
+
+  n = (struct bincl_file *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  n->next = info->bincl_list;
+  n->next_stack = info->bincl_stack;
+  n->name = name;
+  n->hash = hash;
+  n->file = info->files;
+  n->file_types = NULL;
+  info->bincl_list = n;
+  info->bincl_stack = n;
+
+  ++info->files;
+  info->file_types = ((struct stab_types **)
+		      xrealloc ((PTR) info->file_types,
+				(info->files
+				 * sizeof *info->file_types)));
+  info->file_types[n->file] = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Finish an N_BINCL file, at an N_EINCL, popping the name off the
+   stack.  */
+
+static const char *
+pop_bincl (info)
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+{
+  struct bincl_file *o;
+
+  o = info->bincl_stack;
+  if (o == NULL)
+    return info->main_filename;
+  info->bincl_stack = o->next_stack;
+
+  o->file_types = info->file_types[o->file];
+
+  if (info->bincl_stack == NULL)
+    return info->main_filename;
+  return info->bincl_stack->name;
+}
+
+/* Handle an N_EXCL: get the types from the corresponding N_BINCL.  */
+
+static boolean
+find_excl (info, name, hash)
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma hash;
+{
+  struct bincl_file *l;
+
+  ++info->files;
+  info->file_types = ((struct stab_types **)
+		      xrealloc ((PTR) info->file_types,
+				(info->files
+				 * sizeof *info->file_types)));
+
+  for (l = info->bincl_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    if (l->hash == hash && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
+      break;
+  if (l == NULL)
+    {
+      warn_stab (name, "Undefined N_EXCL");
+      info->file_types[info->files - 1] = NULL;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  info->file_types[info->files - 1] = l->file_types;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a variable definition.  gcc emits variable definitions for a
+   block before the N_LBRAC, so we must hold onto them until we see
+   it.  The SunPRO compiler emits variable definitions after the
+   N_LBRAC, so we can call debug_record_variable immediately.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_record_variable (dhandle, info, name, type, kind, val)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *name;
+     debug_type type;
+     enum debug_var_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct stab_pending_var *v;
+
+  if ((kind == DEBUG_GLOBAL || kind == DEBUG_STATIC)
+      || ! info->within_function
+      || (info->gcc_compiled == 0 && info->n_opt_found))
+    return debug_record_variable (dhandle, name, type, kind, val);
+
+  v = (struct stab_pending_var *) xmalloc (sizeof *v);
+  memset (v, 0, sizeof *v);
+
+  v->next = info->pending;
+  v->name = name;
+  v->type = type;
+  v->kind = kind;
+  v->val = val;
+  info->pending = v;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Emit pending variable definitions.  This is called after we see the
+   N_LBRAC that starts the block.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_emit_pending_vars (dhandle, info)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+{
+  struct stab_pending_var *v;
+
+  v = info->pending;
+  while (v != NULL)
+    {
+      struct stab_pending_var *next;
+
+      if (! debug_record_variable (dhandle, v->name, v->type, v->kind, v->val))
+	return false;
+
+      next = v->next;
+      free (v);
+      v = next;
+    }
+
+  info->pending = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Find the slot for a type in the database.  */
+
+static debug_type *
+stab_find_slot (info, typenums)
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const int *typenums;
+{
+  int filenum;
+  int index;
+  struct stab_types **ps;
+
+  filenum = typenums[0];
+  index = typenums[1];
+
+  if (filenum < 0 || (unsigned int) filenum >= info->files)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Type file number %d out of range\n", filenum);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  if (index < 0)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Type index number %d out of range\n", index);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  ps = info->file_types + filenum;
+
+  while (index >= STAB_TYPES_SLOTS)
+    {
+      if (*ps == NULL)
+	{
+	  *ps = (struct stab_types *) xmalloc (sizeof **ps);
+	  memset (*ps, 0, sizeof **ps);
+	}
+      ps = &(*ps)->next;
+      index -= STAB_TYPES_SLOTS;
+    }
+  if (*ps == NULL)
+    {
+      *ps = (struct stab_types *) xmalloc (sizeof **ps);
+      memset (*ps, 0, sizeof **ps);
+    }
+
+  return (*ps)->types + index;
+}
+
+/* Find a type given a type number.  If the type has not been
+   allocated yet, create an indirect type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+stab_find_type (dhandle, info, typenums)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const int *typenums;
+{
+  debug_type *slot;
+
+  if (typenums[0] == 0 && typenums[1] < 0)
+    {
+      /* A negative type number indicates an XCOFF builtin type.  */
+      return stab_xcoff_builtin_type (dhandle, info, typenums[1]);
+    }
+
+  slot = stab_find_slot (info, typenums);
+  if (slot == NULL)
+    return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (*slot == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    return debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, slot, (const char *) NULL);
+
+  return *slot;
+}
+
+/* Record that a given type number refers to a given type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_record_type (dhandle, info, typenums, type)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const int *typenums;
+     debug_type type;
+{
+  debug_type *slot;
+
+  slot = stab_find_slot (info, typenums);
+  if (slot == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* gdb appears to ignore type redefinitions, so we do as well.  */
+
+  *slot = type;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return an XCOFF builtin type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+stab_xcoff_builtin_type (dhandle, info, typenum)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     int typenum;
+{
+  debug_type rettype;
+  const char *name;
+
+  if (typenum >= 0 || typenum < -XCOFF_TYPE_COUNT)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Unrecognized XCOFF type %d\n", typenum);
+      return DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+    }
+  if (info->xcoff_types[-typenum] != NULL)
+    return info->xcoff_types[-typenum];
+
+  switch (-typenum)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      /* The size of this and all the other types are fixed, defined
+	 by the debugging format.  */
+      name = "int";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      name = "char";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      name = "short";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      name = "long";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      name = "unsigned char";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, true);
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      name = "signed char";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      break;
+    case 7:
+      name = "unsigned short";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, true);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      name = "unsigned int";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      name = "unsigned";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+    case 10:
+      name = "unsigned long";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, true);
+      break;
+    case 11:
+      name = "void";
+      rettype = debug_make_void_type (dhandle);
+      break;
+    case 12:
+      /* IEEE single precision (32 bit).  */
+      name = "float";
+      rettype = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 4);
+      break;
+    case 13:
+      /* IEEE double precision (64 bit).  */
+      name = "double";
+      rettype = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 8);
+      break;
+    case 14:
+      /* This is an IEEE double on the RS/6000, and different machines
+	 with different sizes for "long double" should use different
+	 negative type numbers.  See stabs.texinfo.  */
+      name = "long double";
+      rettype = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 8);
+      break;
+    case 15:
+      name = "integer";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      name = "boolean";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 4);
+      break;
+    case 17:
+      name = "short real";
+      rettype = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 4);
+      break;
+    case 18:
+      name = "real";
+      rettype = debug_make_float_type (dhandle, 8);
+      break;
+    case 19:
+      /* FIXME */
+      name = "stringptr";
+      rettype = NULL;
+      break;
+    case 20:
+      /* FIXME */
+      name = "character";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, true);
+      break;
+    case 21:
+      name = "logical*1";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 1);
+      break;
+    case 22:
+      name = "logical*2";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 2);
+      break;
+    case 23:
+      name = "logical*4";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 4);
+      break;
+    case 24:
+      name = "logical";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 4);
+      break;
+    case 25:
+      /* Complex type consisting of two IEEE single precision values.  */
+      name = "complex";
+      rettype = debug_make_complex_type (dhandle, 8);
+      break;
+    case 26:
+      /* Complex type consisting of two IEEE double precision values.  */
+      name = "double complex";
+      rettype = debug_make_complex_type (dhandle, 16);
+      break;
+    case 27:
+      name = "integer*1";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 1, false);
+      break;
+    case 28:
+      name = "integer*2";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      break;
+    case 29:
+      name = "integer*4";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 4, false);
+      break;
+    case 30:
+      /* FIXME */
+      name = "wchar";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 2, false);
+      break;
+    case 31:
+      name = "long long";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, false);
+      break;
+    case 32:
+      name = "unsigned long long";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, true);
+      break;
+    case 33:
+      name = "logical*8";
+      rettype = debug_make_bool_type (dhandle, 8);
+      break;
+    case 34:
+      name = "integer*8";
+      rettype = debug_make_int_type (dhandle, 8, false);
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  rettype = debug_name_type (dhandle, name, rettype);
+
+  info->xcoff_types[-typenum] = rettype;
+
+  return rettype;
+}
+
+/* Find or create a tagged type.  */
+
+static debug_type
+stab_find_tagged_type (dhandle, info, p, len, kind)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *p;
+     int len;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  char *name;
+  debug_type dtype;
+  struct stab_tag *st;
+
+  name = savestring (p, len);
+
+  /* We pass DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL because we want all tags in the same
+     namespace.  This is right for C, and I don't know how to handle
+     other languages.  FIXME.  */
+  dtype = debug_find_tagged_type (dhandle, name, DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL);
+  if (dtype != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+    {
+      free (name);
+      return dtype;
+    }
+
+  /* We need to allocate an entry on the undefined tag list.  */
+  for (st = info->tags; st != NULL; st = st->next)
+    {
+      if (st->name[0] == name[0]
+	  && strcmp (st->name, name) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (st->kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL)
+	    st->kind = kind;
+	  free (name);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  if (st == NULL)
+    {
+      st = (struct stab_tag *) xmalloc (sizeof *st);
+      memset (st, 0, sizeof *st);
+
+      st->next = info->tags;
+      st->name = name;
+      st->kind = kind;
+      st->slot = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+      st->type = debug_make_indirect_type (dhandle, &st->slot, name);
+      info->tags = st;
+    }
+
+  return st->type;
+}
+
+/* In order to get the correct argument types for a stubbed method, we
+   need to extract the argument types from a C++ mangled string.
+   Since the argument types can refer back to the return type, this
+   means that we must demangle the entire physical name.  In gdb this
+   is done by calling cplus_demangle and running the results back
+   through the C++ expression parser.  Since we have no expression
+   parser, we must duplicate much of the work of cplus_demangle here.
+
+   We assume that GNU style demangling is used, since this is only
+   done for method stubs, and only g++ should output that form of
+   debugging information.  */
+
+/* This structure is used to hold a pointer to type information which
+   demangling a string.  */
+
+struct stab_demangle_typestring
+{
+  /* The start of the type.  This is not null terminated.  */
+  const char *typestring;
+  /* The length of the type.  */
+  unsigned int len;
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to hold information while demangling a
+   string.  */
+
+struct stab_demangle_info
+{
+  /* The debugging information handle.  */
+  PTR dhandle;
+  /* The stab information handle.  */
+  struct stab_handle *info;
+  /* The array of arguments we are building.  */
+  debug_type *args;
+  /* Whether the method takes a variable number of arguments.  */
+  boolean varargs;
+  /* The array of types we have remembered.  */
+  struct stab_demangle_typestring *typestrings;
+  /* The number of typestrings.  */
+  unsigned int typestring_count;
+  /* The number of typestring slots we have allocated.  */
+  unsigned int typestring_alloc;
+};
+
+static void stab_bad_demangle PARAMS ((const char *));
+static unsigned int stab_demangle_count PARAMS ((const char **));
+static boolean stab_demangle_get_count
+  PARAMS ((const char **, unsigned int *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_prefix
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **));
+static boolean stab_demangle_function_name
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, const char *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_signature
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **));
+static boolean stab_demangle_qualified
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, debug_type *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_template
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **));
+static boolean stab_demangle_class
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, const char **));
+static boolean stab_demangle_args
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, debug_type **,
+	   boolean *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_arg
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, debug_type **,
+	   unsigned int *, unsigned int *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_type
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, debug_type *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_fund_type
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char **, debug_type *));
+static boolean stab_demangle_remember_type
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_demangle_info *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Warn about a bad demangling.  */
+
+static void
+stab_bad_demangle (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "bad mangled name `%s'\n", s);
+}
+
+/* Get a count from a stab string.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+stab_demangle_count (pp)
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  unsigned int count;
+
+  count = 0;
+  while (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+    {
+      count *= 10;
+      count += **pp - '0';
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+
+/* Require a count in a string.  The count may be multiple digits, in
+   which case it must end in an underscore.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_get_count (pp, pi)
+     const char **pp;
+     unsigned int *pi;
+{
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+    return false;
+
+  *pi = **pp - '0';
+  ++*pp;
+  if (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+    {
+      unsigned int count;
+      const char *p;
+
+      count = *pi;
+      p = *pp;
+      do
+	{
+	  count *= 10;
+	  count += *p - '0';
+	  ++p;
+	}
+      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *p));
+      if (*p == '_')
+	{
+	  *pp = p + 1;
+	  *pi = count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This function demangles a physical name, returning a NULL
+   terminated array of argument types.  */
+
+static debug_type *
+stab_demangle_argtypes (dhandle, info, physname, pvarargs)
+     PTR dhandle;
+     struct stab_handle *info;
+     const char *physname;
+     boolean *pvarargs;
+{
+  struct stab_demangle_info minfo;
+
+  minfo.dhandle = dhandle;
+  minfo.info = info;
+  minfo.args = NULL;
+  minfo.varargs = false;
+  minfo.typestring_alloc = 10;
+  minfo.typestrings = ((struct stab_demangle_typestring *)
+		       xmalloc (minfo.typestring_alloc
+				* sizeof *minfo.typestrings));
+  minfo.typestring_count = 0;
+
+  /* cplus_demangle checks for special GNU mangled forms, but we can't
+     see any of them in mangled method argument types.  */
+
+  if (! stab_demangle_prefix (&minfo, &physname))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (*physname != '\0')
+    {
+      if (! stab_demangle_signature (&minfo, &physname))
+	goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  free (minfo.typestrings);
+  minfo.typestrings = NULL;
+
+  if (minfo.args == NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "no argument types in mangled string\n");
+
+  *pvarargs = minfo.varargs;
+  return minfo.args;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (minfo.typestrings != NULL)
+    free (minfo.typestrings);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Demangle the prefix of the mangled name.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_prefix (minfo, pp)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *scan;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  /* cplus_demangle checks for global constructors and destructors,
+     but we can't see them in mangled argument types.  */
+
+  /* Look for `__'.  */
+  scan = *pp;
+  do
+    {
+      scan = strchr (scan, '_');
+    }
+  while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_');
+
+  if (scan == NULL)
+    {
+      stab_bad_demangle (*pp);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  --scan;
+
+  /* We found `__'; move ahead to the last contiguous `__' pair.  */
+  i = strspn (scan, "_");
+  if (i > 2)
+    scan += i - 2;
+
+  if (scan == *pp
+      && (isdigit ((unsigned char) scan[2])
+	  || scan[2] == 'Q'
+	  || scan[2] == 't'))
+    {
+      /* This is a GNU style constructor name.  */
+      *pp = scan + 2;
+      return true;
+    }
+  else if (scan == *pp
+	   && ! isdigit ((unsigned char) scan[2])
+	   && scan[2] != 't')
+    {
+      /* Look for the `__' that separates the prefix from the
+         signature.  */
+      while (*scan == '_')
+	++scan;
+      scan = strstr (scan, "__");
+      if (scan == NULL || scan[2] == '\0')
+	{
+	  stab_bad_demangle (*pp);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      return stab_demangle_function_name (minfo, pp, scan);
+    }
+  else if (scan[2] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* The name doesn't start with `__', but it does contain `__'.  */
+      return stab_demangle_function_name (minfo, pp, scan);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      stab_bad_demangle (*pp);
+      return false;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Demangle a function name prefix.  The scan argument points to the
+   double underscore which separates the function name from the
+   signature.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_function_name (minfo, pp, scan)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     const char *scan;
+{
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* The string from *pp to scan is the name of the function.  We
+     don't care about the name, since we just looking for argument
+     types.  However, for conversion operators, the name may include a
+     type which we must remember in order to handle backreferences.  */
+
+  name = *pp;
+  *pp = scan + 2;
+
+  if (*pp - name >= 5
+	   && strncmp (name, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && (name[4] == '$' || name[4] == '.'))
+    {
+      const char *tem;
+
+      /* This is a type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = name + 5;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, &tem, (debug_type *) NULL))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else if (name[0] == '_'
+	   && name[1] == '_'
+	   && name[2] == 'o'
+	   && name[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      const char *tem;
+
+      /* This is a type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = name + 4;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, &tem, (debug_type *) NULL))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle the signature.  This is where the argument types are
+   found.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_signature (minfo, pp)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  boolean expect_func, func_done;
+  const char *hold;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  expect_func = false;
+  func_done = false;
+  hold = NULL;
+
+  while (**pp != '\0')
+    {
+      switch (**pp)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	  hold = *pp;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_qualified (minfo, pp, (debug_type *) NULL)
+	      || ! stab_demangle_remember_type (minfo, hold, *pp - hold))
+	    return false;
+	  expect_func = true;
+	  hold = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'S':
+	  /* Static member function.  FIXME: Can this happen?  */
+	  if (hold == NULL)
+	    hold = *pp;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	  /* Const member function.  */
+	  if (hold == NULL)
+	    hold = *pp;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (hold == NULL)
+	    hold = *pp;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_class (minfo, pp, (const char **) NULL)
+	      || ! stab_demangle_remember_type (minfo, hold, *pp - hold))
+	    return false;
+	  expect_func = true;
+	  hold = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'F':
+	  /* Function.  I don't know if this actually happens with g++
+             output.  */
+	  hold = NULL;
+	  func_done = true;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp, &minfo->args, &minfo->varargs))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case 't':
+	  /* Template.  */
+	  if (hold == NULL)
+	    hold = *pp;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_template (minfo, pp)
+	      || ! stab_demangle_remember_type (minfo, hold, *pp - hold))
+	    return false;
+	  hold = NULL;
+	  expect_func = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case '_':
+	  /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type
+	     specified, so if we run into another '_' at this point we
+	     are dealing with a mangled name that is either bogus, or
+	     has been mangled by some algorithm we don't know how to
+	     deal with.  So just reject the entire demangling.  */
+	  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	  return false;
+
+	default:
+	  /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function
+	     argument token, and start processing args.  */
+	  func_done = true;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp, &minfo->args, &minfo->varargs))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (expect_func)
+	{
+	  func_done = true;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp, &minfo->args, &minfo->varargs))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! func_done)
+    {
+      /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and
+	 bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'.  We get here when we find the
+	 first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added
+	 to the current declp.  */
+      if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp, &minfo->args, &minfo->varargs))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is the
+   mangled form of "Outer::Inner".  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_qualified (minfo, pp, ptype)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type *ptype;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  const char *p;
+  unsigned int qualifiers;
+  debug_type context;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  switch ((*pp)[1])
+    {
+    case '_':
+      /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes.  The count is
+	 preceded by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9
+	 case) and followed by an underscore.  */
+      p = *pp + 2;
+      if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) *p) || *p == '0')
+	{
+	  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      qualifiers = atoi (p);
+      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *p))
+	++p;
+      if (*p != '_')
+	{
+	  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      *pp = p + 1;
+      break;
+
+    case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      qualifiers = (*pp)[1] - '0';
+      /* Skip an optional underscore after the count.  */
+      if ((*pp)[2] == '_')
+	++*pp;
+      *pp += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case '0':
+    default:
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  /* Pick off the names.  */
+  while (qualifiers-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (**pp == '_')
+	++*pp;
+      if (**pp == 't')
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: I don't know how to handle the ptype != NULL case
+             here.  */
+	  if (! stab_demangle_template (minfo, pp))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  unsigned int len;
+
+	  len = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+	  if (strlen (*pp) < len)
+	    {
+	      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (ptype != NULL)
+	    {
+	      const debug_field *fields;
+
+	      fields = NULL;
+	      if (context != DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		fields = debug_get_fields (minfo->dhandle, context);
+
+	      context = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+	      if (fields != NULL)
+		{
+		  char *name;
+
+		  /* Try to find the type by looking through the
+                     fields of context until we find a field with the
+                     same type.  This ought to work for a class
+                     defined within a class, but it won't work for,
+                     e.g., an enum defined within a class.  stabs does
+                     not give us enough information to figure out the
+                     latter case.  */
+
+		  name = savestring (*pp, len);
+
+		  for (; *fields != DEBUG_FIELD_NULL; fields++)
+		    {
+		      debug_type ft;
+		      const char *dn;
+
+		      ft = debug_get_field_type (minfo->dhandle, *fields);
+		      if (ft == NULL)
+			return false;
+		      dn = debug_get_type_name (minfo->dhandle, ft);
+		      if (dn != NULL && strcmp (dn, name) == 0)
+			{
+			  context = ft;
+			  break;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  free (name);
+		}
+
+	      if (context == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		{
+	  /* We have to fall back on finding the type by name.
+                     If there are more types to come, then this must
+                     be a class.  Otherwise, it could be anything.  */
+
+		  if (qualifiers == 0)
+		    {
+		      char *name;
+
+		      name = savestring (*pp, len);
+		      context = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+						       name);
+		      free (name);
+		    }
+
+		  if (context == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+		    {
+		      context = stab_find_tagged_type (minfo->dhandle,
+						       minfo->info,
+						       *pp, len,
+						       (qualifiers == 0
+							? DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL
+							: DEBUG_KIND_CLASS));
+		      if (context == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  *pp += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (ptype != NULL)
+    *ptype = context;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a template.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_template (minfo, pp)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  unsigned int r, i;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  ++*pp;
+
+  /* Skip the template name.  */
+  r = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+  if (r == 0 || strlen (*pp) < r)
+    {
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+  *pp += r;
+
+  /* Get the size of the parameter list.  */
+  if (stab_demangle_get_count (pp, &r) == 0)
+    {
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+    {
+      if (**pp == 'Z')
+	{
+	  /* This is a type parameter.  */
+	  ++*pp;
+	  if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, (debug_type *) NULL))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  const char *old_p;
+	  boolean pointerp, realp, integralp, charp, boolp;
+	  boolean done;
+
+	  old_p = *pp;
+	  pointerp = false;
+	  realp = false;
+	  integralp = false;
+	  charp = false;
+	  boolp = false;
+	  done = false;
+
+	  /* This is a value parameter.  */
+
+	  if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, (debug_type *) NULL))
+	    return false;
+
+	  while (*old_p != '\0' && ! done)
+	    {
+	      switch (*old_p)
+		{
+		case 'P':
+		case 'p':
+		case 'R':
+		  pointerp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		case 'C':	/* Const.  */
+		case 'S':	/* Signed.  */
+		case 'U':	/* Unsigned.  */
+		case 'V':	/* Volatile.  */
+		case 'F':	/* Function.  */
+		case 'M':	/* Member function.  */
+		case 'O':	/* ??? */
+		  ++old_p;
+		  break;
+		case 'Q':	/* Qualified name.  */
+		  integralp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		case 'T':	/* Remembered type.  */
+		  abort ();
+		case 'v':	/* Void.  */
+		  abort ();
+		case 'x':	/* Long long.  */
+		case 'l':	/* Long.  */
+		case 'i':	/* Int.  */
+		case 's':	/* Short.  */
+		case 'w':	/* Wchar_t.  */
+		  integralp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		case 'b':	/* Bool.  */
+		  boolp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		case 'c':	/* Char.  */
+		  charp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		case 'r':	/* Long double.  */
+		case 'd':	/* Double.  */
+		case 'f':	/* Float.  */
+		  realp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  /* Assume it's a user defined integral type.  */
+		  integralp = true;
+		  done = true;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (integralp)
+	    {
+	      if (**pp == 'm')
+		++*pp;
+	      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+		++*pp;
+	    }
+	  else if (charp)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int val;
+
+	      if (**pp == 'm')
+		++*pp;
+	      val = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+	      if (val == 0)
+		{
+		  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (boolp)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int val;
+
+	      val = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+	      if (val != 0 && val != 1)
+		{
+		  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (realp)
+	    {
+	      if (**pp == 'm')
+		++*pp;
+	      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+		++*pp;
+	      if (**pp == '.')
+		{
+		  ++*pp;
+		  while (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+		    ++*pp;
+		}
+	      if (**pp == 'e')
+		{
+		  ++*pp;
+		  while (isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+		    ++*pp;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pointerp)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int len;
+
+	      if (! stab_demangle_get_count (pp, &len))
+		{
+		  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	      *pp += len;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a class name.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_class (minfo, pp, pstart)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     const char **pstart;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  unsigned int n;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  n = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+  if (strlen (*pp) < n)
+    {
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (pstart != NULL)
+    *pstart = *pp;
+
+  *pp += n;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle function arguments.  If the pargs argument is not NULL, it
+   is set to a NULL terminated array holding the arguments.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp, pargs, pvarargs)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type **pargs;
+     boolean *pvarargs;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  unsigned int alloc, count;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  alloc = 10;
+  if (pargs != NULL)
+    {
+      *pargs = (debug_type *) xmalloc (alloc * sizeof **pargs);
+      *pvarargs = false;
+    }
+  count = 0;
+
+  while (**pp != '_' && **pp != '\0' && **pp != 'e')
+    {
+      if (**pp == 'N' || **pp == 'T')
+	{
+	  char temptype;
+	  unsigned int r, t;
+
+	  temptype = **pp;
+	  ++*pp;
+
+	  if (temptype == 'T')
+	    r = 1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (! stab_demangle_get_count (pp, &r))
+		{
+		  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		  return false;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (! stab_demangle_get_count (pp, &t))
+	    {
+	      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (t >= minfo->typestring_count)
+	    {
+	      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  while (r-- > 0)
+	    {
+	      const char *tem;
+
+	      tem = minfo->typestrings[t].typestring;
+	      if (! stab_demangle_arg (minfo, &tem, pargs, &count, &alloc))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! stab_demangle_arg (minfo, pp, pargs, &count, &alloc))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (pargs != NULL)
+    (*pargs)[count] = DEBUG_TYPE_NULL;
+
+  if (**pp == 'e')
+    {
+      if (pargs != NULL)
+	*pvarargs = true;
+      ++*pp;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a single argument.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_arg (minfo, pp, pargs, pcount, palloc)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type **pargs;
+     unsigned int *pcount;
+     unsigned int *palloc;
+{
+  const char *start;
+  debug_type type;
+
+  start = *pp;
+  if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp,
+			    pargs == NULL ? (debug_type *) NULL : &type)
+      || ! stab_demangle_remember_type (minfo, start, *pp - start))
+    return false;
+
+  if (pargs != NULL)
+    {
+      if (type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	return false;
+
+      if (*pcount + 1 >= *palloc)
+	{
+	  *palloc += 10;
+	  *pargs = ((debug_type *)
+		    xrealloc (*pargs, *palloc * sizeof **pargs));
+	}
+      (*pargs)[*pcount] = type;
+      ++*pcount;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a type.  If the ptype argument is not NULL, *ptype is set
+   to the newly allocated type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type *ptype;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  switch (**pp)
+    {
+    case 'P':
+    case 'p':
+      /* A pointer type.  */
+      ++*pp;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	return false;
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	*ptype = debug_make_pointer_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype);
+      break;
+
+    case 'R':
+      /* A reference type.  */
+      ++*pp;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	return false;
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	*ptype = debug_make_reference_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype);
+      break;
+
+    case 'A':
+      /* An array.  */
+      {
+	unsigned long high;
+
+	++*pp;
+	high = 0;
+	while (**pp != '\0' && **pp != '_')
+	  {
+	    if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+	      {
+		stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		return false;
+	      }
+	    high *= 10;
+	    high += **pp - '0';
+	    ++*pp;
+	  }
+	if (**pp != '_')
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	++*pp;
+
+	if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	  return false;
+	if (ptype != NULL)
+	  {
+	    debug_type int_type;
+
+	    int_type = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "int");
+	    if (int_type == NULL)
+	      int_type = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 4, false);
+	    *ptype = debug_make_array_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype, int_type,
+					    0, high, false);
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'T':
+      /* A back reference to a remembered type.  */
+      {
+	unsigned int i;
+	const char *p;
+
+	++*pp;
+	if (! stab_demangle_get_count (pp, &i))
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	if (i >= minfo->typestring_count)
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	p = minfo->typestrings[i].typestring;
+	if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, &p, ptype))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'F':
+      /* A function.  */
+      {
+	debug_type *args;
+	boolean varargs;
+
+	++*pp;
+	if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp,
+				  (ptype == NULL
+				   ? (debug_type **) NULL
+				   : &args),
+				  (ptype == NULL
+				   ? (boolean *) NULL
+				   : &varargs)))
+	  return false;
+	if (**pp != '_')
+	  {
+	    /* cplus_demangle will accept a function without a return
+	       type, but I don't know when that will happen, or what
+	       to do if it does.  */
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	++*pp;
+	if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	  return false;
+	if (ptype != NULL)
+	  *ptype = debug_make_function_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype, args,
+					     varargs);
+
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'M':
+    case 'O':
+      {
+	boolean memberp, constp, volatilep;
+	debug_type *args;
+	boolean varargs;
+	unsigned int n;
+	const char *name;
+
+	memberp = **pp == 'M';
+	constp = false;
+	volatilep = false;
+	args = NULL;
+	varargs = false;
+
+	++*pp;
+	if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	n = stab_demangle_count (pp);
+	if (strlen (*pp) < n)
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	name = *pp;
+	*pp += n;
+
+	if (memberp)
+	  {
+	    if (**pp == 'C')
+	      {
+		constp = true;
+		++*pp;
+	      }
+	    else if (**pp == 'V')
+	      {
+		volatilep = true;
+		++*pp;
+	      }
+	    if (**pp != 'F')
+	      {
+		stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+		return false;
+	      }
+	    ++*pp;
+	    if (! stab_demangle_args (minfo, pp,
+				      (ptype == NULL
+				       ? (debug_type **) NULL
+				       : &args),
+				      (ptype == NULL
+				       ? (boolean *) NULL
+				       : &varargs)))
+	      return false;
+	  }
+
+	if (**pp != '_')
+	  {
+	    stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	    return false;
+	  }
+	++*pp;
+
+	if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (ptype != NULL)
+	  {
+	    debug_type class_type;
+
+	    class_type = stab_find_tagged_type (minfo->dhandle, minfo->info,
+						name, (int) n,
+						DEBUG_KIND_CLASS);
+	    if (class_type == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      return false;
+
+	    if (! memberp)
+	      *ptype = debug_make_offset_type (minfo->dhandle, class_type,
+					       *ptype);
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* FIXME: We have no way to record constp or
+                   volatilep.  */
+		*ptype = debug_make_method_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype,
+						 class_type, args, varargs);
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      ++*pp;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    case 'C':
+      ++*pp;
+      if (! stab_demangle_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	return false;
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	*ptype = debug_make_const_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype);
+      break;
+
+    case 'Q':
+      {
+	const char *hold;
+
+	hold = *pp;
+	if (! stab_demangle_qualified (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	  return false;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      if (! stab_demangle_fund_type (minfo, pp, ptype))
+	return false;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a fundamental type.  If the ptype argument is not NULL,
+   *ptype is set to the newly allocated type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_fund_type (minfo, pp, ptype)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char **pp;
+     debug_type *ptype;
+{
+  const char *orig;
+  boolean constp, volatilep, unsignedp, signedp;
+  boolean done;
+
+  orig = *pp;
+
+  constp = false;
+  volatilep = false;
+  unsignedp = false;
+  signedp = false;
+
+  done = false;
+  while (! done)
+    {
+      switch (**pp)
+	{
+	case 'C':
+	  constp = true;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'U':
+	  unsignedp = true;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'S':
+	  signedp = true;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'V':
+	  volatilep = true;
+	  ++*pp;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  done = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (**pp)
+    {
+    case '\0':
+    case '_':
+      /* cplus_demangle permits this, but I don't know what it means.  */
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      break;
+
+    case 'v': /* void */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "void");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_void_type (minfo->dhandle);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x': /* long long */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+					  (unsignedp
+					   ? "long long unsigned int"
+					   : "long long int"));
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 8, unsignedp);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'l': /* long */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+					  (unsignedp
+					   ? "long unsigned int"
+					   : "long int"));
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 4, unsignedp);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'i': /* int */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+					  (unsignedp
+					   ? "unsigned int"
+					   : "int"));
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 4, unsignedp);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 's': /* short */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+					  (unsignedp
+					   ? "short unsigned int"
+					   : "short int"));
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 2, unsignedp);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'b': /* bool */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "bool");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_bool_type (minfo->dhandle, 4);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'c': /* char */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle,
+					  (unsignedp
+					   ? "unsigned char"
+					   : (signedp
+					      ? "signed char"
+					      : "char")));
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 1, unsignedp);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'w': /* wchar_t */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "__wchar_t");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_int_type (minfo->dhandle, 2, true);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'r': /* long double */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "long double");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_float_type (minfo->dhandle, 8);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd': /* double */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "double");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_float_type (minfo->dhandle, 8);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'f': /* float */
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, "float");
+	  if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	    *ptype = debug_make_float_type (minfo->dhandle, 4);
+	}
+      ++*pp;
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      ++*pp;
+      if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) **pp))
+	{
+	  stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	const char *hold;
+
+	if (! stab_demangle_class (minfo, pp, &hold))
+	  return false;
+	if (ptype != NULL)
+	  {
+	    char *name;
+
+	    name = savestring (hold, *pp - hold);
+	    *ptype = debug_find_named_type (minfo->dhandle, name);
+	    if (*ptype == DEBUG_TYPE_NULL)
+	      {
+		/* FIXME: It is probably incorrect to assume that
+                   undefined types are tagged types.  */
+		*ptype = stab_find_tagged_type (minfo->dhandle, minfo->info,
+						hold, *pp - hold,
+						DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL);
+	      }
+	    free (name);
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 't':
+      if (! stab_demangle_template (minfo, pp))
+	return false;
+      if (ptype != NULL)
+	{
+	  debug_type t;
+
+	  /* FIXME: I really don't know how a template should be
+             represented in the current type system.  Perhaps the
+             template should be demangled into a string, and the type
+             should be represented as a named type.  However, I don't
+             know what the base type of the named type should be.  */
+	  t = debug_make_void_type (minfo->dhandle);
+	  t = debug_make_pointer_type (minfo->dhandle, t);
+	  t = debug_name_type (minfo->dhandle, "TEMPLATE", t);
+	  *ptype = t;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      stab_bad_demangle (orig);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (ptype != NULL)
+    {
+      if (constp)
+	*ptype = debug_make_const_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype);
+      if (volatilep)
+	*ptype = debug_make_volatile_type (minfo->dhandle, *ptype);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Remember a type string in a demangled string.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_demangle_remember_type (minfo, p, len)
+     struct stab_demangle_info *minfo;
+     const char *p;
+     int len;
+{
+  if (minfo->typestring_count >= minfo->typestring_alloc)
+    {
+      minfo->typestring_alloc += 10;
+      minfo->typestrings = ((struct stab_demangle_typestring *)
+			    xrealloc (minfo->typestrings,
+				      (minfo->typestring_alloc
+				       * sizeof *minfo->typestrings)));
+    }
+
+  minfo->typestrings[minfo->typestring_count].typestring = p;
+  minfo->typestrings[minfo->typestring_count].len = (unsigned int) len;
+  ++minfo->typestring_count;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..408de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.1
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH strings 1 "25 June 1993" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B strings
+.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\c
+.RB | \-\-all "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-o "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-v | \-\-version "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-n
+.I min\-len\c
+.RI | \-min\-len\c
+.RB | "\-\-bytes="\c
+.I min\-len\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-t
+.I {o,x,d}\c
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
+.RB | "\-\-radix="\c
+.I {o,x,d}\c
+\&\|]
+.I file\c
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+For each
+.I file
+given, GNU \c
+.B strings
+prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4
+characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are
+followed by an unprintable character.  By default, it only prints the
+strings from the initialized and loaded sections of object files; for
+other types of files, it prints the strings from the whole file.
+
+.PP
+.B strings
+is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text files.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+
+.TP
+.B \-a
+.TP
+.B \-\-all
+.TP
+.B \-
+Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
+scan the whole files.
+
+.TP
+.B \-f
+.TP
+.B \-\-print\-file\-name
+Print the name of the file before each string.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print a summary of the options to
+.B strings
+on the standard output and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-v
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Print the version number
+of
+.B strings
+on the standard output and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-n \fImin\-len\fP"
+.TP
+.B "\-\fImin\-len\fP"
+.TP
+.B "\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP"
+Print sequences of characters that are at least
+.I min\-len
+characters long, instead of the default 4.
+
+.TP
+.BR "\-t " {o,x,d}
+.TP
+.BR "\-\-radix=" {o,x,d}
+Print the offset within the file before each string.  The single
+character argument specifies the radix of the offset\(emoctal,
+hexadecimal, or decimal.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+See 
+.BR objdump ( 1 ),
+for information on listing available formats.
+
+.TP
+.B \-o
+Like
+.BR "\-t o" .
+
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
+.BR ar ( 1 ),
+.BR nm ( 1 ),
+.BR objdump ( 1 ),
+.BR ranlib ( 1 ).
+
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5780df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strings.c
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/* strings -- print the strings of printable characters in files
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Usage: strings [options] file...
+
+   Options:
+   --all
+   -a
+   -		Do not scan only the initialized data section of object files.
+
+   --print-file-name
+   -f		Print the name of the file before each string.
+
+   --bytes=min-len
+   -n min-len
+   -min-len	Print graphic char sequences, MIN-LEN or more bytes long,
+		that are followed by a NUL or a newline.  Default is 4.
+
+   --radix={o,x,d}
+   -t {o,x,d}	Print the offset within the file before each string,
+		in octal/hex/decimal.
+
+   -o		Like -to.  (Some other implementations have -o like -to,
+		others like -td.  We chose one arbitrarily.)
+
+   --target=BFDNAME
+		Specify a non-default object file format.
+
+   --help
+   -h		Print the usage message on the standard output.
+
+   --version
+   -v		Print the program version number.
+
+   Written by Richard Stallman <rms@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+   and David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef isascii
+#define isgraphic(c) (isascii (c) && isprint (c))
+#else
+#define isgraphic(c) (isprint (c))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* The BFD section flags that identify an initialized data section.  */
+#define DATA_FLAGS (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)
+
+/* Radix for printing addresses (must be 8, 10 or 16).  */
+static int address_radix;
+
+/* Minimum length of sequence of graphic chars to trigger output.  */
+static int string_min;
+
+/* true means print address within file for each string.  */
+static boolean print_addresses;
+
+/* true means print filename for each string.  */
+static boolean print_filenames;
+
+/* true means for object files scan only the data section.  */
+static boolean datasection_only;
+
+/* true if we found an initialized data section in the current file.  */
+static boolean got_a_section;
+
+/* The BFD object file format.  */
+static char *target;
+
+static struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  {"all", no_argument, NULL, 'a'},
+  {"print-file-name", no_argument, NULL, 'f'},
+  {"bytes", required_argument, NULL, 'n'},
+  {"radix", required_argument, NULL, 't'},
+  {"target", required_argument, NULL, 'T'},
+  {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'},
+  {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'v'},
+  {NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static void strings_a_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean strings_object_file PARAMS ((const char *));
+static boolean strings_file PARAMS ((char *file));
+static int integer_arg PARAMS ((char *s));
+static void print_strings PARAMS ((const char *filename, FILE *stream,
+				  file_ptr address, int stop_point,
+				  int magiccount, char *magic));
+static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *stream, int status));
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int optc;
+  int exit_status = 0;
+  boolean files_given = false;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+  string_min = -1;
+  print_addresses = false;
+  print_filenames = false;
+  datasection_only = true;
+  target = NULL;
+
+  while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "afn:ot:v0123456789",
+			      long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (optc)
+	{
+	case 'a':
+	  datasection_only = false;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'f':
+	  print_filenames = true;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'h':
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+
+	case 'n':
+	  string_min = integer_arg (optarg);
+	  if (string_min < 1)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: invalid number %s\n",
+		       program_name, optarg);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'o':
+	  print_addresses = true;
+	  address_radix = 8;
+	  break;
+
+	case 't':
+	  print_addresses = true;
+	  if (optarg[1] != '\0')
+	    usage (stderr, 1);
+	  switch (optarg[0])
+	    {
+	    case 'o':
+	      address_radix = 8;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'd':
+	      address_radix = 10;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'x':
+	      address_radix = 16;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      usage (stderr, 1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'T':
+	  target = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'v':
+	  print_version ("strings");
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+
+	default:
+	  if (string_min < 0)
+	    string_min = optc;
+	  else
+	    string_min = string_min * 10 + optc - '0';
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (string_min < 0)
+    string_min = 4;
+
+  bfd_init ();
+  set_default_bfd_target ();
+
+  if (optind >= argc)
+    {
+      datasection_only = false;
+      print_strings ("{standard input}", stdin, 0, 0, 0, (char *) NULL);
+      files_given = true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
+	{
+	  if (strcmp (argv[optind], "-") == 0)
+	    datasection_only = false;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      files_given = true;
+	      exit_status |= (strings_file (argv[optind]) == false);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (files_given == false)
+    usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  return (exit_status);
+}
+
+/* Scan section SECT of the file ABFD, whose printable name is FILE.
+   If it contains initialized data,
+   set `got_a_section' and print the strings in it.  */
+
+static void
+strings_a_section (abfd, sect, filearg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sect;
+     PTR filearg;
+{
+  const char *file = (const char *) filearg;
+
+  if ((sect->flags & DATA_FLAGS) == DATA_FLAGS)
+    {
+      bfd_size_type sz = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sect);
+      PTR mem = xmalloc (sz);
+      if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sect, mem, (file_ptr) 0, sz))
+	{
+	  got_a_section = true;
+	  print_strings (file, (FILE *) NULL, sect->filepos, 0, sz, mem);
+	}
+      free (mem);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Scan all of the sections in FILE, and print the strings
+   in the initialized data section(s).
+
+   Return true if successful,
+   false if not (such as if FILE is not an object file).  */
+
+static boolean
+strings_object_file (file)
+     const char *file;
+{
+  bfd *abfd = bfd_openr (file, target);
+
+  if (abfd == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Treat the file as a non-object file.  */
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* This call is mainly for its side effect of reading in the sections.
+     We follow the traditional behavior of `strings' in that we don't
+     complain if we don't recognize a file to be an object file.  */
+  if (bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_object) == false)
+    {
+      bfd_close (abfd);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  got_a_section = false;
+  bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, strings_a_section, (PTR) file);
+
+  if (!bfd_close (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd_nonfatal (file);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return got_a_section;
+}
+
+/* Print the strings in FILE.  Return true if ok, false if an error occurs.  */
+
+static boolean
+strings_file (file)
+     char *file;
+{
+  /* If we weren't told to scan the whole file,
+     try to open it as an object file and only look at
+     initialized data sections.  If that fails, fall back to the
+     whole file.  */
+  if (!datasection_only || !strings_object_file (file))
+    {
+      FILE *stream;
+
+      stream = fopen (file, "rb");
+      /* Not all systems permit "rb", so try "r" if it failed.  */
+      if (stream == NULL)
+	stream = fopen (file, "r");
+      if (stream == NULL)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+	  perror (file);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      print_strings (file, stream, (file_ptr) 0, 0, 0, (char *) 0);
+
+      if (fclose (stream) == EOF)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+	  perror (file);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Find the strings in file FILENAME, read from STREAM.
+   Assume that STREAM is positioned so that the next byte read
+   is at address ADDRESS in the file.
+   Stop reading at address STOP_POINT in the file, if nonzero.
+
+   If STREAM is NULL, do not read from it.
+   The caller can supply a buffer of characters
+   to be processed before the data in STREAM.
+   MAGIC is the address of the buffer and
+   MAGICCOUNT is how many characters are in it.
+   Those characters come at address ADDRESS and the data in STREAM follow.  */
+
+static void
+print_strings (filename, stream, address, stop_point, magiccount, magic)
+     const char *filename;
+     FILE *stream;
+     file_ptr address;
+     int stop_point;
+     int magiccount;
+     char *magic;
+{
+  char *buf = (char *) xmalloc (string_min + 1);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      file_ptr start;
+      int i;
+      int c;
+
+      /* See if the next `string_min' chars are all graphic chars.  */
+    tryline:
+      if (stop_point && address >= stop_point)
+	break;
+      start = address;
+      for (i = 0; i < string_min; i++)
+	{
+	  if (magiccount)
+	    {
+	      magiccount--;
+	      c = *magic++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (stream == NULL)
+		return;
+	      c = getc (stream);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		return;
+	    }
+	  address++;
+	  if (!isgraphic (c))
+	    /* Found a non-graphic.  Try again starting with next char.  */
+	    goto tryline;
+	  buf[i] = c;
+	}
+
+      /* We found a run of `string_min' graphic characters.  Print up
+         to the next non-graphic character.  */
+
+      if (print_filenames)
+	printf ("%s: ", filename);
+      if (print_addresses)
+	switch (address_radix)
+	  {
+	  case 8:
+	    printf ("%7lo ", (unsigned long) start);
+	    break;
+
+	  case 10:
+	    printf ("%7ld ", (long) start);
+	    break;
+
+	  case 16:
+	    printf ("%7lx ", (unsigned long) start);
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+      buf[i] = '\0';
+      fputs (buf, stdout);
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  if (magiccount)
+	    {
+	      magiccount--;
+	      c = *magic++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (stream == NULL)
+		break;
+	      c = getc (stream);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	    }
+	  address++;
+	  if (! isgraphic (c))
+	    break;
+	  putchar (c);
+	}
+
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+}
+
+/* Parse string S as an integer, using decimal radix by default,
+   but allowing octal and hex numbers as in C.  */
+
+static int
+integer_arg (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  int value;
+  int radix = 10;
+  char *p = s;
+  int c;
+
+  if (*p != '0')
+    radix = 10;
+  else if (*++p == 'x')
+    {
+      radix = 16;
+      p++;
+    }
+  else
+    radix = 8;
+
+  value = 0;
+  while (((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
+	 || (radix == 16 && (c & ~40) >= 'A' && (c & ~40) <= 'Z'))
+    {
+      value *= radix;
+      if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+	value += c - '0';
+      else
+	value += (c & ~40) - 'A';
+    }
+
+  if (c == 'b')
+    value *= 512;
+  else if (c == 'B')
+    value *= 1024;
+  else
+    p--;
+
+  if (*p)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: invalid integer argument %s\n", program_name, s);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  return value;
+}
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-afov] [-n min-len] [-min-len] [-t {o,x,d}] [-]\n\
+       [--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=min-len] [--radix={o,x,d}]\n\
+       [--target=bfdname] [--help] [--version] file...\n",
+	   program_name);
+  list_supported_targets (program_name, stream);
+  if (status == 0)
+    fprintf (stream, "Report bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1 b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7974612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH strip 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+strip \- Discard symbols from object files.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B strip
+.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fP "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-s\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-o\ \fIfile\f\R "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-help "\|]"
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+GNU
+.B strip
+discards all symbols from the object files
+.IR objfile .
+The list of object files may include archives.
+At least one object file must be given.
+
+.P
+.B strip
+modifies the files named in its argument,
+rather than writing modified copies under different names.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B "\-F \fIbfdname"
+.TP
+.B "\-\-target=\fIbfdname"
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fP, and rewrite it in the same format.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Show a summary of the options to
+.B strip
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-I \fIbfdname
+.TP
+.B "\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname"
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fP.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-O \fIbfdname\fP"
+.TP
+.B "\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname"
+Replace \fIobjfile\fP with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fP.
+
+.TP
+.B "\-R \fIsectionname\fP"
+.TP
+.B "\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname"
+Remove the named section from the file.  This option may be given more
+than once.  Note that using this option inappropriately may make the
+object file unusable.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-all
+Remove all symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-S
+.TP
+.B \-g
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-debug
+Remove debugging symbols only.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-unneeded
+Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+
+.TP
+.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR
+.TP
+.B \-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
+Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip
+options.
+
+.TP
+.B \-o \fIfile\fR
+Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the
+existing file.  When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR
+argument may be specified.
+
+.TP
+.B \-p
+.TP
+.B \-\-preserve-dates
+Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-x
+.TP
+.B \-\-discard\-all
+Remove non-global symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-X
+.TP
+.B \-\-discard\-locals
+Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with ``L'' or ``.''.)
+
+.TP
+.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
+Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once.
+
+.TP
+.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option
+may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options
+other than \fB\-K\fR.
+
+.TP
+.B \-v
+.TP
+.B \-\-verbose
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives,
+.B "strip \-V"
+lists all members of the archive.
+
+.TP
+.B \-V
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Show the version number for \fBstrip\fP and exit.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" 
+entry in 
+.BR info ;
+.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
+Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysdump.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysdump.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f158e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysdump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/* Sysroff object format dumper.
+ Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>.
+
+ This program reads a SYSROFF object file and prints it in an
+ almost human readable form to stdout. */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <libiberty.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include "sysroff.h"
+
+#define PROGRAM_VERSION "1.0"
+static int h8300;
+static int sh;
+static int dump = 1;
+static int segmented_p;
+static int code;
+static FILE *file;
+
+static char *
+xcalloc (a, b)
+     int a;
+     int b;
+{
+  char *r = xmalloc (a * b);
+  memset (r, 0, a * b);
+  return r;
+}
+
+char *
+getCHARS (ptr, idx, size, max)
+     unsigned char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+     int max;
+{
+  int oc = *idx / 8;
+  char *r;
+  int b = size;
+  if (b >= max)
+    {
+      return "*undefined*";
+    }
+
+  if (b == 0)
+    {
+      /* Got to work out the length of the string from self */
+      b = ptr[oc++];
+      (*idx) += 8;
+    }
+
+  *idx += b * 8;
+  r = xcalloc (b + 1, 1);
+  memcpy (r, ptr + oc, b);
+  r[b] = 0;
+  return r;
+}
+
+static void
+dh (ptr, size)
+     unsigned char *ptr;
+     int size;
+{
+  int i;
+  int j;
+  int span = 16;
+
+  printf ("\n************************************************************\n");
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i += span)
+    {
+      for (j = 0; j < span; j++)
+	{
+	  if (j + i < size) 
+	    printf ("%02x ", ptr[i + j]);
+          else
+            printf ("   ");
+	}
+
+      for (j = 0; j < span && j + i < size; j++)
+	{
+	  int c = ptr[i + j];
+	  if (c < 32 || c > 127)
+	    c = '.';
+	  printf ("%c", c);
+	}
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+int
+fillup (ptr)
+     char *ptr;
+{
+  int size;
+  int sum;
+  int i;
+  size = getc (file) - 2;
+  fread (ptr, 1, size, file);
+  sum = code + size + 2;
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+    {
+      sum += ptr[i];
+    }
+
+  if ((sum & 0xff) != 0xff)
+    {
+      printf ("SUM IS %x\n", sum);
+    }
+  if (dump)
+    dh (ptr, size);
+
+  return size - 1;
+}
+
+barray
+getBARRAY (ptr, idx, dsize, max)
+     unsigned char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int dsize;
+     int max;
+{
+  barray res;
+  int i;
+  int byte = *idx / 8;
+  int size = ptr[byte++];
+  res.len = size;
+  res.data = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (size);
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+    {
+      res.data[i] = ptr[byte++];
+    }
+  return res;
+}
+
+int
+getINT (ptr, idx, size, max)
+     unsigned char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+     int max;
+{
+  int n = 0;
+  int byte = *idx / 8;
+
+  if (byte >= max)
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  if (size == -2)
+    size = 4;
+  if (size == -1)
+    size = 0;
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      return 0;
+    case 1:
+      n = (ptr[byte]);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      n = (ptr[byte + 0] << 8) + ptr[byte + 1];
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      n = (ptr[byte + 0] << 24) + (ptr[byte + 1] << 16) + (ptr[byte + 2] << 8) + (ptr[byte + 3]);
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  *idx += size * 8;
+  return n;
+}
+
+int
+getBITS (ptr, idx, size)
+     char *ptr;
+     int *idx;
+     int size;
+{
+  int byte = *idx / 8;
+  int bit = *idx % 8;
+
+  *idx += size;
+
+  return (ptr[byte] >> (8 - bit - size)) & ((1 << size) - 1);
+}
+
+static void
+itheader (name, code)
+     char *name;
+     int code;
+{
+  printf ("\n%s 0x%02x\n", name, code);
+}
+
+static int indent;
+static void
+p ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
+    {
+      printf ("| ");
+    }
+  printf ("> ");
+}
+
+static void
+tabout ()
+{
+  p ();
+}
+
+static void
+pbarray (y)
+     barray *y;
+{
+  int x;
+  printf ("%d (", y->len);
+  for (x = 0; x < y->len; x++)
+    {
+      printf ("(%02x %c)", y->data[x], isprint (y->data[x]) ? y->data[x] : '.');
+    }
+  printf (")\n");
+}
+
+#define SYSROFF_PRINT
+#define SYSROFF_SWAP_IN
+
+#include "sysroff.c"
+
+/* 
+ * FIXME: sysinfo, which generates sysroff.[ch] from sysroff.info, can't
+ * hack the special case of the tr block, which has no contents.  So we
+ * implement our own functions for reading in and printing out the tr
+ * block.
+ */
+
+#define IT_tr_CODE	0x7f
+void
+sysroff_swap_tr_in()
+{
+	char raw[255];
+
+	memset(raw, 0, 255);
+	fillup(raw);
+}
+
+void
+sysroff_print_tr_out()
+{
+	itheader("tr", IT_tr_CODE);
+}
+
+static int
+getone (type)
+     int type;
+{
+  int c = getc (file);
+  code = c;
+
+  if ((c & 0x7f) != type)
+    {
+      ungetc (c, file);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  switch (c & 0x7f)
+    {
+    case IT_cs_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_cs dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_cs_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_cs_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dln_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dln dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dln_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dln_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_hd_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_hd dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_hd_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_hd_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dar_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dar dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dar_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dar_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dsy_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dsy dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dsy_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dsy_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dfp_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dfp dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dfp_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dfp_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dso_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dso dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dso_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dso_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dpt_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dpt dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dpt_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dpt_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_den_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_den dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_den_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_den_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dbt_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dbt dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dbt_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dbt_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dty_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dty dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dty_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dty_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_un_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_un dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_un_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_un_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_sc_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_sc dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_sc_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_sc_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_er_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_er dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_er_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_er_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_ed_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_ed dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_ed_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_ed_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_sh_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_sh dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_sh_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_sh_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_ob_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_ob dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_ob_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_ob_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_rl_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_rl dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_rl_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_rl_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_du_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_du dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_du_in (&dummy);
+
+	sysroff_print_du_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dus_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dus dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dus_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dus_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dul_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dul dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dul_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dul_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dss_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dss dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dss_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dss_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_hs_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_hs dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_hs_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_hs_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dps_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dps dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dps_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dps_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_tr_CODE:
+      {
+	sysroff_swap_tr_in ();
+	sysroff_print_tr_out ();
+      }
+      break;
+    case IT_dds_CODE:
+      {
+	struct IT_dds dummy;
+	sysroff_swap_dds_in (&dummy);
+	sysroff_print_dds_out (&dummy);
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      printf ("GOT A %x\n", c);
+      return 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+opt (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  return getone (x);
+}
+
+static void
+unit_info_list ()
+{
+  while (opt (IT_un_CODE))
+    {
+      getone (IT_us_CODE);
+
+      while (getone (IT_sc_CODE))
+	getone (IT_ss_CODE);
+
+      while (getone (IT_er_CODE))
+	;
+
+      while (getone (IT_ed_CODE))
+	;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+object_body_list ()
+{
+  while (getone (IT_sh_CODE))
+    {
+      while (getone (IT_ob_CODE))
+	;
+      while (getone (IT_rl_CODE))
+	;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+must (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  if (!getone (x))
+    {
+      printf ("WANTED %x!!\n", x);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+tab (i, s)
+     int i;
+     char *s;
+{
+  indent += i;
+  if (s)
+    {
+      p ();
+      printf (s);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+static void derived_type ();
+
+static void
+dump_symbol_info ()
+{
+  tab (1, "SYMBOL INFO");
+  while (opt (IT_dsy_CODE))
+    {
+      if (opt (IT_dty_CODE))
+	{
+	  must (IT_dbt_CODE);
+	  derived_type ();
+	  must (IT_dty_CODE);
+	}
+    }
+  tab (-1, "");
+}
+
+static void
+derived_type ()
+{
+  tab (1, "DERIVED TYPE");
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (opt (IT_dpp_CODE))
+	{
+	  dump_symbol_info ();
+	  must (IT_dpp_CODE);
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dfp_CODE))
+	{
+	  dump_symbol_info ();
+	  must (IT_dfp_CODE);
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_den_CODE))
+	{
+	  dump_symbol_info ();
+	  must (IT_den_CODE);
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_den_CODE))
+	{
+	  dump_symbol_info ();
+	  must (IT_den_CODE);
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dds_CODE))
+	{
+	  dump_symbol_info ();
+	  must (IT_dds_CODE);
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dar_CODE))
+	{
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dpt_CODE))
+	{
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dul_CODE))
+	{
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dse_CODE))
+	{
+	}
+      else if (opt (IT_dot_CODE))
+	{
+	}
+      else
+	break;
+    }
+
+  tab (-1, "");
+}
+
+static void
+program_structure ()
+{
+  tab (1, "PROGRAM STRUCTURE");
+  while (opt (IT_dps_CODE))
+    {
+      must (IT_dso_CODE);
+      opt (IT_dss_CODE);
+      dump_symbol_info ();
+      must (IT_dps_CODE);
+    }
+  tab (-1, "");
+}
+
+static void
+debug_list ()
+{
+  tab (1, "DEBUG LIST");
+
+  must (IT_du_CODE);
+  opt (IT_dus_CODE);
+  program_structure ();
+  must (IT_dln_CODE);
+
+  tab (-1, "");
+}
+
+static void
+module ()
+{
+  int c = 0;
+  int l = 0;
+
+  tab (1, "MODULE***\n");
+
+  do
+    {
+      c = getc (file);
+      ungetc (c, file);
+
+      c &= 0x7f;
+    }
+  while (getone (c) && c != IT_tr_CODE);
+
+#if 0
+  must (IT_cs_CODE);
+  must (IT_hd_CODE);
+  opt (IT_hs_CODE);
+
+  unit_info_list ();
+  object_body_list ();
+  debug_list ();
+
+  must (IT_tr_CODE);
+#endif
+  tab (-1, "");
+
+  c = getc (file);
+  while (c != EOF)
+    {
+      printf ("%02x ", c);
+      l++;
+      if (l == 32)
+	{
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  l = 0;
+	}
+      c = getc (file);
+    }
+}
+
+char *program_name;
+
+static void
+show_usage (file, status)
+     FILE *file;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "Usage: %s [-hV] in-file\n", program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+static void
+show_help ()
+{
+  printf ("%s: Print a human readable interpretation of a SYSROFF object file\n",
+	  program_name);
+  show_usage (stdout, 0);
+}
+
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char **av;
+{
+  char *input_file = NULL;
+  int opt;
+  static struct option long_options[] =
+  {
+    {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+    {"version", no_argument, 0, 'V'},
+    {NULL, no_argument, 0, 0}
+  };
+
+  program_name = av[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  while ((opt = getopt_long (ac, av, "hV", long_options, (int *) NULL)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'h':
+	  show_help ();
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 'V':
+	  printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, PROGRAM_VERSION);
+	  exit (0);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 0:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  show_usage (stderr, 1);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The input and output files may be named on the command line.  */
+
+  if (optind < ac)
+    {
+      input_file = av[optind];
+    }
+
+  if (!input_file)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: no input file specified\n",
+	       program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  file = fopen (input_file, FOPEN_RB);
+  if (!file)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: cannot open input file %s\n",
+	       program_name, input_file);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  module ();
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysinfo.y b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysinfo.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e0141a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/sysinfo.y
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+%{
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern char *word;
+extern char writecode;
+extern int number;
+extern int unit;
+char nice_name[1000];
+char *it;
+int sofar;
+int width;
+int code;
+char * repeat;
+char *oldrepeat;
+char *name;
+int rdepth;
+char *loop [] = {"","n","m","/*BAD*/"};
+char *names[] = {" ","[n]","[n][m]"};
+char *pnames[]= {"","*","**"};
+%}
+
+
+%union {
+ int i;
+ char *s;
+} 
+%token COND
+%token REPEAT
+%token '(' ')'
+%token <s> TYPE
+%token <s> NAME
+%token <i> NUMBER UNIT
+%type <i> attr_size 
+%type <s> attr_desc attr_id attr_type
+%%
+
+top:  {
+  switch (writecode)
+    {
+    case 'i':
+      printf("#ifdef SYSROFF_SWAP_IN\n");
+      break; 
+    case 'p':
+      printf("#ifdef SYSROFF_p\n");
+      break; 
+    case 'd':
+      break;
+    case 'g':
+      printf("#ifdef SYSROFF_SWAP_OUT\n");
+      break;
+    case 'c':
+      printf("#ifdef SYSROFF_PRINT\n");
+      printf("#include <stdio.h>\n");
+      printf("#include <stdlib.h>\n");
+      break;
+    }
+ } 
+it_list {
+  switch (writecode) {
+  case 'i':
+  case 'p':
+  case 'g':
+  case 'c':
+    printf("#endif\n");
+    break; 
+  case 'd':
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+  ;
+
+
+it_list: it it_list
+  |
+  ;
+
+it:
+	'(' NAME NUMBER 
+      {
+	it = $2; code = $3;
+	switch (writecode) 
+	  {
+	  case 'd':
+	    printf("\n\n\n#define IT_%s_CODE 0x%x\n", it,code);
+	    printf("struct IT_%s { \n", it);
+	    break;
+	  case 'i':
+	    printf("void sysroff_swap_%s_in(ptr)\n",$2);
+	    printf("struct IT_%s *ptr;\n", it);
+	    printf("{\n");
+	    printf("char raw[255];\n");
+	    printf("\tint idx = 0 ;\n");
+	    printf("\tint size;\n");
+	    printf("memset(raw,0,255);\n");	
+	    printf("memset(ptr,0,sizeof(*ptr));\n");
+	    printf("size = fillup(raw);\n");
+	    break;
+	  case 'g':
+	    printf("void sysroff_swap_%s_out(file,ptr)\n",$2);
+	    printf("FILE * file;\n");
+	    printf("struct IT_%s *ptr;\n", it);
+	    printf("{\n");
+	    printf("\tchar raw[255];\n");
+	    printf("\tint idx = 16 ;\n");
+	    printf("\tmemset (raw, 0, 255);\n");
+	    printf("\tcode = IT_%s_CODE;\n", it);
+	    break;
+	  case 'o':
+	    printf("void sysroff_swap_%s_out(abfd,ptr)\n",$2);
+	    printf("bfd * abfd;\n");
+	    printf("struct IT_%s *ptr;\n",it);
+	    printf("{\n");
+	    printf("int idx = 0 ;\n");
+	    break;
+	  case 'c':
+	    printf("void sysroff_print_%s_out(ptr)\n",$2);
+	    printf("struct IT_%s *ptr;\n", it);
+	    printf("{\n");
+	    printf("itheader(\"%s\", IT_%s_CODE);\n",$2,$2);
+	    break;
+
+	  case 't':
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+      } 
+	it_field_list 
+')'
+{
+  switch (writecode) {
+  case 'd': 
+    printf("};\n");
+    break;
+  case 'g':
+    printf("\tchecksum(file,raw, idx, IT_%s_CODE);\n", it);
+    
+  case 'i':
+
+  case 'o':
+  case 'c':
+    printf("}\n");
+  }
+}
+;
+
+
+
+it_field_list:
+		it_field it_field_list
+	|	cond_it_field it_field_list	
+	|	repeat_it_field it_field_list
+	|
+	;
+
+repeat_it_field: '(' REPEAT NAME
+	{
+	  rdepth++;
+	  switch (writecode) 
+	    {
+	    case 'c':
+	      if (rdepth==1)
+	      printf("\tprintf(\"repeat %%d\\n\", %s);\n",$3);
+	      if (rdepth==2)
+	      printf("\tprintf(\"repeat %%d\\n\", %s[n]);\n",$3);
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'o':
+
+	      if (rdepth==1) 
+		{
+	      printf("\t{ int n; for (n = 0; n < %s; n++) {\n",    $3);
+	    }
+	      if (rdepth == 2) {
+	      printf("\t{ int m; for (m = 0; m < %s[n]; m++) {\n",    $3);
+	    }		
+
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  oldrepeat = repeat;
+         repeat = $3;
+	}
+
+	 it_field_list ')' 
+
+	{
+	  repeat = oldrepeat;
+	  oldrepeat =0;
+	  rdepth--;
+	  switch (writecode)
+	    {
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'o':
+	    case 'c':
+	  printf("\t}}\n");
+	}
+	}
+       ;
+
+
+cond_it_field: '(' COND NAME
+	{
+	  switch (writecode) 
+	    {
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'o':
+	    case 'c':
+	      printf("\tif (%s) {\n", $3);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	 it_field_list ')' 
+	{
+	  switch (writecode)
+	    {
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'o':
+	    case 'c':
+	  printf("\t}\n");
+	}
+	}
+       ;
+
+it_field:
+	'(' attr_desc '(' attr_type attr_size ')' attr_id 
+	{name = $7; } 
+	enums ')'
+	{
+	  char *desc = $2;
+	  char *type = $4;
+	  int size = $5;
+	  char *id = $7;
+char *p = names[rdepth];
+char *ptr = pnames[rdepth];
+	  switch (writecode) 
+	    {
+	    case 'g':
+	      if (size % 8) 
+		{
+		  
+		  printf("\twriteBITS(ptr->%s%s,raw,&idx,%d);\n",
+			 id,
+			 names[rdepth], size);
+
+		}
+	      else {
+		printf("\twrite%s(ptr->%s%s,raw,&idx,%d,file);\n",
+		       type,
+		       id,
+		       names[rdepth],size/8);
+		}
+	      break;	      
+	    case 'i':
+	      {
+
+		if (rdepth >= 1)
+
+		  {
+		    printf("if (!ptr->%s) ptr->%s = (%s*)xcalloc(%s, sizeof(ptr->%s[0]));\n", 
+			   id, 
+			   id,
+			   type,
+			   repeat,
+			   id);
+		  }
+
+		if (rdepth == 2)
+		  {
+		    printf("if (!ptr->%s[n]) ptr->%s[n] = (%s**)xcalloc(%s[n], sizeof(ptr->%s[n][0]));\n", 
+			   id, 
+			   id,
+			   type,
+			   repeat,
+			   id);
+		  }
+
+	      }
+
+	      if (size % 8) 
+		{
+		  printf("\tptr->%s%s = getBITS(raw,&idx, %d,size);\n",
+			 id,
+			 names[rdepth], 
+			 size);
+		}
+	      else {
+		printf("\tptr->%s%s = get%s(raw,&idx, %d,size);\n",
+		       id,
+		       names[rdepth],
+		       type,
+		       size/8);
+		}
+	      break;
+	    case 'o':
+	      printf("\tput%s(raw,%d,%d,&idx,ptr->%s%s);\n", type,size/8,size%8,id,names[rdepth]);
+	      break;
+	    case 'd':
+	      if (repeat) 
+		printf("\t/* repeat %s */\n", repeat);
+
+		  if (type[0] == 'I') {
+		  printf("\tint %s%s; \t/* %s */\n",ptr,id, desc);
+		}
+		  else if (type[0] =='C') {
+		  printf("\tchar %s*%s;\t /* %s */\n",ptr,id, desc);
+		}
+	      else {
+		printf("\tbarray %s%s;\t /* %s */\n",ptr,id, desc);
+	      }
+		  break;
+		case 'c':
+	      printf("tabout();\n");
+		  printf("\tprintf(\"/*%-30s*/ ptr->%s = \");\n", desc, id);
+
+		  if (type[0] == 'I')
+		  printf("\tprintf(\"%%d\\n\",ptr->%s%s);\n", id,p);
+		  else   if (type[0] == 'C')
+		  printf("\tprintf(\"%%s\\n\",ptr->%s%s);\n", id,p);
+
+		  else   if (type[0] == 'B') 
+		    {
+		  printf("\tpbarray(&ptr->%s%s);\n", id,p);
+		}
+	      else abort();
+		  break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	;
+
+
+attr_type:	
+	 TYPE { $$ = $1; }
+ 	|  { $$ = "INT";}
+	;
+
+attr_desc: 
+	'(' NAME ')'	
+	{ $$ = $2; }
+	;
+
+attr_size:
+	 NUMBER UNIT 
+	{ $$ = $1 * $2; }
+	;
+
+
+attr_id:
+		'(' NAME ')'	{ $$ = $2; }
+	|	{ $$ = "dummy";}
+	;	
+	
+enums: 
+	| '(' enum_list ')' ;
+
+enum_list:
+	|
+	enum_list '(' NAME NAME ')' { 
+	  switch (writecode) 
+	    {
+	    case 'd':
+	      printf("#define %s %s\n", $3,$4);
+	      break;
+	    case 'c':
+		printf("if (ptr->%s%s == %s) { tabout(); printf(\"%s\\n\");}\n", name, names[rdepth],$4,$3);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	;
+
+
+
+%%
+/* four modes
+
+   -d write structure defintions for sysroff in host format
+   -i write functions to swap into sysroff format in
+   -o write functions to swap into sysroff format out
+   -c write code to print info in human form */
+
+int yydebug;
+char writecode;
+
+int 
+main(ac,av)
+int ac;
+char **av;
+{
+  yydebug=0;
+  if (ac > 1)
+    writecode = av[1][1];
+if (writecode == 'd')
+  {
+    printf("typedef struct { unsigned char *data; int len; } barray; \n");
+    printf("typedef  int INT;\n");
+    printf("typedef  char * CHARS;\n");
+
+  }
+  yyparse();
+return 0;
+}
+
+int yyerror(s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  fprintf(stderr, "%s\n" , s);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/syslex.l b/contrib/binutils/binutils/syslex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a394842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/syslex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+%{
+#include "sysinfo.h"
+char *word;
+int number;
+int unit;
+
+#ifndef yywrap
+static int yywrap () { return 1; }
+#endif
+%}
+%%
+"(" { return '(';}
+")" { return ')';}
+"[" { return '[';}
+"]" { return ']';}
+" " { ; }
+";".* { ; } 
+"\t" { ; }
+"\n" { ; }
+"\""[^\"]*"\"" {
+yylval.s = malloc(strlen (yytext));
+strcpy(yylval.s, yytext+1);
+yylval.s[strlen(yylval.s)-1] = 0;
+        return NAME;
+	}
+
+0x[0-9a-f]+ {
+        yylval.i = strtol(yytext,0,16);
+	return  NUMBER;
+	}
+
+[0-9]+ {
+        yylval.i = atoi(yytext);
+	return  NUMBER;
+	}
+
+
+"bits" { yylval.i =1 ;return UNIT;}
+"bit" { yylval.i = 1; return UNIT;}
+"bytes" { yylval.i= 8; return UNIT;}
+"byte" { yylval.i = 8; return UNIT;}
+
+"int" { yylval.s = "INT"; return TYPE;}
+"barray" { yylval.s = "BARRAY"; return TYPE;}
+"chars" { yylval.s = "CHARS"; return TYPE;}
+"variable" { yylval.i = 0; return NUMBER;}
+"counted" { yylval.i = -4; return NUMBER;}
+"addrsize" { yylval.i = -2; return NUMBER; }
+"segsize" { yylval.i = -1; return NUMBER; }
+"cond" { return COND;}
+"repeat" { return REPEAT;}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/version.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/version.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab6b819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/version.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* version.c -- binutils version information
+   Copyright 1991, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+
+/* This is the version numbers for the binutils.  They all change in
+   lockstep -- it's easier that way. */
+
+const char *program_version = VERSION;
+
+/* Print the version number and copyright information, and exit.  This
+   implements the --version option for the various programs.  */
+
+void
+print_version (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* This output is intended to follow the GNU standards document.  */
+  printf ("GNU %s %s\n", name, program_version);
+  printf ("Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
+  printf ("\
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it under the terms of\n\
+the GNU General Public License.  This program has absolutely no warranty.\n");
+  exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/binutils/wrstabs.c b/contrib/binutils/binutils/wrstabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b771ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/binutils/wrstabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2416 @@
+/* wrstabs.c -- Output stabs debugging information
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains code which writes out stabs debugging
+   information.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "bucomm.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "budbg.h"
+
+/* Meaningless definition needs by aout64.h.  FIXME.  */
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4
+
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+/* The size of a stabs symbol.  This presumes 32 bit values.  */
+
+#define STAB_SYMBOL_SIZE (12)
+
+/* An entry in a string hash table.  */
+
+struct string_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* Next string in this table.  */
+  struct string_hash_entry *next;
+  /* Index in string table.  */
+  long index;
+  /* Size of type if this is a typedef.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+};
+
+/* A string hash table.  */
+
+struct string_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table table;
+};
+
+/* The type stack.  Each element on the stack is a string.  */
+
+struct stab_type_stack
+{
+  /* The next element on the stack.  */
+  struct stab_type_stack *next;
+  /* This element as a string.  */
+  char *string;
+  /* The type index of this element.  */
+  long index;
+  /* The size of the type.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+  /* Whether type string defines a new type.  */
+  boolean definition;
+  /* String defining struct fields.  */
+  char *fields;
+  /* NULL terminated array of strings defining base classes for a
+     class.  */
+  char **baseclasses;
+  /* String defining class methods.  */
+  char *methods;
+  /* String defining vtable pointer for a class.  */
+  char *vtable;
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to keep track of type indices for tagged
+   types.  */
+
+struct stab_tag
+{
+  /* The type index.  */
+  long index;
+  /* The tag name.  */
+  const char *tag;
+  /* The kind of type.  This is set to DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL when the
+     type is defined.  */
+  enum debug_type_kind kind;
+  /* The size of the struct.  */
+  unsigned int size;
+};
+
+/* We remember various sorts of type indices.  They are not related,
+   but, for convenience, we keep all the information in this
+   structure.  */
+
+struct stab_type_cache
+{
+  /* The void type index.  */
+  long void_type;
+  /* Signed integer type indices, indexed by size - 1.  */
+  long signed_integer_types[8];
+  /* Unsigned integer type indices, indexed by size - 1.  */
+  long unsigned_integer_types[8];
+  /* Floating point types, indexed by size - 1.  */
+  long float_types[16];
+  /* Pointers to types, indexed by the type index.  */
+  long *pointer_types;
+  size_t pointer_types_alloc;
+  /* Functions returning types, indexed by the type index.  */
+  long *function_types;
+  size_t function_types_alloc;
+  /* References to types, indexed by the type index.  */
+  long *reference_types;
+  size_t reference_types_alloc;
+  /* Struct/union/class type indices, indexed by the struct id.  */
+  struct stab_tag *struct_types;
+  size_t struct_types_alloc;
+};
+
+/* This is the handle passed through debug_write.  */
+
+struct stab_write_handle
+{
+  /* The BFD.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* This buffer holds the symbols.  */
+  bfd_byte *symbols;
+  size_t symbols_size;
+  size_t symbols_alloc;
+  /* This is a list of hash table entries for the strings.  */
+  struct string_hash_entry *strings;
+  /* The last string hash table entry.  */
+  struct string_hash_entry *last_string;
+  /* The size of the strings.  */
+  size_t strings_size;
+  /* This hash table eliminates duplicate strings.  */
+  struct string_hash_table strhash;
+  /* The type stack.  */
+  struct stab_type_stack *type_stack;
+  /* The next type index.  */
+  long type_index;
+  /* The type cache.  */
+  struct stab_type_cache type_cache;
+  /* A mapping from typedef names to type indices.  */
+  struct string_hash_table typedef_hash;
+  /* If this is not -1, it is the offset to the most recent N_SO
+     symbol, and the value of that symbol needs to be set.  */
+  long so_offset;
+  /* If this is not -1, it is the offset to the most recent N_FUN
+     symbol, and the value of that symbol needs to be set.  */
+  long fun_offset;
+  /* The last text section address seen.  */
+  bfd_vma last_text_address;
+  /* The block nesting depth.  */
+  unsigned int nesting;
+  /* The function address.  */
+  bfd_vma fnaddr;
+  /* A pending LBRAC symbol.  */
+  bfd_vma pending_lbrac;
+  /* The current line number file name.  */
+  const char *lineno_filename;
+};
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *string_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean stab_write_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, int, int, bfd_vma, const char *));
+static boolean stab_push_string
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, const char *, long, boolean,
+	   unsigned int));
+static boolean stab_push_defined_type
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, long, unsigned int));
+static char *stab_pop_type PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *));
+static boolean stab_modify_type
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, int, unsigned int, long **, size_t *));
+static long stab_get_struct_index
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, const char *, unsigned int,
+	   enum debug_type_kind, unsigned int *));
+static boolean stab_class_method_var
+  PARAMS ((struct stab_write_handle *, const char *, enum debug_visibility,
+	   boolean, boolean, boolean, bfd_vma, boolean));
+
+static boolean stab_start_compilation_unit PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_start_source PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_empty_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_void_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_int_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int, boolean));
+static boolean stab_float_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean stab_complex_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean stab_bool_type PARAMS ((PTR, unsigned int));
+static boolean stab_enum_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char **, bfd_signed_vma *));
+static boolean stab_pointer_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_function_type PARAMS ((PTR, int, boolean));
+static boolean stab_reference_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_range_type PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma));
+static boolean stab_array_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_signed_vma, bfd_signed_vma, boolean));
+static boolean stab_set_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean));
+static boolean stab_offset_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_method_type PARAMS ((PTR, boolean, int, boolean));
+static boolean stab_const_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_volatile_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_start_struct_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int));
+static boolean stab_struct_field
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean stab_end_struct_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_start_class_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, boolean, unsigned int, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+static boolean stab_class_static_member
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, const char *, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean stab_class_baseclass
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma, boolean, enum debug_visibility));
+static boolean stab_class_start_method PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_class_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean,
+	   bfd_vma, boolean));
+static boolean stab_class_static_method_variant
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_visibility, boolean, boolean));
+static boolean stab_class_end_method PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_end_class_type PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_typedef_type PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_tag_type
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned int, enum debug_type_kind));
+static boolean stab_typdef PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_tag PARAMS ((PTR, const char *));
+static boolean stab_int_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_float_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, double));
+static boolean stab_typed_constant PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_variable
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_var_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_start_function PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, boolean));
+static boolean stab_function_parameter
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, enum debug_parm_kind, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_start_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_end_block PARAMS ((PTR, bfd_vma));
+static boolean stab_end_function PARAMS ((PTR));
+static boolean stab_lineno
+  PARAMS ((PTR, const char *, unsigned long, bfd_vma));
+
+static const struct debug_write_fns stab_fns =
+{
+  stab_start_compilation_unit,
+  stab_start_source,
+  stab_empty_type,
+  stab_void_type,
+  stab_int_type,
+  stab_float_type,
+  stab_complex_type,
+  stab_bool_type,
+  stab_enum_type,
+  stab_pointer_type,
+  stab_function_type,
+  stab_reference_type,
+  stab_range_type,
+  stab_array_type,
+  stab_set_type,
+  stab_offset_type,
+  stab_method_type,
+  stab_const_type,
+  stab_volatile_type,
+  stab_start_struct_type,
+  stab_struct_field,
+  stab_end_struct_type,
+  stab_start_class_type,
+  stab_class_static_member,
+  stab_class_baseclass,
+  stab_class_start_method,
+  stab_class_method_variant,
+  stab_class_static_method_variant,
+  stab_class_end_method,
+  stab_end_class_type,
+  stab_typedef_type,
+  stab_tag_type,
+  stab_typdef,
+  stab_tag,
+  stab_int_constant,
+  stab_float_constant,
+  stab_typed_constant,
+  stab_variable,
+  stab_start_function,
+  stab_function_parameter,
+  stab_start_block,
+  stab_end_block,
+  stab_end_function,
+  stab_lineno
+};
+
+/* Routine to create an entry in a string hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+string_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct string_hash_entry *ret = (struct string_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct string_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct string_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct string_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct string_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      /* Initialize the local fields.  */
+      ret->next = NULL;
+      ret->index = -1;
+      ret->size = 0;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Look up an entry in a string hash table.  */
+
+#define string_hash_lookup(t, string, create, copy) \
+  ((struct string_hash_entry *) \
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(t)->table, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Add a symbol to the stabs debugging information we are building.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_write_symbol (info, type, desc, value, string)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     int type;
+     int desc;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  bfd_size_type strx;
+  bfd_byte sym[STAB_SYMBOL_SIZE];
+
+  if (string == NULL)
+    strx = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      struct string_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = string_hash_lookup (&info->strhash, string, true, true);
+      if (h == NULL)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "string_hash_lookup failed: %s\n",
+		   bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  return false;
+	}
+      if (h->index != -1)
+	strx = h->index;
+      else
+	{
+	  strx = info->strings_size;
+	  h->index = strx;
+	  if (info->last_string == NULL)
+	    info->strings = h;
+	  else
+	    info->last_string->next = h;
+	  info->last_string = h;
+	  info->strings_size += strlen (string) + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* This presumes 32 bit values.  */
+  bfd_put_32 (info->abfd, strx, sym);
+  bfd_put_8 (info->abfd, type, sym + 4);
+  bfd_put_8 (info->abfd, 0, sym + 5);
+  bfd_put_16 (info->abfd, desc, sym + 6);
+  bfd_put_32 (info->abfd, value, sym + 8);
+
+  if (info->symbols_size + STAB_SYMBOL_SIZE > info->symbols_alloc)
+    {
+      info->symbols_alloc *= 2;
+      info->symbols = (bfd_byte *) xrealloc (info->symbols,
+					     info->symbols_alloc);
+    }
+
+  memcpy (info->symbols + info->symbols_size, sym, STAB_SYMBOL_SIZE);
+
+  info->symbols_size += STAB_SYMBOL_SIZE;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a string on to the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_push_string (info, string, index, definition, size)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     const char *string;
+     long index;
+     boolean definition;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct stab_type_stack *s;
+
+  s = (struct stab_type_stack *) xmalloc (sizeof *s);
+  s->string = xstrdup (string);
+  s->index = index;
+  s->definition = definition;
+  s->size = size;
+
+  s->fields = NULL;
+  s->baseclasses = NULL;
+  s->methods = NULL;
+  s->vtable = NULL;
+
+  s->next = info->type_stack;
+  info->type_stack = s;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a type index which has already been defined.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_push_defined_type (info, index, size)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     long index;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  char buf[20];
+
+  sprintf (buf, "%ld", index);
+  return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, false, size);
+}
+
+/* Pop a type off the type stack.  The caller is responsible for
+   freeing the string.  */
+
+static char *
+stab_pop_type (info)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+{
+  struct stab_type_stack *s;
+  char *ret;
+
+  s = info->type_stack;
+  assert (s != NULL);
+
+  info->type_stack = s->next;
+
+  ret = s->string;
+
+  free (s);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* The general routine to write out stabs in sections debugging
+   information.  This accumulates the stabs symbols and the strings in
+   two obstacks.  We can't easily write out the information as we go
+   along, because we need to know the section sizes before we can
+   write out the section contents.  ABFD is the BFD and DHANDLE is the
+   handle for the debugging information.  This sets *PSYMS to point to
+   the symbols, *PSYMSIZE the size of the symbols, *PSTRINGS to the
+   strings, and *PSTRINGSIZE to the size of the strings.  */
+
+boolean
+write_stabs_in_sections_debugging_info (abfd, dhandle, psyms, psymsize,
+					pstrings, pstringsize)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR dhandle;
+     bfd_byte **psyms;
+     bfd_size_type *psymsize;
+     bfd_byte **pstrings;
+     bfd_size_type *pstringsize;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle info;
+  struct string_hash_entry *h;
+  bfd_byte *p;
+
+  info.abfd = abfd;
+
+  info.symbols_size = 0;
+  info.symbols_alloc = 500;
+  info.symbols = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (info.symbols_alloc);
+
+  info.strings = NULL;
+  info.last_string = NULL;
+  /* Reserve 1 byte for a null byte.  */
+  info.strings_size = 1;
+
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&info.strhash.table, string_hash_newfunc)
+      || ! bfd_hash_table_init (&info.typedef_hash.table, string_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "bfd_hash_table_init_failed: %s\n",
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  info.type_stack = NULL;
+  info.type_index = 1;
+  memset (&info.type_cache, 0, sizeof info.type_cache);
+  info.so_offset = -1;
+  info.fun_offset = -1;
+  info.last_text_address = 0;
+  info.nesting = 0;
+  info.fnaddr = 0;
+  info.pending_lbrac = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
+  /* The initial symbol holds the string size.  */
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (&info, 0, 0, 0, (const char *) NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Output an initial N_SO symbol.  */
+  info.so_offset = info.symbols_size;
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (&info, N_SO, 0, 0, bfd_get_filename (abfd)))
+    return false;
+
+  if (! debug_write (dhandle, &stab_fns, (PTR) &info))
+    return false;
+
+  assert (info.pending_lbrac == (bfd_vma) -1);
+
+  /* Output a trailing N_SO.  */
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (&info, N_SO, 0, info.last_text_address,
+			   (const char *) NULL))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Put the string size in the initial symbol.  */
+  bfd_put_32 (abfd, info.strings_size, info.symbols + 8);
+
+  *psyms = info.symbols;
+  *psymsize = info.symbols_size;
+
+  *pstringsize = info.strings_size;
+  *pstrings = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (info.strings_size);
+
+  p = *pstrings;
+  *p++ = '\0';
+  for (h = info.strings; h != NULL; h = h->next)
+    {
+      strcpy (p, h->root.string);
+      p += strlen (p) + 1;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start writing out information for a compilation unit.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_start_compilation_unit (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* We would normally output an N_SO symbol here.  However, that
+     would force us to reset all of our type information.  I think we
+     will be better off just outputting an N_SOL symbol, and not
+     worrying about splitting information between files.  */
+
+  info->lineno_filename = filename;
+
+  return stab_write_symbol (info, N_SOL, 0, 0, filename);
+}
+
+/* Start writing out information for a particular source file.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_start_source (p, filename)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* FIXME: The symbol's value is supposed to be the text section
+     address.  However, we would have to fill it in later, and gdb
+     doesn't care, so we don't bother with it.  */
+
+  info->lineno_filename = filename;
+
+  return stab_write_symbol (info, N_SOL, 0, 0, filename);
+}
+
+/* Push an empty type.  This shouldn't normally happen.  We just use a
+   void type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_empty_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* We don't call stab_void_type if the type is not yet defined,
+     because that might screw up the typedef.  */
+
+  if (info->type_cache.void_type != 0)
+    return stab_push_defined_type (info, info->type_cache.void_type, 0);
+  else
+    {
+      long index;
+      char buf[40];
+
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=%ld", index, index);
+
+      return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, false, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Push a void type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_void_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  if (info->type_cache.void_type != 0)
+    return stab_push_defined_type (info, info->type_cache.void_type, 0);
+  else
+    {
+      long index;
+      char buf[40];
+
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+
+      info->type_cache.void_type = index;
+
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=%ld", index, index);
+
+      return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, true, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Push an integer type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_int_type (p, size, unsignedp)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean unsignedp;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  long *cache;
+
+  if (size <= 0 || (size > sizeof (long) && size != 8))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "stab_int_type: bad size %u\n", size);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (unsignedp)
+    cache = info->type_cache.signed_integer_types;
+  else
+    cache = info->type_cache.unsigned_integer_types;
+
+  if (cache[size - 1] != 0)
+    return stab_push_defined_type (info, cache[size - 1], size);
+  else
+    {
+      long index;
+      char buf[100];
+
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+
+      cache[size - 1] = index;
+
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=r%ld;", index, index);
+      if (unsignedp)
+	{
+	  strcat (buf, "0;");
+	  if (size < sizeof (long))
+	    sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "%ld;", ((long) 1 << (size * 8)) - 1);
+	  else if (size == sizeof (long))
+	    strcat (buf, "-1;");
+	  else if (size == 8)
+	    strcat (buf, "01777777777777777777777;");
+	  else
+	    abort ();
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (size <= sizeof (long))
+	    sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "%ld;%ld;",
+		     (long) - ((unsigned long) 1 << (size * 8 - 1)),
+		     (long) (((unsigned long) 1 << (size * 8 - 1)) - 1));
+	  else if (size == 8)
+	    strcat (buf, "01000000000000000000000;0777777777777777777777;");
+	  else
+	    abort ();
+	}
+
+      return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, true, size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Push a floating point type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_float_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  if (size > 0
+      && size - 1 < (sizeof info->type_cache.float_types
+		     / sizeof info->type_cache.float_types[0])
+      && info->type_cache.float_types[size - 1] != 0)
+    return stab_push_defined_type (info,
+				   info->type_cache.float_types[size - 1],
+				   size);
+  else
+    {
+      long index;
+      char *int_type;
+      char buf[50];
+
+      /* Floats are defined as a subrange of int.  */
+      if (! stab_int_type (info, 4, false))
+	return false;
+      int_type = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+
+      if (size > 0
+	  && size - 1 < (sizeof info->type_cache.float_types
+			 / sizeof info->type_cache.float_types[0]))
+	info->type_cache.float_types[size - 1] = index;
+
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=r%s;%u;0;", index, int_type, size);
+
+      free (int_type);
+
+      return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, true, size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Push a complex type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_complex_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char buf[50];
+  long index;
+
+  index = info->type_index;
+  ++info->type_index;
+
+  sprintf (buf, "%ld=r%ld;%u;0;", index, index, size);
+
+  return stab_push_string (info, buf, index, true, size * 2);
+}
+
+/* Push a boolean type.  We use an XCOFF predefined type, since gdb
+   always recognizes them.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_bool_type (p, size)
+     PTR p;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  long index;
+
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      index = -21;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      index = -22;
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+    case 4:
+      index = -16;
+      break;
+
+    case 8:
+      index = -33;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return stab_push_defined_type (info, index, size);
+}
+
+/* Push an enum type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_enum_type (p, tag, names, vals)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     const char **names;
+     bfd_signed_vma *vals;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  size_t len;
+  const char **pn;
+  char *buf;
+  long index = 0;
+  bfd_signed_vma *pv;
+
+  if (names == NULL)
+    {
+      assert (tag != NULL);
+
+      buf = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (tag));
+      sprintf (buf, "xe%s:", tag);
+      /* FIXME: The size is just a guess.  */
+      if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, false, 4))
+	return false;
+      free (buf);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  len = 10;
+  if (tag != NULL)
+    len += strlen (tag);
+  for (pn = names; *pn != NULL; pn++)
+    len += strlen (*pn) + 20;
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+
+  if (tag == NULL)
+    strcpy (buf, "e");
+  else
+    {
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+      sprintf (buf, "%s:T%ld=e", tag, index);
+    }
+
+  for (pn = names, pv = vals; *pn != NULL; pn++, pv++)
+    sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "%s:%ld,", *pn, (long) *pv);
+  strcat (buf, ";");
+
+  if (tag == NULL)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: The size is just a guess.  */
+      if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, false, 4))
+	return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* FIXME: The size is just a guess.  */
+      if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf)
+	  || ! stab_push_defined_type (info, index, 4))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a modification of the top type on the stack.  Cache the
+   results in CACHE and CACHE_ALLOC.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_modify_type (info, mod, size, cache, cache_alloc)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     int mod;
+     unsigned int size;
+     long **cache;
+     size_t *cache_alloc;
+{
+  long targindex;
+  long index;
+  char *s, *buf;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL);
+  targindex = info->type_stack->index;
+
+  if (targindex <= 0
+      || cache == NULL)
+    {
+      boolean definition;
+
+      /* Either the target type has no index, or we aren't caching
+         this modifier.  Either way we have no way of recording the
+         new type, so we don't bother to define one.  */
+      definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+      s = stab_pop_type (info);
+      buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+      sprintf (buf, "%c%s", mod, s);
+      free (s);
+      if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, definition, size))
+	return false;
+      free (buf);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (targindex >= *cache_alloc)
+	{
+	  size_t alloc;
+
+	  alloc = *cache_alloc;
+	  if (alloc == 0)
+	    alloc = 10;
+	  while (targindex >= alloc)
+	    alloc *= 2;
+	  *cache = (long *) xrealloc (*cache, alloc * sizeof (long));
+	  memset (*cache + *cache_alloc, 0,
+		  (alloc - *cache_alloc) * sizeof (long));
+	  *cache_alloc = alloc;
+	}
+
+      index = (*cache)[targindex];
+      if (index != 0 && ! info->type_stack->definition)
+	{
+	  /* We have already defined a modification of this type, and
+             the entry on the type stack is not a definition, so we
+             can safely discard it (we may have a definition on the
+             stack, even if we already defined a modification, if it
+             is a struct which we did not define at the time it was
+             referenced).  */
+	  free (stab_pop_type (info));
+	  if (! stab_push_defined_type (info, index, size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  index = info->type_index;
+	  ++info->type_index;
+
+	  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+	  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 20);
+	  sprintf (buf, "%ld=%c%s", index, mod, s);
+	  free (s);
+
+	  (*cache)[targindex] = index;
+
+	  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, index, true, size))
+	    return false;
+
+	  free (buf);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}  
+
+/* Push a pointer type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_pointer_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* FIXME: The size should depend upon the architecture.  */
+  return stab_modify_type (info, '*', 4, &info->type_cache.pointer_types,
+			   &info->type_cache.pointer_types_alloc);
+}
+
+/* Push a function type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_function_type (p, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  int i;
+
+  /* We have no way to represent the argument types, so we just
+     discard them.  However, if they define new types, we must output
+     them.  We do this by producing empty typedefs.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+    {
+      if (! info->type_stack->definition)
+	free (stab_pop_type (info));
+      else
+	{
+	  char *s, *buf;
+
+	  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+	  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 3);
+	  sprintf (buf, ":t%s", s);
+	  free (s);
+
+	  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+	    return false;
+
+	  free (buf);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return stab_modify_type (info, 'f', 0, &info->type_cache.function_types,
+			   &info->type_cache.function_types_alloc);
+}
+
+/* Push a reference type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_reference_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* FIXME: The size should depend upon the architecture.  */
+  return stab_modify_type (info, '&', 4, &info->type_cache.reference_types,
+			   &info->type_cache.reference_types_alloc);
+}
+
+/* Push a range type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_range_type (p, low, high)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma low;
+     bfd_signed_vma high;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  unsigned int size;
+  char *s, *buf;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  size = info->type_stack->size;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 100);
+  sprintf (buf, "r%s;%ld;%ld;", s, (long) low, (long) high);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, definition, size))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push an array type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_array_type (p, low, high, stringp)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_signed_vma low;
+     bfd_signed_vma high;
+     boolean stringp;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  unsigned int element_size;
+  char *range, *element, *buf;
+  long index;
+  unsigned int size;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  range = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+  element_size = info->type_stack->size;
+  element = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (range) + strlen (element) + 100);
+
+  if (! stringp)
+    {
+      index = 0;
+      *buf = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We need to define a type in order to include the string
+         attribute.  */
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+      definition = true;
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=@S;", index);
+    }
+
+  sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "ar%s;%ld;%ld;%s",
+	   range, (long) low, (long) high, element);
+  free (range);
+  free (element);
+
+  if (high < low)
+    size = 0;
+  else
+    size = element_size * ((high - low) + 1);
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, index, definition, size))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a set type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_set_type (p, bitstringp)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean bitstringp;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *s, *buf;
+  long index;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 30);
+
+  if (! bitstringp)
+    {
+      *buf = '\0';
+      index = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We need to define a type in order to include the string
+         attribute.  */
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+      definition = true;
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=@S;", index);
+    }
+
+  sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "S%s", s);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, index, definition, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push an offset type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_offset_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *target, *base, *buf;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  target = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+  base = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (target) + strlen (base) + 3);
+  sprintf (buf, "@%s,%s", base, target);
+  free (base);
+  free (target);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, definition, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a method type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_method_type (p, domainp, argcount, varargs)
+     PTR p;
+     boolean domainp;
+     int argcount;
+     boolean varargs;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *domain, *return_type, *buf;
+  char **args;
+  int i;
+  size_t len;
+
+  /* We don't bother with stub method types, because that would
+     require a mangler for C++ argument types.  This will waste space
+     in the debugging output.  */
+
+  /* We need a domain.  I'm not sure DOMAINP can ever be false,
+     anyhow.  */
+  if (! domainp)
+    {
+      if (! stab_empty_type (p))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  domain = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* A non-varargs function is indicated by making the last parameter
+     type be void.  */
+
+  if (argcount < 0)
+    {
+      args = NULL;
+      argcount = 0;
+    }
+  else if (argcount == 0)
+    {
+      if (varargs)
+	args = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  args = (char **) xmalloc (1 * sizeof (*args));
+	  if (! stab_empty_type (p))
+	    return false;
+	  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+	  args[0] = stab_pop_type (info);
+	  argcount = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      args = (char **) xmalloc ((argcount + 1) * sizeof (*args));
+      for (i = argcount - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+	  args[i] = stab_pop_type (info);
+	}
+      if (! varargs)
+	{
+	  if (! stab_empty_type (p))
+	    return false;
+	  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+	  args[argcount] = stab_pop_type (info);
+	  ++argcount;
+	}
+    }
+
+  definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+  return_type = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  len = strlen (domain) + strlen (return_type) + 10;
+  for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+    len += strlen (args[i]);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+
+  sprintf (buf, "#%s,%s", domain, return_type);
+  free (domain);
+  free (return_type);
+  for (i = 0; i < argcount; i++)
+    {
+      strcat (buf, ",");
+      strcat (buf, args[i]);
+      free (args[i]);
+    }
+  strcat (buf, ";");
+
+  if (args != NULL)
+    free (args);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, 0, definition, 0))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a const version of a type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_const_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  return stab_modify_type (info, 'k', info->type_stack->size,
+			   (long **) NULL, (size_t *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Push a volatile version of a type.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_volatile_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  return stab_modify_type (info, 'B', info->type_stack->size,
+			   (long **) NULL, (size_t *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Get the type index to use for a struct/union/class ID.  This should
+   return -1 if it fails.  */
+
+static long
+stab_get_struct_index (info, tag, id, kind, psize)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+     unsigned int *psize;
+{
+  if (id >= info->type_cache.struct_types_alloc)
+    {
+      size_t alloc;
+
+      alloc = info->type_cache.struct_types_alloc;
+      if (alloc == 0)
+	alloc = 10;
+      while (id >= alloc)
+	alloc *= 2;
+      info->type_cache.struct_types =
+	(struct stab_tag *) xrealloc (info->type_cache.struct_types,
+				      alloc * sizeof (struct stab_tag));
+      memset ((info->type_cache.struct_types
+	       + info->type_cache.struct_types_alloc),
+	      0,
+	      ((alloc - info->type_cache.struct_types_alloc)
+	       * sizeof (struct stab_tag)));
+      info->type_cache.struct_types_alloc = alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (info->type_cache.struct_types[id].index == 0)
+    {
+      info->type_cache.struct_types[id].index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+      info->type_cache.struct_types[id].tag = tag;
+      info->type_cache.struct_types[id].kind = kind;
+    }
+
+  if (kind == DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL)
+    {
+      /* This is a definition of the struct.  */
+      info->type_cache.struct_types[id].kind = kind;
+      info->type_cache.struct_types[id].size = *psize;
+    }
+  else
+    *psize = info->type_cache.struct_types[id].size;
+
+  return info->type_cache.struct_types[id].index;
+}
+
+/* Start outputting a struct.  We ignore the tag, and handle it in
+   stab_tag.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+stab_start_struct_type (p, tag, id, structp, size)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  long index;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *buf;
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (40);
+
+  if (id == 0)
+    {
+      index = 0;
+      *buf = '\0';
+      definition = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      index = stab_get_struct_index (info, tag, id, DEBUG_KIND_ILLEGAL,
+				     &size);
+      if (index < 0)
+	return false;
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld=", index);
+      definition = true;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "%c%u",
+	   structp ? 's' : 'u',
+	   size);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, index, definition, size))
+    return false;
+
+  info->type_stack->fields = (char *) xmalloc (1);
+  info->type_stack->fields[0] = '\0';
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a field to a struct.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_struct_field (p, name, bitpos, bitsize, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     bfd_vma bitsize;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  unsigned int size;
+  char *s, *n;
+  const char *vis;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  size = info->type_stack->size;
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* Add this field to the end of the current struct fields, which is
+     currently on the top of the stack.  */
+
+  assert (info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+  n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (info->type_stack->fields)
+			+ strlen (name)
+			+ strlen (s)
+			+ 50);
+
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      vis = "";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      vis = "/0";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      vis = "/1";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (bitsize == 0)
+    {
+      bitsize = size * 8;
+      if (bitsize == 0)
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 "%s: warning: unknown size for field `%s' in struct\n",
+		 bfd_get_filename (info->abfd), name);
+    }
+
+  sprintf (n, "%s%s:%s%s,%ld,%ld;", info->type_stack->fields, name, vis, s,
+	   (long) bitpos, (long) bitsize);
+
+  free (info->type_stack->fields);
+  info->type_stack->fields = n;
+
+  if (definition)
+    info->type_stack->definition = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up a struct.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_end_struct_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  long index;
+  unsigned int size;
+  char *fields, *first, *buf;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  index = info->type_stack->index;
+  size = info->type_stack->size;
+  fields = info->type_stack->fields;
+  first = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + strlen (fields) + 2);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s%s;", first, fields);
+  free (first);
+  free (fields);
+
+  if (! stab_push_string (info, buf, index, definition, size))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start outputting a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_start_class_type (p, tag, id, structp, size, vptr, ownvptr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+     unsigned int id;
+     boolean structp;
+     unsigned int size;
+     boolean vptr;
+     boolean ownvptr;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *vstring;
+
+  if (! vptr || ownvptr)
+    {
+      definition = false;
+      vstring = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+      vstring = stab_pop_type (info);
+    }
+
+  if (! stab_start_struct_type (p, tag, id, structp, size))
+    return false;
+
+  if (vptr)
+    {
+      char *vtable;
+
+      if (ownvptr)
+	{
+	  assert (info->type_stack->index > 0);
+	  vtable = (char *) xmalloc (20);
+	  sprintf (vtable, "~%%%ld", info->type_stack->index);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  vtable = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (vstring) + 3);
+	  sprintf (vtable, "~%%%s", vstring);
+	  free (vstring);
+	}
+
+      info->type_stack->vtable = vtable;
+    }
+
+  if (definition)
+    info->type_stack->definition = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a static member to the class on the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_static_member (p, name, physname, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *s, *n;
+  const char *vis;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* Add this field to the end of the current struct fields, which is
+     currently on the top of the stack.  */
+
+  assert (info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+  n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (info->type_stack->fields)
+			+ strlen (name)
+			+ strlen (s)
+			+ strlen (physname)
+			+ 10);
+
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      vis = "";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      vis = "/0";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      vis = "/1";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (n, "%s%s:%s%s:%s;", info->type_stack->fields, name, vis, s,
+	   physname);
+
+  free (info->type_stack->fields);
+  info->type_stack->fields = n;
+
+  if (definition)
+    info->type_stack->definition = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a base class to the class on the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_baseclass (p, bitpos, virtual, visibility)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma bitpos;
+     boolean virtual;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  boolean definition;
+  char *s;
+  char *buf;
+  unsigned int c;
+  char **baseclasses;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  /* Build the base class specifier.  */
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 25);
+  buf[0] = virtual ? '1' : '0';
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      buf[1] = '0';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      buf[1] = '1';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      buf[1] = '2';
+      break;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (buf + 2, "%ld,%s;", (long) bitpos, s);
+  free (s);
+
+  /* Add the new baseclass to the existing ones.  */
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+
+  if (info->type_stack->baseclasses == NULL)
+    c = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      c = 0;
+      while (info->type_stack->baseclasses[c] != NULL)
+	++c;
+    }
+
+  baseclasses = (char **) xrealloc (info->type_stack->baseclasses,
+				    (c + 2) * sizeof (*baseclasses));
+  baseclasses[c] = buf;
+  baseclasses[c + 1] = NULL;
+
+  info->type_stack->baseclasses = baseclasses;
+
+  if (definition)
+    info->type_stack->definition = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start adding a method to the class on the type stack.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_start_method (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *m;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+
+  if (info->type_stack->methods == NULL)
+    {
+      m = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 3);
+      *m = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      m = (char *) xrealloc (info->type_stack->methods,
+			     (strlen (info->type_stack->methods)
+			      + strlen (name)
+			      + 4));
+    }
+
+  sprintf (m + strlen (m), "%s::", name);
+
+  info->type_stack->methods = m;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a variant, either static or not, to the current method.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, staticp, constp, volatilep,
+		       voffset, contextp)
+     struct stab_write_handle *info;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean staticp;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     boolean contextp;
+{
+  boolean definition;
+  char *type;
+  char *context = NULL;
+  char visc, qualc, typec;
+
+  definition = info->type_stack->definition;
+  type = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  if (contextp)
+    {
+      definition = definition || info->type_stack->definition;
+      context = stab_pop_type (info);
+    }
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->methods != NULL);
+
+  switch (visibility)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PRIVATE:
+      visc = '0';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PROTECTED:
+      visc = '1';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_VISIBILITY_PUBLIC:
+      visc = '2';
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (constp)
+    {
+      if (volatilep)
+	qualc = 'D';
+      else
+	qualc = 'B';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (volatilep)
+	qualc = 'C';
+      else
+	qualc = 'A';
+    }
+
+  if (staticp)
+    typec = '?';
+  else if (! contextp)
+    typec = '.';
+  else
+    typec = '*';
+
+  info->type_stack->methods =
+    (char *) xrealloc (info->type_stack->methods,
+		       (strlen (info->type_stack->methods)
+			+ strlen (type)
+			+ strlen (physname)
+			+ (contextp ? strlen (context) : 0)
+			+ 40));
+
+  sprintf (info->type_stack->methods + strlen (info->type_stack->methods),
+	   "%s:%s;%c%c%c", type, physname, visc, qualc, typec);
+  free (type);
+
+  if (contextp)
+    {
+      sprintf (info->type_stack->methods + strlen (info->type_stack->methods),
+	       "%ld;%s;", (long) voffset, context);
+      free (context);
+    }
+
+  if (definition)
+    info->type_stack->definition = true;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a variant to the current method.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep,
+			   voffset, contextp)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+     bfd_vma voffset;
+     boolean contextp;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  return stab_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, false, constp,
+				volatilep, voffset, contextp);
+}
+
+/* Add a static variant to the current method.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_static_method_variant (p, physname, visibility, constp, volatilep)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *physname;
+     enum debug_visibility visibility;
+     boolean constp;
+     boolean volatilep;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  return stab_class_method_var (info, physname, visibility, true, constp,
+				volatilep, 0, false);
+}
+
+/* Finish up a method.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_class_end_method (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->methods != NULL);
+
+  /* We allocated enough room on info->type_stack->methods to add the
+     trailing semicolon.  */
+  strcat (info->type_stack->methods, ";");
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up a class.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_end_class_type (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  size_t len;
+  unsigned int i;
+  char *buf;
+
+  assert (info->type_stack != NULL && info->type_stack->fields != NULL);
+
+  /* Work out the size we need to allocate for the class definition.  */
+
+  len = (strlen (info->type_stack->string)
+	 + strlen (info->type_stack->fields)
+	 + 10);
+  if (info->type_stack->baseclasses != NULL)
+    {
+      len += 20;
+      for (i = 0; info->type_stack->baseclasses[i] != NULL; i++)
+	len += strlen (info->type_stack->baseclasses[i]);
+    }
+  if (info->type_stack->methods != NULL)
+    len += strlen (info->type_stack->methods);
+  if (info->type_stack->vtable != NULL)
+    len += strlen (info->type_stack->vtable);
+
+  /* Build the class definition.  */
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+
+  strcpy (buf, info->type_stack->string);
+
+  if (info->type_stack->baseclasses != NULL)
+    {
+      sprintf (buf + strlen (buf), "!%u,", i);
+      for (i = 0; info->type_stack->baseclasses[i] != NULL; i++)
+	{
+	  strcat (buf, info->type_stack->baseclasses[i]);
+	  free (info->type_stack->baseclasses[i]);
+	}
+      free (info->type_stack->baseclasses);
+      info->type_stack->baseclasses = NULL;
+    }
+
+  strcat (buf, info->type_stack->fields);
+  free (info->type_stack->fields);
+  info->type_stack->fields = NULL;
+
+  if (info->type_stack->methods != NULL)
+    {
+      strcat (buf, info->type_stack->methods);
+      free (info->type_stack->methods);
+      info->type_stack->methods = NULL;
+    }
+
+  strcat (buf, ";");
+
+  if (info->type_stack->vtable != NULL)
+    {
+      strcat (buf, info->type_stack->vtable);
+      free (info->type_stack->vtable);
+      info->type_stack->vtable = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Replace the string on the top of the stack with the complete
+     class definition.  */
+  free (info->type_stack->string);
+  info->type_stack->string = buf;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Push a typedef which was previously defined.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_typedef_type (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  struct string_hash_entry *h;
+
+  h = string_hash_lookup (&info->typedef_hash, name, false, false);
+  assert (h != NULL && h->index > 0);
+
+  return stab_push_defined_type (info, h->index, h->size);
+}
+
+/* Push a struct, union or class tag.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_tag_type (p, name, id, kind)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     unsigned int id;
+     enum debug_type_kind kind;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  long index;
+  unsigned int size;
+
+  index = stab_get_struct_index (info, name, id, kind, &size);
+  if (index < 0)
+    return false;
+
+  return stab_push_defined_type (info, index, size);
+}
+
+/* Define a typedef.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_typdef (p, name)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  long index;
+  unsigned int size;
+  char *s, *buf;
+  struct string_hash_entry *h;
+
+  index = info->type_stack->index;
+  size = info->type_stack->size;
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (s) + 20);
+
+  if (index > 0)
+    sprintf (buf, "%s:t%s", name, s);
+  else
+    {
+      index = info->type_index;
+      ++info->type_index;
+      sprintf (buf, "%s:t%ld=%s", name, index, s);
+    }
+
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  h = string_hash_lookup (&info->typedef_hash, name, true, false);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "string_hash_lookup failed: %s\n",
+	       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* I don't think we care about redefinitions.  */
+
+  h->index = index;
+  h->size = size;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define a tag.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_tag (p, tag)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *tag;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *s, *buf;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (tag) + strlen (s) + 3);
+
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:T%s", tag, s);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define an integer constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_int_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *buf;
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 20);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:c=i%ld", name, (long) val);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define a floating point constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_float_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     double val;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *buf;
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 20);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:c=f%g", name, val);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Define a typed constant.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_typed_constant (p, name, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *s, *buf;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (s) + 20);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:c=e%s,%ld", name, s, (long) val);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LSYM, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Record a variable.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_variable (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_var_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *s, *buf;
+  int stab_type;
+  const char *kindstr;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_GLOBAL:
+      stab_type = N_GSYM;
+      kindstr = "G";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_STATIC:
+      stab_type = N_STSYM;
+      kindstr = "S";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_LOCAL_STATIC:
+      stab_type = N_STSYM;
+      kindstr = "V";
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_LOCAL:
+      stab_type = N_LSYM;
+      kindstr = "";
+
+      /* Make sure that this is a type reference or definition.  */
+      if (! isdigit (*s))
+	{
+	  char *n;
+	  long index;
+
+	  index = info->type_index;
+	  ++info->type_index;
+	  n = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (s) + 20);
+	  sprintf (n, "%ld=%s", index, s);
+	  free (s);
+	  s = n;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_REGISTER:
+      stab_type = N_RSYM;
+      kindstr = "r";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (s) + 3);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:%s%s", name, kindstr, s);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, stab_type, 0, val, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start outputting a function.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_start_function (p, name, globalp)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     boolean globalp;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *rettype, *buf;
+
+  assert (info->nesting == 0 && info->fun_offset == -1);
+
+  rettype = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (rettype) + 3);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:%c%s", name,
+	   globalp ? 'F' : 'f',
+	   rettype);
+
+  /* We don't know the value now, so we set it in start_block.  */
+  info->fun_offset = info->symbols_size;
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_FUN, 0, 0, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a function parameter.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_function_parameter (p, name, kind, val)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *name;
+     enum debug_parm_kind kind;
+     bfd_vma val;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+  char *s, *buf;
+  int stab_type;
+  char kindc;
+
+  s = stab_pop_type (info);
+
+  switch (kind)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case DEBUG_PARM_STACK:
+      stab_type = N_PSYM;
+      kindc = 'p';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_PARM_REG:
+      stab_type = N_RSYM;
+      kindc = 'P';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_PARM_REFERENCE:
+      stab_type = N_PSYM;
+      kindc = 'v';
+      break;
+
+    case DEBUG_PARM_REF_REG:
+      stab_type = N_RSYM;
+      kindc = 'a';
+      break;
+    }
+
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (s) + 3);
+  sprintf (buf, "%s:%c%s", name, kindc, s);
+  free (s);
+
+  if (! stab_write_symbol (info, stab_type, 0, val, buf))
+    return false;
+
+  free (buf);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Start a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_start_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  /* Fill in any slots which have been waiting for the first known
+     text address.  */
+
+  if (info->so_offset != -1)
+    {
+      bfd_put_32 (info->abfd, addr, info->symbols + info->so_offset + 8);
+      info->so_offset = -1;
+    }
+
+  if (info->fun_offset != -1)
+    {
+      bfd_put_32 (info->abfd, addr, info->symbols + info->fun_offset + 8);
+      info->fun_offset = -1;
+    }
+
+  ++info->nesting;
+
+  /* We will be called with a top level block surrounding the
+     function, but stabs information does not output that block, so we
+     ignore it.  */
+
+  if (info->nesting == 1)
+    {
+      info->fnaddr = addr;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* We have to output the LBRAC symbol after any variables which are
+     declared inside the block.  We postpone the LBRAC until the next
+     start_block or end_block.  */
+
+  /* If we have postponed an LBRAC, output it now.  */
+  if (info->pending_lbrac != (bfd_vma) -1)
+    {
+      if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LBRAC, 0, info->pending_lbrac,
+			       (const char *) NULL))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Remember the address and output it later.  */
+
+  info->pending_lbrac = addr - info->fnaddr;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* End a block.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_end_block (p, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  if (addr > info->last_text_address)
+    info->last_text_address = addr;
+
+  /* If we have postponed an LBRAC, output it now.  */
+  if (info->pending_lbrac != (bfd_vma) -1)
+    {
+      if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_LBRAC, 0, info->pending_lbrac,
+			       (const char *) NULL))
+	return false;
+      info->pending_lbrac = (bfd_vma) -1;
+    }
+
+  assert (info->nesting > 0);
+
+  --info->nesting;
+
+  /* We ignore the outermost block.  */
+  if (info->nesting == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  return stab_write_symbol (info, N_RBRAC, 0, addr - info->fnaddr,
+			    (const char *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* End a function.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+stab_end_function (p)
+     PTR p;
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Output a line number.  */
+
+static boolean
+stab_lineno (p, file, lineno, addr)
+     PTR p;
+     const char *file;
+     unsigned long lineno;
+     bfd_vma addr;
+{
+  struct stab_write_handle *info = (struct stab_write_handle *) p;
+
+  assert (info->lineno_filename != NULL);
+
+  if (addr > info->last_text_address)
+    info->last_text_address = addr;
+
+  if (strcmp (file, info->lineno_filename) != 0)
+    {
+      if (! stab_write_symbol (info, N_SOL, 0, addr, file))
+	return false;
+      info->lineno_filename = file;
+    }
+
+  return stab_write_symbol (info, N_SLINE, lineno, addr - info->fnaddr,
+			    (const char *) NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config-ml.in b/contrib/binutils/config-ml.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ced8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config-ml.in
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+# Configure fragment invoked in the post-target section for subdirs
+# wanting multilib support.
+#
+# It is advisable to support a few --enable/--disable options to let the
+# user select which libraries s/he really wants.
+#
+# Subdirectories wishing to use multilib should put the following lines
+# in the "post-target" section of configure.in.
+#
+# if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ] ; then
+#   if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+#     . ${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in
+#   else
+#     . ${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in
+#   fi
+# else
+#   . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in
+# fi
+#
+# See librx/configure.in in the libg++ distribution for an example of how
+# to handle autoconf'd libraries.
+#
+# Things are complicated because 6 separate cases must be handled:
+# 2 (native, cross) x 3 (absolute-path, relative-not-dot, dot) = 6.
+#
+# srcdir=. is special.  It must handle make programs that don't handle VPATH.
+# To implement this, a symlink tree is built for each library and for each
+# multilib subdir.
+#
+# The build tree is layed out as
+#
+# ./
+#   libg++
+#   newlib
+#   m68020/
+#          libg++
+#          newlib
+#          m68881/
+#                 libg++
+#                 newlib
+#
+# The nice feature about this arrangement is that inter-library references
+# in the build tree work without having to care where you are.  Note that
+# inter-library references also work in the source tree because symlink trees
+# are built when srcdir=.
+#
+# Unfortunately, trying to access the libraries in the build tree requires
+# the user to manually choose which library to use as GCC won't be able to
+# find the right one.  This is viewed as the lesser of two evils.
+#
+# Configure variables:
+# ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, or ${target_alias} for cross.
+# Set by top level Makefile.
+# ${with_multisrctop} = how many levels of multilibs there are in the source
+# tree.  It exists to handle the case of configuring in the source tree:
+# ${srcdir} is not constant.
+# ${with_multisubdir} = name of multilib subdirectory (eg: m68020/m68881).
+#
+# Makefile variables:
+# MULTISRCTOP = number of multilib levels in source tree (+1 if cross)
+# (FIXME: note that this is different than ${with_multisrctop}.  Check out.).
+# MULTIBUILDTOP = number of multilib levels in build tree
+# MULTIDIRS = list of multilib subdirs (eg: m68000 m68020 ...)
+# (only defined in each library's main Makefile).
+# MULTISUBDIR = installed subdirectory name with leading '/' (eg: /m68000)
+# (only defined in each multilib subdir).
+
+# FIXME: Multilib is currently disabled by default for everything other than
+# newlib.  It is up to each target to turn on multilib support for the other
+# libraries as desired.
+
+# We have to handle being invoked by both Cygnus configure and Autoconf.
+#
+# Cygnus configure incoming variables:
+# srcdir, subdir, target, arguments
+#
+# Autoconf incoming variables:
+# srcdir, target, ac_configure_args
+#
+# We *could* figure srcdir and target out, but we'd have to do work that
+# our caller has already done to figure them out and requiring these two
+# seems reasonable.
+
+if [ -n "${ac_configure_args}" ]; then
+  Makefile=${ac_file-Makefile}
+  ml_config_shell=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+  ml_arguments="${ac_configure_args}"
+  ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
+else
+  Makefile=${Makefile-Makefile}
+  ml_config_shell=${config_shell-/bin/sh}
+  ml_arguments="${arguments}"
+  if [ -n "${subdir}" -a "${subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+    ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}/${subdir}
+  else
+    ml_realsrcdir=${srcdir}
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Scan all the arguments and set all the ones we need.
+
+for option in ${ml_arguments}
+do
+  case $option in
+  --*) ;;
+  -*) option=-$option ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $option in
+  --*=*)
+	optarg=`echo $option | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'`
+	;;
+  esac
+
+  case $option in
+  --disable-*)
+	enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--disable-:enable_:;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $enableopt=no
+	;;
+  --enable-*)
+	case "$option" in
+	*=*)	;;
+	*)	optarg=yes ;;
+	esac
+	enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $enableopt="$optarg"
+	;;
+  --norecursion | --no*)
+	ml_norecursion=yes
+	;;
+  --verbose | --v | --verb*)
+	ml_verbose=--verbose
+	;;
+  --with-*)
+	case "$option" in
+	*=*)	;;
+	*)	optarg=yes ;;
+	esac
+	withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $withopt="$optarg"
+	;;
+  --without-*)
+	withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:out::;s:-:_:g'`
+	eval $withopt=no
+	;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# Only do this if --enable-multilib.
+if [ "${enable_multilib}" = yes ]; then
+
+# Compute whether this is the library's top level directory
+# (ie: not a multilib subdirectory, and not a subdirectory like libg++/src).
+# ${with_multisubdir} tells us we're in the right branch, but we could be
+# in a subdir of that.
+# ??? The previous version could void this test by separating the process into
+# two files: one that only the library's toplevel configure.in ran (to
+# configure the multilib subdirs), and another that all configure.in's ran to
+# update the Makefile.  It seemed reasonable to collapse all multilib support
+# into one file, but it does leave us with having to perform this test.
+ml_toplevel_p=no
+if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
+  if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
+    # Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
+    # ${with_target_subdir} = "." for native, otherwise target alias.
+    if [ "${with_target_subdir}" = "." ]; then
+      if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
+	ml_toplevel_p=yes
+      fi
+    else
+      if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../../config-ml.in ]; then
+	ml_toplevel_p=yes
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # Use ${ml_realsrcdir} instead of ${srcdir} here to account for ${subdir}.
+    if [ -f ${ml_realsrcdir}/../config-ml.in ]; then
+      ml_toplevel_p=yes
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# If this is the library's top level directory, set multidirs to the
+# multilib subdirs to support.  This lives at the top because we need
+# `multidirs' set right away.
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+
+multidirs=
+for i in `${CC-gcc} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do
+  dir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/;.*$//'`
+  if [ "${dir}" = "." ]; then
+    true
+  else
+    if [ -z "${multidirs}" ]; then
+      multidirs="${dir}"
+    else
+      multidirs="${multidirs} ${dir}"
+    fi
+  fi
+done
+
+case "${target}" in
+m68*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68881 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68881* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68000 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68000* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_m68020 = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *m68020* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+mips*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_single_float = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *single* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *el* ) : ;;
+	      *eb* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+powerpc*-*-* | rs6000*-*-*)
+	if [ x$enable_softfloat = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *soft-float* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_commoncpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *common* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_powercpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      power | */power | */power/* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_power2cpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *power2* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_powerpccpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *powerpc* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_601cpu = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *601* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_biendian = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *endian* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_relocatable = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *relocatable* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_sysv = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *sysv* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	if [ x$enable_aix = xno ]
+	then
+	  old_multidirs="${multidirs}"
+	  multidirs=""
+	  for x in ${old_multidirs}; do
+	    case "$x" in
+	      *aix* ) : ;;
+	      *) multidirs="${multidirs} ${x}" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Remove extraneous blanks from multidirs.
+# Tests like `if [ -n "$multidirs" ]' require it.
+multidirs=`echo "$multidirs" | sed -e 's/^[ ][ ]*//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*$//' -e 's/[ ][ ]*/ /g'`
+
+# Add code to library's top level makefile to handle building the multilib
+# subdirs.
+
+cat > Multi.tem <<\EOF
+
+# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
+# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
+multi-do:
+	if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	else \
+	  rootpre=`pwd`/; export rootpre; \
+	  srcrootpre=`cd $(srcdir); pwd`/; export srcrootpre; \
+	  lib=`echo $${rootpre} | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/$$,\1,'`; \
+	  compiler="$(CC)"; \
+	  for i in `$${compiler} --print-multi-lib 2>/dev/null`; do \
+	    dir=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/;.*$$//'`; \
+	    if [ "$${dir}" = "." ]; then \
+	      true; \
+	    else \
+	      if [ -d ../$${dir}/$${lib} ]; then \
+		flags=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^[^;]*;//' -e 's/@/ -/g'`; \
+		if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \
+				CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				LIBCFLAGS="$(LIBCFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				LIBCXXFLAGS="$(LIBCXXFLAGS) $${flags}" \
+				$(DO)); then \
+		  true; \
+		else \
+		  exit 1; \
+		fi; \
+	      else true; \
+	      fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+# FIXME: There should be an @-sign in front of the `if'.
+# Leave out until this is tested a bit more.
+multi-clean:
+	if [ -z "$(MULTIDIRS)" ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	else \
+	  lib=`pwd | sed -e 's,^.*/\([^/][^/]*\)$$,\1,'`; \
+	  for dir in Makefile $(MULTIDIRS); do \
+	    if [ -f ../$${dir}/$${lib}/Makefile ]; then \
+	      if (cd ../$${dir}/$${lib}; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $(DO)); \
+	      then true; \
+	      else exit 1; \
+	      fi; \
+	    else true; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+EOF
+
+cat ${Makefile} Multi.tem > Makefile.tem
+rm -f ${Makefile} Multi.tem
+mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
+
+if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+  echo "Adding multilib support to Makefile in ${ml_realsrcdir}"
+  if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+    echo "multidirs=${multidirs}"
+  fi
+  echo "with_multisubdir=${with_multisubdir}"
+fi
+
+if [ "${srcdir}" = "." ]; then
+  if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
+    ml_srcdotdot="../"
+  else
+    ml_srcdotdot=""
+  fi
+else
+  ml_srcdotdot=""
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${with_multisubdir}" ]; then
+  ml_subdir=
+  ml_builddotdot=
+  : # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
+else
+  ml_subdir="/${with_multisubdir}"
+  # The '[^/][^/]*' appears that way to work around a SunOS sed bug.
+  ml_builddotdot=`echo ${with_multisubdir} | sed -e 's:[^/][^/]*:..:g'`/
+  if [ "$srcdir" = "." ]; then
+    ml_srcdotdot=${ml_srcdotdot}${ml_builddotdot}
+  else
+    : # ml_srcdotdot= # already set
+  fi
+fi
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+  ml_do='$(MAKE)'
+  ml_clean='$(MAKE)'
+else
+  ml_do=true
+  ml_clean=true
+fi
+
+# TOP is used by newlib and should not be used elsewhere for this purpose.
+# MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP are the proper ones to use.  MULTISRCTOP is empty
+# when srcdir != builddir.  MULTIBUILDTOP is always some number of ../'s.
+# FIXME: newlib needs to be updated to use MULTI{SRC,BUILD}TOP so we can
+# delete TOP.  Newlib may wish to continue to use TOP for its own purposes
+# of course.
+# MULTIDIRS is non-empty for the cpu top level Makefile (eg: newlib/Makefile)
+# and lists the subdirectories to recurse into.
+# MULTISUBDIR is non-empty in each cpu subdirectory's Makefile
+# (eg: newlib/h8300h/Makefile) and is the installed subdirectory name with
+# a leading '/'.
+# MULTIDO is used for targets like all, install, and check where
+# $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) augmented with the subdir's compiler option is needed.
+# MULTICLEAN is used for the *clean targets.
+#
+# ??? It is possible to merge MULTIDO and MULTICLEAN into one.  They are
+# currently kept separate because we don't want the *clean targets to require
+# the existence of the compiler (which MULTIDO currently requires) and
+# therefore we'd have to record the directory options as well as names
+# (currently we just record the names and use --print-multi-lib to get the
+# options).
+
+sed -e "s:^TOP[ 	]*=[ 	]*\([./]*\)[ 	]*$:TOP = ${ml_builddotdot}\1:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTISRCTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISRCTOP = ${ml_srcdotdot}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIBUILDTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIBUILDTOP = ${ml_builddotdot}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIDIRS[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIDIRS = ${multidirs}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTISUBDIR[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISUBDIR = ${ml_subdir}:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTIDO[ 	]*=.*$:MULTIDO = $ml_do:" \
+    -e "s:^MULTICLEAN[ 	]*=.*$:MULTICLEAN = $ml_clean:" \
+	${Makefile} > Makefile.tem
+rm -f ${Makefile}
+mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+# If this is the library's top level, configure each multilib subdir.
+# This is done at the end because this is the loop that runs configure
+# in each multilib subdir and it seemed reasonable to finish updating the
+# Makefile before going on to configure the subdirs.
+
+if [ "${ml_toplevel_p}" = yes ]; then
+
+# We must freshly configure each subdirectory.  This bit of code is
+# actually partially stolen from the main configure script.  FIXME.
+
+if [ -n "${multidirs}" ] && [ -z "${ml_norecursion}" ]; then
+
+  if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+    echo "Running configure in multilib subdirs ${multidirs}"
+    echo "pwd: `pwd`"
+  fi
+
+  ml_origdir=`pwd`
+  ml_libdir=`echo $ml_origdir | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+  # cd to top-level-build-dir/${with_target_subdir}
+  cd ..
+
+  for ml_dir in ${multidirs}; do
+
+    if [ "${ml_verbose}" = --verbose ]; then
+      echo "Running configure in multilib subdir ${ml_dir}"
+      echo "pwd: `pwd`"
+    fi
+
+    if [ -d ${ml_dir} ]; then true; else mkdir ${ml_dir}; fi
+    if [ -d ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir} ]; then true; else mkdir ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}; fi
+
+    # Eg: if ${ml_dir} = m68000/m68881, dotdot = ../../
+    dotdot=../`echo ${ml_dir} | sed -e 's|[^/]||g' -e 's|/|../|g'`
+
+    case ${srcdir} in
+    ".")
+      echo Building symlink tree in `pwd`/${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
+      if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ]; then
+	ml_unsubdir="../"
+      else
+	ml_unsubdir=""
+      fi
+      (cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir};
+       ../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}symlink-tree ../${dotdot}${ml_unsubdir}${ml_libdir} "")
+      ml_newsrcdir="."
+      ml_srcdiroption=
+      multisrctop=${dotdot}
+      ;;
+    *)
+      case "${srcdir}" in
+      /*) # absolute path
+        ml_newsrcdir=${srcdir}
+        ;;
+      *) # otherwise relative
+        ml_newsrcdir=${dotdot}${srcdir}
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ml_srcdiroption="-srcdir=${ml_newsrcdir}"
+      multisrctop=
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case "${progname}" in
+    /*)     ml_recprog=${progname} ;;
+    *)      ml_recprog=${dotdot}${progname} ;;
+    esac
+
+    # FIXME: POPDIR=${PWD=`pwd`} doesn't work here.
+    ML_POPDIR=`pwd`
+    cd ${ml_dir}/${ml_libdir}
+
+    if [ -f ${ml_newsrcdir}/configure ]; then
+      ml_recprog=${ml_newsrcdir}/configure
+    fi
+    if eval ${ml_config_shell} ${ml_recprog} \
+	--with-multisubdir=${ml_dir} --with-multisrctop=${multisrctop} \
+	${ml_arguments} ${ml_srcdiroption} ; then
+      true
+    else
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    cd ${ML_POPDIR}
+
+  done
+
+  cd ${ml_origdir}
+fi
+
+fi # ${ml_toplevel_p} = yes
+fi # ${enable_multilib} = yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config.guess b/contrib/binutils/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b6f37c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
+# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
+#
+# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
+# (but try to keep the structure clean).
+#
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo alpha-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
+	exit 0;;
+    amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
+      echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+      exit 0 ;;
+    amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arc64:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mips64el-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hkmips:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	exit 0;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    NILE:*:*:dcosx)
+	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; {
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy \
+	  && ./dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+	  && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+        if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
+	if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
+	     -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        fi
+ 	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix      # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit 0 ;;              # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i?86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >dummy.c
+		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+		rm -f dummy.c dummy
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:4)
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
+	exit 0 ;;                           # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/7?? | 9000/8?[1679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;;
+	    9000/8?? )            HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;;
+	esac
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
+	#include <unistd.h>
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit 0 ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo xmp-cray-unicos
+        exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY-2:*:*:*)
+	echo cray2-cray-unicos
+        exit 0 ;;
+    F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr [A-Z] [a-z] | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+        exit 0 ;;
+    F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+       echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'`
+       exit 0 ;;
+    hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-cygwin32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,-.*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Linux:*:*)
+	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+	# first see if it will tell us.
+	ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
+	if echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf_i.86"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i.86linux"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i.86coff"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68kelf"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68klinux"; then
+	  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0
+	elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf32ppc"; then
+	  echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
+	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
+	  echo alpha-unknown-linux-gnu ; exit 0
+	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "sparc" ; then
+	  echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu ; exit 0
+	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
+	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char *argv[];
+{
+#ifdef __MIPSEB__
+  printf ("%s-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
+#endif
+#ifdef __MIPSEL__
+  printf ("%sel-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	else
+	  # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or one that does not give us
+	  # useful --help.  Gcc wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout.
+	  test ! -d /usr/lib/ldscripts/. \
+	    && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
+	  # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char *argv[];
+{
+#ifdef __ELF__
+  printf ("%s-pc-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
+#else
+  printf ("%s-pc-linux-gnuaout\n", argv[1]);
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	fi ;;
+# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.  earlier versions
+# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
+    i?86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-mach3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    PENTIUM:CPunix:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+                           # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    R3000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+          "4"
+#else
+	  ""
+#endif
+         ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+    struct utsname un;
+
+    uname(&un);
+
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+#if !defined (ultrix)
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
+rm -f dummy.c dummy
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+    c1*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c2*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c34*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c38*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c4*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
+
+exit 1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config.sub b/contrib/binutils/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2832962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1181 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
+#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+if [ x$1 = x ]
+then
+	echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
+	echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
+	echo "or     $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
+	echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# First pass through any local machine types.
+case $1 in
+	*local*)
+		echo $1
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	*)
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  linux-gnu*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond )	# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		;;
+	-wrs)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+        -hiuxmpp)
+                os=-hiuxmpp
+                ;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	tahoe | i860 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arm \
+		| arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10300 \
+		| tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \
+		| alpha | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh \
+		| powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | mips64 | mipsel \
+		| pdp11 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	m88110 | m680[01234]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65) # CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el) # CYGNUS LOCAL jsmith/vr4300
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el) # CYGNUS LOCAL jsmith/vr4100
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el) # CYGNUS LOCAL ian/vr5000
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	mips16) # CYGNUS LOCAL krk/mips16
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+# CYGNUS LOCAL law
+	mn10200)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+# END CYGNUS LOCAL
+	d10v)				# CYGNUS LOCAL meissner/d10v
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	mn10200)			# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i[3456]86)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+	      | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
+	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | power-* \
+	      | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* | xmp-* | ymp-* \
+	      | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | alpha-* | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* \
+	      | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* | sparclite-* \
+	      | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
+	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* | f301-*)
+		;;
+	m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | h8500-* | d10v-*) # CYGNUS LOCAL
+		;;
+	mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-*) # CYGNUS LOCAL jsmith/vr4300
+		;;
+	mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-*) # CYGNUS LOCAL jsmith/vr4100
+		;;
+	mips16-*) # CYGNUS LOCAL krk/mips16
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	a29khif)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	adobe68k)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		;;
+	amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		os=-amigados
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-cbm
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	apollo68bsd)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	cray2)
+		basic_machine=cray2-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	[ctj]90-cray)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)		# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+        hiuxmpp)
+                basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+                os=-hiuxmpp
+                ;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	h8300xray)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+        w89k-*)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+                basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+                os=-proelf
+                ;;
+        op50n-*)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+                basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+                os=-proelf
+                ;;
+        op60c-*)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+                basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+                os=-proelf
+                ;;
+        hppro)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+                basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+                os=-proelf
+                ;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	hppaosf)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
+	i[3456]86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i[3456]86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i[3456]86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i[3456]86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	i386mach)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	i386-go32 | go32)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	mipsel*-linux*)
+		basic_machine=mipsel-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	mips*-linux*)
+		basic_machine=mips-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	monitor)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	msdos)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown	
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown		# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	necv70)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	mon960)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+        pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pentium | p5)
+		basic_machine=i586-intel
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6)
+		basic_machine=i686-intel
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	k5)
+		# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-amd
+		;;
+	nexen)
+		# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-nexgen
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+	        ;;
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+	        ;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	rom68k)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	sa29200)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	st2000)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	v810 | necv810)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+       vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+               basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+               ;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	w65*)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+ 		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+ 		os=-none
+		;;
+	xmp)
+		basic_machine=xmp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+        xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	mips)
+		if [ x$os = x-linux ]; then
+			basic_machine=mips-unknown
+		else
+			basic_machine=mips-mips
+		fi
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sparc)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+        cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-unixware* | svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* | -aos* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
+	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	# CYGNUS LOCAL
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug |  -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews* )
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	# END CYGNUS LOCAL
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-386bsd)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+	        os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-ose*)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+        pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+        mips*-*)                                        # CYGNUS LOCAL
+                os=-elf
+                ;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-be)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-beos
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+	*-wec)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigados
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+        *-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+        *-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+        *-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+        *-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f301-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)					# CYGNUS LOCAL
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-beos*)						# CYGNUS LOCAL
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-hms*)				# CYGNUS LOCAL
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)		# CYGNUS LOCAL
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/config/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2164a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+Thu Mar 27 15:52:40 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: override CXXFLAGS, setting to -O2 only
+	(no debug)
+
+Tue Mar 25 18:16:43 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: override LIBGCC2_DEBUG_CFLAGS so debug info
+	isn't included in cygwin32-hosted libgcc2.a by default
+
+Wed Jan  8 19:56:43 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+        * mh-cygwin32: override CFLAGS so debug info isn't included
+        in cygwin32-hosted tools by default
+
+Tue Dec 31 16:04:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-linux: Remove.
+
+Mon Nov 11 10:29:51 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-ppc: Delete file, options moved to newlib configure.
+
+Fri Oct  4 12:21:03 1996  Angela Marie Thomas (angela@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-dgux386: New file.  x86 dgux specific flags
+
+Mon Sep 30 15:10:07 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS_PPC_XCOFF): New, was EXTRALIBS_PPC.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Use shared libraries instead of xcoff.
+
+Sat Aug 17 04:56:25 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@skaro.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: don't -D_WIN32 here anymore
+
+Thu Aug 15 19:46:44 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (SEGFLAG_68K, SEGFLAG_PPC): Remove.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC): Add libgcc.xcoff.
+
+Thu Aug  8 14:51:47 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-ppc: New file, add -mrelocatable-lib and -mno-eabi to all
+	target builds for PowerPC eabi targets.
+
+Fri Jul 12 12:06:01 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw: New subdir, Mac MPW configuration support bits.
+
+Mon Jul  8 17:30:52 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix6: New file.
+
+Mon Jul  8 15:15:37 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mt-sparcpic (PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET): Use -fPIC.
+
+Fri Jul  5 11:49:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix4 (RANLIB): Don't define; Irix 4 does have ranlib.
+
+Sun Jun 23 22:59:25 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cygwin32: new file.  Like mh-go32 without the CFLAGS entry.
+
+Tue Mar 26 14:10:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-go32 (CFLAGS): Define.
+
+Thu Mar 14 19:20:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-necv4: New file.
+
+Thu Feb 15 13:07:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-cxux (CC): New variable.
+	(CFLAGS, LDFLAGS): Remove.
+	* mh-ncrsvr43 (CC): New variable.
+	(CFLAGS): Remove.
+	* mh-solaris (CFLAGS): Remove.
+
+	* mh-go32: Remove most variable settings, since they presumed a
+	Canadian Cross, which is now handled correctly by the configure
+	script.
+
+	* mh-sparcpic (PICFLAG): Set to -fPIC, not -fpic.
+
+Mon Feb 12 14:53:39 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* mh-m68kpic, mt-m68kpic: New files.
+
+Thu Feb  1 14:15:42 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K): Add options similar to those used
+	in CC_MWCPPC, and -mc68020 -model far.
+	(AR_MWLINK68K): Add -xm library.
+	(AR_AR): Define.
+	(CC_LD_MWLINK68K): Remove -d.
+	(EXTRALIBS_MWC68K): Define.
+
+Thu Jan 25 16:05:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-ncrsvr43 (CFLAGS): Remove -Hnocopyr.
+
+Tue Nov  7 15:41:30 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC_MWC68K, CC_MWCPPC): Remove unused include path.
+	(CC_MWCPPC): Add -mpw_chars, disable warnings, add comments
+	explaining reasons for various flags.
+	(EXTRALIBS_PPC, EXTRALIBS_MWCPPC ): Put runtime library first.
+	
+Fri Oct 13 14:44:25 1995  Jason Molenda  (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix, mh-sun:  Removed.
+
+	* mh-decstation (X11_EXTRA_CFLAGS): Define.
+
+	* mh-sco, mh-solaris, mh-sysv4 (X11_EXTRA_LIBS): Define.
+
+        * mh-hp300, mh-hpux, mh-hpux8, mh-solaris, mh-sun3, mh-sysv4: Don't 
+	hardcode location of X stuff here.
+
+Thu Sep 28 13:14:56 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw: Add definitions for various 68K and PowerMac
+	compilers, add definitions for library and link steps for
+	PowerMacs.
+
+Thu Sep 14 08:20:04 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hp300 (CC): Add "CC = cc -Wp,-H256000" to avoid
+	"too much defining" errors from the HPUX compiler.
+
+Thu Aug 17 17:28:56 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hp300 (RANLIB): Use "ar ts", in case GNU ar was used and
+	didn't build a symbol table.
+
+Thu Jun 22 17:47:24 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ANSI_PROTOTYPES.
+
+Mon Apr 10 12:29:48 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (EXTRALIBS): Always link in Math.o, CSANELIB.o,
+        and ToolLibs.o.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CC): Define ALMOST_STDC.
+	(CFLAGS): Remove ALMOST_STDC, -mc68881.
+	(LDFLAGS): add -w.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw (CFLAGS): Add -b option to put strings at the ends of
+	functions.
+
+	* mpw-mh-mpw: New file, host makefile definitions for MPW.
+
+Fri Mar 31 11:35:17 1995  Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-netware: New file.
+
+Mon Mar 13 12:31:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-hpux8: New file.
+	* mh-hpux: Use X11R5 rather than X11R4.
+
+Thu Feb  9 11:04:13 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-linux (SYSV): Don't define.
+	(RANLIB): Don't define.
+
+Wed Jan 11 16:29:34 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m?-*pic (LIBCXXFLAGS): Add -fno-implicit-templates.
+
+Thu Nov  3 17:27:19 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mh-irix4 (CC): Increase maximum string length.
+
+	* mh-sco (CC): Define away const, it doesn't work right; elements
+	of arrays of ptr-to-const are considered const themselves.
+
+Sat Jul 16 12:17:49 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-cxux: New file, from Bob Rusk (rrusk@mail.csd.harris.com).
+
+Sat Jun  4 17:22:12 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-ncrsvr43:  New file from Tom McConnell
+	<tmcconne@sedona.intel.com>.
+
+Thu May 19 00:32:11 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* mh-hpux (CC): Add -Wp,-H256000 to avoid "too much defining"
+	errors from the HPUX 8 compilers.
+
+Wed May  4 20:14:47 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-lynxrs6k: set SHELL to /bin/bash
+
+Tue Apr 12 12:38:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-irix4 (CC): Change -XNh1500 to -XNh2000.
+
+Sat Dec 25 20:03:45 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* mt-hppa: Delete.
+
+Tue Nov 16 22:54:39 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-a68bsd: Define CC to gcc.
+
+Mon Nov 15 16:56:51 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-linux: Don't put -static in LDFLAGS.  Add comments.
+
+Mon Nov 15 13:37:58 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-sysv4 (AR_FLAGS): change from cq to cr
+
+Fri Nov  5 08:12:32 1993  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@blues.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-unixware: remove.  It's the same as sysv4, and config.guess
+	can't tell the difference.  So don't allow skew.
+
+Wed Oct 20 20:35:14 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-hp300: Revert yesterday's change, but add comment explaining.
+
+Tue Oct 19 18:58:21 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-hp300: Don't define CFLAGS to empty.  Why should hp300 be
+	different from anything else?  ("gdb doesn't understand the native
+	debug format" isn't a good enough answer because we might be using
+	gcc).
+
+Tue Oct  5 12:17:40 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* mh-alphaosf: Remove, no longer necessary now that gdb knows
+	how to handle OSF/1 shared libraries.
+
+Tue Jul  6 11:27:33 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-alphaosf: New file.
+
+Thu Jul  1 15:49:33 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-riscos: New file.
+
+Mon Jun 14 12:03:18 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix, mh-aix386, mh-decstation, mh-delta88, mh-hpux, mh-irix4,
+	mh-ncr3000, mh-solaris, mh-sysv, mh-sysv4: remove INSTALL=cp line,
+	now that we're using install.sh globally
+
+Fri Jun  4 16:09:34 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-sysv4 (INSTALL): Use cp, not /usr/ucb/install.
+
+Thu Apr  8 11:21:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-a29k, mt-ebmon29k, mt-os68k, mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k,
+	mt-vxworks68, mt-vxworks960: Removed obsolete, unused target
+	Makefile fragment files.
+
+Mon Mar  8 15:05:25 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-aix386: New file; old mh-aix, plus no-op RANLIB.
+
+Thu Oct  1 13:50:48 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-solaris: INSTALL is NOT /usr/ucb/install
+
+Mon Aug 24 14:25:35 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-ose68000, mt-ose68k: renamed from mt-OSE*.
+
+Tue Jul 21 02:11:01 1992  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mt-OSE68k, mt-680000: new configs.
+
+Thu Jul 16 17:12:09 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-irix4: merged changes from progressive.
+
+Tue Jun  9 23:29:38 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Everywhere: Change RANLIB=echo>/dev/null (which confuses
+	some shells - and I don't blame them) to RANLIB=true.
+	* mh-solaris:  Use /usr/ucb/install for INSTALL.
+
+Sun May 31 14:45:23 1992  Mark Eichin  (eichin at cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-solaris2: Add new configuration for Solaris 2 (sysv, no ranlib)
+
+Fri Apr 10 23:10:08 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mh-ncr3000:  Add new configuration for NCR 3000.
+
+Tue Dec 10 00:10:55 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ChangeLog: fresh changelog.
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-cxux b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-cxux
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54b2a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-cxux
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Configuration for Harris CX/UX 7 (and maybe 6), based on sysv4 configuration.
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# C++ debugging is not yet supported under SVR4 (DWARF)
+CXXFLAGS=-O
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cq
+
+# Under CX/UX, we want to tell the compiler to use ANSI mode.
+CC=cc -Xa
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-necv4 b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-necv4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e887736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-necv4
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Host Makefile fragment for NEC MIPS SVR4.
+
+# The C compiler on NEC MIPS SVR4 needs bigger tables.
+CC = cc -ZXNd=5000 -ZXNg=1000
+
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# NEC -lX11 needs some other libraries.
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lnsl
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-papic b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-papic
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35cf2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-papic
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fPIC
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sco b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sco
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc337c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sco
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
+# You may need this if you don't have bison.
+# BISON = yacc -Sm10400
+# The native C compiler botches some simple uses of const.  Unfortunately,
+# it doesn't defined anything like "__sco__" for us to test for in ansidecl.h.
+CC = cc -Dconst=
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lsocket -lm -lintl -lmalloc
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-solaris b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-solaris
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddbea54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-solaris
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Makefile changes for Suns running Solaris 2
+
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl -lsocket
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16b1187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV
+RANLIB = true
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv4 b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8106651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-sysv4
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Define SYSV as -DSYSV if you are using a System V operating system.
+SYSV = -DSYSV -DSVR4
+RANLIB = true
+
+# C++ debugging is not yet supported under SVR4 (DWARF)
+CXXFLAGS=-O
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cr
+
+X11_EXTRA_LIBS = -lnsl
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mh-x86pic b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-x86pic
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92e48d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mh-x86pic
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG=-fpic
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mt-papic b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-papic
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35b8c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-papic
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fPIC
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mt-v810 b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-v810
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97da6c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-v810
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ca732 -ansi
+AS_FOR_TARGET = as732
+AR_FOR_TARGET = ar732
+RANLIB_FOR_TARGET = true
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/config/mt-x86pic b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-x86pic
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff98727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/config/mt-x86pic
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+PICFLAG_FOR_TARGET=-fpic
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/configure b/contrib/binutils/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8f118c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+### WARNING: this file contains embedded tabs.  Do not run untabify on this file.
+
+# Configuration script
+# Copyright (C) 1988, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# This file was originally written by K. Richard Pixley.
+
+#
+# Shell script to create proper links to machine-dependent files in
+# preparation for compilation.
+#
+# If configure succeeds, it leaves its status in config.status.
+# If configure fails after disturbing the status quo, 
+#       config.status is removed.
+#
+
+export PATH || (echo "OOPS, this isn't sh.  Desperation time.  I will feed myself to sh."; sh $0 $argv; kill $$)
+
+remove=rm
+hard_link=ln
+symbolic_link='ln -s'
+
+#for Test
+#remove="echo rm"
+#hard_link="echo ln"
+#symbolic_link="echo ln -s"
+
+# clear some things potentially inherited from environment.
+
+Makefile=Makefile
+Makefile_in=Makefile.in
+arguments=
+build_alias=
+cache_file=config.cache
+cache_file_option=
+configdirs=
+exec_prefix=
+exec_prefixoption=
+fatal=
+floating_point=default
+gas=default
+host_alias=NOHOST
+host_makefile_frag=
+moveifchange=
+norecursion=
+other_options=
+package_makefile_frag=
+prefix=/usr/local
+progname=
+program_prefix=
+program_prefixoption=
+program_suffix=
+program_suffixoption=
+program_transform_name=
+program_transform_nameoption=
+redirect=">/dev/null"
+removing=
+site=
+site_makefile_frag=
+site_option=
+srcdir=
+srctrigger=
+subdirs=
+target_alias=NOTARGET
+target_makefile_frag=
+undefs=NOUNDEFS
+version="$Revision: 1.230.2.1 $"
+x11=default
+
+### we might need to use some other shell than /bin/sh for running subshells
+#
+config_shell=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+NO_EDIT="This file was generated automatically by configure.  Do not edit."
+
+## this is a little touchy and won't always work, but...
+##
+## if the argv[0] starts with a slash then it is an absolute name that can (and
+## must) be used as is.
+##
+## otherwise, if argv[0] has no slash in it, we can assume that it is on the
+## path.  Since PATH might include "." we also add `pwd` to the end of PATH.
+##
+
+progname=$0
+# if PWD already has a value, it is probably wrong.
+if [ -n "$PWD" ]; then PWD=`pwd`; fi
+
+case "${progname}" in
+/*) ;;
+*/*) ;;
+*)
+        PATH=$PATH:${PWD=`pwd`} ; export PATH
+        ;;
+esac
+
+# Loop over all args
+
+while :
+do
+
+# Break out if there are no more args
+	case $# in
+	0)
+		break
+		;;
+	esac
+
+# Get the first arg, and shuffle
+	option=$1
+	shift
+
+# Make all options have two hyphens
+	orig_option=$option	# Save original for error messages
+	case $option in
+	--*) ;;
+	-*) option=-$option ;;
+	esac
+		
+# Split out the argument for options that take them
+	case $option in
+	--*=*)
+		optarg=`echo $option | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'`
+		arguments="$arguments $option"
+		;;
+# These options have mandatory values.  Since we didn't find an = sign,
+# the value must be in the next argument
+	--bu* | --cache* | --ex* | --ho* | --pre* | --program-p* | --program-s* | --program-t* | --si* | --sr* | --ta* | --tm* | --x-* | --bi* | --sb* | --li* | --da* | --sy* | --sh* | --lo* | --in* | --ol* | --ma*)
+		optarg=$1
+		shift
+		arguments="$arguments $option=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--v)
+		arguments="$arguments -v"
+		;;
+	--*)
+		arguments="$arguments $option"
+		;;
+	esac
+
+# Now, process the options
+	case $option in
+
+	--build* | --bu*)
+		case "$build_alias" in
+		"") build_alias=$optarg ;;
+		*) echo '***' Can only configure for one build machine at a time.  1>&2
+		   fatal=yes
+		   ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	--cache*)
+		cache_file=$optarg
+		;;
+	--disable-*)
+		enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--disable-:enable_:;s:-:_:g'`
+		eval $enableopt=no
+		disableoptions="$disableoptions $option"
+		;;
+	--enable-*)
+		case "$option" in
+		*=*)	;;
+		*)	optarg=yes ;;
+		esac
+
+		enableopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+		eval "$enableopt='$optarg'"
+		enableoptions="$enableoptions '$option'"
+		;;
+	--exec-prefix* | --ex*)
+		exec_prefix=$optarg
+		exec_prefixoption="--exec-prefix=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--gas | --g*)
+		gas=yes
+		;;
+	--help | --he*)
+		fatal=yes
+		;;
+	--host* | --ho*)
+		case $host_alias in
+		NOHOST) host_alias=$optarg ;;
+		*) echo '***' Can only configure for one host at a time.  1>&2
+		   fatal=yes
+		   ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	--nfp | --nf*)
+		floating_point=no
+		floating_pointoption="--nfp"
+		;;
+	--norecursion | --no*)
+		norecursion=yes
+		;;
+	--prefix* | --pre*)
+		prefix=$optarg
+		prefixoption="--prefix=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--program-prefix* | --program-p*)
+		program_prefix=$optarg
+		program_prefixoption="--program-prefix=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--program-suffix* | --program-s*)
+		program_suffix=$optarg
+		program_suffixoption="--program-suffix=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--program-transform-name* | --program-t*)
+		# Double any backslashes or dollar signs in the argument
+		program_transform_name="${program_transform_name} -e `echo ${optarg} | sed -e 's/\\\\/\\\\\\\\/g' -e 's/\\\$/$$/g'`"
+		program_transform_nameoption="${program_transform_nameoption} --program-transform-name='$optarg'"
+		;;
+	--rm)
+		removing=--rm
+		;;
+	--silent | --sil* | --quiet | --q*)
+		redirect=">/dev/null"
+		verbose=--silent
+		;;
+	--site* | --sit*)
+		site=$optarg
+		site_option="--site=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--srcdir*/ | --sr*/)
+                # Remove trailing slashes.  Otherwise, when the file name gets
+                # bolted into an object file as debug info, it has two slashes
+                # in it.  Ordinarily this is ok, but emacs takes double slash
+                # to mean "forget the first part".
+		srcdir=`echo $optarg | sed -e 's:/$::'`
+		;;
+	--srcdir* | --sr*)
+		srcdir=$optarg
+		;;
+	--target* | --ta*)
+		case $target_alias in
+		NOTARGET) target_alias=$optarg ;;
+		*) echo '***' Can only configure for one target at a time.  1>&2
+		   fatal=yes
+		   ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	--tmpdir* | --tm*)
+		TMPDIR=$optarg
+		tmpdiroption="--tmpdir=$optarg"
+		;;
+	--verbose | --v | --verb*)
+		redirect=
+		verbose=--verbose
+		;;
+	--version | --V | --vers*)
+		echo "This is Cygnus Configure version" `echo ${version} | sed 's/[ $:]//g'`
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	--with-*)
+		case "$option" in
+		*=*)	;;
+		*)	optarg=yes ;;
+		esac
+
+		withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:=.*$::;s:-:_:g'`
+		eval $withopt="$optarg"
+		withoptions="$withoptions $option"
+		;;
+	--without-*)
+		withopt=`echo ${option} | sed 's:^--::;s:out::;s:-:_:g'`
+		eval $withopt=no
+		withoutoptions="$withoutoptions $option"
+		;;
+	--x)	with_x=yes
+		withoptions="$withoptions --with-x"
+		;;
+	--x-i* | --x-l*) other_options="$other_options $orig_option"
+		;;
+	--bi* | --sb* | --li* | --da* | --sy* | --sh* | --lo* | --in* | --ol* | --ma*)
+		# These options were added to autoconf for emacs.
+		;;
+	--*)
+		echo "configure: Unrecognized option: \"$orig_option\"; use --help for usage." >&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	*)
+		case $undefs in
+		NOUNDEFS) undefs=$option ;;
+		*) echo '***' Can only configure for one host and one target at a time.  1>&2
+		   fatal=yes
+		   ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	esac
+done
+
+# process host and target
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET UNDEFS
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You aren't allowed to specify --host, --target, and undefs at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to undefs.
+# 3. If undefs is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target defaults to undefs.
+# 5. If undefs is not specified, then target defaults to host.
+
+case "${fatal}" in
+"")
+	# Make sure that host, target & undefs aren't all specified at the
+	# same time.
+	case $host_alias---$target_alias---$undefs in
+	NOHOST---*---* | *---NOTARGET---* | *---*---NOUNDEFS)
+		;;
+	*) echo '***' Can only configure for one host and one target at a time.  1>&2
+	   fatal=yes
+	   break 2
+		;;
+	esac
+
+	# Now, do defaulting for host.
+	case $host_alias in
+	NOHOST)
+		case $undefs in
+		NOUNDEFS)
+			# Neither --host option nor undefs were present.
+			# Call config.guess.
+			guesssys=`echo ${progname} | sed 's/configure$/config.guess/'`
+			if host_alias=`${config_shell} ${guesssys}`
+			then
+				# If the string we are going to use for
+				# the target is a prefix of the string
+				# we just guessed for the host, then
+				# assume we are running native, and force
+				# the same string for both target and host.
+				case $target_alias in
+				NOTARGET) ;;
+				*)
+					if expr $host_alias : $target_alias >/dev/null
+					then
+						host_alias=$target_alias
+					fi
+					;;
+				esac
+				echo "Configuring for a ${host_alias} host." 1>&2
+				arguments="--host=$host_alias $arguments"
+			else
+				echo 'Config.guess failed to determine the host type.  You need to specify one.' 1>&2
+				fatal=yes
+			fi
+			;;
+		*)
+			host_alias=$undefs
+			arguments="--host=$host_alias $arguments"
+			undefs=NOUNDEFS
+			;;
+		esac
+	esac
+
+	# Do defaulting for target.  If --target option isn't present, default
+	# to undefs.  If undefs isn't present, default to host.
+	case $target_alias in
+	NOTARGET)
+		case $undefs in
+		NOUNDEFS)
+			target_alias=$host_alias
+			;;
+		*)
+			target_alias=$undefs
+			arguments="--target=$target_alias $arguments"
+			;;
+		esac
+	esac
+	;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+if [ -n "${fatal}" -o "${host_alias}" = "help" ] ; then
+	exec 1>&2
+	echo Usage: configure [OPTIONS] [HOST]
+	echo
+	echo Options: [defaults in brackets]
+	echo ' --prefix=MYDIR		 install into MYDIR [/usr/local]'
+	echo ' --exec-prefix=MYDIR	 install host-dependent files into MYDIR [/usr/local]'
+	echo ' --help			 print this message [normal config]'
+	echo ' --build=BUILD		 configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]'
+	echo ' --host=HOST		 configure for HOST [determined via config.guess]'
+	echo ' --norecursion		 configure this directory only [recurse]'
+	echo ' --program-prefix=FOO	 prepend FOO to installed program names [""]'
+	echo ' --program-suffix=FOO	 append FOO to installed program names [""]'
+	echo ' --program-transform-name=P transform installed names by sed pattern P [""]'
+	echo ' --site=SITE		 configure with site-specific makefile for SITE'
+	echo ' --srcdir=DIR		 find the sources in DIR [. or ..]'
+	echo ' --target=TARGET	 configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]'
+	echo ' --tmpdir=TMPDIR	 create temporary files in TMPDIR [/tmp]'
+	echo ' --nfp			 configure for software floating point [hard float]'
+	echo ' --with-FOO, --with-FOO=BAR package FOO is available (parameter BAR)'
+	echo ' --without-FOO		 package FOO is NOT available'
+	echo ' --enable-FOO, --enable-FOO=BAR include feature FOO (parameter BAR)'
+	echo ' --disable-FOO		 do not include feature FOO'
+	echo
+	echo 'Where HOST and TARGET are something like "sparc-sunos", "mips-sgi-irix5", etc.'
+	echo
+	if [ -r config.status ] ; then
+		cat config.status
+	fi
+
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+configsub=`echo ${progname} | sed 's/configure$/config.sub/'`
+moveifchange=`echo ${progname} | sed 's/configure$/move-if-change/'`
+
+# this is a hack.  sun4 must always be a valid host alias or this will fail.
+if ${config_shell} ${configsub} sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+        true
+else
+        echo '***' cannot find config.sub.  1>&2
+        exit 1
+fi
+
+touch config.junk
+if ${config_shell} ${moveifchange} config.junk config.trash ; then
+        true
+else
+        echo '***' cannot find move-if-change.  1>&2
+        exit 1
+fi
+rm -f config.junk config.trash
+
+case "${srcdir}" in
+"")
+        if [ -r configure.in ] ; then
+                srcdir=.
+        else
+                if [ -r ${progname}.in ] ; then
+                        srcdir=`echo ${progname} | sed 's:/configure$::'`
+                else
+                        echo '***' "Can't find configure.in.  Try using --srcdir=some_dir"  1>&2
+                        exit 1
+                fi
+        fi
+        ;;
+*)
+	# Set srcdir to "." if that's what it is.
+	# This is important for multilib support.
+	if [ ! -d ${srcdir} ] ; then
+		echo "Invalid source directory ${srcdir}" >&2
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	pwd=`pwd`
+	srcpwd=`cd ${srcdir} ; pwd`
+	if [ "${pwd}" = "${srcpwd}" ] ; then
+		srcdir=.
+	fi
+esac
+
+### warn about some conflicting configurations.
+
+case "${srcdir}" in
+".") ;;
+*)
+        if [ -f ${srcdir}/config.status ] ; then
+                echo '***' Cannot configure here in \"${PWD=`pwd`}\" when \"${srcdir}\" is currently configured. 1>&2
+                exit 1
+        fi
+esac
+
+# default exec_prefix
+case "${exec_prefixoption}" in
+"") exec_prefix="\$(prefix)" ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+### break up ${srcdir}/configure.in.
+case "`grep '^# per\-host:' ${srcdir}/configure.in`" in
+"")
+        echo '***' ${srcdir}/configure.in has no \"per-host:\" line. 1>&2
+	# Check for a directory that's been converted to use autoconf since
+	# it was last configured.
+	if grep AC_OUTPUT ${srcdir}/configure.in >/dev/null ; then
+	  echo '***' Hmm, looks like this directory has been autoconfiscated. 1>&2
+	  if [ -r ${srcdir}/configure ] ; then
+	    echo '***' Running the local configure script. 1>&2
+	    case "${cache_file}" in
+	    "") cache_file_option= ;;
+	    *)  cache_file_option="--cache-file=${cache_file}" ;;
+	    esac
+	    srcdiroption="--srcdir=${srcdir}"
+	    case "${build_alias}" in
+	    "") buildopt= ;;
+	    *)  buildopt="--build=${build_alias}" ;;
+	    esac
+	    eval exec ${config_shell} ${srcdir}/configure ${verbose} \
+		${buildopt} --host=${host_alias} --target=${target_alias} \
+		${prefixoption} ${tmpdiroption} ${exec_prefixoption} \
+		${srcdiroption} \
+		${program_prefixoption} ${program_suffixoption} \
+		${program_transform_nameoption} ${site_option} \
+		${withoptions} ${withoutoptions} \
+		${enableoptions} ${disableoptions} ${floating_pointoption} \
+		${cache_file_option} ${removing} ${other_options} ${redirect}
+	  else
+	    echo '***' There is no configure script present though. 1>&2
+	  fi
+	fi
+        exit 1
+        ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+case "`grep '^# per\-target:' ${srcdir}/configure.in`" in
+"")
+        echo '***' ${srcdir}/configure.in has no \"per-target:\" line. 1>&2
+        exit 1
+        ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+case "${TMPDIR}" in
+"") TMPDIR=/tmp ; export TMPDIR ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+# keep this filename short for &%*%$*# 14 char file names
+tmpfile=${TMPDIR}/cONf$$
+# Note that under many versions of sh a trap handler for 0 will *override* any
+# exit status you explicitly specify!  At this point, the only non-error exit
+# is at the end of the script; these actions are duplicated there, minus
+# the "exit 1".  Don't use "exit 0" anywhere after this without resetting the
+# trap handler, or you'll lose.
+trap "rm -f Makefile.tem ${tmpfile}.com ${tmpfile}.tgt ${tmpfile}.hst ${tmpfile}.pos; exit 1" 0 1 2 15
+
+# split ${srcdir}/configure.in into common, per-host, per-target,
+# and post-target parts.  Post-target is optional.
+sed -e '/^# per\-host:/,$d' ${srcdir}/configure.in > ${tmpfile}.com
+sed -e '1,/^# per\-host:/d' -e '/^# per\-target:/,$d' ${srcdir}/configure.in > ${tmpfile}.hst
+if grep '^# post-target:' ${srcdir}/configure.in >/dev/null ; then
+  sed -e '1,/^# per\-target:/d' -e '/^# post\-target:/,$d' ${srcdir}/configure.in > ${tmpfile}.tgt
+  sed -e '1,/^# post\-target:/d' ${srcdir}/configure.in > ${tmpfile}.pos
+else
+  sed -e '1,/^# per\-target:/d' ${srcdir}/configure.in > ${tmpfile}.tgt
+  echo >${tmpfile}.pos
+fi
+
+### do common part of configure.in
+
+. ${tmpfile}.com
+
+# some sanity checks on configure.in
+case "${srctrigger}" in
+"")
+        echo '***' srctrigger not set in ${PWD=`pwd`}/configure.in.  1>&2
+        exit 1
+        ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+case "${build_alias}" in
+"")
+	if result=`${config_shell} ${configsub} ${host_alias}` ; then
+	    build_cpu=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+	    build_vendor=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+	    build_os=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+	    build=${build_cpu}-${build_vendor}-${build_os}
+	    build_alias=${host_alias}
+	fi
+	;;
+*)
+	if result=`${config_shell} ${configsub} ${build_alias}` ; then
+	    buildopt="--build=${build_alias}"
+	    build_cpu=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+	    build_vendor=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+	    build_os=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+	    build=${build_cpu}-${build_vendor}-${build_os}
+	else
+	    echo "Unrecognized build system name ${build_alias}." 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	fi
+	;;
+esac
+
+if result=`${config_shell} ${configsub} ${host_alias}` ; then
+    true
+else
+    echo "Unrecognized host system name ${host_alias}." 1>&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+host_cpu=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+host=${host_cpu}-${host_vendor}-${host_os}
+
+. ${tmpfile}.hst
+
+if result=`${config_shell} ${configsub} ${target_alias}` ; then
+    true
+else
+    echo "Unrecognized target system name ${target_alias}." 1>&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+target_cpu=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $result | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+target=${target_cpu}-${target_vendor}-${target_os}
+
+. ${tmpfile}.tgt
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+case "${srcdir}" in
+"")
+        srcdirdefaulted=1
+        srcdir=.
+        if [ ! -r ${srctrigger} ] ; then
+                srcdir=..
+        fi
+        ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+if [ ! -r ${srcdir}/${srctrigger} ] ; then
+        case "${srcdirdefaulted}" in
+        "") echo '***' "${progname}: Can't find ${srcname} sources in ${PWD=`pwd`}/${srcdir}" 1>&2 ;;
+        *)  echo '***' "${progname}: Can't find ${srcname} sources in ${PWD=`pwd`}/. or ${PWD=`pwd`}/.." 1>&2 ;;
+        esac
+
+        echo '***' \(At least ${srctrigger} is missing.\) 1>&2
+        exit 1
+fi
+
+# Some systems (e.g., one of the i386-aix systems the gas testers are
+# using) don't handle "\$" correctly, so don't use it here.
+tooldir='$(exec_prefix)'/${target_alias}
+
+if [ "${host_alias}" != "${target_alias}" ] ; then
+    if [ "${program_prefixoption}" = "" ] ; then
+        if [ "${program_suffixoption}" = "" ] ; then 
+            if [ "${program_transform_nameoption}" = "" ] ; then
+                program_prefix=${target_alias}- ;
+            fi
+        fi
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Merge program_prefix and program_suffix onto program_transform_name.
+# (program_suffix used to use $, but it's hard to preserve $ through both
+# make and sh.)
+if [ "${program_suffix}" != "" ] ; then
+    program_transform_name="-e s,\\\\(.*\\\\),\\\\1${program_suffix}, ${program_transform_name}"
+fi
+
+if [ "${program_prefix}" != "" ] ; then
+    program_transform_name="-e s,^,${program_prefix}, ${program_transform_name}"
+fi
+
+# If CC and CXX are not set in the environment, and the Makefile
+# exists, try to extract them from it.  This is to handle running
+# ./config.status by hand.
+if [ -z "${CC}" -a -r Makefile ]; then
+  sed -n -e ':loop
+/\\$/ N
+s/\\\n//g
+t loop
+/^CC[ 	]*=/ s/CC[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)/\1/p' < Makefile > Makefile.cc
+  CC=`tail -1 Makefile.cc`
+  rm -f Makefile.cc
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${CXX}" -a -r Makefile ]; then
+  sed -n -e ':loop
+/\\$/ N
+s/\\\n//g
+t loop
+/^CXX[ 	]*=/ s/CXX[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)/\1/p' < Makefile > Makefile.cc
+  CXX=`tail -1 Makefile.cc`
+  rm -f Makefile.cc
+fi
+
+# Generate a default definition for YACC.  This is used if the makefile can't
+# locate bison or byacc in objdir.
+
+for prog in 'bison -y' byacc yacc
+do
+  set dummy $prog; tmp=$2
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+    if test -f $dir/$tmp; then
+      DEFAULT_YACC="$prog"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+  test -n "$DEFAULT_YACC" && break
+done
+
+# Generate a default definition for LEX.  This is used if the makefile can't
+# locate flex in objdir.
+
+for prog in flex lex
+do
+  set dummy $prog; tmp=$2
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+    if test -f $dir/$tmp; then
+      DEFAULT_LEX="$prog"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+  test -n "$DEFAULT_LEX" && break
+done
+
+if [ "${build}" != "${host}" ]; then
+  # If we are doing a Canadian Cross, in which the host and build systems
+  # are not the same, we set reasonable default values for the tools.
+
+  tools="AR AR_FOR_TARGET AS AS_FOR_TARGET BISON CC_FOR_BUILD"
+  tools="${tools} CC_FOR_TARGET CXX_FOR_TARGET"
+  tools="${tools} DLLTOOL DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET GCC_FOR_TARGET HOST_PREFIX"
+  tools="${tools} HOST_PREFIX_1 LD LD_FOR_TARGET LEX MAKEINFO NM"
+  tools="${tools} NM_FOR_TARGET RANLIB RANLIB_FOR_TARGET"
+
+  for var in ${tools}; do
+    if [ -z "`eval 'echo $'"${var}"`" -a -r Makefile ]; then
+      sed -n -e ':loop
+/\\$/ N
+s/\\\n//g
+t loop
+/^'"${var}"'[ 	]*=/ s/'"${var}"'[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)/\1/p' \
+	< Makefile > Makefile.v
+      t=`tail -1 Makefile.v`
+      if [ -n "${t}" ]; then
+	eval "${var}='${t}'"
+      fi
+      rm -f Makefile.v
+    fi
+  done
+
+  AR=${AR-${host_alias}-ar}
+  AR_FOR_TARGET=${AR_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-ar}
+  AS=${AS-${host_alias}-as}
+  AS_FOR_TARGET=${AS_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-as}
+  CC=${CC-${host_alias}-gcc}
+  CXX=${CXX-${host_alias}-gcc}
+  CC_FOR_BUILD=${CC_FOR_BUILD-gcc}
+  CC_FOR_TARGET=${CC_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-gcc}
+  CXX_FOR_TARGET=${CXX_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-gcc}
+  DLLTOOL=${DLLTOOL-${host_alias}-dlltool}
+  DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET=${DLLTOOL_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-dlltool}
+  GCC_FOR_TARGET=${GCC_FOR_TARGET-${CC_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-gcc}}
+  HOST_PREFIX=${build_alias}-
+  HOST_PREFIX_1=${build_alias}-
+  LD=${LD-${host_alias}-ld}
+  LD_FOR_TARGET=${LD_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-ld}
+  MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-makeinfo}
+  NM=${NM-${host_alias}-nm}
+  NM_FOR_TARGET=${NM_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-nm}
+  RANLIB=${RANLIB-${host_alias}-ranlib}
+  RANLIB_FOR_TARGET=${RANLIB_FOR_TARGET-${target_alias}-ranlib}
+
+  if [ -z "${BISON}" ]; then
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+    for dir in $PATH; do
+      test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+      if test -f $dir/byacc; then
+	BISON=byacc
+	break
+      fi
+      if test -f $dir/bison; then
+	BISON=bison
+	break
+      fi
+      if test -f $dir/yacc; then
+	BISON=yacc
+	break
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$save_ifs"
+    BISON=${BISON-bison}
+  fi
+
+  if [ -z "${LEX}" ]; then
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+    for dir in $PATH; do
+      test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+      if test -f $dir/flex; then
+	LEX=flex
+	break
+      fi
+      if test -f $dir/lex; then
+	LEX=lex
+	break
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$save_ifs"
+    LEX=${LEX-flex}
+  fi
+
+  # Export variables which autoconf might try to set.
+  export AS
+  export AR
+  export CC_FOR_BUILD
+  export DLLTOOL
+  export LD
+  export NM
+  export RANLIB
+else
+  # If CC is still not set, try to get gcc.
+  if [ -z "${CC}" ]; then
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+    for dir in $PATH; do
+      test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+      if test -f $dir/gcc; then
+	CC="gcc -O2"
+	break
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$save_ifs"
+    CC=${CC-cc}
+  fi
+
+  CXX=${CXX-"gcc"}
+fi
+
+export CC
+export CXX
+
+case "$host" in
+	*go32*)
+	    enable_gdbtk=no ;;
+	*cygwin32*)
+	    enable_gdbtk=no ;;
+esac
+
+# Determine whether gdb needs tk/tcl or not.
+if [ "$enable_gdbtk" != "no" ]; then
+	GDB_TK="all-tcl all-tk"
+else
+	GDB_TK=""
+fi
+
+for subdir in . ${subdirs} ; do
+
+    # ${subdir} is relative path from . to the directory we're currently
+    # configuring.
+    # ${invsubdir} is inverse of ${subdir), *with* trailing /, if needed.
+    invsubdir=`echo ${subdir}/ | sed -e 's|\./||g' -e 's|[^/]*/|../|g'`
+
+    ### figure out what to do with srcdir
+    case "${srcdir}" in
+        ".")  # no -srcdir option.  We're building in place.
+                makesrcdir=. ;;
+        /*) # absolute path
+                makesrcdir=`echo ${srcdir}/${subdir} | sed -e 's|/\.$||'`
+                ;;
+        *) # otherwise relative
+                case "${subdir}" in
+                .) makesrcdir=${srcdir} ;;
+                *) makesrcdir=${invsubdir}${srcdir}/${subdir} ;;
+                esac
+                ;;
+    esac
+
+    if [ "${subdir}/" != "./" ] ; then
+        Makefile=${subdir}/Makefile
+    fi
+
+    if [ ! -d ${subdir} ] ; then
+        if mkdir ${subdir} ; then
+                true
+        else
+                echo '***' "${progname}: could not make ${PWD=`pwd`}/${subdir}" 1>&2
+                exit 1
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    case "${removing}" in
+    "")
+        case "${subdir}" in
+        .) ;;
+        *) eval echo Building in ${subdir} ${redirect} ;;
+        esac
+
+        # FIXME Should this be done recursively ??? (Useful for e.g. gdbtest)
+        # Set up the list of links to be made.
+        # ${links} is the list of link names, and ${files} is the list of names to link to.
+
+        # Make the links.
+        configlinks="${links}"
+        if [ -r ${subdir}/config.status ] ; then
+                mv -f ${subdir}/config.status ${subdir}/config.back
+        fi
+        while [ -n "${files}" ] ; do
+                # set file to car of files, files to cdr of files
+                set ${files}; file=$1; shift; files=$*
+                set ${links}; link=$1; shift; links=$*
+
+                if [ ! -r ${srcdir}/${file} ] ; then
+                        echo '***' "${progname}: cannot create a link \"${link}\"," 1>&2
+                        echo '***' "since the file \"${srcdir}/${file}\" does not exist." 1>&2
+                        exit 1
+                fi
+
+                ${remove} -f ${link}
+		# Make a symlink if possible, otherwise try a hard link
+		if ${symbolic_link} ${srcdir}/${file} ${link} >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+			true
+		else
+			# We need to re-remove the file because Lynx leaves a 
+			# very strange directory there when it fails an NFS symlink.
+			${remove} -r -f ${link}
+			${hard_link} ${srcdir}/${file} ${link}
+		fi
+                if [ ! -r ${link} ] ; then
+                        echo '***' "${progname}: unable to link \"${link}\" to \"${srcdir}/${file}\"." 1>&2
+                        exit 1
+                fi
+
+                echo "Linked \"${link}\" to \"${srcdir}/${file}\"."
+        done
+
+        # Create a .gdbinit file which runs the one in srcdir
+        # and tells GDB to look there for source files.
+
+        if [ -r ${srcdir}/${subdir}/.gdbinit ] ; then
+                case ${srcdir} in
+                .) ;;
+                *) cat > ${subdir}/.gdbinit <<EOF
+# ${NO_EDIT}
+dir ${makesrcdir}
+dir .
+source ${makesrcdir}/.gdbinit
+EOF
+                        ;;
+                esac
+        fi
+
+        # Install a makefile, and make it set VPATH
+        # if necessary so that the sources are found.
+        # Also change its value of srcdir.
+        # NOTE: Makefile generation constitutes the majority of the time in configure.  Hence, this section has
+        # been somewhat optimized and is perhaps a bit twisty.
+
+        # code is order so as to try to sed the smallest input files we know.
+
+        # the four makefile fragments MUST end up in the resulting Makefile in this order: 
+        # package, target, host, and site.  so do these separately because I don't trust the
+        #  order of sed -e expressions.
+
+        if [ -f ${srcdir}/${subdir}/${Makefile_in} ] ; then
+
+            # Conditionalize for this site from "Makefile.in" (or whatever it's called) into Makefile.tem
+            rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+              case "${site}" in
+              "") cp ${srcdir}/${subdir}/${Makefile_in} ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ;;
+              *)
+                      site_makefile_frag=${srcdir}/config/ms-${site}
+
+                      if [ -f ${site_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              sed -e "/^####/  r ${site_makefile_frag}" ${srcdir}/${subdir}/${Makefile_in} \
+                                      > ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                      else
+                              cp ${srcdir}/${subdir}/${Makefile_in} ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                              site_makefile_frag=
+                      fi
+                      ;;
+            esac
+            # working copy now in ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+
+            # Conditionalize the makefile for this host.
+            rm -f ${Makefile}
+            case "${host_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") mv ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ${Makefile} ;;
+              *)
+                      if [ ! -f ${host_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              host_makefile_frag=${srcdir}/${host_makefile_frag}
+                      fi
+                      if [ -f ${host_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              sed -e "/^####/  r ${host_makefile_frag}" ${subdir}/Makefile.tem > ${Makefile}
+                      else
+                              echo '***' Expected host makefile fragment \"${host_makefile_frag}\" 1>&2
+                              echo '***' is missing in ${PWD=`pwd`}. 1>&2
+                              mv ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+                      fi
+            esac
+            # working copy now in ${Makefile}
+
+            # Conditionalize the makefile for this target.
+            rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+            case "${target_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") mv ${Makefile} ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ;;
+              *)
+                      if [ ! -f ${target_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              target_makefile_frag=${srcdir}/${target_makefile_frag}
+                      fi
+                      if [ -f ${target_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              sed -e "/^####/  r ${target_makefile_frag}" ${Makefile} > ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                      else
+                              mv ${Makefile} ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                              target_makefile_frag=
+                      fi
+                      ;;
+            esac
+            # real copy now in ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+
+            # Conditionalize the makefile for this package.
+            rm -f ${Makefile}
+            case "${package_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") mv ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ${Makefile} ;;
+              *)
+                      if [ ! -f ${package_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              package_makefile_frag=${srcdir}/${package_makefile_frag}
+                      fi
+                      if [ -f ${package_makefile_frag} ] ; then
+                              sed -e "/^####/  r ${package_makefile_frag}" ${subdir}/Makefile.tem > ${Makefile}
+			      rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                      else
+                              echo '***' Expected package makefile fragment \"${package_makefile_frag}\" 1>&2
+                              echo '***' is missing in ${PWD=`pwd`}. 1>&2
+                              mv ${subdir}/Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+                      fi
+            esac
+            # working copy now in ${Makefile}
+
+            mv ${Makefile} ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+
+            # real copy now in ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+
+            # prepend warning about editting, and a bunch of variables.
+            rm -f ${Makefile}
+            cat > ${Makefile} <<EOF
+# ${NO_EDIT}
+VPATH = ${makesrcdir}
+links = ${configlinks}
+host_alias = ${host_alias}
+host_cpu = ${host_cpu}
+host_vendor = ${host_vendor}
+host_os = ${host_os}
+host_canonical = ${host_cpu}-${host_vendor}-${host_os}
+target_alias = ${target_alias}
+target_cpu = ${target_cpu}
+target_vendor = ${target_vendor}
+target_os = ${target_os}
+target_canonical = ${target_cpu}-${target_vendor}-${target_os}
+EOF
+	    case "${build}" in
+	      "") ;;
+	      *)  cat >> ${Makefile} << EOF
+build_alias = ${build_alias}
+build_cpu = ${build_cpu}
+build_vendor = ${build_vendor}
+build_os = ${build_os}
+build_canonical = ${build_cpu}-${build_vendor}-${build_os}
+EOF
+	    esac
+
+            case "${package_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") ;;
+              /*) echo package_makefile_frag = ${package_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+              *)  echo package_makefile_frag = ${invsubdir}${package_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+            esac
+
+            case "${target_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") ;;
+              /*) echo target_makefile_frag = ${target_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+              *)  echo target_makefile_frag = ${invsubdir}${target_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+            esac
+
+            case "${host_makefile_frag}" in
+              "") ;;
+              /*) echo host_makefile_frag = ${host_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+              *)  echo host_makefile_frag = ${invsubdir}${host_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile} ;;
+            esac
+
+            if [ "${site_makefile_frag}" != "" ] ; then
+                echo site_makefile_frag = ${invsubdir}${site_makefile_frag} >>${Makefile}
+            fi 
+
+            # reset prefix, exec_prefix, srcdir, SUBDIRS, NONSUBDIRS,
+            # remove any form feeds.
+            if [ -z "${subdirs}" ]; then
+                rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem2
+                sed -e "s:^SUBDIRS[ 	]*=.*$:SUBDIRS = ${configdirs}:" \
+                    -e "s:^NONSUBDIRS[ 	]*=.*$:NONSUBDIRS = ${noconfigdirs}:" \
+                    ${subdir}/Makefile.tem > ${subdir}/Makefile.tem2
+                rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+                mv ${subdir}/Makefile.tem2 ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+            fi
+            sed -e "s:^prefix[ 	]*=.*$:prefix = ${prefix}:" \
+                    -e "s:^exec_prefix[ 	]*=.*$:exec_prefix = ${exec_prefix}:" \
+		    -e "/^CC[ 	]*=/{
+			:loop1
+			/\\\\$/ N
+			s/\\\\\\n//g
+			t loop1
+			s%^CC[ 	]*=.*$%CC = ${CC}%
+			}" \
+		    -e "/^CXX[ 	]*=/{
+			:loop2
+			/\\\\$/ N
+			s/\\\\\\n//g
+			t loop2
+			s%^CXX[ 	]*=.*$%CXX = ${CXX}%
+			}" \
+		    -e "s:^SHELL[	 ]*=.*$:SHELL = ${config_shell}:" \
+		    -e "s:^GDB_TK[	 ]*=.*$:GDB_TK = ${GDB_TK}:" \
+                    -e "s:^srcdir[ 	]*=.*$:srcdir = ${makesrcdir}:" \
+                    -e "s///" \
+                    -e "s:^program_prefix[ 	]*=.*$:program_prefix = ${program_prefix}:" \
+                    -e "s:^program_suffix[ 	]*=.*$:program_suffix = ${program_suffix}:" \
+                    -e "s:^program_transform_name[ 	]*=.*$:program_transform_name = ${program_transform_name}:" \
+                    -e "s:^tooldir[ 	]*=.*$:tooldir = ${tooldir}:" \
+		    -e "s:^DEFAULT_YACC[	 ]*=.*$:DEFAULT_YACC = ${DEFAULT_YACC}:" \
+		    -e "s:^DEFAULT_LEX[	 ]*=.*$:DEFAULT_LEX = ${DEFAULT_LEX}:" \
+                    ${subdir}/Makefile.tem >> ${Makefile}
+
+	    # If this is a Canadian Cross, preset the values of many more
+	    # tools.
+	    if [ "${build}" != "${host}" ]; then
+		for var in ${tools}; do
+		    val=`eval 'echo $'"${var}"`
+		    sed -e "/^${var}[ 	]*=/{
+			   :loop1
+			   /\\\\$/ N
+			   /\\\\$/ b loop1
+			   s/\\\\\\n//g
+			   s%^${var}[ 	]*=.*$%${var} = ${val}%
+			   }" ${Makefile} > ${Makefile}.tem
+		    mv -f ${Makefile}.tem ${Makefile}
+		done
+	    fi
+
+            # final copy now in ${Makefile}
+
+        else
+           echo "No Makefile.in found in ${srcdir}/${subdir}, unable to configure" 1>&2
+        fi
+
+        rm -f ${subdir}/Makefile.tem
+
+        case "${host_makefile_frag}" in
+        "") using= ;;
+        *) using="and \"${host_makefile_frag}\"" ;;
+        esac
+
+        case "${target_makefile_frag}" in
+        "") ;;
+        *) using="${using} and \"${target_makefile_frag}\"" ;;
+        esac
+
+        case "${site_makefile_frag}" in
+        "") ;;
+        *) using="${using} and \"${site_makefile_frag}\"" ;;
+        esac
+
+        newusing=`echo "${using}" | sed 's/and/using/'`
+        using=${newusing}
+        echo "Created \"${Makefile}\" in" ${PWD=`pwd`} ${using}
+
+        . ${tmpfile}.pos
+
+        # describe the chosen configuration in config.status.
+        # Make that file a shellscript which will reestablish
+        # the same configuration.  Used in Makefiles to rebuild
+        # Makefiles.
+
+        case "${norecursion}" in
+        "") arguments="${arguments} --norecursion" ;;
+        *) ;;
+        esac
+
+        if [ ${subdir} = . ] ; then
+            echo "#!/bin/sh
+# ${NO_EDIT}
+# This directory was configured as follows:
+${progname}" ${arguments}  "
+# ${using}" > ${subdir}/config.new
+        else
+            echo "#!/bin/sh
+# ${NO_EDIT}
+# This directory was configured as follows:
+cd ${invsubdir}
+${progname}" ${arguments}  "
+# ${using}" > ${subdir}/config.new
+        fi
+        chmod a+x ${subdir}/config.new
+        if [ -r ${subdir}/config.back ] ; then
+                mv -f ${subdir}/config.back ${subdir}/config.status
+        fi
+	${config_shell} ${moveifchange} ${subdir}/config.new ${subdir}/config.status
+        ;;
+
+    *)  rm -f ${Makefile} ${subdir}/config.status ${links} ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# If there are subdirectories, then recur. 
+if [ -z "${norecursion}" -a -n "${configdirs}" ] ; then 
+        for configdir in ${configdirs} ; do
+
+                if [ -d ${srcdir}/${configdir} ] ; then
+                        eval echo Configuring ${configdir}... ${redirect}
+                        case "${srcdir}" in
+                        ".") ;;
+                        *)
+                                if [ ! -d ./${configdir} ] ; then
+                                        if mkdir ./${configdir} ; then
+                                                true
+                                        else
+                                                echo '***' "${progname}: could not make ${PWD=`pwd`}/${configdir}" 1>&2
+                                                exit 1
+                                        fi
+                                fi
+                                ;;
+                        esac
+
+                        POPDIR=${PWD=`pwd`}
+                        cd ${configdir} 
+
+### figure out what to do with srcdir
+                        case "${srcdir}" in
+                        ".") newsrcdir=${srcdir} ;; # no -srcdir option.  We're building in place.
+                        /*) # absolute path
+                                newsrcdir=${srcdir}/${configdir}
+                                srcdiroption="--srcdir=${newsrcdir}"
+                                ;;
+                        *) # otherwise relative
+                                newsrcdir=../${srcdir}/${configdir}
+                                srcdiroption="--srcdir=${newsrcdir}"
+                                ;;
+                        esac
+
+			# Handle --cache-file=../XXX
+			case "${cache_file}" in
+			"") # empty
+				;;
+			/*) # absolute path
+				cache_file_option="--cache-file=${cache_file}"
+				;;
+			*) # relative path
+				cache_file_option="--cache-file=../${cache_file}"
+				;;
+			esac
+
+### check for guested configure, otherwise fix possibly relative progname
+                        if [ -f ${newsrcdir}/configure ] ; then
+                                recprog=${newsrcdir}/configure
+                        elif [ -f ${newsrcdir}/configure.in ] ; then
+                                case "${progname}" in
+                                /*)     recprog=${progname} ;;
+                                *)      recprog=../${progname} ;;
+                                esac
+			else
+				eval echo No configuration information in ${configdir} ${redirect}
+				recprog=
+                        fi
+
+### The recursion line is here.
+			if [ ! -z "${recprog}" ] ; then
+	                        if eval ${config_shell} ${recprog} ${verbose} ${buildopt} --host=${host_alias} --target=${target_alias} \
+        	                        ${prefixoption} ${tmpdiroption} ${exec_prefixoption} \
+                	                ${srcdiroption} ${program_prefixoption} ${program_suffixoption} ${program_transform_nameoption} ${site_option} ${withoptions} ${withoutoptions} ${enableoptions} ${disableoptions} ${floating_pointoption} ${cache_file_option} ${removing} ${other_options} ${redirect} ; then
+	                                true
+        	                else
+					echo Configure in `pwd` failed, exiting. 1>&2
+                	                exit 1
+                        	fi
+			fi
+
+                        cd ${POPDIR}
+                fi
+        done
+fi
+
+# Perform the same cleanup as the trap handler, minus the "exit 1" of course,
+# and reset the trap handler.
+rm -f ${tmpfile}.com ${tmpfile}.tgt ${tmpfile}.hst ${tmpfile}.pos
+trap 0
+
+exit 0
+
+#
+# Local Variables:
+# fill-column: 131
+# End:
+#
+
+# end of configure
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72b8036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,843 @@
+#! /bin/bash
+##############################################################################
+
+## This file is a shell script fragment that supplies the information
+## necessary to tailor a template configure script into the configure
+## script appropriate for this directory.  For more information, check
+## any existing configure script.  
+
+## Be warned, there are two types of configure.in files.  There are those
+## used by Autoconf, which are macros which are expanded into a configure
+## script by autoconf.  The other sort, of which this is one, is executed
+## by Cygnus configure.  
+
+## For more information on these two systems, check out the documentation
+## for 'Autoconf' (autoconf.texi) and 'Configure' (configure.texi).  
+
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+##############################################################################
+
+### To add a new directory to the tree, first choose whether it is a target
+### or a host dependent tool.  Then put it into the appropriate list
+### (library or tools, host or target), doing a dependency sort.  For
+### example, gdb requires that byacc (or bison) be built first, so it is in
+### the ${host_tools} list after byacc and bison.  
+
+
+# these libraries are used by various programs built for the host environment
+#
+host_libs="mmalloc libiberty opcodes bfd readline gash db tcl tk tclX itcl"
+
+if [ "${enable_gdbgui}" = "yes" ] ; then
+	host_libs="${host_libs} libgui"
+fi
+
+# these tools are built for the host environment
+# Note, the powerpc-eabi build depends on sim occurring before gdb in order to
+# know that we are building the simulator.
+host_tools="byacc flex bison binutils ld gas gcc sim gdb make patch prms send-pr gprof gdbtest tgas etc expect dejagnu bash m4 autoconf ispell grep diff rcs cvs fileutils shellutils time textutils wdiff find emacs emacs19 uudecode hello tar gzip indent recode release sed utils guile perl apache inet gawk findutils sn"
+
+
+# these libraries are built for the target environment, and are built after
+# the host libraries and the host tools (which may be a cross compiler)
+#
+target_libs="target-libiberty target-libgloss target-newlib target-libio target-librx target-libstdc++ target-libg++"
+
+
+# these tools are built using the target libs, and are intended to run only
+# in the target environment
+#
+# note: any program that *uses* libraries that are in the "target_libs"
+# list belongs in this list.  those programs are also very likely
+# candidates for the "native_only" list which follows
+#
+target_tools="target-examples target-groff"
+
+################################################################################
+
+## These two lists are of directories that are to be removed from the
+## ${configdirs} list for either cross-compilations or for native-
+## compilations.  For example, it doesn't make that much sense to
+## cross-compile Emacs, nor is it terribly useful to compile target-libiberty in
+## a native environment.  
+
+# directories to be built in the native environment only
+#
+# This must be a single line because of the way it is searched by grep in
+# the code below.
+native_only="autoconf cvs emacs emacs19 fileutils find gawk grep gzip hello indent ispell m4 rcs recode sed shellutils tar textutils gash uudecode wdiff gprof target-groff guile perl apache inet time bash prms sn"
+
+# directories to be built in a cross environment only
+#
+cross_only="target-libiberty target-libgloss target-newlib"
+
+## All tools belong in one of the four categories, and are assigned above
+## We assign ${configdirs} this way to remove all embedded newlines.  This
+## is important because configure will choke if they ever get through.
+## ${configdirs} is directories we build using the host tools.
+## ${target_configdirs} is directories we build using the target tools.
+#
+configdirs=`echo ${host_libs} ${host_tools}`
+target_configdirs=`echo ${target_libs} ${target_tools}`
+
+################################################################################
+
+srctrigger=move-if-change
+srcname="gnu development package"
+
+# This gets set non-empty for some net releases of packages.
+appdirs=""
+
+# per-host:
+
+# Work in distributions that contain no compiler tools, like Autoconf.
+if [ -d ${srcdir}/config ]; then
+case "${host}" in
+  m68k-hp-hpux*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-hp300 ;;
+  m68k-apollo-sysv*)      host_makefile_frag=config/mh-apollo68 ;;
+  m68k-apollo-bsd*)       host_makefile_frag=config/mh-a68bsd ;;
+  m88k-dg-dgux*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-dgux ;;
+  m88k-harris-cxux*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-cxux ;;
+  m88k-motorola-sysv*)    host_makefile_frag=config/mh-delta88;;
+  mips*-dec-ultrix*)      host_makefile_frag=config/mh-decstation ;;
+  mips*-nec-sysv4*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-necv4 ;;
+  mips*-sgi-irix6*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-irix6 ;;
+  mips*-sgi-irix5*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-irix5 ;;
+  mips*-sgi-irix4*)       host_makefile_frag=config/mh-irix4 ;;
+  mips*-sgi-irix3*)       host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv ;;
+  mips*-*-sysv4*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv4 ;;
+  mips*-*-sysv*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-riscos ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-dgux*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-dgux386 ;;
+  i[3456]86-ncr-sysv4.3)  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-ncrsvr43 ;;
+  i[3456]86-ncr-sysv4*)   host_makefile_frag=config/mh-ncr3000 ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sco3.2v5*)  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sco*)       host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sco ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-isc*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-solaris2*)  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv4 ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-aix*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-aix386 ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-go32*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-go32 ;;
+  *-cygwin32*)	  	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-cygwin32 ;;
+  *-windows*)	  	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-windows ;;
+  vax-*-ultrix2*)         host_makefile_frag=config/mh-vaxult2 ;;
+  *-*-solaris2*)          host_makefile_frag=config/mh-solaris ;;
+  m68k-sun-sunos*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sun3 ;;
+  *-hp-hpux[78]*)         host_makefile_frag=config/mh-hpux8 ;;
+  *-hp-hpux*)             host_makefile_frag=config/mh-hpux ;;
+  *-*-hiux*)              host_makefile_frag=config/mh-hpux ;;
+  rs6000-*-lynxos*)	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-lynxrs6k ;;
+  *-*-lynxos*)	  	  host_makefile_frag=config/mh-lynxos ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)             host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv4 ;;
+  *-*-sysv*)              host_makefile_frag=config/mh-sysv ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# If we aren't going to be using gcc, see if we can extract a definition
+# of CC from the fragment.
+if [ -z "${CC}" -a "${build}" = "${host}" ]; then
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  found=
+  for dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
+    if test -f $dir/gcc; then
+      found=yes
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$save_ifs"
+  if [ -z "${found}" -a -n "${host_makefile_frag}" -a -f "${srcdir}/${host_makefile_frag}" ]; then
+    xx=`sed -n -e 's/^[ 	]*CC[ 	]*=[ 	]*\(.*\)$/\1/p' < ${srcdir}/${host_makefile_frag}`
+    if [ -n "${xx}" ] ; then
+      CC=$xx
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# We default to --with-shared on platforms where -fpic is meaningless.
+# Well, we don't yet, but we will.
+if false && [ "${host}" = "${target}" ] && [ x${enable_shared} = x ]; then
+  case "${target}" in
+    alpha-dec-osf*)	enable_shared=yes ;;
+    alpha-*-linux*)	enable_shared=yes ;;
+    mips-sgi-irix5*)	enable_shared=yes ;;
+    *)			enable_shared=no ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+case "${enable_shared}" in
+  yes) shared=yes ;;
+  no) shared=no ;;
+  "") shared=no ;;
+  *) shared=yes ;;
+esac
+
+if [ x${shared} = xyes ]; then
+  waugh=
+  case "${host}" in
+    hppa*)		waugh=config/mh-papic ;;
+    i[3456]86-*)	waugh=config/mh-x86pic ;;
+    sparc64-*)		waugh=config/mh-sparcpic ;;
+    *)			waugh=config/mh-${host_cpu}pic ;;
+  esac
+  if [ -f ${srcdir}/${waugh} ]; then
+    if [ -n "${host_makefile_frag}" ] ; then
+      cat ${srcdir}/${host_makefile_frag} > mh-frag
+      cat ${srcdir}/${waugh} >> mh-frag
+      host_makefile_frag=mh-frag
+    else
+      host_makefile_frag=${waugh}
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+# per-target:
+
+case "${target}" in
+  v810*)		target_makefile_frag=config/mt-v810 ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-netware*) target_makefile_frag=config/mt-netware ;;
+  powerpc-*-netware*)   target_makefile_frag=config/mt-netware ;;
+esac
+
+skipdirs=
+gasdir=gas
+use_gnu_ld=
+use_gnu_as=
+
+# some tools are so dependent upon X11 that if we're not building with X, 
+# it's not even worth trying to configure, much less build, that tool.
+
+case ${with_x} in
+  yes | "")  # the default value for this tree is that X11 is available
+	;;
+  no)
+	skipdirs="${skipdirs} tk gash"
+	;;
+  *)
+    	echo "*** bad value \"${with_x}\" for -with-x flag; ignored" 1>&2
+    	;;
+esac
+
+# Some tools are only suitable for building in a "native" situation.
+# Those are added when we have a host==target configuration.  For cross
+# toolchains, we add some directories that should only be useful in a
+# cross-compiler.
+
+is_cross_compiler=
+
+if [ x"${host}" = x"${target}" ] ; then
+	# when doing a native toolchain, don't build the targets
+	# that are in the 'cross only' list
+	skipdirs="${skipdirs} ${cross_only}"
+	is_cross_compiler=no
+	target_subdir=.
+else
+	# similarly, don't build the targets in the 'native only' 
+	# list when building a cross compiler
+	skipdirs="${skipdirs} ${native_only}"
+	is_cross_compiler=yes
+	target_subdir=${target_alias}
+	if [ ! -d ${target_subdir} ] ; then
+	    if mkdir ${target_subdir} ; then true
+	    else
+		echo "'*** could not make ${PWD=`pwd`}/${target_subdir}" 1>&2
+                exit 1
+	    fi
+	fi
+fi	
+
+copy_dirs=
+
+# Handle --with-headers=XXX.  The contents of the named directory are
+# copied to $(tooldir)/sys-include.
+if [ x"${with_headers}" != x ]; then
+  if [ x${is_cross_compiler} = xno ]; then
+    echo 1>&2 '***' --with-headers is only supported when cross compiling
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  case "${exec_prefixoption}" in
+  "") x=${prefix} ;;
+  *) x=${exec_prefix} ;;
+  esac
+  copy_dirs="${copy_dirs} ${with_headers} $x/${target_alias}/sys-include"
+fi
+
+# Handle --with-libs=XXX.  Multiple directories are permitted.  The
+# contents are copied to $(tooldir)/lib.
+if [ x"${with_libs}" != x ]; then
+  if [ x${is_cross_compiler} = xno ]; then
+    echo 1>&2 '***' --with-libs is only supported when cross compiling
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # Copy the libraries in reverse order, so that files in the first named
+  # library override files in subsequent libraries.
+  case "${exec_prefixoption}" in
+  "") x=${prefix} ;;
+  *) x=${exec_prefix} ;;
+  esac
+  for l in ${with_libs}; do
+    copy_dirs="$l $x/${target_alias}/lib ${copy_dirs}"
+  done
+fi
+
+# If both --with-headers and --with-libs are specified, default to
+# --without-newlib.
+if [ x"${with_headers}" != x ] && [ x"${with_libs}" != x ]; then
+  if [ x"${with_newlib}" = x ]; then
+    with_newlib=no
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Recognize --with-newlib/--without-newlib.
+if [ x${with_newlib} = xno ]; then
+  skipdirs="${skipdirs} target-newlib"
+elif [ x${with_newlib} = xyes ]; then
+  skipdirs=`echo " ${skipdirs} " | sed -e 's/ target-newlib / /'`
+fi
+
+# Default to using --with-stabs for certain targets.
+if [ x${with_stabs} = x ]; then
+  case "${target}" in
+  mips*-*-irix6*)
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-* | alpha*-*-osf* | i[3456]86*-*-sysv4* | i[3456]86*-*-unixware*)
+    with_stabs=yes;
+    withoptions="${withoptions} --with-stabs"
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Handle ${copy_dirs}
+set fnord ${copy_dirs}
+shift
+while [ $# != 0 ]; do
+  if [ -f $2/COPIED ] && [ x"`cat $2/COPIED`" = x"$1" ]; then
+    :
+  else
+    echo Copying $1 to $2
+
+    # Use the install script to create the directory and all required
+    # parent directories.
+    if [ -d $2 ]; then
+      :
+    else
+      echo >config.temp
+      ${srcdir}/install.sh -c -m 644 config.temp $2/COPIED
+    fi
+
+    # Copy the directory, assuming we have tar.
+    # FIXME: Should we use B in the second tar?  Not all systems support it.
+    (cd $1; tar -cf - .) | (cd $2; tar -xpf -)
+
+    # It is the responsibility of the user to correctly adjust all
+    # symlinks.  If somebody can figure out how to handle them correctly
+    # here, feel free to add the code.
+
+    echo $1 > $2/COPIED
+  fi
+  shift; shift
+done
+
+# Configure extra directories which are host specific
+
+case "${host}" in
+	i[3456]86-*-go32*)
+	  configdirs="$configdirs dosrel" ;;
+	*-cygwin32*)
+	  configdirs="$configdirs dosrel" ;;
+esac
+
+# Remove more programs from consideration, based on the host or 
+# target this usually means that a port of the program doesn't
+# exist yet.
+
+noconfigdirs=""
+
+case "${host}" in
+  i[3456]86-*-vsta)
+    noconfigdirs="tcl expect dejagnu make texinfo bison patch flex byacc send-pr gprof uudecode dejagnu diff guile perl apache inet itcl db sn"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-go32)
+    noconfigdirs="tcl tk expect dejagnu make texinfo bison patch flex byacc send-pr gprof uudecode dejagnu diff guile perl apache inet itcl db sn"
+	;;
+  *-*-cygwin32)
+     noconfigdirs="expect dejagnu cvs autoconf bison send-pr gprof rcs guile perl texinfo apache inet itcl db sn"
+    ;;
+  *-*-windows*)
+# This is only used to build WinGDB...
+     configdirs="bfd gdb libiberty opcodes readline sim"
+     target_configdirs=
+    ;;
+  ppc*-*-pe)
+     noconfigdirs="patch diff make tk tcl expect dejagnu cvs autoconf texinfo bison send-pr gprof rcs guile perl apache inet itcl db sn"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+case "${target}" in
+  *-*-netware)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libg++ target-libstdc++ target-librx target-newlib target-libiberty target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  *-*-vxworks*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  alpha-dec-osf*)
+    # ld works, but does not support shared libraries.  emacs doesn't
+    # work.  newlib is not 64 bit ready.  I'm not sure about fileutils or grep.
+    # gas doesn't generate exception information.
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gas ld emacs fileutils grep target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-*vms*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb ld target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-*)
+    # newlib is not 64 bit ready
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  arm-*-pe*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  arm-*-coff*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  arm-*-riscix*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  d10v-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-librx target-libg++ target-libstdc++ target-libio target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  h8300*-*-* | \
+  h8500-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libg++ target-libstdc++ target-libio target-librx target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  hppa*-*-*elf* | \
+  hppa*-*-lites* | \
+  hppa*-*-rtems* )
+    # Do configure ld/binutils/gas for this case.
+    ;;
+  hppa*-*-*)
+    # HP's C compiler doesn't handle Emacs correctly (but on BSD and Mach
+    # cc is gcc, and on any system a user should be able to link cc to
+    # whatever they want.  FIXME, emacs emacs19).
+    case "${CC}" in
+	"" | cc*) noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs emacs emacs19" ;;
+        *) ;;
+    esac
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld shellutils"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-go32)
+    # but don't build gdb
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb target-libg++ target-libstdc++ target-libio target-librx"
+    ;;
+  *-*-cygwin32)
+    target_configdirs="$target_configdirs target-winsup"
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs expect target-libgloss itcl db sn"
+    # always build newlib.
+    skipdirs=`echo " ${skipdirs} " | sed -e 's/ target-newlib / /'`
+
+    # Can't build gdb for cygwin32 if not native.
+    case "${host}" in
+      *-*-cygwin32) ;; # keep gdb
+      *) noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb"
+    esac
+    ;;    
+  i[3456]86-*-pe)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libg++ target-libstdc++ target-libio target-librx target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sco3.2v5*)
+    # The linker does not yet know about weak symbols in COFF,
+    # and is not configured to handle mixed ELF and COFF.
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof ld target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sco*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-solaris2*)
+    # The linker does static linking correctly, but the Solaris C library
+    # has bugs such that some important functions won't work when statically
+    # linked.  (See man pages for getpwuid, for example.)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  i[3456]86-*-sysv4*)
+    # The SYSV4 C compiler doesn't handle Emacs correctly
+    case "${CC}" in
+	"" | cc*) noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs emacs emacs19" ;;
+        *) ;;
+    esac
+    # but that's okay since emacs doesn't work anyway
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs emacs emacs19 target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mn10200-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mn10300-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  powerpc-*-aix*)
+    # copied from rs6000-*-* entry
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof cvs target-libgloss"
+    # This is needed until gcc and ld are fixed to work together.
+    use_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  powerpc*-*-winnt* | powerpc*-*-pe* | ppc*-*-pe)
+    target_configdirs="$target_configdirs target-winsup"
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb tcl tk make expect target-libgloss itcl db sn"
+    # always build newlib.
+    skipdirs=`echo " ${skipdirs} " | sed -e 's/ target-newlib / /'`
+    ;;
+    # This is temporary until we can link against shared libraries
+  powerpcle-*-solaris*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb sim make tcl tk expect itcl db sn"
+    ;;
+  rs6000-*-lynxos*)
+    # The CVS server code doesn't work on the RS/6000
+    # Newlib makes problems for libg++ in crosses.
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-newlib gprof cvs"
+    ;;
+  rs6000-*-aix*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof"
+    # This is needed until gcc and ld are fixed to work together.
+    use_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  rs6000-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof"
+    ;;
+  m68k-apollo-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld binutils gprof target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-irix5*)
+    # The GNU linker does not support shared libraries.
+    # emacs is emacs 18, which does not work on Irix 5 (emacs19 does work)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld gprof emacs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-irix6*)
+    # The GNU linker does not support shared libraries.
+    # emacs is emacs 18, which does not work on Irix 5 (emacs19 does work)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld gas gprof emacs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mips*-dec-bsd*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-bsd*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  mips*-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gprof"
+    ;;
+  romp-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs bfd binutils ld gas opcodes target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  sh-*-*)
+    case "${host}" in
+      i[3456]86-*-vsta) ;; # don't add gprof back in
+      i[3456]86-*-go32) ;; # don't add gprof back in
+      *) skipdirs=`echo " ${skipdirs} " | sed -e 's/ gprof / /'` ;;
+    esac
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  sparc-*-sunos4*)
+    if [ x${is_cross_compiler} != xno ] ; then
+           noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gdb gdbtest target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    else
+           use_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  v810-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs bfd binutils gas gcc gdb ld target-libio target-libg++ target-libstdc++ opcodes target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  vax-*-vms)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs bfd binutils gdb ld target-newlib opcodes target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  vax-*-*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+  *-*-lynxos*)
+    # Newlib makes problems for libg++ in crosses.
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-newlib target-libgloss"
+    ;; 
+  *-*-macos* | \
+  *-*-mpw*)
+    # Macs want a resource compiler.
+    configdirs="$configdirs grez"
+    ;;    
+esac
+
+# targets that need a second pass
+case "${target}" in
+  *-gm-magic*)
+    noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# If we aren't building newlib, then don't build libgloss, since libgloss
+# depends upon some newlib header files.
+case "${noconfigdirs}" in
+  *target-libgloss*) ;;
+  *target-newlib*) noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs target-libgloss" ;;
+esac
+
+# If we are building a Canadian Cross, discard tools that can not be built
+# using a cross compiler.  FIXME: These tools should be fixed.
+if [ "${build}" != "${host}" ]; then
+  noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs expect dejagnu itcl db sn"
+fi
+
+# Make sure we don't let GNU ld be added if we didn't want it.
+if [ x$with_gnu_ld = xno ]; then
+  use_gnu_ld=no
+  noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs ld"
+fi
+
+# Make sure we don't let GNU as be added if we didn't want it.
+if [ x$with_gnu_as = xno ]; then
+  use_gnu_as=no
+  noconfigdirs="$noconfigdirs gas"
+fi
+
+# Remove the entries in $skipdirs and $noconfigdirs from $configdirs and
+# $target_configdirs.
+# If we have the source for $noconfigdirs entries, add them to $notsupp.
+
+notsupp=""
+for dir in . $skipdirs $noconfigdirs ; do
+  dirname=`echo $dir | sed -e s/target-//g`
+  if [ $dir != . ]  && echo " ${configdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    configdirs=`echo " ${configdirs} " | sed -e "s/ ${dir} / /"`
+    if [ -r $srcdir/$dirname/configure ] \
+	|| [ -r $srcdir/$dirname/configure.in ]; then
+      if echo " ${skipdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	true
+      else
+	notsupp="$notsupp $dir"
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  if [ $dir != . ]  && echo " ${target_configdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    target_configdirs=`echo " ${target_configdirs} " | sed -e "s/ ${dir} / /"`
+    if [ -r $srcdir/$dirname/configure ] \
+	|| [ -r $srcdir/$dirname/configure.in ]; then
+      if echo " ${skipdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	true
+      else
+	notsupp="$notsupp $dir"
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+done
+
+# Sometimes the tools are distributed with libiberty but with no other
+# libraries.  In that case, we don't want to build target-libiberty.
+if [ -n "${target_configdirs}" ]; then
+  others=
+  for i in `echo ${target_configdirs} | sed -e s/target-//g` ; do
+    if [ "$i" != "libiberty" ]; then
+      if [ -r $srcdir/$i/configure ] || [ -r $srcdir/$i/configure.in ]; then
+	others=yes;
+	break;
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  if [ -z "${others}" ]; then
+    target_configdirs=
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Deconfigure all subdirectories, in case we are changing the
+# configuration from one where a subdirectory is supported to one where it
+# is not.
+if [ -z "${norecursion}" -a -n "${configdirs}" ]; then
+  for i in `echo ${configdirs} | sed -e s/target-//g` ; do
+    rm -f $i/Makefile
+  done
+fi
+if [ -z "${norecursion}" -a -n "${target_configdirs}" ]; then
+  for i in `echo ${target_configdirs} | sed -e s/target-//g` ; do
+    rm -f ${target_subdir}/$i/Makefile
+  done
+fi
+
+# Produce a warning message for the subdirs we can't configure.
+# This isn't especially interesting in the Cygnus tree, but in the individual
+# FSF releases, it's important to let people know when their machine isn't
+# supported by the one or two programs in a package.
+
+if [ -n "${notsupp}" ] && [ -z "${norecursion}" ]; then
+  # If $appdirs is non-empty, at least one of those directories must still
+  # be configured, or we error out.  (E.g., if the gas release supports a
+  # specified target in some subdirs but not the gas subdir, we shouldn't
+  # pretend that all is well.)
+  if [ -n "$appdirs" ]; then
+    for dir in $appdirs ; do
+      if [ -r $dir/Makefile.in ]; then
+	if echo " ${configdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  appdirs=""
+	  break
+	fi
+	if echo " ${target_configdirs} " | grep " ${dir} " >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  appdirs=""
+	  break
+	fi
+      fi
+    done
+    if [ -n "$appdirs" ]; then
+      echo "*** This configuration is not supported by this package." 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  fi
+  # Okay, some application will build, or we don't care to check.  Still
+  # notify of subdirs not getting built.
+  echo "*** This configuration is not supported in the following subdirectories:" 1>&2
+  echo "    ${notsupp}" 1>&2
+  echo "    (Any other directories should still work fine.)" 1>&2
+fi
+
+# Set with_gnu_as and with_gnu_ld as appropriate.
+#
+# This is done by determining whether or not the appropriate directory
+# is available, and by checking whether or not specific configurations
+# have requested that this magic not happen.
+# 
+# The command line options always override the explicit settings in 
+# configure.in, and the settings in configure.in override this magic.
+#
+# If the default for a toolchain is to use GNU as and ld, and you don't 
+# want to do that, then you should use the --without-gnu-as and
+# --without-gnu-ld options for the configure script.
+
+if [ x${use_gnu_as} = x ] ; then
+  if [ x${with_gnu_as} != xno ] && echo " ${configdirs} " | grep " ${gasdir} " > /dev/null 2>&1 && [ -d ${srcdir}/${gasdir} ] ; then
+    with_gnu_as=yes
+    withoptions="$withoptions --with-gnu-as"
+  fi
+fi
+
+if [ x${use_gnu_ld} = x ] ; then
+  if [ x${with_gnu_ld} != xno ] && echo " ${configdirs} " | grep " ld " > /dev/null 2>&1 && [ -d ${srcdir}/ld ] ; then
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    withoptions="$withoptions --with-gnu-ld"
+  fi
+fi
+
+# If using newlib, add --with-newlib to the withoptions so that gcc/configure
+# can detect this case.
+
+if [ x${with_newlib} != xno ] && echo " ${target_configdirs} " | grep " target-newlib " > /dev/null 2>&1 && [ -d ${srcdir}/newlib ] ; then
+  with_newlib=yes
+  withoptions="$withoptions --with-newlib"
+fi
+
+if [ x${shared} = xyes ]; then
+  case "${target}" in
+    hppa*)		target_makefile_frag=config/mt-papic ;;
+    i[3456]86-*)		target_makefile_frag=config/mt-x86pic ;;
+    *)			target_makefile_frag=config/mt-${target_cpu}pic ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# post-target:
+
+# Make sure that the compiler is able to generate an executable.  If it
+# can't, we are probably in trouble.  We don't care whether we can run the
+# executable--we might be using a cross compiler--we only care whether it
+# can be created.  At this point the main configure script has set CC.
+echo "int main () { return 0; }" > conftest.c
+${CC} -o conftest ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c
+if [ $? = 0 ] && [ -s conftest ]; then
+  :
+else
+  echo 1>&2 "*** The command '${CC} -o conftest ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c' failed."
+  echo 1>&2 "*** You must set the environment variable CC to a working compiler."
+  rm -f conftest*
+  exit 1
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+# The Solaris /usr/ucb/cc compiler does not appear to work.
+case "${host}" in
+  sparc-sun-solaris2*)
+      CCBASE="`echo ${CC-cc} | sed 's/ .*$//'`"
+      if [ "`/usr/bin/which $CCBASE`" = "/usr/ucb/cc" ] ; then
+          could_use=
+          [ -d /opt/SUNWspro/bin ] && could_use="/opt/SUNWspro/bin"
+          if [ -d /opt/cygnus/bin ] ; then
+              if [ "$could_use" = "" ] ; then
+                  could_use="/opt/cygnus/bin"
+              else
+                  could_use="$could_use or /opt/cygnus/bin"
+              fi
+          fi
+        if [ "$could_use" = "" ] ; then
+            echo "Warning: compilation may fail because you're using"
+            echo "/usr/ucb/cc.  You should change your PATH or CC "
+            echo "variable and rerun configure."
+        else
+            echo "Warning: compilation may fail because you're using"
+            echo "/usr/ucb/cc, when you should use the C compiler from"
+            echo "$could_use.  You should change your"
+            echo "PATH or CC variable and rerun configure."
+        fi
+      fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If --enable-shared was set, we must set LD_LIBRARY_PATH so that the
+# binutils tools will find libbfd.so.
+if [ "${shared}" = "yes" ]; then
+  sed -e 's/^SET_LIB_PATH[ 	]*=.*$/SET_LIB_PATH = $(REALLY_SET_LIB_PATH)/' \
+      Makefile > Makefile.tem
+  rm -f Makefile
+  mv -f Makefile.tem Makefile
+
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*)
+    sed -e 's/RPATH_ENVVAR[ 	]*=.*$/RPATH_ENVVAR = SHLIB_PATH/' \
+	Makefile > Makefile.tem
+    rm -f Makefile
+    mv -f Makefile.tem Makefile
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Record target_configdirs and the configure arguments in Makefile.
+target_configdirs=`echo "${target_configdirs}" | sed -e 's/target-//g'`
+targargs=`echo "${arguments}" | \
+	sed -e 's/--norecursion//' \
+	    -e 's/--cache[a-z-]*=[^ 	]*//' \
+	    -e 's/--ho[a-z-]*=[^ 	]*//' \
+	    -e 's/--ta[a-z-]*=[^ 	]*//'`
+
+# Passing a --with-cross-host argument lets the target libraries know
+# whether they are being built with a cross-compiler or being built
+# native.  However, it would be better to use other mechanisms to make the
+# sorts of decisions they want to make on this basis.  Please consider
+# this option to be deprecated.  FIXME.
+if [ x${is_cross_compiler} = xyes ]; then
+  targargs="--with-cross-host=${host_alias} ${targargs}"
+fi
+
+targargs="--host=${target_alias} ${targargs}"
+sed -e "s:^TARGET_CONFIGDIRS[ 	]*=.*$:TARGET_CONFIGDIRS = ${target_configdirs}:" \
+    -e "s%^CONFIG_ARGUMENTS[ 	]*=.*$%CONFIG_ARGUMENTS = ${targargs}%" \
+    -e "s%^TARGET_SUBDIR[ 	]*=.*$%TARGET_SUBDIR = ${target_subdir}%" \
+       Makefile > Makefile.tem
+rm -f Makefile
+mv -f Makefile.tem Makefile
+
+#
+# Local Variables:
+# fill-column: 131
+# End:
+#
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/etc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a7eb4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# 
+# Makefile.in for etc
+#
+
+prefix 		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix 	= @exec_prefix@
+
+srcdir  = @srcdir@
+VPATH	= @srcdir@
+
+bindir  = @bindir@
+libdir  = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(libdir)
+datadir = @datadir@
+
+mandir  = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL 	= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA    = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format documentation with TeX.
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+INFOFILES = configure.info standards.info cfg-paper.info
+DVIFILES = configure.dvi standards.dvi cfg-paper.dvi
+
+all:
+
+install:  $(srcdir)/configure.man
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/configure.man $(man1dir)/configure.1
+
+uninstall:
+	cd $(infodir) && rm -f configure.info* standards.info* cfg-paper.info*
+
+info: $(INFOFILES)
+
+install-info: info
+	if test ! -f configure.info ; then cd $(srcdir); fi; \
+	for i in configure.info* standards.info* cfg-paper.info*; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(infodir)/$$i; \
+	done
+
+dvi: $(DVIFILES)
+
+configure.info: $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o configure.info $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+
+configure.dvi: $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/configure.texi
+
+standards.info: $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o standards.info $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+standards.dvi: $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/standards.texi
+
+cfg-paper.info : $(srcdir)/cfg-paper.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o cfg-paper.info $(srcdir)/cfg-paper.texi
+
+cfg-paper.dvi: $(srcdir)/cfg-paper.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/cfg-paper.texi
+
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.log
+	rm -f *.pg *.pgs *.toc *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean:   clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache
+
+maintainer-clean realclean:   distclean
+	rm -f *.info*
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+## these last targets are for standards.texi conformance
+dist:
+check:
+installcheck:
+TAGS:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/cfg-paper.texi b/contrib/binutils/etc/cfg-paper.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcfbb31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/cfg-paper.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+\input texinfo
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename cfg-paper.info
+@settitle On Configuring Development Tools
+@c %**end of header
+@setchapternewpage off
+
+@ifinfo
+This document attempts to describe the general concepts behind
+configuration of the @sc{gnu} Development Tools.
+It also discusses common usage.
+
+Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1994 Cygnus Support
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by Cygnus Support.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@sp 10
+@title{On Configuring Development Tools}
+@author{K. Richard Pixley, @code{rich@@cygnus.com}}
+@author{Cygnus Support}
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1994 Cygnus Support
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by Cygnus Support.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* configuration: (cfg-paper).	Some theory on configuring source.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node top, Some Basic Terms, (dir), (dir)
+
+@ifinfo
+This document attempts to describe the general concepts behind
+configuration of the @sc{gnu} Development Tools.
+It also discusses common usage.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Some Basic Terms::		Some Basic Terms
+* Specifics.::			Specifics
+* Building Development Environments::  Building Development Environments
+* A Walk Through::		A Walk Through
+* Final Notes::			Final Notes
+* Index::			Index
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Some Basic Terms
+
+* Host Environments::		Host Environments
+* Configuration Time Options::	Configuration Time Options
+
+A Walk Through
+
+* Native Development Environments::  Native Development Environments
+* Emulation Environments::	Emulation Environments
+* Simple Cross Environments::	Simple Cross Environments
+* Crossing Into Targets::	Crossing Into Targets
+* Canadian Cross::		Canadian Cross
+
+Final Notes
+
+* Hacking Configurations::	Hacking Configurations
+@end menu
+
+@node Some Basic Terms, Specifics., top, top
+@chapter Some Basic Terms
+
+There are a lot of terms that are frequently used when discussing
+development tools.  Most of the common terms have been used for many
+different concepts such that their meanings have become ambiguous to the
+point of being confusing.  Typically, we only guess at their meanings
+from context and we frequently guess wrong.
+
+This document uses very few terms by comparison.  The intent is to make
+the concepts as clear as possible in order to convey the usage and
+intent of these tools.
+
+@emph{Programs} run on @emph{machines}.  Programs are very nearly always
+written in @emph{source}.  Programs are @emph{built} from source.
+@emph{Compilation} is a process that is frequently, but not always, used
+when building programs.
+@cindex Programs
+@cindex Machines
+@cindex Source
+@cindex Building
+@cindex Compilation
+
+@menu
+* Host Environments::		Host Environments
+* Configuration Time Options::	Configuration Time Options
+@end menu
+
+@node Host Environments, Configuration Time Options, Some Basic Terms, Some Basic Terms
+@section Host Environments
+
+@cindex host
+In this document, the word @emph{host} refers to the environment in
+which the source in question will be compiled.  @emph{host} and
+@emph{host name} have nothing to do with the proper name of your host,
+like @emph{ucbvax}, @emph{prep.ai.mit.edu} or @emph{att.com}.  Instead
+they refer to things like @emph{sun4} and @emph{dec3100}.
+
+Forget for a moment that this particular directory of source is the
+source for a development environment.  Instead, pretend that it is the
+source for a simpler, more mundane, application, say, a desk calculator.
+
+Source that can be compiled in more than one environment, generally
+needs to be set up for each environment explicitly.  Here we refer to
+that process as configuration.  That is, we configure the source for a
+host.
+
+For example, if we wanted to configure our mythical desk calculator to
+compile on a SparcStation, we might configure for host sun4.  With our
+configuration system:
+
+@example
+cd desk-calculator ; ./configure sun4
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+does the trick.  @code{configure} is a shell script that sets up Makefiles,
+subdirectories, and symbolic links appropriate for compiling the source
+on a sun4.
+
+The @emph{host} environment does not necessarily refer to the machine on
+which the tools are built.  It is possible to provide a sun3 development
+environment on a sun4.  If we wanted to use a cross compiler on the sun4
+to build a program intended to be run on a sun3, we would configure the
+source for sun3.
+
+@example
+cd desk-calculator ; ./configure sun3
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The fact that we are actually building the program on a sun4 makes no
+difference if the sun3 cross compiler presents an environment that looks
+like a sun3 from the point of view of the desk calculator source code.
+Specifically, the environment is a sun3 environment if the header files,
+predefined symbols, and libraries appear as they do on a sun3.
+
+Nor does the host environment refer to the the machine on which the
+program to be built will run.  It is possible to provide a sun3
+emulation environment on a sun4 such that programs built in a sun3
+development environment actually run on the sun4.  This technique is
+often used within individual programs to remedy deficiencies in the host
+operating system.  For example, some operating systems do not provide
+the @code{bcopy} function and so it is emulated using the
+@code{memcpy} funtion.
+
+Host environment simply refers to the environment in which the program
+will be built from the source.
+
+
+@node  Configuration Time Options,  , Host Environments, Some Basic Terms
+@section Configuration Time Options
+
+Many programs have compile time options.  That is, features of the
+program that are either compiled into the program or not based on a
+choice made by the person who builds the program.  We refer to these as
+@emph{configuration options}.  For example, our desk calculator might be
+capable of being compiled into a program that either uses infix notation
+or postfix as a configuration option.  For a sun3, to choose infix you
+might use:
+
+@example
+./configure sun3 --enable-notation=infix
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+while for a sun4 with postfix you might use:
+
+@example
+./configure sun4 --enable-notation=postfix
+@end example
+
+If we wanted to build both at the same time, the intermediate pieces
+used in the build process must be kept separate.
+
+@example
+mkdir ../objdir.sun4
+(cd ../objdir.sun4 ; ../configure sun4 --enable-notation=postfix --srcdir=../src)
+mkdir ../objdir.sun3
+(cd ../objdir.sun3 ; ../configure sun3 --enable-notation=infix --srcdir=../src)
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will create subdirectories for the intermediate pieces of the sun4 and
+sun3 configurations.  This is necessary as previous systems were only
+capable of one configuration at a time.  Otherwise, a second
+configuration would write over the first.  We've chosen to retain this
+behaviour so the obj directories and the @code{--srcdir} configuration
+option are necessary to get the new behaviour.  The order of the
+arguments doesn't matter.  There should be exactly one argument without
+a leading @samp{-} and that argument will be assumed to be the host
+name.
+
+From here on the examples will assume that you want to build the tools
+@emph{in place} and won't show the @code{--srcdir} option, but remember
+that it is available.
+
+In order to actually install the program, the configuration system needs
+to know where you would like the program installed.  The default
+location is @file{/usr/local}.  We refer to this location as
+@code{$(prefix)}.  All user visible programs will be installed in
+@file{@code{$(prefix)}/bin}.  All other programs and files will be
+installed in a subdirectory of @file{@code{$(prefix)}/lib}.
+
+You can only change @code{$(prefix)} as a configuration time
+option.
+
+@example
+./configure sun4 --enable-notation=postfix --prefix=/local
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Will configure the source such that:
+
+@example
+make install
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will put its programs in @file{/local/bin} and @file{/local/lib/gcc}.
+If you change @code{$(prefix)} after building the source, you will need
+to:
+
+@example
+make clean
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+before the change will be propogated properly.  This is because some
+tools need to know the locations of other tools.
+
+With these concepts in mind, we can drop the desk calculator example and
+move on to the application that resides in these directories, namely,
+the source to a development environment.
+
+@node Specifics., Building Development Environments, Some Basic Terms, top
+@chapter Specifics
+
+The @sc{gnu} Development Tools can be built on a wide variety of hosts.  So,
+of course, they must be configured.  Like the last example,
+
+@example
+./configure sun4 --prefix=/local
+./configure sun3 --prefix=/local
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will configure the source to be built in subdirectories, in order to
+keep the intermediate pieces separate, and to be installed in
+@file{/local}.
+
+When built with suitable development environments, these will be native
+tools.  We'll explain the term @emph{native} later.
+
+@node Building Development Environments, A Walk Through, Specifics., top
+@chapter Building Development Environments
+
+@cindex Target
+
+The @sc{gnu} development tools can not only be built in a
+number of host development environments, they can also be configured to
+create a number of different development environments on each of those
+hosts.  We refer to a specific development environment created as a
+@emph{target}.  That is, the word @emph{target} refers to the development
+environment produced by compiling this source and installing the
+resulting programs.
+
+For the @sc{gnu} development tools, the default target is the
+same as the host.  That is, the development environment produced is
+intended to be compatible with the environment used to build the tools.
+
+In the example above, we created two configurations, one for sun4 and
+one for sun3.  The first configuration is expecting to be built in a
+sun4 development environment, to create a sun4 development environment.
+It doesn't necessarily need to be built on a sun4 if a sun4 development
+environment is available elsewhere.  Likewise, if the available sun4
+development environment produces executables intended for something
+other than sun4, then the development environment built from this sun4
+configuration will run on something other than a sun4.  From the point
+of view of the configuration system and the @sc{gnu} development tools
+source, this doesn't matter.  What matters is that they will be built in
+a sun4 environment.
+
+Similarly, the second configuration given above is expecting to be built
+in a sun3 development environment, to create a sun3 development
+environment.
+
+The development environment produced is a configuration time option,
+just like @code{$(prefix)}.
+
+@example
+./configure sun4 --prefix=/local --target=sun3
+./configure sun3 --prefix=/local --target=sun4
+@end example
+
+In this example, like before, we create two configurations.  The first
+is intended to be built in a sun4 environment, in subdirectories, to be
+installed in @file{/local}.  The second is intended to be built in a
+sun3 environment, in subdirectories, to be installed in @file{/local}.
+
+Unlike the previous example, the first configuration will produce a sun3
+development environment, perhaps even suitable for building the second
+configuration.  Likewise, the second configuration will produce a sun4
+development environment, perhaps even suitable for building the first
+configuration.
+
+The development environment used to build these configurations will
+determine the machines on which the resulting development environments
+can be used.
+
+
+@node A Walk Through, Final Notes, Building Development Environments, top
+@chapter A Walk Through
+
+
+@menu
+* Native Development Environments::  Native Development Environments
+* Emulation Environments::	Emulation Environments
+* Simple Cross Environments::	Simple Cross Environments
+* Crossing Into Targets::	Crossing Into Targets
+* Canadian Cross::		Canadian Cross
+@end menu
+
+@node Native Development Environments, Emulation Environments, A Walk Through, A Walk Through
+@section Native Development Environments
+
+Let us assume for a moment that you have a sun4 and that with your sun4
+you received a development environment.  This development environment is
+intended to be run on your sun4 to build programs that can be run on
+your sun4.  You could, for instance, run this development environment on
+your sun4 to build our example desk calculator program.  You could then
+run the desk calculator program on your sun4.
+
+@cindex Native
+@cindex Foreign
+The resulting desk calculator program is referred to as a @emph{native}
+program.  The development environment itself is composed of native
+programs that, when run, build other native programs.  Any other program
+is referred to as @emph{foreign}.  Programs intended for other machines are
+foreign programs.
+
+This type of development environment, which is by far the most common,
+is refered to as @emph{native}.  That is, a native development environment
+runs on some machine to build programs for that same machine.  The
+process of using a native development environment to build native
+programs is called a @emph{native} build.
+
+@example
+./configure sun4
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will configure this source such that when built in a sun4 development
+environment, with a development environment that builds programs
+intended to be run on sun4 machines, the programs built will be native
+programs and the resulting development environment will be a native
+development environment.
+
+The development system that came with your sun4 is one such environment.
+Using it to build the @sc{gnu} Development Tools is a very common activity
+and the resulting development environment is quite popular.
+
+@example
+make all
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will build the tools as configured and will assume that you want to use
+the native development environment that came with your machine.
+
+@cindex Bootstrapping
+@cindex Stage1
+Using a development environment to build a development environment is
+called @emph{bootstrapping}.  The release of the @sc{gnu}
+Development Tools is capable of bootstrapping itself.  This is a very
+powerful feature that we'll return to later.  For now, let's pretend
+that you used the native development environment that came with your
+sun4 to bootstrap the release and let's call the new
+development environment @emph{stage1}.
+
+Why bother?  Well, most people find that the @sc{gnu} development
+environment builds programs that run faster and take up less space than
+the native development environments that came with their machines.  Some
+people didn't get development environments with their machines and some
+people just like using the @sc{gnu} tools better than using other tools.
+
+@cindex Stage2
+While you're at it, if the @sc{gnu} tools produce better programs, maybe you
+should use them to build the @sc{gnu} tools.  So let's
+pretend that you do.  Let's call the new development environment
+@emph{stage2}.
+
+@cindex Stage3
+So far you've built a development environment, stage1, and you've used
+stage1 to build a new, faster and smaller development environment,
+stage2, but you haven't run any of the programs that the @sc{gnu} tools have
+built.  You really don't yet know if these tools work.  Do you have any
+programs built with the @sc{gnu} tools?  Yes, you do.  stage2.  What does
+that program do?  It builds programs.  Ok, do you have any source handy
+to build into a program?  Yes, you do.  The @sc{gnu} tools themselves.  In
+fact, if you use stage2 to build the @sc{gnu} tools again the resulting
+programs should be identical to stage2.  Let's pretend that you do and
+call the new development environment @emph{stage3}.
+
+@cindex Three stage boot
+You've just completed what's called a @emph{three stage boot}.  You now have
+a small, fast, somewhat tested, development environment.
+
+@example
+make bootstrap
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will do a three stage boot across all tools and will compare stage2 to
+stage3 and complain if they are not identical.
+
+Once built,
+
+@example
+make install
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will install the development environment in the default location, or in
+@code{$(prefix)} if you specified an alternate when you configured.
+
+@cindex Cross
+Any development environment that is not a native development environment
+is refered to as a @emph{cross} development environment.  There are many
+different types of cross development environments but most fall into one
+of three basic categories.
+
+
+@node Emulation Environments, Simple Cross Environments, Native Development Environments, A Walk Through
+@section Emulation Environments
+
+@cindex Emulation
+The first category of cross development environment is called
+@emph{emulation}.  There are two primary types of emulation, but both
+types result in programs that run on the native host.
+
+@cindex Software emulation
+@cindex Software emulator
+The first type is @emph{software emulation}.  This form of cross
+development environment involves a native program that when run on the
+native host, is capable of interpreting, and in most aspects running, a
+program intended for some other machine.  This technique is typically
+used when the other machine is either too expensive, too slow, too fast,
+or not available, perhaps because it hasn't yet been built.  The native,
+interpreting program is called a @emph{software emulator}.
+
+The @sc{gnu} Development Tools do not currently include any software
+emulators.  Some do exist and the @sc{gnu} Development Tools can be
+configured to create simple cross development environments for with
+these emulators.  More on this later.
+
+The second type of emulation is when source intended for some other
+development environment is built into a program intended for the native
+host.  The concepts of operating system universes and hosted operating
+systems are two such development environments.
+
+@node Simple Cross Environments, Crossing Into Targets, Emulation Environments, A Walk Through
+@section Simple Cross Environments
+
+@example
+./configure sun4 --target=a29k
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will configure the tools such that when compiled in a sun4 development
+environment the resulting development environment can be used to create
+programs intended for an a29k.  Again, this does not necessarily mean
+that the new development environment can be run on a sun4.  That would
+depend on the development environment used to build these tools.
+
+Earlier you saw how to configure the tools to build a native development
+environment, that is, a development environment that runs on your sun4
+and builds programs for your sun4.  Let's pretend that you use stage3 to
+build this simple cross configuration and let's call the new development
+environment gcc-a29k.  Remember that this is a native build.  Gcc-a29k
+is a collection of native programs intended to run on your sun4.  That's
+what stage3 builds, programs for your sun4.  Gcc-a29k represents an a29k
+development environment that builds programs intended to run on an a29k.
+But, remember, gcc-a29k runs on your sun4.  Programs built with gcc-a29k
+will run on your sun4 only with the help of an appropriate software
+emulator.
+
+@cindex Simple cross
+@cindex Crossing to
+Building gcc-a29k is also a bootstrap but of a slightly different sort.
+We call gcc-a29k a @emph{simple cross} environment and using gcc-a29k to
+build a program intended for a29k is called @emph{crossing to} a29k.
+Simple cross environments are the second category of cross development
+environments.
+
+
+@node Crossing Into Targets, Canadian Cross, Simple Cross Environments, A Walk Through
+@section Crossing Into Targets
+
+@example
+./configure a29k --target=a29k
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will configure the tools such that when compiled in an a29k development
+environment, the resulting development environment can be used to create
+programs intended for an a29k.  Again, this does not necessarily mean
+that the new development environment can be run on an a29k.  That would
+depend on the development environment used to build these tools.
+
+If you've been following along this walk through, then you've already
+built an a29k environment, namely gcc-a29k.  Let's pretend you use
+gcc-a29k to build the current configuration.
+
+Gcc-a29k builds programs intended for the a29k so the new development
+environment will be intended for use on an a29k.  That is, this new gcc
+consists of programs that are foreign to your sun4.  They cannot be run
+on your sun4.
+
+@cindex Crossing into
+The process of building this configuration is a another bootstrap.  This
+bootstrap is also a cross to a29k.  Because this type of build is both a
+bootstrap and a cross to a29k, it is sometimes referred to as a
+@emph{cross into} a29k.  This new development environment isn't really a
+cross development environment at all.  It is intended to run on an a29k
+to produce programs for an a29k.  You'll remember that this makes it, by
+definition, an a29k native compiler.  @emph{Crossing into} has been
+introduced here not because it is a type of cross development
+environment, but because it is frequently mistaken as one.  The process
+is @emph{a cross} but the resulting development environment is a native
+development environment.
+
+You could not have built this configuration with stage3, because stage3
+doesn't provide an a29k environment.  Instead it provides a sun4
+environment.
+
+If you happen to have an a29k lying around, you could now use this fresh
+development environment on the a29k to three-stage these tools all over
+again.  This process would look just like it did when we built the
+native sun4 development environment because we would be building another
+native development environment, this one on a29k.
+
+
+@node Canadian Cross,  , Crossing Into Targets, A Walk Through
+@section Canadian Cross
+
+So far you've seen that our development environment source must be
+configured for a specific host and for a specific target.  You've also
+seen that the resulting development environment depends on the
+development environment used in the build process.
+
+When all four match identically, that is, the configured host, the
+configured target, the environment presented by the development
+environment used in the build, and the machine on which the resulting
+development environment is intended to run, then the new development
+environment will be a native development environment.
+
+When all four match except the configured host, then we can assume that
+the development environment used in the build is some form of library
+emulation.
+
+When all four match except for the configured target, then the resulting
+development environment will be a simple cross development environment.
+
+When all four match except for the host on which the development
+environment used in the build runs, the build process is a @emph{cross into}
+and the resulting development environment will be native to some other
+machine.
+
+Most of the other permutations do exist in some form, but only one more
+is interesting to the current discussion.
+
+@example
+./configure a29k --target=sun3
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will configure the tools such that when compiled in an a29k development
+environment, the resulting development environment can be used to create
+programs intended for a sun3.  Again, this does not necessarily mean
+that the new development environment can be run on an a29k.  That would
+depend on the development environment used to build these tools.
+
+If you are still following along, then you have two a29k development
+environments, the native development environment that runs on a29k, and
+the simple cross that runs on your sun4.  If you use the a29k native
+development environment on the a29k, you will be doing the same thing we
+did a while back, namely building a simple cross from a29k to sun3.
+Let's pretend that instead, you use gcc-a29k, the simple cross
+development environment that runs on sun4 but produces programs for
+a29k.
+
+The resulting development environment will run on a29k because that's
+what gcc-a29k builds, a29k programs.  This development environment will
+produce programs for a sun3 because that is how it was configured.  This
+means that the resulting development environment is a simple cross.
+
+@cindex Canadian Cross
+@cindex Three party cross
+There really isn't a common name for this process because very few
+development environments are capable of being configured this
+extensively.  For the sake of discussion, let's call this process a
+@emph{Canadian cross}.  It's a three party cross, Canada has a three
+party system, hence Canadian Cross.
+
+@node Final Notes, Index, A Walk Through, top
+@chapter Final Notes
+
+By @emph{configures}, I mean that links, Makefile, .gdbinit, and
+config.status are built.  Configuration is always done from the source
+directory.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item ./configure @var{name}
+configures this directory, perhaps recursively, for a single host+target
+pair where the host and target are both @var{name}.  If a previous
+configuration existed, it will be overwritten.
+
+@item ./configure @var{hostname} --target=@var{targetname}
+configures this directory, perhaps recursively, for a single host+target
+pair where the host is @var{hostname} and target is @var{targetname}.
+If a previous configuration existed, it will be overwritten.
+
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* Hacking Configurations::	Hacking Configurations
+@end menu
+
+@node Hacking Configurations,  , Final Notes, Final Notes
+@section Hacking Configurations
+
+The configure scripts essentially do three things, create subdirectories
+if appropriate, build a @file{Makefile}, and create links to files, all
+based on and tailored to, a specific host+target pair.  The scripts also
+create a @file{.gdbinit} if appropriate but this is not tailored.
+
+The Makefile is created by prepending some variable definitions to a
+Makefile template called @file{Makefile.in} and then inserting host and
+target specific Makefile fragments.  The variables are set based on the
+chosen host+target pair and build style, that is, if you use
+@code{--srcdir} or not.  The host and target specific Makefile may or may
+not exist.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Makefiles can be edited directly, but those changes will eventually be
+lost.  Changes intended to be permanent for a specific host should be
+made to the host specific Makefile fragment.  This should be in
+@file{./config/mh-@var{host}} if it exists.  Changes intended to be
+permanent for a specific target should be made to the target specific
+Makefile fragment.  This should be in @file{./config/mt-@var{target}} if
+it exists.  Changes intended to be permanent for the directory should be
+made in @file{Makefile.in}.  To propogate changes to any of these,
+either use @code{make Makefile} or @code{./config.status} or
+re-configure.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@page
+@node Index,  , Final Notes, top
+@appendix Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c fill-column: 72
+@c End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/configure b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..74c33ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.10 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.10"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
+# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
+# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=configure.texi
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  sed -n "s/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=\${\1='\2'}/p" \
+  >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.10"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust relative srcdir, etc. for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" -f conftest.subs $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.subs
+
+
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a29f993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(configure.texi)
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.man b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a769904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.man
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+.\" -*- nroff -*-
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1996 Cygnus Support
+.\" written by K. Richard Pixley
+.TH configure 1 "29 March 1996" "cygnus support" "Cygnus Support"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+configure \- prepare source code to be built
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+configure HOST [--target=TARGET] [--srcdir=DIR] [--rm]
+            [--site=SITE] [--prefix=DIR] [--exec_prefix=DIR]
+            [--program_prefix=DIR] [--tmpdir=DIR]
+            [--with-PACKAGE[=YES/NO]] [--without-PACKAGE]
+            [--enable-FEATURE[=YES/NO]] [--disable-FEATURE]
+            [--norecursion] [--nfp] [-s] [-v] [-V | --version] [--help]
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I configure
+is a program used to prepare souce code to be built.  It does this by
+generating Makefiles and .gdbinit files, creating symlinks, recursing
+in subdirectories, and some other miscellaneous file editing.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.I configure
+accepts the following options:
+
+.TP
+.I \--target=TARGET
+Requests that the sources be configured to target the
+.I TARGET
+machine.  If no target is specified explicitly, the target is assumed
+to be the same as the host.
+
+.TP
+.I \--srcdir=DIR
+tells configure to find the source in 
+.I DIR.
+Object code is always built in the current directory,
+.I `.'.
+
+.TP
+.I \--rm
+asks configure to remove a configuration rather than create one.
+
+.TP
+.I \--site=SITE
+asks configure to use any site-specific Makefile fragments for
+.I SITE
+when building Makefiles.
+
+.TP
+.I \--prefix=DIR
+sets the location in which to install files to
+.I DIR.
+The default is "/usr/local".
+
+.TP
+.I \--exec_prefix=DIR
+sets the root directory for host-dependent files to
+.I DIR.
+The default location is the value of
+.I prefix.
+
+.TP
+.I \--program_prefix=DIR
+configures the source to install programs which have the same names as
+common Unix programs, such as "make", in
+.I DIR.
+Also applies to programs which might be used for cross-compilation.
+
+.TP
+.I \--tmpdir=DIR
+sets the directory in which configure creates temporary files to
+.I DIR.
+
+.TP
+.I \--with-PACKAGE[=YES/NO]
+sets a flag for the build to recognize that
+.I PACKAGE
+is explicitly present or not present.  If
+.I \=YES/NO
+is nonexistent, the default is
+.I YES.
+.I \--without-PACKAGE
+is equivalent to 
+.IR \--with-PACKAGE=no .
+
+.TP
+.I \--enable-FEATURE[=YES/NO]
+sets a flag for the build to recognize that
+.I FEATURE
+should be included or not included.  If
+.I \=YES/NO
+is nonexistent, the default is
+.I YES.
+.I \--disable-FEATURE
+is equivalent to
+.IR --enable-FEATURE=no .
+
+.TP
+.I \--norecursion
+asks that only the current directory be configured.  Normally
+.I configure
+recurs on subdirectories.
+
+.TP
+.I \-nfp
+Notifies
+.I configure
+that all of the specified hosts have
+.I no floating point
+units.
+
+.TP
+.I \-s
+used internally by configure to supress status messages on
+subdirectory recursions.  Override with
+.I \-v
+
+.TP
+.I \-v
+verbose output.  Asks that configure print status lines for each
+directory configured.  Normally, only the status lines for the current
+directory are printed.
+
+.TP
+.I \--version
+.I \-V
+prints
+.I configure
+version number.
+
+.TP
+.I \-help
+displays a brief usage summary.
+
+
+.SH FILES
+configure.in	for each directory's individual needs
+.br
+Makefile.in	Makefile template
+.br
+config.sub	for parsing configuration names
+.br
+config.guess	for guessing HOST when not specified
+.br
+config.status	non-recursively rebuilds current directory
+
+.SH FILES
+.ta \w'gmon.sum 'u
+a.out	the namelist and text space.
+.br
+gmon.out	dynamic call graph and profile.
+.br
+gmon.sum summarized dynamic call graph and profile.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" configure "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.texi b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4457774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/configure.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,1830 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@setfilename configure.info
+@settitle Cygnus configure
+
+@synindex ky cp
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* configure: (configure).        Cygnus configure.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This document describes the Cygnus Support version of @code{configure}.
+
+Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Cygnus Support
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by Cygnus Support.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c We should not distribute texinfo files with smallbook enabled.
+@c @smallbook
+@finalout
+@titlepage
+@title Cygnus configure
+@author K. Richard Pixley
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+@cindex copyleft
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Edited January, 1993, by Jeffrey Osier, Cygnus Support.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993 Cygnus Support
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by Cygnus Support.
+@end titlepage
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top Cygnus configure
+
+This file documents the configuration system used and distributed by
+Cygnus Support.
+
+@menu
+* What configure does::    What configure does
+* Invoking configure::     Invoking configure---basic usage
+* Using configure::        More than you ever wanted to know
+* Porting::                How to use configure with new programs
+* Variables Index::
+* Concept Index::
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node What configure does
+@chapter What @code{configure} does
+@cindex Introduction
+@cindex Overview
+@cindex What @code{configure} does
+@kindex Cygnus Support Developer's Kit
+
+This manual documents Cygnus @code{configure}, a program which helps to
+automate much of the setup activity associated with building large suites of
+programs, such the Cygnus Support Developer's Kit.  This manual is therefore
+geared toward readers who are likely to face the problem of configuring
+software in source form before compiling and installing it.  We assume you are
+an experienced programmer or system administrator.
+@ifinfo
+For further background on this topic, see @ref{Some Basic Terms, , Apologia
+Configure, cfg-paper, On Configuring Development Tools}, by K. Richard
+Pixley.
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+For further background on this topic, see @cite{On Configuring Development
+Tools} by K. Richard Pixley.
+@end iftex
+
+When @code{configure} runs, it does the following things:
+
+@table @emph
+@item @bullet{} creates build directories
+@vindex srcdir
+@cindex @code{srcdir}
+@cindex Build directories
+When you run @code{configure} with the @samp{--srcdir} option, it uses the
+current directory as the @dfn{build directory}, creating under it a directory
+tree that parallels the directory structure of the source directory.  If you
+don't specify a @samp{srcdir}, @code{configure} first assumes that the source
+code you wish to configure is in your current directory; if it finds no
+@file{configure.in} input file there, it searches in the directory
+@code{configure} itself lies in.  (For details, see @ref{Build directories, ,
+Build directories}.)
+
+@item @bullet{} generates @file{Makefile}
+@cindex @code{Makefile} generation
+A @file{Makefile} template from the source directory, usually called
+@file{Makefile.in}, is copied to an output file in the build directory which is
+most often named @file{Makefile}.  @code{configure} places definitions for a
+number of standard @file{Makefile} macros at the beginning of the output file.
+If @w{@samp{--prefix=@var{dir}}} or @w{@samp{--exec_prefix=@var{dir}}} are
+specified on the @code{configure} command line, corresponding @file{Makefile}
+variables are set accordingly.  If host, target, or site-specific
+@file{Makefile} fragments exist, these are inserted into the output file.  (For
+details, see @ref{Makefile generation, , @code{Makefile} generation}.)
+
+@item @bullet{} generates @file{.gdbinit}
+@cindex @code{.gdbinit}
+If the source directory contains a @file{.gdbinit} file and the build directory
+is not the same as the source directory, a @file{.gdbinit} file is created in
+the build directory.  This @file{.gdbinit} file contains commands which allow
+the source directory to be read when debugging with the @sc{gnu} debugger,
+@code{gdb}.  (@xref{Command Files, , Command Files, gdb, Debugging With GDB}.)
+
+@item @bullet{} makes symbolic links
+@cindex Symbolic links
+Most build directories require that some symbolic links with generic names are
+built pointing to specific files in the source directory.  If the system where
+@code{configure} runs cannot support symbolic links, hard links are used
+instead.  (For details, see @ref{configure.in, , The @code{configure.in} input
+file}.)
+
+@item @bullet{} generates @file{config.status}
+@cindex @code{config.status}
+@code{configure} creates a shell script named @file{config.status} in the build
+directory.  This shell script, when run from the build directory (usually from
+within a @file{Makefile}), will reconfigure the build directory (but not its
+subdirectories).  This is most often used to have a @file{Makefile} update
+itself automatically if a new source directory is available.
+
+@item @bullet{} calls itself recursively
+@cindex Recursion
+If the source directory has subdirectories that should also be configured,
+@code{configure} is called for each.  
+@end table
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Invoking configure
+@chapter Invoking @code{configure}
+@cindex Invoking @code{configure}
+@cindex Usage
+
+Cygnus @code{configure} is a shell script which resides in a source tree.  The
+usual way to invoke @code{configure} is from the shell, as follows:
+
+@cindex Example session
+@example
+eg$ ./configure @var{hosttype}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This prepares the source in the current directory (@file{.}) to be
+compiled for a @var{hosttype} environment.  It assumes that you wish to
+build programs and files in the default @dfn{build directory} (also the
+current directory, @file{.}).  If you do not specify a value for
+@var{hosttype}, Cygnus @code{configure} will attempt to discover this
+information by itself (@pxref{config.guess, , Determining system
+information}).  For information on @var{hosttype} environments,
+@xref{Host, , Host}.
+
+All @sc{gnu} software is packaged with one or more @code{configure} script(s)
+(@pxref{Configuration, , How Configuration Should Work, standards, GNU Coding
+Standards}).  By using @code{configure} you prepare the source for your
+specific environment by selecting and using @file{Makefile} fragments and
+fragments of shell scripts, which are prepared in advance and stored with the
+source.
+
+@code{configure}'s command-line options also allow you to specify other aspects
+of the source configuration:
+
+@smallexample
+  configure @var{hosttype}  [--target=@var{target}] [--srcdir=@var{dir}] [--rm]
+            [--site=@var{site}] [--prefix=@var{dir}] [--exec-prefix=@var{dir}]
+            [--program-prefix=@var{string}] [--tmpdir=@var{dir}]
+            [--with-@var{package}[=@var{yes/no}]] [--without-@var{package}]
+            [--enable-@var{feature}[=@var{yes/no}]] [--disable-@var{feature}]
+            [--norecursion] [--nfp] [-s] [-v] [-V | --version] [--help]
+@end smallexample
+
+@table @code
+@item --target=@var{target}
+@cindex @code{--target}
+@cindex @code{target} option
+@vindex target
+Requests that the sources be configured to target the @var{target} machine.  If
+no target is specified explicitly, the target is assumed to be the same as the
+host (i.e., a @dfn{native} configuration).  @xref{Host, , Host}, and
+@ref{Target, , Target}, for
+discussions of each.
+
+@item --srcdir=@var{dir}
+@cindex @code{--srcdir}
+@cindex @code{srcdir} option
+@vindex srcdir
+Direct each generated @file{Makefile} to use the sources located in directory
+@var{dir}.  Use this option whenever you wish the object code to reside in a
+different place from the source code.  The @dfn{build directory} is always
+assumed to be the directory you call @code{configure} from.  See @ref{Build
+directories, , Build directories}, for an example.  If the source directory is
+not specified, @code{configure} assumes that the source is in your current
+directory.  If @code{configure} finds no @file{configure.in} there, it searches
+in the same directory that the @code{configure} script itself lies in.
+Pathnames specified (Values for @var{dir}) can be either absolute relative to
+the @emph{build} directory.
+
+@item --rm
+@cindex @code{--rm}
+@cindex @code{rm} option
+@vindex rm
+@emph{Remove} the configuration specified by @var{hosttype} and the other
+command-line options, rather than create it.
+
+@c FIXME: check @ref
+@quotation
+@emph{Note:} We recommend that you use @samp{make distclean} rather than
+use this option; see @ref{Invoking make,,Invoking @code{make},make,GNU
+Make}, for details on @samp{make distclean}.
+@end quotation
+
+@item --site=@var{site}
+@cindex @code{--site}
+@cindex @code{site} option
+@vindex site
+Generate the @file{Makefile} using site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments for
+@var{site}.  @xref{Makefile fragments, , Adding information about local
+conventions}.
+
+@item --prefix=@var{dir}
+@cindex @code{--prefix}
+@cindex @code{prefix} option
+@vindex prefix
+Configure the source to install programs and files under directory @var{dir}.
+
+This option sets the variable @samp{prefix}.  Each generated @file{Makefile}
+will have its @samp{prefix} variables set to this value.  (@xref{What configure
+really does, , What @code{configure} really does}.)
+
+@item --exec-prefix=@var{dir}
+@cindex @code{--exec-prefix}
+@cindex @code{exec-prefix} option
+@vindex exec-prefix
+Configure the source to install @dfn{host dependent} files in @var{dir}.
+
+This option sets the variable @samp{exec_prefix}.  Each generated
+@file{Makefile} will have its @samp{exec_prefix} variables set to this value.
+(@xref{What configure really does, , What @code{configure} really does}.)
+
+@item --program-prefix=@var{string}
+@cindex @code{--program-prefix}
+@cindex @code{program-prefix} option
+@vindex program-prefix
+Configure the source to install certain programs using @var{string} as a
+prefix.  This applies to programs which might be used for cross-compilation,
+such as the compiler and the binary utilities, and also to programs which have
+the same names as common Unix programs, such as @code{make}.
+
+This option sets the variable @samp{program_prefix}.  Each generated
+@file{Makefile} will have its @samp{program_prefix} variables set to this
+value.  (@xref{What configure really does, , What @code{configure} really
+does}.)
+
+@item --tmpdir=@var{tmpdir}
+@cindex @code{--tmpdir}
+@cindex @code{tmpdir} option
+@vindex tmpdir
+Use the directory @var{tmpdir} for @code{configure}'s temporary files.  The
+default is the value of the environment variable @w{@code{TMPDIR}}, or
+@file{/tmp} if the environment variable is not set.
+
+@item --with-@var{package}[=@var{yes/no}]
+@itemx --without-@var{package}
+@cindex @code{--with-@var{package}}
+@cindex @code{with-@var{package}} option
+@vindex with-@var{package}
+@cindex @code{--without-@var{package}}
+@cindex @code{without-@var{package}} option
+@vindex without-@var{package}
+Indicate that @var{package} is present, or not present, depending on
+@var{yes/no}.  If @var{yes/no} is nonexistent, its value is assumed to be
+@code{yes}.  @samp{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
+@samp{--with-@var{package}=no}.
+
+For example, if you wish to configure the program @code{gcc} for a Sun
+SPARCstation running SunOS 4.x, and you want @code{gcc} to use the
+@sc{gnu} linker @code{ld}, you can configure @code{gcc} using
+
+@cindex Example session
+@smallexample
+eg$ configure --with-gnu-ld sun4
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+@xref{What configure really does, , What @code{configure} really does}, for
+details.  See the installation or release notes for your particular package for
+details on which other @var{package} options are recognized.
+@c FIXME - need to include info about --with-* in other dox!
+
+@item --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{yes/no}]
+@itemx --disable-@var{feature}
+@cindex @code{--enable-@var{feature}}
+@cindex @code{enable-@var{feature}} option
+@vindex enable-@var{feature}
+@cindex @code{--disable-@var{feature}}
+@cindex @code{disable-@var{feature}} option
+@vindex disable-@var{feature}
+Include @var{feature}, or not, depending on @var{yes/no}.  If @var{yes/no} is
+nonexistent, its value is assumed to be @code{yes}.
+@samp{--disable-@var{feature}} is equivalent to
+@samp{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
+
+@noindent
+@xref{What configure really does, , What @code{configure} really does}, for
+details.  See the installation or release notes for your particular package for
+details on which other @var{feature} options are recognized.
+@c FIXME - need to include info about --enable-* in other dox!
+
+@item --norecursion
+@cindex @code{--norecursion}
+@cindex @code{norecursion} option
+@vindex norecursion
+Configure only this directory; ignore any subdirectories.  This is used by the
+executable shell script @file{config.status} to reconfigure only the current
+directory; it is most often used non-interactively, when @code{make} is
+invoked.  (@xref{config.status, , @code{config.status}}.)
+
+@item --nfp
+@cindex @code{--nfp}
+@cindex @code{nfp} option
+@vindex nfp
+Assume that the intended @var{hosttype} has no floating point unit.
+
+@item -s
+@cindex @code{-s}
+@cindex @code{s} option
+Suppress status output.  This option is used internally by
+@code{configure} when calling itself recursively in subdirectories.  You
+can override this option with the @code{--verbose} option.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --verbose
+@cindex @code{-v}
+@cindex @code{--verbose}
+@cindex @code{v} option
+@cindex @code{verbose} option
+@cindex Verbose Output
+@vindex verbose
+Print status lines for each directory configured.  Normally, only the
+status lines for the initial working directory are printed.
+
+@item --version
+@itemx -V
+@cindex version
+@cindex @code{--version}
+@cindex version
+Print the @code{configure} version number.
+
+@item --help
+@cindex Usage
+@cindex @code{--help}
+@cindex @code{help} option
+Print a short summary of how to invoke @code{configure}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex Abbreviating option names
+@cindex Truncating option names
+@cartouche
+@emph{Note:} You may introduce options with a single dash, @samp{-}, rather
+than two dashes, @samp{--}.  However, you may not be able to truncate long
+option names when using a single dash.  When using two dashes, options may be
+abbreviated as long as each option can be uniquely identified.  For example,
+@smallexample
+eg$ configure --s=/u/me/src @var{hosttype}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+is ambiguous, as @w{@samp{--s}} could refer to either @w{@samp{--site}} or
+@w{@samp{--srcdir}}.  However,
+@smallexample
+eg$ configure --src=/u/me/src @var{hosttype}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+is a valid abbreviation.
+@end cartouche
+
+
+@c ========================================================================
+@node Using configure
+@chapter Using @code{configure}
+@cindex Using @code{configure}
+@cindex Detailed usage
+@cindex Usage: detailed
+
+@code{configure} prepares source directories for building programs in
+them.  ``Configuring'' is the process of preparing software to compile
+correctly on a given @dfn{host}, for a given @dfn{target}.
+
+@code{configure} subsequently writes a configured @file{Makefile} from a
+pre-built template; @code{configure} uses variables that have been set in the
+configuring process to determine the values of some variables in the
+@file{Makefile}.  Because of this we will refer to both @code{configure}
+variables and @file{Makefile} variables.  This convention allows us to
+determine where the variable should be set initially, in either
+@file{configure.in} or @file{Makefile.in}.
+
+@menu
+* What configure really does:: What configure really does
+* configure.in::               The configure.in input file
+* Install locations::          Where to install things once they are built
+* Host::                       Telling configure what will source will be built
+* Target::                     Telling configure what the source will target
+* Makefile fragments::         Adding information about local conventions
+* Makefile extensions::        Extensions to the GNU coding standards
+@end menu
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node What configure really does
+@section What @code{configure} really does
+@cindex What @code{configure} really does
+@cindex Behind the scenes
+@cindex @code{configure} back end
+@cindex @code{configure} details
+
+Cygnus @code{configure} is a shell script that sets up an environment in
+which your programs will compile correctly for your machine and
+operating system, and will install in proper places.  @code{configure}
+accomplishes this task by doing the following:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+it generates a @file{Makefile} from a custom template called
+@file{Makefile.in} in each relevant source directory;
+
+@item 
+it customizes the build process to your specifications; you set certain
+variables for @code{configure}, either on the command line or in the
+file @file{configure.in}, which subsequently sets variables in each
+generated @file{Makefile} to be used by @code{make} when actually
+building the software;
+
+@item 
+it creates @dfn{build directories}, places for your code to be compiled
+in before being installed;
+
+@item 
+it generates a @file{.gdbinit} in the build directory, if needed, to
+communicate to @code{gdb} where to find the program's source code;
+
+@item 
+it generates a shell script called @file{config.status}
+which is used most often by the @file{Makefile} to reconfigure itself;
+
+@item 
+it recurses in subdirectories, setting up entire trees so that they build
+correctly; if @code{configure} finds another @code{configure} script
+further down in a given source tree, it knows to use this script and not
+recur.
+@end itemize
+
+For the sake of safety (i.e., in order to prevent broken installations), the
+@sc{gnu} coding standards call for software to be @dfn{configured} in such a
+way that an end user trying to build a given package will be able to do so by
+affecting a finite number of variables.  All @sc{gnu} software comes with an
+executable @code{configure} shell script which sets up an environment within a
+build directory which will correctly compile your new package for your host
+(or, alternatively, whatever host you specify to @code{configure}).
+@ifinfo
+For further background on this topic, see @ref{Some Basic Terms, , Apologia
+Configure, cfg-paper, On Configuring Development Tools}, by K. Richard
+Pixley.
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+For further background on this topic, see @cite{On Configuring Development
+Tools} by K. Richard Pixley.
+@end iftex
+
+Use @code{configure} to set for the build process:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+correct values for certain variables;
+
+@item 
+which type of host you wish to configure a given package for
+(@pxref{Host, , Host});
+
+@item 
+where you want to install this package (by using @samp{prefix},
+@samp{exec-prefix} and @samp{program-prefix}; @pxref{Install details, ,
+Full descriptions of all installation directories});
+
+@item 
+optionally, which type of machine you wish to @dfn{target} this
+package's output to (@pxref{Target, , Target});
+
+@item 
+which other @sc{gnu} packages are already installed and available to
+this particular build (by using the @samp{--with-@var{package}} option;
+@pxref{Invoking configure, , Invoking @code{configure}});
+
+@item 
+where to place temporary files (by using the @samp{--tmpdir=@var{dir}}
+option; @pxref{Invoking configure, , Invoking @code{configure}});
+
+@item whether to recur in subdirectories (changeable through the
+@w{@samp{--norecursion}} option; @pxref{Invoking configure, , Invoking
+@code{configure}}).
+@end itemize
+
+@code{configure} uses a few other files to complete its tasks.  These are
+discussed in detail where noted.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex Other files
+@item configure.in
+@cindex @code{configure.in} definition
+Input file for @code{configure}.  Shell script fragments reside here.
+@xref{configure.in, , The @code{configure.in} input file}.
+
+@item Makefile.in
+@cindex @code{Makefile.in} definition
+Template which @code{configure} uses to build a file called @file{Makefile} in
+the @dfn{build directory}.  @xref{Makefile generation, , @code{Makefile}
+generation}.
+
+@item config.sub
+@cindex @code{config.sub} definition
+Shell script used by @code{configure} to expand referents to the
+@var{hosttype} argument into a single specification of the form
+@w{@var{cpu-vendor-os}}.  For instance, on the command line you can
+specify
+
+@cindex Example session
+@example
+eg$ ./configure sun4
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+to configure for a Sun SPARCstation running SunOS 4.x.  @code{configure}
+consults @code{config.sub} to find that the three-part specification for this
+is
+
+@example
+sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+which notes the @var{cpu} as @samp{sparc}, the @var{manufacturer} as @samp{sun}
+(Sun Microsystems), and the @var{os} (operating system) as @samp{sunos4.1.1},
+the SunOS 4.1.1 release.  @xref{configure variables, , Variables available to @code{configure}}.
+
+@item config.guess
+@cindex @code{config.guess} definition
+If you do not put the @var{hosttype} argument on the command line,
+@code{configure} uses the @code{config.guess} shell script to make an
+analysis of your machine (it assumes that you wish to configure your
+software for the type of machine on which you are running).  The output
+of @code{config.guess} is a three-part identifier as described above.
+
+@item config.status
+@cindex @code{config.status} definition
+The final step in configuring a directory is to create a shell script,
+@code{config.status}.  The main purpose of this file is to allow the
+@file{Makefile} for the current directory to rebuild itself, if
+necessary.  @xref{config.status, , @code{config.status}}.
+
+@item config/*
+@cindex @code{config/} subdirectory
+@code{configure} uses three types of @file{Makefile} @dfn{fragments}, which
+reside in the directory @file{@var{srcdir}/config/}.  @xref{Makefile fragments,
+, Adding information about local conventions}.
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* Build variables::         Variable-spaghetti made simple 
+* Build directories::       Build directories described well
+* Makefile generation::     To build a Makefile
+* config.guess::            Be vewwy quiet, I'm hunting system information
+* config.status::           To rebuild a Makefile
+@end menu
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Build variables
+@subsection Build variables
+@cindex Build variables
+@cindex Cygnus Support Developer's Kit
+@cindex Variables
+
+There are several variables in the build process which you can control through
+build programs such as @code{make}.  These include machine definitions, local
+conventions, installation locations, locations for temporary files, etc.  This
+data is accessible through certain variables which are configurable in the
+build process; we refer to them as @dfn{build variables}.
+
+For lists of build variables which you can affect by using @code{configure},
+see @ref{configure variables, , Variables available to @code{configure.in}},
+and @ref{Install details, , Full descriptions of all installation directories}.
+
+Generally, build variables, which are used by the @file{Makefile} to
+determine various aspects of the build and installation processes, are
+changeable with command-line options to @code{configure}.  In most large
+suites of programs, like the Cygnus Support Developer's Kit, the
+individual programs reside in several subdirectories of a single source
+code ``tree''.  All of these subdirectories need to be configured with
+information relative to the @dfn{build directory}, which is not known
+until @code{configure} is run.  Unless specified otherwise,
+@code{configure} recursively configures every subdirectory in the source
+tree.
+
+Build variables are passed from @code{configure} directly into the
+@file{Makefile}, and use the same names (except that dashes are
+transformed into underbars; for example, when you specify the option
+@samp{--exec-prefix} on the command line, the @file{Makefile} variable
+@samp{exec_prefix} is set).  In other words, if you specify
+
+@cindex Example session
+@example
+eg$ ./configure --prefix=/usr/gnu/local @dots{} @var{hosttype}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+on the command line, @code{configure} sets an variable called @samp{prefix} to
+@samp{/usr/gnu/local}, and passes this into the @file{Makefile} in the same
+manner.  After this command, each @file{Makefile} generated by @code{configure}
+will contain a line that reads:
+
+@example
+prefix = /usr/gnu/local
+@end example
+
+For a list of the @file{Makefile} variables @code{configure} can change, and
+instructions on how to change them, see @ref{configure variables, , Variables
+available to @code{configure.in}}, and @ref{Invoking configure, , Invoking
+@code{configure}}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Build directories
+@subsection Build directories
+@cindex Build directories
+@cindex Object directories
+@cindex Building for multiple hosts
+@cindex Building for multiple targets
+
+By default, @code{configure} builds a @file{Makefile} and symbolic links in the
+same directory as the source files.  This default works for many cases, but it
+has limitations.  For instance, using this approach, you can only build object
+code for one host at a time.
+
+We refer to each directory where @code{configure} builds a @file{Makefile} as
+a @dfn{build directory}.
+
+The build directory for any given build is always the directory from which you
+call @code{configure}, or @file{.} relative to your prompt.  The default
+@dfn{source directory}, the place @code{configure} looks to find source code,
+is also @file{.}.  For instance, if we have a directory @file{/gnu-stuff/src/}
+that is the top branch of a tree of @sc{gnu} source code we wish to configure,
+then the program we will use to configure this code is
+@file{/gnu-stuff/src/configure}, as follows.  (Assume for the sake of argument
+that our machine is a sun4.)
+
+@cindex Example session
+@smallexample
+@group
+eg$ cd /gnu-stuff/src
+eg$ ./configure sun4
+Created "Makefile" in /gnu-stuff/src
+eg$
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+We just configured the code in @file{/gnu-stuff/src} to run on a Sun
+SPARCstation using SunOS 4.x by creating a @file{Makefile} in
+@file{/gnu-stuff/src}.  By default, we also specified that when this code is
+built, the object code should reside in the same directory,
+@file{/gnu-stuff/src}.
+
+However, if we wanted to build this code for more than one host, we would be in
+trouble, because the new configuration would write over the old one, destroying
+it in the process.  What we can do is to make a new @dfn{build directory} and
+configure from there.  Running @code{configure} from the new directory will
+place a correct @file{Makefile} and a @file{config.status} in this new file.
+That is all @code{configure} does; we must run @code{make} to generate any
+object code.  
+
+The new @file{Makefile} in @file{/gnu-stuff/sun4-obj}, created from the
+template file @file{/gnu-stuff/src/Makefile.in}, contains all the information
+needed to build the program.
+
+@cindex Example session
+@smallexample
+@group
+eg$ mkdir /gnu-stuff/sun4-obj
+eg$ cd /gnu-stuff/sun4-obj
+eg$ ../src/configure --srcdir=../src sun4
+Created "Makefile" in /gnu-stuff/sun4-obj
+eg$ ls
+Makefile       config.status
+eg$ make all info install install-info clean
+@var{compilation messages@dots{}}
+eg$ mkdir /gnu-stuff/solaris2
+eg$ cd /gnu-stuff/solaris2
+eg$ ../src/configure --srcdir=../src sol2
+Created "Makefile" in /gnu-stuff/solaris2
+eg$ ls
+Makefile       config.status
+eg$ make all info install install-info clean
+@var{compilation messages@dots{}}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+We can repeat this for other configurations of the same software simply
+by making a new build directory and reconfiguring from inside it.  If
+you do not specify the @var{hosttype} argument, @code{configure}
+will attempt to figure out what kind of machine and operating system you
+happen to be using.  @xref{config.guess, , Determining system
+information}.  Of course, this may not always be the configuration you
+wish to build.
+
+@emph{Caution:} If you build more than one configuration for a single program,
+remember that you must also specify a different @samp{--prefix} for each
+configuration at configure-time.  Otherwise, both configurations will be
+installed in the same default location (@file{/usr/local}); the configuration
+to be installed last would overwrite previously installed configurations.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Makefile generation
+@subsection @code{Makefile} generation
+@cindex @code{Makefile} generation
+
+Cygnus @code{configure} creates a file called @file{Makefile} in the build
+directory which can be used with @code{make} to automatically build a given
+program or package.  @code{configure} also builds a @file{Makefile} for each
+relevant subdirectory for a given program or package (irrelevant subdirectories
+would be those which contain no code which needs configuring, and which
+therefore have no @code{configure} input file @file{configure.in} and no
+@file{Makefile} template @file{Makefile.in}).  @xref{Running, @code{make}
+Invocation, How to Run @code{make}, make, GNU Make}, for details on using
+@code{make} to compile your source code.
+
+Each @file{Makefile} contains variables which have been configured for a
+specific build.  These build variables are determined when @code{configure} is
+run.  All build variables have defaults.  By default, @code{configure}
+generates a @file{Makefile} which specifies: 
+
+@cindex Default configuration
+@itemize @bullet
+@item a @dfn{native} build, which is to occur 
+
+@item in the current directory, and which will be installed 
+
+@item in the default installation directory (@file{/usr/local}) when the code
+is compiled with @code{make}.  
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+Variables are changeable through command-line options to @code{configure}
+(@pxref{Invoking configure, , Invoking @code{configure}}).
+
+If you are porting a new program and intend to use @code{configure}, see
+@ref{Porting, , Porting with @code{configure}}, as well as @ref{Makefiles, ,
+Writing Makefiles, make, GNU Make}, and @ref{Makefiles, , Makefile Conventions,
+standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node config.guess
+@subsection Determining system information
+@cindex @code{config.guess}
+
+The shell script @code{config.guess} is called when you do not specify a
+@var{hosttype} on the command line to @code{configure}.  @code{config.guess}
+acquires available system information from your local machine through the shell
+command @code{uname}.  It compares this information to a database and attempts
+to determine a usable three-part system identifier (known as a @dfn{triple}) to
+use as your @var{hosttype}.  @xref{What configure really does, , What
+@code{configure} really does}, to see how this information is used.
+
+@emph{Note:}  If you do not specify a @var{hosttype} on the command line,
+@code{configure} will attempt to configure your software to run on the machine
+you happen to be using.  This may not be the configuration you desire.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node config.status
+@subsection @code{config.status}
+@cindex @code{config.status}
+
+The final step in configuring a directory is to create an executable shell
+script, @file{config.status}.  The main purpose of this file is to allow the
+@file{Makefile} for the current directory to rebuild itself, if necessary.  It
+is usually run from within the @file{Makefile}.  @xref{Makefile extensions, ,
+Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards}.
+
+@file{config.status} also contains a record of the @code{configure} session
+which created it.  
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node configure.in
+@section The @code{configure.in} input file
+@cindex @code{configure.in}
+
+A @file{configure.in} file for Cygnus @code{configure} consists of a
+@dfn{per-invocation} section, followed by a @dfn{per-host} section, followed by
+a @dfn{per-target} section, optionally followed by a @dfn{post-target} section.
+Each section is a shell script fragment, which is executed by the
+@code{configure} shell script at an appropriate time.  Values are passed among
+@code{configure} and the shell fragments through a set of shell variables.
+When each section is being interpreted by the shell, the shell's current
+directory is the build directory, and any files created by the section (or
+referred to by the section) will be relative to the build directory.  To
+reference files in other places (such as the source directory), prepend a shell
+variable such as @samp{$(srcdir)/} to the desired file name.
+
+@cindex @i{per-invocation} section
+The beginning of the @file{configure.in} file begins the @dfn{per-invocation}
+section.
+
+@cindex @i{per-host} section
+A line beginning with @samp{# per-host:} begins the @dfn{per-host} section.
+
+@cindex @i{per-target} section
+A line beginning with @samp{# per-target:} begins the @dfn{per-target} section.
+
+@cindex @i{post-target} section
+If it exists, the @dfn{post-target} section begins with @samp{# post-target:}.
+
+@menu
+* configure variables::    Variables available to configure.in
+* Minimal::                A minimal configure.in
+* Declarations::           For each invocation
+* per-host::               Host-specific instructions
+* per-target::             Target-specific instructions
+* post-target::            Instructions to be executed after target info
+* Example::                An example configure.in
+@end menu
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node configure variables
+@subsection Variables available to @code{configure.in}
+@cindex @file{configure.in} interface
+@cindex configure variables
+
+The following variables pass information between the standard parts of
+@code{configure} and the shell-script fragments in @file{configure.in}:
+
+@table @code
+@item srctrigger
+@cindex @code{srctrigger}
+@vindex srctrigger
+Contains the name of a source file that is expected to live in the source
+directory.  You must usually set this in the @dfn{per-invocation} section of
+@file{configure.in}.  @code{configure} tests to see that this file exists.  If
+the file does not exist, @code{configure} prints an error message.  This is
+used as a sanity check that @file{configure.in} matches the source directory.
+
+@item srcname
+@cindex @code{srcname}
+@vindex srcname
+Contains the name of the source collection contained in the source directory.
+You must usually set this in the @dfn{per-invocation} section of
+@file{configure.in}.  If the file named in @samp{srctrigger} does not exist,
+@code{configure} uses the value of @samp{srcname} when it prints the error
+message.
+
+@item configdirs
+@cindex @code{configdirs}
+@vindex configdirs
+Contains the names of any subdirectories in which @code{configure} should
+recurse.  You must usually set this in the @dfn{per-invocation} section of
+@file{configure.in}.
+If @file{Makefile.in} contains a line starting with @samp{SUBDIRS =},
+then it will be replaced with an assignment to @samp{SUBDIRS} using
+the value of @samp{configdirs} (if @samp{subdirs} is empty).  This can
+be used to determine which directories to configure and build depending
+on the host and target configurations.
+@c Most other matching makefile/config vars use the same name.  Why not
+@c this? (FIXME).
+@c Can we get rid of SUBDIRS-substitution?  It doesn't work well with subdirs.
+Use @samp{configdirs} (instead of the @samp{subdirs} variable
+described below) if you want to be able to partition the
+subdirectories, or use independent @file{Makefile} fragments.
+Each subdirectory can be independent, and independently reconfigured.
+
+@item subdirs
+@cindex @code{subdirs}
+@vindex subdirs
+Contains the names of any subdirectories where @code{configure} should create a
+@file{Makefile} (in addition to the current directory), @emph{without}
+recursively running @code{configure}.  Use @samp{subdirs} (instead of the
+@samp{configdirs} variable described above) if you want to configure all of the
+directories as a unit.  Since there is a single invocation of @code{configure}
+that configures many directories, all the directories can use the same
+@file{Makefile} fragments, and the same @code{configure.in}.
+
+@item host
+@cindex @code{host}
+@cindex Canonical ``triple''
+@vindex host
+Contains the full configuration name for the host (generated by the script
+@file{config.sub} from the name that you entered).  This is a three-part
+name (commonly referred to as a @dfn{triple}) of the form
+@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}.
+
+There are separate variables @samp{host_cpu}, @samp{host_vendor}, and
+@samp{host_os} that you can use to test each of the three parts; this variable
+is useful, however, for error messages, and for testing combinations of the
+three components.
+
+@item host_cpu
+@vindex host_cpu
+Contains the first element of the canonical triple representing the host
+as returned by @file{config.sub}.  This is occasionally used to
+distinguish between minor variations of a particular vendor's operating
+system and sometimes to determine variations in binary format between
+the host and the target.
+
+@item host_vendor
+@vindex host_vendor
+Contains the second element of the canonical triple representing the host as
+returned by @file{config.sub}.  This is usually used to distinguish among the
+numerous variations of @emph{common} operating systems.
+@c "@emph{common} OS" doesn't convey much to me.  Is this meant to cover 
+@c cases like Unix, widespread but with many variations?
+
+@item host_os
+@vindex host_os
+Contains the the third element of the canonical triple representing the
+host as returned by @file{config.sub}.
+
+@item target
+@cindex @code{target}
+@cindex Canonical ``triple''
+@vindex target
+Contains the full configuration name (generated by the script @file{config.sub}
+from the name that you entered) for the target.  Like the host, this is a
+three-part name of the form @var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}.
+
+There are separate variables @samp{target_cpu}, @samp{target_vendor}, and
+@samp{target_os} that you can use to test each of the three parts; this
+variable is useful, however, for error messages, and for testing combinations
+of the three components.
+
+@item target_cpu
+@vindex target_cpu
+Contains the first element of the canonical triple representing the target as
+returned by @file{config.sub}.  This variable is used heavily by programs which
+are involved in building other programs, like the compiler, assembler, linker,
+etc.  Most programs will not need the @samp{target} variables at all, but this
+one could conceivably be used to build a program, for instance, that operated
+on binary data files whose byte order or alignment differ from the system where
+the program is running.
+
+@item target_vendor
+@vindex target_vendor
+Contains the second element of the canonical triple representing the target as
+returned by @file{config.sub}.  This is usually used to distinguish among the
+numerous variations of @emph{common} operating systems or object file
+formats.  It is sometimes used to switch between different flavors of user
+interfaces.
+@c above query re "@emph{common} OS" applies here too
+
+@item target_os
+@vindex target_os
+Contains the the third element of the canonical triple representing the
+target as returned by @file{config.sub}.  This variable is used by
+development tools to distinguish between subtle variations in object
+file formats that some vendors use across operating system releases.  It
+might also be use to decide which libraries to build or what user
+interface the tool should provide.
+
+@item floating_point
+@cindex @code{floating_point}
+@cindex @code{nfp} option
+@vindex floating_point
+Set to @samp{no} if you invoked @code{configure} with the @samp{--nfp}
+command-line option, otherwise it is empty.  This is a request to target
+machines with @dfn{no floating point} unit, even if the targets ordinarily have
+floating point units available.
+
+@item gas
+@cindex @code{with-gnu-as} option
+@vindex gas
+Set to @samp{true} if you invoked @code{configure} with the
+@w{@samp{--with-gnu-as}} command line option, otherwise it is empty.  This is a
+request to assume that the specified @var{hosttype} machine has @sc{gnu} @code{as}
+available even if it ordinarily does not.
+
+@item srcdir
+@cindex @code{srcdir}
+@vindex srcdir
+Set to the name of the directory containing the source for this program.
+This will be different from @file{.} if you have specified the
+@samp{--srcdir=@var{dir}} option.  @samp{srcdir} can indicate either an
+absolute path or a path relative to the build directory.
+
+@item package_makefile_frag
+@vindex package_makefile_frag
+If set in @file{configure.in}, this variable should be the name a file relative
+to @samp{srcdir} to be included in the resulting @file{Makefile}.  If the named
+file does not exist, @code{configure} will print a warning message.  This
+variable is not set by @code{configure}.
+
+@item host_makefile_frag
+@vindex host_makefile_frag
+If set in @file{configure.in}, this variable should be the name a file relative
+to @samp{srcdir} to be included in the resulting @file{Makefile}.  If the named
+file does not exist, @code{configure} will print a warning message.  This
+variable is not set by @code{configure}.
+
+@item target_makefile_frag
+@vindex target_makefile_frag
+If set in @file{configure.in}, this variable should be the name of a file,
+relative to @samp{srcdir}, to be included in the resulting @file{Makefile}.  If
+the named file does not exist, @code{configure} will print a warning message.
+This variable is not set by @code{configure}.
+
+@item site_makefile_frag
+@vindex site_makefile_frag
+Set to a file name representing to the default @file{Makefile} fragment for
+this host.  It may be set in @file{configure.in} to override this default.
+Normally @samp{site_makefile_frag} is empty, but will have a value if you
+specify @samp{--site=@var{site}} on the command line.
+@ignore -- this doesn't fit
+It is probably not a good idea to override this variable from
+@file{configure.in}, since that may defeat the @code{configure} user's
+intentions.
+@end ignore
+
+@item Makefile
+@vindex Makefile
+Set to the name of the generated @file{Makefile}.  Normally this value is
+precisely @file{Makefile}, but some programs may want something else.
+
+@item removing
+@cindex @code{rm} option
+@vindex removing
+Normally empty but will be set to some non-null value if you specified
+@samp{--rm} on the command line.  That is, if @samp{removing} is not empty,
+then @code{configure} is @emph{removing} a configuration rather than creating
+one.
+
+@item files
+@cindex Symbolic links
+@vindex files
+If this variable is not empty following the @dfn{per-target} section,
+then each word in its value will be the target of a symbolic link named
+in the corresponding word from the @samp{links} variable.
+
+@item links
+@cindex Symbolic links
+@vindex links
+If the @samp{files} variable is not empty following the @dfn{per-target}
+section, then @code{configure} creates symbolic links with the first word of
+@samp{links} pointing to the first word of @samp{files}, the second word of
+@samp{links} pointing to the second word of @samp{files}, and so on.
+@end table
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Minimal
+@subsection A minimal @code{configure.in}
+@cindex Minimal @file{configure.in} example
+
+A minimal @file{configure.in} consists of four lines.
+
+@example
+srctrigger=foo.c
+srcname="source for the foo program"
+# per-host:
+# per-target:
+@end example
+
+The @samp{# per-host:} and @samp{# per-target:} lines divide the file into the
+three required sections.  The @samp{srctrigger} line names a file.
+@code{configure} checks to see that this file exists in the source directory
+before configuring.  If the @samp{srctrigger} file does not exist,
+@code{configure} uses the value of @samp{srcname} to print an error message
+about not finding the source.
+
+This particular example uses no links, and only the default host,
+target, and site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments if they exist.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Declarations
+@subsection For each invocation
+@cindex For each invocation
+@cindex Declarations section
+@cindex @i{per-invocation} section
+
+@code{configure} invokes the entire shell script fragment from the start of
+@file{configure.in} up to a line beginning with @w{@samp{# per-host:}}
+immediately after parsing command line arguments.  The variables
+@samp{srctrigger} and @samp{srcname} @emph{must} be set here.
+
+You might also want to set the variables @samp{configdirs} and
+@samp{package_makefile_frag} here.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node per-host
+@subsection Host-specific instructions
+@cindex Host-specific instructions
+@cindex @i{host} shell-script fragment
+@cindex @i{per-host} section
+
+The @dfn{per-host} section of @file{configure.in} starts with the line that
+begins with @w{@samp{# per-host:}} and ends before a line beginning with
+@w{@samp{# per-target:}}.  @code{configure} invokes the commands in the
+@dfn{per-host} section when determining host-specific information.
+
+This section usually contains a big @code{case} statement using the variable
+@samp{host} to determine appropriate values for @samp{host_makefile_frag} and
+@samp{files}, although @samp{files} is not usually set here.  Usually, it is
+set at the end of the @dfn{per-target} section after determining the names of
+the target specific configuration files.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node per-target
+@subsection Target-specific instructions
+@cindex Target-specific instructions
+@cindex target shell-script fragment
+@cindex @i{per-target} section
+
+The @dfn{per-target} section of @file{configure.in} starts with the line that
+begins with @w{@samp{# per-target:}} and ends before the line that begins with
+@w{@samp{# post-target:}}, if there is such a line.  Otherwise the
+@dfn{per-target} section extends to the end of the file.  @code{configure}
+invokes the commands in the @dfn{per-target} section when determining
+target-specific information, and before building any files, directories, or
+links.
+
+This section usually contains a big @code{case} statement using the variable
+@samp{target} to determine appropriate values for @samp{target_makefile_frag}
+and @samp{files}.  The last lines in the @dfn{per-target} section normally set
+the variables @samp{files} and @samp{links}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node post-target
+@subsection Instructions to be executed after target info
+@cindex Post-target shell-script fragment
+@cindex @i{post-target} section
+
+The @dfn{post-target} section is optional.  If it exists, the
+@samp{post-target} section starts with a line beginning with @w{@samp{#
+Post-target:}} and extends to the end of the file.  If it exists,
+@code{configure} invokes this section once for each target after
+building all files, directories, or links.
+
+This section is seldom needed, but you can use it to edit the @file{Makefile}
+generated by @code{configure}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Example
+@subsection An example @code{configure.in}
+@cindex Example @file{configure.in}
+@cindex Sample @file{configure.in}
+@c @cindex @code{bison} @file{configure.in}
+@c this won't be the bison configure.in for long.. need better example
+
+Here is a small example of a @file{configure.in} file.
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+@group
+# This file is a collection of shell script fragments
+# used to tailor a template configure script as
+# appropriate for this directory.  For more information,
+# see configure.texi.
+
+configdirs=
+srctrigger=warshall.c
+srcname="bison"
+
+# per-host:
+case "$@{host@}" in
+m88k-motorola-*)
+        host_makefile_frag=config/mh-delta88
+        ;;
+esac
+
+# per-target:
+files="bison_in.hairy"
+links="bison.hairy"
+
+# post-target:
+@end group
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Install locations
+@section Install locations
+@cindex Where to install
+@cindex Install locations
+
+Using the default configuration, @samp{make install} creates a single tree of
+files, some of which are programs.  The location of this tree is determined by
+the value of the variable @samp{prefix}.  The default value of @samp{prefix} is
+@samp{/usr/local}.  This is often correct for native tools installed on only
+one host.
+
+@menu
+* prefix::            Changing the default install directory
+* exec_prefix::       How to separate host independent files
+                                         from host dependent files when
+                                         installing for multiple hosts
+* Install details::   Full descriptions of all installation subdirectories
+@end menu
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node prefix
+@subsection Changing the default install directory
+@cindex Changing the install directory
+@cindex @code{prefix} option
+@vindex prefix
+
+In the default configuration, all files are installed in subdirectories
+of @file{/usr/local}.  The location is determined by the value of
+the @code{configure} variable @samp{prefix}; in turn, this determines the
+value of the @file{Makefile} variable of the same name (@samp{prefix}).
+
+You can also set the value of the @file{Makefile} variable @samp{prefix}
+explicitly each time you invoke @code{make} if you are so inclined.  However,
+because many programs have this location compiled in, you must specify the
+@samp{prefix} value consistently on each invocation of @code{make}, or you will
+end up with a broken installation.
+
+To make this easier, the value of the @code{configure} variable
+@samp{prefix} can be set on the command line to @code{configure}
+using the option @samp{--prefix=}.  
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node exec_prefix
+@subsection Installing for multiple hosts
+@cindex Configuring for multiple hosts
+@cindex Sharing host-independent files
+@cindex Installing host-independent files
+@cindex The @code{exec_prefix} directory
+@vindex exec_prefix
+
+By default, host dependent files are installed in subdirectories of
+@file{$(exec_prefix)}.  The location is determined by the value of the
+@code{configure} variable @samp{exec_prefix}, which determines the value of the
+@file{Makefile} variable @samp{exec_prefix}.  This makes it easier to install
+for a single host, and simplifies changing the default location for the install
+tree.  The default doesn't allow for multiple hosts to effectively share
+host independent files, however.
+
+To configure so that multiple hosts can share common files, use something like:
+
+@cindex Example session
+@smallexample
+configure @var{host1} -prefix=/usr/gnu -exec_prefix=/usr/gnu/H-host1
+make all info install install-info clean
+
+configure @var{host2} -prefix=/usr/gnu -exec_prefix=/usr/gnu/H-host2
+make all info install install-info
+@end smallexample
+
+The first line configures the source for @var{host1} to place host-specific
+programs in subdirectories of @file{/usr/gnu/H-@var{host1}}.
+
+The second line builds and installs all programs for @var{host1},
+including both host-independent and host-specific files, as well as removing
+the host-specific object files from of the build directory.
+
+The third line reconfigures the source for @var{host2} to place host
+specific programs in subdirectories of @file{/usr/gnu/H-@var{host2}}.
+
+The fourth line builds and installs all programs for @var{host2}.  Host
+specific files are installed in new directories, but the host
+independent files are installed @emph{on top of} the host
+independent files installed for @var{host1}.  This results in a single
+copy of the host independent files, suitable for use by both hosts.
+
+@xref{Makefile extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards}, for
+more information.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Install details
+@subsection Full descriptions of all installation subdirectories
+@cindex Install details
+@cindex Installation subdirectories
+@cindex Subdirectories
+
+During any install, a number of standard directories are created.  Their names
+are determined by @file{Makefile} variables.  Some of the defaults for
+@file{Makefile} variables can be changed at configuration time using command
+line options to @code{configure}.  For more information on the standard
+directories or the @file{Makefile} variables, please refer to @ref{Makefiles, ,
+Makefile Conventions, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.  See also @ref{Makefile
+extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards}.
+
+Note that @code{configure} does not create the directory indicated by the
+variable @samp{srcdir} at any time.  @code{$(srcdir)} is not an installation
+directory.
+
+You can override all @file{Makefile} variables on the command line to
+@code{make}.  (@xref{Overriding, , Overriding Variables, make, GNU Make}.)  If
+you do so, you will need to specify the value precisely the same way for each
+invocation of @code{make}, or you risk ending up with a broken installation.
+This is because many programs have the locations of other programs or files
+compiled into them.  If you find yourself overriding any of the variables
+frequently, you should consider site dependent @file{Makefile} fragments.  See
+also @ref{Sites, , Adding site info}.
+
+During @samp{make install}, a number of standard directories are created and
+populated.  The following @file{Makefile} variables define them.  Those whose
+defaults are set by corresponding @code{configure} variables are marked
+``@code{Makefile} and @code{configure}''.
+
+@table @code
+@item prefix (@code{Makefile} and @code{configure})
+@cindex @code{prefix}
+@vindex prefix
+The root of the installation tree.  You can set its @file{Makefile} default
+with the @samp{--prefix=} command line option to @code{configure}
+(@pxref{Invoking configure, , Invoking @code{configure}}).  The default value
+for @samp{prefix} is @samp{/usr/local}.
+
+@item bindir
+@cindex @code{bindir}
+@vindex bindir
+A directory for binary programs that users can run.  The default value for
+@samp{bindir} depends on @samp{prefix}; @samp{bindir} is normally changed only
+indirectly through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for @samp{bindir} is
+@samp{$(prefix)/bin}.
+
+@item exec_prefix (@code{Makefile} and @code{configure})
+@cindex @code{exec_prefix}
+@vindex exec_prefix
+A directory for host dependent files.  You can specify the @file{Makefile}
+default value by using the @samp{--exec_prefix=} option to @code{configure}.
+(@xref{Invoking configure, , Invoking @code{configure}}.)  The default value
+for @samp{exec_prefix} is @samp{$(prefix)}.
+
+@item libdir
+@cindex @code{libdir}
+@vindex libdir
+A directory for libraries and support programs.  The default value for
+@samp{libdir} depends on @samp{prefix}; @samp{libdir} is normally changed only
+indirectly through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for @samp{libdir} is
+@samp{$(prefix)/lib}.
+
+@item mandir
+@cindex @code{mandir}
+@vindex mandir
+A directory for @code{man} format documentation (``man pages'').  The default
+value for @samp{mandir} depends on @samp{prefix}; @samp{mandir} is normally
+changed only indirectly through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for
+@samp{mandir} is @samp{$(prefix)/man}.
+
+@item man@var{N}dir
+@cindex @code{man@var{N}dir}
+@vindex man@var{N}dir
+These are eight variables named @samp{man1dir}, @samp{man2dir}, etc.  They name
+the specific directories for each man page section.  For example,
+@samp{man1dir} by default holds the filename @file{$(mandir)/man1}; this
+directory contains @file{emacs.1} (the man page for @sc{gnu} Emacs).
+Similarly, @samp{man5dir} contains the value @file{$(mandir)/man5}, indicating
+the directory which holds @file{rcsfile.5} (the man page describing the
+@code{rcs} data file format).  The default value for any of the
+@samp{man@var{N}dir} variables depends indirectly on @samp{prefix}, and is
+normally changed only through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for
+@samp{man@var{N}dir} is @samp{$(mandir)/man@var{N}}.
+
+@item man@var{N}ext
+@cindex @code{man@var{N}ext}
+@vindex man@var{N}ext
+@emph{Not supported by Cygnus @code{configure}}.  The @cite{@sc{gnu} Coding
+Standards} do not call for @samp{man1ext}, @samp{man2ext}, so the intended use
+for @code{manext} is apparently not parallel to @samp{mandir}.  Its use is not
+clear.  (See also @ref{Makefile extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding
+standards}.)
+
+@item infodir
+@cindex @code{infodir}
+@vindex infodir
+A directory for @code{info} format documentation.  The default value for
+@samp{infodir} depends indirectly on @samp{prefix}; @samp{infodir} is
+normally changed only through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for
+@samp{infodir} is @samp{$(prefix)/info}.
+
+@item docdir
+@cindex @code{docdir}
+@vindex docdir
+A directory for any documentation that is in a format other than those used by
+@code{info} or @code{man}.  The default value for @samp{docdir} depends
+indirectly on @samp{prefix}; @samp{docdir} is normally changed only through
+@samp{prefix}.  The default value for @samp{docdir} is @samp{$(datadir)/doc}.
+@emph{This variable is an extension to the @sc{gnu} coding standards}.  (See
+also @ref{Makefile extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards}.)
+
+@item includedir
+@cindex @code{includedir}
+@vindex includedir
+A directory for the header files accompanying the libraries installed in
+@samp{libdir}.  The default value for @samp{includedir} depends on
+@samp{prefix}; @samp{includedir} is normally changed only indirectly
+through @samp{prefix}.  The default value for @samp{includedir} is
+@samp{$(prefix)/include}.
+@end table
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Host
+@section Host
+@cindex Host
+
+The arguments to @code{configure} are @dfn{hosttypes}.  By
+@dfn{hosttype} we mean the @dfn{environment} in which the source will be
+compiled.  This need not necessarily be the same as the physical machine
+involved, although it usually is.
+
+For example, if some obscure machine had the @sc{gnu} @code{POSIX} emulation
+libraries available, it would be possible to configure most @sc{gnu} source for
+a @code{POSIX} system and build it on the obscure host.
+
+For more on this topic, see @ref{Host Environments, On Configuring Development
+Tools, Host Environments, cfg-paper, On Configuring Development Tools}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Target
+@section Target
+@cindex Target
+
+For building native development tools, or most of the other @sc{gnu}
+tools, you need not worry about the target.  The @dfn{target} of a
+configuration defaults to the same as the @dfn{host}.
+
+For building cross development tools, please see @ref{Building Development
+Environments, On Configuring Development Tools, Building Development
+Environments, cfg-paper, On Configuring Development Tools}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Makefile fragments
+@section Adding information about local conventions
+@cindex @code{Makefile} fragments
+@cindex Local conventions
+@cindex Adding local info
+@cindex Adding site info
+
+If you find that a tool does not get configured to your liking, or if
+@code{configure}'s conventions differ from your local conventions, you should
+probably consider @dfn{site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments}.  See also
+@ref{Sites, , Adding site info}.
+
+These are probably not the right choice for options that can be set from
+the @code{configure} command line or for differences that are host or
+target dependent.
+
+Cygnus @code{configure} uses three types of @file{Makefile} fragments.  In a
+generated @file{Makefile} they appear in the order: @dfn{target fragment},
+@dfn{host fragment}, and @dfn{site fragment}.  This allows host fragments to
+override target fragments, and site fragments to override both.
+
+Host-specific @file{Makefile} fragments conventionally reside in the
+@file{./config/} subdirectory with names of the form @file{mh-@var{hosttype}}.
+They are used for hosts that require odd options to the standard compiler and
+for compile time options based on the host configuration.
+
+Target-specific @file{Makefile} fragments conventionally reside in the
+@file{./config/} subdirectory with names of the form @file{mt-@var{target}}.
+They are used for target dependent compile time options.
+
+Site specific @file{Makefile} fragments conventionally reside in the
+@file{./config/} subdirectory with names of the form @file{ms-@var{site}}.
+They are used to override host- and target-independent compile time options.
+Note that you can also override these options on the @code{make} invocation
+line.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Makefile extensions
+@section Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards
+@cindex @code{Makefile} extensions
+@cindex Cygnus extensions
+@cindex Coding standards extensions
+
+The following additions to the @sc{gnu} coding standards are required for
+Cygnus @code{configure} to work properly.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The @file{Makefile} must contain exactly one line starting with @samp{####}.
+This line should follow any default macro definitions but precede any rules.
+Host, target, and site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments will be inserted
+immediately after this line.  If the line is missing, the fragments will not be
+inserted.
+
+@item
+Cygnus adds the following targets to each @file{Makefile}.  Their existence is
+not required for Cygnus @code{configure}, but they are documented here for
+completeness.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex info
+@item info
+Build all info files from texinfo source.
+
+@kindex install-info
+@item install-info
+Install all info files.
+
+@kindex clean-info
+@item clean-info
+Remove all info files and any intermediate files that can be generated
+from texinfo source.
+
+@kindex Makefile
+@item Makefile
+Calls @code{./config.status} to rebuild the @file{Makefile} in this directory.
+@end table
+
+@item
+The following @file{Makefile} targets have revised semantics:
+
+@table @code
+@kindex install
+@item install
+Should @emph{not} depend on the target @samp{all}.  If the program is not
+already built, @samp{make install} should fail.  This allows you to install
+programs even when @code{make} would otherwise determine them to be out of
+date.  This can happen, for example, when the result of a @samp{make all} is
+transported via tape to another machine for installation.
+
+@kindex clean
+@item clean
+Should remove any file that can be regenerated by the @file{Makefile},
+excepting only the @file{Makefile} itself, and any links created by
+@code{configure}.  That is, @code{make all clean} should return all directories
+to their original condition.  If this is not done, then the command sequence
+
+@cindex Example session
+@example
+configure @var{host1} ; make all install clean ; 
+configure @var{host2} ; make all install
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will fail because of intermediate files intended for @var{host1}.
+@end table
+
+@item
+Cygnus adds the following macros to all @file{Makefile.in} files, but
+you are not required to use them to run Cygnus @code{configure}.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex docdir
+@item docdir
+The directory in which to install any documentation that is not either a
+@code{man} page or an @code{info} file.  For @code{man} pages, see
+@samp{mandir}; for @code{info}, see @samp{infodir}.
+
+@kindex includedir
+@item includedir
+The directory in which to install any header files that should be made
+available to users.  This is distinct from the @code{gcc} include directory,
+which is intended for @code{gcc} only.  Files in @samp{includedir} may be used
+by @code{cc} as well.
+@end table
+
+@item
+The following macros have revised semantics.  Most of them describe
+installation directories; see also @ref{Install details, , Full description of
+all installation subdirectories}.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex datadir
+@item datadir
+is used for host independent data files.
+
+@kindex mandir
+@item mandir
+The default path for @samp{mandir} depends on @samp{prefix}.
+
+@kindex infodir
+@item infodir
+The default path for @samp{infodir} depends on @samp{prefix}.
+
+@kindex BISON
+@item BISON
+is assumed to have a @code{yacc} calling convention.  To use @sc{gnu}
+@code{bison}, use @samp{BISON=bison -y}.
+@end table
+
+@item
+Each Cygnus @file{Makefile} also conforms to one additional restriction:
+
+When libraries are installed, the line containing the call to
+@samp{INSTALL_DATA} should always be followed by a line containing a call to
+@samp{RANLIB} on the installed library.  This is to accommodate systems that
+use @code{ranlib}.  Systems that do not use @code{ranlib} can set @samp{RANLIB}
+to ``@code{echo}'' in a host specific @file{Makefile} fragment.
+@end itemize
+
+@c ========================================================================
+@node Porting
+@chapter Porting with @code{configure}
+@cindex Porting with @code{configure}
+
+This section explains how to add programs, host and target configuration
+names, and site-specific information to Cygnus @code{configure}.
+
+@menu
+* Programs::               Adding configure to new programs
+* Hosts and targets::      Adding hosts and targets
+* Sites::                  Adding site info
+@end menu
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Programs
+@section Adding @code{configure} to new programs
+@cindex Adding @code{configure} to new programs
+
+If you are writing a new program, you probably shouldn't worry about porting or
+configuration issues until it is running reasonably on some host.  Then refer
+back to this section.
+
+If your program currently has a @code{configure} script that meets the @sc{gnu}
+standards (@pxref{Configuration, , How Configuration Should Work, standards,
+GNU Coding Standards}, please do not add Cygnus @code{configure}.  It should be
+possible to add this program without change to a Cygnus @code{configure} style
+source tree.
+
+@cindex @code{autoconf}
+If the program is not target dependent, please consider using @code{autoconf}
+instead of Cygnus @code{configure}.  @code{autoconf} is available from the Free
+Software Foundation; it is a program which generates an executable shell script
+called @file{configure} by automatically finding information on the system to
+be configured on and embedding this information in the shell script.
+@file{configure} scripts generated by @code{autoconf} require no arguments, and
+accept the same options as Cygnus @code{configure}.  For detailed instructions
+on using @code{autoconf}, see @ref{Making configure Scripts, , How to organize
+and produce Autoconf scripts, autoconf, Autoconf}.
+
+
+To add Cygnus @code{configure} to an existing program, do the following:
+
+@table @bullet
+@item Make sure the @file{Makefile} conforms to the @sc{gnu} standard
+The coding standard for writing a @sc{gnu} @file{Makefile} is described in
+@ref{Makefiles, , Makefile Conventions, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.  For
+technical information on writing a @file{Makefile}, see @ref{Makefiles, ,
+Writing Makefiles, make, GNU Make}.
+
+@item Add Cygnus extensions to the @file{Makefile}
+These are described in @ref{Makefile extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu}
+coding standards}.
+
+@item Collect package specific definitions in a single file
+Many packages are best configured using a common @file{Makefile} fragment which
+is included by all of the makefiles in the different directories of the
+package.  In order to accomplish this, set the variable
+@samp{package_makefile_fragment} to the name of the file.  It will be inserted
+into the final @file{Makefile} before the target-specific fragment.
+
+@item Move host support from @file{Makefile} to fragments
+This usually involves finding sections of the @file{Makefile} that say things
+like ``uncomment these lines for host @var{hosttype}'' and moving them to a new
+file called @file{./config/mh-@var{hosttype}}. For more information, see @ref{Hosts
+and targets, , Adding hosts and targets}.
+
+@item Choose defaults
+If the program has compile-time options that determine the way the program
+should behave, choose reasonable defaults and make these @file{Makefile}
+variables.  Be sure the variables are assigned their default values before the
+@samp{####} line so that site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments can override
+them (@pxref{Makefile extensions, , Extensions to the @sc{gnu} coding
+standards}).
+
+@item Locate configuration files
+If there is configuration information in header files or source files, separate
+it in such a way that the files have generic names.  Then move the specific
+instances of those files into the @file{./config/} subdirectory.
+
+@item Separate host and target information
+Some programs already have this information separated.  If yours does not, you
+will need to separate these two kinds of configuration information.  @dfn{Host
+specific} information is the information needed to compile the program.
+@dfn{Target specific} information is information on the format of data files
+that the program will read or write.  This information should live in separate
+files in the @file{./config/} subdirectory with names that reflect the
+configuration for which they are intended.
+
+At this point you might skip this step and simply move on.  If you do, you
+should end up with a program that can be configured only to build @dfn{native}
+tools, that is, tools for which the host system is also the target system.
+Later, you could attempt to build a cross tool and separate out the
+target-specific information by figuring out what went wrong.  This is often
+simpler than combing through all of the source code.
+
+@item Write @code{configure.in}
+Usually this involves writing shell script fragments to map from canonical
+configuration names into the names of the configuration files.  These files
+will then be linked at configure time from the specific instances of those
+files in @file{./config} to files in the build directory with more generic
+names.  (See also @ref{Build directories, , Build directories}.)  The format of
+@file{configure.in} is described in @ref{configure.in, , The
+@code{configure.in} input file}.
+
+@item Rename @file{Makefile} to @file{Makefile.in}
+@end table
+
+At this point you should have a program that can be configured using
+Cygnus @code{configure}.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Hosts and targets
+@section Adding hosts and targets
+@cindex Adding hosts and targets
+@cindex Hosts and targets
+
+To add a host or target to a program that already uses Cygnus @code{configure},
+do the following.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Make sure the new configuration name is represented in @file{config.sub}.  If
+not, add it.  For more details, see the comments in the shell script
+@file{config.sub}.
+
+@item
+If you are adding a host configuration, look in @file{configure.in}, in the
+@dfn{per-host} section.  Make sure that your configuration name is represented
+in the mapping from host configuration names to configuration files.  If not,
+add it.  Also see @ref{configure.in, , The @code{configure.in} input file}.
+
+@item
+If you are adding a target configuration, look in @file{configure.in}, in the
+@dfn{per-target} section.  Make sure that your configuration name is
+represented in the mapping from target configuration names to configuration
+files.  If not, add it.  Also see @ref{configure.in, , The @code{configure.in}
+input file}.
+
+@item
+Look in @file{configure.in} for the variables @samp{files}, @samp{links},
+@samp{host_makefile_frag}, and @samp{target_makefile_frag}.  The values
+assigned to these variables are the names of the configuration files, (relative
+to @samp{srcdir}) that the program uses.  Make sure that copies of the files
+exist for your host.  If not, create them.  See also @ref{configure variables,
+, Variables available to @code{configure.in}}.
+@end itemize
+
+This should be enough to @code{configure} for a new host or target
+configuration name.  Getting the program to compile and run properly represents
+the hardest work of any port.
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Sites
+@section Adding site info
+@cindex Sites
+@cindex Adding site info
+
+If some of the @file{Makefile} defaults are not right for your site, you can
+build site-specific @file{Makefile} fragments.  To do this, do the following.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Choose a name for your site.  It must currently be less than eleven characters.
+
+@item
+If the program source does not have a @file{./config/} subdirectory, create it.
+
+@item
+Create a file called @file{./config/ms-@var{site}} where @var{site} is the name
+of your site.  In it, set whatever @file{Makefile} variables you need to
+override to match your site's conventions.
+
+@item
+Configure the program with:
+
+@cindex Example session
+@example
+configure @dots{} --site=@var{site}
+@end example
+
+@end itemize
+
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Variables Index
+@unnumbered Variable Index
+
+@printindex vr
+
+@page
+@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+@node Concept Index
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+
+@printindex cp
+@contents
+@bye
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c fill-column: 79
+@c outline-regexp: "@chap"
+@c End:
+@c (setq outline-regexp "@chapt\\\|@unnum\\\|@setf\\\|@conte\\\|@sectio\\\|@subsect\\\|@itemize\\\|@defvar{")
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/make-stds.texi b/contrib/binutils/etc/make-stds.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7c9cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/make-stds.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+@comment This file is included by both standards.texi and make.texinfo.
+@comment It was broken out of standards.texi on 1/6/93 by roland.
+
+@node Makefile Conventions
+@chapter Makefile Conventions
+@comment standards.texi does not print an index, but make.texinfo does.
+@cindex makefile, conventions for
+@cindex conventions for makefiles
+@cindex standards for makefiles
+
+This
+@ifinfo
+node
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@ifset CODESTD
+section
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+chapter
+@end ifclear
+@end iftex
+describes conventions for writing the Makefiles for GNU programs.
+
+@menu
+* Makefile Basics::		General Conventions for Makefiles
+* Utilities in Makefiles::	Utilities in Makefiles
+* Command Variables::		Variables for Specifying Commands
+* Directory Variables::		Variables for Installation Directories
+* Standard Targets::		Standard Targets for Users
+* Install Command Categories::  Three categories of commands in the `install'
+                                  rule: normal, pre-install and post-install.
+@end menu
+
+@node Makefile Basics
+@section General Conventions for Makefiles
+
+Every Makefile should contain this line:
+
+@example
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+to avoid trouble on systems where the @code{SHELL} variable might be
+inherited from the environment.  (This is never a problem with GNU
+@code{make}.)
+
+Different @code{make} programs have incompatible suffix lists and
+implicit rules, and this sometimes creates confusion or misbehavior.  So
+it is a good idea to set the suffix list explicitly using only the
+suffixes you need in the particular Makefile, like this:
+
+@example
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The first line clears out the suffix list, the second introduces all
+suffixes which may be subject to implicit rules in this Makefile.
+
+Don't assume that @file{.} is in the path for command execution.  When
+you need to run programs that are a part of your package during the
+make, please make sure that it uses @file{./} if the program is built as
+part of the make or @file{$(srcdir)/} if the file is an unchanging part
+of the source code.  Without one of these prefixes, the current search
+path is used.
+
+The distinction between @file{./} (the @dfn{build directory}) and
+@file{$(srcdir)/} (the @dfn{source directory}) is important because
+users can build in a separate directory using the @samp{--srcdir} option
+to @file{configure}.  A rule of the form:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e sedscript foo.man > foo.1
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+will fail when the build directory is not the source directory, because
+@file{foo.man} and @file{sedscript} are in the the source directory.
+
+When using GNU @code{make}, relying on @samp{VPATH} to find the source
+file will work in the case where there is a single dependency file,
+since the @code{make} automatic variable @samp{$<} will represent the
+source file wherever it is.  (Many versions of @code{make} set @samp{$<}
+only in implicit rules.)  A Makefile target like
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c bar.c -o foo.o
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+should instead be written as
+
+@smallexample
+foo.o : bar.c
+        $(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+in order to allow @samp{VPATH} to work correctly.  When the target has
+multiple dependencies, using an explicit @samp{$(srcdir)} is the easiest
+way to make the rule work well.  For example, the target above for
+@file{foo.1} is best written as:
+
+@smallexample
+foo.1 : foo.man sedscript
+        sed -e $(srcdir)/sedscript $(srcdir)/foo.man > $@@
+@end smallexample
+
+GNU distributions usually contain some files which are not source
+files---for example, Info files, and the output from Autoconf, Automake,
+Bison or Flex.  Since these files normally appear in the source
+directory, they should always appear in the source directory, not in the
+build directory.  So Makefile rules to update them should put the
+updated files in the source directory.
+
+However, if a file does not appear in the distribution, then the
+Makefile should not put it in the source directory, because building a
+program in ordinary circumstances should not modify the source directory
+in any way.
+
+Try to make the build and installation targets, at least (and all their
+subtargets) work correctly with a parallel @code{make}.
+
+@node Utilities in Makefiles
+@section Utilities in Makefiles
+
+Write the Makefile commands (and any shell scripts, such as
+@code{configure}) to run in @code{sh}, not in @code{csh}.  Don't use any
+special features of @code{ksh} or @code{bash}.
+
+The @code{configure} script and the Makefile rules for building and
+installation should not use any utilities directly except these:
+
+@c dd find
+@c gunzip gzip md5sum
+@c mkfifo mknod tee uname 
+
+@example
+cat cmp cp diff echo egrep expr false grep install-info
+ln ls mkdir mv pwd rm rmdir sed sleep sort tar test touch true
+@end example
+
+The compression program @code{gzip} can be used in the @code{dist} rule.
+
+Stick to the generally supported options for these programs.  For
+example, don't use @samp{mkdir -p}, convenient as it may be, because
+most systems don't support it.
+
+It is a good idea to avoid creating symbolic links in makefiles, since a
+few systems don't support them.
+
+The Makefile rules for building and installation can also use compilers
+and related programs, but should do so via @code{make} variables so that the
+user can substitute alternatives.  Here are some of the programs we
+mean:
+
+@example
+ar bison cc flex install ld ldconfig lex
+make makeinfo ranlib texi2dvi yacc
+@end example
+
+Use the following @code{make} variables to run those programs:
+
+@example
+$(AR) $(BISON) $(CC) $(FLEX) $(INSTALL) $(LD) $(LDCONFIG) $(LEX)
+$(MAKE) $(MAKEINFO) $(RANLIB) $(TEXI2DVI) $(YACC)
+@end example
+
+When you use @code{ranlib} or @code{ldconfig}, you should make sure
+nothing bad happens if the system does not have the program in question.
+Arrange to ignore an error from that command, and print a message before
+the command to tell the user that failure of this command does not mean
+a problem.  (The Autoconf @samp{AC_PROG_RANLIB} macro can help with
+this.)
+
+If you use symbolic links, you should implement a fallback for systems
+that don't have symbolic links.
+
+Additional utilities that can be used via Make variables are:
+
+@example
+chgrp chmod chown mknod
+@end example
+
+It is ok to use other utilities in Makefile portions (or scripts)
+intended only for particular systems where you know those utilities
+exist.
+
+@node Command Variables
+@section Variables for Specifying Commands
+
+Makefiles should provide variables for overriding certain commands, options,
+and so on.
+
+In particular, you should run most utility programs via variables.
+Thus, if you use Bison, have a variable named @code{BISON} whose default
+value is set with @samp{BISON = bison}, and refer to it with
+@code{$(BISON)} whenever you need to use Bison.
+
+File management utilities such as @code{ln}, @code{rm}, @code{mv}, and
+so on, need not be referred to through variables in this way, since users
+don't need to replace them with other programs.
+
+Each program-name variable should come with an options variable that is
+used to supply options to the program.  Append @samp{FLAGS} to the
+program-name variable name to get the options variable name---for
+example, @code{BISONFLAGS}.  (The name @code{CFLAGS} is an exception to
+this rule, but we keep it because it is standard.)  Use @code{CPPFLAGS}
+in any compilation command that runs the preprocessor, and use
+@code{LDFLAGS} in any compilation command that does linking as well as
+in any direct use of @code{ld}.
+
+If there are C compiler options that @emph{must} be used for proper
+compilation of certain files, do not include them in @code{CFLAGS}.
+Users expect to be able to specify @code{CFLAGS} freely themselves.
+Instead, arrange to pass the necessary options to the C compiler
+independently of @code{CFLAGS}, by writing them explicitly in the
+compilation commands or by defining an implicit rule, like this:
+
+@smallexample
+CFLAGS = -g
+ALL_CFLAGS = -I. $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+        $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+@end smallexample
+
+Do include the @samp{-g} option in @code{CFLAGS}, because that is not
+@emph{required} for proper compilation.  You can consider it a default
+that is only recommended.  If the package is set up so that it is
+compiled with GCC by default, then you might as well include @samp{-O}
+in the default value of @code{CFLAGS} as well.
+
+Put @code{CFLAGS} last in the compilation command, after other variables
+containing compiler options, so the user can use @code{CFLAGS} to
+override the others.
+
+Every Makefile should define the variable @code{INSTALL}, which is the
+basic command for installing a file into the system.
+
+Every Makefile should also define the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM}
+and @code{INSTALL_DATA}.  (The default for each of these should be
+@code{$(INSTALL)}.)  Then it should use those variables as the commands
+for actual installation, for executables and nonexecutables
+respectively.  Use these variables as follows:
+
+@example
+$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) foo $(bindir)/foo
+$(INSTALL_DATA) libfoo.a $(libdir)/libfoo.a
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Always use a file name, not a directory name, as the second argument of
+the installation commands.  Use a separate command for each file to be
+installed.
+
+@node Directory Variables
+@section Variables for Installation Directories
+
+Installation directories should always be named by variables, so it is
+easy to install in a nonstandard place.  The standard names for these
+variables are described below.  They are based on a standard filesystem
+layout; variants of it are used in SVR4, 4.4BSD, Linux, Ultrix v4, and
+other modern operating systems.
+
+These two variables set the root for the installation.  All the other
+installation directories should be subdirectories of one of these two,
+and nothing should be directly installed into these two directories.
+
+@table @samp
+@item prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of the variables listed
+below.  The default value of @code{prefix} should be @file{/usr/local}.
+When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and
+@file{/usr} will be a symbolic link to @file{/}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@prefix@@}.)
+
+@item exec_prefix
+A prefix used in constructing the default values of some of the
+variables listed below.  The default value of @code{exec_prefix} should
+be @code{$(prefix)}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@exec_prefix@@}.)
+
+Generally, @code{$(exec_prefix)} is used for directories that contain
+machine-specific files (such as executables and subroutine libraries),
+while @code{$(prefix)} is used directly for other directories.
+@end table
+
+Executable programs are installed in one of the following directories.
+
+@table @samp
+@item bindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that users can run.
+This should normally be @file{/usr/local/bin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/bin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@bindir@@}.)
+
+@item sbindir
+The directory for installing executable programs that can be run from
+the shell, but are only generally useful to system administrators.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/sbin}, but write it as
+@file{$(exec_prefix)/sbin}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sbindir@@}.)
+
+@item libexecdir
+@comment This paragraph adjusted to avoid overfull hbox --roland 5jul94
+The directory for installing executable programs to be run by other
+programs rather than by users.  This directory should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/libexec}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/libexec}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libexecdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+Data files used by the program during its execution are divided into
+categories in two ways.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Some files are normally modified by programs; others are never normally
+modified (though users may edit some of these).
+
+@item
+Some files are architecture-independent and can be shared by all
+machines at a site; some are architecture-dependent and can be shared
+only by machines of the same kind and operating system; others may never
+be shared between two machines.
+@end itemize
+
+This makes for six different possibilities.  However, we want to
+discourage the use of architecture-dependent files, aside from object
+files and libraries.  It is much cleaner to make other data files
+architecture-independent, and it is generally not hard.
+
+Therefore, here are the variables Makefiles should use to specify
+directories:
+
+@table @samp
+@item datadir
+The directory for installing read-only architecture independent data
+files.  This should normally be @file{/usr/local/share}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/share}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@datadir@@}.)
+As a special exception, see @file{$(infodir)}
+and @file{$(includedir)} below.
+
+@item sysconfdir
+The directory for installing read-only data files that pertain to a
+single machine--that is to say, files for configuring a host.  Mailer
+and network configuration files, @file{/etc/passwd}, and so forth belong
+here.  All the files in this directory should be ordinary ASCII text
+files.  This directory should normally be @file{/usr/local/etc}, but
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/etc}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sysconfdir@@}.)
+
+@c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --tower
+Do not install executables
+@c here
+in this directory (they probably
+belong in @file{$(libexecdir)} or @file{$(sbindir)}).  Also do not
+install files that are modified in the normal course of their use
+(programs whose purpose is to change the configuration of the system
+excluded).  Those probably belong in @file{$(localstatedir)}.
+
+@item sharedstatedir
+The directory for installing architecture-independent data files which
+the programs modify while they run.  This should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/com}, but write it as @file{$(prefix)/com}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@sharedstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item localstatedir
+The directory for installing data files which the programs modify while
+they run, and that pertain to one specific machine.  Users should never
+need to modify files in this directory to configure the package's
+operation; put such configuration information in separate files that go
+in @file{$(datadir)} or @file{$(sysconfdir)}.  @file{$(localstatedir)}
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/var}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/var}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@localstatedir@@}.)
+
+@item libdir
+The directory for object files and libraries of object code.  Do not
+install executables here, they probably ought to go in @file{$(libexecdir)}
+instead.  The value of @code{libdir} should normally be
+@file{/usr/local/lib}, but write it as @file{$(exec_prefix)/lib}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@libdir@@}.)
+
+@item infodir
+The directory for installing the Info files for this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/info}, but it should be written
+as @file{$(prefix)/info}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@infodir@@}.)
+
+@item lispdir
+The directory for installing any Emacs Lisp files in this package.  By
+default, it should be @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp}, but it
+should be written as @file{$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp}.
+
+If you are using Autoconf, write the default as @samp{@@lispdir@@}.
+In order to make @samp{@@lispdir@@} work, you need the following lines
+in your @file{configure.in} file:
+
+@example
+lispdir='$@{datadir@}/emacs/site-lisp'
+AC_SUBST(lispdir)
+@end example
+
+@item includedir
+@c rewritten to avoid overfull hbox --roland
+The directory for installing header files to be included by user
+programs with the C @samp{#include} preprocessor directive.  This
+should normally be @file{/usr/local/include}, but write it as
+@file{$(prefix)/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@includedir@@}.)
+
+Most compilers other than GCC do not look for header files in
+@file{/usr/local/include}.  So installing the header files this way is
+only useful with GCC.  Sometimes this is not a problem because some
+libraries are only really intended to work with GCC.  But some libraries
+are intended to work with other compilers.  They should install their
+header files in two places, one specified by @code{includedir} and one
+specified by @code{oldincludedir}.
+
+@item oldincludedir
+The directory for installing @samp{#include} header files for use with
+compilers other than GCC.  This should normally be @file{/usr/include}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, you can write it as @samp{@@oldincludedir@@}.)
+
+The Makefile commands should check whether the value of
+@code{oldincludedir} is empty.  If it is, they should not try to use
+it; they should cancel the second installation of the header files.
+
+A package should not replace an existing header in this directory unless
+the header came from the same package.  Thus, if your Foo package
+provides a header file @file{foo.h}, then it should install the header
+file in the @code{oldincludedir} directory if either (1) there is no
+@file{foo.h} there or (2) the @file{foo.h} that exists came from the Foo
+package.
+
+To tell whether @file{foo.h} came from the Foo package, put a magic
+string in the file---part of a comment---and @code{grep} for that string.
+@end table
+
+Unix-style man pages are installed in one of the following:
+
+@table @samp
+@item mandir
+The top-level directory for installing the man pages (if any) for this
+package.  It will normally be @file{/usr/local/man}, but you should
+write it as @file{$(prefix)/man}.
+(If you are using Autoconf, write it as @samp{@@mandir@@}.)
+
+@item man1dir
+The directory for installing section 1 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man1}.
+@item man2dir
+The directory for installing section 2 man pages.  Write it as
+@file{$(mandir)/man2}
+@item @dots{}
+
+@strong{Don't make the primary documentation for any GNU software be a
+man page.  Write a manual in Texinfo instead.  Man pages are just for
+the sake of people running GNU software on Unix, which is a secondary
+application only.}
+
+@item manext
+The file name extension for the installed man page.  This should contain
+a period followed by the appropriate digit; it should normally be @samp{.1}.
+
+@item man1ext
+The file name extension for installed section 1 man pages.
+@item man2ext
+The file name extension for installed section 2 man pages.
+@item @dots{}
+Use these names instead of @samp{manext} if the package needs to install man
+pages in more than one section of the manual.
+@end table
+
+And finally, you should set the following variable:
+
+@table @samp
+@item srcdir
+The directory for the sources being compiled.  The value of this
+variable is normally inserted by the @code{configure} shell script.
+(If you are using Autconf, use @samp{srcdir = @@srcdir@@}.)
+@end table
+
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+@c I have changed some of the comments here slightly to fix an overfull
+@c hbox, so the make manual can format correctly. --roland
+# Common prefix for installation directories.
+# NOTE: This directory must exist when you start the install.
+prefix = /usr/local
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+# Where to put the executable for the command `gcc'.
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+# Where to put the directories used by the compiler.
+libexecdir = $(exec_prefix)/libexec
+# Where to put the Info files.
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+@end smallexample
+
+If your program installs a large number of files into one of the
+standard user-specified directories, it might be useful to group them
+into a subdirectory particular to that program.  If you do this, you
+should write the @code{install} rule to create these subdirectories.
+
+Do not expect the user to include the subdirectory name in the value of
+any of the variables listed above.  The idea of having a uniform set of
+variable names for installation directories is to enable the user to
+specify the exact same values for several different GNU packages.  In
+order for this to be useful, all the packages must be designed so that
+they will work sensibly when the user does so.
+
+@node Standard Targets
+@section Standard Targets for Users
+
+All GNU programs should have the following targets in their Makefiles:
+
+@table @samp
+@item all
+Compile the entire program.  This should be the default target.  This
+target need not rebuild any documentation files; Info files should
+normally be included in the distribution, and DVI files should be made
+only when explicitly asked for.
+
+By default, the Make rules should compile and link with @samp{-g}, so
+that executable programs have debugging symbols.  Users who don't mind
+being helpless can strip the executables later if they wish.
+
+@item install
+Compile the program and copy the executables, libraries, and so on to
+the file names where they should reside for actual use.  If there is a
+simple test to verify that a program is properly installed, this target
+should run that test.
+
+Do not strip executables when installing them.  Devil-may-care users can
+use the @code{install-strip} target to do that.
+
+If possible, write the @code{install} target rule so that it does not
+modify anything in the directory where the program was built, provided
+@samp{make all} has just been done.  This is convenient for building the
+program under one user name and installing it under another.
+
+The commands should create all the directories in which files are to be
+installed, if they don't already exist.  This includes the directories
+specified as the values of the variables @code{prefix} and
+@code{exec_prefix}, as well as all subdirectories that are needed.
+One way to do this is by means of an @code{installdirs} target
+as described below.
+
+Use @samp{-} before any command for installing a man page, so that
+@code{make} will ignore any errors.  This is in case there are systems
+that don't have the Unix man page documentation system installed.
+
+The way to install Info files is to copy them into @file{$(infodir)}
+with @code{$(INSTALL_DATA)} (@pxref{Command Variables}), and then run
+the @code{install-info} program if it is present.  @code{install-info}
+is a program that edits the Info @file{dir} file to add or update the
+menu entry for the given Info file; it is part of the Texinfo package.
+Here is a sample rule to install an Info file:
+
+@comment This example has been carefully formatted for the Make manual.
+@comment Please do not reformat it without talking to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu.
+@smallexample
+$(infodir)/foo.info: foo.info
+        $(POST_INSTALL)
+# There may be a newer info file in . than in srcdir.
+        -if test -f foo.info; then d=.; \
+         else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+        $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/foo.info $@@; \
+# Run install-info only if it exists.
+# Use `if' instead of just prepending `-' to the
+# line so we notice real errors from install-info.
+# We use `$(SHELL) -c' because some shells do not
+# fail gracefully when there is an unknown command.
+        if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' \
+           >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+          install-info --dir-file=$(infodir)/dir \
+                       $(infodir)/foo.info; \
+        else true; fi
+@end smallexample
+
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.  @xref{Install Command
+Categories}.
+
+@item uninstall
+Delete all the installed files---the copies that the @samp{install}
+target creates.
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done,
+only the directories where files are installed.
+
+The uninstallation commands are divided into three categories, just like
+the installation commands.  @xref{Install Command Categories}.
+
+@item install-strip
+Like @code{install}, but strip the executable files while installing
+them.  In many cases, the definition of this target can be very simple:
+
+@smallexample
+install-strip:
+        $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' \
+                install
+@end smallexample
+
+Normally we do not recommend stripping an executable unless you are sure
+the program has no bugs.  However, it can be reasonable to install a
+stripped executable for actual execution while saving the unstripped
+executable elsewhere in case there is a bug.
+
+@comment The gratuitous blank line here is to make the table look better
+@comment in the printed Make manual.  Please leave it in.
+@item clean
+
+Delete all files from the current directory that are normally created by
+building the program.  Don't delete the files that record the
+configuration.  Also preserve files that could be made by building, but
+normally aren't because the distribution comes with them.
+
+Delete @file{.dvi} files here if they are not part of the distribution.
+
+@item distclean
+Delete all files from the current directory that are created by
+configuring or building the program.  If you have unpacked the source
+and built the program without creating any other files, @samp{make
+distclean} should leave only the files that were in the distribution.
+
+@item mostlyclean
+Like @samp{clean}, but may refrain from deleting a few files that people
+normally don't want to recompile.  For example, the @samp{mostlyclean}
+target for GCC does not delete @file{libgcc.a}, because recompiling it
+is rarely necessary and takes a lot of time.
+
+@item maintainer-clean
+Delete almost everything from the current directory that can be
+reconstructed with this Makefile.  This typically includes everything
+deleted by @code{distclean}, plus more: C source files produced by
+Bison, tags tables, Info files, and so on.
+
+The reason we say ``almost everything'' is that running the command
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete @file{configure} even if
+@file{configure} can be remade using a rule in the Makefile.  More generally,
+@samp{make maintainer-clean} should not delete anything that needs to
+exist in order to run @file{configure} and then begin to build the
+program.  This is the only exception; @code{maintainer-clean} should
+delete everything else that can be rebuilt.
+
+The @samp{maintainer-clean} target is intended to be used by a maintainer of
+the package, not by ordinary users.  You may need special tools to
+reconstruct some of the files that @samp{make maintainer-clean} deletes.
+Since these files are normally included in the distribution, we don't
+take care to make them easy to reconstruct.  If you find you need to
+unpack the full distribution again, don't blame us.
+
+To help make users aware of this, the commands for the special
+@code{maintainer-clean} target should start with these two:
+
+@smallexample
+@@echo 'This command is intended for maintainers to use; it'
+@@echo 'deletes files that may need special tools to rebuild.'
+@end smallexample
+
+@item TAGS
+Update a tags table for this program.
+@c ADR: how?
+
+@item info
+Generate any Info files needed.  The best way to write the rules is as
+follows:
+
+@smallexample
+info: foo.info
+
+foo.info: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{MAKEINFO} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the @code{makeinfo} program, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.
+
+Normally a GNU distribution comes with Info files, and that means the
+Info files are present in the source directory.  Therefore, the Make
+rule for an info file should update it in the source directory.  When
+users build the package, ordinarily Make will not update the Info files
+because they will already be up to date.
+
+@item dvi
+Generate DVI files for all Texinfo documentation.
+For example:
+
+@smallexample
+dvi: foo.dvi
+
+foo.dvi: foo.texi chap1.texi chap2.texi
+        $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/foo.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+You must define the variable @code{TEXI2DVI} in the Makefile.  It should
+run the program @code{texi2dvi}, which is part of the Texinfo
+distribution.@footnote{@code{texi2dvi} uses @TeX{} to do the real work
+of formatting. @TeX{} is not distributed with Texinfo.}  Alternatively,
+write just the dependencies, and allow GNU @code{make} to provide the command.
+
+@item dist
+Create a distribution tar file for this program.  The tar file should be
+set up so that the file names in the tar file start with a subdirectory
+name which is the name of the package it is a distribution for.  This
+name can include the version number.
+
+For example, the distribution tar file of GCC version 1.40 unpacks into
+a subdirectory named @file{gcc-1.40}.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to create a subdirectory appropriately
+named, use @code{ln} or @code{cp} to install the proper files in it, and
+then @code{tar} that subdirectory.
+
+Compress the tar file file with @code{gzip}.  For example, the actual
+distribution file for GCC version 1.40 is called @file{gcc-1.40.tar.gz}.
+
+The @code{dist} target should explicitly depend on all non-source files
+that are in the distribution, to make sure they are up to date in the
+distribution.
+@ifset CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear CODESTD
+@xref{Releases, , Making Releases, standards, GNU Coding Standards}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item check
+Perform self-tests (if any).  The user must build the program before
+running the tests, but need not install the program; you should write
+the self-tests so that they work when the program is built but not
+installed.
+@end table
+
+The following targets are suggested as conventional names, for programs
+in which they are useful.
+
+@table @code
+@item installcheck
+Perform installation tests (if any).  The user must build and install
+the program before running the tests.  You should not assume that
+@file{$(bindir)} is in the search path.
+
+@item installdirs
+It's useful to add a target named @samp{installdirs} to create the
+directories where files are installed, and their parent directories.
+There is a script called @file{mkinstalldirs} which is convenient for
+this; you can find it in the Texinfo package.
+@c It's in /gd/gnu/lib/mkinstalldirs.
+You can use a rule like this:
+
+@comment This has been carefully formatted to look decent in the Make manual.
+@comment Please be sure not to make it extend any further to the right.--roland
+@smallexample
+# Make sure all installation directories (e.g. $(bindir))
+# actually exist by making them if necessary.
+installdirs: mkinstalldirs
+        $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) \
+                                $(libdir) $(infodir) \
+                                $(mandir)
+@end smallexample
+
+This rule should not modify the directories where compilation is done.
+It should do nothing but create installation directories.
+@end table
+
+@node Install Command Categories
+@section Install Command Categories
+
+@cindex pre-installation commands
+@cindex post-installation commands
+When writing the @code{install} target, you must classify all the
+commands into three categories: normal ones, @dfn{pre-installation}
+commands and @dfn{post-installation} commands.
+
+Normal commands move files into their proper places, and set their
+modes.  They may not alter any files except the ones that come entirely
+from the package they belong to.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands may alter other files;
+in particular, they can edit global configuration files or data bases.
+
+Pre-installation commands are typically executed before the normal
+commands, and post-installation commands are typically run after the
+normal commands.
+
+The most common use for a post-installation command is to run
+@code{install-info}.  This cannot be done with a normal command, since
+it alters a file (the Info directory) which does not come entirely and
+solely from the package being installed.  It is a post-installation
+command because it needs to be done after the normal command which
+installs the package's Info files.
+
+Most programs don't need any pre-installation commands, but we have the
+feature just in case it is needed.
+
+To classify the commands in the @code{install} rule into these three
+categories, insert @dfn{category lines} among them.  A category line
+specifies the category for the commands that follow.
+
+A category line consists of a tab and a reference to a special Make
+variable, plus an optional comment at the end.  There are three
+variables you can use, one for each category; the variable name
+specifies the category.  Category lines are no-ops in ordinary execution
+because these three Make variables are normally undefined (and you
+@emph{should not} define them in the makefile).
+
+Here are the three possible category lines, each with a comment that
+explains what it means:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_INSTALL)     # @r{Pre-install commands follow.}
+        $(POST_INSTALL)    # @r{Post-install commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_INSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+If you don't use a category line at the beginning of the @code{install}
+rule, all the commands are classified as normal until the first category
+line.  If you don't use any category lines, all the commands are
+classified as normal.
+
+These are the category lines for @code{uninstall}:
+
+@smallexample
+        $(PRE_UNINSTALL)     # @r{Pre-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(POST_UNINSTALL)    # @r{Post-uninstall commands follow.}
+        $(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)  # @r{Normal commands follow.}
+@end smallexample
+
+Typically, a pre-uninstall command would be used for deleting entries
+from the Info directory.
+
+If the @code{install} or @code{uninstall} target has any dependencies
+which act as subroutines of installation, then you should start
+@emph{each} dependency's commands with a category line, and start the
+main target's commands with a category line also.  This way, you can
+ensure that each command is placed in the right category regardless of
+which of the dependencies actually run.
+
+Pre-installation and post-installation commands should not run any
+programs except for these:
+
+@example
+[ basename bash cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp dd diff echo
+egrep expand expr false fgrep find getopt grep gunzip gzip
+hostname install install-info kill ldconfig ln ls md5sum
+mkdir mkfifo mknod mv printenv pwd rm rmdir sed sort tee
+test touch true uname xargs yes
+@end example
+
+@cindex binary packages
+The reason for distinguishing the commands in this way is for the sake
+of making binary packages.  Typically a binary package contains all the
+executables and other files that need to be installed, and has its own
+method of installing them---so it does not need to run the normal
+installation commands.  But installing the binary package does need to
+execute the pre-installation and post-installation commands.
+
+Programs to build binary packages work by extracting the
+pre-installation and post-installation commands.  Here is one way of
+extracting the pre-installation commands:
+
+@smallexample
+make -n install -o all \
+      PRE_INSTALL=pre-install \
+      POST_INSTALL=post-install \
+      NORMAL_INSTALL=normal-install \
+  | gawk -f pre-install.awk
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where the file @file{pre-install.awk} could contain this:
+
+@smallexample
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*(normal_install|post_install)[ \t]*$/ @{on = 0@}
+on @{print $0@}
+$0 ~ /^\t[ \t]*pre_install[ \t]*$/ @{on = 1@}
+@end smallexample
+
+The resulting file of pre-installation commands is executed as a shell
+script as part of installing the binary package.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/etc/standards.texi b/contrib/binutils/etc/standards.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4170093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/etc/standards.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3061 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename standards.info
+@settitle GNU Coding Standards
+@c UPDATE THIS DATE WHENEVER YOU MAKE CHANGES!
+@set lastupdate 16 January 1997
+@c %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Standards: (standards).        GNU coding standards.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c @setchapternewpage odd
+@setchapternewpage off
+
+@c This is used by a cross ref in make-stds.texi
+@set CODESTD  1
+@iftex
+@set CHAPTER chapter
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@set CHAPTER node
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+GNU Coding Standards
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Coding Standards
+@author Richard Stallman
+@author last updated @value{lastupdate}
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top, Preface, (dir), (dir)
+@top Version
+
+Last updated @value{lastupdate}.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Preface::                     About the GNU Coding Standards
+* Intellectual Property::       Keeping Free Software Free
+* Design Advice::               General Program Design
+* Program Behavior::            Program Behavior for All Programs
+* Writing C::                   Making The Best Use of C
+* Documentation::               Documenting Programs
+* Managing Releases::           The Release Process
+@end menu
+
+@node Preface
+@chapter About the GNU Coding Standards
+
+The GNU Coding Standards were written by Richard Stallman and other GNU
+Project volunteers.  Their purpose is to make the GNU system clean,
+consistent, and easy to install.  This document can also be read as a
+guide to writing portable, robust and reliable programs.  It focuses on
+programs written in C, but many of the rules and principles are useful
+even if you write in another programming language.  The rules often
+state reasons for writing in a certain way.
+
+Corrections or suggestions regarding this document should be sent to
+@code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.  If you make a suggestion, please include a
+suggested new wording for it; our time is limited.  We prefer a context
+diff to the @file{standards.texi} or @file{make-stds.texi} files, but if
+you don't have those files, please mail your suggestion anyway.
+
+This release of the GNU Coding Standards was last updated
+@value{lastupdate}.
+
+@node Intellectual Property
+@chapter Keeping Free Software Free
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} discusses how you can make sure that GNU software
+remains unencumbered.
+
+@menu
+* Reading Non-Free Code::       Referring to Proprietary Programs
+* Contributions::               Accepting Contributions
+@end menu
+
+@node Reading Non-Free Code
+@section Referring to Proprietary Programs
+
+Don't in any circumstances refer to Unix source code for or during
+your work on GNU!  (Or to any other proprietary programs.)
+
+If you have a vague recollection of the internals of a Unix program,
+this does not absolutely mean you can't write an imitation of it, but
+do try to organize the imitation internally along different lines,
+because this is likely to make the details of the Unix version
+irrelevant and dissimilar to your results.
+
+For example, Unix utilities were generally optimized to minimize
+memory use; if you go for speed instead, your program will be very
+different.  You could keep the entire input file in core and scan it
+there instead of using stdio.  Use a smarter algorithm discovered more
+recently than the Unix program.  Eliminate use of temporary files.  Do
+it in one pass instead of two (we did this in the assembler).
+
+Or, on the contrary, emphasize simplicity instead of speed.  For some
+applications, the speed of today's computers makes simpler algorithms
+adequate.
+
+Or go for generality.  For example, Unix programs often have static
+tables or fixed-size strings, which make for arbitrary limits; use
+dynamic allocation instead.  Make sure your program handles NULs and
+other funny characters in the input files.  Add a programming language
+for extensibility and write part of the program in that language.
+
+Or turn some parts of the program into independently usable libraries.
+Or use a simple garbage collector instead of tracking precisely when
+to free memory, or use a new GNU facility such as obstacks.
+
+
+@node Contributions
+@section Accepting Contributions
+
+If someone else sends you a piece of code to add to the program you are
+working on, we need legal papers to use it---the same sort of legal
+papers we will need to get from you.  @emph{Each} significant
+contributor to a program must sign some sort of legal papers in order
+for us to have clear title to the program.  The main author alone is not
+enough.
+
+So, before adding in any contributions from other people, tell us
+so we can arrange to get the papers.  Then wait until we tell you
+that we have received the signed papers, before you actually use the
+contribution.
+
+This applies both before you release the program and afterward.  If
+you receive diffs to fix a bug, and they make significant changes, we
+need legal papers for it.
+
+You don't need papers for changes of a few lines here or there, since
+they are not significant for copyright purposes.  Also, you don't need
+papers if all you get from the suggestion is some ideas, not actual code
+which you use.  For example, if you write a different solution to the
+problem, you don't need to get papers.
+
+We know this is frustrating; it's frustrating for us as well.  But if
+you don't wait, you are going out on a limb---for example, what if the
+contributor's employer won't sign a disclaimer?  You might have to take
+that code out again!
+
+The very worst thing is if you forget to tell us about the other
+contributor.  We could be very embarrassed in court some day as a
+result.
+
+@node Design Advice
+@chapter General Program Design
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} discusses some of the issues you should take into
+account when designing your program.
+
+@menu
+* Compatibility::               Compatibility with other implementations
+* Using Extensions::            Using non-standard features
+* ANSI C::                      Using ANSI C features
+* Source Language::             Using languages other than C
+@end menu
+
+@node Compatibility
+@section Compatibility with Other Implementations
+
+With occasional exceptions, utility programs and libraries for GNU
+should be upward compatible with those in Berkeley Unix, and upward
+compatible with @sc{ansi} C if @sc{ansi} C specifies their behavior, and
+upward compatible with @sc{POSIX} if @sc{POSIX} specifies their
+behavior.
+
+When these standards conflict, it is useful to offer compatibility
+modes for each of them.
+
+@sc{ansi} C and @sc{POSIX} prohibit many kinds of extensions.  Feel free
+to make the extensions anyway, and include a @samp{--ansi},
+@samp{--posix}, or @samp{--compatible} option to turn them off.
+However, if the extension has a significant chance of breaking any real
+programs or scripts, then it is not really upward compatible.  Try to
+redesign its interface.
+
+Many GNU programs suppress extensions that conflict with POSIX if the
+environment variable @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is defined (even if it is
+defined with a null value).  Please make your program recognize this
+variable if appropriate.
+
+When a feature is used only by users (not by programs or command
+files), and it is done poorly in Unix, feel free to replace it
+completely with something totally different and better.  (For example,
+@code{vi} is replaced with Emacs.)  But it is nice to offer a compatible
+feature as well.  (There is a free @code{vi} clone, so we offer it.)
+
+Additional useful features not in Berkeley Unix are welcome.
+Additional programs with no counterpart in Unix may be useful,
+but our first priority is usually to duplicate what Unix already
+has.
+
+@node Using Extensions
+@section Using Non-standard Features
+
+Many GNU facilities that already exist support a number of convenient
+extensions over the comparable Unix facilities.  Whether to use these
+extensions in implementing your program is a difficult question.
+
+On the one hand, using the extensions can make a cleaner program.
+On the other hand, people will not be able to build the program
+unless the other GNU tools are available.  This might cause the
+program to work on fewer kinds of machines.
+
+With some extensions, it might be easy to provide both alternatives.
+For example, you can define functions with a ``keyword'' @code{INLINE}
+and define that as a macro to expand into either @code{inline} or
+nothing, depending on the compiler.
+
+In general, perhaps it is best not to use the extensions if you can
+straightforwardly do without them, but to use the extensions if they
+are a big improvement.
+
+An exception to this rule are the large, established programs (such as
+Emacs) which run on a great variety of systems.  Such programs would
+be broken by use of GNU extensions.
+
+Another exception is for programs that are used as part of
+compilation: anything that must be compiled with other compilers in
+order to bootstrap the GNU compilation facilities.  If these require
+the GNU compiler, then no one can compile them without having them
+installed already.  That would be no good.
+
+@node ANSI C
+@section @sc{ansi} C and pre-@sc{ansi} C
+
+Do not ever use the ``trigraph'' feature of @sc{ansi} C.
+
+@sc{ansi} C is widespread enough now that it is ok to write new programs
+that use @sc{ansi} C features (and therefore will not work in
+non-@sc{ansi} compilers).  And if a program is already written in
+@sc{ansi} C, there's no need to convert it to support non-@sc{ansi}
+compilers.
+
+However, it is easy to support non-@sc{ansi} compilers in most programs,
+so you might still consider doing so when you write a program.  Instead
+of writing function definitions in @sc{ansi} prototype form,
+
+@example
+int
+foo (int x, int y)
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+write the definition in pre-@sc{ansi} style like this,
+
+@example
+int
+foo (x, y)
+     int x, y;
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+and use a separate declaration to specify the argument prototype:
+
+@example
+int foo (int, int);
+@end example
+
+You need such a declaration anyway, in a header file, to get the benefit
+of @sc{ansi} C prototypes in all the files where the function is called.
+And once you have it, you lose nothing by writing the function
+definition in the pre-@sc{ansi} style.
+
+If you don't know non-@sc{ansi} C, there's no need to learn it; just
+write in @sc{ansi} C.
+
+@node Source Language
+@section Using Languages Other Than C
+
+Using a language other than C is like using a non-standard feature: it
+will cause trouble for users.  Even if GCC supports the other language,
+users may find it inconvenient to have to install the compiler for that
+other language in order to build your program.  So please write in C.
+
+There are three exceptions for this rule:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+It is okay to use a special language if the same program contains an
+interpreter for that language.
+
+For example, if your program links with GUILE, it is ok to write part of
+the program in Scheme or another language supported by GUILE.
+
+@item
+It is okay to use another language in a tool specifically intended for
+use with that language.
+
+This is okay because the only people who want to build the tool will be
+those who have installed the other language anyway.
+
+@item
+If an application is not of extremely widespread interest, then perhaps
+it's not important if the application is inconvenient to install.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Program Behavior
+@chapter Program Behavior for All Programs
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} describes how to write robust software. It also
+describes general standards for error messages, the command line interface,
+and how libraries should behave.
+
+@menu
+* Semantics::                   Writing robust programs
+* Libraries::                   Library behavior
+* Errors::                      Formatting error messages
+* User Interfaces::             Standards for command line interfaces
+* Option Table::                Table of long options.
+* Memory Usage::                When and how to care about memory needs
+@end menu
+
+@node Semantics
+@section Writing Robust Programs
+
+Avoid arbitrary limits on the length or number of @emph{any} data
+structure, including file names, lines, files, and symbols, by allocating
+all data structures dynamically.  In most Unix utilities, ``long lines
+are silently truncated''.  This is not acceptable in a GNU utility.
+
+Utilities reading files should not drop NUL characters, or any other
+nonprinting characters @emph{including those with codes above 0177}.  The
+only sensible exceptions would be utilities specifically intended for
+interface to certain types of printers that can't handle those characters.
+
+Check every system call for an error return, unless you know you wish to
+ignore errors.  Include the system error text (from @code{perror} or
+equivalent) in @emph{every} error message resulting from a failing
+system call, as well as the name of the file if any and the name of the
+utility.  Just ``cannot open foo.c'' or ``stat failed'' is not
+sufficient.
+
+Check every call to @code{malloc} or @code{realloc} to see if it
+returned zero.  Check @code{realloc} even if you are making the block
+smaller; in a system that rounds block sizes to a power of 2,
+@code{realloc} may get a different block if you ask for less space.
+
+In Unix, @code{realloc} can destroy the storage block if it returns
+zero.  GNU @code{realloc} does not have this bug: if it fails, the
+original block is unchanged.  Feel free to assume the bug is fixed.  If
+you wish to run your program on Unix, and wish to avoid lossage in this
+case, you can use the GNU @code{malloc}.
+
+You must expect @code{free} to alter the contents of the block that was
+freed.  Anything you want to fetch from the block, you must fetch before
+calling @code{free}.
+
+If @code{malloc} fails in a noninteractive program, make that a fatal
+error.  In an interactive program (one that reads commands from the
+user), it is better to abort the command and return to the command
+reader loop.  This allows the user to kill other processes to free up
+virtual memory, and then try the command again.
+
+Use @code{getopt_long} to decode arguments, unless the argument syntax
+makes this unreasonable.
+
+When static storage is to be written in during program execution, use
+explicit C code to initialize it.  Reserve C initialized declarations
+for data that will not be changed.
+@c ADR: why?
+
+Try to avoid low-level interfaces to obscure Unix data structures (such
+as file directories, utmp, or the layout of kernel memory), since these
+are less likely to work compatibly.  If you need to find all the files
+in a directory, use @code{readdir} or some other high-level interface.
+These will be supported compatibly by GNU.
+
+By default, the GNU system will provide the signal handling functions of
+@sc{BSD} and of @sc{POSIX}.  So GNU software should be written to use
+these.
+
+In error checks that detect ``impossible'' conditions, just abort.
+There is usually no point in printing any message.  These checks
+indicate the existence of bugs.  Whoever wants to fix the bugs will have
+to read the source code and run a debugger.  So explain the problem with
+comments in the source.  The relevant data will be in variables, which
+are easy to examine with the debugger, so there is no point moving them
+elsewhere.
+
+Do not use a count of errors as the exit status for a program.
+@emph{That does not work}, because exit status values are limited to 8
+bits (0 through 255).  A single run of the program might have 256
+errors; if you try to return 256 as the exit status, the parent process
+will see 0 as the status, and it will appear that the program succeeded.
+
+If you make temporary files, check the @code{TMPDIR} environment
+variable; if that variable is defined, use the specified directory
+instead of @file{/tmp}.
+
+@node Libraries
+@section Library Behavior
+
+Try to make library functions reentrant.  If they need to do dynamic
+storage allocation, at least try to avoid any nonreentrancy aside from
+that of @code{malloc} itself.
+
+Here are certain name conventions for libraries, to avoid name
+conflicts.
+
+Choose a name prefix for the library, more than two characters long.
+All external function and variable names should start with this
+prefix.  In addition, there should only be one of these in any given
+library member.  This usually means putting each one in a separate
+source file.
+
+An exception can be made when two external symbols are always used
+together, so that no reasonable program could use one without the
+other; then they can both go in the same file.
+
+External symbols that are not documented entry points for the user
+should have names beginning with @samp{_}.  They should also contain
+the chosen name prefix for the library, to prevent collisions with
+other libraries.  These can go in the same files with user entry
+points if you like.
+
+Static functions and variables can be used as you like and need not
+fit any naming convention.
+
+@node Errors
+@section Formatting Error Messages
+
+Error messages from compilers should look like this:
+
+@example
+@var{source-file-name}:@var{lineno}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+Error messages from other noninteractive programs should look like this:
+
+@example
+@var{program}:@var{source-file-name}:@var{lineno}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+when there is an appropriate source file, or like this:
+
+@example
+@var{program}: @var{message}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+when there is no relevant source file.
+
+In an interactive program (one that is reading commands from a
+terminal), it is better not to include the program name in an error
+message.  The place to indicate which program is running is in the
+prompt or with the screen layout.  (When the same program runs with
+input from a source other than a terminal, it is not interactive and
+would do best to print error messages using the noninteractive style.)
+
+The string @var{message} should not begin with a capital letter when
+it follows a program name and/or file name.  Also, it should not end
+with a period.
+
+Error messages from interactive programs, and other messages such as
+usage messages, should start with a capital letter.  But they should not
+end with a period.
+
+@node User Interfaces
+@section Standards for Command Line Interfaces
+
+Please don't make the behavior of a utility depend on the name used
+to invoke it.  It is useful sometimes to make a link to a utility
+with a different name, and that should not change what it does.
+
+Instead, use a run time option or a compilation switch or both
+to select among the alternate behaviors.
+
+Likewise, please don't make the behavior of the program depend on the
+type of output device it is used with.  Device independence is an
+important principle of the system's design; do not compromise it
+merely to save someone from typing an option now and then.
+
+If you think one behavior is most useful when the output is to a
+terminal, and another is most useful when the output is a file or a
+pipe, then it is usually best to make the default behavior the one that
+is useful with output to a terminal, and have an option for the other
+behavior.
+
+Compatibility requires certain programs to depend on the type of output
+device.  It would be disastrous if @code{ls} or @code{sh} did not do so
+in the way all users expect.  In some of these cases, we supplement the
+program with a preferred alternate version that does not depend on the
+output device type.  For example, we provide a @code{dir} program much
+like @code{ls} except that its default output format is always
+multi-column format.
+
+It is a good idea to follow the @sc{POSIX} guidelines for the
+command-line options of a program.  The easiest way to do this is to use
+@code{getopt} to parse them.  Note that the GNU version of @code{getopt}
+will normally permit options anywhere among the arguments unless the
+special argument @samp{--} is used.  This is not what @sc{POSIX}
+specifies; it is a GNU extension.
+
+Please define long-named options that are equivalent to the
+single-letter Unix-style options.  We hope to make GNU more user
+friendly this way.  This is easy to do with the GNU function
+@code{getopt_long}.
+
+One of the advantages of long-named options is that they can be
+consistent from program to program.  For example, users should be able
+to expect the ``verbose'' option of any GNU program which has one, to be
+spelled precisely @samp{--verbose}.  To achieve this uniformity, look at
+the table of common long-option names when you choose the option names
+for your program (@pxref{Option Table}).
+
+It is usually a good idea for file names given as ordinary arguments to
+be input files only; any output files would be specified using options
+(preferably @samp{-o} or @samp{--output}).  Even if you allow an output
+file name as an ordinary argument for compatibility, try to provide an
+option as another way to specify it.  This will lead to more consistency
+among GNU utilities, and fewer idiosyncracies for users to remember.
+
+All programs should support two standard options: @samp{--version}
+and @samp{--help}.
+
+@table @code
+@item --version
+This option should direct the program to information about its name,
+version, origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
+successfully.  Other options and arguments should be ignored once this
+is seen, and the program should not perform its normal function.
+
+The first line is meant to be easy for a program to parse; the version
+number proper starts after the last space.  In addition, it contains
+the canonical name for this program, in this format:
+
+@example
+GNU Emacs 19.30
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The program's name should be a constant string; @emph{don't} compute it
+from @code{argv[0]}.  The idea is to state the standard or canonical
+name for the program, not its file name.  There are other ways to find
+out the precise file name where a command is found in @code{PATH}.
+
+If the program is a subsidiary part of a larger package, mention the
+package name in parentheses, like this:
+
+@example
+emacsserver (GNU Emacs) 19.30
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+If the package has a version number which is different from this
+program's version number, you can mention the package version number
+just before the close-parenthesis.
+
+If you @strong{need} to mention the version numbers of libraries which
+are distributed separately from the package which contains this program,
+you can do so by printing an additional line of version info for each
+library you want to mention.  Use the same format for these lines as for
+the first line.
+
+Please don't mention all the libraries that the program uses ``just for
+completeness''---that would produce a lot of unhelpful clutter.  Please
+mention library version numbers only if you find in practice that they
+are very important to you in debugging.
+
+The following line, after the version number line or lines, should be a
+copyright notice.  If more than one copyright notice is called for, put
+each on a separate line.
+
+Next should follow a brief statement that the program is free software,
+and that users are free to copy and change it on certain conditions.  If
+the program is covered by the GNU GPL, say so here.  Also mention that
+there is no warranty, to the extent permitted by law.
+
+It is ok to finish the output with a list of the major authors of the
+program, as a way of giving credit.
+
+Here's an example of output that follows these rules:
+
+@smallexample
+GNU Emacs 19.34.5
+Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+GNU Emacs comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+You may redistribute copies of GNU Emacs
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
+@end smallexample
+
+You should adapt this to your program, of course, filling in the proper
+year, copyright holder, name of program, and the references to
+distribution terms, and changing the rest of the wording as necessary.
+
+This copyright notice only needs to mention the most recent year in
+which changes were made---there's no need to list the years for previous
+versions' changes.  You don't have to mention the name of the program in
+these notices, if that is inconvenient, since it appeared in the first
+line.
+
+@item --help
+This option should output brief documentation for how to invoke the
+program, on standard output, then exit successfully.  Other options and
+arguments should be ignored once this is seen, and the program should
+not perform its normal function.
+
+Near the end of the @samp{--help} option's output there should be a line
+that says where to mail bug reports.  It should have this format:
+
+@example
+Report bugs to @var{mailing-address}.
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Option Table
+@section Table of Long Options
+
+Here is a table of long options used by GNU programs.  It is surely
+incomplete, but we aim to list all the options that a new program might
+want to be compatible with.  If you use names not already in the table,
+please send @samp{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu} a list of them, with their
+meanings, so we can update the table.
+
+@c Please leave newlines between items in this table; it's much easier
+@c to update when it isn't completely squashed together and unreadable.
+@c When there is more than one short option for a long option name, put
+@c a semicolon between the lists of the programs that use them, not a
+@c period.   --friedman
+
+@table @samp
+@item after-date
+@samp{-N} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item all
+@samp{-a} in @code{du}, @code{ls}, @code{nm}, @code{stty}, @code{uname},
+and @code{unexpand}.
+
+@item all-text
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item almost-all
+@samp{-A} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item append
+@samp{-a} in @code{etags}, @code{tee}, @code{time};
+@samp{-r} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item archive
+@samp{-a} in @code{cp}.
+
+@item archive-name
+@samp{-n} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item arglength
+@samp{-l} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item ascii
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item assign
+@samp{-v} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item assume-new
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item assume-old
+@samp{-o} in Make.
+
+@item auto-check
+@samp{-a} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item auto-pager
+@samp{-a} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item auto-reference
+@samp{-A} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item avoid-wraps
+@samp{-n} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item backward-search
+@samp{-B} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item basename
+@samp{-f} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item batch
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item baud
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item before
+@samp{-b} in @code{tac}.
+
+@item binary
+@samp{-b} in @code{cpio} and @code{diff}.
+
+@item bits-per-code
+@samp{-b} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item block-size
+Used in @code{cpio} and @code{tar}.
+
+@item blocks
+@samp{-b} in @code{head} and @code{tail}.
+
+@item break-file
+@samp{-b} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item brief
+Used in various programs to make output shorter.
+
+@item bytes
+@samp{-c} in @code{head}, @code{split}, and @code{tail}.
+
+@item c@t{++}
+@samp{-C} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item catenate
+@samp{-A} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item cd
+Used in various programs to specify the directory to use.
+
+@item changes
+@samp{-c} in @code{chgrp} and @code{chown}.
+
+@item classify
+@samp{-F} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item colons
+@samp{-c} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item command
+@samp{-c} in @code{su};
+@samp{-x} in GDB.
+
+@item compare
+@samp{-d} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item compat
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item compress
+@samp{-Z} in @code{tar} and @code{shar}.
+
+@item concatenate
+@samp{-A} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item confirmation
+@samp{-w} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item context
+Used in @code{diff}.
+
+@item copyleft
+@samp{-W copyleft} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item copyright
+@samp{-C} in @code{ptx}, @code{recode}, and @code{wdiff};
+@samp{-W copyright} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item core
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item count
+@samp{-q} in @code{who}.
+
+@item count-links
+@samp{-l} in @code{du}.
+
+@item create
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{cpio}.
+
+@item cut-mark
+@samp{-c} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item cxref
+@samp{-x} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item date
+@samp{-d} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item debug
+@samp{-d} in Make and @code{m4};
+@samp{-t} in Bison.
+
+@item define
+@samp{-D} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item defines
+@samp{-d} in Bison and @code{ctags}.
+
+@item delete
+@samp{-D} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item dereference
+@samp{-L} in @code{chgrp}, @code{chown}, @code{cpio}, @code{du},
+@code{ls}, and @code{tar}.
+
+@item dereference-args
+@samp{-D} in @code{du}.
+
+@item diacritics
+@samp{-d} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item dictionary-order
+@samp{-d} in @code{look}.
+
+@item diff
+@samp{-d} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item digits
+@samp{-n} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item directory
+Specify the directory to use, in various programs.  In @code{ls}, it
+means to show directories themselves rather than their contents.  In
+@code{rm} and @code{ln}, it means to not treat links to directories
+specially.
+
+@item discard-all
+@samp{-x} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item discard-locals
+@samp{-X} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item dry-run
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item ed
+@samp{-e} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item elide-empty-files
+@samp{-z} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item end-delete
+@samp{-x} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item end-insert
+@samp{-z} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item entire-new-file
+@samp{-N} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item environment-overrides
+@samp{-e} in Make.
+
+@item eof
+@samp{-e} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item epoch
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item error-limit
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item error-output
+@samp{-o} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item escape
+@samp{-b} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item exclude-from
+@samp{-X} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item exec
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item exit
+@samp{-x} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item exit-0
+@samp{-e} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item expand-tabs
+@samp{-t} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item expression
+@samp{-e} in @code{sed}.
+
+@item extern-only
+@samp{-g} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item extract
+@samp{-i} in @code{cpio};
+@samp{-x} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item faces
+@samp{-f} in @code{finger}.
+
+@item fast
+@samp{-f} in @code{su}.
+
+@item fatal-warnings
+@samp{-E} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item file
+@samp{-f} in @code{info}, @code{gawk}, Make, @code{mt}, and @code{tar};
+@samp{-n} in @code{sed};
+@samp{-r} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item field-separator
+@samp{-F} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item file-prefix
+@samp{-b} in Bison.
+
+@item file-type
+@samp{-F} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item files-from
+@samp{-T} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item fill-column
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item flag-truncation
+@samp{-F} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item fixed-output-files
+@samp{-y} in Bison.
+
+@item follow
+@samp{-f} in @code{tail}.
+
+@item footnote-style
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item force
+@samp{-f} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}, and @code{rm}.
+
+@item force-prefix
+@samp{-F} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item format
+Used in @code{ls}, @code{time}, and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item freeze-state
+@samp{-F} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item fullname
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item gap-size
+@samp{-g} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item get
+@samp{-x} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item graphic
+@samp{-i} in @code{ul}.
+
+@item graphics
+@samp{-g} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item group
+@samp{-g} in @code{install}.
+
+@item gzip
+@samp{-z} in @code{tar} and @code{shar}.
+
+@item hashsize
+@samp{-H} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item header
+@samp{-h} in @code{objdump} and @code{recode}
+
+@item heading
+@samp{-H} in @code{who}.
+
+@item help
+Used to ask for brief usage information.
+
+@item here-delimiter
+@samp{-d} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item hide-control-chars
+@samp{-q} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item idle
+@samp{-u} in @code{who}.
+
+@item ifdef
+@samp{-D} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore
+@samp{-I} in @code{ls};
+@samp{-x} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item ignore-all-space
+@samp{-w} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-backups
+@samp{-B} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item ignore-blank-lines
+@samp{-B} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-case
+@samp{-f} in @code{look} and @code{ptx};
+@samp{-i} in @code{diff} and @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item ignore-errors
+@samp{-i} in Make.
+
+@item ignore-file
+@samp{-i} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item ignore-indentation
+@samp{-I} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item ignore-init-file
+@samp{-f} in Oleo.
+
+@item ignore-interrupts
+@samp{-i} in @code{tee}.
+
+@item ignore-matching-lines
+@samp{-I} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-space-change
+@samp{-b} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item ignore-zeros
+@samp{-i} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item include
+@samp{-i} in @code{etags};
+@samp{-I} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item include-dir
+@samp{-I} in Make.
+
+@item incremental
+@samp{-G} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item info
+@samp{-i}, @samp{-l}, and @samp{-m} in Finger.
+
+@item initial
+@samp{-i} in @code{expand}.
+
+@item initial-tab
+@samp{-T} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item inode
+@samp{-i} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item interactive
+@samp{-i} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}, @code{rm};
+@samp{-e} in @code{m4};
+@samp{-p} in @code{xargs};
+@samp{-w} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item intermix-type
+@samp{-p} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item jobs
+@samp{-j} in Make.
+
+@item just-print
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item keep-going
+@samp{-k} in Make.
+
+@item keep-files
+@samp{-k} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item kilobytes
+@samp{-k} in @code{du} and @code{ls}.
+
+@item language
+@samp{-l} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item less-mode
+@samp{-l} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item level-for-gzip
+@samp{-g} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item line-bytes
+@samp{-C} in @code{split}.
+
+@item lines
+Used in @code{split}, @code{head}, and @code{tail}.
+
+@item link
+@samp{-l} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item lint
+@itemx lint-old
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item list
+@samp{-t} in @code{cpio};
+@samp{-l} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item list
+@samp{-t} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item literal
+@samp{-N} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item load-average
+@samp{-l} in Make.
+
+@item login
+Used in @code{su}.
+
+@item machine
+No listing of which programs already use this;
+someone should check to
+see if any actually do and tell @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
+
+@item macro-name
+@samp{-M} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item mail
+@samp{-m} in @code{hello} and @code{uname}.
+
+@item make-directories
+@samp{-d} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item makefile
+@samp{-f} in Make.
+
+@item mapped
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item max-args
+@samp{-n} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-chars
+@samp{-n} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-lines
+@samp{-l} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item max-load
+@samp{-l} in Make.
+
+@item max-procs
+@samp{-P} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item mesg
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item message
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item minimal
+@samp{-d} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item mixed-uuencode
+@samp{-M} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item mode
+@samp{-m} in @code{install}, @code{mkdir}, and @code{mkfifo}.
+
+@item modification-time
+@samp{-m} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item multi-volume
+@samp{-M} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item name-prefix
+@samp{-a} in Bison.
+
+@item nesting-limit
+@samp{-L} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item net-headers
+@samp{-a} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item new-file
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item no-builtin-rules
+@samp{-r} in Make.
+
+@item no-character-count
+@samp{-w} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-check-existing
+@samp{-x} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-common
+@samp{-3} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-create
+@samp{-c} in @code{touch}.
+
+@item no-defines
+@samp{-D} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item no-deleted
+@samp{-1} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-dereference
+@samp{-d} in @code{cp}.
+
+@item no-inserted
+@samp{-2} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item no-keep-going
+@samp{-S} in Make.
+
+@item no-lines
+@samp{-l} in Bison.
+
+@item no-piping
+@samp{-P} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-prof
+@samp{-e} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-regex
+@samp{-R} in @code{etags}.
+
+@item no-sort
+@samp{-p} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item no-split
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item no-static
+@samp{-a} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-time
+@samp{-E} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item no-timestamp
+@samp{-m} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item no-validate
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item no-wait
+Used in @code{emacsclient}.
+
+@item no-warn
+Used in various programs to inhibit warnings.
+
+@item node
+@samp{-n} in @code{info}.
+
+@item nodename
+@samp{-n} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item nonmatching
+@samp{-f} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item nstuff
+@samp{-n} in @code{objdump}.
+
+@item null
+@samp{-0} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item number
+@samp{-n} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item number-nonblank
+@samp{-b} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item numeric-sort
+@samp{-n} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item numeric-uid-gid
+@samp{-n} in @code{cpio} and @code{ls}.
+
+@item nx
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item old-archive
+@samp{-o} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item old-file
+@samp{-o} in Make.
+
+@item one-file-system
+@samp{-l} in @code{tar}, @code{cp}, and @code{du}.
+
+@item only-file
+@samp{-o} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item only-prof
+@samp{-f} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item only-time
+@samp{-F} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item output
+In various programs, specify the output file name.
+
+@item output-prefix
+@samp{-o} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item override
+@samp{-o} in @code{rm}.
+
+@item overwrite
+@samp{-c} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item owner
+@samp{-o} in @code{install}.
+
+@item paginate
+@samp{-l} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item paragraph-indent
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item parents
+@samp{-p} in @code{mkdir} and @code{rmdir}.
+
+@item pass-all
+@samp{-p} in @code{ul}.
+
+@item pass-through
+@samp{-p} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item port
+@samp{-P} in @code{finger}.
+
+@item portability
+@samp{-c} in @code{cpio} and @code{tar}.
+
+@item posix
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item prefix-builtins
+@samp{-P} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item prefix
+@samp{-f} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item preserve
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{cp}.
+
+@item preserve-environment
+@samp{-p} in @code{su}.
+
+@item preserve-modification-time
+@samp{-m} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item preserve-order
+@samp{-s} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item preserve-permissions
+@samp{-p} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item print
+@samp{-l} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item print-chars
+@samp{-L} in @code{cmp}.
+
+@item print-data-base
+@samp{-p} in Make.
+
+@item print-directory
+@samp{-w} in Make.
+
+@item print-file-name
+@samp{-o} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item print-symdefs
+@samp{-s} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item printer
+@samp{-p} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item prompt
+@samp{-p} in @code{ed}.
+
+@item query-user
+@samp{-X} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item question
+@samp{-q} in Make.
+
+@item quiet
+Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output.  @strong{Note:} every
+program accepting @samp{--quiet} should accept @samp{--silent} as a
+synonym.
+
+@item quiet-unshar
+@samp{-Q} in @code{shar}
+
+@item quote-name
+@samp{-Q} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item rcs
+@samp{-n} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item re-interval
+Used in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item read-full-blocks
+@samp{-B} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item readnow
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item recon
+@samp{-n} in Make.
+
+@item record-number
+@samp{-R} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item recursive
+Used in @code{chgrp}, @code{chown}, @code{cp}, @code{ls}, @code{diff},
+and @code{rm}.
+
+@item reference-limit
+Used in @code{makeinfo}.
+
+@item references
+@samp{-r} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item regex
+@samp{-r} in @code{tac} and @code{etags}.
+
+@item release
+@samp{-r} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item reload-state
+@samp{-R} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item relocation
+@samp{-r} in @code{objdump}.
+
+@item rename
+@samp{-r} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item replace
+@samp{-i} in @code{xargs}.
+
+@item report-identical-files
+@samp{-s} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item reset-access-time
+@samp{-a} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item reverse
+@samp{-r} in @code{ls} and @code{nm}.
+
+@item reversed-ed
+@samp{-f} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item right-side-defs
+@samp{-R} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item same-order
+@samp{-s} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item same-permissions
+@samp{-p} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item save
+@samp{-g} in @code{stty}.
+
+@item se
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item sentence-regexp
+@samp{-S} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item separate-dirs
+@samp{-S} in @code{du}.
+
+@item separator
+@samp{-s} in @code{tac}.
+
+@item sequence
+Used by @code{recode} to chose files or pipes for sequencing passes.
+
+@item shell
+@samp{-s} in @code{su}.
+
+@item show-all
+@samp{-A} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item show-c-function
+@samp{-p} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item show-ends
+@samp{-E} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item show-function-line
+@samp{-F} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item show-tabs
+@samp{-T} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item silent
+Used in many programs to inhibit the usual output.
+@strong{Note:} every program accepting
+@samp{--silent} should accept @samp{--quiet} as a synonym.
+
+@item size
+@samp{-s} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item sort
+Used in @code{ls}.
+
+@item source
+@samp{-W source} in @code{gawk}.
+
+@item sparse
+@samp{-S} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item speed-large-files
+@samp{-H} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item split-at
+@samp{-E} in @code{unshar}.
+
+@item split-size-limit
+@samp{-L} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item squeeze-blank
+@samp{-s} in @code{cat}.
+
+@item start-delete
+@samp{-w} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item start-insert
+@samp{-y} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item starting-file
+Used in @code{tar} and @code{diff} to specify which file within
+a directory to start processing with.
+
+@item statistics
+@samp{-s} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item stdin-file-list
+@samp{-S} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item stop
+@samp{-S} in Make.
+
+@item strict
+@samp{-s} in @code{recode}.
+
+@item strip
+@samp{-s} in @code{install}.
+
+@item strip-all
+@samp{-s} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item strip-debug
+@samp{-S} in @code{strip}.
+
+@item submitter
+@samp{-s} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item suffix
+@samp{-S} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}.
+
+@item suffix-format
+@samp{-b} in @code{csplit}.
+
+@item sum
+@samp{-s} in @code{gprof}.
+
+@item summarize
+@samp{-s} in @code{du}.
+
+@item symbolic
+@samp{-s} in @code{ln}.
+
+@item symbols
+Used in GDB and @code{objdump}.
+
+@item synclines
+@samp{-s} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item sysname
+@samp{-s} in @code{uname}.
+
+@item tabs
+@samp{-t} in @code{expand} and @code{unexpand}.
+
+@item tabsize
+@samp{-T} in @code{ls}.
+
+@item terminal
+@samp{-T} in @code{tput} and @code{ul}.
+@samp{-t} in @code{wdiff}.
+
+@item text
+@samp{-a} in @code{diff}.
+
+@item text-files
+@samp{-T} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item time
+Used in @code{ls} and @code{touch}.
+
+@item to-stdout
+@samp{-O} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item total
+@samp{-c} in @code{du}.
+
+@item touch
+@samp{-t} in Make, @code{ranlib}, and @code{recode}.
+
+@item trace
+@samp{-t} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item traditional
+@samp{-t} in @code{hello};
+@samp{-W traditional} in @code{gawk};
+@samp{-G} in @code{ed}, @code{m4}, and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item tty
+Used in GDB.
+
+@item typedefs
+@samp{-t} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item typedefs-and-c++
+@samp{-T} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item typeset-mode
+@samp{-t} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item uncompress
+@samp{-z} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item unconditional
+@samp{-u} in @code{cpio}.
+
+@item undefine
+@samp{-U} in @code{m4}.
+
+@item undefined-only
+@samp{-u} in @code{nm}.
+
+@item update
+@samp{-u} in @code{cp}, @code{ctags}, @code{mv}, @code{tar}.
+
+@item usage
+Used in @code{gawk}; same as @samp{--help}.
+
+@item uuencode
+@samp{-B} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item vanilla-operation
+@samp{-V} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item verbose
+Print more information about progress.  Many programs support this.
+
+@item verify
+@samp{-W} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item version
+Print the version number.
+
+@item version-control
+@samp{-V} in @code{cp}, @code{ln}, @code{mv}.
+
+@item vgrind
+@samp{-v} in @code{ctags}.
+
+@item volume
+@samp{-V} in @code{tar}.
+
+@item what-if
+@samp{-W} in Make.
+
+@item whole-size-limit
+@samp{-l} in @code{shar}.
+
+@item width
+@samp{-w} in @code{ls} and @code{ptx}.
+
+@item word-regexp
+@samp{-W} in @code{ptx}.
+
+@item writable
+@samp{-T} in @code{who}.
+
+@item zeros
+@samp{-z} in @code{gprof}.
+@end table
+
+@node Memory Usage
+@section Memory Usage
+
+If it typically uses just a few meg of memory, don't bother making any
+effort to reduce memory usage.  For example, if it is impractical for
+other reasons to operate on files more than a few meg long, it is
+reasonable to read entire input files into core to operate on them.
+
+However, for programs such as @code{cat} or @code{tail}, that can
+usefully operate on very large files, it is important to avoid using a
+technique that would artificially limit the size of files it can handle.
+If a program works by lines and could be applied to arbitrary
+user-supplied input files, it should keep only a line in memory, because
+this is not very hard and users will want to be able to operate on input
+files that are bigger than will fit in core all at once.
+
+If your program creates complicated data structures, just make them in
+core and give a fatal error if @code{malloc} returns zero.
+
+@node Writing C
+@chapter Making The Best Use of C
+
+This @value{CHAPTER} provides advice on how best to use the C language
+when writing GNU software.
+
+@menu
+* Formatting::                  Formatting Your Source Code
+* Comments::                    Commenting Your Work
+* Syntactic Conventions::       Clean Use of C Constructs
+* Names::                       Naming Variables and Functions
+* System Portability::          Portability between different operating systems
+* CPU Portability::             Supporting the range of CPU types
+* System Functions::            Portability and ``standard'' library functions
+* Internationalization::        Techniques for internationalization
+* Mmap::                        How you can safely use @code{mmap}.
+@end menu
+
+@node Formatting
+@section Formatting Your Source Code
+
+It is important to put the open-brace that starts the body of a C
+function in column zero, and avoid putting any other open-brace or
+open-parenthesis or open-bracket in column zero.  Several tools look
+for open-braces in column zero to find the beginnings of C functions.
+These tools will not work on code not formatted that way.
+
+It is also important for function definitions to start the name of the
+function in column zero.  This helps people to search for function
+definitions, and may also help certain tools recognize them.  Thus,
+the proper format is this:
+
+@example
+static char *
+concat (s1, s2)        /* Name starts in column zero here */
+     char *s1, *s2;
+@{                     /* Open brace in column zero here */
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or, if you want to use @sc{ansi} C, format the definition like this:
+
+@example
+static char *
+concat (char *s1, char *s2)
+@{
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end example
+
+In @sc{ansi} C, if the arguments don't fit nicely on one line,
+split it like this:
+
+@example
+int
+lots_of_args (int an_integer, long a_long, short a_short,
+              double a_double, float a_float)
+@dots{}
+@end example
+
+For the body of the function, we prefer code formatted like this:
+
+@example
+if (x < foo (y, z))
+  haha = bar[4] + 5;
+else
+  @{
+    while (z)
+      @{
+        haha += foo (z, z);
+        z--;
+      @}
+    return ++x + bar ();
+  @}
+@end example
+
+We find it easier to read a program when it has spaces before the
+open-parentheses and after the commas.  Especially after the commas.
+
+When you split an expression into multiple lines, split it
+before an operator, not after one.  Here is the right way:
+
+@example
+if (foo_this_is_long && bar > win (x, y, z)
+    && remaining_condition)
+@end example
+
+Try to avoid having two operators of different precedence at the same
+level of indentation.  For example, don't write this:
+
+@example
+mode = (inmode[j] == VOIDmode
+        || GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j])
+        ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]);
+@end example
+
+Instead, use extra parentheses so that the indentation shows the nesting:
+
+@example
+mode = ((inmode[j] == VOIDmode
+         || (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode[j]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode[j])))
+        ? outmode[j] : inmode[j]);
+@end example
+
+Insert extra parentheses so that Emacs will indent the code properly.
+For example, the following indentation looks nice if you do it by hand,
+but Emacs would mess it up:
+
+@example
+v = rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000
+    + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000;
+@end example
+
+But adding a set of parentheses solves the problem:
+
+@example
+v = (rup->ru_utime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_utime.tv_usec/1000
+     + rup->ru_stime.tv_sec*1000 + rup->ru_stime.tv_usec/1000);
+@end example
+
+Format do-while statements like this:
+
+@example
+do
+  @{
+    a = foo (a);
+  @}
+while (a > 0);
+@end example
+
+Please use formfeed characters (control-L) to divide the program into
+pages at logical places (but not within a function).  It does not matter
+just how long the pages are, since they do not have to fit on a printed
+page.  The formfeeds should appear alone on lines by themselves.
+
+
+@node Comments
+@section Commenting Your Work
+
+Every program should start with a comment saying briefly what it is for.
+Example: @samp{fmt - filter for simple filling of text}.
+
+Please write the comments in a GNU program in English, because English
+is the one language that nearly all programmers in all countries can
+read.  If you do not write English well, please write comments in
+English as well as you can, then ask other people to help rewrite them.
+If you can't write comments in English, please find someone to work with
+you and translate your comments into English.
+
+Please put a comment on each function saying what the function does,
+what sorts of arguments it gets, and what the possible values of
+arguments mean and are used for.  It is not necessary to duplicate in
+words the meaning of the C argument declarations, if a C type is being
+used in its customary fashion.  If there is anything nonstandard about
+its use (such as an argument of type @code{char *} which is really the
+address of the second character of a string, not the first), or any
+possible values that would not work the way one would expect (such as,
+that strings containing newlines are not guaranteed to work), be sure
+to say so.
+
+Also explain the significance of the return value, if there is one.
+
+Please put two spaces after the end of a sentence in your comments, so
+that the Emacs sentence commands will work.  Also, please write
+complete sentences and capitalize the first word.  If a lower-case
+identifier comes at the beginning of a sentence, don't capitalize it!
+Changing the spelling makes it a different identifier.  If you don't
+like starting a sentence with a lower case letter, write the sentence
+differently (e.g., ``The identifier lower-case is @dots{}'').
+
+The comment on a function is much clearer if you use the argument
+names to speak about the argument values.  The variable name itself
+should be lower case, but write it in upper case when you are speaking
+about the value rather than the variable itself.  Thus, ``the inode
+number NODE_NUM'' rather than ``an inode''.
+
+There is usually no purpose in restating the name of the function in
+the comment before it, because the reader can see that for himself.
+There might be an exception when the comment is so long that the function
+itself would be off the bottom of the screen.
+
+There should be a comment on each static variable as well, like this:
+
+@example
+/* Nonzero means truncate lines in the display;
+   zero means continue them.  */
+int truncate_lines;
+@end example
+
+Every @samp{#endif} should have a comment, except in the case of short
+conditionals (just a few lines) that are not nested.  The comment should
+state the condition of the conditional that is ending, @emph{including
+its sense}.  @samp{#else} should have a comment describing the condition
+@emph{and sense} of the code that follows.  For example:
+
+@example
+@group
+#ifdef foo
+  @dots{}
+#else /* not foo */
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* not foo */
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+but, by contrast, write the comments this way for a @samp{#ifndef}:
+
+@example
+@group
+#ifndef foo
+  @dots{}
+#else /* foo */
+  @dots{}
+#endif /* foo */
+@end group
+@end example
+
+
+@node Syntactic Conventions
+@section Clean Use of C Constructs
+
+Please explicitly declare all arguments to functions.
+Don't omit them just because they are @code{int}s.
+
+Declarations of external functions and functions to appear later in the
+source file should all go in one place near the beginning of the file
+(somewhere before the first function definition in the file), or else
+should go in a header file.  Don't put @code{extern} declarations inside
+functions.
+
+It used to be common practice to use the same local variables (with
+names like @code{tem}) over and over for different values within one
+function.  Instead of doing this, it is better declare a separate local
+variable for each distinct purpose, and give it a name which is
+meaningful.  This not only makes programs easier to understand, it also
+facilitates optimization by good compilers.  You can also move the
+declaration of each local variable into the smallest scope that includes
+all its uses.  This makes the program even cleaner.
+
+Don't use local variables or parameters that shadow global identifiers.
+
+Don't declare multiple variables in one declaration that spans lines.
+Start a new declaration on each line, instead.  For example, instead
+of this:
+
+@example
+@group
+int    foo,
+       bar;
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+write either this:
+
+@example
+int foo, bar;
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or this:
+
+@example
+int foo;
+int bar;
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+(If they are global variables, each should have a comment preceding it
+anyway.)
+
+When you have an @code{if}-@code{else} statement nested in another
+@code{if} statement, always put braces around the @code{if}-@code{else}.
+Thus, never write like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  if (bar)
+    win ();
+  else
+    lose ();
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+always like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @{
+    if (bar)
+      win ();
+    else
+      lose ();
+  @}
+@end example
+
+If you have an @code{if} statement nested inside of an @code{else}
+statement, either write @code{else if} on one line, like this,
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @dots{}
+else if (bar)
+  @dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+with its @code{then}-part indented like the preceding @code{then}-part,
+or write the nested @code{if} within braces like this:
+
+@example
+if (foo)
+  @dots{}
+else
+  @{
+    if (bar)
+      @dots{}
+  @}
+@end example
+
+Don't declare both a structure tag and variables or typedefs in the
+same declaration.  Instead, declare the structure tag separately
+and then use it to declare the variables or typedefs.
+
+Try to avoid assignments inside @code{if}-conditions.  For example,
+don't write this:
+
+@example
+if ((foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo)) == 0)
+  fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+instead, write this:
+
+@example
+foo = (char *) malloc (sizeof *foo);
+if (foo == 0)
+  fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+@end example
+
+Don't make the program ugly to placate @code{lint}.  Please don't insert any
+casts to @code{void}.  Zero without a cast is perfectly fine as a null
+pointer constant, except when calling a varargs function.
+
+@node  Names
+@section Naming Variables and Functions
+
+The names of global variables and functions in a program serve as
+comments of a sort.  So don't choose terse names---instead, look for
+names that give useful information about the meaning of the variable or
+function.  In a GNU program, names should be English, like other
+comments.
+
+Local variable names can be shorter, because they are used only within
+one context, where (presumably) comments explain their purpose.
+
+Please use underscores to separate words in a name, so that the Emacs
+word commands can be useful within them.  Stick to lower case; reserve
+upper case for macros and @code{enum} constants, and for name-prefixes
+that follow a uniform convention.
+
+For example, you should use names like @code{ignore_space_change_flag};
+don't use names like @code{iCantReadThis}.
+
+Variables that indicate whether command-line options have been
+specified should be named after the meaning of the option, not after
+the option-letter.  A comment should state both the exact meaning of
+the option and its letter.  For example,
+
+@example
+@group
+/* Ignore changes in horizontal whitespace (-b).  */
+int ignore_space_change_flag;
+@end group
+@end example
+
+When you want to define names with constant integer values, use
+@code{enum} rather than @samp{#define}.  GDB knows about enumeration
+constants.
+
+Use file names of 14 characters or less, to avoid creating gratuitous
+problems on older System V systems.  You can use the program
+@code{doschk} to test for this.  @code{doschk} also tests for potential
+name conflicts if the files were loaded onto an MS-DOS file
+system---something you may or may not care about.
+
+@node System Portability
+@section Portability between System Types
+
+In the Unix world, ``portability'' refers to porting to different Unix
+versions.  For a GNU program, this kind of portability is desirable, but
+not paramount.
+
+The primary purpose of GNU software is to run on top of the GNU kernel,
+compiled with the GNU C compiler, on various types of @sc{cpu}.  The
+amount and kinds of variation among GNU systems on different @sc{cpu}s
+will be comparable to the variation among Linux-based GNU systems or
+among BSD systems today.  So the kinds of portability that are absolutely
+necessary are quite limited.
+
+But many users do run GNU software on non-GNU Unix or Unix-like systems.
+So supporting a variety of Unix-like systems is desirable, although not
+paramount.
+
+The easiest way to achieve portability to most Unix-like systems is to
+use Autoconf.  It's unlikely that your program needs to know more
+information about the host platform than Autoconf can provide, simply
+because most of the programs that need such knowledge have already been
+written.
+
+Avoid using the format of semi-internal data bases (e.g., directories)
+when there is a higher-level alternative (@code{readdir}).
+
+As for systems that are not like Unix, such as MSDOS, Windows, the
+Macintosh, VMS, and MVS, supporting them is usually so much work that it
+is better if you don't.
+
+The planned GNU kernel is not finished yet, but you can tell which
+facilities it will provide by looking at the GNU C Library Manual.  The
+GNU kernel is based on Mach, so the features of Mach will also be
+available.  However, if you use Mach features, you'll probably have
+trouble debugging your program today.
+
+@node CPU Portability
+@section Portability between @sc{cpu}s
+
+Even GNU systems will differ because of differences among @sc{cpu}
+types---for example, difference in byte ordering and alignment
+requirements.  It is absolutely essential to handle these differences.
+However, don't make any effort to cater to the possibility that an
+@code{int} will be less than 32 bits.  We don't support 16-bit machines
+in GNU.
+
+Don't assume that the address of an @code{int} object is also the
+address of its least-significant byte.  This is false on big-endian
+machines.  Thus, don't make the following mistake:
+
+@example
+int c;
+@dots{}
+while ((c = getchar()) != EOF)
+  write(file_descriptor, &c, 1);
+@end example
+
+When calling functions, you need not worry about the difference between
+pointers of various types, or between pointers and integers.  On most
+machines, there's no difference anyway.  As for the few machines where
+there is a difference, all of them support @sc{ansi} C, so you can use
+prototypes (conditionalized to be active only in @sc{ansi} C) to make
+the code work on those systems.
+
+In certain cases, it is ok to pass integer and pointer arguments
+indiscriminately to the same function, and use no prototype on any
+system.  For example, many GNU programs have error-reporting functions
+that pass their arguments along to @code{printf} and friends:
+
+@example
+error (s, a1, a2, a3)
+     char *s;
+     int a1, a2, a3;
+@{
+  fprintf (stderr, "error: ");
+  fprintf (stderr, s, a1, a2, a3);
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+In practice, this works on all machines, and it is much simpler than any
+``correct'' alternative.  Be sure @emph{not} to use a prototype
+for such functions.
+
+However, avoid casting pointers to integers unless you really need to.
+These assumptions really reduce portability, and in most programs they
+are easy to avoid.  In the cases where casting pointers to integers is
+essential---such as, a Lisp interpreter which stores type information as
+well as an address in one word---it is ok to do so, but you'll have to
+make explicit provisions to handle different word sizes.
+
+@node System Functions
+@section Calling System Functions
+
+C implementations differ substantially.  @sc{ansi} C reduces but does not
+eliminate the incompatibilities; meanwhile, many users wish to compile
+GNU software with pre-@sc{ansi} compilers.  This chapter gives
+recommendations for how to use the more or less standard C library
+functions to avoid unnecessary loss of portability.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Don't use the value of @code{sprintf}.  It returns the number of
+characters written on some systems, but not on all systems.
+
+@item
+@code{main} should be declared to return type @code{int}.  It should
+terminate either by calling @code{exit} or by returning the integer
+status code; make sure it cannot ever return an undefined value.
+
+@item
+Don't declare system functions explicitly.
+
+Almost any declaration for a system function is wrong on some system.
+To minimize conflicts, leave it to the system header files to declare
+system functions.  If the headers don't declare a function, let it
+remain undeclared.
+
+While it may seem unclean to use a function without declaring it, in
+practice this works fine for most system library functions on the
+systems where this really happens; thus, the disadvantage is only
+theoretical.  By contrast, actual declarations have frequently caused
+actual conflicts.
+
+@item
+If you must declare a system function, don't specify the argument types.
+Use an old-style declaration, not an @sc{ansi} prototype.  The more you
+specify about the function, the more likely a conflict.
+
+@item
+In particular, don't unconditionally declare @code{malloc} or
+@code{realloc}.
+
+Most GNU programs use those functions just once, in functions
+conventionally named @code{xmalloc} and @code{xrealloc}.  These
+functions call @code{malloc} and @code{realloc}, respectively, and
+check the results.
+
+Because @code{xmalloc} and @code{xrealloc} are defined in your program,
+you can declare them in other files without any risk of type conflict.
+
+On most systems, @code{int} is the same length as a pointer; thus, the
+calls to @code{malloc} and @code{realloc} work fine.  For the few
+exceptional systems (mostly 64-bit machines), you can use
+@strong{conditionalized} declarations of @code{malloc} and
+@code{realloc}---or put these declarations in configuration files
+specific to those systems.
+
+@item
+The string functions require special treatment.  Some Unix systems have
+a header file @file{string.h}; others have @file{strings.h}.  Neither
+file name is portable.  There are two things you can do: use Autoconf to
+figure out which file to include, or don't include either file.
+
+@item
+If you don't include either strings file, you can't get declarations for
+the string functions from the header file in the usual way.
+
+That causes less of a problem than you might think.  The newer @sc{ansi}
+string functions should be avoided anyway because many systems still
+don't support them.  The string functions you can use are these:
+
+@example
+strcpy   strncpy   strcat   strncat
+strlen   strcmp    strncmp
+strchr   strrchr
+@end example
+
+The copy and concatenate functions work fine without a declaration as
+long as you don't use their values.  Using their values without a
+declaration fails on systems where the width of a pointer differs from
+the width of @code{int}, and perhaps in other cases.  It is trivial to
+avoid using their values, so do that.
+
+The compare functions and @code{strlen} work fine without a declaration
+on most systems, possibly all the ones that GNU software runs on.
+You may find it necessary to declare them @strong{conditionally} on a
+few systems.
+
+The search functions must be declared to return @code{char *}.  Luckily,
+there is no variation in the data type they return.  But there is
+variation in their names.  Some systems give these functions the names
+@code{index} and @code{rindex}; other systems use the names
+@code{strchr} and @code{strrchr}.  Some systems support both pairs of
+names, but neither pair works on all systems.
+
+You should pick a single pair of names and use it throughout your
+program.  (Nowadays, it is better to choose @code{strchr} and
+@code{strrchr} for new programs, since those are the standard @sc{ansi}
+names.)  Declare both of those names as functions returning @code{char
+*}.  On systems which don't support those names, define them as macros
+in terms of the other pair.  For example, here is what to put at the
+beginning of your file (or in a header) if you want to use the names
+@code{strchr} and @code{strrchr} throughout:
+
+@example
+#ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
+#define strchr index
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_STRRCHR
+#define strrchr rindex
+#endif
+
+char *strchr ();
+char *strrchr ();
+@end example
+@end itemize
+
+Here we assume that @code{HAVE_STRCHR} and @code{HAVE_STRRCHR} are
+macros defined in systems where the corresponding functions exist.
+One way to get them properly defined is to use Autoconf.
+
+@node Internationalization
+@section Internationalization
+
+GNU has a library called GNU gettext that makes it easy to translate the
+messages in a program into various languages.  You should use this
+library in every program.  Use English for the messages as they appear
+in the program, and let gettext provide the way to translate them into
+other languages.
+
+Using GNU gettext involves putting a call to the @code{gettext} macro
+around each string that might need translation---like this:
+
+@example
+printf (gettext ("Processing file `%s'..."));
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This permits GNU gettext to replace the string @code{"Processing file
+`%s'..."} with a translated version.
+
+Once a program uses gettext, please make a point of writing calls to
+@code{gettext} when you add new strings that call for translation.
+
+Using GNU gettext in a package involves specifying a @dfn{text domain
+name} for the package.  The text domain name is used to separate the
+translations for this package from the translations for other packages.
+Normally, the text domain name should be the same as the name of the
+package---for example, @samp{fileutils} for the GNU file utilities.
+
+To enable gettext to work well, avoid writing code that makes
+assumptions about the structure of words or sentences.  When you want
+the precise text of a sentence to vary depending on the data, use two or
+more alternative string constants each containing a complete sentences,
+rather than inserting conditionalized words or phrases into a single
+sentence framework.
+
+Here is an example of what not to do:
+
+@example
+printf ("%d file%s processed", nfiles,
+        nfiles != 1 ? "s" : "");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The problem with that example is that it assumes that plurals are made
+by adding `s'.  If you apply gettext to the format string, like this,
+
+@example
+printf (gettext ("%d file%s processed"), nfiles,
+        nfiles != 1 ? "s" : "");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+the message can use different words, but it will still be forced to use
+`s' for the plural.  Here is a better way:
+
+@example
+printf ((nfiles != 1 ? "%d files processed"
+         : "%d file processed"),
+        nfiles);
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This way, you can apply gettext to each of the two strings
+independently:
+
+@example
+printf ((nfiles != 1 ? gettext ("%d files processed")
+         : gettext ("%d file processed")),
+        nfiles);
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This can any method of forming the plural of the word for ``file'', and
+also handles languages that require agreement in the word for
+``processed''.
+
+A similar problem appears at the level of sentence structure with this
+code:
+
+@example
+printf ("#  Implicit rule search has%s been done.\n",
+        f->tried_implicit ? "" : " not");
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Adding @code{gettext} calls to this code cannot give correct results for
+all languages, because negation in some languages requires adding words
+at more than one place in the sentence.  By contrast, adding
+@code{gettext} calls does the job straightfowardly if the code starts
+out like this:
+
+@example
+printf (f->tried_implicit
+        ? "#  Implicit rule search has been done.\n",
+        : "#  Implicit rule search has not been done.\n");
+@end example
+
+@node Mmap
+@section Mmap
+
+Don't assume that @code{mmap} either works on all files or fails
+for all files.  It may work on some files and fail on others.
+
+The proper way to use @code{mmap} is to try it on the specific file for
+which you want to use it---and if @code{mmap} doesn't work, fall back on
+doing the job in another way using @code{read} and @code{write}.
+
+The reason this precaution is needed is that the GNU kernel (the HURD)
+provides a user-extensible file system, in which there can be many
+different kinds of ``ordinary files.''  Many of them support
+@code{mmap}, but some do not.  It is important to make programs handle
+all these kinds of files.
+
+@node Documentation
+@chapter Documenting Programs
+
+@menu
+* GNU Manuals::                 Writing proper manuals.
+* Manual Structure Details::    Specific structure conventions.
+* NEWS File::                   NEWS files supplement manuals.
+* Change Logs::                 Recording Changes
+* Man Pages::                   Man pages are secondary.
+* Reading other Manuals::       How far you can go in learning
+                                from other manuals.
+@end menu
+
+@node GNU Manuals
+@section GNU Manuals
+
+The preferred way to document part of the GNU system is to write a
+manual in the Texinfo formatting language.  See the Texinfo manual,
+either the hardcopy, or the on-line version available through
+@code{info} or the Emacs Info subsystem (@kbd{C-h i}).
+
+Programmers often find it most natural to structure the documentation
+following the structure of the implementation, which they know.  But
+this structure is not necessarily good for explaining how to use the
+program; it may be irrelevant and confusing for a user.
+
+At every level, from the sentences in a paragraph to the grouping of
+topics into separate manuals, the right way to structure documentation
+is according to the concepts and questions that a user will have in mind
+when reading it.  Sometimes this structure of ideas matches the
+structure of the implementation of the software being documented---but
+often they are different.  Often the most important part of learning to
+write good documentation is learning to notice when you are structuring
+the documentation like the implementation, and think about better
+alternatives.
+
+For example, each program in the GNU system probably ought to be
+documented in one manual; but this does not mean each program should
+have its own manual.  That would be following the structure of the
+implementation, rather than the structure that helps the user
+understand.
+
+Instead, each manual should cover a coherent @emph{topic}.  For example,
+instead of a manual for @code{diff} and a manual for @code{diff3}, we
+have one manual for ``comparison of files'' which covers both of those
+programs, as well as @code{cmp}.  By documenting these programs
+together, we can make the whole subject clearer.
+
+The manual which discusses a program should document all of the
+program's command-line options and all of its commands.  It should give
+examples of their use.  But don't organize the manual as a list of
+features.  Instead, organize it logically, by subtopics.  Address the
+questions that a user will ask when thinking about the job that the
+program does.
+
+In general, a GNU manual should serve both as tutorial and reference.
+It should be set up for convenient access to each topic through Info,
+and for reading straight through (appendixes aside).  A GNU manual
+should give a good introduction to a beginner reading through from the
+start, and should also provide all the details that hackers want.
+
+That is not as hard as it first sounds.  Arrange each chapter as a
+logical breakdown of its topic, but order the sections, and write their
+text, so that reading the chapter straight through makes sense.  Do
+likewise when structuring the book into chapters, and when structuring a
+section into paragraphs.  The watchword is, @emph{at each point, address
+the most fundamental and important issue raised by the preceding text.}
+
+If necessary, add extra chapters at the beginning of the manual which
+are purely tutorial and cover the basics of the subject.  These provide
+the framework for a beginner to understand the rest of the manual.  The
+Bison manual provides a good example of how to do this.
+
+Don't use Unix man pages as a model for how to write GNU documentation;
+most of them are terse, badly structured, and give inadequate
+explanation of the underlying concepts.  (There are, of course
+exceptions.)  Also Unix man pages use a particular format which is
+different from what we use in GNU manuals.
+
+Please do not use the term ``pathname'' that is used in Unix
+documentation; use ``file name'' (two words) instead.  We use the term
+``path'' only for search paths, which are lists of file names.
+
+Please do not use the term ``illegal'' to refer to erroneous input to a
+computer program.  Please use ``invalid'' for this, and reserve the term
+``illegal'' for violations of law.
+
+@node Manual Structure Details
+@section Manual Structure Details
+
+The title page of the manual should state the version of the programs or
+packages documented in the manual.  The Top node of the manual should
+also contain this information.  If the manual is changing more
+frequently than or independent of the program, also state a version
+number for the manual in both of these places.
+
+Each program documented in the manual should should have a node named
+@samp{@var{program} Invocation} or @samp{Invoking @var{program}}.  This
+node (together with its subnodes, if any) should describe the program's
+command line arguments and how to run it (the sort of information people
+would look in a man page for).  Start with an @samp{@@example}
+containing a template for all the options and arguments that the program
+uses.
+
+Alternatively, put a menu item in some menu whose item name fits one of
+the above patterns.  This identifies the node which that item points to
+as the node for this purpose, regardless of the node's actual name.
+
+There will be automatic features for specifying a program name and
+quickly reading just this part of its manual.
+
+If one manual describes several programs, it should have such a node for
+each program described.
+
+@node NEWS File
+@section The NEWS File
+
+In addition to its manual, the package should have a file named
+@file{NEWS} which contains a list of user-visible changes worth
+mentioning.  In each new release, add items to the front of the file and
+identify the version they pertain to.  Don't discard old items; leave
+them in the file after the newer items.  This way, a user upgrading from
+any previous version can see what is new.
+
+If the @file{NEWS} file gets very long, move some of the older items
+into a file named @file{ONEWS} and put a note at the end referring the
+user to that file.
+
+@node Change Logs
+@section Change Logs
+
+Keep a change log to describe all the changes made to program source
+files.  The purpose of this is so that people investigating bugs in the
+future will know about the changes that might have introduced the bug.
+Often a new bug can be found by looking at what was recently changed.
+More importantly, change logs can help you eliminate conceptual
+inconsistencies between different parts of a program, by giving you a
+history of how the conflicting concepts arose and who they came from.
+
+@menu
+* Change Log Concepts::         
+* Style of Change Logs::        
+* Simple Changes::              
+* Conditional Changes::         
+@end menu
+
+@node Change Log Concepts
+@subsection Change Log Concepts
+
+You can think of the change log as a conceptual ``undo list'' which
+explains how earlier versions were different from the current version.
+People can see the current version; they don't need the change log
+to tell them what is in it.  What they want from a change log is a
+clear explanation of how the earlier version differed.
+
+The change log file is normally called @file{ChangeLog} and covers an
+entire directory.  Each directory can have its own change log, or a
+directory can use the change log of its parent directory--it's up to
+you.
+
+Another alternative is to record change log information with a version
+control system such as RCS or CVS.  This can be converted automatically
+to a @file{ChangeLog} file.
+
+There's no need to describe the full purpose of the changes or how they
+work together.  If you think that a change calls for explanation, you're
+probably right.  Please do explain it---but please put the explanation
+in comments in the code, where people will see it whenever they see the
+code.  For example, ``New function'' is enough for the change log when
+you add a function, because there should be a comment before the
+function definition to explain what it does.
+
+However, sometimes it is useful to write one line to describe the
+overall purpose of a batch of changes.
+
+The easiest way to add an entry to @file{ChangeLog} is with the Emacs
+command @kbd{M-x add-change-log-entry}.  An entry should have an
+asterisk, the name of the changed file, and then in parentheses the name
+of the changed functions, variables or whatever, followed by a colon.
+Then describe the changes you made to that function or variable.
+
+@node Style of Change Logs
+@subsection Style of Change Logs
+
+Here are some examples of change log entries:
+
+@example
+* register.el (insert-register): Return nil.
+(jump-to-register): Likewise.
+
+* sort.el (sort-subr): Return nil.
+
+* tex-mode.el (tex-bibtex-file, tex-file, tex-region):
+Restart the tex shell if process is gone or stopped.
+(tex-shell-running): New function.
+
+* expr.c (store_one_arg): Round size up for move_block_to_reg.
+(expand_call): Round up when emitting USE insns.
+* stmt.c (assign_parms): Round size up for move_block_from_reg.
+@end example
+
+It's important to name the changed function or variable in full.  Don't
+abbreviate function or variable names, and don't combine them.
+Subsequent maintainers will often search for a function name to find all
+the change log entries that pertain to it; if you abbreviate the name,
+they won't find it when they search.
+
+For example, some people are tempted to abbreviate groups of function
+names by writing @samp{* register.el (@{insert,jump-to@}-register)};
+this is not a good idea, since searching for @code{jump-to-register} or
+@code{insert-register} would not find that entry.
+
+Separate unrelated change log entries with blank lines.  When two
+entries represent parts of the same change, so that they work together,
+then don't put blank lines between them.  Then you can omit the file
+name and the asterisk when successive entries are in the same file.
+
+@node Simple Changes
+@subsection Simple Changes
+
+Certain simple kinds of changes don't need much detail in the change
+log.
+
+When you change the calling sequence of a function in a simple fashion,
+and you change all the callers of the function, there is no need to make
+individual entries for all the callers that you changed.  Just write in
+the entry for the function being called, ``All callers changed.''
+
+@example
+* keyboard.c (Fcommand_execute): New arg SPECIAL.
+All callers changed.
+@end example
+
+When you change just comments or doc strings, it is enough to write an
+entry for the file, without mentioning the functions.  Just ``Doc
+fixes'' is enough for the change log.
+
+There's no need to make change log entries for documentation files.
+This is because documentation is not susceptible to bugs that are hard
+to fix.  Documentation does not consist of parts that must interact in a
+precisely engineered fashion.  To correct an error, you need not know
+the history of the erroneous passage; it is enough to compare what the
+documentation says with the way the program actually works.
+
+@node Conditional Changes
+@subsection Conditional Changes
+
+C programs often contain compile-time @code{#if} conditionals.  Many
+changes are conditional; sometimes you add a new definition which is
+entirely contained in a conditional.  It is very useful to indicate in
+the change log the conditions for which the change applies.
+
+Our convention for indicating conditional changes is to use square
+brackets around the name of the condition.
+
+Here is a simple example, describing a change which is conditional but
+does not have a function or entity name associated with it:
+
+@example
+* xterm.c [SOLARIS2]: Include string.h.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry describing a new definition which is entirely
+conditional.  This new definition for the macro @code{FRAME_WINDOW_P} is
+used only when @code{HAVE_X_WINDOWS} is defined:
+
+@example
+* frame.h [HAVE_X_WINDOWS] (FRAME_WINDOW_P): Macro defined.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry for a change within the function @code{init_display},
+whose definition as a whole is unconditional, but the changes themselves
+are contained in a @samp{#ifdef HAVE_LIBNCURSES} conditional:
+
+@example
+* dispnew.c (init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
+@end example
+
+Here is an entry for a change that takes affect only when
+a certain macro is @emph{not} defined:
+
+@example
+(gethostname) [!HAVE_SOCKETS]: Replace with winsock version.
+@end example
+
+@node Man Pages
+@section Man Pages
+
+In the GNU project, man pages are secondary.  It is not necessary or
+expected for every GNU program to have a man page, but some of them do.
+It's your choice whether to include a man page in your program.
+
+When you make this decision, consider that supporting a man page
+requires continual effort each time the program is changed.  The time
+you spend on the man page is time taken away from more useful work.
+
+For a simple program which changes little, updating the man page may be
+a small job.  Then there is little reason not to include a man page, if
+you have one.
+
+For a large program that changes a great deal, updating a man page may
+be a substantial burden.  If a user offers to donate a man page, you may
+find this gift costly to accept.  It may be better to refuse the man
+page unless the same person agrees to take full responsibility for
+maintaining it---so that you can wash your hands of it entirely.  If
+this volunteer later ceases to do the job, then don't feel obliged to
+pick it up yourself; it may be better to withdraw the man page from the
+distribution until someone else agrees to update it.
+
+When a program changes only a little, you may feel that the
+discrepancies are small enough that the man page remains useful without
+updating.  If so, put a prominent note near the beginning of the man
+page explaining that you don't maintain it and that the Texinfo manual
+is more authoritative.  The note should say how to access the Texinfo
+documentation.
+
+@node Reading other Manuals
+@section Reading other Manuals
+
+There may be non-free books or documentation files that describe the
+program you are documenting.
+
+It is ok to use these documents for reference, just as the author of a
+new algebra textbook can read other books on algebra.  A large portion
+of any non-fiction book consists of facts, in this case facts about how
+a certain program works, and these facts are necessarily the same for
+everyone who writes about the subject.  But be careful not to copy your
+outline structure, wording, tables or examples from preexisting non-free
+documentation.  Copying from free documentation may be ok; please check
+with the FSF about the individual case.
+
+@node Managing Releases
+@chapter The Release Process
+
+Making a release is more than just bundling up your source files in a
+tar file and putting it up for FTP.  You should set up your software so
+that it can be configured to run on a variety of systems.  Your Makefile
+should conform to the GNU standards described below, and your directory
+layout should also conform to the standards discussed below.  Doing so
+makes it easy to include your package into the larger framework of
+all GNU software.
+
+@menu
+* Configuration::               How Configuration Should Work
+* Makefile Conventions::	Makefile Conventions
+* Releases::                    Making Releases
+@end menu
+
+@node Configuration
+@section How Configuration Should Work
+
+Each GNU distribution should come with a shell script named
+@code{configure}.  This script is given arguments which describe the
+kind of machine and system you want to compile the program for.
+
+The @code{configure} script must record the configuration options so
+that they affect compilation.
+
+One way to do this is to make a link from a standard name such as
+@file{config.h} to the proper configuration file for the chosen system.
+If you use this technique, the distribution should @emph{not} contain a
+file named @file{config.h}.  This is so that people won't be able to
+build the program without configuring it first.
+
+Another thing that @code{configure} can do is to edit the Makefile.  If
+you do this, the distribution should @emph{not} contain a file named
+@file{Makefile}.  Instead, it should include a file @file{Makefile.in} which
+contains the input used for editing.  Once again, this is so that people
+won't be able to build the program without configuring it first.
+
+If @code{configure} does write the @file{Makefile}, then @file{Makefile}
+should have a target named @file{Makefile} which causes @code{configure}
+to be rerun, setting up the same configuration that was set up last
+time.  The files that @code{configure} reads should be listed as
+dependencies of @file{Makefile}.
+
+All the files which are output from the @code{configure} script should
+have comments at the beginning explaining that they were generated
+automatically using @code{configure}.  This is so that users won't think
+of trying to edit them by hand.
+
+The @code{configure} script should write a file named @file{config.status}
+which describes which configuration options were specified when the
+program was last configured.  This file should be a shell script which,
+if run, will recreate the same configuration.
+
+The @code{configure} script should accept an option of the form
+@samp{--srcdir=@var{dirname}} to specify the directory where sources are found
+(if it is not the current directory).  This makes it possible to build
+the program in a separate directory, so that the actual source directory
+is not modified.
+
+If the user does not specify @samp{--srcdir}, then @code{configure} should
+check both @file{.} and @file{..} to see if it can find the sources.  If
+it finds the sources in one of these places, it should use them from
+there.  Otherwise, it should report that it cannot find the sources, and
+should exit with nonzero status.
+
+Usually the easy way to support @samp{--srcdir} is by editing a
+definition of @code{VPATH} into the Makefile.  Some rules may need to
+refer explicitly to the specified source directory.  To make this
+possible, @code{configure} can add to the Makefile a variable named
+@code{srcdir} whose value is precisely the specified directory.
+
+The @code{configure} script should also take an argument which specifies the
+type of system to build the program for.  This argument should look like
+this:
+
+@example
+@var{cpu}-@var{company}-@var{system}
+@end example
+
+For example, a Sun 3 might be @samp{m68k-sun-sunos4.1}.
+
+The @code{configure} script needs to be able to decode all plausible
+alternatives for how to describe a machine.  Thus, @samp{sun3-sunos4.1}
+would be a valid alias.  For many programs, @samp{vax-dec-ultrix} would
+be an alias for @samp{vax-dec-bsd}, simply because the differences
+between Ultrix and @sc{BSD} are rarely noticeable, but a few programs
+might need to distinguish them.
+@c Real 4.4BSD now runs on some Suns.
+
+There is a shell script called @file{config.sub} that you can use
+as a subroutine to validate system types and canonicalize aliases.
+
+Other options are permitted to specify in more detail the software
+or hardware present on the machine, and include or exclude optional
+parts of the package:
+
+@table @samp
+@item --enable-@var{feature}@r{[}=@var{parameter}@r{]}
+Configure the package to build and install an optional user-level
+facility called @var{feature}.  This allows users to choose which
+optional features to include.  Giving an optional @var{parameter} of
+@samp{no} should omit @var{feature}, if it is built by default.
+
+No @samp{--enable} option should @strong{ever} cause one feature to
+replace another.  No @samp{--enable} option should ever substitute one
+useful behavior for another useful behavior.  The only proper use for
+@samp{--enable} is for questions of whether to build part of the program
+or exclude it.
+
+@item --with-@var{package}
+@c @r{[}=@var{parameter}@r{]}
+The package @var{package} will be installed, so configure this package
+to work with @var{package}.
+
+@c  Giving an optional @var{parameter} of
+@c @samp{no} should omit @var{package}, if it is used by default.
+
+Possible values of @var{package} include @samp{x}, @samp{x-toolkit},
+@samp{gnu-as} (or @samp{gas}), @samp{gnu-ld}, @samp{gnu-libc}, and
+@samp{gdb}.
+
+Do not use a @samp{--with} option to specify the file name to use to
+find certain files.  That is outside the scope of what @samp{--with}
+options are for.
+
+@item --nfp
+The target machine has no floating point processor.
+
+@item --gas
+The target machine assembler is GAS, the GNU assembler.
+This is obsolete; users should use @samp{--with-gnu-as} instead.
+
+@item --x
+The target machine has the X Window System installed.
+This is obsolete; users should use @samp{--with-x} instead.
+@end table
+
+All @code{configure} scripts should accept all of these ``detail''
+options, whether or not they make any difference to the particular
+package at hand.  In particular, they should accept any option that
+starts with @samp{--with-} or @samp{--enable-}.  This is so users will
+be able to configure an entire GNU source tree at once with a single set
+of options.
+
+You will note that the categories @samp{--with-} and @samp{--enable-}
+are narrow: they @strong{do not} provide a place for any sort of option
+you might think of.  That is deliberate.  We want to limit the possible
+configuration options in GNU software.  We do not want GNU programs to
+have idiosyncratic configuration options.
+
+Packages that perform part of the compilation process may support cross-compilation.
+In such a case, the host and target machines for the program may be
+different.  The @code{configure} script should normally treat the
+specified type of system as both the host and the target, thus producing
+a program which works for the same type of machine that it runs on.
+
+The way to build a cross-compiler, cross-assembler, or what have you, is
+to specify the option @samp{--host=@var{hosttype}} when running
+@code{configure}.  This specifies the host system without changing the
+type of target system.  The syntax for @var{hosttype} is the same as
+described above.
+
+Bootstrapping a cross-compiler requires compiling it on a machine other
+than the host it will run on.  Compilation packages accept a
+configuration option @samp{--build=@var{hosttype}} for specifying the
+configuration on which you will compile them, in case that is different
+from the host.
+
+Programs for which cross-operation is not meaningful need not accept the
+@samp{--host} option, because configuring an entire operating system for
+cross-operation is not a meaningful thing.
+
+Some programs have ways of configuring themselves automatically.  If
+your program is set up to do this, your @code{configure} script can simply
+ignore most of its arguments.
+
+@comment The makefile standards are in a separate file that is also
+@comment included by make.texinfo.  Done by roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu on 1/6/93.
+@comment For this document, turn chapters into sections, etc.
+@lowersections
+@include make-stds.texi
+@raisesections
+
+@node Releases
+@section Making Releases
+
+Package the distribution of Foo version 69.96 in a gzipped tar file
+named @file{foo-69.96.tar.gz}.  It should unpack into a subdirectory
+named @file{foo-69.96}.
+
+Building and installing the program should never modify any of the files
+contained in the distribution.  This means that all the files that form
+part of the program in any way must be classified into @dfn{source
+files} and @dfn{non-source files}.  Source files are written by humans
+and never changed automatically; non-source files are produced from
+source files by programs under the control of the Makefile.
+
+Naturally, all the source files must be in the distribution.  It is okay
+to include non-source files in the distribution, provided they are
+up-to-date and machine-independent, so that building the distribution
+normally will never modify them.  We commonly include non-source files
+produced by Bison, @code{lex}, @TeX{}, and @code{makeinfo}; this helps avoid
+unnecessary dependencies between our distributions, so that users can
+install whichever packages they want to install.
+
+Non-source files that might actually be modified by building and
+installing the program should @strong{never} be included in the
+distribution.  So if you do distribute non-source files, always make
+sure they are up to date when you make a new distribution.
+
+Make sure that the directory into which the distribution unpacks (as
+well as any subdirectories) are all world-writable (octal mode 777).
+This is so that old versions of @code{tar} which preserve the
+ownership and permissions of the files from the tar archive will be
+able to extract all the files even if the user is unprivileged.
+
+Make sure that all the files in the distribution are world-readable.
+
+Make sure that no file name in the distribution is more than 14
+characters long.  Likewise, no file created by building the program
+should have a name longer than 14 characters.  The reason for this is
+that some systems adhere to a foolish interpretation of the POSIX
+standard, and refuse to open a longer name, rather than truncating as
+they did in the past.
+
+Don't include any symbolic links in the distribution itself.  If the tar
+file contains symbolic links, then people cannot even unpack it on
+systems that don't support symbolic links.  Also, don't use multiple
+names for one file in different directories, because certain file
+systems cannot handle this and that prevents unpacking the
+distribution.
+
+Try to make sure that all the file names will be unique on MS-DOS.  A
+name on MS-DOS consists of up to 8 characters, optionally followed by a
+period and up to three characters.  MS-DOS will truncate extra
+characters both before and after the period.  Thus,
+@file{foobarhacker.c} and @file{foobarhacker.o} are not ambiguous; they
+are truncated to @file{foobarha.c} and @file{foobarha.o}, which are
+distinct.
+
+Include in your distribution a copy of the @file{texinfo.tex} you used
+to test print any @file{*.texinfo} or @file{*.texi} files.
+
+Likewise, if your program uses small GNU software packages like regex,
+getopt, obstack, or termcap, include them in the distribution file.
+Leaving them out would make the distribution file a little smaller at
+the expense of possible inconvenience to a user who doesn't know what
+other files to get.
+
+@contents
+
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/CONTRIBUTORS b/contrib/binutils/gas/CONTRIBUTORS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ef05c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/CONTRIBUTORS
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+(This file is under construction.)			-*- text -*-
+
+If you've contributed to gas and your name isn't listed here, it is
+not meant as a slight.  I just don't know about it.  Email me,
+raeburn@cygnus.com and I'll correct the situation.
+
+This file will eventually be deleted: The general info will go into
+the documentation, and info on specific files will go into an AUTHORS
+file, as requested by the FSF.
+
+++++++++++++++++
+
+Dean Elsner wrote the original gas for vax.  [more details?]
+
+Jay Fenlason maintained gas for a while, adding support for
+gdb-specific debug information and the 68k series machines, most of
+the preprocessing pass, and extensive changes in messages.c,
+input-file.c, write.c.
+
+K. Richard Pixley maintained gas for a while, adding various
+enhancements and many bug fixes, including merging support for several
+processors, breaking gas up to handle multiple object file format
+backends (including heavy rewrite, testing, an integration of the coff
+and b.out backends), adding configuration including heavy testing and
+verification of cross assemblers and file splits and renaming,
+converted gas to strictly ansi C including full prototypes, added
+support for m680[34]0 & cpu32, considerable work on i960 including a
+coff port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a
+sparc opcode file rewrite, decstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host
+ports, updated "know" assertions and made them work, much other
+reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
+
+Ken Raeburn currently maintains gas, and wrote the high-level BFD
+interface code to replace most of the code in format-specific I/O
+modules.
+
+The original Vax-VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan.
+Eric Youngdale and Pat Rankin have done much work with it since.
+
+The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
+
+Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
+
+The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of
+Buffalo University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of
+Computer Science.
+
+Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS
+back end (tc-mips.c, tc-mips.h), and contributed Rose format support
+that hasn't been merged in yet.  Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS
+code to support a.out format.
+
+Support for the Zilog Z8k and Hitachi H8/300, H8/500 and SH processors
+(tc-z8k, tc-h8300, tc-h8500, tc-sh), and IEEE 695 object file format
+(obj-ieee), was written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.  Steve
+also modified the COFF back end (obj-coffbfd) to use BFD for some
+low-level operations, for use with the Hitachi, 29k and Zilog targets.
+
+John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added .include support, and
+simplified the configuration of which versions accept which
+pseudo-ops.  He updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's
+opcodes always produced fixed-size instructions (e.g. jsr), while
+synthetic instructions remained shrinkable (jbsr).  John fixed many
+bugs, including true tested cross-compilation support, and one bug in
+relaxation that took a week and required the proverbial one-bit fix.
+
+Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT
+syntaxes for the 68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k,
+i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix), wrote the ECOFF support based on Michael
+Meissner's mips-tfile program, wrote the PowerPC and RS/6000 support,
+and made a few other minor patches.
+
+David Edelsohn contributed fixes for the PowerPC and AIX support.
+
+Steve Chamberlain made gas able to generate listings.
+
+Support for the HP9000/300 was contributed by Glenn Engel of HP.
+
+Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of
+Cygnus Support (original, incomplete implementation), Pete Hoogenboom
+at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
+Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support
+(sparc, initial 64-bit support).
+
+Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug
+fixes and configuration enhancements.
+
+The initial Alpha support was contributed by Carnegie-Mellon
+University.  Additional work was done by Ken Raeburn of Cygnus
+Support.  Richard Henderson then rewrote much of the Alpha support.
+
+Ian Dall updated the support code for the National Semiconductor 32000
+series, and added support for Mach 3 and NetBSD running on the PC532.
+
+Klaus Kaempf ported the assembler and the binutils to openVMS/Alpha.
+
+Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements.  If
+you've contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
+want to be, let us know.  Some of the history has been lost; we aren't
+intentionally leaving anyone out.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/gas/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d513e07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4849 @@
+Mon May 26 13:24:25 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Don't use @value in section names or index
+	entries; it confuses texinfo.tex.
+
+Tue May 13 10:42:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to 2.8.1.
+
+Mon May 12 13:33:08 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (pi): Check for RegMMX.
+
+Thu May  8 11:10:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* expr.c (expr): When subtracting values in the same frag,
+	subtract X_add_number rather than adding it.
+
+Wed May  7 15:39:48 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (write_object_file): Just pass NULL to
+ 	md_do_align, not the address of a char holding NOP_OPCODE.
+
+Tue May  6 12:18:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_section_align): If a.out and BFD, force
+	section size to be aligned.
+
+Mon May  5 17:16:55 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cond.c: Include "macro.h".
+	(struct conditional_frame): Add macro_nest field.
+	(initialize_cframe): Initialize macro_nest.
+	(cond_finish_check): Add nest parameter.  Change all callers.
+	(cond_exit_macro): New function.
+	* as.h (cond_finish_check): Update declaration.
+	(cond_exit_macro): Declare.
+	* input-scrub.c (macro_nest): Make globally visible.
+	(input_scrub_next_buffer): Call cond_finish_check.
+	* macro.h (macro_nest): Declare.
+	* read.c (s_mexit): Call cond_exit_macro.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (RegMMX): Define.
+	* config/tc-i386.c (pi): Check for all register types.
+	(type_names): Add RegMMX.
+	(md_assemble): Handle RegMMX.
+
+Wed Apr 30 12:47:00 1997  Manfred Hollstein  <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (c_section_symbol): Clear the LOCAL bit #ifdef
+	TE_DELTA.
+
+Tue Apr 29 20:23:10 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (nopic_need_relax): Add new parameter
+	before_relaxing.  Use it when testing ecoff_extern_size.
+	(load_address, macro, md_estimate_size_before_relax): Fix all
+	callers.
+
+Tue Apr 29 19:52:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (coff_header_append): Don't reset string_size
+	each time through the loop.
+
+Fri Apr 25 14:17:46 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Add itbl-parse.h.
+
+Fri Apr 25 12:03:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/internals.texi (Porting GAS): Correct documentation for
+	current configure handling of targ-cpu.h, et. al.
+	(CPU backend): Document listing macros.
+
+Sat Apr 19 23:09:25 1997  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@petra.appli.se>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-openbsd*, m68k-*-openbsd*,
+	mips-dec-openbsd*, ppc-*-*bsd*, ns32k-pc532-openbsd*,
+	sparc-*-openbsd*): New targets.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sat Apr 19 22:52:03 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_frob_symbol): If TC_MIPS, set BSF_OBJECT
+	for all undefined symbols.
+
+Fri Apr 18 11:51:35 1997  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	* configure.in (alpha*-*-openbsd*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Apr 17 13:59:47 1997  Per Fogelstrom  <pefo@openbsd.org>
+
+	* configure.in (mips-*-openbsd*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Apr 15 18:11:44 1997  Gavin Koch  <gavin@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (insn_uses_reg): Correct test for fpr pairs.
+
+Mon Apr 14 11:59:08 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+	* Makefile.in: Always use $(SHELL) when running move-if-change.
+	* configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Apr 10 14:40:00 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen.c (cgen_parse_operand): Renamed from cgen_asm_parse_operand.
+	New argument `want'.  Update enum cgen_parse_operand_result values.
+	Initialize if CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INIT.
+	* config/tc-m32r.c (md_begin): Set cgen_parse_operand_fn.
+	(md_assemble): Call cgen_asm_init_parse.
+	Update call to m32r_cgen_assemble_insn, call as_bad if assembly failed.
+
+Wed Apr  9 11:49:41 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Handle #j.
+
+Mon Apr  7 14:58:22 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_subspace_start): If OBJ_ELF, then always return
+	zero.
+	* config/tc-hppa.h (tc_frob_symbol): Don't reset the value of the
+	symbol for OBJ_ELF anymore.
+
+Mon Apr  7 10:54:59 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Regenerate dependencies.
+ 	(TARG_CPU): New variable.
+	(cgen.o): Depend on cgen.h, $(TARG_CPU)-opc.h.
+	(.dep1): Delete creating of cgen-opc.h.
+	(.tcdep): Put proper contents in cgen-opc.h.
+	* configure.in (m32r): Delete setting of extra_files, extra_links.
+	(AC_OUTPUT): Create cgen-opc.h.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+Sat Apr  5 13:19:12 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Update to build gasp.exe.
+
+Fri Apr  4 16:10:02 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (relax_frag): Make non-static.
+	* write.h (relax_frag): Add prototype for.
+	* config/tc-m32r.h (md_do_align): New arg `max'.
+	* config/tc-m32r.c (m32r_do_align): Likewise.
+	Update calls to frag_align, frag_align_pattern.
+	(fill_insn): Update call to m32r_do_align.
+	(m32r_scomm): Update call to frag_align.
+
+	* config/tc-m32r.[ch]: New files.
+	* cgen.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CPU_TYPES): Add m32r.
+	(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): Add tc-m32r.c.
+	(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): Add tc-m32r.h.
+	(DISTCLEAN_HERE): Add cgen-opc.h.
+	(.dep1,.tcdep): Create empty cgen-opc.h.
+	(cgen.o): Add dependencies.
+	(dependencies): Regenerate.
+	* as.h (struct frag): New member fr_targ.
+	(fr_pcrel_adjust,fr_bsr): Move into union fr_targ.ns32k.
+	* conf.in (USING_CGEN): New macro.
+	* configure.in (m32r-*-*): Add entry for.
+	Add cgen.o to extra_objects.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+	* frags.c (frag_var): fr_pcrel_adjust renamed to
+	fr_targ.ns32k.pcrel_adjust.  fr_bsr renamed to fr_targ.ns32k.bsr.
+	(frag_variant): Likewise.
+	* write.c (relax_frag): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-ns32k.c (*): Likewise.
+
+Fri Apr  4 13:26:10 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.h (TC_EOL_IN_INSN): Check explicitly for '!',
+	rather than for any end of line character.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Protect uses of STO_MIPS16 with an ifdef of
+	OBJ_ELF, rather than of S_GET_OTHER.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTCLEAN_HERE): Add site.exp and site.bak.
+
+Thu Apr  3 18:52:39 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to 2.8.
+
+Wed Apr  2 12:24:10 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* COPYING: Update FSF address.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_macro): Handle M_DMUL and M_MUL.
+
+Tue Apr  1 18:29:47 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): Don't set interlocks for 4100.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:24:28 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* config-gas.com: Update to handle both vax and alpha.
+	* makefile.vms: Update to use config-gas.
+	* conf-a-gas.com: Remove file.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:08:21 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove unnecessary itbl-parse.h, ibtl-parse.c, and
+	itbl-lex.c dependencies.  Remove rules for itbl-lex.o,
+	itbl-parse.o, and itbl-ops.o; just use the normal .c.o rule.
+
+Tue Apr  1 00:07:30 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c: Only compile tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook and
+	tc_coff_sizemachdep if OBJ_COFF.
+
+Mon Mar 31 23:53:44 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (register_name): Declare.
+
+Mon Mar 31 16:31:04 1997  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+        * configure.in (hppa*-*-rtems*): New target, like hppa-*-*elf*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Mar 31 14:15:19 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_pseudo_table): Add "stabn".
+	(mips16_mark_labels): New static function.
+	(append_insn): Call mips16_mark_labels.
+	(mips_emit_delays): Likewise.
+	(s_insn): Likewise.  Don't call mips_clear_insn_labels.
+	(s_mips_stab): New static function.
+
+	* configure.in: Use ELF for mips-*-gnu*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Mar 31 14:01:40 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (TARGET_FORMAT): Set to "coff-m68k-sysv" if
+	TE_DELTA.
+
+Fri Mar 28 18:03:19 1997  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* configure.in: Add AC_ARG_ENABLE for commonbfdlib.  If it is set,
+	set OPCODES_LIB to empty.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Mar 28 15:25:24 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* configure.in (sparc-*-linux*aout*, sparc-*-linux*): New
+	targets.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Mar 28 13:08:33 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* itbl-parse.y (yyerror): Make static.  Declare.
+
+	From Ralf Baechle <ralf@gnu.ai.mit.edu>:
+	* configure.in: Set emulations for mips-*-linux*-*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (struct mips_set_options): Define.
+	(mips_opts): New static variable.
+	(mips_isa): Remove.  Now a field in mips_opts.  Change all
+	references.
+	(mips16, mips16_autoextend, mips_warn_about_macros): Likewise.
+	(mips_noreorder, mips_nomove, mips_noat, mips_nobopt): Likewise.
+	(struct mips_option_stack): Define.
+	(mips_opts_stack): New static variable.
+	(s_mipsset): Add support for .set push and .set pop.
+	* doc/c-mips.texi: Document .set push and .set pop.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_section_change_hook): New function.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (obj_elf_section_change_hook): Declare it.
+	* config/tc-mips.c (s_change_sec): Call it if OBJ_ELF.
+
+Thu Mar 27 12:23:56 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.c (parse_args): Update copyright date in version message.
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean-here): Remove dependency files.
+
+	* read.c (s_comm): Check S_IS_COMMON as well as S_IS_DEFINED.
+	(s_mri_common): Check S_IS_COMMON unconditionally.
+	* symbols.c (colon): Check S_IS_COMMON as well as S_IS_DEFINED.
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (s_alpha_comm): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-mips.c (nopic_need_relax): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_lcomm): Likewise.
+	(ppc_pe_comm): Likewise.
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_common): Likewise.  Set segment of
+	common symbol to bfd_com_section_ptr.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (s_common): Likewise.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Likewise.
+
+Wed Mar 26 13:35:15 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (tc_i386_fix_adjustable): Only define if
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+
+Wed Mar 26 11:32:51 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* input-scrub.c (input_scrub_next_buffer): Handle very long input
+	lines correctly.
+
+	* listing.c (print_lines): Add lineno parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	(listing_listing): Only call calc_hex for the right line.
+	(listing_list): Set the new edict based on the current edict, in
+	order to handle listing commands in macros correctly.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (insn_uses_reg): Map register numbers in mips16
+	instructions.
+
+	* cond.c (cond_finish_check): New function.
+	* as.h (cond_finish_check): Declare.
+	* as.c (main): Call cond_finish_check.
+
+Mon Mar 24 12:11:18 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (iclrKludge): Define.
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_assemble): Handle iclrKludge.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.h (tc_frob_file_before_adjust): Define if
+	OBJ_ECOFF.
+	(alpha_frob_file_before_adjust): Declare if OBJ_ECOFF.
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_debug): New static variable.
+	(md_parse_option): Set alpha_debug if -g is seen.
+ 	(alpha_frob_file_before_adjust): New function if OBJ_ECOFF.
+
+Sat Mar 22 13:44:28 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Added automatic dependency building.
+	* dep-in.sed: New file.
+
+Fri Mar 21 15:42:37 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-ieee.c (segment_name): Don't define function if this
+	is a macro.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.h (DO_STRIP): Don't define.
+	* config/tc-h8300.h (DO_STRIP): Don't define.
+	* config/tc-h8500.h (DO_STRIP): Don't define.
+	* config/tc-w65.h (DO_STRIP): Don't define.
+	* config/tc-z8k.h (DO_STRIP): Don't define.
+
+	* symbols.c (colon): Call obj_frob_label if it is defined.
+	* config/obj-vms.h (obj_frob_label): Rename from tc_frob_label.
+
+	* configure.in: Don't set files and links.  Don't call
+	AC_LINK_FILES.  Substitute te_file.  Create targ-cpu.h,
+	obj-format.h, targ-env.h, and itbl-cpu.h in AC_OUTPUT.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (TARG_CPU_C): New variable.
+	(TARG_CPU_O, TARG_CPU_H): New variables.
+	(OBJ_FORMAT_C, OBJ_FORMAT_O, OBJ_FORMAT_H): New variables.
+	(TARG_ENV_H, ATOF_TARG_C, ATOF_TARG_O): New variables.
+	(SOURCES): Rename from REAL_SOURCES.  Delete old definition.
+	(LINKED_SOURCES): Remove.
+	(HEADERS): Rename from REAL_HEADERS.  Delete old definition.
+	(LINKED_HEADERS): Remove.
+	(OBJS): Use $(TARG_CPU_O), etc., rather than targ-cpu.o, etc.
+	($(OBJS)): Depend upon $(TARG_ENV_H), etc., rather than
+	targ-cpu.h, etc.
+	($(TARG_CPU_O), $(OBJ_FORMAT_O) $(ATOF_TARG_O)): New targets.
+	(targ-cpu.o, obj-format.o, atof-targ.o): Remove targets.
+	(itbl-cpu.h): Remove target.
+	(DISTCLEAN_HERE): Remove targ-cpu.c, obj-format.c, atof-targ.c,
+	atof-targ.h.
+
+Thu Mar 20 19:18:58 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (Symbol Names): Don't use obsolete @ctrl macro.
+
+Thu Mar 20 16:49:14 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (mri_chip): Replace calls to get_symbol_end by
+	open coded loop that does not require the name to start with a
+	name beginner.
+
+Thu Mar 20 13:42:01 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* frags.c (frag_var): Change offset parameter to offsetT.
+	(frag_variant): Likewise.
+	* frags.h (frag_variant, frag_var): Update declarations.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (struct m68k_it): Change foff field to
+	offsetT.
+	(add_frag): Change off parameter to offsetT.
+	* Several files: Add casts to calls to frag_var.
+
+	* Makefile.in (m68k-parse.c): Depend upon itbl-parse.c, to
+	serialize a parallel make.
+	(itbl-parse.h): Split target out from itbl-parse.c.
+
+Thu Mar 20 12:48:45 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/m68k-parse.y (motorola_operand): Allow (zdireg,EXPR).
+
+	* config/te-delta.h (COFF_COMMON_ADDEND): Define.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Check COFF_COMMON_ADDEND when
+	storing the value of a common symbol.
+
+Wed Mar 19 11:37:57 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (glue_symbols): Unused variable symbolP
+	removed.
+	(crawl_symbols): Do not modify symbol_rootP and symbol_lastP here;
+	that is done by symbol_remove and symbol_insert.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.h (S_IS_LOCAL): Return 0 for a debugging
+	symbol.
+
+Wed Mar 19 11:06:29 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): In 32 bit mode, when not
+	dealing with a 64 bit number, permit the upper 32 bits to be set
+	even if bit 31 is not set.
+
+Tue Mar 18 23:30:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (potable): Add "equiv".
+	(s_set): Handle .equiv based on argument.
+	* doc/as.texinfo (Equiv): New node to document .equiv.
+	(Err): New node to document .err.
+
+Tue Mar 18 15:50:13 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* Many files: Add function prototypes.
+	* as.c (show_usage, parse_args): Make static.
+	* frags.h (frag_alloc): Declare.
+	* subsegs.c (subseg_set_rest): Don't declare frag_alloc.
+	* symbols.c (dollar_label_instance): Change return type to long.
+	* symbols.h (print_symbol_value): Declare.
+	(print_expr, print_expr_1, print_symbol_value_1): Declare.
+	* write.c (fix_new_exp): Don't declare make_expr_symbol.
+	(remove_subsegs, relax_frag): Make static.
+	* config/atof-vax.c (atof_vax_sizeof): Change letter to int.
+	(what_kind_of_float): Likewise.
+	(atof_vax): Make static.  Change what_kind to int.
+	(md_atof): Change what_statement_type to int.
+	* config/obj-ecoff.h (obj_ecoff_set_ext): Declare.
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (vax_md_atof): Declare.
+	(md_atof): Don't declare atof_ieee and vax_md_atof.
+	* config/tc-i386.c (set_16bit_code_flag): Make static.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (tc_i386_fix_adjustable): Declare.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (add_fix): Change width to int.
+	(insert_reg): Change regname to const.
+	(md_atof): Don't declare atof_ieee.
+	(demand_empty_rest_of_line): Don't declare.
+	* config/tc-m88k.c (md_atof): Don't declare atof_ieee.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (cmp_reg_entry): Change args to const PTR.
+	(parse_keyword_arg): Change lookup_fn to take const arg.
+	(md_atof): Don't declare atof_ieee.
+	* config/tc-sparc.h: Add ifdef for multiple inclusion.
+	(tc_aout_pre_write_hook): Don't declare.
+
+Mon Mar 17 11:21:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.h (bfd_alloc_by_size_t): Don't declare.
+	* Many files: Use xmalloc rather than bfd_alloc_by_size_t.
+
+Sun Mar 16 13:49:21 1997  Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* symbols.c (symbol_new): Don't call debug_verify_symchain.
+	(symbol_append): Set sy_next and sy_previous when adding a single
+	symbol to an empty list.  Call debug_verify_symchain.
+	(verify_symbol_chain): Use assert, not know.
+
+Sat Mar 15 20:27:12 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* NEWS: Note BeOS support.
+	* configure.in: (ppc-*-beos): New target, use coff as object format.
+	* configure: Regenerate with autoconf.
+	
+Sat Mar 15 19:14:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_apply_fix): Improve error message for out
+	of range branch.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add dependencies on obstack.h where needed.
+
+Fri Mar 14 15:33:38 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_estimate_size_before_relax): Handle the
+	case of a symbol equated to another symbol when using SVR4_PIC.
+
+	* Makefile.in (TARG_CPU_DEP_sparc): Add opcode/sparc.h.
+
+Thu Mar 13 11:20:51 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): Call LISTING_NEWLINE before
+	HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY when handling an MRI line label.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_data): Call md_flush_pending_output
+	and md_elf_section_change_hook if they are defined.
+	(obj_elf_text, obj_elf_previous): Likewise.
+
+Wed Mar 12 11:40:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-multi.h (struct elf_obj_sy): Define if
+	OBJ_MAYBE_ELF.
+	(OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE): Define as struct elf_obj_sy if
+	OBJ_MAYBE_ELF.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (struct elf_obj_sy): Don't define if
+	OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE is defined.
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (bss): Improve description of .bss section.  In
+	ELF or COFF, you are permitted to switch into the section.
+	(Comm): Rewrite description of common symbols.
+	(Lcomm): Mention that some targets permit a third argument.
+
+Tue Mar 11 01:13:31 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_lcomm): Don't call S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL.
+
+	* symbols.c (colon): Change type of local to int.  From Alan Modra
+	<alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>.
+
+	* config/tc-m88k.c (m88k_do_align): Don't use a special nop
+	alignment if a zero fill pattern was explicitly specified.
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Likewise.
+
+	* read.c (equals): Always permit register names to be redefined.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_fix_adjustable): Permit a reloc against a
+	mips16 symbol to be adjusted if a symbol is being subtracted from
+	it.
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_symver): Check for duplicate or
+	illegal symbol version names.
+	(elf_frob_symbol): Check for external default versions.
+
+Sun Mar  9 23:49:12 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* config/obj-elf.h (struct elf_obj_sy): Define.
+	(OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE): Define to elf_obj_sy struct.  Change all
+	users.
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_symver): Just record the name.
+	(obj_symbol_new_hook): Initialized versioned_name field.
+	(elf_frob_symbol): If there is a versioned_name, either rename the
+	symbol, or add an alias with that name.
+
+Thu Mar  6 13:55:32 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_relax_table): Define.
+	(md_convert_frag): Implement.
+	(md_assemble): Handle relaxable operands/instructions correctly.
+	(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Implement.
+	* config/tc-mn10300.h (TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE): Define.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_relax_table): Fix typos.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Don't use any MN10300 specific
+	relocs anymore.  Tweak fx_offset for pc-relative relocs.
+
+Wed Mar  5 15:46:16 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cond.c (s_ifc): Call mri_comment_field and mri_comment_end when
+	in MRI mode.
+
+Tue Mar  4 10:01:04 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (equals): Add reassign parameter.  Change all callers.
+	* read.h (equals): Update declaration.
+
+Sat Mar  1 01:04:04 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_extended_frag): Don't assume that we
+	can rely on the frag address to determine whether a frag is
+	earlier or later.
+
+Fri Feb 28 14:40:00 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.h (LOCAL_LABEL): Only define if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(S_LOCAL_NAME): Likewise.
+	(FAKE_LABEL_NAME): Define unconditionally.
+	* symbols.c (colon): Call bfd_is_local_label, not LOCAL_LABEL, if
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(S_IS_LOCAL): Call bfd_is_local_label_name, not LOCAL_LABEL.
+	* config/tc-*.h: Only define LOCAL_LABEL if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	Don't define FAKE_LABEL_NAME.
+	* config/te-ic960.h: Likewise.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (tc_frob_file_before_adjust): Define.
+	(mips_frob_file_before_adjust): Declare.
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_frob_file_before_adjust): New function.
+	(mips_local_label): Remove.
+
+	* config/te-sco386.h: Remove; not used.
+
+Thu Feb 27 13:29:04 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (md_assemble): Handle a reloc width of 'W'.
+
+	* gasp.c (hash_add_to_string_table): Correct misspelling in error
+	message, and add newline.
+	(process_file): Don't process assignments in the label if this is
+	a equ or assign pseudo-op.
+	(process_pseudo_op): Swap first argument to do_assign for K_ASSIGN
+	and K_EQU, to match documentation.
+
+Thu Feb 27 12:00:03 1997  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_section): Add 'r' section attribute
+	to denote read-only data sections.
+
+Thu Feb 27 00:26:33 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_common): Set BSF_OBJECT in flags.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (s_common): Likewise, if BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+
+	* expr.c (operand): Simplify 0b handling.  Don't treat 0b as a
+	binary number if the next character is '+' or '-'.
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:19:00 1997  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (mips*-*-lnews*): New target, also make empty
+	emulation list for this target.
+	* configure: Update.
+	* tc-mips.c (ECOFF_LITTLE_FORMAT): Define.
+	(mips_target_format): Use.
+	* te-lnews.h: New file.
+
+Wed Feb 26 11:56:11 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (itbl-parse.c itbl-parse.h): Use $(BISON) and
+	$(BISONFLAGS), not $(YACC) and $(YACCFLAGS).
+
+Tue Feb 25 22:02:23 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (instring): Useless local declaration of
+	crack_operand removed.
+	* expr.h (expressionS): Changed type of X_op field to operatorT if
+	__GNUC__.
+
+Tue Feb 25 13:17:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from Robert Lipe <robertl@dgii.com>:
+	* configure.in: Add i386coff and i386elf to emulation list.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* as.c (i386coff, i386elf): Declare.
+	* obj.h (coff_format_ops): Declare.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (OBJ_HEADER): Define.
+	(coff_obj_symbol_new_hook): Rename from obj_symbol_new_hook.
+	(coff_obj_read_begin_hook): Rename from obj_read_begin_hook.
+	(obj_pseudo_table): Add "version".
+	(coff_pop_insert): New static function.
+	(coff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc): New static function.
+	(no_func): New static function.
+	(coff_format_ops): New variable.
+	* config/obj-coff.h (coff_obj_symbol_new_hook): Declare.
+	(obj_symbol_new_hook): Define.
+	(coff_obj_read_begin_hook): Declare.
+	(obj_read_begin_hook): Define.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (i386_target_format): Declare.
+	* config/tc-i386.c: Check OBJ_MAYBE_ELF as well as OBJ_ELF; check
+	OUTPUT_FLAVOR when appropriate.
+	(i386_target_format): New function.
+	* Makefile.in (obj-coff.o): New target.
+	(e-i386coff.o, e-i386elf.o): New targets.
+
+	From Stephen Williams <steve@icarus.icarus.com>:
+	* config/tc-i960.h (TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE): Define if OBJ_COFF.
+	(_tc_get_bal_of_call): Don't declare.
+	(tc_get_bal_of_call): Declare as function, don't define as macro.
+	* config/tc-i960.c (tc_set_bal_of_call): If OBJ_COFF, store balP
+	in sy_tc field, not x_balntry field.
+	(tc_get_bal_of_call): Rename from _tc_get_bal_of_call.  Change
+	return type to symbolS *.  If OBJ_COFF, retrieve value from sy_tc
+	field, not x_balntry field.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_section): Permit a .note section to
+	have the SHF_ALLOC attribute.
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(OBJS)): Don't depend upon $(IT_HDRS).
+	(TARG_CPU_DEP_mips): Depend upon $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h.
+	(itbl-lex.o): Depend upon itbl-parse.h.
+
+	* itbl-parse.y (yyerror): Change return type to int.  Change to
+	use old style function declaration.
+
+	* Makefile.in (itbl-lex.o): Remove -Wall.
+	(itbl-parse.o): Likewise.
+
+	* cond.c (s_ifdef): If we should omit conditionals from listings,
+	call listing_list.
+	(s_if, s_ifc, s_endif, s_else, s_ifeqs): Likewise.
+	* listing.c (list_info_struct): Add EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT.
+	(listing_listing): Handle EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT.
+	(listing_list): An argument of 2 means EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT.
+	* listing.h (LISTING_NOCOND): Define.
+	(LISTING_SKIP_COND): Define.
+	* as.c (show_usage): Mention c as a suboption of -a.
+	(parse_args): Handle c as a suboption of -a.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document -alc.
+
+Mon Feb 24 18:27:43 1997  Eric Youngdale  <eric@andante.jic.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document .symver.
+
+Mon Feb 24 15:19:57 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Change pre_defined_registers to 
+	d10v_predefined_registers and reg_name_cnt to d10v_reg_name_cnt.
+
+Mon Feb 24 10:40:45 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c: Fix typo in comment section.
+
+Mon Feb 24 02:23:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove dependancies on itbl-cpu.h.
+	* as.c: Define stubs for itbl_parse and itbl_init if HAVE_ITBL_CPU 
+	is not defined.
+
+Mon Feb 24 02:03:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* itbl-ops.h: Include as.h.
+
+Mon Feb 24 01:04:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.c: Remove -t option.
+	* configure, configure.in: Move itbl-cpu.h to mips specific configure.
+	* itbl-ops.h: Include itbl-cpu.h only if HAVE_ITBL_CPU is defined.
+	* config/tc-mips.h: Define HAVE_ITBL_CPU.
+
+Sun Feb 23 18:01:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* itbl-ops.c: Don't define DEBUG.
+
+Sun Feb 23 17:49:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Update itbl-test.c to reflect its new location.
+
+Sun Feb 23 15:50:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* itbl-ops.c: Add test for itbl_have_entries.
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Remove test for itbl_have_entries.
+	* config/tc-mips.h: Define tc_init_after_args to mips_init_after_args.
+
+Sun Feb 23 18:13:19 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTSTUFF): Remove itbl-parse.y, itbl-lex.l, and
+	itbl-ops.c.  Add itbl-parse.c and itbl-lex.c.
+	(LEX, LEXFLAGS): Define.
+	* itbl-ops.c (append_insns_as_macros): Remove bogus ASSERT.
+
+Sat Feb 22 21:25:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* itbl-parse.y: Fix indentation mistakes from indent program.
+	* itbl-lex.l: Fix indentation mistakes from indent program.
+	* itbl-ops.h: Add include for ansidecl.h.
+	Add PARAMS around function arguments.
+	Add declaration for itbl_have_entries.
+	* itbl-ops.c: Add PARAMS around function arguments.
+	* Makefile.in: Add itbl build rules.
+	Add dependancies for itbl files to mips target.
+	* as.c: Add itbl support.
+	Add new option "--insttbl" for dynamically extending instruction set.
+	* as.h: Declare insttbl_file_name;
+	the name of file defining extensions to the basic instruction set 
+	* configure.in, configure: Add itbl-parse.o, itbl-lex.o, and 
+	itbl-ops.o to extra_objects for mips configuration.
+	Add include file link from itbl-cpu.h to 
+	config/itbl-${target_cpu_type}.h.
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Allow copz instructions.
+	Add notes for future additions to the itbl support.
+	Add debug macros.
+	(macro): Call itbl_assemble to assemble itbl instructions.
+	See if an unknown register is specified in an itbl entry.
+
+Sat Feb 22 20:53:01 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+	* doc/internals.texi (CPU backend): Fix typo in md_section_align
+	description.
+
+Fri Feb 21 14:34:31 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_pcrel_from_section): Return 0 if
+        relocation is in different section. Fixes PR11574.
+
+Fri Feb 21 10:08:25 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* tc-mips.c (mips_ip): If configured for an embedded ELF system,
+	don't set the section alignment to 2**4.
+
+Fri Feb 21 11:55:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (line_comment_chars): Add '*'.
+
+	* app.c (LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_2ND): Don't define.
+	(do_scrub_begin): Don't set lex['*'].
+	(do_scrub_chars): When handling LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_1ST, don't
+ 	check for LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_2ND.  Instead, just check for
+	a literal '*'.
+
+	* configure.in: Set em=svr4 for m68k-*-sysv4*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/te-svr4.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_comment_chars): Only include `#' if
+	TE_SVR4 or TE_DELTA.
+
+Thu Feb 20 22:24:39 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_convert_frag): Create a fixup for the
+	short conditional branch around a long unconditional branch.
+
+Thu Feb 20 13:56:00 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_ln [both versions]): Call
+	new_logical_line.
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (fix_new_arm): Use make_expr_symbol to handle a
+	complex expression.
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): If both left and right
+	operands are undefined, warn about both of them.
+
+Wed Feb 19 00:53:28 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_pseudo_table): Add "symver".
+	(obj_elf_symver): New static function.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES): Copy the st_other
+	field.
+
+	* write.c (relax_segment): Make type and printf format agree.
+
+	* read.c (get_line_sb): Don't end the line on a semicolon inside a
+	string.
+
+Sun Feb 16 17:47:29 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@toadfish.ninemoons.com>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.h (md_operand): Define with a null expansion,
+	like all the other targets.
+	* doc/internals.texi (CPU backend): Add missing word in 
+	md_flush_pending_output description.  Fix typo in md_convert_frag
+	description.
+	
+Fri Feb 14 18:09:59 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (LOCAL_LABEL): Macro redefined if TE_DELTA.
+	(tc_canonicalize_symbol_name): Macro defined if TE_DELTA.
+ 	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_def): Use
+	tc_canonicalize_symbol_name if defined.
+	(obj_coff_tag, obj_coff_val): Likewise.
+	* expr.c (operand): Reject '~' as operator if is_name_beginner.
+
+Fri Feb 14 17:24:48 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on notes from Peter Eriksson <peter@ifm.liu.se>.  The target
+	does not actually work, though:
+	* configure.in (i386-sequent-bsd*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/tc-dynix.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-i386.h: Define TARGET_FORMAT if TE_DYNIX.
+
+	* read.c (do_align): Add max parameter.  Change all callers.
+	Remove useless static variables.
+	(s_align): New static function.  Do common portion of
+	s_align_bytes and s_align_ptwo.
+	(s_align_bytes, s_align_ptwo): Just call s_align.
+	* frags.c (frag_align): Add max parameter.  Change all callers.
+	(frag_align_pattern): Likewise.
+	* frags.h (frag_align, frag_align_pattern): Update declarations.
+	* write.c (relax_segment): Limit alignment change to fr_subtype.
+	Fix some types to be addressT.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (size_section): Likewise.
+	* config/obj-ieee.c (size_section): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (md_do_align): Add max parameter.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-m88k.h (md_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-m88k.c (m88k_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-sh.h (md_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Likewise.
+	* as.h: Improve comments on rs_align and rs_align_code.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document new alignment arguments.
+	* doc/internals.texi (Frags): Document use of fr_subtype field for
+	rs_align and rs_align_code.
+
+Fri Feb 14 15:56:06 1997  Gavin Koch  <gavin@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Changed opcode parsing.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:02:16 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/{tc-alpha.h, tc-arc.h, tc-d10v.h, tc-generic.h, tc-i960.h,
+	tc-mn10200.h, tc-mn10300.h, tc-sh.h, tc-vax.h, tc-w65.h}:
+	Add default definition of zero for TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN.
+	* config/{tc-arm.h, tc-hppa.h, tc-i386.h, tc-mips.h, tc-ns32k.h,
+ 	tc-ppc.h, tc-sparc.h}: Move definition of TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
+	to a location consistent with the rest of the target include files.
+	* config/tc-i386.c: Remove misleading comment.
+	* doc/internals.texi (CPU backend): Add description of function
+	md_undefined_symbol.
+	
+Thu Feb 13 21:44:18 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* as.h: GNU c provides unlink() function.
+
+	Unify section handling on openVMS/Alpha:
+	* config/tc-alpha.c(s_alpha_link): Remove.
+	(s_alpha_section): New function.
+	Remove case-hacking of symbols
+	Add .code_address pseudo-op.
+	(BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR): New relocation.
+	(s_alpha_code_address): New function.
+	(alpha_ctors_section, alpha_dtors_section): New sections for C++
+	static constructors/destructors.
+	Add debug code for crash debugs, to be removed when traceback code
+	is added to object code.
+	(s_alpha_name): New function for .name pseudo-op.
+	(alpha_print_token): New function to print token expressions with
+	alpha specific extensions.
+
+	* makefile.vms: Allow compilation with current gcc snapshot.
+
+Thu Feb 13 16:29:04 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.in (TEXI2DVI): Set to just name of program.
+	(DVIPS): Set to dvips.
+	(ps, as.ps, gasp.ps): New targets.
+	(internals.info, gasp.dvi, internals.dvi): Set both TEXINPUTS
+ 	and MAKEINFO env variables.
+	(internals.ps): Use DVIPS macro.
+	(clean): Remove core and backup files.
+	(distclean): Remove temporary files from building internals.
+	(clean-dvi): Ditto.
+	* doc/internals.texi (Frags): Fix typo.
+	(GAS processing): Ditto.
+	(CPU backend): Ditto.
+	* ecoff.c (init_file): Use TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN value directly.
+	* mpw-config.in: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN as 1.
+	* read.c: Remove ugly hack that dealt with config files not
+	correctly defining TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN.
+	(target_big_endian): Use TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN directly.
+	* config/arm-big.mt: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN to 1.
+	* config/arm-lit.mt: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN to 0.
+	* config/mips-big.mt: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN to 1.
+	* config/mips-lit.mt: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN to 0.
+	* config/ppc-lit.mt: Define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN to 1.
+	* config/ppc-sol.mt: Replace TARGET_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	with TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN defined to 0.
+	* config/tc-arm.h: Remove use of TARGET_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	and simplify.  Test value of TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN, not just
+	whether it is defined or not.
+	* config/tc-mips.h: Remove use of TARGET_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN.
+	* config/tc-ppc.h: Remove use of TARGET_BYTES_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	and simplify. Test value of TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN, not just
+	whether it is defined or not.
+	
+Thu Feb 13 14:40:16 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (write_relocs): Correct text in as_fatal error message,
+	bfd_perform_relocation -> bfd_install_relocation.
+
+Thu Feb 13 14:48:03 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (LEX_TILDE): Define if TE_DELTA.
+	* read.c (LEX_TILDE): Define if not defined.
+	(lex_type): Use LEX_TILDE.
+	* expr.c (get_symbol_end): Check first char with is_name_beginner,
+	not is_part_of_name.
+
+Thu Feb 13 11:40:58 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_show_usage): Add missing backslash at end
+	of continued line.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_extended_frag): Correct base address
+	for an extended PC relative instruction.
+	(md_convert_frag): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (prev_nop_frag): New static variable.
+	(prev_nop_frag_holds): New static variable.
+	(prev_nop_frag_required): New static variable.
+	(prev_nop_frag_since): New static variable.
+	(append_insn): If we aren't reordering, and prev_nop_frag is not
+	NULL, and we don't need any nops, then decrease the size of
+	prev_nop_frag.  Don't insert nops because of instructions in
+	noreorder sections.  Remember whether the previous instructions
+	where in noreorder sections even when not reordering.
+	(mips_no_prev_insn): Add preserver parameter.  Change all
+	callers.  Refer prev_nop_frag variables when appropriate.
+	(mips_emit_delays): Set up prev_nop_frag.
+	(s_mipsset): Clear prev_nop_frag if reordering.
+
+Wed Feb 12 14:36:29 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Remove useless code which
+	handled swapping a mips16 jump with a mips16 instruction with a
+	reloc.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_parse_option): When debugging, set
+	mips_optimize to 1, not 0.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_ip): Handle an extend operand.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (my_getExpression): In mips16 mode, if it looks
+	like the expression was based on `.', adjust the value of the
+	symbol.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Warn about an attempt to put an
+ 	extended instruction in a delay slot when not reordering.
+	(md_convert_frag): Warn if an extended instruction appears in a
+	delay slot.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_pseudo_table): Add "insn".
+	(s_insn): New static function.
+	* doc/c-mips.texi: Document .insn.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): Add the general registers to the
+	symbol table.
+	(mips16_ip): First parse the expression, and then see whether it
+	came up with a register, rather than trying to first see whether
+	we are looking at a register.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:52:22 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_ip): Handle %gprel modifier.
+	(md_apply_fix): Handle BFD_RELOC_MIPS16_GPREL.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Output jump instruction as a
+	pair of 2 byte instructions, rather than as a single 4 byte
+	instruction.
+
+Mon Feb 10 22:06:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  (dawn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* itbl-ops.c, itbl-lex.l, itbl-parse.y, itbl-ops.h,
+	config/itbl-mips.h: Add copyright message and fix indentation.
+
+Mon Feb 10 18:09:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  (dawn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* itbl-ops.c: New file.  Add support for dynamically read 
+	instruction registers, opcodes and formats.  Build internal table 
+	for new instructions and provide callbacks for assembler and 
+	disassembler.
+	* itbl-lex.l, itbl-parse.y: Lex and yacc parsers for instruction 
+	spec table.
+	* itbl-ops.h: New file.  Header file for itbl support.
+	* config/itbl-mips.h: New file.  Mips specific definitions for
+	itbl support.
+
+Fri Feb  7 09:52:34 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_assemble): If a constant operand won't
+	fit into the constant field of a relaxable operand, then it does
+	not match.
+
+Thu Feb  6 20:08:12 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_estimate_size_before_relax): Treat
+	a jsr target in a different section just like a jsr to
+	an undefined target.
+
+Thu Feb  6 16:52:57 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_fix_adjustable): Don't adjust relocations
+	against any mips16 symbols, not just externally visible ones.
+	(md_apply_fix): Corresponding change.
+
+Wed Feb  5 11:11:06 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_ip): Accept floating point registers in
+	the operand of the exit instruction.
+
+Tue Feb  4 14:12:39 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): If we leave an equated symbol
+	as O_symbol, copy over the segment.
+
+Mon Feb  3 12:35:54 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_apply_fix): If we aren't adjusting this
+	fixup to be against the section symbol, adjust the value
+	accordingly.
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Don't change X_add_number for
+	an equated symbol.
+	* write.c (write_relocs): Avoid looping on equated symbols.
+	Adjust fx_offset by X_add_number for each symbol.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (do_relocs_for): Avoid looping on equated
+	symbols.
+	(fixup_segment): Add a loop to track down equated symbols and
+	adjust fx_offset appropriately.
+
+Fri Jan 31 15:21:02 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_relax_table): Add entries to allow
+	jmp -> bra relaxing.
+	(md_convert_frag): Handle jmp->bra relaxing.
+	(md_assemble): Handle jmp->bra relaxing.
+	(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Likewise.
+
+Fri Jan 31 13:15:05 1997  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (i386_align_code): Add comments explaining the
+	nop instructions.
+
+Fri Jan 31 10:46:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (enforce_aligned_data): New static variable.
+	(sparc_cons_align): Don't do anything unless enforce_aligned_data
+	is set.
+	(md_longopts): Add "enforce-aligned-data".
+	(md_show_usage): Mention --enforce-aligned-data.
+	* doc/c-sparc.texi (Sparc-Aligned-Data): New node; document
+	enforce-aligned-data.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_pseudo_table): If OBJ_XCOFF, add "long",
+ 	"word", and "short".
+	(ppc_xcoff_cons): New static function.
+
+	* write.c (relax_segment): Give an error if a .space symbol is
+	common or undefined.
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): Don't handle mri_pending_align if
+	the handler is s_globl or s_ignore.
+
+Thu Jan 30 11:46:59 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (find_opcode): Remove unused variable "numops".
+
+Thu Jan 30 12:28:18 1997  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (i386_align_code): Improve the nop patterns.
+
+Thu Jan 30 12:08:40 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_fix_adjustable): New function.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (tc_fix_adjustable): Call mips_fix_adjustable.
+	(mips_fix_adjustable): Declare.
+
+	Ideas from Srinivas Addagarla <srinivas@cdotd.ernet.in>:
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): After doing an mri_pending_align,
+	adjust the line_label if there is one.
+	(s_space): Set mri_pending_align if an odd number of bytes were
+	output.
+
+Wed Jan 29 15:31:12 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (md_do_align): Add this hook to call
+	d10v_cleanup() when a ".align" is detected.  Fixes PR11487.
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (find_opcode): Correctly calculate
+	branch displacement when .aligns are present.
+
+Wed Jan 29 09:42:11 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_relax_table): Define.
+	(md_convert_frag): Implement.
+	(md_assemble): Handle relaxable operands/instructions correctly.
+	(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Implement.
+	* config/tc-mn10200.h (TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE): Define.
+
+Tue Jan 28 15:27:28 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Give an error for jumps to a
+	misaligned address.
+	(md_apply_fix): Make a branch to an odd address an error rather
+	than a warning.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_convert_frag): If the user explicitly
+	requested an extended opcode, pass warn as true to mips16_immed.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_ip): Handle a missing expression like
+	an explicit 0, so that explicitly extended instructions work
+	correctly.
+
+Mon Jan 27 17:41:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_build_symbols): Don't generate a local ECOFF
+	symbol for a common symbol.
+
+Wed Jan 22 10:39:39 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	Patch presumed to have been checked in awhile ago but wasn't.
+	Mon Nov 25 10:45:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+	* write.c: Delete "ifndef md_relax_frag" around is_dnrange.
+	(relax_segment, case rs_org): Move code inside braces.  Move locals
+	target,after inside too.
+	(relax_segment, case rs_machine_dependent): Guts moved to ...
+	(relax_frag): New function.
+	Call md_prepare_relax_scan if defined.
+
+Mon Jan 20 10:56:47 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Reject pc-relative addresses for the
+ 	'p' operand specifier.
+
+Mon Jan 20 10:39:36 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (HAVE_LONG_BRANCH): New macro, returns true for
+ 	m68k family cpus which support long branch addressing modes.
+	(m68k_ip, md_convert_frag_1, md_estimate_size_before_relax,
+ 	md_create_long_jump): Use it.
+
+Mon Jan 20 12:42:06 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): Don't set SEC_ALLOC or SEC_LOAD for
+	the .reginfo or .MIPS.options section if configured for an
+	embedded target.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): Don't set interlocks for
+	mips_4650.
+
+Wed Jan 15 13:51:50 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): Make sure the symbol ends with
+	whitespace before checking whether the next character is '='.
+
+Tue Jan 14 15:07:27 1997  Robert Lipe <robertl@dgii.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (sco_id): Moved from here...
+	* config/obj-elf.c (sco_id): ...to here.  Adding the identifier
+	really is an SCO ELF specific thing, not just a SCO x86 specific
+	thing.
+
+Thu Jan  9 09:08:43 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (emit_expr): Check for overflow of a negative value
+	correctly.
+	* write.c (fixup_segment): Likewise.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (struct label_line): Define.
+	(labels, current_label): New static variables.
+	(md_assemble): Mark current_label as text, and clear it.
+	(m68k_frob_label): New function.
+	(m68k_flush_pending_output): New function.
+	(m68k_frob_symbol): New function.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (tc_frob_label): Define.
+	(md_flush_pending_output): Define.
+	(tc_frob_symbol): Don't warn, just call m68k_frob_symbol.
+	(tc_frob_coff_symbol): Likewise.
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): When defining a macro in MRI mode,
+	don't add the symbol to the symbol table.
+
+Tue Jan  7 11:21:42 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (tc_gen_reloc): Handle sym1-sym2 fixups
+	here since fixup_segment doesn't (linkrelax is set).
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (tc_gen_reloc): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jan  6 15:19:32 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_assemble): Tweak fx_offset for pc-relative
+	relocs.
+
+Fri Jan  3 16:47:08 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (struct hppa_fix_struct): Tweak fx_r_field's type
+	to avoid warnings with the native HP compiler.
+	(fix_new_hppa): Similarly for the r_type argument.
+	(pa_build_unwind_subspace, hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function): Enclose
+	in an #if OBJ_ELF to keep gcc -Wall quiet.
+	(md_apply_fix): Always initialize "result".
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_assemble): Generate relocations.
+
+Fri Jan  3 18:17:23 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (s_even): Adjust the alignment of the current
+	section.
+
+Fri Jan  3 17:10:33 1997  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_file_symbol): When using ECOFF debugging,
+	pass on the new file hook.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_fix_adjustable): Not quite the same as
+	!alpha_force_relocation, as local LITERALs can be adjusted to be
+	relative to the section.
+
+Fri Jan  3 12:09:24 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (yank_symbols): If tc_frob_coff_symbol is
+	defined, call it.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (tc_frob_symbol): Check whether text label is
+	aligned to odd boundary.
+	(tc_frob_coff_symbol): Define.
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (Set): Change parenthesized @xref to @pxref.
+
+	* macro.c (macro_expand_body): In MRI mode, just copy a single &.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Call frag_grow before adding a
+	PCINDEX frag.  From Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Accept 'B' as a size for an
+	immediate value.
+	(md_assemble): If the size is 'B', set fx_signed.
+	(md_apply_fix_2): Use fx_signed when checking for overflow.
+
+	* write.h (struct fix): Add fx_signed field.
+	* write.c (fix_new_internal): Initialize fx_no_overflow and
+	fx_signed fields.
+	(fixup_segment): Use fx_signed when checking for overflow.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Check fx_no_overflow and
+	fx_signed when checking for overflow.
+
+Thu Jan  2 13:37:29 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* NOTES, NOTES.config: Removed.  These are rarely, if ever,
+	updated, and all the useful information is in doc/internals.texi.
+
+	Based on patch from Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>:
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): Check for conditional operators
+	before doing an MRI pending alignment.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (m68k_conditional_pseudoop): Declare.
+	(tc_conditional_pseudop): Define.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_conditional_pseudop): New function.
+	* doc/internals.texi (CPU backend): Describe
+	tc_conditional_pseudoop.
+
+	Based on patch from Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>:
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_rel32_from_cmdline): New static
+	variable.
+	(md_begin): Check m68k_rel32_from_cmdline before setting
+	m68k_rel32.
+	(m68k_mri_mode_change): Likewise.
+	(md_longopts): Add --disp-size-default-16 and
+	--disp-size-default-32.
+	(md_parse_option): Handle new options.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention new options.
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi (M68K-Opts): Document new options.
+
+	Based on patch from Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>:
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_index_width_default): New static
+	variable.
+	(m68k_ip): Use m68k_index_width_default to set the size of a base
+	register whose size was not given.
+	(md_longopts): Add --base-size-default-16 and
+	--base-size-default-32.
+	(md_parse_option): Handle new options.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention new options.
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi (M68K-Opts): Document new options.
+
+	* doc/c-mips.texi: Mention ISA level 4, and the -mips16 option.
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize mips-*-linux* target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): Rewrite 64 bit handling to
+	work if valueT is only 32 bits.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Throughout, check target_big_endian rather
+ 	than byte_order.
+ 	(byte_order): Remove.
+	(mips_init_after_args): Remove.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (LITTLE_ENDIAN, BIG_ENDIAN): Don't define.
+	(mips_init_after_args): Don't declare.
+	(tc_init_after_args): Don't define.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.h (tc_frob_after_relocs): Define if
+	OBJ_MAYBE_ELF.
+	(mips_elf_final_processing): Likewise.
+	(ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS): Likewise.
+
+Tue Dec 31 12:56:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): Check mri_pending_align after
+	checking for a macro.  From Ronald F. Guilmette
+	<rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_apply_fix3): Rename from md_apply_fix, and
+ 	add segment argument.  If OBJ_ELF, treat a relocation against a
+ 	symbol in a linkonce section like a relocation against an external
+ 	symbol.
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (MD_APPLY_FIX3): Define.
+
+Mon Dec 30 11:35:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_macro): Add case for M_ABS.
+
+Fri Dec 27 22:51:51 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* NOTES.config (Implementation): as.h #define's "GAS" not "gas",
+	includes config.h instead of host.h, tc.h instead of tp.h, and
+	targ-env.h instead of target-environment.h.
+	Also, obj-format.h includes targ-cpu.h instead of
+ 	target-processor.h.
+	
+Fri Dec 27 11:42:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (M): Mention explicitly that -M changes macro
+	handling.
+
+Thu Dec 19 12:06:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): If the fixup symbol has been
+	equated to an undefined symbol, convert the fixup to being against
+	the target symbol.  Remove obsolete code handling a special case
+	for i386 PIC.
+
+Wed Dec 18 22:54:39 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Use NewFolderRecursive for installation.
+
+Wed Dec 18 16:00:42 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (do_assemble): Correct previous bug fix.
+
+Wed Dec 18 15:27:40 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_assemble): Fix bug which caused
+	second instruction in a line to be case sensitize. PR11312
+
+Wed Dec 18 10:08:46 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (mn10200_insert_operand): Don't
+	range check operands with MN10200_OPERAND_NOCHECK set.
+	(check_operand): Likewise.
+
+Tue Dec 17 10:59:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Undo part of last Friday's alignment changes.
+ 	(md_begin): Always align the text section to a four byte
+	boundary.
+	(append_insn): Remove call to record_align.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (insn_label): Remove.
+	(struct insn_label_list): Define.
+	(insn_labels, free_insn_labels): New static variables.
+	(mips_clear_insn_labels): New static function.
+	(append_insn): Mark all mips16 text labels, and make them odd.
+	Handle all labels after emitting a nop, not just one.  Call
+	mips_clear_insn_labels rather than just clearing insn_label.
+	(mips_emit_delays): Add insns parameter, and use it to decide
+	whether to mark mips16 labels.  Handle all labels, not just one.
+	Force mips16 labels to be odd.  Change all callers.
+	(mips16_immed): Don't check for an odd branch target.
+	(md_apply_fix): Don't check mips16 mode for a branch reloc.
+	(mips16_extended_frag): Ignore the low bit in a branch target.
+	(md_convert_frag): Likewise.
+	(mips_no_prev_insn): Call mips_clear_insn_labels rather than just
+	clearing insn_label.
+	(mips_align, mips_flush_pending_output, s_cons): Likewise.
+	(s_float_cons, s_gpword): Likewise.
+	(s_align): Use insn_labels rather than insn_label.
+	(s_cons, s_float_cons, s_gpword): Likewise.
+	(mips_frob_file_after_relocs): New function.
+	(mips_define_label): Rewrite to add to insn_labels list.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (tc_frob_file_after_relocs): Define.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_build_symbols): If the size of a function comes
+	out odd, increment it.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Only update prev_insn when not
+	reordering if place is NULL.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_ip): Check for a missing expression
+	when using the register indirect addressing mode.
+
+Mon Dec 16 10:08:46 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (mn10200_insert_operand): Don't
+	check 24bit operands for overflow.
+	(check_operand): Likewise.
+
+Mon Dec 16 11:50:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (Section): Document how to use the .section
+	pseudo-op for COFF and ELF.
+
+Sun Dec 15 15:26:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): Fix linkonce check for ELF.
+
+Sat Dec 14 22:37:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (prev_insn_reloc_type): New static variable.
+	(RELAX_MIPS16_ENCODE): Add dslot and jal_dslot arguments, and
+	store them.  Adjust other RELAX_MIPS16 macros.
+	(RELAX_MIPS16_DSLOT): Define.
+	(RELAX_MIPS16_JAL_DSLOT): Define.
+	(append_insn): Pass new arguments to RELAX_MIPS16_ENCODE.  Correct
+	handling of whether previous instruction has a fixup.  Set
+	prev_insn_reloc_type.
+	(mips_no_prev_insn): Clear prev_insn_reloc_type.
+	(mips16_extended_frag): Use the right base address for a PC
+	relative add or load.
+	(md_convert_frag): Likewise.  If a PC relative add or load is
+	used, record the alignment for the section.
+
+Fri Dec 13 13:00:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): Don't reduce a reloc against a
+	linkonce section into a reloc against the section symbol.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_macro): Remove nop instructions after
+	branch instructions.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): If configured for an embedded ELF
+	system, don't set the section alignment to 2**4.
+	(s_change_sec): Likewise.
+	(append_insn): Call record_alignment for the section.
+	(md_section_align): Don't align the section size for an embedded
+	ELF system.
+
+Thu Dec 12 16:40:47 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): Make sure that symbols are
+	resolved; expression symbols may have been skipped.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Likewise.
+
+Thu Dec 12 15:18:21 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_suffix): Move @plt to
+	BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL relocation.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Support BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL.
+
+Tue Dec 10 13:51:55 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (write_2_short): Remove code that called
+	parallel_ok() when the programmer specified parallel instructions.
+
+Tue Dec 10 12:23:19 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Update to handle endianness
+	issues correctly.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c (md_assemble): Opcode 0x0 is valid!
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Likewise.
+
+Tue Dec 10 11:37:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Make sure there is enough room
+	in a frag after a mips16 instruction to switch it with a jump
+	instruction.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_extended_frag): Give an error for an
+	attempt to use a non absolute symbol in an extending frag.
+
+Mon Dec  9 16:48:20 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10200.c: Flesh out assembler support for MN10200.
+	* config/tc-mn10200.h: Likewise.
+
+Mon Dec  9 17:09:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): At the end of a C comment, pass space to
+	UNGET rather than PUT.  Set old_state before setting state to -2.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_extended_frag): Avoid an infinite loop
+	when extending because the value is exactly maxtiny + 1.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (RELAX_MIPS16_ENCODE): Add small and ext
+	arguments, and store them.  Adjust other RELAX_MIPS16 macros.
+	(RELAX_MIPS16_USER_SMALL): Define.
+	(RELAX_MIPS16_USER_EXT): Define.
+	(mips16_small, mips16_ext): New static variables.
+	(append_insn): Pass mips16_small and mips16_ext to
+	RELAX_MIPS16_ENCODE.
+	(mips16_ip): Set mips16_small and mips16_ext.
+	(mips16_immed): Don't check mips16_autoextend.
+	(mips16_extended_frag): Check USER_SMALL and USER_EXT.
+
+	* write.c (write_relocs): Print an error for an out of range
+	fixup, rather than calling abort.
+
+	* as.c (main): Unlink the output file if there are errors while
+	generating the fixups.
+
+Fri Dec  6 18:48:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_extended_frag): Don't call
+	S_GET_VALUE.
+	(md_convert_frag): Call resolve_symbol_value before calling
+	S_GET_VALUE, and don't add in the frag address.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips16_immed): Add file and line parameters,
+	and use them when reporting errors.  Change all callers.
+
+Fri Dec  6 15:36:32 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c: Fix various gcc -Wall warnings.
+	Remove '$' prefixing for registers.
+
+Fri Dec  6 00:55:48 1996  Martin  <hunt@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_assemble): Check to see if prev_seg
+	is initialized before using it.
+	(d10v_cleanup): No longer uses its argument, so make it void.
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (d10v_cleanup): Change prototype.
+	
+Thu Dec  5 11:03:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (fixup_segment): Don't discard the symbol for a PC
+	relative fixup to an absolute symbol.
+
+Wed Dec  4 15:42:41 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_assemble, d10v_cleanup): Fix bug
+	with multiple sections.
+
+Wed Dec  4 13:00:07 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_longopts): Rename mips-16 to mips16, and
+	no-mips-16 to no-mips16.
+	(s_mipsset): Accept .set mips16 and .set nomips16.
+
+Wed Dec  4 10:35:33 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_suffix): Take expressionS pointer
+	argument, and check for +/- constant following the suffix, folding
+	it into the expression.
+	(ppc_elf_cons): Change ppc_elf_suffix calls.
+	(md_assemble): Ditto.
+	(shlib): Replace boolean mrelocatable with enumeration shlib.
+	(md_parse_option): Discriminate between PIC style shared libraries
+	and -mrelocatable.
+	(ppc_elf_validate_fix): Don't report warnings for PIC style shared
+	libraries.
+
+Tue Dec  3 23:18:29 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h ({tc,ppc}_comment_chars): Define, so that we can
+	change the comment characters.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (comment_chars): Delete in favor of
+	tc_comment_chars.
+	(ppc_{eabi,solaris}_comment_chars): Eabi and Solaris versions of
+	comment chars.
+	(ppc_comment_chars): Select appropriate comment chars by default.
+	(msolaris): New flag for -m{,no-}solaris.
+	(md_parse_option): Recognize -K pic.  Add support for
+	-m{,no-}solaris.
+	(md_show_usage): Update.
+	(md_begin): Do not set ELF flags if Solaris.
+	(ppc_elf_suffix): @local sets R_PPC_LOCAL24PC relocation.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Add support for R_PPC_LOCAL24PC.
+
+Mon Dec  2 13:48:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.c (main): Correct handling of flag_always_generate_output.
+
+Sun Dec  1 21:46:05 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (tc_gen_reloc): Get the addend from
+	fx_offset, not fx_addnumber.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.h (tc_fix_adjustable): Don't do any
+	reloc adjustments.
+
+Sat Nov 30 17:34:48 1996  Eliot Dresselhaus  <eliot@wally.edc.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c: Correct misspelling: balenced to balanced.
+
+Wed Nov 27 13:25:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_section_align): Check for an alignment of
+	4, not an alignment of 16.  Corrects August 7 patch.
+
+Tue Nov 26 10:33:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure, conf.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_lcomm): Don't give an error if no
+	alignment is specified.
+
+	Add support for mips16 (16 bit MIPS implementation):
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Extensive additions for mips16 support, not
+	listed here.
+	(RELAX_OLD, RELAX_NEW): Use only 7 bits each.
+	(insn_uses_reg): Change last parameter to an enum.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR): Define as 0.
+	(md_relax_frag): Define as mips_relax_frag.
+	(mips_relax_frag): Declare.
+	(struct mips_cl_insn): Add use_extend and extend fields.
+	(tc_fix_adjustable): Define.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (S_GET_OTHER): Define.
+	(S_SET_OTHER): Define.
+
+Mon Nov 25 18:02:29 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Implement cases for new <, >, m, n,
+ 	o and p operand specifiers.
+
+Mon Nov 25 10:45:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c: Delete "ifndef md_relax_frag" around is_dnrange.
+	(relax_segment, case rs_org): Move code inside braces.  Move locals
+	target,after inside too.
+	(relax_segment, case rs_machine_dependent): Guts moved to ...
+	(relax_frag): New function.
+	Call md_prepare_relax_scan if defined.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (md_prepare_relax_scan): Renamed from
+	M68K_AIM_KLUDGE.
+
+Mon Nov 25 08:49:36 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (address_registers): Use '$' as register
+	prefix instead of '%'.
+	(data_registers, other_registers, md_assemble): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (address_registers): Use '%' prefix for regs.
+	(data_registers, other_registers, md_assemble): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Correctly determine the
+	correct location and type for each relocation.
+	(md_pcrel_from): Simplify.
+
+Fri Nov 22 15:42:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (md_convert_frag): Improve warning when branch is
+	converted into branch around branch.
+
+Thu Nov 21 11:56:11 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.h (DIFF_EXPR_OK): Don't define this.
+	(tc_fix_adjustable): Don't adjust relocs against weak symbols or 
+	pc-relative relocs.
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_begin): Set linkrelax.
+	(md_assemble): Create fixups as needed.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Gut.  It shouldn't ever get called anymore.
+
+Tue Nov 19 17:48:06 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (parallel_ok): When automatically converting
+	serial ops to parallel, do not consider a branch as the first
+	instruction.
+
+Tue Nov 19 13:35:22 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Handle MN10300_OPERAND_REG_LIST.
+
+Mon Nov 18 15:26:55 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_insert_operand): Provide prototype
+	via PARAMS.
+	(check_operand): Likewise.
+
+Mon Nov 18 15:22:28 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (parallel_ok): Branch and link instructions
+	modify r13.
+	(write_2_short): Call parallel_ok to check whether two short
+	instructions the user requested execute in parallel, can be
+	executed that way.
+
+Thu Nov 14 11:17:49 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (write_2_short): Fix bug that wouldn't
+	allow a branch and link in parallel with an exe instruction.
+
+Fri Nov  8 13:55:03 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/c-d10v.texi: Add info on @word modifier.
+
+Wed Nov  6 13:46:07 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+	
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_insert_operand): MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT
+	operands are assumed to be 32bits.  Use "bits" field to hold the
+	number of bits in the main instruction word for MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT.
+	(mn10300_check_operand): MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT operands are assumed
+	to be 32bits.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_insert_operand): Shift low part
+	of a MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT operand by operand->shift.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_insert_operand): Handle
+	MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT.
+
+Tue Nov  5 13:30:40 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Insert operands into
+	the extension part of the instruction if necessary.
+	(mn10300_insert_operand): Accept pointer to extension word
+	argument.  Make insn a pointer argument too.  Return type
+	is now void.  All callers changed.
+
+Mon Nov  4 12:53:40 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (mn10300_insert_operand): Handle
+	repeated register operands.
+
+Fri Nov  1 10:42:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Added section on reporting bugs.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Change uses of void * to PTR.  Change the
+	alpha_macro emit field to expect a const argument, and change the
+	arg field to be const.  Fix some spacing to follow the GNU
+	standard.
+
+Fri Nov  1 10:32:03 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (md_parse_option): Add knowledge of 21164pc
+	(pca56) and 21264 (ev6) cpus.
+	(md_apply_fix): Private relocation types are now negative.
+	(alpha_force_relocation): Likewise.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Likewise.
+	(emit_insn): Likewise.
+	(emit_ldXu): Do the right thing when the hardware can do byte insns.
+	(emit_stX): Likewise.
+	(emit_sextX): Likewise.
+
+Thu Oct 31 16:33:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (do_relocs_for): Call resolve_symbol_value on
+	a symbol found in a reloc.
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Improve the error message if
+	an undefined symbol is used in an expression.
+
+Wed Oct 30 20:15:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/internals.texi: Rewrite, and add a lot of documentation.
+	* doc/Makefile.in (internals.info): New target.
+
+Mon Oct 28 10:48:40 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (md_cleanup): New function.  This is needed to
+	write out any buffered instructions when a ".end" is found.
+
+Mon Oct 28 10:43:45 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): New hook md_cleanup().
+
+Fri Oct 25 00:01:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (fix_new_exp): Use make_expr_symbol to build an
+	expression symbol for a complex fixup.
+
+Wed Oct 23 18:20:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): Give a better warning message
+	for an unknown relocation type.
+
+Tue Oct 22 17:09:32 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (parallel_ok): Don't allow illegal combinations
+	of instructions.
+
+Tue Oct 22 11:28:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obj.h (struct format_ops): Add frob_file_after_relocs field.
+	* config/obj-multi.h (obj_frob_file_after_relocs): Define.
+	* config/obj-ecoff.c (ecoff_format_ops): Initialize new
+	frob_file_after_relocs field.
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_format_ops): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Undefine obj_frob_file_after_relocs before
+	including obj-elf.h.
+
+Mon Oct 21 11:38:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (cons_fix_new_mips): Only treat 8 byte reloc
+	specially if not ELF.
+	(md_apply_fix): Handle BFD_RELOC_64.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Handle BFD_RELOC_64.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_apply_fix3): Don't increment value for a PC
+ 	relative reloc when BFD_ASSEMBLER and OBJ_AOUT (more ugly gas
+ 	reloc hacking).
+
+	* config/obj-aout.h (S_IS_DEFINE): non BFD_ASSEMBLER version:
+	Don't check S_GET_OTHER.
+
+Fri Oct 18 14:06:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): Accept an odd floating point
+	register with l.s or s.s.
+
+	* config/obj-aout.c (obj_pseudo_table): Use obj_aout_type for
+	.type pseudo-op.
+	(obj_aout_type): New static function.
+
+Thu Oct 17 17:55:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(OBJS)): Depend upon libiberty.h.
+
+Mon Oct 14 13:59:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): Add cast to offsetT when using
+	a constant with &~.
+
+Mon Oct 14 11:24:28 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_frob_file): Move ECOFF debug processing to ...
+	(elf_frob_file_after_relocs): ... here.  New function.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (obj_from_file_after_relocs): New macro.
+	* write.c (write_object_file): Call *frob_after_relocs after the
+	call to write_relocs.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Use new BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL reloc.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (load_expression): Don't SET_VALUE on the section
+	symbol, as this messes up linking.  Instead, expand the recursive call
+	inline and change up the appropriate bits to get the 0x8000 offset
+	in the reloc addend.
+
+Thu Oct 10 17:30:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (tc_fix_adjustable): Permit the difference of
+	two symbols in the same segment to be adjusted.
+
+	* configure.in: Don't get confused by CPU-VENDOR-linux-gnu.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Oct 10 17:22:18 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_insert_operand): Change most warnings into
+	errors.
+	(ppc_elf_validate_fix): Ditto.
+	(md_assemble): Ditto.
+	(ppc_tc): Ditto.
+	(ppc_pe_section): Ditto.
+	(ppc_frob_symbol): Ditto.
+
+Thu Oct 10 12:05:45 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mn10300.c (md_assemble): Pass an extra shift count
+	to mn10300_insert_operand based on the opcode format.
+	(mn10300_insert_operand): Accept and use extra shift count
+	parameter.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Use FMT_* macros for
+	formats rather than hard-coded constants.
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Format D5 instructions
+	are 7 bytes long.  Write out instructions in big-endian format.
+
+Tue Oct  8 14:56:15 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.c (md_assemble): Tweak further so
+	that all instructions are parsed correctly.
+
+Tue Oct  8 13:02:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.h: Include libiberty.h.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Don't declare.
+	* as.c: Don't include libiberty.h.
+	* expr.c, read.c, stabs.c, config/obj-coff.c: Likewise.
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Likewise.
+	* messages.c: Likewise.
+	(xstrerror): Don't declare.
+	* xmalloc.c: Remove.
+
+Mon Oct  7 16:53:23 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10300.h (pre_defined_registers) Remove.
+	(system_registers, cc_names): Likewise.
+	(address_registers, data_registers, other_registers): New register
+	arrays.
+	(register_name, system_register_name, cc_name): Remove.
+	(mn10300_reloc_prefix): Likewise.
+	(data_register_name): New function.
+	(address_register_name, other_register_name): Likewise.
+	(md_assemble): Rough cut at parsing operands.  Remove lots of
+	unwanted code.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Disable for now.
+
+Mon Oct  7 11:38:34 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (select_control_regs): New function, extracted
+	out of m68k_init_after_args.
+	(m68k_init_after_args): Use it.
+	(mri_chip): Use it here as well to update set of allowed control
+	regs for movec.
+
+Mon Oct  7 11:24:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_begin): New function.
+	(obj_elf_section): Add the section symbol to the symbol table.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (obj_begin): Define.
+	(elf_begin): Declare.
+	* as.c (perform_an_assembly_pass): Call obj_begin if it is
+	defined.
+
+Fri Oct  4 18:37:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Subtract the section address
+	from a PC relative reloc if TC_M68K.
+
+Thu Oct  3 15:15:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_pseudo_table): Make .uahalf, .uaword, and
+	.uaxword available even if not OBJ_ELF.
+	(md_atof): Remove unused local variable wordP.
+
+Thu Oct  3 00:16:50 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-mn10x00.c, config/tc-mn10x00.h: New files
+	for Matsushita MN10x00 support.
+	* configure.in: Recognize mn10x00-*-*
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Wed Oct  2 15:54:03 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* obj-evax.h: move openvms definitions from here to tc-alpha.c.
+	* tc-alpha.c: add support for vms_case_hack like in vax/vms.
+	(load_expression): track clobbering of base reg before jmp/jsr.
+	(s_alpha_file): pass case_hack flags and source filename via
+	symbol table to bfd.
+	* tc-alpha.h (TC_CONS_FIX_NEW): define
+
+Tue Oct  1 16:16:01 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+	* configure.in (mips-*-rtems*): New target, like mips-*-elf*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Oct  1 12:37:48 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (s_macro): Warn if a macro has the same name as a
+	pseudo-op.
+	(s_space): In m68k MRI mode, align to a word boundary.
+	* macro.c (define_macro): Add namep parameter.  Change all
+	callers.
+	* macro.h (define_macro): Update declaration.
+
+	* as.c (show_usage): Print bug report address.
+	(parse_args): Change version printing to match current GNU
+	standards.
+	* gasp.c (show_usage): Print bug report address.
+	(main): Change version printing to match current GNU standards.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (init_table): Correct access control unit
+	register numbers.  From Ken Rose <rose@netcom.com>.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Add some static function prototypes.
+ 	(alpha_macros): Move to top of file.  Make static.
+	(alpha_num_macros): Move to top of file.
+
+Sat Sep 28 03:38:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* listing.c (list_symbol_table): Remove bogus code in BFD64 case,
+	and just call sprintf_vma.
+
+Thu Sep 26 16:04:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* expr.c (expr): Change >>= to >> (fix typo).  (From meissner).
+
+Tue Sep 24 19:05:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (float_cons): Call md_flush_pending_output if it is
+	defined.
+
+Tue Sep 24 12:22:18 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_operand): Created.  Allows operands to 
+	start with '#'.
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (md_operand): Undefined.
+
+Mon Sep 23 12:13:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (add_fix): Treat a width of '3' like 'B'.
+	(md_assemble): A fixup width of '3' means a 1 byte reloc.
+
+Thu Sep 19 12:21:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Don't adjust PC relative
+	reloc for the i960 for a reloc in the same section.  This undoes
+	one of the two changes made Aug 19.
+
+Wed Sep 18 12:11:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_endef): Both versions: Move C_STAT
+	symbols to the position of the debugging information.
+
+Mon Sep 16 11:41:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* expr.c (expr): Always use unsigned right shifts for >>.
+
+Thu Sep 12 10:25:45 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (md_apply_fix3): Update two thumb instruction
+ 	slots when processing BL fixups.
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (output_inst): Ensure Thumb BL fixup is marked
+ 	on the first half of the instruction.
+
+Wed Sep 11 00:09:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_stab): Create an expression symbol for a complex
+	stabs expression, rather than giving an error.
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_new_file): Don't do anything if we are still in
+	the same file.
+
+Tue Sep 10 11:45:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Fill in the value for a constant
+	jump, rather than creating a reloc.
+
+Mon Sep  9 10:57:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Don't swap an instruction which
+	sets a condition code with an instruction which uses a condition
+	code.
+	(mips_ip): In cases 'N' and 'M', look for $fccN rather than an
+	immediate value.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): Recognize r5000 for cpu.
+	(mips_ip): Give a better error message if the ISA level is wrong.
+	(md_parse_option): Recognize -mcpu=[v][r]5000.
+
+Sat Sep  7 13:25:55 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (COUNT_TOP_ZEROES): Added macro to count
+ 	leading zeroes.
+	(load_register): Ensure hi32 bits are not lost during lo32bit
+ 	processing. Fix shift offset that was overflowing into the next
+ 	instruction field. Add code to generate shorter sequences for
+ 	constants with a single contiguous seqeuence of ones.
+
+Fri Sep  6 17:07:12 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (d10v_dot_word): New function to support
+	"@word" with the word pseudo-op.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Cleanup and changes to support correct sizes
+	for 16 and 18-bit relocs.
+
+Fri Sep  6 16:00:29 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (sparc-*-aout): Set `em'.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+	* config/te-sparcaout.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN): Define.
+	Ifdef TE_SPARCOUT define TARGET_FORMAT and SPARC_BIENDIAN.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (INSN_BIG_ENDIAN): New macro.
+	(SPECIAL_CASE_{SETSW,SETX}): Define.
+	({NOP,OR,FMOVS,SETHI,SLLX,SRA}_INSN): Define.
+	(md_begin): Delete setting of `target_big_endian'.
+	(output_insn): New function.
+	(md_assemble): Rewrite.  Add `setx' support.
+	(sparc_ip): Handle `0' operand char.  Recognize setuw, setsw, setx
+	special cases.
+	(md_atof): Add little endian support.
+	(md_number_to_chars): Likewise.
+	(md_apply_fix): Likewise.
+	(md_longopts): Recognize -EL,-EB ifdef SPARC_BIENDIAN.
+	(md_parse_option): Likewise.
+	(md_show_usage): Print -EL, -EB ifdef SPARC_BIENDIAN.
+
+Thu Sep  5 13:40:29 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_new_file): New function.
+	* ecoff.h (ecoff_new_file): Declare.
+	* config/obj-ecoff.h (obj_app_file): Define.
+
+Thu Sep  5 13:39:25 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (load_expression): Bias the .lit8 section
+	symbol by 32k so that our 16-bit signed offset can address the
+	entire chunk.  Reported by <matt@lkg.dec.com>.
+
+Wed Sep  4 10:23:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): Remove unused variable tmp.
+
+Wed Sep  4 11:24:29 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): Remove unnecessary code that
+ 	was causing the high 32bits of 64bit constants to be lost.
+	
+Tue Sep  3 13:52:56 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Added changes to support function
+	pointers and "@word" syntax.
+
+Fri Aug 30 18:12:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Add SH ELF support.
+	* configure.in (sh-*-elf*): New target.
+	* config/tc-sh.h (TARGET_ARCH): Define.
+	(WORKING_DOT_WORD): Define.
+ 	(TC_COFF_FIX2RTYPE): Only define if OBJ_COFF.
+	(BFD_ARCH, COFF_MAGIC, TC_COUNT_RELOC): Likewise.
+	(TC_RELOC_MANGLE, tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook): Likewise.
+	(DO_NOT_STRIP, NEED_FX_R_TYPE, TC_KEEP_FX_OFFSET): Likewise.
+	(TC_COFF_SIZEMACHDEP, tc_frob_file): Likewise.
+	(SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Likewise.
+	(RELOC_32): Don't define.
+	(tc_frob_file_before_adjust): Define if BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(target_big_endian): Declare if OBJ_ELF.
+	(TARGET_FORMAT): Define if OBJ_ELF.
+	* config/tc-sh.c: Use BFD reloc codes instead of SH COFF reloc
+	numbers throughout.
+	(tc_crawl_symbol_chain): Only define if OBJ_COFF.
+	(tc_headers_hook, tc_coff_sizemachdep): Likewise.
+	(struct sh_count_relocs): Define.
+	(sh_count_relocs): New static function, broken out of
+	sh_frob_file.  Add BFD_ASSEMBLER code.
+	(sh_frob_section): Likewise.
+	(sh_frob_file): Call sh_frob_section.
+	(md_convert_frag): If BFD_ASSEMBLER, change type of headers, and
+	call section_symbol rather than seg_info (seg)->dot.
+	(md_section_align): Add OBJ_ELF version.
+	(SWITCH_TABLE_CONS): Define.
+	(SWITCH_TABLE): Use SWITCH_TABLE_CONS.
+	(md_apply_fix): Change parameter types if BFD_ASSEMBLER.  Only
+	handle fx_r_type == 0 if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.  Return 0 if
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(struct reloc_map): Define if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(coff_reloc_map): Likewise.
+	(sh_coff_reloc_mangle): Use coff_reloc_map to convert fx_r_type.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): New function if BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	* write.c (write_relocs): Ifdef out fx_where test which triggers
+	inappropriately for SH ELF.
+	(write_object_file): Call tc_frob_file_before_adjust and
+	obj_frob_file_before_adjust if they are defined.
+
+	* write.c (write_object_file): Use BFD_RELOC_16, not
+	BFD_RELOC_NONE, when calling fix_new_exp for a broken word.
+
+	* read.c (emit_expr): Fix conversion of byte count to BFD reloc
+	code.
+
+Fri Aug 30 14:47:38 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (find_opcode): Fix problem with calculating 
+	branch sizes in across sections.
+
+Wed Aug 28 19:20:04 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (find_opcode): Fix a bug which could generate
+	the wrong opcode for cases like st2w where there are many forms
+	of the same instruction.
+
+Tue Aug 27 13:53:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* expr.c (operand): If md_parse_name is defined, call it before
+	calling symbol_find_or_make.
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (md_parse_name): Define.
+	(ppc_parse_name): Declare.
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (reg_name_search): Add regs and regcount
+	parameters.
+	(register_name): Update call to reg_name_search.
+	(cr_operand): New static variable.
+	(cr_names): New static const array.
+	(ppc_parse_name): New function.
+	(md_assemble): If PPC_OPERAND_CR is set in the operand flags, set
+	cr_operand before calling expression.
+
+Tue Aug 27 09:05:50 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (tc_gen_reloc): Add new argument to
+	hppa_gen_reloc_type call.
+
+Mon Aug 26 18:24:51 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Fixed ".word".  Fixed problem with range checking
+	on addresses.  Improved error messages.
+	* doc/c-d10v.texi: Added docs for register pairs.
+
+Mon Aug 26 13:39:27 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (parallel_ok): Fix bug in parallel 
+	checking code.
+
+Mon Aug 26 14:38:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (init_file): Initialize fMerge to 1.
+	(add_file): Restore old file merging code, but only merge files if
+	fMerge is set.
+	(ecoff_directive_loc): Clear fMerge field of current file.
+	(ecoff_generate_asm_lineno): Likewise.
+
+Fri Aug 23 11:40:47 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/c-d10v.texi: Fix typo. 
+
+Thu Aug 22 10:20:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Set and substitute HLDENV.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (HLDENV): New variable.
+	(as.new): Use $(HLDENV).
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_directive_endef): Avoid a division by zero error
+	if an array dimension is not known.
+
+Thu Aug 22 10:50:00 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Fix a reloc bug caused by my last change. 
+	* doc/c-d10v.texi: Cleanup.
+	
+Wed Aug 21 15:50:54 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/c-d10v.texi: New file.
+	* doc/all.texi: Added D10V stuff.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Added D10V stuff.
+
+Tue Aug 20 14:10:02 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: All references to defined symbols should
+ 	now use the optimal instruction.  .float and .double now work. 
+
+Mon Aug 19 14:41:36 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Adjust PC relative reloc by
+	section address for the i960 as is done for the i386.
+
+Thu Aug 15 16:37:59 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Add wildcards for config matching, add mips-*-*
+	case, forward-include bfd/elf-bfd.h.
+
+Thu Aug 15 13:24:30 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Add additional information to the opcode
+        table to help determinine which instructions can be done
+        in parallel. 
+
+Thu Aug 15 17:01:31 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c: Major changes to add Thumb support, with lots
+ 	of change input from <rearnsha@armltd.co.uk>.
+	Reverted to INSN_SIZE macro, rather than insn_size variable.
+	(insns): Added ARM "bx" instruction support.
+	(tinsns): Added Thumb instruction definition structure.
+	(arm_tops_hsh): Added hash structure for Thumb opcodes.
+	(md_pseudo_table): Added ".arm", ".thumb" and ".code" pseudo-ops.
+	(opcode_select,s_arm,s_thumb,s_code): Added.
+	(decode_shift): Allow upper-case RRX.
+	(do_ldst): Simpler halfword support.
+	(do_ldmstm): Improved.
+	(reg_list, do_bx, thumb_reg, thumb_add_sub, thumb_shift,
+ 	thumb_mov_compare, thumb_load_store, do_t_arit, do_t_add,
+ 	do_t_asr, do_t_branch, do_t_bx, do_t_compare, do_t_ldmstm,
+ 	do_t_ldrb, do_t_ldrh, do_t_lds, do_t_lsl, do_t_lsr, do_t_mov,
+ 	do_t_push_pop, do_t_str, do_t_strb, do_t_strh, do_t_sub, do_t_swi,
+ 	do_t_adr): Added.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Add support for BFD_RELOC_ARM_THUMB_* relocations.
+	(md_parse_option): Add support for -mthumb.
+	(md_show_usage): Updated to reflect new command line option.
+	(arm_data_in_code, arm_canonicalize_symbol_name): Added.
+	* config/tc-arm.h: Provide TC_FIX_TYPE to allow private ARM
+ 	fragment information to be held.
+
+Thu Aug 15 16:12:00 1996  Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* tc-arm.c (md_apply_fix3): Also set fixP->fx_done if fx_addsy is 
+	non-null, but is a constant.
+	(fix_new_arm): Call make_expr_symbol to make the expression symbol
+	so that error reporting will work correctly.
+
+Wed Aug 14 10:37:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (tc_i386_fix_adjustable): Don't adjust relocs
+	against weak symbols.
+
+Tue Aug 13 17:39:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCTION): Define if OBJ_XCOFF.
+	(ppc_force_relocation): Declare if OBJ_XCOFF.
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_force_relocation): New function if
+	OBJ_XCOFF.
+
+Mon Aug 12 16:49:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.h (BYTE_ORDER): Don't define.  No longer used.
+
+Fri Aug  9 17:48:28 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Fix problem with relocs. 
+
+Fri Aug  9 14:16:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): If not BFD_ASSEMBLER, always align
+	with nops if not in data_section or bss_section.
+
+Thu Aug  8 12:32:56 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	Add support for openVMS/Alpha.
+	* as.h (PRINTF_LIKE): Don't define if VMS, for now.
+	* config/obj-evax.c: New file.
+	* config/obj-evax.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Add support for EVAX format if OBJ_EVAX is
+	defined.
+	* config/tc-alpha.h: Add support for EVAX format if OBJ_EVAX is
+	defined.  Add case for bfd_target_evax_flavour.
+	* config/vms-a-conf.h: New file.
+	* conf-a-gas.com: New file.
+	* configure.in: Add target alpha-*-*vms*.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* makefile.vms: New file.
+	* read.c (s_lcomm): Align bss_seg on 8 byte boundary if OBJ_EVAX.
+	Don't call ffs on openVMS/Alpha.
+
+Wed Aug  7 14:19:03 1996  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* configure.in: Make GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED include <string.h> or
+	<strings.h> if they exist.  Call GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED on strstr
+	and sbrk.
+	* acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR): New macro.
+	(NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK): New macro.
+	* configure, conf.in: Rebuild.
+	* as.h: Only include <strings.h> if HAVE_STRINGS_H.
+	(strstr): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR.
+	* as.c: If HAVE_SBRK and NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK, declare sbrk.
+
+Wed Aug  7 11:50:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Handle addition or subtraction
+	by a constant before entering the main switch.  Reject attempts to
+	apply an arithmetic function to non-absolute symbols, except for
+	the special case of subtraction of two symbols in the same
+	section.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_section_align): Do align if OBJ_ELF, but
+	not to more than a 16 byte boundary.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (tc_gen_reloc): Accept all relocs; remove
+	#ifndef OBJ_ELF lines.  From Eric Valette <valette@crf.canon.fr>.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): If out of memory call as_fatal rather than
+	assert.  If no howto found, call as_bad_where rather than
+	as_fatal.  Change the error message slightly.  Set howto to a
+	non-NULL value in order to keep going.
+
+Tue Aug  6 12:58:03 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Added code to support 32-bit fixups for stabs.
+
+Tue Aug  6 11:15:26 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (get_specific): New operand "size" derived
+	from ".b", ".w" and ".l" extensions.  All callers changed.  If
+	the base instruction has no operands, then use the size to
+	determine which specific instruction to use.
+
+Mon Aug  5 14:21:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i960.c (mem_fmt): Call parse_expr before emit.
+
+Fri Aug  2 11:23:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_section_align): Don't change addr if
+	OBJ_ELF.
+
+Thu Aug  1 23:51:52 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c: Revert yesterday's changes.
+	
+Wed Jul 31 14:46:11 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Disable range checking on 16-bit values.
+
+Wed Jul 31 16:27:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Set ok_arch for every instruction,
+	not just the ones that don't match.
+
+Wed Jul 31 11:45:15 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Fixed bugs in short relocs and range checking.
+
+Wed Jul 31 15:41:42 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c: Changed INSN_SIZE to variable insn_size, as
+ 	pre-cursor to adding Thumb support. Also added cpu_variant flag
+ 	information to each of the asm_flg structures.
+	(md_parse_option): Updated ARM7 parsing to allow 't' for
+ 	thumb/halfword support, aswell as 'm' for long multiply.
+	(md_show_usage): Updated help message.
+	(md_assemble): Check that instruction flags are applicated to the
+ 	current cpu variant.
+	(md_apply_fix3, tc_gen_reloc): Add BFD_RELOC_ARM_OFFSET_IMM8 and
+ 	BFD_RELOC_ARM_HWLITERAL relocation support for new halfword and
+ 	signextension instructions.
+	(do_ldst): Generate halfword and signextension variants if
+ 	mnemonic flags match.
+	(ldst_extend): Do not allow shifts in the offset field of halfword
+ 	or signextension instructions.
+	(validate_offset_imm): Provide check on halfword and signextension
+ 	immediate range.
+	(add_to_lit_pool): Merge identical literal pool values.
+
+Tue Jul 30 14:28:23 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (selector_table): Add 'E' selector.
+	(cons_fix_new_hppa): Don't coke on e_esel.
+	(tc_gen_reloc, SOM version): Handle R_COMP2 when used
+	to help generate exception handling tables.
+	(md_apply_fix): Don't try to apply fixups with an e_esel
+	selector.
+	(hppa_fix_adjustable): Fixups with e_esel selectors
+	are not adjustable.
+
+Tue Jul 30 15:51:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_pseudo_table): Add 2byte, 4byte, and 8byte
+	pseudo-ops.
+
+Fri Jul 26 11:43:03 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Added lots of error checking.  Added hacks
+	to support accumulator shifts.
+	
+Fri Jul 26 11:56:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* symbols.c (S_SET_EXTERNAL): Let .weak override.
+	(S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL): Likewise.
+	(S_SET_WEAK): Remove error; just let .weak override.
+
+Thu Jul 25 15:22:51 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_assemble): Now handles multiline
+	instructions.
+
+Thu Jul 25 12:03:33 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Fix packaging bug. Added range checking.
+	Added kludge for divs instruction.  Fixed minor problem with
+	multiple text sections.
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (d10v_cleanup): Change prototype. 
+	
+Tue Jul 23 10:49:36 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c (md_apply_fix3): Fix all instruction
+	addresses to be right-shifted by 2.
+
+Mon Jul 22 11:32:36 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: Many changes to get relocs working.
+ 	(register_name): No longer creates a symbol for register names.
+ 	(pre_defined_registers): moved to opcodes/d10v-opc.c.
+	(d10v_insert_operand): Now works correctly for either container.
+	* config/tc-d10v.h (d10v_cleanup): Declare. 
+	
+Mon Jul 22 14:01:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (tc_gen_reloc): BFD_RELOC_PCREL_HI16_S and
+	BFD_RELOC_PCREL_LO16 are expected to be PC relative.
+
+Mon Jul 22 12:46:55 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* tc-alpha.c: Patches to track current minimum alignment to reduce
+	the number of fragments created with frag_align.
+	(alpha_current_align): New static variable.
+	(s_alpha_text): Reset alignment to 0.
+	(s_alpha_data, s_alpha_rdata, s_alpha_sdata): Likewise.
+	(s_alpha_stringer, s_alpha_space): New functions.
+	(s_alpha_cons, alpha_flush_pending_output): Remove functions.
+	(alpha_cons_align): New function to replace both of them.
+	(emit_insn): Only align if alpha_current_align is less than 2;
+	reset alpha_current_align to 2.
+	(s_alpha_gprel32): Likewise.
+	(s_alpha_section): New function.  Basically duplicate the other
+	alpha section change hooks.  Only define for ELF.
+	(s_alpha_float_cons): Simplify alignment handling.
+	(md_pseudo_table): Only define "rdata" and "sdata" if OBJ_ECOFF.
+	If OBJ_ELF, define "section", "section.s", "sect", and "sect.s".
+	Don't define the s_alpha_cons pseudo-ops.  Do define
+	s_alpha_stringer and s_alpha_space pseudo-ops.
+	(alpha_align): Skip if less than current default alignment.  Set
+	default alignment.
+	* tc-alpha.h (md_flush_pending_output): Remove.
+	(md_cons_align): Add.
+
+	* tc-alpha.c: Add oodles of function description comments.
+	(md_bignum_to_chars): Remove; there are no callers.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention some more variants.
+
+Thu Jul 18 15:54:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Andrew Gierth <ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>:
+	* configure.in (sparc-*-sysv4*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_pseudo_table): Change uahalf, uaword, and
+	uaxword to use s_uacons.
+	(sparc_no_align_cons): New static variable.
+	(s_uacons): New static function.
+	(sparc_cons_align): If sparc_no_align_cons is set, just clear it
+	and return.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (s_common): Remove unused label allocate_bss.
+
+	* configure.in: Add mips-*-irix6* target.  Handle Irix 6 like Irix
+	5 with regard to shared libraries.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Use the correct length when
+	allocating space for the unsupported architecture error message.
+
+Thu Jul 18 12:57:10 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (d10v-*-*): Allow d10v-*-*, don't require d10v-*-elf*.
+
+Wed Jul 17 14:25:13 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-d10v.c: New file.
+	* config/tc-d10v.h: New file.
+	* configure (d10v-*-elf): New target.
+	* configure.in (d10v-*-elf): New target.
+	
+Fri Jul 12 20:54:19 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): Recognize -K PIC.
+
+Wed Jul 10 12:39:08 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_align): Change fill parameter
+	to a pointer.  Take NULL as 0 or nop depending on section.  Change
+	all callers.
+	(s_alpha_align): Rename local variables.
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (.align): Document action of omitted
+	fill parameter.
+
+Wed Jul 10 00:23:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): Give a useful error message
+	when an unsupported PC relative reloc is seen, rather than calling
+	abort.
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): Remove not_cpp_line local variable.
+	Instead, check state when '#' comment is seen.
+
+Mon Jul  8 14:11:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_regmask_frag): Only define if OBJ_ELF or
+ 	OBJ_MAYBE_ELF.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): If fixup was changed to be PC relative, change
+ 	reloc type accordingly.  Use name of reloc in error message.
+
+	* as.h: Don't define const or volatile.
+	* flonum.h: Don't define const.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (tc_gen_reloc): Change the code appropriately
+	if fx_pcrel is set.  Correct setting the addend case in the
+	OBJ_ELF case (from Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>).
+	(md_show_usage): Correct -mfc5200 to -m5200.
+
+Fri Jul  5 10:32:58 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi: Document -m5200 flag.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): The coldfire does not support 8x
+ 	scale factor.
+
+Fri Jul  5 11:07:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* symbols.c (S_SET_EXTERNAL): Change as_warn to as_bad.
+	(S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL, S_SET_WEAK): Likewise.
+
+Thu Jul  4 11:59:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Set to cygnus-2.7.1.
+
+	* Released binutils 2.7.
+
+Thu Jul  4 10:11:33 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): Only perform range check when
+ 	dealing with O_constant expressions.
+
+Wed Jul  3 15:02:21 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-parse.h (m68k_register): Add new coldfile control
+	registers.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (mcf5200_control_regs): New variable, 
+	array of control registers for the coldfire.
+	(cpu_of_arch): Added mcf5200.
+	(archs): Added mcf5200.
+	(init_table): Add new control registers.
+	(m68k_ip): Added support for new control registers.
+	(m68k_init_after_args): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (md_show_usage): Add -m5200 to usage text.
+
+Wed Jul  3 16:05:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.h (is_it_end_of_statement): Declare.
+	* read.c (is_it_end_of_statement): Remove declaration.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_suffix): Correct parenthesization of ||
+	within &&.
+	(md_assemble): Fix handling of @l with an unsigned constant.  Add
+	default case to reloc switch.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (AOUT_MACHTYPE): Define as 0 if TE_386BSD.
+
+	Based on patches from Tom Quiggle <quiggle@sgi.com>:
+	* ecoff.c (last_lineno): New static variable.
+	(add_procedure): Set last_lineno.
+	(ecoff_directive_loc): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_generate_asm_lineno): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_fix_loc): New function.
+	* ecoff.h (ecoff_fix_loc): Declare.
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): When inserting nops, and using
+	ECOFF debugging, call ecoff_fix_loc.
+
+Tue Jul  2 23:02:12 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (build_bytes): If an operand type is 
+	marked as SRC_IN_DST retrieve it from the "destination" op.
+
+Sat Jun 29 13:38:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (arm-*-riscix*): Set emulation to riscix.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/te-riscix.h: New file to define TE_RISCIX.
+
+	* config/tc-sh.h (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
+
+Fri Jun 28 15:14:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (config.status): Just run config.status as other
+	tools do.
+
+Fri Jun 28 11:09:38 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in (TARGET_OS): Add definition to conf.
+
+Thu Jun 27 20:39:40 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (append_insn): Parenthesize
+	cop_interlocks expressions.
+
+Thu Jun 27 12:18:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* listing.c (listing_print): Close the listing file if it is not
+	stdout.  Close the other files opened for the listing.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (md_cons_align): Define.
+	(sparc_cons_align): Declare.
+	(HANDLE_ALIGN): Define.
+	(sparc_handle_align): Declare.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (sparc_cons_align): New function.
+	(sparc_handle_align): New function.
+	* read.c (cons_worker): Call md_cons_align if it is defined.
+
+	* as.h (struct frag): Add fr_file and fr_line fields.
+	* frags.c (frag_new): Set fr_file and fr_line.
+	(frag_var): Likewise.
+	(frag_variant): Likewise.
+
+	* as.h (struct frag): Remove unused align_mask and align_offset
+	fields.
+
+	* listing.c (calc_hex): Offset by fr_fix when examining fr_var.
+	From <uddeborg@carmen.se>.
+
+Wed Jun 26 13:21:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (mips-*-osf*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c: Add 68ec060 as a synonym for 68060.
+
+Wed Jun 26 16:23:08 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Added cop_interlocks, to avoid NOP insertion
+ 	between co-processor comparisons and branches for the VR4300.
+
+Mon Jun 24 18:02:50 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir,
+	INSTALL_PROGRAM, INSTALL_DATA): Use autoconf-set values.
+	(docdir): Removed.
+	* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf 2.5 or higher.
+	* doc/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir,
+	includedir): Use autoconf set values.
+	(docdir): Removed.
+
+Mon Jun 24 11:58:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* listing.c (listing_eject): Don't do anything if listing is 0.
+	(listing_list): Likewise.
+	(listing_source_line): Likewise.
+	(listing_title): Don't save title if listing is 0.
+	(listing_source_file): Check listing rather than listing_tail.
+
+	* configure.in: On alpha*-*-osf*, link against libbfd.a if not
+	using shared libraries.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Jun 21 18:22:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): In case 'i'/'j', don't require an
+	absolute expression if a relocation type was specified.
+
+Fri Jun 21 17:40:16 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@merlin.gcs.redstone.army.mil>
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for *-*-rtems* configurations.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Jun 21 16:01:18 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* configure.in: Add alpha-*-linuxecoff* target.  Use elf for
+	alpha-*-linux* target.  Force bfd_gas for alpha-*.  Require
+	opcodes library for alpha.
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Substantial rewrite to add ELF support and
+	use new opcode table.
+	* config/tc-alpha.h (md_undefined_symbol): Don't define.
+	(LOCAL_LABEL): Define differently if OBJ_ELF.
+	(FAKE_LABEL_NAME): Define if OBJ_ELF.
+	* config/alpha-opcode.h: Remove.
+	* config/obj-elf.h: If TC_ALPHA, define ECOFF_DEBUGGING.
+	* Makefile.in (TARG_CPU_DEP_alpha): Depend upon
+	include/opcode/alpha.h rather than config/alpha-opcode.h.
+
+Thu Jun 20 19:10:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-aout.c (obj_emit_relocations): Give an error if the
+	relocation symbol was not resolved.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (do_relocs_for): Likewise.
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): Refetch the symbol section after
+	calling S_GET_VALUE, since it may have changed.
+
+	* expr.c (struct expr_symbol_line): Define.
+	(expr_symbol_lines): New static variable.
+	(make_expr_symbol): Add entry to expr_symbol_lines.
+	(expr_symbol_where): New function.
+	* expr.h: Use extern on function declarations.
+	(expr_symbol_where): Declare.
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Try to use expr_symbol_where
+	rather than printing the meaningless name of an expression
+	symbol.
+
+Thu Jun 20 15:57:41 1996  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_number_to_chars): Deleted.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_number_to_chars): New macro.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (build_operate_n, build_mem): Moved earlier in
+	the file.
+	(load_symbol_address, load_expression): Use build_mem.
+	(build_operate): New function.
+	(emit_addq_r): Use it.
+
+	Wed Mar 13 22:14:14 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* symbols.c (colon):  #if VMS, use S_SET_OTHER to store `const_flag'.
+
+	Tue Mar  5 14:31:45 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-vax.h (NOP_OPCODE): Define.
+
+	Sun Feb  4 21:01:03 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* config/obj-vms.h (S_IS_COMMON): Define.
+	(S_IS_LOCAL): Check for \002 as well as \001.
+	(LONGWORD_ALIGNMENT): New macro.
+	(SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Use it.
+
+	Fri Jan 26 17:44:09 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* config/vms-conf.h: Reconcile with conf.in.
+
+Wed Jun 19 11:31:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (is_dnrange): Only define if TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE is
+	defined.
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document that any number of hex digits can
+	follow \x.
+
+	* as.c (struct defsym_list): Define.
+	(defsyms): New static variable.
+	(parse_args): Just put --defsym arguments on defsyms list, rather
+	than defining them.
+	(main): Define defsyms after output file is created.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Reject PRE and POST indexing mode on
+	cpu32.  From Eric Norum <Eric.Norum@usask.ca>.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): In cases 'I', 'i', and 'j', set
+	insn_error rather than calling check_absolute_expr.
+
+	* as.c (emulation_name): Remove unused static variable.
+	(default_emul_bfd_name): Add return NULL to avoid warning.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_stab): Remove unused variables name and
+	name_end.
+	* frags.c (frag_new): Remove unused variable tmp.
+	* hash.c (hash_grow): Parenthesize + within <<.
+	(hash_print_statistics): Use %lu, not %d, to print unsigned
+	long variables.
+	* messages.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+	(fprint_value): Add cast to avoid printf warning.
+	(sprint_value): Likewise.
+	* read.c: Include "ecoff.h".
+	(emit_expr): Add casts to avoid printf warnings.
+	* read.h: Use extern for function declarations.
+	(pop_insert): Declare.
+	* stabs.c: Include "ecoff.h".
+	* subsegs.c (subseg_set_rest): Remove unused variables tmp,
+	former_last_fragP, and new_fragP.
+	* subsegs.h (subsegs_print_statistics): Declare.
+	* symbols.c (debug_verify_symchain): Change macro to discard
+	arguments.
+	* write.c (dump_section_relocs): Likewise.
+	* write.h: Use extern for function declarations.
+	(write_print_statistics): Declare.
+	* config/e-mipsecoff.c (mipsecoff_bfd_name): Return NULL to avoid
+	warning.
+	* config/e-mipself.c (mipself_bfd_name): Likewise.
+	* config/obj-elf.h (elf_ecoff_set_ext): Declare.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP): If OBJ_ELF, always
+	emit relocations against external symbols.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (tc_gen_reloc): Output a sensible error
+ 	message if bfd_reloc_type_lookup fails, rather than calling
+ 	assert.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_force_relocation): Add
+	BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL to switch.
+
+Tue Jun 18 20:29:57 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (LOCAL_LABEL,FAKE_LABEL_NAME): Use defaults for
+	TE_PE (Lfoo, not .Lfoo).
+
+Tue Jun 18 17:13:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (s_fill): Don't warn about a zero repeat count.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): Don't warn about using AT as a
+	coprocessor register.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_assemble): When checking the size of a
+	register to set the size of an instruction, do a bitwise and with
+	Reg8 and Reg16 rather than requiring the type to be exactly Reg8
+	or Reg16.
+
+Tue Jun 18 13:19:51 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (parse_reg): Tweak error messages.
+	(build_bytes): Likewise.
+	(skip_colonthing): Handle :32 suffix.
+	(get_specific): Promote L_24 to L_32 if it makes a match.
+	Don't always promote L_8 to L_16.
+	(do_a_fix_imm): Clean up L_32 and L_24 handling.
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (Smode): New variable.
+	(h8300hmode): Turn off Hmode.
+	(h8300smode): New function.  Turn on Smode and Hmode.
+	(md_pseudo_table): New ".h8300s" pseudo-op.
+	(parse_reg): Handle "exr" register.
+	(get_operand): Handle bizarre syntax for "stm.l" and "ldm.l".
+	Handle "mach" and "machl" operands for ldmac.
+	(get_specific): Handle "stm.l" and "ldm.l".
+	(build_bytes): Handle "stm.l" and "ldm.l"; handle MACREG operands.
+	* config/tc-h8300.h (COFF_MAGIC): Handle H8/S magic number.
+	(Smode): Declare.
+
+Mon Jun 17 15:50:53 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Reorder chapter of machine dependent options so
+ 	that it is sorted by chip name.  
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Use consistant spelling of Vax.
+	* doc/c-vax.texi: Likewise.
+
+Mon Jun 17 11:26:56 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (md_pseudo_table): Add ".begin_try" and ".end_try"
+	pseudo ops.
+	(tc_gen_reloc, SOM version): Handle R_BEGIN_TRY and R_END_TRY.
+	(md_apply_fix): Likewise.
+	(pa_try): New function.
+	(hppa_force_relocation): Force relocs for BEGIN_TRY and END_TRY.
+
+Sun Jun 16 22:57:47 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (md_pseudo_table): Add ".level" pseudo op.
+	(pa_level): New function.
+
+Fri Jun 14 20:06:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* listing.c (listing_newline): Don't do anything if listing is 0.
+
+Thu Jun 13 17:50:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* subsegs.c (section_symbol): If symbol_table_frozen is set, call
+	symbol_create, not symbol_new.
+
+Wed Jun 12 14:10:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (adjust_reloc_syms): Don't set sy_used_in_reloc for an
+	absolute symbol unless TC_FORCE_RELOCATION returns true.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (previous_file_symbol): Remove BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	version.
+	(c_dot_file_symbol): BFD_ASSEMBLER version: Don't set the value of
+	the symbol to a pointer.  Don't set previous_file_symbol.
+	Simplify symbol list rearrangement.
+	(coff_frob_symbol): Don't do anything with C_FILE symbols.
+	(coff_adjust_symtab): Don't check previous_file_symbol.
+
+Mon Jun 10 14:52:29 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_lcomm): New function for .lcomm
+	directive.
+	(md_pseudo_table): Add ppc_elf_lcomm.
+
+Mon Jun 10 11:45:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Accept ABSL for 'O', so that `bfextu
+	d0{24:1},d0' works without an immediate prefix on the bit numbers.
+	(md_begin): Add digits to alt_notend_table.
+	(md_parse_option): Make s a const pointer.
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_pseudo_table): Add "empty".
+	(s_empty): New static function.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (struct filename_list): Only define if not
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	(filename_list_head, filename_list_tail): Likewise.
+	(c_section_symbol): Remove unused BFD_ASSEMBLER version.
+	(obj_coff_endef, BFD_ASSEMBLER version): Don't set the debugging
+	flag for C_MOS, C_MOE, C_MOU, or C_EOS symbols, since they should
+	have a section of N_ABS rather than N_DEBUG.  If we do a merge,
+	remove the new symbol from the list.
+ 	(obj_coff_endef, both versions): Call tag_insert even if there is
+	an old symbol with the same name, if the old symbol does not
+	happen to be a tag.
+	(coff_frob_symbol): Check SF_GET_TAG, C_EOF, and C_FILE outside of
+	the SF_GET_DEBUG condition.  Don't call SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX with a
+	symbol that will be moved to the end of the symbol list.
+	(coff_adjust_section_syms): Always call section_symbol for .text,
+	.data, and .bss.
+	(coff_frob_section): Likewise.  Also, remove unused variable
+	strname.
+
+	* config/tc-ns32k.c (convert_iif): Call frag_grow rather than
+	manipulating frags directly.
+	(md_number_to_field): Adjust mem_ptr correctly if ENDIAN is
+	defined.
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): If '/' is LINE_COMMENT_START, check
+ 	whether the next character is '*' before checking whether we are
+	at the start of a line.  Permit LINE_COMMENT_START to start a
+	comment in state 1 (seen some whitespace) as well, to match the
+	documentation.
+
+	* gasp.c (do_align): Permit a fill value for .align.
+
+Wed Jun  5 17:09:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (next_char_of_string): Warn if a newline is seen in the
+	middle of a string.  Call bump_line_counters when appropriate.
+
+Wed Jun  5 17:08:36 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* symbols.c (colon): Use LOCAL_LABEL.
+
+Tue Jun  4 10:55:16 1996  Tom Tromey  <tromey@csk3.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Don't check to see if tooldir exists.
+	Make $(tooldir) and $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Tue Jun  4 10:14:53 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/ppc-sol.mt (TDEFINES): Don't turn on -mregnames by
+	default.
+
+Mon Jun  3 11:34:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): Don't call as_warn if we are setting
+	insn_error.  Don't put the string "ERROR" in insn_error.  Set
+	insn_error rather than calling as_warn for an unsupported opcode.
+
+Sat Jun  1 21:51:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_parse_option): Check for a 64 bit format
+	before permitting -64.
+	* output-file.c (output_file_create): Remove duplicate
+	bfd_perror.
+
+Fri May 31 01:08:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (md_begin): If -64, create a .MIPS.options
+	section rather than a .reginfo section.
+	(mips_elf_final_processing): If -64, write out 64 bit RegInfo
+	information.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): If mips_isa < 3, permit a 32
+	bit value with the high bit set.
+
+Thu May 30 19:00:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (s_lcomm): Set section flags for .sbss section.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_64): New static variable.
+	(mips_target_format): If mips_64, return elf64 targets rather than
+	elf32 ones.
+	(md_longopts): Add "32" and "64".
+	(md_parse_option): Handle -32 and -64.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention -32 and -64.
+	(cons_fix_new_mips): If mips_64, don't convert an 8 byte reloc to
+	a 4 byte one.
+
+Thu May 30 10:36:19 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (comment_chars): Make '!' a comment character
+	for Solaris compatibility.
+
+	* stabs.c (s_stab_generic): Under PowerPC Solaris, convert a
+	.stabd with 4 arguments into a .stabn.
+
+Wed May 29 16:43:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (macro): When passing X_add_number to
+	macro_build, cast it to int first.
+
+Tue May 28 13:29:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-z8k.c (md_apply_fix): Handle fx_r_type of 0, as
+	created by emit_expr.
+
+	* symbols.c (symbol_create): If bfd_make_empty_symbol fails, call
+	as_perror rather than assert.
+
+Fri May 24 18:24:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_ip): Mark sections created to hold
+	floating point information as read only.
+
+Fri May 24 12:07:54 1996  David Edelsohn  <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_set_cpu): Change defaults to match AIX.
+
+Thu May 23 17:34:24 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (potable): Add .skip as a synonym for .space.
+
+	* stabs.c (s_stab_generic): For PowerPC ELF, allow .stabd to take
+	4 arguments, providing the 4th argument is 0, to allow
+	compatibility with the Solaris assembler.
+
+Thu May 16 15:51:48 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.h (struct sh_segment_info_type): Define.
+	(TC_SEGMENT_INFO_TYPE): Define.
+	(sh_frob_label): Declare.
+	(tc_frob_label): Define.
+	(sh_flush_pending_output): Declare.
+	(md_flush_pending_output): Define.
+	* config/tc-sh.c (md_assemble): If relaxing, emit a R_SH_CODE
+ 	reloc before the instruction if necessary.
+	(sh_frob_label): New function.
+	(sh_flush_pending_output): New function.
+	(sh_coff_frob_file): Ignore ALIGN, CODE, DATA, and LABEL relocs
+	when looking for the reloc for the target of .uses.
+	(md_convert_frag): Fix printf format (%0xlx to 0x%lx).
+	(sh_force_relocation): Force CODE, DATA, and LABEL relocs to be
+	emitted.
+	(md_apply_fix): Ignore CODE, DATA, and LABEL relocs.
+	(sh_coff_reloc_mangle): Force CODE, DATA, and LABEL relocs to use
+	the absolute symbol.
+
+	* subsegs.h (segment_info_type): Add tc_segment_info_data field if
+	TC_SEGMENT_INFO_TYPE is defined.
+
+Wed May 15 12:23:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_assemble): Make sure the opcode suffix
+	matches the register size.
+
+Wed May 15 08:33:37 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (count_entries_in_chain): Ignore Fixups with
+	fx_done set. 
+	(do_relocs_for): Likewise.
+	(fixup_segment): Don't just quit if linkrelax is set.  Try to
+	apply non pc-relative sym1-sym2 fixups, even if linkrelax is
+	nonzero.
+
+Fri May 10 14:16:59 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_validate_fix): Allow GOT and section
+	relative relocations with -mrelocatable.  Also allow unfixed
+	relocs in .ex_shared.
+
+Tue May  7 11:24:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (yank_symbols): Check that FNAME_OFFSET is
+	non-zero before assuming this is a long file name.
+	(w_strings): Likewise.
+	(c_dot_file_symbol): Set FNAME_OFFSET to 1 for a long file name.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (w_strings): Move declaration of i inside
+	#ifdef block which uses it.
+
+Tue May  7 00:49:58 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (do_a_fix_imm): Rename last argument to
+	"relaxmode".  Output relocs which identify various relaxing
+	possibilities for mov.[bwl] instructions.
+	(build_bytes): Pass in a relaxing mode to do_a_fix_imm.
+
+Mon May  6 15:26:28 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-arm.h (TC_HANDLES_FX_DONE): Define.
+	(MD_APPLY_FIX3): Define.
+	* config/tc-arm.c (my_get_expression): Only watch for bad segments
+	if OBJ_AOUT.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Renamed from md_apply_fix.
+	If pcrel reloc and symbol is in different section, undo effects
+	of md_pcrel_from.
+
+Sat May  4 12:49:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_fix_adjustable): Don't adjust
+	any reloc with an LR% or RR% field selector for SOM.
+
+Sat May  4 11:26:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add subsegs.h to appropriate TARG_CPU_DEP_*
+ 	variables.
+
+Fri May  3 17:58:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (coff_frob_symbol): Don't merge a symbol with
+	SF_GET_STATICS set.
+	(yank_symbols): Likewise.
+
+Wed May  1 13:38:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* subsegs.h (segment_info_type): If MANY_SEGMENTS and not
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER, add name field.
+	* config/obj-coff.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+	(coff_header_append): Handle long section names.
+	(crawl_symbols): Just use the name field for the symbol name,
+	without worrying about null byte termination.
+	(w_strings): Handle long section names.
+	(write_object_file): Likewise.  Also, use the name field, rather
+	than scnhdr.s_name.
+	(obj_coff_add_segment): Permit long section names.
+	(obj_coff_init_stab_section): Use the name field, rather than
+	scnhdr.s_name.
+	(adjust_stab_section): Likewise.
+	* config/te-pe.h (COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES): Define.
+
+	* config/tc-i960.c (brtab_emit): Don't set fx_im_disp field.
+	(mem_fmt): Likewise.
+	(md_apply_fix): Don't check fx_im_disp field.
+
+Thu Apr 25 11:39:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add * after sparc*-*-vxworks.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_begin): If tc_comment_chars is not defined,
+	define it to comment_chars.  Use tc_comment_chars rather than
+	comment_chars.
+	(do_scrub_chars): Use tc_comment_chars rather than comment_chars.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (tc_comment_chars): Define.
+	(m68k_comment_chars): Declare.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_comment_chars): Rename from
+	comment_chars.  Change into a pointer rather than an array.
+	(md_longopts): Add "bitwise-or".
+	(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_BITWISE_OR.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention --bitwise-or.
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi: Document --bitwise-or.
+
+Wed Apr 24 11:28:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Prevent attempts to use long offsets
+ 	in 68000 mode.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_section): BFD_ASSEMBLER version:
+	call demand_empty_rest_of_line.  Non BFD_ASSEMBLER version:
+	correct handling of input line pointer, and call
+	demand_empty_rest_of_line.
+
+Mon Apr 22 18:02:37 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@blues.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (in_bitfield_range): New static function.
+	(sparc_ip): New cases X,Y.  Use SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P.
+	(md_apply_fix, cases BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2,
+	BFD_RELOC_SPARC_{WDISP16,WDISP19}): Fix undefined code.
+	(md_apply_fix): New cases BFD_RELOC_SPARC_[56].
+	(tc_gen_reloc): New cases BFD_RELOC_SPARC_[56].
+
+Thu Apr 18 18:58:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c: BFD_ASSEMBLER:
+ 	(coff_last_bf): New static variable.
+	(coff_frob_symbol): Set endndx of a .bf symbol.
+	Non BFD_ASSEMBLER:
+	(obj_coff_endef): Call SF_SET_PROCESS on a .bf symbol.
+	(last_bfP): New static variable.
+	(yank_symbols): Set endndx of a .bf symbol.
+
+Thu Apr 18 11:53:58 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): Add support for Solaris's -le
+	and -s options.  Add -be for good measure.
+
+Wed Apr 17 12:31:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (s_space): Support non-constant fill value.  Handle fill
+	value correctly for a size other than 1.
+
+Tue Apr 16 15:17:40 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (my_get_float_expression): Update call to
+	gen_to_words, X_PRECISION changed from 6 to 5.
+
+Tue Apr 16 10:25:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (register_name,reg_name_search): Move register
+	name lookup from PE specific code to all targets.  Add support for
+	-mregnames/-mno-regnames to control whether register names are
+	expanded or not.
+	(md_assemble): Call register_name for all platforms.
+	(md_parse_option): Add support for -mregnames/-mno-regnames.
+
+	* configure.in (powerpcle*-*-solaris): Add support.
+	(powerpc*-*-linux): Ditto.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+	* config/ppc-sol.mt: New config file for PowerPC Solaris.
+
+Mon Apr 15 12:26:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_frob_file): Permit multiple %hi relocs to
+	be associated with a single %lo reloc.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_address): Cast X_add_number to valueT
+	before comparing against MAX_GPREL_OFFSET, so that negative
+	numbers are handled correctly.
+	(macro): Likewise.
+
+Thu Apr 11 12:39:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (last_insn): New static variable.
+	(md_assemble): Warn about putting floating point branches in a
+	delay slot.  If architecture is less than v9, insert NOP
+	instructions between floating point instructions and floating
+	point branches.  (The SunOS assembler does both these operations.)
+	Save the last instruction opcode.
+	(sparc_ip): Add pinsn parameter.  Change caller.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (md_estimate_size_before_relax): Correct check
+	for byte jump to next instruction to skip empty frags.
+
+Wed Apr 10 16:48:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_ip): If we are going to call emit_add64
+	for addq with a 16 bit signed value, just emit a lda instruction
+	instead.
+
+Wed Apr 10 14:34:49 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (do_a_fix_imm): Don't cut off high bits
+	of a 32bit operand.
+
+Mon Apr  8 14:42:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr  5 17:01:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (get_specific): Remove some #if 0 code.
+	(build_bytes): Remove all ABSMOV related code; it's unnecessary.
+
+Fri Apr  5 15:13:10 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/atof-ieee.c: Fix handling of denormalized extended
+	precision numbers and overflow/underflow detection.
+	(MAX_PRECISION, X_PRECISION, P_PRECISION): Changed from 6 to 5, to
+	not include the 16 bit gap in the m68k extended precision format.
+
+Fri Apr  5 14:29:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add i386-*-freebsdelf* target; from John Polstra
+	<jdp@polstra.com>.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr  5 18:39:28 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Allow non-zero offsets from .sdata symbols to
+ 	be accessed using the $gp register.
+	* config/tc-mips.h (MAX_GPREL_OFFSET): Added.
+
+Wed Apr  3 10:56:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (sparc_md_end): Set bfd machine number to
+	bfd_mach_sparc_sparclet if current_architecture is sparclet.
+
+Mon Apr  1 16:55:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (get_line_sb): Bump line counters based on
+	input_line_pointer[-1], not *input_line_pointer.  Don't bother to
+	call LISTING_NEWLINE.
+	(s_macro): Don't call demand_empty_rest_of_line.
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): When handling C style comments, unget
+	ch2 rather than ch.
+
+Fri Mar 29 16:15:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.h (enum linkonce_type): Define.
+	(s_linkonce): Declare.
+	* read.c (potable): Add "linkonce".
+	(s_linkonce): New function.
+	* subsegs.h (segment_info_type): Add linkonce field to
+	MANY_SEGMENTS && ! BFD_ASSEMBLER section.
+	* config/obj-coff.h (obj_handle_link_once): Define if TE_PE.
+	(obj_coff_pe_handle_link_once): Declare if TE_PE.
+	* config/obj-coff.c: If TE_PE and not BFD_ASSEMBLER, #include
+	"coff/pe.h".
+	(obj_coff_pe_handle_link_once): New function, defined if TE_PE.
+	(c_section_symbol): If TE_PE, set the x_comdat field in the aux
+	entry based on the linkonce field in segment_info.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document .linkonce.
+
+Fri Mar 29 11:31:27 1996  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* doc/as.1: Changed to be recognized by catman -w on Solaris.
+
+Thu Mar 28 15:27:47 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (s_stab_generic): Call the listing functions before
+	doing the rest of the processing, which may involve freeing the
+	string.  Pass string, not string + stroff, to OBJ_PROCESS_STAB in
+	SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS case.
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c: Remove nested comment.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Move label done inside the ifdef in which it is
+	used.
+	(md_apply_fix): Pass pointers to correct types to libhppa.h
+	functions.  Always return a value.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.h (tc_frob_file): Define.
+	(mips_frob_file): Declare.
+	* config/tc-mips.c (struct mips_hi_fixup): Define.
+	(mips_hi_fixup_list): New static variable.
+	(imm_unmatched_hi): New static variable.
+	(md_assemble): Clear imm_reloc, imm_unmatched_hi, and
+	offset_reloc.  Pass imm_unmatched_hi to append_insn.
+	(append_insn): Add unmatched_hi parameter.  If it is set, add the
+	new fixup to mips_hi_fixup_list.  Change all callers.
+	(mips_ip): Set imm_unmatched_hi when appropriate.
+	(mips_frob_file): New function.
+
+Thu Mar 28 11:47:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (sparc-*-solaris2*): Renamed from sparc*-*-solaris2*.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+Tue Mar 26 18:19:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.c (main): Call bfd_set_error_program_name.
+
+Fri Mar 22 11:13:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.h (strdup): Don't declare.
+	* stabs.c: Include libiberty.h
+	(get_stab_string_offset): Use xstrdup rather than strdup.
+	(s_stab_generic): Likewise.
+	* as.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+	* read.c (s_mri_sect): Likewise.
+
+	* gasp.c (change_base): Recognize \(...) construct documented to
+	pass through enclosed characters literally through to the output.
+	(process_assigns): Likewise.  Also, be more careful to avoid
+	looking past the end of the buffer.
+
+Thu Mar 21 13:18:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_parse_option): If OBJ_ELF, ignore -k for
+	FreeBSD compatibility.  From John Polstra <jdp@polstra.com>.
+
+Wed Mar 20 18:13:32 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo, doc/c-i960.texi: Fix typos.
+
+Wed Mar 20 17:05:16 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* config/alpha-opcode.h: Added cvtst instruction.
+
+Mon Mar 18 13:12:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_stab): Don't try to make a symbol out of the stab
+	string.  Extract the addend from the result of expression.
+
+Fri Mar 15 17:10:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): If whitespace is seen in state 11, and
+	LABELS_WITHOUT_COLONS is not defined, and we are not in m68k MRI
+	mode, change the state to 3 rather than 1.
+
+Thu Mar 14 18:18:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.h (C_REGISTER_SECTION): Change from 20 to 50, to
+	correspond to 11 March change.
+
+Thu Mar 14 15:27:10 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (build_bytes, MEMIND case): Generate
+	an R_MEM_INDIRECT reloc rather than R_RELBYTE.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:21:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+Mon Mar 11 18:57:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/atof-ieee.c (gen_to_words): Improve handling of
+	X_PRECISION numbers.  Based on patches from Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+Mon Mar 11 09:59:53 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.h (SEG_NORMAL, SEG_LIST): Bump segment limit from 10 to 40.
+	(SEG_LAST): New.
+	* subsegs.c (MANY_SEGMENTS): Increase segment limit.
+	* obj-coff.c (seg_N_TYPE, seg_info_off_by_4): Likewise.
+	(do_relocs_for, w_symbols, obj_coff_add_segment, do_linenos_for,
+	crawl_symbols, coff_header_append): Loop to SEG_LAST rather than
+	SEG_E9.
+	
+Thu Mar  7 15:17:39 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (sparc_ip): Handle operand char 'O' (neg reg).
+
+Thu Mar  7 09:19:15 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (SUBSEG_MILLI): Define.
+	(pa_def_subspaces): Add $MILLICODE$.
+	(pa_spaces_begin): Set section flags for $MILLICODE$.
+
+Wed Mar  6 14:11:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_section): Only SEC_LOAD if the type is
+	not SHT_NOBITS.  Don't tamper with flags based on type if a
+	special section was found (revert Feb 29 change).
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Only align using the nop pattern
+	if aligning to a longword boundary or greater.
+
+Tue Mar  5 15:10:43 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Pass 1 not 2 to frag_align.
+
+Mon Mar  4 20:50:57 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-cygwin32): Don't use bfd_gas.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+Mon Mar  4 10:13:06 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c: Add default definitions for R_N0SEL and
+	R_N1SEL since they're not defined for old versions of hpux.
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (tc_gen_reloc): Fix typo in R_COMP2 code.
+	Set "sym_ptr_ptr" and "addend" fields to dummy values for
+	R_N0SEL and R_N1SEL.
+
+Fri Mar  1 10:20:52 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* flonum-konst.c: Add two more constants for 1e+-2048 and
+	1e+-4096, and correct the other constants.
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Handle O_logical_not.
+
+Thu Feb 29 13:58:35 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_section): Allow predefined section
+	types to set the nobits type.  Avoid a shadowed declaration.
+
+Wed Feb 28 15:38:56 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_fix_adjustable): For SOM, don't
+	reduce relocs using e_nlrsel field selectors.
+
+	* write.c (fix_new_exp): Don't use #elif.  Some compilers
+	don't handle it.
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (selector_table): Add "n", "nl", and "nlr" to
+	the selector table.
+	(pa_chk_field_selector): Handle new field selectors for SOM.
+
+Tue Feb 27 14:42:27 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* configure.in (m68k-*-linux*aout*, m68k-*-linux*): New targets.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/te-linux.h (LOCAL_LABELS_FB): Define.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (TARGET_FORMAT) [TE_LINUX]: Define to
+	"a.out-m68k-linux".
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (comment_chars): Don't include '#' if TE_LINUX
+	is defined.
+
+Mon Feb 26 18:58:58 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Update to handle shared library support.
+
+Mon Feb 26 10:34:10 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (sparc_ip): Print all architectures that support
+	the insn on mismatch.
+
+Fri Feb 23 21:44:39 1996  Rob Savoye  <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for a29-coff.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Feb 22 16:39:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_coff_frob_file): Don't consider the address
+	of the section when looking for the R_SH_USES fixup, because the
+	frag addresses have not yet been adjusted.
+
+	* gdbinit.in: Set a breakpoint on as_warn_where.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (macro): Add missing arguments to macro_build
+	omitted in last change.  From Jim Wilson <wilson@cygnus.com>.
+
+Wed Feb 21 17:00:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-h8300.c (tc_reloc_mangle): Change reloc based on size
+	if it is TC_CONS_RELOC.  Set a size of 4 to R_RELLONG.
+
+Wed Feb 21 09:25:39 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (sparc_ip): Recognize %asr0 for v8.
+
+Tue Feb 20 21:48:03 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (parse_keyword_arg): Accept leading '%'.
+	(sparc_ip): Accept %asr[1..31] for v8 and %asr[%16..31] for v9.
+	Recognize [uU] format args as sparclet cpregs.
+
+Tue Feb 20 22:25:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_handle_align): Don't emit R_SH_ALIGN relocs
+	in bss_section.
+
+Mon Feb 19 14:16:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP): Check S_IS_WEAK as
+	well as S_IS_EXTERNAL.
+	(tc_fix_adjustable): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (md_apply_fix): In OBJ_ELF case, check for
+	S_IS_WEAK as well as S_IS_EXTERNAL when deciding whether to return
+	early.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Check S_IS_WEAK as wel as S_IS_EXTERNAL when
+	deciding whether to convert BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2 if PIC.
+
+Mon Feb 19 02:15:57 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (max_architecture): Change to sparclite for
+	32 bit arch.
+	(default_compatible): Delete.
+	(sparc_ffs): New function.
+	(md_begin): Only call SPARC_OPCODE_CONFLICT_P once.
+	(sparc_ip): Rewrite architecture match and bump logic.
+
+Sun Feb 18 15:03:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Check for 'do not mix' from native linker before
+ 	trying to use -rpath.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Feb 16 16:53:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.h (SF_ADJ_LNNOPTR): Define (non BFD_ASSEMBLER).
+	(SF_GET_ADJ_LNNOPTR): Define (non BFD_ASSEMBLER).
+	(SF_SET_ADJ_LNNOPTR): Define (non BFD_ASSEMBLER).
+	* config/obj-coff.c (obj_coff_endef): Set ADJ_LNNOPTR when LNNOPTR
+	is set.
+	(w_symbols): If ADJ_LNNOPTR is set, add the section lnnoptr field
+	to the symbol lnnoptr field, to get the correct file offset.
+
+Thu Feb 15 14:48:38 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_frob_symbol): On the PowerPC, force all
+	symbols that are not function, file, or section symbols to be
+	object types.
+
+Thu Feb 15 11:20:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Set and substitute RPATH_ENVVAR.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (RPATH_ENVVAR): New variable.
+	(check): Use $(RPATH_ENVVAR) rather than LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
+
+	* configure.in: Accept i686.  From H.J. Lu <hjl@zoom.com>: i386
+	doesn't need opcodes.  If configuring shared, opcodes needs bfd.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:33:12 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* read.c (s_mri_sect): Don't return '\0' in type.  Set all
+	appropriate flags in BFD section.
+
+	* configure.in (m68k-*-psos*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/te-psos.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (comment_chars): Don't include '#' if TE_PSOS
+	is defined.
+
+Wed Feb 14 13:43:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in: Remove duplicate setting of cpu_type.  Check
+	whether opcodes library is required for on all targets, not just
+	primary one.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_big_got): New static variable.
+	(s_extern): Don't declare.
+	(reg_needs_delay): New static function.
+	(macro_build): Permit GOT/CALL_HI/LO relocs.
+	(macro_build_lui): If place is not NULL, use the number in the
+	expression.
+	(load_address): Handle mips_big_got case.
+	(macro): Handle mips_big_got for M_LA_AB, M_JAL_A, and load and
+	store macros.
+	(OPTION_XGOT): Define.
+	(md_longopts): Add "xgot" if OBJ_ELF.
+	(md_parse_option): Handle -xgot.
+	(md_show_usage): Mention -xgot.
+	(md_apply_fix): Permit GOT/CALL_HI/LO relocs.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Handle GOT/CALL_HI/LO relocs.
+
+Wed Feb 14 11:22:27 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip) [operand kind '#']: When fixing
+	the byte relocation, point it to the low byte of the word.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:31:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Set HDLFLAGS for *-*-hpux with --enable-shared.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Feb 12 15:53:46 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize any sparc* cpu.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+
+Mon Feb 12 15:41:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (potable): Add "mri" and ".mri".
+	(s_mri): New function.
+	* read.h (s_mri): Declare.
+	* app.c (scrub_m68k_mri): New static variable.
+	(mri_pseudo): New static variable.
+	(do_scrub_begin): Add m68k_mri parameter.  Use it rather than
+	flag_m68k_mri.  Initialize scrub_m68k_mri.
+	(mri_state, mri_last_ch): New static variables.
+	(struct app_save): Add scrub_m68k_mri, mri_state, and mri_last_ch
+	fields.
+	(app_push): Save new fields.
+	(app_pop): Restore new fields.
+	(do_scrub_chars): Check scrub_m68k_mri rather than flag_mri_mri.
+	If TC_M68K, use a trivial state machine to look for occurrences of
+	the .mri pseudo-op, and change the mode appropriately.
+	* as.h (do_scrub_begin): Update prototype.
+	* input-scrub.c (input_scrub_begin): Pass flag_m68k_mri to
+	do_scrub_begin.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (reg_prefix_optional_seen): New static
+	variable.
+	(m68k_mri_mode_change): New function.
+	(md_parse_option): Set reg_prefix_optional_seen.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (m68k_mri_mode_change): Declare.
+	(MRI_MODE_CHANGE): Define.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document .mri pseudo-op.
+
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): In MRI mode, don't treat '#' as a
+	comment character.
+
+Mon Feb 12 15:16:29 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	Support for OBJ_ELF on m68k, mostly inside #ifdef OBJ_ELF:
+	* config/m68k-parse.h (enum pic_relocation): Define.
+	(struct m68k_exp): Add pic_reloc field.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP): Define.
+	(tc_fix_adjustable): Define to call tc_m68k_fix_adjustable.
+	(NO_RELOC): Define to BFD_RELOC_NONE if BFD_ASSEMBLER, to zero
+	otherwise.
+	* config/tc-m68k.c: Delete definition of NO_RELOC.
+ 	(struct m68k_it): Add pic_reloc field.
+	(add_fix): Copy over pic_reloc field.
+	(md_pseudo_table): Interpret .align parameter as byte count.
+	(mote_pseudo_table): Likewise.
+	(tc_m68k_fix_adjustable): New function.
+	(get_reloc_code): New function.
+	(md_assemble): Use it as last argument to fix_new_exp.
+	(md_apply_fix_2): For a relocation against a symbol don't put the
+	addend into the data.
+	(tc_gen_reloc): Different addend computation for OBJ_ELF.
+	(m68k_ip): Don't relax an operand that requires pic relocation.
+	(md_begin): Align .text, .data and .bss on 4 byte boundary by
+	default.
+	* write.c (fixup_segment): Don't add symbol value to addend if
+ 	TC_M68K and OBJ_ELF.
+	* config/m68k-parse.y (yylex): Handle @PLTPC, etc.
+	(motorola_operand): Add rule for `(zapc, EXPR)'.
+
+Mon Feb 12 10:07:33 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_directive_weakext): Fixed so that whitespace
+	*really* is permissible before the comma.
+
+Mon Feb 12 00:12:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Align to a 2 byte boundary before
+	inserting nop instructions.
+
+Fri Feb  9 10:54:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/te-aux.h: Change include of aux.h to aux-coff.h.
+
+Thu Feb  8 20:02:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i960.c (tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook): Correct storage
+	class setting for a CALLNAME symbol in COFF.
+
+	* read.c (potable): Pass negative numbers for new .balign[wl] and
+	.p2align[wl] pseudo-ops.
+	(s_align_bytes): Treat a negative argument as specifying the fill
+	length.
+	(s_align_ptwo): Likewise.
+
+Wed Feb  7 14:12:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (potable): Add balignw, balignl, p2alignw, and p2alignl.
+	(do_align): Take new len parameter.  Change all callers.  Pass it
+	to md_do_align.
+	(s_align_bytes): Arg now indicates the length of the fill pattern.
+	(s_align_ptwo): Likewise.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (write_object_file): Pass length to
+	md_do_align.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_do_align): Take new len parameter.
+	* config/tc-m88k.h (md_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-m88k.c (m88k_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-sh.h (md_do_align): Likewise.
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): Likewise.
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Document new pseudo-ops.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_mdeps): Divide offset by fr_var, as is
+	done in cvt_frag_to_fill.
+
+	* config/tc-sh.h (sh_do_align): Declare.
+	(md_do_align): Define.
+	* config/tc-sh.c (sh_do_align): New function.
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_build_lineno): Don't try to store the address
+	difference if the next address is before the current one.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (struct m68k_cpu): Add alias field.
+	(archs): Initialize new field.
+	(m68k_ip): Don't list alias names when listing CPUs which support
+	an instruction.
+
+	* as.c (main): Call parse_args before read_begin.
+	* app.c (do_scrub_chars): If flag_m68k_mri, don't put a dot in
+	front of generated pseudo-ops.
+	* read.c (potable): Ignore "name".
+	(s_app_file): Permit a single quote after the string, since one
+	may appear in m68k MRI mode.
+
+	* configure.in: Check for --enable-shared.  If linking against
+	shared BFD and opcodes, fix library name on SunOS, and try to set
+	-rpath reasonably.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Feb  6 15:16:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* as.h (flag_m68k_mri): Declare.
+	* as.c (parse_args): If TC_M68K, set flag_m68k_mri for -M.
+	* Many files: For MRI syntax that is specific to the m68k MRI
+	assembler, check flag_m68k_mri rather than flag_mri or
+	MRI_MODE_NEEDS_PSEUDO_DOT.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:29:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i960.c (ARCH_HX): Define.
+	(arch_tab): Add HX.
+	(targ_has_sfr): Handle ARCH_HX.
+	(targ_has_iclass): Handle ARCH_HX.
+	(tc_coff_fix2rtype): Add return 0 to avoid warning.
+	(tc_headers_hook): If the architecture was specified explicitly,
+	use it when setting the flags.  Set the extern variable coff_flags
+	rather than headers->filehdr.f_flags, since the latter is set
+	unconditionally in obj-coff.c.
+	(i960_handle_align): Remove unused variable fixp.
+
+	Support for building bfd and opcodes as shared libraries, based on
+	patches from Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in: Set OPCODES and BFD to search directories.
+	Substitute OPCODES_DEP and BFDDEP.  On SunOS, set HLDFLAGS.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (LDFLAGS, HLDFLAGS): New variables.
+	(LIBDEPS): New variable.
+	(as.new0: Depend upon $(LIBDEPS) rather than $(LIBS).  Use
+	$(HLDFLAGS) in link.
+	(check): Set LD_LIBRARY_PATH in the environment.
+
+Fri Feb  2 17:41:53 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS): Make .sdata2, .sbss2,
+	.PPC.EMB.sdata0, and .PPC.EMB.sbss0 sections all default to
+	read-only, not read/write.
+
+Fri Feb  2 14:09:25 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL_XFORM): Remove -e.
+
+Fri Feb  2 12:32:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* write.c (write_relocs): Use S_IS_DEFINED and S_IS_COMMON rather
+	than comparing S_GET_SEGMENT to undefined_section.
+	(write_object_file): Skip symbols which were equated to an
+	undefined or common symbol.
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): Use S_IS_DEFINED and
+	S_IS_COMMON rather than comparing S_GET_SEGMENT to
+	undefined_section.
+	(S_GET_VALUE): Likewise.  Avoid recursion problems if S_IS_DEFINED
+	or S_IS_COMMON call S_GET_VALUE.
+	* config/obj-aout.h (S_IS_COMMON): Define if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	* config/obj-aout.c (obj_emit_relocations): If a reloc is equated
+	to an undefined or common symbol, convert the reloc to be against
+	the target symbol.
+	(obj_crawl_symbol_chain): Skip symbols which were equated to an
+	undefined or common symbol.
+	* config/obj-bout.h (S_IS_COMMON): Define if not BFD_ASSEMBLER.
+	* config/obj-bout.c (obj_emit_relocations): If a reloc is equated
+	to an undefined or common symbol, convert the reloc to be against
+	the target symbol.
+	(obj_crawl_symbol_chain): Skip symbols which were equated to an
+	undefined or common symbol.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (do_relocs_for): Use S_IS_DEFINED and
+	S_IS_COMMON rather than comparing S_GET_SEGMENT to
+	undefined_section.
+	(yank_symbols): Skip symbols which were equated to an undefined or
+	common symbol.
+
+Thu Feb  1 15:34:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-aout.h (S_IS_LOCAL): Check for \002 as well as \001.
+	* config/obj-bout.h (S_IS_LOCAL): Likewise.
+
+	* configure.in: Make sure we only add m68k-parse.o to
+	${extra_objects} once, no matter how many m68k targets have been
+	enabled.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Jan 31 18:31:46 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-cygwin32, ppc-*-cygwin32): New.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Jan 31 14:03:17 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (md_pseudo_table): Add "extend" and "ldouble".
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi: Document .extend and .ldouble.
+
+	* configure.in (m68*-apple-aux*): New target.
+	* config/te-aux.h: New file.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (compare_external_relocs): New static function
+	if TE_AUX.
+	(do_relocs_for): Sort relocs if TE_AUX.
+	(fixup_segment): If TE_AUX, store common symbol value in segment.
+	* config/tc-m68k.h (TARGET_FORMAT): Define if TE_AUX.
+
+Wed Jan 31 12:24:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.h (S_IS_LOCAL): Check for \002 as well as \001.
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (s_mips_globl): Set BSF_OBJECT if it is not
+	BSF_FUNCTION.
+	(s_cpload): Set BSF_OBJECT for _gp_disp symbol.
+	* read.c (s_lcomm): If S_SET_SIZE is defined, set the size of the
+	symbol.
+	* ecoff.c (add_procedure): Set the BSF_FUNCTION flag.
+	(ecoff_build_symbols): If S_SET_SIZE is defined, set the size of
+	an undefined symbol and the size of a function symbol.
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_frob_symbol): If TC_MIPS, set BSF_OBJECT
+	for all common symbols.
+
+Tue Jan 30 12:35:24 1996  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i960.c (parse_memop): In MRI mode, don't use implicit
+	scaling of index.
+
+	* expr.c (operand): Accept 0x hex constants in MRI mode if not on
+	m68k.
+
+Mon Jan 29 12:21:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_type): Set BSF_OBJECT flag for a type
+	of object.  From Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+	* ecoff.c (localsym_t): Add addend field.
+	(add_ecoff_symbol): Add addend argument.  Change all callers.
+	(coff_sym_value): Make static.
+	(coff_sym_addend): New static variable.
+	(ecoff_directive_def): Initialize coff_sym_addend.
+	(ecoff_directive_val): Accept symbol + constant.
+	(ecoff_directive_endef): Pass coff_sym_addend to add_ecoff_symbol.
+	(ecoff_build_symbols): Include the addend in the symbol value.
+
+Fri Jan 26 19:28:52 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_assemble): Ignore overflow on 
+	BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF and BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16.
+
+Fri Jan 26 16:14:17 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): SDA21 relocations are now 4
+	bytes in size, so offset appropriately in big endian mode when
+	writing the bottom 2 bytes.
+
+Thu Jan 25 20:26:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (default_compatible): New static local.
+	(md_begin): Initialize it.  Rewrite warn_on_bump handling.
+	(sparc_ip): If no architecture or -bump specified, don't mark as
+	mismatched those in default_compatible.
+
+Thu Jan 25 12:21:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	SCO ELF support from Robert Lipe <robertl@arnet.com>:
+	* configure.in (i386-*-sco*elf*): Use fmt elf, targ sco5.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/sco5.mt: New file; set TDEFINES to -DSCO_ELF.
+	* config/tc-i386.c (sco_id): New function, if SCO_ELF.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (tc_init_after_args): Define if SCO_ELF.
+	(sco_id): Declare if SCO_ELF.
+
+Thu Jan 25 03:10:53 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (initial_architecture,can_bump_v9_p): Deleted.
+	({max,warn_after}_architecture): New static locals.
+	(md_begin): Replace NUMOPCODES with sparc_num_opcodes.
+	If both architecture and -bump requested, set max_architecture to max.
+	(sparc_md_end): Simplify.
+	(sparc_ip): Replace references to can_bump_v9_p with max_architecture.
+	Rewrite code to bump architecture and check for conflicts.
+	(md_longopts): Recognize -xarch={v8plus,v8plusa} for compatibility
+	with Solaris assembler.
+	(md_parse_option): Likewise.  Call sparc_opcode_lookup_arch.
+	(md_show_usage): Update.
+
+Wed Jan 24 22:11:03 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (RUNTEST): Fix reference to $${srcdir}.
+
+Mon Jan 22 09:21:36 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sparc.h (TARGET_FORMAT): Use #ifdef SPARC_ARCH64 instead of
+	#ifdef sparcv9 when choosing value.
+	(ENV64): Delete.
+	(md_end): Define.
+	(sparc_md_end): Declare.
+	* config/tc-sparc.c (SPARC_V9): Renamed from sparcv9.
+	(initial_architecture): New static local.
+	(can_bump_v9_p): Likewise.
+	(NO_V9): Delete all occurrences.
+	(sparc_md_end): New function.
+	(sparc_ip): New local v9_arg_p.  Rework fp reg number test.
+	Don't bump architecture to v9 unless can_bump_v9_p set.
+	(md_parse_option): -A<arch> passed, set can_bump_v9_p accordingly.
+	* configure.in (sparc64 target cpu): Don't set obj_format here.
+	(SPARC_V9): Renamed from sparcv9.
+	(sparc64-*-elf*): Define SPARC_ARCH64.
+	* configure: Regenerated.
+	* acconfig.h (SPARC_V9): Renamed from sparcv9.
+	(SPARC_ARCH64): Add.
+	* conf.in: Regenerated.
+	* config/vmsconf.h: Update.
+
+Mon Jan 22 17:24:47 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_register): Optimise "dli" loads.
+	(md_show_usage): add "-mcpu=vr4100" to help text.
+
+Mon Jan 22 11:53:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* symbols.c (resolve_symbol_value): If a symbol is equated to an
+	undefined symbol, preserve the X_op of O_symbol.
+	(S_GET_VALUE): Fix check to permit this case.
+	* write.c (write_relocs): If a reloc is against an undefined
+	symbol equated to another symbol, change the reloc to be against
+	the latter symbol.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (do_relocs_for): Likewise.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_csect): An unnamed csect is storage class
+	XMC_PR.
+
+Mon Jan 22 10:59:48 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf/ppc.h): Include elf/ppc.h if target
+	computer is PowerPC.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): Add more embedded relocations.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS): Add sections
+	mentioned in the eabi.
+
+Thu Jan 18 17:58:19 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_reldata): Changed alignement on reldata_section
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_pdata): Changed the alignment on pdata_section
+
+Mon Jan 15 17:43:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (mapping): Add more relocation suffixes.
+
+Sun Jan 14 21:29:36 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_validate_fix): Allow .gcc_except_table
+	as a section it is ok to have unadorned -mrelocatable pointers in.
+
+Sat Jan 13 11:09:08 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_section*): Wrap these functions inside
+	#ifdef OBJ_ELF.
+
+Fri Jan 12 15:32:07 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_section): Add hooks so machine
+	dependent section attributes can be handled.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h: (md_elf_section_{letter,type,word,flags}): New
+	macros to add support for exclude section flag and ordered section
+	type.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_elf_section_{letter,type,word,flags}): New
+	functions to add support for exclude section flag and ordered
+	section type.
+
+Fri Jan 12 12:04:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* subsegs.c (section_symbol): Don't try to look up the section
+	symbol in the hash table.  It should be possible to have a symbol
+	with the same name as a section, but no connection to it.
+
+	* read.c (cons_worker): Only call mri_comment_end from flag_mri.
+	From James Carlson <carlson@xylogics.com>.
+
+	* expr.c (operand): Skip whitespace after a close parenthesis.
+	From James Carlson <carlson@xylogics.com>.
+
+Tue Jan  2 12:43:23 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (md_apply_fix): Call as_bad_where instead of
+	as_warn_where for relocation overflow.
+	(parse_reg): Accept register name only if next character is
+	not alphanumeric.
+
+Sat Dec 30 23:42:51 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_stab): Simplify.  Correctly handle sym + offset
+	addresses for static variables.
+
+Thu Dec 21 12:54:32 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (mapping): Make @got give a real GOT relocation,
+	and xgot give the old toc16 relocation.
+	(md_apply_fix3): Support all GOT relocations.
+
+Wed Dec 20 14:57:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (load_address): Correctly handle a constant in
+	SVR4_PIC case.  From Richard Kenner <kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu>.
+
+Fri Dec 15 14:25:07 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-sh.c (parse_reg): Recognize SH3 registers.
+	(get_specific): Handle A_SSR, A_SPC and A_REG_B.
+	(build_Mbytes): Handle REG_B.
+
+Fri Dec 15 16:07:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_build_aux): Use new bfd_big_endian macro.
+
+Fri Dec 15 12:11:48 1995  Raymond Jou  <rjou@mexican.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: If linking, edit ALL_CFLAGS to CFLAGS.
+
+Thu Dec 14 15:09:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (write_object_file): Set the s_align field to
+	the number of bytes, rather than to the power of 2.
+
+Tue Dec 12 12:19:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTCLEAN_HERE): New variable.
+	(distclean): Use it.
+	(maintainer-clean): Depend upon clean-here rather than clean,
+	distclean, and clean-info.  Run make maintainer-clean in doc.
+	Remove files listed in DISTCLEAN_HERE.
+	* doc/Makefile.in (maintainer-clean realclean): Split out from
+	distclean.  Depend upon clean-info and distclean.
+
+Mon Dec 11 16:23:51 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mac-as.r: Fix copyright and version strings.
+	(cfrg): Use PROG_NAME instead of literal name.
+
+Mon Dec 11 14:14:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (read_a_source_file): If tc_unrecognized_line is defined,
+	call it.
+	* config/tc-a29k.h (tc_unrecognized_line): Define.
+	* config/tc-a29k.c (a29k_unrecognized_line): New function.
+	(md_operand): Handle a29k style local dollar labels.
+
+Wed Dec  6 17:52:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-multi.h: If OBJ_MAYBE_ELF, define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE.
+
+Tue Dec  5 13:26:34 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* read.c (s_fill): If md_flush_pending_output is defined, call
+	it.
+
+Mon Dec  4 15:10:53 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (size_section, fill_section, fixup_mdeps):
+	Treat rs_align_code like rs_align.
+
+Sun Dec  3 16:46:54 1995  Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (cp_address_required_here): Set pre_inc when
+	converting an absolute address into a PC-relative one.
+
+Fri Dec  1 11:57:56 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Don't always use te-generic.h for emulation.
+	(powerpc-apple-macos): Use emulation te-macos.h.
+	* mpw-make.sed (install, install-only): Edit in Mac-specific
+	install procedure.
+
+Fri Dec  1 10:59:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Improve message about unsupported ELF targets.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* config/tc-m88k.c (m88k_do_align): Correct check for whether fill
+	pattern is zero.  From Manfred Hollstein.
+
+Thu Nov 30 13:25:49 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_pe_section): To get the alignment right for
+	the various idata sections, we check the name on the .section pseudo.
+
+Thu Nov 30 11:23:42 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): If TC_M88K is defined, do not
+	add section's paddr to add_number; compatibility to native as and
+	ld forbids.
+
+Wed Nov 29 23:14:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Treat m68k-sysv4 like m68k-elf, not m68k-sysv3.
+
+	* hash.c (struct hash_entry): Moved here...
+	* hash.h (struct hash_entry): ...from here.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (elf_frob_symbol): Don't free and clear sy_obj
+	if it's already known to be null.
+
+Wed Nov 29 13:00:20 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): Don't adjust the value for 32
+	bit relocs converted to PC relative relocs.  This turned out to
+	add the offset from the beginning of .text twice.
+
+Tue Nov 28 10:42:36 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (s_stab_generic): In 's' case, free string from
+	obstack.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.h (ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS): Remove unused field
+	sy_name_offset.
+	* config/obj-multi.h (ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS) [OBJ_MAYBE_ELF]:
+	Ditto.
+
+	* subsegs.h (segment_info_type): Make bitfields unsigned.
+
+	* expr.h (struct expressionS): Make X_op and X_unsigned bitfields,
+	and move them together.  On most systems this will reduce the
+	structure size by one word.
+	(operatorT): Define O_max.
+	* expr.c (expr_begin): Verify that X_op is wide enough to hold
+	O_max.
+
+	* read.c (pop_insert): Print error returned by hash table
+	insertion code.
+
+	* as.c (dump_statistics): Split out from main; dump some hash
+	table stats and target-specific stats.
+	(start_time): No longer automatic to main.
+	(main): Set file-level start_time and call dump_statistics at
+	exit.  Exit by calling xexit.
+	(show_usage): Make --statistics description less specific.
+	* subsegs.c (subsegs_print_statistics): New function.
+	* write.c (write_print_statistics): New function.
+	(n_fixups): New static variable.
+	(fix_new_internal): Increment it.
+	* read.c (read_print_statistics): New function.
+	* read.h (read_print_statistics): Declare.
+	* symbol.c (symbol_print_statistics): New function.
+	* symbol.h (symbol_print_statistics): Declare.
+	* hash.c (hash_print_statistics): New function.
+	* hash.h (hash_print_statistics): Declare.
+	* config/tc-i386.c (i386_print_statistics): New function.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (i386_print_statistics): Declare.
+	(tc_print_statistics): New macro.
+	* messages.c (as_fatal, as_assert, as_abort): Use xexit, not
+	exit.
+
+	* hash.c (DELETED): Rewrite to use a valid but unique address.
+	(START_POWER): Reduce to 10.
+	(enum stat_enum): New enumerator, replacing STAT_* index macros.
+	Add new values for counting strcmp calls.
+	(GROW_FACTOR): New macro.
+	(hash_grow): Use GROW_FACTOR.  Rewrite for quick returns instead
+	of nesting blocks.
+	(FULL_VALUE): New macro.  Use 1/4 of table size instead of 1/2.
+	(hash_new): Use FULL_VALUE.
+	(struct hash_control): Definition moved here.
+	(hash_code): Don't mask to low bits.
+	(hash_ask): Mask returned hash code here.  Check hash value before
+	calling strcmp; count strcmp calls.
+	* hash.h (struct hash_control): Declare, don't define, here.
+	(HASH_STATLENGTH): Deleted.
+	(struct hash_entry): Add field for hash code.
+	(hash_say, hash_apply): Don't declare.
+
+	* hash.c (destroy): Return void.
+	(applicatee): Ditto.
+	(main): Fix declarations.
+	(hash_apply): Return void.  Argument `function' returns void.  Put
+	inside "#ifdef TEST".
+	(hash_say): Define only if TEST is defined.
+	* hash.h (hash_apply, hash_say): Declarations deleted.
+
+Mon Nov 27 13:18:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.7.
+
+Tue Nov 21 18:39:01 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4 (AC_PROG_CC): Remove local definition.
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+Mon Nov 20 17:26:00 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_debug_name_section_size): Remove.
+	(ppc_stabx): Don't increment ppc_debug_name_section_size.
+	(ppc_bc): Likewise.
+	(ppc_frob_file): Remove.
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (tc_frob_file): Don't define.
+	(ppc_frob_file): Don't declare.
+
+Mon Nov 20 13:37:05 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (TARG_CPU_DEP_alpha): Mention alpha-opcode.h.
+	* config/alpha-opcode.h: Include one-operand variants of jmp and
+	jsr.
+
+	* config/te-delt88.h: Renamed from te-delta88.h, to avoid conflict
+	with te-delta.h in 8.3 file systems.
+	* configure.in: Adjusted.
+
+Thu Nov 16 12:49:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (s_err): Remove; just use the one in read.c.
+
+	* config/m68k-parse.y (yylex): In MRI mode, '@' can start an octal
+	number.
+	* expr.c (operand): Handle MRI suffixes after unadorned 0.
+
+Thu Nov 16 00:21:44 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Version 2.6 released.
+	* Makefile.in (VERSION): Updated to 2.6.
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (write_object_file): Change use of md_do_align
+	to pass a pointer rather than a fill value, to match other uses.
+
+Wed Nov 15 03:52:00 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ns32k.h (TC_FIX_TYPE): Add missing semicolon.
+
+	* as.c (main): Move md_end call to just after call to
+	perform_an_assembly_pass.  Delete cpu-specific code here.
+	* config/tc-i960.h (md_end): New macro, calls brtab_emit.
+	* config/tc-arm.c (md_end): Unused function deleted.
+	* config/tc-ns32k.c (md_end): Ditto.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (i386_align_code): New function, moved here
+	from HANDLE_ALIGN macro.
+	* config/tc-i386.h (HANDLE_ALIGN): Call it.
+
+	Mon Jul 31 14:53:19 1995  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_do_align): cast fill and 0x90 to char
+ 	before comparing
+
+	Mon May  1 10:91:49 1995  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_do_align):  Make ".align n,0x90" generate
+	multi-byte nops to avoid changing gcc.  The necessary gcc change
+	might break old assemblers.
+
+	Sat Apr 22 20:53:05 1995  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.h (md_do_align, HANDLE_ALIGN):  Add macros to
+	generate optimal multi-byte nop instructions for ".align n"
+	".align n,0x90", and aligns requiring more than 15 bytes of
+	padding still generate multiple 0x90's as before.
+
+Mon Nov 13 17:40:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (s_mri_until): Call pop_mri_control.
+
+Mon Nov 13 20:39:06 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (ppc-*-macos*, ppc-*-mpw*): New configurations.
+	* configure: Update.
+	* mpw-make.sed: Reorder commands to make sed happier.
+	* config/te-macos.h: New file.
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (TARGET_FORMAT): Set correctly for PowerMac.
+
+Sun Nov 12 21:14:56 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_ip): Fix off-by-2 bug in length check for
+	conditional branches.
+	(md_apply_fix): Likewise.
+
+Thu Nov  9 16:14:01 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-a29k.c (md_apply_fix): Warn if an attempt is made to
+	generate a reloc which the linker will not handle correctly.  Fix
+	overflow checking--R_IREL is 18 bits, not 17.
+
+Wed Nov  8 19:59:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (fixup_segment): Don't subtract md_pcrel_from
+	from a PC relative reloc if TC_A29K.
+
+	* config/tc-a29k.c (line_separator_chars): Restore '@'.  Existing
+	code depends upon it.
+
+	* config/tc-a29k.c (md_operand): Handle $float, $double, and
+	$extend.  Based on code from Eric Freudenthal
+	<freudenthal@nyu.edu>.
+	* config/tc-a29k.h (LEX_DOLLAR): Define.
+	* read.c (LEX_DOLLAR): Define if not defined.
+	(lex_type): Use LEX_DOLLAR.
+
+Wed Nov  8 16:38:14 1995  Eric Freudenthal <freudenthal@nyu.edu>
+
+	* configure.in (a29k-nyu-sym1): New target, just like other a29k
+	targets.
+
+Wed Nov  8 11:38:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-coff.c (c_dot_file_symbol): Cast xmalloc return.
+
+Tue Nov  7 09:14:35 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_apply_fix3): Added BFD_RELOC_RVA. Currently
+	used only by "dlltool.c".
+
+Mon Nov  6 18:51:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c: Undefine inline if not __GNUC__.
+	(md_pseudo_table): Don't define "extern".
+
+Sat Nov  4 00:51:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_biei): Force symbol into text_section.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_show_usage): Put backslash at end of line.
+
+Fri Nov  3 13:02:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* macro.c (macro_expand_body): Don't warn about == with a
+	nonexistent parameter, in case it is in a comment field.
+
+	* as.c (main): On TC_A29K, call macro_init with macro_alternate
+	set to 1.
+	* macro.c (get_any_string): Don't keep quotes if macro_strip_at is
+	set, even if macro_alternate is set.
+	(get_apost_token): If macro_strip_at, only skip kind if it is '@'.
+	(sub_actual): If macro_strip_at, and kind is '@', don't look up
+	the token unless it ended in '@'.
+	* config/tc-a29k.c (line_separator_chars): Remove '@'.
+	* doc/c-a29k.texi: Document macro usage on A29K.
+
+Thu Nov  2 23:07:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (m68k_ip): Handle new 'W' place, meaning a
+	signed word.
+	(install_operand): Likewise.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (ecoff_debug_pseudo_table): Add "extern".
+
+Wed Nov  1 15:17:02 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* configure.in (m88k-motorola-sysv*): New target.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* config/te-delta88.h: New file.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (write_object_file): Use md_do_align if it is
+	defined.
+	* config/tc-m88k.h (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
+	(md_do_align): Define.
+	* config/tc-m88k.c: Include "subsegs.h".
+	(m88k_do_align): New function.
+
+	* config/te-delta.h (STRIP_UNDERSCORE): Don't define.
+	(COFF_NOLOAD_PROBLEM): Define.
+	(LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR, LOCAL_LABELS_FB): Define.
+
+Wed Nov  1 16:07:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_assemble): For a jump instruction with
+	non-constant target, require 7 available bytes in the current
+	frag, not 6.
+
+Tue Oct 31 15:37:16 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/obj-elf.h: Include bfd/elf-bfd.h rather than
+	bfd/libelf.h.
+
+Tue Oct 31 16:34:28 1995  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* configure.in (alpha-*-linux*): Use ecoff.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* ecoff.c (ecoff_directive_extern): New function.
+	(ecoff_directive_weakext): New function.
+	(ecoff_build_symbols): Handle weak symbols.
+	(ecoff_setup_ext): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_frob_symbol): Warn about weak common symbols.
+	* ecoff.h (ecoff_directive_extern): Declare.
+	(ecoff_directive_weakext): Declare.
+	* symbols.c (S_IS_WEAK): New function.
+	* symbols.h (S_IS_WEAK): Declare.
+	* config/obj-ecoff.c (obj_pseudo_table): Add "extern" and
+	"weakext".
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_pseudo_table): Remove "extern".
+	(s_extern): Remove.
+
+Tue Oct 31 13:29:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_lglobl): Do the right thing.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_bb): Call SF_SET_PROCESS.
+	(ppc_eb): Likewise.  Set the storage class to C_BLOCK, not C_FCN.
+	(ppc_frob_symbol): Don't change C_BLOCK symbols to C_HIDEXT.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (coff_frob_symbol): Don't call
+	SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX with the current symbol; call it with the next
+	one.  If OBJ_XCOFF, try to figure out whether the symbol is going
+	to be dropped.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_pseudo_table): Add "bc" and "ec".
+	(ppc_stab_symbol): New static variable.
+	(ppc_change_csect): Check that ppc_toc_csect is not NULL.
+	(ppc_stabx): Set ppc_stab_symbol around call to symbol_make.  Set
+	sy_tc.real_name to the stab string.
+	(ppc_bc, ppc_ec): New static functions.
+	(ppc_canonicalize_symbol_name): If ppc_stab_symbol is set, don't
+	do anything.
+	(ppc_symbol_new_hook): If ppc_stab_symbol is set, don't look for a
+	suffix.
+	(ppc_frob_symbol): Set BSF_NOT_AT_END for symbols with csect aux
+	entries.
+
+	* input-scrub.c (input_scrub_push): Reset sb_index.
+
+Mon Oct 30 17:52:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* listing.c (listing_newline): Don't create a frag in the absolute
+	section.
+
+Sat Oct 28 01:02:05 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_pseudo_table): Add "data" and "text".
+	(ppc_csect): Move most of the code to ppc_change_csect, and call
+	it.
+	(ppc_change_csect): New static function, taken from ppc_csect.
+	(ppc_section): New static function.
+	(ppc_saw_abs): New static varable.
+	(ppc_frob_symbol): Create aux entry for absolute symbols.  Warn if
+	a symbol has no csect.
+	(ppc_adjust_symtab): New function.
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (tc_adjust_symtab): Define if OBJ_XCOFF.
+	(ppc_adjust_symtab): Declare if OBJ_XCOFF.
+
+	* write.c (write_object_file): If tc_adjust_symtab is defined,
+	call it just before the call to obj_adjust_symtab.
+
+	* symbols.c (symbol_find_or_make): Change name to be const.
+	* symbols.h (symbol_find_or_make): Update declaration.
+
+Thu Oct 26 19:18:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo (Align): Mention SH.
+	* doc/c-m68k.texi (M68K-Directives, .even): Describe behavior, not
+	.align value.
+	* doc/c-z8k.texi (Z8000 Directives, global): Fix minor typo.
+	(Z8000 Directives, even): Don't give numeric align value, instead
+	explain behavior.
+
+Thu Oct 26 11:45:03 1995  Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* tc-arm.c (do_ldst): Assemble ldr/str r0, [r1] as a pre-increment
+	instruction.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:59:24 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (diststuff):  Also make info.
+	(maintainer-clean realclean):  Also make clean-info.
+
+Tue Oct 24 15:21:33 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (md_pseudo_table): Add new ".nsubspa" opcode.
+	(pa_subspace): For ".nsubspa", always create a new subspace
+	with the given attributes, even if one already exists with the
+	same name.
+
+Tue Oct 24 14:50:38 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.h (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION): Rename from
+	TC_FORCE_RELOCATION, taking an additional section argument.  If
+	the section of the target symbol is not the same as the current
+	section, always force the relocation to be used.
+	(MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION): New macro to call md_pcrel_from_section.
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_pcrel_from_section): Rename from the
+	md_pcrel_from function, taking an additional section argument.
+	Invoke TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION instead of TC_FORCE_RELOCATION.
+
+	* write.c (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION): Define in terms of the
+	older TC_FORCE_RELOCATION if not defined.
+	(MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION): If not defined, invoke md_pcrel_from.
+	(fixup_segment): Use MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION instead of
+	md_pcrel_from, and TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION instead of
+	TC_FORCE_RELOCATION.
+	
+Mon Oct 23 16:20:04 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* input-scrub.c (as_where): Set name to null pointer if we don't
+	have a file name.
+	* messages.c (identify): Only print filename if non-null.
+	(as_show_where): Ditto, for line number too.
+	(as_warn_internal, as_bad_internal): Ditto.
+
+	* input-file.c (input_file_open): If the input file can't be
+	opened, consider it an error.
+
+Mon Oct 23 11:15:44 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@pasanda.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Added mips_4100 control, and support for
+ 	accepting the 4100 as a MIPS architecture variant (md_begin,
+ 	macro_build, mips_ip, md_parse_option). Adding suitable
+ 	command-line OPTIONs, and updating the help text (md_show_usage).
+	
+Wed Oct 18 13:20:32 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* subsegs.c (subseg_begin): Only set absolute_frchain.fix_* when
+	BFD_ASSEMBLER is defined.
+
+	* Use one active frag and one obstack per frag chain:
+	* frags.c (frags): Variable deleted.
+	(frag_alloc): New function.
+	(frag_grow, frag_more, frag_variant, frag_now_fix,
+	frag_append_1_char): Refer to frchain_now->frch_obstack instead of
+	frags variable.
+	(frag_new): Ditto.  Verify that frch_last and frag_now match on
+	entry and exit, and that old frag_now has non-zero type.  Replace
+	"know" uses with "assert".  Use frag_alloc instead of mucking with
+	obstack alignment.
+	* frags.h (frags): Declaration deleted.
+	* subsegs.h (struct frchain): Add new field frch_frag_now.
+	* subsegs.c (frchains, dummy_frag, absolute_frchain): New static
+	variables.
+	(subsegs_begin): Initialize frchains obstack.  Under gcc, don't
+	give it any stricter alignment than frchainS structures need.  Do
+	not initialize frags obstack.  Set frag_now to point to
+	dummy_obstack.  Initialize absolute_frchain.
+	(subseg_set_rest): Save and restore frag_now in frch_frag_now
+	field of frchainS.  Don't create new frags on section switch, and
+	use frag_alloc when creating a new frag chain.  For absolute
+	section, set frchain_now to absolute_frchain.  Verify that
+	frch_last and frag_now match on entry and exit.  Initialize
+	per-chain obstack, and under gcc, set required alignment to that
+	needed by fragS structure.
+
+	* write.c (chain_frchains_together_1): Verify fr_type is nonzero.
+
+	* stabs.c (get_stab_string_offset): Only copy input string if a
+	fresh copy is needed, not if the section already exists.
+	(s_stab_generic): Cache stab section name to bypass lookups, since
+	usually it will match.  Could be made faster still by changing the
+	memory allocation rules.
+	(s_xstab): Cache section name to bypass repeated string
+	allocation.
+
+	* frags.c (frag_new): Deleted register declarations.
+
+	* listing.c (frag_now): Don't declare.
+
+	* as.c (chunksize): New variable.
+	(debug_memory): New variable.
+	(main): If debug_memory is set, reduce chunksize and
+	_bfd_chunksize.
+	* as.h (chunksize): Declare it.
+	* read.c (read_begin): Use it.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (md_shortopts): Include 'g'.
+	(md_parse_option): Ignore it.
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove Makefile and config.status from
+	testsuite directory.
+	(clean-here): Don't delete testsuite.  Instead, delete only the
+	files within it that would be generated by running tests.
+
+	* config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function): Call
+	frag_now_fix instead of accessing obstack info directly.
+	* config/tc-arm.c (s_ltorg): Ditto.
+	(md_assemble): Ditto.
+
+	* config/tc-i386.c (md_assemble): Call frag_grow instead of
+	obstack_room.
+
+Wed Oct 18 12:22:59 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stabs.c (aout_process_stab): Insert debug symbol into symbol
+	chain after parsing value expression, if any, to avoid separating
+	continued .stabs lines.
+
+Mon Oct 16 10:56:41 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c (mips_elf_pseudo_table): Remove.
+	(mips_pop_insert): Don't call pop_insert on mips_elf_pseudo_table.
+
+Mon Oct 16 07:07:37 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_begin): Use new flags PPC_OPCODE_COMMON for
+	-mcom support and PPC_OPCODE_ANY for -many.
+	(md_parse_option): Ditto.
+	(ppc_arch): Ditto.
+	(md_begin): For duplicate instructions, print all duplicates
+	before aborting.
+
+Sun Oct 15 22:06:14 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): Support for -mcom to turn on
+	common mode operation.
+	(md_show_usage): Add -mcom to usage message.
+
+Fri Oct 13 13:32:45 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* expr.c (op_rank): Add O_symbol_rva.
+	* expr.h (operatorT): Add O_symbol_rva.
+	* read.c (cons_worker): Set O_symbol_rva when necessary.
+	* write.c (fix_new_exp): Understand O_symbol_rva.
+
+Tue Oct 10 11:34:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-mips.c: Correct s_cons arguments.  From Michael
+	Joosten <joost@ori.cadlab.de>.
+
+Mon Oct  9 19:59:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_macro): Make count unsigned.
+	(ppc_biei): Set segment to now_seg and value to coff_n_line_nos.
+	(ppc_frob_symbol): Handle C_BINCL and C_EINCL symbols by setting
+	the fix_line field.
+	* config/obj-coff.c (coff_n_line_nos): Rename from n_line_nos, and
+	make non-static.  Change all users.
+	* config/obj-coff.h (coff_n_line_nos): Declare.
+
+Fri Oct  6 16:24:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* configure.in (AC_ARG_WITH(bfd-assembler)): Fix help message.
+
+	* config/obj-elf.c (obj_elf_common): Convert specified byte
+	alignment to power of two.  Set size of local bss symbol.
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (tc_gen_reloc): Fix typo in variable name.
+
+Fri Oct  6 15:22:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sb.c, macro.c: Decide whether to include <string.h> or
+	<strings.h> just as as.h does.
+
+Fri Oct  6 09:55:33 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (site.exp): Fix setting of $srcdir.
+
+	* config/tc-arm.c (md_atof): Fix little-endian output.
+	* config/tc-arm.h (ARM_BI_ENDIAN): Move definition so defined for
+	all coff targets.
+
+Thu Oct  5 20:17:30 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* doc/as.texinfo: Split out the NS32k family documentation,
+	despite its being commented out for now.
+	* doc/c-ns32k.texi: New file.
+
+	* sb.c, macro.c: Include string.h.
+
+	* Makefile.in (comparison): Only check *.o; we don't care if
+	timestamps inserted by the native linker differ.
+
+	* config/tc-alpha.c (alpha_align): Only fill with a no-op pattern
+	if alignment stricter than 4 bytes is requested; in that case,
+	align to a 4-byte boundary first.
+
+	Thu Sep 28 19:35:27 1995  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* config/obj-vms.c (VMS_RSYM_Parse): eliminate "might be used
+	uninitialized" warning for `Max_Source_Offset'.
+
+Wed Oct  4 16:17:02 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (parse_toc_entry): New function to parse [toc]
+	qualifiers and detect errors if present.
+	(md_assemble): Add call to parse_toc_entry. Also added some support
+	for the [tocv] qualifier.
+	(ppc_pe_tocd): New function to support data in the toc section.
+
+Wed Oct  4 14:03:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-ppc.c (ppc_frob_symbol): Don't create an aux entry for
+	an absolute symbol.
+
+Tue Oct  3 12:18:19 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/tc-m68k.c (isword): Accept all values from -65536 to
+	+65535,	so ~VAL will not be rejected.
+
+	* cond.c (s_endif): Call demand_empty_rest_of_line.  In MRI mode,
+	skip characters after the pseudo-op.
+	(s_else): Likewise.
+	* read.c (get_line_sb): Don't look past buffer_limit.
+	(s_include): In MRI mode, skip characters after the file name.
+
+Mon Oct  2 16:15:27 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/m68k-parse.y (m68k_reg_parse): In MRI mode, permit
+	periods in register names.
+
+For older changes see ChangeLog.1.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/gas/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f381c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1644 @@
+# Makefile for GNU Assembler
+#   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU GAS.
+
+# GNU GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# GNU GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+# Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The targets for external use include:
+# all, doc, proto, install, uninstall, includes, TAGS,
+# clean, mostlyclean, distclean, realclean, stage1, stage2, stage3, stage4.
+
+# Variables that exist for you to override.
+# See below for how to change them for certain systems.
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+srcroot = $(srcdir)/..
+
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias)
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+VERSION=2.8.1
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = $${srcroot}/install.sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_XFORM = $(INSTALL) -t='$(program_transform_name)'
+INSTALL_XFORM1= $(INSTALL_XFORM) -b=.1
+
+DISTSTUFF= make-gas.com m68k-parse.c itbl-parse.c itbl-parse.h itbl-lex.c
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = qv
+BISON = bison -y
+BISONFLAGS =
+LEX = `if [ -f ../flex/flex ] ; then echo ../flex/flex ;  else echo flex ; fi`
+LEXFLAGS =
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+RANLIB = ranlib
+CC = @CC@
+HLDFLAGS = @HLDFLAGS@
+HLDENV = @HLDENV@
+RPATH_ENVVAR = @RPATH_ENVVAR@
+CFLAGS = -g
+LDFLAGS =
+DEP = mkdep
+
+MAKEOVERRIDES=
+
+EXPECT = `if [ -f $${rootme}/../expect/expect ] ; then \
+          echo $${rootme}/../expect/expect ; \
+          else echo expect ; fi`
+
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"prefix=$(prefix)" \
+	"exec_prefix=$(exec_prefix)" \
+	"tooldir=$(tooldir)" \
+	"AR=$(AR)" \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \
+	"LOADLIBES=$(LOADLIBES)" \
+	"LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS)" \
+	"BISON=$(BISON)" \
+	"LEX=$(LEX)" \
+	"MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO)" \
+	"INSTALL=$(INSTALL)" \
+	"INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA)" \
+	"INSTALL_PROGRAM=$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)"
+
+RUNTEST = `if [ -f $${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then \
+		echo $${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; else echo runtest; \
+	   fi`
+RUNTESTFLAGS=
+
+TARG_CPU = @target_cpu_type@
+TARG_CPU_C = $(srcdir)/config/tc-@target_cpu_type@.c
+TARG_CPU_O = tc-@target_cpu_type@.o
+TARG_CPU_H = $(srcdir)/config/tc-@target_cpu_type@.h
+OBJ_FORMAT_C = $(srcdir)/config/obj-@obj_format@.c
+OBJ_FORMAT_O = obj-@obj_format@.o
+OBJ_FORMAT_H = $(srcdir)/config/obj-@obj_format@.h
+TARG_ENV_H = $(srcdir)/config/te-@te_file@.h
+ATOF_TARG_C = $(srcdir)/config/atof-@atof@.c
+ATOF_TARG_O = atof-@atof@.o
+
+# use @target_cpu_type@ for refering to configured target name
+IT_HDRS=itbl-parse.h $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h 
+IT_SRCS=itbl-parse.c itbl-lex.c $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.c
+IT_DEPS=$(srcdir)/itbl-parse.y $(srcdir)/itbl-lex.l $(srcdir)/config/itbl-@target_cpu_type@.h
+IT_OBJS=itbl-parse.o itbl-lex.o itbl-ops.o
+
+# CPU types.  This is only used for dependency information.
+
+CPU_TYPES = \
+	a29k \
+	alpha \
+	arm \
+	d10v \
+	h8300 \
+	h8500 \
+	hppa \
+	i386 \
+	i860 \
+	i960 \
+	m32r \
+	m68k \
+	m88k \
+	mips \
+	mn10200 \
+	mn10300 \
+	ns32k \
+	ppc \
+	sh \
+	sparc \
+	tahoe \
+	vax \
+	w65 \
+	z8k
+
+# Object format types.  This is only used for dependency information.
+# We deliberately omit som, since it does not work as a cross assembler.
+
+OBJ_FORMATS = \
+	aout \
+	bout \
+	coff \
+	ecoff \
+	elf \
+	evax \
+	hp300 \
+	ieee \
+	vms
+
+# This is an sh case which sets valid according to whether the CPU
+# type in the shell variable c and the OS type in the shell variable o
+# are supported.  This helps cuts down on the amount of dependency
+# information.
+
+CPU_OBJ_VALID = \
+	valid= ; \
+	case $$o in \
+	aout) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  a29k | arm | i386 | i860 | m68k | mips | ns32k | sparc | tahoe | vax) \
+	    valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	bout) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  i960) valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	coff) valid=yes ;; \
+	ecoff) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  mips | alpha) valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	elf) valid=yes ;; \
+	evax) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  alpha) valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	hp300) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  m68k) valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	vms) \
+	  case $$c in \
+	  vax) valid=yes ;; \
+	  esac ;; \
+	esac;
+
+# This is like CPU_OBJ_VALID, for the obj=multi case.
+
+CPU_MULTI_VALID = \
+	valid= ; \
+	case $$c in \
+	i386 | mips) valid=yes ;; \
+	esac;
+
+# Regular source files.
+
+CFILES = \
+	app.c \
+	as.c \
+	atof-generic.c \
+	bignum-copy.c \
+	cond.c \
+	ecoff.c \
+	expr.c \
+	flonum-copy.c \
+	flonum-konst.c \
+	flonum-mult.c \
+	frags.c \
+	gasp.c \
+	hash.c \
+	input-file.c \
+	input-scrub.c \
+	itbl-ops.c \
+	listing.c \
+	literal.c \
+	macro.c \
+	messages.c \
+	output-file.c \
+	read.c \
+	sb.c \
+	stabs.c \
+	subsegs.c \
+	symbols.c \
+	write.c
+
+HFILES = \
+	as.h \
+	bignum.h \
+	bit_fix.h \
+	ecoff.h \
+	emul-target.h \
+	emul.h \
+	expr.h \
+	flonum.h \
+	frags.h \
+	hash.h \
+	input-file.h \
+	itbl-ops.h \
+	listing.h \
+	macro.h \
+	obj.h \
+	output-file.h \
+	read.h \
+	sb.h \
+	struc-symbol.h \
+	subsegs.h \
+	symbols.h \
+	tc.h \
+	write.h
+
+# CPU files in config.
+
+TARGET_CPU_CFILES = \
+	config/tc-a29k.c \
+	config/tc-alpha.c \
+	config/tc-arm.c \
+	config/tc-d10v.c \
+	config/tc-h8300.c \
+	config/tc-h8500.c \
+	config/tc-hppa.c \
+	config/tc-i386.c \
+	config/tc-i860.c \
+	config/tc-i960.c \
+	config/tc-m32r.c \
+	config/tc-m68k.c \
+	config/tc-m88k.c \
+	config/tc-mips.c \
+	config/tc-mn10200.c \
+	config/tc-mn10300.c \
+	config/tc-ns32k.c \
+	config/tc-ppc.c \
+	config/tc-sh.c \
+	config/tc-sparc.c \
+	config/tc-tahoe.c \
+	config/tc-vax.c \
+	config/tc-w65.c \
+	config/tc-z8k.c
+
+TARGET_CPU_HFILES = \
+	config/tc-a29k.h \
+	config/tc-alpha.h \
+	config/tc-arm.h \
+	config/tc-d10v.h \
+	config/tc-h8300.h \
+	config/tc-h8500.h \
+	config/tc-hppa.h \
+	config/tc-i386.h \
+	config/tc-i860.h \
+	config/tc-i960.h \
+	config/tc-m32r.h \
+	config/tc-m68k.h \
+	config/tc-m88k.h \
+	config/tc-mips.h \
+	config/tc-mn10200.h \
+	config/tc-mn10300.h \
+	config/tc-ns32k.h \
+	config/tc-ppc.h \
+	config/tc-sh.h \
+	config/tc-sparc.h \
+	config/tc-tahoe.h \
+	config/tc-vax.h \
+	config/tc-w65.h \
+	config/tc-z8k.h
+
+# OBJ files in config
+
+OBJ_FORMAT_CFILES = \
+	config/obj-aout.c \
+	config/obj-bout.c \
+	config/obj-coff.c \
+	config/obj-ecoff.c \
+	config/obj-elf.c \
+	config/obj-evax.c \
+	config/obj-hp300.c \
+	config/obj-ieee.c \
+	config/obj-som.c \
+	config/obj-vms.c
+
+OBJ_FORMAT_HFILES = \
+	config/obj-aout.h \
+	config/obj-bout.h \
+	config/obj-coff.h \
+	config/obj-ecoff.h \
+	config/obj-elf.h \
+	config/obj-evax.h \
+	config/obj-hp300.h \
+	config/obj-ieee.h \
+	config/obj-som.h \
+	config/obj-vms.h
+
+# Emulation header files in config
+
+TARG_ENV_HFILES = \
+	config/te-386bsd.h \
+	config/te-aux.h \
+	config/te-delta.h \
+	config/te-delt88.h \
+	config/te-dpx2.h \
+	config/te-dynix.h \
+	config/te-generic.h \
+	config/te-go32.h \
+	config/te-hp300.h \
+	config/te-hppa.h \
+	config/te-i386aix.h \
+	config/te-ic960.h \
+	config/te-linux.h \
+	config/te-lnews.h \
+	config/te-lynx.h \
+	config/te-mach.h \
+	config/te-macos.h \
+	config/te-multi.h \
+	config/te-nbsd.h \
+	config/te-nbsd532.h \
+	config/te-pc532mach.h \
+	config/te-pe.h \
+	config/te-ppcnw.h \
+	config/te-psos.h \
+	config/te-riscix.h \
+	config/te-sparcaout.h \
+	config/te-sun3.h \
+	config/te-svr4.h \
+	config/te-sysv32.h
+
+# Multi files in config
+
+MULTI_CFILES = \
+	config/e-i386coff.c \
+	config/e-i386elf.c \
+	config/e-mipsecoff.c \
+	config/e-mipself.c
+
+# @target_frag@
+
+OBJS = \
+	$(TARG_CPU_O) \
+	$(OBJ_FORMAT_O) \
+	$(ATOF_TARG_O) \
+	app.o \
+	as.o \
+	atof-generic.o \
+	bignum-copy.o \
+	cond.o \
+	expr.o \
+	flonum-konst.o \
+	flonum-copy.o \
+	flonum-mult.o \
+	frags.o \
+	hash.o \
+	input-file.o \
+	input-scrub.o \
+	literal.o \
+	messages.o \
+	output-file.o \
+	read.o \
+	subsegs.o \
+	symbols.o \
+	write.o \
+	listing.o \
+	ecoff.o \
+	stabs.o \
+	sb.o \
+	macro.o \
+	@extra_objects@
+
+GASPOBJS = \
+	gasp.o \
+	macro.o \
+	sb.o \
+	hash.o
+
+all: .gdbinit as.new gasp.new
+	@srcroot=`cd $(srcroot); pwd`; export srcroot; \
+	(cd doc ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) all)
+
+dvi info install-info clean-info:
+	@srcroot=`cd $(srcroot); pwd`; export srcroot; \
+	(cd doc ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@)
+
+make-gas.com: stamp-mk.com
+stamp-mk.com: vmsconf.sh Makefile
+	sh $(srcdir)/vmsconf.sh $(OBJS) > new-make.com
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change new-make.com $(srcdir)/make-gas.com
+	touch stamp-mk.com
+
+# Now figure out from those variables how to compile and link.
+
+# This is the variable actually used when we compile.
+ALL_CFLAGS = -D_GNU_SOURCE $(INTERNAL_CFLAGS) $(CROSS) $(CFLAGS) $(HDEFINES) $(TDEFINES)
+
+# How to link with both our special library facilities
+# and the system's installed libraries.
+
+LIBDEPS = @OPCODES_DEP@ @BFDDEP@ $(LOCAL_LOADLIBES) ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+LIBS = @OPCODES_LIB@ @BFDLIB@ $(LOCAL_LOADLIBES) ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+
+BASEDIR = $(srcdir)/..
+BFDDIR = $(BASEDIR)/bfd
+INCDIR = $(BASEDIR)/include
+
+# Specify the directories to be searched for header files.
+# Both . and srcdir are used, in that order,
+# so that tm.h and config.h will be found in the compilation
+# subdirectory rather than in the source directory.
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(srcdir)/config -I$(INCDIR) -I$(srcdir)/.. -I$(BFDDIR)
+
+# Always use -I$(srcdir)/config when compiling.
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $<
+
+# This tells GNU make version 3 not to export all the variables
+# defined in this file into the environment.
+.NOEXPORT:
+
+# Files to be copied away after each stage in building.
+STAGESTUFF = *.o as.new gasp.new
+
+$(OBJS): @ALL_OBJ_DEPS@
+
+as.new: $(OBJS) $(LIBDEPS)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o as.new $(OBJS) $(LIBS) $(LOADLIBES)
+
+# Stuff that every object file depends upon.  If anything is removed
+# from this list, remove it from dep-in.sed as well.
+$(OBJS): config.h as.h $(TARG_ENV_H) $(OBJ_FORMAT_H) $(TARG_CPU_H) flonum.h \
+	expr.h struc-symbol.h write.h frags.h hash.h read.h symbols.h tc.h \
+	obj.h listing.h bignum.h bit_fix.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+
+gasp.new: $(GASPOBJS) ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o gasp.new $(GASPOBJS) ../libiberty/libiberty.a $(LOADLIBES)
+
+installcheck:
+	@echo No installcheck target is available yet for the GNU assembler.
+
+site.exp: ./Makefile
+	@echo "Making a new config file..."
+	-@rm -f ./tmp?
+	@touch site.exp
+	-@mv site.exp site.bak
+	@echo "## these variables are automatically generated by make ##" > ./tmp0
+	@echo "# Do not edit here. If you wish to override these values," >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# do so in the last section."			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set host_os @host_os@				>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set host_alias @host_alias@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set host_cpu @host_cpu@				>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set host_vendor @host_vendor@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_os @target_os@				>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_alias @target_alias@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_cpu @target_cpu@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_vendor @target_vendor@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set host_triplet @host@				>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_triplet @target@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set target_canonical @target@			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set srcdir ${srcdir}/testsuite			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set exec_prefix ${exec_prefix}			>> ./tmp0
+	@echo set objdir `pwd`					>> ./tmp0
+	@echo "## All variables above are generated by configure. Do Not Edit ##" >> ./tmp0
+	@sed -e '1,/^## All variables above are.*##/ d' < site.bak >> ./tmp0
+	@mv -f ./tmp0 site.exp
+
+check:  site.exp
+	if [ -d testsuite ]; then \
+	  true; \
+	else \
+	  mkdir testsuite; \
+	fi
+	rm -f testsuite/site.exp
+	cp site.exp testsuite/site.exp
+	rootme=`pwd`; export rootme; \
+	srcdir=`cd ${srcdir}; pwd` ; export srcdir ; \
+	$(RPATH_ENVVAR)=$$rootme/../bfd:$$rootme/../opcodes:$$$(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	export $(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	cd testsuite; \
+	EXPECT=${EXPECT} ; export EXPECT ; \
+	if [ -f $${rootme}/../expect/expect ] ; then  \
+	   TCL_LIBRARY=$${srcdir}/../tcl/library ; \
+	   export TCL_LIBRARY ; fi ; \
+	$(RUNTEST) --tool gas --srcdir $${srcdir}/testsuite $(RUNTESTFLAGS)
+
+config.status: configure
+	$(SHELL) config.status --recheck
+
+config.h: config-stamp ; @true
+config-stamp: Makefile conf
+	-rm -f config.new config-stamp
+	echo '/* config.h.  Generated automatically by make.  */' > config.new
+	echo '#ifndef GAS_VERSION'			>> config.new
+	echo '#define GAS_VERSION "$(VERSION)"'		>> config.new
+	echo ''						>> config.new
+	cat conf					>> config.new
+	echo '#endif /* GAS_VERSION */'			>> config.new
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change config.new config.h
+	touch config-stamp
+
+# The implicit .c.o rule doesn't work for these, perhaps because of
+# the variables, or perhaps because the sources are not on vpath.
+$(TARG_CPU_O): $(TARG_CPU_C) $(TARG_CPU_DEP_@target_cpu_type@)
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(TARG_CPU_C)
+$(ATOF_TARG_O): $(ATOF_TARG_C)
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(ATOF_TARG_C)
+
+# ecoff.c only has full dependencies when ECOFF_DEBUGGING is defined,
+# so the automatic dependency stuff doesn't work.
+ecoff.o : ecoff.c ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h \
+	$(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/symconst.h \
+	$(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h
+
+# We need all these explicit rules for the multi stuff.  Because of
+# these rules, we don't need one for OBJ_FORMAT_O.
+
+obj-aout.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.c
+obj-bout.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-bout.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-bout.c
+obj-coff.o: $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.c
+obj-ecoff.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.c
+obj-elf.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.c
+obj-evax.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-evax.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-evax.c
+obj-hp300.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-hp300.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-hp300.c
+obj-ieee.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-ieee.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-ieee.c
+obj-multi.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-multi.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-multi.c
+obj-som.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-som.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-som.c
+obj-vms.o : $(srcdir)/config/obj-vms.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/obj-vms.c
+
+e-mipself.o : $(srcdir)/config/e-mipself.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/e-mipself.c
+e-mipsecoff.o : $(srcdir)/config/e-mipsecoff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/e-mipsecoff.c
+e-i386coff.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-i386coff.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/e-i386coff.c
+e-i386elf.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-i386elf.c
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/config/e-i386elf.c
+
+# The m68k operand parser.
+
+# Depend upon itbl-parse.c to serialize a parallel make.
+m68k-parse.c: $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.y itbl-parse.c
+	$(BISON) $(BISONFLAGS) $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.y
+	mv -f y.tab.c m68k-parse.c
+m68k-parse.o: m68k-parse.c $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.h
+
+# The instruction table specification lexical analyzer and parser.
+
+itbl-lex.c: $(srcdir)/itbl-lex.l
+	$(LEX) $(LEXFLAGS) $(srcdir)/itbl-lex.l
+	mv -f lex.yy.c itbl-lex.c
+
+itbl-lex.o: itbl-lex.c itbl-parse.h
+
+itbl-parse.c: $(srcdir)/itbl-parse.y
+	$(BISON) -d $(BISONFLAGS) $(srcdir)/itbl-parse.y
+	mv -f y.tab.c itbl-parse.c
+	mv -f y.tab.h itbl-parse.h
+
+itbl-parse.h: itbl-parse.c
+
+itbl-parse.o: itbl-parse.c itbl-parse.h $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h
+
+itbl-ops.o: $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.c $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h itbl-parse.h
+
+# stand-alone itbl assembler & disassembler
+itbl-test-ops.o: $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.c \
+	$(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h itbl-parse.h
+	$(CC) -o itbl-test-ops.o -DSTAND_ALONE -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.c
+
+itbl-test.o: $(srcdir)/testsuite/gas/all/itbl-test.c $(srcdir)/itbl-ops.h
+	$(CC) -c -DSTAND_ALONE $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES)\
+	$(srcdir)/testsuite/gas/all/itbl-test.c
+
+IT_TEST_OBJS= itbl-parse.o itbl-lex.o itbl-test-ops.o
+itbl-test: $(IT_TEST_OBJS) itbl-test.o $(LIBDEPS)
+	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o itbl-test itbl-test.o $(IT_TEST_OBJS) $(LIBS)
+
+# CGEN interface.
+
+cgen.o: cgen.c cgen-opc.h subsegs.h \
+	$(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h \
+	$(srcdir)/../opcodes/$(TARG_CPU)-opc.h
+
+# Remake the info files.
+
+doc: $(srcdir)/as.info
+
+$(srcdir)/as.info: $(srcdir)/doc/as.texinfo
+	@(cd doc; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) as.info; mv as.info $srcdir)	
+
+diststuff: $(DISTSTUFF) info
+
+clean-here:
+	-rm -f $(STAGESTUFF) core stamp-mk.com
+	-rm -f testsuite/*.o testsuite/*.out \
+		testsuite/gas.log testsuite/gas.sum testsuite/site.exp
+	-rm -rf dep.sed .tcdep .objdep .dep2 .dep1 .depa .dep .depdir
+
+clean mostlyclean: clean-here
+	@cd doc ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@
+
+# Like clean but also delete the links made to configure gas.
+
+DISTCLEAN_HERE = config.status Makefile targ-env.h targ-cpu.h obj-format.h \
+	TAGS itbl-cpu.h cgen-opc.h site.exp site.bak \
+	config-stamp config.h conf config.log config.cache .gdbinit \
+	testsuite/Makefile testsuite/config.status
+
+distclean: clean-here
+	@cd doc ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@
+	-rm -f $(DISTCLEAN_HERE)
+
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean-here
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	@cd doc ; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@
+	-rm -rf $(DISTCLEAN_HERE) $(DISTSTUFF)
+
+# Entry points `install', `includes' and `uninstall'.
+
+# Copy the files into directories where they will be run.
+install:
+	srcroot=`cd $(srcroot); pwd`; export srcroot; \
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM) as.new $(bindir)/as; \
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(srcdir)/doc/as.1 $(man1dir)/as.1; \
+	test -d $(tooldir) || mkdir $(tooldir); \
+	test -d $(tooldir)/bin || mkdir $(tooldir)/bin; \
+	n=`echo as | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	rm -f $(tooldir)/bin/as; \
+	ln $(bindir)/$$n $(tooldir)/bin/as >/dev/null 2>/dev/null \
+	 || $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) as.new $(tooldir)/bin/as
+	srcroot=`cd $(srcroot); pwd`; export srcroot; \
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM) gasp.new $(bindir)/gasp
+
+# Cancel installation by deleting the installed files.
+uninstall:
+	-n=`t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo as | sed $$t`; \
+	rm -f $(bindir)/$$n; \
+	rm -f $(mandir)/$$n.1
+	-n=`t='$(program_transform_name)'; echo gasp | sed $$t`; \
+	rm -f $(bindir)/$$n; \
+
+# These exist for maintenance purposes.
+
+tags TAGS: force
+	etags $(HFILES) $(CFILES) $(srcdir)/config/*.[hc] $(srcdir)/README $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+bootstrap: as.new force
+	$(MAKE) stage1
+	rm -f stage && ln -s stage1 stage
+	$(MAKE) CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="-O -Bstage/ $(CFLAGS)" libdir=$(libdir) ALLOCA= as.new gasp.new
+	$(MAKE) stage2
+	rm -f stage && ln -s stage2 stage
+	$(MAKE) CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="-O -Bstage/ $(CFLAGS)" libdir=$(libdir) ALLOCA= as.new gasp.new
+	$(MAKE) comparison against=stage2
+
+bootstrap2: force
+	rm -f stage && ln -s stage1 stage
+	$(MAKE) CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="-O -Bstage/ $(CFLAGS)" libdir=$(libdir) ALLOCA= as.new gasp.new
+	$(MAKE) stage2
+	rm -f stage && ln -s stage2 stage
+	$(MAKE) CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="-O -Bstage/ $(CFLAGS)" libdir=$(libdir) ALLOCA= as.new gasp.new
+	$(MAKE) comparison against=stage2
+
+bootstrap3: force
+	rm -f stage && ln -s stage2 stage
+	$(MAKE) CC="$(CC)" CFLAGS="-O -Bstage/ $(CFLAGS)" libdir=$(libdir) ALLOCA= as.new gasp.new
+	$(MAKE) comparison against=stage2
+
+# Copy the object files from a particular stage into a subdirectory.
+stage1: force
+	-mkdir stage1
+	-mv $(STAGESTUFF) stage1
+	if [ -f stage1/as.new -a ! -f stage1/as ] ; then (cd stage1 ; ln -s as.new as) ; fi
+
+stage2: force
+	-mkdir stage2
+	-mv $(STAGESTUFF) stage2
+	if [ -f stage2/as.new -a ! -f stage2/as ] ; then (cd stage2 ; ln -s as.new as) ; fi
+
+stage3: force
+	-mkdir stage3
+	-mv $(STAGESTUFF) stage3
+	if [ -f stage3/as.new -a ! -f stage3/as ] ; then (cd stage3 ; ln -s as.new as) ; fi
+
+against=stage2
+
+# This rule is derived from corresponding code in the Makefile.in for gcc.
+# The "tail +16c" is to bypass headers which may include timestamps or
+# temporary assembly file names.
+comparison: force
+	x=0 ; \
+	for file in *.o ; do \
+	  tail +16c ./$$file > tmp-foo1; \
+	  if tail +16c ${against}/$$file > tmp-foo2 2>/dev/null ; then \
+	    if cmp tmp-foo1 tmp-foo2 ; then \
+	      true ; \
+	    else \
+	      echo $$file differs ; \
+	      x=1 ; \
+	    fi ; \
+	  else true; fi ; \
+	done ; \
+	exit $$x
+	-rm -f tmp-foo*
+
+de-stage1: force
+	- (cd stage1 ; rm -f as ; mv -f * ..)
+	- rmdir stage1
+
+de-stage2: force
+	- (cd stage2 ; rm -f as ; mv -f * ..)
+	- rmdir stage2
+
+de-stage3: force
+	- (cd stage3 ; rm -f as ; mv -f * ..)
+	- rmdir stage3
+
+#In GNU Make, ignore whether `stage*' exists.
+.PHONY: stage1 stage2 stage3 stage4 clean mostlyclean realclean distclean
+.PHONY: TAGS bootstrap
+
+force:
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag) \
+		$(srcdir)/configure.in config.status conf.in
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+.gdbinit: $(srcdir)/gdbinit.in config.status
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Automatic dependency computation.  This is a real pain, because the
+# dependencies change based on target_cpu_type and obj_format.  We
+# currently ignore any dependencies caused by emulation files.
+
+DEP_FILE_DEPS =  $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(TARGET_CPU_CFILES) \
+	$(TARGET_CPU_HFILES) $(OBJ_FORMAT_CFILES) $(OBJ_FORMAT_HFILES)
+
+.dep: dep.sed $(DEP_FILE_DEPS) .tcdep .objdep .dep2
+	rm -f .dep1
+	$(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+	rm -rf .depdir
+	sed -f dep.sed < .dep1 > .depa
+	sed -f dep.sed < .tcdep >> .depa
+	sed -f dep.sed < .objdep >> .depa
+	sed -f dep.sed < .dep2 >> .depa
+	echo '$$(OBJS): $$(DEP_@target''_cpu_type@_@obj''_format@)' >> .depa
+	echo '$$(TARG_CPU_O): $$(TCDEP_@target''_cpu_type@_@obj''_format@)' >> .depa
+	echo '$$(OBJ_FORMAT_O): $$(OBJDEP_@target''_cpu_type@_@obj''_format@)' >> .depa
+	echo '# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY' >> .depa
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change .depa .dep
+
+# This rule needs a mkdep that runs "gcc -MM".
+# FIXME: This only works correctly if $(srcdir) is an absolute path.
+.dep1: $(CFILES) $(MULTI_CFILES)
+	if [ -d .depdir ]; then true; else mkdir .depdir; fi
+	cd .depdir; \
+	echo '' > targ-cpu.h; \
+	echo '' > obj-format.h; \
+	echo '' > targ-env.h; \
+	echo '' > itbl-cpu.h; \
+	echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep; \
+	$(DEP) -f .dep -DBFD_ASSEMBLER -I. -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../../bfd $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $?
+	mv -f .depdir/.dep .dep1
+
+# Work out the special dependencies for the tc-*.c files.
+.tcdep: $(TARGET_CPU_CFILES)
+	rm -f .tcdepa
+	if [ -d .depdir ]; then true; else mkdir .depdir; fi
+	cd .depdir; \
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  for o in $(OBJ_FORMATS); do \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '#include "tc-'"$${c}"'.h"' > targ-cpu.h; \
+	      echo '#include "obj-'"$${o}"'.h"' > obj-format.h; \
+	      echo '#include "te-generic.h"' > targ-env.h; \
+	      echo '' > itbl-cpu.h; \
+	      echo '#include "opcodes/'"$${c}"'-opc.h"' > cgen-opc.h; \
+	      rm -f dummy.c; \
+	      cp $(srcdir)/config/tc-$${c}.c dummy.c; \
+	      echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep; \
+	      $(DEP) -f .dep -DBFD_ASSEMBLER -I. -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../../bfd $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) dummy.c; \
+	      sed -e "s/dummy.o: dummy.c/TCDEP_$${c}_$${o} =/" \
+		  -e '1,/DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER/d' \
+		  -e '/IF YOU PUT ANYTHING/,$$d' \
+		  -e '/^$$/d' < .dep >> ../.tcdepa; \
+	      rm -f dummy.c; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	echo 'TCDEP_hppa_som = $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h subsegs.h \' >> .tcdepa
+	echo '  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h \' >> .tcdepa
+	echo '  $(INCDIR)/opcode/hppa.h $(BFDDIR)/som.h' >> .tcdepa
+	# We don't try to handle all multi cases.
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  $(CPU_MULTI_VALID) \
+	  if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	    o=ecoff; \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    echo 'TCDEP_'"$${c}"'_multi = \' >> .tcdepa; \
+	    echo '$$(TCDEP_'"$${c}"'_coff) \' >> .tcdepa; \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '$$(TCDEP_'"$${c}"'_ecoff) \' >> .tcdepa; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	    echo '$$(TCDEP_'"$${c}"'_elf)' >> .tcdepa; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	done
+	mv -f .tcdepa .tcdep
+
+# Work out the special dependencies for the obj-*.c files.
+.objdep: $(OBJ_FORMAT_CFILES)
+	rm -f .objdepa
+	if [ -d .depdir ]; then true; else mkdir .depdir; fi
+	cd .depdir; \
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  for o in $(OBJ_FORMATS); do \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '#include "tc-'"$${c}"'.h"' > targ-cpu.h; \
+	      echo '#include "obj-'"$${o}"'.h"' > obj-format.h; \
+	      echo '#include "te-generic.h"' > targ-env.h; \
+	      echo '' > itbl-cpu.h; \
+	      rm -f dummy.c; \
+	      cp $(srcdir)/config/obj-$${o}.c dummy.c; \
+	      echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep; \
+	      $(DEP) -f .dep -DBFD_ASSEMBLER -I. -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../../bfd $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) dummy.c; \
+	      sed -e "s/dummy.o: dummy.c/OBJDEP_$${c}_$${o} =/" \
+		  -e '1,/DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER/d' \
+		  -e '/IF YOU PUT ANYTHING/,$$d' \
+		  -e '/^$$/d' < .dep >> ../.objdepa; \
+	      rm -f dummy.c; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	echo 'OBJDEP_hppa_som = $(srcdir)/config/obj-som.h subsegs.h \' >> .objdepa
+	echo '  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h \' >> .objdepa
+	echo '  $(BFDDIR)/som.h  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h \' >> .objdepa
+	echo '  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def' >> .objdepa
+	# We don't try to handle all multi cases.
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  $(CPU_MULTI_VALID) \
+	  if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	    o=ecoff; \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    echo 'OBJDEP_'"$${c}"'_multi = \' >> .objdepa; \
+	    echo '$$(OBJDEP_'"$${c}"'_coff) \' >> .objdepa; \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '$$(OBJDEP_'"$${c}"'_ecoff) \' >> .objdepa; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	    echo '$$(OBJDEP_'"$${c}"'_elf)' >> .objdepa; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	done
+	mv -f .objdepa .objdep
+
+# Work out the dependencies for each CPU/OBJ combination.
+# Note that SOM is a special case, because it only works native.
+# FIXME: This only works correctly if $(srcdir) is an absolute path.
+.dep2: $(TARGET_CPU_HFILES) $(OBJ_FORMAT_HFILES)
+	rm -f .dep2a
+	if [ -d .depdir ]; then true; else mkdir .depdir; fi
+	cd .depdir; \
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  for o in $(OBJ_FORMATS); do \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '#include "tc-'"$${c}"'.h"' > targ-cpu.h; \
+	      echo '#include "obj-'"$${o}"'.h"' > dummy.c; \
+	      echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep; \
+	      $(DEP) -f .dep -DBFD_ASSEMBLER -I. -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../../bfd $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) dummy.c; \
+	      sed -e "s/dummy.o: dummy.c/DEP_$${c}_$${o} =/" \
+		  -e '1,/DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER/d' \
+		  -e '/IF YOU PUT ANYTHING/,$$d' \
+		  -e '/^$$/d' < .dep >> ../.dep2a; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	echo 'DEP_hppa_som = $(srcdir)/../bfd/som.h' >> .dep2a
+	# We don't try to handle all multi cases.
+	for c in $(CPU_TYPES); do \
+	  $(CPU_MULTI_VALID) \
+	  if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	    o=ecoff; \
+	    $(CPU_OBJ_VALID) \
+	    echo 'DEP_'"$${c}"'_multi = \' >> .dep2a; \
+	    echo '$$(DEP_'"$${c}"'_coff) \' >> .dep2a; \
+	    if [ x$${valid} = xyes ]; then \
+	      echo '$$(DEP_'"$${c}"'_ecoff) \' >> .dep2a; \
+	    else true; fi; \
+	    echo '$$(DEP_'"$${c}"'_elf)' >> .dep2a; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	done
+	mv -f .dep2a .dep2
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+	sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed \
+		-e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!' \
+		-e 's!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!' \
+		-e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: dep dep-in
+
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+
+app.o: app.c
+as.o: as.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h output-file.h \
+  sb.h macro.h
+atof-generic.o: atof-generic.c
+bignum-copy.o: bignum-copy.c
+cond.o: cond.c $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+ecoff.o: ecoff.c
+expr.o: expr.c $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+flonum-copy.o: flonum-copy.c
+flonum-konst.o: flonum-konst.c
+flonum-mult.o: flonum-mult.c
+frags.o: frags.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+gasp.o: gasp.c sb.h macro.h
+hash.o: hash.c
+input-file.o: input-file.c input-file.h
+input-scrub.o: input-scrub.c input-file.h sb.h
+listing.o: listing.c input-file.h subsegs.h
+literal.o: literal.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+macro.o: macro.c sb.h macro.h
+messages.o: messages.c
+output-file.o: output-file.c output-file.h
+read.o: read.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h sb.h macro.h \
+  ecoff.h
+sb.o: sb.c sb.h
+stabs.o: stabs.c $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+subsegs.o: subsegs.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+symbols.o: symbols.c $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+write.o: write.c subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h output-file.h
+e-i386coff.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-i386coff.c emul.h \
+  emul-target.h
+e-i386elf.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-i386elf.c emul.h emul-target.h
+e-mipsecoff.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-mipsecoff.c emul.h \
+  emul-target.h
+e-mipself.o: $(srcdir)/config/e-mipself.c emul.h emul-target.h
+
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
+TCDEP_a29k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/a29k.h
+TCDEP_a29k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/a29k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/a29k.h
+TCDEP_a29k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/a29k.h
+TCDEP_alpha_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/atof-vax.c
+TCDEP_alpha_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/atof-vax.c
+TCDEP_alpha_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h $(INCDIR)/elf/alpha.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/atof-vax.c
+TCDEP_alpha_evax = $(srcdir)/config/obj-evax.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/atof-vax.c
+TCDEP_arm_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_arm_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_arm_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_d10v_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/d10v.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h
+TCDEP_d10v_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/d10v.h $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h
+TCDEP_h8300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8300.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/h8300.h
+TCDEP_h8300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/h8300.h
+TCDEP_h8500_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8500.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/h8500-opc.h
+TCDEP_h8500_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/h8500-opc.h
+TCDEP_hppa_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(BFDDIR)/libbfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/hppa.h
+TCDEP_hppa_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h $(BFDDIR)/elf32-hppa.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/elf/hppa.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libbfd.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/hppa.h
+TCDEP_i386_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/i386.h
+TCDEP_i386_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i386.h
+TCDEP_i386_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i386.h
+TCDEP_i860_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i860.h
+TCDEP_i860_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/i860.h
+TCDEP_i860_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i860.h
+TCDEP_i960_bout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-bout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i960.h
+TCDEP_i960_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i960.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/i960.h
+TCDEP_i960_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/i960.h
+TCDEP_m32r_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h cgen-opc.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/m32r-opc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+TCDEP_m32r_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h cgen-opc.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/m32r-opc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+TCDEP_m68k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.h
+TCDEP_m68k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.h
+TCDEP_m68k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.h
+TCDEP_m68k_hp300 = $(srcdir)/config/obj-hp300.h $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/m68k-parse.h
+TCDEP_m88k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m88k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/config/m88k-opcode.h
+TCDEP_m88k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/config/m88k-opcode.h
+TCDEP_mips_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h itbl-ops.h ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+TCDEP_mips_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h \
+  itbl-ops.h ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+TCDEP_mips_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h \
+  itbl-ops.h
+TCDEP_mips_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h itbl-ops.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/mips.h ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+TCDEP_mn10200_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10200.h
+TCDEP_mn10200_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10200.h
+TCDEP_mn10300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10300.h
+TCDEP_mn10300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10300.h
+TCDEP_ns32k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ns32k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_ns32k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/ns32k.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_ns32k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ns32k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+TCDEP_ppc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/rs6000.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ppc.h
+TCDEP_ppc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ppc.h $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h
+TCDEP_sh_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sh.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/sh-opc.h
+TCDEP_sh_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/sh-opc.h
+TCDEP_sparc_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/sparc.h
+TCDEP_sparc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sparc.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/sparc.h
+TCDEP_sparc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/sparc.h
+TCDEP_tahoe_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/tahoe.h
+TCDEP_tahoe_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/tahoe.h
+TCDEP_tahoe_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/opcode/tahoe.h
+TCDEP_vax_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/vax-inst.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/vax.h
+TCDEP_vax_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/vax-inst.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/vax.h
+TCDEP_vax_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h $(srcdir)/config/vax-inst.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/vax.h
+TCDEP_vax_vms = $(srcdir)/config/obj-vms.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def $(srcdir)/config/vax-inst.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/vax.h
+TCDEP_w65_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/w65.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h subsegs.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/w65-opc.h
+TCDEP_w65_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(srcdir)/../opcodes/w65-opc.h
+TCDEP_z8k_coff = $(srcdir)/../opcodes/z8k-opc.h $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/z8k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+TCDEP_z8k_elf = $(srcdir)/../opcodes/z8k-opc.h $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h
+TCDEP_hppa_som = $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/hppa.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/som.h
+TCDEP_i386_multi = $(TCDEP_i386_coff) $(TCDEP_i386_elf)
+TCDEP_mips_multi = $(TCDEP_mips_coff) $(TCDEP_mips_ecoff) \
+  $(TCDEP_mips_elf)
+OBJDEP_a29k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_a29k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/a29k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_a29k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_alpha_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_alpha_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libecoff.h
+OBJDEP_alpha_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_alpha_evax = $(srcdir)/config/obj-evax.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h
+OBJDEP_arm_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_arm_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_arm_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_d10v_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_d10v_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_h8300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8300.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_h8300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_h8500_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8500.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_h8500_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_hppa_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_hppa_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h $(BFDDIR)/elf32-hppa.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/elf/hppa.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_i386_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_i386_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_i386_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_i860_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_i860_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_i860_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_i960_bout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-bout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_i960_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i960.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_i960_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_m32r_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_m32r_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_m68k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_m68k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_m68k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_m68k_hp300 = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.c $(srcdir)/config/obj-hp300.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_m88k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m88k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_m88k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_mips_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_mips_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_mips_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libecoff.h
+OBJDEP_mips_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/mips.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_mn10200_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_mn10200_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_mn10300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_mn10300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_ns32k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_ns32k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_ns32k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_ppc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/rs6000.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_ppc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_sh_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sh.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_sh_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_sparc_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_sparc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sparc.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_sparc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_tahoe_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_tahoe_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_tahoe_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_vax_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_vax_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_vax_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_vax_vms = $(srcdir)/config/obj-vms.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+OBJDEP_w65_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/w65.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_w65_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_z8k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/z8k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/obstack.h subsegs.h
+OBJDEP_z8k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/aout/aout64.h
+OBJDEP_hppa_som = $(srcdir)/config/obj-som.h subsegs.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(BFDDIR)/som.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+OBJDEP_i386_multi = $(OBJDEP_i386_coff) $(OBJDEP_i386_elf)
+OBJDEP_mips_multi = $(OBJDEP_mips_coff) $(OBJDEP_mips_ecoff) \
+  $(OBJDEP_mips_elf)
+DEP_a29k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_a29k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/a29k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_a29k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-a29k.h
+DEP_alpha_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_alpha_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+DEP_alpha_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h
+DEP_alpha_evax = $(srcdir)/config/obj-evax.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-alpha.h
+DEP_arm_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_arm_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/arm.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_arm_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-arm.h
+DEP_d10v_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_d10v_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-d10v.h
+DEP_h8300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8300.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_h8300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8300.h
+DEP_h8500_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/h8500.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_h8500_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-h8500.h
+DEP_hppa_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_hppa_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-hppa.h $(BFDDIR)/elf32-hppa.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/elf/hppa.h
+DEP_i386_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_i386_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i386.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_i386_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i386.h
+DEP_i860_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_i860_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_i860_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i860.h
+DEP_i960_bout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-bout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h
+DEP_i960_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/i960.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_i960_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-i960.h
+DEP_m32r_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_m32r_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m32r.h
+DEP_m68k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_m68k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m68k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_m68k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h
+DEP_m68k_hp300 = $(srcdir)/config/obj-hp300.h $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h \
+  $(srcdir)/config/tc-m68k.h $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_m88k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/m88k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_m88k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-m88k.h
+DEP_mips_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_mips_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_mips_ecoff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-ecoff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h \
+  ecoff.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sym.h $(INCDIR)/coff/ecoff.h
+DEP_mips_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mips.h
+DEP_mn10200_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_mn10200_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10200.h
+DEP_mn10300_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_mn10300_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-mn10300.h
+DEP_ns32k_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_ns32k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_ns32k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ns32k.h
+DEP_ppc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/rs6000.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_ppc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-ppc.h
+DEP_sh_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sh.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_sh_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sh.h
+DEP_sparc_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_sparc_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/sparc.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_sparc_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-sparc.h
+DEP_tahoe_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_tahoe_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_tahoe_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-tahoe.h
+DEP_vax_aout = $(srcdir)/config/obj-aout.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(BFDDIR)/libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_vax_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_vax_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h
+DEP_vax_vms = $(srcdir)/config/obj-vms.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-vax.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/aout/stab_gnu.h $(INCDIR)/aout/stab.def
+DEP_w65_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/w65.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_w65_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-w65.h
+DEP_z8k_coff = $(srcdir)/config/obj-coff.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/coff/internal.h $(INCDIR)/coff/z8k.h $(BFDDIR)/libcoff.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h
+DEP_z8k_elf = $(srcdir)/config/obj-elf.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(srcdir)/config/tc-z8k.h
+DEP_hppa_som = $(BFDDIR)/som.h
+DEP_i386_multi = $(DEP_i386_coff) $(DEP_i386_elf)
+DEP_mips_multi = $(DEP_mips_coff) $(DEP_mips_ecoff) \
+  $(DEP_mips_elf)
+$(OBJS): $(DEP_@target_cpu_type@_@obj_format@)
+$(TARG_CPU_O): $(TCDEP_@target_cpu_type@_@obj_format@)
+$(OBJ_FORMAT_O): $(OBJDEP_@target_cpu_type@_@obj_format@)
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/NEWS b/contrib/binutils/gas/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c60c8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+Changes in 2.8:
+
+BeOS support added.
+
+MIPS16 support added.
+
+Motorola ColdFire 5200 support added (configure for m68k and use -m5200).
+
+Alpha/VMS support added.
+
+m68k options --base-size-default-16, --base-size-default-32,
+--disp-size-default-16, and --disp-size-default-32 added.
+
+The alignment directives now take an optional third argument, which is the
+maximum number of bytes to skip.  If doing the alignment would require skipping
+more than the given number of bytes, the alignment is not done at all.
+
+The ELF assembler has a new pseudo-op, .symver, used for symbol versioning.
+
+The -a option takes a new suboption, c (e.g., -alc), to skip false conditionals
+in listings.
+
+Added new pseudo-op, .equiv; it's like .equ, except that it is an error if the
+symbol is already defined.
+
+Changes in 2.7:
+
+The PowerPC assembler now allows the use of symbolic register names (r0, etc.)
+if -mregnames is used.  Symbolic names preceded by a '%' (%r0, etc.) can be
+used any time.  PowerPC 860 move to/from SPR instructions have been added.
+
+Alpha Linux (ELF) support added.
+
+PowerPC ELF support added.
+
+m68k Linux (ELF) support added.
+
+i960 Hx/Jx support added.
+
+i386/PowerPC gnu-win32 support added.
+
+SCO ELF support added.  For OpenServer 5 targets (i386-unknown-sco3.2v5) the
+default is to build COFF-only support.  To get a set of tools that generate ELF
+(they'll understand both COFF and ELF), you must configure with
+target=i386-unknown-sco3.2v5elf.
+
+m88k-motorola-sysv* support added.
+
+Changes in 2.6:
+
+Gas now directly supports macros, without requiring GASP.
+
+Gas now has an MRI assembler compatibility mode.  Use -M or --mri to select MRI
+mode.  The pseudo-op ``.mri 1'' will switch into the MRI mode until the ``.mri
+0'' is seen; this can be convenient for inline assembler code.
+
+Added --defsym SYM=VALUE option.
+
+Added -mips4 support to MIPS assembler.
+
+Added PIC support to Solaris and SPARC SunOS 4 assembler.
+
+Changes in 2.4:
+
+Converted this directory to use an autoconf-generated configure script.
+
+ARM support, from Richard Earnshaw.
+
+Updated VMS support, from Pat Rankin, including considerably improved debugging
+support.
+
+Support for the control registers in the 68060.
+
+Handles (ignores) a new directive ".this_GCC_requires_the_GNU_assembler", to
+provide for possible future gcc changes, for targets where gas provides some
+features not available in the native assembler.  If the native assembler is
+used, it should become obvious pretty quickly what the problem is.
+
+Usage message is available with "--help".
+
+The GNU Assembler Preprocessor (gasp) is included.  (Actually, it was in 2.3
+also, but didn't get into the NEWS file.)
+
+Weak symbol support for a.out.
+
+A bug in the listing code which could cause an infinite loop has been fixed.
+Bugs in listings when generating a COFF object file have also been fixed.
+
+Initial i386-svr4 PIC implementation from Eric Youngdale, based on code by Paul
+Kranenburg.
+
+Improved Alpha support.  Immediate constants can have a much larger range now.
+Support for the 21164 has been contributed by Digital.
+
+Updated ns32k (pc532-mach, netbsd532) support from Ian Dall.
+
+Changes in 2.3:
+
+Mach i386 support, by David Mackenzie and Ken Raeburn.
+
+RS/6000 and PowerPC support by Ian Taylor.
+
+VMS command scripts (make-gas.com, config-gas.com) have been worked on a bit,
+based on mail received from various people.  The `-h#' option should work again
+too.
+
+HP-PA work, by Jeff Law.  Note, for the PA, gas-2.3 has been designed to work
+with gdb-4.12 and gcc-2.6.  As gcc-2.6 has not been released yet, a special
+version of gcc-2.5.8 has been patched to work with gas-2.3.  You can retrieve
+this special version of gcc-2.5.8 via anonymous ftp from jaguar.cs.utah.edu
+in the "dist" directory.
+
+Vax support in gas fixed for BSD, so it builds and seems to run a couple simple
+tests okay.  I haven't put it through extensive testing.  (GNU make is
+currently required for BSD 4.3 builds.)
+
+Support for the DEC Alpha, running OSF/1 (ECOFF format).  The gas support is
+based on code donated by CMU, which used an a.out-based format.  I'm afraid the
+alpha-a.out support is pretty badly mangled, and much of it removed; making it
+work will require rewriting it as BFD support for the format anyways.
+
+Irix 5 support.
+
+The test suites have been fixed up a bit, so that they should work with a
+couple different versions of expect and dejagnu.
+
+Symbols' values are now handled internally as expressions, permitting more
+flexibility in evaluating them in some cases.  Some details of relocation
+handling have also changed, and simple constant pool management has been added,
+to make the Alpha port easier.
+
+New option "--statistics" for printing out program run times.  This is intended
+to be used with the gcc "-Q" option, which prints out times spent in various
+phases of compilation.  (You should be able to get all of them printed out with
+"gcc -Q -Wa,--statistics", I think.)
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Changes in 2.2:
+
+RS/6000 AIX and MIPS SGI Irix 5 support has been added.
+
+Configurations that are still in development (and therefore are convenient to
+have listed in configure.in) still get rejected without a minor change to
+gas/Makefile.in, so people not doing development work shouldn't get the
+impression that support for such configurations is actually believed to be
+reliable.
+
+The program name (usually "as") is printed when a fatal error message is
+displayed.  This should prevent some confusion about the source of occasional
+messages about "internal errors".
+
+ELF support is falling into place.  Support for the 386 should be working.
+Support for SPARC Solaris is in.  HPPA support from Utah is being integrated.
+
+Symbol values are maintained as expressions instead of being immediately boiled
+down to add-symbol, sub-symbol, and constant.  This permits slightly more
+complex calculations involving symbols whose values are not alreadey known.
+
+DBX-style debugging info ("stabs") is now supported for COFF formats.
+If any stabs directives are seen in the source, GAS will create two new
+sections: a ".stab" and a ".stabstr" section.  The format of the .stab
+section is nearly identical to the a.out symbol format, and .stabstr is
+its string table.  For this to be useful, you must have configured GCC
+to generate stabs (by defining DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO), and must have a GDB
+that can use the stab sections (4.11 or later).
+
+LynxOS, on i386 and m68k platforms, is now supported.  SPARC LynxOS
+support is in progress.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Changes in 2.1:
+
+Several small fixes for i386-aix (PS/2) support from Minh Tran-Le have been
+incorporated, but not well tested yet.
+
+Altered the opcode table split for m68k; it should require less VM to compile
+with gcc now.
+
+Some minor adjustments to add (Convergent Technologies') Miniframe support,
+suggested by Ronald Cole.
+
+HPPA support (running OSF only, not HPUX) has been contributed by Utah.  This
+includes improved ELF support, which I've started adapting for SPARC Solaris
+2.x.  Integration isn't completely, so it probably won't work.
+
+HP9000/300 support, donated by HP, has been merged in.
+
+Ian Taylor has finished the MIPS ECOFF (Ultrix, Irix) support.
+
+Better error messages for unsupported configurations (e.g., hppa-hpux).
+
+Test suite framework is starting to become reasonable.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Changes in 2.0:
+
+Mostly bug fixes.
+
+Some more merging of BFD and ELF code, but ELF still doesn't work.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Changes in 1.94:
+
+BFD merge is partly done.  Adventurous souls may try giving configure the
+"--with-bfd-assembler" option.  Currently, ELF format requires it, a.out format
+accepts it; SPARC CPU accepts it.  It's the default only for OS "elf" or
+"solaris".  (ELF isn't really supported yet.  It needs work.  I've got some
+code from Utah for HP-PA ELF, and from DG for m88k ELF, but they're not fully
+merged yet.)
+
+The 68K opcode table has been split in half.  It should now compile under gcc
+without consuming ridiculous amounts of memory.
+
+A couple data structures have been reduced in size.  This should result in
+saving a little bit of space at runtime.
+
+Support for MIPS, from OSF and Ralph Campbell, has been merged in.  The OSF
+code provided ROSE format support, which I haven't merged in yet.  (I can make
+it available, if anyone wants to try it out.)  Ralph's code, for BSD 4.4,
+supports a.out format.  We don't have ECOFF support in just yet; it's coming.
+
+Support for the Hitachi H8/500 has been added.
+
+VMS host and target support should be working now, thanks chiefly to Eric
+Youngdale.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Changes in 1.93.01:
+
+For m68k, support for more processors has been added: 68040, CPU32, 68851.
+
+For i386, .align is now power-of-two; was number-of-bytes.
+
+For m68k, "%" is now accepted before register names.  For COFF format, which
+doesn't use underscore prefixes for C labels, it is required, so variable "a0"
+can be distinguished from the register.
+
+Last public release was 1.38.  Lots of configuration changes since then, lots
+of new CPUs and formats, lots of bugs fixed.
+
+
+Local variables:
+fill-column: 79
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/README b/contrib/binutils/gas/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..418b8bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/README
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+		README for GAS
+
+A number of things have changed since version 1 and the wonderful world of gas
+looks very different.  There's still a lot of irrelevant garbage lying around
+that will be cleaned up in time.  Documentation is scarce, as are logs of the
+changes made since the last gas release.  My apologies, and I'll try to get
+something useful.
+
+Unpacking and Installation - Summary
+====================================
+
+See ../binutils/README.
+
+To build just the assembler, make the target all-gas.
+
+Documentation
+=============
+
+The GAS release includes texinfo source for its manual, which can be processed
+into `info' or `dvi' forms.
+
+The DVI form is suitable for printing or displaying; the commands for doing
+this vary from system to system.  On many systems, `lpr -d' will print a DVI
+file.  On others, you may need to run a program such as `dvips' to convert the
+DVI file into a form your system can print.
+
+If you wish to build the DVI file, you will need to have TeX installed on your
+system.  You can rebuild it by typing:
+
+	cd gas/doc
+	make as.dvi
+
+The Info form is viewable with the GNU Emacs `info' subsystem, or the
+standalone `info' program, available as part of the GNU Texinfo distribution.
+To build the info files, you will need the `makeinfo' program.  Type:
+
+	cd gas/doc
+	make info
+
+Specifying names for hosts and targets
+======================================
+
+   The specifications used for hosts and targets in the `configure'
+script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short
+predefined aliases are also supported.  The full naming scheme encodes
+three pieces of information in the following pattern:
+
+     ARCHITECTURE-VENDOR-OS
+
+   For example, you can use the alias `sun4' as a HOST argument or in a
+`--target=TARGET' option.  The equivalent full name is
+`sparc-sun-sunos4'.
+
+   The `configure' script accompanying GAS does not provide any query
+facility to list all supported host and target names or aliases. 
+`configure' calls the Bourne shell script `config.sub' to map
+abbreviations to full names; you can read the script, if you wish, or
+you can use it to test your guesses on abbreviations--for example:
+
+     % sh config.sub sun4
+     sparc-sun-sunos411
+     % sh config.sub sun3
+     m68k-sun-sunos411
+     % sh config.sub decstation
+     mips-dec-ultrix42
+     % sh config.sub hp300bsd
+     m68k-hp-bsd
+     % sh config.sub i386v
+     i386-unknown-sysv
+     % sh config.sub i786v
+     Invalid configuration `i786v': machine `i786v' not recognized
+
+
+`configure' options
+===================
+
+   Here is a summary of the `configure' options and arguments that are
+most often useful for building GAS.  `configure' also has several other
+options not listed here.
+
+     configure [--help]
+               [--prefix=DIR]
+               [--srcdir=PATH]
+               [--host=HOST]
+               [--target=TARGET]
+               [--with-OPTION]
+               [--enable-OPTION]
+
+You may introduce options with a single `-' rather than `--' if you
+prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use `--'.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`-prefix=DIR'
+     Configure the source to install programs and files under directory
+     `DIR'.
+
+`--srcdir=PATH'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--host=HOST'
+     Configure GAS to run on the specified HOST.  Normally the
+     configure script can figure this out automatically.
+
+     There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available
+     hosts.
+
+`--target=TARGET'
+     Configure GAS for cross-assembling programs for the specified
+     TARGET.  Without this option, GAS is configured to assemble .o files
+     that run on the same machine (HOST) as GAS itself.
+
+     There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available
+     targets.
+
+`--enable-OPTION'
+     These flags tell the program or library being configured to 
+     configure itself differently from the default for the specified
+     host/target combination.  See below for a list of `--enable'
+     options recognized in the gas distribution.
+
+`configure' accepts other options, for compatibility with configuring
+other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only options that affect
+GAS or its supporting libraries.
+
+The `--enable' options recognized by software in the gas distribution are:
+
+`--enable-targets=...'
+     This causes one or more specified configurations to be added to those for
+     which BFD support is compiled.  Currently gas cannot use any format other
+     than its compiled-in default, so this option is not very useful.
+
+`--enable-bfd-assembler'
+     This causes the assembler to use the new code being merged into it to use
+     BFD data structures internally, and use BFD for writing object files.
+     For most targets, this isn't supported yet.  For most targets where it has
+     been done, it's already the default.  So generally you won't need to use
+     this option.
+
+Supported platforms
+===================
+
+At this point I believe gas to be ansi only code for most target cpu's.  That
+is, there should be relatively few, if any host system dependencies.  So
+porting (as a cross-assembler) to hosts not yet supported should be fairly
+easy.  Porting to a new target shouldn't be too tough if it's a variant of one
+already supported.
+
+Native assembling should work on:
+
+	sun3
+	sun4
+	386bsd
+	bsd/386
+	delta (m68k-sysv from Motorola)
+	delta88 (m88k-sysv from Motorola)
+	GNU/linux
+	m68k hpux 8.0 (hpux 7.0 may be a problem)
+	vax bsd, ultrix, vms
+	hp9000s300
+	decstation
+	irix 4
+	irix 5
+	miniframe (m68k-sysv from Convergent Technologies)
+	i386-aix (ps/2)
+	hppa (hpux 4.3bsd, osf1)
+	AIX
+	unixware
+	sco 3.2v4.2
+	sco openserver 5.0 (a.k.a. 3.2v5.0 )
+	sparc solaris
+
+I believe that gas as a cross-assembler can currently be targetted for
+most of the above hosts, plus
+
+	decstation-bsd (a.out format, to be used in BSD 4.4)
+	ebmon29k
+	go32 (DOS on i386, with DJGPP -- old a.out version)
+	h8/300, h8/500 (Hitachi)
+	i386-aix (ps/2)
+	i960-coff
+	mips ecoff (decstation-ultrix, iris, mips magnum, mips-idt-ecoff)
+	nindy960
+	powerpc EABI
+	SH (Hitachi)
+	sco386
+	vax bsd or ultrix?
+	vms
+	vxworks68k
+	vxworks960
+	z8000 (Zilog)
+
+MIPS ECOFF support has been added, but GAS will not run a C-style
+preprocessor.  If you want that, rename your file to have a ".S" suffix, and
+run gcc on it.  Or run "gcc -xassembler-with-cpp foo.s".
+
+Support for ELF should work now for sparc, hppa, i386, alpha, m68k,
+MIPS, powerpc.
+
+Support for ns32k, tahoe, i860, m88k may be suffering from bitrot.
+
+If you try out gas on some host or target not listed above, please let me know
+the results, so I can update the list.
+
+Compiler Support Hacks
+======================
+
+On a few targets, the assembler has been modified to support a feature
+that is potentially useful when assembling compiler output, but which
+may confuse assembly language programmers.  If assembler encounters a
+.word pseudo-op of the form symbol1-symbol2 (the difference of two
+symbols), and the difference of those two symbols will not fit in 16
+bits, the assembler will create a branch around a long jump to
+symbol1, and insert this into the output directly before the next
+label: The .word will (instead of containing garbage, or giving an
+error message) contain (the address of the long jump)-symbol2.  This
+allows the assembler to assemble jump tables that jump to locations
+very far away into code that works properly.  If the next label is
+more than 32K away from the .word, you lose (silently); RMS claims
+this will never happen.  If the -K option is given, you will get a
+warning message when this happens.
+
+
+REPORTING BUGS IN GAS
+=====================
+
+Bugs in gas should be reported to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu.  They may be
+cross-posted to bug-gcc if they affect the use of gas with gcc.  They should
+not be reported just to bug-gcc, since I don't read that list, and therefore
+wouldn't see them.
+
+If you report a bug in GAS, please remember to include:
+
+A description of exactly what went wrong, and exactly what should have
+happened instead.
+
+The type of machine (VAX, 68020, etc) and operating system (BSD, SunOS, DYNIX,
+VMS, etc) GAS was running on.
+
+The configuration name(s) given to the "configure" script.  The
+"config.status" file should have this information.
+
+The options given to GAS at run time.
+
+The actual input file that caused the problem.
+
+It is silly to report a bug in GAS without including an input file for GAS.
+Don't ask us to generate the file just because you made it from files you
+think we have access to.
+
+1. You might be mistaken.
+2. It might take us a lot of time to install things to regenerate that file.
+3. We might get a different file from the one you got, and might not see any
+   bug.
+
+To save us these delays and uncertainties, always send the input file for the
+program that failed.  A smaller test case that demonstrates the problem is of
+course preferable, but be sure it is a complete input file, and that it really
+does demonstrate the problem; but if paring it down would cause large delays
+in filing the bug report, don't bother.
+
+If the input file is very large, and you are on the internet, you may want to
+make it avaliable for anonymous FTP instead of mailing it.  If you do, include
+instructions for FTP'ing it in your bug report.
+
+If you expect to be contributing a large number of test cases, it would be
+helpful if you would look at the test suite included in the release (based on
+the Deja Gnu testing framework, available from the usual ftp sites) and write
+test cases to fit into that framework.  This is certainly not required.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/acconfig.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2ca454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Should gas use high-level BFD interfaces?  */
+#undef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+/* Some assert/preprocessor combinations are incapable of handling
+   certain kinds of constructs in the argument of assert.  For example,
+   quoted strings (if requoting isn't done right) or newlines.  */
+#undef BROKEN_ASSERT
+
+/* If we aren't doing cross-assembling, some operations can be optimized,
+   since byte orders and value sizes don't need to be adjusted.  */
+#undef CROSS_COMPILE
+
+/* Some gas code wants to know these parameters.  */
+#undef TARGET_ALIAS
+#undef TARGET_CPU
+#undef TARGET_CANONICAL
+#undef TARGET_OS
+#undef TARGET_VENDOR
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare strstr.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare malloc and realloc.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare free.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare sbrk.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Sometimes errno.h doesn't declare errno itself.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_ERRNO
+
+#undef MANY_SEGMENTS
+
+/* Needed only for sparc configuration.  */
+#undef SPARC_V9
+#undef SPARC_ARCH64
+
+/* Needed only for some configurations that can produce multiple output
+   formats.  */
+#undef DEFAULT_EMULATION
+#undef EMULATIONS
+#undef USE_EMULATIONS
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_AOUT
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_BOUT
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_COFF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_ECOFF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_GENERIC
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_HP300
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_IEEE
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_SOM
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_VMS
+
+/* Used for some of the COFF configurations, when the COFF code needs
+   to select something based on the CPU type before it knows it... */
+#undef I386COFF
+#undef M68KCOFF
+#undef M88KCOFF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/gas/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60f54e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+dnl GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(name, typedefname, typedef, headers)
+AC_DEFUN(GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED,[
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether declaration is required for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(gas_cv_decl_needed_$1,
+AC_TRY_LINK([$4],
+[
+typedef $3;
+$2 x;
+x = ($2) $1;
+], gas_cv_decl_needed_$1=no, gas_cv_decl_needed_$1=yes))dnl
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gas_cv_decl_needed_$1)
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_$1 = no || {
+ ifelse(index($1,[$]),-1,
+    [AC_DEFINE([NEED_DECLARATION_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]))],
+    [gas_decl_name_upcase=`echo $1 | tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'`
+     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NEED_DECLARATION_$gas_decl_name_upcase)])
+}
+])dnl
+dnl
+dnl Some non-ANSI preprocessors botch requoting inside strings.  That's bad
+dnl enough, but on some of those systems, the assert macro relies on requoting
+dnl working properly!
+dnl GAS_WORKING_ASSERT
+AC_DEFUN(GAS_WORKING_ASSERT,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working assert macro])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(gas_cv_assert_ok,
+AC_TRY_LINK([#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>], [
+/* check for requoting problems */
+static int a, b, c, d;
+static char *s;
+assert (!strcmp(s, "foo bar baz quux"));
+/* check for newline handling */
+assert (a == b
+        || c == d);
+], gas_cv_assert_ok=yes, gas_cv_assert_ok=no))dnl
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gas_cv_assert_ok)
+test $gas_cv_assert_ok = yes || AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_ASSERT)
+])dnl
+dnl
+dnl Since many Bourne shell implementations lack subroutines, use this
+dnl hack to simplify the code in configure.in.
+dnl GAS_UNIQ(listvar)
+AC_DEFUN(GAS_UNIQ,
+[_gas_uniq_list="[$]$1"
+_gas_uniq_newlist=""
+dnl Protect against empty input list.
+for _gas_uniq_i in _gas_uniq_dummy [$]_gas_uniq_list ; do
+  case [$]_gas_uniq_i in
+  _gas_uniq_dummy) ;;
+  *) case " [$]_gas_uniq_newlist " in
+       *" [$]_gas_uniq_i "*) ;;
+       *) _gas_uniq_newlist="[$]_gas_uniq_newlist [$]_gas_uniq_i" ;;
+     esac ;;
+  esac
+done
+$1=[$]_gas_uniq_newlist
+])dnl
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/app.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/app.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2551c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/app.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1104 @@
+/* This is the Assembler Pre-Processor
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Modified by Allen Wirfs-Brock, Instantiations Inc 2/90 */
+/* App, the assembler pre-processor.  This pre-processor strips out excess
+   spaces, turns single-quoted characters into a decimal constant, and turns
+   # <number> <filename> <garbage> into a .line <number>\n.file <filename>
+   pair.  This needs better error-handling.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "as.h"			/* For BAD_CASE() only */
+
+#if (__STDC__ != 1)
+#ifndef const
+#define const  /* empty */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Whether we are scrubbing in m68k MRI mode.  This is different from
+   flag_m68k_mri, because the two flags will be affected by the .mri
+   pseudo-op at different times.  */
+static int scrub_m68k_mri;
+
+/* The pseudo-op which switches in and out of MRI mode.  See the
+   comment in do_scrub_chars.  */
+static const char mri_pseudo[] = ".mri 0";
+
+static char lex[256];
+static const char symbol_chars[] =
+"$._ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789";
+
+#define LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT		1
+#define LEX_IS_WHITESPACE		2
+#define LEX_IS_LINE_SEPARATOR		3
+#define LEX_IS_COMMENT_START		4
+#define LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START	5
+#define	LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_1ST	6
+#define	LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE		8
+#define	LEX_IS_COLON			9
+#define	LEX_IS_NEWLINE			10
+#define	LEX_IS_ONECHAR_QUOTE		11
+#define IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT(c)		(lex[c] == LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT)
+#define IS_WHITESPACE(c)		(lex[c] == LEX_IS_WHITESPACE)
+#define IS_LINE_SEPARATOR(c)		(lex[c] == LEX_IS_LINE_SEPARATOR)
+#define IS_COMMENT(c)			(lex[c] == LEX_IS_COMMENT_START)
+#define IS_LINE_COMMENT(c)		(lex[c] == LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START)
+#define	IS_NEWLINE(c)			(lex[c] == LEX_IS_NEWLINE)
+
+static int process_escape PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* FIXME-soon: The entire lexer/parser thingy should be
+   built statically at compile time rather than dynamically
+   each and every time the assembler is run.  xoxorich. */
+
+void 
+do_scrub_begin (m68k_mri)
+     int m68k_mri;
+{
+  const char *p;
+
+  scrub_m68k_mri = m68k_mri;
+
+  lex[' '] = LEX_IS_WHITESPACE;
+  lex['\t'] = LEX_IS_WHITESPACE;
+  lex['\n'] = LEX_IS_NEWLINE;
+  lex[';'] = LEX_IS_LINE_SEPARATOR;
+  lex[':'] = LEX_IS_COLON;
+
+  if (! m68k_mri)
+    {
+      lex['"'] = LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE;
+
+#ifndef TC_HPPA
+      lex['\''] = LEX_IS_ONECHAR_QUOTE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SINGLE_QUOTE_STRINGS
+      lex['\''] = LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Note: if any other character can be LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE, the loop
+     in state 5 of do_scrub_chars must be changed.  */
+
+  /* Note that these override the previous defaults, e.g. if ';' is a
+     comment char, then it isn't a line separator.  */
+  for (p = symbol_chars; *p; ++p)
+    {
+      lex[(unsigned char) *p] = LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT;
+    }				/* declare symbol characters */
+
+  /* The m68k backend wants to be able to change comment_chars.  */
+#ifndef tc_comment_chars
+#define tc_comment_chars comment_chars
+#endif
+  for (p = tc_comment_chars; *p; p++)
+    {
+      lex[(unsigned char) *p] = LEX_IS_COMMENT_START;
+    }				/* declare comment chars */
+
+  for (p = line_comment_chars; *p; p++)
+    {
+      lex[(unsigned char) *p] = LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START;
+    }				/* declare line comment chars */
+
+  for (p = line_separator_chars; *p; p++)
+    {
+      lex[(unsigned char) *p] = LEX_IS_LINE_SEPARATOR;
+    }				/* declare line separators */
+
+  /* Only allow slash-star comments if slash is not in use.
+     FIXME: This isn't right.  We should always permit them.  */
+  if (lex['/'] == 0)
+    {
+      lex['/'] = LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_1ST;
+    }
+
+  if (m68k_mri)
+    {
+      lex['\''] = LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE;
+      lex[';'] = LEX_IS_COMMENT_START;
+      lex['*'] = LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START;
+      /* The MRI documentation says '!' is LEX_IS_COMMENT_START, but
+         then it can't be used in an expression.  */
+      lex['!'] = LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START;
+    }
+}				/* do_scrub_begin() */
+
+/* Saved state of the scrubber */
+static int state;
+static int old_state;
+static char *out_string;
+static char out_buf[20];
+static int add_newlines;
+static char *saved_input;
+static int saved_input_len;
+static const char *mri_state;
+static char mri_last_ch;
+
+/* Data structure for saving the state of app across #include's.  Note that
+   app is called asynchronously to the parsing of the .include's, so our
+   state at the time .include is interpreted is completely unrelated.
+   That's why we have to save it all.  */
+
+struct app_save
+  {
+    int state;
+    int old_state;
+    char *out_string;
+    char out_buf[sizeof (out_buf)];
+    int add_newlines;
+    char *saved_input;
+    int saved_input_len;
+    int scrub_m68k_mri;
+    const char *mri_state;
+    char mri_last_ch;
+  };
+
+char *
+app_push ()
+{
+  register struct app_save *saved;
+
+  saved = (struct app_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*saved));
+  saved->state = state;
+  saved->old_state = old_state;
+  saved->out_string = out_string;
+  memcpy (saved->out_buf, out_buf, sizeof (out_buf));
+  saved->add_newlines = add_newlines;
+  saved->saved_input = saved_input;
+  saved->saved_input_len = saved_input_len;
+  saved->scrub_m68k_mri = scrub_m68k_mri;
+  saved->mri_state = mri_state;
+  saved->mri_last_ch = mri_last_ch;
+
+  /* do_scrub_begin() is not useful, just wastes time. */
+
+  state = 0;
+  saved_input = NULL;
+
+  return (char *) saved;
+}
+
+void 
+app_pop (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  register struct app_save *saved = (struct app_save *) arg;
+
+  /* There is no do_scrub_end (). */
+  state = saved->state;
+  old_state = saved->old_state;
+  out_string = saved->out_string;
+  memcpy (out_buf, saved->out_buf, sizeof (out_buf));
+  add_newlines = saved->add_newlines;
+  saved_input = saved->saved_input;
+  saved_input_len = saved->saved_input_len;
+  scrub_m68k_mri = saved->scrub_m68k_mri;
+  mri_state = saved->mri_state;
+  mri_last_ch = saved->mri_last_ch;
+
+  free (arg);
+}				/* app_pop() */
+
+/* @@ This assumes that \n &c are the same on host and target.  This is not
+   necessarily true.  */
+static int 
+process_escape (ch)
+     int ch;
+{
+  switch (ch)
+    {
+    case 'b':
+      return '\b';
+    case 'f':
+      return '\f';
+    case 'n':
+      return '\n';
+    case 'r':
+      return '\r';
+    case 't':
+      return '\t';
+    case '\'':
+      return '\'';
+    case '"':
+      return '\"';
+    default:
+      return ch;
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function is called to process input characters.  The GET
+   parameter is used to retrieve more input characters.  GET should
+   set its parameter to point to a buffer, and return the length of
+   the buffer; it should return 0 at end of file.  The scrubbed output
+   characters are put into the buffer starting at TOSTART; the TOSTART
+   buffer is TOLEN bytes in length.  The function returns the number
+   of scrubbed characters put into TOSTART.  This will be TOLEN unless
+   end of file was seen.  This function is arranged as a state
+   machine, and saves its state so that it may return at any point.
+   This is the way the old code used to work.  */
+
+int
+do_scrub_chars (get, tostart, tolen)
+     int (*get) PARAMS ((char **));
+     char *tostart;
+     int tolen;
+{
+  char *to = tostart;
+  char *toend = tostart + tolen;
+  char *from;
+  char *fromend;
+  int fromlen;
+  register int ch, ch2 = 0;
+
+  /*State 0: beginning of normal line
+	  1: After first whitespace on line (flush more white)
+	  2: After first non-white (opcode) on line (keep 1white)
+	  3: after second white on line (into operands) (flush white)
+	  4: after putting out a .line, put out digits
+	  5: parsing a string, then go to old-state
+	  6: putting out \ escape in a "d string.
+	  7: After putting out a .appfile, put out string.
+	  8: After putting out a .appfile string, flush until newline.
+	  9: After seeing symbol char in state 3 (keep 1white after symchar)
+	 10: After seeing whitespace in state 9 (keep white before symchar)
+	 11: After seeing a symbol character in state 0 (eg a label definition)
+	 -1: output string in out_string and go to the state in old_state
+	 -2: flush text until a '*' '/' is seen, then go to state old_state
+	  */
+
+  /* I added states 9 and 10 because the MIPS ECOFF assembler uses
+     constructs like ``.loc 1 20''.  This was turning into ``.loc
+     120''.  States 9 and 10 ensure that a space is never dropped in
+     between characters which could appear in a identifier.  Ian
+     Taylor, ian@cygnus.com.
+
+     I added state 11 so that something like "Lfoo add %r25,%r26,%r27" works
+     correctly on the PA (and any other target where colons are optional).
+     Jeff Law, law@cs.utah.edu.  */
+
+  /* This macro gets the next input character.  */
+
+#define GET()				\
+  (from < fromend			\
+   ? *from++				\
+   : ((saved_input != NULL		\
+       ? (free (saved_input),		\
+	  saved_input = NULL,		\
+	  0)				\
+       : 0),				\
+      fromlen = (*get) (&from),		\
+      fromend = from + fromlen,		\
+      (fromlen == 0			\
+       ? EOF				\
+       : *from++)))
+
+  /* This macro pushes a character back on the input stream.  */
+
+#define UNGET(uch) (*--from = (uch))
+
+  /* This macro puts a character into the output buffer.  If this
+     character fills the output buffer, this macro jumps to the label
+     TOFULL.  We use this rather ugly approach because we need to
+     handle two different termination conditions: EOF on the input
+     stream, and a full output buffer.  It would be simpler if we
+     always read in the entire input stream before processing it, but
+     I don't want to make such a significant change to the assembler's
+     memory usage.  */
+
+#define PUT(pch)			\
+  do					\
+    {					\
+      *to++ = (pch);			\
+      if (to >= toend)			\
+        goto tofull;			\
+    }					\
+  while (0)
+
+  if (saved_input != NULL)
+    {
+      from = saved_input;
+      fromend = from + saved_input_len;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fromlen = (*get) (&from);
+      if (fromlen == 0)
+	return 0;
+      fromend = from + fromlen;
+    }
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* The cases in this switch end with continue, in order to
+         branch back to the top of this while loop and generate the
+         next output character in the appropriate state.  */
+      switch (state)
+	{
+	case -1:
+	  ch = *out_string++;
+	  if (*out_string == '\0')
+	    {
+	      state = old_state;
+	      old_state = 3;
+	    }
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  continue;
+
+	case -2:
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  ch = GET ();
+
+		  if (ch == EOF)
+		    {
+		      as_warn ("end of file in comment");
+		      goto fromeof;
+		    }
+
+		  if (ch == '\n')
+		    PUT ('\n');
+		}
+	      while (ch != '*');
+
+	      while ((ch = GET ()) == '*')
+		;
+
+	      if (ch == EOF)
+		{
+		  as_warn ("end of file in comment");
+		  goto fromeof;
+		}
+
+	      if (ch == '/')
+		break;
+
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	    }
+
+	  state = old_state;
+	  UNGET (' ');
+	  continue;
+
+	case 4:
+	  ch = GET ();
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    goto fromeof;
+	  else if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
+	    PUT (ch);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      while (ch != EOF && IS_WHITESPACE (ch))
+		ch = GET ();
+	      if (ch == '"')
+		{
+		  UNGET (ch);
+		  if (scrub_m68k_mri)
+		    out_string = "\n\tappfile ";
+		  else
+		    out_string = "\n\t.appfile ";
+		  old_state = 7;
+		  state = -1;
+		  PUT (*out_string++);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  while (ch != EOF && ch != '\n')
+		    ch = GET ();
+		  state = 0;
+		  PUT (ch);
+		}
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	case 5:
+	  /* We are going to copy everything up to a quote character,
+             with special handling for a backslash.  We try to
+             optimize the copying in the simple case without using the
+             GET and PUT macros.  */
+	  {
+	    char *s;
+	    int len;
+
+	    for (s = from; s < fromend; s++)
+	      {
+		ch = *s;
+		/* This condition must be changed if the type of any
+                   other character can be LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE.  */
+		if (ch == '\\'
+		    || ch == '"'
+		    || ch == '\''
+		    || ch == '\n')
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    len = s - from;
+	    if (len > toend - to)
+	      len = toend - to;
+	    if (len > 0)
+	      {
+		memcpy (to, from, len);
+		to += len;
+		from += len;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	  ch = GET ();
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("end of file in string: inserted '\"'");
+	      state = old_state;
+	      UNGET ('\n');
+	      PUT ('"');
+	    }
+	  else if (lex[ch] == LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE)
+	    {
+	      state = old_state;
+	      PUT (ch);
+	    }
+#ifndef NO_STRING_ESCAPES
+	  else if (ch == '\\')
+	    {
+	      state = 6;
+	      PUT (ch);
+	    }
+#endif
+	  else if (scrub_m68k_mri && ch == '\n')
+	    {
+	      /* Just quietly terminate the string.  This permits lines like
+		   bne	label	loop if we haven't reach end yet
+		 */
+	      state = old_state;
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      PUT ('\'');
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      PUT (ch);
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	case 6:
+	  state = 5;
+	  ch = GET ();
+	  switch (ch)
+	    {
+	      /* Handle strings broken across lines, by turning '\n' into
+		 '\\' and 'n'.  */
+	    case '\n':
+	      UNGET ('n');
+	      add_newlines++;
+	      PUT ('\\');
+	      continue;
+
+	    case '"':
+	    case '\\':
+	    case 'b':
+	    case 'f':
+	    case 'n':
+	    case 'r':
+	    case 't':
+	    case 'v':
+	    case 'x':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case '0':
+	    case '1':
+	    case '2':
+	    case '3':
+	    case '4':
+	    case '5':
+	    case '6':
+	    case '7':
+	      break;
+#if defined(IGNORE_NONSTANDARD_ESCAPES) | defined(ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES)
+	    default:
+	      as_warn ("Unknown escape '\\%c' in string: Ignored", ch);
+	      break;
+#else  /* ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES */
+	    default:
+	      /* Accept \x as x for any x */
+	      break;
+#endif /* ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES */
+
+	    case EOF:
+	      as_warn ("End of file in string: '\"' inserted");
+	      PUT ('"');
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  continue;
+
+	case 7:
+	  ch = GET ();
+	  state = 5;
+	  old_state = 8;
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    goto fromeof;
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  continue;
+
+	case 8:
+	  do
+	    ch = GET ();
+	  while (ch != '\n' && ch != EOF);
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    goto fromeof;
+	  state = 0;
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* OK, we are somewhere in states 0 through 4 or 9 through 11 */
+
+      /* flushchar: */
+      ch = GET ();
+
+    recycle:
+
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+      /* We want to have pseudo-ops which control whether we are in
+         MRI mode or not.  Unfortunately, since m68k MRI mode affects
+         the scrubber, that means that we need a special purpose
+         recognizer here.  */
+      if (mri_state == NULL)
+	{
+	  if ((state == 0 || state == 1)
+	      && ch == mri_pseudo[0])
+	    mri_state = mri_pseudo + 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We advance to the next state if we find the right
+	     character, or if we need a space character and we get any
+	     whitespace character, or if we need a '0' and we get a
+	     '1' (this is so that we only need one state to handle
+	     ``.mri 0'' and ``.mri 1'').  */
+	  if (ch != '\0'
+	      && (*mri_state == ch
+		  || (*mri_state == ' '
+		      && lex[ch] == LEX_IS_WHITESPACE)
+		  || (*mri_state == '0'
+		      && ch == '1')))
+	    {
+	      mri_last_ch = ch;
+	      ++mri_state;
+	    }
+	  else if (*mri_state != '\0'
+		   || (lex[ch] != LEX_IS_WHITESPACE
+		       && lex[ch] != LEX_IS_NEWLINE))
+	    {
+	      /* We did not get the expected character, or we didn't
+		 get a valid terminating character after seeing the
+		 entire pseudo-op, so we must go back to the
+		 beginning.  */
+	      mri_state = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* We've read the entire pseudo-op.  mips_last_ch is
+                 either '0' or '1' indicating whether to enter or
+                 leave MRI mode.  */
+	      do_scrub_begin (mri_last_ch == '1');
+
+	      /* We continue handling the character as usual.  The
+                 main gas reader must also handle the .mri pseudo-op
+                 to control expression parsing and the like.  */
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      if (ch == EOF)
+	{
+	  if (state != 0)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("end of file not at end of a line; newline inserted");
+	      state = 0;
+	      PUT ('\n');
+	    }
+	  goto fromeof;
+	}
+
+      switch (lex[ch])
+	{
+	case LEX_IS_WHITESPACE:
+	  do
+	    {
+	      ch = GET ();
+	    }
+	  while (ch != EOF && IS_WHITESPACE (ch));
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    goto fromeof;
+
+	  if (state == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Preserve a single whitespace character at the
+		 beginning of a line.  */
+	      state = 1;
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      PUT (' ');
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (IS_COMMENT (ch)
+	      || ch == '/'
+	      || IS_LINE_SEPARATOR (ch))
+	    {
+	      if (scrub_m68k_mri)
+		{
+		  /* In MRI mode, we keep these spaces.  */
+		  UNGET (ch);
+		  PUT (' ');
+		  break;
+		}
+	      goto recycle;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we're in state 2 or 11, we've seen a non-white
+	     character followed by whitespace.  If the next character
+	     is ':', this is whitespace after a label name which we
+	     normally must ignore.  In MRI mode, though, spaces are
+	     not permitted between the label and the colon.  */
+	  if ((state == 2 || state == 11)
+	      && lex[ch] == LEX_IS_COLON
+	      && ! scrub_m68k_mri)
+	    {
+	      state = 1;
+	      PUT (ch);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  switch (state)
+	    {
+	    case 0:
+	      state++;
+	      goto recycle;	/* Punted leading sp */
+	    case 1:
+	      /* We can arrive here if we leave a leading whitespace
+		 character at the beginning of a line.  */
+	      goto recycle;
+	    case 2:
+	      state = 3;
+	      if (to + 1 < toend)
+		{
+		  /* Optimize common case by skipping UNGET/GET.  */
+		  PUT (' ');	/* Sp after opco */
+		  goto recycle;
+		}
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      PUT (' ');
+	      break;
+	    case 3:
+	      if (scrub_m68k_mri)
+		{
+		  /* In MRI mode, we keep these spaces.  */
+		  UNGET (ch);
+		  PUT (' ');
+		  break;
+		}
+	      goto recycle;	/* Sp in operands */
+	    case 9:
+	    case 10:
+	      if (scrub_m68k_mri)
+		{
+		  /* In MRI mode, we keep these spaces.  */
+		  state = 3;
+		  UNGET (ch);
+		  PUT (' ');
+		  break;
+		}
+	      state = 10;	/* Sp after symbol char */
+	      goto recycle;
+	    case 11:
+	      if (flag_m68k_mri
+#ifdef LABELS_WITHOUT_COLONS
+		  || 1
+#endif
+		  )
+		state = 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We know that ch is not ':', since we tested that
+                     case above.  Therefore this is not a label, so it
+                     must be the opcode, and we've just seen the
+                     whitespace after it.  */
+		  state = 3;
+		}
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      PUT (' ');	/* Sp after label definition.  */
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      BAD_CASE (state);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case LEX_IS_TWOCHAR_COMMENT_1ST:
+	  ch2 = GET ();
+	  if (ch2 == '*')
+	    {
+	      for (;;)
+		{
+		  do
+		    {
+		      ch2 = GET ();
+		      if (ch2 != EOF && IS_NEWLINE (ch2))
+			add_newlines++;
+		    }
+		  while (ch2 != EOF && ch2 != '*');
+
+		  while (ch2 == '*')
+		    ch2 = GET ();
+
+		  if (ch2 == EOF || ch2 == '/')
+		    break;
+
+		  /* This UNGET will ensure that we count newlines
+                     correctly.  */
+		  UNGET (ch2);
+		}
+
+	      if (ch2 == EOF)
+		as_warn ("end of file in multiline comment");
+
+	      ch = ' ';
+	      goto recycle;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (ch2 != EOF)
+		UNGET (ch2);
+	      if (state == 9 || state == 10)
+		state = 3;
+	      PUT (ch);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE:
+	  if (state == 10)
+	    {
+	      /* Preserve the whitespace in foo "bar" */
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      state = 3;
+	      PUT (' ');
+
+	      /* PUT didn't jump out.  We could just break, but we
+                 know what will happen, so optimize a bit.  */
+	      ch = GET ();
+	      old_state = 3;
+	    }
+	  else if (state == 9)
+	    old_state = 3;
+	  else
+	    old_state = state;
+	  state = 5;
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  break;
+
+#ifndef IEEE_STYLE
+	case LEX_IS_ONECHAR_QUOTE:
+	  if (state == 10)
+	    {
+	      /* Preserve the whitespace in foo 'b' */
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      state = 3;
+	      PUT (' ');
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  ch = GET ();
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("end of file after a one-character quote; \\0 inserted");
+	      ch = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (ch == '\\')
+	    {
+	      ch = GET ();
+	      if (ch == EOF)
+		{
+		  as_warn ("end of file in escape character");
+		  ch = '\\';
+		}
+	      else
+		ch = process_escape (ch);
+	    }
+	  sprintf (out_buf, "%d", (int) (unsigned char) ch);
+
+	  /* None of these 'x constants for us.  We want 'x'.  */
+	  if ((ch = GET ()) != '\'')
+	    {
+#ifdef REQUIRE_CHAR_CLOSE_QUOTE
+	      as_warn ("Missing close quote: (assumed)");
+#else
+	      if (ch != EOF)
+		UNGET (ch);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  if (strlen (out_buf) == 1)
+	    {
+	      PUT (out_buf[0]);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  if (state == 9)
+	    old_state = 3;
+	  else
+	    old_state = state;
+	  state = -1;
+	  out_string = out_buf;
+	  PUT (*out_string++);
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	case LEX_IS_COLON:
+	  if (state == 9 || state == 10)
+	    state = 3;
+	  else if (state != 3)
+	    state = 1;
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  break;
+
+	case LEX_IS_NEWLINE:
+	  /* Roll out a bunch of newlines from inside comments, etc.  */
+	  if (add_newlines)
+	    {
+	      --add_newlines;
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	    }
+	  /* fall thru into... */
+
+	case LEX_IS_LINE_SEPARATOR:
+	  state = 0;
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  break;
+
+	case LEX_IS_LINE_COMMENT_START:
+	  /* FIXME-someday: The two character comment stuff was badly
+	     thought out.  On i386, we want '/' as line comment start
+	     AND we want C style comments.  hence this hack.  The
+	     whole lexical process should be reworked.  xoxorich.  */
+	  if (ch == '/')
+	    {
+	      ch2 = GET ();
+	      if (ch2 == '*')
+		{
+		  old_state = 3;
+		  state = -2;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  UNGET (ch2);
+		}
+	    } /* bad hack */
+
+	  if (state == 0 || state == 1)	/* Only comment at start of line.  */
+	    {
+	      int startch;
+
+	      startch = ch;
+
+	      do
+		{
+		  ch = GET ();
+		}
+	      while (ch != EOF && IS_WHITESPACE (ch));
+	      if (ch == EOF)
+		{
+		  as_warn ("end of file in comment; newline inserted");
+		  PUT ('\n');
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (ch < '0' || ch > '9' || state != 0 || startch != '#')
+		{
+		  /* Not a cpp line.  */
+		  while (ch != EOF && !IS_NEWLINE (ch))
+		    ch = GET ();
+		  if (ch == EOF)
+		    as_warn ("EOF in Comment: Newline inserted");
+		  state = 0;
+		  PUT ('\n');
+		  break;
+		}
+	      /* Loks like `# 123 "filename"' from cpp.  */
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      old_state = 4;
+	      state = -1;
+	      if (scrub_m68k_mri)
+		out_string = "\tappline ";
+	      else
+		out_string = "\t.appline ";
+	      PUT (*out_string++);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have a line comment character which is not at the
+	     start of a line.  If this is also a normal comment
+	     character, fall through.  Otherwise treat it as a default
+	     character.  */
+	  if (strchr (tc_comment_chars, ch) == NULL
+	      && (! scrub_m68k_mri
+		  || (ch != '!' && ch != '*')))
+	    goto de_fault;
+	  if (scrub_m68k_mri
+	      && (ch == '!' || ch == '*' || ch == '#')
+	      && state != 1
+	      && state != 10)
+	    goto de_fault;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case LEX_IS_COMMENT_START:
+	  do
+	    {
+	      ch = GET ();
+	    }
+	  while (ch != EOF && !IS_NEWLINE (ch));
+	  if (ch == EOF)
+	    as_warn ("end of file in comment; newline inserted");
+	  state = 0;
+	  PUT ('\n');
+	  break;
+
+	case LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT:
+	  if (state == 10)
+	    {
+	      /* This is a symbol character following another symbol
+		 character, with whitespace in between.  We skipped
+		 the whitespace earlier, so output it now.  */
+	      UNGET (ch);
+	      state = 3;
+	      PUT (' ');
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (state == 3)
+	    state = 9;
+
+	  /* This is a common case.  Quickly copy CH and all the
+             following symbol component or normal characters.  */
+	  if (to + 1 < toend && mri_state == NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *s;
+	      int len;
+
+	      for (s = from; s < fromend; s++)
+		{
+		  int type;
+
+		  ch2 = *s;
+		  type = lex[ch2];
+		  if (type != 0
+		      && type != LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT)
+		    break;
+		}
+	      if (s > from)
+		{
+		  /* Handle the last character normally, for
+                     simplicity.  */
+		  --s;
+		}
+	      len = s - from;
+	      if (len > (toend - to) - 1)
+		len = (toend - to) - 1;
+	      if (len > 0)
+		{
+		  PUT (ch);
+		  if (len > 8)
+		    {
+		      memcpy (to, from, len);
+		      to += len;
+		      from += len;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      switch (len)
+			{
+			case 8: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 7: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 6: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 5: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 4: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 3: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 2: *to++ = *from++;
+			case 1: *to++ = *from++;
+			}
+		    } 
+		  ch = GET ();
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	default:
+	de_fault:
+	  /* Some relatively `normal' character.  */
+	  if (state == 0)
+	    {
+	      state = 11;	/* Now seeing label definition */
+	    }
+	  else if (state == 1)
+	    {
+	      state = 2;	/* Ditto */
+	    }
+	  else if (state == 9)
+	    {
+	      if (lex[ch] != LEX_IS_SYMBOL_COMPONENT)
+		state = 3;
+	    }
+	  else if (state == 10)
+	    {
+	      state = 3;
+	    }
+	  PUT (ch);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+
+ fromeof:
+  /* We have reached the end of the input.  */
+  return to - tostart;
+
+ tofull:
+  /* The output buffer is full.  Save any input we have not yet
+     processed.  */
+  if (fromend > from)
+    {
+      char *save;
+
+      save = (char *) xmalloc (fromend - from);
+      memcpy (save, from, fromend - from);
+      if (saved_input != NULL)
+	free (saved_input);
+      saved_input = save;
+      saved_input_len = fromend - from;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (saved_input != NULL)
+	{
+	  free (saved_input);
+	  saved_input = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  return to - tostart;
+}
+
+/* end of app.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/as.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/as.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1929e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/as.c
@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
+/* as.c - GAS main program.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+ * Main program for AS; a 32-bit assembler of GNU.
+ * Understands command arguments.
+ * Has a few routines that don't fit in other modules because they
+ * are shared.
+ *
+ *
+ *			bugs
+ *
+ * : initialisers
+ *	Since no-one else says they will support them in future: I
+ * don't support them now.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#define COMMON
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "output-file.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+#include "macro.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_ITBL_CPU
+#define itbl_parse(itbl_file) 1
+#define itbl_init()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+extern PTR sbrk ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static void show_usage PARAMS ((FILE *));
+static void parse_args PARAMS ((int *, char ***));
+static void dump_statistics PARAMS ((void));
+static void perform_an_assembly_pass PARAMS ((int argc, char **argv));
+static int macro_expr PARAMS ((const char *, int, sb *, int *));
+
+int listing;			/* true if a listing is wanted */
+
+static char *listing_filename = NULL;	/* Name of listing file.  */
+
+/* Maximum level of macro nesting.  */
+
+int max_macro_nest = 100;
+
+char *myname;			/* argv[0] */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+segT reg_section, expr_section;
+segT text_section, data_section, bss_section;
+#endif
+
+int chunksize = 5000;
+
+/* To monitor memory allocation more effectively, make this non-zero.
+   Then the chunk sizes for gas and bfd will be reduced.  */
+int debug_memory = 0;
+
+/* We build a list of defsyms as we read the options, and then define
+   them after we have initialized everything.  */
+
+struct defsym_list
+{
+  struct defsym_list *next;
+  char *name;
+  valueT value;
+};
+
+static struct defsym_list *defsyms;
+
+/* Keep a record of the itbl files we read in. */
+
+struct itbl_file_list
+{
+  struct itbl_file_list *next;
+  char *name;
+};
+
+static struct itbl_file_list *itbl_files;
+
+void
+print_version_id ()
+{
+  static int printed;
+  if (printed)
+    return;
+  printed = 1;
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "GNU assembler version %s (%s)", GAS_VERSION, TARGET_ALIAS);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  fprintf (stderr, ", using BFD version %s", BFD_VERSION);
+#endif
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+static void
+show_usage (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "Usage: %s [option...] [asmfile...]\n", myname);
+
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Options:\n\
+-a[sub-option...]	turn on listings\n\
+  Sub-options [default hls]:\n\
+  c	omit false conditionals\n\
+  d	omit debugging directives\n\
+  h	include high-level source\n\
+  l	include assembly\n\
+  n	omit forms processing\n\
+  s	include symbols\n\
+  =file set listing file name (must be last sub-option)\n");
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+-D			produce assembler debugging messages\n\
+--defsym SYM=VAL	define symbol SYM to given value\n\
+-f			skip whitespace and comment preprocessing\n\
+--help			show this message and exit\n\
+-I DIR			add DIR to search list for .include directives\n\
+-J			don't warn about signed overflow\n\
+-K			warn when differences altered for long displacements\n\
+-L			keep local symbols (starting with `L')\n");
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+-M,--mri		assemble in MRI compatibility mode\n\
+-nocpp			ignored\n\
+-o OBJFILE		name the object-file output OBJFILE (default a.out)\n\
+-R			fold data section into text section\n\
+--statistics		print various measured statistics from execution\n\
+--version		print assembler version number and exit\n\
+-W			suppress warnings\n\
+--itbl INSTTBL		extend instruction set to include instructions\n\
+			matching the specifications defined in file INSTTBL\n\
+-w			ignored\n\
+-X			ignored\n\
+-Z			generate object file even after errors\n");
+
+  md_show_usage (stream);
+
+  fprintf (stream, "\nReport bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_EMULATIONS
+#define EMULATION_ENVIRON "AS_EMULATION"
+
+extern struct emulation mipsbelf, mipslelf, mipself;
+extern struct emulation mipsbecoff, mipslecoff, mipsecoff;
+extern struct emulation i386coff, i386elf;
+
+static struct emulation *const emulations[] = { EMULATIONS };
+static const int n_emulations = sizeof (emulations) / sizeof (emulations[0]);
+
+static void select_emulation_mode PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+static void
+select_emulation_mode (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *p, *em = 0;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    if (!strncmp ("--em", argv[i], 4))
+      break;
+
+  if (i == argc)
+    goto do_default;
+
+  p = strchr (argv[i], '=');
+  if (p)
+    p++;
+  else
+    p = argv[i+1];
+
+  if (!p || !*p)
+    as_fatal ("missing emulation mode name");
+  em = p;
+
+ do_default:
+  if (em == 0)
+    em = getenv (EMULATION_ENVIRON);
+  if (em == 0)
+    em = DEFAULT_EMULATION;
+
+  if (em)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < n_emulations; i++)
+	if (!strcmp (emulations[i]->name, em))
+	  break;
+      if (i == n_emulations)
+	as_fatal ("unrecognized emulation name `%s'", em);
+      this_emulation = emulations[i];
+    }
+  else
+    this_emulation = emulations[0];
+
+  this_emulation->init ();
+}
+
+const char *
+default_emul_bfd_name ()
+{
+  abort ();
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+common_emul_init ()
+{
+  this_format = this_emulation->format;
+
+  if (this_emulation->leading_underscore == 2)
+    this_emulation->leading_underscore = this_format->dfl_leading_underscore;
+
+  if (this_emulation->default_endian != 2)
+    target_big_endian = this_emulation->default_endian;
+
+  if (this_emulation->fake_label_name == 0)
+    {
+      if (this_emulation->leading_underscore)
+	this_emulation->fake_label_name = "L0\001";
+      else
+	/* What other parameters should we test?  */
+	this_emulation->fake_label_name = ".L0\001";
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Since it is easy to do here we interpret the special arg "-"
+ * to mean "use stdin" and we set that argv[] pointing to "".
+ * After we have munged argv[], the only things left are source file
+ * name(s) and ""(s) denoting stdin. These file names are used
+ * (perhaps more than once) later.
+ *
+ * check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
+ * md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
+ */
+
+static void
+parse_args (pargc, pargv)
+     int *pargc;
+     char ***pargv;
+{
+  int old_argc, new_argc;
+  char **old_argv, **new_argv;
+
+  /* Starting the short option string with '-' is for programs that
+     expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+     the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+     as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.  */
+
+  char *shortopts;
+  extern CONST char *md_shortopts;
+  static const char std_shortopts[] =
+    {
+      '-', 'J',
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+      /* -K is not meaningful if .word is not being hacked.  */
+      'K',
+#endif
+      'L', 'M', 'R', 'W', 'Z', 'f', 'a', ':', ':', 'D', 'I', ':', 'o', ':',
+#ifndef VMS
+      /* -v takes an argument on VMS, so we don't make it a generic
+         option.  */
+      'v',
+#endif
+      'w', 'X',
+      /* New option for extending instruction set (see also --itbl below) */
+      't',
+      '\0'
+    };
+  struct option *longopts;
+  extern struct option md_longopts[];
+  extern size_t md_longopts_size;
+  static const struct option std_longopts[] = {
+#define OPTION_HELP (OPTION_STD_BASE)
+    {"help", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_HELP},
+    {"mri", no_argument, NULL, 'M'},
+#define OPTION_NOCPP (OPTION_STD_BASE + 1)
+    {"nocpp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOCPP},
+#define OPTION_STATISTICS (OPTION_STD_BASE + 2)
+    {"statistics", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_STATISTICS},
+#define OPTION_VERSION (OPTION_STD_BASE + 3)
+    {"version", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERSION},
+#define OPTION_DUMPCONFIG (OPTION_STD_BASE + 4)
+    {"dump-config", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DUMPCONFIG},
+#define OPTION_VERBOSE (OPTION_STD_BASE + 5)
+    {"verbose", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERBOSE},
+#define OPTION_EMULATION (OPTION_STD_BASE + 6)
+    {"emulation", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_EMULATION},
+#define OPTION_DEFSYM (OPTION_STD_BASE + 7)
+    {"defsym", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_DEFSYM},
+#define OPTION_INSTTBL (OPTION_STD_BASE + 8)
+    /* New option for extending instruction set (see also -t above).
+       The "-t file" or "--itbl file" option extends the basic set of
+       valid instructions by reading "file", a text file containing a
+       list of instruction formats.  The additional opcodes and their
+       formats are added to the built-in set of instructions, and
+       mnemonics for new registers may also be defined.  */
+    {"itbl", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_INSTTBL}
+  };
+
+  /* Construct the option lists from the standard list and the
+     target dependent list.  */
+  shortopts = concat (std_shortopts, md_shortopts, (char *) NULL);
+  longopts = (struct option *) xmalloc (sizeof (std_longopts) + md_longopts_size);
+  memcpy (longopts, std_longopts, sizeof (std_longopts));
+  memcpy ((char *) longopts + sizeof (std_longopts),
+	  md_longopts, md_longopts_size);
+
+  /* Make a local copy of the old argv.  */
+  old_argc = *pargc;
+  old_argv = *pargv;
+
+  /* Initialize a new argv that contains no options.  */
+  new_argv = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * (old_argc + 1));
+  new_argv[0] = old_argv[0];
+  new_argc = 1;
+  new_argv[new_argc] = NULL;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* getopt_long_only is like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can
+	 indicate a long option.  */
+      int longind;
+      int optc = getopt_long_only (old_argc, old_argv, shortopts, longopts,
+				   &longind);
+
+      if (optc == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (optc)
+	{
+	default:
+	  /* md_parse_option should return 1 if it recognizes optc,
+	     0 if not.  */
+	  if (md_parse_option (optc, optarg) != 0)
+	    break;
+	  /* `-v' isn't included in the general short_opts list, so check for
+	     it explicity here before deciding we've gotten a bad argument.  */
+	  if (optc == 'v')
+	    {
+#ifdef VMS
+	      /* Telling getopt to treat -v's value as optional can result
+		 in it picking up a following filename argument here.  The
+		 VMS code in md_parse_option can return 0 in that case,
+		 but it has no way of pushing the filename argument back.  */
+	      if (optarg && *optarg)
+		new_argv[new_argc++] = optarg,  new_argv[new_argc] = NULL;
+	      else
+#else
+	      case 'v':
+#endif
+	      case OPTION_VERBOSE:
+		print_version_id ();
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /*FALLTHRU*/
+
+	case '?':
+	  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+
+	case 1:			/* File name.  */
+	  if (!strcmp (optarg, "-"))
+	    optarg = "";
+	  new_argv[new_argc++] = optarg;
+	  new_argv[new_argc] = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_HELP:
+	  show_usage (stdout);
+	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+	case OPTION_NOCPP:
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_STATISTICS:
+	  flag_print_statistics = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_VERSION:
+	  /* This output is intended to follow the GNU standards document.  */
+	  printf ("GNU assembler %s\n", GAS_VERSION);
+	  printf ("Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
+	  printf ("\
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it under the terms of\n\
+the GNU General Public License.  This program has absolutely no warranty.\n");
+	  printf ("This assembler was configured for a target of `%s'.\n",
+		  TARGET_ALIAS);
+	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+	case OPTION_EMULATION:
+#ifdef USE_EMULATIONS
+	  if (strcmp (optarg, this_emulation->name))
+	    as_fatal ("multiple emulation names specified");
+#else
+	  as_fatal ("emulations not handled in this configuration");
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_DUMPCONFIG:
+	  fprintf (stderr, "alias = %s\n", TARGET_ALIAS);
+	  fprintf (stderr, "canonical = %s\n", TARGET_CANONICAL);
+	  fprintf (stderr, "cpu-type = %s\n", TARGET_CPU);
+#ifdef TARGET_OBJ_FORMAT
+	  fprintf (stderr, "format = %s\n", TARGET_OBJ_FORMAT);
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_FORMAT
+	  fprintf (stderr, "bfd-target = %s\n", TARGET_FORMAT);
+#endif
+	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+	case OPTION_DEFSYM:
+	  {
+	    char *s;
+	    long i;
+	    struct defsym_list *n;
+
+	    for (s = optarg; *s != '\0' && *s != '='; s++)
+	      ;
+	    if (*s == '\0')
+	      as_fatal ("bad defsym; format is --defsym name=value");
+	    *s++ = '\0';
+	    i = strtol (s, (char **) NULL, 0);
+	    n = (struct defsym_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+	    n->next = defsyms;
+	    n->name = optarg;
+	    n->value = i;
+	    defsyms = n;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_INSTTBL:
+	case 't':
+	  {
+	    /* optarg is the name of the file containing the instruction 
+	       formats, opcodes, register names, etc. */
+	    struct itbl_file_list *n;
+
+	    n = (struct itbl_file_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+	    n->next = itbl_files;
+	    n->name = optarg;
+	    itbl_files = n;
+
+	    /* Parse the file and add the new instructions to our internal
+	       table.  If multiple instruction tables are specified, the 
+	       information from this table gets appended onto the existing 
+	       internal table. */
+	    itbl_files->name = xstrdup (optarg);
+	    if (itbl_parse (itbl_files->name) != 0)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "Failed to read instruction table %s\n", 
+			 itbl_files->name);
+		exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'J':
+	  flag_signed_overflow_ok = 1;
+	  break;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+	case 'K':
+	  flag_warn_displacement = 1;
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	case 'L':
+	  flag_keep_locals = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M':
+	  flag_mri = 1;
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	  flag_m68k_mri = 1;
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+	case 'R':
+	  flag_readonly_data_in_text = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'W':
+	  flag_no_warnings = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Z':
+	  flag_always_generate_output = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  if (optarg)
+	    {
+	      while (*optarg)
+		{
+		  switch (*optarg)
+		    {
+		    case 'c':
+		      listing |= LISTING_NOCOND;
+		      break;
+		    case 'd':
+		      listing |= LISTING_NODEBUG;
+		      break;
+		    case 'h':
+		      listing |= LISTING_HLL;
+		      break;
+		    case 'l':
+		      listing |= LISTING_LISTING;
+		      break;
+		    case 'n':
+		      listing |= LISTING_NOFORM;
+		      break;
+		    case 's':
+		      listing |= LISTING_SYMBOLS;
+		      break;
+		    case '=':
+		      listing_filename = xstrdup (optarg + 1);
+		      optarg += strlen (listing_filename);
+		      break;
+		    default:
+		      as_fatal ("invalid listing option `%c'", *optarg);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  optarg++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (!listing)
+	    listing = LISTING_DEFAULT;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'D':
+	  /* DEBUG is implemented: it debugs different */
+	  /* things from other people's assemblers. */
+	  flag_debug = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'f':
+	  flag_no_comments = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'I':
+	  {			/* Include file directory */
+	    char *temp = xstrdup (optarg);
+	    add_include_dir (temp);
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	case 'o':
+	  out_file_name = xstrdup (optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'w':
+	  break;
+
+	case 'X':
+	  /* -X means treat warnings as errors */
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (shortopts);
+  free (longopts);
+
+  *pargc = new_argc;
+  *pargv = new_argv;
+}
+
+static long start_time;
+
+int 
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int macro_alternate;
+  int macro_strip_at;
+  int keep_it;
+
+  start_time = get_run_time ();
+
+
+  if (debug_memory)
+    {
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      extern long _bfd_chunksize;
+      _bfd_chunksize = 64;
+#endif
+      chunksize = 64;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HOST_SPECIAL_INIT
+  HOST_SPECIAL_INIT (argc, argv);
+#endif
+
+  myname = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (myname);
+
+  START_PROGRESS (myname, 0);
+
+#ifndef OBJ_DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_NAME
+#define OBJ_DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_NAME "a.out"
+#endif
+
+  out_file_name = OBJ_DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_NAME;
+
+  hex_init ();
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_init ();
+  bfd_set_error_program_name (myname);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_EMULATIONS
+  select_emulation_mode (argc, argv);
+#endif
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  symbol_begin ();
+  frag_init ();
+  subsegs_begin ();
+  parse_args (&argc, &argv); 
+  read_begin ();
+  input_scrub_begin ();
+  expr_begin ();
+
+  if (flag_print_statistics)
+    xatexit (dump_statistics);
+
+  macro_alternate = 0;
+  macro_strip_at = 0;
+#ifdef TC_I960
+  macro_strip_at = flag_mri;
+#endif
+#ifdef TC_A29K
+  /* For compatibility with the AMD 29K family macro assembler
+     specification.  */
+  macro_alternate = 1;
+  macro_strip_at = 1;
+#endif
+
+  macro_init (macro_alternate, flag_mri, macro_strip_at, macro_expr);
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  output_file_create (out_file_name);
+  assert (stdoutput != 0);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef tc_init_after_args
+  tc_init_after_args ();
+#endif
+
+  itbl_init ();
+
+  /* Now that we have fully initialized, and have created the output
+     file, define any symbols requested by --defsym command line
+     arguments.  */
+  while (defsyms != NULL)
+    {
+      symbolS *sym;
+      struct defsym_list *next;
+
+      sym = symbol_new (defsyms->name, absolute_section, defsyms->value,
+			&zero_address_frag);
+      symbol_table_insert (sym);
+      next = defsyms->next;
+      free (defsyms);
+      defsyms = next;
+    }
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+
+  perform_an_assembly_pass (argc, argv);	/* Assemble it. */
+
+  cond_finish_check (-1);
+
+#ifdef md_end
+  md_end ();
+#endif
+
+  if (seen_at_least_1_file ()
+      && (flag_always_generate_output || had_errors () == 0))
+    keep_it = 1;
+  else
+    keep_it = 0;
+
+  if (keep_it)
+    write_object_file ();
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  listing_print (listing_filename);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OBJ_VMS /* does its own file handling */
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  if (keep_it)
+#endif
+    output_file_close (out_file_name);
+#endif
+
+  if (had_errors () > 0 && ! flag_always_generate_output)
+    keep_it = 0;
+
+  if (!keep_it)
+    unlink (out_file_name);
+
+  input_scrub_end ();
+
+  END_PROGRESS (myname);
+
+  /* Use xexit instead of return, because under VMS environments they
+     may not place the same interpretation on the value given.  */
+  if (had_errors () > 0)
+    xexit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+  xexit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+static void
+dump_statistics ()
+{
+  extern char **environ;
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+  char *lim = (char *) sbrk (0);
+#endif
+  long run_time = get_run_time () - start_time;
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: total time in assembly: %ld.%06ld\n",
+	   myname, run_time / 1000000, run_time % 1000000);
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: data size %ld\n",
+	   myname, (long) (lim - (char *) &environ));
+#endif
+
+  subsegs_print_statistics (stderr);
+  write_print_statistics (stderr);
+  symbol_print_statistics (stderr);
+  read_print_statistics (stderr);
+
+#ifdef tc_print_statistics
+  tc_print_statistics (stderr);
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_print_statistics
+  obj_print_statistics (stderr);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*			perform_an_assembly_pass()
+ *
+ * Here to attempt 1 pass over each input file.
+ * We scan argv[*] looking for filenames or exactly "" which is
+ * shorthand for stdin. Any argv that is NULL is not a file-name.
+ * We set need_pass_2 TRUE if, after this, we still have unresolved
+ * expressions of the form (unknown value)+-(unknown value).
+ *
+ * Note the un*x semantics: there is only 1 logical input file, but it
+ * may be a catenation of many 'physical' input files.
+ */
+static void 
+perform_an_assembly_pass (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int saw_a_file = 0;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  flagword applicable;
+#endif
+
+  need_pass_2 = 0;
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+  {
+    unsigned int i;
+    for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+      segment_info[i].fix_root = 0;
+  }
+  /* Create the three fixed ones */
+  {
+    segT seg;
+
+#ifdef TE_APOLLO
+    seg = subseg_new (".wtext", 0);
+#else
+    seg = subseg_new (".text", 0);
+#endif
+    assert (seg == SEG_E0);
+    seg = subseg_new (".data", 0);
+    assert (seg == SEG_E1);
+    seg = subseg_new (".bss", 0);
+    assert (seg == SEG_E2);
+#ifdef TE_APOLLO
+    create_target_segments ();
+#endif
+  }
+
+#else /* not MANY_SEGMENTS */
+  text_fix_root = NULL;
+  data_fix_root = NULL;
+  bss_fix_root = NULL;
+#endif /* not MANY_SEGMENTS */
+#else /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+  /* Create the standard sections, and those the assembler uses
+     internally.  */
+  text_section = subseg_new (".text", 0);
+  data_section = subseg_new (".data", 0);
+  bss_section = subseg_new (".bss", 0);
+  /* @@ FIXME -- we're setting the RELOC flag so that sections are assumed
+     to have relocs, otherwise we don't find out in time. */
+  applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, text_section,
+			 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC
+				       | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY));
+  /* @@ FIXME -- SEC_CODE seems to mean code only, rather than code possibly.*/
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, data_section,
+			 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC));
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, bss_section, applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
+  seg_info (bss_section)->bss = 1;
+  subseg_new (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0);
+  subseg_new (BFD_UND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
+  reg_section = subseg_new ("*GAS `reg' section*", 0);
+  expr_section = subseg_new ("*GAS `expr' section*", 0);
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+  subseg_set (text_section, 0);
+
+  /* This may add symbol table entries, which requires having an open BFD,
+     and sections already created, in BFD_ASSEMBLER mode.  */
+  md_begin ();
+
+#ifdef obj_begin
+  obj_begin ();
+#endif
+
+  argv++;			/* skip argv[0] */
+  argc--;			/* skip argv[0] */
+  while (argc--)
+    {
+      if (*argv)
+	{			/* Is it a file-name argument? */
+	  PROGRESS (1);
+	  saw_a_file++;
+	  /* argv->"" if stdin desired, else->filename */
+	  read_a_source_file (*argv);
+	}
+      argv++;			/* completed that argv */
+    }
+  if (!saw_a_file)
+    read_a_source_file ("");
+}				/* perform_an_assembly_pass() */
+
+/* The interface between the macro code and gas expression handling.  */
+
+static int
+macro_expr (emsg, idx, in, val)
+     const char *emsg;
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int *val;
+{
+  char *hold;
+  expressionS ex;
+
+  sb_terminate (in);
+
+  hold = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = in->ptr + idx;
+  expression (&ex);
+  idx = input_line_pointer - in->ptr;
+  input_line_pointer = hold;
+
+  if (ex.X_op != O_constant)
+    as_bad ("%s", emsg);
+
+  *val = (int) ex.X_add_number;
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* end of as.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/as.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/as.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60fccaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/as.h
@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+/* as.h - global header file
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GAS
+#define GAS 1
+/*
+ * I think this stuff is largely out of date.  xoxorich.
+ *
+ * CAPITALISED names are #defined.
+ * "lowercaseH" is #defined if "lowercase.h" has been #include-d.
+ * "lowercaseT" is a typedef of "lowercase" objects.
+ * "lowercaseP" is type "pointer to object of type 'lowercase'".
+ * "lowercaseS" is typedef struct ... lowercaseS.
+ *
+ * #define DEBUG to enable all the "know" assertion tests.
+ * #define SUSPECT when debugging hash code.
+ * #define COMMON as "extern" for all modules except one, where you #define
+ *	COMMON as "".
+ * If TEST is #defined, then we are testing a module: #define COMMON as "".
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+/* This is the code recommended in the autoconf documentation, almost
+   verbatim.  If it doesn't work for you, let me know, and notify
+   djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu as well.  */
+/* Added #undef for DJ Delorie.  The right fix is to ensure that as.h
+   is included first, before even any system header files, in all files
+   that use it.  KR 1994.11.03 */
+/* Added void* version for STDC case.  This is to be compatible with
+   the declaration in bison.simple, used for m68k operand parsing.
+   --KR 1995.08.08 */
+/* Force void* decl for hpux.  This is what Bison uses.  --KR 1995.08.16 */
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+#    if !defined (__STDC__) && !defined (__hpux)
+char *alloca ();
+#    else
+void *alloca ();
+#    endif /* __STDC__, __hpux */
+#   endif /* alloca */
+#  endif /* _AIX */
+# endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
+#endif
+
+/* Now, tend to the rest of the configuration.  */
+
+/* System include files first... */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+/* for size_t, pid_t */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+/* The first getopt value for machine-independent long options.
+   150 isn't special; it's just an arbitrary non-ASCII char value.  */
+#define OPTION_STD_BASE 150
+/* The first getopt value for machine-dependent long options.
+   170 gives the standard options room to grow.  */
+#define OPTION_MD_BASE 170
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#undef NDEBUG
+#endif
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC_MINOR__ <= 5
+#define __PRETTY_FUNCTION__  ((char*)0)
+#endif
+#if 0
+
+/* Handle lossage with assert.h.  */
+#ifndef BROKEN_ASSERT
+#include <assert.h>
+#else /* BROKEN_ASSERT */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define assert(p) ((p) ? 0 : (as_assert (__FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__), 0))
+#else
+#define assert(p) ((p), 0)
+#endif
+#endif /* BROKEN_ASSERT */
+
+#else
+
+#define assert(P) ((P) ? 0 : (as_assert (__FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__), 0))
+#undef abort
+#define abort()		as_abort (__FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Now GNU header files... */
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#include <bfd.h>
+#endif
+#include <libiberty.h>
+
+/* Define the standard progress macros.  */
+#include <progress.h>
+
+/* This doesn't get taken care of anywhere.  */
+#ifndef __MWERKS__  /* Metrowerks C chokes on the "defined (inline)" */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (inline)
+#define inline
+#endif
+#endif /* !__MWERKS__ */
+
+/* Other stuff from config.h.  */
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+extern char *strstr ();
+#endif
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+extern PTR malloc ();
+extern PTR realloc ();
+#endif
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+extern void free ();
+#endif
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* This is needed for VMS with DEC C.  */
+#if ! defined (__GNUC__) && ! defined (HAVE_UNLINK) && defined (HAVE_REMOVE)
+#define unlink remove
+#endif
+
+/* Hack to make "gcc -Wall" not complain about obstack macros.  */
+#if !defined (memcpy) && !defined (bcopy)
+#define bcopy(src,dest,size)	memcpy(dest,src,size)
+#endif
+
+/* Make Saber happier on obstack.h.  */
+#ifdef SABER
+#undef  __PTR_TO_INT
+#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((int)(P))
+#undef  __INT_TO_PTR
+#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((char *)(P))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __LINE__
+#define __LINE__ "unknown"
+#endif /* __LINE__ */
+
+#ifndef __FILE__
+#define __FILE__ "unknown"
+#endif /* __FILE__ */
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+#ifdef GO32
+#include "fopen-bin.h"
+#else
+#include "fopen-same.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free xfree
+
+#define xfree free
+
+#define BAD_CASE(val) \
+{ \
+      as_fatal("Case value %ld unexpected at line %d of file \"%s\"\n", \
+	       (long) val, __LINE__, __FILE__); \
+	   }
+
+#include "flonum.h"
+
+/* These are assembler-wide concepts */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern bfd *stdoutput;
+typedef bfd_vma addressT;
+typedef bfd_signed_vma offsetT;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long addressT;
+typedef long offsetT;
+#endif
+
+/* Type of symbol value, etc.  For use in prototypes.  */
+typedef addressT valueT;
+
+#ifndef COMMON
+#ifdef TEST
+#define COMMON			/* declare our COMMONs storage here. */
+#else
+#define COMMON extern		/* our commons live elswhere */
+#endif
+#endif
+/* COMMON now defined */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifndef know
+#define know(p) assert(p)	/* Verify our assumptions! */
+#endif /* not yet defined */
+#else
+#define know(p)			/* know() checks are no-op.ed */
+#endif
+
+/* input_scrub.c */
+
+/*
+ * Supplies sanitised buffers to read.c.
+ * Also understands printing line-number part of error messages.
+ */
+
+
+/* subsegs.c     Sub-segments. Also, segment(=expression type)s.*/
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+#include "bfd.h"
+#define N_SEGMENTS 40
+#define SEG_NORMAL(x) ((x) >= SEG_E0 && (x) <= SEG_E39)
+#define SEG_LIST SEG_E0,SEG_E1,SEG_E2,SEG_E3,SEG_E4,SEG_E5,SEG_E6,SEG_E7,SEG_E8,SEG_E9,\
+		 SEG_E10,SEG_E11,SEG_E12,SEG_E13,SEG_E14,SEG_E15,SEG_E16,SEG_E17,SEG_E18,SEG_E19,\
+		 SEG_E20,SEG_E21,SEG_E22,SEG_E23,SEG_E24,SEG_E25,SEG_E26,SEG_E27,SEG_E28,SEG_E29,\
+		 SEG_E30,SEG_E31,SEG_E32,SEG_E33,SEG_E34,SEG_E35,SEG_E36,SEG_E37,SEG_E38,SEG_E39
+#define SEG_TEXT SEG_E0
+#define SEG_DATA SEG_E1
+#define SEG_BSS SEG_E2
+#define SEG_LAST SEG_E39
+#else
+#define N_SEGMENTS 3
+#define SEG_NORMAL(x) ((x) == SEG_TEXT || (x) == SEG_DATA || (x) == SEG_BSS)
+#define SEG_LIST SEG_TEXT,SEG_DATA,SEG_BSS
+#endif
+
+typedef enum _segT
+  {
+    SEG_ABSOLUTE = 0,
+    SEG_LIST,
+    SEG_UNKNOWN,
+    SEG_GOOF,			/* Only happens if AS has a logic error. */
+    /* Invented so we don't crash printing */
+    /* error message involving weird segment. */
+    SEG_EXPR,			/* Intermediate expression values. */
+    SEG_DEBUG,			/* Debug segment */
+    SEG_NTV,			/* Transfert vector preload segment */
+    SEG_PTV,			/* Transfert vector postload segment */
+    SEG_REGISTER		/* Mythical: a register-valued expression */
+  } segT;
+
+#define SEG_MAXIMUM_ORDINAL (SEG_REGISTER)
+#else
+typedef asection *segT;
+#define SEG_NORMAL(SEG)		((SEG) != absolute_section	\
+				 && (SEG) != undefined_section	\
+				 && (SEG) != reg_section	\
+				 && (SEG) != expr_section)
+#endif
+typedef int subsegT;
+
+/* What subseg we are accreting now? */
+COMMON subsegT now_subseg;
+
+/* Segment our instructions emit to. */
+COMMON segT now_seg;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define segment_name(SEG)	bfd_get_section_name (stdoutput, SEG)
+#else
+extern char const *const seg_name[];
+#define segment_name(SEG)	seg_name[(int) (SEG)]
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern int section_alignment[];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern segT reg_section, expr_section;
+/* Shouldn't these be eliminated someday?  */
+extern segT text_section, data_section, bss_section;
+#define absolute_section	bfd_abs_section_ptr
+#define undefined_section	bfd_und_section_ptr
+#else
+#define reg_section		SEG_REGISTER
+#define expr_section		SEG_EXPR
+#define text_section		SEG_TEXT
+#define data_section		SEG_DATA
+#define bss_section		SEG_BSS
+#define absolute_section	SEG_ABSOLUTE
+#define undefined_section	SEG_UNKNOWN
+#endif
+
+/* relax() */
+
+enum _relax_state
+  {
+    /* Variable chars to be repeated fr_offset times.
+       Fr_symbol unused. Used with fr_offset == 0 for a
+       constant length frag. */
+    rs_fill = 1,
+
+    /* Align.  The fr_offset field holds the power of 2 to which to
+       align.  The fr_var field holds the number of characters in the
+       fill pattern.  The fr_subtype field holds the maximum number of
+       bytes to skip when aligning, or 0 if there is no maximum.  */
+    rs_align,
+
+    /* Align code.  The fr_offset field holds the power of 2 to which
+       to align.  This type is only generated by machine specific
+       code, which is normally responsible for handling the fill
+       pattern.  The fr_subtype field holds the maximum number of
+       bytes to skip when aligning, or 0 if there is no maximum.  */
+    rs_align_code,
+
+    /* Org: Fr_offset, fr_symbol: address. 1 variable char: fill
+       character. */
+    rs_org,
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+    /* JF: gunpoint */
+    rs_broken_word,
+#endif
+
+    /* machine-specific relaxable (or similarly alterable) instruction */
+    rs_machine_dependent,
+
+    /* .space directive with expression operand that needs to be computed
+       later.  Similar to rs_org, but different.
+       fr_symbol: operand
+       1 variable char: fill character  */
+    rs_space
+  };
+
+typedef enum _relax_state relax_stateT;
+
+/* This type is used in prototypes, so it can't be a type that will be
+   widened for argument passing.  */
+typedef unsigned int relax_substateT;
+
+/* Enough bits for address, but still an integer type.
+   Could be a problem, cross-assembling for 64-bit machines.  */
+typedef addressT relax_addressT;
+
+
+/* frags.c */
+
+/*
+ * A code fragment (frag) is some known number of chars, followed by some
+ * unknown number of chars. Typically the unknown number of chars is an
+ * instruction address whose size is yet unknown. We always know the greatest
+ * possible size the unknown number of chars may become, and reserve that
+ * much room at the end of the frag.
+ * Once created, frags do not change address during assembly.
+ * We chain the frags in (a) forward-linked list(s). The object-file address
+ * of the 1st char of a frag is generally not known until after relax().
+ * Many things at assembly time describe an address by {object-file-address
+ * of a particular frag}+offset.
+
+ BUG: it may be smarter to have a single pointer off to various different
+ notes for different frag kinds. See how code pans
+ */
+struct frag
+{
+  /* Object file address. */
+  addressT fr_address;
+  /* Chain forward; ascending address order.  Rooted in frch_root. */
+  struct frag *fr_next;
+
+  /* (Fixed) number of chars we know we have.  May be 0. */
+  offsetT fr_fix;
+  /* (Variable) number of chars after above.  May be 0. */
+  offsetT fr_var;
+  /* For variable-length tail. */
+  struct symbol *fr_symbol;
+  /* For variable-length tail. */
+  offsetT fr_offset;
+  /* Points to opcode low addr byte, for relaxation.  */
+  char *fr_opcode;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  struct list_info_struct *line;
+#endif
+
+  /* What state is my tail in? */
+  relax_stateT fr_type;
+  relax_substateT fr_subtype;
+
+  union {
+    /* These are needed only on the NS32K machines.  But since we don't
+       include targ-cpu.h until after this structure has been defined,
+       we can't really conditionalize it.  This code should be
+       rearranged a bit to make that possible.  */
+    struct {
+      char pcrel_adjust, bsr;
+    } ns32k;
+#ifdef USING_CGEN
+    /* Don't include this unless using CGEN to keep frag size down.  */
+    struct {
+      const struct cgen_insn *insn;
+      unsigned char opindex, opinfo;
+    } cgen;
+#endif
+  } fr_targ;
+
+  /* Where the frag was created, or where it became a variant frag.  */
+  char *fr_file;
+  unsigned int fr_line;
+
+  /* Data begins here.  */
+  char fr_literal[1];
+};
+
+#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_FRAG \
+((char *)zero_address_frag.fr_literal-(char *)&zero_address_frag)
+/* We want to say fr_literal[0] above. */
+
+typedef struct frag fragS;
+
+/* Current frag we are building.  This frag is incomplete.  It is, however,
+   included in frchain_now.  The fr_fix field is bogus; instead, use:
+   obstack_next_free(&frags)-frag_now->fr_literal.  */
+COMMON fragS *frag_now;
+extern int frag_now_fix PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* For foreign-segment symbol fixups. */
+COMMON fragS zero_address_frag;
+/* For local common (N_BSS segment) fixups. */
+COMMON fragS bss_address_frag;
+
+/* main program "as.c" (command arguments etc) */
+
+COMMON unsigned char flag_no_comments; /* -f */
+COMMON unsigned char flag_debug; /* -D */
+COMMON unsigned char flag_signed_overflow_ok; /* -J */
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+COMMON unsigned char flag_warn_displacement; /* -K */
+#endif
+
+/* True if local symbols should be retained.  */
+COMMON int flag_keep_locals; /* -L */
+
+/* True if we are assembling in MRI mode.  */
+COMMON int flag_mri;
+
+/* True if we are assembling in m68k MRI mode.  */
+COMMON int flag_m68k_mri;
+
+/* Should the data section be made read-only and appended to the text
+   section?  */
+COMMON unsigned char flag_readonly_data_in_text; /* -R */
+
+/* True if warnings should be inhibited.  */
+COMMON int flag_no_warnings; /* -W */
+
+/* True if we should attempt to generate output even if non-fatal errors
+   are detected.  */
+COMMON unsigned char flag_always_generate_output; /* -Z */
+
+/* This is true if the assembler should output time and space usage. */
+
+COMMON unsigned char flag_print_statistics;
+
+/* name of emitted object file */
+COMMON char *out_file_name;
+
+/* name of file defining extensions to the basic instruction set */
+COMMON char *insttbl_file_name;
+
+/* TRUE if we need a second pass. */
+COMMON int need_pass_2;
+
+/* TRUE if we should do no relaxing, and
+   leave lots of padding.  */
+COMMON int linkrelax;
+
+/* TRUE if we should produce a listing.  */
+extern int listing;
+
+/* Maximum level of macro nesting.  */
+extern int max_macro_nest;
+
+/* Obstack chunk size.  Keep large for efficient space use, make small to
+   increase malloc calls for monitoring memory allocation.  */
+extern int chunksize;
+
+struct _pseudo_type
+  {
+    /* assembler mnemonic, lower case, no '.' */
+    const char *poc_name;
+    /* Do the work */
+    void (*poc_handler) PARAMS ((int));
+    /* Value to pass to handler */
+    int poc_val;
+  };
+
+typedef struct _pseudo_type pseudo_typeS;
+
+/* Prefer varargs for non-ANSI compiler, since some will barf if the
+   ellipsis definition is used with a no-arguments declaration.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H) && !defined (__STDC__)
+#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDARG_H)
+#define USE_STDARG
+#endif
+#if !defined (USE_STDARG) && defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H)
+#define USE_VARARGS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 2) && !defined(VMS)
+/* for use with -Wformat */
+#define PRINTF_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN (const char *format, ...) \
+					__attribute__ ((format (printf, 1, 2)))
+#define PRINTF_WHERE_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN (char *file, unsigned int line, \
+					  const char *format, ...) \
+					__attribute__ ((format (printf, 3, 4)))
+#else /* ANSI C with stdarg, but not GNU C */
+#define PRINTF_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN PARAMS ((const char *format, ...))
+#define PRINTF_WHERE_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN PARAMS ((char *file, \
+						  unsigned int line, \
+					  	  const char *format, ...))
+#endif
+#else /* not using stdarg */
+#define PRINTF_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN ()
+#define PRINTF_WHERE_LIKE(FCN)	void FCN ()
+#endif
+
+PRINTF_LIKE (as_bad);
+PRINTF_LIKE (as_fatal);
+PRINTF_LIKE (as_tsktsk);
+PRINTF_LIKE (as_warn);
+PRINTF_WHERE_LIKE (as_bad_where);
+PRINTF_WHERE_LIKE (as_warn_where);
+void as_assert PARAMS ((const char *, int, const char *));
+void as_abort PARAMS ((const char *, int, const char *));
+
+void fprint_value PARAMS ((FILE *file, addressT value));
+void sprint_value PARAMS ((char *buf, addressT value));
+
+int had_errors PARAMS ((void));
+int had_warnings PARAMS ((void));
+
+void print_version_id PARAMS ((void));
+char *app_push PARAMS ((void));
+char *atof_ieee PARAMS ((char *str, int what_kind, LITTLENUM_TYPE * words));
+char *input_scrub_include_file PARAMS ((char *filename, char *position));
+char *input_scrub_new_file PARAMS ((char *filename));
+char *input_scrub_next_buffer PARAMS ((char **bufp));
+int do_scrub_chars PARAMS ((int (*get) (char **), char *to, int tolen));
+int gen_to_words PARAMS ((LITTLENUM_TYPE * words, int precision,
+			  long exponent_bits));
+int had_err PARAMS ((void));
+int ignore_input PARAMS ((void));
+void cond_finish_check PARAMS ((int));
+void cond_exit_macro PARAMS ((int));
+int seen_at_least_1_file PARAMS ((void));
+void app_pop PARAMS ((char *arg));
+void as_howmuch PARAMS ((FILE * stream));
+void as_perror PARAMS ((const char *gripe, const char *filename));
+void as_where PARAMS ((char **namep, unsigned int *linep));
+void bump_line_counters PARAMS ((void));
+void do_scrub_begin PARAMS ((int));
+void input_scrub_begin PARAMS ((void));
+void input_scrub_close PARAMS ((void));
+void input_scrub_end PARAMS ((void));
+void new_logical_line PARAMS ((char *fname, int line_number));
+void subsegs_begin PARAMS ((void));
+void subseg_change PARAMS ((segT seg, int subseg));
+segT subseg_new PARAMS ((const char *name, subsegT subseg));
+segT subseg_force_new PARAMS ((const char *name, subsegT subseg));
+void subseg_set PARAMS ((segT seg, subsegT subseg));
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+segT subseg_get PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+struct expressionS;
+struct fix;
+struct symbol;
+struct relax_type;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+/* literal.c */
+valueT add_to_literal_pool PARAMS ((struct symbol *, valueT, segT, int));
+#endif
+
+#include "expr.h"		/* Before targ-*.h */
+
+/* this one starts the chain of target dependant headers */
+#include "targ-env.h"
+
+#include "struc-symbol.h"
+#include "write.h"
+#include "frags.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "read.h"
+#include "symbols.h"
+
+#include "tc.h"
+#include "obj.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_EMULATIONS
+#include "emul.h"
+#endif
+#include "listing.h"
+
+#ifndef LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LOCAL_LABELS_FB
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* GAS */
+
+/* end of as.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/atof-generic.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/atof-generic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a00f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/atof-generic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+/* atof_generic.c - turn a string of digits into a Flonum
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE (0)
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE  (1)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void flonum_print PARAMS ((const FLONUM_TYPE *));
+#endif
+
+#define ASSUME_DECIMAL_MARK_IS_DOT
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Given a string of decimal digits , with optional decimal	*
+ *	mark and optional decimal exponent (place value) of the		*
+ *	lowest_order decimal digit: produce a floating point		*
+ *	number. The number is 'generic' floating point: our		*
+ *	caller will encode it for a specific machine architecture.	*
+ *									*
+ *	Assumptions							*
+ *		uses base (radix) 2					*
+ *		this machine uses 2's complement binary integers	*
+ *		target flonums use "      "         "       "		*
+ *		target flonums exponents fit in a long			*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+  Syntax:
+
+  <flonum> ::= <optional-sign> <decimal-number> <optional-exponent>
+  <optional-sign> ::= '+' | '-' | {empty}
+  <decimal-number> ::= <integer>
+  | <integer> <radix-character>
+  | <integer> <radix-character> <integer>
+  | <radix-character> <integer>
+
+  <optional-exponent> ::= {empty}
+  | <exponent-character> <optional-sign> <integer>
+
+  <integer> ::= <digit> | <digit> <integer>
+  <digit> ::= '0' | '1' | '2' | '3' | '4' | '5' | '6' | '7' | '8' | '9'
+  <exponent-character> ::= {one character from "string_of_decimal_exponent_marks"}
+  <radix-character> ::= {one character from "string_of_decimal_marks"}
+
+  */
+
+int
+atof_generic (address_of_string_pointer,
+	      string_of_decimal_marks,
+	      string_of_decimal_exponent_marks,
+	      address_of_generic_floating_point_number)
+     /* return pointer to just AFTER number we read. */
+     char **address_of_string_pointer;
+     /* At most one per number. */
+     const char *string_of_decimal_marks;
+     const char *string_of_decimal_exponent_marks;
+     FLONUM_TYPE *address_of_generic_floating_point_number;
+{
+  int return_value;		/* 0 means OK. */
+  char *first_digit;
+  int number_of_digits_before_decimal;
+  int number_of_digits_after_decimal;
+  long decimal_exponent;
+  int number_of_digits_available;
+  char digits_sign_char;
+
+  /*
+   * Scan the input string, abstracting (1)digits (2)decimal mark (3) exponent.
+   * It would be simpler to modify the string, but we don't; just to be nice
+   * to caller.
+   * We need to know how many digits we have, so we can allocate space for
+   * the digits' value.
+   */
+
+  char *p;
+  char c;
+  int seen_significant_digit;
+
+#ifdef ASSUME_DECIMAL_MARK_IS_DOT
+  assert (string_of_decimal_marks[0] == '.'
+	  && string_of_decimal_marks[1] == 0);
+#define IS_DECIMAL_MARK(c)	((c) == '.')
+#else
+#define IS_DECIMAL_MARK(c)	(0 != strchr (string_of_decimal_marks, (c)))
+#endif
+
+  first_digit = *address_of_string_pointer;
+  c = *first_digit;
+
+  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+    {
+      digits_sign_char = c;
+      first_digit++;
+    }
+  else
+    digits_sign_char = '+';
+
+  switch (first_digit[0])
+    {
+    case 'n':
+    case 'N':
+      if (!strncasecmp ("nan", first_digit, 3))
+	{
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->sign = 0;
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->exponent = 0;
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->leader =
+	    address_of_generic_floating_point_number->low;
+	  *address_of_string_pointer = first_digit + 3;
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 'i':
+    case 'I':
+      if (!strncasecmp ("inf", first_digit, 3))
+	{
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->sign =
+	    digits_sign_char == '+' ? 'P' : 'N';
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->exponent = 0;
+	  address_of_generic_floating_point_number->leader =
+	    address_of_generic_floating_point_number->low;
+
+	  first_digit += 3;
+	  if (!strncasecmp ("inity", first_digit, 5))
+	    first_digit += 5;
+
+	  *address_of_string_pointer = first_digit;
+
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  number_of_digits_before_decimal = 0;
+  number_of_digits_after_decimal = 0;
+  decimal_exponent = 0;
+  seen_significant_digit = 0;
+  for (p = first_digit;
+       (((c = *p) != '\0')
+	&& (!c || !IS_DECIMAL_MARK (c))
+	&& (!c || !strchr (string_of_decimal_exponent_marks, c)));
+       p++)
+    {
+      if (isdigit (c))
+	{
+	  if (seen_significant_digit || c > '0')
+	    {
+	      ++number_of_digits_before_decimal;
+	      seen_significant_digit = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      first_digit++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  break;		/* p -> char after pre-decimal digits. */
+	}
+    }				/* For each digit before decimal mark. */
+
+#ifndef OLD_FLOAT_READS
+  /* Ignore trailing 0's after the decimal point.  The original code here
+   * (ifdef'd out) does not do this, and numbers like
+   *	4.29496729600000000000e+09	(2**31)
+   * come out inexact for some reason related to length of the digit
+   * string.
+   */
+  if (c && IS_DECIMAL_MARK (c))
+    {
+      int zeros = 0;		/* Length of current string of zeros */
+
+      for (p++; (c = *p) && isdigit (c); p++)
+	{
+	  if (c == '0')
+	    {
+	      zeros++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      number_of_digits_after_decimal += 1 + zeros;
+	      zeros = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#else
+  if (c && IS_DECIMAL_MARK (c))
+    {
+      for (p++;
+	   (((c = *p) != '\0')
+	    && (!c || !strchr (string_of_decimal_exponent_marks, c)));
+	   p++)
+	{
+	  if (isdigit (c))
+	    {
+	      /* This may be retracted below. */
+	      number_of_digits_after_decimal++;
+
+	      if ( /* seen_significant_digit || */ c > '0')
+		{
+		  seen_significant_digit = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (!seen_significant_digit)
+		{
+		  number_of_digits_after_decimal = 0;
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}			/* For each digit after decimal mark. */
+    }
+
+  while (number_of_digits_after_decimal
+	 && first_digit[number_of_digits_before_decimal
+			+ number_of_digits_after_decimal] == '0')
+    --number_of_digits_after_decimal;
+#endif
+
+  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+    {
+      while (c == '_')
+	c = *++p;
+    }
+  if (c && strchr (string_of_decimal_exponent_marks, c))
+    {
+      char digits_exponent_sign_char;
+
+      c = *++p;
+      if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	{
+	  while (c == '_')
+	    c = *++p;
+	}
+      if (c && strchr ("+-", c))
+	{
+	  digits_exponent_sign_char = c;
+	  c = *++p;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  digits_exponent_sign_char = '+';
+	}
+
+      for (; (c); c = *++p)
+	{
+	  if (isdigit (c))
+	    {
+	      decimal_exponent = decimal_exponent * 10 + c - '0';
+	      /*
+	       * BUG! If we overflow here, we lose!
+	       */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (digits_exponent_sign_char == '-')
+	{
+	  decimal_exponent = -decimal_exponent;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *address_of_string_pointer = p;
+
+
+
+  number_of_digits_available =
+    number_of_digits_before_decimal + number_of_digits_after_decimal;
+  return_value = 0;
+  if (number_of_digits_available == 0)
+    {
+      address_of_generic_floating_point_number->exponent = 0;	/* Not strictly necessary */
+      address_of_generic_floating_point_number->leader
+	= -1 + address_of_generic_floating_point_number->low;
+      address_of_generic_floating_point_number->sign = digits_sign_char;
+      /* We have just concocted (+/-)0.0E0 */
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int count;		/* Number of useful digits left to scan. */
+
+      LITTLENUM_TYPE *digits_binary_low;
+      unsigned int precision;
+      unsigned int maximum_useful_digits;
+      unsigned int number_of_digits_to_use;
+      unsigned int more_than_enough_bits_for_digits;
+      unsigned int more_than_enough_littlenums_for_digits;
+      unsigned int size_of_digits_in_littlenums;
+      unsigned int size_of_digits_in_chars;
+      FLONUM_TYPE power_of_10_flonum;
+      FLONUM_TYPE digits_flonum;
+
+      precision = (address_of_generic_floating_point_number->high
+		   - address_of_generic_floating_point_number->low
+		   + 1);	/* Number of destination littlenums. */
+
+      /* Includes guard bits (two littlenums worth) */
+#if 0 /* The integer version below is very close, and it doesn't
+	 require floating point support (which is currently buggy on
+	 the Alpha).  */
+      maximum_useful_digits = (((double) (precision - 2))
+			       * ((double) (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS))
+			       / (LOG_TO_BASE_2_OF_10))
+	+ 2;			/* 2 :: guard digits. */
+#else
+      maximum_useful_digits = (((precision - 2))
+			       * ( (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS))
+			       * 1000000 / 3321928)
+	+ 2;			/* 2 :: guard digits. */
+#endif
+
+      if (number_of_digits_available > maximum_useful_digits)
+	{
+	  number_of_digits_to_use = maximum_useful_digits;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  number_of_digits_to_use = number_of_digits_available;
+	}
+
+      /* Cast these to SIGNED LONG first, otherwise, on systems with
+	 LONG wider than INT (such as Alpha OSF/1), unsignedness may
+	 cause unexpected results.  */
+      decimal_exponent += ((long) number_of_digits_before_decimal
+			   - (long) number_of_digits_to_use);
+
+#if 0
+      more_than_enough_bits_for_digits
+	= ((((double) number_of_digits_to_use) * LOG_TO_BASE_2_OF_10) + 1);
+#else
+      more_than_enough_bits_for_digits
+	= (number_of_digits_to_use * 3321928 / 1000000 + 1);
+#endif
+
+      more_than_enough_littlenums_for_digits
+	= (more_than_enough_bits_for_digits
+	   / LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	+ 2;
+
+      /* Compute (digits) part. In "12.34E56" this is the "1234" part.
+	 Arithmetic is exact here. If no digits are supplied then this
+	 part is a 0 valued binary integer.  Allocate room to build up
+	 the binary number as littlenums.  We want this memory to
+	 disappear when we leave this function.  Assume no alignment
+	 problems => (room for n objects) == n * (room for 1
+	 object).  */
+
+      size_of_digits_in_littlenums = more_than_enough_littlenums_for_digits;
+      size_of_digits_in_chars = size_of_digits_in_littlenums
+	* sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+
+      digits_binary_low = (LITTLENUM_TYPE *)
+	alloca (size_of_digits_in_chars);
+
+      memset ((char *) digits_binary_low, '\0', size_of_digits_in_chars);
+
+      /* Digits_binary_low[] is allocated and zeroed. */
+
+      /*
+       * Parse the decimal digits as if * digits_low was in the units position.
+       * Emit a binary number into digits_binary_low[].
+       *
+       * Use a large-precision version of:
+       * (((1st-digit) * 10 + 2nd-digit) * 10 + 3rd-digit ...) * 10 + last-digit
+       */
+
+      for (p = first_digit, count = number_of_digits_to_use; count; p++, --count)
+	{
+	  c = *p;
+	  if (isdigit (c))
+	    {
+	      /*
+	       * Multiply by 10. Assume can never overflow.
+	       * Add this digit to digits_binary_low[].
+	       */
+
+	      long carry;
+	      LITTLENUM_TYPE *littlenum_pointer;
+	      LITTLENUM_TYPE *littlenum_limit;
+
+	      littlenum_limit = digits_binary_low
+		+ more_than_enough_littlenums_for_digits
+		- 1;
+
+	      carry = c - '0';	/* char -> binary */
+
+	      for (littlenum_pointer = digits_binary_low;
+		   littlenum_pointer <= littlenum_limit;
+		   littlenum_pointer++)
+		{
+		  long work;
+
+		  work = carry + 10 * (long) (*littlenum_pointer);
+		  *littlenum_pointer = work & LITTLENUM_MASK;
+		  carry = work >> LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+		}
+
+	      if (carry != 0)
+		{
+		  /*
+		   * We have a GROSS internal error.
+		   * This should never happen.
+		   */
+		  as_fatal ("failed sanity check.");
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      ++count;		/* '.' doesn't alter digits used count. */
+	    }
+	}
+
+
+      /*
+       * Digits_binary_low[] properly encodes the value of the digits.
+       * Forget about any high-order littlenums that are 0.
+       */
+      while (digits_binary_low[size_of_digits_in_littlenums - 1] == 0
+	     && size_of_digits_in_littlenums >= 2)
+	size_of_digits_in_littlenums--;
+
+      digits_flonum.low = digits_binary_low;
+      digits_flonum.high = digits_binary_low + size_of_digits_in_littlenums - 1;
+      digits_flonum.leader = digits_flonum.high;
+      digits_flonum.exponent = 0;
+      /*
+       * The value of digits_flonum . sign should not be important.
+       * We have already decided the output's sign.
+       * We trust that the sign won't influence the other parts of the number!
+       * So we give it a value for these reasons:
+       * (1) courtesy to humans reading/debugging
+       *     these numbers so they don't get excited about strange values
+       * (2) in future there may be more meaning attached to sign,
+       *     and what was
+       *     harmless noise may become disruptive, ill-conditioned (or worse)
+       *     input.
+       */
+      digits_flonum.sign = '+';
+
+      {
+	/*
+	 * Compute the mantssa (& exponent) of the power of 10.
+	 * If sucessful, then multiply the power of 10 by the digits
+	 * giving return_binary_mantissa and return_binary_exponent.
+	 */
+
+	LITTLENUM_TYPE *power_binary_low;
+	int decimal_exponent_is_negative;
+	/* This refers to the "-56" in "12.34E-56". */
+	/* FALSE: decimal_exponent is positive (or 0) */
+	/* TRUE:  decimal_exponent is negative */
+	FLONUM_TYPE temporary_flonum;
+	LITTLENUM_TYPE *temporary_binary_low;
+	unsigned int size_of_power_in_littlenums;
+	unsigned int size_of_power_in_chars;
+
+	size_of_power_in_littlenums = precision;
+	/* Precision has a built-in fudge factor so we get a few guard bits. */
+
+	decimal_exponent_is_negative = decimal_exponent < 0;
+	if (decimal_exponent_is_negative)
+	  {
+	    decimal_exponent = -decimal_exponent;
+	  }
+
+	/* From now on: the decimal exponent is > 0. Its sign is separate. */
+
+	size_of_power_in_chars = size_of_power_in_littlenums
+	  * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE) + 2;
+
+	power_binary_low = (LITTLENUM_TYPE *) alloca (size_of_power_in_chars);
+	temporary_binary_low = (LITTLENUM_TYPE *) alloca (size_of_power_in_chars);
+	memset ((char *) power_binary_low, '\0', size_of_power_in_chars);
+	*power_binary_low = 1;
+	power_of_10_flonum.exponent = 0;
+	power_of_10_flonum.low = power_binary_low;
+	power_of_10_flonum.leader = power_binary_low;
+	power_of_10_flonum.high = power_binary_low + size_of_power_in_littlenums - 1;
+	power_of_10_flonum.sign = '+';
+	temporary_flonum.low = temporary_binary_low;
+	temporary_flonum.high = temporary_binary_low + size_of_power_in_littlenums - 1;
+	/*
+	 * (power) == 1.
+	 * Space for temporary_flonum allocated.
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * ...
+	 *
+	 * WHILE	more bits
+	 * DO	find next bit (with place value)
+	 *	multiply into power mantissa
+	 * OD
+	 */
+	{
+	  int place_number_limit;
+	  /* Any 10^(2^n) whose "n" exceeds this */
+	  /* value will fall off the end of */
+	  /* flonum_XXXX_powers_of_ten[]. */
+	  int place_number;
+	  const FLONUM_TYPE *multiplicand;	/* -> 10^(2^n) */
+
+	  place_number_limit = table_size_of_flonum_powers_of_ten;
+
+	  multiplicand = (decimal_exponent_is_negative
+			  ? flonum_negative_powers_of_ten
+			  : flonum_positive_powers_of_ten);
+
+	  for (place_number = 1;/* Place value of this bit of exponent. */
+	       decimal_exponent;/* Quit when no more 1 bits in exponent. */
+	       decimal_exponent >>= 1, place_number++)
+	    {
+	      if (decimal_exponent & 1)
+		{
+		  if (place_number > place_number_limit)
+		    {
+		      /* The decimal exponent has a magnitude so great
+			 that our tables can't help us fragment it.
+			 Although this routine is in error because it
+			 can't imagine a number that big, signal an
+			 error as if it is the user's fault for
+			 presenting such a big number.  */
+		      return_value = ERROR_EXPONENT_OVERFLOW;
+		      /* quit out of loop gracefully */
+		      decimal_exponent = 0;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+#ifdef TRACE
+		      printf ("before multiply, place_number = %d., power_of_10_flonum:\n",
+			      place_number);
+
+		      flonum_print (&power_of_10_flonum);
+		      (void) putchar ('\n');
+#endif
+#ifdef TRACE
+		      printf ("multiplier:\n");
+		      flonum_print (multiplicand + place_number);
+		      (void) putchar ('\n');
+#endif
+		      flonum_multip (multiplicand + place_number,
+				     &power_of_10_flonum, &temporary_flonum);
+#ifdef TRACE
+		      printf ("after multiply:\n");
+		      flonum_print (&temporary_flonum);
+		      (void) putchar ('\n');
+#endif
+		      flonum_copy (&temporary_flonum, &power_of_10_flonum);
+#ifdef TRACE
+		      printf ("after copy:\n");
+		      flonum_print (&power_of_10_flonum);
+		      (void) putchar ('\n');
+#endif
+		    } /* If this bit of decimal_exponent was computable.*/
+		} /* If this bit of decimal_exponent was set. */
+	    } /* For each bit of binary representation of exponent */
+#ifdef TRACE
+	  printf ("after computing power_of_10_flonum:\n");
+	  flonum_print (&power_of_10_flonum);
+	  (void) putchar ('\n');
+#endif
+	}
+
+      }
+
+      /*
+       * power_of_10_flonum is power of ten in binary (mantissa) , (exponent).
+       * It may be the number 1, in which case we don't NEED to multiply.
+       *
+       * Multiply (decimal digits) by power_of_10_flonum.
+       */
+
+      flonum_multip (&power_of_10_flonum, &digits_flonum, address_of_generic_floating_point_number);
+      /* Assert sign of the number we made is '+'. */
+      address_of_generic_floating_point_number->sign = digits_sign_char;
+
+    }
+  return return_value;
+}
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+static void
+flonum_print (f)
+     const FLONUM_TYPE *f;
+{
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *lp;
+  char littlenum_format[10];
+  sprintf (littlenum_format, " %%0%dx", sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE) * 2);
+#define print_littlenum(LP)	(printf (littlenum_format, LP))
+  printf ("flonum @%p %c e%ld", f, f->sign, f->exponent);
+  if (f->low < f->high)
+    for (lp = f->high; lp >= f->low; lp--)
+      print_littlenum (*lp);
+  else
+    for (lp = f->low; lp <= f->high; lp++)
+      print_littlenum (*lp);
+  printf ("\n");
+  fflush (stdout);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* end of atof_generic.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum-copy.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum-copy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bffcbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum-copy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* bignum_copy.c - copy a bignum
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+/*
+ *			bignum_copy ()
+ *
+ * Copy a bignum from in to out.
+ * If the output is shorter than the input, copy lower-order littlenums.
+ * Return 0 or the number of significant littlenums dropped.
+ * Assumes littlenum arrays are densely packed: no unused chars between
+ * the littlenums. Uses memcpy() to move littlenums, and wants to
+ * know length (in chars) of the input bignum.
+ */
+
+/* void */
+int
+bignum_copy (in, in_length, out, out_length)
+     register LITTLENUM_TYPE *in;
+     register int in_length;	/* in sizeof(littlenum)s */
+     register LITTLENUM_TYPE *out;
+     register int out_length;	/* in sizeof(littlenum)s */
+{
+  int significant_littlenums_dropped;
+
+  if (out_length < in_length)
+    {
+      LITTLENUM_TYPE *p;	/* -> most significant (non-zero) input
+				      littlenum. */
+
+      memcpy ((void *) out, (void *) in,
+	      (unsigned int) out_length << LITTLENUM_SHIFT);
+      for (p = in + in_length - 1; p >= in; --p)
+	{
+	  if (*p)
+	    break;
+	}
+      significant_littlenums_dropped = p - in - in_length + 1;
+
+      if (significant_littlenums_dropped < 0)
+	{
+	  significant_littlenums_dropped = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      memcpy ((char *) out, (char *) in,
+	      (unsigned int) in_length << LITTLENUM_SHIFT);
+
+      if (out_length > in_length)
+	{
+	  memset ((char *) (out + in_length),
+		  '\0',
+		  (unsigned int) (out_length - in_length) << LITTLENUM_SHIFT);
+	}
+
+      significant_littlenums_dropped = 0;
+    }
+
+  return (significant_littlenums_dropped);
+}				/* bignum_copy() */
+
+/* end of bignum-copy.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b2f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/bignum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* bignum.h-arbitrary precision integers
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Arbitrary-precision integer arithmetic.				*
+ *	For speed, we work in groups of bits, even though this		*
+ *	complicates algorithms.						*
+ *	Each group of bits is called a 'littlenum'.			*
+ *	A bunch of littlenums representing a (possibly large)		*
+ *	integer is called a 'bignum'.					*
+ *	Bignums are >= 0.						*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+#define	LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS	(16)
+#define	LITTLENUM_RADIX			(1 << LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+#define	LITTLENUM_MASK			(0xFFFF)
+#define LITTLENUM_SHIFT			(1)
+#define CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM		(1 << LITTLENUM_SHIFT)
+#ifndef BITS_PER_CHAR
+#define BITS_PER_CHAR			(8)
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned short LITTLENUM_TYPE;
+
+/* JF truncated this to get around a problem with GCC */
+#define	LOG_TO_BASE_2_OF_10 (3.3219280948873623478703194294893901758651)
+/* WARNING: I haven't checked that the trailing digits are correct! */
+
+/* lengths are in sizeof(littlenum)s */
+
+int bignum_copy PARAMS ((LITTLENUM_TYPE * in, int in_length,
+			 LITTLENUM_TYPE * out, int out_length));
+
+/* end of bignum.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/bit_fix.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/bit_fix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a729a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/bit_fix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* write.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bit_fix was implemented to support machines that need variables
+   to be inserted in bitfields other than 1, 2 and 4 bytes.
+   Furthermore it gives us a possibillity to mask in bits in the symbol
+   when it's fixed in the objectcode and check the symbols limits.
+
+   The or-mask is used to set the huffman bits in displacements for the
+   ns32k port.
+   The acbi, addqi, movqi, cmpqi instruction requires an assembler that
+   can handle bitfields. Ie handle an expression, evaluate it and insert
+   the result in an some bitfield. ( ex: 5 bits in a short field of a opcode)
+   */
+
+#ifndef __bit_fix_h__
+#define __bit_fix_h__
+
+struct bit_fix
+  {
+    int fx_bit_size;		/* Length of bitfield */
+    int fx_bit_offset;		/* Bit offset to bitfield */
+    long fx_bit_base;		/* Where do we apply the bitfix.
+				      If this is zero, default is assumed. */
+    long fx_bit_base_adj;	/* Adjustment of base */
+    long fx_bit_max;		/* Signextended max for bitfield */
+    long fx_bit_min;		/* Signextended min for bitfield */
+    long fx_bit_add;		/* Or mask, used for huffman prefix */
+  };
+typedef struct bit_fix bit_fixS;
+
+#endif /* __bit_fix_h__ */
+
+/* end of bit_fix.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/cgen.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/cgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9024e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/cgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/* GAS interface for targets using CGEN: Cpu tools GENerator.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "cgen-opc.h"
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+/* Callback to insert a register into the symbol table.
+   A target may choose to let GAS parse the registers.
+   ??? Not currently used.  */
+
+void
+cgen_asm_record_register (name, number)
+     char *name;
+     int number;
+{
+  /* Use symbol_create here instead of symbol_new so we don't try to
+     output registers into the object file's symbol table.  */
+  symbol_table_insert (symbol_create (name, reg_section,
+				      number, &zero_address_frag));
+}
+
+/* We need to keep a list of fixups.  We can't simply generate them as
+   we go, because that would require us to first create the frag, and
+   that would screw up references to ``.''.
+
+   This is used by cpu's with simple operands.  It keeps knowledge of what
+   an `expressionS' is and what a `fixup' is out of CGEN which for the time
+   being is preferable.
+
+   OPINDEX is the index in the operand table.
+   OPINFO is something the caller chooses to help in reloc determination.  */
+
+struct fixup
+{
+  int opindex;
+  int opinfo;
+  expressionS exp;
+};
+
+#define MAX_FIXUPS 5
+
+static struct fixup fixups[MAX_FIXUPS];
+static int num_fixups;
+
+/* Prepare to parse an instruction.
+   ??? May wish to make this static and delete calls in md_assemble.  */
+
+void
+cgen_asm_init_parse ()
+{
+  num_fixups = 0;
+}
+
+/* Queue a fixup.  */
+
+void
+cgen_queue_fixup (opindex, opinfo, expP)
+     int opindex;
+     expressionS *expP;
+{
+  /* We need to generate a fixup for this expression.  */
+  if (num_fixups >= MAX_FIXUPS)
+    as_fatal ("too many fixups");
+  fixups[num_fixups].exp = *expP;
+  fixups[num_fixups].opindex = opindex;
+  fixups[num_fixups].opinfo = opinfo;
+  ++num_fixups;
+}
+
+/* Default routine to record a fixup.
+   This is a cover function to fix_new.
+   It exists because we record INSN with the fixup.
+
+   FRAG and WHERE are their respective arguments to fix_new_exp.
+   LENGTH is in bits.
+   OPINFO is something the caller chooses to help in reloc determination.
+
+   At this point we do not use a bfd_reloc_code_real_type for
+   operands residing in the insn, but instead just use the
+   operand index.  This lets us easily handle fixups for any
+   operand type.  We pick a BFD reloc type in md_apply_fix.  */
+
+fixS *
+cgen_record_fixup (frag, where, insn, length, operand, opinfo, symbol, offset)
+     fragS *frag;
+     int where;
+     const struct cgen_insn *insn;
+     int length;
+     const struct cgen_operand *operand;
+     int opinfo;
+     symbolS *symbol;
+     offsetT offset;
+{
+  fixS *fixP;
+
+  /* It may seem strange to use operand->attrs and not insn->attrs here,
+     but it is the operand that has a pc relative relocation.  */
+
+  fixP = fix_new (frag, where, length / 8, symbol, offset,
+		  CGEN_OPERAND_ATTR (operand, CGEN_OPERAND_PCREL_ADDR) != 0,
+		  (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) ((int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + CGEN_OPERAND_INDEX (operand)));
+  fixP->tc_fix_data.insn = (PTR) insn;
+  fixP->tc_fix_data.opinfo = opinfo;
+
+  return fixP;
+}
+
+/* Default routine to record a fixup given an expression.
+   This is a cover function to fix_new_exp.
+   It exists because we record INSN with the fixup.
+
+   FRAG and WHERE are their respective arguments to fix_new_exp.
+   LENGTH is in bits.
+   OPINFO is something the caller chooses to help in reloc determination.
+
+   At this point we do not use a bfd_reloc_code_real_type for
+   operands residing in the insn, but instead just use the
+   operand index.  This lets us easily handle fixups for any
+   operand type.  We pick a BFD reloc type in md_apply_fix.  */
+
+fixS *
+cgen_record_fixup_exp (frag, where, insn, length, operand, opinfo, exp)
+     fragS *frag;
+     int where;
+     const struct cgen_insn *insn;
+     int length;
+     const struct cgen_operand *operand;
+     int opinfo;
+     expressionS *exp;
+{
+  fixS *fixP;
+
+  /* It may seem strange to use operand->attrs and not insn->attrs here,
+     but it is the operand that has a pc relative relocation.  */
+
+  fixP = fix_new_exp (frag, where, length / 8, exp,
+		      CGEN_OPERAND_ATTR (operand, CGEN_OPERAND_PCREL_ADDR) != 0,
+		      (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) ((int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + CGEN_OPERAND_INDEX (operand)));
+  fixP->tc_fix_data.insn = (PTR) insn;
+  fixP->tc_fix_data.opinfo = opinfo;
+
+  return fixP;
+}
+
+/* Callback for cgen interface.  Parse the expression at *STRP.
+   The result is an error message or NULL for success (in which case
+   *STRP is advanced past the parsed text).
+   WANT is an indication of what the caller is looking for.
+   If WANT == CGEN_ASM_PARSE_INIT the caller is beginning to try to match
+   a table entry with the insn, reset the queued fixups counter.
+   An enum cgen_parse_operand_result is stored in RESULTP.
+   OPINDEX is the operand's table entry index.
+   OPINFO is something the caller chooses to help in reloc determination.
+   The resulting value is stored in VALUEP.  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_parse_operand (want, strP, opindex, opinfo, resultP, valueP)
+     enum cgen_parse_operand_type want;
+     const char **strP;
+     int opindex;
+     int opinfo;
+     enum cgen_parse_operand_result *resultP;
+     bfd_vma *valueP;
+{
+  char *hold;
+  const char *errmsg = NULL;
+  expressionS exp;
+
+  if (want == CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INIT)
+    {
+      cgen_asm_init_parse ();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  hold = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = (char *) *strP;
+  expression (&exp);
+  *strP = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = hold;
+
+  /* FIXME: Need to check `want'.  */
+
+  switch (exp.X_op)
+    {
+    case O_illegal :
+      errmsg = "illegal operand";
+      *resultP = CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    case O_absent :
+      errmsg = "missing operand";
+      *resultP = CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    case O_constant :
+      *valueP = exp.X_add_number;
+      *resultP = CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_NUMBER;
+      break;
+    case O_register :
+      *valueP = exp.X_add_number;
+      *resultP = CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_REGISTER;
+      break;
+    default :
+      cgen_queue_fixup (opindex, opinfo, &exp);
+      *valueP = 0;
+      *resultP = CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_QUEUED;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return errmsg;
+}
+
+/* Finish assembling instruction INSN.
+   BUF contains what we've built up so far.
+   LENGTH is the size of the insn in bits.  */
+
+void
+cgen_asm_finish_insn (insn, buf, length)
+     const struct cgen_insn *insn;
+     cgen_insn_t *buf;
+     unsigned int length;
+{
+  int i, relax_operand;
+  char *f;
+  unsigned int byte_len = length / 8;
+
+  /* ??? Target foo issues various warnings here, so one might want to provide
+     a hook here.  However, our caller is defined in tc-foo.c so there
+     shouldn't be a need for a hook.  */
+
+  /* Write out the instruction.
+     It is important to fetch enough space in one call to `frag_more'.
+     We use (f - frag_now->fr_literal) to compute where we are and we
+     don't want frag_now to change between calls.
+
+     Relaxable instructions: We need to ensure we allocate enough
+     space for the largest insn.  */
+
+  if (CGEN_INSN_ATTR (insn, CGEN_INSN_RELAX) != 0)
+    abort (); /* These currently shouldn't get here.  */
+
+  /* Is there a relaxable insn with the relaxable operand needing a fixup?  */
+
+  relax_operand = -1;
+  if (CGEN_INSN_ATTR (insn, CGEN_INSN_RELAXABLE) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Scan the fixups for the operand affected by relaxing
+	 (i.e. the branch address).  */
+
+      for (i = 0; i < num_fixups; ++i)
+	{
+	  if (CGEN_OPERAND_ATTR (& CGEN_SYM (operand_table) [fixups[i].opindex],
+				 CGEN_OPERAND_RELAX) != 0)
+	    {
+	      relax_operand = i;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (relax_operand != -1)
+    {
+      int max_len;
+      fragS *old_frag;
+
+#ifdef TC_CGEN_MAX_RELAX
+      max_len = TC_CGEN_MAX_RELAX (insn, byte_len);
+#else
+      max_len = CGEN_MAX_INSN_SIZE;
+#endif
+      /* Ensure variable part and fixed part are in same fragment.  */
+      /* FIXME: Having to do this seems like a hack.  */
+      frag_grow (max_len);
+      /* Allocate space for the fixed part.  */
+      f = frag_more (byte_len);
+      /* Create a relaxable fragment for this instruction.  */
+      old_frag = frag_now;
+      frag_var (rs_machine_dependent,
+		max_len - byte_len /* max chars */,
+		0 /* variable part already allocated */,
+		/* FIXME: When we machine generate the relax table,
+		   machine generate a macro to compute subtype.  */
+		1 /* subtype */,
+		fixups[relax_operand].exp.X_add_symbol,
+		fixups[relax_operand].exp.X_add_number,
+		f);
+      /* Record the operand number with the fragment so md_convert_frag
+	 can use cgen_md_record_fixup to record the appropriate reloc.  */
+      /* FIXME: fr_targ.cgen is used pending deciding whether to
+	 allow a target to add members to fragS.  For more info
+	 see the comment above fr_targ in as.h.  */
+      old_frag->fr_targ.cgen.insn = insn;
+      old_frag->fr_targ.cgen.opindex = fixups[relax_operand].opindex;
+      old_frag->fr_targ.cgen.opinfo = fixups[relax_operand].opinfo;
+    }
+  else
+    f = frag_more (byte_len);
+
+  /* If we're recording insns as numbers (rather than a string of bytes),
+     target byte order handling is deferred until now.  */
+#if 0 /*def CGEN_INT_INSN*/
+  switch (length)
+    {
+    case 16:
+      if (cgen_big_endian_p)
+	bfd_putb16 ((bfd_vma) *buf, f);
+      else
+	bfd_putl16 ((bfd_vma) *buf, f);
+      break;
+    case 32:
+      if (cgen_big_endian_p)
+	bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) *buf, f);
+      else
+	bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) *buf, f);
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+#else
+  memcpy (f, buf, byte_len);
+#endif
+
+  /* Create any fixups.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < num_fixups; ++i)
+    {
+      /* Don't create fixups for these.  That's done during relaxation.
+	 We don't need to test for CGEN_INSN_RELAX as they can't get here
+	 (see above).  */
+      if (CGEN_INSN_ATTR (insn, CGEN_INSN_RELAXABLE) != 0
+	  && CGEN_OPERAND_ATTR (& CGEN_SYM (operand_table) [fixups[i].opindex],
+				CGEN_OPERAND_RELAX) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+#ifndef md_cgen_record_fixup_exp
+#define md_cgen_record_fixup_exp cgen_record_fixup_exp
+#endif
+
+      md_cgen_record_fixup_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal,
+				insn, length,
+				& CGEN_SYM (operand_table) [fixups[i].opindex],
+				fixups[i].opinfo,
+				&fixups[i].exp);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Apply a fixup to the object code.  This is called for all the
+   fixups we generated by the call to fix_new_exp, above.  In the call
+   above we used a reloc code which was the largest legal reloc code
+   plus the operand index.  Here we undo that to recover the operand
+   index.  At this point all symbol values should be fully resolved,
+   and we attempt to completely resolve the reloc.  If we can not do
+   that, we determine the correct reloc code and put it back in the fixup.  */
+
+/* FIXME: This function handles some of the fixups and bfd_install_relocation
+   handles the rest.  bfd_install_relocation (or some other bfd function)
+   should handle them all.  */
+
+int
+cgen_md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valueP, seg)
+     fixS *fixP;
+     valueT *valueP;
+     segT seg;
+{
+  char *where = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
+  valueT value;
+
+  /* FIXME FIXME FIXME: The value we are passed in *valuep includes
+     the symbol values.  Since we are using BFD_ASSEMBLER, if we are
+     doing this relocation the code in write.c is going to call
+     bfd_install_relocation, which is also going to use the symbol
+     value.  That means that if the reloc is fully resolved we want to
+     use *valuep since bfd_install_relocation is not being used.
+     However, if the reloc is not fully resolved we do not want to use
+     *valuep, and must use fx_offset instead.  However, if the reloc
+     is PC relative, we do want to use *valuep since it includes the
+     result of md_pcrel_from.  This is confusing.  */
+
+  if (fixP->fx_addsy == (symbolS *) NULL)
+    {
+      value = *valueP;
+      fixP->fx_done = 1;
+    }
+  else if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
+    value = *valueP;
+  else
+    {
+      value = fixP->fx_offset;
+      if (fixP->fx_subsy != (symbolS *) NULL)
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) == absolute_section)
+	    value -= S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* We don't actually support subtracting a symbol.  */
+ 	      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			    "expression too complex");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= (int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
+    {
+      int opindex = (int) fixP->fx_r_type - (int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
+      const struct cgen_operand *operand = & CGEN_SYM (operand_table) [opindex];
+      const char *errmsg;
+      bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc_type;
+      struct cgen_fields fields;
+      const struct cgen_insn *insn = (struct cgen_insn *) fixP->tc_fix_data.insn;
+
+      /* If the reloc has been fully resolved finish the operand here.  */
+      /* FIXME: This duplicates the capabilities of code in BFD.  */
+      if (fixP->fx_done
+	  /* FIXME: If partial_inplace isn't set bfd_install_relocation won't
+	     finish the job.  Testing for pcrel is a temporary hack.  */
+	  || fixP->fx_pcrel)
+	{
+	  /* This may seem like overkill, and using bfd_install_relocation or
+	     some such may be preferable, but this is simple.  */
+	  CGEN_FIELDS_BITSIZE (&fields) = CGEN_INSN_BITSIZE (insn);
+	  CGEN_SYM (set_operand) (opindex, &value, &fields);
+	  errmsg = CGEN_SYM (validate_operand) (opindex, &fields);
+	  if (errmsg)
+	    as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, "%s\n", errmsg);
+	  CGEN_SYM (insert_operand) (opindex, &fields, where);
+	}
+
+      if (fixP->fx_done)
+	return 1;
+
+      /* The operand isn't fully resolved.  Determine a BFD reloc value
+	 based on the operand information and leave it to
+	 bfd_install_relocation.  Note that this doesn't work when
+	 partial_inplace == false.  */
+
+      reloc_type = CGEN_SYM (lookup_reloc) (insn, operand, fixP);
+      if (reloc_type != BFD_RELOC_NONE)
+	{
+	  fixP->fx_r_type = reloc_type;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			"unresolved expression that must be resolved");
+	  fixP->fx_done = 1;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (fixP->fx_done)
+    {
+      /* We're finished with this fixup.  Install it because
+	 bfd_install_relocation won't be called to do it.  */
+      switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+	{
+	case BFD_RELOC_8:
+	  md_number_to_chars (where, value, 1);
+	  break;
+	case BFD_RELOC_16:
+	  md_number_to_chars (where, value, 2);
+	  break;
+	case BFD_RELOC_32:
+	  md_number_to_chars (where, value, 4);
+	  break;
+	/* FIXME: later add support for 64 bits.  */
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* bfd_install_relocation will be called to finish things up.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Tuck `value' away for use by tc_gen_reloc.
+     See the comment describing fx_addnumber in write.h.
+     This field is misnamed (or misused :-).  */
+  fixP->fx_addnumber = value;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target format.
+
+   FIXME: To what extent can we get all relevant targets to use this?  */
+
+arelent *
+cgen_tc_gen_reloc (section, fixP)
+     asection *section;
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  arelent *reloc;
+
+  reloc = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (stdoutput, sizeof (arelent));
+
+  reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixP->fx_r_type);
+  if (reloc->howto == (reloc_howto_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+		    "internal error: can't export reloc type %d (`%s')",
+		    fixP->fx_r_type, bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
+
+  reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixP->fx_addsy->bsym;
+  reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
+  reloc->addend = fixP->fx_addnumber;
+
+  return reloc;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/cond.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/cond.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..855848c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/cond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/* cond.c - conditional assembly pseudo-ops, and .include
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "macro.h"
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* This is allocated to grow and shrink as .ifdef/.endif pairs are scanned. */
+struct obstack cond_obstack;
+
+struct file_line
+{
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+};
+
+/* We push one of these structures for each .if, and pop it at the
+   .endif.  */
+
+struct conditional_frame
+{
+  /* The source file & line number of the "if".  */
+  struct file_line if_file_line;
+  /* The source file & line of the "else".  */
+  struct file_line else_file_line;
+  /* The previous conditional.  */
+  struct conditional_frame *previous_cframe;
+  /* Have we seen an else yet?  */
+  int else_seen;
+  /* Whether we are currently ignoring input.  */
+  int ignoring;
+  /* Whether a conditional at a higher level is ignoring input.  */
+  int dead_tree;
+  /* Macro nesting level at which this conditional was created.  */
+  int macro_nest;
+};
+
+static void initialize_cframe PARAMS ((struct conditional_frame *cframe));
+static char *get_mri_string PARAMS ((int, int *));
+
+static struct conditional_frame *current_cframe = NULL;
+
+void 
+s_ifdef (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  register char *name;		/* points to name of symbol */
+  register struct symbol *symbolP;	/* Points to symbol */
+  struct conditional_frame cframe;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();		/* Leading whitespace is part of operand. */
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+
+  if (!is_name_beginner (*name))
+    {
+      as_bad ("invalid identifier for \".ifdef\"");
+      obstack_1grow (&cond_obstack, 0);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char c;
+
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolP = symbol_find (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+      initialize_cframe (&cframe);
+      cframe.ignoring = cframe.dead_tree || !((symbolP != 0) ^ arg);
+      current_cframe = ((struct conditional_frame *)
+			obstack_copy (&cond_obstack, &cframe,
+				      sizeof (cframe)));
+
+      if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+	  && cframe.ignoring
+	  && (cframe.previous_cframe == NULL
+	      || ! cframe.previous_cframe->ignoring))
+	listing_list (2);
+
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+    }				/* if a valid identifyer name */
+}				/* s_ifdef() */
+
+void 
+s_if (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  expressionS operand;
+  struct conditional_frame cframe;
+  int t;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();		/* Leading whitespace is part of operand. */
+
+  if (current_cframe != NULL && current_cframe->ignoring)
+    {
+      operand.X_add_number = 0;
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      expression (&operand);
+      if (operand.X_op != O_constant)
+	as_bad ("non-constant expression in \".if\" statement");
+    }
+
+  switch ((operatorT) arg)
+    {
+    case O_eq: t = operand.X_add_number == 0; break;
+    case O_ne: t = operand.X_add_number != 0; break;
+    case O_lt: t = operand.X_add_number < 0; break;
+    case O_le: t = operand.X_add_number <= 0; break;
+    case O_ge: t = operand.X_add_number >= 0; break;
+    case O_gt: t = operand.X_add_number > 0; break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  /* If the above error is signaled, this will dispatch
+     using an undefined result.  No big deal.  */
+  initialize_cframe (&cframe);
+  cframe.ignoring = cframe.dead_tree || ! t;
+  current_cframe = ((struct conditional_frame *)
+		    obstack_copy (&cond_obstack, &cframe, sizeof (cframe)));
+
+  if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+      && cframe.ignoring
+      && (cframe.previous_cframe == NULL
+	  || ! cframe.previous_cframe->ignoring))
+    listing_list (2);
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_if() */
+
+/* Get a string for the MRI IFC or IFNC pseudo-ops.  */
+
+static char *
+get_mri_string (terminator, len)
+     int terminator;
+     int *len;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  char *s;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  s = ret = input_line_pointer;
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\'')
+    {
+      ++s;
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	{
+	  *s++ = *input_line_pointer++;
+	  if (s[-1] == '\'')
+	    {
+	      if (*input_line_pointer != '\'')
+		break;
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+	}
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      while (*input_line_pointer != terminator
+	     && ! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      s = input_line_pointer;
+      while (s > ret && (s[-1] == ' ' || s[-1] == '\t'))
+	--s;
+    }
+
+  *len = s - ret;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* The MRI IFC and IFNC pseudo-ops.  */
+
+void
+s_ifc (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+  char *s1, *s2;
+  int len1, len2;
+  int res;
+  struct conditional_frame cframe;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  s1 = get_mri_string (',', &len1);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    as_bad ("bad format for ifc or ifnc");
+  else
+    ++input_line_pointer;
+
+  s2 = get_mri_string (';', &len2);
+
+  res = len1 == len2 && strncmp (s1, s2, len1) == 0;
+
+  initialize_cframe (&cframe);
+  cframe.ignoring = cframe.dead_tree || ! (res ^ arg);
+  current_cframe = ((struct conditional_frame *)
+		    obstack_copy (&cond_obstack, &cframe, sizeof (cframe)));
+
+  if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+      && cframe.ignoring
+      && (cframe.previous_cframe == NULL
+	  || ! cframe.previous_cframe->ignoring))
+    listing_list (2);
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+}
+
+void 
+s_endif (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  struct conditional_frame *hold;
+
+  if (current_cframe == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("\".endif\" without \".if\"");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+	  && current_cframe->ignoring
+	  && (current_cframe->previous_cframe == NULL
+	      || ! current_cframe->previous_cframe->ignoring))
+	listing_list (1);
+
+      hold = current_cframe;
+      current_cframe = current_cframe->previous_cframe;
+      obstack_free (&cond_obstack, hold);
+    }				/* if one pop too many */
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_endif() */
+
+void 
+s_else (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  if (current_cframe == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad (".else without matching .if - ignored");
+
+    }
+  else if (current_cframe->else_seen)
+    {
+      as_bad ("duplicate \"else\" - ignored");
+      as_bad_where (current_cframe->else_file_line.file,
+		    current_cframe->else_file_line.line,
+		    "here is the previous \"else\"");
+      as_bad_where (current_cframe->if_file_line.file,
+		    current_cframe->if_file_line.line,
+		    "here is the previous \"if\"");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      as_where (&current_cframe->else_file_line.file,
+		&current_cframe->else_file_line.line);
+
+      if (!current_cframe->dead_tree)
+	{
+	  current_cframe->ignoring = !current_cframe->ignoring;
+	  if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+	      && ! current_cframe->ignoring)
+	    listing_list (1);
+	}			/* if not a dead tree */
+
+      current_cframe->else_seen = 1;
+    }				/* if error else do it */
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_else() */
+
+void 
+s_ifeqs (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  char *s1, *s2;
+  int len1, len2;
+  int res;
+  struct conditional_frame cframe;
+
+  s1 = demand_copy_C_string (&len1);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad (".ifeqs syntax error");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+
+  s2 = demand_copy_C_string (&len2);
+
+  res = len1 == len2 && strncmp (s1, s2, len1) == 0;
+
+  initialize_cframe (&cframe);
+  cframe.ignoring = cframe.dead_tree || ! (res ^ arg);
+  current_cframe = ((struct conditional_frame *)
+		    obstack_copy (&cond_obstack, &cframe, sizeof (cframe)));
+
+  if (LISTING_SKIP_COND ()
+      && cframe.ignoring
+      && (cframe.previous_cframe == NULL
+	  || ! cframe.previous_cframe->ignoring))
+    listing_list (2);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_ifeqs() */
+
+int 
+ignore_input ()
+{
+  char *s;
+
+  s = input_line_pointer;
+
+  if (flag_m68k_mri
+#ifdef NO_PSEUDO_DOT
+      || 1
+#endif
+      )
+    {
+      if (s[-1] != '.')
+	--s;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (s[-1] != '.')
+	return (current_cframe != NULL) && (current_cframe->ignoring);
+    }
+
+  /* We cannot ignore certain pseudo ops.  */
+  if (((s[0] == 'i'
+	|| s[0] == 'I')
+       && (!strncasecmp (s, "if", 2)
+	   || !strncasecmp (s, "ifdef", 5)
+	   || !strncasecmp (s, "ifndef", 6)))
+      || ((s[0] == 'e'
+	   || s[0] == 'E')
+	  && (!strncasecmp (s, "else", 4)
+	      || !strncasecmp (s, "endif", 5)
+	      || !strncasecmp (s, "endc", 4))))
+    return 0;
+
+  return (current_cframe != NULL) && (current_cframe->ignoring);
+}				/* ignore_input() */
+
+static void 
+initialize_cframe (cframe)
+     struct conditional_frame *cframe;
+{
+  memset (cframe, 0, sizeof (*cframe));
+  as_where (&cframe->if_file_line.file,
+	    &cframe->if_file_line.line);
+  cframe->previous_cframe = current_cframe;
+  cframe->dead_tree = current_cframe != NULL && current_cframe->ignoring;
+  cframe->macro_nest = macro_nest;
+}
+
+/* Give an error if a conditional is unterminated inside a macro or
+   the assembly as a whole.  If NEST is non negative, we are being
+   called because of the end of a macro expansion.  If NEST is
+   negative, we are being called at the of the input files.  */
+
+void
+cond_finish_check (nest)
+     int nest;
+{
+  if (current_cframe != NULL && current_cframe->macro_nest >= nest)
+    {
+      as_bad ("end of %s inside conditional",
+	      nest >= 0 ? "macro" : "file");
+      as_bad_where (current_cframe->if_file_line.file,
+		    current_cframe->if_file_line.line,
+		    "here is the start of the unterminated conditional");
+      if (current_cframe->else_seen)
+	as_bad_where (current_cframe->else_file_line.file,
+		      current_cframe->else_file_line.line,
+		      "here is the \"else\" of the unterminated conditional");
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function is called when we exit out of a macro.  We assume
+   that any conditionals which began within the macro are correctly
+   nested, and just pop them off the stack.  */
+
+void
+cond_exit_macro (nest)
+     int nest;
+{
+  while (current_cframe != NULL && current_cframe->macro_nest >= nest)
+    {
+      struct conditional_frame *hold;
+
+      hold = current_cframe;
+      current_cframe = current_cframe->previous_cframe;
+      obstack_free (&cond_obstack, hold);
+    }
+}
+
+/* end of cond.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/conf.in b/contrib/binutils/gas/conf.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d56807c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/conf.in
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* conf.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
+#undef inline
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Should gas use high-level BFD interfaces?  */
+#undef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+/* Some assert/preprocessor combinations are incapable of handling
+   certain kinds of constructs in the argument of assert.  For example,
+   quoted strings (if requoting isn't done right) or newlines.  */
+#undef BROKEN_ASSERT
+
+/* If we aren't doing cross-assembling, some operations can be optimized,
+   since byte orders and value sizes don't need to be adjusted.  */
+#undef CROSS_COMPILE
+
+/* Some gas code wants to know these parameters.  */
+#undef TARGET_ALIAS
+#undef TARGET_CPU
+#undef TARGET_CANONICAL
+#undef TARGET_OS
+#undef TARGET_VENDOR
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare strstr.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare malloc and realloc.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare free.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Sometimes the system header files don't declare sbrk.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Sometimes errno.h doesn't declare errno itself.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_ERRNO
+
+#undef MANY_SEGMENTS
+
+/* Needed only for sparc configuration.  */
+#undef SPARC_V9
+#undef SPARC_ARCH64
+
+/* Defined if using CGEN.  */
+#undef USING_CGEN
+
+/* Needed only for some configurations that can produce multiple output
+   formats.  */
+#undef DEFAULT_EMULATION
+#undef EMULATIONS
+#undef USE_EMULATIONS
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_AOUT
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_BOUT
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_COFF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_ECOFF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_GENERIC
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_HP300
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_IEEE
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_SOM
+#undef OBJ_MAYBE_VMS
+
+/* Used for some of the COFF configurations, when the COFF code needs
+   to select something based on the CPU type before it knows it... */
+#undef I386COFF
+#undef M68KCOFF
+#undef M88KCOFF
+
+/* Define if you have the remove function.  */
+#undef HAVE_REMOVE
+
+/* Define if you have the sbrk function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the unlink function.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNLINK
+
+/* Define if you have the <errno.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_ERRNO_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdarg.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <varargs.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_VARARGS_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/aout_gnu.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/aout_gnu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..badf9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/aout_gnu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+/* This file is aout_gnu.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef __A_OUT_GNU_H__
+#define __A_OUT_GNU_H__
+
+/* There are two main flavours of a.out, one which uses the standard
+   relocations, and one which uses extended relocations.
+
+   Today, the extended reloc uses are
+   TC_SPARC, TC_A29K
+
+   each must define the enum reloc_type
+
+*/
+
+#define USE_EXTENDED_RELOC (defined(TC_SPARC) || defined(TC_A29K))
+
+#if defined(TC_SPARC) || defined(TC_A29K)
+enum reloc_type
+  {
+    RELOC_8, RELOC_16, RELOC_32,/* simple relocations */
+    RELOC_DISP8, RELOC_DISP16, RELOC_DISP32,	/* pc-rel displacement */
+    RELOC_WDISP30, RELOC_WDISP22,
+    RELOC_HI22, RELOC_22,
+    RELOC_13, RELOC_LO10,
+    RELOC_SFA_BASE, RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
+    RELOC_BASE10, RELOC_BASE13, RELOC_BASE22,	/* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
+    RELOC_PC10, RELOC_PC22,	/* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
+    RELOC_JMP_TBL,		/* P.I.C. jump table */
+    RELOC_SEGOFF16,		/* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
+    RELOC_GLOB_DAT, RELOC_JMP_SLOT, RELOC_RELATIVE,
+    RELOC_10, RELOC_11,
+    RELOC_WDISP2_14,
+    RELOC_WDISP19,
+    RELOC_HHI22,
+    RELOC_HLO10,
+
+    /* 29K relocation types */
+    RELOC_JUMPTARG, RELOC_CONST, RELOC_CONSTH,
+
+    RELOC_WDISP14, RELOC_WDISP21,
+
+    NO_RELOC
+  };
+
+#endif /* TC_SPARC or TC_A29K */
+
+
+#define __GNU_EXEC_MACROS__
+
+#ifndef __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__
+
+/* This is the layout on disk of a Unix V7, Berkeley, SunOS, Vax Ultrix
+   "struct exec".  Don't assume that on this machine, the "struct exec"
+   will lay out the same sizes or alignments.  */
+
+struct exec_bytes
+  {
+    unsigned char a_info[4];
+    unsigned char a_text[4];
+    unsigned char a_data[4];
+    unsigned char a_bss[4];
+    unsigned char a_syms[4];
+    unsigned char a_entry[4];
+    unsigned char a_trsize[4];
+    unsigned char a_drsize[4];
+  };
+
+/* How big the "struct exec" is on disk */
+#define	EXEC_BYTES_SIZE	(8 * 4)
+
+/* This is the layout in memory of a "struct exec" while we process it.  */
+
+struct exec
+{
+  unsigned long a_info;		/* Use macros N_MAGIC, etc for access */
+  unsigned a_text;		/* length of text, in bytes */
+  unsigned a_data;		/* length of data, in bytes */
+  unsigned a_bss;		/* length of uninitialized data area for file, in bytes */
+  unsigned a_syms;		/* length of symbol table data in file, in bytes */
+  unsigned a_entry;		/* start address */
+  unsigned a_trsize;		/* length of relocation info for text, in bytes */
+  unsigned a_drsize;		/* length of relocation info for data, in bytes */
+};
+
+#endif /* __STRUCT_EXEC_OVERRIDE__ */
+
+/* these go in the N_MACHTYPE field */
+/* These symbols could be defined by code from Suns...punt 'em */
+#undef M_UNKNOWN
+#undef M_68010
+#undef M_68020
+#undef M_SPARC
+enum machine_type
+  {
+    M_UNKNOWN = 0,
+    M_68010 = 1,
+    M_68020 = 2,
+    M_SPARC = 3,
+    /* skip a bunch so we don't run into any of sun's numbers */
+    M_386 = 100,
+    M_29K = 101,
+    M_RS6000 = 102,		/* IBM RS/6000 */
+    /* HP/BSD formats */
+    M_HP200 = 200,		/* hp200 (68010) BSD binary */
+    M_HP300 = 300,		/* hp300 (68020+68881) BSD binary */
+    M_HPUX23 = 0x020C		/* hp200/300 HPUX binary */
+  };
+
+#define N_MAGIC(exec) ((exec).a_info & 0xffff)
+#define N_MACHTYPE(exec) ((enum machine_type)(((exec).a_info >> 16) & 0xff))
+#define N_FLAGS(exec) (((exec).a_info >> 24) & 0xff)
+#define N_SET_INFO(exec, magic, type, flags) \
+    ((exec).a_info = ((magic) & 0xffff) \
+     | (((int)(type) & 0xff) << 16) \
+     | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))
+#define N_SET_MAGIC(exec, magic) \
+    ((exec).a_info = (((exec).a_info & 0xffff0000) | ((magic) & 0xffff)))
+
+#define N_SET_MACHTYPE(exec, machtype) \
+    ((exec).a_info = \
+     ((exec).a_info&0xff00ffff) | ((((int)(machtype))&0xff) << 16))
+
+#define N_SET_FLAGS(exec, flags) \
+    ((exec).a_info = \
+     ((exec).a_info&0x00ffffff) | (((flags) & 0xff) << 24))
+
+/* Code indicating object file or impure executable.  */
+#ifndef OMAGIC
+#define OMAGIC 0407
+#endif
+/* Code indicating pure executable.  */
+#define NMAGIC 0410
+/* Code indicating demand-paged executable.  */
+#define ZMAGIC 0413
+
+/* Virtual Address of text segment from the a.out file.  For OMAGIC,
+   (almost always "unlinked .o's" these days), should be zero.
+   For linked files, should reflect reality if we know it.  */
+
+#ifndef N_TXTADDR
+#define N_TXTADDR(x)	(N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? 0 : TEXT_START_ADDR)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_BADMAG
+#define N_BADMAG(x)	  (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC		\
+			   && N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC		\
+			   && N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC)
+#endif
+
+/* By default, segment size is constant.  But on some machines, it can
+   be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type).  */
+#ifndef	N_SEGSIZE
+#define	N_SEGSIZE(x)	SEGMENT_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/* This complexity is for encapsulated COFF support */
+#ifndef _N_HDROFF
+#define _N_HDROFF(x)	(N_SEGSIZE(x) - sizeof (struct exec))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_TXTOFF
+#define N_TXTOFF(x)	(N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC ?	\
+			 _N_HDROFF((x)) + sizeof (struct exec) :	\
+			 sizeof (struct exec))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef N_DATOFF
+#define N_DATOFF(x)	( N_TXTOFF(x) + (x).a_text )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_TRELOFF
+#define N_TRELOFF(x)	( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_DRELOFF
+#define N_DRELOFF(x)	( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_SYMOFF
+#define N_SYMOFF(x)	( N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_STROFF
+#define N_STROFF(x)	( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
+#endif
+
+/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded.  */
+#ifndef N_TXTADDR
+#define	N_TXTADDR(x)	0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_DATADDR
+#define N_DATADDR(x) \
+    (N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? (N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text) \
+     :  (N_SEGSIZE(x) + ((N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text-1) & ~(N_SEGSIZE(x)-1))))
+#endif
+
+/* Address of bss segment in memory after it is loaded.  */
+#define N_BSSADDR(x) (N_DATADDR(x) + (x).a_data)
+
+struct nlist
+  {
+    union
+      {
+	char *n_name;
+	struct nlist *n_next;
+	long n_strx;
+      }
+    n_un;
+    unsigned char n_type;
+    char n_other;
+    short n_desc;
+    unsigned long n_value;
+  };
+
+#define N_UNDF 0
+#define N_ABS 2
+#define N_TEXT 4
+#define N_DATA 6
+#define N_BSS 8
+#define	N_COMM	0x12		/* common (visible in shared lib commons) */
+#define N_FN 0x1F		/* File name of a .o file */
+
+/* Note: N_EXT can only usefully be OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
+   N_DATA, or N_BSS.  When the low-order bit of other types is set,
+   (e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types.  */
+#define N_EXT 1
+#define N_TYPE 036
+#define N_STAB 0340
+
+/* The following type indicates the definition of a symbol as being
+   an indirect reference to another symbol.  The other symbol
+   appears as an undefined reference, immediately following this symbol.
+
+   Indirection is asymmetrical.  The other symbol's value will be used
+   to satisfy requests for the indirect symbol, but not vice versa.
+   If the other symbol does not have a definition, libraries will
+   be searched to find a definition.  */
+
+#define N_INDR 0xa
+
+/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
+   All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
+   Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
+   element's value is stored into one word of the space.
+   The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
+
+   The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
+   whose name is the same as the name of the set.
+   This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
+   in that it can satisfy undefined external references.  */
+
+/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file.  */
+#define	N_SETA	0x14		/* Absolute set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETT	0x16		/* Text set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETD	0x18		/* Data set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETB	0x1A		/* Bss set element symbol */
+
+/* This is output from LD.  */
+#define N_SETV	0x1C		/* Pointer to set vector in data area.  */
+
+/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
+   in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
+   message is printed.  */
+
+#define	N_WARNING 0x1e
+
+/* Weak symbols.  These are a GNU extension to the a.out format.  The
+   semantics are those of ELF weak symbols.  Weak symbols are always
+   externally visible.  The N_WEAK? values are squeezed into the
+   available slots.  The value of a N_WEAKU symbol is 0.  The values
+   of the other types are the definitions.  */
+#define N_WEAKU	0x0d		/* Weak undefined symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKA 0x0e		/* Weak absolute symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKT 0x0f		/* Weak text symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKD 0x10		/* Weak data symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKB 0x11		/* Weak bss symbol.  */
+
+/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
+   The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
+   all of which apply to the text section.
+   Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section.  */
+
+/* The following enum and struct were borrowed from SunOS's
+   /usr/include/sun4/a.out.h  and extended to handle
+   other machines.  It is currently used on SPARC and AMD 29000.
+
+   reloc_ext_bytes is how it looks on disk.  reloc_info_extended is
+   how we might process it on a native host.  */
+#if USE_EXTENDED_RELOC
+
+struct reloc_ext_bytes
+  {
+    unsigned char r_address[4];
+    unsigned char r_index[3];
+    unsigned char r_bits[1];
+    unsigned char r_addend[4];
+  };
+
+
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG	0x80
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE	0x01
+
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG		0x1F
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG	0
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE	0xF8
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE	3
+
+#define	RELOC_EXT_SIZE	12	/* Bytes per relocation entry */
+
+struct reloc_info_extended
+{
+  unsigned long r_address;
+  unsigned int r_index:24;
+# define	r_symbolnum  r_index
+  unsigned r_extern:1;
+  unsigned:2;
+  /*  RS/6000 compiler does not support enum bitfield
+	    enum reloc_type r_type:5; */
+  enum reloc_type r_type;
+  long int r_addend;
+};
+
+#else
+
+/* The standard, old-fashioned, Berkeley compatible relocation struct */
+
+
+
+#ifdef TC_I860
+/* NOTE: three bits max, see struct reloc_info_i860.r_type */
+enum i860_reloc_type
+  {
+    NO_RELOC = 0, BRADDR, LOW0, LOW1, LOW2, LOW3, LOW4, SPLIT0, SPLIT1, SPLIT2, RELOC_32,
+  };
+
+typedef enum i860_reloc_type reloc_type;
+
+/* NOTE: two bits max, see reloc_info_i860.r_type */
+enum highlow_type
+  {
+    NO_SPEC = 0, PAIR, HIGH, HIGHADJ,
+  };
+
+
+struct reloc_info_i860
+{
+  unsigned long r_address;
+  /*
+	 * Using bit fields here is a bad idea because the order is not portable. :-(
+	 */
+  unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
+  unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
+  unsigned int r_extern:1;
+  /* combining the two field simplifies the argument passing in "new_fix()" */
+  /* and is compatible with the existing Sparc #ifdef's */
+  /* r_type:  highlow_type - bits 5,4; reloc_type - bits 3-0 */
+  unsigned int r_type:6;
+  long r_addend;
+};
+
+#endif /* TC_I860 */
+
+
+struct reloc_std_bytes
+  {
+    unsigned char r_address[4];
+    unsigned char r_index[3];
+    unsigned char r_bits[1];
+  };
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG	0x80
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE	0x01
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG	0x60
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG	5	/* To shift to units place */
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE	0x06
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE	1
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG	0x10
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE	0x08
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG	0x08
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE	0x08
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG	0x04
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE	0x04
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG	0x02
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE	0x02
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_SIZE	8	/* Bytes per relocation entry */
+
+#endif /* USE_EXTENDED_RELOC */
+
+#ifndef CUSTOM_RELOC_FORMAT
+struct relocation_info
+{
+  /* Address (within segment) to be relocated.  */
+  int r_address;
+  /* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern.  */
+  unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
+  /* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
+	   and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
+	   as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified.  */
+  unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
+  /* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
+	   Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes.  */
+  unsigned int r_length:2;
+  /* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
+	   r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
+	   in file's the symbol table.
+	   0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
+	   r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
+	   (the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing).  */
+  unsigned int r_extern:1;
+  /* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
+	   be undocumented.  */
+#ifdef TC_NS32K
+  unsigned int r_bsr:1;
+  unsigned int r_disp:2;
+#else
+  unsigned int r_baserel:1;	/* Linkage table relative */
+  unsigned int r_jmptable:1;	/* pc-relative to jump table */
+  unsigned int r_relative:1;	/* "relative relocation" */
+#endif /* TC_NS32K */
+  /* unused */
+  unsigned int r_pad:1;		/* Padding -- set to zero */
+};
+
+#endif /* CUSTOM_RELOC_FORMAT */
+
+#endif /* __A_OUT_GNU_H__ */
+
+/* end of aout_gnu.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/atof-ieee.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/atof-ieee.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0726b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/atof-ieee.c
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+/* atof_ieee.c - turn a Flonum into an IEEE floating point number
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+/* Flonums returned here.  */
+extern FLONUM_TYPE generic_floating_point_number;
+
+static int next_bits PARAMS ((int));
+static void unget_bits PARAMS ((int));
+static void make_invalid_floating_point_number PARAMS ((LITTLENUM_TYPE *));
+
+extern const char EXP_CHARS[];
+/* Precision in LittleNums. */
+/* Don't count the gap in the m68k extended precision format.  */
+#define MAX_PRECISION (5)
+#define F_PRECISION (2)
+#define D_PRECISION (4)
+#define X_PRECISION (5)
+#define P_PRECISION (5)
+
+/* Length in LittleNums of guard bits. */
+#define GUARD (2)
+
+static const unsigned long mask[] =
+{
+  0x00000000,
+  0x00000001,
+  0x00000003,
+  0x00000007,
+  0x0000000f,
+  0x0000001f,
+  0x0000003f,
+  0x0000007f,
+  0x000000ff,
+  0x000001ff,
+  0x000003ff,
+  0x000007ff,
+  0x00000fff,
+  0x00001fff,
+  0x00003fff,
+  0x00007fff,
+  0x0000ffff,
+  0x0001ffff,
+  0x0003ffff,
+  0x0007ffff,
+  0x000fffff,
+  0x001fffff,
+  0x003fffff,
+  0x007fffff,
+  0x00ffffff,
+  0x01ffffff,
+  0x03ffffff,
+  0x07ffffff,
+  0x0fffffff,
+  0x1fffffff,
+  0x3fffffff,
+  0x7fffffff,
+  0xffffffff,
+};
+
+
+static int bits_left_in_littlenum;
+static int littlenums_left;
+static LITTLENUM_TYPE *littlenum_pointer;
+
+static int
+next_bits (number_of_bits)
+     int number_of_bits;
+{
+  int return_value;
+
+  if (!littlenums_left)
+    return (0);
+  if (number_of_bits >= bits_left_in_littlenum)
+    {
+      return_value = mask[bits_left_in_littlenum] & *littlenum_pointer;
+      number_of_bits -= bits_left_in_littlenum;
+      return_value <<= number_of_bits;
+
+      if (--littlenums_left)
+	{
+	  bits_left_in_littlenum = LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - number_of_bits;
+	  --littlenum_pointer;
+	  return_value |= (*littlenum_pointer >> bits_left_in_littlenum) & mask[number_of_bits];
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bits_left_in_littlenum -= number_of_bits;
+      return_value = mask[number_of_bits] & (*littlenum_pointer >> bits_left_in_littlenum);
+    }
+  return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* Num had better be less than LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS */
+static void
+unget_bits (num)
+     int num;
+{
+  if (!littlenums_left)
+    {
+      ++littlenum_pointer;
+      ++littlenums_left;
+      bits_left_in_littlenum = num;
+    }
+  else if (bits_left_in_littlenum + num > LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+    {
+      bits_left_in_littlenum = num - (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - bits_left_in_littlenum);
+      ++littlenum_pointer;
+      ++littlenums_left;
+    }
+  else
+    bits_left_in_littlenum += num;
+}
+
+static void
+make_invalid_floating_point_number (words)
+     LITTLENUM_TYPE *words;
+{
+  as_bad ("cannot create floating-point number");
+  words[0] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) ((unsigned) -1) >> 1; /* Zero the leftmost bit */
+  words[1] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) -1;
+  words[2] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) -1;
+  words[3] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) -1;
+  words[4] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) -1;
+  words[5] = (LITTLENUM_TYPE) -1;
+}
+
+/************************************************************************\
+ *	Warning: this returns 16-bit LITTLENUMs. It is up to the caller	*
+ *	to figure out any alignment problems and to conspire for the	*
+ *	bytes/word to be emitted in the right order. Bigendians beware!	*
+ *									*
+\************************************************************************/
+
+/* Note that atof-ieee always has X and P precisions enabled.  it is up
+   to md_atof to filter them out if the target machine does not support
+   them.  */
+
+/* Returns pointer past text consumed. */
+char *
+atof_ieee (str, what_kind, words)
+     char *str;			/* Text to convert to binary. */
+     char what_kind;		/* 'd', 'f', 'g', 'h' */
+     LITTLENUM_TYPE *words;	/* Build the binary here. */
+{
+  /* Extra bits for zeroed low-order bits.  The 1st MAX_PRECISION are
+     zeroed, the last contain flonum bits. */
+  static LITTLENUM_TYPE bits[MAX_PRECISION + MAX_PRECISION + GUARD];
+  char *return_value;
+  /* Number of 16-bit words in the format. */
+  int precision;
+  long exponent_bits;
+  FLONUM_TYPE save_gen_flonum;
+
+  /* We have to save the generic_floating_point_number because it
+     contains storage allocation about the array of LITTLENUMs where
+     the value is actually stored.  We will allocate our own array of
+     littlenums below, but have to restore the global one on exit.  */
+  save_gen_flonum = generic_floating_point_number;
+
+  return_value = str;
+  generic_floating_point_number.low = bits + MAX_PRECISION;
+  generic_floating_point_number.high = NULL;
+  generic_floating_point_number.leader = NULL;
+  generic_floating_point_number.exponent = 0;
+  generic_floating_point_number.sign = '\0';
+
+  /* Use more LittleNums than seems necessary: the highest flonum may
+     have 15 leading 0 bits, so could be useless. */
+
+  memset (bits, '\0', sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE) * MAX_PRECISION);
+
+  switch (what_kind)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+    case 's':
+    case 'S':
+      precision = F_PRECISION;
+      exponent_bits = 8;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+    case 'r':
+    case 'R':
+      precision = D_PRECISION;
+      exponent_bits = 11;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+    case 'e':
+    case 'E':
+      precision = X_PRECISION;
+      exponent_bits = 15;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+
+      precision = P_PRECISION;
+      exponent_bits = -1;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      make_invalid_floating_point_number (words);
+      return (NULL);
+    }
+
+  generic_floating_point_number.high
+    = generic_floating_point_number.low + precision - 1 + GUARD;
+
+  if (atof_generic (&return_value, ".", EXP_CHARS,
+		    &generic_floating_point_number))
+    {
+      make_invalid_floating_point_number (words);
+      return (NULL);
+    }
+  gen_to_words (words, precision, exponent_bits);
+
+  /* Restore the generic_floating_point_number's storage alloc (and
+     everything else).  */
+  generic_floating_point_number = save_gen_flonum;
+
+  return return_value;
+}
+
+/* Turn generic_floating_point_number into a real float/double/extended.  */
+int
+gen_to_words (words, precision, exponent_bits)
+     LITTLENUM_TYPE *words;
+     int precision;
+     long exponent_bits;
+{
+  int return_value = 0;
+
+  long exponent_1;
+  long exponent_2;
+  long exponent_3;
+  long exponent_4;
+  int exponent_skippage;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE word1;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *lp;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *words_end;
+
+  words_end = words + precision;
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+  if (precision == X_PRECISION)
+    /* On the m68k the extended precision format has a gap of 16 bits
+       between the exponent and the mantissa.  */
+    words_end++;
+#endif
+
+  if (generic_floating_point_number.low > generic_floating_point_number.leader)
+    {
+      /* 0.0e0 seen. */
+      if (generic_floating_point_number.sign == '+')
+	words[0] = 0x0000;
+      else
+	words[0] = 0x8000;
+      memset (&words[1], '\0',
+	      (words_end - words - 1) * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
+      return (return_value);
+    }
+
+  /* NaN:  Do the right thing */
+  if (generic_floating_point_number.sign == 0)
+    {
+      if (precision == F_PRECISION)
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0x7fff;
+	  words[1] = 0xffff;
+	}
+      else if (precision == X_PRECISION)
+	{
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	  words[0] = 0x7fff;
+	  words[1] = 0;
+	  words[2] = 0xffff;
+	  words[3] = 0xffff;
+	  words[4] = 0xffff;
+	  words[5] = 0xffff;
+#else /* ! TC_M68K */
+#ifdef TC_I386
+	  words[0] = 0xffff;
+	  words[1] = 0xc000;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	  words[4] = 0;
+#else /* ! TC_I386 */
+	  abort ();
+#endif /* ! TC_I386 */
+#endif /* ! TC_M68K */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0x7fff;
+	  words[1] = 0xffff;
+	  words[2] = 0xffff;
+	  words[3] = 0xffff;
+	}
+      return return_value;
+    }
+  else if (generic_floating_point_number.sign == 'P')
+    {
+      /* +INF:  Do the right thing */
+      if (precision == F_PRECISION)
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0x7f80;
+	  words[1] = 0;
+	}
+      else if (precision == X_PRECISION)
+	{
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	  words[0] = 0x7fff;
+	  words[1] = 0;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	  words[4] = 0;
+	  words[5] = 0;
+#else /* ! TC_M68K */
+#ifdef TC_I386
+	  words[0] = 0x7fff;
+	  words[1] = 0x8000;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	  words[4] = 0;
+#else /* ! TC_I386 */
+	  abort ();
+#endif /* ! TC_I386 */
+#endif /* ! TC_M68K */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0x7ff0;
+	  words[1] = 0;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	}
+      return (return_value);
+    }
+  else if (generic_floating_point_number.sign == 'N')
+    {
+      /* Negative INF */
+      if (precision == F_PRECISION)
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0xff80;
+	  words[1] = 0x0;
+	}
+      else if (precision == X_PRECISION)
+	{
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	  words[0] = 0xffff;
+	  words[1] = 0;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	  words[4] = 0;
+	  words[5] = 0;
+#else /* ! TC_M68K */
+#ifdef TC_I386
+	  words[0] = 0xffff;
+	  words[1] = 0x8000;
+	  words[2] = 0;
+	  words[3] = 0;
+	  words[4] = 0;
+#else /* ! TC_I386 */
+	  abort ();
+#endif /* ! TC_I386 */
+#endif /* ! TC_M68K */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  words[0] = 0xfff0;
+	  words[1] = 0x0;
+	  words[2] = 0x0;
+	  words[3] = 0x0;
+	}
+      return (return_value);
+    }
+  /*
+   * The floating point formats we support have:
+   * Bit 15 is sign bit.
+   * Bits 14:n are excess-whatever exponent.
+   * Bits n-1:0 (if any) are most significant bits of fraction.
+   * Bits 15:0 of the next word(s) are the next most significant bits.
+   *
+   * So we need: number of bits of exponent, number of bits of
+   * mantissa.
+   */
+  bits_left_in_littlenum = LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+  littlenum_pointer = generic_floating_point_number.leader;
+  littlenums_left = (1
+		     + generic_floating_point_number.leader
+		     - generic_floating_point_number.low);
+  /* Seek (and forget) 1st significant bit */
+  for (exponent_skippage = 0; !next_bits (1); ++exponent_skippage);;
+  exponent_1 = (generic_floating_point_number.exponent
+		+ generic_floating_point_number.leader
+		+ 1
+		- generic_floating_point_number.low);
+  /* Radix LITTLENUM_RADIX, point just higher than
+     generic_floating_point_number.leader. */
+  exponent_2 = exponent_1 * LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+  /* Radix 2. */
+  exponent_3 = exponent_2 - exponent_skippage;
+  /* Forget leading zeros, forget 1st bit. */
+  exponent_4 = exponent_3 + ((1 << (exponent_bits - 1)) - 2);
+  /* Offset exponent. */
+
+  lp = words;
+
+  /* Word 1. Sign, exponent and perhaps high bits. */
+  word1 = ((generic_floating_point_number.sign == '+')
+	   ? 0
+	   : (1 << (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1)));
+
+  /* Assume 2's complement integers. */
+  if (exponent_4 <= 0)
+    {
+      int prec_bits;
+      int num_bits;
+
+      unget_bits (1);
+      num_bits = -exponent_4;
+      prec_bits = LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS * precision - (exponent_bits + 1 + num_bits);
+#ifdef TC_I386
+      if (precision == X_PRECISION && exponent_bits == 15)
+	{
+	  /* On the i386 a denormalized extended precision float is
+	     shifted down by one, effectively decreasing the exponent
+	     bias by one.  */
+	  prec_bits -= 1;
+	  num_bits += 1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+      if (num_bits >= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - exponent_bits)
+	{
+	  /* Bigger than one littlenum */
+	  num_bits -= (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1) - exponent_bits;
+	  *lp++ = word1;
+	  if (num_bits + exponent_bits + 1 >= precision * LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	    {
+	      /* Exponent overflow */
+	      make_invalid_floating_point_number (words);
+	      return (return_value);
+	    }
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	  if (precision == X_PRECISION && exponent_bits == 15)
+	    *lp++ = 0;
+#endif
+	  while (num_bits >= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	    {
+	      num_bits -= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	      *lp++ = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (num_bits)
+	    *lp++ = next_bits (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - (num_bits));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (precision == X_PRECISION && exponent_bits == 15)
+	    {
+	      *lp++ = word1;
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	      *lp++ = 0;
+#endif
+	      *lp++ = next_bits (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - num_bits);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      word1 |= next_bits ((LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1) - (exponent_bits + num_bits));
+	      *lp++ = word1;
+	    }
+	}
+      while (lp < words_end)
+	*lp++ = next_bits (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS);
+
+      /* Round the mantissa up, but don't change the number */
+      if (next_bits (1))
+	{
+	  --lp;
+	  if (prec_bits > LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	    {
+	      int n = 0;
+	      int tmp_bits;
+
+	      n = 0;
+	      tmp_bits = prec_bits;
+	      while (tmp_bits > LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+		{
+		  if (lp[n] != (LITTLENUM_TYPE) - 1)
+		    break;
+		  --n;
+		  tmp_bits -= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+		}
+	      if (tmp_bits > LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS || (lp[n] & mask[tmp_bits]) != mask[tmp_bits])
+		{
+		  unsigned long carry;
+
+		  for (carry = 1; carry && (lp >= words); lp--)
+		    {
+		      carry = *lp + carry;
+		      *lp = carry;
+		      carry >>= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if ((*lp & mask[prec_bits]) != mask[prec_bits])
+	    *lp += 1;
+	}
+
+      return return_value;
+    }
+  else if (exponent_4 >= mask[exponent_bits])
+    {
+      /*
+       * Exponent overflow. Lose immediately.
+       */
+
+      /*
+       * We leave return_value alone: admit we read the
+       * number, but return a floating exception
+       * because we can't encode the number.
+       */
+      make_invalid_floating_point_number (words);
+      return return_value;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      word1 |= (exponent_4 << ((LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1) - exponent_bits))
+	| next_bits ((LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1) - exponent_bits);
+    }
+
+  *lp++ = word1;
+
+  /* X_PRECISION is special: on the 68k, it has 16 bits of zero in the
+     middle.  Either way, it is then followed by a 1 bit. */
+  if (exponent_bits == 15 && precision == X_PRECISION)
+    {
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+      *lp++ = 0;
+#endif
+      *lp++ = (1 << (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1)
+	       | next_bits (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1));
+    }
+
+  /* The rest of the words are just mantissa bits. */
+  while (lp < words_end)
+    *lp++ = next_bits (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS);
+
+  if (next_bits (1))
+    {
+      unsigned long carry;
+      /*
+       * Since the NEXT bit is a 1, round UP the mantissa.
+       * The cunning design of these hidden-1 floats permits
+       * us to let the mantissa overflow into the exponent, and
+       * it 'does the right thing'. However, we lose if the
+       * highest-order bit of the lowest-order word flips.
+       * Is that clear?
+       */
+
+      /* #if (sizeof(carry)) < ((sizeof(bits[0]) * BITS_PER_CHAR) + 2)
+	 Please allow at least 1 more bit in carry than is in a LITTLENUM.
+	 We need that extra bit to hold a carry during a LITTLENUM carry
+	 propagation. Another extra bit (kept 0) will assure us that we
+	 don't get a sticky sign bit after shifting right, and that
+	 permits us to propagate the carry without any masking of bits.
+	 #endif */
+      for (carry = 1, lp--; carry && (lp >= words); lp--)
+	{
+	  carry = *lp + carry;
+	  *lp = carry;
+	  carry >>= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	}
+      if (precision == X_PRECISION && exponent_bits == 15)
+	{
+	  /* Extended precision numbers have an explicit integer bit
+	     that we may have to restore.  */
+	  if (lp == words)
+	    {
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+	      /* On the m68k there is a gap of 16 bits.  We must
+		 explicitly propagate the carry into the exponent. */
+	      words[0] += words[1];
+	      words[1] = 0;
+	      lp++;
+#endif
+	      /* Put back the integer bit.  */ 
+	      lp[1] |= 1 << (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1);
+	    }
+ 	}
+      if ((word1 ^ *words) & (1 << (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1)))
+	{
+	  /* We leave return_value alone: admit we read the
+	   * number, but return a floating exception
+	   * because we can't encode the number.
+	   */
+	  *words &= ~(1 << (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS - 1));
+	  /* make_invalid_floating_point_number (words); */
+	  /* return return_value; */
+	}
+    }
+  return (return_value);
+}
+
+#if 0 /* unused */
+/* This routine is a real kludge.  Someone really should do it better,
+   but I'm too lazy, and I don't understand this stuff all too well
+   anyway. (JF)  */
+static void
+int_to_gen (x)
+     long x;
+{
+  char buf[20];
+  char *bufp;
+
+  sprintf (buf, "%ld", x);
+  bufp = &buf[0];
+  if (atof_generic (&bufp, ".", EXP_CHARS, &generic_floating_point_number))
+    as_bad ("Error converting number to floating point (Exponent overflow?)");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+char *
+print_gen (gen)
+     FLONUM_TYPE *gen;
+{
+  FLONUM_TYPE f;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE arr[10];
+  double dv;
+  float fv;
+  static char sbuf[40];
+
+  if (gen)
+    {
+      f = generic_floating_point_number;
+      generic_floating_point_number = *gen;
+    }
+  gen_to_words (&arr[0], 4, 11);
+  memcpy (&dv, &arr[0], sizeof (double));
+  sprintf (sbuf, "%x %x %x %x %.14G   ", arr[0], arr[1], arr[2], arr[3], dv);
+  gen_to_words (&arr[0], 2, 8);
+  memcpy (&fv, &arr[0], sizeof (float));
+  sprintf (sbuf + strlen (sbuf), "%x %x %.12g\n", arr[0], arr[1], fv);
+
+  if (gen)
+    {
+      generic_floating_point_number = f;
+    }
+
+  return (sbuf);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* end of atof-ieee.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386coff.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386coff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afed728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386coff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#include "as.h"
+#include "emul.h"
+
+static const char *
+i386coff_bfd_name ()
+{
+  abort ();
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#define emul_bfd_name	i386coff_bfd_name
+#define emul_format	&coff_format_ops
+
+#define emul_name	"i386coff"
+#define emul_struct_name i386coff
+#define emul_default_endian 0
+#include "emul-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386elf.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386elf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a16701e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/e-i386elf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#include "as.h"
+#include "emul.h"
+
+static const char *
+i386elf_bfd_name ()
+{
+  abort ();
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#define emul_bfd_name	i386elf_bfd_name
+#define emul_format	&elf_format_ops
+
+#define emul_name	"i386elf"
+#define emul_struct_name i386elf
+#define emul_default_endian 0
+#include "emul-target.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/i386coff.mt b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/i386coff.mt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efda833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/i386coff.mt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+TDEFINES=-DI386COFF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb566e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/* a.out object file format
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2,
+or (at your option) any later version.
+
+GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+License along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#undef NO_RELOC
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+#endif
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+/* in: segT   out: N_TYPE bits */
+const short seg_N_TYPE[] =
+{
+  N_ABS,
+  N_TEXT,
+  N_DATA,
+  N_BSS,
+  N_UNDF,			/* unknown */
+  N_UNDF,			/* error */
+  N_UNDF,			/* expression */
+  N_UNDF,			/* debug */
+  N_UNDF,			/* ntv */
+  N_UNDF,			/* ptv */
+  N_REGISTER,			/* register */
+};
+
+const segT N_TYPE_seg[N_TYPE + 2] =
+{				/* N_TYPE == 0x1E = 32-2 */
+  SEG_UNKNOWN,			/* N_UNDF == 0 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_ABSOLUTE,			/* N_ABS == 2 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_TEXT,			/* N_TEXT == 4 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_DATA,			/* N_DATA == 6 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_BSS,			/* N_BSS == 8 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF, SEG_GOOF,
+  SEG_REGISTER,			/* dummy N_REGISTER for regs = 30 */
+  SEG_GOOF,
+};
+#endif
+
+static void obj_aout_line PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_aout_weak PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_aout_type PARAMS ((int));
+
+const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"line", obj_aout_line, 0},	/* source code line number */
+  {"ln", obj_aout_line, 0},	/* coff line number that we use anyway */
+
+  {"weak", obj_aout_weak, 0},	/* mark symbol as weak.  */
+
+  {"type", obj_aout_type, 0},
+
+  /* coff debug pseudos (ignored) */
+  {"def", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"dim", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"endef", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"ident", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"line", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"ln", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"scl", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"size", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"tag", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"val", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"version", s_ignore, 0},
+
+  {"optim", s_ignore, 0},	/* For sun386i cc (?) */
+
+  /* other stuff */
+  {"ABORT", s_abort, 0},
+
+  {NULL}			/* end sentinel */
+};				/* obj_pseudo_table */
+
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+void
+obj_aout_frob_symbol (sym, punt)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     int *punt;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  asection *sec;
+  int desc, type, other;
+
+  flags = sym->bsym->flags;
+  desc = S_GET_DESC (sym);
+  type = S_GET_TYPE (sym);
+  other = S_GET_OTHER (sym);
+  sec = sym->bsym->section;
+
+  /* Only frob simple symbols this way right now.  */
+  if (! (type & ~ (N_TYPE | N_EXT)))
+    {
+      if (type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT)
+	  && sec == &bfd_abs_section)
+	sym->bsym->section = sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+
+      if ((type & N_TYPE) != N_INDR
+	  && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETA
+	  && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETT
+	  && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETD
+	  && (type & N_TYPE) != N_SETB
+	  && type != N_WARNING
+	  && (sec == &bfd_abs_section
+	      || sec == &bfd_und_section))
+	return;
+      if (flags & BSF_EXPORT)
+	type |= N_EXT;
+
+      switch (type & N_TYPE)
+	{
+	case N_SETA:
+	case N_SETT:
+	case N_SETD:
+	case N_SETB:
+	  /* Set the debugging flag for constructor symbols so that
+	     BFD leaves them alone.  */
+	  sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING;
+
+	  /* You can't put a common symbol in a set.  The way a set
+	     element works is that the symbol has a definition and a
+	     name, and the linker adds the definition to the set of
+	     that name.  That does not work for a common symbol,
+	     because the linker can't tell which common symbol the
+	     user means.  FIXME: Using as_bad here may be
+	     inappropriate, since the user may want to force a
+	     particular type without regard to the semantics of sets;
+	     on the other hand, we certainly don't want anybody to be
+	     mislead into thinking that their code will work.  */
+	  if (S_IS_COMMON (sym))
+	    as_bad ("Attempt to put a common symbol into set %s",
+		    S_GET_NAME (sym));
+	  /* Similarly, you can't put an undefined symbol in a set.  */
+	  else if (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym))
+	    as_bad ("Attempt to put an undefined symbol into set %s",
+		    S_GET_NAME (sym));
+
+	  break;
+	case N_INDR:
+	  /* Put indirect symbols in the indirect section.  */
+	  sym->bsym->section = bfd_ind_section_ptr;
+	  sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_INDIRECT;
+	  if (type & N_EXT)
+	    {
+	      sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_EXPORT;
+	      sym->bsym->flags &=~ BSF_LOCAL;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case N_WARNING:
+	  /* Mark warning symbols.  */
+	  sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_WARNING;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING;
+    }
+
+  S_SET_TYPE (sym, type);
+
+  /* Double check weak symbols.  */
+  if (sym->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+    {
+      if (S_IS_COMMON (sym))
+	as_bad ("Symbol `%s' can not be both weak and common",
+		S_GET_NAME (sym));
+    }
+}
+
+void
+obj_aout_frob_file ()
+{
+  /* Relocation processing may require knowing the VMAs of the sections.
+     Since writing to a section will cause the BFD back end to compute the
+     VMAs, fake it out here....  */
+  bfd_byte b = 0;
+  boolean x = true;
+  if (bfd_section_size (stdoutput, text_section) != 0)
+    {
+      x = bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, text_section, &b, (file_ptr) 0,
+				    (bfd_size_type) 1);
+    }
+  else if (bfd_section_size (stdoutput, data_section) != 0)
+    {
+      x = bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, data_section, &b, (file_ptr) 0,
+				    (bfd_size_type) 1);
+    }
+  assert (x == true);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Relocation. */
+
+/*
+ *		emit_relocations()
+ *
+ * Crawl along a fixS chain. Emit the segment's relocations.
+ */
+void
+obj_emit_relocations (where, fixP, segment_address_in_file)
+     char **where;
+     fixS *fixP;		/* Fixup chain for this segment. */
+     relax_addressT segment_address_in_file;
+{
+  for (; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next)
+    if (fixP->fx_done == 0)
+      {
+	symbolS *sym;
+
+	sym = fixP->fx_addsy;
+	while (sym->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	       && (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym) || S_IS_COMMON (sym)))
+	  sym = sym->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+	fixP->fx_addsy = sym;
+
+	if (! sym->sy_resolved && ! S_IS_DEFINED (sym))
+	  {
+	    char *file;
+	    unsigned int line;
+
+	    if (expr_symbol_where (sym, &file, &line))
+	      as_bad_where (file, line, "unresolved relocation");
+	    else
+	      as_bad ("bad relocation: symbol `%s' not in symbol table",
+		      S_GET_NAME (sym));
+	  }
+
+	tc_aout_fix_to_chars (*where, fixP, segment_address_in_file);
+	*where += md_reloc_size;
+      }
+}
+
+#ifndef obj_header_append
+/* Aout file generation & utilities */
+void
+obj_header_append (where, headers)
+     char **where;
+     object_headers *headers;
+{
+  tc_headers_hook (headers);
+
+#ifdef CROSS_COMPILE
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_info, sizeof (headers->header.a_info));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_info);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_text, sizeof (headers->header.a_text));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_text);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_data, sizeof (headers->header.a_data));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_data);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_bss, sizeof (headers->header.a_bss));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_bss);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_syms, sizeof (headers->header.a_syms));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_syms);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_entry, sizeof (headers->header.a_entry));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_entry);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_trsize, sizeof (headers->header.a_trsize));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_trsize);
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, headers->header.a_drsize, sizeof (headers->header.a_drsize));
+  *where += sizeof (headers->header.a_drsize);
+
+#else /* CROSS_COMPILE */
+
+  append (where, (char *) &headers->header, sizeof (headers->header));
+#endif /* CROSS_COMPILE */
+
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+obj_symbol_to_chars (where, symbolP)
+     char **where;
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  md_number_to_chars ((char *) &(S_GET_OFFSET (symbolP)), S_GET_OFFSET (symbolP), sizeof (S_GET_OFFSET (symbolP)));
+  md_number_to_chars ((char *) &(S_GET_DESC (symbolP)), S_GET_DESC (symbolP), sizeof (S_GET_DESC (symbolP)));
+  md_number_to_chars ((char *) &(symbolP->sy_symbol.n_value), S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), sizeof (symbolP->sy_symbol.n_value));
+
+  append (where, (char *) &symbolP->sy_symbol, sizeof (obj_symbol_type));
+}
+
+void
+obj_emit_symbols (where, symbol_rootP)
+     char **where;
+     symbolS *symbol_rootP;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  /* Emit all symbols left in the symbol chain.  */
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      /* Used to save the offset of the name. It is used to point
+	 to the string in memory but must be a file offset. */
+      register char *temp;
+
+      temp = S_GET_NAME (symbolP);
+      S_SET_OFFSET (symbolP, symbolP->sy_name_offset);
+
+      /* Any symbol still undefined and is not a dbg symbol is made N_EXT. */
+      if (!S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP) && !S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP))
+	S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+
+      /* Adjust the type of a weak symbol.  */
+      if (S_GET_WEAK (symbolP))
+	{
+	  switch (S_GET_TYPE (symbolP))
+	    {
+	    case N_UNDF: S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_WEAKU); break;
+	    case N_ABS:	 S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_WEAKA); break;
+	    case N_TEXT: S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_WEAKT); break;
+	    case N_DATA: S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_WEAKD); break;
+	    case N_BSS:  S_SET_TYPE (symbolP, N_WEAKB); break;
+	    default: as_bad ("%s: bad type for weak symbol", temp); break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      obj_symbol_to_chars (where, symbolP);
+      S_SET_NAME (symbolP, temp);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+static void
+obj_aout_line (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  /* Assume delimiter is part of expression.
+     BSD4.2 as fails with delightful bug, so we
+     are not being incompatible here. */
+  new_logical_line ((char *) NULL, (int) (get_absolute_expression ()));
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* obj_aout_line() */
+
+/* Handle .weak.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+
+static void
+obj_aout_weak (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  do
+    {
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      S_SET_WEAK (symbolP);
+      if (c == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	    c = '\n';
+	}
+    }
+  while (c == ',');
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle .type.  On {Net,Open}BSD, this is used to set the n_other field,
+   which is then apparently used when doing dynamic linking.  Older
+   versions ogas ignored the .type pseudo-op, so we also ignore it if
+   we can't parse it.  */
+
+static void
+obj_aout_type (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  sym = symbol_find (name);
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+  if (sym != NULL)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
+	    {
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "object", 6) == 0)
+		S_SET_OTHER (sym, 1);
+	      else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "function", 8) == 0)
+		S_SET_OTHER (sym, 2);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Ignore everything else on the line.  */
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void
+obj_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+}
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+void
+obj_crawl_symbol_chain (headers)
+     object_headers *headers;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  symbolS **symbolPP;
+  int symbol_number = 0;
+
+  tc_crawl_symbol_chain (headers);
+
+  symbolPP = &symbol_rootP;	/*->last symbol chain link. */
+  while ((symbolP = *symbolPP) != NULL)
+    {
+      if (symbolP->sy_mri_common)
+	{
+	  if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP))
+	    as_bad ("%s: global symbols not supported in common sections",
+		    S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+	  *symbolPP = symbol_next (symbolP);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (flag_readonly_data_in_text && (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_DATA))
+	{
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, SEG_TEXT);
+	}			/* if pusing data into text */
+
+      resolve_symbol_value (symbolP);
+
+      /* Skip symbols which were equated to undefined or common
+	 symbols.  */
+      if (symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	  && (! S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) || S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)))
+	{
+	  *symbolPP = symbol_next (symbolP);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* OK, here is how we decide which symbols go out into the brave
+	 new symtab.  Symbols that do are:
+
+	 * symbols with no name (stabd's?)
+	 * symbols with debug info in their N_TYPE
+
+	 Symbols that don't are:
+	 * symbols that are registers
+	 * symbols with \1 as their 3rd character (numeric labels)
+	 * "local labels" as defined by S_LOCAL_NAME(name) if the -L
+	 switch was passed to gas.
+
+	 All other symbols are output.  We complain if a deleted
+	 symbol was marked external. */
+
+
+      if (!S_IS_REGISTER (symbolP)
+	  && (!S_GET_NAME (symbolP)
+	      || S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)
+	      || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)
+	      || S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP)
+	      || (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)[0] != '\001'
+		  && (flag_keep_locals || !S_LOCAL_NAME (symbolP)))))
+	{
+	  symbolP->sy_number = symbol_number++;
+
+	  /* The + 1 after strlen account for the \0 at the
+			   end of each string */
+	  if (!S_IS_STABD (symbolP))
+	    {
+	      /* Ordinary case. */
+	      symbolP->sy_name_offset = string_byte_count;
+	      string_byte_count += strlen (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)) + 1;
+	    }
+	  else			/* .Stabd case. */
+	    symbolP->sy_name_offset = 0;
+	  symbolPP = &(symbol_next (symbolP));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP) || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP))
+	    /* This warning should never get triggered any more.
+	       Well, maybe if you're doing twisted things with
+	       register names...  */
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("Local symbol %s never defined.", decode_local_label_name (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)));
+	    }			/* oops. */
+
+	  /* Unhook it from the chain */
+	  *symbolPP = symbol_next (symbolP);
+	}			/* if this symbol should be in the output */
+    }				/* for each symbol */
+
+  H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (headers, symbol_number);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find strings by crawling along symbol table chain.
+ */
+
+void
+obj_emit_strings (where)
+     char **where;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+#ifdef CROSS_COMPILE
+  /* Gotta do md_ byte-ordering stuff for string_byte_count first - KWK */
+  md_number_to_chars (*where, string_byte_count, sizeof (string_byte_count));
+  *where += sizeof (string_byte_count);
+#else /* CROSS_COMPILE */
+  append (where, (char *) &string_byte_count, (unsigned long) sizeof (string_byte_count));
+#endif /* CROSS_COMPILE */
+
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      if (S_GET_NAME (symbolP))
+	append (&next_object_file_charP, S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
+		(unsigned long) (strlen (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)) + 1));
+    }				/* walk symbol chain */
+}
+
+#ifndef AOUT_VERSION
+#define AOUT_VERSION 0
+#endif
+
+void
+obj_pre_write_hook (headers)
+     object_headers *headers;
+{
+  H_SET_DYNAMIC (headers, 0);
+  H_SET_VERSION (headers, AOUT_VERSION);
+  H_SET_MACHTYPE (headers, AOUT_MACHTYPE);
+  tc_aout_pre_write_hook (headers);
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN_VOID (s_sect)
+{
+  /* Strip out the section name */
+  char *section_name;
+  char *section_name_end;
+  char c;
+
+  unsigned int len;
+  unsigned int exp;
+  char *save;
+
+  section_name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  section_name_end = input_line_pointer;
+
+  len = section_name_end - section_name;
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  save = input_line_pointer;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (c == ',')
+    {
+      exp = get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  else if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      exp = get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      input_line_pointer = save;
+      exp = 0;
+    }
+  if (exp >= 1000)
+    {
+      as_bad ("subsegment index too high");
+    }
+
+  if (strcmp (section_name, ".text") == 0)
+    {
+      subseg_set (SEG_TEXT, (subsegT) exp);
+    }
+
+  if (strcmp (section_name, ".data") == 0)
+    {
+      if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
+	subseg_set (SEG_TEXT, (subsegT) exp + 1000);
+      else
+	subseg_set (SEG_DATA, (subsegT) exp);
+    }
+
+  *section_name_end = c;
+}
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* end of obj-aout.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab47ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-aout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* obj-aout.h, a.out object file format for gas, the assembler.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+   the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+   to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Tag to validate a.out object file format processing */
+#define OBJ_AOUT 1
+
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#include "bfd/libaout.h"
+
+#define OUTPUT_FLAVOR bfd_target_aout_flavour
+
+#else /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifndef VMS
+#include "aout_gnu.h"		/* Needed to define struct nlist. Sigh. */
+#else
+#include "a_out.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AOUT_MACHTYPE
+#define AOUT_MACHTYPE 0
+#endif /* AOUT_MACHTYPE */
+
+extern const short seg_N_TYPE[];
+extern const segT N_TYPE_seg[];
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE
+#define DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE	(OMAGIC)
+#endif /* DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE */
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* SYMBOL TABLE */
+/* Symbol table entry data type */
+
+typedef struct nlist obj_symbol_type;	/* Symbol table entry */
+
+/* Symbol table macros and constants */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#define S_SET_OTHER(S,V)		(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->other = (V))
+#define S_SET_TYPE(S,T)			(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->type = (T))
+#define S_SET_DESC(S,D)			(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->desc = (D))
+#define S_GET_OTHER(S)			(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->other)
+#define S_GET_TYPE(S)			(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->type)
+#define S_GET_DESC(S)			(aout_symbol((S)->bsym)->desc)
+
+asection *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section;
+
+#define obj_frob_symbol(S,PUNT)	obj_aout_frob_symbol (S, &PUNT)
+#define obj_frob_file()		obj_aout_frob_file ()
+extern void obj_aout_frob_symbol PARAMS ((struct symbol *, int *));
+extern void obj_aout_frob_file PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc(SEC)	(1)
+
+#else
+
+/* We use the sy_obj field to record whether a symbol is weak.  */
+#define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE char
+
+/*
+ *  Macros to extract information from a symbol table entry.
+ *  This syntaxic indirection allows independence regarding a.out or coff.
+ *  The argument (s) of all these macros is a pointer to a symbol table entry.
+ */
+
+/* True if the symbol is external */
+#define S_IS_EXTERNAL(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_type & N_EXT)
+
+/* True if symbol has been defined, ie is in N_{TEXT,DATA,BSS,ABS} or N_EXT */
+#define S_IS_DEFINED(s) \
+  (S_GET_TYPE (s) != N_UNDF || S_GET_DESC (s) != 0)
+
+#define S_IS_COMMON(s) \
+  (S_GET_TYPE (s) == N_UNDF && S_GET_VALUE (s) != 0)
+
+#define S_IS_REGISTER(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_type == N_REGISTER)
+
+/* True if a debug special symbol entry */
+#define S_IS_DEBUG(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_type & N_STAB)
+/* True if a symbol is local symbol name */
+#define S_IS_LOCAL(s) 					\
+  (S_GET_NAME (s) 					\
+   && !S_IS_DEBUG (s) 					\
+   && (strchr (S_GET_NAME (s), '\001') != NULL		\
+       || strchr (S_GET_NAME (s), '\002') != NULL	\
+       || (S_LOCAL_NAME(s) && !flag_keep_locals)))
+/* True if a symbol is not defined in this file */
+#define S_IS_EXTERN(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_type & N_EXT)
+/* True if the symbol has been generated because of a .stabd directive */
+#define S_IS_STABD(s)		(S_GET_NAME(s) == (char *)0)
+
+/* Accessors */
+/* The name of the symbol */
+#define S_GET_NAME(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_un.n_name)
+/* The pointer to the string table */
+#define S_GET_OFFSET(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_un.n_strx)
+/* The type of the symbol */
+#define S_GET_TYPE(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_type & N_TYPE)
+/* The numeric value of the segment */
+#define S_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(N_TYPE_seg[S_GET_TYPE(s)])
+/* The n_other expression value */
+#define S_GET_OTHER(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_other)
+/* The n_desc expression value */
+#define S_GET_DESC(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_desc)
+/* Whether the symbol is weak.  */
+#define S_GET_WEAK(s)		((s)->sy_obj)
+
+/* Modifiers */
+/* Assume that a symbol cannot be simultaneously in more than on segment */
+/* set segment */
+#define S_SET_SEGMENT(s,seg)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_type &= ~N_TYPE,(s)->sy_symbol.n_type|=SEGMENT_TO_SYMBOL_TYPE(seg))
+/* The symbol is external */
+#define S_SET_EXTERNAL(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_type |= N_EXT)
+/* The symbol is not external */
+#define S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_type &= ~N_EXT)
+/* Set the name of the symbol */
+#define S_SET_NAME(s,v)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_un.n_name = (v))
+/* Set the offset in the string table */
+#define S_SET_OFFSET(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_un.n_strx = (v))
+/* Set the n_type field */
+#define S_SET_TYPE(s,t)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_type = (t))
+/* Set the n_other expression value */
+#define S_SET_OTHER(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.n_other = (v))
+/* Set the n_desc expression value */
+#define S_SET_DESC(s,v)		((s)->sy_symbol.n_desc = (v))
+/* Mark the symbol as weak.  This causes n_type to be adjusted when
+   the symbol is written out.  */
+#define S_SET_WEAK(s)		((s)->sy_obj = 1)
+
+/* File header macro and type definition */
+
+#define H_GET_FILE_SIZE(h)	(H_GET_HEADER_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE(h) \
+				 + H_GET_STRING_SIZE(h))
+
+#define H_GET_HEADER_SIZE(h)		(EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
+#define H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h)		((h)->header.a_text)
+#define H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h)		((h)->header.a_data)
+#define H_GET_BSS_SIZE(h)		((h)->header.a_bss)
+#define H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE(h)	((h)->header.a_trsize)
+#define H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE(h)	((h)->header.a_drsize)
+#define H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h)	((h)->header.a_syms)
+#define H_GET_ENTRY_POINT(h)		((h)->header.a_entry)
+#define H_GET_STRING_SIZE(h)		((h)->string_table_size)
+#define H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(h)		(0)
+
+#define H_GET_DYNAMIC(h)		((h)->header.a_info >> 31)
+#define H_GET_VERSION(h)		(((h)->header.a_info >> 24) & 0x7f)
+#define H_GET_MACHTYPE(h)		(((h)->header.a_info >> 16) & 0xff)
+#define H_GET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h)		((h)->header.a_info & 0xffff)
+
+#define H_SET_DYNAMIC(h,v)		((h)->header.a_info = (((v) << 31) \
+							       | (H_GET_VERSION(h) << 24) \
+							       | (H_GET_MACHTYPE(h) << 16) \
+							       | (H_GET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h))))
+
+#define H_SET_VERSION(h,v)		((h)->header.a_info = ((H_GET_DYNAMIC(h) << 31) \
+							       | ((v) << 24) \
+							       | (H_GET_MACHTYPE(h) << 16) \
+							       | (H_GET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h))))
+
+#define H_SET_MACHTYPE(h,v)		((h)->header.a_info = ((H_GET_DYNAMIC(h) << 31) \
+							       | (H_GET_VERSION(h) << 24) \
+							       | ((v) << 16) \
+							       | (H_GET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h))))
+
+#define H_SET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h,v)		((h)->header.a_info = ((H_GET_DYNAMIC(h) << 31) \
+							       | (H_GET_VERSION(h) << 24) \
+							       | (H_GET_MACHTYPE(h) << 16) \
+							       | ((v))))
+
+#define H_SET_TEXT_SIZE(h,v)		((h)->header.a_text = md_section_align(SEG_TEXT, (v)))
+#define H_SET_DATA_SIZE(h,v)		((h)->header.a_data = md_section_align(SEG_DATA, (v)))
+#define H_SET_BSS_SIZE(h,v)		((h)->header.a_bss = md_section_align(SEG_BSS, (v)))
+
+#define H_SET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h,t,d)	(H_SET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE((h),(t)),\
+					 H_SET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE((h),(d)))
+
+#define H_SET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE(h,v)	((h)->header.a_trsize = (v))
+#define H_SET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE(h,v)	((h)->header.a_drsize = (v))
+#define H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h,v)	((h)->header.a_syms = (v) * 12)
+
+#define H_SET_ENTRY_POINT(h,v)		((h)->header.a_entry = (v))
+#define H_SET_STRING_SIZE(h,v)		((h)->string_table_size = (v))
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    struct exec header;		/* a.out header */
+    long string_table_size;	/* names + '\0' + sizeof(int) */
+  }
+
+object_headers;
+
+/* line numbering stuff. */
+#define OBJ_EMIT_LINENO(a, b, c)	{;}
+
+struct fix;
+void tc_aout_fix_to_chars PARAMS ((char *where, struct fix *fixP, relax_addressT segment_address));
+
+#endif
+
+#define obj_symbol_new_hook(s)	{;}
+
+#define EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS		0
+
+#define AOUT_STABS
+
+/* end of obj-aout.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fe0cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4378 @@
+/* coff object file format
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define OBJ_HEADER "obj-coff.h"
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+/* I think this is probably always correct.  */
+#ifndef KEEP_RELOC_INFO
+#define KEEP_RELOC_INFO
+#endif
+
+const char *s_get_name PARAMS ((symbolS * s));
+static symbolS *def_symbol_in_progress;
+
+
+/* stack stuff */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    unsigned long chunk_size;
+    unsigned long element_size;
+    unsigned long size;
+    char *data;
+    unsigned long pointer;
+  }
+stack;
+
+static stack *
+stack_init (chunk_size, element_size)
+     unsigned long chunk_size;
+     unsigned long element_size;
+{
+  stack *st;
+
+  st = (stack *) malloc (sizeof (stack));
+  if (!st)
+    return 0;
+  st->data = malloc (chunk_size);
+  if (!st->data)
+    {
+      free (st);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  st->pointer = 0;
+  st->size = chunk_size;
+  st->chunk_size = chunk_size;
+  st->element_size = element_size;
+  return st;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Not currently used.  */
+static void
+stack_delete (st)
+     stack *st;
+{
+  free (st->data);
+  free (st);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+stack_push (st, element)
+     stack *st;
+     char *element;
+{
+  if (st->pointer + st->element_size >= st->size)
+    {
+      st->size += st->chunk_size;
+      if ((st->data = xrealloc (st->data, st->size)) == (char *) 0)
+	return (char *) 0;
+    }
+  memcpy (st->data + st->pointer, element, st->element_size);
+  st->pointer += st->element_size;
+  return st->data + st->pointer;
+}
+
+static char *
+stack_pop (st)
+     stack *st;
+{
+  if (st->pointer < st->element_size)
+    {
+      st->pointer = 0;
+      return (char *) 0;
+    }
+  st->pointer -= st->element_size;
+  return st->data + st->pointer;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Maintain a list of the tagnames of the structres.
+ */
+
+static struct hash_control *tag_hash;
+
+static void
+tag_init ()
+{
+  tag_hash = hash_new ();
+}
+
+static void
+tag_insert (name, symbolP)
+     const char *name;
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  const char *error_string;
+
+  if ((error_string = hash_jam (tag_hash, name, (char *) symbolP)))
+    {
+      as_fatal ("Inserting \"%s\" into structure table failed: %s",
+		name, error_string);
+    }
+}
+
+static symbolS *
+tag_find (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+#ifdef STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+  if (*name == '_')
+    name++;
+#endif /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+  return (symbolS *) hash_find (tag_hash, name);
+}
+
+static symbolS *
+tag_find_or_make (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  if ((symbolP = tag_find (name)) == NULL)
+    {
+      symbolP = symbol_new (name, undefined_section,
+			    0, &zero_address_frag);
+
+      tag_insert (S_GET_NAME (symbolP), symbolP);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
+#endif
+    }				/* not found */
+
+  return symbolP;
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+static void SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *));
+
+#define GET_FILENAME_STRING(X) \
+((char*)(&((X)->sy_symbol.ost_auxent->x_file.x_n.x_offset))[1])
+
+/* @@ Ick.  */
+static segT
+fetch_coff_debug_section ()
+{
+  static segT debug_section;
+  if (!debug_section)
+    {
+      CONST asymbol *s;
+      s = bfd_make_debug_symbol (stdoutput, (char *) 0, 0);
+      assert (s != 0);
+      debug_section = s->section;
+    }
+  return debug_section;
+}
+
+void
+SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (sym, val)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     symbolS *val;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *entry, *p;
+
+  entry = &coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native[1];
+  p = coffsymbol (val->bsym)->native;
+  entry->u.auxent.x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.p = p;
+  entry->fix_end = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX (sym, val)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     symbolS *val;
+{
+  combined_entry_type *entry, *p;
+
+  entry = &coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native[1];
+  p = coffsymbol (val->bsym)->native;
+  entry->u.auxent.x_sym.x_tagndx.p = p;
+  entry->fix_tag = 1;
+}
+
+static int
+S_GET_DATA_TYPE (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  return coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native->u.syment.n_type;
+}
+
+int
+S_SET_DATA_TYPE (sym, val)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     int val;
+{
+  coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native->u.syment.n_type = val;
+  return val;
+}
+
+int
+S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  return coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native->u.syment.n_sclass;
+}
+
+int
+S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, val)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     int val;
+{
+  coffsymbol (sym->bsym)->native->u.syment.n_sclass = val;
+  return val;
+}
+
+/* Merge a debug symbol containing debug information into a normal symbol. */
+
+void
+c_symbol_merge (debug, normal)
+     symbolS *debug;
+     symbolS *normal;
+{
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (normal, S_GET_DATA_TYPE (debug));
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (normal, S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (debug));
+
+  if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug) > S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (normal))
+    /* take the most we have */
+    S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (normal, S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug));
+
+  if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug) > 0)
+    {
+      /* Move all the auxiliary information.  */
+      /* @@ How many fields do we want to preserve?  Would it make more
+	 sense to pick and choose those we want to copy?  Should look
+	 into this further....  [raeburn:19920512.2209EST]  */
+      alent *linenos;
+      linenos = coffsymbol (normal->bsym)->lineno;
+      memcpy ((char *) &coffsymbol (normal->bsym)->native,
+	      (char *) &coffsymbol (debug->bsym)->native,
+	      S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY(debug) * AUXESZ);
+      coffsymbol (normal->bsym)->lineno = linenos;
+    }
+
+  /* Move the debug flags. */
+  SF_SET_DEBUG_FIELD (normal, SF_GET_DEBUG_FIELD (debug));
+}
+
+void
+c_dot_file_symbol (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  symbolP = symbol_new (filename, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0, &zero_address_frag);
+
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_FILE);
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 1);
+
+  symbolP->bsym->flags = BSF_DEBUGGING;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  {
+    extern int listing;
+    if (listing)
+      {
+	listing_source_file (filename);
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure that the symbol is first on the symbol chain */
+  if (symbol_rootP != symbolP)
+    {
+      symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+      symbol_insert (symbolP, symbol_rootP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+    }				/* if not first on the list */
+}
+
+/* Line number handling */
+
+struct line_no {
+  struct line_no *next;
+  fragS *frag;
+  alent l;
+};
+
+int coff_line_base;
+
+/* Symbol of last function, which we should hang line#s off of.  */
+static symbolS *line_fsym;
+
+#define in_function()		(line_fsym != 0)
+#define clear_function()	(line_fsym = 0)
+#define set_function(F)		(line_fsym = (F), coff_add_linesym (F))
+
+
+void
+coff_obj_symbol_new_hook (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  char underscore = 0;		/* Symbol has leading _ */
+
+  {
+    long sz = (OBJ_COFF_MAX_AUXENTRIES + 1) * sizeof (combined_entry_type);
+    char *s = (char *) xmalloc (sz);
+    memset (s, 0, sz);
+    coffsymbol (symbolP->bsym)->native = (combined_entry_type *) s;
+  }
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (symbolP, T_NULL);
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, 0);
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 0);
+
+  if (S_IS_STRING (symbolP))
+    SF_SET_STRING (symbolP);
+  if (!underscore && S_IS_LOCAL (symbolP))
+    SF_SET_LOCAL (symbolP);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Handle .ln directives.
+ */
+
+static symbolS *current_lineno_sym;
+static struct line_no *line_nos;
+/* @@ Blindly assume all .ln directives will be in the .text section...  */
+int coff_n_line_nos;
+
+static void
+add_lineno (frag, offset, num)
+     fragS *frag;
+     int offset;
+     int num;
+{
+  struct line_no *new_line =
+    (struct line_no *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct line_no));
+  if (!current_lineno_sym)
+    {
+      abort ();
+    }
+  new_line->next = line_nos;
+  new_line->frag = frag;
+  new_line->l.line_number = num;
+  new_line->l.u.offset = offset;
+  line_nos = new_line;
+  coff_n_line_nos++;
+}
+
+void
+coff_add_linesym (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  if (line_nos)
+    {
+      coffsymbol (current_lineno_sym->bsym)->lineno = (alent *) line_nos;
+      coff_n_line_nos++;
+      line_nos = 0;
+    }
+  current_lineno_sym = sym;
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_ln (appline)
+     int appline;
+{
+  int l;
+
+  if (! appline && def_symbol_in_progress != NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".ln pseudo-op inside .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  l = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (!appline)
+    {
+      add_lineno (frag_now, frag_now_fix (), l);
+    }
+
+  if (appline)
+    new_logical_line ((char *) NULL, l - 1);
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  {
+    extern int listing;
+
+    if (listing)
+      {
+	if (! appline)
+	  l += coff_line_base - 1;
+	listing_source_line (l);
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/*
+ *			def()
+ *
+ * Handle .def directives.
+ *
+ * One might ask : why can't we symbol_new if the symbol does not
+ * already exist and fill it with debug information.  Because of
+ * the C_EFCN special symbol. It would clobber the value of the
+ * function symbol before we have a chance to notice that it is
+ * a C_EFCN. And a second reason is that the code is more clear this
+ * way. (at least I think it is :-).
+ *
+ */
+
+#define SKIP_SEMI_COLON()	while (*input_line_pointer++ != ';')
+#define SKIP_WHITESPACES()	while (*input_line_pointer == ' ' || \
+				       *input_line_pointer == '\t') \
+    input_line_pointer++;
+
+static void
+obj_coff_def (what)
+     int what;
+{
+  char name_end;		/* Char after the end of name */
+  char *symbol_name;		/* Name of the debug symbol */
+  char *symbol_name_copy;	/* Temporary copy of the name */
+  unsigned int symbol_name_length;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress != NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".def pseudo-op used inside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACES ();
+
+  symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+#ifdef STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+  if (symbol_name[0] == '_' && symbol_name[1] != 0)
+    symbol_name++;
+#endif /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+  symbol_name_length = strlen (symbol_name);
+  symbol_name_copy = xmalloc (symbol_name_length + 1);
+  strcpy (symbol_name_copy, symbol_name);
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name_copy = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name_copy);
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the new symbol */
+  def_symbol_in_progress = symbol_make (symbol_name_copy);
+  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+  S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, 0);
+
+  if (S_IS_STRING (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    SF_SET_STRING (def_symbol_in_progress);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+unsigned int dim_index;
+
+static void
+obj_coff_endef (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  /* DIM BUG FIX sac@cygnus.com */
+  dim_index = 0;
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".endef pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  /* Set the section number according to storage class. */
+  switch (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+    case C_STRTAG:
+    case C_ENTAG:
+    case C_UNTAG:
+      SF_SET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_FILE:
+    case C_TPDEF:
+      SF_SET_DEBUG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, fetch_coff_debug_section ());
+      break;
+
+    case C_EFCN:
+      SF_SET_LOCAL (def_symbol_in_progress);	/* Do not emit this symbol. */
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_BLOCK:
+      SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);	/* Will need processing before writing */
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_FCN:
+      {
+	CONST char *name;
+	S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, text_section);
+
+	name = bfd_asymbol_name (def_symbol_in_progress->bsym);
+	if (name[1] == 'b' && name[2] == 'f')
+	  {
+	    if (! in_function ())
+	      as_warn ("`%s' symbol without preceding function", name);
+/*	    SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (def_symbol_in_progress, 12345);*/
+	    /* Will need relocating */
+	    SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);
+	    clear_function ();
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+#ifdef C_AUTOARG
+    case C_AUTOARG:
+#endif /* C_AUTOARG */
+    case C_AUTO:
+    case C_REG:
+    case C_ARG:
+    case C_REGPARM:
+    case C_FIELD:
+      SF_SET_DEBUG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, absolute_section);
+      break;
+
+    case C_MOS:
+    case C_MOE:
+    case C_MOU:
+    case C_EOS:
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, absolute_section);
+      break;
+
+    case C_EXT:
+    case C_STAT:
+    case C_LABEL:
+      /* Valid but set somewhere else (s_comm, s_lcomm, colon) */
+      break;
+
+    case C_USTATIC:
+    case C_EXTDEF:
+    case C_ULABEL:
+      as_warn ("unexpected storage class %d",
+	       S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress));
+      break;
+    }				/* switch on storage class */
+
+  /* Now that we have built a debug symbol, try to find if we should
+     merge with an existing symbol or not.  If a symbol is C_EFCN or
+     SEG_ABSOLUTE or untagged SEG_DEBUG it never merges. */
+
+  /* Two cases for functions.  Either debug followed by definition or
+     definition followed by debug.  For definition first, we will
+     merge the debug symbol into the definition.  For debug first, the
+     lineno entry MUST point to the definition function or else it
+     will point off into space when obj_crawl_symbol_chain() merges
+     the debug symbol into the real symbol.  Therefor, let's presume
+     the debug symbol is a real function reference. */
+
+  /* FIXME-SOON If for some reason the definition label/symbol is
+     never seen, this will probably leave an undefined symbol at link
+     time. */
+
+  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) == C_EFCN
+      || (!strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (stdoutput,
+					 S_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress)),
+		   "*DEBUG*")
+	  && !SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress))
+      || S_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress) == absolute_section
+      || (symbolP = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress), DO_NOT_STRIP)) == NULL)
+    {
+      if (def_symbol_in_progress != symbol_lastP)
+	symbol_append (def_symbol_in_progress, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP,
+		       &symbol_lastP);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* This symbol already exists, merge the newly created symbol
+	 into the old one.  This is not mandatory. The linker can
+	 handle duplicate symbols correctly. But I guess that it save
+	 a *lot* of space if the assembly file defines a lot of
+	 symbols. [loic] */
+
+      /* The debug entry (def_symbol_in_progress) is merged into the
+	 previous definition. */
+
+      c_symbol_merge (def_symbol_in_progress, symbolP);
+      symbol_remove (def_symbol_in_progress, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+
+      def_symbol_in_progress = symbolP;
+
+      if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress)
+	  || SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress)
+	  || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) == C_STAT)
+	{
+	  /* For functions, and tags, and static symbols, the symbol
+	     *must* be where the debug symbol appears.  Move the
+	     existing symbol to the current place. */
+	  /* If it already is at the end of the symbol list, do nothing */
+	  if (def_symbol_in_progress != symbol_lastP)
+	    {
+	      symbol_remove (def_symbol_in_progress, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      symbol_append (def_symbol_in_progress, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+      symbolS *oldtag;
+
+      oldtag = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress),
+				 DO_NOT_STRIP);
+      if (oldtag == NULL || ! SF_GET_TAG (oldtag))
+	tag_insert (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress),
+		    def_symbol_in_progress);
+    }
+
+  if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+      know (sizeof (def_symbol_in_progress) <= sizeof (long));
+      set_function (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);
+
+      if (symbolP == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* That is, if this is the first time we've seen the
+	     function... */
+	  symbol_table_insert (def_symbol_in_progress);
+	} /* definition follows debug */
+    } /* Create the line number entry pointing to the function being defined */
+
+  def_symbol_in_progress = NULL;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_dim (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int dim_index;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".dim pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+
+  for (dim_index = 0; dim_index < DIMNUM; dim_index++)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACES ();
+      SA_SET_SYM_DIMEN (def_symbol_in_progress, dim_index,
+			get_absolute_expression ());
+
+      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	case ',':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  as_warn ("badly formed .dim directive ignored");
+	  /* intentional fallthrough */
+	case '\n':
+	case ';':
+	  dim_index = DIMNUM;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_line (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int this_base;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Probably stabs-style line?  */
+      obj_coff_ln (0);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  this_base = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (!strcmp (".bf", S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress)))
+    coff_line_base = this_base;
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (def_symbol_in_progress, coff_line_base);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  if (strcmp (".bf", S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress)) == 0)
+    {
+      extern int listing;
+
+      if (listing)
+	listing_source_line ((unsigned int) coff_line_base);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_size (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".size pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  SA_SET_SYM_SIZE (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_scl (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".scl pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_tag (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *symbol_name;
+  char name_end;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".tag pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name);
+#endif
+
+  /* Assume that the symbol referred to by .tag is always defined.
+     This was a bad assumption.  I've added find_or_make. xoxorich. */
+  SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX (def_symbol_in_progress,
+		     tag_find_or_make (symbol_name));
+  if (SA_GET_SYM_TAGNDX (def_symbol_in_progress) == 0L)
+    {
+      as_warn ("tag not found for .tag %s", symbol_name);
+    }				/* not defined */
+
+  SF_SET_TAGGED (def_symbol_in_progress);
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_type (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".type pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+
+  if (ISFCN (S_GET_DATA_TYPE (def_symbol_in_progress)) &&
+      S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) != C_TPDEF)
+    {
+      SF_SET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress);
+    }				/* is a function */
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_val (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".val pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  if (is_name_beginner (*input_line_pointer))
+    {
+      char *symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+      char name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name);
+#endif
+      if (!strcmp (symbol_name, "."))
+	{
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_frag = frag_now;
+	  S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+	  /* If the .val is != from the .def (e.g. statics) */
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress), symbol_name))
+	{
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_add_symbol =
+	    symbol_find_or_make (symbol_name);
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_add_number = 0;
+
+	  /* If the segment is undefined when the forward reference is
+	     resolved, then copy the segment id from the forward
+	     symbol.  */
+	  SF_SET_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress);
+	}
+      /* Otherwise, it is the name of a non debug symbol and its value will be calculated later. */
+      *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+    }				/* if symbol based */
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+coff_obj_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+  /* These had better be the same.  Usually 18 bytes. */
+#ifndef BFD_HEADERS
+  know (sizeof (SYMENT) == sizeof (AUXENT));
+  know (SYMESZ == AUXESZ);
+#endif
+  tag_init ();
+}
+
+
+symbolS *coff_last_function;
+static symbolS *coff_last_bf;
+
+void
+coff_frob_symbol (symp, punt)
+     symbolS *symp;
+     int *punt;
+{
+  static symbolS *last_tagP;
+  static stack *block_stack;
+  static symbolS *set_end;
+  symbolS *next_set_end = NULL;
+
+  if (symp == &abs_symbol)
+    {
+      *punt = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (current_lineno_sym)
+    coff_add_linesym ((symbolS *) 0);
+
+  if (!block_stack)
+    block_stack = stack_init (512, sizeof (symbolS*));
+
+  if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symp) && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) != C_STAT)
+    S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp, C_EXT);
+
+  if (!SF_GET_DEBUG (symp))
+    {
+      symbolS *real;
+      if (!SF_GET_LOCAL (symp)
+	  && !SF_GET_STATICS (symp)
+	  && (real = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (symp), DO_NOT_STRIP))
+	  && real != symp)
+	{
+	  c_symbol_merge (symp, real);
+	  *punt = 1;
+	}
+      if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symp) && !SF_GET_LOCAL (symp))
+	{
+	  assert (S_GET_VALUE (symp) == 0);
+	  S_SET_EXTERNAL (symp);
+	}
+      else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) == C_NULL)
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == text_section
+	      && symp != seg_info (text_section)->sym)
+	    S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp, C_LABEL);
+	  else
+	    S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp, C_STAT);
+	}
+      if (SF_GET_PROCESS (symp))
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) == C_BLOCK)
+	    {
+	      if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (symp), ".bb"))
+		stack_push (block_stack, (char *) &symp);
+	      else
+		{
+		  symbolS *begin;
+		  begin = *(symbolS **) stack_pop (block_stack);
+		  if (begin == 0)
+		    as_warn ("mismatched .eb");
+		  else
+		    next_set_end = begin;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (coff_last_function == 0 && SF_GET_FUNCTION (symp))
+	    {
+	      union internal_auxent *auxp;
+	      coff_last_function = symp;
+	      if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symp) < 1)
+		S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symp, 1);
+	      auxp = &coffsymbol (symp->bsym)->native[1].u.auxent;
+	      memset (auxp->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen, 0,
+		      sizeof (auxp->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen));
+	    }
+	  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) == C_EFCN)
+	    {
+	      if (coff_last_function == 0)
+		as_fatal ("C_EFCN symbol out of scope");
+	      SA_SET_SYM_FSIZE (coff_last_function,
+				(long) (S_GET_VALUE (symp)
+					- S_GET_VALUE (coff_last_function)));
+	      next_set_end = coff_last_function;
+	      coff_last_function = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symp))
+	S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp, C_EXT);
+      else if (SF_GET_LOCAL (symp))
+	*punt = 1;
+
+      if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (symp))
+	symp->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+
+      /* more ... */
+    }
+
+  if (SF_GET_TAG (symp))
+    last_tagP = symp;
+  else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) == C_EOS)
+    next_set_end = last_tagP;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_XCOFF
+  /* This is pretty horrible, but we have to set *punt correctly in
+     order to call SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX correctly.  */
+  if (! symp->sy_used_in_reloc
+      && ((symp->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
+	  || (! S_IS_EXTERNAL (symp)
+	      && ! symp->sy_tc.output
+	      && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) != C_FILE)))
+    *punt = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (set_end != (symbolS *) NULL
+      && ! *punt
+      && ((symp->bsym->flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) != 0
+	  || (S_IS_DEFINED (symp)
+	      && ! S_IS_COMMON (symp)
+	      && (! S_IS_EXTERNAL (symp) || SF_GET_FUNCTION (symp)))))
+    {
+      SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (set_end, symp);
+      set_end = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (next_set_end != NULL
+      && ! *punt)
+    set_end = next_set_end;
+
+  if (! *punt
+      && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symp) == C_FCN
+      && strcmp (S_GET_NAME (symp), ".bf") == 0)
+    {
+      if (coff_last_bf != NULL)
+	SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (coff_last_bf, symp);
+      coff_last_bf = symp;
+    }
+
+  if (coffsymbol (symp->bsym)->lineno)
+    {
+      int i;
+      struct line_no *lptr;
+      alent *l;
+
+      lptr = (struct line_no *) coffsymbol (symp->bsym)->lineno;
+      for (i = 0; lptr; lptr = lptr->next)
+	i++;
+      lptr = (struct line_no *) coffsymbol (symp->bsym)->lineno;
+
+      /* We need i entries for line numbers, plus 1 for the first
+	 entry which BFD will override, plus 1 for the last zero
+	 entry (a marker for BFD).  */
+      l = (alent *) xmalloc ((i + 2) * sizeof (alent));
+      coffsymbol (symp->bsym)->lineno = l;
+      l[i + 1].line_number = 0;
+      l[i + 1].u.sym = NULL;
+      for (; i > 0; i--)
+	{
+	  if (lptr->frag)
+	    lptr->l.u.offset += lptr->frag->fr_address;
+	  l[i] = lptr->l;
+	  lptr = lptr->next;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+coff_adjust_section_syms (abfd, sec, x)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR x;
+{
+  symbolS *secsym;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  int nlnno, nrelocs = 0;
+
+  /* RS/6000 gas creates a .debug section manually in ppc_frob_file in
+     tc-ppc.c.  Do not get confused by it.  */
+  if (seginfo == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  if (!strcmp (sec->name, ".text"))
+    nlnno = coff_n_line_nos;
+  else
+    nlnno = 0;
+  {
+    /* @@ Hope that none of the fixups expand to more than one reloc
+       entry...  */
+    fixS *fixp = seginfo->fix_root;
+    while (fixp)
+      {
+	fixp = fixp->fx_next;
+	nrelocs++;
+      }
+  }
+  if (bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sec) == 0
+      && nrelocs == 0
+      && nlnno == 0
+      && sec != text_section
+      && sec != data_section
+      && sec != bss_section)
+    return;
+  secsym = section_symbol (sec);
+  SA_SET_SCN_NRELOC (secsym, nrelocs);
+  SA_SET_SCN_NLINNO (secsym, nlnno);
+}
+
+void
+coff_frob_file ()
+{
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, coff_adjust_section_syms, (char*) 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * implement the .section pseudo op:
+ *	.section name {, "flags"}
+ *                ^         ^
+ *                |         +--- optional flags: 'b' for bss
+ *                |                              'i' for info
+ *                +-- section name               'l' for lib
+ *                                               'n' for noload
+ *                                               'o' for over
+ *                                               'w' for data
+ *						 'd' (apparently m88k for data)
+ *                                               'x' for text
+ *						 'r' for read-only data
+ * But if the argument is not a quoted string, treat it as a
+ * subsegment number.
+ */
+
+void
+obj_coff_section (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  /* Strip out the section name */
+  char *section_name;
+  char c;
+  char *name;
+  unsigned int exp;
+  flagword flags;
+  asection *sec;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      char type;
+
+      s_mri_sect (&type);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  section_name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  name = xmalloc (input_line_pointer - section_name + 1);
+  strcpy (name, section_name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  exp = 0;
+  flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer != '"')
+	exp = get_absolute_expression ();
+      else
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  while (*input_line_pointer != '"'
+		 && ! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	    {
+	      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+		{
+		case 'b': flags |= SEC_ALLOC; flags &=~ SEC_LOAD; break;
+		case 'n': flags &=~ SEC_LOAD; break;
+		case 'd':
+		case 'w': flags &=~ SEC_READONLY; break;
+		case 'x': flags |= SEC_CODE; break;
+		case 'r': flags |= SEC_READONLY; break;
+
+		case 'i': /* STYP_INFO */
+		case 'l': /* STYP_LIB */
+		case 'o': /* STYP_OVER */
+		  as_warn ("unsupported section attribute '%c'",
+			   *input_line_pointer);
+		  break;
+
+		default:
+		  as_warn("unknown section attribute '%c'",
+			  *input_line_pointer);
+		  break;
+		}
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
+	    ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+    }
+
+  sec = subseg_new (name, (subsegT) exp);
+
+  if (flags != SEC_NO_FLAGS)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, flags))
+	as_warn ("error setting flags for \"%s\": %s",
+		 bfd_section_name (stdoutput, sec),
+		 bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+coff_adjust_symtab ()
+{
+  if (symbol_rootP == NULL
+      || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbol_rootP) != C_FILE)
+    c_dot_file_symbol ("fake");
+}
+
+void
+coff_frob_section (sec)
+     segT sec;
+{
+  segT strsec;
+  char *p;
+  fragS *fragp;
+  bfd_vma size, n_entries, mask;
+
+  /* The COFF back end in BFD requires that all section sizes be
+     rounded up to multiples of the corresponding section alignments.
+     Seems kinda silly to me, but that's the way it is.  */
+  size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sec);
+  mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_vma) sec->alignment_power) - 1;
+  if (size & mask)
+    {
+      size = (size + mask) & ~mask;
+      bfd_set_section_size (stdoutput, sec, size);
+    }
+
+  /* If the section size is non-zero, the section symbol needs an aux
+     entry associated with it, indicating the size.  We don't know
+     all the values yet; coff_frob_symbol will fill them in later.  */
+  if (size != 0
+      || sec == text_section
+      || sec == data_section
+      || sec == bss_section)
+    {
+      symbolS *secsym = section_symbol (sec);
+
+      S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (secsym, C_STAT);
+      S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (secsym, 1);
+      SF_SET_STATICS (secsym);
+      SA_SET_SCN_SCNLEN (secsym, size);
+    }
+
+  /* @@ these should be in a "stabs.h" file, or maybe as.h */
+#ifndef STAB_SECTION_NAME
+#define STAB_SECTION_NAME ".stab"
+#endif
+#ifndef STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME
+#define STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME ".stabstr"
+#endif
+  if (strcmp (STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME, sec->name))
+    return;
+
+  strsec = sec;
+  sec = subseg_get (STAB_SECTION_NAME, 0);
+  /* size is already rounded up, since other section will be listed first */
+  size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (strsec);
+
+  n_entries = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (sec) / 12 - 1;
+
+  /* Find first non-empty frag.  It should be large enough.  */
+  fragp = seg_info (sec)->frchainP->frch_root;
+  while (fragp && fragp->fr_fix == 0)
+    fragp = fragp->fr_next;
+  assert (fragp != 0 && fragp->fr_fix >= 12);
+
+  /* Store the values.  */
+  p = fragp->fr_literal;
+  bfd_h_put_16 (stdoutput, n_entries, (bfd_byte *) p + 6);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (stdoutput, size, (bfd_byte *) p + 8);
+}
+
+void
+obj_coff_init_stab_section (seg)
+     segT seg;
+{
+  char *file;
+  char *p;
+  char *stabstr_name;
+  unsigned int stroff;
+
+  /* Make space for this first symbol. */
+  p = frag_more (12);
+  /* Zero it out. */
+  memset (p, 0, 12);
+  as_where (&file, (unsigned int *) NULL);
+  stabstr_name = (char *) alloca (strlen (seg->name) + 4);
+  strcpy (stabstr_name, seg->name);
+  strcat (stabstr_name, "str");
+  stroff = get_stab_string_offset (file, stabstr_name);
+  know (stroff == 1);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, stroff, 4);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* for debugging */
+const char *
+s_get_name (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return ((s == NULL) ? "(NULL)" : S_GET_NAME (s));
+}
+
+void
+symbol_dump ()
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      printf("0x%lx: \"%s\" type = %ld, class = %d, segment = %d\n",
+	     (unsigned long) symbolP,
+	     S_GET_NAME(symbolP),
+	     (long) S_GET_DATA_TYPE(symbolP),
+	     S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS(symbolP),
+	     (int) S_GET_SEGMENT(symbolP));
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#else /* not BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#include "frags.h"
+/* This is needed because we include internal bfd things. */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "libcoff.h"
+
+#ifdef TE_PE
+#include "coff/pe.h"
+#endif
+
+/* The NOP_OPCODE is for the alignment fill value.  Fill with nop so
+   that we can stick sections together without causing trouble.  */
+#ifndef NOP_OPCODE
+#define NOP_OPCODE 0x00
+#endif
+
+/* The zeroes if symbol name is longer than 8 chars */
+#define S_SET_ZEROES(s,v)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_zeroes = (v))
+
+#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a) : (b))
+/* This vector is used to turn an internal segment into a section #
+   suitable for insertion into a coff symbol table
+ */
+
+const short seg_N_TYPE[] =
+{				/* in: segT   out: N_TYPE bits */
+  C_ABS_SECTION,
+  1,    2,  3,   4,    5,   6,   7,   8,   9,  10,
+  11,  12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,
+  21,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,
+  31,  32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,  39,  40,
+  C_UNDEF_SECTION,		/* SEG_UNKNOWN */
+  C_UNDEF_SECTION,		/* SEG_GOOF */
+  C_UNDEF_SECTION,		/* SEG_EXPR */
+  C_DEBUG_SECTION,		/* SEG_DEBUG */
+  C_NTV_SECTION,		/* SEG_NTV */
+  C_PTV_SECTION,		/* SEG_PTV */
+  C_REGISTER_SECTION,		/* SEG_REGISTER */
+};
+
+int function_lineoff = -1;	/* Offset in line#s where the last function
+				   started (the odd entry for line #0) */
+
+/* structure used to keep the filenames which
+   are too long around so that we can stick them
+   into the string table */
+struct filename_list 
+{
+  char *filename;
+  struct filename_list *next;
+};
+
+static struct filename_list *filename_list_head;
+static struct filename_list *filename_list_tail;
+
+static symbolS *last_line_symbol;
+
+/* Add 4 to the real value to get the index and compensate the
+   negatives. This vector is used by S_GET_SEGMENT to turn a coff
+   section number into a segment number
+*/
+static symbolS *previous_file_symbol;
+void c_symbol_merge ();
+static int line_base;
+
+symbolS *c_section_symbol ();
+bfd *abfd;
+
+static void fixup_segment PARAMS ((segment_info_type *segP,
+				   segT this_segment_type));
+
+
+static void fixup_mdeps PARAMS ((fragS *,
+				 object_headers *,
+				 segT));
+
+
+static void fill_section PARAMS ((bfd * abfd,
+				  object_headers *,
+				  unsigned long *));
+
+
+static int c_line_new PARAMS ((symbolS * symbol, long paddr,
+			       int line_number,
+			       fragS * frag));
+
+
+static void w_symbols PARAMS ((bfd * abfd, char *where,
+			       symbolS * symbol_rootP));
+
+static void adjust_stab_section PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, segT seg));
+
+static void obj_coff_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_coff_text PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_coff_data PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_coff_bss PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_coff_ident PARAMS ((int));
+void obj_coff_section PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Section stuff
+
+   We allow more than just the standard 3 sections, infact, we allow
+   40 sections, (though the usual three have to be there).
+
+   This structure performs the mappings for us:
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  segT seg_t;
+  int i;
+} seg_info_type;
+
+static const seg_info_type seg_info_off_by_4[] =
+{
+ {SEG_PTV,  },
+ {SEG_NTV,  },
+ {SEG_DEBUG, },
+ {SEG_ABSOLUTE,  },
+ {SEG_UNKNOWN,	 },
+ {SEG_E0}, {SEG_E1}, {SEG_E2}, {SEG_E3}, {SEG_E4},
+ {SEG_E5}, {SEG_E6}, {SEG_E7}, {SEG_E8}, {SEG_E9},
+ {SEG_E10},{SEG_E11},{SEG_E12},{SEG_E13},{SEG_E14},
+ {SEG_E15},{SEG_E16},{SEG_E17},{SEG_E18},{SEG_E19},
+ {SEG_E20},{SEG_E21},{SEG_E22},{SEG_E23},{SEG_E24},
+ {SEG_E25},{SEG_E26},{SEG_E27},{SEG_E28},{SEG_E29},
+ {SEG_E30},{SEG_E31},{SEG_E32},{SEG_E33},{SEG_E34},
+ {SEG_E35},{SEG_E36},{SEG_E37},{SEG_E38},{SEG_E39},
+ {(segT)40},
+ {(segT)41},
+ {(segT)42},
+ {(segT)43},
+ {(segT)44},
+ {(segT)45},
+ {(segT)0},
+ {(segT)0},
+ {(segT)0},
+ {SEG_REGISTER}
+};
+
+
+
+#define SEG_INFO_FROM_SECTION_NUMBER(x) (seg_info_off_by_4[(x)+4])
+
+static relax_addressT
+relax_align (address, alignment)
+     relax_addressT address;
+     long alignment;
+{
+  relax_addressT mask;
+  relax_addressT new_address;
+
+  mask = ~((~0) << alignment);
+  new_address = (address + mask) & (~mask);
+  return (new_address - address);
+}
+
+
+segT
+s_get_segment (x)
+     symbolS * x;
+{
+  return SEG_INFO_FROM_SECTION_NUMBER (x->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum).seg_t;
+}
+
+/* calculate the size of the frag chain and fill in the section header
+   to contain all of it, also fill in the addr of the sections */
+static unsigned int
+size_section (abfd, idx)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     unsigned int idx;
+{
+
+  unsigned int size = 0;
+  fragS *frag = segment_info[idx].frchainP->frch_root;
+  while (frag)
+    {
+      size = frag->fr_address;
+      if (frag->fr_address != size)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Out of step\n");
+	  size = frag->fr_address;
+	}
+
+      switch (frag->fr_type)
+	{
+#ifdef TC_COFF_SIZEMACHDEP
+	case rs_machine_dependent:
+	  size += TC_COFF_SIZEMACHDEP (frag);
+	  break;
+#endif
+	case rs_space:
+	  assert (frag->fr_symbol == 0);
+	case rs_fill:
+	case rs_org:
+	  size += frag->fr_fix;
+	  size += frag->fr_offset * frag->fr_var;
+	  break;
+	case rs_align:
+	case rs_align_code:
+	  {
+	    addressT off;
+
+	    size += frag->fr_fix;
+	    off = relax_align (size, frag->fr_offset);
+	    if (frag->fr_subtype != 0 && off > frag->fr_subtype)
+	      off = 0;
+	    size += off;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  BAD_CASE (frag->fr_type);
+	  break;
+	}
+      frag = frag->fr_next;
+    }
+  segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_size = size;
+  return size;
+}
+
+
+static unsigned int
+count_entries_in_chain (idx)
+     unsigned int idx;
+{
+  unsigned int nrelocs;
+  fixS *fixup_ptr;
+
+  /* Count the relocations */
+  fixup_ptr = segment_info[idx].fix_root;
+  nrelocs = 0;
+  while (fixup_ptr != (fixS *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (fixup_ptr->fx_done == 0 && TC_COUNT_RELOC (fixup_ptr))
+	{
+#ifdef TC_A29K
+	  if (fixup_ptr->fx_r_type == RELOC_CONSTH)
+	    nrelocs += 2;
+	  else
+	    nrelocs++;
+#else
+	  nrelocs++;
+#endif
+	}
+
+      fixup_ptr = fixup_ptr->fx_next;
+    }
+  return nrelocs;
+}
+
+#ifdef TE_AUX
+
+static int compare_external_relocs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+
+/* AUX's ld expects relocations to be sorted */
+static int
+compare_external_relocs (x, y)
+     const PTR x;
+     const PTR y;
+{
+  struct external_reloc *a = (struct external_reloc *) x;
+  struct external_reloc *b = (struct external_reloc *) y;
+  bfd_vma aadr = bfd_getb32 (a->r_vaddr);
+  bfd_vma badr = bfd_getb32 (b->r_vaddr);
+  return (aadr < badr ? -1 : badr < aadr ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* output all the relocations for a section */
+void
+do_relocs_for (abfd, h, file_cursor)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     object_headers * h;
+     unsigned long *file_cursor;
+{
+  unsigned int nrelocs;
+  unsigned int idx;
+  unsigned long reloc_start = *file_cursor;
+
+  for (idx = SEG_E0; idx < SEG_LAST; idx++)
+    {
+      if (segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_name[0])
+	{
+	  struct external_reloc *ext_ptr;
+	  struct external_reloc *external_reloc_vec;
+	  unsigned int external_reloc_size;
+	  unsigned int base = segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_paddr;
+	  fixS *fix_ptr = segment_info[idx].fix_root;
+	  nrelocs = count_entries_in_chain (idx);
+
+	  if (nrelocs)
+	    /* Bypass this stuff if no relocs.  This also incidentally
+	       avoids a SCO bug, where free(malloc(0)) tends to crash.  */
+	    {
+	      external_reloc_size = nrelocs * RELSZ;
+	      external_reloc_vec =
+		(struct external_reloc *) malloc (external_reloc_size);
+
+	      ext_ptr = external_reloc_vec;
+
+	      /* Fill in the internal coff style reloc struct from the
+		 internal fix list.  */
+	      while (fix_ptr)
+		{
+		  struct internal_reloc intr;
+
+		  /* Only output some of the relocations */
+		  if (fix_ptr->fx_done == 0 && TC_COUNT_RELOC (fix_ptr))
+		    {
+#ifdef TC_RELOC_MANGLE
+		      TC_RELOC_MANGLE (&segment_info[idx], fix_ptr, &intr,
+				       base);
+
+#else
+		      symbolS *dot;
+		      symbolS *symbol_ptr = fix_ptr->fx_addsy;
+
+		      intr.r_type = TC_COFF_FIX2RTYPE (fix_ptr);
+		      intr.r_vaddr =
+			base + fix_ptr->fx_frag->fr_address + fix_ptr->fx_where;
+
+#ifdef TC_KEEP_FX_OFFSET
+		      intr.r_offset = fix_ptr->fx_offset;
+#else
+		      intr.r_offset = 0;
+#endif
+
+		      while (symbol_ptr->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+			     && (! S_IS_DEFINED (symbol_ptr)
+				 || S_IS_COMMON (symbol_ptr)))
+			{
+			  symbolS *n;
+
+			  /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur
+                             with a badly written program.  */
+			  n = symbol_ptr->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+			  if (n == symbol_ptr)
+			    break;
+			  symbol_ptr = n;
+			}
+
+		      /* Turn the segment of the symbol into an offset.  */
+		      if (symbol_ptr)
+			{
+			  resolve_symbol_value (symbol_ptr);
+			  if (! symbol_ptr->sy_resolved)
+			    {
+			      char *file;
+			      unsigned int line;
+
+			      if (expr_symbol_where (symbol_ptr, &file, &line))
+				as_bad_where (file, line,
+					      "unresolved relocation");
+			      else
+				as_bad ("bad relocation: symbol `%s' not in symbol table",
+					S_GET_NAME (symbol_ptr));
+			    }
+			  dot = segment_info[S_GET_SEGMENT (symbol_ptr)].dot;
+			  if (dot)
+			    {
+			      intr.r_symndx = dot->sy_number;
+			    }
+			  else
+			    {
+			      intr.r_symndx = symbol_ptr->sy_number;
+			    }
+
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  intr.r_symndx = -1;
+			}
+#endif
+
+		      (void) bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &intr, ext_ptr);
+		      ext_ptr++;
+
+#if defined(TC_A29K)
+
+		      /* The 29k has a special kludge for the high 16 bit
+			 reloc.  Two relocations are emited, R_IHIHALF,
+			 and R_IHCONST. The second one doesn't contain a
+			 symbol, but uses the value for offset.  */
+
+		      if (intr.r_type == R_IHIHALF)
+			{
+			  /* now emit the second bit */
+			  intr.r_type = R_IHCONST;
+			  intr.r_symndx = fix_ptr->fx_addnumber;
+			  (void) bfd_coff_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &intr, ext_ptr);
+			  ext_ptr++;
+			}
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  fix_ptr = fix_ptr->fx_next;
+		}
+
+#ifdef TE_AUX
+	      /* Sort the reloc table */
+	      qsort ((PTR) external_reloc_vec, nrelocs,
+		     sizeof (struct external_reloc), compare_external_relocs);
+#endif
+
+	      /* Write out the reloc table */
+	      bfd_write ((PTR) external_reloc_vec, 1, external_reloc_size,
+			 abfd);
+	      free (external_reloc_vec);
+
+	      /* Fill in section header info.  */
+	      segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_relptr = *file_cursor;
+	      *file_cursor += external_reloc_size;
+	      segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_nreloc = nrelocs;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* No relocs */
+	      segment_info[idx].scnhdr.s_relptr = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Set relocation_size field in file headers */
+  H_SET_RELOCATION_SIZE (h, *file_cursor - reloc_start, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* run through a frag chain and write out the data to go with it, fill
+   in the scnhdrs with the info on the file postions
+*/
+static void
+fill_section (abfd, h, file_cursor)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     object_headers *h;
+     unsigned long *file_cursor;
+{
+
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int paddr = 0;
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int offset = 0;
+      struct internal_scnhdr *s = &(segment_info[i].scnhdr);
+
+      PROGRESS (1);
+
+      if (s->s_name[0])
+	{
+	  fragS *frag = segment_info[i].frchainP->frch_root;
+	  char *buffer;
+
+	  if (s->s_size == 0)
+	    s->s_scnptr = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      buffer = xmalloc (s->s_size);
+	      s->s_scnptr = *file_cursor;
+	    }
+	  know (s->s_paddr == paddr);
+
+	  if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".text") == 0)
+	    s->s_flags |= STYP_TEXT;
+	  else if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".data") == 0)
+	    s->s_flags |= STYP_DATA;
+	  else if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".bss") == 0)
+	    {
+	      s->s_scnptr = 0;
+	      s->s_flags |= STYP_BSS;
+
+	      /* @@ Should make the i386 and a29k coff targets define
+		 COFF_NOLOAD_PROBLEM, and have only one test here.  */
+#ifndef TC_I386
+#ifndef TC_A29K
+#ifndef COFF_NOLOAD_PROBLEM
+	      /* Apparently the SVR3 linker (and exec syscall) and UDI
+		 mondfe progrem are confused by noload sections.  */
+	      s->s_flags |= STYP_NOLOAD;
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".lit") == 0)
+	    s->s_flags = STYP_LIT | STYP_TEXT;
+	  else if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".init") == 0)
+	    s->s_flags |= STYP_TEXT;
+	  else if (strcmp (s->s_name, ".fini") == 0)
+	    s->s_flags |= STYP_TEXT;
+	  else if (strncmp (s->s_name, ".comment", 8) == 0)
+	    s->s_flags |= STYP_INFO;
+
+	  while (frag)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int fill_size;
+	      switch (frag->fr_type)
+		{
+		case rs_machine_dependent:
+		  if (frag->fr_fix)
+		    {
+		      memcpy (buffer + frag->fr_address,
+			      frag->fr_literal,
+			      (unsigned int) frag->fr_fix);
+		      offset += frag->fr_fix;
+		    }
+
+		  break;
+		case rs_space:
+		  assert (frag->fr_symbol == 0);
+		case rs_fill:
+		case rs_align:
+		case rs_align_code:
+		case rs_org:
+		  if (frag->fr_fix)
+		    {
+		      memcpy (buffer + frag->fr_address,
+			      frag->fr_literal,
+			      (unsigned int) frag->fr_fix);
+		      offset += frag->fr_fix;
+		    }
+
+		  fill_size = frag->fr_var;
+		  if (fill_size && frag->fr_offset > 0)
+		    {
+		      unsigned int count;
+		      unsigned int off = frag->fr_fix;
+		      for (count = frag->fr_offset; count; count--)
+			{
+			  if (fill_size + frag->fr_address + off <= s->s_size)
+			    {
+			      memcpy (buffer + frag->fr_address + off,
+				      frag->fr_literal + frag->fr_fix,
+				      fill_size);
+			      off += fill_size;
+			      offset += fill_size;
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		  break;
+		case rs_broken_word:
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      frag = frag->fr_next;
+	    }
+
+	  if (s->s_size != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (s->s_scnptr != 0)
+		{
+		  bfd_write (buffer, s->s_size, 1, abfd);
+		  *file_cursor += s->s_size;
+		}
+	      free (buffer);
+	    }
+	  paddr += s->s_size;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Coff file generation & utilities */
+
+static void
+coff_header_append (abfd, h)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     object_headers * h;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  char buffer[1000];
+  char buffero[1000];
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+  unsigned long string_size = 4;
+#endif
+
+  bfd_seek (abfd, 0, 0);
+
+#ifndef OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER
+  H_SET_MAGIC_NUMBER (h, COFF_MAGIC);
+  H_SET_VERSION_STAMP (h, 0);
+  H_SET_ENTRY_POINT (h, 0);
+  H_SET_TEXT_START (h, segment_info[SEG_E0].frchainP->frch_root->fr_address);
+  H_SET_DATA_START (h, segment_info[SEG_E1].frchainP->frch_root->fr_address);
+  H_SET_SIZEOF_OPTIONAL_HEADER (h, bfd_coff_swap_aouthdr_out(abfd, &h->aouthdr,
+							     buffero));
+#else /* defined (OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER) */
+  H_SET_SIZEOF_OPTIONAL_HEADER (h, 0);
+#endif /* defined (OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER) */
+
+  i = bfd_coff_swap_filehdr_out (abfd, &h->filehdr, buffer);
+
+  bfd_write (buffer, i, 1, abfd);
+  bfd_write (buffero, H_GET_SIZEOF_OPTIONAL_HEADER (h), 1, abfd);
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_LAST; i++)
+    {
+      if (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name[0])
+	{
+	  unsigned int size;
+
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+	  /* Support long section names as found in PE.  This code
+             must coordinate with that in write_object_file and
+             w_strings.  */
+	  if (strlen (segment_info[i].name) > SCNNMLEN)
+	    {
+	      memset (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name, 0, SCNNMLEN);
+	      sprintf (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name, "/%lu", string_size);
+	      string_size += strlen (segment_info[i].name) + 1;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  size = bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out (abfd,
+					   &(segment_info[i].scnhdr),
+					   buffer);
+	  if (size == 0)
+	    as_bad ("bfd_coff_swap_scnhdr_out failed");
+	  bfd_write (buffer, size, 1, abfd);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+char *
+symbol_to_chars (abfd, where, symbolP)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     char *where;
+     symbolS * symbolP;
+{
+  unsigned int numaux = symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_numaux;
+  unsigned int i;
+  valueT val;
+
+  /* Turn any symbols with register attributes into abs symbols */
+  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == reg_section)
+    {
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, absolute_section);
+    }
+  /* At the same time, relocate all symbols to their output value */
+
+  val = (segment_info[S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)].scnhdr.s_paddr
+	 + S_GET_VALUE (symbolP));
+
+  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, val);
+
+  symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_value = val;
+
+  where += bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (abfd, &symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_entry,
+				  where);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < numaux; i++)
+    {
+      where += bfd_coff_swap_aux_out (abfd,
+				      &symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[i],
+				      S_GET_DATA_TYPE (symbolP),
+				      S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP),
+				      i, numaux, where);
+    }
+  return where;
+
+}
+
+void
+coff_obj_symbol_new_hook (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  char underscore = 0;		/* Symbol has leading _ */
+
+  /* Effective symbol */
+  /* Store the pointer in the offset. */
+  S_SET_ZEROES (symbolP, 0L);
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (symbolP, T_NULL);
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, 0);
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 0);
+  /* Additional information */
+  symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_flags = 0;
+  /* Auxiliary entries */
+  memset ((char *) &symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0], 0, AUXESZ);
+
+  if (S_IS_STRING (symbolP))
+    SF_SET_STRING (symbolP);
+  if (!underscore && S_IS_LOCAL (symbolP))
+    SF_SET_LOCAL (symbolP);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle .ln directives.
+ */
+
+static void
+obj_coff_ln (appline)
+     int appline;
+{
+  int l;
+
+  if (! appline && def_symbol_in_progress != NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".ln pseudo-op inside .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* wrong context */
+
+  l = get_absolute_expression ();
+  c_line_new (0, frag_now_fix (), l, frag_now);
+
+  if (appline)
+    new_logical_line ((char *) NULL, l - 1);
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  {
+    extern int listing;
+
+    if (listing)
+      {
+	if (! appline)
+	  l += line_base - 1;
+	listing_source_line ((unsigned int) l);
+      }
+
+  }
+#endif
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/*
+ *			def()
+ *
+ * Handle .def directives.
+ *
+ * One might ask : why can't we symbol_new if the symbol does not
+ * already exist and fill it with debug information.  Because of
+ * the C_EFCN special symbol. It would clobber the value of the
+ * function symbol before we have a chance to notice that it is
+ * a C_EFCN. And a second reason is that the code is more clear this
+ * way. (at least I think it is :-).
+ *
+ */
+
+#define SKIP_SEMI_COLON()	while (*input_line_pointer++ != ';')
+#define SKIP_WHITESPACES()	while (*input_line_pointer == ' ' || \
+				      *input_line_pointer == '\t') \
+                                         input_line_pointer++;
+
+static void
+obj_coff_def (what)
+     int what;
+{
+  char name_end;		/* Char after the end of name */
+  char *symbol_name;		/* Name of the debug symbol */
+  char *symbol_name_copy;	/* Temporary copy of the name */
+  unsigned int symbol_name_length;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress != NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".def pseudo-op used inside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACES ();
+
+  def_symbol_in_progress = (symbolS *) obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (*def_symbol_in_progress));
+  memset (def_symbol_in_progress, 0, sizeof (*def_symbol_in_progress));
+
+  symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+  symbol_name_length = strlen (symbol_name);
+  symbol_name_copy = xmalloc (symbol_name_length + 1);
+  strcpy (symbol_name_copy, symbol_name);
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name_copy = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name_copy);
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the new symbol */
+#ifdef STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+  S_SET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress, (*symbol_name_copy == '_'
+				       ? symbol_name_copy + 1
+				       : symbol_name_copy));
+#else /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+  S_SET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress, symbol_name_copy);
+#endif /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+  /* free(symbol_name_copy); */
+  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_name_offset = (unsigned long) ~0;
+  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_number = ~0;
+  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+  S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, 0);
+
+  if (S_IS_STRING (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    SF_SET_STRING (def_symbol_in_progress);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+unsigned int dim_index;
+
+
+static void
+obj_coff_endef (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP = 0;
+  /* DIM BUG FIX sac@cygnus.com */
+  dim_index = 0;
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".endef pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  /* Set the section number according to storage class. */
+  switch (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+    case C_STRTAG:
+    case C_ENTAG:
+    case C_UNTAG:
+      SF_SET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_FILE:
+    case C_TPDEF:
+      SF_SET_DEBUG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, SEG_DEBUG);
+      break;
+
+    case C_EFCN:
+      SF_SET_LOCAL (def_symbol_in_progress);	/* Do not emit this symbol. */
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_BLOCK:
+      SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);	/* Will need processing before writing */
+      /* intentional fallthrough */
+    case C_FCN:
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, SEG_E0);
+
+      if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress), ".bf") == 0)
+	{			/* .bf */
+	  if (function_lineoff < 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "`.bf' symbol without preceding function\n");
+	    }			/* missing function symbol */
+	  SA_GET_SYM_LNNOPTR (last_line_symbol) = function_lineoff;
+
+	  SF_SET_PROCESS (last_line_symbol);
+	  SF_SET_ADJ_LNNOPTR (last_line_symbol);
+	  SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);
+	  function_lineoff = -1;
+	}
+      /* Value is always set to . */
+      def_symbol_in_progress->sy_frag = frag_now;
+      S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+      break;
+
+#ifdef C_AUTOARG
+    case C_AUTOARG:
+#endif /* C_AUTOARG */
+    case C_AUTO:
+    case C_REG:
+    case C_MOS:
+    case C_MOE:
+    case C_MOU:
+    case C_ARG:
+    case C_REGPARM:
+    case C_FIELD:
+    case C_EOS:
+      SF_SET_DEBUG (def_symbol_in_progress);
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress, absolute_section);
+      break;
+
+    case C_EXT:
+    case C_STAT:
+    case C_LABEL:
+      /* Valid but set somewhere else (s_comm, s_lcomm, colon) */
+      break;
+
+    case C_USTATIC:
+    case C_EXTDEF:
+    case C_ULABEL:
+      as_warn ("unexpected storage class %d", S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress));
+      break;
+    }				/* switch on storage class */
+
+  /* Now that we have built a debug symbol, try to find if we should
+     merge with an existing symbol or not.  If a symbol is C_EFCN or
+     absolute_section or untagged SEG_DEBUG it never merges.  We also
+     don't merge labels, which are in a different namespace, nor
+     symbols which have not yet been defined since they are typically
+     unique, nor do we merge tags with non-tags.  */
+
+  /* Two cases for functions.  Either debug followed by definition or
+     definition followed by debug.  For definition first, we will
+     merge the debug symbol into the definition.  For debug first, the
+     lineno entry MUST point to the definition function or else it
+     will point off into space when crawl_symbols() merges the debug
+     symbol into the real symbol.  Therefor, let's presume the debug
+     symbol is a real function reference. */
+
+  /* FIXME-SOON If for some reason the definition label/symbol is
+     never seen, this will probably leave an undefined symbol at link
+     time. */
+
+  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) == C_EFCN
+      || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) == C_LABEL
+      || (S_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress) == SEG_DEBUG
+	  && !SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress))
+      || S_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress) == absolute_section
+      || def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_op != O_constant
+      || (symbolP = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress), DO_NOT_STRIP)) == NULL
+      || (SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress) != SF_GET_TAG (symbolP)))
+    {
+      symbol_append (def_symbol_in_progress, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP,
+		     &symbol_lastP);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* This symbol already exists, merge the newly created symbol
+	 into the old one.  This is not mandatory. The linker can
+	 handle duplicate symbols correctly. But I guess that it save
+	 a *lot* of space if the assembly file defines a lot of
+	 symbols. [loic] */
+
+      /* The debug entry (def_symbol_in_progress) is merged into the
+	 previous definition.  */
+
+      c_symbol_merge (def_symbol_in_progress, symbolP);
+      /* FIXME-SOON Should *def_symbol_in_progress be free'd? xoxorich. */
+      def_symbol_in_progress = symbolP;
+
+      if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress)
+	  || SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress)
+	  || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) == C_STAT)
+	{
+	  /* For functions, and tags, and static symbols, the symbol
+	     *must* be where the debug symbol appears.  Move the
+	     existing symbol to the current place. */
+	  /* If it already is at the end of the symbol list, do nothing */
+	  if (def_symbol_in_progress != symbol_lastP)
+	    {
+	      symbol_remove (def_symbol_in_progress, &symbol_rootP,
+			     &symbol_lastP);
+	      symbol_append (def_symbol_in_progress, symbol_lastP,
+			     &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	    }			/* if not already in place */
+	}			/* if function */
+    }				/* normal or mergable */
+
+  if (SF_GET_TAG (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+      symbolS *oldtag;
+
+      oldtag = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress),
+				 DO_NOT_STRIP);
+      if (oldtag == NULL || ! SF_GET_TAG (oldtag))
+	tag_insert (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress),
+		    def_symbol_in_progress);
+    }
+
+  if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress))
+    {
+      know (sizeof (def_symbol_in_progress) <= sizeof (long));
+      function_lineoff
+	= c_line_new (def_symbol_in_progress, 0, 0, &zero_address_frag);
+
+      SF_SET_PROCESS (def_symbol_in_progress);
+
+      if (symbolP == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* That is, if this is the first time we've seen the
+	     function... */
+	  symbol_table_insert (def_symbol_in_progress);
+	}			/* definition follows debug */
+    }				/* Create the line number entry pointing to the function being defined */
+
+  def_symbol_in_progress = NULL;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_dim (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int dim_index;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".dim pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef: ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+
+  for (dim_index = 0; dim_index < DIMNUM; dim_index++)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACES ();
+      SA_SET_SYM_DIMEN (def_symbol_in_progress, dim_index,
+			get_absolute_expression ());
+
+      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	case ',':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  as_warn ("badly formed .dim directive ignored");
+	  /* intentional fallthrough */
+	case '\n':
+	case ';':
+	  dim_index = DIMNUM;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_line (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int this_base;
+  const char *name;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      obj_coff_ln (0);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress);
+  this_base = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  /* Only .bf symbols indicate the use of a new base line number; the
+     line numbers associated with .ef, .bb, .eb are relative to the
+     start of the containing function.  */
+  if (!strcmp (".bf", name))
+    {
+#if 0 /* XXX Can we ever have line numbers going backwards?  */
+      if (this_base > line_base)
+#endif
+	{
+	  line_base = this_base;
+	}
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+      {
+	extern int listing;
+	if (listing)
+	  {
+	    listing_source_line ((unsigned int) line_base);
+	  }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (def_symbol_in_progress, this_base);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_size (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".size pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  SA_SET_SYM_SIZE (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_scl (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".scl pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_tag (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *symbol_name;
+  char name_end;
+
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".tag pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (def_symbol_in_progress, 1);
+  symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name);
+#endif
+
+  /* Assume that the symbol referred to by .tag is always defined.
+     This was a bad assumption.  I've added find_or_make. xoxorich. */
+  SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX (def_symbol_in_progress,
+		     (long) tag_find_or_make (symbol_name));
+  if (SA_GET_SYM_TAGNDX (def_symbol_in_progress) == 0L)
+    {
+      as_warn ("tag not found for .tag %s", symbol_name);
+    }				/* not defined */
+
+  SF_SET_TAGGED (def_symbol_in_progress);
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_type (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".type pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (def_symbol_in_progress, get_absolute_expression ());
+
+  if (ISFCN (S_GET_DATA_TYPE (def_symbol_in_progress)) &&
+      S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (def_symbol_in_progress) != C_TPDEF)
+    {
+      SF_SET_FUNCTION (def_symbol_in_progress);
+    }				/* is a function */
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_val (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (def_symbol_in_progress == NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".val pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef ignored.");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }				/* if not inside .def/.endef */
+
+  if (is_name_beginner (*input_line_pointer))
+    {
+      char *symbol_name = input_line_pointer;
+      char name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  symbol_name = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (symbol_name);
+#endif
+
+      if (!strcmp (symbol_name, "."))
+	{
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_frag = frag_now;
+	  S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+	  /* If the .val is != from the .def (e.g. statics) */
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (def_symbol_in_progress), symbol_name))
+	{
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_add_symbol =
+	    symbol_find_or_make (symbol_name);
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	  def_symbol_in_progress->sy_value.X_add_number = 0;
+
+	  /* If the segment is undefined when the forward reference is
+	     resolved, then copy the segment id from the forward
+	     symbol.  */
+	  SF_SET_GET_SEGMENT (def_symbol_in_progress);
+
+	  /* FIXME: gcc can generate address expressions
+	     here in unusual cases (search for "obscure"
+	     in sdbout.c).  We just ignore the offset
+	     here, thus generating incorrect debugging
+	     information.  We ignore the rest of the
+	     line just below.  */
+	}
+      /* Otherwise, it is the name of a non debug symbol and
+	 its value will be calculated later. */
+      *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+      /* FIXME: this is to avoid an error message in the
+	 FIXME case mentioned just above.  */
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      S_SET_VALUE (def_symbol_in_progress,
+		   (valueT) get_absolute_expression ());
+    }				/* if symbol based */
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+#ifdef TE_PE
+
+/* Handle the .linkonce pseudo-op.  This is parsed by s_linkonce in
+   read.c, which then calls this object file format specific routine.  */
+
+void
+obj_coff_pe_handle_link_once (type)
+     enum linkonce_type type;
+{
+  seg_info (now_seg)->scnhdr.s_flags |= IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT;
+
+  /* We store the type in the seg_info structure, and use it to set up
+     the auxiliary entry for the section symbol in c_section_symbol.  */
+  seg_info (now_seg)->linkonce = type;
+}
+
+#endif /* TE_PE */
+
+void
+coff_obj_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+  /* These had better be the same.  Usually 18 bytes. */
+#ifndef BFD_HEADERS
+  know (sizeof (SYMENT) == sizeof (AUXENT));
+  know (SYMESZ == AUXESZ);
+#endif
+  tag_init ();
+}
+
+/* This function runs through the symbol table and puts all the
+   externals onto another chain */
+
+/* The chain of globals.  */
+symbolS *symbol_globalP;
+symbolS *symbol_global_lastP;
+
+/* The chain of externals */
+symbolS *symbol_externP;
+symbolS *symbol_extern_lastP;
+
+stack *block_stack;
+symbolS *last_functionP;
+static symbolS *last_bfP;
+symbolS *last_tagP;
+
+static unsigned int
+yank_symbols ()
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  unsigned int symbol_number = 0;
+  unsigned int last_file_symno = 0;
+
+  struct filename_list *filename_list_scan = filename_list_head;
+
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP;
+       symbolP;
+       symbolP = symbolP ? symbol_next (symbolP) : symbol_rootP)
+    {
+      if (symbolP->sy_mri_common)
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_EXT)
+	    as_bad ("%s: global symbols not supported in common sections",
+		    S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+	  symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!SF_GET_DEBUG (symbolP))
+	{
+	  /* Debug symbols do not need all this rubbish */
+	  symbolS *real_symbolP;
+
+	  /* L* and C_EFCN symbols never merge. */
+	  if (!SF_GET_LOCAL (symbolP)
+	      && !SF_GET_STATICS (symbolP)
+	      && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) != C_LABEL
+	      && symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_constant
+	      && (real_symbolP = symbol_find_base (S_GET_NAME (symbolP), DO_NOT_STRIP))
+	      && real_symbolP != symbolP)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME-SOON: where do dups come from?
+		 Maybe tag references before definitions? xoxorich. */
+	      /* Move the debug data from the debug symbol to the
+		 real symbol. Do NOT do the oposite (i.e. move from
+		 real symbol to debug symbol and remove real symbol from the
+		 list.) Because some pointers refer to the real symbol
+		 whereas no pointers refer to the debug symbol. */
+	      c_symbol_merge (symbolP, real_symbolP);
+	      /* Replace the current symbol by the real one */
+	      /* The symbols will never be the last or the first
+		 because : 1st symbol is .file and 3 last symbols are
+		 .text, .data, .bss */
+	      symbol_remove (real_symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      symbol_insert (real_symbolP, symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      symbolP = real_symbolP;
+	    }			/* if not local but dup'd */
+
+	  if (flag_readonly_data_in_text && (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_E1))
+	    {
+	      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, SEG_E0);
+	    }			/* push data into text */
+
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symbolP);
+
+	  if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && !SF_GET_LOCAL (symbolP))
+		{
+		  S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+		}
+	      else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_E0)
+		{
+		  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_LABEL);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_STAT);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Mainly to speed up if not -g */
+	  if (SF_GET_PROCESS (symbolP))
+	    {
+	      /* Handle the nested blocks auxiliary info. */
+	      if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_BLOCK)
+		{
+		  if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (symbolP), ".bb"))
+		    stack_push (block_stack, (char *) &symbolP);
+		  else
+		    {		/* .eb */
+		      register symbolS *begin_symbolP;
+		      begin_symbolP = *(symbolS **) stack_pop (block_stack);
+		      if (begin_symbolP == (symbolS *) 0)
+			as_warn ("mismatched .eb");
+		      else
+			SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (begin_symbolP, symbol_number + 2);
+		    }
+		}
+	      /* If we are able to identify the type of a function, and we
+	       are out of a function (last_functionP == 0) then, the
+	       function symbol will be associated with an auxiliary
+	       entry. */
+	      if (last_functionP == (symbolS *) 0 &&
+		  SF_GET_FUNCTION (symbolP))
+		{
+		  last_functionP = symbolP;
+
+		  if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP) < 1)
+		    {
+		      S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 1);
+		    }		/* make it at least 1 */
+
+		  /* Clobber possible stale .dim information. */
+#if 0
+		  /* Iffed out by steve - this fries the lnnoptr info too */
+		  bzero (symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0].x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen,
+			 sizeof (symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0].x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen));
+#endif
+		}
+	      if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_FCN)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (symbolP), ".bf") == 0)
+		    {
+		      if (last_bfP != NULL)
+			SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (last_bfP, symbol_number);
+		      last_bfP = symbolP;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_EFCN)
+		{
+		  /* I don't even know if this is needed for sdb. But
+		     the standard assembler generates it, so...  */
+		  if (last_functionP == (symbolS *) 0)
+		    as_fatal ("C_EFCN symbol out of scope");
+		  SA_SET_SYM_FSIZE (last_functionP,
+				    (long) (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) -
+					    S_GET_VALUE (last_functionP)));
+		  SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (last_functionP, symbol_number);
+		 last_functionP = (symbolS *) 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (SF_GET_TAG (symbolP))
+	{
+	  /* First descriptor of a structure must point to
+	       the first slot after the structure description. */
+	  last_tagP = symbolP;
+
+	}
+      else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_EOS)
+	{
+	  /* +2 take in account the current symbol */
+	  SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (last_tagP, symbol_number + 2);
+	}
+      else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_FILE)
+	{
+	  /* If the filename was too long to fit in the
+	     auxent, put it in the string table */
+	  if (SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_ZEROS (symbolP) == 0
+	      && SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET (symbolP) != 0)
+	    {
+	      SA_SET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET (symbolP, string_byte_count);
+	      string_byte_count += strlen (filename_list_scan->filename) + 1;
+	      filename_list_scan = filename_list_scan->next;
+	    }
+	  if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
+	    {
+	      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, last_file_symno);
+	      last_file_symno = symbol_number;
+	    }			/* no one points at the first .file symbol */
+	}			/* if debug or tag or eos or file */
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_coff_symbol
+      tc_frob_coff_symbol (symbolP);
+#endif
+
+      /* We must put the external symbols apart. The loader
+	 does not bomb if we do not. But the references in
+	 the endndx field for a .bb symbol are not corrected
+	 if an external symbol is removed between .bb and .be.
+	 I.e in the following case :
+	 [20] .bb endndx = 22
+	 [21] foo external
+	 [22] .be
+	 ld will move the symbol 21 to the end of the list but
+	 endndx will still be 22 instead of 21. */
+
+
+      if (SF_GET_LOCAL (symbolP))
+	{
+	  /* remove C_EFCN and LOCAL (L...) symbols */
+	  /* next pointer remains valid */
+	  symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+
+	}
+      else if (symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	       && (! S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) || S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)))
+	{
+	  /* Skip symbols which were equated to undefined or common
+	     symbols.  */
+	  symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	}
+      else if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)
+	       && !S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)
+	       && !SF_GET_STATICS (symbolP) &&
+	       S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_EXT)
+	{			/* C_EXT && !SF_GET_FUNCTION(symbolP))  */
+	  /* if external, Remove from the list */
+	  symbolS *hold = symbol_previous (symbolP);
+
+	  symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	  symbol_clear_list_pointers (symbolP);
+	  symbol_append (symbolP, symbol_extern_lastP, &symbol_externP, &symbol_extern_lastP);
+	  symbolP = hold;
+	}
+      else if (! S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)
+	       && ! SF_GET_STATICS (symbolP)
+	       && ! SF_GET_FUNCTION (symbolP)
+	       && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_EXT)
+	{
+	  symbolS *hold = symbol_previous (symbolP);
+
+	  /* The O'Reilly COFF book says that defined global symbols
+             come at the end of the symbol table, just before
+             undefined global symbols.  */
+
+	  symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	  symbol_clear_list_pointers (symbolP);
+	  symbol_append (symbolP, symbol_global_lastP, &symbol_globalP,
+			 &symbol_global_lastP);
+	  symbolP = hold;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (SF_GET_STRING (symbolP))
+	    {
+	      symbolP->sy_name_offset = string_byte_count;
+	      string_byte_count += strlen (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)) + 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      symbolP->sy_name_offset = 0;
+	    }			/* fix "long" names */
+
+	  symbolP->sy_number = symbol_number;
+	  symbol_number += 1 + S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP);
+	}			/* if local symbol */
+    }				/* traverse the symbol list */
+  return symbol_number;
+
+}
+
+
+static unsigned int
+glue_symbols (head, tail)
+     symbolS **head;
+     symbolS **tail;
+{
+  unsigned int symbol_number = 0;
+
+  while (*head != NULL)
+    {
+      symbolS *tmp = *head;
+
+      /* append */
+      symbol_remove (tmp, head, tail);
+      symbol_append (tmp, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+
+      /* and process */
+      if (SF_GET_STRING (tmp))
+	{
+	  tmp->sy_name_offset = string_byte_count;
+	  string_byte_count += strlen (S_GET_NAME (tmp)) + 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  tmp->sy_name_offset = 0;
+	}			/* fix "long" names */
+
+      tmp->sy_number = symbol_number;
+      symbol_number += 1 + S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (tmp);
+    }				/* append the entire extern chain */
+
+  return symbol_number;
+}
+
+static unsigned int
+tie_tags ()
+{
+  unsigned int symbol_number = 0;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      symbolP->sy_number = symbol_number;
+
+      if (SF_GET_TAGGED (symbolP))
+	{
+	  SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX
+	    (symbolP,
+	     ((symbolS *) SA_GET_SYM_TAGNDX (symbolP))->sy_number);
+	}
+
+      symbol_number += 1 + S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP);
+    }
+
+  return symbol_number;
+}
+
+static void
+crawl_symbols (h, abfd)
+     object_headers *h;
+     bfd * abfd;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  /* Initialize the stack used to keep track of the matching .bb .be */
+
+  block_stack = stack_init (512, sizeof (symbolS *));
+
+  /* The symbol list should be ordered according to the following sequence
+   * order :
+   * . .file symbol
+   * . debug entries for functions
+   * . fake symbols for the sections, including .text .data and .bss
+   * . defined symbols
+   * . undefined symbols
+   * But this is not mandatory. The only important point is to put the
+   * undefined symbols at the end of the list.
+   */
+
+  /* Is there a .file symbol ? If not insert one at the beginning. */
+  if (symbol_rootP == NULL
+      || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbol_rootP) != C_FILE)
+    {
+      c_dot_file_symbol ("fake");
+    }
+
+  /*
+   * Build up static symbols for the sections, they are filled in later
+   */
+
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_LAST; i++)
+    if (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name[0])
+      segment_info[i].dot = c_section_symbol (segment_info[i].name,
+					      i - SEG_E0 + 1);
+
+  /* Take all the externals out and put them into another chain */
+  H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (h, yank_symbols ());
+  /* Take the externals and glue them onto the end.*/
+  H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (h,
+			   (H_GET_SYMBOL_COUNT (h)
+			    + glue_symbols (&symbol_globalP,
+					    &symbol_global_lastP)
+			    + glue_symbols (&symbol_externP,
+					    &symbol_extern_lastP)));
+
+  H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (h, tie_tags ());
+  know (symbol_globalP == NULL);
+  know (symbol_global_lastP == NULL);
+  know (symbol_externP == NULL);
+  know (symbol_extern_lastP == NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find strings by crawling along symbol table chain.
+ */
+
+void
+w_strings (where)
+     char *where;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  struct filename_list *filename_list_scan = filename_list_head;
+
+  /* Gotta do md_ byte-ordering stuff for string_byte_count first - KWK */
+  md_number_to_chars (where, (valueT) string_byte_count, 4);
+  where += 4;
+
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+  /* Support long section names as found in PE.  This code must
+     coordinate with that in coff_header_append and write_object_file.  */
+  {
+    unsigned int i;
+
+    for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_LAST; i++)
+      {
+	if (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name[0]
+	    && strlen (segment_info[i].name) > SCNNMLEN)
+	  {
+	    unsigned int size;
+
+	    size = strlen (segment_info[i].name) + 1;
+	    memcpy (where, segment_info[i].name, size);
+	    where += size;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES */
+
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP;
+       symbolP;
+       symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      unsigned int size;
+
+      if (SF_GET_STRING (symbolP))
+	{
+	  size = strlen (S_GET_NAME (symbolP)) + 1;
+	  memcpy (where, S_GET_NAME (symbolP), size);
+	  where += size;
+	}
+      if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) == C_FILE
+	  && SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_ZEROS (symbolP) == 0
+	  && SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET (symbolP) != 0)
+	{
+	  size = strlen (filename_list_scan->filename) + 1;
+	  memcpy (where, filename_list_scan->filename, size);
+	  filename_list_scan = filename_list_scan ->next;
+	  where += size;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+do_linenos_for (abfd, h, file_cursor)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     object_headers * h;
+     unsigned long *file_cursor;
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  unsigned long start = *file_cursor;
+
+  for (idx = SEG_E0; idx < SEG_LAST; idx++)
+    {
+      segment_info_type *s = segment_info + idx;
+
+
+      if (s->scnhdr.s_nlnno != 0)
+	{
+	  struct lineno_list *line_ptr;
+
+	  struct external_lineno *buffer =
+	  (struct external_lineno *) xmalloc (s->scnhdr.s_nlnno * LINESZ);
+
+	  struct external_lineno *dst = buffer;
+
+	  /* Run through the table we've built and turn it into its external
+	 form, take this chance to remove duplicates */
+
+	  for (line_ptr = s->lineno_list_head;
+	       line_ptr != (struct lineno_list *) NULL;
+	       line_ptr = line_ptr->next)
+	    {
+
+	      if (line_ptr->line.l_lnno == 0)
+		{
+		  /* Turn a pointer to a symbol into the symbols' index */
+		  line_ptr->line.l_addr.l_symndx =
+		    ((symbolS *) line_ptr->line.l_addr.l_symndx)->sy_number;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  line_ptr->line.l_addr.l_paddr += ((struct frag *) (line_ptr->frag))->fr_address;
+		}
+
+
+	      (void) bfd_coff_swap_lineno_out (abfd, &(line_ptr->line), dst);
+	      dst++;
+
+	    }
+
+	  s->scnhdr.s_lnnoptr = *file_cursor;
+
+	  bfd_write (buffer, 1, s->scnhdr.s_nlnno * LINESZ, abfd);
+	  free (buffer);
+
+	  *file_cursor += s->scnhdr.s_nlnno * LINESZ;
+	}
+    }
+  H_SET_LINENO_SIZE (h, *file_cursor - start);
+}
+
+
+/* Now we run through the list of frag chains in a segment and
+   make all the subsegment frags appear at the end of the
+   list, as if the seg 0 was extra long */
+
+static void
+remove_subsegs ()
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      frchainS *head = segment_info[i].frchainP;
+      fragS dummy;
+      fragS *prev_frag = &dummy;
+
+      while (head && head->frch_seg == i)
+	{
+	  prev_frag->fr_next = head->frch_root;
+	  prev_frag = head->frch_last;
+	  head = head->frch_next;
+	}
+      prev_frag->fr_next = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+unsigned long machine;
+int coff_flags;
+extern void
+write_object_file ()
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *name;
+  struct frchain *frchain_ptr;
+
+  object_headers headers;
+  unsigned long file_cursor;
+  bfd *abfd;
+  unsigned int addr;
+  abfd = bfd_openw (out_file_name, TARGET_FORMAT);
+
+
+  if (abfd == 0)
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't create %s", out_file_name);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+  bfd_set_format (abfd, bfd_object);
+  bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, BFD_ARCH, machine);
+
+  string_byte_count = 4;
+
+  for (frchain_ptr = frchain_root;
+       frchain_ptr != (struct frchain *) NULL;
+       frchain_ptr = frchain_ptr->frch_next)
+    {
+      /* Run through all the sub-segments and align them up.  Also
+	 close any open frags.  We tack a .fill onto the end of the
+	 frag chain so that any .align's size can be worked by looking
+	 at the next frag.  */
+
+      subseg_set (frchain_ptr->frch_seg, frchain_ptr->frch_subseg);
+#ifndef SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG) 1
+#endif
+#ifdef md_do_align
+      md_do_align (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN (now_seg), (char *) NULL, 0, 0,
+		   alignment_done);
+#endif
+      frag_align (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN (now_seg), NOP_OPCODE, 0);
+#ifdef md_do_align
+    alignment_done:
+#endif
+      frag_wane (frag_now);
+      frag_now->fr_fix = 0;
+      know (frag_now->fr_next == NULL);
+    }
+
+
+  remove_subsegs ();
+
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      relax_segment (segment_info[i].frchainP->frch_root, i);
+    }
+
+  H_SET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS (&headers, 0);
+
+  /* Find out how big the sections are, and set the addresses.  */
+  addr = 0;
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      long size;
+
+      segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_paddr = addr;
+      segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_vaddr = addr;
+
+      if (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name[0])
+	{
+	  H_SET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS (&headers,
+				    H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS (&headers) + 1);
+
+#ifdef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+	  /* Support long section names as found in PE.  This code
+	     must coordinate with that in coff_header_append and
+	     w_strings.  */
+	  {
+	    unsigned int len;
+
+	    len = strlen (segment_info[i].name);
+	    if (len > SCNNMLEN)
+	      string_byte_count += len + 1;
+	  }
+#endif /* COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES */
+	}
+
+      size = size_section (abfd, (unsigned int) i);
+      addr += size;
+
+      /* I think the section alignment is only used on the i960; the
+	 i960 needs it, and it should do no harm on other targets.  */
+      segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_align = 1 << section_alignment[i];
+
+      if (i == SEG_E0)
+	H_SET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers, size);
+      else if (i == SEG_E1)
+	H_SET_DATA_SIZE (&headers, size);
+      else if (i == SEG_E2)
+	H_SET_BSS_SIZE (&headers, size);
+    }
+
+  /* Turn the gas native symbol table shape into a coff symbol table */
+  crawl_symbols (&headers, abfd);
+
+  if (string_byte_count == 4)
+    string_byte_count = 0;
+
+  H_SET_STRING_SIZE (&headers, string_byte_count);
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_file
+  tc_frob_file ();
+#endif
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      fixup_mdeps (segment_info[i].frchainP->frch_root, &headers, i);
+      fixup_segment (&segment_info[i], i);
+    }
+
+  /* Look for ".stab" segments and fill in their initial symbols
+     correctly. */
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      name = segment_info[i].name;
+
+      if (name != NULL
+	  && strncmp (".stab", name, 5) == 0
+	  && strncmp (".stabstr", name, 8) != 0)
+	adjust_stab_section (abfd, i);
+    }
+
+  file_cursor = H_GET_TEXT_FILE_OFFSET (&headers);
+
+  bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) file_cursor, 0);
+
+  /* Plant the data */
+
+  fill_section (abfd, &headers, &file_cursor);
+
+  do_relocs_for (abfd, &headers, &file_cursor);
+
+  do_linenos_for (abfd, &headers, &file_cursor);
+
+  H_SET_FILE_MAGIC_NUMBER (&headers, COFF_MAGIC);
+#ifndef OBJ_COFF_OMIT_TIMESTAMP
+  H_SET_TIME_STAMP (&headers, (long)time((time_t *)0));
+#else
+  H_SET_TIME_STAMP (&headers, 0);
+#endif
+#ifdef TC_COFF_SET_MACHINE
+  TC_COFF_SET_MACHINE (&headers);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef COFF_FLAGS
+#define COFF_FLAGS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef KEEP_RELOC_INFO
+  H_SET_FLAGS (&headers, ((H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(&headers) ? 0 : F_LNNO) |
+			  COFF_FLAGS | coff_flags));
+#else
+  H_SET_FLAGS (&headers, ((H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(&headers)     ? 0 : F_LNNO)   |
+			  (H_GET_RELOCATION_SIZE(&headers) ? 0 : F_RELFLG) |
+			  COFF_FLAGS | coff_flags));
+#endif
+
+  {
+    unsigned int symtable_size = H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (&headers);
+    char *buffer1 = xmalloc (symtable_size + string_byte_count + 1);
+
+    H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_POINTER (&headers, bfd_tell (abfd));
+    w_symbols (abfd, buffer1, symbol_rootP);
+    if (string_byte_count > 0)
+      w_strings (buffer1 + symtable_size);
+    bfd_write (buffer1, 1, symtable_size + string_byte_count, abfd);
+    free (buffer1);
+  }
+
+  coff_header_append (abfd, &headers);
+#if 0
+  /* Recent changes to write need this, but where it should
+     go is up to Ken.. */
+  if (bfd_close_all_done (abfd) == false)
+    as_fatal ("Can't close %s: %s", out_file_name,
+	      bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+#else
+  {
+    extern bfd *stdoutput;
+    stdoutput = abfd;
+  }
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/* Add a new segment.  This is called from subseg_new via the
+   obj_new_segment macro.  */
+
+segT
+obj_coff_add_segment (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+#ifndef COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+  char buf[SCNNMLEN + 1];
+
+  strncpy (buf, name, SCNNMLEN);
+  buf[SCNNMLEN] = '\0';
+  name = buf;
+#endif
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_LAST && segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name[0]; i++)
+    if (strcmp (name, segment_info[i].name) == 0)
+      return (segT) i;
+
+  if (i == SEG_LAST)
+    {
+      as_bad ("Too many new sections; can't add \"%s\"", name);
+      return now_seg;
+    }
+
+  /* Add a new section.  */
+  strncpy (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name, name,
+	   sizeof (segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_name));
+  segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_flags = STYP_REG;
+  segment_info[i].name = xstrdup (name);
+
+  return (segT) i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * implement the .section pseudo op:
+ *	.section name {, "flags"}
+ *                ^         ^
+ *                |         +--- optional flags: 'b' for bss
+ *                |                              'i' for info
+ *                +-- section name               'l' for lib
+ *                                               'n' for noload
+ *                                               'o' for over
+ *                                               'w' for data
+ *						 'd' (apparently m88k for data)
+ *                                               'x' for text
+ *						 'r' for read-only data
+ * But if the argument is not a quoted string, treat it as a
+ * subsegment number.
+ */
+
+void
+obj_coff_section (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  /* Strip out the section name */
+  char *section_name, *name;
+  char c;
+  unsigned int exp;
+  long flags;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      char type;
+
+      s_mri_sect (&type);
+      flags = 0;
+      if (type == 'C')
+	flags = STYP_TEXT;
+      else if (type == 'D')
+	flags = STYP_DATA;
+      segment_info[now_seg].scnhdr.s_flags |= flags;
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  section_name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  name = xmalloc (input_line_pointer - section_name + 1);
+  strcpy (name, section_name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  exp = 0;
+  flags = 0;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+      if (*input_line_pointer != '"')
+	exp = get_absolute_expression ();
+      else
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  while (*input_line_pointer != '"'
+		 && ! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	    {
+	      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+		{
+		case 'b': flags |= STYP_BSS;    break;
+		case 'i': flags |= STYP_INFO;   break;
+		case 'l': flags |= STYP_LIB;    break;
+		case 'n': flags |= STYP_NOLOAD; break;
+		case 'o': flags |= STYP_OVER;   break;
+		case 'd':
+		case 'w': flags |= STYP_DATA;   break;
+		case 'x': flags |= STYP_TEXT;   break;
+		case 'r': flags |= STYP_LIT;	break;
+		default:
+		  as_warn("unknown section attribute '%c'",
+			  *input_line_pointer);
+		  break;
+		}
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
+	    ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+    }
+
+  subseg_new (name, (subsegT) exp);
+
+  segment_info[now_seg].scnhdr.s_flags |= flags;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+
+static void
+obj_coff_text (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  subseg_new (".text", get_absolute_expression ());
+}
+
+
+static void
+obj_coff_data (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
+    subseg_new (".text", get_absolute_expression () + 1000);
+  else
+    subseg_new (".data", get_absolute_expression ());
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_bss (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')	/* .bss 		*/
+    subseg_new(".bss", get_absolute_expression());
+  else					/* .bss id,expr		*/
+    obj_coff_lcomm(0);
+}
+
+static void
+obj_coff_ident (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  segT current_seg = now_seg;		/* save current seg	*/
+  subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
+  subseg_new (".comment", 0);		/* .comment seg		*/
+  stringer (1);				/* read string		*/
+  subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);	/* restore current seg	*/
+}
+
+void
+c_symbol_merge (debug, normal)
+     symbolS *debug;
+     symbolS *normal;
+{
+  S_SET_DATA_TYPE (normal, S_GET_DATA_TYPE (debug));
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (normal, S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (debug));
+
+  if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug) > S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (normal))
+    {
+      S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (normal, S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug));
+    }				/* take the most we have */
+
+  if (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug) > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy ((char *) &normal->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0],
+	      (char *) &debug->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0],
+	      (unsigned int) (S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (debug) * AUXESZ));
+    }				/* Move all the auxiliary information */
+
+  /* Move the debug flags. */
+  SF_SET_DEBUG_FIELD (normal, SF_GET_DEBUG_FIELD (debug));
+}				/* c_symbol_merge() */
+
+static int
+c_line_new (symbol, paddr, line_number, frag)
+     symbolS * symbol;
+     long paddr;
+     int line_number;
+     fragS * frag;
+{
+  struct lineno_list *new_line =
+  (struct lineno_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct lineno_list));
+
+  segment_info_type *s = segment_info + now_seg;
+  new_line->line.l_lnno = line_number;
+
+  if (line_number == 0)
+    {
+      last_line_symbol = symbol;
+      new_line->line.l_addr.l_symndx = (long) symbol;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      new_line->line.l_addr.l_paddr = paddr;
+    }
+
+  new_line->frag = (char *) frag;
+  new_line->next = (struct lineno_list *) NULL;
+
+
+  if (s->lineno_list_head == (struct lineno_list *) NULL)
+    {
+      s->lineno_list_head = new_line;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      s->lineno_list_tail->next = new_line;
+    }
+  s->lineno_list_tail = new_line;
+  return LINESZ * s->scnhdr.s_nlnno++;
+}
+
+void
+c_dot_file_symbol (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  symbolP = symbol_new (".file",
+			SEG_DEBUG,
+			0,
+			&zero_address_frag);
+
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_FILE);
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 1);
+
+  if (strlen (filename) > FILNMLEN)
+    {
+      /* Filename is too long to fit into an auxent,
+	 we stick it into the string table instead.  We keep
+	 a linked list of the filenames we find so we can emit
+	 them later.*/
+      struct filename_list *f = ((struct filename_list *)
+				 xmalloc (sizeof (struct filename_list)));
+
+      f->filename = filename;
+      f->next = 0;
+
+      SA_SET_FILE_FNAME_ZEROS (symbolP, 0);
+      SA_SET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET (symbolP, 1);
+
+      if (filename_list_tail) 
+	filename_list_tail->next = f;
+      else
+	filename_list_head = f;
+      filename_list_tail = f;      
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      SA_SET_FILE_FNAME (symbolP, filename);
+    }
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  {
+    extern int listing;
+    if (listing)
+      {
+	listing_source_file (filename);
+      }
+
+  }
+
+#endif
+  SF_SET_DEBUG (symbolP);
+  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) previous_file_symbol);
+
+  previous_file_symbol = symbolP;
+
+  /* Make sure that the symbol is first on the symbol chain */
+  if (symbol_rootP != symbolP)
+    {
+      symbol_remove (symbolP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+      symbol_insert (symbolP, symbol_rootP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+    }
+}				/* c_dot_file_symbol() */
+
+/*
+ * Build a 'section static' symbol.
+ */
+
+symbolS *
+c_section_symbol (name, idx)
+     char *name;
+     int idx;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  symbolP = symbol_new (name, idx,
+			0,
+			&zero_address_frag);
+
+  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_STAT);
+  S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (symbolP, 1);
+
+  SF_SET_STATICS (symbolP);
+
+#ifdef TE_DELTA
+  /* manfred@s-direktnet.de: section symbols *must* have the LOCAL bit cleared,
+     which is set by the new definition of LOCAL_LABEL in tc-m68k.h.  */
+  SF_CLEAR_LOCAL (symbolP);
+#endif
+#ifdef TE_PE
+  /* If the .linkonce pseudo-op was used for this section, we must
+     store the information in the auxiliary entry for the section
+     symbol.  */
+  if (segment_info[idx].linkonce != LINKONCE_UNSET)
+    {
+      int type;
+
+      switch (segment_info[idx].linkonce)
+	{
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	case LINKONCE_DISCARD:
+	  type = IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY;
+	  break;
+	case LINKONCE_ONE_ONLY:
+	  type = IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_NODUPLICATES;
+	  break;
+	case LINKONCE_SAME_SIZE:
+	  type = IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE;
+	  break;
+	case LINKONCE_SAME_CONTENTS:
+	  type = IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      SYM_AUXENT (symbolP)->x_scn.x_comdat = type;
+    }
+#endif /* TE_PE */
+
+  return symbolP;
+}				/* c_section_symbol() */
+
+static void
+w_symbols (abfd, where, symbol_rootP)
+     bfd * abfd;
+     char *where;
+     symbolS * symbol_rootP;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  /* First fill in those values we have only just worked out */
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_LAST; i++)
+    {
+      symbolP = segment_info[i].dot;
+      if (symbolP)
+	{
+	  SA_SET_SCN_SCNLEN (symbolP, segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_size);
+	  SA_SET_SCN_NRELOC (symbolP, segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_nreloc);
+	  SA_SET_SCN_NLINNO (symbolP, segment_info[i].scnhdr.s_nlnno);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /*
+     * Emit all symbols left in the symbol chain.
+     */
+  for (symbolP = symbol_rootP; symbolP; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+      /* Used to save the offset of the name. It is used to point
+	       to the string in memory but must be a file offset. */
+      register char *temp;
+
+      /* We can't fix the lnnoptr field in yank_symbols with the other
+         adjustments, because we have to wait until we know where they
+         go in the file.  */
+      if (SF_GET_ADJ_LNNOPTR (symbolP))
+	{
+	  SA_GET_SYM_LNNOPTR (symbolP) +=
+	    segment_info[S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)].scnhdr.s_lnnoptr;
+	}
+
+      tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook (symbolP);
+
+      temp = S_GET_NAME (symbolP);
+      if (SF_GET_STRING (symbolP))
+	{
+	  S_SET_OFFSET (symbolP, symbolP->sy_name_offset);
+	  S_SET_ZEROES (symbolP, 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  memset (symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_name, 0, SYMNMLEN);
+	  strncpy (symbolP->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_name, temp, SYMNMLEN);
+	}
+      where = symbol_to_chars (abfd, where, symbolP);
+      S_SET_NAME (symbolP, temp);
+    }
+
+}				/* w_symbols() */
+
+static void
+obj_coff_lcomm (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  s_lcomm(0);
+  return;
+#if 0
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  int temp;
+  char *p;
+
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after name");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+    {
+      as_bad ("Missing size expression");
+      return;
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn ("lcomm length (%d.) <0! Ignored.", temp);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  *p = 0;
+
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make(name);
+
+  if (S_GET_SEGMENT(symbolP) == SEG_UNKNOWN &&
+      S_GET_VALUE(symbolP) == 0)
+    {
+      if (! need_pass_2)
+	{
+	  char *p;
+	  segT current_seg = now_seg; 	/* save current seg     */
+	  subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
+
+	  subseg_set (SEG_E2, 1);
+	  symbolP->sy_frag = frag_now;
+	  p = frag_var(rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
+		       (offsetT) temp, (char *) 0);
+	  *p = 0;
+	  subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg); /* restore current seg */
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT(symbolP, SEG_E2);
+	  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS(symbolP, C_STAT);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    as_bad("Symbol %s already defined", name);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+fixup_mdeps (frags, h, this_segment)
+     fragS * frags;
+     object_headers * h;
+     segT this_segment;
+{
+  subseg_change (this_segment, 0);
+  while (frags)
+    {
+      switch (frags->fr_type)
+	{
+	case rs_align:
+	case rs_align_code:
+	case rs_org:
+#ifdef HANDLE_ALIGN
+	  HANDLE_ALIGN (frags);
+#endif
+	  frags->fr_type = rs_fill;
+	  frags->fr_offset =
+	    ((frags->fr_next->fr_address - frags->fr_address - frags->fr_fix)
+	     / frags->fr_var);
+	  break;
+	case rs_machine_dependent:
+	  md_convert_frag (h, this_segment, frags);
+	  frag_wane (frags);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  ;
+	}
+      frags = frags->fr_next;
+    }
+}
+
+#if 1
+
+#ifndef TC_FORCE_RELOCATION
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(fix) 0
+#endif
+
+static void
+fixup_segment (segP, this_segment_type)
+     segment_info_type * segP;
+     segT this_segment_type;
+{
+  register fixS * fixP;
+  register symbolS *add_symbolP;
+  register symbolS *sub_symbolP;
+  long add_number;
+  register int size;
+  register char *place;
+  register long where;
+  register char pcrel;
+  register fragS *fragP;
+  register segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
+
+  for (fixP = segP->fix_root; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next)
+    {
+      fragP = fixP->fx_frag;
+      know (fragP);
+      where = fixP->fx_where;
+      place = fragP->fr_literal + where;
+      size = fixP->fx_size;
+      add_symbolP = fixP->fx_addsy;
+      sub_symbolP = fixP->fx_subsy;
+      add_number = fixP->fx_offset;
+      pcrel = fixP->fx_pcrel;
+
+      /* We want function-relative stabs to work on systems which
+	 may use a relaxing linker; thus we must handle the sym1-sym2
+	 fixups function-relative stabs generates.
+
+	 Of course, if you actually enable relaxing in the linker, the
+	 line and block scoping information is going to be incorrect
+	 in some cases.  The only way to really fix this is to support
+	 a reloc involving the difference of two symbols.  */
+      if (linkrelax
+	  && (!sub_symbolP || pcrel))
+	continue;
+
+#ifdef TC_I960
+      if (fixP->fx_tcbit && SF_GET_CALLNAME (add_symbolP))
+	{
+	  /* Relocation should be done via the associated 'bal' entry
+	     point symbol. */
+
+	  if (!SF_GET_BALNAME (tc_get_bal_of_call (add_symbolP)))
+	    {
+	      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			    "No 'bal' entry point for leafproc %s",
+			    S_GET_NAME (add_symbolP));
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  fixP->fx_addsy = add_symbolP = tc_get_bal_of_call (add_symbolP);
+	}
+#endif
+
+      /* Make sure the symbols have been resolved; this may not have
+         happened if these are expression symbols.  */
+      if (add_symbolP != NULL && ! add_symbolP->sy_resolved)
+	resolve_symbol_value (add_symbolP);
+
+      if (add_symbolP != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* If this fixup is against a symbol which has been equated
+	     to another symbol, convert it to the other symbol.  */
+	  if (add_symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	      && (! S_IS_DEFINED (add_symbolP)
+		  || S_IS_COMMON (add_symbolP)))
+	    {
+	      while (add_symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+		     && (! S_IS_DEFINED (add_symbolP)
+			 || S_IS_COMMON (add_symbolP)))
+		{
+		  symbolS *n;
+
+		  /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a
+		     badly written program.  */
+		  n = add_symbolP->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+		  if (n == add_symbolP)
+		    break;
+		  add_number += add_symbolP->sy_value.X_add_number;
+		  add_symbolP = n;
+		}
+	      fixP->fx_addsy = add_symbolP;
+	      fixP->fx_offset = add_number;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (sub_symbolP != NULL && ! sub_symbolP->sy_resolved)
+	resolve_symbol_value (sub_symbolP);
+
+      if (add_symbolP != NULL
+	  && add_symbolP->sy_mri_common)
+	{
+	  know (add_symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol);
+	  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+	  fixP->fx_offset = add_number;
+	  add_symbolP = fixP->fx_addsy = add_symbolP->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+	}
+
+      if (add_symbolP)
+	{
+	  add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (add_symbolP);
+	}			/* if there is an addend */
+
+      if (sub_symbolP)
+	{
+	  if (add_symbolP == NULL || add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      if (add_symbolP != NULL)
+		{
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+		  add_symbolP = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		}
+
+	      /* It's just -sym.  */
+	      if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section)
+		{
+		  add_number -= S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_done = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+#ifndef TC_M68K
+		  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				"Negative of non-absolute symbol %s",
+				S_GET_NAME (sub_symbolP));
+#endif
+		  add_number -= S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+		}		/* not absolute */
+
+	      /* if sub_symbol is in the same segment that add_symbol
+		 and add_symbol is either in DATA, TEXT, BSS or ABSOLUTE */
+	    }
+	  else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == add_symbol_segment
+		   && SEG_NORMAL (add_symbol_segment))
+	    {
+	      /* Difference of 2 symbols from same segment.  Can't
+		 make difference of 2 undefineds: 'value' means
+		 something different for N_UNDF. */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+	      /* Makes no sense to use the difference of 2 arbitrary symbols
+	         as the target of a call instruction.  */
+	      if (fixP->fx_tcbit)
+		{
+		  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				"callj to difference of 2 symbols");
+		}
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+	      add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP) -
+		S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+	      add_symbolP = NULL;
+
+	      if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixP))
+		{
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_done = 1;
+#ifdef TC_M68K /* is this right? */
+		  pcrel = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_pcrel = 0;
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Different segments in subtraction. */
+	      know (!(S_IS_EXTERNAL (sub_symbolP) && (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section)));
+
+	      if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section))
+		{
+		  add_number -= S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+		}
+#ifdef DIFF_EXPR_OK
+	      else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == this_segment_type
+#if 0 /* Okay for 68k, at least... */
+		       && !pcrel
+#endif
+		       )
+		{
+		  /* Make it pc-relative.  */
+		  add_number += (md_pcrel_from (fixP)
+				 - S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP));
+		  pcrel = 1;
+		  fixP->fx_pcrel = 1;
+		  sub_symbolP = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+	      else
+		{
+		  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				"Can't emit reloc {- %s-seg symbol \"%s\"} @ file address %ld.",
+				segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP)),
+				S_GET_NAME (sub_symbolP),
+				(long) (fragP->fr_address + where));
+		}		/* if absolute */
+	    }
+	}			/* if sub_symbolP */
+
+      if (add_symbolP)
+	{
+	  if (add_symbol_segment == this_segment_type && pcrel)
+	    {
+	      /*
+	       * This fixup was made when the symbol's segment was
+	       * SEG_UNKNOWN, but it is now in the local segment.
+	       * So we know how to do the address without relocation.
+	       */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+	      /* reloc_callj() may replace a 'call' with a 'calls' or a 'bal',
+	       * in which cases it modifies *fixP as appropriate.  In the case
+	       * of a 'calls', no further work is required, and *fixP has been
+	       * set up to make the rest of the code below a no-op.
+	       */
+	      reloc_callj (fixP);
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+	      add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+	      add_number -= md_pcrel_from (fixP);
+#if defined (TC_I386) || defined (TE_LYNX)
+	      /* On the 386 we must adjust by the segment vaddr as
+		 well.  Ian Taylor.  */
+	      add_number -= segP->scnhdr.s_vaddr;
+#endif
+	      pcrel = 0;	/* Lie. Don't want further pcrel processing. */
+	      if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixP))
+		{
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_done = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      switch (add_symbol_segment)
+		{
+		case absolute_section:
+#ifdef TC_I960
+		  reloc_callj (fixP);	/* See comment about reloc_callj() above*/
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+		  add_symbolP = NULL;
+
+		  if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixP))
+		    {
+		      fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		      fixP->fx_done = 1;
+		    }
+		  break;
+		default:
+
+
+#if defined(TC_A29K) || (defined(TE_PE) && defined(TC_I386)) || defined(TC_M88K)
+		  /* This really should be handled in the linker, but
+		     backward compatibility forbids.  */
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+#else
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP) +
+		    segment_info[S_GET_SEGMENT (add_symbolP)].scnhdr.s_paddr;
+#endif
+		  break;
+
+		case SEG_UNKNOWN:
+#ifdef TC_I960
+		  if ((int) fixP->fx_bit_fixP == 13)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a COBR instruction.  They have only a
+		       * 13-bit displacement and are only to be used
+		       * for local branches: flag as error, don't generate
+		       * relocation.
+		       */
+		      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				    "can't use COBR format with external label");
+		      fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		      fixP->fx_done = 1;
+		      continue;
+		    }		/* COBR */
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+#if ((defined (TC_I386) || defined (TE_LYNX) || defined (TE_AUX)) && !defined(TE_PE)) || defined (COFF_COMMON_ADDEND)
+		  /* 386 COFF uses a peculiar format in which the
+		     value of a common symbol is stored in the .text
+		     segment (I've checked this on SVR3.2 and SCO
+		     3.2.2) Ian Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.  */
+		  /* This is also true for 68k COFF on sysv machines
+		     (Checked on Motorola sysv68 R3V6 and R3V7.1, and also on
+		     UNIX System V/M68000, Release 1.0 from ATT/Bell Labs)
+		     Philippe De Muyter <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>. */
+		  if (S_IS_COMMON (add_symbolP))
+		    add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+#endif
+		  break;
+
+
+		}		/* switch on symbol seg */
+	    }			/* if not in local seg */
+	}			/* if there was a + symbol */
+
+      if (pcrel)
+	{
+#if !defined(TC_M88K) && !(defined(TE_PE) && defined(TC_I386)) && !defined(TC_A29K)
+	  /* This adjustment is not correct on the m88k, for which the
+	     linker does all the computation.  */
+	  add_number -= md_pcrel_from (fixP);
+#endif
+	  if (add_symbolP == 0)
+	    {
+	      fixP->fx_addsy = &abs_symbol;
+	    }			/* if there's an add_symbol */
+#if defined (TC_I386) || defined (TE_LYNX) || defined (TC_I960) || defined (TC_M68K)
+	  /* On the 386 we must adjust by the segment vaddr as well.
+	     Ian Taylor.
+
+	     I changed the i960 to work this way as well.  This is
+	     compatible with the current GNU linker behaviour.  I do
+	     not know what other i960 COFF assemblers do.  This is not
+	     a common case: normally, only assembler code will contain
+	     a PC relative reloc, and only branches which do not
+	     originate in the .text section will have a non-zero
+	     address.
+
+	     I changed the m68k to work this way as well.  This will
+	     break existing PC relative relocs from sections which do
+	     not start at address 0, but it will make ld -r work.
+	     Ian Taylor, 4 Oct 96.  */
+
+	  add_number -= segP->scnhdr.s_vaddr;
+#endif
+	}			/* if pcrel */
+
+      if (!fixP->fx_bit_fixP && ! fixP->fx_no_overflow)
+	{
+#ifndef TC_M88K
+	  /* The m88k uses the offset field of the reloc to get around
+	     this problem.  */
+	  if ((size == 1
+	       && ((add_number & ~0xFF)
+		   || (fixP->fx_signed && (add_number & 0x80)))
+	       && ((add_number & ~0xFF) != (-1 & ~0xFF)
+		   || (add_number & 0x80) == 0))
+	      || (size == 2
+		  && ((add_number & ~0xFFFF)
+		      || (fixP->fx_signed && (add_number & 0x8000)))
+		  && ((add_number & ~0xFFFF) != (-1 & ~0xFFFF)
+		      || (add_number & 0x8000) == 0)))
+	    {
+	      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			    "Value of %ld too large for field of %d bytes at 0x%lx",
+			    (long) add_number, size,
+			    (unsigned long) (fragP->fr_address + where));
+	    }
+#endif
+#ifdef WARN_SIGNED_OVERFLOW_WORD
+	  /* Warn if a .word value is too large when treated as a
+	     signed number.  We already know it is not too negative.
+	     This is to catch over-large switches generated by gcc on
+	     the 68k.  */
+	  if (!flag_signed_overflow_ok
+	      && size == 2
+	      && add_number > 0x7fff)
+	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			  "Signed .word overflow; switch may be too large; %ld at 0x%lx",
+			  (long) add_number,
+			  (unsigned long) (fragP->fr_address + where));
+#endif
+	}			/* not a bit fix */
+      /* Once this fix has been applied, we don't have to output
+	 anything nothing more need be done.  */
+#ifdef MD_APPLY_FIX3
+      md_apply_fix3 (fixP, &add_number, this_segment_type);
+#else
+      md_apply_fix (fixP, add_number);
+#endif
+    }				/* For each fixS in this segment. */
+}				/* fixup_segment() */
+
+#endif
+
+/* The first entry in a .stab section is special.  */
+
+void
+obj_coff_init_stab_section (seg)
+     segT seg;
+{
+  char *file;
+  char *p;
+  char *stabstr_name;
+  unsigned int stroff;
+
+  /* Make space for this first symbol. */
+  p = frag_more (12);
+  /* Zero it out. */
+  memset (p, 0, 12);
+  as_where (&file, (unsigned int *) NULL);
+  stabstr_name = (char *) alloca (strlen (segment_info[seg].name) + 4);
+  strcpy (stabstr_name, segment_info[seg].name);
+  strcat (stabstr_name, "str");
+  stroff = get_stab_string_offset (file, stabstr_name);
+  know (stroff == 1);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, stroff, 4);
+}
+
+/* Fill in the counts in the first entry in a .stab section.  */
+
+static void
+adjust_stab_section(abfd, seg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     segT seg;
+{
+  segT stabstrseg = SEG_UNKNOWN;
+  const char *secname, *name2;
+  char *name;
+  char *p = NULL;
+  int i, strsz = 0, nsyms;
+  fragS *frag = segment_info[seg].frchainP->frch_root;
+
+  /* Look for the associated string table section. */
+
+  secname = segment_info[seg].name;
+  name = (char *) alloca (strlen (secname) + 4);
+  strcpy (name, secname);
+  strcat (name, "str");
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      name2 = segment_info[i].name;
+      if (name2 != NULL && strncmp(name2, name, 8) == 0)
+	{
+	  stabstrseg = i;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we found the section, get its size. */
+  if (stabstrseg != SEG_UNKNOWN)
+    strsz = size_section (abfd, stabstrseg);
+
+  nsyms = size_section (abfd, seg) / 12 - 1;
+
+  /* Look for the first frag of sufficient size for the initial stab
+     symbol, and collect a pointer to it. */
+  while (frag && frag->fr_fix < 12)
+    frag = frag->fr_next;
+  assert (frag != 0);
+  p = frag->fr_literal;
+  assert (p != 0);
+
+  /* Write in the number of stab symbols and the size of the string
+     table. */
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) nsyms, (bfd_byte *) p + 6);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) strsz, (bfd_byte *) p + 8);
+}
+
+#endif /* not BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"def", obj_coff_def, 0},
+  {"dim", obj_coff_dim, 0},
+  {"endef", obj_coff_endef, 0},
+  {"line", obj_coff_line, 0},
+  {"ln", obj_coff_ln, 0},
+  {"appline", obj_coff_ln, 1},
+  {"scl", obj_coff_scl, 0},
+  {"size", obj_coff_size, 0},
+  {"tag", obj_coff_tag, 0},
+  {"type", obj_coff_type, 0},
+  {"val", obj_coff_val, 0},
+  {"section", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  {"sect", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  /* FIXME: We ignore the MRI short attribute.  */
+  {"section.s", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  {"sect.s", obj_coff_section, 0},
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  {"use", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  {"text", obj_coff_text, 0},
+  {"data", obj_coff_data, 0},
+  {"bss", obj_coff_bss, 0},
+  {"lcomm", obj_coff_lcomm, 0},
+  {"ident", obj_coff_ident, 0},
+#else
+  {"optim", s_ignore, 0},	/* For sun386i cc (?) */
+  {"ident", s_ignore, 0},	/* we don't yet handle this. */
+#endif
+  {"version", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"ABORT", s_abort, 0},
+#ifdef TC_M88K
+  /* The m88k uses sdef instead of def.  */
+  {"sdef", obj_coff_def, 0},
+#endif
+  {NULL}			/* end sentinel */
+};				/* obj_pseudo_table */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+/* Support for a COFF emulation.  */
+
+static void
+coff_pop_insert ()
+{
+  pop_insert (obj_pseudo_table);
+}
+
+static int
+coff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (sec)
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+no_func ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+const struct format_ops coff_format_ops =
+{
+  bfd_target_coff_flavour,
+  0,
+  1,
+  coff_frob_symbol,
+  coff_frob_file,
+  no_func,
+  0, 0,
+  0, 0,
+  0,
+#if 0
+  obj_generate_asm_lineno,
+#else
+  no_func,
+#endif
+#if 0
+  obj_stab,
+#else
+  no_func,
+#endif
+  coff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc,
+  coff_pop_insert,
+#if 0
+  obj_set_ext,
+#else
+  no_func,
+#endif
+  coff_obj_read_begin_hook,
+  coff_obj_symbol_new_hook,
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cc5d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-coff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+/* coff object file format
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef OBJ_FORMAT_H
+#define OBJ_FORMAT_H
+
+#define OBJ_COFF 1
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#define WORKING_DOT_WORD
+#define WARN_SIGNED_OVERFLOW_WORD
+#define OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER
+#define BFD_HEADERS
+#define BFD
+
+#endif
+
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+/* This internal_lineno crap is to stop namespace pollution from the
+   bfd internal coff headerfile. */
+#define internal_lineno bfd_internal_lineno
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#undef internal_lineno
+
+/* CPU-specific setup:  */
+
+#ifdef TC_ARM
+#include "coff/arm.h"
+#ifndef TARGET_FORMAT
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-arm"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_PPC
+#ifdef TE_PE
+#include "coff/powerpc.h"
+#else
+#include "coff/rs6000.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_SPARC
+#include "coff/sparc.h"
+#ifdef TE_LYNX
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-sparc-lynx"
+#else
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-sparc"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_I386
+#include "coff/i386.h"
+
+#ifdef TE_PE
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "pe-i386"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TARGET_FORMAT
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-i386"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+#include "coff/m68k.h"
+#ifndef TARGET_FORMAT
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-m68k"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_A29K
+#include "coff/a29k.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-a29k-big"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_I960
+#include "coff/i960.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-Intel-little"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_Z8K
+#include "coff/z8k.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-z8k"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_H8300
+#include "coff/h8300.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-h8300"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_H8500
+#include "coff/h8500.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-h8500"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_SH
+#include "coff/sh.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT (shl ? "coff-shl" : "coff-sh")
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_M88K
+#include "coff/m88k.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-m88kbcs"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_W65
+#include "coff/w65.h"
+#define TARGET_FORMAT "coff-w65"
+#endif
+
+
+/* Targets may also set this.  Also, if BFD_ASSEMBLER is defined, this
+   will already have been defined.  */
+#undef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+#define SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS 1
+
+#ifndef OBJ_COFF_MAX_AUXENTRIES
+#define OBJ_COFF_MAX_AUXENTRIES 1
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF_MAX_AUXENTRIES */
+
+extern void coff_obj_symbol_new_hook PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+#define obj_symbol_new_hook coff_obj_symbol_new_hook
+
+extern void coff_obj_read_begin_hook PARAMS ((void));
+#define obj_read_begin_hook coff_obj_read_begin_hook
+
+/* ***********************************************************************
+
+   This file really contains two implementations of the COFF back end.
+   They are in the process of being merged, but this is only a
+   preliminary, mechanical merging.  Many definitions that are
+   identical between the two are still found in both versions.
+
+   The first version, with BFD_ASSEMBLER defined, uses high-level BFD
+   interfaces and data structures.  The second version, with
+   BFD_ASSEMBLER not defined, also uses BFD, but mostly for swapping
+   data structures and for doing the actual I/O.  The latter defines
+   the preprocessor symbols BFD and BFD_HEADERS.  Try not to let this
+   confuse you.
+
+   These two are in the process of being merged, and eventually the
+   BFD_ASSEMBLER version should take over completely.  Release timing
+   issues and namespace problems convinced me to merge the two
+   together in this fashion, a little sooner than I would have liked.
+   The real merge should be much better done by the time the next
+   release comes out.
+
+   For now, the structure of this file is:
+	<common>
+	#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	<one version>
+	#else
+	<other version>
+	#endif
+	<common>
+   Unfortunately, the common portions are very small at the moment,
+   and many declarations or definitions are duplicated.  The structure
+   of obj-coff.c is similar.
+
+   See doc/internals.texi for a brief discussion of the history, if
+   you care.
+
+   Ken Raeburn, 5 May 1994
+
+   *********************************************************************** */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#include "bfd/libcoff.h"
+
+#define OUTPUT_FLAVOR bfd_target_coff_flavour
+
+/* SYMBOL TABLE */
+
+/* Alter the field names, for now, until we've fixed up the other
+   references to use the new name.  */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+#define TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE	struct symbol *
+#define sy_tc			bal
+#endif
+
+#define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE	unsigned long
+#define sy_obj			sy_flags
+
+#define SYM_AUXENT(S)	(&coffsymbol ((S)->bsym)->native[1].u.auxent)
+
+#define DO_NOT_STRIP	0
+
+extern void obj_coff_section PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* The number of auxiliary entries */
+#define S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY(s)	(coffsymbol((s)->bsym)->native->u.syment.n_numaux)
+/* The number of auxiliary entries */
+#define S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY(s,v)	(S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (s) = (v))
+
+/* True if a symbol name is in the string table, i.e. its length is > 8. */
+#define S_IS_STRING(s)		(strlen(S_GET_NAME(s)) > 8 ? 1 : 0)
+
+extern int S_SET_DATA_TYPE PARAMS ((struct symbol *, int));
+extern int S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS PARAMS ((struct symbol *, int));
+extern int S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+extern void SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX PARAMS ((struct symbol *, struct symbol *));
+
+/* Auxiliary entry macros. SA_ stands for symbol auxiliary */
+/* Omit the tv related fields */
+/* Accessors */
+
+#define SA_GET_SYM_TAGNDX(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_tagndx.l)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_LNNO(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_SIZE(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_FSIZE(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_LNNOPTR(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_ENDNDX(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_DIMEN(s,i)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[(i)])
+#define SA_GET_FILE_FNAME(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_fname)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_SCNLEN(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_scnlen)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_NRELOC(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nreloc)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_NLINNO(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nlinno)
+
+#define SA_SET_SYM_LNNO(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_SIZE(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_FSIZE(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_LNNOPTR(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_DIMEN(s,i,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[(i)]=(v))
+#define SA_SET_FILE_FNAME(s,v)	strncpy(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_fname,(v),FILNMLEN)
+#define SA_SET_SCN_SCNLEN(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_scnlen=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SCN_NRELOC(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nreloc=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SCN_NLINNO(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nlinno=(v))
+
+/*
+ * Internal use only definitions. SF_ stands for symbol flags.
+ *
+ * These values can be assigned to sy_symbol.ost_flags field of a symbolS.
+ *
+ * You'll break i960 if you shift the SYSPROC bits anywhere else.  for
+ * more on the balname/callname hack, see tc-i960.h.  b.out is done
+ * differently.
+ */
+
+#define SF_I960_MASK	(0x000001ff)	/* Bits 0-8 are used by the i960 port. */
+#define SF_SYSPROC	(0x0000003f)	/* bits 0-5 are used to store the sysproc number */
+#define SF_IS_SYSPROC	(0x00000040)	/* bit 6 marks symbols that are sysprocs */
+#define SF_BALNAME	(0x00000080)	/* bit 7 marks BALNAME symbols */
+#define SF_CALLNAME	(0x00000100)	/* bit 8 marks CALLNAME symbols */
+
+#define SF_NORMAL_MASK	(0x0000ffff)	/* bits 12-15 are general purpose. */
+
+#define SF_STATICS	(0x00001000)	/* Mark the .text & all symbols */
+#define SF_DEFINED	(0x00002000)	/* Symbol is defined in this file */
+#define SF_STRING	(0x00004000)	/* Symbol name length > 8 */
+#define SF_LOCAL	(0x00008000)	/* Symbol must not be emitted */
+
+#define SF_DEBUG_MASK	(0xffff0000)	/* bits 16-31 are debug info */
+
+#define SF_FUNCTION	(0x00010000)	/* The symbol is a function */
+#define SF_PROCESS	(0x00020000)	/* Process symbol before write */
+#define SF_TAGGED	(0x00040000)	/* Is associated with a tag */
+#define SF_TAG		(0x00080000)	/* Is a tag */
+#define SF_DEBUG	(0x00100000)	/* Is in debug or abs section */
+#define SF_GET_SEGMENT	(0x00200000)	/* Get the section of the forward symbol. */
+/* All other bits are unused. */
+
+/* Accessors */
+#define SF_GET(s)		((s)->sy_flags)
+#define SF_GET_DEBUG(s)		((s)->bsym->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
+#define SF_SET_DEBUG(s)		((s)->bsym->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING)
+#define SF_GET_NORMAL_FIELD(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_NORMAL_MASK)
+#define SF_GET_DEBUG_FIELD(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_DEBUG_MASK)
+#define SF_GET_FILE(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_FILE)
+#define SF_GET_STATICS(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_STATICS)
+#define SF_GET_DEFINED(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_DEFINED)
+#define SF_GET_STRING(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_STRING)
+#define SF_GET_LOCAL(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_GET_FUNCTION(s)      (SF_GET (s) & SF_FUNCTION)
+#define SF_GET_PROCESS(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_PROCESS)
+#define SF_GET_TAGGED(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_TAGGED)
+#define SF_GET_TAG(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_TAG)
+#define SF_GET_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_GET_SEGMENT)
+#define SF_GET_I960(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_I960_MASK)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_BALNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_BALNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_CALLNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_CALLNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_IS_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_IS_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+
+/* Modifiers */
+#define SF_SET(s,v)		(SF_GET (s) = (v))
+#define SF_SET_NORMAL_FIELD(s,v)(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_NORMAL_MASK))
+#define SF_SET_DEBUG_FIELD(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_DEBUG_MASK))
+#define SF_SET_FILE(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_FILE)
+#define SF_SET_STATICS(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_STATICS)
+#define SF_SET_DEFINED(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_DEFINED)
+#define SF_SET_STRING(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_STRING)
+#define SF_SET_LOCAL(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_CLEAR_LOCAL(s)	(SF_GET (s) &= ~SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_SET_FUNCTION(s)      (SF_GET (s) |= SF_FUNCTION)
+#define SF_SET_PROCESS(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_PROCESS)
+#define SF_SET_TAGGED(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_TAGGED)
+#define SF_SET_TAG(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_TAG)
+#define SF_SET_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_GET_SEGMENT)
+#define SF_SET_I960(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_I960_MASK))	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_BALNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_BALNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_CALLNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_CALLNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_IS_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_IS_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_SYSPROC(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_SYSPROC))	/* used by i960 */
+
+/* --------------  Line number handling ------- */
+extern int text_lineno_number;
+extern int coff_line_base;
+extern int coff_n_line_nos;
+
+#define obj_emit_lineno(WHERE,LINE,FILE_START)	abort ()
+extern void coff_add_linesym PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+
+
+void c_dot_file_symbol PARAMS ((char *filename));
+#define obj_app_file c_dot_file_symbol
+
+extern void coff_frob_symbol PARAMS ((struct symbol *, int *));
+extern void coff_adjust_symtab PARAMS ((void));
+extern void coff_frob_section PARAMS ((segT));
+extern void coff_adjust_section_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+extern void coff_frob_file PARAMS ((void));
+#define obj_frob_symbol(S,P) 	coff_frob_symbol(S,&P)
+#define obj_adjust_symtab()	coff_adjust_symtab()
+#define obj_frob_section(S)	coff_frob_section (S)
+#define obj_frob_file()		coff_frob_file ()
+
+extern struct symbol *coff_last_function;
+
+/* Forward the segment of a forwarded symbol, handle assignments that
+   just copy symbol values, etc.  */
+#ifndef TE_I386AIX
+#define OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES(dest,src) \
+  (SF_GET_GET_SEGMENT (dest) \
+   ? (S_SET_SEGMENT (dest, S_GET_SEGMENT (src)), 0) \
+   : 0)
+#else
+#define OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES(dest,src) \
+  (SF_GET_GET_SEGMENT (dest) && S_GET_SEGMENT (dest) == SEG_UNKNOWN \
+   ? (S_SET_SEGMENT (dest, S_GET_SEGMENT (src)), 0) \
+   : 0)
+#endif
+
+/* sanity check */
+
+#ifdef TC_I960
+#ifndef C_LEAFSTAT
+hey ! Where is the C_LEAFSTAT definition ? i960 - coff support is depending on it.
+#endif /* no C_LEAFSTAT */
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+#else /* not BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifdef TC_A29K
+/* Allow translate from aout relocs to coff relocs */
+#define NO_RELOC 20
+#define RELOC_32 1
+#define RELOC_8 2
+#define RELOC_CONST 3
+#define RELOC_CONSTH 4
+#define RELOC_JUMPTARG 5
+#define RELOC_BASE22 6
+#define RELOC_HI22 7
+#define RELOC_LO10 8
+#define RELOC_BASE13 9
+#define RELOC_WDISP22 10
+#define RELOC_WDISP30 11
+#endif
+
+extern const segT N_TYPE_seg[];
+
+/* Magic number of paged executable. */
+#define DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE	0x8300
+
+
+/* SYMBOL TABLE */
+
+/* Symbol table entry data type */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Basic symbol */
+  struct internal_syment ost_entry;
+  /* Auxiliary entry. */
+  union internal_auxent ost_auxent[OBJ_COFF_MAX_AUXENTRIES];
+  /* obj_coff internal use only flags */
+  unsigned int ost_flags;
+} obj_symbol_type;
+
+#ifndef DO_NOT_STRIP
+#define DO_NOT_STRIP	0
+#endif
+/* Symbol table macros and constants */
+
+/* Possible and usefull section number in symbol table
+ * The values of TEXT, DATA and BSS may not be portable.
+ */
+
+#define C_ABS_SECTION		N_ABS
+#define C_UNDEF_SECTION		N_UNDEF
+#define C_DEBUG_SECTION		N_DEBUG
+#define C_NTV_SECTION		N_TV
+#define C_PTV_SECTION		P_TV
+#define C_REGISTER_SECTION	50
+
+/*
+ *  Macros to extract information from a symbol table entry.
+ *  This syntaxic indirection allows independence regarding a.out or coff.
+ *  The argument (s) of all these macros is a pointer to a symbol table entry.
+ */
+
+/* Predicates */
+/* True if the symbol is external */
+#define S_IS_EXTERNAL(s)        ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == C_UNDEF_SECTION)
+/* True if symbol has been defined, ie :
+   section > 0 (DATA, TEXT or BSS)
+   section == 0 and value > 0 (external bss symbol) */
+#define S_IS_DEFINED(s) \
+  ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum > C_UNDEF_SECTION \
+   || ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == C_UNDEF_SECTION \
+       && S_GET_VALUE (s) > 0) \
+   || ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == C_ABS_SECTION))
+/* True if a debug special symbol entry */
+#define S_IS_DEBUG(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == C_DEBUG_SECTION)
+/* True if a symbol is local symbol name */
+/* A symbol name whose name includes ^A is a gas internal pseudo symbol */
+#define S_IS_LOCAL(s) \
+  ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == C_REGISTER_SECTION \
+   || (S_LOCAL_NAME(s) && ! flag_keep_locals && ! S_IS_DEBUG (s)) \
+   || strchr (S_GET_NAME (s), '\001') != NULL \
+   || strchr (S_GET_NAME (s), '\002') != NULL)
+/* True if a symbol is not defined in this file */
+#define S_IS_EXTERN(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == 0 \
+				 && S_GET_VALUE (s) == 0)
+/*
+ * True if a symbol can be multiply defined (bss symbols have this def
+ * though it is bad practice)
+ */
+#define S_IS_COMMON(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum == 0 \
+				 && S_GET_VALUE (s) != 0)
+/* True if a symbol name is in the string table, i.e. its length is > 8. */
+#define S_IS_STRING(s)		(strlen(S_GET_NAME(s)) > 8 ? 1 : 0)
+
+/* Accessors */
+/* The name of the symbol */
+#define S_GET_NAME(s)		((char*)(s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_offset)
+/* The pointer to the string table */
+#define S_GET_OFFSET(s)         ((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_offset)
+/* The numeric value of the segment */
+#define S_GET_SEGMENT(s)   s_get_segment(s)
+/* The data type */
+#define S_GET_DATA_TYPE(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_type)
+/* The storage class */
+#define S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_sclass)
+/* The number of auxiliary entries */
+#define S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY(s)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_numaux)
+
+/* Modifiers */
+/* Set the name of the symbol */
+#define S_SET_NAME(s,v)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_offset = (unsigned long)(v))
+/* Set the offset of the symbol */
+#define S_SET_OFFSET(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_offset = (v))
+/* The numeric value of the segment */
+#define S_SET_SEGMENT(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_scnum = SEGMENT_TO_SYMBOL_TYPE(v))
+/* The data type */
+#define S_SET_DATA_TYPE(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_type = (v))
+/* The storage class */
+#define S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_sclass = (v))
+/* The number of auxiliary entries */
+#define S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY(s,v)	((s)->sy_symbol.ost_entry.n_numaux = (v))
+
+/* Additional modifiers */
+/* The symbol is external (does not mean undefined) */
+#define S_SET_EXTERNAL(s)       { S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS(s, C_EXT) ; SF_CLEAR_LOCAL(s); }
+
+/* Auxiliary entry macros. SA_ stands for symbol auxiliary */
+/* Omit the tv related fields */
+/* Accessors */
+#define SYM_AUXENT(S)	(&(S)->sy_symbol.ost_auxent[0])
+
+#define SA_GET_SYM_TAGNDX(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_tagndx.l)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_LNNO(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_SIZE(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_FSIZE(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_LNNOPTR(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_ENDNDX(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l)
+#define SA_GET_SYM_DIMEN(s,i)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[(i)])
+#define SA_GET_FILE_FNAME(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_fname)
+#define SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET(s)  (SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_n.x_offset)
+#define SA_GET_FILE_FNAME_ZEROS(s)   (SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_SCNLEN(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_scnlen)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_NRELOC(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nreloc)
+#define SA_GET_SCN_NLINNO(s)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nlinno)
+
+/* Modifiers */
+#define SA_SET_SYM_TAGNDX(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_tagndx.l=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_LNNO(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_lnno=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_SIZE(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_lnsz.x_size=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_FSIZE(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_LNNOPTR(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_lnnoptr=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_fcn.x_endndx.l=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SYM_DIMEN(s,i,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_sym.x_fcnary.x_ary.x_dimen[(i)]=(v))
+#define SA_SET_FILE_FNAME(s,v)	strncpy(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_fname,(v),FILNMLEN)
+#define SA_SET_FILE_FNAME_OFFSET(s,v) (SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_n.x_offset=(v))
+#define SA_SET_FILE_FNAME_ZEROS(s,v)  (SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_file.x_n.x_zeroes=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SCN_SCNLEN(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_scnlen=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SCN_NRELOC(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nreloc=(v))
+#define SA_SET_SCN_NLINNO(s,v)	(SYM_AUXENT (s)->x_scn.x_nlinno=(v))
+
+/*
+ * Internal use only definitions. SF_ stands for symbol flags.
+ *
+ * These values can be assigned to sy_symbol.ost_flags field of a symbolS.
+ *
+ * You'll break i960 if you shift the SYSPROC bits anywhere else.  for
+ * more on the balname/callname hack, see tc-i960.h.  b.out is done
+ * differently.
+ */
+
+#define SF_I960_MASK	(0x000001ff)	/* Bits 0-8 are used by the i960 port. */
+#define SF_SYSPROC	(0x0000003f)	/* bits 0-5 are used to store the sysproc number */
+#define SF_IS_SYSPROC	(0x00000040)	/* bit 6 marks symbols that are sysprocs */
+#define SF_BALNAME	(0x00000080)	/* bit 7 marks BALNAME symbols */
+#define SF_CALLNAME	(0x00000100)	/* bit 8 marks CALLNAME symbols */
+
+#define SF_NORMAL_MASK	(0x0000ffff)	/* bits 12-15 are general purpose. */
+
+#define SF_STATICS	(0x00001000)	/* Mark the .text & all symbols */
+#define SF_DEFINED	(0x00002000)	/* Symbol is defined in this file */
+#define SF_STRING	(0x00004000)	/* Symbol name length > 8 */
+#define SF_LOCAL	(0x00008000)	/* Symbol must not be emitted */
+
+#define SF_DEBUG_MASK	(0xffff0000)	/* bits 16-31 are debug info */
+
+#define SF_FUNCTION	(0x00010000)	/* The symbol is a function */
+#define SF_PROCESS	(0x00020000)	/* Process symbol before write */
+#define SF_TAGGED	(0x00040000)	/* Is associated with a tag */
+#define SF_TAG		(0x00080000)	/* Is a tag */
+#define SF_DEBUG	(0x00100000)	/* Is in debug or abs section */
+#define SF_GET_SEGMENT	(0x00200000)	/* Get the section of the forward symbol. */
+#define SF_ADJ_LNNOPTR	(0x00400000)	/* Has a lnnoptr */
+/* All other bits are unused. */
+
+/* Accessors */
+#define SF_GET(s)		((s)->sy_symbol.ost_flags)
+#define SF_GET_NORMAL_FIELD(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_NORMAL_MASK)
+#define SF_GET_DEBUG_FIELD(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_DEBUG_MASK)
+#define SF_GET_FILE(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_FILE)
+#define SF_GET_STATICS(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_STATICS)
+#define SF_GET_DEFINED(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_DEFINED)
+#define SF_GET_STRING(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_STRING)
+#define SF_GET_LOCAL(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_GET_FUNCTION(s)      (SF_GET (s) & SF_FUNCTION)
+#define SF_GET_PROCESS(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_PROCESS)
+#define SF_GET_DEBUG(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_DEBUG)
+#define SF_GET_TAGGED(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_TAGGED)
+#define SF_GET_TAG(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_TAG)
+#define SF_GET_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_GET_SEGMENT)
+#define SF_GET_ADJ_LNNOPTR(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_ADJ_LNNOPTR)
+#define SF_GET_I960(s)		(SF_GET (s) & SF_I960_MASK)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_BALNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_BALNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_CALLNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_CALLNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_IS_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_IS_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_GET_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) & SF_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+
+/* Modifiers */
+#define SF_SET(s,v)		(SF_GET (s) = (v))
+#define SF_SET_NORMAL_FIELD(s,v)(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_NORMAL_MASK))
+#define SF_SET_DEBUG_FIELD(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_DEBUG_MASK))
+#define SF_SET_FILE(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_FILE)
+#define SF_SET_STATICS(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_STATICS)
+#define SF_SET_DEFINED(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_DEFINED)
+#define SF_SET_STRING(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_STRING)
+#define SF_SET_LOCAL(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_CLEAR_LOCAL(s)	(SF_GET (s) &= ~SF_LOCAL)
+#define SF_SET_FUNCTION(s)      (SF_GET (s) |= SF_FUNCTION)
+#define SF_SET_PROCESS(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_PROCESS)
+#define SF_SET_DEBUG(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_DEBUG)
+#define SF_SET_TAGGED(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_TAGGED)
+#define SF_SET_TAG(s)		(SF_GET (s) |= SF_TAG)
+#define SF_SET_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_GET_SEGMENT)
+#define SF_SET_ADJ_LNNOPTR(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_ADJ_LNNOPTR)
+#define SF_SET_I960(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_I960_MASK))	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_BALNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_BALNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_CALLNAME(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_CALLNAME)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_IS_SYSPROC(s)	(SF_GET (s) |= SF_IS_SYSPROC)	/* used by i960 */
+#define SF_SET_SYSPROC(s,v)	(SF_GET (s) |= ((v) & SF_SYSPROC))	/* used by i960 */
+
+/* File header macro and type definition */
+
+/*
+ * File position calculators. Beware to use them when all the
+ * appropriate fields are set in the header.
+ */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER
+#define OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ (0)
+#else
+#define OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ (AOUTHDRSZ)
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER */
+
+#define H_GET_FILE_SIZE(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ + \
+	   H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h) + \
+	   H_GET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h) + H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(h) + \
+	   H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h) + \
+	   (h)->string_table_size)
+#define H_GET_TEXT_FILE_OFFSET(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ)
+#define H_GET_DATA_FILE_OFFSET(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ + \
+	   H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h))
+#define H_GET_BSS_FILE_OFFSET(h) 0
+#define H_GET_RELOCATION_FILE_OFFSET(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ + \
+	   H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h))
+#define H_GET_LINENO_FILE_OFFSET(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ + \
+	   H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h) + \
+	   H_GET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h))
+#define H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_FILE_OFFSET(h) \
+    (long)(FILHSZ + OBJ_COFF_AOUTHDRSZ + \
+	   H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ + \
+	   H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h) + \
+	   H_GET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h) + H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(h))
+
+/* Accessors */
+/* aouthdr */
+#define H_GET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h)           ((h)->aouthdr.magic)
+#define H_GET_VERSION_STAMP(h)		((h)->aouthdr.vstamp)
+#define H_GET_TEXT_SIZE(h)              ((h)->aouthdr.tsize)
+#define H_GET_DATA_SIZE(h)              ((h)->aouthdr.dsize)
+#define H_GET_BSS_SIZE(h)               ((h)->aouthdr.bsize)
+#define H_GET_ENTRY_POINT(h)            ((h)->aouthdr.entry)
+#define H_GET_TEXT_START(h)		((h)->aouthdr.text_start)
+#define H_GET_DATA_START(h)		((h)->aouthdr.data_start)
+/* filehdr */
+#define H_GET_FILE_MAGIC_NUMBER(h)	((h)->filehdr.f_magic)
+#define H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h)	((h)->filehdr.f_nscns)
+#define H_GET_TIME_STAMP(h)		((h)->filehdr.f_timdat)
+#define H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_POINTER(h)	((h)->filehdr.f_symptr)
+#define H_GET_SYMBOL_COUNT(h)		((h)->filehdr.f_nsyms)
+#define H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h)	(H_GET_SYMBOL_COUNT(h) * SYMESZ)
+#define H_GET_SIZEOF_OPTIONAL_HEADER(h)	((h)->filehdr.f_opthdr)
+#define H_GET_FLAGS(h)			((h)->filehdr.f_flags)
+/* Extra fields to achieve bsd a.out compatibility and for convenience */
+#define H_GET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h)   	((h)->relocation_size)
+#define H_GET_STRING_SIZE(h)            ((h)->string_table_size)
+#define H_GET_LINENO_SIZE(h)            ((h)->lineno_size)
+
+#ifndef OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER
+#define H_GET_HEADER_SIZE(h)		(sizeof(FILHDR) \
+					 + sizeof(AOUTHDR)\
+					 + (H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ))
+#else /* OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER */
+#define H_GET_HEADER_SIZE(h)		(sizeof(FILHDR) \
+					 + (H_GET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h) * SCNHSZ))
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF_OMIT_OPTIONAL_HEADER */
+
+#define H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE(h)	(text_section_header.s_nreloc * RELSZ)
+#define H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE(h)	(data_section_header.s_nreloc * RELSZ)
+
+/* Modifiers */
+/* aouthdr */
+#define H_SET_MAGIC_NUMBER(h,v)         ((h)->aouthdr.magic = (v))
+#define H_SET_VERSION_STAMP(h,v)	((h)->aouthdr.vstamp = (v))
+#define H_SET_TEXT_SIZE(h,v)            ((h)->aouthdr.tsize = (v))
+#define H_SET_DATA_SIZE(h,v)            ((h)->aouthdr.dsize = (v))
+#define H_SET_BSS_SIZE(h,v)             ((h)->aouthdr.bsize = (v))
+#define H_SET_ENTRY_POINT(h,v)          ((h)->aouthdr.entry = (v))
+#define H_SET_TEXT_START(h,v)		((h)->aouthdr.text_start = (v))
+#define H_SET_DATA_START(h,v)		((h)->aouthdr.data_start = (v))
+/* filehdr */
+#define H_SET_FILE_MAGIC_NUMBER(h,v)	((h)->filehdr.f_magic = (v))
+#define H_SET_NUMBER_OF_SECTIONS(h,v)	((h)->filehdr.f_nscns = (v))
+#define H_SET_TIME_STAMP(h,v)		((h)->filehdr.f_timdat = (v))
+#define H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_POINTER(h,v)	((h)->filehdr.f_symptr = (v))
+#define H_SET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE(h,v)    ((h)->filehdr.f_nsyms = (v))
+#define H_SET_SIZEOF_OPTIONAL_HEADER(h,v) ((h)->filehdr.f_opthdr = (v))
+#define H_SET_FLAGS(h,v)		((h)->filehdr.f_flags = (v))
+/* Extra fields to achieve bsd a.out compatibility and for convinience */
+#define H_SET_RELOCATION_SIZE(h,t,d) 	((h)->relocation_size = (t)+(d))
+#define H_SET_STRING_SIZE(h,v)          ((h)->string_table_size = (v))
+#define H_SET_LINENO_SIZE(h,v)          ((h)->lineno_size = (v))
+
+/* Segment flipping */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  struct internal_aouthdr aouthdr;	/* a.out header */
+  struct internal_filehdr filehdr;	/* File header, not machine dep. */
+  long string_table_size;	/* names + '\0' + sizeof(int) */
+  long relocation_size;	/* Cumulated size of relocation
+			   information for all sections in
+			   bytes. */
+  long lineno_size;		/* Size of the line number information
+				   table in bytes */
+} object_headers;
+
+
+
+struct lineno_list
+{
+  struct bfd_internal_lineno line;
+  char *frag;			/* Frag to which the line number is related */
+  struct lineno_list *next;	/* Forward chain pointer */
+};
+
+
+
+
+#define obj_segment_name(i) (segment_info[(int) (i)].scnhdr.s_name)
+
+#define obj_add_segment(s) obj_coff_add_segment (s)
+
+extern segT obj_coff_add_segment PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+extern void obj_coff_section PARAMS ((int));
+
+extern void c_dot_file_symbol PARAMS ((char *filename));
+#define obj_app_file c_dot_file_symbol
+extern void obj_extra_stuff PARAMS ((object_headers * headers));
+
+extern segT s_get_segment PARAMS ((struct symbol * ptr));
+
+extern void c_section_header PARAMS ((struct internal_scnhdr * header,
+				      char *name,
+				      long core_address,
+				      long size,
+				      long data_ptr,
+				      long reloc_ptr,
+				      long lineno_ptr,
+				      long reloc_number,
+				      long lineno_number,
+				      long alignment));
+
+#ifndef tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook
+void tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+#endif
+
+/* sanity check */
+
+#ifdef TC_I960
+#ifndef C_LEAFSTAT
+hey ! Where is the C_LEAFSTAT definition ? i960 - coff support is depending on it.
+#endif /* no C_LEAFSTAT */
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+extern struct internal_scnhdr data_section_header;
+extern struct internal_scnhdr text_section_header;
+
+/* Forward the segment of a forwarded symbol.  */
+#define OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES(dest,src) \
+  (SF_GET_GET_SEGMENT (dest) \
+   ? (S_SET_SEGMENT (dest, S_GET_SEGMENT (src)), 0) \
+   : 0)
+
+#ifdef TE_PE
+#define obj_handle_link_once(t) obj_coff_pe_handle_link_once (t)
+extern void obj_coff_pe_handle_link_once ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* Stabs in a coff file go into their own section.  */
+#define SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS 1
+
+/* We need 12 bytes at the start of the section to hold some initial
+   information.  */
+extern void obj_coff_init_stab_section PARAMS ((segT));
+#define INIT_STAB_SECTION(seg) obj_coff_init_stab_section (seg)
+
+#endif /* OBJ_FORMAT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27194a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/* ECOFF object file format.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   This file was put together by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GAS.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define OBJ_HEADER "obj-ecoff.h"
+#include "as.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "bfd/libcoff.h"
+#include "bfd/libecoff.h"
+
+/* Almost all of the ECOFF support is actually in ecoff.c in the main
+   gas directory.  This file mostly just arranges to call that one at
+   the right times.  */
+
+static int ecoff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc PARAMS ((asection *));
+static void obj_ecoff_frob_symbol PARAMS ((symbolS *, int *));
+static void ecoff_pop_insert PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* These are the pseudo-ops we support in this file.  Only those
+   relating to debugging information are supported here.
+
+   The following pseudo-ops from the Kane and Heinrich MIPS book
+   should be defined here, but are currently unsupported: .aent,
+   .bgnb, .endb, .verstamp, .vreg.
+
+   The following pseudo-ops from the Kane and Heinrich MIPS book are
+   MIPS CPU specific, and should be defined by tc-mips.c: .alias,
+   .extern, .galive, .gjaldef, .gjrlive, .livereg, .noalias, .option,
+   .rdata, .sdata, .set.
+
+   The following pseudo-ops from the Kane and Heinrich MIPS book are
+   not MIPS CPU specific, but are also not ECOFF specific.  I have
+   only listed the ones which are not already in read.c.  It's not
+   completely clear where these should be defined, but tc-mips.c is
+   probably the most reasonable place: .asciiz, .asm0, .endr, .err,
+   .half, .lab, .repeat, .struct, .weakext.  */
+
+const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  /* COFF style debugging information. .ln is not used; .loc is used
+     instead.  */
+  { "def",	ecoff_directive_def,	0 },
+  { "dim",	ecoff_directive_dim,	0 },
+  { "endef",	ecoff_directive_endef,	0 },
+  { "file",	ecoff_directive_file,	0 },
+  { "scl",	ecoff_directive_scl,	0 },
+  { "size",	ecoff_directive_size,	0 },
+  { "esize",	ecoff_directive_size,	0 },
+  { "tag",	ecoff_directive_tag,	0 },
+  { "type",	ecoff_directive_type,	0 },
+  { "etype",	ecoff_directive_type,	0 },
+  { "val",	ecoff_directive_val,	0 },
+
+  /* ECOFF specific debugging information.  */
+  { "begin",	ecoff_directive_begin,	0 },
+  { "bend",	ecoff_directive_bend,	0 },
+  { "end",	ecoff_directive_end,	0 },
+  { "ent",	ecoff_directive_ent,	0 },
+  { "fmask",	ecoff_directive_fmask,	0 },
+  { "frame",	ecoff_directive_frame,	0 },
+  { "loc",	ecoff_directive_loc,	0 },
+  { "mask",	ecoff_directive_mask,	0 },
+
+  /* Other ECOFF directives.  */
+  { "extern",	ecoff_directive_extern,	0 },
+  { "weakext",	ecoff_directive_weakext, 0 },
+
+  /* These are used on Irix.  I don't know how to implement them.  */
+  { "bgnb",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "endb",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "verstamp",	s_ignore,		0 },
+
+  /* Sentinel.  */
+  { NULL }
+};
+
+/* Swap out the symbols and debugging information for BFD.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_frob_file ()
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap
+    = &ecoff_backend (stdoutput)->debug_swap;
+  bfd_vma addr;
+  asection *sec;
+  HDRR *hdr;
+  char *buf;
+  char *set;
+
+  /* Set the section VMA values.  We force the .sdata and .sbss
+     sections to the end to ensure that their VMA addresses are close
+     together so that the GP register can address both of them.  We
+     put the .bss section after the .sbss section.
+
+     Also, for the Alpha, we must sort the sections, to make sure they
+     appear in the output file in the correct order.  (Actually, maybe
+     this is a job for BFD.  But the VMAs computed would be out of
+     whack if we computed them given our initial, random ordering.
+     It's possible that that wouldn't break things; I could do some
+     experimenting sometime and find out.
+
+     This output ordering of sections is magic, on the Alpha, at
+     least.  The .lita section must come before .lit8 and .lit4,
+     otherwise the OSF/1 linker may silently trash the .lit{4,8}
+     section contents.  Also, .text must preceed .rdata.  These differ
+     from the order described in some parts of the DEC OSF/1 Assembly
+     Language Programmer's Guide, but that order doesn't seem to work
+     with their linker.
+
+     I don't know if section ordering on the MIPS is important.  */
+
+  static const char *const names[] = {
+    /* text segment */
+    ".text", ".rdata", ".init", ".fini",
+    /* data segment */
+    ".data", ".lita", ".lit8", ".lit4", ".sdata", ".got",
+    /* bss segment */
+    ".sbss", ".bss",
+  };
+#define n_names (sizeof (names) / sizeof (names[0]))
+
+  addr = 0;
+  {
+    /* Sections that match names, order to be straightened out later.  */
+    asection *secs[n_names];
+    /* Linked list of sections with non-matching names.  Random ordering.  */
+    asection *other_sections = 0;
+    /* Pointer to next section, since we're destroying the original
+       ordering.  */
+    asection *next;
+
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n_names; i++)
+      secs[i] = 0;
+    for (sec = stdoutput->sections; sec != (asection *) NULL; sec = next)
+      {
+	next = sec->next;
+	for (i = 0; i < n_names; i++)
+	  if (!strcmp (sec->name, names[i]))
+	    {
+	      secs[i] = sec;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	if (i == n_names)
+	  {
+	    bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, sec, addr);
+	    addr += bfd_section_size (stdoutput, sec);
+	    sec->next = other_sections;
+	    other_sections = sec;
+	  }
+      }
+    for (i = 0; i < n_names; i++)
+      if (secs[i])
+	{
+	  sec = secs[i];
+	  bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, sec, addr);
+	  addr += bfd_section_size (stdoutput, sec);
+	}
+    for (i = n_names - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      if (secs[i])
+	{
+	  sec = secs[i];
+	  sec->next = other_sections;
+	  other_sections = sec;
+	}
+    stdoutput->sections = other_sections;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+  assert (ecoff_data (stdoutput) != 0);
+  hdr = &ecoff_data (stdoutput)->debug_info.symbolic_header;
+  ecoff_build_debug (hdr, &buf, debug_swap);
+
+  /* Finish up the ecoff_tdata structure.  */
+  set = buf;
+#define SET(ptr, count, type, size) \
+  if (hdr->count == 0) \
+    ecoff_data (stdoutput)->debug_info.ptr = (type) NULL; \
+  else \
+    { \
+      ecoff_data (stdoutput)->debug_info.ptr = (type) set; \
+      set += hdr->count * size; \
+    }
+
+  SET (line, cbLine, unsigned char *, sizeof (unsigned char));
+  SET (external_dnr, idnMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_dnr_size);
+  SET (external_pdr, ipdMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_pdr_size);
+  SET (external_sym, isymMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_sym_size);
+  SET (external_opt, ioptMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_opt_size);
+  SET (external_aux, iauxMax, union aux_ext *, sizeof (union aux_ext));
+  SET (ss, issMax, char *, sizeof (char));
+  SET (ssext, issExtMax, char *, sizeof (char));
+  SET (external_rfd, crfd, PTR, debug_swap->external_rfd_size);
+  SET (external_fdr, ifdMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_fdr_size);
+  SET (external_ext, iextMax, PTR, debug_swap->external_ext_size);
+
+#undef SET
+
+  /* Fill in the register masks.  */
+  {
+    unsigned long gprmask = 0;
+    unsigned long fprmask = 0;
+    unsigned long *cprmask = NULL;
+
+#ifdef TC_MIPS
+    /* Fill in the MIPS register masks.  It's probably not worth
+       setting up a generic interface for this.  */
+    gprmask = mips_gprmask;
+    cprmask = mips_cprmask;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_ALPHA
+    alpha_frob_ecoff_data ();
+
+    if (! bfd_ecoff_set_gp_value (stdoutput, alpha_gp_value))
+      as_fatal ("Can't set GP value");
+
+    gprmask = alpha_gprmask;
+    fprmask = alpha_fprmask;
+#endif
+
+    if (! bfd_ecoff_set_regmasks (stdoutput, gprmask, fprmask, cprmask))
+      as_fatal ("Can't set register masks");
+  }
+}
+
+/* This is called by the ECOFF code to set the external information
+   for a symbol.  We just pass it on to BFD, which expects the swapped
+   information to be stored in the native field of the symbol.  */
+
+void
+obj_ecoff_set_ext (sym, ext)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     EXTR *ext;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const debug_swap
+    = &ecoff_backend (stdoutput)->debug_swap;
+  ecoff_symbol_type *esym;
+
+  know (bfd_asymbol_flavour (sym->bsym) == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour);
+  esym = ecoffsymbol (sym->bsym);
+  esym->local = false;
+  esym->native = xmalloc (debug_swap->external_ext_size);
+  (*debug_swap->swap_ext_out) (stdoutput, ext, esym->native);
+}
+
+static int
+ecoff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (sec)
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+obj_ecoff_frob_symbol (sym, puntp)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     int *puntp;
+{
+  ecoff_frob_symbol (sym);
+}
+
+static void
+ecoff_pop_insert ()
+{
+  pop_insert (obj_pseudo_table);
+}
+
+const struct format_ops ecoff_format_ops =
+{
+  bfd_target_ecoff_flavour,
+  0,
+  1,
+  obj_ecoff_frob_symbol,
+  ecoff_frob_file,
+  0,
+  0, 0,
+  0, 0,
+  0,
+  ecoff_generate_asm_lineno,
+  ecoff_stab,
+  ecoff_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc,
+  ecoff_pop_insert,
+  ecoff_set_ext,
+  ecoff_read_begin_hook,
+  ecoff_symbol_new_hook,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0192afe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ecoff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* ECOFF object file format header file.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GAS.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define OBJ_ECOFF 1
+
+/* Use the generic ECOFF debugging code.  */
+#define ECOFF_DEBUGGING 1
+
+#define OUTPUT_FLAVOR bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+#include "ecoff.h"
+
+/* For each gas symbol we keep track of which file it came from, of
+   whether we have generated an ECOFF symbol for it, and whether the
+   symbols is undefined (this last is needed to distinguish a .extern
+   symbols from a .comm symbol).  */
+
+#define TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS \
+  struct efdr *ecoff_file; \
+  struct localsym *ecoff_symbol; \
+  valueT ecoff_extern_size;
+
+/* Modify the ECOFF symbol.  */
+#define obj_frob_symbol(symp, punt) ecoff_frob_symbol (symp)
+
+/* This is used to write the symbolic data in the format that BFD
+   expects it.  */
+extern void ecoff_frob_file PARAMS ((void));
+#define obj_frob_file() ecoff_frob_file ()
+
+/* We use the ECOFF functions as our hooks.  */
+#define obj_read_begin_hook ecoff_read_begin_hook
+#define obj_symbol_new_hook ecoff_symbol_new_hook
+
+/* Record file switches in the ECOFF symbol table.  */
+#define obj_app_file(name) ecoff_new_file (name)
+
+/* At the moment we don't want to do any stabs processing in read.c.  */
+#define OBJ_PROCESS_STAB(seg, what, string, type, other, desc) \
+  ecoff_stab ((seg), (what), (string), (type), (other), (desc))
+
+#define OBJ_GENERATE_ASM_LINENO(filename, lineno) \
+  ecoff_generate_asm_lineno ((filename), (lineno))
+
+#define EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS		0
+#define obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc(SEC)	1
+
+#define obj_ecoff_set_ext ecoff_set_ext
+extern void obj_ecoff_set_ext PARAMS ((struct symbol *, EXTR *));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c861d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1600 @@
+/* ELF object file format
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+   the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#define OBJ_HEADER "obj-elf.h"
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+#ifndef ECOFF_DEBUGGING
+#define ECOFF_DEBUGGING 0
+#else
+#define NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+#include "ecoff.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_MIPS
+#include "elf/mips.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_PPC
+#include "elf/ppc.h"
+#endif
+
+static bfd_vma elf_s_get_size PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+static void elf_s_set_size PARAMS ((symbolS *, bfd_vma));
+static bfd_vma elf_s_get_align PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+static void elf_s_set_align PARAMS ((symbolS *, bfd_vma));
+static void elf_copy_symbol_attributes PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *));
+static int elf_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc PARAMS ((asection *));
+static void adjust_stab_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+static boolean elf_get_extr PARAMS ((asymbol *, EXTR *));
+static void elf_set_index PARAMS ((asymbol *, bfd_size_type));
+#endif
+
+static void obj_elf_line PARAMS ((int));
+void obj_elf_version PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_size PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_type PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_ident PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_weak PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_local PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_common PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_symver PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_data PARAMS ((int));
+static void obj_elf_text PARAMS ((int));
+
+static const pseudo_typeS elf_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"comm", obj_elf_common, 0},
+  {"ident", obj_elf_ident, 0},
+  {"local", obj_elf_local, 0},
+  {"previous", obj_elf_previous, 0},
+  {"section", obj_elf_section, 0},
+  {"section.s", obj_elf_section, 0},
+  {"sect", obj_elf_section, 0},
+  {"sect.s", obj_elf_section, 0},
+  {"size", obj_elf_size, 0},
+  {"type", obj_elf_type, 0},
+  {"version", obj_elf_version, 0},
+  {"weak", obj_elf_weak, 0},
+
+  /* These are used for stabs-in-elf configurations.  */
+  {"line", obj_elf_line, 0},
+
+  /* This is a GNU extension to handle symbol versions.  */
+  {"symver", obj_elf_symver, 0},
+
+  /* These are used for dwarf. */
+  {"2byte", cons, 2},
+  {"4byte", cons, 4},
+  {"8byte", cons, 8},
+
+  /* We need to trap the section changing calls to handle .previous.  */
+  {"data", obj_elf_data, 0},
+  {"text", obj_elf_text, 0},
+
+  /* End sentinel.  */
+  {NULL},
+};
+
+static const pseudo_typeS ecoff_debug_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  /* COFF style debugging information for ECOFF. .ln is not used; .loc
+     is used instead.  */
+  { "def",	ecoff_directive_def,	0 },
+  { "dim",	ecoff_directive_dim,	0 },
+  { "endef",	ecoff_directive_endef,	0 },
+  { "file",	ecoff_directive_file,	0 },
+  { "scl",	ecoff_directive_scl,	0 },
+  { "tag",	ecoff_directive_tag,	0 },
+  { "val",	ecoff_directive_val,	0 },
+
+  /* COFF debugging requires pseudo-ops .size and .type, but ELF
+     already has meanings for those.  We use .esize and .etype
+     instead.  These are only generated by gcc anyhow.  */
+  { "esize",	ecoff_directive_size,	0 },
+  { "etype",	ecoff_directive_type,	0 },
+
+  /* ECOFF specific debugging information.  */
+  { "begin",	ecoff_directive_begin,	0 },
+  { "bend",	ecoff_directive_bend,	0 },
+  { "end",	ecoff_directive_end,	0 },
+  { "ent",	ecoff_directive_ent,	0 },
+  { "fmask",	ecoff_directive_fmask,	0 },
+  { "frame",	ecoff_directive_frame,	0 },
+  { "loc",	ecoff_directive_loc,	0 },
+  { "mask",	ecoff_directive_mask,	0 },
+
+  /* Other ECOFF directives.  */
+  { "extern",	ecoff_directive_extern,	0 },
+
+  /* These are used on Irix.  I don't know how to implement them.  */
+  { "alias",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "bgnb",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "endb",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "lab",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "noalias",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "verstamp",	s_ignore,		0 },
+  { "vreg",	s_ignore,		0 },
+#endif
+
+  {NULL}			/* end sentinel */
+};
+
+#undef NO_RELOC
+#include "aout/aout64.h"
+
+/* This is called when the assembler starts.  */
+
+void
+elf_begin ()
+{
+  /* Add symbols for the known sections to the symbol table.  */
+  symbol_table_insert (section_symbol (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput,
+								".text")));
+  symbol_table_insert (section_symbol (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput,
+								".data")));
+  symbol_table_insert (section_symbol (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput,
+								".bss")));
+}
+
+void
+elf_pop_insert ()
+{
+  pop_insert (elf_pseudo_table);
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    pop_insert (ecoff_debug_pseudo_table);
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+elf_s_get_size (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  return S_GET_SIZE (sym);
+}
+
+static void
+elf_s_set_size (sym, sz)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     bfd_vma sz;
+{
+  S_SET_SIZE (sym, sz);
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+elf_s_get_align (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  return S_GET_ALIGN (sym);
+}
+
+static void
+elf_s_set_align (sym, align)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     bfd_vma align;
+{
+  S_SET_ALIGN (sym, align);
+}
+
+static void
+elf_copy_symbol_attributes (dest, src)
+     symbolS *dest, *src;
+{
+  OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES (dest, src);
+}
+
+static int
+elf_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (sec)
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  return obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (sec);
+}
+
+void
+elf_file_symbol (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+  sym = symbol_new (s, absolute_section, (valueT) 0, (struct frag *) 0);
+  sym->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+  sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_FILE;
+
+  if (symbol_rootP != sym)
+    {
+      symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+      symbol_insert (sym, symbol_rootP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      verify_symbol_chain (symbol_rootP, symbol_lastP);
+#endif
+    }
+
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  ecoff_new_file (s);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_common (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  char *p;
+  int temp, size;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  int have_align;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  /* just after name is now '\0' */
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after symbol-name");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;		/* skip ',' */
+  if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
+    {
+      as_bad (".COMMon length (%d.) <0! Ignored.", temp);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  size = temp;
+  *p = 0;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+  if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
+    {
+      as_bad ("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != 0)
+    {
+      if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != size)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %d.",
+		   S_GET_NAME (symbolP), (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), size);
+	}
+    }
+  know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    have_align = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      have_align = 1;
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  if (! have_align || *input_line_pointer != '"')
+    {
+      if (! have_align)
+	temp = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+	  if (temp < 0)
+	    {
+	      temp = 0;
+	      as_warn ("Common alignment negative; 0 assumed");
+	    }
+	}
+      if (symbolP->local)
+	{
+	  segT old_sec;
+	  int old_subsec;
+	  char *pfrag;
+	  int align;
+
+	/* allocate_bss: */
+	  old_sec = now_seg;
+	  old_subsec = now_subseg;
+	  if (temp)
+	    {
+	      /* convert to a power of 2 alignment */
+	      for (align = 0; (temp & 1) == 0; temp >>= 1, ++align);
+	      if (temp != 1)
+		{
+		  as_bad ("Common alignment not a power of 2");
+		  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+		  return;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    align = 0;
+	  record_alignment (bss_section, align);
+	  subseg_set (bss_section, 0);
+	  if (align)
+	    frag_align (align, 0, 0);
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_section)
+	    symbolP->sy_frag->fr_symbol = 0;
+	  symbolP->sy_frag = frag_now;
+	  pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, symbolP,
+			    (offsetT) size, (char *) 0);
+	  *pfrag = 0;
+	  S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, size);
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
+	  S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+	  subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	allocate_common:
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
+	  S_SET_ALIGN (symbolP, temp);
+	  S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_com_section_ptr);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      /* @@ Some use the dot, some don't.  Can we get some consistency??  */
+      if (*input_line_pointer == '.')
+	input_line_pointer++;
+      /* @@ Some say data, some say bss.  */
+      if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "bss\"", 4)
+	  && strncmp (input_line_pointer, "data\"", 5))
+	{
+	  while (*--input_line_pointer != '"')
+	    ;
+	  input_line_pointer--;
+	  goto bad_common_segment;
+	}
+      while (*input_line_pointer++ != '"')
+	;
+      goto allocate_common;
+    }
+
+  symbolP->bsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  return;
+
+  {
+  bad_common_segment:
+    p = input_line_pointer;
+    while (*p && *p != '\n')
+      p++;
+    c = *p;
+    *p = '\0';
+    as_bad ("bad .common segment %s", input_line_pointer + 1);
+    *p = c;
+    input_line_pointer = p;
+    ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_local (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  do
+    {
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+      symbolP->local = 1;
+      if (c == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	    c = '\n';
+	}
+    }
+  while (c == ',');
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_weak (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  do
+    {
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      S_SET_WEAK (symbolP);
+      symbolP->local = 1;
+      if (c == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	    c = '\n';
+	}
+    }
+  while (c == ',');
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static segT previous_section;
+static int previous_subsection;
+
+/* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This code supports two different
+   syntaxes.
+
+   The first is found on Solaris, and looks like
+       .section ".sec1",#alloc,#execinstr,#write
+   Here the names after '#' are the SHF_* flags to turn on for the
+   section.  I'm not sure how it determines the SHT_* type (BFD
+   doesn't really give us control over the type, anyhow).
+
+   The second format is found on UnixWare, and probably most SVR4
+   machines, and looks like
+       .section .sec1,"a",@progbits
+   The quoted string may contain any combination of a, w, x, and
+   represents the SHF_* flags to turn on for the section.  The string
+   beginning with '@' can be progbits or nobits.  There should be
+   other possibilities, but I don't know what they are.  In any case,
+   BFD doesn't really let us set the section type.  */
+
+/* Certain named sections have particular defined types, listed on p.
+   4-19 of the ABI.  */
+struct special_section
+{
+  const char *name;
+  int type;
+  int attributes;
+};
+
+static struct special_section special_sections[] =
+{
+  { ".bss",	SHT_NOBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE		},
+  { ".comment",	SHT_PROGBITS,	0				},
+  { ".data",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE		},
+  { ".data1",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE		},
+  { ".debug",	SHT_PROGBITS,	0				},
+  { ".fini",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR	},
+  { ".init",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR	},
+  { ".line",	SHT_PROGBITS,	0				},
+  { ".note",	SHT_NOTE,	0				},
+  { ".rodata",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC			},
+  { ".rodata1",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC			},
+  { ".text",	SHT_PROGBITS,	SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR	},
+
+#ifdef ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS
+  ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+  /* The following section names are special, but they can not
+     reasonably appear in assembler code.  Some of the attributes are
+     processor dependent.  */
+  { ".dynamic",	SHT_DYNAMIC,	SHF_ALLOC /* + SHF_WRITE */ 	},
+  { ".dynstr",	SHT_STRTAB,	SHF_ALLOC			},
+  { ".dynsym",	SHT_DYNSYM,	SHF_ALLOC			},
+  { ".got",	SHT_PROGBITS,	0				},
+  { ".hash",	SHT_HASH,	SHF_ALLOC			},
+  { ".interp",	SHT_PROGBITS,	/* SHF_ALLOC */			},
+  { ".plt",	SHT_PROGBITS,	0				},
+  { ".shstrtab",SHT_STRTAB,	0				},
+  { ".strtab",	SHT_STRTAB,	/* SHF_ALLOC */			},
+  { ".symtab",	SHT_SYMTAB,	/* SHF_ALLOC */			},
+#endif
+
+  { NULL,	0,		0				}
+};
+
+void
+obj_elf_section (xxx)
+     int xxx;
+{
+  char *string;
+  int new_sec;
+  segT sec;
+  int type, attr;
+  int i;
+  flagword flags;
+  symbolS *secsym;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      char mri_type;
+
+      previous_section = now_seg;
+      previous_subsection = now_subseg;
+
+      s_mri_sect (&mri_type);
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+      md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Get name of section.  */
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
+    {
+      string = demand_copy_C_string (&xxx);
+      if (string == NULL)
+	{
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p = input_line_pointer;
+      char c;
+      while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *p))
+	p++;
+      if (p == input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Missing section name");
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      c = *p;
+      *p = 0;
+      string = xmalloc ((unsigned long) (p - input_line_pointer + 1));
+      strcpy (string, input_line_pointer);
+      *p = c;
+      input_line_pointer = p;
+    }
+
+  /* Switch to the section, creating it if necessary.  */
+  previous_section = now_seg;
+  previous_subsection = now_subseg;
+
+  new_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, string) == NULL;
+  sec = subseg_new (string, 0);
+
+  /* If this section already existed, we don't bother to change the
+     flag values.  */
+  if (! new_sec)
+    {
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+      md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  type = SHT_NULL;
+  attr = 0;
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      /* Skip the comma.  */
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
+	{
+	  /* Pick up a string with a combination of a, w, x.  */
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  while (*input_line_pointer != '"')
+	    {
+	      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+		{
+		case 'a':
+		  attr |= SHF_ALLOC;
+		  break;
+		case 'w':
+		  attr |= SHF_WRITE;
+		  break;
+		case 'x':
+		  attr |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  {
+		    char *bad_msg = "Bad .section directive: want a,w,x in string";
+#ifdef md_elf_section_letter
+		    int md_attr = md_elf_section_letter (*input_line_pointer, &bad_msg);
+		    if (md_attr)
+		      attr |= md_attr;
+		    else
+#endif
+		      {
+			as_warn (bad_msg);
+			ignore_rest_of_line ();
+			return;
+		      }
+		  }
+		}
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Skip the closing quote.  */
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	    {
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	      if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
+		{
+		  ++input_line_pointer;
+		  if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "progbits",
+			       sizeof "progbits" - 1) == 0)
+		    {
+		      type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+		      input_line_pointer += sizeof "progbits" - 1;
+		    }
+		  else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "nobits",
+				    sizeof "nobits" - 1) == 0)
+		    {
+		      type = SHT_NOBITS;
+		      input_line_pointer += sizeof "nobits" - 1;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+#ifdef md_elf_section_type
+		    int md_type = md_elf_section_type (&input_line_pointer);
+		    if (md_type)
+		      type = md_type;
+		    else
+#endif
+		      {
+			as_warn ("Unrecognized section type");
+			ignore_rest_of_line ();
+		      }
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	      if (*input_line_pointer != '#')
+		{
+		  as_warn ("Bad .section directive");
+		  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+		  return;
+		}
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "write",
+			   sizeof "write" - 1) == 0)
+		{
+		  attr |= SHF_WRITE;
+		  input_line_pointer += sizeof "write" - 1;
+		}
+	      else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "alloc",
+				sizeof "alloc" - 1) == 0)
+		{
+		  attr |= SHF_ALLOC;
+		  input_line_pointer += sizeof "alloc" - 1;
+		}
+	      else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "execinstr",
+				sizeof "execinstr" - 1) == 0)
+		{
+		  attr |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
+		  input_line_pointer += sizeof "execinstr" - 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+#ifdef md_elf_section_word
+		  int md_attr = md_elf_section_word (&input_line_pointer);
+		  if (md_attr)
+		    attr |= md_attr;
+		  else
+#endif
+		    {
+		      as_warn ("Unrecognized section attribute");
+		      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+		      return;
+		    }
+		}
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	    }
+	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
+	  --input_line_pointer;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* See if this is one of the special sections.  */
+  for (i = 0; special_sections[i].name != NULL; i++)
+    {
+      if (string[1] == special_sections[i].name[1]
+	  && strcmp (string, special_sections[i].name) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (type == SHT_NULL)
+	    type = special_sections[i].type;
+	  else if (type != special_sections[i].type)
+	    as_warn ("Setting incorrect section type for %s", string);
+
+	  if ((attr &~ special_sections[i].attributes) != 0)
+	    {
+	      /* As a GNU extension, we permit a .note section to be
+                 allocatable.  If the linker sees an allocateable
+                 .note section, it will create a PT_NOTE segment in
+                 the output file.  */
+	      if (strcmp (string, ".note") != 0
+		  || attr != SHF_ALLOC)
+		as_warn ("Setting incorrect section attributes for %s",
+			 string);
+	    }
+	  attr |= special_sections[i].attributes;
+
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  flags = (SEC_RELOC
+	   | ((attr & SHF_WRITE) ? 0 : SEC_READONLY)
+	   | ((attr & SHF_ALLOC) ? SEC_ALLOC : 0)
+	   | (((attr & SHF_ALLOC) && type != SHT_NOBITS) ? SEC_LOAD : 0)
+	   | ((attr & SHF_EXECINSTR) ? SEC_CODE : 0));
+  if (special_sections[i].name == NULL)
+    {
+      if (type == SHT_PROGBITS)
+	flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+      else if (type == SHT_NOBITS)
+	{
+	  flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+	  flags &=~ SEC_LOAD;
+	}
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_flags
+      flags = md_elf_section_flags (flags, attr, type);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, flags);
+
+  /* Add a symbol for this section to the symbol table.  */
+  secsym = symbol_find (string);
+  if (secsym != NULL)
+    secsym->bsym = sec->symbol;
+  else
+    symbol_table_insert (section_symbol (sec));
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+  md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Change to the .data section.  */
+
+static void
+obj_elf_data (i)
+     int i;
+{
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  previous_section = now_seg;
+  previous_subsection = now_subseg;
+  s_data (i);
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+  md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Change to the .text section.  */
+
+static void
+obj_elf_text (i)
+     int i;
+{
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  previous_section = now_seg;
+  previous_subsection = now_subseg;
+  s_text (i);
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+  md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This can be called from the processor backends if they change
+   sections.  */
+
+void
+obj_elf_section_change_hook ()
+{
+  previous_section = now_seg;
+  previous_subsection = now_subseg;
+}
+
+void
+obj_elf_previous (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (previous_section == 0)
+    {
+      as_bad (".previous without corresponding .section; ignored");
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  subseg_set (previous_section, previous_subsection);
+  previous_section = 0;
+
+#ifdef md_elf_section_change_hook
+  md_elf_section_change_hook ();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_line (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  /* Assume delimiter is part of expression.  BSD4.2 as fails with
+     delightful bug, so we are not being incompatible here. */
+  new_logical_line ((char *) NULL, (int) (get_absolute_expression ()));
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* This handle the .symver pseudo-op, which is used to specify a
+   symbol version.  The syntax is ``.symver NAME,SYMVERNAME''.
+   SYMVERNAME may contain ELF_VER_CHR ('@') characters.  This
+   pseudo-op causes the assembler to emit a symbol named SYMVERNAME
+   with the same value as the symbol NAME.  */
+
+static void
+obj_elf_symver (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  if (sym->sy_obj.versioned_name != NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("multiple .symver directives for symbol `%s'",
+	      S_GET_NAME (sym));
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad ("expected comma after name in .symver");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      if (c != ELF_VER_CHR)
+	break;
+      *input_line_pointer++ = c;
+    }
+
+  sym->sy_obj.versioned_name = xstrdup (name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  if (strchr (sym->sy_obj.versioned_name, ELF_VER_CHR) == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("missing version name in `%s' for symbol `%s'",
+	      sym->sy_obj.versioned_name, S_GET_NAME (sym));
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+obj_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+obj_symbol_new_hook (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  symbolP->sy_obj.size = NULL;
+  symbolP->sy_obj.versioned_name = NULL;
+
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    ecoff_symbol_new_hook (symbolP);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+obj_elf_version (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  unsigned int c;
+  char ch;
+  char *p;
+  asection *seg = now_seg;
+  subsegT subseg = now_subseg;
+  Elf_Internal_Note i_note;
+  Elf_External_Note e_note;
+  asection *note_secp = (asection *) NULL;
+  int i, len;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\"')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;	/* -> 1st char of string. */
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+
+      while (is_a_char (c = next_char_of_string ()))
+	;
+      c = *input_line_pointer;
+      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+      *(input_line_pointer - 1) = '\0';
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+      /* create the .note section */
+
+      note_secp = subseg_new (".note", 0);
+      bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput,
+			     note_secp,
+			     SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
+
+      /* process the version string */
+
+      len = strlen (name);
+
+      i_note.namesz = ((len + 1) + 3) & ~3; /* round this to word boundary */
+      i_note.descsz = 0;	/* no description */
+      i_note.type = NT_VERSION;
+      p = frag_more (sizeof (e_note.namesz));
+      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.namesz, 4);
+      p = frag_more (sizeof (e_note.descsz));
+      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.descsz, 4);
+      p = frag_more (sizeof (e_note.type));
+      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.type, 4);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+	  ch = *(name + i);
+	  {
+	    FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (ch);
+	  }
+	}
+      frag_align (2, 0, 0);
+
+      subseg_set (seg, subseg);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      as_bad ("Expected quoted string");
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_size (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name = input_line_pointer;
+  char c = get_symbol_end ();
+  char *p;
+  expressionS exp;
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      *p = 0;
+      as_bad ("expected comma after name `%s' in .size directive", name);
+      *p = c;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op == O_absent)
+    {
+      as_bad ("missing expression in .size directive");
+      exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      exp.X_add_number = 0;
+    }
+  *p = 0;
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+  if (exp.X_op == O_constant)
+    S_SET_SIZE (sym, exp.X_add_number);
+  else
+    {
+      sym->sy_obj.size = (expressionS *) xmalloc (sizeof (expressionS));
+      *sym->sy_obj.size = exp;
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the ELF .type pseudo-op.  This sets the type of a symbol.
+   There are three syntaxes.  The first (used on Solaris) is
+       .type SYM,#function
+   The second (used on UnixWare) is
+       .type SYM,@function
+   The third (reportedly to be used on Irix 6.0) is
+       .type SYM STT_FUNC
+   */
+
+static void
+obj_elf_type (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  int type;
+  const char *typename;
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    ++input_line_pointer;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '#' || *input_line_pointer == '@')
+    ++input_line_pointer;
+
+  typename = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  type = 0;
+  if (strcmp (typename, "function") == 0
+      || strcmp (typename, "STT_FUNC") == 0)
+    type = BSF_FUNCTION;
+  else if (strcmp (typename, "object") == 0
+	   || strcmp (typename, "STT_OBJECT") == 0)
+    type = BSF_OBJECT;
+  else
+    as_bad ("ignoring unrecognized symbol type \"%s\"", typename);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  sym->bsym->flags |= type;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+static void
+obj_elf_ident (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  static segT comment_section;
+  segT old_section = now_seg;
+  int old_subsection = now_subseg;
+
+  if (!comment_section)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      comment_section = subseg_new (".comment", 0);
+      bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, comment_section,
+			     SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
+      p = frag_more (1);
+      *p = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    subseg_set (comment_section, 0);
+  stringer (1);
+  subseg_set (old_section, old_subsection);
+}
+
+#ifdef INIT_STAB_SECTION
+
+/* The first entry in a .stabs section is special.  */
+
+void
+obj_elf_init_stab_section (seg)
+     segT seg;
+{
+  char *file;
+  char *p;
+  char *stabstr_name;
+  unsigned int stroff;
+
+  /* Force the section to align to a longword boundary.  Without this,
+     UnixWare ar crashes.  */
+  bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
+
+  /* Make space for this first symbol. */
+  p = frag_more (12);
+  /* Zero it out. */
+  memset (p, 0, 12);
+  as_where (&file, (unsigned int *) NULL);
+  stabstr_name = (char *) alloca (strlen (segment_name (seg)) + 4);
+  strcpy (stabstr_name, segment_name (seg));
+  strcat (stabstr_name, "str");
+  stroff = get_stab_string_offset (file, stabstr_name);
+  know (stroff == 1);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, stroff, 4);
+  seg_info (seg)->stabu.p = p;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Fill in the counts in the first entry in a .stabs section.  */
+
+static void
+adjust_stab_sections (abfd, sec, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR xxx;
+{
+  char *name;
+  asection *strsec;
+  char *p;
+  int strsz, nsyms;
+
+  if (strncmp (".stab", sec->name, 5))
+    return;
+  if (!strcmp ("str", sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3))
+    return;
+
+  name = (char *) alloca (strlen (sec->name) + 4);
+  strcpy (name, sec->name);
+  strcat (name, "str");
+  strsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+  if (strsec)
+    strsz = bfd_section_size (abfd, strsec);
+  else
+    strsz = 0;
+  nsyms = bfd_section_size (abfd, sec) / 12 - 1;
+
+  p = seg_info (sec)->stabu.p;
+  assert (p != 0);
+
+  bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) nsyms, (bfd_byte *) p + 6);
+  bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) strsz, (bfd_byte *) p + 8);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+
+/* This function is called by the ECOFF code.  It is supposed to
+   record the external symbol information so that the backend can
+   write it out correctly.  The ELF backend doesn't actually handle
+   this at the moment, so we do it ourselves.  We save the information
+   in the symbol.  */
+
+void
+elf_ecoff_set_ext (sym, ext)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     struct ecoff_extr *ext;
+{
+  sym->bsym->udata.p = (PTR) ext;
+}
+
+/* This function is called by bfd_ecoff_debug_externals.  It is
+   supposed to *EXT to the external symbol information, and return
+   whether the symbol should be used at all.  */
+
+static boolean
+elf_get_extr (sym, ext)
+     asymbol *sym;
+     EXTR *ext;
+{
+  if (sym->udata.p == NULL)
+    return false;
+  *ext = *(EXTR *) sym->udata.p;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This function is called by bfd_ecoff_debug_externals.  It has
+   nothing to do for ELF.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+elf_set_index (sym, indx)
+     asymbol *sym;
+     bfd_size_type indx;
+{
+}
+
+#endif /* NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG */
+
+void
+elf_frob_symbol (symp, puntp)
+     symbolS *symp;
+     int *puntp;
+{
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    ecoff_frob_symbol (symp);
+#endif
+
+  if (symp->sy_obj.size != NULL)
+    {
+      switch (symp->sy_obj.size->X_op)
+	{
+	case O_subtract:
+	  S_SET_SIZE (symp,
+		      (S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_obj.size->X_add_symbol)
+		       + symp->sy_obj.size->X_add_number
+		       - S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_obj.size->X_op_symbol)));
+	  break;
+	case O_constant:
+	  S_SET_SIZE (symp,
+		      (S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_obj.size->X_add_symbol)
+		       + symp->sy_obj.size->X_add_number));
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  as_bad (".size expression too complicated to fix up");
+	  break;
+	}
+      free (symp->sy_obj.size);
+      symp->sy_obj.size = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (symp->sy_obj.versioned_name != NULL)
+    {
+      /* This symbol was given a new name with the .symver directive.
+
+         If this is an external reference, just rename the symbol to
+         include the version string.  This will make the relocs be
+         against the correct versioned symbol.
+
+	 If this is a definition, add an alias.  FIXME: Using an alias
+	 will permit the debugging information to refer to the right
+	 symbol.  However, it's not clear whether it is the best
+	 approach.  */
+
+      if (! S_IS_DEFINED (symp))
+	{
+	  char *p;
+
+	  /* Verify that the name isn't using the @@ syntax--this is
+             reserved for definitions of the default version to link
+             against.  */
+	  p = strchr (symp->sy_obj.versioned_name, ELF_VER_CHR);
+	  know (p != NULL);
+	  if (p[1] == ELF_VER_CHR)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("invalid attempt to declare external version name as default in symbol `%s'",
+		      symp->sy_obj.versioned_name);
+	      *puntp = true;
+	    }
+	  S_SET_NAME (symp, symp->sy_obj.versioned_name);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  symbolS *symp2;
+
+	  /* FIXME: Creating a new symbol here is risky.  We're in the
+             final loop over the symbol table.  We can get away with
+             it only because the symbol goes to the end of the list,
+             where the loop will still see it.  It would probably be
+             better to do this in obj_frob_file_before_adjust. */
+
+	  symp2 = symbol_find_or_make (symp->sy_obj.versioned_name);
+
+	  /* Now we act as though we saw symp2 = sym.  */
+
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symp2, S_GET_SEGMENT (symp));
+
+	  /* Subtracting out the frag address here is a hack because
+             we are in the middle of the final loop.  */
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symp2, S_GET_VALUE (symp) - symp->sy_frag->fr_address);
+
+	  symp2->sy_frag = symp->sy_frag;
+
+	  /* This will copy over the size information.  */
+	  copy_symbol_attributes (symp2, symp);
+
+	  if (S_IS_WEAK (symp))
+	    S_SET_WEAK (symp2);
+
+	  if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symp))
+	    S_SET_EXTERNAL (symp2);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Double check weak symbols.  */
+  if (symp->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+    {
+      if (S_IS_COMMON (symp))
+	as_bad ("Symbol `%s' can not be both weak and common",
+		S_GET_NAME (symp));
+    }
+
+#ifdef TC_MIPS
+  /* The Irix 5 and 6 assemblers set the type of any common symbol and
+     any undefined non-function symbol to STT_OBJECT.  We try to be compatible,
+     since newer Irix 5 and 6 linkers care.  */
+  if (S_IS_COMMON (symp)
+      || (! S_IS_DEFINED (symp) && ((symp->bsym->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0)))
+    symp->bsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_PPC
+  /* Frob the PowerPC, so that the symbol always has object type
+     if it is not some other type.  VxWorks needs this.  */
+  if ((symp->bsym->flags & (BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_FILE | BSF_SECTION_SYM)) == 0
+      && S_IS_DEFINED (symp))
+    symp->bsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+elf_frob_file ()
+{
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, adjust_stab_sections, (PTR) 0);
+
+#ifdef elf_tc_final_processing
+  elf_tc_final_processing ();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* It is required that we let write_relocs have the opportunity to
+   optimize away fixups before output has begun, since it is possible
+   to eliminate all fixups for a section and thus we never should
+   have generated the relocation section.  */
+
+void
+elf_frob_file_after_relocs ()
+{
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    /* Generate the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+    {
+      const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
+      struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
+      char *buf;
+      asection *sec;
+
+      debug_swap
+	= get_elf_backend_data (stdoutput)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+      know (debug_swap != (const struct ecoff_debug_swap *) NULL);
+      ecoff_build_debug (&debug.symbolic_header, &buf, debug_swap);
+
+      /* Set up the pointers in debug.  */
+#define SET(ptr, offset, type) \
+    debug.ptr = (type) (buf + debug.symbolic_header.offset)
+
+      SET (line, cbLineOffset, unsigned char *);
+      SET (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, PTR);
+      SET (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, PTR);
+      SET (external_sym, cbSymOffset, PTR);
+      SET (external_opt, cbOptOffset, PTR);
+      SET (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, union aux_ext *);
+      SET (ss, cbSsOffset, char *);
+      SET (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, PTR);
+      SET (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, PTR);
+      /* ssext and external_ext are set up just below.  */
+
+#undef SET
+
+      /* Set up the external symbols.  */
+      debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
+      debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
+      if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_externals (stdoutput, &debug, debug_swap, true,
+				       elf_get_extr, elf_set_index))
+	as_fatal ("Failed to set up debugging information: %s",
+		  bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".mdebug");
+      assert (sec != NULL);
+
+      know (stdoutput->output_has_begun == false);
+
+      /* We set the size of the section, call bfd_set_section_contents
+	 to force the ELF backend to allocate a file position, and then
+	 write out the data.  FIXME: Is this really the best way to do
+	 this?  */
+      sec->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (stdoutput, &debug, debug_swap);
+
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, sec, (PTR) NULL,
+				      (file_ptr) 0, (bfd_size_type) 0))
+	as_fatal ("Can't start writing .mdebug section: %s",
+		  bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+
+      know (stdoutput->output_has_begun == true);
+      know (sec->filepos != 0);
+
+      if (! bfd_ecoff_write_debug (stdoutput, &debug, debug_swap,
+				   sec->filepos))
+	as_fatal ("Could not write .mdebug section: %s",
+		  bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+    }
+#endif /* NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG */
+}
+
+#ifdef SCO_ELF
+
+/* Heavily plagarized from obj_elf_version.  The idea is to emit the
+   SCO specific identifier in the .notes section to satisfy the SCO
+   linker.
+
+   This looks more complicated than it really is.  As opposed to the
+   "obvious" solution, this should handle the cross dev cases
+   correctly.  (i.e, hosting on a 64 bit big endian processor, but
+   generating SCO Elf code) Efficiency isn't a concern, as there
+   should be exactly one of these sections per object module.
+
+   SCO OpenServer 5 identifies it's ELF modules with a standard ELF
+   .note section.
+
+   int_32 namesz  = 4 ;  Name size 
+   int_32 descsz  = 12 ; Descriptive information 
+   int_32 type    = 1 ;  
+   char   name[4] = "SCO" ; Originator name ALWAYS SCO + NULL 
+   int_32 version = (major ver # << 16)  | version of tools ;
+   int_32 source  = (tool_id << 16 ) | 1 ;
+   int_32 info    = 0 ;    These are set by the SCO tools, but we
+                           don't know enough about the source 
+			   environment to set them.  SCO ld currently
+			   ignores them, and recommends we set them
+			   to zero.  */
+
+#define SCO_MAJOR_VERSION 0x1
+#define SCO_MINOR_VERSION 0x1
+
+void
+sco_id ()
+{
+
+  char *name;
+  unsigned int c;
+  char ch;
+  char *p;
+  asection *seg = now_seg;
+  subsegT subseg = now_subseg;
+  Elf_Internal_Note i_note;
+  Elf_External_Note e_note;
+  asection *note_secp = (asection *) NULL;
+  int i, len;
+
+  /* create the .note section */
+
+  note_secp = subseg_new (".note", 0);
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput,
+			 note_secp,
+			 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
+
+  /* process the version string */
+
+  i_note.namesz = 4; 
+  i_note.descsz = 12;		/* 12 descriptive bytes */
+  i_note.type = NT_VERSION;	/* Contains a version string */
+
+  p = frag_more (sizeof (i_note.namesz));
+  md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.namesz, 4);
+
+  p = frag_more (sizeof (i_note.descsz));
+  md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.descsz, 4);
+
+  p = frag_more (sizeof (i_note.type));
+  md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) i_note.type, 4);
+
+  p = frag_more (4);
+  strcpy (p, "SCO"); 
+
+  /* Note: this is the version number of the ELF we're representing */
+  p = frag_more (4);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, (SCO_MAJOR_VERSION << 16) | (SCO_MINOR_VERSION), 4);
+
+  /* Here, we pick a magic number for ourselves (yes, I "registered"
+     it with SCO.  The bottom bit shows that we are compat with the
+     SCO ABI.  */
+  p = frag_more (4);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, 0x4c520000 | 0x0001, 4);
+
+  /* If we knew (or cared) what the source language options were, we'd
+     fill them in here.  SCO has given us permission to ignore these
+     and just set them to zero.  */
+  p = frag_more (4);
+  md_number_to_chars (p, 0x0000, 4);
+ 
+  frag_align (2, 0, 0);
+
+  /* We probably can't restore the current segment, for there likely
+     isn't one yet...  */
+  if (seg && subseg)
+    subseg_set (seg, subseg);
+
+}
+
+#endif /* SCO_ELF */
+
+const struct format_ops elf_format_ops =
+{
+  bfd_target_elf_flavour,
+  0,
+  1,
+  elf_frob_symbol,
+  elf_frob_file,
+  elf_frob_file_after_relocs,
+  elf_s_get_size, elf_s_set_size,
+  elf_s_get_align, elf_s_set_align,
+  elf_copy_symbol_attributes,
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  ecoff_generate_asm_lineno,
+  ecoff_stab,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,				/* process_stab */
+#endif
+  elf_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc,
+  elf_pop_insert,
+#ifdef NEED_ECOFF_DEBUG
+  elf_ecoff_set_ext,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  obj_read_begin_hook,
+  obj_symbol_new_hook,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..973f938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-elf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* ELF object file format.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
+   at the University of Utah.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBJ_ELF_H
+#define _OBJ_ELF_H
+
+#define OBJ_ELF 1
+
+#define OUTPUT_FLAVOR bfd_target_elf_flavour
+
+#include <bfd.h>
+
+#define BYTES_IN_WORD 4		/* for now */
+#include "bfd/elf-bfd.h"
+
+/* Additional information we keep for each symbol.  */
+
+/* FIXME: For some reason, this structure is needed both here and in
+   obj-multi.h.  */
+#ifndef OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE
+struct elf_obj_sy
+{
+  /* Use this to keep track of .size expressions that involve
+     differences that we can't compute yet.  */
+  expressionS *size;
+
+  /* The name specified by the .symver directive.  */
+  char *versioned_name;
+};
+#endif
+
+#define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE struct elf_obj_sy
+
+/* Symbol fields used by the ELF back end.  */
+#define ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS int local:1;
+
+/* Don't change this; change ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS instead.  */
+#define TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE  !FALSE
+#endif
+
+#define obj_begin() elf_begin ()
+extern void elf_begin PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* should be conditional on address size! */
+#define elf_symbol(asymbol) ((elf_symbol_type *)(&(asymbol)->the_bfd))
+
+#define S_GET_SIZE(S) (elf_symbol ((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size)
+#define S_SET_SIZE(S,V) \
+  (elf_symbol((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size = (V))
+
+#define S_GET_ALIGN(S) (elf_symbol ((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_value)
+#define S_SET_ALIGN(S,V) \
+  (elf_symbol ((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_value = (V))
+
+#define S_GET_OTHER(S) (elf_symbol ((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_other)
+#define S_SET_OTHER(S,V) \
+  (elf_symbol ((S)->bsym)->internal_elf_sym.st_other = (V))
+
+extern asection *gdb_section;
+
+#define obj_frob_file  elf_frob_file
+extern void elf_frob_file PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define obj_frob_file_after_relocs  elf_frob_file_after_relocs
+extern void elf_frob_file_after_relocs PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define obj_app_file elf_file_symbol
+extern void elf_file_symbol PARAMS ((char *));
+
+extern void obj_elf_section_change_hook PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern void obj_elf_section PARAMS ((int));
+extern void obj_elf_previous PARAMS ((int));
+extern void obj_elf_version PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* BFD wants to write the udata field, which is a no-no for the
+   globally defined sections.  */
+#define obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc(SEC)	((SEC)->owner != 0)
+
+/* When setting one symbol equal to another, by default we probably
+   want them to have the same "size", whatever it means in the current
+   context.  */
+#define OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES(DEST,SRC)		\
+do							\
+  {							\
+    S_SET_SIZE ((DEST), S_GET_SIZE (SRC));		\
+    S_SET_OTHER ((DEST), S_GET_OTHER (SRC));		\
+  }							\
+while (0)
+
+/* Stabs go in a separate section.  */
+#define SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS 1
+
+/* We need 12 bytes at the start of the section to hold some initial
+   information.  */
+extern void obj_elf_init_stab_section PARAMS ((segT));
+#define INIT_STAB_SECTION(seg) obj_elf_init_stab_section (seg)
+
+/* For now, always set ECOFF_DEBUGGING for an Alpha target.  */
+#ifdef TC_ALPHA
+#define ECOFF_DEBUGGING 1
+#endif
+
+/* For now, always set ECOFF_DEBUGGING for a MIPS target.  */
+#ifdef TC_MIPS
+#define ECOFF_DEBUGGING 1
+#endif
+
+#if ECOFF_DEBUGGING
+
+/* If we are generating ECOFF debugging information, we need some
+   additional fields for each symbol.  */
+#undef TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+#define TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS \
+  ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS \
+  struct efdr *ecoff_file; \
+  struct localsym *ecoff_symbol; \
+  valueT ecoff_extern_size;
+
+/* We smuggle stabs in ECOFF rather than using a separate section.
+   The Irix linker can not handle a separate stabs section.  */
+#undef SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS
+#undef INIT_STAB_SECTION
+#define OBJ_PROCESS_STAB(seg, what, string, type, other, desc) \
+  ecoff_stab ((seg), (what), (string), (type), (other), (desc))
+
+#define OBJ_GENERATE_ASM_LINENO(filename, lineno) \
+  ecoff_generate_asm_lineno ((filename), (lineno))
+
+#endif /* ECOFF_DEBUGGING */
+
+extern void elf_frob_symbol PARAMS ((struct symbol *, int *));
+#define obj_frob_symbol(symp, punt) elf_frob_symbol (symp, &punt)
+
+extern void elf_pop_insert PARAMS ((void));
+#define obj_pop_insert()	elf_pop_insert()
+
+#ifndef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+#define obj_ecoff_set_ext elf_ecoff_set_ext
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct ecoff_extr;
+#endif
+extern void elf_ecoff_set_ext PARAMS ((struct symbol *, struct ecoff_extr *));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OBJ_ELF_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69fc3d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* This file is obj-generic.c and is intended to be a template for
+   object format specific source files.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums */
+char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
+
+/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant */
+/* As in 0f12.456 */
+/* or    0d1.2345e12 */
+char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
+
+/* These chars start a comment anywhere in a source file (except inside
+   another comment */
+const char comment_chars[] = "#";
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * comment-column: 0
+ * fill-column: 131
+ * End:
+ */
+
+/* end of obj-generic.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc18e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-generic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* This file is obj-generic.h
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * This file is obj-generic.h and is intended to be a template for
+ * object format specific header files.
+ */
+
+/* define an obj specific macro off which target cpu back ends may key. */
+#define OBJ_GENERIC 1
+
+/* include whatever target cpu is appropriate. */
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+/*
+ * SYMBOLS
+ */
+
+/*
+ * If your object format needs to reorder symbols, define this.  When
+ * defined, symbols are kept on a doubly linked list and functions are
+ * made available for push, insert, append, and delete.  If not defined,
+ * symbols are kept on a singly linked list, only the append and clear
+ * facilities are available, and they are macros.
+ */
+
+/* #define SYMBOLS_NEED_PACKPOINTERS */
+
+/*  */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    void *nothing;
+  }
+
+obj_symbol_type;		/* should be the format's symbol structure */
+
+typedef void *object_headers;
+
+/* symbols have names */
+#define S_GET_NAME(s)		("foo")	/* get the name of a symbolP */
+#define S_SET_NAME(s,v)		;
+/* symbols have segments */
+#define S_GET_SEGMENT(s)	(SEG_UNKNOWN)
+#define S_SET_SEGMENT(s,v)	;
+/* symbols may be external */
+#define S_IS_EXTERNAL(s)	(0)
+#define S_SET_EXTERNAL(s)	;
+
+/* symbols may or may not be defined */
+#define S_IS_DEFINED(s)		(0)
+
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE (0)	/* your magic number */
+
+#define OBJ_EMIT_LINENO(a,b,c)	/* must be *something*.  This no-op's it out. */
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * comment-column: 0
+ * fill-column: 131
+ * End:
+ */
+
+/* end of obj-generic.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42e4b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.c
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
+/* obj-format for ieee-695 records.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+
+/*
+  created by
+
+  steve chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+  */
+
+/*
+  this will hopefully become the port through which bfd and gas talk,
+  for the moment, only ieee is known to work well.
+  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "output-file.h"
+#include "frags.h"
+
+bfd *abfd;
+
+/* How many addresses does the .align take? */
+static relax_addressT
+relax_align (address, alignment)
+     register relax_addressT address;	/* Address now. */
+     register long alignment;	/* Alignment (binary). */
+{
+  relax_addressT mask;
+  relax_addressT new_address;
+
+  mask = ~((~0) << alignment);
+  new_address = (address + mask) & (~mask);
+  return (new_address - address);
+}				/* relax_align() */
+
+/* calculate the size of the frag chain and create a bfd section
+   to contain all of it */
+static void
+DEFUN (size_section, (abfd, idx),
+       bfd * abfd AND
+       unsigned int idx)
+{
+  asection *sec;
+  unsigned int size = 0;
+  fragS *frag = segment_info[idx].frag_root;
+  while (frag)
+    {
+      if (frag->fr_address != size)
+	{
+	  printf ("Out of step\n");
+	  size = frag->fr_address;
+	}
+      size += frag->fr_fix;
+      switch (frag->fr_type)
+	{
+	case rs_fill:
+	case rs_org:
+	  size += frag->fr_offset * frag->fr_var;
+	  break;
+	case rs_align:
+	case rs_align_code:
+	  {
+	    addressT off;
+
+	    off = relax_align (size, frag->fr_offset);
+	    if (frag->fr_subtype != 0 && off > frag->fr_subtype)
+	      off = 0;
+	    size += off;
+	  }
+	}
+      frag = frag->fr_next;
+    }
+  if (size)
+    {
+      char *name = segment_info[idx].name;
+      if (name == (char *) NULL)
+	{
+	  name = ".data";
+	}
+      segment_info[idx].user_stuff = (char *) (sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, name));
+      /* Make it output through itself */
+      sec->output_section = sec;
+      sec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+      bfd_set_section_size (abfd, sec, size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* run through a frag chain and write out the data to go with it */
+static void
+DEFUN (fill_section, (abfd, idx),
+       bfd * abfd AND
+       unsigned int idx)
+{
+  asection *sec = segment_info[idx].user_stuff;
+  if (sec)
+    {
+      fragS *frag = segment_info[idx].frag_root;
+      unsigned int offset = 0;
+      while (frag)
+	{
+	  unsigned int fill_size;
+	  unsigned int count;
+	  switch (frag->fr_type)
+	    {
+	    case rs_fill:
+	    case rs_align:
+	    case rs_org:
+	      if (frag->fr_fix)
+		{
+		  bfd_set_section_contents (abfd,
+					    sec,
+					    frag->fr_literal,
+					    frag->fr_address,
+					    frag->fr_fix);
+		}
+	      offset += frag->fr_fix;
+	      fill_size = frag->fr_var;
+	      if (fill_size)
+		{
+		  unsigned int off = frag->fr_fix;
+		  for (count = frag->fr_offset; count; count--)
+		    {
+		      bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, sec,
+						frag->fr_literal +
+						frag->fr_fix,
+						frag->fr_address + off,
+						fill_size);
+		      off += fill_size;
+		    }
+		}
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  frag = frag->fr_next;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Count the relocations in a chain */
+
+static unsigned int
+DEFUN (count_entries_in_chain, (idx),
+       unsigned int idx)
+{
+  unsigned int nrelocs;
+  fixS *fixup_ptr;
+
+  /* Count the relocations */
+  fixup_ptr = segment_info[idx].fix_root;
+  nrelocs = 0;
+  while (fixup_ptr != (fixS *) NULL)
+    {
+      fixup_ptr = fixup_ptr->fx_next;
+      nrelocs++;
+    }
+  return nrelocs;
+}
+
+/* output all the relocations for a section */
+void
+DEFUN (do_relocs_for, (idx),
+       unsigned int idx)
+{
+  unsigned int nrelocs;
+  arelent **reloc_ptr_vector;
+  arelent *reloc_vector;
+  asymbol **ptrs;
+  asection *section = (asection *) (segment_info[idx].user_stuff);
+  unsigned int i;
+  fixS *from;
+  if (section)
+    {
+      nrelocs = count_entries_in_chain (idx);
+
+      reloc_ptr_vector = (arelent **) malloc ((nrelocs + 1) * sizeof (arelent *));
+      reloc_vector = (arelent *) malloc (nrelocs * sizeof (arelent));
+      ptrs = (asymbol **) malloc (nrelocs * sizeof (asymbol *));
+      from = segment_info[idx].fix_root;
+      for (i = 0; i < nrelocs; i++)
+	{
+	  arelent *to = reloc_vector + i;
+	  asymbol *s;
+	  reloc_ptr_vector[i] = to;
+	  to->howto = (reloc_howto_type *) (from->fx_r_type);
+
+#if 0	  /* We can't represent complicated things in a reloc yet */
+	  if (from->fx_addsy == 0 || from->fx_subsy != 0) abort();
+#endif
+
+	  s = &(from->fx_addsy->sy_symbol.sy);
+	  to->address = ((char *) (from->fx_frag->fr_address +
+				   from->fx_where))
+	    - ((char *) (&(from->fx_frag->fr_literal)));
+	  to->addend = from->fx_offset;
+	  /* If we know the symbol which we want to relocate to, turn
+	     this reloaction into a section relative.
+
+	     If this relocation is pcrelative, and we know the
+	     destination, we still want to keep the relocation - since
+	     the linker might relax some of the bytes, but it stops
+	     being pc relative and turns into an absolute relocation. */
+	  if (s)
+	    {
+	      if ((s->flags & BSF_UNDEFINED) == 0)
+		{
+		  to->section = s->section;
+
+		  /* We can refer directly to the value field here,
+		     rather than using S_GET_VALUE, because this is
+		     only called after do_symbols, which sets up the
+		     value field.  */
+		  to->addend += s->value;
+
+		  to->sym_ptr_ptr = 0;
+		  if (to->howto->pcrel_offset)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a pcrel relocation, the addend should be adjusted */
+		      to->addend -= to->address + 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  to->section = 0;
+		  *ptrs = &(from->fx_addsy->sy_symbol.sy);
+		  to->sym_ptr_ptr = ptrs;
+
+		  if (to->howto->pcrel_offset)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a pcrel relocation, the addend should be adjusted */
+		      to->addend -= to->address - 1;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      to->section = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  ptrs++;
+	  from = from->fx_next;
+	}
+
+      /* attatch to the section */
+      section->orelocation = reloc_ptr_vector;
+      section->reloc_count = nrelocs;
+      section->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
+    }
+}
+
+/* do the symbols.. */
+static void
+DEFUN (do_symbols, (abfd),
+       bfd * abfd)
+{
+  extern symbolS *symbol_rootP;
+  symbolS *ptr;
+  asymbol **symbol_ptr_vec;
+  asymbol *symbol_vec;
+  unsigned int count = 0;
+  unsigned int index;
+
+
+  for (ptr = symbol_rootP;
+       ptr != (symbolS *) NULL;
+       ptr = ptr->sy_next)
+    {
+      if (SEG_NORMAL (ptr->sy_symbol.seg))
+	{
+	  ptr->sy_symbol.sy.section =
+	    (asection *) (segment_info[ptr->sy_symbol.seg].user_stuff);
+	  S_SET_VALUE (ptr, S_GET_VALUE (ptr) + ptr->sy_frag->fr_address);
+	  if (ptr->sy_symbol.sy.flags == 0)
+	    {
+	      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.flags = BSF_LOCAL;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (ptr->sy_symbol.seg)
+	    {
+	    case SEG_ABSOLUTE:
+	      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.flags |= BSF_ABSOLUTE;
+	      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.section = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case SEG_UNKNOWN:
+	      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.flags = BSF_UNDEFINED;
+	      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.section = 0;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+      ptr->sy_symbol.sy.value = S_GET_VALUE (ptr);
+      count++;
+    }
+  symbol_ptr_vec = (asymbol **) malloc ((count + 1) * sizeof (asymbol *));
+
+  index = 0;
+  for (ptr = symbol_rootP;
+       ptr != (symbolS *) NULL;
+       ptr = ptr->sy_next)
+    {
+      symbol_ptr_vec[index] = &(ptr->sy_symbol.sy);
+      index++;
+    }
+  symbol_ptr_vec[index] = 0;
+  abfd->outsymbols = symbol_ptr_vec;
+  abfd->symcount = count;
+}
+
+/* The generic as->bfd converter. Other backends may have special case
+   code */
+
+void
+DEFUN_VOID (bfd_as_write_hook)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      size_section (abfd, i);
+    }
+
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    fill_section (abfd, i);
+
+  do_symbols (abfd);
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    do_relocs_for (i);
+
+}
+
+S_SET_SEGMENT (x, y)
+     symbolS *x;
+     int y;
+{
+  x->sy_symbol.seg = y;
+}
+
+S_IS_DEFINED (x)
+     symbolS *x;
+{
+  if (SEG_NORMAL (x->sy_symbol.seg))
+    {
+      return 1;
+    }
+  switch (x->sy_symbol.seg)
+    {
+    case SEG_UNKNOWN:
+      return 0;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+S_IS_EXTERNAL (x)
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+S_GET_DESC (x)
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+S_GET_SEGMENT (x)
+     symbolS *x;
+{
+  return x->sy_symbol.seg;
+}
+
+S_SET_EXTERNAL (x)
+     symbolS *x;
+{
+  x->sy_symbol.sy.flags |= BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_EXPORT;
+}
+
+S_SET_NAME (x, y)
+     symbolS *x;
+     char *y;
+{
+  x->sy_symbol.sy.name = y;
+}
+
+S_GET_OTHER (x)
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+S_IS_DEBUG (x)
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#ifndef segment_name
+char *
+segment_name ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+obj_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+}
+
+static void
+obj_ieee_section (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  extern char *input_line_pointer;
+  extern char is_end_of_line[];
+  char *p = input_line_pointer;
+  char *s = p;
+  int i;
+  /* Look up the name, if it doesn't exist, make it */
+  while (*p && *p != ' ' && *p != ',' && !is_end_of_line[*p])
+    {
+      p++;
+    }
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      if (segment_info[i].hadone)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (segment_info[i].name, s, p - s) == 0)
+	    {
+	      goto ok;
+
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	break;
+    }
+  if (i == SEG_UNKNOWN)
+    {
+      as_bad ("too many sections");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  segment_info[i].hadone = 1;
+  segment_info[i].name = malloc (p - s + 1);
+  memcpy (segment_info[i].name, s, p - s);
+  segment_info[i].name[p - s] = 0;
+ok:
+  subseg_set (i, 0);
+  while (!is_end_of_line[*p])
+    p++;
+  input_line_pointer = p;
+
+}
+
+
+void cons ();
+void s_ignore ();
+
+
+void s_globl ();
+const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"section", obj_ieee_section, 0},
+  {"data.b", cons, 1},
+  {"data.w", cons, 2},
+  {"data.l", cons, 4},
+  {"export", s_globl, 0},
+  {"option", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"end", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"import", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"sdata", stringer, 0},
+  0,
+
+};
+
+
+
+void
+obj_symbol_new_hook (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  symbolP->sy_symbol.sy.the_bfd = abfd;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#if 1
+extern void
+DEFUN_VOID (write_object_file)
+{
+  int i;
+  struct frchain *frchain_ptr;
+  struct frag *frag_ptr;
+
+  abfd = bfd_openw (out_file_name, "ieee");
+
+  if (abfd == 0)
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't create %s", out_file_name);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+  bfd_set_format (abfd, bfd_object);
+  bfd_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_h8300, 0);
+  subseg_set (1, 0);
+  subseg_set (2, 0);
+  subseg_set (3, 0);
+  for (frchain_ptr = frchain_root;
+       frchain_ptr != (struct frchain *) NULL;
+       frchain_ptr = frchain_ptr->frch_next)
+    {
+      /* Run through all the sub-segments and align them up. Also close any
+	 open frags. We tack a .fill onto the end of the frag chain so
+	 that any .align's size can be worked by looking at the next
+	 frag.  */
+
+      subseg_set (frchain_ptr->frch_seg, frchain_ptr->frch_subseg);
+#ifndef SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG) 2
+#endif
+      frag_align (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN (now_seg), 0, 0);
+      frag_wane (frag_now);
+      frag_now->fr_fix = 0;
+      know (frag_now->fr_next == NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Now build one big frag chain for each segment, linked through
+	   fr_next. */
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+
+      fragS **prev_frag_ptr_ptr;
+      struct frchain *next_frchain_ptr;
+
+      /*	struct frag **head_ptr = segment_info[i].frag_root;*/
+
+      segment_info[i].frag_root = segment_info[i].frchainP->frch_root;
+#if 0
+      /* Im not sure what this is for */
+      for (frchain_ptr = segment_info[i].frchainP->frch_root;
+	   frchain_ptr != (struct frchain *) NULL;
+	   frchain_ptr = frchain_ptr->frch_next)
+	{
+	  *head_ptr = frchain_ptr;
+	  head_ptr = &frchain_ptr->next;
+	}
+
+
+#endif
+    }
+
+  for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+    {
+      relax_segment (segment_info[i].frag_root, i);
+    }
+
+  /* Now the addresses of the frags are correct within the segment */
+
+  bfd_as_write_hook ();
+  bfd_close (abfd);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+H_SET_TEXT_SIZE (a, b)
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_GET_TEXT_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_SET_BSS_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_SET_STRING_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_SET_RELOCATION_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_SET_MAGIC_NUMBER ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_GET_FILE_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE ()
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* end of obj-ieee.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a0f126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-ieee.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This file is obj-ieee.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define BFD 1
+
+#include <bfd.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  asymbol sy;
+  int seg;
+}
+
+obj_symbol_type;
+
+#define S_GET_NAME(s) (((s)->sy_symbol.sy.name))
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    int x;
+  }
+
+object_headers;
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE 1
+
+
+int lineno_rootP;
+
+
+#define IEEE_STYLE
+
+/* end of obj-ieee.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d115093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* foo */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..526b82e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/obj-multi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* hi */
+
+#include "emul.h"
+#include "targ-cpu.h"
+
+#define OUTPUT_FLAVOR		(this_format->flavor)
+#define obj_frob_symbol(S,P)	(this_format->frob_symbol)(S,&(P))
+#define obj_frob_file		(this_format->frob_file)
+#define obj_frob_file_after_relocs (this_format->frob_file_after_relocs)
+#define obj_ecoff_set_ext	(this_format->ecoff_set_ext)
+#define obj_pop_insert		(this_format->pop_insert)
+#define obj_read_begin_hook()	(this_format->read_begin_hook?this_format->read_begin_hook():(void)0)
+#define obj_symbol_new_hook	(this_format->symbol_new_hook)
+#define obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (this_format->sec_sym_ok_for_reloc)
+#define S_GET_SIZE		(this_format->s_get_size)
+#define S_SET_SIZE		(this_format->s_set_size)
+#define S_GET_ALIGN		(this_format->s_get_align)
+#define S_SET_ALIGN		(this_format->s_set_align)
+#define obj_copy_symbol_attributes (this_format->copy_symbol_attributes)
+#define OBJ_PROCESS_STAB	(this_format->process_stab)
+
+#if defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ECOFF) || (defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF) && defined (TC_MIPS))
+#define ECOFF_DEBUGGING 1
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: What's the story here?  Why do we have to define
+   OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE both here and in obj-elf.h?  */
+#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+struct elf_obj_sy
+{
+  expressionS *size;
+  char *versioned_name;
+};
+#define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE struct elf_obj_sy
+#define ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS int local:1;
+#else
+#define ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUGGING
+struct efdr;
+struct localsym;
+#define ECOFF_DEBUG_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS struct efdr *ecoff_file; struct localsym *ecoff_symbol; valueT ecoff_extern_size;
+#else
+#define ECOFF_DEBUG_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+#endif
+
+#define TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS \
+	ELF_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS \
+	ECOFF_DEBUG_TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/sco5.mt b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/sco5.mt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8879320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/sco5.mt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+TDEFINES=-DSCO_ELF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a47191e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4428 @@
+/* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
+   Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
+   Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
+   Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
+   Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (openVMS/Alpha) support.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * Mach Operating System
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
+ * documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
+ * software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
+ * thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
+ *
+ * CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
+ * CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
+ * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
+ *
+ *  Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution@CS.CMU.EDU
+ *  School of Computer Science
+ *  Carnegie Mellon University
+ *  Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
+ *
+ * any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
+ * rights to redistribute these changes.
+ */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+#include "opcode/alpha.h"
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+#include "elf/alpha.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+/* Local types */
+
+#define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
+#define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
+
+struct alpha_fixup
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+};
+
+struct alpha_insn
+{
+  unsigned insn;
+  int nfixups;
+  struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
+};
+
+enum alpha_macro_arg
+{
+  MACRO_EOA = 1, MACRO_IR, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_CPIR, MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP
+};
+
+struct alpha_macro
+{
+  const char *name;
+  void (*emit) PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+  const PTR arg;
+  enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
+};
+
+/* Two extra symbols we want to see in our input.  This is a blatent
+   misuse of the expressionS.X_op field.  */
+
+#define O_pregister	(O_max+1)	/* O_register, but in parentheses */
+#define O_cpregister	(O_pregister+1)	/* + a leading comma */
+
+/* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens */
+
+#define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
+#define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
+#define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
+
+/* Something odd inherited from the old assembler */
+
+#define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
+#define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
+
+/* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
+
+#define range_signed_16(x)	((offsetT)(x) >= -(offsetT)0x8000 &&	\
+				 (offsetT)(x) <=  (offsetT)0x7FFF)
+#define range_signed_32(x)	((offsetT)(x) >= -(offsetT)0x80000000 && \
+				 (offsetT)(x) <=  (offsetT)0x7FFFFFFF)
+
+/* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
+/* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
+   but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms.  */
+
+#if 1
+#define sign_extend_16(x)	((short)(x))
+#define sign_extend_32(x)	((int)(x))
+#else
+#define sign_extend_16(x)	((offsetT)(((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
+#define sign_extend_32(x)	((offsetT)(((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
+					   ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros to build tokens */
+
+#define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
+#define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
+#define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
+#define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (r)+32)
+#define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
+				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
+#define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset(&(t), 0, sizeof(t)),		\
+				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
+				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
+
+
+/* Prototypes for all local functions */
+
+static int tokenize_arguments PARAMS ((char *, expressionS *, int));
+static const struct alpha_opcode *find_opcode_match
+  PARAMS ((const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int *, int *));
+static const struct alpha_macro *find_macro_match
+  PARAMS ((const struct alpha_macro *, const expressionS *, int *));
+static unsigned insert_operand
+  PARAMS ((unsigned, const struct alpha_operand *, offsetT, char *, unsigned));
+static void assemble_insn
+  PARAMS ((const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
+	   struct alpha_insn *));
+static void emit_insn PARAMS ((struct alpha_insn *));
+static void assemble_tokens_to_insn
+  PARAMS ((const char *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *));
+static void assemble_tokens
+  PARAMS ((const char *, const expressionS *, int, int));
+
+static int load_expression
+  PARAMS ((int, const expressionS *, int *, expressionS *));
+
+static void emit_ldgp PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_division PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_lda PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ldah PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ir_load PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_loadstore PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_jsrjmp PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ldX PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ldXu PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_uldX PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_uldXu PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ldil PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_stX PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_ustX PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_sextX PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+static void emit_retjcr PARAMS ((const expressionS *, int, const PTR));
+
+static void s_alpha_text PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_data PARAMS ((int));
+#ifndef OBJ_ELF
+static void s_alpha_comm PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+#if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
+static void s_alpha_rdata PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+static void s_alpha_sdata PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+static void s_alpha_section PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+static void s_alpha_section PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+static void s_alpha_gprel32 PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_proc PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_set PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_base PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_align PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_stringer PARAMS ((int));
+static void s_alpha_space PARAMS ((int));
+
+static void create_literal_section PARAMS ((const char *, segT *, symbolS **));
+#ifndef OBJ_ELF
+static void select_gp_value PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+static void alpha_align PARAMS ((int, char *, symbolS *));
+
+
+/* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
+   targets.  */
+
+/* These are exported to relaxing code, even though we don't do any
+   relaxing on this processor currently.  */
+int md_short_jump_size = 4;
+int md_long_jump_size = 4;
+
+/* Characters which always start a comment.  */
+const char comment_chars[] = "#";
+
+/* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
+const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
+
+/* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
+   single line.  */
+const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
+
+/* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
+   point number.  */
+const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
+
+/* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
+   as in 0d1.0.  */
+#if 0
+const char FLT_CHARS[] = "dD";
+#else
+/* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
+char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:H";
+#else
+const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g";
+#endif
+
+struct option md_longopts[] = {
+#define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
+  { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
+  { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
+
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+#define AXP_REG_R0     0
+#define AXP_REG_R16    16
+#define AXP_REG_R17    17
+#undef AXP_REG_T9
+#define AXP_REG_T9     22
+#undef AXP_REG_T10
+#define AXP_REG_T10    23
+#undef AXP_REG_T11
+#define AXP_REG_T11    24
+#undef AXP_REG_T12
+#define AXP_REG_T12    25
+#define AXP_REG_AI     25
+#undef AXP_REG_FP
+#define AXP_REG_FP     29
+
+#undef AXP_REG_GP
+#define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
+#endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
+
+/* The cpu for which we are generating code */
+static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
+static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
+
+/* The hash table of instruction opcodes */
+static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
+
+/* The hash table of macro opcodes */
+static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+/* The $gp relocation symbol */
+static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
+
+/* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
+valueT alpha_gp_value;
+#endif
+
+/* The current $gp register */
+static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
+
+/* A table of the register symbols */
+static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
+
+/* Constant sections, or sections of constants */
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+static segT alpha_lita_section;
+static segT alpha_lit4_section;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+static segT alpha_link_section;
+static segT alpha_ctors_section;
+static segT alpha_dtors_section;
+#endif
+static segT alpha_lit8_section;
+
+/* Symbols referring to said sections. */
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
+static symbolS *alpha_lit4_symbol;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
+static symbolS *alpha_ctors_symbol;
+static symbolS *alpha_dtors_symbol;
+#endif
+static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
+
+/* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita */
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+static offsetT alpha_lit4_literal;
+static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
+#endif
+
+/* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
+static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
+
+/* Are macros enabled? */
+static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
+
+/* Are floats disabled? */
+static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
+
+/* Are addresses 32 bit? */
+static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
+
+/* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
+     foo:
+       .quad 0
+   and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
+   will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
+static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
+
+/* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
+   .align 0 will turn this off.  */
+static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+
+/* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
+static int alpha_current_align;
+
+/* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
+unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
+
+/* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
+static int alpha_debug;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+/* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
+static struct {
+  symbolS *symbol;	/* proc pdesc symbol */
+  int pdsckind;
+  int framereg;		/* register for frame pointer */
+  int framesize;	/* size of frame */
+  int rsa_offset;
+  int ra_save;
+  int fp_save;
+  long imask;
+  long fmask;
+  int type;
+  int prologue;
+} alpha_evax_proc;
+
+static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
+static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
+
+/* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
+ * longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.
+ */
+
+static int alpha_basereg_clobbered;
+#endif
+
+/* The macro table */
+
+static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] = {
+/* Load/Store macros */
+  { "lda",	emit_lda, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldah",	emit_ldah, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, "ldl",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, "ldq",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, "ldf",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, "ldg",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "lds",	emit_loadstore, "lds",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, "ldt",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "ldb",	emit_ldX, (PTR)0,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, (PTR)0,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldw",	emit_ldX, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "uldw",	emit_uldX, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "uldl",	emit_uldX, (PTR)2,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, (PTR)2,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, (PTR)3,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "ldi",	emit_lda, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldil",	emit_ldil, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldiq",	emit_lda, NULL,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+#if 0
+  { "ldif"	emit_ldiq, NULL,
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldid"	emit_ldiq, NULL,
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldig"	emit_ldiq, NULL,
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldis"	emit_ldiq, NULL,
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ldit"	emit_ldiq, NULL,
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+#endif
+
+  { "stl",	emit_loadstore, "stl",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stq",	emit_loadstore, "stq",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stf",	emit_loadstore, "stf",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stg",	emit_loadstore, "stg",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "sts",	emit_loadstore, "sts",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stt",	emit_loadstore, "stt",
+    { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+  { "stb",	emit_stX, (PTR)0,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "stw",	emit_stX, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ustw",	emit_ustX, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ustl",	emit_ustX, (PTR)2,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ustq",	emit_ustX, (PTR)3,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+
+/* Arithmetic macros */
+#if 0
+  { "absl"	emit_absl, 1, { IR } },
+  { "absl"	emit_absl, 2, { IR, IR } },
+  { "absl"	emit_absl, 2, { EXP, IR } },
+  { "absq"	emit_absq, 1, { IR } },
+  { "absq"	emit_absq, 2, { IR, IR } },
+  { "absq"	emit_absq, 2, { EXP, IR } },
+#endif
+
+  { "sextb",	emit_sextX, (PTR)0,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "sextw",	emit_sextX, (PTR)1,
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+
+  { "divl",	emit_division, "__divl",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "divlu",	emit_division, "__divlu",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "divq",	emit_division, "__divq",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "divqu",	emit_division, "__divqu",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "reml",	emit_division, "__reml",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "remlu",	emit_division, "__remlu",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "remq",	emit_division, "__remq",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+  { "remqu",	emit_division, "__remqu",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
+
+  { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
+    { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
+    { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "ret",	emit_retjcr, "ret",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EOA } },
+  { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
+    { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
+      MACRO_EOA } },
+};
+
+static const int alpha_num_macros
+  = sizeof(alpha_macros) / sizeof(*alpha_macros);
+
+/* Public interface functions */
+
+/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
+   up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
+   need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
+
+void
+md_begin ()
+{
+  unsigned int i = 0;
+
+  /* Create the opcode hash table */
+
+  alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
+  for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes; )
+    {
+      const char *name, *retval;
+
+      name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
+      retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (PTR)&alpha_opcodes[i]);
+      if (retval)
+	as_fatal ("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s", name, retval);
+
+      while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
+	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
+		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
+	continue;
+    }
+
+  /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod" syntax,
+     like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for use with gcc at
+     least, we also need access to those same opcodes without the "/".  */
+  for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes; )
+    {
+      const char *name, *slash;
+      name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
+      if ((slash = strchr(name, '/')) != NULL)
+	{
+	  char *p = xmalloc (strlen (name));
+	  memcpy(p, name, slash-name);
+	  strcpy(p+(slash-name), slash+1);
+
+	  (void)hash_insert(alpha_opcode_hash, p, (PTR)&alpha_opcodes[i]);
+	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
+	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
+	}
+
+      while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
+	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
+		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
+	continue;
+    }
+
+  /* Create the macro hash table */
+
+  alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
+  for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros; )
+    {
+      const char *name, *retval;
+
+      name = alpha_macros[i].name;
+      retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (PTR)&alpha_macros[i]);
+      if (retval)
+	as_fatal ("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s", name, retval);
+
+      while (++i < alpha_num_macros
+	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
+		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
+	continue;
+    }
+
+  /* Construct symbols for each of the registers */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
+    {
+      char name[4];
+      sprintf(name, "$%d", i);
+      alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create(name, reg_section, i,
+					      &zero_address_frag);
+    }
+  for (; i < 64; ++i)
+    {
+      char name[5];
+      sprintf(name, "$f%d", i-32);
+      alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create(name, reg_section, i,
+					      &zero_address_frag);
+    }
+
+  /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using */
+
+  /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
+  bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, 8);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
+
+  /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
+     symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
+  alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
+				   &zero_address_frag);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
+    {
+      segT sec;
+
+      sec = subseg_new(".mdebug", (subsegT)0);
+      bfd_set_section_flags(stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS|SEC_READONLY);
+      bfd_set_section_alignment(stdoutput, sec, 3);
+
+#ifdef ERIC_neverdef
+      sec = subseg_new(".reginfo", (subsegT)0);
+      /* The ABI says this section should be loaded so that the running
+	 program can access it.  */
+      bfd_set_section_flags(stdoutput, sec,
+			    SEC_ALLOC|SEC_LOAD|SEC_READONLY|SEC_DATA);
+      bfd_set_section_alignement(stdoutput, sec, 3);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
+
+  subseg_set(text_section, 0);
+}
+
+/* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
+
+void
+md_assemble (str)
+     char *str;
+{
+  char opname[32];			/* current maximum is 13 */
+  expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
+  int ntok, opnamelen, trunclen;
+
+  /* split off the opcode */
+  opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/48");
+  trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
+	      ? opnamelen
+	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
+  memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
+  opname[trunclen] = '\0';
+
+  /* tokenize the rest of the line */
+  if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("syntax error");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* finish it off */
+  assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
+}
+
+/* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
+
+valueT
+md_section_align (seg, size)
+     segT seg;
+     valueT size;
+{
+  int align = bfd_get_section_alignment(stdoutput, seg);
+  valueT mask = ((valueT)1 << align) - 1;
+
+  return (size + mask) & ~mask;
+}
+
+/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
+   of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number
+   of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP.  An error message is
+   returned, or NULL on OK.  */
+
+/* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c */
+#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
+
+extern char *vax_md_atof PARAMS ((int, char *, int *));
+
+char *
+md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
+     char type;
+     char *litP;
+     int *sizeP;
+{
+  int prec;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
+  char *t;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+      /* VAX floats */
+    case 'G':
+      /* VAX md_atof doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
+      type = 'g';
+    case 'F':
+    case 'D':
+      return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
+
+      /* IEEE floats */
+    case 'f':
+      prec = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+      prec = 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+      prec = 6;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+      prec = 6;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      *sizeP = 0;
+      return "Bad call to MD_ATOF()";
+    }
+  t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
+  if (t)
+    input_line_pointer = t;
+  *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+
+  for (wordP = words + prec - 1; prec--;)
+    {
+      md_number_to_chars (litP, (long) (*wordP--), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
+      litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
+
+int
+md_parse_option (c, arg)
+     int c;
+     char *arg;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'F':
+      alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case OPTION_32ADDR:
+      alpha_addr32_on = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 'g':
+      alpha_debug = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 'm':
+      {
+	static const struct machine
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+	  unsigned flags;
+	} *p, m[] =
+	{
+	  { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
+	  /* Do we have CIX extension here? */
+	  { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
+	  /* Still same PALcodes? */
+	  { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
+			|AXP_OPCODE_CIX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
+	  /* All new PALcodes?  Extras? */
+	  { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
+		      |AXP_OPCODE_CIX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
+
+	  { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
+	  { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
+	  { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
+	  { "pca56", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
+		      |AXP_OPCODE_CIX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
+	  { "ev6", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
+		    |AXP_OPCODE_CIX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
+
+	  { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
+	  { 0 }
+	};
+
+	for (p = m; p->name; ++p)
+	  if (strcmp(arg, p->name) == 0)
+	    {
+	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+	as_warn("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'", arg);
+      found:;
+      }
+      break;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+    case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
+      alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation */
+      alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 'h':			/* for gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
+
+void
+md_show_usage (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  fputs("\
+Alpha options:\n\
+-32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
+-F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
+-m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a\n\
+-mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mall\n\
+			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n",
+	stream);
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  fputs ("\
+VMS options:\n\
+-+			hash encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
+-H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n",
+	stream);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
+   relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
+
+long
+md_pcrel_from (fixP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
+  switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+      return addr;
+    default:
+      return fixP->fx_size + addr;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
+   ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
+   To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
+
+   For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
+   internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
+   this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
+   the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
+   GPDISP.  */
+
+int
+md_apply_fix (fixP, valueP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+     valueT *valueP;
+{
+  char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
+  valueT value = *valueP;
+  unsigned image, size;
+
+  switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+    {
+      /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
+	 referring to the current function; we need to drop in a value
+	 which, when added to the address of the start of the function,
+	 gives the desired GP.  */
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
+      {
+	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
+	assert (next->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16);
+
+	fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
+			   - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
+
+	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
+      }
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
+#endif
+      goto do_reloc_gp;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+      value = sign_extend_16 (value);
+      fixP->fx_offset = 0;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      fixP->fx_done = 1;
+#endif
+
+    do_reloc_gp:
+      fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (absolute_section);
+      md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_16:
+      size = 2;
+      goto do_reloc_xx;
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+      size = 4;
+      goto do_reloc_xx;
+    case BFD_RELOC_64:
+      size = 8;
+    do_reloc_xx:
+      if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
+	{
+	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
+	  goto done;
+	}
+      return 1;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+      assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
+      fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
+      /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
+      md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+      return 1;
+#endif
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
+      if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
+	{
+	  image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
+	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
+	  goto write_done;
+	}
+      return 1;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
+      if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
+	{
+	  image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
+	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
+	  goto write_done;
+	}
+      return 1;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+      md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
+      return 1;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
+      return 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
+      return 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
+      return 1;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      {
+	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
+
+	if ((int)fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
+	  as_fatal ("unhandled relocation type %s",
+		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
+
+	assert (-(int)fixP->fx_r_type < alpha_num_operands);
+	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int)fixP->fx_r_type];
+
+	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
+	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
+	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
+
+	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
+	    && fixP->fx_addsy->bsym->section != absolute_section)
+	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			"non-absolute expression in constant field");
+
+	image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
+	image = insert_operand(image, operand, (offsetT)value,
+			       fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
+      }
+      goto write_done;
+    }
+
+  if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      as_warn_where(fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+		    "type %d reloc done?\n", (int)fixP->fx_r_type);
+      goto done;
+    }
+
+write_done:
+  md_number_to_chars(fixpos, image, 4);
+
+done:
+  fixP->fx_done = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Look for a register name in the given symbol.
+ */
+
+symbolS *
+md_undefined_symbol(name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  if (*name == '$')
+    {
+      int is_float = 0, num;
+
+      switch (*++name)
+	{
+	case 'f':
+	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
+	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
+	  is_float = 32;
+	  /* FALLTHRU */
+
+	case 'r':
+	  if (!isdigit(*++name))
+	    break;
+	  /* FALLTHRU */
+
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (name[1] == '\0')
+	    num = name[0] - '0';
+	  else if (name[0] != '0' && isdigit(name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
+	      if (num >= 32)
+		break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    break;
+
+	  if (!alpha_noat_on && num == AXP_REG_AT)
+	    as_warn("Used $at without \".set noat\"");
+	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
+
+	case 'a':
+	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
+		as_warn("Used $at without \".set noat\"");
+	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'g':
+	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
+	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
+	  break;
+
+	case 's':
+	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
+	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+/* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
+
+void
+alpha_frob_ecoff_data ()
+{
+  select_gp_value ();
+  /* $zero and $f31 are read-only */
+  alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
+  alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
+   code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
+   required.  */
+
+void
+alpha_define_label (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  alpha_insn_label = sym;
+}
+
+/* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
+   there is some hope of resolving it a assembly time.  */
+
+int
+alpha_force_relocation (f)
+     fixS *f;
+{
+  switch (f->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
+#endif
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
+    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
+#endif
+      return 1;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+    case BFD_RELOC_64:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
+      return 0;
+
+    default:
+      assert((int)f->fx_r_type < 0 && -(int)f->fx_r_type < alpha_num_operands);
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
+
+int
+alpha_fix_adjustable (f)
+     fixS *f;
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols */
+  if (S_IS_EXTERN (f->fx_addsy))
+    return 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a reloc
+     but we can adjust the values contained within it?  */
+  switch (f->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
+      return 0;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
+#endif
+      return 1;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
+      return 0;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+    case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+    case BFD_RELOC_64:
+    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
+      return 1;
+
+    default:
+      assert ((int)f->fx_r_type < 0
+	      && - (int)f->fx_r_type < alpha_num_operands);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
+   fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
+
+arelent *
+tc_gen_reloc (sec, fixp)
+     asection *sec;
+     fixS *fixp;
+{
+  arelent *reloc;
+
+  reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+  reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
+  reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+
+  /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
+     They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
+  assert ((int)fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
+
+  reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
+  if (reloc->howto == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
+		    "cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file",
+		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
+    {
+      as_fatal ("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation",
+		bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
+    }
+  assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
+    {
+      /* fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh */
+      reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+      reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      /*
+       * Ohhh, this is ugly.  The problem is that if this is a local global
+       * symbol, the relocation will entirely be performed at link time, not
+       * at assembly time.  bfd_perform_reloc doesn't know about this sort
+       * of thing, and as a result we need to fake it out here.
+       */
+      if (S_IS_EXTERN (fixp->fx_addsy) && !S_IS_COMMON(fixp->fx_addsy))
+	reloc->addend -= fixp->fx_addsy->bsym->value;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return reloc;
+}
+
+/* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
+   number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
+   matching for us.
+
+   Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
+
+int
+tc_get_register (frame)
+     int frame;
+{
+  int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
+    {
+      char *s = input_line_pointer;
+      char c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
+
+      *strchr(s, '\0') = c;
+      if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
+	goto found;
+    }
+  as_warn ("frame reg expected, using $%d.", framereg);
+
+found:
+  note_gpreg (framereg);
+  return framereg;
+}
+
+/* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
+   work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
+   However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
+   called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
+   mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
+   mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+
+void
+alpha_frob_file_before_adjust ()
+{
+  if (alpha_debug != 0
+      && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
+    flag_keep_locals = 1;
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
+
+/* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
+
+static int
+tokenize_arguments (str, tok, ntok)
+     char *str;
+     expressionS tok[];
+     int ntok;
+{
+  expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
+  char *old_input_line_pointer;
+  int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
+
+  memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
+
+  /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function */
+  old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = str;
+
+  while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	case '\0':
+	  goto fini;
+
+	case ',':
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
+	    goto err;
+	  saw_comma = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case '(':
+	  {
+	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
+
+	    /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
+	    expression (tok);
+	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
+	      {
+		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
+		saw_comma = 0;
+		saw_arg = 1;
+		++input_line_pointer;
+		++tok;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression */
+	    input_line_pointer = hold;
+	  }
+
+	default:
+	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
+	    goto err;
+	  expression (tok);
+	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
+	    goto err;
+
+	  saw_comma = 0;
+	  saw_arg = 1;
+	  ++tok;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+fini:
+  if (saw_comma)
+    goto err;
+  input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
+  return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
+
+err:
+  input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
+   syntax match.  */
+
+static const struct alpha_opcode *
+find_opcode_match(first_opcode, tok, pntok, pcpumatch)
+     const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode;
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int *pntok;
+     int *pcpumatch;
+{
+  const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
+  int ntok = *pntok;
+  int got_cpu_match = 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      const unsigned char *opidx;
+      int tokidx = 0;
+
+      /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture */
+      if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
+	goto match_failed;
+
+      got_cpu_match = 1;
+
+      for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
+	{
+	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
+
+	  /* only take input from real operands */
+	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* when we expect input, make sure we have it */
+	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
+	    {
+	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
+		goto match_failed;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* match operand type with expression type */
+	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
+	    {
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
+	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      break;
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
+	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
+		  || !is_fpr_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      break;
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
+	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      break;
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_PARENS|AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
+	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      break;
+
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
+	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
+		{
+		case O_illegal:
+		case O_absent:
+		case O_register:
+		case O_pregister:
+		case O_cpregister:
+		  goto match_failed;
+		}
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      /* everything else should have been fake */
+	      abort();
+	    }
+	  ++tokidx;
+	}
+
+      /* possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
+      if (tokidx == ntok)
+	{
+	  *pntok = ntok;
+	  return opcode;
+	}
+
+    match_failed:;
+    }
+  while (++opcode-alpha_opcodes < alpha_num_opcodes
+	 && !strcmp(opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
+
+  if (*pcpumatch)
+      *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
+   match.  */
+
+static const struct alpha_macro *
+find_macro_match(first_macro, tok, pntok)
+     const struct alpha_macro *first_macro;
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int *pntok;
+{
+  const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
+  int ntok = *pntok;
+
+  do
+    {
+      const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
+      int tokidx = 0;
+
+      while (*arg)
+	{
+	  switch (*arg)
+	    {
+	    case MACRO_EOA:
+	      if (tokidx == ntok)
+		return macro;
+	      else
+		tokidx = 0;
+	      break;
+
+	    case MACRO_IR:
+	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      ++tokidx;
+	      break;
+	    case MACRO_PIR:
+	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      ++tokidx;
+	      break;
+	    case MACRO_CPIR:
+	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
+		  || !is_ir_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      ++tokidx;
+	      break;
+	    case MACRO_FPR:
+	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
+		  || !is_fpr_num(tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
+		goto match_failed;
+	      ++tokidx;
+	      break;
+
+	    case MACRO_EXP:
+	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
+		goto match_failed;
+	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
+		{
+		case O_illegal:
+		case O_absent:
+		case O_register:
+		case O_pregister:
+		case O_cpregister:
+		  goto match_failed;
+		}
+	      ++tokidx;
+	      break;
+
+	    match_failed:
+	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
+		++arg;
+	      tokidx = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  ++arg;
+	}
+    }
+  while (++macro-alpha_macros < alpha_num_macros
+	 && !strcmp(macro->name, first_macro->name));
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
+
+static unsigned
+insert_operand(insn, operand, val, file, line)
+     unsigned insn;
+     const struct alpha_operand *operand;
+     offsetT val;
+     char *file;
+     unsigned line;
+{
+  if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
+    {
+      offsetT min, max;
+
+      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
+	{
+	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
+	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
+	  min = 0;
+	}
+
+      if (val < min || val > max)
+	{
+	  const char *err =
+	    "operand out of range (%s not between %d and %d)";
+	  char buf[sizeof (val) * 3 + 2];
+
+	  sprint_value(buf, val);
+	  if (file)
+	    as_warn_where(file, line, err, buf, min, max);
+	  else
+	    as_warn(err, buf, min, max);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (operand->insert)
+    {
+      const char *errmsg = NULL;
+
+      insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
+      if (errmsg)
+	as_warn (errmsg);
+    }
+  else
+    insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
+
+  return insn;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
+ * an instruction and a fixup.
+ */
+
+static void
+assemble_insn(opcode, tok, ntok, insn)
+     const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     struct alpha_insn *insn;
+{
+  const unsigned char *argidx;
+  unsigned image;
+  int tokidx = 0;
+
+  memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
+  image = opcode->opcode;
+
+  for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
+    {
+      const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
+      const expressionS *t;
+
+      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
+	{
+	  /* fake operands take no value and generate no fixup */
+	  image = insert_operand(image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (tokidx >= ntok)
+	{
+	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
+	    {
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
+	      t = &tok[0];
+	      break;
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
+	      t = &tok[1];
+	      break;
+	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
+	      {
+		static const expressionS zero_exp = { 0, 0, 0, O_constant, 1 };
+		t = &zero_exp;
+	      }
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      abort();
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	t = &tok[tokidx++];
+
+      switch (t->X_op)
+	{
+	case O_register:
+	case O_pregister:
+	case O_cpregister:
+	  image = insert_operand(image, operand, regno(t->X_add_number),
+				 NULL, 0);
+	  break;
+
+	case O_constant:
+	  image = insert_operand(image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  {
+	    struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
+
+	    if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
+	      as_fatal("too many fixups");
+
+	    fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
+
+	    fixup->exp = *t;
+	    fixup->reloc = operand->default_reloc;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  insn->insn = image;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Actually output an instruction with its fixup.
+ */
+
+static void
+emit_insn (insn)
+    struct alpha_insn *insn;
+{
+  char *f;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Take care of alignment duties */
+  if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
+    alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label);
+  if (alpha_current_align > 2)
+    alpha_current_align = 2;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+
+  /* Write out the instruction.  */
+  f = frag_more (4);
+  md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
+
+  /* Apply the fixups in order */
+  for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
+    {
+      struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
+      int size, pcrel;
+      fixS *fixP;
+
+      /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto */
+      if ((int)fixup->reloc < 0)
+	size = 4, pcrel = 0;
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      /* These relocation types are only used internally. */
+      else if (fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
+	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
+	{
+	  size = 2, pcrel = 0;
+	}
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
+	    = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixup->reloc);
+	  assert (reloc_howto);
+
+	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
+	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
+	}
+      assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
+
+      fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
+			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
+
+      /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups */
+      switch (fixup->reloc)
+	{
+	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
+#endif
+	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
+	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
+   the insn, but do not emit it.
+
+   Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
+   than one insn in an insn structure.  */
+
+static void
+assemble_tokens_to_insn(opname, tok, ntok, insn)
+     const char *opname;
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     struct alpha_insn *insn;
+{
+  const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
+
+  /* search opcodes */
+  opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
+  if (opcode)
+    {
+      int cpumatch;
+      opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
+      if (opcode)
+	{
+	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn);
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (cpumatch)
+	as_bad ("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'", opname);
+      else
+	as_bad ("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s", opname,
+	       alpha_target_name);
+    }
+  else
+    as_bad ("unknown opcode `%s'", opname);
+}
+
+/* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
+   opcode all the way through emission.  */
+
+static void
+assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, local_macros_on)
+     const char *opname;
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     int local_macros_on;
+{
+  int found_something = 0;
+  const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
+  const struct alpha_macro *macro;
+  int cpumatch = 1;
+
+  /* search macros */
+  if (local_macros_on)
+    {
+      macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
+	       hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
+      if (macro)
+	{
+	  found_something = 1;
+	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
+	  if (macro)
+	    {
+	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* search opcodes */
+  opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
+  if (opcode)
+    {
+      found_something = 1;
+      opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
+      if (opcode)
+	{
+	  struct alpha_insn insn;
+	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn);
+	  emit_insn (&insn);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (found_something)
+    if (cpumatch)
+      as_bad ("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'", opname);
+    else
+      as_bad ("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s", opname,
+	     alpha_target_name);
+  else
+    as_bad ("unknown opcode `%s'", opname);
+}
+
+
+/* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size) */
+static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
+static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
+static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
+static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
+static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
+static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
+static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
+static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
+static const char * const ldX_op[] = { "ldb", "ldw", "ldll", "ldq" };
+static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
+
+/* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ldgp (tok, ntok, unused)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR unused;
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
+FIXME
+#endif
+#if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
+  /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
+     with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
+  struct alpha_insn insn;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+  expressionS addend;
+
+  /* We're going to need this symbol in md_apply_fix().  */
+  (void) section_symbol (absolute_section);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
+    ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
+#endif
+
+  newtok[0] = tok[0];
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+  newtok[2] = tok[2];
+
+  assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+  addend = tok[1];
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  assert (addend.X_op == O_constant);
+  addend.X_op = O_symbol;
+  addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
+#endif
+
+  insn.nfixups = 1;
+  insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
+  insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
+
+  emit_insn (&insn);
+
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
+
+  assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  addend.X_add_number += 4;
+#endif
+
+  insn.nfixups = 1;
+  insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
+  insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
+
+  emit_insn (&insn);
+#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+
+/* Add symbol+addend to link pool.
+   Return offset from basesym to entry in link pool.
+
+   Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
+
+valueT
+add_to_link_pool (basesym, sym, addend)
+     symbolS *basesym;
+     symbolS *sym;
+     offsetT addend;
+{
+  segT current_section = now_seg;
+  int current_subsec = now_subseg;
+  valueT offset;
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc_type;
+  char *p;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
+  fixS *fixp;
+
+  offset = -basesym->sy_obj;
+
+  /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
+     size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
+  /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
+
+  if (seginfo->frchainP)
+    for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
+	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
+	 fixp = fixp->fx_next, offset += 8)
+      {
+	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym && fixp->fx_offset == addend)
+	  {
+	    if (range_signed_16 (offset))
+	      {
+	        return offset;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Not found in 16bit signed range.  */
+
+  subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
+  p = frag_more (8);
+  memset (p, 0, 8);
+
+  fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0,
+	   BFD_RELOC_64);
+
+  subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += 8;
+  return offset;
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
+
+/* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
+
+   If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
+   O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
+   instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
+   the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
+
+   In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
+   expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
+   alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
+   so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
+   i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
+   but this is what OSF/1 does.
+
+   Finally, the return value is true if the calling macro may emit a
+   LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate.  */
+
+static int
+load_expression (targreg, exp, pbasereg, poffset)
+     int targreg;
+     const expressionS *exp;
+     int *pbasereg;
+     expressionS *poffset;
+{
+  int emit_lituse = 0;
+  offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
+  int basereg = *pbasereg;
+  struct alpha_insn insn;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  switch (exp->X_op)
+    {
+    case O_symbol:
+      {
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+	offsetT lit;
+
+	/* attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
+	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
+	   which we'd fail.  */
+	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
+	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
+	  {
+	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
+				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
+	    addend = 0;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
+				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
+	  }
+
+	if (lit >= 0x8000)
+	  as_fatal ("overflow in literal (.lita) table");
+
+	/* emit "ldq r, lit(gp)" */
+
+	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
+	  {
+	    if (alpha_noat_on)
+	      as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
+	      as_bad ("macro requires $at while $at in use");
+
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+	  }
+	else
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
+	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
+
+	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+	assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
+	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
+#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+	/* emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)" */
+
+	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
+	  {
+	    if (alpha_noat_on)
+	      as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
+	      as_bad ("macro requires $at while $at in use");
+
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+	  }
+	else
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+
+	if (!range_signed_32 (addend)
+	    && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
+	  {
+	    newtok[1] = *exp;
+	    addend = 0;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
+	  }
+
+	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
+
+	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+	assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
+	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
+#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+	offsetT link;
+
+	if (alpha_basereg_clobbered)
+	  {
+	    /* no basereg, reload basreg from 0(FP).  */
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+	    set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+	    set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_FP);
+	    basereg = targreg;
+	    assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
+	  }
+
+	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
+
+	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc.symbol)
+	  {
+	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
+	      {
+		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
+		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
+		addend = 0;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
+	      }
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
+	      {
+		link = add_to_link_pool (alpha_evax_proc.symbol,
+					 exp->X_add_symbol, addend);
+		addend = 0;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		link = add_to_link_pool (alpha_evax_proc.symbol,
+					 exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
+	      }
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+	    set_tok_const (newtok[1], link);
+	    set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+	    assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
+	  }
+#endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
+
+	emit_insn(&insn);
+
+#ifndef OBJ_EVAX
+	emit_lituse = 1;
+
+	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
+	  {
+	    /* emit "addq r, base, r" */
+
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
+	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
+	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
+	  }
+#endif
+
+	basereg = targreg;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case O_constant:
+      break;
+
+    case O_subtract:
+      /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
+	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+      newtok[1] = *exp;
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+      assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
+
+      if (poffset)
+	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
+      return 0;
+
+    default:
+      abort();
+    }
+
+  if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
+    {
+      offsetT lit;
+
+      /* for 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+      /* emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)"  */
+      lit = add_to_link_pool (alpha_evax_proc.symbol,
+			      section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
+      assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
+#else
+
+      if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
+	{
+	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
+				  &alpha_lit8_section,
+				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
+						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
+	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
+	    as_fatal ("overflow in literal (.lita) table");
+#endif
+	}
+
+      lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
+      if (lit >= 0x8000)
+	as_fatal ("overflow in literal (.lit8) table");
+
+      /* emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000" */
+
+      if (targreg == basereg)
+	{
+	  if (alpha_noat_on)
+	    as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
+	    as_bad ("macro requires $at while $at in use");
+
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+	}
+      else
+	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+      set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
+#endif
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
+
+      assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+      assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
+#endif
+
+      emit_insn (&insn);
+
+      /* emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)" */
+
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
+
+      assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+      assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
+      if (insn.nfixups > 0)
+	{
+	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
+		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
+	}
+      insn.nfixups++;
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 1;
+      emit_lituse = 0;
+
+      emit_insn (&insn);
+
+      /* emit "addq litreg, base, target" */
+
+      if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
+	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
+	}
+#endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
+
+      if (poffset)
+	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
+      *pbasereg = targreg;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
+
+      /* for 32-bit operands, break up the addend */
+
+      low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
+      tmp = addend - low;
+      high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
+
+      if (tmp - (high << 16))
+	{
+	  extra = 0x4000;
+	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
+	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
+	}
+      else
+	extra = 0;
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+
+      if (extra)
+	{
+	  /* emit "ldah r, extra(r) */
+	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
+	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
+	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
+	}
+
+      if (high)
+	{
+	  /* emit "ldah r, high(r) */
+	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
+	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
+	  basereg = targreg;
+	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+	}
+
+      if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
+	{
+	  /* emit "lda r, low(base)" */
+	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
+	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
+	  basereg = targreg;
+	  low = 0;
+	}
+
+      if (poffset)
+	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
+      *pbasereg = basereg;
+    }
+
+  return emit_lituse;
+}
+
+/* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
+   most simple expressions, particualrly symbol address loads and
+   large constants.  */
+
+static void
+emit_lda (tok, ntok, unused)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR unused;
+{
+  int basereg;
+
+  if (ntok == 2)
+    basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
+  else
+    basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
+
+  (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL);
+}
+
+/* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
+   as an implied base register.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ldah (tok, ntok, unused)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR unused;
+{
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  newtok[0] = tok[0];
+  newtok[1] = tok[1];
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
+
+  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
+}
+
+/* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
+   etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
+   expressions like the lda macro.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, opname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR opname;
+{
+  int basereg, lituse;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+  struct alpha_insn insn;
+
+  if (ntok == 2)
+    basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
+  else
+    basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
+
+  lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg,
+			    &newtok[1]);
+
+  newtok[0] = tok[0];
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+
+  assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *)opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+  if (lituse)
+    {
+      assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
+      if (insn.nfixups > 0)
+	{
+	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
+		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
+	}
+      insn.nfixups++;
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 1;
+    }
+
+  emit_insn (&insn);
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+    /* special hack. If the basereg is clobbered for a call
+       all lda's before the call don't have a basereg.  */
+  if ((tok[0].X_op == O_register)
+     && (tok[0].X_add_number == alpha_gp_register))
+    {
+      alpha_basereg_clobbered = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
+   Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
+
+static void
+emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, opname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR opname;
+{
+  int basereg, lituse;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+  struct alpha_insn insn;
+
+  if (ntok == 2)
+    basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
+  else
+    basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
+
+  if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16(tok[1].X_add_number))
+    {
+      if (alpha_noat_on)
+	as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+      lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, &newtok[1]);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      newtok[1] = tok[1];
+      lituse = 0;
+    }
+
+  newtok[0] = tok[0];
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
+
+  assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *)opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+  if (lituse)
+    {
+      assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
+      if (insn.nfixups > 0)
+	{
+	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
+		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
+	}
+      insn.nfixups++;
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 1;
+    }
+
+  emit_insn (&insn);
+}
+
+/* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
+    emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long)vlgsize]);
+  else
+    {
+      expressionS newtok[3];
+
+      if (alpha_noat_on)
+	as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+      /* emit "lda $at, exp" */
+
+      memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
+      newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
+      assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
+
+      /* emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)" */
+
+      newtok[0] = tok[0];
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+      assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "extXl targ, $at, targ" */
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+      newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+      assemble_tokens (extXl_op[(long)vlgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ldX (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
+  assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long)vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
+}
+
+/* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
+   value.  */
+
+static void
+emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  long lgsize = (long)vlgsize;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  if (alpha_noat_on)
+    as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+  /* emit "lda $at, exp" */
+
+  memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
+  newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
+  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
+
+  /* emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+  assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1<<lgsize)-1);
+  assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
+  assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
+  assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "or $t9, $t10, targ" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
+  newtok[2] = tok[0];
+  assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
+}
+
+/* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
+   Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
+   don't have to do the sign extension.  */
+
+static void
+emit_uldX (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
+  assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long)vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
+}
+
+/* Implement the ldil macro.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ldil (tok, ntok, unused)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR unused;
+{
+  expressionS newtok[2];
+
+  memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof(newtok));
+  newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
+
+  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
+}
+
+/* Store a half-word or byte.  */
+
+static void
+emit_stX (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  int lgsize = (int)(long)vlgsize;
+
+  if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
+    emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
+  else
+    {
+      expressionS newtok[3];
+
+      if (alpha_noat_on)
+	as_bad("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+      /* emit "lda $at, exp" */
+
+      memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
+      newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
+      assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
+
+      /* emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)" */
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+      assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "insXl src, $at, $t10" */
+
+      newtok[0] = tok[0];
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
+      assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9" */
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+      newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+      assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9" */
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
+      assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at) */
+
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+      assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
+
+static void
+emit_ustX (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  int lgsize = (int)(long)vlgsize;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  /* emit "lda $at, exp" */
+
+  memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
+  newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
+  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
+
+  /* emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+  assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize)-1);
+  assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "insXl src, $at, $t11" */
+
+  newtok[0] = tok[0];
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
+  assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "insXh src, $at, $t12" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
+  assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+  assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+  assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
+  newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+  assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
+  newtok[2] = newtok[0];
+  assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
+  assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)" */
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize)-1);
+  assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
+}
+
+/* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
+   implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
+
+static void
+emit_sextX (tok, ntok, vlgsize)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vlgsize;
+{
+  long lgsize = (long)vlgsize;
+
+  if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
+    assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
+  else
+    {
+      int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
+      expressionS newtok[3];
+
+      /* emit "sll src,bits,dst" */
+
+      newtok[0] = tok[0];
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
+      newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
+      assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+      /* emit "sra dst,bits,dst" */
+
+      newtok[0] = newtok[2];
+      assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+
+/* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
+   Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
+
+static void
+emit_division (tok, ntok, symname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR symname;
+{
+  /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
+   *
+   * Convert
+   *    OP x,y,result
+   * to
+   *    mov x,R16	# if x != R16
+   *    mov y,R17	# if y != R17
+   *    lda AT,__OP
+   *    jsr AT,(AT),0
+   *    mov R0,result
+   *
+   * with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
+   * specified by the compiler.
+   */
+
+  int xr, yr, rr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
+  yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
+
+  if (ntok < 3)
+    rr = xr;
+  else
+    rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
+
+  /* Move the operands into the right place */
+  if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
+    {
+      /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT */
+
+      if (alpha_noat_on)
+	as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
+	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+
+      if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
+          assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+
+      if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
+	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *)symname);
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
+  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+  /* Call the division routine */
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+  set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
+  assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
+
+  /* Move the result to the right place */
+  if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
+    {
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+#else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
+
+static void
+emit_division (tok, ntok, symname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR symname;
+{
+  /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
+   * Convert
+   *    OP x,y,result
+   * to
+   *    lda pv,__OP
+   *    mov x,t10
+   *    mov y,t11
+   *    jsr t9,(pv),__OP
+   *    mov t12,result
+   *
+   * with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
+   * specified by the compiler.
+   */
+
+  int xr, yr, rr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+
+  xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
+  yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
+
+  if (ntok < 3)
+    rr = xr;
+  else
+    rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
+
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *)symname);
+
+  /* Move the operands into the right place */
+  if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
+    {
+      /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT */
+
+      if (alpha_noat_on)
+	as_bad ("macro requires $at register while noat in effect");
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
+	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+
+      if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
+          assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+
+      if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
+	{
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
+	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
+	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Call the division routine */
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
+  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
+  assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
+
+  /* Reload the GP register */
+#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
+FIXME
+#endif
+#if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
+  set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
+  assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
+#endif
+
+  /* Move the result to the right place */
+  if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
+    {
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
+      assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
+
+/* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
+   in that they can load the target address and default most
+   everything.  */
+
+static void
+emit_jsrjmp (tok, ntok, vopname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vopname;
+{
+  const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
+  struct alpha_insn insn;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+  int r, tokidx = 0, lituse = 0;
+
+  if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
+    r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
+  else
+    r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
+
+  if (tokidx < ntok &&
+      (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
+    r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  /* keep register if jsr $n.<sym>  */
+#else
+  else
+    {
+      int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
+      lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx], &basereg, NULL);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  /* FIXME: Add hint relocs to BFD for evax.  */
+#else
+  if (tokidx < ntok)
+    newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
+  else
+#endif
+    set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
+
+  assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
+
+  /* add the LITUSE fixup */
+  if (lituse)
+    {
+      assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
+      if (insn.nfixups > 0)
+	{
+	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
+		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
+	}
+      insn.nfixups++;
+      insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 3;
+    }
+
+  emit_insn (&insn);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  alpha_basereg_clobbered = 0;
+
+  /* reload PV from 0(FP) if it is our current base register.  */
+  if (alpha_gp_register == AXP_REG_PV)
+    {
+      set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_PV);
+      set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
+      set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_FP);
+      assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
+   counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
+
+static void
+emit_retjcr (tok, ntok, vopname)
+     const expressionS *tok;
+     int ntok;
+     const PTR vopname;
+{
+  const char *opname = (const char *)vopname;
+  expressionS newtok[3];
+  int r, tokidx = 0;
+
+  if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
+    r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
+  else
+    r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
+
+  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
+
+  if (tokidx < ntok &&
+      (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
+    r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
+  else
+    r = AXP_REG_RA;
+
+  set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
+
+  if (tokidx < ntok)
+    newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
+  else
+    set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp(opname, "ret") == 0);
+
+  assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
+}
+
+/* Assembler directives */
+
+/* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
+   clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_text (i)
+     int i;
+
+{
+  s_text (i);
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+
+/* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
+   clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_data (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  s_data (i);
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+
+/* Handle the OSF/1 .comm pseudo quirks.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_comm (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register char *name;
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  offsetT temp;
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  /* just after name is now '\0' */
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn (".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored.", (long) temp);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  *p = 0;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+
+  if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
+    {
+      as_bad ("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
+    {
+      if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) temp)
+	as_bad ("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld.",
+		S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
+		(long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
+		(long) temp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) temp);
+      S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+    }
+
+  know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+#endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+
+/* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
+   clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_rdata (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int temp;
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+
+/* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
+   clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_sdata (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int temp;
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+
+/* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
+   clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_section (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  obj_elf_section (ignore);
+
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  
+/* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
+  
+static void
+s_alpha_section (secid)
+     int secid;
+{
+  int temp;
+#define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 6
+  static char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT+1] =
+    { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors", ".lcomm" };
+
+  if ((secid <= 0) || (secid > EVAX_SECTION_COUNT))
+    {
+      as_fatal ("Unknown section directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* .prologue */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_prologue (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  alpha_basereg_clobbered = 0;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/* Parse .ent directives.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_ent (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  symbolS *symbol;
+  expressionS symexpr;
+
+  alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.framereg = -1;
+  alpha_evax_proc.framesize = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.rsa_offset = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
+  alpha_evax_proc.fp_save = -1;
+  alpha_evax_proc.imask = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.fmask = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.prologue = 0;
+  alpha_evax_proc.type = 0;
+
+  expression (&symexpr);
+
+  if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_fatal (".ent directive has no symbol");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
+  symbol->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+  alpha_evax_proc.symbol = symbol;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_frame (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  alpha_evax_proc.framereg = tc_get_register (1);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
+      || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  alpha_evax_proc.framesize = val;
+
+  (void) tc_get_register (1);
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  alpha_evax_proc.rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+static void
+s_alpha_pdesc (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+  long val;
+  register char *p;
+  expressionS exp;
+  symbolS *entry_sym;
+  fixS *fixp;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
+
+  if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
+    {
+      as_bad (".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if ((alpha_evax_proc.symbol == 0)
+      || (!S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc.symbol)))
+    {
+      as_fatal (".pdesc has no matching .ent");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  alpha_evax_proc.symbol->sy_obj = (valueT)seginfo->literal_pool_size;
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_warn (".pdesc directive has no entry symbol");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
+  /* Save bfd symbol of proc desc in function symbol.  */
+  alpha_evax_proc.symbol->bsym->udata.p = (PTR)entry_sym->bsym;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  if (strncmp(name, "stack", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp(name, "reg", 3) == 0)
+    {
+      alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp(name, "null", 4) == 0)
+    {
+      alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      as_fatal ("unknown procedure kind");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  frag_align (3, 0, 0);
+  p = frag_more (16);
+  fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  fixp->fx_done = 1;
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += 16;
+
+  *p = alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind
+       | ((alpha_evax_proc.framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0);
+  *(p+1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE
+	   | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
+
+  switch (alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind)
+    {
+      case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
+	*(p+2) = 0;
+	*(p+3) = 0;
+	break;
+      case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
+	*(p+2) = alpha_evax_proc.fp_save;
+	*(p+3) = alpha_evax_proc.ra_save;
+	break;
+      case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
+	md_number_to_chars (p+2, (valueT)alpha_evax_proc.rsa_offset, 2);
+	break;
+      default:		/* impossible */
+	break;
+    }
+
+  *(p+4) = 0;
+  *(p+5) = alpha_evax_proc.type & 0x0f;
+
+  /* Signature offset.  */
+  md_number_to_chars (p+6, (valueT)0, 2);
+
+  fix_new_exp (frag_now, p-frag_now->fr_literal+8, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
+
+  if (alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Add dummy fix to make add_to_link_pool work.  */
+  p = frag_more (8);
+  fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  fixp->fx_done = 1;
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += 8;
+
+  /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
+  md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT)alpha_evax_proc.framesize, 4);
+
+  md_number_to_chars (p+4, (valueT)0, 2);
+
+  /* Entry length.  */
+  md_number_to_chars (p+6, alpha_evax_proc.prologue, 2);
+
+  if (alpha_evax_proc.pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
+    return;
+
+  /* Add dummy fix to make add_to_link_pool work.  */
+  p = frag_more (8);
+  fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  fixp->fx_done = 1;
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += 8;
+
+  /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
+
+  md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc.imask, 4);
+  md_number_to_chars (p+4, alpha_evax_proc.fmask, 4);
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_name (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register char *p;
+  expressionS exp;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
+
+  if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
+    {
+      as_bad (".name directive not in link (.link) section");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_warn (".name directive has no symbol");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  frag_align (3, 0, 0);
+  p = frag_more (8);
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += 8;
+
+  fix_new_exp (frag_now, p-frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_linkage (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+  char *p;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_fatal ("No symbol after .linkage");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
+      memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
+      fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,\
+		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_code_address (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+  char *p;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_fatal ("No symbol after .code_address");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      p = frag_more (8);
+      memset (p, 0, 8);
+      fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
+		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_fp_save (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+
+  alpha_evax_proc.fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_mask (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .mask directive");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      alpha_evax_proc.imask = val;
+      (void)get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_fmask (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .fmask directive");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      alpha_evax_proc.fmask = val;
+      (void) get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+
+static void
+s_alpha_end (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char c;
+
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  alpha_evax_proc.symbol = 0;
+  alpha_basereg_clobbered = 0;
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+static void
+s_alpha_file (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  symbolS *s;
+  int length;
+  static char case_hack[32];
+
+  extern char *demand_copy_string PARAMS ((int *lenP));
+
+  sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
+	    alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
+
+  s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
+  s->bsym->flags |= BSF_FILE;
+
+  get_absolute_expression ();
+  s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
+  s->bsym->flags |= BSF_FILE;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
+
+/* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_gprel32 (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  expressionS e;
+  char *p;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  expression (&e);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  switch (e.X_op)
+    {
+    case O_constant:
+      e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol(absolute_section);
+      e.X_op = O_symbol;
+      /* FALLTHRU */
+    case O_symbol:
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort();
+    }
+#else
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  switch (e.X_op)
+    {
+    case O_constant:
+      e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
+      /* fall through */
+    case O_symbol:
+      e.X_op = O_subtract;
+      e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
+    alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label);
+  if (alpha_current_align > 2)
+    alpha_current_align = 2;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+
+  p = frag_more (4);
+  memset (p, 0, 4);
+  fix_new_exp (frag_now, p-frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
+	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
+}
+
+/* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
+   generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
+   correctly aligned.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_float_cons (type)
+     int type;
+{
+  int log_size;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+      log_size = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+    case 'G':
+      log_size = 3;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+      log_size = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
+    alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label);
+  if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
+    alpha_current_align = log_size;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+
+  float_cons (type);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
+   parse it.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_proc (is_static)
+     int is_static;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  char *p;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  int temp;
+
+  /* Takes ".proc name,nargs"  */
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      *p = 0;
+      as_warn ("Expected comma after name \"%s\"", name);
+      *p = c;
+      temp = 0;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  /*  symbolP->sy_other = (signed char) temp; */
+  as_warn ("unhandled: .proc %s,%d", name, temp);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
+   the assembler features.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_set (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  char *name = input_line_pointer, ch, *s;
+  int yesno = 1;
+
+  while (!is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    input_line_pointer++;
+  ch = *input_line_pointer;
+  *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+
+  s = name;
+  if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
+    {
+      yesno = 0;
+      s += 2;
+    }
+  if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
+    /* ignore */ ;
+  else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
+    alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
+  else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
+    alpha_macros_on = yesno;
+  else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
+    /* ignore */ ;
+  else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
+    /* ignore */ ;
+  else
+    as_warn ("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'", name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = ch;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
+   the $gp register.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_base (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+#if 0
+  if (first_32bit_quadrant)
+    {
+      /* not fatal, but it might not work in the end */
+      as_warn ("File overrides no-base-register option.");
+      first_32bit_quadrant = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
+    {				/* $rNN form */
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
+	input_line_pointer++;
+    }
+
+  alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
+    {
+      alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
+      as_warn ("Bad base register, using $%d.", alpha_gp_register);
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
+   also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
+   way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_align (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int align;
+  char fill, *pfill;
+  long max_alignment = 15;
+
+  align = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (align > max_alignment)
+    {
+      align = max_alignment;
+      as_bad ("Alignment too large: %d. assumed", align);
+    }
+  else if (align < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn ("Alignment negative: 0 assumed");
+      align = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      fill = get_absolute_expression ();
+      pfill = &fill;
+    }
+  else
+    pfill = NULL;
+
+  if (align != 0)
+    {
+      alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
+      alpha_align (align, pfill, alpha_insn_label);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_stringer (terminate)
+     int terminate;
+{
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  stringer (terminate);
+}
+
+/* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
+
+static void
+s_alpha_space (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  alpha_current_align = 0;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+  s_space (ignore);
+}
+
+/* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
+
+void
+alpha_cons_align (size)
+     int size;
+{
+  int log_size;
+
+  log_size = 0;
+  while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
+    ++log_size;
+
+  if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
+    alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label);
+  if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
+    alpha_current_align = log_size;
+  alpha_insn_label = NULL;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG1
+/* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_print_token(f, exp)
+    FILE *f;
+    const expressionS *exp;
+{
+  switch (exp->X_op)
+    {
+      case O_cpregister:
+	putc (',', f);
+	/* FALLTHRU */
+      case O_pregister:
+	putc ('(', f);
+	{
+	  expressionS nexp = *exp;
+	  nexp.X_op = O_register;
+	  print_expr (f, &nexp);
+	}
+	putc (')', f);
+	break;
+      default:
+	print_expr (f, exp);
+	break;
+    }
+  return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
+
+const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"common", s_comm, 0},	/* is this used? */
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* osf1 compiler does this */
+  {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
+#endif
+  {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
+  {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+  {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
+  {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
+  {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
+  {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+  { "pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
+  { "name", s_alpha_name, 0},
+  { "linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
+  { "code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
+  { "ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
+  { "frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
+  { "fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
+  { "mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
+  { "fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
+  { "end", s_alpha_end, 0},
+  { "file", s_alpha_file, 0},
+  { "rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
+  { "comm", s_alpha_section, 2},
+  { "link", s_alpha_section, 3},
+  { "ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
+  { "dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
+  { "lcomm", s_alpha_section, 6},
+#endif
+  {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
+  {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
+  {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
+  {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
+  {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
+
+  {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
+  {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
+  {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
+  {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
+  {"option", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
+
+  {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
+  {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
+  {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
+  {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
+  {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
+  {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
+  {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
+  {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
+
+/* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
+  {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
+
+  {NULL, 0, 0},
+};
+
+
+/* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
+   .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
+
+static void
+create_literal_section (name, secp, symp)
+     const char *name;
+     segT *secp;
+     symbolS **symp;
+{
+  segT current_section = now_seg;
+  int current_subsec = now_subseg;
+  segT new_sec;
+
+  *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
+  subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
+  bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
+  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
+			 SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
+			 | SEC_DATA);
+
+  S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+
+/* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
+   unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
+
+static inline void
+maybe_set_gp (sec)
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  bfd_vma vma;
+  if (!sec)
+    return;
+  vma = bfd_get_section_vma (foo, sec);
+  if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
+    alpha_gp_value = vma;
+}
+
+static void
+select_gp_value ()
+{
+  assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
+
+  /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
+  alpha_gp_value = 0; alpha_gp_value--;
+
+  /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
+  maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
+#if 0
+  /* These were disabled before -- should we use them?  */
+  maybe_set_gp (sdata);
+  maybe_set_gp (lit8_sec);
+  maybe_set_gp (lit4_sec);
+#endif
+
+/* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
+#define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
+
+  alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
+
+  S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG1
+  printf ("Chose GP value of %lx\n", alpha_gp_value);
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
+
+/* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
+   of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
+   says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
+   feature wrt labels.  */
+
+static void
+alpha_align (n, pfill, label)
+     int n;
+     char *pfill;
+     symbolS *label;
+{
+  if (alpha_current_align >= n)
+    return;
+
+  if (pfill == NULL)
+    {
+      if (n > 2
+	  && (bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) & SEC_CODE) != 0)
+	{
+	  static char const nop[4] = { 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47 };
+
+	  /* First, make sure we're on a four-byte boundary, in case
+	     someone has been putting .byte values into the text
+	     section.  The DEC assembler silently fills with unaligned
+	     no-op instructions.  This will zero-fill, then nop-fill
+	     with proper alignment.  */
+	  if (alpha_current_align < 2)
+	    frag_align (2, 0, 0);
+	  frag_align_pattern (n, nop, sizeof nop, 0);
+	}
+      else
+	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
+    }
+  else
+    frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
+
+  alpha_current_align = n;
+
+  if (label != NULL)
+    {
+      assert (S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg);
+      label->sy_frag = frag_now;
+      S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+    }
+
+  record_alignment(now_seg, n);
+}
+
+/* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
+   IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
+   format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
+#define md_atof vax_md_atof
+#include "config/atof-vax.c"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2ded6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-alpha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* This file is tc-alpha.h
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TC_ALPHA
+
+#define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+
+#define TARGET_ARCH			bfd_arch_alpha
+
+#define TARGET_FORMAT (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour	\
+		       ? "ecoff-littlealpha"				\
+		       : OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour	\
+		       ? "elf64-alpha"					\
+		       : OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_evax_flavour	\
+		       ? "evax-alpha"					\
+		       : "unknown-format")
+
+#define NEED_LITERAL_POOL
+#define TC_HANDLES_FX_DONE
+#define REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+
+extern int alpha_force_relocation PARAMS ((struct fix *));
+extern int alpha_fix_adjustable PARAMS ((struct fix *));
+
+extern unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
+extern valueT alpha_gp_value;
+
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(FIXP)	alpha_force_relocation (FIXP)
+#define tc_fix_adjustable(FIXP)		alpha_fix_adjustable (FIXP)
+#define RELOC_REQUIRES_SYMBOL
+
+#define md_convert_frag(b,s,f)		as_fatal ("alpha convert_frag\n")
+#define md_create_long_jump(p,f,t,fr,s)	as_fatal("alpha_create_long_jump")
+#define md_create_short_jump(p,f,t,fr,s) as_fatal("alpha_create_short_jump")
+#define md_estimate_size_before_relax(f,s) \
+			(as_fatal("estimate_size_before_relax called"),1)
+#define md_operand(x)
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+
+/* This field keeps the symbols position in the link section.  */
+#define OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE valueT
+
+#define TC_CONS_FIX_NEW(FRAG,OFF,LEN,EXP) \
+      fix_new_exp (FRAG, OFF, (int)LEN, EXP, 0, \
+	LEN == 2 ? BFD_RELOC_16 \
+	: LEN == 4 ? BFD_RELOC_32 \
+	: LEN == 8 ? BFD_RELOC_64 \
+	: BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
+#endif
+
+#define md_number_to_chars		number_to_chars_littleendian
+
+extern int tc_get_register PARAMS ((int frame));
+extern void alpha_frob_ecoff_data PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define tc_frob_label(sym) alpha_define_label (sym)
+extern void alpha_define_label PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+
+#define md_cons_align(nbytes) alpha_cons_align (nbytes)
+extern void alpha_cons_align PARAMS ((int));
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
+#define tc_frob_file_before_adjust() alpha_frob_file_before_adjust ()
+extern void alpha_frob_file_before_adjust PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.c
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72df020
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-generic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* This file is tc-generic.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 91, 92, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * This file is tc-generic.h and is intended to be a template for target cpu
+ * specific header files.  It is my intent that this file compile.  It is also
+ * my intent that this file grow into something that can be used as both a
+ * template for porting, and a stub for testing.  xoxorich.
+ */
+
+#define TC_GENERIC 1
+
+#define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * comment-column: 0
+ * fill-column: 131
+ * End:
+ */
+
+/* end of tc-generic.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3981a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3174 @@
+/* i386.c -- Assemble code for the Intel 80386
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+  Intel 80386 machine specific gas.
+  Written by Eliot Dresselhaus (eliot@mgm.mit.edu).
+  Bugs & suggestions are completely welcome.  This is free software.
+  Please help us make it better.
+  */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "opcode/i386.h"
+
+#ifndef TC_RELOC
+#define TC_RELOC(X,Y) (Y)
+#endif
+
+static unsigned long mode_from_disp_size PARAMS ((unsigned long));
+static int fits_in_signed_byte PARAMS ((long));
+static int fits_in_unsigned_byte PARAMS ((long));
+static int fits_in_unsigned_word PARAMS ((long));
+static int fits_in_signed_word PARAMS ((long));
+static int smallest_imm_type PARAMS ((long));
+static void set_16bit_code_flag PARAMS ((int));
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc
+  PARAMS ((int, int, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
+#endif
+
+/* 'md_assemble ()' gathers together information and puts it into a
+   i386_insn. */
+
+struct _i386_insn
+  {
+    /* TM holds the template for the insn were currently assembling. */
+    template tm;
+    /* SUFFIX holds the opcode suffix (e.g. 'l' for 'movl') if given. */
+    char suffix;
+    /* Operands are coded with OPERANDS, TYPES, DISPS, IMMS, and REGS. */
+
+    /* OPERANDS gives the number of given operands. */
+    unsigned int operands;
+
+    /* REG_OPERANDS, DISP_OPERANDS, MEM_OPERANDS, IMM_OPERANDS give the number
+       of given register, displacement, memory operands and immediate
+       operands. */
+    unsigned int reg_operands, disp_operands, mem_operands, imm_operands;
+
+    /* TYPES [i] is the type (see above #defines) which tells us how to
+       search through DISPS [i] & IMMS [i] & REGS [i] for the required
+       operand.  */
+    unsigned int types[MAX_OPERANDS];
+
+    /* Displacements (if given) for each operand. */
+    expressionS *disps[MAX_OPERANDS];
+
+    /* Relocation type for operand */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+    enum bfd_reloc_code_real disp_reloc[MAX_OPERANDS];
+#else
+    int disp_reloc[MAX_OPERANDS];
+#endif
+
+    /* Immediate operands (if given) for each operand. */
+    expressionS *imms[MAX_OPERANDS];
+
+    /* Register operands (if given) for each operand. */
+    reg_entry *regs[MAX_OPERANDS];
+
+    /* BASE_REG, INDEX_REG, and LOG2_SCALE_FACTOR are used to encode
+       the base index byte below.  */
+    reg_entry *base_reg;
+    reg_entry *index_reg;
+    unsigned int log2_scale_factor;
+
+    /* SEG gives the seg_entry of this insn.  It is equal to zero unless
+       an explicit segment override is given. */
+    const seg_entry *seg;	/* segment for memory operands (if given) */
+
+    /* PREFIX holds all the given prefix opcodes (usually null).
+       PREFIXES is the size of PREFIX. */
+    /* richfix: really unsigned? */
+    unsigned char prefix[MAX_PREFIXES];
+    unsigned int prefixes;
+
+    /* RM and IB are the modrm byte and the base index byte where the
+       addressing modes of this insn are encoded. */
+
+    modrm_byte rm;
+    base_index_byte bi;
+  };
+
+typedef struct _i386_insn i386_insn;
+
+/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment.  If the
+   pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful */
+#if defined (TE_I386AIX) || defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+const char comment_chars[] = "#/";
+#else
+const char comment_chars[] = "#";
+#endif
+
+/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
+   a line.  If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
+   .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output */
+/* Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
+   first line of the input file.  This is because the compiler outputs
+   #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. */
+/* Also note that comments started like this one will always work if
+   '/' isn't otherwise defined.  */
+#if defined (TE_I386AIX) || defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+const char line_comment_chars[] = "";
+#else
+const char line_comment_chars[] = "/";
+#endif
+const char line_separator_chars[] = "";
+
+/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums */
+const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
+
+/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant */
+/* As in 0f12.456 */
+/* or    0d1.2345e12 */
+const char FLT_CHARS[] = "fFdDxX";
+
+/* tables for lexical analysis */
+static char opcode_chars[256];
+static char register_chars[256];
+static char operand_chars[256];
+static char space_chars[256];
+static char identifier_chars[256];
+static char digit_chars[256];
+
+/* lexical macros */
+#define is_opcode_char(x) (opcode_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+#define is_operand_char(x) (operand_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+#define is_register_char(x) (register_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+#define is_space_char(x) (space_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+#define is_identifier_char(x) (identifier_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+#define is_digit_char(x) (digit_chars[(unsigned char) x])
+
+/* put here all non-digit non-letter charcters that may occur in an operand */
+static char operand_special_chars[] = "%$-+(,)*._~/<>|&^!:[@]";
+
+static char *ordinal_names[] = {"first", "second", "third"}; /* for printfs */
+
+/* md_assemble() always leaves the strings it's passed unaltered.  To
+   effect this we maintain a stack of saved characters that we've smashed
+   with '\0's (indicating end of strings for various sub-fields of the
+   assembler instruction). */
+static char save_stack[32];
+static char *save_stack_p;	/* stack pointer */
+#define END_STRING_AND_SAVE(s)      *save_stack_p++ = *s; *s = '\0'
+#define RESTORE_END_STRING(s)       *s = *--save_stack_p
+
+/* The instruction we're assembling. */
+static i386_insn i;
+
+/* Per instruction expressionS buffers: 2 displacements & 2 immediate max. */
+static expressionS disp_expressions[2], im_expressions[2];
+
+/* pointers to ebp & esp entries in reg_hash hash table */
+static reg_entry *ebp, *esp;
+
+static int this_operand;	/* current operand we are working on */
+
+static int flag_do_long_jump;	/* FIXME what does this do? */
+
+static int flag_16bit_code;	/* 1 if we're writing 16-bit code, 0 if 32-bit */
+
+/* Interface to relax_segment.
+   There are 2 relax states for 386 jump insns: one for conditional &
+   one for unconditional jumps.  This is because the these two types
+   of jumps add different sizes to frags when we're figuring out what
+   sort of jump to choose to reach a given label.  */
+
+/* types */
+#define COND_JUMP 1		/* conditional jump */
+#define UNCOND_JUMP 2		/* unconditional jump */
+/* sizes */
+#define BYTE 0
+#define WORD 1
+#define DWORD 2
+#define UNKNOWN_SIZE 3
+
+#ifndef INLINE
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define INLINE __inline__
+#else
+#define INLINE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define ENCODE_RELAX_STATE(type,size) \
+  ((relax_substateT)((type<<2) | (size)))
+#define SIZE_FROM_RELAX_STATE(s) \
+    ( (((s) & 0x3) == BYTE ? 1 : (((s) & 0x3) == WORD ? 2 : 4)) )
+
+const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
+{
+/* The fields are:
+   1) most positive reach of this state,
+   2) most negative reach of this state,
+   3) how many bytes this mode will add to the size of the current frag
+   4) which index into the table to try if we can't fit into this one.
+   */
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+
+  /* For now we don't use word displacement jumps; they may be
+     untrustworthy. */
+  {127 + 1, -128 + 1, 0, ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, DWORD)},
+  /* word conditionals add 3 bytes to frag:
+     2 opcode prefix; 1 displacement bytes */
+  {32767 + 2, -32768 + 2, 3, ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, DWORD)},
+  /* dword conditionals adds 4 bytes to frag:
+     1 opcode prefix; 3 displacement bytes */
+  {0, 0, 4, 0},
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+
+  {127 + 1, -128 + 1, 0, ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, DWORD)},
+  /* word jmp adds 2 bytes to frag:
+     1 opcode prefix; 1 displacement bytes */
+  {32767 + 2, -32768 + 2, 2, ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, DWORD)},
+  /* dword jmp adds 3 bytes to frag:
+     0 opcode prefix; 3 displacement bytes */
+  {0, 0, 3, 0},
+  {1, 1, 0, 0},
+
+};
+
+
+void
+i386_align_code (fragP, count)
+     fragS *fragP;
+     int count;
+{
+  /* Various efficient no-op patterns for aligning code labels.  */
+  /* Note: Don't try to assemble the instructions in the comments. */
+  /*       0L and 0w are not legal */
+  static const char f32_1[] =
+    {0x90};					/* nop			*/
+  static const char f32_2[] =
+    {0x89,0xf6};				/* movl %esi,%esi	*/
+  static const char f32_3[] =
+    {0x8d,0x76,0x00};				/* leal 0(%esi),%esi	*/
+  static const char f32_4[] =
+    {0x8d,0x74,0x26,0x00};			/* leal 0(%esi,1),%esi	*/
+  static const char f32_5[] =
+    {0x90,					/* nop			*/
+     0x8d,0x74,0x26,0x00};			/* leal 0(%esi,1),%esi	*/
+  static const char f32_6[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};		/* leal 0L(%esi),%esi	*/
+  static const char f32_7[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb4,0x26,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%esi,1),%esi */
+  static const char f32_8[] =
+    {0x90,					/* nop			*/
+     0x8d,0xb4,0x26,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%esi,1),%esi */
+  static const char f32_9[] =
+    {0x89,0xf6,					/* movl %esi,%esi	*/
+     0x8d,0xbc,0x27,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%edi,1),%edi */
+  static const char f32_10[] =
+    {0x8d,0x76,0x00,				/* leal 0(%esi),%esi	*/
+     0x8d,0xbc,0x27,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%edi,1),%edi */
+  static const char f32_11[] =
+    {0x8d,0x74,0x26,0x00,			/* leal 0(%esi,1),%esi	*/
+     0x8d,0xbc,0x27,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%edi,1),%edi */
+  static const char f32_12[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,		/* leal 0L(%esi),%esi	*/
+     0x8d,0xbf,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};		/* leal 0L(%edi),%edi	*/
+  static const char f32_13[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,		/* leal 0L(%esi),%esi	*/
+     0x8d,0xbc,0x27,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%edi,1),%edi */
+  static const char f32_14[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb4,0x26,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,	/* leal 0L(%esi,1),%esi */
+     0x8d,0xbc,0x27,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};	/* leal 0L(%edi,1),%edi */
+  static const char f32_15[] =
+    {0xeb,0x0d,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,	/* jmp .+15; lotsa nops	*/
+     0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90,0x90};
+  static const char f16_4[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00};			/* lea 0w(%si),%si	*/
+  static const char f16_5[] =
+    {0x90,					/* nop			*/
+     0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00};			/* lea 0w(%si),%si	*/
+  static const char f16_6[] =
+    {0x89,0xf6,					/* mov %si,%si		*/
+     0x8d,0xbd,0x00,0x00};			/* lea 0w(%di),%di	*/
+  static const char f16_7[] =
+    {0x8d,0x76,0x00,				/* lea 0(%si),%si	*/
+     0x8d,0xbd,0x00,0x00};			/* lea 0w(%di),%di	*/
+  static const char f16_8[] =
+    {0x8d,0xb6,0x00,0x00,			/* lea 0w(%si),%si	*/
+     0x8d,0xbd,0x00,0x00};			/* lea 0w(%di),%di	*/
+  static const char *const f32_patt[] = {
+    f32_1, f32_2, f32_3, f32_4, f32_5, f32_6, f32_7, f32_8,
+    f32_9, f32_10, f32_11, f32_12, f32_13, f32_14, f32_15
+  };
+  static const char *const f16_patt[] = {
+    f32_1, f32_2, f32_3, f16_4, f16_5, f16_6, f16_7, f16_8,
+    f32_15, f32_15, f32_15, f32_15, f32_15, f32_15, f32_15
+  };
+
+  if (count > 0 && count <= 15)
+    {
+      if (flag_16bit_code)
+	{
+	  memcpy(fragP->fr_literal + fragP->fr_fix,
+		 f16_patt[count - 1], count);
+	  if (count > 8) /* adjust jump offset */
+	    fragP->fr_literal[fragP->fr_fix + 1] = count - 2;
+	}
+      else
+	memcpy(fragP->fr_literal + fragP->fr_fix,
+	       f32_patt[count - 1], count);
+      fragP->fr_var = count;
+    }
+}
+
+static char *output_invalid PARAMS ((int c));
+static int i386_operand PARAMS ((char *operand_string));
+static reg_entry *parse_register PARAMS ((char *reg_string));
+#ifndef I386COFF
+static void s_bss PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+
+symbolS *GOT_symbol;		/* Pre-defined "__GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE" */
+
+static INLINE unsigned long
+mode_from_disp_size (t)
+     unsigned long t;
+{
+  return (t & Disp8) ? 1 : (t & Disp32) ? 2 : 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Not used.  */
+/* convert opcode suffix ('b' 'w' 'l' typically) into type specifier */
+
+static INLINE unsigned long
+opcode_suffix_to_type (s)
+     unsigned long s;
+{
+  return (s == BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX
+	  ? Byte : (s == WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX
+		    ? Word : DWord));
+}				/* opcode_suffix_to_type() */
+#endif
+
+static INLINE int
+fits_in_signed_byte (num)
+     long num;
+{
+  return (num >= -128) && (num <= 127);
+}				/* fits_in_signed_byte() */
+
+static INLINE int
+fits_in_unsigned_byte (num)
+     long num;
+{
+  return (num & 0xff) == num;
+}				/* fits_in_unsigned_byte() */
+
+static INLINE int
+fits_in_unsigned_word (num)
+     long num;
+{
+  return (num & 0xffff) == num;
+}				/* fits_in_unsigned_word() */
+
+static INLINE int
+fits_in_signed_word (num)
+     long num;
+{
+  return (-32768 <= num) && (num <= 32767);
+}				/* fits_in_signed_word() */
+
+static int
+smallest_imm_type (num)
+     long num;
+{
+#if 0
+  /* This code is disabled because all the Imm1 forms in the opcode table
+     are slower on the i486, and they're the versions with the implicitly
+     specified single-position displacement, which has another syntax if
+     you really want to use that form.  If you really prefer to have the
+     one-byte-shorter Imm1 form despite these problems, re-enable this
+     code.  */
+  if (num == 1)
+    return Imm1 | Imm8 | Imm8S | Imm16 | Imm32;
+#endif
+  return (fits_in_signed_byte (num)
+	  ? (Imm8S | Imm8 | Imm16 | Imm32)
+	  : fits_in_unsigned_byte (num)
+	  ? (Imm8 | Imm16 | Imm32)
+	  : (fits_in_signed_word (num) || fits_in_unsigned_word (num))
+	  ? (Imm16 | Imm32)
+	  : (Imm32));
+}				/* smallest_imm_type() */
+
+static void
+set_16bit_code_flag (new_16bit_code_flag)
+	int new_16bit_code_flag;
+{
+  flag_16bit_code = new_16bit_code_flag;
+}
+
+const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+#ifndef I386COFF
+  {"bss", s_bss, 0},
+#endif
+#ifndef OBJ_AOUT
+  {"align", s_align_bytes, 0},
+#else
+  {"align", s_align_ptwo, 0},
+#endif
+  {"ffloat", float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"dfloat", float_cons, 'd'},
+  {"tfloat", float_cons, 'x'},
+  {"value", cons, 2},
+  {"noopt", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"optim", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"code16", set_16bit_code_flag, 1},
+  {"code32", set_16bit_code_flag, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/* for interface with expression () */
+extern char *input_line_pointer;
+
+/* obstack for constructing various things in md_begin */
+struct obstack o;
+
+/* hash table for opcode lookup */
+static struct hash_control *op_hash;
+/* hash table for register lookup */
+static struct hash_control *reg_hash;
+/* hash table for prefix lookup */
+static struct hash_control *prefix_hash;
+
+
+void
+md_begin ()
+{
+  const char *hash_err;
+
+  obstack_begin (&o, 4096);
+
+  /* initialize op_hash hash table */
+  op_hash = hash_new ();
+
+  {
+    register const template *optab;
+    register templates *core_optab;
+    char *prev_name;
+
+    optab = i386_optab;		/* setup for loop */
+    prev_name = optab->name;
+    obstack_grow (&o, optab, sizeof (template));
+    core_optab = (templates *) xmalloc (sizeof (templates));
+
+    for (optab++; optab < i386_optab_end; optab++)
+      {
+	if (!strcmp (optab->name, prev_name))
+	  {
+	    /* same name as before --> append to current template list */
+	    obstack_grow (&o, optab, sizeof (template));
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* different name --> ship out current template list;
+	       add to hash table; & begin anew */
+	    /* Note: end must be set before start! since obstack_next_free
+	       changes upon opstack_finish */
+	    core_optab->end = (template *) obstack_next_free (&o);
+	    core_optab->start = (template *) obstack_finish (&o);
+	    hash_err = hash_insert (op_hash, prev_name, (char *) core_optab);
+	    if (hash_err)
+	      {
+	      hash_error:
+		as_fatal ("Internal Error:  Can't hash %s: %s", prev_name,
+			  hash_err);
+	      }
+	    prev_name = optab->name;
+	    core_optab = (templates *) xmalloc (sizeof (templates));
+	    obstack_grow (&o, optab, sizeof (template));
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* initialize reg_hash hash table */
+  reg_hash = hash_new ();
+  {
+    register const reg_entry *regtab;
+
+    for (regtab = i386_regtab; regtab < i386_regtab_end; regtab++)
+      {
+	hash_err = hash_insert (reg_hash, regtab->reg_name, (PTR) regtab);
+	if (hash_err)
+	  goto hash_error;
+      }
+  }
+
+  esp = (reg_entry *) hash_find (reg_hash, "esp");
+  ebp = (reg_entry *) hash_find (reg_hash, "ebp");
+
+  /* initialize reg_hash hash table */
+  prefix_hash = hash_new ();
+  {
+    register const prefix_entry *prefixtab;
+
+    for (prefixtab = i386_prefixtab;
+	 prefixtab < i386_prefixtab_end; prefixtab++)
+      {
+	hash_err = hash_insert (prefix_hash, prefixtab->prefix_name,
+				(PTR) prefixtab);
+	if (hash_err)
+	  goto hash_error;
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* fill in lexical tables:  opcode_chars, operand_chars, space_chars */
+  {
+    register int c;
+    register char *p;
+
+    for (c = 0; c < 256; c++)
+      {
+	if (islower (c) || isdigit (c))
+	  {
+	    opcode_chars[c] = c;
+	    register_chars[c] = c;
+	  }
+	else if (isupper (c))
+	  {
+	    opcode_chars[c] = tolower (c);
+	    register_chars[c] = opcode_chars[c];
+	  }
+	else if (c == PREFIX_SEPERATOR)
+	  {
+	    opcode_chars[c] = c;
+	  }
+	else if (c == ')' || c == '(')
+	  {
+	    register_chars[c] = c;
+	  }
+
+	if (isupper (c) || islower (c) || isdigit (c))
+	  operand_chars[c] = c;
+
+	if (isdigit (c) || c == '-')
+	  digit_chars[c] = c;
+
+	if (isalpha (c) || c == '_' || c == '.' || isdigit (c))
+	  identifier_chars[c] = c;
+
+#ifdef LEX_AT
+	identifier_chars['@'] = '@';
+#endif
+
+	if (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+	  space_chars[c] = c;
+      }
+
+    for (p = operand_special_chars; *p != '\0'; p++)
+      operand_chars[(unsigned char) *p] = *p;
+  }
+
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+  if (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    {
+      record_alignment (text_section, 2);
+      record_alignment (data_section, 2);
+      record_alignment (bss_section, 2);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+i386_print_statistics (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  hash_print_statistics (file, "i386 opcode", op_hash);
+  hash_print_statistics (file, "i386 register", reg_hash);
+  hash_print_statistics (file, "i386 prefix", prefix_hash);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG386
+
+/* debugging routines for md_assemble */
+static void pi PARAMS ((char *, i386_insn *));
+static void pte PARAMS ((template *));
+static void pt PARAMS ((unsigned int));
+static void pe PARAMS ((expressionS *));
+static void ps PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+
+static void
+pi (line, x)
+     char *line;
+     i386_insn *x;
+{
+  register template *p;
+  int i;
+
+  fprintf (stdout, "%s: template ", line);
+  pte (&x->tm);
+  fprintf (stdout, "  modrm:  mode %x  reg %x  reg/mem %x",
+	   x->rm.mode, x->rm.reg, x->rm.regmem);
+  fprintf (stdout, " base %x  index %x  scale %x\n",
+	   x->bi.base, x->bi.index, x->bi.scale);
+  for (i = 0; i < x->operands; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stdout, "    #%d:  ", i + 1);
+      pt (x->types[i]);
+      fprintf (stdout, "\n");
+      if (x->types[i]
+	  & (Reg | SReg2 | SReg3 | Control | Debug | Test | RegMMX))
+	fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", x->regs[i]->reg_name);
+      if (x->types[i] & Imm)
+	pe (x->imms[i]);
+      if (x->types[i] & (Disp | Abs))
+	pe (x->disps[i]);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+pte (t)
+     template *t;
+{
+  int i;
+  fprintf (stdout, " %d operands ", t->operands);
+  fprintf (stdout, "opcode %x ",
+	   t->base_opcode);
+  if (t->extension_opcode != None)
+    fprintf (stdout, "ext %x ", t->extension_opcode);
+  if (t->opcode_modifier & D)
+    fprintf (stdout, "D");
+  if (t->opcode_modifier & W)
+    fprintf (stdout, "W");
+  fprintf (stdout, "\n");
+  for (i = 0; i < t->operands; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stdout, "    #%d type ", i + 1);
+      pt (t->operand_types[i]);
+      fprintf (stdout, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+pe (e)
+     expressionS *e;
+{
+  fprintf (stdout, "    operation       %d\n", e->X_op);
+  fprintf (stdout, "    add_number    %d (%x)\n",
+	   e->X_add_number, e->X_add_number);
+  if (e->X_add_symbol)
+    {
+      fprintf (stdout, "    add_symbol    ");
+      ps (e->X_add_symbol);
+      fprintf (stdout, "\n");
+    }
+  if (e->X_op_symbol)
+    {
+      fprintf (stdout, "    op_symbol    ");
+      ps (e->X_op_symbol);
+      fprintf (stdout, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ps (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  fprintf (stdout, "%s type %s%s",
+	   S_GET_NAME (s),
+	   S_IS_EXTERNAL (s) ? "EXTERNAL " : "",
+	   segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (s)));
+}
+
+struct type_name
+  {
+    unsigned int mask;
+    char *tname;
+  }
+
+type_names[] =
+{
+  { Reg8, "r8" },
+  { Reg16, "r16" },
+  { Reg32, "r32" },
+  { Imm8, "i8" },
+  { Imm8S, "i8s" },
+  { Imm16, "i16" },
+  { Imm32, "i32" },
+  { Mem8, "Mem8" },
+  { Mem16, "Mem16" },
+  { Mem32, "Mem32" },
+  { BaseIndex, "BaseIndex" },
+  { Abs8, "Abs8" },
+  { Abs16, "Abs16" },
+  { Abs32, "Abs32" },
+  { Disp8, "d8" },
+  { Disp16, "d16" },
+  { Disp32, "d32" },
+  { SReg2, "SReg2" },
+  { SReg3, "SReg3" },
+  { Acc, "Acc" },
+  { InOutPortReg, "InOutPortReg" },
+  { ShiftCount, "ShiftCount" },
+  { Imm1, "i1" },
+  { Control, "control reg" },
+  { Test, "test reg" },
+  { FloatReg, "FReg" },
+  { FloatAcc, "FAcc" },
+  { JumpAbsolute, "Jump Absolute" },
+  { RegMMX, "rMMX" },
+  { 0, "" }
+};
+
+static void
+pt (t)
+     unsigned int t;
+{
+  register struct type_name *ty;
+
+  if (t == Unknown)
+    {
+      fprintf (stdout, "Unknown");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (ty = type_names; ty->mask; ty++)
+	if (t & ty->mask)
+	  fprintf (stdout, "%s, ", ty->tname);
+    }
+  fflush (stdout);
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG386 */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static bfd_reloc_code_real_type
+reloc (size, pcrel, other)
+     int size;
+     int pcrel;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type other;
+{
+  if (other != NO_RELOC) return other;
+
+  if (pcrel)
+    switch (size)
+      {
+      case 1: return BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
+      case 2: return BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
+      case 4: return BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
+      }
+  else
+    switch (size)
+      {
+      case 1: return BFD_RELOC_8;
+      case 2: return BFD_RELOC_16;
+      case 4: return BFD_RELOC_32;
+      }
+
+  as_bad ("Can not do %d byte %srelocation", size,
+	  pcrel ? "pc-relative " : "");
+  return BFD_RELOC_NONE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative to
+ * the beginning of the section instead of the symbol.  Basically we need
+ * to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done correctly, so in
+ * some cases we force the original symbol to be used.
+ */
+int
+tc_i386_fix_adjustable(fixP)
+     fixS * fixP;
+{
+#ifndef OBJ_AOUT
+  /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols. */
+  if (S_IS_EXTERN (fixP->fx_addsy))
+    return 0;
+  if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
+    return 0;
+#endif /* ! defined (OBJ_AOUT) */
+  /* adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT */
+  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF
+      || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32
+      || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32)
+    return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+#else
+#define reloc(SIZE,PCREL,OTHER)	0
+#define BFD_RELOC_32		0
+#define BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL	0
+#define BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32	0
+#define BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32	0
+#define BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF	0
+#endif
+
+/* This is the guts of the machine-dependent assembler.  LINE points to a
+   machine dependent instruction.  This function is supposed to emit
+   the frags/bytes it assembles to.  */
+
+void
+md_assemble (line)
+     char *line;
+{
+  /* Holds template once we've found it. */
+  template *t;
+
+  /* Count the size of the instruction generated.  */
+  int insn_size = 0;
+
+  /* Possible templates for current insn */
+  templates *current_templates = (templates *) 0;
+
+  int j;
+
+  /* Initialize globals. */
+  memset (&i, '\0', sizeof (i));
+  for (j = 0; j < MAX_OPERANDS; j++)
+    i.disp_reloc[j] = NO_RELOC;
+  memset (disp_expressions, '\0', sizeof (disp_expressions));
+  memset (im_expressions, '\0', sizeof (im_expressions));
+  save_stack_p = save_stack;	/* reset stack pointer */
+
+  /* Fist parse an opcode & call i386_operand for the operands.
+     We assume that the scrubber has arranged it so that line[0] is the valid
+     start of a (possibly prefixed) opcode. */
+  {
+    char *l = line;
+
+    /* 1 if operand is pending after ','. */
+    unsigned int expecting_operand = 0;
+    /* 1 if we found a prefix only acceptable with string insns. */
+    unsigned int expecting_string_instruction = 0;
+    /* Non-zero if operand parens not balanced. */
+    unsigned int paren_not_balanced;
+    char *token_start = l;
+
+    while (!is_space_char (*l) && *l != END_OF_INSN)
+      {
+	if (!is_opcode_char (*l))
+	  {
+	    as_bad ("invalid character %s in opcode", output_invalid (*l));
+	    return;
+	  }
+	else if (*l != PREFIX_SEPERATOR)
+	  {
+	    *l = opcode_chars[(unsigned char) *l];	/* fold case of opcodes */
+	    l++;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This opcode's got a prefix.  */
+	    unsigned int q;
+	    prefix_entry *prefix;
+
+	    if (l == token_start)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("expecting prefix; got nothing");
+		return;
+	      }
+	    END_STRING_AND_SAVE (l);
+	    prefix = (prefix_entry *) hash_find (prefix_hash, token_start);
+	    if (!prefix)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("no such opcode prefix ('%s')", token_start);
+		return;
+	      }
+	    RESTORE_END_STRING (l);
+	    /* check for repeated prefix */
+	    for (q = 0; q < i.prefixes; q++)
+	      if (i.prefix[q] == prefix->prefix_code)
+		{
+		  as_bad ("same prefix used twice; you don't really want this!");
+		  return;
+		}
+	    if (i.prefixes == MAX_PREFIXES)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("too many opcode prefixes");
+		return;
+	      }
+	    i.prefix[i.prefixes++] = prefix->prefix_code;
+	    if (prefix->prefix_code == REPE || prefix->prefix_code == REPNE)
+	      expecting_string_instruction = 1;
+	    /* skip past PREFIX_SEPERATOR and reset token_start */
+	    token_start = ++l;
+	  }
+      }
+    END_STRING_AND_SAVE (l);
+    if (token_start == l)
+      {
+	as_bad ("expecting opcode; got nothing");
+	return;
+      }
+
+    /* Lookup insn in hash; try intel & att naming conventions if appropriate;
+       that is:  we only use the opcode suffix 'b' 'w' or 'l' if we need to. */
+    current_templates = (templates *) hash_find (op_hash, token_start);
+    if (!current_templates)
+      {
+	int last_index = strlen (token_start) - 1;
+	char last_char = token_start[last_index];
+	switch (last_char)
+	  {
+	  case DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  case WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  case BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	    token_start[last_index] = '\0';
+	    current_templates = (templates *) hash_find (op_hash, token_start);
+	    token_start[last_index] = last_char;
+	    i.suffix = last_char;
+	  }
+	if (!current_templates)
+	  {
+	    as_bad ("no such 386 instruction: `%s'", token_start);
+	    return;
+	  }
+      }
+    RESTORE_END_STRING (l);
+
+    /* check for rep/repne without a string instruction */
+    if (expecting_string_instruction &&
+	!IS_STRING_INSTRUCTION (current_templates->
+				start->base_opcode))
+      {
+	as_bad ("expecting string instruction after rep/repne");
+	return;
+      }
+
+    /* There may be operands to parse. */
+    if (*l != END_OF_INSN &&
+	/* For string instructions, we ignore any operands if given.  This
+	   kludges, for example, 'rep/movsb %ds:(%esi), %es:(%edi)' where
+	   the operands are always going to be the same, and are not really
+	   encoded in machine code. */
+	!IS_STRING_INSTRUCTION (current_templates->
+				start->base_opcode))
+      {
+	/* parse operands */
+	do
+	  {
+	    /* skip optional white space before operand */
+	    while (!is_operand_char (*l) && *l != END_OF_INSN)
+	      {
+		if (!is_space_char (*l))
+		  {
+		    as_bad ("invalid character %s before %s operand",
+			    output_invalid (*l),
+			    ordinal_names[i.operands]);
+		    return;
+		  }
+		l++;
+	      }
+	    token_start = l;	/* after white space */
+	    paren_not_balanced = 0;
+	    while (paren_not_balanced || *l != ',')
+	      {
+		if (*l == END_OF_INSN)
+		  {
+		    if (paren_not_balanced)
+		      {
+			as_bad ("unbalanced parenthesis in %s operand.",
+				ordinal_names[i.operands]);
+			return;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      break;	/* we are done */
+		  }
+		else if (!is_operand_char (*l) && !is_space_char (*l))
+		  {
+		    as_bad ("invalid character %s in %s operand",
+			    output_invalid (*l),
+			    ordinal_names[i.operands]);
+		    return;
+		  }
+		if (*l == '(')
+		  ++paren_not_balanced;
+		if (*l == ')')
+		  --paren_not_balanced;
+		l++;
+	      }
+	    if (l != token_start)
+	      {			/* yes, we've read in another operand */
+		unsigned int operand_ok;
+		this_operand = i.operands++;
+		if (i.operands > MAX_OPERANDS)
+		  {
+		    as_bad ("spurious operands; (%d operands/instruction max)",
+			    MAX_OPERANDS);
+		    return;
+		  }
+		/* now parse operand adding info to 'i' as we go along */
+		END_STRING_AND_SAVE (l);
+		operand_ok = i386_operand (token_start);
+		RESTORE_END_STRING (l);	/* restore old contents */
+		if (!operand_ok)
+		  return;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		if (expecting_operand)
+		  {
+		  expecting_operand_after_comma:
+		    as_bad ("expecting operand after ','; got nothing");
+		    return;
+		  }
+		if (*l == ',')
+		  {
+		    as_bad ("expecting operand before ','; got nothing");
+		    return;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    /* now *l must be either ',' or END_OF_INSN */
+	    if (*l == ',')
+	      {
+		if (*++l == END_OF_INSN)
+		  {		/* just skip it, if it's \n complain */
+		    goto expecting_operand_after_comma;
+		  }
+		expecting_operand = 1;
+	      }
+	  }
+	while (*l != END_OF_INSN);	/* until we get end of insn */
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Now we've parsed the opcode into a set of templates, and have the
+     operands at hand.
+
+     Next, we find a template that matches the given insn,
+     making sure the overlap of the given operands types is consistent
+     with the template operand types. */
+
+#define MATCH(overlap,given_type) \
+	(overlap && \
+	 (((overlap & (JumpAbsolute|BaseIndex|Mem8)) \
+	   == (given_type & (JumpAbsolute|BaseIndex|Mem8))) \
+	  || (overlap == InOutPortReg)))
+
+
+  /* If m0 and m1 are register matches they must be consistent
+     with the expected operand types t0 and t1.
+     That is, if both m0 & m1 are register matches
+     i.e. ( ((m0 & (Reg)) && (m1 & (Reg)) ) ?
+     then, either 1. or 2. must be true:
+     1. the expected operand type register overlap is null:
+     (t0 & t1 & Reg) == 0
+     AND
+     the given register overlap is null:
+     (m0 & m1 & Reg) == 0
+     2. the expected operand type register overlap == the given
+     operand type overlap:  (t0 & t1 & m0 & m1 & Reg).
+     */
+#define CONSISTENT_REGISTER_MATCH(m0, m1, t0, t1) \
+	    ( ((m0 & (Reg)) && (m1 & (Reg))) ? \
+	     ( ((t0 & t1 & (Reg)) == 0 && (m0 & m1 & (Reg)) == 0) || \
+	      ((t0 & t1) & (m0 & m1) & (Reg)) \
+	      ) : 1)
+  {
+    register unsigned int overlap0, overlap1;
+    expressionS *exp;
+    unsigned int overlap2;
+    unsigned int found_reverse_match;
+
+    overlap0 = overlap1 = overlap2 = found_reverse_match = 0;
+    for (t = current_templates->start;
+	 t < current_templates->end;
+	 t++)
+      {
+	/* must have right number of operands */
+	if (i.operands != t->operands)
+	  continue;
+	else if (!t->operands)
+	  break;		/* 0 operands always matches */
+
+	overlap0 = i.types[0] & t->operand_types[0];
+	switch (t->operands)
+	  {
+	  case 1:
+	    if (!MATCH (overlap0, i.types[0]))
+	      continue;
+	    break;
+	  case 2:
+	  case 3:
+	    overlap1 = i.types[1] & t->operand_types[1];
+	    if (!MATCH (overlap0, i.types[0]) ||
+		!MATCH (overlap1, i.types[1]) ||
+		!CONSISTENT_REGISTER_MATCH (overlap0, overlap1,
+					    t->operand_types[0],
+					    t->operand_types[1]))
+	      {
+
+		/* check if other direction is valid ... */
+		if (!(t->opcode_modifier & COMES_IN_BOTH_DIRECTIONS))
+		  continue;
+
+		/* try reversing direction of operands */
+		overlap0 = i.types[0] & t->operand_types[1];
+		overlap1 = i.types[1] & t->operand_types[0];
+		if (!MATCH (overlap0, i.types[0]) ||
+		    !MATCH (overlap1, i.types[1]) ||
+		    !CONSISTENT_REGISTER_MATCH (overlap0, overlap1,
+						t->operand_types[0],
+						t->operand_types[1]))
+		  {
+		    /* does not match either direction */
+		    continue;
+		  }
+		/* found a reverse match here -- slip through */
+		/* found_reverse_match holds which of D or FloatD we've found */
+		found_reverse_match = t->opcode_modifier & COMES_IN_BOTH_DIRECTIONS;
+	      }			/* endif: not forward match */
+	    /* found either forward/reverse 2 operand match here */
+	    if (t->operands == 3)
+	      {
+		overlap2 = i.types[2] & t->operand_types[2];
+		if (!MATCH (overlap2, i.types[2]) ||
+		    !CONSISTENT_REGISTER_MATCH (overlap0, overlap2,
+						t->operand_types[0],
+						t->operand_types[2]) ||
+		    !CONSISTENT_REGISTER_MATCH (overlap1, overlap2,
+						t->operand_types[1],
+						t->operand_types[2]))
+		  continue;
+	      }
+	    /* found either forward/reverse 2 or 3 operand match here:
+	       slip through to break */
+	  }
+	break;			/* we've found a match; break out of loop */
+      }				/* for (t = ... */
+    if (t == current_templates->end)
+      {				/* we found no match */
+	as_bad ("operands given don't match any known 386 instruction");
+	return;
+      }
+
+    /* Copy the template we found (we may change it!). */
+    i.tm = *t;
+    t = &i.tm;			/* alter new copy of template */
+
+    /* If the matched instruction specifies an explicit opcode suffix,
+       use it - and make sure none has already been specified.  */
+    if (t->opcode_modifier & (Data16|Data32))
+      {
+	if (i.suffix)
+	  {
+	    as_bad ("extraneous opcode suffix given");
+	    return;
+	  }
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & Data16)
+	  i.suffix = WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX;
+	else
+	  i.suffix = DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX;
+      }
+
+    /* If there's no opcode suffix we try to invent one based on register
+       operands. */
+    if (!i.suffix && i.reg_operands)
+      {
+	/* We take i.suffix from the LAST register operand specified.  This
+	   assumes that the last register operands is the destination register
+	   operand. */
+	int op;
+	for (op = 0; op < MAX_OPERANDS; op++)
+	  if (i.types[op] & Reg)
+	    {
+	      i.suffix = ((i.types[op] & Reg8) ? BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX :
+			  (i.types[op] & Reg16) ? WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX :
+			  DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX);
+	    }
+      }
+    else if (i.suffix != 0
+	     && i.reg_operands != 0
+	     && (i.types[i.operands - 1] & Reg) != 0)
+      {
+	int bad;
+
+	/* If the last operand is a register, make sure it is
+           compatible with the suffix.  */
+
+	bad = 0;
+	switch (i.suffix)
+	  {
+	  default:
+	    abort ();
+	  case BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	    /* If this is an eight bit register, it's OK.  If it's the
+               16 or 32 bit version of an eight bit register, we will
+               just use the low portion, and that's OK too.  */
+	    if ((i.types[i.operands - 1] & Reg8) == 0
+		&& i.regs[i.operands - 1]->reg_num >= 4)
+	      bad = 1;
+	    break;
+	  case WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  case DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	    /* We don't insist on the presence or absence of the e
+               prefix on the register, but we reject eight bit
+               registers.  */
+	    if ((i.types[i.operands - 1] & Reg8) != 0)
+	      bad = 1;
+	  }
+	if (bad)
+	  as_bad ("register does not match opcode suffix");
+      }
+
+    /* Make still unresolved immediate matches conform to size of immediate
+       given in i.suffix. Note:  overlap2 cannot be an immediate!
+       We assume this. */
+    if ((overlap0 & (Imm8 | Imm8S | Imm16 | Imm32))
+	&& overlap0 != Imm8 && overlap0 != Imm8S
+	&& overlap0 != Imm16 && overlap0 != Imm32)
+      {
+	if (!i.suffix)
+	  {
+	    as_bad ("no opcode suffix given; can't determine immediate size");
+	    return;
+	  }
+	overlap0 &= (i.suffix == BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX ? (Imm8 | Imm8S) :
+		     (i.suffix == WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX ? Imm16 : Imm32));
+      }
+    if ((overlap1 & (Imm8 | Imm8S | Imm16 | Imm32))
+	&& overlap1 != Imm8 && overlap1 != Imm8S
+	&& overlap1 != Imm16 && overlap1 != Imm32)
+      {
+	if (!i.suffix)
+	  {
+	    as_bad ("no opcode suffix given; can't determine immediate size");
+	    return;
+	  }
+	overlap1 &= (i.suffix == BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX ? (Imm8 | Imm8S) :
+		     (i.suffix == WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX ? Imm16 : Imm32));
+      }
+
+    i.types[0] = overlap0;
+    i.types[1] = overlap1;
+    i.types[2] = overlap2;
+
+    if (overlap0 & ImplicitRegister)
+      i.reg_operands--;
+    if (overlap1 & ImplicitRegister)
+      i.reg_operands--;
+    if (overlap2 & ImplicitRegister)
+      i.reg_operands--;
+    if (overlap0 & Imm1)
+      i.imm_operands = 0;	/* kludge for shift insns */
+
+    if (found_reverse_match)
+      {
+	unsigned int save;
+	save = t->operand_types[0];
+	t->operand_types[0] = t->operand_types[1];
+	t->operand_types[1] = save;
+      }
+
+    /* Finalize opcode.  First, we change the opcode based on the operand
+       size given by i.suffix: we never have to change things for byte insns,
+       or when no opcode suffix is need to size the operands. */
+
+    if (!i.suffix && (t->opcode_modifier & W))
+      {
+	as_bad ("no opcode suffix given and no register operands; can't size instruction");
+	return;
+      }
+
+    if (i.suffix && i.suffix != BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX)
+      {
+	/* Select between byte and word/dword operations. */
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & W)
+	  t->base_opcode |= W;
+	/* Now select between word & dword operations via the
+				   operand size prefix. */
+	if ((i.suffix == WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX) ^ flag_16bit_code)
+	  {
+	    if (i.prefixes == MAX_PREFIXES)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("%d prefixes given and 'w' opcode suffix gives too many prefixes",
+			MAX_PREFIXES);
+		return;
+	      }
+	    i.prefix[i.prefixes++] = WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE;
+	  }
+      }
+
+    /* For insns with operands there are more diddles to do to the opcode. */
+    if (i.operands)
+      {
+        /* Default segment register this instruction will use
+	   for memory accesses.  0 means unknown.
+	   This is only for optimizing out unnecessary segment overrides.  */
+	const seg_entry *default_seg = 0;
+
+	/* True if this instruction uses a memory addressing mode,
+	   and therefore may need an address-size prefix.  */
+	int uses_mem_addrmode = 0;
+
+
+	/* If we found a reverse match we must alter the opcode direction bit
+	   found_reverse_match holds bit to set (different for int &
+	   float insns). */
+
+	if (found_reverse_match)
+	  {
+	    t->base_opcode |= found_reverse_match;
+	  }
+
+	/* The imul $imm, %reg instruction is converted into
+	   imul $imm, %reg, %reg. */
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & imulKludge)
+	  {
+	    /* Pretend we saw the 3 operand case. */
+	    i.regs[2] = i.regs[1];
+	    i.reg_operands = 2;
+	  }
+
+	/* The clr %reg instruction is converted into xor %reg, %reg.  */
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & iclrKludge)
+	  {
+	    i.regs[1] = i.regs[0];
+	    i.reg_operands = 2;
+	  }
+
+	/* Certain instructions expect the destination to be in the i.rm.reg
+	   field.  This is by far the exceptional case.  For these
+	   instructions, if the source operand is a register, we must reverse
+	   the i.rm.reg and i.rm.regmem fields.  We accomplish this by faking
+	   that the two register operands were given in the reverse order. */
+	if ((t->opcode_modifier & ReverseRegRegmem) && i.reg_operands == 2)
+	  {
+	    unsigned int first_reg_operand = (i.types[0] & Reg) ? 0 : 1;
+	    unsigned int second_reg_operand = first_reg_operand + 1;
+	    reg_entry *tmp = i.regs[first_reg_operand];
+	    i.regs[first_reg_operand] = i.regs[second_reg_operand];
+	    i.regs[second_reg_operand] = tmp;
+	  }
+
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & ShortForm)
+	  {
+	    /* The register or float register operand is in operand 0 or 1. */
+	    unsigned int op = (i.types[0] & (Reg | FloatReg)) ? 0 : 1;
+	    /* Register goes in low 3 bits of opcode. */
+	    t->base_opcode |= i.regs[op]->reg_num;
+	  }
+	else if (t->opcode_modifier & ShortFormW)
+	  {
+	    /* Short form with 0x8 width bit.  Register is always dest. operand */
+	    t->base_opcode |= i.regs[1]->reg_num;
+	    if (i.suffix == WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX ||
+		i.suffix == DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX)
+	      t->base_opcode |= 0x8;
+	  }
+	else if (t->opcode_modifier & Seg2ShortForm)
+	  {
+	    if (t->base_opcode == POP_SEG_SHORT && i.regs[0]->reg_num == 1)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("you can't 'pop cs' on the 386.");
+		return;
+	      }
+	    t->base_opcode |= (i.regs[0]->reg_num << 3);
+	  }
+	else if (t->opcode_modifier & Seg3ShortForm)
+	  {
+	    /* 'push %fs' is 0x0fa0; 'pop %fs' is 0x0fa1.
+	       'push %gs' is 0x0fa8; 'pop %fs' is 0x0fa9.
+	       So, only if i.regs[0]->reg_num == 5 (%gs) do we need
+	       to change the opcode. */
+	    if (i.regs[0]->reg_num == 5)
+	      t->base_opcode |= 0x08;
+	  }
+	else if ((t->base_opcode & ~DW) == MOV_AX_DISP32)
+	  {
+	    /* This is a special non-modrm instruction
+	       that addresses memory with a 32-bit displacement mode anyway,
+	       and thus requires an address-size prefix if in 16-bit mode.  */
+	    uses_mem_addrmode = 1;
+	    default_seg = &ds;
+	  }
+	else if (t->opcode_modifier & Modrm)
+	  {
+	    /* The opcode is completed (modulo t->extension_opcode which must
+	       be put into the modrm byte.
+	       Now, we make the modrm & index base bytes based on all the info
+	       we've collected. */
+
+	    /* i.reg_operands MUST be the number of real register operands;
+	       implicit registers do not count. */
+	    if (i.reg_operands == 2)
+	      {
+		unsigned int source, dest;
+		source = ((i.types[0]
+			   & (Reg
+			      | SReg2
+			      | SReg3
+			      | Control
+			      | Debug
+			      | Test
+			      | RegMMX))
+			  ? 0 : 1);
+		dest = source + 1;
+		i.rm.mode = 3;
+		/* We must be careful to make sure that all
+		   segment/control/test/debug/MMX registers go into
+		   the i.rm.reg field (despite the whether they are
+		   source or destination operands). */
+		if (i.regs[dest]->reg_type
+		    & (SReg2 | SReg3 | Control | Debug | Test | RegMMX))
+		  {
+		    i.rm.reg = i.regs[dest]->reg_num;
+		    i.rm.regmem = i.regs[source]->reg_num;
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    i.rm.reg = i.regs[source]->reg_num;
+		    i.rm.regmem = i.regs[dest]->reg_num;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {			/* if it's not 2 reg operands... */
+		if (i.mem_operands)
+		  {
+		    unsigned int fake_zero_displacement = 0;
+		    unsigned int op = (i.types[0] & Mem) ? 0 : ((i.types[1] & Mem) ? 1 : 2);
+
+		    /* Encode memory operand into modrm byte and base index
+		       byte. */
+
+		    if (i.base_reg == esp && !i.index_reg)
+		      {
+			/* <disp>(%esp) becomes two byte modrm with no index
+			   register. */
+			i.rm.regmem = ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING;
+			i.rm.mode = mode_from_disp_size (i.types[op]);
+			i.bi.base = ESP_REG_NUM;
+			i.bi.index = NO_INDEX_REGISTER;
+			i.bi.scale = 0;	/* Must be zero! */
+		      }
+		    else if (i.base_reg == ebp && !i.index_reg)
+		      {
+			if (!(i.types[op] & Disp))
+			  {
+			    /* Must fake a zero byte displacement.  There is
+			       no direct way to code '(%ebp)' directly. */
+			    fake_zero_displacement = 1;
+			    /* fake_zero_displacement code does not set this. */
+			    i.types[op] |= Disp8;
+			  }
+			i.rm.mode = mode_from_disp_size (i.types[op]);
+			i.rm.regmem = EBP_REG_NUM;
+		      }
+		    else if (!i.base_reg && (i.types[op] & BaseIndex))
+		      {
+			/* There are three cases here.
+			   Case 1:  '<32bit disp>(,1)' -- indirect absolute.
+			   (Same as cases 2 & 3 with NO index register)
+			   Case 2:  <32bit disp> (,<index>) -- no base register with disp
+			   Case 3:  (, <index>)       --- no base register;
+			   no disp (must add 32bit 0 disp). */
+			i.rm.regmem = ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING;
+			i.rm.mode = 0;	/* 32bit mode */
+			i.bi.base = NO_BASE_REGISTER;
+			i.types[op] &= ~Disp;
+			i.types[op] |= Disp32;	/* Must be 32bit! */
+			if (i.index_reg)
+			  {	/* case 2 or case 3 */
+			    i.bi.index = i.index_reg->reg_num;
+			    i.bi.scale = i.log2_scale_factor;
+			    if (i.disp_operands == 0)
+			      fake_zero_displacement = 1;	/* case 3 */
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    i.bi.index = NO_INDEX_REGISTER;
+			    i.bi.scale = 0;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else if (i.disp_operands && !i.base_reg && !i.index_reg)
+		      {
+			/* Operand is just <32bit disp> */
+			i.rm.regmem = EBP_REG_NUM;
+			i.rm.mode = 0;
+			i.types[op] &= ~Disp;
+			i.types[op] |= Disp32;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			/* It's not a special case; rev'em up. */
+			i.rm.regmem = i.base_reg->reg_num;
+			i.rm.mode = mode_from_disp_size (i.types[op]);
+			if (i.index_reg)
+			  {
+			    i.rm.regmem = ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING;
+			    i.bi.base = i.base_reg->reg_num;
+			    i.bi.index = i.index_reg->reg_num;
+			    i.bi.scale = i.log2_scale_factor;
+			    if (i.base_reg == ebp && i.disp_operands == 0)
+			      {	/* pace */
+				fake_zero_displacement = 1;
+				i.types[op] |= Disp8;
+				i.rm.mode = mode_from_disp_size (i.types[op]);
+			      }
+			  }
+		      }
+		    if (fake_zero_displacement)
+		      {
+			/* Fakes a zero displacement assuming that i.types[op]
+			   holds the correct displacement size. */
+			exp = &disp_expressions[i.disp_operands++];
+			i.disps[op] = exp;
+			exp->X_op = O_constant;
+			exp->X_add_number = 0;
+			exp->X_add_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+			exp->X_op_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+		      }
+
+		    /* Find the default segment for the memory operand.
+		       Used to optimize out explicit segment specifications.  */
+		    if (i.seg)
+		      {
+			unsigned int seg_index;
+
+			if (i.rm.regmem == ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING)
+			  {
+			    seg_index = (i.rm.mode << 3) | i.bi.base;
+			    default_seg = two_byte_segment_defaults[seg_index];
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    seg_index = (i.rm.mode << 3) | i.rm.regmem;
+			    default_seg = one_byte_segment_defaults[seg_index];
+			  }
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		/* Fill in i.rm.reg or i.rm.regmem field with register
+		   operand (if any) based on
+		   t->extension_opcode. Again, we must be careful to
+		   make sure that segment/control/debug/test/MMX
+		   registers are coded into the i.rm.reg field. */
+		if (i.reg_operands)
+		  {
+		    unsigned int op =
+		      ((i.types[0]
+			& (Reg | SReg2 | SReg3 | Control | Debug
+			   | Test | RegMMX))
+		       ? 0
+		       : ((i.types[1]
+			   & (Reg | SReg2 | SReg3 | Control | Debug
+			      | Test | RegMMX))
+			  ? 1
+			  : 2));
+		    /* If there is an extension opcode to put here, the
+		       register number must be put into the regmem field. */
+		    if (t->extension_opcode != None)
+		      i.rm.regmem = i.regs[op]->reg_num;
+		    else
+		      i.rm.reg = i.regs[op]->reg_num;
+
+		    /* Now, if no memory operand has set i.rm.mode = 0, 1, 2
+		       we must set it to 3 to indicate this is a register
+		       operand int the regmem field */
+		    if (!i.mem_operands)
+		      i.rm.mode = 3;
+		  }
+
+		/* Fill in i.rm.reg field with extension opcode (if any). */
+		if (t->extension_opcode != None)
+		  i.rm.reg = t->extension_opcode;
+	      }
+
+	    if (i.rm.mode != 3)
+	      uses_mem_addrmode = 1;
+	  }
+
+	/* GAS currently doesn't support 16-bit memory addressing modes at all,
+	   so if we're writing 16-bit code and using a memory addressing mode,
+	   always spew out an address size prefix.  */
+	if (uses_mem_addrmode && flag_16bit_code)
+	  {
+	    if (i.prefixes == MAX_PREFIXES)
+	      {
+	        as_bad ("%d prefixes given and address size override gives too many prefixes",
+	        	MAX_PREFIXES);
+	        return;
+	      }
+	    i.prefix[i.prefixes++] = ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE;
+	  }
+
+	/* If a segment was explicitly specified,
+	   and the specified segment is not the default,
+	   use an opcode prefix to select it.
+	   If we never figured out what the default segment is,
+	   then default_seg will be zero at this point,
+	   and the specified segment prefix will always be used.  */
+	if ((i.seg) && (i.seg != default_seg))
+	  {
+	    if (i.prefixes == MAX_PREFIXES)
+	      {
+	        as_bad ("%d prefixes given and %s segment override gives too many prefixes",
+	    	    MAX_PREFIXES, i.seg->seg_name);
+	        return;
+	      }
+	    i.prefix[i.prefixes++] = i.seg->seg_prefix;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Handle conversion of 'int $3' --> special int3 insn. */
+  if (t->base_opcode == INT_OPCODE && i.imms[0]->X_add_number == 3)
+    {
+      t->base_opcode = INT3_OPCODE;
+      i.imm_operands = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We are ready to output the insn. */
+  {
+    register char *p;
+
+    /* Output jumps. */
+    if (t->opcode_modifier & Jump)
+      {
+	unsigned long n = i.disps[0]->X_add_number;
+
+	if (i.disps[0]->X_op == O_constant)
+	  {
+	    if (fits_in_signed_byte (n))
+	      {
+		p = frag_more (2);
+		insn_size += 2;
+		p[0] = t->base_opcode;
+		p[1] = n;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {	/* It's an absolute word/dword displacement. */
+
+	        /* Use only 16-bit jumps for 16-bit code,
+		   because text segments are limited to 64K anyway;
+	           use only 32-bit jumps for 32-bit code,
+		   because they're faster.  */
+		int jmp_size = flag_16bit_code ? 2 : 4;
+	      	if (flag_16bit_code && !fits_in_signed_word (n))
+		  {
+		    as_bad ("16-bit jump out of range");
+		    return;
+		  }
+
+		if (t->base_opcode == JUMP_PC_RELATIVE)
+		  {		/* pace */
+		    /* unconditional jump */
+		    p = frag_more (1 + jmp_size);
+		    insn_size += 1 + jmp_size;
+		    p[0] = (char) 0xe9;
+		    md_number_to_chars (&p[1], (valueT) n, jmp_size);
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* conditional jump */
+		    p = frag_more (2 + jmp_size);
+		    insn_size += 2 + jmp_size;
+		    p[0] = TWO_BYTE_OPCODE_ESCAPE;
+		    p[1] = t->base_opcode + 0x10;
+		    md_number_to_chars (&p[2], (valueT) n, jmp_size);
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    if (flag_16bit_code)
+	      {
+	        FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE);
+		insn_size += 1;
+	      }
+
+	    /* It's a symbol; end frag & setup for relax.
+	       Make sure there are more than 6 chars left in the current frag;
+	       if not we'll have to start a new one. */
+	    frag_grow (7);
+	    p = frag_more (1);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	    p[0] = t->base_opcode;
+	    frag_var (rs_machine_dependent,
+		      6,	/* 2 opcode/prefix + 4 displacement */
+		      1,
+		      ((unsigned char) *p == JUMP_PC_RELATIVE
+		       ? ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, BYTE)
+		       : ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, BYTE)),
+		      i.disps[0]->X_add_symbol,
+		      (offsetT) n, p);
+	  }
+      }
+    else if (t->opcode_modifier & (JumpByte | JumpDword))
+      {
+	int size = (t->opcode_modifier & JumpByte) ? 1 : 4;
+	unsigned long n = i.disps[0]->X_add_number;
+	unsigned char *q;
+
+	/* The jcx/jecx instruction might need a data size prefix.  */
+	for (q = i.prefix; q < i.prefix + i.prefixes; q++)
+	  {
+	    if (*q == WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE)
+	      {
+	        FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE);
+	        insn_size += 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	if ((size == 4) && (flag_16bit_code))
+	  {
+	    FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	  }
+
+	if (fits_in_unsigned_byte (t->base_opcode))
+	  {
+	    FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (t->base_opcode);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    p = frag_more (2);	/* opcode can be at most two bytes */
+	    insn_size += 2;
+	    /* put out high byte first: can't use md_number_to_chars! */
+	    *p++ = (t->base_opcode >> 8) & 0xff;
+	    *p = t->base_opcode & 0xff;
+	  }
+
+	p = frag_more (size);
+	insn_size += size;
+	if (i.disps[0]->X_op == O_constant)
+	  {
+	    md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) n, size);
+	    if (size == 1 && !fits_in_signed_byte (n))
+	      {
+		as_bad ("loop/jecx only takes byte displacement; %lu shortened to %d",
+			n, *p);
+	      }
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
+			 i.disps[0], 1, reloc (size, 1, i.disp_reloc[0]));
+
+	  }
+      }
+    else if (t->opcode_modifier & JumpInterSegment)
+      {
+	if (flag_16bit_code)
+	  {
+	    FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	  }
+
+	p = frag_more (1 + 2 + 4);	/* 1 opcode; 2 segment; 4 offset */
+	insn_size += 1 + 2 + 4;
+	p[0] = t->base_opcode;
+	if (i.imms[1]->X_op == O_constant)
+	  md_number_to_chars (p + 1, (valueT) i.imms[1]->X_add_number, 4);
+	else
+	  fix_new_exp (frag_now, p + 1 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
+		       i.imms[1], 0, BFD_RELOC_32);
+	if (i.imms[0]->X_op != O_constant)
+	  as_bad ("can't handle non absolute segment in long call/jmp");
+	md_number_to_chars (p + 5, (valueT) i.imms[0]->X_add_number, 2);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	/* Output normal instructions here. */
+	unsigned char *q;
+
+	/* First the prefix bytes. */
+	for (q = i.prefix; q < i.prefix + i.prefixes; q++)
+	  {
+	    p = frag_more (1);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	    md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) *q, 1);
+	  }
+
+	/* Now the opcode; be careful about word order here! */
+	if (fits_in_unsigned_byte (t->base_opcode))
+	  {
+	    FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (t->base_opcode);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	  }
+	else if (fits_in_unsigned_word (t->base_opcode))
+	  {
+	    p = frag_more (2);
+	    insn_size += 2;
+	    /* put out high byte first: can't use md_number_to_chars! */
+	    *p++ = (t->base_opcode >> 8) & 0xff;
+	    *p = t->base_opcode & 0xff;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {			/* opcode is either 3 or 4 bytes */
+	    if (t->base_opcode & 0xff000000)
+	      {
+		p = frag_more (4);
+		insn_size += 4;
+		*p++ = (t->base_opcode >> 24) & 0xff;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		p = frag_more (3);
+		insn_size += 3;
+	      }
+	    *p++ = (t->base_opcode >> 16) & 0xff;
+	    *p++ = (t->base_opcode >> 8) & 0xff;
+	    *p = (t->base_opcode) & 0xff;
+	  }
+
+	/* Now the modrm byte and base index byte (if present). */
+	if (t->opcode_modifier & Modrm)
+	  {
+	    p = frag_more (1);
+	    insn_size += 1;
+	    /* md_number_to_chars (p, i.rm, 1); */
+	    md_number_to_chars (p,
+				(valueT) (i.rm.regmem << 0
+					  | i.rm.reg << 3
+					  | i.rm.mode << 6),
+				1);
+	    /* If i.rm.regmem == ESP (4) && i.rm.mode != Mode 3 (Register mode)
+				   ==> need second modrm byte. */
+	    if (i.rm.regmem == ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING && i.rm.mode != 3)
+	      {
+		p = frag_more (1);
+		insn_size += 1;
+		/* md_number_to_chars (p, i.bi, 1); */
+		md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) (i.bi.base << 0
+						 | i.bi.index << 3
+						 | i.bi.scale << 6),
+				    1);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	if (i.disp_operands)
+	  {
+	    register unsigned int n;
+
+	    for (n = 0; n < i.operands; n++)
+	      {
+		if (i.disps[n])
+		  {
+		    if (i.disps[n]->X_op == O_constant)
+		      {
+			if (i.types[n] & (Disp8 | Abs8))
+			  {
+			    p = frag_more (1);
+			    insn_size += 1;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.disps[n]->X_add_number,
+						1);
+			  }
+			else if (i.types[n] & (Disp16 | Abs16))
+			  {
+			    p = frag_more (2);
+			    insn_size += 2;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.disps[n]->X_add_number,
+						2);
+			  }
+			else
+			  {	/* Disp32|Abs32 */
+			    p = frag_more (4);
+			    insn_size += 4;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.disps[n]->X_add_number,
+						4);
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {		/* not absolute_section */
+			/* need a 32-bit fixup (don't support 8bit non-absolute disps) */
+			p = frag_more (4);
+			insn_size += 4;
+			fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
+					    i.disps[n], 0, 
+					    TC_RELOC(i.disp_reloc[n], BFD_RELOC_32));
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }			/* end displacement output */
+
+	/* output immediate */
+	if (i.imm_operands)
+	  {
+	    register unsigned int n;
+
+	    for (n = 0; n < i.operands; n++)
+	      {
+		if (i.imms[n])
+		  {
+		    if (i.imms[n]->X_op == O_constant)
+		      {
+			if (i.types[n] & (Imm8 | Imm8S))
+			  {
+			    p = frag_more (1);
+			    insn_size += 1;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.imms[n]->X_add_number,
+						1);
+			  }
+			else if (i.types[n] & Imm16)
+			  {
+			    p = frag_more (2);
+			    insn_size += 2;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.imms[n]->X_add_number,
+						2);
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    p = frag_more (4);
+			    insn_size += 4;
+			    md_number_to_chars (p,
+						(valueT) i.imms[n]->X_add_number,
+						4);
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {		/* not absolute_section */
+			/* Need a 32-bit fixup (don't support 8bit
+			   non-absolute ims).  Try to support other
+			   sizes ... */
+			int r_type;
+			int size;
+			int pcrel = 0;
+
+			if (i.types[n] & (Imm8 | Imm8S))
+			  size = 1;
+			else if (i.types[n] & Imm16)
+			  size = 2;
+			else
+			  size = 4;
+			r_type = reloc (size, 0, i.disp_reloc[0]);
+			p = frag_more (size);
+			insn_size += size;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+			if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_32
+			    && GOT_symbol
+			    && GOT_symbol == i.imms[n]->X_add_symbol
+			    && (i.imms[n]->X_op == O_symbol
+				|| (i.imms[n]->X_op == O_add
+				    && (i.imms[n]->X_op_symbol->sy_value.X_op
+					== O_subtract))))
+			  {
+			    r_type = BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC;
+			    i.imms[n]->X_add_number += 3;
+			  }
+#endif
+			fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
+				     i.imms[n], pcrel, r_type);
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }			/* end immediate output */
+      }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG386
+    if (flag_debug)
+      {
+	pi (line, &i);
+      }
+#endif /* DEBUG386 */
+  }
+}
+
+/* Parse OPERAND_STRING into the i386_insn structure I.  Returns non-zero
+   on error. */
+
+static int
+i386_operand (operand_string)
+     char *operand_string;
+{
+  register char *op_string = operand_string;
+
+  /* Address of '\0' at end of operand_string. */
+  char *end_of_operand_string = operand_string + strlen (operand_string);
+
+  /* Start and end of displacement string expression (if found). */
+  char *displacement_string_start = NULL;
+  char *displacement_string_end = NULL;
+
+  /* We check for an absolute prefix (differentiating,
+     for example, 'jmp pc_relative_label' from 'jmp *absolute_label'. */
+  if (*op_string == ABSOLUTE_PREFIX)
+    {
+      op_string++;
+      i.types[this_operand] |= JumpAbsolute;
+    }
+
+  /* Check if operand is a register. */
+  if (*op_string == REGISTER_PREFIX)
+    {
+      register reg_entry *r;
+      if (!(r = parse_register (op_string)))
+	{
+	  as_bad ("bad register name ('%s')", op_string);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      /* Check for segment override, rather than segment register by
+	 searching for ':' after %<x>s where <x> = s, c, d, e, f, g. */
+      if ((r->reg_type & (SReg2 | SReg3)) && op_string[3] == ':')
+	{
+	  switch (r->reg_num)
+	    {
+	    case 0:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & es;
+	      break;
+	    case 1:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & cs;
+	      break;
+	    case 2:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & ss;
+	      break;
+	    case 3:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & ds;
+	      break;
+	    case 4:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & fs;
+	      break;
+	    case 5:
+	      i.seg = (seg_entry *) & gs;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  op_string += 4;	/* skip % <x> s : */
+	  operand_string = op_string;	/* Pretend given string starts here. */
+	  if (!is_digit_char (*op_string) && !is_identifier_char (*op_string)
+	      && *op_string != '(' && *op_string != ABSOLUTE_PREFIX)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("bad memory operand after segment override");
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  /* Handle case of %es:*foo. */
+	  if (*op_string == ABSOLUTE_PREFIX)
+	    {
+	      op_string++;
+	      i.types[this_operand] |= JumpAbsolute;
+	    }
+	  goto do_memory_reference;
+	}
+      i.types[this_operand] |= r->reg_type;
+      i.regs[this_operand] = r;
+      i.reg_operands++;
+    }
+  else if (*op_string == IMMEDIATE_PREFIX)
+    {				/* ... or an immediate */
+      char *save_input_line_pointer;
+      segT exp_seg = 0;
+      expressionS *exp;
+
+      if (i.imm_operands == MAX_IMMEDIATE_OPERANDS)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("only 1 or 2 immediate operands are allowed");
+	  return 0;
+	}
+
+      exp = &im_expressions[i.imm_operands++];
+      i.imms[this_operand] = exp;
+      save_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
+      input_line_pointer = ++op_string;	/* must advance op_string! */
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      exp_seg = expression (exp);
+      input_line_pointer = save_input_line_pointer;
+
+      if (exp->X_op == O_absent)
+	{
+	  /* missing or bad expr becomes absolute 0 */
+	  as_bad ("missing or invalid immediate expression '%s' taken as 0",
+		  operand_string);
+	  exp->X_op = O_constant;
+	  exp->X_add_number = 0;
+	  exp->X_add_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+	  exp->X_op_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Imm;
+	}
+      else if (exp->X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  i.types[this_operand] |=
+	    smallest_imm_type ((unsigned long) exp->X_add_number);
+	}
+#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
+      else if (exp_seg != text_section
+	       && exp_seg != data_section
+	       && exp_seg != bss_section
+	       && exp_seg != undefined_section
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	       && ! bfd_is_com_section (exp_seg)
+#endif
+	       )
+	{
+	seg_unimplemented:
+	  as_bad ("Unimplemented segment type %d in parse_operand", exp_seg);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  /* this is an address ==> 32bit */
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Imm32;
+	}
+      /* shorten this type of this operand if the instruction wants
+       * fewer bits than are present in the immediate.  The bit field
+       * code can put out 'andb $0xffffff, %al', for example.   pace
+       * also 'movw $foo,(%eax)'
+       */
+      switch (i.suffix)
+	{
+	case WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Imm16;
+	  break;
+	case BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Imm16 | Imm8 | Imm8S;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (is_digit_char (*op_string) || is_identifier_char (*op_string)
+	   || *op_string == '(')
+    {
+      /* This is a memory reference of some sort. */
+      register char *base_string;
+      unsigned int found_base_index_form;
+
+    do_memory_reference:
+      if (i.mem_operands == MAX_MEMORY_OPERANDS)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("more than 1 memory reference in instruction");
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      i.mem_operands++;
+
+      /* Determine type of memory operand from opcode_suffix;
+		   no opcode suffix implies general memory references. */
+      switch (i.suffix)
+	{
+	case BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Mem8;
+	  break;
+	case WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Mem16;
+	  break;
+	case DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX:
+	default:
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= Mem32;
+	}
+
+      /* Check for base index form.  We detect the base index form by
+	 looking for an ')' at the end of the operand, searching
+	 for the '(' matching it, and finding a REGISTER_PREFIX or ','
+	 after it. */
+      base_string = end_of_operand_string - 1;
+      found_base_index_form = 0;
+      if (*base_string == ')')
+	{
+	  unsigned int parens_balanced = 1;
+	  /* We've already checked that the number of left & right ()'s are
+	     equal, so this loop will not be infinite. */
+	  do
+	    {
+	      base_string--;
+	      if (*base_string == ')')
+		parens_balanced++;
+	      if (*base_string == '(')
+		parens_balanced--;
+	    }
+	  while (parens_balanced);
+	  base_string++;	/* Skip past '('. */
+	  if (*base_string == REGISTER_PREFIX || *base_string == ',')
+	    found_base_index_form = 1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we can't parse a base index register expression, we've found
+	 a pure displacement expression.  We set up displacement_string_start
+	 and displacement_string_end for the code below. */
+      if (!found_base_index_form)
+	{
+	  displacement_string_start = op_string;
+	  displacement_string_end = end_of_operand_string;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *base_reg_name, *index_reg_name, *num_string;
+	  int num;
+
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= BaseIndex;
+
+	  /* If there is a displacement set-up for it to be parsed later. */
+	  if (base_string != op_string + 1)
+	    {
+	      displacement_string_start = op_string;
+	      displacement_string_end = base_string - 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Find base register (if any). */
+	  if (*base_string != ',')
+	    {
+	      base_reg_name = base_string++;
+	      /* skip past register name & parse it */
+	      while (isalpha (*base_string))
+		base_string++;
+	      if (base_string == base_reg_name + 1)
+		{
+		  as_bad ("can't find base register name after '(%c'",
+			  REGISTER_PREFIX);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      END_STRING_AND_SAVE (base_string);
+	      if (!(i.base_reg = parse_register (base_reg_name)))
+		{
+		  as_bad ("bad base register name ('%s')", base_reg_name);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      RESTORE_END_STRING (base_string);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Now check seperator; must be ',' ==> index reg
+			   OR num ==> no index reg. just scale factor
+			   OR ')' ==> end. (scale factor = 1) */
+	  if (*base_string != ',' && *base_string != ')')
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("expecting ',' or ')' after base register in `%s'",
+		      operand_string);
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+
+	  /* There may index reg here; and there may be a scale factor. */
+	  if (*base_string == ',' && *(base_string + 1) == REGISTER_PREFIX)
+	    {
+	      index_reg_name = ++base_string;
+	      while (isalpha (*++base_string));
+	      END_STRING_AND_SAVE (base_string);
+	      if (!(i.index_reg = parse_register (index_reg_name)))
+		{
+		  as_bad ("bad index register name ('%s')", index_reg_name);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      RESTORE_END_STRING (base_string);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check for scale factor. */
+	  if (*base_string == ',' && isdigit (*(base_string + 1)))
+	    {
+	      num_string = ++base_string;
+	      while (is_digit_char (*base_string))
+		base_string++;
+	      if (base_string == num_string)
+		{
+		  as_bad ("can't find a scale factor after ','");
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      END_STRING_AND_SAVE (base_string);
+	      /* We've got a scale factor. */
+	      if (!sscanf (num_string, "%d", &num))
+		{
+		  as_bad ("can't parse scale factor from '%s'", num_string);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      RESTORE_END_STRING (base_string);
+	      switch (num)
+		{		/* must be 1 digit scale */
+		case 1:
+		  i.log2_scale_factor = 0;
+		  break;
+		case 2:
+		  i.log2_scale_factor = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 4:
+		  i.log2_scale_factor = 2;
+		  break;
+		case 8:
+		  i.log2_scale_factor = 3;
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  as_bad ("expecting scale factor of 1, 2, 4, 8; got %d", num);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (!i.index_reg && *base_string == ',')
+		{
+		  as_bad ("expecting index register or scale factor after ','; got '%c'",
+			  *(base_string + 1));
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* If there's an expression begining the operand, parse it,
+	 assuming displacement_string_start and displacement_string_end
+	 are meaningful. */
+      if (displacement_string_start)
+	{
+	  register expressionS *exp;
+	  segT exp_seg = 0;
+	  char *save_input_line_pointer;
+	  exp = &disp_expressions[i.disp_operands];
+	  i.disps[this_operand] = exp;
+	  i.disp_reloc[this_operand] = NO_RELOC;
+	  i.disp_operands++;
+	  save_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
+	  input_line_pointer = displacement_string_start;
+	  END_STRING_AND_SAVE (displacement_string_end);
+#ifndef LEX_AT
+	  {
+	    /*
+	     * We can have operands of the form
+	     *   <symbol>@GOTOFF+<nnn>
+	     * Take the easy way out here and copy everything
+	     * into a temporary buffer...
+	     */
+	    register char *cp;
+	    if ((cp = strchr (input_line_pointer,'@')) != NULL) {
+	      char tmpbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	      
+	      if(!GOT_symbol)
+		GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make(GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
+
+	      if (strncmp(cp+1, "PLT", 3) == 0) {
+		i.disp_reloc[this_operand] = BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32;
+		*cp = '\0';
+		strcpy(tmpbuf, input_line_pointer);
+		strcat(tmpbuf, cp+1+3);
+		*cp = '@';
+	      } else if (strncmp(cp+1, "GOTOFF", 6) == 0) {
+		i.disp_reloc[this_operand] = BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF;
+		*cp = '\0';
+		strcpy(tmpbuf, input_line_pointer);
+		strcat(tmpbuf, cp+1+6);
+		*cp = '@';
+	      } else if (strncmp(cp+1, "GOT", 3) == 0) {
+		i.disp_reloc[this_operand] = BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32;
+		*cp = '\0';
+		strcpy(tmpbuf, input_line_pointer);
+		strcat(tmpbuf, cp+1+3);
+		*cp = '@';
+	      } else
+		as_bad("Bad reloc specifier '%s' in expression", cp+1);
+	      input_line_pointer = tmpbuf;
+	    }
+	  }
+#endif
+	  exp_seg = expression (exp);
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	  /* We do this to make sure that the section symbol is in
+	     the symbol table.  We will ultimately change the relocation
+	     to be relative to the beginning of the section */
+	  if (i.disp_reloc[this_operand] == BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF)
+	    {
+	      if (S_IS_LOCAL(exp->X_add_symbol)
+		  && S_GET_SEGMENT (exp->X_add_symbol) != undefined_section)
+		section_symbol(exp->X_add_symbol->bsym->section);
+	      assert (exp->X_op == O_symbol);
+	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
+	      exp->X_op_symbol = GOT_symbol;
+	      i.disp_reloc[this_operand] = BFD_RELOC_32;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  if (*input_line_pointer)
+	    as_bad ("Ignoring junk '%s' after expression", input_line_pointer);
+	  RESTORE_END_STRING (displacement_string_end);
+	  input_line_pointer = save_input_line_pointer;
+	  if (exp->X_op == O_absent)
+	    {
+	      /* missing expr becomes absolute 0 */
+	      as_bad ("missing or invalid displacement '%s' taken as 0",
+		      operand_string);
+	      i.types[this_operand] |= (Disp | Abs);
+	      exp->X_op = O_constant;
+	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
+	      exp->X_add_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+	      exp->X_op_symbol = (symbolS *) 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (exp->X_op == O_constant)
+	    {
+	      i.types[this_operand] |= SMALLEST_DISP_TYPE (exp->X_add_number);
+	    }
+	  else if (exp_seg == text_section
+		   || exp_seg == data_section
+		   || exp_seg == bss_section
+		   || exp_seg == undefined_section)
+	    {
+	      i.types[this_operand] |= Disp32;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+#ifndef OBJ_AOUT
+	      i.types[this_operand] |= Disp32;
+#else
+	      goto seg_unimplemented;
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Make sure the memory operand we've been dealt is valid. */
+      if (i.base_reg && i.index_reg &&
+	  !(i.base_reg->reg_type & i.index_reg->reg_type & Reg))
+	{
+	  as_bad ("register size mismatch in (base,index,scale) expression");
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      /*
+       * special case for (%dx) while doing input/output op
+       */
+      if ((i.base_reg &&
+	   (i.base_reg->reg_type == (Reg16 | InOutPortReg)) &&
+	   (i.index_reg == 0)))
+	{
+	  i.types[this_operand] |= InOutPortReg;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      if ((i.base_reg && (i.base_reg->reg_type & Reg32) == 0) ||
+	  (i.index_reg && (i.index_reg->reg_type & Reg32) == 0))
+	{
+	  as_bad ("base/index register must be 32 bit register");
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      if (i.index_reg && i.index_reg == esp)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("%s may not be used as an index register", esp->reg_name);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {				/* it's not a memory operand; argh! */
+      as_bad ("invalid char %s begining %s operand '%s'",
+	      output_invalid (*op_string), ordinal_names[this_operand],
+	      op_string);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;			/* normal return */
+}
+
+/*
+ *			md_estimate_size_before_relax()
+ *
+ * Called just before relax().
+ * Any symbol that is now undefined will not become defined.
+ * Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
+ * Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller.
+ * The guess for fr_var is ACTUALLY the growth beyond fr_fix.
+ * Whatever we do to grow fr_fix or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
+ * Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend fr_var starts with a
+ * 0 value.
+ */
+int
+md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
+     register fragS *fragP;
+     register segT segment;
+{
+  register unsigned char *opcode;
+  register int old_fr_fix;
+
+  old_fr_fix = fragP->fr_fix;
+  opcode = (unsigned char *) fragP->fr_opcode;
+  /* We've already got fragP->fr_subtype right;  all we have to do is check
+	   for un-relaxable symbols. */
+  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment)
+    {
+      /* symbol is undefined in this segment */
+      switch (opcode[0])
+	{
+	case JUMP_PC_RELATIVE:	/* make jmp (0xeb) a dword displacement jump */
+	  opcode[0] = 0xe9;	/* dword disp jmp */
+	  fragP->fr_fix += 4;
+	  fix_new (fragP, old_fr_fix, 4,
+				 fragP->fr_symbol,
+		   fragP->fr_offset, 1,
+		   (GOT_symbol && /* Not quite right - we should switch on
+				     presence of @PLT, but I cannot see how
+				     to get to that from here.  We should have
+				     done this in md_assemble to really
+				     get it right all of the time, but I
+				     think it does not matter that much, as
+				     this will be right most of the time. ERY*/
+		    S_GET_SEGMENT(fragP->fr_symbol) == undefined_section)?
+		   BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32 : BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* This changes the byte-displacement jump 0x7N -->
+			   the dword-displacement jump 0x0f8N */
+	  opcode[1] = opcode[0] + 0x10;
+	  opcode[0] = TWO_BYTE_OPCODE_ESCAPE;	/* two-byte escape */
+	  fragP->fr_fix += 1 + 4;	/* we've added an opcode byte */
+	  fix_new (fragP, old_fr_fix + 1, 4,
+		   fragP->fr_symbol,
+		   fragP->fr_offset, 1, 
+		   (GOT_symbol &&  /* Not quite right - we should switch on
+				     presence of @PLT, but I cannot see how
+				     to get to that from here.  ERY */
+		    S_GET_SEGMENT(fragP->fr_symbol) == undefined_section)?
+		   BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32 : BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL);
+	  break;
+	}
+      frag_wane (fragP);
+    }
+  return (fragP->fr_var + fragP->fr_fix - old_fr_fix);
+}				/* md_estimate_size_before_relax() */
+
+/*
+ *			md_convert_frag();
+ *
+ * Called after relax() is finished.
+ * In:	Address of frag.
+ *	fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
+ *	fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
+ *
+ * Out:	Any fixSs and constants are set up.
+ *	Caller will turn frag into a ".space 0".
+ */
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+void
+md_convert_frag (headers, sec, fragP)
+     object_headers *headers;
+     segT sec;
+     register fragS *fragP;
+#else
+void
+md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     segT sec;
+     register fragS *fragP;
+#endif
+{
+  register unsigned char *opcode;
+  unsigned char *where_to_put_displacement = NULL;
+  unsigned int target_address;
+  unsigned int opcode_address;
+  unsigned int extension = 0;
+  int displacement_from_opcode_start;
+
+  opcode = (unsigned char *) fragP->fr_opcode;
+
+  /* Address we want to reach in file space. */
+  target_address = S_GET_VALUE (fragP->fr_symbol) + fragP->fr_offset;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER /* not needed otherwise? */
+  target_address += fragP->fr_symbol->sy_frag->fr_address;
+#endif
+
+  /* Address opcode resides at in file space. */
+  opcode_address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
+
+  /* Displacement from opcode start to fill into instruction. */
+  displacement_from_opcode_start = target_address - opcode_address;
+
+  switch (fragP->fr_subtype)
+    {
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, BYTE):
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, BYTE):
+      /* don't have to change opcode */
+      extension = 1;		/* 1 opcode + 1 displacement */
+      where_to_put_displacement = &opcode[1];
+      break;
+
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, WORD):
+      opcode[1] = TWO_BYTE_OPCODE_ESCAPE;
+      opcode[2] = opcode[0] + 0x10;
+      opcode[0] = WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE;
+      extension = 4;		/* 3 opcode + 2 displacement */
+      where_to_put_displacement = &opcode[3];
+      break;
+
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, WORD):
+      opcode[1] = 0xe9;
+      opcode[0] = WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE;
+      extension = 3;		/* 2 opcode + 2 displacement */
+      where_to_put_displacement = &opcode[2];
+      break;
+
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (COND_JUMP, DWORD):
+      opcode[1] = opcode[0] + 0x10;
+      opcode[0] = TWO_BYTE_OPCODE_ESCAPE;
+      extension = 5;		/* 2 opcode + 4 displacement */
+      where_to_put_displacement = &opcode[2];
+      break;
+
+    case ENCODE_RELAX_STATE (UNCOND_JUMP, DWORD):
+      opcode[0] = 0xe9;
+      extension = 4;		/* 1 opcode + 4 displacement */
+      where_to_put_displacement = &opcode[1];
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      BAD_CASE (fragP->fr_subtype);
+      break;
+    }
+  /* now put displacement after opcode */
+  md_number_to_chars ((char *) where_to_put_displacement,
+		      (valueT) (displacement_from_opcode_start - extension),
+		      SIZE_FROM_RELAX_STATE (fragP->fr_subtype));
+  fragP->fr_fix += extension;
+}
+
+
+int md_short_jump_size = 2;	/* size of byte displacement jmp */
+int md_long_jump_size = 5;	/* size of dword displacement jmp */
+const int md_reloc_size = 8;	/* Size of relocation record */
+
+void
+md_create_short_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_addr, to_addr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  long offset;
+
+  offset = to_addr - (from_addr + 2);
+  md_number_to_chars (ptr, (valueT) 0xeb, 1);	/* opcode for byte-disp jump */
+  md_number_to_chars (ptr + 1, (valueT) offset, 1);
+}
+
+void
+md_create_long_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_addr, to_addr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  long offset;
+
+  if (flag_do_long_jump)
+    {
+      offset = to_addr - S_GET_VALUE (to_symbol);
+      md_number_to_chars (ptr, (valueT) 0xe9, 1);/* opcode for long jmp */
+      md_number_to_chars (ptr + 1, (valueT) offset, 4);
+      fix_new (frag, (ptr + 1) - frag->fr_literal, 4,
+	       to_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_32);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      offset = to_addr - (from_addr + 5);
+      md_number_to_chars (ptr, (valueT) 0xe9, 1);
+      md_number_to_chars (ptr + 1, (valueT) offset, 4);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Apply a fixup (fixS) to segment data, once it has been determined
+   by our caller that we have all the info we need to fix it up.
+
+   On the 386, immediates, displacements, and data pointers are all in
+   the same (little-endian) format, so we don't need to care about which
+   we are handling.  */
+
+int
+md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valp, seg)
+     fixS *fixP;		/* The fix we're to put in.  */
+     valueT *valp;		/* Pointer to the value of the bits.  */
+     segT seg;			/* Segment fix is from.  */
+{
+  register char *p = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
+  valueT value = *valp;
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && !defined (TE_Mach)
+  /*
+   * This is a hack.  There should be a better way to
+   * handle this.
+   */
+  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL && fixP->fx_addsy)
+    {
+#ifndef OBJ_AOUT
+      if (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+	value += fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
+#endif
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+      if (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+	  && (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == seg
+	      || (fixP->fx_addsy->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0))
+	{
+	  /* Yes, we add the values in twice.  This is because
+	     bfd_perform_relocation subtracts them out again.  I think
+	     bfd_perform_relocation is broken, but I don't dare change
+	     it.  FIXME.  */
+	  value += fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Fix a few things - the dynamic linker expects certain values here,
+     and we must not dissappoint it. */
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+  if (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      && fixP->fx_addsy)
+    switch(fixP->fx_r_type) {
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
+      /* Make the jump instruction point to the address of the operand.  At
+	 runtime we merely add the offset to the actual PLT entry. */
+      value = 0xfffffffc;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
+/*
+ *  This is tough to explain.  We end up with this one if we have
+ * operands that look like "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-.L284]".  The goal
+ * here is to obtain the absolute address of the GOT, and it is strongly
+ * preferable from a performance point of view to avoid using a runtime
+ * relocation for this.  The actual sequence of instructions often look 
+ * something like:
+ * 
+ * 	call	.L66
+ * .L66:
+ * 	popl	%ebx
+ * 	addl	$_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-.L66],%ebx
+ * 
+ * 	The call and pop essentially return the absolute address of
+ * the label .L66 and store it in %ebx.  The linker itself will
+ * ultimately change the first operand of the addl so that %ebx points to
+ * the GOT, but to keep things simple, the .o file must have this operand
+ * set so that it generates not the absolute address of .L66, but the
+ * absolute address of itself.  This allows the linker itself simply
+ * treat a GOTPC relocation as asking for a pcrel offset to the GOT to be
+ * added in, and the addend of the relocation is stored in the operand
+ * field for the instruction itself.
+ * 
+ * 	Our job here is to fix the operand so that it would add the correct
+ * offset so that %ebx would point to itself.  The thing that is tricky is
+ * that .-.L66 will point to the beginning of the instruction, so we need
+ * to further modify the operand so that it will point to itself.
+ * There are other cases where you have something like:
+ * 
+ * 	.long	$_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-.L66]
+ * 
+ * and here no correction would be required.  Internally in the assembler
+ * we treat operands of this form as not being pcrel since the '.' is 
+ * explicitly mentioned, and I wonder whether it would simplify matters
+ * to do it this way.  Who knows.  In earlier versions of the PIC patches,
+ * the pcrel_adjust field was used to store the correction, but since the
+ * expression is not pcrel, I felt it would be confusing to do it this way.
+ */
+      value -= 1;
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
+      value = 0; /* Fully resolved at runtime.  No addend. */
+      break;
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#endif
+  md_number_to_chars (p, value, fixP->fx_size);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* This is never used.  */
+long				/* Knows about the byte order in a word. */
+md_chars_to_number (con, nbytes)
+     unsigned char con[];	/* Low order byte 1st. */
+     int nbytes;		/* Number of bytes in the input. */
+{
+  long retval;
+  for (retval = 0, con += nbytes - 1; nbytes--; con--)
+    {
+      retval <<= BITS_PER_CHAR;
+      retval |= *con;
+    }
+  return retval;
+}
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+
+#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
+
+/* Turn the string pointed to by litP into a floating point constant of type
+   type, and emit the appropriate bytes.  The number of LITTLENUMS emitted
+   is stored in *sizeP .  An error message is returned, or NULL on OK.  */
+char *
+md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
+     char type;
+     char *litP;
+     int *sizeP;
+{
+  int prec;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
+  char *t;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+      prec = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+      prec = 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+      prec = 5;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      *sizeP = 0;
+      return "Bad call to md_atof ()";
+    }
+  t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
+  if (t)
+    input_line_pointer = t;
+
+  *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+  /* This loops outputs the LITTLENUMs in REVERSE order; in accord with
+     the bigendian 386.  */
+  for (wordP = words + prec - 1; prec--;)
+    {
+      md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP--), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
+      litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char output_invalid_buf[8];
+
+static char *
+output_invalid (c)
+     char c;
+{
+  if (isprint (c))
+    sprintf (output_invalid_buf, "'%c'", c);
+  else
+    sprintf (output_invalid_buf, "(0x%x)", (unsigned) c);
+  return output_invalid_buf;
+}
+
+/* reg_string starts *before* REGISTER_PREFIX */
+static reg_entry *
+parse_register (reg_string)
+     char *reg_string;
+{
+  register char *s = reg_string;
+  register char *p;
+  char reg_name_given[MAX_REG_NAME_SIZE];
+
+  s++;				/* skip REGISTER_PREFIX */
+  for (p = reg_name_given; is_register_char (*s); p++, s++)
+    {
+      *p = register_chars[(unsigned char) *s];
+      if (p >= reg_name_given + MAX_REG_NAME_SIZE)
+	return (reg_entry *) 0;
+    }
+  *p = '\0';
+  return (reg_entry *) hash_find (reg_hash, reg_name_given);
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+CONST char *md_shortopts = "kmVQ:";
+#else
+CONST char *md_shortopts = "m";
+#endif
+struct option md_longopts[] = {
+  {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+};
+size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
+
+int
+md_parse_option (c, arg)
+     int c;
+     char *arg;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'm':
+      flag_do_long_jump = 1;
+      break;
+
+#if defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)
+      /* -k: Ignore for FreeBSD compatibility.  */
+    case 'k':
+      break;
+
+      /* -V: SVR4 argument to print version ID.  */
+    case 'V':
+      print_version_id ();
+      break;
+
+      /* -Qy, -Qn: SVR4 arguments controlling whether a .comment section
+	 should be emitted or not.  FIXME: Not implemented.  */
+    case 'Q':
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+md_show_usage (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+-m			do long jump\n");
+}
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_COFF
+
+/* Pick the target format to use.  */
+
+const char  *
+i386_target_format ()
+{
+  switch (OUTPUT_FLAVOR)
+    {
+    case bfd_target_coff_flavour:
+      return "coff-i386";
+    case bfd_target_elf_flavour:
+      return "elf32-i386";
+    default:
+      abort ();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_MAYBE_COFF */
+#endif /* OBJ_MAYBE_ELF */
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+symbolS *
+md_undefined_symbol (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+	if (*name == '_' && *(name+1) == 'G'
+	    && strcmp(name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)
+	  {
+	    if(!GOT_symbol)
+	      {
+		if(symbol_find(name)) 
+		  as_bad("GOT already in symbol table");
+		GOT_symbol = symbol_new (name, undefined_section, 
+					 (valueT) 0, &zero_address_frag);
+	      };
+	    return GOT_symbol;
+	  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
+valueT
+md_section_align (segment, size)
+     segT segment;
+     valueT size;
+{
+#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* For a.out, force the section size to be aligned.  If we don't do
+     this, BFD will align it for us, but it will not write out the
+     final bytes of the section.  This may be a bug in BFD, but it is
+     easier to fix it here since that is how the other a.out targets
+     work.  */
+  int align;
+
+  align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
+  size = ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & ((valueT) -1 << align));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  return size;
+}
+
+/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?  On the
+   i386, they're relative to the address of the offset, plus its
+   size. (??? Is this right?  FIXME-SOON!) */
+long
+md_pcrel_from (fixP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  return fixP->fx_size + fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
+}
+
+#ifndef I386COFF
+
+static void
+s_bss (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register int temp;
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_set (bss_section, (subsegT) temp);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+void
+i386_validate_fix (fixp)
+     fixS *fixp;
+{
+  if (fixp->fx_subsy && fixp->fx_subsy == GOT_symbol)
+    {
+      fixp->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF;
+      fixp->fx_subsy = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#define F(SZ,PCREL)		(((SZ) << 1) + (PCREL))
+#define MAP(SZ,PCREL,TYPE)	case F(SZ,PCREL): code = (TYPE); break
+
+arelent *
+tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
+     asection *section;
+     fixS *fixp;
+{
+  arelent *rel;
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
+
+  switch(fixp->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
+    case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
+      code = fixp->fx_r_type;
+      break;
+    default:
+      switch (F (fixp->fx_size, fixp->fx_pcrel))
+	{
+	  MAP (1, 0, BFD_RELOC_8);
+	  MAP (2, 0, BFD_RELOC_16);
+	  MAP (4, 0, BFD_RELOC_32);
+	  MAP (1, 1, BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL);
+	  MAP (2, 1, BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL);
+	  MAP (4, 1, BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL);
+	default:
+	  as_bad ("Can not do %d byte %srelocation", fixp->fx_size,
+		  fixp->fx_pcrel ? "pc-relative " : "");
+	}
+    }
+#undef MAP
+#undef F
+
+  if (code == BFD_RELOC_32
+      && GOT_symbol
+      && fixp->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
+    code = BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC;
+
+  rel = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+  rel->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
+  rel->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+  if (fixp->fx_pcrel)
+    rel->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
+  else
+    rel->addend = 0;
+
+  rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
+  if (rel->howto == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
+		    "Cannot represent relocation type %s",
+		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
+      /* Set howto to a garbage value so that we can keep going.  */
+      rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, BFD_RELOC_32);
+      assert (rel->howto != NULL);
+    }
+
+  return rel;
+}
+
+#else /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#if (defined(OBJ_AOUT) | defined(OBJ_BOUT))
+void
+tc_aout_fix_to_chars (where, fixP, segment_address_in_file)
+     char *where;
+     fixS *fixP;
+     relax_addressT segment_address_in_file;
+{
+  /*
+   * In: length of relocation (or of address) in chars: 1, 2 or 4.
+   * Out: GNU LD relocation length code: 0, 1, or 2.
+   */
+
+  static const unsigned char nbytes_r_length[] = {42, 0, 1, 42, 2};
+  long r_symbolnum;
+
+  know (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL);
+
+  md_number_to_chars (where,
+		      (valueT) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_address
+				+ fixP->fx_where - segment_address_in_file),
+		      4);
+
+  r_symbolnum = (S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
+		 ? S_GET_TYPE (fixP->fx_addsy)
+		 : fixP->fx_addsy->sy_number);
+
+  where[6] = (r_symbolnum >> 16) & 0x0ff;
+  where[5] = (r_symbolnum >> 8) & 0x0ff;
+  where[4] = r_symbolnum & 0x0ff;
+  where[7] = ((((!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)) << 3) & 0x08)
+	      | ((nbytes_r_length[fixP->fx_size] << 1) & 0x06)
+	      | (((fixP->fx_pcrel << 0) & 0x01) & 0x0f));
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+
+#if defined (I386COFF)
+
+short
+tc_coff_fix2rtype (fixP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_IMAGEBASE)
+    return R_IMAGEBASE;
+
+  return (fixP->fx_pcrel ?
+	  (fixP->fx_size == 1 ? R_PCRBYTE :
+	   fixP->fx_size == 2 ? R_PCRWORD :
+	   R_PCRLONG) :
+	  (fixP->fx_size == 1 ? R_RELBYTE :
+	   fixP->fx_size == 2 ? R_RELWORD :
+	   R_DIR32));
+}
+
+int
+tc_coff_sizemachdep (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
+{
+  if (frag->fr_next)
+    return (frag->fr_next->fr_address - frag->fr_address);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* I386COFF */
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER? */
+
+/* end of tc-i386.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8205f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-i386.h
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+/* tc-i386.h -- Header file for tc-i386.c
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef TC_I386
+#define TC_I386 1
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct fix;
+#endif
+
+#define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN	0
+
+#ifdef TE_LYNX
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"coff-i386-lynx"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+/* This is used to determine relocation types in tc-i386.c.  The first
+   parameter is the current relocation type, the second one is the desired
+   type.  The idea is that if the original type is already some kind of PIC
+   relocation, we leave it alone, otherwise we give it the desired type */
+
+#define TC_RELOC(X,Y) (((X) != BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32 && \
+	   (X) != BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF && \
+	   (X) != BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32 && \
+	   (X) != BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC) ? Y : X)
+
+#define tc_fix_adjustable(X)  tc_i386_fix_adjustable(X)
+extern int tc_i386_fix_adjustable PARAMS ((struct fix *));
+
+/* This is the relocation type for direct references to GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE.
+ * It comes up in complicated expressions such as 
+ * _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-.L284], which cannot be expressed normally with
+ * the regular expressions.  The fixup specified here when used at runtime 
+ * implies that we should add the address of the GOT to the specified location,
+ * and as a result we have simplified the expression into something we can use.
+ */
+#define TC_RELOC_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC
+
+/* This expression evaluates to false if the relocation is for a local object
+   for which we still want to do the relocation at runtime.  True if we
+   are willing to perform this relocation while building the .o file.
+   This is only used for pcrel relocations, so GOTOFF does not need to be
+   checked here.  I am not sure if some of the others are ever used with
+   pcrel, but it is easier to be safe than sorry. */
+
+#define TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP(FIX)  \
+  ((FIX)->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32 \
+   && (FIX)->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32 \
+   && (FIX)->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC)
+
+#define TARGET_ARCH		bfd_arch_i386
+
+#ifdef OBJ_AOUT
+#ifdef TE_NetBSD
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-i386-netbsd"
+#endif
+#ifdef TE_386BSD
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-i386-bsd"
+#endif
+#ifdef TE_LINUX
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-i386-linux"
+#endif
+#ifdef TE_Mach
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-mach3"
+#endif
+#ifdef TE_DYNIX
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-i386-dynix"
+#endif
+#ifndef TARGET_FORMAT
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"a.out-i386"
+#endif
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+#define TARGET_FORMAT		"elf32-i386"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_ELF
+#ifdef OBJ_MAYBE_COFF
+extern const char *i386_target_format PARAMS ((void));
+#define TARGET_FORMAT i386_target_format ()
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#else /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* COFF STUFF */
+
+#define COFF_MAGIC I386MAGIC
+#define BFD_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
+#define COFF_FLAGS F_AR32WR
+#define TC_COUNT_RELOC(x) ((x)->fx_addsy || (x)->fx_r_type==7)
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(x) ((x)->fx_r_type==7)
+#define TC_COFF_FIX2RTYPE(fixP) tc_coff_fix2rtype(fixP)
+extern short tc_coff_fix2rtype PARAMS ((struct fix *));
+#define TC_COFF_SIZEMACHDEP(frag) tc_coff_sizemachdep(frag)
+extern int tc_coff_sizemachdep PARAMS ((fragS *frag));
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG) 2
+#define TC_RVA_RELOC 7
+/* Need this for PIC relocations */
+#define NEED_FX_R_TYPE
+
+
+#ifdef TE_386BSD
+/* The BSDI linker apparently rejects objects with a machine type of
+   M_386 (100).  */
+#define AOUT_MACHTYPE 0
+#else
+#define AOUT_MACHTYPE 100
+#endif
+
+#undef REVERSE_SORT_RELOCS
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define NO_RELOC BFD_RELOC_NONE
+#else
+#define NO_RELOC 0
+#endif
+#define tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook(a)	;	/* not used */
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifndef OBJ_AOUT
+#ifndef TE_PE
+/* Local labels starts with .L */
+#define LOCAL_LABEL(name) (name[0] == '.' \
+		 && (name[1] == 'L' || name[1] == 'X' || name[1] == '.'))
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+
+#define tc_aout_pre_write_hook(x)	{;}	/* not used */
+#define tc_crawl_symbol_chain(a)	{;}	/* not used */
+#define tc_headers_hook(a)		{;}	/* not used */
+
+#define MAX_OPERANDS 3		/* max operands per insn */
+#define MAX_PREFIXES 5		/* max prefixes per opcode */
+#define MAX_IMMEDIATE_OPERANDS 2/* max immediates per insn */
+#define MAX_MEMORY_OPERANDS 2	/* max memory ref per insn (lcall uses 2) */
+
+/* we define the syntax here (modulo base,index,scale syntax) */
+#define REGISTER_PREFIX '%'
+#define IMMEDIATE_PREFIX '$'
+#define ABSOLUTE_PREFIX '*'
+#define PREFIX_SEPERATOR '/'
+
+#define TWO_BYTE_OPCODE_ESCAPE 0x0f
+#define NOP_OPCODE (char) 0x90
+
+/* register numbers */
+#define EBP_REG_NUM 5
+#define ESP_REG_NUM 4
+
+/* modrm_byte.regmem for twobyte escape */
+#define ESCAPE_TO_TWO_BYTE_ADDRESSING ESP_REG_NUM
+/* index_base_byte.index for no index register addressing */
+#define NO_INDEX_REGISTER ESP_REG_NUM
+/* index_base_byte.base for no base register addressing */
+#define NO_BASE_REGISTER EBP_REG_NUM
+
+/* these are the att as opcode suffixes, making movl --> mov, for example */
+#define DWORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX 'l'
+#define WORD_OPCODE_SUFFIX  'w'
+#define BYTE_OPCODE_SUFFIX  'b'
+
+/* modrm.mode = REGMEM_FIELD_HAS_REG when a register is in there */
+#define REGMEM_FIELD_HAS_REG 0x3/* always = 0x3 */
+#define REGMEM_FIELD_HAS_MEM (~REGMEM_FIELD_HAS_REG)
+
+#define END_OF_INSN '\0'
+
+/*
+  When an operand is read in it is classified by its type.  This type includes
+  all the possible ways an operand can be used.  Thus, '%eax' is both 'register
+  # 0' and 'The Accumulator'.  In our language this is expressed by OR'ing
+  'Reg32' (any 32 bit register) and 'Acc' (the accumulator).
+  Operands are classified so that we can match given operand types with
+  the opcode table in i386-opcode.h.
+  */
+#define Unknown 0x0
+/* register */
+#define Reg8    0x1		/* 8 bit reg */
+#define Reg16   0x2		/* 16 bit reg */
+#define Reg32   0x4		/* 32 bit reg */
+#define Reg     (Reg8|Reg16|Reg32)	/* gen'l register */
+#define WordReg (Reg16|Reg32)	/* for push/pop operands */
+/* immediate */
+#define Imm8    0x8		/* 8 bit immediate */
+#define Imm8S	0x10		/* 8 bit immediate sign extended */
+#define Imm16   0x20		/* 16 bit immediate */
+#define Imm32   0x40		/* 32 bit immediate */
+#define Imm1    0x80		/* 1 bit immediate */
+#define ImmUnknown Imm32	/* for unknown expressions */
+#define Imm     (Imm8|Imm8S|Imm16|Imm32)	/* gen'l immediate */
+/* memory */
+#define Disp8   0x200		/* 8 bit displacement (for jumps) */
+#define Disp16  0x400		/* 16 bit displacement */
+#define Disp32  0x800		/* 32 bit displacement */
+#define Disp    (Disp8|Disp16|Disp32)	/* General displacement */
+#define DispUnknown Disp32	/* for unknown size displacements */
+#define Mem8    0x1000
+#define Mem16   0x2000
+#define Mem32   0x4000
+#define BaseIndex 0x8000
+#define Mem     (Disp|Mem8|Mem16|Mem32|BaseIndex)	/* General memory */
+#define WordMem   (Mem16|Mem32|Disp|BaseIndex)
+#define ByteMem   (Mem8|Disp|BaseIndex)
+/* specials */
+#define InOutPortReg 0x10000	/* register to hold in/out port addr = dx */
+#define ShiftCount 0x20000	/* register to hold shift cound = cl */
+#define Control 0x40000		/* Control register */
+#define Debug   0x80000		/* Debug register */
+#define Test    0x100000	/* Test register */
+#define FloatReg 0x200000	/* Float register */
+#define FloatAcc 0x400000	/* Float stack top %st(0) */
+#define SReg2   0x800000	/* 2 bit segment register */
+#define SReg3   0x1000000	/* 3 bit segment register */
+#define Acc     0x2000000	/* Accumulator %al or %ax or %eax */
+#define ImplicitRegister (InOutPortReg|ShiftCount|Acc|FloatAcc)
+#define JumpAbsolute 0x4000000
+#define Abs8  0x08000000
+#define Abs16 0x10000000
+#define Abs32 0x20000000
+#define Abs (Abs8|Abs16|Abs32)
+#define RegMMX 0x40000000	/* MMX register */
+
+#define Byte (Reg8|Imm8|Imm8S)
+#define Word (Reg16|Imm16)
+#define DWord (Reg32|Imm32)
+
+#define SMALLEST_DISP_TYPE(num) \
+    fits_in_signed_byte(num) ? (Disp8|Disp32|Abs8|Abs32) : (Disp32|Abs32)
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* instruction name sans width suffix ("mov" for movl insns) */
+  char *name;
+
+  /* how many operands */
+  unsigned int operands;
+
+  /* base_opcode is the fundamental opcode byte with a optional prefix(es). */
+  unsigned int base_opcode;
+
+  /* extension_opcode is the 3 bit extension for group <n> insns.
+     If this template has no extension opcode (the usual case) use None */
+  unsigned char extension_opcode;
+#define None 0xff		/* If no extension_opcode is possible. */
+
+  /* the bits in opcode_modifier are used to generate the final opcode from
+     the base_opcode.  These bits also are used to detect alternate forms of
+     the same instruction */
+  unsigned int opcode_modifier;
+
+  /* opcode_modifier bits: */
+#define W        0x1		/* set if operands are words or dwords */
+#define D        0x2		/* D = 0 if Reg --> Regmem; D = 1 if Regmem --> Reg */
+  /* direction flag for floating insns:  MUST BE 0x400 */
+#define FloatD 0x400
+  /* shorthand */
+#define DW (D|W)
+#define ShortForm 0x10		/* register is in low 3 bits of opcode */
+#define ShortFormW 0x20		/* ShortForm and W bit is 0x8 */
+#define Seg2ShortForm 0x40	/* encoding of load segment reg insns */
+#define Seg3ShortForm 0x80	/* fs/gs segment register insns. */
+#define Jump 0x100		/* special case for jump insns. */
+#define JumpInterSegment 0x200	/* special case for intersegment leaps/calls */
+  /* 0x400 CANNOT BE USED since it's already used by FloatD above */
+#define DONT_USE 0x400
+#define NoModrm 0x800
+#define Modrm 0x1000
+#define imulKludge 0x2000
+#define JumpByte 0x4000
+#define JumpDword 0x8000
+#define ReverseRegRegmem 0x10000
+#define Data16 0x20000		/* needs data prefix if in 32-bit mode */
+#define Data32 0x40000		/* needs data prefix if in 16-bit mode */
+#define iclrKludge 0x80000	/* used to convert clr to xor */
+
+  /* (opcode_modifier & COMES_IN_ALL_SIZES) is true if the
+     instuction comes in byte, word, and dword sizes and is encoded into
+     machine code in the canonical way. */
+#define COMES_IN_ALL_SIZES (W)
+
+  /* (opcode_modifier & COMES_IN_BOTH_DIRECTIONS) indicates that the
+     source and destination operands can be reversed by setting either
+     the D (for integer insns) or the FloatD (for floating insns) bit
+     in base_opcode. */
+#define COMES_IN_BOTH_DIRECTIONS (D|FloatD)
+
+  /* operand_types[i] describes the type of operand i.  This is made
+     by OR'ing together all of the possible type masks.  (e.g.
+     'operand_types[i] = Reg|Imm' specifies that operand i can be
+     either a register or an immediate operand */
+  unsigned int operand_types[3];
+}
+template;
+
+/*
+  'templates' is for grouping together 'template' structures for opcodes
+  of the same name.  This is only used for storing the insns in the grand
+  ole hash table of insns.
+  The templates themselves start at START and range up to (but not including)
+  END.
+  */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    template *start;
+    template *end;
+  } templates;
+
+/* these are for register name --> number & type hash lookup */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    char *reg_name;
+    unsigned int reg_type;
+    unsigned int reg_num;
+  }
+
+reg_entry;
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    char *seg_name;
+    unsigned int seg_prefix;
+  }
+
+seg_entry;
+
+/* these are for prefix name --> prefix code hash lookup */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    char *prefix_name;
+    unsigned char prefix_code;
+  }
+
+prefix_entry;
+
+/* 386 operand encoding bytes:  see 386 book for details of this. */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    unsigned regmem:3;		/* codes register or memory operand */
+    unsigned reg:3;		/* codes register operand (or extended opcode) */
+    unsigned mode:2;		/* how to interpret regmem & reg */
+  }
+
+modrm_byte;
+
+/* 386 opcode byte to code indirect addressing. */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    unsigned base:3;
+    unsigned index:3;
+    unsigned scale:2;
+  }
+
+base_index_byte;
+
+/* The name of the global offset table generated by the compiler. Allow
+   this to be overridden if need be. */
+#ifndef GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME
+#define GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+void i386_validate_fix PARAMS ((struct fix *));
+#define TC_VALIDATE_FIX(FIXP,SEGTYPE,SKIP) i386_validate_fix(FIXP)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* TC_I386 */
+
+#define md_operand(x)
+
+extern const struct relax_type md_relax_table[];
+#define TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE md_relax_table
+
+
+extern int flag_16bit_code;
+
+#define md_do_align(n, fill, len, max, around)				\
+if ((n) && !need_pass_2							\
+    && (!(fill) || ((char)*(fill) == (char)0x90 && (len) == 1))		\
+    && now_seg != data_section && now_seg != bss_section)		\
+  {									\
+    char *p;								\
+    p = frag_var (rs_align_code, 15, 1, (relax_substateT) max,		\
+		  (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) (n), (char *) 0);		\
+    *p = 0x90;								\
+    goto around;							\
+  }
+
+extern void i386_align_code PARAMS ((fragS *, int));
+
+#define HANDLE_ALIGN(fragP)						\
+if (fragP->fr_type == rs_align_code) 					\
+  i386_align_code (fragP, (fragP->fr_next->fr_address			\
+			   - fragP->fr_address				\
+			   - fragP->fr_fix));
+
+/* call md_apply_fix3 with segment instead of md_apply_fix */
+#define MD_APPLY_FIX3
+
+void i386_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *));
+#define tc_print_statistics i386_print_statistics
+
+#define md_number_to_chars number_to_chars_littleendian
+
+#ifdef SCO_ELF
+#define tc_init_after_args() sco_id ()
+extern void sco_id PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+
+/* end of tc-i386.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-m68851.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-m68851.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f6d741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-m68851.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/* This file is tc-m68851.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+   
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+   
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * pmmu.h
+ */
+
+/* I suppose we have to copyright this file.  Someone on the net sent it
+   to us as part of the changes for the m68851 Memory Management Unit */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This file is part of Gas, the GNU Assembler.
+   
+   The GNU assembler is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY.  No author or distributor
+   accepts responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it
+   or for whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all,
+   unless he says so in writing.  Refer to the GNU Assembler General
+   Public License for full details.
+   
+   Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
+   the GNU Assembler, but only under the conditions described in the
+   GNU Assembler General Public License.  A copy of this license is
+   supposed to have been given to you along with the GNU Assembler
+   so you can know your rights and responsibilities.  It should be
+   in a file named COPYING.  Among other things, the copyright
+   notice and this notice must be preserved on all copies.  */
+
+#ifdef m68851
+
+/*
+  I didn't use much imagination in choosing the 
+  following codes, so many of them aren't very
+  mnemonic. -rab
+  
+  P  pmmu register
+  Possible values:
+  000	TC	Translation Control reg
+  100	CAL	Current Access Level
+  101	VAL	Validate Access Level
+  110	SCC	Stack Change Control
+  111	AC	Access Control
+  
+  W  wide pmmu registers
+  Possible values:
+  001	DRP	Dma Root Pointer
+  010	SRP	Supervisor Root Pointer
+  011	CRP	Cpu Root Pointer
+  
+  f	function code register
+  0	SFC
+  1	DFC
+  
+  V	VAL register only
+  
+  X	BADx, BACx
+  100	BAD	Breakpoint Acknowledge Data
+  101	BAC	Breakpoint Acknowledge Control
+  
+  Y	PSR
+  Z	PCSR
+  
+  |	memory 		(modes 2-6, 7.*)
+  
+  */
+
+/*
+ * these defines should be in m68k.c but
+ * i put them here to keep all the m68851 stuff
+ * together -rab
+ * JF--Make sure these #s don't clash with the ones in m68k.c
+ * That would be BAD.
+ */
+#define TC	(FPS+1)		/* 48 */
+#define DRP	(TC+1)		/* 49 */
+#define SRP	(DRP+1)		/* 50 */
+#define CRP	(SRP+1)		/* 51 */
+#define CAL	(CRP+1)		/* 52 */
+#define VAL	(CAL+1)		/* 53 */
+#define SCC	(VAL+1)		/* 54 */
+#define AC	(SCC+1)		/* 55 */
+#define BAD	(AC+1)		/* 56,57,58,59, 60,61,62,63 */
+#define BAC	(BAD+8)		/* 64,65,66,67, 68,69,70,71 */
+#define PSR	(BAC+8)		/* 72 */
+#define PCSR	(PSR+1)		/* 73 */
+
+/* name */	/* opcode */		/* match */		/* args */
+
+{"pbac",	one(0xf0c7),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbacw",	one(0xf087),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbas",	one(0xf0c6),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbasw",	one(0xf086),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbbc",	one(0xf0c1),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbbcw",	one(0xf081),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbbs",	one(0xf0c0),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbbsw",	one(0xf080),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbcc",	one(0xf0cf),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbccw",	one(0xf08f),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbcs",	one(0xf0ce),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbcsw",	one(0xf08e),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbgc",	one(0xf0cd),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbgcw",	one(0xf08d),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbgs",	one(0xf0cc),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbgsw",	one(0xf08c),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbic",	one(0xf0cb),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbicw",	one(0xf08b),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbis",	one(0xf0ca),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbisw",	one(0xf08a),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pblc",	one(0xf0c3),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pblcw",	one(0xf083),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbls",	one(0xf0c2),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pblsw",	one(0xf082),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbsc",	one(0xf0c5),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbscw",	one(0xf085),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbss",	one(0xf0c4),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbssw",	one(0xf084),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbwc",	one(0xf0c9),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbwcw",	one(0xf089),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbws",	one(0xf0c8),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+{"pbwsw",	one(0xf088),		one(0xffbf),		"Bc"},
+    
+    
+{"pdbac",	two(0xf048, 0x0007),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbas",	two(0xf048, 0x0006),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbbc",	two(0xf048, 0x0001),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbbs",	two(0xf048, 0x0000),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbcc",	two(0xf048, 0x000f),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbcs",	two(0xf048, 0x000e),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbgc",	two(0xf048, 0x000d),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbgs",	two(0xf048, 0x000c),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbic",	two(0xf048, 0x000b),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbis",	two(0xf048, 0x000a),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdblc",	two(0xf048, 0x0003),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbls",	two(0xf048, 0x0002),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbsc",	two(0xf048, 0x0005),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbss",	two(0xf048, 0x0004),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbwc",	two(0xf048, 0x0009),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+{"pdbws",	two(0xf048, 0x0008),	two(0xfff8, 0xffff),	"DsBw"},
+    
+{"pflusha",	two(0xf000, 0x2400),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"" },
+    
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3010),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe10),	"T3T9" },
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3810),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe10),	"T3T9&s" },
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3008),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe18),	"D3T9" },
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3808),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe18),	"D3T9&s" },
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3000),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe1e),	"f3T9" },
+{"pflush",	two(0xf000, 0x3800),	two(0xffc0, 0xfe1e),	"f3T9&s" },
+    
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3410),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe10),	"T3T9" },
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3c00),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe00),	"T3T9&s" },
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3408),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe18),	"D3T9" },
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3c08),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe18),	"D3T9&s" },
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3400),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe1e),	"f3T9" },
+{"pflushs",	two(0xf000, 0x3c00),	two(0xfff8, 0xfe1e),	"f3T9&s"},
+    
+{"pflushr",	two(0xf000, 0xa000),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"|s" },
+    
+{"ploadr",	two(0xf000, 0x2210),	two(0xffc0, 0xfff0),	"T3&s" },
+{"ploadr",	two(0xf000, 0x2208),	two(0xffc0, 0xfff8),	"D3&s" },
+{"ploadr",	two(0xf000, 0x2200),	two(0xffc0, 0xfffe),	"f3&s" },
+{"ploadw",	two(0xf000, 0x2010),	two(0xffc0, 0xfff0),	"T3&s" },
+{"ploadw",	two(0xf000, 0x2008),	two(0xffc0, 0xfff8),	"D3&s" },
+{"ploadw",	two(0xf000, 0x2000),	two(0xffc0, 0xfffe),	"f3&s" },
+    
+    /* TC, CRP, DRP, SRP, CAL, VAL, SCC, AC */
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x4000),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3ff),	"*sP8" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x4200),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3ff),	"P8%s" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x4000),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3ff),	"|sW8" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x4200),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3ff),	"W8~s" },
+    
+    /* BADx, BACx */
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6200),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3e3),	"*sX3" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6000),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3e3),	"X3%s" },
+    
+    /* PSR, PCSR */
+    /* {"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6100),	two(oxffc0, oxffff),	"*sZ8" }, */
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6000),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"*sY8" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6200),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"Y8%s" },
+{"pmove",	two(0xf000, 0x6600),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"Z8%s" },
+    
+{"prestore",	one(0xf140),		one(0xffc0),		"&s"},
+{"prestore",	one(0xf158),		one(0xfff8),		"+s"},
+{"psave",	one(0xf100),		one(0xffc0),		"&s"},
+{"psave",	one(0xf100),		one(0xffc0),		"+s"},
+    
+{"psac",	two(0xf040, 0x0007),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psas",	two(0xf040, 0x0006),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psbc",	two(0xf040, 0x0001),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psbs",	two(0xf040, 0x0000),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"pscc",	two(0xf040, 0x000f),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"pscs",	two(0xf040, 0x000e),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psgc",	two(0xf040, 0x000d),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psgs",	two(0xf040, 0x000c),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psic",	two(0xf040, 0x000b),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psis",	two(0xf040, 0x000a),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"pslc",	two(0xf040, 0x0003),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psls",	two(0xf040, 0x0002),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"pssc",	two(0xf040, 0x0005),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psss",	two(0xf040, 0x0004),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"pswc",	two(0xf040, 0x0009),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+{"psws",	two(0xf040, 0x0008),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"@s"},
+    
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8210),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3f0),	"T3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8310),	two(0xffc0, 0xe310),	"T3&sQ8A9" },
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8208),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3f8),	"D3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8308),	two(0xffc0, 0xe318),	"D3&sQ8A9" },
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8200),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3fe),	"f3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestr",	two(0xf000, 0x8300),	two(0xffc0, 0xe31e),	"f3&sQ8A9" },
+    
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8010),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3f0),	"T3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8110),	two(0xffc0, 0xe310),	"T3&sQ8A9" },
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8008),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3f8),	"D3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8108),	two(0xffc0, 0xe318),	"D3&sQ8A9" },
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8000),	two(0xffc0, 0xe3fe),	"f3&sQ8" },
+{"ptestw",	two(0xf000, 0x8100),	two(0xffc0, 0xe31e),	"f3&sQ8A9" },
+    
+{"ptrapacw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0007),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapacl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0007),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapac",	two(0xf07c, 0x0007),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapasw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0006),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapasl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0006),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapas",	two(0xf07c, 0x0006),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapbcw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0001),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapbcl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0001),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapbc",	two(0xf07c, 0x0001),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapbsw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0000),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapbsl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0000),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapbs",	two(0xf07c, 0x0000),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapccw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000f),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapccl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000f),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapcc",	two(0xf07c, 0x000f),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapcsw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000e),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapcsl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000e),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapcs",	two(0xf07c, 0x000e),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapgcw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000d),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapgcl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000d),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapgc",	two(0xf07c, 0x000d),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapgsw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000c),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapgsl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000c),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapgs",	two(0xf07c, 0x000c),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapicw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000b),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapicl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000b),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapic",	two(0xf07c, 0x000b),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapisw",	two(0xf07a, 0x000a),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapisl",	two(0xf07b, 0x000a),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapis",	two(0xf07c, 0x000a),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptraplcw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0003),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptraplcl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0003),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptraplc",	two(0xf07c, 0x0003),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptraplsw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0002),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptraplsl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0002),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapls",	two(0xf07c, 0x0002),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapscw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0005),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapscl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0005),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapsc",	two(0xf07c, 0x0005),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapssw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0004),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapssl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0004),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapss",	two(0xf07c, 0x0004),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapwcw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0009),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapwcl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0009),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapwc",	two(0xf07c, 0x0009),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"ptrapwsw",	two(0xf07a, 0x0008),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#w"},
+{"ptrapwsl",	two(0xf07b, 0x0008),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	"#l"},
+{"ptrapws",	two(0xf07c, 0x0008),	two(0xffff, 0xffff),	""},
+    
+{"pvalid",	two(0xf000, 0x2800),	two(0xffc0, 0xffff),	"Vs&s"},
+{"pvalid",	two(0xf000, 0x2c00),	two(0xffc0, 0xfff8),	"A3&s" },
+    
+#endif /* m68851 */
+
+/* end of tc-m68851.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c0bf4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2110 @@
+/* tc-sh.c -- Assemble code for the Hitachi Super-H
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+   Written By Steve Chamberlain
+   sac@cygnus.com
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "as.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#define DEFINE_TABLE
+#include "opcodes/sh-opc.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+const char comment_chars[] = "!";
+const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
+const char line_comment_chars[] = "!#";
+
+static void s_uses PARAMS ((int));
+
+static void sh_count_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, segT, PTR));
+static void sh_frob_section PARAMS ((bfd *, segT, PTR));
+
+/* This table describes all the machine specific pseudo-ops the assembler
+   has to support.  The fields are:
+   pseudo-op name without dot
+   function to call to execute this pseudo-op
+   Integer arg to pass to the function
+ */
+
+void cons ();
+void s_align_bytes ();
+
+int shl = 0;
+
+static void
+little (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  shl = 1;
+  target_big_endian = 0;
+}
+
+const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"int", cons, 4},
+  {"word", cons, 2},
+  {"form", listing_psize, 0},
+  {"little", little, 0},
+  {"heading", listing_title, 0},
+  {"import", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"page", listing_eject, 0},
+  {"program", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"uses", s_uses, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*int md_reloc_size; */
+
+int sh_relax;		/* set if -relax seen */
+
+const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
+
+/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant */
+/* As in 0f12.456 */
+/* or    0d1.2345e12 */
+const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
+
+#define C(a,b) ENCODE_RELAX(a,b)
+
+#define JREG 14			/* Register used as a temp when relaxing */
+#define ENCODE_RELAX(what,length) (((what) << 4) + (length))
+#define GET_WHAT(x) ((x>>4))
+
+/* These are the two types of relaxable instrction */
+#define COND_JUMP 1
+#define UNCOND_JUMP  2
+
+#define UNDEF_DISP 0
+#define COND8  1
+#define COND12 2
+#define COND32 3
+#define UNCOND12 1
+#define UNCOND32 2
+#define UNDEF_WORD_DISP 4
+#define END 5
+
+#define UNCOND12 1
+#define UNCOND32 2
+
+/* Branch displacements are from the address of the branch plus
+   four, thus all minimum and maximum values have 4 added to them.  */
+#define COND8_F 258
+#define COND8_M -252
+#define COND8_LENGTH 2
+
+/* There is one extra instruction before the branch, so we must add
+   two more bytes to account for it.  */
+#define COND12_F 4100
+#define COND12_M -4090
+#define COND12_LENGTH 6
+
+/* ??? The minimum and maximum values are wrong, but this does not matter
+   since this relocation type is not supported yet.  */
+#define COND32_F (1<<30)
+#define COND32_M -(1<<30)
+#define COND32_LENGTH 14
+
+#define UNCOND12_F 4098
+#define UNCOND12_M -4092
+#define UNCOND12_LENGTH 2
+
+/* ??? The minimum and maximum values are wrong, but this does not matter
+   since this relocation type is not supported yet.  */
+#define UNCOND32_F (1<<30)
+#define UNCOND32_M -(1<<30)
+#define UNCOND32_LENGTH 14
+
+const relax_typeS md_relax_table[C (END, 0)] = {
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+
+  { 0 },
+  /* C (COND_JUMP, COND8) */
+  { COND8_F, COND8_M, COND8_LENGTH, C (COND_JUMP, COND12) },
+  /* C (COND_JUMP, COND12) */
+  { COND12_F, COND12_M, COND12_LENGTH, C (COND_JUMP, COND32), },
+  /* C (COND_JUMP, COND32) */
+  { COND32_F, COND32_M, COND32_LENGTH, 0, },
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+
+  { 0 },
+  /* C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12) */
+  { UNCOND12_F, UNCOND12_M, UNCOND12_LENGTH, C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32), },
+  /* C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32) */
+  { UNCOND32_F, UNCOND32_M, UNCOND32_LENGTH, 0, },
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+  { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 }, { 0 },
+};
+
+static struct hash_control *opcode_hash_control;	/* Opcode mnemonics */
+
+/*
+   This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  This should
+   set up all the tables, etc that the MD part of the assembler needs
+ */
+
+void
+md_begin ()
+{
+  sh_opcode_info *opcode;
+  char *prev_name = "";
+
+  if (! shl)
+    target_big_endian = 1;
+
+  opcode_hash_control = hash_new ();
+
+  /* Insert unique names into hash table */
+  for (opcode = sh_table; opcode->name; opcode++)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (prev_name, opcode->name))
+	{
+	  prev_name = opcode->name;
+	  hash_insert (opcode_hash_control, opcode->name, (char *) opcode);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Make all the opcodes with the same name point to the same
+	     string */
+	  opcode->name = prev_name;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static int reg_m;
+static int reg_n;
+static int reg_b;
+
+static expressionS immediate;	/* absolute expression */
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    sh_arg_type type;
+    int reg;
+  }
+
+sh_operand_info;
+
+/* try and parse a reg name, returns number of chars consumed */
+static int
+parse_reg (src, mode, reg)
+     char *src;
+     int *mode;
+     int *reg;
+{
+  /* We use !isalnum for the next character after the register name, to
+     make sure that we won't accidentally recognize a symbol name such as
+     'sram' as being a reference to the register 'sr'.  */
+
+  if (src[0] == 'r')
+    {
+      if (src[1] >= '0' && src[1] <= '7' && strncmp(&src[2], "_bank", 5) == 0
+	  && ! isalnum (src[7]))
+	{
+	  *mode = A_REG_B;
+	  *reg  = (src[1] - '0');
+	  return 7;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 'r')
+    {
+      if (src[1] == '1')
+	{
+	  if (src[2] >= '0' && src[2] <= '5' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+	    {
+	      *mode = A_REG_N;
+	      *reg = 10 + src[2] - '0';
+	      return 3;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (src[1] >= '0' && src[1] <= '9' && ! isalnum (src[2]))
+	{
+	  *mode = A_REG_N;
+	  *reg = (src[1] - '0');
+	  return 2;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 's' && src[1] == 's' && src[2] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_SSR;
+      return 3;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 's' && src[1] == 'p' && src[2] == 'c' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_SPC;
+      return 3;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 's' && src[1] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[2]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_SR;
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 's' && src[1] == 'p' && ! isalnum (src[2]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_REG_N;
+      *reg = 15;
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 'p' && src[1] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[2]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_PR;
+      return 2;
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'p' && src[1] == 'c' && ! isalnum (src[2]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_DISP_PC;
+      return 2;
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'g' && src[1] == 'b' && src[2] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_GBR;
+      return 3;
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'v' && src[1] == 'b' && src[2] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+    {
+      *mode = A_VBR;
+      return 3;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 'm' && src[1] == 'a' && src[2] == 'c' && ! isalnum (src[4]))
+    {
+      if (src[3] == 'l')
+	{
+	  *mode = A_MACL;
+	  return 4;
+	}
+      if (src[3] == 'h')
+	{
+	  *mode = A_MACH;
+	  return 4;
+	}
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'f' && src[1] == 'r')
+    {
+      if (src[2] == '1')
+	{
+	  if (src[3] >= '0' && src[3] <= '5' && ! isalnum (src[4]))
+	    {
+	      *mode = F_REG_N;
+	      *reg = 10 + src[3] - '0';
+	      return 4;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (src[2] >= '0' && src[2] <= '9' && ! isalnum (src[3]))
+	{
+	  *mode = F_REG_N;
+	  *reg = (src[2] - '0');
+	  return 3;
+	}
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'f' && src[1] == 'p' && src[2] == 'u' && src[3] == 'l'
+      && ! isalnum (src[4]))
+    {
+      *mode = FPUL_N;
+      return 4;
+    }
+
+  if (src[0] == 'f' && src[1] == 'p' && src[2] == 's' && src[3] == 'c'
+      && src[4] == 'r' && ! isalnum (src[5]))
+    {
+      *mode = FPSCR_N;
+      return 5;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static symbolS *dot()
+{
+  const char *fake;
+
+  /* JF: '.' is pseudo symbol with value of current location
+     in current segment.  */
+  fake = FAKE_LABEL_NAME;
+  return  symbol_new (fake,
+		      now_seg,
+		      (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+		      frag_now);
+
+}
+
+
+static
+char *
+parse_exp (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  char *save;
+  char *new;
+
+  save = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = s;
+  expression (&immediate);
+  if (immediate.X_op == O_absent)
+    as_bad ("missing operand");
+  new = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = save;
+  return new;
+}
+
+
+/* The many forms of operand:
+
+   Rn                   Register direct
+   @Rn                  Register indirect
+   @Rn+                 Autoincrement
+   @-Rn                 Autodecrement
+   @(disp:4,Rn)
+   @(disp:8,GBR)
+   @(disp:8,PC)
+
+   @(R0,Rn)
+   @(R0,GBR)
+
+   disp:8
+   disp:12
+   #imm8
+   pr, gbr, vbr, macl, mach
+
+ */
+
+static
+char *
+parse_at (src, op)
+     char *src;
+     sh_operand_info *op;
+{
+  int len;
+  int mode;
+  src++;
+  if (src[0] == '-')
+    {
+      /* Must be predecrement */
+      src++;
+
+      len = parse_reg (src, &mode, &(op->reg));
+      if (mode != A_REG_N)
+	as_bad ("illegal register after @-");
+
+      op->type = A_DEC_N;
+      src += len;
+    }
+  else if (src[0] == '(')
+    {
+      /* Could be @(disp, rn), @(disp, gbr), @(disp, pc),  @(r0, gbr) or
+         @(r0, rn) */
+      src++;
+      len = parse_reg (src, &mode, &(op->reg));
+      if (len && mode == A_REG_N)
+	{
+	  src += len;
+	  if (op->reg != 0)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("must be @(r0,...)");
+	    }
+	  if (src[0] == ',')
+	    src++;
+	  /* Now can be rn or gbr */
+	  len = parse_reg (src, &mode, &(op->reg));
+	  if (mode == A_GBR)
+	    {
+	      op->type = A_R0_GBR;
+	    }
+	  else if (mode == A_REG_N)
+	    {
+	      op->type = A_IND_R0_REG_N;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("syntax error in @(r0,...)");
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Must be an @(disp,.. thing) */
+	  src = parse_exp (src);
+	  if (src[0] == ',')
+	    src++;
+	  /* Now can be rn, gbr or pc */
+	  len = parse_reg (src, &mode, &op->reg);
+	  if (len)
+	    {
+	      if (mode == A_REG_N)
+		{
+		  op->type = A_DISP_REG_N;
+		}
+	      else if (mode == A_GBR)
+		{
+		  op->type = A_DISP_GBR;
+		}
+	      else if (mode == A_DISP_PC)
+		{
+		  /* Turn a plain @(4,pc) into @(.+4,pc) */
+		  if (immediate.X_op == O_constant) { 
+		    immediate.X_add_symbol = dot();
+		    immediate.X_op = O_symbol;
+		  }
+		  op->type = A_DISP_PC;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  as_bad ("syntax error in @(disp,[Rn, gbr, pc])");
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("syntax error in @(disp,[Rn, gbr, pc])");
+	    }
+	}
+      src += len;
+      if (src[0] != ')')
+	as_bad ("expecting )");
+      else
+	src++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      src += parse_reg (src, &mode, &(op->reg));
+      if (mode != A_REG_N)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("illegal register after @");
+	}
+      if (src[0] == '+')
+	{
+	  op->type = A_INC_N;
+	  src++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  op->type = A_IND_N;
+	}
+    }
+  return src;
+}
+
+static void
+get_operand (ptr, op)
+     char **ptr;
+     sh_operand_info *op;
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  int mode = -1;
+  unsigned int len;
+
+  if (src[0] == '#')
+    {
+      src++;
+      *ptr = parse_exp (src);
+      op->type = A_IMM;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  else if (src[0] == '@')
+    {
+      *ptr = parse_at (src, op);
+      return;
+    }
+  len = parse_reg (src, &mode, &(op->reg));
+  if (len)
+    {
+      *ptr = src + len;
+      op->type = mode;
+      return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Not a reg, the only thing left is a displacement */
+      *ptr = parse_exp (src);
+      op->type = A_DISP_PC;
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+static
+char *
+get_operands (info, args, operand)
+     sh_opcode_info *info;
+     char *args;
+     sh_operand_info *operand;
+
+{
+  char *ptr = args;
+  if (info->arg[0])
+    {
+      ptr++;
+
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0);
+      if (info->arg[1])
+	{
+	  if (*ptr == ',')
+	    {
+	      ptr++;
+	    }
+	  get_operand (&ptr, operand + 1);
+	  if (info->arg[2])
+	    {
+	      if (*ptr == ',')
+		{
+		  ptr++;
+		}
+	      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 2);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      operand[2].type = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  operand[1].type = 0;
+	  operand[2].type = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      operand[0].type = 0;
+      operand[1].type = 0;
+      operand[2].type = 0;
+    }
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Passed a pointer to a list of opcodes which use different
+   addressing modes, return the opcode which matches the opcodes
+   provided
+ */
+
+static
+sh_opcode_info *
+get_specific (opcode, operands)
+     sh_opcode_info *opcode;
+     sh_operand_info *operands;
+{
+  sh_opcode_info *this_try = opcode;
+  char *name = opcode->name;
+  int n = 0;
+  while (opcode->name)
+    {
+      this_try = opcode++;
+      if (this_try->name != name)
+	{
+	  /* We've looked so far down the table that we've run out of
+	     opcodes with the same name */
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      /* look at both operands needed by the opcodes and provided by
+         the user - since an arg test will often fail on the same arg
+         again and again, we'll try and test the last failing arg the
+         first on each opcode try */
+
+      for (n = 0; this_try->arg[n]; n++)
+	{
+	  sh_operand_info *user = operands + n;
+	  sh_arg_type arg = this_try->arg[n];
+	  switch (arg)
+	    {
+	    case A_IMM:
+	    case A_BDISP12:
+	    case A_BDISP8:
+	    case A_DISP_GBR:
+	    case A_DISP_PC:
+	    case A_MACH:
+	    case A_PR:
+	    case A_MACL:
+	      if (user->type != arg)
+		goto fail;
+	      break;
+	    case A_R0:
+	      /* opcode needs r0 */
+	      if (user->type != A_REG_N || user->reg != 0)
+		goto fail;
+	      break;
+	    case A_R0_GBR:
+	      if (user->type != A_R0_GBR || user->reg != 0)
+		goto fail;
+	      break;
+	    case F_FR0:
+	      if (user->type != F_REG_N || user->reg != 0)
+		goto fail;
+	      break;
+
+	    case A_REG_N:
+	    case A_INC_N:
+	    case A_DEC_N:
+	    case A_IND_N:
+	    case A_IND_R0_REG_N:
+	    case A_DISP_REG_N:
+	    case F_REG_N:
+	    case FPUL_N:
+	    case FPSCR_N:
+	      /* Opcode needs rn */
+	      if (user->type != arg)
+		goto fail;
+	      reg_n = user->reg;
+	      break;
+	    case A_GBR:
+	    case A_SR:
+	    case A_VBR:
+	    case A_SSR:
+	    case A_SPC:
+	      if (user->type != arg)
+		goto fail;
+	      break;
+
+            case A_REG_B:
+	      if (user->type != arg)
+		goto fail;
+	      reg_b = user->reg;
+	      break;
+
+	    case A_REG_M:
+	    case A_INC_M:
+	    case A_DEC_M:
+	    case A_IND_M:
+	    case A_IND_R0_REG_M:
+	    case A_DISP_REG_M:
+	      /* Opcode needs rn */
+	      if (user->type != arg - A_REG_M + A_REG_N)
+		goto fail;
+	      reg_m = user->reg;
+	      break;
+
+	    case F_REG_M:
+	    case FPUL_M:
+	    case FPSCR_M:
+	      /* Opcode needs rn */
+	      if (user->type != arg - F_REG_M + F_REG_N)
+		goto fail;
+	      reg_m = user->reg;
+	      break;
+	
+	    default:
+	      printf ("unhandled %d\n", arg);
+	      goto fail;
+	    }
+	}
+      return this_try;
+    fail:;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+check (operand, low, high)
+     expressionS *operand;
+     int low;
+     int high;
+{
+  if (operand->X_op != O_constant
+      || operand->X_add_number < low
+      || operand->X_add_number > high)
+    {
+      as_bad ("operand must be absolute in range %d..%d", low, high);
+    }
+  return operand->X_add_number;
+}
+
+
+static void
+insert (where, how, pcrel)
+     char *where;
+     int how;
+     int pcrel;
+{
+  fix_new_exp (frag_now,
+	       where - frag_now->fr_literal,
+	       2,
+	       &immediate,
+	       pcrel,
+	       how);
+}
+
+static void
+build_relax (opcode)
+     sh_opcode_info *opcode;
+{
+  int high_byte = target_big_endian ? 0 : 1;
+  char *p;
+
+  if (opcode->arg[0] == A_BDISP8)
+    {
+      p = frag_var (rs_machine_dependent,
+		    md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND32)].rlx_length,
+		    md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND8)].rlx_length,
+		    C (COND_JUMP, 0),
+		    immediate.X_add_symbol,
+		    immediate.X_add_number,
+		    0);
+      p[high_byte] = (opcode->nibbles[0] << 4) | (opcode->nibbles[1]);
+    }
+  else if (opcode->arg[0] == A_BDISP12)
+    {
+      p = frag_var (rs_machine_dependent,
+		    md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32)].rlx_length,
+		    md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12)].rlx_length,
+		    C (UNCOND_JUMP, 0),
+		    immediate.X_add_symbol,
+		    immediate.X_add_number,
+		    0);
+      p[high_byte] = (opcode->nibbles[0] << 4);
+    }
+
+}
+
+/* Now we know what sort of opcodes it is, lets build the bytes -
+ */
+static void
+build_Mytes (opcode, operand)
+     sh_opcode_info *opcode;
+     sh_operand_info *operand;
+
+{
+  int index;
+  char nbuf[4];
+  char *output = frag_more (2);
+  int low_byte = target_big_endian ? 1 : 0;
+  nbuf[0] = 0;
+  nbuf[1] = 0;
+  nbuf[2] = 0;
+  nbuf[3] = 0;
+
+  for (index = 0; index < 4; index++)
+    {
+      sh_nibble_type i = opcode->nibbles[index];
+      if (i < 16)
+	{
+	  nbuf[index] = i;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (i)
+	    {
+	    case REG_N:
+	      nbuf[index] = reg_n;
+	      break;
+	    case REG_M:
+	      nbuf[index] = reg_m;
+	      break;
+            case REG_B:
+	      nbuf[index] = reg_b | 0x08;
+	      break;
+	    case DISP_4:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_4BY4:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_4BY2:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_4:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_8BY4:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_8BY2:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case IMM_8:
+	      insert (output + low_byte, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8, 0);
+	      break;
+	    case PCRELIMM_8BY4:
+	      insert (output, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, 1);
+	      break;
+	    case PCRELIMM_8BY2:
+	      insert (output, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, 1);
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      printf ("failed for %d\n", i);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (! target_big_endian) {
+    output[1] = (nbuf[0] << 4) | (nbuf[1]);
+    output[0] = (nbuf[2] << 4) | (nbuf[3]);
+  }
+  else {
+    output[0] = (nbuf[0] << 4) | (nbuf[1]);
+    output[1] = (nbuf[2] << 4) | (nbuf[3]);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This is the guts of the machine-dependent assembler.  STR points to a
+   machine dependent instruction.  This function is supposed to emit
+   the frags/bytes it assembles to.
+ */
+
+void
+md_assemble (str)
+     char *str;
+{
+  unsigned char *op_start;
+  unsigned char *op_end;
+  sh_operand_info operand[3];
+  sh_opcode_info *opcode;
+  char name[20];
+  int nlen = 0;
+  /* Drop leading whitespace */
+  while (*str == ' ')
+    str++;
+
+  /* find the op code end */
+  for (op_start = op_end = (unsigned char *) (str);
+       *op_end
+       && nlen < 20
+       && !is_end_of_line[*op_end] && *op_end != ' ';
+       op_end++)
+    {
+      name[nlen] = op_start[nlen];
+      nlen++;
+    }
+  name[nlen] = 0;
+
+  if (nlen == 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("can't find opcode ");
+    }
+
+  opcode = (sh_opcode_info *) hash_find (opcode_hash_control, name);
+
+  if (opcode == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("unknown opcode");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (sh_relax
+      && ! seg_info (now_seg)->tc_segment_info_data.in_code)
+    {
+      /* Output a CODE reloc to tell the linker that the following
+         bytes are instructions, not data.  */
+      fix_new (frag_now, frag_now_fix (), 2, &abs_symbol, 0, 0,
+	       BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE);
+      seg_info (now_seg)->tc_segment_info_data.in_code = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (opcode->arg[0] == A_BDISP12
+      || opcode->arg[0] == A_BDISP8)
+    {
+      parse_exp (op_end + 1);
+      build_relax (opcode);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (opcode->arg[0] != A_END)
+	{
+	  get_operands (opcode, op_end, operand);
+	}
+      opcode = get_specific (opcode, operand);
+
+      if (opcode == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Couldn't find an opcode which matched the operands */
+	  char *where = frag_more (2);
+
+	  where[0] = 0x0;
+	  where[1] = 0x0;
+	  as_bad ("invalid operands for opcode");
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      build_Mytes (opcode, operand);
+    }
+
+}
+
+/* This routine is called each time a label definition is seen.  It
+   emits a BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL reloc if necessary.  */
+
+void
+sh_frob_label ()
+{
+  static fragS *last_label_frag;
+  static int last_label_offset;
+
+  if (sh_relax
+      && seg_info (now_seg)->tc_segment_info_data.in_code)
+    {
+      int offset;
+
+      offset = frag_now_fix ();
+      if (frag_now != last_label_frag
+	  || offset != last_label_offset)
+	{	
+	  fix_new (frag_now, offset, 2, &abs_symbol, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL);
+	  last_label_frag = frag_now;
+	  last_label_offset = offset;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* This routine is called when the assembler is about to output some
+   data.  It emits a BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA reloc if necessary.  */
+
+void
+sh_flush_pending_output ()
+{
+  if (sh_relax
+      && seg_info (now_seg)->tc_segment_info_data.in_code)
+    {
+      fix_new (frag_now, frag_now_fix (), 2, &abs_symbol, 0, 0,
+	       BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA);
+      seg_info (now_seg)->tc_segment_info_data.in_code = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+symbolS *
+DEFUN (md_undefined_symbol, (name),
+       char *name)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+
+void
+DEFUN (tc_crawl_symbol_chain, (headers),
+       object_headers * headers)
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_crawl_symbol_chain \n");
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN (tc_headers_hook, (headers),
+       object_headers * headers)
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_headers_hook \n");
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Various routines to kill one day */
+/* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c */
+#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
+
+/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
+   type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number of LITTLENUMS
+   emitted is stored in *sizeP .  An error message is returned, or NULL on OK.
+ */
+char *
+md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
+     int type;
+     char *litP;
+     int *sizeP;
+{
+  int prec;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE words[4];
+  char *t;
+  int i;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+      prec = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+      prec = 4;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      *sizeP = 0;
+      return "bad call to md_atof";
+    }
+
+  t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
+  if (t)
+    input_line_pointer = t;
+
+  *sizeP = prec * 2;
+
+  if (! target_big_endian)
+    {
+      for (i = prec - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	  md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) words[i], 2);
+	  litP += 2;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < prec; i++)
+	{
+	  md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) words[i], 2);
+	  litP += 2;
+	}
+    }
+     
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Handle the .uses pseudo-op.  This pseudo-op is used just before a
+   call instruction.  It refers to a label of the instruction which
+   loads the register which the call uses.  We use it to generate a
+   special reloc for the linker.  */
+
+static void
+s_uses (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  expressionS ex;
+
+  if (! sh_relax)
+    as_warn (".uses pseudo-op seen when not relaxing");
+
+  expression (&ex);
+
+  if (ex.X_op != O_symbol || ex.X_add_number != 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("bad .uses format");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  fix_new_exp (frag_now, frag_now_fix (), 2, &ex, 1, BFD_RELOC_SH_USES);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+CONST char *md_shortopts = "";
+struct option md_longopts[] = {
+
+#define OPTION_RELAX  (OPTION_MD_BASE)
+#define OPTION_LITTLE (OPTION_MD_BASE+1)
+
+  {"relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX},
+  {"little", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LITTLE},
+  {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+};
+size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
+
+int
+md_parse_option (c, arg)
+     int c;
+     char *arg;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case OPTION_RELAX:
+      sh_relax = 1;
+      break;
+    case OPTION_LITTLE:
+      shl = 1;
+      target_big_endian = 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+md_show_usage (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  fprintf(stream, "\
+SH options:\n\
+-little			generate little endian code\n\
+-relax			alter jump instructions for long displacements\n");
+}
+
+int md_short_jump_size;
+
+void
+tc_Nout_fix_to_chars ()
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_Nout_fix_to_chars \n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+void
+md_create_short_jump (ptr, from_Nddr, to_Nddr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_Nddr;
+     addressT to_Nddr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  as_fatal ("failed sanity check.");
+}
+
+void
+md_create_long_jump (ptr, from_Nddr, to_Nddr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_Nddr, to_Nddr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  as_fatal ("failed sanity check.");
+}
+
+/* This struct is used to pass arguments to sh_count_relocs through
+   bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+struct sh_count_relocs
+{
+  /* Symbol we are looking for.  */
+  symbolS *sym;
+  /* Count of relocs found.  */
+  int count;
+};
+
+/* Count the number of fixups in a section which refer to a particular
+   symbol.  When using BFD_ASSEMBLER, this is called via
+   bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+sh_count_relocs (abfd, sec, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     segT sec;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct sh_count_relocs *info = (struct sh_count_relocs *) data;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  fixS *fix;
+
+  seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  if (seginfo == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  sym = info->sym;
+  for (fix = seginfo->fix_root; fix != NULL; fix = fix->fx_next)
+    {
+      if (fix->fx_addsy == sym)
+	{
+	  ++info->count;
+	  fix->fx_tcbit = 1;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Handle the count relocs for a particular section.  When using
+   BFD_ASSEMBLER, this is called via bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+sh_frob_section (abfd, sec, ignore)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     segT sec;
+     PTR ignore;
+{
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+  fixS *fix;
+
+  seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  if (seginfo == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  for (fix = seginfo->fix_root; fix != NULL; fix = fix->fx_next)
+    {
+      symbolS *sym;
+      bfd_vma val;
+      fixS *fscan;
+      struct sh_count_relocs info;
+
+      if (fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_SH_USES)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The BFD_RELOC_SH_USES reloc should refer to a defined local
+	 symbol in the same section.  */
+      sym = fix->fx_addsy;
+      if (sym == NULL
+	  || fix->fx_subsy != NULL
+	  || fix->fx_addnumber != 0
+	  || S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) != sec
+#if ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && defined (OBJ_COFF)
+	  || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_EXT
+#endif
+	  || S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym))
+	{
+	  as_warn_where (fix->fx_file, fix->fx_line,
+			 ".uses does not refer to a local symbol in the same section");
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Look through the fixups again, this time looking for one
+	 at the same location as sym.  */
+      val = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
+      for (fscan = seginfo->fix_root;
+	   fscan != NULL;
+	   fscan = fscan->fx_next)
+	if (val == fscan->fx_frag->fr_address + fscan->fx_where
+	    && fscan->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN
+	    && fscan->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE
+	    && fscan->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA
+	    && fscan->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL)
+	  break;
+      if (fscan == NULL)
+	{
+	  as_warn_where (fix->fx_file, fix->fx_line,
+			 "can't find fixup pointed to by .uses");
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (fscan->fx_tcbit)
+	{
+	  /* We've already done this one.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* fscan should also be a fixup to a local symbol in the same
+	 section.  */
+      sym = fscan->fx_addsy;
+      if (sym == NULL
+	  || fscan->fx_subsy != NULL
+	  || fscan->fx_addnumber != 0
+	  || S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) != sec
+#if ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && defined (OBJ_COFF)
+	  || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_EXT
+#endif
+	  || S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym))
+	{
+	  as_warn_where (fix->fx_file, fix->fx_line,
+			 ".uses target does not refer to a local symbol in the same section");
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Now we look through all the fixups of all the sections,
+	 counting the number of times we find a reference to sym.  */
+      info.sym = sym;
+      info.count = 0;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, sh_count_relocs, (PTR) &info);
+#else
+      {
+	int iscan;
+
+	for (iscan = SEG_E0; iscan < SEG_UNKNOWN; iscan++)
+	  sh_count_relocs ((bfd *) NULL, iscan, (PTR) &info);
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if (info.count < 1)
+	abort ();
+
+      /* Generate a BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT fixup at the location of sym.
+	 We have already adjusted the value of sym to include the
+	 fragment address, so we undo that adjustment here.  */
+      subseg_change (sec, 0);
+      fix_new (sym->sy_frag, S_GET_VALUE (sym) - sym->sy_frag->fr_address,
+	       4, &abs_symbol, info.count, 0, BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT);
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function is called after the symbol table has been completed,
+   but before the relocs or section contents have been written out.
+   If we have seen any .uses pseudo-ops, they point to an instruction
+   which loads a register with the address of a function.  We look
+   through the fixups to find where the function address is being
+   loaded from.  We then generate a COUNT reloc giving the number of
+   times that function address is referred to.  The linker uses this
+   information when doing relaxing, to decide when it can eliminate
+   the stored function address entirely.  */
+
+void
+sh_frob_file ()
+{
+  if (! sh_relax)
+    return;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, sh_frob_section, (PTR) NULL);
+#else
+  {
+    int iseg;
+
+    for (iseg = SEG_E0; iseg < SEG_UNKNOWN; iseg++)
+      sh_frob_section ((bfd *) NULL, iseg, (PTR) NULL);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Called after relaxing.  Set the correct sizes of the fragments, and
+   create relocs so that md_apply_fix will fill in the correct values.  */
+
+void
+md_convert_frag (headers, seg, fragP)
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+     bfd *headers;
+#else
+     object_headers *headers;
+#endif
+     segT seg;
+     fragS *fragP;
+{
+  int donerelax = 0;
+
+  switch (fragP->fr_subtype)
+    {
+    case C (COND_JUMP, COND8):
+      subseg_change (seg, 0);
+      fix_new (fragP, fragP->fr_fix, 2, fragP->fr_symbol, fragP->fr_offset,
+	       1, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2);
+      fragP->fr_fix += 2;
+      fragP->fr_var = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12):
+      subseg_change (seg, 0);
+      fix_new (fragP, fragP->fr_fix, 2, fragP->fr_symbol, fragP->fr_offset,
+	       1, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2);
+      fragP->fr_fix += 2;
+      fragP->fr_var = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32):
+    case C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNDEF_WORD_DISP):
+      if (fragP->fr_symbol == NULL)
+	as_bad ("at 0x%lx, displacement overflows 12-bit field",
+		(unsigned long) fragP->fr_address);
+      else
+	as_bad ("at 0x%lx, displacement to %sdefined symbol %s overflows 12-bit field",
+		(unsigned long) fragP->fr_address,		
+		S_IS_DEFINED (fragP->fr_symbol) ? "" : "un",
+		S_GET_NAME (fragP->fr_symbol));
+
+#if 0				/* This code works, but generates poor code and the compiler
+				   should never produce a sequence that requires it to be used.  */
+
+      /* A jump wont fit in 12 bits, make code which looks like
+	 bra foo
+	 mov.w @(0, PC), r14
+	 .long disp
+	 foo: bra @r14
+	 */
+      int t = buffer[0] & 0x10;
+
+      buffer[highbyte] = 0xa0;	/* branch over move and disp */
+      buffer[lowbyte] = 3;
+      buffer[highbyte+2] = 0xd0 | JREG;	/* Build mov insn */
+      buffer[lowbyte+2] = 0x00;
+
+      buffer[highbyte+4] = 0;	/* space for 32 bit jump disp */
+      buffer[lowbyte+4] = 0;
+      buffer[highbyte+6] = 0;
+      buffer[lowbyte+6] = 0;
+
+      buffer[highbyte+8] = 0x40 | JREG;	/* Build jmp @JREG */
+      buffer[lowbyte+8] = t ? 0xb : 0x2b;
+
+      buffer[highbyte+10] = 0x20; /* build nop */
+      buffer[lowbyte+10] = 0x0b;
+
+      /* Make reloc for the long disp */
+      fix_new (fragP,
+	       fragP->fr_fix + 4,
+	       4,
+	       fragP->fr_symbol,
+	       fragP->fr_offset,
+	       0,
+	       BFD_RELOC_32);
+      fragP->fr_fix += UNCOND32_LENGTH;
+      fragP->fr_var = 0;
+      donerelax = 1;
+#endif
+
+      break;
+
+    case C (COND_JUMP, COND12):
+      /* A bcond won't fit, so turn it into a b!cond; bra disp; nop */
+      {
+	unsigned char *buffer =
+	  (unsigned char *) (fragP->fr_fix + fragP->fr_literal);
+	int highbyte = target_big_endian ? 0 : 1;
+	int lowbyte = target_big_endian ? 1 : 0;
+
+	/* Toggle the true/false bit of the bcond.  */
+	buffer[highbyte] ^= 0x2;
+
+	/* Build a relocation to six bytes farther on.  */
+	subseg_change (seg, 0);
+	fix_new (fragP, fragP->fr_fix, 2,
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+		 section_symbol (seg),
+#else
+		 seg_info (seg)->dot,
+#endif
+		 fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix + 6,
+		 1, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2);
+
+	/* Set up a jump instruction.  */
+	buffer[highbyte + 2] = 0xa0;
+	buffer[lowbyte + 2] = 0;
+	fix_new (fragP, fragP->fr_fix + 2, 2, fragP->fr_symbol,
+		 fragP->fr_offset, 1, BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2);
+
+	/* Fill in a NOP instruction.  */
+	buffer[highbyte + 4] = 0x0;
+	buffer[lowbyte + 4] = 0x9;
+
+	fragP->fr_fix += 6;
+	fragP->fr_var = 0;
+	donerelax = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case C (COND_JUMP, COND32):
+    case C (COND_JUMP, UNDEF_WORD_DISP):
+      if (fragP->fr_symbol == NULL)
+	as_bad ("at 0x%lx, displacement overflows 8-bit field", 
+		(unsigned long) fragP->fr_address);
+      else  
+	as_bad ("at 0x%lx, displacement to %sdefined symbol %s overflows 8-bit field ",
+		(unsigned long) fragP->fr_address,		
+		S_IS_DEFINED (fragP->fr_symbol) ? "" : "un",
+		S_GET_NAME (fragP->fr_symbol));
+
+#if 0				/* This code works, but generates poor code, and the compiler
+				   should never produce a sequence that requires it to be used.  */
+
+      /* A bcond won't fit and it won't go into a 12 bit
+	 displacement either, the code sequence looks like:
+	 b!cond foop
+	 mov.w @(n, PC), r14
+	 jmp  @r14
+	 nop
+	 .long where
+	 foop:
+	 */
+
+      buffer[0] ^= 0x2;		/* Toggle T/F bit */
+#define JREG 14
+      buffer[1] = 5;		/* branch over mov, jump, nop and ptr */
+      buffer[2] = 0xd0 | JREG;	/* Build mov insn */
+      buffer[3] = 0x2;
+      buffer[4] = 0x40 | JREG;	/* Build jmp @JREG */
+      buffer[5] = 0x0b;
+      buffer[6] = 0x20;		/* build nop */
+      buffer[7] = 0x0b;
+      buffer[8] = 0;		/* space for 32 bit jump disp */
+      buffer[9] = 0;
+      buffer[10] = 0;
+      buffer[11] = 0;
+      buffer[12] = 0;
+      buffer[13] = 0;
+      /* Make reloc for the long disp */
+      fix_new (fragP,
+	       fragP->fr_fix + 8,
+	       4,
+	       fragP->fr_symbol,
+	       fragP->fr_offset,
+	       0,
+	       BFD_RELOC_32);
+      fragP->fr_fix += COND32_LENGTH;
+      fragP->fr_var = 0;
+      donerelax = 1;
+#endif
+
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (donerelax && !sh_relax)
+    as_warn_where (fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
+		   "overflow in branch to %s; converted into longer instruction sequence",
+		   (fragP->fr_symbol != NULL
+		    ? S_GET_NAME (fragP->fr_symbol)
+		    : ""));
+}
+
+valueT
+DEFUN (md_section_align, (seg, size),
+       segT seg AND
+       valueT size)
+{
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  return size;
+#else /* ! OBJ_ELF */
+  return ((size + (1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg)) - 1)
+	  & (-1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg)));
+#endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
+#else /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+  return ((size + (1 << section_alignment[(int) seg]) - 1)
+	  & (-1 << section_alignment[(int) seg]));
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+}
+
+/* When relaxing, we need to output a reloc for any .align directive
+   that requests alignment to a four byte boundary or larger.  */
+
+void
+sh_handle_align (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
+{
+  if (sh_relax
+      && frag->fr_type == rs_align
+      && frag->fr_address + frag->fr_fix > 0
+      && frag->fr_offset > 1
+      && now_seg != bss_section)
+    fix_new (frag, frag->fr_fix, 2, &abs_symbol, frag->fr_offset, 0,
+	     BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN);
+}
+
+/* This macro decides whether a particular reloc is an entry in a
+   switch table.  It is used when relaxing, because the linker needs
+   to know about all such entries so that it can adjust them if
+   necessary.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define SWITCH_TABLE_CONS(fix) (0)
+#else
+#define SWITCH_TABLE_CONS(fix)				\
+  ((fix)->fx_r_type == 0				\
+   && ((fix)->fx_size == 2				\
+       || (fix)->fx_size == 4))
+#endif
+
+#define SWITCH_TABLE(fix)				\
+  ((fix)->fx_addsy != NULL				\
+   && (fix)->fx_subsy != NULL				\
+   && S_GET_SEGMENT ((fix)->fx_addsy) == text_section	\
+   && S_GET_SEGMENT ((fix)->fx_subsy) == text_section	\
+   && ((fix)->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32			\
+       || (fix)->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_16		\
+       || SWITCH_TABLE_CONS (fix)))
+
+/* See whether we need to force a relocation into the output file.
+   This is used to force out switch and PC relative relocations when
+   relaxing.  */
+
+int
+sh_force_relocation (fix)
+     fixS *fix;
+{
+  if (! sh_relax)
+    return 0;
+
+  return (fix->fx_pcrel
+	  || SWITCH_TABLE (fix)
+	  || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT
+	  || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN
+	  || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE
+	  || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA
+	  || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL);
+}
+
+/* Apply a fixup to the object file.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+int
+md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
+     fixS *fixP;
+     valueT *valp;
+#else
+void
+md_apply_fix (fixP, val)
+     fixS *fixP;
+     long val;
+#endif
+{
+  char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
+  int lowbyte = target_big_endian ? 1 : 0;
+  int highbyte = target_big_endian ? 0 : 1;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  long val = *valp;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  if (fixP->fx_r_type == 0)
+    {
+      if (fixP->fx_size == 2)
+	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
+      else if (fixP->fx_size == 4)
+	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
+      else if (fixP->fx_size == 1)
+	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8;
+      else
+	abort ();
+    }
+#endif
+
+  switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4:
+      *buf = (*buf & 0xf0) | (val & 0xf);
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2:
+      *buf = (*buf & 0xf0) | ((val >> 1) & 0xf);
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4:
+      *buf = (*buf & 0xf0) | ((val >> 2) & 0xf);
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2:
+      *buf = val >> 1;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4:
+      *buf = val >> 2;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_8:
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8:
+      *buf++ = val;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+      /* The lower two bits of the PC are cleared before the
+         displacement is added in.  We can assume that the destination
+         is on a 4 byte bounday.  If this instruction is also on a 4
+         byte boundary, then we want
+	   (target - here) / 4
+	 and target - here is a multiple of 4.
+	 Otherwise, we are on a 2 byte boundary, and we want
+	   (target - (here - 2)) / 4
+	 and target - here is not a multiple of 4.  Computing
+	   (target - (here - 2)) / 4 == (target - here + 2) / 4
+	 works for both cases, since in the first case the addition of
+	 2 will be removed by the division.  target - here is in the
+	 variable val.  */
+      val = (val + 2) / 4;
+      if (val & ~0xff)
+	as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, "pcrel too far");
+      buf[lowbyte] = val;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+      val /= 2;
+      if (val & ~0xff)
+	as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, "pcrel too far");
+      buf[lowbyte] = val;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+      val /= 2;
+      if (val < -0x80 || val > 0x7f)
+	as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, "pcrel too far");
+      buf[lowbyte] = val;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2:
+      val /= 2;
+      if (val < -0x800 || val >= 0x7ff)
+	as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, "pcrel too far");
+      buf[lowbyte] = val & 0xff;
+      buf[highbyte] |= (val >> 8) & 0xf;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_32:
+      if (! target_big_endian) 
+	{
+	  *buf++ = val >> 0;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 8;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 16;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 24;
+	}
+      else 
+	{
+	  *buf++ = val >> 24;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 16;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 8;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 0;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_16:
+      if (! target_big_endian)
+	{
+	  *buf++ = val >> 0;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 8;
+	} 
+      else 
+	{
+	  *buf++ = val >> 8;
+	  *buf++ = val >> 0;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_USES:
+      /* Pass the value into sh_coff_reloc_mangle.  */
+      fixP->fx_addnumber = val;
+      break;
+
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT:
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN:
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE:
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA:
+    case BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL:
+      /* Nothing to do here.  */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+int md_long_jump_size;
+
+/* Called just before address relaxation.  Return the length
+   by which a fragment must grow to reach it's destination.  */
+
+int
+md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment_type)
+     register fragS *fragP;
+     register segT segment_type;
+{
+  switch (fragP->fr_subtype)
+    {
+    case C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNDEF_DISP):
+      /* used to be a branch to somewhere which was unknown */
+      if (!fragP->fr_symbol)
+	{
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12)].rlx_length;
+	}
+      else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) == segment_type)
+	{
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND12)].rlx_length;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNDEF_WORD_DISP);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32)].rlx_length;
+	  return md_relax_table[C (UNCOND_JUMP, UNCOND32)].rlx_length;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    case C (COND_JUMP, UNDEF_DISP):
+      /* used to be a branch to somewhere which was unknown */
+      if (fragP->fr_symbol
+	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) == segment_type)
+	{
+	  /* Got a symbol and it's defined in this segment, become byte
+	     sized - maybe it will fix up */
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (COND_JUMP, COND8);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND8)].rlx_length;
+	}
+      else if (fragP->fr_symbol)
+	{
+	  /* Its got a segment, but its not ours, so it will always be long */
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (COND_JUMP, UNDEF_WORD_DISP);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND32)].rlx_length;
+	  return md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND32)].rlx_length;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We know the abs value */
+	  fragP->fr_subtype = C (COND_JUMP, COND8);
+	  fragP->fr_var = md_relax_table[C (COND_JUMP, COND8)].rlx_length;
+	}
+
+      break;
+    }
+  return fragP->fr_var;
+}
+
+/* Put number into target byte order */
+
+void
+md_number_to_chars (ptr, use, nbytes)
+     char *ptr;
+     valueT use;
+     int nbytes;
+{
+  if (! target_big_endian)
+    number_to_chars_littleendian (ptr, use, nbytes);
+  else
+    number_to_chars_bigendian (ptr, use, nbytes);
+}
+
+long
+md_pcrel_from (fixP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  return fixP->fx_size + fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + 2;
+}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+
+int
+tc_coff_sizemachdep (frag)
+     fragS *frag;
+{
+  return md_relax_table[frag->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+
+/* When we align the .text section, insert the correct NOP pattern.  */
+
+int
+sh_do_align (n, fill, len, max)
+     int n;
+     const char *fill;
+     int len;
+     int max;
+{
+  if (fill == NULL
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      && (now_seg->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
+#else
+      && now_seg != data_section
+      && now_seg != bss_section
+#endif
+      && n > 1)
+    {
+      static const unsigned char big_nop_pattern[] = { 0x00, 0x09 };
+      static const unsigned char little_nop_pattern[] = { 0x09, 0x00 };
+
+      /* First align to a 2 byte boundary, in case there is an odd
+         .byte.  */
+      frag_align (1, 0, 0);
+      if (target_big_endian)
+	frag_align_pattern (n, big_nop_pattern, sizeof big_nop_pattern, max);
+      else
+	frag_align_pattern (n, little_nop_pattern, sizeof little_nop_pattern,
+			    max);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+
+/* Map BFD relocs to SH COFF relocs.  */
+
+struct reloc_map
+{
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc;
+  int sh_reloc;
+};
+
+static const struct reloc_map coff_reloc_map[] =
+{
+  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_IMM32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_IMM16 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_IMM8 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_PCDISP8BY2 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_PCDISP },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4, R_SH_IMM4 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY2, R_SH_IMM4BY2 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM4BY4, R_SH_IMM4BY4 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8, R_SH_IMM8 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY2, R_SH_IMM8BY2 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM8BY4, R_SH_IMM8BY4 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
+  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
+  { BFD_RELOC_UNUSED, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Adjust a reloc for the SH.  This is similar to the generic code,
+   but does some minor tweaking.  */
+
+void
+sh_coff_reloc_mangle (seg, fix, intr, paddr)
+     segment_info_type *seg;
+     fixS *fix;
+     struct internal_reloc *intr;
+     unsigned int paddr;
+{
+  symbolS *symbol_ptr = fix->fx_addsy;
+  symbolS *dot;
+
+  intr->r_vaddr = paddr + fix->fx_frag->fr_address + fix->fx_where;
+
+  if (! SWITCH_TABLE (fix))
+    {
+      const struct reloc_map *rm;
+
+      for (rm = coff_reloc_map; rm->bfd_reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; rm++)
+	if (rm->bfd_reloc == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fix->fx_r_type)
+	  break;
+      if (rm->bfd_reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
+	as_bad_where (fix->fx_file, fix->fx_line,
+		      "Can not represent %s relocation in this object file format",
+		      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fix->fx_r_type));
+      intr->r_type = rm->sh_reloc;
+      intr->r_offset = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      know (sh_relax);
+
+      if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_16)
+	intr->r_type = R_SH_SWITCH16;
+      else if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_32)
+	intr->r_type = R_SH_SWITCH32;
+      else
+	abort ();
+
+      /* For a switch reloc, we set r_offset to the difference between
+         the reloc address and the subtrahend.  When the linker is
+         doing relaxing, it can use the determine the starting and
+         ending points of the switch difference expression.  */
+      intr->r_offset = intr->r_vaddr - S_GET_VALUE (fix->fx_subsy);
+    }
+
+  /* PC relative relocs are always against the current section.  */
+  if (symbol_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      switch (fix->fx_r_type)
+	{
+	case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2:
+	case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4:
+	case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2:
+	case BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2:
+	case BFD_RELOC_SH_USES:
+	  symbol_ptr = seg->dot;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_USES)
+    {
+      /* We can't store the offset in the object file, since this
+	 reloc does not take up any space, so we store it in r_offset.
+	 The fx_addnumber field was set in md_apply_fix.  */
+      intr->r_offset = fix->fx_addnumber;
+    }
+  else if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT)
+    {
+      /* We can't store the count in the object file, since this reloc
+         does not take up any space, so we store it in r_offset.  The
+         fx_offset field was set when the fixup was created in
+         sh_coff_frob_file.  */
+      intr->r_offset = fix->fx_offset;
+      /* This reloc is always absolute.  */
+      symbol_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+  else if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN)
+    {
+      /* Store the alignment in the r_offset field.  */
+      intr->r_offset = fix->fx_offset;
+      /* This reloc is always absolute.  */
+      symbol_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+  else if (fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE
+	   || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA
+	   || fix->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL)
+    {
+      /* These relocs are always absolute.  */
+      symbol_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Turn the segment of the symbol into an offset.  */
+  if (symbol_ptr != NULL)
+    {
+      dot = segment_info[S_GET_SEGMENT (symbol_ptr)].dot;
+      if (dot != NULL)
+	intr->r_symndx = dot->sy_number;
+      else
+	intr->r_symndx = symbol_ptr->sy_number;
+    }
+  else
+    intr->r_symndx = -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+/* Create a reloc.  */
+
+arelent *
+tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
+     asection *section;
+     fixS *fixp;
+{
+  arelent *rel;
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
+
+  rel = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
+  rel->sym_ptr_ptr = &fixp->fx_addsy->bsym;
+  rel->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
+
+  r_type = fixp->fx_r_type;
+
+  if (SWITCH_TABLE (fixp))
+    {
+      rel->addend = rel->address - S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_subsy);
+      if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_16)
+	r_type = BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16;
+      else if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_32)
+	r_type = BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32;
+      else
+	abort ();
+    }
+  else if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_USES)
+    rel->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
+  else if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT)
+    rel->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+  else if (r_type == BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN)
+    rel->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
+  else if (fixp->fx_pcrel)
+    rel->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
+  else
+    rel->addend = 0;
+
+  rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, r_type);
+  if (rel->howto == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
+		    "Cannot represent relocation type %s",
+		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (r_type));
+      /* Set howto to a garbage value so that we can keep going.  */
+      rel->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, BFD_RELOC_32);
+      assert (rel->howto != NULL);
+    }
+
+  return rel;
+}
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb5c9ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-sh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* This file is tc-sh.h
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TC_SH
+
+#define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 0
+
+#define TARGET_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
+
+/* Whether in little endian mode.  */
+extern int shl;
+
+/* Whether -relax was used.  */
+extern int sh_relax;
+
+/* Don't try to break words.  */
+#define WORKING_DOT_WORD
+
+/* When relaxing, we need to generate relocations for alignment
+   directives.  */
+#define HANDLE_ALIGN(frag) sh_handle_align (frag)
+extern void sh_handle_align PARAMS ((fragS *));
+
+/* We need to force out some relocations when relaxing.  */
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(fix) sh_force_relocation (fix)
+extern int sh_force_relocation ();
+
+#define IGNORE_NONSTANDARD_ESCAPES
+
+#define LISTING_HEADER (shl ? "Hitachi Super-H GAS Little Endian" : "Hitachi Super-H GAS Big Endian")
+
+#define md_operand(x)
+
+extern const struct relax_type md_relax_table[];
+#define TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE md_relax_table
+
+/* We use a special alignment function to insert the correct nop
+   pattern.  */
+extern int sh_do_align PARAMS ((int, const char *, int, int));
+#define md_do_align(n,fill,len,max,l) if (sh_do_align (n,fill,len,max)) goto l
+
+/* We record, for each section, whether we have most recently output a
+   CODE reloc or a DATA reloc.  */
+struct sh_segment_info_type
+{
+  int in_code : 1;
+};
+#define TC_SEGMENT_INFO_TYPE struct sh_segment_info_type
+
+/* We call a routine to emit a reloc for a label, so that the linker
+   can align loads and stores without crossing a label.  */
+extern void sh_frob_label PARAMS ((void));
+#define tc_frob_label(sym) sh_frob_label ()
+
+/* We call a routine to flush pending output in order to output a DATA
+   reloc when required.  */
+extern void sh_flush_pending_output PARAMS ((void));
+#define md_flush_pending_output() sh_flush_pending_output ()
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define tc_frob_file_before_adjust sh_frob_file
+#else
+#define tc_frob_file sh_frob_file
+#endif
+extern void sh_frob_file PARAMS ((void));
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+/* COFF specific definitions.  */
+
+#define DO_NOT_STRIP 0
+
+/* This macro translates between an internal fix and an coff reloc type */
+#define TC_COFF_FIX2RTYPE(fix) ((fix)->fx_r_type)
+
+#define BFD_ARCH TARGET_ARCH
+
+#define COFF_MAGIC (shl ? SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE : SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG)
+
+/* We need to write out relocs which have not been completed.  */
+#define TC_COUNT_RELOC(fix) ((fix)->fx_addsy != NULL)
+
+#define TC_RELOC_MANGLE(seg, fix, int, paddr) \
+  sh_coff_reloc_mangle ((seg), (fix), (int), (paddr))
+extern void sh_coff_reloc_mangle ();
+
+#define tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook(a) ; /* not used */
+
+#define NEED_FX_R_TYPE 1
+
+#define TC_KEEP_FX_OFFSET 1
+
+#define TC_COFF_SIZEMACHDEP(frag) tc_coff_sizemachdep(frag)
+extern int tc_coff_sizemachdep PARAMS ((fragS *));
+
+/* We align most sections to a 16 byte boundary.  */
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG)					\
+  (strncmp (obj_segment_name (SEG), ".stabstr", 8) == 0		\
+   ? 0								\
+   : ((strncmp (obj_segment_name (SEG), ".stab", 5) == 0	\
+       || strcmp (obj_segment_name (SEG), ".ctors") == 0	\
+       || strcmp (obj_segment_name (SEG), ".dtors") == 0)	\
+      ? 2							\
+      : 4))
+
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+/* ELF specific definitions.  */
+
+/* Whether or not the target is big endian */
+extern int target_big_endian;
+
+#define TARGET_FORMAT (shl ? "elf32-shl" : "elf32-sh")
+
+#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
+
+/* end of tc-sh.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..909dd92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1613 @@
+/* tc-z8k.c -- Assemble code for the Zilog Z800n
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+  Written By Steve Chamberlain
+  sac@cygnus.com
+  */
+#define DEFINE_TABLE
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "opcodes/z8k-opc.h"
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+const char comment_chars[] =
+{'!', 0};
+const char line_separator_chars[] =
+{';', 0};
+const char line_comment_chars[] =
+{'#', 0};
+
+extern int machine;
+extern int coff_flags;
+int segmented_mode;
+const int md_reloc_size;
+
+/* This table describes all the machine specific pseudo-ops the assembler
+   has to support.  The fields are:
+   pseudo-op name without dot
+   function to call to execute this pseudo-op
+   Integer arg to pass to the function
+   */
+
+void cons ();
+
+void
+s_segm ()
+{
+  segmented_mode = 1;
+  machine = bfd_mach_z8001;
+  coff_flags = F_Z8001;
+}
+
+void
+s_unseg ()
+{
+  segmented_mode = 0;
+  machine = bfd_mach_z8002;
+  coff_flags = F_Z8002;
+}
+
+static
+void
+even ()
+{
+  frag_align (1, 0, 0);
+  record_alignment (now_seg, 1);
+}
+
+void obj_coff_section ();
+
+int
+tohex (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  if (isdigit (c))
+    return c - '0';
+  if (islower (c))
+    return c - 'a' + 10;
+  return c - 'A' + 10;
+}
+
+void
+sval ()
+{
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\'')
+    {
+      int c;
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      c = *input_line_pointer++;
+      while (c != '\'')
+	{
+	  if (c == '%')
+	    {
+	      c = (tohex (input_line_pointer[0]) << 4)
+		| tohex (input_line_pointer[1]);
+	      input_line_pointer += 2;
+	    }
+	  FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
+	  c = *input_line_pointer++;
+	}
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+
+}
+const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
+{
+  {"int", cons, 2},
+  {"data.b", cons, 1},
+  {"data.w", cons, 2},
+  {"data.l", cons, 4},
+  {"form", listing_psize, 0},
+  {"heading", listing_title, 0},
+  {"import", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"page", listing_eject, 0},
+  {"program", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"z8001", s_segm, 0},
+  {"z8002", s_unseg, 0},
+
+
+  {"segm", s_segm, 0},
+  {"unsegm", s_unseg, 0},
+  {"unseg", s_unseg, 0},
+  {"name", s_app_file, 0},
+  {"global", s_globl, 0},
+  {"wval", cons, 2},
+  {"lval", cons, 4},
+  {"bval", cons, 1},
+  {"sval", sval, 0},
+  {"rsect", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  {"sect", obj_coff_section, 0},
+  {"block", s_space, 0},
+  {"even", even, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
+
+/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant */
+/* As in 0f12.456 */
+/* or    0d1.2345e12 */
+const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
+
+static struct hash_control *opcode_hash_control;	/* Opcode mnemonics */
+
+void
+md_begin ()
+{
+  opcode_entry_type *opcode;
+  char *prev_name = "";
+  int idx = 0;
+
+  opcode_hash_control = hash_new ();
+
+  for (opcode = z8k_table; opcode->name; opcode++)
+    {
+      /* Only enter unique codes into the table */
+      char *src = opcode->name;
+
+      if (strcmp (opcode->name, prev_name))
+	{
+	  hash_insert (opcode_hash_control, opcode->name, (char *) opcode);
+	  idx++;
+	}
+      opcode->idx = idx;
+      prev_name = opcode->name;
+    }
+
+  /* default to z8002 */
+  s_unseg ();
+
+  /* insert the pseudo ops too */
+  for (idx = 0; md_pseudo_table[idx].poc_name; idx++)
+    {
+      opcode_entry_type *fake_opcode;
+      fake_opcode = (opcode_entry_type *) malloc (sizeof (opcode_entry_type));
+      fake_opcode->name = md_pseudo_table[idx].poc_name,
+	fake_opcode->func = (void *) (md_pseudo_table + idx);
+      fake_opcode->opcode = 250;
+      hash_insert (opcode_hash_control, fake_opcode->name, fake_opcode);
+    }
+
+  linkrelax = 1;
+}
+
+struct z8k_exp
+{
+  char *e_beg;
+  char *e_end;
+  expressionS e_exp;
+};
+typedef struct z8k_op
+{
+  char regsize;			/* 'b','w','r','q' */
+  unsigned int reg;		/* 0..15 */
+
+  int mode;
+
+  unsigned int x_reg;		/* any other register associated with the mode */
+  expressionS exp;		/* any expression */
+}
+
+op_type;
+
+static expressionS *da_operand;
+static expressionS *imm_operand;
+
+int reg[16];
+int the_cc;
+int the_ctrl;
+int the_flags;
+int the_interrupt;
+
+char *
+DEFUN (whatreg, (reg, src),
+       int *reg AND
+       char *src)
+{
+  if (isdigit (src[1]))
+    {
+      *reg = (src[0] - '0') * 10 + src[1] - '0';
+      return src + 2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      *reg = (src[0] - '0');
+      return src + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  parse operands
+
+  rh0-rh7, rl0-rl7
+  r0-r15
+  rr0-rr14
+  rq0--rq12
+  WREG r0,r1,r2,r3,r4,r5,r6,r7,fp,sp
+  r0l,r0h,..r7l,r7h
+  @WREG
+  @WREG+
+  @-WREG
+  #const
+
+  */
+
+/* try and parse a reg name, returns number of chars consumed */
+char *
+DEFUN (parse_reg, (src, mode, reg),
+       char *src AND
+       int *mode AND
+       unsigned int *reg)
+{
+  char *res = 0;
+  char regno;
+
+  if (src[0] == 's' && src[1] == 'p')
+    {
+      if (segmented_mode)
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_LONG;
+          *reg = 14;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_WORD;
+          *reg = 15;
+        }
+      return src + 2;
+    }
+  if (src[0] == 'r')
+    {
+      if (src[1] == 'r')
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_LONG;
+          res = whatreg (reg, src + 2);
+	  regno = *reg;
+	  if (regno > 14)
+          	as_warn ("register rr%d, out of range.",regno);
+        }
+      else if (src[1] == 'h')
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_BYTE;
+          res = whatreg (reg, src + 2);
+	  regno = *reg;
+	  if (regno > 7)
+          	as_warn ("register rh%d, out of range.",regno);
+        }
+      else if (src[1] == 'l')
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_BYTE;
+          res = whatreg (reg, src + 2);
+	  regno = *reg;
+	  if (regno > 7)
+          	as_warn ("register rl%d, out of range.",regno);
+          *reg += 8;
+        }
+      else if (src[1] == 'q')
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_QUAD;
+          res = whatreg (reg, src + 2);
+	  regno = *reg;
+	  if (regno > 12)
+          	as_warn ("register rq%d, out of range.",regno);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          *mode = CLASS_REG_WORD;
+          res = whatreg (reg, src + 1);
+	  regno = *reg;
+	  if (regno > 15)
+          	as_warn ("register r%d, out of range.",regno);
+        }
+    }
+  return res;
+
+}
+
+char *
+DEFUN (parse_exp, (s, op),
+       char *s AND
+       expressionS * op)
+{
+  char *save = input_line_pointer;
+  char *new;
+
+  input_line_pointer = s;
+  expression (op);
+  if (op->X_op == O_absent)
+    as_bad ("missing operand");
+  new = input_line_pointer;
+  input_line_pointer = save;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* The many forms of operand:
+
+   <rb>
+   <r>
+   <rr>
+   <rq>
+   @r
+   #exp
+   exp
+   exp(r)
+   r(#exp)
+   r(r)
+
+
+
+   */
+
+static
+char *
+DEFUN (checkfor, (ptr, what),
+       char *ptr AND
+       char what)
+{
+  if (*ptr == what)
+    ptr++;
+  else
+    {
+      as_bad ("expected %c", what);
+    }
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Make sure the mode supplied is the size of a word */
+static void
+DEFUN (regword, (mode, string),
+       int mode AND
+       char *string)
+{
+  int ok;
+
+  ok = CLASS_REG_WORD;
+  if (ok != mode)
+    {
+      as_bad ("register is wrong size for a word %s", string);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make sure the mode supplied is the size of an address */
+static void
+DEFUN (regaddr, (mode, string),
+       int mode AND
+       char *string)
+{
+  int ok;
+
+  ok = segmented_mode ? CLASS_REG_LONG : CLASS_REG_WORD;
+  if (ok != mode)
+    {
+      as_bad ("register is wrong size for address %s", string);
+    }
+}
+
+struct ctrl_names
+{
+   int value;
+   char *name;
+};
+
+struct ctrl_names ctrl_table[] =
+{
+   0x2, "fcw",
+   0X3, "refresh",
+   0x4, "psapseg",
+   0x5, "psapoff",
+   0x5, "psap",
+   0x6, "nspseg",
+   0x7, "nspoff",
+   0x7, "nsp",
+   0, 0
+};
+   
+static void
+DEFUN (get_ctrl_operand, (ptr, mode, dst),
+       char **ptr AND
+       struct z8k_op *mode AND
+       unsigned int dst)
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  int r;
+  int i;
+
+  while (*src == ' ')
+    src++;
+
+  mode->mode = CLASS_CTRL;
+  for (i = 0; ctrl_table[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      int j;
+
+      for (j = 0; ctrl_table[i].name[j]; j++)
+        {
+          if (ctrl_table[i].name[j] != src[j])
+            goto fail;
+        }
+      the_ctrl = ctrl_table[i].value;
+      *ptr = src + j;
+      return;
+    fail:;
+    }
+  the_ctrl = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+struct flag_names
+{
+  int value;
+  char *name;
+
+};
+
+struct flag_names flag_table[] =
+{
+  0x1, "p",
+  0x1, "v",
+  0x2, "s",
+  0x4, "z",
+  0x8, "c",
+  0x0, "+",
+  0, 0
+};
+
+static void
+DEFUN (get_flags_operand, (ptr, mode, dst),
+       char **ptr AND
+       struct z8k_op *mode AND
+       unsigned int dst)
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  int r;
+  int i;
+  int j;
+
+  while (*src == ' ')
+    src++;
+
+  mode->mode = CLASS_FLAGS;
+  the_flags = 0;
+  for (j = 0; j <= 9; j++)
+    {
+     if (!src[j])
+	goto done;
+     for (i = 0; flag_table[i].name; i++)
+        {
+          if (flag_table[i].name[0] == src[j])
+		{
+	        the_flags = the_flags | flag_table[i].value;
+		goto match;
+		}
+        }
+      goto done;
+    match:
+     ;
+    }
+  done:
+  *ptr = src + j;
+  return;
+}
+
+
+struct interrupt_names
+{
+  int value;
+  char *name;
+
+};
+
+struct interrupt_names intr_table[] =
+{
+  0x1, "nvi",
+  0x2, "vi",
+  0x3, "both",
+  0x3, "all",
+  0, 0
+};
+
+static void
+DEFUN (get_interrupt_operand, (ptr, mode, dst),
+       char **ptr AND
+       struct z8k_op *mode AND
+       unsigned int dst)
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  int r;
+  int i;
+
+  while (*src == ' ')
+    src++;
+
+  mode->mode = CLASS_IMM;
+  for (i = 0; intr_table[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      int j;
+
+      for (j = 0; intr_table[i].name[j]; j++)
+        {
+          if (intr_table[i].name[j] != src[j])
+            goto fail;
+        }
+      the_interrupt = intr_table[i].value;
+      *ptr = src + j;
+      return;
+    fail:;
+    }
+  the_interrupt = 0x0;
+  return;
+}
+
+struct cc_names
+{
+  int value;
+  char *name;
+
+};
+
+struct cc_names table[] =
+{
+  0x0, "f",
+  0x1, "lt",
+  0x2, "le",
+  0x3, "ule",
+  0x4, "ov",
+  0x4, "pe",
+  0x5, "mi",
+  0x6, "eq",
+  0x6, "z",
+  0x7, "c",
+  0x7, "ult",
+  0x8, "t",
+  0x9, "ge",
+  0xa, "gt",
+  0xb, "ugt",
+  0xc, "nov",
+  0xc, "po",
+  0xd, "pl",
+  0xe, "ne",
+  0xe, "nz",
+  0xf, "nc",
+  0xf, "uge",
+  0, 0
+};
+
+static void
+DEFUN (get_cc_operand, (ptr, mode, dst),
+       char **ptr AND
+       struct z8k_op *mode AND
+       unsigned int dst)
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  int r;
+  int i;
+
+  while (*src == ' ')
+    src++;
+
+  mode->mode = CLASS_CC;
+  for (i = 0; table[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      int j;
+
+      for (j = 0; table[i].name[j]; j++)
+	{
+	  if (table[i].name[j] != src[j])
+	    goto fail;
+	}
+      the_cc = table[i].value;
+      *ptr = src + j;
+      return;
+    fail:;
+    }
+  the_cc = 0x8;
+}
+
+static void
+get_operand (ptr, mode, dst)
+     char **ptr;
+     struct z8k_op *mode;
+     unsigned int dst;
+{
+  char *src = *ptr;
+  char *end;
+  unsigned int num;
+  unsigned int len;
+  unsigned int size;
+
+  mode->mode = 0;
+
+  while (*src == ' ')
+    src++;
+  if (*src == '#')
+    {
+      mode->mode = CLASS_IMM;
+      imm_operand = &(mode->exp);
+      src = parse_exp (src + 1, &(mode->exp));
+    }
+  else if (*src == '@')
+    {
+      int d;
+
+      mode->mode = CLASS_IR;
+      src = parse_reg (src + 1, &d, &mode->reg);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int regn;
+
+      end = parse_reg (src, &mode->mode, &regn);
+
+      if (end)
+	{
+	  int nw, nr;
+
+	  src = end;
+	  if (*src == '(')
+	    {
+	      src++;
+	      end = parse_reg (src, &nw, &nr);
+	      if (end)
+		{
+		  /* Got Ra(Rb) */
+		  src = end;
+
+		  if (*src != ')')
+		    {
+		      as_bad ("Missing ) in ra(rb)");
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      src++;
+		    }
+
+		  regaddr (mode->mode, "ra(rb) ra");
+/*		  regword (mode->mode, "ra(rb) rb");*/
+		  mode->mode = CLASS_BX;
+		  mode->reg = regn;
+		  mode->x_reg = nr;
+		  reg[ARG_RX] = nr;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Got Ra(disp) */
+		  if (*src == '#')
+		    src++;
+		  src = parse_exp (src, &(mode->exp));
+		  src = checkfor (src, ')');
+		  mode->mode = CLASS_BA;
+		  mode->reg = regn;
+		  mode->x_reg = 0;
+		  imm_operand = &(mode->exp);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      mode->reg = regn;
+	      mode->x_reg = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* No initial reg */
+	  src = parse_exp (src, &(mode->exp));
+	  if (*src == '(')
+	    {
+	      src++;
+	      end = parse_reg (src, &(mode->mode), &regn);
+	      regword (mode->mode, "addr(Ra) ra");
+	      mode->mode = CLASS_X;
+	      mode->reg = regn;
+	      mode->x_reg = 0;
+	      da_operand = &(mode->exp);
+	      src = checkfor (end, ')');
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Just an address */
+	      mode->mode = CLASS_DA;
+	      mode->reg = 0;
+	      mode->x_reg = 0;
+	      da_operand = &(mode->exp);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  *ptr = src;
+}
+
+static
+char *
+get_operands (opcode, op_end, operand)
+     opcode_entry_type *opcode;
+     char *op_end;
+     op_type *operand;
+{
+  char *ptr = op_end;
+char *savptr;
+  switch (opcode->noperands)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      operand[0].mode = 0;
+      operand[1].mode = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      ptr++;
+      if (opcode->arg_info[0] == CLASS_CC)
+        {
+          get_cc_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      else if (opcode->arg_info[0] == CLASS_FLAGS)
+        {
+          get_flags_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      else if (opcode->arg_info[0] == (CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM2)))
+        {
+          get_interrupt_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      operand[1].mode = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      ptr++;
+      savptr = ptr;
+      if (opcode->arg_info[0] == CLASS_CC)
+        {
+          get_cc_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      else if (opcode->arg_info[0] == CLASS_CTRL)
+             {
+               get_ctrl_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+               if (the_ctrl == 0)
+                 {
+                   ptr = savptr;
+                   get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+                   if (ptr == 0)
+                     return;
+                   if (*ptr == ',')
+                     ptr++;
+                   get_ctrl_operand (&ptr, operand + 1, 1);
+                   return ptr;
+                 }
+             }
+      else
+        {
+          get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+        }
+      if (ptr == 0)
+        return;
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+        ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 1, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 3:
+      ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+	ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 1, 1);
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+	ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 2, 2);
+      break;
+
+    case 4:
+      ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 0, 0);
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+	ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 1, 1);
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+	ptr++;
+      get_operand (&ptr, operand + 2, 2);
+      if (*ptr == ',')
+	ptr++;
+      get_cc_operand (&ptr, operand + 3, 3);
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Passed a pointer to a list of opcodes which use different
+   addressing modes, return the opcode which matches the opcodes
+   provided
+   */
+
+static
+opcode_entry_type *
+DEFUN (get_specific, (opcode, operands),
+       opcode_entry_type * opcode AND
+       op_type * operands)
+
+{
+  opcode_entry_type *this_try = opcode;
+  int found = 0;
+  unsigned int noperands = opcode->noperands;
+
+  unsigned int dispreg;
+  unsigned int this_index = opcode->idx;
+
+  while (this_index == opcode->idx && !found)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      this_try = opcode++;
+      for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
+	{
+	  int mode = operands[i].mode;
+
+	  if ((mode & CLASS_MASK) != (this_try->arg_info[i] & CLASS_MASK))
+	    {
+	      /* it could be an pc rel operand, if this is a da mode and
+	   we like disps, then insert it */
+
+	      if (mode == CLASS_DA && this_try->arg_info[i] == CLASS_DISP)
+		{
+		  /* This is the case */
+		  operands[i].mode = CLASS_DISP;
+		}
+	      else if (mode == CLASS_BA && this_try->arg_info[i])
+		{
+		  /* Can't think of a way to turn what we've been given into
+	     something that's ok */
+		  goto fail;
+		}
+	      else if (this_try->arg_info[i] & CLASS_PR)
+		{
+		  if (mode == CLASS_REG_LONG && segmented_mode)
+		    {
+		      /* ok */
+		    }
+		  else if (mode == CLASS_REG_WORD && !segmented_mode)
+		    {
+		      /* ok */
+		    }
+		  else
+		    goto fail;
+		}
+	      else
+		goto fail;
+	    }
+	  switch (mode & CLASS_MASK)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_X:
+	    case CLASS_IR:
+	    case CLASS_BA:
+	    case CLASS_BX:
+	    case CLASS_DISP:
+	    case CLASS_REG:
+	    case CLASS_REG_WORD:
+	    case CLASS_REG_BYTE:
+	    case CLASS_REG_QUAD:
+	    case CLASS_REG_LONG:
+	    case CLASS_REGN0:
+	      reg[this_try->arg_info[i] & ARG_MASK] = operands[i].reg;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      found = 1;
+    fail:;
+    }
+  if (found)
+    return this_try;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+DEFUN (check_operand, (operand, width, string),
+       struct z8k_op *operand AND
+       unsigned int width AND
+       char *string)
+{
+  if (operand->exp.X_add_symbol == 0
+      && operand->exp.X_op_symbol == 0)
+    {
+
+      /* No symbol involved, let's look at offset, it's dangerous if any of
+       the high bits are not 0 or ff's, find out by oring or anding with
+       the width and seeing if the answer is 0 or all fs*/
+      if ((operand->exp.X_add_number & ~width) != 0 &&
+	  (operand->exp.X_add_number | width) != (~0))
+	{
+	  as_warn ("operand %s0x%x out of range.", string, operand->exp.X_add_number);
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+static char buffer[20];
+
+static void
+DEFUN (newfix, (ptr, type, operand),
+       int ptr AND
+       int type AND
+       expressionS * operand)
+{
+  if (operand->X_add_symbol
+      || operand->X_op_symbol
+      || operand->X_add_number)
+    {
+      fix_new_exp (frag_now,
+		   ptr,
+		   1,
+		   operand,
+		   0,
+		   type);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+DEFUN (apply_fix, (ptr, type, operand, size),
+       char *ptr AND
+       int type AND
+       expressionS * operand AND
+       int size)
+{
+  int n = operand->X_add_number;
+
+  operand->X_add_number = n;
+  newfix ((ptr - buffer) / 2, type, operand);
+#if 1
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 8:			/* 8 nibbles == 32 bits */
+      *ptr++ = n >> 28;
+      *ptr++ = n >> 24;
+      *ptr++ = n >> 20;
+      *ptr++ = n >> 16;
+    case 4:			/* 4 niblles == 16 bits */
+      *ptr++ = n >> 12;
+      *ptr++ = n >> 8;
+    case 2:
+      *ptr++ = n >> 4;
+    case 1:
+      *ptr++ = n >> 0;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  return ptr;
+
+}
+
+/* Now we know what sort of opcodes it is, lets build the bytes -
+ */
+#define INSERT(x,y) *x++ = y>>24; *x++ = y>> 16; *x++=y>>8; *x++ =y;
+static void
+build_bytes (this_try, operand)
+     opcode_entry_type * this_try;
+     struct z8k_op *operand;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  int length;
+  char *output;
+  char *output_ptr = buffer;
+  char part;
+  int c;
+  char high;
+  int nib;
+  int nibble;
+  unsigned int *class_ptr;
+
+  frag_wane (frag_now);
+  frag_new (0);
+
+  memset (buffer, 20, 0);
+  class_ptr = this_try->byte_info;
+top:;
+
+  for (nibble = 0; c = *class_ptr++; nibble++)
+    {
+
+      switch (c & CLASS_MASK)
+	{
+	default:
+
+	  abort ();
+	case CLASS_ADDRESS:
+	  /* Direct address, we don't cope with the SS mode right now */
+	  if (segmented_mode)
+	    {
+	      da_operand->X_add_number |= 0x80000000;
+	      output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM32, da_operand, 8);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM16, da_operand, 4);
+	    }
+	  da_operand = 0;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DISP8:
+	  /* pc rel 8 bit */
+	  output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_JR, da_operand, 2);
+	  da_operand = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case CLASS_0DISP7:
+	  /* pc rel 7 bit */
+	  *output_ptr = 0;
+	  output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_DISP7, da_operand, 2);
+	  da_operand = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case CLASS_1DISP7:
+	  /* pc rel 7 bit */
+	  *output_ptr = 0x80;
+	  output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_DISP7, da_operand, 2);
+          output_ptr[-2] =  0x8;
+	  da_operand = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case CLASS_BIT_1OR2:
+	  *output_ptr = c & 0xf;
+	  if (imm_operand)
+	    {
+	      if (imm_operand->X_add_number == 2)
+		{
+		  *output_ptr |= 2;
+		}
+	      else if (imm_operand->X_add_number != 1)
+		{
+		  as_bad ("immediate must be 1 or 2");
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("immediate 1 or 2 expected");
+	    }
+	  output_ptr++;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_CC:
+	  *output_ptr++ = the_cc;
+	  break;
+        case CLASS_0CCC:
+          *output_ptr++ = the_ctrl;
+          break;
+        case CLASS_1CCC:
+          *output_ptr++ = the_ctrl | 0x8;
+          break;
+        case CLASS_00II:
+          *output_ptr++ = (~the_interrupt & 0x3);
+          break;
+        case CLASS_01II:
+          *output_ptr++ = (~the_interrupt & 0x3) | 0x4;
+          break;
+        case CLASS_FLAGS:
+          *output_ptr++ = the_flags;
+          break;
+	case CLASS_BIT:
+	  *output_ptr++ = c & 0xf;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REGN0:
+	  if (reg[c & 0xf] == 0)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("can't use R0 here");
+	    }
+	case CLASS_REG:
+	case CLASS_REG_BYTE:
+	case CLASS_REG_WORD:
+	case CLASS_REG_LONG:
+	case CLASS_REG_QUAD:
+	  /* Insert bit mattern of
+	 right reg */
+	  *output_ptr++ = reg[c & 0xf];
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DISP:
+	  output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM16, da_operand, 4);
+	  da_operand = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case CLASS_IMM:
+	  {
+	    nib = 0;
+	    switch (c & ARG_MASK)
+	      {
+	      case ARG_IMM4:
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM4L, imm_operand, 1);
+		break;
+	      case ARG_IMM4M1:
+		imm_operand->X_add_number--;
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM4L, imm_operand, 1);
+		break;
+	      case ARG_IMMNMINUS1:
+		imm_operand->X_add_number--;
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM4L, imm_operand, 1);
+		break;
+	      case ARG_NIM8:
+		imm_operand->X_add_number = -imm_operand->X_add_number;
+	      case ARG_IMM8:
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM8, imm_operand, 2);
+		break;
+	      case ARG_IMM16:
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM16, imm_operand, 4);
+		break;
+
+	      case ARG_IMM32:
+		output_ptr = apply_fix (output_ptr, R_IMM32, imm_operand, 8);
+		break;
+
+	      default:
+		abort ();
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Copy from the nibble buffer into the frag */
+
+  {
+    int length = (output_ptr - buffer) / 2;
+    char *src = buffer;
+    char *fragp = frag_more (length);
+
+    while (src < output_ptr)
+      {
+	*fragp = (src[0] << 4) | src[1];
+	src += 2;
+	fragp++;
+      }
+
+  }
+
+}
+
+/* This is the guts of the machine-dependent assembler.  STR points to a
+   machine dependent instruction.  This funciton is supposed to emit
+   the frags/bytes it assembles to.
+   */
+
+void
+DEFUN (md_assemble, (str),
+       char *str)
+{
+  char *op_start;
+  char *op_end;
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct z8k_op operand[3];
+  opcode_entry_type *opcode;
+  opcode_entry_type *prev_opcode;
+
+  char *dot = 0;
+  char c;
+
+  /* Drop leading whitespace */
+  while (*str == ' ')
+    str++;
+
+  /* find the op code end */
+  for (op_start = op_end = str;
+       *op_end != 0 && *op_end != ' ';
+       op_end++)
+    {
+    }
+
+  ;
+
+  if (op_end == op_start)
+    {
+      as_bad ("can't find opcode ");
+    }
+  c = *op_end;
+
+  *op_end = 0;
+
+  opcode = (opcode_entry_type *) hash_find (opcode_hash_control,
+					    op_start);
+
+
+  if (opcode == NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("unknown opcode");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (opcode->opcode == 250)
+    {
+      /* was really a pseudo op */
+
+      pseudo_typeS *p;
+      char oc;
+
+      char *old = input_line_pointer;
+      *op_end = c;
+
+
+      input_line_pointer = op_end;
+
+      oc = *old;
+      *old = '\n';
+      while (*input_line_pointer == ' ')
+	input_line_pointer++;
+      p = (pseudo_typeS *) (opcode->func);
+
+      (p->poc_handler) (p->poc_val);
+      input_line_pointer = old;
+      *old = oc;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      input_line_pointer = get_operands (opcode, op_end,
+					 operand);
+      prev_opcode = opcode;
+
+      opcode = get_specific (opcode, operand);
+
+      if (opcode == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Couldn't find an opcode which matched the operands */
+	  char *where = frag_more (2);
+
+	  where[0] = 0x0;
+	  where[1] = 0x0;
+
+	  as_bad ("Can't find opcode to match operands");
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      build_bytes (opcode, operand);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN (tc_crawl_symbol_chain, (headers),
+       object_headers * headers)
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_crawl_symbol_chain \n");
+}
+
+symbolS *
+DEFUN (md_undefined_symbol, (name),
+       char *name)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+DEFUN (tc_headers_hook, (headers),
+       object_headers * headers)
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_headers_hook \n");
+}
+
+/* Various routines to kill one day */
+/* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c */
+#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
+
+/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
+   type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number of LITTLENUMS
+   emitted is stored in *sizeP .  An error message is returned, or NULL on OK.
+   */
+char *
+md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
+     char type;
+     char *litP;
+     int *sizeP;
+{
+  int prec;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
+  char *t;
+  char *atof_ieee ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+    case 's':
+    case 'S':
+      prec = 2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+    case 'r':
+    case 'R':
+      prec = 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+      prec = 6;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+      prec = 6;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      *sizeP = 0;
+      return "Bad call to MD_ATOF()";
+    }
+  t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
+  if (t)
+    input_line_pointer = t;
+
+  *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+  for (wordP = words; prec--;)
+    {
+      md_number_to_chars (litP, (long) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
+      litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+CONST char *md_shortopts = "z:";
+struct option md_longopts[] = {
+  {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+};
+size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
+
+int
+md_parse_option (c, arg)
+     int c;
+     char *arg;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'z':
+      if (!strcmp (arg, "8001"))
+	s_segm ();
+      else if (!strcmp (arg, "8002"))
+	s_unseg ();
+      else
+	{
+	  as_bad ("invalid architecture -z%s", arg);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+md_show_usage (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  fprintf(stream, "\
+Z8K options:\n\
+-z8001			generate segmented code\n\
+-z8002			generate unsegmented code\n");
+}
+
+int md_short_jump_size;
+
+void
+tc_aout_fix_to_chars ()
+{
+  printf ("call to tc_aout_fix_to_chars \n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+void
+md_create_short_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_addr;
+     addressT to_addr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  as_fatal ("failed sanity check.");
+}
+
+void
+md_create_long_jump (ptr, from_addr, to_addr, frag, to_symbol)
+     char *ptr;
+     addressT from_addr, to_addr;
+     fragS *frag;
+     symbolS *to_symbol;
+{
+  as_fatal ("failed sanity check.");
+}
+
+void
+md_convert_frag (headers, seg, fragP)
+     object_headers *headers;
+     segT seg;
+     fragS *fragP;
+{
+  printf ("call to md_convert_frag \n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+valueT
+DEFUN (md_section_align, (seg, size),
+       segT seg AND
+       valueT size)
+{
+  return ((size + (1 << section_alignment[(int) seg]) - 1) & (-1 << section_alignment[(int) seg]));
+
+}
+
+void
+md_apply_fix (fixP, val)
+     fixS *fixP;
+     long val;
+{
+  char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
+
+  switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
+    {
+    case R_IMM4L:
+      buf[0] = (buf[0] & 0xf0) | ((buf[0] + val) & 0xf);
+      break;
+
+    case R_JR:
+
+      *buf++ = val;
+      /*    if (val != 0) abort();*/
+      break;
+
+    case R_DISP7:
+
+      *buf++ += val;
+      /*    if (val != 0) abort();*/
+      break;
+
+    case R_IMM8:
+      buf[0] += val;
+      break;
+    case R_IMM16:
+      *buf++ = (val >> 8);
+      *buf++ = val;
+      break;
+    case R_IMM32:
+      *buf++ = (val >> 24);
+      *buf++ = (val >> 16);
+      *buf++ = (val >> 8);
+      *buf++ = val;
+      break;
+#if 0
+    case R_DA | R_SEG:
+      *buf++ = (val >> 16);
+      *buf++ = 0x00;
+      *buf++ = (val >> 8);
+      *buf++ = val;
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    case 0:
+      md_number_to_chars (buf, val, fixP->fx_size);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    }
+}
+
+int md_long_jump_size;
+int
+md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment_type)
+     register fragS *fragP;
+     register segT segment_type;
+{
+  printf ("call tomd_estimate_size_before_relax \n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Put number into target byte order */
+
+void
+DEFUN (md_number_to_chars, (ptr, use, nbytes),
+       char *ptr AND
+       valueT use AND
+       int nbytes)
+{
+  number_to_chars_bigendian (ptr, use, nbytes);
+}
+long
+md_pcrel_from (fixP)
+     fixS *fixP;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+
+void
+tc_coff_symbol_emit_hook (s)
+     struct symbol *s;
+{
+}
+
+void
+tc_reloc_mangle (fix_ptr, intr, base)
+     fixS *fix_ptr;
+     struct internal_reloc *intr;
+     bfd_vma base;
+
+{
+  symbolS *symbol_ptr;
+
+  if (fix_ptr->fx_addsy &&
+      fix_ptr->fx_subsy) 
+    {
+      symbolS *add = fix_ptr->fx_addsy;
+      symbolS *sub = fix_ptr->fx_subsy;
+      if (S_GET_SEGMENT(add) != S_GET_SEGMENT(sub))
+	{
+	  as_bad("Can't subtract symbols in different sections %s %s",
+		 S_GET_NAME(add), S_GET_NAME(sub));
+	}
+      else {
+	int diff = S_GET_VALUE(add) - S_GET_VALUE(sub);
+	fix_ptr->fx_addsy = 0;
+	fix_ptr->fx_subsy = 0;
+	fix_ptr->fx_offset += diff;
+      }
+    }
+  symbol_ptr = fix_ptr->fx_addsy;
+
+  /* If this relocation is attached to a symbol then it's ok
+     to output it */
+  if (fix_ptr->fx_r_type == 0)
+    {
+      /* cons likes to create reloc32's whatever the size of the reloc.. */
+      switch (fix_ptr->fx_size)
+	{
+	case 2:
+	  intr->r_type = R_IMM16;
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	  intr->r_type = R_IMM8;
+	  break;
+	case 4:
+	  intr->r_type = R_IMM32;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      intr->r_type = fix_ptr->fx_r_type;
+    }
+
+  intr->r_vaddr = fix_ptr->fx_frag->fr_address + fix_ptr->fx_where + base;
+  intr->r_offset = fix_ptr->fx_offset;
+
+  if (symbol_ptr)
+    intr->r_symndx = symbol_ptr->sy_number;
+  else
+    intr->r_symndx = -1;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a58502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/tc-z8k.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* This file is tc-z8k.h
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992, 93, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#define TC_Z8K
+#define TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 1
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define LOCAL_LABEL(x) 0
+#endif
+
+/* This macro translates between an internal fix and an coff reloc type */
+#define TC_COFF_FIX2RTYPE(fixP) abort();
+
+#define BFD_ARCH bfd_arch_z8k
+#define COFF_MAGIC 0x8000
+#define TC_COUNT_RELOC(x) (1)
+#define IGNORE_NONSTANDARD_ESCAPES
+
+#define TC_RELOC_MANGLE(s,a,b,c) tc_reloc_mangle(a,b,c)
+
+#define DO_NOT_STRIP 0
+#define LISTING_HEADER "Zilog Z8000 GAS "
+#define NEED_FX_R_TYPE 1
+#define RELOC_32 1234
+
+#define md_operand(x)
+
+/* end of tc-z8k.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-386bsd.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-386bsd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbff990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-386bsd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* te-386bsd.h -- 386BSD target environment declarations.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+   
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+   
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TE_386BSD	1
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * comment-column: 0
+ * fill-column: 131
+ * End:
+ */
+
+/* end of te-sun3.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-aux.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-aux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6fa01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-aux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#define TE_AUX
+
+/* From obj-coff.h:
+   This internal_lineno crap is to stop namespace pollution from the
+   bfd internal coff headerfile. */
+#define internal_lineno bfd_internal_lineno
+#include "coff/aux-coff.h"	/* override bits in coff/internal.h */
+#undef internal_lineno
+
+#define COFF_NOLOAD_PROBLEM
+#define KEEP_RELOC_INFO
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
+
+#ifndef LOCAL_LABELS_FB
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-generic.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-generic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8eda45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-generic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*
+ * This file is te-generic.h and is intended to be a template for
+ * target environment specific header files.
+ *
+ * It is my intent that this file will evolve into a file suitable for config,
+ * compile, and copying as an aid for testing and porting.  xoxorich.
+ */
+
+/* Added these, because if we don't know what we're targetting we may
+   need an assembler version of libgcc, and that will use local
+   labels.  */
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR 1
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+
+/* these define interfaces */
+#ifdef OBJ_HEADER
+#include OBJ_HEADER
+#else
+#include "obj-format.h"
+#endif
+
+/* end of te-generic.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-linux.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-linux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c235a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-linux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define TE_LINUX
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-multi.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-multi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8eda45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-multi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*
+ * This file is te-generic.h and is intended to be a template for
+ * target environment specific header files.
+ *
+ * It is my intent that this file will evolve into a file suitable for config,
+ * compile, and copying as an aid for testing and porting.  xoxorich.
+ */
+
+/* Added these, because if we don't know what we're targetting we may
+   need an assembler version of libgcc, and that will use local
+   labels.  */
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR 1
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+
+/* these define interfaces */
+#ifdef OBJ_HEADER
+#include OBJ_HEADER
+#else
+#include "obj-format.h"
+#endif
+
+/* end of te-generic.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-nbsd.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-nbsd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2291ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-nbsd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* te-nbsd.h -- NetBSD target environment declarations.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+   
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+   
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TE_NetBSD	1
+#include "obj-format.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-pe.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-pe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c1f0b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-pe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#define TE_PE
+#define LEX_AT 1 /* can have @'s inside labels */
+
+/* The PE format supports long section names.  */
+#define COFF_LONG_SECTION_NAMES
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-svr4.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-svr4.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7217ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-svr4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#define TE_SVR4
+#define LOCAL_LABELS_FB 1
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-sysv32.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-sysv32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923e6e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/config/te-sysv32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Remove leading underscore from the gcc generated symbol names */
+#define STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+
+#include "obj-format.h"
+
+/* end of te-sysv32.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/configure b/contrib/binutils/gas/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b188f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2881 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-bfd-assembler  use BFD back end for writing object files"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+    targets            alternative target configurations besides the primary"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=as.h
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+user_bfd_gas=
+# Check whether --enable-bfd-assembler or --disable-bfd-assembler was given.
+if test "${enable_bfd_assembler+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_bfd_assembler"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) need_bfd=yes user_bfd_gas=yes ;;
+  no)  user_bfd_gas=no ;;
+  *)   { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} given for bfd-assembler option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_targets"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+	    ;;
+  no)	    enable_targets= ;;
+  *)	    enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*opcodes*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *opcodes*bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-commonbfdlib or --disable-commonbfdlib was given.
+if test "${enable_commonbfdlib+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_commonbfdlib"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Generate a header file -- gets more post-processing by Makefile later.
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir;pwd`/.. $srcdir/`cd $srcdir;pwd`/..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir;pwd`/.. $srcdir/`cd $srcdir;pwd`/.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:622: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE)
+    if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+    else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi ;;
+  *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:643: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:661: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+te_file=generic
+
+canon_targets=""
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+  for t in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`; do
+    result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $t 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$result" ; then
+      canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+#    else
+#      # Permit "all", etc.  We don't support it yet though.
+#      canon_targets="$canon_targets $t"
+    fi
+  done
+  _gas_uniq_list="$canon_targets"
+_gas_uniq_newlist=""
+for _gas_uniq_i in _gas_uniq_dummy $_gas_uniq_list ; do
+  case $_gas_uniq_i in
+  _gas_uniq_dummy) ;;
+  *) case " $_gas_uniq_newlist " in
+       *" $_gas_uniq_i "*) ;;
+       *) _gas_uniq_newlist="$_gas_uniq_newlist $_gas_uniq_i" ;;
+     esac ;;
+  esac
+done
+canon_targets=$_gas_uniq_newlist
+
+fi
+
+emulations=""
+
+for this_target in $target $canon_targets ; do
+
+    eval `echo $this_target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/cpu=\1 vendor=\2 os=\3/'`
+
+    # check for architecture variants
+    case ${cpu} in
+      armeb)		cpu_type=arm endian=big ;;
+      arm*)		cpu_type=arm endian=little ;;
+      hppa*)		cpu_type=hppa ;;
+      i[456]86)		cpu_type=i386 ;;
+      m680[012346]0)	cpu_type=m68k ;;
+      m68008)		cpu_type=m68k ;;
+      m683??)		cpu_type=m68k ;;
+      m8*)		cpu_type=m88k ;;
+      mips*el)		cpu_type=mips endian=little ;;
+      mips*)		cpu_type=mips endian=big ;;
+      powerpcle*)	cpu_type=ppc endian=little ;;
+      powerpc*)		cpu_type=ppc endian=big ;;
+      rs6000*)		cpu_type=ppc ;;
+      sparc64)		cpu_type=sparc want_sparc_v9=true ;;
+      sparc*)		cpu_type=sparc ;;
+      *)		cpu_type=${cpu} ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test ${this_target} = $target ; then
+      target_cpu_type=${cpu_type}
+    elif test ${target_cpu_type} != ${cpu_type} ; then
+      continue
+    fi
+
+    targ=${cpu_type}
+    generic_target=${cpu_type}-$vendor-$os
+    dev=no
+    bfd_gas=no
+    em=generic
+
+    # assign object format
+    case ${generic_target} in
+      a29k-*-coff)          fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-amd-udi)         fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-amd-ebmon)       fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-nyu-sym1)        fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-*-vxworks*)      fmt=coff ;;
+
+      alpha-*-*vms*)	    fmt=evax ;;
+      alpha-*-netware*)     fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-openbsd*)     fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-osf*)         fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-linuxecoff*)  fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-linux*)       fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+
+
+      arm-*-riscix*)	    fmt=aout targ=arm-lit em=riscix ;;
+      arm-*-aout)	    fmt=aout
+			    case "$endian" in
+			      big)	targ=arm-big ;;
+			      *)	targ=arm-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      arm-*-coff)           fmt=coff ;;
+      arm-*-riscix*)        fmt=aout ;;
+      arm-*-pe)             fmt=coff targ=armcoff em=pe ;;
+
+      d10v-*-*)		    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      hppa-*-*elf*)         fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-lites*)        fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-osf*)          fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-rtems*)        fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-hpux*)         fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-bsd*)          fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-hiux*)         fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+
+      h8300-*-coff)         fmt=coff ;;
+
+      i386-ibm-aix*)        fmt=coff targ=i386coff
+			     em=i386aix ;;
+      i386-sequent-bsd*)    fmt=aout em=dynix bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      i386-*-bsd*)          fmt=aout em=386bsd ;;
+      i386-*-netbsd0.8)     fmt=aout em=386bsd ;;
+      i386-*-netbsd*)       fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes;;
+      i386-*-openbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes;;
+      i386-*-linux*aout* | i386-*-linuxoldld)   fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      i386-*-linux*coff*)   fmt=coff em=linux
+			     targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-linux*)        fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      i386-*-lynxos*)       fmt=coff targ=i386coff
+			     em=lynx ;;
+      i386-*-sysv4* | i386-*-solaris* | i386-*-elf | i386-*-freebsdelf*)
+			    fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-sco*elf*)      fmt=elf targ=sco5 ;;
+      i386-*-coff | i386-*-sysv* | i386-*-sco* | i386-*-isc*)
+			    fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-vsta)          fmt=aout ;;
+      i386-*-go32)          fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-rtems*)        fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-gnu*)          fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-mach*)
+			    fmt=aout em=mach bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      i386-*-msdos*)        fmt=aout ;;
+      i386-*-moss*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-pe)            fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i386-*-cygwin32)      fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i386-*-*nt)           fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i960-*-bout)          fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-coff)          fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-rtems*)        fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-nindy*)        fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks4*)     fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks5.0)    fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks5.*)    fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks*)      fmt=bout ;;
+
+      m32r-*-*)		    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      m68k-*-vxworks* | m68k-ericsson-ose | m68k-*-sunos*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      m68k-motorola-sysv*)  fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=delta ;;
+      m68k-bull-sysv3*)     fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=dpx2 ;;
+      m68k-apollo-*)        fmt=coff targ=apollo em=apollo ;;
+      m68k-*-sysv4*) # must be before -sysv*
+			    fmt=elf em=svr4 ;;
+      m68k-*-elf*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      m68k-*-coff | m68k-*-sysv* | m68k-*-rtems*)
+			    fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff ;;
+      m68k-*-hpux*)         fmt=hp300 em=hp300 ;;
+      m68k-*-linux*aout*)   fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      m68k-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      m68k-*-lynxos*)       fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff
+			     em=lynx ;;
+      m68k-*-netbsd*)       fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      m68k-*-openbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      m68k-apple-aux*)      fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=aux ;;
+      m68k-*-psos*)         fmt=elf em=psos;;
+
+      m88k-motorola-sysv3*) fmt=coff targ=m88kcoff em=delt88 ;;
+      m88k-*-coff*)         fmt=coff targ=m88kcoff ;;
+
+      # don't change em like *-*-bsd does
+      mips-dec-netbsd*)	    fmt=elf targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-dec-openbsd*)    fmt=elf targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-dec-bsd*)        fmt=aout targ=mips-lit ;;
+      mips-sony-bsd*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-bsd*)          { echo "configure: error: Unknown vendor for mips-bsd configuration." 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+      mips-*-ultrix*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-*-osf*)          fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-*-ecoff*)        fmt=ecoff 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=mips-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=mips-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      mips-*-ecoff*)        fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix6*)	    fmt=elf targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix5*)        fmt=elf targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix*)         fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-lnews*)        fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit em=lnews ;;
+      mips-*-riscos*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-sysv*)         fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-elf* | mips-*-rtems* | mips-*-linux* | mips-*-gnu* | mips-*-openbsd*)
+			    fmt=elf 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=mips-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=mips-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      mn10200-*-*)	    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      mn10300-*-*)	    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ppc-*-pe | ppc-*-cygwin32 | ppc-*-winnt*)
+		            fmt=coff em=pe 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+                            ;;
+      ppc-*-aix*)           fmt=coff ;;
+      ppc-*-beos*)          fmt=coff ;;
+      ppc-*-*bsd* | ppc-*-elf* | ppc-*-eabi* | ppc-*-sysv4*)
+			    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    { echo "configure: error: Linux must be configured big endian" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-solaris*)	    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  { echo "configure: error: Solaris must be configured little endian" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-sol ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-rtems*)
+			    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-macos* | ppc-*-mpw*)
+			    fmt=coff em=macos ;;
+      ppc-*-netware*)       fmt=elf em=ppcnw ;;
+
+      sh-*-elf*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      sh-*-coff*)           fmt=coff ;;
+
+      ns32k-pc532-mach* | ns32k-pc532-ux*)    fmt=aout em=pc532mach ;;
+      ns32k-pc532-netbsd* | ns32k-pc532-lites*)  fmt=aout em=nbsd532 ;;
+      ns32k-pc532-openbsd*) fmt=aout em=nbsd532 ;;
+
+      sparc-*-rtems*)       fmt=aout ;;
+      sparc-*-sunos4*)      fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      sparc-*-aout | sparc*-*-vxworks*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sparcaout ;;
+      sparc-*-coff)         fmt=coff ;;
+      sparc-*-linux*aout*)  fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      sparc-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      sparc-*-lynxos*)      fmt=coff em=lynx ;;
+      sparc-fujitsu-none)   fmt=aout ;;
+      sparc-*-elf | sparc-*-sysv4* | sparc-*-solaris*)
+			    fmt=elf ;;
+      sparc-*-netbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      sparc-*-openbsd*)     fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      vax-*-bsd* | vax-*-ultrix*)
+			    fmt=aout ;;
+      vax-*-vms)            fmt=vms ;;
+
+      z8k-*-coff | z8k-*-sim)
+			    fmt=coff ;;
+
+      w65-*-*)              fmt=coff ;;
+
+      *-*-aout | *-*-scout)
+			    fmt=aout ;;
+      *-*-nindy*)
+			    fmt=bout ;;
+      *-*-bsd*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      *-*-generic)          fmt=generic ;;
+      *-*-xray | *-*-hms)   fmt=coff ;;
+      *-*-sim)              fmt=coff ;;
+      *-*-elf | *-*-sysv4* | *-*-solaris*)
+			    echo "configure: warning: GAS support for ${generic_target} is incomplete." 1>&2
+			    fmt=elf dev=yes ;;
+      *-*-vxworks)          fmt=aout ;;
+      *-*-netware)          fmt=elf ;;
+    esac
+
+    case ${cpu_type}-${fmt} in
+      alpha-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      arm-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+    # not yet
+    # i386-aout)	bfd_gas=preferred ;;
+      mips-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ns32k-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ppc-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      sparc-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-elf)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-ecoff)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-som)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *)		;;
+    esac
+
+# Other random stuff.
+
+    # do we need the opcodes library?
+    case ${cpu_type} in
+      vax | i386)
+	;;
+      *)
+	need_opcodes=yes
+	if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+	  # A shared libopcodes must be linked against libbfd.
+	  need_bfd=yes
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    test -n "$want_sparc_v9" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SPARC_V9 1
+EOF
+
+
+    case ${cpu}-${vendor}-${os} in
+      sparc64-*-elf*) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define SPARC_ARCH64 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+    esac
+
+    case ${cpu_type} in
+      m32r)
+	case ${extra_objects} in
+	*cgen.o*) ;;
+	*) extra_objects="$extra_objects cgen.o"
+	   cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USING_CGEN 1
+EOF
+
+	   ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      m68k)
+	case ${extra_objects} in
+	*m68k-parse.o*) ;;
+	*) extra_objects="$extra_objects m68k-parse.o" ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      mips)
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-parse.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-parse.o"
+	fi
+
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-lex.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-lex.o"
+	fi
+
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-ops.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-ops.o"
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	;;
+    esac
+
+# See if we really can support this configuration with the emulation code.
+
+    if test $this_target = $target ; then
+      primary_bfd_gas=$bfd_gas
+      obj_format=$fmt
+      gas_target=$targ
+      te_file=$em
+
+      if test $bfd_gas = no ; then
+	# Can't support other configurations this way.
+	break
+      fi
+    elif test $bfd_gas = no ; then
+      # Can't support this configuration.
+      break
+    fi
+
+# From target name and format, produce a list of supported emulations.
+
+    case ${generic_target}-${fmt} in
+      mips-*-irix5*-*)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+      mips-*-linux*-*)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslelf mipsbelf mipself mipslecoff mipsbecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			esac ;;
+      mips-*-lnews*-ecoff) ;;
+      mips-*-*-ecoff)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslecoff mipsbecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			esac ;;
+      mips-*-*-elf)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslelf mipsbelf mipself" ;;
+      # Uncommenting the next line will turn on support for i386 COFF
+      # in any i386 ELF configuration.  This probably doesn't work
+      # correctly.
+      # i386-*-*-elf)	emulation="i386coff i386elf" ;;
+			esac ;;
+    esac
+
+    emulations="$emulations $emulation"
+
+done
+
+# Assign floating point type.  Most processors with FP support
+# IEEE FP.  On those that don't support FP at all, usually IEEE
+# is emulated.
+case ${target_cpu} in
+  vax | tahoe )	atof=${target_cpu} ;;
+  *)		atof=ieee ;;
+esac
+
+case "${obj_format}" in
+  "") { echo "configure: error: GAS does not know what format to use for target ${target}" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+if test ! -r ${srcdir}/config/tc-${target_cpu_type}.c; then
+  { echo "configure: error: GAS does not support target CPU ${target_cpu_type}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+if test ! -r ${srcdir}/config/obj-${obj_format}.c; then
+  { echo "configure: error: GAS does not have support for object file format ${obj_format}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+# and target makefile frag
+
+target_frag=${srcdir}/config/${gas_target}.mt
+if test ! -r ${target_frag}; then
+  target_frag=/dev/null # ick! but subst_file can't be conditionalized
+fi
+
+
+case ${user_bfd_gas}-${primary_bfd_gas} in
+  yes-yes | no-no)
+    # We didn't override user's choice.
+    ;;
+  no-yes)
+    echo "configure: warning: Use of BFD is required for ${target}; overriding config options." 1>&2
+    ;;
+  no-preferred)
+    primary_bfd_gas=no
+    ;;
+  *-preferred)
+    primary_bfd_gas=yes
+    ;;
+  yes-*)
+    primary_bfd_gas=yes
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    # User specified nothing.
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Some COFF configurations want these random other flags set.
+case ${obj_format} in
+  coff)
+    case ${target_cpu_type} in
+      i386) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define I386COFF 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+      m68k) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define M68KCOFF 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+      m88k) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define M88KCOFF 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Getting this done right is going to be a bitch.  Each configuration specified
+# with --enable-targets=... should be checked for environment, format, cpu, and
+# bfd_gas setting.
+#
+# For each configuration, the necessary object file support code must be linked
+# in.  This might be only one, it might be up to four.  The necessary emulation
+# code needs to be provided, too.
+#
+# And then there's "--enable-targets=all"....
+#
+# For now, just always do it for MIPS ELF or ECOFF configurations.  Sigh.
+
+formats="${obj_format}"
+emfiles=""
+EMULATIONS=""
+_gas_uniq_list="$emulations"
+_gas_uniq_newlist=""
+for _gas_uniq_i in _gas_uniq_dummy $_gas_uniq_list ; do
+  case $_gas_uniq_i in
+  _gas_uniq_dummy) ;;
+  *) case " $_gas_uniq_newlist " in
+       *" $_gas_uniq_i "*) ;;
+       *) _gas_uniq_newlist="$_gas_uniq_newlist $_gas_uniq_i" ;;
+     esac ;;
+  esac
+done
+emulations=$_gas_uniq_newlist
+
+for em in . $emulations ; do
+  case $em in
+    .)	continue ;;
+    mipsbelf | mipslelf)
+	fmt=elf   file=mipself ;;
+    mipsbecoff | mipslecoff)
+	fmt=ecoff file=mipsecoff ;;
+    i386coff)
+	fmt=coff  file=i386coff ;;
+    i386elf)
+	fmt=elf   file=i386elf ;;
+  esac
+  formats="$formats $fmt"
+  emfiles="$emfiles e-$file.o"
+  EMULATIONS="$EMULATIONS &$em,"
+done
+_gas_uniq_list="$formats"
+_gas_uniq_newlist=""
+for _gas_uniq_i in _gas_uniq_dummy $_gas_uniq_list ; do
+  case $_gas_uniq_i in
+  _gas_uniq_dummy) ;;
+  *) case " $_gas_uniq_newlist " in
+       *" $_gas_uniq_i "*) ;;
+       *) _gas_uniq_newlist="$_gas_uniq_newlist $_gas_uniq_i" ;;
+     esac ;;
+  esac
+done
+formats=$_gas_uniq_newlist
+
+_gas_uniq_list="$emfiles"
+_gas_uniq_newlist=""
+for _gas_uniq_i in _gas_uniq_dummy $_gas_uniq_list ; do
+  case $_gas_uniq_i in
+  _gas_uniq_dummy) ;;
+  *) case " $_gas_uniq_newlist " in
+       *" $_gas_uniq_i "*) ;;
+       *) _gas_uniq_newlist="$_gas_uniq_newlist $_gas_uniq_i" ;;
+     esac ;;
+  esac
+done
+emfiles=$_gas_uniq_newlist
+
+if test `set . $formats ; shift ; echo $#` -gt 1 ; then
+  for fmt in $formats ; do
+    case $fmt in
+      aout)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_AOUT 1
+EOF
+    ;;
+      bout)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_BOUT 1
+EOF
+    ;;
+      coff)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_COFF 1
+EOF
+    ;;
+      ecoff)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_ECOFF 1
+EOF
+   ;;
+      elf)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_ELF 1
+EOF
+     ;;
+      generic)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_GENERIC 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+      hp300)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_HP300 1
+EOF
+   ;;
+      ieee)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_IEEE 1
+EOF
+    ;;
+      som)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_SOM 1
+EOF
+     ;;
+      vms)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define OBJ_MAYBE_VMS 1
+EOF
+     ;;
+    esac
+    extra_objects="$extra_objects obj-$fmt.o"
+  done
+  obj_format=multi
+fi
+if test `set . $emfiles ; shift ; echo $#` -gt 0 ; then
+  te_file=multi
+  extra_objects="$extra_objects $emfiles"
+  DEFAULT_EMULATION=`set . $emulations ; echo $2`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_EMULATIONS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define EMULATIONS $EMULATIONS
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define DEFAULT_EMULATION "$DEFAULT_EMULATION"
+EOF
+
+
+case ${primary_bfd_gas}-${target_cpu_type}-${obj_format} in
+  yes-*-coff)	need_bfd=yes ;;
+  no-*-coff)	need_bfd=yes
+		cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define MANY_SEGMENTS 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+reject_dev_configs=yes
+
+case ${reject_dev_configs}-${dev} in
+  yes-yes) # Oops.
+    { echo "configure: error: GAS does not support the ${generic_target} configuration." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+case "${primary_bfd_gas}" in
+  yes)	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define BFD_ASSEMBLER 1
+EOF
+
+	need_bfd=yes ;;
+esac
+
+# do we need the opcodes library?
+case "${need_opcodes}" in
+yes)
+  OPCODES_DEP=../opcodes/libopcodes.a
+  OPCODES_LIB='-L../opcodes -lopcodes'
+
+  # We need to handle some special cases for shared libraries.
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+    # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+    if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+      OPCODES_LIB='-L../opcodes -l`echo opcodes | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-osf*)
+    # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+    # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+    # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+    # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+    # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+    # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+    # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+    if test "${shared_opcodes}" != "true"; then
+      OPCODES_LIB='../opcodes/libopcodes.a'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+esac
+
+case "${need_bfd}" in
+yes)
+  BFDDEP=../bfd/libbfd.a
+  BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+  ALL_OBJ_DEPS="$ALL_OBJ_DEPS ../bfd/bfd.h"
+
+  # We need to handle some special cases for shared libraries
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+    # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+    if test "${shared_bfd}" = "true"; then
+      BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-osf*)
+    # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+    # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+    # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+    # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+    # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+    # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+    # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+    if test "${shared_bfd}" != "true"; then
+      BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+    # when a shared libbfd is built with --enable-commonbfdlib,
+    # all of libopcodes is available in libbfd.so
+    OPCODES_LIB=
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define TARGET_ALIAS "${target_alias}"
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define TARGET_CANONICAL "${target}"
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define TARGET_CPU "${target_cpu}"
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define TARGET_VENDOR "${target_vendor}"
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define TARGET_OS "${target_os}"
+EOF
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1449: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1478: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1526: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1536 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1540: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1560: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1565: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:1574: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1589: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1627: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1678: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1693 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1699: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1710 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1716: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h stdlib.h memory.h strings.h unistd.h stdarg.h varargs.h errno.h sys/types.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1742: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1747 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1752: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+# Put this here so that autoconf's "cross-compiling" message doesn't confuse
+# people who are not cross-compiling but are compiling cross-assemblers.
+echo $ac_n "checking whether compiling a cross-assembler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1782: checking whether compiling a cross-assembler" >&5
+if test "${host}" = "${target}"; then
+  cross_gas=no
+else
+  cross_gas=yes
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define CROSS_COMPILE 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$cross_gas" 1>&6
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments.  Useless!
+echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1797: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1802 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <alloca.h>
+int main() {
+char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int));
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1809: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1830: checking for alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1835 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+char *p = (char *) alloca(1);
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1858: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
+  # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+  # that cause trouble.  Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+  # contain a buggy version.  If you still want to use their alloca,
+  # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+  ALLOCA=alloca.o
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1890: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1895 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+  echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1920: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1925 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1948: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+EOF
+
+  break
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+done
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1975: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1983 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = 0;
+  auto char dummy;
+  if (addr == 0)
+    {
+      addr = &dummy;
+      return find_stack_direction ();
+    }
+  else
+    return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+main ()
+{
+  exit (find_stack_direction() < 0);
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2002: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2024: checking for inline" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2031 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+} $ac_kw foo() {
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2038: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+done
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6
+case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in
+  inline | yes) ;;
+  no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define inline 
+EOF
+ ;;
+  *)  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define inline $ac_cv_c_inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+# VMS doesn't have unlink.
+for ac_func in unlink remove
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2068: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2073 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2096: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ break
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+# Some systems don't have sbrk().
+for ac_func in sbrk
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2125: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2130 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2153: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+# Some non-ANSI preprocessors botch requoting inside strings.  That's bad
+# enough, but on some of those systems, the assert macro relies on requoting
+# working properly!
+echo $ac_n "checking for working assert macro""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2182: checking for working assert macro" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_assert_ok'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2187 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+int main() {
+
+/* check for requoting problems */
+static int a, b, c, d;
+static char *s;
+assert (!strcmp(s, "foo bar baz quux"));
+/* check for newline handling */
+assert (a == b
+        || c == d);
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2203: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_assert_ok=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_assert_ok=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_assert_ok" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_assert_ok = yes || cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define BROKEN_ASSERT 1
+EOF
+
+
+
+# On some systems, the system header files may not declare malloc, realloc,
+# and free.  There are places where gas needs these functions to have been
+# declared -- such as when taking their addresses.
+gas_test_headers="
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#include <memory.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+"
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether declaration is required for strstr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2244: checking whether declaration is required for strstr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_decl_needed_strstr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2249 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+$gas_test_headers
+int main() {
+
+typedef char *(*f)();
+f x;
+x = (f) strstr;
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2260: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_strstr=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_strstr=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_decl_needed_strstr" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_strstr = no || {
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR 1
+EOF
+
+}
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether declaration is required for malloc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2281: checking whether declaration is required for malloc" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_decl_needed_malloc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2286 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+$gas_test_headers
+int main() {
+
+typedef char *(*f)();
+f x;
+x = (f) malloc;
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2297: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_malloc=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_malloc=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_decl_needed_malloc" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_malloc = no || {
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NEED_DECLARATION_MALLOC 1
+EOF
+
+}
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether declaration is required for free""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2318: checking whether declaration is required for free" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_decl_needed_free'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2323 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+$gas_test_headers
+int main() {
+
+typedef void (*f)();
+f x;
+x = (f) free;
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2334: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_free=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_free=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_decl_needed_free" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_free = no || {
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NEED_DECLARATION_FREE 1
+EOF
+
+}
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether declaration is required for sbrk""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2355: checking whether declaration is required for sbrk" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_decl_needed_sbrk'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2360 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+$gas_test_headers
+int main() {
+
+typedef char *(*f)();
+f x;
+x = (f) sbrk;
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2371: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_decl_needed_sbrk" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_sbrk = no || {
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK 1
+EOF
+
+}
+
+
+# Does errno.h declare errno, or do we have to add a separate declaration
+# for it?
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether declaration is required for errno""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2395: checking whether declaration is required for errno" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gas_cv_decl_needed_errno'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2400 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+
+typedef int f;
+f x;
+x = (f) errno;
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2415: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_errno=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gas_cv_decl_needed_errno=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$gas_cv_decl_needed_errno" 1>&6
+test $gas_cv_decl_needed_errno = no || {
+ cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define NEED_DECLARATION_ERRNO 1
+EOF
+
+}
+
+
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+# If we have shared libraries, try to set rpath reasonably.
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,$(libdir)'
+    RPATH_ENVVAR=SHLIB_PATH
+    ;;
+  *-*-irix5* | *-*-irix6*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*aout*)
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-solaris*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)
+    HLDENV='if test -z "$${LD_RUN_PATH}"; then LD_RUN_PATH=$(libdir); else LD_RUN_PATH=$${LD_RUN_PATH}:$(libdir); fi; export LD_RUN_PATH;'
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# On SunOS, if the linker supports the -rpath option, use it to
+# prevent ../bfd and ../opcodes from being included in the run time
+# search path.
+case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    echo 'main () { }' > conftest.c
+    ${CC} -o conftest -Wl,-rpath= conftest.c >/dev/null 2>conftest.t
+    if grep 'unrecognized' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'No such file' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'do not mix' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath=$(libdir)'
+    else
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath='
+    fi
+    rm -f conftest.t conftest.c conftest
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile doc/Makefile .gdbinit:gdbinit.in conf" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+/@target_frag@/r $target_frag
+s%@target_frag@%%g
+s%@extra_objects@%$extra_objects%g
+s%@target_cpu_type@%$target_cpu_type%g
+s%@obj_format@%$obj_format%g
+s%@te_file@%$te_file%g
+s%@atof@%$atof%g
+s%@BFDDEP@%$BFDDEP%g
+s%@BFDLIB@%$BFDLIB%g
+s%@OPCODES_DEP@%$OPCODES_DEP%g
+s%@OPCODES_LIB@%$OPCODES_LIB%g
+s%@ALL_OBJ_DEPS@%$ALL_OBJ_DEPS%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g
+s%@HLDFLAGS@%$HLDFLAGS%g
+s%@HLDENV@%$HLDENV%g
+s%@RPATH_ENVVAR@%$RPATH_ENVVAR%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile doc/Makefile .gdbinit:gdbinit.in"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="conf"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+target_cpu_type=${target_cpu_type}
+ obj_format=${obj_format}
+ te_file=${te_file}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+rm -f targ-cpu.c targ-cpu.h obj-format.h obj-format.c targ-env.h atof-targ.c itbl-cpu.h
+ echo '#include "tc-'"${target_cpu_type}"'.h"' > targ-cpu.h
+ echo '#include "obj-'"${obj_format}"'.h"' > obj-format.h
+ echo '#include "te-'"${te_file}"'.h"' > targ-env.h
+ echo '#include "itbl-'"${target_cpu_type}"'.h"' > itbl-cpu.h
+ case ${target_cpu_type} in
+ m32r) echo '#include "opcodes/'"${target_cpu_type}"'-opc.h"' > cgen-opc.h ;;
+ esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/gas/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e1209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+dnl
+dnl And be careful when changing it!  If you must add tests with square
+dnl brackets, be sure changequote invocations surround it.
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)dnl v2.5 needed for --bindir et al
+AC_INIT(as.h)dnl
+dnl
+user_bfd_gas=
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(bfd-assembler,
+[  --enable-bfd-assembler  use BFD back end for writing object files],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) need_bfd=yes user_bfd_gas=yes ;;
+  no)  user_bfd_gas=no ;;
+  *)   AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for bfd-assembler option) ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[    targets            alternative target configurations besides the primary],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+	    ;;
+  no)	    enable_targets= ;;
+  *)	    enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*opcodes*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *opcodes*bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true shared_bfd=true ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true shared_opcodes=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(commonbfdlib,
+[  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for BFD commonbfdlib option]) ;;
+esac])dnl
+
+# Generate a header file -- gets more post-processing by Makefile later.
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(conf)
+
+dnl For recursion to work right, this must be an absolute pathname.
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir;pwd`/..)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+te_file=generic
+
+canon_targets=""
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+  for t in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`; do
+    result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $t 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$result" ; then
+      canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+#    else
+#      # Permit "all", etc.  We don't support it yet though.
+#      canon_targets="$canon_targets $t"
+    fi
+  done
+  GAS_UNIQ(canon_targets)
+fi
+
+emulations=""
+
+for this_target in $target $canon_targets ; do
+
+changequote(,)dnl
+    eval `echo $this_target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/cpu=\1 vendor=\2 os=\3/'`
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+    # check for architecture variants
+    case ${cpu} in
+      armeb)		cpu_type=arm endian=big ;;
+      arm*)		cpu_type=arm endian=little ;;
+      hppa*)		cpu_type=hppa ;;
+changequote(,)dnl
+      i[456]86)		cpu_type=i386 ;;
+      m680[012346]0)	cpu_type=m68k ;;
+      m68008)		cpu_type=m68k ;;
+      m683??)		cpu_type=m68k ;;
+changequote([,])dnl
+      m8*)		cpu_type=m88k ;;
+      mips*el)		cpu_type=mips endian=little ;;
+      mips*)		cpu_type=mips endian=big ;;
+      powerpcle*)	cpu_type=ppc endian=little ;;
+      powerpc*)		cpu_type=ppc endian=big ;;
+      rs6000*)		cpu_type=ppc ;;
+      sparc64)		cpu_type=sparc want_sparc_v9=true ;;
+      sparc*)		cpu_type=sparc ;;
+      *)		cpu_type=${cpu} ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test ${this_target} = $target ; then
+      target_cpu_type=${cpu_type}
+    elif test ${target_cpu_type} != ${cpu_type} ; then
+      continue
+    fi
+
+    targ=${cpu_type}
+    generic_target=${cpu_type}-$vendor-$os
+    dev=no
+    bfd_gas=no
+    em=generic
+
+    # assign object format
+    case ${generic_target} in
+      a29k-*-coff)          fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-amd-udi)         fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-amd-ebmon)       fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-nyu-sym1)        fmt=coff targ=ebmon29k ;;
+      a29k-*-vxworks*)      fmt=coff ;;
+
+      alpha-*-*vms*)	    fmt=evax ;;
+      alpha-*-netware*)     fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-openbsd*)     fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-osf*)         fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-linuxecoff*)  fmt=ecoff ;;
+      alpha-*-linux*)       fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+
+
+      arm-*-riscix*)	    fmt=aout targ=arm-lit em=riscix ;;
+      arm-*-aout)	    fmt=aout
+			    case "$endian" in
+			      big)	targ=arm-big ;;
+			      *)	targ=arm-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      arm-*-coff)           fmt=coff ;;
+      arm-*-riscix*)        fmt=aout ;;
+      arm-*-pe)             fmt=coff targ=armcoff em=pe ;;
+
+      d10v-*-*)		    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      hppa-*-*elf*)         fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-lites*)        fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-osf*)          fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-rtems*)        fmt=elf em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-hpux*)         fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-bsd*)          fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+      hppa-*-hiux*)         fmt=som em=hppa ;;
+
+      h8300-*-coff)         fmt=coff ;;
+
+      i386-ibm-aix*)        fmt=coff targ=i386coff
+			     em=i386aix ;;
+      i386-sequent-bsd*)    fmt=aout em=dynix bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      i386-*-bsd*)          fmt=aout em=386bsd ;;
+      i386-*-netbsd0.8)     fmt=aout em=386bsd ;;
+      i386-*-netbsd*)       fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes;;
+      i386-*-openbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes;;
+      i386-*-linux*aout* | i386-*-linuxoldld)   fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      i386-*-linux*coff*)   fmt=coff em=linux
+			     targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-linux*)        fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      i386-*-lynxos*)       fmt=coff targ=i386coff
+			     em=lynx ;;
+      i386-*-sysv4* | i386-*-solaris* | i386-*-elf | i386-*-freebsdelf*)
+			    fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-sco*elf*)      fmt=elf targ=sco5 ;;
+      i386-*-coff | i386-*-sysv* | i386-*-sco* | i386-*-isc*)
+			    fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-vsta)          fmt=aout ;;
+      i386-*-go32)          fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-rtems*)        fmt=coff targ=i386coff ;;
+      i386-*-gnu*)          fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-mach*)
+			    fmt=aout em=mach bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      i386-*-msdos*)        fmt=aout ;;
+      i386-*-moss*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      i386-*-pe)            fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i386-*-cygwin32)      fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i386-*-*nt)           fmt=coff targ=i386coff em=pe ;;
+      i960-*-bout)          fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-coff)          fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-rtems*)        fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-nindy*)        fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks4*)     fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks5.0)    fmt=bout ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks5.*)    fmt=coff em=ic960 targ=ic960coff ;;
+      i960-*-vxworks*)      fmt=bout ;;
+
+      m32r-*-*)		    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      m68k-*-vxworks* | m68k-ericsson-ose | m68k-*-sunos*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      m68k-motorola-sysv*)  fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=delta ;;
+      m68k-bull-sysv3*)     fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=dpx2 ;;
+      m68k-apollo-*)        fmt=coff targ=apollo em=apollo ;;
+      m68k-*-sysv4*) # must be before -sysv*
+			    fmt=elf em=svr4 ;;
+      m68k-*-elf*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      m68k-*-coff | m68k-*-sysv* | m68k-*-rtems*)
+			    fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff ;;
+      m68k-*-hpux*)         fmt=hp300 em=hp300 ;;
+      m68k-*-linux*aout*)   fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      m68k-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      m68k-*-lynxos*)       fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff
+			     em=lynx ;;
+      m68k-*-netbsd*)       fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      m68k-*-openbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      m68k-apple-aux*)      fmt=coff targ=m68kcoff em=aux ;;
+      m68k-*-psos*)         fmt=elf em=psos;;
+
+      m88k-motorola-sysv3*) fmt=coff targ=m88kcoff em=delt88 ;;
+      m88k-*-coff*)         fmt=coff targ=m88kcoff ;;
+
+      # don't change em like *-*-bsd does
+      mips-dec-netbsd*)	    fmt=elf targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-dec-openbsd*)    fmt=elf targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-dec-bsd*)        fmt=aout targ=mips-lit ;;
+      mips-sony-bsd*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-bsd*)          AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown vendor for mips-bsd configuration.) ;;
+      mips-*-ultrix*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-*-osf*)          fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit endian=little ;;
+      mips-*-ecoff*)        fmt=ecoff 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=mips-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=mips-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      mips-*-ecoff*)        fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix6*)	    fmt=elf targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix5*)        fmt=elf targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-irix*)         fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-lnews*)        fmt=ecoff targ=mips-lit em=lnews ;;
+      mips-*-riscos*)       fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-sysv*)         fmt=ecoff targ=mips-big ;;
+      mips-*-elf* | mips-*-rtems* | mips-*-linux* | mips-*-gnu* | mips-*-openbsd*)
+			    fmt=elf 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=mips-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=mips-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      mn10200-*-*)	    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      mn10300-*-*)	    fmt=elf bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ppc-*-pe | ppc-*-cygwin32 | ppc-*-winnt*)
+		            fmt=coff em=pe 
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big) targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)   targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+                            ;;
+      ppc-*-aix*)           fmt=coff ;;
+      ppc-*-beos*)          fmt=coff ;;
+      ppc-*-*bsd* | ppc-*-elf* | ppc-*-eabi* | ppc-*-sysv4*)
+			    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    AC_MSG_ERROR(Linux must be configured big endian) ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-solaris*)	    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  AC_MSG_ERROR(Solaris must be configured little endian) ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-sol ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-rtems*)
+			    fmt=elf
+			    case "$endian" in
+			    big)  targ=ppc-big ;;
+			    *)    targ=ppc-lit ;;
+			    esac
+			    ;;
+      ppc-*-macos* | ppc-*-mpw*)
+			    fmt=coff em=macos ;;
+      ppc-*-netware*)       fmt=elf em=ppcnw ;;
+
+      sh-*-elf*)	    fmt=elf ;;
+      sh-*-coff*)           fmt=coff ;;
+
+      ns32k-pc532-mach* | ns32k-pc532-ux*)    fmt=aout em=pc532mach ;;
+      ns32k-pc532-netbsd* | ns32k-pc532-lites*)  fmt=aout em=nbsd532 ;;
+      ns32k-pc532-openbsd*) fmt=aout em=nbsd532 ;;
+
+      sparc-*-rtems*)       fmt=aout ;;
+      sparc-*-sunos4*)      fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      sparc-*-aout | sparc*-*-vxworks*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sparcaout ;;
+      sparc-*-coff)         fmt=coff ;;
+      sparc-*-linux*aout*)  fmt=aout em=linux ;;
+      sparc-*-linux*)	    fmt=elf em=linux ;;
+      sparc-*-lynxos*)      fmt=coff em=lynx ;;
+      sparc-fujitsu-none)   fmt=aout ;;
+      sparc-*-elf | sparc-*-sysv4* | sparc-*-solaris*)
+			    fmt=elf ;;
+      sparc-*-netbsd*)      fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      sparc-*-openbsd*)     fmt=aout em=nbsd bfd_gas=yes ;;
+
+      vax-*-bsd* | vax-*-ultrix*)
+			    fmt=aout ;;
+      vax-*-vms)            fmt=vms ;;
+
+      z8k-*-coff | z8k-*-sim)
+			    fmt=coff ;;
+
+      w65-*-*)              fmt=coff ;;
+
+      *-*-aout | *-*-scout)
+			    fmt=aout ;;
+      *-*-nindy*)
+			    fmt=bout ;;
+      *-*-bsd*)
+			    fmt=aout em=sun3 ;;
+      *-*-generic)          fmt=generic ;;
+      *-*-xray | *-*-hms)   fmt=coff ;;
+      *-*-sim)              fmt=coff ;;
+      *-*-elf | *-*-sysv4* | *-*-solaris*)
+			    AC_MSG_WARN(GAS support for ${generic_target} is incomplete.)
+			    fmt=elf dev=yes ;;
+      *-*-vxworks)          fmt=aout ;;
+      *-*-netware)          fmt=elf ;;
+    esac
+
+    case ${cpu_type}-${fmt} in
+      alpha-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      arm-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+    # not yet
+    # i386-aout)	bfd_gas=preferred ;;
+      mips-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ns32k-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      ppc-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      sparc-*)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-elf)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-ecoff)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *-som)	bfd_gas=yes ;;
+      *)		;;
+    esac
+
+# Other random stuff.
+
+    # do we need the opcodes library?
+    case ${cpu_type} in
+      vax | i386)
+	;;
+      *)
+	need_opcodes=yes
+	if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+	  # A shared libopcodes must be linked against libbfd.
+	  need_bfd=yes
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    test -n "$want_sparc_v9" && AC_DEFINE(SPARC_V9)
+
+    case ${cpu}-${vendor}-${os} in
+      sparc64-*-elf*) AC_DEFINE(SPARC_ARCH64) ;;
+    esac
+
+    case ${cpu_type} in
+      m32r)
+	case ${extra_objects} in
+	*cgen.o*) ;;
+	*) extra_objects="$extra_objects cgen.o"
+	   AC_DEFINE(USING_CGEN)
+	   ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      m68k)
+	case ${extra_objects} in
+	*m68k-parse.o*) ;;
+	*) extra_objects="$extra_objects m68k-parse.o" ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      mips)
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-parse.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-parse.o"
+	fi
+
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-lex.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-lex.o"
+	fi
+
+	echo ${extra_objects} | grep -s "itbl-ops.o" 
+	if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+	  extra_objects="$extra_objects itbl-ops.o"
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	;;
+    esac
+
+# See if we really can support this configuration with the emulation code.
+
+    if test $this_target = $target ; then
+      primary_bfd_gas=$bfd_gas
+      obj_format=$fmt
+      gas_target=$targ
+      te_file=$em
+
+      if test $bfd_gas = no ; then
+	# Can't support other configurations this way.
+	break
+      fi
+    elif test $bfd_gas = no ; then
+      # Can't support this configuration.
+      break
+    fi
+
+# From target name and format, produce a list of supported emulations.
+
+    case ${generic_target}-${fmt} in
+      mips-*-irix5*-*)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+      mips-*-linux*-*)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslelf mipsbelf mipself mipslecoff mipsbecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			esac ;;
+      mips-*-lnews*-ecoff) ;;
+      mips-*-*-ecoff)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbecoff mipslecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslecoff mipsbecoff mipsecoff" ;;
+			esac ;;
+      mips-*-*-elf)	case "$endian" in
+			big)	emulation="mipsbelf mipslelf mipself" ;;
+			*)	emulation="mipslelf mipsbelf mipself" ;;
+      # Uncommenting the next line will turn on support for i386 COFF
+      # in any i386 ELF configuration.  This probably doesn't work
+      # correctly.
+      # i386-*-*-elf)	emulation="i386coff i386elf" ;;
+			esac ;;
+    esac
+
+    emulations="$emulations $emulation"
+
+done
+
+# Assign floating point type.  Most processors with FP support
+# IEEE FP.  On those that don't support FP at all, usually IEEE
+# is emulated.
+case ${target_cpu} in
+  vax | tahoe )	atof=${target_cpu} ;;
+  *)		atof=ieee ;;
+esac
+
+case "${obj_format}" in
+  "") AC_MSG_ERROR(GAS does not know what format to use for target ${target}) ;;
+esac
+
+dnl
+dnl Make sure the desired support files exist.
+dnl
+
+if test ! -r ${srcdir}/config/tc-${target_cpu_type}.c; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR(GAS does not support target CPU ${target_cpu_type})
+fi
+
+if test ! -r ${srcdir}/config/obj-${obj_format}.c; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR(GAS does not have support for object file format ${obj_format})
+fi
+
+# and target makefile frag
+
+target_frag=${srcdir}/config/${gas_target}.mt
+if test ! -r ${target_frag}; then
+  target_frag=/dev/null # ick! but subst_file can't be conditionalized
+fi
+AC_SUBST_FILE(target_frag)
+
+case ${user_bfd_gas}-${primary_bfd_gas} in
+  yes-yes | no-no)
+    # We didn't override user's choice.
+    ;;
+  no-yes)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(Use of BFD is required for ${target}; overriding config options.)
+    ;;
+  no-preferred)
+    primary_bfd_gas=no
+    ;;
+  *-preferred)
+    primary_bfd_gas=yes
+    ;;
+  yes-*)
+    primary_bfd_gas=yes
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    # User specified nothing.
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Some COFF configurations want these random other flags set.
+case ${obj_format} in
+  coff)
+    case ${target_cpu_type} in
+      i386) AC_DEFINE(I386COFF) ;;
+      m68k) AC_DEFINE(M68KCOFF) ;;
+      m88k) AC_DEFINE(M88KCOFF) ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Getting this done right is going to be a bitch.  Each configuration specified
+# with --enable-targets=... should be checked for environment, format, cpu, and
+# bfd_gas setting.
+#
+# For each configuration, the necessary object file support code must be linked
+# in.  This might be only one, it might be up to four.  The necessary emulation
+# code needs to be provided, too.
+#
+# And then there's "--enable-targets=all"....
+#
+# For now, just always do it for MIPS ELF or ECOFF configurations.  Sigh.
+
+formats="${obj_format}"
+emfiles=""
+EMULATIONS=""
+GAS_UNIQ(emulations)
+for em in . $emulations ; do
+  case $em in
+    .)	continue ;;
+    mipsbelf | mipslelf)
+	fmt=elf   file=mipself ;;
+    mipsbecoff | mipslecoff)
+	fmt=ecoff file=mipsecoff ;;
+    i386coff)
+	fmt=coff  file=i386coff ;;
+    i386elf)
+	fmt=elf   file=i386elf ;;
+  esac
+  formats="$formats $fmt"
+  emfiles="$emfiles e-$file.o"
+  EMULATIONS="$EMULATIONS &$em,"
+done
+GAS_UNIQ(formats)
+GAS_UNIQ(emfiles)
+if test `set . $formats ; shift ; echo $#` -gt 1 ; then
+  for fmt in $formats ; do
+    case $fmt in
+      aout)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_AOUT)    ;;
+      bout)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_BOUT)    ;;
+      coff)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_COFF)    ;;
+      ecoff)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_ECOFF)   ;;
+      elf)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_ELF)     ;;
+      generic)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_GENERIC) ;;
+      hp300)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_HP300)   ;;
+      ieee)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_IEEE)    ;;
+      som)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_SOM)     ;;
+      vms)	AC_DEFINE(OBJ_MAYBE_VMS)     ;;
+    esac
+    extra_objects="$extra_objects obj-$fmt.o"
+  done
+  obj_format=multi
+fi
+if test `set . $emfiles ; shift ; echo $#` -gt 0 ; then
+  te_file=multi
+  extra_objects="$extra_objects $emfiles"
+  DEFAULT_EMULATION=`set . $emulations ; echo $2`
+  AC_DEFINE(USE_EMULATIONS)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(extra_objects)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(EMULATIONS, $EMULATIONS)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_EMULATION, "$DEFAULT_EMULATION")
+
+case ${primary_bfd_gas}-${target_cpu_type}-${obj_format} in
+  yes-*-coff)	need_bfd=yes ;;
+  no-*-coff)	need_bfd=yes
+		AC_DEFINE(MANY_SEGMENTS) ;;
+esac
+
+reject_dev_configs=yes
+
+case ${reject_dev_configs}-${dev} in
+  yes-yes) # Oops.
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(GAS does not support the ${generic_target} configuration.)
+    ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(target_cpu_type)
+AC_SUBST(obj_format)
+AC_SUBST(te_file)
+AC_SUBST(atof)
+dnl AC_SUBST(emulation)
+
+case "${primary_bfd_gas}" in
+  yes)	AC_DEFINE(BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+	need_bfd=yes ;;
+esac
+
+# do we need the opcodes library?
+case "${need_opcodes}" in
+yes)
+  OPCODES_DEP=../opcodes/libopcodes.a
+  OPCODES_LIB='-L../opcodes -lopcodes'
+
+  # We need to handle some special cases for shared libraries.
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+    # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+    if test "${shared_opcodes}" = "true"; then
+      OPCODES_LIB='-L../opcodes -l`echo opcodes | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-osf*)
+    # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+    # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+    # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+    # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+    # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+    # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+    # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+    if test "${shared_opcodes}" != "true"; then
+      OPCODES_LIB='../opcodes/libopcodes.a'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+esac
+
+case "${need_bfd}" in
+yes)
+  BFDDEP=../bfd/libbfd.a
+  BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+  ALL_OBJ_DEPS="$ALL_OBJ_DEPS ../bfd/bfd.h"
+
+  # We need to handle some special cases for shared libraries
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+    # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+    if test "${shared_bfd}" = "true"; then
+      BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  alpha*-*-osf*)
+    # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+    # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+    # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+    # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+    # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+    # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+    # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+    if test "${shared_bfd}" != "true"; then
+      BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+    # when a shared libbfd is built with --enable-commonbfdlib,
+    # all of libopcodes is available in libbfd.so
+    OPCODES_LIB=
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(BFDDEP)
+AC_SUBST(BFDLIB)
+AC_SUBST(OPCODES_DEP)
+AC_SUBST(OPCODES_LIB)
+
+AC_SUBST(ALL_OBJ_DEPS)
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TARGET_ALIAS,	"${target_alias}")
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TARGET_CANONICAL,	"${target}")
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TARGET_CPU,		"${target_cpu}")
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TARGET_VENDOR,	"${target_vendor}")
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TARGET_OS,		"${target_os}")
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h stdlib.h memory.h strings.h unistd.h stdarg.h varargs.h errno.h sys/types.h)
+
+# Put this here so that autoconf's "cross-compiling" message doesn't confuse
+# people who are not cross-compiling but are compiling cross-assemblers.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether compiling a cross-assembler)
+if test "${host}" = "${target}"; then
+  cross_gas=no
+else
+  cross_gas=yes
+  AC_DEFINE(CROSS_COMPILE)
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($cross_gas)
+
+dnl ansidecl.h will deal with const
+dnl AC_CONST
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_C_INLINE
+
+# VMS doesn't have unlink.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(unlink remove, break)
+
+# Some systems don't have sbrk().
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sbrk)
+
+# Some non-ANSI preprocessors botch requoting inside strings.  That's bad
+# enough, but on some of those systems, the assert macro relies on requoting
+# working properly!
+GAS_WORKING_ASSERT
+
+# On some systems, the system header files may not declare malloc, realloc,
+# and free.  There are places where gas needs these functions to have been
+# declared -- such as when taking their addresses.
+gas_test_headers="
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#include <memory.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+"
+GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(strstr, f, char *(*f)(), $gas_test_headers)
+GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(malloc, f, char *(*f)(), $gas_test_headers)
+GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(free, f, void (*f)(), $gas_test_headers)
+GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(sbrk, f, char *(*f)(), $gas_test_headers)
+
+# Does errno.h declare errno, or do we have to add a separate declaration
+# for it?
+GAS_CHECK_DECL_NEEDED(errno, f, int f, [
+#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+])
+
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+# If we have shared libraries, try to set rpath reasonably.
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,$(libdir)'
+    RPATH_ENVVAR=SHLIB_PATH
+    ;;
+  *-*-irix5* | *-*-irix6*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*aout*)
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-solaris*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)
+    HLDENV='if test -z "$${LD_RUN_PATH}"; then LD_RUN_PATH=$(libdir); else LD_RUN_PATH=$${LD_RUN_PATH}:$(libdir); fi; export LD_RUN_PATH;'
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# On SunOS, if the linker supports the -rpath option, use it to
+# prevent ../bfd and ../opcodes from being included in the run time
+# search path.
+case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    echo 'main () { }' > conftest.c
+    ${CC} -o conftest -Wl,-rpath= conftest.c >/dev/null 2>conftest.t
+    if grep 'unrecognized' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'No such file' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'do not mix' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath=$(libdir)'
+    else
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath='
+    fi
+    rm -f conftest.t conftest.c conftest
+    ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(HLDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(HLDENV)
+AC_SUBST(RPATH_ENVVAR)
+
+dnl This must come last.
+
+dnl We used to make symlinks to files in the source directory, but now
+dnl we just use the right name for .c files, and create .h files in
+dnl the build directory which include the right .h file.  Make sure
+dnl the old symlinks don't exist, so that a reconfigure in an existing
+dnl directory behaves reasonably.
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile doc/Makefile .gdbinit:gdbinit.in,
+[rm -f targ-cpu.c targ-cpu.h obj-format.h obj-format.c targ-env.h atof-targ.c itbl-cpu.h
+ echo '#include "tc-'"${target_cpu_type}"'.h"' > targ-cpu.h
+ echo '#include "obj-'"${obj_format}"'.h"' > obj-format.h
+ echo '#include "te-'"${te_file}"'.h"' > targ-env.h
+ echo '#include "itbl-'"${target_cpu_type}"'.h"' > itbl-cpu.h
+ case ${target_cpu_type} in
+ m32r) echo '#include "opcodes/'"${target_cpu_type}"'-opc.h"' > cgen-opc.h ;;
+ esac],
+[target_cpu_type=${target_cpu_type}
+ obj_format=${obj_format}
+ te_file=${te_file}])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/debug.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/debug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e99f23f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/debug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* This file is debug.c
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Routines for debug use only.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+dmp_frags ()
+{
+  frchainS *chp;
+  char *p;
+
+  for (chp = frchain_root; chp; chp = chp->frch_next)
+    {
+      switch (chp->frch_seg)
+	{
+	case SEG_DATA:
+	  p = "Data";
+	  break;
+	case SEG_TEXT:
+	  p = "Text";
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  p = "???";
+	  break;
+	}
+      printf ("\nSEGMENT %s %d\n", p, chp->frch_subseg);
+      dmp_frag (chp->frch_root, "\t");
+    }
+}
+
+dmp_frag (fp, indent)
+     struct frag *fp;
+     char *indent;
+{
+  for (; fp; fp = fp->fr_next)
+    {
+      printf ("%sFRAGMENT @ 0x%x\n", indent, fp);
+      switch (fp->fr_type)
+	{
+	case rs_align:
+	  printf ("%srs_align(%d)\n", indent, fp->fr_offset);
+	  break;
+	case rs_fill:
+	  printf ("%srs_fill(%d)\n", indent, fp->fr_offset);
+	  printf ("%s", indent);
+	  var_chars (fp, fp->fr_var + fp->fr_fix);
+	  printf ("%s\t repeated %d times,",
+		  indent, fp->fr_offset);
+	  printf (" fixed length if # chars == 0)\n");
+	  break;
+	case rs_org:
+	  printf ("%srs_org(%d+sym @0x%x)\n", indent,
+		  fp->fr_offset, fp->fr_symbol);
+	  printf ("%sfill with ", indent);
+	  var_chars (fp, 1);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+	case rs_machine_dependent:
+	  printf ("%smachine_dep\n", indent);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  printf ("%sunknown type\n", indent);
+	  break;
+	}
+      printf ("%saddr=%d(0x%x)\n", indent, fp->fr_address, fp->fr_address);
+      printf ("%sfr_fix=%d\n", indent, fp->fr_fix);
+      printf ("%sfr_var=%d\n", indent, fp->fr_var);
+      printf ("%sfr_offset=%d\n", indent, fp->fr_offset);
+      printf ("%schars @ 0x%x\n", indent, fp->fr_literal);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+var_chars (fp, n)
+     struct frag *fp;
+     int n;
+{
+  unsigned char *p;
+
+  for (p = (unsigned char *) fp->fr_literal; n; n--, p++)
+    {
+      printf ("%02x ", *p);
+    }
+}
+
+/* end of debug.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/gas/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4ac32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+/\\$/b loop
+
+s! ../config.h!!g
+s! ../../bfd/bfd.h!!g
+s! ../itbl-parse.h!!g
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/config!$(srcdir)/config!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/../opcodes!$(srcdir)/../opcodes!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+s! config.h!!g
+s! as.h!!g
+s! targ-env.h!!g
+s! obj-format.h!!g
+s! targ-cpu.h!!g
+s! flonum.h!!g
+s! expr.h!!g
+s! struc-symbol.h!!g
+s! write.h!!g
+s! frags.h!!g
+s! hash.h!!g
+s! read.h!!g
+s! symbols.h!!g
+s! tc.h!!g
+s! obj.h!!g
+s! listing.h!!g
+s! bignum.h!!g
+s! bit_fix.h!!g
+s! itbl-cpu.h!!g
+s! \$(srcdir)/config/te-generic.h!!g
+s! \$(INCDIR)/libiberty.h!!g
+s! \$(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h!!g
+s! \$(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h!!g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/  */ /g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+  /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3749cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+# Makefile for GNU Assembler documentation
+#   Copyright (C) 1987-1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+#This file is part of GNU GAS.
+
+#GNU GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#any later version.
+
+#GNU GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+#You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#along with GNU GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+#the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The targets for external use include:
+# all, doc, proto, install, uninstall, includes, TAGS,
+# clean, cleanconfig, realclean, stage1, stage2, stage3, stage4.
+
+# Variables that exist for you to override.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_XFORM1 = $(INSTALL) -b $(program_transform_name) .1
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = qv
+BISON = bison
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+DVIPS = dvips
+RANLIB = ranlib
+
+# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
+CONFIG=all
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format docn with TeX
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../../texinfo
+
+##
+
+all:
+install:
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(srcdir)/as.1 $(man1dir)/as.1
+
+info: as.info gasp.info
+dvi: as.dvi gasp.dvi
+ps: as.ps gasp.ps
+
+asconfig.texi: $(CONFIG).texi
+	rm -f asconfig.texi
+	ln -s $(srcdir)/$(CONFIG).texi ./asconfig.texi || \
+	ln $(srcdir)/$(CONFIG).texi ./asconfig.texi || \
+	cp $(srcdir)/$(CONFIG).texi ./asconfig.texi
+
+as.info: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(TEXIDIR) -I$(srcdir) -o as.info $(srcdir)/as.texinfo
+
+gasp.info: $(srcdir)/gasp.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o gasp.info $(srcdir)/gasp.texi
+
+install-info: install-info-as install-info-gasp
+install-info-as: as.info
+	if [ -r as.info ]; then \
+	  dir=. ; \
+	else \
+	  dir=$(srcdir) ; \
+	fi ; \
+	for i in `cd $$dir ; echo as.info*` ; do \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
+	done
+install-info-gasp: gasp.info
+	if [ -r gasp.info ]; then \
+	  dir=. ; \
+	else \
+	  dir=$(srcdir) ; \
+	fi ; \
+	for i in `cd $$dir ; echo gasp.info*` ; do \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
+	done
+
+as.dvi:	$(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/as.texinfo
+
+as.ps:	as.dvi
+	$(DVIPS) -o $@ $?
+
+gasp.dvi: $(srcdir)/gasp.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/gasp.texi
+
+gasp.ps: gasp.dvi
+	$(DVIPS) -o $@ $?
+
+# This one isn't ready for prime time yet.  Not even a little bit.
+
+internals.info: $(srcdir)/internals.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o $@ $?
+
+internals.dvi: $(srcdir)/internals.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(TEXIDIR):$$TEXINPUTS MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/internals.texi
+
+internals.ps: internals.dvi
+	$(DVIPS) -o $@ $?
+
+internals.ps4: internals.ps
+	psnup -4 <$? >$@
+
+# ROFF doc targets as.ms, as.mm, as.me
+# (we don't use a variable because we don't trust all makes to handle
+# a var in the target name right).
+# roff output (-ms)
+# THESE ARE PROBABLY BROKEN until texi2roff extended for Texinfo conditionals
+as.ms: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		$(srcdir)/as.texinfo | \
+	texi2roff -ms >as.ms 
+
+# roff output (-mm)
+as.mm: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e '/@noindent/d' \
+		$(srcdir)/as.texinfo | \
+	texi2roff -mm | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+	>as.mm 
+
+# roff output (-me)
+as.me: $(srcdir)/as.texinfo asconfig.texi
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		$(srcdir)/as.texinfo | \
+	texi2roff -me >as.me 
+
+clean mostlyclean: clean-dvi clean-info
+	rm -f asconfig.texi core *~
+
+distclean:
+	rm -f Makefile config.status asconfig.texi \
+		as.?? as.??s as.aux as.log as.toc \
+		internals.?? internals.??s internals.aux internals.log internals.toc \
+		gasp.?? gasp.??s gasp.aux gasp.log gasp.toc
+
+clean-dvi:
+	rm -f as.?? as.??? gasp.?? gasp.??? internals.?? internals.???
+
+clean-info:
+	rm -f as.info* gasp.info*
+
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean-info distclean
+
+force:
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	(cd .. ; $(SHELL) ./config.status)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/all.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/all.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8476921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/all.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+@c Copyright 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This file is part of the documentation for the GAS manual
+
+@c Configuration settings for all-inclusive version of manual
+
+@c switches:------------------------------------------------------------
+@c Properties of the manual
+@c ========================
+@c Discuss all architectures?
+@set ALL-ARCH
+@c A generic form of manual (not tailored to specific target)?
+@set GENERIC
+@c Include text on assembler internals?
+@clear INTERNALS
+@c Many object formats supported in this config?
+@set MULTI-OBJ
+
+@c Object formats of interest
+@c ==========================
+@set AOUT
+@set BOUT
+@set COFF
+@set ELF
+@set SOM
+
+@c CPUs of interest
+@c ================
+@set A29K
+@set D10V
+@set H8/300
+@set H8/500
+@set SH
+@set I80386
+@set I960
+@set MIPS
+@set M680X0
+@set Z8000
+@set SPARC
+@set VAX
+@set VXWORKS
+@set HPPA
+
+@c Does this version of the assembler use the difference-table kluge?
+@set DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+
+@c Do all machines described use IEEE floating point?
+@clear IEEEFLOAT
+
+@c Is a word 32 bits, or 16?
+@clear W32
+@set W16
+
+@c Do symbols have different characters than usual?
+@clear SPECIAL-SYMS
+
+@c strings:------------------------------------------------------------
+@c Name of the assembler:
+@set AS as
+@c Name of C compiler:
+@set GCC gcc
+@c Name of linker:
+@set LD ld
+@c Text for target machine (best not used in generic case; but just in case...)
+@set TARGET machine specific
+@c Name of object format NOT SET in generic version
+@clear OBJ-NAME
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.1 b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ff0d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.1
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH as 1 "29 March 1996" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+
+.SH NAME
+GNU as \- the portable GNU assembler.
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.na
+.B as
+.RB "[\|" \-a "[\|" dhlns "\|]" \c
+\&\[\|\=\c
+.I file\c
+\&\|]\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-D "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-defsym\ SYM=VAL "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-f "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-I
+.I path\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-K "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-L "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-M\ |\ \-\-mri "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-o 
+.I objfile\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-R "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-w "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\^\- "\ |\ " \c
+.I files\c
+\&\|.\|.\|.\|]
+
+.I i960-only options:
+.br
+.RB "[\|" \-ACA "\||\|" \-ACA_A "\||\|" \-ACB\c
+.RB "\||\|" \-ACC "\||\|" \-AKA "\||\|" \-AKB\c
+.RB "\||\|" \-AKC "\||\|" \-AMC "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-b "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-no-relax "\|]"
+
+.I m680x0-only options:
+.br
+.RB "[\|" \-l "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-mc68000 "\||\|" \-mc68010 "\||\|" \-mc68020 "\|]"
+.ad b
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+GNU \c
+.B as\c
+\& is really a family of assemblers.  
+If you use (or have used) the GNU assembler on one architecture, you
+should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
+architecture.  Each version has much in common with the others,
+including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
+\c
+.I pseudo-ops)\c
+\& and assembler syntax.  
+
+For information on the syntax and pseudo-ops used by GNU \c
+.B as\c
+\&, see `\|\c
+.B as\c
+\|' entry in \c
+.B info \c
+(or the manual \c
+.I
+.I
+Using as: The GNU Assembler\c
+\&).
+
+\c
+.B as\c
+\& is primarily intended to assemble the output of the GNU C
+compiler \c
+.B gcc\c
+\& for use by the linker \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.  Nevertheless,
+we've tried to make \c
+.B as\c
+\& assemble correctly everything that the native
+assembler would.
+This doesn't mean \c
+.B as\c
+\& always uses the same syntax as another
+assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
+incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
+
+Each time you run \c
+.B as\c
+\& it assembles exactly one source
+program.  The source program is made up of one or more files.
+(The standard input is also a file.)
+
+If \c
+.B as\c
+\& is given no file names it attempts to read one input file
+from the \c
+.B as\c
+\& standard input, which is normally your terminal.  You
+may have to type \c
+.B ctl-D\c
+\& to tell \c
+.B as\c
+\& there is no more program
+to assemble.  Use `\|\c
+.B \-\^\-\c
+\|' if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
+in your command line.
+
+.B as\c
+\& may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
+file (usually your terminal).  This should not happen when \c
+.B as\c
+\& is
+run automatically by a compiler.  Warnings report an assumption made so
+that \c
+.B as\c
+\& could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
+grave problem that stops the assembly.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BR \-a
+Turn on assembly listings.  There are various suboptions.
+.B d
+omits debugging directives.
+.B h
+includes the high level source code; this is only available if the
+source file can be found, and the code was compiled with
+.B \-g.
+.B l
+includes an assembly listing.
+.B n
+omits forms processing.
+.B s
+includes a symbol listing.
+.B =
+.I file
+sets the listing file name; this must be the last suboption.
+The default suboptions are
+.B hls.
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option is accepted only for script compatibility with calls to
+other assemblers; it has no effect on \c
+.B as\c
+\&.
+.TP
+.B \-\-defsym SYM=VALUE
+Define the symbol SYM to be VALUE before assembling the input file.
+VALUE must be an integer constant.  As in C, a leading 0x indicates a
+hexadecimal value, and a leading 0 indicates an octal value.
+.TP
+.B \-f
+``fast''--skip preprocessing (assume source is compiler output).
+.TP
+.BI "\-I\ " path
+Add 
+.I path
+to the search list for 
+.B .include
+directives.
+.TP
+.B \-K
+Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
+.TP
+.B \-L
+Keep (in symbol table) local symbols, starting with `\|\c
+.B L\c
+\|'
+.TP
+.B \-M, \-\-mri
+Assemble in MRI compatibility mode.
+.TP
+.BI "\-o\ " objfile
+Name the object-file output from \c
+.B as
+.TP
+.B \-R
+Fold data section into text section
+.TP
+.B \-v
+Announce \c
+.B as\c
+\& version
+.TP
+.B \-W
+Suppress warning messages
+.TP
+.IR "\-\^\-" "\ |\ " "files\|.\|.\|."
+Source files to assemble, or standard input (\c
+.BR "\-\^\-" ")"
+.TP
+.BI \-A var
+.I
+(When configured for Intel 960.)
+Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
+.TP
+.B \-b
+.I
+(When configured for Intel 960.)
+Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
+.TP
+.B \-no-relax
+.I
+(When configured for Intel 960.)
+Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
+error if necessary.
+.TP
+.B \-l
+.I
+(When configured for Motorola 68000).  
+.br
+Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
+.TP
+.BR "\-mc68000" "\||\|" "\-mc68010" "\||\|" "\-mc68020"
+.I
+(When configured for Motorola 68000).  
+.br
+Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target (default 68020)
+
+.PP
+Options may be in any order, and may be
+before, after, or between file names.  The order of file names is
+significant.
+
+`\|\c
+.B \-\^\-\c
+\|' (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
+explicitly, as one of the files for \c
+.B as\c
+\& to assemble.
+
+Except for `\|\c
+.B \-\^\-\c
+\|' any command line argument that begins with a
+hyphen (`\|\c
+.B \-\c
+\|') is an option.  Each option changes the behavior of
+\c
+.B as\c
+\&.  No option changes the way another option works.  An
+option is a `\|\c
+.B \-\c
+\|' followed by one or more letters; the case of
+the letter is important.   All options are optional.
+
+The `\|\c
+.B \-o\c
+\|' option expects exactly one file name to follow.  The file
+name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
+with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (GNU
+standard).  
+
+These two command lines are equivalent:
+.br
+.B
+as\ \ \-o\ \ my\-object\-file.o\ \ mumble.s
+.br
+.B
+as\ \ \-omy\-object\-file.o\ \ mumble.s
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.RB "`\|" as "\|'"
+entry in 
+.B
+info\c
+\&; 
+.I
+Using as: The GNU Assembler\c
+\&;
+.BR gcc "(" 1 "),"
+.BR ld "(" 1 ")."
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6ad48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,4970 @@
+\input texinfo @c                               -*-Texinfo-*-
+@c  Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c UPDATE!!  On future updates--
+@c   (1)   check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
+@c         md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
+@c   (2)   for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
+@c         in config/tc-*.c
+@c   (3)   for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
+@c         in config/obj-*.c       
+@c   (4)   portable directives in potable[] in read.c
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename as.info
+@c ---config---
+@c defaults, config file may override:
+@set have-stabs
+@c ---
+@include asconfig.texi
+@c ---
+@c common OR combinations of conditions
+@ifset AOUT
+@set aout-bout
+@end ifset
+@ifset BOUT
+@set aout-bout
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/300
+@set H8
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/500
+@set H8
+@end ifset
+@ifset SH
+@set H8
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+@set abnormal-separator
+@end ifset
+@c ------------
+@ifset GENERIC
+@settitle Using @value{AS}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
+@end ifclear
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@c %**end of header
+
+@c @smallbook
+@c @set SMALL
+@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
+@c instructions.  Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
+@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
+@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
+@c 
+@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
+@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
+@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
+@c break.
+@c 
+@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
+@c not well for the default large-page format.  This manual expects that if you
+@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
+@c tables in question.  You can turn on one without the other at your
+@c discretion, of course. 
+@ifinfo
+@set SMALL
+@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
+@c might as well show 'em anyways.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* As: (as).                     The GNU assembler.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@finalout
+@syncodeindex ky cp
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
+
+Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual
+under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
+derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to
+this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title Using @value{AS}
+@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
+@end ifclear
+@sp 1
+@subtitle January 1994
+@sp 1
+@sp 13
+The Free Software Foundation Inc.  thanks The Nice Computer
+Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
+first (Vax) version of @code{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
+The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
+distracting the boss while they got some work
+done.
+@sp 3
+@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
+@page
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
+\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
+}
+%"boxit" macro for figures:
+%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
+\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
+     \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
+#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
+\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual
+under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
+derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to
+this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top Using @value{AS}
+
+This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @code{@value{AS}}.
+@ifclear GENERIC
+This version of the file describes @code{@value{AS}} configured to generate
+code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
+@end ifclear
+@menu
+* Overview::                    Overview
+* Invoking::                    Command-Line Options
+* Syntax::                      Syntax
+* Sections::                    Sections and Relocation
+* Symbols::                     Symbols
+* Expressions::                 Expressions
+* Pseudo Ops::                  Assembler Directives
+* Machine Dependencies::        Machine Dependent Features
+* Reporting Bugs::              Reporting Bugs
+* Acknowledgements::            Who Did What
+* Index::                       Index
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Overview
+@chapter Overview
+@iftex
+This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @code{@value{AS}}.
+@ifclear GENERIC
+This version of the manual describes @code{@value{AS}} configured to generate
+code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
+@end ifclear
+@end iftex
+
+@cindex invocation summary
+@cindex option summary
+@cindex summary of options
+Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}.  For details,
+@pxref{Invoking,,Comand-Line Options}.
+
+@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
+@c to be limited to one line for the header.
+@smallexample
+@value{AS} [ -a[cdhlns][=file] ] [ -D ]  [ --defsym @var{sym}=@var{val} ]
+ [ -f ] [ --help ] [ -I @var{dir} ] [ -J ] [ -K ] [ -L ]
+ [ -o @var{objfile} ] [ -R ] [ --statistics ] [ -v ] [ -version ]
+ [ --version ] [ -W ] [ -w ] [ -x ] [ -Z ]
+@ifset A29K
+@c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options
+@end ifset
+@ifset D10V
+ [ -O ]
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset H8
+@c Hitachi family chips have no machine-dependent assembler options
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
+@end ifset
+@ifset SPARC
+@c The order here is important.  See c-sparc.texi.
+ [ -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite | -Av9 | -Av9a ]
+ [ -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa ] [ -bump ]
+@end ifset
+@ifset Z8000
+@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
+ [ -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC ]
+ [ -b ] [ -no-relax ]
+@end ifset
+@ifset M680X0
+ [ -l ] [ -m68000 | -m68010 | -m68020 | ... ]
+@end ifset
+@ifset MIPS
+ [ -nocpp ] [ -EL ] [ -EB ] [ -G @var{num} ] [ -mcpu=@var{CPU} ]
+ [ -mips1 ] [ -mips2 ] [ -mips3 ] [ -m4650 ] [ -no-m4650 ]
+ [ --trap ] [ --break ]
+ [ --emulation=@var{name} ]
+@end ifset
+ [ -- | @var{files} @dots{} ]
+@end smallexample
+
+@table @code
+@item -a[dhlns]
+Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
+
+@table @code
+@item -ad
+omit debugging directives
+
+@item -ah
+include high-level source
+
+@item -al
+include assembly
+
+@item -an
+omit forms processing
+
+@item -as
+include symbols
+
+@item =file
+set the name of the listing file
+@end table
+
+You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
+listing without forms processing.  The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
+the last one.  By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}---that is, all
+listings turned on.
+
+@item -D
+Ignored.  This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
+other assemblers.
+
+@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
+Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
+@var{value} must be an integer constant.  As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
+indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal value.
+
+@item -f
+``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
+compiler output).
+
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
+
+@item -I @var{dir}
+Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
+
+@item -J
+Don't warn about signed overflow.
+
+@item -K
+@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
+@end ifset
+
+@item -L
+Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols, starting with @samp{L}.
+
+@item -o @var{objfile}
+Name the object-file output from @code{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
+
+@item -R
+Fold the data section into the text section.
+
+@item --statistics
+Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
+assembly.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx -version
+Print the @code{as} version.
+
+@item --version
+Print the @code{as} version and exit.
+
+@item -W
+Suppress warning messages.
+
+@item -w
+Ignored.
+
+@item -x
+Ignored.
+
+@item -Z
+Generate an object file even after errors.
+
+@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
+Standard input, or source files to assemble.
+
+@end table
+
+@ifset ARC
+The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
+an ARC processor.
+
+@table @code
+
+@cindex ARC endianness
+@cindex endianness, ARC
+@cindex big endian output, ARC
+@item -mbig-endian
+Generate ``big endian'' format output.
+
+@cindex little endian output, ARC
+@item -mlittle-endian
+Generate ``little endian'' format output.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset D10V
+The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
+a D10V processor.
+@table @code
+@cindex D10V optimization
+@cindex optimization, D10V
+@item -O
+Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset I960
+The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
+Intel 80960 processor.
+
+@table @code
+@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
+Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
+
+@item -b
+Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
+
+@item -no-relax
+Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
+error if necessary.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset M680X0
+The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
+Motorola 68000 series.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item -l
+Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
+
+@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030 | -m68040 | -m68060
+@itemx | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332 | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
+Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target.  The default
+is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
+
+@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
+The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
+The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32.  Although
+the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
+two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
+coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
+
+@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
+The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
+unit coprocessor.  The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset SPARC
+The following options are available when @code{@value{AS}} is configured
+for the SPARC architecture:
+
+@table @code
+@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite | -Av9 | -Av9a
+Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
+
+@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
+For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler.  These options are
+equivalent to -Av9 and -Av9a, respectively.
+
+@item -bump
+Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset MIPS
+The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
+a MIPS processor.
+
+@table @code
+@item -G @var{num}
+This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
+implicitly with the @code{gp} register.  It is only accepted for targets that
+use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix.  The default value is 8.
+
+@cindex MIPS endianness
+@cindex endianness, MIPS
+@cindex big endian output, MIPS
+@item -EB
+Generate ``big endian'' format output.
+
+@cindex little endian output, MIPS
+@item -EL
+Generate ``little endian'' format output.
+
+@cindex MIPS ISA
+@item -mips1
+@itemx -mips2
+@itemx -mips3
+Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
+@samp{-mips1} corresponds to the @sc{r2000} and @sc{r3000} processors,
+@samp{-mips2} to the @sc{r6000} processor, and @samp{-mips3} to the @sc{r4000}
+processor.
+
+@item -m4650
+@item -no-m4650
+Generate code for the MIPS @sc{r4650} chip.  This tells the assembler to accept
+the @samp{mad} and @samp{madu} instruction, and to not schedule @samp{nop}
+instructions around accesses to the @samp{HI} and @samp{LO} registers.
+@samp{-no-m4650} turns off this option.
+
+@item -mcpu=@var{CPU}
+Generate code for a particular MIPS cpu.  This has little effect on the
+assembler, but it is passed by @code{@value{GCC}}.
+
+@cindex emulation
+@item --emulation=@var{name}
+This option causes @code{@value{AS}} to emulated @code{@value{AS}} configured
+for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
+between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
+debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
+endianness.  The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
+@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
+@samp{mipsbelf}.  The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
+of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
+the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
+in the name.  Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
+selection in any case.
+
+This option is currently supported only when the primary target
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured for is a MIPS ELF or ECOFF target.
+Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
+@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
+the other format, if both are to be available.  For example, the Irix 5
+configuration includes support for both.
+
+Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
+fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
+more processors.
+
+@item -nocpp
+@code{@value{AS}} ignores this option.  It is accepted for compatibility with
+the native tools.
+
+@need 900
+@item --trap
+@itemx --no-trap
+@itemx --break
+@itemx --no-break
+Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
+@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
+(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
+@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
+break exception.
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Manual::                      Structure of this Manual
+* GNU Assembler::               The GNU Assembler
+* Object Formats::              Object File Formats
+* Command Line::                Command Line
+* Input Files::                 Input Files
+* Object::                      Output (Object) File
+* Errors::                      Error and Warning Messages
+@end menu
+
+@node Manual
+@section Structure of this Manual
+
+@cindex manual, structure and purpose
+This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
+@sc{gnu} @code{@value{AS}}.  We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
+notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
+@code{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
+configuration of @code{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset GENERIC
+This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
+various flavors of the assembler.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
+On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
+to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
+In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
+architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
+mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
+particular architecture.
+@ifset GENERIC
+You may want to consult the manufacturer's
+machine architecture manual for this information.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8/300
+For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
+Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi ADE--602--025).  For the H8/300H,
+see @cite{H8/300H Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi).
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/500
+For information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/500
+Series Programming Manual} (Hitachi M21T001).
+@end ifset
+@ifset SH
+For information on the Hitachi SH machine instruction set, see
+@cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Hitachi Micro Systems, Inc.).
+@end ifset
+@ifset Z8000
+For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
+@ignore
+Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
+the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.}.  This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
+computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
+once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
+qualification.
+
+@code{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
+human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
+computer-readable series of instructions.  Different versions of
+@code{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
+@end ignore
+
+@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
+@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long".  Defining "word" to any
+@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
+@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
+@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
+@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
+@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
+@c directives).
+
+@node GNU Assembler
+@section The GNU Assembler
+
+@sc{gnu} @code{as} is really a family of assemblers.
+@ifclear GENERIC
+This manual describes @code{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
+configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
+@end ifclear
+If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
+should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
+architecture.  Each version has much in common with the others,
+including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
+@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
+
+@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
+@code{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
+@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
+@code{@value{LD}}.  Nevertheless, we've tried to make @code{@value{AS}}
+assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
+machine would assemble.
+@ifset VAX
+Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
+@end ifset
+@ifset M680X0
+@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
+@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
+This doesn't mean @code{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
+assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
+incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
+@end ifset
+
+Unlike older assemblers, @code{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
+program in one pass of the source file.  This has a subtle impact on the
+@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
+
+@node Object Formats
+@section Object File Formats
+
+@cindex object file format
+The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
+object file formats.  For the most part, this does not affect how you
+write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
+are typically different in different file formats.  @xref{Symbol
+Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
+On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
+@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
+@end ifclear
+@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
+@ifset A29K
+On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
+@code{a.out} or COFF format object files.
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
+@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+On the @value{TARGET}, @code{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
+SOM or ELF format object files.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Command Line
+@section Command Line
+
+@cindex command line conventions
+After the program name @code{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
+options and file names.  Options may appear in any order, and may be
+before, after, or between file names.  The order of file names is
+significant.
+
+@cindex standard input, as input file
+@kindex --
+@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
+explicitly, as one of the files for @code{@value{AS}} to assemble.
+
+@cindex options, command line
+Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
+hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option.  Each option changes the behavior of
+@code{@value{AS}}.  No option changes the way another option works.  An
+option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
+the letter is important.   All options are optional.
+
+Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them.  The file
+name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
+with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
+standard).  These two command lines are equivalent:
+
+@smallexample
+@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
+@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Input Files
+@section Input Files
+
+@cindex input
+@cindex source program
+@cindex files, input
+We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
+describe the program input to one run of @code{@value{AS}}.  The program may
+be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
+doesn't change the meaning of the source.
+
+@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
+@c APL training...   doc@cygnus.com
+The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
+order specified.
+
+Each time you run @code{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
+program.  The source program is made up of one or more files.
+(The standard input is also a file.)
+
+You give @code{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
+names.  The input files are read (from left file name to right).  A
+command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
+is taken to be an input file name.
+
+If you give @code{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
+from the @code{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal.  You
+may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @code{@value{AS}} there is no more program
+to assemble.
+
+Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
+in your command line.
+
+If the source is empty, @code{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
+file.
+
+@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
+
+@cindex input file linenumbers
+@cindex line numbers, in input files
+There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
+either may be used in reporting error messages.  One way refers to a line
+number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
+``logical'' file.  @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
+
+@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
+to @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
+directives; they bear no relation to physical files.  Logical file names
+help error messages reflect the original source file, when @code{@value{AS}}
+source is itself synthesized from other files.
+@xref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}.
+
+@node Object
+@section Output (Object) File
+
+@cindex object file
+@cindex output file
+@kindex a.out
+@kindex .o
+Every time you run @code{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
+your assembly language program translated into numbers.  This file
+is the object file.  Its default name is
+@ifclear BOUT
+@code{a.out}.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset BOUT
+@ifset GENERIC
+@code{a.out}, or 
+@end ifset
+@code{b.out} when @code{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
+@end ifset
+You can give it another name by using the @code{-o} option.  Conventionally,
+object file names end with @file{.o}.  The default name is used for historical
+reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
+directly into a runnable program.  (For some formats, this isn't currently
+possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
+
+@cindex linker
+@kindex ld
+The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}.  It contains
+assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
+the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
+information for the debugger.
+
+@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
+@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
+
+@node Errors
+@section Error and Warning Messages
+
+@cindex error messsages
+@cindex warning messages
+@cindex messages from assembler
+@code{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
+file (usually your terminal).  This should not happen when  a compiler
+runs @code{@value{AS}} automatically.  Warnings report an assumption made so
+that @code{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
+grave problem that stops the assembly.
+
+@cindex format of warning messages
+Warning messages have the format
+
+@smallexample
+file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
+(where @b{NNN} is a line number).  If a logical file name has been given
+(@pxref{App-File,,@code{.app-file}}) it is used for the filename,
+otherwise the name of the current input file is used.  If a logical line
+number was given
+@ifset GENERIC
+(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear A29K
+(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
+@end ifclear
+@ifset A29K
+(@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}})
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+then it is used to calculate the number printed,
+otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed.  The
+message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
+tradition).
+
+@cindex format of error messages
+Error messages have the format
+@smallexample
+file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
+@end smallexample
+The file name and line number are derived as for warning
+messages.  The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
+because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
+
+@node Invoking
+@chapter Command-Line Options
+
+@cindex options, all versions of assembler
+This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
+versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}, for options specific
+@ifclear GENERIC
+to the @value{TARGET}.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset GENERIC
+to particular machine architectures.
+@end ifset
+
+If you are invoking @code{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler (version 2), you
+can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the
+assembler.  The assembler arguments must be separated from each other
+(and the @samp{-Wa}) by commas.  For example:
+
+@smallexample
+gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+emits a listing to standard output with high-level
+and assembly source.
+
+Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
+command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
+(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
+precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
+assembler.)
+
+@menu
+* a::             -a[cdhlns] enable listings
+* D::             -D for compatibility
+* f::             -f to work faster
+* I::             -I for .include search path
+@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+* K::             -K for compatibility
+@end ifclear
+@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+* K::             -K for difference tables
+@end ifset
+
+* L::             -L to retain local labels
+* M::		  -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
+* o::             -o to name the object file
+* R::             -R to join data and text sections
+* statistics::    --statistics to see statistics about assembly
+* v::             -v to announce version
+* W::             -W to suppress warnings
+* Z::             -Z to make object file even after errors
+@end menu
+
+@node a
+@section Enable Listings: @code{-a[cdhlns]}
+
+@kindex -a
+@kindex -ac
+@kindex -ad
+@kindex -ah
+@kindex -al
+@kindex -an
+@kindex -as
+@cindex listings, enabling
+@cindex assembly listings, enabling
+
+These options enable listing output from the assembler.  By itself,
+@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
+You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
+@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
+@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
+@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
+High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
+@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
+also.
+
+Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing.  Any lines
+which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
+other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
+omitted from the listing.
+
+Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
+listing.
+
+Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
+listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
+@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
+@code{.sbttl}.
+The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
+If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
+listing-control directives have no effect.
+
+The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
+@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
+
+@node D
+@section @code{-D}
+
+@kindex -D
+This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
+likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
+@code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@node f
+@section Work Faster: @code{-f}
+
+@kindex -f
+@cindex trusted compiler
+@cindex faster processing (@code{-f})
+@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
+(trusted) compiler.  @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
+and comment preprocessing on
+the input file(s) before assembling them.  @xref{Preprocessing,
+,Preprocessing}.
+
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
+preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @code{@value{AS}} does
+not work correctly.
+@end quotation
+
+@node I
+@section @code{.include} search path: @code{-I} @var{path}
+
+@kindex -I @var{path}
+@cindex paths for @code{.include}
+@cindex search path for @code{.include}
+@cindex @code{include} directive search path
+Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
+@code{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
+directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}).  You may use @code{-I} as
+many times as necessary to include a variety of paths.  The current
+working directory is always searched first; after that, @code{@value{AS}}
+searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
+specified (left to right) on the command line.
+
+@node K
+@section Difference Tables: @code{-K}
+
+@kindex -K
+@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect.  It is
+permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
+where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
+generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables.  The @value{TARGET}
+family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
+alteration on other platforms.
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+@cindex difference tables, warning
+@cindex warning for altered difference tables
+@code{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form
+@samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
+You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
+is done.
+@end ifset
+
+@node L
+@section Include Local Labels: @code{-L}
+
+@kindex -L
+@cindex local labels, retaining in output
+Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local
+labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}.  Normally you do not see such labels when
+debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like
+compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice.
+Normally both @code{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard such labels, so you do not
+normally debug with them.
+
+This option tells @code{@value{AS}} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols
+in the object file.  Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
+@code{@value{LD}} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
+
+By default, a local label is any label beginning with @samp{L}, but each
+target is allowed to redefine the local label prefix.
+@ifset HPPA
+On the HPPA local labels begin with @samp{L$}.
+@end ifset
+
+@node M
+@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @code{-M}
+
+@kindex -M
+@cindex MRI compatibility mode
+The @code{-M} or @code{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode.  This
+changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @code{@value{AS}} to make it
+compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
+configured target) assembler from Microtec Research.  The exact nature of the
+MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
+information.  Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
+arguments is somewhat different.  The purpose of this option is to permit
+assembling existing MRI assembler code using @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+The MRI compatibility is not complete.  Certain operations of the MRI assembler
+depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
+file formats.  Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
+individually.  These are:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item global symbols in common section
+
+The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
+Other object file formats do not support this.  @code{@value{AS}} handles
+common sections by treating them as a single common symbol.  It permits local
+symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
+symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
+
+@item complex relocations
+
+The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
+relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections.  These
+are not support by other object file formats.
+
+@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
+
+The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
+This is not supported by other object file formats.  The start address may
+instead be specified using the @code{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
+script.
+
+@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
+
+The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
+name to the output file.  This is not supported by other object file formats.
+
+@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
+
+The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
+address.  This differs from the usual @code{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
+which changes the location within the current section.  Absolute sections are
+not supported by other object file formats.  The address of a section may be
+assigned within a linker script.
+@end itemize
+
+There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
+@code{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
+seem of little consequence.  Some of these may be supported in future releases.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item EBCDIC strings
+
+EBCDIC strings are not supported.
+
+@item packed binary coded decimal
+
+Packed binary coded decimal is not supported.  This means that the @code{DC.P}
+and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
+
+@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
+
+The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
+
+The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{OPT} branch control options
+
+The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
+@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored.  @code{@value{AS}} automatically
+relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
+these options serve no purpose.
+
+@item @code{OPT} list control options
+
+The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
+@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
+@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
+
+@item other @code{OPT} options
+
+The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
+@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
+
+@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
+
+The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
+@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
+
+@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
+
+The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
+
+@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
+
+The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
+
+The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
+
+The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
+
+@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
+
+The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
+
+The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
+
+The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@node o
+@section Name the Object File: @code{-o}
+
+@kindex -o
+@cindex naming object file
+@cindex object file name
+There is always one object file output when you run @code{@value{AS}}.  By
+default it has the name
+@ifset GENERIC
+@ifset I960
+@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear I960
+@file{a.out}.
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset I960
+@file{b.out}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear I960
+@file{a.out}.
+@end ifclear
+@end ifclear
+You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
+object file a different name.
+
+Whatever the object file is called, @code{@value{AS}} overwrites any
+existing file of the same name.
+
+@node R
+@section Join Data and Text Sections: @code{-R}
+
+@kindex -R
+@cindex data and text sections, joining
+@cindex text and data sections, joining
+@cindex joining text and data sections
+@cindex merging text and data sections
+@code{-R} tells @code{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
+data-section data lives in the text section.  This is only done at
+the very last moment:  your binary data are the same, but data
+section parts are relocated differently.  The data section part of
+your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
+appended to the text section.  (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
+
+When you specify @code{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
+address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
+data section).  We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
+older versions of @code{@value{AS}}.  In future, @code{-R} may work this way.
+
+@ifset COFF
+When @code{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF output,
+this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
+@samp{.data}.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset HPPA
+@code{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets.  Using
+@code{-R} generates a warning from @code{@value{AS}}.
+@end ifset
+
+@node statistics
+@section Display Assembly Statistics: @code{--statistics}
+
+@kindex --statistics
+@cindex statistics, about assembly
+@cindex time, total for assembly
+@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
+Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
+@code{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
+(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
+seconds).
+
+@node v
+@section Announce Version: @code{-v}
+
+@kindex -v
+@kindex -version
+@cindex assembler version
+@cindex version of assembler
+You can find out what version of as is running by including the
+option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
+command line.
+
+@node W
+@section Suppress Warnings: @code{-W}
+
+@kindex -W
+@cindex suppressing warnings
+@cindex warnings, suppressing
+@code{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
+assembling compiler output.  But programs written by people often
+cause @code{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
+made.  All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
+If you use this option, no warnings are issued.  This option only
+affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of how
+@code{@value{AS}} assembles your file.  Errors, which stop the assembly, are
+still reported.
+
+@node Z
+@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @code{-Z}
+@cindex object file, after errors
+@cindex errors, continuing after
+After an error message, @code{@value{AS}} normally produces no output.  If for
+some reason you are interested in object file output even after
+@code{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
+option.  If there are any errors, @code{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
+writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
+errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
+
+@node Syntax
+@chapter Syntax
+
+@cindex machine-independent syntax
+@cindex syntax, machine-independent
+This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
+source file.  @code{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
+assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
+@ifclear VAX
+assembler.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset VAX
+assembler, except that @code{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Preprocessing::              Preprocessing
+* Whitespace::                  Whitespace
+* Comments::                    Comments
+* Symbol Intro::                Symbols
+* Statements::                  Statements
+* Constants::                   Constants
+@end menu
+
+@node Preprocessing
+@section Preprocessing
+
+@cindex preprocessing
+The @code{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
+@item
+adjusts and removes extra whitespace.  It leaves one space or tab before
+the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
+a single space.
+
+@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
+@item
+removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
+appropriate number of newlines.
+
+@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
+@item
+converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
+@end itemize
+
+It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
+anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor.  You can
+do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
+(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}).  You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
+to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing, by giving the input file a
+@samp{.S} suffix.  @xref{Overall Options,, Options Controlling the Kind of
+Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
+
+Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
+cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
+preprocessed.
+
+@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
+@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
+@kindex #NO_APP
+@kindex #APP
+If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
+@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
+Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
+specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
+text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
+@code{#NO_APP} after this text.  This feature is mainly intend to support
+@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
+and whitespace.
+
+@node Whitespace
+@section Whitespace
+
+@cindex whitespace
+@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
+Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
+people to read.  Unless within character constants
+(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
+as exactly one space.
+
+@node Comments
+@section Comments
+
+@cindex comments
+There are two ways of rendering comments to @code{@value{AS}}.  In both
+cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
+
+Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
+This means you may not nest these comments.
+
+@smallexample
+/*
+  The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
+  is to use this sort of comment.
+*/
+
+/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex line comment character
+Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
+is considered a comment and is ignored.  The line comment character is
+@ifset A29K
+@samp{;} for the AMD 29K family;
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/300
+@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/500
+@samp{!} for the H8/500 family;
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+@samp{;} for the HPPA;
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+@samp{#} on the i960;
+@end ifset
+@ifset SH
+@samp{!} for the Hitachi SH;
+@end ifset
+@ifset SPARC
+@samp{!} on the SPARC;
+@end ifset
+@ifset M680X0
+@samp{|} on the 680x0;
+@end ifset
+@ifset VAX
+@samp{#} on the Vax;
+@end ifset
+@ifset Z8000
+@samp{!} for the Z8000;
+@end ifset
+see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.  @refill
+@c FIXME What about i386, m88k, i860?
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+On some machines there are two different line comment characters.  One
+character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
+a line, while the other always begins a comment.
+@end ifset
+
+@kindex #
+@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
+@cindex logical line numbers
+To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
+special interpretation.  Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
+expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
+line.  Then a string (@pxref{Strings,, Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
+new logical file name.  The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
+
+If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
+the line is ignored.  (Just like a comment.)
+
+@smallexample
+                          # This is an ordinary comment.
+# 42-6 "new_file_name"    # New logical file name
+                          # This is logical line # 36.
+@end smallexample
+This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
+of @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@node Symbol Intro
+@section Symbols
+
+@cindex characters used in symbols
+@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
+A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
+letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
+@samp{_.$}.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8
+A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
+letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
+@samp{._$}.  (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
+symbol names.)
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+@ifset GENERIC
+On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
+are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+No symbol may begin with a digit.  Case is significant.
+There is no length limit: all characters are significant.  Symbols are
+delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
+(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
+not a possible symbol delimiter).  @xref{Symbols}.
+@cindex length of symbols
+
+@node Statements
+@section Statements
+
+@cindex statements, structure of
+@cindex line separator character
+@cindex statement separator character
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear abnormal-separator
+A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
+semicolon (@samp{;}).  The newline or semicolon is considered part of
+the preceding statement.  Newlines and semicolons within character
+constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset abnormal-separator
+@ifset A29K
+A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at''
+sign (@samp{@@}).  The newline or at sign is considered part of the
+preceding statement.  Newlines and at signs within character constants
+are an exception: they do not end statements.
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation 
+point (@samp{!}).  The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
+preceding statement.  Newlines and exclamation points within character
+constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8
+A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
+H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the
+Hitachi-SH or the
+H8/500) a semicolon
+(@samp{;}).  The newline or separator character is considered part of
+the preceding statement.  Newlines and separators within character
+constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@ifset GENERIC
+A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
+separator character.  (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless
+this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.)  The
+newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
+statement.  Newlines and separators within character constants are an
+exception: they do not end statements.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex newline, required at file end
+@cindex EOF, newline must precede
+It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file:  the last
+character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
+
+@cindex continuing statements
+@cindex multi-line statements
+@cindex statement on multiple lines
+You may write a statement on more than one line if you put a
+backslash (@kbd{\}) immediately in front of any newlines within the
+statement.  When @code{@value{AS}} reads a backslashed newline both
+characters are ignored.  You can even put backslashed newlines in
+the middle of symbol names without changing the meaning of your
+source program.
+
+An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace.  It is ignored.
+
+@cindex instructions and directives
+@cindex directives and instructions
+@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
+@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously...  doc@cygnus.com,
+@c 13feb91.
+A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
+key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is.  The key
+symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement.  If the
+symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
+directive: typically valid for any computer.  If the symbol begins with
+a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
+assembles into a machine language instruction.
+@ifset GENERIC
+Different versions of @code{@value{AS}} for different computers
+recognize different instructions.  In fact, the same symbol may
+represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
+language.@refill
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex @code{:} (label)
+@cindex label (@code{:})
+A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
+Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
+have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but 
+the definition of a label must begin in column zero.  This also implies that
+only one label may be defined on each line.
+@end ifset
+
+@smallexample
+label:     .directive    followed by something
+another_label:           # This is an empty statement.
+           instruction   operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Constants
+@section Constants
+
+@cindex constants
+A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
+inspection, without knowing any context.  Like this:
+@smallexample
+@group
+.byte  74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
+.ascii "Ring the bell\7"                  # A string constant.
+.octa  0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
+.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
+95028841971.693993751E-40                 # - pi, a flonum.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@menu
+* Characters::                  Character Constants
+* Numbers::                     Number Constants
+@end menu
+
+@node Characters
+@subsection Character Constants
+
+@cindex character constants
+@cindex constants, character
+There are two kinds of character constants.  A @dfn{character} stands
+for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
+numeric expressions.  String constants (properly called string
+@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
+used in arithmetic expressions.
+
+@menu
+* Strings::                     Strings
+* Chars::                       Characters
+@end menu
+
+@node Strings
+@subsubsection Strings
+
+@cindex string constants
+@cindex constants, string
+A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes.  It may contain
+double-quotes or null characters.  The way to get special characters
+into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
+a backslash @samp{\} character.  For example @samp{\\} represents
+one backslash:  the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
+@code{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
+(which prevents @code{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
+escape character).  The complete list of escapes follows.
+
+@cindex escape codes, character
+@cindex character escape codes
+@table @kbd
+@c      @item \a
+@c      Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
+@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
+@item \b
+Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
+
+@c      @item \e
+@c      Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
+@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
+@item \f
+Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
+
+@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
+@cindex newline (@code{\n})
+@item \n
+Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
+
+@c      @item \p
+@c      Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
+@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
+@item \r
+Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
+
+@c      @item \s
+@c      Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040.  Included for compliance with
+@c      other assemblers.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
+@cindex tab (@code{\t})
+@item \t
+Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
+
+@c      @item \v
+@c      Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
+@c      @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
+@c      A hexadecimal character code.  The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
+@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
+@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
+An octal character code.  The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
+For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
+for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
+
+@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
+@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
+@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
+A hex character code.  All trailing hex digits are combined.  Either upper or
+lower case @code{x} works.
+
+@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
+@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
+@item \\
+Represents one @samp{\} character.
+
+@c      @item \'
+@c      Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
+@c      This is needed in single character literals
+@c      (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
+@c      a @samp{'}.
+@c
+@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
+@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
+@item \"
+Represents one @samp{"} character.  Needed in strings to represent
+this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
+
+@item \ @var{anything-else}
+Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
+assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present.  The idea is that if
+you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
+interpretation of the following character.  However @code{@value{AS}} has no
+other interpretation, so @code{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
+code and warns you of the fact.
+@end table
+
+Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
+varies widely among assemblers.  The current set is what we think
+the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
+compilers recognize.  If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
+sequence.
+
+@node Chars
+@subsubsection Characters
+
+@cindex single character constant
+@cindex character, single
+@cindex constant, single character
+A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
+followed by that character.  The same escapes apply to characters as
+to strings.  So if you want to write the character backslash, you
+must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
+@code{\}.  As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
+grave accent.  A newline
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear abnormal-separator
+(or semicolon @samp{;})
+@end ifclear
+@ifset abnormal-separator
+@ifset A29K
+(or at sign @samp{@@})
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8
+(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
+Hitachi SH or
+H8/500)
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
+and does not count as the end of a statement.  The value of a character
+constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
+that character.  @code{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
+@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
+
+@node Numbers
+@subsection Number Constants
+
+@cindex constants, number
+@cindex number constants
+@code{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
+are stored in the target machine.  @emph{Integers} are numbers that
+would fit into an @code{int} in the C language.  @emph{Bignums} are
+integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits.  @emph{Flonums}
+are floating point numbers, described below.
+
+@menu
+* Integers::                    Integers
+* Bignums::                     Bignums
+* Flonums::                     Flonums
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset I960
+* Bit Fields::                  Bit Fields
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@end menu
+
+@node Integers
+@subsubsection Integers
+@cindex integers
+@cindex constants, integer
+
+@cindex binary integers
+@cindex integers, binary
+A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
+the binary digits @samp{01}.
+
+@cindex octal integers
+@cindex integers, octal
+An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
+digits (@samp{01234567}).
+
+@cindex decimal integers
+@cindex integers, decimal
+A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
+more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
+
+@cindex hexadecimal integers
+@cindex integers, hexadecimal
+A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
+more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
+
+Integers have the usual values.  To denote a negative integer, use
+the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
+(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
+
+@node Bignums
+@subsubsection Bignums
+
+@cindex bignums
+@cindex constants, bignum
+A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
+except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
+represent in binary.  The distinction is made because in some places
+integers are permitted while bignums are not.
+
+@node Flonums
+@subsubsection Flonums
+@cindex flonums
+@cindex floating point numbers
+@cindex constants, floating point
+
+@cindex precision, floating point
+A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number.  The translation is
+indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
+@code{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
+sufficient precision.  This generic floating point number is converted
+to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
+portion of @code{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
+
+A flonum is written by writing (in order)
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The digit @samp{0}.
+@ifset HPPA
+(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
+@end ifset
+
+@item
+A letter, to tell @code{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
+@ifset GENERIC
+@kbd{e} is recommended.  Case is not important.
+@ignore
+@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
+(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed.  Vax BSD
+4.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
+@end ignore
+
+On the H8/300, H8/500,
+Hitachi SH,
+and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
+one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
+
+
+On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
+one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
+
+On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset A29K
+One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8
+One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@item
+An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
+
+@item
+An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
+
+@item
+An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
+or more decimal digits.
+
+@item
+An optional exponent, consisting of:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
+@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
+@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
+@item
+Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
+@item
+One or more decimal digits.
+@end itemize
+
+@end itemize
+
+At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
+present.  The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
+
+@code{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers.  Flonums are computed
+independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
+@code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset I960
+@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
+@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
+@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
+@node Bit Fields
+@subsubsection Bit Fields
+
+@cindex bit fields
+@cindex constants, bit field
+You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
+specify two numbers separated by a colon---
+@example
+@var{mask}:@var{value}
+@end example
+@noindent
+@code{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
+@var{value}.
+
+The resulting number is then packed
+@ifset GENERIC
+@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
+(in host-dependent byte order)
+@end ifset
+into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
+bit-field as its argument.  Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
+requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
+more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
+least significant digits.@refill
+
+The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
+@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Sections
+@chapter Sections and Relocation
+@cindex sections
+@cindex relocation
+
+@menu
+* Secs Background::             Background
+* Ld Sections::                 Linker Sections
+* As Sections::                 Assembler Internal Sections
+* Sub-Sections::                Sub-Sections
+* bss::                         bss Section
+@end menu
+
+@node Secs Background
+@section Background
+
+Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
+``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
+For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
+
+@cindex linker, and assembler
+@cindex assembler, and linker
+The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
+combines their contents to form a runnable program.  When @code{@value{AS}}
+emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
+@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
+different partial programs do not overlap.  This is actually an
+oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @code{@value{AS}} uses
+sections.
+
+@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
+addresses.  These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
+units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
+within them.  Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}.  Assigning
+run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}.  It includes
+the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
+the proper run-time addresses.
+@ifset H8
+For the H8/300 and H8/500,
+and for the Hitachi SH,
+@code{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
+ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex standard assembler sections
+An object file written by @code{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
+of which may be empty.  These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
+@dfn{bss} sections.
+
+@ifset COFF
+@ifset GENERIC
+When it generates COFF output,
+@end ifset
+@code{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
+using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
+If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
+or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset HPPA
+@ifset GENERIC
+When @code{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
+@end ifset
+@code{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
+specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives.  See
+@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
+(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
+assembler directives.
+
+@ifset SOM
+Additionally, @code{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
+text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output.  Program text
+is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
+BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
+data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
+section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
+@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
+@end ifset
+
+To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
+relocated, and how to change that data, @code{@value{AS}} also writes to the
+object file details of the relocation needed.  To perform relocation
+@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
+file is mentioned:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
+an address?
+@item
+How long (in bytes) is this reference?
+@item
+Which section does the address refer to?  What is the numeric value of
+@display
+(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
+@end display
+@item
+Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
+@end itemize
+
+@cindex addresses, format of
+@cindex section-relative addressing
+In fact, every address @code{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
+@display
+(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
+@end display
+@noindent
+Further, most expressions @code{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
+nature.
+@ifset SOM
+(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
+symbol-relative instead.)
+@end ifset
+
+In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
+@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
+
+Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
+@dfn{absolute} section.  When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
+addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged.  For example, address
+@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
+@code{@value{LD}}.  Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
+data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
+their absolute sections must overlap.  Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
+part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
+address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
+
+The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section.  Any
+address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
+rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
+Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
+address is to mention an undefined symbol.  A reference to a named
+common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
+time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
+
+By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
+the linked program.  @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
+sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program.  It is
+customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
+the addresses of all partial programs' text sections.  Likewise for
+data and bss sections.
+
+Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
+use of @code{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
+
+@node Ld Sections
+@section Linker Sections
+@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
+
+@table @strong
+
+@ifset COFF
+@cindex named sections
+@cindex sections, named
+@item named sections
+@end ifset
+@ifset aout-bout
+@cindex text section
+@cindex data section
+@itemx text section
+@itemx data section
+@end ifset
+These sections hold your program.  @code{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
+separate but equal sections.  Anything you can say of one section is
+true another.
+@ifset aout-bout
+When the program is running, however, it is
+customary for the text section to be unalterable.  The
+text section is often shared among processes: it contains
+instructions, constants and the like.  The data section of a running
+program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
+in the data section.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex bss section
+@item bss section
+This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running.  It
+is used to hold unitialized variables or common storage.  The length of
+each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
+out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
+bytes in the object file.  The bss section was invented to eliminate
+those explicit zeros from object files.
+
+@cindex absolute section
+@item absolute section
+Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
+This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
+not change when relocating.  In this sense we speak of absolute
+addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
+
+@cindex undefined section
+@item undefined section
+This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
+the preceding sections.
+@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
+@end table
+
+@cindex relocation example
+An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
+@ifset COFF
+The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
+@end ifset
+Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
+
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@ifinfo
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@smallexample
+                      +-----+----+--+
+partial program # 1:  |ttttt|dddd|00|
+                      +-----+----+--+
+
+                      text   data bss
+                      seg.   seg. seg.
+
+                      +---+---+---+
+partial program # 2:  |TTT|DDD|000|
+                      +---+---+---+
+
+                      +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
+linked program:       |  |TTT|ttttt|  |dddd|DDD|00000|
+                      +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
+
+    addresses:        0 @dots{}
+@end smallexample
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@end ifinfo
+@need 5000
+@tex
+
+\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
+\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
+\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
+
+\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
+\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
+\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
+
+\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
+\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
+\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
+ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
+DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
+
+\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
+\line{0\dots\hfil}
+
+@end tex
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+
+@node As Sections
+@section Assembler Internal Sections
+
+@cindex internal assembler sections
+@cindex sections in messages, internal
+These sections are meant only for the internal use of @code{@value{AS}}.  They
+have no meaning at run-time.  You do not really need to know about these
+sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @code{@value{AS}}
+warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
+meanings to @code{@value{AS}}.  These sections are used to permit the
+value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
+section-relative address.
+
+@table @b
+@cindex assembler internal logic error
+@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
+An internal assembler logic error has been found.  This means there is a
+bug in the assembler.
+
+@cindex expr (internal section)
+@item expr section
+The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
+symbols.  When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
+it in the expr section.
+@c FIXME item debug
+@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
+@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
+@c FIXME item register
+@end table
+
+@node Sub-Sections
+@section Sub-Sections
+
+@cindex numbered subsections
+@cindex grouping data
+@ifset aout-bout
+Assembled bytes
+@ifset COFF
+conventionally
+@end ifset
+fall into two sections: text and data.
+@end ifset
+You may have separate groups of
+@ifset GENERIC
+data in named sections
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear aout-bout
+data in named sections
+@end ifclear
+@ifset aout-bout
+text or data
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
+are not contiguous in the assembler source.  @code{@value{AS}} allows you to
+use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose.  Within each section, there can be
+numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192.  Objects assembled into the
+same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
+subsection.  For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
+section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
+assembled.  In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
+section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
+constants being output.
+
+Subsections are optional.  If you do not use subsections, everything
+goes in subsection number zero.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
+(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
+of @code{@value{AS}}.)
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8
+On the H8/300 and H8/500 platforms, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
+boundary (two bytes).
+The same is true on the Hitachi SH.
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
+@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
+@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
+@c so for now I say nothing about it.  If this is a generic BFD issue,
+@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
+@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
+@end ifset
+@ifset A29K
+On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or
+subsection sizes; @value{AS} forces no alignment on this platform.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
+to highest.  (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
+The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
+other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
+They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
+data subsections as a data section.
+
+To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
+into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
+@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
+@ifset COFF
+@ifset GENERIC
+When generating COFF output, you
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+You
+@end ifclear
+can also use an extra subsection
+argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
+@var{expression}}.
+@end ifset
+@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression.
+(@xref{Expressions}.)  If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
+is assumed.  Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}.  Assembly
+begins in @code{text 0}.  For instance:
+@smallexample
+.text 0     # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
+.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
+.text 1
+.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
+.data 0
+.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
+.ascii "in the first data subsection."
+.text 0
+.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
+.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
+@end smallexample
+
+Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
+assembled into that section.  Because subsections are merely a convenience
+restricted to @code{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
+counter.  There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
+@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
+current value.  The location counter of the section where statements are being
+assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
+
+@node bss
+@section bss Section
+
+@cindex bss section
+@cindex common variable storage
+The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
+You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
+not dictate data to load into it before your program executes.  When
+your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
+section are zeroed bytes.
+
+The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
+@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
+
+The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
+another form of uninitialized symbol; see @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
+COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
+see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}.  You may only assemble zero values into the
+section.  Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
+@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
+@end ifset
+
+@node Symbols
+@chapter Symbols
+
+@cindex symbols
+Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
+things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
+to debug.
+
+@quotation
+@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
+@emph{Warning:} @code{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
+the same order they were declared.  This may break some debuggers.
+@end quotation
+
+@menu
+* Labels::                      Labels
+* Setting Symbols::             Giving Symbols Other Values
+* Symbol Names::                Symbol Names
+* Dot::                         The Special Dot Symbol
+* Symbol Attributes::           Symbol Attributes
+@end menu
+
+@node Labels
+@section Labels
+
+@cindex labels
+A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
+@samp{:}.  The symbol then represents the current value of the
+active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
+operand.  You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
+different locations: the first definition overrides any other
+definitions.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
+colon, but instead must start in column zero.  Only one label may be defined on
+a single line.  To work around this, the HPPA version of @code{@value{AS}} also
+provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Setting Symbols
+@section Giving Symbols Other Values
+
+@cindex assigning values to symbols
+@cindex symbol values, assigning
+A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
+by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
+(@pxref{Expressions}).  This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
+directive.  @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
+
+@node Symbol Names
+@section Symbol Names
+
+@cindex symbol names
+@cindex names, symbol
+@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
+Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}.  On most
+machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
+noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.  That character may be followed by any
+string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in
+@ref{Machine Dependencies}), and underscores.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset A29K
+For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the
+body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
+@ifset H8
+Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}.  On the
+Hitachi SH or the
+H8/500, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names.  That character may
+be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save on the
+H8/300), and underscores.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
+than @code{Foo}.
+
+Each symbol has exactly one name.  Each name in an assembly language program
+refers to exactly one symbol.  You may use that symbol name any number of times
+in a program.
+
+@subheading Local Symbol Names
+
+@cindex local symbol names
+@cindex symbol names, local
+@cindex temporary symbol names
+@cindex symbol names, temporary
+Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
+There are ten local symbol names, which are re-used throughout the
+program.  You may refer to them using the names @samp{0} @samp{1}
+@dots{} @samp{9}.  To define a local symbol, write a label of the form
+@samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any digit).  To refer to the most
+recent previous definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the
+same digit as when you defined the label.  To refer to the next
+definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}---where @b{N} gives you
+a choice of 10 forward references.  The @samp{b} stands for
+``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
+
+Local symbols are not emitted by the current @sc{gnu} C compiler.
+
+There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, but
+remember that at any point in the assembly you can refer to at most
+10 prior local labels and to at most 10 forward local labels.
+
+Local symbol names are only a notation device.  They are immediately
+transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler
+uses them.  The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in
+error messages and optionally emitted to the object file have these
+parts:
+
+@table @code
+@item L
+All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @code{@value{AS}} and
+@code{@value{LD}} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are
+used for symbols you are never intended to see.  If you use the
+@samp{-L} option then @code{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
+object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
+you may use them in debugging.
+
+@item @var{digit}
+If the label is written @samp{0:} then the digit is @samp{0}.
+If the label is written @samp{1:} then the digit is @samp{1}.
+And so on up through @samp{9:}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-A}
+This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent
+a symbol of the same name.  The character has ASCII value
+@samp{\001}.
+
+@item @emph{ordinal number}
+This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct.  The first
+@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}; The 15th @samp{0:} gets the
+number @samp{15}; @emph{etc.}.  Likewise for the other labels @samp{1:}
+through @samp{9:}.
+@end table
+
+For instance, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@kbd{C-A}1}, the 44th
+@code{3:} is named @code{L3@kbd{C-A}44}.
+
+@node Dot
+@section The Special Dot Symbol
+
+@cindex dot (symbol)
+@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
+@cindex current address
+@cindex location counter
+The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
+@code{@value{AS}} is assembling into.  Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
+.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
+Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
+directive.  Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
+@ifclear no-space-dir
+@samp{.space 4}.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset no-space-dir
+@ifset A29K
+@samp{.block 4}.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Symbol Attributes
+@section Symbol Attributes
+
+@cindex symbol attributes
+@cindex attributes, symbol
+Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
+``Type''.  Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
+attributes.
+@ifset INTERNALS
+The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
+@end ifset
+
+If you use a symbol without defining it, @code{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
+all these attributes, and probably won't warn you.  This makes the
+symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
+would want.
+
+@menu
+* Symbol Value::                Value
+* Symbol Type::                 Type
+@ifset aout-bout
+@ifset GENERIC
+* a.out Symbols::               Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifclear BOUT
+* a.out Symbols::               Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
+@end ifclear
+@ifset BOUT
+* a.out Symbols::               Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+@ifset COFF
+* COFF Symbols::                Symbol Attributes for COFF
+@end ifset
+@ifset SOM
+* SOM Symbols::                Symbol Attributes for SOM
+@end ifset
+@end menu
+
+@node Symbol Value
+@subsection Value
+
+@cindex value of a symbol
+@cindex symbol value
+The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits.  For a symbol which labels a
+location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
+number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
+Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
+as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking.  Absolute
+symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
+called absolute.
+
+The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way.  If it is
+0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
+@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
+same program.  You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
+name without defining it.  A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
+common declaration.  The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
+bytes (addresses).  The symbol refers to the first address of the
+allocated storage.
+
+@node Symbol Type
+@subsection Type
+
+@cindex type of a symbol
+@cindex symbol type
+The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
+information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
+(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers.  The exact
+format depends on the object-code output format in use.
+
+@ifset aout-bout
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset BOUT
+@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title.  @group would be
+@c better if it were available outside examples.
+@need 1000
+@node a.out Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
+
+@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
+@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
+These symbol attributes appear only when @code{@value{AS}} is configured for
+one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
+@code{b.out}.
+
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BOUT
+@node a.out Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
+
+@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
+@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
+
+@end ifclear
+@end ifclear
+@ifset GENERIC
+@node a.out Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
+
+@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
+@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
+
+@end ifset
+@menu
+* Symbol Desc::                 Descriptor
+* Symbol Other::                Other
+@end menu
+
+@node Symbol Desc
+@subsubsection Descriptor
+
+@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
+This is an arbitrary 16-bit value.  You may establish a symbol's
+descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
+(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}).  A descriptor value means nothing to
+@code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@node Symbol Other
+@subsubsection Other
+
+@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
+This is an arbitrary 8-bit value.  It means nothing to @code{@value{AS}}.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node COFF Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
+
+@cindex COFF symbol attributes
+@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
+
+The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
+like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
+@code{.endef} directives.
+
+@subsubsection Primary Attributes
+
+@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
+The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
+respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
+
+@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
+
+@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
+The @code{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
+@code{.size}, and @code{.tag} can generate auxiliary symbol table
+information for COFF.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset SOM
+@node SOM Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
+
+@cindex SOM symbol attributes
+@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
+
+The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
+the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
+
+The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly 
+Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
+@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Expressions
+@chapter Expressions
+
+@cindex expressions
+@cindex addresses
+@cindex numeric values
+An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
+Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
+
+The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
+a particular section.  If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
+enough information when @code{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
+section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
+the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
+@code{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
+
+@menu
+* Empty Exprs::                 Empty Expressions
+* Integer Exprs::               Integer Expressions
+@end menu
+
+@node Empty Exprs
+@section Empty Expressions
+
+@cindex empty expressions
+@cindex expressions, empty
+An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
+Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
+expression, and @code{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0.  This
+is compatible with other assemblers.
+
+@node Integer Exprs
+@section Integer Expressions
+
+@cindex integer expressions
+@cindex expressions, integer
+An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
+by @emph{operators}.
+
+@menu
+* Arguments::                   Arguments
+* Operators::                   Operators
+* Prefix Ops::                  Prefix Operators
+* Infix Ops::                   Infix Operators
+@end menu
+
+@node Arguments
+@subsection Arguments
+
+@cindex expression arguments
+@cindex arguments in expressions
+@cindex operands in expressions
+@cindex arithmetic operands
+@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions.  In other
+contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''.  In
+this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
+the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
+expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
+instruction operands.
+
+Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
+@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
+or undefined.  @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
+integer.
+
+Numbers are usually integers.
+
+A number can be a flonum or bignum.  In this case, you are warned
+that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @code{@value{AS}} pretends
+these 32 bits are an integer.  You may write integer-manipulating
+instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
+assemblers.
+
+@cindex subexpressions
+Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
+expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
+operator followed by an argument.
+
+@node Operators
+@subsection Operators
+
+@cindex operators, in expressions
+@cindex arithmetic functions
+@cindex functions, in expressions
+@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}.  Prefix
+operators are followed by an argument.  Infix operators appear
+between their arguments.  Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
+whitespace.
+
+@node Prefix Ops
+@subsection Prefix Operator
+
+@cindex prefix operators
+@code{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}.  They each take
+one argument, which must be absolute.
+
+@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
+@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
+@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
+@tex
+\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+@end tex
+
+@table @code
+@item -
+@dfn{Negation}.  Two's complement negation.
+@item ~
+@dfn{Complementation}.  Bitwise not.
+@end table
+
+@tex
+\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
+@end tex
+
+@node Infix Ops
+@subsection Infix Operators
+
+@cindex infix operators
+@cindex operators, permitted arguments
+@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side.  Operators
+have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
+to right.  Apart from @code{+} or @code{-}, both arguments must be
+absolute, and the result is absolute.
+
+@enumerate
+@cindex operator precedence
+@cindex precedence of operators
+
+@item
+Highest Precedence
+
+@table @code
+@item *
+@dfn{Multiplication}.
+
+@item /
+@dfn{Division}.  Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
+
+@item %
+@dfn{Remainder}.
+
+@item <
+@itemx <<
+@dfn{Shift Left}.  Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
+
+@item >
+@itemx >>
+@dfn{Shift Right}.  Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
+@end table
+
+@item
+Intermediate precedence
+
+@table @code
+@item |
+
+@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
+
+@item &
+@dfn{Bitwise And}.
+
+@item ^
+@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
+
+@item !
+@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
+@end table
+
+@item
+Lowest Precedence
+
+@table @code
+@cindex addition, permitted arguments
+@cindex plus, permitted arguments
+@cindex arguments for addition
+@item +
+@dfn{Addition}.  If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
+the other argument.  You may not add together arguments from different
+sections.
+
+@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
+@cindex minus, permitted arguments
+@cindex arguments for subtraction
+@item -
+@dfn{Subtraction}.  If the right argument is absolute, the
+result has the section of the left argument.
+If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
+You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
+@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
+@end table
+@end enumerate
+
+In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
+address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
+
+@node Pseudo Ops
+@chapter Assembler Directives
+
+@cindex directives, machine independent
+@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
+@cindex machine independent directives
+All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
+The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
+
+This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
+target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
+@ifset GENERIC
+Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
+@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset machine-directives
+@xref{Machine Dependencies} for additional directives.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@menu
+* Abort::                       @code{.abort}
+@ifset COFF
+* ABORT::                       @code{.ABORT}
+@end ifset
+
+* Align::                       @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
+* App-File::                    @code{.app-file @var{string}}
+* Ascii::                       @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
+* Asciz::                       @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
+* Balign::                      @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
+* Byte::                        @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
+* Comm::                        @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
+* Data::                        @code{.data @var{subsection}}
+@ifset COFF
+* Def::                         @code{.def @var{name}}
+@end ifset
+@ifset aout-bout
+* Desc::                        @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
+@end ifset
+@ifset COFF
+* Dim::                         @code{.dim}
+@end ifset
+
+* Double::                      @code{.double @var{flonums}}
+* Eject::                       @code{.eject}
+* Else::                        @code{.else}
+@ifset COFF
+* Endef::                       @code{.endef}
+@end ifset
+
+* Endif::                       @code{.endif}
+* Equ::                         @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+* Equiv::                       @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+* Err::				@code{.err}
+* Extern::                      @code{.extern}
+@ifclear no-file-dir
+* File::                        @code{.file @var{string}}
+@end ifclear
+
+* Fill::                        @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
+* Float::                       @code{.float @var{flonums}}
+* Global::                      @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
+* hword::                       @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
+* Ident::                       @code{.ident}
+* If::                          @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
+* Include::                     @code{.include "@var{file}"}
+* Int::                         @code{.int @var{expressions}}
+* Irp::				@code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
+* Irpc::			@code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
+* Lcomm::                       @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
+* Lflags::                      @code{.lflags}
+@ifclear no-line-dir
+* Line::                        @code{.line @var{line-number}}
+@end ifclear
+
+* Ln::                          @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
+* Linkonce::			@code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
+* List::                        @code{.list}
+* Long::                        @code{.long @var{expressions}}
+@ignore
+* Lsym::                        @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+@end ignore
+
+* Macro::			@code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
+* MRI::				@code{.mri @var{val}}
+
+* Nolist::                      @code{.nolist}
+* Octa::                        @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
+* Org::                         @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
+* P2align::                     @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
+* Psize::                       @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
+* Quad::                        @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
+* Rept::			@code{.rept @var{count}}
+* Sbttl::                       @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
+@ifset COFF
+* Scl::                         @code{.scl @var{class}}
+@end ifset
+@ifset COFF
+* Section::                     @code{.section @var{name}, @var{subsection}}
+@end ifset
+
+* Set::                         @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+* Short::                       @code{.short @var{expressions}}
+* Single::                      @code{.single @var{flonums}}
+@ifset COFF
+* Size::                        @code{.size}
+@end ifset
+
+* Skip::                        @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
+* Space::                       @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
+@ifset have-stabs
+* Stab::                        @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
+@end ifset
+
+* String::                      @code{.string "@var{str}"}
+@ifset ELF
+* Symver::                      @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
+@end ifset
+@ifset COFF
+* Tag::                         @code{.tag @var{structname}}
+@end ifset
+
+* Text::                        @code{.text @var{subsection}}
+* Title::                       @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
+@ifset COFF
+* Type::                        @code{.type @var{int}}
+* Val::                         @code{.val @var{addr}}
+@end ifset
+
+* Word::                        @code{.word @var{expressions}}
+* Deprecated::                  Deprecated Directives
+@end menu
+
+@node Abort
+@section @code{.abort}
+
+@cindex @code{abort} directive
+@cindex stopping the assembly
+This directive stops the assembly immediately.  It is for
+compatibility with other assemblers.  The original idea was that the
+assembly language source would be piped into the assembler.  If the sender
+of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @code{@value{AS}} to
+quit also.  One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node ABORT
+@section @code{.ABORT}
+
+@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
+When producing COFF output, @code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
+synonym for @samp{.abort}.
+
+@ifset BOUT
+When producing @code{b.out} output, @code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
+but ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Align
+@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
+
+@cindex padding the location counter
+@cindex @code{align} directive
+Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
+boundary.  The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
+required, as described below.
+
+The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
+padding bytes.  It (and the comma) may be omitted.  If it is omitted, the
+padding bytes are normally zero.  However, on some systems, if the section is
+marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
+with no-op instructions.
+
+The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional.  If it is present,
+it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
+directive.  If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
+specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all.  You can omit the
+fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
+required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
+with no-op instructions when appropriate.
+
+The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
+For the a29k, hppa, m68k, m88k, w65, sparc, and Hitachi SH, and i386 using ELF
+format,
+the first expression is the
+alignment request in bytes.  For example @samp{.align 8} advances
+the location counter until it is a multiple of 8.  If the location counter
+is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
+
+For other systems, including the i386 using a.out format, it is the
+number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
+advancement.  For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
+counter until it a multiple of 8.  If the location counter is already a
+multiple of 8, no change is needed.
+
+This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
+native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
+GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
+described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
+architectures (but are specific to GAS).
+
+@node App-File
+@section @code{.app-file @var{string}}
+
+@cindex logical file name
+@cindex file name, logical
+@cindex @code{app-file} directive
+@code{.app-file}
+@ifclear no-file-dir
+(which may also be spelled @samp{.file})
+@end ifclear
+tells @code{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new
+logical file.  @var{string} is the new file name.  In general, the
+filename is recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"};
+but if you wish to specify an empty file name is permitted,
+you must give the quotes--@code{""}.  This statement may go away in
+future: it is only recognized to be compatible with old @code{@value{AS}}
+programs.@refill
+
+@node Ascii
+@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
+
+@cindex @code{ascii} directive
+@cindex string literals
+@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
+separated by commas.  It assembles each string (with no automatic
+trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
+
+@node Asciz
+@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
+
+@cindex @code{asciz} directive
+@cindex zero-terminated strings
+@cindex null-terminated strings
+@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
+a zero byte.  The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
+
+@node Balign
+@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
+
+@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
+@cindex @code{balign} directive
+Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
+storage boundary.  The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
+alignment request in bytes.  For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
+the location counter until it is a multiple of 8.  If the location counter
+is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
+
+The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
+padding bytes.  It (and the comma) may be omitted.  If it is omitted, the
+padding bytes are normally zero.  However, on some systems, if the section is
+marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
+with no-op instructions.
+
+The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional.  If it is present,
+it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
+directive.  If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
+specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all.  You can omit the
+fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
+required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
+with no-op instructions when appropriate.
+
+@cindex @code{balignw} directive
+@cindex @code{balignl} directive
+The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
+@code{.balign} directive.  The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
+pattern as a two byte word value.  The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
+fill pattern as a four byte longword value.  For example, @code{.balignw
+4,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4.  If it skips two bytes, they will be
+filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
+the endianness of the processor).  If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
+undefined.
+
+@node Byte
+@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{byte} directive
+@cindex integers, one byte
+@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
+Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
+
+@node Comm
+@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
+
+@cindex @code{comm} directive
+@cindex symbol, common
+@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}.  When linking, a
+common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
+of the same name in another object file.  If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
+definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
+allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory.  @var{length} must be an
+absolute expression.  If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
+the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
+using the largest size.
+
+@ifset ELF
+When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
+This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
+example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
+address should be zero).  The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
+must be a power of two.  If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
+for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol.  If
+no alignment is specified, @code{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
+largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
+maximum of 16.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset HPPA
+The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA.  The syntax is
+@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Data
+@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
+
+@cindex @code{data} directive
+@code{.data} tells @code{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
+end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
+absolute expression).  If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
+to zero.
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Def
+@section @code{.def @var{name}}
+
+@cindex @code{def} directive
+@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
+@cindex debugging COFF symbols
+Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
+definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+This directive is only observed when @code{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
+format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
+but ignored.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset aout-bout
+@node Desc
+@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
+
+@cindex @code{desc} directive
+@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
+@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
+This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
+to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
+
+@ifset COFF
+The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @code{@value{AS}} is
+configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
+object format.  For the sake of compatibility, @code{@value{AS}} accepts
+it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Dim
+@section @code{.dim}
+
+@cindex @code{dim} directive
+@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
+@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
+This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
+information in the symbol table.  It is only permitted inside
+@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
+@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
+ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Double
+@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
+
+@cindex @code{double} directive
+@cindex floating point numbers (double)
+@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas.  It
+assembles floating point numbers.
+@ifset GENERIC
+The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured.  @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset IEEEFLOAT
+On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
+in @sc{ieee} format.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Eject
+@section @code{.eject}
+
+@cindex @code{eject} directive
+@cindex new page, in listings
+@cindex page, in listings
+@cindex listing control: new page
+Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
+
+@node Else
+@section @code{.else}
+
+@cindex @code{else} directive
+@code{.else} is part of the @code{@value{AS}} support for conditional
+assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}.  It marks the beginning of a section
+of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
+was false.
+
+@ignore
+@node End, Endef, Else, Pseudo Ops
+@section @code{.end}
+
+@cindex @code{end} directive
+This doesn't do anything---but isn't an s_ignore, so I suspect it's
+meant to do something eventually (which is why it isn't documented here
+as "for compatibility with blah").
+@end ignore
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Endef
+@section @code{.endef}
+
+@cindex @code{endef} directive
+This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
+@code{.def}.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
+directive but ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Endif
+@section @code{.endif}
+
+@cindex @code{endif} directive
+@code{.endif} is part of the @code{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
+it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
+conditionally.  @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
+
+@node Equ
+@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+
+@cindex @code{equ} directive
+@cindex assigning values to symbols
+@cindex symbols, assigning values to
+This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
+It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is 
+@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Equiv
+@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+@cindex @code{equiv} directive
+The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
+the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined.
+
+Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to 
+@smallexample
+.ifdef SYM
+.err
+.endif
+.equ SYM,VAL
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Err
+@section @code{.err}
+@cindex @code{err} directive
+If @code{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
+message and, unless the @code{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
+object file.  This can be used to signal error an conditionally compiled code.
+
+@node Extern
+@section @code{.extern}
+
+@cindex @code{extern} directive
+@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
+with other assemblers---but it is ignored.  @code{@value{AS}} treats
+all undefined symbols as external.
+
+@ifclear no-file-dir
+@node File
+@section @code{.file @var{string}}
+
+@cindex @code{file} directive
+@cindex logical file name
+@cindex file name, logical
+@code{.file} (which may also be spelled @samp{.app-file}) tells
+@code{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical file.
+@var{string} is the new file name.  In general, the filename is
+recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if
+you wish to specify an empty file name, you must give the
+quotes--@code{""}.  This statement may go away in future: it is only
+recognized to be compatible with old @code{@value{AS}} programs.
+@ifset A29K
+In some configurations of @code{@value{AS}}, @code{.file} has already been
+removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers.  @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Fill
+@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
+
+@cindex @code{fill} directive
+@cindex writing patterns in memory
+@cindex patterns, writing in memory
+@var{result}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
+This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes.  @var{Repeat}
+may be zero or more.  @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
+more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
+other people's assemblers.  The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
+is taken from an 8-byte number.  The highest order 4 bytes are
+zero.  The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
+byte-order of an integer on the computer @code{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
+Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
+@var{size} bytes of this number.  Again, this bizarre behavior is
+compatible with other people's assemblers.
+
+@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
+If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
+assumed zero.  If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
+@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
+
+@node Float
+@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
+
+@cindex floating point numbers (single)
+@cindex @code{float} directive
+This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas.  It
+has the same effect as @code{.single}.
+@ifset GENERIC
+The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured.
+@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset IEEEFLOAT
+On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
+in @sc{ieee} format.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Global
+@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
+
+@cindex @code{global} directive
+@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
+@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}.  If you define
+@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
+other partial programs that are linked with it.  Otherwise,
+@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
+from another file linked into the same program.
+
+Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
+compatibility with other assemblers.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
+partial programs.  You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
+@xref{HPPA Directives,, HPPA Assembler Directives}.
+@end ifset
+
+@node hword
+@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{hword} directive
+@cindex integers, 16-bit
+@cindex numbers, 16-bit
+@cindex sixteen bit integers
+This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
+a 16 bit number for each.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
+architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset W32
+This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
+@end ifset
+@ifset W16
+This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Ident
+@section @code{.ident}
+
+@cindex @code{ident} directive
+This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files.
+@code{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for source-file
+compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything
+for it.
+
+@node If
+@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
+
+@cindex conditional assembly
+@cindex @code{if} directive
+@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
+considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
+(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero.  The end of
+the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
+(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
+alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
+
+The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
+@table @code
+@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
+@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
+Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
+has been defined.
+
+@ignore
+@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
+@item .ifeqs
+Not yet implemented.
+@end ignore
+
+@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
+@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
+@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
+@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
+Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
+has not been defined.  Both spelling variants are equivalent.
+
+@ignore
+@item ifnes
+Not yet implemented.
+@end ignore
+@end table
+
+@node Include
+@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
+
+@cindex @code{include} directive
+@cindex supporting files, including
+@cindex files, including
+This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
+points in your source program.  The code from @var{file} is assembled as
+if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
+included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues.  You
+can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
+(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}).  Quotation marks are required
+around @var{file}.
+
+@node Int
+@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{int} directive
+@cindex integers, 32-bit
+Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
+For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
+expression.  The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
+of target the assembly is for.
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8
+On the H8/500 and most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
+integers.  On the H8/300H and the Hitachi SH, however, @code{.int} emits
+32-bit integers.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Irp
+@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
+
+@cindex @code{irp} directive
+Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
+The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
+terminated by an @code{.endr} directive.  For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
+set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled.  If no
+@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
+@var{symbol} set to the null string.  To refer to @var{symbol} within the
+sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
+
+For example, assembling
+
+@example
+        .irp    param,1,2,3
+        move    d\param,sp@@-
+        .endr
+@end example
+
+is equivalent to assembling
+
+@example
+        move    d1,sp@@-
+        move    d2,sp@@-
+        move    d3,sp@@-
+@end example
+
+@node Irpc
+@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
+
+@cindex @code{irpc} directive
+Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
+The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
+terminated by an @code{.endr} directive.  For each character in @var{value},
+@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
+assembled.  If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
+assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string.  To refer to
+@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
+
+For example, assembling
+
+@example
+        .irpc    param,123
+        move    d\param,sp@@-
+        .endr
+@end example
+
+is equivalent to assembling
+
+@example
+        move    d1,sp@@-
+        move    d2,sp@@-
+        move    d3,sp@@-
+@end example
+
+@node Lcomm
+@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
+
+@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
+@cindex local common symbols
+@cindex symbols, local common
+Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
+denoted by @var{symbol}.  The section and value of @var{symbol} are
+those of the new local common.  The addresses are allocated in the bss
+section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed.  @var{Symbol}
+is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
+not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}.  This
+argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset HPPA
+The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA.  The syntax is
+@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Lflags
+@section @code{.lflags}
+
+@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
+@code{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
+assemblers, but ignores it.
+
+@ifclear no-line-dir
+@node Line
+@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
+
+@cindex @code{line} directive
+@end ifclear
+@ifset no-line-dir
+@node Ln
+@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
+
+@cindex @code{ln} directive
+@end ifset
+@cindex logical line number
+@ifset aout-bout
+Change the logical line number.  @var{line-number} must be an absolute
+expression.  The next line has that logical line number.  Therefore any other
+statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
+reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.  One day
+@code{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
+for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@ifset A29K
+@emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of @value{AS}, this command is
+not available; use the synonym @code{.ln} in that context.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear no-line-dir
+Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
+@code{b.out} object-code formats, @code{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
+when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
+were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
+@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
+
+Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
+used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
+debugging.
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Linkonce
+@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
+@cindex COMDAT
+@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
+@cindex common sections
+Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
+This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
+but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
+The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
+Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
+unique.
+
+This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
+writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
+Executable format used on Windows NT.
+
+The @var{type} argument is optional.  If specified, it must be one of the
+following strings.  For example:
+@smallexample
+.linkonce same_size
+@end smallexample
+Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
+
+@table @code
+@item discard
+Silently discard duplicate sections.  This is the default.
+
+@item one_only
+Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
+
+@item same_size
+Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
+
+@item same_contents
+Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
+@end table
+
+@node Ln
+@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
+
+@cindex @code{ln} directive
+@ifclear no-line-dir
+@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset no-line-dir
+Tell @code{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number.  @var{line-number}
+must be an absolute expression.  The next line has that logical
+line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
+statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
+line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @code{@value{AS}} is
+configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
+output format.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node MRI
+@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
+
+@cindex @code{mri} directive
+@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
+If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @code{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode.  If
+@var{val} is zero, this tells @code{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode.  This change
+affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
+of the file.  @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
+
+@node List
+@section @code{.list}
+
+@cindex @code{list} directive
+@cindex listing control, turning on
+Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
+not assembly listings are generated.  These two directives maintain an
+internal counter (which is zero initially).   @code{.list} increments the
+counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it.  Assembly listings are
+generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
+
+By default, listings are disabled.  When you enable them (with the
+@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
+the initial value of the listing counter is one.
+
+@node Long
+@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{long} directive
+@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
+
+@ignore
+@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
+@c what it really ought to do
+@node Lsym
+@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+
+@cindex @code{lsym} directive
+@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
+@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
+the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
+rest of the assembly.  This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
+the same as the expression value:
+@smallexample
+@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
+@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
+@var{value} = @var{expression}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+The new symbol is not flagged as external.
+@end ignore
+
+@node Macro
+@section @code{.macro}
+
+@cindex macros
+The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
+generate assembly output.  For example, this definition specifies a macro
+@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
+
+@example
+        .macro  sum from=0, to=5
+        .long   \from
+        .if     \to-\from
+        sum     "(\from+1)",\to
+        .endif
+        .endm
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
+
+@example
+        .long   0
+        .long   1
+        .long   2
+        .long   3
+        .long   4
+        .long   5
+@end example
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .macro @var{macname}
+@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
+@cindex @code{macro} directive
+Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}.  If your macro
+definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
+separated by commas or spaces.  You can supply a default value for any
+macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}.  For
+example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
+
+@table @code
+@item .macro comm
+Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
+arguments.
+
+@item .macro plus1 p, p1
+@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
+Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
+which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
+@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
+
+@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
+Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
+arguments.  The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
+After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
+@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
+@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
+,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
+@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
+@end table
+
+When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
+position, or by keyword.  For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
+@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
+
+@item .endm
+@cindex @code{endm} directive
+Mark the end of a macro definition.
+
+@item .exitm
+@cindex @code{exitm} directive
+Exit early from the current macro definition.
+
+@cindex number of macros executed
+@cindex macros, count executed
+@item \@@
+@code{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
+executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
+output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
+
+@ignore
+@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
+@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
+macro syntax'' with @samp{-a} or @samp{--alternate}.}  @xref{Alternate,,
+Alternate macro syntax}.
+
+Generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
+replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion.  The
+replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
+separate macro expansion.  @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
+define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
+@end ignore
+@end ftable
+
+@node Nolist
+@section @code{.nolist}
+
+@cindex @code{nolist} directive
+@cindex listing control, turning off
+Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
+not assembly listings are generated.  These two directives maintain an
+internal counter (which is zero initially).   @code{.list} increments the
+counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it.  Assembly listings are
+generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
+
+@node Octa
+@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
+
+@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others?  Or warn?
+@cindex @code{octa} directive
+@cindex integer, 16-byte
+@cindex sixteen byte integer
+This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas.  For each
+bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
+
+The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
+hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
+
+@node Org
+@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
+
+@cindex @code{org} directive
+@cindex location counter, advancing
+@cindex advancing location counter
+@cindex current address, advancing
+Advance the location counter of the current section to
+@var{new-lc}.  @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
+expression with the same section as the current subsection.  That is,
+you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
+wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored.  To be compatible
+with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
+@code{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
+is the same as the current subsection.
+
+@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
+unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
+backwards.
+
+@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
+@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
+@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
+Because @code{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
+may not be undefined.  If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
+a chance to share your improved assembler.
+
+Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
+to the start of the subsection.  This is compatible with other
+people's assemblers.
+
+When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
+intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
+absolute expression.  If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
+@var{fill} defaults to zero.
+
+@node P2align
+@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
+
+@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
+@cindex @code{p2align} directive
+Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
+storage boundary.  The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
+number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
+advancement.  For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
+counter until it a multiple of 8.  If the location counter is already a
+multiple of 8, no change is needed.
+
+The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
+padding bytes.  It (and the comma) may be omitted.  If it is omitted, the
+padding bytes are normally zero.  However, on some systems, if the section is
+marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
+with no-op instructions.
+
+The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional.  If it is present,
+it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
+directive.  If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
+specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all.  You can omit the
+fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
+required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
+with no-op instructions when appropriate.
+
+@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
+@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
+The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
+@code{.p2align} directive.  The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
+pattern as a two byte word value.  The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
+fill pattern as a four byte longword value.  For example, @code{.p2alignw
+2,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4.  If it skips two bytes, they will be
+filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
+the endianness of the processor).  If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
+undefined.
+
+@node Psize
+@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
+
+@cindex @code{psize} directive
+@cindex listing control: paper size
+@cindex paper size, for listings
+Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
+number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
+
+If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
+of 60.  You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
+default width is 200 columns.
+
+@code{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
+lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
+@code{.eject}).
+
+If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
+those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
+
+@node Quad
+@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
+
+@cindex @code{quad} directive
+@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas.  For
+each bignum, it emits
+@ifclear bignum-16
+an 8-byte integer.  If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
+warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
+@cindex eight-byte integer
+@cindex integer, 8-byte
+
+The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
+hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
+@end ifclear
+@ifset bignum-16
+a 16-byte integer.  If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
+warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
+@cindex sixteen-byte integer
+@cindex integer, 16-byte
+@end ifset
+
+@node Rept
+@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
+
+@cindex @code{rept} directive
+Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
+@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
+
+For example, assembling
+
+@example
+        .rept   3
+        .long   0
+        .endr
+@end example
+
+is equivalent to assembling
+
+@example
+        .long   0
+        .long   0
+        .long   0
+@end example
+
+@node Sbttl
+@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
+
+@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
+@cindex subtitles for listings
+@cindex listing control: subtitle
+Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
+title line) when generating assembly listings.
+
+This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
+it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Scl
+@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
+
+@cindex @code{scl} directive
+@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
+@cindex COFF symbol storage class
+Set the storage-class value for a symbol.  This directive may only be
+used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.  Storage class may flag
+whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
+symbolic debugging information.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
+configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @code{@value{AS}}
+accepts this directive but ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Section
+@section @code{.section @var{name}}
+
+@cindex @code{section} directive
+@cindex named section
+Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
+named @var{name}.
+
+This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
+named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
+with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
+
+@ifset COFF
+For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
+ways:
+@smallexample
+.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
+.section @var{name}[, @var{subsegment}]
+@end smallexample
+
+If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
+section.  Each flag is a single character.  The following flags are recognized:
+@table @code
+@item b
+bss section (uninitialized data)
+@item n
+section is not loaded
+@item w
+writable section
+@item d
+data section
+@item r
+read-only section
+@item x
+executable section
+@end table
+
+If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name.  If
+the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
+loaded and writable.
+
+If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
+taken as a subsegment number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset ELF
+For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
+@smallexample
+.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}]]
+@end smallexample
+The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
+combintion of the following characters:
+@table @code
+@item a
+section is allocatable
+@item w
+section is writable
+@item x
+section is executable
+@end table
+
+The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
+@table @code
+@item @@progbits
+section contains data
+@item @@nobits
+section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
+@end table
+
+If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name.  If
+the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
+none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
+executable.  The section will contain data.
+
+For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
+directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
+@smallexample
+.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
+@end smallexample
+Note that the section name is quoted.  There may be a sequence of comma
+separated flags:
+@table @code
+@item #alloc
+section is allocatable
+@item #write
+section is writable
+@item #execinstr
+section is executable
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@node Set
+@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
+
+@cindex @code{set} directive
+@cindex symbol value, setting
+Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.  This
+changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
+@var{expression}.  If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
+flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
+
+You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
+
+If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
+file is the last value stored into it.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
+@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Short
+@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{short} directive
+@ifset GENERIC
+@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
+@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
+
+In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
+numbers of different lengths; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset W16
+@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}.  @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
+@end ifset
+@ifset W32
+This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
+a 16 bit number for each.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Single
+@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
+
+@cindex @code{single} directive
+@cindex floating point numbers (single)
+This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas.  It
+has the same effect as @code{.float}.
+@ifset GENERIC
+The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured.  @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset IEEEFLOAT
+On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
+numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Size
+@section @code{.size}
+
+@cindex @code{size} directive
+This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
+information in the symbol table.  It is only permitted inside
+@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
+@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
+ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear no-space-dir
+@node Skip
+@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
+
+@cindex @code{skip} directive
+@cindex filling memory
+This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}.  Both
+@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions.  If the comma and
+@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.  This is the same as
+@samp{.space}.
+
+@node Space
+@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
+
+@cindex @code{space} directive
+@cindex filling memory
+This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}.  Both
+@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions.  If the comma
+and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero.  This is the same
+as @samp{.skip}.
+
+@ifset HPPA
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
+targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute.  See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
+Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
+@code{.space} directive.  @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
+for a summary.
+@end quotation
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset A29K
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@node Space
+@section @code{.space}
+@cindex @code{space} directive
+@end ifclear
+On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for
+compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers.
+
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning:} In most versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler, the directive
+@code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block}  @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
+@end quotation
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset have-stabs
+@node Stab
+@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
+
+@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
+@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
+There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
+All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
+The symbols are not entered in the @code{@value{AS}} hash table: they
+cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
+Up to five fields are required:
+
+@table @var
+@item string
+This is the symbol's name.  It may contain any character except
+@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names.  Some
+debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
+using this field.
+
+@item type
+An absolute expression.  The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
+this expression.  Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
+and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
+
+@item other
+An absolute expression.  The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
+low 8 bits of this expression.
+
+@item desc
+An absolute expression.  The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
+bits of this expression.
+
+@item value
+An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
+@end table
+
+If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
+or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
+you get a half-formed symbol in your object file.  This is
+compatible with earlier assemblers!
+
+@table @code
+@cindex @code{stabd} directive
+@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
+
+The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
+It is a null pointer, for compatibility.  Older assemblers used a
+null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
+strings.
+
+The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
+relocatably.  When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
+is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
+assembled.
+
+@cindex @code{stabn} directive
+@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
+The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
+
+@cindex @code{stabs} directive
+@item .stabs @var{string} ,  @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
+All five fields are specified.
+@end table
+@end ifset
+@c end     have-stabs
+
+@node String
+@section @code{.string} "@var{str}"
+
+@cindex string, copying to object file
+@cindex @code{string} directive
+
+Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file.  You may specify more than
+one string to copy, separated by commas.  Unless otherwise specified for a
+particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
+You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
+
+@ifset ELF
+@node Symver
+@section @code{.symver}
+@cindex @code{symver} directive
+@cindex symbol versioning
+@cindex versions of symbols
+Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
+within a source file.  This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
+typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
+There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
+into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
+shared library.
+
+For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive is used like this:
+@smallexample
+.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
+@end smallexample
+In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within the file
+being assembled.  The @code{.versym} directive effectively creates a symbol
+alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
+just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
+permitted in symbol names.  The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
+of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced.  The name @var{name}
+itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
+have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
+file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
+function is being mentioned.  The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
+the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
+building a shared library.  If you are attempting to override a versioned
+symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
+nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Tag
+@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
+
+@cindex COFF structure debugging
+@cindex structure debugging, COFF
+@cindex @code{tag} directive
+This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
+information in the symbol table.  It is only permitted inside
+@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.  Tags are used to link structure
+definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
+@code{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
+ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Text
+@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
+
+@cindex @code{text} directive
+Tells @code{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
+the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
+expression.  If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
+is used.
+
+@node Title
+@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
+
+@cindex @code{title} directive
+@cindex listing control: title line
+Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
+source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
+
+This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
+it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Type
+@section @code{.type @var{int}}
+
+@cindex COFF symbol type
+@cindex symbol type, COFF
+@cindex @code{type} directive
+This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
+records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table entry.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
+@code{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
+directive but ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset COFF
+@node Val
+@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
+
+@cindex @code{val} directive
+@cindex COFF value attribute
+@cindex value attribute, COFF
+This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
+records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
+entry.
+@ifset BOUT
+
+@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @code{@value{AS}} is
+configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+
+@node Word
+@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
+
+@cindex @code{word} directive
+This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
+separated by commas.
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset W32
+For each expression, @code{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
+@end ifset
+@ifset W16
+For each expression, @code{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@ifset GENERIC
+
+The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
+depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
+@end ifset
+
+@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
+@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
+@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+@cindex difference tables altered
+@cindex altered difference tables
+@quotation
+@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
+@end quotation
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
+addressing, require the following special treatment.  If the machine of
+interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
+@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
+
+@end ifset
+In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
+@code{@value{AS}} occasionlly does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
+Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
+compilers as part of jump tables.  Therefore, when @code{@value{AS}} assembles a
+directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
+@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @code{@value{AS}}
+creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
+This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
+first byte after the secondary table.  This short-jump prevents the flow
+of control from accidentally falling into the new table.  Inside the
+table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}.  The original @samp{.word}
+contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
+@code{sym2}.
+
+If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
+secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted.  If there was a
+@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
+long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
+and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
+minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
+entries in the original jump table as necessary.
+
+@ifset INTERNALS
+@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @code{@value{AS}} with the
+@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
+assembly language programmers.
+@end ifset
+@end ifset
+@c end     DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+
+@node Deprecated
+@section Deprecated Directives
+
+@cindex deprecated directives
+@cindex obsolescent directives
+One day these directives won't work.
+They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
+@table @t
+@item .abort
+@item .app-file
+@item .line
+@end table
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependencies
+@chapter Machine Dependent Features
+
+@cindex machine dependencies
+The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
+each machine where @code{@value{AS}} runs.  Floating point representations
+vary as well, and @code{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
+directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
+assemblers on a particular platform.  Finally, some versions of
+@code{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
+optimization.
+
+This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
+include details on any machine's instruction set.  For details on that
+subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
+
+@menu
+@ifset A29K
+* AMD29K-Dependent::            AMD 29K Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset D10V
+* D10V-Dependent::              D10V Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/300
+* H8/300-Dependent::            Hitachi H8/300 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8/500
+* H8/500-Dependent::            Hitachi H8/500 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset HPPA
+* HPPA-Dependent::              HPPA Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset I80386
+* i386-Dependent::              Intel 80386 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+* i960-Dependent::              Intel 80960 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset M680X0
+* M68K-Dependent::              M680x0 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset MIPS
+* MIPS-Dependent::              MIPS Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset SH
+* SH-Dependent::                Hitachi SH Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset SPARC
+* Sparc-Dependent::             SPARC Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset Z8000
+* Z8000-Dependent::             Z8000 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifset VAX
+* Vax-Dependent::               VAX Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@end menu
+
+@lowersections
+@end ifset
+
+@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
+@c in single-cpu versions.  This is mainly achieved by @lowersections.  There is a
+@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
+@c "Machine Dependencies".  Hence the conditional nodenames in each
+@c major node below.  Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
+@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
+@c in both conditional blocks.
+
+
+@ifset A29K
+@include c-a29k.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset Hitachi-all
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependencies
+@chapter Machine Dependent Features
+
+The machine instruction sets are different on each Hitachi chip family,
+and there are also some syntax differences among the families.  This
+chapter describes the specific @code{@value{AS}} features for each
+family.
+
+@menu
+* H8/300-Dependent::            Hitachi H8/300 Dependent Features
+* H8/500-Dependent::            Hitachi H8/500 Dependent Features
+* SH-Dependent::                Hitachi SH Dependent Features
+@end menu
+@lowersections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset D10V
+@include c-d10v.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset H8/300
+@include c-h8300.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset H8/500
+@include c-h8500.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset HPPA
+@include c-hppa.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset I80386
+@include c-i386.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset I960
+@include c-i960.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset M680X0
+@include c-m68k.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset MIPS
+@include c-mips.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset NS32K
+@include c-ns32k.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset SH
+@include c-sh.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset SPARC
+@include c-sparc.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset Z8000
+@include c-z8k.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset VAX
+@include c-vax.texi
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
+@raisesections
+@end ifset
+
+@node Reporting Bugs
+@chapter Reporting Bugs
+@cindex bugs in assembler
+@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
+
+Your bug reports play an essential role in making @code{@value{AS}} reliable.
+
+Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
+not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
+entire community by making the next version of @code{@value{AS}} work better.
+Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
+information that enables us to fix the bug.
+
+@menu
+* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
+* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs
+@end menu
+
+@node Bug Criteria
+@section Have you found a bug?
+@cindex bug criteria
+
+If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex fatal signal
+@cindex assembler crash
+@cindex crash of assembler
+@item
+If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
+@code{@value{AS}} bug.  Reliable assemblers never crash.
+
+@cindex error on valid input
+@item
+If @code{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
+
+@cindex invalid input
+@item
+If @code{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
+is a bug.  However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
+be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
+
+@item
+If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
+of @code{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Bug Reporting
+@section How to report bugs
+@cindex bug reports
+@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
+
+A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products.  If
+you obtained @code{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
+contact that organization first.
+
+You can find contact information for many support companies and
+individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
+distribution.
+
+In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @code{@value{AS}}
+to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
+
+The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
+@strong{report all the facts}.  If you are not sure whether to state a
+fact or leave it out, state it!
+
+Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
+and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might assume that the
+name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter.  Well, probably it does
+not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
+happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
+perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
+the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug.  Play it safe and
+give a specific, complete example.  That is the easiest thing for you to do,
+and the most helpful.
+
+Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
+it is new to us.  Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
+that the bug has not been reported previously.
+
+Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
+bell?''  Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
+@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
+bugs properly.
+
+To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The version of @code{@value{AS}}.  @code{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
+it with the @samp{--version} argument.
+
+Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
+the bug in the current version of @code{@value{AS}}.
+
+@item
+Any patches you may have applied to the @code{@value{AS}} source.
+
+@item
+The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
+version number.
+
+@item
+What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @code{@value{AS}}---e.g.
+``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
+
+@item
+The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
+observe the bug.  To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
+all.  A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
+
+If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
+and then we might not encounter the bug.
+
+@item
+A complete input file that will reproduce the bug.  If the bug is observed when
+the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
+high level language source.  Most compilers will produce the assembler source
+when run with the @samp{-S} option.  If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
+the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
+file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
+@code{@value{AS}} is being run.
+
+@item
+A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
+incorrect.  For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
+
+Of course, if the bug is that @code{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
+will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
+notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well not give us a chance to
+make a mistake.
+
+Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
+explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
+@code{@value{AS}} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the C
+library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your copy might crash and ours
+would not.  If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
+would know that the bug was not happening for us.  If you had not told us to
+expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
+observations.
+
+@item
+If you wish to suggest changes to the @code{@value{AS}} source, send us context
+diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
+option.  Always send diffs from the old file to the new file.  If you even
+discuss something in the @code{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
+by line number.
+
+The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
+sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
+@end itemize
+
+Here are some things that are not necessary:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+A description of the envelope of the bug.
+
+Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
+which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
+changes will not affect it.
+
+This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
+will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
+with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
+We recommend that you save your time for something else.
+
+Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
+of the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
+output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
+less time, and so on.
+
+However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
+report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
+
+@item
+A patch for the bug.
+
+A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not omit
+the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
+a patch is all we need.  We might see problems with your patch and decide
+to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
+
+Sometimes with a program as complicated as @code{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
+construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
+the code.  If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
+one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
+
+And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
+patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A test case will
+help us to understand.
+
+@item
+A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
+
+Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about such
+things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Acknowledgements
+@chapter Acknowledgements
+
+If you have contributed to @code{@value{AS}} and your name isn't listed here,
+it is not meant as a slight.  We just don't know about it.  Send mail to the
+maintainer, and we'll correct the situation.  Currently 
+@c (January 1994), 
+the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
+
+Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
+more details?}
+
+Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
+information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
+extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
+
+K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
+many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
+up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
+testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
+including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
+and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
+support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
+port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
+file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
+assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
+
+Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
+in format-specific I/O modules.
+
+The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan.  Eric Youngdale
+has done much work with it since.
+
+The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
+
+Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
+
+The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
+University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+
+Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
+(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
+(which hasn't been merged in yet).  Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
+support a.out format.
+
+Support for the Zilog Z8k and Hitachi H8/300 and H8/500 processors (tc-z8k,
+tc-h8300, tc-h8500), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
+Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.  Steve also modified the COFF back end to
+use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
+targets.
+
+John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
+simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives.  He
+updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
+fixed-size instructions (e.g. @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
+remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}).  John fixed many bugs, including true tested
+cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
+required the proverbial one-bit fix.
+
+Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
+68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
+added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
+PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
+
+Steve Chamberlain made @code{@value{AS}} able to generate listings.
+
+Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
+
+Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
+along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
+formats).  This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
+the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
+
+Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
+Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
+Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
+Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
+and some initial 64-bit support).
+
+Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
+support for openVMS/Alpha.
+
+Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
+configuration enhancements.
+
+Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements.  If
+you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
+want to be, let us know.  Some of the history has been lost; we are not
+intentionally leaving anyone out.
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
+@c Local Variables:
+@c fill-column: 79
+@c End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-i386.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-i386.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cd3d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-i386.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+@c Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This is part of the GAS manual.
+@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
+@ifset GENERIC
+@page
+@node i386-Dependent
+@chapter 80386 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependencies
+@chapter 80386 Dependent Features
+@end ifclear
+
+@cindex i386 support
+@cindex i80306 support
+@menu
+* i386-Options::                Options
+* i386-Syntax::                 AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
+* i386-Opcodes::                Opcode Naming
+* i386-Regs::                   Register Naming
+* i386-prefixes::               Opcode Prefixes
+* i386-Memory::                 Memory References
+* i386-jumps::                  Handling of Jump Instructions
+* i386-Float::                  Floating Point
+* i386-16bit::                  Writing 16-bit Code
+* i386-Notes::                  Notes
+@end menu
+
+@node i386-Options
+@section Options
+
+@cindex options for i386 (none)
+@cindex i386 options (none)
+The 80386 has no machine dependent options.
+
+@node i386-Syntax
+@section AT&T Syntax versus Intel Syntax
+
+@cindex i386 syntax compatibility
+@cindex syntax compatibility, i386
+In order to maintain compatibility with the output of @code{@value{GCC}},
+@code{@value{AS}} supports AT&T System V/386 assembler syntax.  This is quite
+different from Intel syntax.  We mention these differences because
+almost all 80386 documents used only Intel syntax.  Notable differences
+between the two syntaxes are:
+
+@cindex immediate operands, i386
+@cindex i386 immediate operands
+@cindex register operands, i386
+@cindex i386 register operands
+@cindex jump/call operands, i386
+@cindex i386 jump/call operands
+@cindex operand delimiters, i386
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+AT&T immediate operands are preceded by @samp{$}; Intel immediate
+operands are undelimited (Intel @samp{push 4} is AT&T @samp{pushl $4}).
+AT&T register operands are preceded by @samp{%}; Intel register operands
+are undelimited.  AT&T absolute (as opposed to PC relative) jump/call
+operands are prefixed by @samp{*}; they are undelimited in Intel syntax.
+
+@cindex i386 source, destination operands
+@cindex source, destination operands; i386
+@item
+AT&T and Intel syntax use the opposite order for source and destination
+operands.  Intel @samp{add eax, 4} is @samp{addl $4, %eax}.  The
+@samp{source, dest} convention is maintained for compatibility with
+previous Unix assemblers.
+
+@cindex opcode suffixes, i386
+@cindex sizes operands, i386
+@cindex i386 size suffixes
+@item
+In AT&T syntax the size of memory operands is determined from the last
+character of the opcode name.  Opcode suffixes of @samp{b}, @samp{w},
+and @samp{l} specify byte (8-bit), word (16-bit), and long (32-bit)
+memory references.  Intel syntax accomplishes this by prefixes memory
+operands (@emph{not} the opcodes themselves) with @samp{byte ptr},
+@samp{word ptr}, and @samp{dword ptr}.  Thus, Intel @samp{mov al, byte
+ptr @var{foo}} is @samp{movb @var{foo}, %al} in AT&T syntax.
+
+@cindex return instructions, i386
+@cindex i386 jump, call, return
+@item
+Immediate form long jumps and calls are
+@samp{lcall/ljmp $@var{section}, $@var{offset}} in AT&T syntax; the
+Intel syntax is
+@samp{call/jmp far @var{section}:@var{offset}}.  Also, the far return
+instruction
+is @samp{lret $@var{stack-adjust}} in AT&T syntax; Intel syntax is
+@samp{ret far @var{stack-adjust}}.
+
+@cindex sections, i386
+@cindex i386 sections
+@item
+The AT&T assembler does not provide support for multiple section
+programs.  Unix style systems expect all programs to be single sections.
+@end itemize
+
+@node i386-Opcodes
+@section Opcode Naming
+
+@cindex i386 opcode naming
+@cindex opcode naming, i386
+Opcode names are suffixed with one character modifiers which specify the
+size of operands.  The letters @samp{b}, @samp{w}, and @samp{l} specify
+byte, word, and long operands.  If no suffix is specified by an
+instruction and it contains no memory operands then @code{@value{AS}} tries to
+fill in the missing suffix based on the destination register operand
+(the last one by convention).  Thus, @samp{mov %ax, %bx} is equivalent
+to @samp{movw %ax, %bx}; also, @samp{mov $1, %bx} is equivalent to
+@samp{movw $1, %bx}.  Note that this is incompatible with the AT&T Unix
+assembler which assumes that a missing opcode suffix implies long
+operand size.  (This incompatibility does not affect compiler output
+since compilers always explicitly specify the opcode suffix.)
+
+Almost all opcodes have the same names in AT&T and Intel format.  There
+are a few exceptions.  The sign extend and zero extend instructions need
+two sizes to specify them.  They need a size to sign/zero extend
+@emph{from} and a size to zero extend @emph{to}.  This is accomplished
+by using two opcode suffixes in AT&T syntax.  Base names for sign extend
+and zero extend are @samp{movs@dots{}} and @samp{movz@dots{}} in AT&T
+syntax (@samp{movsx} and @samp{movzx} in Intel syntax).  The opcode
+suffixes are tacked on to this base name, the @emph{from} suffix before
+the @emph{to} suffix.  Thus, @samp{movsbl %al, %edx} is AT&T syntax for
+``move sign extend @emph{from} %al @emph{to} %edx.''  Possible suffixes,
+thus, are @samp{bl} (from byte to long), @samp{bw} (from byte to word),
+and @samp{wl} (from word to long).
+
+@cindex conversion instructions, i386
+@cindex i386 conversion instructions
+The Intel-syntax conversion instructions
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+@samp{cbw} --- sign-extend byte in @samp{%al} to word in @samp{%ax},
+
+@item
+@samp{cwde} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%eax},
+
+@item
+@samp{cwd} --- sign-extend word in @samp{%ax} to long in @samp{%dx:%ax},
+
+@item
+@samp{cdq} --- sign-extend dword in @samp{%eax} to quad in @samp{%edx:%eax},
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+are called @samp{cbtw}, @samp{cwtl}, @samp{cwtd}, and @samp{cltd} in
+AT&T naming.  @code{@value{AS}} accepts either naming for these instructions.
+
+@cindex jump instructions, i386
+@cindex call instructions, i386
+Far call/jump instructions are @samp{lcall} and @samp{ljmp} in
+AT&T syntax, but are @samp{call far} and @samp{jump far} in Intel
+convention.
+
+@node i386-Regs
+@section Register Naming
+
+@cindex i386 registers
+@cindex registers, i386
+Register operands are always prefixes with @samp{%}.  The 80386 registers
+consist of
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+the 8 32-bit registers @samp{%eax} (the accumulator), @samp{%ebx},
+@samp{%ecx}, @samp{%edx}, @samp{%edi}, @samp{%esi}, @samp{%ebp} (the
+frame pointer), and @samp{%esp} (the stack pointer).
+
+@item
+the 8 16-bit low-ends of these: @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx}, @samp{%cx},
+@samp{%dx}, @samp{%di}, @samp{%si}, @samp{%bp}, and @samp{%sp}.
+
+@item
+the 8 8-bit registers: @samp{%ah}, @samp{%al}, @samp{%bh},
+@samp{%bl}, @samp{%ch}, @samp{%cl}, @samp{%dh}, and @samp{%dl} (These
+are the high-bytes and low-bytes of @samp{%ax}, @samp{%bx},
+@samp{%cx}, and @samp{%dx})
+
+@item
+the 6 section registers @samp{%cs} (code section), @samp{%ds}
+(data section), @samp{%ss} (stack section), @samp{%es}, @samp{%fs},
+and @samp{%gs}.
+
+@item
+the 3 processor control registers @samp{%cr0}, @samp{%cr2}, and
+@samp{%cr3}.
+
+@item
+the 6 debug registers @samp{%db0}, @samp{%db1}, @samp{%db2},
+@samp{%db3}, @samp{%db6}, and @samp{%db7}.
+
+@item
+the 2 test registers @samp{%tr6} and @samp{%tr7}.
+
+@item
+the 8 floating point register stack @samp{%st} or equivalently
+@samp{%st(0)}, @samp{%st(1)}, @samp{%st(2)}, @samp{%st(3)},
+@samp{%st(4)}, @samp{%st(5)}, @samp{%st(6)}, and @samp{%st(7)}.
+@end itemize
+
+@node i386-prefixes
+@section Opcode Prefixes
+
+@cindex i386 opcode prefixes
+@cindex opcode prefixes, i386
+@cindex prefixes, i386
+Opcode prefixes are used to modify the following opcode.  They are used
+to repeat string instructions, to provide section overrides, to perform
+bus lock operations, and to give operand and address size (16-bit
+operands are specified in an instruction by prefixing what would
+normally be 32-bit operands with a ``operand size'' opcode prefix).
+Opcode prefixes are usually given as single-line instructions with no
+operands, and must directly precede the instruction they act upon.  For
+example, the @samp{scas} (scan string) instruction is repeated with:
+@smallexample
+        repne
+        scas
+@end smallexample
+
+Here is a list of opcode prefixes:
+
+@cindex section override prefixes, i386
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Section override prefixes @samp{cs}, @samp{ds}, @samp{ss}, @samp{es},
+@samp{fs}, @samp{gs}.  These are automatically added by specifying
+using the @var{section}:@var{memory-operand} form for memory references.
+
+@cindex size prefixes, i386
+@item
+Operand/Address size prefixes @samp{data16} and @samp{addr16}
+change 32-bit operands/addresses into 16-bit operands/addresses.  Note
+that 16-bit addressing modes (i.e. 8086 and 80286 addressing modes)
+are not supported (yet).
+
+@cindex bus lock prefixes, i386
+@cindex inhibiting interrupts, i386
+@item
+The bus lock prefix @samp{lock} inhibits interrupts during
+execution of the instruction it precedes.  (This is only valid with
+certain instructions; see a 80386 manual for details).
+
+@cindex coprocessor wait, i386
+@item
+The wait for coprocessor prefix @samp{wait} waits for the
+coprocessor to complete the current instruction.  This should never be
+needed for the 80386/80387 combination.
+
+@cindex repeat prefixes, i386
+@item
+The @samp{rep}, @samp{repe}, and @samp{repne} prefixes are added
+to string instructions to make them repeat @samp{%ecx} times.
+@end itemize
+
+@node i386-Memory
+@section Memory References
+
+@cindex i386 memory references
+@cindex memory references, i386
+An Intel syntax indirect memory reference of the form
+
+@smallexample
+@var{section}:[@var{base} + @var{index}*@var{scale} + @var{disp}]
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+is translated into the AT&T syntax
+
+@smallexample
+@var{section}:@var{disp}(@var{base}, @var{index}, @var{scale})
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{base} and @var{index} are the optional 32-bit base and
+index registers, @var{disp} is the optional displacement, and
+@var{scale}, taking the values 1, 2, 4, and 8, multiplies @var{index}
+to calculate the address of the operand.  If no @var{scale} is
+specified, @var{scale} is taken to be 1.  @var{section} specifies the
+optional section register for the memory operand, and may override the
+default section register (see a 80386 manual for section register
+defaults). Note that section overrides in AT&T syntax @emph{must} have
+be preceded by a @samp{%}.  If you specify a section override which
+coincides with the default section register, @code{@value{AS}} does @emph{not}
+output any section register override prefixes to assemble the given
+instruction.  Thus, section overrides can be specified to emphasize which
+section register is used for a given memory operand.
+
+Here are some examples of Intel and AT&T style memory references:
+
+@table @asis
+@item AT&T: @samp{-4(%ebp)}, Intel:  @samp{[ebp - 4]}
+@var{base} is @samp{%ebp}; @var{disp} is @samp{-4}. @var{section} is
+missing, and the default section is used (@samp{%ss} for addressing with
+@samp{%ebp} as the base register).  @var{index}, @var{scale} are both missing.
+
+@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,%eax,4)}, Intel: @samp{[foo + eax*4]}
+@var{index} is @samp{%eax} (scaled by a @var{scale} 4); @var{disp} is
+@samp{foo}.  All other fields are missing.  The section register here
+defaults to @samp{%ds}.
+
+@item AT&T: @samp{foo(,1)}; Intel @samp{[foo]}
+This uses the value pointed to by @samp{foo} as a memory operand.
+Note that @var{base} and @var{index} are both missing, but there is only
+@emph{one} @samp{,}.  This is a syntactic exception.
+
+@item AT&T: @samp{%gs:foo}; Intel @samp{gs:foo}
+This selects the contents of the variable @samp{foo} with section
+register @var{section} being @samp{%gs}.
+@end table
+
+Absolute (as opposed to PC relative) call and jump operands must be
+prefixed with @samp{*}.  If no @samp{*} is specified, @code{@value{AS}}
+always chooses PC relative addressing for jump/call labels.
+
+Any instruction that has a memory operand @emph{must} specify its size (byte,
+word, or long) with an opcode suffix (@samp{b}, @samp{w}, or @samp{l},
+respectively).
+
+@node i386-jumps
+@section Handling of Jump Instructions
+
+@cindex jump optimization, i386
+@cindex i386 jump optimization
+Jump instructions are always optimized to use the smallest possible
+displacements.  This is accomplished by using byte (8-bit) displacement
+jumps whenever the target is sufficiently close.  If a byte displacement
+is insufficient a long (32-bit) displacement is used.  We do not support
+word (16-bit) displacement jumps (i.e. prefixing the jump instruction
+with the @samp{addr16} opcode prefix), since the 80386 insists upon masking
+@samp{%eip} to 16 bits after the word displacement is added.
+
+Note that the @samp{jcxz}, @samp{jecxz}, @samp{loop}, @samp{loopz},
+@samp{loope}, @samp{loopnz} and @samp{loopne} instructions only come in byte
+displacements, so that if you use these instructions (@code{@value{GCC}} does
+not use them) you may get an error message (and incorrect code).  The AT&T
+80386 assembler tries to get around this problem by expanding @samp{jcxz foo}
+to
+
+@smallexample
+         jcxz cx_zero
+         jmp cx_nonzero
+cx_zero: jmp foo
+cx_nonzero:
+@end smallexample
+
+@node i386-Float
+@section Floating Point
+
+@cindex i386 floating point
+@cindex floating point, i386
+All 80387 floating point types except packed BCD are supported.
+(BCD support may be added without much difficulty).  These data
+types are 16-, 32-, and 64- bit integers, and single (32-bit),
+double (64-bit), and extended (80-bit) precision floating point.
+Each supported type has an opcode suffix and a constructor
+associated with it.  Opcode suffixes specify operand's data
+types.  Constructors build these data types into memory.
+
+@cindex @code{float} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{single} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{double} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{tfloat} directive, i386
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Floating point constructors are @samp{.float} or @samp{.single},
+@samp{.double}, and @samp{.tfloat} for 32-, 64-, and 80-bit formats.
+These correspond to opcode suffixes @samp{s}, @samp{l}, and @samp{t}.
+@samp{t} stands for temporary real, and that the 80387 only supports
+this format via the @samp{fldt} (load temporary real to stack top) and
+@samp{fstpt} (store temporary real and pop stack) instructions.
+
+@cindex @code{word} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{long} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{int} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{quad} directive, i386
+@item
+Integer constructors are @samp{.word}, @samp{.long} or @samp{.int}, and
+@samp{.quad} for the 16-, 32-, and 64-bit integer formats.  The corresponding
+opcode suffixes are @samp{s} (single), @samp{l} (long), and @samp{q}
+(quad).  As with the temporary real format the 64-bit @samp{q} format is
+only present in the @samp{fildq} (load quad integer to stack top) and
+@samp{fistpq} (store quad integer and pop stack) instructions.
+@end itemize
+
+Register to register operations do not require opcode suffixes,
+so that @samp{fst %st, %st(1)} is equivalent to @samp{fstl %st, %st(1)}.
+
+@cindex i386 @code{fwait} instruction
+@cindex @code{fwait instruction}, i386
+Since the 80387 automatically synchronizes with the 80386 @samp{fwait}
+instructions are almost never needed (this is not the case for the
+80286/80287 and 8086/8087 combinations).  Therefore, @code{@value{AS}} suppresses
+the @samp{fwait} instruction whenever it is implicitly selected by one
+of the @samp{fn@dots{}} instructions.  For example, @samp{fsave} and
+@samp{fnsave} are treated identically.  In general, all the @samp{fn@dots{}}
+instructions are made equivalent to @samp{f@dots{}} instructions.  If
+@samp{fwait} is desired it must be explicitly coded.
+
+@node i386-16bit
+@section Writing 16-bit Code
+
+@cindex i386 16-bit code
+@cindex 16-bit code, i386
+@cindex real-mode code, i386
+@cindex @code{code16} directive, i386
+@cindex @code{code32} directive, i386
+While GAS normally writes only ``pure'' 32-bit i386 code, it has limited
+support for writing code to run in real mode or in 16-bit protected mode
+code segments.  To do this, insert a @samp{.code16} directive before the
+assembly language instructions to be run in 16-bit mode.  You can switch
+GAS back to writing normal 32-bit code with the @samp{.code32} directive.
+
+GAS understands exactly the same assembly language syntax in 16-bit mode as
+in 32-bit mode.  The function of any given instruction is exactly the same
+regardless of mode, as long as the resulting object code is executed in the
+mode for which GAS wrote it.  So, for example, the @samp{ret} mnemonic
+produces a 32-bit return instruction regardless of whether it is to be run
+in 16-bit or 32-bit mode.  (If GAS is in 16-bit mode, it will add an
+operand size prefix to the instruction to force it to be a 32-bit return.)
+
+This means, for one thing, that you can use @sc{gnu} @sc{cc} to write code to be run
+in real mode or 16-bit protected mode.  Just insert the statement
+@samp{asm(".code16");} at the beginning of your C source file, and while
+@sc{gnu} @sc{cc} will still be generating 32-bit code, GAS will automatically add 
+all the necessary size prefixes to make that code run in 16-bit mode.  Of
+course, since @sc{gnu} @sc{cc} only writes small-model code (it doesn't know how to
+attach segment selectors to pointers like native x86 compilers do), any
+16-bit code you write with @sc{gnu} @sc{cc} will essentially be limited to a 64K
+address space.  Also, there will be a code size and performance penalty
+due to all the extra address and operand size prefixes GAS has to add to
+the instructions.
+
+Note that placing GAS in 16-bit mode does not mean that the resulting
+code will necessarily run on a 16-bit pre-80386 processor.  To write code
+that runs on such a processor, you would have to refrain from using
+@emph{any} 32-bit constructs which require GAS to output address or
+operand size prefixes.  At the moment this would be rather difficult,
+because GAS currently supports @emph{only} 32-bit addressing modes: when
+writing 16-bit code, it @emph{always} outputs address size prefixes for any
+instruction that uses a non-register addressing mode.  So you can write
+code that runs on 16-bit processors, but only if that code never references
+memory.
+
+@node i386-Notes
+@section Notes
+
+@cindex i386 @code{mul}, @code{imul} instructions
+@cindex @code{mul} instruction, i386
+@cindex @code{imul} instruction, i386
+There is some trickery concerning the @samp{mul} and @samp{imul}
+instructions that deserves mention.  The 16-, 32-, and 64-bit expanding
+multiplies (base opcode @samp{0xf6}; extension 4 for @samp{mul} and 5
+for @samp{imul}) can be output only in the one operand form.  Thus,
+@samp{imul %ebx, %eax} does @emph{not} select the expanding multiply;
+the expanding multiply would clobber the @samp{%edx} register, and this
+would confuse @code{@value{GCC}} output.  Use @samp{imul %ebx} to get the
+64-bit product in @samp{%edx:%eax}.
+
+We have added a two operand form of @samp{imul} when the first operand
+is an immediate mode expression and the second operand is a register.
+This is just a shorthand, so that, multiplying @samp{%eax} by 69, for
+example, can be done with @samp{imul $69, %eax} rather than @samp{imul
+$69, %eax, %eax}.
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-sh.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-sh.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b410b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-sh.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+@c Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This is part of the GAS manual.
+@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
+@page
+@node SH-Dependent
+@chapter Hitachi SH Dependent Features
+
+@cindex SH support
+@menu
+* SH Options::              Options
+* SH Syntax::               Syntax
+* SH Floating Point::       Floating Point
+* SH Directives::           SH Machine Directives
+* SH Opcodes::              Opcodes
+@end menu
+
+@node SH Options
+@section Options
+
+@cindex SH options (none)
+@cindex options, SH (none)
+@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Hitachi
+SH family.
+
+@node SH Syntax
+@section Syntax
+
+@menu
+* SH-Chars::                Special Characters
+* SH-Regs::                 Register Names
+* SH-Addressing::           Addressing Modes
+@end menu
+
+@node SH-Chars
+@subsection Special Characters
+
+@cindex line comment character, SH
+@cindex SH line comment character
+@samp{!} is the line comment character.
+
+@cindex line separator, SH
+@cindex statement separator, SH
+@cindex SH line separator
+You can use @samp{;} instead of a newline to separate statements.
+
+@cindex symbol names, @samp{$} in
+@cindex @code{$} in symbol names
+Since @samp{$} has no special meaning, you may use it in symbol names.
+
+@node SH-Regs
+@subsection Register Names
+
+@cindex SH registers
+@cindex registers, SH
+You can use the predefined symbols @samp{r0}, @samp{r1}, @samp{r2},
+@samp{r3}, @samp{r4}, @samp{r5}, @samp{r6}, @samp{r7}, @samp{r8},
+@samp{r9}, @samp{r10}, @samp{r11}, @samp{r12}, @samp{r13}, @samp{r14},
+and @samp{r15} to refer to the SH registers.
+
+The SH also has these control registers:
+
+@table @code
+@item pr
+procedure register (holds return address)
+
+@item pc
+program counter
+
+@item mach
+@itemx macl
+high and low multiply accumulator registers
+
+@item sr
+status register
+
+@item gbr
+global base register
+
+@item vbr
+vector base register (for interrupt vectors)
+@end table
+
+@node SH-Addressing
+@subsection Addressing Modes
+
+@cindex addressing modes, SH
+@cindex SH addressing modes
+@code{@value{AS}} understands the following addressing modes for the SH.
+@code{R@var{n}} in the following refers to any of the numbered
+registers, but @emph{not} the control registers.
+
+@table @code
+@item R@var{n}
+Register direct
+
+@item @@R@var{n}
+Register indirect
+
+@item @@-R@var{n}
+Register indirect with pre-decrement
+
+@item @@R@var{n}+
+Register indirect with post-increment
+
+@item @@(@var{disp}, R@var{n})
+Register indirect with displacement
+
+@item @@(R0, R@var{n})
+Register indexed
+
+@item @@(@var{disp}, GBR)
+@code{GBR} offset
+
+@item @@(R0, GBR)
+GBR indexed
+
+@item @var{addr}
+@itemx @@(@var{disp}, PC)
+PC relative address (for branch or for addressing memory).  The
+@code{@value{AS}} implementation allows you to use the simpler form
+@var{addr} anywhere a PC relative address is called for; the alternate
+form is supported for compatibility with other assemblers.
+
+@item #@var{imm}
+Immediate data
+@end table
+
+@node SH Floating Point
+@section Floating Point
+
+@cindex floating point, SH (@sc{ieee})
+@cindex SH floating point (@sc{ieee})
+The SH family has no hardware floating point, but the @code{.float}
+directive generates @sc{ieee} floating-point numbers for compatibility
+with other development tools.
+
+@node SH Directives
+@section SH Machine Directives
+
+@cindex SH machine directives (none)
+@cindex machine directives, SH (none)
+@cindex @code{word} directive, SH
+@cindex @code{int} directive, SH
+@code{@value{AS}} has no machine-dependent directives for the SH.
+
+@node SH Opcodes
+@section Opcodes
+
+@cindex SH opcode summary
+@cindex opcode summary, SH
+@cindex mnemonics, SH
+@cindex instruction summary, SH
+For detailed information on the SH machine instruction set, see
+@cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Hitachi Micro Systems, Inc.).
+
+@code{@value{AS}} implements all the standard SH opcodes.  No additional
+pseudo-instructions are needed on this family.  Note, however, that
+because @code{@value{AS}} supports a simpler form of PC-relative
+addressing, you may simply write (for example)
+
+@example
+mov.l  bar,r0
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+where other assemblers might require an explicit displacement to
+@code{bar} from the program counter:
+
+@example
+mov.l  @@(@var{disp}, PC)
+@end example
+
+@ifset SMALL
+@c this table, due to the multi-col faking and hardcoded order, looks silly
+@c except in smallbook.  See comments below "@set SMALL" near top of this file.
+
+Here is a summary of SH opcodes:
+
+@page
+@smallexample
+@i{Legend:}
+Rn        @r{a numbered register}
+Rm        @r{another numbered register}
+#imm      @r{immediate data}
+disp      @r{displacement}
+disp8     @r{8-bit displacement}
+disp12    @r{12-bit displacement}
+
+add #imm,Rn                    lds.l @@Rn+,PR              
+add Rm,Rn                      mac.w @@Rm+,@@Rn+           
+addc Rm,Rn                     mov #imm,Rn                 
+addv Rm,Rn                     mov Rm,Rn                   
+and #imm,R0                    mov.b Rm,@@(R0,Rn)          
+and Rm,Rn                      mov.b Rm,@@-Rn              
+and.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)           mov.b Rm,@@Rn               
+bf disp8                       mov.b @@(disp,Rm),R0        
+bra disp12                     mov.b @@(disp,GBR),R0       
+bsr disp12                     mov.b @@(R0,Rm),Rn          
+bt disp8                       mov.b @@Rm+,Rn              
+clrmac                         mov.b @@Rm,Rn               
+clrt                           mov.b R0,@@(disp,Rm)        
+cmp/eq #imm,R0                 mov.b R0,@@(disp,GBR)       
+cmp/eq Rm,Rn                   mov.l Rm,@@(disp,Rn)        
+cmp/ge Rm,Rn                   mov.l Rm,@@(R0,Rn)          
+cmp/gt Rm,Rn                   mov.l Rm,@@-Rn              
+cmp/hi Rm,Rn                   mov.l Rm,@@Rn               
+cmp/hs Rm,Rn                   mov.l @@(disp,Rn),Rm        
+cmp/pl Rn                      mov.l @@(disp,GBR),R0       
+cmp/pz Rn                      mov.l @@(disp,PC),Rn        
+cmp/str Rm,Rn                  mov.l @@(R0,Rm),Rn          
+div0s Rm,Rn                    mov.l @@Rm+,Rn              
+div0u                          mov.l @@Rm,Rn               
+div1 Rm,Rn                     mov.l R0,@@(disp,GBR)       
+exts.b Rm,Rn                   mov.w Rm,@@(R0,Rn)          
+exts.w Rm,Rn                   mov.w Rm,@@-Rn              
+extu.b Rm,Rn                   mov.w Rm,@@Rn               
+extu.w Rm,Rn                   mov.w @@(disp,Rm),R0        
+jmp @@Rn                        mov.w @@(disp,GBR),R0       
+jsr @@Rn                        mov.w @@(disp,PC),Rn        
+ldc Rn,GBR                     mov.w @@(R0,Rm),Rn          
+ldc Rn,SR                      mov.w @@Rm+,Rn              
+ldc Rn,VBR                     mov.w @@Rm,Rn               
+ldc.l @@Rn+,GBR                 mov.w R0,@@(disp,Rm)        
+ldc.l @@Rn+,SR                  mov.w R0,@@(disp,GBR)       
+ldc.l @@Rn+,VBR                 mova @@(disp,PC),R0         
+lds Rn,MACH                    movt Rn                     
+lds Rn,MACL                    muls Rm,Rn                  
+lds Rn,PR                      mulu Rm,Rn                  
+lds.l @@Rn+,MACH                neg Rm,Rn                   
+lds.l @@Rn+,MACL                negc Rm,Rn                  
+@page
+nop                            stc VBR,Rn                
+not Rm,Rn                      stc.l GBR,@@-Rn           
+or #imm,R0                     stc.l SR,@@-Rn            
+or Rm,Rn                       stc.l VBR,@@-Rn           
+or.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)            sts MACH,Rn               
+rotcl Rn                       sts MACL,Rn               
+rotcr Rn                       sts PR,Rn                 
+rotl Rn                        sts.l MACH,@@-Rn          
+rotr Rn                        sts.l MACL,@@-Rn          
+rte                            sts.l PR,@@-Rn            
+rts                            sub Rm,Rn                 
+sett                           subc Rm,Rn                
+shal Rn                        subv Rm,Rn                
+shar Rn                        swap.b Rm,Rn              
+shll Rn                        swap.w Rm,Rn              
+shll16 Rn                      tas.b @@Rn                
+shll2 Rn                       trapa #imm                
+shll8 Rn                       tst #imm,R0               
+shlr Rn                        tst Rm,Rn                 
+shlr16 Rn                      tst.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)     
+shlr2 Rn                       xor #imm,R0               
+shlr8 Rn                       xor Rm,Rn                 
+sleep                          xor.b #imm,@@(R0,GBR)     
+stc GBR,Rn                     xtrct Rm,Rn               
+stc SR,Rn
+@end smallexample
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset Hitachi-all
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@raisesections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-z8k.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-z8k.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fb10e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/c-z8k.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+@c Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This is part of the GAS manual.
+@c For copying conditions, see the file as.texinfo.
+@ifset GENERIC
+@page
+@node Z8000-Dependent
+@chapter Z8000 Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependencies
+@chapter Z8000 Dependent Features
+@end ifclear
+
+@cindex Z8000 support
+The Z8000 @value{AS} supports both members of the Z8000 family: the
+unsegmented Z8002, with 16 bit addresses, and the segmented Z8001 with
+24 bit addresses.
+
+When the assembler is in unsegmented mode (specified with the
+@code{unsegm} directive), an address takes up one word (16 bit)
+sized register.  When the assembler is in segmented mode (specified with
+the @code{segm} directive), a 24-bit address takes up a long (32 bit)
+register.  @xref{Z8000 Directives,,Assembler Directives for the Z8000},
+for a list of other Z8000 specific assembler directives.
+
+@menu
+* Z8000 Options::               No special command-line options for Z8000
+* Z8000 Syntax::                Assembler syntax for the Z8000
+* Z8000 Directives::            Special directives for the Z8000
+* Z8000 Opcodes::               Opcodes
+@end menu
+
+@node Z8000 Options
+@section Options
+
+@cindex Z8000 options
+@cindex options, Z8000
+@code{@value{AS}} has no additional command-line options for the Zilog
+Z8000 family.
+
+@node Z8000 Syntax
+@section Syntax
+@menu
+* Z8000-Chars::                Special Characters
+* Z8000-Regs::                 Register Names
+* Z8000-Addressing::           Addressing Modes
+@end menu
+
+@node Z8000-Chars
+@subsection Special Characters
+
+@cindex line comment character, Z8000
+@cindex Z8000 line comment character
+@samp{!} is the line comment character.
+
+@cindex line separator, Z8000
+@cindex statement separator, Z8000
+@cindex Z8000 line separator
+You can use @samp{;} instead of a newline to separate statements.
+
+@node Z8000-Regs
+@subsection Register Names
+
+@cindex Z8000 registers
+@cindex registers, Z8000
+The Z8000 has sixteen 16 bit registers, numbered 0 to 15.  You can refer
+to different sized groups of registers by register number, with the
+prefix @samp{r} for 16 bit registers, @samp{rr} for 32 bit registers and
+@samp{rq} for 64 bit registers.  You can also refer to the contents of
+the first eight (of the sixteen 16 bit registers) by bytes.  They are
+named @samp{r@var{n}h} and @samp{r@var{n}l}.
+
+@smallexample
+@exdent @emph{byte registers}
+r0l r0h r1h r1l r2h r2l r3h r3l
+r4h r4l r5h r5l r6h r6l r7h r7l
+
+@exdent @emph{word registers}
+r0 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15
+
+@exdent @emph{long word registers}
+rr0 rr2 rr4 rr6 rr8 rr10 rr12 rr14
+
+@exdent @emph{quad word registers}
+rq0 rq4 rq8 rq12
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Z8000-Addressing
+@subsection Addressing Modes
+
+@cindex addressing modes, Z8000
+@cindex Z800 addressing modes
+@value{AS} understands the following addressing modes for the Z8000:
+
+@table @code
+@item r@var{n}
+Register direct
+
+@item @@r@var{n}
+Indirect register
+
+@item @var{addr}
+Direct: the 16 bit or 24 bit address (depending on whether the assembler
+is in segmented or unsegmented mode) of the operand is in the instruction.
+
+@item address(r@var{n})
+Indexed: the 16 or 24 bit address is added to the 16 bit register to produce
+the final address in memory of the operand.
+
+@item r@var{n}(#@var{imm})
+Base Address: the 16 or 24 bit register is added to the 16 bit sign
+extended immediate displacement to produce the final address in memory
+of the operand.
+
+@item r@var{n}(r@var{m})
+Base Index: the 16 or 24 bit register r@var{n} is added to the sign
+extended 16 bit index register r@var{m} to produce the final address in
+memory of the operand.
+
+@item #@var{xx}
+Immediate data @var{xx}.
+@end table
+
+@node Z8000 Directives
+@section Assembler Directives for the Z8000
+
+@cindex Z8000 directives
+@cindex directives, Z8000
+The Z8000 port of @value{AS} includes these additional assembler directives,
+for compatibility with other Z8000 assemblers.  As shown, these do not
+begin with @samp{.} (unlike the ordinary @value{AS} directives).
+
+@table @code
+@kindex segm
+@item segm
+Generates code for the segmented Z8001.
+
+@kindex unsegm
+@item unsegm
+Generates code for the unsegmented Z8002.
+
+@kindex name
+@item name
+Synonym for @code{.file}
+
+@kindex global
+@item global
+Synonym for @code{.global}
+
+@kindex wval
+@item wval
+Synonym for @code{.word}
+
+@kindex lval
+@item lval
+Synonym for @code{.long}
+
+@kindex bval
+@item bval
+Synonym for @code{.byte}
+
+@kindex sval
+@item sval
+Assemble a string.  @code{sval} expects one string literal, delimited by
+single quotes.  It assembles each byte of the string into consecutive
+addresses.  You can use the escape sequence @samp{%@var{xx}} (where
+@var{xx} represents a two-digit hexadecimal number) to represent the
+character whose @sc{ascii} value is @var{xx}.  Use this feature to
+describe single quote and other characters that may not appear in string
+literals as themselves.  For example, the C statement @w{@samp{char *a =
+"he said \"it's 50% off\"";}} is represented in Z8000 assembly language
+(shown with the assembler output in hex at the left) as
+
+@iftex
+@begingroup
+@let@nonarrowing=@comment
+@end iftex
+@smallexample
+68652073    sval    'he said %22it%27s 50%25 off%22%00'
+61696420
+22697427
+73203530
+25206F66
+662200
+@end smallexample
+@iftex
+@endgroup
+@end iftex
+
+@kindex rsect
+@item rsect
+synonym for @code{.section}
+
+@kindex block
+@item block
+synonym for @code{.space}
+
+@kindex even
+@item even
+special case of @code{.align}; aligns output to even byte boundary.
+@end table
+
+@node Z8000 Opcodes
+@section Opcodes
+
+@cindex Z8000 opcode summary
+@cindex opcode summary, Z8000
+@cindex mnemonics, Z8000
+@cindex instruction summary, Z8000
+For detailed information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see
+@cite{Z8000 Technical Manual}.
+
+@ifset SMALL
+@c this table, due to the multi-col faking and hardcoded order, looks silly
+@c except in smallbook.  See comments below "@set SMALL" near top of this file.
+
+The following table summarizes the opcodes and their arguments:
+@iftex
+@begingroup
+@let@nonarrowing=@comment
+@end iftex
+@smallexample
+
+            rs   @r{16 bit source register}
+            rd   @r{16 bit destination register}
+            rbs   @r{8 bit source register}
+            rbd   @r{8 bit destination register}
+            rrs   @r{32 bit source register}
+            rrd   @r{32 bit destination register}
+            rqs   @r{64 bit source register}
+            rqd   @r{64 bit destination register}
+            addr @r{16/24 bit address}
+            imm  @r{immediate data}
+
+adc rd,rs               clrb addr               cpsir @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
+adcb rbd,rbs            clrb addr(rd)           cpsirb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc
+add rd,@@rs              clrb rbd                dab rbd
+add rd,addr             com @@rd                 dbjnz rbd,disp7
+add rd,addr(rs)         com addr                dec @@rd,imm4m1
+add rd,imm16            com addr(rd)            dec addr(rd),imm4m1
+add rd,rs               com rd                  dec addr,imm4m1
+addb rbd,@@rs            comb @@rd                dec rd,imm4m1
+addb rbd,addr           comb addr               decb @@rd,imm4m1
+addb rbd,addr(rs)       comb addr(rd)           decb addr(rd),imm4m1
+addb rbd,imm8           comb rbd                decb addr,imm4m1
+addb rbd,rbs            comflg flags            decb rbd,imm4m1
+addl rrd,@@rs            cp @@rd,imm16            di i2
+addl rrd,addr           cp addr(rd),imm16       div rrd,@@rs
+addl rrd,addr(rs)       cp addr,imm16           div rrd,addr
+addl rrd,imm32          cp rd,@@rs               div rrd,addr(rs)
+addl rrd,rrs            cp rd,addr              div rrd,imm16
+and rd,@@rs              cp rd,addr(rs)          div rrd,rs
+and rd,addr             cp rd,imm16             divl rqd,@@rs
+and rd,addr(rs)         cp rd,rs                divl rqd,addr
+and rd,imm16            cpb @@rd,imm8            divl rqd,addr(rs)
+and rd,rs               cpb addr(rd),imm8       divl rqd,imm32
+andb rbd,@@rs            cpb addr,imm8           divl rqd,rrs
+andb rbd,addr           cpb rbd,@@rs             djnz rd,disp7
+andb rbd,addr(rs)       cpb rbd,addr            ei i2
+andb rbd,imm8           cpb rbd,addr(rs)        ex rd,@@rs
+andb rbd,rbs            cpb rbd,imm8            ex rd,addr
+bit @@rd,imm4            cpb rbd,rbs             ex rd,addr(rs)
+bit addr(rd),imm4       cpd rd,@@rs,rr,cc        ex rd,rs
+bit addr,imm4           cpdb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc      exb rbd,@@rs
+bit rd,imm4             cpdr rd,@@rs,rr,cc       exb rbd,addr
+bit rd,rs               cpdrb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc     exb rbd,addr(rs)
+bitb @@rd,imm4           cpi rd,@@rs,rr,cc        exb rbd,rbs
+bitb addr(rd),imm4      cpib rbd,@@rs,rr,cc      ext0e imm8
+bitb addr,imm4          cpir rd,@@rs,rr,cc       ext0f imm8
+bitb rbd,imm4           cpirb rbd,@@rs,rr,cc     ext8e imm8
+bitb rbd,rs             cpl rrd,@@rs             ext8f imm8
+bpt                     cpl rrd,addr            exts rrd
+call @@rd                cpl rrd,addr(rs)        extsb rd
+call addr               cpl rrd,imm32           extsl rqd
+call addr(rd)           cpl rrd,rrs             halt
+calr disp12             cpsd @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc      in rd,@@rs
+clr @@rd                 cpsdb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc     in rd,imm16
+clr addr                cpsdr @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc     inb rbd,@@rs
+clr addr(rd)            cpsdrb @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc    inb rbd,imm16
+clr rd                  cpsi @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc      inc @@rd,imm4m1
+clrb @@rd                cpsib @@rd,@@rs,rr,cc     inc addr(rd),imm4m1
+inc addr,imm4m1         ldb rbd,rs(rx)          mult rrd,addr(rs)
+inc rd,imm4m1           ldb rd(imm16),rbs       mult rrd,imm16
+incb @@rd,imm4m1         ldb rd(rx),rbs          mult rrd,rs
+incb addr(rd),imm4m1    ldctl ctrl,rs           multl rqd,@@rs
+incb addr,imm4m1        ldctl rd,ctrl           multl rqd,addr
+incb rbd,imm4m1         ldd @@rs,@@rd,rr          multl rqd,addr(rs)
+ind @@rd,@@rs,ra          lddb @@rs,@@rd,rr         multl rqd,imm32
+indb @@rd,@@rs,rba        lddr @@rs,@@rd,rr         multl rqd,rrs
+inib @@rd,@@rs,ra         lddrb @@rs,@@rd,rr        neg @@rd
+inibr @@rd,@@rs,ra        ldi @@rd,@@rs,rr          neg addr
+iret                    ldib @@rd,@@rs,rr         neg addr(rd)
+jp cc,@@rd               ldir @@rd,@@rs,rr         neg rd
+jp cc,addr              ldirb @@rd,@@rs,rr        negb @@rd
+jp cc,addr(rd)          ldk rd,imm4             negb addr
+jr cc,disp8             ldl @@rd,rrs             negb addr(rd)
+ld @@rd,imm16            ldl addr(rd),rrs        negb rbd
+ld @@rd,rs               ldl addr,rrs            nop
+ld addr(rd),imm16       ldl rd(imm16),rrs       or rd,@@rs
+ld addr(rd),rs          ldl rd(rx),rrs          or rd,addr
+ld addr,imm16           ldl rrd,@@rs             or rd,addr(rs)
+ld addr,rs              ldl rrd,addr            or rd,imm16
+ld rd(imm16),rs         ldl rrd,addr(rs)        or rd,rs
+ld rd(rx),rs            ldl rrd,imm32           orb rbd,@@rs
+ld rd,@@rs               ldl rrd,rrs             orb rbd,addr
+ld rd,addr              ldl rrd,rs(imm16)       orb rbd,addr(rs)
+ld rd,addr(rs)          ldl rrd,rs(rx)          orb rbd,imm8
+ld rd,imm16             ldm @@rd,rs,n            orb rbd,rbs
+ld rd,rs                ldm addr(rd),rs,n       out @@rd,rs
+ld rd,rs(imm16)         ldm addr,rs,n           out imm16,rs
+ld rd,rs(rx)            ldm rd,@@rs,n            outb @@rd,rbs
+lda rd,addr             ldm rd,addr(rs),n       outb imm16,rbs
+lda rd,addr(rs)         ldm rd,addr,n           outd @@rd,@@rs,ra
+lda rd,rs(imm16)        ldps @@rs                outdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
+lda rd,rs(rx)           ldps addr               outib @@rd,@@rs,ra
+ldar rd,disp16          ldps addr(rs)           outibr @@rd,@@rs,ra
+ldb @@rd,imm8            ldr disp16,rs           pop @@rd,@@rs
+ldb @@rd,rbs             ldr rd,disp16           pop addr(rd),@@rs
+ldb addr(rd),imm8       ldrb disp16,rbs         pop addr,@@rs
+ldb addr(rd),rbs        ldrb rbd,disp16         pop rd,@@rs
+ldb addr,imm8           ldrl disp16,rrs         popl @@rd,@@rs
+ldb addr,rbs            ldrl rrd,disp16         popl addr(rd),@@rs
+ldb rbd,@@rs             mbit                    popl addr,@@rs
+ldb rbd,addr            mreq rd                 popl rrd,@@rs
+ldb rbd,addr(rs)        mres                    push @@rd,@@rs
+ldb rbd,imm8            mset                    push @@rd,addr
+ldb rbd,rbs             mult rrd,@@rs            push @@rd,addr(rs)
+ldb rbd,rs(imm16)       mult rrd,addr           push @@rd,imm16
+push @@rd,rs             set addr,imm4           subl rrd,imm32
+pushl @@rd,@@rs           set rd,imm4             subl rrd,rrs
+pushl @@rd,addr          set rd,rs               tcc cc,rd
+pushl @@rd,addr(rs)      setb @@rd,imm4           tccb cc,rbd
+pushl @@rd,rrs           setb addr(rd),imm4      test @@rd
+res @@rd,imm4            setb addr,imm4          test addr
+res addr(rd),imm4       setb rbd,imm4           test addr(rd)
+res addr,imm4           setb rbd,rs             test rd
+res rd,imm4             setflg imm4             testb @@rd
+res rd,rs               sinb rbd,imm16          testb addr
+resb @@rd,imm4           sinb rd,imm16           testb addr(rd)
+resb addr(rd),imm4      sind @@rd,@@rs,ra         testb rbd
+resb addr,imm4          sindb @@rd,@@rs,rba       testl @@rd
+resb rbd,imm4           sinib @@rd,@@rs,ra        testl addr
+resb rbd,rs             sinibr @@rd,@@rs,ra       testl addr(rd)
+resflg imm4             sla rd,imm8             testl rrd
+ret cc                  slab rbd,imm8           trdb @@rd,@@rs,rba
+rl rd,imm1or2           slal rrd,imm8           trdrb @@rd,@@rs,rba
+rlb rbd,imm1or2         sll rd,imm8             trib @@rd,@@rs,rbr
+rlc rd,imm1or2          sllb rbd,imm8           trirb @@rd,@@rs,rbr
+rlcb rbd,imm1or2        slll rrd,imm8           trtdrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
+rldb rbb,rba            sout imm16,rs           trtib @@ra,@@rb,rr
+rr rd,imm1or2           soutb imm16,rbs         trtirb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
+rrb rbd,imm1or2         soutd @@rd,@@rs,ra        trtrb @@ra,@@rb,rbr
+rrc rd,imm1or2          soutdb @@rd,@@rs,rba      tset @@rd
+rrcb rbd,imm1or2        soutib @@rd,@@rs,ra       tset addr
+rrdb rbb,rba            soutibr @@rd,@@rs,ra      tset addr(rd)
+rsvd36                  sra rd,imm8             tset rd
+rsvd38                  srab rbd,imm8           tsetb @@rd
+rsvd78                  sral rrd,imm8           tsetb addr
+rsvd7e                  srl rd,imm8             tsetb addr(rd)
+rsvd9d                  srlb rbd,imm8           tsetb rbd
+rsvd9f                  srll rrd,imm8           xor rd,@@rs
+rsvdb9                  sub rd,@@rs              xor rd,addr
+rsvdbf                  sub rd,addr             xor rd,addr(rs)
+sbc rd,rs               sub rd,addr(rs)         xor rd,imm16
+sbcb rbd,rbs            sub rd,imm16            xor rd,rs
+sc imm8                 sub rd,rs               xorb rbd,@@rs
+sda rd,rs               subb rbd,@@rs            xorb rbd,addr
+sdab rbd,rs             subb rbd,addr           xorb rbd,addr(rs)
+sdal rrd,rs             subb rbd,addr(rs)       xorb rbd,imm8
+sdl rd,rs               subb rbd,imm8           xorb rbd,rbs
+sdlb rbd,rs             subb rbd,rbs            xorb rbd,rbs
+sdll rrd,rs             subl rrd,@@rs
+set @@rd,imm4            subl rrd,addr
+set addr(rd),imm4       subl rrd,addr(rs)
+@end smallexample
+@iftex
+@endgroup
+@end iftex
+@end ifset
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/gasp.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/gasp.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64cd6f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/gasp.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,1086 @@
+\input texinfo               @c             -*- Texinfo -*-
+@setfilename gasp.info
+@c
+@c This file documents the assembly preprocessor "GASP"
+@c
+@c Copyright (c) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c
+@c This text may be freely distributed under the terms of the GNU
+@c General Public License.
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* gasp: (gasp).                     The GNU Assembler Preprocessor
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@syncodeindex ky cp
+@syncodeindex fn cp
+
+@finalout
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@settitle GASP
+@titlepage
+@c FIXME boring title
+@title GASP, an assembly preprocessor
+@subtitle for GASP version 1
+@sp 1
+@subtitle March 1994
+@author Roland Pesch
+@page
+
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt \hfill Cygnus Support\par
+}
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+
+@node Top
+@top GASP
+
+GASP is a preprocessor for assembly programs.
+
+This file describes version 1 of GASP.
+
+Steve Chamberlain wrote GASP; Roland Pesch wrote this manual.
+
+@menu
+* Overview::                    What is GASP?
+* Invoking GASP::               Command line options.
+* Commands::                    Preprocessor commands.
+* Index::                       Index.
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Overview
+@chapter What is GASP?
+
+The primary purpose of the @sc{gnu} assembler is to assemble the output of
+other programs---notably compilers.  When you have to hand-code
+specialized routines in assembly, that means the @sc{gnu} assembler is
+an unfriendly processor: it has no directives for macros, conditionals,
+or many other conveniences that you might expect.
+
+In some cases you can simply use the C preprocessor, or a generalized
+preprocessor like @sc{m4}; but this can be awkward, since none of these
+things are designed with assembly in mind.
+
+@sc{gasp} fills this need.  It is expressly designed to provide the
+facilities you need with hand-coded assembly code.  Implementing it as a
+preprocessor, rather than part of the assembler, allows the maximum
+flexibility: you can use it with hand-coded assembly, without paying a
+penalty of added complexity in the assembler you use for compiler
+output.
+
+Here is a small example to give the flavor of @sc{gasp}.  This input to
+@sc{gasp}
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+        .MACRO  saveregs from=8 to=14
+count   .ASSIGNA \from
+        ! save r\from..r\to
+        .AWHILE  \&count LE \to
+        mov     r\&count,@@-sp
+count   .ASSIGNA  \&count + 1
+        .AENDW
+        .ENDM
+
+        saveregs from=12
+
+bar:    mov     #H'dead+10,r0
+foo     .SDATAC "hello"<10>
+        .END
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@noindent
+generates this assembly program:
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+        ! save r12..r14
+        mov     r12,@@-sp
+        mov     r13,@@-sp
+        mov     r14,@@-sp
+
+bar:    mov     #57005+10,r0
+foo:    .byte   6,104,101,108,108,111,10
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@node Invoking GASP
+@chapter Command Line Options
+
+@c FIXME!  Or is there a simpler way, calling from GAS option?
+The simplest way to use @sc{gasp} is to run it as a filter and assemble
+its output.  In Unix and its ilk, you can do this, for example:
+
+@c FIXME! GASP filename suffix convention?
+@example
+$ gasp prog.asm | as -o prog.o
+@end example
+
+Naturally, there are also a few command-line options to allow you to
+request variations on this basic theme.  Here is the full set of
+possibilities for the @sc{gasp} command line.
+
+@example
+gasp  [ -a | --alternate ]
+      [ -c @var{char} | --commentchar @var{char} ]
+      [ -d | --debug ]  [ -h | --help ] [ -M | --mri ]
+      [ -o @var{outfile} | --output @var{outfile} ]
+      [ -p | --print ]  [ -s | --copysource ]
+      [ -u | --unreasonable ]  [ -v | --version ]
+      @var{infile} @dots{}
+@end example
+
+@ftable @code
+@item @var{infile} @dots{}
+@c FIXME! Why not stdin as default infile?
+The input file names.  You must specify at least one input file; if you
+specify more, @sc{gasp} preprocesses them all, concatenating the output
+in the order you list the @var{infile} arguments.
+
+Mark the end of each input file with the preprocessor command
+@code{.END}.  @xref{Other Commands,, Miscellaneous commands}.
+
+@item -a
+@itemx --alternate
+Use alternative macro syntax.  @xref{Alternate,, Alternate macro
+syntax}, for a discussion of how this syntax differs from the default
+@sc{gasp} syntax.
+
+@cindex comment character, changing
+@cindex semicolon, as comment
+@cindex exclamation mark, as comment
+@cindex shriek, as comment
+@cindex bang, as comment
+@cindex @code{!} default comment char
+@cindex @code{;} as comment char
+@item -c '@var{char}'
+@itemx --commentchar '@var{char}'
+Use @var{char} as the comment character.  The default comment character
+is @samp{!}.  For example, to use a semicolon as the comment character,
+specify @w{@samp{-c ';'}} on the @sc{gasp} command line.  Since
+assembler command characters often have special significance to command
+shells, it is a good idea to quote or escape @var{char} when you specify
+a comment character.
+
+For the sake of simplicity, all examples in this manual use the default
+comment character @samp{!}.
+
+@item -d
+@itemx --debug
+Show debugging statistics.  In this version of @sc{gasp}, this option
+produces statistics about the string buffers that @sc{gasp} allocates
+internally.  For each defined buffersize @var{s}, @sc{gasp} shows the
+number of strings @var{n} that it allocated, with a line like this:
+
+@example
+strings size @var{s} : @var{n}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@sc{gasp} displays these statistics on the standard error stream, when
+done preprocessing.
+
+@item -h
+@itemx --help
+Display a summary of the @sc{gasp} command line options.
+
+@item -M
+@itemx --mri
+Use MRI compatibility mode.  Using this option causes @sc{gasp} to
+accept the syntax and pseudo-ops used by the Microtec Research
+@code{ASM68K} assembler.
+
+@item -o @var{outfile}
+@itemx --output @var{outfile}
+Write the output in a file called @var{outfile}.  If you do not use the
+@samp{-o} option, @sc{gasp} writes its output on the standard output
+stream.
+
+@item -p
+@itemx --print
+Print line numbers.  @sc{gasp} obeys this option @emph{only} if you also
+specify @samp{-s} to copy source lines to its output.  With @samp{-s
+-p}, @sc{gasp} displays the line number of each source line copied
+(immediately after the comment character at the beginning of the line).
+
+@item -s
+@itemx --copysource
+Copy the source lines to the output file.  Use this option
+to see the effect of each preprocessor line on the @sc{gasp} output.
+@sc{gasp} places a comment character (@samp{!} by default) at
+the beginning of each source line it copies, so that you can use this
+option and still assemble the result.
+
+@item -u
+@itemx --unreasonable
+Bypass ``unreasonable expansion'' limit.  Since you can define @sc{gasp}
+macros inside other macro definitions, the preprocessor normally
+includes a sanity check.  If your program requires more than 1,000
+nested expansions, @sc{gasp} normally exits with an error message.  Use
+this option to turn off this check, allowing unlimited nested
+expansions.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --version
+Display the @sc{gasp} version number.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands
+@chapter Preprocessor Commands
+
+@sc{gasp} commands have a straightforward syntax that fits in well with
+assembly conventions.  In general, a command extends for a line, and may
+have up to three fields: an optional label, the command itself, and
+optional arguments to the command.  You can write commands in upper or
+lower case, though this manual shows them in upper case.  @xref{Syntax
+Details,, Details of the GASP syntax}, for more information.
+
+@menu
+* Conditionals::
+* Loops::
+* Variables::
+* Macros::
+* Data::
+* Listings::
+* Other Commands::
+* Syntax Details::
+* Alternate::
+@end menu
+
+@node Conditionals
+@section Conditional assembly
+
+The conditional-assembly directives allow you to include or exclude
+portions of an assembly depending on how a pair of expressions, or a
+pair of strings, compare.
+
+The overall structure of conditionals is familiar from many other
+contexts.  @code{.AIF} marks the start of a conditional, and precedes
+assembly for the case when the condition is true.   An optional
+@code{.AELSE} precedes assembly for the converse case, and an
+@code{.AENDI} marks the end of the condition.
+
+@c FIXME! Why doesn't -u turn off this check?
+You may nest conditionals up to a depth of 100; @sc{gasp} rejects
+nesting beyond that, because it may indicate a bug in your macro
+structure.
+
+@c FIXME! Why isn't there something like cpp's -D option?  Conditionals
+@c        would be much more useful if there were.
+Conditionals are primarily useful inside macro definitions, where you
+often need different effects depending on argument values.
+@xref{Macros,, Defining your own directives}, for details about defining
+macros.
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .AIF @var{expra} @var{cmp} @var{exprb}
+@itemx .AIF "@var{stra}" @var{cmp} "@var{strb}"
+
+The governing condition goes on the same line as the @code{.AIF}
+preprocessor command.  You may compare either two strings, or two
+expressions.
+
+When you compare strings, only two conditional @var{cmp} comparison
+operators are available: @samp{EQ} (true if @var{stra} and @var{strb}
+are identical), and @samp{NE} (the opposite).
+
+When you compare two expressions, @emph{both expressions must be
+absolute} (@pxref{Expressions,, Arithmetic expressions in GASP}).  You
+can use these @var{cmp} comparison operators with expressions:
+
+@ftable @code
+@item EQ
+Are @var{expra} and @var{exprb} equal?  (For strings, are @var{stra} and
+@var{strb} identical?)
+
+@item NE
+Are @var{expra} and @var{exprb} different?  (For strings, are @var{stra}
+and @var{strb} different?
+
+@item LT
+Is @var{expra} less than @var{exprb}?  (Not allowed for strings.)
+
+@item LE
+Is @var{expra} less than or equal to @var{exprb}?  (Not allowed for strings.)
+
+@item GT
+Is @var{expra} greater than @var{exprb}?  (Not allowed for strings.)
+
+@item GE
+Is @var{expra} greater than or equal to @var{exprb}?  (Not allowed for
+strings.)
+@end ftable
+
+@item .AELSE
+Marks the start of assembly code to be included if the condition fails.
+Optional, and only allowed within a conditional (between @code{.AIF} and
+@code{.AENDI}).
+
+@item .AENDI
+Marks the end of a conditional assembly.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Loops
+@section Repetitive sections of assembly
+
+Two preprocessor directives allow you to repeatedly issue copies of the
+same block of assembly code.
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .AREPEAT @var{aexp}
+@itemx .AENDR
+If you simply need to repeat the same block of assembly over and over a
+fixed number of times, sandwich one instance of the repeated block
+between @code{.AREPEAT} and @code{.AENDR}.  Specify the number of
+copies as @var{aexp} (which must be an absolute expression).  For
+example, this repeats two assembly statements three times in succession:
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+        .AREPEAT        3
+        rotcl   r2
+        div1    r0,r1
+        .AENDR
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@item .AWHILE @var{expra} @var{cmp} @var{exprb}
+@itemx .AENDW
+@itemx .AWHILE @var{stra} @var{cmp} @var{strb}
+@itemx .AENDW
+To repeat a block of assembly depending on a conditional test, rather
+than repeating it for a specific number of times, use @code{.AWHILE}.
+@code{.AENDW} marks the end of the repeated block.  The conditional
+comparison works exactly the same way as for @code{.AIF}, with the same
+comparison operators (@pxref{Conditionals,, Conditional assembly}).
+
+Since the terms of the comparison must be absolute expression,
+@code{.AWHILE} is primarily useful within macros.  @xref{Macros,,
+Defining your own directives}.
+@end ftable
+
+@cindex loops, breaking out of
+@cindex breaking out of loops
+You can use the @code{.EXITM} preprocessor directive to break out of
+loops early (as well as to break out of macros).  @xref{Macros,,
+Defining your own directives}.
+
+@node Variables
+@section Preprocessor variables
+
+You can use variables in @sc{gasp} to represent strings, registers, or
+the results of expressions.
+
+You must distinguish two kinds of variables: 
+@enumerate
+@item
+Variables defined with @code{.EQU} or @code{.ASSIGN}.  To evaluate this
+kind of variable in your assembly output, simply mention its name.  For
+example, these two lines define and use a variable @samp{eg}:
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+eg     .EQU   FLIP-64
+       @dots{}
+       mov.l  eg,r0
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@emph{Do not use} this kind of variable in conditional expressions or
+while loops; @sc{gasp} only evaluates these variables when writing
+assembly output.
+
+@item
+Variables for use during preprocessing.  You can define these
+with @code{.ASSIGNC} or @code{.ASSIGNA}.  To evaluate this
+kind of variable, write @samp{\&} before the variable name; for example,
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+opcit  .ASSIGNA  47
+       @dots{}
+       .AWHILE  \&opcit GT 0
+       @dots{}
+       .AENDW
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@sc{gasp} treats macro arguments almost the same way, but to evaluate
+them you use the prefix @samp{\} rather than @samp{\&}.
+@xref{Macros,, Defining your own directives}.
+@end enumerate
+
+@ftable @code
+@item @var{pvar} .EQU @var{expr}
+@c FIXME!  Anything to beware of re GAS directive of same name?
+Assign preprocessor variable @var{pvar} the value of the expression
+@var{expr}.  There are no restrictions on redefinition; use @samp{.EQU}
+with the same @var{pvar} as often as you find it convenient.
+
+@item @var{pvar} .ASSIGN @var{expr}
+Almost the same as @code{.EQU}, save that you may not redefine
+@var{pvar} using @code{.ASSIGN} once it has a value.
+@c FIXME!!  Supposed to work this way, apparently, but on 9feb94 works
+@c          just like .EQU
+
+@item @var{pvar} .ASSIGNA @var{aexpr}
+Define a variable with a numeric value, for use during preprocessing.
+@var{aexpr} must be an absolute expression.  You can redefine variables
+with @code{.ASSIGNA} at any time.
+
+@item @var{pvar} .ASSIGNC "@var{str}"
+Define a variable with a string value, for use during preprocessing.
+You can redefine variables with @code{.ASSIGNC} at any time.
+
+@item @var{pvar} .REG (@var{register})
+Use @code{.REG} to define a variable that represents a register.  In
+particular, @var{register} is @emph{not evaluated} as an expression.
+You may use @code{.REG} at will to redefine register variables.
+@end ftable
+
+All these directives accept the variable name in the ``label'' position,
+that is at the left margin.  You may specify a colon after the variable
+name if you wish; the first example above could have started @samp{eg:}
+with the same effect.
+
+@c pagebreak makes for better aesthetics---ensures macro and expansion together
+@page
+@node Macros
+@section Defining your own directives
+
+The commands @code{.MACRO} and @code{.ENDM} allow you to define macros
+that generate assembly output.  You can use these macros with a syntax
+similar to built-in @sc{gasp} or assembler directives.  For example,
+this definition specifies a macro @code{SUM} that adds together a range of
+consecutive registers:
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+        .MACRO  SUM FROM=0, TO=9
+        ! \FROM \TO
+        mov     r\FROM,r10
+COUNT   .ASSIGNA        \FROM+1
+        .AWHILE \&COUNT LE \TO
+        add     r\&COUNT,r10
+COUNT   .ASSIGNA        \&COUNT+1
+        .AENDW
+        .ENDM
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@noindent
+With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} generates this assembly output:
+
+@cartouche
+@example
+        ! 0 5
+        mov     r0,r10
+        add     r1,r10
+        add     r2,r10
+        add     r3,r10
+        add     r4,r10
+        add     r5,r10
+@end example
+@end cartouche
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .MACRO @var{macname}
+@itemx .MACRO @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
+Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}.  If your macro
+definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
+separated by commas or spaces.  You can supply a default value for any
+macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}.  For
+example, these are all valid @code{.MACRO} statements:
+
+@table @code
+@item .MACRO COMM
+Begin the definition of a macro called @code{COMM}, which takes no
+arguments.
+
+@item .MACRO PLUS1 P, P1
+@itemx .MACRO PLUS1 P P1
+Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{PLUS1},
+which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
+@samp{\P} or @samp{\P1} to evaluate the arguments.
+
+@item .MACRO RESERVE_STR P1=0 P2
+Begin the definition of a macro called @code{RESERVE_STR}, with two
+arguments.  The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
+After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
+@samp{RESERVE_STR @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\P1} evaluating to
+@var{a} and @samp{\P2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{RESERVE_STR
+,@var{b}} (with @samp{\P1} evaluating as the default, in this case
+@samp{0}, and @samp{\P2} evaluating to @var{b}).
+@end table
+
+When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
+position, or by keyword.  For example, @samp{SUM 9,17} is equivalent to
+@samp{SUM TO=17, FROM=9}.  Macro arguments are preprocessor variables
+similar to the variables you define with @samp{.ASSIGNA} or
+@samp{.ASSIGNC}; in particular, you can use them in conditionals or for
+loop control.  (The only difference is the prefix you write to evaluate
+the variable: for a macro argument, write @samp{\@var{argname}}, but for
+a preprocessor variable, write @samp{\&@var{varname}}.)
+
+@item @var{name} .MACRO
+@itemx @var{name} .MACRO ( @var{macargs} @dots{} )
+@c FIXME check: I think no error _and_ no args recognized if I use form
+@c       NAME  .MACRO   ARG ARG
+An alternative form of introducing a macro definition: specify the macro
+name in the label position, and the arguments (if any) between
+parentheses after the name.  Defaulting rules and usage work the same
+way as for the other macro definition syntax.
+
+@item .ENDM
+Mark the end of a macro definition.
+
+@item .EXITM
+Exit early from the current macro definition, @code{.AREPEAT} loop, or
+@code{.AWHILE} loop.
+
+@cindex number of macros executed
+@cindex macros, count executed
+@item \@@
+@sc{gasp} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
+executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
+output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
+
+@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
+@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
+macro syntax'' with @samp{-a} or @samp{--alternate}.}  @xref{Alternate,,
+Alternate macro syntax}.
+
+Generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
+replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion.  The
+replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
+separate macro expansion.  @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
+define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Data
+@section Data output
+
+In assembly code, you often need to specify working areas of memory;
+depending on the application, you may want to initialize such memory or
+not.  @sc{gasp} provides preprocessor directives to help you avoid
+repetitive coding for both purposes.
+
+You can use labels as usual to mark the data areas.
+
+@menu
+* Initialized::
+* Uninitialized::
+@end menu
+
+@node Initialized
+@subsection Initialized data
+
+These are the @sc{gasp} directives for initialized data, and the standard
+@sc{gnu} assembler directives they expand to:
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .DATA @var{expr}, @var{expr}, @dots{}
+@itemx .DATA.B @var{expr}, @var{expr}, @dots{}
+@itemx .DATA.W @var{expr}, @var{expr}, @dots{}
+@itemx .DATA.L @var{expr}, @var{expr}, @dots{}
+Evaluate arithmetic expressions @var{expr}, and emit the corresponding
+@code{as} directive (labelled with @var{lab}).  The unqualified
+@code{.DATA} emits @samp{.long}; @code{.DATA.B} emits @samp{.byte};
+@code{.DATA.W} emits @samp{.short}; and @code{.DATA.L} emits
+@samp{.long}.
+
+For example, @samp{foo .DATA 1,2,3} emits @samp{foo: .long 1,2,3}.
+
+@item .DATAB @var{repeat}, @var{expr}
+@itemx .DATAB.B @var{repeat}, @var{expr}
+@itemx .DATAB.W @var{repeat}, @var{expr}
+@itemx .DATAB.L @var{repeat}, @var{expr}
+@c FIXME! Looks like gasp accepts and ignores args after 2nd.
+Make @code{as} emit @var{repeat} copies of the value of the expression
+@var{expr} (using the @code{as} directive @code{.fill}).
+@samp{.DATAB.B} repeats one-byte values; @samp{.DATAB.W} repeats
+two-byte values; and @samp{.DATAB.L} repeats four-byte values.
+@samp{.DATAB} without a suffix repeats four-byte values, just like
+@samp{.DATAB.L}.
+
+@c FIXME! Allowing zero might be useful for edge conditions in macros.
+@var{repeat} must be an absolute expression with a positive value.
+
+@item .SDATA "@var{str}" @dots{}
+String data.  Emits a concatenation of bytes, precisely as you specify
+them (in particular, @emph{nothing is added to mark the end} of the
+string).  @xref{Constants,, String and numeric constants}, for details
+about how to write strings.  @code{.SDATA} concatenates multiple
+arguments, making it easy to switch between string representations.  You
+can use commas to separate the individual arguments for clarity, if you
+choose.
+
+@item .SDATAB @var{repeat}, "@var{str}" @dots{}
+Repeated string data.  The first argument specifies how many copies of
+the string to emit; the remaining arguments specify the string, in the
+same way as the arguments to @code{.SDATA}.
+
+@item .SDATAZ "@var{str}" @dots{}
+Zero-terminated string data.  Just like @code{.SDATA}, except that
+@code{.SDATAZ} writes a zero byte at the end of the string.
+
+@item .SDATAC "@var{str}" @dots{}
+Count-prefixed string data.  Just like @code{.SDATA}, except that
+@sc{gasp} precedes the string with a leading one-byte count.  For
+example, @samp{.SDATAC "HI"} generates @samp{.byte 2,72,73}.  Since the
+count field is only one byte, you can only use @code{.SDATAC} for
+strings less than 256 bytes in length.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Uninitialized
+@subsection Uninitialized data
+
+@c FIXME!  .space different on some platforms, notably HPPA.  Config?
+Use the @code{.RES}, @code{.SRES}, @code{.SRESC}, and @code{.SRESZ}
+directives to reserve memory and leave it uninitialized.  @sc{gasp}
+resolves these directives to appropriate calls of the @sc{gnu}
+@code{as} @code{.space} directive.
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .RES @var{count}
+@itemx .RES.B @var{count}
+@itemx .RES.W @var{count}
+@itemx .RES.L @var{count}
+Reserve room for @var{count} uninitialized elements of data.  The
+suffix specifies the size of each element: @code{.RES.B} reserves
+@var{count} bytes, @code{.RES.W} reserves @var{count} pairs of bytes,
+and @code{.RES.L} reserves @var{count} quartets.  @code{.RES} without a
+suffix is equivalent to @code{.RES.L}.
+
+@item .SRES @var{count}
+@itemx .SRES.B @var{count}
+@itemx .SRES.W @var{count}
+@itemx .SRES.L @var{count}
+@c FIXME!  This is boring.  Shouldn't it at least have a different
+@c         default size?  (e.g. the "S" suggests "string", for which .B
+@c         would be more appropriate)
+@code{.SRES} is a synonym for @samp{.RES}.
+
+@item .SRESC @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESC.B @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESC.W @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESC.L @var{count}
+Like @code{.SRES}, but reserves space for @code{@var{count}+1} elements.
+
+@item .SRESZ @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESZ.B @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESZ.W @var{count}
+@itemx .SRESZ.L @var{count}
+Like @code{.SRES}, but reserves space for @code{@var{count}+1} elements.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Listings
+@section Assembly listing control
+
+The @sc{gasp} listing-control directives correspond to
+related @sc{gnu} @code{as} directives.
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .PRINT LIST
+@itemx .PRINT NOLIST
+Print control.  This directive emits the @sc{gnu} @code{as} directive
+@code{.list} or @code{.nolist}, according to its argument.  @xref{List,,
+@code{.list}, as.info, Using as}, for details on how these directives
+interact.
+
+@item .FORM LIN=@var{ln}
+@itemx .FORM COL=@var{cols}
+@itemx .FORM LIN=@var{ln} COL=@var{cols}
+Specify the page size for assembly listings: @var{ln} represents the
+number of lines, and @var{cols} the number of columns.  You may specify
+either page dimension independently, or both together.  If you do not
+specify the number of lines, @sc{gasp} assumes 60 lines; if you do not
+specify the number of columns, @sc{gasp} assumes 132 columns.
+(Any values you may have specified in previous instances of @code{.FORM}
+do @emph{not} carry over as defaults.)  Emits the @code{.psize}
+assembler directive.
+
+@item .HEADING @var{string}
+Specify @var{string} as the title of your assembly listings.  Emits
+@samp{.title "@var{string}"}.
+
+@item .PAGE
+Force a new page in assembly listings.  Emits @samp{.eject}.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Other Commands
+@section Miscellaneous commands
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .ALTERNATE
+Use the alternate macro syntax henceforth in the assembly.
+@xref{Alternate,, Alternate macro syntax}.
+
+@item .ORG
+@c FIXME!  This is very strange, since _GAS_ understands .org
+This command is recognized, but not yet implemented.  @sc{gasp}
+generates an error message for programs that use @code{.ORG}.
+
+@item .RADIX @var{s}
+@c FIXME no test cases in testsuite/gasp
+@sc{gasp} understands numbers in any of base two, eight, ten, or
+sixteen.  You can encode the base explicitly in any numeric constant
+(@pxref{Constants,, String and numeric constants}).  If you write
+numbers without an explicit indication of the base, the most recent
+@samp{.RADIX @var{s}} command determines how they are interpreted.
+@var{s} is a single letter, one of the following:
+
+@table @code
+@item .RADIX B
+Base 2.
+
+@item .RADIX Q
+Base 8.
+
+@item .RADIX D
+Base 10.  This is the original default radix.
+
+@item .RADIX H
+Base 16.
+@end table
+
+You may specify the argument @var{s} in lower case (any of @samp{bqdh})
+with the same effects.
+
+@item .EXPORT @var{name}
+@itemx .GLOBAL @var{name}
+@c FIXME! No test cases in testsuite/gasp
+Declare @var{name} global (emits @samp{.global @var{name}}).  The two
+directives are synonymous.
+
+@item .PROGRAM
+No effect: @sc{gasp} accepts this directive, and silently ignores it.
+
+@item .END
+Mark end of each preprocessor file.  @sc{gasp} issues a warning if it
+reaches end of file without seeing this command.
+
+@item .INCLUDE "@var{str}"
+Preprocess the file named by @var{str}, as if its contents appeared
+where the @code{.INCLUDE} directive does.  @sc{gasp} imposes a maximum
+limit of 30 stacked include files, as a sanity check.
+@c FIXME!  Why is include depth not affected by -u?
+
+@item .ALIGN @var{size}
+@c FIXME! Why is this not utterly pointless?
+Evaluate the absolute expression @var{size}, and emit the assembly
+instruction @samp{.align @var{size}} using the result.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Syntax Details
+@section Details of the GASP syntax
+
+Since @sc{gasp} is meant to work with assembly code, its statement
+syntax has no surprises for the assembly programmer.
+
+@cindex whitespace
+@emph{Whitespace} (blanks or tabs; @emph{not} newline) is partially
+significant, in that it delimits up to three fields in a line.  The
+amount of whitespace does not matter; you may line up fields in separate
+lines if you wish, but @sc{gasp} does not require that.
+
+@cindex fields of @sc{gasp} source line
+@cindex label field
+The @emph{first field}, an optional @dfn{label}, must be flush left in a
+line (with no leading whitespace) if it appears at all.  You may use a
+colon after the label if you wish; @sc{gasp} neither requires the colon
+nor objects to it (but will not include it as part of the label name).
+
+@cindex directive field
+The @emph{second field}, which must appear after some whitespace,
+contains a @sc{gasp} or assembly @dfn{directive}.
+
+@cindex argument fields
+Any @emph{further fields} on a line are @dfn{arguments} to the
+directive; you can separate them from one another using either commas or
+whitespace.
+
+@menu
+* Markers::
+* Constants::
+* Symbols::
+* Expressions::
+* String Builtins::
+@end menu
+
+@node Markers
+@subsection Special syntactic markers
+
+@sc{gasp} recognizes a few special markers: to delimit comments, to
+continue a statement on the next line, to separate symbols from other
+characters, and to copy text to the output literally.  (One other
+special marker, @samp{\@@}, works only within macro definitions;
+@pxref{Macros,, Defining your own directives}.)
+
+@cindex comments
+The trailing part of any @sc{gasp} source line may be a @dfn{comment}.
+A comment begins with the first unquoted comment character (@samp{!} by
+default), or an escaped or doubled comment character (@samp{\!} or
+@samp{!!} by default), and extends to the end of a line.  You can
+specify what comment character to use with the @samp{-c} option
+(@pxref{Invoking GASP,, Command Line Options}).  The two kinds of
+comment markers lead to slightly different treatment:
+
+@table @code
+@item !
+A single, un-escaped comment character generates an assembly comment in
+the @sc{gasp} output.  @sc{gasp} evaluates any preprocessor variables
+(macro arguments, or variables defined with @code{.ASSIGNA} or
+@code{.ASSIGNC}) present.  For example, a macro that begins like this
+
+@example
+        .MACRO  SUM FROM=0, TO=9
+        ! \FROM \TO
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+issues as the first line of output a comment that records the
+values you used to call the macro.
+
+@c comments, preprocessor-only
+@c preprocessor-only comments
+@c GASP-only comments
+@item \!
+@itemx !!
+Either an escaped comment character, or a double comment character,
+marks a @sc{gasp} source comment.  @sc{gasp} does not copy such comments
+to the assembly output.
+@end table
+
+@cindex continuation character
+@kindex +
+To @emph{continue a statement} on the next line of the file, begin the
+second line with the character @samp{+}.
+
+@cindex literal copy to output
+@cindex copying literally to output
+@cindex preprocessing, avoiding
+@cindex avoiding preprocessing
+Occasionally you may want to prevent @sc{gasp} from preprocessing some
+particular bit of text.  To @emph{copy literally} from the @sc{gasp}
+source to its output, place @samp{\(} before the string to copy, and
+@samp{)} at the end.  For example, write @samp{\(\!)} if you need the
+characters @samp{\!} in your assembly output.
+
+@cindex symbol separator
+@cindex text, separating from symbols
+@cindex symbols, separating from text
+To @emph{separate a preprocessor variable} from text to appear
+immediately after its value, write a single quote (@code{'}).  For
+example, @samp{.SDATA "\P'1"} writes a string built by concatenating the
+value of @code{P} and the digit @samp{1}.  (You cannot achieve this by
+writing just @samp{\P1}, since @samp{P1} is itself a valid name for a
+preprocessor variable.)
+
+@node Constants
+@subsection String and numeric constants
+
+There are two ways of writing @dfn{string constants} in @sc{gasp}: as
+literal text, and by numeric byte value.  Specify a string literal
+between double quotes (@code{"@var{str}"}).  Specify an individual
+numeric byte value as an absolute expression between angle brackets
+(@code{<@var{expr}>}.  Directives that output strings allow you to
+specify any number of either kind of value, in whatever order is
+convenient, and concatenate the result.  (Alternate syntax mode
+introduces a number of alternative string notations; @pxref{Alternate,,
+Alternate macro syntax}.)
+
+@c Details of numeric notation, e.g. base prefixes
+You can write @dfn{numeric constants} either in a specific base, or in
+whatever base is currently selected (either 10, or selected by the most
+recent @code{.RADIX}).
+
+To write a number in a @emph{specific base}, use the pattern
+@code{@var{s}'@var{ddd}}: a base specifier character @var{s}, followed
+by a single quote followed by digits @var{ddd}.  The base specifier
+character matches those you can specify with @code{.RADIX}: @samp{B} for
+base 2, @samp{Q} for base 8, @samp{D} for base 10, and @samp{H} for base
+16.  (You can write this character in lower case if you prefer.)
+
+@c FIXME! What are rules for recognizing number in deflt base?  Whatever
+@c        is left over after parsing other things??
+
+@node Symbols
+@subsection Symbols
+
+@sc{gasp} recognizes symbol names that start with any alphabetic character,
+@samp{_}, or @samp{$}, and continue with any of the same characters or
+with digits.  Label names follow the same rules.
+
+@node Expressions
+@subsection Arithmetic expressions in GASP
+
+@cindex absolute expressions
+@cindex relocatable expressions
+There are two kinds of expressions, depending on their result:
+@dfn{absolute} expressions, which resolve to a constant (that is, they
+do not involve any values unknown to @sc{gasp}), and @dfn{relocatable}
+expressions, which must reduce to the form
+
+@example
+@var{addsym}+@var{const}-@var{subsym}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+where @var{addsym} and @var{subsym} are assembly symbols of unknown
+value, and @var{const} is a constant.
+
+Arithmetic for @sc{gasp} expressions follows very similar rules to C.
+You can use parentheses to change precedence; otherwise, arithmetic
+primitives have decreasing precedence in the order of the following
+list.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Single-argument @code{+} (identity), @code{-} (arithmetic opposite), or
+@code{~} (bitwise negation).  @emph{The argument must be an absolute
+expression.}
+
+@item
+@code{*} (multiplication) and @code{/} (division).  @emph{Both arguments
+must be absolute expressions.}
+
+@item
+@code{+} (addition) and @code{-} (subtraction).  @emph{At least one argument
+must be absolute.}
+@c FIXME!  Actually, subtraction doesn't check for this.
+
+@item
+@code{&} (bitwise and).  @emph{Both arguments must be absolute.}
+
+@item
+@c FIXME!  I agree ~ is a better notation than ^ for xor, but is the
+@c         improvement worth differing from C?
+@code{|} (bitwise or) and @code{~} (bitwise exclusive or; @code{^} in
+C).  @emph{Both arguments must be absolute.}
+@end enumerate
+
+@node String Builtins
+@subsection String primitives
+
+You can use these primitives to manipulate strings (in the argument
+field of @sc{gasp} statements):
+
+@ftable @code
+@item .LEN("@var{str}")
+Calculate the length of string @code{"@var{str}"}, as an absolute
+expression.  For example, @samp{.RES.B .LEN("sample")} reserves six
+bytes of memory.
+
+@item .INSTR("@var{string}", "@var{seg}", @var{ix})
+Search for the first occurrence of @var{seg} after position @var{ix} of
+@var{string}.  For example, @samp{.INSTR("ABCDEFG", "CDE", 0)} evaluates
+to the absolute result @code{2}.
+
+The result is @code{-1} if @var{seg} does not occur in @var{string}
+after position @var{ix}.
+
+@item .SUBSTR("@var{string}",@var{start},@var{len})
+The substring of @var{string} beginning at byte number @var{start} and
+extending for @var{len} bytes.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Alternate
+@section Alternate macro syntax
+
+If you specify @samp{-a} or @samp{--alternate} on the @sc{gasp} command
+line, the preprocessor uses somewhat different syntax.  This syntax is
+reminiscent of the syntax of Phar Lap macro assembler, but it
+is @emph{not} meant to be a full emulation of Phar Lap or similar
+assemblers.  In particular, @sc{gasp} does not support directives such
+as @code{DB} and @code{IRP}, even in alternate syntax mode.
+
+In particular, @samp{-a} (or @samp{--alternate}) elicits these
+differences:
+
+@table @emph
+@item Preprocessor directives
+You can use @sc{gasp} preprocessor directives without a leading @samp{.}
+dot.  For example, you can write @samp{SDATA} with the same effect as
+@samp{.SDATA}.
+
+@item LOCAL
+One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available.  @xref{Macros,,
+Defining your own directives}, for an explanation of how to use
+@code{LOCAL}.
+
+@need 2000
+@item String delimiters
+You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
+@code{"@var{string}"}:
+
+@table @code
+@item '@var{string}'
+You can delimit strings with single-quote charaters.
+
+@item <@var{string}>
+You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
+@end table
+
+@item single-character string escape
+To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
+character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
+character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark).  For example, you can
+write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
+
+@item Expression results as strings
+You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
+and use the result as a string.  
+@end table
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/h8.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/h8.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0df1714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/h8.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+@clear ALL-ARCH
+@clear GENERIC
+@clear INTERNALS
+@clear MULTI-OBJ
+@clear AOUT
+@clear BOUT
+@set COFF
+@clear ELF
+@set Hitachi-all
+@set H8/300
+@set H8/500
+@set SH
+@clear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
+@set IEEEFLOAT
+@clear W32
+@set W16
+@set SPECIAL-SYMS
+@set AS as
+@set GCC gcc
+@set LD ld
+@set TARGET H8/300 and H8/500
+@set TARGET H8/300, H8/500, and Hitachi SH
+@set OBJ-NAME COFF
+@c
+@clear have-stabs
+@set abnormal-separator
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/internals.texi b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/internals.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad57afd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/internals.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,1519 @@
+\input texinfo
+@setfilename internals.info
+@node Top
+@top Assembler Internals
+@raisesections
+@cindex internals
+
+This chapter describes the internals of the assembler.  It is incomplete, but
+it may help a bit.
+
+This chapter was last modified on $Date: 1997/04/25 18:20:48 $.  It is not updated regularly, and it
+may be out of date.
+
+@menu
+* GAS versions::        GAS versions
+* Data types::		Data types
+* GAS processing::      What GAS does when it runs
+* Porting GAS::         Porting GAS
+* Relaxation::          Relaxation
+* Broken words::        Broken words
+* Internal functions::  Internal functions
+* Test suite::          Test suite
+@end menu
+
+@node GAS versions
+@section GAS versions
+
+GAS has acquired layers of code over time.  The original GAS only supported the
+a.out object file format, with three sections.  Support for multiple sections
+has been added in two different ways.
+
+The preferred approach is to use the version of GAS created when the symbol
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is defined.  The other versions of GAS are documented for
+historical purposes, and to help anybody who has to debug code written for
+them.
+
+The type @code{segT} is used to represent a section in code which must work
+with all versions of GAS.
+
+@menu
+* Original GAS::        Original GAS version
+* MANY_SEGMENTS::       MANY_SEGMENTS gas version
+* BFD_ASSEMBLER::       BFD_ASSEMBLER gas version
+@end menu
+
+@node Original GAS
+@subsection Original GAS
+
+The original GAS only supported the a.out object file format with three
+sections: @samp{.text}, @samp{.data}, and @samp{.bss}.  This is the version of
+GAS that is compiled if neither @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} nor @code{MANY_SEGMENTS}
+is defined.  This version of GAS is still used for the m68k-aout target, and
+perhaps others.
+
+This version of GAS should not be used for any new development.
+
+There is still code that is specific to this version of GAS, notably in
+@file{write.c}.  There is no way for this code to loop through all the
+sections; it simply looks at global variables like @code{text_frag_root} and
+@code{data_frag_root}.
+
+The type @code{segT} is an enum.
+
+@node MANY_SEGMENTS
+@subsection MANY_SEGMENTS gas version
+@cindex MANY_SEGMENTS
+
+The @code{MANY_SEGMENTS} version of gas is only used for COFF.  It uses the BFD
+library, but it writes out all the data itself using @code{bfd_write}.  This
+version of gas supports up to 40 normal sections.  The section names are stored
+in the @code{seg_name} array.  Other information is stored in the
+@code{segment_info} array.
+
+The type @code{segT} is an enum.  Code that wants to examine all the sections
+can use a @code{segT} variable as loop index from @code{SEG_E0} up to but not
+including @code{SEG_UNKNOWN}.
+
+Most of the code specific to this version of GAS is in the file
+@file{config/obj-coff.c}, in the portion of that file that is compiled when
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is not defined.
+
+This version of GAS is still used for several COFF targets.
+
+@node BFD_ASSEMBLER
+@subsection BFD_ASSEMBLER gas version
+@cindex BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+The preferred version of GAS is the @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} version.  In this
+version of GAS, the output file is a normal BFD, and the BFD routines are used
+to generate the output.
+
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} will automatically be used for certain targets, including
+those that use the ELF, ECOFF, and SOM object file formats, and also all Alpha,
+MIPS, PowerPC, and SPARC targets.  You can force the use of
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} for other targets with the configure option
+@samp{--enable-bfd-assembler}; however, it has not been tested for many
+targets, and can not be assumed to work.
+
+@node Data types
+@section Data types
+@cindex internals, data types
+
+This section describes some fundamental GAS data types.
+
+@menu
+* Symbols::             The symbolS structure
+* Expressions::         The expressionS structure
+* Fixups::		The fixS structure
+* Frags::               The fragS structure
+@end menu
+
+@node Symbols
+@subsection Symbols
+@cindex internals, symbols
+@cindex symbols, internal
+@cindex symbolS structure
+
+The definition for @code{struct symbol}, also known as @code{symbolS}, is
+located in @file{struc-symbol.h}.  Symbol structures contain the following
+fields:
+
+@table @code
+@item sy_value
+This is an @code{expressionS} that describes the value of the symbol.  It might
+refer to one or more other symbols; if so, its true value may not be known
+until @code{resolve_symbol_value} is called in @code{write_object_file}.
+
+The expression is often simply a constant.  Before @code{resolve_symbol_value}
+is called, the value is the offset from the frag (@pxref{Frags}).  Afterward,
+the frag address has been added in.
+
+@item sy_resolved
+This field is non-zero if the symbol's value has been completely resolved.  It
+is used during the final pass over the symbol table.
+
+@item sy_resolving
+This field is used to detect loops while resolving the symbol's value.
+
+@item sy_used_in_reloc
+This field is non-zero if the symbol is used by a relocation entry.  If a local
+symbol is used in a relocation entry, it must be possible to redirect those
+relocations to other symbols, or this symbol cannot be removed from the final
+symbol list.
+
+@item sy_next
+@itemx sy_previous
+These pointers to other @code{symbolS} structures describe a singly or doubly
+linked list.  (If @code{SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS} is not defined, the
+@code{sy_previous} field will be omitted; @code{SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS} is
+always defined if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER}.)  These fields should be accessed with
+the @code{symbol_next} and @code{symbol_previous} macros.
+
+@item sy_frag
+This points to the frag (@pxref{Frags}) that this symbol is attached to.
+
+@item sy_used
+Whether the symbol is used as an operand or in an expression.  Note: Not all of
+the backends keep this information accurate; backends which use this bit are
+responsible for setting it when a symbol is used in backend routines.
+
+@item sy_mri_common
+Whether the symbol is an MRI common symbol created by the @code{COMMON}
+pseudo-op when assembling in MRI mode.
+
+@item bsym
+If @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is defined, this points to the BFD @code{asymbol} that
+will be used in writing the object file.
+
+@item sy_name_offset
+(Only used if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is not defined.)  This is the position of
+the symbol's name in the string table of the object file.  On some formats,
+this will start at position 4, with position 0 reserved for unnamed symbols.
+This field is not used until @code{write_object_file} is called.
+
+@item sy_symbol
+(Only used if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is not defined.)  This is the
+format-specific symbol structure, as it would be written into the object file.
+
+@item sy_number
+(Only used if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is not defined.)  This is a 24-bit symbol
+number, for use in constructing relocation table entries.
+
+@item sy_obj
+This format-specific data is of type @code{OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE}.  If no macro by
+that name is defined in @file{obj-format.h}, this field is not defined.
+
+@item sy_tc
+This processor-specific data is of type @code{TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE}.  If no macro
+by that name is defined in @file{targ-cpu.h}, this field is not defined.
+
+@item TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+If this macro is defined, it defines additional fields in the symbol structure.
+This macro is obsolete, and should be replaced when possible by uses of
+@code{OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE} and @code{TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE}.
+@end table
+
+There are a number of access routines used to extract the fields of a
+@code{symbolS} structure.  When possible, these routines should be used rather
+than referring to the fields directly.  These routines will work for any GAS
+version.
+
+@table @code
+@item S_SET_VALUE
+@cindex S_SET_VALUE
+Set the symbol's value.
+
+@item S_GET_VALUE
+@cindex S_GET_VALUE
+Get the symbol's value.  This will cause @code{resolve_symbol_value} to be
+called if necessary, so @code{S_GET_VALUE} should only be called when it is
+safe to resolve symbols (i.e., after the entire input file has been read and
+all symbols have been defined).
+
+@item S_SET_SEGMENT
+@cindex S_SET_SEGMENT
+Set the section of the symbol.
+
+@item S_GET_SEGMENT
+@cindex S_GET_SEGMENT
+Get the symbol's section.
+
+@item S_GET_NAME
+@cindex S_GET_NAME
+Get the name of the symbol.
+
+@item S_SET_NAME
+@cindex S_SET_NAME
+Set the name of the symbol.
+
+@item S_IS_EXTERNAL
+@cindex S_IS_EXTERNAL
+Return non-zero if the symbol is externally visible.
+
+@item S_IS_EXTERN
+@cindex S_IS_EXTERN
+A synonym for @code{S_IS_EXTERNAL}.  Don't use it.
+
+@item S_IS_WEAK
+@cindex S_IS_WEAK
+Return non-zero if the symbol is weak.
+
+@item S_IS_COMMON
+@cindex S_IS_COMMON
+Return non-zero if this is a common symbol.  Common symbols are sometimes
+represented as undefined symbols with a value, in which case this function will
+not be reliable.
+
+@item S_IS_DEFINED
+@cindex S_IS_DEFINED
+Return non-zero if this symbol is defined.  This function is not reliable when
+called on a common symbol.
+
+@item S_IS_DEBUG
+@cindex S_IS_DEBUG
+Return non-zero if this is a debugging symbol.
+
+@item S_IS_LOCAL
+@cindex S_IS_LOCAL
+Return non-zero if this is a local assembler symbol which should not be
+included in the final symbol table.  Note that this is not the opposite of
+@code{S_IS_EXTERNAL}.  The @samp{-L} assembler option affects the return value
+of this function.
+
+@item S_SET_EXTERNAL
+@cindex S_SET_EXTERNAL
+Mark the symbol as externally visible.
+
+@item S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL
+@cindex S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL
+Mark the symbol as not externally visible.
+
+@item S_SET_WEAK
+@cindex S_SET_WEAK
+Mark the symbol as weak.
+
+@item S_GET_TYPE
+@item S_GET_DESC
+@item S_GET_OTHER
+@cindex S_GET_TYPE
+@cindex S_GET_DESC
+@cindex S_GET_OTHER
+Get the @code{type}, @code{desc}, and @code{other} fields of the symbol.  These
+are only defined for object file formats for which they make sense (primarily
+a.out).
+
+@item S_SET_TYPE
+@item S_SET_DESC
+@item S_SET_OTHER
+@cindex S_SET_TYPE
+@cindex S_SET_DESC
+@cindex S_SET_OTHER
+Set the @code{type}, @code{desc}, and @code{other} fields of the symbol.  These
+are only defined for object file formats for which they make sense (primarily
+a.out).
+
+@item S_GET_SIZE
+@cindex S_GET_SIZE
+Get the size of a symbol.  This is only defined for object file formats for
+which it makes sense (primarily ELF).
+
+@item S_SET_SIZE
+@cindex S_SET_SIZE
+Set the size of a symbol.  This is only defined for object file formats for
+which it makes sense (primarily ELF).
+@end table
+
+@node Expressions
+@subsection Expressions
+@cindex internals, expressions
+@cindex expressions, internal
+@cindex expressionS structure
+
+Expressions are stored in an @code{expressionS} structure.  The structure is
+defined in @file{expr.h}.
+
+@cindex expression
+The macro @code{expression} will create an @code{expressionS} structure based
+on the text found at the global variable @code{input_line_pointer}.
+
+@cindex make_expr_symbol
+@cindex expr_symbol_where
+A single @code{expressionS} structure can represent a single operation.
+Complex expressions are formed by creating @dfn{expression symbols} and
+combining them in @code{expressionS} structures.  An expression symbol is
+created by calling @code{make_expr_symbol}.  An expression symbol should
+naturally never appear in a symbol table, and the implementation of
+@code{S_IS_LOCAL} (@pxref{Symbols}) reflects that.  The function
+@code{expr_symbol_where} returns non-zero if a symbol is an expression symbol,
+and also returns the file and line for the expression which caused it to be
+created.
+
+The @code{expressionS} structure has two symbol fields, a number field, an
+operator field, and a field indicating whether the number is unsigned.
+
+The operator field is of type @code{operatorT}, and describes how to interpret
+the other fields; see the definition in @file{expr.h} for the possibilities.
+
+An @code{operatorT} value of @code{O_big} indicates either a floating point
+number, stored in the global variable @code{generic_floating_point_number}, or
+an integer to large to store in an @code{offsetT} type, stored in the global
+array @code{generic_bignum}.  This rather inflexible approach makes it
+impossible to use floating point numbers or large expressions in complex
+expressions.
+
+@node Fixups
+@subsection Fixups
+@cindex internals, fixups
+@cindex fixups
+@cindex fixS structure
+
+A @dfn{fixup} is basically anything which can not be resolved in the first
+pass.  Sometimes a fixup can be resolved by the end of the assembly; if not,
+the fixup becomes a relocation entry in the object file.
+
+@cindex fix_new
+@cindex fix_new_exp
+A fixup is created by a call to @code{fix_new} or @code{fix_new_exp}.  Both
+take a frag (@pxref{Frags}), a position within the frag, a size, an indication
+of whether the fixup is PC relative, and a type.  In a @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER}
+GAS, the type is nominally a @code{bfd_reloc_code_real_type}, but several
+targets use other type codes to represent fixups that can not be described as
+relocations.
+
+The @code{fixS} structure has a number of fields, several of which are obsolete
+or are only used by a particular target.  The important fields are:
+
+@table @code
+@item fx_frag
+The frag (@pxref{Frags}) this fixup is in.
+
+@item fx_where
+The location within the frag where the fixup occurs.
+
+@item fx_addsy
+The symbol this fixup is against.  Typically, the value of this symbol is added
+into the object contents.  This may be NULL.
+
+@item fx_subsy
+The value of this symbol is subtracted from the object contents.  This is
+normally NULL.
+
+@item fx_offset
+A number which is added into the fixup.
+
+@item fx_addnumber
+Some CPU backends use this field to convey information between
+@code{md_apply_fix} and @code{tc_gen_reloc}.  The machine independent code does
+not use it.
+
+@item fx_next
+The next fixup in the section.
+
+@item fx_r_type
+The type of the fixup.  This field is only defined if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER}, or
+if the target defines @code{NEED_FX_R_TYPE}.
+
+@item fx_size
+The size of the fixup.  This is mostly used for error checking.
+
+@item fx_pcrel
+Whether the fixup is PC relative.
+
+@item fx_done
+Non-zero if the fixup has been applied, and no relocation entry needs to be
+generated.
+
+@item fx_file
+@itemx fx_line
+The file and line where the fixup was created.
+
+@item tc_fix_data
+This has the type @code{TC_FIX_TYPE}, and is only defined if the target defines
+that macro.
+@end table
+
+@node Frags
+@subsection Frags
+@cindex internals, frags
+@cindex frags
+@cindex fragS structure.
+
+The @code{fragS} structure is defined in @file{as.h}.  Each frag represents a
+portion of the final object file.  As GAS reads the source file, it creates
+frags to hold the data that it reads.  At the end of the assembly the frags and
+fixups are processed to produce the final contents.
+
+@table @code
+@item fr_address
+The address of the frag.  This is not set until the assembler rescans the list
+of all frags after the entire input file is parsed.  The function
+@code{relax_segment} fills in this field.
+
+@item fr_next
+Pointer to the next frag in this (sub)section.
+
+@item fr_fix
+Fixed number of characters we know we're going to emit to the output file.  May
+be zero.
+
+@item fr_var
+Variable number of characters we may output, after the initial @code{fr_fix}
+characters.  May be zero.
+
+@item fr_offset
+The interpretation of this field is controlled by @code{fr_type}.  Generally,
+if @code{fr_var} is non-zero, this is a repeat count: the @code{fr_var}
+characters are output @code{fr_offset} times.
+
+@item line
+Holds line number info when an assembler listing was requested.
+
+@item fr_type
+Relaxation state.  This field indicates the interpretation of @code{fr_offset},
+@code{fr_symbol} and the variable-length tail of the frag, as well as the
+treatment it gets in various phases of processing.  It does not affect the
+initial @code{fr_fix} characters; they are always supposed to be output
+verbatim (fixups aside).  See below for specific values this field can have.
+
+@item fr_subtype
+Relaxation substate.  If the macro @code{md_relax_frag} isn't defined, this is
+assumed to be an index into @code{TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE} for the generic
+relaxation code to process (@pxref{Relaxation}).  If @code{md_relax_frag} is
+defined, this field is available for any use by the CPU-specific code.
+
+@item fr_symbol
+This normally indicates the symbol to use when relaxing the frag according to
+@code{fr_type}.
+
+@item fr_opcode
+Points to the lowest-addressed byte of the opcode, for use in relaxation.
+
+@item fr_pcrel_adjust
+@itemx fr_bsr
+These fields are only used in the NS32k configuration.  But since @code{struct
+frag} is defined before the CPU-specific header files are included, they must
+unconditionally be defined.
+
+@item fr_file
+@itemx fr_line
+The file and line where this frag was last modified.
+
+@item fr_literal
+Declared as a one-character array, this last field grows arbitrarily large to
+hold the actual contents of the frag.
+@end table
+
+These are the possible relaxation states, provided in the enumeration type
+@code{relax_stateT}, and the interpretations they represent for the other
+fields:
+
+@table @code
+@item rs_align
+@itemx rs_align_code
+The start of the following frag should be aligned on some boundary.  In this
+frag, @code{fr_offset} is the logarithm (base 2) of the alignment in bytes.
+(For example, if alignment on an 8-byte boundary were desired, @code{fr_offset}
+would have a value of 3.)  The variable characters indicate the fill pattern to
+be used.  The @code{fr_subtype} field holds the maximum number of bytes to skip
+when doing this alignment.  If more bytes are needed, the alignment is not
+done.  An @code{fr_subtype} value of 0 means no maximum, which is the normal
+case.  Target backends can use @code{rs_align_code} to handle certain types of
+alignment differently.
+
+@item rs_broken_word
+This indicates that ``broken word'' processing should be done (@pxref{Broken
+words}).  If broken word processing is not necessary on the target machine,
+this enumerator value will not be defined.
+
+@item rs_fill
+The variable characters are to be repeated @code{fr_offset} times.  If
+@code{fr_offset} is 0, this frag has a length of @code{fr_fix}.  Most frags
+have this type.
+
+@item rs_machine_dependent
+Displacement relaxation is to be done on this frag.  The target is indicated by
+@code{fr_symbol} and @code{fr_offset}, and @code{fr_subtype} indicates the
+particular machine-specific addressing mode desired.  @xref{Relaxation}.
+
+@item rs_org
+The start of the following frag should be pushed back to some specific offset
+within the section.  (Some assemblers use the value as an absolute address; GAS
+does not handle final absolute addresses, but rather requires that the linker
+set them.)  The offset is given by @code{fr_symbol} and @code{fr_offset}; one
+character from the variable-length tail is used as the fill character.
+@end table
+
+@cindex frchainS structure
+A chain of frags is built up for each subsection.  The data structure
+describing a chain is called a @code{frchainS}, and contains the following
+fields:
+
+@table @code
+@item frch_root
+Points to the first frag in the chain.  May be NULL if there are no frags in
+this chain.
+@item frch_last
+Points to the last frag in the chain, or NULL if there are none.
+@item frch_next
+Next in the list of @code{frchainS} structures.
+@item frch_seg
+Indicates the section this frag chain belongs to.
+@item frch_subseg
+Subsection (subsegment) number of this frag chain.
+@item fix_root, fix_tail
+(Defined only if @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} is defined).  Point to first and last
+@code{fixS} structures associated with this subsection.
+@item frch_obstack
+Not currently used.  Intended to be used for frag allocation for this
+subsection.  This should reduce frag generation caused by switching sections.
+@item frch_frag_now
+The current frag for this subsegment.
+@end table
+
+A @code{frchainS} corresponds to a subsection; each section has a list of
+@code{frchainS} records associated with it.  In most cases, only one subsection
+of each section is used, so the list will only be one element long, but any
+processing of frag chains should be prepared to deal with multiple chains per
+section.
+
+After the input files have been completely processed, and no more frags are to
+be generated, the frag chains are joined into one per section for further
+processing.  After this point, it is safe to operate on one chain per section.
+
+The assembler always has a current frag, named @code{frag_now}.  More space is
+allocated for the current frag using the @code{frag_more} function; this
+returns a pointer to the amount of requested space.  Relaxing is done using
+variant frags allocated by @code{frag_var} or @code{frag_variant}
+(@pxref{Relaxation}).
+
+@node GAS processing
+@section What GAS does when it runs
+@cindex internals, overview
+
+This is a quick look at what an assembler run looks like.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The assembler initializes itself by calling various init routines.
+
+@item
+For each source file, the @code{read_a_source_file} function reads in the file
+and parses it.  The global variable @code{input_line_pointer} points to the
+current text; it is guaranteed to be correct up to the end of the line, but not
+farther.
+
+@item
+For each line, the assembler passes labels to the @code{colon} function, and
+isolates the first word.  If it looks like a pseudo-op, the word is looked up
+in the pseudo-op hash table @code{po_hash} and dispatched to a pseudo-op
+routine.  Otherwise, the target dependent @code{md_assemble} routine is called
+to parse the instruction.
+
+@item
+When pseudo-ops or instructions output data, they add it to a frag, calling
+@code{frag_more} to get space to store it in.
+
+@item
+Pseudo-ops and instructions can also output fixups created by @code{fix_new} or
+@code{fix_new_exp}.
+
+@item
+For certain targets, instructions can create variant frags which are used to
+store relaxation information (@pxref{Relaxation}).
+
+@item
+When the input file is finished, the @code{write_object_file} routine is
+called.  It assigns addresses to all the frags (@code{relax_segment}), resolves
+all the fixups (@code{fixup_segment}), resolves all the symbol values (using
+@code{resolve_symbol_value}), and finally writes out the file (in the
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} case, this is done by simply calling @code{bfd_close}).
+@end itemize
+
+@node Porting GAS
+@section Porting GAS
+@cindex porting
+
+Each GAS target specifies two main things: the CPU file and the object format
+file.  Two main switches in the @file{configure.in} file handle this.  The
+first switches on CPU type to set the shell variable @code{cpu_type}.  The
+second switches on the entire target to set the shell variable @code{fmt}.
+
+The configure script uses the value of @code{cpu_type} to select two files in
+the @file{config} directory: @file{tc-@var{CPU}.c} and @file{tc-@var{CPU}.h}.
+The configuration process will create a file named @file{targ-cpu.h} in the
+build directory which includes @file{tc-@var{CPU}.h}.
+
+The configure script also uses the value of @code{fmt} to select two files:
+@file{obj-@var{fmt}.c} and @file{obj-@var{fmt}.h}.  The configuration process
+will create a file named @file{obj-format.h} in the build directory which
+includes @file{obj-@var{fmt}.h}.
+
+You can also set the emulation in the configure script by setting the @code{em}
+variable.  Normally the default value of @samp{generic} is fine.  The
+configuration process will create a file named @file{targ-env.h} in the build
+directory which includes @file{te-@var{em}.h}.
+
+Porting GAS to a new CPU requires writing the @file{tc-@var{CPU}} files.
+Porting GAS to a new object file format requires writing the
+@file{obj-@var{fmt}} files.  There is sometimes some interaction between these
+two files, but it is normally minimal.
+
+The best approach is, of course, to copy existing files.  The documentation
+below assumes that you are looking at existing files to see usage details.
+
+These interfaces have grown over time, and have never been carefully thought
+out or designed.  Nothing about the interfaces described here is cast in stone.
+It is possible that they will change from one version of the assembler to the
+next.  Also, new macros are added all the time as they are needed.
+
+@menu
+* CPU backend::                 Writing a CPU backend
+* Object format backend::       Writing an object format backend
+* Emulations::                  Writing emulation files
+@end menu
+
+@node CPU backend
+@subsection Writing a CPU backend
+@cindex CPU backend
+@cindex @file{tc-@var{CPU}}
+
+The CPU backend files are the heart of the assembler.  They are the only parts
+of the assembler which actually know anything about the instruction set of the
+processor.
+
+You must define a reasonably small list of macros and functions in the CPU
+backend files.  You may define a large number of additional macros in the CPU
+backend files, not all of which are documented here.  You must, of course,
+define macros in the @file{.h} file, which is included by every assembler
+source file.  You may define the functions as macros in the @file{.h} file, or
+as functions in the @file{.c} file.
+
+@table @code
+@item TC_@var{CPU}
+@cindex TC_@var{CPU}
+By convention, you should define this macro in the @file{.h} file.  For
+example, @file{tc-m68k.h} defines @code{TC_M68K}.  You might have to use this
+if it is necessary to add CPU specific code to the object format file.
+
+@item TARGET_FORMAT
+This macro is the BFD target name to use when creating the output file.  This
+will normally depend upon the @code{OBJ_@var{FMT}} macro.
+
+@item TARGET_ARCH
+This macro is the BFD architecture to pass to @code{bfd_set_arch_mach}.
+
+@item TARGET_MACH
+This macro is the BFD machine number to pass to @code{bfd_set_arch_mach}.  If
+it is not defined, GAS will use 0.
+
+@item TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
+You should define this macro to be non-zero if the target is big endian, and
+zero if the target is little endian.
+
+@item md_shortopts
+@itemx md_longopts
+@itemx md_longopts_size
+@itemx md_parse_option
+@itemx md_show_usage
+@cindex md_shortopts
+@cindex md_longopts
+@cindex md_longopts_size
+@cindex md_parse_option
+@cindex md_show_usage
+GAS uses these variables and functions during option processing.
+@code{md_shortopts} is a @code{const char *} which GAS adds to the machine
+independent string passed to @code{getopt}.  @code{md_longopts} is a
+@code{struct option []} which GAS adds to the machine independent long options
+passed to @code{getopt}; you may use @code{OPTION_MD_BASE}, defined in
+@file{as.h}, as the start of a set of long option indices, if necessary.
+@code{md_longopts_size} is a @code{size_t} holding the size @code{md_longopts}.
+GAS will call @code{md_parse_option} whenever @code{getopt} returns an
+unrecognized code, presumably indicating a special code value which appears in
+@code{md_longopts}.  GAS will call @code{md_show_usage} when a usage message is
+printed; it should print a description of the machine specific options.
+
+@item md_begin
+@cindex md_begin
+GAS will call this function at the start of the assembly, after the command
+line arguments have been parsed and all the machine independent initializations
+have been completed.
+
+@item md_cleanup
+@cindex md_cleanup
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it at the end of each input file.
+
+@item md_assemble
+@cindex md_assemble
+GAS will call this function for each input line which does not contain a
+pseudo-op.  The argument is a null terminated string.  The function should
+assemble the string as an instruction with operands.  Normally
+@code{md_assemble} will do this by calling @code{frag_more} and writing out
+some bytes (@pxref{Frags}).  @code{md_assemble} will call @code{fix_new} to
+create fixups as needed (@pxref{Fixups}).  Targets which need to do special
+purpose relaxation will call @code{frag_var}.
+
+@item md_pseudo_table
+@cindex md_pseudo_table
+This is a const array of type @code{pseudo_typeS}.  It is a mapping from
+pseudo-op names to functions.  You should use this table to implement
+pseudo-ops which are specific to the CPU.
+
+@item tc_conditional_pseudoop
+@cindex tc_conditional_pseudoop
+If this macro is defined, GAS will call it with a @code{pseudo_typeS} argument.
+It should return non-zero if the pseudo-op is a conditional which controls
+whether code is assembled, such as @samp{.if}.  GAS knows about the normal
+conditional pseudo-ops,and you should normally not have to define this macro.
+
+@item comment_chars
+@cindex comment_chars
+This is a null terminated @code{const char} array of characters which start a
+comment.
+
+@item tc_comment_chars
+@cindex tc_comment_chars
+If this macro is defined, GAS will use it instead of @code{comment_chars}.
+
+@item line_comment_chars
+@cindex line_comment_chars
+This is a null terminated @code{const char} array of characters which start a
+comment when they appear at the start of a line.
+
+@item line_separator_chars
+@cindex line_separator_chars
+This is a null terminated @code{const char} array of characters which separate
+lines (the semicolon is such a character by default, and need not be listed in
+this array).
+
+@item EXP_CHARS
+@cindex EXP_CHARS
+This is a null terminated @code{const char} array of characters which may be
+used as the exponent character in a floating point number.  This is normally
+@code{"eE"}.
+
+@item FLT_CHARS
+@cindex FLT_CHARS
+This is a null terminated @code{const char} array of characters which may be
+used to indicate a floating point constant.  A zero followed by one of these
+characters is assumed to be followed by a floating point number; thus they
+operate the way that @code{0x} is used to indicate a hexadecimal constant.
+Usually this includes @samp{r} and @samp{f}.
+
+@item LEX_AT
+@cindex LEX_AT
+You may define this macro to the lexical type of the @kbd{@}} character.  The
+default is zero.
+
+Lexical types are a combination of @code{LEX_NAME} and @code{LEX_BEGIN_NAME},
+both defined in @file{read.h}.  @code{LEX_NAME} indicates that the character
+may appear in a name.  @code{LEX_BEGIN_NAME} indicates that the character may
+appear at the beginning of a nem.
+
+@item LEX_BR
+@cindex LEX_BR
+You may define this macro to the lexical type of the brace characters @kbd{@{},
+@kbd{@}}, @kbd{[}, and @kbd{]}.  The default value is zero.
+
+@item LEX_PCT
+@cindex LEX_PCT
+You may define this macro to the lexical type of the @kbd{%} character.  The
+default value is zero.
+
+@item LEX_QM
+@cindex LEX_QM
+You may define this macro to the lexical type of the @kbd{?} character.  The
+default value it zero.
+
+@item LEX_DOLLAR
+@cindex LEX_DOLLAR
+You may define this macro to the lexical type of the @kbd{$} character.  The
+default value is @code{LEX_NAME | LEX_BEGIN_NAME}.
+
+@item SINGLE_QUOTE_STRINGS
+@cindex SINGLE_QUOTE_STRINGS
+If you define this macro, GAS will treat single quotes as string delimiters.
+Normally only double quotes are accepted as string delimiters.
+
+@item NO_STRING_ESCAPES
+@cindex NO_STRING_ESCAPES
+If you define this macro, GAS will not permit escape sequences in a string.
+
+@item ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES
+@cindex ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES
+If you define this macro, GAS will warn about the use of nonstandard escape
+sequences in a string.
+
+@item md_start_line_hook
+@cindex md_start_line_hook
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it at the start of each line.
+
+@item LABELS_WITHOUT_COLONS
+@cindex LABELS_WITHOUT_COLONS
+If you define this macro, GAS will assume that any text at the start of a line
+is a label, even if it does not have a colon.
+
+@item TC_START_LABEL
+@cindex TC_START_LABEL
+You may define this macro to control what GAS considers to be a label.  The
+default definition is to accept any name followed by a colon character.
+
+@item NO_PSEUDO_DOT
+@cindex NO_PSEUDO_DOT
+If you define this macro, GAS will not require pseudo-ops to start with a
+@kbd{.} character.
+
+@item TC_EQUAL_IN_INSN
+@cindex TC_EQUAL_IN_INSN
+If you define this macro, it should return nonzero if the instruction is
+permitted to contain an @kbd{=} character.  GAS will use this to decide if a
+@kbd{=} is an assignment or an instruction.
+
+@item TC_EOL_IN_INSN
+@cindex TC_EOL_IN_INSN
+If you define this macro, it should return nonzero if the current input line
+pointer should be treated as the end of a line.
+
+@item md_parse_name
+@cindex md_parse_name
+If this macro is defined, GAS will call it for any symbol found in an
+expression.  You can define this to handle special symbols in a special way.
+If a symbol always has a certain value, you should normally enter it in the
+symbol table, perhaps using @code{reg_section}.
+
+@item md_undefined_symbol
+@cindex md_undefined_symbol
+GAS will call this function when a symbol table lookup fails, before it
+creates a new symbol.  Typically this would be used to supply symbols whose
+name or value changes dynamically, possibly in a context sensitive way.
+Predefined symbols with fixed values, such as register names or condition
+codes, are typically entered directly into the symbol table when @code{md_begin}
+is called.
+
+@item md_operand
+@cindex md_operand
+GAS will call this function for any expression that can not be recognized.
+When the function is called, @code{input_line_pointer} will point to the start
+of the expression.
+
+@item tc_unrecognized_line
+@cindex tc_unrecognized_line
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it when it finds a line that it can not
+parse.
+
+@item md_do_align
+@cindex md_do_align
+You may define this macro to handle an alignment directive.  GAS will call it
+when the directive is seen in the input file.  For example, the i386 backend
+uses this to generate efficient nop instructions of varying lengths, depending
+upon the number of bytes that the alignment will skip.
+
+@item HANDLE_ALIGN
+@cindex HANDLE_ALIGN
+You may define this macro to do special handling for an alignment directive.
+GAS will call it at the end of the assembly.
+
+@item md_flush_pending_output
+@cindex md_flush_pending_output
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it each time it skips any space because of a
+space filling or alignment or data allocation pseudo-op.
+
+@item TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION
+@cindex TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION
+You may define this macro to parse an expression used in a data allocation
+pseudo-op such as @code{.word}.  You can use this to recognize relocation
+directives that may appear in such directives.
+
+@item BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSION
+@cindex BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSION
+If you define this macro, GAS will recognize bitfield instructions in data
+allocation pseudo-ops, as used on the i960.
+
+@item REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSION
+@cindex REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSION
+If you define this macro, GAS will recognize repeat counts in data allocation
+pseudo-ops, as used on the MIPS.
+
+@item md_cons_align
+@cindex md_cons_align
+You may define this macro to do any special alignment before a data allocation
+pseudo-op.
+
+@item TC_CONS_FIX_NEW
+@cindex TC_CONS_FIX_NEW
+You may define this macro to generate a fixup for a data allocation pseudo-op.
+
+@item md_number_to_chars
+@cindex md_number_to_chars
+This should just call either @code{number_to_chars_bigendian} or
+@code{number_to_chars_littleendian}, whichever is appropriate.  On targets like
+the MIPS which support options to change the endianness, which function to call
+is a runtime decision.  On other targets, @code{md_number_to_chars} can be a
+simple macro.
+
+@item md_reloc_size
+@cindex md_reloc_size
+This variable is only used in the original version of gas (not
+@code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} and not @code{MANY_SEGMENTS}).  It holds the size of a
+relocation entry.
+
+@item WORKING_DOT_WORD
+@itemx md_short_jump_size
+@itemx md_long_jump_size
+@itemx md_create_short_jump
+@itemx md_create_long_jump
+@cindex WORKING_DOT_WORD
+@cindex md_short_jump_size
+@cindex md_long_jump_size
+@cindex md_create_short_jump
+@cindex md_create_long_jump
+If @code{WORKING_DOT_WORD} is defined, GAS will not do broken word processing
+(@pxref{Broken words}).  Otherwise, you should set @code{md_short_jump_size} to
+the size of a short jump (a jump that is just long enough to jump around a long
+jmp) and @code{md_long_jump_size} to the size of a long jump (a jump that can
+go anywhere in the function), You should define @code{md_create_short_jump} to
+create a short jump around a long jump, and define @code{md_create_long_jump}
+to create a long jump.
+
+@item md_estimate_size_before_relax
+@cindex md_estimate_size_before_relax
+This function returns an estimate of the size of a @code{rs_machine_dependent}
+frag before any relaxing is done.  It may also create any necessary
+relocations.
+
+@item md_relax_frag
+@cindex md_relax_frag
+This macro may be defined to relax a frag.  GAS will call this with the frag
+and the change in size of all previous frags; @code{md_relax_frag} should
+return the change in size of the frag.  @xref{Relaxation}.
+
+@item TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE
+@cindex TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE
+If you do not define @code{md_relax_frag}, you may define
+@code{TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE} as a table of @code{relax_typeS} structures.  The
+machine independent code knows how to use such a table to relax PC relative
+references.  See @file{tc-m68k.c} for an example.  @xref{Relaxation}.
+
+@item md_prepare_relax_scan
+@cindex md_prepare_relax_scan
+If defined, it is a C statement that is invoked prior to scanning
+the relax table.
+
+@item LINKER_RELAXING_SHRINKS_ONLY
+@cindex LINKER_RELAXING_SHRINKS_ONLY
+If you define this macro, and the global variable @samp{linkrelax} is set
+(because of a command line option, or unconditionally in @code{md_begin}), a
+@samp{.align} directive will cause extra space to be allocated.  The linker can
+then discard this space when relaxing the section.
+
+@item md_convert_frag
+@cindex md_convert_frag
+GAS will call this for each rs_machine_dependent fragment.
+The instruction is completed using the data from the relaxation pass.
+It may also create any necessary relocations.
+@xref{Relaxation}.
+
+@item md_apply_fix
+@cindex md_apply_fix
+GAS will call this for each fixup.  It should store the correct value in the
+object file.
+
+@item TC_HANDLES_FX_DONE
+@cindex TC_HANDLES_FX_DONE
+If this macro is defined, it means that @code{md_apply_fix} correctly sets the
+@code{fx_done} field in the fixup.
+
+@item tc_gen_reloc
+@cindex tc_gen_reloc
+A @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} GAS will call this to generate a reloc.  GAS will pass
+the resulting reloc to @code{bfd_install_relocation}.  This currently works
+poorly, as @code{bfd_install_relocation} often does the wrong thing, and
+instances of @code{tc_gen_reloc} have been written to work around the problems,
+which in turns makes it difficult to fix @code{bfd_install_relocation}.
+
+@item RELOC_EXPANSION_POSSIBLE
+@cindex RELOC_EXPANSION_POSSIBLE
+If you define this macro, it means that @code{tc_gen_reloc} may return multiple
+relocation entries for a single fixup.  In this case, the return value of
+@code{tc_gen_reloc} is a pointer to a null terminated array.
+
+@item MAX_RELOC_EXPANSION
+@cindex MAX_RELOC_EXPANSION
+You must define this if @code{RELOC_EXPANSION_POSSIBLE} is defined; it
+indicates the largest number of relocs which @code{tc_gen_reloc} may return for
+a single fixup.
+
+@item tc_fix_adjustable
+@cindex tc_fix_adjustable
+You may define this macro to indicate whether a fixup against a locally defined
+symbol should be adjusted to be against the section symbol.  It should return a
+non-zero value if the adjustment is acceptable.
+
+@item MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION
+@cindex MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION
+If you define this macro, it should return the offset between the address of a
+PC relative fixup and the position from which the PC relative adjustment should
+be made.  On many processors, the base of a PC relative instruction is the next
+instruction, so this macro would return the length of an instruction.
+
+@item md_pcrel_from
+@cindex md_pcrel_from
+This is the default value of @code{MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION}.  The difference is
+that @code{md_pcrel_from} does not take a section argument.
+
+@item tc_frob_label
+@cindex tc_frob_label
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it each time a label is defined.
+
+@item md_section_align
+@cindex md_section_align
+GAS will call this function for each section at the end of the assembly, to
+permit the CPU backend to adjust the alignment of a section.
+
+@item tc_frob_section
+@cindex tc_frob_section
+If you define this macro, a @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} GAS will call it for each
+section at the end of the assembly.
+
+@item tc_frob_file_before_adjust
+@cindex tc_frob_file_before_adjust
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the symbol values are
+resolved, but before the fixups have been changed from local symbols to section
+symbols.
+
+@item tc_frob_symbol
+@cindex tc_frob_symbol
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it for each symbol.  You can indicate
+that the symbol should not be included in the object file by definining this
+macro to set its second argument to a non-zero value.
+
+@item tc_frob_file
+@cindex tc_frob_file
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the symbol table has been
+completed, but before the relocations have been generated.
+
+@item tc_frob_file_after_relocs
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the relocs have been
+generated.
+
+@item LISTING_HEADER
+A string to use on the header line of a listing.  The default value is simply
+@code{"GAS LISTING"}.
+
+@item LISTING_WORD_SIZE
+The number of bytes to put into a word in a listing.  This affects the way the
+bytes are clumped together in the listing.  For example, a value of 2 might
+print @samp{1234 5678} where a value of 1 would print @samp{12 34 56 78}.  The
+default value is 4.
+
+@item LISTING_LHS_WIDTH
+The number of words of data to print on the first line of a listing for a
+particular source line, where each word is @code{LISTING_WORD_SIZE} bytes.  The
+default value is 1.
+
+@item LISTING_LHS_WIDTH_SECOND
+Like @code{LISTING_LHS_WIDTH}, but applying to the second and subsequent line
+of the data printed for a particular source line.  The default value is 1.
+
+@item LISTING_LHS_CONT_LINES
+The maximum number of continuation lines to print in a listing for a particular
+source line.  The default value is 4.
+
+@item LISTING_RHS_WIDTH
+The maximum number of characters to print from one line of the input file.  The
+default value is 100.
+@end table
+
+@node Object format backend
+@subsection Writing an object format backend
+@cindex object format backend
+@cindex @file{obj-@var{fmt}}
+
+As with the CPU backend, the object format backend must define a few things,
+and may define some other things.  The interface to the object format backend
+is generally simpler; most of the support for an object file format consists of
+defining a number of pseudo-ops.
+
+The object format @file{.h} file must include @file{targ-cpu.h}.
+
+This section will only define the @code{BFD_ASSEMBLER} version of GAS.  It is
+impossible to support a new object file format using any other version anyhow,
+as the original GAS version only supports a.out, and the @code{MANY_SEGMENTS}
+GAS version only supports COFF.
+
+@table @code
+@item OBJ_@var{format}
+@cindex OBJ_@var{format}
+By convention, you should define this macro in the @file{.h} file.  For
+example, @file{obj-elf.h} defines @code{OBJ_ELF}.  You might have to use this
+if it is necessary to add object file format specific code to the CPU file.
+
+@item obj_begin
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it at the start of the assembly, after
+the command line arguments have been parsed and all the machine independent
+initializations have been completed.
+
+@item obj_app_file
+@cindex obj_app_file
+If you define this macro, GAS will invoke it when it sees a @code{.file}
+pseudo-op or a @samp{#} line as used by the C preprocessor.
+
+@item OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES
+@cindex OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES
+You should define this macro to copy object format specific information from
+one symbol to another.  GAS will call it when one symbol is equated to
+another.
+
+@item obj_fix_adjustable
+@cindex obj_fix_adjustable
+You may define this macro to indicate whether a fixup against a locally defined
+symbol should be adjusted to be against the section symbol.  It should return a
+non-zero value if the adjustment is acceptable.
+
+@item obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc
+@cindex obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc
+You may define this macro to indicate that it is OK to use a section symbol in
+a relocateion entry.  If it is not, GAS will define a new symbol at the start
+of a section.
+
+@item EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+@cindex EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+You should define this macro with a zero value if you do not want to include
+section symbols in the output symbol table.  The default value for this macro
+is one.
+
+@item obj_adjust_symtab
+@cindex obj_adjust_symtab
+If you define this macro, GAS will invoke it just before setting the symbol
+table of the output BFD.  For example, the COFF support uses this macro to
+generate a @code{.file} symbol if none was generated previously.
+
+@item SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS
+@cindex SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS
+You may define this macro to indicate that stabs should be placed in separate
+sections, as in ELF.
+
+@item INIT_STAB_SECTION
+@cindex INIT_STAB_SECTION
+You may define this macro to initialize the stabs section in the output file.
+
+@item OBJ_PROCESS_STAB
+@cindex OBJ_PROCESS_STAB
+You may define this macro to do specific processing on a stabs entry.
+
+@item obj_frob_section
+@cindex obj_frob_section
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it for each section at the end of the
+assembly.
+
+@item obj_frob_file_before_adjust
+@cindex obj_frob_file_before_adjust
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the symbol values are
+resolved, but before the fixups have been changed from local symbols to section
+symbols.
+
+@item obj_frob_symbol
+@cindex obj_frob_symbol
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it for each symbol.  You can indicate
+that the symbol should not be included in the object file by definining this
+macro to set its second argument to a non-zero value.
+
+@item obj_frob_file
+@cindex obj_frob_file
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the symbol table has been
+completed, but before the relocations have been generated.
+
+@item obj_frob_file_after_relocs
+If you define this macro, GAS will call it after the relocs have been
+generated.
+@end table
+
+@node Emulations
+@subsection Writing emulation files
+
+Normally you do not have to write an emulation file.  You can just use
+@file{te-generic.h}.
+
+If you do write your own emulation file, it must include @file{obj-format.h}.
+
+An emulation file will often define @code{TE_@var{EM}}; this may then be used
+in other files to change the output.
+
+@node Relaxation
+@section Relaxation
+@cindex relaxation
+
+@dfn{Relaxation} is a generic term used when the size of some instruction or
+data depends upon the value of some symbol or other data.
+
+GAS knows to relax a particular type of PC relative relocation using a table.
+You can also define arbitrarily complex forms of relaxation yourself.
+
+@menu
+* Relaxing with a table::       Relaxing with a table
+* General relaxing::            General relaxing
+@end menu
+
+@node Relaxing with a table
+@subsection Relaxing with a table
+
+If you do not define @code{md_relax_frag}, and you do define
+@code{TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE}, GAS will relax @code{rs_machine_dependent} frags
+based on the frag subtype and the displacement to some specified target
+address.  The basic idea is that several machines have different addressing
+modes for instructions that can specify different ranges of values, with
+successive modes able to access wider ranges, including the entirety of the
+previous range.  Smaller ranges are assumed to be more desirable (perhaps the
+instruction requires one word instead of two or three); if this is not the
+case, don't describe the smaller-range, inferior mode.
+
+The @code{fr_subtype} field of a frag is an index into a CPU-specific
+relaxation table.  That table entry indicates the range of values that can be
+stored, the number of bytes that will have to be added to the frag to
+accomodate the addressing mode, and the index of the next entry to examine if
+the value to be stored is outside the range accessible by the current
+addressing mode.  The @code{fr_symbol} field of the frag indicates what symbol
+is to be accessed; the @code{fr_offset} field is added in.
+
+If the @code{fr_pcrel_adjust} field is set, which currently should only happen
+for the NS32k family, the @code{TC_PCREL_ADJUST} macro is called on the frag to
+compute an adjustment to be made to the displacement.
+
+The value fitted by the relaxation code is always assumed to be a displacement
+from the current frag.  (More specifically, from @code{fr_fix} bytes into the
+frag.)
+@ignore
+This seems kinda silly.  What about fitting small absolute values?  I suppose
+@code{md_assemble} is supposed to take care of that, but if the operand is a
+difference between symbols, it might not be able to, if the difference was not
+computable yet.
+@end ignore
+
+The end of the relaxation sequence is indicated by a ``next'' value of 0.  This
+means that the first entry in the table can't be used.
+
+For some configurations, the linker can do relaxing within a section of an
+object file.  If call instructions of various sizes exist, the linker can
+determine which should be used in each instance, when a symbol's value is
+resolved.  In order for the linker to avoid wasting space and having to insert
+no-op instructions, it must be able to expand or shrink the section contents
+while still preserving intra-section references and meeting alignment
+requirements.
+
+For the i960 using b.out format, no expansion is done; instead, each
+@samp{.align} directive causes extra space to be allocated, enough that when
+the linker is relaxing a section and removing unneeded space, it can discard
+some or all of this extra padding and cause the following data to be correctly
+aligned.
+
+For the H8/300, I think the linker expands calls that can't reach, and doesn't
+worry about alignment issues; the cpu probably never needs any significant
+alignment beyond the instruction size.
+
+The relaxation table type contains these fields:
+
+@table @code
+@item long rlx_forward
+Forward reach, must be non-negative.
+@item long rlx_backward
+Backward reach, must be zero or negative.
+@item rlx_length
+Length in bytes of this addressing mode.
+@item rlx_more
+Index of the next-longer relax state, or zero if there is no next relax state.
+@end table
+
+The relaxation is done in @code{relax_segment} in @file{write.c}.  The
+difference in the length fields between the original mode and the one finally
+chosen by the relaxing code is taken as the size by which the current frag will
+be increased in size.  For example, if the initial relaxing mode has a length
+of 2 bytes, and because of the size of the displacement, it gets upgraded to a
+mode with a size of 6 bytes, it is assumed that the frag will grow by 4 bytes.
+(The initial two bytes should have been part of the fixed portion of the frag,
+since it is already known that they will be output.)  This growth must be
+effected by @code{md_convert_frag}; it should increase the @code{fr_fix} field
+by the appropriate size, and fill in the appropriate bytes of the frag.
+(Enough space for the maximum growth should have been allocated in the call to
+frag_var as the second argument.)
+
+If relocation records are needed, they should be emitted by
+@code{md_estimate_size_before_relax}.  This function should examine the target
+symbol of the supplied frag and correct the @code{fr_subtype} of the frag if
+needed.  When this function is called, if the symbol has not yet been defined,
+it will not become defined later; however, its value may still change if the
+section it is in gets relaxed.
+
+Usually, if the symbol is in the same section as the frag (given by the
+@var{sec} argument), the narrowest likely relaxation mode is stored in
+@code{fr_subtype}, and that's that.
+
+If the symbol is undefined, or in a different section (and therefore moveable
+to an arbitrarily large distance), the largest available relaxation mode is
+specified, @code{fix_new} is called to produce the relocation record,
+@code{fr_fix} is increased to include the relocated field (remember, this
+storage was allocated when @code{frag_var} was called), and @code{frag_wane} is
+called to convert the frag to an @code{rs_fill} frag with no variant part.
+Sometimes changing addressing modes may also require rewriting the instruction.
+It can be accessed via @code{fr_opcode} or @code{fr_fix}.
+
+Sometimes @code{fr_var} is increased instead, and @code{frag_wane} is not
+called.  I'm not sure, but I think this is to keep @code{fr_fix} referring to
+an earlier byte, and @code{fr_subtype} set to @code{rs_machine_dependent} so
+that @code{md_convert_frag} will get called.
+
+@node General relaxing
+@subsection General relaxing
+
+If using a simple table is not suitable, you may implement arbitrarily complex
+relaxation semantics yourself.  For example, the MIPS backend uses this to emit
+different instruction sequences depending upon the size of the symbol being
+accessed.
+
+When you assemble an instruction that may need relaxation, you should allocate
+a frag using @code{frag_var} or @code{frag_variant} with a type of
+@code{rs_machine_dependent}.  You should store some sort of information in the
+@code{fr_subtype} field so that you can figure out what to do with the frag
+later.
+
+When GAS reaches the end of the input file, it will look through the frags and
+work out their final sizes.
+
+GAS will first call @code{md_estimate_size_before_relax} on each
+@code{rs_machine_dependent} frag.  This function must return an estimated size
+for the frag.
+
+GAS will then loop over the frags, calling @code{md_relax_frag} on each
+@code{rs_machine_dependent} frag.  This function should return the change in
+size of the frag.  GAS will keep looping over the frags until none of the frags
+changes size.
+
+@node Broken words
+@section Broken words
+@cindex internals, broken words
+@cindex broken words
+
+Some compilers, including GCC, will sometimes emit switch tables specifying
+16-bit @code{.word} displacements to branch targets, and branch instructions
+that load entries from that table to compute the target address.  If this is
+done on a 32-bit machine, there is a chance (at least with really large
+functions) that the displacement will not fit in 16 bits.  The assembler
+handles this using a concept called @dfn{broken words}.  This idea is well
+named, since there is an implied promise that the 16-bit field will in fact
+hold the specified displacement.
+
+If broken word processing is enabled, and a situation like this is encountered,
+the assembler will insert a jump instruction into the instruction stream, close
+enough to be reached with the 16-bit displacement.  This jump instruction will
+transfer to the real desired target address.  Thus, as long as the @code{.word}
+value really is used as a displacement to compute an address to jump to, the
+net effect will be correct (minus a very small efficiency cost).  If
+@code{.word} directives with label differences for values are used for other
+purposes, however, things may not work properly.  For targets which use broken
+words, the @samp{-K} option will warn when a broken word is discovered.
+
+The broken word code is turned off by the @code{WORKING_DOT_WORD} macro.  It
+isn't needed if @code{.word} emits a value large enough to contain an address
+(or, more correctly, any possible difference between two addresses).
+
+@node Internal functions
+@section Internal functions
+
+This section describes basic internal functions used by GAS.
+
+@menu
+* Warning and error messages::  Warning and error messages
+* Hash tables::                 Hash tables
+@end menu
+
+@node Warning and error messages
+@subsection Warning and error messages
+
+@deftypefun  @{@} int had_warnings (void)
+@deftypefunx @{@} int had_errors (void)
+Returns non-zero if any warnings or errors, respectively, have been printed
+during this invocation.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} void as_perror (const char *@var{gripe}, const char *@var{filename})
+Displays a BFD or system error, then clears the error status.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun  @{@} void as_tsktsk (const char *@var{format}, ...)
+@deftypefunx @{@} void as_warn (const char *@var{format}, ...)
+@deftypefunx @{@} void as_bad (const char *@var{format}, ...)
+@deftypefunx @{@} void as_fatal (const char *@var{format}, ...)
+These functions display messages about something amiss with the input file, or
+internal problems in the assembler itself.  The current file name and line
+number are printed, followed by the supplied message, formatted using
+@code{vfprintf}, and a final newline.
+
+An error indicated by @code{as_bad} will result in a non-zero exit status when
+the assembler has finished.  Calling @code{as_fatal} will result in immediate
+termination of the assembler process.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} void as_warn_where (char *@var{file}, unsigned int @var{line}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
+@deftypefunx @{@} void as_bad_where (char *@var{file}, unsigned int @var{line}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
+These variants permit specification of the file name and line number, and are
+used when problems are detected when reprocessing information saved away when
+processing some earlier part of the file.  For example, fixups are processed
+after all input has been read, but messages about fixups should refer to the
+original filename and line number that they are applicable to.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} void fprint_value (FILE *@var{file}, valueT @var{val})
+@deftypefunx @{@} void sprint_value (char *@var{buf}, valueT @var{val})
+These functions are helpful for converting a @code{valueT} value into printable
+format, in case it's wider than modes that @code{*printf} can handle.  If the
+type is narrow enough, a decimal number will be produced; otherwise, it will be
+in hexadecimal.  The value itself is not examined to make this determination.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Hash tables
+@subsection Hash tables
+@cindex hash tables
+
+@deftypefun @{@} @{struct hash_control *@} hash_new (void)
+Creates the hash table control structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} void hash_die (struct hash_control *)
+Destroy a hash table.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} PTR hash_delete (struct hash_control *, const char *)
+Deletes entry from the hash table, returns the value it had.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} PTR hash_replace (struct hash_control *, const char *, PTR)
+Updates the value for an entry already in the table, returning the old value.
+If no entry was found, just returns NULL.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} @{const char *@} hash_insert (struct hash_control *, const char *, PTR)
+Inserting a value already in the table is an error.
+Returns an error message or NULL.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun @{@} @{const char *@} hash_jam (struct hash_control *, const char *, PTR)
+Inserts if the value isn't already present, updates it if it is.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Test suite
+@section Test suite
+@cindex test suite
+
+The test suite is kind of lame for most processors.  Often it only checks to
+see if a couple of files can be assembled without the assembler reporting any
+errors.  For more complete testing, write a test which either examines the
+assembler listing, or runs @code{objdump} and examines its output.  For the
+latter, the TCL procedure @code{run_dump_test} may come in handy.  It takes the
+base name of a file, and looks for @file{@var{file}.d}.  This file should
+contain as its initial lines a set of variable settings in @samp{#} comments,
+in the form:
+
+@example
+        #@var{varname}: @var{value}
+@end example
+
+The @var{varname} may be @code{objdump}, @code{nm}, or @code{as}, in which case
+it specifies the options to be passed to the specified programs.  Exactly one
+of @code{objdump} or @code{nm} must be specified, as that also specifies which
+program to run after the assembler has finished.  If @var{varname} is
+@code{source}, it specifies the name of the source file; otherwise,
+@file{@var{file}.s} is used.  If @var{varname} is @code{name}, it specifies the
+name of the test to be used in the @code{pass} or @code{fail} messages.
+
+The non-commented parts of the file are interpreted as regular expressions, one
+per line.  Blank lines in the @code{objdump} or @code{nm} output are skipped,
+as are blank lines in the @code{.d} file; the other lines are tested to see if
+the regular expression matches the program output.  If it does not, the test
+fails.
+
+Note that this means the tests must be modified if the @code{objdump} output
+style is changed.
+
+@bye
+@c Local Variables:
+@c fill-column: 79
+@c End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60e111f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5426 @@
+/* ECOFF debugging support.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   This file was put together by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.  A
+   good deal of it comes directly from mips-tfile.c, by Michael
+   Meissner <meissner@osf.org>.
+
+   This file is part of GAS.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+/* This file is compiled conditionally for those targets which use
+   ECOFF debugging information (e.g., MIPS ECOFF, MIPS ELF, Alpha
+   ECOFF).  */
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUGGING
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "ecoff.h"
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Why isn't this in coff/sym.h?  */
+#define ST_RFDESCAPE 0xfff
+
+/* This file constructs the information used by the ECOFF debugging
+   format.  It just builds a large block of data.
+
+   We support both ECOFF style debugging and stabs debugging (the
+   stabs symbols are encapsulated in ECOFF symbols).  This should let
+   us handle anything the compiler might throw at us.  */
+
+/* Here is a brief description of the MIPS ECOFF symbol table, by
+   Michael Meissner.  The MIPS symbol table has the following pieces:
+
+	Symbolic Header
+	    |
+	    +--	Auxiliary Symbols
+	    |
+	    +--	Dense number table
+	    |
+	    +--	Optimizer Symbols
+	    |
+	    +--	External Strings
+	    |
+	    +--	External Symbols
+	    |
+	    +--	Relative file descriptors
+	    |
+	    +--	File table
+		    |
+		    +--	Procedure table
+		    |
+		    +--	Line number table
+		    |
+		    +--	Local Strings
+		    |
+		    +--	Local Symbols
+
+   The symbolic header points to each of the other tables, and also
+   contains the number of entries.  It also contains a magic number
+   and MIPS compiler version number, such as 2.0.
+
+   The auxiliary table is a series of 32 bit integers, that are
+   referenced as needed from the local symbol table.  Unlike standard
+   COFF, the aux.  information does not follow the symbol that uses
+   it, but rather is a separate table.  In theory, this would allow
+   the MIPS compilers to collapse duplicate aux. entries, but I've not
+   noticed this happening with the 1.31 compiler suite.  The different
+   types of aux. entries are:
+
+    1)	dnLow: Low bound on array dimension.
+
+    2)	dnHigh: High bound on array dimension.
+
+    3)	isym: Index to the local symbol which is the start of the
+	function for the end of function first aux. entry.
+
+    4)	width: Width of structures and bitfields.
+
+    5)	count: Count of ranges for variant part.
+
+    6)	rndx: A relative index into the symbol table.  The relative
+	index field has two parts: rfd which is a pointer into the
+	relative file index table or ST_RFDESCAPE which says the next
+	aux. entry is the file number, and index: which is the pointer
+	into the local symbol within a given file table.  This is for
+	things like references to types defined in another file.
+
+    7)	Type information: This is like the COFF type bits, except it
+	is 32 bits instead of 16; they still have room to add new
+	basic types; and they can handle more than 6 levels of array,
+	pointer, function, etc.  Each type information field contains
+	the following structure members:
+
+	    a)	fBitfield: a bit that says this is a bitfield, and the
+		size in bits follows as the next aux. entry.
+
+	    b)	continued: a bit that says the next aux. entry is a
+		continuation of the current type information (in case
+		there are more than 6 levels of array/ptr/function).
+
+	    c)	bt: an integer containing the base type before adding
+		array, pointer, function, etc. qualifiers.  The
+		current base types that I have documentation for are:
+
+			btNil		-- undefined
+			btAdr		-- address - integer same size as ptr
+			btChar		-- character
+			btUChar		-- unsigned character
+			btShort		-- short
+			btUShort	-- unsigned short
+			btInt		-- int
+			btUInt		-- unsigned int
+			btLong		-- long
+			btULong		-- unsigned long
+			btFloat		-- float (real)
+			btDouble	-- Double (real)
+			btStruct	-- Structure (Record)
+			btUnion		-- Union (variant)
+			btEnum		-- Enumerated
+			btTypedef	-- defined via a typedef isymRef
+			btRange		-- subrange of int
+			btSet		-- pascal sets
+			btComplex	-- fortran complex
+			btDComplex	-- fortran double complex
+			btIndirect	-- forward or unnamed typedef
+			btFixedDec	-- Fixed Decimal
+			btFloatDec	-- Float Decimal
+			btString	-- Varying Length Character String
+			btBit		-- Aligned Bit String
+			btPicture	-- Picture
+			btVoid		-- Void (MIPS cc revision >= 2.00)
+
+	    d)	tq0 - tq5: type qualifier fields as needed.  The
+		current type qualifier fields I have documentation for
+		are:
+
+			tqNil		-- no more qualifiers
+			tqPtr		-- pointer
+			tqProc		-- procedure
+			tqArray		-- array
+			tqFar		-- 8086 far pointers
+			tqVol		-- volatile
+
+
+   The dense number table is used in the front ends, and disappears by
+   the time the .o is created.
+
+   With the 1.31 compiler suite, the optimization symbols don't seem
+   to be used as far as I can tell.
+
+   The linker is the first entity that creates the relative file
+   descriptor table, and I believe it is used so that the individual
+   file table pointers don't have to be rewritten when the objects are
+   merged together into the program file.
+
+   Unlike COFF, the basic symbol & string tables are split into
+   external and local symbols/strings.  The relocation information
+   only goes off of the external symbol table, and the debug
+   information only goes off of the internal symbol table.  The
+   external symbols can have links to an appropriate file index and
+   symbol within the file to give it the appropriate type information.
+   Because of this, the external symbols are actually larger than the
+   internal symbols (to contain the link information), and contain the
+   local symbol structure as a member, though this member is not the
+   first member of the external symbol structure (!).  I suspect this
+   split is to make strip easier to deal with.
+
+   Each file table has offsets for where the line numbers, local
+   strings, local symbols, and procedure table starts from within the
+   global tables, and the indexs are reset to 0 for each of those
+   tables for the file.
+
+   The procedure table contains the binary equivalents of the .ent
+   (start of the function address), .frame (what register is the
+   virtual frame pointer, constant offset from the register to obtain
+   the VFP, and what register holds the return address), .mask/.fmask
+   (bitmask of saved registers, and where the first register is stored
+   relative to the VFP) assembler directives.  It also contains the
+   low and high bounds of the line numbers if debugging is turned on.
+
+   The line number table is a compressed form of the normal COFF line
+   table.  Each line number entry is either 1 or 3 bytes long, and
+   contains a signed delta from the previous line, and an unsigned
+   count of the number of instructions this statement takes.
+
+   The local symbol table contains the following fields:
+
+    1)	iss: index to the local string table giving the name of the
+	symbol.
+
+    2)	value: value of the symbol (address, register number, etc.).
+
+    3)	st: symbol type.  The current symbol types are:
+
+	    stNil	  -- Nuthin' special
+	    stGlobal	  -- external symbol
+	    stStatic	  -- static
+	    stParam	  -- procedure argument
+	    stLocal	  -- local variable
+	    stLabel	  -- label
+	    stProc	  -- External Procedure
+	    stBlock	  -- beginning of block
+	    stEnd	  -- end (of anything)
+	    stMember	  -- member (of anything)
+	    stTypedef	  -- type definition
+	    stFile	  -- file name
+	    stRegReloc	  -- register relocation
+	    stForward	  -- forwarding address
+	    stStaticProc  -- Static procedure
+	    stConstant	  -- const
+
+    4)	sc: storage class.  The current storage classes are:
+
+	    scText	  -- text symbol
+	    scData	  -- initialized data symbol
+	    scBss	  -- un-initialized data symbol
+	    scRegister	  -- value of symbol is register number
+	    scAbs	  -- value of symbol is absolute
+	    scUndefined   -- who knows?
+	    scCdbLocal	  -- variable's value is IN se->va.??
+	    scBits	  -- this is a bit field
+	    scCdbSystem	  -- value is IN debugger's address space
+	    scRegImage	  -- register value saved on stack
+	    scInfo	  -- symbol contains debugger information
+	    scUserStruct  -- addr in struct user for current process
+	    scSData	  -- load time only small data
+	    scSBss	  -- load time only small common
+	    scRData	  -- load time only read only data
+	    scVar	  -- Var parameter (fortranpascal)
+	    scCommon	  -- common variable
+	    scSCommon	  -- small common
+	    scVarRegister -- Var parameter in a register
+	    scVariant	  -- Variant record
+	    scSUndefined  -- small undefined(external) data
+	    scInit	  -- .init section symbol
+
+    5)	index: pointer to a local symbol or aux. entry.
+
+
+
+   For the following program:
+
+	#include <stdio.h>
+
+	main(){
+		printf("Hello World!\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+   Mips-tdump produces the following information:
+
+   Global file header:
+       magic number             0x162
+       # sections               2
+       timestamp                645311799, Wed Jun 13 17:16:39 1990
+       symbolic header offset   284
+       symbolic header size     96
+       optional header          56
+       flags                    0x0
+
+   Symbolic header, magic number = 0x7009, vstamp = 1.31:
+
+       Info                      Offset      Number       Bytes
+       ====                      ======      ======      =====
+
+       Line numbers                 380           4           4 [13]
+       Dense numbers                  0           0           0
+       Procedures Tables            384           1          52
+       Local Symbols                436          16         192
+       Optimization Symbols           0           0           0
+       Auxiliary Symbols            628          39         156
+       Local Strings                784          80          80
+       External Strings             864         144         144
+       File Tables                 1008           2         144
+       Relative Files                 0           0           0
+       External Symbols            1152          20         320
+
+   File #0, "hello2.c"
+
+       Name index  = 1          Readin      = No
+       Merge       = No         Endian      = LITTLE
+       Debug level = G2         Language    = C
+       Adr         = 0x00000000
+
+       Info                       Start      Number        Size      Offset
+       ====                       =====      ======        ====      ======
+       Local strings                  0          15          15         784
+       Local symbols                  0           6          72         436
+       Line numbers                   0          13          13         380
+       Optimization symbols           0           0           0           0
+       Procedures                     0           1          52         384
+       Auxiliary symbols              0          14          56         628
+       Relative Files                 0           0           0           0
+
+    There are 6 local symbols, starting at 436
+
+	Symbol# 0: "hello2.c"
+	    End+1 symbol  = 6
+	    String index  = 1
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 6
+	    Symbol type   = File        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 1: "main"
+	    End+1 symbol  = 5
+	    Type          = int
+	    String index  = 10
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 12
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 2: ""
+	    End+1 symbol  = 4
+	    String index  = 0
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 4
+	    Symbol type   = Block       Value  = 8
+
+	Symbol# 3: ""
+	    First symbol  = 2
+	    String index  = 0
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 2
+	    Symbol type   = End         Value  = 28
+
+	Symbol# 4: "main"
+	    First symbol  = 1
+	    String index  = 10
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 1
+	    Symbol type   = End         Value  = 52
+
+	Symbol# 5: "hello2.c"
+	    First symbol  = 0
+	    String index  = 1
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 0
+	    Symbol type   = End         Value  = 0
+
+    There are 14 auxiliary table entries, starting at 628.
+
+	* #0               0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #1              24, [  24/      0], [ 6 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #2               8, [   8/      0], [ 2 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #3              16, [  16/      0], [ 4 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #4              24, [  24/      0], [ 6 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #5              32, [  32/      0], [ 8 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #6              40, [  40/      0], [10 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #7              44, [  44/      0], [11 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #8              12, [  12/      0], [ 3 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #9              20, [  20/      0], [ 5 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #10             28, [  28/      0], [ 7 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #11             36, [  36/      0], [ 9 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	  #12              5, [   5/      0], [ 1 1:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	  #13             24, [  24/      0], [ 6 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+
+    There are 1 procedure descriptor entries, starting at 0.
+
+	Procedure descriptor 0:
+	    Name index   = 10          Name          = "main"
+	    .mask 0x80000000,-4        .fmask 0x00000000,0
+	    .frame $29,24,$31
+	    Opt. start   = -1          Symbols start = 1
+	    First line # = 3           Last line #   = 6
+	    Line Offset  = 0           Address       = 0x00000000
+
+	There are 4 bytes holding line numbers, starting at 380.
+	    Line           3,   delta     0,   count  2
+	    Line           4,   delta     1,   count  3
+	    Line           5,   delta     1,   count  2
+	    Line           6,   delta     1,   count  6
+
+   File #1, "/usr/include/stdio.h"
+
+    Name index  = 1          Readin      = No
+    Merge       = Yes        Endian      = LITTLE
+    Debug level = G2         Language    = C
+    Adr         = 0x00000000
+
+    Info                       Start      Number        Size      Offset
+    ====                       =====      ======        ====      ======
+    Local strings                 15          65          65         799
+    Local symbols                  6          10         120         508
+    Line numbers                   0           0           0         380
+    Optimization symbols           0           0           0           0
+    Procedures                     1           0           0         436
+    Auxiliary symbols             14          25         100         684
+    Relative Files                 0           0           0           0
+
+    There are 10 local symbols, starting at 442
+
+	Symbol# 0: "/usr/include/stdio.h"
+	    End+1 symbol  = 10
+	    String index  = 1
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 10
+	    Symbol type   = File        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 1: "_iobuf"
+	    End+1 symbol  = 9
+	    String index  = 22
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 9
+	    Symbol type   = Block       Value  = 20
+
+	Symbol# 2: "_cnt"
+	    Type          = int
+	    String index  = 29
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 4
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 3: "_ptr"
+	    Type          = ptr to char
+	    String index  = 34
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 15
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 32
+
+	Symbol# 4: "_base"
+	    Type          = ptr to char
+	    String index  = 39
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 16
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 64
+
+	Symbol# 5: "_bufsiz"
+	    Type          = int
+	    String index  = 45
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 4
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 96
+
+	Symbol# 6: "_flag"
+	    Type          = short
+	    String index  = 53
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 3
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 128
+
+	Symbol# 7: "_file"
+	    Type          = char
+	    String index  = 59
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 2
+	    Symbol type   = Member      Value  = 144
+
+	Symbol# 8: ""
+	    First symbol  = 1
+	    String index  = 0
+	    Storage class = Info        Index  = 1
+	    Symbol type   = End         Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 9: "/usr/include/stdio.h"
+	    First symbol  = 0
+	    String index  = 1
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 0
+	    Symbol type   = End         Value  = 0
+
+    There are 25 auxiliary table entries, starting at 642.
+
+	* #14             -1, [4095/1048575], [63 1:1 f:f:f:f:f:f]
+	  #15          65544, [   8/     16], [ 2 0:0 1:0:0:0:0:0]
+	  #16          65544, [   8/     16], [ 2 0:0 1:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #17         196656, [  48/     48], [12 0:0 3:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #18           8191, [4095/      1], [63 1:1 0:0:0:0:f:1]
+	* #19              1, [   1/      0], [ 0 1:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #20          20479, [4095/      4], [63 1:1 0:0:0:0:f:4]
+	* #21              1, [   1/      0], [ 0 1:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #22              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #23              2, [   2/      0], [ 0 0:1 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #24            160, [ 160/      0], [40 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #25              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #26              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #27              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #28              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #29              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #30              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #31              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #32              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #33              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #34              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #35              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #36              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #37              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+	* #38              0, [   0/      0], [ 0 0:0 0:0:0:0:0:0]
+
+    There are 0 procedure descriptor entries, starting at 1.
+
+   There are 20 external symbols, starting at 1152
+
+	Symbol# 0: "_iob"
+	    Type          = array [3 {160}] of struct _iobuf { ifd = 1, index = 1 }
+	    String index  = 0           Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 17
+	    Symbol type   = Global      Value  = 60
+
+	Symbol# 1: "fopen"
+	    String index  = 5           Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 2: "fdopen"
+	    String index  = 11          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 3: "freopen"
+	    String index  = 18          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 4: "popen"
+	    String index  = 26          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 5: "tmpfile"
+	    String index  = 32          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 6: "ftell"
+	    String index  = 40          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 7: "rewind"
+	    String index  = 46          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 8: "setbuf"
+	    String index  = 53          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 9: "setbuffer"
+	    String index  = 60          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 10: "setlinebuf"
+	    String index  = 70          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 11: "fgets"
+	    String index  = 81          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 12: "gets"
+	    String index  = 87          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 13: "ctermid"
+	    String index  = 92          Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 14: "cuserid"
+	    String index  = 100         Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 15: "tempnam"
+	    String index  = 108         Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 16: "tmpnam"
+	    String index  = 116         Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 17: "sprintf"
+	    String index  = 123         Ifd    = 1
+	    Storage class = Nil         Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 18: "main"
+	    Type          = int
+	    String index  = 131         Ifd    = 0
+	    Storage class = Text        Index  = 1
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+	Symbol# 19: "printf"
+	    String index  = 136         Ifd    = 0
+	    Storage class = Undefined   Index  = 1048575
+	    Symbol type   = Proc        Value  = 0
+
+   The following auxiliary table entries were unused:
+
+    #0               0  0x00000000  void
+    #2               8  0x00000008  char
+    #3              16  0x00000010  short
+    #4              24  0x00000018  int
+    #5              32  0x00000020  long
+    #6              40  0x00000028  float
+    #7              44  0x0000002c  double
+    #8              12  0x0000000c  unsigned char
+    #9              20  0x00000014  unsigned short
+    #10             28  0x0000001c  unsigned int
+    #11             36  0x00000024  unsigned long
+    #14              0  0x00000000  void
+    #15             24  0x00000018  int
+    #19             32  0x00000020  long
+    #20             40  0x00000028  float
+    #21             44  0x0000002c  double
+    #22             12  0x0000000c  unsigned char
+    #23             20  0x00000014  unsigned short
+    #24             28  0x0000001c  unsigned int
+    #25             36  0x00000024  unsigned long
+    #26             48  0x00000030  struct no name { ifd = -1, index = 1048575 }
+*/
+
+/* Redefinition of of storage classes as an enumeration for better
+   debugging.  */
+
+typedef enum sc {
+  sc_Nil	 = scNil,	  /* no storage class */
+  sc_Text	 = scText,	  /* text symbol */
+  sc_Data	 = scData,	  /* initialized data symbol */
+  sc_Bss	 = scBss,	  /* un-initialized data symbol */
+  sc_Register	 = scRegister,	  /* value of symbol is register number */
+  sc_Abs	 = scAbs,	  /* value of symbol is absolute */
+  sc_Undefined	 = scUndefined,	  /* who knows? */
+  sc_CdbLocal	 = scCdbLocal,	  /* variable's value is IN se->va.?? */
+  sc_Bits	 = scBits,	  /* this is a bit field */
+  sc_CdbSystem	 = scCdbSystem,	  /* value is IN CDB's address space */
+  sc_RegImage	 = scRegImage,	  /* register value saved on stack */
+  sc_Info	 = scInfo,	  /* symbol contains debugger information */
+  sc_UserStruct	 = scUserStruct,  /* addr in struct user for current process */
+  sc_SData	 = scSData,	  /* load time only small data */
+  sc_SBss	 = scSBss,	  /* load time only small common */
+  sc_RData	 = scRData,	  /* load time only read only data */
+  sc_Var	 = scVar,	  /* Var parameter (fortran,pascal) */
+  sc_Common	 = scCommon,	  /* common variable */
+  sc_SCommon	 = scSCommon,	  /* small common */
+  sc_VarRegister = scVarRegister, /* Var parameter in a register */
+  sc_Variant	 = scVariant,	  /* Variant record */
+  sc_SUndefined	 = scSUndefined,  /* small undefined(external) data */
+  sc_Init	 = scInit,	  /* .init section symbol */
+  sc_Max	 = scMax	  /* Max storage class+1 */
+} sc_t;
+
+/* Redefinition of symbol type.  */
+
+typedef enum st {
+  st_Nil	= stNil,	/* Nuthin' special */
+  st_Global	= stGlobal,	/* external symbol */
+  st_Static	= stStatic,	/* static */
+  st_Param	= stParam,	/* procedure argument */
+  st_Local	= stLocal,	/* local variable */
+  st_Label	= stLabel,	/* label */
+  st_Proc	= stProc,	/*     "      "	 Procedure */
+  st_Block	= stBlock,	/* beginning of block */
+  st_End	= stEnd,	/* end (of anything) */
+  st_Member	= stMember,	/* member (of anything	- struct/union/enum */
+  st_Typedef	= stTypedef,	/* type definition */
+  st_File	= stFile,	/* file name */
+  st_RegReloc	= stRegReloc,	/* register relocation */
+  st_Forward	= stForward,	/* forwarding address */
+  st_StaticProc	= stStaticProc,	/* load time only static procs */
+  st_Constant	= stConstant,	/* const */
+  st_Str	= stStr,	/* string */
+  st_Number	= stNumber,	/* pure number (ie. 4 NOR 2+2) */
+  st_Expr	= stExpr,	/* 2+2 vs. 4 */
+  st_Type	= stType,	/* post-coercion SER */
+  st_Max	= stMax		/* max type+1 */
+} st_t;
+
+/* Redefinition of type qualifiers.  */
+
+typedef enum tq {
+  tq_Nil	= tqNil,	/* bt is what you see */
+  tq_Ptr	= tqPtr,	/* pointer */
+  tq_Proc	= tqProc,	/* procedure */
+  tq_Array	= tqArray,	/* duh */
+  tq_Far	= tqFar,	/* longer addressing - 8086/8 land */
+  tq_Vol	= tqVol,	/* volatile */
+  tq_Max	= tqMax		/* Max type qualifier+1 */
+} tq_t;
+
+/* Redefinition of basic types.  */
+
+typedef enum bt {
+  bt_Nil	= btNil,	/* undefined */
+  bt_Adr	= btAdr,	/* address - integer same size as pointer */
+  bt_Char	= btChar,	/* character */
+  bt_UChar	= btUChar,	/* unsigned character */
+  bt_Short	= btShort,	/* short */
+  bt_UShort	= btUShort,	/* unsigned short */
+  bt_Int	= btInt,	/* int */
+  bt_UInt	= btUInt,	/* unsigned int */
+  bt_Long	= btLong,	/* long */
+  bt_ULong	= btULong,	/* unsigned long */
+  bt_Float	= btFloat,	/* float (real) */
+  bt_Double	= btDouble,	/* Double (real) */
+  bt_Struct	= btStruct,	/* Structure (Record) */
+  bt_Union	= btUnion,	/* Union (variant) */
+  bt_Enum	= btEnum,	/* Enumerated */
+  bt_Typedef	= btTypedef,	/* defined via a typedef, isymRef points */
+  bt_Range	= btRange,	/* subrange of int */
+  bt_Set	= btSet,	/* pascal sets */
+  bt_Complex	= btComplex,	/* fortran complex */
+  bt_DComplex	= btDComplex,	/* fortran double complex */
+  bt_Indirect	= btIndirect,	/* forward or unnamed typedef */
+  bt_FixedDec	= btFixedDec,	/* Fixed Decimal */
+  bt_FloatDec	= btFloatDec,	/* Float Decimal */
+  bt_String	= btString,	/* Varying Length Character String */
+  bt_Bit	= btBit,	/* Aligned Bit String */
+  bt_Picture	= btPicture,	/* Picture */
+  bt_Void	= btVoid,	/* Void */
+  bt_Max	= btMax		/* Max basic type+1 */
+} bt_t;
+
+#define N_TQ itqMax
+
+/* States for whether to hash type or not.  */
+typedef enum hash_state {
+  hash_no	= 0,		/* don't hash type */
+  hash_yes	= 1,		/* ok to hash type, or use previous hash */
+  hash_record	= 2		/* ok to record hash, but don't use prev. */
+} hash_state_t;
+
+/* Types of different sized allocation requests.  */
+enum alloc_type {
+  alloc_type_none,		/* dummy value */
+  alloc_type_scope,		/* nested scopes linked list */
+  alloc_type_vlinks,		/* glue linking pages in varray */
+  alloc_type_shash,		/* string hash element */
+  alloc_type_thash,		/* type hash element */
+  alloc_type_tag,		/* struct/union/tag element */
+  alloc_type_forward,		/* element to hold unknown tag */
+  alloc_type_thead,		/* head of type hash list */
+  alloc_type_varray,		/* general varray allocation */
+  alloc_type_lineno,		/* line number list */
+  alloc_type_last		/* last+1 element for array bounds */
+};
+
+/* Types of auxiliary type information.  */
+enum aux_type {
+  aux_tir,			/* TIR type information */
+  aux_rndx,			/* relative index into symbol table */
+  aux_dnLow,			/* low dimension */
+  aux_dnHigh,			/* high dimension */
+  aux_isym,			/* symbol table index (end of proc) */
+  aux_iss,			/* index into string space (not used) */
+  aux_width,			/* width for non-default sized struc fields */
+  aux_count			/* count of ranges for variant arm */
+};
+
+/* Structures to provide n-number of virtual arrays, each of which can
+   grow linearly, and which are written in the object file as
+   sequential pages.  On systems with a BSD malloc, the
+   MAX_CLUSTER_PAGES should be 1 less than a power of two, since
+   malloc adds it's overhead, and rounds up to the next power of 2.
+   Pages are linked together via a linked list.
+
+   If PAGE_SIZE is > 4096, the string length in the shash_t structure
+   can't be represented (assuming there are strings > 4096 bytes).  */
+
+#ifndef PAGE_SIZE
+#define PAGE_SIZE 4096		/* size of varray pages */
+#endif
+
+#define PAGE_USIZE ((unsigned long) PAGE_SIZE)
+
+
+#ifndef MAX_CLUSTER_PAGES	/* # pages to get from system */
+#define MAX_CLUSTER_PAGES 63
+#endif
+
+/* Linked list connecting separate page allocations.  */
+typedef struct vlinks {
+  struct vlinks	*prev;		/* previous set of pages */
+  struct vlinks *next;		/* next set of pages */
+  union  page   *datum;		/* start of page */
+  unsigned long	 start_index;	/* starting index # of page */
+} vlinks_t;
+
+
+/* Virtual array header.  */
+typedef struct varray {
+  vlinks_t	*first;			/* first page link */
+  vlinks_t	*last;			/* last page link */
+  unsigned long	 num_allocated;		/* # objects allocated */
+  unsigned short object_size;		/* size in bytes of each object */
+  unsigned short objects_per_page;	/* # objects that can fit on a page */
+  unsigned short objects_last_page;	/* # objects allocated on last page */
+} varray_t;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+#define OBJECTS_PER_PAGE(type) (PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (type))
+#else
+#define OBJECTS_PER_PAGE(type) ((sizeof (type) > 1) ? 1 : PAGE_SIZE)
+#endif
+
+#define INIT_VARRAY(type) {	/* macro to initialize a varray */	\
+  (vlinks_t *)0,		/* first */				\
+  (vlinks_t *)0,		/* last */				\
+  0,				/* num_allocated */			\
+  sizeof (type),		/* object_size */			\
+  OBJECTS_PER_PAGE (type),	/* objects_per_page */			\
+  OBJECTS_PER_PAGE (type),	/* objects_last_page */			\
+}
+
+
+/* Master type for indexes within the symbol table. */
+typedef unsigned long symint_t;
+
+
+/* Linked list support for nested scopes (file, block, structure, etc.).  */
+typedef struct scope {
+  struct scope	*prev;		/* previous scope level */
+  struct scope	*free;		/* free list pointer */
+  struct localsym *lsym;	/* pointer to local symbol node */
+  st_t		 type;		/* type of the node */
+} scope_t;
+
+
+/* For a local symbol we store a gas symbol as well as the debugging
+   information we generate.  The gas symbol will be NULL if this is
+   only a debugging symbol.  */
+typedef struct localsym {
+  const char *name;		/* symbol name */
+  symbolS *as_sym;		/* symbol as seen by gas */
+  bfd_vma addend;		/* addend to as_sym value */
+  struct efdr *file_ptr;	/* file pointer */
+  struct ecoff_proc *proc_ptr;	/* proc pointer */
+  struct localsym *begin_ptr;	/* symbol at start of block */
+  struct ecoff_aux *index_ptr;	/* index value to be filled in */
+  struct forward *forward_ref;	/* forward references to this symbol */
+  long sym_index;		/* final symbol index */
+  EXTR ecoff_sym;		/* ECOFF debugging symbol */
+} localsym_t;
+
+
+/* For aux information we keep the type and the data.  */
+typedef struct ecoff_aux {
+  enum aux_type type;		/* aux type */
+  AUXU data;			/* aux data */
+} aux_t;
+
+/* For a procedure we store the gas symbol as well as the PDR
+   debugging information.  */
+typedef struct ecoff_proc {
+  localsym_t *sym;		/* associated symbol */
+  PDR pdr;			/* ECOFF debugging info */
+} proc_t;
+
+/* Number of proc_t structures allocated.  */
+static unsigned long proc_cnt;
+
+
+/* Forward reference list for tags referenced, but not yet defined.  */
+typedef struct forward {
+  struct forward *next;		/* next forward reference */
+  struct forward *free;		/* free list pointer */
+  aux_t		 *ifd_ptr;	/* pointer to store file index */
+  aux_t		 *index_ptr;	/* pointer to store symbol index */
+} forward_t;
+
+
+/* Linked list support for tags.  The first tag in the list is always
+   the current tag for that block.  */
+typedef struct tag {
+  struct tag	 *free;		/* free list pointer */
+  struct shash	 *hash_ptr;	/* pointer to the hash table head */
+  struct tag	 *same_name;	/* tag with same name in outer scope */
+  struct tag	 *same_block;	/* next tag defined in the same block.  */
+  struct forward *forward_ref;	/* list of forward references */
+  bt_t		  basic_type;	/* bt_Struct, bt_Union, or bt_Enum */
+  symint_t	  ifd;		/* file # tag defined in */
+  localsym_t	 *sym;		/* file's local symbols */
+} tag_t;
+
+
+/* Head of a block's linked list of tags.  */
+typedef struct thead {
+  struct thead	*prev;		/* previous block */
+  struct thead	*free;		/* free list pointer */
+  struct tag	*first_tag;	/* first tag in block defined */
+} thead_t;
+
+
+/* Union containing pointers to each the small structures which are freed up.  */
+typedef union small_free {
+  scope_t	*f_scope;	/* scope structure */
+  thead_t	*f_thead;	/* tag head structure */
+  tag_t		*f_tag;		/* tag element structure */
+  forward_t	*f_forward;	/* forward tag reference */
+} small_free_t;
+
+
+/* String hash table entry.  */
+
+typedef struct shash {
+  char		*string;	/* string we are hashing */
+  symint_t	 indx;		/* index within string table */
+  EXTR		*esym_ptr;	/* global symbol pointer */
+  localsym_t	*sym_ptr;	/* local symbol pointer */
+  localsym_t	*end_ptr;	/* symbol pointer to end block */
+  tag_t		*tag_ptr;	/* tag pointer */
+  proc_t	*proc_ptr;	/* procedure descriptor pointer */
+} shash_t;
+
+
+/* Type hash table support.  The size of the hash table must fit
+   within a page with the other extended file descriptor information.
+   Because unique types which are hashed are fewer in number than
+   strings, we use a smaller hash value.  */
+
+#define HASHBITS 30
+
+#ifndef THASH_SIZE
+#define THASH_SIZE 113
+#endif
+
+typedef struct thash {
+  struct thash	*next;		/* next hash value */
+  AUXU		 type;		/* type we are hashing */
+  symint_t	 indx;		/* index within string table */
+} thash_t;
+
+
+/* Extended file descriptor that contains all of the support necessary
+   to add things to each file separately.  */
+typedef struct efdr {
+  FDR		 fdr;		/* File header to be written out */
+  FDR		*orig_fdr;	/* original file header */
+  char		*name;		/* filename */
+  int		 fake;		/* whether this is faked .file */
+  symint_t	 void_type;	/* aux. pointer to 'void' type */
+  symint_t	 int_type;	/* aux. pointer to 'int' type */
+  scope_t	*cur_scope;	/* current nested scopes */
+  symint_t	 file_index;	/* current file number */
+  int		 nested_scopes;	/* # nested scopes */
+  varray_t	 strings;	/* local strings */
+  varray_t	 symbols;	/* local symbols */
+  varray_t	 procs;		/* procedures */
+  varray_t	 aux_syms;	/* auxiliary symbols */
+  struct efdr	*next_file;	/* next file descriptor */
+				/* string/type hash tables */
+  struct hash_control *str_hash;	/* string hash table */
+  thash_t	*thash_head[THASH_SIZE];
+} efdr_t;
+
+/* Pre-initialized extended file structure.  */
+static const efdr_t init_file =
+{
+  {			/* FDR structure */
+    0,			/* adr:		memory address of beginning of file */
+    0,			/* rss:		file name (of source, if known) */
+    0,			/* issBase:	file's string space */
+    0,			/* cbSs:	number of bytes in the ss */
+    0,			/* isymBase:	beginning of symbols */
+    0,			/* csym:	count file's of symbols */
+    0,			/* ilineBase:	file's line symbols */
+    0,			/* cline:	count of file's line symbols */
+    0,			/* ioptBase:	file's optimization entries */
+    0,			/* copt:	count of file's optimization entries */
+    0,			/* ipdFirst:	start of procedures for this file */
+    0,			/* cpd:		count of procedures for this file */
+    0,			/* iauxBase:	file's auxiliary entries */
+    0,			/* caux:	count of file's auxiliary entries */
+    0,			/* rfdBase:	index into the file indirect table */
+    0,			/* crfd:	count file indirect entries */
+    langC,		/* lang:	language for this file */
+    1,			/* fMerge:	whether this file can be merged */
+    0,			/* fReadin:	true if read in (not just created) */
+    TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN,  /* fBigendian:	if 1, compiled on big endian machine */
+    GLEVEL_2,		/* glevel:	level this file was compiled with */
+    0,			/* reserved:	reserved for future use */
+    0,			/* cbLineOffset: byte offset from header for this file ln's */
+    0,			/* cbLine:	size of lines for this file */
+  },
+
+  (FDR *)0,		/* orig_fdr:	original file header pointer */
+  (char *)0,		/* name:	pointer to filename */
+  0,			/* fake:	whether this is a faked .file */
+  0,			/* void_type:	ptr to aux node for void type */
+  0,			/* int_type:	ptr to aux node for int type */
+  (scope_t *)0,		/* cur_scope:	current scope being processed */
+  0,			/* file_index:	current file # */
+  0,			/* nested_scopes: # nested scopes */
+  INIT_VARRAY (char),	/* strings:	local string varray */
+  INIT_VARRAY (localsym_t),	/* symbols:	local symbols varray */
+  INIT_VARRAY (proc_t),	/* procs:	procedure varray */
+  INIT_VARRAY (aux_t),	/* aux_syms:	auxiliary symbols varray */
+
+  (struct efdr *)0,	/* next_file:	next file structure */
+
+  (struct hash_control *)0,	/* str_hash:	string hash table */
+  { 0 },		/* thash_head:	type hash table */
+};
+
+
+static efdr_t *first_file;			/* first file descriptor */
+static efdr_t **last_file_ptr = &first_file;	/* file descriptor tail */
+
+
+/* Line number information is kept in a list until the assembly is
+   finished.  */
+typedef struct lineno_list {
+  struct lineno_list *next;	/* next element in list */
+  efdr_t *file;			/* file this line is in */
+  proc_t *proc;			/* procedure this line is in */
+  fragS *frag;			/* fragment this line number is in */
+  unsigned long paddr;		/* offset within fragment */
+  long lineno;			/* actual line number */
+} lineno_list_t;
+
+static lineno_list_t *first_lineno;
+static lineno_list_t *last_lineno;
+static lineno_list_t **last_lineno_ptr = &first_lineno;
+
+/* Sometimes there will be some .loc statements before a .ent.  We
+   keep them in this list so that we can fill in the procedure pointer
+   after we see the .ent.  */
+static lineno_list_t *noproc_lineno;
+
+/* Union of various things that are held in pages.  */
+typedef union page {
+  char		byte	[ PAGE_SIZE ];
+  unsigned char	ubyte	[ PAGE_SIZE ];
+  efdr_t	file	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (efdr_t)	     ];
+  FDR		ofile	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (FDR)	     ];
+  proc_t	proc	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (proc_t)	     ];
+  localsym_t	sym	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (localsym_t)    ];
+  aux_t		aux	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (aux_t)	     ];
+  DNR		dense	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (DNR)	     ];
+  scope_t	scope	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (scope_t)	     ];
+  vlinks_t	vlinks	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (vlinks_t)	     ];
+  shash_t	shash	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (shash_t)	     ];
+  thash_t	thash	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (thash_t)	     ];
+  tag_t		tag	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (tag_t)	     ];
+  forward_t	forward	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (forward_t)     ];
+  thead_t	thead	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (thead_t)	     ];
+  lineno_list_t	lineno	[ PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (lineno_list_t) ];
+} page_t;
+
+
+/* Structure holding allocation information for small sized structures.  */
+typedef struct alloc_info {
+  char		*alloc_name;	/* name of this allocation type (must be first) */
+  page_t	*cur_page;	/* current page being allocated from */
+  small_free_t	 free_list;	/* current free list if any */
+  int		 unallocated;	/* number of elements unallocated on page */
+  int		 total_alloc;	/* total number of allocations */
+  int		 total_free;	/* total number of frees */
+  int		 total_pages;	/* total number of pages allocated */
+} alloc_info_t;
+
+
+/* Type information collected together.  */
+typedef struct type_info {
+  bt_t	      basic_type;		/* basic type */
+  int	      orig_type;		/* original COFF-based type */
+  int	      num_tq;			/* # type qualifiers */
+  int	      num_dims;			/* # dimensions */
+  int	      num_sizes;		/* # sizes */
+  int	      extra_sizes;		/* # extra sizes not tied with dims */
+  tag_t *     tag_ptr;			/* tag pointer */
+  int	      bitfield;			/* symbol is a bitfield */
+  tq_t	      type_qualifiers[N_TQ];	/* type qualifiers (ptr, func, array)*/
+  symint_t    dimensions     [N_TQ];	/* dimensions for each array */
+  symint_t    sizes	     [N_TQ+2];	/* sizes of each array slice + size of
+					   struct/union/enum + bitfield size */
+} type_info_t;
+
+/* Pre-initialized type_info struct.  */
+static const type_info_t type_info_init = {
+  bt_Nil,				/* basic type */
+  T_NULL,				/* original COFF-based type */
+  0,					/* # type qualifiers */
+  0,					/* # dimensions */
+  0,					/* # sizes */
+  0,					/* sizes not tied with dims */
+  NULL,					/* ptr to tag */
+  0,					/* bitfield */
+  {					/* type qualifiers */
+    tq_Nil,
+    tq_Nil,
+    tq_Nil,
+    tq_Nil,
+    tq_Nil,
+    tq_Nil,
+  },
+  {					/* dimensions */
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0
+  },
+  {					/* sizes */
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+    0,
+  },
+};
+
+/* Global hash table for the tags table and global table for file
+   descriptors.  */
+
+static varray_t file_desc	= INIT_VARRAY (efdr_t);
+
+static struct hash_control *tag_hash;
+
+/* Static types for int and void.  Also, remember the last function's
+   type (which is set up when we encounter the declaration for the
+   function, and used when the end block for the function is emitted.  */
+
+static type_info_t int_type_info;
+static type_info_t void_type_info;
+static type_info_t last_func_type_info;
+static symbolS *last_func_sym_value;
+
+
+/* Convert COFF basic type to ECOFF basic type.  The T_NULL type
+   really should use bt_Void, but this causes the current ecoff GDB to
+   issue unsupported type messages, and the Ultrix 4.00 dbx (aka MIPS
+   2.0) doesn't understand it, even though the compiler generates it.
+   Maybe this will be fixed in 2.10 or 2.20 of the MIPS compiler
+   suite, but for now go with what works.
+
+   It would make sense for the .type and .scl directives to use the
+   ECOFF numbers directly, rather than using the COFF numbers and
+   mapping them.  Unfortunately, this is historically what mips-tfile
+   expects, and changing gcc now would be a considerable pain (the
+   native compiler generates debugging information internally, rather
+   than via the assembler, so it will never use .type or .scl).  */
+
+static const bt_t map_coff_types[] = {
+  bt_Nil,			/* T_NULL */
+  bt_Nil,			/* T_ARG */
+  bt_Char,			/* T_CHAR */
+  bt_Short,			/* T_SHORT */
+  bt_Int,			/* T_INT */
+  bt_Long,			/* T_LONG */
+  bt_Float,			/* T_FLOAT */
+  bt_Double,			/* T_DOUBLE */
+  bt_Struct,			/* T_STRUCT */
+  bt_Union,			/* T_UNION */
+  bt_Enum,			/* T_ENUM */
+  bt_Enum,			/* T_MOE */
+  bt_UChar,			/* T_UCHAR */
+  bt_UShort,			/* T_USHORT */
+  bt_UInt,			/* T_UINT */
+  bt_ULong			/* T_ULONG */
+};
+
+/* Convert COFF storage class to ECOFF storage class.  */
+static const sc_t map_coff_storage[] = {
+  sc_Nil,			/*   0: C_NULL */
+  sc_Abs,			/*   1: C_AUTO	  auto var */
+  sc_Undefined,			/*   2: C_EXT	  external */
+  sc_Data,			/*   3: C_STAT	  static */
+  sc_Register,			/*   4: C_REG	  register */
+  sc_Undefined,			/*   5: C_EXTDEF  ??? */
+  sc_Text,			/*   6: C_LABEL	  label */
+  sc_Text,			/*   7: C_ULABEL  user label */
+  sc_Info,			/*   8: C_MOS	  member of struct */
+  sc_Abs,			/*   9: C_ARG	  argument */
+  sc_Info,			/*  10: C_STRTAG  struct tag */
+  sc_Info,			/*  11: C_MOU	  member of union */
+  sc_Info,			/*  12: C_UNTAG   union tag */
+  sc_Info,			/*  13: C_TPDEF	  typedef */
+  sc_Data,			/*  14: C_USTATIC ??? */
+  sc_Info,			/*  15: C_ENTAG	  enum tag */
+  sc_Info,			/*  16: C_MOE	  member of enum */
+  sc_Register,			/*  17: C_REGPARM register parameter */
+  sc_Bits,			/*  18; C_FIELD	  bitfield */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  19 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  20 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  21 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  22 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  23 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  24 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  25 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  26 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  27 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  28 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  29 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  30 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  31 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  32 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  33 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  34 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  35 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  36 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  37 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  38 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  39 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  40 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  41 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  42 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  43 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  44 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  45 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  46 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  47 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  48 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  49 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  50 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  51 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  52 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  53 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  54 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  55 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  56 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  57 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  58 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  59 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  60 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  61 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  62 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  63 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  64 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  65 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  66 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  67 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  68 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  69 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  70 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  71 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  72 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  73 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  74 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  75 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  76 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  77 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  78 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  79 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  80 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  81 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  82 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  83 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  84 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  85 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  86 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  87 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  88 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  89 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  90 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  91 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  92 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  93 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  94 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  95 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  96 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  97 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  98 */
+  sc_Nil,			/*  99 */
+  sc_Text,			/* 100: C_BLOCK  block start/end */
+  sc_Text,			/* 101: C_FCN	 function start/end */
+  sc_Info,			/* 102: C_EOS	 end of struct/union/enum */
+  sc_Nil,			/* 103: C_FILE	 file start */
+  sc_Nil,			/* 104: C_LINE	 line number */
+  sc_Nil,			/* 105: C_ALIAS	 combined type info */
+  sc_Nil,			/* 106: C_HIDDEN ??? */
+};
+
+/* Convert COFF storage class to ECOFF symbol type.  */
+static const st_t map_coff_sym_type[] = {
+  st_Nil,			/*   0: C_NULL */
+  st_Local,			/*   1: C_AUTO	  auto var */
+  st_Global,			/*   2: C_EXT	  external */
+  st_Static,			/*   3: C_STAT	  static */
+  st_Local,			/*   4: C_REG	  register */
+  st_Global,			/*   5: C_EXTDEF  ??? */
+  st_Label,			/*   6: C_LABEL	  label */
+  st_Label,			/*   7: C_ULABEL  user label */
+  st_Member,			/*   8: C_MOS	  member of struct */
+  st_Param,			/*   9: C_ARG	  argument */
+  st_Block,			/*  10: C_STRTAG  struct tag */
+  st_Member,			/*  11: C_MOU	  member of union */
+  st_Block,			/*  12: C_UNTAG   union tag */
+  st_Typedef,			/*  13: C_TPDEF	  typedef */
+  st_Static,			/*  14: C_USTATIC ??? */
+  st_Block,			/*  15: C_ENTAG	  enum tag */
+  st_Member,			/*  16: C_MOE	  member of enum */
+  st_Param,			/*  17: C_REGPARM register parameter */
+  st_Member,			/*  18; C_FIELD	  bitfield */
+  st_Nil,			/*  19 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  20 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  21 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  22 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  23 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  24 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  25 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  26 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  27 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  28 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  29 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  30 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  31 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  32 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  33 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  34 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  35 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  36 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  37 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  38 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  39 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  40 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  41 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  42 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  43 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  44 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  45 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  46 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  47 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  48 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  49 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  50 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  51 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  52 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  53 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  54 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  55 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  56 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  57 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  58 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  59 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  60 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  61 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  62 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  63 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  64 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  65 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  66 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  67 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  68 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  69 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  70 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  71 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  72 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  73 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  74 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  75 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  76 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  77 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  78 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  79 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  80 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  81 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  82 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  83 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  84 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  85 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  86 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  87 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  88 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  89 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  90 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  91 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  92 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  93 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  94 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  95 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  96 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  97 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  98 */
+  st_Nil,			/*  99 */
+  st_Block,			/* 100: C_BLOCK  block start/end */
+  st_Proc,			/* 101: C_FCN	 function start/end */
+  st_End,			/* 102: C_EOS	 end of struct/union/enum */
+  st_File,			/* 103: C_FILE	 file start */
+  st_Nil,			/* 104: C_LINE	 line number */
+  st_Nil,			/* 105: C_ALIAS	 combined type info */
+  st_Nil,			/* 106: C_HIDDEN ??? */
+};
+
+
+/* Keep track of different sized allocation requests.  */
+static alloc_info_t alloc_counts[ (int)alloc_type_last ];
+
+/* Record whether we have seen any debugging information.  */
+int ecoff_debugging_seen = 0;
+
+/* Various statics.  */
+static efdr_t  *cur_file_ptr	= (efdr_t *) 0;	/* current file desc. header */
+static proc_t  *cur_proc_ptr	= (proc_t *) 0;	/* current procedure header */
+static proc_t  *first_proc_ptr  = (proc_t *) 0; /* first procedure header */
+static thead_t *top_tag_head	= (thead_t *) 0; /* top level tag head */
+static thead_t *cur_tag_head	= (thead_t *) 0; /* current tag head */
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+static int	debug		= 0; 		/* trace functions */
+#endif
+static int	stabs_seen	= 0;		/* != 0 if stabs have been seen */
+
+static int current_file_idx;
+static const char *current_stabs_filename;
+
+/* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table.  */
+#ifndef STABS_SYMBOL
+#define STABS_SYMBOL "@stabs"
+#endif
+
+static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
+
+/* Prototypes for functions defined in this file.  */
+
+static void add_varray_page PARAMS ((varray_t *vp));
+static symint_t add_string PARAMS ((varray_t *vp,
+				    struct hash_control *hash_tbl,
+				    const char *str,
+				    shash_t **ret_hash));
+static localsym_t *add_ecoff_symbol PARAMS ((const char *str, st_t type,
+					     sc_t storage, symbolS *sym,
+					     bfd_vma addend, symint_t value,
+					     symint_t indx));
+static symint_t add_aux_sym_symint PARAMS ((symint_t aux_word));
+static symint_t add_aux_sym_rndx PARAMS ((int file_index,
+					  symint_t sym_index));
+static symint_t add_aux_sym_tir PARAMS ((type_info_t *t,
+					 hash_state_t state,
+					 thash_t **hash_tbl));
+static tag_t *get_tag PARAMS ((const char *tag, localsym_t *sym,
+			       bt_t basic_type));
+static void add_unknown_tag PARAMS ((tag_t *ptag));
+static void add_procedure PARAMS ((char *func));
+static void add_file PARAMS ((const char *file_name, int indx, int fake));
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+static char *sc_to_string PARAMS ((sc_t storage_class));
+static char *st_to_string PARAMS ((st_t symbol_type));
+#endif
+static void mark_stabs PARAMS ((int));
+static char *ecoff_add_bytes PARAMS ((char **buf, char **bufend,
+				      char *bufptr, unsigned long need));
+static unsigned long ecoff_padding_adjust
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset, char **bufptrptr));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_lineno
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset, long *linecntptr));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_symbols
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_procs
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_aux
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_strings PARAMS ((char **buf, char **bufend,
+						  unsigned long offset,
+						  varray_t *vp));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_ss
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset));
+static unsigned long ecoff_build_fdr
+  PARAMS ((const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend, char **buf, char **bufend,
+	   unsigned long offset));
+static void ecoff_setup_ext PARAMS ((void));
+static page_t *allocate_cluster PARAMS ((unsigned long npages));
+static page_t *allocate_page PARAMS ((void));
+static scope_t *allocate_scope PARAMS ((void));
+static void free_scope PARAMS ((scope_t *ptr));
+static vlinks_t *allocate_vlinks PARAMS ((void));
+static shash_t *allocate_shash PARAMS ((void));
+static thash_t *allocate_thash PARAMS ((void));
+static tag_t *allocate_tag PARAMS ((void));
+static void free_tag PARAMS ((tag_t *ptr));
+static forward_t *allocate_forward PARAMS ((void));
+static thead_t *allocate_thead PARAMS ((void));
+static void free_thead PARAMS ((thead_t *ptr));
+static lineno_list_t *allocate_lineno_list PARAMS ((void));
+static void generate_ecoff_stab PARAMS ((int, const char *, int, int, int));
+
+/* This function should be called when the assembler starts up.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_read_begin_hook ()
+{
+  tag_hash = hash_new ();
+  top_tag_head = allocate_thead ();
+  top_tag_head->first_tag = (tag_t *) NULL;
+  top_tag_head->free = (thead_t *) NULL;
+  top_tag_head->prev = cur_tag_head;
+  cur_tag_head = top_tag_head;
+}
+
+/* This function should be called when a symbol is created.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_symbol_new_hook (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  /* Make sure that we have a file pointer, but only if we have seen a
+     file.  If we haven't seen a file, then this is a probably special
+     symbol created by md_begin which may required special handling at
+     some point.  Creating a dummy file with a dummy name is certainly
+     wrong.  */
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL
+      && seen_at_least_1_file ())
+    add_file ((const char *) NULL, 0, 1);
+  symbolP->ecoff_file = cur_file_ptr;
+  symbolP->ecoff_symbol = NULL;
+  symbolP->ecoff_extern_size = 0;
+}
+
+/* Add a page to a varray object.  */
+
+static void
+add_varray_page (vp)
+     varray_t *vp;				/* varray to add page to */
+{
+  vlinks_t *new_links = allocate_vlinks ();
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_CHECK
+  if (vp->object_size > 1)
+    new_links->datum = (page_t *) xcalloc (1, vp->object_size);
+  else
+#endif
+    new_links->datum = allocate_page ();
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_varray].total_alloc++;
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_varray].total_pages++;
+
+  new_links->start_index = vp->num_allocated;
+  vp->objects_last_page = 0;
+
+  if (vp->first == (vlinks_t *) NULL)		/* first allocation? */
+    vp->first = vp->last = new_links;
+  else
+    {						/* 2nd or greater allocation */
+      new_links->prev = vp->last;
+      vp->last->next = new_links;
+      vp->last = new_links;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add a string (and null pad) to one of the string tables.  */
+
+static symint_t
+add_string (vp, hash_tbl, str, ret_hash)
+     varray_t *vp;			/* string obstack */
+     struct hash_control *hash_tbl;	/* ptr to hash table */
+     const char *str;			/* string */
+     shash_t **ret_hash;		/* return hash pointer */
+{
+  register unsigned long len = strlen (str);
+  register shash_t *hash_ptr;
+
+  if (len >= PAGE_USIZE)
+    as_fatal ("String too big (%lu bytes)", len);
+
+  hash_ptr = (shash_t *) hash_find (hash_tbl, str);
+  if (hash_ptr == (shash_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      register const char *err;
+
+      if (vp->objects_last_page + len >= PAGE_USIZE)
+        {
+          vp->num_allocated =
+            ((vp->num_allocated + PAGE_USIZE - 1) / PAGE_USIZE) * PAGE_USIZE;
+          add_varray_page (vp);
+        }
+
+      hash_ptr = allocate_shash ();
+      hash_ptr->indx = vp->num_allocated;
+
+      hash_ptr->string = &vp->last->datum->byte[vp->objects_last_page];
+
+      vp->objects_last_page += len + 1;
+      vp->num_allocated += len + 1;
+
+      strcpy (hash_ptr->string, str);
+
+      err = hash_insert (hash_tbl, str, (char *) hash_ptr);
+      if (err)
+	as_fatal ("Inserting \"%s\" into string hash table: %s",
+		  str, err);
+    }
+
+  if (ret_hash != (shash_t **) NULL)
+    *ret_hash = hash_ptr;
+
+  return hash_ptr->indx;
+}
+
+/* Add debugging information for a symbol.  */
+
+static localsym_t *
+add_ecoff_symbol (str, type, storage, sym_value, addend, value, indx)
+     const char *str;			/* symbol name */
+     st_t type;				/* symbol type */
+     sc_t storage;			/* storage class */
+     symbolS *sym_value;		/* associated symbol.  */
+     bfd_vma addend;			/* addend to sym_value.  */
+     symint_t value;			/* value of symbol */
+     symint_t indx;			/* index to local/aux. syms */
+{
+  localsym_t *psym;
+  register scope_t *pscope;
+  register thead_t *ptag_head;
+  register tag_t *ptag;
+  register tag_t *ptag_next;
+  register varray_t *vp;
+  register int scope_delta = 0;
+  shash_t *hash_ptr = (shash_t *) NULL;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  vp = &cur_file_ptr->symbols;
+
+ if (vp->objects_last_page == vp->objects_per_page)
+    add_varray_page (vp);
+
+  psym = &vp->last->datum->sym[ vp->objects_last_page++ ];
+
+  if (str == (const char *) NULL && sym_value != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    psym->name = S_GET_NAME (sym_value);
+  else
+    psym->name = str;
+  psym->as_sym = sym_value;
+  if (sym_value != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    sym_value->ecoff_symbol = psym;
+  psym->addend = addend;
+  psym->file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+  psym->proc_ptr = cur_proc_ptr;
+  psym->begin_ptr = (localsym_t *) NULL;
+  psym->index_ptr = (aux_t *) NULL;
+  psym->forward_ref = (forward_t *) NULL;
+  psym->sym_index = -1;
+  memset (&psym->ecoff_sym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
+  psym->ecoff_sym.asym.value = value;
+  psym->ecoff_sym.asym.st = (unsigned) type;
+  psym->ecoff_sym.asym.sc = (unsigned) storage;
+  psym->ecoff_sym.asym.index = indx;
+
+  /* If there is an associated symbol, we wait until the end of the
+     assembly before deciding where to put the name (it may be just an
+     external symbol).  Otherwise, this is just a debugging symbol and
+     the name should go with the current file.  */
+  if (sym_value == (symbolS *) NULL)
+    psym->ecoff_sym.asym.iss = ((str == (const char *) NULL)
+				? 0
+				: add_string (&cur_file_ptr->strings,
+					      cur_file_ptr->str_hash,
+					      str,
+					      &hash_ptr));
+
+  ++vp->num_allocated;
+
+  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&psym->ecoff_sym.asym))
+    return psym;
+
+  /* Save the symbol within the hash table if this is a static
+     item, and it has a name.  */
+  if (hash_ptr != (shash_t *) NULL
+      && (type == st_Global || type == st_Static || type == st_Label
+	  || type == st_Proc || type == st_StaticProc))
+    hash_ptr->sym_ptr = psym;
+
+  /* push or pop a scope if appropriate.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+      break;
+
+    case st_File:			/* beginning of file */
+    case st_Proc:			/* procedure */
+    case st_StaticProc:			/* static procedure */
+    case st_Block:			/* begin scope */
+      pscope = allocate_scope ();
+      pscope->prev = cur_file_ptr->cur_scope;
+      pscope->lsym = psym;
+      pscope->type = type;
+      cur_file_ptr->cur_scope = pscope;
+
+      if (type != st_File)
+	scope_delta = 1;
+
+      /* For every block type except file, struct, union, or
+	 enumeration blocks, push a level on the tag stack.  We omit
+	 file types, so that tags can span file boundaries.  */
+      if (type != st_File && storage != sc_Info)
+	{
+	  ptag_head = allocate_thead ();
+	  ptag_head->first_tag = 0;
+	  ptag_head->prev = cur_tag_head;
+	  cur_tag_head = ptag_head;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case st_End:
+      pscope = cur_file_ptr->cur_scope;
+      if (pscope == (scope_t *) NULL)
+	as_fatal ("too many st_End's");
+      else
+	{
+	  st_t begin_type = (st_t) pscope->lsym->ecoff_sym.asym.st;
+
+	  psym->begin_ptr = pscope->lsym;
+
+	  if (begin_type != st_File)
+	    scope_delta = -1;
+
+	  /* Except for file, structure, union, or enumeration end
+	     blocks remove all tags created within this scope.  */
+	  if (begin_type != st_File && storage != sc_Info)
+	    {
+	      ptag_head = cur_tag_head;
+	      cur_tag_head = ptag_head->prev;
+
+	      for (ptag = ptag_head->first_tag;
+		   ptag != (tag_t *) NULL;
+		   ptag = ptag_next)
+		{
+		  if (ptag->forward_ref != (forward_t *) NULL)
+		    add_unknown_tag (ptag);
+
+		  ptag_next = ptag->same_block;
+		  ptag->hash_ptr->tag_ptr = ptag->same_name;
+		  free_tag (ptag);
+		}
+
+	      free_thead (ptag_head);
+	    }
+
+	  cur_file_ptr->cur_scope = pscope->prev;
+
+	  /* block begin gets next sym #.  This is set when we know
+	     the symbol index value.  */
+
+	  /* Functions push two or more aux words as follows:
+	     1st word: index+1 of the end symbol (filled in later).
+	     2nd word: type of the function (plus any aux words needed).
+	     Also, tie the external pointer back to the function begin symbol.  */
+	  if (begin_type != st_File && begin_type != st_Block)
+	    {
+	      symint_t ty;
+	      varray_t *svp = &cur_file_ptr->aux_syms;
+
+	      pscope->lsym->ecoff_sym.asym.index = add_aux_sym_symint (0);
+	      pscope->lsym->index_ptr =
+		&svp->last->datum->aux[svp->objects_last_page - 1];
+	      ty = add_aux_sym_tir (&last_func_type_info,
+				    hash_no,
+				    &cur_file_ptr->thash_head[0]);
+
+/* This seems to be unnecessary.  I'm not even sure what it is
+ * intended to do.  It's from mips-tfile.
+ *	      if (last_func_sym_value != (symbolS *) NULL)
+ *		{
+ *		  last_func_sym_value->ifd = cur_file_ptr->file_index;
+ *		  last_func_sym_value->index = ty;
+ *		}
+ */
+	    }
+
+	  free_scope (pscope);
+	}
+    }
+
+  cur_file_ptr->nested_scopes += scope_delta;
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (debug && type != st_File
+      && (debug > 2 || type == st_Block || type == st_End
+	  || type == st_Proc || type == st_StaticProc))
+    {
+      char *sc_str = sc_to_string (storage);
+      char *st_str = st_to_string (type);
+      int depth = cur_file_ptr->nested_scopes + (scope_delta < 0);
+
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "\tlsym\tv= %10ld, depth= %2d, sc= %-12s",
+	       value, depth, sc_str);
+
+      if (str_start && str_end_p1 - str_start > 0)
+	fprintf (stderr, " st= %-11s name= %.*s\n", st_str, str_end_p1 - str_start, str_start);
+      else
+	{
+	  unsigned long len = strlen (st_str);
+	  fprintf (stderr, " st= %.*s\n", len-1, st_str);
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return psym;
+}
+
+/* Add an auxiliary symbol (passing a symint).  This is actually used
+   for integral aux types, not just symints.  */
+
+static symint_t
+add_aux_sym_symint (aux_word)
+     symint_t aux_word;		/* auxiliary information word */
+{
+  register varray_t *vp;
+  register aux_t *aux_ptr;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  vp = &cur_file_ptr->aux_syms;
+
+  if (vp->objects_last_page == vp->objects_per_page)
+    add_varray_page (vp);
+
+  aux_ptr = &vp->last->datum->aux[vp->objects_last_page++];
+  aux_ptr->type = aux_isym;
+  aux_ptr->data.isym = aux_word;
+
+  return vp->num_allocated++;
+}
+
+
+/* Add an auxiliary symbol (passing a file/symbol index combo).  */
+
+static symint_t
+add_aux_sym_rndx (file_index, sym_index)
+     int file_index;
+     symint_t sym_index;
+{
+  register varray_t *vp;
+  register aux_t *aux_ptr;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  vp = &cur_file_ptr->aux_syms;
+
+  if (vp->objects_last_page == vp->objects_per_page)
+    add_varray_page (vp);
+
+  aux_ptr = &vp->last->datum->aux[vp->objects_last_page++];
+  aux_ptr->type = aux_rndx;
+  aux_ptr->data.rndx.rfd   = file_index;
+  aux_ptr->data.rndx.index = sym_index;
+
+  return vp->num_allocated++;
+}
+
+/* Add an auxiliary symbol (passing the basic type and possibly
+   type qualifiers).  */
+
+static symint_t
+add_aux_sym_tir (t, state, hash_tbl)
+     type_info_t *t;		/* current type information */
+     hash_state_t state;	/* whether to hash type or not */
+     thash_t **hash_tbl;	/* pointer to hash table to use */
+{
+  register varray_t *vp;
+  register aux_t *aux_ptr;
+  static AUXU init_aux;
+  symint_t ret;
+  int i;
+  AUXU aux;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  vp = &cur_file_ptr->aux_syms;
+
+  aux = init_aux;
+  aux.ti.bt = (int) t->basic_type;
+  aux.ti.continued = 0;
+  aux.ti.fBitfield = t->bitfield;
+
+  aux.ti.tq0 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[0];
+  aux.ti.tq1 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[1];
+  aux.ti.tq2 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[2];
+  aux.ti.tq3 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[3];
+  aux.ti.tq4 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[4];
+  aux.ti.tq5 = (int) t->type_qualifiers[5];
+
+
+  /* For anything that adds additional information, we must not hash,
+     so check here, and reset our state. */
+
+  if (state != hash_no
+      && (t->type_qualifiers[0] == tq_Array
+	  || t->type_qualifiers[1] == tq_Array
+	  || t->type_qualifiers[2] == tq_Array
+	  || t->type_qualifiers[3] == tq_Array
+	  || t->type_qualifiers[4] == tq_Array
+	  || t->type_qualifiers[5] == tq_Array
+	  || t->basic_type == bt_Struct
+	  || t->basic_type == bt_Union
+	  || t->basic_type == bt_Enum
+	  || t->bitfield
+	  || t->num_dims > 0))
+    state = hash_no;
+
+  /* See if we can hash this type, and save some space, but some types
+     can't be hashed (because they contain arrays or continuations),
+     and others can be put into the hash list, but cannot use existing
+     types because other aux entries precede this one.  */
+
+  if (state != hash_no)
+    {
+      register thash_t *hash_ptr;
+      register symint_t hi;
+
+      hi = aux.isym & ((1 << HASHBITS) - 1);
+      hi %= THASH_SIZE;
+
+      for (hash_ptr = hash_tbl[hi];
+	   hash_ptr != (thash_t *)0;
+	   hash_ptr = hash_ptr->next)
+	{
+	  if (aux.isym == hash_ptr->type.isym)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      if (hash_ptr != (thash_t *) NULL && state == hash_yes)
+	return hash_ptr->indx;
+
+      if (hash_ptr == (thash_t *) NULL)
+	{
+	  hash_ptr = allocate_thash ();
+	  hash_ptr->next = hash_tbl[hi];
+	  hash_ptr->type = aux;
+	  hash_ptr->indx = vp->num_allocated;
+	  hash_tbl[hi] = hash_ptr;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Everything is set up, add the aux symbol. */
+  if (vp->objects_last_page == vp->objects_per_page)
+    add_varray_page (vp);
+
+  aux_ptr = &vp->last->datum->aux[ vp->objects_last_page++ ];
+  aux_ptr->type = aux_tir;
+  aux_ptr->data = aux;
+
+  ret = vp->num_allocated++;
+
+  /* Add bitfield length if it exists.
+
+     NOTE:  Mips documentation claims bitfield goes at the end of the
+     AUX record, but the DECstation compiler emits it here.
+     (This would only make a difference for enum bitfields.)
+
+     Also note:  We use the last size given since gcc may emit 2
+     for an enum bitfield.  */
+
+  if (t->bitfield)
+    (void) add_aux_sym_symint ((symint_t)t->sizes[t->num_sizes-1]);
+
+
+  /* Add tag information if needed.  Structure, union, and enum
+     references add 2 aux symbols: a [file index, symbol index]
+     pointer to the structure type, and the current file index.  */
+
+  if (t->basic_type == bt_Struct
+      || t->basic_type == bt_Union
+      || t->basic_type == bt_Enum)
+    {
+      register symint_t file_index = t->tag_ptr->ifd;
+      register localsym_t *sym  = t->tag_ptr->sym;
+      register forward_t *forward_ref = allocate_forward ();
+
+      if (sym != (localsym_t *) NULL)
+	{
+	  forward_ref->next = sym->forward_ref;
+	  sym->forward_ref = forward_ref;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  forward_ref->next = t->tag_ptr->forward_ref;
+	  t->tag_ptr->forward_ref = forward_ref;
+	}
+
+      (void) add_aux_sym_rndx (ST_RFDESCAPE, indexNil);
+      forward_ref->index_ptr
+	= &vp->last->datum->aux[ vp->objects_last_page - 1];
+
+      (void) add_aux_sym_symint (file_index);
+      forward_ref->ifd_ptr
+	= &vp->last->datum->aux[ vp->objects_last_page - 1];
+    }
+
+  /* Add information about array bounds if they exist.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < t->num_dims; i++)
+    {
+      (void) add_aux_sym_rndx (ST_RFDESCAPE,
+			       cur_file_ptr->int_type);
+
+      (void) add_aux_sym_symint (cur_file_ptr->file_index);	/* file index*/
+      (void) add_aux_sym_symint ((symint_t) 0);			/* low bound */
+      (void) add_aux_sym_symint (t->dimensions[i] - 1);		/* high bound*/
+      (void) add_aux_sym_symint ((t->dimensions[i] == 0)	/* stride */
+				 ? 0
+				 : (t->sizes[i] * 8) / t->dimensions[i]);
+    };
+
+  /* NOTE:  Mips documentation claims that the bitfield width goes here.
+     But it needs to be emitted earlier. */
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Add a tag to the tag table (unless it already exists).  */
+
+static tag_t *
+get_tag (tag, sym, basic_type)
+     const char *tag;			/* tag name */
+     localsym_t *sym;			/* tag start block */
+     bt_t basic_type;			/* bt_Struct, bt_Union, or bt_Enum */
+{
+  shash_t *hash_ptr;
+  const char *err;
+  tag_t *tag_ptr;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  hash_ptr = (shash_t *) hash_find (tag_hash, tag);
+
+  if (hash_ptr != (shash_t *) NULL
+      && hash_ptr->tag_ptr != (tag_t *) NULL)
+  {
+    tag_ptr = hash_ptr->tag_ptr;
+    if (sym != (localsym_t *) NULL)
+      {
+	tag_ptr->basic_type = basic_type;
+	tag_ptr->ifd	    = cur_file_ptr->file_index;
+	tag_ptr->sym	    = sym;
+      }
+    return tag_ptr;
+  }
+
+  if (hash_ptr == (shash_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      char *perm;
+
+      perm = xmalloc ((unsigned long) (strlen (tag) + 1));
+      strcpy (perm, tag);
+      hash_ptr = allocate_shash ();
+      err = hash_insert (tag_hash, perm, (char *) hash_ptr);
+      if (err)
+	as_fatal ("Inserting \"%s\" into tag hash table: %s",
+		  tag, err);
+      hash_ptr->string = perm;
+    }
+
+  tag_ptr = allocate_tag ();
+  tag_ptr->forward_ref	= (forward_t *) NULL;
+  tag_ptr->hash_ptr	= hash_ptr;
+  tag_ptr->same_name	= hash_ptr->tag_ptr;
+  tag_ptr->basic_type	= basic_type;
+  tag_ptr->sym		= sym;
+  tag_ptr->ifd		= ((sym == (localsym_t *) NULL)
+			   ? (symint_t) -1
+			   : cur_file_ptr->file_index);
+  tag_ptr->same_block	= cur_tag_head->first_tag;
+
+  cur_tag_head->first_tag = tag_ptr;
+  hash_ptr->tag_ptr	  = tag_ptr;
+
+  return tag_ptr;
+}
+
+/* Add an unknown {struct, union, enum} tag.  */
+
+static void
+add_unknown_tag (ptag)
+     tag_t	*ptag;		/* pointer to tag information */
+{
+  shash_t *hash_ptr	= ptag->hash_ptr;
+  char *name		= hash_ptr->string;
+  localsym_t *sym;
+  forward_t **pf;
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (debug > 1)
+    {
+      char *agg_type	= "{unknown aggregate type}";
+      switch (ptag->basic_type)
+	{
+	case bt_Struct:	agg_type = "struct";	break;
+	case bt_Union:	agg_type = "union";	break;
+	case bt_Enum:	agg_type = "enum";	break;
+	default:				break;
+	}
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "unknown %s %.*s found\n", agg_type,
+	       hash_ptr->len, name_start);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  sym = add_ecoff_symbol (name,
+			  st_Block,
+			  sc_Info,
+			  (symbolS *) NULL,
+			  (bfd_vma) 0,
+			  (symint_t) 0,
+			  (symint_t) 0);
+
+  (void) add_ecoff_symbol (name,
+			   st_End,
+			   sc_Info,
+			   (symbolS *) NULL,
+			   (bfd_vma) 0,
+			   (symint_t) 0,
+			   (symint_t) 0);
+
+  for (pf = &sym->forward_ref; *pf != (forward_t *) NULL; pf = &(*pf)->next)
+    ;
+  *pf = ptag->forward_ref;
+}
+
+/* Add a procedure to the current file's list of procedures, and record
+   this is the current procedure.  */
+
+static void
+add_procedure (func)
+     char *func;			/* func name */
+{
+  register varray_t *vp;
+  register proc_t *new_proc_ptr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (debug)
+    fputc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    as_fatal ("no current file pointer");
+
+  vp = &cur_file_ptr->procs;
+
+  if (vp->objects_last_page == vp->objects_per_page)
+    add_varray_page (vp);
+
+  cur_proc_ptr = new_proc_ptr = &vp->last->datum->proc[vp->objects_last_page++];
+
+  if (first_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    first_proc_ptr = new_proc_ptr;
+
+  vp->num_allocated++;
+
+  new_proc_ptr->pdr.isym = -1;
+  new_proc_ptr->pdr.iline = -1;
+  new_proc_ptr->pdr.lnLow = -1;
+  new_proc_ptr->pdr.lnHigh = -1;
+
+  /* Set the BSF_FUNCTION flag for the symbol.  */
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make (func);
+  sym->bsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
+
+  /* Push the start of the function.  */
+  new_proc_ptr->sym = add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL, st_Proc, sc_Text,
+					sym, (bfd_vma) 0, (symint_t) 0,
+					(symint_t) 0);
+
+  ++proc_cnt;
+
+  /* Fill in the linenos preceding the .ent, if any.  */
+  if (noproc_lineno != (lineno_list_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      lineno_list_t *l;
+
+      for (l = noproc_lineno; l != (lineno_list_t *) NULL; l = l->next)
+	l->proc = new_proc_ptr;
+      *last_lineno_ptr = noproc_lineno;
+      while (*last_lineno_ptr != NULL)
+	{
+	  last_lineno = *last_lineno_ptr;
+	  last_lineno_ptr = &last_lineno->next;
+	}
+      noproc_lineno = (lineno_list_t *) NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add a new filename, and set up all of the file relative
+   virtual arrays (strings, symbols, aux syms, etc.).  Record
+   where the current file structure lives.  */
+
+static void
+add_file (file_name, indx, fake)
+     const char *file_name;		/* file name */
+     int indx;
+     int fake;
+{
+  register int first_ch;
+  register efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (debug)
+    fprintf (stderr, "\tfile\t%.*s\n", len, file_start);
+#endif
+
+  /* If the file name is NULL, then no .file symbol appeared, and we
+     want to use the actual file name.  */
+  if (file_name == (const char *) NULL)
+    {
+      char *file;
+
+      if (first_file != (efdr_t *) NULL)
+	as_fatal ("fake .file after real one");
+      as_where (&file, (unsigned int *) NULL);
+      file_name = (const char *) file;
+
+      if (! symbol_table_frozen)
+	generate_asm_lineno = 1;
+    }
+  else
+      generate_asm_lineno = 0;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  if (listing)
+    listing_source_file (file_name);
+#endif
+
+  current_stabs_filename = file_name;
+
+  /* If we're creating stabs, then we don't actually make a new FDR.
+     Instead, we just create a stabs symbol.  */
+  if (stabs_seen)
+    {
+      (void) add_ecoff_symbol (file_name, st_Nil, sc_Nil,
+			       symbol_new ("L0\001", now_seg,
+					   (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+					   frag_now),
+			       (bfd_vma) 0, 0, ECOFF_MARK_STAB (N_SOL));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  first_ch = *file_name;
+
+  /* FIXME: We can't safely merge files which have line number
+     information (fMerge will be zero in this case).  Otherwise, we
+     get incorrect line number debugging info.  See for instance
+     ecoff_build_lineno, which will end up setting all file->fdr.*
+     fields multiple times, resulting in incorrect debug info.  In
+     order to make this work right, all line number and symbol info
+     for the same source file has to be adjacent in the object file,
+     so that a single file descriptor can be used to point to them.
+     This would require maintaining file specific lists of line
+     numbers and symbols for each file, so that they can be merged
+     together (or output together) when two .file pseudo-ops are
+     merged into one file descriptor.  */
+
+  /* See if the file has already been created.  */
+  for (fil_ptr = first_file;
+       fil_ptr != (efdr_t *) NULL;
+       fil_ptr = fil_ptr->next_file)
+    {
+      if (first_ch == fil_ptr->name[0]
+	  && strcmp (file_name, fil_ptr->name) == 0
+	  && fil_ptr->fdr.fMerge)
+	{
+	  cur_file_ptr = fil_ptr;
+	  if (! fake)
+	    cur_file_ptr->fake = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a new file, create it. */
+  if (fil_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (file_desc.objects_last_page == file_desc.objects_per_page)
+	add_varray_page (&file_desc);
+
+      fil_ptr = cur_file_ptr =
+	&file_desc.last->datum->file[file_desc.objects_last_page++];
+      *fil_ptr = init_file;
+
+      fil_ptr->file_index = current_file_idx++;
+      ++file_desc.num_allocated;
+
+      fil_ptr->fake = fake;
+
+      /* Allocate the string hash table.  */
+      fil_ptr->str_hash = hash_new ();
+
+      /* Make sure 0 byte in string table is null  */
+      add_string (&fil_ptr->strings,
+		  fil_ptr->str_hash,
+		  "",
+		  (shash_t **)0);
+
+      if (strlen (file_name) > PAGE_USIZE - 2)
+	as_fatal ("Filename goes over one page boundary.");
+
+      /* Push the start of the filename. We assume that the filename
+         will be stored at string offset 1.  */
+      (void) add_ecoff_symbol (file_name, st_File, sc_Text,
+			       (symbolS *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0,
+			       (symint_t) 0, (symint_t) 0);
+      fil_ptr->fdr.rss = 1;
+      fil_ptr->name = &fil_ptr->strings.last->datum->byte[1];
+
+      /* Update the linked list of file descriptors.  */
+      *last_file_ptr = fil_ptr;
+      last_file_ptr = &fil_ptr->next_file;
+
+      /* Add void & int types to the file (void should be first to catch
+	 errant 0's within the index fields).  */
+      fil_ptr->void_type = add_aux_sym_tir (&void_type_info,
+					    hash_yes,
+					    &cur_file_ptr->thash_head[0]);
+
+      fil_ptr->int_type = add_aux_sym_tir (&int_type_info,
+					   hash_yes,
+					   &cur_file_ptr->thash_head[0]);
+      /* gas used to have a bug that if the file does not have any
+	 symbol, it either will abort or will not build the file,
+	 the following is to get around that problem. ---kung*/
+#if 0
+      if (generate_asm_lineno)
+	{
+	  mark_stabs (0);
+          (void) add_ecoff_symbol (file_name, st_Nil, sc_Nil,
+				   symbol_new ("L0\001", now_seg,
+					       (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+					       frag_now),
+				   (bfd_vma) 0, 0, ECOFF_MARK_STAB (N_SO));
+          (void) add_ecoff_symbol ("void:t1=1", st_Nil, sc_Nil,
+				   (symbolS *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0, 0,
+				   ECOFF_MARK_STAB (N_LSYM));
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function is called when the assembler notices a preprocessor
+   directive switching to a new file.  This will not happen in
+   compiler output, only in hand coded assembler.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_new_file (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (cur_file_ptr != NULL && strcmp (cur_file_ptr->name, name) == 0)
+    return;
+  add_file (name, 0, 0);
+  generate_asm_lineno = 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+
+/* Convert storage class to string.  */
+
+static char *
+sc_to_string(storage_class)
+     sc_t storage_class;
+{
+  switch(storage_class)
+    {
+    case sc_Nil:	 return "Nil,";
+    case sc_Text:	 return "Text,";
+    case sc_Data:	 return "Data,";
+    case sc_Bss:	 return "Bss,";
+    case sc_Register:	 return "Register,";
+    case sc_Abs:	 return "Abs,";
+    case sc_Undefined:	 return "Undefined,";
+    case sc_CdbLocal:	 return "CdbLocal,";
+    case sc_Bits:	 return "Bits,";
+    case sc_CdbSystem:	 return "CdbSystem,";
+    case sc_RegImage:	 return "RegImage,";
+    case sc_Info:	 return "Info,";
+    case sc_UserStruct:	 return "UserStruct,";
+    case sc_SData:	 return "SData,";
+    case sc_SBss:	 return "SBss,";
+    case sc_RData:	 return "RData,";
+    case sc_Var:	 return "Var,";
+    case sc_Common:	 return "Common,";
+    case sc_SCommon:	 return "SCommon,";
+    case sc_VarRegister: return "VarRegister,";
+    case sc_Variant:	 return "Variant,";
+    case sc_SUndefined:	 return "SUndefined,";
+    case sc_Init:	 return "Init,";
+    case sc_Max:	 return "Max,";
+    }
+
+  return "???,";
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+
+/* Convert symbol type to string.  */
+
+static char *
+st_to_string(symbol_type)
+     st_t symbol_type;
+{
+  switch(symbol_type)
+    {
+    case st_Nil:	return "Nil,";
+    case st_Global:	return "Global,";
+    case st_Static:	return "Static,";
+    case st_Param:	return "Param,";
+    case st_Local:	return "Local,";
+    case st_Label:	return "Label,";
+    case st_Proc:	return "Proc,";
+    case st_Block:	return "Block,";
+    case st_End:	return "End,";
+    case st_Member:	return "Member,";
+    case st_Typedef:	return "Typedef,";
+    case st_File:	return "File,";
+    case st_RegReloc:	return "RegReloc,";
+    case st_Forward:	return "Forward,";
+    case st_StaticProc:	return "StaticProc,";
+    case st_Constant:	return "Constant,";
+    case st_Str:	return "String,";
+    case st_Number:	return "Number,";
+    case st_Expr:	return "Expr,";
+    case st_Type:	return "Type,";
+    case st_Max:	return "Max,";
+    }
+
+  return "???,";
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* Parse .begin directives which have a label as the first argument
+   which gives the location of the start of the block.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_begin (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".begin directive without a preceding .file directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".begin directive without a preceding .ent directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  (void) add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL, st_Block, sc_Text,
+			   symbol_find_or_make (name),
+			   (bfd_vma) 0, (symint_t) 0, (symint_t) 0);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  /* The line number follows, but we don't use it.  */
+  (void) get_absolute_expression ();
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .bend directives which have a label as the first argument
+   which gives the location of the end of the block.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_bend (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+  symbolS *endsym;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".bend directive without a preceding .file directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".bend directive without a preceding .ent directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  /* The value is the distance between the .bend directive and the
+     corresponding symbol.  We fill in the offset when we write out
+     the symbol.  */
+  endsym = symbol_find (name);
+  if (endsym == (symbolS *) NULL)
+    as_warn (".bend directive names unknown symbol");
+  else
+    (void) add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL, st_End, sc_Text, endsym,
+			     (bfd_vma) 0, (symint_t) 0, (symint_t) 0);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  /* The line number follows, but we don't use it.  */
+  (void) get_absolute_expression ();
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* COFF debugging information is provided as a series of directives
+   (.def, .scl, etc.).  We build up information as we read the
+   directives in the following static variables, and file it away when
+   we reach the .endef directive.  */
+static char *coff_sym_name;
+static type_info_t coff_type;
+static sc_t coff_storage_class;
+static st_t coff_symbol_typ;
+static int coff_is_function;
+static char *coff_tag;
+static valueT coff_value;
+static symbolS *coff_sym_value;
+static bfd_vma coff_sym_addend;
+static int coff_inside_enumeration;
+
+/* Handle a .def directive: start defining a symbol.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_def (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+
+  ecoff_debugging_seen = 1;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  if (coff_sym_name != (char *) NULL)
+    as_warn (".def pseudo-op used inside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+  else if (*name == '\0')
+    as_warn ("Empty symbol name in .def; ignored");
+  else
+    {
+      if (coff_sym_name != (char *) NULL)
+	free (coff_sym_name);
+      if (coff_tag != (char *) NULL)
+	free (coff_tag);
+      coff_sym_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned long) (strlen (name) + 1));
+      strcpy (coff_sym_name, name);
+      coff_type = type_info_init;
+      coff_storage_class = sc_Nil;
+      coff_symbol_typ = st_Nil;
+      coff_is_function = 0;
+      coff_tag = (char *) NULL;
+      coff_value = 0;
+      coff_sym_value = (symbolS *) NULL;
+      coff_sym_addend = 0;
+    }
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle a .dim directive, used to give dimensions for an array.  The
+   arguments are comma separated numbers.  mips-tfile assumes that
+   there will not be more than 6 dimensions, and gdb won't read any
+   more than that anyhow, so I will also make that assumption.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_dim (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int dimens[N_TQ];
+  int i;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".dim pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < N_TQ; i++)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      dimens[i] = get_absolute_expression ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (*input_line_pointer != '\n'
+	      && *input_line_pointer != ';')
+	    as_warn ("Badly formed .dim directive");
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (i == N_TQ)
+    --i;
+
+  /* The dimensions are stored away in reverse order.  */
+  for (; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      if (coff_type.num_dims >= N_TQ)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Too many .dim entries");
+	  break;
+	}
+      coff_type.dimensions[coff_type.num_dims] = dimens[i];
+      ++coff_type.num_dims;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle a .scl directive, which sets the COFF storage class of the
+   symbol.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_scl (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".scl pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  val = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  coff_symbol_typ = map_coff_sym_type[val];
+  coff_storage_class = map_coff_storage[val];
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle a .size directive.  For some reason mips-tfile.c thinks that
+   .size can have multiple arguments.  We humor it, although gcc will
+   never generate more than one argument.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_size (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int sizes[N_TQ];
+  int i;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".size pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < N_TQ; i++)
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      sizes[i] = get_absolute_expression ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (*input_line_pointer != '\n'
+	      && *input_line_pointer != ';')
+	    as_warn ("Badly formed .size directive");
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (i == N_TQ)
+    --i;
+
+  /* The sizes are stored away in reverse order.  */
+  for (; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      if (coff_type.num_sizes >= N_TQ)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Too many .size entries");
+	  break;
+	}
+      coff_type.sizes[coff_type.num_sizes] = sizes[i];
+      ++coff_type.num_sizes;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .type directive, which gives the COFF type of the
+   symbol.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_type (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+  tq_t *tq_ptr;
+  tq_t *tq_shft;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".type pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  val = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  coff_type.orig_type = BTYPE (val);
+  coff_type.basic_type = map_coff_types[coff_type.orig_type];
+
+  tq_ptr = &coff_type.type_qualifiers[N_TQ];
+  while (val &~ N_BTMASK)
+    {
+      if (tq_ptr == &coff_type.type_qualifiers[0])
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: We could handle this by setting the continued bit.
+             There would still be a limit: the .type argument can not
+             be infinite.  */
+	  as_warn ("The type of %s is too complex; it will be simplified",
+		   coff_sym_name);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (ISPTR (val))
+	*--tq_ptr = tq_Ptr;
+      else if (ISFCN (val))
+	*--tq_ptr = tq_Proc;
+      else if (ISARY (val))
+	*--tq_ptr = tq_Array;
+      else
+	as_fatal ("Unrecognized .type argument");
+
+      val = DECREF (val);
+    }
+
+  tq_shft = &coff_type.type_qualifiers[0];
+  while (tq_ptr != &coff_type.type_qualifiers[N_TQ])
+    *tq_shft++ = *tq_ptr++;
+
+  if (tq_shft != &coff_type.type_qualifiers[0] && tq_shft[-1] == tq_Proc)
+    {
+      /* If this is a function, ignore it, so that we don't get two
+	 entries (one from the .ent, and one for the .def that
+	 precedes it).  Save the type information so that the end
+	 block can properly add it after the begin block index.  For
+	 MIPS knows what reason, we must strip off the function type
+	 at this point.  */
+      coff_is_function = 1;
+      tq_shft[-1] = tq_Nil;
+    }
+
+  while (tq_shft != &coff_type.type_qualifiers[N_TQ])
+    *tq_shft++ = tq_Nil;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .tag directive, which gives the name of a structure,
+   union or enum.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_tag (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".tag pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  coff_tag = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned long) (strlen (name) + 1));
+  strcpy (coff_tag, name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .val directive, which gives the value of the symbol.  It
+   may be the name of a static or global symbol.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_val (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".val pseudo-op used outside of .def/.endef; ignored");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_constant && exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+    {
+      as_bad (".val expression is too copmlex");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (exp.X_op == O_constant)
+    coff_value = exp.X_add_number;
+  else
+    {
+      coff_sym_value = exp.X_add_symbol;
+      coff_sym_addend = exp.X_add_number;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .endef directive, which terminates processing of COFF
+   debugging information for a symbol.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_endef (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  symint_t indx;
+  localsym_t *sym;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+  if (coff_sym_name == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".endef pseudo-op used before .def; ignored");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = coff_sym_name;
+  coff_sym_name = (char *) NULL;
+
+  /* If the symbol is a static or external, we have already gotten the
+     appropriate type and class, so make sure we don't override those
+     values.  This is needed because there are some type and classes
+     that are not in COFF, such as short data, etc.  */
+  if (coff_sym_value != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    {
+      coff_symbol_typ = st_Nil;
+      coff_storage_class = sc_Nil;
+    }
+
+  coff_type.extra_sizes = coff_tag != (char *) NULL;
+  if (coff_type.num_dims > 0)
+    {
+      int diff = coff_type.num_dims - coff_type.num_sizes;
+      int i = coff_type.num_dims - 1;
+      int j;
+
+      if (coff_type.num_sizes != 1 || diff < 0)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Bad COFF debugging info");
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      /* If this is an array, make sure the same number of dimensions
+	 and sizes were passed, creating extra sizes for multiply
+	 dimensioned arrays if not passed.  */
+      coff_type.extra_sizes = 0;
+      if (diff)
+	{
+	  j = (sizeof (coff_type.sizes) / sizeof (coff_type.sizes[0])) - 1;
+	  while (j >= 0)
+	    {
+	      coff_type.sizes[j] = (((j - diff) >= 0)
+				    ? coff_type.sizes[j - diff]
+				    : 0);
+	      j--;
+	    }
+
+	  coff_type.num_sizes = i + 1;
+	  for (i--; i >= 0; i--)
+	    coff_type.sizes[i] = (coff_type.dimensions[i + 1] == 0
+				  ? 0
+				  : (coff_type.sizes[i + 1]
+				     / coff_type.dimensions[i + 1]));
+	}
+    }
+  else if (coff_symbol_typ == st_Member
+	   && coff_type.num_sizes - coff_type.extra_sizes == 1)
+    {
+      /* Is this a bitfield?  This is indicated by a structure memeber
+	 having a size field that isn't an array.  */
+      coff_type.bitfield = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Except for enumeration members & begin/ending of scopes, put the
+     type word in the aux. symbol table.  */
+  if (coff_symbol_typ == st_Block || coff_symbol_typ == st_End)
+    indx = 0;
+  else if (coff_inside_enumeration)
+    indx = cur_file_ptr->void_type;
+  else
+    {
+      if (coff_type.basic_type == bt_Struct
+	  || coff_type.basic_type == bt_Union
+	  || coff_type.basic_type == bt_Enum)
+	{
+	  if (coff_tag == (char *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("No tag specified for %s", name);
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  coff_type.tag_ptr = get_tag (coff_tag, (localsym_t *) NULL,
+				       coff_type.basic_type);
+	}
+
+      if (coff_is_function)
+	{
+	  last_func_type_info = coff_type;
+	  last_func_sym_value = coff_sym_value;
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      indx = add_aux_sym_tir (&coff_type,
+			      hash_yes,
+			      &cur_file_ptr->thash_head[0]);
+    }
+
+  /* Do any last minute adjustments that are necessary.  */
+  switch (coff_symbol_typ)
+    {
+    default:
+      break;
+
+      /* For the beginning of structs, unions, and enumerations, the
+	 size info needs to be passed in the value field.  */
+    case st_Block:
+      if (coff_type.num_sizes - coff_type.num_dims - coff_type.extra_sizes
+	  != 1)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Bad COFF debugging information");
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	coff_value = coff_type.sizes[0];
+
+      coff_inside_enumeration = (coff_type.orig_type == T_ENUM);
+      break;
+
+      /* For the end of structs, unions, and enumerations, omit the
+	 name which is always ".eos".  This needs to be done last, so
+	 that any error reporting above gives the correct name.  */
+    case st_End:
+      free (name);
+      name = (char *) NULL;
+      coff_value = 0;
+      coff_inside_enumeration = 0;
+      break;
+
+      /* Members of structures and unions that aren't bitfields, need
+	 to adjust the value from a byte offset to a bit offset.
+	 Members of enumerations do not have the value adjusted, and
+	 can be distinguished by indx == indexNil.  For enumerations,
+	 update the maximum enumeration value.  */
+    case st_Member:
+      if (! coff_type.bitfield && ! coff_inside_enumeration)
+	coff_value *= 8;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Add the symbol.  */
+  sym = add_ecoff_symbol (name,
+			  coff_symbol_typ,
+			  coff_storage_class,
+			  coff_sym_value,
+			  coff_sym_addend,
+			  (symint_t) coff_value,
+			  indx);
+
+  /* deal with struct, union, and enum tags.  */
+  if (coff_symbol_typ == st_Block)
+    {
+      /* Create or update the tag information.  */
+      tag_t *tag_ptr = get_tag (name,
+				sym,
+				coff_type.basic_type);
+      forward_t **pf;
+
+      /* Remember any forward references.  */
+      for (pf = &sym->forward_ref;
+	   *pf != (forward_t *) NULL;
+	   pf = &(*pf)->next)
+	;
+      *pf = tag_ptr->forward_ref;
+      tag_ptr->forward_ref = (forward_t *) NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Parse .end directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_end (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+  register int ch;
+  symbolS *ent;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".end directive without a preceding .file directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".end directive without a preceding .ent directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  ch = *name;
+  if (! is_name_beginner (ch))
+    {
+      as_warn (".end directive has no name");
+      *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* The value is the distance between the .end directive and the
+     corresponding symbol.  We create a fake symbol to hold the
+     current location, and put in the offset when we write out the
+     symbol.  */
+  ent = symbol_find (name);
+  if (ent == (symbolS *) NULL)
+    as_warn (".end directive names unknown symbol");
+  else
+    {
+      (void) add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL, st_End, sc_Text,
+			       symbol_new ("L0\001", now_seg,
+					   (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+					   frag_now),
+			       (bfd_vma) 0, (symint_t) 0, (symint_t) 0);
+
+      if (stabs_seen && generate_asm_lineno)
+	{
+	char *n;
+
+	  n = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 4);
+	  strcpy (n, name);
+	  strcat (n, ":F1");
+	  (void) add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) n, stGlobal, scText, 
+				   ent, (bfd_vma) 0, 0,
+				   ECOFF_MARK_STAB (N_FUN));
+	}
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr = (proc_t *) NULL;
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .ent directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_ent (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char name_end;
+  register int ch;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    add_file ((const char *) NULL, 0, 1);
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn ("second .ent directive found before .end directive");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  ch = *name;
+  if (! is_name_beginner (ch))
+    {
+      as_warn (".ent directive has no name");
+      *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  add_procedure (name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  I'm not
+     really sure what the number means.  I don't see any way to store
+     the information in the PDR.  The Irix 4 assembler seems to ignore
+     the information.  */
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  if (isdigit (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
+    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .extern directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_extern (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolp;
+  valueT size;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  symbolp = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolp);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    ++input_line_pointer;
+  size = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  symbolp->ecoff_extern_size = size;
+}
+
+/* Parse .file directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_file (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int indx;
+  char *name;
+  int len;
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn ("No way to handle .file within .ent/.end section");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  indx = (int) get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  /* FIXME: we don't have to save the name here.  */
+  name = demand_copy_C_string (&len);
+
+  add_file (name, indx - 1, 0);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .fmask directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_fmask (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".fmask outside of .ent");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .fmask directive");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.fregmask = val;
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.fregoffset = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .frame directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_frame (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".frame outside of .ent");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.framereg = tc_get_register (1);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
+      || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .frame directive");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.frameoffset = val;
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.pcreg = tc_get_register (0);
+
+#if 0 /* Alpha-OSF1 adds "the offset of saved $a0 from $sp", according
+	 to Sandro.  I don't yet know where this value should be stored, if
+	 anywhere.  */
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+#else
+  s_ignore (42);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Parse .mask directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_mask (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long val;
+
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".mask outside of .ent");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn ("Bad .mask directive");
+      --input_line_pointer;
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.regmask = val;
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.regoffset = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Parse .loc directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_loc (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  lineno_list_t *list;
+  symint_t lineno;
+
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      as_warn (".loc before .file");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (now_seg != text_section)
+    {
+      as_warn (".loc outside of .text");
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Skip the file number.  */
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  get_absolute_expression ();
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  lineno = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  if (listing)
+    listing_source_line (lineno);
+#endif
+
+  /* If we're building stabs, then output a special label rather than
+     ECOFF line number info.  */
+  if (stabs_seen)
+    {
+      (void) add_ecoff_symbol ((char *) NULL, st_Label, sc_Text,
+			       symbol_new ("L0\001", now_seg,
+					   (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+					   frag_now),
+			       (bfd_vma) 0, 0, lineno);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  list = allocate_lineno_list ();
+
+  list->next = (lineno_list_t *) NULL;
+  list->file = cur_file_ptr;
+  list->proc = cur_proc_ptr;
+  list->frag = frag_now;
+  list->paddr = frag_now_fix ();
+  list->lineno = lineno;
+
+  /* We don't want to merge files which have line numbers.  */
+  cur_file_ptr->fdr.fMerge = 0;
+
+  /* A .loc directive will sometimes appear before a .ent directive,
+     which means that cur_proc_ptr will be NULL here.  Arrange to
+     patch this up.  */
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      lineno_list_t **pl;
+
+      pl = &noproc_lineno;
+      while (*pl != (lineno_list_t *) NULL)
+	pl = &(*pl)->next;
+      *pl = list;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      last_lineno = list;
+      *last_lineno_ptr = list;
+      last_lineno_ptr = &list->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The MIPS assembler sometimes inserts nop instructions in the
+   instruction stream.  When this happens, we must patch up the .loc
+   information so that it points to the instruction after the nop.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_fix_loc (old_frag, old_frag_offset)
+     fragS *old_frag;
+     unsigned long old_frag_offset;
+{
+  if (last_lineno != NULL
+      && last_lineno->frag == old_frag
+      && last_lineno->paddr == old_frag_offset)
+    {
+      last_lineno->frag = frag_now;
+      last_lineno->paddr = frag_now_fix ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make sure the @stabs symbol is emitted.  */
+
+static void
+mark_stabs (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (! stabs_seen)
+    {
+      /* Add a dummy @stabs dymbol. */
+      stabs_seen = 1;
+      (void) add_ecoff_symbol (stabs_symbol, stNil, scInfo,
+			       (symbolS *) NULL,
+			       (bfd_vma) 0, (symint_t) -1,
+			       ECOFF_MARK_STAB (0));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Parse .weakext directives.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_directive_weakext (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  expressionS exp;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP))
+	{
+	  as_bad ("Ignoring attempt to redefine symbol `%s'.",
+		  S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	{
+	  expression (&exp);
+	  if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("bad .weakext directive");
+	      ignore_rest_of_line();
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  symbolP->sy_value = exp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  S_SET_WEAK (symbolP);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle .stabs directives.  The actual parsing routine is done by a
+   generic routine.  This routine is called via OBJ_PROCESS_STAB.
+   When this is called, input_line_pointer will be pointing at the
+   value field of the stab.
+
+   .stabs directives have five fields:
+	"string"	a string, encoding the type information.
+	code		a numeric code, defined in <stab.h>
+	0		a zero
+	desc		a zero or line number
+	value		a numeric value or an address.
+
+    If the value is relocatable, we transform this into:
+	iss		points as an index into string space
+	value		value from lookup of the name
+	st		st from lookup of the name
+	sc		sc from lookup of the name
+	index		code|CODE_MASK
+
+    If the value is not relocatable, we transform this into:
+	iss		points as an index into string space
+	value		value
+	st		st_Nil
+	sc		sc_Nil
+	index		code|CODE_MASK
+
+    .stabn directives have four fields (string is null):
+	code		a numeric code, defined in <stab.h>
+	0		a zero
+	desc		a zero or a line number
+	value		a numeric value or an address.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_stab (sec, what, string, type, other, desc)
+     segT sec;
+     int what;
+     const char *string;
+     int type;
+     int other;
+     int desc;
+{
+  efdr_t *save_file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  symint_t value;
+  bfd_vma addend;
+  st_t st;
+  sc_t sc;
+  symint_t indx;
+  localsym_t *hold = NULL;
+
+  ecoff_debugging_seen = 1;
+
+  /* We don't handle .stabd.  */
+  if (what != 's' && what != 'n')
+    {
+      as_bad (".stab%c is not supported", what);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* A .stabn uses a null name, not an empty string.  */
+  if (what == 'n')
+    string = NULL;
+
+  /* We ignore the other field.  */
+  if (other != 0)
+    as_warn (".stab%c: ignoring non-zero other field", what);
+
+  /* Make sure we have a current file.  */
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      add_file ((const char *) NULL, 0, 1);
+      save_file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+    }
+
+  /* For stabs in ECOFF, the first symbol must be @stabs.  This is a
+     signal to gdb.  */
+  if (stabs_seen == 0)
+    mark_stabs (0);
+
+  /* Line number stabs are handled differently, since they have two
+     values, the line number and the address of the label.  We use the
+     index field (aka desc) to hold the line number, and the value
+     field to hold the address.  The symbol type is st_Label, which
+     should be different from the other stabs, so that gdb can
+     recognize it.  */
+  if (type == N_SLINE)
+    {
+      SYMR dummy_symr;
+      char *name;
+      char name_end;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+      if (listing)
+	listing_source_line ((unsigned int) desc);
+#endif
+
+      dummy_symr.index = desc;
+      if (dummy_symr.index != desc)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Line number (%d) for .stab%c directive cannot fit in index field (20 bits)",
+		   desc, what);
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      name_end = get_symbol_end ();
+
+      sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = name_end;
+
+      value = 0;
+      addend = 0;
+      st = st_Label;
+      sc = sc_Text;
+      indx = desc;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+      if (listing && (type == N_SO || type == N_SOL))
+	listing_source_file (string);
+#endif
+
+      if (isdigit (*input_line_pointer)
+	  || *input_line_pointer == '-'
+	  || *input_line_pointer == '+')
+	{
+	  st = st_Nil;
+	  sc = sc_Nil;
+	  sym = (symbolS *) NULL;
+	  value = get_absolute_expression ();
+	  addend = 0;
+	}
+      else if (! is_name_beginner ((unsigned char) *input_line_pointer))
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Illegal .stab%c directive, bad character", what);
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  expressionS exp;
+
+	  sc = sc_Nil;
+	  st = st_Nil;
+
+	  expression (&exp);
+	  if (exp.X_op == O_constant)
+	    {
+	      sym = NULL;
+	      value = exp.X_add_number;
+	      addend = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (exp.X_op == O_symbol)
+	    {
+	      sym = exp.X_add_symbol;
+	      value = 0;
+	      addend = exp.X_add_number;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
+	      value = 0;
+	      addend = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      indx = ECOFF_MARK_STAB (type);
+    }
+
+  /* Don't store the stabs symbol we are creating as the type of the
+     ECOFF symbol.  We want to compute the type of the ECOFF symbol
+     independently.  */
+  if (sym != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    hold = sym->ecoff_symbol;
+
+  (void) add_ecoff_symbol (string, st, sc, sym, addend, value, indx);
+
+  if (sym != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    sym->ecoff_symbol = hold;
+
+  /* Restore normal file type.  */
+  cur_file_ptr = save_file_ptr;
+}
+
+/* Frob an ECOFF symbol.  Small common symbols go into a special
+   .scommon section rather than bfd_com_section.  */
+
+void
+ecoff_frob_symbol (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  if (S_IS_COMMON (sym)
+      && S_GET_VALUE (sym) > 0
+      && S_GET_VALUE (sym) <= bfd_get_gp_size (stdoutput))
+    {
+      static asection scom_section;
+      static asymbol scom_symbol;
+
+      /* We must construct a fake section similar to bfd_com_section
+	 but with the name .scommon.  */
+      if (scom_section.name == NULL)
+	{
+	  scom_section = bfd_com_section;
+	  scom_section.name = ".scommon";
+	  scom_section.output_section = &scom_section;
+	  scom_section.symbol = &scom_symbol;
+	  scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &scom_section.symbol;
+	  scom_symbol = *bfd_com_section.symbol;
+	  scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
+	  scom_symbol.section = &scom_section;
+	}
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, &scom_section);
+    }
+
+  /* Double check weak symbols.  */
+  if (sym->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+    {
+      if (S_IS_COMMON (sym))
+	as_bad ("Symbol `%s' can not be both weak and common",
+		S_GET_NAME (sym));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Add bytes to the symbolic information buffer.  */
+
+static char *
+ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, bufptr, need)
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     char *bufptr;
+     unsigned long need;
+{
+  unsigned long at;
+  unsigned long want;
+
+  at = bufptr - *buf;
+  need -= *bufend - bufptr;
+  if (need < PAGE_SIZE)
+    need = PAGE_SIZE;
+  want = (*bufend - *buf) + need;
+  *buf = xrealloc (*buf, want);
+  *bufend = *buf + want;
+  return *buf + at;
+}
+
+/* Adjust the symbolic information buffer to the alignment required
+   for the ECOFF target debugging information.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_padding_adjust (backend, buf, bufend, offset, bufptrptr)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+     char **bufptrptr;
+{
+  bfd_size_type align;
+
+  align = backend->debug_align;
+  if ((offset & (align - 1)) != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned long add;
+
+      add = align - (offset & (align - 1));
+      if (*bufend - (*buf + offset) < add)
+	(void) ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, *buf + offset, add);
+      memset (*buf + offset, 0, add);
+      offset += add;
+      if (bufptrptr != (char **) NULL)
+	*bufptrptr = *buf + offset;
+    }
+
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/* Build the line number information.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_lineno (backend, buf, bufend, offset, linecntptr)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+     long *linecntptr;
+{
+  char *bufptr;
+  register lineno_list_t *l;
+  lineno_list_t *last;
+  efdr_t *file;
+  proc_t *proc;
+  unsigned long c;
+  long iline;
+  long totcount;
+  lineno_list_t first;
+
+  if (linecntptr != (long *) NULL)
+    *linecntptr = 0;
+
+  bufptr = *buf + offset;
+
+  file = (efdr_t *) NULL;
+  proc = (proc_t *) NULL;
+  last = (lineno_list_t *) NULL;
+  c = offset;
+  iline = 0;
+  totcount = 0;
+
+  /* For some reason the address of the first procedure is ignored
+     when reading line numbers.  This doesn't matter if the address of
+     the first procedure is 0, but when gcc is generating MIPS
+     embedded PIC code, it will put strings in the .text section
+     before the first procedure.  We cope by inserting a dummy line if
+     the address of the first procedure is not 0.  Hopefully this
+     won't screw things up too badly.  */
+  if (first_proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL
+      && first_lineno != (lineno_list_t *) NULL
+      && ((S_GET_VALUE (first_proc_ptr->sym->as_sym)
+	   + bfd_get_section_vma (stdoutput,
+				  S_GET_SEGMENT (first_proc_ptr->sym->as_sym)))
+	  != 0))
+    {
+      first.file = first_lineno->file;
+      first.proc = first_lineno->proc;
+      first.frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      first.paddr = 0;
+      first.lineno = 0;
+
+      first.next = first_lineno;
+      first_lineno = &first;
+    }
+
+  for (l = first_lineno; l != (lineno_list_t *) NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      long count;
+      long delta;
+
+      /* Get the offset to the memory address of the next line number
+	 (in words).  Do this first, so that we can skip ahead to the
+	 next useful line number entry.  */
+      if (l->next == (lineno_list_t *) NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We want a count of zero, but it will be decremented
+	     before it is used.  */
+	  count = 1;
+	}
+      else if (l->next->frag->fr_address + l->next->paddr
+	       > l->frag->fr_address + l->paddr)
+	{
+	  count = ((l->next->frag->fr_address + l->next->paddr
+		    - (l->frag->fr_address + l->paddr))
+		   >> 2);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Don't change last, so we still get the right delta.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (l->file != file || l->proc != proc)
+	{
+	  if (l->proc != proc && proc != (proc_t *) NULL)
+	    proc->pdr.lnHigh = last->lineno;
+	  if (l->file != file && file != (efdr_t *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      file->fdr.cbLine = c - file->fdr.cbLineOffset;
+	      file->fdr.cline = totcount + count;
+	      if (linecntptr != (long *) NULL)
+		*linecntptr += totcount + count;
+	      totcount = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  if (l->file != file)
+	    {
+	      efdr_t *last_file = file;
+
+	      file = l->file;
+	      if (last_file != (efdr_t *) NULL)
+		file->fdr.ilineBase
+		  = last_file->fdr.ilineBase + last_file->fdr.cline;
+	      else
+		file->fdr.ilineBase = 0;
+	      file->fdr.cbLineOffset = c;
+	    }
+	  if (l->proc != proc)
+	    {
+	      proc = l->proc;
+	      if (proc != (proc_t *) NULL)
+		{
+		  proc->pdr.lnLow = l->lineno;
+		  proc->pdr.cbLineOffset = c - file->fdr.cbLineOffset;
+		  proc->pdr.iline = totcount;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  last = (lineno_list_t *) NULL;
+	}
+
+      totcount += count;
+
+      /* Get the offset to this line number.  */
+      if (last == (lineno_list_t *) NULL)
+	delta = 0;
+      else
+	delta = l->lineno - last->lineno;
+
+      /* Put in the offset to this line number.  */
+      while (delta != 0)
+	{
+	  int setcount;
+
+	  /* 1 is added to each count read.  */
+	  --count;
+	  /* We can only adjust the word count by up to 15 words at a
+	     time.  */
+	  if (count <= 0x0f)
+	    {
+	      setcount = count;
+	      count = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      setcount = 0x0f;
+	      count -= 0x0f;
+	    }
+	  if (delta >= -7 && delta <= 7)
+	    {
+	      if (bufptr >= *bufend)
+		bufptr = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, bufptr, (long) 1);
+	      *bufptr++ = setcount + (delta << 4);
+	      delta = 0;
+	      ++c;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      int set;
+
+	      if (*bufend - bufptr < 3)
+		bufptr = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, bufptr, (long) 3);
+	      *bufptr++ = setcount + (8 << 4);
+	      if (delta < -0x8000)
+		{
+		  set = -0x8000;
+		  delta += 0x8000;
+		}
+	      else if (delta > 0x7fff)
+		{
+		  set = 0x7fff;
+		  delta -= 0x7fff;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  set = delta;
+		  delta = 0;
+		}
+	      *bufptr++ = set >> 8;
+	      *bufptr++ = set & 0xffff;
+	      c += 3;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Finish adjusting the count.  */
+      while (count > 0)
+	{
+	  if (bufptr >= *bufend)
+	    bufptr = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, bufptr, (long) 1);
+	  /* 1 is added to each count read.  */
+	  --count;
+	  if (count > 0x0f)
+	    {
+	      *bufptr++ = 0x0f;
+	      count -= 0x0f;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *bufptr++ = count;
+	      count = 0;
+	    }
+	  ++c;
+	}
+
+      ++iline;
+      last = l;
+    }
+
+  if (proc != (proc_t *) NULL)
+    proc->pdr.lnHigh = last->lineno;
+  if (file != (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      file->fdr.cbLine = c - file->fdr.cbLineOffset;
+      file->fdr.cline = totcount;
+    }
+
+  if (linecntptr != (long *) NULL)
+    *linecntptr += totcount;
+
+  c = ecoff_padding_adjust (backend, buf, bufend, c, &bufptr);
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+/* Build and swap out the symbols.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_symbols (backend, buf, bufend, offset)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = backend->external_sym_size;
+  void (* const swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR))
+    = backend->swap_sym_out;
+  char *sym_out;
+  long isym;
+  vlinks_t *file_link;
+
+  sym_out = *buf + offset;
+
+  isym = 0;
+
+  /* The symbols are stored by file.  */
+  for (file_link = file_desc.first;
+       file_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       file_link = file_link->next)
+    {
+      int ifilesym;
+      int fil_cnt;
+      efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+      efdr_t *fil_end;
+
+      if (file_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_last_page;
+      else
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_per_page;
+      fil_ptr = file_link->datum->file;
+      fil_end = fil_ptr + fil_cnt;
+      for (; fil_ptr < fil_end; fil_ptr++)
+	{
+	  vlinks_t *sym_link;
+
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.isymBase = isym;
+	  ifilesym = isym;
+	  for (sym_link = fil_ptr->symbols.first;
+	       sym_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+	       sym_link = sym_link->next)
+	    {
+	      int sym_cnt;
+	      localsym_t *sym_ptr;
+	      localsym_t *sym_end;
+
+	      if (sym_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+		sym_cnt = fil_ptr->symbols.objects_last_page;
+	      else
+		sym_cnt = fil_ptr->symbols.objects_per_page;
+	      sym_ptr = sym_link->datum->sym;
+	      sym_end = sym_ptr + sym_cnt;
+	      for (; sym_ptr < sym_end; sym_ptr++)
+		{
+		  int local;
+		  symbolS *as_sym;
+		  forward_t *f;
+
+		  know (sym_ptr->file_ptr == fil_ptr);
+
+		  /* If there is no associated gas symbol, then this
+		     is a pure debugging symbol.  We have already
+		     added the name (if any) to fil_ptr->strings.
+		     Otherwise we must decide whether this is an
+		     external or a local symbol (actually, it may be
+		     both if the local provides additional debugging
+		     information for the external).  */
+		  local = 1;
+		  as_sym = sym_ptr->as_sym;
+		  if (as_sym != (symbolS *) NULL)
+		    {
+		      symint_t indx;
+
+		      /* The value of a block start symbol is the
+			 offset from the start of the procedure.  For
+			 other symbols we just use the gas value (but
+			 we must offset it by the vma of the section,
+			 just as BFD does, because BFD will not see
+			 this value).  */
+		      if (sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st == (int) st_Block
+			  && sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.sc == (int) sc_Text)
+			{
+			  symbolS *begin_sym;
+
+			  know (sym_ptr->proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL);
+			  begin_sym = sym_ptr->proc_ptr->sym->as_sym;
+			  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (as_sym)
+			      != S_GET_SEGMENT (begin_sym))
+			    as_warn (".begin/.bend in different segments");
+			  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value =
+			    S_GET_VALUE (as_sym) - S_GET_VALUE (begin_sym);
+			}
+		      else
+			sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value =
+			  (S_GET_VALUE (as_sym)
+			   + bfd_get_section_vma (stdoutput,
+						  S_GET_SEGMENT (as_sym))
+			   + sym_ptr->addend);
+
+		      sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.weakext = S_IS_WEAK (as_sym);
+
+		      /* Set st_Proc to st_StaticProc for local
+			 functions.  */
+		      if (sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st == st_Proc
+			  && S_IS_DEFINED (as_sym)
+			  && ! S_IS_EXTERNAL (as_sym)
+			  && ! S_IS_WEAK (as_sym))
+			sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st = st_StaticProc;
+
+		      /* Get the type and storage class based on where
+			 the symbol actually wound up.  Traditionally,
+			 N_LBRAC and N_RBRAC are *not* relocated. */
+		      indx = sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.index;
+		      if (sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st == st_Nil
+			  && sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.sc == sc_Nil
+			  && (! ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym)
+			      || ((ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (indx) != N_LBRAC)
+				  && (ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (indx) != N_RBRAC))))
+			{
+			  segT seg;
+			  const char *segname;
+			  st_t st;
+			  sc_t sc;
+
+			  seg = S_GET_SEGMENT (as_sym);
+			  segname = segment_name (seg);
+
+			  if (! ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym)
+			      && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (as_sym)
+				  || S_IS_WEAK (as_sym)
+				  || ! S_IS_DEFINED (as_sym)))
+			    {
+			      if ((as_sym->bsym->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
+				st = st_Proc;
+			      else
+				st = st_Global;
+			    }
+			  else if (seg == text_section)
+			    st = st_Label;
+			  else
+			    st = st_Static;
+
+			  if (! S_IS_DEFINED (as_sym))
+			    {
+			      if (as_sym->ecoff_extern_size == 0
+				  || (as_sym->ecoff_extern_size
+				      > bfd_get_gp_size (stdoutput)))
+				sc = sc_Undefined;
+			      else
+				{
+				  sc = sc_SUndefined;
+				  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value =
+				    as_sym->ecoff_extern_size;
+				}
+#ifdef S_SET_SIZE
+			      S_SET_SIZE (as_sym, as_sym->ecoff_extern_size);
+#endif
+			    }
+			  else if (S_IS_COMMON (as_sym))
+			    {
+			      if (S_GET_VALUE (as_sym) > 0
+				  && (S_GET_VALUE (as_sym)
+				      <= bfd_get_gp_size (stdoutput)))
+				sc = sc_SCommon;
+			      else
+				sc = sc_Common;
+			    }
+			  else if (seg == text_section)
+			    sc = sc_Text;
+			  else if (seg == data_section)
+			    sc = sc_Data;
+			  else if (strcmp (segname, ".rdata") == 0
+				   || strcmp (segname, ".rodata") == 0)
+			    sc = sc_RData;
+			  else if (strcmp (segname, ".sdata") == 0)
+			    sc = sc_SData;
+			  else if (seg == bss_section)
+			    sc = sc_Bss;
+			  else if (strcmp (segname, ".sbss") == 0)
+			    sc = sc_SBss;
+			  else if (seg == &bfd_abs_section)
+			    sc = sc_Abs;
+			  else
+			    {
+			      /* This must be a user named section.
+                                 This is not possible in ECOFF, but it
+                                 is in ELF.  */
+			      sc = sc_Data;
+			    }
+
+			  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st = (int) st;
+			  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.sc = (int) sc;
+			}
+
+		      /* This is just an external symbol if it is
+			 outside a procedure and it has a type.
+			 FIXME: g++ will generate symbols which have
+			 different names in the debugging information
+			 than the actual symbol.  Should we handle
+			 them here?  */
+		      if ((S_IS_EXTERNAL (as_sym)
+			   || S_IS_WEAK (as_sym)
+			   || ! S_IS_DEFINED (as_sym))
+			  && sym_ptr->proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL
+			  && sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st != (int) st_Nil
+			  && ! ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym))
+			local = 0;
+
+		      /* This is just an external symbol if it is a
+                         common symbol.  */
+		      if (S_IS_COMMON (as_sym))
+			local = 0;
+
+		      /* If an st_end symbol has an associated gas
+			 symbol, then it is a local label created for
+			 a .bend or .end directive.  Stabs line
+			 numbers will have \001 in the names.  */
+		      if (local
+			  && sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st != st_End
+			  && strchr (sym_ptr->name, '\001') == 0)
+			sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.iss =
+			  add_string (&fil_ptr->strings,
+				      fil_ptr->str_hash,
+				      sym_ptr->name,
+				      (shash_t **) NULL);
+		    }
+
+		  /* We now know the index of this symbol; fill in
+		     locations that have been waiting for that
+		     information.  */
+		  if (sym_ptr->begin_ptr != (localsym_t *) NULL)
+		    {
+		      localsym_t *begin_ptr;
+		      st_t begin_type;
+
+		      know (local);
+		      begin_ptr = sym_ptr->begin_ptr;
+		      know (begin_ptr->sym_index != -1);
+		      sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.index = begin_ptr->sym_index;
+		      if (sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.sc != (int) sc_Info)
+			sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.iss =
+			  begin_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.iss;
+
+		      begin_type = begin_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st;
+		      if (begin_type == st_File
+			  || begin_type == st_Block)
+			{
+			  begin_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.index =
+			    isym - ifilesym + 1;
+			  (*swap_sym_out) (stdoutput,
+					   &begin_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym,
+					   (*buf
+					    + offset
+					    + (begin_ptr->sym_index
+					       * external_sym_size)));
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  know (begin_ptr->index_ptr != (aux_t *) NULL);
+			  begin_ptr->index_ptr->data.isym =
+			    isym - ifilesym + 1;
+			}
+
+		      /* The value of the symbol marking the end of a
+			 procedure is the size of the procedure.  The
+			 value of the symbol marking the end of a
+			 block is the offset from the start of the
+			 procedure to the block.  */
+		      if (begin_type == st_Proc
+			  || begin_type == st_StaticProc)
+			{
+			  know (as_sym != (symbolS *) NULL);
+			  know (begin_ptr->as_sym != (symbolS *) NULL);
+			  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (as_sym)
+			      != S_GET_SEGMENT (begin_ptr->as_sym))
+			    as_warn (".begin/.bend in different segments");
+			  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value =
+			    (S_GET_VALUE (as_sym)
+			     - S_GET_VALUE (begin_ptr->as_sym));
+
+			  /* If the size is odd, this is probably a
+                             mips16 function; force it to be even.  */
+			  if ((sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value & 1) != 0)
+			    ++sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value;
+
+#ifdef S_SET_SIZE
+			  S_SET_SIZE (begin_ptr->as_sym,
+				      sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value);
+#endif
+			}
+		      else if (begin_type == st_Block
+			       && sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.sc != (int) sc_Info)
+			{
+			  symbolS *begin_sym;
+
+			  know (as_sym != (symbolS *) NULL);
+			  know (sym_ptr->proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL);
+			  begin_sym = sym_ptr->proc_ptr->sym->as_sym;
+			  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (as_sym)
+			      != S_GET_SEGMENT (begin_sym))
+			    as_warn (".begin/.bend in different segments");
+			  sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.value =
+			    S_GET_VALUE (as_sym) - S_GET_VALUE (begin_sym);
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  for (f = sym_ptr->forward_ref;
+		       f != (forward_t *) NULL;
+		       f = f->next)
+		    {
+		      know (local);
+		      f->ifd_ptr->data.isym = fil_ptr->file_index;
+		      f->index_ptr->data.rndx.index = isym - ifilesym;
+		    }
+
+		  if (local)
+		    {
+		      if (*bufend - sym_out < external_sym_size)
+			sym_out = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend,
+						   sym_out,
+						   external_sym_size);
+		      (*swap_sym_out) (stdoutput, &sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym,
+				       sym_out);
+		      sym_out += external_sym_size;
+
+		      sym_ptr->sym_index = isym;
+
+		      if (sym_ptr->proc_ptr != (proc_t *) NULL
+			  && sym_ptr->proc_ptr->sym == sym_ptr)
+			sym_ptr->proc_ptr->pdr.isym = isym - ifilesym;
+
+		      ++isym;
+		    }
+
+		  /* Record the local symbol index and file number in
+		     case this is an external symbol.  Note that this
+		     destroys the asym.index field.  */
+		  if (as_sym != (symbolS *) NULL
+		      && as_sym->ecoff_symbol == sym_ptr)
+		    {
+		      if ((sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st == st_Proc
+			   || sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.st == st_StaticProc)
+			  && local)
+			sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.asym.index = isym - ifilesym - 1;
+		      sym_ptr->ecoff_sym.ifd = fil_ptr->file_index;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.csym = isym - fil_ptr->fdr.isymBase;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return offset + isym * external_sym_size;
+}
+
+/* Swap out the procedure information.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_procs (backend, buf, bufend, offset)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_pdr_size = backend->external_pdr_size;
+  void (* const swap_pdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PDR *, PTR))
+    = backend->swap_pdr_out;
+  char *pdr_out;
+  long iproc;
+  vlinks_t *file_link;
+
+  pdr_out = *buf + offset;
+
+  iproc = 0;
+
+  /* The procedures are stored by file.  */
+  for (file_link = file_desc.first;
+       file_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       file_link = file_link->next)
+    {
+      int fil_cnt;
+      efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+      efdr_t *fil_end;
+
+      if (file_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_last_page;
+      else
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_per_page;
+      fil_ptr = file_link->datum->file;
+      fil_end = fil_ptr + fil_cnt;
+      for (; fil_ptr < fil_end; fil_ptr++)
+	{
+	  vlinks_t *proc_link;
+	  int first;
+
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.ipdFirst = iproc;
+	  first = 1;
+	  for (proc_link = fil_ptr->procs.first;
+	       proc_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+	       proc_link = proc_link->next)
+	    {
+	      int prc_cnt;
+	      proc_t *proc_ptr;
+	      proc_t *proc_end;
+
+	      if (proc_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+		prc_cnt = fil_ptr->procs.objects_last_page;
+	      else
+		prc_cnt = fil_ptr->procs.objects_per_page;
+	      proc_ptr = proc_link->datum->proc;
+	      proc_end = proc_ptr + prc_cnt;
+	      for (; proc_ptr < proc_end; proc_ptr++)
+		{
+		  symbolS *adr_sym;
+		  unsigned long adr;
+
+		  adr_sym = proc_ptr->sym->as_sym;
+		  adr = (S_GET_VALUE (adr_sym)
+			 + bfd_get_section_vma (stdoutput,
+						S_GET_SEGMENT (adr_sym)));
+		  if (first)
+		    {
+		      /* This code used to force the adr of the very
+                         first fdr to be 0.  However, the native tools
+                         don't do that, and I can't remember why it
+                         used to work that way, so I took it out.  */
+		      fil_ptr->fdr.adr = adr;
+		      first = 0;
+		    }
+		  proc_ptr->pdr.adr = adr - fil_ptr->fdr.adr;
+		  if (*bufend - pdr_out < external_pdr_size)
+		    pdr_out = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend,
+					       pdr_out,
+					       external_pdr_size);
+		  (*swap_pdr_out) (stdoutput, &proc_ptr->pdr, pdr_out);
+		  pdr_out += external_pdr_size;
+		  ++iproc;
+		}
+	    }
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.cpd = iproc - fil_ptr->fdr.ipdFirst;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return offset + iproc * external_pdr_size;
+}
+
+/* Swap out the aux information.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_aux (backend, buf, bufend, offset)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+{
+  int bigendian;
+  union aux_ext *aux_out;
+  long iaux;
+  vlinks_t *file_link;
+
+  bigendian = bfd_big_endian (stdoutput);
+
+  aux_out = (union aux_ext *) (*buf + offset);
+
+  iaux = 0;
+
+  /* The aux entries are stored by file.  */
+  for (file_link = file_desc.first;
+       file_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       file_link = file_link->next)
+    {
+      int fil_cnt;
+      efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+      efdr_t *fil_end;
+
+      if (file_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_last_page;
+      else
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_per_page;
+      fil_ptr = file_link->datum->file;
+      fil_end = fil_ptr + fil_cnt;
+      for (; fil_ptr < fil_end; fil_ptr++)
+	{
+	  vlinks_t *aux_link;
+
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.fBigendian = bigendian;
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.iauxBase = iaux;
+	  for (aux_link = fil_ptr->aux_syms.first;
+	       aux_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+	       aux_link = aux_link->next)
+	    {
+	      int aux_cnt;
+	      aux_t *aux_ptr;
+	      aux_t *aux_end;
+
+	      if (aux_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+		aux_cnt = fil_ptr->aux_syms.objects_last_page;
+	      else
+		aux_cnt = fil_ptr->aux_syms.objects_per_page;
+	      aux_ptr = aux_link->datum->aux;
+	      aux_end = aux_ptr + aux_cnt;
+	      for (; aux_ptr < aux_end; aux_ptr++)
+		{
+		  if (*bufend - (char *) aux_out < sizeof (union aux_ext))
+		    aux_out = ((union aux_ext *)
+			       ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend,
+						(char *) aux_out,
+						sizeof (union aux_ext)));
+		  switch (aux_ptr->type)
+		    {
+		    case aux_tir:
+		      (*backend->swap_tir_out) (bigendian,
+						&aux_ptr->data.ti,
+						&aux_out->a_ti);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_rndx:
+		      (*backend->swap_rndx_out) (bigendian,
+						 &aux_ptr->data.rndx,
+						 &aux_out->a_rndx);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_dnLow:
+		      AUX_PUT_DNLOW (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.dnLow,
+				     aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_dnHigh:
+		      AUX_PUT_DNHIGH (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.dnHigh,
+				      aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_isym:
+		      AUX_PUT_ISYM (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.isym,
+				    aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_iss:
+		      AUX_PUT_ISS (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.iss,
+				   aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_width:
+		      AUX_PUT_WIDTH (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.width,
+				     aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    case aux_count:
+		      AUX_PUT_COUNT (bigendian, aux_ptr->data.count,
+				     aux_out);
+		      break;
+		    }
+
+		  ++aux_out;
+		  ++iaux;
+		}
+	    }
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.caux = iaux - fil_ptr->fdr.iauxBase;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return ecoff_padding_adjust (backend, buf, bufend,
+			       offset + iaux * sizeof (union aux_ext),
+			       (char **) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Copy out the strings from a varray_t.  This returns the number of
+   bytes copied, rather than the new offset.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_strings (buf, bufend, offset, vp)
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+     varray_t *vp;
+{
+  unsigned long istr;
+  char *str_out;
+  vlinks_t *str_link;
+
+  str_out = *buf + offset;
+
+  istr = 0;
+
+  for (str_link = vp->first;
+       str_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       str_link = str_link->next)
+    {
+      unsigned long str_cnt;
+
+      if (str_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	str_cnt = vp->objects_last_page;
+      else
+	str_cnt = vp->objects_per_page;
+
+      if (*bufend - str_out < str_cnt)
+	str_out = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, str_out, str_cnt);
+
+      memcpy (str_out, str_link->datum->byte, str_cnt);
+      str_out += str_cnt;
+      istr += str_cnt;
+    }
+
+  return istr;
+}
+
+/* Dump out the local strings.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_ss (backend, buf, bufend, offset)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+{
+  long iss;
+  vlinks_t *file_link;
+
+  iss = 0;
+
+  for (file_link = file_desc.first;
+       file_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       file_link = file_link->next)
+    {
+      int fil_cnt;
+      efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+      efdr_t *fil_end;
+
+      if (file_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_last_page;
+      else
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_per_page;
+      fil_ptr = file_link->datum->file;
+      fil_end = fil_ptr + fil_cnt;
+      for (; fil_ptr < fil_end; fil_ptr++)
+	{
+	  long ss_cnt;
+
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.issBase = iss;
+	  ss_cnt = ecoff_build_strings (buf, bufend, offset + iss,
+					&fil_ptr->strings);
+	  fil_ptr->fdr.cbSs = ss_cnt;
+	  iss += ss_cnt;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return ecoff_padding_adjust (backend, buf, bufend, offset + iss,
+			       (char **) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Swap out the file descriptors.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+ecoff_build_fdr (backend, buf, bufend, offset)
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+     char **buf;
+     char **bufend;
+     unsigned long offset;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_fdr_size = backend->external_fdr_size;
+  void (* const swap_fdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const FDR *, PTR))
+    = backend->swap_fdr_out;
+  long ifile;
+  char *fdr_out;
+  vlinks_t *file_link;
+
+  ifile = 0;
+
+  fdr_out = *buf + offset;
+
+  for (file_link = file_desc.first;
+       file_link != (vlinks_t *) NULL;
+       file_link = file_link->next)
+    {
+      int fil_cnt;
+      efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+      efdr_t *fil_end;
+
+      if (file_link->next == (vlinks_t *) NULL)
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_last_page;
+      else
+	fil_cnt = file_desc.objects_per_page;
+      fil_ptr = file_link->datum->file;
+      fil_end = fil_ptr + fil_cnt;
+      for (; fil_ptr < fil_end; fil_ptr++)
+	{
+	  if (*bufend - fdr_out < external_fdr_size)
+	    fdr_out = ecoff_add_bytes (buf, bufend, fdr_out,
+				       external_fdr_size);
+	  (*swap_fdr_out) (stdoutput, &fil_ptr->fdr, fdr_out);
+	  fdr_out += external_fdr_size;
+	  ++ifile;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return offset + ifile * external_fdr_size;
+}
+
+/* Set up the external symbols.  These are supposed to be handled by
+   the backend.  This routine just gets the right information and
+   calls a backend function to deal with it.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_setup_ext ()
+{
+  register symbolS *sym;
+
+  for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != (symbolS *) NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
+    {
+      if (sym->ecoff_symbol == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* If this is a local symbol, then force the fields to zero.  */
+      if (! S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym)
+	  && ! S_IS_WEAK (sym)
+	  && S_IS_DEFINED (sym))
+	{
+	  sym->ecoff_symbol->ecoff_sym.asym.value = 0;
+	  sym->ecoff_symbol->ecoff_sym.asym.st = (int) st_Nil;
+	  sym->ecoff_symbol->ecoff_sym.asym.sc = (int) sc_Nil;
+	  sym->ecoff_symbol->ecoff_sym.asym.index = indexNil;
+	}
+
+      obj_ecoff_set_ext (sym, &sym->ecoff_symbol->ecoff_sym);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Build the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+
+unsigned long
+ecoff_build_debug (hdr, bufp, backend)
+     HDRR *hdr;
+     char **bufp;
+     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *backend;
+{
+  const bfd_size_type external_pdr_size = backend->external_pdr_size;
+  tag_t *ptag;
+  tag_t *ptag_next;
+  efdr_t *fil_ptr;
+  int end_warning;
+  efdr_t *hold_file_ptr;
+  proc_t * hold_proc_ptr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  char *buf;
+  char *bufend;
+  unsigned long offset;
+
+  /* Make sure we have a file.  */
+  if (first_file == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    add_file ((const char *) NULL, 0, 1);
+
+  /* Handle any top level tags.  */
+  for (ptag = top_tag_head->first_tag;
+       ptag != (tag_t *) NULL;
+       ptag = ptag_next)
+    {
+      if (ptag->forward_ref != (forward_t *) NULL)
+	add_unknown_tag (ptag);
+
+      ptag_next = ptag->same_block;
+      ptag->hash_ptr->tag_ptr = ptag->same_name;
+      free_tag (ptag);
+    }
+
+  free_thead (top_tag_head);
+
+  /* Look through the symbols.  Add debugging information for each
+     symbol that has not already received it.  */
+  hold_file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+  hold_proc_ptr = cur_proc_ptr;
+  cur_proc_ptr = (proc_t *) NULL;
+  for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != (symbolS *) NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
+    {
+      if (sym->ecoff_symbol != NULL
+	  || sym->ecoff_file == (efdr_t *) NULL
+	  || (sym->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      cur_file_ptr = sym->ecoff_file;
+      add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL, st_Nil, sc_Nil, sym,
+			(bfd_vma) 0, S_GET_VALUE (sym), indexNil);
+    }
+  cur_proc_ptr = hold_proc_ptr;
+  cur_file_ptr = hold_file_ptr;
+
+  /* Output an ending symbol for all the files.  We have to do this
+     here for the last file, so we may as well do it for all of the
+     files.  */
+  end_warning = 0;
+  for (fil_ptr = first_file;
+       fil_ptr != (efdr_t *) NULL;
+       fil_ptr = fil_ptr->next_file)
+    {
+      cur_file_ptr = fil_ptr;
+      while (cur_file_ptr->cur_scope != (scope_t *) NULL
+	     && cur_file_ptr->cur_scope->prev != (scope_t *) NULL)
+	{
+	  cur_file_ptr->cur_scope = cur_file_ptr->cur_scope->prev;
+	  if (! end_warning && ! cur_file_ptr->fake)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("Missing .end or .bend at end of file");
+	      end_warning = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (cur_file_ptr->cur_scope != (scope_t *) NULL)
+	(void) add_ecoff_symbol ((const char *) NULL,
+				 st_End, sc_Text,
+				 (symbolS *) NULL,
+				 (bfd_vma) 0,
+				 (symint_t) 0,
+				 (symint_t) 0);
+    }
+
+  /* Build the symbolic information.  */
+  offset = 0;
+  buf = xmalloc (PAGE_SIZE);
+  bufend = buf + PAGE_SIZE;
+
+  /* Build the line number information.  */
+  hdr->cbLineOffset = offset;
+  offset = ecoff_build_lineno (backend, &buf, &bufend, offset,
+			       &hdr->ilineMax);
+  hdr->cbLine = offset - hdr->cbLineOffset;
+
+  /* We don't use dense numbers at all.  */
+  hdr->idnMax = 0;
+  hdr->cbDnOffset = 0;
+
+  /* We can't build the PDR table until we have built the symbols,
+     because a PDR contains a symbol index.  However, we set aside
+     space at this point.  */
+  hdr->ipdMax = proc_cnt;
+  hdr->cbPdOffset = offset;
+  if (bufend - (buf + offset) < proc_cnt * external_pdr_size)
+    (void) ecoff_add_bytes (&buf, &bufend, buf + offset,
+			    proc_cnt * external_pdr_size);
+  offset += proc_cnt * external_pdr_size;
+
+  /* Build the local symbols.  */
+  hdr->cbSymOffset = offset;
+  offset = ecoff_build_symbols (backend, &buf, &bufend, offset);
+  hdr->isymMax = (offset - hdr->cbSymOffset) / backend->external_sym_size;
+
+  /* Building the symbols initializes the symbol index in the PDR's.
+     Now we can swap out the PDR's.  */
+  (void) ecoff_build_procs (backend, &buf, &bufend, hdr->cbPdOffset);
+
+  /* We don't use optimization symbols.  */
+  hdr->ioptMax = 0;
+  hdr->cbOptOffset = 0;
+
+  /* Swap out the auxiliary type information.  */
+  hdr->cbAuxOffset = offset;
+  offset = ecoff_build_aux (backend, &buf, &bufend, offset);
+  hdr->iauxMax = (offset - hdr->cbAuxOffset) / sizeof (union aux_ext);
+
+  /* Copy out the local strings.  */
+  hdr->cbSsOffset = offset;
+  offset = ecoff_build_ss (backend, &buf, &bufend, offset);
+  hdr->issMax = offset - hdr->cbSsOffset;
+
+  /* We don't use relative file descriptors.  */
+  hdr->crfd = 0;
+  hdr->cbRfdOffset = 0;
+
+  /* Swap out the file descriptors.  */
+  hdr->cbFdOffset = offset;
+  offset = ecoff_build_fdr (backend, &buf, &bufend, offset);
+  hdr->ifdMax = (offset - hdr->cbFdOffset) / backend->external_fdr_size;
+
+  /* Set up the external symbols, which are handled by the BFD back
+     end.  */
+  hdr->issExtMax = 0;
+  hdr->cbSsExtOffset = 0;
+  hdr->iextMax = 0;
+  hdr->cbExtOffset = 0;
+  ecoff_setup_ext ();
+
+  know ((offset & (backend->debug_align - 1)) == 0);
+
+  /* FIXME: This value should be determined from the .verstamp directive,
+     with reasonable defaults in config files.  */
+#ifdef TC_ALPHA
+  hdr->vstamp = 0x030b;
+#else
+  hdr->vstamp = 0x020b;
+#endif
+
+  *bufp = buf;
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a cluster of pages.  */
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+static page_t *
+allocate_cluster (npages)
+     unsigned long npages;
+{
+  register page_t *value = (page_t *) xmalloc (npages * PAGE_USIZE);
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUG
+  if (debug > 3)
+    fprintf (stderr, "\talloc\tnpages = %d, value = 0x%.8x\n", npages, value);
+#endif
+
+  memset (value, 0, npages * PAGE_USIZE);
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+
+static page_t *cluster_ptr = NULL;
+static unsigned long pages_left = 0;
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_CHECK */
+
+/* Allocate one page (which is initialized to 0).  */
+
+static page_t *
+allocate_page ()
+{
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  if (pages_left == 0)
+    {
+      pages_left = MAX_CLUSTER_PAGES;
+      cluster_ptr = allocate_cluster (pages_left);
+    }
+
+  pages_left--;
+  return cluster_ptr++;
+
+#else	/* MALLOC_CHECK */
+
+  page_t *ptr;
+
+  ptr = xmalloc (PAGE_USIZE);
+  memset (ptr, 0, PAGE_USIZE);
+  return ptr;
+
+#endif	/* MALLOC_CHECK */
+}
+
+/* Allocate scoping information.  */
+
+static scope_t *
+allocate_scope ()
+{
+  register scope_t *ptr;
+  static scope_t initial_scope;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  ptr = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].free_list.f_scope;
+  if (ptr != (scope_t *) NULL)
+    alloc_counts[ (int)alloc_type_scope ].free_list.f_scope = ptr->free;
+  else
+    {
+      register int unallocated	= alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].unallocated;
+      register page_t *cur_page	= alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].cur_page;
+
+      if (unallocated == 0)
+	{
+	  unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (scope_t);
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].total_pages++;
+	}
+
+      ptr = &cur_page->scope[--unallocated];
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].unallocated = unallocated;
+    }
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (scope_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (scope_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_scope;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Free scoping information.  */
+
+static void
+free_scope (ptr)
+     scope_t *ptr;
+{
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].total_free++;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+  ptr->free = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].free_list.f_scope;
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_scope].free_list.f_scope = ptr;
+#else
+  free ((PTR) ptr);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Allocate links for pages in a virtual array.  */
+
+static vlinks_t *
+allocate_vlinks ()
+{
+  register vlinks_t *ptr;
+  static vlinks_t initial_vlinks;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].unallocated;
+  register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].cur_page;
+
+  if (unallocated == 0)
+    {
+      unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (vlinks_t);
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].total_pages++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = &cur_page->vlinks[--unallocated];
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].unallocated = unallocated;
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (vlinks_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (vlinks_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_vlinks].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_vlinks;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Allocate string hash buckets.  */
+
+static shash_t *
+allocate_shash ()
+{
+  register shash_t *ptr;
+  static shash_t initial_shash;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].unallocated;
+  register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].cur_page;
+
+  if (unallocated == 0)
+    {
+      unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (shash_t);
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].total_pages++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = &cur_page->shash[--unallocated];
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].unallocated = unallocated;
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (shash_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (shash_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_shash].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_shash;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Allocate type hash buckets.  */
+
+static thash_t *
+allocate_thash ()
+{
+  register thash_t *ptr;
+  static thash_t initial_thash;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].unallocated;
+  register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].cur_page;
+
+  if (unallocated == 0)
+    {
+      unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (thash_t);
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].total_pages++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = &cur_page->thash[--unallocated];
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].unallocated = unallocated;
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (thash_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (thash_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thash].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_thash;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Allocate structure, union, or enum tag information.  */
+
+static tag_t *
+allocate_tag ()
+{
+  register tag_t *ptr;
+  static tag_t initial_tag;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  ptr = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].free_list.f_tag;
+  if (ptr != (tag_t *) NULL)
+    alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].free_list.f_tag = ptr->free;
+  else
+    {
+      register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].unallocated;
+      register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].cur_page;
+
+      if (unallocated == 0)
+	{
+	  unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (tag_t);
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].total_pages++;
+	}
+
+      ptr = &cur_page->tag[--unallocated];
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].unallocated = unallocated;
+    }
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (tag_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (tag_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_tag;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Free scoping information.  */
+
+static void
+free_tag (ptr)
+     tag_t *ptr;
+{
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].total_free++;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+  ptr->free = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].free_list.f_tag;
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_tag].free_list.f_tag = ptr;
+#else
+  free ((PTR_T) ptr);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Allocate forward reference to a yet unknown tag.  */
+
+static forward_t *
+allocate_forward ()
+{
+  register forward_t *ptr;
+  static forward_t initial_forward;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].unallocated;
+  register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].cur_page;
+
+  if (unallocated == 0)
+    {
+      unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (forward_t);
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].total_pages++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = &cur_page->forward[--unallocated];
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].unallocated = unallocated;
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (forward_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (forward_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_forward].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_forward;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Allocate head of type hash list.  */
+
+static thead_t *
+allocate_thead ()
+{
+  register thead_t *ptr;
+  static thead_t initial_thead;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  ptr = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].free_list.f_thead;
+  if (ptr != (thead_t *) NULL)
+    alloc_counts[ (int)alloc_type_thead ].free_list.f_thead = ptr->free;
+  else
+    {
+      register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].unallocated;
+      register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].cur_page;
+
+      if (unallocated == 0)
+	{
+	  unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (thead_t);
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+	  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].total_pages++;
+	}
+
+      ptr = &cur_page->thead[--unallocated];
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].unallocated = unallocated;
+    }
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (thead_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (thead_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_thead;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/* Free scoping information.  */
+
+static void
+free_thead (ptr)
+     thead_t *ptr;
+{
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].total_free++;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+  ptr->free = (thead_t *) alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].free_list.f_thead;
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_thead].free_list.f_thead = ptr;
+#else
+  free ((PTR_T) ptr);
+#endif
+}
+
+static lineno_list_t *
+allocate_lineno_list ()
+{
+  register lineno_list_t *ptr;
+  static lineno_list_t initial_lineno_list;
+
+#ifndef MALLOC_CHECK
+
+  register int unallocated = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].unallocated;
+  register page_t *cur_page = alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].cur_page;
+
+  if (unallocated == 0)
+    {
+      unallocated = PAGE_SIZE / sizeof (lineno_list_t);
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].cur_page = cur_page = allocate_page ();
+      alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].total_pages++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = &cur_page->lineno[--unallocated];
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].unallocated = unallocated;
+
+#else
+
+  ptr = (lineno_list_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (lineno_list_t));
+
+#endif
+
+  alloc_counts[(int)alloc_type_lineno].total_alloc++;
+  *ptr = initial_lineno_list;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+void
+ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (sz)
+     int sz;
+{
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == 0)
+    return;
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.gp_prologue = sz;
+  if (cur_proc_ptr->pdr.gp_prologue != sz)
+    {
+      as_warn ("GP prologue size exceeds field size, using 0 instead");
+      cur_proc_ptr->pdr.gp_prologue = 0;
+    }
+
+  cur_proc_ptr->pdr.gp_used = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+generate_ecoff_stab (what, string, type, other, desc)
+     int what;
+     const char *string;
+     int type;
+     int other;
+     int desc;
+{
+  efdr_t *save_file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  symint_t value;
+  st_t st;
+  sc_t sc;
+  symint_t indx;
+  localsym_t *hold = NULL;
+
+  /* We don't handle .stabd.  */
+  if (what != 's' && what != 'n')
+    {
+      as_bad (".stab%c is not supported", what);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* We ignore the other field.  */
+  if (other != 0)
+    as_warn (".stab%c: ignoring non-zero other field", what);
+
+  /* Make sure we have a current file.  */
+  if (cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      add_file ((const char *) NULL, 0, 1);
+      save_file_ptr = cur_file_ptr;
+    }
+
+  /* For stabs in ECOFF, the first symbol must be @stabs.  This is a
+     signal to gdb.  */
+  if (stabs_seen == 0)
+    mark_stabs (0);
+
+  /* Line number stabs are handled differently, since they have two
+     values, the line number and the address of the label.  We use the
+     index field (aka desc) to hold the line number, and the value
+     field to hold the address.  The symbol type is st_Label, which
+     should be different from the other stabs, so that gdb can
+     recognize it.  */
+  if (type == N_SLINE)
+    {
+      SYMR dummy_symr;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+      if (listing)
+	listing_source_line ((unsigned int) desc);
+#endif
+
+      dummy_symr.index = desc;
+      if (dummy_symr.index != desc)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Line number (%d) for .stab%c directive cannot fit in index field (20 bits)",
+		   desc, what);
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      sym = symbol_find_or_make ((char *)string);
+      value = 0;
+      st = st_Label;
+      sc = sc_Text;
+      indx = desc;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+      if (listing && (type == N_SO || type == N_SOL))
+	listing_source_file (string);
+#endif
+
+      sym = symbol_find_or_make ((char *)string);
+      sc = sc_Nil;
+      st = st_Nil;
+      value = 0;
+      indx = ECOFF_MARK_STAB (type);
+    }
+
+  /* Don't store the stabs symbol we are creating as the type of the
+     ECOFF symbol.  We want to compute the type of the ECOFF symbol
+     independently.  */
+  if (sym != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    hold = sym->ecoff_symbol;
+
+  (void) add_ecoff_symbol (string, st, sc, sym, (bfd_vma) 0, value, indx);
+
+  if (sym != (symbolS *) NULL)
+    sym->ecoff_symbol = hold;
+
+  /* Restore normal file type.  */
+  cur_file_ptr = save_file_ptr;
+}
+
+int 
+ecoff_no_current_file ()
+{
+  return cur_file_ptr == (efdr_t *) NULL;
+}
+
+void
+ecoff_generate_asm_lineno (filename, lineno)
+     const char *filename;
+     int lineno;
+{
+  lineno_list_t *list;
+
+  /* this potential can cause problem, when we start to see stab half the 
+     way thru the file */
+/*
+  if (stabs_seen)
+    ecoff_generate_asm_line_stab(filename, lineno);
+*/
+
+  if (current_stabs_filename == (char *)NULL || strcmp (current_stabs_filename, filename))
+    {
+      add_file (filename, 0, 1);
+      generate_asm_lineno = 1;
+    }
+
+  list = allocate_lineno_list ();
+
+  list->next = (lineno_list_t *) NULL;
+  list->file = cur_file_ptr;
+  list->proc = cur_proc_ptr;
+  list->frag = frag_now;
+  list->paddr = frag_now_fix ();
+  list->lineno = lineno;
+
+  /* We don't want to merge files which have line numbers.  */
+  cur_file_ptr->fdr.fMerge = 0;
+
+  /* A .loc directive will sometimes appear before a .ent directive,
+     which means that cur_proc_ptr will be NULL here.  Arrange to
+     patch this up.  */
+  if (cur_proc_ptr == (proc_t *) NULL)
+    {
+      lineno_list_t **pl;
+
+      pl = &noproc_lineno;
+      while (*pl != (lineno_list_t *) NULL)
+        pl = &(*pl)->next;
+      *pl = list;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      last_lineno = list;
+      *last_lineno_ptr = list;
+      last_lineno_ptr = &list->next;
+    }
+}
+
+static int line_label_cnt = 0;
+void
+ecoff_generate_asm_line_stab (filename, lineno)
+    char *filename;
+    int lineno;
+{
+  char *ll;
+
+  if (strcmp (current_stabs_filename, filename)) 
+    {
+      add_file (filename, 0, 1);
+      generate_asm_lineno = 1;
+    }
+
+  line_label_cnt++;
+  /* generate local label $LMnn */
+  ll = xmalloc(10);
+  sprintf(ll, "$LM%d", line_label_cnt);
+  colon (ll);
+
+  /* generate stab for the line */
+  generate_ecoff_stab ('n', ll, N_SLINE, 0, lineno); 
+
+}
+
+#endif /* ECOFF_DEBUGGING */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a835477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/ecoff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* ecoff.h -- header file for ECOFF debugging support
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   Put together by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef ECOFF_DEBUGGING
+
+#ifndef GAS_ECOFF_H
+#define GAS_ECOFF_H
+
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+
+/* Whether we have seen any ECOFF debugging information.  */
+extern int ecoff_debugging_seen;
+
+/* This function should be called at the start of assembly, by
+   obj_read_begin_hook.  */
+extern void ecoff_read_begin_hook PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* This function should be called when the assembler switches to a new
+   file.  */
+extern void ecoff_new_file PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* This function should be called when a new symbol is created, by
+   obj_symbol_new_hook.  */
+extern void ecoff_symbol_new_hook PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+
+/* This function should be called by the obj_frob_symbol hook.  */
+extern void ecoff_frob_symbol PARAMS ((struct symbol *));
+
+/* Build the ECOFF debugging information.  This should be called by
+   obj_frob_file.  This fills in the counts in *HDR; the offsets are
+   filled in relative to the start of the *BUFP.  It sets *BUFP to a
+   block of memory holding the debugging information.  It returns the
+   length of *BUFP.  */
+extern unsigned long ecoff_build_debug
+  PARAMS ((HDRR *hdr, char **bufp, const struct ecoff_debug_swap *));
+
+/* Functions to handle the ECOFF debugging directives.  */
+extern void ecoff_directive_begin PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_bend PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_end PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_ent PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_fmask PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_frame PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_loc PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_mask PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Other ECOFF directives.  */
+extern void ecoff_directive_extern PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_weakext PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Functions to handle the COFF debugging directives.  */
+extern void ecoff_directive_def PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_dim PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_endef PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_file PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_scl PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_size PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_tag PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_type PARAMS ((int));
+extern void ecoff_directive_val PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Handle stabs.  */
+extern void ecoff_stab PARAMS ((segT sec, int what, const char *string,
+				int type, int other, int desc));
+
+/* Set the GP prologue size.  */
+extern void ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size PARAMS ((int sz));
+
+/* This routine is called from the ECOFF code to set the external
+   information for a symbol.  */
+#ifndef obj_ecoff_set_ext
+extern void obj_ecoff_set_ext PARAMS ((struct symbol *, EXTR *));
+#endif
+
+/* This routine is used to patch up a line number directive when
+   instructions are moved around.  */
+extern void ecoff_fix_loc PARAMS ((fragS *, unsigned long));
+
+/* This function is called from read.c to peek at cur_file_ptr.  */
+extern int ecoff_no_current_file PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* This routine is called from read.c to generate line number for .s
+   file.  */
+extern void ecoff_generate_asm_lineno PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+
+/* This routine is called from read.c to generate line number stabs
+   for .s file.  */
+extern void ecoff_generate_asm_line_stab PARAMS ((char *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! GAS_ECOFF_H */
+#endif /* ECOFF_DEBUGGING */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/emul-target.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/emul-target.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3704050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/emul-target.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#ifndef emul_init
+#define emul_init			common_emul_init
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_bfd_name
+#define emul_bfd_name			default_emul_bfd_name
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_local_labels_fb
+#define emul_local_labels_fb		0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_local_labels_dollar
+#define emul_local_labels_dollar	0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_leading_underscore
+#define emul_leading_underscore		2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_strip_underscore
+#define emul_strip_underscore		0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_default_endian
+#define emul_default_endian		2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emul_fake_label_name
+#define emul_fake_label_name		0
+#endif
+
+struct emulation emul_struct_name = {
+  0,
+  emul_name,
+  emul_init,
+  emul_bfd_name,
+  emul_local_labels_fb, emul_local_labels_dollar,
+  emul_leading_underscore, emul_strip_underscore,
+  emul_default_endian,
+  emul_fake_label_name,
+  emul_format,
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/emul.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/emul.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97c46d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/emul.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef EMUL_DEFS
+#define EMUL_DEFS
+
+struct emulation {
+  void (*match) PARAMS ((const char *));
+  const char *name;
+  void (*init) PARAMS ((void));
+  const char *(*bfd_name) PARAMS ((void));
+  unsigned local_labels_fb : 1;
+  unsigned local_labels_dollar : 1;
+  unsigned leading_underscore : 2;
+  unsigned strip_underscore : 1;
+  unsigned default_endian : 2;
+  const char *fake_label_name;
+  const struct format_ops *format;
+};
+
+COMMON struct emulation *this_emulation;
+
+extern const char *default_emul_bfd_name PARAMS ((void));
+extern void common_emul_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d69f65a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1627 @@
+/* expr.c -operands, expressions-
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+ * This is really a branch office of as-read.c. I split it out to clearly
+ * distinguish the world of expressions from the world of statements.
+ * (It also gives smaller files to re-compile.)
+ * Here, "operand"s are of expressions, not instructions.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+static void floating_constant PARAMS ((expressionS * expressionP));
+static void integer_constant PARAMS ((int radix, expressionS * expressionP));
+static void mri_char_constant PARAMS ((expressionS *));
+static void current_location PARAMS ((expressionS *));
+static void clean_up_expression PARAMS ((expressionS * expressionP));
+static segT operand PARAMS ((expressionS *));
+static operatorT operator PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern const char EXP_CHARS[], FLT_CHARS[];
+
+/* We keep a mapping of expression symbols to file positions, so that
+   we can provide better error messages.  */
+
+struct expr_symbol_line
+{
+  struct expr_symbol_line *next;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+};
+
+static struct expr_symbol_line *expr_symbol_lines;
+
+/* Build a dummy symbol to hold a complex expression.  This is how we
+   build expressions up out of other expressions.  The symbol is put
+   into the fake section expr_section.  */
+
+symbolS *
+make_expr_symbol (expressionP)
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  const char *fake;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  struct expr_symbol_line *n;
+
+  if (expressionP->X_op == O_symbol
+      && expressionP->X_add_number == 0)
+    return expressionP->X_add_symbol;
+
+  fake = FAKE_LABEL_NAME;
+
+  /* Putting constant symbols in absolute_section rather than
+     expr_section is convenient for the old a.out code, for which
+     S_GET_SEGMENT does not always retrieve the value put in by
+     S_SET_SEGMENT.  */
+  symbolP = symbol_create (fake,
+			   (expressionP->X_op == O_constant
+			    ? absolute_section
+			    : expr_section),
+			   0, &zero_address_frag);
+  symbolP->sy_value = *expressionP;
+
+  if (expressionP->X_op == O_constant)
+    resolve_symbol_value (symbolP);
+
+  n = (struct expr_symbol_line *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  n->sym = symbolP;
+  as_where (&n->file, &n->line);
+  n->next = expr_symbol_lines;
+  expr_symbol_lines = n;
+
+  return symbolP;
+}
+
+/* Return the file and line number for an expr symbol.  Return
+   non-zero if something was found, 0 if no information is known for
+   the symbol.  */
+
+int
+expr_symbol_where (sym, pfile, pline)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     char **pfile;
+     unsigned int *pline;
+{
+  register struct expr_symbol_line *l;
+
+  for (l = expr_symbol_lines; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (l->sym == sym)
+	{
+	  *pfile = l->file;
+	  *pline = l->line;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Build any floating-point literal here.
+ * Also build any bignum literal here.
+ */
+
+/* Seems atof_machine can backscan through generic_bignum and hit whatever
+   happens to be loaded before it in memory.  And its way too complicated
+   for me to fix right.  Thus a hack.  JF:  Just make generic_bignum bigger,
+   and never write into the early words, thus they'll always be zero.
+   I hate Dean's floating-point code.  Bleh.  */
+LITTLENUM_TYPE generic_bignum[SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER + 6];
+FLONUM_TYPE generic_floating_point_number =
+{
+  &generic_bignum[6],		/* low (JF: Was 0) */
+  &generic_bignum[SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER + 6 - 1], /* high JF: (added +6) */
+  0,				/* leader */
+  0,				/* exponent */
+  0				/* sign */
+};
+/* If nonzero, we've been asked to assemble nan, +inf or -inf */
+int generic_floating_point_magic;
+
+static void
+floating_constant (expressionP)
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  /* input_line_pointer->*/
+  /* floating-point constant. */
+  int error_code;
+
+  error_code = atof_generic (&input_line_pointer, ".", EXP_CHARS,
+			     &generic_floating_point_number);
+
+  if (error_code)
+    {
+      if (error_code == ERROR_EXPONENT_OVERFLOW)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("bad floating-point constant: exponent overflow, probably assembling junk");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  as_bad ("bad floating-point constant: unknown error code=%d.", error_code);
+	}
+    }
+  expressionP->X_op = O_big;
+  /* input_line_pointer->just after constant, */
+  /* which may point to whitespace. */
+  expressionP->X_add_number = -1;
+}
+
+static void
+integer_constant (radix, expressionP)
+     int radix;
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  char *start;		/* start of number. */
+  char *suffix = NULL;
+  char c;
+  valueT number;	/* offset or (absolute) value */
+  short int digit;	/* value of next digit in current radix */
+  short int maxdig = 0;/* highest permitted digit value. */
+  int too_many_digits = 0;	/* if we see >= this number of */
+  char *name;		/* points to name of symbol */
+  symbolS *symbolP;	/* points to symbol */
+
+  int small;			/* true if fits in 32 bits. */
+
+  /* May be bignum, or may fit in 32 bits. */
+  /* Most numbers fit into 32 bits, and we want this case to be fast.
+     so we pretend it will fit into 32 bits.  If, after making up a 32
+     bit number, we realise that we have scanned more digits than
+     comfortably fit into 32 bits, we re-scan the digits coding them
+     into a bignum.  For decimal and octal numbers we are
+     conservative: Some numbers may be assumed bignums when in fact
+     they do fit into 32 bits.  Numbers of any radix can have excess
+     leading zeros: We strive to recognise this and cast them back
+     into 32 bits.  We must check that the bignum really is more than
+     32 bits, and change it back to a 32-bit number if it fits.  The
+     number we are looking for is expected to be positive, but if it
+     fits into 32 bits as an unsigned number, we let it be a 32-bit
+     number.  The cavalier approach is for speed in ordinary cases. */
+  /* This has been extended for 64 bits.  We blindly assume that if
+     you're compiling in 64-bit mode, the target is a 64-bit machine.
+     This should be cleaned up.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD64
+#define valuesize 64
+#else /* includes non-bfd case, mostly */
+#define valuesize 32
+#endif
+
+  if (flag_m68k_mri && radix == 0)
+    {
+      int flt = 0;
+
+      /* In MRI mode, the number may have a suffix indicating the
+         radix.  For that matter, it might actually be a floating
+         point constant.  */
+      for (suffix = input_line_pointer; isalnum (*suffix); suffix++)
+	{
+	  if (*suffix == 'e' || *suffix == 'E')
+	    flt = 1;
+	}
+
+      if (suffix == input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	  radix = 10;
+	  suffix = NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  c = *--suffix;
+	  if (islower (c))
+	    c = toupper (c);
+	  if (c == 'B')
+	    radix = 2;
+	  else if (c == 'D')
+	    radix = 10;
+	  else if (c == 'O' || c == 'Q')
+	    radix = 8;
+	  else if (c == 'H')
+	    radix = 16;
+	  else if (suffix[1] == '.' || c == 'E' || flt)
+	    {
+	      floating_constant (expressionP);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      radix = 10;
+	      suffix = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (radix)
+    {
+    case 2:
+      maxdig = 2;
+      too_many_digits = valuesize + 1;
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      maxdig = radix = 8;
+      too_many_digits = (valuesize + 2) / 3 + 1;
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      maxdig = radix = 16;
+      too_many_digits = (valuesize + 3) / 4 + 1;
+      break;
+    case 10:
+      maxdig = radix = 10;
+      too_many_digits = (valuesize + 12) / 4; /* very rough */
+    }
+#undef valuesize
+  start = input_line_pointer;
+  c = *input_line_pointer++;
+  for (number = 0;
+       (digit = hex_value (c)) < maxdig;
+       c = *input_line_pointer++)
+    {
+      number = number * radix + digit;
+    }
+  /* c contains character after number. */
+  /* input_line_pointer->char after c. */
+  small = (input_line_pointer - start - 1) < too_many_digits;
+  if (!small)
+    {
+      /*
+       * we saw a lot of digits. manufacture a bignum the hard way.
+       */
+      LITTLENUM_TYPE *leader;	/*->high order littlenum of the bignum. */
+      LITTLENUM_TYPE *pointer;	/*->littlenum we are frobbing now. */
+      long carry;
+
+      leader = generic_bignum;
+      generic_bignum[0] = 0;
+      generic_bignum[1] = 0;
+      input_line_pointer = start;	/*->1st digit. */
+      c = *input_line_pointer++;
+      for (;
+	   (carry = hex_value (c)) < maxdig;
+	   c = *input_line_pointer++)
+	{
+	  for (pointer = generic_bignum;
+	       pointer <= leader;
+	       pointer++)
+	    {
+	      long work;
+
+	      work = carry + radix * *pointer;
+	      *pointer = work & LITTLENUM_MASK;
+	      carry = work >> LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	    }
+	  if (carry)
+	    {
+	      if (leader < generic_bignum + SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER - 1)
+		{
+		  /* room to grow a longer bignum. */
+		  *++leader = carry;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      /* again, c is char after number, */
+      /* input_line_pointer->after c. */
+      know (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS == 16);
+      if (leader < generic_bignum + 2)
+	{
+	  /* will fit into 32 bits. */
+	  number =
+	    ((generic_bignum[1] & LITTLENUM_MASK) << LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	    | (generic_bignum[0] & LITTLENUM_MASK);
+	  small = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  number = leader - generic_bignum + 1;	/* number of littlenums in the bignum. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (flag_m68k_mri && suffix != NULL && input_line_pointer - 1 == suffix)
+    c = *input_line_pointer++;
+
+  if (small)
+    {
+      /*
+       * here with number, in correct radix. c is the next char.
+       * note that unlike un*x, we allow "011f" "0x9f" to
+       * both mean the same as the (conventional) "9f". this is simply easier
+       * than checking for strict canonical form. syntax sux!
+       */
+
+      if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB && c == 'b')
+	{
+	  /*
+	   * backward ref to local label.
+	   * because it is backward, expect it to be defined.
+	   */
+	  /* Construct a local label.  */
+	  name = fb_label_name ((int) number, 0);
+
+	  /* seen before, or symbol is defined: ok */
+	  symbolP = symbol_find (name);
+	  if ((symbolP != NULL) && (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)))
+	    {
+	      /* local labels are never absolute. don't waste time
+		 checking absoluteness. */
+	      know (SEG_NORMAL (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)));
+
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	      expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* either not seen or not defined. */
+	      /* @@ Should print out the original string instead of
+		 the parsed number.  */
+	      as_bad ("backw. ref to unknown label \"%d:\", 0 assumed.",
+		      (int) number);
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	    }
+
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	}			/* case 'b' */
+      else if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB && c == 'f')
+	{
+	  /*
+	   * forward reference. expect symbol to be undefined or
+	   * unknown. undefined: seen it before. unknown: never seen
+	   * it before.
+	   * construct a local label name, then an undefined symbol.
+	   * don't create a xseg frag for it: caller may do that.
+	   * just return it as never seen before.
+	   */
+	  name = fb_label_name ((int) number, 1);
+	  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+	  /* we have no need to check symbol properties. */
+#ifndef many_segments
+	  /* since "know" puts its arg into a "string", we
+	     can't have newlines in the argument.  */
+	  know (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == undefined_section || S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == text_section || S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == data_section);
+#endif
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	  expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	}			/* case 'f' */
+      else if (LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR && c == '$')
+	{
+	  /* If the dollar label is *currently* defined, then this is just
+	     another reference to it.  If it is not *currently* defined,
+	     then this is a fresh instantiation of that number, so create
+	     it.  */
+
+	  if (dollar_label_defined ((long) number))
+	    {
+	      name = dollar_label_name ((long) number, 0);
+	      symbolP = symbol_find (name);
+	      know (symbolP != NULL);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      name = dollar_label_name ((long) number, 1);
+	      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+	    }
+
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	  expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	}			/* case '$' */
+      else
+	{
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+#ifdef TARGET_WORD_SIZE
+	  /* Sign extend NUMBER.  */
+	  number |= (-(number >> (TARGET_WORD_SIZE - 1))) << (TARGET_WORD_SIZE - 1);
+#endif
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = number;
+	  input_line_pointer--;	/* restore following character. */
+	}			/* really just a number */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* not a small number */
+      expressionP->X_op = O_big;
+      expressionP->X_add_number = number;	/* number of littlenums */
+      input_line_pointer--;	/*->char following number. */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Parse an MRI multi character constant.  */
+
+static void
+mri_char_constant (expressionP)
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\''
+      && input_line_pointer[1] != '\'')
+    {
+      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* In order to get the correct byte ordering, we must build the
+     number in reverse.  */
+  for (i = SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      int j;
+
+      generic_bignum[i] = 0;
+      for (j = 0; j < CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM; j++)
+	{
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\'')
+	    {
+	      if (input_line_pointer[1] != '\'')
+		break;
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+	  generic_bignum[i] <<= 8;
+	  generic_bignum[i] += *input_line_pointer;
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+
+      if (i < SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER - 1)
+	{
+	  /* If there is more than one littlenum, left justify the
+             last one to make it match the earlier ones.  If there is
+             only one, we can just use the value directly.  */
+	  for (; j < CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM; j++)
+	    generic_bignum[i] <<= 8;
+	}
+
+      if (*input_line_pointer == '\''
+	  && input_line_pointer[1] != '\'')
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("Character constant too large");
+      i = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (i > 0)
+    {
+      int c;
+      int j;
+
+      c = SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER - i;
+      for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
+	generic_bignum[j] = generic_bignum[i + j];
+      i = c;
+    }
+
+  know (LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS == 16);
+  if (i > 2)
+    {
+      expressionP->X_op = O_big;
+      expressionP->X_add_number = i;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+      if (i < 2)
+	expressionP->X_add_number = generic_bignum[0] & LITTLENUM_MASK;
+      else
+	expressionP->X_add_number =
+	  (((generic_bignum[1] & LITTLENUM_MASK)
+	    << LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS)
+	   | (generic_bignum[0] & LITTLENUM_MASK));
+    }
+
+  /* Skip the final closing quote.  */
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+}
+
+/* Return an expression representing the current location.  This
+   handles the magic symbol `.'.  */
+
+static void
+current_location (expressionp)
+     expressionS *expressionp;
+{
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      expressionp->X_op = O_constant;
+      expressionp->X_add_number = abs_section_offset;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      symbolS *symbolp;
+
+      symbolp = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg,
+			    (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+			    frag_now);
+      expressionp->X_op = O_symbol;
+      expressionp->X_add_symbol = symbolp;
+      expressionp->X_add_number = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Summary of operand().
+ *
+ * in:	Input_line_pointer points to 1st char of operand, which may
+ *	be a space.
+ *
+ * out:	A expressionS.
+ *	The operand may have been empty: in this case X_op == O_absent.
+ *	Input_line_pointer->(next non-blank) char after operand.
+ */
+
+static segT
+operand (expressionP)
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  char c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;	/* points to symbol */
+  char *name;		/* points to name of symbol */
+  segT segment;
+
+  /* All integers are regarded as unsigned unless they are negated.
+     This is because the only thing which cares whether a number is
+     unsigned is the code in emit_expr which extends constants into
+     bignums.  It should only sign extend negative numbers, so that
+     something like ``.quad 0x80000000'' is not sign extended even
+     though it appears negative if valueT is 32 bits.  */
+  expressionP->X_unsigned = 1;
+
+  /* digits, assume it is a bignum. */
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();		/* leading whitespace is part of operand. */
+  c = *input_line_pointer++;	/* input_line_pointer->past char in c. */
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      input_line_pointer--;
+
+      integer_constant (flag_m68k_mri ? 0 : 10, expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '0':
+      /* non-decimal radix */
+
+      if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	{
+	  char *s;
+
+	  /* Check for a hex constant.  */
+	  for (s = input_line_pointer; hex_p (*s); s++)
+	    ;
+	  if (*s == 'h' || *s == 'H')
+	    {
+	      --input_line_pointer;
+	      integer_constant (0, expressionP);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      c = *input_line_pointer;
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 'o':
+	case 'O':
+	case 'q':
+	case 'Q':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	    {
+	      integer_constant (0, expressionP);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	default:
+	default_case:
+	  if (c && strchr (FLT_CHARS, c))
+	    {
+	      input_line_pointer++;
+	      floating_constant (expressionP);
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = -(isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : c);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The string was only zero */
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  break;
+
+	case 'x':
+	case 'X':
+	  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	    goto default_case;
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  integer_constant (16, expressionP);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB && ! flag_m68k_mri)
+	    {
+	      /* This code used to check for '+' and '-' here, and, in
+		 some conditions, fall through to call
+		 integer_constant.  However, that didn't make sense,
+		 as integer_constant only accepts digits.  */
+	      /* Some of our code elsewhere does permit digits greater
+		 than the expected base; for consistency, do the same
+		 here.  */
+	      if (input_line_pointer[1] < '0'
+		  || input_line_pointer[1] > '9')
+		{
+		  /* Parse this as a back reference to label 0.  */
+		  input_line_pointer--;
+		  integer_constant (10, expressionP);
+		  break;
+		}
+	      /* Otherwise, parse this as a binary number.  */
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 'B':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	    goto default_case;
+	  integer_constant (2, expressionP);
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	  integer_constant (flag_m68k_mri ? 0 : 8, expressionP);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'f':
+	  if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB)
+	    {
+	      /* If it says "0f" and it could possibly be a floating point
+		 number, make it one.  Otherwise, make it a local label,
+		 and try to deal with parsing the rest later.  */
+	      if (!input_line_pointer[1]
+		  || (is_end_of_line[0xff & input_line_pointer[1]]))
+		goto is_0f_label;
+	      {
+		char *cp = input_line_pointer + 1;
+		int r = atof_generic (&cp, ".", EXP_CHARS,
+				      &generic_floating_point_number);
+		switch (r)
+		  {
+		  case 0:
+		  case ERROR_EXPONENT_OVERFLOW:
+		    if (*cp == 'f' || *cp == 'b')
+		      /* looks like a difference expression */
+		      goto is_0f_label;
+		    else
+		      goto is_0f_float;
+		  default:
+		    as_fatal ("expr.c(operand): bad atof_generic return val %d",
+			      r);
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	      /* Okay, now we've sorted it out.  We resume at one of these
+		 two labels, depending on what we've decided we're probably
+		 looking at.  */
+	    is_0f_label:
+	      input_line_pointer--;
+	      integer_constant (10, expressionP);
+	      break;
+
+	    is_0f_float:
+	      /* fall through */
+	      ;
+	    }
+
+	case 'd':
+	case 'D':
+	  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	    {
+	      integer_constant (0, expressionP);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 'F':
+	case 'r':
+	case 'e':
+	case 'E':
+	case 'g':
+	case 'G':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  floating_constant (expressionP);
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = -(isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : c);
+	  break;
+
+	case '$':
+	  if (LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR)
+	    {
+	      integer_constant (10, expressionP);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    goto default_case;
+	}
+
+      break;
+
+    case '(':
+    case '[':
+      /* didn't begin with digit & not a name */
+      segment = expression (expressionP);
+      /* Expression() will pass trailing whitespace */
+      if ((c == '(' && *input_line_pointer++ != ')')
+	  || (c == '[' && *input_line_pointer++ != ']'))
+	{
+	  as_bad ("Missing ')' assumed");
+	  input_line_pointer--;
+	}
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      /* here with input_line_pointer->char after "(...)" */
+      return segment;
+
+    case 'E':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri || *input_line_pointer != '\'')
+	goto de_fault;
+      as_bad ("EBCDIC constants are not supported");
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case 'A':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri || *input_line_pointer != '\'')
+	goto de_fault;
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case '\'':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	{
+	  /* Warning: to conform to other people's assemblers NO
+	     ESCAPEMENT is permitted for a single quote. The next
+	     character, parity errors and all, is taken as the value
+	     of the operand. VERY KINKY.  */
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	  expressionP->X_add_number = *input_line_pointer++;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      mri_char_constant (expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      (void) operand (expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '"':
+      /* Double quote is the bitwise not operator in MRI mode.  */
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	goto de_fault;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case '~':
+      /* ~ is permitted to start a label on the Delta.  */
+      if (is_name_beginner (c))
+	goto isname;
+    case '!':
+    case '-':
+      {
+	operand (expressionP);
+	if (expressionP->X_op == O_constant)
+	  {
+	    /* input_line_pointer -> char after operand */
+	    if (c == '-')
+	      {
+		expressionP->X_add_number = - expressionP->X_add_number;
+		/* Notice: '-' may overflow: no warning is given. This is
+		   compatible with other people's assemblers. Sigh.  */
+		expressionP->X_unsigned = 0;
+	      }
+	    else if (c == '~' || c == '"')
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = ~ expressionP->X_add_number;
+	    else
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = ! expressionP->X_add_number;
+	  }
+	else if (expressionP->X_op != O_illegal
+		 && expressionP->X_op != O_absent)
+	  {
+	    expressionP->X_add_symbol = make_expr_symbol (expressionP);
+	    if (c == '-')
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_uminus;
+	    else if (c == '~' || c == '"')
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_bit_not;
+	    else
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_logical_not;
+	    expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	  }
+	else
+	  as_warn ("Unary operator %c ignored because bad operand follows",
+		   c);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '$':
+      /* $ is the program counter when in MRI mode, or when DOLLAR_DOT
+         is defined.  */
+#ifndef DOLLAR_DOT
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	goto de_fault;
+#endif
+      if (flag_m68k_mri && hex_p (*input_line_pointer))
+	{
+	  /* In MRI mode, $ is also used as the prefix for a
+             hexadecimal constant.  */
+	  integer_constant (16, expressionP);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (is_part_of_name (*input_line_pointer))
+	goto isname;
+
+      current_location (expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '.':
+      if (!is_part_of_name (*input_line_pointer))
+	{
+	  current_location (expressionP);
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "startof.", 8) == 0
+		&& ! is_part_of_name (input_line_pointer[8]))
+	       || (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sizeof.", 7) == 0
+		   && ! is_part_of_name (input_line_pointer[7])))
+	{
+	  int start;
+
+	  start = (input_line_pointer[1] == 't'
+		   || input_line_pointer[1] == 'T');
+	  input_line_pointer += start ? 8 : 7;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer != '(')
+	    as_bad ("syntax error in .startof. or .sizeof.");
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	      name = input_line_pointer;
+	      c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+	      buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 10);
+	      if (start)
+		sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", name);
+	      else
+		sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", name);
+	      symbolP = symbol_make (buf);
+	      free (buf);
+
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	      expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+
+	      *input_line_pointer = c;
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	      if (*input_line_pointer != ')')
+		as_bad ("syntax error in .startof. or .sizeof.");
+	      else
+		++input_line_pointer;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  goto isname;
+	}
+    case ',':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+    eol:
+      /* can't imagine any other kind of operand */
+      expressionP->X_op = O_absent;
+      input_line_pointer--;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	goto de_fault;
+      integer_constant (2, expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '@':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	goto de_fault;
+      integer_constant (8, expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case ':':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+	goto de_fault;
+
+      /* In MRI mode, this is a floating point constant represented
+         using hexadecimal digits.  */
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      integer_constant (16, expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      if (! flag_m68k_mri || is_part_of_name (*input_line_pointer))
+	goto de_fault;
+
+      current_location (expressionP);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+    de_fault:
+      if (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) c])
+	goto eol;
+      if (is_name_beginner (c))	/* here if did not begin with a digit */
+	{
+	  /*
+	   * Identifier begins here.
+	   * This is kludged for speed, so code is repeated.
+	   */
+	isname:
+	  name = --input_line_pointer;
+	  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+#ifdef md_parse_name
+	  /* This is a hook for the backend to parse certain names
+             specially in certain contexts.  If a name always has a
+             specific value, it can often be handled by simply
+             entering it in the symbol table.  */
+	  if (md_parse_name (name, expressionP))
+	    {
+	      *input_line_pointer = c;
+	      break;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_I960
+	  /* The MRI i960 assembler permits
+	         lda sizeof code,g13
+	     FIXME: This should use md_parse_name.  */
+	  if (flag_mri
+	      && (strcasecmp (name, "sizeof") == 0
+		  || strcasecmp (name, "startof") == 0))
+	    {
+	      int start;
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      start = (name[1] == 't'
+		       || name[1] == 'T');
+
+	      *input_line_pointer = c;
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+	      name = input_line_pointer;
+	      c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+	      buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 10);
+	      if (start)
+		sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", name);
+	      else
+		sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", name);
+	      symbolP = symbol_make (buf);
+	      free (buf);
+
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	      expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+
+	      *input_line_pointer = c;
+	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+	      break;
+	    }	      
+#endif
+
+	  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+
+	  /* If we have an absolute symbol or a reg, then we know its
+	     value now.  */
+	  segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP);
+	  if (segment == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP);
+	    }
+	  else if (segment == reg_section)
+	    {
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_register;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
+	      expressionP->X_add_symbol = symbolP;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	    }
+	  *input_line_pointer = c;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Let the target try to parse it.  Success is indicated by changing
+	     the X_op field to something other than O_absent and pointing
+	     input_line_pointer passed the expression.  If it can't parse the
+	     expression, X_op and input_line_pointer should be unchanged.  */
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_absent;
+	  --input_line_pointer;
+	  md_operand (expressionP);
+	  if (expressionP->X_op == O_absent)
+	    {
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      as_bad ("Bad expression");
+	      expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /*
+   * It is more 'efficient' to clean up the expressionS when they are created.
+   * Doing it here saves lines of code.
+   */
+  clean_up_expression (expressionP);
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();		/*->1st char after operand. */
+  know (*input_line_pointer != ' ');
+
+  /* The PA port needs this information.  */
+  if (expressionP->X_add_symbol)
+    expressionP->X_add_symbol->sy_used = 1;
+
+  switch (expressionP->X_op)
+    {
+    default:
+      return absolute_section;
+    case O_symbol:
+      return S_GET_SEGMENT (expressionP->X_add_symbol);
+    case O_register:
+      return reg_section;
+    }
+}				/* operand() */
+
+/* Internal. Simplify a struct expression for use by expr() */
+
+/*
+ * In:	address of a expressionS.
+ *	The X_op field of the expressionS may only take certain values.
+ *	Elsewise we waste time special-case testing. Sigh. Ditto SEG_ABSENT.
+ * Out:	expressionS may have been modified:
+ *	'foo-foo' symbol references cancelled to 0,
+ *		which changes X_op from O_subtract to O_constant.
+ *	Unused fields zeroed to help expr().
+ */
+
+static void
+clean_up_expression (expressionP)
+     expressionS *expressionP;
+{
+  switch (expressionP->X_op)
+    {
+    case O_illegal:
+    case O_absent:
+      expressionP->X_add_number = 0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case O_big:
+    case O_constant:
+    case O_register:
+      expressionP->X_add_symbol = NULL;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case O_symbol:
+    case O_uminus:
+    case O_bit_not:
+      expressionP->X_op_symbol = NULL;
+      break;
+    case O_subtract:
+      if (expressionP->X_op_symbol == expressionP->X_add_symbol
+	  || ((expressionP->X_op_symbol->sy_frag
+	       == expressionP->X_add_symbol->sy_frag)
+	      && SEG_NORMAL (S_GET_SEGMENT (expressionP->X_add_symbol))
+	      && (S_GET_VALUE (expressionP->X_op_symbol)
+		  == S_GET_VALUE (expressionP->X_add_symbol))))
+	{
+	  addressT diff = (S_GET_VALUE (expressionP->X_add_symbol)
+			   - S_GET_VALUE (expressionP->X_op_symbol));
+
+	  expressionP->X_op = O_constant;
+	  expressionP->X_add_symbol = NULL;
+	  expressionP->X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	  expressionP->X_add_number += diff;
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Expression parser. */
+
+/*
+ * We allow an empty expression, and just assume (absolute,0) silently.
+ * Unary operators and parenthetical expressions are treated as operands.
+ * As usual, Q==quantity==operand, O==operator, X==expression mnemonics.
+ *
+ * We used to do a aho/ullman shift-reduce parser, but the logic got so
+ * warped that I flushed it and wrote a recursive-descent parser instead.
+ * Now things are stable, would anybody like to write a fast parser?
+ * Most expressions are either register (which does not even reach here)
+ * or 1 symbol. Then "symbol+constant" and "symbol-symbol" are common.
+ * So I guess it doesn't really matter how inefficient more complex expressions
+ * are parsed.
+ *
+ * After expr(RANK,resultP) input_line_pointer->operator of rank <= RANK.
+ * Also, we have consumed any leading or trailing spaces (operand does that)
+ * and done all intervening operators.
+ *
+ * This returns the segment of the result, which will be
+ * absolute_section or the segment of a symbol.
+ */
+
+#undef __
+#define __ O_illegal
+
+static operatorT op_encoding[256] =
+{				/* maps ASCII->operators */
+
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+
+  __, O_bit_or_not, __, __, __, O_modulus, O_bit_and, __,
+  __, __, O_multiply, O_add, __, O_subtract, __, O_divide,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, O_lt, __, O_gt, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, O_bit_exclusive_or, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, O_bit_inclusive_or, __, __, __,
+
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __,
+  __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __, __
+};
+
+
+/*
+ *	Rank	Examples
+ *	0	operand, (expression)
+ *	1	||
+ *	2	&&
+ *	3	= <> < <= >= >
+ *	4	+ -
+ *	5	used for * / % in MRI mode
+ *	6	& ^ ! |
+ *	7	* / % << >>
+ *	8	unary - unary ~
+ */
+static operator_rankT op_rank[] =
+{
+  0,	/* O_illegal */
+  0,	/* O_absent */
+  0,	/* O_constant */
+  0,	/* O_symbol */
+  0,	/* O_symbol_rva */
+  0,	/* O_register */
+  0,	/* O_bit */
+  8,	/* O_uminus */
+  8,	/* O_bit_not */
+  8,	/* O_logical_not */
+  7,	/* O_multiply */
+  7,	/* O_divide */
+  7,	/* O_modulus */
+  7,	/* O_left_shift */
+  7,	/* O_right_shift */
+  6,	/* O_bit_inclusive_or */
+  6,	/* O_bit_or_not */
+  6,	/* O_bit_exclusive_or */
+  6,	/* O_bit_and */
+  4,	/* O_add */
+  4,	/* O_subtract */
+  3,	/* O_eq */
+  3,	/* O_ne */
+  3,	/* O_lt */
+  3,	/* O_le */
+  3,	/* O_ge */
+  3,	/* O_gt */
+  2,	/* O_logical_and */
+  1	/* O_logical_or */
+};
+
+/* Initialize the expression parser.  */
+
+void
+expr_begin ()
+{
+  /* In MRI mode for the m68k, multiplication and division have lower
+     precedence than the bit wise operators.  */
+  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+    {
+      op_rank[O_multiply] = 5;
+      op_rank[O_divide] = 5;
+      op_rank[O_modulus] = 5;
+      op_encoding['"'] = O_bit_not;
+    }
+
+  /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
+  {
+    expressionS e;
+    e.X_op = O_max;
+    assert (e.X_op == O_max);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return the encoding for the operator at INPUT_LINE_POINTER.
+   Advance INPUT_LINE_POINTER to the last character in the operator
+   (i.e., don't change it for a single character operator).  */
+
+static inline operatorT
+operator ()
+{
+  int c;
+  operatorT ret;
+
+  c = *input_line_pointer;
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    default:
+      return op_encoding[c];
+
+    case '<':
+      switch (input_line_pointer[1])
+	{
+	default:
+	  return op_encoding[c];
+	case '<':
+	  ret = O_left_shift;
+	  break;
+	case '>':
+	  ret = O_ne;
+	  break;
+	case '=':
+	  ret = O_le;
+	  break;
+	}
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      return ret;
+
+    case '>':
+      switch (input_line_pointer[1])
+	{
+	default:
+	  return op_encoding[c];
+	case '>':
+	  ret = O_right_shift;
+	  break;
+	case '=':
+	  ret = O_ge;
+	  break;
+	}
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      return ret;
+
+    case '!':
+      /* We accept !! as equivalent to ^ for MRI compatibility.  */
+      if (input_line_pointer[1] != '!')
+	{
+	  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	    return O_bit_inclusive_or;
+	  return op_encoding[c];
+	}
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      return O_bit_exclusive_or;
+
+    case '|':
+      if (input_line_pointer[1] != '|')
+	return op_encoding[c];
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      return O_logical_or;
+
+    case '&':
+      if (input_line_pointer[1] != '&')
+	return op_encoding[c];
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      return O_logical_and;
+    }
+
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}	
+
+/* Parse an expression.  */
+
+segT
+expr (rank, resultP)
+     operator_rankT rank;	/* Larger # is higher rank. */
+     expressionS *resultP;	/* Deliver result here. */
+{
+  segT retval;
+  expressionS right;
+  operatorT op_left;
+  operatorT op_right;
+
+  know (rank >= 0);
+
+  retval = operand (resultP);
+
+  know (*input_line_pointer != ' ');	/* Operand() gobbles spaces. */
+
+  op_left = operator ();
+  while (op_left != O_illegal && op_rank[(int) op_left] > rank)
+    {
+      segT rightseg;
+
+      input_line_pointer++;	/*->after 1st character of operator. */
+
+      rightseg = expr (op_rank[(int) op_left], &right);
+      if (right.X_op == O_absent)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("missing operand; zero assumed");
+	  right.X_op = O_constant;
+	  right.X_add_number = 0;
+	  right.X_add_symbol = NULL;
+	  right.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	}
+
+      know (*input_line_pointer != ' ');
+
+      if (retval == undefined_section)
+	{
+	  if (SEG_NORMAL (rightseg))
+	    retval = rightseg;
+	}
+      else if (! SEG_NORMAL (retval))
+	retval = rightseg;
+      else if (SEG_NORMAL (rightseg)
+	       && retval != rightseg
+#ifdef DIFF_EXPR_OK
+	       && op_left != O_subtract
+#endif
+	       )
+	as_bad ("operation combines symbols in different segments");
+
+      op_right = operator ();
+
+      know (op_right == O_illegal || op_rank[(int) op_right] <= op_rank[(int) op_left]);
+      know ((int) op_left >= (int) O_multiply
+	    && (int) op_left <= (int) O_logical_or);
+
+      /* input_line_pointer->after right-hand quantity. */
+      /* left-hand quantity in resultP */
+      /* right-hand quantity in right. */
+      /* operator in op_left. */
+
+      if (resultP->X_op == O_big)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("left operand is a %s; integer 0 assumed",
+		   resultP->X_add_number > 0 ? "bignum" : "float");
+	  resultP->X_op = O_constant;
+	  resultP->X_add_number = 0;
+	  resultP->X_add_symbol = NULL;
+	  resultP->X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	}
+      if (right.X_op == O_big)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("right operand is a %s; integer 0 assumed",
+		   right.X_add_number > 0 ? "bignum" : "float");
+	  right.X_op = O_constant;
+	  right.X_add_number = 0;
+	  right.X_add_symbol = NULL;
+	  right.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Optimize common cases.  */
+      if (op_left == O_add && right.X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  /* X + constant.  */
+	  resultP->X_add_number += right.X_add_number;
+	}
+      /* This case comes up in PIC code.  */
+      else if (op_left == O_subtract
+	       && right.X_op == O_symbol
+	       && resultP->X_op == O_symbol
+	       && (right.X_add_symbol->sy_frag
+		   == resultP->X_add_symbol->sy_frag)
+	       && SEG_NORMAL (S_GET_SEGMENT (right.X_add_symbol)))
+
+	{
+	  resultP->X_add_number -= right.X_add_number;
+	  resultP->X_add_number += (S_GET_VALUE (resultP->X_add_symbol)
+				    - S_GET_VALUE (right.X_add_symbol));
+	  resultP->X_op = O_constant;
+	  resultP->X_add_symbol = 0;
+	}
+      else if (op_left == O_subtract && right.X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  /* X - constant.  */
+	  resultP->X_add_number -= right.X_add_number;
+	}
+      else if (op_left == O_add && resultP->X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  /* Constant + X.  */
+	  resultP->X_op = right.X_op;
+	  resultP->X_add_symbol = right.X_add_symbol;
+	  resultP->X_op_symbol = right.X_op_symbol;
+	  resultP->X_add_number += right.X_add_number;
+	  retval = rightseg;
+	}
+      else if (resultP->X_op == O_constant && right.X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  /* Constant OP constant.  */
+	  offsetT v = right.X_add_number;
+	  if (v == 0 && (op_left == O_divide || op_left == O_modulus))
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("division by zero");
+	      v = 1;
+	    }
+	  switch (op_left)
+	    {
+	    default:			abort ();
+	    case O_multiply:		resultP->X_add_number *= v; break;
+	    case O_divide:		resultP->X_add_number /= v; break;
+	    case O_modulus:		resultP->X_add_number %= v; break;
+	    case O_left_shift:		resultP->X_add_number <<= v; break;
+	    case O_right_shift:
+	      /* We always use unsigned shifts, to avoid relying on
+                 characteristics of the compiler used to compile gas.  */
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		(offsetT) ((valueT) resultP->X_add_number >> (valueT) v);
+	      break;
+	    case O_bit_inclusive_or:	resultP->X_add_number |= v; break;
+	    case O_bit_or_not:		resultP->X_add_number |= ~v; break;
+	    case O_bit_exclusive_or:	resultP->X_add_number ^= v; break;
+	    case O_bit_and:		resultP->X_add_number &= v; break;
+	    case O_add:			resultP->X_add_number += v; break;
+	    case O_subtract:		resultP->X_add_number -= v; break;
+	    case O_eq:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number == v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_ne:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number != v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_lt:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number <  v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_le:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number <= v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_ge:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number >= v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_gt:
+	      resultP->X_add_number =
+		resultP->X_add_number >  v ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	      break;
+	    case O_logical_and:
+	      resultP->X_add_number = resultP->X_add_number && v;
+	      break;
+	    case O_logical_or:
+	      resultP->X_add_number = resultP->X_add_number || v;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (resultP->X_op == O_symbol
+	       && right.X_op == O_symbol
+	       && (op_left == O_add
+		   || op_left == O_subtract
+		   || (resultP->X_add_number == 0
+		       && right.X_add_number == 0)))
+	{
+	  /* Symbol OP symbol.  */
+	  resultP->X_op = op_left;
+	  resultP->X_op_symbol = right.X_add_symbol;
+	  if (op_left == O_add)
+	    resultP->X_add_number += right.X_add_number;
+	  else if (op_left == O_subtract)
+	    resultP->X_add_number -= right.X_add_number;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* The general case.  */
+	  resultP->X_add_symbol = make_expr_symbol (resultP);
+	  resultP->X_op_symbol = make_expr_symbol (&right);
+	  resultP->X_op = op_left;
+	  resultP->X_add_number = 0;
+	  resultP->X_unsigned = 1;
+	}
+
+      op_left = op_right;
+    }				/* While next operator is >= this rank. */
+
+  /* The PA port needs this information.  */
+  if (resultP->X_add_symbol)
+    resultP->X_add_symbol->sy_used = 1;
+
+  return resultP->X_op == O_constant ? absolute_section : retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			get_symbol_end()
+ *
+ * This lives here because it belongs equally in expr.c & read.c.
+ * Expr.c is just a branch office read.c anyway, and putting it
+ * here lessens the crowd at read.c.
+ *
+ * Assume input_line_pointer is at start of symbol name.
+ * Advance input_line_pointer past symbol name.
+ * Turn that character into a '\0', returning its former value.
+ * This allows a string compare (RMS wants symbol names to be strings)
+ * of the symbol name.
+ * There will always be a char following symbol name, because all good
+ * lines end in end-of-line.
+ */
+char
+get_symbol_end ()
+{
+  char c;
+
+  /* We accept \001 in a name in case this is being called with a
+     constructed string.  */
+  if (is_name_beginner (c = *input_line_pointer++) || c == '\001')
+    while (is_part_of_name (c = *input_line_pointer++)
+	   || c == '\001')
+      ;
+  *--input_line_pointer = 0;
+  return (c);
+}
+
+
+unsigned int
+get_single_number ()
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+  operand (&exp);
+  return exp.X_add_number;
+
+}
+
+/* end of expr.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5002556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/expr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* expr.h -> header file for expr.c
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * By popular demand, we define a struct to represent an expression.
+ * This will no doubt mutate as expressions become baroque.
+ *
+ * Currently, we support expressions like "foo OP bar + 42".  In other
+ * words we permit a (possibly undefined) symbol, a (possibly
+ * undefined) symbol and the operation used to combine the symbols,
+ * and an (absolute) augend.  RMS says this is so we can have 1-pass
+ * assembly for any compiler emissions, and a 'case' statement might
+ * emit 'undefined1 - undefined2'.
+ *
+ * The type of an expression used to be stored as a segment.  That got
+ * confusing because it overloaded the concept of a segment.  I added
+ * an operator field, instead.
+ */
+
+/* This is the type of an expression.  The operator types are also
+   used while parsing an expression.
+
+   NOTE: This enumeration must match the op_rank array in expr.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  /* An illegal expression.  */
+  O_illegal,
+  /* A nonexistent expression.  */
+  O_absent,
+  /* X_add_number (a constant expression).  */
+  O_constant,
+  /* X_add_symbol + X_add_number.  */
+  O_symbol,
+  /* X_add_symbol + X_add_number - the base address of the image.  */
+  O_symbol_rva,
+  /* A register (X_add_number is register number).  */
+  O_register,
+  /* A big value.  If X_add_number is negative or 0, the value is in
+     generic_floating_point_number.  Otherwise the value is in
+     generic_bignum, and X_add_number is the number of LITTLENUMs in
+     the value.  */
+  O_big,
+  /* (- X_add_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_uminus,
+  /* (~ X_add_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_bit_not,
+  /* (! X_add_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_logical_not,
+  /* (X_add_symbol * X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_multiply,
+  /* (X_add_symbol / X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_divide,
+  /* X_add_symbol % X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_modulus,
+  /* X_add_symbol << X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_left_shift,
+  /* X_add_symbol >> X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_right_shift,
+  /* X_add_symbol | X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_bit_inclusive_or,
+  /* X_add_symbol |~ X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_bit_or_not,
+  /* X_add_symbol ^ X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_bit_exclusive_or,
+  /* X_add_symbol & X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_bit_and,
+  /* X_add_symbol + X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_add,
+  /* X_add_symbol - X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_subtract,
+  /* (X_add_symbol == X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_eq,
+  /* (X_add_symbol != X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_ne,
+  /* (X_add_symbol < X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_lt,
+  /* (X_add_symbol <= X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_le,
+  /* (X_add_symbol >= X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_ge,
+  /* (X_add_symbol > X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_gt,
+  /* (X_add_symbol && X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_logical_and,
+  /* (X_add_symbol || X_op_symbol) + X_add_number.  */
+  O_logical_or,
+  /* this must be the largest value */
+  O_max
+} operatorT;
+
+typedef struct expressionS
+{
+  /* The main symbol.  */
+  struct symbol *X_add_symbol;
+  /* The second symbol, if needed.  */
+  struct symbol *X_op_symbol;
+  /* A number to add.  */
+  offsetT X_add_number;
+  /* The type of the expression.  We can't assume that an arbitrary
+     compiler can handle a bitfield of enum type.  FIXME: We could
+     check this using autoconf.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  operatorT X_op : 5;
+#else
+  unsigned X_op : 5;
+#endif
+  /* Non-zero if X_add_number should be regarded as unsigned.  This is
+     only valid for O_constant expressions.  It is only used when an
+     O_constant must be extended into a bignum (i.e., it is not used
+     when performing arithmetic on these values).
+     FIXME: This field is not set very reliably.  */
+  unsigned int X_unsigned : 1;
+} expressionS;
+
+/* "result" should be type (expressionS *). */
+#define expression(result) expr (0, result)
+
+/* If an expression is O_big, look here for its value. These common
+   data may be clobbered whenever expr() is called. */
+/* Flonums returned here.  Big enough to hold most precise flonum. */
+extern FLONUM_TYPE generic_floating_point_number;
+/* Bignums returned here. */
+extern LITTLENUM_TYPE generic_bignum[];
+/* Number of littlenums in above. */
+#define SIZE_OF_LARGE_NUMBER (20)
+
+typedef char operator_rankT;
+
+extern char get_symbol_end PARAMS ((void));
+extern void expr_begin PARAMS ((void));
+extern segT expr PARAMS ((int rank, expressionS * resultP));
+extern unsigned int get_single_number PARAMS ((void));
+extern struct symbol *make_expr_symbol PARAMS ((expressionS * expressionP));
+extern int expr_symbol_where
+  PARAMS ((struct symbol *, char **, unsigned int *));
+
+/* end of expr.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-copy.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-copy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bcc5cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-copy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* flonum_copy.c - copy a flonum
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+void
+flonum_copy (in, out)
+     FLONUM_TYPE *in;
+     FLONUM_TYPE *out;
+{
+  unsigned int in_length;		/* 0 origin */
+  unsigned int out_length;		/* 0 origin */
+
+  out->sign = in->sign;
+  in_length = in->leader - in->low;
+
+  if (in->leader < in->low)
+    {
+      out->leader = out->low - 1;	/* 0.0 case */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      out_length = out->high - out->low;
+      /*
+       * Assume no GAPS in packing of littlenums.
+       * I.e. sizeof(array) == sizeof(element) * number_of_elements.
+       */
+      if (in_length <= out_length)
+	{
+	  {
+	    /*
+	     * For defensive programming, zero any high-order littlenums we don't need.
+	     * This is destroying evidence and wasting time, so why bother???
+	     */
+	    if (in_length < out_length)
+	      {
+		memset ((char *) (out->low + in_length + 1), '\0', out_length - in_length);
+	      }
+	  }
+	  memcpy ((void *) (out->low), (void *) (in->low), ((in_length + 1) * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE)));
+	  out->exponent = in->exponent;
+	  out->leader = in->leader - in->low + out->low;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  int shorten;		/* 1-origin. Number of littlenums we drop. */
+
+	  shorten = in_length - out_length;
+	  /* Assume out_length >= 0 ! */
+	  memcpy ((void *) (out->low), (void *) (in->low + shorten), ((out_length + 1) * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE)));
+	  out->leader = out->high;
+	  out->exponent = in->exponent + shorten;
+	}
+    }				/* if any significant bits */
+}				/* flonum_copy() */
+
+/* end of flonum_copy.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-konst.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-konst.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22bba05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-konst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* flonum_const.c - Useful Flonum constants
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "flonum.h"
+/* JF:  I added the last entry to this table, and I'm not
+   sure if its right or not.  Could go either way.  I wish
+   I really understood this stuff. */
+
+
+const int table_size_of_flonum_powers_of_ten = 13;
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE zero[] =
+{1};
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Warning: the low order bits may be WRONG here.			*
+ *	I took this from a suspect bc(1) script.			*
+ *	"minus_X"[] is supposed to be 10^(2^-X) expressed in base 2^16.	*
+ *	The radix point is just AFTER the highest element of the []	*
+ *									*
+ *	Because bc rounds DOWN for printing (I think), the lowest	*
+ *	significance littlenums should probably have 1 added to them.	*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+/* JF:  If this equals 6553/(2^16)+39321/(2^32)+...  it approaches .1 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_1[] =
+{
+  39322, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321,
+  39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 39321, 6553};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_1[] =
+{10};
+
+/* JF:  If this equals 655/(2^16) + 23592/(2^32) + ... it approaches .01 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_2[] =
+{
+  10486, 36700, 62914, 23592, 49807, 10485, 36700, 62914, 23592, 49807,
+  10485, 36700, 62914, 23592, 49807, 10485, 36700, 62914, 23592, 655};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_2[] =
+{100};
+
+/* This approaches .0001 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_3[] =
+{
+  52534, 20027, 37329, 65116, 64067, 60397, 14784, 18979, 33659, 19503,
+  2726, 9542, 629, 2202, 40475, 10590, 4299, 47815, 36280, 6};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_3[] =
+{10000};
+
+/* JF: this approaches 1e-8 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_4[] =
+{
+  22517, 49501, 54293, 19424, 60699, 6716, 24348, 22618, 23904, 21327,
+  3919, 44703, 19149, 28803, 48959, 6259, 50273, 62237, 42};
+/* This equals 1525 * 2^16 + 57600 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_4[] =
+{57600, 1525};
+
+/* This approaches 1e-16 */
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_5[] =
+{
+  22199, 45957, 17005, 26266, 10526, 16260, 55017, 35680, 40443, 19789,
+  17356, 30195, 55905, 28426, 63010, 44197, 1844};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_5[] =
+{28609, 34546, 35};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_6[] =
+{
+  30926, 26518, 13110, 43018, 54982, 48258, 24658, 15209, 63366, 11929,
+  20069, 43857, 60487, 51};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_6[] =
+{61313, 34220, 16731, 11629, 1262};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_7[] =
+{
+  29819, 14733, 21490, 40602, 31315, 65186, 2695};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_7[] =
+{
+  7937, 49002, 60772, 28216, 38893, 55975, 63988, 59711, 20227, 24};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_8[] =
+{
+  27579, 64807, 12543, 794, 13907, 61297, 12013, 64360, 15961, 20566,
+  24178, 15922, 59427, 110};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_8[] =
+{
+  15873, 11925, 39177, 991, 14589, 3861, 58415, 9076, 62956, 54223,
+  56328, 50180, 45274, 48333, 32537, 42547, 9731, 59679, 590};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_9[] =
+{
+  11042, 8464, 58971, 63429, 6022, 63485, 5500, 53464, 47545, 50068,
+  56988, 22819, 49708, 54493, 9920, 47667, 40409, 35764, 10383, 54466,
+  32702, 17493, 32420, 34382, 22750, 20681, 12300};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_9[] =
+{
+  20678, 27614, 28272, 53066, 55311, 54677, 29038, 9906, 26288, 44486,
+  13860, 7445, 54106, 15426, 21518, 25599, 29632, 52309, 61207, 26105,
+  10482, 21948, 51191, 32988, 60892, 62574, 61390, 24540, 21495, 5};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_10[] =
+{
+  6214, 48771, 23471, 30163, 31763, 38013, 57001, 11770, 18263, 36366,
+  20742, 45086, 56969, 53231, 37856, 55814, 38057, 15692, 46761, 8713,
+  6102, 20083, 8269, 11839, 11571, 50963, 15649, 11698, 40675, 2308};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_10[] =
+{
+  63839, 36576, 45712, 44516, 37803, 29482, 4966, 30556, 37961, 23310,
+  27070, 44972, 29507, 48257, 45209, 7494, 17831, 38728, 41577, 29443,
+  36016, 7955, 35339, 35479, 36011, 14553, 49618, 5588, 25396, 28};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_11[] =
+{
+  16663, 56882, 61983, 7804, 36555, 32060, 34502, 1000, 14356, 21681,
+  6605, 34767, 51411, 59048, 53614, 39850, 30079, 6496, 6846, 26841,
+  40778, 19578, 59899, 44085, 54016, 24259, 11232, 21229, 21313, 81};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_11[] =
+{
+  92, 9054, 62707, 17993, 7821, 56838, 13992, 21321, 29637, 48426,
+  42982, 38668, 49574, 28820, 18200, 18927, 53979, 16219, 37484, 2516,
+  44642, 14665, 11587, 41926, 13556, 23956, 54320, 6661, 55766, 805};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_12[] =
+{
+  33202, 45969, 58804, 56734, 16482, 26007, 44984, 49334, 31007, 32944,
+  44517, 63329, 47131, 15291, 59465, 2264, 23218, 11829, 59771, 38798,
+  31051, 28748, 23129, 40541, 41562, 35108, 50620, 59014, 51817, 6613};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_12[] =
+{
+  10098, 37922, 58070, 7432, 10470, 63465, 23718, 62190, 47420, 7009,
+  38443, 4587, 45596, 38472, 52129, 52779, 29012, 13559, 48688, 31678,
+  41753, 58662, 10668, 36067, 29906, 56906, 21461, 46556, 59571, 9};
+
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE minus_13[] =
+{
+  45309, 27592, 37144, 34637, 34328, 41671, 34620, 24135, 53401, 22112,
+  21576, 45147, 39310, 44051, 48572, 3676, 46544, 59768, 33350, 2323,
+  49524, 61568, 3903, 36487, 36356, 30903, 14975, 9035, 29715, 667};
+static const LITTLENUM_TYPE plus_13[] =
+{
+  18788, 16960, 6318, 45685, 55400, 46230, 35794, 25588, 7253, 55541,
+  49716, 59760, 63592, 8191, 63765, 58530, 44667, 13294, 10001, 55586,
+  47887, 18738, 9509, 40896, 42506, 52580, 4171, 325, 12329, 98};
+
+/* Shut up complaints about differing pointer types.  They only differ
+   in the const attribute, but there isn't any easy way to do this
+   */
+#define X (LITTLENUM_TYPE *)
+
+const FLONUM_TYPE flonum_negative_powers_of_ten[] =
+{
+  {X zero, X zero, X zero, 0, '+'},
+  {X minus_1, X minus_1 + 19, X minus_1 + 19, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_2, X minus_2 + 19, X minus_2 + 19, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_3, X minus_3 + 19, X minus_3 + 19, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_4, X minus_4 + 18, X minus_4 + 18, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_5, X minus_5 + 16, X minus_5 + 16, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_6, X minus_6 + 13, X minus_6 + 13, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_7, X minus_7 + 6, X minus_7 + 6, -20, '+'},
+  {X minus_8, X minus_8 + 13, X minus_8 + 13, -40, '+'},
+  {X minus_9, X minus_9 + 26, X minus_9 + 26, -80, '+'},
+  {X minus_10, X minus_10 + 29, X minus_10 + 29, -136, '+'},
+  {X minus_11, X minus_11 + 29, X minus_11 + 29, -242, '+'},
+  {X minus_12, X minus_12 + 29, X minus_12 + 29, -455, '+'},
+  {X minus_13, X minus_13 + 29, X minus_13 + 29, -880, '+'},
+};
+
+const FLONUM_TYPE flonum_positive_powers_of_ten[] =
+{
+  {X zero, X zero, X zero, 0, '+'},
+  {X plus_1, X plus_1 + 0, X plus_1 + 0, 0, '+'},
+  {X plus_2, X plus_2 + 0, X plus_2 + 0, 0, '+'},
+  {X plus_3, X plus_3 + 0, X plus_3 + 0, 0, '+'},
+  {X plus_4, X plus_4 + 1, X plus_4 + 1, 0, '+'},
+  {X plus_5, X plus_5 + 2, X plus_5 + 2, 1, '+'},
+  {X plus_6, X plus_6 + 4, X plus_6 + 4, 2, '+'},
+  {X plus_7, X plus_7 + 9, X plus_7 + 9, 4, '+'},
+  {X plus_8, X plus_8 + 18, X plus_8 + 18, 8, '+'},
+  {X plus_9, X plus_9 + 29, X plus_9 + 29, 24, '+'},
+  {X plus_10, X plus_10 + 29, X plus_10 + 29, 77, '+'},
+  {X plus_11, X plus_11 + 29, X plus_11 + 29, 183, '+'},
+  {X plus_12, X plus_12 + 29, X plus_12 + 29, 396, '+'},
+  {X plus_13, X plus_13 + 29, X plus_13 + 29, 821, '+'},
+};
+
+#ifdef VMS
+void dummy1 () { }
+#endif
+/* end of flonum_const.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-mult.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-mult.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434a73b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum-mult.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* flonum_mult.c - multiply two flonums
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of Gas, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   The GNU assembler is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY.  No author or distributor
+   accepts responsibility to anyone for the consequences of using it
+   or for whether it serves any particular purpose or works at all,
+   unless he says so in writing.  Refer to the GNU Assembler General
+   Public License for full details.
+
+   Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute
+   the GNU Assembler, but only under the conditions described in the
+   GNU Assembler General Public License.  A copy of this license is
+   supposed to have been given to you along with the GNU Assembler
+   so you can know your rights and responsibilities.  It should be
+   in a file named COPYING.  Among other things, the copyright
+   notice and this notice must be preserved on all copies.  */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "flonum.h"
+
+/*	plan for a . b => p(roduct)
+	
+	
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	| a	| a	|  ...	| a	| a	|
+	|  A	|  A-1	|	|  1	|  0	|
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	
+	
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	| b	| b	|  ...	| b	| b	|
+	|  B	|  B-1	|	|  1	|  0	|
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	
+	
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	| p	| p	|  ...	| p	|  ...	| p	| p	|
+	|  A+B+1|  A+B	|	|  N	|	|  1	|  0	|
+	+-------+-------+-/   /-+-------+-/   /-+-------+-------+
+	
+	/^\
+	(carry) a .b	   ...	    |	   ...	 a .b	 a .b
+	A  B 		    |		  0  1	  0  0
+	|
+	...	    |	   ...	 a .b
+	|		  1  0
+	|
+	|	   ...
+	|
+	|
+	|
+	|		  ___
+	|		  \
+	+-----  P  =   >  a .b
+	N	  /__  i  j
+	
+	N = 0 ... A+B
+	
+	for all i,j where i+j=N
+	[i,j integers > 0]
+	
+	a[], b[], p[] may not intersect.
+	Zero length factors signify 0 significant bits: treat as 0.0.
+	0.0 factors do the right thing.
+	Zero length product OK.
+	
+	I chose the ForTran accent "foo[bar]" instead of the C accent "*garply"
+	because I felt the ForTran way was more intuitive. The C way would
+	probably yield better code on most C compilers. Dean Elsner.
+	(C style also gives deeper insight [to me] ... oh well ...)
+	*/
+
+void 
+flonum_multip (a, b, product)
+     const FLONUM_TYPE *a;
+     const FLONUM_TYPE *b;
+     FLONUM_TYPE *product;
+{
+  int size_of_a;		/* 0 origin */
+  int size_of_b;		/* 0 origin */
+  int size_of_product;		/* 0 origin */
+  int size_of_sum;		/* 0 origin */
+  int extra_product_positions;	/* 1 origin */
+  unsigned long work;
+  unsigned long carry;
+  long exponent;
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *q;
+  long significant;		/* TRUE when we emit a non-0 littlenum  */
+  /* ForTran accent follows. */
+  int P;			/* Scan product low-order -> high. */
+  int N;			/* As in sum above.  */
+  int A;			/* Which [] of a? */
+  int B;			/* Which [] of b? */
+
+  if ((a->sign != '-' && a->sign != '+') || (b->sign != '-' && b->sign != '+'))
+    {
+      /* ...
+		   Got to fail somehow.  Any suggestions? */
+      product->sign = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  product->sign = (a->sign == b->sign) ? '+' : '-';
+  size_of_a = a->leader - a->low;
+  size_of_b = b->leader - b->low;
+  exponent = a->exponent + b->exponent;
+  size_of_product = product->high - product->low;
+  size_of_sum = size_of_a + size_of_b;
+  extra_product_positions = size_of_product - size_of_sum;
+  if (extra_product_positions < 0)
+    {
+      P = extra_product_positions;	/* P < 0 */
+      exponent -= extra_product_positions;	/* Increases exponent. */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      P = 0;
+    }
+  carry = 0;
+  significant = 0;
+  for (N = 0; N <= size_of_sum; N++)
+    {
+      work = carry;
+      carry = 0;
+      for (A = 0; A <= N; A++)
+	{
+	  B = N - A;
+	  if (A <= size_of_a && B <= size_of_b && B >= 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef TRACE
+	      printf ("a:low[%d.]=%04x b:low[%d.]=%04x work_before=%08x\n", A, a->low[A], B, b->low[B], work);
+#endif
+	      /* Watch out for sign extension!  Without the casts, on
+		 the DEC Alpha, the multiplication result is *signed*
+		 int, which gets sign-extended to convert to the
+		 unsigned long!  */
+	      work += (unsigned long) a->low[A] * (unsigned long) b->low[B];
+	      carry += work >> LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	      work &= LITTLENUM_MASK;
+#ifdef TRACE
+	      printf ("work=%08x carry=%04x\n", work, carry);
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+      significant |= work;
+      if (significant || P < 0)
+	{
+	  if (P >= 0)
+	    {
+	      product->low[P] = work;
+#ifdef TRACE
+	      printf ("P=%d. work[p]:=%04x\n", P, work);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  P++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  extra_product_positions++;
+	  exponent++;
+	}
+    }
+  /*
+   * [P]-> position # size_of_sum + 1.
+   * This is where 'carry' should go.
+   */
+#ifdef TRACE
+  printf ("final carry =%04x\n", carry);
+#endif
+  if (carry)
+    {
+      if (extra_product_positions > 0)
+	{
+	  product->low[P] = carry;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* No room at high order for carry littlenum. */
+	  /* Shift right 1 to make room for most significant littlenum. */
+	  exponent++;
+	  P--;
+	  for (q = product->low + P; q >= product->low; q--)
+	    {
+	      work = *q;
+	      *q = carry;
+	      carry = work;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      P--;
+    }
+  product->leader = product->low + P;
+  product->exponent = exponent;
+}
+
+/* end of flonum_mult.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6684f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/flonum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* flonum.h - Floating point package
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Arbitrary-precision floating point arithmetic.			*
+ *									*
+ *									*
+ *	Notation: a floating point number is expressed as		*
+ *	MANTISSA * (2 ** EXPONENT).					*
+ *									*
+ *	If this offends more traditional mathematicians, then		*
+ *	please tell me your nomenclature for flonums!			*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "bignum.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Variable precision floating point numbers.			*
+ *									*
+ *	Exponent is the place value of the low littlenum. E.g.:		*
+ *	If  0:  low points to the units             littlenum.		*
+ *	If  1:  low points to the LITTLENUM_RADIX   littlenum.		*
+ *	If -1:  low points to the 1/LITTLENUM_RADIX littlenum.		*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+/* JF:  A sign value of 0 means we have been asked to assemble NaN
+   A sign value of 'P' means we've been asked to assemble +Inf
+   A sign value of 'N' means we've been asked to assemble -Inf
+   */
+struct FLONUM_STRUCT
+{
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *low;		/* low order littlenum of a bignum */
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *high;		/* high order littlenum of a bignum */
+  LITTLENUM_TYPE *leader;	/* -> 1st non-zero littlenum */
+  /* If flonum is 0.0, leader==low-1 */
+  long exponent;		/* base LITTLENUM_RADIX */
+  char sign;			/* '+' or '-' */
+};
+
+typedef struct FLONUM_STRUCT FLONUM_TYPE;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Since we can (& do) meet with exponents like 10^5000, it	*
+ *	is silly to make a table of ~ 10,000 entries, one for each	*
+ *	power of 10. We keep a table where item [n] is a struct		*
+ *	FLONUM_FLOATING_POINT representing 10^(2^n). We then		*
+ *	multiply appropriate entries from this table to get any		*
+ *	particular power of 10. For the example of 10^5000, a table	*
+ *	of just 25 entries suffices: 10^(2^-12)...10^(2^+12).		*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+
+extern const FLONUM_TYPE flonum_positive_powers_of_ten[];
+extern const FLONUM_TYPE flonum_negative_powers_of_ten[];
+extern const int table_size_of_flonum_powers_of_ten;
+/* Flonum_XXX_powers_of_ten[] table has */
+/* legal indices from 0 to */
+/* + this number inclusive. */
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Declare worker functions.					*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+int atof_generic PARAMS ((char **address_of_string_pointer,
+			  const char *string_of_decimal_marks,
+			  const char *string_of_decimal_exponent_marks,
+			  FLONUM_TYPE * address_of_generic_floating_point_number));
+
+void flonum_copy PARAMS ((FLONUM_TYPE * in, FLONUM_TYPE * out));
+void flonum_multip PARAMS ((const FLONUM_TYPE * a, const FLONUM_TYPE * b,
+			    FLONUM_TYPE * product));
+
+/***********************************************************************\
+ *									*
+ *	Declare error codes.						*
+ *									*
+ \***********************************************************************/
+
+#define ERROR_EXPONENT_OVERFLOW (2)
+
+/* end of flonum.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0418b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.c
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/* frags.c - manage frags -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+extern fragS zero_address_frag;
+extern fragS bss_address_frag;
+
+/* Initialization for frag routines.  */
+void
+frag_init ()
+{
+  zero_address_frag.fr_type = rs_fill;
+  bss_address_frag.fr_type = rs_fill;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a frag on the specified obstack.
+   Call this routine from everywhere else, so that all the weird alignment
+   hackery can be done in just one place.  */
+fragS *
+frag_alloc (ob)
+     struct obstack *ob;
+{
+  fragS *ptr;
+  int oalign;
+
+  (void) obstack_alloc (ob, 0);
+  oalign = obstack_alignment_mask (ob);
+  obstack_alignment_mask (ob) = 0;
+  ptr = (fragS *) obstack_alloc (ob, SIZEOF_STRUCT_FRAG);
+  obstack_alignment_mask (ob) = oalign;
+  memset (ptr, 0, SIZEOF_STRUCT_FRAG);
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			frag_grow()
+ *
+ * Try to augment current frag by nchars chars.
+ * If there is no room, close of the current frag with a ".fill 0"
+ * and begin a new frag. Unless the new frag has nchars chars available
+ * do not return. Do not set up any fields of *now_frag.
+ */
+void 
+frag_grow (nchars)
+     unsigned int nchars;
+{
+  if (obstack_room (&frchain_now->frch_obstack) < nchars)
+    {
+      unsigned int n, oldn;
+      long oldc;
+
+      frag_wane (frag_now);
+      frag_new (0);
+      oldn = (unsigned) -1;
+      oldc = frchain_now->frch_obstack.chunk_size;
+      frchain_now->frch_obstack.chunk_size = 2 * nchars;
+      while ((n = obstack_room (&frchain_now->frch_obstack)) < nchars
+	     && n < oldn)
+	{
+	  frag_wane (frag_now);
+	  frag_new (0);
+	  oldn = n;
+	}
+      frchain_now->frch_obstack.chunk_size = oldc;
+    }
+  if (obstack_room (&frchain_now->frch_obstack) < nchars)
+    as_fatal ("Can't extend frag %d. chars", nchars);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			frag_new()
+ *
+ * Call this to close off a completed frag, and start up a new (empty)
+ * frag, in the same subsegment as the old frag.
+ * [frchain_now remains the same but frag_now is updated.]
+ * Because this calculates the correct value of fr_fix by
+ * looking at the obstack 'frags', it needs to know how many
+ * characters at the end of the old frag belong to (the maximal)
+ * fr_var: the rest must belong to fr_fix.
+ * It doesn't actually set up the old frag's fr_var: you may have
+ * set fr_var == 1, but allocated 10 chars to the end of the frag:
+ * in this case you pass old_frags_var_max_size == 10.
+ *
+ * Make a new frag, initialising some components. Link new frag at end
+ * of frchain_now.
+ */
+void 
+frag_new (old_frags_var_max_size)
+     /* Number of chars (already allocated on obstack frags) in
+	variable_length part of frag. */
+     int old_frags_var_max_size;
+{
+  fragS *former_last_fragP;
+  frchainS *frchP;
+
+  assert (frchain_now->frch_last == frag_now);
+
+  /* Fix up old frag's fr_fix.  */
+  frag_now->fr_fix = frag_now_fix () - old_frags_var_max_size;
+  /* Make sure its type is valid.  */
+  assert (frag_now->fr_type != 0);
+
+  /* This will align the obstack so the next struct we allocate on it
+     will begin at a correct boundary. */
+  obstack_finish (&frchain_now->frch_obstack);
+  frchP = frchain_now;
+  know (frchP);
+  former_last_fragP = frchP->frch_last;
+  assert (former_last_fragP != 0);
+  assert (former_last_fragP == frag_now);
+  frag_now = frag_alloc (&frchP->frch_obstack);
+
+  as_where (&frag_now->fr_file, &frag_now->fr_line);
+
+  /* Generally, frag_now->points to an address rounded up to next
+     alignment.  However, characters will add to obstack frags
+     IMMEDIATELY after the struct frag, even if they are not starting
+     at an alignment address. */
+  former_last_fragP->fr_next = frag_now;
+  frchP->frch_last = frag_now;
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  {
+    extern struct list_info_struct *listing_tail;
+    frag_now->line = listing_tail;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert (frchain_now->frch_last == frag_now);
+
+  frag_now->fr_next = NULL;
+}				/* frag_new() */
+
+/*
+ *			frag_more()
+ *
+ * Start a new frag unless we have n more chars of room in the current frag.
+ * Close off the old frag with a .fill 0.
+ *
+ * Return the address of the 1st char to write into. Advance
+ * frag_now_growth past the new chars.
+ */
+
+char *
+frag_more (nchars)
+     int nchars;
+{
+  register char *retval;
+
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      as_bad ("attempt to allocate data in absolute section");
+      subseg_set (text_section, 0);
+    }
+
+  if (mri_common_symbol != NULL)
+    {
+      as_bad ("attempt to allocate data in common section");
+      mri_common_symbol = NULL;
+    }
+
+  frag_grow (nchars);
+  retval = obstack_next_free (&frchain_now->frch_obstack);
+  obstack_blank_fast (&frchain_now->frch_obstack, nchars);
+  return (retval);
+}				/* frag_more() */
+
+/*
+ *			frag_var()
+ *
+ * Start a new frag unless we have max_chars more chars of room in the current frag.
+ * Close off the old frag with a .fill 0.
+ *
+ * Set up a machine_dependent relaxable frag, then start a new frag.
+ * Return the address of the 1st char of the var part of the old frag
+ * to write into.
+ */
+
+char *
+frag_var (type, max_chars, var, subtype, symbol, offset, opcode)
+     relax_stateT type;
+     int max_chars;
+     int var;
+     relax_substateT subtype;
+     symbolS *symbol;
+     offsetT offset;
+     char *opcode;
+{
+  register char *retval;
+
+  frag_grow (max_chars);
+  retval = obstack_next_free (&frchain_now->frch_obstack);
+  obstack_blank_fast (&frchain_now->frch_obstack, max_chars);
+  frag_now->fr_var = var;
+  frag_now->fr_type = type;
+  frag_now->fr_subtype = subtype;
+  frag_now->fr_symbol = symbol;
+  frag_now->fr_offset = offset;
+  frag_now->fr_opcode = opcode;
+  /* Default these to zero.  Only the ns32k uses these but they can't be
+     conditionally included in `struct frag'.  See as.h.  */
+  frag_now->fr_targ.ns32k.pcrel_adjust = 0;
+  frag_now->fr_targ.ns32k.bsr = 0;
+  as_where (&frag_now->fr_file, &frag_now->fr_line);
+  frag_new (max_chars);
+  return (retval);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			frag_variant()
+ *
+ * OVE: This variant of frag_var assumes that space for the tail has been
+ *      allocated by caller.
+ *      No call to frag_grow is done.
+ */
+
+char *
+frag_variant (type, max_chars, var, subtype, symbol, offset, opcode)
+     relax_stateT type;
+     int max_chars;
+     int var;
+     relax_substateT subtype;
+     symbolS *symbol;
+     offsetT offset;
+     char *opcode;
+{
+  register char *retval;
+
+  retval = obstack_next_free (&frchain_now->frch_obstack);
+  frag_now->fr_var = var;
+  frag_now->fr_type = type;
+  frag_now->fr_subtype = subtype;
+  frag_now->fr_symbol = symbol;
+  frag_now->fr_offset = offset;
+  frag_now->fr_opcode = opcode;
+  /* Default these to zero.  Only the ns32k uses these but they can't be
+     conditionally included in `struct frag'.  See as.h.  */
+  frag_now->fr_targ.ns32k.pcrel_adjust = 0;
+  frag_now->fr_targ.ns32k.bsr = 0;
+  as_where (&frag_now->fr_file, &frag_now->fr_line);
+  frag_new (max_chars);
+  return (retval);
+}				/* frag_variant() */
+
+/*
+ *			frag_wane()
+ *
+ * Reduce the variable end of a frag to a harmless state.
+ */
+void 
+frag_wane (fragP)
+     register fragS *fragP;
+{
+  fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
+  fragP->fr_offset = 0;
+  fragP->fr_var = 0;
+}
+
+/* Make an alignment frag.  The size of this frag will be adjusted to
+   force the next frag to have the appropriate alignment.  ALIGNMENT
+   is the power of two to which to align.  FILL_CHARACTER is the
+   character to use to fill in any bytes which are skipped.  MAX is
+   the maximum number of characters to skip when doing the alignment,
+   or 0 if there is no maximum.  */
+
+void 
+frag_align (alignment, fill_character, max)
+     int alignment;
+     int fill_character;
+     int max;
+{
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      addressT new_off;
+
+      new_off = ((abs_section_offset + alignment - 1)
+		 &~ ((1 << alignment) - 1));
+      if (max == 0 || new_off - abs_section_offset <= max)
+	abs_section_offset = new_off;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p;
+
+      p = frag_var (rs_align, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) max,
+		    (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) alignment, (char *) 0);
+      *p = fill_character;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make an alignment frag like frag_align, but fill with a repeating
+   pattern rather than a single byte.  ALIGNMENT is the power of two
+   to which to align.  FILL_PATTERN is the fill pattern to repeat in
+   the bytes which are skipped.  N_FILL is the number of bytes in
+   FILL_PATTERN.  MAX is the maximum number of characters to skip when
+   doing the alignment, or 0 if there is no maximum.  */
+
+void 
+frag_align_pattern (alignment, fill_pattern, n_fill, max)
+     int alignment;
+     const char *fill_pattern;
+     int n_fill;
+     int max;
+{
+  char *p;
+
+  p = frag_var (rs_align, n_fill, n_fill, (relax_substateT) max,
+		(symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) alignment, (char *) 0);
+  memcpy (p, fill_pattern, n_fill);
+}
+
+int
+frag_now_fix ()
+{
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    return abs_section_offset;
+  return ((char*)obstack_next_free (&frchain_now->frch_obstack)
+	  - frag_now->fr_literal);
+}
+
+void
+frag_append_1_char (datum)
+     int datum;
+{
+  if (obstack_room (&frchain_now->frch_obstack) <= 1)
+    {
+      frag_wane (frag_now);
+      frag_new (0);
+    }
+  obstack_1grow (&frchain_now->frch_obstack, datum);
+}
+
+/* end of frags.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53877a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/frags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* frags.h - Header file for the frag concept.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct obstack;
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * A macro to speed up appending exactly 1 char
+ * to current frag.
+ */
+/* JF changed < 1 to <= 1 to avoid a race conditon */
+#define FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR(datum)	\
+{					\
+  if (obstack_room( &frags ) <= 1) {\
+    frag_wane (frag_now);	\
+    frag_new (0);		\
+  }				\
+  obstack_1grow( &frags, datum );	\
+}
+#else
+extern void frag_append_1_char PARAMS ((int));
+#define FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR(X) frag_append_1_char (X)
+#endif
+
+
+void frag_init PARAMS ((void));
+fragS *frag_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *));
+void frag_grow PARAMS ((unsigned int nchars));
+char *frag_more PARAMS ((int nchars));
+void frag_align PARAMS ((int alignment, int fill_character, int max));
+void frag_align_pattern PARAMS ((int alignment,
+				 const char *fill_pattern,
+				 int n_fill,
+				 int max));
+void frag_new PARAMS ((int old_frags_var_max_size));
+void frag_wane PARAMS ((fragS * fragP));
+
+char *frag_variant PARAMS ((relax_stateT type,
+			    int max_chars,
+			    int var,
+			    relax_substateT subtype,
+			    symbolS * symbol,
+			    offsetT offset,
+			    char *opcode));
+
+char *frag_var PARAMS ((relax_stateT type,
+			int max_chars,
+			int var,
+			relax_substateT subtype,
+			symbolS * symbol,
+			offsetT offset,
+			char *opcode));
+
+/* end of frags.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/gasp.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/gasp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb51b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/gasp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3739 @@
+/* gasp.c - Gnu assembler preprocessor main program.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve and Judy Chamberlain of Cygnus Support,
+      sac@cygnus.com
+
+   This file is part of GASP, the GNU Assembler Preprocessor.
+
+   GASP is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GASP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GASP; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+
+This program translates the input macros and stuff into a form
+suitable for gas to consume.
+
+
+  gasp [-sdhau] [-c char] [-o <outfile>] <infile>*
+
+  -s copy source to output
+  -c <char> comments are started with <char> instead of !
+  -u allow unreasonable stuff
+  -p print line numbers
+  -d print debugging stats
+  -s semi colons start comments
+  -a use alternate syntax
+     Pseudo ops can start with or without a .
+     Labels have to be in first column.
+  -I specify include dir
+    Macro arg parameters subsituted by name, don't need the &.
+     String can start with ' too.
+     Strings can be surrounded by <..>
+     A %<exp> in a string evaluates the expression 
+     Literal char in a string with !
+
+
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_MALLOC_DECLARATION
+extern char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+#include "macro.h"
+
+char *program_version = "1.2";
+
+/* This is normally declared in as.h, but we don't include that.  We
+   need the function because other files linked with gasp.c might call
+   it.  */
+extern void as_abort PARAMS ((const char *, int, const char *));
+
+#define MAX_INCLUDES 30		/* Maximum include depth */
+#define MAX_REASONABLE 1000	/* Maximum number of expansions */
+
+int unreasonable;		/* -u on command line */
+int stats;			/* -d on command line */
+int print_line_number;		/* -p flag on command line */
+int copysource;			/* -c flag on command line */
+int warnings;			/* Number of WARNINGs generated so far. */
+int errors;			/* Number of ERRORs generated so far. */
+int fatals;			/* Number of fatal ERRORs generated so far (either 0 or 1). */
+int alternate = 0;              /* -a on command line */
+int mri = 0;			/* -M on command line */
+char comment_char = '!';
+int radix = 10;			/* Default radix */
+
+int had_end; /* Seen .END */
+
+/* The output stream */
+FILE *outfile;
+
+/* the attributes of each character are stored as a bit pattern
+   chartype, which gives us quick tests. */
+
+
+#define FIRSTBIT 1
+#define NEXTBIT  2
+#define SEPBIT   4
+#define WHITEBIT 8
+#define COMMENTBIT 16
+#define BASEBIT  32
+#define ISCOMMENTCHAR(x) (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & COMMENTBIT)
+#define ISFIRSTCHAR(x)  (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & FIRSTBIT)
+#define ISNEXTCHAR(x)   (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & NEXTBIT)
+#define ISSEP(x)        (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & SEPBIT)
+#define ISWHITE(x)      (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & WHITEBIT)
+#define ISBASE(x)       (chartype[(unsigned)(x)] & BASEBIT)
+static char chartype[256];
+
+
+/* Conditional assembly uses the `ifstack'.  Each aif pushes another
+   entry onto the stack, and sets the on flag if it should.  The aelse
+   sets hadelse, and toggles on.  An aend pops a level.  We limit to
+   100 levels of nesting, not because we're facists pigs with read
+   only minds, but because more than 100 levels of nesting is probably
+   a bug in the user's macro structure.  */
+
+#define IFNESTING 100
+struct
+  {
+    int on;			/* is the level being output */
+    int hadelse;		/* has an aelse been seen */
+  }
+ifstack[IFNESTING];
+int ifi;
+
+/* The final and intermediate results of expression evaluation are kept in
+   exp_t's.  Note that a symbol is not an sb, but a pointer into the input
+   line.  It must be coped somewhere safe before the next line is read in. */
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    char *name;
+    int len;
+  }
+symbol;
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    int value;			/* constant part */
+    symbol add_symbol;		/* name part */
+    symbol sub_symbol;		/* name part */
+  }
+exp_t;
+
+
+/* Hashing is done in a pretty standard way.  A hash_table has a
+   pointer to a vector of pointers to hash_entrys, and the size of the
+   vector.  A hash_entry contains a union of all the info we like to
+   store in hash table.  If there is a hash collision, hash_entries
+   with the same hash are kept in a chain. */
+
+/* What the data in a hash_entry means */
+typedef enum
+  {
+    hash_integer,		/* name->integer mapping */
+    hash_string,		/* name->string mapping */
+    hash_macro,			/* name is a macro */
+    hash_formal			/* name is a formal argument */
+  } hash_type;
+
+typedef struct hs
+  {
+    sb key;			/* symbol name */
+    hash_type type;		/* symbol meaning */
+    union
+      {
+	sb s;
+	int i;
+	struct macro_struct *m;
+	struct formal_struct *f;
+      } value;
+    struct hs *next;		/* next hash_entry with same hash key */
+  } hash_entry;
+
+typedef struct
+  {
+    hash_entry **table;
+    int size;
+  } hash_table;
+
+
+/* Structures used to store macros. 
+
+   Each macro knows its name and included text.  It gets built with a
+   list of formal arguments, and also keeps a hash table which points
+   into the list to speed up formal search.  Each formal knows its
+   name and its default value.  Each time the macro is expanded, the
+   formals get the actual values attatched to them. */
+
+/* describe the formal arguments to a macro */
+
+typedef struct formal_struct
+  {
+    struct formal_struct *next;	/* next formal in list */
+    sb name;			/* name of the formal */
+    sb def;			/* the default value */
+    sb actual;			/* the actual argument (changed on each expansion) */
+    int index;			/* the index of the formal 0..formal_count-1 */
+  }
+formal_entry;
+
+/* describe the macro. */
+
+typedef struct macro_struct
+  {
+    sb sub;			/* substitution text. */
+    int formal_count;		/* number of formal args. */
+    formal_entry *formals;	/* pointer to list of formal_structs */
+    hash_table formal_hash;	/* hash table of formals. */
+  }
+macro_entry;
+
+/* how we nest files and expand macros etc.
+
+   we keep a stack of of include_stack structs.  each include file
+   pushes a new level onto the stack.  we keep an sb with a pushback
+   too.  unget chars are pushed onto the pushback sb, getchars first
+   checks the pushback sb before reading from the input stream.
+
+   small things are expanded by adding the text of the item onto the
+   pushback sb.  larger items are grown by pushing a new level and
+   allocating the entire pushback buf for the item.  each time
+   something like a macro is expanded, the stack index is changed. we
+   can then perform an exitm by popping all entries off the stack with
+   the same stack index.  if we're being reasonable, we can detect
+   recusive expansion by checking the index is reasonably small.
+ */
+
+typedef enum
+  {
+    include_file, include_repeat, include_while, include_macro
+  } include_type;
+
+struct include_stack
+  {
+    sb pushback;		/* current pushback stream */
+    int pushback_index;		/* next char to read from stream */
+    FILE *handle;		/* open file */
+    sb name;			/* name of file */
+    int linecount;		/* number of lines read so far */
+    include_type type;
+    int index;			/* index of this layer */
+  }
+include_stack[MAX_INCLUDES];
+
+struct include_stack *sp;
+#define isp (sp - include_stack)
+
+/* Include file list */
+
+typedef struct include_path 
+{
+  struct include_path *next;
+  sb path;
+}  include_path;
+
+include_path *paths_head;
+include_path *paths_tail;
+
+
+static void quit PARAMS ((void));
+static void hash_new_table PARAMS ((int, hash_table *));
+static int hash PARAMS ((sb *));
+static hash_entry *hash_create PARAMS ((hash_table *, sb *));
+static void hash_add_to_string_table PARAMS ((hash_table *, sb *, sb *, int));
+static void hash_add_to_int_table PARAMS ((hash_table *, sb *, int));
+static hash_entry *hash_lookup PARAMS ((hash_table *, sb *));
+static void checkconst PARAMS ((int, exp_t *));
+static int sb_strtol PARAMS ((int, sb *, int, int *));
+static int level_0 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int level_1 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int level_2 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int level_3 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int level_4 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int level_5 PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static int exp_parse PARAMS ((int, sb *, exp_t *));
+static void exp_string PARAMS ((exp_t *, sb *));
+static int exp_get_abs PARAMS ((const char *, int, sb *, int *));
+#if 0
+static void strip_comments PARAMS ((sb *));
+#endif
+static void unget PARAMS ((int));
+static void include_buf PARAMS ((sb *, sb *, include_type, int));
+static void include_print_where_line PARAMS ((FILE *));
+static void include_print_line PARAMS ((FILE *));
+static int get_line PARAMS ((sb *));
+static int grab_label PARAMS ((sb *, sb *));
+static void change_base PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static void do_end PARAMS ((sb *));
+static void do_assign PARAMS ((int, int, sb *));
+static void do_radix PARAMS ((sb *));
+static int get_opsize PARAMS ((int, sb *, int *));
+static int eol PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_data PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static void do_datab PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_align PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_res PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static void do_export PARAMS ((sb *));
+static void do_print PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_heading PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_page PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_form PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int get_any_string PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *, int, int));
+static int skip_openp PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int skip_closep PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int dolen PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static int doinstr PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static int dosubstr PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static void process_assigns PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static int get_and_process PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static void process_file PARAMS ((void));
+static void free_old_entry PARAMS ((hash_entry *));
+static void do_assigna PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_assignc PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_reg PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int condass_lookup_name PARAMS ((sb *, int, sb *, int));
+static int whatcond PARAMS ((int, sb *, int *));
+static int istrue PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_aif PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_aelse PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_aendi PARAMS ((void));
+static int condass_on PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_if PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static int get_mri_string PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *, int));
+static void do_ifc PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static void do_aendr PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_awhile PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_aendw PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_exitm PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_arepeat PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_endm PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_irp PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static void do_local PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void do_macro PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int macro_op PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int getstring PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static void do_sdata PARAMS ((int, sb *, int));
+static void do_sdatab PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static int new_file PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void do_include PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+static void include_pop PARAMS ((void));
+static int get PARAMS ((void));
+static int linecount PARAMS ((void));
+static int include_next_index PARAMS ((void));
+static void chartype_init PARAMS ((void));
+static int process_pseudo_op PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static void add_keyword PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+static void process_init PARAMS ((void));
+static void do_define PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void show_usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static void show_help PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define FATAL(x) \
+  do { include_print_where_line (stderr); fprintf x ; fatals++; quit(); } while(0) 
+#define ERROR(x) \
+  do { include_print_where_line (stderr); fprintf x; errors++; } while(0)
+#define WARNING(x) \
+  do { include_print_where_line (stderr); fprintf x; warnings++;} while(0) 
+
+
+
+/* exit the program and return the right ERROR code. */
+static void
+quit ()
+{
+  int exitcode;
+  if (fatals + errors)
+    exitcode = 1;
+  else
+    exitcode = 0;
+
+  if (stats) 
+    {
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < sb_max_power_two; i++) 
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "strings size %8d : %d\n", 1<<i, string_count[i]);
+	}
+    }
+  exit (exitcode);
+}
+
+/* hash table maintenance. */
+
+/* build a new hash table with size buckets, and fill in the info at ptr. */
+
+static void
+hash_new_table (size, ptr)
+     int size;
+     hash_table *ptr;
+{
+  int i;
+  ptr->size = size;
+  ptr->table = (hash_entry **) xmalloc (size * (sizeof (hash_entry *)));
+  /* Fill with null-pointer, not zero-bit-pattern.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+    ptr->table[i] = 0;
+}
+
+/* calculate and return the hash value of the sb at key. */
+
+static int
+hash (key)
+     sb *key;
+{
+  int k = 0x1234;
+  int i;
+  char *p = key->ptr;
+  for (i = 0; i < key->len; i++)
+    {
+      k ^= (k << 2) ^ *p;
+      p++;
+    }
+  return k & 0xf0fff;
+}
+
+/* lookup key in hash_table tab, if present, then return it, otherwise
+   build a new one and fill it with hash_integer. */
+
+static
+hash_entry *
+hash_create (tab, key)
+     hash_table *tab;
+     sb *key;
+{
+  int k = hash (key) % tab->size;
+  hash_entry *p;
+  hash_entry **table = tab->table;
+
+  p = table[k];
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (!p)
+	{
+	  hash_entry *n = (hash_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (hash_entry));
+	  n->next = table[k];
+	  sb_new (&n->key);
+	  sb_add_sb (&n->key, key);
+	  table[k] = n;
+	  n->type = hash_integer;
+	  return n;
+	}
+      if (strncmp (table[k]->key.ptr, key->ptr, key->len) == 0)
+	{
+	  return p;
+	}
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* add sb name with key into hash_table tab.  if replacing old value
+   and again, then ERROR. */
+
+static
+void
+hash_add_to_string_table (tab, key, name, again)
+     hash_table *tab;
+     sb *key;
+     sb *name;
+     int again;
+{
+  hash_entry *ptr = hash_create (tab, key);
+  if (ptr->type == hash_integer)
+    {
+      sb_new (&ptr->value.s);
+    }
+  if (ptr->value.s.len)
+    {
+      if (!again)
+	ERROR ((stderr, "redefinition not allowed\n"));
+    }
+
+  ptr->type = hash_string;
+  sb_reset (&ptr->value.s);
+  
+  sb_add_sb (&ptr->value.s, name);
+}
+
+/* add integer name to hash_table tab with sb key. */
+
+static
+void
+hash_add_to_int_table (tab, key, name)
+     hash_table *tab;
+     sb *key;
+     int name;
+{
+  hash_entry *ptr = hash_create (tab, key);
+  ptr->value.i = name;
+}
+
+/* lookup sb key in hash_table tab.  if found return hash_entry result,
+   else 0. */
+   
+static
+hash_entry *
+hash_lookup (tab, key)
+     hash_table *tab;
+     sb *key;
+{
+  int k = hash (key) % tab->size;
+  hash_entry **table = tab->table;
+  hash_entry *p = table[k];
+  while (p)
+    {
+      if (p->key.len == key->len
+	  && strncmp (p->key.ptr, key->ptr, key->len) == 0)
+	return p;
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* expressions
+
+   are handled in a really simple recursive decent way. each bit of
+   the machine takes an index into an sb and a pointer to an exp_t,
+   modifies the *exp_t and returns the index of the first character
+   past the part of the expression parsed.
+
+ expression precedence:
+  ( )
+ unary + - ~
+  * /
+  + -
+  &
+  | ~
+
+*/
+
+
+/* make sure that the exp_t at term is constant, if not the give the op ERROR. */
+
+static
+void
+checkconst (op, term)
+     int op;
+     exp_t *term;
+{
+  if (term->add_symbol.len
+      || term->sub_symbol.len)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "the %c operator cannot take non-absolute arguments.\n", op));
+    }
+}
+
+/* turn the number in string at idx into a number of base,
+   fill in ptr and return the index of the first character not in the
+   number. */
+
+static
+int
+sb_strtol (idx, string, base, ptr)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     int base;
+     int *ptr;
+{
+  int value = 0;
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+
+  while (idx < string->len)
+    {
+      int ch = string->ptr[idx];
+      int dig = 0;
+      if (isdigit (ch))
+	dig = ch - '0';
+      else if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
+	dig = ch - 'a' + 10;
+      else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
+	dig = ch - 'A' + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+
+      if (dig >= base)
+	break;
+
+      value = value * base + dig;
+      idx++;
+    }
+  *ptr = value;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+static int
+level_0 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  lhs->add_symbol.len = 0;
+  lhs->add_symbol.name = 0;
+
+  lhs->sub_symbol.len = 0;
+  lhs->sub_symbol.name = 0;
+
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+
+  lhs->value = 0;
+
+  if (isdigit (string->ptr[idx]))
+    {
+      idx = sb_strtol (idx, string, 10, &lhs->value);
+    }
+  else if (ISFIRSTCHAR (string->ptr[idx]))
+    {
+      int len = 0;
+      lhs->add_symbol.name = string->ptr + idx;
+      while (idx < string->len && ISNEXTCHAR (string->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  idx++;
+	  len++;
+	}
+      lhs->add_symbol.len = len;
+    }
+  else if (string->ptr[idx] == '"')
+    {
+      sb acc;
+      sb_new (&acc);
+      ERROR ((stderr, "string where expression expected.\n"));
+      idx = getstring (idx, string, &acc);
+      sb_kill (&acc);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "can't find primary in expression.\n"));
+      idx++;
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+level_1 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+
+  switch (string->ptr[idx])
+    {
+    case '+':
+      idx = level_1 (idx + 1, string, lhs);
+      break;
+    case '~':
+      idx = level_1 (idx + 1, string, lhs);
+      checkconst ('~', lhs);
+      lhs->value = ~lhs->value;
+      break;
+    case '-':
+      {
+	symbol t;
+	idx = level_1 (idx + 1, string, lhs);
+	lhs->value = -lhs->value;
+	t = lhs->add_symbol;
+	lhs->add_symbol = lhs->sub_symbol;
+	lhs->sub_symbol = t;
+	break;
+      }
+    case '(':
+      idx++;
+      idx = level_5 (sb_skip_white (idx, string), string, lhs);
+      if (string->ptr[idx] != ')')
+	ERROR ((stderr, "misplaced closing parens.\n"));
+      else
+	idx++;
+      break;
+    default:
+      idx = level_0 (idx, string, lhs);
+      break;
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+static int
+level_2 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  exp_t rhs;
+
+  idx = level_1 (idx, string, lhs);
+
+  while (idx < string->len && (string->ptr[idx] == '*'
+			       || string->ptr[idx] == '/'))
+    {
+      char op = string->ptr[idx++];
+      idx = level_1 (idx, string, &rhs);
+      switch (op)
+	{
+	case '*':
+	  checkconst ('*', lhs);
+	  checkconst ('*', &rhs);
+	  lhs->value *= rhs.value;
+	  break;
+	case '/':
+	  checkconst ('/', lhs);
+	  checkconst ('/', &rhs);
+	  if (rhs.value == 0)
+	    ERROR ((stderr, "attempt to divide by zero.\n"));
+	  else
+	    lhs->value /= rhs.value;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+
+static int
+level_3 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  exp_t rhs;
+
+  idx = level_2 (idx, string, lhs);
+
+  while (idx < string->len
+	 && (string->ptr[idx] == '+'
+	     || string->ptr[idx] == '-'))
+    {
+      char op = string->ptr[idx++];
+      idx = level_2 (idx, string, &rhs);
+      switch (op)
+	{
+	case '+':
+	  lhs->value += rhs.value;
+	  if (lhs->add_symbol.name && rhs.add_symbol.name)
+	    {
+	      ERROR ((stderr, "can't add two relocatable expressions\n"));
+	    }
+	  /* change nn+symbol to symbol + nn */
+	  if (rhs.add_symbol.name)
+	    {
+	      lhs->add_symbol = rhs.add_symbol;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '-':
+	  lhs->value -= rhs.value;
+	  lhs->sub_symbol = rhs.add_symbol;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+static int
+level_4 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  exp_t rhs;
+
+  idx = level_3 (idx, string, lhs);
+
+  while (idx < string->len &&
+	 string->ptr[idx] == '&')
+    {
+      char op = string->ptr[idx++];
+      idx = level_3 (idx, string, &rhs);
+      switch (op)
+	{
+	case '&':
+	  checkconst ('&', lhs);
+	  checkconst ('&', &rhs);
+	  lhs->value &= rhs.value;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+static int
+level_5 (idx, string, lhs)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *lhs;
+{
+  exp_t rhs;
+
+  idx = level_4 (idx, string, lhs);
+
+  while (idx < string->len
+	 && (string->ptr[idx] == '|' || string->ptr[idx] == '~'))
+    {
+      char op = string->ptr[idx++];
+      idx = level_4 (idx, string, &rhs);
+      switch (op)
+	{
+	case '|':
+	  checkconst ('|', lhs);
+	  checkconst ('|', &rhs);
+	  lhs->value |= rhs.value;
+	  break;
+	case '~':
+	  checkconst ('~', lhs);
+	  checkconst ('~', &rhs);
+	  lhs->value ^= rhs.value;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return sb_skip_white (idx, string);
+}
+
+
+/* parse the expression at offset idx into string, fill up res with
+   the result. return the index of the first char past the expression.
+   */
+
+static int
+exp_parse (idx, string, res)
+     int idx;
+     sb *string;
+     exp_t *res;
+{
+  return level_5 (sb_skip_white (idx, string), string, res);
+}
+
+
+/* turn the expression at exp into text and glue it onto the end of
+   string. */
+
+static void
+exp_string (exp, string)
+     exp_t *exp;
+     sb *string;
+{
+  int np = 0;
+  int ad = 0;
+  sb_reset (string);
+
+  if (exp->add_symbol.len)
+    {
+      sb_add_buffer (string, exp->add_symbol.name, exp->add_symbol.len);
+      np = 1;
+      ad = 1;
+    }
+  if (exp->value)
+    {
+      char buf[20];
+      if (np)
+	sb_add_char (string, '+');
+      sprintf (buf, "%d", exp->value);
+      sb_add_string (string, buf);
+      np = 1;
+      ad = 1;
+    }
+  if (exp->sub_symbol.len)
+    {
+      sb_add_char (string, '-');
+      sb_add_buffer (string, exp->add_symbol.name, exp->add_symbol.len);
+      np = 0;
+      ad = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (!ad)
+    sb_add_char (string, '0');
+}
+
+
+/* parse the expression at offset idx into sb in, return the value in val.  
+   if the expression is not constant, give ERROR emsg.  returns the index
+   of the first character past the end of the expression. */
+
+static int
+exp_get_abs (emsg, idx, in, val)
+     const char *emsg;
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int *val;
+{
+  exp_t res;
+  idx = exp_parse (idx, in, &res);
+  if (res.add_symbol.len || res.sub_symbol.len)
+    ERROR ((stderr, emsg));
+  *val = res.value;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+
+sb label; /* current label parsed from line */
+hash_table assign_hash_table;   /* hash table for all assigned variables */
+hash_table keyword_hash_table;  /* hash table for keyword */
+hash_table vars;  /* hash table for  eq variables */
+
+#define in_comment ';'
+
+#if 0
+static void
+strip_comments (out)
+     sb *out;
+{
+  char *s = out->ptr;
+  int i = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < out->len; i++)
+    {
+      if (ISCOMMENTCHAR(s[i]))
+	{
+	  out->len = i;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* push back character ch so that it can be read again. */
+
+static void
+unget (ch)
+     int ch;
+{
+  if (ch == '\n')
+    {
+      sp->linecount--;
+    }
+  if (sp->pushback_index)
+    sp->pushback_index--;
+  else
+    sb_add_char (&sp->pushback, ch);
+}
+
+/* push the sb ptr onto the include stack, with the given name, type and index. */
+
+static
+void
+include_buf (name, ptr, type, index)
+     sb *name;
+     sb *ptr;
+     include_type type;
+     int index;
+{
+  sp++;
+  if (sp - include_stack >= MAX_INCLUDES)
+    FATAL ((stderr, "unreasonable nesting.\n"));
+  sb_new (&sp->name);
+  sb_add_sb (&sp->name, name);
+  sp->handle = 0;
+  sp->linecount = 1;
+  sp->pushback_index = 0;
+  sp->type = type;
+  sp->index = index;
+  sb_new (&sp->pushback);
+  sb_add_sb (&sp->pushback, ptr);
+}
+
+
+/* used in ERROR messages, print info on where the include stack is onto file. */
+static 
+void
+include_print_where_line (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  struct include_stack *p = include_stack + 1;
+
+  while (p <= sp)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s:%d ", sb_name (&p->name), p->linecount - 1);
+      p++;
+    }
+}
+
+/* used in listings, print the line number onto file. */
+static void
+include_print_line (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  int n;
+  struct include_stack *p = include_stack + 1;
+
+  n = fprintf (file, "%4d", p->linecount);
+  p++;
+  while (p <= sp)
+    {
+      n += fprintf (file, ".%d", p->linecount);
+      p++;
+    }
+  while (n < 8 * 3)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, " ");
+      n++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* read a line from the top of the include stack into sb in. */
+
+static int
+get_line (in)
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int online = 0;
+  int more = 1;
+
+  if (copysource)
+    {
+      putc (comment_char, outfile);
+      if (print_line_number)
+	include_print_line (outfile);
+    }
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int ch = get ();
+
+      while (ch == '\r')
+	ch = get ();
+
+      if (ch == EOF)
+	{
+	  if (online)
+	    {
+	      WARNING ((stderr, "End of file not at start of line.\n"));
+	      if (copysource)
+		putc ('\n', outfile);
+	      ch = '\n';
+	    }
+	  else
+	    more = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (copysource)
+	{
+	  putc (ch, outfile);
+	}
+
+      if (ch == '\n')
+	{
+	  ch = get ();
+	  online = 0;
+	  if (ch == '+')
+	    {
+	      /* continued line */
+	      if (copysource)
+		{
+		  putc (comment_char, outfile);
+		  putc ('+', outfile);
+		}
+	      ch = get ();
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (ch != EOF)
+		unget (ch);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (in, ch);
+	}
+      online++;
+    }
+
+  return more;
+}
+
+/* find a label from sb in and put it in out. */
+
+static int
+grab_label (in, out)
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  sb_reset (out);
+  if (ISFIRSTCHAR (in->ptr[i]))
+    {
+      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[i]);
+      i++;
+      while ((ISNEXTCHAR (in->ptr[i]) 
+	      || in->ptr[i] == '\\'
+	      || in->ptr[i] == '&') 
+	     && i < in->len)
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[i]);
+	  i++;
+	}
+    }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* find all strange base stuff and turn into decimal. also
+   find all the other numbers and convert them from the default radix */
+
+static void
+change_base (idx, in, out)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+  char buffer[20];
+
+  while (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '\\'
+	  && idx + 1 < in->len
+	  && in->ptr[idx + 1] == '(')
+	{
+	  idx += 2;
+	  while (idx < in->len
+		 && in->ptr[idx] != ')')
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	  if (idx < in->len)
+	    idx++;
+	}
+      else if (idx < in->len - 1 && in->ptr[idx + 1] == '\'' && ! mri)
+	{
+	  int base;
+	  int value;
+	  switch (in->ptr[idx])
+	    {
+	    case 'b':
+	    case 'B':
+	      base = 2;
+	      break;
+	    case 'q':
+	    case 'Q':
+	      base = 8;
+	      break;
+	    case 'h':
+	    case 'H':
+	      base = 16;
+	      break;
+	    case 'd':
+	    case 'D':
+	      base = 10;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      ERROR ((stderr, "Illegal base character %c.\n", in->ptr[idx]));
+	      base = 10;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  idx = sb_strtol (idx + 2, in, base, &value);
+	  sprintf (buffer, "%d", value);
+	  sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+	}
+      else if (ISFIRSTCHAR (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  /* copy entire names through quickly */
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  idx++;
+	  while (idx < in->len && ISNEXTCHAR (in->ptr[idx]))
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (isdigit (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  int value;
+	  /* all numbers must start with a digit, let's chew it and
+	     spit out decimal */
+	  idx = sb_strtol (idx, in, radix, &value);
+	  sprintf (buffer, "%d", value);
+	  sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+
+	  /* skip all undigsested letters */
+	  while (idx < in->len && ISNEXTCHAR (in->ptr[idx]))
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '"' || in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+	{
+	  char tchar = in->ptr[idx];
+	  /* copy entire names through quickly */
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  idx++;
+	  while (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] != tchar)
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* nothing special, just pass it through */
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  idx++;
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+/* .end */
+static void
+do_end (in)
+     sb *in;
+{
+  had_end = 1;
+  if (mri)
+    fprintf (outfile, "%s\n", sb_name (in));
+}
+
+/* .assign */
+
+static void
+do_assign (again, idx, in)
+     int again;
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  /* stick label in symbol table with following value */
+  exp_t e;
+  sb acc;
+
+  sb_new (&acc);
+  idx = exp_parse (idx, in, &e);
+  exp_string (&e, &acc);
+  hash_add_to_string_table (&assign_hash_table, &label, &acc, again);
+  sb_kill (&acc);
+}
+
+
+/* .radix [b|q|d|h] */
+
+static
+void
+do_radix (ptr)
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  int idx = sb_skip_white (0, ptr);
+  switch (ptr->ptr[idx])
+    {
+    case 'B':
+    case 'b':
+      radix = 2;
+      break;
+    case 'q':
+    case 'Q':
+      radix = 8;
+      break;
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+      radix = 10;
+      break;
+    case 'h':
+    case 'H':
+      radix = 16;
+      break;
+    default:
+      ERROR ((stderr, "radix is %c must be one of b, q, d or h", radix));
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Parse off a .b, .w or .l */
+
+static int
+get_opsize (idx, in, size)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int *size;
+{
+  *size = 4;
+  if (in->ptr[idx] == '.')
+    {
+      idx++;
+    }
+  switch (in->ptr[idx])
+    {
+    case 'b':
+    case 'B':
+      *size = 1;
+      break;
+    case 'w':
+    case 'W':
+      *size = 2;
+      break;
+    case 'l':
+    case 'L':
+      *size = 4;
+      break;
+    case ' ':
+    case '\t':
+      break;
+    default:
+      ERROR ((stderr, "size must be one of b, w or l, is %c.\n", in->ptr[idx]));
+      break;
+    }
+  idx++;
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+static 
+int eol(idx, line)
+     int idx;
+     sb *line;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, line);
+  if (idx < line->len 
+      && ISCOMMENTCHAR(line->ptr[idx]))
+    return 1;
+  if (idx >= line->len)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* .data [.b|.w|.l] <data>* 
+    or d[bwl] <data>* */
+
+static void
+do_data (idx, in, size)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int size;
+{
+  int opsize = 4;
+  char *opname = ".yikes!";
+  sb acc;
+  sb_new (&acc);
+
+  if (!size) 
+    {
+      idx = get_opsize (idx, in, &opsize);
+    }
+  else {
+    opsize = size;
+  }
+  switch (opsize)
+    {
+    case 4:
+      opname = ".long";
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      opname = ".short";
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      opname = ".byte";
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+  fprintf (outfile, "%s\t", opname);
+
+  idx =   sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  if (alternate 
+      && idx < in->len 
+      && in->ptr[idx] == '"')
+    {
+      int i;
+      idx = getstring (idx, in, &acc);
+      for (i = 0; i < acc.len; i++)
+	{
+	  if (i)
+	    fprintf(outfile,",");
+	  fprintf (outfile, "%d", acc.ptr[i]);
+	}
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      while (!eol (idx, in))
+	{
+	  exp_t e;
+	  idx = exp_parse (idx, in, &e);
+	  exp_string (&e, &acc);
+	  sb_add_char (&acc, 0);
+	  fprintf (outfile, acc.ptr);
+	  if (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] == ',')
+	    {
+	      fprintf (outfile, ",");
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  sb_kill (&acc);
+  sb_print_at (outfile, idx, in);
+  fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+}
+
+/* .datab [.b|.w|.l] <repeat>,<fill> */
+
+static void
+do_datab (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int opsize;
+  int repeat;
+  int fill;
+
+  idx = get_opsize (idx, in, &opsize);
+
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("datab repeat must be constant.\n", idx, in, &repeat);
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("datab data must be absolute.\n", idx, in, &fill);
+
+  fprintf (outfile, ".fill\t%d,%d,%d\n", repeat, opsize, fill);
+}
+
+/* .align <size> */
+
+static void
+do_align (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int al, have_fill, fill;
+
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("align needs absolute expression.\n", idx, in, &al);
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  have_fill = 0;
+  fill = 0;
+  if (! eol (idx, in))
+    {
+      idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+      idx = exp_get_abs (".align needs absolute fill value.\n", idx, in,
+			 &fill);
+      have_fill = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (al != 1
+      && al != 2
+      && al != 4)
+    WARNING ((stderr, "alignment must be one of 1, 2 or 4.\n"));
+
+  fprintf (outfile, ".align	%d", al);
+  if (have_fill)
+    fprintf (outfile, ",%d", fill);
+  fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+}
+
+/* .res[.b|.w|.l] <size> */
+
+static void
+do_res (idx, in, type)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int type;
+{
+  int size = 4;
+  int count = 0;
+
+  idx = get_opsize (idx, in, &size);
+  while (!eol(idx, in))
+    {
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == ',')
+	idx++;
+      idx = exp_get_abs ("res needs absolute expression for fill count.\n", idx, in, &count);
+
+      if (type == 'c' || type == 'z')
+	count++;
+
+      fprintf (outfile, ".space	%d\n", count * size);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* .export */
+
+static void
+do_export (in)
+     sb *in;
+{
+  fprintf (outfile, ".global	%s\n", sb_name (in));
+}
+
+/* .print [list] [nolist] */
+
+static void
+do_print (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  while (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      if (strncasecmp (in->ptr + idx, "LIST", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  fprintf (outfile, ".list\n");
+	  idx += 4;
+	}
+      else if (strncasecmp (in->ptr + idx, "NOLIST", 6) == 0)
+	{
+	  fprintf (outfile, ".nolist\n");
+	  idx += 6;
+	}
+      idx++;
+    }
+}
+
+/* .head */
+static void
+do_heading (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  sb head;
+  sb_new (&head);
+  idx = getstring (idx, in, &head);
+  fprintf (outfile, ".title	\"%s\"\n", sb_name (&head));
+  sb_kill (&head);
+}
+
+/* .page */
+
+static void
+do_page ()
+{
+  fprintf (outfile, ".eject\n");
+}
+
+/* .form [lin=<value>] [col=<value>] */
+static void
+do_form (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int lines = 60;
+  int columns = 132;
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  while (idx < in->len)
+    {
+
+      if (strncasecmp (in->ptr + idx, "LIN=", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  idx += 4;
+	  idx = exp_get_abs ("form LIN= needs absolute expresssion.\n", idx, in, &lines);
+	}
+
+      if (strncasecmp (in->ptr + idx, "COL=", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  idx += 4;
+	  idx = exp_get_abs ("form COL= needs absolute expresssion.\n", idx, in, &columns);
+	}
+
+      idx++;
+    }
+  fprintf (outfile, ".psize %d,%d\n", lines, columns);
+
+}
+
+
+/* Fetch string from the input stream,
+   rules:
+    'Bxyx<whitespace>  	-> return 'Bxyza
+    %<char>		-> return string of decimal value of x
+    "<string>"		-> return string
+    xyx<whitespace>     -> return xyz
+*/
+static int
+get_any_string (idx, in, out, expand, pretend_quoted)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+     int expand;
+     int pretend_quoted;
+{
+  sb_reset (out);
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  if (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      if (in->len > 2 && in->ptr[idx+1] == '\'' && ISBASE (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  while (!ISSEP (in->ptr[idx]))
+	    sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '%'
+	       && alternate
+	       && expand)
+	{
+	  int val;
+	  char buf[20];
+	  /* Turns the next expression into a string */
+	  idx = exp_get_abs ("% operator needs absolute expression",
+			     idx + 1,
+			     in,
+			     &val);
+	  sprintf(buf, "%d", val);
+	  sb_add_string (out, buf);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '"'
+	       || in->ptr[idx] == '<'
+	       || (alternate && in->ptr[idx] == '\''))
+	{
+	  if (alternate && expand)
+	    {
+	      /* Keep the quotes */
+	      sb_add_char (out,  '\"');
+		    
+	      idx =  getstring (idx, in, out);
+	      sb_add_char (out,  '\"');
+
+	    }
+	  else {
+	    idx = getstring (idx, in, out);
+	  }
+	}
+      else 
+	{
+	  while (idx < in->len 
+		 && (in->ptr[idx] == '"'
+		     || in->ptr[idx] == '\''
+		     || pretend_quoted 
+		     || !ISSEP (in->ptr[idx])))
+	    {
+	      if (in->ptr[idx] == '"' 
+		  || in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+		{
+		  char tchar = in->ptr[idx];
+		  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		  while (idx < in->len
+			 && in->ptr[idx] != tchar)
+		    sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);		    
+		  if (idx == in->len)
+		    return idx;	      
+		}
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+
+/* skip along sb in starting at idx, suck off whitespace a ( and more
+   whitespace.  return the idx of the next char */
+
+static int
+skip_openp (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  if (in->ptr[idx] != '(')
+    ERROR ((stderr, "misplaced ( .\n"));
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx + 1, in);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* skip along sb in starting at idx, suck off whitespace a ) and more
+   whitespace.  return the idx of the next char */
+
+static int
+skip_closep (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  if (in->ptr[idx] != ')')
+    ERROR ((stderr, "misplaced ).\n"));
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx + 1, in);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* .len */
+
+static int
+dolen (idx, in, out)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+
+  sb stringout;
+  char buffer[10];
+
+  sb_new (&stringout);
+  idx = skip_openp (idx, in);
+  idx = get_and_process (idx, in, &stringout);
+  idx = skip_closep (idx, in);
+  sprintf (buffer, "%d", stringout.len);
+  sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+
+  sb_kill (&stringout);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+
+/* .instr */
+
+static
+int
+doinstr (idx, in, out)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+  sb string;
+  sb search;
+  int i;
+  int start;
+  int res;
+  char buffer[10];
+
+  sb_new (&string);
+  sb_new (&search);
+  idx = skip_openp (idx, in);
+  idx = get_and_process (idx, in, &string);
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  idx = get_and_process (idx, in, &search);
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  if (isdigit (in->ptr[idx]))
+    {
+      idx = exp_get_abs (".instr needs absolute expresson.\n", idx, in, &start);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = 0;
+    }
+  idx = skip_closep (idx, in);
+  res = -1;
+  for (i = start; i < string.len; i++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (string.ptr + i, search.ptr, search.len) == 0)
+	{
+	  res = i;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  sprintf (buffer, "%d", res);
+  sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+  sb_kill (&string);
+  sb_kill (&search);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+
+static int
+dosubstr (idx, in, out)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+  sb string;
+  int pos;
+  int len;
+  sb_new (&string);
+
+  idx = skip_openp (idx, in);
+  idx = get_and_process (idx, in, &string);
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("need absolute position.\n", idx, in, &pos);
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("need absolute length.\n", idx, in, &len);
+  idx = skip_closep (idx, in);
+
+
+  if (len < 0 || pos < 0 ||
+      pos > string.len
+      || pos + len > string.len)
+    {
+      sb_add_string (out, " ");
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      sb_add_char (out, '"');
+      while (len > 0)
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (out, string.ptr[pos++]);
+	  len--;
+	}
+      sb_add_char (out, '"');
+    }
+  sb_kill(&string);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* scan line, change tokens in the hash table to their replacements */
+static void
+process_assigns (idx, in, buf)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *buf;
+{
+  while (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      hash_entry *ptr;
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '\\'
+	  && idx + 1 < in->len
+	  && in->ptr[idx + 1] == '(')
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (buf, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	  while (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx - 1] != ')');
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '\\'
+	  && idx + 1 < in->len
+	  && in->ptr[idx + 1] == '&')
+	{
+	  idx = condass_lookup_name (in, idx + 2, buf, 1);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '\\'
+	       && idx + 1 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[idx + 1] == '$')
+	{
+	  idx = condass_lookup_name (in, idx + 2, buf, 0);
+	}
+      else if (idx + 3 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[idx] == '.'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 1]) == 'L'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 2]) == 'E'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 3]) == 'N')
+	idx = dolen (idx + 4, in, buf);
+      else if (idx + 6 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[idx] == '.'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 1]) == 'I'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 2]) == 'N'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 3]) == 'S'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 4]) == 'T'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 5]) == 'R')
+	idx = doinstr (idx + 6, in, buf);
+      else if (idx + 7 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[idx] == '.'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 1]) == 'S'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 2]) == 'U'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 3]) == 'B'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 4]) == 'S'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 5]) == 'T'
+	       && toupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx + 6]) == 'R')
+	idx = dosubstr (idx + 7, in, buf);
+      else if (ISFIRSTCHAR (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  /* may be a simple name subsitution, see if we have a word */
+	  sb acc;
+	  int cur = idx + 1;
+	  while (cur < in->len
+		 && (ISNEXTCHAR (in->ptr[cur])))
+	    cur++;
+
+	  sb_new (&acc);
+	  sb_add_buffer (&acc, in->ptr + idx, cur - idx);
+	  ptr = hash_lookup (&assign_hash_table, &acc);
+	  if (ptr)
+	    {
+	      /* Found a definition for it */
+	      sb_add_sb (buf, &ptr->value.s);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* No definition, just copy the word */
+	      sb_add_sb (buf, &acc);
+	    }
+	  sb_kill (&acc);
+	  idx = cur;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (buf, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+get_and_process (idx, in, out)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+{
+  sb t;
+  sb_new (&t);
+  idx = get_any_string (idx, in, &t, 1, 0);
+  process_assigns (0, &t, out);
+  sb_kill (&t);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+static
+void
+process_file ()
+{
+  sb line;
+  sb t1, t2;
+  sb acc;
+  sb label_in;
+  int more;
+
+  sb_new (&line);
+  sb_new (&t1);
+  sb_new (&t2);
+  sb_new(&acc);
+  sb_new (&label_in);
+  sb_reset (&line);
+  more = get_line (&line);
+  while (more)
+    {
+      /* Find any label and pseudo op that we're intested in */
+      int l;
+      if (line.len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (condass_on ())
+	    fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+	}
+      else if (mri
+	       && (line.ptr[0] == '*'
+		   || line.ptr[0] == '!'))
+	{
+	  /* MRI line comment.  */
+	  fprintf (outfile, sb_name (&line));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  l = grab_label (&line, &label_in);
+	  sb_reset (&label);	  	  
+
+	  if (line.ptr[l] == ':')
+	    l++;
+	  while (ISWHITE (line.ptr[l]) && l < line.len)
+	    l++;
+
+	  if (label_in.len)
+	    {
+	      int do_assigns;
+
+	      /* Munge the label, unless this is EQU or ASSIGN.  */
+	      do_assigns = 1;
+	      if (l < line.len
+		  && (line.ptr[l] == '.' || alternate || mri))
+		{
+		  int lx = l;
+
+		  if (line.ptr[lx] == '.')
+		    ++lx;
+		  if (lx + 3 <= line.len
+		      && strncasecmp ("EQU", line.ptr + lx, 3) == 0
+		      && (lx + 3 == line.len
+			  || ! ISFIRSTCHAR (line.ptr[lx + 3])))
+		    do_assigns = 0;
+		  else if (lx + 6 <= line.len
+			   && strncasecmp ("ASSIGN", line.ptr + lx, 6) == 0
+			   && (lx + 6 == line.len
+			       || ! ISFIRSTCHAR (line.ptr[lx + 6])))
+		    do_assigns = 0;
+		}
+
+	      if (do_assigns)
+		process_assigns (0, &label_in, &label);
+	      else
+		sb_add_sb (&label, &label_in);
+	    }
+
+	  if (l < line.len)
+	    {
+	      if (process_pseudo_op (l, &line, &acc))
+		{
+
+
+
+		}
+	      else if (condass_on ())
+		{
+		  if (macro_op (l, &line))
+		    {
+
+
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      {
+			if (label.len)
+			  {
+			    fprintf (outfile, "%s:\t", sb_name (&label));
+			  }
+			else
+			  fprintf (outfile, "\t");
+			sb_reset(&t1);
+			process_assigns (l, &line, &t1);
+			sb_reset (&t2);
+			change_base (0, &t1, &t2);
+			fprintf (outfile, "%s\n", sb_name (&t2));
+		      }
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else {
+	    /* Only a label on this line */
+	    if (label.len && condass_on())
+	      {
+		fprintf (outfile, "%s:\n", sb_name (&label));
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+
+      if (had_end)
+	break;
+      sb_reset (&line);
+      more = get_line (&line);
+    }
+
+  if (!had_end && !mri)
+    WARNING ((stderr, "END missing from end of file.\n"));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+static void
+free_old_entry (ptr)
+     hash_entry *ptr;
+{
+  if (ptr)
+    {
+      if (ptr->type == hash_string)
+	sb_kill(&ptr->value.s);
+    }
+}
+
+/* name: .ASSIGNA <value> */
+
+static void
+do_assigna (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  sb tmp;
+  int val;
+  sb_new (&tmp);
+
+  process_assigns (idx, in, &tmp);
+  idx = exp_get_abs (".ASSIGNA needs constant expression argument.\n", 0, &tmp, &val);
+
+  if (!label.len)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, ".ASSIGNA without label.\n"));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      hash_entry *ptr = hash_create (&vars, &label);
+      free_old_entry (ptr);
+      ptr->type = hash_integer;
+      ptr->value.i = val;
+    }
+  sb_kill (&tmp);
+}
+
+/* name: .ASSIGNC <string> */
+
+static void
+do_assignc (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  sb acc;
+  sb_new (&acc);
+  idx = getstring (idx, in, &acc);
+
+  if (!label.len)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, ".ASSIGNS without label.\n"));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      hash_entry *ptr = hash_create (&vars, &label);
+      free_old_entry (ptr);
+      ptr->type = hash_string;
+      sb_new (&ptr->value.s);
+      sb_add_sb (&ptr->value.s, &acc);
+    }
+  sb_kill (&acc);
+}
+
+
+/* name: .REG (reg) */
+
+static void
+do_reg (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  /* remove reg stuff from inside parens */
+  sb what;
+  if (!mri)
+    idx = skip_openp (idx, in);
+  else
+    idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  sb_new (&what);
+  while (idx < in->len
+	 && (mri
+	     ? ! eol (idx, in)
+	     : in->ptr[idx] != ')'))
+    {
+      sb_add_char (&what, in->ptr[idx]);
+      idx++;
+    }
+  hash_add_to_string_table (&assign_hash_table, &label, &what, 1);
+  sb_kill (&what);
+}
+
+
+static int
+condass_lookup_name (inbuf, idx, out, warn)
+     sb *inbuf;
+     int idx;
+     sb *out;
+     int warn;
+{
+  hash_entry *ptr;
+  sb condass_acc;
+  sb_new (&condass_acc);
+
+  while (idx < inbuf->len
+	 && ISNEXTCHAR (inbuf->ptr[idx]))
+    {
+      sb_add_char (&condass_acc, inbuf->ptr[idx++]);
+    }
+
+  if (inbuf->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+    idx++;
+  ptr = hash_lookup (&vars, &condass_acc);
+
+
+  if (!ptr)
+    {
+      if (warn) 
+	{
+	  WARNING ((stderr, "Can't find preprocessor variable %s.\n", sb_name (&condass_acc)));
+	}
+      else 
+	{
+	  sb_add_string (out, "0");
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (ptr->type == hash_integer)
+	{
+	  char buffer[30];
+	  sprintf (buffer, "%d", ptr->value.i);
+	  sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sb_add_sb (out, &ptr->value.s);
+	}
+    }
+  sb_kill (&condass_acc);
+  return idx;
+}
+
+#define EQ 1
+#define NE 2
+#define GE 3
+#define LT 4
+#define LE 5
+#define GT 6
+#define NEVER 7
+
+static int
+whatcond (idx, in, val)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int *val;
+{
+  int cond;
+
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  cond = NEVER;
+  if (idx + 1 < in->len)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      char a, b;
+
+      p = in->ptr + idx;
+      a = toupper ((unsigned char) p[0]);
+      b = toupper ((unsigned char) p[1]);
+      if (a == 'E' && b == 'Q')
+	cond = EQ;
+      else if (a == 'N' && b == 'E')
+	cond = NE;
+      else if (a == 'L' && b == 'T')
+	cond = LT;
+      else if (a == 'L' && b == 'E')
+	cond = LE;
+      else if (a == 'G' && b == 'T')
+	cond = GT;
+      else if (a == 'G' && b == 'E')
+	cond = GE;
+    }
+  if (cond == NEVER)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "Comparison operator must be one of EQ, NE, LT, LE, GT or GE.\n"));
+      cond = NEVER;
+    }
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx + 2, in);
+  *val = cond;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+static int
+istrue (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int res;
+  sb acc_a;
+  sb cond;
+  sb acc_b;
+  sb_new (&acc_a);
+  sb_new (&cond);
+  sb_new (&acc_b);
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  if (in->ptr[idx] == '"')
+    {
+      int cond;
+      int same;
+      /* This is a string comparision */
+      idx = getstring (idx, in, &acc_a);
+      idx = whatcond (idx, in, &cond);
+      idx = getstring (idx, in, &acc_b);
+      same = acc_a.len == acc_b.len && (strncmp (acc_a.ptr, acc_b.ptr, acc_a.len) == 0);
+
+      if (cond != EQ && cond != NE)
+	{
+	  ERROR ((stderr, "Comparison operator for strings must be EQ or NE\n"));
+	  res = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	res = (cond != EQ) ^ same;
+    }
+  else
+    /* This is a numeric expression */
+    {
+      int vala;
+      int valb;
+      int cond;
+      idx = exp_get_abs ("Conditional operator must have absolute operands.\n", idx, in, &vala);
+      idx = whatcond (idx, in, &cond);
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '"')
+	{
+	  WARNING ((stderr, "String compared against expression.\n"));
+	  res = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  idx = exp_get_abs ("Conditional operator must have absolute operands.\n", idx, in, &valb);
+	  switch (cond)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      res = 42;
+	      break;
+	    case EQ:
+	      res = vala == valb;
+	      break;
+	    case NE:
+	      res = vala != valb;
+	      break;
+	    case LT:
+	      res = vala < valb;
+	      break;
+	    case LE:
+	      res = vala <= valb;
+	      break;
+	    case GT:
+	      res = vala > valb;
+	      break;
+	    case GE:
+	      res = vala >= valb;
+	      break;
+	    case NEVER:
+	      res = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  sb_kill (&acc_a);
+  sb_kill (&cond);
+  sb_kill (&acc_b);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* .AIF */
+static void
+do_aif (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  if (ifi >= IFNESTING)
+    {
+      FATAL ((stderr, "AIF nesting unreasonable.\n"));
+    }
+  ifi++;
+  ifstack[ifi].on = ifstack[ifi-1].on ? istrue (idx, in) : 0;
+  ifstack[ifi].hadelse = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* .AELSE */
+static void
+do_aelse ()
+{
+  ifstack[ifi].on = ifstack[ifi-1].on ? !ifstack[ifi].on : 0;
+  if (ifstack[ifi].hadelse)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "Multiple AELSEs in AIF.\n"));
+    }
+  ifstack[ifi].hadelse = 1;
+}
+
+
+/* .AENDI */
+static void
+do_aendi ()
+{
+  if (ifi != 0)
+    {
+      ifi--;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "AENDI without AIF.\n"));
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+condass_on ()
+{
+  return ifstack[ifi].on;
+}
+
+/* MRI IFEQ, IFNE, IFLT, IFLE, IFGE, IFGT.  */
+
+static void
+do_if (idx, in, cond)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int cond;
+{
+  int val;
+  int res;
+
+  if (ifi >= IFNESTING)
+    {
+      FATAL ((stderr, "IF nesting unreasonable.\n"));
+    }
+
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("Conditional operator must have absolute operands.\n",
+		     idx, in, &val);
+  switch (cond)
+    {
+    default:
+    case EQ: res = val == 0; break;
+    case NE: res = val != 0; break;
+    case LT: res = val <  0; break;
+    case LE: res = val <= 0; break;
+    case GE: res = val >= 0; break;
+    case GT: res = val >  0; break;
+    }
+
+  ifi++;
+  ifstack[ifi].on = ifstack[ifi-1].on ? res: 0;
+  ifstack[ifi].hadelse = 0;
+}
+
+/* Get a string for the MRI IFC or IFNC pseudo-ops.  */
+
+static int
+get_mri_string (idx, in, val, terminator)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *val;
+     int terminator;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  if (idx < in->len
+      && in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+    {
+      sb_add_char (val, '\'');
+      for (++idx; idx < in->len; ++idx)
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (val, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  if (in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+	    {
+	      ++idx;
+	      if (idx >= in->len
+		  || in->ptr[idx] != '\'')
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      while (idx < in->len
+	     && in->ptr[idx] != terminator)
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (val, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  ++idx;
+	}
+      i = val->len - 1;
+      while (i >= 0 && ISWHITE (val->ptr[i]))
+	--i;
+      val->len = i + 1;
+    }
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* MRI IFC, IFNC.  */
+
+static void
+do_ifc (idx, in, ifnc)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int ifnc;
+{
+  sb first;
+  sb second;
+  int res;
+
+  if (ifi >= IFNESTING)
+    {
+      FATAL ((stderr, "IF nesting unreasonable.\n"));
+    }
+
+  sb_new (&first);
+  sb_new (&second);
+
+  idx = get_mri_string (idx, in, &first, ',');
+
+  if (idx >= in->len || in->ptr[idx] != ',')
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "Bad format for IF or IFNC.\n"));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  idx = get_mri_string (idx + 1, in, &second, ';');
+
+  res = (first.len == second.len
+	 && strncmp (first.ptr, second.ptr, first.len) == 0);
+  res ^= ifnc;
+
+  ifi++;
+  ifstack[ifi].on = ifstack[ifi-1].on ? res : 0;
+  ifstack[ifi].hadelse = 0;
+}
+
+/* .ENDR */
+static void
+do_aendr ()
+{
+  if (!mri)
+    ERROR ((stderr, "AENDR without a AREPEAT.\n"));
+  else
+    ERROR ((stderr, "ENDR without a REPT.\n"));
+}
+
+/* .AWHILE */
+
+static
+void
+do_awhile (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int line = linecount ();
+  sb exp;
+  sb sub;
+  int doit;
+
+  sb_new (&sub);
+  sb_new (&exp);
+
+  process_assigns (idx, in, &exp);
+  doit = istrue (0, &exp);
+
+  if (! buffer_and_nest ("AWHILE", "AENDW", &sub, get_line))
+    FATAL ((stderr, "AWHILE without a AENDW at %d.\n", line - 1));
+
+  /* Turn
+     	.AWHILE exp
+	     foo
+	.AENDW
+     into
+        foo
+	.AWHILE exp
+	foo
+	.ENDW
+   */
+
+  if (doit)
+    {
+      int index = include_next_index ();
+
+      sb copy;
+      sb_new (&copy);
+      sb_add_sb (&copy, &sub);
+      sb_add_sb (&copy, in);
+      sb_add_string (&copy, "\n");
+      sb_add_sb (&copy, &sub);
+      sb_add_string (&copy, "\t.AENDW\n");
+      /* Push another WHILE */
+      include_buf (&exp, &copy, include_while, index);
+      sb_kill (&copy);
+    }
+  sb_kill (&exp);
+  sb_kill (&sub);
+}
+
+
+/* .AENDW */
+
+static void
+do_aendw ()
+{
+  ERROR ((stderr, "AENDW without a AENDW.\n"));
+}
+
+
+/* .EXITM
+   
+   Pop things off the include stack until the type and index changes */
+
+static void
+do_exitm ()
+{
+  include_type type = sp->type;
+  if (type == include_repeat
+      || type == include_while
+      || type == include_macro)
+    {
+      int index = sp->index;
+      include_pop ();
+      while (sp->index == index
+	     && sp->type == type)
+	{
+	  include_pop ();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* .AREPEAT */
+
+static void
+do_arepeat (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int line = linecount ();
+  sb exp;			/* buffer with expression in it */
+  sb copy;			/* expanded repeat block */
+  sb sub;			/* contents of AREPEAT */
+  int rc;
+  int ret;
+  char buffer[30];
+
+  sb_new (&exp);
+  sb_new (&copy);
+  sb_new (&sub);
+  process_assigns (idx, in, &exp);
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("AREPEAT must have absolute operand.\n", 0, &exp, &rc);
+  if (!mri)
+    ret = buffer_and_nest ("AREPEAT", "AENDR", &sub, get_line);
+  else
+    ret = buffer_and_nest ("REPT", "ENDR", &sub, get_line);
+  if (! ret)
+    FATAL ((stderr, "AREPEAT without a AENDR at %d.\n", line - 1));
+  if (rc > 0)
+    {
+      /* Push back the text following the repeat, and another repeat block
+	 so
+	 .AREPEAT 20
+	 foo
+	 .AENDR
+	 gets turned into
+	 foo
+	 .AREPEAT 19
+	 foo
+	 .AENDR
+	 */
+      int index = include_next_index ();
+      sb_add_sb (&copy, &sub);
+      if (rc > 1)
+	{
+	  if (!mri)
+	    sprintf (buffer, "\t.AREPEAT	%d\n", rc - 1);
+	  else
+	    sprintf (buffer, "\tREPT	%d\n", rc - 1);
+	  sb_add_string (&copy, buffer);
+	  sb_add_sb (&copy, &sub);
+	  if (!mri)
+	    sb_add_string (&copy, "	.AENDR\n");
+	  else
+	    sb_add_string (&copy, "	ENDR\n");
+	}
+
+      include_buf (&exp, &copy, include_repeat, index);
+    }
+  sb_kill (&exp);
+  sb_kill (&sub);
+  sb_kill (&copy);
+}
+
+/* .ENDM */
+
+static void
+do_endm ()
+{
+  ERROR ((stderr, ".ENDM without a matching .MACRO.\n"));
+}
+
+/* MRI IRP pseudo-op.  */
+
+static void
+do_irp (idx, in, irpc)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int irpc;
+{
+  const char *err;
+  sb out;
+
+  sb_new (&out);
+
+  err = expand_irp (irpc, idx, in, &out, get_line, comment_char);
+  if (err != NULL)
+    ERROR ((stderr, "%s\n", err));
+
+  fprintf (outfile, "%s", sb_terminate (&out));
+
+  sb_kill (&out);
+}
+
+/* MACRO PROCESSING */
+
+/* Parse off LOCAL n1, n2,... Invent a label name for it */
+static
+void 
+do_local (idx, line)
+     int idx;
+     sb *line;
+{
+  ERROR ((stderr, "LOCAL outside of MACRO"));
+}
+
+static void
+do_macro (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  const char *err;
+  int line = linecount ();
+
+  err = define_macro (idx, in, &label, get_line, (const char **) NULL);
+  if (err != NULL)
+    ERROR ((stderr, "macro at line %d: %s\n", line - 1, err));
+}
+
+static int
+macro_op (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  const char *err;
+  sb out;
+  sb name;
+
+  if (! macro_defined)
+    return 0;
+
+  sb_terminate (in);
+  if (! check_macro (in->ptr + idx, &out, comment_char, &err))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (err != NULL)
+    ERROR ((stderr, "%s\n", err));
+
+  sb_new (&name);
+  sb_add_string (&name, "macro expansion");
+
+  include_buf (&name, &out, include_macro, include_next_index ());
+
+  sb_kill (&name);
+  sb_kill (&out);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* STRING HANDLING */
+
+static int
+getstring (idx, in, acc)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *acc;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  while (idx < in->len
+	 && (in->ptr[idx] == '"' 
+	     || in->ptr[idx] == '<' 
+	     || (in->ptr[idx] == '\'' && alternate)))
+    {
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '<')
+	{
+	  if (alternate || mri)
+	    {
+	      int nest = 0;
+	      idx++;
+	      while ((in->ptr[idx] != '>' || nest)
+		     && idx < in->len)
+		{
+		  if (in->ptr[idx] == '!')
+		    {
+		      idx++  ;
+		      sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		    }
+		  else {
+		    if (in->ptr[idx] == '>')
+		      nest--;
+		    if (in->ptr[idx] == '<')
+		      nest++;
+		    sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		  }
+		}
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	  else {
+	    int code;
+	    idx++;
+	    idx = exp_get_abs ("Character code in string must be absolute expression.\n",
+			       idx, in, &code);
+	    sb_add_char (acc, code);
+
+	    if (in->ptr[idx] != '>')
+	      ERROR ((stderr, "Missing > for character code.\n"));
+	    idx++;
+	  }
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '"' || in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+	{
+	  char tchar = in->ptr[idx];
+	  idx++;
+	  while (idx < in->len)
+	    {
+	      if (alternate && in->ptr[idx] == '!')
+		{
+		  idx++  ;
+		  sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		}
+	      else {
+		if (in->ptr[idx] == tchar)
+		  {
+		    idx++;
+		    if (idx >= in->len || in->ptr[idx] != tchar)
+		      break;
+		  }
+		sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx]);
+		idx++;
+	      }
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* .SDATA[C|Z] <string> */
+
+static
+void
+do_sdata (idx, in, type)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     int type;
+{
+  int nc = 0;
+  int pidx = -1;
+  sb acc;
+  sb_new (&acc);
+  fprintf (outfile, ".byte\t");
+
+  while (!eol (idx, in))
+    {
+      int i;
+      sb_reset (&acc);
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      while (!eol (idx, in))
+	{
+	  pidx = idx = get_any_string (idx, in, &acc, 0, 1);
+	  if (type == 'c')
+	    {
+	      if (acc.len > 255)
+		{
+		  ERROR ((stderr, "string for SDATAC longer than 255 characters (%d).\n", acc.len));
+		}
+	      fprintf (outfile, "%d", acc.len);
+	      nc = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < acc.len; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (nc)
+		{
+		  fprintf (outfile, ",");
+		}
+	      fprintf (outfile, "%d", acc.ptr[i]);
+	      nc = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (type == 'z')
+	    {
+	      if (nc)
+		fprintf (outfile, ",");
+	      fprintf (outfile, "0");
+	    }
+	  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+	  if (idx == pidx) break;
+	}
+      if (!alternate && in->ptr[idx] != ',' && idx != in->len)
+	{
+	  fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+	  ERROR ((stderr, "illegal character in SDATA line (0x%x).\n", in->ptr[idx]));
+	  break;
+	}
+      idx++;
+    }
+  sb_kill (&acc);
+  fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+}
+
+/* .SDATAB <count> <string> */
+
+static void
+do_sdatab (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  int repeat;
+  int i;
+  sb acc;
+  sb_new (&acc);
+
+  idx = exp_get_abs ("Must have absolute SDATAB repeat count.\n", idx, in, &repeat);
+  if (repeat <= 0)
+    {
+      ERROR ((stderr, "Must have positive SDATAB repeat count (%d).\n", repeat));
+      repeat = 1;
+    }
+
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  idx = getstring (idx, in, &acc);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < repeat; i++)
+    {
+      if (i)
+	fprintf (outfile, "\t");
+      fprintf (outfile, ".byte\t");
+      sb_print (outfile, &acc);
+      fprintf (outfile, "\n");
+    }
+  sb_kill (&acc);
+
+}
+
+static int
+new_file (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  FILE *newone = fopen (name, "r");
+  if (!newone)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (isp == MAX_INCLUDES)
+    FATAL ((stderr, "Unreasonable include depth (%ld).\n", (long) isp));
+
+  sp++;
+  sp->handle = newone;
+
+  sb_new (&sp->name);
+  sb_add_string (&sp->name, name);
+
+  sp->linecount = 1;
+  sp->pushback_index = 0;
+  sp->type = include_file;
+  sp->index = 0;
+  sb_new (&sp->pushback);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+do_include (idx, in)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  sb t;
+  sb cat;
+  include_path *includes;
+
+  sb_new (&t);
+  sb_new (&cat);
+
+  if (! mri)
+    idx = getstring (idx, in, &t);
+  else
+    {
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      while (idx < in->len && ! ISWHITE (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (&t, in->ptr[idx]);
+	  ++idx;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (includes = paths_head; includes; includes = includes->next)
+    {
+      sb_reset (&cat);
+      sb_add_sb (&cat, &includes->path);
+      sb_add_char (&cat, '/');
+      sb_add_sb (&cat, &t);
+      if (new_file (sb_name (&cat)))
+	{
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  if (!includes)
+    {
+      if (! new_file (sb_name (&t)))
+	FATAL ((stderr, "Can't open include file `%s'.\n", sb_name (&t)));
+    }
+  sb_kill (&cat);
+  sb_kill (&t);
+}
+
+static void
+include_pop ()
+{
+  if (sp != include_stack)
+    {
+      if (sp->handle)
+	fclose (sp->handle);
+      sp--;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Get the next character from the include stack.  If there's anything
+   in the pushback buffer, take that first.  If we're at eof, pop from
+   the stack and try again.  Keep the linecount up to date. */
+
+static int
+get ()
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (sp->pushback.len != sp->pushback_index)
+    {
+      r = (char) (sp->pushback.ptr[sp->pushback_index++]);
+      /* When they've all gone, reset the pointer */
+      if (sp->pushback_index == sp->pushback.len)
+	{
+	  sp->pushback.len = 0;
+	  sp->pushback_index = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (sp->handle)
+    {
+      r = getc (sp->handle);
+    }
+  else
+    r = EOF;
+
+  if (r == EOF && isp)
+    {
+      include_pop ();
+      r = get ();
+      while (r == EOF && isp)
+	{
+	  include_pop ();
+	  r = get ();
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+  if (r == '\n')
+    {
+      sp->linecount++;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+static int
+linecount ()
+{
+  return sp->linecount;
+}
+
+static int
+include_next_index ()
+{
+  static int index;
+  if (!unreasonable
+      && index > MAX_REASONABLE)
+    FATAL ((stderr, "Unreasonable expansion (-u turns off check).\n"));
+  return ++index;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize the chartype vector. */
+
+static void
+chartype_init ()
+{
+  int x;
+  for (x = 0; x < 256; x++)
+    {
+      if (isalpha (x) || x == '_' || x == '$')
+	chartype[x] |= FIRSTBIT;
+
+      if (mri && x == '.')
+	chartype[x] |= FIRSTBIT;
+
+      if (isdigit (x) || isalpha (x) || x == '_' || x == '$')
+	chartype[x] |= NEXTBIT;
+
+      if (x == ' ' || x == '\t' || x == ',' || x == '"' || x == ';'
+	  || x == '"' || x == '<' || x == '>' || x == ')' || x == '(')
+	chartype[x] |= SEPBIT;
+
+      if (x == 'b' || x == 'B'
+	  || x == 'q' || x == 'Q'
+	  || x == 'h' || x == 'H'
+	  || x == 'd' || x == 'D')
+	chartype [x] |= BASEBIT;
+	  
+      if (x == ' ' || x == '\t')
+	chartype[x] |= WHITEBIT;
+
+      if (x == comment_char)
+	chartype[x] |= COMMENTBIT;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/* What to do with all the keywords */
+#define PROCESS 	0x1000  /* Run substitution over the line */
+#define LAB		0x2000  /* Spit out the label */
+
+#define K_EQU 		(PROCESS|1)
+#define K_ASSIGN 	(PROCESS|2)
+#define K_REG 		(PROCESS|3)
+#define K_ORG 		(PROCESS|4)
+#define K_RADIX 	(PROCESS|5)
+#define K_DATA 		(LAB|PROCESS|6)
+#define K_DATAB 	(LAB|PROCESS|7)
+#define K_SDATA 	(LAB|PROCESS|8)
+#define K_SDATAB 	(LAB|PROCESS|9)
+#define K_SDATAC 	(LAB|PROCESS|10)
+#define K_SDATAZ	(LAB|PROCESS|11)
+#define K_RES 		(LAB|PROCESS|12)
+#define K_SRES 		(LAB|PROCESS|13)
+#define K_SRESC 	(LAB|PROCESS|14)
+#define K_SRESZ 	(LAB|PROCESS|15)
+#define K_EXPORT 	(LAB|PROCESS|16)
+#define K_GLOBAL 	(LAB|PROCESS|17)
+#define K_PRINT 	(LAB|PROCESS|19)
+#define K_FORM 		(LAB|PROCESS|20)
+#define K_HEADING	(LAB|PROCESS|21)
+#define K_PAGE		(LAB|PROCESS|22)
+#define K_IMPORT	(LAB|PROCESS|23)
+#define K_PROGRAM	(LAB|PROCESS|24)
+#define K_END		(PROCESS|25)
+#define K_INCLUDE	(PROCESS|26)
+#define K_IGNORED	(PROCESS|27)
+#define K_ASSIGNA	(PROCESS|28)
+#define K_ASSIGNC	(29)
+#define K_AIF		(PROCESS|30)
+#define K_AELSE		(PROCESS|31)
+#define K_AENDI		(PROCESS|32)
+#define K_AREPEAT	(PROCESS|33)
+#define K_AENDR		(PROCESS|34)
+#define K_AWHILE	(35)
+#define K_AENDW		(PROCESS|36)
+#define K_EXITM		(37)
+#define K_MACRO		(PROCESS|38)
+#define K_ENDM		(39)
+#define K_ALIGN		(PROCESS|LAB|40)
+#define K_ALTERNATE     (41)
+#define K_DB		(LAB|PROCESS|42)
+#define K_DW		(LAB|PROCESS|43)
+#define K_DL		(LAB|PROCESS|44)
+#define K_LOCAL		(45)
+#define K_IFEQ		(PROCESS|46)
+#define K_IFNE		(PROCESS|47)
+#define K_IFLT		(PROCESS|48)
+#define K_IFLE		(PROCESS|49)
+#define K_IFGE		(PROCESS|50)
+#define K_IFGT		(PROCESS|51)
+#define K_IFC		(PROCESS|52)
+#define K_IFNC		(PROCESS|53)
+#define K_IRP		(PROCESS|54)
+#define K_IRPC		(PROCESS|55)
+
+
+struct keyword
+{
+  char *name;
+  int code;
+  int extra;
+};
+
+static struct keyword kinfo[] =
+{
+  { "EQU", K_EQU, 0 },
+  { "ALTERNATE", K_ALTERNATE, 0 },
+  { "ASSIGN", K_ASSIGN, 0 },
+  { "REG", K_REG, 0 },
+  { "ORG", K_ORG, 0 },
+  { "RADIX", K_RADIX, 0 },
+  { "DATA", K_DATA, 0 },
+  { "DB", K_DB, 0 },
+  { "DW", K_DW, 0 },
+  { "DL", K_DL, 0 },
+  { "DATAB", K_DATAB, 0 },
+  { "SDATA", K_SDATA, 0 },
+  { "SDATAB", K_SDATAB, 0 },
+  { "SDATAZ", K_SDATAZ, 0 },
+  { "SDATAC", K_SDATAC, 0 },
+  { "RES", K_RES, 0 },
+  { "SRES", K_SRES, 0 },
+  { "SRESC", K_SRESC, 0 },
+  { "SRESZ", K_SRESZ, 0 },
+  { "EXPORT", K_EXPORT, 0 },
+  { "GLOBAL", K_GLOBAL, 0 },
+  { "PRINT", K_PRINT, 0 },
+  { "FORM", K_FORM, 0 },
+  { "HEADING", K_HEADING, 0 },
+  { "PAGE", K_PAGE, 0 },
+  { "PROGRAM", K_IGNORED, 0 },
+  { "END", K_END, 0 },
+  { "INCLUDE", K_INCLUDE, 0 },
+  { "ASSIGNA", K_ASSIGNA, 0 },
+  { "ASSIGNC", K_ASSIGNC, 0 },
+  { "AIF", K_AIF, 0 },
+  { "AELSE", K_AELSE, 0 },
+  { "AENDI", K_AENDI, 0 },
+  { "AREPEAT", K_AREPEAT, 0 },
+  { "AENDR", K_AENDR, 0 },
+  { "EXITM", K_EXITM, 0 },
+  { "MACRO", K_MACRO, 0 },
+  { "ENDM", K_ENDM, 0 },
+  { "AWHILE", K_AWHILE, 0 },
+  { "ALIGN", K_ALIGN, 0 },
+  { "AENDW", K_AENDW, 0 },
+  { "ALTERNATE", K_ALTERNATE, 0 },
+  { "LOCAL", K_LOCAL, 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Although the conditional operators are handled by gas, we need to
+   handle them here as well, in case they are used in a recursive
+   macro to end the recursion.  */
+
+static struct keyword mrikinfo[] =
+{
+  { "IFEQ", K_IFEQ, 0 },
+  { "IFNE", K_IFNE, 0 },
+  { "IFLT", K_IFLT, 0 },
+  { "IFLE", K_IFLE, 0 },
+  { "IFGE", K_IFGE, 0 },
+  { "IFGT", K_IFGT, 0 },
+  { "IFC", K_IFC, 0 },
+  { "IFNC", K_IFNC, 0 },
+  { "ELSEC", K_AELSE, 0 },
+  { "ENDC", K_AENDI, 0 },
+  { "MEXIT", K_EXITM, 0 },
+  { "REPT", K_AREPEAT, 0 },
+  { "IRP", K_IRP, 0 },
+  { "IRPC", K_IRPC, 0 },
+  { "ENDR", K_AENDR, 0 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Look for a pseudo op on the line. If one's there then call
+   its handler. */
+
+static int
+process_pseudo_op (idx, line, acc)
+     int idx;
+     sb *line;
+     sb *acc;
+{
+  int oidx = idx;
+
+  if (line->ptr[idx] == '.' || alternate || mri)
+    {
+      /* Scan forward and find pseudo name */
+      char *in;
+      hash_entry *ptr;
+
+      char *s;
+      char *e;
+      if (line->ptr[idx] == '.')
+	idx++;
+      in = line->ptr + idx;
+      s = in;
+      e = s;
+      sb_reset (acc);
+
+      while (idx < line->len && *e && ISFIRSTCHAR (*e))
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (acc, *e);
+	  e++;
+	  idx++;
+	}
+
+      ptr = hash_lookup (&keyword_hash_table, acc);
+
+      if (!ptr)
+	{
+#if 0
+	  /* This one causes lots of pain when trying to preprocess
+	     ordinary code */
+	  WARNING ((stderr, "Unrecognised pseudo op `%s'.\n", sb_name (acc)));
+#endif
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      if (ptr->value.i & LAB)
+	{			/* output the label */
+	  if (label.len)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (outfile, "%s:\t", sb_name (&label));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    fprintf (outfile, "\t");
+	}
+
+      if (mri && ptr->value.i == K_END)
+	{
+	  sb t;
+
+	  sb_new (&t);
+	  sb_add_buffer (&t, line->ptr + oidx, idx - oidx);
+	  fprintf (outfile, "\t%s", sb_name (&t));
+	  sb_kill (&t);
+	}
+
+      if (ptr->value.i & PROCESS)
+	{
+	  /* Polish the rest of the line before handling the pseudo op */
+#if 0
+	  strip_comments(line);
+#endif
+	  sb_reset (acc);
+	  process_assigns (idx, line, acc);
+	  sb_reset(line);
+	  change_base (0, acc, line);
+	  idx = 0;
+	}
+      if (!condass_on ())
+	{
+	  switch (ptr->value.i)
+	    {
+	    case K_AIF:
+	      do_aif (idx, line);
+	      break;
+	    case K_AELSE:
+	      do_aelse ();
+	      break;
+	    case K_AENDI:
+	      do_aendi ();
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (ptr->value.i)
+	    {
+	    case K_ALTERNATE:
+	      alternate = 1;
+	      macro_init (1, mri, 0, exp_get_abs);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AELSE:
+	      do_aelse ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AENDI:
+	      do_aendi ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ORG:
+	      ERROR ((stderr, "ORG command not allowed.\n"));
+	      break;
+	    case K_RADIX:
+	      do_radix (line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_DB:
+	      do_data (idx, line, 1);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_DW:
+	      do_data (idx, line, 2);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_DL:
+	      do_data (idx, line, 4);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_DATA:
+	      do_data (idx, line, 0);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_DATAB:
+	      do_datab (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SDATA:
+	      do_sdata (idx, line, 0);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SDATAB:
+	      do_sdatab (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SDATAC:
+	      do_sdata (idx, line, 'c');
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SDATAZ:
+	      do_sdata (idx, line, 'z');
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ASSIGN:
+	      do_assign (0, 0, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AIF:
+	      do_aif (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AREPEAT:
+	      do_arepeat (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AENDW:
+	      do_aendw ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AWHILE:
+	      do_awhile (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_AENDR:
+	      do_aendr ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_EQU:
+	      do_assign (1, idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ALIGN:
+	      do_align (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_RES:
+	      do_res (idx, line, 0);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SRES:
+	      do_res (idx, line, 's');
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_INCLUDE:
+	      do_include (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_LOCAL:
+	      do_local (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_MACRO:
+	      do_macro (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ENDM:
+	      do_endm ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SRESC:
+	      do_res (idx, line, 'c');
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_PRINT:
+	      do_print (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_FORM:
+	      do_form (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_HEADING:
+	      do_heading (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_PAGE:
+	      do_page ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_GLOBAL:
+	    case K_EXPORT:
+	      do_export (line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IMPORT:
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_SRESZ:
+	      do_res (idx, line, 'z');
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IGNORED:
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_END:
+	      do_end (line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ASSIGNA:
+	      do_assigna (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_ASSIGNC:
+	      do_assignc (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_EXITM:
+	      do_exitm ();
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_REG:
+	      do_reg (idx, line);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFEQ:
+	      do_if (idx, line, EQ);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFNE:
+	      do_if (idx, line, NE);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFLT:
+	      do_if (idx, line, LT);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFLE:
+	      do_if (idx, line, LE);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFGE:
+	      do_if (idx, line, GE);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFGT:
+	      do_if (idx, line, GT);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFC:
+	      do_ifc (idx, line, 0);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IFNC:
+	      do_ifc (idx, line, 1);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IRP:
+	      do_irp (idx, line, 0);
+	      return 1;
+	    case K_IRPC:
+	      do_irp (idx, line, 1);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Add a keyword to the hash table.  */
+
+static void
+add_keyword (name, code)
+     const char *name;
+     int code;
+{
+  sb label;
+  int j;
+
+  sb_new (&label);
+  sb_add_string (&label, name);
+
+  hash_add_to_int_table (&keyword_hash_table, &label, code);
+
+  sb_reset (&label);
+  for (j = 0; name[j]; j++)
+    sb_add_char (&label, name[j] - 'A' + 'a');
+  hash_add_to_int_table (&keyword_hash_table, &label, code);
+
+  sb_kill (&label);
+}  
+
+/* Build the keyword hash table - put each keyword in the table twice,
+   once upper and once lower case.*/
+
+static void
+process_init ()
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; kinfo[i].name; i++)
+    add_keyword (kinfo[i].name, kinfo[i].code);
+
+  if (mri)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; mrikinfo[i].name; i++)
+	add_keyword (mrikinfo[i].name, mrikinfo[i].code);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+do_define (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  sb label;
+  int res = 1;
+  hash_entry *ptr;
+  sb_new (&label);
+
+
+  while (*string)
+    {
+      if (*string == '=') 
+	{
+	  sb value;
+	  sb_new (&value);
+	  string++;
+	  while (*string)
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (&value, *string);
+	      string++;
+	    }
+	  exp_get_abs ("Invalid expression on command line.\n", 0, &value, &res);
+	  sb_kill (&value);
+	  break;
+	}
+      sb_add_char (&label, *string);
+
+      string ++;
+    }
+
+  ptr = hash_create (&vars, &label);
+  free_old_entry (ptr);
+  ptr->type = hash_integer;
+  ptr->value.i = res;
+  sb_kill (&label);
+}
+char *program_name;
+
+/* The list of long options.  */
+static struct option long_options[] =
+{
+  { "alternate", no_argument, 0, 'a' },
+  { "include", required_argument, 0, 'I' },
+  { "commentchar", required_argument, 0, 'c' },
+  { "copysource", no_argument, 0, 's' },
+  { "debug", no_argument, 0, 'd' },
+  { "help", no_argument, 0, 'h' },
+  { "mri", no_argument, 0, 'M' },
+  { "output", required_argument, 0, 'o' },
+  { "print", no_argument, 0, 'p' },
+  { "unreasonable", no_argument, 0, 'u' },
+  { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' },
+  { "define", required_argument, 0, 'd' },
+  { NULL, no_argument, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Show a usage message and exit.  */
+static void
+show_usage (file, status)
+     FILE *file;
+     int status;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "\
+Usage: %s \n\
+  [-a]      [--alternate]         enter alternate macro mode\n\
+  [-c char] [--commentchar char]  change the comment character from !\n\
+  [-d]      [--debug]             print some debugging info\n\
+  [-h]      [--help]              print this message\n\
+  [-M]      [--mri]               enter MRI compatibility mode\n\
+  [-o out]  [--output out]        set the output file\n\
+  [-p]      [--print]             print line numbers\n", program_name);
+  fprintf (file, "\
+  [-s]      [--copysource]        copy source through as comments \n\
+  [-u]      [--unreasonable]      allow unreasonable nesting\n\
+  [-v]      [--version]           print the program version\n\
+  [-Dname=value]                  create preprocessor variable called name, with value\n\
+  [-Ipath]                        add to include path list\n\
+  [in-file]\n");
+  if (status == 0)
+    printf ("\nReport bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Display a help message and exit.  */
+static void
+show_help ()
+{
+  printf ("%s: Gnu Assembler Macro Preprocessor\n",
+	  program_name);
+  show_usage (stdout, 0);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int opt;
+  char *out_name = 0;
+  sp = include_stack;
+
+  ifstack[0].on = 1;
+  ifi = 0;
+
+
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  hash_new_table (101, &keyword_hash_table);
+  hash_new_table (101, &assign_hash_table);
+  hash_new_table (101, &vars);
+
+  sb_new (&label);
+
+  while ((opt = getopt_long (argc, argv, "I:sdhavc:upo:D:M", long_options,
+			     (int *) NULL))
+	 != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'o':
+	  out_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  unreasonable = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'I':
+	  {
+	    include_path *p = (include_path *) xmalloc (sizeof (include_path));
+	    sb_new (&p->path);
+	    sb_add_string (&p->path, optarg);
+	    if (paths_tail)
+	      paths_tail->next = p;
+	    else
+	      paths_head = p;
+	    paths_tail = p;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case 'p':
+	  print_line_number = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'c':
+	  comment_char = optarg[0];
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  alternate = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  copysource = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  stats = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'D':
+	  do_define (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'M':
+	  mri = 1;
+	  comment_char = ';';
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  show_help ();
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 'v':
+	  /* This output is intended to follow the GNU standards document.  */
+	  printf ("GNU assembler pre-processor %s\n", program_version);
+	  printf ("Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
+	  printf ("\
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it under the terms of\n\
+the GNU General Public License.  This program has absolutely no warranty.\n");
+	  exit (0);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	case 0:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  show_usage (stderr, 1);
+	  /*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+    }
+
+  process_init ();
+
+  macro_init (alternate, mri, 0, exp_get_abs);
+
+  if (out_name) {
+    outfile = fopen (out_name, "w");
+    if (!outfile)
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open output file `%s'.\n",
+		 program_name, out_name);
+	exit (1);
+      }
+  }
+  else  {
+    outfile = stdout;
+  }
+
+  chartype_init ();
+  if (!outfile)
+    outfile = stdout;
+
+  /* Process all the input files */
+
+  while (optind < argc)
+    {
+      if (new_file (argv[optind]))
+	{
+	  process_file ();
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open input file `%s'.\n",
+		   program_name, argv[optind]);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      optind++;
+    }
+
+  quit ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function is used because an abort in some of the other files
+   may be compiled into as_abort because they include as.h.  */
+
+void
+as_abort (file, line, fn)
+     const char *file, *fn;
+     int line;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "Internal error, aborting at %s line %d", file, line);
+  if (fn)
+    fprintf (stderr, " in %s", fn);
+  fprintf (stderr, "\nPlease report this bug.\n");
+  exit (1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/gdbinit.in b/contrib/binutils/gas/gdbinit.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e946726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/gdbinit.in
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+dir @srcdir@
+dir .
+
+break as_warn
+break as_warn_where
+break as_bad
+break as_bad_where
+break as_fatal
+break as_perror
+break as_assert
+break as_abort
+
+define pe
+call print_expr ($)
+end
+
+document pe
+Print *$ as an expressionS, expanding parameters.
+end
+
+define ps
+call print_symbol_value ($)
+end
+
+document ps
+Print *$ as a symbolS, including expression value.
+end
+
+define pf
+call print_fixup ($)
+end
+
+document pf
+Print *$ as a fixS, including symbol value.
+end
+
+# Put this last, in case it fails.
+
+break abort
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51a3d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1028 @@
+/* hash.c - hash table lookup strings -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * BUGS, GRIPES, APOLOGIA etc.
+ *
+ * A typical user doesn't need ALL this: I intend to make a library out
+ * of it one day - Dean Elsner.
+ * Also, I want to change the definition of a symbol to (address,length)
+ * so I can put arbitrary binary in the names stored. [see hsh.c for that]
+ *
+ * This slime is common coupled inside the module. Com-coupling (and other
+ * vandalism) was done to speed running time. The interfaces at the
+ * module's edges are adequately clean.
+ *
+ * There is no way to (a) run a test script through this heap and (b)
+ * compare results with previous scripts, to see if we have broken any
+ * code. Use GNU (f)utilities to do this. A few commands assist test.
+ * The testing is awkward: it tries to be both batch & interactive.
+ * For now, interactive rules!
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  The idea is to implement a symbol table. A test jig is here.
+ *  Symbols are arbitrary strings; they can't contain '\0'.
+ *	[See hsh.c for a more general symbol flavour.]
+ *  Each symbol is associated with a char*, which can point to anything
+ *  you want, allowing an arbitrary property list for each symbol.
+ *
+ *  The basic operations are:
+ *
+ *    new                     creates symbol table, returns handle
+ *    find (symbol)           returns char*
+ *    insert (symbol,char*)   error if symbol already in table
+ *    delete (symbol)         returns char* if symbol was in table
+ *    apply                   so you can delete all symbols before die()
+ *    die                     destroy symbol table (free up memory)
+ *
+ *  Supplementary functions include:
+ *
+ *    say                     how big? what % full?
+ *    replace (symbol,newval) report previous value
+ *    jam (symbol,value)      assert symbol:=value
+ *
+ *  You, the caller, have control over errors: this just reports them.
+ *
+ *  This package requires malloc(), free().
+ *  Malloc(size) returns NULL or address of char[size].
+ *  Free(address) frees same.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  The code and its structures are re-enterent.
+ *
+ *  Before you do anything else, you must call hash_new() which will
+ *  return the address of a hash-table-control-block.  You then use
+ *  this address as a handle of the symbol table by passing it to all
+ *  the other hash_...() functions.  The only approved way to recover
+ *  the memory used by the symbol table is to call hash_die() with the
+ *  handle of the symbol table.
+ *
+ *  Before you call hash_die() you normally delete anything pointed to
+ *  by individual symbols. After hash_die() you can't use that symbol
+ *  table again.
+ *
+ *  The char* you associate with a symbol may not be NULL (0) because
+ *  NULL is returned whenever a symbol is not in the table. Any other
+ *  value is OK, except DELETED, #defined below.
+ *
+ *  When you supply a symbol string for insertion, YOU MUST PRESERVE THE
+ *  STRING until that symbol is deleted from the table. The reason is that
+ *  only the address you supply, NOT the symbol string itself, is stored
+ *  in the symbol table.
+ *
+ *  You may delete and add symbols arbitrarily.
+ *  Any or all symbols may have the same 'value' (char *). In fact, these
+ *  routines don't do anything with your symbol values.
+ *
+ *  You have no right to know where the symbol:char* mapping is stored,
+ *  because it moves around in memory; also because we may change how it
+ *  works and we don't want to break your code do we? However the handle
+ *  (address of struct hash_control) is never changed in
+ *  the life of the symbol table.
+ *
+ *  What you CAN find out about a symbol table is:
+ *    how many slots are in the hash table?
+ *    how many slots are filled with symbols?
+ *    (total hashes,collisions) for (reads,writes) (*)
+ *  All of the above values vary in time.
+ *  (*) some of these numbers will not be meaningful if we change the
+ *  internals. */
+
+/*
+ *  I N T E R N A L
+ *
+ *  Hash table is an array of hash_entries; each entry is a pointer to a
+ *  a string and a user-supplied value 1 char* wide.
+ *
+ *  The array always has 2 ** n elements, n>0, n integer.
+ *  There is also a 'wall' entry after the array, which is always empty
+ *  and acts as a sentinel to stop running off the end of the array.
+ *  When the array gets too full, we create a new array twice as large
+ *  and re-hash the symbols into the new array, then forget the old array.
+ *  (Of course, we copy the values into the new array before we junk the
+ *  old array!)
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE	(0)
+#define TRUE	(!FALSE)
+#endif /* no FALSE yet */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define min(a, b)	((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#define error	as_fatal
+
+static char _deleted_[1];
+#define DELETED     ((PTR)_deleted_)	/* guarenteed unique address */
+#define START_POWER    (10)	/* power of two: size of new hash table */
+
+/* TRUE if a symbol is in entry @ ptr.  */
+#define islive(ptr) (ptr->hash_string && ptr->hash_string!=DELETED)
+
+enum stat_enum {
+  /* Number of slots in hash table.  The wall does not count here.
+     We expect this is always a power of 2.  */
+  STAT_SIZE = 0,
+  /* Number of hash_ask calls.  */
+  STAT_ACCESS,
+  STAT_ACCESS_w,
+  /* Number of collisions (total).  This may exceed STAT_ACCESS if we
+     have lots of collisions/access.  */
+  STAT_COLLIDE,
+  STAT_COLLIDE_w,
+  /* Slots used right now.  */
+  STAT_USED,
+  /* How many string compares?  */
+  STAT_STRCMP,
+  STAT_STRCMP_w,
+  /* Size of statistics block... this must be last.  */
+  STATLENGTH
+};
+#define STAT__READ     (0)	/* reading */
+#define STAT__WRITE    (1)	/* writing */
+
+/* When we grow a hash table, by what power of two do we increase it?  */
+#define GROW_FACTOR 1
+/* When should we grow it?  */
+#define FULL_VALUE(N)	((N) / 2)
+
+/* #define SUSPECT to do runtime checks */
+/* #define TEST to be a test jig for hash...() */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/* TEST: use smaller hash table */
+#undef  START_POWER
+#define START_POWER (3)
+#undef  START_SIZE
+#define START_SIZE  (8)
+#undef  START_FULL
+#define START_FULL  (4)
+#endif
+
+struct hash_entry
+{
+  const char *hash_string;	/* points to where the symbol string is */
+  /* NULL means slot is not used */
+  /* DELETED means slot was deleted */
+  PTR hash_value;		/* user's datum, associated with symbol */
+  unsigned long h;
+};
+
+struct hash_control {
+  struct hash_entry *hash_where;/* address of hash table */
+  int hash_sizelog;		/* Log of ( hash_mask + 1 ) */
+  int hash_mask;		/* masks a hash into index into table */
+  int hash_full;		/* when hash_stat[STAT_USED] exceeds this, */
+  /* grow table */
+  struct hash_entry *hash_wall;	/* point just after last (usable) entry */
+  /* here we have some statistics */
+  int hash_stat[STATLENGTH];	/* lies & statistics */
+};
+
+/*------------------ plan ---------------------------------- i = internal
+
+  struct hash_control * c;
+  struct hash_entry   * e;                                                    i
+  int                   b[z];     buffer for statistics
+  z         size of b
+  char                * s;        symbol string (address) [ key ]
+  char                * v;        value string (address)  [datum]
+  boolean               f;        TRUE if we found s in hash table            i
+  char                * t;        error string; 0 means OK
+  int                   a;        access type [0...n)                         i
+
+  c=hash_new       ()             create new hash_control
+
+  hash_die         (c)            destroy hash_control (and hash table)
+  table should be empty.
+  doesn't check if table is empty.
+  c has no meaning after this.
+
+  hash_say         (c,b,z)        report statistics of hash_control.
+  also report number of available statistics.
+
+  v=hash_delete    (c,s)          delete symbol, return old value if any.
+  ask()                       NULL means no old value.
+  f
+
+  v=hash_replace   (c,s,v)        replace old value of s with v.
+  ask()                       NULL means no old value: no table change.
+  f
+
+  t=hash_insert    (c,s,v)        insert (s,v) in c.
+  ask()                       return error string.
+  f                           it is an error to insert if s is already
+  in table.
+  if any error, c is unchanged.
+
+  t=hash_jam       (c,s,v)        assert that new value of s will be v.       i
+  ask()                       it may decide to GROW the table.            i
+  f                                                                       i
+  grow()                                                                  i
+  t=hash_grow      (c)            grow the hash table.                        i
+  jam()                       will invoke JAM.                            i
+
+  ?=hash_apply     (c,y)          apply y() to every symbol in c.
+  y                           evtries visited in 'unspecified' order.
+
+  v=hash_find      (c,s)          return value of s, or NULL if s not in c.
+  ask()
+  f
+
+  f,e=hash_ask()   (c,s,a)        return slot where s SHOULD live.            i
+  code()                      maintain collision stats in c.              i
+
+  .=hash_code      (c,s)          compute hash-code for s,                    i
+  from parameters of c.                       i
+
+  */
+
+/* Returned by hash_ask() to stop extra testing. hash_ask() wants to
+   return both a slot and a status. This is the status.  TRUE: found
+   symbol FALSE: absent: empty or deleted slot Also returned by
+   hash_jam().  TRUE: we replaced a value FALSE: we inserted a value.  */
+static char hash_found;
+
+static struct hash_entry *hash_ask PARAMS ((struct hash_control *,
+					    const char *, int));
+static int hash_code PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *));
+static const char *hash_grow PARAMS ((struct hash_control *));
+
+/* Create a new hash table.  Return NULL if failed; otherwise return handle
+   (address of struct hash).  */
+struct hash_control *
+hash_new ()
+{
+  struct hash_control *retval;
+  struct hash_entry *room;	/* points to hash table */
+  struct hash_entry *wall;
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+  int *ip;		/* scan stats block of struct hash_control */
+  int *nd;		/* limit of stats block */
+
+  room = (struct hash_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct hash_entry)
+					/* +1 for the wall entry */
+					* ((1 << START_POWER) + 1));
+  retval = (struct hash_control *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct hash_control));
+
+  nd = retval->hash_stat + STATLENGTH;
+  for (ip = retval->hash_stat; ip < nd; ip++)
+    *ip = 0;
+
+  retval->hash_stat[STAT_SIZE] = 1 << START_POWER;
+  retval->hash_mask = (1 << START_POWER) - 1;
+  retval->hash_sizelog = START_POWER;
+  /* works for 1's compl ok */
+  retval->hash_where = room;
+  retval->hash_wall =
+    wall = room + (1 << START_POWER);
+  retval->hash_full = FULL_VALUE (1 << START_POWER);
+  for (entry = room; entry <= wall; entry++)
+    entry->hash_string = NULL;
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ *           h a s h _ d i e ( )
+ *
+ * Table should be empty, but this is not checked.
+ * To empty the table, try hash_apply()ing a symbol deleter.
+ * Return to free memory both the hash table and it's control
+ * block.
+ * 'handle' has no meaning after this function.
+ * No errors are recoverable.
+ */
+void
+hash_die (handle)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+{
+  free ((char *) handle->hash_where);
+  free ((char *) handle);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ *           h a s h _ s a y ( )
+ *
+ * Return the size of the statistics table, and as many statistics as
+ * we can until either (a) we have run out of statistics or (b) caller
+ * has run out of buffer.
+ * NOTE: hash_say treats all statistics alike.
+ * These numbers may change with time, due to insertions, deletions
+ * and expansions of the table.
+ * The first "statistic" returned is the length of hash_stat[].
+ * Then contents of hash_stat[] are read out (in ascending order)
+ * until your buffer or hash_stat[] is exausted.
+ */
+static void
+hash_say (handle, buffer, bufsiz)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     int buffer[ /*bufsiz*/ ];
+     int bufsiz;
+{
+  int *nd;		/* limit of statistics block */
+  int *ip;		/* scan statistics */
+
+  ip = handle->hash_stat;
+  nd = ip + min (bufsiz - 1, STATLENGTH);
+  if (bufsiz > 0)		/* trust nothing! bufsiz<=0 is dangerous */
+    {
+      *buffer++ = STATLENGTH;
+      for (; ip < nd; ip++, buffer++)
+	{
+	  *buffer = *ip;
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *           h a s h _ d e l e t e ( )
+ *
+ * Try to delete a symbol from the table.
+ * If it was there, return its value (and adjust STAT_USED).
+ * Otherwise, return NULL.
+ * Anyway, the symbol is not present after this function.
+ *
+ */
+PTR				/* NULL if string not in table, else */
+/* returns value of deleted symbol */
+hash_delete (handle, string)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  PTR retval;
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+
+  entry = hash_ask (handle, string, STAT__WRITE);
+  if (hash_found)
+    {
+      retval = entry->hash_value;
+      entry->hash_string = DELETED;
+      handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] -= 1;
+#ifdef SUSPECT
+      if (handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] < 0)
+	{
+	  error ("hash_delete");
+	}
+#endif /* def SUSPECT */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval = NULL;
+    }
+  return (retval);
+}
+
+/*
+ *                   h a s h _ r e p l a c e ( )
+ *
+ * Try to replace the old value of a symbol with a new value.
+ * Normally return the old value.
+ * Return NULL and don't change the table if the symbol is not already
+ * in the table.
+ */
+PTR
+hash_replace (handle, string, value)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+     PTR value;
+{
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+  char *retval;
+
+  entry = hash_ask (handle, string, STAT__WRITE);
+  if (hash_found)
+    {
+      retval = entry->hash_value;
+      entry->hash_value = value;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval = NULL;
+    }
+  ;
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ *                   h a s h _ i n s e r t ( )
+ *
+ * Insert a (symbol-string, value) into the hash table.
+ * Return an error string, 0 means OK.
+ * It is an 'error' to insert an existing symbol.
+ */
+
+const char *			/* return error string */
+hash_insert (handle, string, value)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+     PTR value;
+{
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  retval = 0;
+  if (handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] > handle->hash_full)
+    {
+      retval = hash_grow (handle);
+    }
+  if (!retval)
+    {
+      entry = hash_ask (handle, string, STAT__WRITE);
+      if (hash_found)
+	{
+	  retval = "exists";
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  entry->hash_value = value;
+	  entry->hash_string = string;
+	  handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] += 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ *               h a s h _ j a m ( )
+ *
+ * Regardless of what was in the symbol table before, after hash_jam()
+ * the named symbol has the given value. The symbol is either inserted or
+ * (its value is) replaced.
+ * An error message string is returned, 0 means OK.
+ *
+ * WARNING: this may decide to grow the hashed symbol table.
+ * To do this, we call hash_grow(), WHICH WILL recursively CALL US.
+ *
+ * We report status internally: hash_found is TRUE if we replaced, but
+ * false if we inserted.
+ */
+const char *
+hash_jam (handle, string, value)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+     PTR value;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+
+  retval = 0;
+  if (handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] > handle->hash_full)
+    {
+      retval = hash_grow (handle);
+    }
+  if (!retval)
+    {
+      entry = hash_ask (handle, string, STAT__WRITE);
+      if (!hash_found)
+	{
+	  entry->hash_string = string;
+	  handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] += 1;
+	}
+      entry->hash_value = value;
+    }
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ *               h a s h _ g r o w ( )
+ *
+ * Grow a new (bigger) hash table from the old one.
+ * We choose to double the hash table's size.
+ * Return a human-scrutible error string: 0 if OK.
+ * Warning! This uses hash_jam(), which had better not recurse
+ * back here! Hash_jam() conditionally calls us, but we ALWAYS
+ * call hash_jam()!
+ * Internal.
+ */
+static const char *
+hash_grow (handle)		/* make a hash table grow */
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+{
+  struct hash_entry *newwall;
+  struct hash_entry *newwhere;
+  struct hash_entry *newtrack;
+  struct hash_entry *oldtrack;
+  struct hash_entry *oldwhere;
+  struct hash_entry *oldwall;
+  int temp;
+  int newsize;
+  const char *string;
+  const char *retval;
+#ifdef SUSPECT
+  int oldused;
+#endif
+
+  /*
+   * capture info about old hash table
+   */
+  oldwhere = handle->hash_where;
+  oldwall = handle->hash_wall;
+#ifdef SUSPECT
+  oldused = handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED];
+#endif
+  /*
+   * attempt to get enough room for a hash table twice as big
+   */
+  temp = handle->hash_stat[STAT_SIZE];
+  newwhere = ((struct hash_entry *)
+	      xmalloc ((unsigned long) ((temp << (GROW_FACTOR + 1))
+					/* +1 for wall slot */
+					* sizeof (struct hash_entry))));
+  if (newwhere == NULL)
+    return "no_room";
+
+  /*
+   * have enough room: now we do all the work.
+   * double the size of everything in handle.
+   */
+  handle->hash_mask = ((handle->hash_mask + 1) << GROW_FACTOR) - 1;
+  handle->hash_stat[STAT_SIZE] <<= GROW_FACTOR;
+  newsize = handle->hash_stat[STAT_SIZE];
+  handle->hash_where = newwhere;
+  handle->hash_full <<= GROW_FACTOR;
+  handle->hash_sizelog += GROW_FACTOR;
+  handle->hash_wall = newwall = newwhere + newsize;
+  /* Set all those pesky new slots to vacant.  */
+  for (newtrack = newwhere; newtrack <= newwall; newtrack++)
+    newtrack->hash_string = NULL;
+  /* We will do a scan of the old table, the hard way, using the
+   * new control block to re-insert the data into new hash table.  */
+  handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] = 0;
+  for (oldtrack = oldwhere; oldtrack < oldwall; oldtrack++)
+    if (((string = oldtrack->hash_string) != NULL) && string != DELETED)
+      if ((retval = hash_jam (handle, string, oldtrack->hash_value)))
+	return retval;
+
+#ifdef SUSPECT
+  if (handle->hash_stat[STAT_USED] != oldused)
+    return "hash_used";
+#endif
+
+  /* We have a completely faked up control block.
+     Return the old hash table.  */
+  free ((char *) oldwhere);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ *          h a s h _ a p p l y ( )
+ *
+ * Use this to scan each entry in symbol table.
+ * For each symbol, this calls (applys) a nominated function supplying the
+ * symbol's value (and the symbol's name).
+ * The idea is you use this to destroy whatever is associted with
+ * any values in the table BEFORE you destroy the table with hash_die.
+ * Of course, you can use it for other jobs; whenever you need to
+ * visit all extant symbols in the table.
+ *
+ * We choose to have a call-you-back idea for two reasons:
+ *  asthetic: it is a neater idea to use apply than an explicit loop
+ *  sensible: if we ever had to grow the symbol table (due to insertions)
+ *            then we would lose our place in the table when we re-hashed
+ *            symbols into the new table in a different order.
+ *
+ * The order symbols are visited depends entirely on the hashing function.
+ * Whenever you insert a (symbol, value) you risk expanding the table. If
+ * you do expand the table, then the hashing function WILL change, so you
+ * MIGHT get a different order of symbols visited. In other words, if you
+ * want the same order of visiting symbols as the last time you used
+ * hash_apply() then you better not have done any hash_insert()s or
+ * hash_jam()s since the last time you used hash_apply().
+ *
+ * In future we may use the value returned by your nominated function.
+ * One idea is to abort the scan if, after applying the function to a
+ * certain node, the function returns a certain code.
+ *
+ * The function you supply should be of the form:
+ *      void myfunct(string,value)
+ *              char * string;        |* the symbol's name *|
+ *              char * value;         |* the symbol's value *|
+ *      {
+ *        |* ... *|
+ *      }
+ *
+ */
+void
+hash_apply (handle, function)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     void (*function) ();
+{
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+  struct hash_entry *wall;
+
+  wall = handle->hash_wall;
+  for (entry = handle->hash_where; entry < wall; entry++)
+    {
+      if (islive (entry))	/* silly code: tests entry->string twice! */
+	{
+	  (*function) (entry->hash_string, entry->hash_value);
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *          h a s h _ f i n d ( )
+ *
+ * Given symbol string, find value (if any).
+ * Return found value or NULL.
+ */
+PTR
+hash_find (handle, string)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct hash_entry *entry;
+
+  entry = hash_ask (handle, string, STAT__READ);
+  if (hash_found)
+    return entry->hash_value;
+  else
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *          h a s h _ a s k ( )
+ *
+ * Searches for given symbol string.
+ * Return the slot where it OUGHT to live. It may be there.
+ * Return hash_found: TRUE only if symbol is in that slot.
+ * Access argument is to help keep statistics in control block.
+ * Internal.
+ */
+static struct hash_entry *	/* string slot, may be empty or deleted */
+hash_ask (handle, string, access_type)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+     int access_type;
+{
+  const char *s;
+  struct hash_entry *slot;
+  int collision;	/* count collisions */
+  int strcmps;
+  int hcode;
+
+  /* start looking here */
+  hcode = hash_code (handle, string);
+  slot = handle->hash_where + (hcode & handle->hash_mask);
+
+  handle->hash_stat[STAT_ACCESS + access_type] += 1;
+  collision = strcmps = 0;
+  hash_found = FALSE;
+  while (((s = slot->hash_string) != NULL) && s != DELETED)
+    {
+      if (string == s)
+	{
+	  hash_found = TRUE;
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (slot->h == hcode)
+	{
+	  if (!strcmp (string, s))
+	    {
+	      hash_found = TRUE;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  strcmps++;
+	}
+      collision++;
+      slot++;
+    }
+  /*
+   * slot:                                                      return:
+   *       in use:     we found string                           slot
+   *       at empty:
+   *                   at wall:        we fell off: wrap round   ????
+   *                   in table:       dig here                  slot
+   *       at DELETED: dig here                                  slot
+   */
+  if (slot == handle->hash_wall)
+    {
+      slot = handle->hash_where;/* now look again */
+      while (((s = slot->hash_string) != NULL) && s != DELETED)
+	{
+	  if (string == s)
+	    {
+	      hash_found = TRUE;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  if (slot->h == hcode)
+	    {
+	      if (!strcmp (string, s))
+		{
+		  hash_found = TRUE;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcmps++;
+	    }
+	  collision++;
+	  slot++;
+	}
+      /*
+       * slot:                                                   return:
+       *       in use: we found it                                slot
+       *       empty:  wall:         ERROR IMPOSSIBLE             !!!!
+       *               in table:     dig here                     slot
+       *       DELETED:dig here                                   slot
+       */
+    }
+  handle->hash_stat[STAT_COLLIDE + access_type] += collision;
+  handle->hash_stat[STAT_STRCMP + access_type] += strcmps;
+  if (!hash_found)
+    slot->h = hcode;
+  return slot;			/* also return hash_found */
+}
+
+/*
+ *           h a s h _ c o d e
+ *
+ * Does hashing of symbol string to hash number.
+ * Internal.
+ */
+static int
+hash_code (handle, string)
+     struct hash_control *handle;
+     const char *string;
+{
+#if 1 /* There seems to be some interesting property of this function
+	 that prevents the bfd version below from being an adequate
+	 substitute.  @@ Figure out what this property is!  */
+  long h;		/* hash code built here */
+  long c;		/* each character lands here */
+  int n;		/* Amount to shift h by */
+
+  n = (handle->hash_sizelog - 3);
+  h = 0;
+  while ((c = *string++) != 0)
+    {
+      h += c;
+      h = (h << 3) + (h >> n) + c;
+    }
+  return h;
+#else
+  /* from bfd */
+  unsigned long h = 0;
+  unsigned int len = 0;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  while ((c = *string++) != 0)
+    {
+      h += c + (c << 17);
+      h ^= h >> 2;
+      ++len;
+    }
+  h += len + (len << 17);
+  h ^= h >> 2;
+  return h;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+hash_print_statistics (file, name, h)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     struct hash_control *h;
+{
+  unsigned long sz, used, pct;
+
+  if (h == 0)
+    return;
+
+  sz = h->hash_stat[STAT_SIZE];
+  used = h->hash_stat[STAT_USED];
+  pct = (used * 100 + sz / 2) / sz;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s hash statistics:\n\t%lu/%lu slots used (%lu%%)\n",
+	   name, used, sz, pct);
+
+#define P(name, off)							\
+  fprintf (file, "\t%-16s %6dr + %6dw = %7d\n", name,			\
+	   h->hash_stat[off+STAT__READ],				\
+	   h->hash_stat[off+STAT__WRITE],				\
+	   h->hash_stat[off+STAT__READ] + h->hash_stat[off+STAT__WRITE])
+
+  P ("accesses:", STAT_ACCESS);
+  P ("collisions:", STAT_COLLIDE);
+  P ("string compares:", STAT_STRCMP);
+
+#undef P
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here is a test program to exercise above.
+ */
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#define TABLES (6)		/* number of hash tables to maintain */
+/* (at once) in any testing */
+#define STATBUFSIZE (12)	/* we can have 12 statistics */
+
+int statbuf[STATBUFSIZE];	/* display statistics here */
+char answer[100];		/* human farts here */
+char *hashtable[TABLES];	/* we test many hash tables at once */
+char *h;			/* points to curent hash_control */
+char **pp;
+char *p;
+char *name;
+char *value;
+int size;
+int used;
+char command;
+int number;			/* number 0:TABLES-1 of current hashed */
+/* symbol table */
+
+main ()
+{
+  void applicatee ();
+  void destroy ();
+  char *what ();
+  int *ip;
+
+  number = 0;
+  h = 0;
+  printf ("type h <RETURN> for help\n");
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      printf ("hash_test command: ");
+      gets (answer);
+      command = answer[0];
+      if (isupper (command))
+	command = tolower (command);	/* ecch! */
+      switch (command)
+	{
+	case '#':
+	  printf ("old hash table #=%d.\n", number);
+	  whattable ();
+	  break;
+	case '?':
+	  for (pp = hashtable; pp < hashtable + TABLES; pp++)
+	    {
+	      printf ("address of hash table #%d control block is %xx\n"
+		      ,pp - hashtable, *pp);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  hash_apply (h, applicatee);
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  hash_apply (h, destroy);
+	  hash_die (h);
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  p = hash_find (h, name = what ("symbol"));
+	  printf ("value of \"%s\" is \"%s\"\n", name, p ? p : "NOT-PRESENT");
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  printf ("# show old, select new default hash table number\n");
+	  printf ("? display all hashtable control block addresses\n");
+	  printf ("a apply a simple display-er to each symbol in table\n");
+	  printf ("d die: destroy hashtable\n");
+	  printf ("f find value of nominated symbol\n");
+	  printf ("h this help\n");
+	  printf ("i insert value into symbol\n");
+	  printf ("j jam value into symbol\n");
+	  printf ("n new hashtable\n");
+	  printf ("r replace a value with another\n");
+	  printf ("s say what %% of table is used\n");
+	  printf ("q exit this program\n");
+	  printf ("x delete a symbol from table, report its value\n");
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	  p = hash_insert (h, name = what ("symbol"), value = what ("value"));
+	  if (p)
+	    {
+	      printf ("symbol=\"%s\"  value=\"%s\"  error=%s\n", name, value,
+		      p);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'j':
+	  p = hash_jam (h, name = what ("symbol"), value = what ("value"));
+	  if (p)
+	    {
+	      printf ("symbol=\"%s\"  value=\"%s\"  error=%s\n", name, value, p);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	  h = hashtable[number] = (char *) hash_new ();
+	  break;
+	case 'q':
+	  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	case 'r':
+	  p = hash_replace (h, name = what ("symbol"), value = what ("value"));
+	  printf ("old value was \"%s\"\n", p ? p : "{}");
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  hash_say (h, statbuf, STATBUFSIZE);
+	  for (ip = statbuf; ip < statbuf + STATBUFSIZE; ip++)
+	    {
+	      printf ("%d ", *ip);
+	    }
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  p = hash_delete (h, name = what ("symbol"));
+	  printf ("old value was \"%s\"\n", p ? p : "{}");
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  printf ("I can't understand command \"%c\"\n", command);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+what (description)
+     char *description;
+{
+  char *retval;
+  char *malloc ();
+
+  printf ("   %s : ", description);
+  gets (answer);
+  /* will one day clean up answer here */
+  retval = malloc (strlen (answer) + 1);
+  if (!retval)
+    {
+      error ("room");
+    }
+  (void) strcpy (retval, answer);
+  return (retval);
+}
+
+void
+destroy (string, value)
+     char *string;
+     char *value;
+{
+  free (string);
+  free (value);
+}
+
+
+void
+applicatee (string, value)
+     char *string;
+     char *value;
+{
+  printf ("%.20s-%.20s\n", string, value);
+}
+
+whattable ()			/* determine number: what hash table to use */
+     /* also determine h: points to hash_control */
+{
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      printf ("   what hash table (%d:%d) ?  ", 0, TABLES - 1);
+      gets (answer);
+      sscanf (answer, "%d", &number);
+      if (number >= 0 && number < TABLES)
+	{
+	  h = hashtable[number];
+	  if (!h)
+	    {
+	      printf ("warning: current hash-table-#%d. has no hash-control\n", number);
+	    }
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  printf ("invalid hash table number: %d\n", number);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* #ifdef TEST */
+
+/* end of hash.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb229c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* hash.h - for hash.c
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef hashH
+#define hashH
+
+struct hash_control;
+
+/* returns control block */
+struct hash_control *hash_new PARAMS ((void));
+void hash_die PARAMS ((struct hash_control *));
+/* returns previous value */
+PTR hash_delete PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *str));
+/* returns previous value */
+PTR hash_replace PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *str, PTR val));
+/* returns error string or null */
+const char *hash_insert PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *str,
+				 PTR val));
+/* returns value */
+PTR hash_find PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *str));
+/* returns error text or null (internal) */
+const char *hash_jam PARAMS ((struct hash_control *, const char *str,
+			      PTR val));
+
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+				    struct hash_control *));
+#endif /* #ifdef hashH */
+
+/* end of hash.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be029c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* input_file.c - Deal with Input Files -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * Confines all details of reading source bytes to this module.
+ * All O/S specific crocks should live here.
+ * What we lose in "efficiency" we gain in modularity.
+ * Note we don't need to #include the "as.h" file. No common coupling!
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "input-file.h"
+
+static int input_file_get PARAMS ((char **));
+
+/* This variable is non-zero if the file currently being read should be
+   preprocessed by app.  It is zero if the file can be read straight in.
+   */
+int preprocess = 0;
+
+/*
+ * This code opens a file, then delivers BUFFER_SIZE character
+ * chunks of the file on demand.
+ * BUFFER_SIZE is supposed to be a number chosen for speed.
+ * The caller only asks once what BUFFER_SIZE is, and asks before
+ * the nature of the input files (if any) is known.
+ */
+
+#define BUFFER_SIZE (32 * 1024)
+
+/*
+ * We use static data: the data area is not sharable.
+ */
+
+static FILE *f_in;
+static char *file_name;
+
+/* Struct for saving the state of this module for file includes.  */
+struct saved_file
+  {
+    FILE *f_in;
+    char *file_name;
+    int preprocess;
+    char *app_save;
+  };
+
+/* These hooks accomodate most operating systems. */
+
+void 
+input_file_begin ()
+{
+  f_in = (FILE *) 0;
+}
+
+void 
+input_file_end ()
+{
+}
+
+/* Return BUFFER_SIZE. */
+unsigned int 
+input_file_buffer_size ()
+{
+  return (BUFFER_SIZE);
+}
+
+int 
+input_file_is_open ()
+{
+  return f_in != (FILE *) 0;
+}
+
+/* Push the state of our input, returning a pointer to saved info that
+   can be restored with input_file_pop ().  */
+char *
+input_file_push ()
+{
+  register struct saved_file *saved;
+
+  saved = (struct saved_file *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved);
+
+  saved->f_in = f_in;
+  saved->file_name = file_name;
+  saved->preprocess = preprocess;
+  if (preprocess)
+    saved->app_save = app_push ();
+
+  input_file_begin ();		/* Initialize for new file */
+
+  return (char *) saved;
+}
+
+void
+input_file_pop (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  register struct saved_file *saved = (struct saved_file *) arg;
+
+  input_file_end ();		/* Close out old file */
+
+  f_in = saved->f_in;
+  file_name = saved->file_name;
+  preprocess = saved->preprocess;
+  if (preprocess)
+    app_pop (saved->app_save);
+
+  free (arg);
+}
+
+void
+input_file_open (filename, pre)
+     char *filename;		/* "" means use stdin. Must not be 0. */
+     int pre;
+{
+  int c;
+  char buf[80];
+
+  preprocess = pre;
+
+  assert (filename != 0);	/* Filename may not be NULL. */
+  if (filename[0])
+    {				/* We have a file name. Suck it and see. */
+      f_in = fopen (filename, "r");
+      file_name = filename;
+    }
+  else
+    {				/* use stdin for the input file. */
+      f_in = stdin;
+      file_name = "{standard input}";	/* For error messages. */
+    }
+  if (f_in == (FILE *) 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("Can't open %s for reading.", file_name);
+      as_perror ("%s", file_name);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  c = getc (f_in);
+  if (c == '#')
+    {				/* Begins with comment, may not want to preprocess */
+      c = getc (f_in);
+      if (c == 'N')
+	{
+	  fgets (buf, 80, f_in);
+	  if (!strcmp (buf, "O_APP\n"))
+	    preprocess = 0;
+	  if (!strchr (buf, '\n'))
+	    ungetc ('#', f_in);	/* It was longer */
+	  else
+	    ungetc ('\n', f_in);
+	}
+      else if (c == '\n')
+	ungetc ('\n', f_in);
+      else
+	ungetc ('#', f_in);
+    }
+  else
+    ungetc (c, f_in);
+}
+
+/* Close input file.  */
+void 
+input_file_close ()
+{
+  if (f_in != NULL)
+    {
+      fclose (f_in);
+    }				/* don't close a null file pointer */
+  f_in = 0;
+}				/* input_file_close() */
+
+/* This function is passed to do_scrub_chars.  */
+
+static int
+input_file_get (from)
+     char **from;
+{
+  static char buf[BUFFER_SIZE];
+  int size;
+
+  size = fread (buf, sizeof (char), sizeof buf, f_in);
+  if (size < 0)
+    {
+      as_perror ("Can't read from %s", file_name);
+      size = 0;
+    }
+  *from = buf;
+  return size;
+}
+
+/* Read a buffer from the input file.  */
+
+char *
+input_file_give_next_buffer (where)
+     char *where;		/* Where to place 1st character of new buffer. */
+{
+  char *return_value;		/* -> Last char of what we read, + 1. */
+  register int size;
+
+  if (f_in == (FILE *) 0)
+    return 0;
+  /*
+   * fflush (stdin); could be done here if you want to synchronise
+   * stdin and stdout, for the case where our input file is stdin.
+   * Since the assembler shouldn't do any output to stdout, we
+   * don't bother to synch output and input.
+   */
+  if (preprocess)
+    size = do_scrub_chars (input_file_get, where, BUFFER_SIZE);
+  else
+    size = fread (where, sizeof (char), BUFFER_SIZE, f_in);
+  if (size < 0)
+    {
+      as_perror ("Can't read from %s", file_name);
+      size = 0;
+    }
+  if (size)
+    return_value = where + size;
+  else
+    {
+      if (fclose (f_in))
+	as_perror ("Can't close %s", file_name);
+      f_in = (FILE *) 0;
+      return_value = 0;
+    }
+  return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* end of input-file.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..129bf28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* input_file.h header for input-file.c
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*"input_file.c":Operating-system dependant functions to read source files.*/
+
+
+/*
+ * No matter what the operating system, this module must provide the
+ * following services to its callers.
+ *
+ * input_file_begin()			Call once before anything else.
+ *
+ * input_file_end()			Call once after everything else.
+ *
+ * input_file_buffer_size()		Call anytime. Returns largest possible
+ *					delivery from
+ *					input_file_give_next_buffer().
+ *
+ * input_file_open(name)		Call once for each input file.
+ *
+ * input_file_give_next_buffer(where)	Call once to get each new buffer.
+ *					Return 0: no more chars left in file,
+ *					   the file has already been closed.
+ *					Otherwise: return a pointer to just
+ *					   after the last character we read
+ *					   into the buffer.
+ *					If we can only read 0 characters, then
+ *					end-of-file is faked.
+ *
+ * input_file_push()			Push state, which can be restored
+ *					later.  Does implicit input_file_begin.
+ *					Returns char * to saved state.
+ *
+ * input_file_pop (arg)			Pops previously saved state.
+ *
+ * input_file_close ()			Closes opened file.
+ *
+ * All errors are reported (using as_perror) so caller doesn't have to think
+ * about I/O errors. No I/O errors are fatal: an end-of-file may be faked.
+ */
+
+char *input_file_give_next_buffer PARAMS ((char *where));
+char *input_file_push PARAMS ((void));
+unsigned int input_file_buffer_size PARAMS ((void));
+int input_file_is_open PARAMS ((void));
+void input_file_begin PARAMS ((void));
+void input_file_close PARAMS ((void));
+void input_file_end PARAMS ((void));
+void input_file_open PARAMS ((char *filename, int pre));
+void input_file_pop PARAMS ((char *arg));
+
+/* end of input_file.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/input-scrub.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-scrub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5271065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/input-scrub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/* input_scrub.c - Break up input buffers into whole numbers of lines.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include <errno.h>		/* Need this to make errno declaration right */
+#include "as.h"
+#include "input-file.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+
+/*
+ * O/S independent module to supply buffers of sanitised source code
+ * to rest of assembler.  We get sanitised input data of arbitrary length.
+ * We break these buffers on line boundaries, recombine pieces that
+ * were broken across buffers, and return a buffer of full lines to
+ * the caller.
+ * The last partial line begins the next buffer we build and return to caller.
+ * The buffer returned to caller is preceeded by BEFORE_STRING and followed
+ * by AFTER_STRING, as sentinels. The last character before AFTER_STRING
+ * is a newline.
+ * Also looks after line numbers, for e.g. error messages.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * We don't care how filthy our buffers are, but our callers assume
+ * that the following sanitation has already been done.
+ *
+ * No comments, reduce a comment to a space.
+ * Reduce a tab to a space unless it is 1st char of line.
+ * All multiple tabs and spaces collapsed into 1 char. Tab only
+ *   legal if 1st char of line.
+ * # line file statements converted to .line x;.file y; statements.
+ * Escaped newlines at end of line: remove them but add as many newlines
+ *   to end of statement as you removed in the middle, to synch line numbers.
+ */
+
+#define BEFORE_STRING ("\n")
+#define AFTER_STRING ("\0")	/* memcpy of 0 chars might choke. */
+#define BEFORE_SIZE (1)
+#define AFTER_SIZE  (1)
+
+static char *buffer_start;	/*->1st char of full buffer area. */
+static char *partial_where;	/*->after last full line in buffer. */
+static int partial_size;	/* >=0. Number of chars in partial line in buffer. */
+static char save_source[AFTER_SIZE];
+/* Because we need AFTER_STRING just after last */
+/* full line, it clobbers 1st part of partial */
+/* line. So we preserve 1st part of partial */
+/* line here. */
+static unsigned int buffer_length;	/* What is the largest size buffer that */
+/* input_file_give_next_buffer() could */
+/* return to us? */
+
+/* The index into an sb structure we are reading from.  -1 if none.  */
+static int sb_index = -1;
+
+/* If we are reading from an sb structure, this is it.  */
+static sb from_sb;
+
+/* The number of nested sb structures we have included.  */
+int macro_nest;
+
+/* We can have more than one source file open at once, though the info for all
+   but the latest one are saved off in a struct input_save.  These files remain
+   open, so we are limited by the number of open files allowed by the
+   underlying OS. We may also sequentially read more than one source file in an
+   assembly. */
+
+/* We must track the physical file and line number for error messages. We also
+   track a "logical" file and line number corresponding to (C?)  compiler
+   source line numbers.  Whenever we open a file we must fill in
+   physical_input_file. So if it is NULL we have not opened any files yet. */
+
+static char *physical_input_file;
+static char *logical_input_file;
+
+typedef unsigned int line_numberT;	/* 1-origin line number in a source file. */
+/* A line ends in '\n' or eof. */
+
+static line_numberT physical_input_line;
+static int logical_input_line;
+
+/* Struct used to save the state of the input handler during include files */
+struct input_save
+  {
+    char *buffer_start;
+    char *partial_where;
+    int partial_size;
+    char save_source[AFTER_SIZE];
+    unsigned int buffer_length;
+    char *physical_input_file;
+    char *logical_input_file;
+    line_numberT physical_input_line;
+    int logical_input_line;
+    int sb_index;
+    sb from_sb;
+    struct input_save *next_saved_file;	/* Chain of input_saves */
+    char *input_file_save;	/* Saved state of input routines */
+    char *saved_position;	/* Caller's saved position in buf */
+  };
+
+static struct input_save *input_scrub_push PARAMS ((char *saved_position));
+static char *input_scrub_pop PARAMS ((struct input_save *arg));
+static void as_1_char PARAMS ((unsigned int c, FILE * stream));
+
+/* Saved information about the file that .include'd this one.  When we hit EOF,
+   we automatically pop to that file. */
+
+static struct input_save *next_saved_file;
+
+/* Push the state of input reading and scrubbing so that we can #include.
+   The return value is a 'void *' (fudged for old compilers) to a save
+   area, which can be restored by passing it to input_scrub_pop(). */
+static struct input_save *
+input_scrub_push (saved_position)
+     char *saved_position;
+{
+  register struct input_save *saved;
+
+  saved = (struct input_save *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved);
+
+  saved->saved_position = saved_position;
+  saved->buffer_start = buffer_start;
+  saved->partial_where = partial_where;
+  saved->partial_size = partial_size;
+  saved->buffer_length = buffer_length;
+  saved->physical_input_file = physical_input_file;
+  saved->logical_input_file = logical_input_file;
+  saved->physical_input_line = physical_input_line;
+  saved->logical_input_line = logical_input_line;
+  saved->sb_index = sb_index;
+  saved->from_sb = from_sb;
+  memcpy (saved->save_source, save_source, sizeof (save_source));
+  saved->next_saved_file = next_saved_file;
+  saved->input_file_save = input_file_push ();
+
+  input_file_begin ();		/* Reinitialize! */
+  logical_input_line = -1;
+  logical_input_file = (char *) NULL;
+  buffer_length = input_file_buffer_size ();
+  sb_index = -1;
+
+  buffer_start = xmalloc ((BEFORE_SIZE + buffer_length + buffer_length + AFTER_SIZE));
+  memcpy (buffer_start, BEFORE_STRING, (int) BEFORE_SIZE);
+
+  return saved;
+}				/* input_scrub_push() */
+
+static char *
+input_scrub_pop (saved)
+     struct input_save *saved;
+{
+  char *saved_position;
+
+  input_scrub_end ();		/* Finish off old buffer */
+
+  input_file_pop (saved->input_file_save);
+  saved_position = saved->saved_position;
+  buffer_start = saved->buffer_start;
+  buffer_length = saved->buffer_length;
+  physical_input_file = saved->physical_input_file;
+  logical_input_file = saved->logical_input_file;
+  physical_input_line = saved->physical_input_line;
+  logical_input_line = saved->logical_input_line;
+  sb_index = saved->sb_index;
+  from_sb = saved->from_sb;
+  partial_where = saved->partial_where;
+  partial_size = saved->partial_size;
+  next_saved_file = saved->next_saved_file;
+  memcpy (save_source, saved->save_source, sizeof (save_source));
+
+  free (saved);
+  return saved_position;
+}
+
+
+void
+input_scrub_begin ()
+{
+  know (strlen (BEFORE_STRING) == BEFORE_SIZE);
+  know (strlen (AFTER_STRING) == AFTER_SIZE || (AFTER_STRING[0] == '\0' && AFTER_SIZE == 1));
+
+  input_file_begin ();
+
+  buffer_length = input_file_buffer_size ();
+
+  buffer_start = xmalloc ((BEFORE_SIZE + buffer_length + buffer_length + AFTER_SIZE));
+  memcpy (buffer_start, BEFORE_STRING, (int) BEFORE_SIZE);
+
+  /* Line number things. */
+  logical_input_line = -1;
+  logical_input_file = (char *) NULL;
+  physical_input_file = NULL;	/* No file read yet. */
+  next_saved_file = NULL;	/* At EOF, don't pop to any other file */
+  do_scrub_begin (flag_m68k_mri);
+}
+
+void
+input_scrub_end ()
+{
+  if (buffer_start)
+    {
+      free (buffer_start);
+      buffer_start = 0;
+      input_file_end ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Start reading input from a new file. */
+
+char *				/* Return start of caller's part of buffer. */
+input_scrub_new_file (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  input_file_open (filename, !flag_no_comments);
+  physical_input_file = filename[0] ? filename : "{standard input}";
+  physical_input_line = 0;
+
+  partial_size = 0;
+  return (buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE);
+}
+
+
+/* Include a file from the current file.  Save our state, cause it to
+   be restored on EOF, and begin handling a new file.  Same result as
+   input_scrub_new_file. */
+
+char *
+input_scrub_include_file (filename, position)
+     char *filename;
+     char *position;
+{
+  next_saved_file = input_scrub_push (position);
+  return input_scrub_new_file (filename);
+}
+
+/* Start getting input from an sb structure.  This is used when
+   expanding a macro.  */
+
+void
+input_scrub_include_sb (from, position)
+     sb *from;
+     char *position;
+{
+  if (macro_nest > max_macro_nest)
+    as_fatal ("macros nested too deeply");
+  ++macro_nest;
+
+  next_saved_file = input_scrub_push (position);
+
+  sb_new (&from_sb);
+  /* Add the sentinel required by read.c.  */
+  sb_add_char (&from_sb, '\n');
+  sb_add_sb (&from_sb, from);
+  sb_index = 1;
+
+  /* These variables are reset by input_scrub_push.  Restore them
+     since we are, after all, still at the same point in the file.  */
+  logical_input_line = next_saved_file->logical_input_line;
+  logical_input_file = next_saved_file->logical_input_file;
+}
+
+void
+input_scrub_close ()
+{
+  input_file_close ();
+}
+
+char *
+input_scrub_next_buffer (bufp)
+     char **bufp;
+{
+  register char *limit;		/*->just after last char of buffer. */
+
+  if (sb_index >= 0)
+    {
+      if (sb_index >= from_sb.len)
+	{
+	  sb_kill (&from_sb);
+	  cond_finish_check (macro_nest);
+	  --macro_nest;
+	  partial_where = NULL;
+	  if (next_saved_file != NULL)
+	    *bufp = input_scrub_pop (next_saved_file);
+	  return partial_where;
+	}
+
+      partial_where = from_sb.ptr + from_sb.len;
+      partial_size = 0;
+      *bufp = from_sb.ptr + sb_index;
+      sb_index = from_sb.len;
+      return partial_where;
+    }
+
+  *bufp = buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE;
+
+  if (partial_size)
+    {
+      memcpy (buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE, partial_where,
+	      (unsigned int) partial_size);
+      memcpy (buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE, save_source, AFTER_SIZE);
+    }
+  limit = input_file_give_next_buffer (buffer_start
+				       + BEFORE_SIZE
+				       + partial_size);
+  if (limit)
+    {
+      register char *p;		/* Find last newline. */
+
+      for (p = limit - 1; *p != '\n'; --p)
+	;
+      ++p;
+
+      while (p <= buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE)
+	{
+	  int limoff;
+
+	  limoff = limit - buffer_start;
+	  buffer_length += input_file_buffer_size ();
+	  buffer_start = xrealloc (buffer_start,
+				   (BEFORE_SIZE
+				    + 2 * buffer_length
+				    + AFTER_SIZE));
+	  *bufp = buffer_start + BEFORE_SIZE;
+	  limit = input_file_give_next_buffer (buffer_start + limoff);
+
+	  if (limit == NULL)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("partial line at end of file ignored");
+	      partial_where = NULL;
+	      if (next_saved_file)
+		*bufp = input_scrub_pop (next_saved_file);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  for (p = limit - 1; *p != '\n'; --p)
+	    ;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      partial_where = p;
+      partial_size = limit - p;
+      memcpy (save_source, partial_where, (int) AFTER_SIZE);
+      memcpy (partial_where, AFTER_STRING, (int) AFTER_SIZE);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      partial_where = 0;
+      if (partial_size > 0)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Partial line at end of file ignored");
+	}
+      /* If we should pop to another file at EOF, do it. */
+      if (next_saved_file)
+	{
+	  *bufp = input_scrub_pop (next_saved_file);	/* Pop state */
+	  /* partial_where is now correct to return, since we popped it. */
+	}
+    }
+  return (partial_where);
+}				/* input_scrub_next_buffer() */
+
+/*
+ * The remaining part of this file deals with line numbers, error
+ * messages and so on.
+ */
+
+
+int
+seen_at_least_1_file ()		/* TRUE if we opened any file. */
+{
+  return (physical_input_file != NULL);
+}
+
+void
+bump_line_counters ()
+{
+  if (sb_index < 0)
+    {
+      ++physical_input_line;
+      if (logical_input_line >= 0)
+	++logical_input_line;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *			new_logical_line()
+ *
+ * Tells us what the new logical line number and file are.
+ * If the line_number is -1, we don't change the current logical line
+ * number.  If it is -2, we decrement the logical line number (this is
+ * to support the .appfile pseudo-op inserted into the stream by
+ * do_scrub_chars).
+ * If the fname is NULL, we don't change the current logical file name.
+ */
+void 
+new_logical_line (fname, line_number)
+     char *fname;		/* DON'T destroy it! We point to it! */
+     int line_number;
+{
+  if (fname)
+    {
+      logical_input_file = fname;
+    }				/* if we have a file name */
+
+  if (line_number >= 0)
+    logical_input_line = line_number;
+  else if (line_number == -2 && logical_input_line > 0)
+    --logical_input_line;
+}				/* new_logical_line() */
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ w h e r e ()
+ *
+ * Return the current file name and line number.
+ * namep should be char * const *, but there are compilers which screw
+ * up declarations like that, and it's easier to avoid it.
+ */
+void 
+as_where (namep, linep)
+     char **namep;
+     unsigned int *linep;
+{
+  if (logical_input_file != NULL
+      && (linep == NULL || logical_input_line >= 0))
+    {
+      *namep = logical_input_file;
+      if (linep != NULL)
+	*linep = logical_input_line;
+    }
+  else if (physical_input_file != NULL)
+    {
+      *namep = physical_input_file;
+      if (linep != NULL)
+	*linep = physical_input_line;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      *namep = 0;
+      if (linep != NULL)
+	*linep = 0;
+    }
+}				/* as_where() */
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ h o w m u c h ()
+ *
+ * Output to given stream how much of line we have scanned so far.
+ * Assumes we have scanned up to and including input_line_pointer.
+ * No free '\n' at end of line.
+ */
+void
+as_howmuch (stream)
+     FILE *stream;		/* Opened for write please. */
+{
+  register char *p;		/* Scan input line. */
+  /* register char c; JF unused */
+
+  for (p = input_line_pointer - 1; *p != '\n'; --p)
+    {
+    }
+  ++p;				/* p->1st char of line. */
+  for (; p <= input_line_pointer; p++)
+    {
+      /* Assume ASCII. EBCDIC & other micro-computer char sets ignored. */
+      as_1_char ((unsigned char) *p, stream);
+    }
+}
+
+static void 
+as_1_char (c, stream)
+     unsigned int c;
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  if (c > 127)
+    {
+      (void) putc ('%', stream);
+      c -= 128;
+    }
+  if (c < 32)
+    {
+      (void) putc ('^', stream);
+      c += '@';
+    }
+  (void) putc (c, stream);
+}
+
+/* end of input_scrub.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-lex.l b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-lex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1703eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-lex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* itbl-lex.l
+   Copyright (C) 1997  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+%{
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "itbl-parse.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define DBG(x) printf x
+#define MDBG(x) printf x
+#else
+#define DBG(x)
+#define MDBG(x)
+#endif
+
+int insntbl_line = 1;
+%}
+
+ALNUM	[A-Za-z0-9_]
+DIGIT	[0-9]
+ALPHA	[A-Za-z_]
+HEX	[0-9A-Fa-f]
+
+%%
+
+"creg"|"CREG" {
+    return CREG;
+  }
+"dreg"|"DREG" {
+    return DREG;
+  }
+"greg"|"GREG" {
+    return GREG;
+  }
+"immed"|"IMMED" {
+    return IMMED;
+  }
+"addr"|"ADDR" {
+    return ADDR;
+  }
+"insn"|"INSN" {
+    return INSN;
+  }
+"p"{DIGIT} {
+    yytext[yyleng] = 0;
+    yylval.processor = strtoul (yytext+1, 0, 0);
+    return PNUM;
+  }
+{DIGIT}+ {
+    yytext[yyleng] = 0;
+    yylval.num = strtoul (yytext, 0, 0);
+    return NUM;
+  }
+"0x"{HEX}+ {
+    yytext[yyleng] = 0;
+    yylval.num = strtoul (yytext, 0, 0);
+    return NUM;
+  }
+{ALPHA}{ALNUM}*	{
+    yytext[yyleng] = 0;
+    yylval.str = strdup (yytext);
+    return ID;
+  }
+";"|"#"	{
+    int c;
+    while ((c = input ()) !=  EOF) 
+      {
+        if (c ==  '\n') 
+    	{
+    		unput (c);
+    		break;
+    	}
+      }
+  }
+"\n"	{ 
+    insntbl_line++; 
+    MDBG (("in lex, NL = %d (x%x)\n", NL, NL));
+    return NL; 
+  }
+" "|"\t" { 
+  }
+. {
+    MDBG (("char = %x, %d\n", yytext[0], yytext[0]));
+    return yytext[0];
+  }
+%%
+
+int 
+yywrap () 
+  { 
+    return 1; 
+  }
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58fc3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.c
@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+/* itbl-ops.c
+   Copyright (C) 1997  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*======================================================================*/
+/*
+ * Herein lies the support for dynamic specification of processor
+ * instructions and registers.  Mnemonics, values, and formats for each
+ * instruction and register are specified in an ascii file consisting of
+ * table entries.  The grammar for the table is defined in the document
+ * "Processor instruction table specification".
+ *
+ * Instructions use the gnu assembler syntax, with the addition of
+ * allowing mnemonics for register.
+ * Eg. "func $2,reg3,0x100,symbol ; comment"
+ * 	func - opcode name
+ * 	$n - register n
+ * 	reg3 - mnemonic for processor's register defined in table
+ * 	0xddd..d - immediate value
+ * 	symbol - address of label or external symbol
+ *
+ * First, itbl_parse reads in the table of register and instruction
+ * names and formats, and builds a list of entries for each
+ * processor/type combination.  lex and yacc are used to parse
+ * the entries in the table and call functions defined here to
+ * add each entry to our list.
+ *
+ * Then, when assembling or disassembling, these functions are called to
+ * 1) get information on a processor's registers and
+ * 2) assemble/disassemble an instruction.
+ * To assemble(disassemble) an instruction, the function
+ * itbl_assemble(itbl_disassemble) is called to search the list of
+ * instruction entries, and if a match is found, uses the format
+ * described in the instruction entry structure to complete the action.
+ *
+ * Eg. Suppose we have a Mips coprocessor "cop3" with data register "d2"
+ * and we want to define function "pig" which takes two operands.
+ *
+ * Given the table entries:
+ * 	"p3 insn pig 0x1:24-21 dreg:20-16 immed:15-0"
+ * 	"p3 dreg d2 0x2"
+ * and that the instruction encoding for coprocessor pz has encoding:
+ * 	#define MIPS_ENCODE_COP_NUM(z) ((0x21|(z<<1))<<25)
+ * 	#define ITBL_ENCODE_PNUM(pnum) MIPS_ENCODE_COP_NUM(pnum)
+ *
+ * a structure to describe the instruction might look something like:
+ *      struct itbl_entry = {
+ *      e_processor processor = e_p3
+ *      e_type type = e_insn
+ *      char *name = "pig"
+ *      uint value = 0x1
+ *      uint flags = 0
+ *      struct itbl_range range = 24-21
+ *      struct itbl_field *field = {
+ *              e_type type = e_dreg
+ *              struct itbl_range range = 20-16
+ *              struct itbl_field *next = {
+ *                      e_type type = e_immed
+ *                      struct itbl_range range = 15-0
+ *                      struct itbl_field *next = 0
+ *                      };
+ *              };
+ *      struct itbl_entry *next = 0
+ *      };
+ *
+ * And the assembler instructions:
+ * 	"pig d2,0x100"
+ * 	"pig $2,0x100"
+ *
+ * would both assemble to the hex value:
+ * 	"0x4e220100"
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "itbl-ops.h"
+#include "itbl-parse.h"
+
+/* #define DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <assert.h>
+#define ASSERT(x) assert(x)
+#define DBG(x) printf x
+#else
+#define ASSERT(x)
+#define DBG(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef min
+#define min(a,b) (a<b?a:b)
+#endif
+
+int itbl_have_entries = 0;
+
+/*======================================================================*/
+/* structures for keeping itbl format entries */
+
+struct itbl_range
+  {
+    int sbit;			/* mask starting bit position */
+    int ebit;			/* mask ending bit position */
+  };
+
+struct itbl_field
+  {
+    e_type type;		/* dreg/creg/greg/immed/symb */
+    struct itbl_range range;	/* field's bitfield range within instruction */
+    unsigned long flags;	/* field flags */
+    struct itbl_field *next;	/* next field in list */
+  };
+
+
+/* These structures define the instructions and registers for a processor.
+ * If the type is an instruction, the structure defines the format of an
+ * instruction where the fields are the list of operands.
+ * The flags field below uses the same values as those defined in the
+ * gnu assembler and are machine specific. */
+struct itbl_entry
+  {
+    e_processor processor;	/* processor number */
+    e_type type;		/* dreg/creg/greg/insn */
+    char *name;			/* mnemionic name for insn/register */
+    unsigned long value;	/* opcode/instruction mask/register number */
+    unsigned long flags;	/* effects of the instruction */
+    struct itbl_range range;	/* bit range within instruction for value */
+    struct itbl_field *fields;	/* list of operand definitions (if any) */
+    struct itbl_entry *next;	/* next entry */
+  };
+
+
+/* local data and structures */
+
+static int itbl_num_opcodes = 0;
+/* Array of entries for each processor and entry type */
+static struct itbl_entry *entries[e_nprocs][e_ntypes] =
+{
+  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/* local prototypes */
+static unsigned long build_opcode PARAMS ((struct itbl_entry *e));
+static e_type get_type PARAMS ((int yytype));
+static e_processor get_processor PARAMS ((int yyproc));
+static struct itbl_entry **get_entries PARAMS ((e_processor processor, 
+						e_type type));
+static struct itbl_entry *find_entry_byname PARAMS ((e_processor processor, 
+					e_type type, char *name));
+static struct itbl_entry *find_entry_byval PARAMS ((e_processor processor, 
+			e_type type, unsigned long val, struct itbl_range *r));
+static struct itbl_entry *alloc_entry PARAMS ((e_processor processor, 
+		e_type type, char *name, unsigned long value));
+static unsigned long apply_range PARAMS ((unsigned long value, 
+						struct itbl_range r));
+static unsigned long extract_range PARAMS ((unsigned long value, 
+						struct itbl_range r));
+static struct itbl_field *alloc_field PARAMS ((e_type type, int sbit, 
+					int ebit, unsigned long flags));
+
+
+/*======================================================================*/
+/* Interfaces to the parser */
+
+
+/* Open the table and use lex and yacc to parse the entries.
+ * Return 1 for failure; 0 for success.  */
+
+int 
+itbl_parse (char *insntbl)
+{
+  extern FILE *yyin;
+  extern int yyparse (void);
+  yyin = fopen (insntbl, "r");
+  if (yyin == 0)
+    {
+      printf ("Can't open processor instruction specification file \"%s\"\n",
+	      insntbl);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      while (yyparse ());
+    }
+  fclose (yyin);
+  itbl_have_entries = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Add a register entry */
+
+struct itbl_entry *
+itbl_add_reg (int yyprocessor, int yytype, char *regname,
+	      int regnum)
+{
+#if 0				
+#include "as.h"
+#include "symbols.h"
+  /* Since register names don't have a prefix, we put them in the symbol table so
+     they can't be used as symbols.  This also simplifies argument parsing as
+     we can let gas parse registers for us.  The recorded register number is
+     regnum.  */
+  /* Use symbol_create here instead of symbol_new so we don't try to
+     output registers into the object file's symbol table.  */
+  symbol_table_insert (symbol_create (regname, reg_section,
+				      regnum, &zero_address_frag));
+#endif
+  return alloc_entry (get_processor (yyprocessor), get_type (yytype), regname,
+		      (unsigned long) regnum);
+}
+
+/* Add an instruction entry */
+
+struct itbl_entry *
+itbl_add_insn (int yyprocessor, char *name, unsigned long value,
+	       int sbit, int ebit, unsigned long flags)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *e;
+  e = alloc_entry (get_processor (yyprocessor), e_insn, name, value);
+  if (e)
+    {
+      e->range.sbit = sbit;
+      e->range.ebit = ebit;
+      e->flags = flags;
+      itbl_num_opcodes++;
+    }
+  return e;
+}
+
+/* Add an operand to an instruction entry */
+
+struct itbl_field *
+itbl_add_operand (struct itbl_entry *e, int yytype, int sbit,
+		  int ebit, unsigned long flags)
+{
+  struct itbl_field *f, **last_f;
+  if (!e)
+    return 0;
+  /* Add to end of fields' list. */
+  f = alloc_field (get_type (yytype), sbit, ebit, flags);
+  if (f)
+    {
+      last_f = &e->fields;
+      while (*last_f)
+	last_f = &(*last_f)->next;
+      *last_f = f;
+      f->next = 0;
+    }
+  return f;
+}
+
+
+/*======================================================================*/
+/* Interfaces for assembler and disassembler */
+
+#ifndef STAND_ALONE
+#include "as.h"
+#include "symbols.h"
+static void append_insns_as_macros (void);
+
+/* initialize for gas */
+void 
+itbl_init (void)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *e, **es;
+  e_processor procn;
+  e_type type;
+
+  if (!itbl_have_entries)
+	return;
+
+  /* Since register names don't have a prefix, put them in the symbol table so
+     they can't be used as symbols.  This simplifies argument parsing as
+     we can let gas parse registers for us. */
+  /* Use symbol_create instead of symbol_new so we don't try to
+     output registers into the object file's symbol table.  */
+
+  for (type = e_regtype0; type < e_nregtypes; type++)
+    for (procn = e_p0; procn < e_nprocs; procn++)
+      {
+	es = get_entries (procn, type);
+	for (e = *es; e; e = e->next)
+	  {
+	    symbol_table_insert (symbol_create (e->name, reg_section,
+					     e->value, &zero_address_frag));
+	  }
+      }
+  append_insns_as_macros ();
+}
+
+
+/* Append insns to opcodes table and increase number of opcodes 
+ * Structure of opcodes table: 
+ * struct itbl_opcode
+ * {
+ *   const char *name;
+ *   const char *args; 		- string describing the arguments.  
+ *   unsigned long match; 	- opcode, or ISA level if pinfo=INSN_MACRO 
+ *   unsigned long mask; 	- opcode mask, or macro id if pinfo=INSN_MACRO 
+ *   unsigned long pinfo; 	- insn flags, or INSN_MACRO 
+ * };
+ * examples:
+ *	{"li",      "t,i",  0x34000000, 0xffe00000, WR_t    },
+ *	{"li",      "t,I",  0,    (int) M_LI,   INSN_MACRO  },
+ */
+
+static char *form_args (struct itbl_entry *e);
+static void 
+append_insns_as_macros (void)
+{
+  struct ITBL_OPCODE_STRUCT *new_opcodes, *o;
+  struct itbl_entry *e, **es;
+  int n, id, size, new_size, new_num_opcodes;
+
+  if (!itbl_have_entries)
+	return;
+
+  if (!itbl_num_opcodes)	/* no new instructions to add! */
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  DBG (("previous num_opcodes=%d\n", ITBL_NUM_OPCODES));
+
+  new_num_opcodes = ITBL_NUM_OPCODES + itbl_num_opcodes;
+  ASSERT (new_num_opcodes >= itbl_num_opcodes);
+
+  size = sizeof (struct ITBL_OPCODE_STRUCT) * ITBL_NUM_OPCODES;
+  ASSERT (size >= 0);
+  DBG (("I get=%d\n", size / sizeof (ITBL_OPCODES[0])));
+
+  new_size = sizeof (struct ITBL_OPCODE_STRUCT) * new_num_opcodes;
+  ASSERT (new_size > size);
+
+  /* FIXME since ITBL_OPCODES culd be a static table,
+		we can't realloc or delete the old memory. */
+  new_opcodes = (struct ITBL_OPCODE_STRUCT *) malloc (new_size);
+  if (!new_opcodes)
+    {
+      printf ("Unable to allocate memory for new instructions\n");
+      return;
+    }
+  if (size)			/* copy prexisting opcodes table */
+    memcpy (new_opcodes, ITBL_OPCODES, size);
+
+  /* FIXME! some NUMOPCODES are calculated expressions.
+		These need to be changed before itbls can be supported. */
+
+  id = ITBL_NUM_MACROS;		/* begin the next macro id after the last */
+  o = &new_opcodes[ITBL_NUM_OPCODES];	/* append macro to opcodes list */
+  for (n = e_p0; n < e_nprocs; n++)
+    {
+      es = get_entries (n, e_insn);
+      for (e = *es; e; e = e->next)
+	{
+	  /* name,    args,   mask,       match,  pinfo
+		 * {"li",      "t,i",  0x34000000, 0xffe00000, WR_t    },
+		 * {"li",      "t,I",  0,    (int) M_LI,   INSN_MACRO  },
+		 * Construct args from itbl_fields.
+		*/
+	  o->name = e->name;
+	  o->args = strdup (form_args (e));
+	  o->mask = apply_range (e->value, e->range);
+	  /* FIXME how to catch durring assembly? */
+	  /* mask to identify this insn */
+	  o->match = apply_range (e->value, e->range);
+	  o->pinfo = 0;
+
+#ifdef USE_MACROS
+	  o->mask = id++;	/* FIXME how to catch durring assembly? */
+	  o->match = 0;		/* for macros, the insn_isa number */
+	  o->pinfo = INSN_MACRO;
+#endif
+
+	  /* Don't add instructions which caused an error */
+	  if (o->args)
+	    o++;
+	  else
+	    new_num_opcodes--;
+	}
+    }
+  ITBL_OPCODES = new_opcodes;
+  ITBL_NUM_OPCODES = new_num_opcodes;
+
+  /* FIXME
+		At this point, we can free the entries, as they should have
+		been added to the assembler's tables.
+		Don't free name though, since name is being used by the new
+		opcodes table.
+
+		Eventually, we should also free the new opcodes table itself 
+		on exit.
+	*/
+}
+
+static char *
+form_args (struct itbl_entry *e)
+{
+  static char s[31];
+  char c = 0, *p = s;
+  struct itbl_field *f;
+
+  ASSERT (e);
+  for (f = e->fields; f; f = f->next)
+    {
+      switch (f->type)
+	{
+	case e_dreg:
+	  c = 'd';
+	  break;
+	case e_creg:
+	  c = 't';
+	  break;
+	case e_greg:
+	  c = 's';
+	  break;
+	case e_immed:
+	  c = 'i';
+	  break;
+	case e_addr:
+	  c = 'a';
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  c = 0;		/* ignore; unknown field type */
+	}
+      if (c)
+	{
+	  if (p != s)
+	    *p++ = ',';
+	  *p++ = c;
+	}
+    }
+  *p = 0;
+  return s;
+}
+#endif /* !STAND_ALONE */
+
+
+/* Get processor's register name from val */
+
+unsigned long 
+itbl_get_reg_val (char *name)
+{
+  e_type t;
+  e_processor p;
+  int r = 0;
+  for (p = e_p0; p < e_nprocs; p++)
+    for (t = e_regtype0; t < e_nregtypes; t++)
+      {
+	if (r = itbl_get_val (p, t, name), r)
+	  return r;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+itbl_get_name (e_processor processor, e_type type, unsigned long val)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *r;
+  /* type depends on instruction passed */
+  r = find_entry_byval (processor, type, val, 0);
+  if (r)
+    return r->name;
+  else
+    return 0;			/* error; invalid operand */
+}
+
+/* Get processor's register value from name */
+
+unsigned long 
+itbl_get_val (e_processor processor, e_type type, char *name)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *r;
+  /* type depends on instruction passed */
+  r = find_entry_byname (processor, type, name);
+  if (r)
+    return r->value;
+  else
+    return 0;			/* error; invalid operand */
+}
+
+
+/* Assemble instruction "name" with operands "s".
+ * name - name of instruction
+ * s - operands
+ * returns - long word for assembled instruction */
+
+unsigned long 
+itbl_assemble (char *name, char *s)
+{
+  unsigned long opcode;
+  struct itbl_entry *e;
+  struct itbl_field *f;
+  char *n;
+  int processor;
+
+  if (!name || !*name)
+    return 0;			/* error!  must have a opcode name/expr */
+
+  /* find entry in list of instructions for all processors */
+  for (processor = 0; processor < e_nprocs; processor++)
+    {
+      e = find_entry_byname (processor, e_insn, name);
+      if (e)
+	break;
+    }
+  if (!e)
+    return 0;			/* opcode not in table; invalid instrustion */
+  opcode = build_opcode (e);
+
+  /* parse opcode's args (if any) */
+  for (f = e->fields; f; f = f->next)	/* for each arg, ... */
+    {
+      struct itbl_entry *r;
+      unsigned long value;
+      if (!s || !*s)
+	return 0;		/* error - not enough operands */
+      n = itbl_get_field (&s);
+      /* n should be in form $n or 0xhhh (are symbol names valid?? */
+      switch (f->type)
+	{
+	case e_dreg:
+	case e_creg:
+	case e_greg:
+	  /* Accept either a string name
+			 * or '$' followed by the register number */
+	  if (*n == '$')
+	    {
+	      n++;
+	      value = strtol (n, 0, 10);
+	      /* FIXME! could have "0l"... then what?? */
+	      if (value == 0 && *n != '0')
+		return 0;	/* error; invalid operand */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      r = find_entry_byname (e->processor, f->type, n);
+	      if (r)
+		value = r->value;
+	      else
+		return 0;	/* error; invalid operand */
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case e_addr:
+	  /* use assembler's symbol table to find symbol */
+	  /* FIXME!! Do we need this?
+				if so, what about relocs??
+				my_getExpression (&imm_expr, s);
+				return 0;	/-* error; invalid operand *-/
+				break;
+			*/
+	  /* If not a symbol, fall thru to IMMED */
+	case e_immed:
+	  if (*n == '0' && *(n + 1) == 'x')	/* hex begins 0x... */
+	    {
+	      n += 2;
+	      value = strtol (n, 0, 16);
+	      /* FIXME! could have "0xl"... then what?? */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      value = strtol (n, 0, 10);
+	      /* FIXME! could have "0l"... then what?? */
+	      if (value == 0 && *n != '0')
+		return 0;	/* error; invalid operand */
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return 0;		/* error; invalid field spec */
+	}
+      opcode |= apply_range (value, f->range);
+    }
+  if (s && *s)
+    return 0;			/* error - too many operands */
+  return opcode;		/* done! */
+}
+
+/* Disassemble instruction "insn".
+ * insn - instruction
+ * s - buffer to hold disassembled instruction
+ * returns - 1 if succeeded; 0 if failed
+ */
+
+int 
+itbl_disassemble (char *s, unsigned long insn)
+{
+  e_processor processor;
+  struct itbl_entry *e;
+  struct itbl_field *f;
+
+  if (!ITBL_IS_INSN (insn))
+    return 0;			/* error*/
+  processor = get_processor (ITBL_DECODE_PNUM (insn));
+
+  /* find entry in list */
+  e = find_entry_byval (processor, e_insn, insn, 0);
+  if (!e)
+    return 0;			/* opcode not in table; invalid instrustion */
+  strcpy (s, e->name);
+
+  /* parse insn's args (if any) */
+  for (f = e->fields; f; f = f->next)	/* for each arg, ... */
+    {
+      struct itbl_entry *r;
+      unsigned long value;
+
+      if (f == e->fields)	/* first operand is preceeded by tab */
+	strcat (s, "\t");
+      else			/* ','s separate following operands */
+	strcat (s, ",");
+      value = extract_range (insn, f->range);
+      /* n should be in form $n or 0xhhh (are symbol names valid?? */
+      switch (f->type)
+	{
+	case e_dreg:
+	case e_creg:
+	case e_greg:
+	  /* Accept either a string name
+			 * or '$' followed by the register number */
+	  r = find_entry_byval (e->processor, f->type, value, &f->range);
+	  if (r)
+	    strcat (s, r->name);
+	  else
+	    sprintf (s, "%s$%d", s, value);
+	  break;
+	case e_addr:
+	  /* use assembler's symbol table to find symbol */
+	  /* FIXME!! Do we need this?
+			 *   if so, what about relocs??
+			*/
+	  /* If not a symbol, fall thru to IMMED */
+	case e_immed:
+	  sprintf (s, "%s0x%x", s, value);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return 0;		/* error; invalid field spec */
+	}
+    }
+  return 1;			/* done! */
+}
+
+/*======================================================================*/
+/*
+ * Local functions for manipulating private structures containing
+ * the names and format for the new instructions and registers
+ * for each processor.
+ */
+
+/* Calculate instruction's opcode and function values from entry */
+
+static unsigned long 
+build_opcode (struct itbl_entry *e)
+{
+  unsigned long opcode;
+
+  opcode = apply_range (e->value, e->range);
+  opcode |= ITBL_ENCODE_PNUM (e->processor);
+  return opcode;
+}
+
+/* Calculate absolute value given the relative value and bit position range
+ * within the instruction.
+ * The range is inclusive where 0 is least significant bit.
+ * A range of { 24, 20 } will have a mask of
+ * bit   3           2            1
+ * pos: 1098 7654 3210 9876 5432 1098 7654 3210
+ * bin: 0000 0001 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ * hex:    0    1    f    0    0    0    0    0
+ * mask: 0x01f00000.
+ */
+
+static unsigned long 
+apply_range (unsigned long rval, struct itbl_range r)
+{
+  unsigned long mask;
+  unsigned long aval;
+  int len = MAX_BITPOS - r.sbit;
+
+  ASSERT (r.sbit >= r.ebit);
+  ASSERT (MAX_BITPOS >= r.sbit);
+  ASSERT (r.ebit >= 0);
+
+  /* create mask by truncating 1s by shifting */
+  mask = 0xffffffff << len;
+  mask = mask >> len;
+  mask = mask >> r.ebit;
+  mask = mask << r.ebit;
+
+  aval = (rval << r.ebit) & mask;
+  return aval;
+}
+
+/* Calculate relative value given the absolute value and bit position range
+ * within the instruction.  */
+
+static unsigned long 
+extract_range (unsigned long aval, struct itbl_range r)
+{
+  unsigned long mask;
+  unsigned long rval;
+  int len = MAX_BITPOS - r.sbit;
+
+  /* create mask by truncating 1s by shifting */
+  mask = 0xffffffff << len;
+  mask = mask >> len;
+  mask = mask >> r.ebit;
+  mask = mask << r.ebit;
+
+  rval = (aval & mask) >> r.ebit;
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Extract processor's assembly instruction field name from s;
+ * forms are "n args" "n,args" or "n" */
+/* Return next argument from string pointer "s" and advance s.
+ * delimiters are " ,\0" */
+
+char *
+itbl_get_field (char **S)
+{
+  static char n[128];
+  char *p, *ps, *s;
+  int len;
+
+  s = *S;
+  if (!s || !*s)
+    return 0;
+  p = s + strlen (s);
+  if (ps = strchr (s, ','), ps)
+    p = ps;
+  if (ps = strchr (s, ' '), ps)
+    p = min (p, ps);
+  if (ps = strchr (s, '\0'), ps)
+    p = min (p, ps);
+  if (p == 0)
+    return 0;			/* error! */
+  len = p - s;
+  ASSERT (128 > len + 1);
+  strncpy (n, s, len);
+  n[len] = 0;
+  if (s[len] == '\0')
+    s = 0;			/* no more args */
+  else
+    s += len + 1;		/* advance to next arg */
+
+  *S = s;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/* Search entries for a given processor and type
+ * to find one matching the name "n".
+ * Return a pointer to the entry */
+
+static struct itbl_entry *
+find_entry_byname (e_processor processor,
+		   e_type type, char *n)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *e, **es;
+
+  es = get_entries (processor, type);
+  for (e = *es; e; e = e->next)	/* for each entry, ... */
+    {
+      if (!strcmp (e->name, n))
+	return e;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Search entries for a given processor and type
+ * to find one matching the value "val" for the range "r".
+ * Return a pointer to the entry.
+ * This function is used for disassembling fields of an instruction.
+ */
+
+static struct itbl_entry *
+find_entry_byval (e_processor processor, e_type type,
+		  unsigned long val, struct itbl_range *r)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *e, **es;
+  unsigned long eval;
+
+  es = get_entries (processor, type);
+  for (e = *es; e; e = e->next)	/* for each entry, ... */
+    {
+      if (processor != e->processor)
+	continue;
+      /* For insns, we might not know the range of the opcode,
+	 * so a range of 0 will allow this routine to match against
+	 * the range of the entry to be compared with.
+	 * This could cause ambiguities.
+	 * For operands, we get an extracted value and a range.
+	 */
+      /* if range is 0, mask val against the range of the compared entry. */
+      if (r == 0)		/* if no range passed, must be whole 32-bits
+			 * so create 32-bit value from entry's range */
+	{
+	  eval = apply_range (e->value, e->range);
+	  val &= apply_range (0xffffffff, e->range);
+	}
+      else if (r->sbit == e->range.sbit && r->ebit == e->range.ebit
+	       || e->range.sbit == 0 && e->range.ebit == 0)
+	{
+	  eval = apply_range (e->value, *r);
+	  val = apply_range (val, *r);
+	}
+      else
+	continue;
+      if (val == eval)
+	return e;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the list of entries for a given processor and type. */
+
+static struct itbl_entry **
+get_entries (e_processor processor, e_type type)
+{
+  return &entries[processor][type];
+}
+
+/* Return an integral value for the processor passed from yyparse. */
+
+static e_processor 
+get_processor (int yyproc)
+{
+  /* translate from yacc's processor to enum */
+  if (yyproc >= e_p0 && yyproc < e_nprocs)
+    return (e_processor) yyproc;
+  return e_invproc;		/* error; invalid processor */
+}
+
+/* Return an integral value for the entry type passed from yyparse. */
+
+static e_type 
+get_type (int yytype)
+{
+  switch (yytype)
+    {
+      /* translate from yacc's type to enum */
+    case INSN:
+      return e_insn;
+    case DREG:
+      return e_dreg;
+    case CREG:
+      return e_creg;
+    case GREG:
+      return e_greg;
+    case ADDR:
+      return e_addr;
+    case IMMED:
+      return e_immed;
+    default:
+      return e_invtype;		/* error; invalid type */
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Allocate and initialize an entry */
+
+static struct itbl_entry *
+alloc_entry (e_processor processor, e_type type,
+	     char *name, unsigned long value)
+{
+  struct itbl_entry *e, **es;
+  if (!name)
+    return 0;
+  e = (struct itbl_entry *) malloc (sizeof (struct itbl_entry));
+  if (e)
+    {
+      memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct itbl_entry));
+      e->name = (char *) malloc (sizeof (strlen (name)) + 1);
+      if (e->name)
+	strcpy (e->name, name);
+      e->processor = processor;
+      e->type = type;
+      e->value = value;
+      es = get_entries (e->processor, e->type);
+      e->next = *es;
+      *es = e;
+    }
+  return e;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and initialize an entry's field */
+
+static struct itbl_field *
+alloc_field (e_type type, int sbit, int ebit,
+	     unsigned long flags)
+{
+  struct itbl_field *f;
+  f = (struct itbl_field *) malloc (sizeof (struct itbl_field));
+  if (f)
+    {
+      memset (f, 0, sizeof (struct itbl_field));
+      f->type = type;
+      f->range.sbit = sbit;
+      f->range.ebit = ebit;
+      f->flags = flags;
+    }
+  return f;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2946eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-ops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* itbl-ops.h
+   Copyright (C) 1997  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* External functions, constants and defines for itbl support */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* Include file notes: "expr.h" needed before targ-*.h,
+ * "targ-env.h" includes the chain of target dependant headers,
+ * "targ-cpu.h" has the HAVE_ITBL_CPU define, and
+ * as.h includes them all */
+#include "as.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ITBL_CPU
+#include "itbl-cpu.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Defaults for definitions required by generic code */
+#ifndef ITBL_NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS
+#define ITBL_NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ITBL_MAX_BITPOS
+#define ITBL_MAX_BITPOS 31
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ITBL_TYPE
+#define ITBL_TYPE unsigned long
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ITBL_IS_INSN
+#define ITBL_IS_INSN(insn) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ITBL_DECODE_PNUM
+#define ITBL_DECODE_PNUM(insn) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ITBL_ENCODE_PNUM
+#define ITBL_ENCODE_PNUM(pnum) 0
+#endif
+
+typedef ITBL_TYPE t_insn;
+
+/* types of entries */
+typedef enum
+  {
+    e_insn,
+    e_dreg,
+    e_regtype0 = e_dreg,
+    e_creg,
+    e_greg,
+    e_addr,
+    e_nregtypes = e_greg + 1,
+    e_immed,
+    e_ntypes,
+    e_invtype			/* invalid type */
+  } e_type;
+
+typedef enum
+  {
+    e_p0,
+    e_nprocs = NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS,
+    e_invproc			/* invalid processor */
+  } e_processor;
+
+/* 0 means an instruction table was not specified. */
+extern int itbl_have_entries;
+
+/* These routines are visible to the main part of the assembler */
+
+int itbl_parse PARAMS ((char *insntbl));
+void itbl_init PARAMS ((void));
+char *itbl_get_field PARAMS ((char **s));
+unsigned long itbl_assemble PARAMS ((char *name, char *operands));
+int itbl_disassemble PARAMS ((char *str, unsigned long insn));
+int itbl_parse PARAMS ((char *tbl));	/* parses insn tbl */
+unsigned long itbl_get_reg_val PARAMS ((char *name));
+unsigned long itbl_get_val PARAMS ((e_processor processor, e_type type,
+				    char *name));
+char *itbl_get_name PARAMS ((e_processor processor, e_type type,
+			     unsigned long val));
+
+/* These routines are called by the table parser used to build the
+   dynamic list of new processor instructions and registers. */
+
+struct itbl_entry *itbl_add_reg PARAMS ((int yyproc, int yytype,
+					 char *regname, int regnum));
+struct itbl_entry *itbl_add_insn PARAMS ((int yyproc, char *name,
+	     unsigned long value, int sbit, int ebit, unsigned long flags));
+struct itbl_field *itbl_add_operand PARAMS ((struct itbl_entry * e, int yytype,
+				  int sbit, int ebit, unsigned long flags));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-parse.y b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-parse.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7966ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/itbl-parse.y
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+/* itbl-parse.y
+   Copyright (C) 1997  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+%{
+
+/* 
+
+Yacc grammar for instruction table entries.
+
+=======================================================================
+Original Instruction table specification document:
+
+	    MIPS Coprocessor Table Specification
+	    ====================================
+
+This document describes the format of the MIPS coprocessor table.  The
+table specifies a list of valid functions, data registers and control
+registers that can be used in coprocessor instructions.  This list,
+together with the coprocessor instruction classes listed below,
+specifies the complete list of coprocessor instructions that will
+be recognized and assembled by the GNU assembler.  In effect,
+this makes the GNU assembler table-driven, where the table is
+specified by the programmer.
+
+The table is an ordinary text file that the GNU assembler reads when
+it starts.  Using the information in the table, the assembler
+generates an internal list of valid coprocessor registers and
+functions.  The assembler uses this internal list in addition to the
+standard MIPS registers and instructions which are built-in to the 
+assembler during code generation.
+
+To specify the coprocessor table when invoking the GNU assembler, use
+the command line option "--itbl file", where file is the
+complete name of the table, including path and extension.
+
+Examples:
+
+	    gas -t cop.tbl test.s -o test.o
+	    gas -t /usr/local/lib/cop.tbl test.s -o test.o
+	    gas --itbl d:\gnu\data\cop.tbl test.s -o test.o
+
+Only one table may be supplied during a single invocation of
+the assembler.
+
+
+Instruction classes
+===================
+
+Below is a list of the valid coprocessor instruction classes for
+any given coprocessor "z".  These instructions are already recognized
+by the assembler, and are listed here only for reference.
+
+Class   format	    	    	      instructions
+-------------------------------------------------
+Class1:
+	op base rt offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    LWCz rt,offset (base)
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    SWCz rt,offset (base)
+Class2:
+	COPz sub rt rd 0
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    MTCz rt,rd
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    MFCz rt,rd
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    CTCz rt,rd
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    CFCz rt,rd
+Class3:
+	COPz CO cofun
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    COPz cofun
+Class4:
+	COPz BC br offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    BCzT offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    BCzF offset
+Class5:
+	COPz sub rt rd 0
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    DMFCz rt,rd
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    DMTCz rt,rd
+Class6:
+	op base rt offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    LDCz rt,offset (base)
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    SDCz rt,offset (base)
+Class7:
+	COPz BC br offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    BCzTL offset
+	    	    	    	    	    	    	    BCzFL offset
+
+The coprocessor table defines coprocessor-specific registers that can
+be used with all of the above classes of instructions, where
+appropriate.  It also defines additional coprocessor-specific
+functions for Class3 (COPz cofun) instructions, Thus, the table allows
+the programmer to use convenient mnemonics and operands for these
+functions, instead of the COPz mmenmonic and cofun operand.
+
+The names of the MIPS general registers and their aliases are defined
+by the assembler and will be recognized as valid register names by the
+assembler when used (where allowed) in coprocessor instructions.
+However, the names and values of all coprocessor data and control
+register mnemonics must be specified in the coprocessor table.
+
+
+Table Grammar
+=============
+
+Here is the grammar for the coprocessor table:
+
+	    table -> entry*
+
+	    entry -> [z entrydef] [comment] '\n'
+
+	    entrydef -> type name val
+	    entrydef -> 'insn' name val funcdef ; type of entry (instruction)
+
+	    z -> 'p'['0'..'3']	    	     ; processor number 
+	    type -> ['dreg' | 'creg' | 'greg' ]	     ; type of entry (register)
+	; 'dreg', 'creg' or 'greg' specifies a data, control, or general
+	;	    register mnemonic, respectively
+	    name -> [ltr|dec]*	    	     ; mnemonic of register/function
+	    val -> [dec|hex]	    	     ; register/function number (integer constant)
+
+	    funcdef -> frange flags fields
+	    	    	    	; bitfield range for opcode
+	    	    	    	; list of fields' formats
+	    fields -> field*
+	    field -> [','] ftype frange flags
+	    flags -> ['*' flagexpr]
+	    flagexpr -> '[' flagexpr ']'
+	    flagexpr -> val '|' flagexpr 
+	    ftype -> [ type | 'immed' | 'addr' ]
+	; 'immed' specifies an immediate value; see grammar for "val" above
+	    	; 'addr' specifies a C identifier; name of symbol to be resolved at 
+	;	    link time
+	    frange -> ':' val '-' val	; starting to ending bit positions, where
+	    	    	    	; where 0 is least significant bit
+	    frange -> (null)	    	; default range of 31-0 will be assumed
+
+	    comment -> [';'|'#'] [char]*
+	    char -> any printable character
+	    ltr -> ['a'..'z'|'A'..'Z'] 
+	    dec -> ['0'..'9']*	    	    	    	    	     ; value in decimal
+	    hex -> '0x'['0'..'9' | 'a'..'f' | 'A'..'F']*	; value in hexidecimal 
+
+
+Examples
+========
+
+Example 1:
+
+The table:
+
+	    p1 dreg d1 1	     ; data register "d1" for COP1 has value 1
+	    p1 creg c3 3	     ; ctrl register "c3" for COP1 has value 3
+	    p3 func fill 0x1f:24-20	      ; function "fill" for COP3 has value 31 and 
+	    	    	; no fields
+
+will allow the assembler to accept the following coprocessor instructions:
+
+	    LWC1 d1,0x100 ($2)
+	    fill
+
+Here, the general purpose register "$2", and instruction "LWC1", are standard 
+mnemonics built-in to the MIPS assembler.  
+
+
+Example 2:
+
+The table:
+
+	    p3 dreg d3 3	     ; data register "d3" for COP3 has value 3
+	    p3 creg c2 22	     ; control register "c2" for COP3 has value 22
+	    p3 func fee 0x1f:24-20 dreg:17-13 creg:12-8 immed:7-0 
+	    	; function "fee" for COP3 has value 31, and 3 fields 
+	    	; consisting of a data register, a control register, 
+	    	; and an immediate value.
+
+will allow the assembler to accept the following coprocessor instruction:
+
+	    fee d3,c2,0x1
+
+and will emit the object code:
+
+	    31-26  25 24-20 19-18  17-13 12-8  7-0
+	    COPz   CO fun	    	      dreg  creg  immed
+	    010011 1  11111 00	     00011 10110 00000001 
+
+	    0x4ff07601
+
+
+Example 3:
+
+The table:
+
+	    p3 dreg d3 3	     ; data register "d3" for COP3 has value 3
+	    p3 creg c2 22	     ; control register "c2" for COP3 has value 22
+	    p3 func fuu 0x01f00001 dreg:17-13 creg:12-8
+
+will allow the assembler to accept the following coprocessor
+instruction:
+
+	    fuu d3,c2
+
+and will emit the object code:
+
+	    31-26  25 24-20 19-18  17-13 12-8  7-0
+	    COPz   CO fun	    	      dreg  creg  
+	    010011 1  11111 00	     00011 10110 00000001 
+
+	    0x4ff07601
+
+In this way, the programmer can force arbitrary bits of an instruction
+to have predefined values.
+
+=======================================================================
+Additional notes:
+
+Encoding of ranges:
+To handle more than one bit position range within an instruction,
+use 0s to mask out the ranges which don't apply.
+May decide to modify the syntax to allow commas separate multiple 
+ranges within an instruction (range','range).
+
+Changes in grammar:
+	The number of parms argument to the function entry
+was deleted from the original format such that we now count the fields.
+
+----
+FIXME! should really change lexical analyzer 
+to recognize 'dreg' etc. in context sensative way.
+Currently function names or mnemonics may be incorrectly parsed as keywords
+
+FIXME! hex is ambiguous with any digit
+
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "itbl-ops.h"
+
+/* #define DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifndef DBG_LVL
+#define DBG_LVL 1
+#endif
+#else
+#define DBG_LVL 0
+#endif
+
+#if DBG_LVL >= 1
+#define DBG(x) printf x
+#else
+#define DBG(x) 
+#endif
+
+#if DBG_LVL >= 2
+#define DBGL2(x) printf x
+#else
+#define DBGL2(x) 
+#endif
+
+static int sbit, ebit;
+static struct itbl_entry *insn=0;
+extern int insntbl_line;
+int yyparse PARAMS ((void));
+int yylex PARAMS ((void));
+static int yyerror PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+%}
+
+%union 
+  {
+    char *str;
+    int num;
+    int processor;
+    unsigned long val;
+  }
+
+%token	    DREG CREG GREG IMMED ADDR INSN NUM ID NL PNUM
+%type	    <val> value flags flagexpr
+%type	    <num> number NUM ftype regtype pnum PNUM
+%type	    <str> ID name
+
+%start insntbl
+
+%%
+
+insntbl:
+	entrys
+	;
+
+entrys:
+	entry entrys
+	|
+	;
+
+entry:
+	pnum regtype name value NL
+	  {
+	    DBG (("line %d: entry pnum=%d type=%d name=%s value=x%x\n", 
+	    	    insntbl_line, $1, $2, $3, $4));
+	    itbl_add_reg ($1, $2, $3, $4);
+	  }
+	| pnum INSN name value range flags
+	  {
+	    DBG (("line %d: entry pnum=%d type=INSN name=%s value=x%x",
+	    	    insntbl_line, $1, $3, $4));
+	    DBG ((" sbit=%d ebit=%d flags=0x%x\n", sbit, ebit, $6));
+	    insn=itbl_add_insn ($1, $3, $4, sbit, ebit, $6);
+	  }
+	fieldspecs NL
+	| NL
+	| error NL
+	;
+
+fieldspecs:
+	',' fieldspec fieldspecs
+	| fieldspec fieldspecs
+	|
+	;
+
+ftype:
+	regtype 
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("ftype\n"));
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	| ADDR 
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("addr\n"));
+	    $$ = ADDR;
+	  }
+	| IMMED
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("immed\n"));
+	    $$ = IMMED;
+	  }
+	;
+
+fieldspec:
+	ftype range flags
+	  {
+	    DBG (("line %d: field type=%d sbit=%d ebit=%d, flags=0x%x\n", 
+	    	    insntbl_line, $1, sbit, ebit, $3));
+	    itbl_add_operand (insn, $1, sbit, ebit, $3);
+	  }
+	;
+
+flagexpr:
+	NUM '|' flagexpr
+	  {
+	    $$ = $1 | $3;
+	  }
+	| '[' flagexpr ']'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	| NUM
+	  {
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+flags:
+	'*' flagexpr
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("flags=%d\n", $2));
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	| 
+	  {
+	    $$ = 0;
+	  }
+	;
+
+range:
+	':' NUM '-' NUM
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("range %d %d\n", $2, $4));
+	    sbit = $2;
+	    ebit = $4;
+	  }
+	|
+	  {
+	    sbit = 31;
+	    ebit = 0;
+	  }
+	;
+	    
+pnum:
+	PNUM
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("pnum=%d\n",$1));
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+regtype:
+	     DREG
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("dreg\n"));
+	    $$ = DREG;
+	  }
+	| CREG
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("creg\n"));
+	    $$ = CREG;
+	  }
+	| GREG
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("greg\n"));
+	    $$ = GREG;
+	  }
+	;
+
+name:
+	ID
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("name=%s\n",$1));
+	    $$ = $1; 
+	  }
+	;
+
+number:
+	NUM
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("num=%d\n",$1));
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+value:
+	NUM
+	  {
+	    DBGL2 (("val=x%x\n",$1));
+	    $$ = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+%%
+
+static int
+yyerror (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  printf ("line %d: %s\n", insntbl_line, msg);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/link.cmd b/contrib/binutils/gas/link.cmd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a035ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/link.cmd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+ALIGN=1024
+RESNUM 0x0000, 0x8000
+; Putting in .lit1 gives errors.
+ORDER .data=0x80002000, .data1, .lit, .bss
+; Let's put this on the command line so it goes first, which is what
+; GDB expects.
+; LOAD /s2/amd/29k/lib/crt0.o
+LOAD /s2/amd/29k/lib/libqcb0h.lib
+LOAD /s2/amd/29k/lib/libscb0h.lib
+LOAD /s2/amd/29k/lib/libacb0h.lib
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0c2295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1241 @@
+/* listing.c - mainting assembly listings
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/*
+ Contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+ 		sac@cygnus.com
+
+
+ A listing page looks like:
+
+ LISTING_HEADER  sourcefilename pagenumber
+ TITLE LINE
+ SUBTITLE LINE
+ linenumber address data  source
+ linenumber address data  source
+ linenumber address data  source
+ linenumber address data  source
+
+ If not overridden, the listing commands are:
+
+ .title  "stuff"
+ 	Put "stuff" onto the title line
+ .sbttl  "stuff"
+        Put stuff onto the subtitle line
+
+  If these commands come within 10 lines of the top of the page, they
+  will affect the page they are on, as well as any subsequent page
+
+ .eject
+ 	Thow a page
+ .list
+ 	Increment the enable listing counter
+ .nolist
+ 	Decrement the enable listing counter
+
+ .psize Y[,X]
+ 	Set the paper size to X wide and Y high. Setting a psize Y of
+	zero will suppress form feeds except where demanded by .eject
+
+ If the counter goes below zero, listing is suppressed.
+
+
+ Listings are a maintained by read calling various listing_<foo>
+ functions.  What happens most is that the macro NO_LISTING is not
+ defined (from the Makefile), then the macro LISTING_NEWLINE expands
+ into a call to listing_newline.  The call is done from read.c, every
+ time it sees a newline, and -l is on the command line.
+
+ The function listing_newline remembers the frag associated with the
+ newline, and creates a new frag - note that this is wasteful, but not
+ a big deal, since listing slows things down a lot anyway.  The
+ function also rememebers when the filename changes.
+
+ When all the input has finished, and gas has had a chance to settle
+ down, the listing is output. This is done by running down the list of
+ frag/source file records, and opening the files as needed and printing
+ out the bytes and chars associated with them.
+
+ The only things which the architecture can change about the listing
+ are defined in these macros:
+
+ LISTING_HEADER		The name of the architecture
+ LISTING_WORD_SIZE      The make of the number of bytes in a word, this determines
+ 			the clumping of the output data. eg a value of
+			2 makes words look like 1234 5678, whilst 1
+			would make the same value look like 12 34 56
+			78
+ LISTING_LHS_WIDTH      Number of words of above size for the lhs
+
+ LISTING_LHS_WIDTH_SECOND   Number of words for the data on the lhs
+ 			for the second line
+
+ LISTING_LHS_CONT_LINES	Max number of lines to use up for a continutation
+ LISTING_RHS_WIDTH      Number of chars from the input file to print
+                        on a line
+*/
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include <obstack.h>
+#include "input-file.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+#ifndef LISTING_HEADER
+#define LISTING_HEADER "GAS LISTING"
+#endif
+#ifndef LISTING_WORD_SIZE
+#define LISTING_WORD_SIZE 4
+#endif
+#ifndef LISTING_LHS_WIDTH
+#define LISTING_LHS_WIDTH 1
+#endif
+#ifndef LISTING_LHS_WIDTH_SECOND
+#define LISTING_LHS_WIDTH_SECOND 1
+#endif
+#ifndef LISTING_RHS_WIDTH
+#define LISTING_RHS_WIDTH 100
+#endif
+#ifndef LISTING_LHS_CONT_LINES
+#define LISTING_LHS_CONT_LINES 4
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/* This structure remembers which .s were used */
+typedef struct file_info_struct
+{
+  char *filename;
+  int linenum;
+  FILE *file;
+  struct file_info_struct *next;
+  int at_end;
+}
+
+file_info_type;
+
+
+/* this structure rememebrs which line from which file goes into which
+   frag */
+typedef struct list_info_struct
+{
+  /* Frag which this line of source is nearest to */
+  fragS *frag;
+  /* The actual line in the source file */
+  unsigned int line;
+  /* Pointer to the file info struct for the file which this line
+     belongs to */
+  file_info_type *file;
+
+  /* Next in list */
+  struct list_info_struct *next;
+
+
+  /* Pointer to the file info struct for the high level language
+     source line that belongs here */
+  file_info_type *hll_file;
+
+  /* High level language source line */
+  int hll_line;
+
+
+  /* Pointer to any error message associated with this line */
+  char *message;
+
+  enum
+    {
+      EDICT_NONE,
+      EDICT_SBTTL,
+      EDICT_TITLE,
+      EDICT_NOLIST,
+      EDICT_LIST,
+      EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT,
+      EDICT_EJECT
+    } edict;
+  char *edict_arg;
+
+}
+
+list_info_type;
+
+
+static struct list_info_struct *head;
+struct list_info_struct *listing_tail;
+extern int listing;
+
+static int paper_width = 200;
+static int paper_height = 60;
+
+/* File to output listings to.  */
+static FILE *list_file;
+
+/* this static array is used to keep the text of data to be printed
+   before the start of the line.
+    It is stored so we can give a bit more info on the next line.  To much, and large
+   initialized arrays will use up lots of paper.
+ */
+
+static char data_buffer[100];
+static unsigned int data_buffer_size;
+
+
+/* Prototypes.  */
+static void listing_message PARAMS ((const char *name, const char *message));
+static file_info_type *file_info PARAMS ((const char *file_name));
+static void new_frag PARAMS ((void));
+static char *buffer_line PARAMS ((file_info_type *file,
+				  char *line, unsigned int size));
+static void listing_page PARAMS ((list_info_type *list));
+static unsigned int calc_hex PARAMS ((list_info_type *list));
+static void print_lines PARAMS ((list_info_type *, unsigned int,
+				 char *, unsigned int));
+static void list_symbol_table PARAMS ((void));
+static void print_source PARAMS ((file_info_type *current_file,
+				  list_info_type *list,
+				  char *buffer,
+				  unsigned int width));
+static int debugging_pseudo PARAMS ((char *line));
+static void listing_listing PARAMS ((char *name));
+
+
+static void
+listing_message (name, message)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *message;
+{
+  unsigned int l = strlen (name) + strlen (message) + 1;
+  char *n = (char *) xmalloc (l);
+  strcpy (n, name);
+  strcat (n, message);
+  if (listing_tail != (list_info_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      listing_tail->message = n;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+listing_warning (message)
+     const char *message;
+{
+  listing_message ("Warning:", message);
+}
+
+void
+listing_error (message)
+     const char *message;
+{
+  listing_message ("Error:", message);
+}
+
+
+
+
+static file_info_type *file_info_head;
+
+static file_info_type *
+file_info (file_name)
+     const char *file_name;
+{
+  /* Find an entry with this file name */
+  file_info_type *p = file_info_head;
+
+  while (p != (file_info_type *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (p->filename, file_name) == 0)
+	return p;
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+
+  /* Make new entry */
+
+  p = (file_info_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (file_info_type));
+  p->next = file_info_head;
+  file_info_head = p;
+  p->filename = xmalloc ((unsigned long) strlen (file_name) + 1);
+  strcpy (p->filename, file_name);
+  p->linenum = 0;
+  p->at_end = 0;
+
+  p->file = fopen (p->filename, "r");
+  if (p->file)
+    fgetc (p->file);
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+static void
+new_frag ()
+{
+
+  frag_wane (frag_now);
+  frag_new (0);
+
+}
+
+void
+listing_newline (ps)
+     char *ps;
+{
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+  static unsigned int last_line = 0xffff;
+  static char *last_file = NULL;
+  list_info_type *new;
+
+  if (listing == 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    return;
+
+  as_where (&file, &line);
+  if (line != last_line || (last_file && file && strcmp(file, last_file)))
+    {
+      last_line = line;
+      last_file = file;
+      new_frag ();
+
+      new = (list_info_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (list_info_type));
+      new->frag = frag_now;
+      new->line = line;
+      new->file = file_info (file);
+
+      if (listing_tail)
+	{
+	  listing_tail->next = new;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  head = new;
+	}
+      listing_tail = new;
+      new->next = (list_info_type *) NULL;
+      new->message = (char *) NULL;
+      new->edict = EDICT_NONE;
+      new->hll_file = (file_info_type *) NULL;
+      new->hll_line = 0;
+      new_frag ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Attach all current frags to the previous line instead of the
+   current line.  This is called by the MIPS backend when it discovers
+   that it needs to add some NOP instructions; the added NOP
+   instructions should go with the instruction that has the delay, not
+   with the new instruction.  */
+
+void
+listing_prev_line ()
+{
+  list_info_type *l;
+  fragS *f;
+
+  if (head == (list_info_type *) NULL
+      || head == listing_tail)
+    return;
+
+  new_frag ();
+
+  for (l = head; l->next != listing_tail; l = l->next)
+    ;
+
+  for (f = frchain_now->frch_root; f != (fragS *) NULL; f = f->fr_next)
+    if (f->line == listing_tail)
+      f->line = l;
+
+  listing_tail->frag = frag_now;
+  new_frag ();
+}
+
+/*
+ This function returns the next source line from the file supplied,
+ truncated to size.  It appends a fake line to the end of each input
+ file to make
+*/
+
+static char *
+buffer_line (file, line, size)
+     file_info_type * file;
+     char *line;
+     unsigned int size;
+{
+  unsigned int count = 0;
+  int c;
+
+  char *p = line;
+
+  /* If we couldn't open the file, return an empty line */
+  if (file->file == (FILE *) NULL || file->at_end)
+    {
+      return "";
+    }
+
+  if (file->linenum == 0)
+    rewind (file->file);
+
+  c = fgetc (file->file);
+
+  size -= 1;			/* leave room for null */
+
+  while (c != EOF && c != '\n')
+    {
+      if (count < size)
+	*p++ = c;
+      count++;
+
+      c = fgetc (file->file);
+
+    }
+  if (c == EOF)
+    {
+      file->at_end = 1;
+      *p++ = '.';
+      *p++ = '.';
+      *p++ = '.';
+    }
+  file->linenum++;
+  *p++ = 0;
+  return line;
+}
+
+
+static const char *fn;
+
+static unsigned int eject;	/* Eject pending */
+static unsigned int page;	/* Current page number */
+static char *title;		/* current title */
+static char *subtitle;		/* current subtitle */
+static unsigned int on_page;	/* number of lines printed on current page */
+
+
+static void
+listing_page (list)
+     list_info_type *list;
+{
+  /* Grope around, see if we can see a title or subtitle edict coming up
+     soon  (we look down 10 lines of the page and see if it's there)*/
+  if ((eject || (on_page >= paper_height)) && paper_height != 0)
+    {
+      unsigned int c = 10;
+      int had_title = 0;
+      int had_subtitle = 0;
+
+      page++;
+
+      while (c != 0 && list)
+	{
+	  if (list->edict == EDICT_SBTTL && !had_subtitle)
+	    {
+	      had_subtitle = 1;
+	      subtitle = list->edict_arg;
+	    }
+	  if (list->edict == EDICT_TITLE && !had_title)
+	    {
+	      had_title = 1;
+	      title = list->edict_arg;
+	    }
+	  list = list->next;
+	  c--;
+	}
+
+
+      if (page > 1)
+	{
+	  fprintf (list_file, "\f");
+	}
+
+      fprintf (list_file, "%s %s \t\t\tpage %d\n", LISTING_HEADER, fn, page);
+      fprintf (list_file, "%s\n", title);
+      fprintf (list_file, "%s\n", subtitle);
+      on_page = 3;
+      eject = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static unsigned int
+calc_hex (list)
+     list_info_type * list;
+{
+  list_info_type *first = list;
+  unsigned int address = (unsigned int) ~0;
+
+  fragS *frag;
+  fragS *frag_ptr;
+
+  unsigned int byte_in_frag;
+
+
+  /* Find first frag which says it belongs to this line */
+  frag = list->frag;
+  while (frag && frag->line != list)
+    frag = frag->fr_next;
+
+  frag_ptr = frag;
+
+  data_buffer_size = 0;
+
+  /* Dump all the frags which belong to this line */
+  while (frag_ptr != (fragS *) NULL && frag_ptr->line == first)
+    {
+      /* Print as many bytes from the fixed part as is sensible */
+      byte_in_frag = 0;
+      while (byte_in_frag < frag_ptr->fr_fix && data_buffer_size < sizeof (data_buffer) - 10)
+	{
+	  if (address == ~0)
+	    {
+	      address = frag_ptr->fr_address;
+	    }
+
+	  sprintf (data_buffer + data_buffer_size,
+		   "%02X",
+		   (frag_ptr->fr_literal[byte_in_frag]) & 0xff);
+	  data_buffer_size += 2;
+	  byte_in_frag++;
+	}
+      {
+	unsigned int var_rep_max = byte_in_frag;
+	unsigned int var_rep_idx = byte_in_frag;
+
+	/* Print as many bytes from the variable part as is sensible */
+	while ((byte_in_frag
+		< frag_ptr->fr_fix + frag_ptr->fr_var * frag_ptr->fr_offset)
+	       && data_buffer_size < sizeof (data_buffer) - 10)
+	  {
+	    if (address == ~0)
+	      {
+		address = frag_ptr->fr_address;
+	      }
+	    sprintf (data_buffer + data_buffer_size,
+		     "%02X",
+		     (frag_ptr->fr_literal[var_rep_idx]) & 0xff);
+#if 0
+	    data_buffer[data_buffer_size++] = '*';
+	    data_buffer[data_buffer_size++] = '*';
+#endif
+	    data_buffer_size += 2;
+
+	    var_rep_idx++;
+	    byte_in_frag++;
+
+	    if (var_rep_idx >= frag_ptr->fr_fix + frag_ptr->fr_var)
+	      var_rep_idx = var_rep_max;
+	  }
+      }
+
+      frag_ptr = frag_ptr->fr_next;
+    }
+  data_buffer[data_buffer_size++] = 0;
+  return address;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+static void
+print_lines (list, lineno, string, address)
+     list_info_type *list;
+     unsigned int lineno;
+     char *string;
+     unsigned int address;
+{
+  unsigned int idx;
+  unsigned int nchars;
+  unsigned int lines;
+  unsigned int byte_in_word = 0;
+  char *src = data_buffer;
+
+  /* Print the stuff on the first line */
+  listing_page (list);
+  nchars = (LISTING_WORD_SIZE * 2 + 1) * LISTING_LHS_WIDTH;
+  /* Print the hex for the first line */
+  if (address == ~0)
+    {
+      fprintf (list_file, "% 4d     ", lineno);
+      for (idx = 0; idx < nchars; idx++)
+	fprintf (list_file, " ");
+
+      fprintf (list_file, "\t%s\n", string ? string : "");
+      on_page++;
+      listing_page (0);
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (had_errors ())
+	{
+	  fprintf (list_file, "% 4d ???? ", lineno);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fprintf (list_file, "% 4d %04x ", lineno, address);
+	}
+
+      /* And the data to go along with it */
+      idx = 0;
+
+      while (*src && idx < nchars)
+	{
+	  fprintf (list_file, "%c%c", src[0], src[1]);
+	  src += 2;
+	  byte_in_word++;
+	  if (byte_in_word == LISTING_WORD_SIZE)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (list_file, " ");
+	      idx++;
+	      byte_in_word = 0;
+	    }
+	  idx += 2;
+	}
+
+      for (; idx < nchars; idx++)
+	fprintf (list_file, " ");
+
+      fprintf (list_file, "\t%s\n", string ? string : "");
+      on_page++;
+      listing_page (list);
+      if (list->message)
+	{
+	  fprintf (list_file, "****  %s\n", list->message);
+	  listing_page (list);
+	  on_page++;
+	}
+
+      for (lines = 0;
+	   lines < LISTING_LHS_CONT_LINES
+	   && *src;
+	   lines++)
+	{
+	  nchars = ((LISTING_WORD_SIZE * 2) + 1) * LISTING_LHS_WIDTH_SECOND - 1;
+	  idx = 0;
+	  /* Print any more lines of data, but more compactly */
+	  fprintf (list_file, "% 4d      ", lineno);
+
+	  while (*src && idx < nchars)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (list_file, "%c%c", src[0], src[1]);
+	      src += 2;
+	      idx += 2;
+	      byte_in_word++;
+	      if (byte_in_word == LISTING_WORD_SIZE)
+		{
+		  fprintf (list_file, " ");
+		  idx++;
+		  byte_in_word = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  fprintf (list_file, "\n");
+	  on_page++;
+	  listing_page (list);
+
+	}
+
+
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+list_symbol_table ()
+{
+  extern symbolS *symbol_rootP;
+  int got_some = 0;
+
+  symbolS *ptr;
+  eject = 1;
+  listing_page (0);
+
+  for (ptr = symbol_rootP; ptr != (symbolS *) NULL; ptr = symbol_next (ptr))
+    {
+      if (ptr->sy_frag->line)
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_NAME (ptr))
+	    {
+	      char buf[30], fmt[8];
+	      valueT val = S_GET_VALUE (ptr);
+
+	      /* @@ Note that this is dependent on the compilation options,
+		 not solely on the target characteristics.  */
+	      if (sizeof (val) == 4 && sizeof (int) == 4)
+		sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) val);
+	      else if (sizeof (val) <= sizeof (unsigned long))
+		{
+		  sprintf (fmt, "%%0%lulx",
+			   (unsigned long) (sizeof (val) * 2));
+		  sprintf (buf, fmt, (unsigned long) val);
+		}
+#if defined (BFD64)
+	      else if (sizeof (val) > 4)
+		sprintf_vma (buf, val);
+#endif
+	      else
+		abort ();
+
+	      if (!got_some)
+		{
+		  fprintf (list_file, "DEFINED SYMBOLS\n");
+		  on_page++;
+		  got_some = 1;
+		}
+
+	      fprintf (list_file, "%20s:%-5d  %s:%s %s\n",
+		       ptr->sy_frag->line->file->filename,
+		       ptr->sy_frag->line->line,
+		       segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (ptr)),
+		       buf, S_GET_NAME (ptr));
+
+	      on_page++;
+	      listing_page (0);
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+  if (!got_some)
+    {
+      fprintf (list_file, "NO DEFINED SYMBOLS\n");
+      on_page++;
+    }
+  fprintf (list_file, "\n");
+  on_page++;
+  listing_page (0);
+
+  got_some = 0;
+
+  for (ptr = symbol_rootP; ptr != (symbolS *) NULL; ptr = symbol_next (ptr))
+    {
+      if (S_GET_NAME (ptr) && strlen (S_GET_NAME (ptr)) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (ptr->sy_frag->line == 0
+#ifdef S_IS_REGISTER
+	      && !S_IS_REGISTER (ptr)
+#endif
+	      && S_GET_SEGMENT (ptr) != reg_section)
+	    {
+	      if (!got_some)
+		{
+		  got_some = 1;
+		  fprintf (list_file, "UNDEFINED SYMBOLS\n");
+		  on_page++;
+		  listing_page (0);
+		}
+	      fprintf (list_file, "%s\n", S_GET_NAME (ptr));
+	      on_page++;
+	      listing_page (0);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (!got_some)
+    {
+      fprintf (list_file, "NO UNDEFINED SYMBOLS\n");
+      on_page++;
+      listing_page (0);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_source (current_file, list, buffer, width)
+     file_info_type *current_file;
+     list_info_type *list;
+     char *buffer;
+     unsigned int width;
+{
+  if (current_file->file)
+    {
+      while (current_file->linenum < list->hll_line
+	     && !current_file->at_end)
+	{
+	  char *p = buffer_line (current_file, buffer, width);
+	  fprintf (list_file, "%4d:%-13s **** %s\n", current_file->linenum,
+		   current_file->filename, p);
+	  on_page++;
+	  listing_page (list);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Sometimes the user doesn't want to be bothered by the debugging
+   records inserted by the compiler, see if the line is suspicious */
+
+static int
+debugging_pseudo (line)
+     char *line;
+{
+  while (isspace (*line))
+    line++;
+
+  if (*line != '.')
+    return 0;
+
+  line++;
+
+  if (strncmp (line, "def", 3) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "val", 3) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "scl", 3) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "line", 4) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "endef", 5) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "ln", 2) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "type", 4) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "size", 4) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "dim", 3) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "tag", 3) == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  if (strncmp (line, "stabs", 5) == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (strncmp (line, "stabn", 5) == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+
+}
+
+static void
+listing_listing (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  list_info_type *list = head;
+  file_info_type *current_hll_file = (file_info_type *) NULL;
+  char *message;
+  char *buffer;
+  char *p;
+  int show_listing = 1;
+  unsigned int width;
+
+  buffer = xmalloc (LISTING_RHS_WIDTH);
+  eject = 1;
+  list = head;
+
+  while (list != (list_info_type *) NULL && 0)
+    {
+      if (list->next)
+	list->frag = list->next->frag;
+      list = list->next;
+
+    }
+
+  list = head->next;
+
+
+  while (list)
+    {
+      width = LISTING_RHS_WIDTH > paper_width ? paper_width :
+	LISTING_RHS_WIDTH;
+
+      switch (list->edict)
+	{
+	case EDICT_LIST:
+	  show_listing++;
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_NOLIST:
+	  show_listing--;
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT:
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_EJECT:
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_NONE:
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_TITLE:
+	  title = list->edict_arg;
+	  break;
+	case EDICT_SBTTL:
+	  subtitle = list->edict_arg;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+
+      if (show_listing > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Scan down the list and print all the stuff which can be done
+	     with this line (or lines).  */
+	  message = 0;
+
+	  if (list->hll_file)
+	    {
+	      current_hll_file = list->hll_file;
+	    }
+
+	  if (current_hll_file && list->hll_line && listing & LISTING_HLL)
+	    {
+	      print_source (current_hll_file, list, buffer, width);
+	    }
+
+	  while (list->file->file
+		 && list->file->linenum < list->line
+		 && !list->file->at_end)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int address;
+
+	      p = buffer_line (list->file, buffer, width);
+
+	      if (list->file->linenum < list->line)
+		address = ~ (unsigned int) 0;
+	      else
+		address = calc_hex (list);
+
+	      if (!((listing & LISTING_NODEBUG) && debugging_pseudo (p)))
+		print_lines (list, list->file->linenum, p, address);
+	    }
+
+	  if (list->edict == EDICT_EJECT)
+	    {
+	      eject = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  while (list->file->file
+		 && list->file->linenum < list->line
+		 && !list->file->at_end)
+	    p = buffer_line (list->file, buffer, width);
+	}
+
+      if (list->edict == EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT)
+	--show_listing;
+
+      list = list->next;
+    }
+  free (buffer);
+}
+
+void
+listing_print (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  int using_stdout;
+  file_info_type *fi;
+
+  title = "";
+  subtitle = "";
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      list_file = stdout;
+      using_stdout = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      list_file = fopen (name, "w");
+      if (list_file != NULL)
+	using_stdout = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  as_perror ("can't open list file: %s", name);
+	  list_file = stdout;
+	  using_stdout = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (listing & LISTING_NOFORM)
+    {
+      paper_height = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (listing & LISTING_LISTING)
+    {
+      listing_listing (name);
+    }
+
+  if (listing & LISTING_SYMBOLS)
+    {
+      list_symbol_table ();
+    }
+
+  if (! using_stdout)
+    {
+      if (fclose (list_file) == EOF)
+	as_perror ("error closing list file: %s", name);
+    }
+
+  for (fi = file_info_head; fi != NULL; fi = fi->next)
+    {
+      if (fi->file != NULL)
+	{
+	  fclose (fi->file);
+	  fi->file = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+listing_file (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  fn = name;
+}
+
+void
+listing_eject (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (listing)
+    listing_tail->edict = EDICT_EJECT;
+}
+
+void
+listing_flags (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  while ((*input_line_pointer++) && (*input_line_pointer != '\n'))
+    input_line_pointer++;
+
+}
+
+/* Turn listing on or off.  An argument of 0 means to turn off
+   listing.  An argument of 1 means to turn on listing.  An argument
+   of 2 means to turn off listing, but as of the next line; that is,
+   the current line should be listed, but the next line should not.  */
+
+void
+listing_list (on)
+     int on;
+{
+  if (listing)
+    {
+      switch (on)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  if (listing_tail->edict == EDICT_LIST)
+	    listing_tail->edict = EDICT_NONE;
+	  else
+	    listing_tail->edict = EDICT_NOLIST;
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	  if (listing_tail->edict == EDICT_NOLIST
+	      || listing_tail->edict == EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT)
+	    listing_tail->edict = EDICT_NONE;
+	  else
+	    listing_tail->edict = EDICT_LIST;
+	  break;
+	case 2:
+	  listing_tail->edict = EDICT_NOLIST_NEXT;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+listing_psize (width_only)
+     int width_only;
+{
+  if (! width_only)
+    {
+      paper_height = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+      if (paper_height < 0 || paper_height > 1000)
+	{
+	  paper_height = 0;
+	  as_warn ("strange paper height, set to no form");
+	}
+
+      if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+	{
+	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+
+  paper_width = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+listing_nopage (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  paper_height = 0;
+}
+
+void
+listing_title (depth)
+     int depth;
+{
+  int quoted;
+  char *start;
+  char *ttl;
+  unsigned int length;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != '\"')
+    quoted = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      quoted = 1;
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+
+  start = input_line_pointer;
+
+  while (*input_line_pointer)
+    {
+      if (quoted
+	  ? *input_line_pointer == '\"'
+	  : is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	{
+	  if (listing)
+	    {
+	      length = input_line_pointer - start;
+	      ttl = xmalloc (length + 1);
+	      memcpy (ttl, start, length);
+	      ttl[length] = 0;
+	      listing_tail->edict = depth ? EDICT_SBTTL : EDICT_TITLE;
+	      listing_tail->edict_arg = ttl;
+	    }
+	  if (quoted)
+	    input_line_pointer++;
+	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	{
+	  as_bad ("New line in title");
+	  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+void
+listing_source_line (line)
+     unsigned int line;
+{
+  if (listing)
+    {
+      new_frag ();
+      listing_tail->hll_line = line;
+      new_frag ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+listing_source_file (file)
+     const char *file;
+{
+  if (listing)
+    listing_tail->hll_file = file_info (file);
+}
+
+
+
+#else
+
+
+/* Dummy functions for when compiled without listing enabled */
+
+void
+listing_flags (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void 
+listing_list (on)
+     int on;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void 
+listing_eject (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void 
+listing_psize (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void
+listing_nopage (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void 
+listing_title (depth)
+     int depth;
+{
+  s_ignore (0);
+}
+
+void
+listing_file (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+
+}
+
+void 
+listing_newline (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+
+}
+
+void 
+listing_source_line (n)
+     unsigned int n;
+{
+
+}
+void 
+listing_source_file (n)
+     const char *n;
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e36b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/listing.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* This file is listing.h
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef __listing_h__
+#define __listing_h__
+
+#define LISTING_LISTING    1
+#define LISTING_SYMBOLS    2
+#define LISTING_NOFORM     4
+#define LISTING_HLL        8
+#define LISTING_NODEBUG   16
+#define LISTING_NOCOND	  32
+
+#define LISTING_DEFAULT    (LISTING_LISTING | LISTING_HLL |  LISTING_SYMBOLS)
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+#define LISTING_NEWLINE() { if (listing) listing_newline(input_line_pointer); }
+#else
+#define LISTING_NEWLINE() {;}
+#endif
+
+#define LISTING_SKIP_COND() ((listing & LISTING_NOCOND) != 0)
+
+void listing_eject PARAMS ((int));
+void listing_error PARAMS ((const char *message));
+void listing_file PARAMS ((const char *name));
+void listing_flags PARAMS ((int));
+void listing_list PARAMS ((int on));
+void listing_newline PARAMS ((char *ps));
+void listing_prev_line PARAMS ((void));
+void listing_print PARAMS ((char *name));
+void listing_psize PARAMS ((int));
+void listing_nopage PARAMS ((int));
+void listing_source_file PARAMS ((const char *));
+void listing_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int));
+void listing_title PARAMS ((int depth));
+void listing_warning PARAMS ((const char *message));
+void listing_width PARAMS ((unsigned int x));
+
+#endif /* __listing_h__ */
+
+/* end of listing.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/literal.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/literal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f8fc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/literal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* as.c - GAS literal pool management.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ken Raeburn (raeburn@cygnus.com).
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* This isn't quite a "constant" pool.  Some of the values may get
+   adjusted at run time, e.g., for symbolic relocations when shared
+   libraries are in use.  It's more of a "literal" pool.
+
+   On the Alpha, this should be used for .lita and .lit8.  (Is there
+   ever a .lit4?)  On the MIPS, it could be used for .lit4 as well.
+
+   The expressions passed here should contain either constants or symbols,
+   not a combination of both.  Typically, the constant pool is accessed
+   with some sort of GP register, so the size of the pool must be kept down
+   if possible.  The exception is section offsets -- if you're storing a
+   pointer to the start of .data, for example, and your machine provides
+   for 16-bit signed addends, you might want to store .data+32K, so that
+   you can access all of the first 64K of .data with the one pointer.
+
+   This isn't a requirement, just a guideline that can help keep .o file
+   size down.  */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && defined (NEED_LITERAL_POOL)
+
+valueT
+add_to_literal_pool (sym, addend, sec, size)
+     symbolS *sym;
+     valueT addend;
+     segT sec;
+     int size;
+{
+  segT current_section = now_seg;
+  int current_subsec = now_subseg;
+  valueT offset;
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc_type;
+  char *p;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  fixS *fixp;
+
+  offset = 0;
+  /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
+     size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
+  /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
+  if (seginfo->frchainP)
+    for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
+	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
+	 fixp = fixp->fx_next, offset += size)
+      {
+	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym && fixp->fx_offset == addend)
+	  return offset;
+      }
+
+  subseg_set (sec, 0);
+  p = frag_more (size);
+  memset (p, 0, size);
+
+  switch (size)
+    {
+    case 4:
+      reloc_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      reloc_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+  fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, size, sym, addend, 0,
+	   reloc_type);
+
+  subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
+  offset = seginfo->literal_pool_size;
+  seginfo->literal_pool_size += size;
+  return offset;
+}
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2f1ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1231 @@
+/* macro.c - macro support for gas and gasp
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve and Judy Chamberlain of Cygnus Support,
+      sac@cygnus.com
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "macro.h"
+
+/* The routines in this file handle macro definition and expansion.
+   They are called by both gasp and gas.  */
+
+/* Structures used to store macros. 
+
+   Each macro knows its name and included text.  It gets built with a
+   list of formal arguments, and also keeps a hash table which points
+   into the list to speed up formal search.  Each formal knows its
+   name and its default value.  Each time the macro is expanded, the
+   formals get the actual values attatched to them. */
+
+/* describe the formal arguments to a macro */
+
+typedef struct formal_struct
+  {
+    struct formal_struct *next;	/* next formal in list */
+    sb name;			/* name of the formal */
+    sb def;			/* the default value */
+    sb actual;			/* the actual argument (changed on each expansion) */
+    int index;			/* the index of the formal 0..formal_count-1 */
+  }
+formal_entry;
+
+/* Other values found in the index field of a formal_entry.  */
+#define QUAL_INDEX (-1)
+#define NARG_INDEX (-2)
+#define LOCAL_INDEX (-3)
+
+/* describe the macro. */
+
+typedef struct macro_struct
+  {
+    sb sub;			/* substitution text. */
+    int formal_count;		/* number of formal args. */
+    formal_entry *formals;	/* pointer to list of formal_structs */
+    struct hash_control *formal_hash; /* hash table of formals. */
+  }
+macro_entry;
+
+/* Internal functions.  */
+
+static int get_token PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static int getstring PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *));
+static int get_any_string PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *, int, int));
+static int do_formals PARAMS ((macro_entry *, int, sb *));
+static int get_apost_token PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *, int));
+static int sub_actual
+  PARAMS ((int, sb *, sb *, struct hash_control *, int, sb *, int));
+static const char *macro_expand_body
+  PARAMS ((sb *, sb *, formal_entry *, struct hash_control *, int, int));
+static const char *macro_expand PARAMS ((int, sb *, macro_entry *, sb *, int));
+
+#define ISWHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t')
+
+#define ISSEP(x) \
+ ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == ',' || (x) == '"' || (x) == ';' \
+  || (x) == '<' || (x) == '>' || (x) == ')' || (x) == '(')
+
+#define ISBASE(x) \
+  ((x) == 'b' || (x) == 'B' \
+   || (x) == 'q' || (x) == 'Q' \
+   || (x) == 'h' || (x) == 'H' \
+   || (x) == 'd' || (x) == 'D')
+
+/* The macro hash table.  */
+
+static struct hash_control *macro_hash;
+
+/* Whether any macros have been defined.  */
+
+int macro_defined;
+
+/* Whether we are in GASP alternate mode.  */
+
+static int macro_alternate;
+
+/* Whether we are in MRI mode.  */
+
+static int macro_mri;
+
+/* Whether we should strip '@' characters.  */
+
+static int macro_strip_at;
+
+/* Function to use to parse an expression.  */
+
+static int (*macro_expr) PARAMS ((const char *, int, sb *, int *));
+
+/* Number of macro expansions that have been done.  */
+
+static int macro_number;
+
+/* Initialize macro processing.  */
+
+void
+macro_init (alternate, mri, strip_at, expr)
+     int alternate;
+     int mri;
+     int strip_at;
+     int (*expr) PARAMS ((const char *, int, sb *, int *));
+{
+  macro_hash = hash_new ();
+  macro_defined = 0;
+  macro_alternate = alternate;
+  macro_mri = mri;
+  macro_strip_at = strip_at;
+  macro_expr = expr;
+}
+
+/* Read input lines till we get to a TO string.
+   Increase nesting depth if we get a FROM string.
+   Put the results into sb at PTR.
+   Add a new input line to an sb using GET_LINE.
+   Return 1 on success, 0 on unexpected EOF.  */
+
+int
+buffer_and_nest (from, to, ptr, get_line)
+     const char *from;
+     const char *to;
+     sb *ptr;
+     int (*get_line) PARAMS ((sb *));
+{
+  int from_len = strlen (from);
+  int to_len = strlen (to);
+  int depth = 1;
+  int line_start = ptr->len;
+
+  int more = get_line (ptr);
+
+  while (more)
+    {
+      /* Try and find the first pseudo op on the line */
+      int i = line_start;
+
+      if (! macro_alternate && ! macro_mri)
+	{
+	  /* With normal syntax we can suck what we want till we get
+	     to the dot.  With the alternate, labels have to start in
+	     the first column, since we cant tell what's a label and
+	     whats a pseudoop */
+
+	  /* Skip leading whitespace */
+	  while (i < ptr->len && ISWHITE (ptr->ptr[i]))
+	    i++;
+
+	  /* Skip over a label */
+	  while (i < ptr->len
+		 && (isalnum ((unsigned char) ptr->ptr[i])
+		     || ptr->ptr[i] == '_'
+		     || ptr->ptr[i] == '$'))
+	    i++;
+
+	  /* And a colon */
+	  if (i < ptr->len
+	      && ptr->ptr[i] == ':')
+	    i++;
+
+	}
+      /* Skip trailing whitespace */
+      while (i < ptr->len && ISWHITE (ptr->ptr[i]))
+	i++;
+
+      if (i < ptr->len && (ptr->ptr[i] == '.'
+			   || macro_alternate
+			   || macro_mri))
+	{
+	  if (ptr->ptr[i] == '.')
+	      i++;
+	  if (strncasecmp (ptr->ptr + i, from, from_len) == 0)
+	    depth++;
+	  if (strncasecmp (ptr->ptr + i, to, to_len) == 0)
+	    {
+	      depth--;
+	      if (depth == 0)
+		{
+		  /* Reset the string to not include the ending rune */
+		  ptr->len = line_start;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Add a CR to the end and keep running */
+      sb_add_char (ptr, '\n');
+      line_start = ptr->len;
+      more = get_line (ptr);
+    }
+
+  /* Return 1 on success, 0 on unexpected EOF.  */
+  return depth == 0;
+}
+
+/* Pick up a token.  */
+
+static int
+get_token (idx, in, name)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *name;
+{
+  if (idx < in->len
+      && (isalpha ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx])
+	  || in->ptr[idx] == '_'
+	  || in->ptr[idx] == '$'))
+    {
+      sb_add_char (name, in->ptr[idx++]);
+      while (idx < in->len
+	     && (isalnum ((unsigned char) in->ptr[idx])
+		 || in->ptr[idx] == '_'
+		 || in->ptr[idx] == '$'))
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (name, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	}
+    }
+  /* Ignore trailing & */
+  if (macro_alternate && idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] == '&')
+    idx++;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Pick up a string.  */
+
+static int
+getstring (idx, in, acc)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *acc;
+{
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  while (idx < in->len
+	 && (in->ptr[idx] == '"' 
+	     || in->ptr[idx] == '<' 
+	     || (in->ptr[idx] == '\'' && macro_alternate)))
+    {
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '<')
+	{
+	  if (macro_alternate || macro_mri)
+	    {
+	      int nest = 0;
+	      idx++;
+	      while ((in->ptr[idx] != '>' || nest)
+		     && idx < in->len)
+		{
+		  if (in->ptr[idx] == '!')
+		    {
+		      idx++  ;
+		      sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (in->ptr[idx] == '>')
+			nest--;
+		      if (in->ptr[idx] == '<')
+			nest++;
+		      sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		    }
+		}
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      int code;
+	      idx++;
+	      idx = ((*macro_expr)
+		     ("character code in string must be absolute expression",
+		      idx, in, &code));
+	      sb_add_char (acc, code);
+
+#if 0
+	      if (in->ptr[idx] != '>')
+		ERROR ((stderr, "Missing > for character code.\n"));
+#endif
+	      idx++;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '"' || in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+	{
+	  char tchar = in->ptr[idx];
+	  idx++;
+	  while (idx < in->len)
+	    {
+	      if (macro_alternate && in->ptr[idx] == '!')
+		{
+		  idx++  ;
+		  sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (in->ptr[idx] == tchar)
+		    {
+		      idx++;
+		      if (idx >= in->len || in->ptr[idx] != tchar)
+			break;
+		    }
+		  sb_add_char (acc, in->ptr[idx]);
+		  idx++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Fetch string from the input stream,
+   rules:
+    'Bxyx<whitespace>  	-> return 'Bxyza
+    %<char>		-> return string of decimal value of x
+    "<string>"		-> return string
+    xyx<whitespace>     -> return xyz
+*/
+
+static int
+get_any_string (idx, in, out, expand, pretend_quoted)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+     int expand;
+     int pretend_quoted;
+{
+  sb_reset (out);
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  if (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      if (in->len > 2 && in->ptr[idx+1] == '\'' && ISBASE (in->ptr[idx]))
+	{
+	  while (!ISSEP (in->ptr[idx]))
+	    sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '%'
+	       && macro_alternate
+	       && expand)
+	{
+	  int val;
+	  char buf[20];
+	  /* Turns the next expression into a string */
+	  idx = (*macro_expr) ("% operator needs absolute expression",
+			       idx + 1,
+			       in,
+			       &val);
+	  sprintf(buf, "%d", val);
+	  sb_add_string (out, buf);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[idx] == '"'
+	       || in->ptr[idx] == '<'
+	       || (macro_alternate && in->ptr[idx] == '\''))
+	{
+	  if (macro_alternate
+	      && ! macro_strip_at
+	      && expand)
+	    {
+	      /* Keep the quotes */
+	      sb_add_char (out,  '\"');
+
+	      idx = getstring (idx, in, out);
+	      sb_add_char (out,  '\"');
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      idx = getstring (idx, in, out);
+	    }
+	}
+      else 
+	{
+	  while (idx < in->len 
+		 && (in->ptr[idx] == '"'
+		     || in->ptr[idx] == '\''
+		     || pretend_quoted 
+		     || (in->ptr[idx] != ' '
+			 && in->ptr[idx] != '\t'
+			 && in->ptr[idx] != ','
+			 && in->ptr[idx] != '<')))
+	    {
+	      if (in->ptr[idx] == '"' 
+		  || in->ptr[idx] == '\'')
+		{
+		  char tchar = in->ptr[idx];
+		  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+		  while (idx < in->len
+			 && in->ptr[idx] != tchar)
+		    sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);		    
+		  if (idx == in->len)
+		    return idx;	      
+		}
+	      sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[idx++]);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Pick up the formal parameters of a macro definition.  */
+
+static int
+do_formals (macro, idx, in)
+     macro_entry *macro;
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+{
+  formal_entry **p = &macro->formals;
+
+  macro->formal_count = 0;
+  macro->formal_hash = hash_new ();
+  while (idx < in->len)
+    {
+      formal_entry *formal;
+
+      formal = (formal_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (formal_entry));
+
+      sb_new (&formal->name);
+      sb_new (&formal->def);
+      sb_new (&formal->actual);
+
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      idx = get_token (idx, in, &formal->name);
+      if (formal->name.len == 0)
+	break;
+      idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+      if (formal->name.len)
+	{
+	  /* This is a formal */
+	  if (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] == '=')
+	    {
+	      /* Got a default */
+	      idx = get_any_string (idx + 1, in, &formal->def, 1, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Add to macro's hash table */
+      hash_jam (macro->formal_hash, sb_terminate (&formal->name), formal);
+
+      formal->index = macro->formal_count;
+      idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+      macro->formal_count++;
+      *p = formal;
+      p = &formal->next;
+      *p = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (macro_mri)
+    {
+      formal_entry *formal;
+      const char *name;
+
+      /* Add a special NARG formal, which macro_expand will set to the
+         number of arguments.  */
+      formal = (formal_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (formal_entry));
+
+      sb_new (&formal->name);
+      sb_new (&formal->def);
+      sb_new (&formal->actual);
+
+      /* The same MRI assemblers which treat '@' characters also use
+         the name $NARG.  At least until we find an exception.  */
+      if (macro_strip_at)
+	name = "$NARG";
+      else
+	name = "NARG";
+
+      sb_add_string (&formal->name, name);
+
+      /* Add to macro's hash table */
+      hash_jam (macro->formal_hash, name, formal);
+
+      formal->index = NARG_INDEX;
+      *p = formal;
+      formal->next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Define a new macro.  Returns NULL on success, otherwise returns an
+   error message.  If NAMEP is not NULL, *NAMEP is set to the name of
+   the macro which was defined.  */
+
+const char *
+define_macro (idx, in, label, get_line, namep)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *label;
+     int (*get_line) PARAMS ((sb *));
+     const char **namep;
+{
+  macro_entry *macro;
+  sb name;
+  const char *namestr;
+
+  macro = (macro_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (macro_entry));
+  sb_new (&macro->sub);
+  sb_new (&name);
+
+  macro->formal_count = 0;
+  macro->formals = 0;
+
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  if (! buffer_and_nest ("MACRO", "ENDM", &macro->sub, get_line))
+    return "unexpected end of file in macro definition";
+  if (label != NULL && label->len != 0)
+    {
+      sb_add_sb (&name, label);
+      if (in->ptr[idx] == '(')
+	{
+	  /* It's the label: MACRO (formals,...)  sort */
+	  idx = do_formals (macro, idx + 1, in);
+	  if (in->ptr[idx] != ')')
+	    return "missing ) after formals";
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* It's the label: MACRO formals,...  sort */
+	  idx = do_formals (macro, idx, in);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      idx = get_token (idx, in, &name);
+      idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+      idx = do_formals (macro, idx, in);
+    }
+
+  /* and stick it in the macro hash table */
+  for (idx = 0; idx < name.len; idx++)
+    if (isupper (name.ptr[idx]))
+      name.ptr[idx] = tolower (name.ptr[idx]);
+  namestr = sb_terminate (&name);
+  hash_jam (macro_hash, namestr, (PTR) macro);
+
+  macro_defined = 1;
+
+  if (namep != NULL)
+    *namep = namestr;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Scan a token, and then skip KIND.  */
+
+static int
+get_apost_token (idx, in, name, kind)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *name;
+     int kind;
+{
+  idx = get_token (idx, in, name);
+  if (idx < in->len
+      && in->ptr[idx] == kind
+      && (! macro_mri || macro_strip_at)
+      && (! macro_strip_at || kind == '@'))
+    idx++;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* Substitute the actual value for a formal parameter.  */
+
+static int
+sub_actual (start, in, t, formal_hash, kind, out, copyifnotthere)
+     int start;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *t;
+     struct hash_control *formal_hash;
+     int kind;
+     sb *out;
+     int copyifnotthere;
+{
+  int src;
+  formal_entry *ptr;
+
+  src = get_apost_token (start, in, t, kind);
+  /* See if it's in the macro's hash table, unless this is
+     macro_strip_at and kind is '@' and the token did not end in '@'.  */
+  if (macro_strip_at
+      && kind == '@'
+      && (src == start || in->ptr[src - 1] != '@'))
+    ptr = NULL;
+  else
+    ptr = (formal_entry *) hash_find (formal_hash, sb_terminate (t));
+  if (ptr)
+    {
+      if (ptr->actual.len)
+	{
+	  sb_add_sb (out, &ptr->actual);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sb_add_sb (out, &ptr->def);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (copyifnotthere)
+    {
+      sb_add_sb (out, t);
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      sb_add_char (out, '\\');
+      sb_add_sb (out, t);
+    }
+  return src;
+}
+
+/* Expand the body of a macro.  */
+
+static const char *
+macro_expand_body (in, out, formals, formal_hash, comment_char, locals)
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+     formal_entry *formals;
+     struct hash_control *formal_hash;
+     int comment_char;
+     int locals;
+{
+  sb t;
+  int src = 0;
+  int inquote = 0;
+  formal_entry *loclist = NULL;
+
+  sb_new (&t);
+
+  while (src < in->len)
+    {
+      if (in->ptr[src] == '&')
+	{
+	  sb_reset (&t);
+	  if (macro_mri)
+	    {
+	      if (src + 1 < in->len && in->ptr[src + 1] == '&')
+		src = sub_actual (src + 2, in, &t, formal_hash, '\'', out, 1);
+	      else
+		sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[src++]);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: Why do we do this?  It prevents people from
+                 using the & operator in a macro.  */
+	      src = sub_actual (src + 1, in, &t, formal_hash, '&', out, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[src] == '\\')
+	{
+	  src++;
+	  if (in->ptr[src] == comment_char && comment_char != '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* This is a comment, just drop the rest of the line */
+	      while (src < in->len
+		     && in->ptr[src] != '\n')
+		src++;
+	    }
+	  else if (in->ptr[src] == '(')
+	    {
+	      /* Sub in till the next ')' literally */
+	      src++;
+	      while (src < in->len && in->ptr[src] != ')')
+		{
+		  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[src++]);
+		}
+	      if (in->ptr[src] == ')')
+		src++;
+	      else
+		return "missplaced )";
+	    }
+	  else if (in->ptr[src] == '@')
+	    {
+	      /* Sub in the macro invocation number */
+
+	      char buffer[6];
+	      src++;
+	      sprintf (buffer, "%05d", macro_number);
+	      sb_add_string (out, buffer);
+	    }
+	  else if (in->ptr[src] == '&')
+	    {
+	      /* This is a preprocessor variable name, we don't do them
+		 here */
+	      sb_add_char (out, '\\');
+	      sb_add_char (out, '&');
+	      src++;
+	    }
+	  else if (macro_mri
+		   && isalnum ((unsigned char) in->ptr[src]))
+	    {
+	      int ind;
+	      formal_entry *f;
+
+	      if (isdigit ((unsigned char) in->ptr[src]))
+		ind = in->ptr[src] - '0';
+	      else if (isupper ((unsigned char) in->ptr[src]))
+		ind = in->ptr[src] - 'A' + 10;
+	      else
+		ind = in->ptr[src] - 'a' + 10;
+	      ++src;
+	      for (f = formals; f != NULL; f = f->next)
+		{
+		  if (f->index == ind - 1)
+		    {
+		      if (f->actual.len != 0)
+			sb_add_sb (out, &f->actual);
+		      else
+			sb_add_sb (out, &f->def);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sb_reset (&t);
+	      src = sub_actual (src, in, &t, formal_hash, '\'', out, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if ((macro_alternate || macro_mri)
+	       && (isalpha ((unsigned char) in->ptr[src])
+		   || in->ptr[src] == '_'
+		   || in->ptr[src] == '$')
+	       && (! inquote
+		   || ! macro_strip_at
+		   || (src > 0 && in->ptr[src - 1] == '@')))
+	{
+	  if (! locals
+	      || src + 5 >= in->len
+	      || strncasecmp (in->ptr + src, "LOCAL", 5) != 0
+	      || ! ISWHITE (in->ptr[src + 5]))
+	    {
+	      sb_reset (&t);
+	      src = sub_actual (src, in, &t, formal_hash,
+				(macro_strip_at && inquote) ? '@' : '\'',
+				out, 1);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      formal_entry *f;
+
+	      src = sb_skip_white (src + 5, in);
+	      while (in->ptr[src] != '\n' && in->ptr[src] != comment_char)
+		{
+		  static int loccnt;
+		  char buf[20];
+		  const char *err;
+
+		  f = (formal_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (formal_entry));
+		  sb_new (&f->name);
+		  sb_new (&f->def);
+		  sb_new (&f->actual);
+		  f->index = LOCAL_INDEX;
+		  f->next = loclist;
+		  loclist = f;
+
+		  src = get_token (src, in, &f->name);
+		  ++loccnt;
+		  sprintf (buf, "LL%04x", loccnt);
+		  sb_add_string (&f->actual, buf);
+
+		  err = hash_jam (formal_hash, sb_terminate (&f->name), f);
+		  if (err != NULL)
+		    return err;
+
+		  src = sb_skip_comma (src, in);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (comment_char != '\0'
+	       && in->ptr[src] == comment_char
+	       && src + 1 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[src + 1] == comment_char
+	       && !inquote)
+	{
+	  /* Two comment chars in a row cause the rest of the line to
+             be dropped.  */
+	  while (src < in->len && in->ptr[src] != '\n')
+	    src++;
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[src] == '"'
+	       || (macro_mri && in->ptr[src] == '\''))
+	{
+	  inquote = !inquote;
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[src++]);
+	}
+      else if (in->ptr[src] == '@' && macro_strip_at)
+	{
+	  ++src;
+	  if (src < in->len
+	      && in->ptr[src] == '@')
+	    {
+	      sb_add_char (out, '@');
+	      ++src;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (macro_mri
+	       && in->ptr[src] == '='
+	       && src + 1 < in->len
+	       && in->ptr[src + 1] == '=')
+	{
+	  formal_entry *ptr;
+
+	  sb_reset (&t);
+	  src = get_token (src + 2, in, &t);
+	  ptr = (formal_entry *) hash_find (formal_hash, sb_terminate (&t));
+	  if (ptr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: We should really return a warning string here,
+                 but we can't, because the == might be in the MRI
+                 comment field, and, since the nature of the MRI
+                 comment field depends upon the exact instruction
+                 being used, we don't have enough information here to
+                 figure out whether it is or not.  Instead, we leave
+                 the == in place, which should cause a syntax error if
+                 it is not in a comment.  */
+	      sb_add_char (out, '=');
+	      sb_add_char (out, '=');
+	      sb_add_sb (out, &t);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (ptr->actual.len)
+		{
+		  sb_add_string (out, "-1");
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  sb_add_char (out, '0');
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  sb_add_char (out, in->ptr[src++]);
+	}
+    }
+
+  sb_kill (&t);
+
+  while (loclist != NULL)
+    {
+      formal_entry *f;
+
+      f = loclist->next;
+      hash_delete (formal_hash, sb_terminate (&loclist->name));
+      sb_kill (&loclist->name);
+      sb_kill (&loclist->def);
+      sb_kill (&loclist->actual);
+      free (loclist);
+      loclist = f;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Assign values to the formal parameters of a macro, and expand the
+   body.  */
+
+static const char *
+macro_expand (idx, in, m, out, comment_char)
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     macro_entry *m;
+     sb *out;
+     int comment_char;
+{
+  sb t;
+  formal_entry *ptr;
+  formal_entry *f;
+  int is_positional = 0;
+  int is_keyword = 0;
+  int narg = 0;
+  const char *err;
+
+  sb_new (&t);
+  
+  /* Reset any old value the actuals may have */
+  for (f = m->formals; f; f = f->next)
+      sb_reset (&f->actual);
+  f = m->formals;
+  while (f != NULL && f->index < 0)
+    f = f->next;
+
+  if (macro_mri)
+    {
+      /* The macro may be called with an optional qualifier, which may
+         be referred to in the macro body as \0.  */
+      if (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] == '.')
+	{
+	  formal_entry *n;
+
+	  n = (formal_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (formal_entry));
+	  sb_new (&n->name);
+	  sb_new (&n->def);
+	  sb_new (&n->actual);
+	  n->index = QUAL_INDEX;
+
+	  n->next = m->formals;
+	  m->formals = n;
+
+	  idx = get_any_string (idx + 1, in, &n->actual, 1, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Peel off the actuals and store them away in the hash tables' actuals */
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+  while (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] != comment_char)
+    {
+      int scan;
+
+      /* Look and see if it's a positional or keyword arg */
+      scan = idx;
+      while (scan < in->len
+	     && !ISSEP (in->ptr[scan])
+	     && (!macro_alternate && in->ptr[scan] != '='))
+	scan++;
+      if (scan < in->len && !macro_alternate && in->ptr[scan] == '=')
+	{
+	  is_keyword = 1;
+	  if (is_positional)
+	    return "can't mix positional and keyword arguments";
+
+	  /* This is a keyword arg, fetch the formal name and
+	     then the actual stuff */
+	  sb_reset (&t);
+	  idx = get_token (idx, in, &t);
+	  if (in->ptr[idx] != '=')
+	    return "confusion in formal parameters";
+
+	  /* Lookup the formal in the macro's list */
+	  ptr = (formal_entry *) hash_find (m->formal_hash, sb_terminate (&t));
+	  if (!ptr)
+	    return "macro formal argument does not exist";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Insert this value into the right place */
+	      sb_reset (&ptr->actual);
+	      idx = get_any_string (idx + 1, in, &ptr->actual, 0, 0);
+	      if (ptr->actual.len > 0)
+		++narg;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* This is a positional arg */
+	  is_positional = 1;
+	  if (is_keyword)
+	    return "can't mix positional and keyword arguments";
+
+	  if (!f)
+	    {
+	      formal_entry **pf;
+	      int c;
+
+	      if (!macro_mri)
+		return "too many positional arguments";
+
+	      f = (formal_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (formal_entry));
+	      sb_new (&f->name);
+	      sb_new (&f->def);
+	      sb_new (&f->actual);
+	      f->next = NULL;
+
+	      c = -1;
+	      for (pf = &m->formals; *pf != NULL; pf = &(*pf)->next)
+		if ((*pf)->index >= c)
+		  c = (*pf)->index + 1;
+	      if (c == -1)
+		c = 0;
+	      *pf = f;
+	      f->index = c;
+	    }
+
+	  sb_reset (&f->actual);
+	  idx = get_any_string (idx, in, &f->actual, 1, 0);
+	  if (f->actual.len > 0)
+	    ++narg;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      f = f->next;
+	    }
+	  while (f != NULL && f->index < 0);
+	}
+
+      if (! macro_mri)
+	idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (in->ptr[idx] == ',')
+	    ++idx;
+	  if (ISWHITE (in->ptr[idx]))
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (macro_mri)
+    {
+      char buffer[20];
+
+      sb_reset (&t);
+      sb_add_string (&t, macro_strip_at ? "$NARG" : "NARG");
+      ptr = (formal_entry *) hash_find (m->formal_hash, sb_terminate (&t));
+      sb_reset (&ptr->actual);
+      sprintf (buffer, "%d", narg);
+      sb_add_string (&ptr->actual, buffer);
+    }
+
+  err = macro_expand_body (&m->sub, out, m->formals, m->formal_hash,
+			   comment_char, 1);
+  if (err != NULL)
+    return err;
+
+  /* Discard any unnamed formal arguments.  */
+  if (macro_mri)
+    {
+      formal_entry **pf;
+
+      pf = &m->formals;
+      while (*pf != NULL)
+	{
+	  if ((*pf)->name.len != 0)
+	    pf = &(*pf)->next;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sb_kill (&(*pf)->name);
+	      sb_kill (&(*pf)->def);
+	      sb_kill (&(*pf)->actual);
+	      f = (*pf)->next;
+	      free (*pf);
+	      *pf = f;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  sb_kill (&t);
+  macro_number++;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Check for a macro.  If one is found, put the expansion into
+   *EXPAND.  COMMENT_CHAR is the comment character--this is used by
+   gasp.  Return 1 if a macro is found, 0 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+check_macro (line, expand, comment_char, error)
+     const char *line;
+     sb *expand;
+     int comment_char;
+     const char **error;
+{
+  const char *s;
+  char *copy, *cs;
+  macro_entry *macro;
+  sb line_sb;
+
+  if (! isalpha ((unsigned char) *line)
+      && *line != '_'
+      && *line != '$'
+      && (! macro_mri || *line != '.'))
+    return 0;
+
+  s = line + 1;
+  while (isalnum ((unsigned char) *s)
+	 || *s == '_'
+	 || *s == '$')
+    ++s;
+
+  copy = (char *) xmalloc (s - line + 1);
+  memcpy (copy, line, s - line);
+  copy[s - line] = '\0';
+  for (cs = copy; *cs != '\0'; cs++)
+    if (isupper (*cs))
+      *cs = tolower (*cs);
+
+  macro = (macro_entry *) hash_find (macro_hash, copy);
+
+  if (macro == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Wrap the line up in an sb.  */
+  sb_new (&line_sb);
+  while (*s != '\0' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\r')
+    sb_add_char (&line_sb, *s++);
+
+  sb_new (expand);
+  *error = macro_expand (0, &line_sb, macro, expand, comment_char);
+
+  sb_kill (&line_sb);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Delete a macro.  */
+
+void
+delete_macro (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  hash_delete (macro_hash, name);
+}
+
+/* Handle the MRI IRP and IRPC pseudo-ops.  These are handled as a
+   combined macro definition and execution.  This returns NULL on
+   success, or an error message otherwise.  */
+
+const char *
+expand_irp (irpc, idx, in, out, get_line, comment_char)
+     int irpc;
+     int idx;
+     sb *in;
+     sb *out;
+     int (*get_line) PARAMS ((sb *));
+     int comment_char;
+{
+  const char *mn;
+  sb sub;
+  formal_entry f;
+  struct hash_control *h;
+  const char *err;
+
+  if (irpc)
+    mn = "IRPC";
+  else
+    mn = "IRP";
+
+  idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+
+  sb_new (&sub);
+  if (! buffer_and_nest (mn, "ENDR", &sub, get_line))
+    return "unexpected end of file in irp or irpc";
+  
+  sb_new (&f.name);
+  sb_new (&f.def);
+  sb_new (&f.actual);
+
+  idx = get_token (idx, in, &f.name);
+  if (f.name.len == 0)
+    return "missing model parameter";
+
+  h = hash_new ();
+  err = hash_jam (h, sb_terminate (&f.name), &f);
+  if (err != NULL)
+    return err;
+
+  f.index = 1;
+  f.next = NULL;
+
+  sb_reset (out);
+
+  idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+  if (idx >= in->len || in->ptr[idx] == comment_char)
+    {
+      /* Expand once with a null string.  */
+      err = macro_expand_body (&sub, out, &f, h, comment_char, 0);
+      if (err != NULL)
+	return err;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (irpc && in->ptr[idx] == '"')
+	++idx;
+      while (idx < in->len && in->ptr[idx] != comment_char)
+	{
+	  if (!irpc)
+	    idx = get_any_string (idx, in, &f.actual, 1, 0);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (in->ptr[idx] == '"')
+		{
+		  int nxt;
+
+		  nxt = sb_skip_white (idx + 1, in);
+		  if (nxt >= in->len || in->ptr[nxt] == comment_char)
+		    {
+		      idx = nxt;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	      sb_reset (&f.actual);
+	      sb_add_char (&f.actual, in->ptr[idx]);
+	      ++idx;
+	    }
+	  err = macro_expand_body (&sub, out, &f, h, comment_char, 0);
+	  if (err != NULL)
+	    return err;
+	  if (!irpc)
+	    idx = sb_skip_comma (idx, in);
+	  else
+	    idx = sb_skip_white (idx, in);
+	}
+    }
+
+  hash_die (h);
+  sb_kill (&sub);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b73064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/macro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* macro.h - header file for macro support for gas and gasp
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve and Judy Chamberlain of Cygnus Support,
+      sac@cygnus.com
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef MACRO_H
+
+#define MACRO_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+
+/* Whether any macros have been defined.  */
+
+extern int macro_defined;
+
+/* The macro nesting level.  */
+
+extern int macro_nest;
+
+extern int buffer_and_nest
+  PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, sb *, int (*) PARAMS ((sb *))));
+extern void macro_init
+  PARAMS ((int alternate, int mri, int strip_at,
+	   int (*) PARAMS ((const char *, int, sb *, int *))));
+extern const char *define_macro
+  PARAMS ((int idx, sb *in, sb *label, int (*get_line) PARAMS ((sb *)),
+	   const char **namep));
+extern int check_macro PARAMS ((const char *, sb *, int, const char **));
+extern void delete_macro PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern const char *expand_irp
+  PARAMS ((int, int, sb *, sb *, int (*) PARAMS ((sb *)), int));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/messages.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/messages.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e06232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/messages.c
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+/* messages.c - error reporter -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_VARARGS
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (USE_STDARG) && !defined (USE_VARARGS)
+/* Roll our own.  */
+#define va_alist REST
+#define va_dcl
+typedef int * va_list;
+#define va_start(ARGS)	ARGS = &REST
+#define va_end(ARGS)
+#endif
+
+static void identify PARAMS ((char *));
+static void as_show_where PARAMS ((void));
+static void as_warn_internal PARAMS ((char *, unsigned int, char *));
+static void as_bad_internal PARAMS ((char *, unsigned int, char *));
+
+/*
+ * Despite the rest of the comments in this file, (FIXME-SOON),
+ * here is the current scheme for error messages etc:
+ *
+ * as_fatal() is used when gas is quite confused and
+ * continuing the assembly is pointless.  In this case we
+ * exit immediately with error status.
+ *
+ * as_bad() is used to mark errors that result in what we
+ * presume to be a useless object file.  Say, we ignored
+ * something that might have been vital.  If we see any of
+ * these, assembly will continue to the end of the source,
+ * no object file will be produced, and we will terminate
+ * with error status.  The new option, -Z, tells us to
+ * produce an object file anyway but we still exit with
+ * error status.  The assumption here is that you don't want
+ * this object file but we could be wrong.
+ *
+ * as_warn() is used when we have an error from which we
+ * have a plausible error recovery.  eg, masking the top
+ * bits of a constant that is longer than will fit in the
+ * destination.  In this case we will continue to assemble
+ * the source, although we may have made a bad assumption,
+ * and we will produce an object file and return normal exit
+ * status (ie, no error).  The new option -X tells us to
+ * treat all as_warn() errors as as_bad() errors.  That is,
+ * no object file will be produced and we will exit with
+ * error status.  The idea here is that we don't kill an
+ * entire make because of an error that we knew how to
+ * correct.  On the other hand, sometimes you might want to
+ * stop the make at these points.
+ *
+ * as_tsktsk() is used when we see a minor error for which
+ * our error recovery action is almost certainly correct.
+ * In this case, we print a message and then assembly
+ * continues as though no error occurred.
+ */
+
+static void
+identify (file)
+     char *file;
+{
+  static int identified;
+  if (identified)
+    return;
+  identified++;
+
+  if (!file)
+    {
+      unsigned int x;
+      as_where (&file, &x);
+    }
+
+  if (file)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", file);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Assembler messages:\n");
+}
+
+static int warning_count;	/* Count of number of warnings issued */
+
+int 
+had_warnings ()
+{
+  return (warning_count);
+}
+
+/* Nonzero if we've hit a 'bad error', and should not write an obj file,
+   and exit with a nonzero error code */
+
+static int error_count;
+
+int 
+had_errors ()
+{
+  return (error_count);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the current location to stderr.  */
+
+static void
+as_show_where ()
+{
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+
+  as_where (&file, &line);
+  identify (file);
+  if (file)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u: ", file, line);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ p e r r o r
+ *
+ * Like perror(3), but with more info.
+ */
+
+void 
+as_perror (gripe, filename)
+     const char *gripe;		/* Unpunctuated error theme. */
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  const char *errtxt;
+
+  as_show_where ();
+  fprintf (stderr, gripe, filename);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  errtxt = bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ());
+#else
+  errtxt = xstrerror (errno);
+#endif
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s\n", errtxt);
+  errno = 0;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ t s k t s k ()
+ *
+ * Send to stderr a string as a warning, and locate warning
+ * in input file(s).
+ * Please only use this for when we have some recovery action.
+ * Please explain in string (which may have '\n's) what recovery was done.
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_tsktsk (const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  as_show_where ();
+  va_start (args, format);
+  vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+}				/* as_tsktsk() */
+#else
+void 
+as_tsktsk (format, va_alist)
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  as_show_where ();
+  va_start (args);
+  vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+}				/* as_tsktsk() */
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/* The common portion of as_warn and as_warn_where.  */
+
+static void
+as_warn_internal (file, line, buffer)
+     char *file;
+     unsigned int line;
+     char *buffer;
+{
+  ++warning_count;
+
+  if (file == NULL)
+    as_where (&file, &line);
+
+  identify (file);
+  if (file)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u: ", file, line);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Warning: ");
+  fputs (buffer, stderr);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  listing_warning (buffer);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ w a r n ()
+ *
+ * Send to stderr a string as a warning, and locate warning
+ * in input file(s).
+ * Please only use this for when we have some recovery action.
+ * Please explain in string (which may have '\n's) what recovery was done.
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_warn (const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  if (!flag_no_warnings)
+    {
+      va_start (args, format);
+      vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      as_warn_internal ((char *) NULL, 0, buffer);
+    }
+}				/* as_warn() */
+#else
+/*VARARGS1 */
+void 
+as_warn (format, va_alist)
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  if (!flag_no_warnings)
+    {
+      va_start (args);
+      vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      as_warn_internal ((char *) NULL, 0, buffer);
+    }
+}				/* as_warn() */
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/* as_warn_where, like as_bad but the file name and line number are
+   passed in.  Unfortunately, we have to repeat the function in order
+   to handle the varargs correctly and portably.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_warn_where (char *file, unsigned int line, const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  if (!flag_no_warnings)
+    {
+      va_start (args, format);
+      vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      as_warn_internal (file, line, buffer);
+    }
+}				/* as_warn() */
+#else
+/*VARARGS1 */
+void 
+as_warn_where (file, line, format, va_alist)
+     char *file;
+     unsigned int line;
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  if (!flag_no_warnings)
+    {
+      va_start (args);
+      vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      as_warn_internal (file, line, buffer);
+    }
+}				/* as_warn() */
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/* The common portion of as_bad and as_bad_where.  */
+
+static void
+as_bad_internal (file, line, buffer)
+     char *file;
+     unsigned int line;
+     char *buffer;
+{
+  ++error_count;
+
+  if (file == NULL)
+    as_where (&file, &line);
+
+  identify (file);
+  if (file)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u: ", file, line);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Error: ");
+  fputs (buffer, stderr);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  listing_error (buffer);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ b a d ()
+ *
+ * Send to stderr a string as a warning, and locate warning in input file(s).
+ * Please us when there is no recovery, but we want to continue processing
+ * but not produce an object file.
+ * Please explain in string (which may have '\n's) what recovery was done.
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_bad (const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  as_bad_internal ((char *) NULL, 0, buffer);
+}
+
+#else
+/*VARARGS1 */
+void 
+as_bad (format, va_alist)
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  va_start (args);
+  vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  as_bad_internal ((char *) NULL, 0, buffer);
+}
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/* as_bad_where, like as_bad but the file name and line number are
+   passed in.  Unfortunately, we have to repeat the function in order
+   to handle the varargs correctly and portably.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_bad_where (char *file, unsigned int line, const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  as_bad_internal (file, line, buffer);
+}
+
+#else
+/*VARARGS1 */
+void 
+as_bad_where (file, line, format, va_alist)
+     char *file;
+     unsigned int line;
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char buffer[200];
+
+  va_start (args);
+  vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  as_bad_internal (file, line, buffer);
+}
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/*
+ *			a s _ f a t a l ()
+ *
+ * Send to stderr a string as a fatal message, and print location of error in
+ * input file(s).
+ * Please only use this for when we DON'T have some recovery action.
+ * It xexit()s with a warning status.
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_STDARG
+void 
+as_fatal (const char *format,...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  as_show_where ();
+  va_start (args, format);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Fatal error: ");
+  vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+  va_end (args);
+  xexit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}				/* as_fatal() */
+#else
+/*VARARGS1*/
+void 
+as_fatal (format, va_alist)
+     char *format;
+     va_dcl
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  as_show_where ();
+  va_start (args);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Fatal error: ");
+  vfprintf (stderr, format, args);
+  (void) putc ('\n', stderr);
+  va_end (args);
+  xexit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}				/* as_fatal() */
+#endif /* not NO_STDARG */
+
+/*
+ * as_assert: Indicate assertion failure.
+ * Arguments: Filename, line number, optional function name.
+ */
+
+void
+as_assert (file, line, fn)
+     const char *file, *fn;
+     int line;
+{
+  as_show_where ();
+  fprintf (stderr, "Internal error!\n");
+  fprintf (stderr, "Assertion failure");
+  if (fn)
+    fprintf (stderr, " in %s", fn);
+  fprintf (stderr, " at %s line %d.\n", file, line);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Please report this bug.\n");
+  xexit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* as_abort: Print a friendly message saying how totally hosed we are,
+   and exit without producing a core file.  */
+void
+as_abort (file, line, fn)
+     const char *file, *fn;
+     int line;
+{
+  as_show_where ();
+  fprintf (stderr, "Internal error, aborting at %s line %d", file, line);
+  if (fn)
+    fprintf (stderr, " in %s", fn);
+  fprintf (stderr, "\nPlease report this bug.\n");
+  xexit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* Support routines.  */
+
+void
+fprint_value (file, val)
+     FILE *file;
+     valueT val;
+{
+  if (sizeof (val) <= sizeof (long))
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%ld", (long) val);
+      return;
+    }
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  if (sizeof (val) <= sizeof (bfd_vma))
+    {
+      fprintf_vma (file, val);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+  abort ();
+}
+
+void
+sprint_value (buf, val)
+     char *buf;
+     valueT val;
+{
+  if (sizeof (val) <= sizeof (long))
+    {
+      sprintf (buf, "%ld", (long) val);
+      return;
+    }
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  if (sizeof (val) <= sizeof (bfd_vma))
+    {
+      sprintf_vma (buf, val);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* end of messages.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/obj.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/obj.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4aaf25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/obj.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* obj.h - defines the object dependent hooks for all object
+   format backends.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+char *obj_default_output_file_name PARAMS ((void));
+void obj_emit_relocations PARAMS ((char **where, fixS * fixP,
+				   relax_addressT segment_address_in_file));
+void obj_emit_strings PARAMS ((char **where));
+void obj_emit_symbols PARAMS ((char **where, symbolS * symbols));
+#ifndef obj_read_begin_hook
+void obj_read_begin_hook PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+void obj_crawl_symbol_chain PARAMS ((object_headers * headers));
+void obj_header_append PARAMS ((char **where, object_headers * headers));
+#ifndef obj_pre_write_hook
+void obj_pre_write_hook PARAMS ((object_headers * headers));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef obj_symbol_new_hook
+void obj_symbol_new_hook PARAMS ((symbolS * symbolP));
+#endif
+
+void obj_symbol_to_chars PARAMS ((char **where, symbolS * symbolP));
+
+extern const pseudo_typeS obj_pseudo_table[];
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+struct format_ops {
+  int flavor;
+  unsigned dfl_leading_underscore : 1;
+  unsigned emit_section_symbols : 1;
+  void (*frob_symbol) PARAMS ((symbolS *, int *));
+  void (*frob_file) PARAMS ((void));
+  void (*frob_file_after_relocs) PARAMS ((void));
+  bfd_vma (*s_get_size) PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+  void (*s_set_size) PARAMS ((symbolS *, bfd_vma));
+  bfd_vma (*s_get_align) PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+  void (*s_set_align) PARAMS ((symbolS *, bfd_vma));
+  void (*copy_symbol_attributes) PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *));
+  void (*generate_asm_lineno) PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+  void (*process_stab) PARAMS ((segT, int, const char *, int, int, int));
+  int (*sec_sym_ok_for_reloc) PARAMS ((asection *));
+  void (*pop_insert) PARAMS ((void));
+  /* For configurations using ECOFF_DEBUGGING, this callback is used.  */
+  void (*ecoff_set_ext) PARAMS ((symbolS *, struct ecoff_extr *));
+
+  void (*read_begin_hook) PARAMS ((void));
+  void (*symbol_new_hook) PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+};
+
+extern const struct format_ops elf_format_ops;
+extern const struct format_ops ecoff_format_ops;
+extern const struct format_ops coff_format_ops;
+
+#ifndef this_format
+COMMON const struct format_ops *this_format;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* end of obj.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c53281b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* output-file.c -  Deal with the output file
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 93, 92, 94, 95, 1996
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#include "output-file.h"
+
+#ifdef BFD_HEADERS
+#define USE_BFD
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define USE_BFD
+#ifndef TARGET_MACH
+#define TARGET_MACH 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_BFD
+#include "bfd.h"
+bfd *stdoutput;
+
+void
+output_file_create (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      as_fatal ("Can't open a bfd on stdout %s ", name);
+    }
+  else if (!(stdoutput = bfd_openw (name, TARGET_FORMAT)))
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't create %s", name);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+  bfd_set_format (stdoutput, bfd_object);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, TARGET_ARCH, TARGET_MACH);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+output_file_close (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* Close the bfd.  */
+  if (bfd_close (stdoutput) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_perror (filename);
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't close %s\n", filename);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+#else
+  /* Close the bfd without getting bfd to write out anything by itself */
+  if (bfd_close_all_done (stdoutput) == 0)
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't close %s\n", filename);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+#endif
+  stdoutput = NULL;		/* Trust nobody! */
+}
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+void
+output_file_append (where, length, filename)
+     char *where;
+     long length;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+static FILE *stdoutput;
+
+void
+output_file_create (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      stdoutput = stdout;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  stdoutput = fopen (name, "wb");
+
+  /* Some systems don't grok "b" in fopen modes.  */
+  if (stdoutput == NULL)
+    stdoutput = fopen (name, "w");
+
+  if (stdoutput == NULL)
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't create %s", name);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+output_file_close (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  if (EOF == fclose (stdoutput))
+    {
+      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't close %s", filename);
+      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+  stdoutput = NULL;		/* Trust nobody! */
+}
+
+void
+output_file_append (where, length, filename)
+     char *where;
+     long length;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  for (; length; length--, where++)
+    {
+      (void) putc (*where, stdoutput);
+      if (ferror (stdoutput))
+	/* if ( EOF == (putc( *where, stdoutput )) ) */
+	{
+	  as_perror ("Failed to emit an object byte", filename);
+	  as_fatal ("Can't continue");
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* end of output-file.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..942f1ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/output-file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* This file is output-file.h
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+void output_file_append PARAMS ((char *where, long length, char *filename));
+void output_file_close PARAMS ((char *filename));
+void output_file_create PARAMS ((char *name));
+
+/* end of output-file.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/read.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85d221d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4350 @@
+/* read.c - read a source file -
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 87, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#if 0
+#define MASK_CHAR (0xFF)	/* If your chars aren't 8 bits, you will
+				   change this a bit.  But then, GNU isn't
+				   spozed to run on your machine anyway.
+				   (RMS is so shortsighted sometimes.)
+				   */
+#else
+#define MASK_CHAR ((int)(unsigned char)-1)
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the largest known floating point format (for now). It will
+   grow when we do 4361 style flonums. */
+
+#define MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT (16)
+
+/* Routines that read assembler source text to build spagetti in memory.
+   Another group of these functions is in the expr.c module.  */
+
+/* for isdigit() */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+#include "macro.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "listing.h"
+#include "ecoff.h"
+
+#ifndef TC_START_LABEL
+#define TC_START_LABEL(x,y) (x==':')
+#endif
+
+/* The NOP_OPCODE is for the alignment fill value.
+ * fill it a nop instruction so that the disassembler does not choke
+ * on it
+ */
+#ifndef NOP_OPCODE
+#define NOP_OPCODE 0x00
+#endif
+
+char *input_line_pointer;	/*->next char of source file to parse. */
+
+int generate_asm_lineno = 0;	/* flag to generate line stab for .s file */
+
+#if BITS_PER_CHAR != 8
+/*  The following table is indexed by[(char)] and will break if
+    a char does not have exactly 256 states (hopefully 0:255!)!  */
+die horribly;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_AT
+/* The m88k unfortunately uses @ as a label beginner.  */
+#define LEX_AT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_BR
+/* The RS/6000 assembler uses {,},[,] as parts of symbol names.  */
+#define LEX_BR 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_PCT
+/* The Delta 68k assembler permits % inside label names.  */
+#define LEX_PCT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_QM
+/* The PowerPC Windows NT assemblers permits ? inside label names.  */
+#define LEX_QM 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_DOLLAR
+/* The a29k assembler does not permits labels to start with $.  */
+#define LEX_DOLLAR 3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LEX_TILDE
+/* The Delta 68k assembler permits ~ at start of label names.  */
+#define LEX_TILDE 0
+#endif
+
+/* used by is_... macros. our ctype[] */
+char lex_type[256] =
+{
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO */
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_ */
+  0, 0, 0, 0, LEX_DOLLAR, LEX_PCT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 0, /* _!"#$%&'()*+,-./ */
+  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, LEX_QM,	/* 0123456789:;<=>? */
+  LEX_AT, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,	/* @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO */
+  3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, LEX_BR, 0, LEX_BR, 0, 3, /* PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_ */
+  0, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,	/* `abcdefghijklmno */
+  3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, LEX_BR, 0, LEX_BR, LEX_TILDE, 0, /* pqrstuvwxyz{|}~. */
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * In: a character.
+ * Out: 1 if this character ends a line.
+ */
+#define _ (0)
+char is_end_of_line[256] =
+{
+#ifdef CR_EOL
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, 99, _, _, 99, _, _,	/* @abcdefghijklmno */
+#else
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, 99, _, _, _, _, _,	/* @abcdefghijklmno */
+#endif
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+#ifdef TC_HPPA
+  _,99, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* _!"#$%&'()*+,-./ */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* 0123456789:;<=>? */
+#else
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, 99, _, _, _, _,	/* 0123456789:;<=>? */
+#endif
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+  _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _,	/* */
+};
+#undef _
+
+/* Functions private to this file. */
+
+static char *buffer;	/* 1st char of each buffer of lines is here. */
+static char *buffer_limit;	/*->1 + last char in buffer. */
+
+/* TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN is required to be defined to either 0 or 1 in the
+   tc-<CPU>.h file.  See the "Porting GAS" section of the internals manual. */
+int target_big_endian = TARGET_BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN;
+
+static char *old_buffer;	/* JF a hack */
+static char *old_input;
+static char *old_limit;
+
+/* Variables for handling include file directory list. */
+
+char **include_dirs;	/* List of pointers to directories to
+			   search for .include's */
+int include_dir_count;	/* How many are in the list */
+int include_dir_maxlen = 1;/* Length of longest in list */
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+struct broken_word *broken_words;
+int new_broken_words;
+#endif
+
+/* The current offset into the absolute section.  We don't try to
+   build frags in the absolute section, since no data can be stored
+   there.  We just keep track of the current offset.  */
+addressT abs_section_offset;
+
+/* If this line had an MRI style label, it is stored in this variable.
+   This is used by some of the MRI pseudo-ops.  */
+symbolS *line_label;
+
+/* This global variable is used to support MRI common sections.  We
+   translate such sections into a common symbol.  This variable is
+   non-NULL when we are in an MRI common section.  */
+symbolS *mri_common_symbol;
+
+/* In MRI mode, after a dc.b pseudo-op with an odd number of bytes, we
+   need to align to an even byte boundary unless the next pseudo-op is
+   dc.b, ds.b, or dcb.b.  This variable is set to 1 if an alignment
+   may be needed.  */
+static int mri_pending_align;
+
+static void cons_worker PARAMS ((int, int));
+static int scrub_from_string PARAMS ((char **));
+static void do_align PARAMS ((int, char *, int, int));
+static void s_align PARAMS ((int, int));
+static int hex_float PARAMS ((int, char *));
+static void do_org PARAMS ((segT, expressionS *, int));
+char *demand_copy_string PARAMS ((int *lenP));
+static segT get_segmented_expression PARAMS ((expressionS *expP));
+static segT get_known_segmented_expression PARAMS ((expressionS * expP));
+static void pobegin PARAMS ((void));
+static int get_line_sb PARAMS ((sb *));
+
+
+void
+read_begin ()
+{
+  const char *p;
+
+  pobegin ();
+  obj_read_begin_hook ();
+
+  /* Something close -- but not too close -- to a multiple of 1024.
+     The debugging malloc I'm using has 24 bytes of overhead.  */
+  obstack_begin (&notes, chunksize);
+  obstack_begin (&cond_obstack, chunksize);
+
+  /* Use machine dependent syntax */
+  for (p = line_separator_chars; *p; p++)
+    is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *p] = 1;
+  /* Use more.  FIXME-SOMEDAY. */
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    lex_type['?'] = 3;
+}
+
+/* set up pseudo-op tables */
+
+static struct hash_control *po_hash;
+
+static const pseudo_typeS potable[] =
+{
+  {"abort", s_abort, 0},
+  {"align", s_align_ptwo, 0},
+  {"ascii", stringer, 0},
+  {"asciz", stringer, 1},
+  {"balign", s_align_bytes, 0},
+  {"balignw", s_align_bytes, -2},
+  {"balignl", s_align_bytes, -4},
+/* block */
+  {"byte", cons, 1},
+  {"comm", s_comm, 0},
+  {"common", s_mri_common, 0},
+  {"common.s", s_mri_common, 1},
+  {"data", s_data, 0},
+  {"dc", cons, 2},
+  {"dc.b", cons, 1},
+  {"dc.d", float_cons, 'd'},
+  {"dc.l", cons, 4},
+  {"dc.s", float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"dc.w", cons, 2},
+  {"dc.x", float_cons, 'x'},
+  {"dcb", s_space, 2},
+  {"dcb.b", s_space, 1},
+  {"dcb.d", s_float_space, 'd'},
+  {"dcb.l", s_space, 4},
+  {"dcb.s", s_float_space, 'f'},
+  {"dcb.w", s_space, 2},
+  {"dcb.x", s_float_space, 'x'},
+  {"ds", s_space, 2},
+  {"ds.b", s_space, 1},
+  {"ds.d", s_space, 8},
+  {"ds.l", s_space, 4},
+  {"ds.p", s_space, 12},
+  {"ds.s", s_space, 4},
+  {"ds.w", s_space, 2},
+  {"ds.x", s_space, 12},
+  {"debug", s_ignore, 0},
+#ifdef S_SET_DESC
+  {"desc", s_desc, 0},
+#endif
+/* dim */
+  {"double", float_cons, 'd'},
+/* dsect */
+  {"eject", listing_eject, 0},	/* Formfeed listing */
+  {"else", s_else, 0},
+  {"elsec", s_else, 0},
+  {"end", s_end, 0},
+  {"endc", s_endif, 0},
+  {"endif", s_endif, 0},
+/* endef */
+  {"equ", s_set, 0},
+  {"equiv", s_set, 1},
+  {"err", s_err, 0},
+  {"exitm", s_mexit, 0},
+/* extend */
+  {"extern", s_ignore, 0},	/* We treat all undef as ext */
+  {"appfile", s_app_file, 1},
+  {"appline", s_app_line, 0},
+  {"fail", s_fail, 0},
+  {"file", s_app_file, 0},
+  {"fill", s_fill, 0},
+  {"float", float_cons, 'f'},
+  {"format", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"global", s_globl, 0},
+  {"globl", s_globl, 0},
+  {"hword", cons, 2},
+  {"if", s_if, (int) O_ne},
+  {"ifc", s_ifc, 0},
+  {"ifdef", s_ifdef, 0},
+  {"ifeq", s_if, (int) O_eq},
+  {"ifeqs", s_ifeqs, 0},
+  {"ifge", s_if, (int) O_ge},
+  {"ifgt", s_if, (int) O_gt},
+  {"ifle", s_if, (int) O_le},
+  {"iflt", s_if, (int) O_lt},
+  {"ifnc", s_ifc, 1},
+  {"ifndef", s_ifdef, 1},
+  {"ifne", s_if, (int) O_ne},
+  {"ifnes", s_ifeqs, 1},
+  {"ifnotdef", s_ifdef, 1},
+  {"include", s_include, 0},
+  {"int", cons, 4},
+  {"irp", s_irp, 0},
+  {"irep", s_irp, 0},
+  {"irpc", s_irp, 1},
+  {"irepc", s_irp, 1},
+  {"lcomm", s_lcomm, 0},
+  {"lflags", listing_flags, 0},	/* Listing flags */
+  {"linkonce", s_linkonce, 0},
+  {"list", listing_list, 1},	/* Turn listing on */
+  {"llen", listing_psize, 1},
+  {"long", cons, 4},
+  {"lsym", s_lsym, 0},
+  {"macro", s_macro, 0},
+  {"mexit", s_mexit, 0},
+  {"mri", s_mri, 0},
+  {".mri", s_mri, 0},	/* Special case so .mri works in MRI mode.  */
+  {"name", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"noformat", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"nolist", listing_list, 0},	/* Turn listing off */
+  {"nopage", listing_nopage, 0},
+  {"octa", cons, 16},
+  {"offset", s_struct, 0},
+  {"org", s_org, 0},
+  {"p2align", s_align_ptwo, 0},
+  {"p2alignw", s_align_ptwo, -2},
+  {"p2alignl", s_align_ptwo, -4},
+  {"page", listing_eject, 0},
+  {"plen", listing_psize, 0},
+  {"print", s_print, 0},
+  {"psize", listing_psize, 0},	/* set paper size */
+  {"purgem", s_purgem, 0},
+  {"quad", cons, 8},
+  {"rep", s_rept, 0},
+  {"rept", s_rept, 0},
+  {"rva", s_rva, 4},
+  {"sbttl", listing_title, 1},	/* Subtitle of listing */
+/* scl */
+/* sect */
+  {"set", s_set, 0},
+  {"short", cons, 2},
+  {"single", float_cons, 'f'},
+/* size */
+  {"space", s_space, 0},
+  {"skip", s_space, 0},
+  {"spc", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"stabd", s_stab, 'd'},
+  {"stabn", s_stab, 'n'},
+  {"stabs", s_stab, 's'},
+  {"string", stringer, 1},
+  {"struct", s_struct, 0},
+/* tag */
+  {"text", s_text, 0},
+
+  /* This is for gcc to use.  It's only just been added (2/94), so gcc
+     won't be able to use it for a while -- probably a year or more.
+     But once this has been released, check with gcc maintainers
+     before deleting it or even changing the spelling.  */
+  {"this_GCC_requires_the_GNU_assembler", s_ignore, 0},
+  /* If we're folding case -- done for some targets, not necessarily
+     all -- the above string in an input file will be converted to
+     this one.  Match it either way...  */
+  {"this_gcc_requires_the_gnu_assembler", s_ignore, 0},
+
+  {"title", listing_title, 0},	/* Listing title */
+  {"ttl", listing_title, 0},
+/* type */
+/* use */
+/* val */
+  {"xcom", s_comm, 0},
+  {"xdef", s_globl, 0},
+  {"xref", s_ignore, 0},
+  {"xstabs", s_xstab, 's'},
+  {"word", cons, 2},
+  {"zero", s_space, 0},
+  {NULL}			/* end sentinel */
+};
+
+static int pop_override_ok = 0;
+static const char *pop_table_name;
+
+void
+pop_insert (table)
+     const pseudo_typeS *table;
+{
+  const char *errtxt;
+  const pseudo_typeS *pop;
+  for (pop = table; pop->poc_name; pop++)
+    {
+      errtxt = hash_insert (po_hash, pop->poc_name, (char *) pop);
+      if (errtxt && (!pop_override_ok || strcmp (errtxt, "exists")))
+	as_fatal ("error constructing %s pseudo-op table: %s", pop_table_name,
+		  errtxt);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef md_pop_insert
+#define md_pop_insert()		pop_insert(md_pseudo_table)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef obj_pop_insert
+#define obj_pop_insert()	pop_insert(obj_pseudo_table)
+#endif
+
+static void 
+pobegin ()
+{
+  po_hash = hash_new ();
+
+  /* Do the target-specific pseudo ops. */
+  pop_table_name = "md";
+  md_pop_insert ();
+
+  /* Now object specific.  Skip any that were in the target table. */
+  pop_table_name = "obj";
+  pop_override_ok = 1;
+  obj_pop_insert ();
+
+  /* Now portable ones.  Skip any that we've seen already. */
+  pop_table_name = "standard";
+  pop_insert (potable);
+}
+
+#define HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY()					\
+  if (ignore_input ())							\
+    {									\
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer++])	\
+	if (input_line_pointer == buffer_limit)				\
+	  break;							\
+      continue;								\
+    }
+
+
+/* This function is used when scrubbing the characters between #APP
+   and #NO_APP.  */
+
+static char *scrub_string;
+static char *scrub_string_end;
+
+static int
+scrub_from_string (from)
+     char **from;
+{
+  int size;
+
+  *from = scrub_string;
+  size = scrub_string_end - scrub_string;
+  scrub_string = scrub_string_end;
+  return size;
+}
+
+/*	read_a_source_file()
+ *
+ * We read the file, putting things into a web that
+ * represents what we have been reading.
+ */
+void 
+read_a_source_file (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  register char c;
+  register char *s;		/* string of symbol, '\0' appended */
+  register int temp;
+  pseudo_typeS *pop;
+
+  buffer = input_scrub_new_file (name);
+
+  listing_file (name);
+  listing_newline ("");
+
+  while ((buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer)) != 0)
+    {				/* We have another line to parse. */
+      know (buffer_limit[-1] == '\n');	/* Must have a sentinel. */
+    contin:			/* JF this goto is my fault I admit it.
+				   Someone brave please re-write the whole
+				   input section here?  Pleeze???  */
+      while (input_line_pointer < buffer_limit)
+	{
+	  /* We have more of this buffer to parse. */
+
+	  /*
+	   * We now have input_line_pointer->1st char of next line.
+	   * If input_line_pointer [-1] == '\n' then we just
+	   * scanned another line: so bump line counters.
+	   */
+	  if (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) input_line_pointer[-1]])
+	    {
+#ifdef md_start_line_hook
+	      md_start_line_hook ();
+#endif
+
+	      if (input_line_pointer[-1] == '\n')
+		bump_line_counters ();
+
+	      line_label = NULL;
+
+	      if (flag_m68k_mri
+#ifdef LABELS_WITHOUT_COLONS
+		  || 1
+#endif
+		  )
+		{
+		  /* Text at the start of a line must be a label, we
+		     run down and stick a colon in.  */
+		  if (is_name_beginner (*input_line_pointer))
+		    {
+		      char *line_start = input_line_pointer;
+		      char c;
+		      int mri_line_macro;
+
+		      LISTING_NEWLINE ();
+		      HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY ();
+
+		      c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+		      /* In MRI mode, the EQU and MACRO pseudoops must
+			 be handled specially.  */
+		      mri_line_macro = 0;
+		      if (flag_m68k_mri)
+			{
+			  char *rest = input_line_pointer + 1;
+
+			  if (*rest == ':')
+			    ++rest;
+			  if (*rest == ' ' || *rest == '\t')
+			    ++rest;
+			  if ((strncasecmp (rest, "EQU", 3) == 0
+			       || strncasecmp (rest, "SET", 3) == 0)
+			      && (rest[3] == ' ' || rest[3] == '\t'))
+			    {
+			      input_line_pointer = rest + 3;
+			      equals (line_start,
+				      strncasecmp (rest, "SET", 3) == 0);
+			      continue;
+			    }
+			  if (strncasecmp (rest, "MACRO", 5) == 0
+			      && (rest[5] == ' '
+				  || rest[5] == '\t'
+				  || is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) rest[5]]))
+			    mri_line_macro = 1;
+			}
+
+		      /* In MRI mode, we need to handle the MACRO
+                         pseudo-op specially: we don't want to put the
+                         symbol in the symbol table.  */
+		      if (! mri_line_macro)
+			line_label = colon (line_start);
+		      else
+			line_label = symbol_create (line_start,
+						    absolute_section,
+						    (valueT) 0,
+						    &zero_address_frag);
+
+		      *input_line_pointer = c;
+		      if (c == ':')
+			input_line_pointer++;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /*
+	   * We are at the begining of a line, or similar place.
+	   * We expect a well-formed assembler statement.
+	   * A "symbol-name:" is a statement.
+	   *
+	   * Depending on what compiler is used, the order of these tests
+	   * may vary to catch most common case 1st.
+	   * Each test is independent of all other tests at the (top) level.
+	   * PLEASE make a compiler that doesn't use this assembler.
+	   * It is crufty to waste a compiler's time encoding things for this
+	   * assembler, which then wastes more time decoding it.
+	   * (And communicating via (linear) files is silly!
+	   * If you must pass stuff, please pass a tree!)
+	   */
+	  if ((c = *input_line_pointer++) == '\t'
+	      || c == ' '
+	      || c == '\f'
+	      || c == 0)
+	    {
+	      c = *input_line_pointer++;
+	    }
+	  know (c != ' ');	/* No further leading whitespace. */
+	  LISTING_NEWLINE ();
+	  /*
+	   * C is the 1st significant character.
+	   * Input_line_pointer points after that character.
+	   */
+	  if (is_name_beginner (c))
+	    {
+	      /* want user-defined label or pseudo/opcode */
+	      HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY ();
+
+	      s = --input_line_pointer;
+	      c = get_symbol_end ();	/* name's delimiter */
+	      /*
+	       * C is character after symbol.
+	       * That character's place in the input line is now '\0'.
+	       * S points to the beginning of the symbol.
+	       *   [In case of pseudo-op, s->'.'.]
+	       * Input_line_pointer->'\0' where c was.
+	       */
+	      if (TC_START_LABEL(c, input_line_pointer))
+		{
+		  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+		    {
+		      char *rest = input_line_pointer + 1;
+
+		      /* In MRI mode, \tsym: set 0 is permitted.  */
+
+		      if (*rest == ':')
+			++rest;
+		      if (*rest == ' ' || *rest == '\t')
+			++rest;
+		      if ((strncasecmp (rest, "EQU", 3) == 0
+			   || strncasecmp (rest, "SET", 3) == 0)
+			  && (rest[3] == ' ' || rest[3] == '\t'))
+			{
+			  input_line_pointer = rest + 3;
+			  equals (s, 1);
+			  continue;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  line_label = colon (s);	/* user-defined label */
+		  *input_line_pointer++ = ':';	/* Put ':' back for error messages' sake. */
+		  /* Input_line_pointer->after ':'. */
+		  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+
+		}
+	      else if (c == '='
+		       || ((c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+			   && input_line_pointer[1] == '='
+#ifdef TC_EQUAL_IN_INSN
+			   && ! TC_EQUAL_IN_INSN (c, input_line_pointer)
+#endif
+			   ))
+		{
+		  equals (s, 1);
+		  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+		}
+	      else
+		{		/* expect pseudo-op or machine instruction */
+		  pop = NULL;
+
+#define IGNORE_OPCODE_CASE
+#ifdef IGNORE_OPCODE_CASE
+		  {
+		    char *s2 = s;
+		    while (*s2)
+		      {
+			if (isupper (*s2))
+			  *s2 = tolower (*s2);
+			s2++;
+		      }
+		  }
+#endif
+
+		  if (flag_m68k_mri
+#ifdef NO_PSEUDO_DOT
+		      || 1
+#endif
+		      )
+		    {
+		      /* The MRI assembler and the m88k use pseudo-ops
+                         without a period.  */
+		      pop = (pseudo_typeS *) hash_find (po_hash, s);
+		      if (pop != NULL && pop->poc_handler == NULL)
+			pop = NULL;
+		    }
+
+		  if (pop != NULL
+		      || (! flag_m68k_mri && *s == '.'))
+		    {
+		      /*
+		       * PSEUDO - OP.
+		       *
+		       * WARNING: c has next char, which may be end-of-line.
+		       * We lookup the pseudo-op table with s+1 because we
+		       * already know that the pseudo-op begins with a '.'.
+		       */
+
+		      if (pop == NULL)
+			pop = (pseudo_typeS *) hash_find (po_hash, s + 1);
+
+		      /* In MRI mode, we may need to insert an
+                         automatic alignment directive.  What a hack
+                         this is.  */
+		      if (mri_pending_align
+			  && (pop == NULL
+			      || ! ((pop->poc_handler == cons
+				     && pop->poc_val == 1)
+				    || (pop->poc_handler == s_space
+					&& pop->poc_val == 1)
+#ifdef tc_conditional_pseudoop
+				    || tc_conditional_pseudoop (pop)
+#endif
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_if
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_ifdef
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_ifc
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_ifeqs
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_else
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_endif
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_globl
+				    || pop->poc_handler == s_ignore)))
+			{
+			  do_align (1, (char *) NULL, 0, 0);
+			  mri_pending_align = 0;
+			  if (line_label != NULL)
+			    {
+			      line_label->sy_frag = frag_now;
+			      S_SET_VALUE (line_label, frag_now_fix ());
+			    }
+			}
+
+		      /* Print the error msg now, while we still can */
+		      if (pop == NULL)
+			{
+			  as_bad ("Unknown pseudo-op:  `%s'", s);
+			  *input_line_pointer = c;
+			  s_ignore (0);
+			  continue;
+			}
+
+		      /* Put it back for error messages etc. */
+		      *input_line_pointer = c;
+		      /* The following skip of whitespace is compulsory.
+			 A well shaped space is sometimes all that separates
+			 keyword from operands. */
+		      if (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+			input_line_pointer++;
+		      /*
+		       * Input_line is restored.
+		       * Input_line_pointer->1st non-blank char
+		       * after pseudo-operation.
+		       */
+		      (*pop->poc_handler) (pop->poc_val);
+
+		      /* If that was .end, just get out now.  */
+		      if (pop->poc_handler == s_end)
+			goto quit;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      int inquote = 0;
+
+		      /* WARNING: c has char, which may be end-of-line. */
+		      /* Also: input_line_pointer->`\0` where c was. */
+		      *input_line_pointer = c;
+		      while (!is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]
+			     || inquote
+#ifdef TC_EOL_IN_INSN
+			     || TC_EOL_IN_INSN (input_line_pointer)
+#endif
+			     )
+			{
+			  if (flag_m68k_mri && *input_line_pointer == '\'')
+			    inquote = ! inquote;
+			  input_line_pointer++;
+			}
+
+		      c = *input_line_pointer;
+		      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+
+#ifdef OBJ_GENERATE_ASM_LINENO
+		      if (generate_asm_lineno == 0)
+			{
+		          if (ecoff_no_current_file ())
+			    generate_asm_lineno = 1;
+			}
+		      if (generate_asm_lineno == 1)
+		        {
+			  unsigned int lineno;
+			  char *s;
+
+			  as_where (&s, &lineno);
+			  OBJ_GENERATE_ASM_LINENO (s, lineno);
+		        }
+#endif
+
+		      if (macro_defined)
+			{
+			  sb out;
+			  const char *err;
+
+			  if (check_macro (s, &out, '\0', &err))
+			    {
+			      if (err != NULL)
+				as_bad (err);
+			      *input_line_pointer++ = c;
+			      input_scrub_include_sb (&out,
+						      input_line_pointer);
+			      sb_kill (&out);
+			      buffer_limit =
+				input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+			      continue;
+			    }
+			}
+
+		      if (mri_pending_align)
+			{
+			  do_align (1, (char *) NULL, 0, 0);
+			  mri_pending_align = 0;
+			  if (line_label != NULL)
+			    {
+			      line_label->sy_frag = frag_now;
+			      S_SET_VALUE (line_label, frag_now_fix ());
+			    }
+			}
+
+		      md_assemble (s);	/* Assemble 1 instruction. */
+
+		      *input_line_pointer++ = c;
+
+		      /* We resume loop AFTER the end-of-line from
+			 this instruction. */
+		    }		/* if (*s=='.') */
+		}		/* if c==':' */
+	      continue;
+	    }			/* if (is_name_beginner(c) */
+
+
+	  /* Empty statement?  */
+	  if (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) c])
+	    continue;
+
+	  if ((LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR || LOCAL_LABELS_FB)
+	      && isdigit (c))
+	    {
+	      /* local label  ("4:") */
+	      char *backup = input_line_pointer;
+
+	      HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY ();
+
+	      temp = c - '0';
+
+	      while (isdigit (*input_line_pointer))
+		{
+		  temp = (temp * 10) + *input_line_pointer - '0';
+		  ++input_line_pointer;
+		}		/* read the whole number */
+
+	      if (LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR
+		  && *input_line_pointer == '$'
+		  && *(input_line_pointer + 1) == ':')
+		{
+		  input_line_pointer += 2;
+
+		  if (dollar_label_defined (temp))
+		    {
+		      as_fatal ("label \"%d$\" redefined", temp);
+		    }
+
+		  define_dollar_label (temp);
+		  colon (dollar_label_name (temp, 0));
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB
+		  && *input_line_pointer++ == ':')
+		{
+		  fb_label_instance_inc (temp);
+		  colon (fb_label_name (temp, 0));
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      input_line_pointer = backup;
+	    }			/* local label  ("4:") */
+
+	  if (c && strchr (line_comment_chars, c))
+	    {			/* Its a comment.  Better say APP or NO_APP */
+	      char *ends;
+	      char *new_buf;
+	      char *new_tmp;
+	      unsigned int new_length;
+	      char *tmp_buf = 0;
+
+	      bump_line_counters ();
+	      s = input_line_pointer;
+	      if (strncmp (s, "APP\n", 4))
+		continue;	/* We ignore it */
+	      s += 4;
+
+	      ends = strstr (s, "#NO_APP\n");
+
+	      if (!ends)
+		{
+		  unsigned int tmp_len;
+		  unsigned int num;
+
+		  /* The end of the #APP wasn't in this buffer.  We
+		     keep reading in buffers until we find the #NO_APP
+		     that goes with this #APP  There is one.  The specs
+		     guarentee it. . . */
+		  tmp_len = buffer_limit - s;
+		  tmp_buf = xmalloc (tmp_len + 1);
+		  memcpy (tmp_buf, s, tmp_len);
+		  do
+		    {
+		      new_tmp = input_scrub_next_buffer (&buffer);
+		      if (!new_tmp)
+			break;
+		      else
+			buffer_limit = new_tmp;
+		      input_line_pointer = buffer;
+		      ends = strstr (buffer, "#NO_APP\n");
+		      if (ends)
+			num = ends - buffer;
+		      else
+			num = buffer_limit - buffer;
+
+		      tmp_buf = xrealloc (tmp_buf, tmp_len + num);
+		      memcpy (tmp_buf + tmp_len, buffer, num);
+		      tmp_len += num;
+		    }
+		  while (!ends);
+
+		  input_line_pointer = ends ? ends + 8 : NULL;
+
+		  s = tmp_buf;
+		  ends = s + tmp_len;
+
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  input_line_pointer = ends + 8;
+		}
+
+	      scrub_string = s;
+	      scrub_string_end = ends;
+
+	      new_length = ends - s;
+	      new_buf = (char *) xmalloc (new_length);
+	      new_tmp = new_buf;
+	      for (;;)
+		{
+		  int space;
+		  int size;
+
+		  space = (new_buf + new_length) - new_tmp;
+		  size = do_scrub_chars (scrub_from_string, new_tmp, space);
+
+		  if (size < space)
+		    {
+		      new_tmp += size;
+		      break;
+		    }
+
+		  new_buf = xrealloc (new_buf, new_length + 100);
+		  new_tmp = new_buf + new_length;
+		  new_length += 100;
+		}
+
+	      if (tmp_buf)
+		free (tmp_buf);
+	      old_buffer = buffer;
+	      old_input = input_line_pointer;
+	      old_limit = buffer_limit;
+	      buffer = new_buf;
+	      input_line_pointer = new_buf;
+	      buffer_limit = new_tmp;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  HANDLE_CONDITIONAL_ASSEMBLY ();
+
+#ifdef tc_unrecognized_line
+	  if (tc_unrecognized_line (c))
+	    continue;
+#endif
+
+	  /* as_warn("Junk character %d.",c);  Now done by ignore_rest */
+	  input_line_pointer--;	/* Report unknown char as ignored. */
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	}			/* while (input_line_pointer<buffer_limit) */
+
+#ifdef md_after_pass_hook
+      md_after_pass_hook ();
+#endif
+
+      if (old_buffer)
+	{
+	  free (buffer);
+	  bump_line_counters ();
+	  if (old_input != 0)
+	    {
+	      buffer = old_buffer;
+	      input_line_pointer = old_input;
+	      buffer_limit = old_limit;
+	      old_buffer = 0;
+	      goto contin;
+	    }
+	}
+    }				/* while (more buffers to scan) */
+
+ quit:
+
+#ifdef md_cleanup
+  md_cleanup();
+#endif
+  input_scrub_close ();		/* Close the input file */
+}
+
+/* For most MRI pseudo-ops, the line actually ends at the first
+   nonquoted space.  This function looks for that point, stuffs a null
+   in, and sets *STOPCP to the character that used to be there, and
+   returns the location.
+
+   Until I hear otherwise, I am going to assume that this is only true
+   for the m68k MRI assembler.  */
+
+char *
+mri_comment_field (stopcp)
+     char *stopcp;
+{
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+
+  char *s;
+  int inquote = 0;
+
+  know (flag_m68k_mri);
+
+  for (s = input_line_pointer;
+       ((! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *s] && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
+	|| inquote);
+       s++)
+    {
+      if (*s == '\'')
+	inquote = ! inquote;
+    }
+  *stopcp = *s;
+  *s = '\0';
+  return s;
+
+#else
+
+  char *s;
+
+  for (s = input_line_pointer; ! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *s]; s++)
+    ;
+  *stopcp = *s;
+  *s = '\0';
+  return s;
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/* Skip to the end of an MRI comment field.  */
+
+void
+mri_comment_end (stop, stopc)
+     char *stop;
+     int stopc;
+{
+  know (flag_mri);
+
+  input_line_pointer = stop;
+  *stop = stopc;
+  while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    ++input_line_pointer;
+}
+
+void 
+s_abort (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  as_fatal (".abort detected.  Abandoning ship.");
+}
+
+/* Guts of .align directive.  N is the power of two to which to align.
+   FILL may be NULL, or it may point to the bytes of the fill pattern.
+   LEN is the length of whatever FILL points to, if anything.  MAX is
+   the maximum number of characters to skip when doing the alignment,
+   or 0 if there is no maximum.  */
+
+static void 
+do_align (n, fill, len, max)
+     int n;
+     char *fill;
+     int len;
+     int max;
+{
+  char default_fill;
+
+#ifdef md_do_align
+  md_do_align (n, fill, len, max, just_record_alignment);
+#endif
+
+  if (fill == NULL)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: Fix this right for BFD!  */
+      if (now_seg != data_section && now_seg != bss_section)
+	default_fill = NOP_OPCODE;
+      else
+	default_fill = 0;
+      fill = &default_fill;
+      len = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Only make a frag if we HAVE to. . . */
+  if (n != 0 && !need_pass_2)
+    {
+      if (len <= 1)
+	frag_align (n, *fill, max);
+      else
+	frag_align_pattern (n, fill, len, max);
+    }
+
+#ifdef md_do_align
+ just_record_alignment:
+#endif
+
+  record_alignment (now_seg, n);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  A positive ARG is a default alignment
+   (in bytes).  A negative ARG is the negative of the length of the
+   fill pattern.  BYTES_P is non-zero if the alignment value should be
+   interpreted as the byte boundary, rather than the power of 2.  */
+
+static void
+s_align (arg, bytes_p)
+     int arg;
+     int bytes_p;
+{
+  register unsigned int align;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+  offsetT fill = 0;
+  int max;
+  int fill_p;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  if (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    {
+      if (arg < 0)
+	align = 0;
+      else
+	align = arg;	/* Default value from pseudo-op table */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      align = get_absolute_expression ();
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+
+  if (bytes_p)
+    {
+      /* Convert to a power of 2.  */
+      if (align != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int i;
+
+	  for (i = 0; (align & 1) == 0; align >>= 1, ++i)
+	    ;
+	  if (align != 1)
+	    as_bad ("Alignment not a power of 2");
+	  align = i;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (align > 15)
+    {
+      align = 15;
+      as_bad ("Alignment too large: %u assumed", align);
+    }
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      fill_p = 0;
+      max = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	fill_p = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  fill = get_absolute_expression ();
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  fill_p = 1;
+	}
+
+      if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+	max = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  max = get_absolute_expression ();
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! fill_p)
+    {
+      if (arg < 0)
+	as_warn ("expected fill pattern missing");
+      do_align (align, (char *) NULL, 0, max);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int fill_len;
+
+      if (arg >= 0)
+	fill_len = 1;
+      else
+	fill_len = - arg;
+      if (fill_len <= 1)
+	{
+	  char fill_char;
+
+	  fill_char = fill;
+	  do_align (align, &fill_char, fill_len, max);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char ab[16];
+
+	  if (fill_len > sizeof ab)
+	    abort ();
+	  md_number_to_chars (ab, fill, fill_len);
+	  do_align (align, ab, fill_len, max);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .align pseudo-op on machines where ".align 4" means
+   align to a 4 byte boundary.  */
+
+void 
+s_align_bytes (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  s_align (arg, 1);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .align pseud-op on machines where ".align 4" means align
+   to a 2**4 boundary.  */
+
+void 
+s_align_ptwo (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  s_align (arg, 0);
+}
+
+void 
+s_comm (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register char *name;
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  offsetT temp;
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  /* just after name is now '\0' */
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after symbol-name: rest of line ignored.");
+      if (flag_mri)
+	mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;		/* skip ',' */
+  if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn (".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored.", (long) temp);
+      if (flag_mri)
+	mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  *p = 0;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+  if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
+    {
+      as_bad ("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol `%s'.",
+	      S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+      if (flag_mri)
+	mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
+    {
+      if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) temp)
+	as_bad ("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld.",
+		S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
+		(long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
+		(long) temp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) temp);
+      S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+    }
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+  {
+    extern int flag_one;
+    if ( (!temp) || !flag_one)
+      S_GET_OTHER(symbolP) = const_flag;
+  }
+#endif /* not OBJ_VMS */
+  know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_comm() */
+
+/* The MRI COMMON pseudo-op.  We handle this by creating a common
+   symbol with the appropriate name.  We make s_space do the right
+   thing by increasing the size.  */
+
+void
+s_mri_common (small)
+     int small;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  char *alc = NULL;
+  symbolS *sym;
+  offsetT align;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (! flag_mri)
+    {
+      s_comm (0);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) *name))
+    c = get_symbol_end ();
+  else
+    {
+      do
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *input_line_pointer));
+      c = *input_line_pointer;
+      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+
+      if (line_label != NULL)
+	{
+	  alc = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (S_GET_NAME (line_label))
+				  + (input_line_pointer - name)
+				  + 1);
+	  sprintf (alc, "%s%s", name, S_GET_NAME (line_label));
+	  name = alc;
+	}
+    }
+
+  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+  if (alc != NULL)
+    free (alc);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    align = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      align = get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+
+  if (S_IS_DEFINED (sym) && ! S_IS_COMMON (sym))
+    {
+      as_bad ("attempt to re-define symbol `%s'", S_GET_NAME (sym));
+      mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  S_SET_EXTERNAL (sym);
+  mri_common_symbol = sym;
+
+#ifdef S_SET_ALIGN
+  if (align != 0)
+    S_SET_ALIGN (sym, align);
+#endif
+
+  if (line_label != NULL)
+    {
+      line_label->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+      line_label->sy_value.X_add_symbol = sym;
+      line_label->sy_value.X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
+      line_label->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (line_label, expr_section);
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: We just ignore the small argument, which distinguishes
+     COMMON and COMMON.S.  I don't know what we can do about it.  */
+
+  /* Ignore the type and hptype.  */
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    input_line_pointer += 2;
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    input_line_pointer += 2;
+
+  mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+s_data (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  segT section;
+  register int temp;
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
+    {
+      section = text_section;
+      temp += 1000;
+    }
+  else
+    section = data_section;
+
+  subseg_set (section, (subsegT) temp);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+  const_flag = 0;
+#endif
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .appfile pseudo-op.  This is automatically generated by
+   do_scrub_chars when a preprocessor # line comment is seen with a
+   file name.  This default definition may be overridden by the object
+   or CPU specific pseudo-ops.  This function is also the default
+   definition for .file; the APPFILE argument is 1 for .appfile, 0 for
+   .file.  */
+
+void 
+s_app_file (appfile)
+     int appfile;
+{
+  register char *s;
+  int length;
+
+  /* Some assemblers tolerate immediately following '"' */
+  if ((s = demand_copy_string (&length)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* If this is a fake .appfile, a fake newline was inserted into
+	 the buffer.  Passing -2 to new_logical_line tells it to
+	 account for it.  */
+      new_logical_line (s, appfile ? -2 : -1);
+
+      /* In MRI mode, the preprocessor may have inserted an extraneous
+         backquote.  */
+      if (flag_m68k_mri
+	  && *input_line_pointer == '\''
+	  && is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) input_line_pointer[1]])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+#ifdef LISTING
+      if (listing)
+	listing_source_file (s);
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef obj_app_file
+  obj_app_file (s);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Handle the .appline pseudo-op.  This is automatically generated by
+   do_scrub_chars when a preprocessor # line comment is seen.  This
+   default definition may be overridden by the object or CPU specific
+   pseudo-ops.  */
+
+void
+s_app_line (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int l;
+
+  /* The given number is that of the next line.  */
+  l = get_absolute_expression () - 1;
+  if (l < 0)
+    /* Some of the back ends can't deal with non-positive line numbers.
+       Besides, it's silly.  */
+    as_warn ("Line numbers must be positive; line number %d rejected.", l+1);
+  else
+    {
+      new_logical_line ((char *) NULL, l);
+#ifdef LISTING
+      if (listing)
+	listing_source_line (l);
+#endif
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .end pseudo-op.  Actually, the real work is done in
+   read_a_source_file.  */
+
+void
+s_end (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (flag_mri)
+    {
+      /* The MRI assembler permits the start symbol to follow .end,
+         but we don't support that.  */
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]
+	  && *input_line_pointer != '*'
+	  && *input_line_pointer != '!')
+	as_warn ("start address not supported");
+    }
+}
+
+/* Handle the .err pseudo-op.  */
+
+void
+s_err (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  as_bad (".err encountered");
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the MRI fail pseudo-op.  */
+
+void
+s_fail (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  offsetT temp;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (temp >= 500)
+    as_warn (".fail %ld encountered", (long) temp);
+  else
+    as_bad (".fail %ld encountered", (long) temp);
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void 
+s_fill (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  long temp_repeat = 0;
+  long temp_size = 1;
+  register long temp_fill = 0;
+  char *p;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  temp_repeat = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  temp_fill = get_absolute_expression ();
+	}
+    }
+  /* This is to be compatible with BSD 4.2 AS, not for any rational reason.  */
+#define BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_8 (8)
+  if (temp_size > BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_8)
+    {
+      as_warn (".fill size clamped to %d.", BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_8);
+      temp_size = BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_8;
+    }
+  if (temp_size < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn ("Size negative: .fill ignored.");
+      temp_size = 0;
+    }
+  else if (temp_repeat <= 0)
+    {
+      if (temp_repeat < 0)
+	as_warn ("Repeat < 0, .fill ignored");
+      temp_size = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (temp_size && !need_pass_2)
+    {
+      p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
+		    (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) temp_repeat,
+		    (char *) 0);
+      memset (p, 0, (unsigned int) temp_size);
+      /* The magic number BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_4 is from BSD 4.2 VAX
+       * flavoured AS.  The following bizzare behaviour is to be
+       * compatible with above.  I guess they tried to take up to 8
+       * bytes from a 4-byte expression and they forgot to sign
+       * extend. Un*x Sux. */
+#define BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_4 (4)
+      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) temp_fill,
+			  (temp_size > BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_4
+			   ? BSD_FILL_SIZE_CROCK_4
+			   : (int) temp_size));
+      /* Note: .fill (),0 emits no frag (since we are asked to .fill 0 bytes)
+       * but emits no error message because it seems a legal thing to do.
+       * It is a degenerate case of .fill but could be emitted by a compiler.
+       */
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void 
+s_globl (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  int c;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  do
+    {
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+      if (c == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	    c = '\n';
+	}
+    }
+  while (c == ',');
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the MRI IRP and IRPC pseudo-ops.  */
+
+void
+s_irp (irpc)
+     int irpc;
+{
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+  sb s;
+  const char *err;
+  sb out;
+
+  as_where (&file, &line);
+
+  sb_new (&s);
+  while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    sb_add_char (&s, *input_line_pointer++);
+
+  sb_new (&out);
+
+  err = expand_irp (irpc, 0, &s, &out, get_line_sb, '\0');
+  if (err != NULL)
+    as_bad_where (file, line, "%s", err);
+
+  sb_kill (&s);
+
+  input_scrub_include_sb (&out, input_line_pointer);
+  sb_kill (&out);
+  buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .linkonce pseudo-op.  This tells the assembler to mark
+   the section to only be linked once.  However, this is not supported
+   by most object file formats.  This takes an optional argument,
+   which is what to do about duplicates.  */
+
+void
+s_linkonce (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  enum linkonce_type type;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  type = LINKONCE_DISCARD;
+
+  if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    {
+      char *s;
+      char c;
+
+      s = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      if (strcasecmp (s, "discard") == 0)
+	type = LINKONCE_DISCARD;
+      else if (strcasecmp (s, "one_only") == 0)
+	type = LINKONCE_ONE_ONLY;
+      else if (strcasecmp (s, "same_size") == 0)
+	type = LINKONCE_SAME_SIZE;
+      else if (strcasecmp (s, "same_contents") == 0)
+	type = LINKONCE_SAME_CONTENTS;
+      else
+	as_warn ("unrecognized .linkonce type `%s'", s);
+
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+    }
+
+#ifdef obj_handle_link_once
+  obj_handle_link_once (type);
+#else /* ! defined (obj_handle_link_once) */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  {
+    flagword flags;
+
+    if ((bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput) & SEC_LINK_ONCE) == 0)
+      as_warn (".linkonce is not supported for this object file format");
+
+    flags = bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg);
+    flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
+    switch (type)
+      {
+      default:
+	abort ();
+      case LINKONCE_DISCARD:
+	flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
+	break;
+      case LINKONCE_ONE_ONLY:
+	flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY;
+	break;
+      case LINKONCE_SAME_SIZE:
+	flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE;
+	break;
+      case LINKONCE_SAME_CONTENTS:
+	flags |= SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS;
+	break;
+      }
+    if (! bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg, flags))
+      as_bad ("bfd_set_section_flags: %s",
+	      bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+  }
+#else /* ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) */
+  as_warn (".linkonce is not supported for this object file format");
+#endif /* ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) */
+#endif /* ! defined (obj_handle_link_once) */
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void 
+s_lcomm (needs_align)
+     /* 1 if this was a ".bss" directive, which may require a 3rd argument
+	(alignment); 0 if it was an ".lcomm" (2 args only)  */
+     int needs_align;
+{
+  register char *name;
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  register int temp;
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+  segT current_seg = now_seg;
+  subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
+  const int max_alignment = 15;
+  int align = 0;
+  segT bss_seg = bss_section;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  /* Accept an optional comma after the name.  The comma used to be
+     required, but Irix 5 cc does not generate it.  */
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+    {
+      as_bad ("Missing size expression");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
+    {
+      as_warn ("BSS length (%d.) <0! Ignored.", temp);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+#if defined (TC_MIPS) || defined (TC_ALPHA)
+  if (OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour
+      || OUTPUT_FLAVOR == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    {
+      /* For MIPS and Alpha ECOFF or ELF, small objects are put in .sbss.  */
+      if (temp <= bfd_get_gp_size (stdoutput))
+	{
+	  bss_seg = subseg_new (".sbss", 1);
+	  seg_info (bss_seg)->bss = 1;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, bss_seg, SEC_ALLOC))
+	    as_warn ("error setting flags for \".sbss\": %s",
+		     bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+   if (!needs_align)
+     {
+       /* FIXME. This needs to be machine independent. */
+       if (temp >= 8)
+	 align = 3;
+       else if (temp >= 4)
+	 align = 2;
+       else if (temp >= 2)
+	 align = 1;
+       else
+	 align = 0;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_EVAX
+       /* FIXME: This needs to be done in a more general fashion.  */
+       align = 3;
+#endif
+
+       record_alignment(bss_seg, align);
+     }
+
+  if (needs_align)
+    {
+      align = 0;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+	{
+	  as_bad ("Expected comma after size");
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == '\n')
+	{
+	  as_bad ("Missing alignment");
+	  return;
+	}
+      align = get_absolute_expression ();
+      if (align > max_alignment)
+	{
+	  align = max_alignment;
+	  as_warn ("Alignment too large: %d. assumed.", align);
+	}
+      else if (align < 0)
+	{
+	  align = 0;
+	  as_warn ("Alignment negative. 0 assumed.");
+	}
+      record_alignment (bss_seg, align);
+    }				/* if needs align */
+  else
+    {
+      /* Assume some objects may require alignment on some systems.  */
+#if defined (TC_ALPHA) && ! defined (VMS)
+      if (temp > 1)
+	{
+	  align = ffs (temp) - 1;
+	  if (temp % (1 << align))
+	    abort ();
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  *p = 0;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+  *p = c;
+
+  if (
+#if defined(OBJ_AOUT) | defined(OBJ_BOUT)
+       S_GET_OTHER (symbolP) == 0 &&
+       S_GET_DESC (symbolP) == 0 &&
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+       (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_seg
+	|| (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) == 0)))
+    {
+      char *pfrag;
+
+      subseg_set (bss_seg, 1);
+
+      if (align)
+	frag_align (align, 0, 0);
+					/* detach from old frag	*/
+      if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_seg)
+	symbolP->sy_frag->fr_symbol = NULL;
+
+      symbolP->sy_frag = frag_now;
+      pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
+			(offsetT) temp, (char *) 0);
+      *pfrag = 0;
+
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_seg);
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+      /* The symbol may already have been created with a preceding
+         ".globl" directive -- be careful not to step on storage class
+         in that case.  Otherwise, set it to static. */
+      if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP) != C_EXT)
+	{
+	  S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (symbolP, C_STAT);
+	}
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+
+#ifdef S_SET_SIZE
+      S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, temp);
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    as_bad ("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol `%s'.",
+	    S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+
+  subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_lcomm() */
+
+void 
+s_lsym (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register char *name;
+  register char c;
+  register char *p;
+  expressionS exp;
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  /* we permit ANY defined expression: BSD4.2 demands constants */
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      *p = 0;
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after name \"%s\"", name);
+      *p = c;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_constant
+      && exp.X_op != O_register)
+    {
+      as_bad ("bad expression");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  *p = 0;
+  symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+
+  /* FIXME-SOON I pulled a (&& symbolP->sy_other == 0 &&
+     symbolP->sy_desc == 0) out of this test because coff doesn't have
+     those fields, and I can't see when they'd ever be tripped.  I
+     don't think I understand why they were here so I may have
+     introduced a bug. As recently as 1.37 didn't have this test
+     anyway.  xoxorich. */
+
+  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == undefined_section
+      && S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) == 0)
+    {
+      /* The name might be an undefined .global symbol; be sure to
+	 keep the "external" bit. */
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP,
+		     (exp.X_op == O_constant
+		      ? absolute_section
+		      : reg_section));
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) exp.X_add_number);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      as_bad ("Symbol %s already defined", name);
+    }
+  *p = c;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_lsym() */
+
+/* Read a line into an sb.  */
+
+static int
+get_line_sb (line)
+     sb *line;
+{
+  char quote1, quote2, inquote;
+
+  if (input_line_pointer[-1] == '\n')
+    bump_line_counters ();
+
+  if (input_line_pointer >= buffer_limit)
+    {
+      buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+      if (buffer_limit == 0)
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If app.c sets any other characters to LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE, this
+     code needs to be changed.  */
+  if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+    quote1 = '"';
+  else
+    quote1 = '\0';
+
+  quote2 = '\0';
+  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+    quote2 = '\'';
+#ifdef LEX_IS_STRINGQUOTE
+  quote2 = '\'';
+#endif
+
+  inquote = '\0';
+  while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]
+	 || (inquote != '\0' && *input_line_pointer != '\n'))
+    {
+      if (inquote == *input_line_pointer)
+	inquote = '\0';
+      else if (inquote == '\0')
+	{
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == quote1)
+	    inquote = quote1;
+	  else if (*input_line_pointer == quote2)
+	    inquote = quote2;
+	}
+      sb_add_char (line, *input_line_pointer++);
+    }
+  while (input_line_pointer < buffer_limit && *input_line_pointer == '\n')
+    {
+      if (input_line_pointer[-1] == '\n')
+	bump_line_counters ();
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Define a macro.  This is an interface to macro.c, which is shared
+   between gas and gasp.  */
+
+void
+s_macro (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *file;
+  unsigned int line;
+  sb s;
+  sb label;
+  const char *err;
+  const char *name;
+
+  as_where (&file, &line);
+
+  sb_new (&s);
+  while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    sb_add_char (&s, *input_line_pointer++);
+
+  sb_new (&label);
+  if (line_label != NULL)
+    sb_add_string (&label, S_GET_NAME (line_label));
+
+  err = define_macro (0, &s, &label, get_line_sb, &name);
+  if (err != NULL)
+    as_bad_where (file, line, "%s", err);
+  else
+    {
+      if (line_label != NULL)
+	{
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (line_label, undefined_section);
+	  S_SET_VALUE (line_label, 0);
+	  line_label->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+	}
+
+      if (((flag_m68k_mri
+#ifdef NO_PSEUDO_DOT
+	    || 1
+#endif
+	    )
+	   && hash_find (po_hash, name) != NULL)
+	  || (! flag_m68k_mri
+	      && *name == '.'
+	      && hash_find (po_hash, name + 1) != NULL))
+	as_warn ("attempt to redefine pseudo-op `%s' ignored",
+		 name);
+    }
+
+  sb_kill (&s);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .mexit pseudo-op, which immediately exits a macro
+   expansion.  */
+
+void
+s_mexit (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  cond_exit_macro (macro_nest);
+  buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+}
+
+/* Switch in and out of MRI mode.  */
+
+void
+s_mri (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int on, old_flag;
+
+  on = get_absolute_expression ();
+  old_flag = flag_mri;
+  if (on != 0)
+    {
+      flag_mri = 1;
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+      flag_m68k_mri = 1;
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      flag_mri = 0;
+      flag_m68k_mri = 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef MRI_MODE_CHANGE
+  if (on != old_flag)
+    MRI_MODE_CHANGE (on);
+#endif
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle changing the location counter.  */
+
+static void
+do_org (segment, exp, fill)
+     segT segment;
+     expressionS *exp;
+     int fill;
+{
+  if (segment != now_seg && segment != absolute_section)
+    as_bad ("invalid segment \"%s\"; segment \"%s\" assumed",
+	    segment_name (segment), segment_name (now_seg));
+
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      if (fill != 0)
+	as_warn ("ignoring fill value in absolute section");
+      if (exp->X_op != O_constant)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("only constant offsets supported in absolute section");
+	  exp->X_add_number = 0;
+	}
+      abs_section_offset = exp->X_add_number;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p;
+
+      p = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, exp->X_add_symbol,
+		    exp->X_add_number, (char *) NULL);
+      *p = fill;
+    }
+}
+
+void 
+s_org (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register segT segment;
+  expressionS exp;
+  register long temp_fill;
+
+  /* The m68k MRI assembler has a different meaning for .org.  It
+     means to create an absolute section at a given address.  We can't
+     support that--use a linker script instead.  */
+  if (flag_m68k_mri)
+    {
+      as_bad ("MRI style ORG pseudo-op not supported");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Don't believe the documentation of BSD 4.2 AS.  There is no such
+     thing as a sub-segment-relative origin.  Any absolute origin is
+     given a warning, then assumed to be segment-relative.  Any
+     segmented origin expression ("foo+42") had better be in the right
+     segment or the .org is ignored.
+
+     BSD 4.2 AS warns if you try to .org backwards. We cannot because
+     we never know sub-segment sizes when we are reading code.  BSD
+     will crash trying to emit negative numbers of filler bytes in
+     certain .orgs. We don't crash, but see as-write for that code.
+
+     Don't make frag if need_pass_2==1.  */
+  segment = get_known_segmented_expression (&exp);
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      temp_fill = get_absolute_expression ();
+    }
+  else
+    temp_fill = 0;
+
+  if (!need_pass_2)
+    do_org (segment, &exp, temp_fill);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_org() */
+
+/* Handle parsing for the MRI SECT/SECTION pseudo-op.  This should be
+   called by the obj-format routine which handles section changing
+   when in MRI mode.  It will create a new section, and return it.  It
+   will set *TYPE to the section type: one of 'C' (code), 'D' (data),
+   'M' (mixed), or 'R' (romable).  If BFD_ASSEMBLER is defined, the
+   flags will be set in the section.  */
+
+void
+s_mri_sect (type)
+     char *type;
+{
+#ifdef TC_M68K
+
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  segT seg;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  if (! isdigit ((unsigned char) *name))
+    c = get_symbol_end ();
+  else
+    {
+      do
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+      while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *input_line_pointer));
+      c = *input_line_pointer;
+      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+    }
+
+  name = xstrdup (name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  seg = subseg_new (name, 0);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      int align;
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      align = get_absolute_expression ();
+      record_alignment (seg, align);
+    }
+
+  *type = 'C';
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      c = *++input_line_pointer;
+      c = toupper ((unsigned char) c);
+      if (c == 'C' || c == 'D' || c == 'M' || c == 'R')
+	*type = c;
+      else
+	as_bad ("unrecognized section type");
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      {
+	flagword flags;
+
+	flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+	if (*type == 'C')
+	  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE;
+	else if (*type == 'D' || *type == 'M')
+	  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA;
+	else if (*type == 'R')
+	  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_DATA | SEC_READONLY | SEC_ROM;
+	if (flags != SEC_NO_FLAGS)
+	  {
+	    if (! bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, flags))
+	      as_warn ("error setting flags for \"%s\": %s",
+		       bfd_section_name (stdoutput, seg),
+		       bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	  }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Ignore the HP type.  */
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    input_line_pointer += 2;
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+
+#else /* ! TC_M68K */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  segT seg;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+
+  name = xstrdup (name);
+
+  *input_line_pointer = c;
+
+  seg = subseg_new (name, 0);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    *type = 'C';
+  else
+    {
+      char *sectype;
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      sectype = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      if (*sectype == '\0')
+	*type = 'C';
+      else if (strcasecmp (sectype, "text") == 0)
+	*type = 'C';
+      else if (strcasecmp (sectype, "data") == 0)
+	*type = 'D';
+      else if (strcasecmp (sectype, "romdata") == 0)
+	*type = 'R';
+      else
+	as_warn ("unrecognized section type `%s'", sectype);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+    }
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      char *seccmd;
+
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      seccmd = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      if (strcasecmp (seccmd, "absolute") == 0)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("absolute sections are not supported");
+	  *input_line_pointer = c;
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (strcasecmp (seccmd, "align") == 0)
+	{
+	  int align;
+
+	  *input_line_pointer = c;
+	  align = get_absolute_expression ();
+	  record_alignment (seg, align);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  as_warn ("unrecognized section command `%s'", seccmd);
+	  *input_line_pointer = c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();	  
+
+#else /* ! TC_I960 */
+  /* The MRI assembler seems to use different forms of .sect for
+     different targets.  */
+  abort ();
+#endif /* ! TC_I960 */
+#endif /* ! TC_M68K */
+}
+
+/* Handle the .print pseudo-op.  */
+
+void
+s_print (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *s;
+  int len;
+
+  s = demand_copy_C_string (&len);
+  printf ("%s\n", s);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .purgem pseudo-op.  */
+
+void
+s_purgem (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  if (is_it_end_of_statement ())
+    {
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      char *name;
+      char c;
+
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      name = input_line_pointer;
+      c = get_symbol_end ();
+      delete_macro (name);
+      *input_line_pointer = c;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
+
+  --input_line_pointer;
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .rept pseudo-op.  */
+
+void
+s_rept (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  int count;
+  sb one;
+  sb many;
+
+  count = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  sb_new (&one);
+  if (! buffer_and_nest ("REPT", "ENDR", &one, get_line_sb))
+    {
+      as_bad ("rept without endr");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  sb_new (&many);
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    sb_add_sb (&many, &one);
+
+  sb_kill (&one);
+
+  input_scrub_include_sb (&many, input_line_pointer);
+  sb_kill (&many);
+  buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+}
+
+/* Handle the .equ, .equiv and .set directives.  If EQUIV is 1, then
+   this is .equiv, and it is an error if the symbol is already
+   defined.  */
+
+void 
+s_set (equiv)
+     int equiv;
+{
+  register char *name;
+  register char delim;
+  register char *end_name;
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  /*
+   * Especial apologies for the random logic:
+   * this just grew, and could be parsed much more simply!
+   * Dean in haste.
+   */
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  delim = get_symbol_end ();
+  end_name = input_line_pointer;
+  *end_name = delim;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      *end_name = 0;
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after name \"%s\"", name);
+      *end_name = delim;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  *end_name = 0;
+
+  if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Turn '. = mumble' into a .org mumble */
+      register segT segment;
+      expressionS exp;
+
+      segment = get_known_segmented_expression (&exp);
+
+      if (!need_pass_2)
+	do_org (segment, &exp, 0);
+
+      *end_name = delim;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if ((symbolP = symbol_find (name)) == NULL
+      && (symbolP = md_undefined_symbol (name)) == NULL)
+    {
+      symbolP = symbol_new (name, undefined_section, 0, &zero_address_frag);
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+      /* "set" symbols are local unless otherwise specified. */
+      SF_SET_LOCAL (symbolP);
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+
+    }				/* make a new symbol */
+
+  symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
+
+  *end_name = delim;
+
+  if (equiv
+      && S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)
+      && S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) != reg_section)
+    as_bad ("symbol `%s' already defined", S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+
+  pseudo_set (symbolP);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_set() */
+
+void 
+s_space (mult)
+     int mult;
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+  expressionS val;
+  char *p = 0;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+  int bytes;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  /* In m68k MRI mode, we need to align to a word boundary, unless
+     this is ds.b.  */
+  if (flag_m68k_mri && mult > 1)
+    {
+      if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+	{
+	  abs_section_offset += abs_section_offset & 1;
+	  if (line_label != NULL)
+	    S_SET_VALUE (line_label, abs_section_offset);
+	}
+      else if (mri_common_symbol != NULL)
+	{
+	  valueT val;
+
+	  val = S_GET_VALUE (mri_common_symbol);
+	  if ((val & 1) != 0)
+	    {
+	      S_SET_VALUE (mri_common_symbol, val + 1);
+	      if (line_label != NULL)
+		{
+		  know (line_label->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol);
+		  know (line_label->sy_value.X_add_symbol == mri_common_symbol);
+		  line_label->sy_value.X_add_number += 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  do_align (1, (char *) NULL, 0, 0);
+	  if (line_label != NULL)
+	    {
+	      line_label->sy_frag = frag_now;
+	      S_SET_VALUE (line_label, frag_now_fix ());
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  bytes = mult;
+
+  expression (&exp);
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      expression (&val);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      val.X_op = O_constant;
+      val.X_add_number = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (val.X_op != O_constant
+      || val.X_add_number < - 0x80
+      || val.X_add_number > 0xff
+      || (mult != 0 && mult != 1 && val.X_add_number != 0))
+    {
+      if (exp.X_op != O_constant)
+	as_bad ("Unsupported variable size or fill value");
+      else
+	{
+	  offsetT i;
+
+	  if (mult == 0)
+	    mult = 1;
+	  bytes = mult * exp.X_add_number;
+	  for (i = 0; i < exp.X_add_number; i++)
+	    emit_expr (&val, mult);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (exp.X_op == O_constant)
+	{
+	  long repeat;
+
+	  repeat = exp.X_add_number;
+	  if (mult)
+	    repeat *= mult;
+	  bytes = repeat;
+	  if (repeat <= 0)
+	    {
+	      if (! flag_mri || repeat < 0)
+		as_warn (".space repeat count is %s, ignored",
+			 repeat ? "negative" : "zero");
+	      goto getout;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are in the absolute section, just bump the offset.  */
+	  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      abs_section_offset += repeat;
+	      goto getout;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we are secretly in an MRI common section, then
+	     creating space just increases the size of the common
+	     symbol.  */
+	  if (mri_common_symbol != NULL)
+	    {
+	      S_SET_VALUE (mri_common_symbol,
+			   S_GET_VALUE (mri_common_symbol) + repeat);
+	      goto getout;
+	    }
+
+	  if (!need_pass_2)
+	    p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0,
+			  (offsetT) repeat, (char *) 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("space allocation too complex in absolute section");
+	      subseg_set (text_section, 0);
+	    }
+	  if (mri_common_symbol != NULL)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("space allocation too complex in common section");
+	      mri_common_symbol = NULL;
+	    }
+	  if (!need_pass_2)
+	    p = frag_var (rs_space, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0,
+			  make_expr_symbol (&exp), (offsetT) 0, (char *) 0);
+	}
+
+      if (p)
+	*p = val.X_add_number;
+    }
+
+ getout:
+
+  /* In MRI mode, after an odd number of bytes, we must align to an
+     even word boundary, unless the next instruction is a dc.b, ds.b
+     or dcb.b.  */
+  if (flag_mri && (bytes & 1) != 0)
+    mri_pending_align = 1;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* This is like s_space, but the value is a floating point number with
+   the given precision.  This is for the MRI dcb.s pseudo-op and
+   friends.  */
+
+void
+s_float_space (float_type)
+     int float_type;
+{
+  offsetT count;
+  int flen;
+  char temp[MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT];
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  count = get_absolute_expression ();
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      as_bad ("missing value");
+      if (flag_mri)
+	mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+  /* Skip any 0{letter} that may be present.  Don't even check if the
+   * letter is legal.  */
+  if (input_line_pointer[0] == '0' && isalpha (input_line_pointer[1]))
+    input_line_pointer += 2;
+
+  /* Accept :xxxx, where the x's are hex digits, for a floating point
+     with the exact digits specified.  */
+  if (input_line_pointer[0] == ':')
+    {
+      flen = hex_float (float_type, temp);
+      if (flen < 0)
+	{
+	  if (flag_mri)
+	    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *err;
+
+      err = md_atof (float_type, temp, &flen);
+      know (flen <= MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT);
+      know (flen > 0);
+      if (err)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("Bad floating literal: %s", err);
+	  if (flag_mri)
+	    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (--count >= 0)
+    {
+      char *p;
+
+      p = frag_more (flen);
+      memcpy (p, temp, (unsigned int) flen);
+    }
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Handle the .struct pseudo-op, as found in MIPS assemblers.  */
+
+void
+s_struct (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+  abs_section_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_set (absolute_section, 0);
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+void
+s_text (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  register int temp;
+
+  temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+  subseg_set (text_section, (subsegT) temp);
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+  const_flag &= ~IN_DEFAULT_SECTION;
+#endif
+}				/* s_text() */
+
+
+void 
+demand_empty_rest_of_line ()
+{
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+  /* Return having already swallowed end-of-line. */
+}				/* Return pointing just after end-of-line. */
+
+void
+ignore_rest_of_line ()		/* For suspect lines: gives warning. */
+{
+  if (!is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    {
+      if (isprint (*input_line_pointer))
+	as_bad ("Rest of line ignored. First ignored character is `%c'.",
+		*input_line_pointer);
+      else
+	as_bad ("Rest of line ignored. First ignored character valued 0x%x.",
+		*input_line_pointer);
+      while (input_line_pointer < buffer_limit
+	     && !is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	}
+    }
+  input_line_pointer++;		/* Return pointing just after end-of-line. */
+  know (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) input_line_pointer[-1]]);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			pseudo_set()
+ *
+ * In:	Pointer to a symbol.
+ *	Input_line_pointer->expression.
+ *
+ * Out:	Input_line_pointer->just after any whitespace after expression.
+ *	Tried to set symbol to value of expression.
+ *	Will change symbols type, value, and frag;
+ */
+void
+pseudo_set (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+#if (defined (OBJ_AOUT) || defined (OBJ_BOUT)) && ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  int ext;
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+
+  know (symbolP);		/* NULL pointer is logic error. */
+#if (defined (OBJ_AOUT) || defined (OBJ_BOUT)) && ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  ext = S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+
+  (void) expression (&exp);
+
+  if (exp.X_op == O_illegal)
+    as_bad ("illegal expression; zero assumed");
+  else if (exp.X_op == O_absent)
+    as_bad ("missing expression; zero assumed");
+  else if (exp.X_op == O_big)
+    as_bad ("%s number invalid; zero assumed",
+	    exp.X_add_number > 0 ? "bignum" : "floating point");
+  else if (exp.X_op == O_subtract
+	   && (S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_add_symbol)
+	       == S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_op_symbol))
+	   && SEG_NORMAL (S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_add_symbol))
+	   && exp.X_add_symbol->sy_frag == exp.X_op_symbol->sy_frag)
+    {
+      exp.X_op = O_constant;
+      exp.X_add_number = (S_GET_VALUE (exp.X_add_symbol)
+			  - S_GET_VALUE (exp.X_op_symbol));
+    }
+
+  switch (exp.X_op)
+    {
+    case O_illegal:
+    case O_absent:
+    case O_big:
+      exp.X_add_number = 0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case O_constant:
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, absolute_section);
+#if (defined (OBJ_AOUT) || defined (OBJ_BOUT)) && ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+      if (ext)
+	S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+      else
+	S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) exp.X_add_number);
+      symbolP->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      break;
+
+    case O_register:
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, reg_section);
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) exp.X_add_number);
+      symbolP->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      break;
+
+    case O_symbol:
+      if (S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_add_symbol) == undefined_section
+	  || exp.X_add_number != 0)
+	symbolP->sy_value = exp;
+      else
+	{
+	  symbolS *s = exp.X_add_symbol;
+
+	  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, S_GET_SEGMENT (s));
+#if (defined (OBJ_AOUT) || defined (OBJ_BOUT)) && ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+	  if (ext)
+	    S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+	  else
+	    S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
+#endif /* OBJ_AOUT or OBJ_BOUT */
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP,
+		       exp.X_add_number + S_GET_VALUE (s));
+	  symbolP->sy_frag = s->sy_frag;
+	  copy_symbol_attributes (symbolP, s);
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* The value is some complex expression.
+	 FIXME: Should we set the segment to anything?  */
+      symbolP->sy_value = exp;
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *			cons()
+ *
+ * CONStruct more frag of .bytes, or .words etc.
+ * Should need_pass_2 be 1 then emit no frag(s).
+ * This understands EXPRESSIONS.
+ *
+ * Bug (?)
+ *
+ * This has a split personality. We use expression() to read the
+ * value. We can detect if the value won't fit in a byte or word.
+ * But we can't detect if expression() discarded significant digits
+ * in the case of a long. Not worth the crocks required to fix it.
+ */
+
+/* Select a parser for cons expressions.  */
+
+/* Some targets need to parse the expression in various fancy ways.
+   You can define TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION to do whatever you like
+   (for example, the HPPA does this).  Otherwise, you can define
+   BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSIONS to permit bitfields to be specified, or
+   REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS to permit repeat counts.  If none of these
+   are defined, which is the normal case, then only simple expressions
+   are permitted.  */
+
+static void
+parse_mri_cons PARAMS ((expressionS *exp, unsigned int nbytes));
+
+#ifndef TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION
+#ifdef BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+#define TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION(EXP, NBYTES) parse_bitfield_cons (EXP, NBYTES)
+static void 
+parse_bitfield_cons PARAMS ((expressionS *exp, unsigned int nbytes));
+#endif
+#ifdef REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+#define TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION(EXP, NBYTES) parse_repeat_cons (EXP, NBYTES)
+static void
+parse_repeat_cons PARAMS ((expressionS *exp, unsigned int nbytes));
+#endif
+
+/* If we haven't gotten one yet, just call expression.  */
+#ifndef TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION
+#define TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION(EXP, NBYTES) expression (EXP)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* worker to do .byte etc statements */
+/* clobbers input_line_pointer, checks */
+/* end-of-line. */
+static void 
+cons_worker (nbytes, rva)
+     register int nbytes;	/* 1=.byte, 2=.word, 4=.long */
+     int rva;
+{
+  int c;
+  expressionS exp;
+  char *stop = NULL;
+  char stopc;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  if (is_it_end_of_statement ())
+    {
+      if (flag_mri)
+	mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef md_cons_align
+  md_cons_align (nbytes);
+#endif
+
+  c = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      if (flag_m68k_mri)
+	parse_mri_cons (&exp, (unsigned int) nbytes);
+      else
+	TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION (&exp, (unsigned int) nbytes);
+
+      if (rva)
+	{
+	  if (exp.X_op == O_symbol)
+	    exp.X_op = O_symbol_rva;
+	  else
+	    as_fatal ("rva without symbol");
+	}
+      emit_expr (&exp, (unsigned int) nbytes);
+      ++c;
+    }
+  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
+
+  /* In MRI mode, after an odd number of bytes, we must align to an
+     even word boundary, unless the next instruction is a dc.b, ds.b
+     or dcb.b.  */
+  if (flag_mri && nbytes == 1 && (c & 1) != 0)
+    mri_pending_align = 1;
+
+  input_line_pointer--;		/* Put terminator back into stream. */
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+
+void
+cons (size)
+     int size;
+{
+  cons_worker (size, 0);
+}
+
+void 
+s_rva (size)
+     int size;
+{
+  cons_worker (size, 1);
+}
+
+
+/* Put the contents of expression EXP into the object file using
+   NBYTES bytes.  If need_pass_2 is 1, this does nothing.  */
+
+void
+emit_expr (exp, nbytes)
+     expressionS *exp;
+     unsigned int nbytes;
+{
+  operatorT op;
+  register char *p;
+  valueT extra_digit = 0;
+
+  /* Don't do anything if we are going to make another pass.  */
+  if (need_pass_2)
+    return;
+
+  op = exp->X_op;
+
+  /* Allow `.word 0' in the absolute section.  */
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      if (op != O_constant || exp->X_add_number != 0)
+	as_bad ("attempt to store value in absolute section");
+      abs_section_offset += nbytes;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle a negative bignum.  */
+  if (op == O_uminus
+      && exp->X_add_number == 0
+      && exp->X_add_symbol->sy_value.X_op == O_big
+      && exp->X_add_symbol->sy_value.X_add_number > 0)
+    {
+      int i;
+      unsigned long carry;
+
+      exp = &exp->X_add_symbol->sy_value;
+
+      /* Negate the bignum: one's complement each digit and add 1.  */
+      carry = 1;
+      for (i = 0; i < exp->X_add_number; i++)
+	{
+	  unsigned long next;
+
+	  next = (((~ (generic_bignum[i] & LITTLENUM_MASK))
+		   & LITTLENUM_MASK)
+		  + carry);
+	  generic_bignum[i] = next & LITTLENUM_MASK;
+	  carry = next >> LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	}
+
+      /* We can ignore any carry out, because it will be handled by
+	 extra_digit if it is needed.  */
+
+      extra_digit = (valueT) -1;
+      op = O_big;
+    }
+
+  if (op == O_absent || op == O_illegal)
+    {
+      as_warn ("zero assumed for missing expression");
+      exp->X_add_number = 0;
+      op = O_constant;
+    }
+  else if (op == O_big && exp->X_add_number <= 0)
+    {
+      as_bad ("floating point number invalid; zero assumed");
+      exp->X_add_number = 0;
+      op = O_constant;
+    }
+  else if (op == O_register)
+    {
+      as_warn ("register value used as expression");
+      op = O_constant;
+    }
+
+  p = frag_more ((int) nbytes);
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+  /* If we have the difference of two symbols in a word, save it on
+     the broken_words list.  See the code in write.c.  */
+  if (op == O_subtract && nbytes == 2)
+    {
+      struct broken_word *x;
+
+      x = (struct broken_word *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct broken_word));
+      x->next_broken_word = broken_words;
+      broken_words = x;
+      x->frag = frag_now;
+      x->word_goes_here = p;
+      x->dispfrag = 0;
+      x->add = exp->X_add_symbol;
+      x->sub = exp->X_op_symbol;
+      x->addnum = exp->X_add_number;
+      x->added = 0;
+      new_broken_words++;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If we have an integer, but the number of bytes is too large to
+     pass to md_number_to_chars, handle it as a bignum.  */
+  if (op == O_constant && nbytes > sizeof (valueT))
+    {
+      valueT val;
+      int gencnt;
+
+      if (! exp->X_unsigned && exp->X_add_number < 0)
+	extra_digit = (valueT) -1;
+      val = (valueT) exp->X_add_number;
+      gencnt = 0;
+      do
+	{
+	  generic_bignum[gencnt] = val & LITTLENUM_MASK;
+	  val >>= LITTLENUM_NUMBER_OF_BITS;
+	  ++gencnt;
+	}
+      while (val != 0);
+      op = exp->X_op = O_big;
+      exp->X_add_number = gencnt;
+    }
+
+  if (op == O_constant)
+    {
+      register valueT get;
+      register valueT use;
+      register valueT mask;
+      valueT hibit;
+      register valueT unmask;
+
+      /* JF << of >= number of bits in the object is undefined.  In
+	 particular SPARC (Sun 4) has problems */
+      if (nbytes >= sizeof (valueT))
+	{
+	  mask = 0;
+	  if (nbytes > sizeof (valueT))
+	    hibit = 0;
+	  else
+	    hibit = (valueT) 1 << (nbytes * BITS_PER_CHAR - 1);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Don't store these bits. */
+	  mask = ~(valueT) 0 << (BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes);
+	  hibit = (valueT) 1 << (nbytes * BITS_PER_CHAR - 1);
+	}
+
+      unmask = ~mask;		/* Do store these bits. */
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+      "Do this mod if you want every overflow check to assume SIGNED 2's complement data.";
+      mask = ~(unmask >> 1);	/* Includes sign bit now. */
+#endif
+
+      get = exp->X_add_number;
+      use = get & unmask;
+      if ((get & mask) != 0
+	  && ((get & mask) != mask
+	      || (get & hibit) == 0))
+	{		/* Leading bits contain both 0s & 1s. */
+	  as_warn ("Value 0x%lx truncated to 0x%lx.",
+		   (unsigned long) get, (unsigned long) use);
+	}
+      /* put bytes in right order. */
+      md_number_to_chars (p, use, (int) nbytes);
+    }
+  else if (op == O_big)
+    {
+      int size;
+      LITTLENUM_TYPE *nums;
+
+      know (nbytes % CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM == 0);
+
+      size = exp->X_add_number * CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+      if (nbytes < size)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Bignum truncated to %d bytes", nbytes);
+	  size = nbytes;
+	}
+
+      if (target_big_endian)
+	{
+	  while (nbytes > size)
+	    {
+	      md_number_to_chars (p, extra_digit, CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM);
+	      nbytes -= CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	      p += CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	    }
+
+	  nums = generic_bignum + size / CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	  while (size > 0)
+	    {
+	      --nums;
+	      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) *nums, CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM);
+	      size -= CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	      p += CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  nums = generic_bignum;
+	  while (size > 0)
+	    {
+	      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) *nums, CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM);
+	      ++nums;
+	      size -= CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	      p += CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	      nbytes -= CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	    }
+
+	  while (nbytes > 0)
+	    {
+	      md_number_to_chars (p, extra_digit, CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM);
+	      nbytes -= CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	      p += CHARS_PER_LITTLENUM;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      memset (p, 0, nbytes);
+
+      /* Now we need to generate a fixS to record the symbol value.
+	 This is easy for BFD.  For other targets it can be more
+	 complex.  For very complex cases (currently, the HPPA and
+	 NS32K), you can define TC_CONS_FIX_NEW to do whatever you
+	 want.  For simpler cases, you can define TC_CONS_RELOC to be
+	 the name of the reloc code that should be stored in the fixS.
+	 If neither is defined, the code uses NO_RELOC if it is
+	 defined, and otherwise uses 0.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef TC_CONS_FIX_NEW
+      TC_CONS_FIX_NEW (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, nbytes, exp);
+#else
+      {
+	bfd_reloc_code_real_type r;
+
+	switch (nbytes)
+	  {
+	  case 1:
+	    r = BFD_RELOC_8;
+	    break;
+	  case 2:
+	    r = BFD_RELOC_16;
+	    break;
+	  case 4:
+	    r = BFD_RELOC_32;
+	    break;
+	  case 8:
+	    r = BFD_RELOC_64;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    as_bad ("unsupported BFD relocation size %u", nbytes);
+	    r = BFD_RELOC_32;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, (int) nbytes, exp,
+		     0, r);
+      }
+#endif
+#else
+#ifdef TC_CONS_FIX_NEW
+      TC_CONS_FIX_NEW (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, nbytes, exp);
+#else
+      /* Figure out which reloc number to use.  Use TC_CONS_RELOC if
+	 it is defined, otherwise use NO_RELOC if it is defined,
+	 otherwise use 0.  */
+#ifndef TC_CONS_RELOC
+#ifdef NO_RELOC
+#define TC_CONS_RELOC NO_RELOC
+#else
+#define TC_CONS_RELOC 0
+#endif
+#endif
+      fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, (int) nbytes, exp, 0,
+		   TC_CONS_RELOC);
+#endif /* TC_CONS_FIX_NEW */
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+
+/* i960 assemblers, (eg, asm960), allow bitfields after ".byte" as
+   w:x,y:z, where w and y are bitwidths and x and y are values.  They
+   then pack them all together. We do a little better in that we allow
+   them in words, longs, etc. and we'll pack them in target byte order
+   for you.
+
+   The rules are: pack least significat bit first, if a field doesn't
+   entirely fit, put it in the next unit.  Overflowing the bitfield is
+   explicitly *not* even a warning.  The bitwidth should be considered
+   a "mask".
+
+   To use this function the tc-XXX.h file should define
+   BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSIONS.  */
+
+static void 
+parse_bitfield_cons (exp, nbytes)
+     expressionS *exp;
+     unsigned int nbytes;
+{
+  unsigned int bits_available = BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes;
+  char *hold = input_line_pointer;
+
+  (void) expression (exp);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ':')
+    {			/* bitfields */
+      long value = 0;
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  unsigned long width;
+
+	  if (*input_line_pointer != ':')
+	    {
+	      input_line_pointer = hold;
+	      break;
+	    }			/* next piece is not a bitfield */
+
+	  /* In the general case, we can't allow
+	     full expressions with symbol
+	     differences and such.  The relocation
+	     entries for symbols not defined in this
+	     assembly would require arbitrary field
+	     widths, positions, and masks which most
+	     of our current object formats don't
+	     support.
+
+	     In the specific case where a symbol
+	     *is* defined in this assembly, we
+	     *could* build fixups and track it, but
+	     this could lead to confusion for the
+	     backends.  I'm lazy. I'll take any
+	     SEG_ABSOLUTE. I think that means that
+	     you can use a previous .set or
+	     .equ type symbol.  xoxorich. */
+
+	  if (exp->X_op == O_absent)
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("using a bit field width of zero");
+	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
+	      exp->X_op = O_constant;
+	    }			/* implied zero width bitfield */
+
+	  if (exp->X_op != O_constant)
+	    {
+	      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+	      as_bad ("field width \"%s\" too complex for a bitfield", hold);
+	      *input_line_pointer = ':';
+	      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+	      return;
+	    }			/* too complex */
+
+	  if ((width = exp->X_add_number) > (BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes))
+	    {
+	      as_warn ("field width %lu too big to fit in %d bytes: truncated to %d bits",
+		       width, nbytes, (BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes));
+	      width = BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes;
+	    }			/* too big */
+
+	  if (width > bits_available)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME-SOMEDAY: backing up and reparsing is wasteful.  */
+	      input_line_pointer = hold;
+	      exp->X_add_number = value;
+	      break;
+	    }			/* won't fit */
+
+	  hold = ++input_line_pointer; /* skip ':' */
+
+	  (void) expression (exp);
+	  if (exp->X_op != O_constant)
+	    {
+	      char cache = *input_line_pointer;
+
+	      *input_line_pointer = '\0';
+	      as_bad ("field value \"%s\" too complex for a bitfield", hold);
+	      *input_line_pointer = cache;
+	      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+	      return;
+	    }			/* too complex */
+
+	  value |= ((~(-1 << width) & exp->X_add_number)
+		    << ((BITS_PER_CHAR * nbytes) - bits_available));
+
+	  if ((bits_available -= width) == 0
+	      || is_it_end_of_statement ()
+	      || *input_line_pointer != ',')
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }			/* all the bitfields we're gonna get */
+
+	  hold = ++input_line_pointer;
+	  (void) expression (exp);
+	}			/* forever loop */
+
+      exp->X_add_number = value;
+      exp->X_op = O_constant;
+      exp->X_unsigned = 1;
+    }				/* if looks like a bitfield */
+}				/* parse_bitfield_cons() */
+
+#endif /* BITFIELD_CONS_EXPRESSIONS */
+
+/* Handle an MRI style string expression.  */
+
+static void
+parse_mri_cons (exp, nbytes)
+     expressionS *exp;
+     unsigned int nbytes;
+{
+  if (*input_line_pointer != '\''
+      && (input_line_pointer[1] != '\''
+	  || (*input_line_pointer != 'A'
+	      && *input_line_pointer != 'E')))
+    TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION (exp, nbytes);
+  else
+    {
+      int scan = 0;
+      unsigned int result = 0;
+
+      /* An MRI style string.  Cut into as many bytes as will fit into
+	 a nbyte chunk, left justify if necessary, and separate with
+	 commas so we can try again later.  */
+      if (*input_line_pointer == 'A')
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      else if (*input_line_pointer == 'E')
+	{
+	  as_bad ("EBCDIC constants are not supported");
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      for (scan = 0; scan < nbytes; scan++)
+	{
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == '\'')
+	    {
+	      if (input_line_pointer[1] == '\'')
+		{
+		  input_line_pointer++;
+		}
+	      else
+		break;
+	    }
+	  result = (result << 8) | (*input_line_pointer++);
+	}
+
+      /* Left justify */
+      while (scan < nbytes)
+	{
+	  result <<= 8;
+	  scan++;
+	}
+      /* Create correct expression */
+      exp->X_op = O_constant;
+      exp->X_add_number = result;
+      /* Fake it so that we can read the next char too */
+      if (input_line_pointer[0] != '\'' ||
+	  (input_line_pointer[0] == '\'' && input_line_pointer[1] == '\''))
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer -= 2;
+	  input_line_pointer[0] = ',';
+	  input_line_pointer[1] = '\'';
+	}
+      else
+	input_line_pointer++;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+
+/* Parse a repeat expression for cons.  This is used by the MIPS
+   assembler.  The format is NUMBER:COUNT; NUMBER appears in the
+   object file COUNT times.
+
+   To use this for a target, define REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS.  */
+
+static void
+parse_repeat_cons (exp, nbytes)
+     expressionS *exp;
+     unsigned int nbytes;
+{
+  expressionS count;
+  register int i;
+
+  expression (exp);
+
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ':')
+    {
+      /* No repeat count.  */
+      return;
+    }
+
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+  expression (&count);
+  if (count.X_op != O_constant
+      || count.X_add_number <= 0)
+    {
+      as_warn ("Unresolvable or nonpositive repeat count; using 1");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* The cons function is going to output this expression once.  So we
+     output it count - 1 times.  */
+  for (i = count.X_add_number - 1; i > 0; i--)
+    emit_expr (exp, nbytes);
+}
+
+#endif /* REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS */
+
+/* Parse a floating point number represented as a hex constant.  This
+   permits users to specify the exact bits they want in the floating
+   point number.  */
+
+static int
+hex_float (float_type, bytes)
+     int float_type;
+     char *bytes;
+{
+  int length;
+  int i;
+
+  switch (float_type)
+    {
+    case 'f':
+    case 'F':
+    case 's':
+    case 'S':
+      length = 4;
+      break;
+
+    case 'd':
+    case 'D':
+    case 'r':
+    case 'R':
+      length = 8;
+      break;
+
+    case 'x':
+    case 'X':
+      length = 12;
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+    case 'P':
+      length = 12;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      as_bad ("Unknown floating type type '%c'", float_type);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* It would be nice if we could go through expression to parse the
+     hex constant, but if we get a bignum it's a pain to sort it into
+     the buffer correctly.  */
+  i = 0;
+  while (hex_p (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '_')
+    {
+      int d;
+
+      /* The MRI assembler accepts arbitrary underscores strewn about
+	 through the hex constant, so we ignore them as well. */
+      if (*input_line_pointer == '_')
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (i >= length)
+	{
+	  as_warn ("Floating point constant too large");
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      d = hex_value (*input_line_pointer) << 4;
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+      while (*input_line_pointer == '_')
+	++input_line_pointer;
+      if (hex_p (*input_line_pointer))
+	{
+	  d += hex_value (*input_line_pointer);
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	}
+      if (target_big_endian)
+	bytes[i] = d;
+      else
+	bytes[length - i - 1] = d;
+      ++i;
+    }
+
+  if (i < length)
+    {
+      if (target_big_endian)
+	memset (bytes + i, 0, length - i);
+      else
+	memset (bytes, 0, length - i);
+    }
+
+  return length;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			float_cons()
+ *
+ * CONStruct some more frag chars of .floats .ffloats etc.
+ * Makes 0 or more new frags.
+ * If need_pass_2 == 1, no frags are emitted.
+ * This understands only floating literals, not expressions. Sorry.
+ *
+ * A floating constant is defined by atof_generic(), except it is preceded
+ * by 0d 0f 0g or 0h. After observing the STRANGE way my BSD AS does its
+ * reading, I decided to be incompatible. This always tries to give you
+ * rounded bits to the precision of the pseudo-op. Former AS did premature
+ * truncatation, restored noisy bits instead of trailing 0s AND gave you
+ * a choice of 2 flavours of noise according to which of 2 floating-point
+ * scanners you directed AS to use.
+ *
+ * In:	input_line_pointer->whitespace before, or '0' of flonum.
+ *
+ */
+
+void
+float_cons (float_type)
+     /* Clobbers input_line-pointer, checks end-of-line. */
+     register int float_type;	/* 'f':.ffloat ... 'F':.float ... */
+{
+  register char *p;
+  int length;			/* Number of chars in an object. */
+  register char *err;		/* Error from scanning floating literal. */
+  char temp[MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT];
+
+  if (is_it_end_of_statement ())
+    {
+      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* input_line_pointer->1st char of a flonum (we hope!). */
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+
+      /* Skip any 0{letter} that may be present. Don't even check if the
+       * letter is legal. Someone may invent a "z" format and this routine
+       * has no use for such information. Lusers beware: you get
+       * diagnostics if your input is ill-conditioned.
+       */
+      if (input_line_pointer[0] == '0' && isalpha (input_line_pointer[1]))
+	input_line_pointer += 2;
+
+      /* Accept :xxxx, where the x's are hex digits, for a floating
+         point with the exact digits specified.  */
+      if (input_line_pointer[0] == ':')
+	{
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  length = hex_float (float_type, temp);
+	  if (length < 0)
+	    {
+	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  err = md_atof (float_type, temp, &length);
+	  know (length <= MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT);
+	  know (length > 0);
+	  if (err)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("Bad floating literal: %s", err);
+	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (!need_pass_2)
+	{
+	  int count;
+
+	  count = 1;
+
+#ifdef REPEAT_CONS_EXPRESSIONS
+	  if (*input_line_pointer == ':')
+	    {
+	      expressionS count_exp;
+
+	      ++input_line_pointer;
+	      expression (&count_exp);
+	      if (count_exp.X_op != O_constant
+		  || count_exp.X_add_number <= 0)
+		{
+		  as_warn ("unresolvable or nonpositive repeat count; using 1");
+		}
+	      else
+		count = count_exp.X_add_number;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  while (--count >= 0)
+	    {
+	      p = frag_more (length);
+	      memcpy (p, temp, (unsigned int) length);
+	    }
+	}
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
+
+  --input_line_pointer;		/* Put terminator back into stream.  */
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* float_cons() */
+
+/*
+ *			stringer()
+ *
+ * We read 0 or more ',' seperated, double-quoted strings.
+ *
+ * Caller should have checked need_pass_2 is FALSE because we don't check it.
+ */
+
+
+void 
+stringer (append_zero)		/* Worker to do .ascii etc statements. */
+     /* Checks end-of-line. */
+     register int append_zero;	/* 0: don't append '\0', else 1 */
+{
+  register unsigned int c;
+
+#ifdef md_flush_pending_output
+  md_flush_pending_output ();
+#endif
+
+  /*
+   * The following awkward logic is to parse ZERO or more strings,
+   * comma seperated. Recall a string expression includes spaces
+   * before the opening '\"' and spaces after the closing '\"'.
+   * We fake a leading ',' if there is (supposed to be)
+   * a 1st, expression. We keep demanding expressions for each
+   * ','.
+   */
+  if (is_it_end_of_statement ())
+    {
+      c = 0;			/* Skip loop. */
+      ++input_line_pointer;	/* Compensate for end of loop. */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      c = ',';			/* Do loop. */
+    }
+  while (c == ',' || c == '<' || c == '"')
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      switch (*input_line_pointer)
+	{
+	case '\"':
+	  ++input_line_pointer;	/*->1st char of string. */
+	  while (is_a_char (c = next_char_of_string ()))
+	    {
+	      FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
+	    }
+	  if (append_zero)
+	    {
+	      FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (0);
+	    }
+	  know (input_line_pointer[-1] == '\"');
+	  break;
+	case '<':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  c = get_single_number ();
+	  FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
+	  if (*input_line_pointer != '>')
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("Expected <nn>");
+	    }
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  break;
+	case ',':
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  break;
+	}
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      c = *input_line_pointer;
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* stringer() */
+
+/* FIXME-SOMEDAY: I had trouble here on characters with the
+    high bits set.  We'll probably also have trouble with
+    multibyte chars, wide chars, etc.  Also be careful about
+    returning values bigger than 1 byte.  xoxorich. */
+
+unsigned int 
+next_char_of_string ()
+{
+  register unsigned int c;
+
+  c = *input_line_pointer++ & CHAR_MASK;
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\"':
+      c = NOT_A_CHAR;
+      break;
+
+    case '\n':
+      as_warn ("Unterminated string: Newline inserted.");
+      bump_line_counters ();
+      break;
+
+#ifndef NO_STRING_ESCAPES
+    case '\\':
+      switch (c = *input_line_pointer++)
+	{
+	case 'b':
+	  c = '\b';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'f':
+	  c = '\f';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'n':
+	  c = '\n';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'r':
+	  c = '\r';
+	  break;
+
+	case 't':
+	  c = '\t';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'v':
+	  c = '\013';
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	case '"':
+	  break;		/* As itself. */
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  {
+	    long number;
+	    int i;
+
+	    for (i = 0, number = 0; isdigit (c) && i < 3; c = *input_line_pointer++, i++)
+	      {
+		number = number * 8 + c - '0';
+	      }
+	    c = number & 0xff;
+	  }
+	  --input_line_pointer;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'x':
+	case 'X':
+	  {
+	    long number;
+
+	    number = 0;
+	    c = *input_line_pointer++;
+	    while (isxdigit (c))
+	      {
+		if (isdigit (c))
+		  number = number * 16 + c - '0';
+		else if (isupper (c))
+		  number = number * 16 + c - 'A' + 10;
+		else
+		  number = number * 16 + c - 'a' + 10;
+		c = *input_line_pointer++;
+	      }
+	    c = number & 0xff;
+	    --input_line_pointer;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case '\n':
+	  /* To be compatible with BSD 4.2 as: give the luser a linefeed!! */
+	  as_warn ("Unterminated string: Newline inserted.");
+	  c = '\n';
+	  bump_line_counters ();
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+
+#ifdef ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES
+	  as_bad ("Bad escaped character in string, '?' assumed");
+	  c = '?';
+#endif /* ONLY_STANDARD_ESCAPES */
+
+	  break;
+	}			/* switch on escaped char */
+      break;
+#endif /* ! defined (NO_STRING_ESCAPES) */
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }				/* switch on char */
+  return (c);
+}				/* next_char_of_string() */
+
+static segT
+get_segmented_expression (expP)
+     register expressionS *expP;
+{
+  register segT retval;
+
+  retval = expression (expP);
+  if (expP->X_op == O_illegal
+      || expP->X_op == O_absent
+      || expP->X_op == O_big)
+    {
+      as_bad ("expected address expression; zero assumed");
+      expP->X_op = O_constant;
+      expP->X_add_number = 0;
+      retval = absolute_section;
+    }
+  return retval;
+}
+
+static segT 
+get_known_segmented_expression (expP)
+     register expressionS *expP;
+{
+  register segT retval;
+
+  if ((retval = get_segmented_expression (expP)) == undefined_section)
+    {
+      /* There is no easy way to extract the undefined symbol from the
+	 expression.  */
+      if (expP->X_add_symbol != NULL
+	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (expP->X_add_symbol) != expr_section)
+	as_warn ("symbol \"%s\" undefined; zero assumed",
+		 S_GET_NAME (expP->X_add_symbol));
+      else
+	as_warn ("some symbol undefined; zero assumed");
+      retval = absolute_section;
+      expP->X_op = O_constant;
+      expP->X_add_number = 0;
+    }
+  know (retval == absolute_section || SEG_NORMAL (retval));
+  return (retval);
+}				/* get_known_segmented_expression() */
+
+offsetT
+get_absolute_expression ()
+{
+  expressionS exp;
+
+  expression (&exp);
+  if (exp.X_op != O_constant)
+    {
+      if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
+	as_bad ("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed");
+      exp.X_add_number = 0;
+    }
+  return exp.X_add_number;
+}
+
+char				/* return terminator */
+get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (val_pointer)
+     long *val_pointer;		/* return value of expression */
+{
+  /* FIXME: val_pointer should probably be offsetT *.  */
+  *val_pointer = (long) get_absolute_expression ();
+  return (*input_line_pointer++);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			demand_copy_C_string()
+ *
+ * Like demand_copy_string, but return NULL if the string contains any '\0's.
+ * Give a warning if that happens.
+ */
+char *
+demand_copy_C_string (len_pointer)
+     int *len_pointer;
+{
+  register char *s;
+
+  if ((s = demand_copy_string (len_pointer)) != 0)
+    {
+      register int len;
+
+      for (len = *len_pointer; len > 0; len--)
+	{
+	  if (*s == 0)
+	    {
+	      s = 0;
+	      len = 1;
+	      *len_pointer = 0;
+	      as_bad ("This string may not contain \'\\0\'");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return s;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			demand_copy_string()
+ *
+ * Demand string, but return a safe (=private) copy of the string.
+ * Return NULL if we can't read a string here.
+ */
+char *
+demand_copy_string (lenP)
+     int *lenP;
+{
+  register unsigned int c;
+  register int len;
+  char *retval;
+
+  len = 0;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '\"')
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;	/* Skip opening quote. */
+
+      while (is_a_char (c = next_char_of_string ()))
+	{
+	  obstack_1grow (&notes, c);
+	  len++;
+	}
+      /* JF this next line is so demand_copy_C_string will return a
+	 null terminated string. */
+      obstack_1grow (&notes, '\0');
+      retval = obstack_finish (&notes);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      as_warn ("Missing string");
+      retval = NULL;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+  *lenP = len;
+  return (retval);
+}				/* demand_copy_string() */
+
+/*
+ *		is_it_end_of_statement()
+ *
+ * In:	Input_line_pointer->next character.
+ *
+ * Do:	Skip input_line_pointer over all whitespace.
+ *
+ * Out:	1 if input_line_pointer->end-of-line.
+*/
+int 
+is_it_end_of_statement ()
+{
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  return (is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]);
+}				/* is_it_end_of_statement() */
+
+void 
+equals (sym_name, reassign)
+     char *sym_name;
+     int reassign;
+{
+  register symbolS *symbolP;	/* symbol we are working with */
+  char *stop;
+  char stopc;
+
+  input_line_pointer++;
+  if (*input_line_pointer == '=')
+    input_line_pointer++;
+
+  while (*input_line_pointer == ' ' || *input_line_pointer == '\t')
+    input_line_pointer++;
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    stop = mri_comment_field (&stopc);
+
+  if (sym_name[0] == '.' && sym_name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Turn '. = mumble' into a .org mumble */
+      register segT segment;
+      expressionS exp;
+
+      segment = get_known_segmented_expression (&exp);
+      if (!need_pass_2)
+	do_org (segment, &exp, 0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
+      /* Permit register names to be redefined.  */
+      if (! reassign
+	  && S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP)
+	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) != reg_section)
+	as_bad ("symbol `%s' already defined", S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+      pseudo_set (symbolP);
+    }
+
+  if (flag_mri)
+    mri_comment_end (stop, stopc);
+}				/* equals() */
+
+/* .include -- include a file at this point. */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void 
+s_include (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  char *newbuf;
+  char *filename;
+  int i;
+  FILE *try;
+  char *path;
+
+  if (! flag_m68k_mri)
+    filename = demand_copy_string (&i);
+  else
+    {
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      i = 0;
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]
+	     && *input_line_pointer != ' '
+	     && *input_line_pointer != '\t')
+	{
+	  obstack_1grow (&notes, *input_line_pointer);
+	  ++input_line_pointer;
+	  ++i;
+	}
+      obstack_1grow (&notes, '\0');
+      filename = obstack_finish (&notes);
+      while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+	++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+  path = xmalloc ((unsigned long) i + include_dir_maxlen + 5 /* slop */ );
+  for (i = 0; i < include_dir_count; i++)
+    {
+      strcpy (path, include_dirs[i]);
+      strcat (path, "/");
+      strcat (path, filename);
+      if (0 != (try = fopen (path, "r")))
+	{
+	  fclose (try);
+	  goto gotit;
+	}
+    }
+  free (path);
+  path = filename;
+gotit:
+  /* malloc Storage leak when file is found on path.  FIXME-SOMEDAY. */
+  newbuf = input_scrub_include_file (path, input_line_pointer);
+  buffer_limit = input_scrub_next_buffer (&input_line_pointer);
+}				/* s_include() */
+
+void 
+add_include_dir (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (include_dir_count == 0)
+    {
+      include_dirs = (char **) xmalloc (2 * sizeof (*include_dirs));
+      include_dirs[0] = ".";	/* Current dir */
+      include_dir_count = 2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      include_dir_count++;
+      include_dirs = (char **) realloc (include_dirs,
+				include_dir_count * sizeof (*include_dirs));
+    }
+
+  include_dirs[include_dir_count - 1] = path;	/* New one */
+
+  i = strlen (path);
+  if (i > include_dir_maxlen)
+    include_dir_maxlen = i;
+}				/* add_include_dir() */
+
+void 
+s_ignore (arg)
+     int arg;
+{
+  while (!is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer])
+    {
+      ++input_line_pointer;
+    }
+  ++input_line_pointer;
+}
+
+
+void
+read_print_statistics (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  hash_print_statistics (file, "pseudo-op table", po_hash);
+}
+
+/* end of read.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/read.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0aa78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* read.h - of read.c
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 90, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern char *input_line_pointer;/* -> char we are parsing now. */
+
+#define PERMIT_WHITESPACE	/* Define to make whitespace be allowed in */
+/* many syntactically unnecessary places. */
+/* Normally undefined. For compatibility */
+/* with ancient GNU cc. */
+/* #undef PERMIT_WHITESPACE */
+
+#ifdef PERMIT_WHITESPACE
+#define SKIP_WHITESPACE() {if (* input_line_pointer == ' ') ++ input_line_pointer;}
+#else
+#define SKIP_WHITESPACE() know(*input_line_pointer != ' ' )
+#endif
+
+
+#define	LEX_NAME	(1)	/* may continue a name */
+#define LEX_BEGIN_NAME	(2)	/* may begin a name */
+
+#define is_name_beginner(c) \
+  ( lex_type[(unsigned char) (c)] & LEX_BEGIN_NAME )
+#define is_part_of_name(c) \
+  ( lex_type[(unsigned char) (c)] & LEX_NAME       )
+
+#ifndef is_a_char
+#define CHAR_MASK	(0xff)
+#define NOT_A_CHAR	(CHAR_MASK+1)
+#define is_a_char(c)	(((unsigned)(c)) <= CHAR_MASK)
+#endif /* is_a_char() */
+
+extern char lex_type[];
+extern char is_end_of_line[];
+
+extern int is_it_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern int target_big_endian;
+
+/* These are initialized by the CPU specific target files (tc-*.c).  */
+extern const char comment_chars[];
+extern const char line_comment_chars[];
+extern const char line_separator_chars[];
+
+/* This flag whether to generate line info for asm file */
+extern int generate_asm_lineno;
+
+/* The offset in the absolute section.  */
+extern addressT abs_section_offset;
+
+/* The label on a line, used by some of the pseudo-ops.  */
+extern symbolS *line_label;
+
+/* This is used to support MRI common sections.  */
+extern symbolS *mri_common_symbol;
+
+/* Possible arguments to .linkonce.  */
+enum linkonce_type
+{
+  LINKONCE_UNSET = 0,
+  LINKONCE_DISCARD,
+  LINKONCE_ONE_ONLY,
+  LINKONCE_SAME_SIZE,
+  LINKONCE_SAME_CONTENTS
+};
+
+extern void pop_insert PARAMS ((const pseudo_typeS *));
+extern unsigned int get_stab_string_offset
+  PARAMS ((const char *string, const char *stabstr_secname));
+extern char *demand_copy_C_string PARAMS ((int *len_pointer));
+extern char get_absolute_expression_and_terminator
+  PARAMS ((long *val_pointer));
+extern offsetT get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((void));
+extern unsigned int next_char_of_string PARAMS ((void));
+extern void s_mri_sect PARAMS ((char *));
+extern char *mri_comment_field PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void mri_comment_end PARAMS ((char *, int));
+extern void add_include_dir PARAMS ((char *path));
+extern void cons PARAMS ((int nbytes));
+extern void demand_empty_rest_of_line PARAMS ((void));
+extern void emit_expr PARAMS ((expressionS *exp, unsigned int nbytes));
+extern void equals PARAMS ((char *sym_name, int reassign));
+extern void float_cons PARAMS ((int float_type));
+extern void ignore_rest_of_line PARAMS ((void));
+extern void pseudo_set PARAMS ((symbolS * symbolP));
+extern void read_a_source_file PARAMS ((char *name));
+extern void read_begin PARAMS ((void));
+extern void s_abort PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_align_bytes PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_align_ptwo PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_app_file PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_app_line PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_comm PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_data PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_desc PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_else PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_end PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_endif PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_err PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_fail PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_fill PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_float_space PARAMS ((int mult));
+extern void s_globl PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_if PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_ifc PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_ifdef PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_ifeqs PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_ignore PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_include PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_irp PARAMS ((int arg));
+extern void s_lcomm PARAMS ((int needs_align));
+extern void s_linkonce PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_lsym PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_macro PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_mexit PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_mri PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_mri_common PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_org PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_print PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_purgem PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_rept PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_set PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_space PARAMS ((int mult));
+extern void s_stab PARAMS ((int what));
+extern void s_struct PARAMS ((int));
+extern void s_text PARAMS ((int));
+extern void stringer PARAMS ((int append_zero));
+extern void s_xstab PARAMS ((int what));
+extern void s_rva PARAMS ((int));
+extern void read_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* end of read.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec23fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/* sb.c - string buffer manipulation routines
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve and Judy Chamberlain of Cygnus Support,
+      sac@cygnus.com
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "sb.h"
+
+/* These routines are about manipulating strings.
+
+   They are managed in things called `sb's which is an abbreviation
+   for string buffers.  An sb has to be created, things can be glued
+   on to it, and at the end of it's life it should be freed.  The
+   contents should never be pointed at whilst it is still growing,
+   since it could be moved at any time
+
+   eg:
+   sb_new (&foo);
+   sb_grow... (&foo,...);
+   use foo->ptr[*];
+   sb_kill (&foo);
+
+*/
+
+#define dsize 5
+
+static void sb_check PARAMS ((sb *, int));
+
+/* Statistics of sb structures.  */
+
+int string_count[sb_max_power_two];
+
+/* Free list of sb structures.  */
+
+static sb_list_vector free_list;
+
+/* initializes an sb. */
+
+void
+sb_build (ptr, size)
+     sb *ptr;
+     int size;
+{
+  /* see if we can find one to allocate */
+  sb_element *e;
+
+  if (size > sb_max_power_two)
+    abort ();
+
+  e = free_list.size[size];
+  if (!e)
+    {
+      /* nothing there, allocate one and stick into the free list */
+      e = (sb_element *) xmalloc (sizeof (sb_element) + (1 << size));
+      e->next = free_list.size[size];
+      e->size = 1 << size;
+      free_list.size[size] = e;
+      string_count[size]++;
+    }
+
+  /* remove from free list */
+
+  free_list.size[size] = e->next;
+
+  /* copy into callers world */
+  ptr->ptr = e->data;
+  ptr->pot = size;
+  ptr->len = 0;
+  ptr->item = e;
+}
+
+
+void
+sb_new (ptr)
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  sb_build (ptr, dsize);
+}
+
+/* deallocate the sb at ptr */
+
+void
+sb_kill (ptr)
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  /* return item to free list */
+  ptr->item->next = free_list.size[ptr->pot];
+  free_list.size[ptr->pot] = ptr->item;
+}
+
+/* add the sb at s to the end of the sb at ptr */
+
+void
+sb_add_sb (ptr, s)
+     sb *ptr;
+     sb *s;
+{
+  sb_check (ptr, s->len);
+  memcpy (ptr->ptr + ptr->len, s->ptr, s->len);
+  ptr->len += s->len;
+}
+
+/* make sure that the sb at ptr has room for another len characters,
+   and grow it if it doesn't. */
+
+static void
+sb_check (ptr, len)
+     sb *ptr;
+     int len;
+{
+  if (ptr->len + len >= 1 << ptr->pot)
+    {
+      sb tmp;
+      int pot = ptr->pot;
+      while (ptr->len + len >= 1 << pot)
+	pot++;
+      sb_build (&tmp, pot);
+      sb_add_sb (&tmp, ptr);
+      sb_kill (ptr);
+      *ptr = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+/* make the sb at ptr point back to the beginning.  */
+
+void
+sb_reset (ptr)
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  ptr->len = 0;
+}
+
+/* add character c to the end of the sb at ptr. */
+
+void
+sb_add_char (ptr, c)
+     sb *ptr;
+     int c;
+{
+  sb_check (ptr, 1);
+  ptr->ptr[ptr->len++] = c;
+}
+
+/* add null terminated string s to the end of sb at ptr. */
+
+void
+sb_add_string (ptr, s)
+     sb *ptr;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  int len = strlen (s);
+  sb_check (ptr, len);
+  memcpy (ptr->ptr + ptr->len, s, len);
+  ptr->len += len;
+}
+
+/* add string at s of length len to sb at ptr */
+
+void
+sb_add_buffer (ptr, s, len)
+     sb *ptr;
+     const char *s;
+     int len;
+{
+  sb_check (ptr, len);
+  memcpy (ptr->ptr + ptr->len, s, len);
+  ptr->len += len;
+}
+
+/* print the sb at ptr to the output file */
+
+void
+sb_print (outfile, ptr)
+     FILE *outfile;
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  int i;
+  int nc = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ptr->len; i++)
+    {
+      if (nc)
+	{
+	  fprintf (outfile, ",");
+	}
+      fprintf (outfile, "%d", ptr->ptr[i]);
+      nc = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+void 
+sb_print_at (outfile, idx, ptr)
+     FILE *outfile;
+     int idx;
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = idx; i < ptr->len; i++)
+    putc (ptr->ptr[i], outfile);
+}
+
+/* put a null at the end of the sb at in and return the start of the
+   string, so that it can be used as an arg to printf %s. */
+
+char *
+sb_name (in)
+     sb *in;
+{
+  /* stick a null on the end of the string */
+  sb_add_char (in, 0);
+  return in->ptr;
+}
+
+/* like sb_name, but don't include the null byte in the string.  */
+
+char *
+sb_terminate (in)
+     sb *in;
+{
+  sb_add_char (in, 0);
+  --in->len;
+  return in->ptr;
+}
+
+/* start at the index idx into the string in sb at ptr and skip
+   whitespace. return the index of the first non whitespace character */
+
+int
+sb_skip_white (idx, ptr)
+     int idx;
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  while (idx < ptr->len
+	 && (ptr->ptr[idx] == ' '
+	     || ptr->ptr[idx] == '\t'))
+    idx++;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* start at the index idx into the sb at ptr. skips whitespace,
+   a comma and any following whitespace. returnes the index of the
+   next character. */
+
+int
+sb_skip_comma (idx, ptr)
+     int idx;
+     sb *ptr;
+{
+  while (idx < ptr->len
+	 && (ptr->ptr[idx] == ' '
+	     || ptr->ptr[idx] == '\t'))
+    idx++;
+
+  if (idx < ptr->len
+      && ptr->ptr[idx] == ',')
+    idx++;
+
+  while (idx < ptr->len
+	 && (ptr->ptr[idx] == ' '
+	     || ptr->ptr[idx] == '\t'))
+    idx++;
+
+  return idx;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e6daf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/sb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* sb.h - header file for string buffer manipulation routines
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Steve and Judy Chamberlain of Cygnus Support,
+      sac@cygnus.com
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifndef SB_H
+
+#define SB_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* string blocks
+
+   I had a couple of choices when deciding upon this data structure.
+   gas uses null terminated strings for all its internal work.  This
+   often means that parts of the program that want to examine
+   substrings have to manipulate the data in the string to do the
+   right thing (a common operation is to single out a bit of text by
+   saving away the character after it, nulling it out, operating on
+   the substring and then replacing the character which was under the
+   null).  This is a pain and I remember a load of problems that I had with
+   code in gas which almost got this right.  Also, it's harder to grow and
+   allocate null terminated strings efficiently.
+
+   Obstacks provide all the functionality needed, but are too
+   complicated, hence the sb.
+
+   An sb is allocated by the caller, and is initialzed to point to an
+   sb_element.  sb_elements are kept on a free lists, and used when
+   needed, replaced onto the free list when unused.
+ */
+
+#define sb_max_power_two    30	/* don't allow strings more than
+			           2^sb_max_power_two long */
+/* structure of an sb */
+typedef struct sb
+  {
+    char *ptr;			/* points to the current block. */
+    int len;			/* how much is used. */
+    int pot;			/* the maximum length is 1<<pot */
+    struct le *item;
+  }
+sb;
+
+/* Structure of the free list object of an sb */
+typedef struct le
+  {
+    struct le *next;
+    int size;
+    char data[1];
+  }
+sb_element;
+
+/* The free list */
+typedef struct
+  {
+    sb_element *size[sb_max_power_two];
+  } sb_list_vector;
+
+extern int string_count[sb_max_power_two];
+
+extern void sb_build PARAMS ((sb *, int));
+extern void sb_new PARAMS ((sb *));
+extern void sb_kill PARAMS ((sb *));
+extern void sb_add_sb PARAMS ((sb *, sb *));
+extern void sb_reset PARAMS ((sb *));
+extern void sb_add_char PARAMS ((sb *, int));
+extern void sb_add_string PARAMS ((sb *, const char *));
+extern void sb_add_buffer PARAMS ((sb *, const char *, int));
+extern void sb_print PARAMS ((FILE *, sb *));
+extern void sb_print_at PARAMS ((FILE *, int, sb *));
+extern char *sb_name PARAMS ((sb *));
+extern char *sb_terminate PARAMS ((sb *));
+extern int sb_skip_white PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+extern int sb_skip_comma PARAMS ((int, sb *));
+
+/* Actually in input-scrub.c.  */
+extern void input_scrub_include_sb PARAMS ((sb *, char *));
+
+#endif /* SB_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/stabs.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/stabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..def437b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/stabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/* Generic stabs parsing for gas.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2,
+or (at your option) any later version.
+
+GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "ecoff.h"
+
+/* We need this, despite the apparent object format dependency, since
+   it defines stab types, which all object formats can use now. */
+
+#include "aout/stab_gnu.h"
+
+static void s_stab_generic PARAMS ((int, char *, char *));
+
+/* Allow backends to override the names used for the stab sections.  */
+#ifndef STAB_SECTION_NAME
+#define STAB_SECTION_NAME ".stab"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME
+#define STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME ".stabstr"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Handle .stabX directives, which used to be open-coded.
+ * So much creeping featurism overloaded the semantics that we decided
+ * to put all .stabX thinking in one place. Here.
+ *
+ * We try to make any .stabX directive legal. Other people's AS will often
+ * do assembly-time consistency checks: eg assigning meaning to n_type bits
+ * and "protecting" you from setting them to certain values. (They also zero
+ * certain bits before emitting symbols. Tut tut.)
+ *
+ * If an expression is not absolute we either gripe or use the relocation
+ * information. Other people's assemblers silently forget information they
+ * don't need and invent information they need that you didn't supply.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Build a string dictionary entry for a .stabX symbol.
+ * The symbol is added to the .<secname>str section.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS
+#define SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS 0
+#endif
+
+unsigned int
+get_stab_string_offset (string, stabstr_secname)
+     const char *string;
+     const char *stabstr_secname;
+{
+  unsigned int length;
+  unsigned int retval;
+
+  if (! SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS)
+    abort ();
+
+  retval = 0;
+  length = strlen (string);
+  if (length > 0)
+    {				/* Ordinary case. */
+      segT save_seg;
+      subsegT save_subseg;
+      segT seg;
+      char *p;
+
+      save_seg = now_seg;
+      save_subseg = now_subseg;
+
+      /* Create the stab string section.  */
+      seg = subseg_new (stabstr_secname, 0);
+
+      retval = seg_info (seg)->stabu.stab_string_size;
+      if (retval <= 0)
+	{
+	  /* Make sure the first string is empty.  */
+	  p = frag_more (1);
+	  *p = 0;
+	  retval = seg_info (seg)->stabu.stab_string_size = 1;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, SEC_READONLY | SEC_DEBUGGING);
+	  if (seg->name == stabstr_secname)
+	    seg->name = xstrdup (stabstr_secname);
+#endif
+	}
+
+      p = frag_more (length + 1);
+      strcpy (p, string);
+
+      seg_info (seg)->stabu.stab_string_size += length + 1;
+
+      subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
+    }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+#ifdef AOUT_STABS
+#ifndef OBJ_PROCESS_STAB
+#define OBJ_PROCESS_STAB(SEG,W,S,T,O,D)	aout_process_stab(W,S,T,O,D)
+#endif
+
+static void aout_process_stab PARAMS ((int, const char *, int, int, int));
+
+static void
+aout_process_stab (what, string, type, other, desc)
+     int what;
+     const char *string;
+     int type, other, desc;
+{
+  /* Put the stab information in the symbol table.  */
+  symbolS *symbol;
+
+  /* Create the symbol now, but only insert it into the symbol chain
+     after any symbols mentioned in the value expression get into the
+     symbol chain.  This is to avoid "continuation symbols" (where one
+     ends in "\" and the debug info is continued in the next .stabs
+     directive) from being separated by other random symbols.  */
+  symbol = symbol_create (string, undefined_section, 0,
+			  (struct frag *) NULL);
+  if (what == 's' || what == 'n')
+    {
+      /* Pick up the value from the input line.  */
+      symbol->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      pseudo_set (symbol);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* .stabd sets the name to NULL.  Why?  */
+      S_SET_NAME (symbol, NULL);
+      symbol->sy_frag = frag_now;
+      S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+    }
+
+  symbol_append (symbol, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+
+  S_SET_TYPE (symbol, type);
+  S_SET_OTHER (symbol, other);
+  S_SET_DESC (symbol, desc);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This can handle different kinds of stabs (s,n,d) and different
+   kinds of stab sections. */
+
+static void 
+s_stab_generic (what, stab_secname, stabstr_secname)
+     int what;
+     char *stab_secname;
+     char *stabstr_secname;
+{
+  long longint;
+  char *string;
+  int type;
+  int other;
+  int desc;
+
+  /* The general format is:
+     .stabs "STRING",TYPE,OTHER,DESC,VALUE
+     .stabn TYPE,OTHER,DESC,VALUE
+     .stabd TYPE,OTHER,DESC
+     At this point input_line_pointer points after the pseudo-op and
+     any trailing whitespace.  The argument what is one of 's', 'n' or
+     'd' indicating which type of .stab this is.  */
+
+  if (what != 's')
+    string = "";
+  else
+    {
+      int length;
+
+      string = demand_copy_C_string (&length);
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	input_line_pointer++;
+      else
+	{
+	  as_warn (".stabs: Missing comma");
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&longint) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn (".stab%c: Missing comma", what);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  type = longint;
+
+  if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&longint) != ',')
+    {
+      as_warn (".stab%c: Missing comma", what);
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+  other = longint;
+
+  desc = get_absolute_expression ();
+  if (what == 's' || what == 'n')
+    {
+      if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+	{
+	  as_warn (".stab%c: Missing comma", what);
+	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+    }
+
+#ifdef TC_PPC
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+  /* Solaris on PowerPC has decided that .stabd can take 4 arguments, so if we were
+     given 4 arguments, make it a .stabn */
+  else if (what == 'd')
+    {
+      char *save_location = input_line_pointer;
+
+      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+	{
+	  input_line_pointer++;
+	  what = 'n';
+	}
+      else
+	input_line_pointer = save_location;
+    }
+#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
+#endif /* TC_PPC */
+
+#ifndef NO_LISTING
+  if (listing)
+    {
+      switch (type)
+	{
+	case N_SLINE:
+	  listing_source_line ((unsigned int) desc);
+	  break;
+	case N_SO:
+	case N_SOL:
+	  listing_source_file (string);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+#endif /* ! NO_LISTING */
+
+  /* We have now gathered the type, other, and desc information.  For
+     .stabs or .stabn, input_line_pointer is now pointing at the
+     value.  */
+
+  if (SEPARATE_STAB_SECTIONS)
+    /* Output the stab information in a separate section.  This is used
+       at least for COFF and ELF.  */
+    {
+      segT saved_seg = now_seg;
+      subsegT saved_subseg = now_subseg;
+      fragS *saved_frag = frag_now;
+      valueT dot;
+      segT seg;
+      unsigned int stroff;
+      char *p;
+
+      static segT cached_sec;
+      static char *cached_secname;
+
+      dot = frag_now_fix ();
+
+      if (cached_secname && !strcmp (cached_secname, stab_secname))
+	{
+	  seg = cached_sec;
+	  subseg_set (seg, 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  seg = subseg_new (stab_secname, 0);
+	  if (cached_secname)
+	    free (cached_secname);
+	  cached_secname = xstrdup (stab_secname);
+	  cached_sec = seg;
+	}
+
+      if (! seg_info (seg)->hadone)
+	{
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	  bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
+				 SEC_READONLY | SEC_RELOC | SEC_DEBUGGING);
+#endif
+#ifdef INIT_STAB_SECTION
+	  INIT_STAB_SECTION (seg);
+#endif
+	  seg_info (seg)->hadone = 1;
+	}
+
+      stroff = get_stab_string_offset (string, stabstr_secname);
+      if (what == 's')
+	{
+	  /* release the string */
+	  obstack_free (&notes, string);
+	}
+
+      /* At least for now, stabs in a special stab section are always
+	 output as 12 byte blocks of information.  */
+      p = frag_more (8);
+      md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) stroff, 4);
+      md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) type, 1);
+      md_number_to_chars (p + 5, (valueT) other, 1);
+      md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) desc, 2);
+
+      if (what == 's' || what == 'n')
+	{
+	  /* Pick up the value from the input line.  */
+	  cons (4);
+	  input_line_pointer--;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  const char *fake;
+	  symbolS *symbol;
+	  expressionS exp;
+
+	  /* Arrange for a value representing the current location.  */
+	  fake = FAKE_LABEL_NAME;
+	  symbol = symbol_new (fake, saved_seg, dot, saved_frag);
+
+	  exp.X_op = O_symbol;
+	  exp.X_add_symbol = symbol;
+	  exp.X_add_number = 0;
+
+	  emit_expr (&exp, 4);
+	}
+
+#ifdef OBJ_PROCESS_STAB
+      OBJ_PROCESS_STAB (seg, what, string, type, other, desc);
+#endif
+
+      subseg_set (saved_seg, saved_subseg);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifdef OBJ_PROCESS_STAB
+      OBJ_PROCESS_STAB (0, what, string, type, other, desc);
+#else
+      abort ();
+#endif
+    }
+
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}
+
+/* Regular stab directive. */
+
+void
+s_stab (what)
+     int what;
+{
+  s_stab_generic (what, STAB_SECTION_NAME, STAB_STRING_SECTION_NAME);
+}
+
+/* "Extended stabs", used in Solaris only now. */
+
+void
+s_xstab (what)
+     int what;
+{
+  int length;
+  char *stab_secname, *stabstr_secname;
+  static char *saved_secname, *saved_strsecname;
+
+  /* @@ MEMORY LEAK: This allocates a copy of the string, but in most
+     cases it will be the same string, so we could release the storage
+     back to the obstack it came from.  */
+  stab_secname = demand_copy_C_string (&length);
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
+    input_line_pointer++;
+  else
+    {
+      as_bad ("comma missing in .xstabs");
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* To get the name of the stab string section, simply add "str" to
+     the stab section name.  */
+  if (saved_secname == 0 || strcmp (saved_secname, stab_secname))
+    {
+      stabstr_secname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (stab_secname) + 4);
+      strcpy (stabstr_secname, stab_secname);
+      strcat (stabstr_secname, "str");
+      if (saved_secname)
+	{
+	  free (saved_secname);
+	  free (saved_strsecname);
+	}
+      saved_secname = stab_secname;
+      saved_strsecname = stabstr_secname;
+    }
+  s_stab_generic (what, saved_secname, saved_strsecname);
+}
+
+#ifdef S_SET_DESC
+
+/* Frob invented at RMS' request. Set the n_desc of a symbol.  */
+
+void 
+s_desc (ignore)
+     int ignore;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char c;
+  char *p;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+  int temp;
+
+  name = input_line_pointer;
+  c = get_symbol_end ();
+  p = input_line_pointer;
+  *p = c;
+  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
+  if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
+    {
+      *p = 0;
+      as_bad ("Expected comma after name \"%s\"", name);
+      *p = c;
+      ignore_rest_of_line ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      input_line_pointer++;
+      temp = get_absolute_expression ();
+      *p = 0;
+      symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
+      *p = c;
+      S_SET_DESC (symbolP, temp);
+    }
+  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
+}				/* s_desc() */
+
+#endif /* defined (S_SET_DESC) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/struc-symbol.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/struc-symbol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e60cb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/struc-symbol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* struct_symbol.h - Internal symbol structure
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef __struc_symbol_h__
+#define __struc_symbol_h__
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+/* The BFD code wants to walk the list in both directions.  */
+#undef  SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+#define SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+#endif
+
+/* our version of an nlist node */
+struct symbol
+{
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* The (4-origin) position of sy_name in the symbol table of the object
+     file.  This will be 0 for (nameless) .stabd symbols.
+
+     Not used until write_object_file() time. */
+  unsigned long sy_name_offset;
+
+  /* What we write in .o file (if permitted).  */
+  obj_symbol_type sy_symbol;
+
+  /* The 24 bit symbol number.  Symbol numbers start at 0 and are unsigned. */
+  long sy_number;
+#else
+  /* BFD symbol */
+  asymbol *bsym;
+#endif
+
+  /* The value of the symbol.  */
+  expressionS sy_value;
+
+  /* Forwards and (optionally) backwards chain pointers.  */
+  struct symbol *sy_next;
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+  struct symbol *sy_previous;
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+
+  /* Pointer to the frag this symbol is attached to, if any.
+     Otherwise, NULL.  */
+  struct frag *sy_frag;
+
+  unsigned int written : 1;
+  /* Whether symbol value has been completely resolved (used during
+     final pass over symbol table).  */
+  unsigned int sy_resolved : 1;
+  /* Whether the symbol value is currently being resolved (used to
+     detect loops in symbol dependencies).  */
+  unsigned int sy_resolving : 1;
+  /* Whether the symbol value is used in a reloc.  This is used to
+     ensure that symbols used in relocs are written out, even if they
+     are local and would otherwise not be.  */
+  unsigned int sy_used_in_reloc : 1;
+
+  /* Whether the symbol is used as an operand or in an expression.  
+     NOTE:  Not all the backends keep this information accurate;
+     backends which use this bit are responsible for setting it when
+     a symbol is used in backend routines.  */
+  unsigned int sy_used : 1;
+
+  /* This is set if the symbol is defined in an MRI common section.
+     We handle such sections as single common symbols, so symbols
+     defined within them must be treated specially by the relocation
+     routines.  */
+  unsigned int sy_mri_common : 1;
+
+#ifdef OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE
+  OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE sy_obj;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE
+  TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE sy_tc;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+  TARGET_SYMBOL_FIELDS
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef struct symbol symbolS;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+struct broken_word
+  {
+    /* Linked list -- one of these structures per ".word x-y+C"
+       expression.  */
+    struct broken_word *next_broken_word;
+    /* Which frag is this broken word in?  */
+    fragS *frag;
+    /* Where in the frag is it?  */
+    char *word_goes_here;
+    /* Where to add the break.  */
+    fragS *dispfrag;		/* where to add the break */
+    /* Operands of expression.  */
+    symbolS *add;
+    symbolS *sub;
+    offsetT addnum;
+
+    int added;			/* nasty thing happend yet? */
+    /* 1: added and has a long-jump */
+    /* 2: added but uses someone elses long-jump */
+
+    /* Pointer to broken_word with a similar long-jump.  */
+    struct broken_word *use_jump;
+  };
+extern struct broken_word *broken_words;
+#endif /* ndef WORKING_DOT_WORD */
+
+/*
+ * Current means for getting from symbols to segments and vice verse.
+ * This will change for infinite-segments support (e.g. COFF).
+ */
+extern const segT N_TYPE_seg[];	/* subseg.c */
+
+#define	SEGMENT_TO_SYMBOL_TYPE(seg)  ( seg_N_TYPE [(int) (seg)] )
+extern const short seg_N_TYPE[];/* subseg.c */
+
+#define	N_REGISTER	30	/* Fake N_TYPE value for SEG_REGISTER */
+
+void symbol_clear_list_pointers PARAMS ((symbolS * symbolP));
+
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+
+void symbol_insert PARAMS ((symbolS * addme, symbolS * target,
+			    symbolS ** rootP, symbolS ** lastP));
+void symbol_remove PARAMS ((symbolS * symbolP, symbolS ** rootP,
+			    symbolS ** lastP));
+
+#define symbol_previous(s) ((s)->sy_previous)
+
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+
+void verify_symbol_chain PARAMS ((symbolS * rootP, symbolS * lastP));
+void verify_symbol_chain_2 PARAMS ((symbolS * symP));
+
+void symbol_append PARAMS ((symbolS * addme, symbolS * target,
+			    symbolS ** rootP, symbolS ** lastP));
+
+#define symbol_next(s)	((s)->sy_next)
+
+#endif /* __struc_symbol_h__ */
+
+/* end of struc-symbol.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d5b1f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/* subsegs.c - subsegments -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * Segments & sub-segments.
+ */
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+frchainS *frchain_root, *frchain_now;
+
+static struct obstack frchains;
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+segment_info_type segment_info[SEG_MAXIMUM_ORDINAL];
+
+#else
+/* Commented in "subsegs.h". */
+frchainS *data0_frchainP, *bss0_frchainP;
+
+#endif /* MANY_SEGMENTS */
+char const *const seg_name[] =
+{
+  "absolute",
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+  "e0", "e1", "e2", "e3", "e4", "e5", "e6", "e7", "e8", "e9",
+  "e10", "e11", "e12", "e13", "e14", "e15", "e16", "e17", "e18", "e19",
+  "e20", "e21", "e22", "e23", "e24", "e25", "e26", "e27", "e28", "e29",
+  "e30", "e31", "e32", "e33", "e34", "e35", "e36", "e37", "e38", "e39",
+#else
+  "text",
+  "data",
+  "bss",
+#endif /* MANY_SEGMENTS */
+  "unknown",
+  "ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!",
+  "expr",
+  "debug",
+  "transfert vector preload",
+  "transfert vector postload",
+  "register",
+  "",
+};				/* Used by error reporters, dumpers etc. */
+#else /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* Gas segment information for bfd_abs_section_ptr and
+   bfd_und_section_ptr.  */
+static segment_info_type *abs_seg_info;
+static segment_info_type *und_seg_info;
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+static void subseg_set_rest PARAMS ((segT, subsegT));
+
+static fragS dummy_frag;
+
+static frchainS absolute_frchain;
+
+void
+subsegs_begin ()
+{
+  /* Check table(s) seg_name[], seg_N_TYPE[] is in correct order */
+#if !defined (MANY_SEGMENTS) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  know (SEG_ABSOLUTE == 0);
+  know (SEG_TEXT == 1);
+  know (SEG_DATA == 2);
+  know (SEG_BSS == 3);
+  know (SEG_UNKNOWN == 4);
+  know (SEG_GOOF == 5);
+  know (SEG_EXPR == 6);
+  know (SEG_DEBUG == 7);
+  know (SEG_NTV == 8);
+  know (SEG_PTV == 9);
+  know (SEG_REGISTER == 10);
+  know (SEG_MAXIMUM_ORDINAL == SEG_REGISTER);
+#endif
+
+  obstack_begin (&frchains, chunksize);
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+  obstack_alignment_mask (&frchains) = __alignof__ (frchainS) - 1;
+#endif
+
+  frchain_root = NULL;
+  frchain_now = NULL;		/* Warn new_subseg() that we are booting. */
+
+  frag_now = &dummy_frag;
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  now_subseg = 42;		/* Lie for 1st call to subseg_new. */
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+  {
+    int i;
+    for (i = SEG_E0; i < SEG_UNKNOWN; i++)
+      {
+	subseg_set (i, 0);
+	segment_info[i].frchainP = frchain_now;
+      }
+  }
+#else
+  subseg_set (SEG_DATA, 0);	/* .data 0 */
+  data0_frchainP = frchain_now;
+
+  subseg_set (SEG_BSS, 0);
+  bss0_frchainP = frchain_now;
+
+#endif /* ! MANY_SEGMENTS */
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+  absolute_frchain.frch_seg = absolute_section;
+  absolute_frchain.frch_subseg = 0;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  absolute_frchain.fix_root = absolute_frchain.fix_tail = 0;
+#endif
+  absolute_frchain.frch_frag_now = &zero_address_frag;
+  absolute_frchain.frch_root = absolute_frchain.frch_last = &zero_address_frag;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			subseg_change()
+ *
+ * Change the subsegment we are in, BUT DO NOT MAKE A NEW FRAG for the
+ * subsegment. If we are already in the correct subsegment, change nothing.
+ * This is used eg as a worker for subseg_set [which does make a new frag_now]
+ * and for changing segments after we have read the source. We construct eg
+ * fixSs even after the source file is read, so we do have to keep the
+ * segment context correct.
+ */
+void
+subseg_change (seg, subseg)
+     register segT seg;
+     register int subseg;
+{
+  now_seg = seg;
+  now_subseg = subseg;
+
+  if (now_seg == absolute_section)
+    return;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  {
+    segment_info_type *seginfo;
+    seginfo = (segment_info_type *) bfd_get_section_userdata (stdoutput, seg);
+    if (! seginfo)
+      {
+	seginfo = (segment_info_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (*seginfo));
+	memset ((PTR) seginfo, 0, sizeof (*seginfo));
+	seginfo->fix_root = NULL;
+	seginfo->fix_tail = NULL;
+	seginfo->bfd_section = seg;
+	seginfo->sym = 0;
+	if (seg == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+	  abs_seg_info = seginfo;
+	else if (seg == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+	  und_seg_info = seginfo;
+	else
+	  bfd_set_section_userdata (stdoutput, seg, (PTR) seginfo);
+      }
+  }
+#else
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+  seg_fix_rootP = &segment_info[seg].fix_root;
+  seg_fix_tailP = &segment_info[seg].fix_tail;
+#else
+  if (seg == SEG_DATA)
+    {
+      seg_fix_rootP = &data_fix_root;
+      seg_fix_tailP = &data_fix_tail;
+    }
+  else if (seg == SEG_TEXT)
+    {
+      seg_fix_rootP = &text_fix_root;
+      seg_fix_tailP = &text_fix_tail;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      know (seg == SEG_BSS);
+      seg_fix_rootP = &bss_fix_root;
+      seg_fix_tailP = &bss_fix_tail;
+    }
+
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+subseg_set_rest (seg, subseg)
+     segT seg;
+     subsegT subseg;
+{
+  register frchainS *frcP;	/* crawl frchain chain */
+  register frchainS **lastPP;	/* address of last pointer */
+  frchainS *newP;		/* address of new frchain */
+
+  mri_common_symbol = NULL;
+
+  if (frag_now && frchain_now)
+    frchain_now->frch_frag_now = frag_now;
+
+  assert (frchain_now == 0
+	  || now_seg == undefined_section
+	  || now_seg == absolute_section
+	  || frchain_now->frch_last == frag_now);
+
+  subseg_change (seg, (int) subseg);
+
+  if (seg == absolute_section)
+    {
+      frchain_now = &absolute_frchain;
+      frag_now = &zero_address_frag;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  assert (frchain_now == 0
+	  || now_seg == undefined_section
+	  || frchain_now->frch_last == frag_now);
+
+  /*
+   * Attempt to find or make a frchain for that sub seg.
+   * Crawl along chain of frchainSs, begins @ frchain_root.
+   * If we need to make a frchainS, link it into correct
+   * position of chain rooted in frchain_root.
+   */
+  for (frcP = *(lastPP = &frchain_root);
+       frcP && frcP->frch_seg <= seg;
+       frcP = *(lastPP = &frcP->frch_next))
+    {
+      if (frcP->frch_seg == seg
+	  && frcP->frch_subseg >= subseg)
+	{
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  /*
+   * frcP:		Address of the 1st frchainS in correct segment with
+   *		frch_subseg >= subseg.
+   *		We want to either use this frchainS, or we want
+   *		to insert a new frchainS just before it.
+   *
+   *		If frcP==NULL, then we are at the end of the chain
+   *		of frchainS-s. A NULL frcP means we fell off the end
+   *		of the chain looking for a
+   *		frch_subseg >= subseg, so we
+   *		must make a new frchainS.
+   *
+   *		If we ever maintain a pointer to
+   *		the last frchainS in the chain, we change that pointer
+   *		ONLY when frcP==NULL.
+   *
+   * lastPP:	Address of the pointer with value frcP;
+   *		Never NULL.
+   *		May point to frchain_root.
+   *
+   */
+  if (!frcP
+      || (frcP->frch_seg > seg
+	  || frcP->frch_subseg > subseg))	/* Kinky logic only works with 2 segments. */
+    {
+      /*
+       * This should be the only code that creates a frchainS.
+       */
+      newP = (frchainS *) obstack_alloc (&frchains, sizeof (frchainS));
+      newP->frch_subseg = subseg;
+      newP->frch_seg = seg;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      newP->fix_root = NULL;
+      newP->fix_tail = NULL;
+#endif
+      obstack_begin (&newP->frch_obstack, 5000);
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2
+      obstack_alignment_mask (&newP->frch_obstack) = __alignof__ (fragS) - 1;
+#endif
+      newP->frch_frag_now = frag_alloc (&newP->frch_obstack);
+      newP->frch_frag_now->fr_type = rs_fill;
+
+      newP->frch_root = newP->frch_last = newP->frch_frag_now;
+
+      *lastPP = newP;
+      newP->frch_next = frcP;	/* perhaps NULL */
+      frcP = newP;
+    }
+  /*
+   * Here with frcP pointing to the frchainS for subseg.
+   */
+  frchain_now = frcP;
+  frag_now = frcP->frch_frag_now;
+
+  assert (frchain_now->frch_last == frag_now);
+}
+
+/*
+ *			subseg_set(segT, subsegT)
+ *
+ * If you attempt to change to the current subsegment, nothing happens.
+ *
+ * In:	segT, subsegT code for new subsegment.
+ *	frag_now -> incomplete frag for current subsegment.
+ *	If frag_now==NULL, then there is no old, incomplete frag, so
+ *	the old frag is not closed off.
+ *
+ * Out:	now_subseg, now_seg updated.
+ *	Frchain_now points to the (possibly new) struct frchain for this
+ *	sub-segment.
+ *	Frchain_root updated if needed.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+segT
+subseg_new (segname, subseg)
+     const char *segname;
+     subsegT subseg;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < (int) SEG_MAXIMUM_ORDINAL; i++)
+    {
+      const char *s;
+
+      s = segment_name ((segT) i);
+      if (strcmp (segname, s) == 0
+	  || (segname[0] == '.'
+	      && strcmp (segname + 1, s) == 0))
+	{
+	  subseg_set ((segT) i, subseg);
+	  return (segT) i;
+	}
+#ifdef obj_segment_name
+      s = obj_segment_name ((segT) i);
+      if (strcmp (segname, s) == 0
+	  || (segname[0] == '.'
+	      && strcmp (segname + 1, s) == 0))
+	{
+	  subseg_set ((segT) i, subseg);
+	  return (segT) i;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+#ifdef obj_add_segment
+  {
+    segT new_seg;
+    new_seg = obj_add_segment (segname);
+    subseg_set (new_seg, subseg);
+    return new_seg;
+  }
+#else
+  as_bad ("Attempt to switch to nonexistent segment \"%s\"", segname);
+  return now_seg;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+subseg_set (seg, subseg)	/* begin assembly for a new sub-segment */
+     register segT seg;		/* SEG_DATA or SEG_TEXT */
+     register subsegT subseg;
+{
+#ifndef MANY_SEGMENTS
+  know (seg == SEG_DATA
+	|| seg == SEG_TEXT
+	|| seg == SEG_BSS
+	|| seg == SEG_ABSOLUTE);
+#endif
+
+  if (seg != now_seg || subseg != now_subseg)
+    {				/* we just changed sub-segments */
+      subseg_set_rest (seg, subseg);
+    }
+  mri_common_symbol = NULL;
+}
+
+#else /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+segT
+subseg_get (segname, force_new)
+     const char *segname;
+     int force_new;
+{
+  segT secptr;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+  const char *now_seg_name = (now_seg
+			      ? bfd_get_section_name (stdoutput, now_seg)
+			      : 0);
+
+  if (!force_new
+      && now_seg_name
+      && (now_seg_name == segname
+	  || !strcmp (now_seg_name, segname)))
+    return now_seg;
+
+  if (!force_new)
+    secptr = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, segname);
+  else
+    secptr = bfd_make_section_anyway (stdoutput, segname);
+
+  seginfo = seg_info (secptr);
+  if (! seginfo)
+    {
+      /* Check whether output_section is set first because secptr may
+         be bfd_abs_section_ptr.  */
+      if (secptr->output_section != secptr)
+	secptr->output_section = secptr;
+      seginfo = (segment_info_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (*seginfo));
+      memset ((PTR) seginfo, 0, sizeof (*seginfo));
+      seginfo->fix_root = NULL;
+      seginfo->fix_tail = NULL;
+      seginfo->bfd_section = secptr;
+      if (secptr == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+	abs_seg_info = seginfo;
+      else if (secptr == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+	und_seg_info = seginfo;
+      else
+	bfd_set_section_userdata (stdoutput, secptr, (PTR) seginfo);
+      seginfo->frchainP = NULL;
+      seginfo->lineno_list_head = seginfo->lineno_list_tail = NULL;
+      seginfo->sym = NULL;
+      seginfo->dot = NULL;
+    }
+  return secptr;
+}
+
+segT
+subseg_new (segname, subseg)
+     const char *segname;
+     subsegT subseg;
+{
+  segT secptr;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+
+  secptr = subseg_get (segname, 0);
+  subseg_set_rest (secptr, subseg);
+  seginfo = seg_info (secptr);
+  if (! seginfo->frchainP)
+    seginfo->frchainP = frchain_now;
+  return secptr;
+}
+
+/* Like subseg_new, except a new section is always created, even if
+   a section with that name already exists.  */
+segT
+subseg_force_new (segname, subseg)
+     const char *segname;
+     subsegT subseg;
+{
+  segT secptr;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+
+  secptr = subseg_get (segname, 1);
+  subseg_set_rest (secptr, subseg);
+  seginfo = seg_info (secptr);
+  if (! seginfo->frchainP)
+    seginfo->frchainP = frchain_now;
+  return secptr;
+}
+
+void
+subseg_set (secptr, subseg)
+     segT secptr;
+     subsegT subseg;
+{
+  if (! (secptr == now_seg && subseg == now_subseg))
+    subseg_set_rest (secptr, subseg);
+  mri_common_symbol = NULL;
+}
+
+#ifndef obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc
+#define obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc(SEC)	0
+#endif
+
+/* Get the gas information we are storing for a section.  */
+
+segment_info_type *
+seg_info (sec)
+     segT sec;
+{
+  if (sec == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+    return abs_seg_info;
+  else if (sec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
+    return und_seg_info;
+  else
+    return (segment_info_type *) bfd_get_section_userdata (stdoutput, sec);
+}
+
+symbolS *
+section_symbol (sec)
+     segT sec;
+{
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  symbolS *s;
+
+  if (seginfo == 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (seginfo->sym)
+    return seginfo->sym;
+
+#ifndef EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+#define EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS 1
+#endif
+
+  if (! EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      || symbol_table_frozen
+#endif
+      )
+    /* Here we know it won't be going into the symbol table.  */
+    s = symbol_create (sec->name, sec, 0, &zero_address_frag);
+  else
+    s = symbol_new (sec->name, sec, 0, &zero_address_frag);
+  S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (s);
+
+  /* Use the BFD section symbol, if possible.  */
+  if (obj_sec_sym_ok_for_reloc (sec))
+    s->bsym = sec->symbol;
+
+  seginfo->sym = s;
+  return s;
+}
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+void
+subsegs_print_statistics (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  frchainS *frchp;
+  fprintf (file, "frag chains:\n");
+  for (frchp = frchain_root; frchp; frchp = frchp->frch_next)
+    {
+      int count = 0;
+      fragS *fragp;
+
+      /* If frch_subseg is non-zero, it's probably been chained onto
+	 the end of a previous subsection.  Don't count it again.  */
+      if (frchp->frch_subseg != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Skip gas-internal sections.  */
+      if (segment_name (frchp->frch_seg)[0] == '*')
+	continue;
+
+      for (fragp = frchp->frch_root; fragp; fragp = fragp->fr_next)
+	{
+#if 0
+	  switch (fragp->fr_type)
+	    {
+	    case rs_fill:
+	      fprintf (file, "f"); break;
+	    case rs_align:
+	      fprintf (file, "a"); break;
+	    case rs_align_code:
+	      fprintf (file, "c"); break;
+	    case rs_org:
+	      fprintf (file, "o"); break;
+	    case rs_machine_dependent:
+	      fprintf (file, "m"); break;
+	    case rs_space:
+	      fprintf (file, "s"); break;
+	    case 0:
+	      fprintf (file, "0"); break;
+	    default:
+	      fprintf (file, "?"); break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	  count++;
+	}
+      fprintf (file, "\n");
+      fprintf (file, "\t%p %-10s\t%10d frags\n", frchp,
+	       segment_name (frchp->frch_seg), count);
+    }
+}
+
+/* end of subsegs.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8605f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/subsegs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* subsegs.h -> subsegs.c
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * For every sub-segment the user mentions in the ASsembler program,
+ * we make one struct frchain. Each sub-segment has exactly one struct frchain
+ * and vice versa.
+ *
+ * Struct frchain's are forward chained (in ascending order of sub-segment
+ * code number). The chain runs through frch_next of each subsegment.
+ * This makes it hard to find a subsegment's frags
+ * if programmer uses a lot of them. Most programs only use text0 and
+ * data0, so they don't suffer. At least this way:
+ * (1)	There are no "arbitrary" restrictions on how many subsegments
+ *	can be programmed;
+ * (2)	Subsegments' frchain-s are (later) chained together in the order in
+ *	which they are emitted for object file viz text then data.
+ *
+ * From each struct frchain dangles a chain of struct frags. The frags
+ * represent code fragments, for that sub-segment, forward chained.
+ */
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+struct frchain			/* control building of a frag chain */
+{				/* FRCH = FRagment CHain control */
+  struct frag *frch_root;	/* 1st struct frag in chain, or NULL */
+  struct frag *frch_last;	/* last struct frag in chain, or NULL */
+  struct frchain *frch_next;	/* next in chain of struct frchain-s */
+  segT frch_seg;		/* SEG_TEXT or SEG_DATA. */
+  subsegT frch_subseg;		/* subsegment number of this chain */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  fixS *fix_root;		/* Root of fixups for this subsegment.  */
+  fixS *fix_tail;		/* Last fixup for this subsegment.  */
+#endif
+  struct obstack frch_obstack;	/* for objects in this frag chain */
+  fragS *frch_frag_now;		/* frag_now for this subsegment */
+};
+
+typedef struct frchain frchainS;
+
+/* All subsegments' chains hang off here.  NULL means no frchains yet.  */
+extern frchainS *frchain_root;
+
+/* Frchain we are assembling into now.  That is, the current segment's
+   frag chain, even if it contains no (complete) frags. */
+extern frchainS *frchain_now;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  frchainS *frchainP;
+  unsigned int hadone : 1;
+
+  /* This field is set if this is a .bss section which does not really
+     have any contents.  Once upon a time a .bss section did not have
+     any frags, but that is no longer true.  This field prevent the
+     SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag from being set for the section even if
+     there are frags.  */
+  unsigned int bss : 1;
+
+  int user_stuff;
+
+  /* Fixups for this segment.  If BFD_ASSEMBLER, this is only valid
+     after the frchains are run together.  */
+  fixS *fix_root;
+  fixS *fix_tail;
+
+#if defined (MANY_SEGMENTS) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  struct internal_scnhdr scnhdr;
+  enum linkonce_type linkonce;
+  const char *name;
+#endif
+
+  symbolS *dot;
+
+  struct lineno_list *lineno_list_head;
+  struct lineno_list *lineno_list_tail;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* Which BFD section does this gas segment correspond to?  */
+  asection *bfd_section;
+
+  /* NULL, or pointer to the gas symbol that is the section symbol for
+     this section.  sym->bsym and bfd_section->symbol should be the same.  */
+  symbolS *sym;
+#endif
+
+  union
+    {
+      /* Current size of section holding stabs strings.  */
+      unsigned long stab_string_size;
+      /* Initial frag for ELF.  */
+      char *p;
+    }
+  stabu;
+
+#ifdef NEED_LITERAL_POOL
+  unsigned long literal_pool_size;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TC_SEGMENT_INFO_TYPE
+  TC_SEGMENT_INFO_TYPE tc_segment_info_data;
+#endif
+} segment_info_type;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+extern segment_info_type *seg_info PARAMS ((segT));
+extern symbolS *section_symbol PARAMS ((segT));
+
+#else /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifdef MANY_SEGMENTS
+
+extern segment_info_type segment_info[];
+
+#define seg_info(SEC)	(&segment_info[SEC])
+
+#else
+
+/* Sentinel for frchain crawling.  Points to the 1st data-segment
+   frchain.  (Which is pointed to by the last text-segment frchain.) */
+extern frchainS *data0_frchainP;
+extern frchainS *bss0_frchainP;
+
+/* Dummy so stuff can compile.  Should never be used.  */
+struct seg_info_trash {
+  struct {
+    unsigned stab_string_size : 1;
+  } stabu;
+  unsigned hadone : 1;
+};
+#define seg_info(S)	(abort (), (struct seg_info_trash *) 0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+extern void subsegs_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* end of subsegs.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1c30d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@
+/* symbols.c -symbol table-
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* #define DEBUG_SYMS / * to debug symbol list maintenance */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "as.h"
+
+#include "obstack.h"		/* For "symbols.h" */
+#include "subsegs.h"
+
+/* This is non-zero if symbols are case sensitive, which is the
+   default.  */
+int symbols_case_sensitive = 1;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+extern int new_broken_words;
+#endif
+
+/* symbol-name => struct symbol pointer */
+static struct hash_control *sy_hash;
+
+/* Below are commented in "symbols.h". */
+symbolS *symbol_rootP;
+symbolS *symbol_lastP;
+symbolS abs_symbol;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_SYMS
+#define debug_verify_symchain verify_symbol_chain
+#else
+#define debug_verify_symchain(root, last) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+struct obstack notes;
+
+static void fb_label_init PARAMS ((void));
+static long dollar_label_instance PARAMS ((long));
+static long fb_label_instance PARAMS ((long));
+
+/* symbol_new()
+  
+   Return a pointer to a new symbol.  Die if we can't make a new
+   symbol.  Fill in the symbol's values.  Add symbol to end of symbol
+   chain.
+ 
+   This function should be called in the general case of creating a
+   symbol.  However, if the output file symbol table has already been
+   set, and you are certain that this symbol won't be wanted in the
+   output file, you can call symbol_create.  */
+
+symbolS *
+symbol_new (name, segment, valu, frag)
+     const char *name;
+     segT segment;
+     valueT valu;
+     fragS *frag;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP = symbol_create (name, segment, valu, frag);
+
+  /*
+   * Link to end of symbol chain.
+   */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  {
+    extern int symbol_table_frozen;
+    if (symbol_table_frozen)
+      abort ();
+  }
+#endif
+  symbol_append (symbolP, symbol_lastP, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+
+  return symbolP;
+}
+
+symbolS *
+symbol_create (name, segment, valu, frag)
+     const char *name;		/* It is copied, the caller can destroy/modify */
+     segT segment;		/* Segment identifier (SEG_<something>) */
+     valueT valu;		/* Symbol value */
+     fragS *frag;		/* Associated fragment */
+{
+  unsigned int name_length;
+  char *preserved_copy_of_name;
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  name_length = strlen (name) + 1;	/* +1 for \0 */
+  obstack_grow (&notes, name, name_length);
+  preserved_copy_of_name = obstack_finish (&notes);
+#ifdef STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+  if (preserved_copy_of_name[0] == '_')
+    preserved_copy_of_name++;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  preserved_copy_of_name =
+    tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (preserved_copy_of_name);
+#endif
+
+  if (! symbols_case_sensitive)
+    {
+      unsigned char *s;
+
+      for (s = (unsigned char *) preserved_copy_of_name; *s != '\0'; s++)
+	if (islower (*s))
+	  *s = toupper (*s);
+    }
+
+  symbolP = (symbolS *) obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (symbolS));
+
+  /* symbol must be born in some fixed state.  This seems as good as any. */
+  memset (symbolP, 0, sizeof (symbolS));
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  symbolP->bsym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (stdoutput);
+  if (symbolP->bsym == NULL)
+    as_perror ("%s", "bfd_make_empty_symbol");
+  symbolP->bsym->udata.p = (PTR) symbolP;
+#endif
+  S_SET_NAME (symbolP, preserved_copy_of_name);
+
+  S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, segment);
+  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, valu);
+  symbol_clear_list_pointers (symbolP);
+
+  symbolP->sy_frag = frag;
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  symbolP->sy_number = ~0;
+  symbolP->sy_name_offset = (unsigned int) ~0;
+#endif
+
+  obj_symbol_new_hook (symbolP);
+
+#ifdef tc_symbol_new_hook
+  tc_symbol_new_hook (symbolP);
+#endif
+
+  return symbolP;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *			colon()
+ *
+ * We have just seen "<name>:".
+ * Creates a struct symbol unless it already exists.
+ *
+ * Gripes if we are redefining a symbol incompatibly (and ignores it).
+ *
+ */
+symbolS *
+colon (sym_name)		/* just seen "x:" - rattle symbols & frags */
+     const char *sym_name;	/* symbol name, as a cannonical string */
+     /* We copy this string: OK to alter later. */
+{
+  register symbolS *symbolP;	/* symbol we are working with */
+
+  /* Sun local labels go out of scope whenever a non-local symbol is
+     defined.  */
+  if (LOCAL_LABELS_DOLLAR)
+    {
+      int local;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      local = bfd_is_local_label_name (stdoutput, sym_name);
+#else
+      local = LOCAL_LABEL (sym_name);
+#endif
+
+      if (! local)
+	dollar_label_clear ();
+    }
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+  if (new_broken_words)
+    {
+      struct broken_word *a;
+      int possible_bytes;
+      fragS *frag_tmp;
+      char *frag_opcode;
+
+      extern const int md_short_jump_size;
+      extern const int md_long_jump_size;
+      possible_bytes = (md_short_jump_size
+			+ new_broken_words * md_long_jump_size);
+
+      frag_tmp = frag_now;
+      frag_opcode = frag_var (rs_broken_word,
+			      possible_bytes,
+			      possible_bytes,
+			      (relax_substateT) 0,
+			      (symbolS *) broken_words,
+			      (offsetT) 0,
+			      NULL);
+
+      /* We want to store the pointer to where to insert the jump table in the
+	 fr_opcode of the rs_broken_word frag.  This requires a little
+	 hackery.  */
+      while (frag_tmp
+	     && (frag_tmp->fr_type != rs_broken_word
+		 || frag_tmp->fr_opcode))
+	frag_tmp = frag_tmp->fr_next;
+      know (frag_tmp);
+      frag_tmp->fr_opcode = frag_opcode;
+      new_broken_words = 0;
+
+      for (a = broken_words; a && a->dispfrag == 0; a = a->next_broken_word)
+	a->dispfrag = frag_tmp;
+    }
+#endif /* WORKING_DOT_WORD */
+
+  if ((symbolP = symbol_find (sym_name)) != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef RESOLVE_SYMBOL_REDEFINITION
+      if (RESOLVE_SYMBOL_REDEFINITION (symbolP))
+	return symbolP;
+#endif
+      /*
+       *	Now check for undefined symbols
+       */
+      if (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) || S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
+	{
+	  if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) == 0)
+	    {
+	      symbolP->sy_frag = frag_now;
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+	      S_SET_OTHER(symbolP, const_flag);
+#endif
+	      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+	      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, now_seg);
+#ifdef N_UNDF
+	      know (N_UNDF == 0);
+#endif /* if we have one, it better be zero. */
+
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /*
+	       *	There are still several cases to check:
+	       *		A .comm/.lcomm symbol being redefined as
+	       *			initialized data is OK
+	       *		A .comm/.lcomm symbol being redefined with
+	       *			a larger size is also OK
+	       *
+	       * This only used to be allowed on VMS gas, but Sun cc
+	       * on the sparc also depends on it.
+	       */
+
+	      if (((!S_IS_DEBUG (symbolP)
+		    && (!S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) || S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
+		    && S_IS_EXTERNAL (symbolP))
+		   || S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_section)
+		  && (now_seg == data_section
+		      || now_seg == S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)))
+		{
+		  /*
+		   *	Select which of the 2 cases this is
+		   */
+		  if (now_seg != data_section)
+		    {
+		      /*
+		       *   New .comm for prev .comm symbol.
+		       *	If the new size is larger we just
+		       *	change its value.  If the new size
+		       *	is smaller, we ignore this symbol
+		       */
+		      if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP)
+			  < ((unsigned) frag_now_fix ()))
+			{
+			  S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* It is a .comm/.lcomm being converted to initialized
+			 data.  */
+		      symbolP->sy_frag = frag_now;
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+		      S_SET_OTHER(symbolP, const_flag);
+#endif
+		      S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
+		      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, now_seg);	/* keep N_EXT bit */
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+#if defined (S_GET_OTHER) && defined (S_GET_DESC)
+		  as_fatal ("Symbol \"%s\" is already defined as \"%s\"/%d.%d.%ld.",
+			    sym_name,
+			    segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)),
+			    S_GET_OTHER (symbolP), S_GET_DESC (symbolP),
+			    (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP));
+#else
+		  as_fatal ("Symbol \"%s\" is already defined as \"%s\"/%ld.",
+			    sym_name,
+			    segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP)),
+			    (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP));
+#endif
+		}
+	    }			/* if the undefined symbol has no value */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Don't blow up if the definition is the same */
+	  if (!(frag_now == symbolP->sy_frag
+		&& S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) == frag_now_fix ()
+		&& S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == now_seg))
+	    as_fatal ("Symbol %s already defined.", sym_name);
+	}			/* if this symbol is not yet defined */
+
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      symbolP = symbol_new (sym_name, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (),
+			    frag_now);
+#ifdef OBJ_VMS
+      S_SET_OTHER (symbolP, const_flag);
+#endif /* OBJ_VMS */
+
+      symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
+    }				/* if we have seen this symbol before */
+
+  if (mri_common_symbol != NULL)
+    {
+      /* This symbol is actually being defined within an MRI common
+         section.  This requires special handling.  */
+      symbolP->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+      symbolP->sy_value.X_add_symbol = mri_common_symbol;
+      symbolP->sy_value.X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (mri_common_symbol);
+      symbolP->sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, expr_section);
+      symbolP->sy_mri_common = 1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_label
+  tc_frob_label (symbolP);
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_frob_label
+  obj_frob_label (symbolP);
+#endif
+
+  return symbolP;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *			symbol_table_insert()
+ *
+ * Die if we can't insert the symbol.
+ *
+ */
+
+void 
+symbol_table_insert (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  register const char *error_string;
+
+  know (symbolP);
+  know (S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
+
+  if ((error_string = hash_jam (sy_hash, S_GET_NAME (symbolP), (PTR) symbolP)))
+    {
+      as_fatal ("Inserting \"%s\" into symbol table failed: %s",
+		S_GET_NAME (symbolP), error_string);
+    }				/* on error */
+}				/* symbol_table_insert() */
+
+/*
+ *			symbol_find_or_make()
+ *
+ * If a symbol name does not exist, create it as undefined, and insert
+ * it into the symbol table. Return a pointer to it.
+ */
+symbolS *
+symbol_find_or_make (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  symbolP = symbol_find (name);
+
+  if (symbolP == NULL)
+    {
+      symbolP = symbol_make (name);
+
+      symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
+    }				/* if symbol wasn't found */
+
+  return (symbolP);
+}				/* symbol_find_or_make() */
+
+symbolS *
+symbol_make (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP;
+
+  /* Let the machine description default it, e.g. for register names. */
+  symbolP = md_undefined_symbol ((char *) name);
+
+  if (!symbolP)
+    symbolP = symbol_new (name, undefined_section, (valueT) 0, &zero_address_frag);
+
+  return (symbolP);
+}				/* symbol_make() */
+
+/*
+ *			symbol_find()
+ *
+ * Implement symbol table lookup.
+ * In:	A symbol's name as a string: '\0' can't be part of a symbol name.
+ * Out:	NULL if the name was not in the symbol table, else the address
+ *	of a struct symbol associated with that name.
+ */
+
+symbolS *
+symbol_find (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+#ifdef STRIP_UNDERSCORE
+  return (symbol_find_base (name, 1));
+#else /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+  return (symbol_find_base (name, 0));
+#endif /* STRIP_UNDERSCORE */
+}				/* symbol_find() */
+
+symbolS *
+symbol_find_base (name, strip_underscore)
+     CONST char *name;
+     int strip_underscore;
+{
+  if (strip_underscore && *name == '_')
+    name++;
+
+#ifdef tc_canonicalize_symbol_name
+  {
+    char *copy;
+
+    copy = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 1);
+    strcpy (copy, name);
+    name = tc_canonicalize_symbol_name (copy);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (! symbols_case_sensitive)
+    {
+      unsigned char *copy;
+
+      copy = (unsigned char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 1);
+      name = (const char *) copy;
+      for (; *copy != '\0'; copy++)
+	if (islower (*copy))
+	  *copy = toupper (*copy);
+    }
+
+  return ((symbolS *) hash_find (sy_hash, name));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Once upon a time, symbols were kept in a singly linked list.  At
+ * least coff needs to be able to rearrange them from time to time, for
+ * which a doubly linked list is much more convenient.  Loic did these
+ * as macros which seemed dangerous to me so they're now functions.
+ * xoxorich.
+ */
+
+/* Link symbol ADDME after symbol TARGET in the chain. */
+void 
+symbol_append (addme, target, rootPP, lastPP)
+     symbolS *addme;
+     symbolS *target;
+     symbolS **rootPP;
+     symbolS **lastPP;
+{
+  if (target == NULL)
+    {
+      know (*rootPP == NULL);
+      know (*lastPP == NULL);
+      addme->sy_next = NULL;
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+      addme->sy_previous = NULL;
+#endif
+      *rootPP = addme;
+      *lastPP = addme;
+      return;
+    }				/* if the list is empty */
+
+  if (target->sy_next != NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+      target->sy_next->sy_previous = addme;
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      know (*lastPP == target);
+      *lastPP = addme;
+    }				/* if we have a next */
+
+  addme->sy_next = target->sy_next;
+  target->sy_next = addme;
+
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+  addme->sy_previous = target;
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+
+  debug_verify_symchain (symbol_rootP, symbol_lastP);
+}
+
+/* Set the chain pointers of SYMBOL to null. */
+void 
+symbol_clear_list_pointers (symbolP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+{
+  symbolP->sy_next = NULL;
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+  symbolP->sy_previous = NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+/* Remove SYMBOLP from the list. */
+void 
+symbol_remove (symbolP, rootPP, lastPP)
+     symbolS *symbolP;
+     symbolS **rootPP;
+     symbolS **lastPP;
+{
+  if (symbolP == *rootPP)
+    {
+      *rootPP = symbolP->sy_next;
+    }				/* if it was the root */
+
+  if (symbolP == *lastPP)
+    {
+      *lastPP = symbolP->sy_previous;
+    }				/* if it was the tail */
+
+  if (symbolP->sy_next != NULL)
+    {
+      symbolP->sy_next->sy_previous = symbolP->sy_previous;
+    }				/* if not last */
+
+  if (symbolP->sy_previous != NULL)
+    {
+      symbolP->sy_previous->sy_next = symbolP->sy_next;
+    }				/* if not first */
+
+  debug_verify_symchain (*rootPP, *lastPP);
+}
+
+/* Link symbol ADDME before symbol TARGET in the chain. */
+void 
+symbol_insert (addme, target, rootPP, lastPP)
+     symbolS *addme;
+     symbolS *target;
+     symbolS **rootPP;
+     symbolS **lastPP;
+{
+  if (target->sy_previous != NULL)
+    {
+      target->sy_previous->sy_next = addme;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      know (*rootPP == target);
+      *rootPP = addme;
+    }				/* if not first */
+
+  addme->sy_previous = target->sy_previous;
+  target->sy_previous = addme;
+  addme->sy_next = target;
+
+  debug_verify_symchain (*rootPP, *lastPP);
+}
+
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+
+void 
+verify_symbol_chain (rootP, lastP)
+     symbolS *rootP;
+     symbolS *lastP;
+{
+  symbolS *symbolP = rootP;
+
+  if (symbolP == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  for (; symbol_next (symbolP) != NULL; symbolP = symbol_next (symbolP))
+    {
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+      assert (symbolP->sy_next->sy_previous == symbolP);
+#else
+      /* Walk the list anyways, to make sure pointers are still good.  */
+      ;
+#endif /* SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS */
+    }
+
+  assert (lastP == symbolP);
+}
+
+void
+verify_symbol_chain_2 (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  symbolS *p = sym, *n = sym;
+#ifdef SYMBOLS_NEED_BACKPOINTERS
+  while (symbol_previous (p))
+    p = symbol_previous (p);
+#endif
+  while (symbol_next (n))
+    n = symbol_next (n);
+  verify_symbol_chain (p, n);
+}
+
+/* Resolve the value of a symbol.  This is called during the final
+   pass over the symbol table to resolve any symbols with complex
+   values.  */
+
+void
+resolve_symbol_value (symp)
+     symbolS *symp;
+{
+  int resolved;
+
+  if (symp->sy_resolved)
+    return;
+
+  resolved = 0;
+
+  if (symp->sy_resolving)
+    {
+      as_bad ("Symbol definition loop encountered at %s",
+	      S_GET_NAME (symp));
+      S_SET_VALUE (symp, (valueT) 0);
+      resolved = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      offsetT left, right, val;
+      segT seg_left, seg_right;
+
+      symp->sy_resolving = 1;
+
+      /* Simplify addition or subtraction of a constant by folding the
+         constant into X_add_number.  */
+      if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_add
+	  || symp->sy_value.X_op == O_subtract)
+	{
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol);
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol) == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      right = S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol);
+	      if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_add)
+		symp->sy_value.X_add_number += right;
+	      else
+		symp->sy_value.X_add_number -= right;
+	      symp->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+	      symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol)
+		    == absolute_section)
+		   && symp->sy_value.X_op == O_add)
+	    {
+	      left = S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	      symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol = symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol;
+	      symp->sy_value.X_add_number += left;
+	      symp->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+	      symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (symp->sy_value.X_op)
+	{
+	case O_absent:
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symp, 0);
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case O_constant:
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symp, S_GET_VALUE (symp) + symp->sy_frag->fr_address);
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == expr_section)
+	    S_SET_SEGMENT (symp, absolute_section);
+	  resolved = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case O_symbol:
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+
+	  if (symp->sy_mri_common)
+	    {
+	      /* This is a symbol inside an MRI common section.  The
+                 relocation routines are going to handle it specially.
+                 Don't change the value.  */
+	      S_SET_VALUE (symp, symp->sy_value.X_add_number);
+	      resolved = symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol->sy_resolved;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (symp->sy_value.X_add_number == 0)
+	    copy_symbol_attributes (symp, symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+
+	  /* If we have equated this symbol to an undefined symbol, we
+             keep X_op set to O_symbol, and we don't change
+             X_add_number.  This permits the routine which writes out
+             relocation to detect this case, and convert the
+             relocation to be against the symbol to which this symbol
+             is equated.  */
+	  if (! S_IS_DEFINED (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol)
+	      || S_IS_COMMON (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol))
+	    {
+	      symp->sy_value.X_op = O_symbol;
+	      S_SET_SEGMENT (symp,
+			     S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      S_SET_VALUE (symp,
+			   (symp->sy_value.X_add_number
+			    + symp->sy_frag->fr_address
+			    + S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol)));
+	      if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == expr_section
+		  || S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == undefined_section)
+		S_SET_SEGMENT (symp,
+			       S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol));
+	    }
+
+	  resolved = symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol->sy_resolved;
+	  break;
+
+	case O_uminus:
+	case O_bit_not:
+	case O_logical_not:
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_uminus)
+	    val = - S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  else if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_logical_not)
+	    val = ! S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  else
+	    val = ~ S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symp,
+		       (val
+			+ symp->sy_value.X_add_number
+			+ symp->sy_frag->fr_address));
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == expr_section
+	      || S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == undefined_section)
+	    S_SET_SEGMENT (symp, absolute_section);
+	  resolved = symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol->sy_resolved;
+	  break;
+
+	case O_multiply:
+	case O_divide:
+	case O_modulus:
+	case O_left_shift:
+	case O_right_shift:
+	case O_bit_inclusive_or:
+	case O_bit_or_not:
+	case O_bit_exclusive_or:
+	case O_bit_and:
+	case O_add:
+	case O_subtract:
+	case O_eq:
+	case O_ne:
+	case O_lt:
+	case O_le:
+	case O_ge:
+	case O_gt:
+	case O_logical_and:
+	case O_logical_or:
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol);
+	  seg_left = S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  seg_right = S_GET_SEGMENT (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol);
+	  left = S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol);
+	  right = S_GET_VALUE (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol);
+
+	  /* Subtraction is permitted if both operands are in the same
+	     section.  Otherwise, both operands must be absolute.  We
+	     already handled the case of addition or subtraction of a
+	     constant above.  This will probably need to be changed
+	     for an object file format which supports arbitrary
+	     expressions, such as IEEE-695.  */
+	  if ((seg_left != absolute_section
+	       || seg_right != absolute_section)
+	      && (symp->sy_value.X_op != O_subtract
+		  || seg_left != seg_right))
+	    {
+	      char *file;
+	      unsigned int line;
+
+	      if (expr_symbol_where (symp, &file, &line))
+		{
+		  if (seg_left == undefined_section)
+		    as_bad_where (file, line,
+				  "undefined symbol %s in operation",
+				  S_GET_NAME (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol));
+		  if (seg_right == undefined_section)
+		    as_bad_where (file, line,
+				  "undefined symbol %s in operation",
+				  S_GET_NAME (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol));
+		  if (seg_left != undefined_section
+		      && seg_right != undefined_section)
+		    as_bad_where (file, line, "invalid section for operation");
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (seg_left == undefined_section)
+		    as_bad ("undefined symbol %s in operation setting %s",
+			    S_GET_NAME (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol),
+			    S_GET_NAME (symp));
+		  if (seg_right == undefined_section)
+		    as_bad ("undefined symbol %s in operation setting %s",
+			    S_GET_NAME (symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol),
+			    S_GET_NAME (symp));
+		  if (seg_left != undefined_section
+		      && seg_right != undefined_section)
+		    as_bad ("invalid section for operation setting %s",
+			    S_GET_NAME (symp));
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  switch (symp->sy_value.X_op)
+	    {
+	    case O_multiply:		val = left * right; break;
+	    case O_divide:		val = left / right; break;
+	    case O_modulus:		val = left % right; break;
+	    case O_left_shift:		val = left << right; break;
+	    case O_right_shift:		val = left >> right; break;
+	    case O_bit_inclusive_or:	val = left | right; break;
+	    case O_bit_or_not:		val = left |~ right; break;
+	    case O_bit_exclusive_or:	val = left ^ right; break;
+	    case O_bit_and:		val = left & right; break;
+	    case O_add:			val = left + right; break;
+	    case O_subtract:		val = left - right; break;
+	    case O_eq:		val = left == right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_ne:		val = left != right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_lt:		val = left <  right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_le:		val = left <= right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_ge:		val = left >= right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_gt:		val = left >  right ? ~ (offsetT) 0 : 0;
+	    case O_logical_and:	val = left && right; break;
+	    case O_logical_or:	val = left || right; break;
+	    default:			abort ();
+	    }
+	  S_SET_VALUE (symp,
+		       (symp->sy_value.X_add_number
+			+ symp->sy_frag->fr_address
+			+ val));
+	  if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == expr_section
+	      || S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) == undefined_section)
+	    S_SET_SEGMENT (symp, absolute_section);
+	  resolved = (symp->sy_value.X_add_symbol->sy_resolved
+		      && symp->sy_value.X_op_symbol->sy_resolved);
+   	  break;
+
+	case O_register:
+	case O_big:
+	case O_illegal:
+	  /* Give an error (below) if not in expr_section.  We don't
+	     want to worry about expr_section symbols, because they
+	     are fictional (they are created as part of expression
+	     resolution), and any problems may not actually mean
+	     anything.  */
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Don't worry if we can't resolve an expr_section symbol.  */
+  if (resolved)
+    symp->sy_resolved = 1;
+  else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symp) != expr_section)
+    {
+      as_bad ("can't resolve value for symbol \"%s\"", S_GET_NAME (symp));
+      symp->sy_resolved = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Dollar labels look like a number followed by a dollar sign.  Eg, "42$".
+   They are *really* local.  That is, they go out of scope whenever we see a
+   label that isn't local.  Also, like fb labels, there can be multiple
+   instances of a dollar label.  Therefor, we name encode each instance with
+   the instance number, keep a list of defined symbols separate from the real
+   symbol table, and we treat these buggers as a sparse array.  */
+
+static long *dollar_labels;
+static long *dollar_label_instances;
+static char *dollar_label_defines;
+static long dollar_label_count;
+static unsigned long dollar_label_max;
+
+int 
+dollar_label_defined (label)
+     long label;
+{
+  long *i;
+
+  know ((dollar_labels != NULL) || (dollar_label_count == 0));
+
+  for (i = dollar_labels; i < dollar_labels + dollar_label_count; ++i)
+    if (*i == label)
+      return dollar_label_defines[i - dollar_labels];
+
+  /* if we get here, label isn't defined */
+  return 0;
+}				/* dollar_label_defined() */
+
+static long
+dollar_label_instance (label)
+     long label;
+{
+  long *i;
+
+  know ((dollar_labels != NULL) || (dollar_label_count == 0));
+
+  for (i = dollar_labels; i < dollar_labels + dollar_label_count; ++i)
+    if (*i == label)
+      return (dollar_label_instances[i - dollar_labels]);
+
+  /* If we get here, we haven't seen the label before, therefore its instance
+     count is zero.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void 
+dollar_label_clear ()
+{
+  memset (dollar_label_defines, '\0', (unsigned int) dollar_label_count);
+}
+
+#define DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY 10
+
+void 
+define_dollar_label (label)
+     long label;
+{
+  long *i;
+
+  for (i = dollar_labels; i < dollar_labels + dollar_label_count; ++i)
+    if (*i == label)
+      {
+	++dollar_label_instances[i - dollar_labels];
+	dollar_label_defines[i - dollar_labels] = 1;
+	return;
+      }
+
+  /* if we get to here, we don't have label listed yet. */
+
+  if (dollar_labels == NULL)
+    {
+      dollar_labels = (long *) xmalloc (DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY * sizeof (long));
+      dollar_label_instances = (long *) xmalloc (DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY * sizeof (long));
+      dollar_label_defines = xmalloc (DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY);
+      dollar_label_max = DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY;
+      dollar_label_count = 0;
+    }
+  else if (dollar_label_count == dollar_label_max)
+    {
+      dollar_label_max += DOLLAR_LABEL_BUMP_BY;
+      dollar_labels = (long *) xrealloc ((char *) dollar_labels,
+					 dollar_label_max * sizeof (long));
+      dollar_label_instances = (long *) xrealloc ((char *) dollar_label_instances,
+					  dollar_label_max * sizeof (long));
+      dollar_label_defines = xrealloc (dollar_label_defines, dollar_label_max);
+    }				/* if we needed to grow */
+
+  dollar_labels[dollar_label_count] = label;
+  dollar_label_instances[dollar_label_count] = 1;
+  dollar_label_defines[dollar_label_count] = 1;
+  ++dollar_label_count;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			dollar_label_name()
+ *
+ * Caller must copy returned name: we re-use the area for the next name.
+ *
+ * The mth occurence of label n: is turned into the symbol "Ln^Am"
+ * where n is the label number and m is the instance number. "L" makes
+ * it a label discarded unless debugging and "^A"('\1') ensures no
+ * ordinary symbol SHOULD get the same name as a local label
+ * symbol. The first "4:" is "L4^A1" - the m numbers begin at 1.
+ *
+ * fb labels get the same treatment, except that ^B is used in place of ^A.
+ */
+
+char *				/* Return local label name. */
+dollar_label_name (n, augend)
+     register long n;		/* we just saw "n$:" : n a number */
+     register int augend;	/* 0 for current instance, 1 for new instance */
+{
+  long i;
+  /* Returned to caller, then copied.  used for created names ("4f") */
+  static char symbol_name_build[24];
+  register char *p;
+  register char *q;
+  char symbol_name_temporary[20];	/* build up a number, BACKWARDS */
+
+  know (n >= 0);
+  know (augend == 0 || augend == 1);
+  p = symbol_name_build;
+  *p++ = 'L';
+
+  /* Next code just does sprintf( {}, "%d", n); */
+  /* label number */
+  q = symbol_name_temporary;
+  for (*q++ = 0, i = n; i; ++q)
+    {
+      *q = i % 10 + '0';
+      i /= 10;
+    }
+  while ((*p = *--q) != '\0')
+    ++p;
+
+  *p++ = 1;			/* ^A */
+
+  /* instance number */
+  q = symbol_name_temporary;
+  for (*q++ = 0, i = dollar_label_instance (n) + augend; i; ++q)
+    {
+      *q = i % 10 + '0';
+      i /= 10;
+    }
+  while ((*p++ = *--q) != '\0');;
+
+  /* The label, as a '\0' ended string, starts at symbol_name_build. */
+  return symbol_name_build;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sombody else's idea of local labels. They are made by "n:" where n
+ * is any decimal digit. Refer to them with
+ *  "nb" for previous (backward) n:
+ *  or "nf" for next (forward) n:.
+ *
+ * We do a little better and let n be any number, not just a single digit, but
+ * since the other guy's assembler only does ten, we treat the first ten
+ * specially.
+ *
+ * Like someone else's assembler, we have one set of local label counters for
+ * entire assembly, not one set per (sub)segment like in most assemblers. This
+ * implies that one can refer to a label in another segment, and indeed some
+ * crufty compilers have done just that.
+ *
+ * Since there could be a LOT of these things, treat them as a sparse array.
+ */
+
+#define FB_LABEL_SPECIAL (10)
+
+static long fb_low_counter[FB_LABEL_SPECIAL];
+static long *fb_labels;
+static long *fb_label_instances;
+static long fb_label_count;
+static long fb_label_max;
+
+/* this must be more than FB_LABEL_SPECIAL */
+#define FB_LABEL_BUMP_BY (FB_LABEL_SPECIAL + 6)
+
+static void 
+fb_label_init ()
+{
+  memset ((void *) fb_low_counter, '\0', sizeof (fb_low_counter));
+}				/* fb_label_init() */
+
+/* add one to the instance number of this fb label */
+void 
+fb_label_instance_inc (label)
+     long label;
+{
+  long *i;
+
+  if (label < FB_LABEL_SPECIAL)
+    {
+      ++fb_low_counter[label];
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (fb_labels != NULL)
+    {
+      for (i = fb_labels + FB_LABEL_SPECIAL;
+	   i < fb_labels + fb_label_count; ++i)
+	{
+	  if (*i == label)
+	    {
+	      ++fb_label_instances[i - fb_labels];
+	      return;
+	    }			/* if we find it */
+	}			/* for each existing label */
+    }
+
+  /* if we get to here, we don't have label listed yet. */
+
+  if (fb_labels == NULL)
+    {
+      fb_labels = (long *) xmalloc (FB_LABEL_BUMP_BY * sizeof (long));
+      fb_label_instances = (long *) xmalloc (FB_LABEL_BUMP_BY * sizeof (long));
+      fb_label_max = FB_LABEL_BUMP_BY;
+      fb_label_count = FB_LABEL_SPECIAL;
+
+    }
+  else if (fb_label_count == fb_label_max)
+    {
+      fb_label_max += FB_LABEL_BUMP_BY;
+      fb_labels = (long *) xrealloc ((char *) fb_labels,
+				     fb_label_max * sizeof (long));
+      fb_label_instances = (long *) xrealloc ((char *) fb_label_instances,
+					      fb_label_max * sizeof (long));
+    }				/* if we needed to grow */
+
+  fb_labels[fb_label_count] = label;
+  fb_label_instances[fb_label_count] = 1;
+  ++fb_label_count;
+}
+
+static long 
+fb_label_instance (label)
+     long label;
+{
+  long *i;
+
+  if (label < FB_LABEL_SPECIAL)
+    {
+      return (fb_low_counter[label]);
+    }
+
+  if (fb_labels != NULL)
+    {
+      for (i = fb_labels + FB_LABEL_SPECIAL;
+	   i < fb_labels + fb_label_count; ++i)
+	{
+	  if (*i == label)
+	    {
+	      return (fb_label_instances[i - fb_labels]);
+	    }			/* if we find it */
+	}			/* for each existing label */
+    }
+
+  /* We didn't find the label, so this must be a reference to the
+     first instance.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *			fb_label_name()
+ *
+ * Caller must copy returned name: we re-use the area for the next name.
+ *
+ * The mth occurence of label n: is turned into the symbol "Ln^Bm"
+ * where n is the label number and m is the instance number. "L" makes
+ * it a label discarded unless debugging and "^B"('\2') ensures no
+ * ordinary symbol SHOULD get the same name as a local label
+ * symbol. The first "4:" is "L4^B1" - the m numbers begin at 1.
+ *
+ * dollar labels get the same treatment, except that ^A is used in place of ^B. */
+
+char *				/* Return local label name. */
+fb_label_name (n, augend)
+     long n;			/* we just saw "n:", "nf" or "nb" : n a number */
+     long augend;		/* 0 for nb, 1 for n:, nf */
+{
+  long i;
+  /* Returned to caller, then copied.  used for created names ("4f") */
+  static char symbol_name_build[24];
+  register char *p;
+  register char *q;
+  char symbol_name_temporary[20];	/* build up a number, BACKWARDS */
+
+  know (n >= 0);
+  know (augend == 0 || augend == 1);
+  p = symbol_name_build;
+  *p++ = 'L';
+
+  /* Next code just does sprintf( {}, "%d", n); */
+  /* label number */
+  q = symbol_name_temporary;
+  for (*q++ = 0, i = n; i; ++q)
+    {
+      *q = i % 10 + '0';
+      i /= 10;
+    }
+  while ((*p = *--q) != '\0')
+    ++p;
+
+  *p++ = 2;			/* ^B */
+
+  /* instance number */
+  q = symbol_name_temporary;
+  for (*q++ = 0, i = fb_label_instance (n) + augend; i; ++q)
+    {
+      *q = i % 10 + '0';
+      i /= 10;
+    }
+  while ((*p++ = *--q) != '\0');;
+
+  /* The label, as a '\0' ended string, starts at symbol_name_build. */
+  return (symbol_name_build);
+}				/* fb_label_name() */
+
+/*
+ * decode name that may have been generated by foo_label_name() above.  If
+ * the name wasn't generated by foo_label_name(), then return it unaltered.
+ * This is used for error messages.
+ */
+
+char *
+decode_local_label_name (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  char *p;
+  char *symbol_decode;
+  int label_number;
+  int instance_number;
+  char *type;
+  const char *message_format = "\"%d\" (instance number %d of a %s label)";
+
+  if (s[0] != 'L')
+    return s;
+
+  for (label_number = 0, p = s + 1; isdigit (*p); ++p)
+    label_number = (10 * label_number) + *p - '0';
+
+  if (*p == 1)
+    type = "dollar";
+  else if (*p == 2)
+    type = "fb";
+  else
+    return s;
+
+  for (instance_number = 0, p++; isdigit (*p); ++p)
+    instance_number = (10 * instance_number) + *p - '0';
+
+  symbol_decode = obstack_alloc (&notes, strlen (message_format) + 30);
+  sprintf (symbol_decode, message_format, label_number, instance_number, type);
+
+  return symbol_decode;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of a symbol.  */
+
+valueT
+S_GET_VALUE (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  if (!s->sy_resolved && !s->sy_resolving && s->sy_value.X_op != O_constant)
+    resolve_symbol_value (s);
+  if (s->sy_value.X_op != O_constant)
+    {
+      static symbolS *recur;
+
+      /* FIXME: In non BFD assemblers, S_IS_DEFINED and S_IS_COMMON
+         may call S_GET_VALUE.  We use a static symbol to avoid the
+         immediate recursion.  */
+      if (recur == s)
+	return (valueT) s->sy_value.X_add_number;
+      recur = s;
+      if (! s->sy_resolved
+	  || s->sy_value.X_op != O_symbol
+	  || (S_IS_DEFINED (s) && ! S_IS_COMMON (s)))
+	as_bad ("Attempt to get value of unresolved symbol %s",
+		S_GET_NAME (s));
+      recur = NULL;
+    }
+  return (valueT) s->sy_value.X_add_number;
+}
+
+/* Set the value of a symbol.  */
+
+void
+S_SET_VALUE (s, val)
+     symbolS *s;
+     valueT val;
+{
+  s->sy_value.X_op = O_constant;
+  s->sy_value.X_add_number = (offsetT) val;
+  s->sy_value.X_unsigned = 0;
+}
+
+void
+copy_symbol_attributes (dest, src)
+     symbolS *dest, *src;
+{
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* In an expression, transfer the settings of these flags.
+     The user can override later, of course.  */
+#define COPIED_SYMFLAGS	(BSF_FUNCTION)
+  dest->bsym->flags |= src->bsym->flags & COPIED_SYMFLAGS;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES
+  OBJ_COPY_SYMBOL_ATTRIBUTES (dest, src);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+int
+S_IS_EXTERNAL (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  flagword flags = s->bsym->flags;
+
+  /* sanity check */
+  if (flags & BSF_LOCAL && flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+    abort ();
+
+  return (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_WEAK (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return (s->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_COMMON (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return bfd_is_com_section (s->bsym->section);
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_DEFINED (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return s->bsym->section != undefined_section;
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_DEBUG (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  if (s->bsym->flags & BSF_DEBUGGING)
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_LOCAL (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  flagword flags = s->bsym->flags;
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* sanity check */
+  if (flags & BSF_LOCAL && flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (bfd_get_section (s->bsym) == reg_section)
+    return 1;
+
+  name = S_GET_NAME (s);
+  return (name != NULL
+	  && ! S_IS_DEBUG (s)
+	  && (strchr (name, '\001')
+	      || strchr (name, '\002')
+	      || (! flag_keep_locals
+		  && (bfd_is_local_label (stdoutput, s->bsym)
+		      || (flag_mri
+			  && name[0] == '?'
+			  && name[1] == '?')))));
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_EXTERN (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return S_IS_EXTERNAL (s);
+}
+
+int
+S_IS_STABD (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return S_GET_NAME (s) == 0;
+}
+
+CONST char *
+S_GET_NAME (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return s->bsym->name;
+}
+
+segT
+S_GET_SEGMENT (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  return s->bsym->section;
+}
+
+void
+S_SET_SEGMENT (s, seg)
+     symbolS *s;
+     segT seg;
+{
+  s->bsym->section = seg;
+}
+
+void
+S_SET_EXTERNAL (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  if ((s->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Let .weak override .global.  */
+      return;
+    }
+  s->bsym->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
+  s->bsym->flags &= ~(BSF_LOCAL|BSF_WEAK);
+}
+
+void
+S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  if ((s->bsym->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Let .weak override.  */
+      return;
+    }
+  s->bsym->flags |= BSF_LOCAL;
+  s->bsym->flags &= ~(BSF_GLOBAL|BSF_WEAK);
+}
+
+void
+S_SET_WEAK (s)
+     symbolS *s;
+{
+  s->bsym->flags |= BSF_WEAK;
+  s->bsym->flags &= ~(BSF_GLOBAL|BSF_LOCAL);
+}
+
+void
+S_SET_NAME (s, name)
+     symbolS *s;
+     char *name;
+{
+  s->bsym->name = name;
+}
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+void
+symbol_begin ()
+{
+  symbol_lastP = NULL;
+  symbol_rootP = NULL;		/* In case we have 0 symbols (!!) */
+  sy_hash = hash_new ();
+
+  memset ((char *) (&abs_symbol), '\0', sizeof (abs_symbol));
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#if defined (EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS) || !defined (RELOC_REQUIRES_SYMBOL)
+  abs_symbol.bsym = bfd_abs_section.symbol;
+#endif
+#else
+  /* Can't initialise a union. Sigh. */
+  S_SET_SEGMENT (&abs_symbol, absolute_section);
+#endif
+  abs_symbol.sy_value.X_op = O_constant;
+  abs_symbol.sy_frag = &zero_address_frag;
+
+  if (LOCAL_LABELS_FB)
+    fb_label_init ();
+}
+
+
+int indent_level;
+
+#if 0
+
+static void
+indent ()
+{
+  printf ("%*s", indent_level * 4, "");
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void
+print_symbol_value_1 (file, sym)
+     FILE *file;
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  const char *name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
+  if (!name || !name[0])
+    name = "(unnamed)";
+  fprintf (file, "sym %lx %s", (unsigned long) sym, name);
+  if (sym->sy_frag != &zero_address_frag)
+    fprintf (file, " frag %lx", (long) sym->sy_frag);
+  if (sym->written)
+    fprintf (file, " written");
+  if (sym->sy_resolved)
+    fprintf (file, " resolved");
+  else if (sym->sy_resolving)
+    fprintf (file, " resolving");
+  if (sym->sy_used_in_reloc)
+    fprintf (file, " used-in-reloc");
+  if (sym->sy_used)
+    fprintf (file, " used");
+  if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
+    fprintf (file, " local");
+  if (S_IS_EXTERN (sym))
+    fprintf (file, " extern");
+  if (S_IS_DEBUG (sym))
+    fprintf (file, " debug");
+  if (S_IS_DEFINED (sym))
+    fprintf (file, " defined");
+  fprintf (file, " %s", segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym)));
+  if (sym->sy_resolved)
+    {
+      segT s = S_GET_SEGMENT (sym);
+
+      if (s != undefined_section
+          && s != expr_section)
+	fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) S_GET_VALUE (sym));
+    }
+  else if (indent_level < 8 && S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) != undefined_section)
+    {
+      indent_level++;
+      fprintf (file, "\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_expr_1 (file, &sym->sy_value);
+      fprintf (file, ">");
+      indent_level--;
+    }
+  fflush (file);
+}
+
+void
+print_symbol_value (sym)
+     symbolS *sym;
+{
+  indent_level = 0;
+  print_symbol_value_1 (stderr, sym);
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+void
+print_expr_1 (file, exp)
+     FILE *file;
+     expressionS *exp;
+{
+  fprintf (file, "expr %lx ", (long) exp);
+  switch (exp->X_op)
+    {
+    case O_illegal:
+      fprintf (file, "illegal");
+      break;
+    case O_absent:
+      fprintf (file, "absent");
+      break;
+    case O_constant:
+      fprintf (file, "constant %lx", (long) exp->X_add_number);
+      break;
+    case O_symbol:
+      indent_level++;
+      fprintf (file, "symbol\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_add_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">");
+    maybe_print_addnum:
+      if (exp->X_add_number)
+	fprintf (file, "\n%*s%lx", indent_level * 4, "",
+		 (long) exp->X_add_number);
+      indent_level--;
+      break;
+    case O_register:
+      fprintf (file, "register #%d", (int) exp->X_add_number);
+      break;
+    case O_big:
+      fprintf (file, "big");
+      break;
+    case O_uminus:
+      fprintf (file, "uminus -<");
+      indent_level++;
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_add_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">");
+      goto maybe_print_addnum;
+    case O_bit_not:
+      fprintf (file, "bit_not");
+      break;
+    case O_multiply:
+      fprintf (file, "multiply");
+      break;
+    case O_divide:
+      fprintf (file, "divide");
+      break;
+    case O_modulus:
+      fprintf (file, "modulus");
+      break;
+    case O_left_shift:
+      fprintf (file, "lshift");
+      break;
+    case O_right_shift:
+      fprintf (file, "rshift");
+      break;
+    case O_bit_inclusive_or:
+      fprintf (file, "bit_ior");
+      break;
+    case O_bit_exclusive_or:
+      fprintf (file, "bit_xor");
+      break;
+    case O_bit_and:
+      fprintf (file, "bit_and");
+      break;
+    case O_eq:
+      fprintf (file, "eq");
+      break;
+    case O_ne:
+      fprintf (file, "ne");
+      break;
+    case O_lt:
+      fprintf (file, "lt");
+      break;
+    case O_le:
+      fprintf (file, "le");
+      break;
+    case O_ge:
+      fprintf (file, "ge");
+      break;
+    case O_gt:
+      fprintf (file, "gt");
+      break;
+    case O_logical_and:
+      fprintf (file, "logical_and");
+      break;
+    case O_logical_or:
+      fprintf (file, "logical_or");
+      break;
+    case O_add:
+      indent_level++;
+      fprintf (file, "add\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_add_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_op_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">");
+      goto maybe_print_addnum;
+    case O_subtract:
+      indent_level++;
+      fprintf (file, "subtract\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_add_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">\n%*s<", indent_level * 4, "");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (file, exp->X_op_symbol);
+      fprintf (file, ">");
+      goto maybe_print_addnum;
+    default:
+      fprintf (file, "{unknown opcode %d}", (int) exp->X_op);
+      break;
+    }
+  fflush (stdout);
+}
+
+void
+print_expr (exp)
+     expressionS *exp;
+{
+  print_expr_1 (stderr, exp);
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+void
+symbol_print_statistics (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  hash_print_statistics (file, "symbol table", sy_hash);
+}
+
+/* end of symbols.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e643881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/symbols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* symbols.h -
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 90, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern struct obstack notes;	/* eg FixS live here. */
+
+extern struct obstack cond_obstack;	/* this is where we track .ifdef/.endif
+				       (if we do that at all).  */
+
+extern symbolS *symbol_rootP;	/* all the symbol nodes */
+extern symbolS *symbol_lastP;	/* last struct symbol we made, or NULL */
+
+extern symbolS abs_symbol;
+
+extern int symbol_table_frozen;
+
+/* This is non-zero if symbols are case sensitive, which is the
+   default.  */
+extern int symbols_case_sensitive;
+
+char *decode_local_label_name PARAMS ((char *s));
+symbolS *symbol_find PARAMS ((CONST char *name));
+symbolS *symbol_find_base PARAMS ((CONST char *name, int strip_underscore));
+symbolS *symbol_find_or_make PARAMS ((const char *name));
+symbolS *symbol_make PARAMS ((CONST char *name));
+symbolS *symbol_new PARAMS ((CONST char *name, segT segment, valueT value,
+			     fragS * frag));
+symbolS *symbol_create PARAMS ((CONST char *name, segT segment, valueT value,
+				fragS * frag));
+symbolS *colon PARAMS ((const char *sym_name));
+void local_colon PARAMS ((int n));
+void symbol_begin PARAMS ((void));
+void symbol_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *));
+void symbol_table_insert PARAMS ((symbolS * symbolP));
+void resolve_symbol_value PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+
+void print_symbol_value PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+void print_expr PARAMS ((expressionS *));
+void print_expr_1 PARAMS ((FILE *, expressionS *));
+void print_symbol_value_1 PARAMS ((FILE *, symbolS *));
+
+int dollar_label_defined PARAMS ((long l));
+void dollar_label_clear PARAMS ((void));
+void define_dollar_label PARAMS ((long l));
+char *dollar_label_name PARAMS ((long l, int augend));
+
+void fb_label_instance_inc PARAMS ((long label));
+char *fb_label_name PARAMS ((long n, long augend));
+
+extern void copy_symbol_attributes PARAMS ((symbolS *, symbolS *));
+
+/* Get and set the values of symbols.  These used to be macros.  */
+extern valueT S_GET_VALUE PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern void S_SET_VALUE PARAMS ((symbolS *, valueT));
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern int S_IS_EXTERNAL PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_WEAK PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_COMMON PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_DEFINED PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_DEBUG PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_LOCAL PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_EXTERN PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern int S_IS_STABD PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern CONST char *S_GET_NAME PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern segT S_GET_SEGMENT PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern void S_SET_SEGMENT PARAMS ((symbolS *, segT));
+extern void S_SET_EXTERNAL PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern void S_SET_NAME PARAMS ((symbolS *, char *));
+extern void S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+extern void S_SET_WEAK PARAMS ((symbolS *));
+#endif
+
+/* end of symbols.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/tc.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/tc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e4046c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/tc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* tc.h - target cpu dependent
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* In theory (mine, at least!) the machine dependent part of the assembler
+   should only have to include one file.  This one.  -- JF */
+
+extern const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[];
+
+/* JF moved this here from as.h under the theory that nobody except MACHINE.c
+   and write.c care about it anyway. */
+
+struct relax_type
+{
+  /* Forward reach. Signed number. > 0. */
+  long rlx_forward;
+  /* Backward reach. Signed number. < 0. */
+  long rlx_backward;
+
+  /* Bytes length of this address. */
+  unsigned char rlx_length;
+
+  /* Next longer relax-state.  0 means there is no 'next' relax-state. */
+  relax_substateT rlx_more;
+};
+
+typedef struct relax_type relax_typeS;
+
+extern const int md_reloc_size;	/* Size of a relocation record */
+
+char *md_atof PARAMS ((int what_statement_type, char *literalP, int *sizeP));
+#ifndef md_estimate_size_before_relax
+int md_estimate_size_before_relax PARAMS ((fragS * fragP, segT segment));
+#endif
+int md_parse_option PARAMS ((int c, char *arg));
+void md_show_usage PARAMS ((FILE *));
+long md_pcrel_from PARAMS ((fixS * fixP));
+short tc_coff_fix2rtype PARAMS ((fixS * fixP));
+void md_assemble PARAMS ((char *str));
+void md_begin PARAMS ((void));
+#ifndef md_create_long_jump
+void md_create_long_jump PARAMS ((char *ptr, addressT from_addr,
+				  addressT to_addr, fragS * frag,
+				  symbolS * to_symbol));
+#endif
+#ifndef md_create_short_jump
+void md_create_short_jump PARAMS ((char *ptr, addressT from_addr,
+				   addressT to_addr, fragS * frag,
+				   symbolS * to_symbol));
+#endif
+void md_number_to_chars PARAMS ((char *buf, valueT val, int n));
+
+#ifndef md_operand
+void md_operand PARAMS ((expressionS * expressionP));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MD_APPLY_FIX3
+int md_apply_fix3 PARAMS ((fixS * fixP, valueT *val, segT seg));
+#endif
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+int md_apply_fix PARAMS ((fixS * fixP, valueT *val));
+#ifndef md_convert_frag
+void md_convert_frag PARAMS ((bfd * headers, segT sec, fragS * fragP));
+#endif
+#ifndef tc_headers_hook
+void tc_headers_hook PARAMS ((segT *, fixS *));
+#endif
+#ifndef RELOC_EXPANSION_POSSIBLE
+extern arelent *tc_gen_reloc PARAMS ((asection *, fixS *));
+#else
+extern arelent **tc_gen_reloc PARAMS ((asection *, fixS *));
+#endif
+#else /* not BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+void md_apply_fix PARAMS ((fixS * fixP, long val));
+#ifndef md_convert_frag
+void md_convert_frag PARAMS ((object_headers * headers, segT, fragS * fragP));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef tc_crawl_symbol_chain
+void tc_crawl_symbol_chain PARAMS ((object_headers * headers));
+#endif /* tc_crawl_symbol_chain */
+
+#ifndef tc_headers_hook
+void tc_headers_hook PARAMS ((object_headers * headers));
+#endif /* tc_headers_hook */
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifndef md_section_align
+valueT md_section_align PARAMS ((segT seg, valueT size));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef md_undefined_symbol
+symbolS *md_undefined_symbol PARAMS ((char *name));
+#endif
+
+/* end of tc.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/write.c b/contrib/binutils/gas/write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..549dab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2779 @@
+/* write.c - emit .o file
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 87, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This thing should be set up to do byteordering correctly.  But... */
+
+#include "as.h"
+#include "subsegs.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "output-file.h"
+
+/* This looks like a good idea.  Let's try turning it on always, for now.  */
+#undef  BFD_FAST_SECTION_FILL
+#define BFD_FAST_SECTION_FILL
+
+/* The NOP_OPCODE is for the alignment fill value.  Fill it with a nop
+   instruction so that the disassembler does not choke on it.  */
+#ifndef NOP_OPCODE
+#define NOP_OPCODE 0x00
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TC_ADJUST_RELOC_COUNT
+#define TC_ADJUST_RELOC_COUNT(FIXP,COUNT)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TC_FORCE_RELOCATION
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(FIXP) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION
+#define TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION(FIXP,SEG) TC_FORCE_RELOCATION(FIXP)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION
+#define MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION(FIXP, SEC) md_pcrel_from(FIXP)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+extern CONST int md_short_jump_size;
+extern CONST int md_long_jump_size;
+#endif
+
+int symbol_table_frozen;
+void print_fixup PARAMS ((fixS *));
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static void renumber_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+/* We generally attach relocs to frag chains.  However, after we have
+   chained these all together into a segment, any relocs we add after
+   that must be attached to a segment.  This will include relocs added
+   in md_estimate_size_for_relax, for example.  */
+static int frags_chained = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#ifndef MANY_SEGMENTS
+struct frag *text_frag_root;
+struct frag *data_frag_root;
+struct frag *bss_frag_root;
+
+struct frag *text_last_frag;	/* Last frag in segment. */
+struct frag *data_last_frag;	/* Last frag in segment. */
+static struct frag *bss_last_frag;	/* Last frag in segment. */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BFD
+static object_headers headers;
+#endif
+
+long string_byte_count;
+char *next_object_file_charP;	/* Tracks object file bytes. */
+
+#ifndef OBJ_VMS
+int magic_number_for_object_file = DEFAULT_MAGIC_NUMBER_FOR_OBJECT_FILE;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+static int n_fixups;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static fixS *fix_new_internal PARAMS ((fragS *, int where, int size,
+				       symbolS *add, symbolS *sub,
+				       offsetT offset, int pcrel,
+				       bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type));
+#else
+static fixS *fix_new_internal PARAMS ((fragS *, int where, int size,
+				       symbolS *add, symbolS *sub,
+				       offsetT offset, int pcrel,
+				       int r_type));
+#endif
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || (!defined (BFD) && !defined (OBJ_VMS))
+static long fixup_segment PARAMS ((fixS * fixP, segT this_segment_type));
+#endif
+static relax_addressT relax_align PARAMS ((relax_addressT addr, int align));
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || ! defined (BFD)
+static fragS *chain_frchains_together_1 PARAMS ((segT, struct frchain *));
+#endif
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static void chain_frchains_together PARAMS ((bfd *, segT, PTR));
+static void cvt_frag_to_fill PARAMS ((segT, fragS *));
+static void relax_and_size_seg PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void adjust_reloc_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void write_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void write_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static void set_symtab PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || (! defined (BFD) && ! defined (OBJ_AOUT))
+static void merge_data_into_text PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+#if ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && ! defined (BFD)
+static void cvt_frag_to_fill PARAMS ((object_headers *, segT, fragS *));
+static void remove_subsegs PARAMS ((frchainS *, int, fragS **, fragS **));
+static void relax_and_size_all_segments PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *			fix_new()
+ *
+ * Create a fixS in obstack 'notes'.
+ */
+static fixS *
+fix_new_internal (frag, where, size, add_symbol, sub_symbol, offset, pcrel,
+		  r_type)
+     fragS *frag;		/* Which frag? */
+     int where;			/* Where in that frag? */
+     int size;			/* 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
+     symbolS *add_symbol;	/* X_add_symbol. */
+     symbolS *sub_symbol;	/* X_op_symbol. */
+     offsetT offset;		/* X_add_number. */
+     int pcrel;			/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type; /* Relocation type */
+#else
+     int r_type;		/* Relocation type */
+#endif
+{
+  fixS *fixP;
+
+  n_fixups++;
+
+  fixP = (fixS *) obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (fixS));
+
+  fixP->fx_frag = frag;
+  fixP->fx_where = where;
+  fixP->fx_size = size;
+  /* We've made fx_size a narrow field; check that it's wide enough.  */
+  if (fixP->fx_size != size)
+    {
+      as_bad ("field fx_size too small to hold %d", size);
+      abort ();
+    }
+  fixP->fx_addsy = add_symbol;
+  fixP->fx_subsy = sub_symbol;
+  fixP->fx_offset = offset;
+  fixP->fx_pcrel = pcrel;
+  fixP->fx_plt = 0;
+#if defined(NEED_FX_R_TYPE) || defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  fixP->fx_r_type = r_type;
+#endif
+  fixP->fx_im_disp = 0;
+  fixP->fx_pcrel_adjust = 0;
+  fixP->fx_bit_fixP = 0;
+  fixP->fx_addnumber = 0;
+  fixP->fx_tcbit = 0;
+  fixP->fx_done = 0;
+  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 0;
+  fixP->fx_signed = 0;
+
+#ifdef TC_FIX_TYPE
+  TC_INIT_FIX_DATA(fixP);
+#endif
+
+  as_where (&fixP->fx_file, &fixP->fx_line);
+
+  /* Usually, we want relocs sorted numerically, but while
+     comparing to older versions of gas that have relocs
+     reverse sorted, it is convenient to have this compile
+     time option.  xoxorich. */
+
+  {
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+    fixS **seg_fix_rootP = (frags_chained
+			    ? &seg_info (now_seg)->fix_root
+			    : &frchain_now->fix_root);
+    fixS **seg_fix_tailP = (frags_chained
+			    ? &seg_info (now_seg)->fix_tail
+			    : &frchain_now->fix_tail);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REVERSE_SORT_RELOCS
+
+    fixP->fx_next = *seg_fix_rootP;
+    *seg_fix_rootP = fixP;
+
+#else /* REVERSE_SORT_RELOCS */
+
+    fixP->fx_next = NULL;
+
+    if (*seg_fix_tailP)
+      (*seg_fix_tailP)->fx_next = fixP;
+    else
+      *seg_fix_rootP = fixP;
+    *seg_fix_tailP = fixP;
+
+#endif /* REVERSE_SORT_RELOCS */
+
+  }
+
+  return fixP;
+}
+
+/* Create a fixup relative to a symbol (plus a constant).  */
+
+fixS *
+fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type)
+     fragS *frag;		/* Which frag? */
+     int where;			/* Where in that frag? */
+     int size;			/* 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
+     symbolS *add_symbol;	/* X_add_symbol. */
+     offsetT offset;		/* X_add_number. */
+     int pcrel;			/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type; /* Relocation type */
+#else
+     int r_type;		/* Relocation type */
+#endif
+{
+  return fix_new_internal (frag, where, size, add_symbol,
+			   (symbolS *) NULL, offset, pcrel, r_type);
+}
+
+/* Create a fixup for an expression.  Currently we only support fixups
+   for difference expressions.  That is itself more than most object
+   file formats support anyhow.  */
+
+fixS *
+fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type)
+     fragS *frag;		/* Which frag? */
+     int where;			/* Where in that frag? */
+     int size;			/* 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
+     expressionS *exp;		/* Expression.  */
+     int pcrel;			/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type; /* Relocation type */
+#else
+     int r_type;		/* Relocation type */
+#endif
+{
+  symbolS *add = NULL;
+  symbolS *sub = NULL;
+  offsetT off = 0;
+
+  switch (exp->X_op)
+    {
+    case O_absent:
+      break;
+
+    case O_add:
+      /* This comes up when _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+(.-L0) is read, if
+	 the difference expression cannot immediately be reduced.  */
+      {
+	symbolS *stmp = make_expr_symbol (exp);
+	exp->X_op = O_symbol;
+	exp->X_op_symbol = 0;
+	exp->X_add_symbol = stmp;
+	exp->X_add_number = 0;
+	return fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
+      }
+
+    case O_symbol_rva:
+      add = exp->X_add_symbol;
+      off = exp->X_add_number;
+
+#if defined(BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+      r_type = BFD_RELOC_RVA;
+#else
+#if defined(TC_RVA_RELOC)
+      r_type = TC_RVA_RELOC;
+#else
+      as_fatal("rva not supported");
+#endif
+#endif
+      break;
+
+    case O_uminus:
+      sub = exp->X_add_symbol;
+      off = exp->X_add_number;
+      break;
+
+    case O_subtract:
+      sub = exp->X_op_symbol;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case O_symbol:
+      add = exp->X_add_symbol;
+      /* Fall through.   */
+    case O_constant:
+      off = exp->X_add_number;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      add = make_expr_symbol (exp);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return fix_new_internal (frag, where, size, add, sub, off,
+			   pcrel, r_type);
+}
+
+/* Append a string onto another string, bumping the pointer along.  */
+void
+append (charPP, fromP, length)
+     char **charPP;
+     char *fromP;
+     unsigned long length;
+{
+  /* Don't trust memcpy() of 0 chars. */
+  if (length == 0)
+    return;
+
+  memcpy (*charPP, fromP, length);
+  *charPP += length;
+}
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+int section_alignment[SEG_MAXIMUM_ORDINAL];
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This routine records the largest alignment seen for each segment.
+ * If the beginning of the segment is aligned on the worst-case
+ * boundary, all of the other alignments within it will work.  At
+ * least one object format really uses this info.
+ */
+void
+record_alignment (seg, align)
+     /* Segment to which alignment pertains */
+     segT seg;
+     /* Alignment, as a power of 2 (e.g., 1 => 2-byte boundary, 2 => 4-byte
+	boundary, etc.)  */
+     int align;
+{
+  if (seg == absolute_section)
+    return;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  if (align > bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg))
+    bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, align);
+#else
+  if (align > section_alignment[(int) seg])
+    section_alignment[(int) seg] = align;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+/* Reset the section indices after removing the gas created sections.  */
+
+static void
+renumber_sections (abfd, sec, countparg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR countparg;
+{
+  int *countp = (int *) countparg;
+
+  sec->index = *countp;
+  ++*countp;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) */
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || ! defined (BFD)
+
+static fragS *
+chain_frchains_together_1 (section, frchp)
+     segT section;
+     struct frchain *frchp;
+{
+  fragS dummy, *prev_frag = &dummy;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  fixS fix_dummy, *prev_fix = &fix_dummy;
+#endif
+
+  for (; frchp && frchp->frch_seg == section; frchp = frchp->frch_next)
+    {
+      prev_frag->fr_next = frchp->frch_root;
+      prev_frag = frchp->frch_last;
+      assert (prev_frag->fr_type != 0);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      if (frchp->fix_root != (fixS *) NULL)
+	{
+	  if (seg_info (section)->fix_root == (fixS *) NULL)
+	    seg_info (section)->fix_root = frchp->fix_root;
+	  prev_fix->fx_next = frchp->fix_root;
+	  seg_info (section)->fix_tail = frchp->fix_tail;
+	  prev_fix = frchp->fix_tail;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+  assert (prev_frag->fr_type != 0);
+  prev_frag->fr_next = 0;
+  return prev_frag;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+static void
+chain_frchains_together (abfd, section, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;			/* unused */
+     segT section;
+     PTR xxx;			/* unused */
+{
+  segment_info_type *info;
+
+  /* BFD may have introduced its own sections without using
+     subseg_new, so it is possible that seg_info is NULL.  */
+  info = seg_info (section);
+  if (info != (segment_info_type *) NULL)
+   info->frchainP->frch_last
+     = chain_frchains_together_1 (section, info->frchainP);
+
+  /* Now that we've chained the frags together, we must add new fixups
+     to the segment, not to the frag chain.  */
+  frags_chained = 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (BFD) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+
+static void
+remove_subsegs (head, seg, root, last)
+     frchainS *head;
+     int seg;
+     fragS **root;
+     fragS **last;
+{
+  *root = head->frch_root;
+  *last = chain_frchains_together_1 (seg, head);
+}
+
+#endif /* BFD */
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || !defined (BFD)
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static void
+cvt_frag_to_fill (sec, fragP)
+     segT sec;
+     fragS *fragP;
+#else
+static void
+cvt_frag_to_fill (headersP, sec, fragP)
+     object_headers *headersP;
+     segT sec;
+     fragS *fragP;
+#endif
+{
+  switch (fragP->fr_type)
+    {
+    case rs_align:
+    case rs_align_code:
+    case rs_org:
+    case rs_space:
+#ifdef HANDLE_ALIGN
+      HANDLE_ALIGN (fragP);
+#endif
+      know (fragP->fr_next != NULL);
+      fragP->fr_offset = (fragP->fr_next->fr_address
+			  - fragP->fr_address
+			  - fragP->fr_fix) / fragP->fr_var;
+      if (fragP->fr_offset < 0)
+	{
+	  as_bad ("attempt to .org/.space backwards? (%ld)",
+		  (long) fragP->fr_offset);
+	}
+      fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
+      break;
+
+    case rs_fill:
+      break;
+
+    case rs_machine_dependent:
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+      md_convert_frag (stdoutput, sec, fragP);
+#else
+      md_convert_frag (headersP, sec, fragP);
+#endif
+
+      assert (fragP->fr_next == NULL || (fragP->fr_next->fr_address - fragP->fr_address == fragP->fr_fix));
+
+      /*
+       * After md_convert_frag, we make the frag into a ".space 0".
+       * Md_convert_frag() should set up any fixSs and constants
+       * required.
+       */
+      frag_wane (fragP);
+      break;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+    case rs_broken_word:
+      {
+	struct broken_word *lie;
+
+	if (fragP->fr_subtype)
+	  {
+	    fragP->fr_fix += md_short_jump_size;
+	    for (lie = (struct broken_word *) (fragP->fr_symbol);
+		 lie && lie->dispfrag == fragP;
+		 lie = lie->next_broken_word)
+	      if (lie->added == 1)
+		fragP->fr_fix += md_long_jump_size;
+	  }
+	frag_wane (fragP);
+      }
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      BAD_CASE (fragP->fr_type);
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || !defined (BFD) */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static void
+relax_and_size_seg (abfd, sec, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR xxx;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  fragS *fragp;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo;
+  int x;
+  valueT size, newsize;
+
+  subseg_change (sec, 0);
+
+  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
+
+  seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  if (seginfo && seginfo->frchainP)
+    {
+      relax_segment (seginfo->frchainP->frch_root, sec);
+      for (fragp = seginfo->frchainP->frch_root; fragp; fragp = fragp->fr_next)
+	cvt_frag_to_fill (sec, fragp);
+      for (fragp = seginfo->frchainP->frch_root;
+	   fragp->fr_next;
+	   fragp = fragp->fr_next)
+	/* walk to last elt */;
+      size = fragp->fr_address + fragp->fr_fix;
+    }
+  else
+    size = 0;
+
+  if (size > 0 && ! seginfo->bss)
+    flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+  /* @@ This is just an approximation.  */
+  if (seginfo && seginfo->fix_root)
+    flags |= SEC_RELOC;
+  else
+    flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
+  x = bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, sec, flags);
+  assert (x == true);
+
+  newsize = md_section_align (sec, size);
+  x = bfd_set_section_size (abfd, sec, newsize);
+  assert (x == true);
+
+  /* If the size had to be rounded up, add some padding in the last
+     non-empty frag.  */
+  assert (newsize >= size);
+  if (size != newsize)
+    {
+      fragS *last = seginfo->frchainP->frch_last;
+      fragp = seginfo->frchainP->frch_root;
+      while (fragp->fr_next != last)
+	fragp = fragp->fr_next;
+      last->fr_address = size;
+      fragp->fr_offset += newsize - size;
+    }
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_section
+  tc_frob_section (sec);
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_frob_section
+  obj_frob_section (sec);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG2
+static void
+dump_section_relocs (abfd, sec, stream_)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     char *stream_;
+{
+  FILE *stream = (FILE *) stream_;
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  fixS *fixp = seginfo->fix_root;
+
+  if (!fixp)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (stream, "sec %s relocs:\n", sec->name);
+  while (fixp)
+    {
+      symbolS *s = fixp->fx_addsy;
+      if (s)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stream, "  %08x: %s(%s", fixp, S_GET_NAME (s),
+		   s->bsym->section->name);
+	  if (s->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stream, " section sym");
+	      if (S_GET_VALUE (s))
+		fprintf (stream, "+%x", S_GET_VALUE (s));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stream, "+%x", S_GET_VALUE (s));
+	  fprintf (stream, ")+%x\n", fixp->fx_offset);
+	}
+      else
+	fprintf (stream, "  %08x: type %d no sym\n", fixp, fixp->fx_r_type);
+      fixp = fixp->fx_next;
+    }
+}
+#else
+#define dump_section_relocs(ABFD,SEC,STREAM)	((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+#define EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS 1
+#endif
+
+static void
+adjust_reloc_syms (abfd, sec, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR xxx;
+{
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  fixS *fixp;
+
+  if (seginfo == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  dump_section_relocs (abfd, sec, stderr);
+
+  for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = fixp->fx_next)
+    if (fixp->fx_done)
+      /* ignore it */;
+    else if (fixp->fx_addsy)
+      {
+	symbolS *sym;
+	asection *symsec;
+
+      reduce_fixup:
+
+#ifdef DEBUG5
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n\nadjusting fixup:\n");
+	print_fixup (fixp);
+#endif
+
+	sym = fixp->fx_addsy;
+
+	/* All symbols should have already been resolved at this
+	   point.  It is possible to see unresolved expression
+	   symbols, though, since they are not in the regular symbol
+	   table.  */
+	if (sym != NULL && ! sym->sy_resolved)
+	  resolve_symbol_value (sym);
+	if (fixp->fx_subsy != NULL && ! fixp->fx_subsy->sy_resolved)
+	  resolve_symbol_value (fixp->fx_subsy);
+
+	/* If this symbol is equated to an undefined symbol, convert
+           the fixup to being against that symbol.  */
+	if (sym->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	    && (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym) || S_IS_COMMON (sym)))
+	  {
+	    fixp->fx_offset += sym->sy_value.X_add_number;
+	    sym = sym->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+	    fixp->fx_addsy = sym;
+	  }
+
+	symsec = S_GET_SEGMENT (sym);
+
+	if (sym != NULL && sym->sy_mri_common)
+	  {
+	    /* These symbols are handled specially in fixup_segment.  */
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+
+	if (bfd_is_abs_section (symsec))
+	  {
+	    /* The fixup_segment routine will not use this symbol in a
+               relocation unless TC_FORCE_RELOCATION returns 1.  */
+	    if (TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixp))
+	      {
+		fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#ifdef UNDEFINED_DIFFERENCE_OK
+		if (fixp->fx_subsy != NULL)
+		  fixp->fx_subsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#endif
+	      }
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+
+	/* If it's one of these sections, assume the symbol is
+	   definitely going to be output.  The code in
+	   md_estimate_size_before_relax in tc-mips.c uses this test
+	   as well, so if you change this code you should look at that
+	   code.  */
+	if (bfd_is_und_section (symsec)
+	    || bfd_is_com_section (symsec))
+	  {
+	    fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#ifdef UNDEFINED_DIFFERENCE_OK
+	    /* We have the difference of an undefined symbol and some
+	       other symbol.  Make sure to mark the other symbol as used
+	       in a relocation so that it will always be output.  */
+	    if (fixp->fx_subsy)
+	      fixp->fx_subsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#endif
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+
+	/* Don't try to reduce relocs which refer to .linkonce
+           sections.  It can lead to confusion when a debugging
+           section refers to a .linkonce section.  I hope this will
+           always be correct.  */
+	if (symsec != sec)
+	  {
+	    boolean linkonce;
+
+	    linkonce = false;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	    if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, symsec) & SEC_LINK_ONCE)
+		!= 0)
+	      linkonce = true;
+#endif
+#ifdef OBJ_ELF
+	    /* The GNU toolchain uses an extension for ELF: a section
+               beginning with the magic string .gnu.linkonce is a
+               linkonce section.  */
+	    if (strncmp (segment_name (symsec), ".gnu.linkonce",
+			 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
+	      linkonce = true;
+#endif
+
+	    if (linkonce)
+	      {
+		fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#ifdef UNDEFINED_DIFFERENCE_OK
+		if (fixp->fx_subsy != NULL)
+		  fixp->fx_subsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+#endif
+		goto done;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* Since we're reducing to section symbols, don't attempt to reduce
+	   anything that's already using one.  */
+	if (sym->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
+	  {
+	    fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+
+	/* Is there some other reason we can't adjust this one?  (E.g.,
+	   call/bal links in i960-bout symbols.)  */
+#ifdef obj_fix_adjustable
+	if (! obj_fix_adjustable (fixp))
+	  {
+	    fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+#endif
+
+	/* Is there some other (target cpu dependent) reason we can't adjust
+	   this one?  (E.g. relocations involving function addresses on
+	   the PA.  */
+#ifdef tc_fix_adjustable
+	if (! tc_fix_adjustable (fixp))
+	  {
+	    fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+	    goto done;
+	  }
+#endif
+
+	/* If the section symbol isn't going to be output, the relocs
+	   at least should still work.  If not, figure out what to do
+	   when we run into that case.
+
+	   We refetch the segment when calling section_symbol, rather
+	   than using symsec, because S_GET_VALUE may wind up changing
+	   the section when it calls resolve_symbol_value. */
+	fixp->fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (sym);
+	fixp->fx_addsy = section_symbol (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym));
+	fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+
+      done:
+	;
+      }
+#if 1/*def RELOC_REQUIRES_SYMBOL*/
+    else
+      {
+	/* There was no symbol required by this relocation.  However,
+	   BFD doesn't really handle relocations without symbols well.
+	   (At least, the COFF support doesn't.)  So for now we fake up
+	   a local symbol in the absolute section.  */
+
+	fixp->fx_addsy = section_symbol (absolute_section);
+/*	fixp->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1; */
+      }
+#endif
+
+  dump_section_relocs (abfd, sec, stderr);
+}
+
+static void
+write_relocs (abfd, sec, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR xxx;
+{
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  int i;
+  unsigned int n;
+  arelent **relocs;
+  fixS *fixp;
+  char *err;
+
+  /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
+     anything with it.  */
+  if (seginfo == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  fixup_segment (seginfo->fix_root, sec);
+
+  n = 0;
+  for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = fixp->fx_next)
+    n++;
+
+#ifndef RELOC_EXPANSION_POSSIBLE
+  /* Set up reloc information as well.  */
+  relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (n * sizeof (arelent *));
+  memset ((char*)relocs, 0, n * sizeof (arelent*));
+
+  i = 0;
+  for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp != (fixS *) NULL; fixp = fixp->fx_next)
+    {
+      arelent *reloc;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type s;
+      symbolS *sym;
+
+      if (fixp->fx_done)
+	{
+	  n--;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If this is an undefined symbol which was equated to another
+         symbol, then use generate the reloc against the latter symbol
+         rather than the former.  */
+      sym = fixp->fx_addsy;
+      while (sym->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	     && (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym) || S_IS_COMMON (sym)))
+	{
+	  symbolS *n;
+
+	  /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
+	     written program.  */
+	  n = sym->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+	  if (n == sym)
+	    break;
+	  fixp->fx_offset += sym->sy_value.X_add_number;
+	  sym = n;
+	}
+      fixp->fx_addsy = sym;
+
+      reloc = tc_gen_reloc (sec, fixp);
+      if (!reloc)
+	{
+	  n--;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+#if 0
+      /* This test is triggered inappropriately for the SH.  */
+      if (fixp->fx_where + fixp->fx_size
+	  > fixp->fx_frag->fr_fix + fixp->fx_frag->fr_offset)
+	abort ();
+#endif
+
+      s = bfd_install_relocation (stdoutput, reloc,
+				  fixp->fx_frag->fr_literal,
+				  fixp->fx_frag->fr_address,
+				  sec, &err);
+      switch (s)
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, "relocation overflow");
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  as_fatal ("%s:%u: bad return from bfd_install_relocation",
+		    fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
+	}
+      relocs[i++] = reloc;
+    }
+#else
+  n = n * MAX_RELOC_EXPANSION;
+  /* Set up reloc information as well.  */
+  relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (n * sizeof (arelent *));
+
+  i = 0;
+  for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp != (fixS *) NULL; fixp = fixp->fx_next)
+    {
+      arelent **reloc;
+      char *data;
+      bfd_reloc_status_type s;
+      symbolS *sym;
+      int j;
+
+      if (fixp->fx_done)
+	{
+	  n--;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If this is an undefined symbol which was equated to another
+         symbol, then use generate the reloc against the latter symbol
+         rather than the former.  */
+      sym = fixp->fx_addsy;
+      while (sym->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	     && (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym) || S_IS_COMMON (sym)))
+	sym = sym->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+      fixp->fx_addsy = sym;
+
+      reloc = tc_gen_reloc (sec, fixp);
+
+      for (j = 0; reloc[j]; j++)
+	{
+          relocs[i++] = reloc[j];
+          assert(i <= n);
+	}
+      data = fixp->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixp->fx_where;
+      if (fixp->fx_where + fixp->fx_size
+	  > fixp->fx_frag->fr_fix + fixp->fx_frag->fr_offset)
+	as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
+		      "internal error: fixup not contained within frag");
+      for (j = 0; reloc[j]; j++)
+        {
+	  s = bfd_install_relocation (stdoutput, reloc[j],
+				      fixp->fx_frag->fr_literal,
+				      fixp->fx_frag->fr_address,
+				      sec, &err);
+          switch (s)
+	    {
+	    case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	      break;
+	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
+			    "relocation overflow");
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      as_fatal ("%s:%u: bad return from bfd_install_relocation",
+			fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
+	    }
+        }
+    }
+  n = i;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG4
+  {
+    int i, j, nsyms;
+    asymbol **sympp;
+    sympp = bfd_get_outsymbols (stdoutput);
+    nsyms = bfd_get_symcount (stdoutput);
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      if (((*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr)->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j++)
+	    if (sympp[j] == *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr)
+	      break;
+	  if (j == nsyms)
+	    abort ();
+	}
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (n)
+    bfd_set_reloc (stdoutput, sec, relocs, n);
+  else
+    bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, sec,
+			   (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec)
+			    & (flagword) ~SEC_RELOC));
+
+#ifdef DEBUG3
+  {
+    int i;
+    arelent *r;
+    asymbol *s;
+    fprintf (stderr, "relocs for sec %s\n", sec->name);
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {
+	r = relocs[i];
+	s = *r->sym_ptr_ptr;
+	fprintf (stderr, "  reloc %2d @%08x off %4x : sym %-10s addend %x\n",
+		 i, r, r->address, s->name, r->addend);
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+write_contents (abfd, sec, xxx)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR xxx;
+{
+  segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
+  unsigned long offset = 0;
+  fragS *f;
+
+  /* Write out the frags.  */
+  if (seginfo == NULL
+      || ! (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec) & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+    return;
+
+  for (f = seginfo->frchainP->frch_root;
+       f;
+       f = f->fr_next)
+    {
+      int x;
+      unsigned long fill_size;
+      char *fill_literal;
+      long count;
+
+      assert (f->fr_type == rs_fill);
+      if (f->fr_fix)
+	{
+	  x = bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, sec,
+					f->fr_literal, (file_ptr) offset,
+					(bfd_size_type) f->fr_fix);
+	  if (x == false)
+	    {
+	      bfd_perror (stdoutput->filename);
+	      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't write %s", stdoutput->filename);
+	      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	    }
+	  offset += f->fr_fix;
+	}
+      fill_literal = f->fr_literal + f->fr_fix;
+      fill_size = f->fr_var;
+      count = f->fr_offset;
+      assert (count >= 0);
+      if (fill_size && count)
+	{
+	  char buf[256];
+	  if (fill_size > sizeof(buf))
+	    {
+	      /* Do it the old way. Can this ever happen? */
+	      while (count--)
+		{
+		  x = bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, sec,
+						fill_literal,
+						(file_ptr) offset,
+						(bfd_size_type) fill_size);
+		  if (x == false)
+		    {
+		      bfd_perror (stdoutput->filename);
+		      as_perror ("FATAL: Can't write %s", stdoutput->filename);
+		      exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		    }
+		  offset += fill_size;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Build a buffer full of fill objects and output it as
+		 often as necessary. This saves on the overhead of
+		 potentially lots of bfd_set_section_contents calls.  */
+	      int n_per_buf, i;
+	      if (fill_size == 1)
+		{
+		  n_per_buf = sizeof (buf);
+		  memset (buf, *fill_literal, n_per_buf);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *bufp;
+		  n_per_buf = sizeof(buf)/fill_size;
+		  for (i = n_per_buf, bufp = buf; i; i--, bufp += fill_size)
+		    memcpy(bufp, fill_literal, fill_size);
+		}
+	      for (; count > 0; count -= n_per_buf)
+		{
+		  n_per_buf = n_per_buf > count ? count : n_per_buf;
+		  x = bfd_set_section_contents (stdoutput, sec,
+						buf, (file_ptr) offset,
+						(bfd_size_type) n_per_buf * fill_size);
+		  if (x != true)
+		    as_fatal ("Cannot write to output file.");
+		  offset += n_per_buf * fill_size;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BFD_ASSEMBLER) || (!defined (BFD) && !defined(OBJ_AOUT))
+static void
+merge_data_into_text ()
+{
+#if defined(BFD_ASSEMBLER) || defined(MANY_SEGMENTS)
+  seg_info (text_section)->frchainP->frch_last->fr_next =
+    seg_info (data_section)->frchainP->frch_root;
+  seg_info (text_section)->frchainP->frch_last =
+    seg_info (data_section)->frchainP->frch_last;
+  seg_info (data_section)->frchainP = 0;
+#else
+  fixS *tmp;
+
+  text_last_frag->fr_next = data_frag_root;
+  text_last_frag = data_last_frag;
+  data_last_frag = NULL;
+  data_frag_root = NULL;
+  if (text_fix_root)
+    {
+      for (tmp = text_fix_root; tmp->fx_next; tmp = tmp->fx_next);;
+      tmp->fx_next = data_fix_root;
+      text_fix_tail = data_fix_tail;
+    }
+  else
+    text_fix_root = data_fix_root;
+  data_fix_root = NULL;
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER || (! BFD && ! OBJ_AOUT) */
+
+#if !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) && !defined (BFD)
+static void
+relax_and_size_all_segments ()
+{
+  fragS *fragP;
+
+  relax_segment (text_frag_root, SEG_TEXT);
+  relax_segment (data_frag_root, SEG_DATA);
+  relax_segment (bss_frag_root, SEG_BSS);
+  /*
+   * Now the addresses of frags are correct within the segment.
+   */
+
+  know (text_last_frag->fr_type == rs_fill && text_last_frag->fr_offset == 0);
+  H_SET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers, text_last_frag->fr_address);
+  text_last_frag->fr_address = H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers);
+
+  /*
+   * Join the 2 segments into 1 huge segment.
+   * To do this, re-compute every rn_address in the SEG_DATA frags.
+   * Then join the data frags after the text frags.
+   *
+   * Determine a_data [length of data segment].
+   */
+  if (data_frag_root)
+    {
+      register relax_addressT slide;
+
+      know ((text_last_frag->fr_type == rs_fill) && (text_last_frag->fr_offset == 0));
+
+      H_SET_DATA_SIZE (&headers, data_last_frag->fr_address);
+      data_last_frag->fr_address = H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers);
+      slide = H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers);	/* & in file of the data segment. */
+#ifdef OBJ_BOUT
+#define RoundUp(N,S) (((N)+(S)-1)&-(S))
+      /* For b.out: If the data section has a strict alignment
+	 requirement, its load address in the .o file will be
+	 rounded up from the size of the text section.  These
+	 two values are *not* the same!  Similarly for the bss
+	 section....  */
+      slide = RoundUp (slide, 1 << section_alignment[SEG_DATA]);
+#endif
+
+      for (fragP = data_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+	{
+	  fragP->fr_address += slide;
+	}			/* for each data frag */
+
+      know (text_last_frag != 0);
+      text_last_frag->fr_next = data_frag_root;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      H_SET_DATA_SIZE (&headers, 0);
+    }
+
+#ifdef OBJ_BOUT
+  /* See above comments on b.out data section address.  */
+  {
+    long bss_vma;
+    if (data_last_frag == 0)
+      bss_vma = H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers);
+    else
+      bss_vma = data_last_frag->fr_address;
+    bss_vma = RoundUp (bss_vma, 1 << section_alignment[SEG_BSS]);
+    bss_address_frag.fr_address = bss_vma;
+  }
+#else /* ! OBJ_BOUT */
+  bss_address_frag.fr_address = (H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) +
+				 H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers));
+
+#endif /* ! OBJ_BOUT */
+
+  /* Slide all the frags */
+  if (bss_frag_root)
+    {
+      relax_addressT slide = bss_address_frag.fr_address;
+
+      for (fragP = bss_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+	{
+	  fragP->fr_address += slide;
+	}			/* for each bss frag */
+    }
+
+  if (bss_last_frag)
+    H_SET_BSS_SIZE (&headers,
+		    bss_last_frag->fr_address - bss_frag_root->fr_address);
+  else
+    H_SET_BSS_SIZE (&headers, 0);
+}
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER && ! BFD */
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || !defined (BFD)
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+static void
+set_symtab ()
+{
+  int nsyms;
+  asymbol **asympp;
+  symbolS *symp;
+  boolean result;
+  extern PTR bfd_alloc PARAMS ((bfd *, size_t));
+
+  /* Count symbols.  We can't rely on a count made by the loop in
+     write_object_file, because *_frob_file may add a new symbol or
+     two.  */
+  nsyms = 0;
+  for (symp = symbol_rootP; symp; symp = symbol_next (symp))
+    nsyms++;
+
+  if (nsyms)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      asympp = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (stdoutput,
+				       nsyms * sizeof (asymbol *));
+      symp = symbol_rootP;
+      for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i++, symp = symbol_next (symp))
+	{
+	  asympp[i] = symp->bsym;
+	  symp->written = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    asympp = 0;
+  result = bfd_set_symtab (stdoutput, asympp, nsyms);
+  assert (result == true);
+  symbol_table_frozen = 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+write_object_file ()
+{
+  struct frchain *frchainP;	/* Track along all frchains. */
+#if ! defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || ! defined (WORKING_DOT_WORD)
+  fragS *fragP;			/* Track along all frags. */
+#endif
+
+  /* Do we really want to write it?  */
+  {
+    int n_warns, n_errs;
+    n_warns = had_warnings ();
+    n_errs = had_errors ();
+    /* The -Z flag indicates that an object file should be generated,
+       regardless of warnings and errors.  */
+    if (flag_always_generate_output)
+      {
+	if (n_warns || n_errs)
+	  as_warn ("%d error%s, %d warning%s, generating bad object file.\n",
+		   n_errs, n_errs == 1 ? "" : "s",
+		   n_warns, n_warns == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	if (n_errs)
+	  as_fatal ("%d error%s, %d warning%s, no object file generated.\n",
+		    n_errs, n_errs == 1 ? "" : "s",
+		    n_warns, n_warns == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      }
+  }
+
+#ifdef	OBJ_VMS
+  /* Under VMS we try to be compatible with VAX-11 "C".  Thus, we call
+     a routine to check for the definition of the procedure "_main",
+     and if so -- fix it up so that it can be program entry point. */
+  vms_check_for_main ();
+#endif /* OBJ_VMS */
+
+  /* After every sub-segment, we fake an ".align ...". This conforms to
+     BSD4.2 brane-damage. We then fake ".fill 0" because that is the kind of
+     frag that requires least thought. ".align" frags like to have a
+     following frag since that makes calculating their intended length
+     trivial.
+
+     @@ Is this really necessary??  */
+#ifndef SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG) (0)
+#else
+#define SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN(SEG) (2)
+#endif
+#endif
+  for (frchainP = frchain_root; frchainP; frchainP = frchainP->frch_next)
+    {
+      subseg_set (frchainP->frch_seg, frchainP->frch_subseg);
+      frag_align (SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN (now_seg), NOP_OPCODE, 0);
+      /* frag_align will have left a new frag.
+	 Use this last frag for an empty ".fill".
+
+	 For this segment ...
+	 Create a last frag. Do not leave a "being filled in frag".  */
+      frag_wane (frag_now);
+      frag_now->fr_fix = 0;
+      know (frag_now->fr_next == NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* From now on, we don't care about sub-segments.  Build one frag chain
+     for each segment. Linked thru fr_next.  */
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /* Remove the sections created by gas for its own purposes.  */
+  {
+    asection **seclist, *sec;
+    int i;
+
+    seclist = &stdoutput->sections;
+    while (seclist && *seclist)
+      {
+	sec = *seclist;
+	while (sec == reg_section || sec == expr_section)
+	  {
+	    sec = sec->next;
+	    *seclist = sec;
+	    stdoutput->section_count--;
+	    if (!sec)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	if (*seclist)
+	  seclist = &(*seclist)->next;
+      }
+    i = 0;
+    bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, renumber_sections, &i);
+  }
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, chain_frchains_together, (char *) 0);
+#else
+  remove_subsegs (frchain_root, SEG_TEXT, &text_frag_root, &text_last_frag);
+  remove_subsegs (data0_frchainP, SEG_DATA, &data_frag_root, &data_last_frag);
+  remove_subsegs (bss0_frchainP, SEG_BSS, &bss_frag_root, &bss_last_frag);
+#endif
+
+  /* We have two segments. If user gave -R flag, then we must put the
+     data frags into the text segment. Do this before relaxing so
+     we know to take advantage of -R and make shorter addresses.  */
+#if !defined (OBJ_AOUT) || defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
+    {
+      merge_data_into_text ();
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, relax_and_size_seg, (char *) 0);
+#else
+  relax_and_size_all_segments ();
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  /*
+   *
+   * Crawl the symbol chain.
+   *
+   * For each symbol whose value depends on a frag, take the address of
+   * that frag and subsume it into the value of the symbol.
+   * After this, there is just one way to lookup a symbol value.
+   * Values are left in their final state for object file emission.
+   * We adjust the values of 'L' local symbols, even if we do
+   * not intend to emit them to the object file, because their values
+   * are needed for fix-ups.
+   *
+   * Unless we saw a -L flag, remove all symbols that begin with 'L'
+   * from the symbol chain.  (They are still pointed to by the fixes.)
+   *
+   * Count the remaining symbols.
+   * Assign a symbol number to each symbol.
+   * Count the number of string-table chars we will emit.
+   * Put this info into the headers as appropriate.
+   *
+   */
+  know (zero_address_frag.fr_address == 0);
+  string_byte_count = sizeof (string_byte_count);
+
+  obj_crawl_symbol_chain (&headers);
+
+  if (string_byte_count == sizeof (string_byte_count))
+    string_byte_count = 0;
+
+  H_SET_STRING_SIZE (&headers, string_byte_count);
+
+  /*
+   * Addresses of frags now reflect addresses we use in the object file.
+   * Symbol values are correct.
+   * Scan the frags, converting any ".org"s and ".align"s to ".fill"s.
+   * Also converting any machine-dependent frags using md_convert_frag();
+   */
+  subseg_change (SEG_TEXT, 0);
+
+  for (fragP = text_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+    {
+      cvt_frag_to_fill (&headers, SEG_TEXT, fragP);
+
+      /* Some assert macros don't work with # directives mixed in.  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if (!(fragP->fr_next == NULL
+#ifdef OBJ_BOUT
+	    || fragP->fr_next == data_frag_root
+#endif
+	    || ((fragP->fr_next->fr_address - fragP->fr_address)
+		== (fragP->fr_fix + fragP->fr_offset * fragP->fr_var))))
+	abort ();
+#endif
+    }
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+  {
+    struct broken_word *lie;
+    struct broken_word **prevP;
+
+    prevP = &broken_words;
+    for (lie = broken_words; lie; lie = lie->next_broken_word)
+      if (!lie->added)
+	{
+	  expressionS exp;
+
+	  exp.X_op = O_subtract;
+	  exp.X_add_symbol = lie->add;
+	  exp.X_op_symbol = lie->sub;
+	  exp.X_add_number = lie->addnum;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifdef TC_CONS_FIX_NEW
+	  TC_CONS_FIX_NEW (lie->frag,
+		       lie->word_goes_here - lie->frag->fr_literal,
+		       2, &exp);
+#else
+	  fix_new_exp (lie->frag,
+		       lie->word_goes_here - lie->frag->fr_literal,
+		       2, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_16);
+#endif
+#else
+#if defined(TC_SPARC) || defined(TC_A29K) || defined(NEED_FX_R_TYPE)
+	  fix_new_exp (lie->frag,
+		       lie->word_goes_here - lie->frag->fr_literal,
+		       2, &exp, 0, NO_RELOC);
+#else
+#ifdef TC_NS32K
+	  fix_new_ns32k_exp (lie->frag,
+			     lie->word_goes_here - lie->frag->fr_literal,
+			     2, &exp, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0);
+#else
+	  fix_new_exp (lie->frag,
+		       lie->word_goes_here - lie->frag->fr_literal,
+		       2, &exp, 0, 0);
+#endif /* TC_NS32K */
+#endif /* TC_SPARC|TC_A29K|NEED_FX_R_TYPE */
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+	  *prevP = lie->next_broken_word;
+	}
+      else
+	prevP = &(lie->next_broken_word);
+
+    for (lie = broken_words; lie;)
+      {
+	struct broken_word *untruth;
+	char *table_ptr;
+	addressT table_addr;
+	addressT from_addr, to_addr;
+	int n, m;
+
+	fragP = lie->dispfrag;
+
+	/* Find out how many broken_words go here.  */
+	n = 0;
+	for (untruth = lie; untruth && untruth->dispfrag == fragP; untruth = untruth->next_broken_word)
+	  if (untruth->added == 1)
+	    n++;
+
+	table_ptr = lie->dispfrag->fr_opcode;
+	table_addr = lie->dispfrag->fr_address + (table_ptr - lie->dispfrag->fr_literal);
+	/* Create the jump around the long jumps.  This is a short
+	   jump from table_ptr+0 to table_ptr+n*long_jump_size.  */
+	from_addr = table_addr;
+	to_addr = table_addr + md_short_jump_size + n * md_long_jump_size;
+	md_create_short_jump (table_ptr, from_addr, to_addr, lie->dispfrag, lie->add);
+	table_ptr += md_short_jump_size;
+	table_addr += md_short_jump_size;
+
+	for (m = 0; lie && lie->dispfrag == fragP; m++, lie = lie->next_broken_word)
+	  {
+	    if (lie->added == 2)
+	      continue;
+	    /* Patch the jump table */
+	    /* This is the offset from ??? to table_ptr+0 */
+	    to_addr = table_addr - S_GET_VALUE (lie->sub);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	    to_addr -= lie->sub->sy_frag->fr_address;
+#endif
+	    md_number_to_chars (lie->word_goes_here, to_addr, 2);
+	    for (untruth = lie->next_broken_word; untruth && untruth->dispfrag == fragP; untruth = untruth->next_broken_word)
+	      {
+		if (untruth->use_jump == lie)
+		  md_number_to_chars (untruth->word_goes_here, to_addr, 2);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Install the long jump */
+	    /* this is a long jump from table_ptr+0 to the final target */
+	    from_addr = table_addr;
+	    to_addr = S_GET_VALUE (lie->add) + lie->addnum;
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	    to_addr += lie->add->sy_frag->fr_address;
+#endif
+	    md_create_long_jump (table_ptr, from_addr, to_addr, lie->dispfrag, lie->add);
+	    table_ptr += md_long_jump_size;
+	    table_addr += md_long_jump_size;
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* not WORKING_DOT_WORD */
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+#ifndef	OBJ_VMS
+  {				/* not vms */
+    char *the_object_file;
+    long object_file_size;
+    /*
+     * Scan every FixS performing fixups. We had to wait until now to do
+     * this because md_convert_frag() may have made some fixSs.
+     */
+    int trsize, drsize;
+
+    subseg_change (SEG_TEXT, 0);
+    trsize = md_reloc_size * fixup_segment (text_fix_root, SEG_TEXT);
+    subseg_change (SEG_DATA, 0);
+    drsize = md_reloc_size * fixup_segment (data_fix_root, SEG_DATA);
+    H_SET_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers, trsize, drsize);
+
+    /* FIXME move this stuff into the pre-write-hook */
+    H_SET_MAGIC_NUMBER (&headers, magic_number_for_object_file);
+    H_SET_ENTRY_POINT (&headers, 0);
+
+    obj_pre_write_hook (&headers);	/* extra coff stuff */
+
+    object_file_size = H_GET_FILE_SIZE (&headers);
+    next_object_file_charP = the_object_file = xmalloc (object_file_size);
+
+    output_file_create (out_file_name);
+
+    obj_header_append (&next_object_file_charP, &headers);
+
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers));
+
+    /*
+     * Emit code.
+     */
+    for (fragP = text_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+      {
+	register long count;
+	register char *fill_literal;
+	register long fill_size;
+
+	PROGRESS (1);
+	know (fragP->fr_type == rs_fill);
+	append (&next_object_file_charP, fragP->fr_literal, (unsigned long) fragP->fr_fix);
+	fill_literal = fragP->fr_literal + fragP->fr_fix;
+	fill_size = fragP->fr_var;
+	know (fragP->fr_offset >= 0);
+
+	for (count = fragP->fr_offset; count; count--)
+	  {
+	    append (&next_object_file_charP, fill_literal, (unsigned long) fill_size);
+	  }			/* for each  */
+
+      }				/* for each code frag. */
+
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == (H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers)));
+
+    /*
+     * Emit relocations.
+     */
+    obj_emit_relocations (&next_object_file_charP, text_fix_root, (relax_addressT) 0);
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == (H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers)));
+#ifdef TC_I960
+    /* Make addresses in data relocation directives relative to beginning of
+     * first data fragment, not end of last text fragment:  alignment of the
+     * start of the data segment may place a gap between the segments.
+     */
+    obj_emit_relocations (&next_object_file_charP, data_fix_root, data0_frchainP->frch_root->fr_address);
+#else /* TC_I960 */
+    obj_emit_relocations (&next_object_file_charP, data_fix_root, text_last_frag->fr_address);
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == (H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers)));
+
+    /*
+     * Emit line number entries.
+     */
+    OBJ_EMIT_LINENO (&next_object_file_charP, lineno_rootP, the_object_file);
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == (H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_LINENO_SIZE (&headers)));
+
+    /*
+     * Emit symbols.
+     */
+    obj_emit_symbols (&next_object_file_charP, symbol_rootP);
+    know ((next_object_file_charP - the_object_file) == (H_GET_HEADER_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_TEXT_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_DATA_RELOCATION_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_LINENO_SIZE (&headers) + H_GET_SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE (&headers)));
+
+    /*
+     * Emit strings.
+     */
+
+    if (string_byte_count > 0)
+      {
+	obj_emit_strings (&next_object_file_charP);
+      }				/* only if we have a string table */
+
+#ifdef BFD_HEADERS
+    bfd_seek (stdoutput, 0, 0);
+    bfd_write (the_object_file, 1, object_file_size, stdoutput);
+#else
+
+    /* Write the data to the file */
+    output_file_append (the_object_file, object_file_size, out_file_name);
+    free (the_object_file);
+#endif
+  }				/* non vms output */
+#else /* OBJ_VMS */
+  /*
+   *	Now do the VMS-dependent part of writing the object file
+   */
+  vms_write_object_file (H_GET_TEXT_SIZE (&headers),
+			 H_GET_DATA_SIZE (&headers),
+			 H_GET_BSS_SIZE (&headers),
+			 text_frag_root, data_frag_root);
+#endif /* OBJ_VMS */
+#else /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+  /* Resolve symbol values.  This needs to be done before processing
+     the relocations.  */
+  if (symbol_rootP)
+    {
+      symbolS *symp;
+
+      for (symp = symbol_rootP; symp; symp = symbol_next (symp))
+	if (!symp->sy_resolved)
+	  resolve_symbol_value (symp);
+    }
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_file_before_adjust
+  tc_frob_file_before_adjust ();
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_frob_file_before_adjust
+  obj_frob_file_before_adjust ();
+#endif
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, adjust_reloc_syms, (char *)0);
+
+  /* Set up symbol table, and write it out.  */
+  if (symbol_rootP)
+    {
+      symbolS *symp;
+
+      for (symp = symbol_rootP; symp; symp = symbol_next (symp))
+	{
+	  int punt = 0;
+	  const char *name;
+
+	  if (symp->sy_mri_common)
+	    {
+	      if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (symp))
+		as_bad ("%s: global symbols not supported in common sections",
+			S_GET_NAME (symp));
+	      symbol_remove (symp, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  name = S_GET_NAME (symp);
+	  if (name)
+	    {
+	      const char *name2 = decode_local_label_name ((char *)S_GET_NAME (symp));
+	      /* They only differ if `name' is a fb or dollar local
+		 label name.  */
+	      if (name2 != name && ! S_IS_DEFINED (symp))
+		as_bad ("local label %s is not defined", name2);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Do it again, because adjust_reloc_syms might introduce
+	     more symbols.  They'll probably only be section symbols,
+	     but they'll still need to have the values computed.  */
+	  if (! symp->sy_resolved)
+	    {
+	      if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_constant)
+		{
+		  /* This is the normal case; skip the call.  */
+		  S_SET_VALUE (symp,
+			       (S_GET_VALUE (symp)
+				+ symp->sy_frag->fr_address));
+		  symp->sy_resolved = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		resolve_symbol_value (symp);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Skip symbols which were equated to undefined or common
+             symbols.  */
+	  if (symp->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol
+	      && (! S_IS_DEFINED (symp) || S_IS_COMMON (symp)))
+	    {
+	      symbol_remove (symp, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* So far, common symbols have been treated like undefined symbols.
+	     Put them in the common section now.  */
+	  if (S_IS_DEFINED (symp) == 0
+	      && S_GET_VALUE (symp) != 0)
+	    S_SET_SEGMENT (symp, bfd_com_section_ptr);
+#if 0
+	  printf ("symbol `%s'\n\t@%x: value=%d flags=%x seg=%s\n",
+		  S_GET_NAME (symp), symp,
+		  S_GET_VALUE (symp),
+		  symp->bsym->flags,
+		  segment_name (symp->bsym->section));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef obj_frob_symbol
+	  obj_frob_symbol (symp, punt);
+#endif
+#ifdef tc_frob_symbol
+	  if (! punt || symp->sy_used_in_reloc)
+	    tc_frob_symbol (symp, punt);
+#endif
+
+	  /* If we don't want to keep this symbol, splice it out of
+	     the chain now.  If EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS is 0, we never
+	     want section symbols.  Otherwise, we skip local symbols
+	     and symbols that the frob_symbol macros told us to punt,
+	     but we keep such symbols if they are used in relocs.  */
+	  if ((! EMIT_SECTION_SYMBOLS
+	       && (symp->bsym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
+	      /* Note that S_IS_EXTERN and S_IS_LOCAL are not always
+		 opposites.  Sometimes the former checks flags and the
+		 latter examines the name...  */
+	      || (!S_IS_EXTERN (symp)
+		  && (S_IS_LOCAL (symp) || punt)
+		  && ! symp->sy_used_in_reloc))
+	    {
+	      symbol_remove (symp, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
+	      /* After symbol_remove, symbol_next(symp) still returns
+		 the one that came after it in the chain.  So we don't
+		 need to do any extra cleanup work here.  */
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Make sure we really got a value for the symbol.  */
+	  if (! symp->sy_resolved)
+	    {
+	      as_bad ("can't resolve value for symbol \"%s\"",
+		      S_GET_NAME (symp));
+	      symp->sy_resolved = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set the value into the BFD symbol.  Up til now the value
+	     has only been kept in the gas symbolS struct.  */
+	  symp->bsym->value = S_GET_VALUE (symp);
+	}
+    }
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+
+  /* Now do any format-specific adjustments to the symbol table, such
+     as adding file symbols.  */
+#ifdef tc_adjust_symtab
+  tc_adjust_symtab ();
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_adjust_symtab
+  obj_adjust_symtab ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Now that all the sizes are known, and contents correct, we can
+     start writing to the file.  */
+  set_symtab ();
+
+  /* If *_frob_file changes the symbol value at this point, it is
+     responsible for moving the changed value into symp->bsym->value
+     as well.  Hopefully all symbol value changing can be done in
+     *_frob_symbol.  */
+#ifdef tc_frob_file
+  tc_frob_file ();
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_frob_file
+  obj_frob_file ();
+#endif
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, write_relocs, (char *) 0);
+
+#ifdef tc_frob_file_after_relocs
+  tc_frob_file_after_relocs ();
+#endif
+#ifdef obj_frob_file_after_relocs
+  obj_frob_file_after_relocs ();
+#endif
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, write_contents, (char *) 0);
+#endif /* BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+}
+#endif /* ! BFD */
+
+/*
+ *			relax_segment()
+ *
+ * Now we have a segment, not a crowd of sub-segments, we can make fr_address
+ * values.
+ *
+ * Relax the frags.
+ *
+ * After this, all frags in this segment have addresses that are correct
+ * within the segment. Since segments live in different file addresses,
+ * these frag addresses may not be the same as final object-file addresses.
+ */
+
+#ifdef TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE
+
+static int is_dnrange PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
+
+/* Subroutines of relax_segment.  */
+static int
+is_dnrange (f1, f2)
+     fragS *f1;
+     fragS *f2;
+{
+  for (; f1; f1 = f1->fr_next)
+    if (f1->fr_next == f2)
+      return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Relax a fragment by scanning TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE.  */
+
+long
+relax_frag (fragP, stretch)
+     fragS *fragP;
+     long stretch;
+{
+  const relax_typeS *this_type;
+  const relax_typeS *start_type;
+  relax_substateT next_state;
+  relax_substateT this_state;
+  long aim, target, growth;
+  symbolS *symbolP = fragP->fr_symbol;
+  long offset = fragP->fr_offset;
+  /* Recompute was_address by undoing "+= stretch" done by relax_segment.  */
+  unsigned long was_address = fragP->fr_address - stretch;
+  unsigned long address = fragP->fr_address;
+  const relax_typeS *table = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE;
+
+  this_state = fragP->fr_subtype;
+  start_type = this_type = table + this_state;
+  target = offset;
+
+  if (symbolP)
+    {
+#ifndef DIFF_EXPR_OK
+#if !defined (MANY_SEGMENTS) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+      know ((S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_ABSOLUTE)
+	    || (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_DATA)
+	    || (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_BSS)
+	    || (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_TEXT));
+#endif
+      know (symbolP->sy_frag);
+#endif
+      know (!(S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == absolute_section)
+	    || symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
+      target +=
+	S_GET_VALUE (symbolP)
+	  + symbolP->sy_frag->fr_address;
+
+      /* If frag has yet to be reached on this pass,
+	 assume it will move by STRETCH just as we did.
+	 If this is not so, it will be because some frag
+	 between grows, and that will force another pass.
+
+	 Beware zero-length frags.
+
+	 There should be a faster way to do this.  */
+
+      if (symbolP->sy_frag->fr_address >= was_address
+	  && is_dnrange (fragP, symbolP->sy_frag))
+	{
+	  target += stretch;
+	}
+    }
+
+  aim = target - address - fragP->fr_fix;
+#ifdef TC_PCREL_ADJUST
+  /* Currently only the ns32k family needs this */
+  aim += TC_PCREL_ADJUST(fragP);
+/*#else*/
+  /* This machine doesn't want to use pcrel_adjust.
+     In that case, pcrel_adjust should be zero.  */
+/*  assert (fragP->fr_targ.ns32k.pcrel_adjust == 0);*/
+#endif
+#ifdef md_prepare_relax_scan /* formerly called M68K_AIM_KLUDGE */
+  md_prepare_relax_scan (fragP, address, aim, this_state, this_type);
+#endif
+
+  if (aim < 0)
+    {
+      /* Look backwards. */
+      for (next_state = this_type->rlx_more; next_state;)
+	if (aim >= this_type->rlx_backward)
+	  next_state = 0;
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* Grow to next state. */
+	    this_state = next_state;
+	    this_type = table + this_state;
+	    next_state = this_type->rlx_more;
+	  }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Look forwards. */
+      for (next_state = this_type->rlx_more; next_state;)
+	if (aim <= this_type->rlx_forward)
+	  next_state = 0;
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* Grow to next state. */
+	    this_state = next_state;
+	    this_type = table + this_state;
+	    next_state = this_type->rlx_more;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  growth = this_type->rlx_length - start_type->rlx_length;
+  if (growth != 0)
+    fragP->fr_subtype = this_state;
+  return growth;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE) */
+
+/* Relax_align. Advance location counter to next address that has 'alignment'
+   lowest order bits all 0s, return size of adjustment made.  */
+static relax_addressT
+relax_align (address, alignment)
+     register relax_addressT address;	/* Address now. */
+     register int alignment;	/* Alignment (binary). */
+{
+  relax_addressT mask;
+  relax_addressT new_address;
+
+  mask = ~((~0) << alignment);
+  new_address = (address + mask) & (~mask);
+#ifdef LINKER_RELAXING_SHRINKS_ONLY
+  if (linkrelax)
+    /* We must provide lots of padding, so the linker can discard it
+       when needed.  The linker will not add extra space, ever.  */
+    new_address += (1 << alignment);
+#endif
+  return (new_address - address);
+}
+
+void
+relax_segment (segment_frag_root, segment)
+     struct frag *segment_frag_root;
+     segT segment;
+{
+  register struct frag *fragP;
+  register relax_addressT address;
+#if !defined (MANY_SEGMENTS) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+  know (segment == SEG_DATA || segment == SEG_TEXT || segment == SEG_BSS);
+#endif
+  /* In case md_estimate_size_before_relax() wants to make fixSs. */
+  subseg_change (segment, 0);
+
+  /* For each frag in segment: count and store  (a 1st guess of)
+     fr_address.  */
+  address = 0;
+  for (fragP = segment_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+    {
+      fragP->fr_address = address;
+      address += fragP->fr_fix;
+
+      switch (fragP->fr_type)
+	{
+	case rs_fill:
+	  address += fragP->fr_offset * fragP->fr_var;
+	  break;
+
+	case rs_align:
+	case rs_align_code:
+	  {
+	    addressT offset = relax_align (address, (int) fragP->fr_offset);
+
+	    if (fragP->fr_subtype != 0 && offset > fragP->fr_subtype)
+	      offset = 0;
+
+	    if (offset % fragP->fr_var != 0)
+	      {
+		as_bad ("alignment padding (%lu bytes) not a multiple of %ld",
+			(unsigned long) offset, (long) fragP->fr_var);
+		offset -= (offset % fragP->fr_var);
+	      }
+
+	    address += offset;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case rs_org:
+	case rs_space:
+	  /* Assume .org is nugatory. It will grow with 1st relax.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case rs_machine_dependent:
+	  address += md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment);
+	  break;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+	  /* Broken words don't concern us yet */
+	case rs_broken_word:
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	default:
+	  BAD_CASE (fragP->fr_type);
+	  break;
+	}			/* switch(fr_type) */
+    }				/* for each frag in the segment */
+
+  /* Do relax().  */
+  {
+    long stretch;	/* May be any size, 0 or negative. */
+    /* Cumulative number of addresses we have */
+    /* relaxed this pass. */
+    /* We may have relaxed more than one address. */
+    long stretched;	/* Have we stretched on this pass? */
+    /* This is 'cuz stretch may be zero, when, in fact some piece of code
+       grew, and another shrank.  If a branch instruction doesn't fit anymore,
+       we could be scrod.  */
+
+    do
+      {
+	stretch = stretched = 0;
+	for (fragP = segment_frag_root; fragP; fragP = fragP->fr_next)
+	  {
+	    long growth = 0;
+	    addressT was_address;
+	    offsetT offset;
+	    symbolS *symbolP;
+
+	    was_address = fragP->fr_address;
+	    address = fragP->fr_address += stretch;
+	    symbolP = fragP->fr_symbol;
+	    offset = fragP->fr_offset;
+
+	    switch (fragP->fr_type)
+	      {
+	      case rs_fill:	/* .fill never relaxes. */
+		growth = 0;
+		break;
+
+#ifndef WORKING_DOT_WORD
+		/* JF:  This is RMS's idea.  I do *NOT* want to be blamed
+		   for it I do not want to write it.  I do not want to have
+		   anything to do with it.  This is not the proper way to
+		   implement this misfeature.  */
+	      case rs_broken_word:
+		{
+		  struct broken_word *lie;
+		  struct broken_word *untruth;
+
+		  /* Yes this is ugly (storing the broken_word pointer
+		     in the symbol slot).  Still, this whole chunk of
+		     code is ugly, and I don't feel like doing anything
+		     about it.  Think of it as stubbornness in action.  */
+		  growth = 0;
+		  for (lie = (struct broken_word *) (fragP->fr_symbol);
+		       lie && lie->dispfrag == fragP;
+		       lie = lie->next_broken_word)
+		    {
+
+		      if (lie->added)
+			continue;
+
+		      offset = (lie->add->sy_frag->fr_address
+				+ S_GET_VALUE (lie->add)
+				+ lie->addnum
+				- (lie->sub->sy_frag->fr_address
+				   + S_GET_VALUE (lie->sub)));
+		      if (offset <= -32768 || offset >= 32767)
+			{
+			  if (flag_warn_displacement)
+			    {
+			      char buf[50];
+			      sprint_value (buf, (addressT) lie->addnum);
+			      as_warn (".word %s-%s+%s didn't fit",
+				       S_GET_NAME (lie->add),
+				       S_GET_NAME (lie->sub),
+				       buf);
+			    }
+			  lie->added = 1;
+			  if (fragP->fr_subtype == 0)
+			    {
+			      fragP->fr_subtype++;
+			      growth += md_short_jump_size;
+			    }
+			  for (untruth = lie->next_broken_word;
+			       untruth && untruth->dispfrag == lie->dispfrag;
+			       untruth = untruth->next_broken_word)
+			    if ((untruth->add->sy_frag == lie->add->sy_frag)
+				&& S_GET_VALUE (untruth->add) == S_GET_VALUE (lie->add))
+			      {
+				untruth->added = 2;
+				untruth->use_jump = lie;
+			      }
+			  growth += md_long_jump_size;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  break;
+		}		/* case rs_broken_word */
+#endif
+	      case rs_align:
+	      case rs_align_code:
+		{
+		  addressT oldoff, newoff;
+
+		  oldoff = relax_align (was_address + fragP->fr_fix,
+					(int) offset);
+		  newoff = relax_align (address + fragP->fr_fix,
+					(int) offset);
+
+		  if (fragP->fr_subtype != 0)
+		    {
+		      if (oldoff > fragP->fr_subtype)
+			oldoff = 0;
+		      if (newoff > fragP->fr_subtype)
+			newoff = 0;
+		    }
+
+		  growth = newoff - oldoff;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	      case rs_org:
+		{
+		  long target = offset;
+		  long after;
+
+		  if (symbolP)
+		    {
+#if !defined (MANY_SEGMENTS) && !defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER)
+		      know ((S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_ABSOLUTE)
+			    || (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_DATA)
+			    || (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_TEXT)
+			    || S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_BSS);
+		      know (symbolP->sy_frag);
+		      know (!(S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == SEG_ABSOLUTE)
+			    || (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag));
+#endif
+		      target += S_GET_VALUE (symbolP)
+			+ symbolP->sy_frag->fr_address;
+		    }		/* if we have a symbol */
+
+		  know (fragP->fr_next);
+		  after = fragP->fr_next->fr_address;
+		  growth = target - after;
+		  if (growth < 0)
+		    {
+		      /* Growth may be negative, but variable part of frag
+			 cannot have fewer than 0 chars.  That is, we can't
+			 .org backwards. */
+		      as_bad ("attempt to .org backwards ignored");
+		      growth = 0;
+		    }
+
+		  growth -= stretch;	/* This is an absolute growth factor */
+		  break;
+		}
+
+	      case rs_space:
+		if (symbolP)
+		  {
+		    growth = S_GET_VALUE (symbolP);
+		    if (symbolP->sy_frag != &zero_address_frag
+			|| S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)
+			|| ! S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP))
+		      as_bad_where (fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
+				    ".space specifies non-absolute value");
+		    fragP->fr_symbol = 0;
+		    if (growth < 0)
+		      {
+			as_warn (".space or .fill with negative value, ignored");
+			growth = 0;
+		      }
+		  }
+		else
+		  growth = 0;
+		break;
+
+	      case rs_machine_dependent:
+#ifdef md_relax_frag
+		growth = md_relax_frag (fragP, stretch);
+#else
+#ifdef TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE
+		/* The default way to relax a frag is to look through
+		   TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE.  */
+		growth = relax_frag (fragP, stretch);
+#endif /* TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE */
+#endif
+		break;
+
+	      default:
+		BAD_CASE (fragP->fr_type);
+		break;
+	      }
+	    if (growth)
+	      {
+		stretch += growth;
+		stretched++;
+	      }
+	  }			/* For each frag in the segment. */
+      }
+    while (stretched);		/* Until nothing further to relax. */
+  }				/* do_relax */
+
+  /*
+   * We now have valid fr_address'es for each frag.
+   */
+
+  /*
+   * All fr_address's are correct, relative to their own segment.
+   * We have made all the fixS we will ever make.
+   */
+}				/* relax_segment() */
+
+#if defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || (!defined (BFD) && !defined (OBJ_VMS))
+
+#ifndef TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP
+#define TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP(X) (1)
+#endif
+
+/* fixup_segment()
+
+   Go through all the fixS's in a segment and see which ones can be
+   handled now.  (These consist of fixS where we have since discovered
+   the value of a symbol, or the address of the frag involved.)
+   For each one, call md_apply_fix to put the fix into the frag data.
+
+   Result is a count of how many relocation structs will be needed to
+   handle the remaining fixS's that we couldn't completely handle here.
+   These will be output later by emit_relocations().  */
+
+static long
+fixup_segment (fixP, this_segment_type)
+     register fixS *fixP;
+     segT this_segment_type;	/* N_TYPE bits for segment. */
+{
+  long seg_reloc_count = 0;
+  symbolS *add_symbolP;
+  symbolS *sub_symbolP;
+  valueT add_number;
+  int size;
+  char *place;
+  long where;
+  int pcrel, plt;
+  fragS *fragP;
+  segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
+
+  /* If the linker is doing the relaxing, we must not do any fixups.
+
+     Well, strictly speaking that's not true -- we could do any that are
+     PC-relative and don't cross regions that could change size.  And for the
+     i960 (the only machine for which we've got a relaxing linker right now),
+     we might be able to turn callx/callj into bal anyways in cases where we
+     know the maximum displacement.  */
+  if (linkrelax)
+    {
+      for (; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next)
+	seg_reloc_count++;
+      TC_ADJUST_RELOC_COUNT (fixP, seg_reloc_count);
+      return seg_reloc_count;
+    }
+
+  for (; fixP; fixP = fixP->fx_next)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG5
+      fprintf (stderr, "\nprocessing fixup:\n");
+      print_fixup (fixP);
+#endif
+
+      fragP = fixP->fx_frag;
+      know (fragP);
+      where = fixP->fx_where;
+      place = fragP->fr_literal + where;
+      size = fixP->fx_size;
+      add_symbolP = fixP->fx_addsy;
+#ifdef TC_VALIDATE_FIX
+      TC_VALIDATE_FIX (fixP, this_segment_type, skip);
+#endif
+      sub_symbolP = fixP->fx_subsy;
+      add_number = fixP->fx_offset;
+      pcrel = fixP->fx_pcrel;
+      plt = fixP->fx_plt;
+
+      if (add_symbolP != NULL
+	  && add_symbolP->sy_mri_common)
+	{
+	  know (add_symbolP->sy_value.X_op == O_symbol);
+	  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+	  fixP->fx_offset = add_number;
+	  add_symbolP = fixP->fx_addsy = add_symbolP->sy_value.X_add_symbol;
+	}
+
+      if (add_symbolP)
+	add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (add_symbolP);
+
+      if (sub_symbolP)
+	{
+	  resolve_symbol_value (sub_symbolP);
+	  if (add_symbolP == NULL || add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
+	    {
+	      if (add_symbolP != NULL)
+		{
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+		  add_symbolP = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		}
+
+	      /* It's just -sym */
+	      if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section)
+		{
+		  add_number -= S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
+		}
+	      else if (pcrel
+		       && S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == this_segment_type)
+		{
+		  /* Should try converting to a constant.  */
+		  goto bad_sub_reloc;
+		}
+	      else
+	      bad_sub_reloc:
+		as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			      "Negative of non-absolute symbol %s",
+			      S_GET_NAME (sub_symbolP));
+	    }
+	  else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == add_symbol_segment
+		   && SEG_NORMAL (add_symbol_segment))
+	    {
+	      /* Difference of 2 symbols from same segment.
+		 Can't make difference of 2 undefineds: 'value' means
+		 something different for N_UNDF. */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+	      /* Makes no sense to use the difference of 2 arbitrary symbols
+		 as the target of a call instruction.  */
+	      if (fixP->fx_tcbit)
+		as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			      "callj to difference of 2 symbols");
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+	      add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP) -
+		S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+
+	      add_symbolP = NULL;
+	      pcrel = 0;	/* No further pcrel processing. */
+
+	      /* Let the target machine make the final determination
+		 as to whether or not a relocation will be needed to
+		 handle this fixup.  */
+	      if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SECTION (fixP, this_segment_type))
+		{
+		  fixP->fx_pcrel = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Different segments in subtraction. */
+	      know (!(S_IS_EXTERNAL (sub_symbolP)
+		      && (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section)));
+
+	      if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == absolute_section))
+		add_number -= S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP);
+
+#ifdef DIFF_EXPR_OK
+	      else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP) == this_segment_type
+#if 0 /* Do this even if it's already described as pc-relative.  For example,
+	 on the m68k, an operand of "pc@(foo-.-2)" should address "foo" in a
+	 pc-relative mode.  */
+		       && pcrel
+#endif
+		       )
+		{
+		  /* Make it pc-relative.  */
+		  add_number += (MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION (fixP, this_segment_type)
+				 - S_GET_VALUE (sub_symbolP));
+		  pcrel = 1;
+		  fixP->fx_pcrel = 1;
+		  sub_symbolP = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+#ifdef UNDEFINED_DIFFERENCE_OK
+	      /* The PA needs this for PIC code generation.  We basically
+		 don't want to do anything if we have the difference of two
+		 symbols at this point.  */
+	      else if (1)
+		{
+		  /* Leave it alone.  */
+		}
+#endif
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	      else if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_GPREL32
+		       || fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_GPREL16)
+		{
+		  /* Leave it alone.  */
+		}
+#endif
+	      else
+		{
+		  char buf[50];
+		  sprint_value (buf, fragP->fr_address + where);
+		  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				"Can't emit reloc {- %s-seg symbol \"%s\"} @ file address %s.",
+				segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (sub_symbolP)),
+				S_GET_NAME (sub_symbolP), buf);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (add_symbolP)
+	{
+	  if (add_symbol_segment == this_segment_type && pcrel && !plt
+	      && TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP (fixP))
+	    {
+	      /*
+	       * This fixup was made when the symbol's segment was
+	       * SEG_UNKNOWN, but it is now in the local segment.
+	       * So we know how to do the address without relocation.
+	       */
+#ifdef TC_I960
+	      /* reloc_callj() may replace a 'call' with a 'calls' or a
+		 'bal', in which cases it modifies *fixP as appropriate.
+		 In the case of a 'calls', no further work is required,
+		 and *fixP has been set up to make the rest of the code
+		 below a no-op. */
+	      reloc_callj (fixP);
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+	      add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+	      add_number -= MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION (fixP, this_segment_type);
+	      pcrel = 0;	/* Lie. Don't want further pcrel processing. */
+
+	      /* Let the target machine make the final determination
+		 as to whether or not a relocation will be needed to
+		 handle this fixup.  */
+	      if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixP))
+		{
+		  fixP->fx_pcrel = 0;
+		  fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section
+		  && ! pcrel)
+		{
+#ifdef TC_I960
+		  /* See comment about reloc_callj() above.  */
+		  reloc_callj (fixP);
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+
+		  /* Let the target machine make the final determination
+		     as to whether or not a relocation will be needed to
+		     handle this fixup.  */
+
+		  if (!TC_FORCE_RELOCATION (fixP))
+		    {
+		      fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		      add_symbolP = NULL;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (add_symbol_segment == undefined_section
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+		       || bfd_is_com_section (add_symbol_segment)
+#endif
+		       )
+		{
+#ifdef TC_I960
+		  if ((int) fixP->fx_bit_fixP == 13)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a COBR instruction.  They have only a
+		       * 13-bit displacement and are only to be used
+		       * for local branches: flag as error, don't generate
+		       * relocation.
+		       */
+		      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				    "can't use COBR format with external label");
+		      fixP->fx_addsy = NULL;
+		      fixP->fx_done = 1;
+		      continue;
+		    }		/* COBR */
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+#ifdef OBJ_COFF
+#ifdef TE_I386AIX
+		  if (S_IS_COMMON (add_symbolP))
+		    add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+#endif /* TE_I386AIX */
+#endif /* OBJ_COFF */
+		  ++seg_reloc_count;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  seg_reloc_count++;
+#if !(defined (TC_M68K) && defined (OBJ_ELF))
+#if !defined (TC_I386) || !(defined (OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_COFF))
+		  add_number += S_GET_VALUE (add_symbolP);
+#endif
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (pcrel)
+	{
+	  add_number -= MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION (fixP, this_segment_type);
+	  if (add_symbolP == 0)
+	    {
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	      fixP->fx_addsy = &abs_symbol;
+#else
+	      fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (absolute_section);
+#endif
+	      fixP->fx_addsy->sy_used_in_reloc = 1;
+	      ++seg_reloc_count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (!fixP->fx_bit_fixP && !fixP->fx_no_overflow && size > 0)
+	{
+	  if (size < sizeof (valueT))
+	    {
+	      valueT mask, hibit;
+
+	      /* set all bits to one */
+	      mask = 0;
+	      mask--;
+	      /* Technically, combining these produces an undefined result
+		 if size is sizeof (valueT), though I think these two
+		 half-way operations should both be defined.  And the
+		 compiler should be able to combine them if it's valid on
+		 the host architecture.  */
+	      mask <<= size * 4;
+	      mask <<= size * 4;
+	      hibit = (valueT) 1 << (size * 8 - 1);
+	      if (((add_number & mask) != 0
+		   || (fixP->fx_signed
+		       && (add_number & hibit) != 0))
+		  && ((add_number & mask) != mask
+		      || (add_number & hibit) == 0))
+		{
+		  char buf[50], buf2[50];
+		  sprint_value (buf, fragP->fr_address + where);
+		  if (add_number > 1000)
+		    sprint_value (buf2, add_number);
+		  else
+		    sprintf (buf2, "%ld", (long) add_number);
+		  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+				"Value of %s too large for field of %d bytes at %s",
+				buf2, size, buf);
+		} /* generic error checking */
+	    }
+#ifdef WARN_SIGNED_OVERFLOW_WORD
+	  /* Warn if a .word value is too large when treated as a signed
+	     number.  We already know it is not too negative.  This is to
+	     catch over-large switches generated by gcc on the 68k.  */
+	  if (!flag_signed_overflow_ok
+	      && size == 2
+	      && add_number > 0x7fff)
+	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
+			  "Signed .word overflow; switch may be too large; %ld at 0x%lx",
+			  (long) add_number,
+			  (unsigned long) (fragP->fr_address + where));
+#endif
+	}			/* not a bit fix */
+
+      if (!fixP->fx_done)
+	{
+#ifdef MD_APPLY_FIX3
+	  md_apply_fix3 (fixP, &add_number, this_segment_type);
+#else
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+	  md_apply_fix (fixP, &add_number);
+#else
+	  md_apply_fix (fixP, add_number);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TC_HANDLES_FX_DONE
+	  /* If the tc-* files haven't been converted, assume it's handling
+	     it the old way, where a null fx_addsy means that the fix has
+	     been applied completely, and no further work is needed.  */
+	  if (fixP->fx_addsy == 0 && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
+	    fixP->fx_done = 1;
+#endif
+	}
+#ifdef TC_VALIDATE_FIX
+    skip: ;
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG5
+      fprintf (stderr, "result:\n");
+      print_fixup (fixP);
+#endif
+    }				/* For each fixS in this segment. */
+
+  TC_ADJUST_RELOC_COUNT (fixP, seg_reloc_count);
+  return seg_reloc_count;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (BFD_ASSEMBLER) || (!defined (BFD) && !defined (OBJ_VMS)) */
+
+void
+number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n)
+     char *buf;
+     valueT val;
+     int n;
+{
+  if (n > sizeof (val)|| n <= 0)
+    abort ();
+  while (n--)
+    {
+      buf[n] = val & 0xff;
+      val >>= 8;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n)
+     char *buf;
+     valueT val;
+     int n;
+{
+  if (n > sizeof (val) || n <= 0)
+    abort ();
+  while (n--)
+    {
+      *buf++ = val & 0xff;
+      val >>= 8;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+write_print_statistics (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "fixups: %d\n", n_fixups);
+}
+
+/* for debugging */
+extern int indent_level;
+
+void
+print_fixup (fixp)
+     fixS *fixp;
+{
+  indent_level = 1;
+  fprintf (stderr, "fix %lx %s:%d", (long) fixp, fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
+  if (fixp->fx_pcrel)
+    fprintf (stderr, " pcrel");
+  if (fixp->fx_pcrel_adjust)
+    fprintf (stderr, " pcrel_adjust=%d", fixp->fx_pcrel_adjust);
+  if (fixp->fx_im_disp)
+    {
+#ifdef TC_NS32K
+      fprintf (stderr, " im_disp=%d", fixp->fx_im_disp);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, " im_disp");
+#endif
+    }
+  if (fixp->fx_tcbit)
+    fprintf (stderr, " tcbit");
+  if (fixp->fx_done)
+    fprintf (stderr, " done");
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n    size=%d frag=%lx where=%ld offset=%lx addnumber=%lx",
+	   fixp->fx_size, (long) fixp->fx_frag, (long) fixp->fx_where,
+	   (long) fixp->fx_offset, (long) fixp->fx_addnumber);
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n    %s (%d)", bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type),
+	   fixp->fx_r_type);
+#else
+#ifdef NEED_FX_R_TYPE
+  fprintf (stderr, " r_type=%d", fixp->fx_r_type);
+#endif
+#endif
+  if (fixp->fx_addsy)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n   +<");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (stderr, fixp->fx_addsy);
+      fprintf (stderr, ">");
+    }
+  if (fixp->fx_subsy)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n   -<");
+      print_symbol_value_1 (stderr, fixp->fx_subsy);
+      fprintf (stderr, ">");
+    }
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+/* end of write.c */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/gas/write.h b/contrib/binutils/gas/write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67372e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/gas/write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* write.h
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
+
+   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef TC_I960
+#ifdef hpux
+#define EXEC_MACHINE_TYPE HP9000S200_ID
+#endif
+#endif /* TC_I960 */
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+
+#ifndef LOCAL_LABEL
+#define LOCAL_LABEL(name) (name [0] == 'L' )
+#endif
+
+#define S_LOCAL_NAME(s) (LOCAL_LABEL (S_GET_NAME (s)))
+
+#endif /* ! BFD_ASSEMBLER */
+
+/* This is the name of a fake symbol which will never appear in the
+   assembler output.  S_IS_LOCAL detects it because of the \001.  */
+#define FAKE_LABEL_NAME "L0\001"
+
+#include "bit_fix.h"
+
+/*
+ * FixSs may be built up in any order.
+ */
+
+struct fix
+{
+  /* These small fields are grouped together for compactness of
+     this structure, and efficiency of access on some architectures.  */
+
+  /* pc-relative offset adjust */
+  char fx_pcrel_adjust;
+
+  /* How many bytes are involved? */
+  unsigned char fx_size;
+
+  /* Is this a pc-relative relocation?  */
+  unsigned fx_pcrel : 1;
+
+  /* Is this a relocation to a procedure linkage table entry?  If so,
+     some of the reductions we try to apply are invalid.  A better way
+     might be to represent PLT entries with different kinds of
+     symbols, and use normal relocations (with undefined symbols);
+     look into it for version 2.6.  */
+  unsigned fx_plt : 1;
+
+  /* Is this value an immediate displacement?  */
+  /* Only used on i960 and ns32k; merge it into TC_FIX_TYPE sometime.  */
+  unsigned fx_im_disp : 2;
+
+  /* A bit for the CPU specific code.
+     This probably can be folded into tc_fix_data, below.  */
+  unsigned fx_tcbit : 1;
+
+  /* Has this relocation already been applied?  */
+  unsigned fx_done : 1;
+
+  /* Suppress overflow complaints on large addends.  This is used
+     in the PowerPC ELF config to allow large addends on the
+     BFD_RELOC_{LO16,HI16,HI16_S} relocations.
+
+     @@ Can this be determined from BFD?  */
+  unsigned fx_no_overflow : 1;
+
+  /* The value is signed when checking for overflow.  */
+  unsigned fx_signed : 1;
+
+  /* Which frag does this fix apply to?  */
+  fragS *fx_frag;
+
+  /* Where is the first byte to fix up?  */
+  long fx_where;
+
+  /* NULL or Symbol whose value we add in. */
+  symbolS *fx_addsy;
+
+  /* NULL or Symbol whose value we subtract. */
+  symbolS *fx_subsy;
+
+  /* Absolute number we add in. */
+  valueT fx_offset;
+
+  /* Next fixS in linked list, or NULL.  */
+  struct fix *fx_next;
+
+  /* If NULL, no bitfix's to do.  */
+  /* Only i960-coff and ns32k use this, and i960-coff stores an
+     integer.  This can probably be folded into tc_fix_data, below.
+     @@ Alpha also uses it, but only to disable certain relocation
+     processing.  */
+  bit_fixS *fx_bit_fixP;
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type fx_r_type;
+#else
+#ifdef NEED_FX_R_TYPE
+  /* Hack for machines where the type of reloc can't be
+     worked out by looking at how big it is.  */
+  int fx_r_type;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* This field is sort of misnamed.  It appears to be a sort of random
+     scratch field, for use by the back ends.  The main gas code doesn't
+     do anything but initialize it to zero.  The use of it does need to
+     be coordinated between the cpu and format files, though.  E.g., some
+     coff targets pass the `addend' field from the cpu file via this
+     field.  I don't know why the `fx_offset' field above can't be used
+     for that; investigate later and document. KR  */
+  valueT fx_addnumber;
+
+  /* The location of the instruction which created the reloc, used
+     in error messages.  */
+  char *fx_file;
+  unsigned fx_line;
+
+#ifdef TC_FIX_TYPE
+  /* Location where a backend can attach additional data
+     needed to perform fixups.  */
+  TC_FIX_TYPE tc_fix_data;
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef struct fix fixS;
+
+#ifndef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern char *next_object_file_charP;
+
+#ifndef MANY_SEGMENTS
+COMMON fixS *text_fix_root, *text_fix_tail;	/* Chains fixSs. */
+COMMON fixS *data_fix_root, *data_fix_tail;	/* Chains fixSs. */
+COMMON fixS *bss_fix_root, *bss_fix_tail;	/* Chains fixSs. */
+extern struct frag *text_last_frag;		/* Last frag in segment. */
+extern struct frag *data_last_frag;		/* Last frag in segment. */
+#endif
+COMMON fixS **seg_fix_rootP, **seg_fix_tailP;	/* -> one of above. */
+#endif
+
+extern long string_byte_count;
+extern int section_alignment[];
+
+extern bit_fixS *bit_fix_new
+  PARAMS ((int size, int offset, long base_type, long base_adj, long min,
+	   long max, long add));
+extern void append PARAMS ((char **charPP, char *fromP, unsigned long length));
+extern void record_alignment PARAMS ((segT seg, int align));
+extern void write_object_file PARAMS ((void));
+extern long relax_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, long));
+extern void relax_segment
+  PARAMS ((struct frag * seg_frag_root, segT seg_type));
+
+extern void number_to_chars_littleendian PARAMS ((char *, valueT, int));
+extern void number_to_chars_bigendian    PARAMS ((char *, valueT, int));
+
+#ifdef BFD_ASSEMBLER
+extern fixS *fix_new
+  PARAMS ((fragS * frag, int where, int size, symbolS * add_symbol,
+	   offsetT offset, int pcrel, bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type));
+extern fixS *fix_new_exp
+  PARAMS ((fragS * frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, int pcrel,
+	   bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type));
+#else
+extern fixS *fix_new
+  PARAMS ((fragS * frag, int where, int size, symbolS * add_symbol,
+	   offsetT offset, int pcrel, int r_type));
+extern fixS *fix_new_exp
+  PARAMS ((fragS * frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, int pcrel,
+	   int r_type));
+#endif
+
+extern void write_print_statistics PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* end of write.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/include/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4657ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@
+Wed Apr  2 15:23:49 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* remote-sim.h (SIM_OPEN_KIND, SIM_RC): New enums.
+	(sim_open): New argument `kind'.
+
+Wed Apr  2 14:45:51 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* COPYING: Update FSF address.
+
+Fri Mar 28 15:29:54 1997  Mike Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* callback.h (top level): Include stdarg.h or varargs.h if
+	va_start is not defined.
+	(host_callback_struct): Make {,e}vprintf_filtered take a va_list
+	instead of void *, since va_list might be an array or structure
+	type.
+
+Fri Mar 28 15:44:41 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* libiberty.h (basename): Add prototype for glibc and linux.
+
+Mon Mar 17 19:22:12 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objalloc.h: New file.
+
+Mon Mar 17 14:57:55 1997  Andrew Cagney  <cagney@kremvax.cygnus.com>
+
+	* remote-sim.h: New file, copied in from gdb/remote-sim.h.  One
+ 	day this will be placed in a directory of its own.
+
+Sat Mar 15 19:00:14 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obstack.h: Update to current FSF version.
+
+Thu Mar  6 15:46:59 1997  Andrew Cagney  <cagney@kremvax.cygnus.com>
+
+	* callback.h (struct host_callback_struct): Add callbacks -
+ 	flush_stdout, write_stderr, flush_stderr, vprintf_filtered,
+ 	evprintf_filtered.  Delete redundant callbacks - printf_filtered.
+
+Thu Feb 27 23:18:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove lprefix and lprefix_len
+	fields.
+
+Tue Feb 25 00:10:49 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize
+	bytes_per_chunk and display_endian.
+
+Mon Feb 24 17:47:02 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_elf_version_expr): Define.
+	(struct bfd_elf_version_deps): Define.
+	(struct bfd_elf_version_tree): Define.
+
+Thu Feb  6 14:20:01 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h: (disassemble_info):  Add new fields
+	bytes_per_chunk and display_endian to control the
+	display of raw instructions.
+
+Sun Dec  8 17:11:12 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* callback.h (host_callback): New member `error'.
+
+Wed Nov 20 00:40:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* callback.h: New file, moved here from gdb.
+
+Mon Nov 18 16:34:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Checkin again; last checkin failed due to sticky tag.
+
+Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Revert last commit due to conflicts with hpux 
+	system headers.
+
+Tue Nov 12 16:31:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Move prototypes from argv.c here.
+
+Thu Oct 31 14:56:18 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ansidecl.h (VPARAMS,VA_START): Define.
+
+Fri Oct 25 12:08:04 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): Add bytes_per_line field.
+	(INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize bytes_per_line field.
+
+Thu Oct 24 17:10:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): Add symbol field.
+	(INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH): Initialize symbol field.
+
+Thu Oct 17 11:17:40 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32r): Declare.
+
+Mon Oct 14 23:56:52 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Declare parameter types for xmalloc and xrealloc.
+
+Thu Oct  3 13:45:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.h: New file.
+
+Thu Oct  3 10:33:14 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_mn10x00): Delete declaration.
+	(print_insn_mn10200, print_insn_mn10300): Declare.
+
+Wed Oct  2 21:24:43 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_mn10x00): Declare.
+
+Mon Sep 30 13:56:11 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Remove #ifndef PRIVATE_XMALLOC.
+
+Tue Aug 13 16:10:30 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h:  Change bcopy to memcpy.  Works better on Posix
+	systems, which generally lack bcopy.
+
+Mon Aug 12 17:03:18 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h:  Change WIN32 to _WIN32.
+
+Fri Jul 26 13:58:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add flavour field.
+	(print_insn_alpha): Declare.
+	(print_insn_alpha_osf, print_insn_alpha_vms): Don't declare.
+	(INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Initialize flavour field.
+
+Tue Jul 23 17:37:58 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (PRIVATE_XMALLOC): Enclose xmalloc/xrealloc
+	definitions inside #ifndef so that programs that want to
+	can define PRIVATE_XMALLOC and then define xmalloc and
+	xrealloc anyway they want.
+	(basename): Document in source that we can't declare the
+ 	parameter type because it is declared inconsistently across
+	different systems.
+
+Mon Jul 22 13:16:13 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_alpha): Don't declare.
+	(print_insn_alpha_osf, print_insn_alpha_vms): Declare.
+
+Wed Jul 17 14:45:12 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h: (print_insn_d10v): Declare.
+
+Mon Jul 15 16:55:38 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h:  Get rid of decls for print_insn_i8086,
+	print_insn_sparc64 and print_insn_sparclite.
+	* (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO):  Split into two pieces.  One,
+	INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH inits everything except for endian,
+	mach, and arch.
+
+Fri Jul 12 10:19:27 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_i8086):  Declare.
+
+Wed Jul  3 16:02:39 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_sparclite):  Declare.
+
+Tue Jun 18 16:02:46 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_h8300s): Declare.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:11:33 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* fopen-vms.h: New file.
+
+Tue Jun  4 18:58:16 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add notice_all field.
+
+Fri Apr 26 10:33:12 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* demangle.h (#ifdef IN_GCC): #include "gansidecl.h".
+	(PROTO,PTR,const): Delete.
+
+Mon Apr 22 17:27:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add traditional_format field.
+
+Mon Apr 15 15:16:56 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (choose_temp_base): Add prototype.
+
+Tue Mar 12 17:29:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup): Declare.
+	(struct bfd_link_info): Add wrap_hash field.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:49:17 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* ieee.h (ieee_record_enum_type): Define
+	ieee_external_reference_info_enum.
+
+Fri Feb  2 17:09:25 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (DISASM_RAW_INSN): Delete.
+
+Tue Jan 23 09:21:47 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Set endian to BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN.
+	New argument FPRINTF_FUNC.
+
+Mon Jan 22 16:37:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (disassemble_info): New members arch, mach, endian.
+	(INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Initialize them.
+	(DISASM_RAW_INSN{,FLAG}): Define.
+
+Thu Jan 18 11:32:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* demangle.h (cplus_demangle_opname): Change opname parameter to
+	const char *.
+	(cplus_mangle_opname): Change return type and opname parameter to
+	const char *.
+
+Fri Jan  5 00:01:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ieee.h (enum ieee_record): Add ieee_asn_record_enum,
+	ieee_at_record_enum, ieee_ty_record_enum, ieee_atn_record_enum,
+	ieee_bb_record_enum, and ieee_be_record_enum.
+
+Wed Jan  3 13:12:09 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obstack.h: Update copyright to 1996.
+	(_obstack_memory_used): Declare.
+	(obstack_memory_used): Define macro.
+	
+Thu Dec 28 11:42:12 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (xstrdup): Declare.
+
+Thu Dec 21 14:47:17 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* wait.h: Protect all macros with #ifndef.
+
+Tue Oct 24 21:45:40 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add static_link field.
+
+Tue Sep 12 16:28:04 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add symbol parameter to
+	warning callback.
+
+Fri Sep  1 13:11:51 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Change warning callback
+	to take BFD, section, and address arguments.
+
+Thu Aug 31 16:45:12 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove PE stuff.
+
+Tue Aug 22 03:18:23 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h: Declare xstrerror.  From Pat Rankin.
+
+Mon Aug 21 18:11:36 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Remove PE stuff.
+
+Wed Aug  2 08:14:12 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_sparc64): Declare.
+
+Mon Jul 10 13:26:49 1995  Eric Youngdale  <eric@aib.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field symbolic.
+
+Sun Jul  2 17:48:40 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Change type of base_file to
+	PTR.
+
+Thu Jun 29 00:02:45 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Added base_file member.
+
+Tue Jun 20 16:40:04 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ansidecl.h: win32s is ANSI enough.
+
+Thu May 18 04:25:50 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_arm): Delete declaration.
+	(print_insn_{little,big}_arm): New declarations.
+
+	* floatformat.h (floatformat_arm_ext): Declare.
+
+Sat May 13 10:14:08 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff/pe.h: New file.
+	* bfdlink.h (subsytem, stack_heap_parameters): New.
+	* coff/i386.h (NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT, NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT,
+	NT_DEF_RESERVE, NT_DEF_COMMIT): New.
+	* coff/internal.h (internal_filehdr):  New fields for PE.
+	(IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY): New.
+	(internal_aouthdr): New fields for PE.
+
+Thu May  4 14:36:42 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* demangle.h: Don't include ansidecl.h if IN_GCC.
+
+
+Tue Feb 21 00:37:28 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hp-symtab.h: Don't use bitfield enumerations, the HP C compiler
+	does not handle them correctly.
+
+
+Thu Feb  9 14:20:27 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (basename): Don't declare parameter type; some
+	systems have this in their header files.
+
+Wed Feb  8 17:35:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change format of common
+	symbol information, to remove restrictions on maximum size and
+	alignment power, by using a pointer to a structure instead.
+
+Mon Feb  6 14:55:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (enum bfd_link_hash_type): Rename bfd_link_hash_weak
+	to bfd_link_hash_undefweak.  Add bfd_link_hash_defweak.
+
+Mon Jan 16 21:00:23 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (GDB_INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO, etc): Remove all
+	GDB-specific definitions.
+
+Sun Jan 15 18:39:35 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@splat>
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_w65): Declare.
+
+Thu Jan 12 17:51:17 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (hex_p): Fix sense of test.
+
+Wed Jan 11 22:36:40 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* libiberty.h (_hex_array_size, _hex_bad, _hex_value, hex_init,
+	hex_p, hex_value): New macros and declarations, for hex.c.
+
+Fri Jan  6 17:44:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Make idempotent.
+
+Wed Dec 14 13:08:43 1994  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* progress.h: New file, empty definitions for progress macros.
+
+
+Fri Nov 25 00:14:05 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hp-symtab.h: New file describing the debug symbols emitted
+	by the HP C compilers.  
+
+Fri Nov 11 15:48:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change u.c.size from 24
+	to 26 bits, and change u.c.alignment_power from 8 to 6 bits.  6
+	bit in the alignment power is enough for a 64 bit address space.
+
+Mon Oct 31 13:02:51 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h (cplus_mangle_opname): Declare.
+
+Tue Oct 25 11:38:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Fix comments for
+	multiple_common field.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994  Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+	* aout/aout64.h: Only define QMAGIC if it isn't already defined.
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add support for the ARM.
+
+Wed Aug 10 12:51:41 1994  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* libiberty.h (strsignal): Document its existence even if we
+	can't declare it.
+
+Tue Aug  2 14:40:03 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* os9k.h: Remove u_int16, u_int32, and owner_id typedefs and
+	expand their uses.  Those names conflict with Mach headers.
+
+Fri Jul 22 14:17:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Change u.c.size into a
+	bitfield.  Add field u.c.alignment_power.
+
+Sun Jul 10 00:26:39 1994  Ian Dall  (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add print_insn_ns32k declaration.
+
+Mon Jun 20 17:13:29 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (bfd_link_hash_table): Make creator a const pointer.
+
+Sat Jun 18 16:09:32 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h (cplus_demangle_opname): Declare.
+
+Thu Jun 16 15:19:03 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_info): Add new field shared.
+
+Mon Jun  6 14:39:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_hash_entry): Remove written field:
+	not needed for all backends.
+
+Thu Apr 28 19:06:50 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (disassembler): Declare.
+
+Fri Apr  1 00:38:17 1994  Jim Wilson  (wilson@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * obstack.h: Delete use of IN_GCC to control whether
+        stddef.h or gstddef.h is included.
+
+Tue Mar 22 13:06:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (enum bfd_link_order_type): Add bfd_data_link_order.
+	(struct bfd_link_order): Add data field to union.
+
+Mon Mar 21 18:45:26 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Change bitsize argument
+	to add_to_set to reloc.  Remove bitsize argument from constructor.
+	Comment that reloc_overflow, reloc_dangerous and unattached_reloc
+	must handle NULL pointers for reloc location.
+	(enum bfd_link_order_type): Add bfd_section_reloc_link_order and
+	bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order.
+	(struct bfd_link_order): Add reloc field to union.
+	(struct bfd_link_order_reloc): Define.
+
+Mon Mar 14 12:27:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.h: Removed; no longer used.
+
+Tue Mar  1 18:10:49 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* os9k.h: os9000 target specific header file, the header of the
+	object file is used now.
+
+Sun Feb 27 21:52:26 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.h: New file, intended to replace ieee-float.h.
+
+Sun Feb 20 17:15:42 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h (ANSI_PROTOTYPES): Define if using ANSI prototypes.
+
+Wed Feb 16 01:07:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* libiberty.h: Don't declare strsignal, to avoid conflicts with
+	Solaris system header files.
+
+Sat Feb 12 22:11:32 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* libiberty.h (xexit): Use __volatile__ to avoid losing if
+	compiling with gcc -traditional.
+
+Thu Feb 10 14:05:41 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* libiberty.h: New file.  Declares functions provided by
+	libiberty.
+
+Tue Feb  8 05:19:52 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	Handle obstack_chunk_alloc returning NULL.  This allows
+	obstacks to be used by libraries, without forcing them
+	to call exit or longjmp.
+	* obstack.h (struct obstack): Add alloc_failed flag.
+	_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1): Declare to return int, not void.
+	(obstack_finish): If alloc_failed, return NULL.
+	(obstack_base, obstack_next_free, objstack_object_size): 
+	If alloc_failed, return 0.
+	(obstack_grow, obstack_grow0, obstack_1grow, obstack_ptr_grow,
+	obstack_int_grow, obstack_blank): If alloc_failed, do nothing that
+	could corrupt the obstack.
+
+Mon Jan 24 15:06:05 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add name, reloc_name and
+	addend argments to reloc_overflow callback.
+
+Fri Jan 21 19:13:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc,
+	print_insn_rs6000): Declare.
+
+Thu Jan  6 14:15:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h (struct bfd_link_callbacks): Add bitsize argument to
+	add_to_set field.  Add new callback named constructor.
+
+Thu Dec 30 10:44:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfdlink.h: New file for new BFD linker backend routines.
+
+Mon Nov 29 10:43:57 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (enum dis_insn_tyupe): Remove non-ANSI trailing comma.
+
+Sat Oct  2 20:42:26 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Move comment to right place.
+
+Mon Aug  9 19:03:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h (obstack_chunkfun, obstack_freefun): Add defns from
+	previous version.  Are these Cygnus local changes?
+
+Fri Aug  6 17:05:47 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h, obstack.h: Update to latest FSF version.
+
+Mon Aug  2 16:37:14 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff/i386.h:  Add Lynx magic number.
+
+Mon Aug  2 14:45:29 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h:  Move enum outside of struct defn to avoid warnings.
+
+Mon Aug  2 08:49:30 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* wait.h (WEXITSTATUS, WSTOPSIG): Mask down to 8 bits.  This is
+	for systems that store stuff into the high 16 bits of a wait
+	status.
+
+Fri Jul 30 18:38:02 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h:  Add new fields insn_info_valid, branch_delay_insns, 
+	data_size, insn_type, target, target2.  These are used to return
+	information from the instruction decoders back to the calling
+	program.  Add comments, make more readable.
+
+Mon Jul 19 22:14:14 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* nlm:  New directory containing NLM/NetWare includes.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:10:04 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (struct disassemble_info): New field application_data.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:41:15 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Added declaration of print_insn_m88k.
+
+Thu Jul  8 09:05:26 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* opcode/h8300.h: Lots of little fixes for the h8/300h.
+
+Fri Jul  2 10:31:59 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h: Use ANSI macros if __mips and _SYSTYPE_SVR4 are
+	defined, since RISC/OS cc handles ANSI declarations in SVR4 mode
+	but does not define __STDC__.
+
+Sun Jun 20 18:27:52 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Don't need to include ansidecl.h any more.
+
+Fri Jun 18 03:22:10 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* oasys.h:  Eliminate "int8_type", "int16_type", "int32_type", and
+	their variants.  These changes are coordinated with corresponding
+	changes in ../bfd/oasys.c.
+
+Wed Jun 16 10:43:08 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Note that it has been removed.
+
+Tue Jun  8 12:16:03 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	 Support for H8/300-H
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_h8300, print_insn_h8300h): Declare it.
+	* coff/h8300.h: New magic number.
+	* coff/internal.h: New relocations.
+	* opcode/h8300.h: Lots of new opcodes.
+
+Tue Jun  1 07:35:03 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h (const): Don't define it if it's already defined.
+
+Thu May 27 18:19:51 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (print_insn_hppa): Declare it.
+
+	* bfd.h: Moved to bfd directory.  Small stub here includes it
+	without requiring "-I../bfd".
+
+Thu Apr 29 12:06:13 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Updated with BSF_FUNCTION.
+
+Mon Apr 26 18:15:50 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h, dis-asm.h: Updated with Hitachi SH.
+
+Fri Apr 23 18:41:38 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Updated with alpha changes.
+	* dis-asm.h: Added alpha.
+
+Fri Apr 16 17:35:30 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update for signed bfd_*get_*.
+
+Thu Apr 15 09:24:21 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Updated for file_truncated error.
+
+Thu Apr  8 10:53:47 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h: If no ANSI, define const to be empty.
+
+Thu Apr  1 09:00:10 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Declare a29k and i960 print_insn_*.
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add print_address_func and related stuff.
+
+	* dis-asm.h (dis_asm_read_memory): Fix prototype.
+
+Wed Mar 31 17:40:16 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add print_insn_sparc.
+
+Wed Mar 31 17:51:42 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Updated for BFD_RELOC_MIPS_GPREL and bfd_[gs]et_gp_size
+	prototypes.
+
+Wed Mar 31 16:35:12 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: (disassemble_info):  Fix typo in prototype of
+	dis_asm_memory_error().
+
+Tue Mar 30 19:09:23 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h (disassembler_info): Add read_memory_func,
+	memory_error_func, buffer, and length.
+	({GDB_,}INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO): Set them.
+	print_insn_*: Remove second argument.
+
+Tue Mar 30 14:48:55 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update for lma field of section.
+
+Tue Mar 30 12:22:55 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h: Use ANSI versions on AIX regardless of __STDC__.
+
+Fri Mar 19 14:49:49 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-asm.h: Add h8500.
+
+Thu Mar 18 13:49:09 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.h:  Moved from ../gdb.
+	* dis-asm.h:  New file.  Interface to dis-assembler.
+
+Thu Mar 11 10:52:57 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h (DMGL_NO_OPTS):  Add define (set to 0) to use
+	in place of bare 0, for readability reasons.
+
+Tue Mar  2 17:50:11 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h:  Replace all references to cfront with ARM.
+
+Tue Feb 23 12:21:14 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update for new elements in JUMP_TABLE.
+
+Tue Feb 16 00:51:30 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Update for BFD_VERSION 2.1.
+
+Tue Jan 26 11:49:20 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update for SEC_IS_COMMON flag.
+
+Tue Jan 19 12:25:12 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update for bfd_asymbol_value bug fix.
+
+Fri Jan  8 16:37:18 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update to include ECOFF tdata and target_flavour.
+
+Sun Dec 27 17:52:30 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Add declaration for bfd_get_size().
+
+Tue Dec 22 22:42:46 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h:  Protect file from multiple inclusions with
+	#if !defined(DEMANGLE_H)...#define DEMANGLE_H...#endif.
+
+Mon Dec 21 21:25:50 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Update to get hppa_core_struct from bfd.c.
+
+Thu Dec 17 00:42:35 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Update to get tekhex tdata name change from bfd.
+
+Mon Nov  9 23:55:42 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h:  Update comments to discourage use of EXFUN.
+
+Thu Nov  5 16:35:44 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Update to bring in SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY.
+
+Thu Nov  5 03:21:32 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Update to match EXFUN, bfd_seclet_struct, and SDEF
+	cleanups in bfd.
+
+Wed Nov  4 07:28:05 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bout.h (N_CALLNAME, N_BALNAME): Define as char-type values, so
+	widening works consistently.
+
+Fri Oct 16 03:17:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h:  Update to Revised Standard FSF Version.
+
+Thu Oct 15 21:43:22 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h (struct option): use the provided enum for has_arg.
+
+	* demangle.h (AUTO_DEMANGLING, GNU_DEMANGLING,
+	  LUCID_DEMANGLING): ultrix compilers require enums to be
+	  enums and ints to be ints and casts where they meet.  cast some
+	  enums into ints.
+
+Thu Oct 15 04:35:51 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Update after comment changes.
+
+Thu Oct  8 09:03:02 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char): new macro for getting in xvec
+
+Thu Sep  3 09:10:50 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h (struct reloc_howto_struct):  size needs to be signed if
+	it's going to hold negative values.
+
+Sun Aug 30 17:50:27 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* demangle.h:  New file, moved from ../gdb.  Made independent
+	of gdb.  Allow demangling style option to be passed as a
+	parameter to cplus_demangle(), but using the
+	current_demangling_style global as the default.
+
+Sat Aug 29 10:07:55 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h:  Merge comment change from current FSF version.
+
+Thu Aug 27 12:59:29 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: add we32k
+
+Tue Aug 25 15:07:47 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: new after Z8000 stuff
+
+Mon Aug 17 09:01:23 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Regenerated after page/segment size changes.
+
+Sat Aug  1 13:46:31 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h: Merge changes from current FSF version.
+
+Mon Jul 20 21:06:23 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h (area_id, flags):  Remove, replace with extra_arg,
+	use_extra_arg, and maybe_empty_object.
+	* obstack.h (OBSTACK_MAYBE_EMPTY_OBJECT, OBSTACK_MMALLOC_LIKE):
+	Remove, replaced by maybe_empty_object and use_extra_arg bitfields.
+	* obstack.h (obstack_full_begin, _obstack_begin):  Remove area_id
+	and flags arguments.
+	* obstack.h (obstack_alloc_arg):  New macro to set extra_arg.
+
+Thu Jul 16 08:12:44 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: new after adding BFD_IS_RELAXABLE
+
+Sat Jul  4 03:22:23 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Regen after adding BSF_FILE.
+
+Mon Jun 29 14:18:36 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf at sunfish)
+
+	* obstack.h:  Convert bcopy() use to memcpy(), which is more 
+	portable, more standard, and can take advantage of gcc's builtin
+	functions for increased performance.
+
+Thu Jun 25 04:46:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ansidecl.h (PARAMS):  Incorporate this macro from gdb's defs.h.
+	It's a cleaner way to forward-declare function prototypes.
+
+Fri Jun 19 15:46:32 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  HPPA merge.
+
+Tue Jun 16 21:30:56 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h: gratuitous white space changes merged from other prep
+	  releases.
+
+Thu Jun 11 01:10:55 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Regen'd from bfd.c after removing elf_core_tdata_struct.
+
+Mon May 18 17:29:03 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h: merged changes from make-3.62.11.
+
+	* getopt.h: merged changes from grep-1.6 (alpha).
+
+Fri May  8 14:53:32 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.h: merged changes from bison-1.18.
+
+Sat Mar 14 17:25:20 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h:  Add "area_id" and "flags" members to obstack
+	structure.  Add obstack_chunkfun() and obstack_freefun() to
+	set functions explicitly.  Convert maybe_empty_object to
+	a bit in "flags".
+
+Thu Feb 27 22:01:02 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* wait.h (WIFSTOPPED):  Add IBM rs6000-specific version.
+
+Fri Feb 21 20:49:20 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.h:  Add obstack_full_begin.
+	* bfd.h, obstack.h:  Protolint.
+
+Thu Jan 30 01:18:42 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:  Remove comma from enum declaration.
+
+Mon Jan 27 22:01:13 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h : new target entr, bfd_relax_section 
+
+Wed Dec 18 17:19:44 1991  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h, ieee.h, opcode/m68k.h, opcode/sparc.h:  ANSIfy enums.
+
+Thu Dec 12 20:59:56 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* fopen-same.h, fopen-bin.h:  New files for configuring
+	whether fopen distinguishes binary files or not.  For use
+	by host-dependent config files.
+
+Sat Nov 30 20:46:43 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: change the documentation format.
+
+	* created coff, elf and opcode and aout directories. Moved:
+
+	aout64.h	==> aout/aout64.h
+	ar.h		==> aout/ar.h
+	a.out.encap.h	==> aout/encap.h
+	a.out.host.h	==> aout/host.h
+	a.out.hp.h	==> aout/hp.h
+	a.out.sun4.h	==> aout/sun4.h
+	ranlib.h	==> aout/ranlib.h
+	reloc.h		==> aout/reloc.h
+	stab.def	==> aout/stab.def
+	stab.gnu.h	==> aout/stab_gnu.h
+
+	coff-a29k.h	==> coff/a29k.h
+	coff-h8300.h	==> coff/h8300.h
+	coff-i386.h	==> coff/i386.h
+	coff-i960.h	==> coff/i960.h
+	internalcoff.h	==> coff/internal.h
+	coff-m68k.h	==> coff/m68k.h
+	coff-m88k.h	==> coff/m88k.h
+	coff-mips.h	==> coff/mips.h
+	coff-rs6000.h	==> coff/rs6000.h
+
+	elf-common.h	==> elf/common.h
+	dwarf.h		==> elf/dwarf.h
+	elf-external.h	==> elf/external.h
+	elf-internal.h  ==> elf/internal.h
+
+	a29k-opcode.h	==> opcode/a29k.h
+	arm-opcode.h	==> opcode/arm.h
+	h8300-opcode.h	==> opcode/h8300.h
+	i386-opcode.h	==> opcode/i386.h
+	i860-opcode.h	==> opcode/i860.h
+	i960-opcode.h	==> opcode/i960.h
+	m68k-opcode.h	==> opcode/m68k.h
+	m88k-opcode.h	==> opcode/m88k.h
+	mips-opcode.h	==> opcode/mips.h
+	np1-opcode.h	==> opcode/np1.h
+	ns32k-opcode.h	==> opcode/ns32k.h
+	pn-opcode.h	==> opcode/pn.h
+	pyr-opcode.h	==> opcode/pyr.h
+	sparc-opcode.h	==> opcode/sparc.h
+	tahoe-opcode.h	==> opcode/tahoe.h
+	vax-opcode.h	==> opcode/vax.h
+
+
+
+Wed Nov 27 10:38:31 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internalcoff.h: (internal_scnhdr) took out #def dependency, now
+	s_nreloc and s_nlnno are always long. 	(internal_reloc): allways
+	has an offset field now. 
+
+Fri Nov 22 08:12:58 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* coff-rs6000.h:  Lint; use unsigned chars for external fields.
+	* internalcoff.h:  Lint; cast storage classes to signed char.
+
+Thu Nov 21 21:01:05 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def: Remove the GNU extended type codes (e.g. N_SETT).
+	* aout64.h:  The heuristic for distinguishing between
+	sunos-style and bsd-style ZMAGIC files (wrt. where the
+	text segment starts) is moved into (the default definition of)
+	the macro N_HEADER_IN_TEXT.  This definition is only used
+	if no other definition is used - e.g. bfd/newsos3.c defines
+	N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) to be always 0 (as before).
+
+Thu Nov 21 11:53:03 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (N_TXTADDR, N_TXTOFF, N_TXTSIZE):  New definitions
+	that should handle all uses.  LOGICAL_ versions deleted.
+	Eliminate N_HEADER_IN_TEXT, using a_entry to determine which
+	kind of zmagic a.out file we are looking at.
+	* coff-rs6000.h:  Typo.
+
+Tue Nov 19 18:43:37 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	(Note:  This is a revised entry, as was aout64.h.)
+	* aout64.h:  Some cleanups of N_TXTADDR and N_TXTOFF:
+	Will now work for both old- and new-style ZMAGIC files,
+	depending on N_HEADER_IN_TEXT macro.
+	Add LOGICAL_TXTADDR, LOICAL_TXTOFF and LOGICAL_TXTSIZE
+	that don't count the exec header as part
+	of the text segment, to be consistent with bfd.
+	* a.out.sun4.h:  Simplified/fixed for previous change.
+
+Mon Nov 18 00:02:06 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* dwarf.h:  Update to DWARF draft 5 version from gcc2.
+
+Thu Nov 14 19:44:59 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def:  Added defs for extended GNU symbol types,
+	such as N_SETT.  These are normally ifdef'd out (because
+	of conflicts with a.out.gnu.h), but are used by bfb_stab_name().
+
+Thu Nov 14 19:17:03 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf-common.h:  Add defines to support ELF symbol table code.
+
+Mon Nov 11 19:01:06 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf-internal.h, elf-external.h, elf-common.h:  Add support for
+	note sections, which are used in ELF core files to hold copies
+	of various /proc structures.
+
+Thu Nov  7 08:58:26 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* internalcoff.h: took out the M88 dependency in the lineno
+	struct.
+	* coff-m88k.h: defines GET_LINENO_LNNO and PUT_LINENO_LNNO to use
+	32bit linno entries.
+	* a29k-opcode.h: fixed encoding of mtacc
+
+Sun Nov  3 11:54:22 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h: Updated from ../bfd/bfd-in.h (q.v).
+
+Fri Nov  1 11:13:53 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* internalcoff.h:  Add x_csect defines.
+
+Fri Oct 25 03:18:20 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Rename COFF-related files in `coff-ARCH.h' form.
+	coff-a29k.h, coff-i386.h, coff-i960.h, coff-m68k.h, coff-m88k.h,
+	coff-mips.h, coff-rs6000.h to be exact.
+
+Thu Oct 24 22:11:11 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	RS/6000 support, by Metin G. Ozisik, Mimi Phûông-Thåo Võ, and
+	John Gilmore.
+
+	* a.out.gnu.h:  Update slightly.
+	* bfd.h:  Add new error code, fix doc, add bfd_arch_rs6000.
+	* internalcoff.h:  Add more F_ codes for filehdr.  Add
+	rs/6000-dependent fields to aouthdr.  Add storage classes
+	to syments.  Add 6000-specific auxent.  Add r_size in reloc.
+	* rs6000coff.c:  New file.
+
+Thu Oct 24 04:13:20 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* dwarf.h: New file for dwarf support.  Copied from gcc2
+	distribution.
+
+Wed Oct 16 13:31:45 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h:  Remove PAGE_SIZE defines; they are target-dependent.
+	Add N_FN_SEQ for N_FN symbol type used on Sequent machines.
+	* stab.def:  Include N_FN_SEQ in table.
+	* bout.h:  External formats of structures use unsigned chars.
+
+Fri Oct 11 12:40:43 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h:upgrade from bfd.c
+	* internalcoff.h: add n_name, n_zeroes and n_offset macros
+	* amdcoff.h: Define OMAGIC and AOUTHDRSZ.
+
+Fri Oct 11 10:58:06 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* a.out.host.h: Change SEGMENT_SIZE to 0x1000 for Sony.
+	* bfd.h (align_power): Add (actually move) comment.
+
+Tue Oct  8 15:29:32 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sys/h-rtbsd.h: Define MISSING_VFPRINT (for binutils/bucomm.c).
+
+Sun Oct  6 19:24:39 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h:  Move struct internal_exec to ../bfd/libaout.h so
+	it can be shared by all `a.out-family' code.  Rename
+	EXTERNAL_LIST_SIZE to EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE.  Use basic types
+	for nlist members, and make strx integral rather than pointer.
+	More commentary on n_type values.
+	* bout.h:  Provide a struct external_exec rather than an
+	internal_exec.
+	* m68kcoff.h:  Remove `tagentries' which snuck in from the i960
+	COFF port.
+
+Fri Oct  4 01:25:59 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-opcode.h:  Remove `_enum' from the typedef for an enum.
+	* bfd.h:  Update to match bfd changes.
+
+	* sys/h-i386mach.h, sysdep.h:  Add 386 Mach host support.
+
+Tue Oct  1 04:58:42 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bfd.h, elf-common.h, elf-external.h, elf-internal.h: 
+	Add preliminary ELF support, sufficient for GDB, from Fred Fish.
+	* sysdep.h, sys/h-amix.h:  Support Amiga SVR4.
+
+	* sys/h-vaxult.h:  Make it work.  (David Taylor <taylor@think.com>)
+	* a.out.vax.h:  Remove unused and confusing file.
+
+Mon Sep 30 12:52:35 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sysdep.h: Define NEWSOS3_SYS, and use it.
+
+Fri Sep 20 13:38:21 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* a.out.gnu.h (N_FN):  Its value *really is* 0x1F.
+	Fix it, and add comments warning about or-ing N_EXT with it
+	and/or N_WARNING.
+	* aout64.h (N_FN):  Fix value, add comments about N_EXT.
+	* stab.def (table at end):  Update to show all the type
+	values <0x20, including low order bits.  Move N_FN to
+	its rightful place.
+
+Tue Sep 17 17:41:37 1991  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sys/h-irix3.h:  sgi/irix support.
+
+Tue Sep 17 07:52:59 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def (N_DEFD):  Add GNU Modula-2 debug stab, from Andrew
+	Beers.
+
+Thu Sep 12 14:12:59 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internalcoff.h (SYMNMLEN, FILNMLEN, DIMNUM):  Define these
+	for internalcoff, separately from the various external coff's.
+	* amdcoff.h, bcs88kcoff.h, i386coff.h, intel-coff.h, m68kcoff.h,
+	m88k-bcs.h: Prefix SYMNMLEN, FILNMLEN, and DIMNUM with E_'s for
+	the external struct definitions.
+	* ecoff.h: Remove these #define's, kludge no longer needed.
+
+	* sys/h-ultra3.h:  Add new Ultracomputer host.
+	* sysdep.h:  Add ULTRA3_SYM1_SYS and use it.
+
+Tue Sep 10 10:11:46 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386coff.h (LINESZ):  Always 6, not based on sizeof().
+	(Fix from Peter Schauer <pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de>.)
+
+Wed Sep  4 08:58:37 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* a.out.gnu.h, aout64.h:  Add N_WARNING.  Change N_FN to 0x0E,
+	to match SunOS and BSD.  Add N_COMM as 0x12 for SunOS shared lib
+	support.
+	* stab.def:  Add N_COMM to table, fix overlap comment.
+
+Tue Sep  3 06:29:20 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	Merge with latest FSF versions of these files.
+
+	* stab.gnu.h:  Add LAST_UNUSED_STAB_CODE.
+	* stab.def:  Update to GPL2.  Move N_WARNING out, since not a
+	debug symbol.  Change comments, and reorder table to numeric
+	order.  Update final table comment.
+	(N_DSLINE, N_BSLINE):  Renumber from 0x66 and 0x68, to 0x46 and 0x48.
+
+	* obstack.h:  GPL2.  Merge.
+
+Fri Aug 23 01:54:23 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* a.out.gnu.h, a.out.sun4.h:  Make SEGMENT_SIZE able to depend
+	on the particular a.out being examined.
+	* a.out.sun4.h:  Define segment sizes for Sun-3's and Sun-4's.
+	* FIXME:  a.out.gnu.h is almost obsolete.
+	* FIXME:  a.out.sun4.h should be renamed a.out.sun.h now.
+
+Wed Aug 21 20:32:13 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Start a ChangeLog for the includes directory.
+
+	* a.out.gnu.h (N_FN):  Fix value -- was 15, should be 0x1E.
+	* stab.def:  Update allocation table in comments at end,
+	to reflect reality as I know it.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/ansidecl.h b/contrib/binutils/include/ansidecl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abe87a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/ansidecl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros
+
+   ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined.
+
+   Macro	ANSI C definition	Traditional C definition
+   -----	---- - ----------	----------- - ----------
+   PTR		`void *'		`char *'
+   LONG_DOUBLE	`long double'		`double'
+   VOLATILE	`volatile'		`'
+   SIGNED	`signed'		`'
+   PTRCONST	`void *const'		`char *'
+   ANSI_PROTOTYPES  1			not defined
+
+   CONST is also defined, but is obsolete.  Just use const.
+
+   obsolete --     DEFUN (name, arglist, args)
+
+	Defines function NAME.
+
+	ARGLIST lists the arguments, separated by commas and enclosed in
+	parentheses.  ARGLIST becomes the argument list in traditional C.
+
+	ARGS list the arguments with their types.  It becomes a prototype in
+	ANSI C, and the type declarations in traditional C.  Arguments should
+	be separated with `AND'.  For functions with a variable number of
+	arguments, the last thing listed should be `DOTS'.
+
+   obsolete --     DEFUN_VOID (name)
+
+	Defines a function NAME, which takes no arguments.
+
+   obsolete --     EXFUN (name, (prototype))	-- obsolete.
+
+	Replaced by PARAMS.  Do not use; will disappear someday soon.
+	Was used in external function declarations.
+	In ANSI C it is `NAME PROTOTYPE' (so PROTOTYPE should be enclosed in
+	parentheses).  In traditional C it is `NAME()'.
+	For a function that takes no arguments, PROTOTYPE should be `(void)'.
+
+   obsolete --     PROTO (type, name, (prototype)    -- obsolete.
+
+	This one has also been replaced by PARAMS.  Do not use.
+
+   PARAMS ((args))
+
+	We could use the EXFUN macro to handle prototype declarations, but
+	the name is misleading and the result is ugly.  So we just define a
+	simple macro to handle the parameter lists, as in:
+
+	      static int foo PARAMS ((int, char));
+
+	This produces:  `static int foo();' or `static int foo (int, char);'
+
+	EXFUN would have done it like this:
+
+	      static int EXFUN (foo, (int, char));
+
+	but the function is not external...and it's hard to visually parse
+	the function name out of the mess.   EXFUN should be considered
+	obsolete; new code should be written to use PARAMS.
+
+   DOTS is also obsolete.
+
+   Examples:
+
+	extern int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...));
+*/
+
+#ifndef	_ANSIDECL_H
+
+#define	_ANSIDECL_H	1
+
+
+/* Every source file includes this file,
+   so they will all get the switch for lint.  */
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32)
+/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always
+   define __STDC__).  The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things
+   in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__.  */
+
+#define	PTR		void *
+#define	PTRCONST	void *CONST
+#define	LONG_DOUBLE	long double
+
+#define	AND		,
+#define	NOARGS		void
+#define	VOLATILE	volatile
+#define	SIGNED		signed
+
+#define PARAMS(paramlist)		paramlist
+#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES			1
+
+#define VPARAMS(ARGS)			ARGS
+#define VA_START(va_list,var)		va_start(va_list,var)
+
+/* These are obsolete.  Do not use.  */
+#define CONST				const
+#define DOTS				, ...
+#define PROTO(type, name, arglist)	type name arglist
+#define EXFUN(name, proto)		name proto
+#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args)	name(args)
+#define DEFUN_VOID(name)		name(void)
+
+#else	/* Not ANSI C.  */
+
+#define	PTR		char *
+#define	PTRCONST	PTR
+#define	LONG_DOUBLE	double
+
+#define	AND		;
+#define	NOARGS
+#ifndef const /* some systems define it in header files for non-ansi mode */
+#define	const
+#endif
+#define	VOLATILE
+#define	SIGNED
+
+#define PARAMS(paramlist)		()
+
+#define VPARAMS(ARGS)			(va_alist) va_dcl
+#define VA_START(va_list,var)		va_start(va_list)
+
+/* These are obsolete.  Do not use.  */
+#define CONST
+#define DOTS
+#define PROTO(type, name, arglist)	type name ()
+#define EXFUN(name, proto)		name()
+#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args)	name arglist args;
+#define DEFUN_VOID(name)		name()
+
+#endif	/* ANSI C.  */
+
+#endif	/* ansidecl.h	*/
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307448b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+Mon Mar 11 12:15:52 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* stab.def: Use __define_stab_duplicate rather than __define_stab
+	for duplicate entries N_BROWS and N_MOD2.
+	* stab_gnu.h (__define_stab_duplicate): Define before including
+	stab.def.
+
+Fri Oct 27 17:47:16 1995  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	* aout64.h, host.h, hp300hpux.h, sun4.h: Changed PAGE_SIZE to
+	TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:07:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sun4.h (struct internal_sun4_dynamic_link): Change all fields
+	from long to unsigned long.
+
+Wed Jul 12 00:15:13 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sun4.h (PAGE_SIZE): Undefine before defining.
+
+Thu Jun 16 14:22:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (BMAGIC): Define.
+
+Sat Jun 11 16:16:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Add weak symbols as an extension to a.out.
+	* aout64.h (N_WEAKU, N_WEAKA, N_WEAKT, N_WEAKD, N_WEAKB): Define.
+	* stab.def: Update symbol value table.
+
+Thu Jun  2 17:13:38 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sun4.h (EXTERNAL_SUN4_DYNAMIC_DEBUGGER_SIZE): Correct from 28 to
+	24.  Fix up ld_got comment.
+
+Wed Mar 30 00:31:49 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* dynix3.h:  Cleanup, adapt to current bfd version.
+
+Sat Feb 26 10:25:53 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h: Add casts to avoid warnings from SVR4 cc.
+
+Fri Feb 11 12:56:04 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.h (ARMAG, ARMAGB, ARFMAG): Change '\n' to '\012', for greater
+	portability.
+
+Fri Jan 21 00:59:06 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sun4.h: Added information about SunOS shared libraries.
+
+Fri Jan  7 08:20:13 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (N_TXTADDR): Add comment regarding OMAGIC and NMAGIC.
+
+Sat Dec 25 14:55:41 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (N_DATOFF): Don't pad (revert change of 8 Jul 1993).
+
+Tue Nov 16 15:43:46 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h: New macros ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE and N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
+	for Linux ZMAGIC.
+	(N_TXTOFF, N_DATOFF): Use them.
+
+Thu Nov  4 00:33:48 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE): Fixed value to match
+	sun3 system; used to overlap other fields.
+	(RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE): Likewise.
+
+Wed Nov  3 13:48:27 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE): Make it 0x10 (Ken's
+	suggestion) to avoid conflict with RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE.
+
+Fri Oct 29 15:09:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hp300hpux.h (N_SHARED_LIB): Define to be 0.
+
+Mon Sep 13 21:00:56 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ar.h (ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET):  Add and describe.
+
+Mon Aug 23  Sean Fagan  (sef@cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h [ARCH_SIZE != 64]: Allow N_BADMAG to be overridden.
+
+Mon Aug 16 14:30:14 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab_gnu.h: Include aout/stab.def not just stab.def.
+
+Sun Jul 18 21:41:47 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dynix3.h: New, for symmetry running dynix.
+
+Thu Jul  8 12:52:22 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (N_BADMAG): Recognize QMAGIC.
+	N_TXTOFF, N_TXTADDR, N_TXTSIZE: Special code for QMAGIC.
+	N_DATOFF: Pad text size if we need to.
+
+Fri Jun 18 19:19:38 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def (N_ECOML): Fix comment.
+
+Mon May 31 09:21:30 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def: Remove Solaris information on N_FUN stabstring grammar;
+	I've transferred it to gdb/doc/stabs.texinfo, where it belongs.
+
+Mon May 10 05:48:43 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hp300hpux.h: Patch from Glenn Engel for linker problem and
+	compatibility fix:
+	(OMAGIC, NMAGIC): New definitions.
+	(SHAREMAGIC): Deleted.
+	(HPUX_DOT_O_MAGIC): New macro.
+	(_N_BADMAG): Adjusted.
+	(N_HEADER_IN_TEXT, N_DATADDR): New macros.
+
+Thu Apr 29 12:07:37 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hp300hpux.h: New file from Glenn Engel, glenne@lsid.hp.com.
+
+Tue Apr 27 05:51:04 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout64.h (struct external_exec, *MAGIC, N_BADMAG): Don't define
+	if `external_exec' is already defined as a macro.
+	(N_DATOFF, N_TRELOFF, N_DRELOFF, N_SYMOFF, N_STROFF): Don't define
+	if already defined.
+	(struct external_nlist, EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE): Don't define if
+	`external_nlist' is already defined as a macro.
+
+Sat Aug 15 04:23:02 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* adobe.h:  Add description of a.out.adobe format.
+
+Fri Jul  3 00:36:52 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def:  Update more Solaris definitions.
+	* stab_gnu.h:  Add N_SO language types, and Solaris basic float types.
+
+Sun Jun 14 10:53:53 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def:  Update descriptions of Solaris-2 stabs; add N_UNDF.
+
+Thu Jun 11 01:12:07 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* stab.def:  Add N_OBJ and N_OPT from Solaris-2.
+
+Thu Jan 30 18:12:44 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout/aout64.h: N_TXTSIZE needs some more parentheses.
+	I don't trust C precedence.
+
+Wed Dec 18 14:32:01 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout/aout64.h:  Move common sunos-specific test
+	to recognize shared libraries into new macro N_SHARED_LIB.
+	Use it to simplify&reformat N_TXTADDR, N_TXTOFF, N_TXTSIZE.
+
+Sat Nov 30 20:34:52 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ChangeLog, aout64.h, ar.h, encap.h, host.h, hp.h, ranlib.h,
+	reloc.h, stab.def, stab_gnu.h, sun4.h: All moved from the
+	devo/include directory
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/aout64.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/aout64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76f1140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/aout64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+/* `a.out' object-file definitions, including extensions to 64-bit fields */
+
+#ifndef __A_OUT_64_H__
+#define __A_OUT_64_H__
+
+/* This is the layout on disk of the 32-bit or 64-bit exec header. */
+
+#ifndef external_exec
+struct external_exec 
+{
+  bfd_byte e_info[4];		/* magic number and stuff		*/
+  bfd_byte e_text[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text section in bytes	*/
+  bfd_byte e_data[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data section in bytes	*/
+  bfd_byte e_bss[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of bss area in bytes 		*/
+  bfd_byte e_syms[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of symbol table in bytes 	*/
+  bfd_byte e_entry[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* start address 			*/
+  bfd_byte e_trsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of text relocation info	*/
+  bfd_byte e_drsize[BYTES_IN_WORD]; /* length of data relocation info 	*/
+};
+
+#define	EXEC_BYTES_SIZE	(4 + BYTES_IN_WORD * 7)
+
+/* Magic numbers for a.out files */
+
+#if ARCH_SIZE==64
+#define OMAGIC 0x1001		/* Code indicating object file  */
+#define ZMAGIC 0x1002		/* Code indicating demand-paged executable.  */
+#define NMAGIC 0x1003		/* Code indicating pure executable.  */
+
+/* There is no 64-bit QMAGIC as far as I know.  */
+
+#define N_BADMAG(x)	  (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC		\
+			&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC		\
+  			&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC)
+#else
+#define OMAGIC 0407		/* ...object file or impure executable.  */
+#define NMAGIC 0410		/* Code indicating pure executable.  */
+#define ZMAGIC 0413		/* Code indicating demand-paged executable.  */
+#define BMAGIC 0415		/* Used by a b.out object.  */
+
+/* This indicates a demand-paged executable with the header in the text.
+   It is used by 386BSD (and variants) and Linux, at least.  */
+#ifndef QMAGIC
+#define QMAGIC 0314
+#endif
+# ifndef N_BADMAG
+#  define N_BADMAG(x)	  (N_MAGIC(x) != OMAGIC		\
+			&& N_MAGIC(x) != NMAGIC		\
+  			&& N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC \
+		        && N_MAGIC(x) != QMAGIC)
+# endif /* N_BADMAG */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QMAGIC
+#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (N_MAGIC (x) == QMAGIC)
+#else
+#define N_IS_QMAGIC(x) (0)
+#endif
+
+/* The difference between TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE is that TARGET_PAGE_SIZE is
+   the finest granularity at which you can page something, thus it
+   controls the padding (if any) before the text segment of a ZMAGIC
+   file.  N_SEGSIZE is the resolution at which things can be marked as
+   read-only versus read/write, so it controls the padding between the
+   text segment and the data segment (in memory; on disk the padding
+   between them is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE).  TARGET_PAGE_SIZE and N_SEGSIZE are the same
+   for most machines, but different for sun3.  */
+
+/* By default, segment size is constant.  But some machines override this
+   to be a function of the a.out header (e.g. machine type).  */
+
+#ifndef	N_SEGSIZE
+#define	N_SEGSIZE(x)	SEGMENT_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/* Virtual memory address of the text section.
+   This is getting very complicated.  A good reason to discard a.out format
+   for something that specifies these fields explicitly.  But til then...
+
+   * OMAGIC and NMAGIC files:
+       (object files: text for "relocatable addr 0" right after the header)
+       start at 0, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, size as stated.
+   * The text address, offset, and size of ZMAGIC files depend
+     on the entry point of the file:
+     * entry point below TEXT_START_ADDR:
+       (hack for SunOS shared libraries)
+       start at 0, offset is 0, size as stated.
+     * If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is true (which defaults to being the
+       case when the entry point is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE or further into a page):
+       no padding is needed; text can start after exec header.  Sun
+       considers the text segment of such files to include the exec header;
+       for BFD's purposes, we don't, which makes more work for us.
+       start at TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE, offset is EXEC_BYTES_SIZE,
+       size as stated minus EXEC_BYTES_SIZE.
+     * If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) is false (which defaults to being the case when
+       the entry point is less than EXEC_BYTES_SIZE into a page (e.g. page
+       aligned)): (padding is needed so that text can start at a page boundary)
+       start at TEXT_START_ADDR, offset TARGET_PAGE_SIZE, size as stated.
+
+    Specific configurations may want to hardwire N_HEADER_IN_TEXT,
+    for efficiency or to allow people to play games with the entry point.
+    In that case, you would #define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) as 1 for sunos,
+    and as 0 for most other hosts (Sony News, Vax Ultrix, etc).
+    (Do this in the appropriate bfd target file.)
+    (The default is a heuristic that will break if people try changing
+    the entry point, perhaps with the ld -e flag.)
+
+    * QMAGIC is always like a ZMAGIC for which N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is true,
+    and for which the starting address is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE (or should this be
+    SEGMENT_SIZE?) (TEXT_START_ADDR only applies to ZMAGIC, not to QMAGIC).
+    */
+
+/* This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC files; QMAGIC always has the header
+   in the text.  */
+#ifndef N_HEADER_IN_TEXT
+#define N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) (((x).a_entry & (TARGET_PAGE_SIZE-1)) >= EXEC_BYTES_SIZE)
+#endif
+
+/* Sun shared libraries, not linux.  This macro is only relevant for ZMAGIC
+   files.  */
+#ifndef N_SHARED_LIB
+#define N_SHARED_LIB(x) ((x).a_entry < TEXT_START_ADDR)
+#endif
+
+/* Returning 0 not TEXT_START_ADDR for OMAGIC and NMAGIC is based on
+   the assumption that we are dealing with a .o file, not an
+   executable.  This is necessary for OMAGIC (but means we don't work
+   right on the output from ld -N); more questionable for NMAGIC.  */
+
+#ifndef N_TXTADDR
+#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
+    (/* The address of a QMAGIC file is always one page in, */ \
+     /* with the header in the text.  */ \
+     N_IS_QMAGIC (x) ? TARGET_PAGE_SIZE + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE : \
+     N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC ? 0 :	/* object file or NMAGIC */\
+     N_SHARED_LIB(x) ? 0 :	\
+     N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)  ?	\
+	    TEXT_START_ADDR + EXEC_BYTES_SIZE :	/* no padding */\
+	    TEXT_START_ADDR			/* a page of padding */\
+    )
+#endif
+
+/* If N_HEADER_IN_TEXT is not true for ZMAGIC, there is some padding
+   to make the text segment start at a certain boundary.  For most
+   systems, this boundary is TARGET_PAGE_SIZE.  But for Linux, in the
+   time-honored tradition of crazy ZMAGIC hacks, it is 1024 which is
+   not what TARGET_PAGE_SIZE needs to be for QMAGIC.  */
+
+#ifndef ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE
+#define ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#define N_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE(x) \
+  (N_MAGIC(x) == ZMAGIC ? ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE : TARGET_PAGE_SIZE)
+
+/* Offset in an a.out of the start of the text section. */
+#ifndef N_TXTOFF
+#define N_TXTOFF(x)	\
+    (/* For {O,N,Q}MAGIC, no padding.  */ \
+     N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC ? EXEC_BYTES_SIZE : \
+     N_SHARED_LIB(x) ? 0 : \
+     N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x) ?	\
+	    EXEC_BYTES_SIZE :			/* no padding */\
+	    ZMAGIC_DISK_BLOCK_SIZE		/* a page of padding */\
+    )
+#endif
+/* Size of the text section.  It's always as stated, except that we
+   offset it to `undo' the adjustment to N_TXTADDR and N_TXTOFF
+   for ZMAGIC files that nominally include the exec header
+   as part of the first page of text.  (BFD doesn't consider the
+   exec header to be part of the text segment.)  */
+#ifndef N_TXTSIZE
+#define	N_TXTSIZE(x) \
+    (/* For QMAGIC, we don't consider the header part of the text section.  */\
+     N_IS_QMAGIC (x) ? (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE : \
+     (N_MAGIC(x) != ZMAGIC || N_SHARED_LIB(x)) ? (x).a_text : \
+     N_HEADER_IN_TEXT(x)  ?	\
+	    (x).a_text - EXEC_BYTES_SIZE:	/* no padding */\
+	    (x).a_text				/* a page of padding */\
+    )
+#endif
+/* The address of the data segment in virtual memory.
+   It is the text segment address, plus text segment size, rounded
+   up to a N_SEGSIZE boundary for pure or pageable files. */
+#ifndef N_DATADDR
+#define N_DATADDR(x) \
+    (N_MAGIC(x)==OMAGIC? (N_TXTADDR(x)+N_TXTSIZE(x)) \
+     :  (N_SEGSIZE(x) + ((N_TXTADDR(x)+N_TXTSIZE(x)-1) & ~(N_SEGSIZE(x)-1))))
+#endif
+/* The address of the BSS segment -- immediately after the data segment.  */
+
+#define N_BSSADDR(x)	(N_DATADDR(x) + (x).a_data)
+
+/* Offsets of the various portions of the file after the text segment.  */
+
+/* For {Q,Z}MAGIC, there is padding to make the data segment start on
+   a page boundary.  Most of the time the a_text field (and thus
+   N_TXTSIZE) already contains this padding.  It is possible that for
+   BSDI and/or 386BSD it sometimes doesn't contain the padding, and
+   perhaps we should be adding it here.  But this seems kind of
+   questionable and probably should be BSDI/386BSD-specific if we do
+   do it.
+
+   For NMAGIC (at least for hp300 BSD, probably others), there is
+   padding in memory only, not on disk, so we must *not* ever pad here
+   for NMAGIC.  */
+
+#ifndef N_DATOFF
+#define N_DATOFF(x) \
+ (N_TXTOFF(x) + N_TXTSIZE(x))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef N_TRELOFF
+#define N_TRELOFF(x)	( N_DATOFF(x) + (x).a_data )
+#endif
+#ifndef N_DRELOFF
+#define N_DRELOFF(x)	( N_TRELOFF(x) + (x).a_trsize )
+#endif
+#ifndef N_SYMOFF
+#define N_SYMOFF(x)	( N_DRELOFF(x) + (x).a_drsize )
+#endif
+#ifndef N_STROFF
+#define N_STROFF(x)	( N_SYMOFF(x) + (x).a_syms )
+#endif
+
+/* Symbols */
+#ifndef external_nlist
+struct external_nlist {
+  bfd_byte e_strx[BYTES_IN_WORD];	/* index into string table of name */
+  bfd_byte e_type[1];			/* type of symbol */
+  bfd_byte e_other[1];			/* misc info (usually empty) */
+  bfd_byte e_desc[2];			/* description field */
+  bfd_byte e_value[BYTES_IN_WORD];	/* value of symbol */
+};
+#define EXTERNAL_NLIST_SIZE (BYTES_IN_WORD+4+BYTES_IN_WORD)
+#endif
+
+struct internal_nlist {
+  unsigned long n_strx;			/* index into string table of name */
+  unsigned char n_type;			/* type of symbol */
+  unsigned char n_other;		/* misc info (usually empty) */
+  unsigned short n_desc;		/* description field */
+  bfd_vma n_value;			/* value of symbol */
+};
+
+/* The n_type field is the symbol type, containing:  */
+
+#define N_UNDF	0	/* Undefined symbol */
+#define N_ABS 	2	/* Absolute symbol -- defined at particular addr */
+#define N_TEXT 	4	/* Text sym -- defined at offset in text seg */
+#define N_DATA 	6	/* Data sym -- defined at offset in data seg */
+#define N_BSS 	8	/* BSS  sym -- defined at offset in zero'd seg */
+#define	N_COMM	0x12	/* Common symbol (visible after shared lib dynlink) */
+#define N_FN	0x1f	/* File name of .o file */
+#define	N_FN_SEQ 0x0C	/* N_FN from Sequent compilers (sigh) */
+/* Note: N_EXT can only be usefully OR-ed with N_UNDF, N_ABS, N_TEXT,
+   N_DATA, or N_BSS.  When the low-order bit of other types is set,
+   (e.g. N_WARNING versus N_FN), they are two different types.  */
+#define N_EXT 	1	/* External symbol (as opposed to local-to-this-file) */
+#define N_TYPE  0x1e
+#define N_STAB 	0xe0	/* If any of these bits are on, it's a debug symbol */
+
+#define N_INDR 0x0a
+
+/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
+   All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
+   Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
+   elements value is stored into one word of the space.
+   The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
+
+   The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
+   whose name is the same as the name of the set.
+   This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
+   in that it can satisfy undefined external references.  */
+
+/* These appear as input to LD, in a .o file.  */
+#define	N_SETA	0x14		/* Absolute set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETT	0x16		/* Text set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETD	0x18		/* Data set element symbol */
+#define	N_SETB	0x1A		/* Bss set element symbol */
+
+/* This is output from LD.  */
+#define N_SETV	0x1C		/* Pointer to set vector in data area.  */
+
+/* Warning symbol. The text gives a warning message, the next symbol
+   in the table will be undefined. When the symbol is referenced, the
+   message is printed.  */
+
+#define	N_WARNING 0x1e
+
+/* Weak symbols.  These are a GNU extension to the a.out format.  The
+   semantics are those of ELF weak symbols.  Weak symbols are always
+   externally visible.  The N_WEAK? values are squeezed into the
+   available slots.  The value of a N_WEAKU symbol is 0.  The values
+   of the other types are the definitions.  */
+#define N_WEAKU	0x0d		/* Weak undefined symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKA 0x0e		/* Weak absolute symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKT 0x0f		/* Weak text symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKD 0x10		/* Weak data symbol.  */
+#define N_WEAKB 0x11		/* Weak bss symbol.  */
+
+/* Relocations 
+
+  There	are two types of relocation flavours for a.out systems,
+  standard and extended. The standard form is used on systems where the
+  instruction has room for all the bits of an offset to the operand, whilst
+  the extended form is used when an address operand has to be split over n
+  instructions. Eg, on the 68k, each move instruction can reference
+  the target with a displacement of 16 or 32 bits. On the sparc, move
+  instructions use an offset of 14 bits, so the offset is stored in
+  the reloc field, and the data in the section is ignored.
+*/
+
+/* This structure describes a single relocation to be performed.
+   The text-relocation section of the file is a vector of these structures,
+   all of which apply to the text section.
+   Likewise, the data-relocation section applies to the data section.  */
+
+struct reloc_std_external {
+  bfd_byte	r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD];	/* offset of of data to relocate 	*/
+  bfd_byte r_index[3];	/* symbol table index of symbol 	*/
+  bfd_byte r_type[1];	/* relocation type			*/
+};
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x80)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_PCREL_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x01)
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x60)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_BIG	5
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x06)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_LENGTH_SH_LITTLE	1
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x10)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x08)
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x08)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_BASEREL_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x10)
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x04)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_JMPTABLE_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x20)
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x02)
+#define	RELOC_STD_BITS_RELATIVE_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x40)
+
+#define	RELOC_STD_SIZE	(BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1)		/* Bytes per relocation entry */
+
+struct reloc_std_internal
+{
+  bfd_vma r_address;		/* Address (within segment) to be relocated.  */
+  /* The meaning of r_symbolnum depends on r_extern.  */
+  unsigned int r_symbolnum:24;
+  /* Nonzero means value is a pc-relative offset
+     and it should be relocated for changes in its own address
+     as well as for changes in the symbol or section specified.  */
+  unsigned int r_pcrel:1;
+  /* Length (as exponent of 2) of the field to be relocated.
+     Thus, a value of 2 indicates 1<<2 bytes.  */
+  unsigned int r_length:2;
+  /* 1 => relocate with value of symbol.
+     r_symbolnum is the index of the symbol
+     in files the symbol table.
+     0 => relocate with the address of a segment.
+     r_symbolnum is N_TEXT, N_DATA, N_BSS or N_ABS
+     (the N_EXT bit may be set also, but signifies nothing).  */
+  unsigned int r_extern:1;
+  /* The next three bits are for SunOS shared libraries, and seem to
+     be undocumented.  */
+  unsigned int r_baserel:1;	/* Linkage table relative */
+  unsigned int r_jmptable:1;	/* pc-relative to jump table */
+  unsigned int r_relative:1;	/* "relative relocation" */
+  /* unused */
+  unsigned int r_pad:1;		/* Padding -- set to zero */
+};
+
+
+/* EXTENDED RELOCS  */
+
+struct reloc_ext_external {
+  bfd_byte r_address[BYTES_IN_WORD];	/* offset of of data to relocate 	*/
+  bfd_byte r_index[3];	/* symbol table index of symbol 	*/
+  bfd_byte r_type[1];	/* relocation type			*/
+  bfd_byte r_addend[BYTES_IN_WORD];	/* datum addend				*/
+};
+
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_BIG	((unsigned int) 0x80)
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_EXTERN_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x01)
+
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x1F)
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_BIG	0
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0xF8)
+#define	RELOC_EXT_BITS_TYPE_SH_LITTLE	3
+
+/* Bytes per relocation entry */
+#define	RELOC_EXT_SIZE	(BYTES_IN_WORD + 3 + 1 + BYTES_IN_WORD)
+
+enum reloc_type
+{
+  /* simple relocations */
+  RELOC_8,			/* data[0:7] = addend + sv 		*/
+  RELOC_16,			/* data[0:15] = addend + sv 		*/
+  RELOC_32,			/* data[0:31] = addend + sv 		*/
+  /* pc-rel displacement */
+  RELOC_DISP8,			/* data[0:7] = addend - pc + sv 	*/
+  RELOC_DISP16,			/* data[0:15] = addend - pc + sv 	*/
+  RELOC_DISP32,			/* data[0:31] = addend - pc + sv 	*/
+  /* Special */
+  RELOC_WDISP30,		/* data[0:29] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 	*/
+  RELOC_WDISP22,		/* data[0:21] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 	*/
+  RELOC_HI22,			/* data[0:21] = (addend + sv)>>10 	*/
+  RELOC_22,			/* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) 		*/
+  RELOC_13,			/* data[0:12] = (addend + sv)		*/
+  RELOC_LO10,			/* data[0:9] = (addend + sv)		*/
+  RELOC_SFA_BASE,		
+  RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
+  /* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
+  RELOC_BASE10,  		/* Not sure - maybe we can do this the */
+  RELOC_BASE13,			/* right way now */
+  RELOC_BASE22,
+  /* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
+  RELOC_PC10,
+  RELOC_PC22,
+  /* P.I.C. jump table */
+  RELOC_JMP_TBL,
+  /* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
+  RELOC_SEGOFF16,
+  RELOC_GLOB_DAT,
+  RELOC_JMP_SLOT,
+  RELOC_RELATIVE,
+
+  RELOC_11,	
+  RELOC_WDISP2_14,
+  RELOC_WDISP19,
+  RELOC_HHI22,			/* data[0:21] = (addend + sv) >> 42     */
+  RELOC_HLO10,			/* data[0:9] = (addend + sv) >> 32      */
+  
+  /* 29K relocation types */
+  RELOC_JUMPTARG,
+  RELOC_CONST,
+  RELOC_CONSTH,
+  
+  /* All the new ones I can think of, for sparc v9 */
+
+  RELOC_64,			/* data[0:63] = addend + sv 		*/
+  RELOC_DISP64,			/* data[0:63] = addend - pc + sv 	*/
+  RELOC_WDISP21,		/* data[0:20] = (addend + sv - pc)>>2 	*/
+  RELOC_DISP21,			/* data[0:20] = addend - pc + sv        */
+  RELOC_DISP14,			/* data[0:13] = addend - pc + sv 	*/
+  /* Q .
+     What are the other ones,
+     Since this is a clean slate, can we throw away the ones we dont
+     understand ? Should we sort the values ? What about using a
+     microcode format like the 68k ?
+     */
+  NO_RELOC
+  };
+
+
+struct reloc_internal {
+  bfd_vma r_address;		/* offset of of data to relocate 	*/
+  long	r_index;		/* symbol table index of symbol 	*/
+  enum reloc_type r_type;	/* relocation type			*/
+  bfd_vma r_addend;		/* datum addend				*/
+};
+
+/* Q.
+   Should the length of the string table be 4 bytes or 8 bytes ?
+
+   Q.
+   What about archive indexes ?
+
+ */
+
+#endif				/* __A_OUT_64_H__ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ar.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b5dcda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* archive file definition for GNU software */
+
+/* So far this is correct for BSDish archives.  Don't forget that
+   files must begin on an even byte boundary. */
+
+#ifndef __GNU_AR_H__
+#define __GNU_AR_H__
+
+/* Note that the usual '\n' in magic strings may translate to different
+   characters, as allowed by ANSI.  '\012' has a fixed value, and remains
+   compatible with existing BSDish archives. */
+
+#define ARMAG  "!<arch>\012"	/* For COFF and a.out archives */
+#define ARMAGB "!<bout>\012"	/* For b.out archives */
+#define SARMAG 8
+#define ARFMAG "`\012"
+
+/* The ar_date field of the armap (__.SYMDEF) member of an archive
+   must be greater than the modified date of the entire file, or 
+   BSD-derived linkers complain.  We originally write the ar_date with
+   this offset from the real file's mod-time.  After finishing the
+   file, we rewrite ar_date if it's not still greater than the mod date.  */
+
+#define ARMAP_TIME_OFFSET       60
+
+struct ar_hdr {
+  char ar_name[16];		/* name of this member */
+  char ar_date[12];		/* file mtime */
+  char ar_uid[6];		/* owner uid; printed as decimal */
+  char ar_gid[6];		/* owner gid; printed as decimal */
+  char ar_mode[8];		/* file mode, printed as octal   */
+  char ar_size[10];		/* file size, printed as decimal */
+  char ar_fmag[2];		/* should contain ARFMAG */
+};
+
+#endif /* __GNU_AR_H__ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/encap.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/encap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b215d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/encap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Yet Another Try at encapsulating bsd object files in coff.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Pace Willisson 12/9/88
+
+   This file is obsolete.  It needs to be converted to just define a bunch
+   of stuff that BFD can use to do coff-encapsulated files.  --gnu@cygnus.com
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * We only use the coff headers to tell the kernel
+ * how to exec the file.  Therefore, the only fields that need to 
+ * be filled in are the scnptr and vaddr for the text and data
+ * sections, and the vaddr for the bss.  As far as coff is concerned,
+ * there is no symbol table, relocation, or line numbers.
+ *
+ * A normal bsd header (struct exec) is placed after the coff headers,
+ * and before the real text.  I defined a the new fields 'a_machtype'
+ * and a_flags.  If a_machtype is M_386, and a_flags & A_ENCAP is
+ * true, then the bsd header is preceeded by a coff header.  Macros
+ * like N_TXTOFF and N_TXTADDR use this field to find the bsd header.
+ * 
+ * The only problem is to track down the bsd exec header.  The
+ * macros HEADER_OFFSET, etc do this.
+ */
+
+#define N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE 0x20 /* coff header precedes bsd header */
+
+/* Describe the COFF header used for encapsulation.  */
+
+struct coffheader
+{
+  /* filehdr */
+  unsigned short f_magic;
+  unsigned short f_nscns;
+  long f_timdat;
+  long f_symptr;
+  long f_nsyms;
+  unsigned short f_opthdr;
+  unsigned short f_flags;
+  /* aouthdr */
+  short magic;
+  short vstamp;
+  long tsize;
+  long dsize;
+  long bsize;
+  long entry;
+  long text_start;
+  long data_start;
+  struct coffscn
+    {
+      char s_name[8];
+      long s_paddr;
+      long s_vaddr;
+      long s_size;
+      long s_scnptr;
+      long s_relptr;
+      long s_lnnoptr;
+      unsigned short s_nreloc;
+      unsigned short s_nlnno;
+      long s_flags;
+    } scns[3];
+};
+
+/* Describe some of the parameters of the encapsulation,
+   including how to find the encapsulated BSD header.  */
+
+/* FIXME, this is dumb.  The same tools can't handle a.outs for different
+   architectures, just because COFF_MAGIC is different; so you need a
+   separate GNU nm for every architecture!!?  Unfortunately, it needs to
+   be this way, since the COFF_MAGIC value is determined by the kernel
+   we're trying to fool here.  */
+   
+#define COFF_MAGIC_I386 0514 /* I386MAGIC */
+#define COFF_MAGIC_M68K 0520 /* MC68MAGIC */
+#define	COFF_MAGIC_A29K 0x17A	/* Used by asm29k cross-tools */
+
+#ifdef COFF_MAGIC
+short __header_offset_temp;
+#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) \
+	(__header_offset_temp = 0, \
+	 fread ((char *)&__header_offset_temp, sizeof (short), 1, (f)), \
+	 fseek ((f), -sizeof (short), 1), \
+	 __header_offset_temp==COFF_MAGIC ? sizeof(struct coffheader) : 0)
+#else
+#define HEADER_OFFSET(f) 0
+#endif
+
+#define HEADER_SEEK(f) (fseek ((f), HEADER_OFFSET((f)), 1))
+
+/* Describe the characteristics of the BSD header
+   that appears inside the encapsulation.  */
+
+/* Encapsulated coff files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text segment
+   offset just past the header (and a matching TXTADDR), excluding
+   the headers from the text segment proper but keeping the physical
+   layout and the virtual memory layout page-aligned.
+
+   Non-encapsulated a.out files that are linked ZMAGIC have a text
+   segment that starts at 0 and an N_TXTADR similarly offset to 0.
+   They too are page-aligned with each other, but they include the
+   a.out header as part of the text. 
+
+   The _N_HDROFF gets sizeof struct exec added to it, so we have
+   to compensate here.  See <a.out.gnu.h>.  */
+
+#undef _N_HDROFF
+#undef N_TXTADDR
+#undef N_DATADDR
+
+#define _N_HDROFF(x) ((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
+		      sizeof (struct coffheader) : 0)
+
+/* Address of text segment in memory after it is loaded.  */
+#define N_TXTADDR(x) \
+	((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
+	 sizeof (struct coffheader) + sizeof (struct exec) : 0)
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x400000
+
+#define N_DATADDR(x) \
+	((N_FLAGS(x) & N_FLAGS_COFF_ENCAPSULATE) ? \
+	 (SEGMENT_SIZE + ((N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text-1) & ~(SEGMENT_SIZE-1))) : \
+	 (N_TXTADDR(x)+(x).a_text))
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/host.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/host.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e36212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/host.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Parameters about the a.out format, based on the host system on which
+   the program is compiled.  */
+
+/* Address of data segment in memory after it is loaded.
+   It is up to you to define SEGMENT_SIZE
+   on machines not listed here.  */
+#ifndef SEGMENT_SIZE
+#if defined(hp300) || defined(pyr)
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE page_size
+#endif
+#ifdef	sony
+#define	SEGMENT_SIZE	0x1000
+#endif	/* Sony.  */
+#ifdef is68k
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE 0x20000
+#endif
+#if defined(m68k) && defined(PORTAR)
+#define TARGET_PAGE_SIZE 0x400
+#define SEGMENT_SIZE TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+#endif /*!defined(SEGMENT_SIZE)*/
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ranlib.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ranlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9826005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/ranlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* ranlib.h -- archive library index member definition for GNU.
+   Copyright 1990-1991  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The Symdef member of an archive contains two things:
+   a table that maps symbol-string offsets to file offsets,
+   and a symbol-string table.  All the symbol names are
+   run together (each with trailing null) in the symbol-string
+   table.  There is a single longword bytecount on the front
+   of each of these tables.  Thus if we have two symbols,
+   "foo" and "_bar", that are in archive members at offsets
+   200 and 900, it would look like this:
+        16		; byte count of index table
+  	0		; offset of "foo" in string table
+  	200		; offset of foo-module in file
+  	4		; offset of "bar" in string table
+  	900		; offset of bar-module in file
+  	9		; byte count of string table
+  	"foo\0_bar\0"	; string table  */
+
+#define	RANLIBMAG	"__.SYMDEF"	/* Archive file name containing index */
+#define	RANLIBSKEW	3		/* Creation time offset */
+
+/* Format of __.SYMDEF:
+   First, a longword containing the size of the 'symdef' data that follows.
+   Second, zero or more 'symdef' structures.
+   Third, a longword containing the length of symbol name strings.
+   Fourth, zero or more symbol name strings (each followed by a null).  */
+
+struct symdef
+  {
+    union
+      {
+	unsigned long string_offset;	/* In the file */
+	char *name;			/* In memory, sometimes */
+      } s;
+    /* this points to the front of the file header (AKA member header --
+       a struct ar_hdr), not to the front of the file or into the file).
+       in other words it only tells you which file to read */       
+    unsigned long file_offset;
+  };
+
+/* Compatability with BSD code */
+
+#define	ranlib	symdef
+#define	ran_un	s
+#define	ran_strx string_offset
+#define	ran_name name
+#define	ran_off	file_offset
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/reloc.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/reloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..563c552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/reloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* reloc.h -- Header file for relocation information.
+   Copyright 1989-1991  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Relocation types for a.out files using reloc_info_extended
+   (SPARC and AMD 29000). */
+
+#ifndef _RELOC_H_READ_
+#define _RELOC_H_READ_ 1
+
+enum reloc_type
+  {
+    RELOC_8,        RELOC_16,        RELOC_32, /* simple relocations */
+    RELOC_DISP8,    RELOC_DISP16,    RELOC_DISP32, /* pc-rel displacement */
+    RELOC_WDISP30,  RELOC_WDISP22,
+    RELOC_HI22,     RELOC_22,
+    RELOC_13,       RELOC_LO10,
+    RELOC_SFA_BASE, RELOC_SFA_OFF13,
+    RELOC_BASE10,   RELOC_BASE13,    RELOC_BASE22, /* P.I.C. (base-relative) */
+    RELOC_PC10,     RELOC_PC22,	/* for some sort of pc-rel P.I.C. (?) */
+    RELOC_JMP_TBL,		/* P.I.C. jump table */
+    RELOC_SEGOFF16,		/* reputedly for shared libraries somehow */
+    RELOC_GLOB_DAT,  RELOC_JMP_SLOT, RELOC_RELATIVE,
+    RELOC_11,
+    RELOC_WDISP2_14,
+    RELOC_WDISP19,
+    RELOC_HHI22,
+    RELOC_HLO10,
+    
+    /* 29K relocation types */
+    RELOC_JUMPTARG, RELOC_CONST,     RELOC_CONSTH,
+    
+    RELOC_WDISP14, RELOC_WDISP21,
+    
+    NO_RELOC
+    };
+
+#define	RELOC_TYPE_NAMES \
+"8",		"16",		"32",		"DISP8",	\
+"DISP16",	"DISP32",	"WDISP30",	"WDISP22",	\
+"HI22",		"22",		"13",		"LO10",		\
+"SFA_BASE",	"SFAOFF13",	"BASE10",	"BASE13",	\
+"BASE22",	"PC10",		"PC22",		"JMP_TBL",	\
+"SEGOFF16",	"GLOB_DAT",	"JMP_SLOT",	"RELATIVE",	\
+"11",		"WDISP2_14",	"WDISP19", 	"HHI22",	\
+"HLO10",							\
+"JUMPTARG",	"CONST",	"CONSTH",	"WDISP14",	\
+"WDISP21",	\
+"NO_RELOC"
+
+#endif /* _RELOC_H_READ_ */
+
+/* end of reloc.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab.def b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c6b456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab.def
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* Table of DBX symbol codes for the GNU system.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* New stab from Solaris 2.  This uses an n_type of 0, which in a.out files
+   overlaps the N_UNDF used for ordinary symbols.  In ELF files, the
+   debug information is in a different file section, so there is no conflict.
+   This symbol's n_value gives the size of the string section associated
+   with this file.  The symbol's n_strx (relative to the just-updated
+   string section start address) gives the name of the source file,
+   e.g. "foo.c", without any path information.  The symbol's n_desc gives
+   the count of upcoming symbols associated with this file (not including
+   this one).  */
+/* __define_stab (N_UNDF, 0x00, "UNDF")  */
+
+/* Global variable.  Only the name is significant.
+   To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol.  */
+__define_stab (N_GSYM, 0x20, "GSYM")
+
+/* Function name for BSD Fortran.  Only the name is significant.
+   To find the address, look in the corresponding external symbol.  */
+__define_stab (N_FNAME, 0x22, "FNAME")
+
+/* Function name or text-segment variable for C.  Value is its address.
+   Desc is supposedly starting line number, but GCC doesn't set it
+   and DBX seems not to miss it.  */
+__define_stab (N_FUN, 0x24, "FUN")
+
+/* Data-segment variable with internal linkage.  Value is its address.
+   "Static Sym".  */
+__define_stab (N_STSYM, 0x26, "STSYM")
+
+/* BSS-segment variable with internal linkage.  Value is its address.  */
+__define_stab (N_LCSYM, 0x28, "LCSYM")
+
+/* Name of main routine.  Only the name is significant.  */
+__define_stab (N_MAIN, 0x2a, "MAIN")
+
+/* Solaris2:  Read-only data symbols.  */
+__define_stab (N_ROSYM, 0x2c, "ROSYM")
+
+/* Global symbol in Pascal.
+   Supposedly the value is its line number; I'm skeptical.  */
+__define_stab (N_PC, 0x30, "PC")
+
+/* Number of symbols:  0, files,,funcs,lines according to Ultrix V4.0. */
+__define_stab (N_NSYMS, 0x32, "NSYMS")
+
+/* "No DST map for sym: name, ,0,type,ignored"  according to Ultrix V4.0. */
+__define_stab (N_NOMAP, 0x34, "NOMAP")
+
+/* New stab from Solaris 2.  Like N_SO, but for the object file.  Two in
+   a row provide the build directory and the relative path of the .o from it.
+   Solaris2 uses this to avoid putting the stabs info into the linked
+   executable; this stab goes into the ".stab.index" section, and the debugger
+   reads the real stabs directly from the .o files instead.  */
+__define_stab (N_OBJ, 0x38, "OBJ")
+
+/* New stab from Solaris 2.  Options for the debugger, related to the
+   source language for this module.  E.g. whether to use ANSI
+   integral promotions or traditional integral promotions.  */
+__define_stab (N_OPT, 0x3c, "OPT")
+
+/* Register variable.  Value is number of register.  */
+__define_stab (N_RSYM, 0x40, "RSYM")
+
+/* Modula-2 compilation unit.  Can someone say what info it contains?  */
+__define_stab (N_M2C, 0x42, "M2C")
+
+/* Line number in text segment.  Desc is the line number;
+   value is corresponding address.  On Solaris2, the line number is
+   relative to the start of the current function.  */
+__define_stab (N_SLINE, 0x44, "SLINE")
+
+/* Similar, for data segment.  */
+__define_stab (N_DSLINE, 0x46, "DSLINE")
+
+/* Similar, for bss segment.  */
+__define_stab (N_BSLINE, 0x48, "BSLINE")
+
+/* Sun's source-code browser stabs.  ?? Don't know what the fields are.
+   Supposedly the field is "path to associated .cb file".  THIS VALUE
+   OVERLAPS WITH N_BSLINE!  */
+__define_stab_duplicate (N_BROWS, 0x48, "BROWS")
+
+/* GNU Modula-2 definition module dependency.  Value is the modification time
+   of the definition file.  Other is non-zero if it is imported with the
+   GNU M2 keyword %INITIALIZE.  Perhaps N_M2C can be used if there
+   are enough empty fields? */
+__define_stab(N_DEFD, 0x4a, "DEFD")
+
+/* New in Solaris2.  Function start/body/end line numbers.  */
+__define_stab(N_FLINE, 0x4C, "FLINE")
+
+/* THE FOLLOWING TWO STAB VALUES CONFLICT.  Happily, one is for Modula-2
+   and one is for C++.   Still,... */
+/* GNU C++ exception variable.  Name is variable name.  */
+__define_stab (N_EHDECL, 0x50, "EHDECL")
+/* Modula2 info "for imc":  name,,0,0,0  according to Ultrix V4.0.  */
+__define_stab_duplicate (N_MOD2, 0x50, "MOD2")
+
+/* GNU C++ `catch' clause.  Value is its address.  Desc is nonzero if
+   this entry is immediately followed by a CAUGHT stab saying what exception
+   was caught.  Multiple CAUGHT stabs means that multiple exceptions
+   can be caught here.  If Desc is 0, it means all exceptions are caught
+   here.  */
+__define_stab (N_CATCH, 0x54, "CATCH")
+
+/* Structure or union element.  Value is offset in the structure.  */
+__define_stab (N_SSYM, 0x60, "SSYM")
+
+/* Solaris2:  Last stab emitted for module.  */
+__define_stab (N_ENDM, 0x62, "ENDM")
+
+/* Name of main source file.
+   Value is starting text address of the compilation.
+   If multiple N_SO's appear, the first to contain a trailing / is the
+   compilation directory.  The first to not contain a trailing / is the
+   source file name, relative to the compilation directory.  Others (perhaps
+   resulting from cfront) are ignored.
+   On Solaris2, value is undefined, but desc is a source-language code.  */
+
+__define_stab (N_SO, 0x64, "SO")
+
+/* Automatic variable in the stack.  Value is offset from frame pointer.
+   Also used for type descriptions.  */
+__define_stab (N_LSYM, 0x80, "LSYM")
+
+/* Beginning of an include file.  Only Sun uses this.
+   In an object file, only the name is significant.
+   The Sun linker puts data into some of the other fields.  */
+__define_stab (N_BINCL, 0x82, "BINCL")
+
+/* Name of sub-source file (#include file).
+   Value is starting text address of the compilation.  */
+__define_stab (N_SOL, 0x84, "SOL")
+
+/* Parameter variable.  Value is offset from argument pointer.
+   (On most machines the argument pointer is the same as the frame pointer.  */
+__define_stab (N_PSYM, 0xa0, "PSYM")
+
+/* End of an include file.  No name.
+   This and N_BINCL act as brackets around the file's output.
+   In an object file, there is no significant data in this entry.
+   The Sun linker puts data into some of the fields.  */
+__define_stab (N_EINCL, 0xa2, "EINCL")
+
+/* Alternate entry point.  Value is its address.  */
+__define_stab (N_ENTRY, 0xa4, "ENTRY")
+
+/* Beginning of lexical block.
+   The desc is the nesting level in lexical blocks.
+   The value is the address of the start of the text for the block.
+   The variables declared inside the block *precede* the N_LBRAC symbol.
+   On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function.  */
+__define_stab (N_LBRAC, 0xc0, "LBRAC")
+
+/* Place holder for deleted include file.  Replaces a N_BINCL and everything
+   up to the corresponding N_EINCL.  The Sun linker generates these when
+   it finds multiple identical copies of the symbols from an include file.
+   This appears only in output from the Sun linker.  */
+__define_stab (N_EXCL, 0xc2, "EXCL")
+
+/* Modula-2 scope information.  Can someone say what info it contains?  */
+__define_stab (N_SCOPE, 0xc4, "SCOPE")
+
+/* End of a lexical block.  Desc matches the N_LBRAC's desc.
+   The value is the address of the end of the text for the block.
+   On Solaris2, the value is relative to the start of the current function.  */
+__define_stab (N_RBRAC, 0xe0, "RBRAC")
+
+/* Begin named common block.  Only the name is significant.  */
+__define_stab (N_BCOMM, 0xe2, "BCOMM")
+
+/* End named common block.  Only the name is significant
+   (and it should match the N_BCOMM).  */
+__define_stab (N_ECOMM, 0xe4, "ECOMM")
+
+/* Member of a common block; value is offset within the common block.
+   This should occur within a BCOMM/ECOMM pair.  */
+__define_stab (N_ECOML, 0xe8, "ECOML")
+
+/* Solaris2: Pascal "with" statement: type,,0,0,offset */
+__define_stab (N_WITH, 0xea, "WITH")
+
+/* These STAB's are used on Gould systems for Non-Base register symbols
+   or something like that.  FIXME.  I have assigned the values at random
+   since I don't have a Gould here.  Fixups from Gould folk welcome... */
+__define_stab (N_NBTEXT, 0xF0, "NBTEXT")
+__define_stab (N_NBDATA, 0xF2, "NBDATA")
+__define_stab (N_NBBSS,  0xF4, "NBBSS")
+__define_stab (N_NBSTS,  0xF6, "NBSTS")
+__define_stab (N_NBLCS,  0xF8, "NBLCS")
+
+/* Second symbol entry containing a length-value for the preceding entry.
+   The value is the length.  */
+__define_stab (N_LENG, 0xfe, "LENG")
+
+/* The above information, in matrix format.
+
+			STAB MATRIX
+	_________________________________________________
+	| 00 - 1F are not dbx stab symbols		|
+	| In most cases, the low bit is the EXTernal bit|
+
+	| 00 UNDEF  | 02 ABS	| 04 TEXT   | 06 DATA	|
+	| 01  |EXT  | 03  |EXT	| 05  |EXT  | 07  |EXT	|
+
+	| 08 BSS    | 0A INDR	| 0C FN_SEQ | 0E WEAKA	|
+	| 09  |EXT  | 0B 	| 0D WEAKU  | 0F WEAKT	|
+
+	| 10 WEAKD  | 12 COMM	| 14 SETA   | 16 SETT	|
+	| 11 WEAKB  | 13	| 15 	    | 17	|
+
+	| 18 SETD   | 1A SETB	| 1C SETV   | 1E WARNING|
+	| 19	    | 1B	| 1D 	    | 1F FN	|
+
+	|_______________________________________________|
+	| Debug entries with bit 01 set are unused.	|
+	| 20 GSYM   | 22 FNAME	| 24 FUN    | 26 STSYM	|
+	| 28 LCSYM  | 2A MAIN	| 2C ROSYM  | 2E	|
+	| 30 PC	    | 32 NSYMS	| 34 NOMAP  | 36	|
+	| 38 OBJ    | 3A	| 3C OPT    | 3E	|
+	| 40 RSYM   | 42 M2C	| 44 SLINE  | 46 DSLINE |
+	| 48 BSLINE*| 4A DEFD	| 4C FLINE  | 4E	|
+	| 50 EHDECL*| 52	| 54 CATCH  | 56        |
+	| 58        | 5A        | 5C        | 5E	|
+	| 60 SSYM   | 62 ENDM	| 64 SO	    | 66 	|
+	| 68 	    | 6A	| 6C	    | 6E	|
+	| 70	    | 72	| 74	    | 76	|
+	| 78	    | 7A	| 7C	    | 7E	|
+	| 80 LSYM   | 82 BINCL	| 84 SOL    | 86	|
+	| 88	    | 8A	| 8C	    | 8E	|
+	| 90	    | 92	| 94	    | 96	|
+	| 98	    | 9A	| 9C	    | 9E	|
+	| A0 PSYM   | A2 EINCL	| A4 ENTRY  | A6	|
+	| A8	    | AA	| AC	    | AE	|
+	| B0	    | B2	| B4	    | B6	|
+	| B8	    | BA	| BC	    | BE	|
+	| C0 LBRAC  | C2 EXCL	| C4 SCOPE  | C6	|
+	| C8	    | CA	| CC	    | CE	|
+	| D0	    | D2	| D4	    | D6	|
+	| D8	    | DA	| DC	    | DE	|
+	| E0 RBRAC  | E2 BCOMM	| E4 ECOMM  | E6	|
+	| E8 ECOML  | EA WITH	| EC	    | EE	|
+	| F0	    | F2	| F4	    | F6	|
+	| F8	    | FA	| FC	    | FE LENG	|
+	+-----------------------------------------------+
+ * 50 EHDECL is also MOD2.
+ * 48 BSLINE is also BROWS.
+ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab_gnu.h b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab_gnu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d18e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/aout/stab_gnu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#ifndef __GNU_STAB__
+
+/* Indicate the GNU stab.h is in use.  */
+
+#define __GNU_STAB__
+
+#define __define_stab(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
+#define __define_stab_duplicate(NAME, CODE, STRING) NAME=CODE,
+
+enum __stab_debug_code
+{
+#include "aout/stab.def"
+LAST_UNUSED_STAB_CODE
+};
+
+#undef __define_stab
+
+/* Definitions of "desc" field for N_SO stabs in Solaris2.  */
+
+#define	N_SO_AS		1
+#define	N_SO_C		2
+#define	N_SO_ANSI_C	3
+#define	N_SO_CC		4	/* C++ */
+#define	N_SO_FORTRAN	5
+#define	N_SO_PASCAL	6
+
+/* Solaris2: Floating point type values in basic types.  */
+
+#define	NF_NONE		0
+#define	NF_SINGLE	1	/* IEEE 32-bit */
+#define	NF_DOUBLE	2	/* IEEE 64-bit */
+#define	NF_COMPLEX	3	/* Fortran complex */
+#define	NF_COMPLEX16	4	/* Fortran double complex */
+#define	NF_COMPLEX32	5	/* Fortran complex*16 */
+#define	NF_LDOUBLE	6	/* Long double (whatever that is) */
+
+#endif /* __GNU_STAB_ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/bfdlink.h b/contrib/binutils/include/bfdlink.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bc4d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/bfdlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/* bfdlink.h -- header file for BFD link routines
+   Copyright 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef BFDLINK_H
+#define BFDLINK_H
+
+/* Which symbols to strip during a link.  */
+enum bfd_link_strip
+{
+  strip_none,		/* Don't strip any symbols.  */
+  strip_debugger,	/* Strip debugging symbols.  */
+  strip_some,		/* keep_hash is the list of symbols to keep.  */
+  strip_all		/* Strip all symbols.  */
+};
+
+/* Which local symbols to discard during a link.  This is irrelevant
+   if strip_all is used.  */
+enum bfd_link_discard
+{
+  discard_none,		/* Don't discard any locals.  */
+  discard_l,		/* Discard local temporary symbols.  */
+  discard_all		/* Discard all locals.  */
+};
+
+/* These are the possible types of an entry in the BFD link hash
+   table.  */
+
+enum bfd_link_hash_type
+{
+  bfd_link_hash_new,		/* Symbol is new.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_undefined,	/* Symbol seen before, but undefined.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_undefweak,	/* Symbol is weak and undefined.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_defined,	/* Symbol is defined.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_defweak,	/* Symbol is weak and defined.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_common,		/* Symbol is common.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_indirect,	/* Symbol is an indirect link.  */
+  bfd_link_hash_warning		/* Like indirect, but warn if referenced.  */
+};
+
+/* The linking routines use a hash table which uses this structure for
+   its elements.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_entry
+{
+  /* Base hash table entry structure.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* Type of this entry.  */
+  enum bfd_link_hash_type type;
+
+  /* Undefined and common symbols are kept in a linked list through
+     this field.  This field is not in the union because that would
+     force us to remove entries from the list when we changed their
+     type, which would force the list to be doubly linked, which would
+     waste more memory.  When an undefined or common symbol is
+     created, it should be added to this list, the head of which is in
+     the link hash table itself.  As symbols are defined, they need
+     not be removed from the list; anything which reads the list must
+     doublecheck the symbol type.
+
+     Weak symbols are not kept on this list.
+
+     Defined and defweak symbols use this field as a reference marker.
+     If the field is not NULL, or this structure is the tail of the
+     undefined symbol list, the symbol has been referenced.  If the
+     symbol is undefined and becomes defined, this field will
+     automatically be non-NULL since the symbol will have been on the
+     undefined symbol list.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *next;
+  /* A union of information depending upon the type.  */
+  union
+    {
+      /* Nothing is kept for bfd_hash_new.  */
+      /* bfd_link_hash_undefined, bfd_link_hash_undefweak.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  bfd *abfd;		/* BFD symbol was found in.  */
+	} undef;
+      /* bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_defweak.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  bfd_vma value;	/* Symbol value.  */
+	  asection *section;	/* Symbol section.  */
+	} def;
+      /* bfd_link_hash_indirect, bfd_link_hash_warning.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *link;	/* Real symbol.  */
+	  const char *warning;	/* Warning (bfd_link_hash_warning only).  */
+	} i;
+      /* bfd_link_hash_common.  */
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* The linker needs to know three things about common
+             symbols: the size, the alignment, and the section in
+             which the symbol should be placed.  We store the size
+             here, and we allocate a small structure to hold the
+             section and the alignment.  The alignment is stored as a
+             power of two.  We don't store all the information
+             directly because we don't want to increase the size of
+             the union; this structure is a major space user in the
+             linker.  */
+	  bfd_size_type size;	/* Common symbol size.  */
+	  struct bfd_link_hash_common_entry
+	    {
+	      unsigned int alignment_power;	/* Alignment.  */
+	      asection *section;		/* Symbol section.  */
+	    } *p;
+	} c;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* This is the link hash table.  It is a derived class of
+   bfd_hash_table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table
+{
+  /* The hash table itself.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_table table;
+  /* The back end which created this hash table.  This indicates the
+     type of the entries in the hash table, which is sometimes
+     important information when linking object files of different
+     types together.  */
+  const bfd_target *creator;
+  /* A linked list of undefined and common symbols, linked through the
+     next field in the bfd_link_hash_entry structure.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
+  /* Entries are added to the tail of the undefs list.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail;
+};
+
+/* Look up an entry in a link hash table.  If FOLLOW is true, this
+   follows bfd_link_hash_indirect and bfd_link_hash_warning links to
+   the real symbol.  */
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_link_hash_lookup
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, const char *, boolean create,
+	   boolean copy, boolean follow));
+
+/* Look up an entry in the main linker hash table if the symbol might
+   be wrapped.  This should only be used for references to an
+   undefined symbol, not for definitions of a symbol.  */
+
+extern struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const char *, boolean, boolean,
+	   boolean));
+
+/* Traverse a link hash table.  */
+extern void bfd_link_hash_traverse
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *,
+	   boolean (*) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR),
+	   PTR));
+
+/* Add an entry to the undefs list.  */
+extern void bfd_link_add_undef
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_table *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *));
+
+/* This structure holds all the information needed to communicate
+   between BFD and the linker when doing a link.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_info
+{
+  /* Function callbacks.  */
+  const struct bfd_link_callbacks *callbacks;
+  /* true if BFD should generate a relocateable object file.  */
+  boolean relocateable;
+  /* true if BFD should generate a shared object.  */
+  boolean shared;
+  /* true if BFD should pre-bind symbols in a shared object.  */
+  boolean symbolic;
+  /* true if shared objects should be linked directly, not shared.  */
+  boolean static_link;
+  /* true if the output file should be in a traditional format.  This
+     is equivalent to the setting of the BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT flag
+     on the output file, but may be checked when reading the input
+     files.  */
+  boolean traditional_format;
+  /* Which symbols to strip.  */
+  enum bfd_link_strip strip;
+  /* Which local symbols to discard.  */
+  enum bfd_link_discard discard;
+  /* true if symbols should be retained in memory, false if they
+     should be freed and reread.  */
+  boolean keep_memory;
+  /* The list of input BFD's involved in the link.  These are chained
+     together via the link_next field.  */
+  bfd *input_bfds;
+  /* If a symbol should be created for each input BFD, this is section
+     where those symbols should be placed.  It must be a section in
+     the output BFD.  It may be NULL, in which case no such symbols
+     will be created.  This is to support CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS in the
+     linker command language.  */
+  asection *create_object_symbols_section;
+  /* Hash table handled by BFD.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash;
+  /* Hash table of symbols to keep.  This is NULL unless strip is
+     strip_some.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_table *keep_hash;
+  /* true if every symbol should be reported back via the notice
+     callback.  */
+  boolean notice_all;
+  /* Hash table of symbols to report back via the notice callback.  If
+     this is NULL, and notice_all is false, then no symbols are
+     reported back.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_table *notice_hash;
+  /* Hash table of symbols which are being wrapped (the --wrap linker
+     option).  If this is NULL, no symbols are being wrapped.  */
+  struct bfd_hash_table *wrap_hash;
+  /* If a base output file is wanted, then this points to it */
+  PTR base_file;
+};
+
+/* This structures holds a set of callback functions.  These are
+   called by the BFD linker routines.  The first argument to each
+   callback function is the bfd_link_info structure being used.  Each
+   function returns a boolean value.  If the function returns false,
+   then the BFD function which called it will return with a failure
+   indication.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_callbacks
+{
+  /* A function which is called when an object is added from an
+     archive.  ABFD is the archive element being added.  NAME is the
+     name of the symbol which caused the archive element to be pulled
+     in.  */
+  boolean (*add_archive_element) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					  bfd *abfd,
+					  const char *name));
+  /* A function which is called when a symbol is found with multiple
+     definitions.  NAME is the symbol which is defined multiple times.
+     OBFD is the old BFD, OSEC is the old section, OVAL is the old
+     value, NBFD is the new BFD, NSEC is the new section, and NVAL is
+     the new value.  OBFD may be NULL.  OSEC and NSEC may be
+     bfd_com_section or bfd_ind_section.  */
+  boolean (*multiple_definition) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					  const char *name,
+					  bfd *obfd,
+					  asection *osec,
+					  bfd_vma oval,
+					  bfd *nbfd,
+					  asection *nsec,
+					  bfd_vma nval));
+  /* A function which is called when a common symbol is defined
+     multiple times.  NAME is the symbol appearing multiple times.
+     OBFD is the BFD of the existing symbol; it may be NULL if this is
+     not known.  OTYPE is the type of the existing symbol, which may
+     be bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_defweak,
+     bfd_link_hash_common, or bfd_link_hash_indirect.  If OTYPE is
+     bfd_link_hash_common, OSIZE is the size of the existing symbol.
+     NBFD is the BFD of the new symbol.  NTYPE is the type of the new
+     symbol, one of bfd_link_hash_defined, bfd_link_hash_common, or
+     bfd_link_hash_indirect.  If NTYPE is bfd_link_hash_common, NSIZE
+     is the size of the new symbol.  */
+  boolean (*multiple_common) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				      const char *name,
+				      bfd *obfd,
+				      enum bfd_link_hash_type otype,
+				      bfd_vma osize,
+				      bfd *nbfd,
+				      enum bfd_link_hash_type ntype,
+				      bfd_vma nsize));
+  /* A function which is called to add a symbol to a set.  ENTRY is
+     the link hash table entry for the set itself (e.g.,
+     __CTOR_LIST__).  RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in
+     the set when generating a relocateable file, and is also used to
+     get the size of the entry when generating an executable file.
+     ABFD, SEC and VALUE identify the value to add to the set.  */
+  boolean (*add_to_set) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *entry,
+				 bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
+				 bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma value));
+  /* A function which is called when the name of a g++ constructor or
+     destructor is found.  This is only called by some object file
+     formats.  CONSTRUCTOR is true for a constructor, false for a
+     destructor.  This will use BFD_RELOC_CTOR when generating a
+     relocateable file.  NAME is the name of the symbol found.  ABFD,
+     SECTION and VALUE are the value of the symbol.  */
+  boolean (*constructor) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				  boolean constructor,
+				  const char *name, bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
+				  bfd_vma value));
+  /* A function which is called to issue a linker warning.  For
+     example, this is called when there is a reference to a warning
+     symbol.  WARNING is the warning to be issued.  SYMBOL is the name
+     of the symbol which triggered the warning; it may be NULL if
+     there is none.  ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location
+     which trigerred the warning; either ABFD or SECTION or both may
+     be NULL if the location is not known.  */
+  boolean (*warning) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+			      const char *warning, const char *symbol,
+			      bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+			      bfd_vma address));
+  /* A function which is called when a relocation is attempted against
+     an undefined symbol.  NAME is the symbol which is undefined.
+     ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location from which the
+     reference is made.  In some cases SECTION may be NULL.  */
+  boolean (*undefined_symbol) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				       const char *name, bfd *abfd,
+				       asection *section, bfd_vma address));
+  /* A function which is called when a reloc overflow occurs.  NAME is
+     the name of the symbol or section the reloc is against,
+     RELOC_NAME is the name of the relocation, and ADDEND is any
+     addend that is used.  ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the
+     location at which the overflow occurs; if this is the result of a
+     bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
+     ABFD will be NULL.  */
+  boolean (*reloc_overflow) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				     const char *name,
+				     const char *reloc_name, bfd_vma addend,
+				     bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+				     bfd_vma address));
+  /* A function which is called when a dangerous reloc is performed.
+     The canonical example is an a29k IHCONST reloc which does not
+     follow an IHIHALF reloc.  MESSAGE is an appropriate message.
+     ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location at which the
+     problem occurred; if this is the result of a
+     bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
+     ABFD will be NULL.  */
+  boolean (*reloc_dangerous) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				      const char *message,
+				      bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+				      bfd_vma address));
+  /* A function which is called when a reloc is found to be attached
+     to a symbol which is not being written out.  NAME is the name of
+     the symbol.  ABFD, SECTION and ADDRESS identify the location of
+     the reloc; if this is the result of a
+     bfd_section_reloc_link_order or bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, then
+     ABFD will be NULL.  */
+  boolean (*unattached_reloc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				       const char *name,
+				       bfd *abfd, asection *section,
+				       bfd_vma address));
+  /* A function which is called when a symbol in notice_hash is
+     defined or referenced.  NAME is the symbol.  ABFD, SECTION and
+     ADDRESS are the value of the symbol.  If SECTION is
+     bfd_und_section, this is a reference.  */
+  boolean (*notice) PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *name,
+			     bfd *abfd, asection *section, bfd_vma address));
+};
+
+/* The linker builds link_order structures which tell the code how to
+   include input data in the output file.  */
+
+/* These are the types of link_order structures.  */
+
+enum bfd_link_order_type
+{
+  bfd_undefined_link_order,	/* Undefined.  */
+  bfd_indirect_link_order,	/* Built from a section.  */
+  bfd_fill_link_order,		/* Fill with a 16 bit constant.  */
+  bfd_data_link_order,		/* Set to explicit data.  */
+  bfd_section_reloc_link_order,	/* Relocate against a section.  */
+  bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order	/* Relocate against a symbol.  */
+};
+
+/* This is the link_order structure itself.  These form a chain
+   attached to the section whose contents they are describing.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_order 
+{
+  /* Next link_order in chain.  */
+  struct bfd_link_order *next;
+  /* Type of link_order.  */
+  enum bfd_link_order_type type;
+  /* Offset within output section.  */
+  bfd_vma offset;  
+  /* Size within output section.  */
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  /* Type specific information.  */
+  union 
+    {
+      struct 
+	{
+	  /* Section to include.  If this is used, then
+	     section->output_section must be the section the
+	     link_order is attached to, section->output_offset must
+	     equal the link_order offset field, and section->_raw_size
+	     must equal the link_order size field.  Maybe these
+	     restrictions should be relaxed someday.  */
+	  asection *section;
+	} indirect;
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* Value to fill with.  */
+	  unsigned int value;
+	} fill;
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* Data to put into file.  The size field gives the number
+	     of bytes which this field points to.  */
+	  bfd_byte *contents;
+	} data;
+      struct
+	{
+	  /* Description of reloc to generate.  Used for
+	     bfd_section_reloc_link_order and
+	     bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order.  */
+	  struct bfd_link_order_reloc *p;
+	} reloc;
+    } u;
+};
+
+/* A linker order of type bfd_section_reloc_link_order or
+   bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order means to create a reloc against a
+   section or symbol, respectively.  This is used to implement -Ur to
+   generate relocs for the constructor tables.  The
+   bfd_link_order_reloc structure describes the reloc that BFD should
+   create.  It is similar to a arelent, but I didn't use arelent
+   because the linker does not know anything about most symbols, and
+   any asymbol structure it creates will be partially meaningless.
+   This information could logically be in the bfd_link_order struct,
+   but I didn't want to waste the space since these types of relocs
+   are relatively rare.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_order_reloc
+{
+  /* Reloc type.  */
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+
+  union
+    {
+      /* For type bfd_section_reloc_link_order, this is the section
+	 the reloc should be against.  This must be a section in the
+	 output BFD, not any of the input BFDs.  */
+      asection *section;
+      /* For type bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order, this is the name of the
+	 symbol the reloc should be against.  */
+      const char *name;
+    } u;
+
+  /* Addend to use.  The object file should contain zero.  The BFD
+     backend is responsible for filling in the contents of the object
+     file correctly.  For some object file formats (e.g., COFF) the
+     addend must be stored into in the object file, and for some
+     (e.g., SPARC a.out) it is kept in the reloc.  */
+  bfd_vma addend;
+};
+
+/* Allocate a new link_order for a section.  */
+extern struct bfd_link_order *bfd_new_link_order PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+
+/* These structures are used to describe version information for the
+   ELF linker.  These structures could be manipulated entirely inside
+   BFD, but it would be a pain.  Instead, the regular linker sets up
+   these structures, and then passes them into BFD.  */
+
+/* Regular expressions for a version.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_expr
+{
+  /* Next regular expression for this version.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *next;
+  /* Regular expression.  */
+  const char *match;
+};
+
+/* Version dependencies.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_deps
+{
+  /* Next dependency for this version.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *next;
+  /* The version which this version depends upon.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version_needed;
+};
+
+/* A node in the version tree.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree
+{
+  /* Next version.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *next;
+  /* Name of this version.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Version number.  */
+  unsigned int vernum;
+  /* Regular expressions for global symbols in this version.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals;
+  /* Regular expressions for local symbols in this version.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals;
+  /* List of versions which this version depends upon.  */
+  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps;
+  /* Index of the version name.  This is used within BFD.  */
+  unsigned int name_indx;
+  /* Whether this version tree was used.  This is used within BFD.  */
+  int used;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/callback.h b/contrib/binutils/include/callback.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2a7fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/callback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* Remote target system call callback support.
+   Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef CALLBACK_H
+#define CALLBACK_H
+
+#ifndef va_start
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct host_callback_struct host_callback;
+
+#define MAX_CALLBACK_FDS 10
+
+struct host_callback_struct 
+{
+  int (*close) PARAMS ((host_callback *,int));
+  int (*get_errno) PARAMS ((host_callback *));
+  int (*isatty) PARAMS ((host_callback *, int));
+  int (*lseek) PARAMS ((host_callback *, int, long , int));
+  int (*open) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char*, int mode));
+  int (*read) PARAMS ((host_callback *,int,  char *, int));
+  int (*read_stdin) PARAMS (( host_callback *, char *, int));
+  int (*rename) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, const char *));
+  int (*system) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *));
+  long (*time) PARAMS ((host_callback *, long *));
+  int (*unlink) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *));
+  int (*write) PARAMS ((host_callback *,int, const char *, int));
+  int (*write_stdout) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, int));
+  void (*flush_stdout) PARAMS ((host_callback *));
+  int (*write_stderr) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, int));
+  void (*flush_stderr) PARAMS ((host_callback *));
+
+  /* Used when the target has gone away, so we can close open
+     handles and free memory etc etc.  */
+  int (*shutdown) PARAMS ((host_callback *));
+  int (*init)     PARAMS ((host_callback *));
+
+  /* depreciated, use vprintf_filtered - Talk to the user on a console.  */
+  void (*printf_filtered) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, ...));
+
+  /* Talk to the user on a console.
+     The `void *' is actually `va_list *'.  */
+  void (*vprintf_filtered) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, va_list));
+
+  /* Same as vprintf_filtered but to stderr.  */
+  void (*evprintf_filtered) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, va_list));
+
+  /* Print an error message and "exit".
+     In the case of gdb "exiting" means doing a longjmp back to the main
+     command loop.  */
+  void (*error) PARAMS ((host_callback *, const char *, ...));
+
+  int last_errno;		/* host format */
+
+  int fdmap[MAX_CALLBACK_FDS];
+  char fdopen[MAX_CALLBACK_FDS];
+  char alwaysopen[MAX_CALLBACK_FDS];
+};
+
+extern host_callback default_callback;
+
+/* Mapping of host/target values.  */
+/* ??? For debugging purposes, one might want to add a string of the
+   name of the symbol.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  int host_val;
+  int target_val;
+} target_defs_map;
+
+extern target_defs_map errno_map[];
+extern target_defs_map open_map[];
+
+extern int host_to_target_errno PARAMS ((int));
+extern int target_to_host_open PARAMS ((int));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07b8217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,709 @@
+Fri Apr 18 11:52:55 1997  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	* alpha.h (ALPHA_ECOFF_BADMAG): Recognize *BSD/alpha magic too.
+	(ALPHA_R_LITERALSLEAZY): Define.
+	* ecoff.h (ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD): Define.
+
+Wed Jan 29 11:31:51 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960.h (R_IPR13, R_ALIGN): Define.
+
+Mon Jan 27 13:34:30 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (R_IPRMED, R_OPTCALL, R_OPTCALLX): Move definitions
+	from here...
+	* i960.h (R_IPRMED, R_OPTCALL, R_OPTCALLX): ...to here.
+
+Thu Dec 19 16:18:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arm.h (_LIT): Define.
+
+Fri Jun 28 12:54:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* pe.h (FILHSZ): Define.
+
+Wed Jun 26 16:24:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* All files: Define FILHSZ, AOUTSZ, AOUTHDRSZ, SCNHSZ, SYMESZ,
+	AUXESZ, LINESZ, RELSZ as numeric constants rather than uses of
+	sizeof.  Define AOUTHDRSZ in all files.
+	* pe.h (AOUTSZ): Define by adding to AOUTHDRSZ.
+
+Fri Jun 21 11:17:46 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha.h: Add declarations for relocation types added for Alpha
+ 	OSF/1 3.0.
+
+Tue Jun 18 16:04:29 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* h8300.h (H8300SMAGIC): Define.
+	(H8300SBADMAG): Define.
+
+Mon Jun 10 11:53:28 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (R_BCC_INV, R_JMP_DEL): New relocations for
+	relaxing in the H8/300 series.
+
+Thu May 16 15:49:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh.h (R_SH_CODE, R_SH_DATA, R_SH_LABEL): Define.
+
+Tue May  7 00:36:39 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (R_JMPL2): Renamed from R_JMPL_B8 to be
+	consistent with other similar relocs.
+
+	* internal.h (H8/300 specific relocs): Add comments better
+	explaining what each reloc is used for.
+	(R_MOV16B1, R_MOV16B2): Renamed from R_MOVB1 and R_MOVB2.
+	(R_MOV24B1, R_MOV24B2): Renamed from R_MOVLB1 and R_MOVLB2.
+	(R_MOVL1, R_MOVL2): New relocs.
+	
+Fri May  3 13:01:12 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (R_PCRWORD_B): Define for the h8300 relaxing
+	linker.
+
+Wed May  1 19:21:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (SCNNMLEN): Define.
+	(struct internal_scnhdr): Use SCNNMLEN for s_name field.
+
+Fri Mar 29 13:41:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* pe.h: Define IMAGE_COMDAT codes.
+
+Wed Mar 27 17:29:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arm.h (union external_auxent): Add x_checksum, x_associated, and
+	x_comdat fields to x_scn struct.
+	* i386.h (union external_auxent): Likewise.
+	* powerpc.h (union external_auxent): Likewise.
+	* internal.h (union internal_auxent): Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar 21 16:25:57 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_find_line): Add caching fields.
+
+Thu Mar 14 15:22:44 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (R_MEM_INDIRECT): New reloc for the h8300.
+ 
+Fri Feb  9 10:44:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aux-coff.h: Rename from aux.h, to avoid problems on hapless DOS
+	systems which think that aux is a com port.
+
+Mon Feb  5 18:35:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960.h (F_I960HX): Define.
+
+Wed Jan 31 13:11:54 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* aux.h: New file.
+	* internal.h, m68k.h: Protect against multiple inclusion.
+
+Wed Nov 22 13:48:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.h (_RCONST, STYP_RCONST, RELOC_SECTION_RCONST): Define.
+	(NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS): Update.
+	* symconst.h (scRConst): Define.
+
+Tue Nov 14 18:54:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (C_NT_WEAK): Define.
+
+Thu Nov  9 14:08:30 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rs6000.h (STYP_OVRFLO): Define.
+
+Tue Nov  7 14:38:45 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* coff/powerpc.h (IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC): Added define.
+	* coff/pe.h: Added defines for file level flags
+
+Mon Nov  6 17:28:01 1995  Harry Dolan  <dolan@ssd.intel.com>
+
+	* i860.h: New file, based on i386.h.
+
+Wed Nov  1 15:25:18 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* m68k.h (PAGEMAGICEXECSWAPPED): Define.
+	(PAGEMAGICPEXECSWAPPED): Define.
+	(PAGEMAGICPEXECTSHLIB): Define.
+	(PAGEMAGICPEXECPAGED): Define.
+	(_COMMENT): DEFINE.
+	* m88k.h (_COMMENT): Define.
+
+Wed Oct 18 18:36:19 1995  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sym.h: #if 0'd out runtime_pdr struct because it chokes 
+	Visual C++ and there aren't any references to it elsewhere in gdb.
+
+Mon Oct 16 11:12:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rs6000.h (SMALL_AOUTSZ): Define.
+
+	* internal.h (XMC_TD): Define.
+
+Tue Oct 10 18:41:03 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (struct internal_aouthdr): Add o_cputype field.
+	* rs6000.h (AOUTHDR): Rename o_resv1 to o_cputype.
+
+Mon Oct  9 14:45:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rs6000.h (AOUTHDR): Add o_maxdata field.  Add comments.
+	(_PAD, _LOADER): Define.
+	(STYP_LOADER): Define.
+	* internal.h (struct internal_aouthdr): Add o_maxdata field.
+
+Thu Oct  5 10:02:57 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.h: Define section name macros and STYP macros for various
+	Alpha sections: .got, .hash, .dynsym, .dynstr, .rel.dyn, .conflic,
+	.comment, .liblist, .dynamic.
+
+Wed Oct  4 10:56:35 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* pe.h: Moved DOSMAGIC and NT_SIGNATURE defines here
+	* powerpc.h: removed DOSMAGIC, NT_SIGNATURE, and DEFAULT_* defines
+	Also removed other unused defines (various MAGIC ones)
+	* i386.h: removed DOSMAGIC, NT_SIGNATURE, and DEFAULT_* defines
+	* arm.h: removed DOSMAGIC, NT_SIGNATURE, and DEFAULT_* defines
+	* apollo.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* alpha.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* h8500.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* h8300.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* i960.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* m88k.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* we32k.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* rs6000.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* mips.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* m68k.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* z8k.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* w65.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* sparc.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+	* sh.h: removed unused DEFAULT_* defines
+
+Fri Sep 29 08:40:08 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* powerpc.h: Reformatted to GNU coding conventions.
+
+Wed Sep 27 06:50:50 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@nellie>
+
+	* pe.h: added defines for more section characteristics
+	* powerpc.h (new file): base coff definitions for ppc PE
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:08:20 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (struct internal_syment): Change n_numaux field from
+	char to unsigned char.
+
+Fri Sep  1 15:39:36 1995  Kazumoto Kojima  <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>
+
+	* mips.h (struct rpdr_ext): Define.
+
+Thu Aug 31 16:51:50 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (internal_aouthdr, internal_filehdr):
+	don't indirect the pe stuff.
+
+Tue Aug 29 14:16:07 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h (NT_DEF_RESERVE, NT_DEF_COMMIT): Make the same
+	as 'the other' compiler.
+	* internal.h (NT_IMAGE_BASE): Deleted.
+	(NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE, NT_DLL_IMAGE_BASE): New.
+	(PE_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT, PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT): New.
+	(R_IMAGEBASE): New.
+
+Mon Aug 21 18:12:19 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h: (internal_filehdr): Moved PE stuff into
+	internal_extra_pe_filehdr.
+	(internal_aouthdr): Moved PE stuff into
+	interanl_extra_pe_aouthdr.
+
+Mon Jul 24 14:05:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h: Move R_SH_* relocs from here...
+	* sh.h: ...to here.
+	(R_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH32): Define.
+	(R_SH_USES, R_SH_COUNT, R_SH_ALIGN): Define.
+
+Thu Jun 29 00:04:25 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (NT_DEF_RESERVE, NT_DEF_COMMIT): Increase a lot.
+
+Tue May 16 15:08:20 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (NT_subsystem, NT_stack_heap): Delete
+
+Tue May 16 15:08:20 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (NT_subsystem, NT_stack_heap): Now extern.
+
+Tue Feb 14 17:59:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry): Define.
+	(struct ecoff_find_line): Define.
+
+Sat Feb  4 14:38:03 1995  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@piston.cs.arizona.edu>
+
+	* sym.h (struct pdr): field "prof" added.
+
+	* alpha.h (PDR_BITS1_PROF_*): added, macros for PDR_BITS*_RESERVED_*
+	updated accordingly.
+
+Sun Jan 15 18:38:33 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@splat>
+
+	* w65.h: New file.
+
+Wed Nov 23 22:43:38 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sh.h (SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG, SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE): New.
+	(SHBADMAG): Changed to suit.
+
+Tue Jul 26 17:46:08 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960.h (F_I960JX): New macro.
+
+Wed Jul  6 00:48:57 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* alpha.h:  Add definitions for alpha file header flags, encoding
+	the object type of the file.
+
+Mon Jun 20 13:47:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (ecoff_swap_tir_in): Remove declaration.
+	(ecoff_swap_tir_out): Likewise.
+	(ecoff_swap_rndx_in, ecoff_swap_rndx_out): Likewise.
+	(struct ecoff_debug_swap): Add new fields: swap_tir_in,
+	swap_rndx_in, swap_tir_out, swap_rndx_out, read_debug_info.
+
+Sun Jun 12 03:51:52 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* symconst.h:  Pick up SGI define for stIndirect.
+
+Fri Apr 22 13:05:28 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (REGINFO): Don't define.
+	(struct ecoff_reginfo): Don't define.
+
+	* sh.h (SH_ARCH_MAGIC): Rename from SHMAGIC.  SHMAGIC is used by
+	several targets to mean a shared library.
+	(SHBADMAG): Corresponding change.
+
+Thu Apr 14 13:00:53 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_BIG): Changed from 0x1e to 0x3e.
+	(RELOC_BITS3_TYPEHI_LITTLE): Define.
+	(RELOC_BITS3_TYPEHI_SH_LITTLE): Define.
+	(MIPS_R_PCREL16): Change value from 8 to 12 to match Irix 4.
+	(MIPS_R_RELHI): Define.
+	(MIPS_R_RELLO): Define.
+	(MIPS_R_SWITCH): Change value from 9 to 22.
+
+Thu Apr  7 14:19:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (MIPS_R_SWITCH): Define.
+
+Thu Mar 31 19:28:33 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (internal_aouthdr): Added comments for Apollo fields.
+
+Thu Mar 31 16:28:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (STYP_ECOFF_LIB): Define as used on Irix 4.
+
+Fri Mar 25 17:16:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_debug_info): Add adjust field.
+	(struct ecoff_value_adjust): Define.
+
+Tue Mar 22 13:22:47 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (MIPS_R_PCREL16): Define.
+
+Sat Feb 26 10:26:38 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h: Add casts to avoid warnings from SVR4 cc.
+
+Mon Feb 21 09:48:46 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sym.h (struct runtime_pdr): Make field adr bfd_vma, not unsigned
+	long.
+	(SYMR): Make field value bfd_vma, not long.
+
+Fri Feb  4 23:35:53 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6000.h (STYP_DEBUG): Define.
+
+Wed Feb  2 14:31:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (union internal_auxent): Change x_csect.x_scnlen into
+	a union of a long and a pointer to a symbol.  XCOFF sometimes uses
+	this field as a symbol index.
+
+Mon Jan 10 23:54:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (ecoff_debug_info): Remove fields line_end,
+	external_dnr_end, external_pdr_end, external_sym_end,
+	external_opt_end, external_aux_end, ss_end, external_fdr_end.
+	Replace ifdbase with ifdmap.
+
+Wed Jan  5 17:05:36 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (STYP_EXTENDESC, STYP_COMMENT, STYP_XDATA, STYP_PDATA):
+	Define.
+
+Wed Jan  5 16:58:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS): Define.
+
+Tue Dec 21 09:24:56 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (struct external_reloc): Rename field r_addend to
+	r_offset.
+
+Sat Dec 11 16:12:32 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (R_DISP7, R_SH_IMM16): New reloc types.
+
+Tue Nov 23 14:23:19 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_debug_swap): Added *_end fields for all
+	the symbolic information pointers.
+
+	* sym.h: Named the EXTR structure ecoff_extr.
+
+Fri Nov 19 08:21:18 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (RELSZ): Use correct size.
+
+Wed Nov 17 17:18:16 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (struct ecoff_debug_info): Define.
+
+Tue Nov  2 17:56:57 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (struct ecoff_debug_swap): Define.
+
+Thu Oct 28 17:07:50 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (I386LYNXMAGIC): Rename to LYNXCOFFMAGIC.
+	* m68k.h (LYNXCOFFMAGIC): Define.
+	* sparc.h: New file.
+
+Tue Oct 19 15:34:50 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha.h (external_aouthdr): Split four byte padding field into
+	two byte bldrev field and two byte padding field.
+
+	* ecoff.h (_LITA, _PDATA, _XDATA, STYP_LITA): Defined.
+
+Wed Oct 13 15:52:34 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	Sun Oct 10 17:27:10 1993  Troy Rollo (troy@cbme.unsw.edu.au)
+
+	* coff/internal.h: Added o_sri, o_inlib and o_vid for Apollos
+			as well as R_DIR16.
+
+	* coff/apollo.h: New file
+
+Mon Oct 11 17:16:48 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (REGINFO, struct ecoff_reginfo): Define.
+
+Tue Oct  5 10:52:53 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6000.h: Change non-ASCII characters in comment to octal
+	escapes.
+
+Tue Sep 28 03:27:04 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* ecoff.h (_FINI, STYP_ECOFF_FINI):  Add to support .fini section.
+
+Fri Sep 24 11:53:53 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (BADMAG): Recognize MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3 and MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3.
+	* ecoff.h: Define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3 and MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3.
+
+Thu Sep 23 21:07:14 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (BADMAG): Recognize MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2 and MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2.
+	* ecoff.h: Define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2 and MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2.
+
+Thu Sep 16 20:27:21 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sym.h, symconst.h: Add comment stating these files are not part
+	of GDB, GAS, etc.  In 1991, when we asked rms whether we could
+	include these files in GDB (although they are copyrighted by
+	someone besides the FSF), he said it was OK if they were not
+	considered part of GDB.
+
+Fri Sep 10 17:40:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (AUX_PUT_ANY): Cast val argument to bfd_vma.
+
+	* alpha.c (external_aouthdr): Need four bytes of padding between
+	vstamp and tsize.
+
+Tue Sep  7 14:20:43 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (AUX_GET_ANY, AUX_PUT_ANY): Changed to reflect further
+	change in bfd swapping routine names.
+
+Tue Sep  7 10:15:17 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (AUX_GET_ANY): Change name of _do_getb32 to reflect bfd
+	changes.
+
+Fri Aug 13 14:30:32 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff.h (RELOC_SECTION_NONE): Define.
+
+Thu Aug 12 11:24:42 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha.h (struct external_reloc): Add r_symndx field.
+	(RELSZ): Correct.
+	(RELOC_BITS*): Correct.
+	(ALPHA_R_*): Define.
+	* ecoff.h (RELOC_SECTION_{XDATA,PDATA,FINI,LITA,ABS}): Define.
+	(r_extern): Undefine.
+	* internal.h (struct internal_reloc): Make r_vaddr bfd_vma rather
+	than long.  Add r_extern field.
+
+	* alpha.h (PDR_BITS*): Define.
+	* sym.h (PDR): Give correct names to new fields.
+
+	* ecoff.h: Moved MIPS reloc definitions from here...
+	* mips.h: to here.
+
+Tue Aug  3 11:17:53 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha.h: Corrected external symbolic debugging structures to
+	match actual usage.
+	* internal.h (internal_filehdr, internal_aouthdr,
+	internal_scnhdr): Changed type of some fields to bfd_vma so they
+	can hold 64 bits.
+	* sym.h (HDRR, FDR, PDR, EXTR): Likewise.
+	(PDR): Added new fields found on Alpha.
+	* symconst.h (magicSym2): Define; new value found on Alpha.
+
+	* ecoff.h: New file.
+	* alpha.h, mips.h: Moved common information into ecoff.h.  Moved
+	external structure definitions in from ecoff-ext.h.
+	* ecoff-ext.h: Removed; information now in alpha.h and mips.h.
+
+Sun Jul 18 21:43:59 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: Recognize I386PTXMAGIC.
+
+Fri Jul 16 09:54:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (MIPS_AOUT_{OZ}MAGIC): Renamed from {OZ}MAGIC.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:23:55 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h (union external_auxent): Move x_fcn back inside x_fcnary.
+	({GET,PUT}_FCN_{LNNOPTR,ENDNDX}): Adjust accordingly.
+
+Sun Jul 11 18:00:18 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: Define MC68KBCSMAGIC.
+
+Thu Jun 10 11:46:28 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (_INIT, STYP_MIPS_INIT): Define (used on Irix4).
+	(STYP_OTHER_LOAD): Define as STYP_MIPS_INIT.
+
+Wed Jun  9 15:09:09 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (OMAGIC): Define.
+
+Mon Apr 26 18:04:47 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h, sh.h: Support for SH.
+
+Sat Apr 24 21:34:59 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k.h: Define _LIT.
+
+Fri Apr 23 18:41:23 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha.h: New file.
+
+Thu Apr  8 12:36:34 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (C_SHADOW, C_VERSION): Copied in from m88k.h.
+	* m88k.h, i386.h, we32k.h: Don't define all the storage classes;
+	they're already in internal.h.
+
+Wed Apr  7 11:51:24 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: Change n_sclass to unsigned char.
+	Change C_EFCN to 0xff, change RS/6000 dbx symbols
+	to no longer be signed.
+
+Fri Mar 19 14:52:56 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: Add H8/500 reloc types.
+
+Wed Mar 17 09:46:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h (AUX_PUT_ANY): Don't use void values in branches of
+	conditional expression.
+
+Thu Mar  4 14:12:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h (AUX_GET_*): Rewrote to use new macro AUX_GET_ANY.
+	(AUX_PUT_*): New macros corresponding to the AUX_GET macros.
+	(ecoff_swap_tir_out): Added prototype.
+
+	* mips.h (N_BTMASK, N_TMASK, N_BTSHFT, N_TSHIFT): Define; these
+	are needed to interpret gcc debugging output.
+
+Tue Feb  9 07:43:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* we32k.h (BTYPE, ISPTR, ISFCN, ISARY, DECREF): Removed
+	more definitions duplicated in internal.h.
+
+Wed Feb  3 09:18:24 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (RELOC_BITS3_TYPE_*): Correct for big endian machines.
+
+Mon Jan 25 11:35:51 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (internal_aouthdr): Added additional fields used only
+	by MIPS ECOFF.
+
+Thu Jan 21 10:28:38 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (AOUTHDR): Added additional fields used by ECOFF.
+
+Tue Jan 19 12:21:19 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h, we32k.h (N_*, T_*, DT_*): Removed still more definitions
+	duplicated in internal.h.
+
+	* mips.h (RELOC_SECTION_*, ECOFF_R_*): Defined constants for ECOFF
+	relocs.
+
+Fri Jan 15 18:17:00 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h: Added prototypes for new ECOFF swapping functions.
+	(opt_ext): New structure.
+	* mips.h (ZMAGIC): Defined to be 0413.
+	(_LIB): Defined to be ".lib"
+	(external_reloc): MIPS ECOFF relocs are only 8 bytes.  Added
+	macros to aid in swapping.
+
+Fri Jan  8 16:19:26 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h: Added prototypes for ECOFF swapping functions.
+	* internal.h (internal_scnhdr): Always provide s_align field, not
+	just on i960.
+	(internal_reloc): Always provide r_size field, not just on
+	RS/6000.
+	* mips.h (_RDATA, _SDATA, _SBSS, _LIT4, _LIT8, STYP_RDATA,
+	STYP_SDATA, STYP_SBSS, STYP_LIT4, STYP_LIT8): Defined.
+	(CODE_MASK, MIPS_IS_STAB, MIPS_MARK_STAB, MIPS_UNMARK_STAB,
+	STABS_SYMBOL): Moved in from gdb/mipsread.c.
+
+Wed Jan  6 14:01:46 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h, we32k.h: removed STYP_* defines, since they duplicated
+	those in internal.h.
+
+Tue Dec 29 15:40:07 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: define I386AIXMAGIC for Danbury AIX PS/2 compiler.
+
+Sat Dec 12 16:07:57 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: don't define BTYPE, ISPTR, ISFCN, ISARY, DECREF: they
+	are defined in internal.h.
+
+Thu Nov 12 09:52:01 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: (internal_reloc): r_offset is now a long.
+	* z8k.h: slight comment enhancement
+
+Wed Sep 30 07:46:08 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: changed z8k reloc types
+
+Fri Aug 28 10:16:31 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* we32k.h: new file
+
+Thu Aug 27 13:00:01 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* symconst.h: comment out cruft at the end of #endif
+
+Tue Aug 25 15:06:49 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: added #define for STYP_LIT, removed from a29k and
+	h8300.
+
+	* z8k.h: added z8000 support
+
+Thu Jul 16 16:32:00 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: added R_RELLONG_NEG reloc type
+
+Fri Jun 12 20:11:04 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* symconst.h:  Fix unterminated comment.
+
+Wed Jun 10 07:57:49 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: a.out magic numbers from
+	mohring@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+
+Mon Jun  8 20:13:33 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h, mips.h:  Use unsigned chars everywhere.
+	(Suggested by Antti Miettinen.)
+
+Tue Apr 14 15:18:44 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sym.h:  Add comments.
+	* symconst.h:  Merge with Fred's changes.
+
+Tue Apr 14 14:30:05 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* symconst.h:  Pick up SGI defines for stStruct, stUnion, stEnum,
+	langCplusplus, and langCplusplusV2.
+
+Thu Apr  2 19:47:43 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sym.h, symconst.h:  MIPS has provided redistributable versions
+	of these files.  Thanks!
+	* ecoff-ext.h:  Add weakext bit to match new sym.h.
+
+Fri Mar  6 00:10:46 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h:  Add relative file descriptors.
+
+Thu Feb 27 11:53:04 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ecoff-ext.h:  New file for external (in-file) form of ecoff
+	symbol structures.
+
+Thu Feb  6 11:33:32 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: made the external_lineno l_lnno field 4 bytes wide.
+	andded GET/PUT_LINENO_LNNO macros
+
+Sat Nov 30 20:38:35 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ChangeLog, a29k.h, h8300.h, i386.h, i960.h, internal.h, m68k.h,
+	m88k.h, mips.h, rs6000.h: move from above coff-<foo>.h
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/alpha.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/alpha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..076cbcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/alpha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/* ECOFF support on Alpha machines.
+   coff/ecoff.h must be included before this file.  */
+
+/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
+
+struct external_filehdr {
+  unsigned char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
+  unsigned char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
+  unsigned char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
+  unsigned char f_symptr[8];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+  unsigned char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
+  unsigned char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+  unsigned char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+/* Magic numbers are defined in coff/ecoff.h.  */
+#define ALPHA_ECOFF_BADMAG(x) \
+  ((x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC && (x).f_magic != ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD)
+
+/* The object type is encoded in the f_flags.  */
+#define F_ALPHA_OBJECT_TYPE_MASK	0x3000
+#define F_ALPHA_NO_SHARED		0x1000
+#define F_ALPHA_SHARABLE		0x2000
+#define F_ALPHA_CALL_SHARED		0x3000
+
+#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
+#define	FILHSZ	24
+
+/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
+
+
+typedef struct external_aouthdr
+{
+  unsigned char magic[2];	/* type of file				*/
+  unsigned char	vstamp[2];	/* version stamp			*/
+  unsigned char bldrev[2];	/* ?? */
+  unsigned char padding[2];	/* pad to quadword boundary		*/
+  unsigned char	tsize[8];	/* text size in bytes			*/
+  unsigned char	dsize[8];	/* initialized data "  "		*/
+  unsigned char	bsize[8];	/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
+  unsigned char	entry[8];	/* entry pt.				*/
+  unsigned char text_start[8];	/* base of text used for this file */
+  unsigned char data_start[8];	/* base of data used for this file */
+  unsigned char bss_start[8];	/* base of bss used for this file */
+  unsigned char gprmask[4];	/* bitmask of general registers used */
+  unsigned char fprmask[4];	/* bitmask of floating point registers used */
+  unsigned char gp_value[8];	/* value for gp register */
+} AOUTHDR;
+
+/* compute size of a header */
+
+#define AOUTSZ 80
+#define AOUTHDRSZ 80
+
+/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
+
+struct external_scnhdr {
+  unsigned char	s_name[8];	/* section name			*/
+  unsigned char	s_paddr[8];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
+  unsigned char	s_vaddr[8];	/* virtual address		*/
+  unsigned char	s_size[8];	/* section size			*/
+  unsigned char	s_scnptr[8];	/* file ptr to raw data for section */
+  unsigned char	s_relptr[8];	/* file ptr to relocation	*/
+  unsigned char	s_lnnoptr[8];	/* file ptr to line numbers	*/
+  unsigned char	s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries	*/
+  unsigned char	s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries*/
+  unsigned char	s_flags[4];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
+#define	SCNHSZ	64
+
+/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
+
+struct external_reloc {
+  unsigned char r_vaddr[8];
+  unsigned char r_symndx[4];
+  unsigned char r_bits[4];
+};
+
+#define RELOC struct external_reloc
+#define RELSZ 16
+
+/* Constants to unpack the r_bits field.  The Alpha seems to always be
+   little endian, so I haven't bothered to define big endian variants
+   of these.  */
+
+#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_LITTLE			0xff
+#define RELOC_BITS0_TYPE_SH_LITTLE		0
+
+#define RELOC_BITS1_EXTERN_LITTLE		0x01
+
+#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_LITTLE		0x7e
+#define RELOC_BITS1_OFFSET_SH_LITTLE		1
+
+#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE		0x80
+#define RELOC_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE		7
+#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE		0xff
+#define RELOC_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	1
+#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_LITTLE		0x03
+#define RELOC_BITS3_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	9
+
+#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_LITTLE			0xfc
+#define RELOC_BITS3_SIZE_SH_LITTLE		2
+
+/* The r_type field in a reloc is one of the following values.  */
+#define ALPHA_R_IGNORE		0
+#define ALPHA_R_REFLONG		1
+#define ALPHA_R_REFQUAD		2
+#define ALPHA_R_GPREL32		3
+#define ALPHA_R_LITERAL		4
+#define ALPHA_R_LITUSE		5
+#define ALPHA_R_GPDISP		6
+#define ALPHA_R_BRADDR		7
+#define ALPHA_R_HINT		8
+#define ALPHA_R_SREL16		9
+#define ALPHA_R_SREL32	       10
+#define ALPHA_R_SREL64	       11
+#define ALPHA_R_OP_PUSH	       12
+#define ALPHA_R_OP_STORE       13
+#define ALPHA_R_OP_PSUB	       14
+#define ALPHA_R_OP_PRSHIFT     15
+#define ALPHA_R_GPVALUE	       16
+#define ALPHA_R_GPRELHIGH      17
+#define ALPHA_R_GPRELLOW       18
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED          19
+
+/* Overloaded reloc value used by Net- and OpenBSD.  */
+#define ALPHA_R_LITERALSLEAZY  17
+
+/* With ALPHA_R_LITUSE, the r_size field is one of the following values.  */
+#define ALPHA_R_LU_BASE         1
+#define ALPHA_R_LU_BYTOFF       2
+#define ALPHA_R_LU_JSR          3
+
+/* With ALPHA_R_IMMED, the r_size field is one of the following values.  */
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_16     1
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_GP_HI32   2
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_SCN_HI32  3
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_BR_HI32   4
+#define ALPHA_R_IMMED_LO32      5
+
+/********************** SYMBOLIC INFORMATION **********************/
+
+/* Written by John Gilmore.  */
+
+/* ECOFF uses COFF-like section structures, but its own symbol format.
+   This file defines the symbol format in fields whose size and alignment
+   will not vary on different host systems.  */
+
+/* File header as a set of bytes */
+
+struct hdr_ext {
+	unsigned char 	h_magic[2];
+	unsigned char	h_vstamp[2];
+	unsigned char	h_ilineMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_idnMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_ipdMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_isymMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_ioptMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_iauxMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_issMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_issExtMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_ifdMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_crfd[4];
+	unsigned char	h_iextMax[4];
+	unsigned char	h_cbLine[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbLineOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbDnOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbPdOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbSymOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbOptOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbAuxOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbSsOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbSsExtOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbFdOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbRfdOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	h_cbExtOffset[8];
+};
+
+/* File descriptor external record */
+
+struct fdr_ext {
+	unsigned char	f_adr[8];
+	unsigned char	f_cbLineOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	f_cbLine[8];
+	unsigned char	f_cbSs[8];
+	unsigned char	f_rss[4];
+	unsigned char	f_issBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_isymBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_csym[4];
+	unsigned char	f_ilineBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_cline[4];
+	unsigned char	f_ioptBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_copt[4];
+	unsigned char	f_ipdFirst[4];
+	unsigned char	f_cpd[4];
+	unsigned char	f_iauxBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_caux[4];
+	unsigned char	f_rfdBase[4];
+	unsigned char	f_crfd[4];
+	unsigned char	f_bits1[1];
+	unsigned char	f_bits2[3];
+	unsigned char	f_padding[4];
+};
+
+#define	FDR_BITS1_LANG_BIG		0xF8
+#define	FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_BIG		3
+#define	FDR_BITS1_LANG_LITTLE		0x1F
+#define	FDR_BITS1_LANG_SH_LITTLE	0
+
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_BIG		0x04
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FMERGE_LITTLE		0x20
+
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_BIG		0x02
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FREADIN_LITTLE	0x40
+
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_BIG	0x01
+#define	FDR_BITS1_FBIGENDIAN_LITTLE	0x80
+
+#define	FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_BIG		0xC0
+#define	FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_BIG		6
+#define	FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_LITTLE		0x03
+#define	FDR_BITS2_GLEVEL_SH_LITTLE	0
+
+/* We ignore the `reserved' field in bits2. */
+
+/* Procedure descriptor external record */
+
+struct pdr_ext {
+	unsigned char	p_adr[8];
+	unsigned char	p_cbLineOffset[8];
+	unsigned char	p_isym[4];
+	unsigned char	p_iline[4];
+	unsigned char	p_regmask[4];
+	unsigned char	p_regoffset[4];
+	unsigned char	p_iopt[4];
+	unsigned char	p_fregmask[4];
+	unsigned char	p_fregoffset[4];
+	unsigned char	p_frameoffset[4];
+	unsigned char	p_lnLow[4];
+	unsigned char	p_lnHigh[4];
+	unsigned char	p_gp_prologue[1];
+	unsigned char	p_bits1[1];
+	unsigned char	p_bits2[1];
+	unsigned char	p_localoff[1];
+	unsigned char	p_framereg[2];
+	unsigned char	p_pcreg[2];
+};
+
+#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_BIG		0x80
+#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_BIG		0x40
+#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_BIG		0x20
+#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_BIG		0x1f
+#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_BIG	8
+#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG		0xff
+#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_BIG	0
+
+#define PDR_BITS1_GP_USED_LITTLE	0x01
+#define PDR_BITS1_REG_FRAME_LITTLE	0x02
+#define PDR_BITS1_PROF_LITTLE		0x04
+#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_LITTLE	0xf8
+#define PDR_BITS1_RESERVED_SH_LITTLE	3
+#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE	0xff
+#define PDR_BITS2_RESERVED_SH_LEFT_LITTLE 5
+
+/* Line numbers */
+
+struct line_ext {
+	unsigned char	l_line[4];
+};
+
+/* Symbol external record */
+
+struct sym_ext {
+	unsigned char	s_value[8];
+	unsigned char	s_iss[4];
+	unsigned char	s_bits1[1];
+	unsigned char	s_bits2[1];
+	unsigned char	s_bits3[1];
+	unsigned char	s_bits4[1];
+};
+
+#define	SYM_BITS1_ST_BIG		0xFC
+#define	SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_BIG		2
+#define	SYM_BITS1_ST_LITTLE		0x3F
+#define	SYM_BITS1_ST_SH_LITTLE		0
+
+#define	SYM_BITS1_SC_BIG		0x03
+#define	SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LEFT_BIG	3
+#define	SYM_BITS1_SC_LITTLE		0xC0
+#define	SYM_BITS1_SC_SH_LITTLE		6
+
+#define	SYM_BITS2_SC_BIG		0xE0
+#define	SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_BIG		5
+#define	SYM_BITS2_SC_LITTLE		0x07
+#define	SYM_BITS2_SC_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	2
+
+#define	SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_BIG		0x10
+#define	SYM_BITS2_RESERVED_LITTLE	0x08
+
+#define	SYM_BITS2_INDEX_BIG		0x0F
+#define	SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	16
+#define	SYM_BITS2_INDEX_LITTLE		0xF0
+#define	SYM_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LITTLE	4
+
+#define	SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	8
+#define	SYM_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	4
+
+#define	SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	0
+#define	SYM_BITS4_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	12
+
+/* External symbol external record */
+
+struct ext_ext {
+	struct	sym_ext es_asym;
+	unsigned char	es_bits1[1];
+	unsigned char	es_bits2[3];
+	unsigned char	es_ifd[4];
+};
+
+#define	EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_BIG		0x80
+#define	EXT_BITS1_JMPTBL_LITTLE		0x01
+
+#define	EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_BIG	0x40
+#define	EXT_BITS1_COBOL_MAIN_LITTLE	0x02
+
+#define	EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_BIG		0x20
+#define	EXT_BITS1_WEAKEXT_LITTLE	0x04
+
+/* Dense numbers external record */
+
+struct dnr_ext {
+	unsigned char	d_rfd[4];
+	unsigned char	d_index[4];
+};
+
+/* Relative file descriptor */
+
+struct rfd_ext {
+  unsigned char	rfd[4];
+};
+
+/* Optimizer symbol external record */
+
+struct opt_ext {
+  unsigned char o_bits1[1];
+  unsigned char o_bits2[1];
+  unsigned char o_bits3[1];
+  unsigned char o_bits4[1];
+  struct rndx_ext o_rndx;
+  unsigned char o_offset[4];
+};
+
+#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG	16
+#define OPT_BITS2_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	0
+
+#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG	8
+#define OPT_BITS3_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	8
+
+#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_BIG	0
+#define OPT_BITS4_VALUE_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	16
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/aux-coff.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/aux-coff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c89c124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/aux-coff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Modifications of internal.h and m68k.h needed by A/UX
+   Suggested by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> */
+
+#ifndef GNU_COFF_AUX_H
+#define GNU_COFF_AUX_H 1
+
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "coff/m68k.h"
+
+/* Section contains 64-byte padded pathnames of shared libraries */
+#undef STYP_LIB
+#define STYP_LIB 0x200
+
+/* Section contains shared library initialization code */
+#undef STYP_INIT
+#define STYP_INIT 0x400
+
+/* Section contains .ident information */
+#undef STYP_IDENT
+#define STYP_IDENT 0x800
+
+/* Section types used by bfd and gas not defined (directly) by A/UX */
+#undef STYP_OVER
+#define STYP_OVER 0
+#undef STYP_INFO
+#define STYP_INFO STYP_IDENT
+
+/* Traditional name of the section tagged with STYP_LIB */
+#define _LIB ".lib"
+
+#endif /* GNU_COFF_AUX_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ecoff.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ecoff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e4202e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/ecoff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+#ifndef ECOFF_H
+#define ECOFF_H
+
+/* Generic ECOFF support.
+   This does not include symbol information, found in sym.h and
+   symconst.h.  */
+
+/* Mips magic numbers used in filehdr.  MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE is used on
+   little endian machines.  MIPS_MAGIC_BIG is used on big endian
+   machines.  Where is MIPS_MAGIC_1 from?  */
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_1 0x0180
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE 0x0162
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG 0x0160
+
+/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
+   level 2.  */
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE2 0x0166
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG2 0x0163
+
+/* These are the magic numbers used for MIPS code compiled at ISA
+   level 3.  */
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_LITTLE3 0x142
+#define MIPS_MAGIC_BIG3 0x140
+
+/* Alpha magic numbers used in filehdr.  */
+#define ALPHA_MAGIC 0x183
+#define ALPHA_MAGIC_BSD 0x185
+
+/* Magic numbers used in a.out header.  */
+#define ECOFF_AOUT_OMAGIC 0407	/* not demand paged (ld -N).  */
+#define ECOFF_AOUT_ZMAGIC 0413	/* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
+
+/* Names of special sections.  */
+#define _TEXT   ".text"
+#define _DATA   ".data"
+#define _BSS    ".bss"
+#define _RDATA	".rdata"
+#define _SDATA	".sdata"
+#define _SBSS	".sbss"
+#define _LITA	".lita"
+#define _LIT4	".lit4"
+#define _LIT8	".lit8"
+#define _LIB	".lib"
+#define _INIT	".init"
+#define _FINI	".fini"
+#define _PDATA	".pdata"
+#define _XDATA	".xdata"
+#define _GOT	".got"
+#define _HASH	".hash"
+#define _DYNSYM	".dynsym"
+#define _DYNSTR	".dynstr"
+#define _RELDYN	".rel.dyn"
+#define _CONFLIC ".conflic"
+#define _COMMENT ".comment"
+#define _LIBLIST ".liblist"
+#define _DYNAMIC ".dynamic"
+#define _RCONST	".rconst"
+
+/* ECOFF uses some additional section flags.  */
+#define STYP_RDATA	     0x100
+#define STYP_SDATA	     0x200
+#define STYP_SBSS	     0x400
+#define STYP_GOT	    0x1000
+#define STYP_DYNAMIC	    0x2000
+#define STYP_DYNSYM	    0x4000
+#define STYP_RELDYN	    0x8000
+#define STYP_DYNSTR	   0x10000
+#define STYP_HASH	   0x20000
+#define STYP_LIBLIST	   0x40000
+#define STYP_CONFLIC	  0x100000
+#define STYP_ECOFF_FINI	 0x1000000
+#define STYP_EXTENDESC	 0x2000000 /* 0x02FFF000 bits => scn type, rest clr */
+#define STYP_LITA	 0x4000000
+#define STYP_LIT8	 0x8000000
+#define STYP_LIT4	0x10000000
+#define STYP_ECOFF_LIB	0x40000000
+#define STYP_ECOFF_INIT 0x80000000
+#define STYP_OTHER_LOAD (STYP_ECOFF_INIT | STYP_ECOFF_FINI)
+
+/* extended section types */
+#define STYP_COMMENT	 0x2100000
+#define STYP_RCONST	 0x2200000
+#define STYP_XDATA	 0x2400000
+#define STYP_PDATA	 0x2800000
+
+/* The linker needs a section to hold small common variables while
+   linking.  There is no convenient way to create it when the linker
+   needs it, so we always create one for each BFD.  We then avoid
+   writing it out.  */
+#define SCOMMON ".scommon"
+
+/* If the extern bit in a reloc is 1, then r_symndx is an index into
+   the external symbol table.  If the extern bit is 0, then r_symndx
+   indicates a section, and is one of the following values.  */
+#define RELOC_SECTION_NONE	0
+#define RELOC_SECTION_TEXT	1
+#define RELOC_SECTION_RDATA	2
+#define RELOC_SECTION_DATA	3
+#define RELOC_SECTION_SDATA	4
+#define RELOC_SECTION_SBSS	5
+#define RELOC_SECTION_BSS	6
+#define RELOC_SECTION_INIT	7
+#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT8	8
+#define RELOC_SECTION_LIT4	9
+#define RELOC_SECTION_XDATA    10
+#define RELOC_SECTION_PDATA    11
+#define RELOC_SECTION_FINI     12
+#define RELOC_SECTION_LITA     13
+#define RELOC_SECTION_ABS      14
+#define RELOC_SECTION_RCONST   15
+
+#define NUM_RELOC_SECTIONS     16
+
+/********************** STABS **********************/
+
+/* gcc uses mips-tfile to output type information in special stabs
+   entries.  These must match the corresponding definition in
+   gcc/config/mips.h.  At some point, these should probably go into a
+   shared include file, but currently gcc and gdb do not share any
+   directories. */
+#define CODE_MASK 0x8F300
+#define ECOFF_IS_STAB(sym) (((sym)->index & 0xFFF00) == CODE_MASK)
+#define ECOFF_MARK_STAB(code) ((code)+CODE_MASK)
+#define ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB(code) ((code)-CODE_MASK)
+#define STABS_SYMBOL "@stabs"
+
+/********************** COFF **********************/
+
+/* gcc also uses mips-tfile to output COFF debugging information.
+   These are the values it uses when outputting the .type directive.
+   These should also be in a shared include file.  */
+#define N_BTMASK	(017)
+#define N_TMASK		(060)
+#define N_BTSHFT	(4)
+#define N_TSHIFT	(2)
+
+/********************** AUX **********************/
+
+/* The auxiliary type information is the same on all known ECOFF
+   targets.  I can't see any reason that it would ever change, so I am
+   going to gamble and define the external structures here, in the
+   target independent ECOFF header file.  The internal forms are
+   defined in coff/sym.h, which was originally donated by MIPS
+   Computer Systems.  */
+
+/* Type information external record */
+
+struct tir_ext {
+	unsigned char	t_bits1[1];
+	unsigned char	t_tq45[1];
+	unsigned char	t_tq01[1];
+	unsigned char	t_tq23[1];
+};
+
+#define	TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x80)
+#define	TIR_BITS1_FBITFIELD_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x01)
+
+#define	TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x40)
+#define	TIR_BITS1_CONTINUED_LITTLE	((unsigned int) 0x02)
+
+#define	TIR_BITS1_BT_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x3F)
+#define	TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_BIG		0
+#define	TIR_BITS1_BT_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0xFC)
+#define	TIR_BITS1_BT_SH_LITTLE		2
+
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ4_BIG		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_BIG		4
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ5_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_BIG		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ4_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ4_SH_LITTLE		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ5_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ5_SH_LITTLE		4
+
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ0_BIG		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_BIG		4
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ1_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_BIG		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ0_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ0_SH_LITTLE		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ1_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ1_SH_LITTLE		4
+
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ2_BIG		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_BIG		4
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ3_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_BIG		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ2_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ2_SH_LITTLE		0
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ3_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	TIR_BITS_TQ3_SH_LITTLE		4
+
+/* Relative symbol external record */
+
+struct rndx_ext {
+	unsigned char	r_bits[4];
+};
+
+#define	RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_BIG	4
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_RFD_BIG		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_BIG		4
+
+#define	RNDX_BITS0_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	0
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_RFD_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_RFD_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	8
+
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_BIG		((unsigned int) 0x0F)
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	16
+#define	RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	8
+#define	RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_BIG	0
+
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_LITTLE		((unsigned int) 0xF0)
+#define	RNDX_BITS1_INDEX_SH_LITTLE	4
+#define	RNDX_BITS2_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	4
+#define	RNDX_BITS3_INDEX_SH_LEFT_LITTLE	12
+
+/* Auxiliary symbol information external record */
+
+union aux_ext {
+	struct tir_ext	a_ti;
+	struct rndx_ext	a_rndx;
+	unsigned char	a_dnLow[4];
+	unsigned char	a_dnHigh[4];
+	unsigned char	a_isym[4];
+	unsigned char	a_iss[4];
+	unsigned char	a_width[4];
+	unsigned char	a_count[4];
+};
+
+#define AUX_GET_ANY(bigend, ax, field) \
+  ((bigend) ? bfd_getb32 ((ax)->field) : bfd_getl32 ((ax)->field))
+
+#define	AUX_GET_DNLOW(bigend, ax)	AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnLow)
+#define	AUX_GET_DNHIGH(bigend, ax)	AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_dnHigh)
+#define	AUX_GET_ISYM(bigend, ax)	AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_isym)
+#define AUX_GET_ISS(bigend, ax)		AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_iss)
+#define AUX_GET_WIDTH(bigend, ax)	AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_width)
+#define AUX_GET_COUNT(bigend, ax)	AUX_GET_ANY ((bigend), (ax), a_count)
+
+#define AUX_PUT_ANY(bigend, val, ax, field) \
+  ((bigend) \
+   ? (bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0) \
+   : (bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) (val), (ax)->field), 0))
+
+#define AUX_PUT_DNLOW(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnLow)
+#define AUX_PUT_DNHIGH(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_dnHigh)
+#define AUX_PUT_ISYM(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_isym)
+#define AUX_PUT_ISS(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_iss)
+#define AUX_PUT_WIDTH(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_width)
+#define AUX_PUT_COUNT(bigend, val, ax) \
+  AUX_PUT_ANY ((bigend), (val), (ax), a_count)
+
+/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
+
+/* For efficiency, gdb deals directly with the unswapped symbolic
+   information (that way it only takes the time to swap information
+   that it really needs to read).  gdb originally retrieved the
+   information directly from the BFD backend information, but that
+   strategy, besides being sort of ugly, does not work for MIPS ELF,
+   which also uses ECOFF debugging information.  This structure holds
+   pointers to the (mostly) unswapped symbolic information.  */
+
+struct ecoff_debug_info
+{
+  /* The swapped ECOFF symbolic header.  */
+  HDRR symbolic_header;
+
+  /* Pointers to the unswapped symbolic information.  Note that the
+     pointers to external structures point to different sorts of
+     information on different ECOFF targets.  The ecoff_debug_swap
+     structure provides the sizes of the structures and the functions
+     needed to swap the information in and out.  These pointers are
+     all pointers to arrays, not single structures.  They will be NULL
+     if there are no instances of the relevant structure.  These
+     fields are also used by the assembler to output ECOFF debugging
+     information.  */
+  unsigned char *line;
+  PTR external_dnr;	/* struct dnr_ext */
+  PTR external_pdr;	/* struct pdr_ext */
+  PTR external_sym;	/* struct sym_ext */
+  PTR external_opt;	/* struct opt_ext */
+  union aux_ext *external_aux;
+  char *ss;
+  char *ssext;
+  PTR external_fdr;	/* struct fdr_ext */
+  PTR external_rfd;	/* struct rfd_ext */
+  PTR external_ext;	/* struct ext_ext */
+
+  /* These fields are used when linking.  They may disappear at some
+     point.  */
+  char *ssext_end;
+  PTR external_ext_end;
+
+  /* When linking, this field holds a mapping from the input FDR
+     numbers to the output numbers, and is used when writing out the
+     external symbols.  It is NULL if no mapping is required.  */
+  RFDT *ifdmap;
+
+  /* The swapped FDR information.  Currently this is never NULL, but
+     code using this structure should probably double-check in case
+     this changes in the future.  This is a pointer to an array, not a
+     single structure.  */
+  FDR *fdr;
+
+  /* When relaxing MIPS embedded PIC code, we may need to adjust
+     symbol values when they are output.  This is a linked list of
+     structures indicating how values should be adjusted.  There is no
+     requirement that the entries be in any order, or that they not
+     overlap.  This field is normally NULL, in which case no
+     adjustments need to be made.  */
+  struct ecoff_value_adjust *adjust;
+};
+
+/* This structure describes how to adjust symbol values when
+   outputting MIPS embedded PIC code.  These adjustments only apply to
+   the internal symbols, as the external symbol values will come from
+   the hash table and have already been adjusted.  */
+
+struct ecoff_value_adjust
+{
+  /* Next entry on adjustment list.  */
+  struct ecoff_value_adjust *next;
+  /* Starting VMA of adjustment.  This is the VMA in the ECOFF file,
+     not the offset from the start of the section.  Thus it should
+     indicate a particular section.  */
+  bfd_vma start;
+  /* Ending VMA of adjustment.  */
+  bfd_vma end;
+  /* Adjustment.  This should be added to the value of the symbol, or
+     FDR.  This is zero for the last entry in the array.  */
+  long adjust;
+};
+
+/* These structures are used by the ECOFF find_nearest_line function.  */
+
+struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry
+{
+  /* Base address in .text of this FDR.  */
+  bfd_vma base_addr;
+  FDR *fdr;
+};
+
+struct ecoff_find_line
+{
+  /* Allocated memory to hold function and file names.  */
+  char *find_buffer;
+
+  /* FDR table, sorted by address: */
+  long fdrtab_len;
+  struct ecoff_fdrtab_entry *fdrtab;
+
+  /* Cache entry for most recently found line information.  The sect
+     field is NULL if this cache does not contain valid information.  */
+  struct
+    {
+      asection *sect;
+      bfd_vma start;
+      bfd_vma stop;
+      const char *filename;
+      const char *functionname;
+      unsigned int line_num;
+    } cache;
+};
+
+/********************** SWAPPING **********************/
+
+/* The generic ECOFF code needs to be able to swap debugging
+   information in and out in the specific format used by a particular
+   ECOFF implementation.  This structure provides the information
+   needed to do this.  */
+
+struct ecoff_debug_swap
+{
+  /* Symbol table magic number.  */
+  int sym_magic;
+  /* Alignment of debugging information.  E.g., 4.  */
+  bfd_size_type debug_align;
+  /* Sizes of external symbolic information.  */
+  bfd_size_type external_hdr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_dnr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_opt_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_rfd_size;
+  bfd_size_type external_ext_size;
+  /* Functions to swap in external symbolic data.  */
+  void (*swap_hdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, HDRR *));
+  void (*swap_dnr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, DNR *));
+  void (*swap_pdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, PDR *));
+  void (*swap_sym_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, SYMR *));
+  void (*swap_opt_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, OPTR *));
+  void (*swap_fdr_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, FDR *));
+  void (*swap_rfd_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, RFDT *));
+  void (*swap_ext_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, EXTR *));
+  void (*swap_tir_in) PARAMS ((int, const struct tir_ext *, TIR *));
+  void (*swap_rndx_in) PARAMS ((int, const struct rndx_ext *, RNDXR *));
+  /* Functions to swap out external symbolic data.  */
+  void (*swap_hdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const HDRR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_dnr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const DNR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_pdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PDR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_sym_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const SYMR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_opt_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const OPTR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_fdr_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const FDR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_rfd_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const RFDT *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_ext_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, const EXTR *, PTR));
+  void (*swap_tir_out) PARAMS ((int, const TIR *, struct tir_ext *));
+  void (*swap_rndx_out) PARAMS ((int, const RNDXR *, struct rndx_ext *));
+  /* Function to read symbol data and set up pointers in
+     ecoff_debug_info structure.  The section argument is used for
+     ELF, not straight ECOFF.  */
+  boolean (*read_debug_info) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *,
+				      struct ecoff_debug_info *));
+};
+
+#endif /* ! defined (ECOFF_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/i386.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/i386.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ebf4a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/i386.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*** coff information for Intel 386/486.  */
+
+
+/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
+
+struct external_filehdr {
+	char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
+	char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
+	char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
+	char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+	char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
+	char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+	char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+/* Bits for f_flags:
+ *	F_RELFLG	relocation info stripped from file
+ *	F_EXEC		file is executable (no unresolved external references)
+ *	F_LNNO		line numbers stripped from file
+ *	F_LSYMS		local symbols stripped from file
+ *	F_AR32WR	file has byte ordering of an AR32WR machine (e.g. vax)
+ */
+
+#define F_RELFLG	(0x0001)
+#define F_EXEC		(0x0002)
+#define F_LNNO		(0x0004)
+#define F_LSYMS		(0x0008)
+
+
+
+#define	I386MAGIC	0x14c
+#define I386PTXMAGIC	0x154
+#define I386AIXMAGIC	0x175
+
+/* This is Lynx's all-platform magic number for executables. */
+
+#define LYNXCOFFMAGIC	0415
+
+#define I386BADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic != I386MAGIC) \
+		       && (x).f_magic != I386AIXMAGIC \
+		       && (x).f_magic != I386PTXMAGIC \
+		       && (x).f_magic != LYNXCOFFMAGIC)
+
+#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
+#define	FILHSZ	20
+
+
+/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  char 	magic[2];		/* type of file				*/
+  char	vstamp[2];		/* version stamp			*/
+  char	tsize[4];		/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
+  char	dsize[4];		/* initialized data "  "		*/
+  char	bsize[4];		/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
+  char	entry[4];		/* entry pt.				*/
+  char 	text_start[4];		/* base of text used for this file */
+  char 	data_start[4];		/* base of data used for this file */
+
+
+}
+AOUTHDR;
+
+
+#define AOUTSZ 28
+#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
+
+#define OMAGIC          0404    /* object files, eg as output */
+#define ZMAGIC          0413    /* demand load format, eg normal ld output */
+#define STMAGIC		0401	/* target shlib */
+#define SHMAGIC		0443	/* host   shlib */
+
+
+/* define some NT default values */
+/*  #define NT_IMAGE_BASE        0x400000 moved to internal.h */
+#define NT_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
+#define NT_FILE_ALIGNMENT    0x200
+#define NT_DEF_RESERVE       0x100000
+#define NT_DEF_COMMIT        0x1000
+
+/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
+
+
+struct external_scnhdr {
+	char		s_name[8];	/* section name			*/
+	char		s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
+	char		s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address		*/
+	char		s_size[4];	/* section size			*/
+	char		s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section */
+	char		s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation	*/
+	char		s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers	*/
+	char		s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries	*/
+	char		s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries*/
+	char		s_flags[4];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
+#define	SCNHSZ	40
+
+/*
+ * names of "special" sections
+ */
+#define _TEXT	".text"
+#define _DATA	".data"
+#define _BSS	".bss"
+#define _COMMENT ".comment"
+#define _LIB ".lib"
+
+/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
+
+/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
+ * Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
+ * grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
+ * symbol table index of the function name.
+ */
+struct external_lineno {
+	union {
+		char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
+		char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
+	} l_addr;
+	char l_lnno[2];	/* line number		*/
+};
+
+
+#define	LINENO	struct external_lineno
+#define	LINESZ	6
+
+
+/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
+
+#define E_SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
+#define E_FILNMLEN	14	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+#define E_DIMNUM	4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
+
+struct external_syment 
+{
+  union {
+    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
+    struct {
+      char e_zeroes[4];
+      char e_offset[4];
+    } e;
+  } e;
+  char e_value[4];
+  char e_scnum[2];
+  char e_type[2];
+  char e_sclass[1];
+  char e_numaux[1];
+};
+
+#define N_BTMASK	(0xf)
+#define N_TMASK		(0x30)
+#define N_BTSHFT	(4)
+#define N_TSHIFT	(2)
+  
+union external_auxent {
+	struct {
+		char x_tagndx[4];	/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
+		union {
+			struct {
+			    char  x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
+			    char  x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
+			} x_lnsz;
+			char x_fsize[4];	/* size of function */
+		} x_misc;
+		union {
+			struct {		/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
+			    char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
+			    char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
+			} x_fcn;
+			struct {		/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
+			    char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
+			} x_ary;
+		} x_fcnary;
+		char x_tvndx[2];		/* tv index */
+	} x_sym;
+
+	union {
+		char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
+		struct {
+			char x_zeroes[4];
+			char x_offset[4];
+		} x_n;
+	} x_file;
+
+	struct {
+		char x_scnlen[4];	/* section length */
+		char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
+		char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
+		char x_checksum[4];	/* section COMDAT checksum */
+		char x_associated[2];	/* COMDAT associated section index */
+		char x_comdat[1];	/* COMDAT selection number */
+	} x_scn;
+
+        struct {
+		char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
+		char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
+		char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
+	} x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
+
+
+};
+
+#define	SYMENT	struct external_syment
+#define	SYMESZ	18	
+#define	AUXENT	union external_auxent
+#define	AUXESZ	18
+
+
+#	define _ETEXT	"etext"
+
+
+/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
+
+
+
+struct external_reloc {
+  char r_vaddr[4];
+  char r_symndx[4];
+  char r_type[2];
+};
+
+
+#define RELOC struct external_reloc
+#define RELSZ 10
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/internal.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d37f7ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
+/* Internal format of COFF object file data structures, for GNU BFD.
+   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.  */
+
+#ifndef GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H
+#define GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+/* First, make "signed char" work, even on old compilers. */
+#ifndef signed
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define	signed			/**/
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
+
+/* extra stuff in a PE header. */
+
+struct internal_extra_pe_filehdr
+{
+  /* DOS header data follows for PE stuff */
+  unsigned short e_magic;	/* Magic number, 0x5a4d */
+  unsigned short e_cblp;	/* Bytes on last page of file, 0x90 */
+  unsigned short e_cp;		/* Pages in file, 0x3 */
+  unsigned short e_crlc;	/* Relocations, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_cparhdr;	/* Size of header in paragraphs, 0x4 */
+  unsigned short e_minalloc;	/* Minimum extra paragraphs needed, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_maxalloc;	/* Maximum extra paragraphs needed, 0xFFFF */
+  unsigned short e_ss;		/* Initial (relative) SS value, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_sp;		/* Initial SP value, 0xb8 */
+  unsigned short e_csum;	/* Checksum, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_ip;		/* Initial IP value, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_cs;		/* Initial (relative) CS value, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_lfarlc;	/* File address of relocation table, 0x40 */
+  unsigned short e_ovno;	/* Overlay number, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_res[4];	/* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_oemid;	/* OEM identifier (for e_oeminfo), 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_oeminfo;	/* OEM information; e_oemid specific, 0x0 */
+  unsigned short e_res2[10];	/* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
+  bfd_vma  e_lfanew;		/* File address of new exe header, 0x80 */
+  unsigned long dos_message[16]; /* text which always follows dos header */
+  bfd_vma  nt_signature;   	/* required NT signature, 0x4550 */ 
+};
+
+struct internal_filehdr
+{
+  struct internal_extra_pe_filehdr pe;
+
+  /* standard coff  internal info */
+  unsigned short f_magic;	/* magic number			*/
+  unsigned short f_nscns;	/* number of sections		*/
+  long f_timdat;		/* time & date stamp		*/
+  bfd_vma f_symptr;		/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+  long f_nsyms;			/* number of symtab entries	*/
+  unsigned short f_opthdr;	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+  unsigned short f_flags;	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+
+/* Bits for f_flags:
+ *	F_RELFLG	relocation info stripped from file
+ *	F_EXEC		file is executable (no unresolved external references)
+ *	F_LNNO		line numbers stripped from file
+ *	F_LSYMS		local symbols stripped from file
+ *	F_AR16WR	file is 16-bit little-endian
+ *	F_AR32WR	file is 32-bit little-endian
+ *	F_AR32W		file is 32-bit big-endian
+ *	F_DYNLOAD	rs/6000 aix: dynamically loadable w/imports & exports
+ *	F_SHROBJ	rs/6000 aix: file is a shared object
+ *      F_DLL           PE format DLL
+ */
+
+#define	F_RELFLG	(0x0001)
+#define	F_EXEC		(0x0002)
+#define	F_LNNO		(0x0004)
+#define	F_LSYMS		(0x0008)
+#define	F_AR16WR	(0x0080)
+#define	F_AR32WR	(0x0100)
+#define	F_AR32W     	(0x0200)
+#define	F_DYNLOAD	(0x1000)
+#define	F_SHROBJ	(0x2000)
+#define F_DLL           (0x2000)
+
+/* extra structure which is used in the optional header */
+typedef struct _IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY 
+{
+  bfd_vma VirtualAddress;
+  long    Size;
+}  IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY;
+#define IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES  16
+
+/* default image base for NT */
+#define NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE 0x400000
+#define NT_DLL_IMAGE_BASE 0x10000000
+
+/* Extra stuff in a PE aouthdr */
+
+#define PE_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 0x1000
+#define PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT 0x200
+
+struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr 
+{
+  /* PE stuff  */
+  bfd_vma ImageBase;		/* address of specific location in memory that
+				   file is located, NT default 0x10000 */
+
+  bfd_vma SectionAlignment;	/* section alignment default 0x1000 */
+  bfd_vma FileAlignment;	/* file alignment default 0x200 */
+  short   MajorOperatingSystemVersion; /* minimum version of the operating */
+  short   MinorOperatingSystemVersion; /* system req'd for exe, default to 1*/
+  short   MajorImageVersion;	/* user defineable field to store version of */
+  short   MinorImageVersion;	/* exe or dll being created, default to 0 */ 
+  short   MajorSubsystemVersion; /* minimum subsystem version required to */
+  short   MinorSubsystemVersion; /* run exe; default to 3.1 */
+  long    Reserved1;		/* seems to be 0 */
+  long    SizeOfImage;		/* size of memory to allocate for prog */
+  long    SizeOfHeaders;	/* size of PE header and section table */
+  long    CheckSum;		/* set to 0 */
+  short   Subsystem;	
+
+  /* type of subsystem exe uses for user interface,
+     possible values:
+     1 - NATIVE   Doesn't require a subsystem
+     2 - WINDOWS_GUI runs in Windows GUI subsystem
+     3 - WINDOWS_CUI runs in Windows char sub. (console app)
+     5 - OS2_CUI runs in OS/2 character subsystem
+     7 - POSIX_CUI runs in Posix character subsystem */
+  short   DllCharacteristics;	/* flags for DLL init, use 0 */
+  bfd_vma SizeOfStackReserve;	/* amount of memory to reserve  */
+  bfd_vma SizeOfStackCommit;	/* amount of memory initially committed for 
+				   initial thread's stack, default is 0x1000 */
+  bfd_vma SizeOfHeapReserve;	/* amount of virtual memory to reserve and */
+  bfd_vma SizeOfHeapCommit;	/* commit, don't know what to defaut it to */
+  long    LoaderFlags;		/* can probably set to 0 */
+  long    NumberOfRvaAndSizes;	/* number of entries in next entry, 16 */
+  IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY DataDirectory[IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES];
+};
+
+/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
+struct internal_aouthdr
+{
+  short magic;			/* type of file				*/
+  short vstamp;			/* version stamp			*/
+  bfd_vma tsize;		/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
+  bfd_vma dsize;		/* initialized data "  "		*/
+  bfd_vma bsize;		/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
+  bfd_vma entry;		/* entry pt.				*/
+  bfd_vma text_start;		/* base of text used for this file */
+  bfd_vma data_start;		/* base of data used for this file */
+
+  /* i960 stuff */
+  unsigned long tagentries;	/* number of tag entries to follow */
+
+  /* RS/6000 stuff */
+  unsigned long o_toc;		/* address of TOC			*/
+  short o_snentry;		/* section number for entry point */
+  short o_sntext;		/* section number for text	*/
+  short o_sndata;		/* section number for data	*/
+  short o_sntoc;		/* section number for toc	*/
+  short o_snloader;		/* section number for loader section */
+  short o_snbss;		/* section number for bss	*/
+  short o_algntext;		/* max alignment for text	*/
+  short o_algndata;		/* max alignment for data	*/
+  short o_modtype;		/* Module type field, 1R,RE,RO	*/
+  short o_cputype;		/* Encoded CPU type		*/
+  unsigned long o_maxstack;	/* max stack size allowed.	*/
+  unsigned long o_maxdata;	/* max data size allowed.	*/
+
+  /* ECOFF stuff */
+  bfd_vma bss_start;		/* Base of bss section.		*/
+  bfd_vma gp_value;		/* GP register value.		*/
+  unsigned long gprmask;	/* General registers used.	*/
+  unsigned long cprmask[4];	/* Coprocessor registers used.	*/
+  unsigned long fprmask;	/* Floating pointer registers used.  */
+
+  /* Apollo stuff */
+  long o_inlib;			/* inlib data */
+  long o_sri;			/* Static Resource Information */
+  long vid[2];			/* Version id */
+
+
+  struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe;
+
+};
+
+/********************** STORAGE CLASSES **********************/
+
+/* This used to be defined as -1, but now n_sclass is unsigned.  */
+#define C_EFCN		0xff	/* physical end of function	*/
+#define C_NULL		0
+#define C_AUTO		1	/* automatic variable		*/
+#define C_EXT		2	/* external symbol		*/
+#define C_STAT		3	/* static			*/
+#define C_REG		4	/* register variable		*/
+#define C_EXTDEF	5	/* external definition		*/
+#define C_LABEL		6	/* label			*/
+#define C_ULABEL	7	/* undefined label		*/
+#define C_MOS		8	/* member of structure		*/
+#define C_ARG		9	/* function argument		*/
+#define C_STRTAG	10	/* structure tag		*/
+#define C_MOU		11	/* member of union		*/
+#define C_UNTAG		12	/* union tag			*/
+#define C_TPDEF		13	/* type definition		*/
+#define C_USTATIC	14	/* undefined static		*/
+#define C_ENTAG		15	/* enumeration tag		*/
+#define C_MOE		16	/* member of enumeration	*/
+#define C_REGPARM	17	/* register parameter		*/
+#define C_FIELD		18	/* bit field			*/
+#define C_AUTOARG	19	/* auto argument		*/
+#define C_LASTENT	20	/* dummy entry (end of block)	*/
+#define C_BLOCK		100	/* ".bb" or ".eb"		*/
+#define C_FCN		101	/* ".bf" or ".ef"		*/
+#define C_EOS		102	/* end of structure		*/
+#define C_FILE		103	/* file name			*/
+#define C_LINE		104	/* line # reformatted as symbol table entry */
+#define C_ALIAS	 	105	/* duplicate tag		*/
+#define C_HIDDEN	106	/* ext symbol in dmert public lib */
+
+/* New storage classes for WINDOWS_NT   */
+#define C_SECTION       104     /* section name */
+#define C_NT_WEAK	105	/* weak external */
+
+ /* New storage classes for 80960 */
+
+/* C_LEAFPROC is obsolete.  Use C_LEAFEXT or C_LEAFSTAT */
+#define C_LEAFPROC	108	/* Leaf procedure, "call" via BAL */
+
+#define C_SCALL		107	/* Procedure reachable via system call */
+#define C_LEAFEXT       108	/* External leaf */
+#define C_LEAFSTAT      113	/* Static leaf */
+#define C_OPTVAR	109	/* Optimized variable		*/
+#define C_DEFINE	110	/* Preprocessor #define		*/
+#define C_PRAGMA	111	/* Advice to compiler or linker	*/
+#define C_SEGMENT	112	/* 80960 segment name		*/
+
+  /* Storage classes for m88k */
+#define C_SHADOW        107     /* shadow symbol                */
+#define C_VERSION       108     /* coff version symbol          */
+
+ /* New storage classes for RS/6000 */
+#define C_HIDEXT        107	/* Un-named external symbol */
+#define C_BINCL         108	/* Marks beginning of include file */
+#define C_EINCL         109	/* Marks ending of include file */
+
+ /* storage classes for stab symbols for RS/6000 */
+#define C_GSYM          (0x80)
+#define C_LSYM          (0x81)
+#define C_PSYM          (0x82)
+#define C_RSYM          (0x83)
+#define C_RPSYM         (0x84)
+#define C_STSYM         (0x85)
+#define C_TCSYM         (0x86)
+#define C_BCOMM         (0x87)
+#define C_ECOML         (0x88)
+#define C_ECOMM         (0x89)
+#define C_DECL          (0x8c)
+#define C_ENTRY         (0x8d)
+#define C_FUN           (0x8e)
+#define C_BSTAT         (0x8f)
+#define C_ESTAT         (0x90)
+
+/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
+
+#define SCNNMLEN (8)
+
+struct internal_scnhdr
+{
+  char s_name[SCNNMLEN];	/* section name			*/
+
+  /* Physical address, aliased s_nlib.
+     In the pei format, this field is the virtual section size
+     (the size of the section after being loaded int memory),
+     NOT the physical address.  */
+  bfd_vma s_paddr;
+
+  bfd_vma s_vaddr;		/* virtual address		*/
+  bfd_vma s_size;		/* section size			*/
+  bfd_vma s_scnptr;		/* file ptr to raw data for section */
+  bfd_vma s_relptr;		/* file ptr to relocation	*/
+  bfd_vma s_lnnoptr;		/* file ptr to line numbers	*/
+  unsigned long s_nreloc;	/* number of relocation entries	*/
+  unsigned long s_nlnno;	/* number of line number entries*/
+  long s_flags;			/* flags			*/
+  long s_align;			/* used on I960			*/
+};
+
+/*
+ * s_flags "type"
+ */
+#define STYP_REG	 (0x0000)	/* "regular": allocated, relocated, loaded */
+#define STYP_DSECT	 (0x0001)	/* "dummy":  relocated only*/
+#define STYP_NOLOAD	 (0x0002)	/* "noload": allocated, relocated, not loaded */
+#define STYP_GROUP	 (0x0004)	/* "grouped": formed of input sections */
+#define STYP_PAD	 (0x0008)	/* "padding": not allocated, not relocated, loaded */
+#define STYP_COPY	 (0x0010)	/* "copy": for decision function used by field update;  not allocated, not relocated,
+									     loaded; reloc & lineno entries processed normally */
+#define STYP_TEXT	 (0x0020)	/* section contains text only */
+#define S_SHRSEG	 (0x0020)	/* In 3b Update files (output of ogen), sections which appear in SHARED segments of the Pfile
+									     will have the S_SHRSEG flag set by ogen, to inform dufr that updating 1 copy of the proc. will
+									     update all process invocations. */
+#define STYP_DATA	 (0x0040)	/* section contains data only */
+#define STYP_BSS	 (0x0080)	/* section contains bss only */
+#define S_NEWFCN	 (0x0100)	/* In a minimal file or an update file, a new function (as compared with a replaced function) */
+#define STYP_INFO	 (0x0200)	/* comment: not allocated not relocated, not loaded */
+#define STYP_OVER	 (0x0400)	/* overlay: relocated not allocated or loaded */
+#define STYP_LIB	 (0x0800)	/* for .lib: same as INFO */
+#define STYP_MERGE	 (0x2000)	/* merge section -- combines with text, data or bss sections only */
+#define STYP_REVERSE_PAD (0x4000)	/* section will be padded with no-op instructions wherever padding is necessary and there is a
+					
+									     word of contiguous bytes
+									     beginning on a word boundary. */
+
+#define STYP_LIT	0x8020	/* Literal data (like STYP_TEXT) */
+
+
+
+/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
+
+/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
+ * Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
+ * grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
+ * symbol table index of the function name.
+ */
+
+struct internal_lineno
+{
+  union
+  {
+    long l_symndx;		/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
+    long l_paddr;		/* (physical) address of line number	*/
+  }     l_addr;
+  unsigned long l_lnno;		/* line number		*/
+};
+
+/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
+
+#define SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
+#define FILNMLEN	14	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+#define DIMNUM		4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
+
+struct internal_syment
+{
+  union
+  {
+    char _n_name[SYMNMLEN];	/* old COFF version	*/
+    struct
+    {
+      long _n_zeroes;		/* new == 0		*/
+      long _n_offset;		/* offset into string table */
+    }      _n_n;
+    char *_n_nptr[2];		/* allows for overlaying	*/
+  }     _n;
+  long n_value;			/* value of symbol		*/
+  short n_scnum;		/* section number		*/
+  unsigned short n_flags;	/* copy of flags from filhdr	*/
+  unsigned short n_type;	/* type and derived type	*/
+  unsigned char n_sclass;	/* storage class		*/
+  unsigned char n_numaux;	/* number of aux. entries	*/
+};
+
+#define n_name		_n._n_name
+#define n_zeroes	_n._n_n._n_zeroes
+#define n_offset	_n._n_n._n_offset
+
+
+/* Relocatable symbols have number of the section in which they are defined,
+   or one of the following: */
+
+#define N_UNDEF	((short)0)	/* undefined symbol */
+#define N_ABS	((short)-1)	/* value of symbol is absolute */
+#define N_DEBUG	((short)-2)	/* debugging symbol -- value is meaningless */
+#define N_TV	((short)-3)	/* indicates symbol needs preload transfer vector */
+#define P_TV	((short)-4)	/* indicates symbol needs postload transfer vector*/
+
+/*
+ * Type of a symbol, in low N bits of the word
+ */
+#define T_NULL		0
+#define T_VOID		1	/* function argument (only used by compiler) */
+#define T_CHAR		2	/* character		*/
+#define T_SHORT		3	/* short integer	*/
+#define T_INT		4	/* integer		*/
+#define T_LONG		5	/* long integer		*/
+#define T_FLOAT		6	/* floating point	*/
+#define T_DOUBLE	7	/* double word		*/
+#define T_STRUCT	8	/* structure 		*/
+#define T_UNION		9	/* union 		*/
+#define T_ENUM		10	/* enumeration 		*/
+#define T_MOE		11	/* member of enumeration*/
+#define T_UCHAR		12	/* unsigned character	*/
+#define T_USHORT	13	/* unsigned short	*/
+#define T_UINT		14	/* unsigned integer	*/
+#define T_ULONG		15	/* unsigned long	*/
+#define T_LNGDBL	16	/* long double		*/
+
+/*
+ * derived types, in n_type
+*/
+#define DT_NON		(0)	/* no derived type */
+#define DT_PTR		(1)	/* pointer */
+#define DT_FCN		(2)	/* function */
+#define DT_ARY		(3)	/* array */
+
+#define BTYPE(x)	((x) & N_BTMASK)
+
+#define ISPTR(x)	(((x) & N_TMASK) == (DT_PTR << N_BTSHFT))
+#define ISFCN(x)	(((x) & N_TMASK) == (DT_FCN << N_BTSHFT))
+#define ISARY(x)	(((x) & N_TMASK) == (DT_ARY << N_BTSHFT))
+#define ISTAG(x)	((x)==C_STRTAG||(x)==C_UNTAG||(x)==C_ENTAG)
+#define DECREF(x) ((((x)>>N_TSHIFT)&~N_BTMASK)|((x)&N_BTMASK))
+
+
+union internal_auxent
+{
+  struct
+  {
+
+    union
+    {
+      long l;			/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
+      struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
+    }     x_tagndx;
+
+    union
+    {
+      struct
+      {
+	unsigned short x_lnno;	/* declaration line number */
+	unsigned short x_size;	/* str/union/array size */
+      }      x_lnsz;
+      long x_fsize;		/* size of function */
+    }     x_misc;
+
+    union
+    {
+      struct
+      {				/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
+	long x_lnnoptr;		/* ptr to fcn line # */
+	union
+	{			/* entry ndx past block end */
+	  long l;
+	  struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
+	}     x_endndx;
+      }      x_fcn;
+
+      struct
+      {				/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
+	unsigned short x_dimen[DIMNUM];
+      }      x_ary;
+    }     x_fcnary;
+
+    unsigned short x_tvndx;	/* tv index */
+  }      x_sym;
+
+  union
+  {
+    char x_fname[FILNMLEN];
+    struct
+    {
+      long x_zeroes;
+      long x_offset;
+    }      x_n;
+  }     x_file;
+
+  struct
+  {
+    long x_scnlen;		/* section length */
+    unsigned short x_nreloc;	/* # relocation entries */
+    unsigned short x_nlinno;	/* # line numbers */
+    unsigned long x_checksum;	/* section COMDAT checksum for PE */
+    unsigned short x_associated; /* COMDAT associated section index for PE */
+    unsigned char x_comdat;	/* COMDAT selection number for PE */
+  }      x_scn;
+
+  struct
+  {
+    long x_tvfill;		/* tv fill value */
+    unsigned short x_tvlen;	/* length of .tv */
+    unsigned short x_tvran[2];	/* tv range */
+  }      x_tv;			/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
+
+  /******************************************
+   * RS/6000-specific auxent - last auxent for every external symbol
+   ******************************************/
+  struct
+  {
+    union
+      {				/* csect length or enclosing csect */
+	long l;
+	struct coff_ptr_struct *p;
+      } x_scnlen;
+    long x_parmhash;		/* parm type hash index */
+    unsigned short x_snhash;	/* sect num with parm hash */
+    unsigned char x_smtyp;	/* symbol align and type */
+    /* 0-4 - Log 2 of alignment */
+    /* 5-7 - symbol type */
+    unsigned char x_smclas;	/* storage mapping class */
+    long x_stab;		/* dbx stab info index */
+    unsigned short x_snstab;	/* sect num with dbx stab */
+  }      x_csect;		/* csect definition information */
+
+/* x_smtyp values:  */
+
+#define	SMTYP_ALIGN(x)	((x) >> 3)	/* log2 of alignment */
+#define	SMTYP_SMTYP(x)	((x) & 0x7)	/* symbol type */
+/* Symbol type values:  */
+#define	XTY_ER	0		/* External reference */
+#define	XTY_SD	1		/* Csect definition */
+#define	XTY_LD	2		/* Label definition */
+#define XTY_CM	3		/* .BSS */
+#define	XTY_EM	4		/* Error message */
+#define	XTY_US	5		/* "Reserved for internal use" */
+
+/* x_smclas values:  */
+
+#define	XMC_PR	0		/* Read-only program code */
+#define	XMC_RO	1		/* Read-only constant */
+#define	XMC_DB	2		/* Read-only debug dictionary table */
+#define	XMC_TC	3		/* Read-write general TOC entry */
+#define	XMC_UA	4		/* Read-write unclassified */
+#define	XMC_RW	5		/* Read-write data */
+#define	XMC_GL	6		/* Read-only global linkage */
+#define	XMC_XO	7		/* Read-only extended operation */
+#define	XMC_SV	8		/* Read-only supervisor call */
+#define	XMC_BS	9		/* Read-write BSS */
+#define	XMC_DS	10		/* Read-write descriptor csect */
+#define	XMC_UC	11		/* Read-write unnamed Fortran common */
+#define	XMC_TI	12		/* Read-only traceback index csect */
+#define	XMC_TB	13		/* Read-only traceback table csect */
+/* 		14	??? */
+#define	XMC_TC0	15		/* Read-write TOC anchor */
+#define XMC_TD	16		/* Read-write data in TOC */
+
+  /******************************************
+   *  I960-specific *2nd* aux. entry formats
+   ******************************************/
+  struct
+  {
+    /* This is a very old typo that keeps getting propagated. */
+#define x_stdindx x_stindx
+    long x_stindx;		/* sys. table entry */
+  }      x_sc;			/* system call entry */
+
+  struct
+  {
+    unsigned long x_balntry;	/* BAL entry point */
+  }      x_bal;			/* BAL-callable function */
+
+  struct
+  {
+    unsigned long x_timestamp;	/* time stamp */
+    char x_idstring[20];	/* producer identity string */
+  }      x_ident;		/* Producer ident info */
+
+};
+
+/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
+
+struct internal_reloc
+{
+  bfd_vma r_vaddr;		/* Virtual address of reference */
+  long r_symndx;		/* Index into symbol table	*/
+  unsigned short r_type;	/* Relocation type		*/
+  unsigned char r_size;		/* Used by RS/6000 and ECOFF	*/
+  unsigned char r_extern;	/* Used by ECOFF		*/
+  unsigned long r_offset;	/* Used by Alpha ECOFF, SPARC, others */
+};
+
+#define R_RELBYTE	017
+#define R_RELWORD	020
+#define R_PCRBYTE	022
+#define R_PCRWORD	023
+#define R_PCRLONG	024
+
+#define	R_DIR16		01
+#define R_DIR32		06
+#define	R_PCLONG	020
+#define R_RELBYTE	017
+#define R_RELWORD	020
+#define R_IMAGEBASE     07
+
+
+#define R_PCR16L 128
+#define R_PCR26L 129
+#define R_VRT16  130
+#define R_HVRT16 131
+#define R_LVRT16 132
+#define R_VRT32  133
+#define R_RELLONG	(0x11)	/* Direct 32-bit relocation */
+#define R_IPRSHORT	(0x18)
+#define R_IPRLONG	(0x1a)
+#define R_GETSEG	(0x1d)
+#define R_GETPA		(0x1e)
+#define R_TAGWORD	(0x1f)
+#define R_JUMPTARG	0x20	/* strange 29k 00xx00xx reloc */
+
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions with a 16bit absolute
+   address.  The linker tries to turn insns with this reloc into
+   an absolute 8-bit address.  */
+#define R_MOV16B1    	0x41
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions which had a 16bit
+   absolute address which have been shortened into a 8-bit
+   absolute address.  */
+#define R_MOV16B2 	0x42
+
+/* This reloc identifies jmp insns with a 16bit target address;
+   the linker tries to turn these insns into bra insns with
+   an 8bit pc-relative target.  */
+#define R_JMP1     	0x43
+
+/* This reloc identifies a bra with an 8-bit pc-relative
+   target that was formerlly a jmp insn with a 16bit target.  */
+#define R_JMP2 		0x44
+
+/* ??? */
+#define R_RELLONG_NEG  	0x45
+
+/* This reloc identifies jmp insns with a 24bit target address;
+   the linker tries to turn these insns into bra insns with
+   an 8bit pc-relative target.  */
+#define R_JMPL1     	0x46
+
+/* This reloc identifies a bra with an 8-bit pc-relative
+   target that was formerlly a jmp insn with a 24bit target.  */
+#define R_JMPL2		0x47
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions with a 24bit absolute
+   address.  The linker tries to turn insns with this reloc into
+   an absolute 8-bit address.  */
+
+#define R_MOV24B1    	0x48
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.b instructions which had a 24bit
+   absolute address which have been shortened into a 8-bit
+   absolute address.  */
+#define R_MOV24B2 	0x49
+
+/* An h8300 memory indirect jump/call.  Forces the address of the jump/call
+   target into the function vector (in page zero), and the address of the
+   vector entry to be placed in the jump/call instruction.  */
+#define R_MEM_INDIRECT	0x4a
+
+/* This reloc identifies a 16bit pc-relative branch target which was
+   shortened into an 8bit pc-relative branch target.  */
+#define R_PCRWORD_B	0x4b
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.[wl] instructions with a 32/24 bit
+   absolute address; the linker may turn this into a mov.[wl]
+   insn with a 16bit absolute address.  */
+#define R_MOVL1    	0x4c
+
+/* This reloc identifies mov.[wl] insns which formerlly had
+   a 32/24bit absolute address and how have a 16bit absolute address.  */
+#define R_MOVL2 	0x4d
+
+/* This reloc identifies a bCC:8 which will have it's condition
+   inverted and its target redirected to the target of the branch
+   in the following insn.  */
+#define R_BCC_INV	0x4e
+
+/* This reloc identifies a jmp instruction that has been deleted.  */
+#define R_JMP_DEL	0x4f
+
+/* Z8k modes */
+#define R_IMM16   0x01		/* 16 bit abs */
+#define R_JR	  0x02		/* jr  8 bit disp */
+#define R_IMM4L   0x23		/* low nibble */
+#define R_IMM8    0x22		/* 8 bit abs */
+#define R_IMM32   R_RELLONG	/* 32 bit abs */
+#define R_CALL    R_DA		/* Absolute address which could be a callr */
+#define R_JP	  R_DA		/* Absolute address which could be a jp */
+#define R_REL16   0x04		/* 16 bit PC rel */
+#define R_CALLR	  0x05		/* callr 12 bit disp */
+#define R_SEG     0x10		/* set if in segmented mode */
+#define R_IMM4H   0x24		/* high nibble */
+#define R_DISP7   0x25          /* djnz displacement */
+
+/* H8500 modes */
+
+#define R_H8500_IMM8  	1		/*  8 bit immediate 	*/
+#define R_H8500_IMM16 	2		/* 16 bit immediate	*/
+#define R_H8500_PCREL8 	3		/*  8 bit pcrel 	*/
+#define R_H8500_PCREL16 4		/* 16 bit pcrel 	*/
+#define R_H8500_HIGH8  	5		/* high 8 bits of 24 bit address */
+#define R_H8500_LOW16 	7		/* low 16 bits of 24 bit immediate */
+#define R_H8500_IMM24	6		/* 24 bit immediate */
+#define R_H8500_IMM32   8               /* 32 bit immediate */
+#define R_H8500_HIGH16  9		/* high 16 bits of 32 bit immediate */
+
+/* W65 modes */
+
+#define R_W65_ABS8	1  /* addr & 0xff 		*/
+#define R_W65_ABS16	2  /* addr & 0xffff 		*/
+#define R_W65_ABS24	3  /* addr & 0xffffff 		*/
+
+#define R_W65_ABS8S8    4  /* (addr >> 8) & 0xff 	*/
+#define R_W65_ABS8S16   5  /* (addr >> 16) & 0xff 	*/
+
+#define R_W65_ABS16S8   6  /* (addr >> 8) & 0ffff 	*/
+#define R_W65_ABS16S16  7  /* (addr >> 16) & 0ffff 	*/
+
+#define R_W65_PCR8	8
+#define R_W65_PCR16	9
+
+#define R_W65_DP       10  /* direct page 8 bits only   */
+
+#endif /* GNU_COFF_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/pe.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/pe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e676a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/pe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* PE COFF header information */
+
+#ifndef _PE_H
+#define _PE_H
+
+/* NT specific file attributes */
+#define IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED           0x0001
+#define IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE          0x0002
+#define IMAGE_FILE_LINE_NUMS_STRIPPED        0x0004
+#define IMAGE_FILE_LOCAL_SYMS_STRIPPED       0x0008
+#define IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_LO         0x0080
+#define IMAGE_FILE_32BIT_MACHINE             0x0100
+#define IMAGE_FILE_DEBUG_STRIPPED            0x0200
+#define IMAGE_FILE_SYSTEM                    0x1000
+#define IMAGE_FILE_DLL                       0x2000
+#define IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_HI         0x8000
+
+/* additional flags to be set for section headers to allow the NT loader to
+   read and write to the section data (to replace the addresses of data in
+   dlls for one thing); also to execute the section in .text's case */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE 0x02000000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE     0x20000000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_READ        0x40000000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE       0x80000000
+
+/*
+ * Section characteristics added for ppc-nt
+ */
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_TYPE_NO_PAD                0x00000008  /* Reserved. */
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE                   0x00000020  /* Section contains code. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA       0x00000040  /* Section contains initialized data. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA     0x00000080  /* Section contains uninitialized data. */
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_OTHER                  0x00000100  /* Reserved. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_INFO                   0x00000200  /* Section contains comments or some other type of information. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE                 0x00000800  /* Section contents will not become part of image. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT                 0x00001000  /* Section contents comdat. */
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_FARDATA                0x00008000
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_PURGEABLE              0x00020000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_16BIT                  0x00020000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_LOCKED                 0x00040000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_PRELOAD                0x00080000
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES               0x00100000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES               0x00200000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES               0x00300000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8BYTES               0x00400000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES              0x00500000  /* Default alignment if no others are specified. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES              0x00600000
+#define IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES              0x00700000
+
+
+#define IMAGE_SCN_LNK_NRELOC_OVFL            0x01000000  /* Section contains extended relocations. */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_CACHED             0x04000000  /* Section is not cachable.               */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_PAGED              0x08000000  /* Section is not pageable.               */
+#define IMAGE_SCN_MEM_SHARED                 0x10000000  /* Section is shareable.                  */
+
+/* COMDAT selection codes.  */
+
+#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_NODUPLICATES     (1) /* Warn if duplicates.  */
+#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ANY		     (2) /* No warning.  */
+#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE	     (3) /* Warn if different size.  */
+#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH	     (4) /* Warn if different.  */
+#define IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE	     (5) /* Base on other section.  */
+
+/* Magic values that are true for all dos/nt implementations */
+#define DOSMAGIC       0x5a4d  
+#define NT_SIGNATURE   0x00004550
+
+  /* NT allows long filenames, we want to accommodate this.  This may break
+     some of the bfd functions */
+#undef  FILNMLEN
+#define FILNMLEN	18	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+
+
+#ifdef COFF_IMAGE_WITH_PE
+/* The filehdr is only weired in images */
+
+#undef FILHDR
+struct external_PE_filehdr
+{
+  /* DOS header fields */
+  char e_magic[2];		/* Magic number, 0x5a4d */
+  char e_cblp[2];		/* Bytes on last page of file, 0x90 */
+  char e_cp[2];			/* Pages in file, 0x3 */
+  char e_crlc[2];		/* Relocations, 0x0 */
+  char e_cparhdr[2];		/* Size of header in paragraphs, 0x4 */
+  char e_minalloc[2];		/* Minimum extra paragraphs needed, 0x0 */
+  char e_maxalloc[2];		/* Maximum extra paragraphs needed, 0xFFFF */
+  char e_ss[2];			/* Initial (relative) SS value, 0x0 */
+  char e_sp[2];			/* Initial SP value, 0xb8 */
+  char e_csum[2];		/* Checksum, 0x0 */
+  char e_ip[2];			/* Initial IP value, 0x0 */
+  char e_cs[2];			/* Initial (relative) CS value, 0x0 */
+  char e_lfarlc[2];		/* File address of relocation table, 0x40 */
+  char e_ovno[2];		/* Overlay number, 0x0 */
+  char e_res[4][2];		/* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
+  char e_oemid[2];		/* OEM identifier (for e_oeminfo), 0x0 */
+  char e_oeminfo[2];		/* OEM information; e_oemid specific, 0x0 */
+  char e_res2[10][2];		/* Reserved words, all 0x0 */
+  char e_lfanew[4];		/* File address of new exe header, 0x80 */
+  char dos_message[16][4];	/* other stuff, always follow DOS header */
+  char nt_signature[4];		/* required NT signature, 0x4550 */ 
+
+  /* From standard header */  
+
+
+  char f_magic[2];		/* magic number			*/
+  char f_nscns[2];		/* number of sections		*/
+  char f_timdat[4];		/* time & date stamp		*/
+  char f_symptr[4];		/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+  char f_nsyms[4];		/* number of symtab entries	*/
+  char f_opthdr[2];		/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+  char f_flags[2];		/* flags			*/
+
+};
+
+
+#define FILHDR struct external_PE_filehdr
+#undef FILHSZ
+#define FILHSZ 152
+
+#endif
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  AOUTHDR standard;
+
+  /* NT extra fields; see internal.h for descriptions */
+  char  ImageBase[4];
+  char  SectionAlignment[4];
+  char  FileAlignment[4];
+  char  MajorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
+  char  MinorOperatingSystemVersion[2];
+  char  MajorImageVersion[2];
+  char  MinorImageVersion[2];
+  char  MajorSubsystemVersion[2];
+  char  MinorSubsystemVersion[2];
+  char  Reserved1[4];
+  char  SizeOfImage[4];
+  char  SizeOfHeaders[4];
+  char  CheckSum[4];
+  char  Subsystem[2];
+  char  DllCharacteristics[2];
+  char  SizeOfStackReserve[4];
+  char  SizeOfStackCommit[4];
+  char  SizeOfHeapReserve[4];
+  char  SizeOfHeapCommit[4];
+  char  LoaderFlags[4];
+  char  NumberOfRvaAndSizes[4];
+  /* IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY DataDirectory[IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES]; */
+  char  DataDirectory[16][2][4]; /* 16 entries, 2 elements/entry, 4 chars */
+
+} PEAOUTHDR;
+
+
+#undef AOUTSZ
+#define AOUTSZ (AOUTHDRSZ + 196)
+
+#undef  E_FILNMLEN
+#define E_FILNMLEN	18	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+#endif
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sh.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sh.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65ed478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*** coff information for Hitachi SH */
+
+/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
+
+struct external_filehdr {
+	char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
+	char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
+	char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
+	char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+	char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
+	char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+	char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+
+
+#define	SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG	0x0500
+#define	SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE	0x0550  /* Little endian SH */
+
+
+#define SHBADMAG(x) \
+ (((x).f_magic!=SH_ARCH_MAGIC_BIG) && \
+  ((x).f_magic!=SH_ARCH_MAGIC_LITTLE))
+
+#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
+#define	FILHSZ	20
+
+
+/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  char 	magic[2];		/* type of file				*/
+  char	vstamp[2];		/* version stamp			*/
+  char	tsize[4];		/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
+  char	dsize[4];		/* initialized data "  "		*/
+  char	bsize[4];		/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
+  char	entry[4];		/* entry pt.				*/
+  char 	text_start[4];		/* base of text used for this file */
+  char 	data_start[4];		/* base of data used for this file */
+}
+AOUTHDR;
+
+
+#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
+#define AOUTSZ 28
+
+
+
+
+/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
+
+
+struct external_scnhdr {
+	char		s_name[8];	/* section name			*/
+	char		s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
+	char		s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address		*/
+	char		s_size[4];	/* section size			*/
+	char		s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section */
+	char		s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation	*/
+	char		s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers	*/
+	char		s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries	*/
+	char		s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries*/
+	char		s_flags[4];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+/*
+ * names of "special" sections
+ */
+#define _TEXT	".text"
+#define _DATA	".data"
+#define _BSS	".bss"
+
+
+#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
+#define	SCNHSZ	40
+
+
+/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
+
+/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
+ * Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
+ * grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
+ * symbol table index of the function name.
+ */
+struct external_lineno {
+	union {
+		char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
+		char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
+	} l_addr;
+	char l_lnno[4];	/* line number		*/
+};
+
+#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd,val, ext) bfd_h_put_32(abfd,val,  (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+
+#define	LINENO	struct external_lineno
+#define	LINESZ	8
+
+
+/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
+
+#define E_SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
+#define E_FILNMLEN	14	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+#define E_DIMNUM	4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
+
+struct external_syment 
+{
+  union {
+    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
+    struct {
+      char e_zeroes[4];
+      char e_offset[4];
+    } e;
+  } e;
+  char e_value[4];
+  char e_scnum[2];
+  char e_type[2];
+  char e_sclass[1];
+  char e_numaux[1];
+};
+
+
+
+#define N_BTMASK	(017)
+#define N_TMASK		(060)
+#define N_BTSHFT	(4)
+#define N_TSHIFT	(2)
+  
+
+union external_auxent {
+	struct {
+		char x_tagndx[4];	/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
+		union {
+			struct {
+			    char  x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
+			    char  x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
+			} x_lnsz;
+			char x_fsize[4];	/* size of function */
+		} x_misc;
+		union {
+			struct {		/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
+			    char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
+			    char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
+			} x_fcn;
+			struct {		/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
+			    char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
+			} x_ary;
+		} x_fcnary;
+		char x_tvndx[2];		/* tv index */
+	} x_sym;
+
+	union {
+		char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
+		struct {
+			char x_zeroes[4];
+			char x_offset[4];
+		} x_n;
+	} x_file;
+
+	struct {
+		char x_scnlen[4];			/* section length */
+		char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
+		char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
+	} x_scn;
+
+        struct {
+		char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
+		char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
+		char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
+	} x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
+
+
+};
+
+#define	SYMENT	struct external_syment
+#define	SYMESZ	18	
+#define	AUXENT	union external_auxent
+#define	AUXESZ	18
+
+
+
+/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
+
+/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
+   types on the h8 don't have room in the instruction for the entire
+   offset - eg the strange jump and high page addressing modes */
+
+struct external_reloc {
+  char r_vaddr[4];
+  char r_symndx[4];
+  char r_offset[4];
+  char r_type[2];
+  char r_stuff[2];
+};
+
+
+#define RELOC struct external_reloc
+#define RELSZ 16
+
+/* SH relocation types.  Not all of these are actually used.  */
+
+#define R_SH_UNUSED	0		/* only used internally */
+#define R_SH_PCREL8 	3		/*  8 bit pcrel 	*/
+#define R_SH_PCREL16 	4		/* 16 bit pcrel 	*/
+#define R_SH_HIGH8  	5		/* high 8 bits of 24 bit address */
+#define R_SH_LOW16 	7		/* low 16 bits of 24 bit immediate */
+#define R_SH_IMM24	6		/* 24 bit immediate */
+#define R_SH_PCDISP8BY4	9  		/* PC rel 8 bits *4 +ve */
+#define R_SH_PCDISP8BY2	10  		/* PC rel 8 bits *2 +ve */
+#define R_SH_PCDISP8    11  		/* 8 bit branch */
+#define R_SH_PCDISP     12  		/* 12 bit branch */
+#define R_SH_IMM32      14    		/* 32 bit immediate */
+#define R_SH_IMM8   	16		/* 8 bit immediate */
+#define R_SH_IMM8BY2    17		/* 8 bit immediate *2 */
+#define R_SH_IMM8BY4    18		/* 8 bit immediate *4 */
+#define R_SH_IMM4   	19		/* 4 bit immediate */
+#define R_SH_IMM4BY2    20		/* 4 bit immediate *2 */
+#define R_SH_IMM4BY4    21		/* 4 bit immediate *4 */
+#define R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2   22		/* PC rel 8 bits *2 unsigned */
+#define R_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4   23		/* PC rel 8 bits *4 unsigned */
+#define R_SH_IMM16      24    		/* 16 bit immediate */
+
+/* The switch table reloc types are used for relaxing.  They are
+   generated for expressions such as
+     .word L1 - L2
+   The r_offset field holds the difference between the reloc address
+   and L2.  */
+#define R_SH_SWITCH16	25		/* 16 bit switch table entry */
+#define R_SH_SWITCH32	26		/* 32 bit switch table entry */
+
+/* The USES reloc type is used for relaxing.  The compiler will
+   generate .uses pseudo-ops when it finds a function call which it
+   can relax.  The r_offset field of the USES reloc holds the PC
+   relative offset to the instruction which loads the register used in
+   the function call.  */
+#define R_SH_USES	27		/* .uses pseudo-op */
+
+/* The COUNT reloc type is used for relaxing.  The assembler will
+   generate COUNT relocs for addresses referred to by the register
+   loads associated with USES relocs.  The r_offset field of the COUNT
+   reloc holds the number of times the address is referenced in the
+   object file.  */
+#define R_SH_COUNT	28		/* Count of constant pool uses */
+
+/* The ALIGN reloc type is used for relaxing.  The r_offset field is
+   the power of two to which subsequent portions of the object file
+   must be aligned.  */
+#define R_SH_ALIGN	29		/* .align pseudo-op */
+
+/* The CODE and DATA reloc types are used for aligning load and store
+   instructions.  The assembler will generate a CODE reloc before a
+   block of instructions.  It will generate a DATA reloc before data.
+   A section should be processed assuming it contains data, unless a
+   CODE reloc is seen.  The only relevant pieces of information in the
+   CODE and DATA relocs are the section and the address.  The symbol
+   and offset are meaningless.  */
+#define R_SH_CODE	30		/* start of code */
+#define R_SH_DATA	31		/* start of data */
+
+/* The LABEL reloc type is used for aligning load and store
+   instructions.  The assembler will generate a LABEL reloc for each
+   label within a block of instructions.  This permits the linker to
+   avoid swapping instructions which are the targets of branches.  */
+#define R_SH_LABEL	32		/* label */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sym.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sym.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76204af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/sym.h
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/* Declarations of internal format of MIPS ECOFF symbols.
+   Originally contributed by MIPS Computer Systems and Third Eye Software.
+   Changes contributed by Cygnus Support are in the public domain.  
+
+   This file is just aggregated with the files that make up the GNU
+   release; it is not considered part of GAS, GDB, or other GNU
+   programs.  */
+
+/*
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * | Copyright (c) 1992, 1991, 1990 MIPS Computer Systems, Inc.|
+ * | MIPS Computer Systems, Inc. grants reproduction and use   |
+ * | rights to all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is      |
+ * | maintained in the copy.                                   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ */
+#ifndef _SYM_H
+#define _SYM_H
+
+/* (C) Copyright 1984 by Third Eye Software, Inc.
+ *
+ * Third Eye Software, Inc. grants reproduction and use rights to
+ * all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is maintained in the copy.
+ *
+ * Third Eye makes no claims about the applicability of this
+ * symbol table to a particular use.
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * This file contains the definition of the Third Eye Symbol Table.
+ *
+ * Symbols are assumed to be in 'encounter order' - i.e. the order that
+ * the things they represent were encountered by the compiler/assembler/loader.
+ * EXCEPT for globals!	These are assumed to be bunched together,
+ * probably right after the last 'normal' symbol.  Globals ARE sorted
+ * in ascending order.
+ *
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A brief word about Third Eye naming/use conventions:
+ *
+ * All arrays and index's are 0 based.
+ * All "ifooMax" values are the highest legal value PLUS ONE. This makes
+ * them good for allocating arrays, etc. All checks are "ifoo < ifooMax".
+ *
+ * "isym"	Index into the SYMbol table.
+ * "ipd"	Index into the Procedure Descriptor array.
+ * "ifd"	Index into the File Descriptor array.
+ * "iss"	Index into String Space.
+ * "cb"		Count of Bytes.
+ * "rgPd"	array whose domain is "0..ipdMax-1" and RanGe is PDR.
+ * "rgFd"	array whose domain is "0..ifdMax-1" and RanGe is FDR.
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Symbolic Header (HDR) structure.
+ * As long as all the pointers are set correctly,
+ * we don't care WHAT order the various sections come out in!
+ *
+ * A file produced solely for the use of CDB will probably NOT have
+ * any instructions or data areas in it, as these are available
+ * in the original.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+	short	magic;		/* to verify validity of the table */
+	short	vstamp;		/* version stamp */
+	long	ilineMax;	/* number of line number entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbLine;		/* number of bytes for line number entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbLineOffset;	/* offset to start of line number entries*/
+	long	idnMax;		/* max index into dense number table */
+	bfd_vma	cbDnOffset;	/* offset to start dense number table */
+	long	ipdMax;		/* number of procedures */
+	bfd_vma	cbPdOffset;	/* offset to procedure descriptor table */
+	long	isymMax;	/* number of local symbols */
+	bfd_vma	cbSymOffset;	/* offset to start of local symbols*/
+	long	ioptMax;	/* max index into optimization symbol entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbOptOffset;	/* offset to optimization symbol entries */
+	long	iauxMax;	/* number of auxillary symbol entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbAuxOffset;	/* offset to start of auxillary symbol entries*/
+	long	issMax;		/* max index into local strings */
+	bfd_vma	cbSsOffset;	/* offset to start of local strings */
+	long	issExtMax;	/* max index into external strings */
+	bfd_vma	cbSsExtOffset;	/* offset to start of external strings */
+	long	ifdMax;		/* number of file descriptor entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbFdOffset;	/* offset to file descriptor table */
+	long	crfd;		/* number of relative file descriptor entries */
+	bfd_vma	cbRfdOffset;	/* offset to relative file descriptor table */
+	long	iextMax;	/* max index into external symbols */
+	bfd_vma	cbExtOffset;	/* offset to start of external symbol entries*/
+	/* If you add machine dependent fields, add them here */
+	} HDRR, *pHDRR; 
+#define cbHDRR sizeof(HDRR)
+#define hdrNil ((pHDRR)0)
+
+/*
+ * The FDR and PDR structures speed mapping of address <-> name.
+ * They are sorted in ascending memory order and are kept in
+ * memory by CDB at runtime.
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * File Descriptor
+ *
+ * There is one of these for EVERY FILE, whether compiled with
+ * full debugging symbols or not.  The name of a file should be
+ * the path name given to the compiler.	 This allows the user
+ * to simply specify the names of the directories where the COMPILES
+ * were done, and we will be able to find their files.
+ * A field whose comment starts with "R - " indicates that it will be
+ * setup at runtime.
+ */
+typedef struct fdr {
+	bfd_vma	adr;		/* memory address of beginning of file */
+	long	rss;		/* file name (of source, if known) */
+	long	issBase;	/* file's string space */
+	bfd_vma	cbSs;		/* number of bytes in the ss */
+	long	isymBase;	/* beginning of symbols */
+	long	csym;		/* count file's of symbols */
+	long	ilineBase;	/* file's line symbols */
+	long	cline;		/* count of file's line symbols */
+	long	ioptBase;	/* file's optimization entries */
+	long	copt;		/* count of file's optimization entries */
+	unsigned short ipdFirst;/* start of procedures for this file */
+	short	cpd;		/* count of procedures for this file */
+	long	iauxBase;	/* file's auxiliary entries */
+	long	caux;		/* count of file's auxiliary entries */
+	long	rfdBase;	/* index into the file indirect table */
+	long	crfd;		/* count file indirect entries */
+	unsigned lang: 5;	/* language for this file */
+	unsigned fMerge : 1;	/* whether this file can be merged */
+	unsigned fReadin : 1;	/* true if it was read in (not just created) */
+	unsigned fBigendian : 1;/* if set, was compiled on big endian machine */
+				/*	aux's will be in compile host's sex */
+	unsigned glevel : 2;	/* level this file was compiled with */
+	unsigned reserved : 22;  /* reserved for future use */
+	bfd_vma	cbLineOffset;	/* byte offset from header for this file ln's */
+	bfd_vma	cbLine;		/* size of lines for this file */
+	} FDR, *pFDR;
+#define cbFDR sizeof(FDR)
+#define fdNil ((pFDR)0)
+#define ifdNil -1
+#define ifdTemp 0
+#define ilnNil -1
+
+
+/* 
+ * Procedure Descriptor
+ *
+ * There is one of these for EVERY TEXT LABEL.
+ * If a procedure is in a file with full symbols, then isym
+ * will point to the PROC symbols, else it will point to the
+ * global symbol for the label.
+ */
+
+typedef struct pdr {
+	bfd_vma	adr;		/* memory address of start of procedure */
+	long	isym;		/* start of local symbol entries */
+	long	iline;		/* start of line number entries*/
+	long	regmask;	/* save register mask */
+	long	regoffset;	/* save register offset */
+	long	iopt;		/* start of optimization symbol entries*/
+	long	fregmask;	/* save floating point register mask */
+	long	fregoffset;	/* save floating point register offset */
+	long	frameoffset;	/* frame size */
+	short	framereg;	/* frame pointer register */
+	short	pcreg;		/* offset or reg of return pc */
+	long	lnLow;		/* lowest line in the procedure */
+	long	lnHigh;		/* highest line in the procedure */
+	bfd_vma	cbLineOffset;	/* byte offset for this procedure from the fd base */
+	/* These fields are new for 64 bit ECOFF.  */
+	unsigned gp_prologue : 8; /* byte size of GP prologue */
+	unsigned gp_used : 1;	/* true if the procedure uses GP */
+	unsigned reg_frame : 1;	/* true if register frame procedure */
+	unsigned prof : 1;	/* true if compiled with -pg */
+	unsigned reserved : 13;	/* reserved: must be zero */
+	unsigned localoff : 8;	/* offset of local variables from vfp */
+	} PDR, *pPDR;
+#define cbPDR sizeof(PDR)
+#define pdNil ((pPDR) 0)
+#define ipdNil	-1
+
+/*
+ * The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the loader
+ * for use by the static exception system.
+ */
+/*
+ * If 0'd out because exception_info chokes Visual C++ and because there
+ * don't seem to be any references to this structure elsewhere in gdb.
+ */
+#if 0
+typedef struct runtime_pdr {
+	bfd_vma	adr;		/* memory address of start of procedure */
+	long	regmask;	/* save register mask */
+	long	regoffset;	/* save register offset */
+	long	fregmask;	/* save floating point register mask */
+	long	fregoffset;	/* save floating point register offset */
+	long	frameoffset;	/* frame size */
+	short	framereg;	/* frame pointer register */
+	short	pcreg;		/* offset or reg of return pc */
+	long	irpss;		/* index into the runtime string table */
+	long	reserved;
+	struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */
+} RPDR, *pRPDR;
+#define cbRPDR sizeof(RPDR)
+#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Line Numbers
+ *
+ * Line Numbers are segregated from the normal symbols because they
+ * are [1] smaller , [2] are of no interest to your
+ * average loader, and [3] are never needed in the middle of normal
+ * scanning and therefore slow things down.
+ *
+ * By definition, the first LINER for any given procedure will have
+ * the first line of a procedure and represent the first address.
+ */
+
+typedef	long LINER, *pLINER;
+#define lineNil ((pLINER)0)
+#define cbLINER sizeof(LINER)
+#define ilineNil	-1
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The Symbol Structure		(GFW, to those who Know!)
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+	long	iss;		/* index into String Space of name */
+	bfd_vma	value;		/* value of symbol */
+	unsigned st : 6;	/* symbol type */
+	unsigned sc  : 5;	/* storage class - text, data, etc */
+	unsigned reserved : 1;	/* reserved */
+	unsigned index : 20;	/* index into sym/aux table */
+	} SYMR, *pSYMR;
+#define symNil ((pSYMR)0)
+#define cbSYMR sizeof(SYMR)
+#define isymNil -1
+#define indexNil 0xfffff
+#define issNil -1
+#define issNull 0
+
+
+/* The following converts a memory resident string to an iss.
+ * This hack is recognized in SbFIss, in sym.c of the debugger.
+ */
+#define IssFSb(sb) (0x80000000 | ((unsigned long)(sb)))
+
+/* E X T E R N A L   S Y M B O L  R E C O R D
+ *
+ *	Same as the SYMR except it contains file context to determine where
+ *	the index is.
+ */
+typedef struct ecoff_extr {
+	unsigned jmptbl:1;	/* symbol is a jump table entry for shlibs */
+	unsigned cobol_main:1;	/* symbol is a cobol main procedure */
+	unsigned weakext:1;	/* symbol is weak external */
+	unsigned reserved:13;	/* reserved for future use */
+	int	ifd;		/* where the iss and index fields point into */
+	SYMR	asym;		/* symbol for the external */
+	} EXTR, *pEXTR;
+#define extNil ((pEXTR)0)
+#define cbEXTR sizeof(EXTR)
+
+
+/* A U X I L L A R Y   T Y P E	 I N F O R M A T I O N */
+
+/*
+ * Type Information Record
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned fBitfield : 1; /* set if bit width is specified */
+	unsigned continued : 1; /* indicates additional TQ info in next AUX */
+	unsigned bt  : 6;	/* basic type */
+	unsigned tq4 : 4;
+	unsigned tq5 : 4;
+	/* ---- 16 bit boundary ---- */
+	unsigned tq0 : 4;
+	unsigned tq1 : 4;	/* 6 type qualifiers - tqPtr, etc. */
+	unsigned tq2 : 4;
+	unsigned tq3 : 4;
+	} TIR, *pTIR;
+#define cbTIR sizeof(TIR)
+#define tiNil ((pTIR)0)
+#define itqMax 6
+
+/*
+ * Relative symbol record
+ *
+ * If the rfd field is 4095, the index field indexes into the global symbol
+ *	table.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned	rfd : 12;    /* index into the file indirect table */
+	unsigned	index : 20; /* index int sym/aux/iss tables */
+	} RNDXR, *pRNDXR;
+#define cbRNDXR sizeof(RNDXR)
+#define rndxNil ((pRNDXR)0)
+
+/* dense numbers or sometimes called block numbers are stored in this type,
+ *	a rfd of 0xffffffff is an index into the global table.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned long	rfd;    /* index into the file table */
+	unsigned long	index; 	/* index int sym/aux/iss tables */
+	} DNR, *pDNR;
+#define cbDNR sizeof(DNR)
+#define dnNil ((pDNR)0)
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Auxillary information occurs only if needed.
+ * It ALWAYS occurs in this order when present.
+
+	    isymMac		used by stProc only
+	    TIR			type info
+	    TIR			additional TQ info (if first TIR was not enough)
+	    rndx		if (bt == btStruct,btUnion,btEnum,btSet,btRange,
+				    btTypedef):
+				    rsym.index == iaux for btSet or btRange
+				    else rsym.index == isym
+	    dimLow		btRange, btSet
+	    dimMac		btRange, btSet
+	    rndx0		As many as there are tq arrays
+	    dimLow0
+	    dimHigh0
+	    ...
+	    rndxMax-1
+	    dimLowMax-1
+	    dimHighMax-1
+	    width in bits	if (bit field), width in bits.
+ */
+#define cAuxMax (6 + (idimMax*3))
+
+/* a union of all possible info in the AUX universe */
+typedef union {
+	TIR	ti;		/* type information record */
+	RNDXR	rndx;		/* relative index into symbol table */
+	long	dnLow;		/* low dimension */
+	long	dnHigh;		/* high dimension */
+	long	isym;		/* symbol table index (end of proc) */
+	long	iss;		/* index into string space (not used) */
+	long	width;		/* width for non-default sized struc fields */
+	long	count;		/* count of ranges for variant arm */
+	} AUXU, *pAUXU;
+#define cbAUXU sizeof(AUXU)
+#define auxNil ((pAUXU)0)
+#define iauxNil -1
+
+
+/*
+ * Optimization symbols
+ *
+ * Optimization symbols contain some overlap information with the normal
+ * symbol table. In particular, the proc information
+ * is somewhat redundant but necessary to easily find the other information
+ * present. 
+ *
+ * All of the offsets are relative to the beginning of the last otProc
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned ot: 8;		/* optimization type */
+	unsigned value: 24;	/* address where we are moving it to */
+	RNDXR	rndx;		/* points to a symbol or opt entry */
+	unsigned long	offset;	/* relative offset this occured */
+	} OPTR, *pOPTR;
+#define optNil	((pOPTR) 0)
+#define cbOPTR sizeof(OPTR)
+#define ioptNil -1
+
+/*
+ * File Indirect
+ *
+ * When a symbol is referenced across files the following procedure is used:
+ *	1) use the file index to get the File indirect entry.
+ *	2) use the file indirect entry to get the File descriptor.
+ *	3) add the sym index to the base of that file's sym table
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef long RFDT, *pRFDT;
+#define cbRFDT sizeof(RFDT)
+#define rfdNil	-1
+
+/*
+ * The file indirect table in the mips loader is known as an array of FITs.
+ * This is done to keep the code in the loader readable in the area where
+ * these tables are merged.  Note this is only a name change.
+ */
+typedef long FIT, *pFIT;
+#define cbFIT	sizeof(FIT)
+#define ifiNil	-1
+#define fiNil	((pFIT) 0)
+
+#ifdef _LANGUAGE_PASCAL
+#define ifdNil -1
+#define ilnNil -1
+#define ipdNil -1
+#define ilineNil -1
+#define isymNil -1
+#define indexNil 16#fffff
+#define issNil -1
+#define issNull 0
+#define itqMax 6
+#define iauxNil -1
+#define ioptNil -1
+#define rfdNil -1
+#define ifiNil -1
+#endif	/* _LANGUAGE_PASCAL */
+
+
+/* Dense numbers
+ *
+ * Rather than use file index, symbol index pairs to represent symbols
+ *	and globals, we use dense number so that they can be easily embeded
+ *	in intermediate code and the programs that process them can
+ *	use direct access tabls instead of hash table (which would be
+ *	necesary otherwise because of the sparse name space caused by
+ *	file index, symbol index pairs. Dense number are represented
+ *	by RNDXRs.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The following table defines the meaning of each SYM field as
+ * a function of the "st". (scD/B == scData OR scBss)
+ *
+ * Note: the value "isymMac" is used by symbols that have the concept
+ * of enclosing a block of related information.	 This value is the
+ * isym of the first symbol AFTER the end associated with the primary
+ * symbol. For example if a procedure was at isym==90 and had an
+ * isymMac==155, the associated end would be at isym==154, and the
+ * symbol at 155 would probably (although not necessarily) be the
+ * symbol for the next procedure.  This allows rapid skipping over
+ * internal information of various sorts. "stEnd"s ALWAYS have the
+ * isym of the primary symbol that started the block.
+ * 
+
+ST		SC	VALUE		INDEX
+--------	------	--------	------
+stFile		scText	address		isymMac
+stLabel		scText	address		---
+stGlobal	scD/B	address		iaux
+stStatic	scD/B	address		iaux
+stParam		scAbs	offset		iaux
+stLocal		scAbs	offset		iaux
+stProc		scText	address		iaux	(isymMac is first AUX)
+stStaticProc	scText	address		iaux	(isymMac is first AUX)
+
+stMember	scNil	ordinal		---	(if member of enum)
+	(mipsread thinks the case below has a bit, not byte, offset.)
+stMember	scNil	byte offset	iaux	(if member of struct/union)
+stMember	scBits	bit offset	iaux	(bit field spec)
+
+stBlock		scText	address		isymMac (text block)
+	(the code seems to think that rather than scNil, we see scInfo for
+	 the two cases below.)
+stBlock		scNil	cb		isymMac (struct/union member define)
+stBlock		scNil	cMembers	isymMac (enum member define)
+
+	(New types added by SGI to simplify things:)
+stStruct	scInfo	cb		isymMac (struct type define)
+stUnion		scInfo	cb		isymMac (union  type define)
+stEnum		scInfo	cMembers	isymMac (enum   type define)
+
+stEnd		scText	address		isymStart
+stEnd		scNil	-------		isymStart (struct/union/enum)
+
+stTypedef	scNil	-------		iaux
+stRegReloc	sc???	value		old register number
+stForward	sc???	new address	isym to original symbol
+
+stConstant	scInfo	value		--- (scalar)
+stConstant	scInfo	iss		--- (complex, e.g. string)
+
+ *
+ */
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/symconst.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/symconst.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f40eef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/symconst.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* Declarations of constants for internal format of MIPS ECOFF symbols.
+   Originally contributed by MIPS Computer Systems and Third Eye Software.
+   Changes contributed by Cygnus Support are in the public domain.
+
+   This file is just aggregated with the files that make up the GNU
+   release; it is not considered part of GAS, GDB, or other GNU
+   programs.  */
+
+/*
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * | Copyright (c) 1992, 1991, 1990 MIPS Computer Systems, Inc.|
+ * | MIPS Computer Systems, Inc. grants reproduction and use   |
+ * | rights to all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is      |
+ * | maintained in the copy.                                   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ */
+
+/* (C) Copyright 1984 by Third Eye Software, Inc.
+ *
+ * Third Eye Software, Inc. grants reproduction and use rights to
+ * all parties, PROVIDED that this comment is maintained in the copy.
+ *
+ * Third Eye makes no claims about the applicability of this
+ * symbol table to a particular use.
+ */
+
+/* glevels for field in FDR */
+#define GLEVEL_0	2
+#define GLEVEL_1	1
+#define GLEVEL_2	0	/* for upward compat reasons. */
+#define GLEVEL_3	3
+
+/* magic number fo symheader */
+#define magicSym	0x7009
+/* The Alpha uses this value instead, for some reason.  */
+#define magicSym2	0x1992
+
+/* Language codes */
+#define langC		0	
+#define langPascal	1
+#define langFortran	2
+#define	langAssembler	3	/* one Assembley inst might map to many mach */
+#define langMachine	4
+#define langNil		5
+#define langAda		6
+#define langPl1		7
+#define langCobol	8
+#define langStdc	9	/* FIXME: Collides with SGI langCplusplus */
+#define langCplusplus	9	/* FIXME: Collides with langStdc */
+#define langCplusplusV2	10	/* SGI addition */
+#define langMax		11	/* maximun allowed 32 -- 5 bits */
+
+/* The following are value definitions for the fields in the SYMR */
+
+/*
+ * Storage Classes
+ */
+
+#define scNil		0
+#define scText		1	/* text symbol */
+#define scData		2	/* initialized data symbol */
+#define scBss		3	/* un-initialized data symbol */
+#define scRegister	4	/* value of symbol is register number */
+#define scAbs		5	/* value of symbol is absolute */
+#define scUndefined	6	/* who knows? */
+#define scCdbLocal	7	/* variable's value is IN se->va.?? */
+#define scBits		8	/* this is a bit field */
+#define scCdbSystem	9	/* variable's value is IN CDB's address space */
+#define scDbx		9	/* overlap dbx internal use */
+#define scRegImage	10	/* register value saved on stack */
+#define scInfo		11	/* symbol contains debugger information */
+#define scUserStruct	12	/* address in struct user for current process */
+#define scSData		13	/* load time only small data */
+#define scSBss		14	/* load time only small common */
+#define scRData		15	/* load time only read only data */
+#define scVar		16	/* Var parameter (fortran,pascal) */
+#define scCommon	17	/* common variable */
+#define scSCommon	18	/* small common */
+#define scVarRegister	19	/* Var parameter in a register */
+#define scVariant	20	/* Variant record */
+#define scSUndefined	21	/* small undefined(external) data */
+#define scInit		22	/* .init section symbol */
+#define scBasedVar	23	/* Fortran or PL/1 ptr based var */ 
+#define scXData         24      /* exception handling data */
+#define scPData         25      /* Procedure section */
+#define scFini          26      /* .fini section */
+#define scRConst	27	/* .rconst section */
+#define scMax		32
+
+
+/*
+ *   Symbol Types
+ */
+
+#define stNil		0	/* Nuthin' special */
+#define stGlobal	1	/* external symbol */
+#define stStatic	2	/* static */
+#define stParam		3	/* procedure argument */
+#define stLocal		4	/* local variable */
+#define stLabel		5	/* label */
+#define stProc		6	/*     "      "	 Procedure */
+#define stBlock		7	/* beginnning of block */
+#define stEnd		8	/* end (of anything) */
+#define stMember	9	/* member (of anything	- struct/union/enum */
+#define stTypedef	10	/* type definition */
+#define stFile		11	/* file name */
+#define stRegReloc	12	/* register relocation */
+#define stForward	13	/* forwarding address */
+#define stStaticProc	14	/* load time only static procs */
+#define stConstant	15	/* const */
+#define stStaParam	16	/* Fortran static parameters */
+    /* These new symbol types have been recently added to SGI machines. */
+#define stStruct	26	/* Beginning of block defining a struct type */
+#define stUnion		27	/* Beginning of block defining a union type */
+#define stEnum		28	/* Beginning of block defining an enum type */
+#define stIndirect	34	/* Indirect type specification */
+    /* Pseudo-symbols - internal to debugger */
+#define stStr		60	/* string */
+#define stNumber	61	/* pure number (ie. 4 NOR 2+2) */
+#define stExpr		62	/* 2+2 vs. 4 */
+#define stType		63	/* post-coersion SER */
+#define stMax		64
+
+/* definitions for fields in TIR */
+
+/* type qualifiers for ti.tq0 -> ti.(itqMax-1) */
+#define tqNil	0	/* bt is what you see */
+#define tqPtr	1	/* pointer */
+#define tqProc	2	/* procedure */
+#define tqArray 3	/* duh */
+#define tqFar	4	/* longer addressing - 8086/8 land */
+#define tqVol	5	/* volatile */
+#define tqConst 6	/* const */
+#define tqMax	8
+
+/* basic types as seen in ti.bt */
+#define btNil		0	/* undefined (also, enum members) */
+#define btAdr		1	/* address - integer same size as pointer */
+#define btChar		2	/* character */
+#define btUChar		3	/* unsigned character */
+#define btShort		4	/* short */
+#define btUShort	5	/* unsigned short */
+#define btInt		6	/* int */
+#define btUInt		7	/* unsigned int */
+#define btLong		8	/* long */
+#define btULong		9	/* unsigned long */
+#define btFloat		10	/* float (real) */
+#define btDouble	11	/* Double (real) */
+#define btStruct	12	/* Structure (Record) */
+#define btUnion		13	/* Union (variant) */
+#define btEnum		14	/* Enumerated */
+#define btTypedef	15	/* defined via a typedef, isymRef points */
+#define btRange		16	/* subrange of int */
+#define btSet		17	/* pascal sets */
+#define btComplex	18	/* fortran complex */
+#define btDComplex	19	/* fortran double complex */
+#define btIndirect	20	/* forward or unnamed typedef */
+#define btFixedDec	21	/* Fixed Decimal */
+#define btFloatDec	22	/* Float Decimal */
+#define btString	23	/* Varying Length Character String */
+#define btBit		24	/* Aligned Bit String */
+#define btPicture	25	/* Picture */
+#define btVoid		26	/* void */
+#define btLongLong	27	/* long long */
+#define btULongLong	28	/* unsigned long long */
+#define btMax		64
+
+#if (_MFG == _MIPS)
+/* optimization type codes */
+#define otNil		0
+#define otReg		1	/* move var to reg */
+#define otBlock		2	/* begin basic block */
+#define	otProc		3	/* procedure */
+#define otInline	4	/* inline procedure */
+#define otEnd		5	/* whatever you started */
+#define otMax		6	/* KEEP UP TO DATE */
+#endif /* (_MFG == _MIPS) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/coff/z8k.h b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/z8k.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19b846c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/coff/z8k.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*** coff information for Zilog Z800N */
+
+/********************** FILE HEADER **********************/
+
+struct external_filehdr {
+	char f_magic[2];	/* magic number			*/
+	char f_nscns[2];	/* number of sections		*/
+	char f_timdat[4];	/* time & date stamp		*/
+	char f_symptr[4];	/* file pointer to symtab	*/
+	char f_nsyms[4];	/* number of symtab entries	*/
+	char f_opthdr[2];	/* sizeof(optional hdr)		*/
+	char f_flags[2];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+
+/* Type of cpu is stored in flags */
+#define F_Z8001    0x1000
+#define F_Z8002    0x2000
+#define F_MACHMASK 0xf000
+
+#define	Z8KMAGIC	0x8000
+
+#define Z8KBADMAG(x) (((x).f_magic!=Z8KMAGIC))
+
+#define	FILHDR	struct external_filehdr
+#define	FILHSZ	20
+
+
+/********************** AOUT "OPTIONAL HEADER" **********************/
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  char 	magic[2];		/* type of file				*/
+  char	vstamp[2];		/* version stamp			*/
+  char	tsize[4];		/* text size in bytes, padded to FW bdry*/
+  char	dsize[4];		/* initialized data "  "		*/
+  char	bsize[4];		/* uninitialized data "   "		*/
+  char	entry[4];		/* entry pt.				*/
+  char 	text_start[4];		/* base of text used for this file */
+  char 	data_start[4];		/* base of data used for this file */
+}
+AOUTHDR;
+
+
+#define AOUTHDRSZ 28
+#define AOUTSZ 28
+
+
+
+
+/********************** SECTION HEADER **********************/
+
+
+struct external_scnhdr {
+	char		s_name[8];	/* section name			*/
+	char		s_paddr[4];	/* physical address, aliased s_nlib */
+	char		s_vaddr[4];	/* virtual address		*/
+	char		s_size[4];	/* section size			*/
+	char		s_scnptr[4];	/* file ptr to raw data for section */
+	char		s_relptr[4];	/* file ptr to relocation	*/
+	char		s_lnnoptr[4];	/* file ptr to line numbers	*/
+	char		s_nreloc[2];	/* number of relocation entries	*/
+	char		s_nlnno[2];	/* number of line number entries*/
+	char		s_flags[4];	/* flags			*/
+};
+
+/*
+ * names of "special" sections
+ */
+#define _TEXT	".text"
+#define _DATA	".data"
+#define _BSS	".bss"
+
+
+#define	SCNHDR	struct external_scnhdr
+#define	SCNHSZ	40
+
+
+/********************** LINE NUMBERS **********************/
+
+/* 1 line number entry for every "breakpointable" source line in a section.
+ * Line numbers are grouped on a per function basis; first entry in a function
+ * grouping will have l_lnno = 0 and in place of physical address will be the
+ * symbol table index of the function name.
+ */
+struct external_lineno {
+	union {
+		char l_symndx[4];	/* function name symbol index, iff l_lnno == 0*/
+		char l_paddr[4];	/* (physical) address of line number	*/
+	} l_addr;
+	char l_lnno[4];	/* line number		*/
+};
+
+#define GET_LINENO_LNNO(abfd, ext) bfd_h_get_32(abfd, (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+#define PUT_LINENO_LNNO(abfd,val, ext) bfd_h_put_32(abfd,val,  (bfd_byte *) (ext->l_lnno));
+
+#define	LINENO	struct external_lineno
+#define	LINESZ	8
+
+
+/********************** SYMBOLS **********************/
+
+#define E_SYMNMLEN	8	/* # characters in a symbol name	*/
+#define E_FILNMLEN	14	/* # characters in a file name		*/
+#define E_DIMNUM	4	/* # array dimensions in auxiliary entry */
+
+struct external_syment 
+{
+  union {
+    char e_name[E_SYMNMLEN];
+    struct {
+      char e_zeroes[4];
+      char e_offset[4];
+    } e;
+  } e;
+  char e_value[4];
+  char e_scnum[2];
+  char e_type[2];
+  char e_sclass[1];
+  char e_numaux[1];
+};
+
+
+
+#define N_BTMASK	(017)
+#define N_TMASK		(060)
+#define N_BTSHFT	(4)
+#define N_TSHIFT	(2)
+  
+
+union external_auxent {
+	struct {
+		char x_tagndx[4];	/* str, un, or enum tag indx */
+		union {
+			struct {
+			    char  x_lnno[2]; /* declaration line number */
+			    char  x_size[2]; /* str/union/array size */
+			} x_lnsz;
+			char x_fsize[4];	/* size of function */
+		} x_misc;
+		union {
+			struct {		/* if ISFCN, tag, or .bb */
+			    char x_lnnoptr[4];	/* ptr to fcn line # */
+			    char x_endndx[4];	/* entry ndx past block end */
+			} x_fcn;
+			struct {		/* if ISARY, up to 4 dimen. */
+			    char x_dimen[E_DIMNUM][2];
+			} x_ary;
+		} x_fcnary;
+		char x_tvndx[2];		/* tv index */
+	} x_sym;
+
+	union {
+		char x_fname[E_FILNMLEN];
+		struct {
+			char x_zeroes[4];
+			char x_offset[4];
+		} x_n;
+	} x_file;
+
+	struct {
+		char x_scnlen[4];			/* section length */
+		char x_nreloc[2];	/* # relocation entries */
+		char x_nlinno[2];	/* # line numbers */
+	} x_scn;
+
+        struct {
+		char x_tvfill[4];	/* tv fill value */
+		char x_tvlen[2];	/* length of .tv */
+		char x_tvran[2][2];	/* tv range */
+	} x_tv;		/* info about .tv section (in auxent of symbol .tv)) */
+
+
+};
+
+#define	SYMENT	struct external_syment
+#define	SYMESZ	18	
+#define	AUXENT	union external_auxent
+#define	AUXESZ	18
+
+
+
+/********************** RELOCATION DIRECTIVES **********************/
+
+/* The external reloc has an offset field, because some of the reloc
+   types on the z8k don't have room in the instruction for the entire
+   offset - eg with segments */
+
+struct external_reloc {
+  char r_vaddr[4];
+  char r_symndx[4];
+  char r_offset[4];
+  char r_type[2];
+  char r_stuff[2];
+};
+
+
+#define RELOC struct external_reloc
+#define RELSZ 16
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/demangle.h b/contrib/binutils/include/demangle.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0254af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/demangle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Defs for interface to demanglers.
+   Copyright 1992, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#if !defined (DEMANGLE_H)
+#define DEMANGLE_H
+
+#ifdef IN_GCC
+#include "gansidecl.h"
+#define PARAMS(ARGS) PROTO(ARGS)
+#else /* ! IN_GCC */
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#endif /* IN_GCC */
+
+/* Options passed to cplus_demangle (in 2nd parameter). */
+
+#define DMGL_NO_OPTS	0		/* For readability... */
+#define DMGL_PARAMS	(1 << 0)	/* Include function args */
+#define DMGL_ANSI	(1 << 1)	/* Include const, volatile, etc */
+
+#define DMGL_AUTO	(1 << 8)
+#define DMGL_GNU	(1 << 9)
+#define DMGL_LUCID	(1 << 10)
+#define DMGL_ARM	(1 << 11)
+/* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */
+#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM)
+
+/* Enumeration of possible demangling styles.
+
+   Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though
+   they now both behave identically.  The resulting style is actual the
+   union of both.  I.E. either style recognizes both "__pt__" and "__rf__"
+   for operator "->", even though the first is lucid style and the second
+   is ARM style. (FIXME?) */
+
+extern enum demangling_styles
+{
+  unknown_demangling = 0,
+  auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO,
+  gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU,
+  lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID,
+  arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM
+} current_demangling_style;
+
+/* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */
+
+#define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	"auto"
+#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	"gnu"
+#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	"lucid"
+#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	"arm"
+
+/* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */
+
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style
+#define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO)
+#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU)
+#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID)
+#define ARM_DEMANGLING (CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE & DMGL_ARM)
+
+extern char *
+cplus_demangle PARAMS ((const char *mangled, int options));
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_opname PARAMS ((const char *opname, char *result, int options));
+
+extern const char *
+cplus_mangle_opname PARAMS ((const char *opname, int options));
+
+/* Note: This sets global state.  FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */
+
+extern void
+set_cplus_marker_for_demangling PARAMS ((int ch));
+
+#endif	/* DEMANGLE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/dis-asm.h b/contrib/binutils/include/dis-asm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80739ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/dis-asm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* Interface between the opcode library and its callers.
+   Written by Cygnus Support, 1993.
+
+   The opcode library (libopcodes.a) provides instruction decoders for
+   a large variety of instruction sets, callable with an identical
+   interface, for making instruction-processing programs more independent
+   of the instruction set being processed.  */
+
+#ifndef DIS_ASM_H
+#define DIS_ASM_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+typedef int (*fprintf_ftype) PARAMS((FILE*, const char*, ...));
+
+enum dis_insn_type {
+  dis_noninsn,			/* Not a valid instruction */
+  dis_nonbranch,		/* Not a branch instruction */
+  dis_branch,			/* Unconditional branch */
+  dis_condbranch,		/* Conditional branch */
+  dis_jsr,			/* Jump to subroutine */
+  dis_condjsr,			/* Conditional jump to subroutine */
+  dis_dref,			/* Data reference instruction */
+  dis_dref2			/* Two data references in instruction */
+};
+
+/* This struct is passed into the instruction decoding routine, 
+   and is passed back out into each callback.  The various fields are used
+   for conveying information from your main routine into your callbacks,
+   for passing information into the instruction decoders (such as the
+   addresses of the callback functions), or for passing information
+   back from the instruction decoders to their callers.
+
+   It must be initialized before it is first passed; this can be done
+   by hand, or using one of the initialization macros below.  */
+
+typedef struct disassemble_info {
+  fprintf_ftype fprintf_func;
+  FILE *stream;
+  PTR application_data;
+
+  /* Target description.  We could replace this with a pointer to the bfd,
+     but that would require one.  There currently isn't any such requirement
+     so to avoid introducing one we record these explicitly.  */
+  /* The bfd_flavour.  This can be bfd_target_unknown_flavour.  */
+  enum bfd_flavour flavour;
+  /* The bfd_arch value.  */
+  enum bfd_architecture arch;
+  /* The bfd_mach value.  */
+  unsigned long mach;
+  /* Endianness (for bi-endian cpus).  Mono-endian cpus can ignore this.  */
+  enum bfd_endian endian;
+  /* The symbol at the start of the function being disassembled.  This
+     is not set reliably, but if it is not NULL, it is correct.  */
+  asymbol *symbol;
+
+  /* For use by the disassembler.
+     The top 16 bits are reserved for public use (and are documented here).
+     The bottom 16 bits are for the internal use of the disassembler.  */
+  unsigned long flags;
+  PTR private_data;
+
+  /* Function used to get bytes to disassemble.  MEMADDR is the
+     address of the stuff to be disassembled, MYADDR is the address to
+     put the bytes in, and LENGTH is the number of bytes to read.
+     INFO is a pointer to this struct.
+     Returns an errno value or 0 for success.  */
+  int (*read_memory_func)
+    PARAMS ((bfd_vma memaddr, bfd_byte *myaddr, int length,
+	     struct disassemble_info *info));
+
+  /* Function which should be called if we get an error that we can't
+     recover from.  STATUS is the errno value from read_memory_func and
+     MEMADDR is the address that we were trying to read.  INFO is a
+     pointer to this struct.  */
+  void (*memory_error_func)
+    PARAMS ((int status, bfd_vma memaddr, struct disassemble_info *info));
+
+  /* Function called to print ADDR.  */
+  void (*print_address_func)
+    PARAMS ((bfd_vma addr, struct disassemble_info *info));
+
+  /* These are for buffer_read_memory.  */
+  bfd_byte *buffer;
+  bfd_vma buffer_vma;
+  int buffer_length;
+
+  /* This variable may be set by the instruction decoder.  It suggests
+      the number of bytes objdump should display on a single line.  If
+      the instruction decoder sets this, it should always set it to
+      the same value in order to get reasonable looking output.  */
+  int bytes_per_line;
+
+  /* the next two variables control the way objdump displays the raw data */
+  /* For example, if bytes_per_line is 8 and bytes_per_chunk is 4, the */
+  /* output will look like this:
+     00:   00000000 00000000
+     with the chunks displayed according to "display_endian". */
+  int bytes_per_chunk;
+  enum bfd_endian display_endian;
+
+  /* Results from instruction decoders.  Not all decoders yet support
+     this information.  This info is set each time an instruction is
+     decoded, and is only valid for the last such instruction.
+
+     To determine whether this decoder supports this information, set
+     insn_info_valid to 0, decode an instruction, then check it.  */
+
+  char insn_info_valid;		/* Branch info has been set. */
+  char branch_delay_insns;	/* How many sequential insn's will run before
+				   a branch takes effect.  (0 = normal) */
+  char data_size;		/* Size of data reference in insn, in bytes */
+  enum dis_insn_type insn_type;	/* Type of instruction */
+  bfd_vma target;		/* Target address of branch or dref, if known;
+				   zero if unknown.  */
+  bfd_vma target2;		/* Second target address for dref2 */
+
+} disassemble_info;
+
+
+/* Standard disassemblers.  Disassemble one instruction at the given
+   target address.  Return number of bytes processed.  */
+typedef int (*disassembler_ftype)
+     PARAMS((bfd_vma, disassemble_info *));
+
+extern int print_insn_big_mips		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_little_mips	PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_i386		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_m68k		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_z8001		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_z8002		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_h8300		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_h8300h		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_h8300s		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_h8500		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_alpha		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_big_arm		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_little_arm	PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_sparc		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_big_a29k		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_little_a29k	PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_i960		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_sh		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_shl		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_hppa		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_m32r		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_m88k		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_mn10200		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_mn10300		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_ns32k		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_big_powerpc	PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_little_powerpc	PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_rs6000		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_w65		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+extern int print_insn_d10v		PARAMS ((bfd_vma, disassemble_info*));
+
+/* Fetch the disassembler for a given BFD, if that support is available.  */
+extern disassembler_ftype disassembler	PARAMS ((bfd *));
+
+
+/* This block of definitions is for particular callers who read instructions
+   into a buffer before calling the instruction decoder.  */
+
+/* Here is a function which callers may wish to use for read_memory_func.
+   It gets bytes from a buffer.  */
+extern int buffer_read_memory
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int, struct disassemble_info *));
+
+/* This function goes with buffer_read_memory.
+   It prints a message using info->fprintf_func and info->stream.  */
+extern void perror_memory PARAMS ((int, bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *));
+
+
+/* Just print the address in hex.  This is included for completeness even
+   though both GDB and objdump provide their own (to print symbolic
+   addresses).  */
+extern void generic_print_address
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct disassemble_info *));
+
+/* Macro to initialize a disassemble_info struct.  This should be called
+   by all applications creating such a struct.  */
+#define INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO(INFO, STREAM, FPRINTF_FUNC) \
+  (INFO).flavour = bfd_target_unknown_flavour, \
+  (INFO).arch = bfd_arch_unknown, \
+  (INFO).mach = 0, \
+  (INFO).endian = BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN, \
+  INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH(INFO, STREAM, FPRINTF_FUNC)
+
+/* Call this macro to initialize only the internal variables for the
+   disassembler.  Architecture dependent things such as byte order, or machine
+   variant are not touched by this macro.  This makes things much easier for
+   GDB which must initialize these things seperatly.  */
+
+#define INIT_DISASSEMBLE_INFO_NO_ARCH(INFO, STREAM, FPRINTF_FUNC) \
+  (INFO).fprintf_func = (FPRINTF_FUNC), \
+  (INFO).stream = (STREAM), \
+  (INFO).symbol = NULL, \
+  (INFO).buffer = NULL, \
+  (INFO).buffer_vma = 0, \
+  (INFO).buffer_length = 0, \
+  (INFO).read_memory_func = buffer_read_memory, \
+  (INFO).memory_error_func = perror_memory, \
+  (INFO).print_address_func = generic_print_address, \
+  (INFO).flags = 0, \
+  (INFO).bytes_per_line = 0, \
+  (INFO).bytes_per_chunk = 0, \
+  (INFO).display_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN, \
+  (INFO).insn_info_valid = 0
+
+#endif /* ! defined (DIS_ASM_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac5e824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+Wed Mar  5 15:35:26 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m32r.h (SHF_M32R_CAN_RELAX): Define.
+
+Mon Feb 24 17:49:01 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* external.h: Dump the 32/64 bit specific forms of the version
+	structures, and just define them as size independent.
+
+	* common.h (VERSYM_HIDDEN, VERSYM_VERSION): Define.
+
+Fri Feb 21 13:00:34 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m32r.h (enum reloc_type): Add R_M32R_SDA16.
+	(SHN_M32R_SCOMMON): Define.
+
+Wed Feb 19 15:35:31 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* external.h, internal.h, common.h: Added new structures and
+	definitions for ELF versions.
+
+Mon Jan 27 11:54:44 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m32r.h (enum reloc_type): Add R_M32R_HI16_[SU]LO,R_M32R_LO16.
+
+Tue Dec 31 14:44:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (DT_AUXILIARY): Define.
+	(DT_FILTER): Define.
+
+Wed Dec  4 05:03:37 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dwarf2.h: Update.
+
+Tue Nov 26 10:44:47 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (STO_MIPS16): Define.
+
+Tue Nov 12 15:45:42 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h: Remove empty file.
+
+Tue Oct  8 11:31:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (EF_MIPS_ABI2): Define.
+
+Thu Oct  3 10:01:40 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h: Break mn10x00 support into mn10200 and mn10300.
+
+Wed Oct  2 21:26:43 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h (EM_CYGNUS_MN10x00): Define.
+
+Mon Sep 23 09:18:04 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m32r.h: New file.
+
+Fri Aug 30 17:06:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (EM_SH): Define.
+
+Mon Aug 19 10:59:10 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (EM_CYGNUS_M32R): Define.
+	
+Mon Jul 22 18:59:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (SHT_MIPS_IFACE, SHT_MIPS_CONTENT): Define.
+	(SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB): Define.
+	(SHF_MIPS_MERGE, SHF_MIPS_ADDR32, SHF_MIPS_ADDR64): Define.
+	(SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP, SHF_MIPS_LOCAL, SHF_MIPS_NAMES): Define.
+
+Thu Jul 18 19:12:15 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dwarf2.h: New file.
+
+Jul 18 13:20:39 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (EM_CYGNUS_D10V): Define. 
+	* d10v.h: New file.
+
+Fri Jun 21 12:33:24 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha.h: New file.
+	* common.h (EM_ALPHA): Define.
+
+Fri May 31 17:28:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (Elf_External_Options, Elf_Internal_Options): Define.
+	(bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in): Declare.
+	(bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out): Declare.
+	(ODK_*): Define.
+	(Elf64_External_RegInfo, Elf64_Internal_RegInfo): Define.
+	(bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in): Declare.
+	(bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out): Declare.
+
+Thu May 30 12:35:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_4): Define.
+
+Wed May 29 15:35:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel): Define.
+	(Elf64_Mips_Internal_Rel): Define.
+	(Elf64_Mips_External_Rela, Elf64_Mips_Internal_Rela): Define.
+	(RSS_*): Define.
+
+Mon Apr 22 18:26:30 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (R_SPARC_[56]): Always define.
+
+Mon Feb 19 01:55:56 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (R_SPARC_{PLT32,HIPLT22,LOPLT10,PCPLT32,PCPLT22,
+	PCPLT10,5,6}): Don't define ifdef SPARC64_OLD_RELOCS.
+
+Tue Feb  6 11:33:58 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (enum sparc_elf_reloc_type): Define.
+
+Wed Jan 17 09:09:16 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h: Define EM_SPARC32PLUS.
+	* sparc.h: New file.
+
+Thu Jan 11 16:27:34 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc.h (SHF_EXCLUDE, SHT_ORDERED): New fields from the abi.
+
+Thu Nov 30 16:47:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (struct elf_segment_map): Add includes_filehdr and
+	includes_phdrs fields.
+
+Tue Nov 28 16:58:10 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (struct elf_segment_map): Define.
+
+Tue Oct 31 15:19:36 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h, dwarf.h, external.h, hppa.h, internal.h,
+	mips.h, ppc.h:  Protect against multiple inclusions.
+
+Thu Sep 21 13:51:58 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc.h (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB): Add new flag bit.
+
+Fri Sep  1 15:32:17 1995  Kazumoto Kojima  <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>
+
+	* mips.h: Add some definitions used on Irix 5.
+
+Tue Jun 20 10:18:28 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h (CPU_PA_RISC1_0): Protect from redefinitions.
+	(CPU_PA_RISC1_1): Likewise.
+
+Wed Mar  8 18:14:37 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc.h: New file for PowerPC support.
+
+Tue Feb 14 13:59:13 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (EM_PPC): Use offical value of 20, not 17.
+	(EM_PPC_OLD): Define this to be the old value of EM_PPC.
+
+
+Tue Jan 24 09:40:59 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* common.h (EM_PPC): New macro, PowerPC machine id.
+
+Tue Jan 17 10:51:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (SHT_MIPS_MSYM, SHT_MIPS_DWARF, SHT_MIPS_EVENTS): Define.
+
+
+Mon Oct 17 13:43:59 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* internal.h (Elf_Internal_Shdr): Remove rawdata and size fields.
+	Add bfd_section field.
+
+Tue May 24 16:11:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (Elf32_External_gptab): Define.
+
+Mon May 16 13:22:04 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* common.h (EM_HPPA): Delete.
+	(EM_PARISC): Add.
+	* hppa.h: New file.
+
+Mon May  9 13:27:03 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h (SHN_LORESERVE): Rename from SHN_LORESERV.
+	(ELF32_R_TYPE, ELF32_R_INFO): Don't rely on size of unsigned char.
+	(ELF64_R_TYPE): Don't rely on size of unsigned long.
+
+Mon Apr 25 15:53:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h (Elf_Internal_Shdr): Use PTR, not void *.
+
+Fri Mar 11 00:34:59 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* mips.h (SHN_MIPS_TEXT, SHN_MIPS_DATA):  Define.
+
+Sat Mar  5 14:08:54 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* internal.h:  Remove Elf32_*, Elf64_* typedefs.  These names
+	cause conflicts with system headers, e.g. link.h in gdb/solib.c.
+	Combine 32- and 64-bit versions of *_Internal_Dyn.
+	* common.h:  Replace uses of Elf64_Word, Elf64_Xword typedefs
+	by their expansion.
+	* mips.h:  Replace uses of Elf32_Word, Elf32_Sword, Elf32_Addr
+	typedefs by their expansion. Add DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP definition.
+
+Fri Feb 18 10:39:54 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h (EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC): Define.  This may be temporary,
+	depending upon how quickly I can find a real PowerPC ABI.
+
+Mon Feb  7 08:27:13 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: Change HOST_64_BIT to BFD_HOST_64_BIT.
+
+Wed Feb  2 14:12:18 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h: Add comments regarding value of EM_HPPA and how to
+	pick an unofficial value.
+
+Wed Nov 17 17:14:26 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS): Define.
+
+Mon Nov  8 17:57:00 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Added some more MIPS ABI macro definitions.
+
+Wed Nov  3 22:07:17 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h (EM_MIPS_RS4_BE): New macro.
+
+Tue Oct 12 07:28:18 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: New file.  MIPS ABI specific information.
+
+Mon Jun 21 13:13:43 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h: Combined 32- and 64-bit versions of all structures
+	except *_Internal_Dyn.  This will simply the assembler interface,
+	and some bfd code.
+
+Tue May 25 02:00:16 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* external.h, internal.h, common.h: Added 64-bit versions of some
+	structures and macros.  Renamed old versions to put "32" in the
+	name.  Some are unchanged.
+
+Thu Apr 29 12:12:20 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h (EM_HPPA, NT_VERSION, STN_UNDEF, DT_*): New macros.
+	* external.h (Elf_External_Dyn): New type.
+
+	* internal.h (Elf_Intenral_Shdr): New field `size'.
+	(Elf_Internal_Dyn): New type.
+
+Tue Apr 20 16:03:45 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dwarf.h (LANG_CHILL):  Change value to one randomly picked in
+	the user defined range, to reduce probability of collisions.
+
+Sun Nov 15 09:34:02 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dwarf.h (AT_src_coords):  Whitespace change only.
+	* dwarf.h (AT_body_begin, AT_body_end, LANG_MODULA2):
+	Add from latest gcc.
+	* dwarf.h (LANG_CHILL):  Add as GNU extension.
+
+Sat Aug  1 13:46:53 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dwarf.h:  Replace with current version from gcc distribution.
+
+Fri Jun 19 19:05:09 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* internal.h:  Add real struct tags to all the Type_Defs, so they
+	can be used in prototypes where the Type_Defs are not known.
+
+Fri Apr  3 20:58:58 1992  Mark Eichin  (eichin at cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h: added ELF_R_{SYM,TYPE,INFO} for handling relocation
+	info
+	added EM_MIPS, and corrected value of EM_860 based on System V ABI
+	manual. 
+
+	* external.h: added Elf_External_{Rel,Rela}.
+
+	* internal.h: added Elf_Internal_{Rel,Rela}.
+	added rawdata to Elf_Internal_Shdr.
+
+Sat Nov 30 20:43:59 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* common.h, dwarf.h, external.h, internal.h, ChangeLog; moved from
+	../elf-<foo>
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/alpha.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/alpha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e12dd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/alpha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* ALPHA ELF support for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   By Eric Youngdale, <eric@aib.com>.  No processor supplement available
+   for this platform.
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file holds definitions specific to the ALPHA ELF ABI.  Note
+   that most of this is not actually implemented by BFD.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELF_ALPHA_H
+#define _ELF_ALPHA_H
+
+/* Processor specific section flags.  */
+
+/* This section must be in the global data area.  */
+#define SHF_ALPHA_GPREL		0x10000000
+
+/* Section contains some sort of debugging information.  The exact
+   format is unspecified.  It's probably ECOFF symbols.  */
+#define SHT_ALPHA_DEBUG		0x70000001
+
+/* Section contains register usage information.  */
+#define SHT_ALPHA_REGINFO	0x70000002
+
+/* A section of type SHT_MIPS_REGINFO contains the following
+   structure.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Mask of general purpose registers used.  */
+  unsigned long ri_gprmask;
+  /* Mask of co-processor registers used.  */
+  unsigned long ri_cprmask[4];
+  /* GP register value for this object file.  */
+  long ri_gp_value;
+} Elf64_RegInfo;
+
+/* Alpha relocs.  */
+
+#define R_ALPHA_NONE		0	/* No reloc */
+#define R_ALPHA_REFLONG		1	/* Direct 32 bit */
+#define R_ALPHA_REFQUAD		2	/* Direct 64 bit */
+#define R_ALPHA_GPREL32		3	/* GP relative 32 bit */
+#define R_ALPHA_LITERAL		4	/* GP relative 16 bit w/optimization */
+#define R_ALPHA_LITUSE		5	/* Optimization hint for LITERAL */
+#define R_ALPHA_GPDISP		6	/* Add displacement to GP */
+#define R_ALPHA_BRADDR		7	/* PC+4 relative 23 bit shifted */
+#define R_ALPHA_HINT		8	/* PC+4 relative 16 bit shifted */
+#define R_ALPHA_SREL16		9	/* PC relative 16 bit */
+#define R_ALPHA_SREL32		10	/* PC relative 32 bit */
+#define R_ALPHA_SREL64		11	/* PC relative 64 bit */
+
+/* Inherited these from ECOFF, but they are not particularly useful
+   and are depreciated.  And not implemented in the BFD, btw.  */
+#define R_ALPHA_OP_PUSH		12	/* OP stack push */
+#define R_ALPHA_OP_STORE	13	/* OP stack pop and store */
+#define R_ALPHA_OP_PSUB		14	/* OP stack subtract */
+#define R_ALPHA_OP_PRSHIFT	15	/* OP stack right shift */
+
+#define R_ALPHA_GPVALUE		16
+#define R_ALPHA_GPRELHIGH	17
+#define R_ALPHA_GPRELLOW	18
+#define R_ALPHA_IMMED_GP_16	19
+#define R_ALPHA_IMMED_GP_HI32	20
+#define R_ALPHA_IMMED_SCN_HI32	21
+#define R_ALPHA_IMMED_BR_HI32	22
+#define R_ALPHA_IMMED_LO32	23
+
+/* These relocations are specific to shared libraries.  */
+#define R_ALPHA_COPY		24	/* Copy symbol at runtime */
+#define R_ALPHA_GLOB_DAT	25	/* Create GOT entry */
+#define R_ALPHA_JMP_SLOT	26	/* Create PLT entry */
+#define R_ALPHA_RELATIVE	27	/* Adjust by program base */
+
+#define R_ALPHA_max		28
+
+#endif /* _ELF_ALPHA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/common.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d555c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/* ELF support for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
+   in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
+   Programming Support Tools".
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* This file is part of ELF support for BFD, and contains the portions
+   that are common to both the internal and external representations.
+   For example, ELFMAG0 is the byte 0x7F in both the internal (in-memory)
+   and external (in-file) representations. */
+
+#ifndef _ELF_COMMON_H
+#define _ELF_COMMON_H   
+
+/* Fields in e_ident[] */
+
+#define EI_MAG0		0		/* File identification byte 0 index */
+#define ELFMAG0		0x7F		/* Magic number byte 0 */
+
+#define EI_MAG1		1		/* File identification byte 1 index */
+#define ELFMAG1		'E'		/* Magic number byte 1 */
+
+#define EI_MAG2		2		/* File identification byte 2 index */
+#define ELFMAG2		'L'		/* Magic number byte 2 */
+
+#define EI_MAG3		3		/* File identification byte 3 index */
+#define ELFMAG3		'F'		/* Magic number byte 3 */
+
+#define EI_CLASS	4		/* File class */
+#define ELFCLASSNONE	0		/* Invalid class */
+#define ELFCLASS32	1		/* 32-bit objects */
+#define ELFCLASS64	2		/* 64-bit objects */
+
+#define EI_DATA		5		/* Data encoding */
+#define ELFDATANONE	0		/* Invalid data encoding */
+#define ELFDATA2LSB	1		/* 2's complement, little endian */
+#define ELFDATA2MSB	2		/* 2's complement, big endian */
+
+#define EI_VERSION	6		/* File version */
+
+#define EI_PAD		7		/* Start of padding bytes */
+
+
+/* Values for e_type, which identifies the object file type */
+
+#define ET_NONE		0		/* No file type */
+#define ET_REL		1		/* Relocatable file */
+#define ET_EXEC		2		/* Executable file */
+#define ET_DYN		3		/* Shared object file */
+#define ET_CORE		4		/* Core file */
+#define ET_LOPROC	0xFF00		/* Processor-specific */
+#define ET_HIPROC	0xFFFF		/* Processor-specific */
+
+/* Values for e_machine, which identifies the architecture */
+
+#define EM_NONE		0	/* No machine */
+#define EM_M32		1	/* AT&T WE 32100 */
+#define EM_SPARC	2	/* SUN SPARC */
+#define EM_386		3	/* Intel 80386 */
+#define EM_68K		4	/* Motorola m68k family */
+#define EM_88K		5	/* Motorola m88k family */
+#define EM_860		7	/* Intel 80860 */
+#define EM_MIPS		8	/* MIPS R3000 (officially, big-endian only) */
+
+#define EM_MIPS_RS4_BE 10	/* MIPS R4000 big-endian */
+
+#define EM_SPARC64     11	/* SPARC v9 (not official) 64-bit */
+
+#define EM_PARISC      15	/* HPPA */
+
+#define EM_SPARC32PLUS 18	/* Sun's "v8plus" */
+
+#define EM_PPC	       20	/* PowerPC */
+
+#define EM_SH	       42	/* Hitachi SH */
+
+/* If it is necessary to assign new unofficial EM_* values, please pick large
+   random numbers (0x8523, 0xa7f2, etc.) to minimize the chances of collision
+   with official or non-GNU unofficial values.
+
+   NOTE: Do not just increment the most recent number by one.
+   Somebody else somewhere will do exactly the same thing, and you
+   will have a collision.  Instead, pick a random number.  */
+
+/* Cygnus PowerPC ELF backend.  Written in the absence of an ABI.  */
+#define EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 0x9025
+
+/* Old version of PowerPC, this should be removed shortly. */
+#define EM_PPC_OLD	17
+
+
+/* Cygnus M32R ELF backend.  Written in the absence of an ABI.  */
+#define EM_CYGNUS_M32R 0x9041
+
+/* Alpha backend magic number.  Written in the absence of an ABI.  */
+#define EM_ALPHA	0x9026
+
+/* D10V backend magic number.  Written in the absence of an ABI.  */
+#define EM_CYGNUS_D10V	0x7650
+
+
+
+/* mn10200 and mn10300 backend magic numbers.
+   Written in the absense of an ABI.  */
+#define EM_CYGNUS_MN10200	0xdead
+#define EM_CYGNUS_MN10300	0xbeef
+
+/* See the above comment before you add a new EM_* value here.  */
+
+/* Values for e_version */
+
+#define EV_NONE		0		/* Invalid ELF version */
+#define EV_CURRENT	1		/* Current version */
+
+/* Values for program header, p_type field */
+
+#define	PT_NULL		0		/* Program header table entry unused */
+#define PT_LOAD		1		/* Loadable program segment */
+#define PT_DYNAMIC	2		/* Dynamic linking information */
+#define PT_INTERP	3		/* Program interpreter */
+#define PT_NOTE		4		/* Auxiliary information */
+#define PT_SHLIB	5		/* Reserved, unspecified semantics */
+#define PT_PHDR		6		/* Entry for header table itself */
+#define PT_LOPROC	0x70000000	/* Processor-specific */
+#define PT_HIPROC	0x7FFFFFFF	/* Processor-specific */
+
+/* Program segment permissions, in program header p_flags field */
+
+#define PF_X		(1 << 0)	/* Segment is executable */
+#define PF_W		(1 << 1)	/* Segment is writable */
+#define PF_R		(1 << 2)	/* Segment is readable */
+#define PF_MASKPROC	0xF0000000	/* Processor-specific reserved bits */
+
+/* Values for section header, sh_type field */
+
+#define SHT_NULL	0		/* Section header table entry unused */
+#define SHT_PROGBITS	1		/* Program specific (private) data */
+#define SHT_SYMTAB	2		/* Link editing symbol table */
+#define SHT_STRTAB	3		/* A string table */
+#define SHT_RELA	4		/* Relocation entries with addends */
+#define SHT_HASH	5		/* A symbol hash table */
+#define SHT_DYNAMIC	6		/* Information for dynamic linking */
+#define SHT_NOTE	7		/* Information that marks file */
+#define SHT_NOBITS	8		/* Section occupies no space in file */
+#define SHT_REL		9		/* Relocation entries, no addends */
+#define SHT_SHLIB	10		/* Reserved, unspecified semantics */
+#define SHT_DYNSYM	11		/* Dynamic linking symbol table */
+
+/* The next three section types are defined by Solaris, and are named
+   SHT_SUNW*.  We use them in GNU code, so we also define SHT_GNU*
+   versions.  */
+#define SHT_SUNW_verdef	0x6ffffffd	/* Versions defined by file */
+#define SHT_SUNW_verneed 0x6ffffffe	/* Versions needed by file */
+#define SHT_SUNW_versym	0x6fffffff	/* Symbol versions */
+
+#define SHT_GNU_verdef	SHT_SUNW_verdef
+#define SHT_GNU_verneed	SHT_SUNW_verneed
+#define SHT_GNU_versym	SHT_SUNW_versym
+
+#define SHT_LOPROC	0x70000000	/* Processor-specific semantics, lo */
+#define SHT_HIPROC	0x7FFFFFFF	/* Processor-specific semantics, hi */
+#define SHT_LOUSER	0x80000000	/* Application-specific semantics */
+#define SHT_HIUSER	0x8FFFFFFF	/* Application-specific semantics */
+
+/* Values for section header, sh_flags field */
+
+#define SHF_WRITE	(1 << 0)	/* Writable data during execution */
+#define SHF_ALLOC	(1 << 1)	/* Occupies memory during execution */
+#define SHF_EXECINSTR	(1 << 2)	/* Executable machine instructions */
+#define SHF_MASKPROC	0xF0000000	/* Processor-specific semantics */
+
+/* Values of note segment descriptor types for core files. */
+
+#define NT_PRSTATUS	1		/* Contains copy of prstatus struct */
+#define NT_FPREGSET	2		/* Contains copy of fpregset struct */
+#define NT_PRPSINFO	3		/* Contains copy of prpsinfo struct */
+
+/* Values of note segment descriptor types for object files.  */
+/* (Only for hppa right now.  Should this be moved elsewhere?)  */
+
+#define NT_VERSION	1		/* Contains a version string.  */
+
+/* These three macros disassemble and assemble a symbol table st_info field,
+   which contains the symbol binding and symbol type.  The STB_ and STT_
+   defines identify the binding and type. */
+
+#define ELF_ST_BIND(val)		(((unsigned int)(val)) >> 4)
+#define ELF_ST_TYPE(val)		((val) & 0xF)
+#define ELF_ST_INFO(bind,type)		(((bind) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF))
+
+#define STN_UNDEF	0		/* undefined symbol index */
+
+#define STB_LOCAL	0		/* Symbol not visible outside obj */
+#define STB_GLOBAL	1		/* Symbol visible outside obj */
+#define STB_WEAK	2		/* Like globals, lower precedence */
+#define STB_LOPROC	13		/* Application-specific semantics */
+#define STB_HIPROC	15		/* Application-specific semantics */
+
+#define STT_NOTYPE	0		/* Symbol type is unspecified */
+#define STT_OBJECT	1		/* Symbol is a data object */
+#define STT_FUNC	2		/* Symbol is a code object */
+#define STT_SECTION	3		/* Symbol associated with a section */
+#define STT_FILE	4		/* Symbol gives a file name */
+#define STT_LOPROC	13		/* Application-specific semantics */
+#define STT_HIPROC	15		/* Application-specific semantics */
+
+/* Special section indices, which may show up in st_shndx fields, among
+   other places. */
+
+#define SHN_UNDEF	0		/* Undefined section reference */
+#define SHN_LORESERVE	0xFF00		/* Begin range of reserved indices */
+#define SHN_LOPROC	0xFF00		/* Begin range of appl-specific */
+#define SHN_HIPROC	0xFF1F		/* End range of appl-specific */
+#define SHN_ABS		0xFFF1		/* Associated symbol is absolute */
+#define SHN_COMMON	0xFFF2		/* Associated symbol is in common */
+#define SHN_HIRESERVE	0xFFFF		/* End range of reserved indices */
+
+/* relocation info handling macros */
+
+#define ELF32_R_SYM(i)		((i) >> 8)
+#define ELF32_R_TYPE(i)		((i) & 0xff)
+#define ELF32_R_INFO(s,t)	(((s) << 8) + ((t) & 0xff))
+
+#define ELF64_R_SYM(i)		((i) >> 32)
+#define ELF64_R_TYPE(i)		((i) & 0xffffffff)
+#define ELF64_R_INFO(s,t)	(((bfd_vma) (s) << 32) + (bfd_vma) (t))
+
+/* Dynamic section tags */
+
+#define DT_NULL		0
+#define DT_NEEDED	1
+#define DT_PLTRELSZ	2
+#define DT_PLTGOT	3
+#define DT_HASH		4
+#define DT_STRTAB	5
+#define DT_SYMTAB	6
+#define DT_RELA		7
+#define DT_RELASZ	8
+#define DT_RELAENT	9
+#define DT_STRSZ	10
+#define DT_SYMENT	11
+#define DT_INIT		12
+#define DT_FINI		13
+#define DT_SONAME	14
+#define DT_RPATH	15
+#define DT_SYMBOLIC	16
+#define DT_REL		17
+#define DT_RELSZ	18
+#define DT_RELENT	19
+#define DT_PLTREL	20
+#define DT_DEBUG	21
+#define DT_TEXTREL	22
+#define DT_JMPREL	23
+
+/* The next four dynamic tags are used on Solaris.  We support them
+   everywhere.  */
+#define DT_VERDEF	0x6ffffffc
+#define DT_VERDEFNUM	0x6ffffffd
+#define DT_VERNEED	0x6ffffffe
+#define DT_VERNEEDNUM	0x6fffffff
+
+/* This tag is a GNU extension to the Solaris version scheme.  */
+#define DT_VERSYM	0x6ffffff0
+
+#define DT_LOPROC	0x70000000
+#define DT_HIPROC	0x7fffffff
+
+/* These section tags are used on Solaris.  We support them
+   everywhere, and hope they do not conflict.  */
+
+#define DT_AUXILIARY	0x7ffffffd
+#define DT_FILTER	0x7fffffff
+
+/* These constants are used for the version number of a Elf32_Verdef
+   structure.  */
+
+#define VER_DEF_NONE		0
+#define VER_DEF_CURRENT		1
+
+/* These constants appear in the vd_flags field of a Elf32_Verdef
+   structure.  */
+
+#define VER_FLG_BASE		0x1
+#define VER_FLG_WEAK		0x2
+
+/* These special constants can be found in an Elf32_Versym field.  */
+
+#define VER_NDX_LOCAL		0
+#define VER_NDX_GLOBAL		1
+
+/* These constants are used for the version number of a Elf32_Verneed
+   structure.  */
+
+#define VER_NEED_NONE		0
+#define VER_NEED_CURRENT	1
+
+/* This flag appears in a Versym structure.  It means that the symbol
+   is hidden, and is only visible with an explicit version number.
+   This is a GNU extension.  */
+
+#define VERSYM_HIDDEN		0x8000
+
+/* This is the mask for the rest of the Versym information.  */
+
+#define VERSYM_VERSION		0x7fff
+
+/* This is a special token which appears as part of a symbol name.  It
+   indictes that the rest of the name is actually the name of a
+   version node, and is not part of the actual name.  This is a GNU
+   extension.  For example, the symbol name `stat@ver2' is taken to
+   mean the symbol `stat' in version `ver2'.  */
+
+#define ELF_VER_CHR	'@'
+
+#endif /* _ELF_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4333d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/* Declarations and definitions of codes relating to the DWARF symbolic
+   debugging information format.
+
+   Written by Ron Guilmette (rfg@ncd.com)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU CC.
+
+GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file is derived from the DWARF specification (a public document)
+   Revision 1.0.1 (April 8, 1992) developed by the UNIX International
+   Programming Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG) and distributed
+   by UNIX International.  Copies of this specification are available from
+   UNIX International, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ, 07054.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _ELF_DWARF_H
+#define _ELF_DWARF_H
+
+/* Tag names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_tag {
+    TAG_padding			= 0x0000,
+    TAG_array_type		= 0x0001,
+    TAG_class_type		= 0x0002,
+    TAG_entry_point		= 0x0003,
+    TAG_enumeration_type	= 0x0004,
+    TAG_formal_parameter	= 0x0005,
+    TAG_global_subroutine	= 0x0006,
+    TAG_global_variable		= 0x0007,
+    				/* 0x0008 -- reserved */
+				/* 0x0009 -- reserved */
+    TAG_label			= 0x000a,
+    TAG_lexical_block		= 0x000b,
+    TAG_local_variable		= 0x000c,
+    TAG_member			= 0x000d,
+				/* 0x000e -- reserved */
+    TAG_pointer_type		= 0x000f,
+    TAG_reference_type		= 0x0010,
+    TAG_compile_unit		= 0x0011,
+    TAG_string_type		= 0x0012,
+    TAG_structure_type		= 0x0013,
+    TAG_subroutine		= 0x0014,
+    TAG_subroutine_type		= 0x0015,
+    TAG_typedef			= 0x0016,
+    TAG_union_type		= 0x0017,
+    TAG_unspecified_parameters	= 0x0018,
+    TAG_variant			= 0x0019,
+    TAG_common_block		= 0x001a,
+    TAG_common_inclusion	= 0x001b,
+    TAG_inheritance		= 0x001c,
+    TAG_inlined_subroutine	= 0x001d,
+    TAG_module			= 0x001e,
+    TAG_ptr_to_member_type	= 0x001f,
+    TAG_set_type		= 0x0020,
+    TAG_subrange_type		= 0x0021,
+    TAG_with_stmt		= 0x0022,
+
+    /* GNU extensions */
+
+    TAG_format_label		= 0x8000,  /* for FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90 */
+    TAG_namelist		= 0x8001,  /* For Fortran 90 */
+    TAG_function_template	= 0x8002,  /* for C++ */
+    TAG_class_template		= 0x8003   /* for C++ */
+};
+
+#define TAG_lo_user	0x8000  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define TAG_hi_user	0xffff  /* implementation-defined range end */
+#define TAG_source_file TAG_compile_unit  /* for backward compatibility */
+
+/* Form names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_form {
+    FORM_ADDR	= 0x1,
+    FORM_REF	= 0x2,
+    FORM_BLOCK2	= 0x3,
+    FORM_BLOCK4	= 0x4,
+    FORM_DATA2	= 0x5,
+    FORM_DATA4	= 0x6,
+    FORM_DATA8	= 0x7,
+    FORM_STRING	= 0x8
+};
+
+/* Attribute names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_attribute {
+    AT_sibling			= (0x0010|FORM_REF),
+    AT_location			= (0x0020|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_name			= (0x0030|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_fund_type		= (0x0050|FORM_DATA2),
+    AT_mod_fund_type		= (0x0060|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_user_def_type		= (0x0070|FORM_REF),
+    AT_mod_u_d_type		= (0x0080|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_ordering			= (0x0090|FORM_DATA2),
+    AT_subscr_data		= (0x00a0|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_byte_size		= (0x00b0|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_bit_offset		= (0x00c0|FORM_DATA2),
+    AT_bit_size			= (0x00d0|FORM_DATA4),
+				/* (0x00e0|FORM_xxxx) -- reserved */
+    AT_element_list		= (0x00f0|FORM_BLOCK4),
+    AT_stmt_list		= (0x0100|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_low_pc			= (0x0110|FORM_ADDR),
+    AT_high_pc			= (0x0120|FORM_ADDR),
+    AT_language			= (0x0130|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_member			= (0x0140|FORM_REF),
+    AT_discr			= (0x0150|FORM_REF),
+    AT_discr_value		= (0x0160|FORM_BLOCK2),
+				/* (0x0170|FORM_xxxx) -- reserved */
+				/* (0x0180|FORM_xxxx) -- reserved */
+    AT_string_length		= (0x0190|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_common_reference		= (0x01a0|FORM_REF),
+    AT_comp_dir			= (0x01b0|FORM_STRING),
+        AT_const_value_string	= (0x01c0|FORM_STRING),
+        AT_const_value_data2	= (0x01c0|FORM_DATA2),
+        AT_const_value_data4	= (0x01c0|FORM_DATA4),
+        AT_const_value_data8	= (0x01c0|FORM_DATA8),
+        AT_const_value_block2	= (0x01c0|FORM_BLOCK2),
+        AT_const_value_block4	= (0x01c0|FORM_BLOCK4),
+    AT_containing_type		= (0x01d0|FORM_REF),
+        AT_default_value_addr	= (0x01e0|FORM_ADDR),
+        AT_default_value_data2	= (0x01e0|FORM_DATA2),
+        AT_default_value_data4	= (0x01e0|FORM_DATA4),
+        AT_default_value_data8	= (0x01e0|FORM_DATA8),
+        AT_default_value_string	= (0x01e0|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_friends			= (0x01f0|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_inline			= (0x0200|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_is_optional		= (0x0210|FORM_STRING),
+        AT_lower_bound_ref	= (0x0220|FORM_REF),
+        AT_lower_bound_data2	= (0x0220|FORM_DATA2),
+        AT_lower_bound_data4	= (0x0220|FORM_DATA4),
+        AT_lower_bound_data8	= (0x0220|FORM_DATA8),
+    AT_private			= (0x0240|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_producer			= (0x0250|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_program			= (0x0230|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_protected		= (0x0260|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_prototyped		= (0x0270|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_public			= (0x0280|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_pure_virtual		= (0x0290|FORM_STRING),
+    AT_return_addr		= (0x02a0|FORM_BLOCK2),
+    AT_abstract_origin		= (0x02b0|FORM_REF),
+    AT_start_scope		= (0x02c0|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_stride_size		= (0x02e0|FORM_DATA4),
+        AT_upper_bound_ref	= (0x02f0|FORM_REF),
+        AT_upper_bound_data2	= (0x02f0|FORM_DATA2),
+        AT_upper_bound_data4	= (0x02f0|FORM_DATA4),
+        AT_upper_bound_data8	= (0x02f0|FORM_DATA8),
+    AT_virtual			= (0x0300|FORM_STRING),
+
+    /* GNU extensions.  */
+
+    AT_sf_names			= (0x8000|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_src_info			= (0x8010|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_mac_info			= (0x8020|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_src_coords		= (0x8030|FORM_DATA4),
+    AT_body_begin		= (0x8040|FORM_ADDR),
+    AT_body_end			= (0x8050|FORM_ADDR)
+};
+
+#define AT_lo_user	0x8000  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define AT_hi_user	0xffff  /* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Location atom names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_location_atom {
+    OP_REG	= 0x01,
+    OP_BASEREG	= 0x02,
+    OP_ADDR	= 0x03,
+    OP_CONST	= 0x04,
+    OP_DEREF2	= 0x05,
+    OP_DEREF4	= 0x06,
+    OP_ADD	= 0x07
+};
+
+#define OP_LO_USER	0x80  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define OP_HI_USER	0xff  /* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Fundamental type names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_fundamental_type {
+    FT_char		= 0x0001,
+    FT_signed_char	= 0x0002,
+    FT_unsigned_char	= 0x0003,
+    FT_short		= 0x0004,
+    FT_signed_short	= 0x0005,
+    FT_unsigned_short	= 0x0006,
+    FT_integer		= 0x0007,
+    FT_signed_integer	= 0x0008,
+    FT_unsigned_integer	= 0x0009,
+    FT_long		= 0x000a,
+    FT_signed_long	= 0x000b,
+    FT_unsigned_long	= 0x000c,
+    FT_pointer		= 0x000d,  /* an alias for (void *) */
+    FT_float		= 0x000e,
+    FT_dbl_prec_float	= 0x000f,
+    FT_ext_prec_float	= 0x0010,  /* breaks "classic" svr4 SDB */
+    FT_complex		= 0x0011,  /* breaks "classic" svr4 SDB */
+    FT_dbl_prec_complex	= 0x0012,  /* breaks "classic" svr4 SDB */
+			/* 0x0013 -- reserved */
+    FT_void		= 0x0014,
+    FT_boolean		= 0x0015,  /* breaks "classic" svr4 SDB */
+    FT_ext_prec_complex	= 0x0016,  /* breaks "classic" svr4 SDB */
+    FT_label		= 0x0017,
+  
+    /* GNU extensions
+       The low order byte must indicate the size (in bytes) for the type.
+       All of these types will probably break "classic" svr4 SDB */
+
+    FT_long_long	= 0x8008,
+    FT_signed_long_long	= 0x8108,
+    FT_unsigned_long_long = 0x8208,
+
+    FT_int8		= 0x9001,
+    FT_signed_int8	= 0x9101,
+    FT_unsigned_int8	= 0x9201,
+    FT_int16		= 0x9302,
+    FT_signed_int16	= 0x9402,
+    FT_unsigned_int16	= 0x9502,
+    FT_int32		= 0x9604,
+    FT_signed_int32	= 0x9704,
+    FT_unsigned_int32	= 0x9804,
+    FT_int64		= 0x9908,
+    FT_signed_int64	= 0x9a08,
+    FT_unsigned_int64	= 0x9b08,
+
+    FT_real32		= 0xa004,
+    FT_real64		= 0xa108,
+    FT_real96		= 0xa20c,
+    FT_real128		= 0xa310
+};
+
+#define FT_lo_user	0x8000  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define FT_hi_user	0xffff  /* implementation defined range end */
+
+/* Type modifier names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_type_modifier {
+    MOD_pointer_to	= 0x01,
+    MOD_reference_to	= 0x02,
+    MOD_const		= 0x03,
+    MOD_volatile	= 0x04
+};
+
+#define MOD_lo_user	0x80  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define MOD_hi_user	0xff  /* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Array ordering names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_array_dim_ordering {
+    ORD_row_major	= 0,
+    ORD_col_major	= 1
+};
+
+/* Array subscript format names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_subscr_data_formats {
+    FMT_FT_C_C	= 0x0,
+    FMT_FT_C_X	= 0x1,
+    FMT_FT_X_C	= 0x2,
+    FMT_FT_X_X	= 0x3,
+    FMT_UT_C_C	= 0x4,
+    FMT_UT_C_X	= 0x5,
+    FMT_UT_X_C	= 0x6,
+    FMT_UT_X_X	= 0x7,
+    FMT_ET	= 0x8
+};
+
+/* Derived from above for ease of use.  */
+
+#define FMT_CODE(_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE_P, _UB_CONST_P, _LB_CONST_P) \
+ (((_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE_P) ? 0 : 4)	\
+  | ((_UB_CONST_P) ? 0 : 2)		\
+  | ((_LB_CONST_P) ? 0 : 1))
+
+/* Source language names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_source_language {
+    LANG_C89		= 0x00000001,
+    LANG_C		= 0x00000002,
+    LANG_ADA83		= 0x00000003,
+    LANG_C_PLUS_PLUS	= 0x00000004,
+    LANG_COBOL74	= 0x00000005,
+    LANG_COBOL85	= 0x00000006,
+    LANG_FORTRAN77	= 0x00000007,
+    LANG_FORTRAN90	= 0x00000008,
+    LANG_PASCAL83	= 0x00000009,
+    LANG_MODULA2	= 0x0000000a,
+
+    /* GNU extensions */
+
+    LANG_CHILL		= 0x00009af3	/* random value for GNU Chill */
+};
+
+#define LANG_lo_user	0x00008000  /* implementation-defined range start */
+#define LANG_hi_user	0x0000ffff  /* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Names and codes for GNU "macinfo" extension.  */
+
+enum dwarf_macinfo_record_type {
+    MACINFO_start	= 's',
+    MACINFO_resume	= 'r',
+    MACINFO_define	= 'd',
+    MACINFO_undef	= 'u'
+};
+
+#endif /* _ELF_DWARF_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf2.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2b2510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/dwarf2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
+/* Declarations and definitions of codes relating to the DWARF symbolic
+   debugging information format.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com) The Ada Joint Program
+   Office (AJPO), Florida State Unviversity and Silicon Graphics Inc.
+   provided support for this effort -- June 21, 1995.
+
+   Derived from the DWARF 1 implementation written by Ron Guilmette
+   (rfg@netcom.com), November 1990.
+
+This file is part of GNU CC.
+
+GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file is derived from the DWARF specification (a public document)
+   Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993) developed by the UNIX International
+   Programming Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG) and distributed
+   by UNIX International.  Copies of this specification are available from
+   UNIX International, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ, 07054.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELF_DWARF2_H
+#define _ELF_DWARF2_H
+
+/* Tag names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_tag
+  {
+    DW_TAG_padding = 0x00,
+    DW_TAG_array_type = 0x01,
+    DW_TAG_class_type = 0x02,
+    DW_TAG_entry_point = 0x03,
+    DW_TAG_enumeration_type = 0x04,
+    DW_TAG_formal_parameter = 0x05,
+    DW_TAG_imported_declaration = 0x08,
+    DW_TAG_label = 0x0a,
+    DW_TAG_lexical_block = 0x0b,
+    DW_TAG_member = 0x0d,
+    DW_TAG_pointer_type = 0x0f,
+    DW_TAG_reference_type = 0x10,
+    DW_TAG_compile_unit = 0x11,
+    DW_TAG_string_type = 0x12,
+    DW_TAG_structure_type = 0x13,
+    DW_TAG_subroutine_type = 0x15,
+    DW_TAG_typedef = 0x16,
+    DW_TAG_union_type = 0x17,
+    DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters = 0x18,
+    DW_TAG_variant = 0x19,
+    DW_TAG_common_block = 0x1a,
+    DW_TAG_common_inclusion = 0x1b,
+    DW_TAG_inheritance = 0x1c,
+    DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine = 0x1d,
+    DW_TAG_module = 0x1e,
+    DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type = 0x1f,
+    DW_TAG_set_type = 0x20,
+    DW_TAG_subrange_type = 0x21,
+    DW_TAG_with_stmt = 0x22,
+    DW_TAG_access_declaration = 0x23,
+    DW_TAG_base_type = 0x24,
+    DW_TAG_catch_block = 0x25,
+    DW_TAG_const_type = 0x26,
+    DW_TAG_constant = 0x27,
+    DW_TAG_enumerator = 0x28,
+    DW_TAG_file_type = 0x29,
+    DW_TAG_friend = 0x2a,
+    DW_TAG_namelist = 0x2b,
+    DW_TAG_namelist_item = 0x2c,
+    DW_TAG_packed_type = 0x2d,
+    DW_TAG_subprogram = 0x2e,
+    DW_TAG_template_type_param = 0x2f,
+    DW_TAG_template_value_param = 0x30,
+    DW_TAG_thrown_type = 0x31,
+    DW_TAG_try_block = 0x32,
+    DW_TAG_variant_part = 0x33,
+    DW_TAG_variable = 0x34,
+    DW_TAG_volatile_type = 0x35,
+    /* SGI/MIPS Extensions */
+    DW_TAG_MIPS_loop = 0x4081,
+    /* GNU extensions */
+    DW_TAG_format_label = 0x4101,	/* for FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90 */
+    DW_TAG_function_template = 0x4102,	/* for C++ */
+    DW_TAG_class_template = 0x4103	/* for C++ */
+  };
+
+#define DW_TAG_lo_user	0x4080
+#define DW_TAG_hi_user	0xffff
+
+/* flag that tells whether entry has a child or not */
+#define DW_children_no   0
+#define	DW_children_yes  1
+
+/* Form names and codes.  */
+enum dwarf_form
+  {
+    DW_FORM_addr = 0x01,
+    DW_FORM_block2 = 0x03,
+    DW_FORM_block4 = 0x04,
+    DW_FORM_data2 = 0x05,
+    DW_FORM_data4 = 0x06,
+    DW_FORM_data8 = 0x07,
+    DW_FORM_string = 0x08,
+    DW_FORM_block = 0x09,
+    DW_FORM_block1 = 0x0a,
+    DW_FORM_data1 = 0x0b,
+    DW_FORM_flag = 0x0c,
+    DW_FORM_sdata = 0x0d,
+    DW_FORM_strp = 0x0e,
+    DW_FORM_udata = 0x0f,
+    DW_FORM_ref_addr = 0x10,
+    DW_FORM_ref1 = 0x11,
+    DW_FORM_ref2 = 0x12,
+    DW_FORM_ref4 = 0x13,
+    DW_FORM_ref8 = 0x14,
+    DW_FORM_ref_udata = 0x15,
+    DW_FORM_indirect = 0x16
+  };
+
+/* Attribute names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_attribute
+  {
+    DW_AT_sibling = 0x01,
+    DW_AT_location = 0x02,
+    DW_AT_name = 0x03,
+    DW_AT_ordering = 0x09,
+    DW_AT_subscr_data = 0x0a,
+    DW_AT_byte_size = 0x0b,
+    DW_AT_bit_offset = 0x0c,
+    DW_AT_bit_size = 0x0d,
+    DW_AT_element_list = 0x0f,
+    DW_AT_stmt_list = 0x10,
+    DW_AT_low_pc = 0x11,
+    DW_AT_high_pc = 0x12,
+    DW_AT_language = 0x13,
+    DW_AT_member = 0x14,
+    DW_AT_discr = 0x15,
+    DW_AT_discr_value = 0x16,
+    DW_AT_visibility = 0x17,
+    DW_AT_import = 0x18,
+    DW_AT_string_length = 0x19,
+    DW_AT_common_reference = 0x1a,
+    DW_AT_comp_dir = 0x1b,
+    DW_AT_const_value = 0x1c,
+    DW_AT_containing_type = 0x1d,
+    DW_AT_default_value = 0x1e,
+    DW_AT_inline = 0x20,
+    DW_AT_is_optional = 0x21,
+    DW_AT_lower_bound = 0x22,
+    DW_AT_producer = 0x25,
+    DW_AT_prototyped = 0x27,
+    DW_AT_return_addr = 0x2a,
+    DW_AT_start_scope = 0x2c,
+    DW_AT_stride_size = 0x2e,
+    DW_AT_upper_bound = 0x2f,
+    DW_AT_abstract_origin = 0x31,
+    DW_AT_accessibility = 0x32,
+    DW_AT_address_class = 0x33,
+    DW_AT_artificial = 0x34,
+    DW_AT_base_types = 0x35,
+    DW_AT_calling_convention = 0x36,
+    DW_AT_count = 0x37,
+    DW_AT_data_member_location = 0x38,
+    DW_AT_decl_column = 0x39,
+    DW_AT_decl_file = 0x3a,
+    DW_AT_decl_line = 0x3b,
+    DW_AT_declaration = 0x3c,
+    DW_AT_discr_list = 0x3d,
+    DW_AT_encoding = 0x3e,
+    DW_AT_external = 0x3f,
+    DW_AT_frame_base = 0x40,
+    DW_AT_friend = 0x41,
+    DW_AT_identifier_case = 0x42,
+    DW_AT_macro_info = 0x43,
+    DW_AT_namelist_items = 0x44,
+    DW_AT_priority = 0x45,
+    DW_AT_segment = 0x46,
+    DW_AT_specification = 0x47,
+    DW_AT_static_link = 0x48,
+    DW_AT_type = 0x49,
+    DW_AT_use_location = 0x4a,
+    DW_AT_variable_parameter = 0x4b,
+    DW_AT_virtuality = 0x4c,
+    DW_AT_vtable_elem_location = 0x4d,
+    /* SGI/MIPS Extensions */
+    DW_AT_MIPS_fde = 0x2001,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin = 0x2002,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin = 0x2003,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin = 0x2004,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor = 0x2005,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth = 0x2006,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name = 0x2007,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_stride = 0x2008,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name = 0x2009,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin = 0x200a,
+    DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines = 0x200b,
+    /* GNU extensions.  */
+    DW_AT_sf_names = 0x2101,
+    DW_AT_src_info = 0x2102,
+    DW_AT_mac_info = 0x2103,
+    DW_AT_src_coords = 0x2104,
+    DW_AT_body_begin = 0x2105,
+    DW_AT_body_end = 0x2106
+  };
+
+#define DW_AT_lo_user	0x2000	/* implementation-defined range start */
+#define DW_AT_hi_user	0x3ff0	/* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Location atom names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_location_atom
+  {
+    DW_OP_addr = 0x03,
+    DW_OP_deref = 0x06,
+    DW_OP_const1u = 0x08,
+    DW_OP_const1s = 0x09,
+    DW_OP_const2u = 0x0a,
+    DW_OP_const2s = 0x0b,
+    DW_OP_const4u = 0x0c,
+    DW_OP_const4s = 0x0d,
+    DW_OP_const8u = 0x0e,
+    DW_OP_const8s = 0x0f,
+    DW_OP_constu = 0x10,
+    DW_OP_consts = 0x11,
+    DW_OP_dup = 0x12,
+    DW_OP_drop = 0x13,
+    DW_OP_over = 0x14,
+    DW_OP_pick = 0x15,
+    DW_OP_swap = 0x16,
+    DW_OP_rot = 0x17,
+    DW_OP_xderef = 0x18,
+    DW_OP_abs = 0x19,
+    DW_OP_and = 0x1a,
+    DW_OP_div = 0x1b,
+    DW_OP_minus = 0x1c,
+    DW_OP_mod = 0x1d,
+    DW_OP_mul = 0x1e,
+    DW_OP_neg = 0x1f,
+    DW_OP_not = 0x20,
+    DW_OP_or = 0x21,
+    DW_OP_plus = 0x22,
+    DW_OP_plus_uconst = 0x23,
+    DW_OP_shl = 0x24,
+    DW_OP_shr = 0x25,
+    DW_OP_shra = 0x26,
+    DW_OP_xor = 0x27,
+    DW_OP_bra = 0x28,
+    DW_OP_eq = 0x29,
+    DW_OP_ge = 0x2a,
+    DW_OP_gt = 0x2b,
+    DW_OP_le = 0x2c,
+    DW_OP_lt = 0x2d,
+    DW_OP_ne = 0x2e,
+    DW_OP_skip = 0x2f,
+    DW_OP_lit0 = 0x30,
+    DW_OP_lit1 = 0x31,
+    DW_OP_lit2 = 0x32,
+    DW_OP_lit3 = 0x33,
+    DW_OP_lit4 = 0x34,
+    DW_OP_lit5 = 0x35,
+    DW_OP_lit6 = 0x36,
+    DW_OP_lit7 = 0x37,
+    DW_OP_lit8 = 0x38,
+    DW_OP_lit9 = 0x39,
+    DW_OP_lit10 = 0x3a,
+    DW_OP_lit11 = 0x3b,
+    DW_OP_lit12 = 0x3c,
+    DW_OP_lit13 = 0x3d,
+    DW_OP_lit14 = 0x3e,
+    DW_OP_lit15 = 0x3f,
+    DW_OP_lit16 = 0x40,
+    DW_OP_lit17 = 0x41,
+    DW_OP_lit18 = 0x42,
+    DW_OP_lit19 = 0x43,
+    DW_OP_lit20 = 0x44,
+    DW_OP_lit21 = 0x45,
+    DW_OP_lit22 = 0x46,
+    DW_OP_lit23 = 0x47,
+    DW_OP_lit24 = 0x48,
+    DW_OP_lit25 = 0x49,
+    DW_OP_lit26 = 0x4a,
+    DW_OP_lit27 = 0x4b,
+    DW_OP_lit28 = 0x4c,
+    DW_OP_lit29 = 0x4d,
+    DW_OP_lit30 = 0x4e,
+    DW_OP_lit31 = 0x4f,
+    DW_OP_reg0 = 0x50,
+    DW_OP_reg1 = 0x51,
+    DW_OP_reg2 = 0x52,
+    DW_OP_reg3 = 0x53,
+    DW_OP_reg4 = 0x54,
+    DW_OP_reg5 = 0x55,
+    DW_OP_reg6 = 0x56,
+    DW_OP_reg7 = 0x57,
+    DW_OP_reg8 = 0x58,
+    DW_OP_reg9 = 0x59,
+    DW_OP_reg10 = 0x5a,
+    DW_OP_reg11 = 0x5b,
+    DW_OP_reg12 = 0x5c,
+    DW_OP_reg13 = 0x5d,
+    DW_OP_reg14 = 0x5e,
+    DW_OP_reg15 = 0x5f,
+    DW_OP_reg16 = 0x60,
+    DW_OP_reg17 = 0x61,
+    DW_OP_reg18 = 0x62,
+    DW_OP_reg19 = 0x63,
+    DW_OP_reg20 = 0x64,
+    DW_OP_reg21 = 0x65,
+    DW_OP_reg22 = 0x66,
+    DW_OP_reg23 = 0x67,
+    DW_OP_reg24 = 0x68,
+    DW_OP_reg25 = 0x69,
+    DW_OP_reg26 = 0x6a,
+    DW_OP_reg27 = 0x6b,
+    DW_OP_reg28 = 0x6c,
+    DW_OP_reg29 = 0x6d,
+    DW_OP_reg30 = 0x6e,
+    DW_OP_reg31 = 0x6f,
+    DW_OP_breg0 = 0x70,
+    DW_OP_breg1 = 0x71,
+    DW_OP_breg2 = 0x72,
+    DW_OP_breg3 = 0x73,
+    DW_OP_breg4 = 0x74,
+    DW_OP_breg5 = 0x75,
+    DW_OP_breg6 = 0x76,
+    DW_OP_breg7 = 0x77,
+    DW_OP_breg8 = 0x78,
+    DW_OP_breg9 = 0x79,
+    DW_OP_breg10 = 0x7a,
+    DW_OP_breg11 = 0x7b,
+    DW_OP_breg12 = 0x7c,
+    DW_OP_breg13 = 0x7d,
+    DW_OP_breg14 = 0x7e,
+    DW_OP_breg15 = 0x7f,
+    DW_OP_breg16 = 0x80,
+    DW_OP_breg17 = 0x81,
+    DW_OP_breg18 = 0x82,
+    DW_OP_breg19 = 0x83,
+    DW_OP_breg20 = 0x84,
+    DW_OP_breg21 = 0x85,
+    DW_OP_breg22 = 0x86,
+    DW_OP_breg23 = 0x87,
+    DW_OP_breg24 = 0x88,
+    DW_OP_breg25 = 0x89,
+    DW_OP_breg26 = 0x8a,
+    DW_OP_breg27 = 0x8b,
+    DW_OP_breg28 = 0x8c,
+    DW_OP_breg29 = 0x8d,
+    DW_OP_breg30 = 0x8e,
+    DW_OP_breg31 = 0x8f,
+    DW_OP_regx = 0x90,
+    DW_OP_fbreg = 0x91,
+    DW_OP_bregx = 0x92,
+    DW_OP_piece = 0x93,
+    DW_OP_deref_size = 0x94,
+    DW_OP_xderef_size = 0x95,
+    DW_OP_nop = 0x96
+  };
+
+#define DW_OP_lo_user	0x80	/* implementation-defined range start */
+#define DW_OP_hi_user	0xff	/* implementation-defined range end */
+
+/* Type encodings.  */
+
+enum dwarf_type
+  {
+    DW_ATE_void = 0x0,
+    DW_ATE_address = 0x1,
+    DW_ATE_boolean = 0x2,
+    DW_ATE_complex_float = 0x3,
+    DW_ATE_float = 0x4,
+    DW_ATE_signed = 0x5,
+    DW_ATE_signed_char = 0x6,
+    DW_ATE_unsigned = 0x7,
+    DW_ATE_unsigned_char = 0x8
+  };
+
+#define	DW_ATE_lo_user 0x80
+#define	DW_ATE_hi_user 0xff
+
+/* Array ordering names and codes.  */
+enum dwarf_array_dim_ordering
+  {
+    DW_ORD_row_major = 0,
+    DW_ORD_col_major = 1
+  };
+
+/* access attribute */
+enum dwarf_access_attribute
+  {
+    DW_ACCESS_public = 1,
+    DW_ACCESS_protected = 2,
+    DW_ACCESS_private = 3
+  };
+
+/* visibility */
+enum dwarf_visibility_attribute
+  {
+    DW_VIS_local = 1,
+    DW_VIS_exported = 2,
+    DW_VIS_qualified = 3
+  };
+
+/* virtuality */
+enum dwarf_virtuality_attribute
+  {
+    DW_VIRTUALITY_none = 0,
+    DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual = 1,
+    DW_VIRTUALITY_pure_virtual = 2
+  };
+
+/* case sensitivity */
+enum dwarf_id_case
+  {
+    DW_ID_case_sensitive = 0,
+    DW_ID_up_case = 1,
+    DW_ID_down_case = 2,
+    DW_ID_case_insensitive = 3
+  };
+
+/* calling convention */
+enum dwarf_calling_convention
+  {
+    DW_CC_normal = 0x1,
+    DW_CC_program = 0x2,
+    DW_CC_nocall = 0x3
+  };
+
+#define DW_CC_lo_user 0x40
+#define DW_CC_hi_user 0xff
+
+/* inline attribute */
+enum dwarf_inline_attribute
+  {
+    DW_INL_not_inlined = 0,
+    DW_INL_inlined = 1,
+    DW_INL_declared_not_inlined = 2,
+    DW_INL_declared_inlined = 3
+  };
+
+/* descriminant lists */
+enum dwarf_descrim_list
+  {
+    DW_DSC_label = 0,
+    DW_DSC_range = 1
+  };
+
+/* line number opcodes */
+enum dwarf_line_number_ops
+  {
+    DW_LNS_extended_op = 0,
+    DW_LNS_copy = 1,
+    DW_LNS_advance_pc = 2,
+    DW_LNS_advance_line = 3,
+    DW_LNS_set_file = 4,
+    DW_LNS_set_column = 5,
+    DW_LNS_negate_stmt = 6,
+    DW_LNS_set_basic_block = 7,
+    DW_LNS_const_add_pc = 8,
+    DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc = 9
+  };
+
+/* line number extended opcodes */
+enum dwarf_line_number_x_ops
+  {
+    DW_LNE_end_sequence = 1,
+    DW_LNE_set_address = 2,
+    DW_LNE_define_file = 3
+  };
+
+/* call frame information */
+enum dwarf_call_frame_info
+  {
+    DW_CFA_advance_loc = 0x40,
+    DW_CFA_offset = 0x80,
+    DW_CFA_restore = 0xc0,
+    DW_CFA_nop = 0x00,
+    DW_CFA_set_loc = 0x01,
+    DW_CFA_advance_loc1 = 0x02,
+    DW_CFA_advance_loc2 = 0x03,
+    DW_CFA_advance_loc4 = 0x04,
+    DW_CFA_offset_extended = 0x05,
+    DW_CFA_restore_extended = 0x06,
+    DW_CFA_undefined = 0x07,
+    DW_CFA_same_value = 0x08,
+    DW_CFA_register = 0x09,
+    DW_CFA_remember_state = 0x0a,
+    DW_CFA_restore_state = 0x0b,
+    DW_CFA_def_cfa = 0x0c,
+    DW_CFA_def_cfa_register = 0x0d,
+    DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset = 0x0e,
+    /* SGI/MIPS specific */
+    DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8 = 0x1d
+  };
+
+#define DW_CIE_ID	  0xffffffff
+#define DW_CIE_VERSION	  1
+
+#define DW_CFA_extended   0
+#define DW_CFA_low_user   0x1c
+#define DW_CFA_high_user  0x3f
+
+#define DW_CHILDREN_no		     0x00
+#define DW_CHILDREN_yes		     0x01
+
+#define DW_ADDR_none		0
+
+/* Source language names and codes.  */
+
+enum dwarf_source_language
+  {
+    DW_LANG_C89 = 0x0001,
+    DW_LANG_C = 0x0002,
+    DW_LANG_Ada83 = 0x0003,
+    DW_LANG_C_plus_plus = 0x0004,
+    DW_LANG_Cobol74 = 0x0005,
+    DW_LANG_Cobol85 = 0x0006,
+    DW_LANG_Fortran77 = 0x0007,
+    DW_LANG_Fortran90 = 0x0008,
+    DW_LANG_Pascal83 = 0x0009,
+    DW_LANG_Modula2 = 0x000a,
+    DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler = 0x8001
+  };
+
+
+#define DW_LANG_lo_user 0x8000	/* implementation-defined range start */
+#define DW_LANG_hi_user 0xffff	/* implementation-defined range start */
+
+/* Names and codes for macro information.  */
+
+enum dwarf_macinfo_record_type
+  {
+    DW_MACINFO_define = 1,
+    DW_MACINFO_undef = 2,
+    DW_MACINFO_start_file = 3,
+    DW_MACINFO_end_file = 4,
+    DW_MACINFO_vendor_ext = 255
+  };
+
+#endif /* _ELF_DWARF2_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/external.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/external.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4399085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/external.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/* ELF support for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
+   in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
+   Programming Support Tools".
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* This file is part of ELF support for BFD, and contains the portions
+   that describe how ELF is represented externally by the BFD library.
+   I.E. it describes the in-file representation of ELF.  It requires
+   the elf-common.h file which contains the portions that are common to
+   both the internal and external representations. */
+   
+/* The 64-bit stuff is kind of random.  Perhaps someone will publish a
+   spec someday.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELF_EXTERNAL_H
+#define _ELF_EXTERNAL_H
+
+/* ELF Header (32-bit implementations) */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	e_ident[16];		/* ELF "magic number" */
+  unsigned char	e_type[2];		/* Identifies object file type */
+  unsigned char	e_machine[2];		/* Specifies required architecture */
+  unsigned char	e_version[4];		/* Identifies object file version */
+  unsigned char	e_entry[4];		/* Entry point virtual address */
+  unsigned char	e_phoff[4];		/* Program header table file offset */
+  unsigned char	e_shoff[4];		/* Section header table file offset */
+  unsigned char	e_flags[4];		/* Processor-specific flags */
+  unsigned char	e_ehsize[2];		/* ELF header size in bytes */
+  unsigned char	e_phentsize[2];		/* Program header table entry size */
+  unsigned char	e_phnum[2];		/* Program header table entry count */
+  unsigned char	e_shentsize[2];		/* Section header table entry size */
+  unsigned char	e_shnum[2];		/* Section header table entry count */
+  unsigned char	e_shstrndx[2];		/* Section header string table index */
+} Elf32_External_Ehdr;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	e_ident[16];		/* ELF "magic number" */
+  unsigned char	e_type[2];		/* Identifies object file type */
+  unsigned char	e_machine[2];		/* Specifies required architecture */
+  unsigned char	e_version[4];		/* Identifies object file version */
+  unsigned char	e_entry[8];		/* Entry point virtual address */
+  unsigned char	e_phoff[8];		/* Program header table file offset */
+  unsigned char	e_shoff[8];		/* Section header table file offset */
+  unsigned char	e_flags[4];		/* Processor-specific flags */
+  unsigned char	e_ehsize[2];		/* ELF header size in bytes */
+  unsigned char	e_phentsize[2];		/* Program header table entry size */
+  unsigned char	e_phnum[2];		/* Program header table entry count */
+  unsigned char	e_shentsize[2];		/* Section header table entry size */
+  unsigned char	e_shnum[2];		/* Section header table entry count */
+  unsigned char	e_shstrndx[2];		/* Section header string table index */
+} Elf64_External_Ehdr;
+
+/* Program header */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	p_type[4];		/* Identifies program segment type */
+  unsigned char	p_offset[4];		/* Segment file offset */
+  unsigned char	p_vaddr[4];		/* Segment virtual address */
+  unsigned char	p_paddr[4];		/* Segment physical address */
+  unsigned char	p_filesz[4];		/* Segment size in file */
+  unsigned char	p_memsz[4];		/* Segment size in memory */
+  unsigned char	p_flags[4];		/* Segment flags */
+  unsigned char	p_align[4];		/* Segment alignment, file & memory */
+} Elf32_External_Phdr;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	p_type[4];		/* Identifies program segment type */
+  unsigned char	p_flags[4];		/* Segment flags */
+  unsigned char	p_offset[8];		/* Segment file offset */
+  unsigned char	p_vaddr[8];		/* Segment virtual address */
+  unsigned char	p_paddr[8];		/* Segment physical address */
+  unsigned char	p_filesz[8];		/* Segment size in file */
+  unsigned char	p_memsz[8];		/* Segment size in memory */
+  unsigned char	p_align[8];		/* Segment alignment, file & memory */
+} Elf64_External_Phdr;
+
+/* Section header */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	sh_name[4];		/* Section name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned char	sh_type[4];		/* Type of section */
+  unsigned char	sh_flags[4];		/* Miscellaneous section attributes */
+  unsigned char	sh_addr[4];		/* Section virtual addr at execution */
+  unsigned char	sh_offset[4];		/* Section file offset */
+  unsigned char	sh_size[4];		/* Size of section in bytes */
+  unsigned char	sh_link[4];		/* Index of another section */
+  unsigned char	sh_info[4];		/* Additional section information */
+  unsigned char	sh_addralign[4];	/* Section alignment */
+  unsigned char	sh_entsize[4];		/* Entry size if section holds table */
+} Elf32_External_Shdr;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	sh_name[4];		/* Section name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned char	sh_type[4];		/* Type of section */
+  unsigned char	sh_flags[8];		/* Miscellaneous section attributes */
+  unsigned char	sh_addr[8];		/* Section virtual addr at execution */
+  unsigned char	sh_offset[8];		/* Section file offset */
+  unsigned char	sh_size[8];		/* Size of section in bytes */
+  unsigned char	sh_link[4];		/* Index of another section */
+  unsigned char	sh_info[4];		/* Additional section information */
+  unsigned char	sh_addralign[8];	/* Section alignment */
+  unsigned char	sh_entsize[8];		/* Entry size if section holds table */
+} Elf64_External_Shdr;
+
+/* Symbol table entry */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	st_name[4];		/* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned char	st_value[4];		/* Value of the symbol */
+  unsigned char	st_size[4];		/* Associated symbol size */
+  unsigned char	st_info[1];		/* Type and binding attributes */
+  unsigned char	st_other[1];		/* No defined meaning, 0 */
+  unsigned char	st_shndx[2];		/* Associated section index */
+} Elf32_External_Sym;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	st_name[4];		/* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned char	st_info[1];		/* Type and binding attributes */
+  unsigned char	st_other[1];		/* No defined meaning, 0 */
+  unsigned char	st_shndx[2];		/* Associated section index */
+  unsigned char	st_value[8];		/* Value of the symbol */
+  unsigned char	st_size[8];		/* Associated symbol size */
+} Elf64_External_Sym;
+
+/* Note segments */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	namesz[4];		/* Size of entry's owner string */
+  unsigned char	descsz[4];		/* Size of the note descriptor */
+  unsigned char	type[4];		/* Interpretation of the descriptor */
+  char		name[1];		/* Start of the name+desc data */
+} Elf_External_Note;
+
+/* Relocation Entries */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char r_offset[4];	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  unsigned char	r_info[4];	/* index and type of relocation */
+} Elf32_External_Rel;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char r_offset[4];	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  unsigned char	r_info[4];	/* index and type of relocation */
+  unsigned char	r_addend[4];	/* Constant addend used to compute value */
+} Elf32_External_Rela;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char r_offset[8];	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  unsigned char	r_info[8];	/* index and type of relocation */
+} Elf64_External_Rel;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char r_offset[8];	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  unsigned char	r_info[8];	/* index and type of relocation */
+  unsigned char	r_addend[8];	/* Constant addend used to compute value */
+} Elf64_External_Rela;
+
+/* dynamic section structure */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	d_tag[4];		/* entry tag value */
+  union {
+    unsigned char	d_val[4];
+    unsigned char	d_ptr[4];
+  } d_un;
+} Elf32_External_Dyn;
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char	d_tag[8];		/* entry tag value */
+  union {
+    unsigned char	d_val[8];
+    unsigned char	d_ptr[8];
+  } d_un;
+} Elf64_External_Dyn;
+
+/* The version structures are currently size independent.  They are
+   named without a 32 or 64.  If that ever changes, these structures
+   will need to be renamed.  */
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verdef section.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char		vd_version[2];
+  unsigned char		vd_flags[2];
+  unsigned char		vd_ndx[2];
+  unsigned char		vd_cnt[2];
+  unsigned char		vd_hash[4];
+  unsigned char		vd_aux[4];
+  unsigned char		vd_next[4];
+} Elf_External_Verdef;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verdef section.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char		vda_name[4];
+  unsigned char		vda_next[4];
+} Elf_External_Verdaux;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verneed section.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char		vn_version[2];
+  unsigned char		vn_cnt[2];
+  unsigned char		vn_file[4];
+  unsigned char		vn_aux[4];
+  unsigned char		vn_next[4];
+} Elf_External_Verneed;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verneed section.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char		vna_hash[4];
+  unsigned char		vna_flags[2];
+  unsigned char		vna_other[2];
+  unsigned char		vna_name[4];
+  unsigned char		vna_next[4];
+} Elf_External_Vernaux;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_versym section.  This is not a
+   standard ELF structure; ELF just uses Elf32_Half.  */
+
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned char		vs_vers[2];
+} Elf_External_Versym;
+
+#endif /* _ELF_EXTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/elf/internal.h b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb849d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/elf/internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/* ELF support for BFD.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published
+   in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and
+   Programming Support Tools".
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* This file is part of ELF support for BFD, and contains the portions
+   that describe how ELF is represented internally in the BFD library.
+   I.E. it describes the in-memory representation of ELF.  It requires
+   the elf-common.h file which contains the portions that are common to
+   both the internal and external representations. */
+   
+
+/* NOTE that these structures are not kept in the same order as they appear
+   in the object file.  In some cases they've been reordered for more optimal
+   packing under various circumstances.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELF_INTERNAL_H
+#define _ELF_INTERNAL_H
+
+/* ELF Header */
+
+#define EI_NIDENT	16		/* Size of e_ident[] */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_ehdr {
+  unsigned char		e_ident[EI_NIDENT];	/* ELF "magic number" */
+  bfd_vma		e_entry;		/* Entry point virtual address */
+  bfd_signed_vma	e_phoff;		/* Program header table file offset */
+  bfd_signed_vma	e_shoff;		/* Section header table file offset */
+  unsigned long		e_version;		/* Identifies object file version */
+  unsigned long		e_flags;		/* Processor-specific flags */
+  unsigned short	e_type;			/* Identifies object file type */
+  unsigned short	e_machine;		/* Specifies required architecture */
+  unsigned short	e_ehsize;		/* ELF header size in bytes */
+  unsigned short	e_phentsize;		/* Program header table entry size */
+  unsigned short	e_phnum;		/* Program header table entry count */
+  unsigned short	e_shentsize;		/* Section header table entry size */
+  unsigned short	e_shnum;		/* Section header table entry count */
+  unsigned short	e_shstrndx;		/* Section header string table index */
+} Elf_Internal_Ehdr;
+
+#define elf32_internal_ehdr elf_internal_ehdr
+#define Elf32_Internal_Ehdr Elf_Internal_Ehdr
+#define elf64_internal_ehdr elf_internal_ehdr
+#define Elf64_Internal_Ehdr Elf_Internal_Ehdr
+
+/* Program header */
+
+struct elf_internal_phdr {
+  unsigned long	p_type;			/* Identifies program segment type */
+  unsigned long	p_flags;		/* Segment flags */
+  bfd_vma	p_offset;		/* Segment file offset */
+  bfd_vma	p_vaddr;		/* Segment virtual address */
+  bfd_vma	p_paddr;		/* Segment physical address */
+  bfd_vma	p_filesz;		/* Segment size in file */
+  bfd_vma	p_memsz;		/* Segment size in memory */
+  bfd_vma	p_align;		/* Segment alignment, file & memory */
+};
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_phdr Elf_Internal_Phdr;
+#define elf32_internal_phdr elf_internal_phdr
+#define Elf32_Internal_Phdr Elf_Internal_Phdr
+#define elf64_internal_phdr elf_internal_phdr
+#define Elf64_Internal_Phdr Elf_Internal_Phdr
+
+/* Section header */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_shdr {
+  unsigned int	sh_name;		/* Section name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned int	sh_type;		/* Type of section */
+  bfd_vma	sh_flags;		/* Miscellaneous section attributes */
+  bfd_vma	sh_addr;		/* Section virtual addr at execution */
+  bfd_size_type	sh_size;		/* Size of section in bytes */
+  bfd_size_type	sh_entsize;		/* Entry size if section holds table */
+  unsigned long	sh_link;		/* Index of another section */
+  unsigned long	sh_info;		/* Additional section information */
+  file_ptr	sh_offset;		/* Section file offset */
+  unsigned int	sh_addralign;		/* Section alignment */
+
+  /* The internal rep also has some cached info associated with it. */
+  asection *	bfd_section;		/* Associated BFD section.  */
+  PTR		contents;		/* Section contents.  */
+} Elf_Internal_Shdr;
+
+#define elf32_internal_shdr elf_internal_shdr
+#define Elf32_Internal_Shdr Elf_Internal_Shdr
+#define elf64_internal_shdr elf_internal_shdr
+#define Elf64_Internal_Shdr Elf_Internal_Shdr
+
+/* Symbol table entry */
+
+struct elf_internal_sym {
+  bfd_vma	st_value;		/* Value of the symbol */
+  bfd_vma	st_size;		/* Associated symbol size */
+  unsigned long	st_name;		/* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
+  unsigned char	st_info;		/* Type and binding attributes */
+  unsigned char	st_other;		/* No defined meaning, 0 */
+  unsigned short st_shndx;		/* Associated section index */
+};
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_sym Elf_Internal_Sym;
+
+#define elf32_internal_sym elf_internal_sym
+#define elf64_internal_sym elf_internal_sym
+#define Elf32_Internal_Sym Elf_Internal_Sym
+#define Elf64_Internal_Sym Elf_Internal_Sym
+
+/* Note segments */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_note {
+  unsigned long	namesz;			/* Size of entry's owner string */
+  unsigned long	descsz;			/* Size of the note descriptor */
+  unsigned long	type;			/* Interpretation of the descriptor */
+  char		name[1];		/* Start of the name+desc data */
+} Elf_Internal_Note;
+#define Elf32_Internal_Note	Elf_Internal_Note
+#define elf32_internal_note	elf_internal_note
+
+/* Relocation Entries */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_rel {
+  bfd_vma	r_offset;	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  /* This needs to support 64-bit values in elf64.  */
+  bfd_vma	r_info;		/* index and type of relocation */
+} Elf_Internal_Rel;
+
+#define elf32_internal_rel elf_internal_rel
+#define Elf32_Internal_Rel Elf_Internal_Rel
+#define elf64_internal_rel elf_internal_rel
+#define Elf64_Internal_Rel Elf_Internal_Rel
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_rela {
+  bfd_vma	r_offset;	/* Location at which to apply the action */
+  bfd_vma	r_info;		/* Index and Type of relocation */
+  bfd_signed_vma r_addend;	/* Constant addend used to compute value */
+} Elf_Internal_Rela;
+
+#define elf32_internal_rela elf_internal_rela
+#define elf64_internal_rela elf_internal_rela
+#define Elf32_Internal_Rela Elf_Internal_Rela
+#define Elf64_Internal_Rela Elf_Internal_Rela
+
+/* dynamic section structure */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_dyn {
+  /* This needs to support 64-bit values in elf64.  */
+  bfd_vma d_tag;		/* entry tag value */
+  union {
+    /* This needs to support 64-bit values in elf64.  */
+    bfd_vma	d_val;
+    bfd_vma	d_ptr;
+  } d_un;
+} Elf_Internal_Dyn;
+
+#define elf32_internal_dyn elf_internal_dyn
+#define elf64_internal_dyn elf_internal_dyn
+#define Elf32_Internal_Dyn Elf_Internal_Dyn
+#define Elf64_Internal_Dyn Elf_Internal_Dyn
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verdef section.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_verdef {
+  unsigned short vd_version;	/* Version number of structure.  */
+  unsigned short vd_flags;	/* Flags (VER_FLG_*).  */
+  unsigned short vd_ndx;	/* Version index.  */
+  unsigned short vd_cnt;	/* Number of verdaux entries.  */
+  unsigned long	 vd_hash;	/* Hash of name.  */
+  unsigned long	 vd_aux;	/* Offset to verdaux entries.  */
+  unsigned long	 vd_next;	/* Offset to next verdef.  */
+
+  /* These fields are set up when BFD reads in the structure.  FIXME:
+     It would be cleaner to store these in a different structure.  */
+  bfd			      *vd_bfd;		/* BFD.  */
+  const char		      *vd_nodename;	/* Version name.  */
+  struct elf_internal_verdef  *vd_nextdef;	/* vd_next as pointer.  */
+  struct elf_internal_verdaux *vd_auxptr;	/* vd_aux as pointer.  */
+  unsigned int		       vd_exp_refno;	/* Used by the linker.  */
+} Elf_Internal_Verdef;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verdef section.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_verdaux {
+  unsigned long vda_name;	/* String table offset of name.  */
+  unsigned long vda_next;	/* Offset to next verdaux.  */
+
+  /* These fields are set up when BFD reads in the structure.  FIXME:
+     It would be cleaner to store these in a different structure.  */
+  const char *vda_nodename;			/* vda_name as pointer.  */
+  struct elf_internal_verdaux *vda_nextptr;	/* vda_next as pointer.  */
+} Elf_Internal_Verdaux;
+ 
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verneed section.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_verneed {
+  unsigned short vn_version;	/* Version number of structure.  */
+  unsigned short vn_cnt;	/* Number of vernaux entries.  */
+  unsigned long	 vn_file;	/* String table offset of library name.  */
+  unsigned long	 vn_aux;	/* Offset to vernaux entries.  */
+  unsigned long	 vn_next;	/* Offset to next verneed.  */
+
+  /* These fields are set up when BFD reads in the structure.  FIXME:
+     It would be cleaner to store these in a different structure.  */
+  bfd			      *vn_bfd;		/* BFD.  */
+  const char                  *vn_filename;	/* vn_file as pointer.  */
+  struct elf_internal_vernaux *vn_auxptr;	/* vn_aux as pointer.  */
+  struct elf_internal_verneed *vn_nextref;	/* vn_nextref as pointer.  */
+} Elf_Internal_Verneed;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_verneed section.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_vernaux {
+  unsigned long	 vna_hash;	/* Hash of dependency name.  */
+  unsigned short vna_flags;	/* Flags (VER_FLG_*).  */
+  unsigned short vna_other;	/* Unused.  */
+  unsigned long	 vna_name;	/* String table offset to version name.  */
+  unsigned long	 vna_next;	/* Offset to next vernaux.  */
+
+  /* These fields are set up when BFD reads in the structure.  FIXME:
+     It would be cleaner to store these in a different structure.  */
+  const char                  *vna_nodename;	/* vna_name as pointer.  */
+  struct elf_internal_vernaux *vna_nextptr;	/* vna_next as pointer.  */
+} Elf_Internal_Vernaux;
+
+/* This structure appears in a SHT_GNU_versym section.  This is not a
+   standard ELF structure; ELF just uses Elf32_Half.  */
+
+typedef struct elf_internal_versym {
+  unsigned short vs_vers;
+} Elf_Internal_Versym;
+
+#define elf32_internal_verdef elf_internal_verdef
+#define elf64_internal_verdef elf_internal_verdef
+#define elf32_internal_verdaux elf_internal_verdaux
+#define elf64_internal_verdaux elf_internal_verdaux
+#define elf32_internal_verneed elf_internal_verneed
+#define elf64_internal_verneed elf_internal_verneed
+#define elf32_internal_vernaux elf_internal_vernaux
+#define elf64_internal_vernaux elf_internal_vernaux
+#define elf32_internal_versym elf_internal_versym
+#define elf64_internal_versym elf_internal_versym
+
+#define Elf32_Internal_Verdef Elf_Internal_Verdef
+#define Elf64_Internal_Verdef Elf_Internal_Verdef
+#define Elf32_Internal_Verdaux Elf_Internal_Verdaux
+#define Elf64_Internal_Verdaux Elf_Internal_Verdaux
+#define Elf32_Internal_Verneed Elf_Internal_Verneed
+#define Elf64_Internal_Verneed Elf_Internal_Verneed
+#define Elf32_Internal_Vernaux Elf_Internal_Vernaux
+#define Elf64_Internal_Vernaux Elf_Internal_Vernaux
+#define Elf32_Internal_Versym Elf_Internal_Versym
+#define Elf64_Internal_Versym Elf_Internal_Versym
+
+/* This structure is used to describe how sections should be assigned
+   to program segments.  */
+
+struct elf_segment_map
+{
+  /* Next program segment.  */
+  struct elf_segment_map *next;
+  /* Program segment type.  */
+  unsigned long p_type;
+  /* Program segment flags.  */
+  unsigned long p_flags;
+  /* Program segment physical address.  */
+  bfd_vma p_paddr;
+  /* Whether the p_flags field is valid; if not, the flags are based
+     on the section flags.  */
+  unsigned int p_flags_valid : 1;
+  /* Whether the p_paddr field is valid; if not, the physical address
+     is based on the section lma values.  */
+  unsigned int p_paddr_valid : 1;
+  /* Whether this segment includes the file header.  */
+  unsigned int includes_filehdr : 1;
+  /* Whether this segment includes the program headers.  */
+  unsigned int includes_phdrs : 1;
+  /* Number of sections (may be 0).  */
+  unsigned int count;
+  /* Sections.  Actual number of elements is in count field.  */
+  asection *sections[1];
+};
+
+#endif /* _ELF_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/floatformat.h b/contrib/binutils/include/floatformat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01e3dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/floatformat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* IEEE floating point support declarations, for GDB, the GNU Debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if !defined (FLOATFORMAT_H)
+#define FLOATFORMAT_H 1
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* A floatformat consists of a sign bit, an exponent and a mantissa.  Once the
+   bytes are concatenated according to the byteorder flag, then each of those
+   fields is contiguous.  We number the bits with 0 being the most significant
+   (i.e. BITS_BIG_ENDIAN type numbering), and specify which bits each field
+   contains with the *_start and *_len fields.  */
+
+enum floatformat_byteorders { floatformat_little, floatformat_big };
+
+enum floatformat_intbit { floatformat_intbit_yes, floatformat_intbit_no };
+
+struct floatformat
+{
+  enum floatformat_byteorders byteorder;
+  unsigned int totalsize;	/* Total size of number in bits */
+
+  /* Sign bit is always one bit long.  1 means negative, 0 means positive.  */
+  unsigned int sign_start;
+
+  unsigned int exp_start;
+  unsigned int exp_len;
+  /* Amount added to "true" exponent.  0x3fff for many IEEE extendeds.  */
+  unsigned int exp_bias;
+  /* Exponent value which indicates NaN.  This is the actual value stored in
+     the float, not adjusted by the exp_bias.  This usually consists of all
+     one bits.  */
+  unsigned int exp_nan;
+
+  unsigned int man_start;
+  unsigned int man_len;
+
+  /* Is the integer bit explicit or implicit?  */
+  enum floatformat_intbit intbit;
+};
+
+/* floatformats for IEEE single and double, big and little endian.  */
+
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_big;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_little;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_big;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_little;
+
+/* floatformats for various extendeds.  */
+
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_i387_ext;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_m68881_ext;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_i960_ext;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_ext;
+extern const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext;
+
+/* Convert from FMT to a double.
+   FROM is the address of the extended float.
+   Store the double in *TO.  */
+
+extern void
+floatformat_to_double PARAMS ((const struct floatformat *, char *, double *));
+
+/* The converse: convert the double *FROM to FMT
+   and store where TO points.  */
+
+extern void
+floatformat_from_double PARAMS ((const struct floatformat *,
+				 double *, char *));
+
+#endif	/* defined (FLOATFORMAT_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/fnmatch.h b/contrib/binutils/include/fnmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a653ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/fnmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
+
+#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(args)	args
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(args)	()
+/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
+   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
+   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
+			 int __flags));
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* fnmatch.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-bin.h b/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-bin.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b868f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-bin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Macros for the 'type' part of an fopen, freopen or fdopen. 
+
+	<Read|Write>[Update]<Binary file|text file>
+
+   This version is for "binary" systems, where text and binary files are
+   different.  An example is Mess-Dose.  Many Unix systems could also
+   cope with a "b" in the string, indicating binary files, but some reject this
+   (and thereby don't conform to ANSI C, but what else is new?).
+
+   This file is designed for inclusion by host-dependent .h files.  No
+   user application should include it directly, since that would make
+   the application unable to be configured for both "same" and "binary"
+   variant systems.  */
+
+#define FOPEN_RB	"rb"
+#define FOPEN_WB 	"wb"
+#define FOPEN_AB 	"ab"
+#define FOPEN_RUB 	"r+b"
+#define FOPEN_WUB 	"w+b"
+#define FOPEN_AUB 	"a+b"
+
+#define FOPEN_RT	"r"
+#define FOPEN_WT 	"w"
+#define FOPEN_AT 	"a"
+#define FOPEN_RUT 	"r+"
+#define FOPEN_WUT 	"w+"
+#define FOPEN_AUT 	"a+"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-same.h b/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-same.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f37529
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/fopen-same.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Macros for the 'type' part of an fopen, freopen or fdopen. 
+
+	<Read|Write>[Update]<Binary file|text file>
+
+   This version is for "same" systems, where text and binary files are
+   the same.  An example is Unix.  Many Unix systems could also add a
+   "b" to the string, indicating binary files, but some reject this
+   (and thereby don't conform to ANSI C, but what else is new?).
+
+   This file is designed for inclusion by host-dependent .h files.  No
+   user application should include it directly, since that would make
+   the application unable to be configured for both "same" and "binary"
+   variant systems.  */
+
+#define FOPEN_RB	"r"
+#define FOPEN_WB 	"w"
+#define FOPEN_AB 	"a"
+#define FOPEN_RUB 	"r+"
+#define FOPEN_WUB 	"w+"
+#define FOPEN_AUB 	"a+"
+
+#define FOPEN_RT	"r"
+#define FOPEN_WT 	"w"
+#define FOPEN_AT 	"a"
+#define FOPEN_RUT 	"r+"
+#define FOPEN_WUT 	"w+"
+#define FOPEN_AUT 	"a+"
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/gdbm.h b/contrib/binutils/include/gdbm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ebc26d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/gdbm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* GNU DBM - DataBase Manager include file
+   Copyright 1989, 1991  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Philip A. Nelson.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* You may contact the author by:
+       e-mail:  phil@wwu.edu
+      us-mail:  Philip A. Nelson
+                Computer Science Department
+                Western Washington University
+                Bellingham, WA 98226
+        phone:  (206) 676-3035
+       
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/* Parameters to gdbm_open for READERS, WRITERS, and WRITERS who
+   can create the database. */
+#define  GDBM_READER  0
+#define  GDBM_WRITER  1
+#define  GDBM_WRCREAT 2
+#define  GDBM_NEWDB   3
+
+/* Parameters to gdbm_store for simple insertion or replacement. */
+#define  GDBM_INSERT  0
+#define  GDBM_REPLACE 1
+
+
+/* The data and key structure.  This structure is defined for compatibility. */
+typedef struct {
+	char *dptr;
+	int   dsize;
+      } datum;
+
+
+/* The file information header. This is good enough for most applications. */
+typedef struct {int dummy[10];} *GDBM_FILE;
+
+
+/* These are the routines! */
+
+extern GDBM_FILE gdbm_open ();
+
+extern void	 gdbm_close ();
+
+extern datum	 gdbm_fetch ();
+
+extern int	 gdbm_store ();
+
+extern int	 gdbm_delete ();
+
+extern datum	 gdbm_firstkey ();
+
+extern datum	 gdbm_nextkey ();
+
+extern int	 gdbm_reorganize ();
+
+
+/* gdbm sends back the following error codes in the variable gdbm_errno. */
+typedef enum {	NO_ERROR,
+		MALLOC_ERROR,
+		BLOCK_SIZE_ERROR,
+		FILE_OPEN_ERROR,
+		FILE_WRITE_ERROR,
+		FILE_SEEK_ERROR,
+		FILE_READ_ERROR,
+		BAD_MAGIC_NUMBER,
+		EMPTY_DATABASE,
+		CANT_BE_READER,
+	        CANT_BE_WRITER,
+		READER_CANT_RECOVER,
+		READER_CANT_DELETE,
+		READER_CANT_STORE,
+		READER_CANT_REORGANIZE,
+		UNKNOWN_UPDATE,
+		ITEM_NOT_FOUND,
+		REORGANIZE_FAILED,
+		CANNOT_REPLACE}
+	gdbm_error;
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/getopt.h b/contrib/binutils/include/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abf9153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+#if	__STDC__
+  const char *name;
+#else
+  char *name;
+#endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+#define	no_argument		0
+#define required_argument	1
+#define optional_argument	2
+
+#if __STDC__
+#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
+#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
+		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+			     int long_only);
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/ieee.h b/contrib/binutils/include/ieee.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ade39d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/ieee.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* IEEE Standard 695-1980 "Universal Format for Object Modules" header file
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.  */
+
+#define N_W_VARIABLES 8
+#define Module_Beginning 0xe0
+
+typedef struct ieee_module {
+  char *processor;
+  char *module_name;
+} ieee_module_begin_type;
+
+#define Address_Descriptor 0xec
+typedef struct ieee_address {
+bfd_vma number_of_bits_mau;
+ bfd_vma number_of_maus_in_address;
+
+  unsigned char byte_order;
+#define IEEE_LITTLE 0xcc
+#define IEEE_BIG 0xcd
+} ieee_address_descriptor_type;
+
+typedef union ieee_w_variable {
+  file_ptr offset[N_W_VARIABLES];
+  struct {
+    file_ptr extension_record;
+    file_ptr environmental_record;
+    file_ptr section_part;
+    file_ptr external_part;
+    file_ptr debug_information_part;
+    file_ptr data_part;
+    file_ptr trailer_part;
+    file_ptr me_record;
+  } r;
+} ieee_w_variable_type;
+
+
+
+
+
+typedef enum ieee_record
+{ 
+  ieee_number_start_enum = 0x00,
+  ieee_number_end_enum=0x7f,
+  ieee_number_repeat_start_enum = 0x80,
+  ieee_number_repeat_end_enum = 0x88,
+  ieee_number_repeat_4_enum = 0x84,
+  ieee_number_repeat_3_enum = 0x83,
+  ieee_number_repeat_2_enum = 0x82,
+  ieee_number_repeat_1_enum = 0x81,
+  ieee_module_beginning_enum = 0xe0,
+  ieee_module_end_enum = 0xe1,
+  ieee_extension_length_1_enum = 0xde,
+  ieee_extension_length_2_enum = 0xdf,
+  ieee_section_type_enum = 0xe6,
+  ieee_section_alignment_enum = 0xe7,
+  ieee_external_symbol_enum = 0xe8,
+  ieee_comma = 0x90,
+  ieee_external_reference_enum = 0xe9,
+  ieee_set_current_section_enum = 0xe5,
+  ieee_address_descriptor_enum = 0xec,
+  ieee_load_constant_bytes_enum = 0xed,
+  ieee_load_with_relocation_enum = 0xe4,
+
+  ieee_variable_A_enum = 0xc1,			               
+  ieee_variable_B_enum = 0xc2,			               
+  ieee_variable_C_enum = 0xc3,			               
+  ieee_variable_D_enum = 0xc4,			               
+  ieee_variable_E_enum = 0xc5,			               
+  ieee_variable_F_enum = 0xc6,			               
+  ieee_variable_G_enum = 0xc7,			               
+  ieee_variable_H_enum = 0xc8,			               
+  ieee_variable_I_enum = 0xc9,			               
+  ieee_variable_J_enum = 0xca,			               
+  ieee_variable_K_enum = 0xcb,			               
+  ieee_variable_L_enum = 0xcc,			               
+  ieee_variable_M_enum = 0xcd,			               
+  ieee_variable_N_enum = 0xce,			               
+  ieee_variable_O_enum = 0xcf,			               
+  ieee_variable_P_enum = 0xd0,			               
+  ieee_variable_Q_enum = 0xd1,			               
+  ieee_variable_R_enum = 0xd2,			               
+  ieee_variable_S_enum = 0xd3,			               
+  ieee_variable_T_enum = 0xd4,			               
+  ieee_variable_U_enum = 0xd5,			               
+  ieee_variable_V_enum = 0xd6,			               
+  ieee_variable_W_enum = 0xd7,			               
+  ieee_variable_X_enum = 0xd8,			               
+  ieee_variable_Y_enum = 0xd9,			               
+  ieee_variable_Z_enum = 0xda,
+  ieee_function_plus_enum = 0xa5,
+  ieee_function_minus_enum = 0xa6,
+  ieee_function_signed_open_b_enum = 0xba,
+  ieee_function_signed_close_b_enum = 0xbb,
+
+  ieee_function_unsigned_open_b_enum = 0xbc,
+  ieee_function_unsigned_close_b_enum = 0xbd,
+
+  ieee_function_either_open_b_enum = 0xbe,
+  ieee_function_either_close_b_enum = 0xbf,
+  ieee_record_seperator_enum = 0xdb,
+
+  ieee_e2_first_byte_enum = 0xe2,
+  ieee_section_size_enum = 0xe2d3,
+  ieee_physical_region_size_enum = 0xe2c1,
+  ieee_region_base_address_enum = 0xe2c2,
+  ieee_mau_size_enum = 0xe2c6,
+  ieee_m_value_enum = 0xe2cd,
+  ieee_section_base_address_enum = 0xe2cc,
+  ieee_asn_record_enum = 0xe2ce,
+  ieee_section_offset_enum = 0xe2d2,
+  ieee_value_starting_address_enum = 0xe2c7,
+  ieee_assign_value_to_variable_enum = 0xe2d7,
+  ieee_set_current_pc_enum = 0xe2d0,
+  ieee_value_record_enum = 0xe2c9,
+  ieee_nn_record = 0xf0,
+  ieee_at_record_enum = 0xf1,
+  ieee_ty_record_enum = 0xf2,
+  ieee_attribute_record_enum = 0xf1c9,
+  ieee_atn_record_enum = 0xf1ce,
+  ieee_external_reference_info_record_enum = 0xf1d8,
+  ieee_weak_external_reference_enum= 0xf4,
+  ieee_repeat_data_enum = 0xf7,
+  ieee_bb_record_enum = 0xf8,
+  ieee_be_record_enum = 0xf9
+} ieee_record_enum_type;
+		 
+
+typedef struct ieee_section {
+  unsigned int section_index;
+  unsigned int section_type;
+  char *section_name;
+  unsigned int parent_section_index;
+  unsigned int sibling_section_index;
+  unsigned int context_index;
+} ieee_section_type;
+#define IEEE_REFERENCE_BASE 11
+#define IEEE_PUBLIC_BASE 32
+#define IEEE_SECTION_NUMBER_BASE 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/libiberty.h b/contrib/binutils/include/libiberty.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d15a98d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/libiberty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* Function declarations for libiberty.
+   Written by Cygnus Support, 1994.
+
+   The libiberty library provides a number of functions which are
+   missing on some operating systems.  We do not declare those here,
+   to avoid conflicts with the system header files on operating
+   systems that do support those functions.  In this file we only
+   declare those functions which are specific to libiberty.  */
+
+#ifndef LIBIBERTY_H
+#define LIBIBERTY_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* Build an argument vector from a string.  Allocates memory using
+   malloc.  Use freeargv to free the vector.  */
+
+extern char **buildargv PARAMS ((char *));
+
+/* Free a vector returned by buildargv.  */
+
+extern void freeargv PARAMS ((char **));
+
+/* Return the last component of a path name.  Note that we can't use a
+   prototype here because the parameter is declared inconsistently
+   across different systems, sometimes as "char *" and sometimes as
+   "const char *" */
+
+#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__ ) || defined (__linux__)
+extern char *basename PARAMS ((const char *));
+#else
+extern char *basename ();
+#endif
+
+/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings, up to (char *) NULL.
+   Allocates memory using xmalloc.  */
+
+extern char *concat PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+
+/* Check whether two file descriptors refer to the same file.  */
+
+extern int fdmatch PARAMS ((int fd1, int fd2));
+
+/* Get the amount of time the process has run, in microseconds.  */
+
+extern long get_run_time PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Choose a temporary directory to use for scratch files.  */
+
+extern char *choose_temp_base PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Allocate memory filled with spaces.  Allocates using malloc.  */
+
+extern const char *spaces PARAMS ((int count));
+
+/* Return the maximum error number for which strerror will return a
+   string.  */
+
+extern int errno_max PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Return the name of an errno value (e.g., strerrno (EINVAL) returns
+   "EINVAL").  */
+
+extern const char *strerrno PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Given the name of an errno value, return the value.  */
+
+extern int strtoerrno PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* ANSI's strerror(), but more robust.  */
+
+extern char *xstrerror PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Return the maximum signal number for which strsignal will return a
+   string.  */
+
+extern int signo_max PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Return a signal message string for a signal number
+   (e.g., strsignal (SIGHUP) returns something like "Hangup").  */
+/* This is commented out as it can conflict with one in system headers.
+   We still document its existence though.  */
+
+/*extern const char *strsignal PARAMS ((int));*/
+
+/* Return the name of a signal number (e.g., strsigno (SIGHUP) returns
+   "SIGHUP").  */
+
+extern const char *strsigno PARAMS ((int));
+
+/* Given the name of a signal, return its number.  */
+
+extern int strtosigno PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* Register a function to be run by xexit.  Returns 0 on success.  */
+
+extern int xatexit PARAMS ((void (*fn) (void)));
+
+/* Exit, calling all the functions registered with xatexit.  */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+extern void xexit PARAMS ((int status));
+#else
+typedef void libiberty_voidfn PARAMS ((int status));
+__volatile__ libiberty_voidfn xexit;
+#endif
+
+/* Set the program name used by xmalloc.  */
+
+extern void xmalloc_set_program_name PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* Allocate memory without fail.  If malloc fails, this will print a
+   message to stderr (using the name set by xmalloc_set_program_name,
+   if any) and then call xexit.  */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+/* Get a definition for size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+extern PTR xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+/* Reallocate memory without fail.  This works like xmalloc.
+
+   FIXME: We do not declare the parameter types for the same reason as
+   xmalloc.  */
+
+extern PTR xrealloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+
+/* Copy a string into a memory buffer without fail.  */
+
+extern char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* hex character manipulation routines */
+
+#define _hex_array_size 256
+#define _hex_bad	99
+extern char _hex_value[_hex_array_size];
+extern void hex_init PARAMS ((void));
+#define hex_p(c)	(hex_value (c) != _hex_bad)
+/* If you change this, note well: Some code relies on side effects in
+   the argument being performed exactly once.  */
+#define hex_value(c)	(_hex_value[(unsigned char) (c)])
+
+#endif /* ! defined (LIBIBERTY_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/objalloc.h b/contrib/binutils/include/objalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24f87f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/objalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* objalloc.h -- routines to allocate memory for objects
+   Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Solutions.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef OBJALLOC_H
+#define OBJALLOC_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* These routines allocate space for an object.  The assumption is
+   that the object will want to allocate space as it goes along, but
+   will never want to free any particular block.  There is a function
+   to free a block, which also frees all more recently allocated
+   blocks.  There is also a function to free all the allocated space.
+
+   This is essentially a specialization of obstacks.  The main
+   difference is that a block may not be allocated a bit at a time.
+   Another difference is that these routines are always built on top
+   of malloc, and always pass an malloc failure back to the caller,
+   unlike more recent versions of obstacks.  */
+
+/* This is what an objalloc structure looks like.  Callers should not
+   refer to these fields, nor should they allocate these structure
+   themselves.  Instead, they should only create them via
+   objalloc_init, and only access them via the functions and macros
+   listed below.  The structure is only defined here so that we can
+   access it via macros.  */
+
+struct objalloc
+{
+  char *current_ptr;
+  unsigned int current_space;
+  PTR chunks;
+};
+
+/* Work out the required alignment.  */
+
+struct objalloc_align { char x; double d; };
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifndef offsetof
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+#define OBJALLOC_ALIGN \
+  ((ptrdiff_t) ((char *) &((struct objalloc_align *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+#else
+#define OBJALLOC_ALIGN \
+  ((long) ((char *) &((struct objalloc_align *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+#endif
+
+/* Create an objalloc structure.  Returns NULL if malloc fails.  */
+
+extern struct objalloc *objalloc_create PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Allocate space from an objalloc structure.  Returns NULL if malloc
+   fails.  */
+
+extern PTR _objalloc_alloc PARAMS ((struct objalloc *, unsigned long));
+
+/* The macro version of objalloc_alloc.  We only define this if using
+   gcc, because otherwise we would have to evaluate the arguments
+   multiple times, or use a temporary field as obstack.h does.  */
+
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#define __extension__
+#endif
+
+#define objalloc_alloc(o, l)						\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct objalloc *__o = (o);					\
+     unsigned long __len = (l);						\
+     if (__len == 0)							\
+       __len = 1;							\
+     __len = (__len + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1) &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1);	\
+     (__len <= __o->current_space					\
+      ? (__o->current_ptr += __len,					\
+	 __o->current_space -= __len,					\
+	 (PTR) (__o->current_ptr - __len))				\
+      : _objalloc_alloc (__o, __len)); })
+
+#else /* ! __GNUC__ */
+
+#define objalloc_alloc(o, l) _objalloc_alloc ((o), (l))
+
+#endif /* ! __GNUC__ */
+
+/* Free an entire objalloc structure.  */
+
+extern void objalloc_free PARAMS ((struct objalloc *));
+
+/* Free a block allocated by objalloc_alloc.  This also frees all more
+   recently allocated blocks.  */
+
+extern void objalloc_free_block PARAMS ((struct objalloc *, PTR));
+
+#endif /* OBJALLOC_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/obstack.h b/contrib/binutils/include/obstack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..807259c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/obstack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+evaluated MANY times!!
+
+These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+by calling `obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+them before using any obstack macros.
+
+Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'.
+Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+as the first argument.
+
+One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+symbols.
+
+In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+free the newly read name.
+
+The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+long as an average object.
+
+In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+change its address during its lifetime.
+
+When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+Summary:
+	We allocate large chunks.
+	We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+	Once carved, an object never moves.
+	We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+	  growing object.
+	Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+	You can run one obstack per control block.
+	You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+	Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack
+	  back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+	  as you would with a stack.)
+*/
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef __OBSTACK_H__
+#define __OBSTACK_H__
+
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
+   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
+   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
+#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
+#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* We need the type of the resulting object.  In ANSI C it is ptrdiff_t
+   but in traditional C it is usually long.  If we are in ANSI C and
+   don't already have ptrdiff_t get it.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ && ! defined (offsetof)
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (IN_GCC)
+/* On Next machine, the system's stddef.h screws up if included
+   after we have defined just ptrdiff_t, so include all of stddef.h.
+   Otherwise, define just ptrdiff_t, which is all we need.  */
+#ifndef __NeXT__
+#define __need_ptrdiff_t
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
+#else
+#define PTR_INT_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;	/* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char	contents[4];		/* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
+  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
+  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
+  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
+  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
+  char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
+  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
+				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* chunk alloc func returned 0 */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
+extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL */
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
+/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */
+#else
+extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
+extern void _obstack_free ();
+extern int _obstack_begin ();
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL */
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
+/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* Do the function-declarations after the structs
+   but before defining the macros.  */
+
+void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+
+void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
+
+void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+
+void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+
+void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
+void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL */
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
+/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+/* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
+   so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+#define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
+#define obstack_init(h) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
+
+#endif
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL */
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */
+
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#define __extension__
+#endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+#define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     __o->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+#define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
+
+#define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     {									\
+        memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+	__o->next_free += __len;					\
+     }									\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     {									\
+       memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+       __o->next_free += __len;						\
+       *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
+     }									\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
+   and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+#define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+
+#define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
+     __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_blank (__h, (length));					\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+#define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+#define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
+   when obstack_blank is called.  */
+#define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)  					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *value;								\
+   if (__o1->alloc_failed)						\
+     value = 0;								\
+   else									\
+     {									\
+       value = (void *) __o1->object_base;				\
+       if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+         __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+       __o1->next_free							\
+	 = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+			 & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+       if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk			\
+	   > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+	 __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+       __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;				\
+      }									\
+   value; })
+
+#define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *__obj = (OBJ);							\
+   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
+     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = __obj;				\
+   else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+#define obstack_object_size(h) \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+
+#define obstack_room(h)		\
+ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+#define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),		\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+
+#define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),		\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)))
+
+#define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
+( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
+ ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum))))
+
+#define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
+  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum))))
+
+#define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum))))
+
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+
+#define obstack_blank(h,length)						\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+
+#define obstack_alloc(h,length)						\
+ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+#define obstack_copy(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+#define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+#define obstack_finish(h)  						\
+( (h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
+  (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
+   : 0),								\
+  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
+  (h)->next_free							\
+    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
+		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk					\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
+  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)))
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
+#else
+#define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0)))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __OBSTACK_H__ */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a1b7d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+Mon May 12 16:26:50 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* i386.h (movd): only Reg32 is allowed.
+
+	* i386.h: add fcomp and ud2.  From Wayne Scott
+	<wscott@ichips.intel.com>.
+
+Mon May  5 17:16:21 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Add MMX instructions.
+
+Mon May  5 12:45:19 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* i386.h: Remove W modifier from conditional move instructions.
+
+Mon Apr 14 14:56:58 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Change the opcodes for fsubp, fsubrp, fdivp, and fdivrp
+	with no arguments to match that generated by the UnixWare
+	assembler.
+
+Thu Apr 10 14:35:00 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen.h (<cpu>_cgen_assemble_insn): New arg for errmsg.
+	(cgen_parse_operand_fn): Declare.
+	(cgen_init_parse_operand): Declare.
+	(cgen_parse_operand): Renamed from cgen_asm_parse_operand,
+	new argument `want'.
+	(enum cgen_parse_operand_result): Renamed from cgen_asm_result.
+	(enum cgen_parse_operand_type): New enum.
+
+Sat Apr  5 13:14:05 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Revert last patch for the NON_BROKEN_OPCODES cases.
+
+Fri Apr  4 11:46:11 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen.h: New file.
+
+Fri Apr  4 14:02:32 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Correct opcode values for fsubp, fsubrp, fdivp, and
+	fdivrp.
+
+Mon Mar 24 14:38:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Add iclr.
+
+Thu Mar 20 19:49:10 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Change DW to W for cmpxchg and xadd, since they don't
+	take a direction bit.
+
+Sat Mar 15 19:03:29 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_opcode_lookup_arch): Use full prototype.
+
+Fri Mar 14 15:22:01 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h: Include <ansidecl.h>.  Update function declarations to
+	use prototypes, and to use const when appropriate.
+
+Thu Mar  6 14:18:30 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_RELAX): Define.
+
+Mon Feb 24 15:15:56 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h: Change pre_defined_registers to 
+	d10v_predefined_registers and reg_name_cnt to d10v_reg_name_cnt.
+
+Sat Feb 22 21:25:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h: Add macros for cop0, cop1 cop2 and cop3.
+	Change mips_opcodes from const array to a pointer, 
+	and change bfd_mips_num_opcodes from const int to int,
+	so that we can increase the size of the mips opcodes table 
+	dynamically.
+	
+Wed Jan 29 09:37:25 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200.h (MN10200_OPERAND_RELAX): Define.
+
+Wed Dec 18 10:06:31 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200.h (MN10200_OPERAND_NOCHECK): Define.
+
+Sat Dec 14 10:48:31 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@ninemoons.com>
+
+	* mn10200.h: Fix comment, mn10200_operand not powerpc_operand.
+	* mn10300.h: Fix comment, mn10300_operand not powerpc_operand.
+	
+Mon Dec  9 16:45:39 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200.h: Flesh out structures and definitions needed by
+	the mn10200 assembler & disassembler.
+
+Tue Nov 26 10:46:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h: Add mips16 definitions.
+
+Mon Nov 25 17:56:54 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h: Document new <, >, m, n, o and p operand specifiers.
+
+Wed Nov 20 10:59:41 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_PCREL): Define.
+	(MN10300_OPERAND_MEMADDR): Define.
+
+Tue Nov 19 13:30:40 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_REG_LIST): Define.
+
+Wed Nov  6 13:41:08 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT): Define.
+
+Tue Nov  5 13:26:12 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_EXTENDED): Define.
+
+Mon Nov  4 12:52:48 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_REPEATED): Define.
+
+Fri Nov  1 10:31:02 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha.h: Don't include "bfd.h"; private relocation types are now
+ 	negative to minimize problems with shared libraries.  Organize
+ 	instruction subsets by AMASK extensions and PALcode
+ 	implementation.
+	(struct alpha_operand): Move flags slot for better packing.
+
+Thu Oct 10 14:29:11 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (FMT_*): Move operand format definitions
+	here.
+
+Tue Oct  8 14:48:07 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (MN10300_OPERAND_PAREN): Define.
+
+Mon Oct  7 16:52:11 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300.h (mn10300_opcode): Add "format" field.
+	(MN10300_OPERAND_*): Define.
+
+Thu Oct  3 10:33:46 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10x00.h: Delete.
+	* mn10200.h, mn10300.h: New files.
+
+Wed Oct  2 21:31:26 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10x00.h: New file.
+
+Fri Sep 13 14:58:13 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (stmac): Add missing instruction.
+
+Fri Aug 16 14:44:15 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* mips.h (OP_SH_LOCC, OP_SH_HICC, OP_MASK_CC, OP_SH_COP1NORM,
+ 	OP_MASK_COP1NORM, OP_SH_COP1SPEC, OP_MASK_COP1SPEC,
+ 	OP_MASK_COP1SCLR, OP_MASK_COP1CMP, OP_SH_COP1CMP, OP_SH_FORMAT,
+ 	OP_MASK_FORMAT, OP_SH_TRUE, OP_MASK_TRUE, OP_SH_GE, OP_MASK_GE,
+ 	OP_SH_UNSIGNED, OP_MASK_UNSIGNED, OP_SH_HINT, OP_MASK_HINT):
+ 	Defined.
+
+Fri Aug 16 00:15:15 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h (pitlb, pitlbe, iitlba, iitlbp, fic, fice): Accept
+	a 3 bit space id instead of a 2 bit space id.
+
+Thu Aug 15 13:11:46 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h: Add some additional defines to support the
+ 	assembler in determining which operations can be done in parallel.
+
+Tue Aug  6 11:13:22 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (SN): Define.
+	(eepmov.b): Renamed from "eepmov"
+	(nop, bpt, rte, rts, sleep, clrmac): These have no size associated
+	with them.
+
+Fri Jul 26 11:47:10 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h (OPERAND_SHIFT): New operand flag.
+
+Thu Jul 25 12:06:22 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h: Changes for divs, parallel-only instructions, and
+ 	signed numbers.
+
+Mon Jul 22 11:21:15 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h (pd_reg): Define. Putting the definition here allows
+	the assembler and disassembler to share the same struct.
+
+Mon Jul 22 12:15:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960.h (i960_opcodes): "halt" takes an argument.  From Stephen
+	Williams <steve@icarus.com>.
+
+Wed Jul 17 14:46:38 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v.h: New file. 
+
+Thu Jul 11 12:09:15 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (band, bclr): Force high bit of immediate nibble to zero.
+
+Wed Jul  3 14:30:12 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+ 	* m68k.h (mcf5200): New macro.
+	Document names of coldfire control registers.
+
+Tue Jul  2 23:05:45 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (SRC_IN_DST): Define.
+
+	* h8300.h (UNOP3): Mark the register operand in this insn
+	as a source operand, not a destination operand.
+	(SHIFT_2, SHIFT_IMM): Remove.  Eliminate all references.
+	(UNOP3): Change SHIFT_IMM to IMM for H8/S bitops.  Mark
+	register operand with SRC_IN_DST.
+
+Fri Jun 21 13:52:17 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha.h: New file.
+
+Thu Jun 20 15:02:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* rs6k.h: Remove obsolete file.
+
+Wed Jun 19 15:29:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Correct opcode values for faddp, fsubp, fsubrp, fmulp,
+	fdivp, and fdivrp.  Add ffreep.
+
+Tue Jun 18 16:06:00 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* h8300.h: Reorder various #defines for readability.
+	(ABS32SRC, ABS32DST, DSP32LIST, ABS32LIST, A32LIST): Define.
+	(BITOP): Accept additional (unused) argument.  All callers changed.
+	(EBITOP): Likewise.
+	(O_LAST): Bump.
+	(ldc, stc, movb, movw, movl): Use 32bit offsets and absolutes.
+	
+	* h8300.h (EXR, SHIFT_2, MACREG, SHIFT_IMM, RDINC): Define.
+	(O_TAS, O_CLRMAC, O_LDMAC, O_MAC, O_LDM, O_STM): Define.
+	(BITOP, EBITOP): Handle new H8/S addressing modes for
+	bit insns.
+	(UNOP3): Handle new shift/rotate insns on the H8/S.
+	(insns using exr): New instructions.
+	(tas, mac, ldmac, clrmac, ldm, stm): New instructions.
+	
+Thu May 23 16:56:48 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (add.l): Undo Apr 5th change.  The manual I had
+	was incorrect.
+
+Mon May  6 23:38:22 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (START): Remove.
+	(MEMRELAX): Define.  Mark absolute memory operands in mov.b, mov.w
+	and mov.l insns that can be relaxed.
+
+Tue Apr 30 18:30:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Remove Abs32 from lcall.
+
+Mon Apr 22 17:09:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@blues.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_V9_P): New macro.
+	(SLCPOP): New macro.
+	Mark X,Y opcode letters as in use.
+
+Thu Apr 11 17:28:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (F_FLOAT, F_FBR): Define.
+
+Fri Apr  5 16:55:34 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (ABS8MEM): Renamed from ABSMOV.  Remove ABSMOV
+	from all insns.
+	(ABS8SRC,ABS8DST): Add ABS8MEM.
+	(add.l): Fix reg+reg variant.
+	(eepmov.w): Renamed from eepmovw.
+	(ldc,stc): Fix many cases.
+
+Sun Mar 31 13:30:03 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MASK): New macro.
+
+Thu Mar  7 15:08:23 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (O): Mark operand letter as in use.
+
+Tue Feb 20 20:46:21 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_{encode,decode}_sparclet_cpreg): Declare.
+	Mark operand letters uU as in use.
+
+Mon Feb 19 01:59:08 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_opcode_arch_val): Add SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_SPARCLET.
+	(sparc_opcode_arch): Delete member `conflicts'.  Add `supported'.
+	(SPARC_OPCODE_SUPPORTED): New macro.
+	(SPARC_OPCODE_CONFLICT_P): Rewrite.
+	(F_NOTV9): Delete.
+
+Fri Feb 16 12:23:34 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_opcode_lookup_arch) Make return type in
+	declaration consistent with return type in definition.
+
+Wed Feb 14 18:14:11 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab): Remove Data32 from pushf and popf.
+
+Thu Feb  8 14:27:21 1996  James Carlson <carlson@xylogics.com>
+
+	* i386.h (i386_regtab): Add 80486 test registers.
+
+Mon Feb  5 18:35:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960.h (I_HX): Define.
+	(i960_opcodes): Add HX instruction.
+
+Mon Jan 29 12:43:39 1996  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Fix waiting forms of finit, fstenv, fsave, fstsw, fstcw,
+	and fclex.
+
+Wed Jan 24 22:36:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (enum sparc_opcode_arch_val): Replaces sparc_architecture.
+	(SPARC_OPCODE_CONFLICT_P): Renamed from ARCHITECTURES_CONFLICT_P.
+	(bfd_* defines): Delete.
+	(sparc_opcode_archs): Replaces architecture_pname.
+	(sparc_opcode_lookup_arch): Declare.
+	(NUMOPCODES): Delete.
+
+Mon Jan 22 08:24:32 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (enum sparc_architecture): Add v9a.
+	(ARCHITECTURES_CONFLICT_P): Update.
+
+Thu Dec 28 13:27:53 1995  John Hassey  <hassey@rtp.dg.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Added Pentium Pro instructions.
+
+Thu Nov  2 22:59:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h: Document new 'W' operand place.
+
+Tue Oct 24 10:49:10 1995  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h: Add lci and syncdma instructions.
+
+Mon Oct 23 11:09:16 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@pasanda.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* mips.h: Added INSN_4100 flag to mark NEC VR4100 specific
+ 	instructions.
+
+Mon Oct 16 10:28:15 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_{COMMON,ANY}): New opcode flags for
+	assembler's -mcom and -many switches.
+
+Wed Oct 11 16:56:33 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Fix cmpxchg8b extension opcode description.
+
+Thu Oct  5 18:03:36 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: Add Pentium instructions wrmsr, rdtsc, rdmsr, cmpxchg8b,
+	and register cr4.
+
+Tue Sep 19 15:26:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h: Change comment: split type P into types 0, 1 and 2.
+
+Wed Aug 30 13:50:55 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_{encode,decode}_prefetch): Declare.
+
+Tue Aug 29 15:34:58 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (sparc_{encode,decode}_{asi,membar}): Declare.
+
+Wed Aug  2 18:32:19 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68kmri.h: Remove.
+
+	* m68k.h: Move tables into opcodes/m68k-opc.c, leaving just the
+	declarations.  Remove F_ALIAS and flag field of struct
+	m68k_opcode.  Change arch field of struct m68k_opcode to unsigned
+	int.  Make name and args fields of struct m68k_opcode const.
+
+Wed Aug  2 08:16:46 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc.h (F_NOTV9): Define.
+
+Tue Jul 11 14:20:42 1995  Jeff Spiegel  <jeffs@lsil.com>
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_4010): Define.
+
+Wed Jun 21 18:49:51 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h (TBL1): Reverse sense of "round" argument in result.
+
+	Changes from Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>:
+	* m68k.h: Fix argument descriptions of coprocessor
+	instructions to allow only alterable operands where appropriate.
+	[!NO_DEFAULT_SIZES]: An omitted size defaults to `w'.
+	(m68k_opcode_aliases): Add more aliases.
+
+
+Fri Apr 14 22:15:34 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h: Added explcitly short-sized conditional branches, and a
+	bunch of aliases (fmov*, ftest*, tdivul) to support gcc's
+	svr4-based configurations.
+
+
+Mon Mar 13 21:30:01 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Feb 27 08:36:39 1995  Bryan Ford  <baford@cs.utah.edu>
+	* i386.h: added missing Data16/Data32 flags to a few instructions.
+
+Wed Mar  8 15:19:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (OP_MASK_FR, OP_SH_FR): Define.
+	(OP_MASK_BCC, OP_SH_BCC): Define.
+	(OP_MASK_PREFX, OP_SH_PREFX): Define.
+	(OP_MASK_CCC, OP_SH_CCC): Define.
+	(INSN_READ_FPR_R): Define.
+	(INSN_RFE): Delete.
+
+Wed Mar  8 03:13:23 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k.h (enum m68k_architecture): Deleted.
+	(struct m68k_opcode_alias): New type.
+	(m68k_opcodes): Now const.  Deleted opcode aliases with exactly
+	matching constraints, values and flags.  As a side effect of this,
+	the MOTOROLA_SYNTAX_ONLY and MIT_SYNTAX_ONLY macros, which so far
+	as I know were never used, now may need re-examining.
+	(numopcodes): Now const.
+	(m68k_opcode_aliases, numaliases): New variables.
+	(endop): Deleted.
+	[DONT_DEFINE_TABLE]: Declare numopcodes, numaliases, and
+	m68k_opcode_aliases; update declaration of m68k_opcodes.
+
+
+Mon Mar  6 10:02:00 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h (delay_type): Delete unused enumeration.
+	(pa_opcode): Replace unused delayed field with an architecture
+	field.
+	(pa_opcodes): Mark each instruction as either PA1.0 or PA1.1.
+
+Fri Mar  3 16:10:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_ISA4): Define.
+
+Fri Feb 24 19:13:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (M_DLA_AB, M_DLI): Define.
+
+Thu Feb 23 17:33:09 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h (fstwx): Fix single-bit error.
+
+Wed Feb 15 12:19:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (M_ULD, M_ULD_A, M_USD, M_USD_A): Define.
+
+
+Mon Feb  6 10:35:23 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386.h: added cpuid instruction , and dr[0-7] aliases for the
+	  debug registers.  From Charles Hannum (mycroft@netbsd.org).
+
+Mon Feb  6 03:31:54 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	Changes from Bryan Ford <baford@schirf.cs.utah.edu> for 16-bit
+	i386 support:
+	* i386.h (MOV_AX_DISP32): New macro.
+	(i386_optab): Added Data16 and Data32 as needed.  Added "w" forms
+	of several call/return instructions.
+	(ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE): New macro.
+
+Mon Jan 23 16:45:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	Sat Jan 21 17:50:38 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* ../include/opcode/vax.h (struct vot_wot, field `args'):  make
+	it pointer to const char;
+	(struct vot, field `name'):  ditto.
+
+Thu Jan 19 14:47:53 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* vax.h: Supply and properly group all values in end sentinel.
+
+Tue Jan 17 10:55:30 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_ISA, INSN_4650): Define.
+
+
+
+Wed Oct 19 13:34:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* a29k.h: Add operand type 'I' for `inv' and `iretinv'.  On
+	systems with a separate instruction and data cache, such as the
+	29040, these instructions take an optional argument.
+
+Wed Sep 14 17:44:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_STORE_MEMORY): Correct value to not conflict with
+	INSN_TRAP.
+
+Tue Sep  6 11:39:08 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_STORE_MEMORY): Define.
+
+Thu Jul 28 19:28:07 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Document new operand type 'x'.
+
+Tue Jul 26 17:48:05 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960.h (I_CX2): New instruction category.  It includes
+	instructions available on Cx and Jx processors.
+	(I_JX): New instruction category, for JX-only instructions.
+	(i960_opcodes): Put eshro and sysctl in I_CX2 category.  Added
+	Jx-only instructions, in I_JX category.
+
+Wed Jul 13 18:43:47 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ns32k.h (endop): Made pointer const too.
+
+Sun Jul 10 11:01:09 1994  Ian Dall  (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au)
+
+	* ns32k.h: Drop Q operand type as there is no correct use
+	for it. Add I and Z operand types which allow better checking.
+
+Thu Jul  7 12:34:48 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (xor.l) :fix bit pattern. 
+	(L_2): New size of operand.
+	(trapa): Use it.
+
+Fri Jun 10 16:38:11 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: Move "trap" before "tpcc" to change disassembly.
+
+Fri Jun  3 15:57:36 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Include v9 definitions.
+
+Thu Jun  2 12:23:17 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (m68060): Defined.
+	(m68040up, mfloat, mmmu): Include it.
+	(struct m68k_opcode): Widen `arch' field.
+	(m68k_opcodes): Updated for M68060.  Removed comments that were
+	instructions commented out by "JF" years ago.
+
+Thu Apr 28 18:31:14 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (struct m68k_opcode): Shorten `arch' field to 8 bits, and
+	add a one-bit `flags' field.
+	(F_ALIAS): New macro.
+
+Wed Apr 27 11:29:52 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h (dec, inc): Get encoding right.
+
+Mon Apr  4 13:12:43 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc.h (struct powerpc_operand): Removed signedp field; just use
+	a flag instead.
+	(PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED): Define.
+	(PPC_OPERAND_SIGNOPT): Define.
+
+Thu Mar 31 19:34:08 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (IS_JUMP_ON_ECX_ZERO, "jcxz" pattern): Operand size
+	prefix is 0x66, not 0x67.  Patch from H.J. Lu (hlu@nynexst.com).
+
+Thu Mar  3 15:51:05 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: Reverse last change.  It'll be handled in gas instead.
+
+Thu Feb 24 15:29:05 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (sar): Disabled the two-operand Imm1 form, since it was
+	slower on the 486 and used the implicit shift count despite the
+	explicit operand.  The one-operand form is still available to get
+	the shorter form with the implicit shift count.
+
+Thu Feb 17 12:27:52 1994  Torbjorn Granlund  (tege@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h: Fix typo in fstws arg string.
+
+Wed Feb  9 21:23:52 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc.h (struct powerpc_opcode): Make operands field unsigned.
+
+Mon Feb  7 19:14:58 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_601): Define.
+
+Fri Feb  4 23:43:50 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h (addb): Use '@' for addb and addib pseudo ops.
+	(so we can determine valid completers for both addb and addb[tf].)
+
+	* hppa.h (xmpyu): No floating point format specifier for the
+	xmpyu instruction.
+
+Fri Feb  4 23:36:52 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc.h (PPC_OPERAND_NEXT): Define.
+	(PPC_OPERAND_NEGATIVE): Change value to make room for above.
+	(struct powerpc_macro): Define.
+	(powerpc_macros, powerpc_num_macros): Declare.
+
+Fri Jan 21 19:13:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc.h: New file.  Header file for PowerPC opcode table.
+
+Mon Jan 17 00:14:23 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h: More minor template fixes for sfu and copr (to allow
+	for easier disassembly).
+
+	* hppa.h: Fix templates for all the sfu and copr instructions.
+
+Wed Dec 15 15:12:42 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (push): Permit Imm16 operand too.
+
+Sat Dec 11 16:14:06 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	*  h8300.h (andc): Exists in base arch.
+
+Wed Dec  1 12:15:32 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* From Hisashi MINAMINO <minamino@sramhc.sra.co.jp>     
+	* hppa.h: #undef NONE to avoid conflict with hiux include files.
+
+Sun Nov 21 22:06:57 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h: Add FP quadword store instructions.
+
+Wed Nov 17 17:13:16 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: (M_J_A): Added.
+	(M_LA): Removed.
+
+Mon Nov  8 12:12:47 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (OP_MASK_CACHE, OP_SH_CACHE): Define.  From Ted Lemon
+	<mellon@pepper.ncd.com>.
+
+Sun Nov  7 00:30:11 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h: Immediate field in probei instructions is unsigned,
+	not low-sign extended.
+
+Wed Nov  3 10:30:00 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h (RRI10MASK): Change from 0xfc00ffe0 to 0xfc00fc00.
+
+Tue Nov  2 12:41:30 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: Add "fxch" without operand.
+
+Mon Nov  1 18:13:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (M_JAL_1, M_JAL_2, M_JAL_A): Added.
+
+Sat Oct  2 22:26:11 1993  Jeffrey A Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h: Add gfw and gfr to the opcode table.
+
+Wed Sep 29 16:23:00 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h: extended to handle m88110.
+
+Tue Sep 28 19:19:08 1993  Jeffrey A Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa.h (be, ble): Use operand type 'z' to denote absolute branch
+	addresses.
+
+Tue Sep 14 14:04:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960.h (i960_opcodes): Properly bracket initializers.
+
+Mon Sep 13 12:50:52 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h (BOFLAG): rewrite to avoid nested comment.
+
+Mon Sep 13 15:46:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (two): Protect second argument with parentheses.
+
+Fri Sep 10 16:29:47 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab): Added new instruction "rsm" (for i386sl).
+	Deleted old in/out instructions in "#if 0" section.
+
+Thu Sep  9 17:42:19 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab): Properly bracket initializers.
+
+Wed Aug 25 13:50:56 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h (pa_opcode): Use '|' for movb and movib insns.  (From
+	Jeff Law, law@cs.utah.edu).
+
+Mon Aug 23 16:55:03 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (lcall): Accept Imm32 operand also.
+
+Mon Aug 23 12:43:11 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (M_ABSU): Removed (absolute value of unsigned number??).
+	(M_DABS): Added.
+
+Thu Aug 19 15:08:37 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (INSN_*): Changed values.  Removed unused definitions.
+	Added INSN_COND_BRANCH_LIKELY, INSN_ISA2 and INSN_ISA3.  Split
+	INSN_LOAD_DELAY into INSN_LOAD_MEMORY_DELAY and
+	INSN_LOAD_COPROC_DELAY.  Split INSN_COPROC_DELAY into
+	INSN_COPROC_MOVE_DELAY and INSN_COPROC_MEMORY_DELAY.
+	(M_*): Added new values for r6000 and r4000 macros.
+	(ANY_DELAY): Removed.
+
+Wed Aug 18 15:37:48 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Added M_LI_S and M_LI_SS.
+
+Tue Aug 17 07:08:08 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: Get some rare mov.bs correct.
+
+Thu Aug  5 09:15:17 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Don't define const ourself; rely on ansidecl.h having
+	been included.
+
+Fri Jul 30 18:41:11 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (F_JSR, F_UNBR, F_CONDBR):  Add new flags to mark
+	jump instructions, for use in disassemblers.
+
+Thu Jul 22 07:25:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h: Make bitfields just unsigned, not unsigned long or
+	unsigned short.
+
+Wed Jul 21 11:55:31 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h: New argument type 'y'.  Use in various float instructions.
+
+Mon Jul 19 17:17:03 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h (break): First immediate field is unsigned.
+
+	* hppa.h: Add rfir instruction.
+
+Sun Jul 18 16:28:08 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Split the actual table out into ../../opcodes/mips-opc.c.
+
+Fri Jul 16 09:59:29 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Reworked the hazard information somewhat, and fixed some
+	bugs in the instruction hazard descriptions.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:42:01 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k.h: Corrected a couple of opcodes.
+
+Tue Jul  6 15:17:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Replaced with version from Ralph Campbell and OSF.  The
+	new version includes instruction hazard information, but is
+	otherwise reasonably similar.
+
+Thu Jul  1 20:36:17 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: Fix typo in UNOP3 (affected sh[al][lr].l).
+
+Fri Jun 11 18:38:44 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	Patches from Jeff Law, law@cs.utah.edu:
+	* hppa.h: Clean up some of the OLD_TABLE, non-OLD_TABLE braindamage.
+	Make the tables be the same for the following instructions:
+	"bb", "addb[tf]", "addib[tf]", "add", "add[loc]", "addco", 
+	"sh[123]add", "sh[123]add[lo]", "sub", "sub[obt]", "sub[bt]o",
+	"ds", "comclr", "addi", "addi[ot]", "addito", "subi", "subio", 
+	"comiclr", "fadd", "fsub", "fmpy", "fdiv", "fsqrt", "fabs", 
+	"frnd", "fcpy", "fcnvff", "fcnvxf", "fcnvfx", "fcnvfxt", 
+	"fcmp", and "ftest".
+
+	* hppa.h: Make new and old tables the same for "break", "mtctl",
+	"mfctl", "bb", "ssm", "rsm", "xmpyu", "fmpyadd", "fmpysub".
+	Fix typo in last patch.  Collapse several #ifdefs into a
+	single #ifdef.
+
+	* hppa.h: Delete remaining OLD_TABLE code.  Bring some
+	of the comments up-to-date.
+
+	* hppa.h: Update "free list" of letters and update
+	comments describing each letter's function.
+
+Fri Jun  4 15:41:37 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: checkpoint, includes H8/300-H opcodes.
+
+Thu Jun  3 15:42:59 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Patches from Jeffrey Law <law@cs.utah.edu>.
+	* hppa.h: Rework single precision FP 
+	instructions so that they correctly disassemble code
+	PA1.1 code.
+
+Thu May 27 19:21:22 1993  Bruce Bauman  (boot@osf.org)
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab, mov pattern): Remove Mem16 restriction from
+	mov to allow instructions like mov ss,xyz(ecx) to assemble.
+
+Tue May 25 00:39:40 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h: Use new version from Utah if OLD_TABLE isn't defined;
+	gdb will define it for now.
+
+Mon May 24 15:20:06 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Don't end enumerator list with comma.
+
+Fri May 14 15:15:50 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Based on patches from davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson):
+	* mips.h (OP_MASK_COPZ, OP_SH_COPZ): Define.
+	("bc2t"): Correct typo.
+	("[ls]wc[023]"): Use T rather than t.
+	("c[0123]"): Define general coprocessor instructions.
+
+Mon May 10 06:02:25 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: Move split point for gcc compilation more towards
+	middle.
+
+Fri Apr  9 13:26:16 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6k.h: Clean up instructions for primary opcode 19 (many were
+	simply wrong, ics, rfi, & rfsvc were missing).
+	Add "a" to opr_ext for "bb".  Doc fix.
+
+Thu Mar 18 13:45:31 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h:  486 extensions from John Hassey (hassey@dg-rtp.dg.com).
+	* mips.h:  Add casts, to suppress warnings about shifting too much.
+	* m68k.h:  Document the placement code '9'.
+
+Thu Feb 18 02:03:14 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (BREAK_UP_BIG_DECL, AND_OTHER_PART):  Add kludge which
+	allows callers to break up the large initialized struct full of
+	opcodes into two half-sized ones.  This permits GCC to compile 
+	this module, since it takes exponential space for initializers.
+	(numopcodes, endop):  Revise to use AND_OTHER_PART in size calcs.
+
+Thu Feb  4 02:06:56 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k.h:  Remove RCS crud, update GPL to v2, update copyrights.
+	* convex.h:  Added, from GDB's convx-opcode.h.  Added CONST to all
+	initialized structs in it.
+
+Thu Jan 28 21:32:22 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	Delta 88 changes inspired by Carl Greco, <cgreco@Creighton.Edu>:
+	* m88k.h (PMEM):  Avoid previous definition from <sys/param.h>.
+	(AND):  Change to AND_ to avoid ansidecl.h `AND' conflict.
+
+Sat Jan 23 18:10:49 PST 1993  Ralph Campbell  (ralphc@pyramid.com)
+
+	* mips.h: document "i" and "j" operands correctly.
+
+Thu Jan  7 15:58:13 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h: Removed endianness dependency.
+
+Sun Jan  3 14:13:35 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: include info on number of cycles per instruction.
+
+Mon Dec 21 21:29:08 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa.h:  Move handy aliases to the front.  Fix masks for extract
+	and deposit instructions.
+
+Sat Dec 12 16:09:48 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: accept shld and shrd both with and without the shift
+	count argument, which is always %cl.
+
+Fri Nov 27 17:13:18 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn at cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab_end, i386_regtab_end): Now const.
+	(one_byte_segment_defaults, two_byte_segment_defaults,
+	i386_prefixtab_end): Ditto.
+
+Mon Nov 23 10:47:25 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* vax.h (bb*): Use "v" (bitfield type), not "a" (address operand)
+	for operand 2; from John Carr, jfc@dsg.dec.com.
+
+Wed Nov  4 07:36:49 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: Define FIXED_SIZE_BRANCH, so bsr and bra instructions
+	always use 16-bit offsets.  Makes calculated-size jump tables
+	feasible.
+
+Fri Oct 16 22:52:43 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: Fix one-operand forms of in* and out* patterns.
+
+Tue Sep 22 14:08:14 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: Added CPU32 support.
+
+Tue Sep 22 00:38:41 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h (break):  Disassemble the argument.  Patch from
+	jonathan@cs.stanford.edu (Jonathan Stone).
+
+Wed Sep  9 11:25:28 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: merged Motorola and MIT syntax.
+
+Thu Sep  3 09:33:22 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (pmove): make the tests less strict, the 68k book is
+	wrong.
+
+Tue Aug 25 23:25:19 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (m68ec030): Defined as alias for 68030.
+	(m68k_opcodes): New type characters "3" for 68030 MMU regs and "t"
+	for immediate 0-7 added.  Set up some opcodes (ptest, bkpt) to use
+	them.  Tightened description of "fmovex" to distinguish it from
+	some "pmove" encodings.  Added "pmove" for 68030 MMU regs, cleaned
+	up descriptions that claimed versions were available for chips not
+	supporting them.  Added "pmovefd".
+
+Mon Aug 24 12:04:51 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: fix where the . goes in divull
+
+Wed Aug 19 11:22:24 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h: the cas2 instruction is supposed to be written with
+	indirection on the last two operands, which can be either data or
+	address registers.  Added a new operand type 'r' which accepts
+	either register type.  Added new cases for cas2l and cas2w which
+	use them.  Corrected masks for cas2 which failed to recognize use
+	of address register.
+
+Fri Aug 14 14:20:38 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h:  Merged in patches (mostly m68040-specific) from
+	Colin Smith <colin@wrs.com>.
+
+	* m68k.h:  Merged m68kmri.h and m68k.h (using the former as a
+	base).  Also cleaned up duplicates, re-ordered instructions for
+	the sake of dis-assembling (so aliases come after standard names).
+	* m68kmri.h: Now just defines some macros, and #includes m68k.h.
+
+Wed Aug 12 16:38:15 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68kmri.h: added various opcodes. Moved jbxx to bxxes. Filled in
+	all missing .s
+
+Mon Aug 10 23:22:33 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Moved tables to BFD library.
+
+	* i386.h (i386_optab): Add fildq, fistpq aliases used by gcc.
+
+Sun Jun 28 13:29:03 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h:  Finish filling in all the holes in the opcode table,
+	so that the Lucid C compiler can digest this as well...
+
+Fri Jun 26 21:27:17 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h:  Add setc, setnc, addr16, data16, repz, repnz aliases.
+	Fix opcodes on various sizes of fild/fist instructions
+	(16bit=no suffix, 32bit="l" suffix, 64bit="ll" suffix).
+	Use tabs to indent for comments.  Fixes suggested by Minh Tran-Le.
+
+Thu Jun 25 16:13:26 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h:  Fill in all the holes in the opcode table so that the
+	losing HPUX C compiler can digest this...
+
+Thu Jun 11 12:15:25 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h:  Fix decoding of coprocessor instructions, somewhat.
+	(Fix by Eric Anderson, 3jean@maas-neotek.arc.nasa.gov.)
+
+Thu May 28 11:17:44 1992  Jim Wilson  (wilson@sphagnum.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: Add new architecture variant sparclite; add its scan
+	and divscc opcodes.  Define ARCHITECTURES_CONFLICT_P macro.
+
+Tue May  5 14:23:27 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h:  Add some more opcode synonyms (from Frank Yellin,
+	fy@lucid.com).
+
+Thu Apr 16 18:25:26 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6k.h:  New version from IBM (Metin).
+
+Thu Apr  9 00:31:19 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6k.h: Fix incorrect extended opcode for instructions `fm'
+        and `fd'.  (From metin@ibmpa.awdpa.ibm.com (Metin G. Ozisik).)
+
+Tue Apr  7 13:38:47 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* rs6k.h:  Move from ../../gdb/rs6k-opcode.h.
+
+Fri Apr  3 11:30:20 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k.h (one, two):  Cast macro args to unsigned to suppress
+	complaints from compiler and lint about integer overflow during
+	shift.
+
+Sun Mar 29 12:22:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (OP):  Avoid signed overflow when shifting to high order bit.
+
+Fri Mar  6 00:22:38 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.h:  Make bitfield layout depend on the HOST compiler,
+	not on the TARGET system.
+
+Fri Feb 21 01:29:51 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386.h: added inb, inw, outb, outw opcodes, added att syntax for
+	  scmp, slod, smov, ssca, ssto.  Curtesy Minh Tran-Le
+	  <TRANLE@INTELLICORP.COM>.
+
+Thu Jan 30 07:31:44 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300.h: turned op_type enum into #define list
+
+Thu Jan 30 01:07:24 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h:  Remove "cypress" architecture.  Remove "fitox" and
+	similar instructions -- they've been renamed to "fitoq", etc.
+	REALLY fix tsubcctv.  Fix "fcmpeq" and "fcmpq" which had wrong
+	number of arguments.
+	* h8300.h:  Remove extra ; which produces compiler warning.
+
+Tue Jan 28 22:59:22 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h:  fix opcode for tsubcctv.
+
+Tue Jan  7 17:19:39 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: fba and cba are now aliases for fb and cb respectively.
+
+Fri Dec 27 10:55:50 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (nop):  Made the 'lose' field be even tighter,
+	so only a standard 'nop' is disassembled as a nop.
+
+Sun Dec 22 12:18:18 1991  Michael Tiemann  (tiemann at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h (nop): Add RD_GO to `lose' so that only %g0 in dest is
+	disassembled as a nop.
+
+Tue Dec 10 00:22:20 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc.h: fix a typo.
+
+Sat Nov 30 20:40:51 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k.h, arm.h, h8300.h,  i386.h,  i860.h, i960.h , m68k.h, 
+	m88k.h, mips.h , np1.h, ns32k.h, pn.h, pyr.h, sparc.h, tahoe.h,
+	vax.h, ChangeLog: renamed from ../<foo>-opcode.h
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/alpha.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/alpha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3babc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/alpha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* alpha.h -- Header file for Alpha opcode table
+   Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>,
+   patterned after the PPC opcode table written by Ian Lance Taylor.
+
+This file is part of GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils.
+
+GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are free software; you can redistribute
+them and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+1, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are distributed in the hope that they
+will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef OPCODE_ALPHA_H
+#define OPCODE_ALPHA_H
+
+/* The opcode table is an array of struct alpha_opcode.  */
+
+struct alpha_opcode
+{
+  /* The opcode name.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* The opcode itself.  Those bits which will be filled in with
+     operands are zeroes.  */
+  unsigned opcode;
+
+  /* The opcode mask.  This is used by the disassembler.  This is a
+     mask containing ones indicating those bits which must match the
+     opcode field, and zeroes indicating those bits which need not
+     match (and are presumably filled in by operands).  */
+  unsigned mask;
+
+  /* One bit flags for the opcode.  These are primarily used to
+     indicate specific processors and environments support the
+     instructions.  The defined values are listed below. */
+  unsigned flags;
+
+  /* An array of operand codes.  Each code is an index into the
+     operand table.  They appear in the order which the operands must
+     appear in assembly code, and are terminated by a zero.  */
+  unsigned char operands[4];
+};
+
+/* The table itself is sorted by major opcode number, and is otherwise
+   in the order in which the disassembler should consider
+   instructions.  */
+extern const struct alpha_opcode alpha_opcodes[];
+extern const int alpha_num_opcodes;
+
+/* Values defined for the flags field of a struct alpha_opcode.  */
+
+/* CPU Availability */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_BASE  0x0001  /* Base architecture -- all cpus.  */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_EV4   0x0002  /* EV4 specific PALcode insns.  */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_EV5   0x0004  /* EV5 specific PALcode insns.  */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_BWX   0x0100  /* Byte/word extension (amask bit 0).  */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_CIX   0x0200  /* "Count" extension (amask bit 1).  */
+#define AXP_OPCODE_MAX   0x0400  /* Multimedia extension (amask bit 8).  */
+
+#define AXP_OPCODE_NOPAL (~(AXP_OPCODE_EV4|AXP_OPCODE_EV5))
+
+/* A macro to extract the major opcode from an instruction.  */
+#define AXP_OP(i)	(((i) >> 26) & 0x3F)
+
+/* The total number of major opcodes. */
+#define AXP_NOPS	0x40
+
+
+/* The operands table is an array of struct alpha_operand.  */
+
+struct alpha_operand
+{
+  /* The number of bits in the operand.  */
+  int bits;
+
+  /* How far the operand is left shifted in the instruction.  */
+  int shift;
+
+  /* The default relocation type for this operand.  */
+  int default_reloc;
+
+  /* One bit syntax flags.  */
+  unsigned flags;
+
+  /* Insertion function.  This is used by the assembler.  To insert an
+     operand value into an instruction, check this field.
+
+     If it is NULL, execute
+         i |= (op & ((1 << o->bits) - 1)) << o->shift;
+     (i is the instruction which we are filling in, o is a pointer to
+     this structure, and op is the opcode value; this assumes twos
+     complement arithmetic).
+
+     If this field is not NULL, then simply call it with the
+     instruction and the operand value.  It will return the new value
+     of the instruction.  If the ERRMSG argument is not NULL, then if
+     the operand value is illegal, *ERRMSG will be set to a warning
+     string (the operand will be inserted in any case).  If the
+     operand value is legal, *ERRMSG will be unchanged (most operands
+     can accept any value).  */
+  unsigned (*insert) PARAMS ((unsigned instruction, int op,
+			      const char **errmsg));
+
+  /* Extraction function.  This is used by the disassembler.  To
+     extract this operand type from an instruction, check this field.
+
+     If it is NULL, compute
+         op = ((i) >> o->shift) & ((1 << o->bits) - 1);
+	 if ((o->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED) != 0
+	     && (op & (1 << (o->bits - 1))) != 0)
+	   op -= 1 << o->bits;
+     (i is the instruction, o is a pointer to this structure, and op
+     is the result; this assumes twos complement arithmetic).
+
+     If this field is not NULL, then simply call it with the
+     instruction value.  It will return the value of the operand.  If
+     the INVALID argument is not NULL, *INVALID will be set to
+     non-zero if this operand type can not actually be extracted from
+     this operand (i.e., the instruction does not match).  If the
+     operand is valid, *INVALID will not be changed.  */
+  int (*extract) PARAMS ((unsigned instruction, int *invalid));
+};
+
+/* Elements in the table are retrieved by indexing with values from
+   the operands field of the alpha_opcodes table.  */
+
+extern const struct alpha_operand alpha_operands[];
+extern const int alpha_num_operands;
+
+/* Values defined for the flags field of a struct alpha_operand.  */
+
+/* Mask for selecting the type for typecheck purposes */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK					\
+  (AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA | AXP_OPERAND_IR |		\
+   AXP_OPERAND_FPR | AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE | AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED | 	\
+   AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED)
+
+/* This operand does not actually exist in the assembler input.  This
+   is used to support extended mnemonics, for which two operands fields
+   are identical.  The assembler should call the insert function with
+   any op value.  The disassembler should call the extract function,
+   ignore the return value, and check the value placed in the invalid
+   argument.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_FAKE	01
+
+/* The operand should be wrapped in parentheses rather than separated
+   from the previous by a comma.  This is used for the load and store
+   instructions which want their operands to look like "Ra,disp(Rb)".  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_PARENS	02
+
+/* Used in combination with PARENS, this supresses the supression of
+   the comma.  This is used for "jmp Ra,(Rb),hint".  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_COMMA	04
+
+/* This operand names an integer register.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_IR		010
+
+/* This operand names a floating point register.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_FPR		020
+
+/* This operand is a relative branch displacement.  The disassembler
+   prints these symbolically if possible.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE	040
+
+/* This operand takes signed values.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED	0100
+
+/* This operand takes unsigned values.  This exists primarily so that
+   a flags value of 0 can be treated as end-of-arguments.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED	0200
+
+/* Supress overflow detection on this field.  This is used for hints. */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW	0400
+
+/* Mask for optional argument default value.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK 07000
+
+/* This operand defaults to zero.  This is used for jump hints.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO 01000
+
+/* This operand should default to the first (real) operand and is used
+   in conjunction with AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL.  This allows
+   "and $0,3,$0" to be written as "and $0,3", etc.  I don't like
+   it, but it's what DEC does.  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST 02000
+
+/* Similarly, this operand should default to the second (real) operand.
+   This allows "negl $0" instead of "negl $0,$0".  */
+#define AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND 04000
+
+
+/* Register common names */
+
+#define AXP_REG_V0	0
+#define AXP_REG_T0	1
+#define AXP_REG_T1	2
+#define AXP_REG_T2	3
+#define AXP_REG_T3	4
+#define AXP_REG_T4	5
+#define AXP_REG_T5	6
+#define AXP_REG_T6	7
+#define AXP_REG_T7	8
+#define AXP_REG_S0	9
+#define AXP_REG_S1	10
+#define AXP_REG_S2	11
+#define AXP_REG_S3	12
+#define AXP_REG_S4	13
+#define AXP_REG_S5	14
+#define AXP_REG_FP	15
+#define AXP_REG_A0	16
+#define AXP_REG_A1	17
+#define AXP_REG_A2	18
+#define AXP_REG_A3	19
+#define AXP_REG_A4	20
+#define AXP_REG_A5	21
+#define AXP_REG_T8	22
+#define AXP_REG_T9	23
+#define AXP_REG_T10	24
+#define AXP_REG_T11	25
+#define AXP_REG_RA	26
+#define AXP_REG_PV	27
+#define AXP_REG_T12	27
+#define AXP_REG_AT	28
+#define AXP_REG_GP	29
+#define AXP_REG_SP	30
+#define AXP_REG_ZERO	31
+
+#endif /* OPCODE_ALPHA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/cgen.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/cgen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda3373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/cgen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
+/* Header file for targets using CGEN: Cpu tools GENerator.
+
+Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB, the GNU debugger, and the GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef CGEN_H
+#define CGEN_H
+
+#ifndef CGEN_CAT3
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+#define CGEN_XCAT3(a,b,c) a ## b ## c
+#define CGEN_CAT3(a,b,c) CGEN_XCAT3 (a, b, c)
+#else
+#define CGEN_CAT3(a,b,c) a/**/b/**/c
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Prepend the cpu name, defined in cpu-opc.h, and _cgen_ to symbol S.
+   The lack of spaces in the arg list is important for non-stdc systems.
+   This file is included by <cpu>-opc.h.
+   It can be included independently of cpu-opc.h, in which case the cpu
+   dependent portions will be declared as "unknown_cgen_foo".  */
+
+#ifndef CGEN_SYM
+#define CGEN_SYM(s) CGEN_CAT3 (unknown,_cgen_,s)
+#endif
+
+/* This file contains the static (unchanging) pieces and as much other stuff
+   as we can reasonably put here.  It's generally cleaner to put stuff here
+   rather than having it machine generated if possible.  */
+
+/* The assembler syntax is made up of expressions (duh...).
+   At the lowest level the values are mnemonics, register names, numbers, etc.
+   Above that are subexpressions, if any (an example might be the
+   "effective address" in m68k cpus).  At the second highest level are the
+   insns themselves.  Above that are pseudo-insns, synthetic insns, and macros,
+   if any.
+*/
+
+/* Lots of cpu's have a fixed insn size, or one which rarely changes,
+   and it's generally easier to handle these by treating the insn as an
+   integer type, rather than an array of characters.  So we allow targets
+   to control this.  */
+
+#ifdef CGEN_INT_INSN
+typedef unsigned int cgen_insn_t;
+#else
+typedef char *cgen_insn_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define CGEN_INLINE inline
+#else
+#define CGEN_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Perhaps we should just use bfd.h, but it's not clear
+   one would want to require that yet.  */
+enum cgen_endian {
+  CGEN_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN,
+  CGEN_ENDIAN_LITTLE,
+  CGEN_ENDIAN_BIG
+};
+
+/* Attributes.
+   Attributes are used to describe various random things.  */
+
+/* Struct to record attribute information.  */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned int num_nonbools;
+  unsigned int bool;
+  unsigned int nonbool[1];
+} CGEN_ATTR;
+
+/* Define a structure member for attributes with N non-boolean entries.
+   The attributes are sorted so that the non-boolean ones come first.
+   num_nonbools: count of nonboolean attributes
+   bool: values of boolean attributes
+   nonbool: values of non-boolean attributes
+   There is a maximum of 32 attributes total.  */
+#define CGEN_ATTR_TYPE(n) \
+const struct { unsigned int num_nonbools; \
+	       unsigned int bool; \
+	       unsigned int nonbool[(n) ? (n) : 1]; }
+
+/* Given an attribute number, return its mask.  */
+#define CGEN_ATTR_MASK(attr) (1 << (attr))
+
+/* Return value of attribute ATTR in ATTR_TABLE for OBJ.
+   OBJ is a pointer to the entity that has the attributes.
+   It's not used at present but is reserved for future purposes.  */
+#define CGEN_ATTR_VALUE(obj, attr_table, attr) \
+((unsigned int) (attr) < (attr_table)->num_nonbools \
+ ? ((attr_table)->nonbool[attr]) \
+ : (((attr_table)->bool & (1 << (attr))) != 0))
+
+/* Parse result (also extraction result).
+
+   The result of parsing an insn is stored here.
+   To generate the actual insn, this is passed to the insert handler.
+   When printing an insn, the result of extraction is stored here.
+   To print the insn, this is passed to the print handler.
+
+   It is machine generated so we don't define it here,
+   but we do need a forward decl for the handler fns.
+
+   There is one member for each possible field in the insn.
+   The type depends on the field.
+   Also recorded here is the computed length of the insn for architectures
+   where it varies.
+*/
+
+struct cgen_fields;
+
+/* Total length of the insn, as recorded in the `fields' struct.  */
+/* ??? The field insert handler has lots of opportunities for optimization
+   if it ever gets inlined.  On architectures where insns all have the same
+   size, may wish to detect that and make this macro a constant - to allow
+   further optimizations.  */
+#define CGEN_FIELDS_BITSIZE(fields) ((fields)->length)
+
+/* Associated with each insn or expression is a set of "handlers" for
+   performing operations like parsing, printing, etc.  */
+
+/* Forward decl.  */
+typedef struct cgen_insn CGEN_INSN;
+
+/* Parse handler.
+   The first argument is a pointer to a struct describing the insn being
+   parsed.
+   The second argument is a pointer to a pointer to the text being parsed.
+   The third argument is a pointer to a cgen_fields struct
+   in which the results are placed.
+   If the expression is successfully parsed, the pointer to the text is
+   updated.  If not it is left alone.
+   The result is NULL if success or an error message.  */
+typedef const char * (cgen_parse_fn) PARAMS ((const struct cgen_insn *,
+					      const char **,
+					      struct cgen_fields *));
+
+/* Print handler.
+   The first argument is a pointer to the disassembly info.
+   Eg: disassemble_info.  It's defined as `PTR' so this file can be included
+   without dis-asm.h.
+   The second argument is a pointer to a struct describing the insn being
+   printed.
+   The third argument is a pointer to a cgen_fields struct.
+   The fourth argument is the pc value of the insn.
+   The fifth argument is the length of the insn, in bytes.  */
+/* Don't require bfd.h unnecessarily.  */
+#ifdef BFD_VERSION
+typedef void (cgen_print_fn) PARAMS ((PTR, const struct cgen_insn *,
+				      struct cgen_fields *, bfd_vma, int));
+#else
+typedef void (cgen_print_fn) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Insert handler.
+   The first argument is a pointer to a struct describing the insn being
+   parsed.
+   The second argument is a pointer to a cgen_fields struct
+   from which the values are fetched.
+   The third argument is a pointer to a buffer in which to place the insn.  */
+typedef void (cgen_insert_fn) PARAMS ((const struct cgen_insn *,
+				       struct cgen_fields *, cgen_insn_t *));
+
+/* Extract handler.
+   The first argument is a pointer to a struct describing the insn being
+   parsed.
+   The second argument is a pointer to a struct controlling extraction
+   (only used for variable length insns).
+   The third argument is the first CGEN_BASE_INSN_SIZE bytes.
+   The fourth argument is a pointer to a cgen_fields struct
+   in which the results are placed.
+   The result is the length of the insn or zero if not recognized.  */
+typedef int (cgen_extract_fn) PARAMS ((const struct cgen_insn *,
+				       void *, cgen_insn_t,
+				       struct cgen_fields *));
+
+/* The `parse' and `insert' fields are indices into these tables.
+   The elements are pointer to specialized handler functions.
+   Element 0 is special, it means use the default handler.  */
+extern cgen_parse_fn * CGEN_SYM (parse_handlers) [];
+#define CGEN_PARSE_FN(x) (CGEN_SYM (parse_handlers)[(x)->base.parse])
+extern cgen_insert_fn * CGEN_SYM (insert_handlers) [];
+#define CGEN_INSERT_FN(x) (CGEN_SYM (insert_handlers)[(x)->base.insert])
+
+/* Likewise for the `extract' and `print' fields.  */
+extern cgen_extract_fn * CGEN_SYM (extract_handlers) [];
+#define CGEN_EXTRACT_FN(x) (CGEN_SYM (extract_handlers)[(x)->base.extract])
+extern cgen_print_fn * CGEN_SYM (print_handlers) [];
+#define CGEN_PRINT_FN(x) (CGEN_SYM (print_handlers)[(x)->base.print])
+
+/* Base class of parser/printer.
+   (Don't read too much into the use of the phrase "base class").
+
+   Instructions and expressions all share this data in common.
+   It's a collection of the common elements needed to parse and print
+   each of them.  */
+
+#ifndef CGEN_MAX_INSN_ATTRS
+#define CGEN_MAX_INSN_ATTRS 1
+#endif
+
+struct cgen_base {
+  /* Indices into the handler tables.
+     We could use pointers here instead, but in the case of the insn table,
+     90% of them would be identical and that's a lot of redundant data.
+     0 means use the default (what the default is is up to the code).  */
+  unsigned char parse, insert, extract, print;
+
+  /* Attributes.  */
+  CGEN_ATTR_TYPE (CGEN_MAX_INSN_ATTRS) attrs;
+};
+
+/* Syntax table.
+
+   Each insn and subexpression has one of these.
+
+   The syntax "string" consists of characters (n > 0 && n < 128), and operand
+   values (n >= 128), and is terminated by 0.  Operand values are 128 + index
+   into the operand table.  The operand table doesn't exist in C, per se, as
+   the data is recorded in the parse/insert/extract/print switch statements.
+
+   ??? Whether we want to use yacc instead is unclear, but we do make an
+   effort to not make doing that difficult.  At least that's the intent.
+*/
+
+struct cgen_syntax {
+  /* Original syntax string, for debugging purposes.  */
+  char *orig;
+
+  /* Name of entry (that distinguishes it from all other entries).
+     This is used, for example, in simulator profiling results.  */
+  char *name;
+
+#if 0 /* not needed yet */
+  /* Format of this insn.
+     This doesn't closely follow the notion of instruction formats for more
+     complex instruction sets.  This is the value computed at runtime.  */
+  enum cgen_fmt_type fmt;
+#endif
+
+  /* Mnemonic (or name if expression).  */
+  char *mnemonic;
+
+  /* Syntax string.  */
+  /* FIXME: If each insn's mnemonic is constant, do we want to record just
+     the arguments here?  */
+#ifndef CGEN_MAX_SYNTAX_BYTES
+#define CGEN_MAX_SYNTAX_BYTES 16
+#endif
+  unsigned char syntax[CGEN_MAX_SYNTAX_BYTES];
+
+#define CGEN_SYNTAX_CHAR_P(c) ((c) < 128)
+#define CGEN_SYNTAX_CHAR(c) (c)
+#define CGEN_SYNTAX_FIELD(c) ((c) - 128)
+
+  /* recognize insn if (op & mask) == value
+     For architectures with variable length insns, this is just a preliminary
+     test.  */
+  /* FIXME: Might want a selectable type (rather than always
+     unsigned long).  */
+  unsigned long mask, value;
+
+  /* length, in bits
+     This is the size that `mask' and `value' have been calculated to.
+     Normally it is CGEN_BASE_INSN_BITSIZE.  On vliw architectures where
+     the base insn size may be larger than the size of an insn, this field is
+     less than CGEN_BASE_INSN_BITSIZE.
+     On architectures like the 386 and m68k the real size of the insn may
+     be computed while parsing.  */
+  /* FIXME: wip, of course */
+  int length;
+};
+
+/* Operand values (keywords, integers, symbols, etc.)  */
+
+/* Types of assembler elements.  */
+
+enum cgen_asm_type {
+  CGEN_ASM_KEYWORD, CGEN_ASM_MAX
+};
+
+/* List of hardware elements.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_hw_entry {
+  struct cgen_hw_entry *next;
+  char *name;
+  enum cgen_asm_type asm_type;
+  PTR asm_data;
+} CGEN_HW_ENTRY;
+
+extern CGEN_HW_ENTRY *CGEN_SYM (hw_list);
+
+CGEN_HW_ENTRY *cgen_hw_lookup PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+#ifndef CGEN_MAX_KEYWORD_ATTRS
+#define CGEN_MAX_KEYWORD_ATTRS 1
+#endif
+
+/* This struct is used to describe things like register names, etc.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_keyword_entry {
+  /* Name (as in register name).  */
+  char *name;
+
+  /* Value (as in register number).
+     The value cannot be -1 as that is used to indicate "not found".
+     IDEA: Have "FUNCTION" attribute? [function is called to fetch value].  */
+  int value;
+
+  /* Attributes.  */
+  /* FIXME: Not used yet.  */
+  CGEN_ATTR_TYPE (CGEN_MAX_KEYWORD_ATTRS) attrs;
+
+  /* Next name hash table entry.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry *next_name;
+  /* Next value hash table entry.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry *next_value;
+} CGEN_KEYWORD_ENTRY;
+
+/* Top level struct for describing a set of related keywords
+   (e.g. register names).
+
+   This struct supports runtime entry of new values, and hashed lookups.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_keyword {
+  /* Pointer to initial [compiled in] values.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry *init_entries;
+  /* Number of entries in `init_entries'.  */
+  unsigned int num_init_entries;
+  /* Hash table used for name lookup.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry **name_hash_table;
+  /* Hash table used for value lookup.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry **value_hash_table;
+  /* Number of entries in the hash_tables.  */
+  unsigned int hash_table_size;
+} CGEN_KEYWORD;
+
+/* Structure used for searching.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_keyword_search {
+  /* Table being searched.  */
+  const struct cgen_keyword *table;
+  /* Specification of what is being searched for.  */
+  const char *spec;
+  /* Current index in hash table.  */
+  unsigned int current_hash;
+  /* Current element in current hash chain.  */
+  struct cgen_keyword_entry *current_entry;
+} CGEN_KEYWORD_SEARCH;
+
+/* Lookup a keyword from its name.  */
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry * cgen_keyword_lookup_name
+  PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword *, const char *));
+/* Lookup a keyword from its value.  */
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry * cgen_keyword_lookup_value
+  PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword *, int));
+/* Add a keyword.  */
+void cgen_keyword_add PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword *,
+			       struct cgen_keyword_entry *));
+/* Keyword searching.
+   This can be used to retrieve every keyword, or a subset.  */
+struct cgen_keyword_search cgen_keyword_search_init
+  PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword *, const char *));
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry *cgen_keyword_search_next
+  PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword_search *));
+
+/* Operand value support routines.  */
+/* FIXME: some of the long's here will need to be bfd_vma or some such.  */
+
+const char * cgen_parse_keyword PARAMS ((const char **,
+					 struct cgen_keyword *,
+					 long *));
+const char * cgen_parse_signed_integer PARAMS ((const char **, int,
+						long, long, long *));
+const char * cgen_parse_unsigned_integer PARAMS ((const char **, int,
+						  unsigned long, unsigned long,
+						  unsigned long *));
+const char * cgen_parse_address PARAMS ((const char **, int,
+					 int, long *));
+const char * cgen_validate_signed_integer PARAMS ((long, long, long));
+const char * cgen_validate_unsigned_integer PARAMS ((unsigned long,
+						     unsigned long,
+						     unsigned long));
+
+/* This struct defines each entry in the operand table.  */
+
+#ifndef CGEN_MAX_OPERAND_ATTRS
+#define CGEN_MAX_OPERAND_ATTRS 1
+#endif
+
+typedef struct cgen_operand {
+  /* For debugging.  */
+  char *name;
+
+  /* Bit position (msb of first byte = bit 0).
+     May be unused for a modifier.  */
+  unsigned char start;
+
+  /* The number of bits in the operand.
+     May be unused for a modifier.  */
+  unsigned char length;
+
+  /* Attributes.  */
+  CGEN_ATTR_TYPE (CGEN_MAX_OPERAND_ATTRS) attrs;
+#define CGEN_OPERAND_ATTRS(operand) (&(operand)->attrs)
+
+#if 0 /* ??? Interesting idea but relocs tend to get too complicated for
+	 simple table lookups to work.  */
+  /* Ideally this would be the internal (external?) reloc type.  */
+  int reloc_type;
+#endif
+} CGEN_OPERAND;
+
+/* Return value of attribute ATTR in OPERAND.  */
+#define CGEN_OPERAND_ATTR(operand, attr) \
+CGEN_ATTR_VALUE (operand, CGEN_OPERAND_ATTRS (operand), attr)
+
+/* The operand table is currently a very static entity.  */
+extern const CGEN_OPERAND CGEN_SYM (operand_table)[];
+
+enum cgen_operand_type;
+
+#define CGEN_OPERAND_INDEX(operand) ((int) ((operand) - CGEN_SYM (operand_table)))
+/* FIXME: Rename, cpu-opc.h defines this as the typedef of the enum.  */
+#define CGEN_OPERAND_TYPE(operand) ((enum cgen_operand_type) CGEN_OPERAND_INDEX (operand))
+#define CGEN_OPERAND_ENTRY(n) (& CGEN_SYM (operand_table) [n])
+
+/* This struct defines each entry in the instruction table.  */
+
+struct cgen_insn {
+  struct cgen_base base;
+/* Given a pointer to a cgen_insn struct, return a pointer to `base'.  */
+#define CGEN_INSN_BASE(insn) (&(insn)->base)
+#define CGEN_INSN_ATTRS(insn) (&(insn)->base.attrs)
+
+  struct cgen_syntax syntax;
+#define CGEN_INSN_SYNTAX(insn) (&(insn)->syntax)
+#define CGEN_INSN_FMT(insn) ((insn)->syntax.fmt)
+#define CGEN_INSN_BITSIZE(insn) ((insn)->syntax.length)
+};
+
+/* Return value of attribute ATTR in INSN.  */
+#define CGEN_INSN_ATTR(insn, attr) \
+CGEN_ATTR_VALUE (insn, CGEN_INSN_ATTRS (insn), attr)
+
+/* Instruction lists.
+   This is used for adding new entries and for creating the hash lists.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_insn_list {
+  struct cgen_insn_list *next;
+  const struct cgen_insn *insn;
+} CGEN_INSN_LIST;
+
+/* The table of instructions.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_insn_table {
+  /* Pointer to initial [compiled in] entries.  */
+  const struct cgen_insn *init_entries;
+  /* Number of entries in `init_entries', including trailing NULL entry.  */
+  unsigned int num_init_entries;
+  /* Values added at runtime.  */
+  struct cgen_insn_list *new_entries;
+  /* Assembler hash function.  */
+  unsigned int (*asm_hash) PARAMS ((const char *));
+  /* Number of entries in assembler hash table.  */
+  unsigned int asm_hash_table_size;
+  /* Disassembler hash function.  */
+  unsigned int (*dis_hash) PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned long));
+  /* Number of entries in disassembler hash table.  */
+  unsigned int dis_hash_table_size;
+} CGEN_INSN_TABLE;
+
+/* ??? This is currently used by the simulator.
+   We want this to be fast and the simulator currently doesn't handle
+   runtime added instructions so this is ok.  An alternative would be to
+   store the index in the table.  */
+extern const CGEN_INSN CGEN_SYM (insn_table_entries)[];
+#define CGEN_INSN_INDEX(insn) ((int) ((insn) - CGEN_SYM (insn_table_entries)))
+#define CGEN_INSN_ENTRY(n) (& CGEN_SYM (insn_table_entries) [n])
+
+/* Return number of instructions.  This includes any added at runtime.  */
+
+int cgen_insn_count PARAMS (());
+
+/* The assembler insn table is hashed based on some function of the mnemonic
+   (the actually hashing done is up to the target, but we provide a few
+   examples like the first letter or a function of the entire mnemonic).
+   The index of each entry is the index of the corresponding table entry.
+   The value of each entry is the index of the next entry, with a 0
+   terminating (thus the first entry is reserved).  */
+
+#ifndef CGEN_ASM_HASH
+#ifdef CGEN_MNEMONIC_OPERANDS
+#define CGEN_ASM_HASH_SIZE 127
+#define CGEN_ASM_HASH(string) (*(unsigned char *) (string) % CGEN_ASM_HASH_SIZE)
+#else
+#define CGEN_ASM_HASH_SIZE 128
+#define CGEN_ASM_HASH(string) (*(unsigned char *) (string) % CGEN_ASM_HASH_SIZE) /*FIXME*/
+#endif
+#endif
+
+unsigned int CGEN_SYM (asm_hash_insn) PARAMS ((const char *));
+CGEN_INSN_LIST * cgen_asm_lookup_insn PARAMS ((const char *));
+#define CGEN_ASM_LOOKUP_INSN(insn) cgen_asm_lookup_insn (insn)
+#define CGEN_ASM_NEXT_INSN(insn) ((insn)->next)
+
+/* The disassembler insn table is hashed based on some function of machine
+   instruction (the actually hashing done is up to the target).  */
+
+/* It doesn't make much sense to provide a default here,
+   but while this is under development we do.
+   BUFFER is a pointer to the bytes of the insn.
+   INSN is the first CGEN_BASE_INSN_SIZE bytes as an int in host order.  */
+#ifndef CGEN_DIS_HASH
+#define CGEN_DIS_HASH_SIZE 256
+#define CGEN_DIS_HASH(buffer, insn) (*(unsigned char *) (buffer))
+#endif
+
+unsigned int CGEN_SYM (dis_hash_insn) PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned long));
+CGEN_INSN_LIST * cgen_dis_lookup_insn PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned long));
+#define CGEN_DIS_LOOKUP_INSN(buf, insn) cgen_dis_lookup_insn (buf, insn)
+#define CGEN_DIS_NEXT_INSN(insn) ((insn)->next)
+
+/* Top level structures and functions.  */
+
+typedef struct cgen_opcode_data {
+  CGEN_HW_ENTRY *hw_list;
+  /*CGEN_OPERAND_TABLE *operand_table; - FIXME:wip */
+  CGEN_INSN_TABLE *insn_table;
+} CGEN_OPCODE_DATA;
+
+/* Each CPU has one of these.  */
+extern CGEN_OPCODE_DATA CGEN_SYM (opcode_data);
+
+/* Global state access macros.
+   Some of these are tucked away and accessed with cover fns.
+   Simpler things like the current machine and endian are not.  */
+
+extern int cgen_current_machine;
+#define CGEN_CURRENT_MACHINE cgen_current_machine
+
+extern enum cgen_endian cgen_current_endian;
+#define CGEN_CURRENT_ENDIAN cgen_current_endian
+
+/* Prototypes of major functions.  */
+
+/* Set the current cpu (+ mach number, endian, etc.).  *?
+void cgen_set_cpu PARAMS ((CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *, int, enum cgen_endian));
+
+/* Initialize the assembler, disassembler.  */
+void cgen_asm_init PARAMS ((void));
+void cgen_dis_init PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* `init_tables' must be called before `xxx_supported'.  */
+void CGEN_SYM (init_tables) PARAMS ((int));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_asm) PARAMS ((int, enum cgen_endian));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_dis) PARAMS ((int, enum cgen_endian));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_parse) PARAMS ((void));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_print) PARAMS ((void));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_insert) PARAMS ((void));
+void CGEN_SYM (init_extract) PARAMS ((void));
+const struct cgen_insn *
+CGEN_SYM (assemble_insn) PARAMS ((const char *, struct cgen_fields *,
+				  cgen_insn_t *, char **));
+int CGEN_SYM (insn_supported) PARAMS ((const struct cgen_syntax *));
+#if 0 /* old */
+int CGEN_SYM (opval_supported) PARAMS ((const struct cgen_opval *));
+#endif
+
+extern const struct cgen_keyword  CGEN_SYM (operand_mach);
+int CGEN_SYM (get_mach) PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+CGEN_INLINE void
+CGEN_SYM (put_operand) PARAMS ((int, const long *,
+				struct cgen_fields *));
+CGEN_INLINE long
+CGEN_SYM (get_operand) PARAMS ((int, const struct cgen_fields *));
+
+CGEN_INLINE const char *
+CGEN_SYM (parse_operand) PARAMS ((int, const char **, struct cgen_fields *));
+
+CGEN_INLINE const char *
+CGEN_SYM (validate_operand) PARAMS ((int, const struct cgen_fields *));
+
+/* Default insn parser, printer.  */
+extern cgen_parse_fn CGEN_SYM (parse_insn);
+extern cgen_insert_fn CGEN_SYM (insert_insn);
+extern cgen_extract_fn CGEN_SYM (extract_insn);
+extern cgen_print_fn CGEN_SYM (print_insn);
+
+/* Read in a cpu description file.  */
+const char * cgen_read_cpu_file PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+/* Assembler interface.
+
+   The interface to the assembler is intended to be clean in the sense that
+   libopcodes.a is a standalone entity and could be used with any assembler.
+   Not that one would necessarily want to do that but rather that it helps
+   keep a clean interface.  The interface will obviously be slanted towards
+   GAS, but at least it's a start.
+
+   Parsing is controlled by the assembler which calls
+   CGEN_SYM (assemble_insn).  If it can parse and build the entire insn
+   it doesn't call back to the assembler.  If it needs/wants to call back
+   to the assembler, (*cgen_parse_operand_fn) is called which can either
+
+   - return a number to be inserted in the insn
+   - return a "register" value to be inserted
+     (the register might not be a register per pe)
+   - queue the argument and return a marker saying the expression has been
+     queued (eg: a fix-up)
+   - return an error message indicating the expression wasn't recognizable
+
+   The result is an error message or NULL for success.
+   The parsed value is stored in the bfd_vma *.  */
+
+/* Values for indicating what the caller wants.  */
+enum cgen_parse_operand_type {
+  CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INIT, CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INTEGER,
+  CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_ADDRESS
+};
+
+/* Values for indicating what was parsed.
+   ??? Not too useful at present but in time.  */
+enum cgen_parse_operand_result {
+  CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_NUMBER, CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_REGISTER,
+  CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_QUEUED, CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_RESULT_ERROR
+};
+
+/* Don't require bfd.h unnecessarily.  */
+#ifdef BFD_VERSION
+extern const char * (*cgen_parse_operand_fn)
+     PARAMS ((enum cgen_parse_operand_type, const char **, int, int,
+	      enum cgen_parse_operand_result *, bfd_vma *));
+#endif
+
+/* Called before trying to match a table entry with the insn.  */
+void cgen_init_parse_operand PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Called from <cpu>-asm.c to initialize operand parsing.  */
+
+/* These are GAS specific.  They're not here as part of the interface,
+   but rather that we need to put them somewhere.  */
+
+/* Call this from md_assemble to initialize the assembler callback.  */
+void cgen_asm_init_parse PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Don't require bfd.h unnecessarily.  */
+#ifdef BFD_VERSION
+/* The result is an error message or NULL for success.
+   The parsed value is stored in the bfd_vma *.  */
+const char *cgen_parse_operand PARAMS ((enum cgen_parse_operand_type,
+					const char **, int, int,
+					enum cgen_parse_operand_result *,
+					bfd_vma *));
+#endif
+
+/* Add a register to the assembler's hash table.
+   This makes lets GAS parse registers for us.
+   ??? This isn't currently used, but it could be in the future.  */
+void cgen_asm_record_register PARAMS ((char *, int));
+
+/* After CGEN_SYM (assemble_insn) is done, this is called to
+   output the insn and record any fixups.  */
+void cgen_asm_finish_insn PARAMS ((const struct cgen_insn *, cgen_insn_t *,
+				   unsigned int));
+
+#endif /* CGEN_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/convex.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/convex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efaeebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/convex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+/* Information for instruction disassembly on the Convex.
+   Copyright 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation.  
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	CONST
+#define	CONST
+#endif	/* CONST */
+
+#define xxx 0
+#define rrr 1
+#define rr 2
+#define rxr 3
+#define r 4
+#define nops 5
+#define nr 6
+#define pcrel 7
+#define lr 8
+#define rxl 9
+#define rlr 10
+#define rrl 11
+#define iml 12
+#define imr 13
+#define a1r 14
+#define a1l 15
+#define a2r 16
+#define a2l 17
+#define a3 18
+#define a4 19
+#define a5 20
+#define V 1
+#define S 2
+#define VM 3
+#define A 4
+#define VL 5
+#define VS 6
+#define VLS 7
+#define PSW 8
+/* Prevent an error during "make depend".  */
+#if !defined (PC)
+#define PC 9
+#endif
+#define ITR 10
+#define VV 11
+#define ITSR 12
+#define TOC 13
+#define CIR 14
+#define TTR 15
+#define VMU 16
+#define VML 17
+#define ICR 18
+#define TCPU 19
+#define CPUID 20
+#define TID 21
+
+CONST char *op[] = {
+  "",
+  "v0\0v1\0v2\0v3\0v4\0v5\0v6\0v7",
+  "s0\0s1\0s2\0s3\0s4\0s5\0s6\0s7",
+  "vm",
+  "sp\0a1\0a2\0a3\0a4\0a5\0ap\0fp",
+  "vl",
+  "vs",
+  "vls",
+  "psw",
+  "pc",
+  "itr",
+  "vv",
+  "itsr",
+  "toc",
+  "cir",
+  "ttr",
+  "vmu",
+  "vml",
+  "icr",
+  "tcpu",
+  "cpuid",
+  "tid",
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format0[] = {
+  {0,0,rrr,V,S,S},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rrr,S,S,V},	/* mov */
+  {1,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* merg.t */
+  {2,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mask.t */
+  {1,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* merg.f */
+  {2,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mask.f */
+  {1,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* merg.t */
+  {2,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mask.t */
+  {3,3,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.s */
+  {3,4,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.d */
+  {4,3,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.s */
+  {4,4,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.d */
+  {3,3,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.s */
+  {3,4,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.d */
+  {4,3,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.s */
+  {4,4,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.d */
+  {5,0,rrr,V,V,V},	/* and */
+  {6,0,rrr,V,V,V},	/* or */
+  {7,0,rrr,V,V,V},	/* xor */
+  {8,0,rrr,V,V,V},	/* shf */
+  {5,0,rrr,V,S,V},	/* and */
+  {6,0,rrr,V,S,V},	/* or */
+  {7,0,rrr,V,S,V},	/* xor */
+  {8,0,rrr,V,S,V},	/* shf */
+  {9,3,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.s */
+  {9,4,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.d */
+  {10,3,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.s */
+  {10,4,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.d */
+  {9,3,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.s */
+  {9,4,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.d */
+  {10,3,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.s */
+  {10,4,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.d */
+  {9,5,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.b */
+  {9,6,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.w */
+  {9,8,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.l */
+  {9,5,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.b */
+  {9,6,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.w */
+  {9,8,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.l */
+  {10,5,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.b */
+  {10,6,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.w */
+  {10,8,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.l */
+  {10,5,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.b */
+  {10,6,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.w */
+  {10,8,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.l */
+  {3,5,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.b */
+  {3,6,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.w */
+  {3,8,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.l */
+  {3,5,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.b */
+  {3,6,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.w */
+  {3,8,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.l */
+  {4,5,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.b */
+  {4,6,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.w */
+  {4,8,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.l */
+  {4,5,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.b */
+  {4,6,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.w */
+  {4,8,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.l */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format1[] = {
+  {11,0,xxx,0,0,0},	/* exit */
+  {12,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmp */
+  {13,2,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmpi.f */
+  {13,1,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmpi.t */
+  {14,2,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmpa.f */
+  {14,1,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmpa.t */
+  {15,2,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmps.f */
+  {15,1,a3,0,0,0},	/* jmps.t */
+  {16,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* tac */
+  {17,0,a1r,A,0,0},	/* ldea */
+  {18,8,a1l,VLS,0,0},	/* ld.l */
+  {18,9,a1l,VM,0,0},	/* ld.x */
+  {19,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* tas */
+  {20,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* pshea */
+  {21,8,a2l,VLS,0,0},	/* st.l */
+  {21,9,a2l,VM,0,0},	/* st.x */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {22,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* call */
+  {23,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* calls */
+  {24,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* callq */
+  {25,0,a1r,A,0,0},	/* pfork */
+  {26,5,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.b */
+  {26,6,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.h */
+  {26,7,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.w */
+  {26,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.l */
+  {18,5,a1r,A,0,0},	/* ld.b */
+  {18,6,a1r,A,0,0},	/* ld.h */
+  {18,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {27,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* incr.w */
+  {21,5,a2r,A,0,0},	/* st.b */
+  {21,6,a2r,A,0,0},	/* st.h */
+  {21,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* st.w */
+  {27,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* incr.l */
+  {18,5,a1r,S,0,0},	/* ld.b */
+  {18,6,a1r,S,0,0},	/* ld.h */
+  {18,7,a1r,S,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {18,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* ld.l */
+  {21,5,a2r,S,0,0},	/* st.b */
+  {21,6,a2r,S,0,0},	/* st.h */
+  {21,7,a2r,S,0,0},	/* st.w */
+  {21,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* st.l */
+  {18,5,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.b */
+  {18,6,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.h */
+  {18,7,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {18,8,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.l */
+  {21,5,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.b */
+  {21,6,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.h */
+  {21,7,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.w */
+  {21,8,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.l */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format2[] = {
+  {28,5,rr,A,A,0},	/* cvtw.b */
+  {28,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* cvtw.h */
+  {29,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* cvtb.w */
+  {30,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* cvth.w */
+  {28,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtw.b */
+  {28,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtw.h */
+  {29,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtb.w */
+  {30,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvth.w */
+  {28,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtw.s */
+  {31,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvts.w */
+  {32,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtd.s */
+  {31,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvts.d */
+  {31,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvts.l */
+  {32,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtd.l */
+  {33,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtl.s */
+  {33,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtl.d */
+  {34,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* ldpa */
+  {8,0,nr,A,0,0},	/* shf */
+  {18,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* ld.h */
+  {18,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {33,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtl.w */
+  {28,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtw.l */
+  {35,1,rr,S,S,0},	/* plc.t */
+  {36,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* tzc */
+  {37,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {37,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {37,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.b */
+  {37,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {37,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.l */
+  {38,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* leu.h */
+  {38,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* leu.w */
+  {38,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* leu.h */
+  {38,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* leu.w */
+  {38,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* leu.b */
+  {38,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* leu.h */
+  {38,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* leu.w */
+  {38,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* leu.l */
+  {39,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* ltu.h */
+  {39,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* ltu.w */
+  {39,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* ltu.h */
+  {39,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* ltu.w */
+  {39,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* ltu.b */
+  {39,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* ltu.h */
+  {39,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* ltu.w */
+  {39,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* ltu.l */
+  {40,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* le.w */
+  {40,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* le.w */
+  {40,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.b */
+  {40,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.w */
+  {40,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.l */
+  {41,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* lt.w */
+  {41,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* lt.w */
+  {41,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.b */
+  {41,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.w */
+  {41,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.l */
+  {9,7,rr,S,A,0},	/* add.w */
+  {8,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* shf */
+  {0,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rr,S,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* mov.w */
+  {8,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* shf */
+  {0,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rr,A,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {5,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* and */
+  {6,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* or */
+  {7,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* xor */
+  {42,0,rr,A,A,0},	/* not */
+  {5,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* and */
+  {6,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* or */
+  {7,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* xor */
+  {42,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* not */
+  {40,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.s */
+  {40,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* le.d */
+  {41,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.s */
+  {41,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* lt.d */
+  {9,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.s */
+  {9,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.d */
+  {10,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.s */
+  {10,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.d */
+  {37,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.s */
+  {37,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* eq.d */
+  {43,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* neg.h */
+  {43,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* neg.w */
+  {3,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.s */
+  {3,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.d */
+  {4,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.s */
+  {4,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.d */
+  {9,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* add.w */
+  {9,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* add.w */
+  {9,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.b */
+  {9,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.w */
+  {9,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* add.l */
+  {10,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* sub.w */
+  {10,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* sub.w */
+  {10,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.b */
+  {10,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.w */
+  {10,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* sub.l */
+  {3,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* mul.w */
+  {3,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* mul.w */
+  {3,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.b */
+  {3,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.w */
+  {3,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* mul.l */
+  {4,6,rr,A,A,0},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,rr,A,A,0},	/* div.w */
+  {4,6,nr,A,0,0},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,nr,A,0,0},	/* div.w */
+  {4,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.b */
+  {4,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.w */
+  {4,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* div.l */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format3[] = {
+  {32,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.s */
+  {31,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.d */
+  {33,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.d */
+  {32,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.l */
+  {0,0,rrl,S,S,VM},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rlr,S,VM,S},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {44,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* lop */
+  {36,0,rr,V,V,0},	/* tzc */
+  {44,0,rr,V,V,0},	/* lop */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {42,0,rr,V,V,0},	/* not */
+  {8,0,rr,S,V,0},	/* shf */
+  {35,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* plc.t */
+  {45,2,rr,V,V,0},	/* cprs.f */
+  {45,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* cprs.t */
+  {37,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.s */
+  {37,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.d */
+  {43,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.s */
+  {43,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.d */
+  {37,3,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.s */
+  {37,4,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.d */
+  {43,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.s */
+  {43,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.d */
+  {40,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.s */
+  {40,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.d */
+  {41,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.s */
+  {41,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.d */
+  {40,3,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.s */
+  {40,4,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.d */
+  {41,3,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.s */
+  {41,4,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.d */
+  {37,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.b */
+  {37,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {37,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.l */
+  {37,5,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.b */
+  {37,6,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {37,8,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.l */
+  {40,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.b */
+  {40,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.w */
+  {40,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.l */
+  {40,5,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.b */
+  {40,6,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.w */
+  {40,8,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.l */
+  {41,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.b */
+  {41,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.w */
+  {41,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.l */
+  {41,5,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.b */
+  {41,6,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.w */
+  {41,8,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.l */
+  {43,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.b */
+  {43,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.h */
+  {43,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.w */
+  {43,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.l */
+  {43,5,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.b */
+  {43,6,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.h */
+  {43,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.w */
+  {43,8,rr,S,S,0},	/* neg.l */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format4[] = {
+  {46,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* nop */
+  {47,0,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* br */
+  {48,2,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* bri.f */
+  {48,1,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* bri.t */
+  {49,2,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* bra.f */
+  {49,1,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* bra.t */
+  {50,2,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* brs.f */
+  {50,1,pcrel,0,0,0},	/* brs.t */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format5[] = {
+  {51,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.b */
+  {51,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.h */
+  {51,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.w */
+  {51,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.l */
+  {28,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.s */
+  {31,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.w */
+  {28,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.l */
+  {33,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.w */
+  {52,5,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.b */
+  {52,6,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.h */
+  {52,7,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.w */
+  {52,8,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.l */
+  {52,5,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.b */
+  {52,6,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.h */
+  {52,7,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.w */
+  {52,8,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.l */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format6[] = {
+  {53,0,r,A,0,0},	/* ldsdr */
+  {54,0,r,A,0,0},	/* ldkdr */
+  {55,3,r,S,0,0},	/* ln.s */
+  {55,4,r,S,0,0},	/* ln.d */
+  {56,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* patu */
+  {57,0,r,A,0,0},	/* pate */
+  {58,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* pich */
+  {59,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* plch */
+  {0,0,lr,PSW,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,A,PSW,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,PC,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {60,0,r,S,0,0},	/* idle */
+  {0,0,lr,ITR,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,ITR,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,rxl,S,ITSR,0},	/* mov */
+  {61,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* rtnq */
+  {62,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* cfork */
+  {63,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* rtn */
+  {64,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* wfork */
+  {65,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* join */
+  {66,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* rtnc */
+  {67,3,r,S,0,0},	/* exp.s */
+  {67,4,r,S,0,0},	/* exp.d */
+  {68,3,r,S,0,0},	/* sin.s */
+  {68,4,r,S,0,0},	/* sin.d */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {69,3,r,S,0,0},	/* cos.s */
+  {69,4,r,S,0,0},	/* cos.d */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {70,7,r,A,0,0},	/* psh.w */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {71,7,r,A,0,0},	/* pop.w */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {70,7,r,S,0,0},	/* psh.w */
+  {70,8,r,S,0,0},	/* psh.l */
+  {71,7,r,S,0,0},	/* pop.w */
+  {71,8,r,S,0,0},	/* pop.l */
+  {72,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* eni */
+  {73,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* dsi */
+  {74,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* bkpt */
+  {75,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* msync */
+  {76,0,r,S,0,0},	/* mski */
+  {77,0,r,S,0,0},	/* xmti */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,VV,0},	/* mov */
+  {78,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* tstvv */
+  {0,0,lr,VS,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,A,VS,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,VL,A,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,A,VL,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,7,lr,VS,S,0},	/* mov.w */
+  {0,7,rxl,S,VS,0},	/* mov.w */
+  {0,7,lr,VL,S,0},	/* mov.w */
+  {0,7,rxl,S,VL,0},	/* mov.w */
+  {79,0,r,A,0,0},	/* diag */
+  {80,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* pbkpt */
+  {81,3,r,S,0,0},	/* sqrt.s */
+  {81,4,r,S,0,0},	/* sqrt.d */
+  {82,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* casr */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {83,3,r,S,0,0},	/* atan.s */
+  {83,4,r,S,0,0},	/* atan.d */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format7[] = {
+  {84,5,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.b */
+  {84,6,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.h */
+  {84,7,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.w */
+  {84,8,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.l */
+  {85,0,r,V,0,0},	/* all */
+  {86,0,r,V,0,0},	/* any */
+  {87,0,r,V,0,0},	/* parity */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {88,5,r,V,0,0},	/* max.b */
+  {88,6,r,V,0,0},	/* max.h */
+  {88,7,r,V,0,0},	/* max.w */
+  {88,8,r,V,0,0},	/* max.l */
+  {89,5,r,V,0,0},	/* min.b */
+  {89,6,r,V,0,0},	/* min.h */
+  {89,7,r,V,0,0},	/* min.w */
+  {89,8,r,V,0,0},	/* min.l */
+  {84,3,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.s */
+  {84,4,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.d */
+  {90,3,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.s */
+  {90,4,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.d */
+  {88,3,r,V,0,0},	/* max.s */
+  {88,4,r,V,0,0},	/* max.d */
+  {89,3,r,V,0,0},	/* min.s */
+  {89,4,r,V,0,0},	/* min.d */
+  {90,5,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.b */
+  {90,6,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.h */
+  {90,7,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.w */
+  {90,8,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.l */
+  {35,2,lr,VM,S,0},	/* plc.f */
+  {35,1,lr,VM,S,0},	/* plc.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr formatx[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format1a[] = {
+  {91,0,imr,A,0,0},	/* halt */
+  {92,0,a4,0,0,0},	/* sysc */
+  {18,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* ld.h */
+  {18,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {5,0,imr,A,0,0},	/* and */
+  {6,0,imr,A,0,0},	/* or */
+  {7,0,imr,A,0,0},	/* xor */
+  {8,0,imr,A,0,0},	/* shf */
+  {9,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* add.w */
+  {10,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* sub.w */
+  {3,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* mul.w */
+  {4,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* div.w */
+  {18,7,iml,VL,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {18,7,iml,VS,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {8,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* shf.w */
+  {93,0,a5,0,0,0},	/* trap */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {37,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {38,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* leu.h */
+  {38,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* leu.w */
+  {39,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* ltu.h */
+  {39,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* ltu.w */
+  {40,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* le.w */
+  {41,6,imr,A,0,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,imr,A,0,0},	/* lt.w */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr format1b[] = {
+  {18,4,imr,S,0,0},	/* ld.d */
+  {18,10,imr,S,0,0},	/* ld.u */
+  {18,8,imr,S,0,0},	/* ld.l */
+  {18,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* ld.w */
+  {5,0,imr,S,0,0},	/* and */
+  {6,0,imr,S,0,0},	/* or */
+  {7,0,imr,S,0,0},	/* xor */
+  {8,0,imr,S,0,0},	/* shf */
+  {9,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* add.h */
+  {9,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* add.w */
+  {10,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* sub.h */
+  {10,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* sub.w */
+  {3,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* mul.h */
+  {3,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* mul.w */
+  {4,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* div.h */
+  {4,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* div.w */
+  {9,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* add.s */
+  {10,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* sub.s */
+  {3,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* mul.s */
+  {4,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* div.s */
+  {40,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* le.s */
+  {41,3,imr,S,0,0},	/* lt.s */
+  {37,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* eq.h */
+  {37,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* eq.w */
+  {38,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* leu.h */
+  {38,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* leu.w */
+  {39,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* ltu.h */
+  {39,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* ltu.w */
+  {40,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* le.h */
+  {40,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* le.w */
+  {41,6,imr,S,0,0},	/* lt.h */
+  {41,7,imr,S,0,0},	/* lt.w */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format0[] = {
+  {10,3,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.s */
+  {10,4,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.d */
+  {4,3,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.s */
+  {4,4,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.d */
+  {10,11,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.s.f */
+  {10,12,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.d.f */
+  {4,11,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.s.f */
+  {4,12,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.d.f */
+  {3,11,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.s.f */
+  {3,12,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.d.f */
+  {4,11,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.s.f */
+  {4,12,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.d.f */
+  {3,11,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.s.f */
+  {3,12,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.d.f */
+  {4,11,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.s.f */
+  {4,12,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.d.f */
+  {5,2,rrr,V,V,V},	/* and.f */
+  {6,2,rrr,V,V,V},	/* or.f */
+  {7,2,rrr,V,V,V},	/* xor.f */
+  {8,2,rrr,V,V,V},	/* shf.f */
+  {5,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* and.f */
+  {6,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* or.f */
+  {7,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* xor.f */
+  {8,2,rrr,V,S,V},	/* shf.f */
+  {9,11,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.s.f */
+  {9,12,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.d.f */
+  {10,11,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.s.f */
+  {10,12,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.d.f */
+  {9,11,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.s.f */
+  {9,12,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.d.f */
+  {10,11,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.s.f */
+  {10,12,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.d.f */
+  {9,13,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.b.f */
+  {9,14,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.h.f */
+  {9,15,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.w.f */
+  {9,16,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.l.f */
+  {9,13,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.b.f */
+  {9,14,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.h.f */
+  {9,15,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.w.f */
+  {9,16,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.l.f */
+  {10,13,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.b.f */
+  {10,14,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.h.f */
+  {10,15,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.w.f */
+  {10,16,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.l.f */
+  {10,13,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.b.f */
+  {10,14,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.h.f */
+  {10,15,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.w.f */
+  {10,16,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.l.f */
+  {3,13,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.b.f */
+  {3,14,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.h.f */
+  {3,15,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.w.f */
+  {3,16,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.l.f */
+  {3,13,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.b.f */
+  {3,14,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.h.f */
+  {3,15,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.w.f */
+  {3,16,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.l.f */
+  {4,13,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.b.f */
+  {4,14,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.h.f */
+  {4,15,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.w.f */
+  {4,16,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.l.f */
+  {4,13,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.b.f */
+  {4,14,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.h.f */
+  {4,15,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.w.f */
+  {4,16,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.l.f */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format1[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {94,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* tst */
+  {95,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* lck */
+  {96,0,a3,0,0,0},	/* ulk */
+  {17,0,a1r,S,0,0},	/* ldea */
+  {97,0,a1r,A,0,0},	/* spawn */
+  {98,0,a1r,A,0,0},	/* ldcmr */
+  {99,0,a2r,A,0,0},	/* stcmr */
+  {100,0,a1r,A,0,0},	/* popr */
+  {101,0,a2r,A,0,0},	/* pshr */
+  {102,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* rcvr.w */
+  {103,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* matm.w */
+  {104,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* sndr.w */
+  {104,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* sndr.l */
+  {102,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* rcvr.l */
+  {103,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* matm.l */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {105,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* putr.w */
+  {105,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* putr.l */
+  {106,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* getr.w */
+  {106,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* getr.l */
+  {26,13,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.b.f */
+  {26,14,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.h.f */
+  {26,15,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.w.f */
+  {26,16,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.l.f */
+  {107,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* matr.w */
+  {108,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* mat.w */
+  {109,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* get.w */
+  {110,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* rcv.w */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {111,7,a1r,A,0,0},	/* inc.w */
+  {112,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* put.w */
+  {113,7,a2r,A,0,0},	/* snd.w */
+  {107,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* matr.l */
+  {108,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* mat.l */
+  {109,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* get.l */
+  {110,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* rcv.l */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {111,8,a1r,S,0,0},	/* inc.l */
+  {112,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* put.l */
+  {113,8,a2r,S,0,0},	/* snd.l */
+  {18,13,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.b.f */
+  {18,14,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.h.f */
+  {18,15,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.w.f */
+  {18,16,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.l.f */
+  {21,13,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.b.f */
+  {21,14,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.h.f */
+  {21,15,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.w.f */
+  {21,16,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.l.f */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format2[] = {
+  {28,5,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.b */
+  {28,6,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.h */
+  {29,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtb.w */
+  {30,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvth.w */
+  {28,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.b.f */
+  {28,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.h.f */
+  {29,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtb.w.f */
+  {30,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvth.w.f */
+  {31,8,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.l */
+  {32,7,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.w */
+  {33,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.s */
+  {28,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.d */
+  {31,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.l.f */
+  {32,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.w.f */
+  {33,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.s.f */
+  {28,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.d.f */
+  {114,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* enal */
+  {8,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* shf.w */
+  {115,0,rr,S,S,0},	/* enag */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {28,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtw.d */
+  {32,7,rr,S,S,0},	/* cvtd.w */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {116,3,rr,S,S,0},	/* frint.s */
+  {116,4,rr,S,S,0},	/* frint.d */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {116,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.s */
+  {116,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.d */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {116,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.s.f */
+  {116,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.d.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {81,3,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.s */
+  {81,4,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.d */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {81,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.s.f */
+  {81,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.d.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format3[] = {
+  {32,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.s.f */
+  {31,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.d.f */
+  {33,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.d.f */
+  {32,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.l.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {36,2,rr,V,V,0},	/* tzc.f */
+  {44,2,rr,V,V,0},	/* lop.f */
+  {117,2,rr,V,V,0},	/* xpnd.f */
+  {42,2,rr,V,V,0},	/* not.f */
+  {8,2,rr,S,V,0},	/* shf.f */
+  {35,17,rr,V,V,0},	/* plc.t.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {37,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.s.f */
+  {37,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.d.f */
+  {43,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.s.f */
+  {43,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.d.f */
+  {37,11,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.s.f */
+  {37,12,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.d.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {40,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.s.f */
+  {40,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.d.f */
+  {41,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.s.f */
+  {41,12,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.d.f */
+  {40,11,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.s.f */
+  {40,12,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.d.f */
+  {41,11,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.s.f */
+  {41,12,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.d.f */
+  {37,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.b.f */
+  {37,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.h.f */
+  {37,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.w.f */
+  {37,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.l.f */
+  {37,13,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.b.f */
+  {37,14,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.h.f */
+  {37,15,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.w.f */
+  {37,16,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.l.f */
+  {40,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.b.f */
+  {40,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.h.f */
+  {40,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.w.f */
+  {40,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.l.f */
+  {40,13,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.b.f */
+  {40,14,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.h.f */
+  {40,15,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.w.f */
+  {40,16,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.l.f */
+  {41,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.b.f */
+  {41,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.h.f */
+  {41,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.w.f */
+  {41,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.l.f */
+  {41,13,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.b.f */
+  {41,14,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.h.f */
+  {41,15,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.w.f */
+  {41,16,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.l.f */
+  {43,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.b.f */
+  {43,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.h.f */
+  {43,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.w.f */
+  {43,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.l.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format4[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format5[] = {
+  {51,13,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.b.f */
+  {51,14,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.h.f */
+  {51,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.w.f */
+  {51,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.l.f */
+  {28,11,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.s.f */
+  {31,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.w.f */
+  {28,16,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.l.f */
+  {33,15,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.w.f */
+  {52,13,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.b.f */
+  {52,14,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.h.f */
+  {52,15,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.w.f */
+  {52,16,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.l.f */
+  {52,13,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.b.f */
+  {52,14,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.h.f */
+  {52,15,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.w.f */
+  {52,16,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.l.f */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format6[] = {
+  {0,0,rxl,S,CIR,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,CIR,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,TOC,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,CPUID,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,TTR,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,TTR,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {118,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* ctrsl */
+  {119,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* ctrsg */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,VMU,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,VMU,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,VML,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,VML,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,ICR,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,ICR,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,rxl,S,TCPU,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,TCPU,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {120,0,nops,0,0,0},	/* stop */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,rxl,S,TID,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,lr,TID,S,0},	/* mov */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e0_format7[] = {
+  {84,13,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.b.f */
+  {84,14,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.h.f */
+  {84,15,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.w.f */
+  {84,16,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.l.f */
+  {85,2,r,V,0,0},	/* all.f */
+  {86,2,r,V,0,0},	/* any.f */
+  {87,2,r,V,0,0},	/* parity.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {88,13,r,V,0,0},	/* max.b.f */
+  {88,14,r,V,0,0},	/* max.h.f */
+  {88,15,r,V,0,0},	/* max.w.f */
+  {88,16,r,V,0,0},	/* max.l.f */
+  {89,13,r,V,0,0},	/* min.b.f */
+  {89,14,r,V,0,0},	/* min.h.f */
+  {89,15,r,V,0,0},	/* min.w.f */
+  {89,16,r,V,0,0},	/* min.l.f */
+  {84,11,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.s.f */
+  {84,12,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.d.f */
+  {90,11,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.s.f */
+  {90,12,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.d.f */
+  {88,11,r,V,0,0},	/* max.s.f */
+  {88,12,r,V,0,0},	/* max.d.f */
+  {89,11,r,V,0,0},	/* min.s.f */
+  {89,12,r,V,0,0},	/* min.d.f */
+  {90,13,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.b.f */
+  {90,14,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.h.f */
+  {90,15,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.w.f */
+  {90,16,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.l.f */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format0[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {10,18,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.s.t */
+  {10,19,rrr,S,V,V},	/* sub.d.t */
+  {4,18,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.s.t */
+  {4,19,rrr,S,V,V},	/* div.d.t */
+  {3,18,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.s.t */
+  {3,19,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.d.t */
+  {4,18,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.s.t */
+  {4,19,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.d.t */
+  {3,18,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.s.t */
+  {3,19,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.d.t */
+  {4,18,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.s.t */
+  {4,19,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.d.t */
+  {5,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* and.t */
+  {6,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* or.t */
+  {7,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* xor.t */
+  {8,1,rrr,V,V,V},	/* shf.t */
+  {5,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* and.t */
+  {6,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* or.t */
+  {7,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* xor.t */
+  {8,1,rrr,V,S,V},	/* shf.t */
+  {9,18,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.s.t */
+  {9,19,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.d.t */
+  {10,18,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.s.t */
+  {10,19,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.d.t */
+  {9,18,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.s.t */
+  {9,19,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.d.t */
+  {10,18,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.s.t */
+  {10,19,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.d.t */
+  {9,20,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.b.t */
+  {9,21,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.h.t */
+  {9,22,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.w.t */
+  {9,23,rrr,V,V,V},	/* add.l.t */
+  {9,20,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.b.t */
+  {9,21,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.h.t */
+  {9,22,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.w.t */
+  {9,23,rrr,V,S,V},	/* add.l.t */
+  {10,20,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.b.t */
+  {10,21,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.h.t */
+  {10,22,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.w.t */
+  {10,23,rrr,V,V,V},	/* sub.l.t */
+  {10,20,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.b.t */
+  {10,21,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.h.t */
+  {10,22,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.w.t */
+  {10,23,rrr,V,S,V},	/* sub.l.t */
+  {3,20,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.b.t */
+  {3,21,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.h.t */
+  {3,22,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.w.t */
+  {3,23,rrr,V,V,V},	/* mul.l.t */
+  {3,20,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.b.t */
+  {3,21,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.h.t */
+  {3,22,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.w.t */
+  {3,23,rrr,V,S,V},	/* mul.l.t */
+  {4,20,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.b.t */
+  {4,21,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.h.t */
+  {4,22,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.w.t */
+  {4,23,rrr,V,V,V},	/* div.l.t */
+  {4,20,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.b.t */
+  {4,21,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.h.t */
+  {4,22,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.w.t */
+  {4,23,rrr,V,S,V},	/* div.l.t */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format1[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {26,20,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.b.t */
+  {26,21,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.h.t */
+  {26,22,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.w.t */
+  {26,23,a2r,S,0,0},	/* ste.l.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {18,20,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.b.t */
+  {18,21,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.h.t */
+  {18,22,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.w.t */
+  {18,23,a1r,V,0,0},	/* ld.l.t */
+  {21,20,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.b.t */
+  {21,21,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.h.t */
+  {21,22,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.w.t */
+  {21,23,a2r,V,0,0},	/* st.l.t */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format2[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {28,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.b.t */
+  {28,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.h.t */
+  {29,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtb.w.t */
+  {30,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvth.w.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {31,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.l.t */
+  {32,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.w.t */
+  {33,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.s.t */
+  {28,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.d.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {116,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.s.t */
+  {116,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* frint.d.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {81,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.s.t */
+  {81,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* sqrt.d.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format3[] = {
+  {32,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.s.t */
+  {31,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.d.t */
+  {33,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.d.t */
+  {32,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtd.l.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {36,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* tzc.t */
+  {44,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* lop.t */
+  {117,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* xpnd.t */
+  {42,1,rr,V,V,0},	/* not.t */
+  {8,1,rr,S,V,0},	/* shf.t */
+  {35,24,rr,V,V,0},	/* plc.t.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {37,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.s.t */
+  {37,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.d.t */
+  {43,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.s.t */
+  {43,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.d.t */
+  {37,18,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.s.t */
+  {37,19,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.d.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {40,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.s.t */
+  {40,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.d.t */
+  {41,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.s.t */
+  {41,19,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.d.t */
+  {40,18,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.s.t */
+  {40,19,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.d.t */
+  {41,18,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.s.t */
+  {41,19,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.d.t */
+  {37,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.b.t */
+  {37,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.h.t */
+  {37,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.w.t */
+  {37,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* eq.l.t */
+  {37,20,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.b.t */
+  {37,21,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.h.t */
+  {37,22,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.w.t */
+  {37,23,rr,S,V,0},	/* eq.l.t */
+  {40,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.b.t */
+  {40,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.h.t */
+  {40,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.w.t */
+  {40,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* le.l.t */
+  {40,20,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.b.t */
+  {40,21,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.h.t */
+  {40,22,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.w.t */
+  {40,23,rr,S,V,0},	/* le.l.t */
+  {41,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.b.t */
+  {41,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.h.t */
+  {41,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.w.t */
+  {41,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* lt.l.t */
+  {41,20,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.b.t */
+  {41,21,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.h.t */
+  {41,22,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.w.t */
+  {41,23,rr,S,V,0},	/* lt.l.t */
+  {43,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.b.t */
+  {43,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.h.t */
+  {43,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.w.t */
+  {43,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* neg.l.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format4[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format5[] = {
+  {51,20,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.b.t */
+  {51,21,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.h.t */
+  {51,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.w.t */
+  {51,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* ldvi.l.t */
+  {28,18,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.s.t */
+  {31,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvts.w.t */
+  {28,23,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtw.l.t */
+  {33,22,rr,V,V,0},	/* cvtl.w.t */
+  {52,20,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.b.t */
+  {52,21,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.h.t */
+  {52,22,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.w.t */
+  {52,23,rxr,V,V,0},	/* stvi.l.t */
+  {52,20,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.b.t */
+  {52,21,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.h.t */
+  {52,22,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.w.t */
+  {52,23,rxr,S,V,0},	/* stvi.l.t */
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format6[] = {
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+CONST struct formstr e1_format7[] = {
+  {84,20,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.b.t */
+  {84,21,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.h.t */
+  {84,22,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.w.t */
+  {84,23,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.l.t */
+  {85,1,r,V,0,0},	/* all.t */
+  {86,1,r,V,0,0},	/* any.t */
+  {87,1,r,V,0,0},	/* parity.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {88,20,r,V,0,0},	/* max.b.t */
+  {88,21,r,V,0,0},	/* max.h.t */
+  {88,22,r,V,0,0},	/* max.w.t */
+  {88,23,r,V,0,0},	/* max.l.t */
+  {89,20,r,V,0,0},	/* min.b.t */
+  {89,21,r,V,0,0},	/* min.h.t */
+  {89,22,r,V,0,0},	/* min.w.t */
+  {89,23,r,V,0,0},	/* min.l.t */
+  {84,18,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.s.t */
+  {84,19,r,V,0,0},	/* sum.d.t */
+  {90,18,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.s.t */
+  {90,19,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.d.t */
+  {88,18,r,V,0,0},	/* max.s.t */
+  {88,19,r,V,0,0},	/* max.d.t */
+  {89,18,r,V,0,0},	/* min.s.t */
+  {89,19,r,V,0,0},	/* min.d.t */
+  {90,20,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.b.t */
+  {90,21,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.h.t */
+  {90,22,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.w.t */
+  {90,23,r,V,0,0},	/* prod.l.t */
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+  {0,0,0,0,0,0},
+};
+
+char *lop[] = {
+  "mov",	/* 0 */
+  "merg",	/* 1 */
+  "mask",	/* 2 */
+  "mul",	/* 3 */
+  "div",	/* 4 */
+  "and",	/* 5 */
+  "or",	/* 6 */
+  "xor",	/* 7 */
+  "shf",	/* 8 */
+  "add",	/* 9 */
+  "sub",	/* 10 */
+  "exit",	/* 11 */
+  "jmp",	/* 12 */
+  "jmpi",	/* 13 */
+  "jmpa",	/* 14 */
+  "jmps",	/* 15 */
+  "tac",	/* 16 */
+  "ldea",	/* 17 */
+  "ld",	/* 18 */
+  "tas",	/* 19 */
+  "pshea",	/* 20 */
+  "st",	/* 21 */
+  "call",	/* 22 */
+  "calls",	/* 23 */
+  "callq",	/* 24 */
+  "pfork",	/* 25 */
+  "ste",	/* 26 */
+  "incr",	/* 27 */
+  "cvtw",	/* 28 */
+  "cvtb",	/* 29 */
+  "cvth",	/* 30 */
+  "cvts",	/* 31 */
+  "cvtd",	/* 32 */
+  "cvtl",	/* 33 */
+  "ldpa",	/* 34 */
+  "plc",	/* 35 */
+  "tzc",	/* 36 */
+  "eq",	/* 37 */
+  "leu",	/* 38 */
+  "ltu",	/* 39 */
+  "le",	/* 40 */
+  "lt",	/* 41 */
+  "not",	/* 42 */
+  "neg",	/* 43 */
+  "lop",	/* 44 */
+  "cprs",	/* 45 */
+  "nop",	/* 46 */
+  "br",	/* 47 */
+  "bri",	/* 48 */
+  "bra",	/* 49 */
+  "brs",	/* 50 */
+  "ldvi",	/* 51 */
+  "stvi",	/* 52 */
+  "ldsdr",	/* 53 */
+  "ldkdr",	/* 54 */
+  "ln",	/* 55 */
+  "patu",	/* 56 */
+  "pate",	/* 57 */
+  "pich",	/* 58 */
+  "plch",	/* 59 */
+  "idle",	/* 60 */
+  "rtnq",	/* 61 */
+  "cfork",	/* 62 */
+  "rtn",	/* 63 */
+  "wfork",	/* 64 */
+  "join",	/* 65 */
+  "rtnc",	/* 66 */
+  "exp",	/* 67 */
+  "sin",	/* 68 */
+  "cos",	/* 69 */
+  "psh",	/* 70 */
+  "pop",	/* 71 */
+  "eni",	/* 72 */
+  "dsi",	/* 73 */
+  "bkpt",	/* 74 */
+  "msync",	/* 75 */
+  "mski",	/* 76 */
+  "xmti",	/* 77 */
+  "tstvv",	/* 78 */
+  "diag",	/* 79 */
+  "pbkpt",	/* 80 */
+  "sqrt",	/* 81 */
+  "casr",	/* 82 */
+  "atan",	/* 83 */
+  "sum",	/* 84 */
+  "all",	/* 85 */
+  "any",	/* 86 */
+  "parity",	/* 87 */
+  "max",	/* 88 */
+  "min",	/* 89 */
+  "prod",	/* 90 */
+  "halt",	/* 91 */
+  "sysc",	/* 92 */
+  "trap",	/* 93 */
+  "tst",	/* 94 */
+  "lck",	/* 95 */
+  "ulk",	/* 96 */
+  "spawn",	/* 97 */
+  "ldcmr",	/* 98 */
+  "stcmr",	/* 99 */
+  "popr",	/* 100 */
+  "pshr",	/* 101 */
+  "rcvr",	/* 102 */
+  "matm",	/* 103 */
+  "sndr",	/* 104 */
+  "putr",	/* 105 */
+  "getr",	/* 106 */
+  "matr",	/* 107 */
+  "mat",	/* 108 */
+  "get",	/* 109 */
+  "rcv",	/* 110 */
+  "inc",	/* 111 */
+  "put",	/* 112 */
+  "snd",	/* 113 */
+  "enal",	/* 114 */
+  "enag",	/* 115 */
+  "frint",	/* 116 */
+  "xpnd",	/* 117 */
+  "ctrsl",	/* 118 */
+  "ctrsg",	/* 119 */
+  "stop",	/* 120 */
+};
+
+char *rop[] = {
+  "",	/* 0 */
+  ".t",	/* 1 */
+  ".f",	/* 2 */
+  ".s",	/* 3 */
+  ".d",	/* 4 */
+  ".b",	/* 5 */
+  ".h",	/* 6 */
+  ".w",	/* 7 */
+  ".l",	/* 8 */
+  ".x",	/* 9 */
+  ".u",	/* 10 */
+  ".s.f",	/* 11 */
+  ".d.f",	/* 12 */
+  ".b.f",	/* 13 */
+  ".h.f",	/* 14 */
+  ".w.f",	/* 15 */
+  ".l.f",	/* 16 */
+  ".t.f",	/* 17 */
+  ".s.t",	/* 18 */
+  ".d.t",	/* 19 */
+  ".b.t",	/* 20 */
+  ".h.t",	/* 21 */
+  ".w.t",	/* 22 */
+  ".l.t",	/* 23 */
+  ".t.t",	/* 24 */
+};
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/i386.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/i386.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c74d2d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/i386.h
@@ -0,0 +1,981 @@
+/* i386-opcode.h -- Intel 80386 opcode table
+   Copyright 1989, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation.
+
+This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler, and GDB, the GNU Debugger.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The NON_BROKEN_OPCODES cases use the operands in the reverse order
+   from that documented in the Intel manuals.  The opcode values are
+   such that they actually generate different instructions.  These
+   values must not be changed, as they are the values generated by the
+   UnixWare assembler, and possibly other ix86 assemblers.  */
+
+static const template i386_optab[] = {
+
+#define _ None
+/* move instructions */
+#define MOV_AX_DISP32 0xa0
+{ "mov", 2, 0xa0, _, DW|NoModrm, { Disp32, Acc, 0 } },
+{ "mov", 2, 0x88, _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0 } },
+{ "mov", 2, 0xb0, _, ShortFormW, { Imm, Reg, 0 } },
+{ "mov", 2, 0xc6, _,  W|Modrm,  { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0 } },
+{ "mov", 2, 0x8c, _, D|Modrm,  { SReg3|SReg2, Reg16|Mem, 0 } },
+/* move to/from control debug registers */
+{ "mov", 2, 0x0f20, _, D|Modrm, { Control, Reg32, 0} },
+{ "mov", 2, 0x0f21, _, D|Modrm, { Debug, Reg32, 0} },
+{ "mov", 2, 0x0f24, _, D|Modrm, { Test, Reg32, 0} },
+
+/* move with sign extend */
+/* "movsbl" & "movsbw" must not be unified into "movsb" to avoid
+   conflict with the "movs" string move instruction.  Thus,
+   {"movsb", 2, 0x0fbe, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm, { Reg8|Mem,  Reg16|Reg32, 0} },
+   is not kosher; we must seperate the two instructions. */
+{"movsbl", 2, 0x0fbe, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm|Data32, { Reg8|Mem,  Reg32, 0} },
+{"movsbw", 2, 0x0fbe, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm|Data16, { Reg8|Mem,  Reg16, 0} },
+{"movswl", 2, 0x0fbf, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm, { Reg16|Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+
+/* move with zero extend */
+{"movzb", 2, 0x0fb6, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, Reg16|Reg32, 0} },
+{"movzwl", 2, 0x0fb7, _, ReverseRegRegmem|Modrm, { Reg16|Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+
+/* push instructions */
+{"push", 1, 0x50, _, ShortForm, { WordReg,0,0 } },
+{"push", 1, 0xff, 0x6,  Modrm, { WordReg|WordMem, 0, 0 } },
+{"push", 1, 0x6a, _, NoModrm, { Imm8S, 0, 0} },
+{"push", 1, 0x68, _, NoModrm, { Imm16|Imm32, 0, 0} },
+{"push", 1, 0x06, _,  Seg2ShortForm, { SReg2,0,0 } },
+{"push", 1, 0x0fa0, _, Seg3ShortForm, { SReg3,0,0 } },
+/* push all */
+{"pusha", 0, 0x60, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+
+/* pop instructions */
+{"pop", 1, 0x58, _, ShortForm, { WordReg,0,0 } },
+{"pop", 1, 0x8f, 0x0,  Modrm, { WordReg|WordMem, 0, 0 } },
+#define POP_SEG_SHORT 0x7
+{"pop", 1, 0x07, _,  Seg2ShortForm, { SReg2,0,0 } },
+{"pop", 1, 0x0fa1, _, Seg3ShortForm, { SReg3,0,0 } },
+/* pop all */
+{"popa", 0, 0x61, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+
+/* xchg exchange instructions
+   xchg commutes:  we allow both operand orders */
+{"xchg", 2, 0x90, _, ShortForm, { WordReg, Acc, 0 } },
+{"xchg", 2, 0x90, _, ShortForm, { Acc, WordReg, 0 } },
+{"xchg", 2, 0x86, _, W|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0 } },
+{"xchg", 2, 0x86, _, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, Reg, 0 } },
+
+/* in/out from ports */
+{"in", 2, 0xe4, _, W|NoModrm, { Imm8, Acc, 0 } },
+{"in", 2, 0xec, _, W|NoModrm, { InOutPortReg, Acc, 0 } },
+{"in", 1, 0xe4, _, W|NoModrm, { Imm8, 0, 0 } },
+{"in", 1, 0xec, _, W|NoModrm, { InOutPortReg, 0, 0 } },
+{"out", 2, 0xe6, _, W|NoModrm, { Acc, Imm8, 0 } },
+{"out", 2, 0xee, _, W|NoModrm, { Acc, InOutPortReg, 0 } },
+{"out", 1, 0xe6, _, W|NoModrm, { Imm8, 0, 0 } },
+{"out", 1, 0xee, _, W|NoModrm, { InOutPortReg, 0, 0 } },
+
+/* load effective address */
+{"lea", 2, 0x8d, _, Modrm, { WordMem, WordReg, 0 } },
+
+/* load segment registers from memory */
+{"lds", 2, 0xc5, _, Modrm, { Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+{"les", 2, 0xc4, _, Modrm, { Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+{"lfs", 2, 0x0fb4, _, Modrm, { Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+{"lgs", 2, 0x0fb5, _, Modrm, { Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+{"lss", 2, 0x0fb2, _, Modrm, { Mem, Reg32, 0} },
+
+/* flags register instructions */
+{"clc", 0, 0xf8, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cld", 0, 0xfc, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cli", 0, 0xfa, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"clts", 0, 0x0f06, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cmc", 0, 0xf5, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"lahf", 0, 0x9f, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"sahf", 0, 0x9e, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"pushfl", 0, 0x9c, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"popfl", 0, 0x9d, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"pushfw", 0, 0x9c, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"popfw", 0, 0x9d, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"pushf", 0, 0x9c, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"popf", 0, 0x9d, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"stc", 0, 0xf9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"std", 0, 0xfd, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"sti", 0, 0xfb, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+{"add", 2, 0x0,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"add", 2, 0x83, 0,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"add", 2, 0x4,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"add", 2, 0x80, 0, W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"inc", 1, 0x40, _, ShortForm, { WordReg, 0, 0} },
+{"inc", 1, 0xfe, 0, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sub", 2, 0x28,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sub", 2, 0x83, 5,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"sub", 2, 0x2c,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"sub", 2, 0x80, 5,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"dec", 1, 0x48, _, ShortForm, { WordReg, 0, 0} },
+{"dec", 1, 0xfe, 1, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sbb", 2, 0x18,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sbb", 2, 0x83, 3,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"sbb", 2, 0x1c,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"sbb", 2, 0x80, 3,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"cmp", 2, 0x38,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"cmp", 2, 0x83, 7,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"cmp", 2, 0x3c,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"cmp", 2, 0x80, 7,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"test", 2, 0x84, _, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, Reg, 0} },
+{"test", 2, 0x84, _, W|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"test", 2, 0xa8, _, W|NoModrm, { Imm, Acc, 0} },
+{"test", 2, 0xf6, 0, W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"and", 2, 0x20,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"and", 2, 0x83, 4,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"and", 2, 0x24,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"and", 2, 0x80, 4,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"or", 2, 0x08,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"or", 2, 0x83, 1,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"or", 2, 0x0c,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"or", 2, 0x80, 1,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"xor", 2, 0x30,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"xor", 2, 0x83, 6,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"xor", 2, 0x34,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"xor", 2, 0x80, 6,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+/* iclr with 1 operand is really xor with 2 operands.  */
+{"clr", 1, 0x30, _, W|Modrm|iclrKludge, { Reg } },
+
+{"adc", 2, 0x10,  _, DW|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"adc", 2, 0x83, 2,  Modrm, { Imm8S, WordReg|WordMem, 0} },
+{"adc", 2, 0x14,  _,  W|NoModrm, { Imm,  Acc,    0} },
+{"adc", 2, 0x80, 2,  W|Modrm, { Imm, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"neg", 1, 0xf6, 3, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"not", 1, 0xf6, 2, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"aaa", 0, 0x37, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"aas", 0, 0x3f, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"daa", 0, 0x27, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"das", 0, 0x2f, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"aad", 0, 0xd50a, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"aam", 0, 0xd40a, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* conversion insns */
+/* conversion:  intel naming */
+{"cbw", 0, 0x98, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cwd", 0, 0x99, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cwde", 0, 0x98, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cdq", 0, 0x99, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+/*  att naming */
+{"cbtw", 0, 0x98, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cwtl", 0, 0x98, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cwtd", 0, 0x99, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cltd", 0, 0x99, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* Warning! the mul/imul (opcode 0xf6) must only have 1 operand!  They are
+   expanding 64-bit multiplies, and *cannot* be selected to accomplish
+   'imul %ebx, %eax' (opcode 0x0faf must be used in this case)
+   These multiplies can only be selected with single operand forms. */
+{"mul",  1, 0xf6, 4, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"imul", 1, 0xf6, 5, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+
+
+
+/* imulKludge here is needed to reverse the i.rm.reg & i.rm.regmem fields.
+   These instructions are exceptions:  'imul $2, %eax, %ecx' would put
+   '%eax' in the reg field and '%ecx' in the regmem field if we did not
+   switch them. */
+{"imul", 2, 0x0faf, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|Mem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"imul", 3, 0x6b, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { Imm8S, WordReg|Mem, WordReg} },
+{"imul", 3, 0x69, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { Imm16|Imm32, WordReg|Mem, WordReg} },
+/*
+  imul with 2 operands mimicks imul with 3 by puting register both
+  in i.rm.reg & i.rm.regmem fields
+*/
+{"imul", 2, 0x6b, _, Modrm|imulKludge, { Imm8S, WordReg, 0} },
+{"imul", 2, 0x69, _, Modrm|imulKludge, { Imm16|Imm32, WordReg, 0} },
+{"div", 1, 0xf6, 6, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"div", 2, 0xf6, 6, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, Acc, 0} },
+{"idiv", 1, 0xf6, 7, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"idiv", 2, 0xf6, 7, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, Acc, 0} },
+
+{"rol", 2, 0xd0, 0, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rol", 2, 0xc0, 0, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rol", 2, 0xd2, 0, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rol", 1, 0xd0, 0, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"ror", 2, 0xd0, 1, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"ror", 2, 0xc0, 1, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"ror", 2, 0xd2, 1, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"ror", 1, 0xd0, 1, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"rcl", 2, 0xd0, 2, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcl", 2, 0xc0, 2, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcl", 2, 0xd2, 2, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcl", 1, 0xd0, 2, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"rcr", 2, 0xd0, 3, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcr", 2, 0xc0, 3, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcr", 2, 0xd2, 3, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"rcr", 1, 0xd0, 3, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sal", 2, 0xd0, 4, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sal", 2, 0xc0, 4, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sal", 2, 0xd2, 4, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sal", 1, 0xd0, 4, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"shl", 2, 0xd0, 4, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shl", 2, 0xc0, 4, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shl", 2, 0xd2, 4, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shl", 1, 0xd0, 4, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"shld", 3, 0x0fa4, _, Modrm, { Imm8, WordReg, WordReg|Mem} },
+{"shld", 3, 0x0fa5, _, Modrm, { ShiftCount, WordReg, WordReg|Mem} },
+{"shld", 2, 0x0fa5, _, Modrm, { WordReg, WordReg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"shr", 2, 0xd0, 5, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shr", 2, 0xc0, 5, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shr", 2, 0xd2, 5, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"shr", 1, 0xd0, 5, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"shrd", 3, 0x0fac, _, Modrm, { Imm8, WordReg, WordReg|Mem} },
+{"shrd", 3, 0x0fad, _, Modrm, { ShiftCount, WordReg, WordReg|Mem} },
+{"shrd", 2, 0x0fad, _, Modrm, { WordReg, WordReg|Mem, 0} },
+
+{"sar", 2, 0xd0, 7, W|Modrm, { Imm1, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sar", 2, 0xc0, 7, W|Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sar", 2, 0xd2, 7, W|Modrm, { ShiftCount, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"sar", 1, 0xd0, 7, W|Modrm, { Reg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* control transfer instructions */
+#define CALL_PC_RELATIVE 0xe8
+{"call", 1, 0xe8, _, JumpDword, { Disp32, 0, 0} },
+{"call", 1, 0xff, 2, Modrm|Data32, { Reg|Mem|JumpAbsolute, 0, 0} },
+{"callw", 1, 0xff, 2, Modrm|Data16, { Reg|Mem|JumpAbsolute, 0, 0} },
+#define CALL_FAR_IMMEDIATE 0x9a
+{"lcall", 2, 0x9a, _, JumpInterSegment, { Imm16, Imm32, 0} },
+{"lcall", 1, 0xff, 3, Modrm|Data32, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"lcallw", 1, 0xff, 3, Modrm|Data16, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+#define JUMP_PC_RELATIVE 0xeb
+{"jmp", 1, 0xeb, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jmp", 1, 0xff, 4, Modrm, { Reg32|Mem|JumpAbsolute, 0, 0} },
+#define JUMP_FAR_IMMEDIATE 0xea
+{"ljmp", 2, 0xea, _, JumpInterSegment, { Imm16, Imm32, 0} },
+{"ljmp", 1, 0xff, 5, Modrm|Data32, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"ret", 0, 0xc3, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ret", 1, 0xc2, _, NoModrm|Data32, { Imm16, 0, 0} },
+{"retw", 0, 0xc3, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"retw", 1, 0xc2, _, NoModrm|Data16, { Imm16, 0, 0} },
+{"lret", 0, 0xcb, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"lret", 1, 0xca, _, NoModrm|Data32, { Imm16, 0, 0} },
+{"lretw", 0, 0xcb, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"lretw", 1, 0xca, _, NoModrm|Data16, { Imm16, 0, 0} },
+{"enter", 2, 0xc8, _, NoModrm|Data32, { Imm16, Imm8, 0} },
+{"leave", 0, 0xc9, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"enterw", 2, 0xc8, _, NoModrm|Data16, { Imm16, Imm8, 0} },
+{"leavew", 0, 0xc9, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* conditional jumps */
+{"jo", 1, 0x70, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jno", 1, 0x71, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jb", 1, 0x72, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jc", 1, 0x72, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jnae", 1, 0x72, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jnb", 1, 0x73, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jnc", 1, 0x73, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jae", 1, 0x73, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"je", 1, 0x74, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jz", 1, 0x74, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jne", 1, 0x75, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jnz", 1, 0x75, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jbe", 1, 0x76, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jna", 1, 0x76, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jnbe", 1, 0x77, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"ja", 1, 0x77, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"js", 1, 0x78, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jns", 1, 0x79, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jp", 1, 0x7a, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jpe", 1, 0x7a, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jnp", 1, 0x7b, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jpo", 1, 0x7b, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jl", 1, 0x7c, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jnge", 1, 0x7c, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jnl", 1, 0x7d, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jge", 1, 0x7d, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jle", 1, 0x7e, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jng", 1, 0x7e, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"jnle", 1, 0x7f, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jg", 1, 0x7f, _, Jump, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+#if 0  /* XXX where are these macros used?
+	  To get them working again, they need to take
+	  an entire template as the parameter,
+	  and check for Data16/Data32 flags.  */
+/* these turn into pseudo operations when disp is larger than 8 bits */
+#define IS_JUMP_ON_CX_ZERO(o) \
+  (o == 0x66e3)
+#define IS_JUMP_ON_ECX_ZERO(o) \
+  (o == 0xe3)
+#endif
+
+{"jcxz", 1, 0xe3, _, JumpByte|Data16, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"jecxz", 1, 0xe3, _, JumpByte|Data32, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+#define IS_LOOP_ECX_TIMES(o) \
+  (o == 0xe2 || o == 0xe1 || o == 0xe0)
+
+{"loop", 1, 0xe2, _, JumpByte, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"loopz", 1, 0xe1, _, JumpByte, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"loope", 1, 0xe1, _, JumpByte, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+{"loopnz", 1, 0xe0, _, JumpByte, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+{"loopne", 1, 0xe0, _, JumpByte, { Disp, 0, 0} },
+
+/* set byte on flag instructions */
+{"seto", 1, 0x0f90, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setno", 1, 0x0f91, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setb", 1, 0x0f92, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setc", 1, 0x0f92, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setnae", 1, 0x0f92, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setnb", 1, 0x0f93, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setnc", 1, 0x0f93, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setae", 1, 0x0f93, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sete", 1, 0x0f94, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setz", 1, 0x0f94, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setne", 1, 0x0f95, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setnz", 1, 0x0f95, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setbe", 1, 0x0f96, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setna", 1, 0x0f96, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setnbe", 1, 0x0f97, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"seta", 1, 0x0f97, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sets", 1, 0x0f98, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setns", 1, 0x0f99, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setp", 1, 0x0f9a, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setpe", 1, 0x0f9a, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setnp", 1, 0x0f9b, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setpo", 1, 0x0f9b, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setl", 1, 0x0f9c, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setnge", 1, 0x0f9c, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setnl", 1, 0x0f9d, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setge", 1, 0x0f9d, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setle", 1, 0x0f9e, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setng", 1, 0x0f9e, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"setnle", 1, 0x0f9f, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"setg", 1, 0x0f9f, 0, Modrm, { Reg8|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+#define IS_STRING_INSTRUCTION(o) \
+  ((o) == 0xa6 || (o) == 0x6c || (o) == 0x6e || (o) == 0x6e || \
+   (o) == 0xac || (o) == 0xa4 || (o) == 0xae || (o) == 0xaa || \
+   (o) == 0xd7)
+
+/* string manipulation */
+{"cmps", 0, 0xa6, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"scmp", 0, 0xa6, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ins", 0, 0x6c, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"outs", 0, 0x6e, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"lods", 0, 0xac, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"slod", 0, 0xac, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"movs", 0, 0xa4, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"smov", 0, 0xa4, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"scas", 0, 0xae, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ssca", 0, 0xae, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"stos", 0, 0xaa, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ssto", 0, 0xaa, _, W|NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"xlat", 0, 0xd7, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* bit manipulation */
+{"bsf", 2, 0x0fbc, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { Reg|Mem, Reg, 0} },
+{"bsr", 2, 0x0fbd, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { Reg|Mem, Reg, 0} },
+{"bt", 2, 0x0fa3, _, Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"bt", 2, 0x0fba, 4, Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"btc", 2, 0x0fbb, _, Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"btc", 2, 0x0fba, 7, Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"btr", 2, 0x0fb3, _, Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"btr", 2, 0x0fba, 6, Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"bts", 2, 0x0fab, _, Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+{"bts", 2, 0x0fba, 5, Modrm, { Imm8, Reg|Mem, 0} },
+
+/* interrupts & op. sys insns */
+/* See gas/config/tc-i386.c for conversion of 'int $3' into the special
+   int 3 insn. */
+#define INT_OPCODE 0xcd
+#define INT3_OPCODE 0xcc
+{"int", 1, 0xcd, _, NoModrm, { Imm8, 0, 0} },
+{"int3", 0, 0xcc, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"into", 0, 0xce, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"iret", 0, 0xcf, _, NoModrm|Data32, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"iretw", 0, 0xcf, _, NoModrm|Data16, { 0, 0, 0} },
+/* i386sl, i486sl, later 486, and Pentium */
+{"rsm", 0, 0x0faa, _, NoModrm,{ 0, 0, 0} },
+
+{"boundl", 2, 0x62, _, Modrm|Data32, { Reg32, Mem, 0} },
+{"boundw", 2, 0x62, _, Modrm|Data16, { Reg16, Mem, 0} },
+
+{"hlt", 0, 0xf4, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"wait", 0, 0x9b, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+/* nop is actually 'xchgl %eax, %eax' */
+{"nop", 0, 0x90, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* protection control */
+{"arpl", 2, 0x63, _, Modrm, { Reg16, Reg16|Mem, 0} },
+{"lar", 2, 0x0f02, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|Mem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"lgdt", 1, 0x0f01, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"lidt", 1, 0x0f01, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"lldt", 1, 0x0f00, 2, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"lmsw", 1, 0x0f01, 6, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"lsl", 2, 0x0f03, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|Mem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"ltr", 1, 0x0f00, 3, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"sgdt", 1, 0x0f01, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"sidt", 1, 0x0f01, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"sldt", 1, 0x0f00, 0, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"smsw", 1, 0x0f01, 4, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"str", 1, 0x0f00, 1, Modrm, { Reg16|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"verr", 1, 0x0f00, 4, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"verw", 1, 0x0f00, 5, Modrm, { WordReg|Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* floating point instructions */
+
+/* load */
+{"fld", 1, 0xd9c0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"flds", 1, 0xd9, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem float */
+{"fldl", 1, 0xdd, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem double */
+{"fldl", 1, 0xd9c0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"fild", 1, 0xdf, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem word (16) */
+{"fildl", 1, 0xdb, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- mem dword (32) */
+{"fildq",1, 0xdf, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem qword (64) */
+{"fildll",1, 0xdf, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- mem qword (64) */
+{"fldt", 1, 0xdb, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem efloat */
+{"fbld", 1, 0xdf, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 <-- mem bcd */
+
+/* store (no pop) */
+{"fst", 1, 0xddd0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"fsts", 1, 0xd9, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 --> mem float */
+{"fstl", 1, 0xdd, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 --> mem double */
+{"fstl", 1, 0xddd0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"fist", 1, 0xdf, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },		/* %st0 --> mem word (16) */
+{"fistl", 1, 0xdb, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem dword (32) */
+
+/* store (with pop) */
+{"fstp", 1, 0xddd8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"fstps", 1, 0xd9, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem float */
+{"fstpl", 1, 0xdd, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem double */
+{"fstpl", 1, 0xddd8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} }, /* register */
+{"fistp", 1, 0xdf, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem word (16) */
+{"fistpl",1, 0xdb, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem dword (32) */
+{"fistpq",1, 0xdf, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem qword (64) */
+{"fistpll",1,0xdf, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem qword (64) */
+{"fstpt", 1, 0xdb, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem efloat */
+{"fbstp", 1, 0xdf, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 --> mem bcd */
+
+/* exchange %st<n> with %st0 */
+{"fxch", 1, 0xd9c8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fxch", 0, 0xd9c9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} }, /* alias for fxch %st, %st(1) */
+
+/* comparison (without pop) */
+{"fcom", 1, 0xd8d0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fcoms", 1, 0xd8, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem float  */
+{"ficoml", 1, 0xda, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem word  */
+{"fcoml", 1, 0xdc, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem double  */
+{"fcoml", 1, 0xd8d0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"ficoms", 1, 0xde, 2, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem dword */
+
+/* comparison (with pop) */
+{"fcomp", 1, 0xd8d8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fcomp", 0, 0xd8d9, _, NoModrm, {0, 0, 0} },   /* fcomp %st, %st(1) */
+{"fcomps", 1, 0xd8, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem float  */
+{"ficompl", 1, 0xda, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem word  */
+{"fcompl", 1, 0xdc, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem double  */
+{"fcompl", 1, 0xd8d8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"ficomps", 1, 0xde, 3, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, mem dword */
+{"fcompp", 0, 0xded9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* compare %st0, %st1 & pop 2 */
+
+/* unordered comparison (with pop) */
+{"fucom", 1, 0xdde0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fucomp", 1, 0xdde8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fucompp", 0, 0xdae9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} }, /* ucompare %st0, %st1 & pop twice */
+
+{"ftst", 0, 0xd9e4, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* test %st0 */
+{"fxam", 0, 0xd9e5, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* examine %st0 */
+
+/* load constants into %st0 */
+{"fld1", 0, 0xd9e8, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- 1.0 */
+{"fldl2t", 0, 0xd9e9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- log2(10) */
+{"fldl2e", 0, 0xd9ea, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- log2(e) */
+{"fldpi", 0, 0xd9eb, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- pi */
+{"fldlg2", 0, 0xd9ec, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- log10(2) */
+{"fldln2", 0, 0xd9ed, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- ln(2) */
+{"fldz", 0, 0xd9ee, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },	/* %st0 <-- 0.0 */
+
+/* arithmetic */
+
+/* add */
+{"fadd", 1, 0xd8c0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fadd", 2, 0xd8c0, _, ShortForm|FloatD, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fadd", 0, 0xdcc1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} }, /* alias for fadd %st, %st(1) */
+{"faddp", 1, 0xdec0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"faddp", 2, 0xdec0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"faddp", 2, 0xdec0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"faddp", 0, 0xdec1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} }, /* alias for faddp %st, %st(1) */
+{"fadds", 1, 0xd8, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fiaddl", 1, 0xda, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"faddl", 1, 0xdc, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fiadds", 1, 0xde, 0, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* sub */
+/* Note:  intel has decided that certain of these operations are reversed
+   in assembler syntax. */
+{"fsub", 1, 0xd8e0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fsub", 2, 0xd8e0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fsub", 2, 0xdce8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#else
+{"fsub", 2, 0xdce0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fsub", 0, 0xdce1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubp", 1, 0xdee8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubp", 2, 0xdee8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fsubp", 2, 0xdee8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fsubp", 0, 0xdee9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#else
+{"fsubp", 2, 0xdee0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fsubp", 0, 0xdee1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fsubs", 1, 0xd8, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fisubl", 1, 0xda, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubl", 1, 0xdc, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fisubs", 1, 0xde, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* sub reverse */
+{"fsubr", 1, 0xd8e8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubr", 2, 0xd8e8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fsubr", 2, 0xdce0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#else
+{"fsubr", 2, 0xdce8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fsubr", 0, 0xdce9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubrp", 1, 0xdee0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubrp", 2, 0xdee0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fsubrp", 2, 0xdee0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fsubrp", 0, 0xdee1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#else
+{"fsubrp", 2, 0xdee8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fsubrp", 0, 0xdee9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fsubrs", 1, 0xd8, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fisubrl", 1, 0xda, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fsubrl", 1, 0xdc, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fisubrs", 1, 0xde, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* mul */
+{"fmul", 1, 0xd8c8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fmul", 2, 0xd8c8, _, ShortForm|FloatD, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fmul", 0, 0xdcc9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fmulp", 1, 0xdec8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fmulp", 2, 0xdec8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fmulp", 2, 0xdec8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fmulp", 0, 0xdec9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fmuls", 1, 0xd8, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fimull", 1, 0xda, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fmull", 1, 0xdc, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fimuls", 1, 0xde, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* div */
+/* Note:  intel has decided that certain of these operations are reversed
+   in assembler syntax. */
+{"fdiv", 1, 0xd8f0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fdiv", 2, 0xd8f0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fdiv", 2, 0xdcf8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#else
+{"fdiv", 2, 0xdcf0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fdiv", 0, 0xdcf1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivp", 1, 0xdef8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivp", 2, 0xdef8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fdivp", 2, 0xdef8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fdivp", 0, 0xdef9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#else
+{"fdivp", 2, 0xdef0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fdivp", 0, 0xdef1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fdivs", 1, 0xd8, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fidivl", 1, 0xda, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivl", 1, 0xdc, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fidivs", 1, 0xde, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* div reverse */
+{"fdivr", 1, 0xd8f8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivr", 2, 0xd8f8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fdivr", 2, 0xdcf0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#else
+{"fdivr", 2, 0xdcf8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fdivr", 0, 0xdcf9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivrp", 1, 0xdef0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivrp", 2, 0xdef0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+#ifdef NON_BROKEN_OPCODES
+{"fdivrp", 2, 0xdef0, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fdivrp", 0, 0xdef1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#else
+{"fdivrp", 2, 0xdef8, _, ShortForm, { FloatAcc, FloatReg, 0} },
+{"fdivrp", 0, 0xdef9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+#endif
+{"fdivrs", 1, 0xd8, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fidivrl", 1, 0xda, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fdivrl", 1, 0xdc, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fidivrs", 1, 0xde, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"f2xm1", 0,   0xd9f0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fyl2x", 0,   0xd9f1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fptan", 0,   0xd9f2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fpatan", 0,  0xd9f3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fxtract", 0, 0xd9f4, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fprem1", 0,  0xd9f5, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fdecstp", 0,  0xd9f6, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fincstp", 0,  0xd9f7, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fprem", 0,   0xd9f8, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fyl2xp1", 0, 0xd9f9, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fsqrt", 0,   0xd9fa, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fsincos", 0, 0xd9fb, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"frndint", 0, 0xd9fc, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fscale", 0,  0xd9fd, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fsin", 0,    0xd9fe, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fcos", 0,    0xd9ff, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+{"fchs", 0, 0xd9e0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fabs", 0, 0xd9e1, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* processor control */
+{"fninit", 0, 0xdbe3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"finit", 0, 0x9bdbe3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fldcw", 1, 0xd9, 5, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fnstcw", 1, 0xd9, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fstcw", 1, 0x9bd9, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fnstsw", 1, 0xdfe0, _, NoModrm, { Acc, 0, 0} },
+{"fnstsw", 1, 0xdd, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fnstsw", 0, 0xdfe0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fstsw", 1, 0x9bdfe0, _, NoModrm, { Acc, 0, 0} },
+{"fstsw", 1, 0x9bdd, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fstsw", 0, 0x9bdfe0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fnclex", 0, 0xdbe2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fclex", 0, 0x9bdbe2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+/*
+ We ignore the short format (287) versions of fstenv/fldenv & fsave/frstor
+ instructions;  i'm not sure how to add them or how they are different.
+ My 386/387 book offers no details about this.
+*/
+{"fnstenv", 1, 0xd9, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fstenv", 1, 0x9bd9, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fldenv", 1, 0xd9, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fnsave", 1, 0xdd, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"fsave", 1, 0x9bdd, 6, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+{"frstor", 1, 0xdd, 4, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+{"ffree", 1, 0xddc0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+/* P6:free st(i), pop st */
+{"ffreep", 1, 0xdfc0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, 0, 0} },
+{"fnop", 0, 0xd9d0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fwait", 0, 0x9b, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/*
+  opcode prefixes; we allow them as seperate insns too
+  (see prefix table below)
+*/
+{"aword", 0, 0x67, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"addr16", 0, 0x67, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"word", 0, 0x66, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"data16", 0, 0x66, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"lock", 0, 0xf0, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cs", 0, 0x2e, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ds", 0, 0x3e, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"es", 0, 0x26, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"fs", 0, 0x64, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"gs", 0, 0x65, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"ss", 0, 0x36, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"rep", 0, 0xf3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"repe", 0, 0xf3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"repz", 0, 0xf3, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"repne", 0, 0xf2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"repnz", 0, 0xf2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* 486 extensions */
+
+{"bswap", 1, 0x0fc8, _, ShortForm, { Reg32,0,0 } },
+{"xadd", 2, 0x0fc0, _, W|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0 } },
+{"cmpxchg", 2, 0x0fb0, _, W|Modrm, { Reg, Reg|Mem, 0 } },
+{"invd", 0, 0x0f08, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"wbinvd", 0, 0x0f09, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"invlpg", 1, 0x0f01, 7, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* 586 and late 486 extensions */
+{"cpuid", 0, 0x0fa2, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+/* Pentium extensions */
+{"wrmsr", 0, 0x0f30, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"rdtsc", 0, 0x0f31, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"rdmsr", 0, 0x0f32, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+{"cmpxchg8b", 1, 0x0fc7, 1, Modrm, { Mem, 0, 0} },
+
+/* Pentium Pro extensions */
+{"rdpmc", 0, 0x0f33, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0} },
+
+{"ud2", 0, 0x0fff, _, NoModrm, {0, 0, 0} }, /* official undefined instr. */
+
+{"cmovo",  2, 0x0f40, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovno", 2, 0x0f41, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovb",  2, 0x0f42, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovae", 2, 0x0f43, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmove",  2, 0x0f44, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovne", 2, 0x0f45, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovbe", 2, 0x0f46, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmova",  2, 0x0f47, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovs",  2, 0x0f48, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovns", 2, 0x0f49, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovp",  2, 0x0f4a, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovnp", 2, 0x0f4b, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovl",  2, 0x0f4c, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovge", 2, 0x0f4d, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovle", 2, 0x0f4e, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+{"cmovg",  2, 0x0f4f, _, Modrm|ReverseRegRegmem, { WordReg|WordMem, WordReg, 0} },
+
+{"fcmovb", 2, 0xdac0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmove", 2, 0xdac8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovbe",2, 0xdad0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovu", 2, 0xdad8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovnb", 2, 0xdbc0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovne", 2, 0xdbc8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovnbe",2, 0xdbd0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcmovnu", 2, 0xdbd8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+
+{"fcomi",  2, 0xdbf0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fucomi", 2, 0xdbe8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fcomip", 2, 0xdff0, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+{"fucomip",2, 0xdfe8, _, ShortForm, { FloatReg, FloatAcc, 0} },
+
+/* MMX instructions.  */
+
+{"emms",      0, 0x0f77, _, NoModrm, { 0, 0, 0 } },
+{"movd",      2, 0x0f6e, _, Modrm, { Reg32|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"movd",      2, 0x0f7e, _, Modrm, { RegMMX, Reg32|WordMem, 0 } },
+{"movq",      2, 0x0f6f, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"movq",      2, 0x0f7f, _, Modrm, { RegMMX, RegMMX|WordMem, 0 } },
+{"packssdw",  2, 0x0f6b, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"packsswb",  2, 0x0f63, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"packuswb",  2, 0x0f67, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddb",     2, 0x0ffc, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddw",     2, 0x0ffd, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddd",     2, 0x0ffe, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddsb",    2, 0x0fec, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddsw",    2, 0x0fed, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddusb",   2, 0x0fdc, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"paddusw",   2, 0x0fdd, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pand",      2, 0x0fda, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pandn",     2, 0x0fdf, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpeqb",   2, 0x0f74, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpeqw",   2, 0x0f75, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpeqd",   2, 0x0f76, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpgtb",   2, 0x0f64, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpgtw",   2, 0x0f65, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pcmpgtd",   2, 0x0f66, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pmaddwd",   2, 0x0ff5, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pmulhw",    2, 0x0fe5, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pmullw",    2, 0x0fd5, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"por",       2, 0x0feb, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psllw",     2, 0x0ff1, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psllw",     2, 0x0f71, 6, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pslld",     2, 0x0ff2, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pslld",     2, 0x0f72, 6, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psllq",     2, 0x0ff3, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psllq",     2, 0x0f73, 6, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psraw",     2, 0x0fe1, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psraw",     2, 0x0f71, 4, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrad",     2, 0x0fe2, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrad",     2, 0x0f72, 4, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrlw",     2, 0x0fd1, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrlw",     2, 0x0f71, 2, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrld",     2, 0x0fd2, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrld",     2, 0x0f72, 2, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrlq",     2, 0x0fd3, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psrlq",     2, 0x0f73, 2, Modrm, { Imm8, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubb",     2, 0x0ff8, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubw",     2, 0x0ff9, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubd",     2, 0x0ffa, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubsb",    2, 0x0fe8, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubsw",    2, 0x0fe9, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubusb",   2, 0x0fd8, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"psubusw",   2, 0x0fd9, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpckhbw", 2, 0x0f68, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpckhwd", 2, 0x0f69, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpckhdq", 2, 0x0f6a, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpcklbw", 2, 0x0f60, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpcklwd", 2, 0x0f61, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"punpckldq", 2, 0x0f62, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+{"pxor",      2, 0x0fef, _, Modrm, { RegMMX|WordMem, RegMMX, 0 } },
+
+{"", 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0, 0, 0} }	/* sentinel */
+};
+#undef _
+
+static const template *const i386_optab_end
+  = i386_optab + sizeof (i386_optab)/sizeof(i386_optab[0]);
+
+/* 386 register table */
+
+static const reg_entry i386_regtab[] = {
+  /* 8 bit regs */
+  {"al", Reg8|Acc, 0}, {"cl", Reg8|ShiftCount, 1}, {"dl", Reg8, 2},
+  {"bl", Reg8, 3},
+  {"ah", Reg8, 4}, {"ch", Reg8, 5}, {"dh", Reg8, 6}, {"bh", Reg8, 7},
+  /* 16 bit regs */
+  {"ax", Reg16|Acc, 0}, {"cx", Reg16, 1}, {"dx", Reg16|InOutPortReg, 2}, {"bx", Reg16, 3},
+  {"sp", Reg16, 4}, {"bp", Reg16, 5}, {"si", Reg16, 6}, {"di", Reg16, 7},
+  /* 32 bit regs */
+  {"eax", Reg32|Acc, 0}, {"ecx", Reg32, 1}, {"edx", Reg32, 2}, {"ebx", Reg32, 3},
+  {"esp", Reg32, 4}, {"ebp", Reg32, 5}, {"esi", Reg32, 6}, {"edi", Reg32, 7},
+  /* segment registers */
+  {"es", SReg2, 0}, {"cs", SReg2, 1}, {"ss", SReg2, 2},
+  {"ds", SReg2, 3}, {"fs", SReg3, 4}, {"gs", SReg3, 5},
+  /* control registers */
+  {"cr0", Control, 0},   {"cr2", Control, 2},   {"cr3", Control, 3},
+  {"cr4", Control, 4},
+  /* debug registers */
+  {"db0", Debug, 0},   {"db1", Debug, 1},   {"db2", Debug, 2},
+  {"db3", Debug, 3},   {"db6", Debug, 6},   {"db7", Debug, 7},
+  {"dr0", Debug, 0},   {"dr1", Debug, 1},   {"dr2", Debug, 2},
+  {"dr3", Debug, 3},   {"dr6", Debug, 6},   {"dr7", Debug, 7},
+  /* test registers */
+  {"tr3", Test, 3}, {"tr4", Test, 4}, {"tr5", Test, 5},
+  {"tr6", Test, 6}, {"tr7", Test, 7},
+  /* float registers */
+  {"st(0)", FloatReg|FloatAcc, 0},
+  {"st", FloatReg|FloatAcc, 0},
+  {"st(1)", FloatReg, 1}, {"st(2)", FloatReg, 2},
+  {"st(3)", FloatReg, 3}, {"st(4)", FloatReg, 4}, {"st(5)", FloatReg, 5},
+  {"st(6)", FloatReg, 6}, {"st(7)", FloatReg, 7},
+  {"mm0", RegMMX, 0}, {"mm1", RegMMX, 1}, {"mm2", RegMMX, 2},
+  {"mm3", RegMMX, 3}, {"mm4", RegMMX, 4}, {"mm5", RegMMX, 5},
+  {"mm6", RegMMX, 6}, {"mm7", RegMMX, 7}
+};
+
+#define MAX_REG_NAME_SIZE 8	/* for parsing register names from input */
+
+static const reg_entry *const i386_regtab_end
+  = i386_regtab + sizeof(i386_regtab)/sizeof(i386_regtab[0]);
+
+/* segment stuff */
+static const seg_entry cs = { "cs", 0x2e };
+static const seg_entry ds = { "ds", 0x3e };
+static const seg_entry ss = { "ss", 0x36 };
+static const seg_entry es = { "es", 0x26 };
+static const seg_entry fs = { "fs", 0x64 };
+static const seg_entry gs = { "gs", 0x65 };
+static const seg_entry null = { "", 0x0 };
+
+/*
+  This table is used to store the default segment register implied by all
+  possible memory addressing modes.
+  It is indexed by the mode & modrm entries of the modrm byte as follows:
+      index = (mode<<3) | modrm;
+*/
+static const seg_entry *const one_byte_segment_defaults[] = {
+  /* mode 0 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &null, &ds, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 1 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &null, &ss, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 2 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &null, &ss, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 3 --- not a memory reference; never referenced */
+};
+
+static const seg_entry *const two_byte_segment_defaults[] = {
+  /* mode 0 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &ss, &ds, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 1 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &ss, &ds, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 2 */
+  &ds, &ds, &ds, &ds, &ss, &ds, &ds, &ds,
+  /* mode 3 --- not a memory reference; never referenced */
+};
+
+static const prefix_entry i386_prefixtab[] = {
+#define ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE 0x67
+  { "addr16", 0x67 },		/* address size prefix ==> 16bit addressing
+				 * (How is this useful?) */
+#define WORD_PREFIX_OPCODE 0x66
+  { "data16", 0x66 },		/* operand size prefix */
+  { "lock", 0xf0 },		/* bus lock prefix */
+  { "wait", 0x9b },		/* wait for coprocessor */
+  { "cs", 0x2e }, { "ds", 0x3e }, /* segment overrides ... */
+  { "es", 0x26 }, { "fs", 0x64 },
+  { "gs", 0x65 }, { "ss", 0x36 },
+/* REPE & REPNE used to detect rep/repne with a non-string instruction */
+#define REPNE 0xf2
+#define REPE  0xf3
+  { "rep", 0xf3 }, 		/* repeat string instructions */
+  { "repe", 0xf3 },  { "repz", 0xf3 },
+  { "repne", 0xf2 }, { "repnz", 0xf2 }
+};
+
+static const prefix_entry *const i386_prefixtab_end
+  = i386_prefixtab + sizeof(i386_prefixtab)/sizeof(i386_prefixtab[0]);
+
+/* end of i386-opcode.h */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/np1.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/np1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d23adc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/np1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/* Print GOULD NPL instructions for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+GDB is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GDB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GDB; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+struct gld_opcode
+{
+  char *name;
+  unsigned long opcode;
+  unsigned long mask;
+  char *args;
+  int length;
+};
+
+/* We store four bytes of opcode for all opcodes because that
+   is the most any of them need.  The actual length of an instruction
+   is always at least 2 bytes, and at most four.  The length of the
+   instruction is based on the opcode.
+
+   The mask component is a mask saying which bits must match
+   particular opcode in order for an instruction to be an instance
+   of that opcode.
+
+   The args component is a string containing characters
+   that are used to format the arguments to the instruction. */
+
+/* Kinds of operands:
+   r  Register in first field
+   R  Register in second field
+   b  Base register in first field
+   B  Base register in second field
+   v  Vector register in first field
+   V  Vector register in first field
+   A  Optional address register (base register)
+   X  Optional index register
+   I  Immediate data (16bits signed)
+   O  Offset field (16bits signed)
+   h  Offset field (15bits signed)
+   d  Offset field (14bits signed)
+   S  Shift count field
+
+   any other characters are printed as is...
+*/
+
+/* The assembler requires that this array be sorted as follows:
+   all instances of the same mnemonic must be consecutive.
+   All instances of the same mnemonic with the same number of operands
+   must be consecutive.
+ */
+struct gld_opcode gld_opcodes[] =
+{
+{ "lb",		0xb4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnb",	0xb8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lbs",	0xec080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lh",		0xb4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnh",	0xb8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lw",		0xb4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnw",	0xb8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ld",		0xb4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnd",	0xb8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "li",		0xf8000000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "lpa",	0x50080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "la",		0x50000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "labr",	0x58080000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lbp",	0x90080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lhp",	0x90000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lwp",	0x90000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ldp",	0x90000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "suabr",	0x58000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lf",		0xbc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lfbr",	0xbc080000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lwbr",	0x5c000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stb",	0xd4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sth",	0xd4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stw",	0xd4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "std",	0xd4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stf",	0xdc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stfbr",	0xdc080000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stwbr",	0x54000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmb",	0xd8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmh",	0xd8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmw",	0xd8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmd",	0xd8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stbp",	0x94080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sthp",	0x94000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stwp",	0x94000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stdp",	0x94000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lil",	0xf80b0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,D",		4 },
+{ "lwsl1",	0xec000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lwsl2",	0xfc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lwsl3",	0xfc080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "lvb",	0xb0080000,	0xfc080000,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lvh",	0xb0000001,	0xfc080001,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lvw",	0xb0000000,	0xfc080000,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lvd",	0xb0000002,	0xfc080002,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "liv",	0x3c040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "livf",	0x3c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "stvb",	0xd0080000,	0xfc080000,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stvh",	0xd0000001,	0xfc080001,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stvw",	0xd0000000,	0xfc080000,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stvd",	0xd0000002,	0xfc080002,	"v,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "trr",	0x2c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trn",	0x2c040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trnd",	0x2c0c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trabs",	0x2c010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trabsd",	0x2c090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trc",	0x2c030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "xcr",	0x28040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "cxcr",	0x2c060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "cxcrd",	0x2c0e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "tbrr",	0x2c020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,B",		2 },
+{ "trbr",	0x28030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"b,R",		2 },
+{ "xcbr",	0x28020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"b,B",		2 },
+{ "tbrbr",	0x28010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"b,B",		2 },
+
+{ "trvv",	0x28050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "trvvn",	0x2c050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "trvvnd",	0x2c0d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "trvab",	0x2c070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "trvabd",	0x2c0f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "cmpv",	0x14060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "expv",	0x14070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvvlt",	0x10030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvvle",	0x10040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvvgt",	0x14030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvvge",	0x14040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvveq",	0x10050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvvne",	0x10050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mrvrlt",	0x100d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mrvrle",	0x100e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mrvrgt",	0x140d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mrvrge",	0x140e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mrvreq",	0x100f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mrvrne",	0x140f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "trvr",	0x140b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "trrv",	0x140c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+
+{ "bu",		0x40000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bns",	0x70080000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bnco",	0x70880000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bge",	0x71080000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bne",	0x71880000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bunge",	0x72080000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bunle",	0x72880000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bgt",	0x73080000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bnany",	0x73880000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bs"	,	0x70000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bco",	0x70800000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "blt",	0x71000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "beq",	0x71800000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "buge",	0x72000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bult",	0x72800000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ble",	0x73000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bany",	0x73800000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "brlnk",	0x44000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bib",	0x48000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bih",	0x48080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "biw",	0x4c000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bid",	0x4c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bivb",	0x60000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bivh",	0x60080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bivw",	0x64000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bivd",	0x64080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bvsb",	0x68000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bvsh",	0x68080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bvsw",	0x6c000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bvsd",	0x6c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "camb",	0x80080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camh",	0x80000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camw",	0x80000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camd",	0x80000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "car",	0x10000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "card",	0x14000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ci",		0xf8050000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "chkbnd",	0x5c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "cavv",	0x10010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "cavr",	0x10020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "cavvd",	0x10090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "cavrd",	0x100b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+
+{ "anmb",	0x84080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmh",	0x84000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmw",	0x84000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmd",	0x84000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anr",	0x04000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ani",	0xf8080000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "ormb",	0xb8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormh",	0xb8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormw",	0xb8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormd",	0xb8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "orr",	0x08000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "oi",		0xf8090000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "eomb",	0x8c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomh",	0x8c000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomw",	0x8c000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomd",	0x8c000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eor",	0x0c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "eoi",	0xf80a0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+
+{ "anvv",	0x04010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "anvr",	0x04020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "orvv",	0x08010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "orvr",	0x08020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "eovv",	0x0c010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "eovr",	0x0c020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+
+{ "sacz",	0x100c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sla",	0x1c400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "sll",	0x1c600000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slc",	0x24400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slad",	0x20400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slld",	0x20600000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "sra",	0x1c000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srl",	0x1c200000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "src",	0x24000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srad",	0x20000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srld",	0x20200000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "sda",	0x3c030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sdl",	0x3c020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sdc",	0x3c010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sdad",	0x3c0b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sdld",	0x3c0a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+
+{ "svda",	0x3c070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "svdl",	0x3c060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "svdc",	0x3c050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "svdad",	0x3c0e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "svdld",	0x3c0d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+
+{ "sbm",	0xac080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zbm",	0xac000000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "tbm",	0xa8080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "incmb",	0xa0000000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "incmh",	0xa0080000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "incmw",	0xa4000000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "incmd",	0xa4080000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sbmd",	0x7c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zbmd",	0x7c000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "tbmd",	0x78080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "ssm",	0x9c080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zsm",	0x9c000000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "tsm",	0x98080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+
+{ "admb",	0xc8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admh",	0xc8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admw",	0xc8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admd",	0xc8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adr",	0x38000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "armb",	0xe8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armh",	0xe8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armw",	0xe8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armd",	0xe8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adi",	0xf8010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "sumb",	0xcc080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumh",	0xcc000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumw",	0xcc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumd",	0xcc000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sur",	0x3c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sui",	0xf8020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "mpmb",	0xc0080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpmh",	0xc0000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpmw",	0xc0000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpr",	0x38020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mprd",	0x3c0f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mpi",	0xf8030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "dvmb",	0xc4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvmh",	0xc4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvmw",	0xc4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvr",	0x380a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "dvi",	0xf8040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "exs",	0x38080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+
+{ "advv",	0x30000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "advvd",	0x30080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "adrv",	0x34000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "adrvd",	0x34080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "suvv",	0x30010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "suvvd",	0x30090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "surv",	0x34010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "survd",	0x34090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mpvv",	0x30020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mprv",	0x34020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+
+{ "adfw",	0xe0080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adfd",	0xe0080002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adrfw",	0x38010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "adrfd",	0x38090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "surfw",	0xe0000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "surfd",	0xe0000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "surfw",	0x38030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "surfd",	0x380b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mpfw",	0xe4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpfd",	0xe4080002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mprfw",	0x38060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mprfd",	0x380e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "rfw",	0xe4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "rfd",	0xe4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "rrfw",	0x0c0e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rrfd",	0x0c0f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+
+{ "advvfw",	0x30040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "advvfd",	0x300c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "adrvfw",	0x34040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "adrvfd",	0x340c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "suvvfw",	0x30050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "suvvfd",	0x300d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "survfw",	0x34050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "survfd",	0x340d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mpvvfw",	0x30060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mpvvfd",	0x300e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "mprvfw",	0x34060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "mprvfd",	0x340e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,R",		2 },
+{ "rvfw",	0x30070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v",		2 },
+{ "rvfd",	0x300f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v",		2 },
+
+{ "fltw",	0x38070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fltd",	0x380f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fixw",	0x38050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fixd",	0x380d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "cfpds",	0x3c090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+
+{ "fltvw",	0x080d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "fltvd",	0x080f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "fixvw",	0x080c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "fixvd",	0x080e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+{ "cfpvds",	0x0c0d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"v,V",		2 },
+
+{ "orvrn",	0x000a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "andvrn",	0x00080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "frsteq",	0x04090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "sigma",	0x0c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "sigmad",	0x0c0a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "sigmf",	0x08080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "sigmfd",	0x080a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "prodf",	0x04080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "prodfd",	0x040a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "maxv",	0x10080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "maxvd",	0x100a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "minv",	0x14080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+{ "minvd",	0x140a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,V",		2 },
+
+{ "lpsd",	0xf0000000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ldc",	0xf0080000,	0xfc080000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "spm",	0x040c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rpm",	0x040d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "tritr",	0x00070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "trrit",	0x00060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rpswt",	0x04080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "exr",	0xf8070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		4 },
+{ "halt",	0x00000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "wait",	0x00010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "nop",	0x00020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "eiae",	0x00030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "efae",	0x000d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "diae",	0x000e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "dfae",	0x000f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "spvc",	0xf8060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,T,N",	4 },
+{ "rdsts",	0x00090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "setcpu",	0x000c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "cmc",	0x000b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "trrcu",	0x00040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "attnio",	0x00050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "fudit",	0x28080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "break",	0x28090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "frzss",	0x280a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "ripi",	0x04040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "xcp",	0x04050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "block",	0x04060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "unblock",	0x04070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "trsc",	0x08060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "tscr",	0x08070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fq",		0x04080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "flupte",	0x2c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rviu",	0x040f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "ldel",	0x280c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ldu",	0x280d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "stdecc",	0x280b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trpc",	0x08040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "tpcr",	0x08050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "ghalt",	0x0c050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "grun",	0x0c040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "tmpr",	0x2c0a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trmp",	0x2c0b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+
+{ "trrve",	0x28060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "trver",	0x28070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "trvlr",	0x280f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+
+{ "linkfl",	0x18000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "linkbl",	0x18020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "linkfp",	0x18010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "linkbp",	0x18030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "linkpl",	0x18040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ulinkl",	0x18080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ulinkp",	0x18090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ulinktl",	0x180a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ulinktp",	0x180b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+};
+
+int numopcodes = sizeof(gld_opcodes) / sizeof(gld_opcodes[0]);
+
+struct gld_opcode *endop = gld_opcodes + sizeof(gld_opcodes) /
+		 		sizeof(gld_opcodes[0]);
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/pn.h b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/pn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f59a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/opcode/pn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* Print GOULD PN (PowerNode) instructions for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+GDB is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GDB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GDB; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+struct gld_opcode
+{
+  char *name;
+  unsigned long opcode;
+  unsigned long mask;
+  char *args;
+  int length;
+};
+
+/* We store four bytes of opcode for all opcodes because that
+   is the most any of them need.  The actual length of an instruction
+   is always at least 2 bytes, and at most four.  The length of the
+   instruction is based on the opcode.
+
+   The mask component is a mask saying which bits must match
+   particular opcode in order for an instruction to be an instance
+   of that opcode.
+
+   The args component is a string containing characters
+   that are used to format the arguments to the instruction. */
+
+/* Kinds of operands:
+   r  Register in first field
+   R  Register in second field
+   b  Base register in first field
+   B  Base register in second field
+   v  Vector register in first field
+   V  Vector register in first field
+   A  Optional address register (base register)
+   X  Optional index register
+   I  Immediate data (16bits signed)
+   O  Offset field (16bits signed)
+   h  Offset field (15bits signed)
+   d  Offset field (14bits signed)
+   S  Shift count field
+
+   any other characters are printed as is...
+*/
+
+/* The assembler requires that this array be sorted as follows:
+   all instances of the same mnemonic must be consecutive.
+   All instances of the same mnemonic with the same number of operands
+   must be consecutive.
+ */
+struct gld_opcode gld_opcodes[] =
+{
+{ "abm",	0xa0080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "abr",	0x18080000,	0xfc0c0000,	"r,f",		2 },
+{ "aci",	0xfc770000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "adfd",	0xe0080002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adfw",	0xe0080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adi",	0xc8010000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "admb",	0xb8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admd",	0xb8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admh",	0xb8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "admw",	0xb8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "adr",	0x38000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "adrfd",	0x38090000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "adrfw",	0x38010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "adrm",	0x38080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "ai", 	0xfc030000,	0xfc07ffff,	"I",		4 },
+{ "anmb",	0x84080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmd",	0x84000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmh",	0x84000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anmw",	0x84000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "anr",	0x04000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "armb",	0xe8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armd",	0xe8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armh",	0xe8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "armw",	0xe8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bcf",	0xf0000000,	0xfc080000,	"I,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bct",	0xec000000,	0xfc080000,	"I,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bei",	0x00060000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "bft",	0xf0000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bib",	0xf4000000,	0xfc780000,	"r,xOA",	4 },
+{ "bid",	0xf4600000,	0xfc780000,	"r,xOA",	4 },
+{ "bih",	0xf4200000,	0xfc780000,	"r,xOA",	4 },
+{ "biw",	0xf4400000,	0xfc780000,	"r,xOA",	4 },
+{ "bl", 	0xf8800000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "bsub",	0x5c080000,	0xff8f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "bsubm",	0x28080000,	0xfc080000,	"",		4 },
+{ "bu", 	0xec000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "call",	0x28080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "callm",	0x5c080000,	0xff880000,	"",		4 },
+{ "camb",	0x90080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camd",	0x90000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camh",	0x90000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "camw",	0x90000000,	0xfc080000,	"r.xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "car",	0x10000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "cd", 	0xfc060000,	0xfc070000,	"r,f",		4 },
+{ "cea",	0x000f0000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "ci", 	0xc8050000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "cmc",	0x040a0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "cmmb",	0x94080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "cmmd",	0x94000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "cmmh",	0x94000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "cmmw",	0x94000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "cmr",	0x14000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "daci",	0xfc7f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "dae",	0x000e0000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "dai",	0xfc040000,	0xfc07ffff,	"I",		4 },
+{ "dci",	0xfc6f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "di", 	0xfc010000,	0xfc07ffff,	"I",		4 },
+{ "dvfd",	0xe4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvfw",	0xe4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvi",	0xc8040000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "dvmb",	0xc4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvmh",	0xc4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvmw",	0xc4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "dvr",	0x380a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "dvrfd",	0x380c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		4 },
+{ "dvrfw",	0x38040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eae",	0x00080000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "eci",	0xfc670000,	0xfc7f8080,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "ecwcs",	0xfc4f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"",		4 },
+{ "ei", 	0xfc000000,	0xfc07ffff,	"I",		4 },
+{ "eomb",	0x8c080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomd",	0x8c000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomh",	0x8c000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eomw",	0x8c000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "eor",	0x0c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "eorm",	0x0c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "es", 	0x00040000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "exm",	0xa8000000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "exr",	0xc8070000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "exrr",	0xc8070002,	0xfc7f0002,	"r",		2 },
+{ "fixd",	0x380d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fixw",	0x38050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fltd",	0x380f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "fltw",	0x38070000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "grio",	0xfc3f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "halt",	0x00000000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "hio",	0xfc370000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "jwcs",	0xfa080000,	0xff880000,	"xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "la", 	0x50000000,	0xfc000000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "labr",	0x58080000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lb", 	0xac080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lcs", 	0x00030000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "ld", 	0xac000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lear", 	0x80000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lf", 	0xcc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lfbr", 	0xcc080000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lh", 	0xac000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "li", 	0xc8000000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "lmap",	0x2c070000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "lmb",	0xb0080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lmd",	0xb0000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lmh",	0xb0000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lmw",	0xb0000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnb",	0xb4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnd",	0xb4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnh",	0xb4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lnw",	0xb4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lpsd",	0xf9800000,	0xff880000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lpsdcm",	0xfa800000,	0xff880000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lw", 	0xac000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "lwbr", 	0x5c000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpfd",	0xe4080002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpfw",	0xe4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpi",	0xc8030000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "mpmb",	0xc0080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpmh",	0xc0000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpmw",	0xc0000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "mpr",	0x38020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mprfd",	0x380e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "mprfw",	0x38060000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "nop",	0x00020000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "ormb",	0x88080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormd",	0x88000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormh",	0x88000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "ormw",	0x88000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "orr",	0x08000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "orrm",	0x08080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "rdsts",	0x00090000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "return",	0x280e0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "ri", 	0xfc020000,	0xfc07ffff,	"I",		4 },
+{ "rnd",	0x00050000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rpswt",	0x040b0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "rschnl",	0xfc2f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "rsctl",	0xfc470000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "rwcs",	0x000b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sacz",	0x10080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "sbm",	0x98080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sbr",	0x18000000,	0xfc0c0000,	"r,f",		4 },
+{ "sea",	0x000d0000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "setcpu",	0x2c090000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "sio",	0xfc170000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "sipu",	0x000a0000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "sla",	0x1c400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slad",	0x20400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slc",	0x24400000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "sll",	0x1c600000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "slld",	0x20600000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "smc",	0x04070000,	0xfc070000,	"",		2 },
+{ "sra",	0x1c000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srad",	0x20000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "src",	0x24000000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srl",	0x1c200000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "srld",	0x20200000,	0xfc600000,	"r,S",		2 },
+{ "stb",	0xd4080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "std",	0xd4000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stf",	0xdc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stfbr",	0x54000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sth",	0xd4000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stmb",	0xd8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stmd",	0xd8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stmh",	0xd8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stmw",	0xd8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stpio",	0xfc270000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "stw",	0xd4000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "stwbr",	0x54000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "suabr",	0x58000000,	0xfc080000,	"b,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sufd",	0xe0000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sufw",	0xe0000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sui",	0xc8020000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "sumb",	0xbc080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumd",	0xbc000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumh",	0xbc000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sumw",	0xbc000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "sur",	0x3c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "surfd",	0x380b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "surfw",	0x38030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "surm",	0x3c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "svc",	0xc8060000,	0xffff0000,	"",		4 },
+{ "tbm",	0xa4080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "tbr",	0x180c0000,	0xfc0c0000,	"r,f",		2 },
+{ "tbrr",	0x2c020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,B",		2 },
+{ "tccr",	0x28040000,	0xfc7f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "td", 	0xfc050000,	0xfc070000,	"r,f",		4 },
+{ "tio",	0xfc1f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"r,I",		4 },
+{ "tmapr",	0x2c0a0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "tpcbr",	0x280c0000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "trbr",	0x2c010000,	0xfc0f0000,	"b,R",		2 },
+{ "trc",	0x2c030000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trcc",	0x28050000,	0xfc7f0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "trcm",	0x2c0b0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trn",	0x2c040000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trnm",	0x2c0c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trr",	0x2c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trrm",	0x2c080000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trsc",	0x2c0e0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "trsw",	0x28000000,	0xfc7f0000,	"r",		2 },
+{ "tscr",	0x2c0f0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "uei",	0x00070000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "wait",	0x00010000,	0xffff0000,	"",		2 },
+{ "wcwcs",	0xfc5f0000,	0xfc7f8000,	"",		4 },
+{ "wwcs",	0x000c0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "xcbr",	0x28020000,	0xfc0f0000,	"b,B",		2 },
+{ "xcr",	0x2c050000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "xcrm",	0x2c0d0000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r,R",		2 },
+{ "zbm",	0x9c080000,	0xfc080000,	"f,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zbr",	0x18040000,	0xfc0c0000,	"r,f",		2 },
+{ "zmb",	0xf8080000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmd",	0xf8000002,	0xfc080002,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmh",	0xf8000001,	0xfc080001,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zmw",	0xf8000000,	0xfc080000,	"r,xOA,X",	4 },
+{ "zr", 	0x0c000000,	0xfc0f0000,	"r",		2 },
+};
+
+int numopcodes = sizeof(gld_opcodes) / sizeof(gld_opcodes[0]);
+
+struct gld_opcode *endop = gld_opcodes + sizeof(gld_opcodes) /
+		sizeof(gld_opcodes[0]);
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/progress.h b/contrib/binutils/include/progress.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f18318a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/progress.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Default definitions for progress macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The default definitions below are intended to be replaced by real
+   definitions, if building the tools for an interactive programming
+   environment.  */
+
+#ifndef _PROGRESS_H
+#define _PROGRESS_H
+
+#ifndef START_PROGRESS
+#define START_PROGRESS(STR,N)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PROGRESS
+#define PROGRESS(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef END_PROGRESS
+#define END_PROGRESS(STR)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PROGRESS_H */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/remote-sim.h b/contrib/binutils/include/remote-sim.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77685d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/remote-sim.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* This file defines the interface between the simulator and gdb.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if !defined (REMOTE_SIM_H)
+#define REMOTE_SIM_H 1
+
+/* This file is used when building stand-alone simulators, so isolate this
+   file from gdb.  */
+
+/* Pick up CORE_ADDR_TYPE if defined (from gdb), otherwise use same value as
+   gdb does (unsigned int - from defs.h).  */
+
+#ifndef CORE_ADDR_TYPE
+typedef unsigned int SIM_ADDR;
+#else
+typedef CORE_ADDR_TYPE SIM_ADDR;
+#endif
+
+/* Semi-opaque type used as result of sim_open and passed back to all
+   other routines.  "desc" is short for "descriptor".
+   It is up to each simulator to define `sim_state'.  */
+
+typedef struct sim_state *SIM_DESC;
+
+/* Values for `kind' arg to sim_open.  */
+typedef enum {
+  SIM_OPEN_STANDALONE, /* simulator used standalone (run.c) */
+  SIM_OPEN_DEBUG       /* simulator used by debugger (gdb) */
+} SIM_OPEN_KIND;
+
+/* Return codes from various functions.  */
+typedef enum {
+  SIM_RC_FAIL = 0,
+  SIM_RC_OK = 1
+} SIM_RC;
+
+/* Main simulator entry points.  */
+
+/* Initialize the simulator.  This function is called when the simulator
+   is selected from the gdb command line.
+   KIND specifies how the simulator will be used.  Currently there are only
+   two kinds: standalone and debug.
+   ARGV is passed from the command line and can be used to select whatever
+   run time options the simulator provides.
+   ARGV is the standard NULL terminated array of pointers, with argv[0]
+   being the program name.
+   The result is a descriptor that must be passed back to the other sim_foo
+   functions.  */
+
+SIM_DESC sim_open PARAMS ((SIM_OPEN_KIND kind, char **argv));
+
+/* Terminate usage of the simulator.  This may involve freeing target memory
+   and closing any open files and mmap'd areas.  You cannot assume sim_kill
+   has already been called.
+   QUITTING is non-zero if we cannot hang on errors.  */
+
+void sim_close PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, int quitting));
+
+/* Load program PROG into the simulator.
+   Return non-zero if you wish the caller to handle it
+   (it is done this way because most simulators can use gr_load_image,
+   but defining it as a callback seems awkward).  */
+
+int sim_load PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, char *prog, int from_tty));
+
+/* Prepare to run the simulated program.
+   START_ADDRESS is, yes, you guessed it, the start address of the program.
+   ARGV and ENV are NULL terminated lists of pointers.
+   Gdb will set the start address via sim_store_register as well, but
+   standalone versions of existing simulators are not set up to cleanly call
+   sim_store_register, so the START_ADDRESS argument is there as a
+   workaround.  */
+
+void sim_create_inferior PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, SIM_ADDR start_address,
+				  char **argv, char **env));
+
+/* Kill the running program.
+   This may involve closing any open files and deleting any mmap'd areas.  */
+
+void sim_kill PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd));
+
+/* Read LENGTH bytes of the simulated program's memory and store in BUF.
+   Result is number of bytes read, or zero if error.  */
+
+int sim_read PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, SIM_ADDR mem, unsigned char *buf, int length));
+
+/* Store LENGTH bytes from BUF in the simulated program's memory.
+   Result is number of bytes write, or zero if error.  */
+
+int sim_write PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, SIM_ADDR mem, unsigned char *buf, int length));
+
+/* Fetch register REGNO and store the raw value in BUF.  */
+
+void sim_fetch_register PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, int regno, unsigned char *buf));
+
+/* Store register REGNO from BUF (in raw format).  */
+
+void sim_store_register PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, int regno, unsigned char *buf));
+
+/* Print some interesting information about the simulator.
+   VERBOSE is non-zero for the wordy version.  */
+
+void sim_info PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, int verbose));
+
+/* Fetch why the program stopped.
+   SIGRC will contain either the argument to exit() or the signal number.  */
+
+enum sim_stop { sim_exited, sim_stopped, sim_signalled };
+
+void sim_stop_reason PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, enum sim_stop *reason, int *sigrc));
+
+/* Run (or resume) the program.  */
+
+void sim_resume PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, int step, int siggnal));
+
+/* Passthru for other commands that the simulator might support.
+   If SD is NULL, the command is to be interpreted as refering to
+   the global state, however the simulator defines that.  */
+
+void sim_do_command PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, char *cmd));
+
+/* Provide simulator with a standard host_callback_struct.
+   If SD is NULL, the command is to be interpreted as refering to
+   the global state, however the simulator defines that.  */
+
+void sim_set_callbacks PARAMS ((SIM_DESC sd, struct host_callback_struct *));
+
+#endif /* !defined (REMOTE_SIM_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/include/wait.h b/contrib/binutils/include/wait.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa3c9cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/include/wait.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Define how to access the int that the wait system call stores.
+   This has been compatible in all Unix systems since time immemorial,
+   but various well-meaning people have defined various different
+   words for the same old bits in the same old int (sometimes claimed
+   to be a struct).  We just know it's an int and we use these macros
+   to access the bits.  */
+
+/* The following macros are defined equivalently to their definitions
+   in POSIX.1.  We fail to define WNOHANG and WUNTRACED, which POSIX.1
+   <sys/wait.h> defines, since our code does not use waitpid().  We
+   also fail to declare wait() and waitpid().  */   
+
+#ifndef	WIFEXITED
+#define WIFEXITED(w)	(((w)&0377) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WIFSIGNALED
+#define WIFSIGNALED(w)	(((w)&0377) != 0177 && ((w)&~0377) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WIFSTOPPED
+#ifdef IBM6000
+
+/* Unfortunately, the above comment (about being compatible in all Unix 
+   systems) is not quite correct for AIX, sigh.  And AIX 3.2 can generate
+   status words like 0x57c (sigtrap received after load), and gdb would
+   choke on it. */
+
+#define WIFSTOPPED(w)	((w)&0x40)
+
+#else
+#define WIFSTOPPED(w)	(((w)&0377) == 0177)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WEXITSTATUS
+#define WEXITSTATUS(w)	(((w) >> 8) & 0377) /* same as WRETCODE */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WTERMSIG
+#define WTERMSIG(w)	((w) & 0177)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WSTOPSIG
+#define WSTOPSIG	WEXITSTATUS
+#endif
+
+/* These are not defined in POSIX, but are used by our programs.  */
+
+#define WAITTYPE	int
+
+#ifndef	WCOREDUMP
+#define WCOREDUMP(w)	(((w)&0200) != 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WSETEXIT
+#define WSETEXIT(w,status) ((w) = (0 | ((status) << 8)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	WSETSTOP
+#define WSETSTOP(w,sig)	   ((w) = (0177 | ((sig) << 8)))
+#endif
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/install.sh b/contrib/binutils/install.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4b883b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/install.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+#
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abef050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,7027 @@
+Wed May 21 17:44:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Correct check of fclose return value when
+	handling --force-exe-suffix.
+
+Tue May 13 10:43:26 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldver.c: Set to "2.8.1".
+
+Mon May 12 11:11:06 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Don't align the data segment on the next 8
+	byte boundary, instead let the linker use whatever the individual
+	sections require.
+
+Tue May  6 13:21:19 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Sean McNeil <sean@mcneil.com>:
+	* emultempl/pe.em (sort_by_file_name): Sort by archive name
+	first.
+	(sort_sections): Sort all sections, not just sections in the same
+	archive.
+
+Mon May  5 18:19:55 1997  Philip Blundell  <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>
+
+	* configure.tgt, configure.host: cope with '*-*-linux-gnuaout'
+	targets.
+
+Wed Apr 30 12:23:21 1997  Manfred Hollstein  <manfred@s-direktnet.de>
+
+	* scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc (__.initp.end, _etext): Added whitespace
+	around assignment of current location pointer.
+
+Mon Apr 14 12:06:15 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+	* configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Apr  4 11:42:41 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em: Include "libiberty.h".
+	(sort_sections_1): Use xmalloc rather than alloca.
+
+Thu Apr  3 18:54:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldver.c (ld_program_version): Set to "2.8".
+
+Wed Apr  2 11:55:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-idtmips.c: Rename from mpw-emipsidt.c.
+	* mpw-elfmips.c: Rename from mpw-emipself.c.
+	* mpw-config.in: Update accordingly.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Call lang_check immediately after
+	opening the input files, rather than at the end of the link.
+
+Mon Mar 31 23:44:00 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (init): Fully bracket initializer.
+	(set_pe_stack_heap): Remove locals begin_commit and end.
+	(gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Remove unused local i.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Remove unused local ptr.
+
+Mon Mar 31 16:35:51 1997  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+        * configure.tgt (hppa*-*-rtems*): New target, like hppa-*-*elf*.
+
+Fri Mar 28 15:29:23 1997  H.J. Lu <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	Contributed by David S. Miller <davem@caip.rutgers.edu>:
+	* configure.tgt (sparc*-*-linuxaout*): New target.
+	(sparc*-*-linux*): New target.
+	* emulparams/sparclinux.sh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add esparclinux.o.
+	(esparclinux.c): New target.
+
+Fri Mar 28 14:30:12 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Ralf Baechle <ralf@gnu.ai.mit.edu>:
+	* configure.tgt: Set targ_extra_emuls for mips*el-*-linux* and
+	mips*-*-linux*.  Use elf32bmip and elf32lmip, not elf32ebmip and
+	elf32elmip.
+
+Thu Mar 27 17:14:32 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Update copyright date in version
+	message.
+
+Fri Mar 21 12:28:41 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* emulparams/delta68.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Set to "coff-m68k-sysv".
+
+Tue Mar 18 11:16:23 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em: Include "obstack.h".
+
+Mon Mar 17 19:26:06 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c: Include "obstack.h".
+
+Sat Mar 15 23:23:46 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (powerpc-*-beos*): Use aixppc for targ_emul.
+
+Sat Mar 15 18:10:38 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_list_emulations): Use full prototype.
+	* ldlang.c (print_one_symbol): Add declaration.
+	* ldlang.h (dprint_statements): Declare.
+	* ldmain.c (remove_output): Declare.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Declare.
+	* ldwrite.c (clone_section): Declare.
+	(split_sections): Make static.  Declare.
+	* mri.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(strdup): Don't declare.
+	(mri_alias): Use xstrdup rather than strdup.
+
+Fri Mar 14 21:30:06 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Change handling of data area when
+	generating a shared library to not skip a large block of memory.
+	From Per Fogelstrom <pefo@cvs.openbsd.org>.
+
+Wed Mar 12 21:33:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Only skip the warning if the
+	output section is absolute when the input section is not
+	absolute.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Accept whitespace in VERS_START state.  Warn about
+	invalid characters in VERS_* states.
+
+Tue Mar 11 13:51:31 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Don't let a
+	trailing space lead us to think that there is a zero address.
+
+Sun Mar  9 23:06:35 1997  Eric Youngdale  <eric@andante.jic.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (vers_node): Correct typo of '('  for '{'.
+
+Sun Mar  2 22:59:49 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ld.dvi): Set MAKEINFO environment variable as well
+	as TEXINPUTS.  Needed for building in separate build dir.
+	* ldint.texinfo (SCRIPT_NAME): Fix typo.
+	
+Fri Feb 28 17:42:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Call bfd_set_default_target.
+	* Makefile.in (ldmain.o): Define TARGET when compiling.
+
+Thu Feb 27 11:41:03 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Don't initialize link_info.lprefix or
+	link_info.lprefix_len.
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_before_parse): Likewise.
+
+	* emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Remove.
+	* emulparams/m88kbcs.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Don't set.
+	* Makefile.in (em88kbcs.c): Depend upon generic.em rather than
+	m88kbcs.em.
+
+	* mri.c (mri_draw_tree): Pass noload_section, not SEC_NEVER_LOAD,
+	to lang_enter_output_section_statement.  From Mark Rasin
+	<mark.rasin@telrad.co.il>.
+
+Wed Feb 26 11:51:44 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Clear SEC_IS_COMMON from common
+	section.
+
+Tue Feb 25 20:38:11 1997  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*-*-lnews*): New target.
+	* Makefile.in (emipslnews.c): New target.
+	* emulparams/mipslnews.sh: New file.
+
+Tue Feb 25 16:04:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (hold_interp): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Put loadable .note sections
+	after hold_interp.  Choose a unique output section name.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Don't set hold_use if the
+	SEC_LOAD or SEC_ALLOC flags differ.  Set hold_interp.
+
+Mon Feb 24 18:16:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Eric Youngdale <eric@andante.jic.com>:
+	* ldlex.l (V_TAG, V_IDENTIFIER): New macros.
+	(VERS_START, VERS_SCRIPT, VERS_NODE): New states to parse version
+	information.
+	(ldlex_version_script, ldlex_version_file): New functions.
+	* ldlex.h (enum input_enum): Add input_version_script.
+	(ldlex_version_script): Declare.
+	(ldlex_version_file): Declare.
+	* ldgram.y (%union): Add deflist, versyms, and versnode.
+	(VERS_TAG, VERS_IDENTIFIER): New terminals.
+	(GLOBAL, LOCAL, VERSION, INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT): New terminals.
+	(file): Accept INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT.
+	(ifile_p1): Accept version.
+	(version_script_file): New nonterminal.
+	(version, vers_nodes, vers_node): Likewise.
+	(verdep, vers_tag, ver_defns): Likewise.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_elf_version_info): New global variable.
+	(lang_new_vers_regex): New function.
+	(lang_new_vers_node): New function.
+	(version_index): New static variable.
+	(lang_register_vers_node): New function.
+	(lang_add_vers_depend): New function.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_elf_version_info): Declare.
+	(lang_new_vers_regex, lang_new_vers_node): Declare.
+	(lang_add_vers_depend, lang_register_vers_node): Declare.
+	* lexsup.c (OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT): Define.
+	(ld_options): Add "version-script".
+	(parse_args): Handle OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Pass lang_elf_version_info to size_dynamic_sections.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .gnu.version sections.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document symbol versioning.
+
+Fri Feb 14 18:28:31 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document the INCLUDE command.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:31:37 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* configure.in: Call BFD_NEED_DECLARATION on getenv.
+	* acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV): New macro.
+	* sysdep.h (getenv): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV.
+	* ldemul.c (ld_emul_default_target): Do not cast getenv return
+	value.
+	* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Likewise.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:34:26 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: When relocating, put .mips16.fn.* and
+	.mips16.call.* in .text.
+
+Fri Jan 31 13:16:53 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Search for
+	".so" in the name, not ".so.".
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): Accept a plain .so file.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ld.info): Add -I$(srcdir).  From Alan Modra
+	<alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>.
+
+Thu Jan 30 11:31:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Include <ctype.h>.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Skip the directory name when
+	searching for ".so.".
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): Make sure that the library name
+	has a version number, and that only version numbers follow .so.
+
+Wed Jan 29 18:15:00 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc:
+	* scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: add *(.gcc_except_table) to the text
+	section so Win32 executables are valid.
+
+Mon Jan 27 12:28:43 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Put linkonce reloc section in other
+ 	appropriate reloc sections.
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Add linkonce support.
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri Jan 24 10:44:09 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparms/mn10200.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Move the
+	stack up to 0x80000.
+	* emulparms/mn10300.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Likewise.
+
+Tue Jan 21 12:11:10 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/m32relf.sh (OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS): Use PROVIDE
+	to define `_stack'.
+
+Thu Jan 16 17:07:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Rename auxiliary_filter_shlib to
+	auxiliary_filters, and make it char **.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -f by setting up an array.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use
+	new name of auxiliary_filters.
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Improve documentation of --filter and
+	--auxiliary.
+
+Tue Jan 14 15:44:28 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Clarify that the normal usage is -T.
+	(Commands): Likewise.
+
+Thu Jan  9 11:26:27 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Correct mask used for .data address.
+
+Wed Jan  8 15:14:59 1997  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em: make default executable a.exe instead of
+	a.out
+
+Fri Jan  3 17:33:34 1997  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Move .got closer to .sdata and .sbss by
+	shifting .plt back.  Rumour has it that the NetBSD ld.so depends
+	on .dynamic being after .got, so we leave that.
+
+Fri Jan  3 14:04:40 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean): Don't remove configdoc.texi.
+ 	(maintainer-clean): Do remove configdoc.texi.
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Operators): Remove '@' from @smallexmple in comment
+	to avoid confusing texi2roff.
+
+Thu Jan  2 18:14:32 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*el-*-linux*, mips*-*-linux*): New targets.
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Use __start as the entry address for
+	mips*-*-linux*.
+
+Tue Dec 31 14:48:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add filter_shlib and auxiliary_filter_shlib
+	fields.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --auxiliary/-f and
+	--filter/-F.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Pass filter_shlib and auxiliary_filter_shlib to
+	size_dynamic_sections.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --filter/-F and --auxiliary/-f.
+
+Wed Dec 18 22:57:35 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Use NewFolderRecursive for installation.
+
+Fri Dec 13 10:19:57 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (emn10200.c): Add dependencies.
+	* configure.tgt: Handle mn10200.
+	* emulparms/mn10200.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Dec 12 17:04:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/gld960c.em: Include <ctype.h>.
+ 	(gld960_set_output_arch): Get the machine type from the -A option
+	if there is one, rather than always using core.
+
+Sat Dec  7 10:07:51 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparms/mn10300.sh: Handle leading underscores.
+
+Thu Dec  5 13:45:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Only
+	set hold_rel if SEC_ALLOC is set.
+
+Tue Dec  3 11:29:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Set the output_offset as well
+	as the output_section when only reading symbols from a file.
+
+Mon Dec  2 11:43:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/*.sh: Make sure that each set of parameters which
+	uses the elf.sc script sets MACHINE.
+
+Wed Nov 27 03:22:05 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf{,mips,ppc}.sc: Add the remaining DWARF sections.
+
+	* scripttempl/elfd10v.sc: Likewise.
+
+Tue Nov 26 16:58:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+Mon Nov 25 12:17:55 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): Add case
+	for bfd_vma to init loop.
+
+Mon Nov 25 09:55:07 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparms/mn10300.sh: Remove bogus '_' prefix for
+	entry symbol and ctor/dtor stuff.
+
+Fri Nov 15 13:00:18 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (emn10300.c): Add dependencies.
+	* configure.tgt: Handle mn10300.
+	* emulparms/mn10300.sh: New file.
+
+Tue Nov  5 10:57:50 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh (READONLY_START_ADDR): Changed to 0x2000004.
+	(EMBEDDED): Define.
+	
+Fri Nov  1 10:01:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Add section on reporting bugs.
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Make sure the etext and __CTOR_LIST__
+	symbols are correctly aligned.
+
+Tue Oct 29 12:33:05 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh: Changes needed for D10V-EVA board. 
+	Set TEXT_START_ADDR to 0x1000000. Set READONLY_START_ADDR to 
+	0x2000000.
+	
+	* scripttempl/elfd10v.sc:  Fix calculation of .text.  Change
+	.stack to start at 0x2007ffe.
+
+Mon Oct 28 15:37:00 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (sparclet*-*-aout*): Delete, use sparc*-*-aout*.
+
+Mon Oct 21 17:16:59 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfd10v.sc: Clone from elf.sc, move .text to
+	0x10000, so that is more room for data.
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Now 0x100000.
+	(READONLY_START_ADDR): Now 0x0.
+	(SCRIPT_NAME): Now elfd10v.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): Depend on elfd10v.sc, not elf.sc.
+
+Fri Oct 18 22:12:49 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/m32relf.sh	(TEXT_START_ADDR): Change from 0 to 0x100.
+
+Fri Oct 18 15:43:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove eelf64alpha.o.
+	(ALL_64_EMULATIONS): New variable.
+	* configure.in: Accept --enable-64-bit-bfd option.  If it is set
+	with --enable-targets=all, include ALL_64_EMULATIONS in
+	EMULATION_OFILES.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Oct 17 18:14:07 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Try to consistently use a single or a double dash
+	for each option.
+
+Thu Oct 17 10:17:20 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/m32relf.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+
+Thu Oct 10 17:57:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/elf32b4300.sh: Define _gp in OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS, not
+	OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS.
+	* emulparams/elf32l4300.sh: Likewise.
+
+Wed Oct  9 14:36:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_section_align field.
+	* lexsup.c (OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN): Define.
+	(ld_options): Add --warn-section-align.
+	(parse_args): Handle --warn-section-align.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If warn_section_align, warn if
+	the start of a section changes due to alignment.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --warn-section-align.
+	* ld.texinfo: Change some single dashes to double dashes.
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_subsystem): Record entry symbol for each
+	subsystem type.  Ifdef out os2 type.  Recognize a version number.
+
+Tue Oct  8 12:07:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_subsystem): When setting the subsystem
+	to windows, set the entry point.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ldlex.c): Don't pass any options to $(LEX).
+
+Mon Oct  7 17:29:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Mention .so extensions for shared
+	libraries.
+
+Sun Oct  6 22:35:36 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf{,mips,ppc}.sc: Add DWARF 2 sections.
+
+Fri Oct  4 18:49:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Only set the address of .text if
+	RELOCATING.
+
+Fri Oct  4 10:59:52 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/sparcaout.sh ({BIG,LITTLE}_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define.
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc ({BIG,LITTLE}_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Provide default.
+	(OUTPUT_FORMAT): Support bi-endian targets.
+
+Thu Oct  3 13:52:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.h, fnmatch.c: Remove (now in libiberty).
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Remove fnmatch.c.
+	(HFILES): Remove fnmatch.h.
+	(OFILES): Remove fnmatch.o.
+
+Thu Oct  3 15:41:24 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Move config.log to distclean.
+
+Wed Oct  2 23:45:25 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+        * emultmpl/pe.em: increase size of stack reserve to 0x2000000
+        (necessary in order to compile parse.c in gcc sources under NT)
+
+Wed Oct  2 14:49:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (ld_options): Fix typo in --rpath-link description.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Suggest
+	--rpath if a needed library is not found.
+
+Tue Oct  1 16:17:33 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@oarcorp.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*-*-rtems*): New target, like mips*-*-elf*.
+
+Tue Oct  1 15:50:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Give more detail on -l option.
+
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Handle CREATE_SHLIB the same way that
+	elf.sc does, so that glibc works better.
+
+	* ldver.c (ld_program_version): New variable.
+	(ldversion): Use it.
+	* ldver.h (ld_program_version): Declare.
+	* lexsup.c (ld_options): Handle --dll-verbose like --verbose, not
+	--version.  Change --version handling to match current GNU
+	standards.
+	(help): Print bug report address.
+
+Mon Sep 30 12:14:43 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (em32relf.c): Add rule for.
+	* configure.tgt (m32r-*-*): Recognize.
+	* emulparams/m32relf.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Sep 26 13:58:47 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add symbolic doublequoting to ldmain compile edit.
+	* mpw-config.in: Add mips-*-* case as mips-elf, and use more
+	wildcards in matching.
+	* mpw-emipself.c: New file, pregenerated mips elf emulation.
+
+Tue Sep 17 12:18:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldint.texinfo: Rewrote.
+
+	* configure.tgt: Add cases for MIPS 5000 like MIPS 4300.
+
+Mon Sep 16 17:55:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Only define symbols if RELOCATING.  Fix
+	syntax error on __end__ line.
+
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc: For -N or -n, don't align .data.  From
+ 	Chris Hadley <Christopher.Hadley@cl.cam.ac.uk>
+
+Sun Sep 15 10:38:16 1996  Mark Alexander  <marka@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparms/d10v.sh: Set OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS to put
+	stack at top of simulator memory.
+
+Fri Sep 13 15:49:45 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlex.l (SYMBOLCHARN): Add $, _, and ~.
+
+Wed Sep 11 23:30:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Check for -mips4 like -mips1, et. al.
+
+Thu Sep  5 15:24:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Accept a lang_input_statement
+	as the PTR argument.  If the file is symbols only, discard all
+	input sections.
+	(ldlang_add_file): Pass entry to bfd_map_over_sections.
+
+Wed Sep  4 15:53:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (alpha-*-gnu*): New target.  From Fila Kolodny
+	<fila@ibi.com>.
+
+Fri Aug 30 18:32:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (sh-*-elf*): New target.
+	* emulparams/shelf.sh: New file.
+	* emulparams/shlelf.sh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eshelf.o and eshlelf.o.
+	(eshelf.c, eshlelf.c): New targets.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: If EMBEDDED is defined, then don't add
+	SIZEOF_HEADERS to TEXT_START_ADDR.  Expand CTOR_START and CTOR_END
+	around .ctors, and DTOR_START and DTOR_END around .dtors.  Expand
+	OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS if RELOCATING.
+
+Thu Aug 29 16:57:46 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.{host,tgt} (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium
+	pro.
+
+Mon Aug 26 12:58:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (section): Add opt_nocrossrefs; pass value to
+	lang_enter_overlay.
+	(opt_nocrossrefs): New nonterminal.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize NOCROSSREFS keyword in EXPRESSION mode.
+	* ldlang.c (overlay_nocrossrefs): New static variable.
+	(lang_enter_overlay): Add nocrossrefs parameter.
+	(lang_leave_overlay): Only add nocrossrefs if overlay_nocrossrefs
+	is set.  Initialize overlay_nocrossrefs.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_enter_overlay): Update declaration.
+	* ld.texinfo (Overlays): Update documentation.
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Print GNU ld in the version message.
+
+Thu Aug 22 17:10:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Set HLDENV.
+	* configure.in: Substitute HLDENV.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (HLDENV): New variable.
+	($(LD_PROG)): Use $(HLDENV).
+
+Thu Aug 22 11:16:02 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add @DASH_C_FLAG@ to compiler edit.
+
+Wed Aug 21 11:26:37 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Put .gnu.linkonce* sections in appropriate
+	containing sections.
+
+Mon Aug 19 13:01:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: Include sysdep.h.
+
+Mon Aug 19 11:28:29 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* genscripts.sh: Undo 8/16 change.
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh (MACHINE): Explicitly set to nothing.
+
+Fri Aug 16 19:18:08 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* genscripts.sh: Explicitly reset any shell variables set or used
+	by the various .sc scripts to allow inadvertant use of these
+	names as normal environment variables by the person running
+	configure.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): Use tdir_d10v, not tdir_arcelf.
+
+Fri Aug 16 14:15:41 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc (__bss_start__, __bss_end__,
+ 	__data_start__, __data_end__): Added to keep in sync. with the
+ 	default ARM crt0.s. Added __CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ support.
+
+Thu Aug  8 14:24:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldcref.c (check_reloc_refs): If info->same, look for any symbol
+	defined in info->defsec, not just the section symbol.
+
+Wed Aug  7 14:40:48 1996  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* configure.in: Call BFD_NEED_DECLARATION on strstr and sbrk.
+	* acconfig.h (NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR): New macro.
+	(NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK): New macro.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* sysdep.h (strstr): Declare if NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR.
+	* ldmain.c (sbrk): Declare if HAVE_SBRK and
+	NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_record_phdrs): Cast xmalloc and xrealloc return.
+
+Mon Aug  5 16:26:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize OVERLAY.
+	* ldgram.y: Add section_phdr field to %union.
+	(section): Handle phdr_opt result.  Add OVERLAY case.
+	(opt_exp_without_type): New nonterminal.
+	(phdr_opt): Return list of phdrs.
+	(overlay_section): New nonterminal.
+	* ldlang.c: Include <ctype.h>.
+	(lang_leave_output_section_statement): Add phdrs parameter.
+	Change all callers.
+	(lang_section_in_phdr): Remove.
+	(overlay_vma, overlay_lmn, overlay_max): New static variables.
+	(struct overlay_list): Define.
+	(overlay_list): New static variable.
+	(lang_enter_overlay, lang_enter_overlay_section): New functions.
+	(lang_leave_overlay_section, lang_leave_overlay): New functions.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_leave_output_section_statement): Update
+	declaration for new parameter.
+	(lang_section_in_phdr): Don't declare.
+	(lang_enter_overlay, lang_enter_overlay_section): Declare.
+	(lang_leave_overlay_section, lang_leave_overlay): Declare.
+	* ld.texinfo (Overlays): New node under SECTIONS, documenting
+	overlays.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize MAX and MIN.
+	* ldgram.y (MAX, MIN): New terminals.
+	(exp): Recognize MAX and MIN.
+	* ldexp.c (fold_binary): Handle MAX and MIN.
+	* ld.texinfo (Arithmetic Functions): Document MAX and MIN.
+
+	* ld.texinfo (PHDRS): Use @cindex, not @kindex, for program header
+	index entries.
+
+	* ldgram.y (SIZEOF, ADDR): Do not specify type.
+
+	* ldcref.c (check_nocrossref): Skip symbols with no output
+	sections.
+
+Fri Aug  2 14:57:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (LOADADDR): New terminal.
+	(exp): Handle LOADADDR.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize LOADADDR.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Add LOADADDR.
+	(fold_name): Implement LOADADDR.
+	* ldlang.c (exp_init_os): Treat LOADADDR like ADDR.
+	* ld.texinfo (Arithmetic Functions): Document LOADADDR.
+
+Thu Aug  1 12:52:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (check_nocrossrefs): Declare.
+	* ldlang.h (struct lang_nocrossref): Define.
+	(struct lang_nocrossrefs): Define.
+	(nocrossref_list): Declare.
+	(lang_add_nocrossref): Declare.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize NOCROSSREFS keyword.
+	* ldgram.y (%union): Add nocrossref field.
+	(NOCROSSREFS): New terminal.
+	(ifile_p1): Recognize NOCROSSREFS.
+	(nocrossref_list): New nonterminal.
+	* ldlang.c (nocrossref_list): Define.
+	(lang_add_nocrossref): New function.
+	* ldmain.c (main): If nocrossref_list is not NULL, call
+	check_nocrossrefs.
+	(warning_callback): Free symbols if there is no place to store
+	them.
+	(notice): Call add_cref if nocrossref_list is not NULL.
+	* ldcref.c: Include "ldexp.h" and "ldlang.h".
+	(check_nocrossrefs): New function.
+	(check_nocrossref): New static function.
+	(struct check_refs_info): Define.
+	(check_refs, check_reloc_refs): New static functions.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	* ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document NOCROSSREFS.
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Section Placement): Improve the wording of the
+	wildcard documentation.  Mention that wildcards are only searched
+	for on the command line, not in the file system.
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Move
+	definition of lib_path inside condition where it is used.
+
+Wed Jul 31 13:17:10 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+ 	* emulparams/d10velf.sh: Now works with elf.sc.
+
+Wed Jul 31 11:52:03 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to vanilla.
+
+Tue Jul 30 14:46:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Add the section VMA to the result
+	value when computing the address of a section.
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add cref field.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Set command_line.cref.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Check command_line.cref rather than
+	link_info.notice_all.
+	(notice): Likewise.
+
+	* ldcref.c (output_one_cref): Don't crash if a symbol is defined
+	in a section without an owner.
+
+Mon Jul 29 17:23:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.h, fnmatch.c: New files.
+	* ldlex.l: Remove unused definition of FILENAME.  Add definition
+	of WILDCHAR.  In SCRIPT mode, accept any sequence of WILDCHAR as a
+	NAME.
+	* ldgram.y (file_NAME_list): Accept '*' and '?' specially.
+	(input_section_spec): Accept '?' specially.
+	(statement): Change exp to mustbe_exp in length and FILL cases.
+	(section): Call ldlex_script before section statements, and call
+	ldlex_popstate after them.
+	* ldlang.c: Include "fnmatch.h".
+	(wildcardp): New static function.
+	(wild_section): Permit the section name to be a wildcard.
+	(wild_file): New static function, broken out of wild.
+	(wild): Call wild_file.  Permit the file name to be a wildcard.
+	(open_input_bfds): Don't call lookup_name for a wildcard pattern.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+ 	(CFILES): Add fnmatch.c.
+	(HFILES): Add fnmatch.h.
+	(OFILES): Add fnmatch.o.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document that file and section names can now be
+	wildcard patterns.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_place_orphans): Correct condition: place a common
+	section if not relocateable or if common definitions are forced.
+
+Wed Jul 24 12:16:38 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to elf.
+
+Wed Jul 24 13:38:22 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* configure.tgt (d10v-*-*): Don't require the -elf, allow plain d10v.
+
+Tue Jul 23 10:36:19 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ed10velf.c): New target.
+	* configure.tgt (d10v-*-elf*): New target.
+	* emulparams/d10velf.sh: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 18 16:25:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (sparc*-*-sysv4*): New target.  From Andrew Gierth
+	<ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>.
+
+	* configure.host: Change irix5 to irix[56]*.
+	* configure.tgt: Likewise.
+
+Wed Jul 17 10:52:46 1996  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (sort_sections): Pay attention to return code.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (demangle): Remove all prefix '.'s from a name.
+
+Mon Jul 15 11:49:49 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Round
+ 	the value of __start_SECNAME to the alignment required by the
+ 	section to be placed.
+
+Tue Jul  9 12:09:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*el-*-elf*): Use elf32elmip.
+	(mips*-*-elf*): Use elf32ebmip.
+	* emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (EMBEDDED): Don't define.
+	* emulparams/elf32lmip.sh (EMBEDDED): Don't define.
+	* emulparams/elf32elmip.sh: New file; copy of elf32lmip.sh with
+	EMBEDDED defined.
+	* emulparams/elf32ebmip.sh: New file; copy of elf32bmip.sh with
+	EMBEDDED defined.
+	* emulparams/elf32b4300.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+	* emulparams/elf32l4300.sh (EMBEDDED): Define.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32ebmip.o eelf32elmip.o.
+	(eelf32ebmip.c, eelf32elmip.c): New targets.
+
+Thu Jul  4 12:01:03 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Set version to cygnus-2.7.1.
+
+	* Released binutils 2.7.
+
+	* emulparams/pc532macha.sh: Rename from pc532machaout.sh to avoid
+	System V file name limitations.
+	* configure.tgt (nc32k-pc532-mach*, ns32k-pc532-ux*): Use
+	pc532macha rather than pc532machaout.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Change epc532machaout.o to
+	epc532macha.o.
+	(epc532macha.c): Rename target from epc532machaout.c.
+
+Wed Jul  3 11:40:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_padding_statement): Use %u, not %x, to print
+	fill value.
+
+Sun Jun 30 11:16:43 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-eppcmac.c: Update to reflect May 23 change to aix.em.
+
+Thu Jun 27 14:03:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Put the .sa
+	file just before the .so file, rather than just after.
+
+	* configure.host: Use -print-file-name=FILE rather than piping
+	-print-libgcc-file-name through sed.
+	(i[345]86*-*-sco*, i[345]86-*-isc*): Create crtbegin.o and
+	crtend.o files, in case gcc doesn't use them.
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove crtbegin.o and crtend.o.
+
+Wed Jun 26 15:57:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*-dec-osf*): New target.
+
+Tue Jun 25 22:15:29 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir,
+	INSTALL_PROGRAM, INSTALL_DATA): Use autoconf-set values.
+	(docdir): Removed.
+	* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf 2.5 or higher.
+	(AC_PROG_INSTALL): Added.
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Mon Jun 24 18:48:16 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_): Don't do a
+	PROVIDE of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, since it needs to be at a
+	non-fixed location.
+
+Mon Jun 24 17:55:31 1996  Jouke Numan  <jnuman@bazis.nl>
+
+	* ldlang.h (enum section_type): Define.
+	(lang_output_section_statement_type): Remove loadable field.  Add
+	sectype field.
+	(lang_enter_output_section_statement): Change flags parameter in
+	prototype to sectype.
+	* ldgram.y (typebits): Remove.
+	(sectype): New static variable.
+	(opt_at): Use sectype rather than typebits.
+	(type): Set sectype rather than typebits.
+	(atype): Likewise.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize DSECT, COPY, INFO, and OVERLAY in
+	EXPRESSION mode.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Set sectype
+	field rather than loadable field.
+	(wild_doit): Check sectype rather than loadable.
+	(lang_record_phdrs): Likewise.
+	(lang_enter_output_section_statement): Rename flags parameter to
+	sectype.  Set sectype field rather than loadable field.  Set flags
+	field based on sectype.
+
+Mon Jun 24 12:00:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Force .stab* and .comment sections to start
+	at 0.
+
+	* configure.in: On alpha*-*-osf*, link against libbfd.a if not
+	using shared libraries.
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+
+Fri Jun 21 17:40:56 1996  Joel Sherrill  <joel@merlin.gcs.redstone.army.mil>
+
+	* configure.tgt: Add support for *-*-rtems* configurations.
+
+Fri Jun 21 13:05:51 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* configure.tgt (alpha-*-linuxecoff*): New target.
+	(alpha-*-linux*): Use elf64alpha.
+	* emulparams/elf64alpha.sh: New file.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: If ELFSIZE is not set, set it to 32.  Use
+	${ELFSIZE} rather than 32 when calling BFD routines.
+	(hold_rodata): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Use hold_rodata for a
+	readonly section that is not code.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Set hold_rodata.  Don't use
+	a .rel section unless its bfd_section field is not NULL.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf64alpha.o.
+	(eelf64alpha.c): New target.
+
+Fri Jun 21 12:45:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Correct handling of 0 in %W case.
+
+Thu Jun 20 13:55:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Add enough support to understand the gcc svr3.ifile script:
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize BLOCK and GROUP in EXPRESSION context.  Add
+	BIND keyword.
+	* ldgram.y: Add BIND token.
+	(section): Recognize GROUP.
+	(opt_ext_with_type): Recognize a couple of cases of BIND.
+	* ldlang.c (init_os): Don't do anything if section is already
+	initialized.  Call exp_init_os on addr_tree field.
+	(exp_init_os): New static function.
+	(map_input_to_output_sections): Call exp_init_os on assignment
+	expression.
+	(lang_place_orphans): Check for common sections by name COMMON
+	rather than by common_section field.  Don't warn about absence of
+	[COMMON] command.
+
+	* ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Remove useless fields
+	common_section, common_output_section, and complained, as well as
+	all references to them.
+
+	* ldexp.c: Reindent a lot of code.
+	(exp_fold_tree): Call FAIL rather than einfo in default case.
+
+Wed Jun 19 11:40:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (m88*-*-dgux*): Quote HOSTING_CRT0.  From
+	<randall.hron@medaphis.com>.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:53:09 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300s.sc: New file for H8/S.
+	* emulpararms/h8300s.sh: New file for H8/S.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add H8/S.
+	(e_h8300s.c): Add dependencies.
+	* configure.tgt: Add H8/S to targ_extra_emuls.
+
+Tue Jun 18 17:55:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (i[345]86*-*-isc*): New target.  From
+	<uddeborg@carmen.se>.
+
+Wed Jun 12 12:46:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+ 	(parse_args): Copy the -Y argument into memory.
+ 	(set_default_dirlist): Don't put the ':' back into the directory
+	list.
+
+Fri Jun  7 11:27:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Include libiberty.h.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): New static function to add
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH to the list of search directories.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Add new set_symbols routine.
+
+Thu Jun  6 11:50:31 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Use ALIGN(16)
+	rather than . when computing _gp value.  From Per Fogelstrom.
+	* emulparams/elf32lmip.sh (OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Likewise.
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Don't close and unlink the file on error, since
+	remove_output will do it anyhow.
+	* ldlang.c (open_output): Set boolean variable to true, not 1.
+
+Wed Jun  5 18:34:14 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* emulparams/{elf32b4300.sh,elf32l4300.sh} (SCRIPT_NAME): Use
+	elfmips instead of elf.
+
+Tue Jun  4 18:43:07 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldcref.c: New file.
+	* ld.h (add_cref, output_cref): Declare.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize notice_all field.  If it is set at
+	end of link, call output_cref.
+	(notice): Rename from notice_ysym.  Check notice_all.
+	* ldmisc.c (finfo): Make globally visible.
+	* ldmisc.h (finfo): Declare.
+	* lexsup.c (OPTION_CREF): Define.
+	(ld_options): Add "cref".
+	(parse_args): Handle OPTION_CREF.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Add ldcref.c.
+	(OFILES): Add ldcref.o.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --cref.
+
+Tue Jun  4 12:12:25 1996  Tom Tromey  <tromey@csk3.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Make $(tooldir) and $(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Fri May 31 12:40:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (sort_sections): Don't assume that a
+	wild_statement has a section name.
+
+Wed May 29 13:13:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Quote test -z argument.
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Clarify the CONSTRUCTORS command.
+
+Thu May 23 16:07:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Initialize
+	file, not impfile.
+
+Wed May 22 11:31:30 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): Don't copy over SEC_LINK_{ONCE,DUPLICATES}
+	if final link.
+	* emultempl/pe.em (sfunc): Renamed to sort_by_file_name.
+	(sort_by_section_name, sort_sections_1): New functions.
+	(sort_sections): Only sort by file name sections in .idata.
+	Add "Grouped Sections" support.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Rewrite to support Grouped
+	Sections.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Delete.
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc (.text,.data,.rdata): Add *(.foo\$).
+	(.CRT,.rsrc): Rewrite to use Grouped Section support.
+
+Tue May 21 14:31:48 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-eppcmac.c: Update to reflect changes to aix.em.
+
+Sun May 19 16:59:44 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@seba.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (dprint_statement): Stop printing at end of list.
+
+Sat May 18 13:12:05 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	Support for --force-exe-suffix
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add force_exe_suffix.
+	* ld.texinfo: Add documentation.
+	* ldmain.c (main):  Add support for option.
+	* lexsup.c (OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX): New.
+	(ld_options, parse_args):  Add support for option.
+
+Wed May 15 12:50:25 1996  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (set_pe_value): Pass 0 not 16 to strtoul call.
+
+Fri May 10 16:28:44 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (__stack): Make __stack 0 if it was
+	referenced but not defined.
+
+Thu May  9 08:52:23 1996  Rob Savoye  <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/{elf32bmip.sh,elf32lmip.sh,mipsidt.sh,mipsidtl.sh}:
+	Set a new variable to signify if the final target is an embedded
+	system. 
+	* scripttempl/{mips.sc,elfmips.sc}: Don't add SIZEOF_HEADERS to
+	.text for an embedded system.
+
+Tue May  7 10:56:11 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): New function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): New function.
+	(hold_{section,use,text,rdata,data}): New static locals.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Update orphan field.
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Whitespace cleanup.  Semicolon usage cleanup.
+	(INIT,FINI): Delete, unused.
+	(.text): Document orphan .text.foo sections.
+	(.rdata): Document orphan .rdata.foo sections.
+	(.data): Document orphan .data.foo sections.
+
+Tue May  7 11:35:46 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Place ".tiny" sections right
+	after ".data" sections.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Place ".tiny" sections into
+	the "tiny" memory region, 0xff8000 through 0xffff00.
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Set the entry point to the value of
+	"_start" rather than the start of the text segment.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Place .rodata sections before .text
+	sections in main ram.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Mon May  6 23:32:30 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Use "eight", not "eightbit" for the
+	8-bit region and 8-bit sections.
+
+Wed May  1 17:50:06 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (section_already_linked): Fix typos.
+
+Mon Apr 29 20:31:06 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc (.endjunk): Define __end__.
+
+Mon Apr 29 17:05:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (longest_section_name): Remove.
+	(SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH): Define.
+	(print_size, print_alignment, print_fill, print_section): Remove.
+	(print_flags): Remove.
+	(lang_map): Rewrite.
+	(print_output_section_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_assignment): Rewrite.
+	(print_one_symbol): Rewrite.
+	(print_input_section): Rewrite.
+	(print_fill_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_data_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_address_statement): New static function.
+	(print_reloc_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_padding_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_wild_statement): Rewrite.
+	(print_statement_list): Clean up.
+	(print_statement): Clean up.  Some minor output changes.
+	(print_statements): Clean up.
+	(load_symbols): Put another - before -whole-archive.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): Change etree_value and etree_rel to
+	print 0x and to omit leading zeroes.  For etree_rel, use %B to
+	print the BFD.  For etree_assign, remove the space after the
+	destination name.
+	* ldwrite.c: Include "libiberty.h".
+	(clone_section): Call xstrdup, not strdup.
+	(ldwrite): Don't print any map information.
+	(print_symbol_table, print_file_stuff, print_symbol): Remove.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Call lang_map when appropriate.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Add support for %W.
+	(print_address): Remove.
+	* ldmisc.h (print_address): Don't declare.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Mon Apr 29 10:29:07 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* configure.host (m68*-*-linux*): Add -dynamic-linker to
+ 	HOSTING_CRT0.  Search -lgcc both before and after -lc in
+ 	HOSTING_LIBS.  Look for crt{begin,end}.o in the compiler directory
+ 	at first.
+	(i[345]86-*-linux*): Look for crt{begin,end}.o in the compiler
+	directory at first.
+
+Fri Apr 26 14:42:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmisc.h (demangle): Declare.
+	* ldmisc.c: Include "libiberty.h".  Include demangle.h with "",
+ 	not <>.
+	(demangle): Make non-static.  Remove remove_underscore paramter.
+	Always return an allocated string.
+	(vfinfo): Free result of demangle.  Add case 'G'.  Use %T to print
+	functionname, rather than calling demangle.  Print a colon between
+	the BFD(section+offset) and the line number.
+	* ldmain.c (add_archive_element): Improve format of archive
+	information in map file.
+	(constructor_callback): Don't print anything to the map file.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Improve format of common symbol
+	information in map file.
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): If producing a map file, print set
+	information.
+	* ldwrite.c (print_symbol_table): Print a newline before the
+	header in the map file.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Reindent.
+
+Mon Apr 22 12:07:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If _cooked_size is not 0, then
+	don't clobber it when not relaxing.
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Remove traditional_format field.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Use link_info.traditional_format rather than
+	config.traditional_format.
+	* ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output): Likewise.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Likewise.
+	* mpw-eppcmac.c (gldppcmacos_parse_args): Likewise.
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): Discard debugging sections if we are
+	stripping debugging information.
+
+	* emulparams/z8002.sh (ARCH): Set to z8002, not z8k.
+
+Tue Apr 16 16:38:32 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldexp.c (fold_binary): Correct handling of subtraction with
+	absolute values.
+	(fold_name): Permit symbols in lang_allocating_phase_enum.
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Only PROVIDE __stack when RELOCATING.  Undo
+	accidental changes in last patch.
+
+Tue Apr 16 10:25:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (powerpc*-*-{sysv,linux}): Add aliases.
+	(powerpcle*-*-{sysv,solaris}): Ditto.
+
+Mon Apr 15 14:50:56 1996  Rob Savoye  <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Add PROVIDE (__stack = 0) so I can use it
+	in m68k/crt0.S without things blowing up.
+
+Fri Apr 12 16:40:56 1996  Rob Savoye  <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Remove default address for .data so
+	.text, .data, and .bss are all sequential.
+
+Thu Apr 11 12:05:35 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Remove regions and simplify.
+
+Wed Apr 10 14:41:53 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Add the "8-bit area" in the upper 256
+	bytes of the address space.  Put data from the ".eight" sections
+	into the 8-bit area.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Tue Apr  9 14:10:42 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/generic.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
+	Pass $ARCH to ldfile_set_output_arch instead of setting
+	ldfile_output_architecture directly.
+
+Tue Apr  9 14:22:15 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.init,.fini): Put .init, .fini section
+	next to .text.  Put _etext after .text, .init, .fini, and
+	.rodata{,2} sections.
+
+Tue Apr  9 12:18:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Rearrange option documentation.
+
+	* lexsup.c (ld_options): New static array.
+	(parse_args): Build shortopts and longopts from ld_options array.
+	(help): New static function.
+	* ldver.h (help): Don't declare.
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Reindent.
+	(help): Remove.
+
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -E as a synonym for -export-dynamic.
+
+Mon Apr  8 11:56:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: When checking for a native emulation, check
+	that the current emulation is the default emulation.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Likewise.
+
+	* configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add -E as a synonym for -export-dynamic,
+	for HP/UX compatibility.
+
+Fri Apr  5 14:30:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf): New
+	static function, if ${host} = ${target}.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Call check_ld_so_conf to find a
+	needed shared library if ${host} = $[target}.
+
+	* configure.host (i[345]86-*-linux*): Add -dynamic-linker to
+	HOSTING_CRT0.  Search -lgcc both before and after -lc in
+	HOSTING_LIBS.
+
+	* configure.tgt: Add i[345]86-*-freebsdelf* target; from John
+	Polstra <jdp@polstra.com>.
+
+Fri Apr  5 18:11:25 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* emulparams/elf32{b,l}4300.sh (MACHINE): Add explicit
+ 	architecture number.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Use $MACHINE definition if present.
+	* configure.tgt (targ_extra_emuls): Force 4100 build to use same
+ 	template as 4300.
+
+Mon Apr  1 17:35:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Change region check to handle
+	regions which end at the highest possible address correctly.
+	From Roland Weber <roweber@ira.uka.de>.
+
+	* ldlang.c (section_already_linked): New static function.
+	(wild_doit): Discard sections with SEC_EXCLUDE set if not doing a
+	relocateable link.  Don't worry about section being NULL, since it
+	never should be.  Don't call init_os unless the section is going
+	to be added.
+	(ldlang_add_file): Call section_already_linked for each section.
+	* ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Don't warn about multiple
+	definitions in sections which are being discarded.
+
+Sun Mar 31 00:30:47 1996  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/{ppcpe.sc, pe.sc} (.junk): Remove and use /DISCARD/.
+	* emultempl/pe.em (init): Remove special case PPC code.
+
+Fri Mar 29 00:01:29 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Make vectors section 0xc4 bytes long
+	so as not to overwrite the magic syscall entry at 0xc4.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar 28 11:05:47 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (sparc64-*-solaris2*): Delete.
+	Stick with sparc-*-solaris2*.
+
+Wed Mar 27 12:33:24 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME): Define to "/DISCARD/".
+	* ldlang.c (init_os): Fail on an attempt to initialize any section
+	named DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.
+	(wild_doit): Discard input sections assigned to an output section
+	named DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document use of /DISCARD/.
+
+	* ldlang.c: Fix some indentation and comments.
+
+Tue Mar 26 18:14:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Call bfd_set_error_program_name.
+
+Thu Mar 21 13:17:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Fix a couple of indexing entries.  Mention that
+	--verbose displays builtin linker scripts.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): case 'I': If the file is not in an archive,
+	and the local symbol name does not match the filename, print the
+	filename as well.
+
+	Patches from John Polstra <jdp@polstra.com> for FreeBSD ELF:
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): -Bshareable is a synonym for -shared.
+	* emulparams/elf_i386.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Make the same
+	as TEXT_START_ADDR.
+
+Wed Mar 20 18:18:25 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Fix typos.  Use @pxref only inside parentheses.
+
+Wed Mar 20 16:56:15 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (add_wrap): New function.
+	* ldmain.h (add_wrap): Declare.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Call add_wrap.
+
+Tue Mar 19 16:44:20 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (sparc*-*-solaris2* host): Accept any sparc variant.
+
+Wed Mar 13 17:47:31 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Change name of page zero memory
+	from "null" to "vectors".  Create an output section for
+	vectors.  Add comments on how to explicitly place items
+	in the vector table.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Likewise.
+
+Wed Mar 13 12:40:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/lnk960.em (machine_table): Add jx and hx.
+
+	* genscripts.sh: Don't use ${9:-xx}, since Ultrix /bin/sh doesn't
+	support it.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:43:59 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@koala.azstarnet.com>
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_multiple_gp field.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --warn-multiple-gp.
+	* ldmain.c (warning_callback): Suppress multiple gp values warning
+	if --warn_multiple_gp was not used.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --warn-multiple-gp.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:02:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --wrap.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize link_info.wrap_hash.
+	* ldexp.c (fold_name): Use bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup in DEFINED
+	and NAME cases.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --wrap.
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+	Don't do SunOS style dynamic linking for sparc-aout:
+	* configure.tgt (sparc64-*-aout*): Use sparcaout, not sun4.
+	(sparclite*-fujitsu-*, sparc*-*-aout): Likewise.
+	(sparc*-wrs-vxworks*): Likewise.
+	* emulparams/sparcaout.sh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add esparcaout.o.
+	(esparcaout.c): New target.
+
+Wed Mar  6 16:06:52 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.sdata2, .sbss2): Implement Feb 2 change
+ 	in a different manner to work around differences in shell variable
+ 	expansion.
+
+Wed Mar  6 18:08:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_unrecognized_file): Declare.
+	(ldemulation_xfer_type): Add unrecognized_file field.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_unrecognized_file): New function.
+	* ldlang.c (load_symbols): If a file can not be recognized, call
+	ldemul_unrecognized_file before trying it as a linker script.
+	* aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_unrecognized_file): New static
+	function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): Use FOPEN_RT, not "r".
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize unrecognized_file.
+
+Mon Mar  4 14:11:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild): Handle foo.a(.text) by mapping each included
+	member of foo.a separately.  From Jouke Numan <jnuman@bazis.nl>.
+
+Fri Mar  1 10:24:59 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+	Search trinary.cond rather than searching trinary.lhs twice.
+
+Tue Feb 27 15:08:43 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit out shared library support.
+	(@TDIRS@): Edit out, can't use genscripts.
+
+Tue Feb 27 15:09:21 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* configure.tgt (m68k-*-linuxaout*, m68k-*-linux*): New targets.
+	* emulparams/m68klinux.sh: New file.
+	* emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Call bfd_${EMULATION_NAME}_size_dynamic_sections instead of
+	bfd_linux_size_dynamic_sections.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68klinux.o.
+	(em68klinux.c): New target.
+	* configure.host (m68*-*-linuxaout*, m68*-*-linux*): New hosts.
+
+Tue Feb 27 12:55:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Sort into alphabetical order.
+	Fill in missing entries.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --no-whole-archive.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Add whole_archive field.
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Set whole_archive field.
+	(load_symbols): Check input file specific whole_archive field
+	rather than global variable.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --no-whole-archive.
+
+Tue Feb 20 16:07:00 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt: Correct gldi960 to gld960.
+
+Mon Feb 19 11:16:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Check
+	the SONAME if it is available.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): Use the SONAME, not the
+	filename, when checking for conflicting library versions.  Don't
+	assume that the suffix is only numbers and dots.
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Mention that -R can be used for -rpath.
+
+Sun Feb 18 15:05:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Check for 'do not mix' from native linker before
+	trying to use -rpath.
+
+Thu Feb 15 13:58:06 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove explicit substitution of CFLAGS; autoconf
+	does it anyhow.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (LDFLAGS): Set to @LDFLAGS@.
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_PROG_CC before configure.host.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Remove go32 host, since it should no longer be
+	necessary.  Don't set CC for romp host.
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Don't skip a page in virtual memory space if
+	the text segment ends exactly on a page boundary.
+
+	* configure.in: Substitute RPATH_ENVVAR.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Set RPATH_ENVVAR.
+	* Makefile.in (RPATH_ENVVAR): New variable.
+	(check): Use $(RPATH_ENVVAR) rather than LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
+
+Wed Feb 14 18:49:01 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* configure.in: Redo emulation handling so that each emulation
+	searches the correct tool directory, based on the target alias.
+	For example, "configure --enable-targets=m68k-coff i386-linux"
+	will search /usr/local/i386-linux/lib for linux and
+	/usr/local/m68k-coff/lib for m68k-coff.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.tgt: Add special tdir settings for Linux.
+	* Makefile.in: Add @TDIRS@.  Pass "$(tdir_EMUL)" to ${GENSCRIPTS}
+	for each eEMUL.c target.
+	* genscripts.sh: Accept specific alias as 9th argument, and use it
+	in LIB_PATH.
+
+Wed Feb 14 16:38:36 1996  Martin Anantharaman  <martin@mail.imech.uni-duisburg.de>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_set_startof): Don't do anything for a
+	relocateable link.
+
+	* ldgram.y (mri_script_file): Call mri_draw_tree.
+	* mri.c (mri_draw_tree): Make globally visible.  Don't bother to
+	create memory regions.
+	(mri_load): Don't call mri_draw_tree.
+	* mri.h (mri_draw_tree): Declare.
+
+	* configure.tgt (m68*-*-psos): New target.
+	* emulparams/m68kpsos.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/psos.sc: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68kpsos.o.
+	(em68kpsos.c): New target.
+
+Wed Feb 14 11:09:25 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (*-*-ieee*): New target; use vanilla.
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse): Strip
+	`:foo' from ${ARCH}.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:58:58 1996  Bryan Ford  <baford@snake.cs.utah.edu>
+
+	* scripttempl/i386msdos.sc: Don't pad the .text section.  Put
+	.rodata in .data.
+
+Tue Feb 13 14:04:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Set HDLFLAGS for *-*-hpux with --enable-shared.
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): Warn if
+	it looks like we might be linking in two different versions of the
+	same shared library.  Based on a patch from H J Lu <hjl@zoom.com>.
+
+Thu Feb  8 19:25:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Increment the section size when a
+	padding statement is encountered.
+
+Wed Feb  7 14:01:33 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Look for --enable-shared.  Change the value of
+	BFDLIB when linking against a shared library on SunOS.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: If using a shared BFD library, try to pass a
+	reasonable -rpath option when linking.
+	* Makefile.in (BFDLIB): Set to @BFDLIB@.
+
+Tue Feb  6 12:29:14 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/elf64_sparc.sh (ARCH): Change to `sparc:v9'.
+	* emultempl/generic.em: Strip `:foo' from ${ARCH}.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:25:30 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Support for building bfd and opcodes as shared libraries, based on
+	patches from Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in (HLDFLAGS): New substitution.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* configure.host: Set HLDFLAGS on SunOS.
+	* Makefile.in (HLDFLAGS): New variable.
+	(BFDDEP): New variable.
+	(BFDLIB): Change to -L../bfd -lbfd.
+	($(LD_PROG)): Depend upon $(BFDDEP) rathern than $(BFDLIB).  Use
+	$(HLDFLAGS) in link.
+	(check): Set LD_LIBRARY_PATH in the environment.
+
+Fri Feb  2 19:26:25 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.sdata2, .sbss2): Put .sdata2 and .sbss
+	in the read-only section, not read/write unless we are making a
+	shared library.
+	(.debug*): Add dwarf debug sections.
+	(.rela.{sdata*,sbss*}): Add sections.
+
+Fri Feb  2 16:50:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+Thu Feb  1 10:50:46 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/elf_i386.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Change to 0x8048000,
+	for SVR4 compatibility.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Correct handling of ABSOLUTE.
+
+Wed Jan 31 17:30:19 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (i[345]86-*-cygwin32, powerpcle-*-cygwin32): New.
+	* emultempl/pe.em (definfo init): Make the default stack reserve
+	of a PPC larger.
+	
+Wed Jan 31 14:34:23 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* configure.tgt (m68*-apple-aux*): New target.
+	* emulparams/m68kaux.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/m68kaux.sc: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em68kaux.o.
+	(em68kaux.c): New target.
+
+Tue Jan 30 13:18:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Ignore
+	-bnoentry, since the right thing tends to happen anyhow.
+
+Mon Jan 29 12:29:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -export-dynamic.
+
+Fri Jan 26 11:11:55 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Check for native compile by comparing
+	${target} and ${host}.
+
+Thu Jan 25 16:46:58 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* emulparams/{elf32b4300.sh, elf32l4300.sh}: Changed
+ 	TEXT_START_ADDR to allow use on IDT and PMON systems.
+
+Wed Jan 24 20:59:40 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args):
+	correct spelling.
+
+Wed Jan 24 16:59:19 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (sparc64-*-solaris2*): New configuration.
+	(sparc64-*-aout*): Renamed from sparc64*.
+
+Mon Jan 22 13:01:35 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (GENSCRIPTS): Pass @host@ @target@ @target_alias@.
+	* genscripts.sh: Set host, target and target_alias variables.
+	Check for native compile by comparing ${target} and ${host}.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: Test ${target}, not ${target_alias}.
+
+Mon Jan 22 11:03:23 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Refine eabi support to better support
+	.sdata, .sdata2, .sbss, etc. sections.
+
+Tue Jan 16 15:16:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (%union): Add phdr field.
+	(phdr): Use phdr_qualifiers rather than opt_hdrs and opt_at.
+	(phdr_qualifiers): New nonterminal.  Add support for FLAGS.
+	(opt_hdrs, hdr): Remove.
+	(phdr_val): New nonterminal.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_new_phdr): Replace hdrs parameter with filehdr
+	and phdrs parameters.  Add flags parameter.
+	(lang_record_phdrs): Update for changes to lang_phdr.  Pass flags
+	to bfd_record_phdr.
+	* ldlang.h (struct lang_phdr): Replace hdrs field with filehdr and
+	phdrs fields.  Add flags field.
+	(LANG_PHDR_FILEHDR, LANG_PHDR_PHDRS): Remove.
+	(lang_new_phdr): Update declaration.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document FLAGS.
+
+Mon Jan 15 15:07:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Don't make a shared library because of an undefined reference to
+	__GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
+
+	Add some Irix 5 support, mostly from Kazumoto Kojima
+        <kkojima@info.kanagawa-u.ac.jp>:
+	* emulparams/elf32bmip.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Change to elfmips.
+	(SHLIB_TEXT_START_ADDR): Define.
+	(OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS): Define.
+	(OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Remove initialization of _gp.
+	(EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Don't define.
+	(DYNAMIC_LINK): Don't define.
+	* emulparams/elf32lmip.sh: Same changes as elf32bmip.sh.
+	* scripttempl/elfmips.sc: New file.
+	* configure.host (mips*-dec-bsd*): Change mips to mips*.
+	(mips*-sgi-irix4*): Likewise.
+	(mips*-sgi-irix5*): New entry.
+	* Makefile.in (eelf32bmip.c): Depend upon elfmips.sc rather than
+	elf.sc.
+	(eelf32lmip.c): Likewise.
+
+Sat Jan 13 09:41:43 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Remove support for .rel.* sections.  Add
+	.rela.got.neg section.
+
+Fri Jan 12 14:56:19 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/sh.sc: Only build constructors when CONSTRUCTING.
+
+	* ldmisc.c: Include <stdarg.h> rather than <varargs.h> if
+	ANSI_PROTOTYPES is defined.  Remove special handling of
+	WINDOWS_NT.  Various indendation fixes.
+	(vfinfo): Change fmt parameter to const char *.
+	(info_msg): Write <stdarg.h> version.
+	(einfo, minfo, finfo): Likewise.
+	(info_assert): Change file parameter to const char *.
+	* ldmisc.h (einfo, minfo, info_msg): If ANSI_PROTOTYPES is
+	defined, use a real prototype.
+	(info_assert): Change first parameter to be const char *.
+
+Fri Jan 12 13:29:55 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .sdata2/.sbss2, etc.  Add
+	in old support that 2.7.2 needs, but the current compiler does
+	not.
+
+	* Makefile.in (eelf32{,l}ppc.c): Fix up dependencies to use the
+	correct Linker script template.
+
+	* emulparams/elf32{,l}ppc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0x40000,
+	not 0x400000.
+	(DATA_ADDR,NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Delete.
+
+Tue Jan  9 15:53:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Put .rconst right after .rdata.
+
+Fri Jan  5 14:07:45 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	sort using right pointer.
+
+Fri Jan  5 12:25:47 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Remove support for creating special
+	labels for eabi section begin/end here.  The compiler now uses
+	crt{i,n}.o to create these symbols.
+
+Thu Jan  4 17:08:58 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host: Change existing Linux HOSTING_CRT0 to be used
+	for a.out only, and put in appropriate HOSTING_CRT0 and
+	HOSTING_LIBS values for Linux ELF.
+
+Thu Jan  4 12:02:05 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Use all 64K for ram.
+	* scripttempl/h8300h.sc: Define 256K ram size.
+
+Thu Dec 21 15:57:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Pass
+	export_defines as true to bfd_xcoff_size_dynamic_sections if -unix
+	was used, regardless of whether -bE was used.
+
+Tue Dec 19 17:35:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Only set
+	relocateable before calling ldctor_build_sets if the output file
+	is in an XCOFF format.
+
+Fri Dec 15 16:34:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): When handling a data statement, if
+	the endianness of the output file is unknown, use the endianness
+	of the input file.
+
+Tue Dec 12 13:55:41 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Recognize mips-*-* as equivalent to
+	mips-idt-ecoff.
+	* mpw-eppcmacos.c: Rename to shorter mpw-eppcmac.c.
+	* mpw-ld.r: Add version resources.
+	(cfrg): Use symbolic instead of literal name for executable.
+
+Mon Dec 11 15:13:41 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/ppcpe.sc (FINI): Moved the .reloc section.
+
+Wed Dec  6 14:33:50 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_statement{,s}): Delete duplicate prototype.
+	(print_statement_list): Renamed from print_statement.  All callers
+	updated.
+	(print_statement): New function to print just one statement.
+	(print_{data,reloc,padding}_statement): Don't crash if
+	output_section == NULL.
+	(dprint_statement): New function.
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Fix
+	call to sort_sections.
+
+Wed Dec  6 14:59:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (unix_ld): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle -unix.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If unix_ld, pass
+	gc as false and export_defineds as true to size_dynamic_sections.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Permit assignments to dot in the final
+	phase if the current section is abs_output_section.
+
+
+Tue Dec  5 09:49:39 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Fix call
+	to sort_sections.
+
+Fri Dec  1 16:48:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (PHDRS): New token.
+	(ifile_p1): Accept phdrs.
+	(section): Accept phdr_opt at the end of the section definition.
+	(phdr_op): New nonterminal.
+	(phdrs, phdr_list, phdr, phdr_type, opt_hdrs, hdr): Likewise.
+	* ldlex.l: Accept PHDRS.
+	* ldlang.h (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list): Define.
+	(lang_output_section_statement_type): Add phdrs field.
+	(struct lang_phdr): Define.
+	(LANG_PHDR_FILEHDR, LANG_PHDR_PHDRS): Define.
+	(lang_new_phdr): Declare.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_phdr_list): New static variable.
+	(lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Initialize phdrs field.
+	(lang_process): Call lang_record_phdrs.
+	(lang_new_phdr): New function.
+	(lang_section_in_phdr): New function.
+	(lang_record_phdrs): New static function.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document PHDRS.
+
+Thu Nov 30 13:14:30 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: Moved .edata into its own section to
+	expose it.
+
+Thu Nov 30 11:32:34 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* configure.host (m68*-motorola-sysv): Define HOSTING_CRT0 and
+	HOSTING_LIBS for testing.
+	(m88*-motorola-sysv3): Define HOSTING_CRT0 and HOSTING_LIBS for
+	testing.
+
+Tue Nov 28 12:14:53 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Set config.dynamic_link to false for -N
+	and -n.
+
+Mon Nov 27 13:12:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.7.
+
+Fri Nov 24 18:35:35 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Two .junk's is too much junk.
+
+Tue Nov 21 16:14:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Use BFD_NEED_DECLARATION.
+	* acconfig.h: Put NEED_DECLARATION_FREE in @TOP@ section.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+	* ldmain.c (constructor_callback): Don't warn about BFD_RELOC_CTOR
+	being unsupported if this is not a relocateable link and the input
+	BFD supports it, since ldctor_build_sets can cope with that case.
+
+Fri Nov 17 16:23:15 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.tgt (powerpc-*-macos*): New target.
+	* emulparams/ppcmacos.sh: New file, PowerMac emulation.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eppcmacos.o.
+	(eppcmacos.c): New target.
+	* mpw-eppcmacos.c: Update.
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit out attempts to use {GENSCRIPTS}.
+
+Fri Nov 17 10:37:27 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Use @host@ and @target@, not
+	$(host_canonical) and $(target_canonical).
+	(CXX_FOR_TARGET): Likewise.
+
+Thu Nov 16 11:23:42 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc (.endjunk): Move definition of `end' to here
+	so the malloc heap begins at a sane place.
+
+Thu Nov 16 03:09:32 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Version 2.6 released.
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Update to 2.6.
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Delete ldemul-list.h here, but not
+	$(GENERATED_*FILES), since they need to be retained by distclean.
+	(maintainer-clean, realclean): Delete them here.
+
+Tue Nov 14 17:08:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Open the
+	base file with FOPEN_WB, not "w".
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Use the
+	environment variable LD_RUN_PATH if neither -rpath nor -rpath-link
+	were used.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use the environment
+	variable LD_RUN_PATH if -rpath was not used.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document LD_RUN_PATH.
+
+Thu Nov  9 13:09:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Recognize
+	-bl and -bloadmap options.
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_try_open_bfd): If bfd_error_invalid_target,
+	report a better error.
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Add
+	new local variable special_sections, and pass it to
+	size_dynamic_sections.  Look through the results, and move the
+	sections around in the mapping so that they are defined correctly.
+
+Wed Nov  8 11:40:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_default_target): Cast getenv return value.
+
+Tue Nov  7 11:15:36 1995  Kim Knuttila  <krk@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/ppcpe.sh (ARCH): New file for PowerPC Portable
+	Executable support.
+	* scripttempl/ppcpe.sc: New file for PowerPC Portable Executable
+	support.
+
+	* configure.tgt (targ_extra_emuls): Added powerpcle-pe target.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added eppcpe.o target.
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (TARGET_IS_ppcpe): file tailoring macro
+	(gld_$_before_allocation): added hooks for toc construction based
+	on the above macro.
+
+Tue Nov  7 11:47:23 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.texinfo: The linker does not use _main as an entry point.
+
+Tue Nov  7 11:46:11 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc (.data): Calculate next boundary modulo
+	0x2000 not 0x200.
+
+Mon Nov  6 10:59:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add test for whether free must be declared.
+	* sysdep.h: Declare free if necessary.  Include "ansidecl.h".
+	* acconfig.h: Explain NEED_DECLARATION_FREE.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Take B:: out of shortopts.
+
+Sun Nov  5 03:08:28 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/i386nbsd.sh (EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Set __DYNAMIC to 0
+	for now, as with m68k4kbsd, until shared library support gets
+	done.
+
+	* configure.host: For i386 BSD variants, crt0.o lives in
+	/usr/lib.  (True for NetBSD at least, unconfirmed for others.)
+
+Wed Nov  1 15:42:45 1995  Manfred Hollstein KS/EF4A 60/1F/110 #40283  <manfred@lts.sel.alcatel.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add edelta68.o.
+	(edelta68.c): New target.
+	* configure.tgt (m68*-motorola-sysv*): New target.
+	* emulparams/delta68.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/delta68.sc: New file.
+
+	* scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: Handle .init and .fini.  Change section
+	addresses.
+
+Wed Nov  1 11:41:56 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (mri_script_command): Accept ',' as well as '=' in
+	ALIGN and ALIGNMOD statements.
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em: Include ldgram.h.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle -pD and -pT, as used on
+	AIX 4.1.
+	* Makefile.in ($(EMULATION_OFILES)): Depend upon ldgram.h.
+
+Tue Oct 31 18:22:24 1995  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* configure.host (alpha-*-linux*): New host.
+	* configure.tgt (alpha-*-linux*): New target.
+
+Tue Oct 31 12:36:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (export_files): Remove.
+	(import_files): Make static.
+	(struct export_symbol_list): Define.
+	(export_symbols): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Handle an initial -b option
+	correctly.  Call read_file for an export file.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Call
+	bfd_xcoff_export_symbol for each export symbol, rather than
+	calling read_file for each export file.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_read_file): For an export file, make the
+	exported symbols undefined, and store them on the export_symbols
+	list.
+
+Sat Oct 28 00:10:03 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args):
+	Don't hang if last option is unrecognised.
+	(gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols): Insert created
+	symbols into ABS output section.
+
+Fri Oct 27 18:03:17 1995  Niklas Hallqvist  <niklas@appli.se>
+
+	*  Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added support for the NetBSD
+	m68k4k arch.
+	(em68k4knbsd.c): New rule.
+
+	* configure.tgt: Added support for the NetBSD m68k4k arch.
+
+	* genscripts.sh, ldint.texinfo,
+	emulparams/{a29k,armaoutb,armaoutl,coff_sparc,ebmon29k,gld960,
+	gld960coff,go32,h8300,h8300h,h8500,h8500b,h8500c,h8500m,h8500s,
+	hp300bsd,hp3hpux,hppaelf.sh,i386aout,i386bsd,i386coff,i386go32,
+	i386linux,i386lynx,i386nbsd,lnk960,m68kaout,m68kcoff,m68klynx,
+	m88kbcs,mipsbig,mipsbsd,mipsidt,mipsidtl,mipslit,news,ns32knbsd,
+	pc532machaout,riscix,sa29200,sh,shl,sparclynx,sparcnbsd,
+	st2000,sun3,sun4,vanilla,vax,vsta,w65,z8001,z8002}.sh: Changed
+	PAGE_SIZE to TARGET_PAGE_SIZE. 
+
+	* emulparams/m68knbsd.h: Ditto.
+	(TEXT_START_ADDR, NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): We have 8K pagesize.
+	(EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Hardcode __DYNAMIC to zero for the time
+	being.
+
+	* emulparams/m68k4knbsd.sh: New file.
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Expand EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS if relocating.
+	
+Fri Oct 27 17:59:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em: Include ldctor.h.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Call find_relocs.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_relocs): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment): New static function.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use new after_open function.
+	* scripttempl/aix.sc: Use CONSTRUCTORS in .data.
+	* ldctor.c (struct set_info): Move definition into ldctor.h.
+	(struct set_element): Likewise.
+	(sets): Make non-static.
+	(ldctor_add_set_entry): Add name parameter.  Save it in the new
+	set element.
+	(ldctor_build_sets): Avoid being called twice.  Pass set element
+	name to lang_add_reloc.
+	* ldctor.h (struct set_info): Move definition here from ldctor.c.
+	(struct set_element): Likewise.  Add new field name.
+	(sets): Declare.
+	(ldctor_add_set_entry): Declare new name parameter.
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Don't insist that either name or
+	section be NULL in a lang_reloc_statement.
+	* ldmain.c (add_to_set): Pass NULL to ldctor_add_new_set_entry for
+	new name parameter.
+	(constructor_callback): Pass name to ldctor_add_new_set_entry for
+	new name parameter.
+	
+	* ldmisc.c (demangle): Fix indentation.  Remove a leading period.
+
+Thu Oct 26 22:22:49 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Add PowerMac target support, generate config.h.
+	* mac-ld.r: New file, Mac resources.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, edits Makefile.in into MPW syntax.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* mpw-eppcmacos.c: Prebuilt version of PowerMac linking script.
+
+Thu Oct 26 14:11:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Treat
+	-static as a synonym for -bnso.
+
+	* scripttempl/aix.sc: Move special symbols inside sections.
+	Always start .data at 0.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:52:12 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (diststuff):  Also make info.
+	(maintainer-clean realclean):  Also delete *.info*.
+
+Wed Oct 25 11:27:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/aix.em: Add support for various AIX linker options,
+	for AIX import and export files, and for AIX shared objects.
+	* scripttempl/aix.sc: Add .pad.  Put .ds just before the TOC.
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize new field link_info.static_link.
+
+	* ldmain.c (add_keepsyms_file): Add \n at end of einfo calls.
+	(constructor_callback): Likewise.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Likewise.
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Likewise.
+
+	* ld.texinfo: The MRI ALIGN directive is supported.
+
+Mon Oct 23 11:46:43 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@pasanda.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* emulparams/elf32vr4300.sh: Deleted.
+	* emulparams/elf32vr4300el.sh: Deleted.
+	* emulparams/elf32b4300.sh: Added.
+	* emulparams/elf32l4300.sh: Added.
+	* configure.tgt, Makefile.in: Updated the build to use the
+ 	new 8.3 unique names.
+
+Thu Oct 19 17:41:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (entry_symbol): Make non-static.
+	* ldlang.h (entry_symbol): Declare.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Treat PROVIDE as a keyword in expression state.
+
+Wed Oct 18 17:34:06 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc (.bss): Move to be after .text
+
+Tue Oct 17 12:22:05 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+	Search trinary.cond rather than searching trinary.lhs twice.  From
+	linli@ihp.PHys.ethz.CH.
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Move
+	directory searching code into gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_dir): New static function, extracted
+	from gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so.
+	(global_needed, global_found): New static variables.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): New static function.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use new after_open function.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -rpath-link on SunOS.
+
+	* Makefile.in (eelf32ppc.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not generic.em.
+	(eelf32lppc.c): Likewise.
+	* emulparams/elf32lppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+	(GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+
+Mon Oct 16 19:11:13 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: Struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list is now named
+	bfd_link_needed-list; make appropriate changes.
+
+	* configure.tgt (powerpc-*-aix*): New target; use aixppc.
+	(rs6000-*-aix*): New target; use aixrs6.
+	* emulparams/aixppc.sh, emulparams/aixrs6.sh: New files.
+	* emultempl/aix.em: New file.
+	* scripttempl/aix.sc: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eaixppc.o and eaixrs6.o.
+	(eaixppc.c, eaixrs6.c): New targets.
+
+Fri Oct 13 14:00:37 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttemp/pe.sc (.reloc): Move to the end.
+
+Tue Oct 10 17:53:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_finish): Don't try to use an entry_symbol from a
+	section which was not linked into the final output.
+
+Tue Oct 10 10:17:22 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/pe.em (gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args): Fix
+	fatal typos.
+
+Tue Oct 10 01:01:51 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add rpath_link field.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Search for
+	required dependencies in rpath_link path.  Only search
+	LD_LIBRARY_PATH when configured native.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize -rpath-link.
+	* ld.1, ld.texinfo: Document -rpath-link.
+
+Sat Oct  7 17:07:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): Don't
+	bother searching for needed libraries unless doing a final link.
+
+Fri Oct  6 16:26:16 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* ld/ld.1: Fix formatting bugs.
+
+Wed Oct  4 17:37:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_get_abs_int): Return bfd_vma, not int.
+	* ldexp.h (exp_get_abs_int): Update declaration.
+	* ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Use fprintf_vma to
+	print return value of exp_get_abs_int.
+
+Mon Oct  2 13:56:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (global_stat): New file static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): Call stat_needed to make sure
+	that the file has not already been included under another name.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed): New static function.
+
+Fri Sep 29 12:00:18 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc: Start .text at 0x8000.
+	Start .data at 0x40000.
+
+Fri Sep 29 11:09:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If
+	command_line.rpath is set, use it, rather than the -L options, to
+	build the rules section.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document this use of -rpath.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Don't set link_info.shared for -assert
+	pure-text.  Pass true, not 1, to lang_add_entry.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (find_assign): New static variable.
+	(found_assign): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Rename local h to hdyn.
+	If not a relocateable link, and no start symbol was specified on
+	the command line, and there are any undefined symbols, set
+	link_info.shared.  If link_info.shared is set, set the address of
+	the .text section to 0x20.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_assignment): Rename from
+	gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment.  If find_assign is
+	set, then just set found_assign based on whether an assignment is
+	found to find_assign.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): Don't use a special script when
+	producing a shared library.
+	* emulparams/sun4.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Remove.
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Remove CREATE_SHLIB tests.
+	* ldlang.c (entry_from_cmdline): New global variable.
+	(lang_add_entry): Change cmdline parameter from int to boolean.
+	Use global entry_from_cmdline rather than function static
+	from_cmdline.
+	* ldlang.h (entry_from_cmdline): Declare.
+	(lang_add_entry): Change declaration of second parameter from int
+	to boolean.
+	* ldgram.y: Pass false, not 0, to lang_add_entry.
+
+Thu Sep 28 12:34:13 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (parsing_defsym): Declare.
+	* ldlex.h (lex_string): Declare.
+	* ldlex.l (lex_string): Define.
+	* lexsup.c (parsing_defsym): Define.
+	(parse_args): In OPTION_DEFSYM case, set lex_string before calling
+	lex_redirect, and clear it after calling yyparse.  Set
+	parsing_defsym around call to yyparse.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Set lex_string before calling lex_redirect, and
+	clear it after calling yyparse.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): For %S, handle --defsym arguments and built
+	in linker scripts correctly.
+
+	* scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: Add .ctors/.dtors handling like other
+	COFF targets, allowing for the leading underscore used on SPARC
+	COFF.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -assert.
+	* emulparams/sun4.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): Use the
+	shared library script when appropriate.
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: If CREATE_SHLIB is set, start the .text
+	section at SIZEOF_HEADERS.
+
+Thu Sep 28 01:40:37 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@deneb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (earmcoff.c): Build.
+	* configure.tgt (arm-*-coff): New target
+	* emulparms/armcoff.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/armcoff.sc: New file.
+
+Tue Sep 26 10:59:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Remove .data2; no longer needed.
+
+Fri Sep 22 18:09:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_set_output_arch): Make arch const.
+
+Thu Sep 21 17:55:24 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Correctly locate __bss_start at the
+	beginning of the .bss area, not at the end of data.  Add
+	__sbss_{start,end} symbols.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:29:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Quote $(program_transform_name).
+	(CXX_FOR_TARGET, install): Likewise.
+
+Mon Sep 18 14:53:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches by Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET): Remove brokensed stuff.
+	(CXX_FOR_TARGET): Likewise.
+	(install): Likewise.
+	(GENERATED_HFILES): Remove config.h.
+	(.dep): Depend upon config.h.
+
+Mon Sep 18 14:39:38 1995  Arne H. Juul  <arnej@pvv.unit.no>
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*-dec-netbsd*): New target.
+
+Fri Sep 15 20:01:52 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.host (m88*-*-dgux*): Fix another shell syntax error.
+
+Fri Sep 15 23:28:05 1995  Andrew Cagney  <cagney@highland.com.au>
+
+	* configure.host (i[345]86-*-bsd*): Fix shell syntax error.
+
+Thu Sep 12 12:50:49 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttemp/pe.sc:  Allow both spellings of .ctors/.dtors.
+	Start .text section on the right boundary. Always align
+	stabs.
+
+Tue Sep 12 12:24:17 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New target.
+
+	* ldmain.c (struct warning_callback_info): Define.
+	(warning_callback): Add new parameter symbol.  Call
+	warning_find_reloc to try to find the section and VMA.
+	(warning_find_reloc): New static function.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Pass NULL as symbol parameter to warning callback.
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Clarify -L option.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Add cast to avoid warning.
+	(topower): Likewise.  Also, reindent.
+	* ldwrite.c (clone_section): Change i to unsigned int.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Add
+	cast to avoid warning.
+
+Fri Sep  8 16:32:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (config.status): Depend upon configure.tgt.
+
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_set_symbols): Declare.
+	(ldemul_parse_args): Declare.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_parse_args): Fix indentation.
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_HEADER_DIRENT.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Use autoconf recommend mechanism to define
+	DIR and struct dirent.
+
+	* configure.tgt (mips*-*-bsd*): New case.
+
+	* configure.host (i[345]86-sequent-ptx* | i[345]86-sequent-sysv*)
+	New case.
+	* configure.tgt (i[345]86-*-ptx*): New case.
+
+Thu Sep  7 10:48:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.in: Rename from config.h.in.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER with config.h:config.in.
+	Check for config.h:config.in when creating stamp-h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (stamp-h): Depend upon config.in rather than
+	config.h.in.  Set CONFIG_HEADERS to config.h:config.in when
+	calling config.status.
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove config.h and stamp-h.
+
+	* configure.host (sparc-*-sunos64*): Remove.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_map): Check BFD64, not HOST_64_BIT.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't warn about moving the location
+	counter backward in the absolute section.
+
+Wed Sep  6 14:42:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Rewrite to use autoconf.
+	* configure.host: New file.
+	* configure.tgt: New file.
+	* aclocal.m4: New file.
+	* configure: New file, built by autoconf.
+	* acconfig.h: New file.
+	* config.h.in: New file, built by autoheader.
+	* sysdep.h: New file.
+	* ld.h: Incorporate old contents of config.h.
+	* config.h: Remove.
+	* Makefile.in: Various changes for new configure script.  Also:
+	(CC_FOR_BUILD): Remove.
+	(ldmain.o): Don't bother to ensure that EMUL is non-empty.
+	(dep.sed): Use @SRCDIR@, not @srcdir@.
+	* dep-in.sed: Use @SRCDIR@, not @srcdir@.
+	* genscripts.sh: Create ldscripts if it does not exist.
+	* ldemul.c, lexsup.c, mpw-emipsidt.c: Don't include "config.h".
+	* mpw-esh.c, emultemp/*.em: Likewise.
+	* ldmain.c: Likewise.  Include <ctype.h>.  Don't try to set
+	HAVE_SBRK here.
+	* config/*.mt, config/*.mh: Remove.
+
+Tue Sep  5 14:55:24 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Treat ns32k-pc532-ux* like ns32k-pc532-mach*, and
+	ns32k-pc532-lites* like ns32k-pc532-netbsd*.  From Ian Dall.
+
+Fri Sep  1 22:29:52 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Fix typo in spelling of .ctors/.dtors.
+
+Fri Sep  1 13:13:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (warning_callback): Add abfd, section, and address
+	parameters.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Change call to warning accordingly.
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): If not
+	relocateable and not shared, put .gnu.warning.SYMBOL sections into
+	the .text section.
+
+Fri Sep  1 08:35:16 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Added mips*vr4300-idt-elf* and
+        mips*vr4300el-idt-elf* targets.
+	* Makefile.in: Added eelf32vr4300* targets.
+	* emulparams/{elf32vr4300.sh, elf32vr4300el.sh}: Added.
+	* config/{mips-vr4300.mt, mips-vr4300el.mt}: Added.
+
+Fri Sep  1 10:51:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/a29k.sc: Fix to be reasonable.  From Brendan Kehoe
+	<brendan@cygnus.com>.
+
+Thu Aug 31 16:37:07 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_parse_args): New.
+	* ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add parse_args.
+	* lexsup.c (all pe stuff): Moved into pe.em
+	(parse_args): Call emulation arg parser.
+	* emultempl/pe.em (parse_args): handle PE specfic args.
+
+Thu Aug 31 17:01:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_memory_region_lookup): Don't use the first region
+	as the default region.  Create a new region instead.
+
+Tue Aug 29 14:21:41 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_set_symbols): New function.
+	* ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add set_symbols.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Add call to ldemul_set_symbols.
+	* lexsup.c (set_pe_value): New args.
+	(set_pe_name): New.
+	(parse_args): Cope with new set_pe_value args.
+	* emultempl/pe.em (set_symbols): New function.
+	(ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add set_symbols.
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Use new symbols.
+
+Thu Aug 24 18:12:18 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Don't call set_default_dirlist for -O.
+	For -Y, ignore a leading `P,', and only call set_default_dirlist
+	after processing all the other arguments.
+
+Tue Aug 22 07:36:58 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Keep .edata, don't base stabs at 0.
+	* emulparams/armpe.sh: Run PE script.
+
+Mon Aug 21 18:30:42 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Remove PE stuff.
+	* lexsup.c (options): Load more PE options.
+	(set_pe_value): New function.
+
+Thu Aug 17 13:35:49 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+	
+
+	* emultempl/{armpe.sc, i386pe.sc}: Deleted.
+	* emultempl/pe.sc: New file performs generic PE support and sorts
+	archive members.
+	* emulparams/{armpe.sh,i386pe.sh}: Use new file.
+	* scripttempl/{armpe.sc, i386pe.sc}: Deleted
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: New.
+	* Makefile.in: Use new files.
+
+Thu Aug 17 14:46:34 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/h8500s.sc (.rdata): All data must go in data segment.
+	(.strings,.ctors,.dtors): Likewise.
+
+Wed Aug 16 11:38:59 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/armpe.sc: Always start code at 0x401000, even
+	if -r.
+	* ldwrite.c (strdup): New extern declaration.
+	* ldgram.y (atype): New rule to clarify type parsing. 
+	* ldlang.c (init_os): Remove commented out code.
+	(lang_size_sections): Set SEC_ALLOC and SEC_LOAD bits
+	unless told not to by the link script.
+
+Wed Aug 16 11:45:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_set_startof): New static function.
+	(lang_process): Call it.
+
+	* ldgram.y: Tweak casesymlist to avoid bison errors.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Accept -h as a synonym for --soname, for
+	Solaris compatibility.
+
+Tue Aug 15 17:31:16 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldgram.y (YYDEBUG): If not defined, define as 1.
+	(CASE, EXTERN, START): New tokens.
+	(mri_script_command): Handle CASE, EXTERN, INCLUDE, START.
+	(casesymlist): New nonterminal.
+	(extern_name_list): New nonterminal.
+	* ldlex.l: Accept lower case trailing base specifiers.  Don't
+	ignore the first digit when the base is a suffix.  Accept many
+	EXPRESSION state tokens in MRI state.  Support MRI continuation
+	lines and MRI semicolon comments.  Accept all MRI keywords in
+	lower case.  Add CASE, EXTERN, and START MRI keywords.
+
+Tue Aug  8 19:14:58 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Use xmalloc
+	instead of alloca.
+
+Tue Aug  8 15:24:05 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC_FOR_TARGET, CXX_FOR_TARGET): Don't use
+	$r/../gcc/xgcc unless it is present.
+
+Thu Aug  3 11:56:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Only put .ctors and .dtors in .text
+	when CONSTRUCTING.
+	* scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/nw.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/sa29200.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri Jul 28 12:02:23 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/{z8001.sh, z8002.sh}: Fix typo.
+
+Thu Jul 27 21:06:21 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-linuxoldld): Treat like linuxaout*.
+
+Thu Jul 27 15:26:28 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/i386pe.sc: Cope with constructors.
+	* scripttempl/z8ksim.sc: Deleted.
+	* scripttempl/z8000.sc: Resurrected as this, but
+	can handle z8001 and z8002 formats.
+	* emulparams/z8ksim.sh: Deleted.
+	* emulparams/{z8001.sh, z8002.sh}: New files.
+	* config/z8ksim.mt: Deleted
+	* config/z8k-coff.mt: New, generates both emulations.
+
+Tue Jul 25 14:53:02 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): In %C and %D case, always print the BFD using
+	%B, in case it is in an archive.
+
+Mon Jul 24 15:23:39 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Call reset_memory_regions for each
+	relaxation pass.
+
+Fri Jul 21 22:49:44 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .sdata, .sbss, and
+	_SDA_BASE.
+
+Thu Jul 20 16:26:55 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (constructor_callback): Allocate set_name in stack
+	frame, rather than always calling alloca with a fixed size.
+
+Wed Jul 19 16:21:43 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/armpe.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Change to pei-arm-little.
+	(LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT, BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define.
+
+Mon Jul 17 13:57:00 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldwrite.c (clone_section): Set the alignment of the clone
+	section to that of the section being cloned.
+
+	* ldwrite.c (split_sections): Don't split the first input section
+	into a new output section.
+
+Sat Jul 15 00:26:35 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+	(GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+
+Fri Jul 14 12:11:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/mipsecoff.em (check_sections): Use %P, not %F.
+
+	* ldver.c (help): Update list of options to match currently
+	supported list.
+
+Thu Jul 13 13:52:10 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/lnk960.em (ld_lnk960_emulation): Initialize
+	after_open field.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_intop): Don't cast stat_alloc arg to bfd_size_type;
+	it takes a size_t anyhow.
+	(exp_binop): Likewise.
+	(exp_trinop): Likewise.
+	(exp_unop): Likewise.
+	(exp_nameop): Likewise.
+	(exp_assop): Likewise.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_memory_region_lookup): Likewise.
+	(init_os): Likewise.
+	(ldlang_add_undef): Likewise.
+	(insert_pad): Likewise.
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_add_arch): Don't cast xmalloc arg to
+	bfd_size_type.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): It's earmaoutb.o, not earmoutb.o.
+
+Wed Jul 12 11:32:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Add search parameter to
+	declaration.
+	(ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add search parameter to
+	open_dynamic_archive entry point.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Add search parameter.
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_try_open_bfd): Rename from try_open_bfd, and
+	make non-static.  Change all callers to use new name.
+	(ldfile_open_file_search): Make static.  If entry is dynamic, call
+	ldemul_open_dynamic_archive.
+	(ldfile_open_file): Don't call ldemul_open_dynamic_archive.
+	* ldfile.h (ldfile_open_file_search): Don't declare.
+	(ldfile_try_open_bfd): Declare.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+	Accept search parameter.  Don't search for a library, just look in
+	a single place.
+	* emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+	Likewise.
+
+Tue Jul 11 16:44:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Don't base script directory on
+	current directory.
+
+Tue Jul 11 12:29:02 1995  Rick Sladkey  <jrs@world.std.com>
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Don't print the line number if it isn't
+	meaningful.
+
+Mon Jul 10 13:38:28 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add field warn_constructors.
+	* ldmain.c (add_to_set): Warn if config.warn_constructors.
+	(constructor_callback): Likewise.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -warn-constructors.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -warn-constructors.
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Don't
+	get confused by directory names if we searched for the file.
+
+	Based on patches from H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>:
+	* ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Add new field dynamic.
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Set dynamic from config.dynamic_link.
+	* ldfile.c: Include bfdlink.h.
+	(ldfile_open_file): Check dynamic field of entry, not global
+	dynamic_link field.  Don't do a dynamic search when doing a
+	relocateable link.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Don't warn about dynamic_link for a
+	relocateable link.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Skip file if
+	dynamic is false.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements): Always
+	loop over input files.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document -Bstatic, -Bdynamic, -Bshared, and
+	-shared.
+
+Mon Jul 10 13:29:43 1995  Eric Youngdale  <eric@aib.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Set link_info.symbolic to false.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -Bsymbolic.
+
+Wed Jul  5 00:12:11 1995  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (HAVE_SBRK):  Define for everything except
+	specific systems that are known to not support sbrk.
+	(main):  Use HAVE_SBRK to decide whether or not to use sbrk.
+
+Tue Jul  4 12:55:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment):
+	Handle etree_provide.
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (global_needed): New static variable.
+	(global_found): Likewise.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed): Likewise.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed): Likewise.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed): Likewise.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Replace after_open_default with
+	gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open.
+
+Mon Jul  3 14:26:37 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-win32): New target.
+
+Mon Jul  3 14:39:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Let -G either set the small data size or
+	be equivalent to --shared, depending on the next argument.  Accept
+	and ignore -z for Solaris compatibility.
+
+Sun Jul  2 17:52:34 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Cast fopen result to PTR before storing
+	it in link_info.base_file.  Fix indentation.
+
+Wed Jun 28 17:11:25 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Always initialize PE info in link_info.
+	* lexsup.c (OPTION_BASE_FILE): New option.
+	(parse_args): Handle new option.
+	* emulparams/armpe.sh: Output pei.
+	* emultempl/i386pe.em: Add newline to end.
+	* scripttempl/armpe.sc: Change output and quote the $s.
+	* scripttempl/i386pe.sc: Change output and quote the $s.
+
+Thu Jun 22 19:55:41 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	Sun May  7 11:53:41 MDT 1995  Bryan Ford  <baford@cs.utah.edu>
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-msdos*, i386-*-moss*): New targets.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added i386msdos.o.
+	(i386msdos.o): New target.
+	* config/i386-msdos.mt: Created.
+	* emulparams/i386msdos.sh: Created.
+	* scripttempl/i386msdos.sc: Created.
+
+Thu Jun 22 15:06:35 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc (.fixup): Add support for a .fixup section
+	that contains pointers to be relocated.
+
+Tue Jun 20 17:47:20 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-esh.c: New file, modified for MPW from esh.c.
+	* scripttempl/sh.sc: Reformatted to simplify MPWification,
+	use *() to concat stab sections instead of [].
+
+Thu Jun 15 08:48:16 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/armpe.sc: Add constructor support.
+
+Tue Jun 13 09:11:20 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections):  Any section with a DATA
+	statement has contents.
+
+Sun Jun 11 15:20:46 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/m68kelf.sh (NOP): Define.
+	(DYNAMIC_LINK): Don't define.
+	(TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0x80000000; the extra 0x100 for headers
+	will come from the linker script.
+
+Thu Jun  8 14:17:33 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/armpe.sh, scriptempl/armpe.sc: Add end and stack.
+
+Mon Jun  5 02:16:24 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-gnu*): Use GNU elf config.
+
+Thu May 25 11:49:28 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	From Andrew Cagney <cagney@highland.com.au>
+	* Makefile.in: Fixup more gotchas from renaming elf32ppcle to
+	elf32lppc.
+
+Wed May 24 11:23:21 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	Add support for ARM-PE.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add armpe.o
+	* configure.in: Recognize armpe.
+	* config/arm-pe.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/armpe.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/armpe.sc: New file.
+
+
+Mon May 22 15:19:26 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (h8300h-*-hms): Deleted
+	* config/cf-h8300h.mt: Deleted.
+
+Thu May 18 04:26:10 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	From David Taylor (dtaylor@armltd.co.uk)
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add earmout[lb].o
+	* configure.in: Recognize arm{,e[lb]-*-aout.
+	* config/arm[lb]-aout.mt: New files.
+	* emulparams/armaout[lb].sh: New files.
+	* scripttempl/armaout.sc: New file.
+
+Tue May 16 18:27:11 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/ppcle-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32lppc, not elf32ppcle, to
+	be unique in 8 characters for DOS.
+
+	* emulparams/elf32lppc.sh: New file, renamed from elf32ppcle.sh.
+	* emulparams/elf32ppcle.sh: Deleted.
+
+Fri May 12 11:03:55 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+			  Tom Griest <griest@cs.yale.edu>
+
+	Initial support for PE executables (eg NT, win32)
+
+	* Makefile.in (configure.in, ei386pe): Add support.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize PE argument info.
+	* ldwrite.c (print_file_stuff): Don't print out .drectve
+	and .debug section info.
+	* lexsup.c (set_subsystem, set_stack_heap, OPTION_HEAP,
+	 OPTION_SUBSYSTEM, parse_argsm set_subsystem, set_stack_heap):
+	 Handle new arguments.
+	* config/i386-pe.mt, emultempl/i386pe.em, scripttempl/i386pe.sc:
+	New files
+
+Wed May 10 18:37:59 1995  Stu Grossman  (grossman@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc:  Remove .PARISC.unwind section from text
+	segment.  This allows ld -r to preserve unwind sections.
+
+Tue May  9 17:19:57 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add little endian PowerPC support.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32ppcle.o.
+	(eelf32ppcle.c): Support for little endian PowerPC.
+
+	* config/ppcle-elf32.mt: New file for little endian PowerPC.
+	* emulparams/elf32ppcle.sh: Ditto.
+
+Wed May  3 12:56:32 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Check
+	subsection_alignment, instead of checking section_alignment twice.
+	Noticed by Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>.
+
+Tue May  2 16:36:07 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* configure.in (hppa*-*-lites*): Handle like hppa*-*-*elf*.
+
+Mon Apr 24 19:21:02 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldwrite.c (ldwrite): Before doing anything, reset the error
+	code.  If bfd_final_link returns an error, but the error code is
+	unset, don't issue an extra message.  Assume a correct error
+	message was already set.
+
+Fri Apr 14 16:31:24 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em68kelf.o.
+	(em68kelf.o): New target.
+	* config/m68k-elf.mt, emulparams/m68kelf.sh: New files.
+	* configure.in: Use them for m68*-*-elf.
+
+Tue Apr 11 12:02:03 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	Merge in support for Mac MPW as a host.
+	(Old change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+
+	* mpw-config.in (i386-unknown-aout): Change to i386-unknown-go32.
+	(i386-unknown-coff): Remove.
+	(sh-hitachi-hms): New target.
+	(emulation_ofiles): Set correctly for each target.
+	(version, TDEFINES): Add to makefile fragment.
+	* mpw-make.in (BISON): Use byacc instead of bison.
+	(em_*.c): Replace with e*.c everywhere.
+	(ldgram.h): Separate action from ldgram.c generation.
+	(LD_PROG): Depend on Version.r.
+	(Version.r): generate from version info.
+	* mpw-emipsidt.c: New file, modified for MPW from emipsidt.c.
+
+	* mpw-config.in (m68k-apple-macos, ppc-apple-macos,
+        i386-unknown-aout, i386-unknown-coff): New targets.
+	(m68k-aout, m68k-coff): Remove targets.
+	(mk.tmp): Add definition of EMUL.
+
+	* mpw-config.in (emulname): Set based on target.
+	(ldemul-list.h): Construct.
+	* mpw-make.in (install-only): New target.
+	(install): Depend on install-only.
+
+	* mpw-make.in (bindir): Fix pathname.
+	(install): Move here from mpw-build.in.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: New file, MPW configuration fragment.
+	* mpw-make.in: New file, MPW makefile fragment.
+	(This file is semi-automatically generated from Makefile.in.)
+	* ldfile.c (slash): If MPW, set to `:'.
+	* ldlex.l (TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED): If MPW, set this to
+	prevent redefinition errors.
+
+
+Tue Apr  4 17:55:18 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@bang.hack.com>
+
+	* ldwrite.c (clone_section): Align clone sections on even
+	boundaries.
+
+Thu Mar 30 14:32:26 1995  H.J. Lu (hjl@nynexst.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change linux to default to elf.  Using
+	i[345]86-*-linuxaout will build a linker which defaults to a.out.
+	* config/i386-laout.mt: Rename from old config/i386-linux.mt.
+	* config/i386-linux.mt: Rename from old config/i386-lelf.mt.
+	* config/i386-lelf.mt: Remove.
+
+Thu Mar 30 13:09:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): If opening the map file fails, call
+        bfd_set_error before calling einfo.
+
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document the -no-keep-memory option.
+
+Mon Mar 27 11:10:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Revert patch of March 10, since the SVR4 linker
+	does mark shared libraries as executable.
+
+Tue Mar 21 15:15:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_common): Change power to int.  Pass larger values
+	before smaller values.
+	(lang_one_common): Treat info as int *.  Don't bother to check for
+	last value, since it is now zero.
+
+Sat Mar 18 01:49:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (load_symbols): An empty archive is OK.
+
+Fri Mar 17 16:15:31 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (progress.h): Include.
+	(main): Call START_PROGRESS and END_PROGRESS.
+
+Thu Mar 16 17:17:33 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Move _GOT2_END_ after the .ctors and
+	.dtors sections, so that these pointers get relocated also.
+	Define the symbols __{C,D}TOR_{LIST,END}__ to mark the beginning
+	and end of the constructors/destructors.
+
+Thu Mar 16 13:59:14 1995  Roland McGrath  <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* ldlang.c (load_symbols): If whole_archive is true and ENTRY
+	describes an archive, call bfd_link_add_symbols on each member.
+	* ldmain.c (whole_archive): New variable.
+	(main): Initialize it to false.
+	* ldmain.h: Declare whole_archive.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Grok --whole-archive switch.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Document --whole-archive.
+
+Thu Mar 16 11:38:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* genscripts.sh (EMULATION_NAME): Set LIB_PATH to empty when not
+	using the default emulation.
+
+	* config/dgux.mh (HOSTING_EMU): Use -m rather than trying to set
+	LDEMULATION.
+	* config/hppaelf.mh (HOSTING_EMU): Likewise.
+
+Tue Mar 14 12:28:03 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): Set force_maj
+	for -lc.N.  From H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>.
+
+Fri Mar 10 14:43:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Don't set EXEC_P if link_info.shared is set.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Return -lFILENAME as the token LNAME.
+	* ldgram.y: Add token LNAME.
+	(input_list): Treat LNAME like NAME, but pass it to
+	lang_add_input_file as lang_input_file_is_l_enum.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document using -lFILENAME in INPUT.
+
+Thu Mar  9 12:21:51 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_check): If the architectures are compatible call
+	bfd_merge_private_bfd_data to let the backend do additional
+	checks.
+
+
+Tue Mar  7 00:53:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_choose_mode): If emulation not recognized, list
+	all supported emulations.
+
+Mon Mar  6 14:03:50 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_list_emulations): New function.
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_list_emulations): Declare.
+	* ldver.c (help): List supported targets and emulations.
+
+Fri Mar  3 15:40:36 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc (.debug): Relocate to address 0.
+	(.debug_srcinfo, .debug_aranges, .debug_pubnames,
+	.debug_sfnames, .line): Likewise.
+
+Fri Mar  3 17:07:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (hold_rel): New static variable.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Place readonly sections with
+	contents whose names begin with ".rel" after hold_rel.  Remove the
+	assertion which checked for unplaced .rel sections.  Don't try to
+	sort the section into place if place->bfd_section is NULL.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): Set hold_rel to the first
+	section beginning with ".rel".
+
+Thu Mar  2 14:34:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Doc note from pierre@phi.la.tce.com (Pierre Willard):
+	* ld.texinfo: -X and -x work even if -s or -S are not specified.
+	* ld.1: Similar change. 
+
+Wed Mar  1 13:51:16 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emulparams/gld960coff.sh (COFF_CTORS): Define.
+	* scripttempl/i960.sc: Use COFF_CTORS if CONSTRUCTING.
+
+Tue Feb 28 12:42:56 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-linuxelf*): New target.  Use i386-lelf.
+	(i[345]86-*-gnuelf*): New target.  Use i386-gelf.
+	* config/i386-lelf.mt: New file.
+	* config/i386-gelf.mt: New file.
+
+Tue Feb 28 10:27:54 1995  Rob Savoye  <rob@darkstar.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Match on mips-ecoff, and default to the IDT
+	configuration.
+
+Fri Feb 17 13:06:47 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: Add support for .got1 and .got2 sections.
+	Offset _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ 32768 from the start of the GOT area
+	to double the size of the table.
+
+
+Thu Feb  9 18:29:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Do recursive deletion, since ldscripts
+	is a directory.
+
+Thu Feb  9 11:38:22 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): If trace_file_tries is true, and we are using
+	an internal linker script, print out the script.
+	* ldfile.c (try_open): Reindent function.  Make the messages about
+	opening script files more informative.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): For -V, call ldversion with 1, not 0.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Update accordingly.
+
+Wed Feb  8 17:34:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Adjust references to common symbol
+	information for new structure.
+
+Mon Feb  6 12:17:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (undefined_symbol): Handle section being NULL.
+
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): Handle bfd_link_hash_defweak.
+	* ldexp.c (fold_name): Likewise.
+	* ldlang.c (print_one_symbol): Likewise.
+	(lang_finish): Likewise.
+	* ldmain.c (multiple_common): Likewise.
+	* ldwrite.c (print_symbol): Likewise.  Also, bfd_link_hash_weak
+	renamed to bfd_link_hash_undefweak.
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Set address of .data section correctly
+	when -n or -N is used.  Patch from Chris G Demetriou
+	<Chris_G_Demetriou@LAGAVULIN.PDL.CS.CMU.EDU>.
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Similar change.
+
+Tue Jan 31 16:20:52 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Clarify error message when user
+	specified start addr conflicts with region.  Fix resetting of
+	region pointer.
+
+Tue Jan 31 12:37:09 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldexp.c (fold_name): In case NAME, permit an absolute symbol
+	in lang_allocating_phase_enum.
+
+Mon Jan 30 11:33:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Depend upon clean.  Don't bother to
+	remove files which will be removed by clean.  From patch by
+	alan@SPRI.Levels.UniSA.Edu.Au (Alan Modra).
+
+Fri Jan 27 16:27:34 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): For
+	a MIPS target, clobber the size of all but the first input
+	.reginfo section to be 0, so that lang_size_sections sets the
+	correct size for the output .reginfo section.
+
+Thu Jan 26 19:53:37 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Remove unused variable is.
+
+Thu Jan 26 12:33:05 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for powerpc-*-eabi.
+
+	* scripttempl/elfppc.sc: New file for PowerPC embedded ABI
+	support.
+
+	* emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Use elfppc.sc instead of
+	elf.sc, which defines some new symbols PowerPC elf needs.
+
+Tue Jan 24 10:32:15 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_add_set_entry): Don't dump core if a
+	constructor entry is in the absolute section.
+
+Mon Jan 23 13:58:13 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-gnu*): Set ld_target to i386-gnu.
+	* config/i386-gnu.mt: New file.  Include ELF support.
+
+Thu Jan 19 16:22:11 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): If
+	there are any input sections named .gnu.warning, treat them as
+	containing a warning message to be printed by the linker, and
+	clobber the size so that the message is not copied into the output
+	file.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Put .gnu.warning sections into the .text
+	section.
+
+Sun Jan 15 16:45:00 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@splat>
+
+	* configure.in (w65-*-*): New target.
+	* Makefile.in: Update.
+	* scripttempl/w65.sc: New.
+	* config/coff-w65.mt: New.
+
+Thu Jan 12 01:32:25 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_place_orphans): Don't ignore files with
+	just_syms_flag set.  Instead, put all their sections in
+	bfd_abs_section_ptr, using the section VMA as the output_offset.
+
+Wed Jan 11 22:59:09 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_build_sets): Don't use `const' with typedef
+	name `reloc_howto_type', since it's now defined to be const.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_add_reloc): Ditto.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_reloc_statement_type, lang_add_reloc): Ditto.
+
+Wed Jan 11 11:24:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldexp.c (fold_binary): Adding or subtracting an absolute value
+	to a relative value does not require forcing the relative value to
+	be absolute.  Also, reindent function.
+
+Wed Dec 28 22:05:52 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldwrite.c (clone_section): Create a symbol with the
+	same name as the section.
+
+Mon Dec 19 14:02:13 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h (split_by_reloc, split_by_file): New flags.
+	* ldwrite.c  (clone_section, split_sections): New functions.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Understand new split options.
+
+
+Fri Dec  9 17:22:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Move .ctors and .dtors from .text segment to
+	.data segment.  They must be writable when creating a shared
+	library.  From H.J. Lu <hjl@nynexst.com>.
+
+Fri Dec  2 14:09:00 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/miposecoff.em: New file.
+	* emulparams/mipsidt.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Set to mipsecoff.
+	* emulparams/mipsidtl.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Put .rel.sdata sections in .text, and
+	provide __runtime_reloc_start and __runtime_reloc_stop if they are
+	used.   Align _fdata to a 16 byte boundary.
+	* Makefile.in (emipsidt.c): Depend upon mipsecoff.em rather than
+	generic.em.
+	(emipsidtl.c): Likewise.
+	(check): Pass CC_FOR_HOST and CFLAGS_FOR_HOST to runtest.
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add new field embedded_relocs.
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_after_open, after_open_default): Declare.
+	(ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Add new field after_open.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_after_open): New function.
+	(after_open_default): New function.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Call ldemul_after_open.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle --embedded-relocs.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize
+	new after_open field to after_open_default.
+	* emultempl/generic.em, emultempl/gld960.em: Likewise.
+	* emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/hppaelf.em: Likewise.
+	* emultempl/linux.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Likewise.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em, emultempl/vanilla.em: Likewise.
+	* ld.texinfo, ld.1: Mention -embedded-relocs.
+
+Wed Nov 23 22:04:47 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add eshl.o.
+	* config/coff-sh.mt: Add shl emulation.
+
+Tue Nov 22 11:55:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Fill .text section with NOPS.  From Eric
+	Youngdale <eric@aib.com>.
+
+Thu Nov 17 14:39:48 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	Patches from pirker@eiunix.tuwien.ac.at (Martin Pirker).
+	* config/i386linux.mh: New file; set HOSTING_CRT0.
+	* genscripts.sh: Don't put ${libdir} in LIB_PATH if it is
+	/usr/lib, since that is already in LIB_PATH.
+
+Wed Nov 16 10:03:03 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (.text): Handle a use rdefined text start
+	address.
+	(.data, .bss): If "-N", then place the data/bss just after the end
+	of the .text section rather than at the default 0x40000000.
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (.text): Place unwind descriptors in the
+	text segment.
+
+Sat Nov 12 15:55:56 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Patches from Eric Youngdale <eric@aib.com>:
+	* ldlang.c (lang_finish): Don't warn if entry symbol not found
+	when generating a shared library.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Warn if
+	attempting to place an orphaned relocation section when generating
+	a dynamically linked object.
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add ENTRY(${ENTRY}), and default ${ENTRY} to
+	_start.
+
+Fri Nov 11 14:27:23 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add field export_dynamic.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize --export-dynamic.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Pass export_dynamic argument to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections.
+
+Wed Nov  9 12:47:11 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Set SEC_ALLOC in any section where
+	we allocate common symbols.
+
+Tue Nov  8 17:50:43 1994  Eric Youngdale  (eric@aib.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .rel.init, .rela.init, .rel.fini, and
+	.rela.fini to the list of .rel* sections.
+
+Tue Nov  8 17:47:45 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlang.c (load_symbols): Add new argument place.  Only accept
+	linker scripts if place is not NULL.  Put commands found in an
+	assumed linker script into place.
+	(lookup_name): Pass NULL as place argument to load_symbols.
+	(open_input_bfds): In lang_input_statement_enum case, pass a place
+	argument to load_symbols, and store any new statements after the
+	current one.
+
+Mon Nov  7 15:53:02 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Bump to 2.5.3.
+
+Fri Nov  4 15:11:26 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (e*nbsd.c): Fix typo in dependencies.
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:35:44 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (check): Add missing "else true" clause.
+
+	* emulparams/vax.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Use "a.out".
+
+	* scripttempl/go32coff.sc: Changes from DJ Delorie: Change default
+	entry point to "start".  Align at end of each section to 0x200.
+	Start .text section 0x1000 later.  Add _etext, _edata, _end
+	symbols.
+
+Wed Nov  2 12:17:49 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_add_set_entry): Don't permit a set to be
+	composed of different object file formats.
+	(ldctor_build_sets): If the output format does not support the
+	reloc, and we are not generating a relocateable link, try getting
+	the reloc from the input format.
+
+Tue Nov  1 10:30:19 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em68knbsd.o.
+	  (em68knbsd.c): New target.
+
+	* config/m68k-nbsd.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/m68knbsd.sh: New file.
+	* configure.in (m68*-*-netbsd*): Use above configs.
+
+Mon Oct 31 19:35:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_so): If we find an
+	appropriately named static library, stop the search at that
+	directory.
+
+Wed Oct 26 13:59:12 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added ei386nbsd.o, ens32knbsd.o 
+	  and esparcnbsd.o; sorted entries.
+          (ei386nbsd.c,ens32knbsd.c,esparcnbsd.c): New targets.
+
+	* config/netbsd532.mt: Removed.
+	* emulparams/netbsd532.sh: Removed.
+
+	* config/{i386-nbsd.mt,ns32k-nbsd.mt,sparc-nbsd.mt}: New files.
+	* emulparams/{i386nbsd.sh,ns32knbsd.sh,sparcnbsd.sh}: New files.
+	* configure.in (i[345]86-*-netbsd*, ns32k-pc532-netbsd*, 
+	  sparc*-*-netbsd*): Use above configs.
+
+Tue Oct 25 11:47:10 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldmain.c (multiple_common): One of the types may now be
+	bfd_link_hash_indirect.  The old BFD argument may be NULL.
+
+Thu Oct 20 22:01:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Add * at the end of m68k-hp-hpux.
+
+Tue Oct 18 15:58:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldlex.l: Cast assignment to yy_ch_buf field to char *, not to
+	YY_CHAR *.
+
+Mon Oct 17 14:53:16 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@phishhead.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/nw.sc: Gather constructors and destructors and
+	  define __CTOR__LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+
+Fri Oct 14 14:35:38 1994  J.T. Conklin  (jtc@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add ei386nw.o and eppcnw.o.
+	  (ei386nw.c, eppcnw.c): New targets.
+
+	* config/{i386,ppc}-nw.mt, emulparams/{i386,ppc}nw.sh,
+	  scripttempl/nw.sc: New files, for i386 and powerpc netware.
+	  
+	* configure.in: Changed netware ld_target name to be {i386,ppc}-nw
+	  instead of {i386,ppc}-elf.
+
+ 	* configure.in (sparc*-*-netware): Removed.  There is no such
+	  thing anymore.
+
+	* ldint.texinfo: Move misplaced `@end iftex'.
+
+Fri Oct 14 12:02:18 1994  Eric Youngdale  (eric@aib.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add .rel.ctors, .rela.ctors, .rel.dtors, and
+	.rela.dtors to the list of .rel* sections.
+
+Thu Oct 13 14:16:27 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Update to version 2.5.
+	* Version 2.5 released.
+
+	* configure.in (all_targets): Handle i386-linux*.
+
+Thu Oct 13 11:24:33 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Set _etext and __etext to ., not
+	${DATA_ALIGNMENT}.  This is compatible with SunOS, and, with luck,
+	will not break any other system.  From Eric Valette
+	<ev@chorus.fr>.
+
+Wed Oct 12 16:22:58 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Change -V to be a synonym for -v.  Add
+	--verbose to get the old -V behaviour.
+	* ld.1, ld.texinfo: Document this change.
+
+Tue Sep 27 14:56:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Remove
+	assertion, since it could fail with a user defined linker script.
+
+	* ldexp.c (fold_name): For DEFINED case, don't try to look up the
+	name in the hash table during the first phase--the hash table does
+	not even exist at that point, much less have the right value.
+
+	* Makefile.in (CC): Define.
+	(CXX): Move definition, change from g++ to gcc.
+	(EXPECT, RUNTEST): Copy definitions from top level Makefile.in.
+	(RUNTEST_CC, RUNTEST_CFLAGS): Remove.
+	(RUNTEST_CXX, RUNTEST_CXXFLAGS): Remove.
+	(CC_FOR_TARGET, CXX_FOR_TARGET): Copy from top level Makefile.in.
+	(.cc.o): Comment out.
+	(testdir): Remove.
+	(site.exp): Don't create testdir or set tmpdir.
+	(check): Run checks even if not running native.  Use CC_FOR_TARGET
+	instead of RUNTEST_CC, and likewise for CXX.
+	(cdtest targets): Comment out.
+	* config/solaris2.mh (HOSTING_LIBS): Only mention crtend.o once.
+	* cdtest-bar.cc, cdtest-foo.cc, cdtest-foo.h: Remove.
+	* cdtest-main.cc, cdtest.exp: Remove.
+
+Mon Sep 26 11:40:30 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/elf32bmip.sh: Rename from elf32mipb.sh to avoid DOS
+	file naming problems.
+	* emulparams/elf32lmip.sh: Rename from elf32mipl.sh.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Rename eelf32mipb.o to
+	eelf32bmip.o and eelf32mipl.o to eelf32lmip.o.
+	(eelf32bmip.c): Rename from eelf32mipb.c.  Use elf32bmip.sh.
+	(eelf32lmip.c): Rename from eelf32mipl.c.  Use elf32lmip.sh.
+	* config/mipsb-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32bmip, not elf32mipb.
+	* config/mipsl-elf32.mt (EMUL): Use elf32lmip, not elf32mipl.
+
+	* genscripts.sh: Always search /usr/local/TARGET/lib.
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: If -N is set, force DATA_ADDR to be ".".
+
+Fri Sep 23 15:05:49 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Handle i386-bsdi* targets like i386-bsd.
+
+Fri Sep 23 00:06:59 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add support for -a for HP/UX
+	compatibility.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): -c takes an argument.
+
+Tue Sep 20 14:35:27 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add new field endian.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -EB and -EL by setting
+	command_line.endian.
+	* ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Accept OUTPUT_FORMAT with three arguments.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_add_output_format): Add arguments big and little.
+	If command_line.endian is set, use it to select big or little
+	rather than the default.  Changed all callers.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_add_output_format): Update declaration.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.sh: Define BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+	LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipl.sh: Likewise.
+	* emulparams/mipsbig.sh: Likewise.
+	* emulparams/mipsbsd.sh: Likewise.
+	* emulparams/mipsidt.sh: Likewise.
+	* emulparams/mipsidtl.sh: Likewise.
+	* emulparams/mipslit.sh: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Define BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+	LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT if not already defined.  Pass them to
+	OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Pass BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT and
+	LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT to OUTPUT_FORMAT.
+	* scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Likewise.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ldgram.h): Make separate target from ldgram.c,
+	depending upon ldgram.c, so that a parallel make does not try to
+	build both at once.
+
+	* configure.in (mips*el-elf*): New target.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32mipb.o and eelf32mipl.o.
+	(eelf32mipl.c): New target.
+
+	* config/mipsl-elf32.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipl.sh: New file.
+
+Fri Sep 16 12:16:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Rather than prohibiting ld -r -s, treat it as
+	ld -r -S -x.
+
+Thu Sep 15 13:05:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Print BFD file name as well as file name
+	returned by find_nearest_line, in case the file name is something
+	unhelpful such as a .h file.  Handle %u.
+
+Wed Sep 14 12:49:12 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments): Make sure output statement
+	has an attached bfd_section before trying to dereference it.
+
+Wed Sep 14 12:48:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add new field warn_once.
+	* ldmain.c (undefined_symbol): Handle -warn-once.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Recognize -warn-once.
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Document -warn-once.
+	* ld.1: Likewise.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Handle %D as %C, but never print the function
+	name.  For %C, print the function name on a separate line, to keep
+	the length of error messages under control.
+	* ldmain.c (multiple_definition): Use %D for ``first defined
+	here.''
+	(undefined_symbol): Use %D for ``more undefined references
+	follow''.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (multiple_warn): Remove; no longer used.
+	* ldmisc.h (multiple_warn): Don't declare.
+
+Tue Sep 13 20:47:58 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Print all lines
+	to the map file.
+
+Tue Sep 13 16:30:11 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (load_symbols): Check for archive before object.  Use
+	bfd_check_format_matches, and, if ambiguous, print a list of
+	matching formats.  If file format is not recognized, treat file as
+	a linker script.
+	* ldgram.y (yyerror): If assuming an object file is a script,
+	mention that.  Tweak the format of the error messages.
+	* ldlex.l (lex_warn_invalid): If assuming an object is a script,
+	guess that this is not actually a script, and just report that the
+	file format was not recognized.
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Admit that -( may be used more than once.
+	Add note that unrecognized object files are now treated as linker
+	scripts.
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_input_filename): Make const.
+	(ldfile_assumed_script): New variable.
+	(try_open): Change arguments types to const.
+	(ldfile_find_command_file): Likewise.
+	(ldfile_open_command_file): Likewise.  Also, set lineno to 1.
+	* ldfile.h: Update declarations for ldfile.c changes.
+	* ldlex.l: Include <ctype.h>.
+	(file_name_stack): Change to be const char *.
+	(lineno_stack): New static variable.
+	(<<EOF>>): Set lineno as well as ldfile_input_filename.
+	(lex_push_file): Make name argument const.  Initialize
+	lineno_stack entry.
+	(lex_redirect): Initialize lineno_stack entry.
+	(lex_warn_invalid): Handle non printable characters nicely.
+	* ldlex.h (lex_push_file): Declare second argument as const.
+
+	* ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Recognize GROUP.
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize GROUP.
+	* ld.texinfo (Option Commands): Document GROUP.
+
+Mon Sep 12 17:04:27 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/m68klynx.mh: New file.
+
+Mon Sep 12 01:50:03 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em: Add newlines to the error messages.
+
+Sat Sep 10 16:05:38 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/i386lynx.mh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: Don't put .ctors and .dtors in .text
+	unless CONSTRUCTING.
+
+Thu Sep  8 13:25:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+	(GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define as yes.
+	(DYNAMIC_LINK): Define as false.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse):
+	Initialize config.dynamic_link to DYNAMIC_LINK if it is defined.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): Reset stat_ptr at end.
+	* Makefile.in (eelf32mipb.c): Depend upon elf32.em rather than
+	generic.em.
+
+Thu Sep  8 16:30:37 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+        * scripttempl/h8500b.sc: Put rdata stuff into own segment.
+
+Thu Sep  8 13:25:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Don't define;
+	.got section is now explicitly handled in elf.sc.
+
+Wed Sep  7 13:08:34 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Redo script to set . outside of sections
+	and not bother to explicitly specify section addresses.
+	Explicitly place .sdata section.
+
+Tue Sep  6 23:51:45 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc: Put .bss in data segment.
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Change .stab and .stabstr to use a VMA of
+	0, and to only be marked as NOLOAD if relocating.
+	* scripttempl/h8500.sc, scripttempl/h8500b.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/h8500c.sc, scripttempl/h8500m.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/h8500s.sc, scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/i386go32.sc, scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc, scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/sh.sc, scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: Likewise.
+	* scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: Likewise.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994  Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: Add support (disabled) the ARM/RISCiX.
+	* config/riscix.mt, emulparams/riscix.sh, scripttempl/riscix.sc:
+	New files.
+
+Tue Aug 30 11:48:08 1994  Eric Youngdale  (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add field soname.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Handle -soname argument.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: In call to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections,
+	pass soname.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document -soname.
+
+Mon Aug 29 15:21:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_check): Don't try to set the architecture if the
+	input and output files are incompatible.  Just warn.
+
+Wed Aug 24 12:52:30 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change i[34]86 to i[345]86.
+
+Sun Aug 21 16:17:19 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/hp3hpux.sh: Define __DYNAMIC to be 0.
+
+Thu Aug 18 15:37:45 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	Make the ELF linker handle orphaned sections reasonably.  Also,
+	define __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME around sections whose
+	names can be represented in C, for the benefit of symbol sets in
+	glibc.
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_place_orphan): Declare.
+	(ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add place_orphan field.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_place_orphan): New function.
+	* ldlang.h (wild_doit): Declare.
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): Make nonstatic.
+	(lang_place_orphans): Call ldemul_place_orphan.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: Include <ctype.h> and "ldgram.h".
+	(hold_section, hold_use, hold_text, hold_data, hold_bss): New
+	static variables.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan): New static function.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section): New static function.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize place_orphan field.
+
+Tue Aug 16 00:17:20 1994  Eric Youngdale  (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Add .linux-dynamic after .data.
+
+Tue Aug 16 00:08:22 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args) Treat --dll-verbose as --version, for
+	Linux compatibility.  From hjl@nynexst.com (H.J. Lu).
+
+Mon Aug 15 17:17:33 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.h (exp_get_abs_int): Declare.
+
+Sat Aug  6 01:45:39 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments):  Handle complex AT's better.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_get_abs_int):  New function.
+
+Fri Aug  5 20:55:55 1994  Jason Molenda (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: add i960-nindy-coff support.
+
+Thu Aug  4 14:45:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l (yy_create_string_buffer): Handle change to internal
+	interface in flex 2.4.7.
+
+Tue Aug  2 11:52:06 1994  Eric Youngdale  (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+	* emultempl/linux.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement):
+	New function; add 0x20 to any use of -Ttext.
+	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements): New
+	function.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Use the new function
+	gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements.
+
+Mon Aug  1 15:50:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Redo script to set . outside of sections
+	and not bother to explicitly specify section addresses.
+
+Tue Jul 26 11:02:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Copy several more relocation sections into
+	the output.  Put .got.plt sections into .got.
+
+Fri Jul 22 12:15:36 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Use PROVIDE to define etext, edata, and end.
+
+	Add a new script operator, PROVIDE, to define a symbol only if it
+	is needed.
+	* ldgram.y (PROVIDE): New token.
+	(assignment): Accept PROVIDE.
+	* ldlex.l (PROVIDE): New token.
+	* ldexp.h (node_type): Add etree_provide to node_class enum.
+	(exp_provide): Declare.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Handle etree_provide.
+	(exp_provide): New function.
+	(exp_print_tree): Handle etree_provide.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document PROVIDE.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_common): Pass desired alignment to
+        lang_one_common as power of two.
+	(lang_one_common): Get common symbol alignment from linker hash
+	table entry.  Treat desired alignment as a power of two.
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild_section): Attach all section with the given name,
+	not just the first one.  If there is no name, attach all sections
+	even if the SEC_IS_COMMON flag is set.
+
+Wed Jul 20 15:49:27 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add field rpath.
+	* lexsup.c (S_ISDIR): Define if not already defined.
+	(parse_args): Add support for -rpath.  If -R is used to name a
+	directory, treat it as -rpath for Solaris compatibility.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation):
+	Pass command_line.rpath to bfd_elf32_size_dynamic_sections.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize command_line.rpath to NULL.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document -rpath option.
+
+Sun Jul 10 00:33:24 1994  Ian Dall  (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au)
+
+	* emulparams/pc532machaout.sh: New file. Pc532 mach script
+	parameters. 
+
+	* emulparams/netbsd532.sh: New file. Netbsd 532 script parameters.
+
+	* config/pc532mach.mt: New file. Pc532 mach target support.
+
+	* config/pc532mach.mh: New file. Pc532 mach host support.
+
+	* config/netbsd532.mt: New file. Netbsd 532 target support.
+
+	* configure.in: Add ns32k-pc532-mach and ns32k-pc532-netbsd support.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add epcmachaout.c dependency and enetbsd532.c
+	dependency.
+
+Fri Jul  8 10:57:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Use
+	bfd_abs_section_ptr, not &bfd_abs_section.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Changed "retain-symbols-file" from
+	no_argument to required_argument.  From djm.
+
+Thu Jul  7 12:29:53 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Explicitly mention .stab and .stabstr
+	sections to force a VMA of 0; needed for ELF backends which have
+	not been converted to the new linker style.
+
+Mon Jul  4 19:35:45 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc (__stack_zero): Don't define this name,
+	it was for the HPUX dynamic loader's use and it creates problems
+	with ELF GDB.
+
+Fri Jul  1 12:53:47 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_do_assignments): No longer static.  Delete decl.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_do_assignments): Put external decl here.
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em: Minor cleanups throughout file.
+	(hppa_elf_create_output_section_statements): Rewrite.
+	(hppaelf_finish): Rewrite.
+
+Wed Jun 29 16:50:00 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/solaris2.mh (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS): Define as /usr/ccs/lib.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Accept -Bstatic and -Bdynamic.  Do not
+	accept plain -B.
+	* ld.texinfo: -Bstatic is not ignored.
+
+Tue Jun 28 12:13:34 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: Recognize \r the same as \n.
+
+Thu Jun 23 17:53:04 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	Preliminary support for generating shared libraries, from Eric
+	Youngdale <ericy@cais.cais.com>.
+	* genscripts.sh: If the emulation parameter file sets
+        GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT, generate a .xs script file with
+	CREATE_SHLIB defined.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): If
+	link_info.shared is set, use the .xs script file.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: If CREATE_SHLIB is set, don't create a
+	.interp section, and don't include TEXT_START_ADDR in the starting
+	address of the first section.
+	* emulparams/elf_i386.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Likewise.
+	* emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Define.
+
+Thu Jun 23 12:52:22 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change --with-targets to --enable-targets.
+
+Wed Jun 22 13:42:14 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add support for new options -( -) with
+	synonyms --start-group --end-group.
+	* ldlang.h (enum statement_enum): Add lang_group_statement_enum.
+	(lang_group_statement_type): Define new struct.
+	(lang_statement_union_type): Add group_statement field.
+	(lang_enter_group, lang_leave_group): Declare.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker): Handle
+	lang_group_statement_enum.
+	(map_input_to_output_sections, print_statement): Likewise.
+	(lang_size_sections, lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+	(open_input_bfds): Completely rewrite.  Now does its own looping,
+	rather than using lang_for_each_statement.  Handle groups.
+	(lang_process): Update call to open_input_bfds.
+	(print_group): New static function.
+	(lang_enter_group, lang_leave_group): New static functions.
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): If the file has already been
+	opened, just return rather than taking an assertion failure.
+	* ldver.c (help): Mention new options.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document new options.
+
+	* ldlang.c (end_of_data_section_statement_list): Don't define.
+	(lang_leave_output_section_statement): Don't set obsolete variable
+	end_of_data_section_statement_list.
+
+	* scripttempl/go32coff.sc: Don't put ${DATA_ALIGNMENT} inside an
+	ALIGN.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Adjust current region address
+	even for sections with an explicit address.  From
+	ralphc@pyramid.com (Ralph Campbell).
+
+	* emulparams/i386linux.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Set to 0.
+	From jrs@world.std.com (Rick Sladkey).
+
+	* scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Let sections align to their natural
+	boundaries.
+
+Tue Jun 21 11:27:04 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_init): Use new bfd_abs_section_ptr, not
+	&bfd_abs_section.
+	(lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of): Likewise.
+	(lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of): Likewise.
+	(lang_size_sections): Use bfd_is_abs_section to check for the
+	absolute section.  Don't try to set the VMA or output_offset or
+	size of the absolute section.
+	* ldmain.c (notice_ysym): Use bfd_is_und_section to check for the
+	undefined section.
+
+Thu Jun 16 22:48:41 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc: Place .data and .bss at 0x40000000
+	when generating relocatable objects.
+
+Thu Jun 16 14:25:22 1994  Eric Youngdale  (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+	* emultempl/linux.em: New file providing support for linking
+	against Linux shared libraries.
+	* config/i386-linux.mt (ei386linux.c): Depend upon linux.em.
+	* emulparams/i386linux.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as linux.
+
+Thu Jun 16 12:22:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add -shared to longopts, and handle it.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize link_info.shared to false.  Give
+	error if link_info.relocateable and link_info.shared are both set.
+
+	* configure.in: If EMUL_EXTRA* is defined in a config file, treat
+	it as naming an emulation to be added to EMULATION_OFILES.
+	* config/i386-linux.mt (EMUL_EXTRA1): Define as elf_i386.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+	(ALL_EMULATIONS): Add ei386linux.o, eelf32_sparc.o,
+	eelf64_sparc.o.  Remove $(OTHER_EMULATIONS).
+	(ei386linux.c, eelf32_sparc.c, eelf64_sparc.c): New targets.
+	* config/i386-linux.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	(ei386linux.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+	* config/i386-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	* config/m68k-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	* config/sparc-lynx.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	* config/sparc64-elf.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	(eelf64_sparc.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+	* config/sun4sol2.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Don't define.
+	(eelf32_sparc.c): Remove; now in Makefile.in.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): Don't crash if etree_rel section has
+	no owner--it might be bfd_abs_section.  From Eric Youngdale
+	<ericy@cais.cais.com>.
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Let sections align to their natural
+	boundaries.
+
+Wed Jun 15 01:54:54 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldemul.h (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): Declare.
+	(ld_emulation_xfer_type): Add new field open_dynamic_archive.
+	* ldemul.c: Include ldexp.h and ldlang.h.
+	(ldemul_open_dynamic_archive): New function.
+	* ldfile.h (ldfile_open_file_search): Declare.
+	* ldfile.c: Include ldemul.h.
+	(try_open_bfd): Rename from cache_bfd_openr.  Return boolean
+	argument, not bfd *.  Change all callers.
+	(ldfile_open_file_search): Rename from open_a.  Return boolean
+	argument, not bfd *.  Clean up.  Change all callers.
+	(ldfile_open_file): If doing a dynamic link, call
+	ldemul_open_dynamic_archive rather than assuming the extension of
+	a dynamic object is ".so".
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive):
+	New function.
+	(ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Initialize open_dynamic_archive
+	field.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em (ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation): Likewise.
+
+	* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore -m486 for Linux compatibility.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Ignore -qmagic for Linux compatibility.
+	Accept -static as a synonym for -non_shared.
+
+	Let the user change the dynamic linker used by ELF code.
+	* ld.h (args_type): Add new field interpreter.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add dynamic-linker to longopts, and
+	handle it.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize command_line.interpreter to NULL.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation): Get
+	the ELF backend to return the .interp section.  If
+	command_line.interpreter is not NULL, set the contents of .interp
+	to it.
+	* ld.texinfo: Mention -dynamic-linker.
+
+	* config/sun4sol2.mt (eelf32_sparc.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not
+	generic.em.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Sort out the option macros and change the
+	definitions to make it easier to add a new option.
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Define __etext and __edata to go along with
+	_etext and _edata.
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add new field traditional_format.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Add traditional-format to longopts, and
+	handle it.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize config.traditional_format to false.
+	* ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output): Set BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT in BFD
+	flags of output_bfd according to config.traditional_format.
+	* ldver.c (help): Mention -traditional-format.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document -traditional-format.
+
+Tue Jun 14 23:10:07 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldctor.c (ldctor_add_entry): Add entries to a set in the order
+	they are encountered.
+
+Tue Jun 14 18:05:09 1994  Eric Youngdale  (ericy@cais.cais.com)
+
+	* emulparams/i386linux.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0x1000.
+	(NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0x20.
+
+Mon Jun 13 15:46:09 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Define _ftext, _etext and _fdata insted of
+	_FTEXT, _ETEXT and _FDATA.  Dont define _END.
+
+	* ldfile.c (open_a): If this is not an archive, try to open it in
+	the current directory before searching for it.
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Treat -i as a synonym for -r.
+
+	* ldgram.y (exp): Treat BLOCK as a synonym for ALIGN, so that
+	BLOCK works in a section address as documented.
+
+	* ldgram.y (YYDEBUG): Don't define.
+
+Fri Jun 10 16:45:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emultempl/gld960.em: Pass false for new argument to
+	ldfile_add_library_path.
+	* emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/lnk960.em: Likewise.
+
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: Only look for .so files if doing a dynamic
+	link.
+
+Thu Jun  9 08:35:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/i960.sc: Add CONSTRUCTORS to .data.
+
+Thu Jun  9 06:52:29 1994  Bill Cox  (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (check): Delete ld.new dependency so that a regression
+	  test doesn't trigger a rebuild of the linker.	
+
+Thu Jun  9 00:17:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (map_input_to_output_sections): For lang_address, call
+	init_os if it hasn't already been called.
+
+Thu Jun  2 17:24:08 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Add support for SunOS shared libraries.
+	* aout.sc: Don't define __DYNAMIC here.  Add new sections used by
+	shared library support code.
+	* emultempl/sunos.em: New file.
+	* emulparams/sun4.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as sunos.
+	* emulparams/sun3.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Likewise.
+	* Makefile.in (esun4.c): Depend upon sunos.em, not generic.em.
+	(esun3.c): Likewise.
+
+	* ldlang.c: Minor formatting cleanups.
+	(lang_for_each_input_file): New function.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_for_each_input_file): Declare.
+
+	* ldfile.h (search_dirs_type): Move from ldfile.c, and add cmdline
+	field.
+	(search_head): Declare.
+	(ldfile_add_library_path): Add new cmdline argument in prototype.
+	* ldfile.c (search_head): Make non-static.
+	(search_dirs_type): Move to ldfile.h.
+	(ldfile_add_library_path): Accept cmdline argument, and save it.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Pass true for new cmdline argument of
+	ldfile_add_library_path.
+	(set_default_dirlist): Likewise.
+	* ldmain.c (check_for_scripts_dir): Pass false for new cmdline
+	argument of ldfile_add_library_path.
+	* ldgram.y (ifile_p1): Likewise.
+
+Wed Jun  1 14:24:08 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.h (lang_input_statement_type): Remove fields subfiles,
+	total_size, superfile and chain.
+	* ldfile.c (open_a): Don't clear search_dirs_flag.
+	(ldfile_open_file): Don't try to open superfile.  Assert that file
+	has not already been opened.
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Don't initialize superfile.
+	* ldmain.c (add_archive_element): Don't initialize subfiles or
+	chain or superfile.  Initialize search_dirs_flag to false.
+
+Fri May 27 12:25:33 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Changed version to "cygnus-2.4.1".
+
+	Changes from binutils-2.4 release:
+
+	* genscripts.sh (RELOCATING, CONSTRUCTING): When setting
+	variables, use whitespace, so scripts don't break.
+
+	* config/alphaosf.mh (HDEFINES, CFLAGS): Deleted.
+
+	* emultempl/generic.em: Find emultempl/stringify.sed in ${srcdir}.
+
+	* cdtest-bar.cc: Renamed from cdtest-func.cc.
+	* Makefile.in: Noted change.
+
+	* scripttempl/a29k.sc: Don't include /lab3/u3/..../segments.o; I
+	don't know where that's supposed to come from, or why it's
+	necessary.
+
+	Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* configure.bat: update to latest makefile.in
+	* emulpara/go32.sh: set to coff-go32 not aout
+	* emultemp/generic.em: strength-reduce the structure of
+	  this shell script, since the only available shell for
+	  DOS can't handle complex syntax.
+	* emultemp/stringify.sed: for "sed -f" instead of inline.
+	* makefile.in: depend on stringify.sed as well as genscripts.sh
+	* scripttemp/go32coff.sc: correct for djgpp 1.11's COFF format
+	* genscripts.sh: empty variables aren't always considered "set",
+	  so set them to "y" instead.
+
+Fri May 27 01:08:14 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (entry_symbol): Make static.
+	(lang_add_entry): Add cmdline argument.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_add_entry): Change prototype.
+	* ldgram.y (statement_anywhere): Change lang_add_entry call.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+
+Tue May 24 16:13:43 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.sh (OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS): Don't give
+	.reginfo an address.
+	(OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Don't give .lit4 or .lit8 an address.
+	(OTHER_SECTIONS): Define for .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Use OTHER_SECTIONS at end of script.
+
+Thu May 19 13:31:33 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Add support for ELF shared libraries.
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add field dynamic_link.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Initialize config.dynamic_link to false.  Warn
+	on attempts to use -r with -relax, -call_shared or -s.
+	* lexsup.c (longopts): Separate OPTION_CALL_SHARED from
+	OPTION_NON_SHARED.  Add OPTION_IGNORE.  Adjust macro values
+	accordingly.  Add "dy" and "non_shared" options.  Change "Qy" to
+	OPTION_IGNORE for now.  Handle OPTION_CALL_SHARED and
+	OPTION_NON_SHARED by setting dynamic_link field accordingly.
+	Handle OPTION_IGNORE by ignoring it.  Clear dynamic_link field for
+	-r and -Ur.
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): If config.dynamic_link is true, try
+	opening a file with a .so extension first.
+	* emultempl/elf32.em: New file.
+	* emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR): Change to 0x10000.
+	(NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Likewise.
+	(TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+	(DATA_PLT): Define.
+	* emulparams/elf_i386.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Define as elf32.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add placement for new dynamic sections.
+	Don't use CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS.  Define _etext, _edata and _end
+	outside of any section.  Don't use ALIGN(8); just let one section
+	VMA follow another.  Put .dynbss in .bss.  Don't mention debugging
+	sections; they'll be handled correctly anyhow.
+	* Makefile.in (eelf_i386.c): Depend upon elf32.em, not generic.em.
+
+Wed May 18 10:15:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Redirect output of ln to /dev/null.
+
+Mon May 16 13:35:08 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em: Change all references of
+	.hppa_linker_stubs to .PARISC.stubs.
+	* scripttempl/hppaelf.sc: Likewise.
+
+Fri May 13 13:00:38 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Change ``no attached
+	output section'' message slightly.
+	(lang_do_assignments): Don't recurse down if there is no real
+	section.
+
+	* config/i386-linux.mt (OTHER_EMULATIONS): Change em_ to e to
+	match corresponding change in emulation templates.
+	* config/i386-lynx.mt, config/m68k-lynx.mt: Likewise.
+	* config/sparc-lynx.mt, config/sun4sol2.mt: Likewise.
+
+Wed May 11 18:16:46 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Updated version number.
+
+	* cdtest-foo.cc: Use explicit "#pragma implementation".
+	* cdtest-bar.cc: Renamed from cdtest-func.cc.
+	* Makefile.in: References to cdtest-func.o changed to
+	cdtest-bar.o.
+
+Wed May 11 16:24:19 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Don't create unnecessary output sections.
+	* ldlang.c (out_bfd_get_section_by_name): Remove.
+	(wild_section): Call bfd_get_section_by_name rather than
+	our_bfd_get_section_by_name.  Don't call wild_doit if there is no
+	section.
+	(lang_create_output_section_statements): Remove.
+	(map_input_to_output_sections): For several cases, call init_os if
+	it has not already been called.
+	(lang_size_sections): If output section was not created, skip it.
+	(lang_process): Don't call lan_create_output_section_statements.
+	(lang_place_orphans): Skip files with just_syms_flags set to true.
+	* ld.texinfo: Document change.
+
+Tue May 10 14:31:16 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): Don't bother initializing the vma and
+	section size.  Don't special case SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY.
+	(lang_size_sections): Handle SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY sections
+	specially.
+
+Fri May  6 12:24:27 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/go32.mh : New file for Xgo32X.
+
+Fri May  6 15:15:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command_file): Set bfd_error_system_call
+	before calling einfo, since we are reporting an fopen failure.
+	From jrs@world.std.com (Rick Sladkey).
+
+	* configure.in: Use "e" rather than "em_" as prefix for
+	emulations.
+
+Fri May  6 01:08:14 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emultempl/generic.em: Use "e" rather than "em_" as prefix for
+	filename.
+	* emultempl/gld960.em, emultempl/gld960c.em, emultempl/lnk960.em,
+	emultempl/hppaelf.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em, emultempl/vanilla.em:
+	Ditto.
+	* Makefile.in: Changed all generated file names.
+	(ldemul-list.h): Depend on Makefile, not config.status.  Changed
+	sed patterns to handle new filenames.
+
+	* config/mipsl-idt.mt: Renamed from mips-idtl.mt.
+	* configure.in: Adjusted.
+
+Thu May  5 15:07:32 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Don't use "$<*", it doesn't always
+	work.  Instead, check build dir and $srcdir explicitly, and use
+	`echo' to get all the filenames.
+
+	* configure.in (h8300h-*-hms): Changed ld_target name to
+	cf-h8300h.
+	* config/cf-h8300h.mt: Renamed from coff-h8300h.mt, to make it
+	unique in 8.3.
+
+	* config/i960coff.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/gld960coff.sh: New file.
+	* emultempl/gld960c.em: New file.
+	* configure.in (i960-*-vxworks5* except -vxworks5.0*): Use
+	i960coff configuration.
+	* Makefile.in (em_gld960coff.c): Added dependencies, build rule.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove em_delta68.o, since the
+	code isn't included in FSF releases, and it can still be
+	explicitly selected.
+	(distclean): Remove site.bak and tmpdir.
+	(STAGESTUFF): Removed $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES).
+	(mostlyclean): Delete them explicitly here.  Also remove tmpdir.
+
+	Patches from Ralph Campbell:
+	* config/mipsbsd.mh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (em_mipsbsd.c): Use mipsbsd.sc, not aout.sc.
+	* scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc: Don't define __DYNAMIC.
+	* emulparams/mipsbsd.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Fix name to have `a.out'
+	instead of `aout'.
+
+	* configure.in (i386-*-gnu*): Treat like i386-*-mach*.
+
+Wed May  4 11:59:40 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/m68k.mt (EMUL): Set to m68kaout.
+	* emulparams/m68kaout.sh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_m68kaout.o.
+	(em_m68kaout.c): New target.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): If dot moves because of an
+	assignment, don't try to insert a pad into the absolute output
+	section, just change the address of the default memory region
+	instead.
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove cdtest.tmp, cdtest-ur,
+	cdtest-ur.out, and cdtest-ur.tmp.
+
+Wed Apr 27 16:03:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/sa29200.sc: Align all sections to four byte
+	boundaries.
+
+Wed Apr 27 10:48:03 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: Support for go32 coff.
+	* config/i386-go32.mt: New file
+	* emulparams/i386go32.sh: New file
+	* scripttempl/i386go32.sc: New file
+
+Tue Apr 26 17:20:03 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (em_m68klynx.c, em_i386lynx.c, em_sparclynx.c): Use
+	Lynx-specific script templates.
+	* configure.in (sparclite*-*-coff): Use coff-sparc.
+	* emulparams/i386lynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Set to i386lynx.
+	* emulparams/sparclynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Set to sparclynx.
+	(ENTRY): Set to __main.
+	* scripttempl/i386lynx.sc: New file, script for I386 Lynx.
+	* scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: Add insertion of ctor/dtor sections.
+	* scripttempl/sparclynx.sc: New file, script for uSparc Lynx.
+
+Tue Apr 26 12:41:03 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Force _gp and .lit8 to be aligned to a 16
+	byte boundary, in case the global constructors do not take up an
+	even 16 bytes.
+
+	* config/i386v4.mh (HOSTING_CRT0): If ../gcc/crtbegin.o does not
+	exist, get crtbegin based on gcc -print-libgcc-file-name.
+	(HOSTING_LIBS): Similar change for ../gcc/crtend.o.
+
+Mon Apr 25 15:27:52 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): When no address is given for a
+	section, align it according to its requirements.
+
+Thu Apr 21 17:24:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean, distclean): Remove configdoc.texi.
+
+Tue Apr 19 12:12:15 1994  Bill Cox  (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Add i[34]86-*-bsd386 to the patterns recognized.
+
+Fri Apr 15 14:35:42 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): When relaxing, adjust the
+	position of a padding statement, and adjust dot accordingly.
+
+Mon Apr 11 17:37:09 1994  Bill Cox  (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (EXPECT, RUNTEST): Set these for the check goal.
+
+Mon Apr 11 12:32:57 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/i386coff.sc: If relocating, don't put .init and
+	.fini sections into .text; keep them separate.
+	* config/i386sco.mh (HOSTING_CRT0): If ../gcc/crtbegin.o does not
+	exist, get crtbegin based on gcc -print-libgcc-file-name.
+	(HOSTING_LIBS): Similar change for ../gcc/crtend.o.
+
+Mon Apr 11 10:31:00 1994  Bill Cox  (bill@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (check): Set TCL_LIBRARY for runtest.
+
+Wed Apr  6 00:09:37 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* configure.in (hppa*-*-*elf*): Don't require "-hp-" for the
+	manufacturer.
+
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Only resize sections
+	if building a final executable.
+
+Tue Apr  5 12:17:30 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Check the return value of bfd_close.
+
+Thu Mar 31 18:07:06 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Clean up section alignment to ensure that
+	sections never overlap when using -r.
+
+Wed Mar 30 15:51:15 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Change symbol reading slightly for recent BFD
+	changes: get_symtab_upper_bound renamed and returns long,
+	bfd_canonicalize_symtab returns long, check for error indications.
+
+Fri Mar 25 17:20:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_input_section): For section size, use
+	_cooked_size if it is non-zero, size otherwise.
+	(size_input_section): Likewise.
+	(lang_do_assignments): Likewise (case lang_input_section_enum).
+
+Thu Mar 24 15:20:47 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Add new argument add_to_list.  Don't set
+	real to true for lang_input_file_is_marker_enum.  Clear the_bfd.
+	(lang_add_input_file): Pass true to new_afile for add_to_list.
+	(lookup_name): Remove force_load argument.  Changed all callers.
+	Pass false to new_afile for add_to_list.  Split loading of symbols
+	out into separate function.
+	(load_symbols): New function split out of lookup_name.  Don't load
+	the symbols if they are already loaded.
+	(open_input_bfds): For lang_input_statement_enum call load_symbols
+	rather than lookup_name.
+	(lang_process): Pass abs_output_section rather than NULL to
+	lang_size_sections.
+	(lang_startup): Set real field of first_file to true.
+
+Wed Mar 23 14:15:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (had_relax): Removed.
+	(relax_again): New static variable.
+	(lang_size_sections): Change call to bfd_relax_section to
+	correspond to BFD changes.  Set relax_again appropriately.
+	(lang_process): Remove #if 0 code.  When relaxing, keep calling
+	lang_do_assignments and lang_size_sections until relax_again
+	becomes false.
+
+	* emultemp/gld960.em: Include libiberty.h
+	(gld960_before_parse): Pass NULL as final argument to concat.
+
+Tue Mar 22 13:08:28 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Force _end and __end to be aligned to a
+	four byte boundary.
+
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle lang_data_statement_enum by
+	building a bfd_data_link_order, rather than by setting the section
+	contents immediately.
+
+Mon Mar 21 18:28:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Changes to make -Ur work again.
+	* ldmain.c (add_to_set): Now takes reloc argument rather than
+	bitsize.  Check config.build_constructors here.  If an new hash
+	table entry is created, mark it as undefined.
+	(constructor_callback): No longer takes bitsize argument.  Pass
+	BFD_RELOC_CTOR to ldctor_add_set_entry, but first make sure the
+	BFD backend supports it.
+	(reloc_overflow): Handle a NULL abfd argument.
+	(reloc_dangerous, unattached_reloc): Likewise.
+	* ldctor.c: Include ldmain.h.
+	(struct set_info): Change bitsize field to reloc.
+	(ldctor_add_set_entry): Now takes reloc argument rather than
+	bitsize.  Don't bother to check config.build_constructors here.
+	(ldctor_build_sets): Get the size from the reloc howto.  If
+	generating relocateable output, call lang_add_reloc rather than
+	lang_add_data.
+	* ldctor.h (ldctor_add_set_entry): Change declaration to use reloc
+	instead of bitsize.
+	* ldlang.h (statement_enum): Add lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+	(lang_reloc_statement_type): New structure.
+	(lang_statement_union_type): Add reloc_statement field.
+	(lang_add_reloc): Declare new function.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker): Handle
+	lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+	(map_input_to_output_sections, print_statement): Likewise.
+	(lang_size_sections, lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+	(print_reloc_statement): New function.
+	(lang_add_reloc): New function.
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle lang_reloc_statement_enum.
+
+	* Makefile.in (cdtest.out, cdtest-ur.o): New targets.
+	(cdtest-ur, cdtest-ur.out): New targets.
+	(check-cdtest): Now also check that -Ur works correctly.
+
+	* scripttemp/alpha.sc: Align all sections to 16 byte boundaries.
+
+Thu Mar 17 12:45:41 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Move lang_common call before
+	map_input_to_output_sections, to ensure that any alignment
+	constraints set by common symbols are copied over to the output
+	sections.
+
+Fri Mar 11 22:17:34 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/elf32ppc.sh (TEMPLATE_NAME): Don't define.
+	(OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS): Rename .toc to .got.
+	* Makefile.in (em_elf32ppc.c): Depend upon generic.em, not ppc.em.
+	* emultempl/ppc.em: Remove ugly stub code; turns out not to be
+	needed for ELF.
+
+Tue Mar  8 04:22:27 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/i386bsd.mh: New file.
+
+Mon Mar  7 15:23:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* elf.sc: Permit TEXT_START_SYMBOLS and DATA_START_SYMBOLS to be
+	defined.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.s (TEXT_START_SYMBOLS): Define _ftext.
+	(DATA_START_SYMBOLS): Define _fdata.
+
+Mon Feb 28 10:59:14 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (cat): Define using ANSI style if ALMOST_STDC defined.
+
+Sun Feb 27 16:29:38 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Update comments.  This
+	works again.  Attach some output symbols to the stub file bfd.
+
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em: Include elf32-hppa.h.
+	(file_chain): Add decl.
+	(hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section): Delete decl.
+	(hppaelf_finish): Reenable code.  Do not pass symbols
+	down to hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section.
+
+Sat Feb 26 10:58:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (write_map): Don't define.  Removed all references.
+	Just use map_file or map_filename instead.
+	(add_archive_element): Use minfo to write map information, not
+	info_msg.
+	(constructor_callback): Use fprintf to write map information, not
+	info_msg.
+	* ldmain.h (write_map): Don't declare.
+	* ldgram.y (mri_script_command): Removed reference to write_map.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_one_common): Likewise.
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Likewise.
+
+Fri Feb 25 19:12:03 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Force all sections to be aligned.
+
+	* ldgram.y (section): Reverse the order of memspec_opt and
+	fill_opt to avoid an ambiguity when both are used.
+	* ld.texinfo: Changed accordingly.
+
+	* ldgram.y: Move include of ldlex.h back with other includes.
+	* ldlex.h (input_type): Don't initialize enum constants to
+	particular values.
+	* ldlex.l: Use a switch to return the right token based on
+	input_type, rather than knowing that input_type has a value based
+	on a token type.
+
+	* ldgram.y (dirlist_ptr): Removed; not used.
+	* lexsup.c: Include ldver.h.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+
+Fri Feb 25 18:55:54 1994  Ted Lemon  (mellon@pepper.ncd.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lookup_name): don't call bfd_set_gp_size.
+	(ldlang_add_file): call it here instead.
+
+Fri Feb 25 18:13:46 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: Include ldlex.h after %token decls, for byacc.
+
+Fri Feb 25 10:47:25 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+        * emultempl/hppaelf.em: First attempt to clean this file up.
+	Add comments in several functions as to their purpose and
+	how they function (or my current best guess).  Clean up horrible
+	spacing and indention that never should have been accepted in the
+	first place.  Add FIXMEs for issues which need to be resolved.
+	Disable linker-stub generation until it gets fixed.  This allows
+	the linker to at least work on simple code for testing purposes.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): No longer static (PA ELF calls
+	it via hppaelf_finish).  Prototype moved into ldlang.h.
+	(lang_process): Move problematic extra call to lang_size_sections
+	into the PA ELF specific code.
+	* emultempl/hppaelf.em (hppaelf_finish): Extra call to
+	lang_size_sections moved here.
+
+Thu Feb 24 16:47:33 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (powerpc-*-elf*): New target; use ppc-elf32.
+	* config/ppc-elf32.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/elf32ppc.sh: New file.
+	* emultempl/ppc.em: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_elf32ppc.o.
+	(em_elf32ppc.c): New target; uses elf32ppc.sh, ppc.em and elf.sc.
+	(EMULATION_OFILES): Added dependencies on ldexp.h and ldlang.h.
+
+Thu Feb 24 12:27:07 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* lexsup.c (parse_args): Use symbolic numbers for long options.
+	Fix misunderstanding in -Y and -call_shared et al.
+
+	Use getopt instead of lex and yacc to parse the command line.
+
+	* ld.texinfo (Options): Document changes to option syntax.
+	* Makefile.in: Update dependencies.
+	* ldver.c (help): Tweak dashes in usage message.
+	* ldgram.y (%union): Remove unused members.
+	Remove %tokens for command line options; add ones for input types.
+	(command_line): Rules removed.
+	(file): Instead of command line, recognize an
+	input type indicator, then use the nonterminal for that type.
+	(defsym_expr): New nonterminal from code formerly in command_line.
+	* ldlex.h: Declare parser input type enum and variable.
+	Don't declare parse_line.
+	* ldlex.l: Remove unused variables.  Make some used ones static
+	and comment them.
+	(COMMAND): Start state and its rules removed.
+	At start of yylex, return input state token if at start of input.
+	(lex_redirect): Don't need to set yyout.
+	(ldlex_command): Function removed.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Instead of calling parse_line, set up the
+	redirections and call yyparse directly.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): If there's no input filename, print nothing, not
+	"command line".
+	* lexsup.c: Remove #if 0'd code.
+	(parse_line): Function removed.
+	(parse_args): Rewrite to use getopt_long_only.
+	(set_default_dirlist): New function from code formerly in
+	ldgram.y:command_line.
+	(set_section_start): New function.
+	* emultempl/generic.em, emultempl/gld960.em, emultempl/hppaelf.em,
+	emultempl/lnk960.em, emultempl/m88kbcs.em: Don't enclose
+	compiled-in link scripts in "{" and "}", as the grammar no longer
+	wants them to be.
+
+Thu Feb 24 08:43:26 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ld.dvi): Depend on configdoc.texi, but don't
+	require that it be in $(srcdir).
+
+Tue Feb 22 09:21:18 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Only align section to alignment
+	required by linker script, not to maximum alignment of input
+	sections.
+
+	* ldlang.h (largest_section): Don't declare.
+	* ldlang.c (largest_section): Don't define.
+	(size_input_section): Don't set largest_section; not used.
+
+Mon Feb 21 15:15:29 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Pass NULL as last argument to concat.
+
+Thu Feb 17 15:51:23 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c, ldmain.c: Include libiberty.h.
+
+	* ldmisc.h (concat): Don't declare.
+	* ldmisc.c (concat): Don't define; just use the one in libiberty.
+
+	* ld.h (as_output_section_statement): Removed; not used.
+
+Thu Feb 17 09:32:14 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c: Use bfd_get_error and
+	bfd_set_error and new error names. 
+
+Tue Feb 15 20:14:53 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): If the cooked size of the section
+	has been set, use it, for determining link_order size.
+	(ldwrite): In the error message displayed if bfd_final_link fails,
+	indicate that it was in fact the final link step that failed.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Clear bfd_error before calling
+	bfd_relax_section, in case it returns false but doesn't flag an
+	error.  If an error is returned, indicate which one it is in the
+	error message.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-info): Depend on ld.info, and use "$<*" so
+	it'll get picked up from $(srcdir) if appropriate.
+
+Tue Feb 15 16:32:04 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Only pad .text if PAD_TEXT is set.
+	* emulparams/i386mach.sh (PAD_TEXT): Set PAD_TEXT.
+
+Fri Feb 11 17:02:49 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l (comment): Increment line number when newline is read.
+
+Fri Feb 11 17:36:20 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lookup_name): Take new argument, force_load.  If true,
+	reload the file even if it is already loaded.
+	(wild): Call lookup_name with force_load argument of 0.
+	(open_input_bfds): Call lookup_name with force_load argument of 1.
+	(print_symbol): Remove declaration of non-existent function.
+	(print_one_symbol): Return true rather than falling off end.
+
+Thu Feb 10 11:52:38 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Use %ld when printing long values.
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Move _edata after the .sdata section.
+	Permit OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS to be defined.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.s (OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS): Define _fbss.
+
+Mon Feb  7 16:31:15 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* Rename all "hppaosf" files to "hppaelf".
+	* Change all "osf" references to "elf" in hppaelf files.
+	* Makefile.in: Likewise.
+	* configure.in: Likewise.
+
+Sun Feb  6 20:31:56 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Call xatexit, not atexit.
+	Call xmalloc_set_program_name.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): Check if bfd_relax_section set
+	bfd_errno. 
+
+Sat Feb  5 03:54:34 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emultempl/lnk960.em (append), emultempl/hppaosf.em
+	(hppaosf_finish): Call xmalloc, not ldmalloc.
+	* ldmain.c (preserve_output): Function removed.
+	(main): Do it here instead.
+
+Fri Feb  4 23:02:19 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* ldlang.h (LANG_FOR_EACH_{INPUT,OUTPUT}_SECTION): Delete (unused)
+	GNU C specific macros.
+
+	* emultempl/hppaosf.em (hppaosf_finish): Expand the only remaining
+	call to LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_SECTION.
+
+Fri Feb  4 16:26:08 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (ldmalloc, xmalloc, ldrealloc, xrealloc): Functions
+	deleted; will use libiberty versions instead.
+	* ldctor.c ldfile.c ldlang.c ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldmisc.h lexsup.c
+	mri.c Makefile.in: Change callers.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Remove cleanup code.
+	* ldmain.c (remove_output): Put it here (new function).
+	(preserve_output): New function.
+	(main): Register remove_output and preserve_output with atexit.
+	* ldmain.c ldgram.y: Call xexit instead of exit.
+	* ldmisc.h: Declare xexit.
+
+Fri Feb  4 15:19:01 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Lots of new H8/500 memory models.
+
+Sun Jan 30 14:33:40 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: Removed duplicate rules.
+	(yywrap): Provide default definition, needed with some versions of
+	flex.
+
+Fri Jan 28 09:12:56 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): For `%I', if the file is in an archive, print
+	the archive filename too.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Add rule to catch invalid input characters instead of
+	printing them.  Include "ldmain.h" for program_name decl.
+	(lex_warn_invalid): New function.
+	* Makefile.in: Add dependency.
+
+Fri Jan 28 12:58:45 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (check): Don't bother running any tests of
+	cross-linker until the test suite no longer assumes native mode.
+
+Thu Jan 27 17:19:54 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (print_one_symbol, print_input_section):  Print
+	global symbols in symbol table again.
+
+Thu Jan 27 12:35:01 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c ldmain.h ldgram.y: If -v -V or --version was given, 
+	exit successfully instead of complaining if no input files are
+	given. 
+
+Tue Jan 25 13:19:41 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Format variable definitions consistently.
+	(LD_PROG): Remove unnecessary variables from link command,
+	change variable LOADLIBES to EXTRALIBS.
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Compute and display total execution time.
+	* ld.texinfo (-stats): Document the option.
+
+Mon Jan 24 12:56:37 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (reloc_overflow): Added name, reloc_name and addend
+	arguments.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lookup_name): Set BFD GP size to -G argument value
+	after opening BFD.
+
+	* ldlang.c (relaxing): Removed global variable.
+	(lang_size_sections): If the canonical symbols have not already
+	been read in, read them in before relaxing.
+	* ldlang.h (relaxing): Removed declaration.
+
+Fri Jan 21 00:44:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (new_afile): Initialize loaded field to false.
+	(lookup_name): If file was already loaded, don't call the
+	add_symbols entry point again.
+
+Wed Jan 19 13:57:00 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.texinfo: Clarify what -T option does.
+
+Tue Jan 18 16:18:15 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: Don't use CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS, that's
+	for a.out.
+
+Tue Jan 11 13:22:04 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (add_archive_element): If trace_files or
+	trace_file_tries, print file name.
+	* ldlang.c (lookup_name): Likewise.
+	(ldlang_add_file): Don't put files on input_bfds list in reverse
+	order.
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Correct typo.
+
+Mon Jan 10 19:49:05 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.l: Make the space between -e, -u, and -y and
+	their arguments optional, for compatibility with the old GNU ld.
+
+Fri Jan  7 20:00:24 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.c: Define __bss_start before the .sbss section.
+
+Thu Jan  6 00:13:10 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (add_to_set): Add bitsize argument.
+	(constructor_callback): New function.
+	(link_callbacks): Add constructor_callback.
+	* ldctor.c (struct set_info): Add bitsize field.
+	(ldctor_add_set_entry): Add bitsize argument.
+	(ldctor_build_sets): Base the size of the elements of the set on
+	the bitsize, rather than always using LONG.
+	* ldctor.h (ldctor_add_set_entry): Add bitsize to declaration.
+
+	* ld.h (QUAD_SIZE): Define.
+	* ldgram.y (QUAD): New token.
+	(length): Handle it.
+	* ldlex.l: Return QUAD.
+	* lexsup.c (keywords): Add QUAD.
+	* ldwrite.c (build_link_order): Handle QUAD.
+	* ldlang.c (print_data_statement): Handle QUAD.
+	(lang_size_sections): Likewise.
+	(lang_do_assignments): Likewise.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Add QUAD to table.
+	* ld.texinfo: Describe QUAD.
+
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: Don't create .lit4 or .sdata sections,
+	since the Alpha doesn't use them.
+
+Wed Jan  5 17:42:16 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldemul.h (ld_emulation_xfer_struct): Comment the members.
+
+Sat Jan  1 13:39:31 1994  Rob Savoye  (rob@darkstar.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: Add support for VSTa micro-kernel.
+	* config/vsta.mt, emulparams/vsta.sh: New files for VSTa.
+
+Sat Jan  1 10:53:35 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/aout.sc: Pad .text to DATA_ALIGNMENT if relocating;
+	needed for i386mach.  (Should be a no-op on other systems.)
+
+	* emulparams/i386mach.sh (SEGMENT_SIZE): Fix again.
+	(PAGE_SIZE): Don't define; not used.
+
+Fri Dec 31 16:12:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y (yyerror): Make argument const char *, and actually
+	print it out rather than assuming it is a syntax error.
+	* ldmisc.h: Change declaration of yyerror.
+	* ldemul.c, ldwrite.c: Add /*ARGSUSED*/ as appropriate.
+
+Fri Dec 31 11:37:28 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/i386mach.sh (NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Don't include
+	exec header offset, since the exec header isn't loaded.
+	(PAGE_SIZE, SEGMENT_SIZE): Agree with bfd/i386mach3.c.
+
+Thu Dec 30 13:01:43 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	A major rewrite to move the bulk of the linker into BFD so that
+	more efficient backend code can be written for specific object
+	files.
+	* lderror.c, lderror.h, ldindr.c, ldindr.h, ldsym.c, ldsym.h,
+	ldwarn.c, ldwarn.h, relax.c, relax.h: Removed.
+	* ldctor.c, ldctor.h: Complete rewrite.
+	* ldwrite.c, ldwrite.h: Complete rewrite.
+	* ld.h (strip_symbols_type, strip_symbols): Removed.  Use
+	link_info.strip instead.  Changed all uses.
+	(discard_locals_type, discard_locals): Removed.  Use
+	link_info.discard instead.  Changed all uses.
+	(ld_config_type): Removed relocateable_output field; use
+	link_info.relocateable instead; changed all uses.  Added stats
+	field.
+	(set_asymbol_chain, get_asymbol_chain, get_loader_symbol,
+	set_loader_symbol): Removed.
+	* ldexp.h (node_class): Added etree_rel.
+	(etree_type): Added rel field.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_token): Bracketed table initialization.
+	(exp_relop): New function.
+	(fold_name): Use linker hash table rather than ldsym functions.
+	(exp_fold_tree): Likewise.  Also, handle etree_rel case.
+	(exp_print_tree): Handle etree_rel.
+	* ldgram.y (strip_symbols, discard_locals): Removed.
+	(OPTION_stats, OPTION_no_keep_memory): New tokens.  Handle them.
+	(REL): New token.  Does not appear in grammar, but needed for
+	expression code.
+	(file): Don't call lang_final; it's called by main anyhow.
+	* ldlex.l: Accept -stats and -no-keep-memory options.
+	* ldlang.h (fill_type): Make unsigned int, not unsigned short.
+	* ldlang.c: Consistently use fill_type for fill argument.
+	(lang_init_script_file, script_file): Removed.
+	(create_object_symbols): Removed.  Use
+	link_info.create_object_symbols_section instead.  Changed all
+	uses.
+	(lang_add_keepsyms_file): Removed.
+	(lookup_name): Call bfd_link_add_symbols instead of
+	ldmain_open_file_read_symbol.
+	(wild): Don't iterate over script_file.
+	(open_output): Create link hash table.
+	(lang_place_undefineds): Rewrote.
+	(lang_size_sections): Handle relaxing (doesn't work yet).
+	(lang_relocate_globals): Removed.
+	(lang_finish): Use link hash table rather than ldsym functions.
+	(lang_common): Rewrote.
+	(lang_one_common): New function.
+	(ldlang_add_file): Add file to link_info.input_bfds list.  Set
+	usrdata.
+	(create_symbol): Removed.
+	(lang_process): Don't call lang_init_script_file.  Call
+	ldctor_build_sets rather than find_constructors.  Don't call
+	lang_relocate_globals.
+	(lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of): Rewrote.
+	(lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of): Rewrote.
+	* ldmain.c (had_y): Removed.
+	(lprefix, lprefix_len): Removed; use link_info fields instead.
+	Changed all uses.
+	(multiple_def_count, commons_pending, undefined_global_sym_count,
+	total_symbols_seen, total_files_seen): Removed.
+	(link_callbacks, link_info): New variables.
+	(main): Initialize link_info.  Don't call init_bfd_error_vector or
+	ldsym_init.  Don't set now unused variables.  Handle -stats.
+	(get_emulation): Removed obsolete and nonfunctional GNU960 code.
+	(add_ysym): Rewrote.
+	(read_entry_symbols, refize, enter_global_ref, enter_file_symbols,
+	search_library, gnu960_check_format, decode_library_subfile,
+	linear_library, symdef_library, clear_syms, subfile_wanted_p):
+	Removed.
+	(add_keepsyms_file, add_archive_element, multiple_definition,
+	multiple_common, add_to_set, warning_callback, undefined_symbol,
+	reloc_overflow, reloc_dangerous, unattached_reloc, notice_ysym):
+	New functions.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Accept a string for %T, not a symbol.  Don't
+	require symbols for %C; look them up instead.
+	* emultempl/hppaosf.em: Pass link_info to
+	hppa_look_for_stubs_in_section.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuilt dependencies.
+	(CFILES): Removed lderror.c, ldindr.c, ldsym.c, ldwarn.c, and
+	relax.c.
+	(HFILES): Removed lderror.h, ldindr.h, ldsym.h, ldwarn.h, and
+	relax.h.
+	(EMULATION_OFILES): Depend on bfdlink.h, ldmain.h, ldexp.h,
+	ldlang.h and ldctor.h.
+
+	* Makefile.in (ldlex.c): Don't depend on ldgram.h.  Remove
+	declarations of free and malloc from flex output.  Change malloc
+	to ldmalloc in flex output.
+
+Thu Dec 16 21:19:57 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* ldmain.c (lprefix): Change default from a char to a string
+	with only one character.
+	(lprefix_len): Set default to one.
+
+	* ldmain.h (lprefix_len): Declare.
+
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Use strncmp rather than a character
+	comparison for lprefix.
+
+	* emultmpl/m88kbcs.em (before_parse): Set lprefix and lprefix_len
+	correctly.
+
+	* emultmpl/hppaosf.em: Include ldexp.h.
+	(before_parse): Set lprefix and lprefix_len correctly.
+
+Tue Dec 14 17:19:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.h: Don't declare yywrap if it is a macro.
+	* ldlex.l: Include sysdep.h.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_for_each_statement_worker,
+	lang_for_each_statement): Forgot to use PARAMS.
+
+Mon Dec 13 14:30:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Added .PHONY targets where appropriate.  Added some
+	comments.  Also:
+	(gcclibdir, version): Removed unused variables.
+	(DEP): New variable, set to mkdep.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): New variable.  Used in .c.o target.
+	(CFILES, HFILES, GENERATED_CFILES, GENERATED_HFILES): New
+	variables.
+	(HEADERS, MANSOURCES, LDCSOURCES, GENERATED_SOURCES,
+	GENERATED_HEADERS, LDSOURCES, BFD_SOURCES, SOURCES): Removed
+	mostly obsolete variables.  Adjusted remaining uses.
+	(DEF_EMUL): Removed variable.
+	(ldmain.o): Handle undefined EMUL error correctly.
+	(ldemul-list.h): Depend on config.status rather than Makefile.
+	Create via temporary file.
+	(ver960.c, roll, make): Removed obsolete targets.
+	(.dep, .dep1, dep.sed, dep, dep-in): New targets.  Used to rebuild
+	dependencies.
+	* dep-in.sed: New file, used when rebuilding dependencies.
+
+Sat Dec 11 14:43:44 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Made many changes to eliminate gcc warnings.  Made various
+	cosmetic changes, declared various things in header files, removed
+	various extern declarations from .c files.  No substantive
+	changes.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Ifdef out final call to
+	lang_size_sections again (reverting change of Nove 2), since it
+	breaks the Sun4 linker.
+
+Thu Dec  2 16:31:47 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (alpha-*-netware*): New target; use alpha.
+
+Wed Dec  1 14:04:20 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Group targets by CPU.  Merge some m68k target
+	entries with different CPU specs that use the same ld_target
+	values.
+
+	* configure.in: Add sparc*-*-coff.
+	* config/coff-sparc.mt, emulparams/coff_sparc.sh: New files.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_coff_sparc.o.
+	(em_coff_sparc.c): Add dependencies and build rules.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (errno, sys_nerr, sys_errlist): Don't declare. 
+
+Wed Dec  1 12:19:55 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_call_shared, OPTION_non_shared, OPTION_Oval):
+	New tokens.
+	(command_line_option): Accept and ignore them (for now).
+	* ldlex.l (<COMMAND>): Handle -non_shared, -call_shared, and -On
+	where n is a number.
+
+Mon Nov 22 14:14:29 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): If merging a common symbol which is
+	not in bfd_com_section, create the section in the BFD so that it
+	can be placed in the right output section.
+
+Fri Nov 19 14:12:39 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (mips*-sgi-irix5*): New target.  Use mipsb-elf32.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipsb.sh (DATA_ADDR): Define.
+	(OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS): Define for .reginfo.
+	(EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS): Define for _DYNAMIC_LINK.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Use EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS when not relocating.
+	Move OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS after all the other readonly
+	sections.  Don't use DATA_ADDR twice.
+
+	* ldmain.c (enter_file_symbols): Removed duplicate tests of p.  If
+	p is in a common section, make sure the BFD has a section of that
+	name.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_common): Add newline to error message.
+
+Thu Nov 11 15:54:41 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/m68klynx.sh (SCRIPT_NAME): Define to use a
+	Lynx-specific script instead of m68kcoff.
+	(OUTPUT_FORMAT): Define as "coff-m68k-lynx".
+	(ENTRY): Define as __main.
+	(TEXT_START_ADDR): Define as 0.
+	(PAGE_SIZE): Define as 0x1000.
+	* emulparams/i386lynx.sh, emulparams/sparclynx.sh: Fix comment.
+	* scripttempl/m68klynx.sc: New file.
+
+Mon Nov  8 12:00:16 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore -mips1, -mips2 and -mips3
+	arguments rather than treating them as emulation names.
+
+Fri Nov  5 09:02:52 1993  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@blues.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Support x86 unixware and netware plus generic netware.
+
+Fri Nov  5 21:47:55 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* emulparams/i386mach.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR, NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): 
+	Correct values (?).
+
+Wed Nov  3 15:10:15 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rover.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Don't delete dvi or info files.
+	(ld.info): Update dependency list.
+	(ld.dvi): Ditto.  Extend TEXINPUTS to get bfdsumm.texi.
+
+Wed Nov  3 12:07:39 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_add_output): Take new arg, FROM_SCRIPT.
+	Set output_filename instead of creating a new node.
+	(open_output): Don't set output_filename.
+	(lang_final): Create the new node here.
+	* ldlang.c, ldlang.h, ldgram.y, mri.c: pass FROM_SCRIPT.
+
+Tue Nov  2 15:45:51 1993  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+ 	From Pete Hoogenboom (hoogen@cs.utah.edu):
+
+	* scripttempl/hppaosf.sc: (___stack_zero, etext, _etext,
+	edata, _edata, end): Add definitions of these symbols.
+	(__end):  Remove definition of this symbol.
+	(__data_start): Move definition of this symbol.
+
+	* emultempl/hppaosf.em:  Various fixes and support for linker stub
+	generation.
+	(hppaosf_finish, hppaosf_search_for_padding_statements,
+	hppaosf_create_output_section_statements): New functions in
+	support of linker stub generation.
+	(ld_hppaosf_emulation):  Redefine to include new
+	emulation-specific routines.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Re-enable last call lang_size_sections.
+	Pass abs_output_section rather than NULL to avoid invalidating
+	absolute symbols.
+
+Thu Oct 28 21:16:42 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_i386mach.o.
+	(em_i386mach.c): New rule.
+	* configure.in (i[34]86-*-mach*): New case.
+	* config/i386-mach.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/i386mach.sh: New file.
+
+Fri Oct 29 14:55:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h (flag_is_*): Removed macros.
+	* ldmain.c (enter_global_ref), ldsym.c (write_file_locals):
+	Consistently check the BFD symbol flags directly, rather than
+	using file_is_* macros.
+
+Thu Oct 28 19:08:42 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (sparc*-*-lynxos*): New target.
+	* Makefile.in: Add rule for em_sparclynx.c.
+	(ALL_EMULATIONS): Add Lynx emulations.
+	* config/sparc-lynx.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/sparclynx.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/sparccoff.sc: New file.
+
+Thu Oct 28 13:50:25 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add dependency for $(EMULATION_OFILES).
+
+Mon Oct 25 16:09:24 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* relax.c (write_relax): Check return value of bfd_seclet_link.
+
+Mon Oct 25 09:31:21 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (delete_output_file_on_failure): New variable.
+	(open_output): Set it after bfd open succeeds.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Test it.
+
+	Changes from Peter Hoogenboom, hoogen@cs.utah.edu:
+
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Set the BSF_FILE flag for object
+	symbols.
+
+	* ldemul.c: Support was added to allow emulation-specific
+	processing to occur.  This support was added primarily for linker
+	stub generation in the elf32-hppa gld.
+	(ldemul_finish, ldemul_create_output_section_statements):  New
+	functions.
+	* ldemul.h: Support was added to allow emulation-specific
+	processing to occur. (As described above.)  Added finish and
+	create_output_section_statements fields to
+	ld_emulation_xfer_struct structure.
+	* ldlang.c: Add calls to emulation-specific routines.
+	(lang_process):  Add call to
+	ldemul_create_output_section_statements function.
+	(lang_process):  Add call to a emulation-specific routine (and
+	some processing after the call).
+
+Fri Oct 22 20:54:13 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: mips*- instead of mips-, mips*el changes
+
+Tue Oct 19 15:46:28 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (alpha-*-osf*): New target; use alpha.mt.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_alpha.o.
+	(em_alpha.c): New target; use alpha.sh and alpha.sc.
+	* config/alphaosf.mh (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS, HOSTING_CRT0): Define.
+	* config/alpha.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/alpha.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/alpha.sc: New file.
+
+Fri Oct 15 02:20:04 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections, lang_common): ALIGN_N can't handle
+	types of different sizes (eg: 64 and 32 bits), so coerce.
+	* ld.h (ALIGN_N): Add warning about usage.
+
+Wed Oct 13 16:02:39 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (enter_global_ref): Just ignore any weak symbol for
+	which we already have a definition, rather than checking in
+	several different places whether the symbol is weak.
+
+Tue Oct 12 17:30:51 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (mips-*-elf*): New target; use mipsb-elf32.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Only use OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS and
+	OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS if relocating.  Shell variables are not
+	expanded within them.
+	* config/mipsb-elf32.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/elf32mipb.sh: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (em_elf32mipb.c): New target.
+
+Thu Sep 30 17:00:36 1993  Rob Savoye  (rob@darkstar.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: In input_list, change lang_input_file_is_file_enum to
+	lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum so objects brought in using
+	INPUT() do a path lookup.
+
+Tue Sep 28 13:31:23 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change Lynx ld_target to be {i386,m68k}-lynx
+	instead of {i386,m68k}-coff.
+	* Makefile.in (em_i386lynx.c, em_m68klynx.c): New targets.
+	* config/i386-lynx.mt: New file.
+	* config/m68k-lynx.mt: New file.
+	* emulparams/i386lynx.sh: New file.
+	* emulparams/m68klynx.sh: New file.
+
+	* scripttempl/i386coff.sc: Make ENTRY get its value from ${ENTRY},
+	but defaulting to _start.
+
+	* ldemul.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h,
+	ldsym.c, ldwarn.c: Rename info to info_msg, to avoid conflict with
+	LynxOS libc.
+
+Thu Sep 23 14:51:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/solaris2.mh: New file.  Define HOSTING_CRT0 and
+	HOSTING_LIBS for testing.
+
+Fri Sep 17 17:52:24 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	Finish up support for i386-sysv4 (without shared libraries):
+	* ld.h (flag_is_weak): Define.
+	* ldlang.c (print_symbol): Mention whether symbol is weak.
+	(print_input_section): Print weak symbols as globals.
+	* ldmain.c (refize): Do not zero out BSF_WEAK flag.
+	(enter_global_ref): Do not warn if a weak symbol redefines a
+	global symbol.  Do not let a weak symbol redefine a common symbol.
+	(enter_file_symbols): Treat weak symbols as global symbols.
+	(subfile_wanted_p): Do not pull in an object file from a archive
+	just to resolve an undefined weak symbol.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Don't needlessly malloc space after a fatal
+	error; the error might be that malloc has run out of space.
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Treat weak symbols as global.
+	* configure.in (i[34]86-*-sysv4*, i[34]86-*-elf*): New targets;
+	use i386-elf.
+	* config/i386v4.mh: New file; set NATIVE_LIB_DIRS to /usr/ccs/lib.
+	* config/i386-elf.mt: New file; set EMUL to elf_i386.
+	* emulparams/elf_i386.sh: New file.
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Use ${NOP} as filler (defaults to 0).
+	* Makefile.in (NATIVE_LIB_DIRS): Define to be empty.
+	(ALL_EMULATIONS): Add em_elf_i386.o.
+	(GENSCRIPTS): Pass NATIVE_LIB_DIRS as sixth argument.
+	(em_elf_i386.c): New target, like other em_*.c targets.
+	($(LD_PROG)): Pass $(CFLAGS) to $(CC).
+	* genscripts.sh: Accept NATIVE_LIB_DIRS as sixth argument.  If
+	nonempty, and configured for native, add it to LIB_PATH.
+
+Fri Sep 17 13:07:39 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/{h8300.sc,h8500.sc,i386coff.sc,m68kcoff.sc,sh.sc}:
+	Added statements to pass stab and stabstr sections through and
+	mark them as NOLOAD, which makes GDB happier.
+
+Wed Sep 15 16:02:29 1993  Stan Shebs  (shebs@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Accept m68k-lynx-lynxos config.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Use $(SHELL) to run genscripts.sh.
+
+Sun Sep 12 16:04:40 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/coff-h8300.mt: Add EMUL=h8300h.
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Call set_scripts_dir after argv has been processed.
+
+Fri Sep 10 09:36:29 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Changed CXX back to g++. 
+
+Fri Sep 10 09:34:29 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Fixed RUNTEST* CXX CXXFLAGS macros and check rule.
+
+Fri Sep 10 07:26:57 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (TAGS): Use shell wildcards.
+
+Tue Sep  7 18:04:54 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  add TEXINPUTS variable and use it in ld.dvi target
+
+Fri Sep  3 16:46:41 1993  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.texinfo: re-enable included config file; conditionalize doc
+	for -oformat to interact properly with SingleFormat doc config
+	var; rename @up/@down to @raisesections/@lowersections.
+
+Wed Aug 25 16:29:56 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: recognize m88110.
+
+Tue Aug 24 18:49:40 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	From Peter Hoogenboom <hoogen@shafer.cs.utah.edu>:
+	* emultempl/hppaosf.em (ld_hppaosf_emulation): Correct name for PA
+	ELF emulation is "elf32-hppa" not "elf-big".
+	(hppaosf_before_parse): Remove unneeded processing of environment
+	variables.
+	* scripttempl/hppaosf.sc: Include .hppa_linker_stubs sections in
+	.text segment of output file.
+	* emulparams/hppaosf.sh (OUTPUT_FORMAT): Use elf32-hppa.
+
+Tue Aug 24 16:17:00 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.h: define BYTE_SIZE, SHORT_SIZE, and LONG_SIZE which are no
+	  longer in bfd.h.
+
+	* ldlang.c, ld.h: updated copyright.
+
+Tue Aug 17 15:22:03 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (open_output, lang_check): Check return value of
+	bfd_set_arch_mach.
+
+Tue Aug 17 07:02:19 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8500.sc: Start all sections in a different segment.
+	* scripttempl/z8ksim.sc: Handle constructors
+
+Thu Aug 12 16:05:37 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+        * Makefile.in: revert earlier changes back to execute runtest
+          with make check. cdtest and bootstrap now function as they
+	  did within the Makefile.
+
+Thu Aug 12 10:20:05 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: 	Update dependencies.
+
+	* configure.in: Set EMULATION_OFILES in Makefile based on
+	--with-targets option.
+
+Thu Aug 12 08:52:29 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: check targets reimplemented to old way.
+
+Wed Aug 11 08:26:11 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/i386v.mh, config/irix4.mh: Use gcc
+	-print-libgcc-file-name rather than $(libdir)/libgcc.a.
+	* config/i386sco.mh: New file; copy of i386v.mh to correspond to
+	bfd/configure.host change.
+
+Mon Aug  9 14:25:35 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Handle .line and .debug* sections.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Use bfd_scan_vma, not strtoul.
+
+Fri Aug  6 08:57:39 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c, lexsup.c, ldmain.c, ldemul.c:
+	Remove inital caps in some error messages, change "can't" to
+	"cannot", add missing colons.
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Print "%%" as a single %.
+	For '%' followed by unrecognized character, print them both
+	verbatim instead of expecting a char * arg.
+	For '%C', don't put the function name in parens.
+
+	* ldexp.c (invalid): Pass "%%", not "% ".
+
+Fri Aug  6 14:31:22 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/mips.sc: Always define _ftext, _fdata, _fbss.
+	(BSS_VAR): Removed; now always define _fbss.
+	* emulparams/mipsidt.sh, emulparams/mipsidtl.sh (BSS_VAR):
+	Removed.
+
+Thu Aug  5 15:55:19 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: z8k-coff is the same as z8k-sim
+
+Wed Aug  4 21:00:18 1993  Jeffrey Wheat  (cassidy@cygnus.com)
+
+	* testsuite/lib/ld.exp: new file
+	* testsuite/config/unix-ld.exp: new file
+	* testsuite/ld.bootstrap/bootstrap.exp: new file
+	* Makefile.in: add dejagnu support for make check
+
+Wed Aug  4 17:52:32 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l (comment): Add missing newline in message.
+	* ldindr.c (add_indirect): Ditto.
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Ditto.
+
+Tue Aug  3 10:57:41 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.l, mri.c, ldwrite.c: Change multiple commons
+	into externs.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (multiple_warn): New function.
+	* ldmisc.h: Declare it.
+	* ldmain.c (enter_global_ref): Call it.
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type): Add warn_common.
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Set it with -warn-common option.
+	* ldver.c (help): Document it.
+
+Mon Aug  2 12:04:36 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add hooks for .sdata, .sbss, and
+	target-specific sections, and for changing data section vma.
+
+Mon Jul 26 14:00:02 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_Qy, OPTION_Y, OPTION_dn, OPTION_YP): New
+	terminals, for Solaris.
+	(dirlist_ptr): New static variable.
+	(command_line_option): Accept new options.
+
+	* ldlex.l: Accept command-line options "-Qy", "-dn", "-Y", and
+	"-YP,...".
+
+	* config/sun4sol2.mt: Pass emulation name without ".sh".
+
+	* emulparams/elf32_sparc.c: Renamed from elf32-sparc.c.
+	* config/sun4sol2.mt (em_elf32_sparc.c): Adjusted accordingly.
+
+Fri Jul 23 13:51:09 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Add support for .init, .fini, .ctors,
+	.dtors, .data1, .rodata1 sections, instead of combining them into
+	other sections.  For `-r', set all section start addresses to
+	zero.
+
+	* emulparams/elf32-sparc.sh (TEXT_START_ADDR,
+	NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR): Value should be 0x10100.
+	(MAXPAGESIZE): Renamed from PAGE_SIZE.
+
+Wed Jul 21 14:28:42 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* genscripts.sh: If this is the default emulation, set
+	COMPILE_IN.
+	* emultempl/*.em: Use it to determine whether to compile in the
+	scripts.
+
+	* Makefile.in (GENSCRIPTS): Pass the default emulation name to
+	genscripts.sh.  Pass the current emulation name without ".sh" on
+	the end.
+	* genscripts.sh: Take an default emulation arg.
+	Use the current emulation name as EMULATION_NAME.
+	Make default lib path for cross-compiling ':', not null.
+	* emulparams/*.sh: Don't set EMULATION_NAME.
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_get_script): Take isfile arg.
+	Pass it to emulation's get_script function.
+	* ldemul.h: Adjust get_script prototypes.
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_find_command_file): Renamed from find_a_name.
+	No longer static.
+	* ldfile.h: Declare it.
+	* ldgram.y: Accept a script on the command line again,
+	for parsing compiled-in scripts.
+	* ldmain.c (main): If ld script is a file, parse it as a -T
+	option, otherwise parse it directly.
+	* emultempl/*.em (*get_script): Return the scripts themselves if
+	this is the default emulation; otherwise return their file names.
+	* emultempl/m88kbcs.em: New file, to take m88kbcs #ifdef out of
+	generic.em.
+	* emulparams/m88kbcs.sh: Use it.
+
+	* ld.h (ld_config_type::unix_relocate): Remove unused element.
+
+Tue Jul 20 12:01:49 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Delete em_i386linux.o (for which
+	there's no change log entry yet, tsk tsk) from the list of
+	emulations compiled in until Mark gets around to checking in
+	emulparams/i386linux.sh.
+	(ldemul-list.h): Depend on Makefile, so if EMULATION_OFILES is
+	changed, this file gets updated.
+
+Fri Jul 16 14:14:32 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_Lfile): New token.
+	(command_line_option): Accept OPTION_L NAME (whitespace after -L).
+	* ldlex.l (<COMMAND>): Accept -L without FILENAME.
+
+Fri Jul 16 13:44:26 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: h8/300h support needs own .mt file.
+	config/coff-h8300h.mt: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:44:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c: Don't include sys/stat.h; it already got included
+	somewhere along the way.
+
+Thu Jul 15 14:43:34 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add h8300h support.
+	emulparams/h8300h.sh: New file.
+	scripttempl/h8300h.sc: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:44:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_file): In error message, use the name the
+	user gave (e.g., "-lc"), rather than the base file name.
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't assign an int to an enum.
+
+	* ldmain.[ch]: Remove initial Q_ from function names.
+	* ldexp.c, ldindr.c, ldlang.c: Change callers.
+
+	* ldfile.c, ldmain.c, ldgram.y: Rename option_v to trace_file_tries.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Move loading of default script from
+	here to main.  Add a "/" to start of script name to prevent
+	finding it in "." first.
+
+	* ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Don't look in "." first.
+
+	* ldgram.y, ldlang.c, ldsym.c: Remove traces of unused var
+	option_longmap. 
+
+Thu Jul 15 10:55:59 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (em_m88kbcs.c): Correct dependency.
+	* scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc: It's ARCH, not arch.  Removed TARGET
+	statement.  Changed OUTPUT_FORMAT to use ${OUTPUT_FORMAT}.
+	* emulparams/m88kbcs.sh: It's coff-m88kbcs, not m88kbcs.
+
+Wed Jul 14 21:42:53 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldlang_open_file, ldfile_open_command_file),
+	main.c (main): Print the errno string in the error message.
+
+Tue Jul 13 20:00:30 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Accept h8300h for target cpu.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (vfinfo): Have demangle remove leading underscore if
+	present (demangle is smart enough to know whether to do it or not).
+
+Mon Jul 12 11:45:48 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (set_scripts_dir): Check . and <ld bin dir>/../lib for
+	ldscripts, as well as <ld bin dir> and SCRIPTDIR.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Use sizeof instead of magic constant.
+
+	* ldmain.c (get_emulation, check_for_scripts_dir,
+	set_scripts_dir):  New functions.
+	(main): Call them.
+
+Mon Jul 12 10:57:03 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Include .init, .fini, .rodata sections.
+	Create symbol "end" instead of "__end".  Comment out some parts
+	that may not be needed (yet) for elf.
+
+	* configure.in: Accept sparc-elf and sparc-solaris2 configs.
+
+Thu Jul  8 15:33:32 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include $(OTHER_EMULATIONS).
+
+	* ldmisc.h (einfo, minfo, info): Don't bother with PARAMS macro
+	when no prototype is being supplied.
+	(ldmalloc, ldrealloc): Size argument is now size_t.
+
+	* ldmisc.c (finfo): New function, accepts FILE* argument.
+	(vfinfo, case 'v'): New format character; displays bfd_vma in hex
+	without leading zeros.
+	(vfinfo, cases 'R' and 'C'): Use finfo(%v) when displaying a
+	bfd_vma value, instead of fprintf(%x) which won't hold a long long
+	value.
+	(concat, buystring): String lengths are size_t.
+	(ldmalloc, ldrealloc, xrealloc): Size argument is now size_t.
+
+	* ldlang.c (new_statement): Size argument is now size_t.  Added
+	forward declaration with prototype.
+
+Thu Jul  8 10:53:47 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_v): Don't turn on verbose output.
+
+Wed Jul  7 17:10:45 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: Get rid of local typedef for bfd_vma!  Get it from
+	bfd.h instead.
+
+Wed Jul  7 11:33:12 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Don't install as $(tooldir)/bin/gld;
+	collect2 doesn't look for gld any more anyhow.
+
+Mon Jul  5 14:29:48 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_relocate_globals): Skip indirect symbols, which
+	now have a non NULL srefs_chain.
+
+	* config/hp300hpux.mt: Use emulation hp3hpux rather than
+	hp300hpux, since the latter does not exist.
+
+Fri Jul  2 18:06:05 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* genscripts.sh: Put the scripts in the ldscripts directory, not
+	emulations. 
+	* configure.in (ldscripts): Make, instead of emulations.
+	* Makefile.in (scriptdir): Take off the "ld" part.
+	(install, clean, distclean): Use ldscripts, not emulations.
+	In tests, don't pass -Lemulations.
+	Don't pass tooldir/lib to genscripts.sh.
+	* genscripts.sh: Don't take tooldir/lib arg.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Add "ldscripts/" to the name of the
+	default script file.
+
+Fri Jul  2 17:13:35 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* scripttempl/h8300.sc: Add .tors section for constructor/destructors.
+
+Thu Jul  1 16:38:45 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/coff-h8300.mt: EMUL=h8300hms -> h8300.
+
+Wed Jun 30 15:45:55 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (.y.c): skip default .y.c rules. gnu make can now
+	  run in parallel without colliding on yacc's static file names.
+	  Without the stub rule, make will try to start two yacc's
+	  concurrently which fails because of yacc's static file names.
+
+Tue Jun 29 12:20:36 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): Don't dump core if there are no
+	symbols.
+
+Mon Jun 28 12:22:11 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* genscripts.sh (LIB_PATH): Only add /usr/local/lib if it's
+	different from libdir.
+
+	* Makefile.in (scriptdir): Base on tooldir, not datadir.
+
+Sat Jun 26 12:03:57 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c (help): New function.
+	* ldver.h: Declare it.
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Recognize new options --help and --version.
+
+Mon Jun 21 20:39:48 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Don't need ../include any more.
+
+Mon Jun 21 16:38:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Support new -oformat option.
+	Remove attempt at supporting script fragments on the command line.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_add_output_format): Take new arg, FROM_SCRIPT.
+	* mri.c (mri_format), ldgram.y: Change callers.
+	* ldlang.h: Change prototype.
+
+Thu Jun 17 16:53:56 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn (zoo@cygnus.com)
+	
+	* Makefile.in: canonicalize install.sh; for use within
+	this directory (and subdirs)
+
+Thu Jun 17 14:33:09 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: Tweak grammar to make reporting of invalid options work.
+
+	* Makefile.in (.cc.o): Restore .SUFFIXES entry for .cc
+	and .cc.o rule.
+
+Wed Jun 16 11:45:32 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command): Don't try .ld extension.
+	It wasn't documented (or likely used) and wastes time.
+	(try_open): If EXTEN is empty, don't try it.
+
+	* ldctor.c, lderror.c, ldexp.c, ldfile.c, ldindr.c, ldlang.c,
+	ldlex.l, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldsym.c, ldver.c, ldwarn.c,
+	ldwrite.c, lexsup.c, mri.c, relax.c: Replace DEFUN macro calls
+	with normal function declarations.
+
+	* Move *.em to emultempl/*.em.  Move *.sh to emulparams/*.sh.
+	Move *.sc-sh to scripttempl/*.sc.
+	* {emultempl,emulparams,scripttempl}/README: New files.
+	* sh.em, st2000.em, z8ksim.em, h8300hms.em, h8500hms.em: Files
+	removed, replaced with generic.em.
+	* h8300.sh, h8500.sh, h8300.sc, h8500.sc: Renamed from
+	 h8[35]00hms.s[ch].  Change their contents to omit the "hms".
+
+	* *.em (*_get_script): Return script name instead of script contents.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): Change caller.
+
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y: Recognize -m option.
+	Check for input files after *all* options in grammar.
+	* ldmain.c (main): Check for -m options.  Add default directory
+	for -m.
+
+	* mkscript.c: File removed.
+	* genscripts.sh: Take two more parameters, tooldirlib and libdir,
+	to add to the default LIB_PATH.
+	Look for input files in the new subdirectories.
+	Create the scripts in emulations subdirectory and don't filter
+	them through mkscript.
+	* configure.in: Make the emulations subdirectory.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Account for all of the above changes.
+	Remove unused .SUFFIXES.  Get libgcc.a path with gcc
+	-print-libgcc-file-name instead of $(libdir)/libgcc.a.
+	Put CFLAGS last in the compilation rules.
+	Add -I../bfd to INCLUDES so sysdep.h is found.
+
+Tue Jun 15 23:04:46 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Look in ../include, not ../bfd.
+
+	* aout.sc-sh: Add SHLIB_PATH like STACKZERO.  Make STACKZERO
+	dependent on RELOCATING, not RELOCATION.
+	* hp3hpux.sh (SHLIB_PATH): Define it.
+
+Mon Jun 14 19:06:15 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldfile.c (try_open): If opening without the extension fails,
+	try with the extension even if -v or -V was given.
+	had_script is imported (from ldgram.y), not exported.
+
+Mon Jun 14 16:26:10 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove parentdir support, use INSTALL_XFORM
+
+Thu Jun 10 14:00:06 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree): Don't lose the old flag bits.
+	* ldgram.y (statement_list_opt): New nonterminal, either empty or
+	statement_list.
+	(section): Use statement_list_opt, not statement_list.
+	* m68kcoff.sc-sh: Gather constructors and destructors and define
+	__CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+	* sa29200.sc-sh: Gather constructors and destructors and define
+	___CTOR_LIST__ and ___DTOR_LIST__ appropriately.
+
+Mon Jun  7 12:53:28 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES):  Add -I../bfd for sysdep.h and bfd.h.
+	* configure.in:  No longer need to configure to get sysdep.h.
+
+Fri Jun  4 16:18:24 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove install:all and install-info:info 
+	dependencies (these cause some spurious rebuilds at 'make install'
+        time)
+
+Fri Jun  4 08:50:14 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (mips-idt-ecoffl*): New target; use mips-idtl.
+	(mips-idt-ecoff*): Added trailing '*'.
+	* config/mips-idtl.mt: New file; use EMUL of mipsidtl.
+	* mipsidtl.sh: New file; like mipsidt.sh, but little endian.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsidtl.o.
+
+	* config/sun3.mh (HOSTING_LIBS, HOSTING_EMU): Removed obsolete and
+	incorrect definitions.
+
+Tue Jun  1 14:56:10 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals):  Write BSF_CONSTRUCTOR
+	symbols, unless stripping.
+
+Tue May 25 15:34:25 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: configure looks for ####, so remove lines with many
+	'#' characters.
+	* config/irix4.mh, config/i386v.mh: New files; set HOSTING_CRT0
+	and HOSTING_LIBS correctly so that ``make check'' will work.
+
+Thu May 20 13:56:16 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh:  Define _etext, _edata, and _end, in addition
+	to etext, edata, and end.  Needed for IRIX 4.0.5F.
+	Patch from mwp@iconix.oz.au (Michael Paddon).
+
+	* Version 2.2.1 released.
+
+Thu May 20 11:42:06 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mipsbsd.sc-sh: Renamed from aout-mipsbsd.sc-sh.
+	* mipsbsd.sh (EMULATION_NAME): Use new file name.
+
+Tue May 18 17:10:24 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (LDDISTSTUFF): Remove ld.mm since we can't build it
+	properly right now.
+
+	* Version 2.2 released.
+
+Mon May 17 15:37:28 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion): Bump version number to 2.2.
+
+Mon May 17 12:44:31 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* NEWS:  New file.
+
+Fri May 14 11:26:24 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh: Don't define BSS_VAR unless relocating.
+
+Wed May 12 13:33:29 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (mkscript.o, mkscript): Build mkscript via
+	mkscript.o, rather than directly from mkscript.c.
+
+Tue May  4 21:58:56 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Look for ${target_makefile_frag} relative to
+	${srcdir}, not relative to build directory.
+
+	* hppaosf.em, hppaosf.sc-sh, hppaosf.sh: New files.
+	* configure.in: Recognize hppa*-hp-osf.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include hppaosf emulation.
+	(em_hppaosf.c): Build it.
+	* config/hppaosf.mh, hppaosf.mt: New files.
+
+	* ld.h (ALIGN_N): Renamed from ALIGN, because that conflicted with
+	some system header files.  All uses changed.
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize i386-aix configurations as i386-coff
+	targets.
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize m68*-*-hpux.
+	* aout.sc-sh: If STACKZERO and RELOCATING are both defined, output
+	the value of STACKZERO.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Include hp300-hpux emulation.
+	(em_hp3hpux.c): Build it.
+	* hp3hpux.sh, config/hp300hpux.mt: New files.
+
+Tue May  4 12:37:35 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh: Put constructors in the .data section.
+	* Makefile.in (cdtest): Added dependency on ld.new.
+
+Mon May  3 19:43:39 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Change definition of $(tooldir) to match FSF.
+	* vax.sh, config/vax.mt, configure.in, Makefile.in:
+	Support VAX Ultrix and BSD.
+
+Mon Apr 26 18:35:47 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sh.em, sh.sh, sh.sc-sh: New files supporting Hitachi SH.
+
+Wed Apr 14 21:01:51 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.h (struct memory_region):  Change `length' and
+	`old_length' fields to bfd_size_type.  Eliminate use of bfd_offset.
+	* ldlang.c, mri.c:  Corresponding changes, plus lint.
+
+Thu Apr  8 22:08:18 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: For all i386 targets, accept i486 as well.
+
+Mon Apr  5 17:33:39 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): Preserve all flags for a
+	SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY section.
+	(size_input_section): Consider any SEC_HAS_CONTENTS section when
+	computing largest_section.
+
+Fri Apr  2 14:33:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): Initialize all
+	fields of newly created structure.
+
+Wed Mar 31 18:19:15 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (g_switch_value): New variable.
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_G, OPTION_Gval): New tokens.
+	(command_line_option): Accept -G and set g_switch_value.
+	* ldlex.l (COMMAND): Accept -G.
+	* ldlang.c (open_output): Call bfd_set_gp_size on new BFD.
+
+Tue Mar 30 09:40:25 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	Support for linking and loading at different places:
+
+	* ldlex.l: Add "AT" keyword.
+	* ldgram.y: Cleanup, and parse AT.
+	* ldlang.c (print_output_section_statement): Print output address
+	of section in map. (lang_size_sections): Fill sections' lma with
+	load address.
+	* ldlang.h (lang_output_section_statement_type): Add load_base
+	information.
+
+	* ldindr.c (add_indirect): Keep more information in the alias
+	symbol chain.
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit):  Don't inherit NEVER_LOAD section
+	attribute from an input section.
+	* ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): Common section is NEVER_LOAD by
+	default. (Q_enter_file_symbos): Indirect symbols now are known by
+	their section, not a special symbol flag.
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Indirect symbols aren't local.
+	(write_file_globals): Write the mapping for an indirect symbol.
+	* relax.c (build_it): When forced to write a NEVER_LOAD section,
+	fill it with zeros.
+
+Tue Mar 23 13:24:10 1993  Jeffrey Osier  (jeffrey@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.texinfo:  changes for q1
+
+Tue Mar 23 00:13:29 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add dvi target, define & use TEXI2DVI, add installcheck
+
+Mon Mar  8 20:30:35 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: rename HOST_CC to CC_FOR_BUILD
+
+Thu Mar  4 12:44:33 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh: Added variables which may be overridden by a
+	specific emulation.
+	* mipsidt.sh: New file; emulation for IDT MIPS board.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsidt.o.
+	(em_mipsidt.c): New target.  Uses mipsidt.sh and mips.sc-sh.
+	* config/mips-idt.mt: New file; sets EMUL to mipsidt.
+	* configure.in (mips-idt-ecoff): New target; uses mips-idt.
+
+Sat Feb 27 00:00:14 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout-mipsbsd.sc-sh, mipsbsd.sh: New files from Ralph Campbell,
+	ralphc@pyramid.com.
+	* i386bsd.sh, config/i386bsd.mt: New files.
+	* configure.in, Makefile.in: Added support for mipsbsd and 386bsd.
+
+Thu Feb 25 15:33:10 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mri.c:  Add extern declaration of strdup.
+	* ldsym.c (KEEP macro):  Add spaces around '=' for the
+	sake of old (e.g. PCC) compilers.
+
+Wed Feb 24 19:49:31 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c:  Bump to version 2.1.
+
+Fri Feb 12 08:09:11 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: allow section types without address  expressions.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_relocate_globals): avoid possible hang with
+	undefined but unreferenced symbols.
+	* relax.c (relax_section): don't complain if the script file isn't
+	relaxable but -relax is set
+
+Thu Feb 18 17:58:45 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: go32 is the 3rd part of the triple, not the 2nd
+
+Wed Feb  3 09:05:56 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mipsbig.sh: New file.  Big endian MIPS emulation.
+	* config/mips-big.mt: New file.  Use mipsbig emulation.
+	* configure.in (mips-sgi-irix*): Use target mips-big.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipsbig.o.
+	(em_mipsbig.c): New target.  Uses mipsbig.sh.
+
+Tue Feb  2 11:32:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh: Put .scommon sections into .sbss section.
+
+	* ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): Preserve section of common symbols,
+	rather than always putting them in bfd_com_section.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_common): If a common symbol is not in
+	bfd_com_section, put in a section of the same name, rather than
+	always putting it in section COMMON.
+
+Fri Jan 29 09:57:58 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (subfile_wanted_p): If we already have a common
+	definition of a symbol, don't necessarily pull in an object file
+	that provides a non-common definition.
+
+	* ldlex.l (COMMAND): Accept -EB and -EL command line arguments,
+	returning OPTION_EB and OPTION_EL.  gcc passes these to a MIPS
+	linker.
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_EB, OPTION_EL): New tokens.
+	(command_line_option): Accept and ignore OPTION_EB and OPTION_EL.
+
+Thu Jan 28 15:12:04 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Remove $(tooldir)/bin/gld before creating
+	the link to it.
+
+Tue Jan 26 11:49:50 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c, ldsym.c: Use new bfd_is_com_section macro rather than
+	checking for equality to bfd_com_section.
+
+Fri Jan 22 14:22:44 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips.sc-sh: New file.  Ultrix, and hopefully other MIPS ECOFF
+	targets, linker script.
+	* mipslit.sh: New file.  Little endian MIPS emulation.
+	* config/mips-lit.mt: New file.  Use mipslit emulation.
+	* configure.in (mips-dec-ultrix*): Use target mips-lit.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_EMULATIONS): Added em_mipslit.o.
+	(em_mipslit.c): New target.  Uses mipslit.sh.
+
+Thu Jan 14 15:30:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Install ld as both $(tooldir)/bin/ld and
+	$(tooldir)/bin/gld, so that gcc can find it with or without
+	collect2.
+
+Mon Jan 11 18:50:07 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldwrite.c: Removed perform_relocation, copy_and_relocate, and
+	write_norel.  All linking is now done via write_relax.  Call
+	ldsym_write before calling write_relax.
+	* relax.c: Added copyright.
+	(write_relax): Renamed from write_relaxnorel.  Added relocateable
+	argument.  seclet_dump renamed to bfd_seclet_link.
+	* relax.h: Added copyright.
+
+Mon Jan 11 15:41:56 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (decode_library_subfile): Patch from
+	hoogen@shafer.cs.utah.edu, don't reread library symbol tables.
+
+Fri Jan  8 18:04:33 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/vxworks960.mt renamed to config/i960.mt
+
+	* configure.in: sparc-aout emulates a sun4, as does
+	sparc*-vxworks, i960-nindy uses gld960 emulation
+
+Fri Jan  8 14:39:07 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	 Fix support for NOLOAD, add INCLUDE
+	* ldfile.c (ldfile_open_command_file): pass file name to
+	lex_push_file.
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y: tidy up, parse INCLUDE and NOLOAD 
+	* ldlang.c (wild_doit): make output sections inherit NEVER_LOAD
+	attribute.
+
+Thu Jan  7 10:22:19 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, config.h: no more default emulation.  Make the lack
+	of emulation a compile time error
+
+Wed Jan  6 01:08:37 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: recognise all sparclite variants, not just 'sparclite'
+
+Mon Dec 28 11:15:35 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68kcoff.sc-sh: define _end as well as end, for consistency with
+	aout.sc-sh.
+
+	* configure.in: accept *-ericsson-ose for any m68k CPU.
+
+	* ldwrite.c (write_rel): don't always set SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag
+	for each output section.
+
+Mon Dec 21 16:06:59 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldsym.c, ldwarn.c:  Use new
+	macro bfd_asymbol_bfd as appropriate.
+	* Makefile.in:  Un-duplicate ldlex.c dependency.
+	* condigure.in:  Replace my_host case table by sourcing
+	../bfd/configure.host.  Allow std-host as the default.
+	* ldmisc.c:  Change logic for C++ name demangling:  There is
+	no initial '_' to remove from stab-derived function names.
+
+Sun Dec 13 16:31:26 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_init_script_file): don't attach the output file
+	sections to the script file.
+
+Wed Dec  9 08:38:05 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+	* ldlang.c (wild): run expansion loop over command line bfd too.
+	(lang_ini_script_file): initialize more parts of the command line
+	bfd.
+	* ldlex.l: fix DEFINED start states.
+
+Mon Dec  7 08:43:41 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+	 -y support
+	* ld.texinfo: new doc.
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.l: understand -y<symbol>
+	* ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): if had -y, lookup symbol and
+	print info. (add_ysym): new function.
+	* ldsym.h: (ldsym_type): new define SYM_Y.
+
+Sat Nov 21 03:15:27 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldctor.h, lderror.h, ldexp.h, ldfile.h, ldindr.h, ldlang.c,
+	ldlang.h, ldlex.h, ldmain.h, ldmisc.h, ldsym.h, ldver.h, ldwarn.h,
+	ldwrite.h, relax.h:  Replace all uses of EXFUN and PROTO ansi-glue
+	macros with PARAMS.  Recreational cleanup.  Update copyrights.
+
+Tue Nov 10 00:23:37 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: pass down the bfd source directory for includes
+
+Thu Nov  5 15:41:55 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_size_sections): don't change size and address for
+	SEC_SHARED_LIBRARY sections rather than for SEC_NEVER_LOAD
+	sections.
+
+Thu Nov  5 11:33:57 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* relax.c (build_it): re-enable the processing of data_statements
+	in scripts, makes counted contructor lists work again.
+
+Thu Nov  5 05:43:01 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldemul.h:  Remove uses of SDEF and PROTO macros (use PARAMS).
+
+Tue Oct 20 10:56:06 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68kcoff.sc-sh: don't use initial underscores for etext, edata
+	and end.
+
+Mon Oct 19 09:45:38 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Support for i386-sysv.
+	configure.in: check for i386-*-sysv* and i386-*-sco*.
+	i386coff.sc-sh: rewrote to support SVR3 by default.
+	ldctor.c (find_constructors): preserve stat_ptr.
+	ldlang.c (wild_doit): initialize vma and size of new output
+	section to corresponding input section.  This is required for
+	shared library support.
+	(lang_size_sections): don't modify vma and size of sections which
+	are never loaded (for shared libraries).
+	ldwrite.c (copy_and_relocate): copy the contents of any section
+	which has contents, not just sections which are loaded (for shared
+	libraries).
+
+Thu Oct 15 15:20:26 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (size_input_section): count the sizes of all sections
+        we allocate.
+
+Thu Oct  8 09:05:25 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (demangle,vfinfo): use the new underscore in bfd to 
+	to demangle symbols better
+
+Tue Oct  6 13:08:54 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_finish): don't warn if -e start symbol does not
+	exist when linking with -r.
+
+Mon Oct  5 14:07:37 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* aout.sc-sh, m68kcoff.sc-sh: set __bss_start to the start of the
+	.bss segment.
+
+Mon Oct  5 08:55:14 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (linear_library): don't even think about processing 
+	an object file if it's already been done
+
+Thu Oct  1 23:14:59 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: the hp9000/300 config file is now hp300
+
+Wed Sep 30 07:34:09 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/z8ksim.mt: new file
+
+Fri Sep 25 13:49:52 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kyriath.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ldexp.o, ldctor.o, ldlang.o, ldmain.o, ldwrite.o,
+	lexsup.o, mri.o, relax.o): Indicate dependence on ldgram.h.
+
+	* ld.h (strip_symbols_type): Add value STRIP_SOME.
+	* ldgram.y (OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE): New terminal token.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_add_keepsyms_file): New function.
+	* ldlex.l: Handle "-retain-symbols-file".
+	* ldsym.c (keepsyms_file, kept_syms): New vars.
+	(process_keepsyms): New functihon; reads file, marks symbols for
+	saving.
+	(write_file_locals): File symbols should always be kept.
+	(ldsym_write): Warn about "-retain-symbols-file" overriding "-S"
+	and "-s".  Process retain-symbols file before setting symtab.
+	* ldsym.h (SYM_KEEP): New flag for ldsym_type flags.
+	(keepsyms_file, kept_syms): Declare them.
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Non-fatal errors should still cause non-zero
+	exit status even with -r.
+
+Fri Sep 25 11:08:01 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	Added initial support for the z8k
+	* z8ksim.em, z8ksim.sc-sh, z8ksim.sh: new files
+	* configure.in, Makefile.in: modified to reflect above
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_check): when linking conflicting architectures,
+	make the output file reflect at least one of the bad inputs.
+
+Tue Sep 15 15:35:38 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): if $(tooldir) exists, install ld in
+	$(tooldir)/bin.
+
+Fri Sep 11 10:24:22 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: modified to support i386-coff
+	* i386coff.sh: new file
+
+Wed Sep  9 11:52:58 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, m68kcoff.sh, m68kcoff.sc-sh, config/m68k-coff.mt:
+	added m68k-coff emulation mode, stolen from a29k emulation.
+	Almost certainly wrong, but perhaps better than sun3.
+
+Thu Sep  3 14:19:30 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, Makefile.dos, generic.em, genscripts.sh,
+	gld960.em, h8300hms.em, h8300xray.em, lnk960.em, st2000.em,
+	vanilla.em:  Rename all (generated) ld__*.c files to em_.c.
+	This is one character shorter, and lets people build on
+	SVR3 system. (ld__h8300xray.[co] was the killer there;
+	h8300xray.sc-sh is also overlong, but seems harmless.)
+	Based on a patch from Jonathan Ryshpan <hitachi!amito!jon>.
+	* Makefile.in (clean):  Fix typo mostclean -> mostlyclean.
+	* configure.in:  Add host isc.
+
+	* ldver.c:  Call it version 2.0.
+
+Wed Sep  2 00:21:33 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c:  Bump to version 0.98.
+	* TODO:  New file.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Added mostlyclean, distclean, realclean rules.
+
+Tue Sep  1 23:42:16 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c (xrealloc):  New (needed by ../libiberty/cplus.dem.c).
+	* ldlex.l: Moved comment() to end, since some compilers
+	otherwise have problems with input() used before it is defined.
+
+Tue Sep  1 17:45:51 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: added Solaris 2 and Irix 4 host support.
+
+Mon Aug 31 19:27:11 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove -S flag from the FLEX definition
+
+	* configure.in: rewrote, using new style case statement.  use
+	m68k.mt for m68k-aout systems
+
+Sun Aug 30 21:38:53 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: map "ld" through program_transform_name when
+	installing.
+
+Sun Aug 30 18:12:13 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Removed.  Use the version in libiberty now.
+	* ldmisc.c:  Use new libiberty version of cplus_demangle().
+
+Thu Aug 27 16:38:42 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* gld960.em (gld960_choose_target): default to little endian, not
+	big endian.
+
+Wed Aug 26 17:28:51 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): don't pass null pointers when
+	abs_output_section is what is required.
+	* ldwrite.c (ldwrite): use malloc to allocate the largest space
+	used, and pass that down.
+	* relax.c,relax.h (write_relaxnorel): use the passed malloc area rather
+	than alloca. 
+	
+Mon Aug 24 14:42:06 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/ose68.mt: renamed OSE to ose.
+
+Thu Aug 20 19:55:22 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldsym.c (write_file_locals): Reorder check for common or
+	undefined symbols so that it works.
+
+Tue Aug 18 13:41:36 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: accept all m68K family members.
+
+	* Makefile.in: always create installation directories.
+
+Thu Aug 13 11:49:34 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: now parses comment correctly, added ~ to acceptable
+	chars in filenames
+	
+	* ldexp.c (exp_unop): pass down abs_output_section - now can have
+	unary -ve constants.
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_finish): warn when an entry symbol supplied on
+	the command line can't be found.
+
+Fri Aug  7 12:31:10 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.h: add new field "loadable" to output_section_statement.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_output_section_statement_lookup): initilize new
+	field. (wild_doit): if new field is not set, then stop output
+	section from being loadable.
+	(lang_enter_output_section_statement): set the field from the
+	NOLOAD keyword
+	* ldgram.y: new synax for NOLOAD. Removes a shift/reduce too.
+	* h8300hms.sc-sh, h8300hms.em: get -r right.
+
+Thu Aug  6 18:35:21 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldint.texinfo:  New internals manual (beginnings thereof).
+	* PORTING:  Removed, merged into ldint.texinfo.
+
+Tue Aug  4 21:12:29 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cdtest-main.cc, cdtest-func.cc, cdtest-foo.h, cdtest-foo.cc,
+	cdtest.exp:  A test program (copied from libg++/test-install)
+	that tests that constructor and destructors are handled
+	corrrectly.
+
+Mon Aug  3 14:58:19 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): install from ld.new, renaming during the
+	copy, or else the next 'make install' needs to re-link ld.
+
+Mon Jul 20 03:37:06 1992  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: generalise hp recognition (from sef).
+
+Sat Jul 18 14:46:04 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: recognize bsd and hpux hppa configurations.
+	error messages echo to stderr, not stdout
+
+Fri Jul 17 22:06:11 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.dos, gld.1, ld.texinfo, ldemul.c, ldfile.c, ldlang.c,
+	  ldmisc.c: removed rcsid's.
+
+Tue Jul 14 08:34:34 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (lang_map): print changes in sizes due to relaxing
+	(size_input_section): maintain the delta information. 
+	* ldlang.h: add new field to struct to contain delta info.
+	* relax.c  (relax_section): complain if input not relaxable.
+	* ldlex.l : add '_', ',' and '$' to chars which can appear at the
+	start of a filename
+
+Mon Jul 13 17:33:00 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c(main): prevent -r and -relax from being on at the same
+	time.
+
+Wed Jul  1 17:51:19 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (Q_enter_global_ref), ldindr.c (add_indirect): fix for
+	aliasing problems
+	
+
+Thu Jun 18 09:38:56 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300hms.em, h8300hms.sc-sh:  do the right thing for -r
+	* ldexp.c:  lint
+	* ldlang.c(open_output): set the target arch and machine as soon
+	as we can. (lang_size_sections): use new macros for setting vma
+	* ldwrite.c: lint
+
+Mon Jun 15 08:47:43 1992  Michael Tiemann  (tiemann@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (my_target): Accept m680?0 for wrs as vxworks68.
+	Also deleted an unreachable path to wrs.
+
+Wed May 27 23:24:19 1992  Michael Tiemann  (tiemann@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): use -d test for $tooldir before
+	installing ld there so that $tooldir can be inherited from
+	top-level Makefile.
+
+Wed May 27 16:56:48 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c:  Two non-substantial changes for the sake of
+	the old Portable C Compiler.
+
+Wed May 27 15:15:58 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+        * ldgram.y, ldlex.l: parse ABSOLUTE
+	* ldexp.c: add support for ABSOLUTE
+
+Wed May 27 13:07:20 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Added default definitions for HOSTING_CRT0,
+	HOSTING_LIBS, and HOSTING_EMU, based on those in config/*.mh.
+	* config/*.mh:  Miscellaneous clean-up:  Removed definitions
+	of YACC (since it is not longer used in the Makefile).
+	Remove HOSTING_* definitions that are subsumed by the
+	ones added to Makefile.in.  Removed most definitions of CC.
+	* config/{sparc,news,hp300bsd,decstation}.mh:  Removed;
+	These are no longer needed.
+
+Fri May 22 13:47:19 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Use srcdir instead of VPATH in ldgram/ldlex
+	rules, since these are used when building a distribution.
+	* Makefile.in (ldlex.c):  Don't re-direct output, since that
+	leaves a bogus output files if it fails.
+
+	* config/sparc.mh:  Fix HOSTING_LIBS so it has a chance of working.
+	* ldlex.c:  Fix some unnecessary flex-specific-isms.
+
+Fri May  8 11:49:43 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: move spurious semicolon
+	* ldexp.h: fix prototype
+
+Thu May  7 17:01:12 1992  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.texinfo: references to linker now say "ld" not "gld".
+
+Wed May  6 13:26:19 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	changed calling convention for Q_enter_global_ref
+	* ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c: reflect this
+	* ldver.c: bump version to 1.97.1
+	* ldindr.c (add_indirect): when an edict declaring an indirect
+	symbol is found, make sure that any ideas about the symbol being
+	common are changed if it now known to be defined.
+	* ldmain.c (linear_library): complain once if archive isn't
+	ranlibbed.
+	* ldlang.h, ldlang.c: make room for and initialize the complain
+	once field.
+
+Wed May  6 11:07:35 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: use flex & bison from ../ if they exist.
+
+Tue May  5 17:47:33 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* relax.c (build_it): don't allocate space in the output file for
+	stuff if -R flag applys to it.
+	* ldfile.c: merge in VMS filename support
+	* ldmain.c (main): take out ./ from library path, and close file
+	before unlinking. Make multiple defs of a symbol create an
+	unexecable file.
+	* ldmisc.c: fatal errosrs delete output file 
+
+Tue May  5 14:05:05 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c:  Increase version number to 1.97, for consistency
+	with ../binutils.
+
+Tue May  5 12:12:24 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: FLEX -> LEX.
+
+	* ld.texinfo: {} -> @{@}.
+
+Mon May  4 17:52:41 1992  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ld.texinfo: describe alternate, MRI-compatible linker scripts
+	(and associated change in -c option, now used for these scripts)
+
+Mon May  4 16:10:10 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c: Bumped version to 1.96 - new release, resync with the
+	bfd too #.
+	* ldexp.c, ldlang.c: now build memory shape tree in obstacks
+	rather than with raw malloc, makes it easier to track where memory
+	is going.
+	* ldsym.h, ldsym.c: create obstack for all global symbols too.
+	* ldwrite.c (ldwrite): moved malloc so only used when needed.
+	* sa29200-sc.sh: added support for .lit, data1 and data2 sections.
+
+
+Fri May  1 18:17:52 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/sparc.mh: use ../gcc/libgcc.a on check if it exists.
+
+	* Makefile.in: use bootstrap for check.
+
+Fri May  1 13:03:41 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.c, mri.c: added more compatible words; BASE, ALIAS and
+	PUBLIC.
+	* Makefile.in: now use flex, not lex
+	* ldlex.l, ldlang.c, ldctor.c: lint
+
+Wed Apr 22 12:48:42 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: added CMDFILENAMECHAR state so that you can lex
+	different sorts of filenames on the command line than in a script.
+
+Mon Apr 20 22:37:04 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: rework CFLAGS so that they can be passed on the
+	  make command line.  Remove MINUS_G.  Default CFLAGS to -g.
+
+Fri Apr 17 08:57:17 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* relax.c: added handling for new "padding" seclet type, used to
+	fill out gaps between section.
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.l: now -defsym on the command line is done
+	properly.
+
+Wed Apr 15 21:20:07 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: the tooldir copy of ld goes directly in tooldir.
+
+Wed Apr 15 16:09:33 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mri.c, ldgram.y, ldlex.l: added support for minimal strange link
+	scripts.
+
+Thu Apr  9 05:52:02 1992  Ken Raeburn  (Raeburn@Cygnus.COM)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Install second copy in $(tooldir)/bin
+	without $(program_prefix), since that's what gcc expects.
+
+Sat Apr  4 17:44:06 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l, ldgram.y, ldlex.h: Rewrote lexer. Now it's much nicer. 
+	* h8300*: fix bit rot and add support for h8300xray target
+	* go32.sh: target emulation for go32.
+
+Mon Mar 16 14:53:29 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* gld960.em, i960.sc-sh. Fix i960 bit rot
+
+Fri Mar 13 19:47:22 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: install man page.
+
+Fri Mar 13 08:23:59 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mt-<foo> renamed to <foo>.mt
+	* config/mh-<foo> renamed to <foo>.mt
+	* configure.in changed to reflect this
+	* genscripts.sh now make .xbn files rather than .xN files
+
+Sat Mar  7 03:40:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.h: fix decl of ldversion.
+
+Fri Mar  6 22:00:35 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added check target.
+
+Fri Mar  6 06:59:04 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (Q_enter_file_symbols): now aliases work again
+
+Thu Mar  5 21:39:29 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added clean-info target.
+
+Thu Mar  5 16:55:56 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): don't try and follow null pointers
+	around.
+	* ldgram.y: remove 11 shift reduce errors
+
+Tue Mar  3 15:46:39 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added tooldir and program_prefix.
+
+Fri Feb 28 08:17:45 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlang.c (size_input_section): don't move absolute sections
+	around!
+
+
+Thu Feb 27 09:20:41 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at thepub.cygnus.com)
+    
+	* cplus-dem.c: yet another copy of this - maybe it should go into
+	libiberty ?
+	* ldgram.y: now -V and -v have different actions
+	* ldver.c: if -V, prints list of emulations compiled in
+	* ldmisc.c: support for cplus demangling
+
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+	  -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers.  Forced
+	  copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Thu Feb 20 17:43:46 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Change mkscript rule into one for ./mkscript
+	(for the sake of makes that don't realize they're the same).
+	* PORTING:  Add more details.
+	* genscripts.sh:  Add more tailorability of DATA_ALIGNMENT.
+
+Mon Feb 17 12:04:36 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, and new files hp300bsd.sh, config/mh-hp300bsd,
+	config/mt-hp300bsd:  New port to hp300 running BSD.
+
+Sat Feb 15 13:59:54 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	Major rewrite of how ld is configured.  The major idea
+	is to use shell scripts to generate everything.
+	* generic.em replaces ldtemplate.
+	* Other *.em files replace various *.c files.
+	A *.em file is a shell script that generates the corresponding
+	ld__*.c file that implements an emulation.  This is usually
+	a straight 'cat' of a here-document, possibly with substitutions.
+	* Script files (*.sc) are places by *.sc-sh scripts.
+	Again, these are simple shell scripts that 'cat'
+	here-documents, usually with some substitutions.
+	The output a *.sc-sh is a script file.
+	* Each emulation is defined by a short shell script with
+	extension *.sh that specifies the emulation-specific
+	parameters (such as the name of the *.sh-sc and *.em
+	files to use).
+	* genscript.sh is the master shell script used to generate
+	an emulation.  It is passed various argument, including
+	the name a the emulation-speciic *.sh file that it
+	"sources" to set variables to emulation-specifc parameters.
+	* config/mt-foo:  Changed EMUL=GLDFOO_EMULATION_NAME
+	to EMUL=foo. (The GLDFOO_EMULATION_NAMEs have bee removed.)
+	* config/mh-foo:  Rename LDEMULATION names as appropriate
+	(usually 'gldfoo' -> plain 'foo').
+	* ldwrite.c:  Fixed a typo in a comment.
+	* Makefile.in:  Major changes.  Removed some the sed
+	magic to converts scripts, since that is now handled
+	by genscripts.sh and the *.sc-sh scipt generators.
+	* config.h:  Remove a bunch of macros defining emulations
+	and targets.  This becomes one less file to edit when
+	adding emulations or targets.
+	* ldemul.h (struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct):  Add
+	emulation_name and target_name fields.
+	* ldemul.c, ldemul.h:  Define some default functions used
+	by most emulations (and remove from the *.em scripts).
+	* ldemul.c (ldemul_choose_target):  Search the new
+	ld_emulations array using a loop (instead of a hardwired
+	nested if statement).
+	Define the ld_emulation from the automatically-geenrated
+	ldemul-list.h.  This means you no longer have to edit ldemul.c
+	to add a new emulation.
+	* ldmain.c:  Replace {GLD,LNK}960_EMULATION_NAME by
+	their expansions, since the former no longer exist.
+	* PORTING:  A very rough first draft of a porting guide.
+
+	* ldgram.y, ldlex.l, lexsup.c: Changes to allow an assignment
+	to be terminated by a new-line (instead of requiring a semicolon).
+
+Mon Feb 10 16:21:02 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.c, ldlang.c: added new idea "abs_output_section", removes
+	tests for NULL pointers all over the place.
+	* ldlang.c (lang_process): remember to relocate global symbols
+	*after* relaxing has done it stuff.
+
+Thu Feb  6 11:40:15 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mt-coff-h8300: use EMUL like everything else
+	* ldlang.c: (print_padding_statement): print the right address.
+	* Makefile.in, config.h, ldemul.c: renamed  h8300hds to h8300hms
+	
+
+Tue Feb  4 15:28:01 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l: Put pack -noinhibit-exec and -sort-common
+	* ldlang.c (print_data_statement): print the right address.
+
+Thu Jan 30 17:51:53 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  The rule for testing ld by re-linking itself
+	via an intermediate -r link was moved to the ld1 rule
+	instead of the ld2 rule.  This allows ld2 and ld3 to be identical,
+	which allows the bootstrap rule to work.
+	* ldctor.c (find_constructors):  Don't create a constructor
+	list if it is already defined (as would happen if ld is
+	invoked by collect).
+
+Wed Jan 29 08:35:39 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-sparc.h: now uses libgcc.a
+	* ldmain.c: quit using exit
+	* *sc: use *(COMMON) rather than [COMMON]
+	* ldlex.l, lexsup.c: much thinking moved from .l and put into .c,
+	to allow preprocessing of .l file.
+	* Makefile.in: New ldlex.l mangling
+	* ldexp.c (fold_binary): perform expressions with % and / in
+	integer.
+	* ldfile.c (open_a): open archives on VMS in a special way
+
+
+Tue Jan 28 10:18:16 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldgram.y: map -M behave in the same way as -Map (sets file name
+	to be "-".
+	* ldsym.c, ldlang.c: remember that size of a section is dependent on
+	whether or not relaxing has been done.
+	* ldmain.c: don't open a map file if it doesn't have a name
+	* relax.c: all the brains have moved into bfd.
+	* ldwrite.c: ammend comment
+
+Fri Jan 24 14:23:46 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: added relax, also made three stage go through a
+	partial link stage.
+	* relax.c : added
+	* config.h: if GNU960 defined, then default emulation mode is
+	GLD960
+	* ldexp.h, ldexp.c: map to file hooks
+	* ldlang.c: map to file hooks
+	* ldgram.y: added -Map -relax
+	* ldlex.l: added -relax, -Map
+	* ldmain.c: open map file
+	* ldmisc.c: support for map file
+	* ldwrite.c: new relax magic
+
+Thu Dec 19 18:49:51 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, config/tm-*.h:  Clean up make output, only
+	pass DEFAULT_EMULATION to ldmain.c.
+
+Wed Dec 18 15:02:47 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c:  Bump to version 1.94.
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:07:23 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Mon Dec  9 16:26:43 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Pass -y to bison.  (Again;
+	accidentally deleted by Rich.)
+	* news.sc, ldgld68k.sc:  Define __end as well as _end.
+
+Sat Dec  7 17:19:26 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldindr.h: added to contain prototypes of ldindr.c
+	* ldfile.c: include ctype.h
+	* ldmain.c: include the requried prototype headers
+	* ldwrite.c: get_reloc_upper_bound has been renamed
+	bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound 
+
+Fri Dec  6 23:29:26 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: punt "fundamental" mode because it breaks my emacs
+	  macros.  install using INSTALL_PROGRAM and INSTALL_DATA.  remove
+	  spaces following hyphens, bsd make can't cope.  added
+	  standards.text support and made it look like all the other
+	  makefiles.
+
+	* configure.in: configure now runs entirely in objdir so make file
+	  existence checks against ${srcdir}.  Mark this directory as
+	  target dependent.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:46:16 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away.  Added copyrights
+	  and shift gpl to v2.  Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+	  and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+Wed Dec  4 23:36:55 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c:  Bumped version to 1.93.
+	* Makefile.in:  Pass -y to bison.
+
+Mon Nov 25 18:28:40 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.h: h8 is now coff, not ieee
+	* h8300hds.sc: reflect the same
+
+Thu Nov 14 19:55:09 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c (ldversion()):  Update to 1.92.
+	* ldctor.c: There are two places constructor sets
+	can be defined.  One of them checked for an existing
+	duplicate, the other didn't.  Unfortunately, the latter
+	was called after the former ...
+	So, factor out code for inserting a new element into
+	constructor_name_list (after checking for a duplicate)
+	into a new function add_constructor_name, and call
+	it from both aforementioned places (ldlang_add_constructor
+	and ldlang_check_for_constructors).
+
+Wed Nov 13 15:17:43 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Rename .c files generated from ldtemplate
+	to have names starting with ld__.  This helps 'make clean'.	
+
+Tue Nov 12 18:36:50 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Take out the version number for install
+	* m88kbcs.sc: put in contructor blocks.
+
+Mon Nov 11 18:47:33 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h:  Re-write info() to take a filename
+	parameter, a format, and an arg pointer, and rename it to
+	vfinfo().  Write info() in terms of new vfinfo().
+	New einfo() is the same as info(), except it writes to stderr.
+	* ldemul.c, ldexp.c, ldlang.c, ldlnk960.c, ldmain.c, ldwrite.c,
+	ldmisc.c:  Replace "error" calls to info() by new einfo().
+
+Mon Nov 11 09:57:32 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldlex.l ldgram.y: made -V option do same as -v
+	* Makefile.in: Added $(MINUS_G) flag so debugging can be
+	turned off
+
+Sun Nov  3 16:37:37 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+	 i386 aout changes from Bob Kukura
+	* Makefile.in, config.h: added i386aout support
+	* configure.in: fixed /h-{myhost} typo
+	* ldgram.y: -MM now gives more boring map.
+	* ldlang.c: now does D_PAGED flag the right way.
+	* ldsym.c: -MM flags does the right thing.
+
+Sun Nov  3 15:00:03 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Fixed typo.  Also, a fix for hp300bsd.
+	* ldlang.c (init_os):  Compensate for BFD change,
+	where bfd_make_section now returns NULL for a duplicate
+	section request, instead of the old section.
+
+Thu Oct 17 15:27:13 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldver.c: Bump to version 1.91 (consistent with binutils).
+
+Wed Oct 16 12:27:08 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, config.h, ld.h, ldemul.c, ldexp.c, ldexp.h,
+	ldgram.y, ldlex.l, ldlnk960.c, ldmain.c, ldmisc.c, ldmisc.h,
+	ldsym.c, ldsym.h, ldtemplate, ldvanilla.c, ldver.c, ldver.h,
+	ldwarn.c, ldwarn.h, ldwrite.c, ldwrite.h, mkscript.c:
+	Add or update copyright notices.	
+
+Mon Oct 14 23:55:27 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* README: New file.
+	* Makefile.in:  Changed installation directory name scheme
+	to be consistent with gcc.  Also changed 'install'.
+
+Mon Oct 14 17:30:02 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: new targets ld.mm, ld.me
+
+Mon Oct 14 17:27:24 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, ldtemplate:  Need to use separate scripts
+	for -n and -N options.  Yet more complication.
+
+Fri Oct 11 22:40:46 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Avoid using $< in explicit Make rules (it doesn't
+	work).  Add some lines to avoid Sun Make VPATH bugs.
+
+Fri Oct 11 16:42:22 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* news.sc: Add alignment for data segment.
+	* ldtemplate: Add (yet another) script to get for -n or -N
+	options.  (These need different alignment than ZMAGIC files.)
+	* Makefile.in:  Add stuff for new foo.xn scripts.
+	These are generated by replacing "ALIGN(0x...00)" by ".".
+
+Fri Oct 11 15:43:04 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: new targets ld.ms, ld-index.ms
+	ld.texinfo: remove tabs, other cleanups for texi2roff
+
+Fri Oct 11 13:51:54 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldmain.c (main): Make config.magic_demand_paged be true
+	by default.  Don't the WP_TEXT and D_PAGED flags of
+	output_bfd here; it's too late, so set it when output_bfd
+	is created (in ldlang.c).  Also fix setting of EXEC_P flag
+	* ldlang.c (ldlang_open_output):  Set output_bfd->flags here.
+	* ldlang.c: Remove some duplicate extern declarations.
+	* ldgram.y: Fixes to -N and -n options.
+	* Makefile.in:  Recognize upper case letters in sed script
+	to remove assignments from script files.
+	* ldtemplate:  Don't assukme that -N or -n options
+	imply use of -r script.
+	* mkscript.c:  Tweaking to correctly handle \n and \\ in input.
+
+Fri Oct 11 10:29:27 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldtemplate: include bfd.h before sysdep.h.
+
+Fri Oct 11 04:24:45 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	Restructure configuration scheme for bfd, binutils, ld.
+
+	* include/sys/h-*.h:  Move to bfd/hosts/h-*.h.
+	* configure.in:  Revise to symlink sysdep.h to ../bfd/hosts/h-xxx.h.
+	Change some config names to match other dirs.
+	* *.c:  Include bfd.h before sysdep.h, so ansidecl and PROTO()
+	get defined first.
+	* config/:  Rename some config files to match up h-*.h names.
+	Remove all the HOST_SYS definitions from the config files.
+
+Tue Oct  8 16:00:57 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* ldexp.h, ldlang.h: Change enum boolean -> enum bfd_boolean.
+	* ldtemplate: Remove ldfile_add_library_path calls;
+	just use the SEARCH_DIR commands in the script files.
+	* Makefile.in: Add LIB_PATH macro, which if set is used to replace
+	the SEARCH_DIR commands in the scripts (using ugly sed magic).
+	This is primarily intended for cross-linking, where you would
+	place libaries in a different place than native libraries.
+	Also, emulations made from ldtemplate now use $(srcdir).
+	* ldglda29k.sc:  Change SEARCH_DIR commands to a conventional
+	form; people can use the Makefile's LIB_PATH to override.
+
+Tue Oct  8 14:51:21 1991  Roland H. Pesch  (pesch at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: fix target ld.dvi, add target ld.info
+	ld.texinfo: make info filename ld.info
+
+Fri Oct  4 21:51:58 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Avoid using $< in non-suffix rules (breaks on Sun
+	Make). 
+	* ldfile.c, ldlang.c, ldmain.c, ldwrite.c:  Cope with renames of a
+	few BFD types & enums.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: change-log
+left-margin: 8
+fill-column: 74
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d327206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1074 @@
+# Makefile for the GNU linker ld (version 2)
+# Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU ld.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+objdir = .
+
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+tooldir = $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias)
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+# We put the scripts in the directory $(scriptdir)/ldscripts.
+# We can't put the scripts in $(datadir) because the SEARCH_DIR
+# directives need to be different for native and cross linkers.
+scriptdir = $(tooldir)/lib
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = `cd $(srcdir); pwd`/../install.sh -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_XFORM = $(INSTALL) -t='$(program_transform_name)'
+INSTALL_XFORM1 = $(INSTALL_XFORM) -b=.1
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = qv
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+HLDFLAGS = @HLDFLAGS@
+HLDENV = @HLDENV@
+RPATH_ENVVAR = @RPATH_ENVVAR@
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+RANLIB = ranlib
+BISON = bison -y
+LEX = `if [ -f ../flex/flex ] ; then echo ../flex/flex ;  else echo flex ; fi`
+
+EMUL = @EMUL@
+EMULATION_OFILES = @EMULATION_OFILES@
+
+# Search path to override the default search path for -lfoo libraries.
+# If LIB_PATH is empty, the ones in the script (if any) are left alone.
+# (The default is usually /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib, unless building
+# a cross-linker, in which case the default is empty.  See genscripts.sh.)
+# Otherwise, they are replaced with the ones given in LIB_PATH,
+# which may have the form: LIB_PATH=/lib:/usr/local/lib
+LIB_PATH =
+
+BASEDIR = $(srcdir)/..
+BFDDIR = $(BASEDIR)/bfd
+INCDIR	= $(BASEDIR)/include
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR)
+DEP = mkdep
+
+# What version of the manual to build
+DOCVER = gen
+
+# Where to find texinfo.tex to format docn with TeX
+TEXIDIR = $(srcdir)/../texinfo
+
+# Where to find other docs needed to format with TeX
+TEXINPUTS = $(TEXIDIR):$(BFDDIR)/doc:$(srcdir)
+
+# Whether to get roff to put indexing entries on stderr
+TEXI2OPT =
+# You neeed this to generate ld-index.ms (or .mm or .me)
+# TEXI2OPT = -i
+
+TEXI2ROFF=texi2roff
+
+# Which roff program to use to generate index for texi2roff'd doc
+ROFF = groff
+
+#stuff for self hosting (can be overridden in config file).
+HOSTING_CRT0 = @HOSTING_CRT0@
+HOSTING_LIBS = @HOSTING_LIBS@
+HOSTING_EMU = -m $(EMUL)
+
+# These were used by `make check-cdtest'
+#
+#CXX = `if [ -f ../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+#	        echo ../gcc/xgcc -B../gcc/; \
+#	    else echo gcc; \
+#	    fi`
+#CXXFLAGS = -fgnu-linker
+#
+# FIX_ME: using ../gcc/xgcc breaks the cdtest. 
+#CXX = g++
+
+# Setup the testing framework, if you have one
+EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; \
+	then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \
+	else echo expect ; fi`
+
+RUNTEST = `if [ -f $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; \
+	then echo $${srcroot}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \
+	else echo runtest ; fi`
+
+RUNTESTFLAGS =
+
+CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+    if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+    else \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
+    fi; \
+  else \
+    if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
+      echo $(CC); \
+    else \
+      echo gcc | sed '$(program_transform_name)'; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+CXX = gcc
+CXX_FOR_TARGET = ` \
+  if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \
+    if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \
+    else \
+      echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \
+    fi; \
+  else \
+    if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \
+      echo $(CXX); \
+    else \
+      echo gcc | sed '$(program_transform_name)'; \
+    fi; \
+  fi`
+
+# go directly to ld.new in case this ld isn't capable of
+# linking native object on this host.  It can be renamed on
+# install.
+LD_PROG	= ld.new
+
+all: $(LD_PROG)
+.PHONY: all
+
+LINTFLAGS = $(INCLUDES) $(EXTRA_DEF) 
+
+# The .cc suffix was used by `make check-cdtest'.
+
+.SUFFIXES: .y $(SUFFIXES) .cc
+
+# Suppress smart makes who think they know how to automake Yacc files
+.y.c:
+
+# This rule was used for the check-cdtest target.
+#.cc.o:
+#	$(CXX) -c -I$(srcdir) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $<
+
+ALL_CFLAGS = -D_GNU_SOURCE $(INCLUDES) @HDEFINES@ $(CFLAGS)
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+BFDDEP = ../bfd/libbfd.a
+BFDLIB = @BFDLIB@
+LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a
+
+ALL_EMULATIONS = \
+	ea29k.o \
+	eaixppc.o \
+	eaixrs6.o \
+	ealpha.o \
+	earmaoutb.o \
+	earmaoutl.o \
+	earmcoff.o \
+	earmpe.o \
+	ecoff_sparc.o \
+	edelta68.o \
+	eebmon29k.o \
+	eelf32_sparc.o \
+	eelf32b4300.o \
+	eelf32bmip.o \
+	eelf32ebmip.o \
+	eelf32elmip.o \
+	eelf32l4300.o \
+	eelf32lmip.o \
+	eelf32lppc.o \
+	eelf32ppc.o \
+	eelf64_sparc.o \
+	eelf_i386.o \
+	egld960.o \
+	egld960coff.o \
+	ego32.o \
+	eh8300.o \
+	eh8300h.o \
+	eh8300s.o \
+	eh8500.o \
+	eh8500b.o \
+	eh8500c.o \
+	eh8500m.o \
+	eh8500s.o \
+	ehp300bsd.o \
+	ehp3hpux.o \
+	ehppaelf.o \
+	ei386aout.o \
+	ei386bsd.o \
+	ei386coff.o \
+	ei386go32.o \
+	ei386linux.o \
+	ei386lynx.o \
+	ei386mach.o \
+	ei386moss.o \
+	ei386msdos.o \
+	ei386nbsd.o \
+	ei386nw.o \
+	ei386pe.o \
+	elnk960.o \
+	em68k4knbsd.o \
+	em68kaout.o \
+	em68kaux.o \
+	em68kcoff.o \
+	em68kelf.o \
+	em68klinux.o \
+	em68klynx.o \
+	em68knbsd.o \
+	em68kpsos.o \
+	em88kbcs.o \
+	emipsbig.o \
+	emipsbsd.o \
+	emipsidt.o \
+	emipsidtl.o \
+	emipslit.o \
+	emipslnews.o \
+	enews.o \
+	ens32knbsd.o \
+	epc532macha.o \
+	eppcmacos.o \
+	eppcnw.o \
+	eppcpe.o \
+	eriscix.o \
+	esa29200.o \
+	esh.o \
+	eshelf.o \
+	eshlelf.o \
+	eshl.o \
+	esparcaout.o \
+	esparclinux.o \
+	esparclynx.o \
+	esparcnbsd.o \
+	est2000.o \
+	esun3.o \
+	esun4.o \
+	evanilla.o \
+	evax.o \
+	evsta.o \
+	ew65.o \
+	ez8001.o \
+	ez8002.o
+
+ALL_64_EMULATIONS = \
+	eelf64alpha.o
+
+CFILES = ldctor.c ldemul.c ldexp.c ldfile.c ldlang.c \
+	ldmain.c ldmisc.c ldver.c ldwrite.c lexsup.c \
+	mri.c ldcref.c
+
+HFILES = config.h ld.h ldctor.h ldemul.h ldexp.h ldfile.h \
+	ldlang.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldver.h \
+	ldwrite.h mri.h
+
+GENERATED_CFILES = ldgram.c ldlex.c
+GENERATED_HFILES = ldgram.h ldemul-list.h
+
+OFILES = ldgram.o ldlex.o lexsup.o ldlang.o mri.o ldctor.o ldmain.o \
+	ldwrite.o ldexp.o  ldemul.o ldver.o ldmisc.o \
+	ldfile.o ldcref.o ${EMULATION_OFILES}
+
+LINTSOURCES = $(CFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES) e*.c
+
+STAGESTUFF = *.o ldscripts/* e*.c
+
+info: ld.info
+.PHONY: info
+
+ldgram.c: ldgram.y
+	$(BISON) $(BISONFLAGS) -d $(srcdir)/ldgram.y
+	mv -f y.tab.c ldgram.c
+	mv -f y.tab.h ldgram.h
+
+# Separate from ldgram.c so that a parallel make doesn't try to build
+# both ldgram.c and ldgram.h simultaneously.
+ldgram.h: ldgram.c
+
+ldmain.o: ldmain.c config.status
+	$(CC) -c -DDEFAULT_EMULATION='"$(EMUL)"' -DSCRIPTDIR='"$(scriptdir)"' -DTARGET='"@target@"' $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+ldemul-list.h: Makefile
+	(echo "/* This file is automatically generated.  DO NOT EDIT! */";\
+	for f in `echo " " ${EMULATION_OFILES} "" \
+	 | sed -e 's/ e/ ld/g' -e 's/ ld/ /g' -e 's/[.]o//g'`; do \
+	    echo "extern ld_emulation_xfer_type ld_$${f}_emulation;"; \
+	done;\
+	echo "";\
+	echo "#define EMULATION_LIST \\";\
+	for f in `echo " " ${EMULATION_OFILES} "" \
+	 | sed -e 's/ e/ ld/g' -e 's/ ld/ /g' -e 's/[.]o//g'`; do \
+	    echo "  &ld_$${f}_emulation, \\"; \
+	done;\
+	echo "  0") >ldemul-tmp.h
+	mv ldemul-tmp.h ldemul-list.h
+
+ldlex.c: ldlex.l
+	$(LEX) $(srcdir)/ldlex.l
+	-sed -e '/^int.*free();/d' \
+	     -e '/^char.*malloc();/d' \
+	     -e 's/malloc/xmalloc/g' \
+	  < lex.yy.c > ldlex.c.new
+	-rm lex.yy.c
+	mv ldlex.c.new ./ldlex.c
+
+# These all start with e so 'make clean' can find them.
+
+GENSCRIPTS = $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/genscripts.sh ${srcdir} ${libdir} @host@ @target@ @target_alias@ ${EMUL} "@NATIVE_LIB_DIRS@"
+GEN_DEPENDS = $(srcdir)/genscripts.sh $(srcdir)/emultempl/stringify.sed
+@TDIRS@
+
+ea29k.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/a29k.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/a29k.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} a29k "$(tdir_a29k)"
+eaixppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/aixppc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} aixppc "$(tdir_aixppc)"
+eaixrs6.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/aixrs6.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} aixrs6 "$(tdir_aixrs6)"
+ealpha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/alpha.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/alpha.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} alpha "$(tdir_alpha)"
+earmaoutb.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/armaoutb.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armaout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} armaoutb "$(tdir_armaoutb)"
+earmaoutl.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/armaoutl.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armaout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} armaoutl "$(tdir_armaoutl)"
+earmcoff.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/armcoff.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/armcoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} armcoff "$(tdir_armcoff)"
+earmpe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/armpe.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/pe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} armpe "$(tdir_armpe)"
+ecoff_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/coff_sparc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sparccoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} coff_sparc "$(tdir_coff_sparc)"
+ed10velf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/d10velf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfd10v.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} d10velf "$(tdir_d10v)"
+edelta68.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/delta68.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/delta68.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} delta68 "$(tdir_delta68)"
+eebmon29k.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ebmon29k.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/ebmon29k.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} ebmon29k "$(tdir_ebmon29k)"
+em32relf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m32relf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m32relf "$(tdir_m32r)"
+eelf32_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32_sparc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32_sparc "$(tdir_elf32_sparc)"
+eelf32b4300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32b4300 "$(tdir_elf32b4300)"
+eelf32bmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32bmip.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32bmip "$(tdir_elf32bmip)"
+eelf32ebmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32ebmip.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32ebmip "$(tdir_elf32ebmip)"
+eelf32elmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32elmip.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32elmip "$(tdir_elf32elmip)"
+eelf32l4300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32l4300 "$(tdir_elf32l4300)"
+eelf32lmip.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32lmip.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfmips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32lmip "$(tdir_elf32lmip)"
+eelf32lppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32lppc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfppc.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32lppc "$(tdir_elf32lppc)"
+eelf32ppc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf32ppc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elfppc.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf32ppc "$(tdir_elf32ppc)"
+eelf64alpha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf64alpha "$(tdir_elf64alpha)"
+eelf64_sparc.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf64_sparc.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf64_sparc "$(tdir_elf64_sparc)"
+eelf_i386.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/elf_i386.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} elf_i386 "$(tdir_elf_i386)"
+egld960.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/gld960.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/gld960.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} gld960 "$(tdir_gld960)"
+egld960coff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/gld960coff.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/gld960c.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} gld960coff "$(tdir_gld960coff)"
+ego32.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/go32.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} go32 "$(tdir_go32)"
+eh8300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8300 "$(tdir_h8300)"
+eh8300h.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300h.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300h.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8300h "$(tdir_h8300h)"
+eh8300s.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8300s.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8300s.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8300s "$(tdir_h8300s)"
+eh8500.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8500 "$(tdir_h8500)"
+eh8500b.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500b.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500b.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8500b "$(tdir_h8500b)"
+eh8500c.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500c.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500c.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8500c "$(tdir_h8500c)"
+eh8500m.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500m.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500m.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8500m "$(tdir_h8500m)"
+eh8500s.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/h8500s.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/h8500s.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} h8500s "$(tdir_h8500s)"
+ehp300bsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hp300bsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} hp300bsd "$(tdir_hp300bsd)"
+ehp3hpux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hp3hpux.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} hp3hpux "$(tdir_hp3hpux)"
+ehppaelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/hppaelf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/hppaelf.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/hppaelf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} hppaelf "$(tdir_hppaelf)"
+ei386aout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386aout.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386aout "$(tdir_i386aout)"
+ei386bsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386bsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386bsd "$(tdir_i386bsd)"
+ei386coff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386coff.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386coff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386coff "$(tdir_i386coff)"
+ei386go32.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386go32.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386go32.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386go32 "$(tdir_i386go32)"
+ei386linux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386linux.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386linux "$(tdir_i386linux)"
+ei386lynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386lynx.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386lynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386lynx "$(tdir_i386lynx)"
+ei386mach.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386mach.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386mach "$(tdir_i386mach)"
+ei386moss.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386moss.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386moss "$(tdir_i386moss)"
+ei386msdos.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386msdos.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i386msdos.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386msdos "$(tdir_i386msdos)"
+ei386nbsd.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386nbsd "$(tdir_i386nbsd)"
+ei386nw.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/i386nw.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/nw.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386nw "$(tdir_i386nw)"
+ei386pe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/i386pe.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/pe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} i386pe "$(tdir_i386pe)"
+elnk960.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/lnk960.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/lnk960.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/i960.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} lnk960 "$(tdir_lnk960)"
+em68k4knbsd.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/m68k4knbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68k4knbsd "$(tdir_m68k4knbsd)"
+em68kaout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kaout.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68kaout "$(tdir_m68kaout)"
+em68kaux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kaux.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68kaux.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68kaux "$(tdir_m68kaux)"
+em68kcoff.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kcoff.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68kcoff.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68kcoff "$(tdir_m68kcoff)"
+em68kelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kelf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68kelf "$(tdir_m68kelf)"
+em68klinux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68klinux.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68klinux "$(tdir_m68klinux)"
+em68klynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m68klynx.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m68klynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68klynx "$(tdir_m68klynx)"
+em68knbsd.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/m68knbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68knbsd "$(tdir_m68knbsd)"
+em68kpsos.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/m68kpsos.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/psos.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m68kpsos "$(tdir_m68kpsos)"
+em88kbcs.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/m88kbcs.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/m88kbcs.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} m88kbcs "$(tdir_m88kbcs)"
+emipsbig.c:  $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsbig.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipsbig
+emipsbsd.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mipsbsd.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipsbsd
+emipsidt.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsidt.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/mipsecoff.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipsidt "$(tdir_mipsidt)"
+emipsidtl.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipsidtl.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/mipsecoff.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipsidtl "$(tdir_mipsidtl)"
+emipslit.c:  $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipslit.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipslit "$(tdir_mipslit)"
+emipslnews.c:  $(srcdir)/emulparams/mipslnews.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/mips.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mipslnews
+emn10300.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mn10300.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mn10300 "$(tdir_mn10300)"
+emn10200.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/mn10200.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} mn10200 "$(tdir_mn10200)"
+enews.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/news.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} news "$(tdir_news)"
+ens32knbsd.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/ns32knbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} ns32knbsd "$(tdir_ns32knbsd)"
+epc532macha.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/pc532macha.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} pc532macha "$(tdir_pc532macha)"
+eppcmacos.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcmacos.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/aix.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aix.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} ppcmacos "$(tdir_ppcmacos)"
+eppcnw.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcnw.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/nw.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} ppcnw "$(tdir_ppcnw)"
+eppcpe.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/ppcpe.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/pe.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/ppcpe.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} ppcpe "$(tdir_ppcpe)"
+eriscix.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/riscix.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} riscix "$(tdir_riscix)"
+esa29200.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sa29200.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sa29200.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sa29200 "$(tdir_sa29200)"
+esh.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sh.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sh.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sh "$(tdir_sh)"
+eshelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shelf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} shelf "$(tdir_shelf)"
+eshlelf.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shlelf.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/elf32.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/elf.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} shlelf "$(tdir_shlelf)"
+eshl.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/shl.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sh.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} shl "$(tdir_shl)"
+esparcaout.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparcaout.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sparcaout "$(tdir_sparcaout)"
+esparclinux.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparclinux.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/linux.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sparclinux "$(tdir_sparclinux)"
+esparclynx.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sparclynx.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/sparclynx.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sparclynx "$(tdir_sparclynx)"
+esparcnbsd.c:	$(srcdir)/emulparams/sparcnbsd.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sparcnbsd "$(tdir_sparcnbsd)"
+est2000.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/st2000.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/st2000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} st2000 "$(tdir_st2000)"
+esun3.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sun3.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/sunos.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sun3 "$(tdir_sun3)"
+esun4.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/sun4.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/sunos.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} sun4 "$(tdir_sun4)"
+evanilla.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vanilla.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/vanilla.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/vanilla.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} vanilla "$(tdir_vanilla)"
+evax.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vax.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} vax "$(tdir_vax)"
+evsta.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/vsta.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/aout.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} vsta "$(tdir_vsta)"
+ew65.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/w65.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/w65.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} w65 "$(tdir_w65)"
+ez8001.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/z8001.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/z8000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} z8001 "$(tdir_z8001)"
+ez8002.c: $(srcdir)/emulparams/z8002.sh \
+  $(srcdir)/emultempl/generic.em $(srcdir)/scripttempl/z8000.sc ${GEN_DEPENDS}
+	${GENSCRIPTS} z8002 "$(tdir_z8002)"
+
+$(LD_PROG): $(OFILES) $(BFDDEP) $(LIBIBERTY)
+	$(HLDENV) $(CC) $(HLDFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(LD_PROG) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(EXTRALIBS)
+
+# The generated emulation files mostly have the same dependencies.
+$(EMULATION_OFILES): ../bfd/bfd.h sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  ld.h ldmain.h ldemul.h ldfile.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+  ldctor.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldgram.h
+
+# These targets are for the dejagnu testsuites. The file site.exp 
+# contains global variables that all the testsuites will use.
+
+site.exp: ./config.status Makefile
+	@echo "Making a new config file..."
+	@rm -f ./tmp?
+	@touch site.exp
+	@mv site.exp site.bak
+	@echo "## variables are automatically generated by make ##" > ./tmp0
+	@echo "# Do not edit here. If you wish to override these" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# values, add them to the last section" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# HOST AND TARGET INFO" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_os @host_os@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_alias @host_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_cpu @host_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_vendor @host_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_os @target_os@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_alias @target_alias@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_cpu @target_cpu@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_vendor @target_vendor@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set host_triplet @host@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set target_triplet @target@" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "# DIRECTORY INFO" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set objdir `pwd`" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "" >> ./tmp0	
+	@echo "# LD DEPENDENCIES" >> ./tmp0	
+	@echo "set OFILES \"$(OFILES)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set BFDLIB \"$(BFDLIB)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set LIBIBERTY \"$(LIBIBERTY)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set HOSTING_EMU \"$(HOSTING_EMU)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set HOSTING_CRT0 \"$(HOSTING_CRT0)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "set HOSTING_LIBS \"$(HOSTING_LIBS)\"" >> ./tmp0
+	@echo "" >> ./tmp0	
+	@echo "## Variables generated by configure. Do Not Edit ##" >> ./tmp0
+	@cat ./tmp0 > site.exp
+	@cat site.bak | sed \
+			-e '1,/^## Variables generated by.*##/ d' >> site.exp
+	-@rm -f ./tmp?
+
+check: site.exp
+	r=`pwd`; export r; \
+	srcroot=`cd ${srcdir}; pwd` ; export srcroot ; \
+	EXPECT=${EXPECT} ; export EXPECT ; \
+	$(RPATH_ENVVAR)=$$r/../bfd:$$r/../opcodes:$$$(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	export $(RPATH_ENVVAR); \
+	if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then  \
+	   TCL_LIBRARY=$${srcroot}/../tcl/library ; \
+	   export TCL_LIBRARY ; \
+	else true ; fi ; \
+	$(RUNTEST) --tool ld --srcdir $(srcdir)/testsuite $(RUNTESTFLAGS) \
+	  CC="$(CC_FOR_TARGET)" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS)" \
+	  CXX="$(CXX_FOR_TARGET)" CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS)" \
+	  CC_FOR_HOST="$(CC)" CFLAGS_FOR_HOST="$(CFLAGS)"
+
+installcheck:
+.PHONY: check installcheck
+
+# Rules for testing by relinking ld itself.
+# A similar test is in the testsuite.  This target is for ease of use
+# when porting ld.
+
+ld-partial.o: ld.new
+	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld-partial.o -r $(OFILES)
+ld1: ld-partial.o
+	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld1 $(HOSTING_CRT0) ld-partial.o $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld1-full: ld.new
+	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld1-full $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld2: ld1
+	./ld1 $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld2 $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+ld3: ld2
+	./ld2 $(HOSTING_EMU) -o ld3 $(HOSTING_CRT0) $(OFILES) $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+
+bootstrap: ld3
+	cmp ld2 ld3
+
+.PHONY: bootstrap
+
+# A test program for C++ constructors and destructors.
+# This test is now in the testsuite.
+#
+#cdtest: cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o ld.new
+#	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest $(HOSTING_CRT0) \
+#	  cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+#
+#cdtest.out: cdtest
+#	./cdtest > cdtest.tmp
+#	mv cdtest.tmp cdtest.out
+#
+#cdtest-ur.o: cdtest-main.o cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o ld.new
+#	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest-ur.o -Ur cdtest-main.o \
+#	  cdtest-bar.o cdtest-foo.o
+#
+#cdtest-ur: cdtest-ur.o
+#	./ld.new $(HOSTING_EMU) -o cdtest-ur $(HOSTING_CRT0) cdtest-ur.o \
+#	  $(HOSTING_LIBS)
+#
+#cdtest-ur.out: cdtest-ur
+#	./cdtest-ur > cdtest-ur.tmp
+#	mv cdtest-ur.tmp cdtest-ur.out
+#
+#check-cdtest: cdtest.out cdtest-ur.out $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp
+#	diff $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp cdtest.out
+#	diff $(srcdir)/cdtest.exp cdtest-ur.out
+#
+#.PHONY: check-cdtest
+
+# END OF CHECK TARGETS
+
+# DOCUMENTATION TARGETS
+# Manual configuration file; not usually attached to normal configuration,
+# because almost all configs use "gen" version of manual.
+#  Set DOCVER above to change.
+configdoc.texi:	${DOCVER}-doc.texi
+	ln -s ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi || \
+	ln ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi || \
+	cp ${srcdir}/${DOCVER}-doc.texi ./configdoc.texi
+
+# TeX output
+dvi: ld.dvi
+ld.dvi: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi $(BFDDIR)/doc/bfdsumm.texi
+	TEXINPUTS=$(BFDDIR)/doc:$$TEXINPUTS MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I$(BFDDIR)/doc -I$(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+
+ldint.dvi: $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+
+# info file for online browsing
+ld.info: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo configdoc.texi $(BFDDIR)/doc/bfdsumm.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(BFDDIR)/doc -I$(srcdir) -o ld.info $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+
+ldint.info: $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+	$(MAKEINFO) -o ldint.info $(srcdir)/ldint.texinfo
+
+.PHONY: dvi
+
+#separate targets for "ms", "me", and "mm" forms of roff doc
+# Try to use a recent texi2roff.  v2 was put on prep in jan91.
+# If you want an index, see texi2roff doc for postprocessing 
+# and add -i to texi2roff invocations below.
+# Workarounds for texi2roff-2 (probably fixed in later texi2roff's, delete
+#    correspondint -e lines when later texi2roff's are current)
+# + @ifinfo's deleted explicitly due to texi2roff-2 bug w nested constructs.
+# + @c's deleted explicitly because texi2roff sees texinfo commands in them
+# + @   (that's at-BLANK) not recognized by texi2roff, turned into blank
+# + @alphaenumerate is ridiculously new, turned into @enumerate
+
+ld.ms: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -ms | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+		>>ld.ms 
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.ms: ld.ms
+	$(ROFF) -ms ld.ms 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+		sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+		texi2index >ld-index.ms
+
+# roff output (-mm)
+ld.mm: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e '/@noindent/d' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -mm | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+	>ld.mm 
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.mm: ld.mm
+	$(ROFF) -mm ld.mm 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+		sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+		texi2index >ld-index.mm
+
+# roff output (-me)
+ld.me: $(srcdir)/ld.texinfo
+	sed -e '/\\input texinfo/d' \
+		-e '/@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL/,/@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL/d' \
+		-e '/^@ifinfo/,/^@end ifinfo/d' \
+		-e '/^@c/d' \
+		-e 's/{.*,,/{/' \
+		-e 's/@ / /g' \
+		-e 's/^@alphaenumerate/@enumerate/g' \
+		-e 's/^@end alphaenumerate/@end enumerate/g' \
+		$(srcdir)/ld.texinfo | \
+	$(TEXI2ROFF) $(TEXI2OPT) -me | \
+	sed -e 's/---/\\(em/g' \
+		>>ld.me 
+
+# index for roff output
+ld-index.me: ld.me
+	$(ROFF) -me ld.me 2>&1 1>/dev/null | \
+		sed -e '/: warning:/d' | \
+		texi2index >ld-index.me
+
+stage1:	force
+	-mkdir stage1
+	-mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage1
+	-(cd stage1 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+stage2:	force
+	-mkdir stage2
+	-mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage2
+	-(cd stage2 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+stage3:	force
+	-mkdir stage3
+	-mv -f $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) stage3
+	-(cd stage3 ; ln -s $(LD_PROG) ld)
+
+against = stage2
+
+comparison: force
+	for i in $(STAGESTUFF) $(LD_PROG) ; do cmp $$i $(against)/$$i ; done
+
+de-stage1: force
+	-(cd stage1 ; mv -f * ..)
+	-rm ld
+	-rmdir stage1
+
+de-stage2: force
+	-(cd stage2 ; mv -f * ..)
+	-rm ld
+	-rmdir stage2
+
+de-stage3: force
+	-(cd stage3 ; mv -f * ..)
+	-rm ld
+	-rmdir stage3
+
+.PHONY: stage1 stage2 stage3 comparison de-stage1 de-stage2 de-stage3
+
+# Stuff that should be included in a distribution:
+LDDISTSTUFF = ldgram.c ldgram.h ldlex.c
+diststuff: $(LDDISTSTUFF) info
+
+mostlyclean:
+	-rm -f $(STAGESTUFF) ld.?? ld.??? ldlex.[qp]
+	-rm -f ld ld1 ld2 ld3 *.o y.output cdtest cdtest.out cdtest.tmp
+	-rm -f cdtest-ur cdtest-ur.out cdtest-ur.tmp crtbegin.o crtend.o
+	-rm -f ldemul-list.h
+	-rm -fr tmpdir
+clean: mostlyclean
+	-rm -f $(LD_PROG)
+distclean: clean
+	-rm -f Makefile config.status TAGS site.exp site.bak config.cache
+	-rm -f config.h stamp-h config.log
+	-rm -rf ldscripts
+maintainer-clean realclean: clean distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-rm -f $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES)
+	-rm -f $(LDDISTSTUFF) *.info* configdoc.texi
+
+.PHONY: diststuff mostlyclean clean distclean realclean
+
+lintlog:$(LINTSOURCES) Makefile
+	$(LINT) -abhxzn  $(LINTFLAGS)  $(LINTSOURCES) \
+| grep -v "pointer casts may be troublesome" \
+| grep -v "possible pointer alignment problem" \
+| grep -v "ignore" \
+| grep -v "conversion from long may lose accuracy" \
+| grep -v "warning: constant argument to NOT" \
+| grep -v "enumeration type clash, operator CAST" \
+| grep -v "warning: constant in conditional context"\
+| grep -v "archive\.c"
+
+
+TAGS:
+	etags -t $(srcdir)/*.[chly] *.[chly]
+
+
+install: 
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM) ld.new $(bindir)/ld
+	$(INSTALL_XFORM1) $(srcdir)/ld.1 $(man1dir)/ld.1
+	for f in ldscripts/*; do \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(scriptdir)/$$f ; \
+	done
+	test -d $(tooldir) || mkdir $(tooldir)
+	test -d $(tooldir)/bin || mkdir $(tooldir)/bin
+	-n=`echo ld | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	  rm -f $(tooldir)/bin/ld; \
+	  ln $(bindir)/$$n $(tooldir)/bin/ld >/dev/null 2>/dev/null \
+	   || $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ld.new $(tooldir)/bin/ld
+
+install-info: ld.info
+	if [ -r ld.info ]; then \
+	  dir=. ; \
+	else \
+	  dir=$(srcdir) ; \
+	fi ; \
+	for i in `cd $$dir ; echo ld.info*` ; do \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$i $(infodir)/$$i ; \
+	done
+
+clean-info:
+	-rm -rf *.info*
+
+.PHONY: install install-info clean-info
+
+# Targets to rebuild dependencies in this Makefile.
+# Have to get rid of .dep1 here so that "$?" later includes all of $(CFILES).
+.dep: dep.sed $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES) $(GENERATED_HFILES) config.h
+	rm -f .dep1
+	$(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+	sed -f dep.sed <.dep1 >.dep
+
+# This rule really wants a mkdep that runs "gcc -MM".
+.dep1: $(CFILES) $(GENERATED_CFILES)
+	rm -f .dep2
+	echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep2
+	$(DEP) -f .dep2 $(ALL_CFLAGS) $?
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change .dep2 .dep1
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+	sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed	\
+		-e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: dep dep-in
+
+# Dummy target to force execution of dependent targets.
+#
+force:
+
+.PHONY: force
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.h: stamp-h ; @true
+stamp-h: config.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h:config.in $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.status: configure configure.host configure.tgt
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+# What appears below is generated by a hacked mkdep using gcc -MM.
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+
+ldctor.o: ldctor.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldmisc.h ldgram.h ldmain.h ldctor.h
+ldemul.o: ldemul.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldemul.h \
+  ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldmain.h ldemul-list.h
+ldexp.o: ldexp.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  ld.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldgram.h ldlang.h
+ldfile.o: ldfile.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  ld.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldmain.h ldgram.h \
+  ldlex.h ldemul.h
+ldlang.o: ldlang.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/obstack.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+  ldgram.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldemul.h ldlex.h ldmisc.h \
+  ldctor.h ldfile.h $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h
+ldmain.o: ldmain.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/progress.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+  ldmisc.h ldwrite.h ldgram.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldemul.h \
+  ldlex.h ldfile.h ldctor.h
+ldmisc.o: ldmisc.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/demangle.h ld.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+  ldgram.h ldlex.h ldmain.h ldfile.h
+ldver.o: ldver.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldver.h \
+  ldemul.h ldmain.h
+ldwrite.o: ldwrite.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldwrite.h \
+  ldmisc.h ldgram.h ldmain.h
+lexsup.o: lexsup.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/getopt.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h ld.h ldmain.h \
+  ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldgram.h ldlex.h ldfile.h \
+  ldver.h ldemul.h
+mri.o: mri.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h \
+  config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h ld.h ldexp.h ldlang.h \
+  ldmisc.h mri.h ldgram.h $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+ldcref.o: ldcref.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h ld.h ldmain.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h \
+  ldlang.h
+ldgram.o: ldgram.c ../bfd/bfd.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \
+  ld.h ldexp.h ldver.h ldlang.h ldemul.h ldfile.h ldmisc.h \
+  ldmain.h mri.h ldlex.h
+ldlex.o: ldlex.c ../bfd/bfd.h sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/fopen-same.h \
+  ld.h ldgram.h ldmisc.h ldexp.h ldlang.h ldfile.h ldlex.h \
+  ldmain.h
+
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS b/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2449c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+Changes in version 2.8:
+
+* Linker scripts may now contain shell wildcard characters for file and section
+  names.
+
+* The linker now supports symbol versions in ELF.
+
+* The NOCROSSREFS command was added to the linker script language.
+
+* The LOADADDR expression was added to the linker script language.
+
+* MAX and MIN functions were added to the linker script language.
+
+* The OVERLAY construct was added to the linker script language.
+
+* New option --warn-section-align to warn when the address of an output section
+  changes due to alignment of an input section.
+
+* New options --filter/-F and --auxiliary/-f.
+
+Changes in version 2.7:
+
+* New option --cref to print out a cross reference table.
+
+* New option --wrap SYMBOL.
+
+* New option --no-whole-archive, to turn off the effect of --whole-archive.
+
+* Input sections assigned to the output section /DISCARD/ in the linker script
+  are not included in the output file.
+
+* The SunOS and ELF linkers now merge stabs debugging information which uses
+  the N_BINCL and N_EINCL stab types.  This reduces the amount of debugging
+  information generated.
+
+Changes in version 2.6:
+
+* When an ELF section name is representable as a C identifier (this is not true
+of most ELF section names), the linker will automatically define symbols
+__start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME, where SECNAME is the section name, at the
+beginning and the end of the section.  This is used by glibc.
+
+* When an ELF section named .gnu.warning is encountered in an input file, the
+contents of the section are displayed as an error message, and the section is
+not copied into the output file.  This is used by glibc.
+
+* When an ELF section named .gnu.warning.SYMBOL is encountered in an input
+file, and the symbol SYMBOL is referenced by some object file, the contents of
+the section are displayed as an error message.  The section is not copied into
+the output file, unless doing a relocateable or shared link.  This is used by
+glibc.
+
+* New options -split-by-reloc and -split-by-file.
+
+* The linker now supports linking PIC compiled code on SPARC SunOS.  It can
+also create SPARC SunOS shared libraries, and, like the native SunOS linker,
+will do so whenever there is an undefined symbol in the link and neither the -e
+nor the -r option was used.
+
+* The -rpath option may be used on SunOS to set the list of directories to be
+searched at run time.  This overrides the default of building the list from the
+-L options.
+
+* The COFF linker now combines debugging information for structs, unions, and
+enums, so that even if the same type is defined in multiple input files it will
+only be defined once in the output file.  The --traditional-format switch will
+prevent this optimization.
+
+Changes in version 2.5:
+
+* The linker now supports linking against SunOS shared libraries.  It still can
+not link SunOS PIC (Position Independent Code) files, so it can not be used to
+generate shared libaries.
+
+* The linker now supports linking against ELF shared libraries for the i386
+(UnixWare) and SPARC (Solaris).  It can also link ELF PIC files, and can be
+used to generate shared libraries.  Shared library generation is not well
+tested; please report any problems encountered.  The linker is now enabled for
+Solaris again.
+
+* Eric Youngdale has contributed Linux support code, including linking against
+Linux a.out shared libraries.  The linker produces Linux QMAGIC binaries.
+
+* The ELF backend has been converted to the new linker code.  To use the new
+ELF linker, each particular target requires a relocation function.  So far,
+this function has been written for i386 (UnixWare), SPARC (Solaris) MIPS (Irix
+5), and HPPA ELF targets.
+
+* The -( (--start-group) and -) (--end-group) options have been added to
+support searching a group of archives as though they were a single archive.
+This can also be used in a linker script, as GROUP ( files ).
+
+* When a file is named on the command line, and the linker does not recognize
+it as an object file, the linker will now treat the file as a linker script
+file.  A linker script named in this way augments, but does not replace, the
+default linker script.
+
+* The -warn-once option was added.  It causes the linker to only warn once per
+undefined symbol, rather than once per reference.
+
+* The COFF backend has been converted to the new linker code.  As with ELF, to
+use the new linker, each particular target requires a relocation function.  So
+far, this function has been written for the i386, m68k, a29k and SH targets.
+
+* The -V flag was made a synonym for -v, for SVR4 compatibility.  The old -V
+behaviour is available via --verbose.
+
+Changes in version 2.4:
+
+* New linker code, by Steve Chamberlain and Ian Taylor.  For a.out and ecoff
+  formats (so far), this should result in considerable savings in time
+  and memory used while linking; slightly poorer performance than
+  before for formats not converted yet.
+
+* Command-line parsing is no longer done with flex.  This means
+  oddball characters in filenames won't get treated as argument
+  separators.
+
+* HP-PA ELF support, by Jeff Law.  (No SOM support yet.)
+
+* Mach i386 support, by David Mackenzie.
+
+* Irix 4 shared libraries are now supported (Irix 5 uses ELF, and ELF shared
+  libraries are not yet supported).
+
+* COFF shared libraries (as on SCO) should work as well.
+
+* The linker is disabled for Solaris.  (Actually, it was in 2.3 also, I just
+  forgot to note it.)  Some of their C library routines don't work when
+  statically linked, and the GNU linker doesn't support dynamic linking yet.
+
+Changes in version 2.3:
+
+* Weak symbols are now supported.
+
+* ELF support has been added.  The linker has been bootstrapped on
+  UnixWare and Solaris.
+
+* Alpha OSF/1 support has been added (non dynamic linking only).
+
+Changes in version 2.2:
+
+* The `bfd' library has been updated to reduce a.out-format string
+  table size.  The effect of this is that files linked from many input
+  files with duplicate symbols (`-g' debugging records, or identical
+  static symbols) should be much smaller.
+
+Changes in version 2.1:
+
+* The ld -ySYMBOL flag (to trace references to SYMBOL) is now implemented.
+
+* There is now support for writing ECOFF files, so ld and the
+  other utilities should work on Risc/Ultrix and Irix.
+
+
+Local variables:
+fill-column: 79
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4efa989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/README
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+This is a BETA release of a completely rewritten GNU linker.
+It is distributed with other "binary utilities" which should
+be in ../binutils.  See ../binutils/README for more general notes,
+including where to send bug reports.
+
+There are many new features of the linker:
+
+* The linker uses a Binary File Descriptor library (../bfd)
+  that it uses to read and write object files.  This helps
+  insulate the linker itself from the format of object files.
+
+* The linker support a number of different object file
+  formats.  It can even handle multiple formats at once:
+  Read two input formats and write a third.
+
+* The linker can be configured for cross-linking.
+
+* The linker contains a control language.
+
+* There is a user manual (ld.texinfo), as well as the
+  beginnings of an internals manual (ldint.texinfo).
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See ../binutils/README.
+
+If you want to make a cross-linker, you may want to specify
+a different search path of -lfoo libraries than the default.
+You can do this by setting the LIB_PATH variable in ./Makefile.
+
+To build just the linker, make the target all-ld.
+
+Porting to a new target
+=======================
+
+See the ldint.texinfo manual.
+
+Reporting bugs etc
+===========================
+See ../binutils/README.
+
+Known problems
+==============
+
+HP/UX 9.01 has a shell bug that causes the linker scripts to be
+generated incorrectly.  The symptom of this appears to be "fatal error
+- scanner input buffer overflow" error messages.  There are various
+workarounds to this:
+  * Build and install bash, and build with "make SHELL=bash".
+  * Update to a version of HP/UX with a working shell (e.g., 9.05).
+  * Replace "(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc)" in
+    genscripts.sh with "sh ${srcdir}..." (no parens) and make sure the
+    emulparams script used exports any shell variables it sets.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO b/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31cd98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Volunteers to tackle some of the following would be welcome:
+
+Support the "traditional" BSD  -A flag (incremental loading).
+(There is a -A flag in ld now, but it is used to specify the
+architecture.  That should probably be changed.)
+
+Support for dynamic loading (a la dld, but bfd-based) would be nice.
+
+Avoid re-open (and re-seeking) output bfd and archives.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6034cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+@TOP@
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7adc004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sinclude(../bfd/aclocal.m4)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4313165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* config.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Whether strstr must be declared even if <string.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+
+/* Whether free must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+
+/* Whether sbrk must be declared even if <unistd.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+
+/* Whether getenv must be declared even if <stdlib.h> is included.  */
+#undef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+
+/* Do we need to use the b modifier when opening binary files?  */
+#undef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+/* Define if you have the sbrk function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a36727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configdoc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@set GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@clear SingleFormat
+@set UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f0d151e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,1884 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-64-bit-bfd     64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=ldmain.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_targets"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-64-bit-bfd or --disable-64-bit-bfd was given.
+if test "${enable_64_bit_bfd+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_64_bit_bfd"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes)  want64=true  ;;
+  no)   want64=false ;;
+  *)    { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+else
+  want64=false
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir/..; pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:610: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE)
+    if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+    else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi ;;
+  *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:631: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:649: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:702: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:731: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:779: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 789 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:793: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:813: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:818: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:827: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:842: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:880: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries.  However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+  # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+  # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+  if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+  # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+  # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+  # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+  # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+  # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+  # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+  # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+  if test "${shared}" != "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:968: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 983 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:989: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1000 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1006: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1032: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1037 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1042: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in sbrk
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1071: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1076 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1099: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+ac_header_dirent=no
+for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1128: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1133 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+int main() {
+DIR *dirp = 0;
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1141: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_dirent_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
+if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -ldir""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1166: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo dir'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-ldir  $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1174 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1185: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  LIBS="$LIBS -ldir"
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -lx""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1207: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo x'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lx  $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1215 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char opendir();
+
+int main() {
+opendir()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1226: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  LIBS="$LIBS -lx"
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+case "${host}" in
+i[345]86-*-msdos* | i[345]86-*-go32* | *-*-cygwin32 | *-*-windows)
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define USE_BINARY_FOPEN 1
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether strstr must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1259: checking whether strstr must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1264 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) strstr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1285: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_strstr = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo strstr | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether free must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1307: checking whether free must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_free'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1312 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) free
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1333: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_free=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_free" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_free = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo free | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether sbrk must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1355: checking whether sbrk must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1360 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) sbrk
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1381: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_sbrk = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo sbrk | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether getenv must be declared""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1403: checking whether getenv must be declared" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1408 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+int main() {
+char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) getenv
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1429: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=no
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv" 1>&6
+if test $bfd_cv_decl_needed_getenv = yes; then
+  bfd_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo getenv | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $bfd_tr_decl 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+all_targets=
+EMUL=
+all_emuls=
+TDIRS=
+
+for targ_alias in `echo $target_alias $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+do
+  if test "$targ_alias" = "all"; then
+    all_targets=true
+  else
+    # Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+    result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ_alias 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$result"; then
+	targ=$result
+    else
+	targ=$targ_alias
+    fi
+
+    . ${srcdir}/configure.tgt
+
+    if test "$targ" = "$target"; then
+      EMUL=$targ_emul
+    fi
+
+    for i in $targ_emul $targ_extra_emuls; do
+	case " $all_emuls " in
+	*" e${i}.o "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  all_emuls="$all_emuls e${i}.o"
+	  eval result=\$tdir_$i
+	  test -z "$result" && result=$targ_alias
+	  TDIRS="$TDIRS\\
+tdir_$i=$result"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    done
+  fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue; then
+  if test x${want64} = xtrue; then
+    EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS) $(ALL_64_EMULATIONS)'
+  else
+    EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS)'
+  fi
+else
+  EMULATION_OFILES=$all_emuls
+fi
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@HLDFLAGS@%$HLDFLAGS%g
+s%@HLDENV@%$HLDENV%g
+s%@RPATH_ENVVAR@%$RPATH_ENVVAR%g
+s%@HDEFINES@%$HDEFINES%g
+s%@HOSTING_CRT0@%$HOSTING_CRT0%g
+s%@HOSTING_LIBS@%$HOSTING_LIBS%g
+s%@NATIVE_LIB_DIRS@%$NATIVE_LIB_DIRS%g
+s%@BFDLIB@%$BFDLIB%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@EMUL@%$EMUL%g
+s%@TDIRS@%$TDIRS%g
+s%@EMULATION_OFILES@%$EMULATION_OFILES%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f71858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.host
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+# This is the linker host specific file.  This is invoked by the
+# autoconf generated configure script.  Putting it in a separate shell
+# file lets us skip running autoconf when modifying host specific
+# information.
+
+# This file sets the following shell variables:
+#  HDEFINES		host specific compiler flags
+#  HOSTING_CRT0		crt0.o file used for bootstrapping
+#  HOSTING_LIBS		libraries used for bootstrapping
+#  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS	library directories to search on this host
+#  HLDFLAGS		link flags to use on this host
+#  HLDENV		environment variable to set when linking for the host
+#  RPATH_ENVVAR		environment variable used to find shared libraries
+
+HDEFINES=
+HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/crt0.o
+HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc'
+NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=
+
+case "${host}" in
+
+alpha-*-linux*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+  ;;
+
+alpha-*-*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/ccs/lib/crt0.o
+  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-bsd* | i[3456]86-*-freebsd* | i[3456]86-*-netbsd*)
+  # The new BSD `make' has a bug: it doesn't pass empty arguments in
+  # shell commands.  So we need to make this value non-empty in order
+  # for the genscripts.sh call to work.  There's nothing magic about
+  # the value `/lib'; it's just a dummy.
+  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/lib
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sysv4*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/usr/ccs/lib/crt1.o /usr/ccs/lib/crti.o /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/crtn.o'
+  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-sequent-ptx* | i[3456]86-sequent-sysv*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi`'
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sysv*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt1.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; fi` /lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-solaris*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt1.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt1.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crt1.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crti.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crti.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crti.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtn.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtn.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtn.o; fi`'
+  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-sco* | i[3456]86-*-isc*)
+  # In some configurations gcc does not use crtbegin.o and crtend.o.
+  # In that case gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o will simply print
+  # crtbegin.o.  We create dummy crtbegin.o and crtend.o files to
+  # handle this.
+  echo "int dummy_crtbegin () { return 0; }" > crtbegin.c
+  ${CC} -c crtbegin.c -o crtbegin.o
+  rm -f crtbegin.c
+  echo "int dummy_crteng () { return 0; }" > crtend.c
+  ${CC} -c crtend.c -o crtend.o
+  rm -f crtend.c
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt1.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-linux*aout* | i[3456]86-*-linuxoldld)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-linux*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='-dynamic-linker /lib/ld-linux.so.1 /usr/lib/crt1.o /usr/lib/crti.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtbegin.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtbegin.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtend.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtend.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+i[3456]86-*-lynxos*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/init1.o
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc -lm /lib/initn.o'
+  ;;
+
+mips*-dec-bsd*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+  ;;
+
+mips*-sgi-irix4*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt1.o
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+mips*-sgi-irix[56]*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt1.o
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+m68*-*-linux*aout*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/usr/lib/crt0.o
+  ;;
+
+m68*-*-linux*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='-dynamic-linker /lib/ld-linux.so.1 /usr/lib/crt1.o /usr/lib/crti.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtbegin.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtbegin.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; elif [ -f /usr/lib/crtend.o ]; then echo /usr/lib/crtend.o; else gcc --print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` /usr/lib/crtn.o'
+  ;;
+
+m68*-*-lynxos*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0=/lib/init1.o
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc -lm /lib/initn.o'
+  ;;
+
+m68*-motorola-sysv)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt0.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt0.o; elif [ -f \`gcc -print-file-name=\`crt0.o ]; then echo \`gcc -print-file-name=\`crt0.o; else echo /lib/crt0.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc881 `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi`'
+  ;;
+
+m68*-sun-*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/usr/lib/crt0.o /usr/lib/Fcrt1.o -L/usr/lib/fsoft.o'
+  ;;
+
+m88*-*-dgux*)
+  HDEFINES=-D__using_DGUX
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o -X'
+  HOSTING_LIBS=/usr/sde/m88kbcs/lib/libc.a
+  ;;
+
+m88*-motorola-sysv3)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='/lib/crt0.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi`'
+  ;;
+
+romp-*-*)
+  HDEFINES=-DNO_VARARGS
+  ;;
+
+sparc*-*-solaris2*)
+  HOSTING_CRT0='`if [ -f ../gcc/crt1.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crt1.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crt1.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crti.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crti.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crti.o; fi` /usr/ccs/lib/values-Xa.o `if [ -f ../gcc/crtbegin.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtbegin.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o; fi`'
+  HOSTING_LIBS='`if [ -f ../gcc/libgcc.a ] ; then echo ../gcc/libgcc.a ; else gcc -print-libgcc-file-name; fi` -lc `if [ -f ../gcc/crtend.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtend.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o; fi` `if [ -f ../gcc/crtn.o ]; then echo ../gcc/crtn.o; else gcc -print-file-name=crtn.o; fi`'
+  NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=/usr/ccs/lib
+  ;;
+
+esac
+
+HLDFLAGS=
+HLDENV=
+RPATH_ENVVAR=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+# If we have shared libraries, try to set rpath reasonably.
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  case "${host}" in
+  *-*-hpux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,$(libdir)'
+    RPATH_ENVVAR=SHLIB_PATH
+    ;;
+  *-*-irix[56]*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*aout*)
+    ;;
+  *-*-linux*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-solaris*)
+    HLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)'
+    ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)
+    HLDENV='if test -z "$${LD_RUN_PATH}"; then LD_RUN_PATH=$(libdir); else LD_RUN_PATH=$${LD_RUN_PATH}:$(libdir); fi; export LD_RUN_PATH;'
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# On SunOS, if the linker supports the -rpath option, use it to
+# prevent ../bfd and ../opcodes from being included in the run time
+# search path.
+case "${host}" in
+  *-*-sunos*)
+    echo 'main () { }' > conftest.c
+    ${CC} -o conftest -Wl,-rpath= conftest.c >/dev/null 2>conftest.t
+    if grep 'unrecognized' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'No such file' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif grep 'do not mix' conftest.t >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      :
+    elif test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath=$(libdir)'
+    else
+      HLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath='
+    fi
+    rm -f conftest.t conftest.c conftest
+    ;;
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3646e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script
+dnl
+AC_PREREG(2.5)
+AC_INIT(ldmain.c)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[  --enable-shared         build shared BFD library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *bfd*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(64-bit-bfd,
+[  --enable-64-bit-bfd     64-bit support (on hosts with narrower word sizes)],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes)  want64=true  ;;
+  no)   want64=false ;;
+  *)    AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for 64-bit-bfd option) ;;
+esac],[want64=false])dnl
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+if test -z "$host" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized host system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+. ${srcdir}/configure.host
+
+AC_SUBST(HLDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(HLDENV)
+AC_SUBST(RPATH_ENVVAR)
+AC_SUBST(HDEFINES)
+AC_SUBST(HOSTING_CRT0)
+AC_SUBST(HOSTING_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(NATIVE_LIB_DIRS)
+
+# For most hosts we can use a simple definition to pick up the BFD and
+# opcodes libraries.  However, if we are building shared libraries, we
+# need to handle some hosts specially.
+BFDLIB='-L../bfd -lbfd'
+case "${host}" in
+*-*-sunos*)
+  # On SunOS, we must link against the name we are going to install,
+  # not -lbfd, since SunOS does not support SONAME.
+  if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='-L../bfd -l`echo bfd | sed '"'"'$(program_transform_name)'"'"'`'
+  fi
+  ;;
+alpha*-*-osf*)
+  # On Alpha OSF/1, the native linker searches all the -L
+  # directories for any LIB.so files, and only then searches for any
+  # LIB.a files.  That means that if there is an installed
+  # libbfd.so, but this build is not done with --enable-shared, the
+  # link will wind up being against the install libbfd.so rather
+  # than the newly built libbfd.  To avoid this, we must explicitly
+  # link against libbfd.a when --enable-shared is not used.
+  if test "${shared}" != "true"; then
+    BFDLIB='../bfd/libbfd.a'
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(BFDLIB)
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sbrk)
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+
+BFD_BINARY_FOPEN
+
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(strstr)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(free)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(sbrk)
+BFD_NEED_DECLARATION(getenv)
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+all_targets=
+EMUL=
+all_emuls=
+TDIRS=
+
+for targ_alias in `echo $target_alias $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+do
+  if test "$targ_alias" = "all"; then
+    all_targets=true
+  else
+    # Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+    result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ_alias 2>/dev/null`
+    if test -n "$result"; then
+	targ=$result
+    else
+	targ=$targ_alias
+    fi
+
+    . ${srcdir}/configure.tgt
+
+    if test "$targ" = "$target"; then
+      EMUL=$targ_emul
+    fi
+
+    for i in $targ_emul $targ_extra_emuls; do
+	case " $all_emuls " in
+	*" e${i}.o "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  all_emuls="$all_emuls e${i}.o"
+	  eval result=\$tdir_$i
+	  test -z "$result" && result=$targ_alias
+	  TDIRS="$TDIRS\\
+tdir_$i=$result"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    done
+  fi
+done
+
+AC_SUBST(EMUL)
+AC_SUBST(TDIRS)
+
+dnl FIXME: We will build a 64 bit BFD for a 64 bit host or a 64 bit
+dnl target, and in those cases we should also build the 64 bit
+dnl emulations.
+if test x${all_targets} = xtrue; then
+  if test x${want64} = xtrue; then
+    EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS) $(ALL_64_EMULATIONS)'
+  else
+    EMULATION_OFILES='$(ALL_EMULATIONS)'
+  fi
+else
+  EMULATION_OFILES=$all_emuls
+fi
+AC_SUBST(EMULATION_OFILES)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile,
+[case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9539e1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/configure.tgt
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# This is the linker target specific file.  This is invoked by the
+# autoconf generated configure script.  Putting it in a separate shell
+# file lets us skip running autoconf when modifying target specific
+# information.
+
+# This file switches on the shell variable ${targ}, and sets the
+# following shell variables:
+#  targ_emul		name of linker emulation to use
+#  targ_extra_emuls	additional linker emulations to provide
+
+targ_extra_emuls=
+
+case "${targ}" in
+arm-*-pe)		targ_emul=armpe ;;
+d10v-*-*)		targ_emul=d10velf ;;
+sparc64-*-aout*)	targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc64-*-elf*)		targ_emul=elf64_sparc ;;
+sparc-sun-sunos4*) 	targ_emul=sun4 ;;
+sparclite*-*-coff)	targ_emul=coff_sparc ;;
+sparclite*-fujitsu-*)	targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-aout)		targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-coff)		targ_emul=coff_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-elf)		targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-sysv4*)	targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-*-linux*aout*)	targ_emul=sparclinux
+			targ_extra_emuls="elf32_sparc sun4"
+			tdir_elf32_sparc=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+			tdir_sun4=sparc-sun-sunos4
+			;;
+sparc*-*-linux*)	targ_emul=elf32_sparc
+			targ_extra_emuls="sparclinux sun4"
+			tdir_sparclinux=${targ_alias}aout
+			tdir_sun4=sparc-sun-sunos4
+			;;
+sparc*-*-lynxos*)	targ_emul=sparclynx ;;
+sparc*-*-netbsd*)	targ_emul=sparcnbsd ;;
+sparc*-*-solaris2*)	targ_emul=elf32_sparc ;;
+sparc*-wrs-vxworks*)	targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+sparc*-*-rtems*)	targ_emul=sparcaout ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks5.0*)	targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks5*)	targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+i960-wrs-vxworks*)	targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-*-coff)		targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+i960-intel-nindy)	targ_emul=gld960 ;;
+i960-*-rtems*)		targ_emul=gld960coff ;;
+m32r-*-*)		targ_emul=m32relf ;;
+m68*-sun-sunos[34]*)	targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-wrs-vxworks*)	targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-ericsson-ose)	targ_emul=sun3 ;;
+m68*-apple-aux*)	targ_emul=m68kaux ;;
+*-tandem-none)		targ_emul=st2000 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-vsta)	targ_emul=vsta ;;
+i[3456]86-go32-rtems*)	targ_emul=i386go32 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-go32)	targ_emul=i386go32 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-aix*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-sco*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-isc*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-lynxos*)	targ_emul=i386lynx ;;
+i[3456]86-*-coff)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-rtems*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsd)	targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsd386)	targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-bsdi*)	targ_emul=i386bsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-aout)	targ_emul=i386aout ;;
+i[3456]86-*-linux*aout*)	targ_emul=i386linux
+			targ_extra_emuls=elf_i386
+			tdir_elf_i386=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+			;;
+i[3456]86-*-linuxoldld)	targ_emul=i386linux; targ_extra_emuls=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-linux*)	targ_emul=elf_i386
+			targ_extra_emuls=i386linux
+			tdir_i386linux=${targ_alias}aout
+			;;
+i[3456]86-*-sysv4*)	targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-unixware)	targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-netbsd*)	targ_emul=i386nbsd ;;
+i[3456]86-*-netware)	targ_emul=i386nw ;;
+i[3456]86-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-freebsdelf*) targ_emul=elf_i386 ;;
+i[3456]86-*-sysv*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-ptx*)	targ_emul=i386coff ;;
+i[3456]86-*-mach*)	targ_emul=i386mach ;;
+i[3456]86-*-gnu*)	targ_emul=elf_i386; targ_extra_emuls=i386mach ;;
+i[3456]86-*-msdos*)	targ_emul=i386msdos; targ_extra_emuls=i386aout ;;
+i[3456]86-*-moss*)	targ_emul=i386moss; targ_extra_emuls=i386msdos ;;
+i[3456]86-*-winnt)	targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+i[3456]86-*-pe)		targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+i[3456]86-*-cygwin32)	targ_emul=i386pe ;;
+m8*-*-*)		targ_emul=m88kbcs ;;
+a29k-*-udi)		targ_emul=sa29200 ;;
+a29k-*-ebmon)		targ_emul=ebmon29k ;;
+a29k-*-*)		targ_emul=a29k ;;
+#  arm-*-riscix*)		targ_emul=riscix ;;
+arm-*-aout | armel-*-aout) targ_emul=armaoutl ;;
+armeb-*-aout)		targ_emul=armaoutb ;;
+arm-*-coff)		targ_emul=armcoff ;;
+h8300-*-hms)		targ_emul=h8300; targ_extra_emuls="h8300h h8300s"
+			;;
+h8500-*-hms)		targ_emul=h8500
+			targ_extra_emuls="h8500s h8500b h8500m h8500c"
+			;;
+sh-*-elf*)		targ_emul=shelf
+			targ_extra_emuls="shlelf sh shl"
+			;;
+sh-*-*)			targ_emul=sh; targ_extra_emuls=shl ;;
+m68k-sony-*)		targ_emul=news ;;
+m68k-hp-bsd*)		targ_emul=hp300bsd ;;
+m68*-motorola-sysv*)	targ_emul=delta68 ;;
+m68*-*-aout)		targ_emul=m68kaout ;;
+m68*-*-coff)		targ_emul=m68kcoff ;;
+m68*-*-elf)		targ_emul=m68kelf ;;
+m68*-*-hpux*)		targ_emul=hp3hpux ;;
+m68k-*-linux*aout*)	targ_emul=m68klinux
+			targ_extra_emuls=m68kelf
+			tdir_m68kelf=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/aout//'`
+			;;
+m68k-*-linux*)		targ_emul=m68kelf
+			targ_extra_emuls=m68klinux
+			tdir_m68klinux=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/linux/linuxaout/'`
+			;;
+m68*-*-lynxos*)		targ_emul=m68klynx ;;
+m68*-hp*-netbsd*)	targ_emul=m68k4knbsd ;;
+m68*-*-netbsd*)		targ_emul=m68knbsd ;;
+m68*-*-psos*)		targ_emul=m68kpsos ;;
+m68*-*-rtems*)		targ_emul=m68kcoff ;;
+hppa*-*-*elf*)		targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+hppa*-*-lites*)		targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+hppa*-*-rtems*)		targ_emul=hppaelf ;;
+vax-dec-ultrix* | vax-dec-bsd*) targ_emul=vax ;;
+mips*-dec-ultrix*)	targ_emul=mipslit ;;
+mips*-dec-osf*)		targ_emul=mipslit ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix[56]*)	targ_emul=elf32bmip ;;
+mips*-sgi-irix*)	targ_emul=mipsbig ;;
+mips*el-*-ecoff*)	targ_emul=mipsidtl ;;
+mips*-*-ecoff*)		targ_emul=mipsidt ;;
+mips*-dec-bsd*)		targ_emul=mipsbsd ;;
+mips*-dec-netbsd*)	targ_emul=elf32lmip ;;
+mips*-*-bsd*)		targ_emul=mipsbig ;;
+mips*vr4300el-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr4300-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*vr4100el-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr4100-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*vr5000el-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32l4300 ;;
+mips*vr5000-*-elf*)	targ_emul=elf32b4300 ;;
+mips*el-*-elf*)		targ_emul=elf32elmip ;;
+mips*-*-elf*)		targ_emul=elf32ebmip ;;
+mips*-*-rtems*)		targ_emul=elf32ebmip ;;
+mips*el-*-linux*)	targ_emul=elf32lmip
+			targ_extra_emuls="elf32bmip mipslit mipsbig"
+			;;
+mips*-*-linux*)		targ_emul=elf32bmip
+			targ_extra_emuls="elf32lmip mipsbig mipslit"
+			;;
+mips*-*-lnews*)		targ_emul=mipslnews ;;
+mn10200-*-*)		targ_emul=mn10200 ;;
+mn10300-*-*)		targ_emul=mn10300 ;;
+alpha-*-linuxecoff*)	targ_emul=alpha targ_extra_emuls=elf64alpha
+			tdir_elf64alpha=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/ecoff//'`
+			;;
+alpha-*-linux*)		targ_emul=elf64alpha targ_extra_emuls=alpha
+			tdir_alpha=`echo ${targ_alias} | sed -e 's/linux/linuxecoff/'`
+			;;
+alpha-*-osf*)		targ_emul=alpha ;;
+alpha-*-gnu*)		targ_emul=elf64alpha ;;
+alpha-*-netware*)	targ_emul=alpha ;;
+z8k-*-coff) 		targ_emul=z8002; targ_extra_emuls=z8001 ;;
+ns32k-pc532-mach* | ns32k-pc532-ux*)	targ_emul=pc532macha ;;
+ns32k-pc532-netbsd* | ns32k-pc532-lites*) targ_emul=ns32knbsd ;;
+powerpc-*-elf* | powerpc-*-eabi* | powerpc-*-linux* | powerpc-*-sysv*)
+	targ_emul=elf32ppc ;;
+powerpcle-*-elf* | powerpcle-*-eabi* | powerpcle-*-solaris* | powerpcle-*-sysv*)	targ_emul=elf32lppc ;;
+powerpc-*-rtems*)	targ_emul=elf32ppc ;;
+powerpc-*-macos*)	targ_emul=ppcmacos ;;
+powerpc-*-netware*)	targ_emul=ppcnw ;;
+powerpcle-*-pe)         targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpcle-*-winnt*)     targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpcle-*-cygwin32)   targ_emul=ppcpe ;;
+powerpc-*-aix*)		targ_emul=aixppc ;;
+powerpc-*-beos*)	targ_emul=aixppc ;;
+rs6000-*-aix*)		targ_emul=aixrs6 ;;
+w65-*-*)		targ_emul=w65 ;;
+*-*-aout)		targ_emul=${target_cpu}-${target_vendor} ;;
+*-*-coff)		targ_emul=${target_cpu}-${target_vendor} ;;
+*-*-netware)		targ_emul=${target_cpu}-nw ;;
+*-*-ieee*)		targ_emul=vanilla ;;
+
+*)
+  echo 2>&1 "*** ld does not support target ${targ}"
+  echo 2>&1 "*** see ld/configure.tgt for supported targets"
+  exit 1
+
+esac
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c80eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+/\\$/b loop
+
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+s!\.\./bfd/hosts/[^ ]*\.h ! !g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/  */ /g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+  /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d6d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/README
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+The files in this directory are read by genscripts.sh as shell commands.
+They set parameters for the emulations.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..141923f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/alpha.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=alpha
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="ecoff-littlealpha"
+ARCH=alpha
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..147ec2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32b4300.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elfmips
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0xa0020000
+DATA_ADDR=.
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x40000
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
+OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS='
+  _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x7ff0;
+'
+OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS='
+  .lit8 : { *(.lit8) }
+  .lit4 : { *(.lit4) }
+'
+TEXT_START_SYMBOLS='_ftext = . ;'
+DATA_START_SYMBOLS='_fdata = . ;'
+OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS='_fbss = .;'
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='_DYNAMIC_LINK = 0;'
+OTHER_SECTIONS='
+  .gptab.sdata : { *(.gptab.data) *(.gptab.sdata) }
+  .gptab.sbss : { *(.gptab.bss) *(.gptab.sbss) }
+'
+ARCH=mips
+MACHINE=4000
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DYNAMIC_LINK=false
+EMBEDDED=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdf31b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf32l4300.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elfmips
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-bigmips"
+LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-littlemips"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0xa0020000
+DATA_ADDR=.
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x40000
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
+OTHER_GOT_SYMBOLS='
+  _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x7ff0;
+'
+OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS='
+  .lit8 : { *(.lit8) }
+  .lit4 : { *(.lit4) }
+'
+TEXT_START_SYMBOLS='_ftext = . ;'
+DATA_START_SYMBOLS='_fdata = . ;'
+OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS='_fbss = .;'
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='_DYNAMIC_LINK = 0;'
+OTHER_SECTIONS='
+  .gptab.sdata : { *(.gptab.data) *(.gptab.sdata) }
+  .gptab.sbss : { *(.gptab.bss) *(.gptab.sbss) }
+'
+ARCH=mips
+MACHINE=4000
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DYNAMIC_LINK=false
+EMBEDDED=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afa21f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf64alpha.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ENTRY=__start
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+ELFSIZE=64
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf64-alpha"
+TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000"
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x100000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000"
+ARCH=alpha
+MACHINE=
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+DATA_PLT=
+NOP=0x47ff041f
+
+OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS='.reginfo : { *(.reginfo) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff567b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/elf_i386.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08048000
+ARCH=i386
+MACHINE=
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc9e554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386aout.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0c0e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386bsd.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-bsd"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3417b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386coff.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=i386coff
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000000
+ARCH=i386
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a416422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386linux.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-linux"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0
+ARCH=i386
+TEMPLATE_NAME=linux
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e0e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386moss.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x00002000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x00002000
+ARCH=i386
+MACHINE=
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e6a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nbsd.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386-netbsd"
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+ARCH=i386
+EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS='__DYNAMIC = 0;'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e70ed67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386nw.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=nw
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08000000
+MAXPAGESIZE=0x1000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x08000000
+ARCH=i386
+NOP=0x9090
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1249064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/i386pe.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+ARCH=i386
+SCRIPT_NAME=pe
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="pei-i386"
+TEMPLATE_NAME=pe
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38844fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/sh.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=sh
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-sh"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x8000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..95db587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shelf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-sh"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+MAXPAGESIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
+MACHINE=
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+EMBEDDED=yes
+
+# These are for compatibility with the COFF toolchain.
+ENTRY=start
+CTOR_START='___ctors = .;'
+CTOR_END='___ctors_end = .;'
+DTOR_START='___dtors = .;'
+DTOR_END='___dtors_end = .;'
+OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS='.stack 0x30000 : { _stack = .; *(.stack) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..360aac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shl.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=sh
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-shl"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x8000
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bb27f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/shlelf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=elf
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="elf32-shl"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1000
+MAXPAGESIZE=128
+ARCH=sh
+MACHINE=
+TEMPLATE_NAME=elf32
+GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT=yes
+EMBEDDED=yes
+
+# These are for compatibility with the COFF toolchain.
+ENTRY=start
+CTOR_START='___ctors = .;'
+CTOR_END='___ctors_end = .;'
+DTOR_START='___dtors = .;'
+DTOR_END='___dtors_end = .;'
+OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS='.stack 0x30000 : { _stack = .; *(.stack) }'
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a3b72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vanilla.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=vanilla
+TEXT_START_ADDR=??
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=??
+ARCH=unknown
+TEMPLATE_NAME=vanilla
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc6249b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/vsta.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=aout
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="a.out-i386"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x1020
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=0x1000
+SEGMENT_SIZE=0x400000
+NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+ARCH=i386
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63645c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8001.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=z8000
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-z8k"
+OUTPUT_ARCH="z8001"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=z8k
+BIG=1
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..299b5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emulparams/z8002.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SCRIPT_NAME=z8000
+OUTPUT_FORMAT="coff-z8k"
+OUTPUT_ARCH="z8002"
+TEXT_START_ADDR=0x0
+TARGET_PAGE_SIZE=128
+ARCH=z8002
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ec0ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/README
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+The files in this directory are sourced by genscripts.sh, after
+setting some variables to substitute in, to produce
+C source files that contain jump tables for each emulation.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f02775e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/elf32.em
@@ -0,0 +1,1011 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+# This file is now misnamed, because it supports both 32 bit and 64 bit
+# ELF emulations.
+test -z "${ELFSIZE}" && ELFSIZE=32
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script.  DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* ${ELFSIZE} bit ELF emulation code for ${EMULATION_NAME}
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+   ELF support by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+  PARAMS ((const char *, search_dirs_type *, lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed
+  PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed
+  PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed
+  PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+  PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *, asection *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+  ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_`echo ${ARCH} | sed -e 's/:.*//'`;
+  config.dynamic_link = ${DYNAMIC_LINK-true};
+}
+
+/* Try to open a dynamic archive.  This is where we know that ELF
+   dynamic libraries have an extension of .so.  */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+     const char *arch;
+     search_dirs_type *search;
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  char *string;
+
+  if (! entry->is_archive)
+    return false;
+
+  filename = entry->filename;
+
+  string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+			     + strlen (filename)
+			     + strlen (arch)
+			     + sizeof "/lib.so");
+
+  sprintf (string, "%s/lib%s%s.so", search->name, filename, arch);
+
+  if (! ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+    {
+      free (string);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  entry->filename = string;
+
+  /* We have found a dynamic object to include in the link.  The ELF
+     backend linker will create a DT_NEEDED entry in the .dynamic
+     section naming this file.  If this file includes a DT_SONAME
+     entry, it will be used.  Otherwise, the ELF linker will just use
+     the name of the file.  For an archive found by searching, like
+     this one, the DT_NEEDED entry should consist of just the name of
+     the file, without the path information used to find it.  Note
+     that we only need to do this if we have a dynamic object; an
+     archive will never be referenced by a DT_NEEDED entry.
+
+     FIXME: This approach--using bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name--is not
+     very pretty.  I haven't been able to think of anything that is
+     pretty, though.  */
+  if (bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object)
+      && (entry->the_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+    {
+      char *needed_name;
+
+      ASSERT (entry->is_archive && entry->search_dirs_flag);
+      needed_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (filename)
+				      + strlen (arch)
+				      + sizeof "lib.so");
+      sprintf (needed_name, "lib%s%s.so", filename, arch);
+      bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (entry->the_bfd, needed_name);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+  if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+/* For a native linker, check the file /etc/ld.so.conf for directories
+   in which we may find shared libraries.  /etc/ld.so.conf is really
+   only meaningful on Linux, but we check it on other systems anyhow.  */
+
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  static boolean initialized;
+  static char *ld_so_conf;
+
+  if (! initialized)
+    {
+      FILE *f;
+
+      f = fopen ("/etc/ld.so.conf", FOPEN_RT);
+      if (f != NULL)
+	{
+	  char *b;
+	  size_t len, alloc;
+	  int c;
+
+	  len = 0;
+	  alloc = 100;
+	  b = (char *) xmalloc (alloc);
+
+	  while ((c = getc (f)) != EOF)
+	    {
+	      if (len + 1 >= alloc)
+		{
+		  alloc *= 2;
+		  b = (char *) xrealloc (b, alloc);
+		}
+	      if (c != ':'
+		  && c != ' '
+		  && c != '\t'
+		  && c != '\n'
+		  && c != ',')
+		{
+		  b[len] = c;
+		  ++len;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (len > 0 && b[len - 1] != ':')
+		    {
+		      b[len] = ':';
+		      ++len;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (len > 0 && b[len - 1] == ':')
+	    --len;
+
+	  if (len > 0)
+	    b[len] = '\0';
+	  else
+	    {
+	      free (b);
+	      b = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  fclose (f);
+
+	  ld_so_conf = b;
+	}
+
+      initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  if (ld_so_conf == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  return gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (ld_so_conf, name);
+}
+
+EOF
+  fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+/* These variables are required to pass information back and forth
+   between after_open and check_needed and stat_needed.  */
+
+static struct bfd_link_needed_list *global_needed;
+static struct stat global_stat;
+static boolean global_found;
+
+/* This is called after all the input files have been opened.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open ()
+{
+  struct bfd_link_needed_list *needed, *l;
+
+  /* We only need to worry about this when doing a final link.  */
+  if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+    return;
+
+  /* Get the list of files which appear in DT_NEEDED entries in
+     dynamic objects included in the link (often there will be none).
+     For each such file, we want to track down the corresponding
+     library, and include the symbol table in the link.  This is what
+     the runtime dynamic linker will do.  Tracking the files down here
+     permits one dynamic object to include another without requiring
+     special action by the person doing the link.  Note that the
+     needed list can actually grow while we are stepping through this
+     loop.  */
+  needed = bfd_elf_get_needed_list (output_bfd, &link_info);
+  for (l = needed; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_needed_list *ll;
+      const char *lib_path;
+      size_t len;
+      search_dirs_type *search;
+
+      /* If we've already seen this file, skip it.  */
+      for (ll = needed; ll != l; ll = ll->next)
+	if (strcmp (ll->name, l->name) == 0)
+	  break;
+      if (ll != l)
+	continue;
+
+      /* See if this file was included in the link explicitly.  */
+      global_needed = l;
+      global_found = false;
+      lang_for_each_input_file (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed);
+      if (global_found)
+	continue;
+
+      /* We need to find this file and include the symbol table.  We
+	 want to search for the file in the same way that the dynamic
+	 linker will search.  That means that we want to use
+	 rpath_link, rpath, then the environment variable
+	 LD_LIBRARY_PATH (native only), then the linker script
+	 LIB_SEARCH_DIRS.  We do not search using the -L arguments.  */
+      if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (command_line.rpath_link,
+					      l->name))
+	continue;
+      if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (command_line.rpath, l->name))
+	continue;
+      if (command_line.rpath_link == NULL
+	  && command_line.rpath == NULL)
+	{
+	  lib_path = (const char *) getenv ("LD_RUN_PATH");
+	  if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (lib_path, l->name))
+	    continue;
+	}
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+  if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+      lib_path = (const char *) getenv ("LD_LIBRARY_PATH");
+      if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (lib_path, l->name))
+	continue;
+EOF
+  fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+      len = strlen (l->name);
+      for (search = search_head; search != NULL; search = search->next)
+	{
+	  char *filename;
+
+	  if (search->cmdline)
+	    continue;
+	  filename = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name) + len + 2);
+	  sprintf (filename, "%s/%s", search->name, l->name);
+	  if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (filename))
+	    break;
+	  free (filename);
+	}
+      if (search != NULL)
+	continue;
+EOF
+if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+  if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+      if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_ld_so_conf (l->name))
+	continue;
+EOF
+  fi
+fi
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+      einfo ("%P: warning: %s, needed by %B, not found (try using --rpath)\n",
+	     l->name, l->by);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Search for a needed file in a path.  */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_search_needed (path, name)
+     const char *path;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const char *s;
+  size_t len;
+
+  if (path == NULL || *path == '\0')
+    return false;
+  len = strlen (name);
+  while (1)
+    {
+      char *filename, *sset;
+
+      s = strchr (path, ':');
+      if (s == NULL)
+	s = path + strlen (path);
+
+      filename = (char *) xmalloc (s - path + len + 2);
+      if (s == path)
+	sset = filename;
+      else
+	{
+	  memcpy (filename, path, s - path);
+	  filename[s - path] = '/';
+	  sset = filename + (s - path) + 1;
+	}
+      strcpy (sset, name);
+
+      if (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (filename))
+	return true;
+
+      free (filename);
+
+      if (*s == '\0')
+	break;
+      path = s + 1;
+    }
+
+  return false;	  
+}
+
+/* This function is called for each possible name for a dynamic object
+   named by a DT_NEEDED entry.  */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_try_needed (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+
+  abfd = bfd_openr (name, bfd_get_target (output_bfd));
+  if (abfd == NULL)
+    return false;
+  if (! bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_object))
+    {
+      (void) bfd_close (abfd);
+      return false;
+    }
+  if ((bfd_get_file_flags (abfd) & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+    {
+      (void) bfd_close (abfd);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* We've found a dynamic object matching the DT_NEEDED entry.  */
+
+  /* We have already checked that there is no other input file of the
+     same name.  We must now check again that we are not including the
+     same file twice.  We need to do this because on many systems
+     libc.so is a symlink to, e.g., libc.so.1.  The SONAME entry will
+     reference libc.so.1.  If we have already included libc.so, we
+     don't want to include libc.so.1 if they are the same file, and we
+     can only check that using stat.  */
+
+  if (bfd_stat (abfd, &global_stat) != 0)
+    einfo ("%F%P:%B: bfd_stat failed: %E\n", abfd);
+  global_found = false;
+  lang_for_each_input_file (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed);
+  if (global_found)
+    {
+      /* Return true to indicate that we found the file, even though
+         we aren't going to do anything with it.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Tell the ELF backend that don't want the output file to have a
+     DT_NEEDED entry for this file.  */
+  bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, "");
+
+  /* Add this file into the symbol table.  */
+  if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, &link_info))
+    einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* See if an input file matches a DT_NEEDED entry by name.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_check_needed (s)
+     lang_input_statement_type *s;
+{
+  if (global_found)
+    return;
+
+  if (s->filename != NULL
+      && strcmp (s->filename, global_needed->name) == 0)
+    {
+      global_found = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (s->the_bfd != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *soname;
+
+      soname = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (s->the_bfd);
+      if (soname != NULL
+	  && strcmp (soname, global_needed->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  global_found = true;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+	  
+  if (s->search_dirs_flag
+      && s->filename != NULL
+      && strchr (global_needed->name, '/') == NULL)
+    {
+      const char *f;
+
+      f = strrchr (s->filename, '/');
+      if (f != NULL
+	  && strcmp (f + 1, global_needed->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  global_found = true;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* See if an input file matches a DT_NEEDED entry by running stat on
+   the file.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_stat_needed (s)
+     lang_input_statement_type *s;
+{
+  struct stat st;
+  const char *suffix;
+  const char *soname;
+  const char *f;
+
+  if (global_found)
+    return;
+  if (s->the_bfd == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  if (bfd_stat (s->the_bfd, &st) != 0)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P:%B: bfd_stat failed: %E\n", s->the_bfd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (st.st_dev == global_stat.st_dev
+      && st.st_ino == global_stat.st_ino)
+    {
+      global_found = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* We issue a warning if it looks like we are including two
+     different versions of the same shared library.  For example,
+     there may be a problem if -lc picks up libc.so.6 but some other
+     shared library has a DT_NEEDED entry of libc.so.5.  This is a
+     hueristic test, and it will only work if the name looks like
+     NAME.so.VERSION.  FIXME: Depending on file names is error-prone.
+     If we really want to issue warnings about mixing version numbers
+     of shared libraries, we need to find a better way.  */
+
+  if (strchr (global_needed->name, '/') != NULL)
+    return;
+  suffix = strstr (global_needed->name, ".so.");
+  if (suffix == NULL)
+    return;
+  suffix += sizeof ".so." - 1;
+
+  soname = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (s->the_bfd);
+  if (soname == NULL)
+    soname = s->filename;
+
+  f = strrchr (soname, '/');
+  if (f != NULL)
+    ++f;
+  else
+    f = soname;
+
+  if (strncmp (f, global_needed->name, suffix - global_needed->name) == 0)
+    einfo ("%P: warning: %s, needed by %B, may conflict with %s\n",
+	   global_needed->name, global_needed->by, f);
+}
+
+/* This is called after the sections have been attached to output
+   sections, but before any sizes or addresses have been set.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
+{
+  const char *rpath;
+  asection *sinterp;
+
+  /* If we are going to make any variable assignments, we need to let
+     the ELF backend know about them in case the variables are
+     referred to by dynamic objects.  */
+  lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment);
+
+  /* Let the ELF backend work out the sizes of any sections required
+     by dynamic linking.  */
+  rpath = command_line.rpath;
+  if (rpath == NULL)
+    rpath = (const char *) getenv ("LD_RUN_PATH");
+  if (! (bfd_elf${ELFSIZE}_size_dynamic_sections
+         (output_bfd, command_line.soname, rpath,
+	  command_line.export_dynamic, command_line.filter_shlib,
+	  (const char * const *) command_line.auxiliary_filters,
+	  &link_info, &sinterp, lang_elf_version_info)))
+    einfo ("%P%F: failed to set dynamic section sizes: %E\n");
+
+  /* Let the user override the dynamic linker we are using.  */
+  if (command_line.interpreter != NULL
+      && sinterp != NULL)
+    {
+      sinterp->contents = (bfd_byte *) command_line.interpreter;
+      sinterp->_raw_size = strlen (command_line.interpreter) + 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Look for any sections named .gnu.warning.  As a GNU extensions,
+     we treat such sections as containing warning messages.  We print
+     out the warning message, and then zero out the section size so
+     that it does not get copied into the output file.  */
+
+  {
+    LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+      {
+	asection *s;
+	bfd_size_type sz;
+	char *msg;
+	boolean ret;
+
+	if (is->just_syms_flag)
+	  continue;
+
+	s = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".gnu.warning");
+	if (s == NULL)
+	  continue;
+
+	sz = bfd_section_size (is->the_bfd, s);
+	msg = xmalloc ((size_t) sz + 1);
+	if (! bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, s, msg, (file_ptr) 0, sz))
+	  einfo ("%F%B: Can't read contents of section .gnu.warning: %E\n",
+		 is->the_bfd);
+	msg[sz] = '\0';
+	ret = link_info.callbacks->warning (&link_info, msg,
+					    (const char *) NULL,
+					    is->the_bfd, (asection *) NULL,
+					    (bfd_vma) 0);
+	ASSERT (ret);
+	free (msg);
+
+	/* Clobber the section size, so that we don't waste copying the
+	   warning into the output file.  */
+	s->_raw_size = 0;
+      }
+  }
+
+#if defined (TARGET_IS_elf32bmip) || defined (TARGET_IS_elf32lmip)
+  /* For MIPS ELF the .reginfo section requires special handling.
+     Each input section is 24 bytes, and the final output section must
+     also be 24 bytes.  We handle this by clobbering all but the first
+     input section size to 0.  The .reginfo section is handled
+     specially by the backend code anyhow.  */
+  {
+    boolean found = false;
+    LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+      {
+	asection *s;
+
+	if (is->just_syms_flag)
+	  continue;
+
+	s = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".reginfo");
+	if (s == NULL)
+	  continue;
+
+	if (! found)
+	  {
+	    found = true;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+
+	s->_raw_size = 0;
+	s->_cooked_size = 0;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This is called by the before_allocation routine via
+   lang_for_each_statement.  It locates any assignment statements, and
+   tells the ELF backend about them, in case they are assignments to
+   symbols which are referred to by dynamic objects.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_statement_assignment (s)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+  if (s->header.type == lang_assignment_statement_enum)
+    gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+}
+
+/* Look through an expression for an assignment statement.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp)
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  switch (exp->type.node_class)
+    {
+    case etree_provide:
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, exp->assign.dst,
+				false, false, false);
+      if (h == NULL)
+	break;
+
+      /* We call record_link_assignment even if the symbol is defined.
+	 This is because if it is defined by a dynamic object, we
+	 actually want to use the value defined by the linker script,
+	 not the value from the dynamic object (because we are setting
+	 symbols like etext).  If the symbol is defined by a regular
+	 object, then, as it happens, calling record_link_assignment
+	 will do no harm.  */
+
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case etree_assign:
+      if (strcmp (exp->assign.dst, ".") != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! (bfd_elf${ELFSIZE}_record_link_assignment
+		 (output_bfd, &link_info, exp->assign.dst,
+		  exp->type.node_class == etree_provide ? true : false)))
+	    einfo ("%P%F: failed to record assignment to %s: %E\n",
+		   exp->assign.dst);
+	}
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->assign.src);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_binary:
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->binary.lhs);
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->binary.rhs);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_trinary:
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.cond);
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.lhs);
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->trinary.rhs);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_unary:
+      gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_exp_assignment (exp->unary.child);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Place an orphan section.  We use this to put random SHF_ALLOC
+   sections in the right segment.  */
+
+static asection *hold_section;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_use;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_text;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_rodata;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_data;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_bss;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_rel;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *hold_interp;
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
+     lang_input_statement_type *file;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *place;
+  asection *snew, **pps;
+  lang_statement_list_type *old;
+  lang_statement_list_type add;
+  etree_type *address;
+  const char *secname, *ps;
+  const char *outsecname;
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+  if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Look through the script to see where to place this section.  */
+  hold_section = s;
+  hold_use = NULL;
+  lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section);
+
+  if (hold_use != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We have already placed a section with this name.  */
+      wild_doit (&hold_use->children, s, hold_use, file);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
+
+  /* If this is a final link, then always put .gnu.warning.SYMBOL
+     sections into the .text section to get them out of the way.  */
+  if (! link_info.shared
+      && ! link_info.relocateable
+      && strncmp (secname, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0
+      && hold_text != NULL)
+    {
+      wild_doit (&hold_text->children, s, hold_text, file);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Decide which segment the section should go in based on the
+     section name and section flags.  We put loadable .note sections
+     right after the .interp section, so that the PT_NOTE segment is
+     stored right after the program headers where the OS can read it
+     in the first page.  */
+  place = NULL;
+  if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+      && strncmp (secname, ".note", 4) == 0
+      && hold_interp != NULL)
+    place = hold_interp;
+  else if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
+	   && hold_bss != NULL)
+    place = hold_bss;
+  else if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
+	   && hold_data != NULL)
+    place = hold_data;
+  else if (strncmp (secname, ".rel", 4) == 0
+	   && hold_rel != NULL)
+    place = hold_rel;
+  else if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
+	   && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+	   && hold_rodata != NULL)
+    place = hold_rodata;
+  else if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+	   && hold_text != NULL)
+    place = hold_text;
+  if (place == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Choose a unique name for the section.  This will be needed if the
+     same section name appears in the input file with different
+     loadable or allocateable characteristics.  */
+  outsecname = secname;
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outsecname) != NULL)
+    {
+      unsigned int len;
+      char *newname;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      len = strlen (outsecname);
+      newname = xmalloc (len + 5);
+      strcpy (newname, outsecname);
+      i = 0;
+      do
+	{
+	  sprintf (newname + len, "%d", i);
+	  ++i;
+	}
+      while (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, newname) != NULL);
+
+      outsecname = newname;
+    }
+
+  /* Create the section in the output file, and put it in the right
+     place.  This shuffling is to make the output file look neater.  */
+  snew = bfd_make_section (output_bfd, outsecname);
+  if (snew == NULL)
+      einfo ("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n",
+	     output_bfd->xvec->name, outsecname);
+  if (place->bfd_section != NULL)
+    {
+      for (pps = &output_bfd->sections; *pps != snew; pps = &(*pps)->next)
+	;
+      *pps = snew->next;
+      snew->next = place->bfd_section->next;
+      place->bfd_section->next = snew;
+    }
+
+  /* Start building a list of statements for this section.  */
+  old = stat_ptr;
+  stat_ptr = &add;
+  lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+  /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
+     symbols to mark the start and the end of the section.  */
+  for (ps = outsecname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
+    if (! isalnum (*ps) && *ps != '_')
+      break;
+  if (*ps == '\0' && config.build_constructors)
+    {
+      char *symname;
+
+      symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - outsecname + sizeof "__start_");
+      sprintf (symname, "__start_%s", outsecname);
+      lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', symname,
+				      exp_unop (ALIGN_K,
+						exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 1
+							   << s->alignment_power))));
+    }
+
+  if (! link_info.relocateable)
+    address = NULL;
+  else
+    address = exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 0);
+
+  lang_enter_output_section_statement (outsecname, address, 0,
+				       (bfd_vma) 0,
+				       (etree_type *) NULL,
+				       (etree_type *) NULL,
+				       (etree_type *) NULL);
+
+  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (outsecname);
+  wild_doit (&os->children, s, os, file);
+
+  lang_leave_output_section_statement
+    ((bfd_vma) 0, "*default*", (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *) NULL);
+  stat_ptr = &add;
+
+  if (*ps == '\0' && config.build_constructors)
+    {
+      char *symname;
+
+      symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - outsecname + sizeof "__stop_");
+      sprintf (symname, "__stop_%s", outsecname);
+      lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', symname,
+				      exp_nameop (NAME, ".")));
+    }
+
+  /* Now stick the new statement list right after PLACE.  */
+  *add.tail = place->header.next;
+  place->header.next = add.head;
+
+  stat_ptr = old;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_section (s)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+  if (s->header.type != lang_output_section_statement_enum)
+    return;
+
+  os = &s->output_section_statement;
+
+  if (strcmp (os->name, hold_section->name) == 0
+      && ((hold_section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))
+	  == (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC))))
+    hold_use = os;
+
+  if (strcmp (os->name, ".text") == 0)
+    hold_text = os;
+  else if (strcmp (os->name, ".rodata") == 0)
+    hold_rodata = os;
+  else if (strcmp (os->name, ".data") == 0)
+    hold_data = os;
+  else if (strcmp (os->name, ".bss") == 0)
+    hold_bss = os;
+  else if (hold_rel == NULL
+	   && os->bfd_section != NULL
+	   && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+	   && strncmp (os->name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
+    hold_rel = os;
+  else if (strcmp (os->name, ".interp") == 0)
+    hold_interp = os;
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc='s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1s/^/"/
+$s/$/n"/
+'
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 0;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu`;
+  else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr`;
+  else if (!config.text_read_only)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn`;
+  else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn`;
+  else if (link_info.shared)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs`;
+  else
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x`;
+}
+EOF
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 1;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+  else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+  else if (!config.text_read_only)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+  else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+  else if (link_info.shared)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs";
+  else
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation = 
+{
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+  syslib_default,
+  hll_default,
+  after_parse_default,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open,
+  after_allocation_default,
+  set_output_arch_default,
+  ldemul_default_target,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+  "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+  "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+  NULL,
+  NULL,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c0c8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/generic.em
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script.  DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* emulate the original gld for the given ${EMULATION_NAME}
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+#ifndef TARGET_			/* I.e., if not generic.  */
+  ldfile_set_output_arch ("`echo ${ARCH}`");
+#endif /* not TARGET_ */
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc="-f ${srcdir}/emultempl/stringify.sed"
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 0;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return
+EOF
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable == true) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'         >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                    >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (!config.magic_demand_paged) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else return'                                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x                      >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '; }'                                                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 1;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+  else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+  else if (!config.text_read_only)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+  else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+  else
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation = 
+{
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+  syslib_default,
+  hll_default,
+  after_parse_default,
+  after_open_default,
+  after_allocation_default,
+  set_output_arch_default,
+  ldemul_default_target,
+  before_allocation_default,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+  "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+  "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}"
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6860c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/linux.em
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is is generated by a shell script.  DO NOT EDIT! */
+
+/* Linux a.out emulation code for ${EMULATION_NAME}
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+   Linux support by Eric Youngdale <ericy@cais.cais.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+  PARAMS ((const char *, search_dirs_type *, lang_input_statement_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements
+  PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static char *gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+  ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_${ARCH};
+  config.dynamic_link = true;
+}
+
+/* Try to open a dynamic archive.  This is where we know that Linux
+   dynamic libraries have an extension of .sa.  */
+
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+     const char *arch;
+     search_dirs_type *search;
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  char *string;
+
+  if (! entry->is_archive)
+    return false;
+
+  string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+			     + strlen (entry->filename)
+			     + strlen (arch)
+			     + sizeof "/lib.sa");
+
+  sprintf (string, "%s/lib%s%s.sa", search->name, entry->filename, arch);
+
+  if (! ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+    {
+      free (string);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  entry->filename = string;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called by the create_output_section_statements routine via
+   lang_for_each_statement.  It locates any address assignment to
+   .text, and modifies it to include the size of the headers.  This
+   causes -Ttext to mean the starting address of the header, rather
+   than the starting address of .text, which is compatible with other
+   Linux tools.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement (s)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+  if (s->header.type == lang_address_statement_enum
+      && strcmp (s->address_statement.section_name, ".text") == 0)
+    {
+      ASSERT (s->address_statement.address->type.node_class == etree_value);
+      s->address_statement.address->value.value += 0x20;
+    }
+}
+
+/* This is called before opening the input BFD's.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements ()
+{
+  lang_for_each_statement (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_find_address_statement);
+}
+
+/* This is called after the sections have been attached to output
+   sections, but before any sizes or addresses have been set.  */
+
+static void
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation ()
+{
+  if (link_info.relocateable)
+    return;
+
+  /* Let the backend work out the sizes of any sections required by
+     dynamic linking.  */
+  if (! bfd_${EMULATION_NAME}_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, &link_info))
+    einfo ("%P%F: failed to set dynamic section sizes: %E\n");
+}
+
+static char *
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+EOF
+
+if test -n "$COMPILE_IN"
+then
+# Scripts compiled in.
+
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc='s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1s/^/"/
+$s/$/n"/
+'
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 0;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu`;
+  else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr`;
+  else if (!config.text_read_only)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn`;
+  else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn`;
+  else
+    return `sed "$sc" ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x`;
+}
+EOF
+
+else
+# Scripts read from the filesystem.
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 1;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu";
+  else if (link_info.relocateable == true)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr";
+  else if (!config.text_read_only)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn";
+  else if (!config.magic_demand_paged)
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn";
+  else
+    return "ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x";
+}
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation = 
+{
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+  syslib_default,
+  hll_default,
+  after_parse_default,
+  after_open_default,
+  after_allocation_default,
+  set_output_arch_default,
+  ldemul_default_target,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+  "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+  "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+  NULL,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_create_output_section_statements,
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_open_dynamic_archive
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f0913e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/pe.em
@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+   Copyright 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* For WINDOWS_NT */
+/* The original file generated returned different default scripts depending
+   on whether certain switches were set, but these switches pertain to the
+   Linux system and that particular version of coff.  In the NT case, we
+   only determine if the subsystem is console or windows in order to select
+   the correct entry point by default. */ 
+  
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "coff/internal.h"
+#include "../bfd/libcoff.h"
+
+#define TARGET_IS_${EMULATION_NAME}
+
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+static void gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan
+  PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *, asection *));
+static char *gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script PARAMS ((int *));
+static int gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+#if 0 /* argument to qsort so don't prototype */
+static int sort_by_file_name PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+static int sort_by_section_name PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+#endif
+static lang_statement_union_type **sort_sections_1
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **, lang_statement_union_type *, int,
+	   int (*)()));
+static void sort_sections PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+
+static struct internal_extra_pe_aouthdr pe;
+static int dll;
+
+extern const char *output_filename;
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse()
+{
+  output_filename = "a.exe";
+  ldfile_output_architecture = bfd_arch_${ARCH};
+}
+
+/* PE format extra command line options.  */
+
+/* Used for setting flags in the PE header. */
+#define OPTION_BASE_FILE		(300  + 1)
+#define OPTION_DLL			(OPTION_BASE_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT		(OPTION_DLL + 1)
+#define OPTION_IMAGE_BASE		(OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION	(OPTION_IMAGE_BASE + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION		(OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION	(OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION	(OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION		(OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION	(OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT	(OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_STACK                    (OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT + 1)
+#define OPTION_SUBSYSTEM                (OPTION_STACK + 1)
+#define OPTION_HEAP			(OPTION_SUBSYSTEM + 1)
+
+static struct option longopts[] = {
+  /* PE options */
+    {"base-file", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_BASE_FILE},
+    {"dll", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DLL},
+    {"file-alignment", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT},
+    {"heap", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_HEAP}, 
+    {"image-base", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_IMAGE_BASE}, 
+    {"major-image-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION},
+    {"major-os-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION},
+    {"major-subsystem-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION},
+    {"minor-image-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION},
+    {"minor-os-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION},
+    {"minor-subsystem-version", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION},
+    {"section-alignment", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT},
+    {"stack", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_STACK},
+    {"subsystem", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SUBSYSTEM},
+   {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
+  };
+
+
+/* PE/WIN32; added routines to get the subsystem type, heap and/or stack
+   parameters which may be input from the command line */
+
+typedef struct {
+  void *ptr;
+  int size;
+  int value;
+  char *symbol;
+  int inited;
+} definfo;
+
+#define D(field,symbol,def)  {&pe.field,sizeof(pe.field), def, symbol,0}
+
+static definfo init[] =
+{
+  /* imagebase must be first */
+#define IMAGEBASEOFF 0
+  D(ImageBase,"__image_base__", NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE),
+#define DLLOFF 1
+  {&dll, sizeof(dll), 0, "__dll__"},
+  D(SectionAlignment,"__section_alignment__", PE_DEF_SECTION_ALIGNMENT),
+  D(FileAlignment,"__file_alignment__", PE_DEF_FILE_ALIGNMENT),
+  D(MajorOperatingSystemVersion,"__major_os_version__", 4),
+  D(MinorOperatingSystemVersion,"__minor_os_version__", 0),
+  D(MajorImageVersion,"__major_image_version__", 1),
+  D(MinorImageVersion,"__minor_image_version__", 0),
+  D(MajorSubsystemVersion,"__major_subsystem_version__", 4),
+  D(MinorSubsystemVersion,"__minor_subsystem_version__", 0),
+  D(Subsystem,"__subsystem__", 3),
+  D(SizeOfStackReserve,"__size_of_stack_reserve__", 0x2000000),
+  D(SizeOfStackCommit,"__size_of_stack_commit__", 0x1000),
+  D(SizeOfHeapReserve,"__size_of_heap_reserve__", 0x100000),
+  D(SizeOfHeapCommit,"__size_of_heap_commit__", 0x1000),
+  D(LoaderFlags,"__loader_flags__", 0x0),
+  { NULL, 0, 0, NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_name (name, val)
+     char *name;
+     long val;
+{
+  int i;
+  /* Find the name and set it. */
+  for (i = 0; init[i].ptr; i++)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (name, init[i].symbol) == 0)
+	{
+	  init[i].value = val;
+	  init[i].inited = 1;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  abort();
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_subsystem ()
+{
+  const char *sver;
+  int len;
+  int i;
+  static const struct 
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      const int value;
+      const char *entry;
+    }
+  v[] =
+    {
+      { "native", 1, "_NtProcessStartup" },
+      { "windows", 2, "_WinMainCRTStartup" },
+      { "console", 3, "_mainCRTStartup" },
+#if 0
+      /* The Microsoft linker does not recognize this.  */
+      { "os2", 5, "" },
+#endif
+      { "posix", 7, "___PosixProcessStartup"},
+      { 0, 0, 0 }
+    };
+
+  sver = strchr (optarg, ':');
+  if (sver == NULL)
+    len = strlen (optarg);
+  else
+    {
+      char *end;
+
+      len = sver - optarg;
+      set_pe_name ("__major_subsystem_version__",
+		   strtoul (sver + 1, &end, 0));
+      if (*end == '.')
+	set_pe_name ("__minor_subsystem_version__",
+		     strtoul (end + 1, &end, 0));
+      if (*end != '\0')
+	einfo ("%P: warning: bad version number in -subsystem option\n");
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; v[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (optarg, v[i].name, len) == 0
+	  && v[i].name[len] == '\0')
+	{
+	  set_pe_name ("__subsystem__", v[i].value);
+
+	  /* If the subsystem is windows, we use a different entry
+	     point.  We also register the entry point as an undefined
+	     symbol.  The reason we do this is so that the user
+	     doesn't have to because they would have to use the -u
+	     switch if they were specifying an entry point other than
+	     _mainCRTStartup.  Specifically, if creating a windows
+	     application, entry point _WinMainCRTStartup must be
+	     specified.  What I have found for non console
+	     applications (entry not _mainCRTStartup) is that the .obj
+	     that contains mainCRTStartup is brought in since it is
+	     the first encountered in libc.lib and it has other
+	     symbols in it which will be pulled in by the link
+	     process.  To avoid this, adding -u with the entry point
+	     name specified forces the correct .obj to be used.  We
+	     can avoid making the user do this by always adding the
+	     entry point name as an undefined symbol.  */
+	  lang_add_entry (v[i].entry, 1);
+	  ldlang_add_undef (v[i].entry);
+
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  einfo ("%P%F: invalid subsystem type %s\n", optarg);
+}
+
+
+
+static void
+set_pe_value (name)
+     char *name;
+     
+{
+  char *end;
+  set_pe_name (name,  strtoul (optarg, &end, 0));
+  if (end == optarg)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P%F: invalid hex number for PE parameter '%s'\n", optarg);
+    }
+
+  optarg = end;
+}
+
+static void
+set_pe_stack_heap (resname, comname)
+     char *resname;
+     char *comname;
+{
+  set_pe_value (resname);
+  if (*optarg == ',')
+    {
+      optarg++;
+      set_pe_value (comname);
+    }
+  else if (*optarg)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P%F: strange hex info for PE parameter '%s'\n", optarg);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+static int
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args(argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int longind;
+  int optc;
+  int prevoptind = optind;
+  int prevopterr = opterr;
+  int wanterror;
+  static int lastoptind = -1;
+
+  if (lastoptind != optind)
+    opterr = 0;
+  wanterror = opterr;
+
+  lastoptind = optind;
+
+  optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, "-", longopts, &longind);
+  opterr = prevopterr;
+
+  switch (optc)
+    {
+    default:
+      if (wanterror)
+	xexit (1);
+      optind =  prevoptind;
+      return 0;
+
+    case OPTION_BASE_FILE:
+      link_info.base_file = (PTR) fopen (optarg, FOPEN_WB);
+      if (link_info.base_file == NULL)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open base file %s\n",
+		   program_name, optarg);
+	  xexit (1);
+	}
+      break;
+
+      /* PE options */
+    case OPTION_HEAP: 
+      set_pe_stack_heap ("__size_of_heap_reserve__", "__size_of_heap_commit__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_STACK: 
+      set_pe_stack_heap ("__size_of_stack_reserve__", "__size_of_stack_commit__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_SUBSYSTEM:
+      set_pe_subsystem ();
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MAJOR_OS_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__major_os_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MINOR_OS_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__minor_os_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MAJOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__major_subsystem_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MINOR_SUBSYSTEM_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__minor_subsystem_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MAJOR_IMAGE_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__major_image_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_MINOR_IMAGE_VERSION:
+      set_pe_value ("__minor_image_version__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_FILE_ALIGNMENT:
+      set_pe_value ("__file_alignment__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_SECTION_ALIGNMENT:
+      set_pe_value ("__section_alignment__");
+      break;
+    case OPTION_DLL:
+      set_pe_name ("__dll__", 1);
+      break;
+    case OPTION_IMAGE_BASE:
+      set_pe_value ("__image_base__");
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols()
+{
+  /* Run through and invent symbols for all the
+     names and insert the defaults. */
+  int j;
+  lang_statement_list_type *save;
+
+  if (!init[IMAGEBASEOFF].inited)
+    init[IMAGEBASEOFF].value = init[DLLOFF].value
+      ? NT_DLL_IMAGE_BASE : NT_EXE_IMAGE_BASE;
+
+  /* Glue the assignments into the abs section */
+  save = stat_ptr;
+
+  stat_ptr = &(abs_output_section->children);
+
+  for (j = 0; init[j].ptr; j++)
+    {
+      long val = init[j].value;
+      lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=' ,init[j].symbol, exp_intop (val)));
+      if (init[j].size == sizeof(short))
+	*(short *)init[j].ptr = val;
+      else if (init[j].size == sizeof(int))
+	*(int *)init[j].ptr = val;
+      else if (init[j].size == sizeof(long))
+	*(long *)init[j].ptr = val;
+      /* This might be a long long or other special type.  */
+      else if (init[j].size == sizeof(bfd_vma))
+	*(bfd_vma *)init[j].ptr = val;
+      else	abort();
+    }
+  /* Restore the pointer. */
+  stat_ptr = save;
+  
+  if (pe.FileAlignment >
+      pe.SectionAlignment)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P: warning, file alignment > section alignment.\n");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open()
+{
+  /* Pass the wacky PE command line options into the output bfd.
+     FIXME: This should be done via a function, rather than by
+     including an internal BFD header.  */
+  if (!coff_data(output_bfd)->pe)
+    {
+      einfo ("%F%P: PE operations on non PE file.\n");
+    }
+
+  pe_data(output_bfd)->pe_opthdr = pe;
+  pe_data(output_bfd)->dll = init[DLLOFF].value;
+
+}
+
+/* Callback functions for qsort in sort_sections. */
+
+static int
+sort_by_file_name (a, b)
+     void *a;
+     void *b;
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type **ra = a;
+  lang_statement_union_type **rb = b;
+  int i;
+
+  i = strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive->filename,
+	      (*rb)->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive->filename);
+  if (i != 0)
+    return i;
+
+  return strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.ifile->filename,
+		 (*rb)->input_section.ifile->filename);
+}
+
+static int
+sort_by_section_name (a, b)
+     void *a;
+     void *b;
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type **ra = a;
+  lang_statement_union_type **rb = b;
+  return strcmp ((*ra)->input_section.section->name,
+		 (*rb)->input_section.section->name);
+}
+
+/* Subroutine of sort_sections to a contiguous subset of a list of sections.
+   NEXT_AFTER is the element after the last one to sort.
+   The result is a pointer to the last element's "next" pointer.  */
+
+static lang_statement_union_type **
+sort_sections_1 (startptr, next_after, count, sort_func)
+     lang_statement_union_type **startptr,*next_after;
+     int count;
+     int (*sort_func) ();
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type **vec;
+  lang_statement_union_type *p;
+  int i;
+  lang_statement_union_type **ret;
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return startptr;
+
+  vec = ((lang_statement_union_type **)
+	 xmalloc (count * sizeof (lang_statement_union_type *)));
+
+  for (p = *startptr, i = 0; i < count; i++, p = p->next)
+    vec[i] = p;
+
+  qsort (vec, count, sizeof (vec[0]), sort_func);
+
+  /* Fill in the next pointers again. */
+  *startptr = vec[0];
+  for (i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
+    vec[i]->header.next = vec[i + 1];
+  vec[i]->header.next = next_after;
+  ret = &vec[i]->header.next;
+  free (vec);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Sort the .idata\$foo input sections of archives into filename order.
+   The reason is so dlltool can arrange to have the pe dll import information
+   generated correctly - the head of the list goes into dh.o, the tail into
+   dt.o, and the guts into ds[nnnn].o.  Note that this is only needed for the
+   .idata section.
+   FIXME: This may no longer be necessary with grouped sections.  Instead of
+   sorting on dh.o, ds[nnnn].o, dt.o, one could, for example, have dh.o use
+   .idata\$4h, have ds[nnnn].o use .idata\$4s[nnnn], and have dt.o use .idata\$4t.
+   This would have to be elaborated upon to handle multiple dll's
+   [assuming such an eloboration is possible of course].
+
+   We also sort sections in '\$' wild statements.  These are created by the
+   place_orphans routine to implement grouped sections.  */
+
+static void
+sort_sections (s)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+  for (; s ; s = s->next)
+    switch (s->header.type)
+      {
+      case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+	sort_sections (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+	break;
+      case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+	{
+	  lang_statement_union_type **p = &s->wild_statement.children.head;
+
+	  /* Is this the .idata section?  */
+	  if (s->wild_statement.section_name != NULL
+	      && strncmp (s->wild_statement.section_name, ".idata", 6) == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Sort the children.  We want to sort any objects in
+                 the same archive.  In order to handle the case of
+                 including a single archive multiple times, we sort
+                 all the children by archive name and then by object
+                 name.  After sorting them, we re-thread the pointer
+                 chain.  */
+
+	      while (*p)
+		{
+		  lang_statement_union_type *start = *p;
+		  if (start->header.type != lang_input_section_enum
+		      || !start->input_section.ifile->the_bfd->my_archive)
+		    p = &(start->header.next);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      lang_statement_union_type *end;
+		      int count;
+
+		      for (end = start, count = 0;
+			   end && end->header.type == lang_input_section_enum;
+			   end = end->next)
+			count++;
+
+		      p = sort_sections_1 (p, end, count, sort_by_file_name);
+		    }
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If this is a collection of grouped sections, sort them.
+	     The linker script must explicitly mention "*(.foo\$)".
+	     Don't sort them if \$ is not the last character (not sure if
+	     this is really useful, but it allows explicitly mentioning
+	     some \$ sections and letting the linker handle the rest).  */
+	  if (s->wild_statement.section_name != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *q = strchr (s->wild_statement.section_name, '\$');
+
+	      if (q && q[1] == 0)
+		{
+		  lang_statement_union_type *end;
+		  int count;
+
+		  for (end = *p, count = 0; end; end = end->next)
+		    {
+		      if (end->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
+			abort ();
+		      count++;
+		    }
+		  (void) sort_sections_1 (p, end, count, sort_by_section_name);
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;
+      }
+}
+
+static void  
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation()
+{
+  extern lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr;
+
+#ifdef TARGET_IS_ppcpe
+  /* Here we rummage through the found bfds to collect toc information */
+  {
+    LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+      {
+	if (!ppc_process_before_allocation(is->the_bfd, &link_info))
+	  {
+	    einfo("Errors encountered processing file %s", is->filename);
+	  }
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* We have seen it all. Allocate it, and carry on */
+  ppc_allocate_toc_section (&link_info);
+#endif
+
+  sort_sections (stat_ptr->head);
+}
+
+/* Place an orphan section.  We use this to put sections with a '\$' in them
+   into the right place.  Any section with a '\$' in them (e.g. .text\$foo)
+   gets mapped to the output section with everything from the '\$' on stripped
+   (e.g. .text).
+   See the Microsoft Portable Executable and Common Object File Format
+   Specification 4.1, section 4.2, Grouped Sections.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan (file, s)
+     lang_input_statement_type *file;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  const char *secname;
+  char *output_secname, *ps;
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+  lang_statement_union_type *l;
+
+  if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Don't process grouped sections unless doing a final link.
+     If they're marked as COMDAT sections, we don't want .text\$foo to
+     end up in .text and then have .text disappear because it's marked
+     link-once-discard.  */
+  if (link_info.relocateable)
+    return false;
+
+  secname = bfd_get_section_name (s->owner, s);
+
+  /* Everything from the '\$' on gets deleted so don't allow '\$' as the
+     first character.  */
+  if (*secname == '\$')
+    einfo ("%P%F: section %s has '\$' as first character\n", secname);
+  if (strchr (secname + 1, '\$') == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Look up the output section.  The Microsoft specs say sections names in
+     image files never contain a '\$'.  Fortunately, lang_..._lookup creates
+     the section if it doesn't exist.  */
+  output_secname = buystring (secname);
+  ps = strchr (output_secname + 1, '\$');
+  *ps = 0;
+  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_secname);
+
+  /* Find the '\$' wild statement for this section.  We currently require the
+     linker script to explicitly mention "*(.foo\$)".
+     FIXME: ppcpe.sc has .CRT\$foo in the .rdata section.  According to the
+     Microsoft docs this isn't correct so it's not (currently) handled.  */
+
+  ps[0] = '\$';
+  ps[1] = 0;
+  for (l = os->children.head; l; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (l->header.type == lang_wild_statement_enum
+	  && strcmp (l->wild_statement.section_name, output_secname) == 0)
+	break;
+    }
+  ps[0] = 0;
+  if (l == NULL)
+#if 1
+    einfo ("%P%F: *(%s\$) missing from linker script\n", output_secname);
+#else /* FIXME: This block is untried.  It exists to convey the intent,
+	 should one decide to not require *(.foo\$) to appear in the linker
+	 script.  */
+    {
+      lang_wild_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+						&os->children);
+      new->section_name = xmalloc (strlen (output_secname) + 2);
+      sprintf (new->section_name, "%s\$", output_secname);
+      new->filename = NULL;
+      lang_list_init (&new->children);
+      l = new;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Link the input section in and we're done for now.
+     The sections still have to be sorted, but that has to wait until
+     all such sections have been processed by us.  The sorting is done by
+     sort_sections.  */
+  wild_doit (&l->wild_statement.children, s, os, file);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static char *
+gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+EOF
+# Scripts compiled in.
+# sed commands to quote an ld script as a C string.
+sc="-f ${srcdir}/emultempl/stringify.sed"
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+{			     
+  *isfile = 0;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable == true && config.build_constructors == true)
+    return
+EOF
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (link_info.relocateable == true) return' >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (!config.text_read_only) return'         >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn                    >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else if (!config.magic_demand_paged) return'     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '  ; else return'                                     >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+sed $sc ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x                      >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+echo '; }'                                                 >> e${EMULATION_NAME}.c
+
+cat >>e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_${EMULATION_NAME}_emulation = 
+{
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_parse,
+  syslib_default,
+  hll_default,
+  after_parse_default,
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_after_open,
+  after_allocation_default,
+  set_output_arch_default,
+  ldemul_default_target,
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_before_allocation,
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script,
+  "${EMULATION_NAME}",
+  "${OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+  NULL, /* finish */
+  NULL, /* create output section statements */
+  NULL, /* open dynamic archive */
+  gld${EMULATION_NAME}_place_orphan,
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_set_symbols,
+  gld_${EMULATION_NAME}_parse_args
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a526d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/stringify.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/$/\\n\\/
+1 s/^/"/
+$ s/$/n"/
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04e36fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/emultempl/vanilla.em
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# This shell script emits a C file. -*- C -*-
+# It does some substitutions.
+cat >e${EMULATION_NAME}.c <<EOF
+/* A vanilla emulation with no defaults
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+static void vanilla_before_parse()
+{
+}
+
+static void
+vanilla_set_output_arch()
+{
+  /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible */
+  unsigned long  machine = 0;
+  bfd_set_arch_mach(output_bfd, ldfile_output_architecture, machine);
+}
+
+static char *
+vanilla_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+{
+  *isfile = 0;
+  return "";
+}
+
+struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct ld_vanilla_emulation = 
+{
+  vanilla_before_parse,
+  syslib_default,
+  hll_default,
+  after_parse_default,
+  after_open_default,
+  after_allocation_default,
+  vanilla_set_output_arch,
+  ldemul_default_target,
+  before_allocation_default,
+  vanilla_get_script,
+  "vanilla",
+  "a.out-sunos-big"
+};
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a36727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/gen-doc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@set GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@clear SingleFormat
+@set UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh b/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..eea5401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/genscripts.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# genscripts.sh - generate the ld-emulation-target specific files
+#
+# Usage: genscripts.sh srcdir libdir host target target_alias \
+# default_emulation native_lib_dirs this_emulation tool_dir
+#
+# Sample usage:
+# genscripts.sh /djm/ld-devo/devo/ld /usr/local/lib sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 \
+# sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3 sun4 "" sun3 sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3
+# produces sun3.x sun3.xbn sun3.xn sun3.xr sun3.xu em_sun3.c
+
+srcdir=$1
+libdir=$2
+host=$3
+target=$4
+target_alias=$5
+DEFAULT_EMULATION=$6
+NATIVE_LIB_DIRS=$7
+EMULATION_NAME=$8
+tool_lib=`echo ${libdir} | sed -e 's|/lib$||'`/${9-$target_alias}/lib
+
+# Include the emulation-specific parameters:
+. ${srcdir}/emulparams/${EMULATION_NAME}.sh
+
+if test -d ldscripts; then
+  true
+else
+  mkdir ldscripts
+fi
+
+# Set the library search path, for libraries named by -lfoo.
+# If LIB_PATH is defined (e.g., by Makefile) and non-empty, it is used.
+# Otherwise, the default is set here.
+#
+# The format is the usual list of colon-separated directories.
+# To force a logically empty LIB_PATH, do LIBPATH=":".
+
+if [ "x${LIB_PATH}" = "x" ] ; then
+  if [ "x${host}" = "x${target}" ] ; then
+    if [ "x${DEFAULT_EMULATION}" = "x${EMULATION_NAME}" ] ; then
+      # Native.
+      LIB_PATH=/lib:/usr/lib
+      if [ -n "${NATIVE_LIB_DIRS}" ]; then
+	LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${NATIVE_LIB_DIRS}
+      fi
+      if [ "${libdir}" != /usr/lib ]; then
+	LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${libdir}
+      fi
+      if [ "${libdir}" != /usr/local/lib ] ; then
+	LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:/usr/local/lib
+      fi
+    else
+      # Native, but not default emulation.
+      LIB_PATH=
+    fi
+  else
+    # Cross.
+    LIB_PATH=
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Always search $(tooldir)/lib, aka /usr/local/TARGET/lib.
+LIB_PATH=${LIB_PATH}:${tool_lib}
+
+LIB_SEARCH_DIRS=`echo ${LIB_PATH} | tr ':' ' ' | sed -e 's/\([^ ][^ ]*\)/SEARCH_DIR(\1);/g'`
+
+# Generate 5 or 6 script files from a master script template in
+# ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sh.  Which one of the 5 or 6
+# script files is actually used depends on command line options given
+# to ld.  (SCRIPT_NAME was set in the emulparams_file.)
+#
+# A .x script file is the default script.
+# A .xr script is for linking without relocation (-r flag).
+# A .xu script is like .xr, but *do* create constructors (-Ur flag).
+# A .xn script is for linking with -n flag (mix text and data on same page).
+# A .xbn script is for linking with -N flag (mix text and data on same page).
+# A .xs script is for generating a shared library with the --shared
+#   flag; it is only generated if $GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT is set by the
+#   emulation parameters.
+
+SEGMENT_SIZE=${SEGMENT_SIZE-${TARGET_PAGE_SIZE}}
+
+# Determine DATA_ALIGNMENT for the 5 variants, using
+# values specified in the emulparams/<emulation>.sh file or default.
+
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-ALIGN(${SEGMENT_SIZE})}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_n="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_n-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_N="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_N-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-.}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_r="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r-${DATA_ALIGNMENT-}}"
+DATA_ALIGNMENT_u="${DATA_ALIGNMENT_u-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r}}"
+
+LD_FLAG=r
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_r}
+DEFAULT_DATA_ALIGNMENT="ALIGN(${SEGMENT_SIZE})"
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+  ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xr
+
+LD_FLAG=u
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_u}
+CONSTRUCTING=" "
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+  ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xu
+
+LD_FLAG=
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}
+RELOCATING=" "
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+  ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.x
+
+LD_FLAG=n
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_n}
+TEXT_START_ADDR=${NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR-${TEXT_START_ADDR}}
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+  ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xn
+
+LD_FLAG=N
+DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_N}
+(. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+  ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xbn
+
+if test -n "$GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT"; then
+  LD_FLAG=shared
+  DATA_ALIGNMENT=${DATA_ALIGNMENT_s-${DATA_ALIGNMENT_}}
+  CREATE_SHLIB=" "
+  # Note that TEXT_START_ADDR is set to NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR.
+  (. ${srcdir}/scripttempl/${SCRIPT_NAME}.sc) | sed -e '/^ *$/d' > \
+    ldscripts/${EMULATION_NAME}.xs
+fi
+
+test "$DEFAULT_EMULATION" = "$EMULATION_NAME" && COMPILE_IN=true
+
+# Generate e${EMULATION_NAME}.c.
+. ${srcdir}/emultempl/${TEMPLATE_NAME-generic}.em
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi b/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3c62a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/h8-doc.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+@c ------------------------------ CONFIGURATION VARS:
+@c 1. Inclusiveness of this manual
+@clear GENERIC
+
+@c 2. Specific target machines
+@set H8300
+@set Hitachi
+@clear I960
+
+@c 3. Properties of this configuration
+@set SingleFormat
+@clear UsesEnvVars
+@c ------------------------------ end CONFIGURATION VARS
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1 b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..610f046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1072 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation
+.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
+.TH ld 1 "17 August 1992" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.de BP
+.sp
+.ti \-.2i
+\(**
+..
+
+.SH NAME
+ld \- the GNU linker
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.hy 0
+.na
+.TP
+.B ld 
+.RB "[\|" \-o "
+.I output\c
+\&\|] \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&.\|.\|.
+.br
+.RB "[\|" \-A\c
+.I architecture\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-Bstatic "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-Bdynamic "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" \-Bsymbolic "\|]"  
+.RB "[\|" "\-c\ "\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-cref "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-d | \-dc | \-dp\c
+\|]
+.br
+.RB "[\|" "\-defsym\ "\c
+.I symbol\c
+\& = \c
+.I expression\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
+.I entry\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-embedded\-relocs "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-E "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-export\-dynamic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" "\-f\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-auxiliary\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-F\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-filter\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-format\ "\c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-g "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-G
+.I size\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-h\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-soname\ "\c
+.I name\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-i "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-l\c
+.I ar\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-L\c
+.I searchdir\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-M "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-Map
+.I mapfile\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-m
+.I emulation\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" \-n | \-N "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-noinhibit-exec "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-no\-keep\-memory "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-oformat\ "\c
+.I output-format\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" "\-R\ "\c
+.I filename\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-relax "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-r | \-Ur "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-rpath\ "\c
+.I directory\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-rpath\-link\ "\c
+.I directory\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-S "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-s "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-shared "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-sort\-common "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-split\-by\-reloc\ "\c
+.I count\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-split\-by\-file "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-T\ "\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\|]  
+.RB "[\|" "\-Ttext\ "\c
+.I textorg\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" "\-Tdata\ "\c
+.I dataorg\c
+\&\|] 
+.RB "[\|" "\-Tbss\ "\c
+.I bssorg\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-t "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-u\ "\c
+.I sym\c
+\&]
+.RB "[\|" \-V "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-verbose "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-common "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-constructors "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-multiple\-gp "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-once "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-warn\-section\-align "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-whole\-archive "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-\-no\-whole\-archive "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-wrap\ "\c
+.I symbol\c
+\&\|]
+.RB "[\|" \-X "\|]" 
+.RB "[\|" \-x "\|]" 
+.ad b
+.hy 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Often the last step in
+building a new compiled program to run is a call to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.
+
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& accepts Linker Command Language files 
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+This man page does not describe the command language; see the `\|\c
+.B ld\c
+\|' entry in `\|\c
+.B info\c
+\|', or the manual
+.I
+ld: the GNU linker
+\&, for full details on the command language and on other aspects of
+the GNU linker. 
+
+This version of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& uses the general purpose BFD libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats\(em\&for example, COFF or
+\c
+.B a.out\c
+\&.  Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file.  You can use `\|\c
+.B objdump \-i\c
+\|' to get a list of formats supported on various architectures; see 
+.BR objdump ( 1 ).
+
+Aside from its flexibility, the GNU linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information.  Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+
+The GNU linker \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers.  As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior through the command line,
+and through environment variables.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+The plethora of command-line options may seem intimidating, but in
+actual practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+For instance, a frequent use of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system.  On such a system, to
+link a file \c
+.B hello.o\c
+\&:
+.sp
+.br
+$\ ld\ \-o\ output\ /lib/crt0.o\ hello.o\ \-lc
+.br
+.sp
+This tells \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to produce a file called \c
+.B output\c
+\& as the
+result of linking the file \c
+.B /lib/crt0.o\c
+\& with \c
+.B hello.o\c
+\& and
+the library \c
+.B libc.a\c
+\& which will come from the standard search
+directories.
+
+The command-line options to \c
+.B ld\c
+\& may be specified in any order, and
+may be repeated at will.  For the most part, repeating an option with a
+different argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of an
+option.  
+
+The exceptions\(em\&which may meaningfully be used more than once\(em\&are
+\c
+.B \-A\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& (or its synonym \c
+.B \-format\c
+\&), \c
+.B \-defsym\c
+\&,
+\c
+.B \-L\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-l\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-R\c
+\&, and \c
+.B \-u\c
+\&.
+
+The list of object files to be linked together, shown as \c
+.I objfile\c
+\&,
+may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line options; save that
+an \c
+.I objfile\c
+\& argument may not be placed between an option flag and
+its argument.
+
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but other
+forms of binary input files can also be specified with \c
+.B \-l\c
+\&,
+\c
+.B \-R\c
+\&, and the script command language.  If \c
+.I no\c
+\& binary input
+files at all are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and
+issues the message `\|\c
+.B No input files\c
+\|'.
+
+Option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-A" "architecture"
+In the current release of \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures.  In that \c
+.B ld\c
+\& configuration, the
+\c
+.I architecture\c
+\& argument is one of the two-letter names identifying
+members of the 960 family; the option specifies the desired output
+target, and warns of any incompatible instructions in the input files.
+It also modifies the linker's search strategy for archive libraries, to
+support the use of libraries specific to each particular
+architecture, by including in the search loop names suffixed with the
+string identifying the architecture.
+
+For example, if your \c
+.B ld\c
+\& command line included `\|\c
+.B \-ACA\c
+\|' as
+well as `\|\c
+.B \-ltry\c
+\|', the linker would look (in its built-in search
+paths, and in any paths you specify with \c
+.B \-L\c
+\&) for a library with
+the names
+.sp
+.br
+try
+.br
+libtry.a
+.br
+tryca
+.br
+libtryca.a
+.br
+.sp
+
+The first two possibilities would be considered in any event; the last
+two are due to the use of `\|\c
+.B \-ACA\c
+\|'.
+
+Future releases of \c
+.B ld\c
+\& may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+
+You can meaningfully use \c
+.B \-A\c
+\& more than once on a command line, if
+an architecture family allows combination of target architectures; each
+use will add another pair of name variants to search for when \c
+.B \-l
+specifies a library.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-b " "input-format"
+Specify the binary format for input object files that follow this option
+on the command line.  You don't usually need to specify this, as
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& is configured to expect as a default input format the most
+usual format on each machine.  \c
+.I input-format\c
+\& is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.  
+\c
+.B \-format \c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\c
+\& has the same effect, as does the script command
+.BR TARGET .
+
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format.  You can also use \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+\c
+.B \-b \c
+.I input-format\c
+\&\c
+\& before each group of object files in a
+particular format.  
+
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\&.  You can also define the input
+format from a script, using the command \c
+.B TARGET\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bstatic 
+Do not link against shared libraries.  This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bdynamic
+Link against dynamic libraries.  This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported.  This option is normally the
+default on such platforms.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Bsymbolic
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to
+the definition within the shared library, if any.  Normally, it is
+possible for a program linked against a shared library to override the
+definition within the shared library.  This option is only meaningful
+on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-c " "commandfile"
+Directs \c
+.B ld\c
+\& to read link commands from the file
+\c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&.  These commands will completely override \c
+.B ld\c
+\&'s
+default link format (rather than adding to it); \c
+.I commandfile\c
+\& must
+specify everything necessary to describe the target format.
+
+
+You may also include a script of link commands directly in the command
+line by bracketing it between `\|\c
+.B {\c
+\|' and `\|\c
+.B }\c
+\|' characters.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-cref
+Output a cross reference table.  If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+
+.TP
+.B \-d 
+.TP
+.B \-dc
+.TP
+.B \-dp
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers.  Use any of them to make \c
+.B ld
+assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable output file is
+specified (\c
+.B \-r\c
+\&).  The script command
+\c
+.B FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\c
+\& has the same effect.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-defsym " "symbol" "\fR = \fP" expression
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by \c
+.I expression\c
+\&.  You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line.  A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the \c
+.I expression\c
+\& in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use \c
+.B +\c
+\& and \c
+.B \-\c
+\& to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols.  If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-e " "entry"\c
+\& 
+Use \c
+.I entry\c
+\& as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point.  for a
+discussion of defaults and other ways of specifying the
+entry point.
+
+.TP
+.B \-embedded\-relocs
+This option is only meaningful when linking MIPS embedded PIC code,
+generated by the
+.B \-membedded\-pic
+option to the GNU compiler and assembler.  It causes the linker to
+create a table which may be used at runtime to relocate any data which
+was statically initialized to pointer values.  See the code in
+testsuite/ld-empic for details.
+
+.TP
+.B \-E
+.TP
+.B \-export\-dynamic
+When creating an ELF file, add all symbols to the dynamic symbol table.
+Normally, the dynamic symbol table contains only symbols which are used
+by a dynamic object.  This option is needed for some uses of
+.I dlopen.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-f " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "--auxiliary " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY field
+to the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object
+.I name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-F " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "--filter " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER field to
+the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object should be used as a filter on the symbol table of
+the shared object
+.I name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-format " "input\-format"
+Synonym for \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& \c
+.I input\-format\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-g
+Accepted, but ignored; provided for compatibility with other tools.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-G " "size"\c
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP register
+to
+.I size
+under MIPS ECOFF.  Ignored for other object file formats.
+
+.TP
+.BI "-h " "name"
+.TP
+.BI "-soname " "name"
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME field to
+the specified name.  When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the DT_SONAME
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+This option and
+.B \-\-version
+begin with two dashes instead of one
+for compatibility with other GNU programs.  The other options start with
+only one dash for compatibility with other linkers.
+
+.TP
+.B \-i
+Perform an incremental link (same as option \c
+.B \-r\c
+\&).
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-l" "ar"\c
+\& 
+Add an archive file \c
+.I ar\c
+\& to the list of files to link.  This 
+option may be used any number of times.  \c
+.B ld\c
+\& will search its
+path-list for occurrences of \c
+.B lib\c
+.I ar\c
+\&.a\c
+\& for every \c
+.I ar
+specified.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-L" "searchdir"
+This command adds path \c
+.I searchdir\c
+\& to the list of paths that
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& will search for archive libraries.  You may use this option
+any number of times.
+
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+\c
+.B \-L\c
+\&) depends on what emulation mode \c
+.B ld\c
+\& is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured.    The
+paths can also be specified in a link script with the \c
+.B SEARCH_DIR
+command.
+
+.TP
+.B \-M 
+Print (to the standard output file) a link map\(em\&diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-Map " "mapfile"\c
+Print to the file
+.I mapfile
+a link map\(em\&diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-m " "emulation"\c
+Emulate the
+.I emulation
+linker.  You can list the available emulations with the
+.I \-\-verbose
+or
+.I \-V
+options.  This option overrides the compiled-in default, which is the
+system for which you configured
+.BR ld .
+
+.TP
+.B \-N 
+specifies readable and writable \c
+.B text\c
+\& and \c
+.B data\c
+\& sections. If
+the output format supports Unix style magic numbers, the output is
+marked as \c
+.B OMAGIC\c
+\&.
+
+When you use the `\|\c
+.B \-N\c
+\&\|' option, the linker does not page-align the
+data segment.
+
+.TP
+.B \-n 
+sets the text segment to be read only, and \c
+.B NMAGIC\c
+\& is written
+if possible.
+
+.TP
+.B \-noinhibit\-exec
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process.  With this flag, you can specify that
+you wish the output file retained even after non-fatal errors.
+
+.TP
+.B \-no\-keep\-memory
+The linker normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching
+the symbol tables of input files in memory.  This option tells the
+linker to instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol
+tables as necessary.  This may be required if the linker runs out of
+memory space while linking a large executable.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-o " "output"
+.I output\c
+\& is a name for the program produced by \c
+.B ld\c
+\&; if this
+option is not specified, the name `\|\c
+.B a.out\c
+\|' is used by default.  The
+script command \c
+.B OUTPUT\c
+\& can also specify the output file name.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-oformat " "output\-format"
+Specify the binary format for the output object file.
+You don't usually need to specify this, as
+\c
+.B ld\c
+\& is configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine.  \c
+.I output-format\c
+\& is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.  
+The script command
+.B OUTPUT_FORMAT
+can also specify the output format, but this option overrides it.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-R " "filename"
+Read symbol names and their addresses from \c
+.I filename\c
+\&, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output.  This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs.
+
+.TP
+.B \-relax
+An option with machine dependent effects.  Currently this option is only
+supported on the H8/300.
+
+On some platforms, use this option to perform global optimizations that
+become possible when the linker resolves addressing in your program, such
+as relaxing address modes and synthesizing new instructions in the
+output object file.  
+
+On platforms where this is not supported, `\|\c
+.B \-relax\c
+\&\|' is accepted, but has no effect.
+
+.TP
+.B \-r 
+Generates relocatable output\(em\&i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.  This is often called \c
+.I partial
+linking\c
+\&.  As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+\c
+.B OMAGIC\c
+\&.
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced.  When
+linking C++ programs, this option \c
+.I will not\c
+\& resolve references to
+constructors; \c
+.B \-Ur\c
+\& is an alternative. 
+
+This option does the same as \c
+.B \-i\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-rpath\ \fIdirectory
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path.  This is used when
+linking an ELF executable with shared objects.  All 
+.B \-rpath
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime.  The
+.B \-rpath
+option is also used when locating shared objects which are needed by
+shared objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of
+the
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option.  If
+.B \-rpath
+is not used when linking an ELF executable, the contents of the
+environment variable
+.B LD_RUN_PATH
+will be used if it is defined.
+
+The
+.B \-rpath
+option may also be used on SunOS.  By default, on SunOS, the linker
+will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+.B \-L
+options it is given.  If a
+.B \-rpath
+option is used, the runtime search path will be formed exclusively
+using the
+.B \-rpath
+options, ignoring
+the
+.B \-L
+options.  This can be useful when using gcc, which adds many
+.B \-L
+options which may be on NFS mounted filesystems.
+
+.TP
+.B \-rpath\-link\ \fIdirectory
+When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another.  This
+happens when an
+.B ld\ \-shared
+link includes a shared library as one of the input files.
+
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocateable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly.  In such a case, the
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option specifies the first set of directories to search.  The
+.B \-rpath\-link
+option may specify a sequence of directory names either by specifying
+a list of names separated by colons, or by appearing multiple times.
+
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+
+.TP
+.B \-S 
+Omits debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-s 
+Omits all symbol information from the output file.
+
+.TP
+.B \-shared
+Create a shared library.  This is currently only supported on ELF and
+SunOS platforms (on SunOS it is not required, as the linker will
+automatically create a shared library when there are undefined symbols
+and the
+.B \-e
+option is not used).
+
+.TP
+.B \-sort\-common
+Normally, when
+.B ld
+places the global common symbols in the appropriate output sections,
+it sorts them by size.  First come all the one byte symbols, then all
+the two bytes, then all the four bytes, and then everything else.
+This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to
+alignment constraints.  This option disables that sorting.
+
+.TP
+.B \-split\-by\-reloc\ \fIcount
+Trys to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than
+.I count
+relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the COFF object file format; since COFF
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section.
+Note that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections.  The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section
+contains more than
+.I count
+relocations one output section will contain that many relocations.
+
+.TP
+.B \-split\-by\-file
+Similar to
+.B \-split\-by\-reloc
+but creates a new output section for each input file.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-Tbss " "org"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-Tdata " "org"\c
+.TP
+.BI "\-Ttext " "org"\c
+Use \c
+.I org\c
+\& as the starting address for\(em\&respectively\(em\&the
+\c
+.B bss\c
+\&, \c
+.B data\c
+\&, or the \c
+.B text\c
+\& segment of the output file.
+\c
+.I textorg\c
+\& must be a hexadecimal integer.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-T " "commandfile"
+Equivalent to \c
+.B \-c \c
+.I commandfile\c
+\&\c
+\&; supported for compatibility with
+other tools.  
+
+.TP
+.B \-t 
+Prints names of input files as \c
+.B ld\c
+\& processes them.
+
+.TP
+.BI "\-u " "sym"
+Forces \c
+.I sym\c
+\& to be entered in the output file as an undefined symbol.
+This may, for example, trigger linking of additional modules from
+standard libraries.  \c
+.B \-u\c
+\& may be repeated with different option
+arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-Ur 
+For anything other than C++ programs, this option is equivalent to
+\c
+.B \-r\c
+\&: it generates relocatable output\(em\&i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.  When linking C++ programs, \c
+.B \-Ur
+.I will\c
+\& resolve references to constructors, unlike \c
+.B \-r\c
+\&.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-verbose
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld
+and list the supported emulations.
+Display which input files can and can not be opened.
+
+.TP
+.B \-v, \-V
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld\c
+\&.
+The
+.B \-V
+option also lists the supported emulations.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Display the version number for \c
+.B ld
+and exit.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-common
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition.  Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practice,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not.  This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-constructors
+Warn if any global constructors are used.  This is only useful for a
+few object file formats.  For formats like COFF or ELF, the linker can
+not detect the use of global constructors.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-multiple\-gp
+Warn if the output file requires multiple global-pointer values.  This
+option is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-once
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+
+.TP
+.B \-warn\-section\-align
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment.  Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the SECTIONS command does not specify a start address for the
+section.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+option, include every object file in the archive in the link, rather
+than searching the archive for the required object files.  This is
+normally used to turn an archive file into a shared library, forcing
+every object to be included in the resulting shared library.
+
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-whole\-archive
+Turn off the effect of the
+.B \-\-whole\-archive
+option for archives which appear later on the command line.
+
+.TP
+.BI "--wrap " "symbol"
+Use a wrapper function for 
+.I symbol.
+Any undefined reference to
+.I symbol
+will be resolved to
+.BI "__wrap_" "symbol".
+Any undefined reference to
+.BI "__real_" "symbol"
+will be resolved to
+.I symbol.
+
+.TP
+.B \-X 
+Delete all temporary local symbols.  For most targets, this is all local
+symbols whose names begin with `\|\c
+.B L\c
+\|'.
+
+.TP
+.B \-x
+Delete all local symbols.
+
+.PP
+
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+\c
+You can change the behavior of
+.B ld\c
+\& with the environment variable \c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\&.
+
+\c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use \c
+.B \-b\c
+\& (or its synonym \c
+.B \-format\c
+\&).  Its value should be one
+of the BFD names for an input format.  If there is no
+\c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& in the environment, \c
+.B ld\c
+\& uses the natural format
+of the host. If \c
+.B GNUTARGET\c
+\& is set to \c
+.B default\c
+\& then BFD attempts to discover the
+input format by examining binary input files; this method often
+succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since there is no method
+of ensuring that the magic number used to flag object-file formats is
+unique.  However, the configuration procedure for BFD on each system
+places the conventional format for that system first in the search-list,
+so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+
+.PP
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+
+.BR objdump ( 1 )
+.br
+.br
+.RB "`\|" ld "\|' and `\|" binutils "\|'"
+entries in
+.B info\c
+.br
+.I 
+ld: the GNU linker\c
+, Steve Chamberlain and Roland Pesch;
+.I
+The GNU Binary Utilities\c
+, Roland H. Pesch.
+
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
+translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
+the original English.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d504a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* ld.h -- general linker header file
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LD_H
+#define LD_H
+
+/* Look in this environment name for the linker to pretend to be */
+#define EMULATION_ENVIRON "LDEMULATION"
+/* If in there look for the strings: */
+
+/* Look in this variable for a target format */
+#define TARGET_ENVIRON "GNUTARGET"
+
+/* Input sections which are put in a section of this name are actually
+   discarded.  */
+#define DISCARD_SECTION_NAME "/DISCARD/"
+
+/* Extra information we hold on sections */
+typedef struct  user_section_struct
+{
+  /* Pointer to the section where this data will go */
+  struct lang_input_statement_struct *file;
+} section_userdata_type;
+
+
+#define get_userdata(x) ((x)->userdata)
+
+#define BYTE_SIZE	(1)
+#define SHORT_SIZE	(2)
+#define LONG_SIZE	(4)
+#define QUAD_SIZE	(8)
+
+/* ALIGN macro changed to ALIGN_N to avoid	*/
+/* conflict in /usr/include/machine/machparam.h */
+/* WARNING: If THIS is a 64 bit address and BOUNDARY is a 32 bit int,
+   you must coerce boundary to the same type as THIS.
+   ??? Is there a portable way to avoid this.  */
+#define ALIGN_N(this, boundary) \
+  ((( (this) + ((boundary) -1)) & (~((boundary)-1))))
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* 1 => assign space to common symbols even if `relocatable_output'.  */
+  boolean force_common_definition;
+  boolean relax;
+
+  /* Name of runtime interpreter to invoke.  */
+  char *interpreter;
+
+  /* Name to give runtime libary from the -soname argument.  */
+  char *soname;
+
+  /* Runtime library search path from the -rpath argument.  */
+  char *rpath;
+
+  /* Link time runtime library search path from the -rpath-link
+     argument.  */
+  char *rpath_link;
+
+  /* Big or little endian as set on command line.  */
+  enum { ENDIAN_UNSET = 0, ENDIAN_BIG, ENDIAN_LITTLE } endian;
+
+  /* If true, export all symbols in the dynamic symbol table of an ELF
+     executable.  */
+  boolean export_dynamic;
+
+  /* If true, build MIPS embedded PIC relocation tables in the output
+     file.  */
+  boolean embedded_relocs;
+
+  /* If true, force generation of a file with a .exe file. */
+  boolean force_exe_suffix;
+
+  /* If true, generate a cross reference report.  */
+  boolean cref;
+
+  /* Name of shared object whose symbol table should be filtered with
+     this shared object.  From the --filter option.  */
+  char *filter_shlib;
+
+  /* Name of shared object for whose symbol table this shared object
+     is an auxiliary filter.  From the --auxiliary option.  */
+  char **auxiliary_filters;
+} args_type;
+
+extern args_type command_line;
+
+typedef int token_code_type;
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  bfd_size_type specified_data_size;
+  boolean magic_demand_paged;
+  boolean make_executable;
+
+  /* If true, doing a dynamic link.  */
+  boolean dynamic_link;
+
+  /* If true, build constructors.  */
+  boolean build_constructors;
+
+  /* If true, warn about any constructors.  */
+  boolean warn_constructors;
+
+  /* If true, warn about merging common symbols with others.  */
+  boolean warn_common;
+
+  /* If true, only warn once about a particular undefined symbol.  */
+  boolean warn_once;
+
+  /* If true, warn if multiple global-pointers are needed (Alpha
+     only).  */
+  boolean warn_multiple_gp;
+
+  /* If true, warn if the starting address of an output section
+     changes due to the alignment of an input section.  */
+  boolean warn_section_align;
+
+  boolean sort_common;
+
+  boolean text_read_only;
+
+  char *map_filename;
+  FILE *map_file;
+
+  boolean stats;
+
+  int split_by_reloc;
+  boolean split_by_file;
+} ld_config_type;
+
+extern ld_config_type config;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  lang_first_phase_enum,
+  lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+  lang_final_phase_enum
+} lang_phase_type;
+
+extern boolean had_script;
+extern boolean force_make_executable;
+
+/* Non-zero if we are processing a --defsym from the command line.  */
+extern int parsing_defsym;
+
+extern int yyparse PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern void add_cref PARAMS ((const char *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+extern void output_cref PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern void check_nocrossrefs PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a5d17a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,3620 @@
+\input texinfo
+@setfilename ld.info
+@syncodeindex ky cp
+@include configdoc.texi
+@c (configdoc.texi is generated by the Makefile)
+
+@c @smallbook
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Ld: (ld).                       The GNU linker.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the @sc{gnu} linker LD.
+
+Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+@end ifinfo
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@settitle Using LD, the GNU linker
+@titlepage
+@title Using ld
+@subtitle The GNU linker
+@sp 1
+@subtitle @code{ld} version 2
+@subtitle January 1994
+@author Steve Chamberlain
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+
+@tex
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill Cygnus Support\par
+\hfill steve\@cygnus.com, doc\@cygnus.com\par
+\hfill {\it Using LD, the GNU linker}\par
+\hfill Edited by Jeffrey Osier (jeffrey\@cygnus.com)\par
+}
+\global\parindent=0pt % Steve likes it this way.
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end titlepage
+@end iftex
+@c FIXME: Talk about importance of *order* of args, cmds to linker!
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top
+@top Using ld
+This file documents the @sc{gnu} linker ld.
+
+@menu
+* Overview::                    Overview
+* Invocation::                  Invocation
+* Commands::                    Command Language
+@ifset GENERIC
+* Machine Dependent::           Machine Dependent Features
+@end ifset
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset H8300
+* H8/300::                      ld and the H8/300
+@end ifset
+@ifset Hitachi
+* Hitachi::                     ld and other Hitachi micros
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+* i960::                        ld and the Intel 960 family
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+* BFD::                         BFD
+@end ifclear
+@c Following blank line required for remaining bug in makeinfo conds/menus
+
+* Reporting Bugs::              Reporting Bugs
+* MRI::                         MRI Compatible Script Files
+* Index::                       Index
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Overview
+@chapter Overview
+
+@cindex @sc{gnu} linker
+@cindex what is this?
+@code{ld} combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in
+compiling a program is to run @code{ld}.
+
+@code{ld} accepts Linker Command Language files written in
+a superset of AT&T's Link Editor Command Language syntax,
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+This version of @code{ld} uses the general purpose BFD libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows @code{ld} to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats---for example, COFF or
+@code{a.out}.  Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file.  @xref{BFD}, for more information.
+@end ifclear
+
+Aside from its flexibility, the @sc{gnu} linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information.  Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+@code{ld} continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+
+@node Invocation
+@chapter Invocation
+
+The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers.  As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior.
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@menu
+* Options::                     Command Line Options
+* Environment::                 Environment Variables
+@end menu
+
+@node Options
+@section Command Line Options
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex command line
+@cindex options
+The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
+practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+@cindex standard Unix system
+For instance, a frequent use of @code{ld} is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system.  On such a system, to
+link a file @code{hello.o}:
+
+@smallexample
+ld -o @var{output} /lib/crt0.o hello.o -lc
+@end smallexample
+
+This tells @code{ld} to produce a file called @var{output} as the
+result of linking the file @code{/lib/crt0.o} with @code{hello.o} and
+the library @code{libc.a}, which will come from the standard search
+directories.  (See the discussion of the @samp{-l} option below.)
+
+The command-line options to @code{ld} may be specified in any order, and
+may be repeated at will.  Repeating most options with a different
+argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of that
+option.  Options which may be meaningfully specified more than once are
+noted in the descriptions below.
+
+@cindex object files
+Non-option arguments are objects files which are to be linked together.
+They may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line options,
+except that an object file argument may not be placed between an option
+and its argument.
+
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but you can
+specify other forms of binary input files using @samp{-l}, @samp{-R},
+and the script command language.  If @emph{no} binary input files at all
+are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and issues the
+message @samp{No input files}.
+
+If the linker can not recognize the format of an object file, it will
+assume that it is a linker script.  A script specified in this way
+augments the main linker script used for the link (either the default
+linker script or the one specified by using @samp{-T}).  This feature
+permits the linker to link against a file which appears to be an object
+or an archive, but actually merely defines some symbol values, or uses
+@code{INPUT} or @code{GROUP} to load other objects.  Note that
+specifying a script in this way should only be used to augment the main
+linker script; if you want to use some command that logically can only
+appear once, such as the @code{SECTIONS} or @code{MEMORY} command, you
+must replace the default linker script using the @samp{-T} option.
+@xref{Commands}.
+
+For options whose names are a single letter,
+option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+
+For options whose names are multiple letters, either one dash or two can
+precede the option name; for example, @samp{--oformat} and
+@samp{--oformat} are equivalent.  Arguments to multiple-letter options
+must either be separated from the option name by an equals sign, or be
+given as separate arguments immediately following the option that
+requires them.  For example, @samp{--oformat srec} and
+@samp{--oformat=srec} are equivalent.  Unique abbreviations of the names
+of multiple-letter options are accepted.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex -a@var{keyword}
+@item -a@var{keyword}
+This option is supported for HP/UX compatibility.  The @var{keyword}
+argument must be one of the strings @samp{archive}, @samp{shared}, or
+@samp{default}.  @samp{-aarchive} is functionally equivalent to
+@samp{-Bstatic}, and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent
+to @samp{-Bdynamic}.  This option may be used any number of times.
+
+@ifset I960
+@cindex architectures
+@kindex -A@var{arch}
+@item -A@var{architecture}
+@kindex --architecture=@var{arch}
+@itemx --architecture=@var{architecture}
+In the current release of @code{ld}, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures.  In that @code{ld} configuration, the
+@var{architecture} argument identifies the particular architecture in
+the 960 family, enabling some safeguards and modifying the
+archive-library search path.  @xref{i960,,@code{ld} and the Intel 960
+family}, for details.
+
+Future releases of @code{ld} may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@cindex binary input format
+@kindex -b @var{format}
+@kindex --format=@var{format}
+@cindex input format
+@cindex input format
+@item -b @var{input-format}
+@itemx --format=@var{input-format}
+@code{ld} may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file.  If your @code{ld} is configured this way, you can use the
+@samp{-b} option to specify the binary format for input object files
+that follow this option on the command line.  Even when @code{ld} is
+configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need
+to specify this, as @code{ld} should be configured to expect as a
+default input format the most usual format on each machine.
+@var{input-format} is a text string, the name of a particular format
+supported by the BFD libraries.  (You can list the available binary
+formats with @samp{objdump -i}.)
+@xref{BFD}.
+
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format.  You can also use @samp{-b} to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+@samp{-b @var{input-format}} before each group of object files in a
+particular format.  
+
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+@code{GNUTARGET}.
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@xref{Environment}.
+@end ifset
+You can also define the input
+format from a script, using the command @code{TARGET}; see @ref{Option
+Commands}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex -c @var{MRI-cmdfile}
+@kindex --mri-script=@var{MRI-cmdfile}
+@cindex compatibility, MRI
+@item -c @var{MRI-commandfile}
+@itemx --mri-script=@var{MRI-commandfile}
+For compatibility with linkers produced by MRI, @code{ld} accepts script
+files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in
+@ref{MRI,,MRI Compatible Script Files}.  Introduce MRI script files with
+the option @samp{-c}; use the @samp{-T} option to run linker
+scripts written in the general-purpose @code{ld} scripting language.
+If @var{MRI-cmdfile} does not exist, @code{ld} looks for it in the directories
+specified by any @samp{-L} options.
+
+@cindex common allocation
+@kindex -d
+@kindex -dc
+@kindex -dp
+@item -d 
+@itemx -dc
+@itemx -dp
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers.  They
+assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable output file is
+specified (with @samp{-r}).  The script command
+@code{FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION} has the same effect.  @xref{Option
+Commands}.
+
+@cindex entry point, from command line
+@kindex -e @var{entry}
+@kindex --entry=@var{entry}
+@item -e @var{entry} 
+@itemx --entry=@var{entry}
+Use @var{entry} as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point. @xref{Entry Point}, for a
+discussion of defaults and other ways of specifying the
+entry point.
+
+@cindex dynamic symbol table
+@kindex -E
+@kindex --export-dynamic
+@item -E
+@itemx --export-dynamic
+When creating a dynamically linked executable, add all symbols to the
+dynamic symbol table.  Normally, the dynamic symbol table contains only
+symbols which are used by a dynamic object.  This option is needed for
+some uses of @code{dlopen}.
+
+@kindex -f
+@kindex --auxiliary
+@item -f
+@itemx --auxiliary @var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY field
+to the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object @var{name}.
+
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_AUXILIARY field.  If
+the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter object, it will
+first check whether there is a definition in the shared object
+@var{name}.  If there is one, it will be used instead of the definition
+in the filter object.  The shared object @var{name} need not exist.
+Thus the shared object @var{name} may be used to provide an alternative
+implementation of certain functions, perhaps for debugging or for
+machine specific performance.
+
+This option may be specified more than once.  The DT_AUXILIARY entries
+will be created in the order in which they appear on the command line.
+
+@kindex -F
+@kindex --filter
+@item -F @var{name}
+@itemx --filter @var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER field to
+the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object which is being created should be used as a filter
+on the symbol table of the shared object @var{name}.
+
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_FILTER field.  The
+dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the symbol table of the
+filter object as usual, but it will actually link to the definitions
+found in the shared object @var{name}.  Thus the filter object can be
+used to select a subset of the symbols provided by the object
+@var{name}.
+
+Some older linkers used the @code{-F} option throughout a compilation
+toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and output
+object files.  The @sc{gnu} linker uses other mechanisms for this
+purpose: the @code{-b}, @code{--format}, @code{--oformat} options, the
+@code{TARGET} command in linker scripts, and the @code{GNUTARGET}
+environment variable.  The @sc{gnu} linker will ignore the @code{-F}
+option when not creating an ELF shared object.
+
+@kindex --force-exe-suffix
+@item  --force-exe-suffix
+Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix.
+
+If a successfully built fully linked output file does not have a
+@code{.exe} or @code{.dll} suffix, this option forces the linker to copy
+the output file to one of the same name with a @code{.exe} suffix. This
+option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a Microsoft
+Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an image unless
+it ends in a @code{.exe} suffix.
+
+@kindex -g
+@item -g
+Ignored.  Provided for compatibility with other tools.
+
+@kindex -G
+@kindex --gpsize
+@cindex object size
+@item -G@var{value}
+@itemx --gpsize=@var{value}
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP register to
+@var{size}.  This is only meaningful for object file formats such as
+MIPS ECOFF which supports putting large and small objects into different
+sections.  This is ignored for other object file formats.
+
+@cindex runtime library name
+@kindex -h@var{name}
+@kindex -soname=@var{name}
+@item -h@var{name}
+@itemx -soname=@var{name}
+When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME field to
+the specified name.  When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the DT_SONAME
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+
+@kindex -i
+@cindex incremental link
+@item -i
+Perform an incremental link (same as option @samp{-r}).
+
+@cindex archive files, from cmd line
+@kindex -l@var{archive}
+@kindex --library=@var{archive}
+@item -l@var{archive}
+@itemx --library=@var{archive}
+Add archive file @var{archive} to the list of files to link.  This
+option may be used any number of times.  @code{ld} will search its
+path-list for occurrences of @code{lib@var{archive}.a} for every
+@var{archive} specified.
+
+On systems which support shared libraries, @code{ld} may also search for
+libraries with extensions other than @code{.a}.  Specifically, on ELF
+and SunOS systems, @code{ld} will search a directory for a library with
+an extension of @code{.so} before searching for one with an extension of
+@code{.a}.  By convention, a @code{.so} extension indicates a shared
+library.
+
+The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where it is
+specified on the command line.  If the archive defines a symbol which
+was undefined in some object which appeared before the archive on the
+command line, the linker will include the appropriate file(s) from the
+archive.  However, an undefined symbol in an object appearing later on
+the command line will not cause the linker to search the archive again.
+
+See the @code{-(} option for a way to force the linker to search
+archives multiple times.
+
+You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers.  However,
+if you are using @code{ld} on AIX, note that it is different from the
+behaviour of the AIX linker.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex search directory, from cmd line
+@kindex -L@var{dir}
+@kindex --library-path=@var{dir}
+@item -L@var{searchdir} 
+@itemx --library-path=@var{searchdir}
+Add path @var{searchdir} to the list of paths that @code{ld} will search
+for archive libraries and @code{ld} control scripts.  You may use this
+option any number of times.  The directories are searched in the order
+in which they are specified on the command line.  Directories specified
+on the command line are searched before the default directories.  All
+@code{-L} options apply to all @code{-l} options, regardless of the
+order in which the options appear.
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+@samp{-L}) depends on which emulation mode @code{ld} is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured.  @xref{Environment}.
+@end ifset
+
+The paths can also be specified in a link script with the
+@code{SEARCH_DIR} command.  Directories specified this way are searched
+at the point in which the linker script appears in the command line.
+
+@cindex emulation
+@kindex -m @var{emulation}
+@item -m@var{emulation}
+Emulate the @var{emulation} linker.  You can list the available
+emulations with the @samp{--verbose} or @samp{-V} options.  The default
+depends on how your @code{ld} was configured.
+
+@cindex link map
+@kindex -M
+@kindex --print-map
+@item -M
+@itemx --print-map
+Print (to the standard output) a link map---diagnostic information about
+where symbols are mapped by @code{ld}, and information on global common
+storage allocation.
+
+@kindex -n
+@cindex read-only text
+@cindex NMAGIC
+@kindex --nmagic
+@item -n
+@itemx --nmagic
+Set the text segment to be read only, and mark the output as
+@code{NMAGIC} if possible.
+
+@kindex -N
+@kindex --omagic
+@cindex read/write from cmd line
+@cindex OMAGIC
+@item -N 
+@itemx --omagic
+Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable.  Also, do
+not page-align the data segment.  If the output format supports Unix
+style magic numbers, mark the output as @code{OMAGIC}.
+
+@kindex -o @var{output}
+@kindex --output=@var{output}
+@cindex naming the output file
+@item -o @var{output}
+@itemx --output=@var{output}
+Use @var{output} as the name for the program produced by @code{ld}; if this
+option is not specified, the name @file{a.out} is used by default.  The
+script command @code{OUTPUT} can also specify the output file name.
+
+@cindex partial link
+@cindex relocatable output
+@kindex -r
+@kindex --relocateable
+@item -r
+@itemx --relocateable
+Generate relocatable output---i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to @code{ld}.  This is often called @dfn{partial
+linking}.  As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+@code{OMAGIC}.
+@c ; see @code{-N}. 
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced.  When
+linking C++ programs, this option @emph{will not} resolve references to
+constructors; to do that, use @samp{-Ur}.
+
+This option does the same thing as @samp{-i}.
+
+@kindex -R @var{file}
+@kindex --just-symbols=@var{file}
+@cindex symbol-only input
+@item -R @var{filename}
+@itemx --just-symbols=@var{filename}
+Read symbol names and their addresses from @var{filename}, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output.  This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs.  You may use this option more than once.
+
+For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the @code{-R} option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the @code{-rpath} option.
+
+@kindex -s
+@kindex --strip-all
+@cindex strip all symbols
+@item -s 
+@itemx --strip-all
+Omit all symbol information from the output file.
+
+@kindex -S
+@kindex --strip-debug
+@cindex strip debugger symbols
+@item -S 
+@itemx --strip-debug
+Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+
+@kindex -t
+@kindex --trace
+@cindex input files, displaying
+@item -t 
+@itemx --trace
+Print the names of the input files as @code{ld} processes them.
+
+@kindex -T @var{script}
+@kindex --script=@var{script}
+@cindex script files
+@item -T @var{commandfile}
+@itemx --script=@var{commandfile}
+Read link commands from the file @var{commandfile}.  These commands
+replace @code{ld}'s default link script (rather than adding to it), so
+@var{commandfile} must specify everything necessary to describe the
+target format.  You must use this option if you want to use a command
+which can only appear once in a linker script, such as the
+@code{SECTIONS} or @code{MEMORY} command.  @xref{Commands}.  If
+@var{commandfile} does not exist, @code{ld} looks for it in the
+directories specified by any preceding @samp{-L} options.  Multiple
+@samp{-T} options accumulate.
+
+@kindex -u @var{symbol}
+@kindex --undefined=@var{symbol}
+@cindex undefined symbol
+@item -u @var{symbol}
+@itemx --undefined=@var{symbol}
+Force @var{symbol} to be entered in the output file as an undefined symbol.
+Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional modules from
+standard libraries.  @samp{-u} may be repeated with different option
+arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.
+@c Nice idea, but no such command: This option is equivalent
+@c to the @code{EXTERN} linker command.
+
+@kindex -v
+@kindex -V
+@kindex --version
+@cindex version
+@item -v
+@itemx --version
+@itemx -V
+Display the version number for @code{ld}.  The @code{-V} option also
+lists the supported emulations.
+
+@kindex -x
+@kindex --discard-all
+@cindex deleting local symbols
+@item -x
+@itemx --discard-all
+Delete all local symbols.
+
+@kindex -X
+@kindex --discard-locals
+@cindex local symbols, deleting
+@cindex L, deleting symbols beginning
+@item -X 
+@itemx --discard-locals
+Delete all temporary local symbols.  For most targets, this is all local
+symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
+
+@kindex -y @var{symbol}
+@kindex --trace-symbol=@var{symbol}
+@cindex symbol tracing
+@item -y @var{symbol}
+@itemx --trace-symbol=@var{symbol}
+Print the name of each linked file in which @var{symbol} appears.  This
+option may be given any number of times.  On many systems it is necessary
+to prepend an underscore.
+
+This option is useful when you have an undefined symbol in your link but
+don't know where the reference is coming from.
+
+@kindex -Y @var{path}
+@item -Y @var{path}
+Add @var{path} to the default library search path.  This option exists
+for Solaris compatibility.
+
+@kindex -z @var{keyword}
+@item -z @var{keyword}
+This option is ignored for Solaris compatibility.
+
+@kindex -(
+@cindex groups of archives
+@item -( @var{archives} -)
+@itemx --start-group @var{archives} --end-group
+The @var{archives} should be a list of archive files.  They may be
+either explicit file names, or @samp{-l} options.
+
+The specified archives are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created.  Normally, an archive is searched only once in
+the order that it is specified on the command line.  If a symbol in that
+archive is needed to resolve an undefined symbol referred to by an
+object in an archive that appears later on the command line, the linker
+would not be able to resolve that reference.  By grouping the archives,
+they all be searched repeatedly until all possible references are
+resolved.
+
+Using this option has a significant performance cost.  It is best to use
+it only when there are unavoidable circular references between two or
+more archives.
+
+@kindex -assert @var{keyword}
+@item -assert @var{keyword}
+This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility.
+
+@kindex -Bdynamic
+@kindex -dy
+@kindex -call_shared
+@item -Bdynamic
+@itemx -dy
+@itemx -call_shared
+Link against dynamic libraries.  This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported.  This option is normally the
+default on such platforms.  The different variants of this option are
+for compatibility with various systems.  You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line: it affects library searching for
+@code{-l} options which follow it.
+
+@kindex -Bstatic
+@kindex -dn
+@kindex -non_shared
+@kindex -static
+@item -Bstatic 
+@itemx -dn
+@itemx -non_shared
+@itemx -static
+Do not link against shared libraries.  This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported.  The different
+variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems.  You
+may use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects
+library searching for @code{-l} options which follow it.
+
+@kindex -Bsymbolic
+@item -Bsymbolic
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to the
+definition within the shared library, if any.  Normally, it is possible
+for a program linked against a shared library to override the definition
+within the shared library.  This option is only meaningful on ELF
+platforms which support shared libraries.
+
+@cindex cross reference table
+@kindex --cref
+@item --cref
+Output a cross reference table.  If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+
+The format of the table is intentionally simple, so that it may be
+easily processed by a script if necessary.  The symbols are printed out,
+sorted by name.  For each symbol, a list of file names is given.  If the
+symbol is defined, the first file listed is the location of the
+definition.  The remaining files contain references to the symbol.
+
+@cindex symbols, from command line
+@kindex --defsym @var{symbol}=@var{exp}
+@item --defsym @var{symbol}=@var{expression}
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by @var{expression}.  You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line.  A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the @var{expression} in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use @code{+} and @code{-} to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols.  If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script (@pxref{Assignment, ,
+Assignment: Symbol Definitions}).  @emph{Note:}  there should be no
+white space between @var{symbol}, the equals sign (``@key{=}''), and
+@var{expression}.
+
+@cindex dynamic linker, from command line
+@kindex --dynamic-linker @var{file}
+@item --dynamic-linker @var{file}
+Set the name of the dynamic linker.  This is only meaningful when
+generating dynamically linked ELF executables.  The default dynamic
+linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you are
+doing.
+
+@cindex big-endian objects
+@cindex endianness
+@kindex -EB
+@item -EB
+Link big-endian objects.  This affects the default output format.
+
+@cindex little-endian objects
+@kindex -EL
+@item -EL
+Link little-endian objects.  This affects the default output format.
+
+@cindex MIPS embedded PIC code
+@kindex --embedded-relocs
+@item --embedded-relocs
+This option is only meaningful when linking MIPS embedded PIC code,
+generated by the -membedded-pic option to the @sc{gnu} compiler and
+assembler.  It causes the linker to create a table which may be used at
+runtime to relocate any data which was statically initialized to pointer
+values.  See the code in testsuite/ld-empic for details.
+
+@cindex help
+@cindex usage
+@kindex --help
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+
+@cindex link map
+@kindex -Map
+@item -Map @var{mapfile}
+Print to the file @var{mapfile} a link map---diagnostic information
+about where symbols are mapped by @code{ld}, and information on global
+common storage allocation.
+
+@cindex memory usage
+@kindex --no-keep-memory
+@item --no-keep-memory
+@code{ld} normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the
+symbol tables of input files in memory.  This option tells @code{ld} to
+instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables as
+necessary.  This may be required if @code{ld} runs out of memory space
+while linking a large executable.
+
+@kindex --no-whole-archive
+@item --no-whole-archive
+Turn off the effect of the @code{--whole-archive} option for subsequent
+archive files.
+
+@cindex output file after errors
+@kindex --noinhibit-exec
+@item --noinhibit-exec
+Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable.
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process; it exits without writing an output file
+when it issues any error whatsoever.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@kindex --oformat
+@item --oformat @var{output-format}
+@code{ld} may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file.  If your @code{ld} is configured this way, you can use the
+@samp{--oformat} option to specify the binary format for the output
+object file.  Even when @code{ld} is configured to support alternative
+object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as @code{ld}
+should be configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine.  @var{output-format} is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries.  (You can
+list the available binary formats with @samp{objdump -i}.)  The script
+command @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} can also specify the output format, but
+this option overrides it.  @xref{BFD}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex -qmagic
+@item -qmagic
+This option is ignored for Linux compatibility.
+
+@kindex -Qy
+@item -Qy
+This option is ignored for SVR4 compatibility.
+
+@kindex --relax
+@cindex synthesizing linker
+@cindex relaxing addressing modes
+@item --relax
+An option with machine dependent effects.  
+@ifset GENERIC
+This option is only supported on a few targets.
+@end ifset
+@ifset H8300
+@xref{H8/300,,@code{ld} and the H8/300}.
+@end ifset
+@ifset I960
+@xref{i960,, @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family}.
+@end ifset
+
+On some platforms, the @samp{--relax} option performs global
+optimizations that become possible when the linker resolves addressing
+in the program, such as relaxing address modes and synthesizing new
+instructions in the output object file.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+On platforms where this is not supported, @samp{--relax} is accepted,
+but ignored.
+@end ifset
+
+@cindex retaining specified symbols
+@cindex stripping all but some symbols
+@cindex symbols, retaining selectively
+@item --retain-symbols-file @var{filename}
+Retain @emph{only} the symbols listed in the file @var{filename},
+discarding all others.  @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line.  This option is especially useful in environments
+@ifset GENERIC
+(such as VxWorks)
+@end ifset
+where a large global symbol table is accumulated gradually, to conserve
+run-time memory.
+
+@samp{--retain-symbols-file} does @emph{not} discard undefined symbols,
+or symbols needed for relocations.
+
+You may only specify @samp{--retain-symbols-file} once in the command
+line.  It overrides @samp{-s} and @samp{-S}.
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@item -rpath @var{dir}
+@cindex runtime library search path
+@kindex -rpath
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path.  This is used when
+linking an ELF executable with shared objects.  All @code{-rpath}
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime.  The @code{-rpath} option is
+also used when locating shared objects which are needed by shared
+objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of the
+@code{-rpath-link} option.  If @code{-rpath} is not used when linking an
+ELF executable, the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_RUN_PATH} will be used if it is defined.
+
+The @code{-rpath} option may also be used on SunOS.  By default, on
+SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+@code{-L} options it is given.  If a @code{-rpath} option is used, the
+runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the @code{-rpath}
+options, ignoring the @code{-L} options.  This can be useful when using
+gcc, which adds many @code{-L} options which may be on NFS mounted
+filesystems.
+
+For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the @code{-R} option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the @code{-rpath} option.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@cindex link-time runtime library search path
+@kindex -rpath-link
+@item -rpath-link @var{DIR}
+When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another.  This
+happens when an @code{ld -shared} link includes a shared library as one
+of the input files.
+
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocateable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly.  In such a case, the @code{-rpath-link} option
+specifies the first set of directories to search.  The
+@code{-rpath-link} option may specify a sequence of directory names
+either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by
+appearing multiple times.
+
+The linker uses the following search paths to locate required shared
+libraries.
+@enumerate
+@item
+Any directories specified by @code{-rpath-link} options.
+@item
+Any directories specified by @code{-rpath} options.  The difference
+between @code{-rpath} and @code{-rpath-link} is that directories
+specified by @code{-rpath} options are included in the executable and
+used at runtime, whereas the @code{-rpath-link} option is only effective
+at link time.
+@item
+On an ELF system, if the @code{-rpath} and @code{rpath-link} options
+were not used, search the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_RUN_PATH}.
+@item
+On SunOS, if the @code{-rpath} option was not used, search any
+directories specified using @code{-L} options.
+@item
+For a native linker, the contents of the environment variable
+@code{LD_LIBRARY_PATH}.
+@item
+The default directories, normally @file{/lib} and @file{/usr/lib}.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+@end ifset
+
+@kindex -shared
+@kindex -Bshareable
+@item -shared
+@itemx -Bshareable
+@cindex shared libraries
+Create a shared library.  This is currently only supported on ELF, XCOFF
+and SunOS platforms.  On SunOS, the linker will automatically create a
+shared library if the @code{-e} option is not used and there are
+undefined symbols in the link.
+
+@item --sort-common
+@kindex --sort-common
+This option tells @code{ld} to sort the common symbols by size when it
+places them in the appropriate output sections.  First come all the one
+byte symbols, then all the two bytes, then all the four bytes, and then
+everything else.  This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to
+alignment constraints.
+
+@kindex --split-by-file
+@item --split-by-file
+Similar to @code{--split-by-reloc} but creates a new output section for
+each input file.
+
+@kindex --split-by-reloc
+@item --split-by-reloc @var{count}
+Trys to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than @var{count} relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the COFF object file format; since COFF
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section.  Note
+that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections.  The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section contains
+more than @var{count} relocations one output section will contain that
+many relocations.
+
+@kindex --stats
+@item --stats
+Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker, such
+as execution time and memory usage.
+
+@kindex --traditional-format
+@cindex traditional format
+@item --traditional-format
+For some targets, the output of @code{ld} is different in some ways from
+the output of some existing linker.  This switch requests @code{ld} to
+use the traditional format instead.
+
+@cindex dbx
+For example, on SunOS, @code{ld} combines duplicate entries in the
+symbol string table.  This can reduce the size of an output file with
+full debugging information by over 30 percent.  Unfortunately, the SunOS
+@code{dbx} program can not read the resulting program (@code{gdb} has no
+trouble).  The @samp{--traditional-format} switch tells @code{ld} to not
+combine duplicate entries.
+
+@kindex -Tbss @var{org}
+@kindex -Tdata @var{org}
+@kindex -Ttext @var{org}
+@cindex segment origins, cmd line
+@item -Tbss @var{org}
+@itemx -Tdata @var{org}
+@itemx -Ttext @var{org}
+Use @var{org} as the starting address for---respectively---the
+@code{bss}, @code{data}, or the @code{text} segment of the output file.
+@var{org} must be a single hexadecimal integer;
+for compatibility with other linkers, you may omit the leading
+@samp{0x} usually associated with hexadecimal values.
+
+@kindex -Ur
+@cindex constructors
+@item -Ur 
+For anything other than C++ programs, this option is equivalent to
+@samp{-r}: it generates relocatable output---i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to @code{ld}.  When linking C++ programs, @samp{-Ur}
+@emph{does} resolve references to constructors, unlike @samp{-r}.
+It does not work to use @samp{-Ur} on files that were themselves linked
+with @samp{-Ur}; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot
+be added to.  Use @samp{-Ur} only for the last partial link, and
+@samp{-r} for the others.
+
+@kindex --verbose
+@cindex verbose
+@item --verbose
+Display the version number for @code{ld} and list the linker emulations
+supported.  Display which input files can and cannot be opened.  Display
+the linker script if using a default builtin script.
+
+@kindex --version-script=@var{version-scriptfile}
+@cindex version script, symbol versions
+@itemx --version-script=@var{version-scriptfile}
+Specify the name of a version script to the linker.  This is typically
+used when creating shared libraries to specify additional information
+about the version heirarchy for the library being created.  This option
+is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries.
+@xref{Version Script}.
+
+@kindex --warn-comon
+@cindex warnings, on combining symbols
+@cindex combining symbols, warnings on
+@item --warn-common
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition.  Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practice,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not.  This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+Unfortunately, some C libraries use this practice, so you may get some
+warnings about symbols in the libraries as well as in your programs.
+
+There are three kinds of global symbols, illustrated here by C examples:
+
+@table @samp
+@item int i = 1;
+A definition, which goes in the initialized data section of the output
+file.
+
+@item extern int i;
+An undefined reference, which does not allocate space.
+There must be either a definition or a common symbol for the
+variable somewhere.
+
+@item int i;
+A common symbol.  If there are only (one or more) common symbols for a
+variable, it goes in the uninitialized data area of the output file.
+The linker merges multiple common symbols for the same variable into a
+single symbol.  If they are of different sizes, it picks the largest
+size.  The linker turns a common symbol into a declaration, if there is
+a definition of the same variable.
+@end table
+
+The @samp{--warn-common} option can produce five kinds of warnings.
+Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the symbol
+just encountered, and the second describes the previous symbol
+encountered with the same name.  One or both of the two symbols will be
+a common symbol.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is already a
+definition for the symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+   overridden by definition
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: defined here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later definition for
+the symbol is encountered.  This is the same as the previous case,
+except that the symbols are encountered in a different order.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: definition of `@var{symbol}'
+   overriding common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: multiple common
+   of `@var{symbol}'
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: previous common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+   overridden by larger common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: larger common is here
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol.  This is
+the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are
+encountered in a different order.
+@smallexample
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: common of `@var{symbol}'
+   overriding smaller common
+@var{file}(@var{section}): warning: smaller common is here
+@end smallexample
+@end enumerate
+
+@kindex --warn-constructors
+@item --warn-constructors
+Warn if any global constructors are used.  This is only useful for a few
+object file formats.  For formats like COFF or ELF, the linker can not
+detect the use of global constructors.
+
+@kindex --warn-multiple-gp
+@item --warn-multiple-gp
+Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output file.
+This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+Specifically, some processors put large-valued constants in a special
+section.  A special register (the global pointer) points into the middle
+of this section, so that constants can be loaded efficiently via a
+base-register relative addressing mode.  Since the offset in
+base-register relative mode is fixed and relatively small (e.g., 16
+bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant pool.  Thus, in
+large programs, it is often necessary to use multiple global pointer
+values in order to be able to address all possible constants.  This
+option causes a warning to be issued whenever this case occurs.
+
+@kindex --warn-once
+@cindex warnings, on undefined symbols
+@cindex undefined symbols, warnings on
+@item --warn-once
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+
+@kindex --warn-section-align
+@cindex warnings, on section alignment
+@cindex section alignment, warnings on
+@item --warn-section-align
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment.  Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the @code{SECTIONS} command does not specify a start address for
+the section (@pxref{SECTIONS}).
+
+@kindex --whole-archive
+@cindex including an entire archive
+@item --whole-archive
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+@code{--whole-archive} option, include every object file in the archive
+in the link, rather than searching the archive for the required object
+files.  This is normally used to turn an archive file into a shared
+library, forcing every object to be included in the resulting shared
+library.  This option may be used more than once.
+
+@kindex --wrap
+@item --wrap @var{symbol}
+Use a wrapper function for @var{symbol}.  Any undefined reference to
+@var{symbol} will be resolved to @code{__wrap_@var{symbol}}.  Any
+undefined reference to @code{__real_@var{symbol}} will be resolved to
+@var{symbol}.
+
+This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function.  The
+wrapper function should be called @code{__wrap_@var{symbol}}.  If it
+wishes to call the system function, it should call
+@code{__real_@var{symbol}}.
+
+Here is a trivial example:
+
+@smallexample
+void *
+__wrap_malloc (int c)
+@{
+  printf ("malloc called with %ld\n", c);
+  return __real_malloc (c);
+@}
+@end smallexample
+
+If you link other code with this file using @code{--wrap malloc}, then
+all calls to @code{malloc} will call the function @code{__wrap_malloc}
+instead.  The call to @code{__real_malloc} in @code{__wrap_malloc} will
+call the real @code{malloc} function.
+
+You may wish to provide a @code{__real_malloc} function as well, so that
+links without the @code{--wrap} option will succeed.  If you do this,
+you should not put the definition of @code{__real_malloc} in the same
+file as @code{__wrap_malloc}; if you do, the assembler may resolve the
+call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to @code{malloc}.
+
+@end table
+
+@ifset UsesEnvVars
+@node Environment
+@section Environment Variables
+
+You can change the behavior of @code{ld} with the environment
+variable @code{GNUTARGET}.  
+
+@kindex GNUTARGET
+@cindex default input format
+@code{GNUTARGET} determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use @samp{-b} (or its synonym @samp{--format}).  Its value should be one
+of the BFD names for an input format (@pxref{BFD}).  If there is no
+@code{GNUTARGET} in the environment, @code{ld} uses the natural format
+of the target. If @code{GNUTARGET} is set to @code{default} then BFD
+attempts to discover the input format by examining binary input files;
+this method often succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since
+there is no method of ensuring that the magic number used to specify
+object-file formats is unique.  However, the configuration procedure for
+BFD on each system places the conventional format for that system first
+in the search-list, so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+@end ifset
+
+@node Commands
+@chapter Command Language
+
+@cindex command files
+The command language provides explicit control over the link process,
+allowing complete specification of the mapping between the linker's
+input files and its output.  It controls:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+input files 
+@item 
+file formats
+@item 
+output file layout
+@item 
+addresses of sections
+@item 
+placement of common blocks
+@end itemize
+
+You may supply a command file (also known as a linker script) to the
+linker either explicitly through the @samp{-T} option, or implicitly as
+an ordinary file.  Normally you should use the @samp{-T} option.  An
+implicit linker script should only be used when you want to augment,
+rather than replace, the default linker script; typically an implicit
+linker script would consist only of @code{INPUT} or @code{GROUP}
+commands.
+
+If the linker opens a file which it cannot recognize as a supported
+object or archive format, nor as a linker script, it reports an error.
+
+@menu
+* Scripts::                     Linker Scripts
+* Expressions::                 Expressions
+* MEMORY::                      MEMORY Command
+* SECTIONS::                    SECTIONS Command
+* PHDRS::			PHDRS Command
+* Entry Point::                 The Entry Point
+* Version Script::              Version Script
+* Option Commands::             Option Commands
+@end menu
+
+@node Scripts
+@section Linker Scripts
+The @code{ld} command language is a collection of statements; some are
+simple keywords setting a particular option, some are used to select and
+group input files or name output files; and two statement
+types have a fundamental and pervasive impact on the linking process.
+
+@cindex fundamental script commands
+@cindex commands, fundamental
+@cindex output file layout
+@cindex layout of output file
+The most fundamental command of the @code{ld} command language is the
+@code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{SECTIONS}).  Every meaningful command
+script must have a @code{SECTIONS} command: it specifies a
+``picture'' of the output file's layout, in varying degrees of detail.
+No other command is required in all cases.
+
+The @code{MEMORY} command complements @code{SECTIONS} by describing the
+available memory in the target architecture.  This command is optional;
+if you don't use a @code{MEMORY} command, @code{ld} assumes sufficient
+memory is available in a contiguous block for all output.
+@xref{MEMORY}.
+
+@cindex comments
+You may include comments in linker scripts just as in C: delimited
+by @samp{/*} and @samp{*/}.  As in C, comments are syntactically
+equivalent to whitespace.
+
+@node Expressions
+@section Expressions
+@cindex expression syntax
+@cindex arithmetic
+Many useful commands involve arithmetic expressions.  The syntax for
+expressions in the command language is identical to that of C
+expressions, with the following features:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+All expressions evaluated as integers and
+are of ``long'' or ``unsigned long'' type.
+@item 
+All constants are integers.
+@item 
+All of the C arithmetic operators are provided.
+@item 
+You may reference, define, and create global variables.
+@item 
+You may call special purpose built-in functions.
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Integers::                    Integers
+* Symbols::                     Symbol Names
+* Location Counter::            The Location Counter
+* Operators::                   Operators
+* Evaluation::                  Evaluation
+* Assignment::                  Assignment: Defining Symbols
+* Arithmetic Functions::        Built-In Functions
+* Semicolons::                  Semicolon Usage
+@end menu
+
+@node Integers
+@subsection Integers
+@cindex integer notation
+@cindex octal integers
+An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
+digits (@samp{01234567}).
+@smallexample
+_as_octal = 0157255;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex decimal integers
+A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
+more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
+@smallexample
+_as_decimal = 57005;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex hexadecimal integers
+@kindex 0x
+A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
+more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
+@smallexample
+_as_hex = 0xdead;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex negative integers
+To write a negative integer, use
+the prefix operator @samp{-} (@pxref{Operators}).
+@smallexample
+_as_neg = -57005;
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex scaled integers
+@cindex K and M integer suffixes
+@cindex M and K integer suffixes
+@cindex suffixes for integers
+@cindex integer suffixes
+Additionally the suffixes @code{K} and @code{M} may be used to scale a
+constant by 
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@ifinfo
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@code{1024} or @code{1024*1024}
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@end ifinfo
+@tex
+${\rm 1024}$ or ${\rm 1024}^2$
+@end tex
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+respectively. For example, the following all refer to the same quantity:
+
+@smallexample
+        _fourk_1 = 4K;
+        _fourk_2 = 4096;
+        _fourk_3 = 0x1000;
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Symbols
+@subsection Symbol Names
+@cindex symbol names
+@cindex names
+@cindex quoted symbol names
+@kindex "
+Unless quoted, symbol names start with a letter, underscore, or point
+and may include any letters, underscores, digits, points,
+and hyphens.  Unquoted symbol names must not conflict with any
+keywords.  You can specify a symbol which contains odd characters or has
+the same name as a keyword, by surrounding the symbol name in double quotes:
+@smallexample
+        "SECTION" = 9;
+        "with a space" = "also with a space" + 10;
+@end smallexample
+
+Since symbols can contain many non-alphabetic characters, it is safest
+to delimit symbols with spaces.  For example, @samp{A-B} is one symbol,
+whereas @samp{A - B} is an expression involving subtraction.
+
+@node Location Counter
+@subsection The Location Counter
+@kindex .
+@cindex dot
+@cindex location counter
+@cindex current output location
+The special linker variable @dfn{dot} @samp{.} always contains the
+current output location counter. Since the @code{.} always refers to
+a location in an output section, it must always appear in an
+expression within a @code{SECTIONS} command. The @code{.} symbol
+may appear anywhere that an ordinary symbol is allowed in an
+expression, but its assignments have a side effect. Assigning a value
+to the @code{.} symbol will cause the location counter to be moved.
+@cindex holes
+This may be used to create holes in the output section.  The location
+counter may never be moved backwards.
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS
+@{
+  output :
+  @{
+  file1(.text)
+  . = . + 1000;
+  file2(.text)
+  . += 1000;
+  file3(.text)
+  @} = 0x1234;
+@}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+In the previous example, @code{file1} is located at the beginning of the
+output section, then there is a 1000 byte gap.  Then @code{file2}
+appears, also with a 1000 byte gap following before @code{file3} is
+loaded.  The notation @samp{= 0x1234} specifies what data to write in
+the gaps (@pxref{Section Options}).
+
+@iftex
+@vfill
+@end iftex
+
+@need 2000
+@node Operators
+@subsection Operators
+@cindex Operators for arithmetic
+@cindex arithmetic operators
+@cindex precedence in expressions
+The linker recognizes  the standard C set of arithmetic operators, with
+the standard bindings and precedence levels:
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@ifinfo
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@smallexample
+precedence      associativity   Operators                Notes
+(highest)
+1               left            !  -  ~                  (1)
+2               left            *  /  %
+3               left            +  -
+4               left            >>  <<
+5               left            ==  !=  >  <  <=  >=
+6               left            &
+7               left            |
+8               left            &&
+9               left            ||
+10              right           ? :
+11              right           &=  +=  -=  *=  /=       (2)
+(lowest)
+@end smallexample
+Notes:
+(1) Prefix operators 
+(2) @xref{Assignment}.
+@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+@end ifinfo
+@tex
+\vskip \baselineskip
+%"lispnarrowing" is the extra indent used generally for smallexample
+\hskip\lispnarrowing\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\hrule
+\halign
+{\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ #\ \hfil&\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ #\ \hfil&\vrule#&\strut\hfil\ {\tt #}\ \hfil&\vrule#\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+&Precedence&&  Associativity  &&{\rm Operators}&\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr
+&highest&&&&&\cr
+% '176 is tilde, '~' in tt font
+&1&&left&&\qquad-          \char'176\      !\qquad\dag&\cr 
+&2&&left&&*          /        \%&\cr
+&3&&left&&+          -&\cr
+&4&&left&&>>         <<&\cr
+&5&&left&&==         !=       >      <      <=      >=&\cr
+&6&&left&&\&&\cr
+&7&&left&&|&\cr
+&8&&left&&{\&\&}&\cr
+&9&&left&&||&\cr
+&10&&right&&?        :&\cr
+&11&&right&&\qquad\&=      +=       -=     *=     /=\qquad\ddag&\cr
+&lowest&&&&&\cr
+height2pt&\omit&&\omit&&\omit&\cr}
+\hrule}
+@end tex
+@iftex
+{
+@obeylines@parskip=0pt@parindent=0pt
+@dag@quad Prefix operators.
+@ddag@quad @xref{Assignment}.
+}
+@end iftex
+@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
+
+@node Evaluation
+@subsection Evaluation
+
+@cindex lazy evaluation
+@cindex expression evaluation order
+The linker uses ``lazy evaluation'' for expressions; it only calculates
+an expression when absolutely necessary.  The linker needs the value of
+the start address, and the lengths of memory regions, in order to do any
+linking at all; these values are computed as soon as possible when the
+linker reads in the command file.  However, other values (such as symbol
+values) are not known or needed until after storage allocation.  Such
+values are evaluated later, when other information (such as the sizes of
+output sections) is available for use in the symbol assignment
+expression.
+
+@node Assignment
+@subsection Assignment: Defining Symbols
+@cindex assignment in scripts
+@cindex symbol definition, scripts
+@cindex variables, defining
+You may create global symbols, and assign values (addresses) to global
+symbols, using any of the C assignment operators:
+
+@table @code
+@item @var{symbol}  = @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} &= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} += @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} -= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} *= @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} /= @var{expression} ;
+@end table
+
+Two things distinguish assignment from other operators in @code{ld}
+expressions.
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+Assignment may only be used at the root of an expression;
+@samp{a=b+3;} is allowed, but @samp{a+b=3;} is an error.
+
+@kindex ;
+@cindex semicolon
+@item 
+You must place a trailing semicolon (``@key{;}'') at the end of an
+assignment statement.
+@end itemize
+
+Assignment statements may appear:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+as commands in their own right in an @code{ld} script; or
+@item 
+as independent statements within a @code{SECTIONS} command; or
+@item 
+as part of the contents of a section definition in a
+@code{SECTIONS} command.
+@end itemize
+
+The first two cases are equivalent in effect---both define a symbol with
+an absolute address.  The last case defines a symbol whose address is
+relative to a particular section (@pxref{SECTIONS}).
+
+@cindex absolute and relocatable symbols
+@cindex relocatable and absolute symbols
+@cindex symbols, relocatable and absolute
+When a linker expression is evaluated and assigned to a variable, it is
+given either an absolute or a relocatable type. An absolute expression
+type is one in which the symbol contains the value that it will have in
+the output file; a relocatable expression type is one in which the
+value is expressed as a fixed offset from the base of a section.
+
+The type of the expression is controlled by its position in the script
+file.  A symbol assigned within a section definition is created relative
+to the base of the section; a symbol assigned in any other place is
+created as an absolute symbol. Since a symbol created within a
+section definition is relative to the base of the section, it
+will remain relocatable if relocatable output is requested.  A symbol
+may be created with an absolute value even when assigned to within a
+section definition by using the absolute assignment function
+@code{ABSOLUTE}.  For example, to create an absolute symbol whose address
+is the last byte of an output section named @code{.data}:
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+  .data : 
+    @{
+      *(.data)
+      _edata = ABSOLUTE(.) ;
+    @} 
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+
+The linker tries to put off the evaluation of an assignment until all
+the terms in the source expression are known (@pxref{Evaluation}).  For
+instance, the sizes of sections cannot be known until after allocation,
+so assignments dependent upon these are not performed until after
+allocation. Some expressions, such as those depending upon the location
+counter @dfn{dot}, @samp{.} must be evaluated during allocation. If the
+result of an expression is required, but the value is not available,
+then an error results.  For example, a script like the following
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS @{ @dots{}
+  text 9+this_isnt_constant : 
+    @{ @dots{}
+    @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+@kindex Non constant expression
+@noindent
+will cause the error message ``@code{Non constant expression for initial
+address}''.
+
+@cindex provide
+In some cases, it is desirable for a linker script to define a symbol
+only if it is referenced, and only if it is not defined by any object
+included in the link.  For example, traditional linkers defined the
+symbol @samp{etext}.  However, ANSI C requires that the user be able to
+use @samp{etext} as a function name without encountering an error.
+The @code{PROVIDE} keyword may be used to define a symbol, such as
+@samp{etext}, only if it is referenced but not defined.  The syntax is
+@code{PROVIDE(@var{symbol} = @var{expression})}.
+
+@node Arithmetic Functions
+@subsection Arithmetic Functions
+@cindex functions in expression language
+The command language includes a number of built-in
+functions for use in link script expressions.
+@table @code
+@kindex ABSOLUTE(@var{exp})
+@cindex expression, absolute
+@item ABSOLUTE(@var{exp})
+Return the absolute (non-relocatable, as opposed to non-negative) value
+of the expression @var{exp}.  Primarily useful to assign an absolute
+value to a symbol within a section definition, where symbol values are
+normally section-relative.
+
+@kindex ADDR(@var{section})
+@cindex section address
+@item ADDR(@var{section})
+Return the absolute address of the named @var{section}.  Your script must
+previously have defined the location of that section. In the following
+example, @code{symbol_1} and @code{symbol_2} are assigned identical
+values:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+  .output1 :
+    @{ 
+    start_of_output_1 = ABSOLUTE(.);
+    @dots{}
+    @}
+  .output :
+    @{
+    symbol_1 = ADDR(.output1);
+    symbol_2 = start_of_output_1;
+    @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex LOADADDR(@var{section})
+@cindex section load address
+@item LOADADDR(@var{section})
+Return the absolute load address of the named @var{section}.  This is
+normally the same as @code{ADDR}, but it may be different if the
+@code{AT} keyword is used in the section definition (@pxref{Section
+Options}).
+
+@kindex ALIGN(@var{exp})
+@cindex rounding up location counter
+@item ALIGN(@var{exp})
+Return the result of the current location counter (@code{.}) aligned to
+the next @var{exp} boundary.  @var{exp} must be an expression whose
+value is a power of two.  This is equivalent to 
+@smallexample
+(. + @var{exp} - 1) & ~(@var{exp} - 1)
+@end smallexample
+
+@code{ALIGN} doesn't change the value of the location counter---it just
+does arithmetic on it.  As an example, to align the output @code{.data}
+section to the next @code{0x2000} byte boundary after the preceding
+section and to set a variable within the section to the next
+@code{0x8000} boundary after the input sections:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+  .data ALIGN(0x2000): @{
+    *(.data)
+    variable = ALIGN(0x8000);
+  @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+The first use of @code{ALIGN} in this example specifies the location of
+a section because it is used as the optional @var{start} attribute of a
+section definition (@pxref{Section Options}).  The second use simply
+defines the value of a variable.
+
+The built-in @code{NEXT} is closely related to @code{ALIGN}.
+
+@kindex DEFINED(@var{symbol})
+@cindex symbol defaults
+@item DEFINED(@var{symbol})
+Return 1 if @var{symbol} is in the linker global symbol table and is
+defined, otherwise return 0.  You can use this function to provide default
+values for symbols.  For example, the following command-file fragment shows how
+to set a global symbol @code{begin} to the first location in the
+@code{.text} section---but if a symbol called @code{begin} already
+existed, its value is preserved:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+  .text : @{
+    begin = DEFINED(begin) ? begin : . ;
+    @dots{}
+  @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex NEXT(@var{exp})
+@cindex unallocated address, next
+@item NEXT(@var{exp})
+Return the next unallocated address that is a multiple of @var{exp}.
+This function is closely related to @code{ALIGN(@var{exp})}; unless you
+use the @code{MEMORY} command to define discontinuous memory for the
+output file, the two functions are equivalent.
+
+@kindex SIZEOF(@var{section})
+@cindex section size
+@item SIZEOF(@var{section})
+Return the size in bytes of the named @var{section}, if that section has
+been allocated.  In the following example, @code{symbol_1} and
+@code{symbol_2} are assigned identical values:
+@c What does it return if the section hasn't been allocated?  0?
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS@{ @dots{}
+  .output @{
+    .start = . ;
+    @dots{}
+    .end = . ;
+    @}
+  symbol_1 = .end - .start ;
+  symbol_2 = SIZEOF(.output);
+@dots{} @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex SIZEOF_HEADERS
+@cindex header size
+@kindex sizeof_headers
+@item SIZEOF_HEADERS
+@itemx sizeof_headers
+Return the size in bytes of the output file's headers.  You can use this number
+as the start address of the first section, if you choose, to facilitate
+paging. 
+
+@kindex MAX
+@item MAX(@var{exp1}, @var{exp2})
+Returns the maximum of @var{exp1} and @var{exp2}.
+
+@kindex MIN
+@item MIN(@var{exp1}, @var{exp2})
+Returns the minimum of @var{exp1} and @var{exp2}.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Semicolons
+@subsection Semicolons
+
+Semicolons (``@key{;}'') are required in the following places.  In all
+other places they can appear for aesthetic reasons but are otherwise ignored.
+
+@table @code
+@item Assignment
+Semicolons must appear at the end of assignment expressions.
+@xref{Assignment}
+
+@item PHDRS
+Semicolons must appear at the end of a @code{PHDRS} statement.
+@xref{PHDRS}
+@end table
+
+@node MEMORY
+@section Memory Layout
+@kindex MEMORY
+@cindex regions of memory
+@cindex discontinuous memory
+@cindex allocating memory
+The linker's default configuration permits allocation of all available memory.
+You can override this configuration by using the @code{MEMORY} command.  The
+@code{MEMORY} command describes the location and size of blocks of
+memory in the target.  By using it carefully, you can describe which
+memory regions may be used by the linker, and which memory regions it
+must avoid.  The linker does not shuffle sections to fit into the
+available regions, but does move the requested sections into the correct
+regions and issue errors when the regions become too full.  
+
+A command file may contain at most one use of the @code{MEMORY}
+command; however, you can define as many blocks of memory within it as
+you wish.  The syntax is:
+        
+@smallexample
+@group
+MEMORY 
+  @{
+    @var{name} (@var{attr}) : ORIGIN = @var{origin}, LENGTH = @var{len}
+    @dots{}
+  @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+@table @code
+@cindex naming memory regions
+@item @var{name}
+is a name used internally by the linker to refer to the region. Any
+symbol name may be used.  The region names are stored in a separate
+name space, and will not conflict with symbols, file names or section
+names.  Use distinct names to specify multiple regions.
+
+@cindex memory region attributes
+@item (@var{attr})
+is an optional list of attributes, permitted for compatibility with the
+AT&T linker but not used by @code{ld} beyond checking that the
+attribute list is valid.  Valid attribute lists must be made up of the
+characters ``@code{LIRWX}''.  If you omit the attribute list, you may
+omit the parentheses around it as well.
+
+@kindex ORIGIN =
+@kindex o =
+@kindex org =
+@item @var{origin}
+is the start address of the region in physical memory.  It is
+an expression that must evaluate to a constant before
+memory allocation is performed. The keyword @code{ORIGIN} may be
+abbreviated to @code{org} or @code{o} (but not, for example, @samp{ORG}).
+
+@kindex LENGTH =
+@kindex len =
+@kindex l =
+@item @var{len}
+is the size in bytes of the region (an expression).
+The keyword @code{LENGTH} may be abbreviated to @code{len} or @code{l}.
+@end table 
+
+For example, to specify that memory has two regions available for
+allocation---one starting at 0 for 256 kilobytes, and the other
+starting at @code{0x40000000} for four megabytes:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+MEMORY 
+  @{
+  rom : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 256K
+  ram : org = 0x40000000, l = 4M
+  @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Once you have defined a region of memory named @var{mem}, you can direct
+specific output sections there by using a command ending in
+@samp{>@var{mem}} within the @code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{Section
+Options}).  If the combined output sections directed to a region are too
+big for the region, the linker will issue an error message.
+
+@node SECTIONS
+@section Specifying Output Sections
+
+@kindex SECTIONS
+The @code{SECTIONS} command controls exactly where input sections are
+placed into output sections, their order in the output file, and to
+which output sections they are allocated.
+
+You may use at most one @code{SECTIONS} command in a script file,
+but you can have as many statements within it as you wish.  Statements
+within the @code{SECTIONS} command can do one of three things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+define the entry point;
+
+@item 
+assign a value to a symbol;
+
+@item 
+describe the placement of a named output section, and which input
+sections go into it.
+@end itemize
+
+You can also use the first two operations---defining the entry point and
+defining symbols---outside the @code{SECTIONS} command: @pxref{Entry
+Point}, and @ref{Assignment}.  They are permitted here as well for
+your convenience in reading the script, so that symbols and the entry
+point can be defined at meaningful points in your output-file layout.
+
+If you do not use a @code{SECTIONS} command, the linker places each input
+section into an identically named output section in the order that the
+sections are first encountered in the input files.  If all input sections
+are present in the first file, for example, the order of sections in the
+output file will match the order in the first input file.
+
+@menu
+* Section Definition::          Section Definitions
+* Section Placement::           Section Placement
+* Section Data Expressions::    Section Data Expressions
+* Section Options::             Optional Section Attributes
+* Overlays::			Overlays
+@end menu
+
+@node Section Definition
+@subsection Section Definitions
+@cindex section definition
+The most frequently used statement in the @code{SECTIONS} command is
+the @dfn{section definition}, which specifies the
+properties of an output section: its location, alignment, contents,
+fill pattern, and target memory region.  Most of
+these specifications are optional; the simplest form of a section
+definition is
+@smallexample
+SECTIONS @{ @dots{}
+  @var{secname} : @{
+    @var{contents}
+  @}
+@dots{} @}
+@end smallexample
+@cindex naming output sections
+@noindent
+@var{secname} is the name of the output section, and @var{contents} a
+specification of what goes there---for example, a list of input files or
+sections of input files (@pxref{Section Placement}).  As you might
+assume, the whitespace shown is optional.  You do need the colon
+@samp{:} and the braces @samp{@{@}}, however.
+
+@var{secname} must meet the constraints of your output format.  In
+formats which only support a limited number of sections, such as
+@code{a.out}, the name must be one of the names supported by the format
+(@code{a.out}, for example, allows only @code{.text}, @code{.data} or
+@code{.bss}). If the output format supports any number of sections, but
+with numbers and not names (as is the case for Oasys), the name should be
+supplied as a quoted numeric string.  A section name may consist of any
+sequence of characters, but any name which does not conform to the standard
+@code{ld} symbol name syntax must be quoted.
+@xref{Symbols, , Symbol Names}.
+
+The special @var{secname} @samp{/DISCARD/} may be used to discard input
+sections.  Any sections which are assigned to an output section named
+@samp{/DISCARD/} are not included in the final link output.
+
+The linker will not create output sections which do not have any
+contents.  This is for convenience when referring to input sections that
+may or may not exist.  For example,
+@smallexample
+.foo @{ *(.foo) @}
+@end smallexample
+will only create a @samp{.foo} section in the output file if there is a
+@samp{.foo} section in at least one input file.
+
+@node Section Placement
+@subsection Section Placement
+
+@cindex contents of a section
+In a section definition, you can specify the contents of an output
+section by listing particular input files, by listing particular
+input-file sections, or by a combination of the two.  You can also place
+arbitrary data in the section, and define symbols relative to the
+beginning of the section.
+
+The @var{contents} of a section definition may include any of the
+following kinds of statement.  You can include as many of these as you
+like in a single section definition, separated from one another by
+whitespace.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex @var{filename}
+@cindex input files, section defn
+@cindex files, including in output sections
+@item @var{filename}
+You may simply name a particular input file to be placed in the current
+output section; @emph{all} sections from that file are placed in the
+current section definition.  If the file name has already been mentioned
+in another section definition, with an explicit section name list, then
+only those sections which have not yet been allocated are used.
+
+To specify a list of particular files by name:
+@smallexample
+.data : @{ afile.o bfile.o cfile.o @}
+@end smallexample
+@noindent
+The example also illustrates that multiple statements can be included in
+the contents of a section definition, since each file name is a separate
+statement. 
+
+@kindex @var{filename}(@var{section})
+@cindex files and sections, section defn
+@item @var{filename}( @var{section} )
+@itemx @var{filename}( @var{section} , @var{section}, @dots{} )
+@itemx @var{filename}( @var{section} @var{section} @dots{} )
+You can name one or more sections from your input files, for
+insertion in the current output section.  If you wish to specify a list
+of input-file sections inside the parentheses, you may separate the
+section names by either commas or whitespace.
+
+@cindex input sections to output section
+@kindex *(@var{section})
+@item * (@var{section})
+@itemx * (@var{section}, @var{section}, @dots{})
+@itemx * (@var{section} @var{section} @dots{})
+Instead of explicitly naming particular input files in a link control
+script, you can refer to @emph{all} files from the @code{ld} command
+line: use @samp{*} instead of a particular file name before the
+parenthesized input-file section list.  
+
+If you have already explicitly included some files by name, @samp{*}
+refers to all @emph{remaining} files---those whose places in the output
+file have not yet been defined.
+
+For example, to copy sections @code{1} through @code{4} from an Oasys file
+into the @code{.text} section of an @code{a.out} file, and sections @code{13}
+and @code{14} into the @code{.data} section:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  .text :@{
+    *("1" "2" "3" "4")
+  @}
+  
+  .data :@{
+    *("13" "14")
+  @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@cindex @code{[@var{section}@dots{}]}, not supported
+@samp{[ @var{section} @dots{} ]} used to be accepted as an alternate way
+to specify named sections from all unallocated input files.  Because
+some operating systems (VMS) allow brackets in file names, that notation
+is no longer supported.
+
+@cindex uninitialized data
+@cindex commons in output
+@kindex *( COMMON )
+@item @var{filename}@code{( COMMON )}
+@itemx *( COMMON )
+Specify where in your output file to place uninitialized data
+with this notation.  @code{*(COMMON)} by itself refers to all
+uninitialized data from all input files (so far as it is not yet
+allocated); @var{filename}@code{(COMMON)} refers to uninitialized data
+from a particular file.  Both are special cases of the general
+mechanisms for specifying where to place input-file sections:
+@code{ld} permits you to refer to uninitialized data as if it
+were in an input-file section named @code{COMMON}, regardless of the
+input file's format.
+@end table
+
+In any place where you may use a specific file or section name, you may
+also use a wildcard pattern.  The linker handles wildcards much as the
+Unix shell does.  A @samp{*} character matches any number of characters.
+A @samp{?} character matches any single character.  The sequence
+@samp{[@var{chars}]} will match a single instance of any of the
+@var{chars}; the @samp{-} character may be used to specify a range of
+characters, as in @samp{[a-z]} to match any lower case letter.  A
+@samp{\} character may be used to quote the following character.
+
+When a file name is matched with a wildcard, the wildcard characters
+will not match a @samp{/} character (used to separate directory names on
+Unix).  A pattern consisting of a single @samp{*} character is an
+exception; it will always match any file name.  In a section name, the
+wildcard characters will match a @samp{/} character.
+
+Wildcards only match files which are explicitly specified on the command
+line.  The linker does not search directories to expand wildcards.
+However, if you specify a simple file name---a name with no wildcard
+characters---in a linker script, and the file name is not also specified
+on the command line, the linker will attempt to open the file as though
+it appeared on the command line.
+
+In the following example, the command script arranges the output file
+into three consecutive sections, named @code{.text}, @code{.data}, and
+@code{.bss}, taking the input for each from the correspondingly named
+sections of all the input files:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{ 
+  .text : @{ *(.text) @}
+  .data : @{ *(.data) @} 
+  .bss :  @{ *(.bss)  *(COMMON) @} 
+@} 
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The following example reads all of the sections from file @code{all.o}
+and places them at the start of output section @code{outputa} which
+starts at location @code{0x10000}. All of section @code{.input1} from
+file @code{foo.o} follows immediately, in the same output section.  All
+of section @code{.input2} from @code{foo.o} goes into output section
+@code{outputb}, followed by section @code{.input1} from @code{foo1.o}.
+All of the remaining @code{.input1} and @code{.input2} sections from any
+files are written to output section @code{outputc}.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  outputa 0x10000 :
+    @{
+    all.o
+    foo.o (.input1)
+    @}
+  outputb :
+    @{
+    foo.o (.input2)
+    foo1.o (.input1)
+    @}
+  outputc :
+    @{
+    *(.input1)
+    *(.input2)
+    @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample        
+
+This example shows how wildcard patterns might be used to partition
+files.  All @code{.text} sections are placed in @code{.text}, and all
+@code{.bss} sections are placed in @code{.bss}.  For all files beginning
+with an upper case character, the @code{.data} section is placed into
+@code{.DATA}; for all other files, the @code{.data} section is placed
+into @code{.data}.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  .text : @{ *(.text) @}
+  .DATA : @{ [A-Z]*(.data) @}
+  .data : @{ *(.data) @}
+  .bss : @{ *(.bss) @}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Section Data Expressions
+@subsection Section Data Expressions
+
+@cindex expressions in a section
+The foregoing statements arrange, in your output file, data originating
+from your input files.  You can also place data directly in an output
+section from the link command script.  Most of these additional
+statements involve expressions (@pxref{Expressions}).  Although these
+statements are shown separately here for ease of presentation, no such
+segregation is needed within a section definition in the @code{SECTIONS}
+command; you can intermix them freely with any of the statements we've
+just described.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex input filename symbols
+@cindex filename symbols
+@kindex CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+@item CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+Create a symbol for each input file
+in the current section, set to the address of the first byte of
+data written from that input file.  For instance, with @code{a.out}
+files it is conventional to have a symbol for each input file.  You can
+accomplish this by defining the output @code{.text} section as follows:
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  .text 0x2020 :
+     @{
+    CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+    *(.text)
+    _etext = ALIGN(0x2000);
+    @}
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If @code{sample.ld} is a file containing this script, and @code{a.o},
+@code{b.o}, @code{c.o}, and @code{d.o} are four input files with
+contents like the following---
+@smallexample
+@group
+/* a.c */
+
+afunction() @{ @}
+int adata=1;
+int abss;
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+@samp{ld -M -T sample.ld a.o b.o c.o d.o} would create a map like this,
+containing symbols matching the object file names:
+@smallexample
+00000000 A __DYNAMIC
+00004020 B _abss
+00004000 D _adata
+00002020 T _afunction
+00004024 B _bbss
+00004008 D _bdata
+00002038 T _bfunction
+00004028 B _cbss
+00004010 D _cdata
+00002050 T _cfunction
+0000402c B _dbss
+00004018 D _ddata
+00002068 T _dfunction
+00004020 D _edata
+00004030 B _end
+00004000 T _etext
+00002020 t a.o
+00002038 t b.o
+00002050 t c.o
+00002068 t d.o
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex @var{symbol} = @var{expression} ;
+@kindex @var{symbol} @var{f}= @var{expression} ;
+@item @var{symbol} = @var{expression} ;
+@itemx @var{symbol} @var{f}= @var{expression} ;
+@var{symbol} is any symbol name (@pxref{Symbols}).  ``@var{f}='' 
+refers to any of the operators @code{&= += -= *= /=} which combine
+arithmetic and assignment.
+
+@cindex assignment, in section defn
+When you assign a value to a symbol within a particular section
+definition, the value is relative to the beginning of the section
+(@pxref{Assignment}).  If you write
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  abs = 14 ;
+  @dots{}
+  .data : @{ @dots{} rel = 14 ; @dots{} @}
+  abs2 = 14 + ADDR(.data);
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@c FIXME:  Try above example!
+@noindent
+@code{abs} and @code{rel} do not have the same value; @code{rel} has the
+same value as @code{abs2}.
+
+@kindex BYTE(@var{expression})
+@kindex SHORT(@var{expression})
+@kindex LONG(@var{expression})
+@kindex QUAD(@var{expression})
+@cindex direct output
+@item BYTE(@var{expression})
+@itemx SHORT(@var{expression})
+@itemx LONG(@var{expression})
+@itemx QUAD(@var{expression})
+By including one of these four statements in a section definition, you
+can explicitly place one, two, four, or eight bytes (respectively) at
+the current address of that section.  @code{QUAD} is only supported when
+using a 64 bit host or target.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+Multiple-byte quantities are represented in whatever byte order is
+appropriate for the output file format (@pxref{BFD}).
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex FILL(@var{expression})
+@cindex holes, filling
+@cindex unspecified memory
+@item FILL(@var{expression})
+Specify the ``fill pattern'' for the current section.  Any otherwise
+unspecified regions of memory within the section (for example, regions
+you skip over by assigning a new value to the location counter @samp{.})
+are filled with the two least significant bytes from the
+@var{expression} argument.  A @code{FILL} statement covers memory
+locations @emph{after} the point it occurs in the section definition; by
+including more than one @code{FILL} statement, you can have different
+fill patterns in different parts of an output section.
+@end table
+
+@node Section Options
+@subsection Optional Section Attributes
+@cindex section defn, full syntax
+Here is the full syntax of a section definition, including all the
+optional portions:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+@dots{}
+@var{secname} @var{start} BLOCK(@var{align}) (NOLOAD) : AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+  @{ @var{contents} @} >@var{region} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+@dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@var{secname} and @var{contents} are required.  @xref{Section
+Definition}, and @ref{Section Placement}, for details on
+@var{contents}.  The remaining elements---@var{start},
+@code{BLOCK(@var{align)}}, @code{(NOLOAD)}, @code{AT ( @var{ldadr} )},
+@code{>@var{region}}, @code{:@var{phdr}}, and @code{=@var{fill}}---are
+all optional.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex start address, section
+@cindex section start
+@cindex section address
+@item @var{start} 
+You can force the output section to be loaded at a specified address by
+specifying @var{start} immediately following the section name.
+@var{start} can be represented as any expression. The following
+example generates section @var{output} at location
+@code{0x40000000}:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  @dots{}
+  output 0x40000000: @{
+    @dots{}
+    @}
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex BLOCK(@var{align})
+@cindex section alignment
+@cindex aligning sections
+@item BLOCK(@var{align})
+You can include @code{BLOCK()} specification to advance
+the location counter @code{.} prior to the beginning of the section, so
+that the section will begin at the specified alignment.  @var{align} is
+an expression.
+
+@kindex NOLOAD
+@cindex prevent unnecessary loading
+@cindex loading, preventing
+@item (NOLOAD)
+Use @samp{(NOLOAD)} to prevent a section from being loaded into memory
+each time it is accessed.  For example, in the script sample below, the
+@code{ROM} segment is addressed at memory location @samp{0} and does not
+need to be loaded into each object file:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS @{
+  ROM  0  (NOLOAD)  : @{ @dots{} @}
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+@cindex specify load address
+@cindex load address, specifying
+@item AT ( @var{ldadr} )
+The expression @var{ldadr} that follows the @code{AT} keyword specifies
+the load address of the section.  The default (if you do not use the
+@code{AT} keyword) is to make the load address the same as the
+relocation address.  This feature is designed to make it easy to build a
+ROM image.  For example, this @code{SECTIONS} definition creates two
+output sections: one called @samp{.text}, which starts at @code{0x1000},
+and one called @samp{.mdata}, which is loaded at the end of the
+@samp{.text} section even though its relocation address is
+@code{0x2000}.  The symbol @code{_data} is defined with the value
+@code{0x2000}:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+SECTIONS
+  @{
+  .text 0x1000 : @{ *(.text) _etext = . ; @}
+  .mdata 0x2000 : 
+    AT ( ADDR(.text) + SIZEOF ( .text ) )
+    @{ _data = . ; *(.data); _edata = . ;  @}
+  .bss 0x3000 :
+    @{ _bstart = . ;  *(.bss) *(COMMON) ; _bend = . ;@}
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The run-time initialization code (for C programs, usually @code{crt0})
+for use with a ROM generated this way has to include something like
+the following, to copy the initialized data from the ROM image to its runtime
+address:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+char *src = _etext;
+char *dst = _data;
+
+/* ROM has data at end of text; copy it. */
+while (dst < _edata) @{
+  *dst++ = *src++;
+@}
+
+/* Zero bss */
+for (dst = _bstart; dst< _bend; dst++)
+  *dst = 0;
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@kindex >@var{region}
+@cindex section, assigning to memory region
+@cindex memory regions and sections
+@item >@var{region}
+Assign this section to a previously defined region of memory.  
+@xref{MEMORY}.
+
+@kindex :@var{phdr}
+@cindex section, assigning to program header
+@cindex program headers and sections
+@item :@var{phdr}
+Assign this section to a segment described by a program header.
+@xref{PHDRS}.  If a section is assigned to one or more segments, then
+all subsequent allocated sections will be assigned to those segments as
+well, unless they use an explicitly @code{:@var{phdr}} modifier.  To
+prevent a section from being assigned to a segment when it would
+normally default to one, use @code{:NONE}.
+
+@kindex =@var{fill}
+@cindex section fill pattern
+@cindex fill pattern, entire section
+@item =@var{fill}
+Including @code{=@var{fill}} in a section definition specifies the
+initial fill value for that section.  You may use any expression to
+specify @var{fill}.  Any unallocated holes in the current output section
+when written to the output file will be filled with the two least
+significant bytes of the value, repeated as necessary.  You can also
+change the fill value with a @code{FILL} statement in the @var{contents}
+of a section definition.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Overlays
+@subsection Overlays
+@kindex OVERLAY
+@cindex overlays
+
+The @code{OVERLAY} command provides an easy way to describe sections
+which are to be loaded as part of a single memory image but are to be
+run at the same memory address.  At run time, some sort of overlay
+manager will copy the overlaid sections in and out of the runtime memory
+address as required, perhaps by simply manipulating addressing bits.
+This approach can be useful, for example, when a certain region of
+memory is faster than another.
+
+The @code{OVERLAY} command is used within a @code{SECTIONS} command.  It
+appears as follows:
+@smallexample
+@group
+  OVERLAY @var{start} : [ NOCROSSREFS ] AT ( @var{ldaddr} )
+   @{
+     @var{secname1} @{ @var{contents} @} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+     @var{secname2} @{ @var{contents} @} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+     @dots{}
+   @} >@var{region} :@var{phdr} =@var{fill}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Everything is optional except @code{OVERLAY} (a keyword), and each
+section must have a name (@var{secname1} and @var{secname2} above).  The
+section definitions within the @code{OVERLAY} construct are identical to
+those within the general @code{SECTIONS} contruct (@pxref{SECTIONS}),
+except that no addresses and no memory regions may be defined for
+sections within an @code{OVERLAY}.
+
+The sections are all defined with the same starting address.  The load
+addresses of the sections are arranged such that they are consecutive in
+memory starting at the load address used for the @code{OVERLAY} as a
+whole (as with normal section definitions, the load address is optional,
+and defaults to the start address; the start address is also optional,
+and defaults to @code{.}).
+
+If the @code{NOCROSSREFS} keyword is used, and there any references
+among the sections, the linker will report an error.  Since the sections
+all run at the same address, it normally does not make sense for one
+section to refer directly to another.  @xref{Option Commands,
+NOCROSSREFS}.
+
+For each section within the @code{OVERLAY}, the linker automatically
+defines two symbols.  The symbol @code{__load_start_@var{secname}} is
+defined as the starting load address of the section.  The symbol
+@code{__load_stop_@var{secname}} is defined as the final load address of
+the section.  Any characters within @var{secname} which are not legal
+within C identifiers are removed.  C (or assembler) code may use these
+symbols to move the overlaid sections around as necessary.
+
+At the end of the overlay, the value of @code{.} is set to the start
+address of the overlay plus the size of the largest section.
+
+Here is an example.  Remember that this would appear inside a
+@code{SECTIONS} construct.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  OVERLAY 0x1000 : AT (0x4000)
+   @{
+     .text0 @{ o1/*.o(.text) @}
+     .text1 @{ o2/*.o(.text) @}
+   @}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+This will define both @code{.text0} and @code{.text1} to start at
+address 0x1000.  @code{.text0} will be loaded at address 0x4000, and
+@code{.text1} will be loaded immediately after @code{.text0}.  The
+following symbols will be defined: @code{__load_start_text0},
+@code{__load_stop_text0}, @code{__load_start_text1},
+@code{__load_stop_text1}.
+
+C code to copy overlay @code{.text1} into the overlay area might look
+like the following.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  extern char __load_start_text1, __load_stop_text1;
+  memcpy ((char *) 0x1000, &__load_start_text1,
+          &__load_stop_text1 - &__load_start_text1);
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+Note that the @code{OVERLAY} command is just syntactic sugar, since
+everything it does can be done using the more basic commands.  The above
+example could have been written identically as follows.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  .text0 0x1000 : AT (0x4000) @{ o1/*.o(.text) @}
+  __load_start_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0);
+  __load_stop_text0 = LOADADDR (.text0) + SIZEOF (.text0);
+  .text1 0x1000 : AT (0x4000 + SIZEOF (.text0)) @{ o2/*.o(.text) @}
+  __load_start_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1);
+  __load_stop_text1 = LOADADDR (.text1) + SIZEOF (.text1);
+  . = 0x1000 + MAX (SIZEOF (.text0), SIZEOF (.text1));
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@node PHDRS
+@section ELF Program Headers
+@kindex PHDRS
+@cindex program headers
+@cindex ELF program headers
+
+The ELF object file format uses @dfn{program headers}, which are read by
+the system loader and describe how the program should be loaded into
+memory.  These program headers must be set correctly in order to run the
+program on a native ELF system.  The linker will create reasonable
+program headers by default.  However, in some cases, it is desirable to
+specify the program headers more precisely; the @code{PHDRS} command may
+be used for this purpose.  When the @code{PHDRS} command is used, the
+linker will not generate any program headers itself.
+
+The @code{PHDRS} command is only meaningful when generating an ELF
+output file.  It is ignored in other cases.  This manual does not
+describe the details of how the system loader interprets program
+headers; for more information, see the ELF ABI.  The program headers of
+an ELF file may be displayed using the @samp{-p} option of the
+@code{objdump} command.
+
+This is the syntax of the @code{PHDRS} command.  The words @code{PHDRS},
+@code{FILEHDR}, @code{AT}, and @code{FLAGS} are keywords.
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+PHDRS
+@{
+  @var{name} @var{type} [ FILEHDR ] [ PHDRS ] [ AT ( @var{address} ) ]
+        [ FLAGS ( @var{flags} ) ] ;
+@}
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+The @var{name} is used only for reference in the @code{SECTIONS} command
+of the linker script.  It does not get put into the output file.
+
+Certain program header types describe segments of memory which are
+loaded from the file by the system loader.  In the linker script, the
+contents of these segments are specified by directing allocated output
+sections to be placed in the segment.  To do this, the command
+describing the output section in the @code{SECTIONS} command should use
+@samp{:@var{name}}, where @var{name} is the name of the program header
+as it appears in the @code{PHDRS} command.  @xref{Section Options}.
+
+It is normal for certain sections to appear in more than one segment.
+This merely implies that one segment of memory contains another.  This
+is specified by repeating @samp{:@var{name}}, using it once for each
+program header in which the section is to appear.
+
+If a section is placed in one or more segments using @samp{:@var{name}},
+then all subsequent allocated sections which do not specify
+@samp{:@var{name}} are placed in the same segments.  This is for
+convenience, since generally a whole set of contiguous sections will be
+placed in a single segment.  To prevent a section from being assigned to
+a segment when it would normally default to one, use @code{:NONE}.
+
+The @code{FILEHDR} and @code{PHDRS} keywords which may appear after the
+program header type also indicate contents of the segment of memory.
+The @code{FILEHDR} keyword means that the segment should include the ELF
+file header.  The @code{PHDRS} keyword means that the segment should
+include the ELF program headers themselves.
+
+The @var{type} may be one of the following.  The numbers indicate the
+value of the keyword.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{PT_NULL} (0)
+Indicates an unused program header.
+
+@item @code{PT_LOAD} (1)
+Indicates that this program header describes a segment to be loaded from
+the file.
+
+@item @code{PT_DYNAMIC} (2)
+Indicates a segment where dynamic linking information can be found.
+
+@item @code{PT_INTERP} (3)
+Indicates a segment where the name of the program interpreter may be
+found.
+
+@item @code{PT_NOTE} (4)
+Indicates a segment holding note information.
+
+@item @code{PT_SHLIB} (5)
+A reserved program header type, defined but not specified by the ELF
+ABI.
+
+@item @code{PT_PHDR} (6)
+Indicates a segment where the program headers may be found.
+
+@item @var{expression}
+An expression giving the numeric type of the program header.  This may
+be used for types not defined above.
+@end table
+
+It is possible to specify that a segment should be loaded at a
+particular address in memory.  This is done using an @code{AT}
+expression.  This is identical to the @code{AT} command used in the
+@code{SECTIONS} command (@pxref{Section Options}).  Using the @code{AT}
+command for a program header overrides any information in the
+@code{SECTIONS} command.
+
+Normally the segment flags are set based on the sections.  The
+@code{FLAGS} keyword may be used to explicitly specify the segment
+flags.  The value of @var{flags} must be an integer.  It is used to
+set the @code{p_flags} field of the program header.
+
+Here is an example of the use of @code{PHDRS}.  This shows a typical set
+of program headers used on a native ELF system.
+
+@example
+@group
+PHDRS
+@{
+  headers PT_PHDR PHDRS ;
+  interp PT_INTERP ;
+  text PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS ;
+  data PT_LOAD ;
+  dynamic PT_DYNAMIC ;
+@}
+
+SECTIONS
+@{
+  . = SIZEOF_HEADERS;
+  .interp : @{ *(.interp) @} :text :interp
+  .text : @{ *(.text) @} :text
+  .rodata : @{ *(.rodata) @} /* defaults to :text */
+  @dots{}
+  . = . + 0x1000; /* move to a new page in memory */
+  .data : @{ *(.data) @} :data
+  .dynamic : @{ *(.dynamic) @} :data :dynamic
+  @dots{}
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@node Entry Point
+@section The Entry Point
+@kindex ENTRY(@var{symbol})
+@cindex start of execution
+@cindex first instruction
+The linker command language includes a command specifically for
+defining the first executable instruction in an output file (its
+@dfn{entry point}).  Its argument is a symbol name:
+@smallexample
+ENTRY(@var{symbol})
+@end smallexample
+
+Like symbol assignments, the @code{ENTRY} command may be placed either
+as an independent command in the command file, or among the section
+definitions within the @code{SECTIONS} command---whatever makes the most
+sense for your layout.
+
+@cindex entry point, defaults
+@code{ENTRY} is only one of several ways of choosing the entry point.
+You may indicate it in any of the following ways (shown in descending
+order of priority: methods higher in the list override methods lower down).
+@itemize @bullet
+@item 
+the @samp{-e} @var{entry} command-line option;
+@item 
+the @code{ENTRY(@var{symbol})} command in a linker control script;
+@item 
+the value of the symbol @code{start}, if present;
+@item 
+the address of the first byte of the @code{.text} section, if present;
+@item 
+The address @code{0}.
+@end itemize
+
+For example, you can use these rules to generate an entry point with an
+assignment statement: if no symbol @code{start} is defined within your
+input files, you can simply define it, assigning it an appropriate
+value---
+
+@smallexample
+start = 0x2020;
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+The example shows an absolute address, but you can use any expression.
+For example, if your input object files use some other symbol-name
+convention for the entry point, you can just assign the value of
+whatever symbol contains the start address to @code{start}:
+
+@smallexample
+start = other_symbol ;
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Version Script
+@section Version Script
+@kindex VERSION @{script text@}
+@cindex symbol versions
+@cindex version script
+@cindex versions of symbols
+The linker command script includes a command specifically for
+specifying a version script, and is only meaningful for ELF platforms
+that support shared libraries.  A version script can be
+build directly into the linker script that you are using, or you
+can supply the version script as just another input file to the linker
+at the time that you link.  The command script syntax is:
+@smallexample
+VERSION @{ version script contents @}
+@end smallexample
+The version script can also be specified to the linker by means of the
+@samp{--version-script} linker command line option.
+Version scripts are only meaningful when creating shared libraries.
+
+The format of the version script itself is identical to that used by
+Sun's linker in Solaris 2.5.  Versioning is done by defining a tree of
+version nodes with the names and interdependencies specified in the
+version script.  The version script can specify which symbols are bound
+to which version nodes, and it can reduce a specified set of symbols to
+local scope so that they are not globally visible outside of the shared
+library.
+
+The easiest way to demonstrate the version script language is with a few
+examples.
+
+@smallexample
+VERS_1.1 @{
+	 global:
+		 foo1;
+	 local:
+		 old*; 
+		 original*; 
+		 new*; 
+@};
+
+VERS_1.2 @{
+		 foo2;
+@} VERS_1.1;
+
+VERS_2.0 @{
+		 bar1; bar2;
+@} VERS_1.2;
+@end smallexample
+
+In this example, three version nodes are defined.  @samp{VERS_1.1} is the
+first version node defined, and has no other dependencies.  The symbol
+@samp{foo1} is bound to this version node, and a number of symbols
+that have appeared within various object files are reduced in scope to
+local so that they are not visible outside of the shared library.
+
+Next, the node @samp{VERS_1.2} is defined.  It depends upon
+@samp{VERS_1.1}.  The symbol @samp{foo2} is bound to this version node.
+
+Finally, the node @samp{VERS_2.0} is defined.  It depends upon
+@samp{VERS_1.2}.  The symbols @samp{bar1} and @samp{bar2} are bound to
+this version node.
+
+Symbols defined in the library which aren't specifically bound to a
+version node are effectively bound to an unspecified base version of the
+library.  It is possible to bind all otherwise unspecified symbols to a
+given version node using @samp{global: *} somewhere in the version
+script.
+
+Lexically the names of the version nodes have no specific meaning other
+than what they might suggest to the person reading them.  The @samp{2.0}
+version could just as well have appeared in between @samp{1.1} and
+@samp{1.2}.  However, this would be a confusing way to write a version
+script.
+
+When you link an application against a shared library that has versioned
+symbols, the application itself knows which version of each symbol it requires,
+and it also knows which version nodes it needs from each shared library it is
+linked against.  Thus at runtime, the dynamic loader can make a quick check to
+make sure that the libraries you have linked against do in fact supply all
+of the version nodes that the application will need to resolve all of the
+dynamic symbols.  In this way it is possible for the dynamic linker to know
+with certainty that all external symbols that it needs will be resolvable
+without having to search for each symbol reference.
+
+The symbol versioning is in effect a much more sophisticated way of
+doing minor version checking that SunOS does.  The fundamental problem
+that is being addressed here is that typically references to external
+functions are bound on an as-needed basis, and are not all bound when
+the application starts up.  If a shared library is out of date, a
+required interface may be missing; when the application tries to use
+that interface, it may suddenly and unexpectedly fail.  With symbol
+versioning, the user will get a warning when they start their program if
+the libraries being used with the application are too old.
+
+There are several GNU extensions to Sun's versioning approach.  The
+first of these is the ability to bind a symbol to a version node in the
+source file where the symbol is defined instead of in the versioning
+script.  This was done mainly to reduce the burden on the library
+maintainer.  This can be done by putting something like:
+
+@smallexample
+__asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@@VERS_1.1");
+@end smallexample
+
+in the C source file.  This renamed the function @samp{original_foo} to
+be an alias for @samp{foo} bound to the version node @samp{VERS_1.1}.
+The @samp{local:} directive can be used to prevent the symbol
+@samp{original_foo} from being exported.
+
+The second GNU extension is to allow multiple versions of the same function
+to appear in a given shared library.  In this way an incompatible change to
+an interface can take place without increasing the major version number of
+the shared library, while still allowing applications linked against the old
+interface to continue to function.
+
+This can only be accomplished by using multiple @samp{.symver}
+directives in the assembler.  An example of this would be:
+
+@smallexample
+__asm__(".symver original_foo,foo@@");
+__asm__(".symver old_foo,foo@@VERS_1.1");
+__asm__(".symver old_foo1,foo@@VERS_1.2");
+__asm__(".symver new_foo,foo@@@@VERS_2.0");
+@end smallexample
+
+In this example, @samp{foo@@} represents the symbol @samp{foo} bound to the
+unspecified base version of the symbol.  The source file that contains this
+example would define 4 C functions: @samp{original_foo}, @samp{old_foo},
+@samp{old_foo1}, and @samp{new_foo}.
+
+When you have multiple definitions of a given symbol, there needs to be
+some way to specify a default version to which external references to
+this symbol will be bound.  This can be accomplished with the
+@samp{foo@@@@VERS_2.0} type of @samp{.symver} directive.  Only one version of
+a symbol can be declared 'default' in this manner - otherwise you would
+effectively have multiple definitions of the same symbol.
+
+If you wish to bind a reference to a specific version of the symbol
+within the shared library, you can use the aliases of convenience
+(i.e. @samp{old_foo}), or you can use the @samp{.symver} directive to
+specifically bind to an external version of the function in question.
+
+@node Option Commands
+@section Option Commands
+The command language includes a number of other commands that you can
+use for specialized purposes.  They are similar in purpose to
+command-line options.
+
+@table @code
+@kindex CONSTRUCTORS
+@cindex C++ constructors, arranging in link
+@cindex constructors, arranging in link
+@item CONSTRUCTORS
+When linking using the @code{a.out} object file format, the linker uses
+an unusual set construct to support C++ global constructors and
+destructors.  When linking object file formats which do not support
+arbitrary sections, such as @code{ECOFF} and @code{XCOFF}, the linker
+will automatically recognize C++ global constructors and destructors by
+name.  For these object file formats, the @code{CONSTRUCTORS} command
+tells the linker where this information should be placed.  The
+@code{CONSTRUCTORS} command is ignored for other object file formats.
+
+The symbol @w{@code{__CTOR_LIST__}} marks the start of the global
+constructors, and the symbol @w{@code{__DTOR_LIST}} marks the end.  The
+first word in the list is the number of entries, followed by the address
+of each constructor or destructor, followed by a zero word.  The
+compiler must arrange to actually run the code.  For these object file
+formats @sc{gnu} C++ calls constructors from a subroutine @code{__main};
+a call to @code{__main} is automatically inserted into the startup code
+for @code{main}.  @sc{gnu} C++ runs destructors either by using
+@code{atexit}, or directly from the function @code{exit}.
+
+For object file formats such as @code{COFF} or @code{ELF} which support
+multiple sections, @sc{gnu} C++ will normally arrange to put the
+addresses of global constructors and destructors into the @code{.ctors}
+and @code{.dtors} sections.  Placing the following sequence into your
+linker script will build the sort of table which the @sc{gnu} C++
+runtime code expects to see.
+
+@smallexample
+      __CTOR_LIST__ = .;
+      LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
+      *(.ctors)
+      LONG(0)
+      __CTOR_END__ = .;
+      __DTOR_LIST__ = .;
+      LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)
+      *(.dtors)
+      LONG(0)
+      __DTOR_END__ = .;
+@end smallexample
+
+Normally the compiler and linker will handle these issues automatically,
+and you will not need to concern yourself with them.  However, you may
+need to consider this if you are using C++ and writing your own linker
+scripts.
+
+@need 1000
+@kindex FLOAT
+@kindex NOFLOAT
+@item FLOAT
+@itemx NOFLOAT
+These keywords were used in some older linkers to request a particular
+math subroutine library.  @code{ld} doesn't use the keywords, assuming
+instead that any necessary subroutines are in libraries specified using
+the general mechanisms for linking to archives; but to permit the use of
+scripts that were written for the older linkers, the keywords
+@code{FLOAT} and @code{NOFLOAT} are accepted and ignored.
+
+@kindex FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+@cindex common allocation
+@item FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+This command has the same effect as the @samp{-d} command-line option:
+to make @code{ld} assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable
+output file is specified (@samp{-r}).
+
+@kindex INCLUDE @var{filename}
+@cindex including a linker script
+@item INCLUDE @var{filename}
+Include the linker script @var{filename} at this point.  The file will
+be searched for in the current directory, and in any directory specified
+with the @code{-L} option.  You can nest calls to @code{INCLUDE} up to
+10 levels deep.
+
+@kindex INPUT ( @var{files} )
+@cindex binary input files
+@item INPUT ( @var{file}, @var{file}, @dots{} )
+@itemx INPUT ( @var{file} @var{file} @dots{} )
+Use this command to include binary input files in the link, without
+including them in a particular section definition.  
+Specify the full name for each @var{file}, including @samp{.a} if
+required.
+
+@code{ld} searches for each @var{file} through the archive-library
+search path, just as for files you specify on the command line.
+See the description of @samp{-L} in @ref{Options,,Command Line
+Options}.
+
+If you use @samp{-l@var{file}}, @code{ld} will transform the name to
+@code{lib@var{file}.a} as with the command line argument @samp{-l}.
+
+@kindex GROUP ( @var{files} )
+@cindex grouping input files
+@item GROUP ( @var{file}, @var{file}, @dots{} )
+@itemx GROUP ( @var{file} @var{file} @dots{} )
+This command is like @code{INPUT}, except that the named files should
+all be archives, and they are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created.  See the description of @samp{-(} in
+@ref{Options,,Command Line Options}.
+
+@ignore
+@kindex MAP ( @var{name} )
+@item MAP ( @var{name} )
+@c MAP(...) appears to look for an F in the arg, ignoring all other
+@c chars; if it finds one, it sets "map_option_f" to true.  But nothing
+@c checks map_option_f.  Apparently a stub for the future...
+@end ignore
+
+@kindex OUTPUT ( @var{filename} )
+@cindex naming the output file
+@item OUTPUT ( @var{filename} )
+Use this command to name the link output file @var{filename}.  The
+effect of @code{OUTPUT(@var{filename})} is identical to the effect of
+@w{@samp{-o @var{filename}}}, which overrides it.  You can use this
+command to supply a default output-file name other than @code{a.out}.
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@kindex OUTPUT_ARCH ( @var{bfdname} )
+@cindex machine architecture, output
+@item OUTPUT_ARCH ( @var{bfdname} )
+Specify a particular output machine architecture, with one of the names
+used by the BFD back-end routines (@pxref{BFD}).  This command is often
+unnecessary; the architecture is most often set implicitly by either the
+system BFD configuration or as a side effect of the @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+command.
+
+@kindex OUTPUT_FORMAT ( @var{bfdname} )
+@cindex format, output file
+@item OUTPUT_FORMAT ( @var{bfdname} )
+When @code{ld} is configured to support multiple object code formats,
+you can use this command to specify a particular output format.
+@var{bfdname} is one of the names used by the BFD back-end routines
+(@pxref{BFD}).  The effect is identical to the effect of the
+@samp{--oformat} command-line option.  This selection affects only the
+output file; the related command @code{TARGET} affects primarily input
+files.
+@end ifclear
+
+@kindex SEARCH_DIR ( @var{path} )
+@cindex path for libraries
+@cindex search path, libraries
+@item SEARCH_DIR ( @var{path} )
+Add @var{path} to the list of paths where @code{ld} looks for
+archive libraries.  @code{SEARCH_DIR(@var{path})} has the same
+effect as @samp{-L@var{path}} on the command line.
+
+@kindex STARTUP ( @var{filename} )
+@cindex first input file
+@item STARTUP ( @var{filename} )
+Ensure that @var{filename} is the first input file used in the link
+process. 
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@cindex input file format
+@kindex TARGET ( @var{format} )
+@item TARGET ( @var{format} )
+When @code{ld} is configured to support multiple object code formats,
+you can use this command to change the input-file object code format
+(like the command-line option @samp{-b} or its synonym @samp{--format}).
+The argument @var{format} is one of the strings used by BFD to name
+binary formats.  If @code{TARGET} is specified but @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+is not, the last @code{TARGET} argument is also used as the default
+format for the @code{ld} output file.  @xref{BFD}.
+
+@kindex GNUTARGET
+If you don't use the @code{TARGET} command, @code{ld} uses the value of
+the environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}, if available, to select the
+output file format.  If that variable is also absent, @code{ld} uses
+the default format configured for your machine in the BFD libraries.
+@end ifclear
+
+@cindex cross references
+@kindex NOCROSSREFS ( @var{sections} )
+@item NOCROSSREFS ( @var{section} @var{section} @dots{} )
+This command may be used to tell @code{ld} to issue an error about any
+references among certain sections.
+
+In certain types of programs, particularly on embedded systems, when one
+section is loaded into memory, another section will not be.  Any direct
+references between the two sections would be errors.  For example, it
+would be an error if code in one section called a function defined in
+the other section.
+
+The @code{NOCROSSREFS} command takes a list of section names.  If
+@code{ld} detects any cross references between the sections, it reports
+an error and returns a non-zero exit status.  The @code{NOCROSSREFS}
+command uses output section names, defined in the @code{SECTIONS}
+command.  It does not use the names of input sections.
+@end table
+
+@ifset GENERIC
+@node Machine Dependent
+@chapter Machine Dependent Features
+
+@cindex machine dependencies
+@code{ld} has additional features on some platforms; the following
+sections describe them.  Machines where @code{ld} has no additional
+functionality are not listed.
+
+@menu
+* H8/300::                      @code{ld} and the H8/300
+* i960::                        @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family
+@end menu
+@end ifset
+
+@c FIXME!  This could use @raisesections/@lowersections, but there seems to be a conflict
+@c         between those and node-defaulting.
+@ifset H8300
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@raisesections
+@end ifclear
+@node H8/300
+@section @code{ld} and the H8/300
+
+@cindex H8/300 support
+For the H8/300, @code{ld} can perform these global optimizations when
+you specify the @samp{--relax} command-line option.
+
+@table @emph
+@cindex relaxing on H8/300
+@item relaxing address modes
+@code{ld} finds all @code{jsr} and @code{jmp} instructions whose
+targets are within eight bits, and turns them into eight-bit
+program-counter relative @code{bsr} and @code{bra} instructions,
+respectively.
+
+@cindex synthesizing on H8/300
+@item synthesizing instructions
+@c FIXME: specifically mov.b, or any mov instructions really?
+@code{ld} finds all @code{mov.b} instructions which use the
+sixteen-bit absolute address form, but refer to the top
+page of memory, and changes them to use the eight-bit address form.
+(That is: the linker turns @samp{mov.b @code{@@}@var{aa}:16} into
+@samp{mov.b @code{@@}@var{aa}:8} whenever the address @var{aa} is in the
+top page of memory).
+@end table
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@lowersections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@ifset Hitachi
+@c This stuff is pointless to say unless you're especially concerned
+@c with Hitachi chips; don't enable it for generic case, please.
+@node Hitachi
+@chapter @code{ld} and other Hitachi chips
+
+@code{ld} also supports the H8/300H, the H8/500, and the Hitachi SH.  No
+special features, commands, or command-line options are required for
+these chips.
+@end ifset
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset I960
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@raisesections
+@end ifclear
+@node i960
+@section @code{ld} and the Intel 960 family
+
+@cindex i960 support
+
+You can use the @samp{-A@var{architecture}} command line option to
+specify one of the two-letter names identifying members of the 960
+family; the option specifies the desired output target, and warns of any
+incompatible instructions in the input files.  It also modifies the
+linker's search strategy for archive libraries, to support the use of
+libraries specific to each particular architecture, by including in the
+search loop names suffixed with the string identifying the architecture.
+
+For example, if your @code{ld} command line included @w{@samp{-ACA}} as
+well as @w{@samp{-ltry}}, the linker would look (in its built-in search
+paths, and in any paths you specify with @samp{-L}) for a library with
+the names
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+try
+libtry.a
+tryca
+libtryca.a
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+The first two possibilities would be considered in any event; the last
+two are due to the use of @w{@samp{-ACA}}.
+
+You can meaningfully use @samp{-A} more than once on a command line, since
+the 960 architecture family allows combination of target architectures; each
+use will add another pair of name variants to search for when @w{@samp{-l}}
+specifies a library.
+
+@cindex @code{--relax} on i960
+@cindex relaxing on i960
+@code{ld} supports the @samp{--relax} option for the i960 family.  If
+you specify @samp{--relax}, @code{ld} finds all @code{balx} and
+@code{calx} instructions whose targets are within 24 bits, and turns
+them into 24-bit program-counter relative @code{bal} and @code{cal}
+instructions, respectively.  @code{ld} also turns @code{cal}
+instructions into @code{bal} instructions when it determines that the
+target subroutine is a leaf routine (that is, the target subroutine does
+not itself call any subroutines).
+
+@ifclear GENERIC
+@lowersections
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear SingleFormat
+@node BFD
+@chapter BFD
+
+@cindex back end
+@cindex object file management
+@cindex object formats available
+@kindex objdump -i
+The linker accesses object and archive files using the BFD libraries.
+These libraries allow the linker to use the same routines to operate on
+object files whatever the object file format.  A different object file
+format can be supported simply by creating a new BFD back end and adding
+it to the library.  To conserve runtime memory, however, the linker and
+associated tools are usually configured to support only a subset of the
+object file formats available.  You can use @code{objdump -i}
+(@pxref{objdump,,objdump,binutils.info,The GNU Binary Utilities}) to
+list all the formats available for your configuration.
+
+@cindex BFD requirements
+@cindex requirements for BFD
+As with most implementations, BFD is a compromise between
+several conflicting requirements. The major factor influencing
+BFD design was efficiency: any time used converting between
+formats is time which would not have been spent had BFD not
+been involved. This is partly offset by abstraction payback; since
+BFD simplifies applications and back ends, more time and care
+may be spent optimizing algorithms for a greater speed.
+
+One minor artifact of the BFD solution which you should bear in
+mind is the potential for information loss.  There are two places where
+useful information can be lost using the BFD mechanism: during
+conversion and during output. @xref{BFD information loss}.
+
+@menu
+* BFD outline::                 How it works: an outline of BFD
+@end menu
+
+@node BFD outline
+@section How it works: an outline of BFD
+@cindex opening object files
+@include bfdsumm.texi
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Reporting Bugs
+@chapter Reporting Bugs
+@cindex bugs in @code{ld}
+@cindex reporting bugs in @code{ld}
+
+Your bug reports play an essential role in making @code{ld} reliable.
+
+Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or
+it may not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report is
+to help the entire community by making the next version of @code{ld}
+work better.  Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of
+@code{ld}.
+
+In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
+information that enables us to fix the bug.
+
+@menu
+* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
+* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs
+@end menu
+
+@node Bug Criteria
+@section Have you found a bug?
+@cindex bug criteria
+
+If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex fatal signal
+@cindex linker crash
+@cindex crash of linker
+@item
+If the linker gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
+@code{ld} bug.  Reliable linkers never crash.
+
+@cindex error on valid input
+@item
+If @code{ld} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
+
+@cindex invalid input
+@item
+If @code{ld} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
+may be a bug.  In the general case, the linker can not verify that
+object files are correct.
+
+@item
+If you are an experienced user of linkers, your suggestions for
+improvement of @code{ld} are welcome in any case.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Bug Reporting
+@section How to report bugs
+@cindex bug reports
+@cindex @code{ld} bugs, reporting
+
+A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu}
+products.  If you obtained @code{ld} from a support organization, we
+recommend you contact that organization first.
+
+You can find contact information for many support companies and
+individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
+distribution.
+
+In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @code{ld}
+to @samp{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}.
+
+The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
+@strong{report all the facts}.  If you are not sure whether to state a
+fact or leave it out, state it!
+
+Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
+problem and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might
+assume that the name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter.
+Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps the bug is
+a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
+that name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the
+contents of that location would fool the linker into doing the right
+thing despite the bug.  Play it safe and give a specific, complete
+example.  That is the easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
+
+Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
+it is new to us.  Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
+that the bug has not been reported previously.
+
+Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
+bell?''  Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
+@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
+bugs properly.
+
+To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The version of @code{ld}.  @code{ld} announces it if you start it with
+the @samp{--version} argument.
+
+Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
+the bug in the current version of @code{ld}.
+
+@item
+Any patches you may have applied to the @code{ld} source, including any
+patches made to the @code{BFD} library.
+
+@item
+The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
+version number.
+
+@item
+What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @code{ld}---e.g.
+``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
+
+@item
+The command arguments you gave the linker to link your example and
+observe the bug.  To guarantee you will not omit something important,
+list them all.  A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is
+sufficient.
+
+If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
+and then we might not encounter the bug.
+
+@item
+A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce the
+bug.  It is generally most helpful to send the actual object files,
+uuencoded if necessary to get them through the mail system.  Making them
+available for anonymous FTP is not as good, but may be the only
+reasonable choice for large object files.
+
+If the source files were assembled using @code{gas} or compiled using
+@code{gcc}, then it may be OK to send the source files rather than the
+object files.  In this case, be sure to say exactly what version of
+@code{gas} or @code{gcc} was used to produce the object files.  Also say
+how @code{gas} or @code{gcc} were configured.
+
+@item
+A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
+incorrect.  For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
+
+Of course, if the bug is that @code{ld} gets a fatal signal, then we
+will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we might
+not notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well not give us
+a chance to make a mistake.
+
+Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
+say so explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your
+copy of @code{ld} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the
+C library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your copy might crash
+and ours would not.  If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours
+fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for us.  If
+you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw
+any conclusion from our observations.
+
+@item
+If you wish to suggest changes to the @code{ld} source, send us context
+diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or
+@samp{-p} option.  Always send diffs from the old file to the new file.
+If you even discuss something in the @code{ld} source, refer to it by
+context, not by line number.
+
+The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
+sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
+@end itemize
+
+Here are some things that are not necessary:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+A description of the envelope of the bug.
+
+Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
+which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
+changes will not affect it.
+
+This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
+will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
+with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
+We recommend that you save your time for something else.
+
+Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
+of the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
+output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
+less time, and so on.
+
+However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
+report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
+
+@item
+A patch for the bug.
+
+A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not omit
+the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
+a patch is all we need.  We might see problems with your patch and decide
+to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
+
+Sometimes with a program as complicated as @code{ld} it is very hard to
+construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
+through the code.  If you do not send us the example, we will not be
+able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is
+fixed.
+
+And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
+patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A test case will
+help us to understand.
+
+@item
+A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
+
+Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about such
+things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
+@end itemize
+
+@node MRI
+@appendix MRI Compatible Script Files
+@cindex MRI compatibility
+To aid users making the transition to @sc{gnu} @code{ld} from the MRI
+linker, @code{ld} can use MRI compatible linker scripts as an
+alternative to the more general-purpose linker scripting language
+described in @ref{Commands,,Command Language}.  MRI compatible linker
+scripts have a much simpler command set than the scripting language
+otherwise used with @code{ld}.  @sc{gnu} @code{ld} supports the most
+commonly used MRI linker commands; these commands are described here.
+
+In general, MRI scripts aren't of much use with the @code{a.out} object
+file format, since it only has three sections and MRI scripts lack some
+features to make use of them.
+
+You can specify a file containing an MRI-compatible script using the
+@samp{-c} command-line option.
+
+Each command in an MRI-compatible script occupies its own line; each
+command line starts with the keyword that identifies the command (though
+blank lines are also allowed for punctuation).  If a line of an
+MRI-compatible script begins with an unrecognized keyword, @code{ld}
+issues a warning message, but continues processing the script.
+
+Lines beginning with @samp{*} are comments.
+
+You can write these commands using all upper-case letters, or all
+lower case; for example, @samp{chip} is the same as @samp{CHIP}.
+The following list shows only the upper-case form of each command.
+
+@table @code
+@cindex @code{ABSOLUTE} (MRI)
+@item ABSOLUTE @var{secname}
+@itemx ABSOLUTE @var{secname}, @var{secname}, @dots{} @var{secname}
+Normally, @code{ld} includes in the output file all sections from all
+the input files.  However, in an MRI-compatible script, you can use the
+@code{ABSOLUTE} command to restrict the sections that will be present in
+your output program.  If the @code{ABSOLUTE} command is used at all in a
+script, then only the sections named explicitly in @code{ABSOLUTE}
+commands will appear in the linker output.  You can still use other
+input sections (whatever you select on the command line, or using
+@code{LOAD}) to resolve addresses in the output file.
+
+@cindex @code{ALIAS} (MRI)
+@item ALIAS @var{out-secname}, @var{in-secname}
+Use this command to place the data from input section @var{in-secname}
+in a section called @var{out-secname} in the linker output file.
+
+@var{in-secname} may be an integer.
+
+@cindex @code{ALIGN} (MRI)
+@item ALIGN @var{secname} = @var{expression}
+Align the section called @var{secname} to @var{expression}.  The
+@var{expression} should be a power of two.
+
+@cindex @code{BASE} (MRI)
+@item BASE @var{expression}
+Use the value of @var{expression} as the lowest address (other than
+absolute addresses) in the output file.
+
+@cindex @code{CHIP} (MRI)
+@item CHIP @var{expression}
+@itemx CHIP @var{expression}, @var{expression}
+This command does nothing; it is accepted only for compatibility.
+
+@cindex @code{END} (MRI)
+@item END
+This command does nothing whatever; it's only accepted for compatibility.
+
+@cindex @code{FORMAT} (MRI)
+@item FORMAT @var{output-format}
+Similar to the @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} command in the more general linker
+language, but restricted to one of these output formats: 
+
+@enumerate
+@item 
+S-records, if @var{output-format} is @samp{S}
+
+@item
+IEEE, if @var{output-format} is @samp{IEEE}
+
+@item
+COFF (the @samp{coff-m68k} variant in BFD), if @var{output-format} is
+@samp{COFF}
+@end enumerate
+
+@cindex @code{LIST} (MRI)
+@item LIST @var{anything}@dots{}
+Print (to the standard output file) a link map, as produced by the
+@code{ld} command-line option @samp{-M}.
+
+The keyword @code{LIST} may be followed by anything on the
+same line, with no change in its effect.
+
+@cindex @code{LOAD} (MRI)
+@item LOAD @var{filename}
+@itemx LOAD @var{filename}, @var{filename}, @dots{} @var{filename}
+Include one or more object file @var{filename} in the link; this has the
+same effect as specifying @var{filename} directly on the @code{ld}
+command line.
+
+@cindex @code{NAME} (MRI)
+@item NAME @var{output-name}
+@var{output-name} is the name for the program produced by @code{ld}; the
+MRI-compatible command @code{NAME} is equivalent to the command-line
+option @samp{-o} or the general script language command @code{OUTPUT}.
+
+@cindex @code{ORDER} (MRI)
+@item ORDER @var{secname}, @var{secname}, @dots{} @var{secname}
+@itemx ORDER @var{secname} @var{secname} @var{secname}
+Normally, @code{ld} orders the sections in its output file in the
+order in which they first appear in the input files.  In an MRI-compatible
+script, you can override this ordering with the @code{ORDER} command.  The
+sections you list with @code{ORDER} will appear first in your output
+file, in the order specified.
+
+@cindex @code{PUBLIC} (MRI)
+@item PUBLIC @var{name}=@var{expression}
+@itemx PUBLIC @var{name},@var{expression}
+@itemx PUBLIC @var{name} @var{expression}
+Supply a value (@var{expression}) for external symbol
+@var{name} used in the linker input files.
+
+@cindex @code{SECT} (MRI)
+@item SECT @var{secname}, @var{expression}
+@itemx SECT @var{secname}=@var{expression}
+@itemx SECT @var{secname} @var{expression}
+You can use any of these three forms of the @code{SECT} command to
+specify the start address (@var{expression}) for section @var{secname}.
+If you have more than one @code{SECT} statement for the same
+@var{secname}, only the @emph{first} sets the start address.
+@end table
+
+@node Index
+@unnumbered Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@tex
+% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo.  In the
+% meantime:
+\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
+\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
+\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
+\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
+\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
+\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/} and}
+\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
+\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
+\page\colophon
+% Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 28mar91.
+@end tex
+
+
+@contents
+@bye
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9e6ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldcref.c
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+/* ldcref.c -- output a cross reference table
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file holds routines that manage the cross reference table.
+   The table is used to generate cross reference reports.  It is also
+   used to implement the NOCROSSREFS command in the linker script.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+/* We keep an instance of this structure for each reference to a
+   symbol from a given object.  */
+
+struct cref_ref
+{
+  /* The next reference.  */
+  struct cref_ref *next;
+  /* The object.  */
+  bfd *abfd;
+  /* True if the symbol is defined.  */
+  unsigned int def : 1;
+  /* True if the symbol is common.  */
+  unsigned int common : 1;
+  /* True if the symbol is undefined.  */
+  unsigned int undef : 1;
+};
+
+/* We keep a hash table of symbols.  Each entry looks like this.  */
+
+struct cref_hash_entry
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+  /* The demangled name.  */
+  char *demangled;
+  /* References to and definitions of this symbol.  */
+  struct cref_ref *refs;
+};
+
+/* This is what the hash table looks like.  */
+
+struct cref_hash_table
+{
+  struct bfd_hash_table root;
+};
+
+/* Local functions.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *cref_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static boolean cref_fill_array PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static int cref_sort_array PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
+static void output_one_cref PARAMS ((FILE *, struct cref_hash_entry *));
+static boolean check_nocrossref PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void check_refs
+  PARAMS ((struct cref_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+	   struct lang_nocrossrefs *));
+static void check_reloc_refs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+
+/* Look up an entry in the cref hash table.  */
+
+#define cref_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy)		\
+  ((struct cref_hash_entry *)					\
+   bfd_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), (copy)))
+
+/* Traverse the cref hash table.  */
+
+#define cref_hash_traverse(table, func, info)				\
+  (bfd_hash_traverse							\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* The cref hash table.  */
+
+static struct cref_hash_table cref_table;
+
+/* Whether the cref hash table has been initialized.  */
+
+static boolean cref_initialized;
+
+/* The number of symbols seen so far.  */
+
+static size_t cref_symcount;
+
+/* Create an entry in a cref hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+cref_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct cref_hash_entry *ret = (struct cref_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    ret = ((struct cref_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct cref_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct cref_hash_entry *)
+	 bfd_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, table, string));
+  if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      ret->demangled = NULL;
+      ret->refs = NULL;
+
+      /* Keep a count of the number of entries created in the hash
+         table.  */
+      ++cref_symcount;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Add a symbol to the cref hash table.  This is called for every
+   symbol that is seen during the link.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+add_cref (name, abfd, section, value)
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+  struct cref_ref *r;
+
+  if (! cref_initialized)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_hash_table_init (&cref_table.root, cref_hash_newfunc))
+	einfo ("%X%P: bfd_hash_table_init of cref table failed: %E\n");
+      cref_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  h = cref_hash_lookup (&cref_table, name, true, false);
+  if (h == NULL)
+    einfo ("%X%P: cref_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+  for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    if (r->abfd == abfd)
+      break;
+
+  if (r == NULL)
+    {
+      r = (struct cref_ref *) xmalloc (sizeof *r);
+      r->next = h->refs;
+      h->refs = r;
+      r->abfd = abfd;
+      r->def = false;
+      r->common = false;
+      r->undef = false;
+    }
+
+  if (bfd_is_und_section (section))
+    r->undef = true;
+  else if (bfd_is_com_section (section))
+    r->common = true;
+  else
+    r->def = true;
+}
+
+/* Copy the addresses of the hash table entries into an array.  This
+   is called via cref_hash_traverse.  We also fill in the demangled
+   name.  */
+
+static boolean
+cref_fill_array (h, data)
+     struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct cref_hash_entry ***pph = (struct cref_hash_entry ***) data;
+
+  ASSERT (h->demangled == NULL);
+  h->demangled = demangle (h->root.string);
+
+  **pph = h;
+
+  ++*pph;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Sort an array of cref hash table entries by name.  */
+
+static int
+cref_sort_array (a1, a2)
+     const PTR a1;
+     const PTR a2;
+{
+  const struct cref_hash_entry **p1 = (const struct cref_hash_entry **) a1;
+  const struct cref_hash_entry **p2 = (const struct cref_hash_entry **) a2;
+
+  return strcmp ((*p1)->demangled, (*p2)->demangled);
+}
+
+/* Write out the cref table.  */
+
+#define FILECOL (50)
+
+void
+output_cref (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  int len;
+  struct cref_hash_entry **csyms, **csym_fill, **csym, **csym_end;
+
+  fprintf (fp, "\nCross Reference Table\n\n");
+  fprintf (fp, "Symbol");
+  len = sizeof "Symbol" - 1;
+  while (len < FILECOL)
+    {
+      putc (' ' , fp);
+      ++len;
+    }
+  fprintf (fp, "File\n");
+
+  if (! cref_initialized)
+    {
+      fprintf (fp, "No symbols\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  csyms = ((struct cref_hash_entry **)
+	   xmalloc (cref_symcount * sizeof (*csyms)));
+
+  csym_fill = csyms;
+  cref_hash_traverse (&cref_table, cref_fill_array, &csym_fill);
+  ASSERT (csym_fill - csyms == cref_symcount);
+
+  qsort (csyms, cref_symcount, sizeof (*csyms), cref_sort_array);
+
+  csym_end = csyms + cref_symcount;
+  for (csym = csyms; csym < csym_end; csym++)
+    output_one_cref (fp, *csym);
+}
+
+/* Output one entry in the cross reference table.  */
+
+static void
+output_one_cref (fp, h)
+     FILE *fp;
+     struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  int len;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+  struct cref_ref *r;
+
+  hl = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, h->root.string, false,
+			     false, true);
+  if (hl == NULL)
+    einfo ("%P: symbol `%T' missing from main hash table\n",
+	   h->root.string);
+  else
+    {
+      /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object but never
+	 referenced by a normal object, then don't print it.  */
+      if (hl->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+	{
+	  if (hl->u.def.section->output_section == NULL)
+	    return;
+	  if (hl->u.def.section->owner != NULL
+	      && (hl->u.def.section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	    {
+	      for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+		if ((r->abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
+		  break;
+	      if (r == NULL)
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  fprintf (fp, "%s ", h->demangled);
+  len = strlen (h->demangled) + 1;
+
+  for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    {
+      if (r->def)
+	{
+	  while (len < FILECOL)
+	    {
+	      putc (' ', fp);
+	      ++len;
+	    }
+	  finfo (fp, "%B\n", r->abfd);
+	  len = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (r = h->refs; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+    {
+      if (! r->def)
+	{
+	  while (len < FILECOL)
+	    {
+	      putc (' ', fp);
+	      ++len;
+	    }
+	  finfo (fp, "%B\n", r->abfd);
+	  len = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ASSERT (len == 0);
+}
+
+/* Check for prohibited cross references.  */
+
+void
+check_nocrossrefs ()
+{
+  if (! cref_initialized)
+    return;
+
+  cref_hash_traverse (&cref_table, check_nocrossref, (PTR) NULL);
+}
+
+/* Check one symbol to see if it is a prohibited cross reference.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+check_nocrossref (h, ignore)
+     struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR ignore;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+  asection *defsec;
+  const char *defsecname;
+  struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+  struct lang_nocrossref *ncr;
+
+  hl = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, h->root.string, false,
+			     false, true);
+  if (hl == NULL)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P: symbol `%T' missing from main hash table\n",
+	     h->root.string);
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  if (hl->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+      && hl->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+    return true;
+
+  defsec = hl->u.def.section->output_section;
+  if (defsec == NULL)
+    return true;
+  defsecname = bfd_get_section_name (defsec->owner, defsec);
+
+  for (ncrs = nocrossref_list; ncrs != NULL; ncrs = ncrs->next)
+    for (ncr = ncrs->list; ncr != NULL; ncr = ncr->next)
+      if (strcmp (ncr->name, defsecname) == 0)
+	check_refs (h, hl, ncrs);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* The struct is used to pass information from check_refs to
+   check_reloc_refs through bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+struct check_refs_info
+{
+  struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+  asection *defsec;
+  struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+  asymbol **asymbols;
+  boolean same;
+};
+
+/* This function is called for each symbol defined in a section which
+   prohibits cross references.  We need to look through all references
+   to this symbol, and ensure that the references are not from
+   prohibited sections.  */
+
+static void
+check_refs (h, hl, ncrs)
+     struct cref_hash_entry *h;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hl;
+     struct lang_nocrossrefs *ncrs;
+{
+  struct cref_ref *ref;
+
+  for (ref = h->refs; ref != NULL; ref = ref->next)
+    {
+      lang_input_statement_type *li;
+      asymbol **asymbols;
+      struct check_refs_info info;
+
+      /* We need to look through the relocations for this BFD, to see
+         if any of the relocations which refer to this symbol are from
+         a prohibited section.  Note that we need to do this even for
+         the BFD in which the symbol is defined, since even a single
+         BFD might contain a prohibited cross reference; for this
+         case, we set the SAME field in INFO, which will cause
+         CHECK_RELOCS_REFS to check for relocations against the
+         section as well as against the symbol.  */
+
+      li = (lang_input_statement_type *) ref->abfd->usrdata;
+      if (li != NULL && li->asymbols != NULL)
+	asymbols = li->asymbols;
+      else
+	{
+	  long symsize;
+	  long symbol_count;
+
+	  symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (ref->abfd);
+	  if (symsize < 0)
+	    einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols; %E\n", ref->abfd);
+	  asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+	  symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (ref->abfd, asymbols);
+	  if (symbol_count < 0)
+	    einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", ref->abfd);
+	  if (li != NULL)
+	    {
+	      li->asymbols = asymbols;
+	      li->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      info.h = h;
+      info.defsec = hl->u.def.section;
+      info.ncrs = ncrs;
+      info.asymbols = asymbols;
+      if (ref->abfd == hl->u.def.section->owner)
+	info.same = true;
+      else
+	info.same = false;
+      bfd_map_over_sections (ref->abfd, check_reloc_refs, (PTR) &info);
+
+      if (li == NULL)
+	free (asymbols);
+    }
+}
+
+/* This is called via bfd_map_over_sections.  INFO->H is a symbol
+   defined in INFO->DEFSECNAME.  If this section maps into any of the
+   sections listed in INFO->NCRS, other than INFO->DEFSECNAME, then we
+   look through the relocations.  If any of the relocations are to
+   INFO->H, then we report a prohibited cross reference error.  */
+
+static void
+check_reloc_refs (abfd, sec, iarg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR iarg;
+{
+  struct check_refs_info *info = (struct check_refs_info *) iarg;
+  asection *outsec;
+  const char *outsecname;
+  asection *outdefsec;
+  const char *outdefsecname;
+  struct lang_nocrossref *ncr;
+  const char *symname;
+  long relsize;
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount;
+  arelent **p, **pend;
+
+  outsec = sec->output_section;
+  outsecname = bfd_get_section_name (outsec->owner, outsec);
+
+  outdefsec = info->defsec->output_section;
+  outdefsecname = bfd_get_section_name (outdefsec->owner, outdefsec);
+
+  /* The section where the symbol is defined is permitted.  */
+  if (strcmp (outsecname, outdefsecname) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (ncr = info->ncrs->list; ncr != NULL; ncr = ncr->next)
+    if (strcmp (outsecname, ncr->name) == 0)
+      break;
+
+  if (ncr == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* This section is one for which cross references are prohibited.
+     Look through the relocations, and see if any of them are to
+     INFO->H.  */
+
+  symname = info->h->root.string;
+
+  relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, sec);
+  if (relsize < 0)
+    einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+  if (relsize == 0)
+    return;
+
+  relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+  relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, sec, relpp, info->asymbols);
+  if (relcount < 0)
+    einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+
+  p = relpp;
+  pend = p + relcount;
+  for (; p < pend && *p != NULL; p++)
+    {
+      arelent *q = *p;
+
+      if (q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+	  && *q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+	  && (strcmp (bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), symname) == 0
+	      || (info->same
+		  && bfd_get_section (*q->sym_ptr_ptr) == info->defsec)))
+	{
+	  /* We found a reloc for the symbol.  The symbol is defined
+             in OUTSECNAME.  This reloc is from a section which is
+             mapped into a section from which references to OUTSECNAME
+             are prohibited.  We must report an error.  */
+	  einfo ("%X%C: prohibited cross reference from %s to `%T' in %s\n",
+		 abfd, sec, q->address, outsecname,
+		 bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), outdefsecname);
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (relpp);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d986f32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* ldctor.c -- constructor support routines
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   By Steve Chamberlain <sac@cygnus.com>
+   
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+
+/* The list of statements needed to handle constructors.  These are
+   invoked by the command CONSTRUCTORS in the linker script.  */
+lang_statement_list_type constructor_list;
+
+/* The sets we have seen.  */
+struct set_info *sets;
+
+/* Add an entry to a set.  H is the entry in the linker hash table.
+   RELOC is the relocation to use for an entry in the set.  SECTION
+   and VALUE are the value to add.  This is called during the first
+   phase of the link, when we are still gathering symbols together.
+   We just record the information now.  The ldctor_find_constructors
+   function will construct the sets.  */
+
+void
+ldctor_add_set_entry (h, reloc, name, section, value)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+     const char *name;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  struct set_info *p;
+  struct set_element *e;
+  struct set_element **epp;
+
+  for (p = sets; p != (struct set_info *) NULL; p = p->next)
+    if (p->h == h)
+      break;
+
+  if (p == (struct set_info *) NULL)
+    {
+      p = (struct set_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct set_info));
+      p->next = sets;
+      sets = p;
+      p->h = h;
+      p->reloc = reloc;
+      p->count = 0;
+      p->elements = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (p->reloc != reloc)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%P%X: Different relocs used in set %s\n", h->root.string);
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      /* Don't permit a set to be constructed from different object
+         file formats.  The same reloc may have different results.  We
+         actually could sometimes handle this, but the case is
+         unlikely to ever arise.  Sometimes constructor symbols are in
+         unusual sections, such as the absolute section--this appears
+         to be the case in Linux a.out--and in such cases we just
+         assume everything is OK.  */
+      if (p->elements != NULL
+	  && section->owner != NULL
+	  && p->elements->section->owner != NULL
+	  && strcmp (bfd_get_target (section->owner),
+		     bfd_get_target (p->elements->section->owner)) != 0)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%P%X: Different object file formats composing set %s\n",
+		 h->root.string);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  e = (struct set_element *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct set_element));
+  e->next = NULL;
+  e->name = name;
+  e->section = section;
+  e->value = value;
+
+  for (epp = &p->elements; *epp != NULL; epp = &(*epp)->next)
+    ;
+  *epp = e;
+
+  ++p->count;
+}
+
+/* This function is called after the first phase of the link and
+   before the second phase.  At this point all set information has
+   been gathered.  We now put the statements to build the sets
+   themselves into constructor_list.  */
+
+void
+ldctor_build_sets ()
+{
+  static boolean called;
+  lang_statement_list_type *old;
+  boolean header_printed;
+  struct set_info *p;
+
+  /* The emulation code may call us directly, but we only want to do
+     this once.  */
+  if (called)
+    return;
+  called = true;
+
+  old = stat_ptr;
+  stat_ptr = &constructor_list;
+
+  lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+  header_printed = false;
+  for (p = sets; p != (struct set_info *) NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      struct set_element *e;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      int size;
+
+      /* If the symbol is defined, we may have been invoked from
+	 collect, and the sets may already have been built, so we do
+	 not do anything.  */
+      if (p->h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  || p->h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	continue;
+
+      /* For each set we build:
+	   set:
+	     .long number_of_elements
+	     .long element0
+	     ...
+	     .long elementN
+	     .long 0
+	 except that we use the right size instead of .long.  When
+	 generating relocateable output, we generate relocs instead of
+	 addresses.  */
+      howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, p->reloc);
+      if (howto == (reloc_howto_type *) NULL)
+	{
+	  if (link_info.relocateable)
+	    {
+	      einfo ("%P%X: %s does not support reloc %s for set %s\n",
+		     bfd_get_target (output_bfd),
+		     bfd_get_reloc_code_name (p->reloc),
+		     p->h->root.string);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If this is not a relocateable link, all we need is the
+	     size, which we can get from the input BFD.  */
+	  howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (p->elements->section->owner,
+					 p->reloc);
+	  if (howto == NULL)
+	    {
+	      einfo ("%P%X: %s does not support reloc %s for set %s\n",
+		     bfd_get_target (p->elements->section->owner),
+		     bfd_get_reloc_code_name (p->reloc),
+		     p->h->root.string);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (bfd_get_reloc_size (howto))
+	{
+	case 1: size = BYTE; break;
+	case 2: size = SHORT; break;
+	case 4: size = LONG; break;
+	case 8: size = QUAD; break;
+	default:
+	  einfo ("%P%X: Unsupported size %d for set %s\n",
+		 bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), p->h->root.string);
+	  size = LONG;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', p->h->root.string,
+				      exp_nameop (NAME, ".")));
+      lang_add_data (size, exp_intop ((bfd_vma) p->count));
+
+      for (e = p->elements; e != (struct set_element *) NULL; e = e->next)
+	{
+	  if (config.map_file != NULL)
+	    {
+	      int len;
+
+	      if (! header_printed)
+		{
+		  minfo ("\nSet                 Symbol\n\n");
+		  header_printed = true;
+		}
+
+	      minfo ("%s", p->h->root.string);
+	      len = strlen (p->h->root.string);
+
+	      if (len >= 19)
+		{
+		  print_nl ();
+		  len = 0;
+		}
+	      while (len < 20)
+		{
+		  print_space ();
+		  ++len;
+		}
+
+	      if (e->name != NULL)
+		minfo ("%T\n", e->name);
+	      else
+		minfo ("%G\n", e->section->owner, e->section, e->value);
+	    }
+
+	  if (link_info.relocateable)
+	    lang_add_reloc (p->reloc, howto, e->section, e->name,
+			    exp_intop (e->value));
+	  else
+	    lang_add_data (size, exp_relop (e->section, e->value));
+	}
+
+      lang_add_data (size, exp_intop (0));
+    }
+
+  stat_ptr = old;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d87f0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldctor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* ldctor.h - linker constructor support
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDCTOR_H
+#define LDCTOR_H
+
+/* List of statements needed to handle constructors */
+extern lang_statement_list_type constructor_list;
+
+/* We keep a list of these structures for each set we build.  */
+
+struct set_info
+{
+  struct set_info *next;		/* Next set.  */
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;	/* Hash table entry.  */
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;	/* Reloc to use for an entry.  */
+  size_t count;				/* Number of elements.  */
+  struct set_element *elements;		/* Elements in set.  */
+};
+
+struct set_element
+{
+  struct set_element *next;		/* Next element.  */
+  const char *name;			/* Name in set (may be NULL).  */
+  asection *section;			/* Section of value in set.  */
+  bfd_vma value;			/* Value in set.  */
+};
+
+/* The sets we have seen.  */
+
+extern struct set_info *sets;
+
+extern void ldctor_add_set_entry PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+					  bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
+					  const char *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+extern void ldctor_build_sets PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6fe25b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* ldemul.c -- clearing house for ld emulation states
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldemul-list.h"
+
+ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulation;
+
+void
+ldemul_hll(name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  ld_emulation->hll(name);
+}
+
+
+void ldemul_syslib(name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  ld_emulation->syslib(name);
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_after_parse()
+{
+  ld_emulation->after_parse();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_before_parse()
+{
+  ld_emulation->before_parse();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_after_open ()
+{
+  ld_emulation->after_open ();
+}
+
+void 
+ldemul_after_allocation()
+{
+  ld_emulation->after_allocation();
+}
+
+void 
+ldemul_before_allocation()
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->before_allocation)
+    ld_emulation->before_allocation();
+}
+
+
+void
+ldemul_set_output_arch()
+{
+  ld_emulation->set_output_arch();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_finish()
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->finish)
+    ld_emulation->finish();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_set_symbols()
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->set_symbols)
+    ld_emulation->set_symbols();
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_create_output_section_statements()
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->create_output_section_statements)
+    ld_emulation->create_output_section_statements();
+}
+
+char *
+ldemul_get_script(isfile)
+     int *isfile;
+{
+  return ld_emulation->get_script(isfile);
+}
+
+boolean
+ldemul_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry)
+     const char *arch;
+     search_dirs_type *search;
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->open_dynamic_archive)
+    return (*ld_emulation->open_dynamic_archive) (arch, search, entry);
+  return false;
+}
+
+boolean
+ldemul_place_orphan (file, s)
+     lang_input_statement_type *file;
+     asection *s;
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->place_orphan)
+    return (*ld_emulation->place_orphan) (file, s);
+  return false;
+}
+
+int
+ldemul_parse_args (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  /* Try and use the emulation parser if there is one. */
+  if (ld_emulation->parse_args)
+    {
+      return ld_emulation->parse_args (argc, argv);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Let the emulation code handle an unrecognized file.  */
+
+boolean
+ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry)
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  if (ld_emulation->unrecognized_file)
+    return (*ld_emulation->unrecognized_file) (entry);
+  return false;
+}
+
+char *
+ldemul_choose_target()
+{
+  return ld_emulation->choose_target();
+}
+
+/* The default choose_target function.  */
+
+char *
+ldemul_default_target()
+{
+  char *from_outside = getenv (TARGET_ENVIRON);
+  if (from_outside != (char *)NULL)
+    return from_outside;
+  return ld_emulation->target_name;
+}
+
+void 
+after_parse_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+after_open_default ()
+{
+}
+
+void
+after_allocation_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+before_allocation_default()
+{
+
+}
+
+void
+set_output_arch_default()
+{
+  /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible */
+  bfd_set_arch_mach(output_bfd,
+	            ldfile_output_architecture, ldfile_output_machine);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+syslib_default(ignore)
+     char  *ignore;
+{
+  info_msg ("%S SYSLIB ignored\n");
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void
+hll_default(ignore)
+     char  *ignore;
+{
+  info_msg ("%S HLL ignored\n");
+}
+
+ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulations[] = { EMULATION_LIST };
+
+void
+ldemul_choose_mode(target)
+     char *target;
+{
+    ld_emulation_xfer_type **eptr = ld_emulations;
+    /* Ignore "gld" prefix. */
+    if (target[0] == 'g' && target[1] == 'l' && target[2] == 'd')
+	target += 3;
+    for (; *eptr; eptr++)
+      {
+	if (strcmp(target, (*eptr)->emulation_name) == 0)
+	  {
+	    ld_emulation = *eptr;
+	    return;
+	  }
+      }
+    einfo ("%P: unrecognised emulation mode: %s\n", target);
+    einfo ("Supported emulations: ", program_name);
+    ldemul_list_emulations (stderr);
+    einfo ("%F\n");
+}
+
+void
+ldemul_list_emulations (f)
+     FILE *f;
+{
+  ld_emulation_xfer_type **eptr = ld_emulations;
+  boolean first = true;
+
+  for (; *eptr; eptr++)
+    {
+      if (first)
+	first = false;
+      else
+	fprintf (f, " ");
+      fprintf (f, "%s", (*eptr)->emulation_name);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f01f357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldemul.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* ld-emul.h - Linker emulation header file
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.  */
+
+#ifndef LDEMUL_H
+#define LDEMUL_H
+
+#if ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct lang_input_statement_struct;
+struct search_dirs;
+#endif
+
+extern void ldemul_hll PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_syslib PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_after_parse PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_before_parse PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_after_open PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_after_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_before_allocation PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_set_output_arch PARAMS ((void));
+extern char *ldemul_choose_target PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_choose_mode PARAMS ((char *));
+extern void ldemul_list_emulations PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern char *ldemul_get_script PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+extern void ldemul_finish PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_set_symbols PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldemul_create_output_section_statements PARAMS ((void));
+extern boolean ldemul_place_orphan
+  PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *, asection *));
+extern int ldemul_parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+extern boolean ldemul_unrecognized_file
+  PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern boolean ldemul_open_dynamic_archive
+  PARAMS ((const char *, struct search_dirs *,
+	   struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern char *ldemul_default_target PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_parse_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_open_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void after_allocation_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void before_allocation_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void set_output_arch_default PARAMS ((void));
+extern void syslib_default PARAMS ((char*));
+extern void hll_default PARAMS ((char*));
+
+typedef struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct
+{
+  /* Run before parsing the command line and script file.
+     Set the architecture, maybe other things.  */
+  void   (*before_parse) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Handle the SYSLIB (low level library) script command.  */
+  void   (*syslib) PARAMS ((char *));
+
+  /* Handle the HLL (high level library) script command.  */
+  void   (*hll) PARAMS ((char *));
+
+  /* Run after parsing the command line and script file.  */
+  void   (*after_parse) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Run after opening all input files, and loading the symbols.  */
+  void   (*after_open) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Run after allocating output sections.  */
+  void   (*after_allocation) PARAMS ( (void));
+
+  /* Set the output architecture and machine if possible.  */
+  void   (*set_output_arch) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Decide which target name to use.  */
+  char * (*choose_target) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Run before allocating output sections.  */
+  void   (*before_allocation) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Return the appropriate linker script.  */
+  char * (*get_script) PARAMS ((int *isfile));
+
+  /* The name of this emulation.  */
+  char *emulation_name;
+
+  /* The output format.  */
+  char *target_name;
+
+  /* Run after assigning values from the script.  */
+  void	(*finish) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Create any output sections needed by the target.  */
+  void	(*create_output_section_statements) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Try to open a dynamic library.  ARCH is an architecture name, and
+     is normally the empty string.  ENTRY is the lang_input_statement
+     that should be opened.  */
+  boolean (*open_dynamic_archive)
+    PARAMS ((const char *arch, struct search_dirs *,
+	     struct lang_input_statement_struct *entry));
+
+  /* Place an orphan section.  Return true if it was placed, false if
+     the default action should be taken.  This field may be NULL, in
+     which case the default action will always be taken.  */
+  boolean (*place_orphan)
+    PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *, asection *));
+
+  /* Run after assigning parsing with the args, but before 
+     reading the script.  Used to initialize symbols used in the script. */
+  void	(*set_symbols) PARAMS ((void));
+
+  /* Run to parse args which the base linker doesn't
+     understand. Return non zero on sucess. */
+  int (*parse_args) PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+  /* Run to handle files which are not recognized as object files or
+     archives.  Return true if the file was handled.  */
+  boolean (*unrecognized_file)
+    PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+
+} ld_emulation_xfer_type;
+
+typedef enum 
+{
+  intel_ic960_ld_mode_enum,
+  default_mode_enum ,
+  intel_gld960_ld_mode_enum
+} lang_emulation_mode_enum_type;
+
+extern ld_emulation_xfer_type *ld_emulations[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24ce79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,938 @@
+/* This module handles expression trees.
+Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support (sac@cygnus.com).
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+This module is in charge of working out the contents of expressions.
+
+It has to keep track of the relative/absness of a symbol etc. This is
+done by keeping all values in a struct (an etree_value_type) which
+contains a value, a section to which it is relative and a valid bit.
+
+*/
+
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+
+static void exp_print_token PARAMS ((token_code_type code));
+static void make_abs PARAMS ((etree_value_type *ptr));
+static etree_value_type new_abs PARAMS ((bfd_vma value));
+static void check PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
+			   const char *name, const char *op));
+static etree_value_type new_rel
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma value, lang_output_section_statement_type *section));
+static etree_value_type new_rel_from_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma value, lang_output_section_statement_type *section));
+static etree_value_type fold_binary
+  PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+	   lang_phase_type allocation_done,
+	   bfd_vma dot, bfd_vma *dotp));
+static etree_value_type fold_name
+  PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+	   lang_phase_type allocation_done,
+	   bfd_vma dot));
+static etree_value_type exp_fold_tree_no_dot
+  PARAMS ((etree_type *tree,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section,
+	   lang_phase_type allocation_done));
+
+static void
+exp_print_token (code)
+     token_code_type code;
+{
+  static CONST struct
+    {
+      token_code_type code;
+      char *name;
+    } table[] =
+      {
+	{ INT,	"int" },
+	{ REL, "relocateable" },
+	{ NAME,"NAME" },
+	{ PLUSEQ,"+=" },
+	{ MINUSEQ,"-=" },
+	{ MULTEQ,"*=" },
+	{ DIVEQ,"/=" },
+	{ LSHIFTEQ,"<<=" },
+	{ RSHIFTEQ,">>=" },
+	{ ANDEQ,"&=" },
+	{ OREQ,"|=" },
+	{ OROR,"||" },
+	{ ANDAND,"&&" },
+	{ EQ,"==" },
+	{ NE,"!=" },
+	{ LE,"<=" },
+	{ GE,">=" },
+	{ LSHIFT,"<<" },
+	{ RSHIFT,">>=" },
+	{ ALIGN_K,"ALIGN" },
+	{ BLOCK,"BLOCK" },
+	{ SECTIONS,"SECTIONS" },
+	{ SIZEOF_HEADERS,"SIZEOF_HEADERS" },
+	{ NEXT,"NEXT" },
+	{ SIZEOF,"SIZEOF" },
+	{ ADDR,"ADDR" },
+	{ LOADADDR,"LOADADDR" },
+	{ MEMORY,"MEMORY" },
+	{ DEFINED,"DEFINED" },
+	{ TARGET_K,"TARGET" },
+	{ SEARCH_DIR,"SEARCH_DIR" },
+	{ MAP,"MAP" },
+	{ QUAD,"QUAD" },
+	{ LONG,"LONG" },
+	{ SHORT,"SHORT" },
+	{ BYTE,"BYTE" },
+	{ ENTRY,"ENTRY" },
+	{ 0,(char *)NULL }
+      };
+  unsigned int idx;
+
+  for (idx = 0; table[idx].name != (char*)NULL; idx++) {
+    if (table[idx].code == code) {
+      fprintf(config.map_file, "%s", table[idx].name);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Not in table, just print it alone */
+  fprintf(config.map_file, "%c",code);
+}
+
+static void 
+make_abs (ptr)
+     etree_value_type *ptr;
+{
+    asection *s = ptr->section->bfd_section;
+    ptr->value += s->vma;
+    ptr->section = abs_output_section;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_abs (value)
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  etree_value_type new;
+  new.valid = true;
+  new.section = abs_output_section;
+  new.value = value;
+  return new;
+}
+
+static void 
+check (os, name, op)
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *op;
+{
+  if (os == NULL)
+    einfo ("%F%P: %s uses undefined section %s\n", op, name);
+  if (! os->processed)
+    einfo ("%F%P: %s forward reference of section %s\n", op, name);
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_intop (value)
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  etree_type *new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc(sizeof(new->value));
+  new->type.node_code = INT;
+  new->value.value = value;
+  new->type.node_class = etree_value;
+  return new;
+
+}
+
+/* Build an expression representing an unnamed relocateable value.  */
+
+etree_type *
+exp_relop (section, value)
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  etree_type *new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->rel));
+  new->type.node_code = REL;
+  new->type.node_class = etree_rel;
+  new->rel.section = section;
+  new->rel.value = value;
+  return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_rel (value, section)
+     bfd_vma value;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *section;
+{
+  etree_value_type new;
+  new.valid = true;
+  new.value = value;
+  new.section = section;
+  return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type
+new_rel_from_section (value, section)
+     bfd_vma value;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *section;
+{
+  etree_value_type new;
+  new.valid = true;
+  new.value = value;
+  new.section = section;
+
+    new.value -= section->bfd_section->vma;
+
+  return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type 
+fold_binary (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot, dotp)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+     lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+     bfd_vma *dotp;
+{
+  etree_value_type result;
+
+  result = exp_fold_tree (tree->binary.lhs, current_section,
+			  allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+  if (result.valid)
+    {
+      etree_value_type other;
+
+      other = exp_fold_tree (tree->binary.rhs,
+			     current_section,
+			     allocation_done, dot,dotp) ;
+      if (other.valid)
+	{
+	  /* If the values are from different sections, or this is an
+	     absolute expression, make both the source arguments
+	     absolute.  However, adding or subtracting an absolute
+	     value from a relative value is meaningful, and is an
+	     exception.  */
+	  if (current_section != abs_output_section
+	      && (other.section == abs_output_section
+		  || (result.section == abs_output_section
+		      && tree->type.node_code == '+'))
+	      && (tree->type.node_code == '+'
+		  || tree->type.node_code == '-'))
+	    {
+	      etree_value_type hold;
+
+	      /* If there is only one absolute term, make sure it is the
+		 second one.  */
+	      if (other.section != abs_output_section)
+		{
+		  hold = result;
+		  result = other;
+		  other = hold;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (result.section != other.section
+		   || current_section == abs_output_section)
+	    {
+	      make_abs(&result);
+	      make_abs(&other);
+	    }
+
+	  switch (tree->type.node_code) 
+	    {
+	    case '%':
+	      if (other.value == 0)
+		einfo ("%F%S %% by zero\n");
+	      result.value = ((bfd_signed_vma) result.value
+			      % (bfd_signed_vma) other.value);
+	      break;
+
+	    case '/':
+	      if (other.value == 0)
+		einfo ("%F%S / by zero\n");
+	      result.value = ((bfd_signed_vma) result.value
+			      / (bfd_signed_vma) other.value);
+	      break;
+
+#define BOP(x,y) case x : result.value = result.value y other.value; break;
+	      BOP('+',+);
+	      BOP('*',*);
+	      BOP('-',-);
+	      BOP(LSHIFT,<<);
+	      BOP(RSHIFT,>>);
+	      BOP(EQ,==);
+	      BOP(NE,!=);
+	      BOP('<',<);
+	      BOP('>',>);
+	      BOP(LE,<=);
+	      BOP(GE,>=);
+	      BOP('&',&);
+	      BOP('^',^);
+	      BOP('|',|);
+	      BOP(ANDAND,&&);
+	      BOP(OROR,||);
+
+	    case MAX:
+	      if (result.value < other.value)
+		result = other;
+	      break;
+
+	    case MIN:
+	      if (result.value > other.value)
+		result = other;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      FAIL();
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  result.valid = false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+etree_value_type 
+invalid ()
+{
+  etree_value_type new;
+  new.valid = false;
+  return new;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type 
+fold_name (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+     lang_phase_type  allocation_done;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+{
+  etree_value_type result;
+  switch (tree->type.node_code) 
+      {
+      case SIZEOF_HEADERS:
+	if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum) 
+	  {
+	    result = new_abs ((bfd_vma)
+			      bfd_sizeof_headers (output_bfd,
+						  link_info.relocateable));
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    result.valid = false;
+	  }
+	break;
+      case DEFINED:
+	if (allocation_done == lang_first_phase_enum)
+	  result.valid = false;
+	else
+	  {
+	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	    h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, &link_info,
+					      tree->name.name,
+					      false, false, true);
+	    result.value = (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+			    && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+				|| h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+				|| h->type == bfd_link_hash_common));
+	    result.section = 0;
+	    result.valid = true;
+	  }
+	break;
+      case NAME:
+	result.valid = false;
+	if (tree->name.name[0] == '.' && tree->name.name[1] == 0)
+	  {
+	    if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+	      result = new_rel_from_section(dot, current_section);
+	    else
+	      result = invalid();
+	  }
+	else if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+	  {
+	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	    h = bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd, &link_info,
+					      tree->name.name,
+					      false, false, true);
+	    if (h != NULL
+		&& (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		    || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+	      {
+		if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->u.def.section))
+		  result = new_abs (h->u.def.value);
+		else if (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum
+			 || allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum)
+		  {
+		    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+		
+		    os = (lang_output_section_statement_lookup
+			  (h->u.def.section->output_section->name));
+
+		    /* FIXME: Is this correct if this section is being
+		       linked with -R?  */
+		    result = new_rel ((h->u.def.value
+				       + h->u.def.section->output_offset),
+				      os);
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum)
+	      einfo ("%F%S: undefined symbol `%s' referenced in expression\n",
+		     tree->name.name);
+	  }
+	break;
+
+      case ADDR:
+	if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+	    os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+	    check (os, tree->name.name, "ADDR");
+	    result = new_rel (0, os);
+	  }
+	else
+	  result = invalid ();
+	break;
+
+      case LOADADDR:
+	if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+	    os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+	    check (os, tree->name.name, "LOADADDR");
+	    if (os->load_base == NULL)
+	      result = new_rel (0, os);
+	    else
+	      result = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->load_base,
+					     abs_output_section,
+					     allocation_done);
+	  }
+	else
+	  result = invalid ();
+	break;
+
+      case SIZEOF:
+	if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+	    os = lang_output_section_find (tree->name.name);
+	    check (os, tree->name.name, "SIZEOF");
+	    result = new_abs (os->bfd_section->_raw_size);
+	  }
+	else
+	  result = invalid ();
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	FAIL();
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return result;
+}
+etree_value_type 
+exp_fold_tree (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot, dotp)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+     lang_phase_type  allocation_done;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+     bfd_vma *dotp;
+{
+  etree_value_type result;
+
+  if (tree == NULL)
+    {
+      result.valid = false;
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  switch (tree->type.node_class) 
+    {
+    case etree_value:
+      result = new_rel (tree->value.value, current_section);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_rel:
+      if (allocation_done != lang_final_phase_enum)
+	result.valid = false;
+      else
+	result = new_rel ((tree->rel.value
+			   + tree->rel.section->output_section->vma
+			   + tree->rel.section->output_offset),
+			  current_section);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_unary:
+      result = exp_fold_tree (tree->unary.child,
+			      current_section,
+			      allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+      if (result.valid)
+	{
+	  switch (tree->type.node_code) 
+	    {
+	    case ALIGN_K:
+	      if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum)
+		result = new_rel_from_section (ALIGN_N (dot, result.value),
+					       current_section);
+	      else
+		result.valid = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case ABSOLUTE:
+	      if (allocation_done != lang_first_phase_enum && result.valid)
+		{
+		  result.value += result.section->bfd_section->vma;
+		  result.section = abs_output_section;
+		}
+	      else 
+		result.valid = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '~':
+	      make_abs (&result);
+	      result.value = ~result.value;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '!':
+	      make_abs (&result);
+	      result.value = !result.value;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '-':
+	      make_abs (&result);
+	      result.value = -result.value;
+	      break;
+
+	    case NEXT:
+	      /* Return next place aligned to value.  */
+	      if (allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum)
+		{
+		  make_abs (&result);
+		  result.value = ALIGN_N (dot, result.value);
+		}
+	      else
+		result.valid = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      FAIL ();
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case etree_trinary:
+      result = exp_fold_tree (tree->trinary.cond, current_section,
+			      allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+      if (result.valid)
+	result = exp_fold_tree ((result.value
+				 ? tree->trinary.lhs
+				 : tree->trinary.rhs),
+				current_section,
+				allocation_done, dot, dotp);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_binary:
+      result = fold_binary (tree, current_section, allocation_done,
+			    dot, dotp);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_assign:
+    case etree_provide:
+      if (tree->assign.dst[0] == '.' && tree->assign.dst[1] == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Assignment to dot can only be done during allocation */
+	  if (tree->type.node_class == etree_provide)
+	    einfo ("%F%S can not PROVIDE assignment to location counter\n");
+	  if (allocation_done == lang_allocating_phase_enum
+	      || (allocation_done == lang_final_phase_enum
+		  && current_section == abs_output_section))
+	    {
+	      result = exp_fold_tree (tree->assign.src,
+				      current_section,
+				      lang_allocating_phase_enum, dot,
+				      dotp);
+	      if (! result.valid)
+		einfo ("%F%S invalid assignment to location counter\n");
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (current_section == NULL)
+		    einfo ("%F%S assignment to location counter invalid outside of SECTION\n");
+		  else
+		    {
+		      bfd_vma nextdot;
+
+		      nextdot = (result.value
+				 + current_section->bfd_section->vma);
+		      if (nextdot < dot
+			  && current_section != abs_output_section)
+			{
+			  einfo ("%F%S cannot move location counter backwards (from %V to %V)\n",
+				 dot, nextdot);
+			}
+		      else
+			*dotp = nextdot; 
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  result = exp_fold_tree (tree->assign.src,
+				  current_section, allocation_done,
+				  dot, dotp);
+	  if (result.valid)
+	    {
+	      boolean create;
+	      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	      if (tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
+		create = true;
+	      else
+		create = false;
+	      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, tree->assign.dst,
+					create, false, false);
+	      if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+		{
+		  if (tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
+		    einfo ("%P%F:%s: hash creation failed\n",
+			   tree->assign.dst);
+		}
+	      else if (tree->type.node_class == etree_provide
+		       && h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
+		       && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+		{
+		  /* Do nothing.  The symbol was defined by some
+		     object.  */
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* FIXME: Should we worry if the symbol is already
+		     defined?  */
+		  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+		  h->u.def.value = result.value;
+		  h->u.def.section = result.section->bfd_section;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case etree_name:
+      result = fold_name (tree, current_section, allocation_done, dot);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      FAIL ();
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static etree_value_type 
+exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, current_section, allocation_done)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+     lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+return exp_fold_tree(tree, current_section, allocation_done, (bfd_vma)
+		     0, (bfd_vma *)NULL);
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_binop (code, lhs, rhs)
+     int code;
+     etree_type *lhs;
+     etree_type *rhs;
+{
+  etree_type value, *new;
+  etree_value_type r;
+
+  value.type.node_code = code;
+  value.binary.lhs = lhs;
+  value.binary.rhs = rhs;
+  value.type.node_class = etree_binary;
+  r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,
+			   abs_output_section,
+			   lang_first_phase_enum );
+  if (r.valid)
+    {
+      return exp_intop(r.value);
+    }
+  new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->binary));
+  memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->binary));
+  return new;
+}
+
+etree_type *
+exp_trinop (code, cond, lhs, rhs)
+     int code;
+     etree_type *cond;
+     etree_type *lhs;
+     etree_type *rhs;
+{
+  etree_type value, *new;
+  etree_value_type r;
+  value.type.node_code = code;
+  value.trinary.lhs = lhs;
+  value.trinary.cond = cond;
+  value.trinary.rhs = rhs;
+  value.type.node_class = etree_trinary;
+  r= exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,  (lang_output_section_statement_type
+				    *)NULL,lang_first_phase_enum);
+  if (r.valid) {
+    return exp_intop(r.value);
+  }
+  new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->trinary));
+  memcpy((char *)new,(char *) &value, sizeof(new->trinary));
+  return new;
+}
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_unop (code, child)
+     int code;
+     etree_type *child;
+{
+  etree_type value, *new;
+
+  etree_value_type r;
+  value.unary.type.node_code = code;
+  value.unary.child = child;
+  value.unary.type.node_class = etree_unary;
+  r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,abs_output_section,
+			   lang_first_phase_enum);
+  if (r.valid) {
+    return exp_intop(r.value);
+  }
+  new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->unary));
+  memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->unary));
+  return new;
+}
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_nameop (code, name)
+     int code;
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  etree_type value, *new;
+  etree_value_type r;
+  value.name.type.node_code = code;
+  value.name.name = name;
+  value.name.type.node_class = etree_name;
+
+
+  r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value,
+			   (lang_output_section_statement_type *)NULL,
+			   lang_first_phase_enum);
+  if (r.valid) {
+    return exp_intop(r.value);
+  }
+  new = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->name));
+  memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->name));
+  return new;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+etree_type *
+exp_assop (code, dst, src)
+     int code;
+     CONST char *dst;
+     etree_type *src;
+{
+  etree_type value, *new;
+
+  value.assign.type.node_code = code;
+
+
+  value.assign.src = src;
+  value.assign.dst = dst;
+  value.assign.type.node_class = etree_assign;
+
+#if 0
+  if (exp_fold_tree_no_dot(&value, &result)) {
+    return exp_intop(result);
+  }
+#endif
+  new = (etree_type*) stat_alloc (sizeof (new->assign));
+  memcpy((char *)new, (char *)&value, sizeof(new->assign));
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Handle PROVIDE.  */
+
+etree_type *
+exp_provide (dst, src)
+     const char *dst;
+     etree_type *src;
+{
+  etree_type *n;
+
+  n = (etree_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (n->assign));
+  n->assign.type.node_code = '=';
+  n->assign.type.node_class = etree_provide;
+  n->assign.src = src;
+  n->assign.dst = dst;
+  return n;
+}
+
+void 
+exp_print_tree (tree)
+     etree_type *tree;
+{
+  switch (tree->type.node_class) {
+  case etree_value:
+    minfo ("0x%v", tree->value.value);
+    return;
+  case etree_rel:
+    if (tree->rel.section->owner != NULL)
+      minfo ("%B:", tree->rel.section->owner);
+    minfo ("%s+0x%v", tree->rel.section->name, tree->rel.value);
+    return;
+  case etree_assign:
+#if 0
+    if (tree->assign.dst->sdefs != (asymbol *)NULL){
+      fprintf(config.map_file,"%s (%x) ",tree->assign.dst->name,
+	      tree->assign.dst->sdefs->value);
+    }
+    else {
+      fprintf(config.map_file,"%s (UNDEFINED)",tree->assign.dst->name);
+    }
+#endif
+    fprintf(config.map_file,"%s",tree->assign.dst);
+    exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+    exp_print_tree(tree->assign.src);
+    break;
+  case etree_provide:
+    fprintf (config.map_file, "PROVIDE (%s, ", tree->assign.dst);
+    exp_print_tree (tree->assign.src);
+    fprintf (config.map_file, ")");
+    break;
+  case etree_binary:
+    fprintf(config.map_file,"(");
+    exp_print_tree(tree->binary.lhs);
+    exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+    exp_print_tree(tree->binary.rhs);
+    fprintf(config.map_file,")");
+    break;
+  case etree_trinary:
+    exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.cond);
+    fprintf(config.map_file,"?");
+    exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.lhs);
+    fprintf(config.map_file,":");
+    exp_print_tree(tree->trinary.rhs);
+    break;
+  case etree_unary:
+    exp_print_token(tree->unary.type.node_code);
+    if (tree->unary.child) 
+    {
+      
+    fprintf(config.map_file,"(");
+    exp_print_tree(tree->unary.child);
+    fprintf(config.map_file,")");
+  }
+    
+    break;
+  case etree_undef:
+    fprintf(config.map_file,"????????");
+    break;
+  case etree_name:
+    if (tree->type.node_code == NAME) {
+      fprintf(config.map_file,"%s", tree->name.name);
+    }
+    else {
+      exp_print_token(tree->type.node_code);
+      if (tree->name.name)
+      fprintf(config.map_file,"(%s)", tree->name.name);
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    FAIL();
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+exp_get_vma (tree, def, name, allocation_done)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     bfd_vma def;
+     char *name;
+     lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+  etree_value_type r;
+
+  if (tree != NULL)
+    {
+      r = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, abs_output_section, allocation_done);
+      if (! r.valid && name != NULL)
+	einfo ("%F%S nonconstant expression for %s\n", name);
+      return r.value;
+    }
+  else
+    return def;
+}
+
+int 
+exp_get_value_int (tree,def,name, allocation_done)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     int def;
+     char *name;
+     lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+  return (int)exp_get_vma(tree,(bfd_vma)def,name, allocation_done);
+}
+
+
+bfd_vma
+exp_get_abs_int (tree, def, name, allocation_done)
+     etree_type *tree;
+     int def;
+     char *name;
+     lang_phase_type allocation_done;
+{
+  etree_value_type res;
+  res = exp_fold_tree_no_dot (tree, abs_output_section, allocation_done);
+
+  if (res.valid)
+    {
+      res.value += res.section->bfd_section->vma;
+    }
+  else {
+    einfo ("%F%S non constant expression for %s\n",name);
+  }
+  return res.value;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8726a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldexp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* ldexp.h -
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDEXP_H
+#define LDEXP_H
+
+/* The result of an expression tree */
+typedef struct 
+{
+  bfd_vma value;
+  struct lang_output_section_statement_struct *section;
+  boolean valid;
+} etree_value_type;
+
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  int node_code;
+  enum { etree_binary,
+	   etree_trinary,
+	   etree_unary,
+	   etree_name,
+	   etree_assign,
+	   etree_provide,
+	   etree_undef,
+	   etree_unspec,
+	   etree_value,
+	   etree_rel } node_class;
+} node_type;
+
+
+
+typedef union etree_union 
+{
+  node_type type;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    union etree_union *lhs;
+    union etree_union *rhs;
+  } binary;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    union etree_union *cond;
+    union etree_union *lhs;
+    union etree_union *rhs;
+  } trinary;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    CONST char *dst;
+    union etree_union *src;
+  } assign;
+
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    union   etree_union *child;
+  } unary;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+   CONST char *name;
+  } name;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    bfd_vma value;
+  } value;
+  struct {
+    node_type type;
+    asection *section;
+    bfd_vma value;
+  } rel;
+
+} etree_type;
+
+
+etree_type *exp_intop PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+etree_type *exp_relop PARAMS ((asection *, bfd_vma));
+etree_value_type invalid PARAMS ((void));
+etree_value_type exp_fold_tree PARAMS ((etree_type *, struct
+					lang_output_section_statement_struct *,
+					lang_phase_type,
+					bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
+etree_type *exp_binop PARAMS ((int, etree_type *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_trinop PARAMS ((int,etree_type *, etree_type *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_unop PARAMS ((int, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_nameop PARAMS ((int, CONST char *));
+etree_type *exp_assop PARAMS ((int, CONST char *, etree_type *));
+etree_type *exp_provide PARAMS ((const char *, etree_type *));
+void exp_print_tree PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+bfd_vma exp_get_vma PARAMS ((etree_type *, bfd_vma, char *, lang_phase_type));
+int exp_get_value_int PARAMS ((etree_type *, int, char *,lang_phase_type));
+bfd_vma exp_get_abs_int PARAMS ((etree_type *, int, char *,lang_phase_type));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f2b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ ldfile.c
+
+ look after all the file stuff
+
+ */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+const char *ldfile_input_filename;
+boolean ldfile_assumed_script = false;
+const char *ldfile_output_machine_name = "";
+unsigned long ldfile_output_machine;
+enum bfd_architecture ldfile_output_architecture;
+search_dirs_type *search_head;
+
+#ifndef MPW
+#ifdef VMS
+char *slash = "";
+#else
+char *slash = "/";
+#endif
+#else /* MPW */
+/* The MPW path char is a colon. */
+char *slash = ":";
+#endif /* MPW */
+
+/* LOCAL */
+
+static search_dirs_type **search_tail_ptr = &search_head;
+
+typedef struct search_arch 
+{
+  char *name; 
+  struct search_arch *next;
+} search_arch_type;
+
+static search_arch_type *search_arch_head;
+static search_arch_type **search_arch_tail_ptr = &search_arch_head;
+ 
+static boolean ldfile_open_file_search
+  PARAMS ((const char *arch, lang_input_statement_type *,
+	   const char *lib, const char *suffix));
+static FILE *try_open PARAMS ((const char *name, const char *exten));
+
+void
+ldfile_add_library_path (name, cmdline)
+     const char *name;
+     boolean cmdline;
+{
+  search_dirs_type *new;
+
+  new = (search_dirs_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (search_dirs_type));
+  new->next = NULL;
+  new->name = name;
+  new->cmdline = cmdline;
+  *search_tail_ptr = new;
+  search_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+}
+
+/* Try to open a BFD for a lang_input_statement.  */
+
+boolean
+ldfile_try_open_bfd (attempt, entry)
+     const char *attempt;
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  entry->the_bfd = bfd_openr (attempt, entry->target);
+
+  if (trace_file_tries)
+    info_msg ("attempt to open %s %s\n", attempt,
+	      entry->the_bfd == NULL ? "failed" : "succeeded");
+
+  if (entry->the_bfd != NULL)
+    return true;
+  else
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
+	einfo ("%F%P: invalid BFD target `%s'\n", entry->target);
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Search for and open the file specified by ENTRY.  If it is an
+   archive, use ARCH, LIB and SUFFIX to modify the file name.  */
+
+static boolean
+ldfile_open_file_search (arch, entry, lib, suffix)
+     const char *arch;
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+     const char *lib;
+     const char *suffix;
+{
+  search_dirs_type *search;
+
+  /* If this is not an archive, try to open it in the current
+     directory first.  */
+  if (! entry->is_archive)
+    {
+      if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (entry->filename, entry))
+	return true;
+    }
+
+  for (search = search_head;
+       search != (search_dirs_type *)NULL;
+       search = search->next) 
+    {
+      char *string;
+
+      if (entry->dynamic && ! link_info.relocateable)
+	{
+	  if (ldemul_open_dynamic_archive (arch, search, entry))
+	    return true;
+	}
+
+      string = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (search->name)
+				 + strlen (slash)
+				 + strlen (lib)
+				 + strlen (entry->filename)
+				 + strlen (arch)
+				 + strlen (suffix)
+				 + 1);
+
+      if (entry->is_archive)
+	sprintf (string, "%s%s%s%s%s%s", search->name, slash,
+		 lib, entry->filename, arch, suffix);
+      else if (entry->filename[0] == '/' || entry->filename[0] == '.')
+	strcpy (string, entry->filename);
+      else
+	sprintf (string, "%s%s%s", search->name, slash, entry->filename);
+
+      if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (string, entry))
+	{
+	  entry->filename = string;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      free (string);
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Open the input file specified by ENTRY.  */
+
+void
+ldfile_open_file (entry)
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+{
+  if (entry->the_bfd != NULL)
+    return;
+
+  if (! entry->search_dirs_flag)
+    {
+      if (ldfile_try_open_bfd (entry->filename, entry))
+	return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      search_arch_type *arch;
+
+      /* Try to open <filename><suffix> or lib<filename><suffix>.a */
+      for (arch = search_arch_head;
+	   arch != (search_arch_type *) NULL;
+	   arch = arch->next)
+	{
+	  if (ldfile_open_file_search (arch->name, entry, "lib", ".a"))
+	    return;
+#ifdef VMS
+	  if (ldfile_open_file_search (arch->name, entry, ":lib", ".a"))
+	    return;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  einfo("%F%P: cannot open %s: %E\n", entry->local_sym_name);
+}
+
+/* Try to open NAME; if that fails, try NAME with EXTEN appended to it.  */
+
+static FILE *
+try_open (name, exten)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *exten;
+{
+  FILE *result;
+  char buff[1000];
+
+  result = fopen (name, "r");
+  if (trace_file_tries)
+    {
+      if (result == NULL)
+	info_msg ("cannot find script file ");
+      else
+	info_msg ("opened script file ");
+      info_msg ("%s\n",name);
+    }
+
+  if (result != NULL)
+    return result;
+
+  if (*exten)
+    {
+      sprintf (buff, "%s%s", name, exten);
+      result = fopen (buff, "r");
+      if (trace_file_tries)
+	{
+	  if (result == NULL)
+	    info_msg ("cannot find script file ");
+	  else
+	    info_msg ("opened script file ");
+	  info_msg ("%s\n", buff);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Try to open NAME; if that fails, look for it in any directories
+   specified with -L, without and with EXTEND apppended.  */
+
+FILE *
+ldfile_find_command_file (name, extend)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *extend;
+{
+  search_dirs_type *search;
+  FILE *result;
+  char buffer[1000];
+
+  /* First try raw name */
+  result = try_open(name,"");
+  if (result == (FILE *)NULL) {
+    /* Try now prefixes */
+    for (search = search_head;
+	 search != (search_dirs_type *)NULL;
+	 search = search->next) {
+      sprintf(buffer,"%s/%s", search->name, name);
+      result = try_open(buffer, extend);
+      if (result)break;
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+ldfile_open_command_file (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  FILE *ldlex_input_stack;
+  ldlex_input_stack = ldfile_find_command_file(name, "");
+
+  if (ldlex_input_stack == (FILE *)NULL) {
+    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+    einfo("%P%F: cannot open linker script file %s: %E\n",name);
+  }
+  lex_push_file(ldlex_input_stack, name);
+  
+  ldfile_input_filename = name;
+  lineno = 1;
+  had_script = true;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef GNU960
+static
+char *
+gnu960_map_archname( name )
+char *name;
+{
+  struct tabentry { char *cmd_switch; char *arch; };
+  static struct tabentry arch_tab[] = {
+	"",   "",
+	"KA", "ka",
+	"KB", "kb",
+	"KC", "mc",	/* Synonym for MC */
+	"MC", "mc",
+	"CA", "ca",
+	"SA", "ka",	/* Functionally equivalent to KA */
+	"SB", "kb",	/* Functionally equivalent to KB */
+	NULL, ""
+  };
+  struct tabentry *tp;
+  
+
+  for ( tp = arch_tab; tp->cmd_switch != NULL; tp++ ){
+    if ( !strcmp(name,tp->cmd_switch) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ( tp->cmd_switch == NULL ){
+    einfo("%P%F: unknown architecture: %s\n",name);
+  }
+  return tp->arch;
+}
+
+
+
+void
+ldfile_add_arch(name)
+char *name;
+{
+  search_arch_type *new =
+    (search_arch_type *)xmalloc((bfd_size_type)(sizeof(search_arch_type)));
+
+
+  if (*name != '\0') {
+    if (ldfile_output_machine_name[0] != '\0') {
+      einfo("%P%F: target architecture respecified\n");
+      return;
+    }
+    ldfile_output_machine_name = name;
+  }
+
+  new->next = (search_arch_type*)NULL;
+  new->name = gnu960_map_archname( name );
+  *search_arch_tail_ptr = new;
+  search_arch_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+
+}
+
+#else	/* not GNU960 */
+
+
+void
+ldfile_add_arch (in_name)
+     CONST char * in_name;
+{
+  char *name = buystring(in_name);
+  search_arch_type *new =
+    (search_arch_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (search_arch_type));
+
+  ldfile_output_machine_name = in_name;
+
+  new->name = name;
+  new->next = (search_arch_type*)NULL;
+  while (*name) {
+    if (isupper(*name)) *name = tolower(*name);
+    name++;
+  }
+  *search_arch_tail_ptr = new;
+  search_arch_tail_ptr = &new->next;
+
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Set the output architecture */
+void
+ldfile_set_output_arch (string)
+     CONST char *string;
+{
+  const bfd_arch_info_type *arch = bfd_scan_arch(string);
+
+  if (arch) {
+    ldfile_output_architecture = arch->arch;
+    ldfile_output_machine = arch->mach;
+    ldfile_output_machine_name = arch->printable_name;
+  }
+  else {
+    einfo("%P%F: cannot represent machine `%s'\n", string);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f33c9ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldfile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* ldfile.h -
+   Copyright 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern const char *ldfile_input_filename;
+extern boolean ldfile_assumed_script;
+extern unsigned long ldfile_output_machine;
+extern enum bfd_architecture ldfile_output_architecture;
+extern const char *ldfile_output_machine_name;
+
+/* Structure used to hold the list of directories to search for
+   libraries.  */
+
+typedef struct search_dirs 
+{
+  /* Next directory on list.  */
+  struct search_dirs *next;
+  /* Name of directory.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* true if this is from the command line.  */
+  boolean cmdline;
+} search_dirs_type;
+
+extern search_dirs_type *search_head;
+
+#if ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+struct lang_input_statement_struct;
+#endif
+
+extern void ldfile_add_arch PARAMS ((CONST char *));
+extern void ldfile_add_library_path PARAMS ((const char *, boolean cmdline));
+extern void ldfile_open_command_file PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void ldfile_open_file PARAMS ((struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern boolean ldfile_try_open_bfd
+  PARAMS ((const char *, struct lang_input_statement_struct *));
+extern FILE *ldfile_find_command_file
+  PARAMS ((const char *name, const char *extend));
+extern void ldfile_set_output_arch PARAMS ((CONST char *));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87bf928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldgram.y
@@ -0,0 +1,1017 @@
+/* A YACC grammer to parse a superset of the AT&T linker scripting languaue.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support (steve@cygnus.com).
+
+This file is part of GNU ld.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+%{
+/*
+
+ */
+
+#define DONTDECLARE_MALLOC
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"    
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "mri.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+#define YYDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+static enum section_type sectype;
+
+lang_memory_region_type *region;
+
+
+char *current_file;
+boolean ldgram_want_filename = true;
+boolean had_script = false;
+boolean force_make_executable = false;
+
+boolean ldgram_in_script = false;
+boolean ldgram_had_equals = false;
+
+
+#define ERROR_NAME_MAX 20
+static char *error_names[ERROR_NAME_MAX];
+static int error_index;
+#define PUSH_ERROR(x) if (error_index < ERROR_NAME_MAX) error_names[error_index] = x; error_index++;
+#define POP_ERROR()   error_index--;
+%}
+%union {
+  bfd_vma integer;
+  char *name;
+  int token;
+  union etree_union *etree;
+  struct phdr_info
+    {
+      boolean filehdr;
+      boolean phdrs;
+      union etree_union *at;
+      union etree_union *flags;
+    } phdr;
+  struct lang_nocrossref *nocrossref;
+  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *section_phdr;
+  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deflist;
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *versyms;
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *versnode;
+}
+
+%type <etree> exp opt_exp_with_type mustbe_exp opt_at phdr_type phdr_val
+%type <etree> opt_exp_without_type
+%type <integer> fill_opt
+%type <name> memspec_opt casesymlist
+%token <integer> INT  
+%token <name> NAME LNAME
+%type <integer> length
+%type <phdr> phdr_qualifiers
+%type <nocrossref> nocrossref_list
+%type <section_phdr> phdr_opt
+%type <integer> opt_nocrossrefs
+
+%right <token> PLUSEQ MINUSEQ MULTEQ DIVEQ  '=' LSHIFTEQ RSHIFTEQ   ANDEQ OREQ 
+%right <token> '?' ':'
+%left <token> OROR
+%left <token>  ANDAND
+%left <token> '|'
+%left <token>  '^'
+%left  <token> '&'
+%left <token>  EQ NE
+%left  <token> '<' '>' LE GE
+%left  <token> LSHIFT RSHIFT
+
+%left  <token> '+' '-'
+%left  <token> '*' '/' '%'
+
+%right UNARY
+%token END 
+%left <token> '('
+%token <token> ALIGN_K BLOCK BIND QUAD LONG SHORT BYTE
+%token SECTIONS PHDRS
+%token '{' '}'
+%token SIZEOF_HEADERS OUTPUT_FORMAT FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION OUTPUT_ARCH
+%token SIZEOF_HEADERS
+%token INCLUDE
+%token MEMORY DEFSYMEND
+%token NOLOAD DSECT COPY INFO OVERLAY
+%token NAME LNAME DEFINED TARGET_K SEARCH_DIR MAP ENTRY
+%token <integer> NEXT
+%token SIZEOF ADDR LOADADDR MAX MIN
+%token STARTUP HLL SYSLIB FLOAT NOFLOAT NOCROSSREFS
+%token ORIGIN FILL
+%token LENGTH CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS INPUT GROUP OUTPUT CONSTRUCTORS
+%token ALIGNMOD AT PROVIDE
+%type <token> assign_op atype
+%type <name>  filename
+%token CHIP LIST SECT ABSOLUTE  LOAD NEWLINE ENDWORD ORDER NAMEWORD
+%token FORMAT PUBLIC DEFSYMEND BASE ALIAS TRUNCATE REL
+%token INPUT_SCRIPT INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT INPUT_DEFSYM CASE EXTERN START
+%token <name> VERS_TAG VERS_IDENTIFIER
+%token GLOBAL LOCAL VERSION INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT
+%type <versyms> vers_defns
+%type <versnode> vers_tag
+%type <deflist> verdep
+
+%%
+
+file:	
+		INPUT_SCRIPT script_file
+	|	INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT mri_script_file
+	|	INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT version_script_file
+	|	INPUT_DEFSYM defsym_expr
+	;
+
+
+filename:  NAME;
+
+
+defsym_expr:
+		{ ldlex_defsym(); }
+		NAME '=' exp
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate();
+		  lang_add_assignment(exp_assop($3,$2,$4));
+		}
+
+/* SYNTAX WITHIN AN MRI SCRIPT FILE */  
+mri_script_file:
+		{
+		  ldlex_mri_script ();
+		  PUSH_ERROR ("MRI style script");
+		}
+	     mri_script_lines
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate ();
+		  mri_draw_tree ();
+		  POP_ERROR ();
+		}
+	;
+
+mri_script_lines:
+		mri_script_lines mri_script_command NEWLINE
+          |
+	;
+
+mri_script_command:
+		CHIP  exp 
+	|	CHIP  exp ',' exp
+	|	NAME 	{
+			einfo("%P%F: unrecognised keyword in MRI style script '%s'\n",$1);
+			}
+	|	LIST  	{
+			config.map_filename = "-";
+			}
+        |       ORDER ordernamelist
+	|       ENDWORD 
+        |       PUBLIC NAME '=' exp
+ 			{ mri_public($2, $4); }
+        |       PUBLIC NAME ',' exp
+ 			{ mri_public($2, $4); }
+        |       PUBLIC NAME  exp 
+ 			{ mri_public($2, $3); }
+	| 	FORMAT NAME
+			{ mri_format($2); }
+	|	SECT NAME ',' exp
+			{ mri_output_section($2, $4);}
+	|	SECT NAME  exp
+			{ mri_output_section($2, $3);}
+	|	SECT NAME '=' exp
+			{ mri_output_section($2, $4);}
+	|	ALIGN_K NAME '=' exp
+			{ mri_align($2,$4); }
+	|	ALIGN_K NAME ',' exp
+			{ mri_align($2,$4); }
+	|	ALIGNMOD NAME '=' exp
+			{ mri_alignmod($2,$4); }
+	|	ALIGNMOD NAME ',' exp
+			{ mri_alignmod($2,$4); }
+	|	ABSOLUTE mri_abs_name_list
+	|	LOAD	 mri_load_name_list
+	|       NAMEWORD NAME 
+			{ mri_name($2); }   
+	|	ALIAS NAME ',' NAME
+			{ mri_alias($2,$4,0);}
+	|	ALIAS NAME ',' INT
+			{ mri_alias($2,0,(int) $4);}
+	|	BASE     exp
+			{ mri_base($2); }
+        |       TRUNCATE INT
+		{  mri_truncate((unsigned int) $2); }
+	|	CASE casesymlist
+	|	EXTERN extern_name_list
+	|	INCLUDE filename
+		{ ldfile_open_command_file ($2); } mri_script_lines END
+	|	START NAME
+		{ lang_add_entry ($2, false); }
+        |
+	;
+
+ordernamelist:
+	      ordernamelist ',' NAME         { mri_order($3); }
+	|     ordernamelist  NAME         { mri_order($2); }
+      	|
+	;
+
+mri_load_name_list:
+		NAME
+			{ mri_load($1); }
+	|	mri_load_name_list ',' NAME { mri_load($3); }
+	;
+
+mri_abs_name_list:
+ 		NAME
+ 			{ mri_only_load($1); }
+	|	mri_abs_name_list ','  NAME
+ 			{ mri_only_load($3); }
+	;
+
+casesymlist:
+	  /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; }
+	| NAME
+	| casesymlist ',' NAME
+	;
+
+extern_name_list:
+	  NAME
+			{ ldlang_add_undef ($1); }
+	| extern_name_list ',' NAME
+			{ ldlang_add_undef ($3); }
+	;
+
+script_file:
+	{
+	 ldlex_both();
+	}
+       ifile_list
+	{
+	ldlex_popstate();
+	}
+        ;
+
+
+ifile_list:
+       ifile_list ifile_p1
+        |
+	;
+
+
+
+ifile_p1:
+		memory
+	|	sections
+	|	phdrs
+	|	startup
+	|	high_level_library
+	|	low_level_library
+	|	floating_point_support
+	|	statement_anywhere
+	|	version
+        |	 ';'
+	|	TARGET_K '(' NAME ')'
+		{ lang_add_target($3); }
+	|	SEARCH_DIR '(' filename ')'
+		{ ldfile_add_library_path ($3, false); }
+	|	OUTPUT '(' filename ')'
+		{ lang_add_output($3, 1); }
+        |	OUTPUT_FORMAT '(' NAME ')'
+		  { lang_add_output_format ($3, (char *) NULL,
+					    (char *) NULL, 1); }
+	|	OUTPUT_FORMAT '(' NAME ',' NAME ',' NAME ')'
+		  { lang_add_output_format ($3, $5, $7, 1); }
+        |	OUTPUT_ARCH '(' NAME ')'
+		  { ldfile_set_output_arch($3); }
+	|	FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION
+		{ command_line.force_common_definition = true ; }
+	|	INPUT '(' input_list ')'
+	|	GROUP
+		  { lang_enter_group (); }
+		    '(' input_list ')'
+		  { lang_leave_group (); }
+     	|	MAP '(' filename ')'
+		{ lang_add_map($3); }
+	|	INCLUDE filename 
+		{ ldfile_open_command_file($2); } ifile_list END
+	|	NOCROSSREFS '(' nocrossref_list ')'
+		{
+		  lang_add_nocrossref ($3);
+		}
+	;
+
+input_list:
+		NAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($1,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	|	input_list ',' NAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($3,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	|	input_list NAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($2,lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	|	LNAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($1,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	|	input_list ',' LNAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($3,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	|	input_list LNAME
+		{ lang_add_input_file($2,lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+				 (char *)NULL); }
+	;
+
+sections:
+		SECTIONS '{' sec_or_group_p1 '}'
+	;
+
+sec_or_group_p1:
+		sec_or_group_p1 section
+	|	sec_or_group_p1 statement_anywhere
+	|
+	;
+
+statement_anywhere:
+		ENTRY '(' NAME ')'
+		{ lang_add_entry ($3, false); }
+	|	assignment end
+	;
+
+/* The '*' and '?' cases are there because the lexer returns them as
+   separate tokens rather than as NAME.  */
+file_NAME_list:
+		NAME
+			{ lang_add_wild ($1, current_file); }
+	|	'*'
+			{ lang_add_wild ("*", current_file); }
+	|	'?'
+			{ lang_add_wild ("?", current_file); }
+	|	file_NAME_list opt_comma NAME
+			{ lang_add_wild ($3, current_file); }
+	|	file_NAME_list opt_comma '*'
+			{ lang_add_wild ("*", current_file); }
+	|	file_NAME_list opt_comma '?'
+			{ lang_add_wild ("?", current_file); }
+	;
+
+input_section_spec:
+		NAME
+		{
+		lang_add_wild((char *)NULL, $1);
+		}
+        |	'['
+			{
+			current_file = (char *)NULL;
+			}
+			file_NAME_list
+		']'
+	|	NAME
+			{
+			current_file = $1;
+			}
+		'(' file_NAME_list ')'
+	|	'?'
+		/* This case is needed because the lexer returns a
+                   single question mark as '?' rather than NAME.  */
+			{
+			current_file = "?";
+			}
+		'(' file_NAME_list ')'
+	|	'*'
+			{
+			current_file = (char *)NULL;
+			}
+		'(' file_NAME_list ')'
+	;
+
+statement:
+	  	assignment end
+	|	CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+		{
+ 		lang_add_attribute(lang_object_symbols_statement_enum); 
+	      	}
+        |	';'
+        |	CONSTRUCTORS
+		{
+ 		
+		  lang_add_attribute(lang_constructors_statement_enum); 
+		}
+	| input_section_spec
+        | length '(' mustbe_exp ')'
+        	        {
+			lang_add_data((int) $1,$3);
+			}
+  
+	| FILL '(' mustbe_exp ')'
+			{
+			  lang_add_fill
+			    (exp_get_value_int($3,
+					       0,
+					       "fill value",
+					       lang_first_phase_enum));
+			}
+	;
+
+statement_list:
+		statement_list statement
+  	|  	statement
+	;
+  
+statement_list_opt:
+		/* empty */
+	|	statement_list
+	;
+
+length:
+		QUAD
+			{ $$ = $1; }
+	|	LONG
+			{ $$ = $1; }
+	| 	SHORT
+			{ $$ = $1; }
+	|	BYTE
+			{ $$ = $1; }
+	;
+
+fill_opt:
+          '=' mustbe_exp
+		{
+		  $$ =	 exp_get_value_int($2,
+					   0,
+					   "fill value",
+					   lang_first_phase_enum);
+		}
+	| 	{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+
+		
+
+assign_op:
+		PLUSEQ
+			{ $$ = '+'; }
+	|	MINUSEQ
+			{ $$ = '-'; }
+	| 	MULTEQ
+			{ $$ = '*'; }
+	| 	DIVEQ
+			{ $$ = '/'; }
+	| 	LSHIFTEQ
+			{ $$ = LSHIFT; }
+	| 	RSHIFTEQ
+			{ $$ = RSHIFT; }
+	| 	ANDEQ
+			{ $$ = '&'; }
+	| 	OREQ
+			{ $$ = '|'; }
+
+	;
+
+end:	';' | ','
+	;
+
+
+assignment:
+		NAME '=' mustbe_exp
+		{
+		  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ($2, $1, $3));
+		}
+	|	NAME assign_op mustbe_exp
+		{
+		  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', $1,
+						  exp_binop ($2,
+							     exp_nameop (NAME,
+									 $1),
+							     $3)));
+		}
+	|	PROVIDE '(' NAME '=' mustbe_exp ')'
+		{
+		  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide ($3, $5));
+		}
+	;
+
+
+opt_comma:
+		','	|	;
+
+
+memory:
+		MEMORY '{' memory_spec memory_spec_list '}'
+	;
+
+memory_spec_list:
+		memory_spec_list memory_spec
+	|	memory_spec_list ',' memory_spec
+	|
+	;
+
+
+memory_spec: 		NAME
+			{ region = lang_memory_region_lookup($1); }
+		attributes_opt ':'
+		origin_spec opt_comma length_spec
+
+	; origin_spec:
+	ORIGIN '=' mustbe_exp
+		{ region->current =
+		 region->origin =
+		 exp_get_vma($3, 0L,"origin", lang_first_phase_enum);
+}
+	; length_spec:
+             LENGTH '=' mustbe_exp
+               { region->length = exp_get_vma($3,
+					       ~((bfd_vma)0),
+					       "length",
+					       lang_first_phase_enum);
+		}
+	
+
+attributes_opt:
+		  '(' NAME ')'
+			{
+			lang_set_flags(&region->flags, $2);
+			}
+	|
+  
+	;
+
+startup:
+	STARTUP '(' filename ')'
+		{ lang_startup($3); }
+	;
+
+high_level_library:
+		HLL '(' high_level_library_NAME_list ')'
+	|	HLL '(' ')'
+			{ ldemul_hll((char *)NULL); }
+	;
+
+high_level_library_NAME_list:
+		high_level_library_NAME_list opt_comma filename
+			{ ldemul_hll($3); }
+	|	filename
+			{ ldemul_hll($1); }
+
+	;
+
+low_level_library:
+	SYSLIB '(' low_level_library_NAME_list ')'
+	; low_level_library_NAME_list:
+		low_level_library_NAME_list opt_comma filename
+			{ ldemul_syslib($3); }
+	|
+	;
+
+floating_point_support:
+		FLOAT
+			{ lang_float(true); }
+	|	NOFLOAT
+			{ lang_float(false); }
+	;
+		
+nocrossref_list:
+		/* empty */
+		{
+		  $$ = NULL;
+		}
+	|	NAME nocrossref_list
+		{
+		  struct lang_nocrossref *n;
+
+		  n = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+		  n->name = $1;
+		  n->next = $2;
+		  $$ = n;
+		}
+	|	NAME ',' nocrossref_list
+		{
+		  struct lang_nocrossref *n;
+
+		  n = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+		  n->name = $1;
+		  n->next = $3;
+		  $$ = n;
+		}
+	;
+
+mustbe_exp:		 { ldlex_expression(); }
+		exp
+			 { ldlex_popstate(); $$=$2;}
+	;
+
+exp	:
+		'-' exp %prec UNARY
+			{ $$ = exp_unop('-', $2); }
+	|	'(' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = $2; }
+	|	NEXT '(' exp ')' %prec UNARY
+			{ $$ = exp_unop((int) $1,$3); }
+	|	'!' exp %prec UNARY
+			{ $$ = exp_unop('!', $2); }
+	|	'+' exp %prec UNARY
+			{ $$ = $2; }
+	|	'~' exp %prec UNARY
+			{ $$ = exp_unop('~', $2);}
+
+	|	exp '*' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('*', $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '/' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('/', $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '%' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('%', $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '+' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('+', $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '-' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('-' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp LSHIFT exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(LSHIFT , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp RSHIFT exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(RSHIFT , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp EQ exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(EQ , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp NE exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(NE , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp LE exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(LE , $1, $3); }
+  	|	exp GE exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(GE , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '<' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('<' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '>' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('>' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '&' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('&' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '^' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('^' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '|' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop('|' , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp '?' exp ':' exp
+			{ $$ = exp_trinop('?' , $1, $3, $5); }
+	|	exp ANDAND exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(ANDAND , $1, $3); }
+	|	exp OROR exp
+			{ $$ = exp_binop(OROR , $1, $3); }
+	|	DEFINED '(' NAME ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(DEFINED, $3); }
+	|	INT
+			{ $$ = exp_intop($1); }
+        |	SIZEOF_HEADERS
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(SIZEOF_HEADERS,0); }
+
+	|	SIZEOF '(' NAME ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(SIZEOF,$3); }
+	|	ADDR '(' NAME ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(ADDR,$3); }
+	|	LOADADDR '(' NAME ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(LOADADDR,$3); }
+	|	ABSOLUTE '(' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_unop(ABSOLUTE, $3); }
+	|	ALIGN_K '(' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_unop(ALIGN_K,$3); }
+	|	BLOCK '(' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_unop(ALIGN_K,$3); }
+	|	NAME
+			{ $$ = exp_nameop(NAME,$1); }
+	|	MAX '(' exp ',' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_binop (MAX, $3, $5 ); }
+	|	MIN '(' exp ',' exp ')'
+			{ $$ = exp_binop (MIN, $3, $5 ); }
+	;
+
+
+opt_at:
+		AT '(' exp ')' { $$ = $3; }
+	|	{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+
+section:	NAME 		{ ldlex_expression(); }
+		opt_exp_with_type 
+		opt_at   	{ ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_script (); }
+		'{'
+			{
+			  lang_enter_output_section_statement($1, $3,
+							      sectype,
+							      0, 0, 0, $4);
+			}
+		statement_list_opt 	
+ 		'}' { ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+		memspec_opt phdr_opt fill_opt
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate ();
+		  lang_leave_output_section_statement ($13, $11, $12);
+		}
+		opt_comma
+	|	OVERLAY
+			{ ldlex_expression (); }
+		opt_exp_without_type opt_nocrossrefs opt_at
+			{ ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_script (); }
+		'{' 
+			{
+			  lang_enter_overlay ($3, $5, (int) $4);
+			}
+		overlay_section
+		'}'
+			{ ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+		memspec_opt phdr_opt fill_opt
+			{
+			  ldlex_popstate ();
+			  lang_leave_overlay ($14, $12, $13);
+			}
+		opt_comma
+	|	/* The GROUP case is just enough to support the gcc
+		   svr3.ifile script.  It is not intended to be full
+		   support.  I'm not even sure what GROUP is supposed
+		   to mean.  */
+		GROUP { ldlex_expression (); }
+		opt_exp_with_type
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate ();
+		  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', ".", $3));
+		}
+		'{' sec_or_group_p1 '}'
+	;
+
+type:
+	   NOLOAD  { sectype = noload_section; }
+	|  DSECT   { sectype = dsect_section; }
+	|  COPY    { sectype = copy_section; }
+	|  INFO    { sectype = info_section; }
+	|  OVERLAY { sectype = overlay_section; }
+	;
+
+atype:
+	 	'(' type ')'
+  	| 	/* EMPTY */ { sectype = normal_section; }
+	;
+
+opt_exp_with_type:
+		exp atype ':'		{ $$ = $1; }
+	|	atype ':'		{ $$ = (etree_type *)NULL;  }
+	|	/* The BIND cases are to support the gcc svr3.ifile
+		   script.  They aren't intended to implement full
+		   support for the BIND keyword.  I'm not even sure
+		   what BIND is supposed to mean.  */
+		BIND '(' exp ')' atype ':' { $$ = $3; }
+	|	BIND '(' exp ')' BLOCK '(' exp ')' atype ':'
+		{ $$ = $3; }
+	;
+
+opt_exp_without_type:
+		exp ':'		{ $$ = $1; }
+	|	':'		{ $$ = (etree_type *) NULL;  }
+	;
+
+opt_nocrossrefs:
+		/* empty */
+			{ $$ = 0; }
+	|	NOCROSSREFS
+			{ $$ = 1; }
+	;
+
+memspec_opt:
+		'>' NAME
+		{ $$ = $2; }
+	|	{ $$ = "*default*"; }
+	;
+
+phdr_opt:
+		/* empty */
+		{
+		  $$ = NULL;
+		}
+	|	phdr_opt ':' NAME
+		{
+		  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *n;
+
+		  n = ((struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *)
+		       xmalloc (sizeof *n));
+		  n->name = $3;
+		  n->used = false;
+		  n->next = $1;
+		  $$ = n;
+		}
+	;
+
+overlay_section:
+		/* empty */
+	|	overlay_section
+		NAME
+			{
+			  ldlex_script ();
+			  lang_enter_overlay_section ($2);
+			}
+		'{' statement_list_opt '}'
+			{ ldlex_popstate (); ldlex_expression (); }
+		phdr_opt fill_opt
+			{
+			  ldlex_popstate ();
+			  lang_leave_overlay_section ($9, $8);
+			}
+		opt_comma
+	;
+
+phdrs:
+		PHDRS '{' phdr_list '}'
+	;
+
+phdr_list:
+		/* empty */
+	|	phdr_list phdr
+	;
+
+phdr:
+		NAME { ldlex_expression (); }
+		  phdr_type phdr_qualifiers { ldlex_popstate (); }
+		  ';'
+		{
+		  lang_new_phdr ($1, $3, $4.filehdr, $4.phdrs, $4.at,
+				 $4.flags);
+		}
+	;
+
+phdr_type:
+		exp
+		{
+		  $$ = $1;
+
+		  if ($1->type.node_class == etree_name
+		      && $1->type.node_code == NAME)
+		    {
+		      const char *s;
+		      unsigned int i;
+		      static const char * const phdr_types[] =
+			{
+			  "PT_NULL", "PT_LOAD", "PT_DYNAMIC",
+			  "PT_INTERP", "PT_NOTE", "PT_SHLIB",
+			  "PT_PHDR"
+			};
+
+		      s = $1->name.name;
+		      for (i = 0;
+			   i < sizeof phdr_types / sizeof phdr_types[0];
+			   i++)
+			if (strcmp (s, phdr_types[i]) == 0)
+			  {
+			    $$ = exp_intop (i);
+			    break;
+			  }
+		    }
+		}
+	;
+
+phdr_qualifiers:
+		/* empty */
+		{
+		  memset (&$$, 0, sizeof (struct phdr_info));
+		}
+	|	NAME phdr_val phdr_qualifiers
+		{
+		  $$ = $3;
+		  if (strcmp ($1, "FILEHDR") == 0 && $2 == NULL)
+		    $$.filehdr = true;
+		  else if (strcmp ($1, "PHDRS") == 0 && $2 == NULL)
+		    $$.phdrs = true;
+		  else if (strcmp ($1, "FLAGS") == 0 && $2 != NULL)
+		    $$.flags = $2;
+		  else
+		    einfo ("%X%P:%S: PHDRS syntax error at `%s'\n", $1);
+		}
+	|	AT '(' exp ')' phdr_qualifiers
+		{
+		  $$ = $5;
+		  $$.at = $3;
+		}
+	;
+
+phdr_val:
+		/* empty */
+		{
+		  $$ = NULL;
+		}
+	| '(' exp ')'
+		{
+		  $$ = $2;
+		}
+	;
+
+/* This syntax is used within an external version script file.  */
+
+version_script_file:
+		{
+		  ldlex_version_file ();
+		  PUSH_ERROR ("VERSION script");
+		}
+		vers_nodes
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate ();
+		  POP_ERROR ();
+		}
+	;
+
+/* This is used within a normal linker script file.  */
+
+version:
+		{
+		  ldlex_version_script ();
+		}
+		VERSION '{' vers_nodes '}'
+		{
+		  ldlex_popstate ();
+		}
+	;
+
+vers_nodes:
+		vers_node
+	|	vers_nodes vers_node
+	;
+
+vers_node:
+		VERS_TAG '{' vers_tag '}' ';'
+		{
+		  lang_register_vers_node ($1, $3, NULL);
+		}
+	|	VERS_TAG '{' vers_tag '}' verdep ';'
+		{
+		  lang_register_vers_node ($1, $3, $5);
+		}
+	;
+
+verdep:
+		VERS_TAG
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_add_vers_depend (NULL, $1);
+		}
+	|	verdep VERS_TAG
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_add_vers_depend ($1, $2);
+		}
+	;
+
+vers_tag:
+		/* empty */
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_node (NULL, NULL);
+		}
+	|	vers_defns ';'
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($1, NULL);
+		}
+	|	GLOBAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($3, NULL);
+		}
+	|	LOCAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_node (NULL, $3);
+		}
+	|	GLOBAL ':' vers_defns ';' LOCAL ':' vers_defns ';'
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_node ($3, $7);
+		}
+	;
+
+vers_defns:
+		VERS_IDENTIFIER
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_regex (NULL, $1);
+		}
+	|	vers_defns ';' VERS_IDENTIFIER
+		{
+		  $$ = lang_new_vers_regex ($1, $3);
+		}
+	;
+
+%%
+void
+yyerror(arg) 
+     const char *arg;
+{ 
+  if (ldfile_assumed_script)
+    einfo ("%P:%s: file format not recognized; treating as linker script\n",
+	   ldfile_input_filename);
+  if (error_index > 0 && error_index < ERROR_NAME_MAX)
+     einfo ("%P%F:%S: %s in %s\n", arg, error_names[error_index-1]);
+  else
+     einfo ("%P%F:%S: %s\n", arg);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..612fc2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldint.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+\input texinfo
+@setfilename ldint.info
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Ld-Internals: (ldint).	The GNU linker internals.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the internals of the GNU linker ld.
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy or distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the terms of the GPL (for which purpose this text may be
+regarded as a program in the language TeX).
+@end ifinfo
+
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@setchapternewpage off
+@settitle GNU Linker Internals
+@titlepage
+@title{A guide to the internals of the GNU linker}
+@author Per Bothner, Steve Chamberlain, Ian Lance Taylor
+@author Cygnus Support
+@page
+
+@tex
+\def\$#1${{#1}}  % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
+\xdef\manvers{\$Revision: 1.10 $}  % For use in headers, footers too
+{\parskip=0pt
+\hfill Cygnus Support\par
+\hfill \manvers\par
+\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
+}
+@end tex
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@end titlepage
+@end iftex
+
+@node Top
+@top
+
+This file documents the internals of the GNU linker @code{ld}.  It is a
+collection of miscellaneous information with little form at this point.
+Mostly, it is a repository into which you can put information about
+GNU @code{ld} as you discover it (or as you design changes to @code{ld}).
+
+@menu
+* README::			The README File
+* Emulations::			How linker emulations are generated
+@end menu
+
+@node README
+@chapter The @file{README} File
+
+Check the @file{README} file; it often has useful information that does not
+appear anywhere else in the directory.
+
+@node Emulations
+@chapter How linker emulations are generated
+
+Each linker target has an @dfn{emulation}.  The emulation includes the
+default linker script, and certain emulations also modify certain types
+of linker behaviour.
+
+Emulations are created during the build process by the shell script
+@file{genscripts.sh}.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script starts by reading a file in the
+@file{emulparams} directory.  This is a shell script which sets various
+shell variables used by @file{genscripts.sh} and the other shell scripts
+it invokes.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will invoke a shell script in the
+@file{scripttempl} directory in order to create default linker scripts
+written in the linker command language.  The @file{scripttempl} script
+will be invoked 5 (or, in some cases, 6) times, with different
+assignments to shell variables, to create different default scripts.
+The choice of script is made based on the command line options.
+
+After creating the scripts, @file{genscripts.sh} will invoke yet another
+shell script, this time in the @file{emultempl} directory.  That shell
+script will create the emulation source file, which contains C code.
+This C code permits the linker emulation to override various linker
+behaviours.  Most targets use the generic emulation code, which is in
+@file{emultempl/generic.em}.
+
+To summarize, @file{genscripts.sh} reads three shell scripts: an
+emulation parameters script in the @file{emulparams} directory, a linker
+script generation script in the @file{scripttempl} directory, and an
+emulation source file generation script in the @file{emultempl}
+directory.
+
+For example, the Sun 4 linker sets up variables in
+@file{emulparams/sun4.sh}, creates linker scripts using
+@file{scripttempl/aout.sc}, and creates the emulation code using
+@file{emultempl/sunos.em}.
+
+Note that the linker can support several emulations simultaneously,
+depending upon how it is configured.  An emulation can be selected with
+the @code{-m} option.  The @code{-V} option will list all supported
+emulations.
+
+@menu
+* emulation parameters::        @file{emulparams} scripts
+* linker scripts::              @file{scripttempl} scripts
+* linker emulations::           @file{emultempl} scripts
+@end menu
+
+@node emulation parameters
+@section @file{emulparams} scripts
+
+Each target selects a particular file in the @file{emulparams} directory
+by setting the shell variable @code{targ_emul} in @file{configure.tgt}.
+This shell variable is used by the @file{configure} script to control
+building an emulation source file.
+
+Certain conventions are enforced.  Suppose the @code{targ_emul} variable
+is set to @var{emul} in @file{configure.tgt}.  The name of the emulation
+shell script will be @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh}.  The
+@file{Makefile} must have a target named @file{e@var{emul}.c}; this
+target must depend upon @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh}, as well as the
+appropriate scripts in the @file{scripttempl} and @file{emultempl}
+directories.  The @file{Makefile} target must invoke @code{GENSCRIPTS}
+with two arguments: @var{emul}, and the value of the make variable
+@code{tdir_@var{emul}}.  The value of the latter variable will be set by
+the @file{configure} script, and is used to set the default target
+directory to search.
+
+By convention, the @file{emulparams/@var{emul}.sh} shell script should
+only set shell variables.  It may set shell variables which are to be
+interpreted by the @file{scripttempl} and the @file{emultempl} scripts.
+Certain shell variables are interpreted directly by the
+@file{genscripts.sh} script.
+
+Here is a list of shell variables interpreted by @file{genscripts.sh},
+as well as some conventional shell variables interpreted by the
+@file{scripttempl} and @file{emultempl} scripts.
+
+@table @code
+@item SCRIPT_NAME
+This is the name of the @file{scripttempl} script to use.  If
+@code{SCRIPT_NAME} is set to @var{script}, @file{genscripts.sh} will use
+the script @file{scriptteml/@var{script}.sc}.
+
+@item TEMPLATE_NAME
+This is the name of the @file{emultemlp} script to use.  If
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} is set to @var{template}, @file{genscripts.sh} will
+use the script @file{emultempl/@var{template}.em}.  If this variable is
+not set, the default value is @samp{generic}.
+
+@item GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT
+If this is set to a nonempty string, @file{genscripts.sh} will invoke
+the @file{scripttempl} script an extra time to create a shared library
+script.  @ref{linker scripts}.
+
+@item OUTPUT_FORMAT
+This is normally set to indicate the BFD output format use (e.g.,
+@samp{"a.out-sunos-big"}.  The @file{scripttempl} script will normally
+use it in an @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item ARCH
+This is normally set to indicate the architecture to use (e.g.,
+@samp{sparc}).  The @file{scripttempl} script will normally use it in an
+@code{OUTPUT_ARCH} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item ENTRY
+Some @file{scripttempl} scripts use this to set the entry address, in an
+@code{ENTRY} expression in the linker script.
+
+@item TEXT_START_ADDR
+Some @file{scripttempl} scripts use this to set the start address of the
+@samp{.text} section.
+
+@item NONPAGED_TEXT_START_ADDR
+If this is defined, the @file{genscripts.sh} script sets
+@code{TEXT_START_ADDR} to its value before running the
+@file{scripttempl} script for the @code{-n} and @code{-N} options
+(@pxref{linker scripts}).
+
+@item SEGMENT_SIZE
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script uses this to set the default value of
+@code{DATA_ALIGNMENT} when running the @file{scripttempl} script.
+
+@item TARGET_PAGE_SIZE
+If @code{SEGMENT_SIZE} is not defined, the @file{genscripts.sh} script
+uses this to define it.
+@end table
+
+@node linker scripts
+@section @file{scripttempl} scripts
+
+Each linker target uses a @file{scripttempl} script to generate the
+default linker scripts.  The name of the @file{scripttempl} script is
+set by the @code{SCRIPT_NAME} variable in the @file{emulparams} script.
+If @code{SCRIPT_NAME} is set to @var{script}, @code{genscripts.sh} will
+invoke @file{scripttempl/@var{script}.sc}.
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will invoke the @file{scripttempl}
+script 5 or 6 times.  Each time it will set the shell variable
+@code{LD_FLAG} to a different value.  When the linker is run, the
+options used will direct it to select a particular script.  (Script
+selection is controlled by the @code{get_script} emulation entry point;
+this describes the conventional behaviour).
+
+The @file{scripttempl} script should just write a linker script, written
+in the linker command language, to standard output.  If the emulation
+name--the name of the @file{emulparams} file without the @file{.sc}
+extension--is @var{emul}, then the output will be directed to
+@file{ldscripts/@var{emul}.@var{extension}} in the build directory,
+where @var{extension} changes each time the @file{scripttempl} script is
+invoked.
+
+Here is the list of values assigned to @code{LD_FLAG}.
+
+@table @code
+@item (empty)
+The script generated is used by default (when none of the following
+cases apply).  The output has an extension of @file{.x}.
+@item n
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-n} option.  The output has an extension of @file{.xn}.
+@item N
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-N} option.  The output has an extension of @file{.xbn}.
+@item r
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-r} option.  The output has an extension of @file{.xr}.
+@item u
+The script generated is used when the linker is invoked with the
+@code{-Ur} option.  The output has an extension of @file{.xu}.
+@item shared
+The @file{scripttempl} script is only invoked with @code{LD_FLAG} set to
+this value if @code{GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT} is defined in the
+@file{emulparams} file.  The @file{emultempl} script must arrange to use
+this script at the appropriate time, normally when the linker is invoked
+with the @code{-shared} option.  The output has an extension of
+@file{.xs}.
+@end table
+
+Besides the shell variables set by the @file{emulparams} script, and the
+@code{LD_FLAG} variable, the @file{genscripts.sh} script will set
+certain variables for each run of the @file{scripttempl} script.
+
+@table @code
+@item RELOCATING
+This will be set to a non-empty string when the linker is doing a final
+relocation (e.g., all scripts other than @code{-r} and @code{-Ur}).
+
+@item CONSTRUCTING
+This will be set to a non-empty string when the linker is building
+global constructor and destructor tables (e.g., all scripts other than
+@code{-r}).
+
+@item DATA_ALIGNMENT
+This will be set to an @code{ALIGN} expression when the output should be
+page aligned, or to @samp{.} when generating the @code{-N} script.
+
+@item CREATE_SHLIB
+This will be set to a non-empty string when generating a @code{-shared}
+script.
+@end table
+
+The conventional way to write a @file{scripttempl} script is to first
+set a few shell variables, and then write out a linker script using
+@code{cat} with a here document.  The linker script will use variable
+substitutions, based on the above variables and those set in the
+@file{emulparams} script, to control its behaviour.
+
+When there are parts of the @file{scripttempl} script which should only
+be run when doing a final relocation, they should be enclosed within a
+variable substitution based on @code{RELOCATING}.  For example, on many
+targets special symbols such as @code{_end} should be defined when doing
+a final link.  Naturally, those symbols should not be defined when doing
+a relocateable link using @code{-r}.  The @file{scripttempl} script
+could use a construct like this to define those symbols:
+@smallexample
+  $@{RELOCATING+ _end = .;@}
+@end smallexample
+This will do the symbol assignment only if the @code{RELOCATING}
+variable is defined.
+
+The basic job of the linker script is to put the sections in the correct
+order, and at the correct memory addresses.  For some targets, the
+linker script may have to do some other operations.
+
+For example, on most MIPS platforms, the linker is responsible for
+defining the special symbol @code{_gp}, used to initialize the
+@code{$gp} register.  It must be set to the start of the small data
+section plus @code{0x8000}.  Naturally, it should only be defined when
+doing a final relocation.  This will typically be done like this:
+@smallexample
+  $@{RELOCATING+ _gp = ALIGN(16) + 0x8000;@}
+@end smallexample
+This line would appear just before the sections which compose the small
+data section (@samp{.sdata}, @samp{.sbss}).  All those sections would be
+contiguous in memory.
+
+Many COFF systems build constructor tables in the linker script.  The
+compiler will arrange to output the address of each global constructor
+in a @samp{.ctor} section, and the address of each global destructor in
+a @samp{.dtor} section (this is done by defining
+@code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR} in the
+@code{gcc} configuration files).  The @code{gcc} runtime support
+routines expect the constructor table to be named @code{__CTOR_LIST__}.
+They expect it to be a list of words, with the first word being the
+count of the number of entries.  There should be a trailing zero word.
+(Actually, the count may be -1 if the trailing word is present, and the
+trailing word may be omitted if the count is correct, but, as the
+@code{gcc} behaviour has changed slightly over the years, it is safest
+to provide both).  Here is a typical way that might be handled in a
+@file{scripttempl} file.
+@smallexample
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_LIST__ = .;@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ *(.ctors)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __CTOR_END__ = .;@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_LIST__ = .;@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ *(.dtors)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ LONG(0)@}
+    $@{CONSTRUCTING+ __DTOR_END__ = .;@}
+@end smallexample
+The use of @code{CONSTRUCTING} ensures that these linker script commands
+will only appear when the linker is supposed to be building the
+constructor and destructor tables.  This example is written for a target
+which uses 4 byte pointers.
+
+Embedded systems often need to set a stack address.  This is normally
+best done by using the @code{PROVIDE} construct with a default stack
+address.  This permits the user to easily override the stack address
+using the @code{--defsym} option.  Here is an example:
+@smallexample
+  $@{RELOCATING+ PROVIDE (__stack = 0x80000000);@}
+@end smallexample
+The value of the symbol @code{__stack} would then be used in the startup
+code to initialize the stack pointer.
+
+@node linker emulations
+@section @file{emultempl} scripts
+
+Each linker target uses an @file{emultempl} script to generate the
+emulation code.  The name of the @file{emultempl} script is set by the
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} variable in the @file{emulparams} script.  If the
+@code{TEMPLATE_NAME} variable is not set, the default is
+@samp{generic}.  If the value of @code{TEMPLATE_NAME} is @var{template},
+@file{genscripts.sh} will use @file{emultempl/@var{template}.em}.
+
+Most targets use the generic @file{emultempl} script,
+@file{emultempl/generic.em}.  A different @file{emultempl} script is
+only needed if the linker must support unusual actions, such as linking
+against shared libraries.
+
+The @file{emultempl} script is normally written as a simple invocation
+of @code{cat} with a here document.  The document will use a few
+variable substitutions.  Typically each function names uses a
+substitution involving @code{EMULATION_NAME}, for ease of debugging when
+the linker supports multiple emulations.
+
+Every function and variable in the emitted file should be static.  The
+only globally visible object must be named
+@code{ld_@var{EMULATION_NAME}_emulation}, where @var{EMULATION_NAME} is
+the name of the emulation set in @file{configure.tgt} (this is also the
+name of the @file{emulparams} file without the @file{.sh} extension).
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will set the shell variable
+@code{EMULATION_NAME} before invoking the @file{emultempl} script.
+
+The @code{ld_@var{EMULATION_NAME}_emulation} variable must be a
+@code{struct ld_emulation_xfer_struct}, as defined in @file{ldemul.h}.
+It defines a set of function pointers which are invoked by the linker,
+as well as strings for the emulation name (normally set from the shell
+variable @code{EMULATION_NAME} and the default BFD target name (normally
+set from the shell variable @code{OUTPUT_FORMAT} which is normally set
+by the @file{emulparams} file).
+
+The @file{genscripts.sh} script will set the shell variable
+@code{COMPILE_IN} when it invokes the @file{emultempl} script for the
+default emulation.  In this case, the @file{emultempl} script should
+include the linker scripts directly, and return them from the
+@code{get_scripts} entry point.  When the emulation is not the default,
+the @code{get_scripts} entry point should just return a file name.  See
+@file{emultempl/generic.em} for an example of how this is done.
+
+At some point, the linker emulation entry points should be documented.
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19aedf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3978 @@
+/* Linker command language support.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* FORWARDS */
+static lang_statement_union_type *new_statement PARAMS ((enum statement_enum,
+							 size_t,
+							 lang_statement_list_type*));
+
+
+/* LOCALS */
+static struct obstack stat_obstack;
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+static CONST char *startup_file;
+static lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
+static boolean placed_commons = false;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
+static boolean map_option_f;
+static bfd_vma print_dot;
+static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
+static lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
+static CONST char *current_target;
+static CONST char *output_target;
+static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
+static struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
+
+static void lang_for_each_statement_worker
+  PARAMS ((void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
+	   lang_statement_union_type *s));
+static lang_input_statement_type *new_afile
+  PARAMS ((const char *name, lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+	   const char *target, boolean add_to_list));
+static void init_os PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *s));
+static void exp_init_os PARAMS ((etree_type *));
+static void section_already_linked PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean wildcardp PARAMS ((const char *));
+static void wild_section PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+				  const char *section,
+				  lang_input_statement_type *file,
+				  lang_output_section_statement_type *output));
+static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name PARAMS ((const char *name));
+static void load_symbols PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *entry,
+				  lang_statement_list_type *));
+static void wild_file PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *, const char *,
+			       lang_input_statement_type *,
+			       lang_output_section_statement_type *));
+static void wild PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *s,
+			  const char *section, const char *file,
+			  const char *target,
+			  lang_output_section_statement_type *output));
+static bfd *open_output PARAMS ((const char *name));
+static void ldlang_open_output PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *statement));
+static void open_input_bfds
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *statement, boolean));
+static void lang_reasonable_defaults PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_place_undefineds PARAMS ((void));
+static void map_input_to_output_sections
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+	   const char *target,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement));
+static void print_output_section_statement
+  PARAMS ((lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement));
+static void print_assignment
+  PARAMS ((lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section));
+static void print_input_statement PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *statm));
+static boolean print_one_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void print_input_section PARAMS ((lang_input_section_type *in));
+static void print_fill_statement PARAMS ((lang_fill_statement_type *fill));
+static void print_data_statement PARAMS ((lang_data_statement_type *data));
+static void print_address_statement PARAMS ((lang_address_statement_type *));
+static void print_reloc_statement PARAMS ((lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc));
+static void print_padding_statement PARAMS ((lang_padding_statement_type *s));
+static void print_wild_statement
+  PARAMS ((lang_wild_statement_type *w,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_group
+  PARAMS ((lang_group_statement_type *, lang_output_section_statement_type *));
+static void print_statement PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+				     lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_statement_list PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+					  lang_output_section_statement_type *os));
+static void print_statements PARAMS ((void));
+static bfd_vma insert_pad PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
+				   fill_type fill, unsigned int power,
+				   asection *output_section_statement,
+				   bfd_vma dot));
+static bfd_vma size_input_section
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+	   fill_type fill, bfd_vma dot, boolean relax));
+static void lang_finish PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_check PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_common PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean lang_one_common PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void lang_place_orphans PARAMS ((void));
+static int topower PARAMS ((int));
+static void lang_set_startof PARAMS ((void));
+static void reset_memory_regions PARAMS ((void));
+static void lang_record_phdrs PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* EXPORTS */
+lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
+lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { 0 };
+const char *entry_symbol = NULL;
+boolean entry_from_cmdline;
+boolean lang_has_input_file = false;
+boolean had_output_filename = false;
+boolean lang_float_flag = false;
+boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
+struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
+
+etree_type *base; /* Relocation base - or null */
+
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(ALMOST_STDC)
+#define cat(a,b) a##b
+#else
+#define cat(a,b) a/**/b
+#endif
+
+#define new_stat(x,y) (cat(x,_type)*) new_statement(cat(x,_enum), sizeof(cat(x,_type)),y)
+
+#define outside_section_address(q) ( (q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
+
+#define outside_symbol_address(q) ((q)->value +   outside_section_address(q->section))
+
+#define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
+
+PTR
+stat_alloc (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
+  function for each node
+*/
+
+static void
+lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, s)
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+{
+  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      func (s);
+
+      switch (s->header.type)
+	{
+	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
+	  break;
+	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+	  lang_for_each_statement_worker
+	    (func,
+	     s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+	  break;
+	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+	  lang_for_each_statement_worker
+	    (func,
+	     s->wild_statement.children.head);
+	  break;
+	case lang_group_statement_enum:
+	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+					  s->group_statement.children.head);
+	  break;
+	case lang_data_statement_enum:
+	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+	case lang_output_statement_enum:
+	case lang_target_statement_enum:
+	case lang_input_section_enum:
+	case lang_input_statement_enum:
+	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+	case lang_address_statement_enum:
+	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  FAIL ();
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lang_for_each_statement (func)
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+{
+  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+				  statement_list.head);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+lang_list_init (list)
+     lang_statement_list_type *list;
+{
+  list->head = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+  list->tail = &list->head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+  build a new statement node for the parse tree
+
+ */
+
+static
+lang_statement_union_type *
+new_statement (type, size, list)
+     enum statement_enum type;
+     size_t size;
+     lang_statement_list_type * list;
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type *new = (lang_statement_union_type *)
+  stat_alloc (size);
+
+  new->header.type = type;
+  new->header.next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+  lang_statement_append (list, new, &new->header.next);
+  return new;
+}
+
+/*
+  Build a new input file node for the language. There are several ways
+  in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols, or
+  prefix it with a -l etc.
+
+  We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
+  they may, for example be split over serveral lines like foo.o(.text)
+  foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we havn't
+  got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.
+
+ */
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+new_afile (name, file_type, target, add_to_list)
+     CONST char *name;
+     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type;
+     CONST char *target;
+     boolean add_to_list;
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *p;
+
+  if (add_to_list)
+    p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
+  else
+    {
+      p = ((lang_input_statement_type *)
+	   stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type)));
+      p->header.next = NULL;
+    }
+
+  lang_has_input_file = true;
+  p->target = target;
+  switch (file_type)
+    {
+    case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->is_archive = false;
+      p->real = true;
+      p->local_sym_name = name;
+      p->just_syms_flag = true;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+      break;
+    case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->is_archive = false;
+      p->real = false;
+      p->local_sym_name = name;
+      p->just_syms_flag = false;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+      break;
+    case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
+      p->is_archive = true;
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->real = true;
+      p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
+      p->just_syms_flag = false;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+      break;
+    case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->is_archive = false;
+      p->real = false;
+      p->local_sym_name = name;
+      p->just_syms_flag = false;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+      break;
+    case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->is_archive = false;
+      p->real = true;
+      p->local_sym_name = name;
+      p->just_syms_flag = false;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = true;
+      break;
+    case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
+      p->filename = name;
+      p->is_archive = false;
+      p->real = true;
+      p->local_sym_name = name;
+      p->just_syms_flag = false;
+      p->search_dirs_flag = false;
+      break;
+    default:
+      FAIL ();
+    }
+  p->the_bfd = (bfd *) NULL;
+  p->asymbols = (asymbol **) NULL;
+  p->next_real_file = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+  p->next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+  p->symbol_count = 0;
+  p->dynamic = config.dynamic_link;
+  p->whole_archive = whole_archive;
+  p->loaded = false;
+  lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
+			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
+			 &p->next_real_file);
+  return p;
+}
+
+lang_input_statement_type *
+lang_add_input_file (name, file_type, target)
+     CONST char *name;
+     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type;
+     CONST char *target;
+{
+  lang_has_input_file = true;
+  return new_afile (name, file_type, target, true);
+}
+
+/* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree */
+void
+lang_init ()
+{
+  obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
+
+  stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+
+  lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+  lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
+  lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
+  lang_list_init (&file_chain);
+  first_file = lang_add_input_file ((char *) NULL,
+				    lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
+				    (char *) NULL);
+  abs_output_section = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME);
+
+  abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ A region is an area of memory declared with the
+ MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
+ syntax.
+
+ We maintain a list of all the regions here
+
+ If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
+ which is created when looked up to be the entire data space
+*/
+
+static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
+static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail = &lang_memory_region_list;
+
+lang_memory_region_type *
+lang_memory_region_lookup (name)
+     CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+
+  lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
+
+  for (p = lang_memory_region_list;
+       p != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+       p = p->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (p->name, name) == 0)
+	{
+	  return p;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* This code used to always use the first region in the list as the
+     default region.  I changed it to instead use a region
+     encompassing all of memory as the default region.  This permits
+     NOLOAD sections to work reasonably without requiring a region.
+     People should specify what region they mean, if they really want
+     a region.  */
+  if (strcmp (name, "*default*") == 0)
+    {
+      if (lang_memory_region_list != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+	{
+	  return lang_memory_region_list;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  {
+    lang_memory_region_type *new =
+    (lang_memory_region_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
+
+    new->name = buystring (name);
+    new->next = (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+
+    *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new;
+    lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new->next;
+    new->origin = 0;
+    new->length = ~(bfd_size_type)0;
+    new->current = 0;
+    new->had_full_message = false;
+
+    return new;
+  }
+}
+
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_find (name)
+     CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type *u;
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
+
+  for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+       u != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+       u = lookup->next)
+    {
+      lookup = &u->output_section_statement;
+      if (strcmp (name, lookup->name) == 0)
+	{
+	  return lookup;
+	}
+    }
+  return (lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL;
+}
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name)
+     CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
+
+  lookup = lang_output_section_find (name);
+  if (lookup == (lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL)
+    {
+
+      lookup = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
+	new_stat (lang_output_section_statement, stat_ptr);
+      lookup->region = (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+      lookup->fill = 0;
+      lookup->block_value = 1;
+      lookup->name = name;
+
+      lookup->next = (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+      lookup->bfd_section = (asection *) NULL;
+      lookup->processed = false;
+      lookup->sectype = normal_section;
+      lookup->addr_tree = (etree_type *) NULL;
+      lang_list_init (&lookup->children);
+
+      lookup->memspec = (CONST char *) NULL;
+      lookup->flags = 0;
+      lookup->subsection_alignment = -1;
+      lookup->section_alignment = -1;
+      lookup->load_base = (union etree_union *) NULL;
+      lookup->phdrs = NULL;
+
+      lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
+			     (lang_statement_union_type *) lookup,
+			     &lookup->next);
+    }
+  return lookup;
+}
+
+void
+lang_map ()
+{
+  lang_memory_region_type *m;
+
+  minfo ("\nMemory Configuration\n\n");
+  fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s\n",
+	   "Name", "Origin", "Length");
+
+  for (m = lang_memory_region_list;
+       m != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+       m = m->next)
+    {
+      char buf[100];
+      int len;
+
+      fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name);
+
+      sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
+      minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
+      len = strlen (buf);
+      while (len < 16)
+	{
+	  print_space ();
+	  ++len;
+	}
+
+      minfo ("0x%V\n", m->length);
+    }
+
+  fprintf (config.map_file, "\nLinker script and memory map\n\n");
+
+  print_statements ();
+}
+
+/* Initialize an output section.  */
+
+static void
+init_os (s)
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *s;
+{
+  section_userdata_type *new;
+
+  if (s->bfd_section != NULL)
+    return;
+
+  if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    einfo ("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section", DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
+
+  new = ((section_userdata_type *)
+	 stat_alloc (sizeof (section_userdata_type)));
+
+  s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, s->name);
+  if (s->bfd_section == (asection *) NULL)
+    s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section (output_bfd, s->name);
+  if (s->bfd_section == (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n",
+	     output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
+    }
+  s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
+
+  /* We initialize an output sections output offset to minus its own */
+  /* vma to allow us to output a section through itself */
+  s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+  get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = (PTR) new;
+
+  /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
+     mention are initialized.  */
+  if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
+    exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
+}
+
+/* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
+   initialized.  */
+
+static void
+exp_init_os (exp)
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  switch (exp->type.node_class)
+    {
+    case etree_assign:
+      exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_binary:
+      exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
+      exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_trinary:
+      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
+      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
+      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_unary:
+      exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
+      break;
+
+    case etree_name:
+      switch (exp->type.node_code)
+	{
+	case ADDR:
+	case LOADADDR:
+	case SIZEOF:
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
+	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
+	      init_os (os);
+	  }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Sections marked with the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag should only be linked
+   once into the output.  This routine checks each sections, and
+   arranges to discard it if a section of the same name has already
+   been linked.  This code assumes that all relevant sections have the
+   SEC_LINK_ONCE flag set; that is, it does not depend solely upon the
+   section name.  This is called via bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+section_already_linked (abfd, sec, data)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
+  struct sec_link_once
+    {
+      struct sec_link_once *next;
+      asection *sec;
+    };
+  static struct sec_link_once *sec_link_once_list;
+  flagword flags;
+  const char *name;
+  struct sec_link_once *l;
+
+  /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
+     discard all sections.  */
+  if (entry->just_syms_flag)
+    {
+      sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+      sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
+
+  if ((flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+
+  for (l = sec_link_once_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (name, bfd_get_section_name (l->sec->owner, l->sec)) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The section has already been linked.  See if we should
+             issue a warning.  */
+	  switch (flags & SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      abort ();
+
+	    case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD:
+	      break;
+
+	    case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY:
+	      einfo ("%P: %B: warning: ignoring duplicate section `%s'\n",
+		     abfd, name);
+	      break;
+
+	    case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS:
+	      /* FIXME: We should really dig out the contents of both
+                 sections and memcmp them.  The COFF/PE spec says that
+                 the Microsoft linker does not implement this
+                 correctly, so I'm not going to bother doing it
+                 either.  */
+	      /* Fall through.  */
+	    case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE:
+	      if (bfd_section_size (abfd, sec)
+		  != bfd_section_size (l->sec->owner, l->sec))
+		einfo ("%P: %B: warning: duplicate section `%s' has different size\n",
+		       abfd, name);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set the output_section field so that wild_doit does not
+	     create a lang_input_section structure for this section.  */
+	  sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* This is the first section with this name.  Record it.  */
+
+  l = (struct sec_link_once *) xmalloc (sizeof *l);
+  l->sec = sec;
+  l->next = sec_link_once_list;
+  sec_link_once_list = l;
+}
+
+/* The wild routines.
+
+   These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
+   explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
+   foo.o(.text, .data).  */
+
+/* Return true if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.  */
+
+static boolean
+wildcardp (pattern)
+     const char *pattern;
+{
+  const char *s;
+
+  for (s = pattern; *s != '\0'; ++s)
+    if (*s == '?'
+	|| *s == '\\'
+	|| *s == '*'
+	|| *s == '[')
+      return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
+   lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  FILE is the
+   input file which holds SECTION.  */
+
+void
+wild_doit (ptr, section, output, file)
+     lang_statement_list_type *ptr;
+     asection *section;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+     lang_input_statement_type *file;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  boolean discard;
+
+  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (section->owner, section);
+
+  discard = false;
+
+  /* If we are doing a final link, discard sections marked with
+     SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
+  if (! link_info.relocateable
+      && (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
+    discard = true;
+
+  /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
+     DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
+  if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+    discard = true;
+
+  /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
+     information.  */
+  if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
+      && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+    discard = true;
+
+  if (discard)
+    {
+      if (section->output_section == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
+	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	}
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (section->output_section == NULL)
+    {
+      lang_input_section_type *new;
+
+      if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
+	init_os (output);
+
+      /* Add a section reference to the list */
+      new = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
+
+      new->section = section;
+      new->ifile = file;
+      section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
+
+      /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
+	 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
+	 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
+	 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
+	 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
+	 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.
+
+	 If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've already
+	 been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe format targets,
+	 .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd to see .text with
+	 SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
+
+      section->output_section->flags |=
+	section->flags & (flagword) (~ (SEC_NEVER_LOAD
+					| (! link_info.relocateable
+					   ? SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
+					   : 0)));
+
+      switch (output->sectype)
+	{
+	case normal_section:
+	  break;
+	case dsect_section:
+	case copy_section:
+	case info_section:
+	case overlay_section:
+	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
+	  break;
+	case noload_section:
+	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
+	  output->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
+	output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
+
+      /* If supplied an aligment, then force it.  */
+      if (output->section_alignment != -1)
+	output->bfd_section->alignment_power = output->section_alignment;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
+   NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
+
+static void
+wild_section (ptr, section, file, output)
+     lang_wild_statement_type *ptr;
+     const char *section;
+     lang_input_statement_type *file;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+  if (file->just_syms_flag == false)
+    {
+      register asection *s;
+      boolean wildcard;
+
+      if (section == NULL)
+	wildcard = false;
+      else
+	wildcard = wildcardp (section);
+
+      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	{
+	  boolean match;
+
+	  /* Attach all sections named SECTION.  If SECTION is NULL,
+	     then attach all sections.
+
+	     Previously, if SECTION was NULL, this code did not call
+	     wild_doit if the SEC_IS_COMMON flag was set for the
+	     section.  I did not understand that, and I took it out.
+	     --ian@cygnus.com.  */
+
+	  if (section == NULL)
+	    match = true;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *name;
+
+	      name = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
+	      if (wildcard)
+		match = fnmatch (section, name, 0) == 0 ? true : false;
+	      else
+		match = strcmp (section, name) == 0 ? true : false;
+	    }
+	  if (match)
+	    wild_doit (&ptr->children, s, output, file);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
+   added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
+   already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+lookup_name (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *search;
+
+  for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
+       search != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+       search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
+    {
+      if (search->filename == (char *) NULL && name == (char *) NULL)
+	return search;
+      if (search->filename != (char *) NULL
+	  && name != (char *) NULL
+	  && strcmp (search->filename, name) == 0)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (search == (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL)
+    search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_file_enum, default_target,
+			false);
+
+  /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
+     (FIXME: can that ever actually happen?) or the name is NULL
+     (FIXME: can that ever actually happen?) don't add this file.  */
+  if (search->loaded
+      || ! search->real
+      || search->filename == (const char *) NULL)
+    return search;
+
+  load_symbols (search, (lang_statement_list_type *) NULL);
+
+  return search;
+}
+
+/* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
+
+static void
+load_symbols (entry, place)
+     lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+     lang_statement_list_type *place;
+{
+  char **matching;
+
+  if (entry->loaded)
+    return;
+
+  ldfile_open_file (entry);
+
+  if (! bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
+      && ! bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+    {
+      bfd_error_type err;
+      lang_statement_list_type *hold;
+
+      err = bfd_get_error ();
+      if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+	{
+	  char **p;
+
+	  einfo ("%B: file not recognized: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+	  einfo ("%B: matching formats:", entry->the_bfd);
+	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
+	    einfo (" %s", *p);
+	  einfo ("%F\n");
+	}
+      else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
+	       || place == NULL)
+	einfo ("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+
+      bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
+      entry->the_bfd = NULL;
+
+      /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
+
+      if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
+	return;
+
+      /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
+
+      ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
+
+      hold = stat_ptr;
+      stat_ptr = place;
+
+      ldfile_assumed_script = true;
+      parser_input = input_script;
+      yyparse ();
+      ldfile_assumed_script = false;
+
+      stat_ptr = hold;
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
+     add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
+     add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
+     which is used.  */
+  switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
+    {
+    default:
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_object:
+      ldlang_add_file (entry);
+      if (trace_files || trace_file_tries)
+	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_archive:
+      if (entry->whole_archive)
+	{
+	  bfd *member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd,
+						      (bfd *) NULL);
+	  while (member != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (! bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
+		einfo ("%F%B: object %B in archive is not object\n",
+		       entry->the_bfd, member);
+	      if (! ((*link_info.callbacks->add_archive_element)
+		     (&link_info, member, "--whole-archive")))
+		abort ();
+	      if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (member, &link_info))
+		einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", member);
+	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd,
+						     member);
+	    }
+
+	  entry->loaded = true;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
+    einfo ("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n", entry->the_bfd);
+
+  entry->loaded = true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
+
+static void
+wild_file (s, section, f, output)
+     lang_wild_statement_type *s;
+     const char *section;
+     lang_input_statement_type *f;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+  if (f->the_bfd == NULL
+      || ! bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
+    wild_section (s, section, f, output);
+  else
+    {
+      bfd *member;
+
+      /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
+	 archive separately.  */
+      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, (bfd *) NULL);
+      while (member != NULL)
+	{
+	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
+	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
+	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
+	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
+	     lang_input_statement.  */
+	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
+	    {
+	      wild_section (s, section,
+			    (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
+			    output);
+	    }
+
+	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement.  SECTION or FILE or both may be NULL,
+   indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate lang_input_section
+   statements are created for each part of the expansion; they are
+   added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is the output section.  */
+
+static void
+wild (s, section, file, target, output)
+     lang_wild_statement_type *s;
+     const char *section;
+     const char *file;
+     const char *target;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *output;
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+  if (file == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list */
+      for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+	   f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+	   f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+	{
+	  wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (wildcardp (file))
+    {
+      for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+	   f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+	   f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+	{
+	  if (fnmatch (file, f->filename, FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0)
+	    wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Perform the iteration over a single file */
+      f = lookup_name (file);
+      wild_file (s, section, f, output);
+    }
+
+  if (section != (char *) NULL
+      && strcmp (section, "COMMON") == 0
+      && default_common_section == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we later
+         get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
+      default_common_section = output;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Open the output file.  */
+
+static bfd *
+open_output (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  bfd *output;
+
+  if (output_target == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (current_target != (char *) NULL)
+	output_target = current_target;
+      else
+	output_target = default_target;
+    }
+  output = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
+
+  if (output == (bfd *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%P%F: target %s not found\n", output_target);
+	}
+      einfo ("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n", name);
+    }
+
+  delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
+
+  /*  output->flags |= D_PAGED;*/
+
+  if (! bfd_set_format (output, bfd_object))
+    einfo ("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n", name);
+  if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (output,
+			   ldfile_output_architecture,
+			   ldfile_output_machine))
+    einfo ("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n", name);
+
+  link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (output);
+  if (link_info.hash == (struct bfd_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: can not create link hash table: %E\n");
+
+  bfd_set_gp_size (output, g_switch_value);
+  return output;
+}
+
+
+
+
+static void
+ldlang_open_output (statement)
+     lang_statement_union_type * statement;
+{
+  switch (statement->header.type)
+    {
+    case lang_output_statement_enum:
+      ASSERT (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL);
+      output_bfd = open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
+      ldemul_set_output_arch ();
+      if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocateable)
+	output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+      else
+	output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
+      if (config.text_read_only)
+	output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
+      else
+	output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
+      if (link_info.traditional_format)
+	output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+      else
+	output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+      break;
+
+    case lang_target_statement_enum:
+      current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Open all the input files.  */
+
+static void
+open_input_bfds (s, force)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+     boolean force;
+{
+  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      switch (s->header.type)
+	{
+	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, force);
+	  break;
+	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, force);
+	  break;
+	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols */
+	  if (s->wild_statement.filename
+	      && ! wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename))
+	    (void) lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
+	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, force);
+	  break;
+	case lang_group_statement_enum:
+	  {
+	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
+
+	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
+               until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
+               symbols.  */
+
+	    do
+	      {
+		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
+		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head, true);
+	      }
+	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case lang_target_statement_enum:
+	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
+	  break;
+	case lang_input_statement_enum:
+	  if (s->input_statement.real == true)
+	    {
+	      lang_statement_list_type add;
+
+	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
+
+	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
+                 is an archive which has already been searched, then
+                 force it to be researched.  */
+	      if (force
+		  && s->input_statement.loaded
+		  && bfd_check_format (s->input_statement.the_bfd,
+				       bfd_archive))
+		s->input_statement.loaded = false;
+
+	      lang_list_init (&add);
+
+	      load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add);
+
+	      if (add.head != NULL)
+		{
+		  *add.tail = s->next;
+		  s->next = add.head;
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* If there are [COMMONS] statements, put a wild one into the bss section */
+
+static void
+lang_reasonable_defaults ()
+{
+#if 0
+  lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".text");
+  lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".data");
+
+  default_common_section =
+    lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss");
+
+
+  if (placed_commons == false)
+    {
+      lang_wild_statement_type *new =
+      new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+		&default_common_section->children);
+
+      new->section_name = "COMMON";
+      new->filename = (char *) NULL;
+      lang_list_init (&new->children);
+    }
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/*
+ Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
+ Remove items from the chain as we open input bfds
+ */
+typedef struct ldlang_undef_chain_list
+{
+  struct ldlang_undef_chain_list *next;
+  char *name;
+}                       ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
+
+static ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+
+void
+ldlang_add_undef (name)
+     CONST char *CONST name;
+{
+  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new =
+    ((ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *)
+     stat_alloc (sizeof (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type)));
+
+  new->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+  ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new;
+
+  new->name = buystring (name);
+}
+
+/* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
+   into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
+   script file.
+*/
+static void
+lang_place_undefineds ()
+{
+  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+       ptr != (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) NULL;
+       ptr = ptr->next)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, true, false, true);
+      if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E");
+      if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+	{
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+	  h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
+	  bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Open input files and attatch to output sections */
+static void
+map_input_to_output_sections (s, target, output_section_statement)
+     lang_statement_union_type * s;
+     CONST char *target;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+{
+  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      switch (s->header.type)
+	{
+
+
+	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+	  wild (&s->wild_statement, s->wild_statement.section_name,
+		s->wild_statement.filename, target,
+		output_section_statement);
+
+	  break;
+	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
+					target,
+					output_section_statement);
+	  break;
+	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
+					target,
+					&s->output_section_statement);
+	  break;
+	case lang_output_statement_enum:
+	  break;
+	case lang_target_statement_enum:
+	  target = s->target_statement.target;
+	  break;
+	case lang_group_statement_enum:
+	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+					target,
+					output_section_statement);
+	  break;
+	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+	case lang_input_section_enum:
+	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+	case lang_data_statement_enum:
+	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+	case lang_input_statement_enum:
+	  if (output_section_statement != NULL
+	      && output_section_statement->bfd_section == NULL)
+	    init_os (output_section_statement);
+	  break;
+	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+	  if (output_section_statement != NULL
+	      && output_section_statement->bfd_section == NULL)
+	    init_os (output_section_statement);
+
+	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
+             are initialized.  */
+	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+	  break;
+	case lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum:
+	  FAIL ();
+	  break;
+	case lang_address_statement_enum:
+	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address */
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+	      lang_output_section_statement_lookup
+		(s->address_statement.section_name);
+
+	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+	      init_os (os);
+	    os->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_output_section_statement (output_section_statement)
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+{
+  asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+  int len;
+
+  if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
+    {
+      minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
+
+      if (section != NULL)
+	{
+	  print_dot = section->vma;
+
+	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
+	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+	    {
+	      print_nl ();
+	      len = 0;
+	    }
+	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+	    {
+	      print_space ();
+	      ++len;
+	    }
+
+	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, section->_raw_size);
+
+	  if (output_section_statement->load_base != NULL)
+	    {
+	      bfd_vma addr;
+
+	      addr = exp_get_abs_int (output_section_statement->load_base, 0,
+				      "load base", lang_final_phase_enum);
+	      minfo (" load address 0x%V", addr);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      print_nl ();
+    }
+
+  print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
+			output_section_statement);
+}
+
+static void
+print_assignment (assignment, output_section)
+     lang_assignment_statement_type * assignment;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section;
+{
+  int i;
+  etree_value_type result;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+    print_space ();
+
+  result = exp_fold_tree (assignment->exp->assign.src, output_section,
+			  lang_final_phase_enum, print_dot, &print_dot);
+  if (result.valid)
+    minfo ("0x%V", result.value + result.section->bfd_section->vma);
+  else
+    {
+      minfo ("*undef*   ");
+#ifdef BFD64
+      minfo ("        ");
+#endif
+    }
+
+  minfo ("                ");
+
+  exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
+
+  print_nl ();
+}
+
+static void
+print_input_statement (statm)
+     lang_input_statement_type * statm;
+{
+  if (statm->filename != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
+   via bfd_link_hash_traverse.  */
+
+static boolean 
+print_one_symbol (hash_entry, ptr)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry;
+     PTR ptr;
+{
+  asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
+
+  if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+       || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+      && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+	print_space ();
+      minfo ("0x%V   ",
+	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
+	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
+	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
+
+      minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
+
+static void
+print_input_section (in)
+     lang_input_section_type * in;
+{
+  asection *i = in->section;
+  bfd_size_type size = i->_cooked_size != 0 ? i->_cooked_size : i->_raw_size;
+
+  if (size != 0)
+    {
+      print_space ();
+
+      minfo ("%s", i->name);
+
+      if (i->output_section != NULL)
+	{
+	  int len;
+
+	  len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
+	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+	    {
+	      print_nl ();
+	      len = 0;
+	    }
+	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+	    {
+	      print_space ();
+	      ++len;
+	    }
+
+	  minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n",
+		 i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset, size,
+		 i->owner);
+
+	  if (i->_cooked_size != 0 && i->_cooked_size != i->_raw_size)
+	    {
+	      len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
+#ifdef BFD64
+	      len += 16;
+#else
+	      len += 8;
+#endif
+	      while (len > 0)
+		{
+		  print_space ();
+		  --len;
+		}
+
+	      minfo ("%W (size before relaxing)\n", i->_raw_size);
+	    }
+
+	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, (PTR) i);
+
+	  print_dot = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset + size;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_fill_statement (fill)
+     lang_fill_statement_type * fill;
+{
+  fprintf (config.map_file, " FILL mask 0x%x\n", fill->fill);
+}
+
+static void
+print_data_statement (data)
+     lang_data_statement_type * data;
+{
+  int i;
+  bfd_vma addr;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  const char *name;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+    print_space ();
+
+  addr = data->output_vma;
+  if (data->output_section != NULL)
+    addr += data->output_section->vma;
+
+  switch (data->type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    case BYTE:
+      size = BYTE_SIZE;
+      name = "BYTE";
+      break;
+    case SHORT:
+      size = SHORT_SIZE;
+      name = "SHORT";
+      break;
+    case LONG:
+      size = LONG_SIZE;
+      name = "LONG";
+      break;
+    case QUAD:
+      size = QUAD_SIZE;
+      name = "QUAD";
+      break;
+    }
+
+  minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, size, name, data->value);
+
+  if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
+    {
+      print_space ();
+      exp_print_tree (data->exp);
+    }
+
+  print_nl ();
+
+  print_dot = addr + size;
+}
+
+/* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
+   -Ttext.  */
+
+static void
+print_address_statement (address)
+     lang_address_statement_type *address;
+{
+  minfo ("Address of section %s set to ", address->section_name);
+  exp_print_tree (address->address);
+  print_nl ();
+}
+
+/* Print a reloc statement.  */
+
+static void
+print_reloc_statement (reloc)
+     lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc;
+{
+  int i;
+  bfd_vma addr;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+    print_space ();
+
+  addr = reloc->output_vma;
+  if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
+    addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
+
+  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
+
+  minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, size, reloc->howto->name);
+
+  if (reloc->name != NULL)
+    minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
+  else
+    minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
+
+  exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
+
+  print_nl ();
+
+  print_dot = addr + size;
+}  
+
+static void
+print_padding_statement (s)
+     lang_padding_statement_type *s;
+{
+  int len;
+  bfd_vma addr;
+
+  minfo (" *fill*");
+
+  len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
+  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+    {
+      print_space ();
+      ++len;
+    }
+
+  addr = s->output_offset;
+  if (s->output_section != NULL)
+    addr += s->output_section->vma;
+  minfo ("0x%V %W", addr, s->size);
+
+  if (s->fill != 0)
+    minfo (" %u", s->fill);
+
+  print_nl ();
+
+  print_dot = addr + s->size;
+}
+
+static void
+print_wild_statement (w, os)
+     lang_wild_statement_type * w;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * os;
+{
+  print_space ();
+
+  if (w->filename != NULL)
+    minfo ("%s", w->filename);
+  else
+    minfo ("*");
+
+  if (w->section_name != NULL)
+    minfo ("(%s)", w->section_name);
+  else
+    minfo ("(*)");
+
+  print_nl ();
+
+  print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
+}
+
+/* Print a group statement.  */
+
+static void
+print_group (s, os)
+     lang_group_statement_type *s;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+  fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
+  print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
+  fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
+}
+
+/* Print the list of statements in S.
+   This can be called for any statement type.  */
+
+static void
+print_statement_list (s, os)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+  while (s != NULL)
+    {
+      print_statement (s, os);
+      s = s->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print the first statement in statement list S.
+   This can be called for any statement type.  */
+
+static void
+print_statement (s, os)
+     lang_statement_union_type *s;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+{
+  switch (s->header.type)
+    {
+    default:
+      fprintf (config.map_file, "Fail with %d\n", s->header.type);
+      FAIL ();
+      break;
+    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+      if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
+	{
+	  minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
+	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
+	}
+      break;
+    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+      print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
+      break;
+    case lang_address_statement_enum:
+      print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+      minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
+      break;
+    case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+      print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_data_statement_enum:
+      print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+      print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_input_section_enum:
+      print_input_section (&s->input_section);
+      break;
+    case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+      print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+      print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+      print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
+      break;
+    case lang_target_statement_enum:
+      fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
+      break;
+    case lang_output_statement_enum:
+      minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
+      if (output_target != NULL)
+	minfo (" %s", output_target);
+      minfo (")\n");
+      break;
+    case lang_input_statement_enum:
+      print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
+      break;
+    case lang_group_statement_enum:
+      print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
+      break;
+    case lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum:
+      FAIL ();
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+print_statements ()
+{
+  print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
+}
+
+/* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
+   If N == 0, nothing is printed.
+   If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
+   Intended to be called from GDB.  */
+
+void
+dprint_statement (s, n)
+     lang_statement_union_type * s;
+     int n;
+{
+  FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
+
+  config.map_file = stderr;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
+  else
+    {
+      while (s && --n >= 0)
+	{
+	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
+	  s = s->next;
+	}
+    }
+
+  config.map_file = map_save;
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, power, output_section_statement, dot)
+     lang_statement_union_type ** this_ptr;
+     fill_type fill;
+     unsigned int power;
+     asection * output_section_statement;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+{
+  /* Align this section first to the
+     input sections requirement, then
+     to the output section's requirement.
+     If this alignment is > than any seen before,
+     then record it too. Perform the alignment by
+     inserting a magic 'padding' statement.
+     */
+
+  unsigned int alignment_needed = align_power (dot, power) - dot;
+
+  if (alignment_needed != 0)
+    {
+      lang_statement_union_type *new =
+	((lang_statement_union_type *)
+	 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type)));
+
+      /* Link into existing chain */
+      new->header.next = *this_ptr;
+      *this_ptr = new;
+      new->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
+      new->padding_statement.output_section = output_section_statement;
+      new->padding_statement.output_offset =
+	dot - output_section_statement->vma;
+      new->padding_statement.fill = fill;
+      new->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
+    }
+
+
+  /* Remember the most restrictive alignment */
+  if (power > output_section_statement->alignment_power)
+    {
+      output_section_statement->alignment_power = power;
+    }
+  output_section_statement->_raw_size += alignment_needed;
+  return alignment_needed + dot;
+
+}
+
+/* Work out how much this section will move the dot point */
+static bfd_vma
+size_input_section (this_ptr, output_section_statement, fill, dot, relax)
+     lang_statement_union_type ** this_ptr;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+     fill_type fill;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+     boolean relax;
+{
+  lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
+  asection *i = is->section;
+
+  if (is->ifile->just_syms_flag == false)
+    {
+      if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
+       i->alignment_power =
+	output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
+
+      dot = insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, i->alignment_power,
+			output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
+
+      /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes */
+
+      i->output_offset = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+
+      /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now
+	 */
+      if (i->_cooked_size != 0)
+	dot += i->_cooked_size;
+      else
+	dot += i->_raw_size;
+      output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      i->output_offset = i->vma - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+    }
+
+  return dot;
+}
+
+/* This variable indicates whether bfd_relax_section should be called
+   again.  */
+
+static boolean relax_again;
+
+/* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
+
+bfd_vma
+lang_size_sections (s, output_section_statement, prev, fill, dot, relax)
+     lang_statement_union_type * s;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+     lang_statement_union_type ** prev;
+     fill_type fill;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+     boolean relax;
+{
+  /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts */
+  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+  {
+    switch (s->header.type)
+    {
+
+     case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+     {
+       bfd_vma after;
+       lang_output_section_statement_type *os = &s->output_section_statement;
+
+       if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+	 {
+	   /* This section was never actually created.  */
+	   break;
+	 }
+
+       /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
+	  address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
+	  specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
+	  to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
+       if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
+	 {
+	   asection *input;
+
+	   if (os->children.head == NULL
+	       || os->children.head->next != NULL
+	       || os->children.head->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
+	     einfo ("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library section %s",
+		    os->name);
+
+	   input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
+	   bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
+				os->bfd_section,
+				bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
+	   os->bfd_section->_raw_size = input->_raw_size;
+	   break;
+	 }
+
+       if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
+       {
+	 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero */
+	 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
+       }
+       else
+       {
+	 if (os->addr_tree == (etree_type *) NULL)
+	 {
+	   /* No address specified for this section, get one
+	      from the region specification
+	      */
+	   if (os->region == (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+	   {
+	     os->region = lang_memory_region_lookup ("*default*");
+	   }
+	   dot = os->region->current;
+	   if (os->section_alignment == -1)
+	     {
+	       bfd_vma olddot;
+
+	       olddot = dot;
+	       dot = align_power (dot, os->bfd_section->alignment_power);
+	       if (dot != olddot && config.warn_section_align)
+		 einfo ("%P: warning: changing start of section %s by %u bytes\n",
+			os->name, (unsigned int) (dot - olddot));
+	     }
+	 }
+	 else
+	 {
+	   etree_value_type r;
+
+	   r = exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree,
+			      abs_output_section,
+			      lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+			      dot, &dot);
+	   if (r.valid == false)
+	   {
+	     einfo ("%F%S: non constant address expression for section %s\n",
+		    os->name);
+	   }
+	   dot = r.value + r.section->bfd_section->vma;
+	 }
+	 /* The section starts here */
+	 /* First, align to what the section needs */
+
+	 if (os->section_alignment != -1)
+	   dot = align_power (dot, os->section_alignment);
+
+	 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, dot);
+	 
+	 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+       }
+
+       (void) lang_size_sections (os->children.head, os, &os->children.head,
+				  os->fill, dot, relax);
+       /* Ignore the size of the input sections, use the vma and size to */
+       /* align against */
+
+       after = ALIGN_N (os->bfd_section->vma +
+			os->bfd_section->_raw_size,
+			/* The coercion here is important, see ld.h.  */
+			(bfd_vma) os->block_value);
+
+       if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
+	 ASSERT (after == os->bfd_section->vma);
+       else
+	 os->bfd_section->_raw_size = after - os->bfd_section->vma;
+       dot = os->bfd_section->vma + os->bfd_section->_raw_size;
+       os->processed = true;
+
+       /* Replace into region ? */
+       if (os->region != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL)
+	 {
+	   os->region->current = dot;
+	   /* Make sure this isn't silly.  */
+	   if (os->region->current < os->region->origin
+	       || (os->region->current - os->region->origin
+		   > os->region->length))
+	     {
+	       if (os->addr_tree != (etree_type *) NULL)
+		 {
+		   einfo ("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section %s is not within region %s\n",
+			  os->region->current,
+			  os->bfd_section->owner,
+			  os->bfd_section->name,
+			  os->region->name);
+		 }
+	       else
+		 {
+		   einfo ("%X%P: region %s is full (%B section %s)\n",
+			  os->region->name,
+			  os->bfd_section->owner,
+			  os->bfd_section->name);
+		 }
+	       /* Reset the region pointer.  */
+	       os->region->current = os->region->origin;
+	     }
+	 }
+     }
+     break;
+
+     case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+      dot = lang_size_sections (constructor_list.head,
+				output_section_statement,
+				&s->wild_statement.children.head,
+				fill,
+				dot, relax);
+      break;
+
+     case lang_data_statement_enum:
+     {
+       unsigned int size = 0;
+
+       s->data_statement.output_vma = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+       s->data_statement.output_section =
+	output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+       switch (s->data_statement.type)
+       {
+        case QUAD:
+	 size = QUAD_SIZE;
+	 break;
+	case LONG:
+	 size = LONG_SIZE;
+	 break;
+	case SHORT:
+	 size = SHORT_SIZE;
+	 break;
+	case BYTE:
+	 size = BYTE_SIZE;
+	 break;
+
+       }
+       dot += size;
+       output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size += size;
+       /* The output section gets contents, and then we inspect for
+	  any flags set in the input script which override any ALLOC */
+       output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+       if (!(output_section_statement->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)) {
+	 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+       }
+     }
+      break;
+
+     case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+     {
+       int size;
+
+       s->reloc_statement.output_vma =
+	 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+       s->reloc_statement.output_section =
+	 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+       size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
+       dot += size;
+       output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size += size;
+     }
+     break;
+     
+     case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+
+      dot = lang_size_sections (s->wild_statement.children.head,
+				output_section_statement,
+				&s->wild_statement.children.head,
+
+				fill, dot, relax);
+
+      break;
+
+     case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+      link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
+	output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+      break;
+     case lang_output_statement_enum:
+     case lang_target_statement_enum:
+      break;
+     case lang_input_section_enum:
+      {
+	asection *i;
+
+	i = (*prev)->input_section.section;
+	if (! relax)
+	  {
+	    if (i->_cooked_size == 0)
+	      i->_cooked_size = i->_raw_size;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    boolean again;
+
+	    if (! bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
+	      einfo ("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n");
+	    if (again)
+	      relax_again = true;
+	  }
+	dot = size_input_section (prev,
+				  output_section_statement,
+				  output_section_statement->fill,
+				  dot, relax);
+      }
+      break;
+     case lang_input_statement_enum:
+      break;
+     case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+      s->fill_statement.output_section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+      fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+      break;
+     case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+     {
+       bfd_vma newdot = dot;
+
+       exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
+		      output_section_statement,
+		      lang_allocating_phase_enum,
+		      dot,
+		      &newdot);
+
+       if (newdot != dot && !relax)
+	 {
+	   /* The assignment changed dot.  Insert a pad.  */
+	   if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
+	     {
+	       /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
+		  the default memory address.  */
+	       lang_memory_region_lookup ("*default*")->current = newdot;
+	     }
+	   else
+	     {
+	       lang_statement_union_type *new =
+		 ((lang_statement_union_type *)
+		  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type)));
+
+	       /* Link into existing chain */
+	       new->header.next = *prev;
+	       *prev = new;
+	       new->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
+	       new->padding_statement.output_section =
+		 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+	       new->padding_statement.output_offset =
+		 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+	       new->padding_statement.fill = fill;
+	       new->padding_statement.size = newdot - dot;
+	       output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size +=
+		 new->padding_statement.size;
+	     }
+
+	   dot = newdot;
+	 }
+     }
+     break;
+
+   case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+     /* If we are relaxing, and this is not the first pass, some
+	padding statements may have been inserted during previous
+	passes.  We may have to move the padding statement to a new
+	location if dot has a different value at this point in this
+	pass than it did at this point in the previous pass.  */
+     s->padding_statement.output_offset =
+       dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+     dot += s->padding_statement.size;
+     output_section_statement->bfd_section->_raw_size +=
+       s->padding_statement.size;
+     break;
+
+     case lang_group_statement_enum:
+       dot = lang_size_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+				 output_section_statement,
+				 &s->group_statement.children.head,
+				 fill, dot, relax);
+       break;
+
+     default:
+      FAIL ();
+      break;
+
+      /* This can only get here when relaxing is turned on */
+
+     case lang_address_statement_enum:
+      break;
+    }
+    prev = &s->header.next;
+  }
+  return dot;
+}
+
+bfd_vma
+lang_do_assignments (s, output_section_statement, fill, dot)
+     lang_statement_union_type * s;
+     lang_output_section_statement_type * output_section_statement;
+     fill_type fill;
+     bfd_vma dot;
+{
+  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      switch (s->header.type)
+	{
+	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+	  dot = lang_do_assignments (constructor_list.head,
+				     output_section_statement,
+				     fill,
+				     dot);
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+	  {
+	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+	      &(s->output_section_statement);
+
+	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
+	      {
+		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
+		(void) lang_do_assignments (os->children.head, os,
+					    os->fill, dot);
+		dot = os->bfd_section->vma + os->bfd_section->_raw_size;
+	      }
+	    if (os->load_base) 
+	      {
+		/* If nothing has been placed into the output section then
+		   it won't have a bfd_section. */
+		if (os->bfd_section) 
+		  {
+		    os->bfd_section->lma 
+		      = exp_get_abs_int(os->load_base, 0,"load base", lang_final_phase_enum);
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+
+	  dot = lang_do_assignments (s->wild_statement.children.head,
+				     output_section_statement,
+				     fill, dot);
+
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+	case lang_output_statement_enum:
+	case lang_target_statement_enum:
+#if 0
+	case lang_common_statement_enum:
+#endif
+	  break;
+	case lang_data_statement_enum:
+	  {
+	    etree_value_type value;
+
+	    value = exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp,
+				   abs_output_section,
+				   lang_final_phase_enum, dot, &dot);
+	    s->data_statement.value = value.value;
+	    if (value.valid == false)
+	      einfo ("%F%P: invalid data statement\n");
+	  }
+	  switch (s->data_statement.type)
+	    {
+	    case QUAD:
+	      dot += QUAD_SIZE;
+	      break;
+	    case LONG:
+	      dot += LONG_SIZE;
+	      break;
+	    case SHORT:
+	      dot += SHORT_SIZE;
+	      break;
+	    case BYTE:
+	      dot += BYTE_SIZE;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+	  {
+	    etree_value_type value;
+
+	    value = exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
+				   abs_output_section,
+				   lang_final_phase_enum, dot, &dot);
+	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = value.value;
+	    if (value.valid == false)
+	      einfo ("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n");
+	  }
+	  dot += bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_input_section_enum:
+	  {
+	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
+
+	    if (in->_cooked_size != 0)
+	      dot += in->_cooked_size;
+	    else
+	      dot += in->_raw_size;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_input_statement_enum:
+	  break;
+	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+	  break;
+	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+	  {
+	    exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
+			   output_section_statement,
+			   lang_final_phase_enum,
+			   dot,
+			   &dot);
+	  }
+
+	  break;
+	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+	  dot += s->padding_statement.size;
+	  break;
+
+	case lang_group_statement_enum:
+	  dot = lang_do_assignments (s->group_statement.children.head,
+				     output_section_statement,
+				     fill, dot);
+
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  FAIL ();
+	  break;
+	case lang_address_statement_enum:
+	  break;
+	}
+
+    }
+  return dot;
+}
+
+/* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  When the assemblers see the
+   operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
+   .startof.section_name.  Similarly, when it sees
+   .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
+   .sizeof.section_name.  For all the output sections, we look for
+   such symbols, and set them to the correct value.  */
+
+static void
+lang_set_startof ()
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable)
+    return;
+
+  for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      const char *secname;
+      char *buf;
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      secname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, s);
+      buf = xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
+
+      sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, false, false, true);
+      if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	{
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+	  h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, s);
+	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	}
+
+      sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, false, false, true);
+      if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	{
+	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+	  if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+	    h->u.def.value = s->_cooked_size;
+	  else
+	    h->u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
+	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+	}
+
+      free (buf);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_finish ()
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+  boolean warn;
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable || link_info.shared)
+    warn = false;
+  else
+    warn = true;
+
+  if (entry_symbol == (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* No entry has been specified.  Look for start, but don't warn
+	 if we don't find it.  */
+      entry_symbol = "start";
+      warn = false;
+    }
+
+  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol, false, false, true);
+  if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+      && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+      && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_vma val;
+
+      val = (h->u.def.value
+	     + bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd,
+				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
+	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+      if (! bfd_set_start_address (output_bfd, val))
+	einfo ("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n", entry_symbol);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      asection *ts;
+
+      /* Can't find the entry symbol.  Use the first address in the
+	 text section.  */
+      ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".text");
+      if (ts != (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  if (warn)
+	    einfo ("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s; defaulting to %V\n",
+		   entry_symbol, bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, ts));
+	  if (! bfd_set_start_address (output_bfd,
+				       bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, ts)))
+	    einfo ("%P%F: can't set start address\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (warn)
+	    einfo ("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s; not setting start address\n",
+		   entry_symbol);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
+   with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
+   other checking that is needed.  */
+
+static void
+lang_check ()
+{
+  lang_statement_union_type *file;
+  bfd *input_bfd;
+  CONST bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
+
+  for (file = file_chain.head;
+       file != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL;
+       file = file->input_statement.next)
+    {
+      input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
+      compatible = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd,
+					    output_bfd);
+      if (compatible == NULL)
+	einfo ("%P: warning: %s architecture of input file `%B' is incompatible with %s output\n",
+	       bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
+	       bfd_printable_name (output_bfd));
+
+      else
+	bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, output_bfd);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
+   correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
+   to roughly sort the entries by size.  */
+
+static void
+lang_common ()
+{
+  if (link_info.relocateable
+      && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
+    return;
+
+  if (! config.sort_common)
+    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, (PTR) NULL);
+  else
+    {
+      int power;
+
+      for (power = 4; power >= 0; power--)
+	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common,
+				(PTR) &power);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
+
+static boolean
+lang_one_common (h, info)
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR info;
+{
+  unsigned int power_of_two;
+  bfd_vma size;
+  asection *section;
+
+  if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+    return true;
+
+  size = h->u.c.size;
+  power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
+
+  if (config.sort_common
+      && power_of_two < (unsigned int) *(int *) info)
+    return true;
+
+  section = h->u.c.p->section;
+
+  /* Increase the size of the section.  */
+  section->_raw_size = ALIGN_N (section->_raw_size,
+				(bfd_size_type) (1 << power_of_two));
+
+  /* Adjust the alignment if necessary.  */
+  if (power_of_two > section->alignment_power)
+    section->alignment_power = power_of_two;
+
+  /* Change the symbol from common to defined.  */
+  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+  h->u.def.section = section;
+  h->u.def.value = section->_raw_size;
+
+  /* Increase the size of the section.  */
+  section->_raw_size += size;
+
+  /* Make sure the section is allocated in memory, and make sure that
+     it is no longer a common section.  */
+  section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+  section->flags &= ~ SEC_IS_COMMON;
+
+  if (config.map_file != NULL)
+    {
+      static boolean header_printed;
+      int len;
+      char *name;
+      char buf[50];
+
+      if (! header_printed)
+	{
+	  minfo ("\nAllocating common symbols\n");
+	  minfo ("Common symbol       size              file\n\n");
+	  header_printed = true;
+	}
+
+      name = demangle (h->root.string);
+      minfo ("%s", name);
+      len = strlen (name);
+      free (name);
+
+      if (len >= 19)
+	{
+	  print_nl ();
+	  len = 0;
+	}
+      while (len < 20)
+	{
+	  print_space ();
+	  ++len;
+	}
+
+      minfo ("0x");
+      if (size <= 0xffffffff)
+	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
+      else
+	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
+      minfo ("%s", buf);
+      len = strlen (buf);
+
+      while (len < 16)
+	{
+	  print_space ();
+	  ++len;
+	}
+
+      minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*
+run through the input files and ensure that every input
+section has somewhere to go. If one is found without
+a destination then create an input request and place it
+into the statement tree.
+*/
+
+static void
+lang_place_orphans ()
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *file;
+
+  for (file = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+       file != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+       file = (lang_input_statement_type *) file->next)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections;
+	   s != (asection *) NULL;
+	   s = s->next)
+	{
+	  if (s->output_section == (asection *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This section of the file is not attatched, root
+	         around for a sensible place for it to go */
+
+	      if (file->just_syms_flag)
+		{
+		  /* We are only retrieving symbol values from this
+                     file.  We want the symbols to act as though the
+                     values in the file are absolute.  */
+		  s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+		  s->output_offset = s->vma;
+		}
+	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
+		{
+		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
+		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
+		     with the wildcard.  */
+		  if (! link_info.relocateable
+		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
+		    {
+		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
+			{
+#if 0
+			  /* This message happens when using the
+                             svr3.ifile linker script, so I have
+                             disabled it.  */
+			  info_msg ("%P: no [COMMON] command, defaulting to .bss\n");
+#endif
+			  default_common_section =
+			    lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss");
+
+			}
+		      wild_doit (&default_common_section->children, s,
+				 default_common_section, file);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (ldemul_place_orphan (file, s))
+		;
+	      else
+		{
+		  lang_output_section_statement_type *os =
+		  lang_output_section_statement_lookup (s->name);
+
+		  wild_doit (&os->children, s, os, file);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+lang_set_flags (ptr, flags)
+     int *ptr;
+     CONST char *flags;
+{
+  boolean state = false;
+
+  *ptr = 0;
+  while (*flags)
+    {
+      if (*flags == '!')
+	{
+	  state = false;
+	  flags++;
+	}
+      else
+	state = true;
+      switch (*flags)
+	{
+	case 'R':
+	  /*	  ptr->flag_read = state; */
+	  break;
+	case 'W':
+	  /*	  ptr->flag_write = state; */
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  /*	  ptr->flag_executable= state;*/
+	  break;
+	case 'L':
+	case 'I':
+	  /*	  ptr->flag_loadable= state;*/
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  einfo ("%P%F: invalid syntax in flags\n");
+	  break;
+	}
+      flags++;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
+   on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_input_file (func)
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+  for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
+       f != NULL;
+       f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
+    func (f);
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
+   the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
+   not be called on the archive file itself.  */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_file (func)
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+  for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+       f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+       f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+    {
+      func (f);
+    }
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/* Not used.  */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_input_section (func)
+     void (*func) PARAMS ((bfd * ab, asection * as));
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+  for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) file_chain.head;
+       f != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL;
+       f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+
+      for (s = f->the_bfd->sections;
+	   s != (asection *) NULL;
+	   s = s->next)
+	{
+	  func (f->the_bfd, s);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void
+ldlang_add_file (entry)
+     lang_input_statement_type * entry;
+{
+  bfd **pp;
+
+  lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
+			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
+			 &entry->next);
+
+  /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
+     a link.  */
+  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link_next == (bfd *) NULL);
+  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != output_bfd);
+  for (pp = &link_info.input_bfds;
+       *pp != (bfd *) NULL;
+       pp = &(*pp)->link_next)
+    ;
+  *pp = entry->the_bfd;
+  entry->the_bfd->usrdata = (PTR) entry;
+  bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
+
+  /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
+     included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
+     notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
+     definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
+     going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
+     symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
+     discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
+     each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
+     this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
+
+  bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, (PTR) entry);
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_output (name, from_script)
+     CONST char *name;
+     int from_script;
+{
+  /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
+  if (had_output_filename == false || !from_script)
+    {
+      output_filename = name;
+      had_output_filename = true;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+
+static int
+topower (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  unsigned int i = 1;
+  int l;
+
+  if (x < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (l = 0; l < 32; l++) 
+    {
+      if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
+	return l;
+      i <<= 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+lang_enter_output_section_statement (output_section_statement_name,
+				     address_exp, sectype, block_value,
+				     align, subalign, ebase)
+     const char *output_section_statement_name;
+     etree_type * address_exp;
+     enum section_type sectype;
+     bfd_vma block_value;
+     etree_type *align;
+     etree_type *subalign;
+     etree_type *ebase;
+{
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+  current_section =
+   os =
+    lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name);
+
+
+
+  /* Add this statement to tree */
+  /*  add_statement(lang_output_section_statement_enum,
+      output_section_statement);*/
+  /* Make next things chain into subchain of this */
+
+  if (os->addr_tree ==
+      (etree_type *) NULL)
+  {
+    os->addr_tree =
+     address_exp;
+  }
+  os->sectype = sectype;
+  if (sectype != noload_section)
+    os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+  else
+    os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+  os->block_value = block_value ? block_value : 1;
+  stat_ptr = &os->children;
+
+  os->subsection_alignment = topower(
+   exp_get_value_int(subalign, -1,
+		     "subsection alignment",
+		     0));
+  os->section_alignment = topower(
+   exp_get_value_int(align, -1,
+		     "section alignment", 0));
+
+  os->load_base = ebase;
+}
+
+
+void
+lang_final ()
+{
+  lang_output_statement_type *new =
+    new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+  new->name = output_filename;
+}
+
+/* Reset the current counters in the regions */
+static void
+reset_memory_regions ()
+{
+  lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
+
+  for (p = lang_memory_region_list;
+       p != (lang_memory_region_type *) NULL;
+       p = p->next)
+    {
+      p->old_length = (bfd_size_type) (p->current - p->origin);
+      p->current = p->origin;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lang_process ()
+{
+  lang_reasonable_defaults ();
+  current_target = default_target;
+
+  lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);	/* Open the output file */
+
+  ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
+
+  /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line */
+  lang_place_undefineds ();
+
+  /* Create a bfd for each input file */
+  current_target = default_target;
+  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, false);
+
+  ldemul_after_open ();
+
+  /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
+     after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
+     other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
+     does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
+     link.  */
+  lang_check ();
+
+  /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
+     files.  */
+  ldctor_build_sets ();
+
+  /* Size up the common data */
+  lang_common ();
+
+  /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
+     to the correct output sections
+     */
+  map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, (char *) NULL,
+				(lang_output_section_statement_type *) NULL);
+
+
+  /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them */
+  lang_place_orphans ();
+
+  ldemul_before_allocation ();
+
+  /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
+     section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
+  lang_record_phdrs ();
+
+  /* Now run around and relax if we can */
+  if (command_line.relax)
+    {
+      /* First time round is a trial run to get the 'worst case'
+	 addresses of the objects if there was no relaxing.  */
+      lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+			  abs_output_section,
+			  &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, false);
+
+      /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
+      do
+	{
+	  reset_memory_regions ();
+
+	  relax_again = false;
+
+	  /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
+	     section sizes.  */
+	  lang_do_assignments (statement_list.head,
+			       abs_output_section,
+			       (fill_type) 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
+
+	  /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
+	     globals are, so can make better guess.  */
+	  lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+			      abs_output_section,
+			      &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, true);
+	}
+      while (relax_again);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Size up the sections.  */
+      lang_size_sections (statement_list.head,
+			  abs_output_section,
+			  &(statement_list.head), 0, (bfd_vma) 0, false);
+    }
+
+  /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
+     everything is.  */
+  ldemul_after_allocation ();
+
+  /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
+  lang_set_startof ();
+
+  /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final restingplaces
+     of all the symbols */
+
+  lang_do_assignments (statement_list.head,
+		       abs_output_section,
+		       (fill_type) 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
+
+  /* Final stuffs */
+
+  ldemul_finish ();
+  lang_finish ();
+}
+
+/* EXPORTED TO YACC */
+
+void
+lang_add_wild (section_name, filename)
+     CONST char *CONST section_name;
+     CONST char *CONST filename;
+{
+  lang_wild_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_wild_statement,
+					    stat_ptr);
+
+  if (section_name != (char *) NULL && strcmp (section_name, "COMMON") == 0)
+    {
+      placed_commons = true;
+    }
+  if (filename != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      lang_has_input_file = true;
+    }
+  new->section_name = section_name;
+  new->filename = filename;
+  lang_list_init (&new->children);
+}
+
+void
+lang_section_start (name, address)
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type * address;
+{
+  lang_address_statement_type *ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+  ad->section_name = name;
+  ad->address = address;
+}
+
+/* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
+   because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
+   called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
+   precedence.  */
+
+/* WINDOWS_NT.  When an entry point has been specified, we will also force
+   this symbol to be defined by calling ldlang_add_undef (equivalent to 
+   having switch -u entry_name on the command line).  The reason we do
+   this is so that the user doesn't have to because they would have to use
+   the -u switch if they were specifying an entry point other than 
+   _mainCRTStartup.  Specifically, if creating a windows application, entry
+   point _WinMainCRTStartup must be specified.
+     What I have found for non console applications (entry not _mainCRTStartup)
+   is that the .obj that contains mainCRTStartup is brought in since it is
+   the first encountered in libc.lib and it has other symbols in it which will
+   be pulled in by the link process.  To avoid this, adding -u with the entry
+   point name specified forces the correct .obj to be used.  We can avoid
+   making the user do this by always adding the entry point name as an
+   undefined symbol.  */
+
+void
+lang_add_entry (name, cmdline)
+     CONST char *name;
+     boolean cmdline;
+{
+  if (entry_symbol == NULL
+      || cmdline
+      || ! entry_from_cmdline)
+    {
+      entry_symbol = name;
+      entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
+    }
+#if 0 
+  /* don't do this yet.  It seems to work (the executables run), but the 
+     image created is very different from what I was getting before indicating
+     that something else is being pulled in.  When everything else is working,
+     then try to put this back in to see if it will do the right thing for
+     other more complicated applications */
+  ldlang_add_undef (name);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_target (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  lang_target_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_target_statement,
+					      stat_ptr);
+
+  new->target = name;
+
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_map (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      switch (*name)
+	{
+	  case 'F':
+	  map_option_f = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+      name++;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_fill (exp)
+     int exp;
+{
+  lang_fill_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_fill_statement,
+					    stat_ptr);
+
+  new->fill = exp;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_data (type, exp)
+     int type;
+     union etree_union *exp;
+{
+
+  lang_data_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_data_statement,
+					    stat_ptr);
+
+  new->exp = exp;
+  new->type = type;
+
+}
+
+/* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
+   generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
+   look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
+   section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
+   symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
+   NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
+
+void
+lang_add_reloc (reloc, howto, section, name, addend)
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     asection *section;
+     const char *name;
+     union etree_union *addend;
+{
+  lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
+  
+  p->reloc = reloc;
+  p->howto = howto;
+  p->section = section;
+  p->name = name;
+  p->addend_exp = addend;
+
+  p->addend_value = 0;
+  p->output_section = NULL;
+  p->output_vma = 0;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_assignment (exp)
+     etree_type * exp;
+{
+  lang_assignment_statement_type *new = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement,
+						  stat_ptr);
+
+  new->exp = exp;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_attribute (attribute)
+     enum statement_enum attribute;
+{
+  new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_union_type), stat_ptr);
+}
+
+void
+lang_startup (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  if (startup_file != (char *) NULL)
+    {
+      einfo ("%P%Fmultiple STARTUP files\n");
+    }
+  first_file->filename = name;
+  first_file->local_sym_name = name;
+  first_file->real = true;
+
+  startup_file = name;
+}
+
+void
+lang_float (maybe)
+     boolean maybe;
+{
+  lang_float_flag = maybe;
+}
+
+void
+lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, memspec, phdrs)
+     bfd_vma fill;
+     const char *memspec;
+     struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+  current_section->fill = fill;
+  current_section->region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec);
+  current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
+  stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+}
+
+/*
+ Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
+ address of first byte of the section named.
+
+ If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.
+*/
+void
+lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of (secname, name)
+     const char *secname;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, true, true);
+  if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
+      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+    {
+      asection *sec;
+
+      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, secname);
+      if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+	h->u.def.value = 0;
+      else
+	h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, sec);
+
+      h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
+ address of the first byte after the end of the section named.
+
+ If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.
+*/
+void
+lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of (secname, name)
+     const char *secname;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, true, true);
+  if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+
+  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
+      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+    {
+      asection *sec;
+
+      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+
+      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, secname);
+      if (sec == (asection *) NULL)
+	h->u.def.value = 0;
+      else
+	h->u.def.value = (bfd_get_section_vma (output_bfd, sec)
+			  + bfd_section_size (output_bfd, sec));
+
+      h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lang_statement_append (list, element, field)
+     lang_statement_list_type * list;
+     lang_statement_union_type * element;
+     lang_statement_union_type ** field;
+{
+  *(list->tail) = element;
+  list->tail = field;
+}
+
+/* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
+
+void
+lang_add_output_format (format, big, little, from_script)
+     const char *format;
+     const char *big;
+     const char *little;
+     int from_script;
+{
+  if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
+    {
+      if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
+	  && big != NULL)
+	format = big;
+      else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
+	       && little != NULL)
+	format = little;
+
+      output_target = format;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
+   stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
+
+void
+lang_enter_group ()
+{
+  lang_group_statement_type *g;
+
+  g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
+  lang_list_init (&g->children);
+  stat_ptr = &g->children;
+}
+
+/* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
+   regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
+   groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
+   but currently they can't.  */
+
+void
+lang_leave_group ()
+{
+  stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+}
+
+/* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
+   command in a linker script.  */
+
+void
+lang_new_phdr (name, type, filehdr, phdrs, at, flags)
+     const char *name;
+     etree_type *type;
+     boolean filehdr;
+     boolean phdrs;
+     etree_type *at;
+     etree_type *flags;
+{
+  struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
+
+  n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
+  n->next = NULL;
+  n->name = name;
+  n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type",
+			       lang_final_phase_enum);
+  n->filehdr = filehdr;
+  n->phdrs = phdrs;
+  n->at = at;
+  n->flags = flags;
+
+  for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+    ;
+  *pp = n;
+}
+
+/* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
+   should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
+
+static void
+lang_record_phdrs ()
+{
+  unsigned int alc;
+  asection **secs;
+  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
+  struct lang_phdr *l;
+  lang_statement_union_type *u;
+
+  alc = 10;
+  secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
+  last = NULL;
+  for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+    {
+      unsigned int c;
+      flagword flags;
+      bfd_vma at;
+
+      c = 0;
+      for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+	   u != NULL;
+	   u = u->output_section_statement.next)
+	{
+	  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+	  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+	  os = &u->output_section_statement;
+
+	  pl = os->phdrs;
+	  if (pl != NULL)
+	    last = pl;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
+		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
+		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+		continue;
+	      pl = last;
+	    }
+
+	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
+		{
+		  if (c >= alc)
+		    {
+		      alc *= 2;
+		      secs = ((asection **)
+			      xrealloc (secs, alc * sizeof (asection *)));
+		    }
+		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
+		  ++c;
+		  pl->used = true;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (l->flags == NULL)
+	flags = 0;
+      else
+	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags",
+			     lang_final_phase_enum);
+
+      if (l->at == NULL)
+	at = 0;
+      else
+	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address",
+			  lang_final_phase_enum);
+
+      if (! bfd_record_phdr (output_bfd, l->type,
+			     l->flags == NULL ? false : true,
+			     flags,
+			     l->at == NULL ? false : true,
+			     at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
+	einfo ("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n");
+    }
+
+  free (secs);
+
+  /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
+  for (u = lang_output_section_statement.head;
+       u != NULL;
+       u = u->output_section_statement.next)
+    {
+      struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+      if (u->output_section_statement.bfd_section == NULL)
+	continue;
+
+      for (pl = u->output_section_statement.phdrs;
+	   pl != NULL;
+	   pl = pl->next)
+	if (! pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
+	  einfo ("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n",
+		 u->output_section_statement.name, pl->name);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
+
+void
+lang_add_nocrossref (l)
+     struct lang_nocrossref *l;
+{
+  struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
+
+  n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  n->next = nocrossref_list;
+  n->list = l;
+  nocrossref_list = n;
+
+  /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
+  link_info.notice_all = true;
+}
+
+/* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
+
+/* The overlay virtual address.  */
+static etree_type *overlay_vma;
+
+/* The overlay load address.  */
+static etree_type *overlay_lma;
+
+/* Whether nocrossrefs is set for this overlay.  */
+static int overlay_nocrossrefs;
+
+/* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
+static etree_type *overlay_max;
+
+/* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
+
+struct overlay_list
+{
+  struct overlay_list *next;
+  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+};
+
+static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
+
+/* Start handling an overlay.  */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay (vma_expr, lma_expr, nocrossrefs)
+     etree_type *vma_expr;
+     etree_type *lma_expr;
+     int nocrossrefs;
+{
+  /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
+  ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
+	  && overlay_lma == NULL
+	  && overlay_list == NULL
+	  && overlay_max == NULL);
+
+  overlay_vma = vma_expr;
+  overlay_lma = lma_expr;
+  overlay_nocrossrefs = nocrossrefs;
+}
+
+/* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
+   lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA and LMA.  */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay_section (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct overlay_list *n;
+  etree_type *size;
+
+  lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, normal_section,
+				       0, 0, 0, overlay_lma);
+
+  /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA and LMA of future
+     sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
+     used in the addresses.  */
+  if (overlay_list == NULL)
+    {
+      overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
+      overlay_lma = exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name);
+    }
+
+  /* Remember the section.  */
+  n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+  n->os = current_section;
+  n->next = overlay_list;
+  overlay_list = n;
+
+  size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
+
+  /* Adjust the LMA for the next section.  */
+  overlay_lma = exp_binop ('+', overlay_lma, size);
+
+  /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
+  if (overlay_max == NULL)
+    overlay_max = size;
+  else
+    overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX, overlay_max, size);
+}
+
+/* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
+   here.  */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay_section (fill, phdrs)
+     bfd_vma fill;
+     struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  char *clean, *s2;
+  const char *s1;
+  char *buf;
+
+  name = current_section->name;
+
+  lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, "*default*", phdrs);
+
+  /* Define the magic symbols.  */
+
+  clean = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+  s2 = clean;
+  for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
+    if (isalnum (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
+      *s2++ = *s1;
+  *s2 = '\0';
+
+  buf = xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
+  sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
+  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', buf,
+				  exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name)));
+
+  buf = xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
+  sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
+  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', buf,
+				  exp_binop ('+',
+					     exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
+					     exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name))));
+
+  free (clean);
+}
+
+/* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
+   looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay (fill, memspec, phdrs)
+     bfd_vma fill;
+     const char *memspec;
+     struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+{
+  lang_memory_region_type *region;
+  struct overlay_list *l;
+  struct lang_nocrossref *nocrossref;
+
+  if (memspec == NULL)
+    region = NULL;
+  else
+    region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec);
+
+  nocrossref = NULL;
+
+  l = overlay_list;
+  while (l != NULL)
+    {
+      struct overlay_list *next;
+
+      if (fill != 0 && l->os->fill == 0)
+	l->os->fill = fill;
+      if (region != NULL && l->os->region == NULL)
+	l->os->region = region;
+      if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
+	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
+
+      if (overlay_nocrossrefs)
+	{
+	  struct lang_nocrossref *nc;
+
+	  nc = (struct lang_nocrossref *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
+	  nc->name = l->os->name;
+	  nc->next = nocrossref;
+	  nocrossref = nc;
+	}
+
+      next = l->next;
+      free (l);
+      l = next;
+    }
+
+  if (nocrossref != NULL)
+    lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
+
+  /* Update . for the end of the overlay.  */
+  lang_add_assignment (exp_assop ('=', ".",
+				  exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max)));
+
+  overlay_vma = NULL;
+  overlay_lma = NULL;
+  overlay_nocrossrefs = 0;
+  overlay_list = NULL;
+  overlay_max = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
+
+/* This global variable holds the version tree that we build.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_elf_version_info;
+
+/* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
+lang_new_vers_regex (orig, new)
+     struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig;
+     const char *new;
+{
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
+
+  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+  ret->next = orig;
+  ret->match = new;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* This is called for each set of variable names and match
+   expressions.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
+lang_new_vers_node (globals, locals)
+     struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals;
+     struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals;
+{
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
+
+  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+  ret->next = NULL;
+  ret->name = NULL;
+  ret->vernum = 0;
+  ret->globals = globals;
+  ret->locals = locals;
+  ret->deps = NULL;
+  ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
+  ret->used = 0;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
+
+static int version_index;
+
+/* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
+   version.  */
+
+void
+lang_register_vers_node (name, version, deps)
+     const char *name;
+     struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version;
+     struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps;
+{
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
+  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
+
+  /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
+  for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+    if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+      einfo ("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n", name);
+
+  /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
+     aren't any duplicates.  */
+
+  for (e1 = version->globals; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+    {
+      for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	{
+	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+	  for (e2 = t->globals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+	    if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+	      einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+		     e1->match);
+
+	  for (e2 = t->locals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+	    if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+	      einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+		     e1->match);
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (e1 = version->locals; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+    {
+      for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+	{
+	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+	  for (e2 = t->globals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+	    if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+	      einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+		     e1->match);
+
+	  for (e2 = t->locals; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+	    if (strcmp (e1->match, e2->match) == 0)
+	      einfo ("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s' in version information\n",
+		     e1->match);
+	}
+    }
+
+  version->deps = deps;
+  version->name = name;
+  ++version_index;
+  version->vernum = version_index;
+
+  for (pp = &lang_elf_version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+    ;
+  *pp = version;
+}
+
+/* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
+lang_add_vers_depend (list, name)
+     struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
+  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+
+  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+  ret->next = list;
+
+  for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+	{
+	  ret->version_needed = t;
+	  return ret;
+	}
+    }
+
+  einfo ("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n", name);
+
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..492351d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlang.h
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/* ldlang.h - linker command language support
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+   
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+   
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDLANG_H
+#define LDLANG_H
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+  lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum,
+  lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
+  lang_input_file_is_fake_enum,
+  lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+  lang_input_file_is_file_enum
+} lang_input_file_enum_type;
+
+typedef unsigned int fill_type;
+typedef struct statement_list
+{
+  union lang_statement_union *head;
+  union lang_statement_union **tail;
+} lang_statement_list_type;
+
+
+typedef struct memory_region_struct
+{
+  char *name;
+  struct memory_region_struct *next;
+  bfd_vma origin;
+  bfd_size_type length;
+  bfd_vma current;
+  bfd_size_type old_length;
+  int flags;
+  boolean had_full_message;
+} lang_memory_region_type ;
+
+typedef struct lang_statement_header_struct 
+{
+  union  lang_statement_union  *next;
+  enum statement_enum
+    {
+      lang_output_section_statement_enum,
+      lang_assignment_statement_enum,
+      lang_input_statement_enum,
+      lang_address_statement_enum,
+      lang_wild_statement_enum,
+      lang_input_section_enum,
+      lang_object_symbols_statement_enum,
+      lang_fill_statement_enum,
+      lang_data_statement_enum,
+      lang_reloc_statement_enum,
+      lang_target_statement_enum,
+      lang_output_statement_enum,
+      lang_padding_statement_enum,
+      lang_group_statement_enum,
+
+      lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_enum,
+      lang_constructors_statement_enum
+    } type;
+} lang_statement_header_type;
+
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  union etree_union *exp;
+} lang_assignment_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct lang_target_statement_struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  const char *target;
+} lang_target_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct lang_output_statement_struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  const char *name;
+} lang_output_statement_type;
+
+/* Section types specified in a linker script.  */
+
+enum section_type
+{
+  normal_section,
+  dsect_section,
+  copy_section,
+  noload_section,
+  info_section,
+  overlay_section
+};
+
+/* This structure holds a list of program headers describing segments
+   in which this section should be placed.  */
+
+struct lang_output_section_phdr_list
+{
+  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *next;
+  const char *name;
+  boolean used;
+};
+
+typedef struct lang_output_section_statement_struct 
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  union etree_union *addr_tree;
+  lang_statement_list_type children;
+  const char *memspec;
+  union lang_statement_union *next;
+  const char *name;
+
+  boolean processed;
+    
+  asection *bfd_section;
+  int flags;			/* Or together of all input sections */
+  enum section_type sectype;
+  struct memory_region_struct *region;
+  size_t block_value;
+  fill_type fill;
+
+  int subsection_alignment;  /* alignment of components */
+  int section_alignment;  /* alignment of start of section */
+
+  union etree_union *load_base;
+
+  struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs;
+} lang_output_section_statement_type;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+} lang_common_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+} lang_object_symbols_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  fill_type fill;
+  int size;
+  asection *output_section;
+} lang_fill_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  unsigned int type;
+  union  etree_union *exp;
+  bfd_vma value;
+  asection *output_section;
+  bfd_vma output_vma;
+} lang_data_statement_type;
+
+/* Generate a reloc in the output file.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+
+  /* Reloc to generate.  */
+  bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+
+  /* Reloc howto structure.  */
+  reloc_howto_type *howto;
+
+  /* Section to generate reloc against.  Exactly one of section and
+     name must be NULL.  */
+  asection *section;
+
+  /* Name of symbol to generate reloc against.  Exactly one of section
+     and name must be NULL.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Expression for addend.  */
+  union etree_union *addend_exp;
+
+  /* Resolved addend.  */
+  bfd_vma addend_value;
+
+  /* Output section where reloc should be performed.  */
+  asection *output_section;
+
+  /* VMA within output section.  */
+  bfd_vma output_vma;
+} lang_reloc_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_input_statement_struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  /* Name of this file.  */
+  const char *filename;
+  /* Name to use for the symbol giving address of text start */
+  /* Usually the same as filename, but for a file spec'd with -l
+     this is the -l switch itself rather than the filename.  */
+  const char *local_sym_name;
+    
+  bfd *the_bfd;
+    
+  boolean closed;
+  file_ptr passive_position;
+    
+  /* Symbol table of the file.  */
+  asymbol **asymbols;
+  unsigned int symbol_count;
+    
+  /* Point to the next file - whatever it is, wanders up and down
+     archives */
+    
+  union lang_statement_union  *next;
+  /* Point to the next file, but skips archive contents */
+  union  lang_statement_union  *next_real_file;
+    
+  boolean is_archive;
+    
+  /* 1 means search a set of directories for this file.  */
+  boolean search_dirs_flag;
+    
+  /* 1 means this is base file of incremental load.
+     Do not load this file's text or data.
+     Also default text_start to after this file's bss. */
+    
+  boolean just_syms_flag;
+
+  /* Whether to search for this entry as a dynamic archive.  */
+  boolean dynamic;
+
+  /* Whether to include the entire contents of an archive.  */
+  boolean whole_archive;
+
+  boolean loaded;
+    
+  /*    unsigned int globals_in_this_file;*/
+  const char *target;
+  boolean real;
+} lang_input_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  asection *section;
+  lang_input_statement_type *ifile;
+  
+} lang_input_section_type;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  asection *section;
+  union lang_statement_union *file;
+} lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_wild_statement_struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  const char *section_name;
+  const char *filename;
+  lang_statement_list_type children;
+} lang_wild_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct lang_address_statement_struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  const  char *section_name;
+  union  etree_union *address;
+} lang_address_statement_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  bfd_vma output_offset;
+  size_t size;
+  asection *output_section;
+  fill_type fill;
+} lang_padding_statement_type;
+
+/* A group statement collects a set of libraries together.  The
+   libraries are searched multiple times, until no new undefined
+   symbols are found.  The effect is to search a group of libraries as
+   though they were a single library.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  lang_statement_list_type children;
+} lang_group_statement_type;
+
+typedef union lang_statement_union 
+{
+  lang_statement_header_type header;
+  union lang_statement_union *next;
+  lang_wild_statement_type wild_statement;
+  lang_data_statement_type data_statement;
+  lang_reloc_statement_type reloc_statement;
+  lang_address_statement_type address_statement;
+  lang_output_section_statement_type output_section_statement;
+  lang_afile_asection_pair_statement_type afile_asection_pair_statement;
+  lang_assignment_statement_type assignment_statement;
+  lang_input_statement_type input_statement;
+  lang_target_statement_type target_statement;
+  lang_output_statement_type output_statement;
+  lang_input_section_type input_section;
+  lang_common_statement_type common_statement;
+  lang_object_symbols_statement_type object_symbols_statement;
+  lang_fill_statement_type fill_statement;
+  lang_padding_statement_type padding_statement;
+  lang_group_statement_type group_statement;
+} lang_statement_union_type;
+
+/* This structure holds information about a program header, from the
+   PHDRS command in the linker script.  */
+
+struct lang_phdr
+{
+  struct lang_phdr *next;
+  const char *name;
+  unsigned long type;
+  boolean filehdr;
+  boolean phdrs;
+  etree_type *at;
+  etree_type *flags;
+};
+
+/* This structure is used to hold a list of sections which may not
+   cross reference each other.  */
+
+struct lang_nocrossref
+{
+  struct lang_nocrossref *next;
+  const char *name;
+};
+
+/* The list of nocrossref lists.  */
+
+struct lang_nocrossrefs
+{
+  struct lang_nocrossrefs *next;
+  struct lang_nocrossref *list;
+};
+
+extern struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
+
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
+extern boolean lang_has_input_file;
+extern etree_type *base;
+extern lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr;
+extern boolean delete_output_file_on_failure;
+
+extern const char *entry_symbol;
+extern boolean entry_from_cmdline;
+
+extern void lang_init PARAMS ((void));
+extern struct memory_region_struct *lang_memory_region_lookup
+  PARAMS ((const char *const));
+extern void lang_map PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_set_flags PARAMS ((int *, const char *));
+extern void lang_add_output PARAMS ((const char *, int from_script));
+extern void lang_enter_output_section_statement
+  PARAMS ((const char *output_section_statement_name,
+	   etree_type * address_exp,
+	   enum section_type sectype,
+	   bfd_vma block_value,
+	   etree_type *align,
+	   etree_type *subalign,
+	   etree_type *));
+extern void lang_final PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_process PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_section_start PARAMS ((const char *, union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_entry PARAMS ((const char *, boolean));
+extern void lang_add_target PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_add_wild PARAMS ((const char *const , const char *const));
+extern void lang_add_map PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_add_fill PARAMS ((int));
+extern void lang_add_assignment PARAMS ((union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_attribute PARAMS ((enum statement_enum));
+extern void lang_startup PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_float PARAMS ((enum bfd_boolean));
+extern void lang_leave_output_section_statement
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma, const char *, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+extern void lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+extern void lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of PARAMS ((const char *,
+						     const char *));
+extern void lang_statement_append PARAMS ((struct statement_list *,
+					   union lang_statement_union *,
+					   union lang_statement_union **));
+extern void lang_for_each_input_file
+  PARAMS ((void (*dothis) (lang_input_statement_type *)));
+extern void lang_for_each_file
+  PARAMS ((void (*dothis) (lang_input_statement_type *)));
+extern bfd_vma lang_do_assignments
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type * s,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+	   fill_type fill,
+	   bfd_vma dot));
+
+#define LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT(statement)		\
+  extern lang_statement_list_type file_chain;			\
+  lang_input_statement_type *statement;				\
+  for (statement = (lang_input_statement_type *)file_chain.head;\
+       statement != (lang_input_statement_type *)NULL;		\
+       statement = (lang_input_statement_type *)statement->next)\
+  
+extern void lang_process PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlang_add_file PARAMS ((lang_input_statement_type *));
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *lang_output_section_find
+  PARAMS ((const char * const));
+extern lang_input_statement_type *lang_add_input_file
+  PARAMS ((const char *name, lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+	   const char *target));
+extern void lang_add_keepsyms_file PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+extern lang_output_section_statement_type *
+  lang_output_section_statement_lookup PARAMS ((const char * const name));
+extern void ldlang_add_undef PARAMS ((const char *const name));
+extern void lang_add_output_format PARAMS ((const char *, const char *,
+					    const char *, int from_script));
+extern void lang_list_init PARAMS ((lang_statement_list_type*));
+extern void lang_add_data PARAMS ((int type, union etree_union *));
+extern void lang_add_reloc
+  PARAMS ((bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc, reloc_howto_type *howto,
+	   asection *section, const char *name, union etree_union *addend));
+extern void lang_for_each_statement
+  PARAMS ((void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *)));
+extern PTR stat_alloc PARAMS ((size_t size));
+extern void dprint_statement PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *, int));
+extern bfd_vma lang_size_sections
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *s,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+	   lang_statement_union_type **prev, fill_type fill,
+	   bfd_vma dot, boolean relax));
+extern void lang_enter_group PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lang_leave_group PARAMS ((void));
+extern void wild_doit
+  PARAMS ((lang_statement_list_type *ptr, asection *section,
+	   lang_output_section_statement_type *output,
+	   lang_input_statement_type *file));
+extern void lang_new_phdr
+  PARAMS ((const char *, etree_type *, boolean, boolean, etree_type *,
+	   etree_type *));
+extern void lang_add_nocrossref PARAMS ((struct lang_nocrossref *));
+extern void lang_enter_overlay PARAMS ((etree_type *, etree_type *, int));
+extern void lang_enter_overlay_section PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void lang_leave_overlay_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+extern void lang_leave_overlay
+  PARAMS ((bfd_vma, const char *, struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *));
+
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_elf_version_info;
+
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_expr *lang_new_vers_regex
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_expr *, const char *));
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_new_vers_node
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_expr *, struct bfd_elf_version_expr *));
+extern struct bfd_elf_version_deps *lang_add_vers_depend
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_elf_version_deps *, const char *));
+extern void lang_register_vers_node
+  PARAMS ((const char *, struct bfd_elf_version_tree *,
+	   struct bfd_elf_version_deps *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f824ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* ldlex.h -
+   Copyright 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDLEX_H
+#define LDLEX_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* The initial parser states.  */
+typedef enum input_enum {
+  input_selected,		/* We've set the initial state.  */
+  input_script,
+  input_mri_script,
+  input_version_script,
+  input_defsym
+} input_type;
+
+extern input_type parser_input;
+
+extern int hex_mode;
+extern unsigned int lineno;
+extern const char *lex_string;
+
+/* In ldlex.l.  */
+extern int yylex PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lex_push_file PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *));
+extern void lex_redirect PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void ldlex_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_mri_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_version_script PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_version_file PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_defsym PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_expression PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_both PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_command PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ldlex_popstate PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* In lexsup.c.  */
+extern int lex_input PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lex_unput PARAMS ((int));
+#ifndef yywrap
+extern int yywrap PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+extern void parse_args PARAMS ((int, char **));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60089c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldlex.l
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+%{
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+This was written by steve chamberlain
+                    sac@cygnus.com
+*/
+
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#ifdef MPW
+/* Prevent enum redefinition problems. */
+#define TRUE_FALSE_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#endif /* MPW */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+/* The type of top-level parser input.
+   yylex and yyparse (indirectly) both check this.  */
+input_type parser_input;
+
+/* Radix to use for bfd_scan_vma -- 0 (default to base 10) or 16.  */
+int hex_mode;
+
+/* Line number in the current input file.
+   (FIXME Actually, it doesn't appear to get reset for each file?)  */
+unsigned int lineno = 1;
+
+/* The string we are currently lexing, or NULL if we are reading a
+   file.  */
+const char *lex_string = NULL;
+
+/* Support for flex reading from more than one input file (stream).
+   `include_stack' is flex's input state for each open file;
+   `file_name_stack' is the file names.  `lineno_stack' is the current
+   line numbers.
+
+   If `include_stack_ptr' is 0, we haven't started reading anything yet.
+   Otherwise, stack elements 0 through `include_stack_ptr - 1' are valid.  */
+
+#undef YY_INPUT
+#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) yy_input(buf, &result, max_size)
+
+#define MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH 10
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE include_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static const char *file_name_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static unsigned int lineno_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH];
+static unsigned int include_stack_ptr = 0;
+
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_string_buffer PARAMS ((const char *string,
+							size_t size));
+static void yy_input PARAMS ((char *, int *result, int max_size));
+
+static void comment PARAMS ((void));
+static void lex_warn_invalid PARAMS ((char *where, char *what));
+
+/* STATES 
+	EXPRESSION	definitely in an expression
+	SCRIPT		definitely in a script
+	BOTH		either EXPRESSION or SCRIPT
+	DEFSYMEXP	in an argument to -defsym
+        MRI             in an MRI script
+	VERS_START	starting a Sun style mapfile
+	VERS_SCRIPT	a Sun style mapfile
+	VERS_NODE	a node within a Sun style mapfile
+*/
+#define RTOKEN(x)  {  yylval.token = x; return x; }
+
+/* Some versions of flex want this.  */
+#ifndef yywrap
+int yywrap () { return 1; }
+#endif
+%}
+
+%a 4000
+%o 5000
+
+CMDFILENAMECHAR   [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\,\=\&\!\<\>\-\~]
+CMDFILENAMECHAR1  [_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\,\=\&\!\<\>\~]
+FILENAMECHAR1	[_a-zA-Z\/\.\\\$\_\~]
+SYMBOLCHARN     [_a-zA-Z\/\.\\\$\_\~0-9]
+FILENAMECHAR	[_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\=\$\:\[\]\\\,\~]
+WILDCHAR	[_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\=\$\:\[\]\\\,\~\?\*]
+WHITE		[ \t\n\r]+ 
+
+NOCFILENAMECHAR	[_a-zA-Z0-9\/\.\-\_\+\$\:\[\]\\\~]
+
+V_TAG [.$_a-zA-Z][._a-zA-Z0-9]*
+V_IDENTIFIER [*?$_a-zA-Z][*?_a-zA-Z0-9]*
+
+%s SCRIPT
+%s EXPRESSION
+%s BOTH
+%s DEFSYMEXP
+%s MRI
+%s VERS_START
+%s VERS_SCRIPT
+%s VERS_NODE
+%%
+
+  if (parser_input != input_selected)
+    {
+      /* The first token of the input determines the initial parser state.  */
+      input_type t = parser_input;
+      parser_input = input_selected;
+      switch (t)
+	{
+	case input_script: return INPUT_SCRIPT; break;
+	case input_mri_script: return INPUT_MRI_SCRIPT; break;
+	case input_version_script: return INPUT_VERSION_SCRIPT; break;
+	case input_defsym: return INPUT_DEFSYM; break;
+	default: abort ();
+	}
+    }
+
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"/*"	{ comment(); }
+
+
+<DEFSYMEXP>"-"                  { RTOKEN('-');}
+<DEFSYMEXP>"+"                  { RTOKEN('+');}
+<DEFSYMEXP>{FILENAMECHAR1}{SYMBOLCHARN}*   { yylval.name = buystring(yytext); return NAME; }
+<DEFSYMEXP>"="                  { RTOKEN('='); }
+
+<MRI,EXPRESSION>"$"([0-9A-Fa-f])+ {
+  				yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext+1, 0,16);
+				return INT;
+			}
+
+<MRI,EXPRESSION>([0-9A-Fa-f])+(H|h|X|x|B|b|O|o|D|d) {
+				   int ibase ;
+				   switch (yytext[yyleng-1]) {
+				    case 'X': 
+				    case 'x':
+				    case 'H':
+				    case 'h':
+				     ibase = 16;
+				     break;
+				    case 'O':
+				    case 'o':
+				     ibase = 8;
+				     break;
+				    case 'B':
+				    case 'b':
+				     ibase = 2;
+				     break;
+				    default:
+				     ibase = 10;
+				   }
+				   yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext, 0,
+								  ibase);
+				   return INT;
+				 }
+<SCRIPT,DEFSYMEXP,MRI,BOTH,EXPRESSION>"$"?"0x"?([0-9A-Fa-f])+(M|K|m|k)? {
+				  yylval.integer = bfd_scan_vma (yytext, 0,
+								 hex_mode);
+				  if (yytext[yyleng-1]=='M'
+					|| yytext[yyleng-1] == 'm') {
+				      yylval.integer *= 1024*1024;
+				    }	
+				  if (yytext[yyleng-1]=='K' 
+				|| yytext[yyleng-1]=='k') {
+				      yylval.integer *= 1024;
+				    }		
+				  return INT;
+				}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"]"		{ RTOKEN(']');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"["		{ RTOKEN('[');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<<="	{ RTOKEN(LSHIFTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">>="	{ RTOKEN(RSHIFTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"||"	{ RTOKEN(OROR);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"=="	{ RTOKEN(EQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"!="	{ RTOKEN(NE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">="	{ RTOKEN(GE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<="	{ RTOKEN(LE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<<"	{ RTOKEN(LSHIFT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">>"	{ RTOKEN(RSHIFT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"+="	{ RTOKEN(PLUSEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"-="	{ RTOKEN(MINUSEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"*="	{ RTOKEN(MULTEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"/="	{ RTOKEN(DIVEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&="	{ RTOKEN(ANDEQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"|="	{ RTOKEN(OREQ);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&&"	{ RTOKEN(ANDAND);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>">"		{ RTOKEN('>');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>","		{ RTOKEN(',');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"&"		{ RTOKEN('&');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"|"		{ RTOKEN('|');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"~"		{ RTOKEN('~');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"!"		{ RTOKEN('!');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"?"		{ RTOKEN('?');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"*"		{ RTOKEN('*');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"+"		{ RTOKEN('+');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"-"		{ RTOKEN('-');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"/"		{ RTOKEN('/');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"%"		{ RTOKEN('%');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"<"		{ RTOKEN('<');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"="          { RTOKEN('=');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"}"			{ RTOKEN('}') ; }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"{"			{ RTOKEN('{'); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>")"			{ RTOKEN(')');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>"("			{ RTOKEN('(');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>":"		{ RTOKEN(':'); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION,MRI>";"		{ RTOKEN(';');}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"MEMORY"		{ RTOKEN(MEMORY);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"ORIGIN"		{ RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"VERSION"		{ RTOKEN(VERSION);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"BLOCK"		{ RTOKEN(BLOCK);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"BIND"		{ RTOKEN(BIND);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"LENGTH"		{ RTOKEN(LENGTH);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"ALIGN"			{ RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"ADDR"			{ RTOKEN(ADDR);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"LOADADDR"		{ RTOKEN(LOADADDR);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH>"MAX"			{ RTOKEN(MAX); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH>"MIN"			{ RTOKEN(MIN); }
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"ENTRY"			{ RTOKEN(ENTRY);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NEXT"			{ RTOKEN(NEXT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"sizeof_headers"	{ RTOKEN(SIZEOF_HEADERS);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"SIZEOF_HEADERS"	{ RTOKEN(SIZEOF_HEADERS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"MAP"			{ RTOKEN(MAP);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"SIZEOF"		{ RTOKEN(SIZEOF);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"TARGET"		{ RTOKEN(TARGET_K);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SEARCH_DIR"		{ RTOKEN(SEARCH_DIR);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT"		{ RTOKEN(OUTPUT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"INPUT"			{ RTOKEN(INPUT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"GROUP"		{ RTOKEN(GROUP);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"DEFINED"		{ RTOKEN(DEFINED);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS"	{ RTOKEN(CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"CONSTRUCTORS"		{ RTOKEN( CONSTRUCTORS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION" { RTOKEN(FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SECTIONS"		{ RTOKEN(SECTIONS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FILL"			{ RTOKEN(FILL);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"STARTUP"		{ RTOKEN(STARTUP);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT_FORMAT"		{ RTOKEN(OUTPUT_FORMAT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OUTPUT_ARCH"		{ RTOKEN( OUTPUT_ARCH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"HLL"			{ RTOKEN(HLL);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SYSLIB"		{ RTOKEN(SYSLIB);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"FLOAT"			{ RTOKEN(FLOAT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"QUAD"			{ RTOKEN( QUAD);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"LONG"			{ RTOKEN( LONG);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"SHORT"			{ RTOKEN( SHORT);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"BYTE"			{ RTOKEN( BYTE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOFLOAT"		{ RTOKEN(NOFLOAT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOCROSSREFS"	{ RTOKEN(NOCROSSREFS);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"OVERLAY"			{ RTOKEN(OVERLAY); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"NOLOAD"	{ RTOKEN(NOLOAD);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"DSECT"		{ RTOKEN(DSECT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"COPY"		{ RTOKEN(COPY);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"INFO"		{ RTOKEN(INFO);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"OVERLAY"	{ RTOKEN(OVERLAY);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"o"			{ RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"org"			{ RTOKEN(ORIGIN);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"l"			{ RTOKEN( LENGTH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"len"			{ RTOKEN( LENGTH);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"INCLUDE"			{ RTOKEN(INCLUDE);}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT>"PHDRS"			{ RTOKEN (PHDRS); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"AT"			{ RTOKEN(AT);}
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"PROVIDE"		{ RTOKEN(PROVIDE); }
+<MRI>"#".*\n?\r?		{ ++ lineno; }
+<MRI>"\n"	                { ++ lineno;  RTOKEN(NEWLINE); }
+<MRI>"\r"	                { ++ lineno;  RTOKEN(NEWLINE); }
+<MRI>"*".*			{ /* Mri comment line */ }
+<MRI>";".*			{ /* Mri comment line */ }
+<MRI>"END"                      { RTOKEN(ENDWORD); }
+<MRI>"ALIGNMOD"		{ RTOKEN(ALIGNMOD);}
+<MRI>"ALIGN"		{ RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<MRI>"CHIP"                     { RTOKEN(CHIP); }
+<MRI>"BASE"                     { RTOKEN(BASE); }
+<MRI>"ALIAS"                     { RTOKEN(ALIAS); }
+<MRI>"TRUNCATE"                     { RTOKEN(TRUNCATE); }
+<MRI>"LOAD"                     { RTOKEN(LOAD); }
+<MRI>"PUBLIC"                   { RTOKEN(PUBLIC); }
+<MRI>"ORDER"                    { RTOKEN(ORDER); }
+<MRI>"NAME"                     { RTOKEN(NAMEWORD); }
+<MRI>"FORMAT"                   { RTOKEN(FORMAT); }
+<MRI>"CASE"                     { RTOKEN(CASE); }
+<MRI>"EXTERN"                   { RTOKEN(EXTERN); }
+<MRI>"START"                    { RTOKEN(START); }
+<MRI>"LIST".*                   { RTOKEN(LIST); /* LIST and ignore to end of line */ }
+<MRI>"SECT"			{ RTOKEN(SECT); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT,MRI>"ABSOLUTE"			{ RTOKEN(ABSOLUTE); }
+<MRI>"end"                      { RTOKEN(ENDWORD); }
+<MRI>"alignmod"		{ RTOKEN(ALIGNMOD);}
+<MRI>"align"		{ RTOKEN(ALIGN_K);}
+<MRI>"chip"                     { RTOKEN(CHIP); }
+<MRI>"base"                     { RTOKEN(BASE); }
+<MRI>"alias"                     { RTOKEN(ALIAS); }
+<MRI>"truncate"                     { RTOKEN(TRUNCATE); }
+<MRI>"load"                     { RTOKEN(LOAD); }
+<MRI>"public"                   { RTOKEN(PUBLIC); }
+<MRI>"order"                    { RTOKEN(ORDER); }
+<MRI>"name"                     { RTOKEN(NAMEWORD); }
+<MRI>"format"                   { RTOKEN(FORMAT); }
+<MRI>"case"                     { RTOKEN(CASE); }
+<MRI>"extern"                   { RTOKEN(EXTERN); }
+<MRI>"start"                    { RTOKEN(START); }
+<MRI>"list".*                   { RTOKEN(LIST); /* LIST and ignore to end of line */ }
+<MRI>"sect"			{ RTOKEN(SECT); }
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT,MRI>"absolute"			{ RTOKEN(ABSOLUTE); }
+
+<MRI>{FILENAMECHAR1}{NOCFILENAMECHAR}*	{
+/* Filename without commas, needed to parse mri stuff */
+				 yylval.name = buystring(yytext); 
+				  return NAME;
+				}
+
+
+<BOTH,EXPRESSION>{FILENAMECHAR1}{FILENAMECHAR}*	{
+				 yylval.name = buystring(yytext); 
+				  return NAME;
+				}
+<BOTH,EXPRESSION>"-l"{FILENAMECHAR}+ {
+				  yylval.name = buystring (yytext + 2);
+				  return LNAME;
+				}
+<SCRIPT>{WILDCHAR}* { yylval.name = buystring(yytext); return NAME; }
+
+<EXPRESSION,BOTH,SCRIPT>"\""[^\"]*"\"" {
+					/* No matter the state, quotes
+					   give what's inside */
+					yylval.name = buystring(yytext+1);
+					yylval.name[yyleng-2] = 0;
+					return NAME;
+				}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"\n"		{ lineno++;}
+<BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"\r"		{ lineno++;}
+<MRI,BOTH,SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>[ \t]
+
+<VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[:,;]	{ return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_NODE>global		{ RTOKEN(GLOBAL); }
+
+<VERS_NODE>local		{ RTOKEN(LOCAL); }
+
+<VERS_NODE>{V_IDENTIFIER}	{ yylval.name = buystring (yytext);
+				  return VERS_IDENTIFIER; }
+
+<VERS_SCRIPT>{V_TAG}		{ yylval.name = buystring (yytext);
+				  return VERS_TAG; }
+
+<VERS_START>"{"			{ BEGIN(VERS_SCRIPT); return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_SCRIPT>"{"		{ BEGIN(VERS_NODE); return *yytext; }
+<VERS_SCRIPT,VERS_NODE>"}"	{ BEGIN(VERS_SCRIPT); return *yytext; }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[\n\r]	{ lineno++; }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>#.*		{ /* Eat up comments */ }
+
+<VERS_START,VERS_NODE,VERS_SCRIPT>[ \t]+   	{ /* Eat up whitespace */ }
+
+<<EOF>> {
+  include_stack_ptr--;
+    
+  if (include_stack_ptr == 0) 
+  {
+    yyterminate();
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    yy_switch_to_buffer(include_stack[include_stack_ptr]);
+
+  }
+  BEGIN(SCRIPT);
+  ldfile_input_filename = file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr - 1];
+  lineno = lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr - 1];
+
+  return END;
+}
+
+<SCRIPT,MRI,VERS_START,VERS_SCRIPT,VERS_NODE>.	lex_warn_invalid(" in script", yytext);
+<EXPRESSION,DEFSYMEXP,BOTH>.	lex_warn_invalid(" in expression", yytext);
+    
+%%
+
+
+/* Switch flex to reading script file NAME, open on FILE,
+   saving the current input info on the include stack.  */
+
+void
+lex_push_file (file, name)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH) 
+    {
+      einfo("%F:includes nested too deeply\n");
+    }
+  file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr] = name;
+  lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = 1;
+  include_stack[include_stack_ptr] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+
+  include_stack_ptr++;
+  yyin = file;
+  yy_switch_to_buffer(yy_create_buffer(yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE));
+  BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+/* Return a newly created flex input buffer containing STRING,
+   which is SIZE bytes long.  */
+
+static YY_BUFFER_STATE 
+yy_create_string_buffer (string, size)
+     CONST char *string;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
+
+  /* Calls to m-alloc get turned by sed into xm-alloc.  */
+  b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) malloc (sizeof (struct yy_buffer_state));
+  b->yy_input_file = 0;
+  b->yy_buf_size = size;
+
+  /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because
+     we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters.  */
+  b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) malloc ((unsigned) (b->yy_buf_size + 3));
+
+  b->yy_ch_buf[0] = '\n';
+  strcpy (b->yy_ch_buf+1, string);
+  b->yy_ch_buf[size+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+  b->yy_ch_buf[size+2] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+  b->yy_n_chars = size+1;
+  b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[1];
+
+  /* flex 2.4.7 changed the interface.  FIXME: We should not be using
+     a flex internal interface in the first place!  */
+#ifdef YY_BUFFER_NEW
+  b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
+#else
+  b->yy_eof_status = EOF_NOT_SEEN;
+#endif
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+/* Switch flex to reading from STRING, saving the current input info
+   on the include stack.  */
+
+void
+lex_redirect (string)
+     CONST char *string;
+{
+  YY_BUFFER_STATE tmp;
+
+  yy_init = 0;
+  if (include_stack_ptr >= MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH) 
+    {
+      einfo("%F: macros nested too deeply\n");
+    }
+  file_name_stack[include_stack_ptr] = "redirect";
+  lineno_stack[include_stack_ptr] = 0;
+  include_stack[include_stack_ptr] = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+  include_stack_ptr++;
+  tmp = yy_create_string_buffer (string, strlen (string));
+  yy_switch_to_buffer (tmp);
+  BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+/* Functions to switch to a different flex start condition,
+   saving the current start condition on `state_stack'.  */
+
+static int state_stack[MAX_INCLUDE_DEPTH * 2];
+static int *state_stack_p = state_stack;
+
+void
+ldlex_script ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (SCRIPT);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_mri_script ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (MRI);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_version_script ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (VERS_START);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_version_file ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (VERS_SCRIPT);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_defsym ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (DEFSYMEXP);
+}
+	   
+void
+ldlex_expression ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (EXPRESSION);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_both ()
+{
+  *(state_stack_p)++ = yy_start;
+  BEGIN (BOTH);
+}
+
+void
+ldlex_popstate ()
+{
+  yy_start = *(--state_stack_p);
+}
+
+
+/* Place up to MAX_SIZE characters in BUF and return in *RESULT
+   either the number of characters read, or 0 to indicate EOF.  */
+
+static void
+yy_input (buf, result, max_size)
+     char *buf;
+     int *result;
+     int max_size;
+{
+  *result = 0; 
+  if (yy_current_buffer->yy_input_file)
+    {
+      if (yyin)
+	{
+	  *result = read (fileno (yyin), (char *) buf, max_size);
+	  if (*result < 0) 
+	    einfo ("%F%P: read in flex scanner failed");
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Eat the rest of a C-style comment.  */
+
+static void
+comment ()
+{
+  int c;
+
+  while (1)
+  {
+    c = input();
+    while (c != '*' && c != EOF) 
+    {
+      if (c == '\n' || c == '\r')
+	lineno++;
+      c = input();
+    }
+
+    if (c == '*')
+    {
+      c = input();
+      while (c == '*')
+       c = input();
+      if (c == '/')
+       break;			/* found the end */
+    }
+
+    if (c == '\n' || c == '\r')
+      lineno++;
+
+    if (c == EOF)
+    {
+      einfo( "%F%P: EOF in comment\n");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Warn the user about a garbage character WHAT in the input
+   in context WHERE.  */
+
+static void
+lex_warn_invalid (where, what)
+     char *where, *what;
+{
+  char buf[5];
+
+  /* If we have found an input file whose format we do not recognize,
+     and we are therefore treating it as a linker script, and we find
+     an invalid character, then most likely this is a real object file
+     of some different format.  Treat it as such.  */
+  if (ldfile_assumed_script)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_not_recognized);
+      einfo ("%F%s: file not recognized: %E\n", ldfile_input_filename);
+    }
+
+  if (! isprint ((unsigned char) *what))
+    {
+      sprintf (buf, "\\%03o", (unsigned int) *what);
+      what = buf;
+    }
+
+  einfo ("%P:%S: ignoring invalid character `%s'%s\n", what, where);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94b9b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1271 @@
+/* Main program of GNU linker.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain steve@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "progress.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldwrite.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+
+/* Somewhere above, sys/stat.h got included . . . . */
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define	S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_SBRK
+extern PTR sbrk ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static char *get_emulation PARAMS ((int, char **));
+static void set_scripts_dir PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* EXPORTS */
+
+char *default_target;
+const char *output_filename = "a.out";
+
+/* Name this program was invoked by.  */
+char *program_name;
+
+/* The file that we're creating */
+bfd *output_bfd = 0;
+
+/* Set by -G argument, for MIPS ECOFF target.  */
+int g_switch_value = 8;
+
+/* Nonzero means print names of input files as processed.  */
+boolean trace_files;
+
+/* Nonzero means same, but note open failures, too.  */
+boolean trace_file_tries;
+
+/* Nonzero means version number was printed, so exit successfully
+   instead of complaining if no input files are given.  */
+boolean version_printed;
+
+/* Nonzero means link in every member of an archive.  */
+boolean whole_archive;
+
+args_type command_line;
+
+ld_config_type config;
+
+static void remove_output PARAMS ((void));
+static boolean check_for_scripts_dir PARAMS ((char *dir));
+static boolean add_archive_element PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *,
+					    const char *));
+static boolean multiple_definition PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					    const char *,
+					    bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma,
+					    bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean multiple_common PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					const char *, bfd *,
+					enum bfd_link_hash_type, bfd_vma,
+					bfd *, enum bfd_link_hash_type,
+					bfd_vma));
+static boolean add_to_set PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+				   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *,
+				   bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
+				   bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean constructor_callback PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					     boolean constructor,
+					     const char *name,
+					     bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean warning_callback PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					 const char *, const char *, bfd *,
+					 asection *, bfd_vma));
+static void warning_find_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR));
+static boolean undefined_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					 const char *, bfd *,
+					 asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean reloc_overflow PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+				       const char *, bfd_vma,
+				       bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean reloc_dangerous PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+					bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean unattached_reloc PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *,
+					 const char *, bfd *, asection *,
+					 bfd_vma));
+static boolean notice PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, const char *,
+			       bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+
+static struct bfd_link_callbacks link_callbacks =
+{
+  add_archive_element,
+  multiple_definition,
+  multiple_common,
+  add_to_set,
+  constructor_callback,
+  warning_callback,
+  undefined_symbol,
+  reloc_overflow,
+  reloc_dangerous,
+  unattached_reloc,
+  notice
+};
+
+struct bfd_link_info link_info;
+
+static void
+remove_output ()
+{
+  if (output_filename) 
+    {
+      if (output_bfd && output_bfd->iostream)
+	fclose((FILE *)(output_bfd->iostream));
+      if (delete_output_file_on_failure)
+	unlink (output_filename);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *emulation;
+  long start_time = get_run_time ();
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  xmalloc_set_program_name (program_name);
+
+  START_PROGRESS (program_name, 0);
+
+  bfd_init ();
+
+  bfd_set_error_program_name (program_name);
+
+  xatexit (remove_output);
+
+  /* Set the default BFD target based on the configured target.  Doing
+     this permits the linker to be configured for a particular target,
+     and linked against a shared BFD library which was configured for
+     a different target.  The macro TARGET is defined by Makefile.  */
+  if (! bfd_set_default_target (TARGET))
+    {
+      einfo ("%X%P: can't set BFD default target to `%s': %E\n", TARGET);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+
+  /* Initialize the data about options.  */
+  trace_files = trace_file_tries = version_printed = false;
+  whole_archive = false;
+  config.build_constructors = true;
+  config.dynamic_link = false;
+  command_line.force_common_definition = false;
+  command_line.interpreter = NULL;
+  command_line.rpath = NULL;
+
+  link_info.callbacks = &link_callbacks;
+  link_info.relocateable = false;
+  link_info.shared = false;
+  link_info.symbolic = false;
+  link_info.static_link = false;
+  link_info.traditional_format = false;
+  link_info.strip = strip_none;
+  link_info.discard = discard_none;
+  link_info.keep_memory = true;
+  link_info.input_bfds = NULL;
+  link_info.create_object_symbols_section = NULL;
+  link_info.hash = NULL;
+  link_info.keep_hash = NULL;
+  link_info.notice_all = false;
+  link_info.notice_hash = NULL;
+  link_info.wrap_hash = NULL;
+  
+  ldfile_add_arch ("");
+
+  config.make_executable = true;
+  force_make_executable = false;
+  config.magic_demand_paged = true;
+  config.text_read_only = true;
+  config.make_executable = true;
+
+  emulation = get_emulation (argc, argv);
+  ldemul_choose_mode (emulation);
+  default_target = ldemul_choose_target ();
+  lang_init ();
+  ldemul_before_parse ();
+  lang_has_input_file = false;
+  parse_args (argc, argv);
+
+  ldemul_set_symbols ();
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable)
+    {
+      if (command_line.relax)
+	einfo ("%P%F: -relax and -r may not be used together\n");
+      if (link_info.shared)
+	einfo ("%P%F: -r and -shared may not be used together\n");
+    }
+
+  /* Treat ld -r -s as ld -r -S -x (i.e., strip all local symbols).  I
+     don't see how else this can be handled, since in this case we
+     must preserve all externally visible symbols.  */
+  if (link_info.relocateable && link_info.strip == strip_all)
+    {
+      link_info.strip = strip_debugger;
+      if (link_info.discard == discard_none)
+	link_info.discard = discard_all;
+    }
+
+  /* This essentially adds another -L directory so this must be done after
+     the -L's in argv have been processed.  */
+  set_scripts_dir ();
+
+  if (had_script == false)
+    {
+      /* Read the emulation's appropriate default script.  */
+      int isfile;
+      char *s = ldemul_get_script (&isfile);
+
+      if (isfile)
+	ldfile_open_command_file (s);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (trace_file_tries)
+	    {
+	      info_msg ("using internal linker script:\n");
+	      info_msg ("==================================================\n");
+	      info_msg (s);
+	      info_msg ("\n==================================================\n");
+	    }
+	  lex_string = s;
+	  lex_redirect (s);
+	}
+      parser_input = input_script;
+      yyparse ();
+      lex_string = NULL;
+    }
+
+  lang_final ();
+
+  if (lang_has_input_file == false)
+    {
+      if (version_printed)
+	xexit (0);
+      einfo ("%P%F: no input files\n");
+    }
+
+  if (trace_files)
+    {
+      info_msg ("%P: mode %s\n", emulation);
+    }
+
+  ldemul_after_parse ();
+
+
+  if (config.map_filename)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (config.map_filename, "-") == 0)
+	{
+	  config.map_file = stdout;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  config.map_file = fopen (config.map_filename, FOPEN_WT);
+	  if (config.map_file == (FILE *) NULL)
+	    {
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+	      einfo ("%P%F: cannot open map file %s: %E\n",
+		     config.map_filename);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+
+  lang_process ();
+
+  /* Print error messages for any missing symbols, for any warning
+     symbols, and possibly multiple definitions */
+
+
+  if (config.text_read_only)
+    {
+      /* Look for a text section and mark the readonly attribute in it */
+      asection *found = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".text");
+
+      if (found != (asection *) NULL)
+	{
+	  found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (link_info.relocateable)
+    output_bfd->flags &= ~EXEC_P;
+  else
+    output_bfd->flags |= EXEC_P;
+
+  ldwrite ();
+
+  if (config.map_file != NULL)
+    lang_map ();
+  if (command_line.cref)
+    output_cref (config.map_file != NULL ? config.map_file : stdout);
+  if (nocrossref_list != NULL)
+    check_nocrossrefs ();
+
+  /* Even if we're producing relocateable output, some non-fatal errors should
+     be reported in the exit status.  (What non-fatal errors, if any, do we
+     want to ignore for relocateable output?)  */
+
+  if (config.make_executable == false && force_make_executable == false)
+    {
+      if (trace_files == true)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%P: link errors found, deleting executable `%s'\n",
+		 output_filename);
+	}
+
+      /* The file will be removed by remove_output.  */
+
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (! bfd_close (output_bfd))
+	einfo ("%F%B: final close failed: %E\n", output_bfd);
+
+      /* If the --force-exe-suffix is enabled, and we're making an
+	 executable file and it doesn't end in .exe, copy it to one which does. */
+
+      if (! link_info.relocateable && command_line.force_exe_suffix)
+	{
+	  int len = strlen (output_filename);
+	  if (len < 4 
+	      || (strcasecmp (output_filename + len - 4, ".exe") != 0
+		  && strcasecmp (output_filename + len - 4, ".dll") != 0))
+	    {
+	      FILE *src;
+	      FILE *dst;
+	      const int bsize = 4096;
+	      char *buf = xmalloc (bsize);
+	      int l;
+	      char *dst_name = xmalloc (len + 5);
+	      strcpy (dst_name, output_filename);
+	      strcat (dst_name, ".exe");
+	      src = fopen (output_filename, FOPEN_RB);
+	      dst = fopen (dst_name, FOPEN_WB);
+
+	      if (!src)
+		einfo ("%X%P: unable to open for source of copy `%s'\n", output_filename);
+	      if (!dst)
+		einfo ("%X%P: unable to open for destination of copy `%s'\n", dst_name);
+	      while ((l = fread (buf, 1, bsize, src)) > 0)
+		{
+		  int done = fwrite (buf, 1, l, dst);
+		  if (done != l)
+		    {
+		      einfo ("%P: Error writing file `%s'\n", dst_name);
+		    }
+		}
+	      fclose (src);
+	      if (fclose (dst) == EOF)
+		{
+		  einfo ("%P: Error closing file `%s'\n", dst_name);
+		}
+	      free (dst_name);
+	      free (buf);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  END_PROGRESS (program_name);
+
+  if (config.stats)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+      char *lim = (char *) sbrk (0);
+#endif
+      long run_time = get_run_time () - start_time;
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: total time in link: %ld.%06ld\n",
+	       program_name, run_time / 1000000, run_time % 1000000);
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: data size %ld\n", program_name,
+	       (long) (lim - (char *) &environ));
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Prevent remove_output from doing anything, after a successful link.  */
+  output_filename = NULL;
+
+  xexit (0);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* We need to find any explicitly given emulation in order to initialize the
+   state that's needed by the lex&yacc argument parser (parse_args).  */
+
+static char *
+get_emulation (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *emulation;
+  int i;
+
+  emulation = getenv (EMULATION_ENVIRON);
+  if (emulation == NULL)
+    emulation = DEFAULT_EMULATION;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (argv[i], "-m", 2))
+	{
+	  if (argv[i][2] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* -m EMUL */
+	      if (i < argc - 1)
+		{
+		  emulation = argv[i + 1];
+		  i++;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  einfo("%P%F: missing argument to -m\n");
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (argv[i], "-mips1") == 0
+		   || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips2") == 0
+		   || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips3") == 0
+		   || strcmp (argv[i], "-mips4") == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: The arguments -mips1, -mips2 and -mips3 are
+		 passed to the linker by some MIPS compilers.  They
+		 generally tell the linker to use a slightly different
+		 library path.  Perhaps someday these should be
+		 implemented as emulations; until then, we just ignore
+		 the arguments and hope that nobody ever creates
+		 emulations named ips1, ips2 or ips3.  */
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (argv[i], "-m486") == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* FIXME: The argument -m486 is passed to the linker on
+		 some Linux systems.  Hope that nobody creates an
+		 emulation named 486.  */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* -mEMUL */
+	      emulation = &argv[i][2];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return emulation;
+}
+
+/* If directory DIR contains an "ldscripts" subdirectory,
+   add DIR to the library search path and return true,
+   else return false.  */
+
+static boolean
+check_for_scripts_dir (dir)
+     char *dir;
+{
+  size_t dirlen;
+  char *buf;
+  struct stat s;
+  boolean res;
+
+  dirlen = strlen (dir);
+  /* sizeof counts the terminating NUL.  */
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (dirlen + sizeof("/ldscripts"));
+  sprintf (buf, "%s/ldscripts", dir);
+
+  res = stat (buf, &s) == 0 && S_ISDIR (s.st_mode);
+  free (buf);
+  if (res)
+    ldfile_add_library_path (dir, false);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Set the default directory for finding script files.
+   Libraries will be searched for here too, but that's ok.
+   We look for the "ldscripts" directory in:
+
+   SCRIPTDIR (passed from Makefile)
+   the dir where this program is (for using it from the build tree)
+   the dir where this program is/../lib (for installing the tool suite elsewhere) */
+
+static void
+set_scripts_dir ()
+{
+  char *end, *dir;
+  size_t dirlen;
+
+  if (check_for_scripts_dir (SCRIPTDIR))
+    return;			/* We've been installed normally.  */
+
+  /* Look for "ldscripts" in the dir where our binary is.  */
+  end = strrchr (program_name, '/');
+
+  if (end == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Don't look for ldscripts in the current directory.  There is
+         too much potential for confusion.  */
+      return;
+    }
+
+  dirlen = end - program_name;
+  /* Make a copy of program_name in dir.
+     Leave room for later "/../lib".  */
+  dir = (char *) xmalloc (dirlen + 8);
+  strncpy (dir, program_name, dirlen);
+  dir[dirlen] = '\0';
+
+  if (check_for_scripts_dir (dir))
+    return;			/* Don't free dir.  */
+
+  /* Look for "ldscripts" in <the dir where our binary is>/../lib.  */
+  strcpy (dir + dirlen, "/../lib");
+  if (check_for_scripts_dir (dir))
+    return;
+
+  free (dir);			/* Well, we tried.  */
+}
+
+void
+add_ysym (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (link_info.notice_hash == (struct bfd_hash_table *) NULL)
+    {
+      link_info.notice_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+			       xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+      if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (link_info.notice_hash,
+				   bfd_hash_newfunc,
+				   61))
+	einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+    }      
+
+  if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.notice_hash, name, true, true)
+      == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+}
+
+/* Record a symbol to be wrapped, from the --wrap option.  */
+
+void
+add_wrap (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (link_info.wrap_hash == NULL)
+    {
+      link_info.wrap_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+			     xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+      if (! bfd_hash_table_init_n (link_info.wrap_hash,
+				   bfd_hash_newfunc,
+				   61))
+	einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+    }
+  if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.wrap_hash, name, true, true) == NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+}
+
+/* Handle the -retain-symbols-file option.  */
+
+void
+add_keepsyms_file (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+  char *buf;
+  size_t bufsize;
+  int c;
+
+  if (link_info.strip == strip_some)
+    einfo ("%X%P: error: duplicate retain-symbols-file\n");
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (file == (FILE *) NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call);
+      einfo ("%X%P: %s: %E\n", filename);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  link_info.keep_hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+			 xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (link_info.keep_hash, bfd_hash_newfunc))
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+
+  bufsize = 100;
+  buf = (char *) xmalloc (bufsize);
+
+  c = getc (file);
+  while (c != EOF)
+    {
+      while (isspace (c))
+	c = getc (file);
+
+      if (c != EOF)
+	{
+	  size_t len = 0;
+
+	  while (! isspace (c) && c != EOF)
+	    {
+	      buf[len] = c;
+	      ++len;
+	      if (len >= bufsize)
+		{
+		  bufsize *= 2;
+		  buf = xrealloc (buf, bufsize);
+		}
+	      c = getc (file);
+	    }
+
+	  buf[len] = '\0';
+
+	  if (bfd_hash_lookup (link_info.keep_hash, buf, true, true)
+	      == (struct bfd_hash_entry *) NULL)
+	    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup for insertion failed: %E\n");
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (link_info.strip != strip_none)
+    einfo ("%P: `-retain-symbols-file' overrides `-s' and `-S'\n");
+
+  link_info.strip = strip_some;
+}
+
+/* Callbacks from the BFD linker routines.  */
+
+/* This is called when BFD has decided to include an archive member in
+   a link.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+add_archive_element (info, abfd, name)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  lang_input_statement_type *input;
+
+  input = ((lang_input_statement_type *)
+	   xmalloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type)));
+  input->filename = abfd->filename;
+  input->local_sym_name = abfd->filename;
+  input->the_bfd = abfd;
+  input->asymbols = NULL;
+  input->next = NULL;
+  input->just_syms_flag = false;
+  input->loaded = false;
+  input->search_dirs_flag = false;
+
+  /* FIXME: The following fields are not set: header.next,
+     header.type, closed, passive_position, symbol_count,
+     next_real_file, is_archive, target, real.  This bit of code is
+     from the old decode_library_subfile function.  I don't know
+     whether any of those fields matters.  */
+
+  ldlang_add_file (input);
+
+  if (config.map_file != (FILE *) NULL)
+    {
+      static boolean header_printed;
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+      bfd *from;
+      int len;
+
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, false, false, true);
+
+      if (h == NULL)
+	from = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (h->type)
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      from = NULL;
+	      break;
+
+	    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+	    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+	      from = h->u.def.section->owner;
+	      break;
+
+	    case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+	    case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+	      from = h->u.undef.abfd;
+	      break;
+
+	    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+	      from = h->u.c.p->section->owner;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (! header_printed)
+	{
+	  char buf[100];
+
+	  sprintf (buf, "%-29s %s\n\n", "Archive member included",
+		   "because of file (symbol)");
+	  minfo ("%s", buf);
+	  header_printed = true;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_my_archive (abfd) == NULL)
+	{
+	  minfo ("%s", bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  len = strlen (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  minfo ("%s(%s)", bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)),
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+	  len = (strlen (bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (abfd)))
+		 + strlen (bfd_get_filename (abfd))
+		 + 2);
+	}
+
+      if (len >= 29)
+	{
+	  print_nl ();
+	  len = 0;
+	}
+      while (len < 30)
+	{
+	  print_space ();
+	  ++len;
+	}
+
+      if (from != NULL)
+	minfo ("%B ", from);
+      if (h != NULL)
+	minfo ("(%T)\n", h->root.string);
+      else
+	minfo ("(%s)\n", name);
+    }
+
+  if (trace_files || trace_file_tries)
+    info_msg ("%I\n", input);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a symbol which is defined
+   multiple times.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+multiple_definition (info, name, obfd, osec, oval, nbfd, nsec, nval)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     asection *osec;
+     bfd_vma oval;
+     bfd *nbfd;
+     asection *nsec;
+     bfd_vma nval;
+{
+  /* If either section has the output_section field set to
+     bfd_abs_section_ptr, it means that the section is being
+     discarded, and this is not really a multiple definition at all.
+     FIXME: It would be cleaner to somehow ignore symbols defined in
+     sections which are being discarded.  */
+  if ((osec->output_section != NULL
+       && ! bfd_is_abs_section (osec)
+       && bfd_is_abs_section (osec->output_section))
+      || (nsec->output_section != NULL
+	  && ! bfd_is_abs_section (nsec)
+	  && bfd_is_abs_section (nsec->output_section)))
+    return true;
+
+  einfo ("%X%C: multiple definition of `%T'\n",
+	 nbfd, nsec, nval, name);
+  if (obfd != (bfd *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%D: first defined here\n", obfd, osec, oval);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when there is a definition of a common symbol, or
+   when a common symbol is found for a symbol that is already defined,
+   or when two common symbols are found.  We only do something if
+   -warn-common was used.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+multiple_common (info, name, obfd, otype, osize, nbfd, ntype, nsize)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *obfd;
+     enum bfd_link_hash_type otype;
+     bfd_vma osize;
+     bfd *nbfd;
+     enum bfd_link_hash_type ntype;
+     bfd_vma nsize;
+{
+  if (! config.warn_common)
+    return true;
+
+  if (ntype == bfd_link_hash_defined
+      || ntype == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+      || ntype == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+    {
+      ASSERT (otype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+      einfo ("%B: warning: definition of `%T' overriding common\n",
+	     nbfd, name);
+      if (obfd != NULL)
+	einfo ("%B: warning: common is here\n", obfd);
+    }
+  else if (otype == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	   || otype == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+	   || otype == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+    {
+      ASSERT (ntype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+      einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overridden by definition\n",
+	     nbfd, name);
+      if (obfd != NULL)
+	einfo ("%B: warning: defined here\n", obfd);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ASSERT (otype == bfd_link_hash_common && ntype == bfd_link_hash_common);
+      if (osize > nsize)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overridden by larger common\n",
+		 nbfd, name);
+	  if (obfd != NULL)
+	    einfo ("%B: warning: larger common is here\n", obfd);
+	}
+      else if (nsize > osize)
+	{
+	  einfo ("%B: warning: common of `%T' overriding smaller common\n",
+		 nbfd, name);
+	  if (obfd != NULL)
+	    einfo ("%B: warning: smaller common is here\n", obfd);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  einfo ("%B: warning: multiple common of `%T'\n", nbfd, name);
+	  if (obfd != NULL)
+	    einfo ("%B: warning: previous common is here\n", obfd);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a set element.  H is the
+   entry in the linker hash table for the set.  SECTION and VALUE
+   represent a value which should be added to the set.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+add_to_set (info, h, reloc, abfd, section, value)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+     bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  if (config.warn_constructors)
+    einfo ("%P: warning: global constructor %s used\n",
+	   h->root.string);
+
+  if (! config.build_constructors)
+    return true;
+
+  ldctor_add_set_entry (h, reloc, (const char *) NULL, section, value);
+
+  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+    {
+      h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+      h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+      /* We don't call bfd_link_add_undef to add this to the list of
+	 undefined symbols because we are going to define it
+	 ourselves.  */
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when BFD has discovered a constructor.  This is only
+   called for some object file formats--those which do not handle
+   constructors in some more clever fashion.  This is similar to
+   adding an element to a set, but less general.  */
+
+static boolean
+constructor_callback (info, constructor, name, abfd, section, value)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     boolean constructor;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  char *s;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+  char set_name[1 + sizeof "__CTOR_LIST__"];
+
+  if (config.warn_constructors)
+    einfo ("%P: warning: global constructor %s used\n", name);
+
+  if (! config.build_constructors)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Ensure that BFD_RELOC_CTOR exists now, so that we can give a
+     useful error message.  */
+  if (bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL
+      && (link_info.relocateable
+	  || bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, BFD_RELOC_CTOR) == NULL))
+    einfo ("%P%F: BFD backend error: BFD_RELOC_CTOR unsupported\n");
+
+  s = set_name;
+  if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) != '\0')
+    *s++ = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd);
+  if (constructor)
+    strcpy (s, "__CTOR_LIST__");
+  else
+    strcpy (s, "__DTOR_LIST__");
+
+  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, set_name, true, true, true);
+  if (h == (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+    {
+      h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+      h->u.undef.abfd = abfd;
+      /* We don't call bfd_link_add_undef to add this to the list of
+	 undefined symbols because we are going to define it
+	 ourselves.  */
+    }
+
+  ldctor_add_set_entry (h, BFD_RELOC_CTOR, name, section, value);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* A structure used by warning_callback to pass information through
+   bfd_map_over_sections.  */
+
+struct warning_callback_info
+{
+  boolean found;
+  const char *warning;
+  const char *symbol;
+  asymbol **asymbols;
+};
+
+/* This is called when there is a reference to a warning symbol.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+warning_callback (info, warning, symbol, abfd, section, address)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *warning;
+     const char *symbol;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  /* This is a hack to support warn_multiple_gp.  FIXME: This should
+     have a cleaner interface, but what?  */
+  if (! config.warn_multiple_gp
+      && strcmp (warning, "using multiple gp values") == 0)
+    return true;
+
+  if (section != NULL)
+    einfo ("%C: %s\n", abfd, section, address, warning);
+  else if (abfd == NULL)
+    einfo ("%P: %s\n", warning);
+  else if (symbol == NULL)
+    einfo ("%B: %s\n", abfd, warning);
+  else
+    {
+      lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+      asymbol **asymbols;
+      struct warning_callback_info info;
+
+      /* Look through the relocs to see if we can find a plausible
+	 address.  */
+
+      entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) abfd->usrdata;
+      if (entry != NULL && entry->asymbols != NULL)
+	asymbols = entry->asymbols;
+      else
+	{
+	  long symsize;
+	  long symbol_count;
+
+	  symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+	  if (symsize < 0)
+	    einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+	  asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+	  symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, asymbols);
+	  if (symbol_count < 0)
+	    einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols: %E\n", abfd);
+	  if (entry != NULL)
+	    {
+	      entry->asymbols = asymbols;
+	      entry->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      info.found = false;
+      info.warning = warning;
+      info.symbol = symbol;
+      info.asymbols = asymbols;
+      bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, warning_find_reloc, (PTR) &info);
+
+      if (! info.found)
+	einfo ("%B: %s\n", abfd, warning);
+
+      if (entry == NULL)
+	free (asymbols);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called by warning_callback for each section.  It checks the
+   relocs of the section to see if it can find a reference to the
+   symbol which triggered the warning.  If it can, it uses the reloc
+   to give an error message with a file and line number.  */
+
+static void
+warning_find_reloc (abfd, sec, iarg)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *sec;
+     PTR iarg;
+{
+  struct warning_callback_info *info = (struct warning_callback_info *) iarg;
+  long relsize;
+  arelent **relpp;
+  long relcount;
+  arelent **p, **pend;
+
+  if (info->found)
+    return;
+
+  relsize = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, sec);
+  if (relsize < 0)
+    einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+  if (relsize == 0)
+    return;
+
+  relpp = (arelent **) xmalloc (relsize);
+  relcount = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, sec, relpp, info->asymbols);
+  if (relcount < 0)
+    einfo ("%B%F: could not read relocs: %E\n", abfd);
+
+  p = relpp;
+  pend = p + relcount;
+  for (; p < pend && *p != NULL; p++)
+    {
+      arelent *q = *p;
+
+      if (q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+	  && *q->sym_ptr_ptr != NULL
+	  && strcmp (bfd_asymbol_name (*q->sym_ptr_ptr), info->symbol) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We found a reloc for the symbol we are looking for.  */
+	  einfo ("%C: %s\n", abfd, sec, q->address, info->warning);
+	  info->found = true;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  free (relpp);
+}
+
+/* This is called when an undefined symbol is found.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+undefined_symbol (info, name, abfd, section, address)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  static char *error_name;
+  static unsigned int error_count;
+
+#define MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW 5
+
+  if (config.warn_once)
+    {
+      static struct bfd_hash_table *hash;
+
+      /* Only warn once about a particular undefined symbol.  */
+
+      if (hash == NULL)
+	{
+	  hash = ((struct bfd_hash_table *)
+		  xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_hash_table)));
+	  if (! bfd_hash_table_init (hash, bfd_hash_newfunc))
+	    einfo ("%F%P: bfd_hash_table_init failed: %E\n");
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_hash_lookup (hash, name, false, false) != NULL)
+	return true;
+
+      if (bfd_hash_lookup (hash, name, true, true) == NULL)
+	einfo ("%F%P: bfd_hash_lookup failed: %E\n");
+    }
+
+  /* We never print more than a reasonable number of errors in a row
+     for a single symbol.  */
+  if (error_name != (char *) NULL
+      && strcmp (name, error_name) == 0)
+    ++error_count;
+  else
+    {
+      error_count = 0;
+      if (error_name != (char *) NULL)
+	free (error_name);
+      error_name = buystring (name);
+    }
+
+  if (section != NULL)
+    {
+      if (error_count < MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+	einfo ("%X%C: undefined reference to `%T'\n",
+	       abfd, section, address, name);
+      else if (error_count == MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+	einfo ("%D: more undefined references to `%T' follow\n",
+	       abfd, section, address, name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (error_count < MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+	einfo ("%X%B: undefined reference to `%T'\n",
+	       abfd, name);
+      else if (error_count == MAX_ERRORS_IN_A_ROW)
+	einfo ("%B: more undefined references to `%T' follow\n",
+	       abfd, name);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a reloc overflows.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+reloc_overflow (info, name, reloc_name, addend, abfd, section, address)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *reloc_name;
+     bfd_vma addend;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+  else
+    einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+  einfo (" relocation truncated to fit: %s %T", reloc_name, name);
+  if (addend != 0)
+    einfo ("+%v", addend);
+  einfo ("\n");
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a dangerous relocation is made.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+reloc_dangerous (info, message, abfd, section, address)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *message;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+  else
+    einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+  einfo ("dangerous relocation: %s\n", message);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called when a reloc is being generated attached to a symbol
+   that is not being output.  */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static boolean
+unattached_reloc (info, name, abfd, section, address)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma address;
+{
+  if (abfd == (bfd *) NULL)
+    einfo ("%P%X: generated");
+  else
+    einfo ("%X%C:", abfd, section, address);
+  einfo (" reloc refers to symbol `%T' which is not being output\n", name);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called if link_info.notice_all is set, or when a symbol in
+   link_info.notice_hash is found.  Symbols are put in notice_hash
+   using the -y option.  */
+
+static boolean
+notice (info, name, abfd, section, value)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const char *name;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  if (! info->notice_all
+      || (info->notice_hash != NULL
+	  && bfd_hash_lookup (info->notice_hash, name, false, false) != NULL))
+    einfo ("%B: %s %s\n", abfd,
+	   bfd_is_und_section (section) ? "reference to" : "definition of",
+	   name);
+
+  if (command_line.cref || nocrossref_list != NULL)
+    add_cref (name, abfd, section, value);
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c5f38b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* ldmain.h -
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDMAIN_H
+#define LDMAIN_H
+
+extern char *program_name;
+extern bfd *output_bfd;
+extern char *default_target;
+extern boolean trace_files;
+extern boolean trace_file_tries;
+extern boolean version_printed;
+extern boolean whole_archive;
+extern int g_switch_value;
+extern const char *output_filename;
+extern struct bfd_link_info link_info;
+
+extern void add_ysym PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void add_wrap PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern void add_keepsyms_file PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282ce22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/* ldmisc.c
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#define USE_STDARG 1
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#define USE_STDARG 0
+#endif
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+
+static void vfinfo PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, va_list));
+
+/*
+ %% literal %
+ %F error is fatal
+ %P print program name
+ %S print script file and linenumber
+ %E current bfd error or errno
+ %I filename from a lang_input_statement_type
+ %B filename from a bfd
+ %T symbol name
+ %X no object output, fail return
+ %V hex bfd_vma
+ %v hex bfd_vma, no leading zeros
+ %W hex bfd_vma with 0x with no leading zeros taking up 8 spaces
+ %C clever filename:linenumber with function
+ %D like %C, but no function name
+ %G like %D, but only function name
+ %R info about a relent
+ %s arbitrary string, like printf
+ %d integer, like printf
+ %u integer, like printf
+*/
+
+char *
+demangle (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  char *res;
+
+  if (output_bfd != NULL
+      && bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd) == string[0])
+    ++string;
+
+  /* This is a hack for better error reporting on XCOFF, or the MS PE   */
+  /* format.  Xcoff has a single '.', while the NT PE for PPC has '..'. */
+  /* So we remove all of them.                                          */
+  while(string[0] == '.')
+    ++string;
+
+  res = cplus_demangle (string, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+  return res ? res : xstrdup (string);
+}
+
+static void
+vfinfo (fp, fmt, arg)
+     FILE *fp;
+     const char *fmt;
+     va_list arg;
+{
+  boolean fatal = false;
+
+  while (*fmt != '\0')
+    {
+      while (*fmt != '%' && *fmt != '\0') 
+	{
+	  putc (*fmt, fp);
+	  fmt++;
+	}
+
+      if (*fmt == '%') 
+	{
+	  fmt ++;
+	  switch (*fmt++) 
+	    {
+	    default:
+	      fprintf (fp,"%%%c", fmt[-1]);
+	      break;
+
+	    case '%':
+	      /* literal % */
+	      putc ('%', fp);
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'X':
+	      /* no object output, fail return */
+	      config.make_executable = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'V':
+	      /* hex bfd_vma */
+	      {
+		bfd_vma value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+		fprintf_vma (fp, value);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'v':
+	      /* hex bfd_vma, no leading zeros */
+	      {
+		char buf[100];
+		char *p = buf;
+		bfd_vma value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+		sprintf_vma (p, value);
+		while (*p == '0')
+		  p++;
+		if (!*p)
+		  p--;
+		fputs (p, fp);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'W':
+	      /* hex bfd_vma with 0x with no leading zeroes taking up
+                 8 spaces.  */
+	      {
+		char buf[100];
+		bfd_vma value;
+		char *p;
+		int len;
+
+		value = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+		sprintf_vma (buf, value);
+		for (p = buf; *p == '0'; ++p)
+		  ;
+		if (*p == '\0')
+		  --p;
+		len = strlen (p);
+		while (len < 8)
+		  {
+		    putc (' ', fp);
+		    ++len;
+		  }
+		fprintf (fp, "0x%s", p);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'T':
+	      /* Symbol name.  */
+	      {
+		const char *name = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+
+		if (name == (const char *) NULL)
+		  fprintf (fp, "no symbol");
+		else
+		  {
+		    char *demangled;
+
+		    demangled = demangle (name);
+		    fprintf (fp, "%s", demangled);
+		    free (demangled);
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'B':
+	      /* filename from a bfd */
+	      { 
+		bfd *abfd = va_arg (arg, bfd *);
+		if (abfd->my_archive)
+		  fprintf (fp, "%s(%s)", abfd->my_archive->filename,
+			   abfd->filename);
+		else
+		  fprintf (fp, "%s", abfd->filename);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'F':
+	      /* error is fatal */
+	      fatal = true;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'P':
+	      /* print program name */
+	      fprintf (fp, "%s", program_name);
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'E':
+	      /* current bfd error or errno */
+	      fprintf (fp, bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'I':
+	      /* filename from a lang_input_statement_type */
+	      {
+		lang_input_statement_type *i;
+
+		i = va_arg (arg, lang_input_statement_type *);
+		if (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd) != NULL)
+		  fprintf (fp, "(%s)",
+			   bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd)));
+		fprintf (fp, "%s", i->local_sym_name);
+		if (bfd_my_archive (i->the_bfd) == NULL
+		    && strcmp (i->local_sym_name, i->filename) != 0)
+		  fprintf (fp, " (%s)", i->filename);
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'S':
+	      /* print script file and linenumber */
+	      if (parsing_defsym)
+		fprintf (fp, "--defsym %s", lex_string);
+	      else if (ldfile_input_filename != NULL)
+		fprintf (fp, "%s:%u", ldfile_input_filename, lineno);
+	      else
+		fprintf (fp, "built in linker script:%u", lineno);
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'R':
+	      /* Print all that's interesting about a relent */
+	      {
+		arelent *relent = va_arg (arg, arelent *);
+	
+		finfo (fp, "%s+0x%v (type %s)",
+		       (*(relent->sym_ptr_ptr))->name,
+		       relent->addend,
+		       relent->howto->name);
+	      }
+	      break;
+	
+	    case 'C':
+	    case 'D':
+	    case 'G':
+	      /* Clever filename:linenumber with function name if possible,
+		 or section name as a last resort.  The arguments are a BFD,
+		 a section, and an offset.  */
+	      {
+		static bfd *last_bfd;
+		static char *last_file = NULL;
+		static char *last_function = NULL;
+		bfd *abfd;
+		asection *section;
+		bfd_vma offset;
+		lang_input_statement_type *entry;
+		asymbol **asymbols;
+		const char *filename;
+		const char *functionname;
+		unsigned int linenumber;
+		boolean discard_last;
+
+		abfd = va_arg (arg, bfd *);
+		section = va_arg (arg, asection *);
+		offset = va_arg (arg, bfd_vma);
+
+		entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) abfd->usrdata;
+		if (entry != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL
+		    && entry->asymbols != (asymbol **) NULL)
+		  asymbols = entry->asymbols;
+		else
+		  {
+		    long symsize;
+		    long symbol_count;
+
+		    symsize = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd);
+		    if (symsize < 0)
+		      einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols\n", abfd);
+		    asymbols = (asymbol **) xmalloc (symsize);
+		    symbol_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd, asymbols);
+		    if (symbol_count < 0)
+		      einfo ("%B%F: could not read symbols\n", abfd);
+		    if (entry != (lang_input_statement_type *) NULL)
+		      {
+			entry->asymbols = asymbols;
+			entry->symbol_count = symbol_count;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		discard_last = true;
+		if (bfd_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, asymbols, offset,
+					   &filename, &functionname,
+					   &linenumber))
+		  {
+		    if (functionname != NULL && fmt[-1] == 'G')
+		      {
+			finfo (fp, "%B:", abfd);
+			if (filename != NULL
+			    && strcmp (filename, bfd_get_filename (abfd)) != 0)
+			  fprintf (fp, "%s:", filename);
+			finfo (fp, "%T", functionname);
+		      }
+		    else if (functionname != NULL && fmt[-1] == 'C')
+		      {
+			if (filename == (char *) NULL)
+			  filename = abfd->filename;
+
+			if (last_bfd == NULL
+			    || last_file == NULL
+			    || last_function == NULL
+			    || last_bfd != abfd
+			    || strcmp (last_file, filename) != 0
+			    || strcmp (last_function, functionname) != 0)
+			  {
+			    /* We use abfd->filename in this initial line,
+			       in case filename is a .h file or something
+			       similarly unhelpful.  */
+			    finfo (fp, "%B: In function `%T':\n",
+				   abfd, functionname);
+
+			    last_bfd = abfd;
+			    if (last_file != NULL)
+			      free (last_file);
+			    last_file = buystring (filename);
+			    if (last_function != NULL)
+			      free (last_function);
+			    last_function = buystring (functionname);
+			  }
+			discard_last = false;
+			if (linenumber != 0)
+			  fprintf (fp, "%s:%u", filename, linenumber);
+			else
+			  finfo (fp, "%s(%s+0x%v)", filename, section->name,
+				 offset);
+		      }
+		    else if (filename == NULL
+			     || strcmp (filename, abfd->filename) == 0)
+		      {
+			finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v)", abfd, section->name, offset);
+			if (linenumber != 0)
+			  finfo (fp, ":%u", linenumber);
+		      }
+		    else if (linenumber != 0) 
+		      finfo (fp, "%B:%s:%u", abfd, filename, linenumber);
+		    else
+		      finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v):%s", abfd, section->name, offset,
+			     filename);
+		  }
+		else
+		  finfo (fp, "%B(%s+0x%v)", abfd, section->name, offset);
+
+		if (discard_last)
+		  {
+		    last_bfd = NULL;
+		    if (last_file != NULL)
+		      {
+			free (last_file);
+			last_file = NULL;
+		      }
+		    if (last_function != NULL)
+		      {
+			free (last_function);
+			last_function = NULL;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	      break;
+		
+	    case 's':
+	      /* arbitrary string, like printf */
+	      fprintf (fp, "%s", va_arg (arg, char *));
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'd':
+	      /* integer, like printf */
+	      fprintf (fp, "%d", va_arg (arg, int));
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'u':
+	      /* unsigned integer, like printf */
+	      fprintf (fp, "%u", va_arg (arg, unsigned int));
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fatal == true) 
+    xexit(1);
+}
+
+/* Format info message and print on stdout. */
+
+/* (You would think this should be called just "info", but then you
+   would hosed by LynxOS, which defines that name in its libc.)  */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+info_msg (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+info_msg (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+  const char *fmt;
+
+  va_start (arg);
+  fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+  va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+  vfinfo (stdout, fmt, arg);
+  va_end (arg);
+}
+
+/* ('e' for error.) Format info message and print on stderr. */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+einfo (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+einfo (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+  const char *fmt;
+
+  va_start (arg);
+  fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+  va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+  vfinfo (stderr, fmt, arg);
+  va_end (arg);
+}
+
+void 
+info_assert (file, line)
+     const char *file;
+     unsigned int line;
+{
+  einfo ("%F%P: internal error %s %d\n", file, line);
+}
+
+char *
+buystring (x)
+     CONST char *CONST x;
+{
+  size_t l = strlen(x)+1;
+  char *r = xmalloc(l);
+  memcpy(r, x,l);
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* ('m' for map) Format info message and print on map. */
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+minfo (const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+minfo (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+  const char *fmt;
+  va_start (arg);
+  fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+  va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+  vfinfo (config.map_file, fmt, arg);
+  va_end (arg);
+}
+
+void
+#if USE_STDARG
+finfo (FILE *file, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+finfo (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+
+#if ! USE_STDARG
+  FILE *file;
+  const char *fmt;
+
+  va_start (arg);
+  file = va_arg (arg, FILE *);
+  fmt = va_arg (arg, const char *);
+#else
+  va_start (arg, fmt);
+#endif
+
+  vfinfo (file, fmt, arg);
+  va_end (arg);
+}
+
+/* Functions to print the link map.  */
+
+void 
+print_space ()
+{
+  fprintf (config.map_file, " ");
+}
+
+void 
+print_nl ()
+{
+  fprintf (config.map_file, "\n");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0073a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldmisc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* ldmisc.h -
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LDMISC_H
+#define LDMISC_H
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+extern void einfo PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void minfo PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void info_msg PARAMS ((const char *, ...));
+extern void finfo PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, ...));
+#else
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void einfo ();
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void minfo ();
+/* VARARGS*/
+extern void info_msg ();
+/*VARARGS*/
+extern void finfo ();
+#endif
+
+extern void info_assert PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
+extern void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *));
+extern PTR xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+extern PTR xrealloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+extern void xexit PARAMS ((int));
+extern char *buystring PARAMS ((CONST char *CONST));
+
+#define ASSERT(x) \
+do { if (!(x)) info_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); } while (0)
+
+#define FAIL() \
+do { info_assert(__FILE__,__LINE__); } while (0)
+
+extern void print_space PARAMS ((void));
+extern void print_nl PARAMS ((void));
+extern char *demangle PARAMS ((const char *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8dc0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* ldver.c -- Print linker version.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+const char *ld_program_version = "2.8.1";
+
+void
+ldversion (noisy)
+     int noisy;
+{
+  fprintf (stdout, "GNU ld version %s (with BFD %s)\n",
+	   ld_program_version, BFD_VERSION);
+
+  if (noisy) 
+    {
+      ld_emulation_xfer_type **ptr = ld_emulations;
+    
+      printf ("  Supported emulations:\n");
+      while (*ptr) 
+	{
+	  printf ("   %s\n", (*ptr)->emulation_name);
+	  ptr++;
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..697b6bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* ldver.h -- Header file for ldver.c.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern const char *ld_program_version;
+
+void ldversion PARAMS ((int));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4d47a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
+/* ldwrite.c -- write out the linked file
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain sac@cygnus.com
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldwrite.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+
+static void build_link_order PARAMS ((lang_statement_union_type *));
+static asection *clone_section PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, int *));
+static void split_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+
+/* Build link_order structures for the BFD linker.  */
+
+static void
+build_link_order (statement)
+     lang_statement_union_type *statement;
+{
+  switch (statement->header.type)
+    {
+    case lang_data_statement_enum:
+      {
+	asection *output_section;
+	struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+	bfd_vma value;
+
+	output_section = statement->data_statement.output_section;
+	ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+	link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+	if (link_order == NULL)
+	  einfo ("%P%F: bfd_new_link_order failed\n");
+
+	link_order->type = bfd_data_link_order;
+	link_order->offset = statement->data_statement.output_vma;
+	link_order->u.data.contents = (bfd_byte *) xmalloc (QUAD_SIZE);
+
+	value = statement->data_statement.value;
+
+	/* If the endianness of the output BFD is not known, then we
+	   base the endianness of the data on the first input file.
+	   By convention, the bfd_put routines for an unknown
+	   endianness are big endian, so we must swap here if the
+	   input file is little endian.  */
+	if (! bfd_big_endian (output_bfd)
+	    && ! bfd_little_endian (output_bfd))
+	  {
+	    boolean swap;
+
+	    swap = false;
+	    if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+	      swap = true;
+	    else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_UNSET)
+	      {
+		LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
+		  {
+		    if (s->the_bfd != NULL)
+		      {
+			if (bfd_little_endian (s->the_bfd))
+			  swap = true;
+			break;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    if (swap)
+	      {
+		bfd_byte buffer[8];
+
+		switch (statement->data_statement.type)
+		  {
+		  case QUAD:
+		    bfd_putl64 (value, buffer);
+		    value = bfd_getb64 (buffer);
+		    break;
+		  case LONG:
+		    bfd_putl32 (value, buffer);
+		    value = bfd_getb32 (buffer);
+		    break;
+		  case SHORT:
+		    bfd_putl16 (value, buffer);
+		    value = bfd_getb16 (buffer);
+		    break;
+		  case BYTE:
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    abort ();
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+	switch (statement->data_statement.type)
+	  {
+	  case QUAD:
+	    bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+	    link_order->size = QUAD_SIZE;
+	    break;
+	  case LONG:
+	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+	    link_order->size = LONG_SIZE;
+	    break;
+	  case SHORT:
+	    bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+	    link_order->size = SHORT_SIZE;
+	    break;
+	  case BYTE:
+	    bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, value, link_order->u.data.contents);
+	    link_order->size = BYTE_SIZE;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    abort ();
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+      {
+	lang_reloc_statement_type *rs;
+	asection *output_section;
+	struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+	rs = &statement->reloc_statement;
+
+	output_section = rs->output_section;
+	ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+	link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+	if (link_order == NULL)
+	  einfo ("%P%F: bfd_new_link_order failed\n");
+
+	link_order->offset = rs->output_vma;
+	link_order->size = bfd_get_reloc_size (rs->howto);
+
+	link_order->u.reloc.p =
+	  ((struct bfd_link_order_reloc *)
+	   xmalloc (sizeof (struct bfd_link_order_reloc)));
+
+	link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc = rs->reloc;
+	link_order->u.reloc.p->addend = rs->addend_value;
+
+	if (rs->name == NULL)
+	  {
+	    link_order->type = bfd_section_reloc_link_order;
+	    if (rs->section->owner == output_bfd)
+	      link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section = rs->section;
+	    else
+	      {
+		link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section = rs->section->output_section;
+		link_order->u.reloc.p->addend += rs->section->output_offset;
+	      }
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    link_order->type = bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order;
+	    link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name = rs->name;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case lang_input_section_enum:
+      /* Create a new link_order in the output section with this
+	 attached */
+      if (statement->input_section.ifile->just_syms_flag == false)
+	{
+	  asection *i = statement->input_section.section;
+	  asection *output_section = i->output_section;
+
+	  ASSERT (output_section->owner == output_bfd);
+
+	  if ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	    {
+	      struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+	      link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+
+	      if (i->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD)
+		{
+		  /* We've got a never load section inside one which
+		     is going to be output, we'll change it into a
+		     fill link_order */
+		  link_order->type = bfd_fill_link_order;
+		  link_order->u.fill.value = 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  link_order->type = bfd_indirect_link_order;
+		  link_order->u.indirect.section = i;
+		  ASSERT (i->output_section == output_section);
+		}
+	      if (i->_cooked_size)
+		link_order->size = i->_cooked_size;
+	      else
+		link_order->size = bfd_get_section_size_before_reloc (i);
+	      link_order->offset = i->output_offset;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+      /* Make a new link_order with the right filler */
+      {
+	asection *output_section;
+	struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+
+	output_section = statement->padding_statement.output_section;
+	ASSERT (statement->padding_statement.output_section->owner
+		== output_bfd);
+	if ((output_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
+	  {
+	    link_order = bfd_new_link_order (output_bfd, output_section);
+	    link_order->type = bfd_fill_link_order;
+	    link_order->size = statement->padding_statement.size;
+	    link_order->offset = statement->padding_statement.output_offset;
+	    link_order->u.fill.value = statement->padding_statement.fill;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      /* All the other ones fall through */
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Call BFD to write out the linked file.  */
+
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+
+/* Wander around the input sections, make sure that
+   we'll never try and create an output section with more relocs
+   than will fit.. Do this by always assuming the worst case, and
+   creating new output sections with all the right bits */
+#define TESTIT 1
+static asection *
+clone_section (abfd, s, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *s;
+     int *count;
+{
+#define SSIZE 8
+  char sname[SSIZE];		/* ??  find the name for this size */
+  asection *n;
+  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+  /* Invent a section name - use first five
+     chars of base section name and a digit suffix */
+  do
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      char b[6];
+      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (b) - 1 && s->name[i]; i++)
+	b[i] = s->name[i];
+      b[i] = 0;
+      sprintf (sname, "%s%d", b, (*count)++);
+    }
+  while (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sname));
+
+  n = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, xstrdup (sname));
+
+  /* Create a symbol of the same name */
+
+  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash,
+			    sname, true, true, false);
+  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
+  h->u.def.value = 0;
+  h->u.def.section = n   ;
+
+
+  n->flags = s->flags;
+  n->vma = s->vma;
+  n->user_set_vma = s->user_set_vma;
+  n->lma = s->lma;
+  n->_cooked_size = 0;
+  n->_raw_size = 0;
+  n->output_offset = s->output_offset;
+  n->output_section = n;
+  n->orelocation = 0;
+  n->reloc_count = 0;
+  n->alignment_power = s->alignment_power;
+  return n;
+}
+
+#if TESTING
+static void 
+ds (s)
+     asection *s;
+{
+  struct bfd_link_order *l = s->link_order_head;
+  printf ("vma %x size %x\n", s->vma, s->_raw_size);
+  while (l)
+    {
+      if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	{
+	  printf ("%8x %s\n", l->offset, l->u.indirect.section->owner->filename);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  printf ("%8x something else\n", l->offset);
+	}
+      l = l->next;
+    }
+  printf ("\n");
+}
+dump (s, a1, a2)
+     char *s;
+     asection *a1;
+     asection *a2;
+{
+  printf ("%s\n", s);
+  ds (a1);
+  ds (a2);
+}
+
+static void 
+sanity_check (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_order *p;
+      bfd_vma prev = 0;
+      for (p = s->link_order_head; p; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (p->offset > 100000)
+	    abort ();
+	  if (p->offset < prev)
+	    abort ();
+	  prev = p->offset;
+	}
+    }
+}
+#else
+#define sanity_check(a)
+#define dump(a, b, c)
+#endif
+
+static void 
+split_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *original_sec;
+  int nsecs = abfd->section_count;
+  sanity_check (abfd);
+  /* look through all the original sections */
+  for (original_sec = abfd->sections;
+       original_sec && nsecs;
+       original_sec = original_sec->next, nsecs--)
+    {
+      boolean first = true;
+      int count = 0;
+      int lines = 0;
+      int relocs = 0;
+      struct bfd_link_order **pp;
+      bfd_vma vma = original_sec->vma;
+      bfd_vma shift_offset = 0;
+      asection *cursor = original_sec;
+
+      /* count up the relocations and line entries to see if
+	 anything would be too big to fit */
+      for (pp = &(cursor->link_order_head); *pp; pp = &((*pp)->next))
+	{
+	  struct bfd_link_order *p = *pp;
+	  int thislines = 0;
+	  int thisrelocs = 0;
+	  if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	    {
+	      asection *sec;
+
+	      sec = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+	      if (info->strip == strip_none
+		  || info->strip == strip_some)
+		thislines = sec->lineno_count;
+
+	      if (info->relocateable)
+		thisrelocs = sec->reloc_count;
+
+	    }
+	  else if (info->relocateable
+		   && (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order
+		       || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order))
+	    thisrelocs++;
+
+	  if (! first
+	      && (thisrelocs + relocs > config.split_by_reloc
+		  || thislines + lines > config.split_by_reloc
+		  || config.split_by_file))
+	    {
+	      /* create a new section and put this link order and the
+		 following link orders into it */
+	      struct bfd_link_order *l = p;
+	      asection *n = clone_section (abfd, cursor, &count);
+	      *pp = NULL;	/* Snip off link orders from old section */
+	      n->link_order_head = l;	/* attach to new section */
+	      pp = &n->link_order_head;
+
+	      /* change the size of the original section and
+		 update the vma of the new one */
+
+	      dump ("before snip", cursor, n);
+
+	      n->_raw_size = cursor->_raw_size - l->offset;
+	      cursor->_raw_size = l->offset;
+
+	      vma += cursor->_raw_size;
+	      n->lma = n->vma = vma;
+
+	      shift_offset = l->offset;
+
+	      /* run down the chain and change the output section to
+		 the right one, update the offsets too */
+
+	      while (l)
+		{
+		  l->offset -= shift_offset;
+		  if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		    {
+		      l->u.indirect.section->output_section = n;
+		      l->u.indirect.section->output_offset = l->offset;
+		    }
+		  l = l->next;
+		}
+	      dump ("after snip", cursor, n);
+	      cursor = n;
+	      relocs = thisrelocs;
+	      lines = thislines;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      relocs += thisrelocs;
+	      lines += thislines;
+	    }
+
+	  first = false;
+	}
+    }
+  sanity_check (abfd);
+}
+/**********************************************************************/
+void
+ldwrite ()
+{
+  /* Reset error indicator, which can typically something like invalid
+     format from openning up the .o files */
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
+  lang_for_each_statement (build_link_order);
+
+  if (config.split_by_reloc || config.split_by_file)
+    split_sections (output_bfd, &link_info);
+  if (!bfd_final_link (output_bfd, &link_info))
+    {
+      /* If there was an error recorded, print it out.  Otherwise assume
+	 an appropriate error message like unknown symbol was printed
+	 out.  */
+
+      if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_no_error)
+	einfo ("%F%P: final link failed: %E\n", output_bfd);
+      else
+	xexit(1);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68d8b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/ldwrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* ldwrite.h -
+   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+void ldwrite PARAMS ((void));
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ca3d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/lexsup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+/* Parse options for the GNU linker.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldver.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+
+/* Somewhere above, sys/stat.h got included . . . . */
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define	S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+/* Omit args to avoid the possibility of clashing with a system header
+   that might disagree about consts.  */
+unsigned long strtoul ();
+
+static void set_default_dirlist PARAMS ((char *dirlist_ptr));
+static void set_section_start PARAMS ((char *sect, char *valstr));
+static void help PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Non-zero if we are processing a --defsym from the command line.  */
+int parsing_defsym = 0;
+
+/* Codes used for the long options with no short synonyms.  150 isn't
+   special; it's just an arbitrary non-ASCII char value.  */
+
+#define OPTION_ASSERT			150
+#define OPTION_CALL_SHARED		(OPTION_ASSERT + 1)
+#define OPTION_CREF			(OPTION_CALL_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_DEFSYM			(OPTION_CREF + 1)
+#define OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER		(OPTION_DEFSYM + 1)
+#define OPTION_EB			(OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER + 1)
+#define OPTION_EL			(OPTION_EB + 1)
+#define OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS		(OPTION_EL + 1)
+#define OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC		(OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS + 1)
+#define OPTION_HELP			(OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC + 1)
+#define OPTION_IGNORE			(OPTION_HELP + 1)
+#define OPTION_MAP			(OPTION_IGNORE + 1)
+#define OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY		(OPTION_MAP + 1)
+#define OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC		(OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY + 1)
+#define OPTION_NON_SHARED		(OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC + 1)
+#define OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE		(OPTION_NON_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_OFORMAT			(OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE + 1)
+#define OPTION_RELAX			(OPTION_OFORMAT + 1)
+#define OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE	(OPTION_RELAX + 1)
+#define OPTION_RPATH			(OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_RPATH_LINK		(OPTION_RPATH + 1)
+#define OPTION_SHARED			(OPTION_RPATH_LINK + 1)
+#define OPTION_SONAME			(OPTION_SHARED + 1)
+#define OPTION_SORT_COMMON		(OPTION_SONAME + 1)
+#define OPTION_STATS			(OPTION_SORT_COMMON + 1)
+#define OPTION_SYMBOLIC			(OPTION_STATS + 1)
+#define OPTION_TBSS			(OPTION_SYMBOLIC + 1)
+#define OPTION_TDATA			(OPTION_TBSS + 1)
+#define OPTION_TTEXT			(OPTION_TDATA + 1)
+#define OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT	(OPTION_TTEXT + 1)
+#define OPTION_UR			(OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERBOSE			(OPTION_UR + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERSION			(OPTION_VERBOSE + 1)
+#define OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT		(OPTION_VERSION + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_COMMON		(OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS	(OPTION_WARN_COMMON + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP		(OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_ONCE		(OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP + 1)
+#define OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN	(OPTION_WARN_ONCE + 1)
+#define OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC		(OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN + 1)
+#define OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE 	    	(OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC + 1)
+#define OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE		(OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE + 1)
+#define OPTION_WRAP			(OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE + 1)
+#define OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX		(OPTION_WRAP + 1)
+
+/* The long options.  This structure is used for both the option
+   parsing and the help text.  */
+
+struct ld_option
+{
+  /* The long option information.  */
+  struct option opt;
+  /* The short option with the same meaning ('\0' if none).  */
+  char shortopt;
+  /* The name of the argument (NULL if none).  */
+  const char *arg;
+  /* The documentation string.  If this is NULL, this is a synonym for
+     the previous option.  */
+  const char *doc;
+  enum
+    {
+      /* Use one dash before long option name.  */
+      ONE_DASH,
+      /* Use two dashes before long option name.  */
+      TWO_DASHES,
+      /* Don't mention this option in --help output.  */
+      NO_HELP
+    } control;
+};
+
+static const struct ld_option ld_options[] =
+{
+  { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'a', "KEYWORD", "Shared library control for HP/UX compatibility",
+      ONE_DASH },
+  { {"architecture", required_argument, NULL, 'A'},
+      'A', "ARCH", "Set architecture" , TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"format", required_argument, NULL, 'b'},
+      'b', "TARGET", "Specify target for following input files", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"mri-script", required_argument, NULL, 'c'},
+      'c', "FILE", "Read MRI format linker script", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"dc", no_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+      'd', NULL, "Force common symbols to be defined", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"dp", no_argument, NULL, 'd'},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"entry", required_argument, NULL, 'e'},
+      'e', "ADDRESS", "Set start address", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"export-dynamic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC},
+      'E', NULL, "Export all dynamic symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"auxiliary", required_argument, NULL, 'f'},
+      'f', "SHLIB", "Auxiliary filter for shared object symbol table",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"filter", required_argument, NULL, 'F'},
+      'F', "SHLIB", "Filter for shared object symbol table", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'g', NULL, "Ignored", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"gpsize", required_argument, NULL, 'G'},
+      'G', "SIZE", "Small data size (if no size, same as --shared)",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"soname", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SONAME},
+      'h', "FILENAME", "Set internal name of shared library", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"library", required_argument, NULL, 'l'},
+      'l', "LIBNAME", "Search for library LIBNAME", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"library-path", required_argument, NULL, 'L'},
+      'L', "DIRECTORY", "Add DIRECTORY to library search path", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'm', "EMULATION", "Set emulation", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"print-map", no_argument, NULL, 'M'},
+      'M', NULL, "Print map file on standard output", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"nmagic", no_argument, NULL, 'n'},
+      'n', NULL, "Do not page align data", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"omagic", no_argument, NULL, 'N'},
+      'N', NULL, "Do not page align data, do not make text readonly",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"output", required_argument, NULL, 'o'},
+      'o', "FILE", "Set output file name", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'O', NULL, "Ignored", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"relocateable", no_argument, NULL, 'r'},
+      'r', NULL, "Generate relocateable output", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'i', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"just-symbols", required_argument, NULL, 'R'},
+      'R', "FILE", "Just link symbols (if directory, same as --rpath)",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"strip-all", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
+      's', NULL, "Strip all symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"strip-debug", no_argument, NULL, 'S'},
+      'S', NULL, "Strip debugging symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"trace", no_argument, NULL, 't'},
+      't', NULL, "Trace file opens", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"script", required_argument, NULL, 'T'},
+      'T', "FILE", "Read linker script", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"undefined", required_argument, NULL, 'u'},
+      'u', "SYMBOL", "Start with undefined reference to SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"version", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERSION},
+      'v', NULL, "Print version information", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, no_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'V', NULL, "Print version and emulation information", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"discard-all", no_argument, NULL, 'x'},
+      'x', NULL, "Discard all local symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"discard-locals", no_argument, NULL, 'X'},
+      'X', NULL, "Discard temporary local symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"trace-symbol", required_argument, NULL, 'y'},
+      'y', "SYMBOL", "Trace mentions of SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'Y', "PATH", "Default search path for Solaris compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+  { {NULL, required_argument, NULL, '\0'},
+      'z', "KEYWORD", "Ignored for Solaris compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"start-group", no_argument, NULL, '('},
+      '(', NULL, "Start a group", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"end-group", no_argument, NULL, ')'},
+      ')', NULL, "End a group", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"assert", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_ASSERT},
+      '\0', "KEYWORD", "Ignored for SunOS compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Bdynamic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, "Link against shared libraries", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"dy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"call_shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CALL_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Bstatic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, "Do not link against shared libraries", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"dn", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"non_shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"static", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NON_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Bsymbolic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SYMBOLIC},
+      '\0', NULL, "Bind global references locally", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"cref", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CREF},
+      '\0', NULL, "Output cross reference table", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"defsym", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_DEFSYM},
+      '\0', "SYMBOL=EXPRESSION", "Define a symbol", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"dynamic-linker", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER},
+      '\0', "PROGRAM", "Set the dynamic linker to use", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EB},
+      '\0', NULL, "Link big-endian objects", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EL},
+      '\0', NULL, "Link little-endian objects", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"embedded-relocs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS},
+      '\0', NULL, "Generate embedded relocs", TWO_DASHES},
+  { {"force-exe-suffix", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX},
+      '\0', NULL, "Force generation of file with .exe suffix", TWO_DASHES},
+  { {"help", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_HELP},
+      '\0', NULL, "Print option help", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"Map", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MAP},
+      '\0', "FILE", "Write a map file", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"no-keep-memory", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY},
+      '\0', NULL, "Use less memory and more disk I/O", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"no-whole-archive", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Turn off --whole-archive", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"noinhibit-exec", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC},
+      '\0', NULL, "Create an output file even if errors occur", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"noinhibit_exec", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+  { {"oformat", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_OFORMAT},
+      '\0', "TARGET", "Specify target of output file", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"qmagic", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_IGNORE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Ignored for Linux compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Qy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_IGNORE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Ignored for SVR4 compatibility", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX},
+      '\0', NULL, "Relax branches on certain targets", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"retain-symbols-file", required_argument, NULL,
+       OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE},
+      '\0', "FILE", "Keep only symbols listed in FILE", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"rpath", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_RPATH},
+      '\0', "PATH", "Set runtime shared library search path", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"rpath-link", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_RPATH_LINK},
+      '\0', "PATH", "Set link time shared library search path", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"shared", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SHARED},
+      '\0', NULL, "Create a shared library", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Bshareable", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SHARED }, /* FreeBSD.  */
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, ONE_DASH },
+  { {"sort-common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SORT_COMMON},
+      '\0', NULL, "Sort common symbols by size", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"sort_common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SORT_COMMON},
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+  { {"split-by-file", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Split output sections for each file", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"split-by-reloc", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC},
+      '\0', "COUNT", "Split output sections every COUNT relocs", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"stats", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_STATS},
+      '\0', NULL, "Print memory usage statistics", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"traditional-format", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT},
+      '\0', NULL, "Use same format as native linker", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"Tbss", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TBSS},
+      '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .bss section", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Tdata", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TDATA},
+      '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .data section", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Ttext", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_TTEXT},
+      '\0', "ADDRESS", "Set address of .text section", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"Ur", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_UR},
+      '\0', NULL, "Build global constructor/destructor tables", ONE_DASH },
+  { {"verbose", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERBOSE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Output lots of information during link", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"dll-verbose", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERBOSE}, /* Linux.  */
+      '\0', NULL, NULL, NO_HELP },
+  { {"version-script", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT },
+      '\0', "FILE", "Read version information script", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"warn-common", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_COMMON},
+      '\0', NULL, "Warn about duplicate common symbols", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"warn-constructors", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS},
+      '\0', NULL, "Warn if global constructors/destructors are seen",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"warn-multiple-gp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP},
+      '\0', NULL, "Warn if the multiple GP values are used", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"warn-once", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_ONCE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Warn only once per undefined symbol", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"warn-section-align", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN},
+      '\0', NULL, "Warn if start of section changes due to alignment",
+      TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"whole-archive", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE},
+      '\0', NULL, "Include all objects from following archives", TWO_DASHES },
+  { {"wrap", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_WRAP},
+      '\0', "SYMBOL", "Use wrapper functions for SYMBOL", TWO_DASHES }
+};
+
+#define OPTION_COUNT (sizeof ld_options / sizeof ld_options[0])
+
+void
+parse_args (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int i, is, il;
+  int ingroup = 0;
+  char *default_dirlist = NULL;
+  char shortopts[OPTION_COUNT * 3 + 2];
+  struct option longopts[OPTION_COUNT + 1];
+
+  /* Starting the short option string with '-' is for programs that
+     expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+     the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+     as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.  */
+  shortopts[0] = '-';
+  is = 1;
+  il = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < OPTION_COUNT; i++)
+    {
+      if (ld_options[i].shortopt != '\0')
+	{
+	  shortopts[is] = ld_options[i].shortopt;
+	  ++is;
+	  if (ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == required_argument
+	      || ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == optional_argument)
+	    {
+	      shortopts[is] = ':';
+	      ++is;
+	      if (ld_options[i].opt.has_arg == optional_argument)
+		{
+		  shortopts[is] = ':';
+		  ++is;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      if (ld_options[i].opt.name != NULL)
+	{
+	  longopts[il] = ld_options[i].opt;
+	  ++il;
+	}
+    }
+  shortopts[is] = '\0';
+  longopts[il].name = NULL;
+
+  /* The -G option is ambiguous on different platforms.  Sometimes it
+     specifies the largest data size to put into the small data
+     section.  Sometimes it is equivalent to --shared.  Unfortunately,
+     the first form takes an argument, while the second does not.
+
+     We need to permit the --shared form because on some platforms,
+     such as Solaris, gcc -shared will pass -G to the linker.
+
+     To permit either usage, we look through the argument list.  If we
+     find -G not followed by a number, we change it into --shared.
+     This will work for most normal cases.  */
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    if (strcmp (argv[i], "-G") == 0
+	&& (i + 1 >= argc
+	    || ! isdigit (argv[i + 1][0])))
+      argv[i] = (char *) "--shared";
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* getopt_long_only is like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can
+	 indicate a long option.  */
+      int longind;
+      int optc;
+
+      if (ldemul_parse_args (argc, argv))
+	continue;
+
+      optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, shortopts, longopts, &longind);
+
+      if (optc == -1)
+	break;
+      switch (optc)
+	{
+	default:
+	  xexit (1);
+	case 1:			/* File name.  */
+	  lang_add_input_file (optarg, lang_input_file_is_file_enum,
+			       (char *) NULL);
+	  break;
+
+	case OPTION_IGNORE:
+	  break;
+	case 'a':
+	  /* For HP/UX compatibility.  Actually -a shared should mean
+             ``use only shared libraries'' but, then, we don't
+             currently support shared libraries on HP/UX anyhow.  */
+	  if (strcmp (optarg, "archive") == 0)
+	    config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "shared") == 0
+		   || strcmp (optarg, "default") == 0)
+	    config.dynamic_link = true;
+	  else
+	    einfo ("%P%F: unrecognized -a option `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_ASSERT:
+	  /* FIXME: We just ignore these, but we should handle them.  */
+	  if (strcmp (optarg, "definitions") == 0)
+	    ;
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "nodefinitions") == 0)
+	    ;
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "nosymbolic") == 0)
+	    ;
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "pure-text") == 0)
+	    ;
+	  else
+	    einfo ("%P%F: unrecognized -assert option `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'A':
+	  ldfile_add_arch (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  lang_add_target (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'c':
+	  ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+	  parser_input = input_mri_script;
+	  yyparse ();
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_CALL_SHARED:
+	  config.dynamic_link = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NON_SHARED:
+	  config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_CREF:
+	  command_line.cref = true;
+	  link_info.notice_all = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  command_line.force_common_definition = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_DEFSYM:
+	  lex_string = optarg;
+	  lex_redirect (optarg);
+	  parser_input = input_defsym;
+	  parsing_defsym = 1;
+	  yyparse ();
+	  parsing_defsym = 0;
+	  lex_string = NULL;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_DYNAMIC_LINKER:
+	  command_line.interpreter = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_EB:
+	  command_line.endian = ENDIAN_BIG;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_EL:
+	  command_line.endian = ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_EMBEDDED_RELOCS:
+	  command_line.embedded_relocs = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_EXPORT_DYNAMIC:
+	case 'E': /* HP/UX compatibility.  */
+	  command_line.export_dynamic = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'e':
+	  lang_add_entry (optarg, true);
+	  break;
+	case 'f':
+	  if (command_line.auxiliary_filters == NULL)
+	    {
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters =
+		(char **) xmalloc (2 * sizeof (char *));
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters[0] = optarg;
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters[1] = NULL;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      int c;
+	      char **p;
+
+	      c = 0;
+	      for (p = command_line.auxiliary_filters; *p != NULL; p++)
+		++c;
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters =
+		(char **) xrealloc (command_line.auxiliary_filters,
+				    (c + 2) * sizeof (char *));
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters[c] = optarg;
+	      command_line.auxiliary_filters[c + 1] = NULL;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'F':
+	  command_line.filter_shlib = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_FORCE_EXE_SUFFIX:
+	  command_line.force_exe_suffix = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'G':
+	  {
+	    char *end;
+	    g_switch_value = strtoul (optarg, &end, 0);
+	    if (*end)
+	      einfo ("%P%F: invalid number `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case 'g':
+	  /* Ignore.  */
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_HELP:
+	  help ();
+	  xexit (0);
+	  break;
+	case 'L':
+	  ldfile_add_library_path (optarg, true);
+	  break;
+	case 'l':
+	  lang_add_input_file (optarg, lang_input_file_is_l_enum,
+			       (char *) NULL);
+	  break;
+	case 'M':
+	  config.map_filename = "-";
+	  break;
+	case 'm':
+	  /* Ignore.  Was handled in a pre-parse.   */
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_MAP:
+	  config.map_filename = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'N':
+	  config.text_read_only = false;
+	  config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+	  config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	  config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+	  config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NO_KEEP_MEMORY:
+	  link_info.keep_memory = false;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NOINHIBIT_EXEC:
+	  force_make_executable = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE:
+	  whole_archive = false;
+	  break;
+	case 'O':
+	  /* FIXME "-O<non-digits> <value>" used to set the address of
+	     section <non-digits>.  Was this for compatibility with
+	     something, or can we create a new option to do that
+	     (with a syntax similar to -defsym)?
+	     getopt can't handle two args to an option without kludges.  */
+	  break;
+	case 'o':
+	  lang_add_output (optarg, 0); 
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_OFORMAT:
+	  lang_add_output_format (optarg, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 0);
+	  break;
+	case 'i':
+	case 'r':
+	  link_info.relocateable = true;
+	  config.build_constructors = false;
+	  config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+	  config.text_read_only = false;
+	  config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  break;
+	case 'R':
+	  /* The GNU linker traditionally uses -R to mean to include
+	     only the symbols from a file.  The Solaris linker uses -R
+	     to set the path used by the runtime linker to find
+	     libraries.  This is the GNU linker -rpath argument.  We
+	     try to support both simultaneously by checking the file
+	     named.  If it is a directory, rather than a regular file,
+	     we assume -rpath was meant.  */
+	  {
+	    struct stat s;
+
+	    if (stat (optarg, &s) >= 0
+		&& ! S_ISDIR (s.st_mode))
+	      {
+		lang_add_input_file (optarg,
+				     lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum,
+				     (char *) NULL);
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case OPTION_RPATH:
+	  if (command_line.rpath == NULL)
+	    command_line.rpath = buystring (optarg);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      buf = xmalloc (strlen (command_line.rpath)
+			     + strlen (optarg)
+			     + 2);
+	      sprintf (buf, "%s:%s", command_line.rpath, optarg);
+	      free (command_line.rpath);
+	      command_line.rpath = buf;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_RPATH_LINK:
+	  if (command_line.rpath_link == NULL)
+	    command_line.rpath_link = buystring (optarg);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      buf = xmalloc (strlen (command_line.rpath_link)
+			     + strlen (optarg)
+			     + 2);
+	      sprintf (buf, "%s:%s", command_line.rpath_link, optarg);
+	      free (command_line.rpath_link);
+	      command_line.rpath_link = buf;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_RELAX:
+	  command_line.relax = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_RETAIN_SYMBOLS_FILE:
+	  add_keepsyms_file (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  link_info.strip = strip_debugger;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  link_info.strip = strip_all;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SHARED:
+	  link_info.shared = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'h':		/* Used on Solaris.  */
+	case OPTION_SONAME:
+	  command_line.soname = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SORT_COMMON:
+	  config.sort_common = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_STATS:
+	  config.stats = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SYMBOLIC:
+	  link_info.symbolic = true;
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  trace_files = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'T':
+	  ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+	  parser_input = input_script;
+	  yyparse ();
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_TBSS:
+	  set_section_start (".bss", optarg);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_TDATA:
+	  set_section_start (".data", optarg);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_TTEXT:
+	  set_section_start (".text", optarg);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT:
+	  link_info.traditional_format = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_UR:
+	  link_info.relocateable = true;
+	  config.build_constructors = true;
+	  config.magic_demand_paged = false;
+	  config.text_read_only = false;
+	  config.dynamic_link = false;
+	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  ldlang_add_undef (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_VERBOSE:
+	  ldversion (1);
+	  version_printed = true;
+	  trace_file_tries = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  ldversion (0);
+	  version_printed = true;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  ldversion (1);
+	  version_printed = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_VERSION:
+	  /* This output is intended to follow the GNU standards document.  */
+	  printf ("GNU ld %s\n", ld_program_version);
+	  printf ("Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
+	  printf ("\
+This program is free software; you may redistribute it under the terms of\n\
+the GNU General Public License.  This program has absolutely no warranty.\n");
+	  {
+	    ld_emulation_xfer_type **ptr = ld_emulations;
+    
+	    printf ("  Supported emulations:\n");
+	    while (*ptr) 
+	      {
+		printf ("   %s\n", (*ptr)->emulation_name);
+		ptr++;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  xexit (0);
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_VERSION_SCRIPT:
+	  /* This option indicates a small script that only specifies
+             version information.  Read it, but don't assume that
+             we've seen a linker script.  */
+	  {
+	    boolean hold_had_script;
+
+	    hold_had_script = had_script;
+	    ldfile_open_command_file (optarg);
+	    had_script = hold_had_script;
+	    parser_input = input_version_script;
+	    yyparse ();
+	  }
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WARN_COMMON:
+	  config.warn_common = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WARN_CONSTRUCTORS:
+	  config.warn_constructors = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WARN_MULTIPLE_GP:
+	  config.warn_multiple_gp = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WARN_ONCE:
+	  config.warn_once = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WARN_SECTION_ALIGN:
+	  config.warn_section_align = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WHOLE_ARCHIVE:
+	  whole_archive = true;
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_WRAP:
+	  add_wrap (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'X':
+	  link_info.discard = discard_l;
+	  break;
+	case 'x':
+	  link_info.discard = discard_all;
+	  break;
+	case 'Y':
+	  if (strncmp (optarg, "P,", 2) == 0)
+	    optarg += 2;
+	  default_dirlist = xstrdup (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'y':
+	  add_ysym (optarg);
+	  break;
+	case 'z':
+	  /* We accept and ignore this option for Solaris
+             compatibility.  Actually, on Solaris, optarg is not
+             ignored.  Someday we should handle it correctly.  FIXME.  */
+	  break;
+	case OPTION_SPLIT_BY_RELOC:
+	  config.split_by_reloc = atoi (optarg);
+	  break; 
+	case OPTION_SPLIT_BY_FILE:
+	  config.split_by_file = true;
+	  break; 
+	case '(':
+	  if (ingroup)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr,
+		       "%s: may not nest groups (--help for usage)\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      xexit (1);
+	    }
+	  lang_enter_group ();
+	  ingroup = 1;
+	  break;
+	case ')':
+	  if (! ingroup)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr,
+		       "%s: group ended before it began (--help for usage)\n",
+		       program_name);
+	      xexit (1);
+	    }
+	  lang_leave_group ();
+	  ingroup = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (ingroup)
+    lang_leave_group ();
+
+  if (default_dirlist != NULL)
+    set_default_dirlist (default_dirlist);
+
+}
+
+/* Add the (colon-separated) elements of DIRLIST_PTR to the
+   library search path.  */
+
+static void
+set_default_dirlist (dirlist_ptr)
+     char *dirlist_ptr;
+{
+  char *p;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      p = strchr (dirlist_ptr, ':');
+      if (p != NULL)
+	*p = '\0';
+      if (*dirlist_ptr != '\0')
+	ldfile_add_library_path (dirlist_ptr, true);
+      if (p == NULL)
+	break;
+      dirlist_ptr = p + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+set_section_start (sect, valstr)
+     char *sect, *valstr;
+{
+  char *end;
+  unsigned long val = strtoul (valstr, &end, 16);
+  if (*end)
+    einfo ("%P%F: invalid hex number `%s'\n", valstr);
+  lang_section_start (sect, exp_intop (val));
+}
+
+/* Print help messages for the options.  */
+
+static void
+help ()
+{
+  int i;
+  const char **targets, **pp;
+
+  printf ("Usage: %s [options] file...\n", program_name);
+
+  printf ("Options:\n");
+  for (i = 0; i < OPTION_COUNT; i++)
+    {
+      if (ld_options[i].doc != NULL)
+	{
+	  boolean comma;
+	  int len;
+	  int j;
+
+	  printf ("  ");
+
+	  comma = false;
+	  len = 2;
+
+	  j = i;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (ld_options[j].shortopt != '\0'
+		  && ld_options[j].control != NO_HELP)
+		{
+		  printf ("%s-%c", comma ? ", " : "", ld_options[j].shortopt);
+		  len += (comma ? 2 : 0) + 2;
+		  if (ld_options[j].arg != NULL)
+		    {
+		      if (ld_options[j].opt.has_arg != optional_argument)
+			{
+			  printf (" ");
+			  ++len;
+			}
+		      printf ("%s", ld_options[j].arg);
+		      len += strlen (ld_options[j].arg);
+		    }
+		  comma = true;
+		}
+	      ++j;
+	    }
+	  while (j < OPTION_COUNT && ld_options[j].doc == NULL);
+
+	  j = i;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (ld_options[j].opt.name != NULL
+		  && ld_options[j].control != NO_HELP)
+		{
+		  printf ("%s-%s%s",
+			  comma ? ", " : "",
+			  ld_options[j].control == TWO_DASHES ? "-" : "",
+			  ld_options[j].opt.name);
+		  len += ((comma ? 2 : 0)
+			  + 1
+			  + (ld_options[j].control == TWO_DASHES ? 1 : 0)
+			  + strlen (ld_options[j].opt.name));
+		  if (ld_options[j].arg != NULL)
+		    {
+		      printf (" %s", ld_options[j].arg);
+		      len += 1 + strlen (ld_options[j].arg);
+		    }
+		  comma = true;
+		}
+	      ++j;
+	    }
+	  while (j < OPTION_COUNT && ld_options[j].doc == NULL);
+
+	  if (len >= 30)
+	    {
+	      printf ("\n");
+	      len = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  for (; len < 30; len++)
+	    putchar (' ');
+
+	  printf ("%s\n", ld_options[i].doc);
+	}
+    }
+
+  printf ("%s: supported targets:", program_name);
+  targets = bfd_target_list ();
+  for (pp = targets; *pp != NULL; pp++)
+    printf (" %s", *pp);
+  free (targets);
+  printf ("\n");
+
+  printf ("%s: supported emulations: ", program_name);
+  ldemul_list_emulations (stdout);
+  printf ("\n");
+  printf ("\nReport bugs to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu\n");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07622a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* mri.c -- handle MRI style linker scripts
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* This bit does the tree decoration when MRI style link scripts are parsed */
+
+/*
+  contributed by Steve Chamberlain
+  		 sac@cygnus.com
+
+*/
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h" 
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "mri.h"
+#include "ldgram.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+struct section_name_struct {
+  struct section_name_struct *next;
+  CONST char *name;
+  CONST char *alias;
+  etree_type *vma;
+  etree_type *align;
+  etree_type *subalign;
+  int ok_to_load;
+} ;
+
+unsigned int symbol_truncate = 10000;
+struct section_name_struct *order;
+struct section_name_struct *only_load;
+struct section_name_struct *address;
+struct section_name_struct *alias;
+
+struct section_name_struct *alignment;
+struct section_name_struct *subalignment;
+
+static struct section_name_struct **lookup
+  PARAMS ((const char *name, struct section_name_struct **list));
+static void mri_add_to_list PARAMS ((struct section_name_struct **list,
+				     const char *name, etree_type *vma,
+				     const char *zalias, etree_type *align,
+				     etree_type *subalign));
+
+static struct section_name_struct **
+lookup (name, list)
+     CONST char *name;
+     struct section_name_struct **list;
+{
+
+  struct section_name_struct **ptr = list;
+  while (*ptr) 
+  {
+    if (strcmp(name, (*ptr)->name) == 0) {
+      /* If this is a match, delete it, we only keep the last instance
+	 of any name */
+      *ptr = (*ptr)->next;
+    }
+    else {
+      ptr = &((*ptr)->next);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ptr = (struct section_name_struct *)xmalloc(sizeof(struct section_name_struct));
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+static void
+mri_add_to_list (list, name, vma, zalias, align, subalign)
+     struct section_name_struct **list;
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type *vma;
+     CONST char *zalias;
+     etree_type *align;
+     etree_type *subalign;
+{
+  struct section_name_struct **ptr = lookup(name,list);
+  (*ptr)->name = name;
+  (*ptr)->vma = vma;
+  (*ptr)->next = (struct section_name_struct *)NULL;
+  (*ptr)->ok_to_load = 0;
+  (*ptr)->alias = zalias;
+  (*ptr)->align = align;
+  (*ptr)->subalign = subalign;
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_output_section (name, vma)
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type *vma;
+{
+  mri_add_to_list(&address, name, vma, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+/* if any ABSOLUTE <name> are in the script, only load those files
+marked thus */
+
+void
+mri_only_load (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  mri_add_to_list(&only_load, name, 0, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_base (exp)
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  base = exp;
+}
+
+static int done_tree = 0;
+
+void
+mri_draw_tree ()
+{
+  if (done_tree) return;
+
+  /* We don't bother with memory regions.  */
+#if 0
+  /* Create the regions */
+ {
+   lang_memory_region_type *r;
+   r = lang_memory_region_lookup("long");
+   r->current = r->origin = exp_get_vma(base, (bfd_vma)0, "origin",
+					lang_first_phase_enum);
+   r->length = (bfd_size_type) exp_get_vma(0, (bfd_vma) ~((bfd_size_type)0),
+					   "length", lang_first_phase_enum);
+ }
+#endif
+  
+  /* Now build the statements for the ldlang machine */
+
+
+  /* Attatch the addresses of any which have addresses, and add the
+     ones not mentioned */
+  if (address != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) {
+    struct section_name_struct *alist;
+    struct section_name_struct *olist;
+    if (order == (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) {
+      order = address;
+    }
+
+    for (alist = address;
+	 alist != (struct section_name_struct*)NULL;
+	 alist = alist->next) 
+    {
+      int done = 0;
+      for (olist = order;
+	   done == 0 &&
+	   olist != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL;
+	   olist = olist->next) 
+      {
+	if (strcmp(alist->name, olist->name) == 0) 
+	{
+	  olist->vma = alist->vma;
+	  done = 1;
+	}
+      }
+      if (!done) {
+	/* add this onto end of order list */
+	mri_add_to_list(&order, alist->name, alist->vma, 0,0,0);
+      }
+
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /* If we're only supposed to load a subset of them in, then prune
+     the list.  */
+
+  if (only_load != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) 
+  {
+    struct section_name_struct *ptr1;
+    struct section_name_struct *ptr2;
+    if (order == (struct section_name_struct*)NULL)
+     order = only_load;
+    
+    /* See if this name is in the list, if it is then we can load it
+     */
+    for (ptr1 = only_load; ptr1; ptr1 = ptr1->next) 
+    {
+      for (ptr2= order; ptr2; ptr2=ptr2->next) 
+      {
+	if (strcmp(ptr2->name, ptr1->name)==0) {
+	  ptr2->ok_to_load = 1;
+	}
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* No only load list, so everything is ok to load */
+    struct section_name_struct *ptr;
+    for (ptr = order; ptr; ptr=ptr->next) {
+      ptr->ok_to_load = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+
+  /* Create the order of sections to load */
+  if (order != (struct section_name_struct *)NULL) 
+  {
+    /* Been told to output the sections in a certain order */
+    struct section_name_struct *p = order;
+    while (p) 
+    {
+      struct section_name_struct *aptr;
+      etree_type *align = 0;
+      etree_type *subalign = 0;
+      /* See if an alignment has been specified */
+
+      for (aptr = alignment; aptr; aptr= aptr->next)
+      {
+	if (strcmp(aptr->name, p->name)==0) {
+	  align =  aptr->align;
+	}
+      }
+
+      for (aptr = subalignment; aptr; aptr= aptr->next)
+      {
+	if (strcmp(aptr->name, p->name)==0) {
+	  subalign =  aptr->subalign;
+	}
+      }
+
+      if (base == 0) {
+	base = p->vma ? p->vma :exp_nameop(NAME, ".");
+      }
+      lang_enter_output_section_statement (p->name, base,
+					   p->ok_to_load ? 0 : noload_section,
+					   1, align, subalign,
+					   (etree_type *) NULL);
+      base = 0;
+      lang_add_wild(p->name, (char *)NULL);
+      /* If there is an alias for this section, add it too */
+      for (aptr = alias; aptr; aptr = aptr->next) {
+
+	if (strcmp(aptr->alias, p->name)== 0) {
+	  lang_add_wild(aptr->name, (char *)NULL);
+	}
+      }
+
+      lang_leave_output_section_statement
+	(0, "*default*", (struct lang_output_section_phdr_list *) NULL);
+
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  done_tree = 1;
+
+}
+void
+mri_load (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  base = 0;
+  lang_add_input_file(name,
+		      lang_input_file_is_file_enum, (char *)NULL);
+  /*  lang_leave_output_section_statement(0,"*default*");*/
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_order (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  mri_add_to_list(&order, name, 0, 0,0,0);
+}
+
+void 
+mri_alias (want, is, isn)
+     CONST char *want;
+     CONST char *is;
+     int isn;
+{
+  if (!is) {
+    /* Some sections are digits - */
+    char buf[20];
+    sprintf(buf, "%d", isn);
+    is = xstrdup (buf);
+    if (is == NULL)
+      abort ();
+  }
+  mri_add_to_list(&alias, is, 0, want,0,0);
+
+}
+
+
+void 
+mri_name (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  lang_add_output(name, 1);
+
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_format (name)
+     CONST char *name;
+{
+  if (strcmp(name, "S") == 0)
+  {
+    lang_add_output_format("srec", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+  }
+  else if (strcmp(name, "IEEE") == 0)
+  {
+    lang_add_output_format("ieee", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+  }
+  else if (strcmp(name, "COFF") == 0)
+  {
+    lang_add_output_format("coff-m68k", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, 1);
+  }
+  else {
+    einfo("%P%F: unknown format type %s\n", name);
+  }
+}
+
+
+void
+mri_public (name, exp)
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  lang_add_assignment(exp_assop('=', name, exp));
+}
+
+void 
+mri_align (name, exp)
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  mri_add_to_list(&alignment, name,0,0,exp,0);
+}
+
+void 
+mri_alignmod (name, exp)
+     CONST char *name;
+     etree_type *exp;
+{
+  mri_add_to_list(&subalignment, name,0,0,0,exp);
+}
+
+
+void 
+mri_truncate (exp)
+     unsigned int exp;
+{
+  symbol_truncate = exp;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3f0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/mri.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* mri.h -- header file for MRI scripting functions
+   Copyright 1993, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef MRI_H
+#define MRI_H
+
+extern unsigned int symbol_truncate;
+
+extern void mri_output_section PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *vma));
+extern void mri_only_load PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_base PARAMS ((etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_load PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_order PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_alias PARAMS ((const char *want, const char *is, int isn));
+extern void mri_name PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_format PARAMS ((const char *name));
+extern void mri_public PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_align PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_alignmod PARAMS ((const char *name, etree_type *exp));
+extern void mri_truncate PARAMS ((unsigned int exp));
+extern void mri_draw_tree PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26ad2e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/README
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+The files in this directory are linker script templates.
+genscripts.sh sets some shell variables, then sources
+EMULATION.sc, to generate EMULATION.{x,xr,xu,xn,xbn} -- the script
+files for default, -r, -Ur, -n, -N.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44a10c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/alpha.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Linker script for Alpha systems.
+# Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+# These variables may be overridden by the emulation file.  The
+# defaults are appropriate for an Alpha running OSF/1.
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=__start
+test -z "$TEXT_START_ADDR" && TEXT_START_ADDR="0x120000000 + SIZEOF_HEADERS"
+if test "x$LD_FLAG" = "xn" -o "x$LD_FLAG" = "xN"; then
+  DATA_ADDR=.
+else
+  test -z "$DATA_ADDR" && DATA_ADDR=0x140000000
+fi
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR};}
+  .text : {
+    ${RELOCATING+ _ftext = . };
+    ${RELOCATING+ __istart = . };
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.init) }
+    ${RELOCATING+ LONG (0x6bfa8001)}
+    ${RELOCATING+ eprol  =  .};
+    *(.text)
+    ${RELOCATING+ __fstart = . };
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+    ${RELOCATING+ LONG (0x6bfa8001)}
+    ${RELOCATING+ _etext  =  .};
+  }
+  .rdata : {
+    *(.rdata)
+  }
+  .rconst : {
+    *(.rconst)
+  }
+  .pdata : {
+    ${RELOCATING+ _fpdata = .;}
+    *(.pdata)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR};}
+  .data : {
+    ${RELOCATING+ _fdata = .;}
+    *(.data)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+  }
+  .xdata : {
+    *(.xdata)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+ _gp = ALIGN (16) + 0x8000;}
+  .lit8 : {
+    *(.lit8)
+  }
+  .lita : {
+    *(.lita)
+  }
+  .sdata : {
+    *(.sdata)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+ _EDATA  =  .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+ _FBSS = .;}
+  .sbss : {
+    *(.sbss)
+    *(.scommon)
+  }
+  .bss : {
+    *(.bss)
+    *(COMMON)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+ _end = .;}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66cc42d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/aout.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+	      "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${STACKZERO+${RELOCATING+${STACKZERO}}}
+${SHLIB_PATH+${RELOCATING+${SHLIB_PATH}}}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (__stack = 0);}
+SECTIONS
+{
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR};}
+  .text :
+  {
+    CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS
+    *(.text)
+    /* The next six sections are for SunOS dynamic linking.  The order
+       is important.  */
+    *(.dynrel)
+    *(.hash)
+    *(.dynsym)
+    *(.dynstr)
+    *(.rules)
+    *(.need)
+    ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+    ${RELOCATING+__etext = .;}
+    ${PAD_TEXT+${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ALIGNMENT};}}
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ALIGNMENT};}
+  .data :
+  {
+    /* The first three sections are for SunOS dynamic linking.  */
+    *(.dynamic)
+    *(.got)
+    *(.plt)
+    *(.data)
+    *(.linux-dynamic) /* For Linux dynamic linking.  */
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+    ${RELOCATING+_edata  =  .;}
+    ${RELOCATING+__edata  =  .;}
+  }
+  .bss :
+  {
+   ${RELOCATING+ __bss_start = .};
+   *(.bss)
+   *(COMMON)
+   ${RELOCATING+_end = ALIGN(4) };
+   ${RELOCATING+__end = ALIGN(4) };
+  }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27f2e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/elf.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+#
+# Unusual variables checked by this code:
+#	NOP - two byte opcode for no-op (defaults to 0)
+#	DATA_ADDR - if end-of-text-plus-one-page isn't right for data start
+#	OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS - other than .text .init .rodata ...
+#		(e.g., .PARISC.milli)
+#	OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS - other than .data .bss .ctors .sdata ...
+#		(e.g., .PARISC.global)
+#	OTHER_SECTIONS - at the end
+#	EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS - symbols that must be defined for an
+#		executable (e.g., _DYNAMIC_LINK)
+#	TEXT_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.text section.
+#	DATA_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.data section.
+#	OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.bss section besides __bss_start.
+#	DATA_PLT - .plt should be in data segment, not text segment.
+#	EMBEDDED - whether this is for an embedded system. 
+#
+# When adding sections, do note that the names of some sections are used
+# when specifying the start address of the next.
+#
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=_start
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+if [ -z "$MACHINE" ]; then OUTPUT_ARCH=${ARCH}; else OUTPUT_ARCH=${ARCH}:${MACHINE}; fi
+test "$LD_FLAG" = "N" && DATA_ADDR=.
+INTERP=".interp   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.interp) 	}"
+PLT=".plt    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.plt)	}"
+
+# if this is for an embedded system, don't add SIZEOF_HEADERS.
+if [ -z "$EMBEDDED" ]; then
+   test -z "${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS}" && TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS="${TEXT_START_ADDR} + SIZEOF_HEADERS"
+else
+   test -z "${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS}" && TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS="${TEXT_START_ADDR}"
+fi
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+	      "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${OUTPUT_ARCH})
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${RELOCATING+/* Do we need any of these for elf?
+   __DYNAMIC = 0; ${STACKZERO+${STACKZERO}} ${SHLIB_PATH+${SHLIB_PATH}}  */}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING- /* For some reason, the Solaris linker makes bad executables
+  if gld -r is used and the intermediate file has sections starting
+  at non-zero addresses.  Could be a Solaris ld bug, could be a GNU ld
+  bug.  But for now assigning the zero vmas works.  */}
+SECTIONS
+{
+  /* Read-only sections, merged into text segment: */
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB-${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_BASE_ADDRESS};}}
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB+${RELOCATING+. = SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB-${INTERP}}
+  .hash        ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.hash)		}
+  .dynsym      ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynsym)		}
+  .dynstr      ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynstr)		}
+  .gnu.version ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version)	}
+  .gnu.version_d ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version_d)	}
+  .gnu.version_r ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.gnu.version_r)	}
+  .rel.text    ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rel.text) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.t*) }
+  .rela.text   ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rela.text) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.t*) }
+  .rel.data    ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rel.data) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.d*) }
+  .rela.data   ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rela.data) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.d*) }
+  .rel.rodata  ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rel.rodata) *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+  .rela.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} :
+    { *(.rela.rodata) *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+  .rel.got     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.got)		}
+  .rela.got    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.got)		}
+  .rel.ctors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.ctors)	}
+  .rela.ctors  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.ctors)	}
+  .rel.dtors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.dtors)	}
+  .rela.dtors  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.dtors)	}
+  .rel.init    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.init)	}
+  .rela.init   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.init)	}
+  .rel.fini    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.fini)	}
+  .rela.fini   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.fini)	}
+  .rel.bss     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.bss)		}
+  .rela.bss    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.bss)		}
+  .rel.plt     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.plt)		}
+  .rela.plt    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.plt)		}
+  .init        ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.init)	} =${NOP-0}
+  ${DATA_PLT-${PLT}}
+  .text    ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+${TEXT_START_SYMBOLS}}
+    *(.text)
+    /* .gnu.warning sections are handled specially by elf32.em.  */
+    *(.gnu.warning)
+    *(.gnu.linkonce.t*)
+  } =${NOP-0}
+  ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (etext = .);}
+  .fini    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.fini)    } =${NOP-0}
+  .rodata  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata) *(.gnu.linkonce.r*) }
+  .rodata1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata1) }
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS}}
+
+  /* Adjust the address for the data segment.  We want to adjust up to
+     the same address within the page on the next page up.  */
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR-ALIGN(${MAXPAGESIZE}) + (. & (${MAXPAGESIZE} - 1))};}
+
+  .data  ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+${DATA_START_SYMBOLS}}
+    *(.data)
+    *(.gnu.linkonce.d*)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+  }
+  .data1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.data1) }
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS}}
+  .ctors       ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+${CTOR_START}}
+    *(.ctors)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+${CTOR_END}}
+  }
+  .dtors       ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+${DTOR_START}}
+    *(.dtors)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+${DTOR_END}}
+  }
+  ${DATA_PLT+${PLT}}
+  .got         ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.got.plt) *(.got) }
+  .dynamic     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynamic) }
+  /* We want the small data sections together, so single-instruction offsets
+     can access them all, and initialized data all before uninitialized, so
+     we can shorten the on-disk segment size.  */
+  .sdata   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sdata) }
+  ${RELOCATING+_edata  =  .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (edata = .);}
+  ${RELOCATING+__bss_start = .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS}}
+  .sbss    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sbss) *(.scommon) }
+  .bss     ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+   *(.dynbss)
+   *(.bss)
+   *(COMMON)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+_end = . ;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (end = .);}
+
+  /* Stabs debugging sections.  */
+  .stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
+  .stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
+  .stab.excl 0 : { *(.stab.excl) }
+  .stab.exclstr 0 : { *(.stab.exclstr) }
+  .stab.index 0 : { *(.stab.index) }
+  .stab.indexstr 0 : { *(.stab.indexstr) }
+
+  .comment 0 : { *(.comment) }
+
+  /* DWARF debug sections.
+     Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to the beginning
+     of the section so we begin them at 0.  */
+
+  /* DWARF 1 */
+  .debug          0 : { *(.debug) }
+  .line           0 : { *(.line) }
+
+  /* GNU DWARF 1 extensions */
+  .debug_srcinfo  0 : { *(.debug_srcinfo) }
+  .debug_sfnames  0 : { *(.debug_sfnames) }
+
+  /* DWARF 1.1 and DWARF 2 */
+  .debug_aranges  0 : { *(.debug_aranges) }
+  .debug_pubnames 0 : { *(.debug_pubnames) }
+
+  /* DWARF 2 */
+  .debug_info     0 : { *(.debug_info) }
+  .debug_abbrev   0 : { *(.debug_abbrev) }
+  .debug_line     0 : { *(.debug_line) }
+  .debug_frame    0 : { *(.debug_frame) }
+  .debug_str      0 : { *(.debug_str) }
+  .debug_loc      0 : { *(.debug_loc) }
+  .debug_macinfo  0 : { *(.debug_macinfo) }
+
+  /* SGI/MIPS DWARF 2 extensions */
+  .debug_weaknames 0 : { *(.debug_weaknames) }
+  .debug_funcnames 0 : { *(.debug_funcnames) }
+  .debug_typenames 0 : { *(.debug_typenames) }
+  .debug_varnames  0 : { *(.debug_varnames) }
+
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_RELOCATING_SECTIONS}}
+
+  /* These must appear regardless of ${RELOCATING}.  */
+  ${OTHER_SECTIONS}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb1b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/i386coff.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# Linker script for 386 COFF.  This works on SVR3.2 and SCO Unix 3.2.2.
+# Ian Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>.
+test -z "$ENTRY" && ENTRY=_start
+# These are substituted in as variables in order to get '}' in a shell
+# conditional expansion.
+INIT='.init : { *(.init) }'
+FINI='.fini : { *(.fini) }'
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(${ENTRY})
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+  .text ${RELOCATING+ SIZEOF_HEADERS} : {
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.init)}
+    *(.text)
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+    ${RELOCATING+ etext  =  .};
+  }
+  .data ${RELOCATING+ 0x400000 + (. & 0xffc00fff)} : {
+    *(.data)
+    ${RELOCATING+ edata  =  .};
+  }
+  .bss ${RELOCATING+ SIZEOF(.data) + ADDR(.data)} :
+  { 					
+    *(.bss)
+    *(COMMON)
+    ${RELOCATING+ end = .};
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING- ${INIT}}
+  ${RELOCATING- ${FINI}}
+  .stab  0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} : 
+  {
+    [ .stab ]
+  }
+  .stabstr  0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+  {
+    [ .stabstr ]
+  }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..725522c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/nw.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#
+# Unusual variables checked by this code:
+#	NOP - two byte opcode for no-op (defaults to 0)
+#	DATA_ADDR - if end-of-text-plus-one-page isn't right for data start
+#	OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS - other than .text .init .ctors .rodata ...
+#		(e.g., .PARISC.milli)
+#	OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS - other than .data .bss .sdata ...
+#		(e.g., .PARISC.global)
+#	OTHER_SECTIONS - at the end
+#	EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS - symbols that must be defined for an
+#		executable (e.g., _DYNAMIC_LINK)
+#	TEXT_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.text section.
+#	DATA_START_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.data section.
+#	OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS - symbols that appear at the start of the
+#		.bss section besides __bss_start.
+#	DATA_PLT - .plt should be in data segment, not text segment.
+#
+# When adding sections, do note that the names of some sections are used
+# when specifying the start address of the next.
+#
+test -z "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test -z "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}" && LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT=${OUTPUT_FORMAT}
+test "$LD_FLAG" = "N" && DATA_ADDR=.
+INTERP=".interp   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.interp) 	}"
+PLT=".plt    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.plt)	}"
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}", "${BIG_OUTPUT_FORMAT}",
+	      "${LITTLE_OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+${RELOCATING+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}}
+${RELOCATING+/* Do we need any of these for elf?
+   __DYNAMIC = 0; ${STACKZERO+${STACKZERO}} ${SHLIB_PATH+${SHLIB_PATH}}  */}
+${RELOCATING+${EXECUTABLE_SYMBOLS}}
+${RELOCATING- /* For some reason, the Solaris linker makes bad executables
+  if gld -r is used and the intermediate file has sections starting
+  at non-zero addresses.  Could be a Solaris ld bug, could be a GNU ld
+  bug.  But for now assigning the zero vmas works.  */}
+SECTIONS
+{
+  /* Read-only sections, merged into text segment: */
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB-${RELOCATING+. = ${TEXT_START_ADDR} + SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB+${RELOCATING+. = SIZEOF_HEADERS;}}
+  ${CREATE_SHLIB-${INTERP}}
+  .hash        ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.hash)		}
+  .dynsym      ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynsym)		}
+  .dynstr      ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynstr)		}
+  .rel.text    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.text)		}
+  .rela.text   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.text) 	}
+  .rel.data    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.data)		}
+  .rela.data   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.data) 	}
+  .rel.rodata  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.rodata) 	}
+  .rela.rodata ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.rodata) 	}
+  .rel.got     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.got)		}
+  .rela.got    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.got)		}
+  .rel.ctors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.ctors)	}
+  .rela.ctors  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.ctors)	}
+  .rel.dtors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.dtors)	}
+  .rela.dtors  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.dtors)	}
+  .rel.bss     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.bss)		}
+  .rela.bss    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.bss)		}
+  .rel.plt     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rel.plt)		}
+  .rela.plt    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rela.plt)		}
+  .init        ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.init)	} =${NOP-0}
+  ${DATA_PLT-${PLT}}
+  .text    ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+${TEXT_START_SYMBOLS}}
+    *(.text)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	__CTOR_LIST__ = .;}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	LONG((__CTOR_END__ - __CTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	*(.ctors)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	LONG(0)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	__CTOR_END__ = .;}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	__DTOR_LIST__ = .;}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	LONG((__DTOR_END__ - __DTOR_LIST__) / 4 - 2)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	*(.dtors)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	LONG(0)}
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+	__DTOR_END__ = .;}
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+_etext = .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (etext = .);}
+  .fini    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.fini)    } =${NOP-0}
+  .ctors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.ctors)   }
+  .dtors   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dtors)   }
+  .rodata  ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata)  }
+  .rodata1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.rodata1) }
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READONLY_SECTIONS}}
+
+  /* Read-write section, merged into data segment: */
+  ${RELOCATING+. = ${DATA_ADDR- ALIGN(8) + ${MAXPAGESIZE}};}
+  .data  ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+${DATA_START_SYMBOLS}}
+    *(.data)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+CONSTRUCTORS}
+  }
+  .data1 ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.data1) }
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_READWRITE_SECTIONS}}
+  .got         ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.got.plt) *(.got) }
+  .dynamic     ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.dynamic) }
+  ${DATA_PLT+${PLT}}
+  /* We want the small data sections together, so single-instruction offsets
+     can access them all, and initialized data all before uninitialized, so
+     we can shorten the on-disk segment size.  */
+  .sdata   ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sdata) }
+  ${RELOCATING+_edata  =  .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (edata = .);}
+  ${RELOCATING+__bss_start = .;}
+  ${RELOCATING+${OTHER_BSS_SYMBOLS}}
+  .sbss    ${RELOCATING-0} : { *(.sbss) *(.scommon) }
+  .bss     ${RELOCATING-0} :
+  {
+   *(.dynbss)
+   *(.bss)
+   *(COMMON)
+  }
+  ${RELOCATING+_end = . ;}
+  ${RELOCATING+PROVIDE (end = .);}
+
+  /* These are needed for ELF backends which have not yet been
+     converted to the new style linker.  */
+  .stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
+  .stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
+
+  /* These must appear regardless of ${RELOCATING}.  */
+  ${OTHER_SECTIONS}
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2adc3db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# Linker script for PE.
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT(${OUTPUT_FORMAT})
+${LIB_SEARCH_DIRS}
+
+ENTRY(_mainCRTStartup)
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+  .text ${RELOCATING+ __image_base__ + __section_alignment__ } : 
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.init)}
+    *(.text)
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+ ___CTOR_LIST__ = .; __CTOR_LIST__ = . ; 
+			LONG (-1); *(.ctors); *(.ctor); LONG (0); }
+    ${CONSTRUCTING+ ___DTOR_LIST__ = .; __DTOR_LIST__ = . ; 
+			LONG (-1); *(.dtors); *(.dtor);  LONG (0); }
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.fini)}
+    /* ??? Why is .gcc_exc here?  */
+    ${RELOCATING+ *(.gcc_exc)}
+    ${RELOCATING+ etext = .;}
+    /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+	in the linker script.  */
+    *(.text\$)
+    *(.gcc_except_table)
+  }
+
+  .bss BLOCK(__section_alignment__)  :
+  {
+    __bss_start__ = . ;
+    *(.bss)
+    *(COMMON)
+    __bss_end__ = . ;
+  }
+  .data BLOCK(__section_alignment__) : 
+  {
+    __data_start__ = . ; 
+    *(.data)
+    *(.data2)
+    __data_end__ = . ; 
+    /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+	in the linker script.  */
+    *(.data\$)
+  }
+
+  .rdata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  {
+    *(.rdata)
+    /* Grouped section support currently must be explicitly provided for
+	in the linker script.  */
+    *(.rdata\$)
+  }
+
+  .edata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  {
+    *(.edata)
+  }
+
+  /DISCARD/ BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  {
+    *(.debug\$S)
+    *(.debug\$T)
+    *(.debug\$F)
+    *(.drectve)
+  }
+
+  .idata BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  {
+    /* This cannot currently be handled with grouped sections.
+	See pe.em:sort_sections.  */
+    *(.idata\$2)
+    *(.idata\$3)
+    *(.idata\$4)
+    *(.idata\$5)
+    *(.idata\$6)
+    *(.idata\$7)
+  }
+  .CRT BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  { 					
+    /* Grouped sections are used to handle .CRT\$foo.  */
+    *(.CRT\$)
+  }
+  .rsrc BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  { 					
+    /* Grouped sections are used to handle .rsrc\$0[12].  */
+    *(.rsrc\$)
+  }
+
+  .endjunk BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  {
+    /* end is deprecated, don't use it */
+    ${RELOCATING+ end = .;}
+    ${RELOCATING+ __end__ = .;}
+  }
+
+  .stab BLOCK(__section_alignment__)  ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} : 
+  {
+    [ .stab ]
+  }
+
+  .stabstr BLOCK(__section_alignment__) ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+  {
+    [ .stabstr ]
+  }
+
+  .reloc BLOCK(__section_alignment__) :
+  { 					
+    *(.reloc)
+  }
+}
+EOF
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036dd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/sh.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+TORS=".tors :
+  {
+    ___ctors = . ;
+    *(.ctors)
+    ___ctors_end = . ;
+    ___dtors = . ;
+    *(.dtors)
+    ___dtors_end = . ;
+  } > ram"
+
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(${ARCH})
+
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram : o = 0x1000, l = 512k
+}
+
+SECTIONS
+{
+  .text :
+  {
+    *(.text)
+    *(.strings)
+    ${RELOCATING+ _etext = . ; }
+  } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+  ${CONSTRUCTING+${TORS}}
+  .data :
+  {
+    *(.data)
+    ${RELOCATING+ _edata = . ; }
+  } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+  .bss :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+ _bss_start = . ; }
+    *(.bss)
+    *(COMMON)
+    ${RELOCATING+ _end = . ;  }
+  } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+  .stack ${RELOCATING+ 0x30000 }  :
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+ _stack = . ; }
+    *(.stack)
+  } ${RELOCATING+ > ram}
+  .stab 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+  {
+    *(.stab)
+  }
+  .stabstr 0 ${RELOCATING+(NOLOAD)} :
+  {
+    *(.stabstr)
+  }
+}
+EOF
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1798480
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/vanilla.sc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# Nothing to do.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b87930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/scripttempl/z8000.sc
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+cat <<EOF
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("${OUTPUT_FORMAT}")
+OUTPUT_ARCH("${OUTPUT_ARCH}")
+ENTRY(_start)
+
+SECTIONS 				
+{ 					
+.text ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x0000000}} : { 					
+	  *(.text) 				
+	  *(.strings)
+	  *(.rdata)
+	}
+
+.ctors ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x2000000}}  : 
+	{
+	  ${RELOCATING+ ___ctors = . ;  }
+	  *(.ctors);
+	  ${RELOCATING+ ___ctors_end = . ; }
+	  ___dtors = . ;
+	  *(.dtors);
+	  ${RELOCATING+ ___dtors_end = . ; }
+	} 
+
+.data ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x3000000}} : {
+	*(.data)
+	}
+
+.bss ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x4000000}} : 
+  {
+    ${RELOCATING+ __start_bss = . ; }
+    *(.bss);
+    *(COMMON);
+    ${RELOCATING+ __end_bss = . ; }
+  }
+
+.heap ${BIG+ ${RELOCATING+ 0x5000000}} : {
+	${RELOCATING+ __start_heap = . ; }
+	${RELOCATING+ . = . + 20k  ; }
+	${RELOCATING+ __end_heap = . ; }
+	} 
+
+.stack ${RELOCATING+ 0xf000 }  : 
+	{
+	${RELOCATING+ _stack = . ; }
+	*(.stack)
+	${RELOCATING+ __stack_top = . ; }
+	} 
+
+}
+EOF
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h b/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a018436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/ld/sysdep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* sysdep.h -- handle host dependencies for the GNU linker
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GLD, the Gnu Linker.
+
+   GLD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GLD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GLD; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef LD_SYSDEP_H
+#define LD_SYSDEP_H
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#else
+extern char *strchr ();
+extern char *strrchr ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_BINARY_FOPEN
+#include "fopen-bin.h"
+#else
+#include "fopen-same.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_STRSTR
+extern char *strstr ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_FREE
+extern void free ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! defined (LD_SYSDEP_H) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4aaa91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,2152 @@
+Thu Apr 24 19:33:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (clean): Remove tmpmulti.out.
+
+Mon Apr 14 12:11:16 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Use ${config_shell} with ${moveifchange}.  From
+	Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:26:39 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Add objalloc.
+
+Mon Mar 31 23:57:51 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_it): Add prototype declaration.
+	(usage, fatal): Likewise.
+
+	* xexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Add prototype.
+
+	* strerror.c (init_error_tables): Declare.
+
+Fri Mar 28 11:43:20 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* functions.def: Add DEF of vasprintf, and DEFFUNC of strsignal.
+	* strsignal.c: Only define strsignal if NEED_strsignal.
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Remove vasprintf.o.
+	* configure.in: Add NEED_strsignal to xconfig.h.  Add vasprintf.o
+	to xneeded-list.
+	* config/mh-cygwin32 (HDEFINES): Add -DNEED_strsignal.
+	(EXTRA_OFILES): Define to vasprintf.o.
+	* config/mh-windows (HDEFINES): Add -DNEED_strsignal.
+	(EXTRA_OFILES): Add vasprintf.o.
+	* config/mt-vxworks5 (vxconfig.h): Define NEED_strsignal.
+	(vxneeded-list): Add vasprintf.o.
+
+Thu Mar 20 17:02:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objalloc.c: Include <stdio.h>.
+
+Mon Mar 17 19:23:11 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* objalloc.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add objalloc.c
+	(REQUIRED_OFILES): Add objalloc.o.
+	(objalloc.o): New target.
+
+Sat Mar 15 18:49:41 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update to current FSF version.
+
+Fri Mar 14 14:18:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Add prototypes for all static functions. 
+	(mystrstr): Make static.  Make arguments and result const.
+	(cplus_match): Remove; not used.
+
+Tue Mar 11 14:20:31 1997  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special): Call demangled_fund_type for other
+	__t* symbols.
+
+Tue Mar 11 15:41:21 1997  H.J. Lu  <hjl@lucon.org>
+
+	* spaces.c: Declare malloc and free properly.
+	* strsignal.c (init_signal_tables): Add prototype.
+	* xatexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Add parameter declarations.
+
+Wed Feb 19 15:43:24 1997  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, xexit.o is
+	also required because of xmalloc.o.
+
+Fri Feb 14 13:43:38 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strsignal.c: Unconditionally redefine sys_siglist around the
+	inclusion of the system header files.
+
+Thu Feb 13 22:01:04 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Remove 8 bit characters.  Update to latest
+	gcc release.
+
+Tue Feb  4 11:52:19 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strsignal.c: Use NEED_sys_siglist instead of
+	LOSING_SYS_SIGLIST.
+	* config.table: Don't use mh-lynxos.
+	* config/mh-lynxos: Remove.
+
+Thu Jan 16 14:51:03 1997  Bob Manson  <manson@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Fix indenting; make identical to the copy
+	in GCC.
+	(do_type, case 'M'): Check for a template as well as a class.
+
+Thu Dec 19 13:51:33 1996  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mt-vxworks5 (vxneeded-list): Remove sigsetmask.o, since
+	vxworks 5.[0-3] all have sigsetmask in them; the one provided by
+	libiberty is incorrect, as well.
+
+Mon Dec  2 15:03:42 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca.c (alloca): When compiled with an ANSI/ISO compiler,
+	alloca takes a size_t argument, not just unsigned.
+
+Mon Nov 18 15:42:08 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Note that this file also lives in GCC.
+
+Mon Nov 18 15:19:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca.c: Remove include of libiberty.h for hpux.
+	* argv.c:  Replace defs from libiberty.h.
+	* spaces.c: Put back externs from removed from libiberty.h.
+	* vasprintf.c: Remove include of libiberty.h for hpux.
+
+Mon Nov 18 14:08:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Checking in again; last checkin filed due to sticky tag.
+
+Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Revert last two commits due to conflicts with 
+	hpux system headers.        
+
+Wed Nov 13 08:22:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca.c, argv.c, spaces.c, strcasecmp.c, vasprintf.c, vprintf.c:
+	Revert last commit due to conflicts with hpux system headers.        
+
+Wed Nov 13 10:36:50 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (x{m,re}alloc): Make declarations compatibile with
+	libiberty.h when compiled with a standard compiler.
+
+Tue Nov 12 16:31:00 1996  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@critters.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of xmalloc.  
+	Don't redefine NULL.
+	* argv.c: Move prototypes to libiberty.h.
+	* cplus-dem.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of xmalloc.  
+	Don't redefine NULL.
+	Use casts to eliminate compiler warnings.
+	* spaces.c: Remove prototypes for malloc and free which are 
+	already in libibrty.h.
+	* strcasecmp.c: Use casts to eliminate compiler warnings.
+	* vasprintf.c: Include libiberty.h for definition of malloc.  
+	Don't redefine NULL.
+	* vprintf.c: Include stdarg.h if __STDC__.
+
+Fri Oct 11 15:42:12 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-windows:  Add strcasecmp.o to EXTRA_OFILES.
+
+Fri Oct 11 11:16:31 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpwify_filename): Rewrite to simplify, and to handle
+	upward components correctly.
+
+Tue Oct  8 08:55:34 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table, config/mh-windows:  Add support for building under
+	MSVC (the Microsoft build environment).
+
+Mon Oct  7 10:50:27 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: Undef const if not __STDC__.
+
+Thu Oct  3 13:46:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add fnmatch.c.
+	(REQUIRED_OFILES): Add fnmatch.o.
+	(fnmatch.o): New target.
+
+Wed Sep 18 14:49:13 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix handling of address args.
+	(gnu_special): Handle type_info stuff.
+
+Fri Sep 13 17:52:55 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (DebugPI): Make settable from the env var DEBUG_PATHNAMES.
+	(mpwify_filename): Handle "::/" case.
+
+Thu Sep 12 13:30:40 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mh-cygwin32: new file (need -DNEED_basename and
+		-DNEED_sys_siglist for native NT rebuilding)
+	* config.table (*-*-cygwin32): new entry
+	* choose-temp.c: bring in sync with gcc (revert Aug 17 change)
+
+Thu Aug 29 16:48:45 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table (i[345]86-*-*): Recognize i686 for pentium pro.
+
+Tue Aug 27 13:47:58 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* pexecute.c (pexecute) [MPW]: Remove old bogus code that
+	messed with arguments that included a '/', add escape chars
+	to double quotes, remove const decl from arg that Mac
+	compilers don't seem to like.
+
+Sat Aug 17 04:44:27 1996  Geoffrey Noer  <noer@cygnus.com>
+
+	* pexecute.c: Update test for win32 (&& ! cygwin32).
+	* choose-temp.c: fix WIN32 preprocessor defines
+
+Thu Aug 15 12:26:48 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add @DASH_C_FLAG@ and @SEGMENT_FLAG({Default})@
+	to editing of default makefile rule.
+
+Sun Aug 11 21:03:27 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* alloca-norm.h:  Include <malloc.h> if _WIN32.
+	* argv.c:  Include non-prototyped decls for malloc and string
+	functions if ! _WIN32 or if __GNUC__.
+
+Thu Aug  8 12:42:40 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* config.h-vms: New file.
+	* makefile.vms: Use it.
+
+Wed Aug  7 17:16:12 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal):  If argc is 0, just return (before
+	we reference *argv and segfault).
+
+Mon Aug  5 01:29:08 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Add multilib.out.
+
+Thu Jul 18 17:40:55 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca-norm.h: Change #ifdef sparc to #if defined (sparc) &&
+	defined (sun).  From Andrew Gierth <ANDREWG@microlise.co.uk>.
+
+Mon Jul  1 13:40:44 1996  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Tue May 28 15:29:03 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* vmsbuild.com (REQUIRD_OFILES): Add choose-temp.o and xstrdup.o.
+
+	Thu Jan 25 18:20:04 1996  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+
+	* vmsbuild.com: Changes to handle DEFFUNC(on_exit).
+	(do_ofiles): Allow nonexistent source file in pass 3.
+	(chk_deffunc): New routine.
+
+Tue Jun 25 19:24:43 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* pexecute.c (PEXECUTE_VERBOSE): Define.
+	(MPW pexecute): Check flags & PEXECUTE_VERBOSE instead of verbose_flag.
+
+Tue Jun 25 23:11:48 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (docdir): Removed.
+
+Tue Jun 25 23:01:07 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (oldincludedir): Removed.
+
+Tue Jun 25 22:50:07 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+        * Makefile.in (datadir): Set to $(prefix)/share.
+
+Thu Jun 20 21:17:52 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_arm_pt): Reindent.  Avoid endless loop by
+	checking for errors from do_type.
+
+Tue Jun 18 14:36:19 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: New file.
+	* xmalloc.c: If VMS, include <stdlib.h> and <unixlib.h> rather
+	than declaring malloc, realloc, and sbrk.
+
+Mon Jun 10 13:17:17 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* pexecute.c: New file.
+
+Wed Jun  5 16:57:45 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* xmalloc.c: Declare sbrk.
+
+Sat May  4 05:08:45 1996  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* alloca-norm.h:  Add SPARCworks cc compatible __builtin_alloca
+	declaration.
+
+Mon Apr 22 18:41:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xstrerror.c: Include <stdio.h>.
+
+Sun Apr 21 11:55:12 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add atexit.c.
+
+Sun Apr 21 09:50:09 1996  Stephen L Moshier  (moshier@world.std.com)
+
+	* choose-temp.c: Include sys/types.h before sys/file.h for sco3.2v5.
+
+Wed Apr 17 11:17:55 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* choose-temp.c: Don't #include sys/file.h ifdef NO_SYS_FILE_H.
+	#include <stdio.h>
+	* config/mt-vxworks5 (HDEFINES): Define NO_SYS_FILE_H.
+
+Tue Apr 16 11:27:16 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+        * Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, so is xmalloc.o.
+	Reverts Feb 8, 1995 change.
+
+Mon Apr 15 12:53:26 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* choose-temp.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add choose-temp.c.
+	(REQUIRED_OFILES): Add choose-temp.o.
+
+Sat Apr 13 14:19:30 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_to_double):  Don't bias exponent when
+	handling zero's, denorms or NaNs.
+
+Thu Apr 11 13:36:56 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_to_double):  Fix bugs with handling
+	numbers with fractions < 32 bits.
+
+Mon Apr  8 14:48:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.
+
+Tue Mar 19 22:02:07 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for non-mangled pointer
+	arguments.
+
+Fri Mar  8 17:24:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: If srcdir is `.' and with_target_subdir is not
+	`.', then set MULTISRCTOP before calling config-ml.in.
+
+Thu Mar  7 13:37:10 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_open): Add debugging output option.
+
+Wed Mar  6 17:36:03 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for address-of-extern arguments.
+
+Tue Feb 27 12:00:50 1996  Raymond Jou  <rjou@mexican.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpwify_filename): Change 6 to 5 in
+	strncmp (unixname, "/tmp/", 5).
+	
+Tue Feb 20 10:55:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Initialize is_bool.  Correctly
+	handle 0 as a pointer value parameter.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:41:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (all): Depend upon required-list.
+	(required-list): New target.
+	(clean): Remove required-list.
+
+Wed Jan 31 10:19:41 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* win32.c: Deleted.
+	* config.table (i386-*-win32): Deleted.
+	* config/mh-i386win32: Deleted.
+
+Thu Jan 18 11:34:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Change opname parameter to
+	const char *.
+	(cplus_mangle_opname): Change return type and opname parameter to
+	const char *.  Don't cast return value.
+
+Tue Jan 16 12:13:11 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c: Include Timer.h, in order to get m68k Microseconds trap
+	definition.
+
+Wed Jan  3 13:15:04 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update copyright to 1996.
+	(_obstack_memory_used): Define new function.  Called via
+	obstack_memory_used macro.
+
+Thu Dec 28 11:39:40 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xstrdup.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add xstrdup.c.
+	(REQUIRED_OFILES): Add xstrdup.o.
+	(xstrdup.o): New target.
+
+Mon Dec 11 18:18:52 1995  Mike Stump  <mrs@cygnus.com>
+
+	* atexit.c: New stub to provide atexit on systems that have
+	on_exit, like SunOS 4.1.x systems.
+	* functions.def (on_exit, atexit): Ditto.
+
+Mon Dec 11 15:42:14 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_abort): Remove decl.
+	(mpw_access): Move debugging printf.
+
+Sat Dec  2 01:25:23 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Consistently use ${host} rather than ${xhost} or
+	${target}.
+	* configure.in: Don't bother to set ${xhost} before calling
+	config.table.
+
+Tue Nov 28 14:16:57 1995  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (.c.o): Use test instead of the left bracket, to
+	avoid problems with some versions of make.
+
+Tue Nov 28 11:45:17 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Fix INCDIR edit to work with Nov 14 change.
+
+Tue Nov 21 11:26:34 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mh-hpux: Remove.  It was only used to define EXTRA_OFILES,
+	which was set to just alloca.o, which is now automatically marked
+	as needed by the autoconfiguration process.
+
+Tue Nov 21 14:15:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Check ${with_cross_host} rather than comparing
+	${host} and ${target}.
+
+Thu Nov 16 14:34:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: If with_target_subdir is empty, set xhost to
+	${host} rather than ${target} before calling config.table.
+
+Tue Nov 14 01:38:30 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MULTITOP): Deleted.
+	(MULTISRCTOP, MULTIBUILDTOP): New.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Delete INCDIR.
+	(INCDIR): Add $(MULTISRCTOP).
+	(install_to_libdir): Add $(MULTISUBDIR).  Call $(MULTIDO).
+	* configure.in: Delete call to cfg-ml-com.in.  Call config-ml.in
+	instead of cfg-ml-pos.in.
+	(cross-compile check): Change to test for with_target_subdir.
+	(EXTRA_LINKS): Delete.
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:13:04 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add getpagesize.c.o to needed-list.
+	* mpw.c [USE_MW_HEADERS]: Conditionalize compiling of
+	functions that are supplied by Metrowerks libraries.
+	(fstat): Clean up descriptor->pointer conversion code.
+	(InstallConsole, etc): Empty definitions, for when linking
+	with SIOUX.
+
+Sun Nov  5 19:25:27 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS):  Also pass PICFLAGS.
+	(.c.o):  Stylistic change.
+
+Thu Nov  2 12:06:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strtol.c, strtoul.c: Don't include <stdlib.h>.  From
+	phdm@info.ucl.ac.be (Philippe De Muyter).
+
+Wed Nov  1 11:59:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Correct sed call.
+
+Mon Oct 30 13:03:45 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in:  Clean up / simplify for native.
+
+	* configure.in:  Merge in stuff from ../xiberty/configure.in.
+	* Makefile.in (CC):  Add definition (so it can be overrridden
+	by ../configure).
+
+Tue Oct 24 17:57:27 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Leave strerror.c.o in standard list of functions.
+	* mpw.c (R_OK, ENOENT, EACCESS, ENOSYS): Remove.
+	(link): Remove useless definition with error return.
+	(last_microseconds, warn_if_spin_delay, record_for_spin_delay):
+	Use UnsignedWide type for microsecond counts.
+
+Thu Oct 19 10:52:07 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* memcmp.c (memcmp): Argument types are const void *, not void
+	*const.
+
+	* strncasecmp.c (strncasecmp): Include ansidecl.h/stdarg.h, not
+	sys/types.h.
+	* strcasecmp.c (strcasecmp): Ditto.
+
+Tue Oct 10 11:03:24 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BISON):  Remove macro.
+
+Tue Sep 26 15:06:46 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (HFILES): Add default empty definition.
+	* mpw-config.in (config.h): Only update if changed.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, edits Makefile.in into MPW makefile.
+	* mpw.c: Remove semi-clone of strerror code.
+	(sys_nerr, sys_errlist): Define here.
+	(Microseconds): Only define as A-line trap if m68k Mac.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:53:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New synonym for distclean.
+
+Mon Aug 28 19:47:52 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table:  For host, generalize rs6000-ibm-aix*
+	to *-ibm-aix* so we also include powerpc.
+
+Tue Aug 22 03:18:05 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Fri Jun 16 18:35:40 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* xstrerror.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in, vmsbuild.com: Compile it.
+
+Mon Jul 31 12:16:32 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table (i386-*-win32): New.
+
+Fri Jul 21 11:35:52 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MULTITOP): New variable.
+	(MULTIDIRS, MULTISUBDIR, MULTIDO, MULTICLEAN): Likewise.
+	(all): Add multilib support.
+	(install_to_tooldir, *clean): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jul 10 11:47:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* makefile.dos (OBJS): Add hex.o.  From DJ Delorie.
+
+Fri Jun 30 17:28:59 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com:  create "new-lib.olb", build libiberty under that
+	name, and then make it become "liberty.olb" when done, so that an
+	incomplete build attempt never leaves behind something which looks
+	like a complete library.
+
+Thu Jun 29 00:22:02 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mh-i386pe: New file for PE hosts.
+	* config.table: Understand PE hosts.
+
+Wed Jun 28 19:13:23 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Update from gcc.
+
+	* argv.c, dummy.c: If __STDC__, #include "alloca-conf.h" after
+        <stddef.h>.
+	* alloca-norm.h: If __STDC__, declare alloca with its parameter.
+
+Thu Jun 22 18:57:47 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Define NEED_basename.
+	* mpw.c: Only test DebugPI once whenever printing debug info.
+	(mpwify_filename): If filename is /tmp/foo, change it into :_foo,
+	also fix to not write on input filename buffer.
+	(mpw_access): Use stat() instead of open(), works for directories
+	as well as files.
+
+Mon Jun 19 00:33:22 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Massage broken shells that require 'else true'.
+
+Sat Jun 17 23:21:58 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca-norm.h: Declare alloca as type "PTR" to match functions.def.
+	Declare __builtin_alloca in the sparc case, as argv.c did.
+	* argv.c: Replace inline version of alloca-norm.h at start of file with
+	a #include of alloca-conf.h.  Precede it with an include of ansidecl.h
+	because alloca-norm.h needs to declare alloca as "PTR".
+
+Mon Jun 12 14:24:26 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* win32.c: New file.
+
+Fri Jun  9 15:16:14 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dummy.c: #include "alloca-conf.h".
+
+Wed Jun  7 11:46:23 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove stamp-picdir.
+	(clean): Don't.
+
+Mon Jun  5 18:46:06 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table (frags): Use toplevel pic frags.
+
+	* Makefile.in (PICFLAG): New macro.
+	(all): Depend on stamp-picdir.
+	(needed-list): Ditto.
+	(.c.o): Also build pic object.
+	(stamp-picdir): New rule.
+	(mostlyclean): Remove pic.
+	(clean): Remove stamp-picdir.
+
+Fri Mar 24 16:55:48 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com (config.h): Add `#define NEED_basename'.
+
+Tue May 23 10:12:46 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* clock.c, getopt.c, strtod.c, vsprintf.c:  Change from using LGPL
+	to libio-style copyright.
+	* getpagesize.c:  Remove FSF copyright.
+
+Sat May 20 12:30:23 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Added improved VMS support from Pat Rankin:
+
+	Fri Mar 17 18:40:36 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com:  new file.
+
+	* getpagesize.c (getpagesize):  implement for VMS;
+	* strerror.c (strerror, strerrno, strtoerrno):  add rudimentary
+	support for EVMSERR.
+
+Thu May 18 17:01:42 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_arm_ext): Define.
+
+Tue May 16 13:30:59 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* basename.c, bcmp.c, getcwd.c, insque.c, rename.c, sigsetmask.c,
+	strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Remove FSF copyright.
+	* sigsetmask.c: #include <sys/types.h> - seems to be needed by ISC.
+
+Mon May 15 19:53:17 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bcopy.c, bzero.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memset.c, strchr.c,
+	strrchr.c, strstr.c, vfork.c:  Remove FSF Copyright, because this
+	might contaminate libstdc++ with the LGPL.  (OK'd by RMS 11 Oct 94.)
+	* strchr.c, strrchr.c:  Add cast to suppress const warning.
+
+Thu May  4 14:36:42 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Use const instead of CONST.  Don't include
+        ansidecl.h directly.
+
+Wed Apr 19 01:30:27 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Don't include libiberty.h.  Do declare xmalloc and
+        xrealloc.
+	(-DMAIN): Don't rely on an externally-defined version number;
+        instead, require the version number to be defined as a
+        preprocessor macro.  Handle the RS/6000 leading dot.  Define
+        xmalloc, xrealloc and fatal.  Don't strip a leading underscore
+        if we couldn't demangle the word.
+
+Tue Apr  4 13:03:51 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	(Old mpw.c change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+	* mpw.c (warning_threshold): Default to .4 sec.
+	(overflow_count, current_progress): New globals.
+	(warn_if_spin_delay): Include current progress type,
+	such as program name, in message.
+	(mpw_start_progress): Set current_progress variable from arg.
+	(mpw_end_progress): Report spin delays by power-of-two-size
+	buckets instead of constant-size buckets.
+
+	* mpw.c: Clean up formatting, types, returns, etc.
+	(ENOSYS): Define.
+	(mpw_fread, mpw_fwrite): Define.
+	(sleep): Define correctly.
+
+	* mpw.c: New code to implement cursor spinning support.
+	(umask): New function.
+	(mpw_fopen, mpw_fseek, stat, fstat): Call PROGRESS.
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_basename, mpw_mixed_basename): New functions, find
+	basenames for MPW and MPW/Unix filenames.
+	(mpw_special_init): New function, calls Macsbug if desired.
+
+	* mpw.c: Add GPL notice.
+	(mpwify_filename): Add more transformations.
+	(mpw_fopen): Call mpwify_filename on file names.
+	(rename): Remove.
+	(chdir, getcwd): Add simple definitions.
+
+	* mpw.c: Random cleanups, remove unused code bits.
+	Added copy of strerror.c for gcc's use.
+	(stat, fstat, _stat): New versions based on Guido van Rossum code.
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_fseek): Make it work correctly when doing SEEK_CUR.
+
+	* mpw.c (stat): Remove hack definition, get from sys/stat.h.
+	(fork, vfork, etc): Print error messages if called.
+	(getrusage, sbrk, environ, isatty, link, utime, mkdir, rmdir,
+	rename, chown): Define.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: New file, MPW version of configure.in.
+	* mpw-make.in: New file, MPW version of Makefile.in.
+	* mpw.c: New file, MPW compatibility routines.
+
+Fri Mar 24 14:10:30 1995  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* basename.c: Include config.h before checking for NEED_basename.
+
+Thu Mar 23 19:09:54 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* functions.def: Add DEFFUNC for basename.
+
+	* basename.c: Only define basename if NEED_basename.
+
+Thu Mar 16 13:36:05 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Fix --enable-shared logic for native builds.
+
+Mon Mar 13 11:05:11 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Demangle bool literals properly.
+
+Mon Mar  6 23:57:28 1995  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtol.c strtoul.c:  Replace these with less buggy versions from
+	NetBSD.  (strtoul in particular couldn't handle base 16.)
+
+Wed Mar  1 15:59:01 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mt-vxworks5 (HDEFINES): Define NO_SYS_PARAM_H.
+
+	* clock.c: If NO_SYS_PARAM_H is defined, don't include
+	<sys/param.h>.
+	* getcwd.c, getpagesize.c, getruntime.c: Likewise.
+
+Fri Feb 17 15:40:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* getruntime.c (get_run_time): Don't assume that CLOCKS_PER_SEC is
+	a number; ANSI appears to permit any expression, including a
+	function call.
+
+	* config.table (*-*-vxworks5*): Use mt-vxworks5 when configuring
+	xiberty.
+	* config/mt-vxworks5: New file.
+
+Thu Feb  9 14:19:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* basename.c (basename): Change argument to be const.
+
+Wed Feb  8 18:06:52 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): Don't worry about xmalloc.
+
+Sun Jan 15 00:40:36 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Delete xhost-mkfrag.
+
+Thu Jan 12 16:54:18 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, so is xmalloc.o.
+
+Wed Jan 11 22:39:56 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* hex.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES, CFILES): List it.
+	(hex.o): Add dependencies.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): For GNU style constructor and
+	destructor names, try demangling the remainder of the string.
+
+Wed Dec 28 00:49:15 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): New static function.
+	(vasprintf): Use int_vasprintf.  Removes assumption that va_list
+	is assignment compatible.
+
+Sat Nov  5 19:29:12 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (LIBCFLAGS): New variable.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Pass it.
+	(.c.o): Use it.
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:09:47 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: Do compile these functions under Linux,
+	since many native versions are based on glibc but are buggy.
+
+Mon Oct 24 15:16:46 1994  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* vasprintf.c:  Make 'format' arg be const, to avoid a mismatch
+	with prototype in GNU libc.  Support stdarg.h as well as varargs.h.
+
+Tue Oct 11 17:48:27 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add vasprintf.o.
+	* functions.def: Remove vasprintf.
+
+Wed Sep 14 17:04:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (first_break): New static variable.
+	(xmalloc_set_program_name): Record sbrk (0) in first_break.
+	(xmalloc): If memory allocation fails, try to report how much
+	memory was allocated by the program up to this point.
+	(xrealloc): Likewise.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994  Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ERRORS_CC): New variable, defaulted to $(CC).  Use it
+	when linking dummy.
+	* config.table: Add host RISCiX Makefile frag.
+	* config/mh-riscix: New file.
+
+Thu Aug 25 17:29:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Define.
+	($(RULE1)): Use $(FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+
+Wed Aug 24 17:08:47 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vasprintf.c: Include <string.h>.
+	(vasprintf): Add casts to void for va_arg to avoid gcc warnings.
+	* xatexit.c: Declare malloc.
+
+Fri Aug 19 15:29:12 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_args): Fix a bug in previous patch (the
+	one below).
+
+Thu Aug 18 14:37:14 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle args): Handle ARM repeat encoding where
+        the type index is greater than 9.
+
+Wed Aug 17 16:13:49 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified): accept optional '_' between
+	qualified name. This is baecause the template name may end with
+	numeric and can mixed up with the length of next qualified name.
+
+Wed Aug  3 05:52:14 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mt-sunos4: Use our standard location for cross-includes
+	and cross-libs when the target is also a "host" environment (ie no
+	newlib; includes and such don't belong to us).  This is specific
+	to the Cygnus Support environment.
+
+Tue Aug  2 15:25:12 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)        
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): demangle as xxx<'Q'> not 
+	xxx<ch=81>.
+
+Mon Aug  1 17:02:48 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (main): flush stdout to make pipe work.
+
+Sat Jul 16 12:56:32 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table (*-*-cxux7*):  Recognize.
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_m88110_ext) [HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT]:
+	Harris-specific float format.
+	* config/mh-cxux7: New file.
+
+Wed Jun 29 00:26:17 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template):  Make sure that the result of
+	consume_count doesn't index beyond the end of the string.
+
+Mon Jun 20 23:54:37 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Handle vtable mangling of gcc-2.4.5 and
+	earlier. Improve test for new vtable mangling. Change output back
+	to `virtual table'.
+
+Mon Jun 20 11:37:30 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c: Always compile this code, even if using the GNU
+	library.  Avoids problems with relatively recent binary
+	incompatibility.
+
+Thu Jun 16 17:54:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc, free): Don't declare.
+	(strstr): Don't declare parameters.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Don't define.
+	(long_options): Add no-strip-underscores.
+	(main): Call xmalloc_set_program_name.  Pass n in short options to
+	getopt_long.  Handle option 'n' to not strip underscores.
+	(usage): Mention -n and --no-strip-underscores.
+
+Sun Jun 12 01:37:09 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Separate consecutive >'s with a
+        space.
+	(gnu_special): Demangle template and qualified names in a vtable name.
+
+Fri May 27 12:27:52 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	From gas-2.3 and binutils-2.4 net releases:
+
+	Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* makefile.dos: [new] Makefile for dos/go32
+	* configure.bat: update for latest files
+	* msdos.c: remove some functions now in libc.a
+
+Fri May 20 18:53:32 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Recognize thunks, as well as
+	the new naming style for vtables (when -fvtable-thunks).
+
+Wed May 18 13:34:06 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (XTRAFLAGS): Don't define.
+	(.c.o, dummy.o): Don't use XTRAFLAGS.
+	($(RULE1)): Don't pass XTRAFLAGS down in recursive call.
+
+Fri May 13 16:02:12 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vasprintf.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def: Add it.
+
+Fri May 13 16:20:28 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Grok bool.
+
+Fri May  6 14:44:21 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add go32  
+	* config/mh-go32: New template.
+
+Fri May  6 11:01:59 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table, config/mt-sunos4: config for when sun4 is cross target.
+
+Mon Apr 11 00:54:33 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GCC__] [not __STDC__]:
+        Declare strlen to return int.  Don't include stddef.h.
+
+Fri Apr  1 00:38:17 1994  Jim Wilson  (wilson@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c: Delete use of IN_GCC to control whether
+        stddef.h or gstddef.h is included.
+
+Thu Apr 14 14:00:56 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix a bug in template function
+	type numbering.
+
+Wed Apr 13 17:23:03 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix template function with arm
+	style argument type number, Tn.
+
+Wed Apr 13 17:11:15 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (optable): Add new[] and delete[].
+
+Fri Apr  8 11:21:42 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c (buildargv): Don't produce empty argument just because
+	there is trailing whitespace.
+
+Wed Apr  6 11:42:14 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): fix 'Q' qualified name bug.
+	Handle 'p' same as 'P'.
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Handle 'p' same as 'P'.
+
+Sat Mar 26 12:00:13 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* floatformat.c (get_field, put_field):  Fix off by one error in
+	little endian case.
+
+Thu Mar 24 10:40:19 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_from_double): Pass unsigned char *,
+	not char *, to put_field.
+
+Fri Mar 18 12:34:33 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* memmove.c:  Re-wrote;  placed in public domain.
+
+Wed Mar 16 10:33:07 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): If ARM demangling, don't treat
+	__Q* as a constructor.
+
+Mon Mar 14 12:26:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c: Removed; no longer used.
+	* Makefile.in: Changed accordingly.
+
+Mon Mar  7 12:28:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (get_field): Removed unused local variable i.
+	(put_field): Removed unused local variable i.
+
+Sun Feb 27 21:50:11 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c: New file, intended to replace ieee-float.c.
+	* Makefile.in: Change accordingly.
+
+Thu Feb 24 11:51:12 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: Remove #ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT and #if 0 code.
+	 (_getopt_initialize): New function, broken out of _getopt_internal. 
+	 (_getopt_internal): 
+	 If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+	 a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+	 a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+	 way to give the -f short option.
+
+Thu Feb 10 14:44:16 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC]:
+        Test just __STDC__, not emacs.
+
+Wed Feb  9 00:14:00 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC]
+        [emacs] [not __STDC__]: Don't include stddef.h.  Don't declare strlen.
+
+Fri Dec 24 19:43:00 1993  Noah Friedman  (friedman@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c (_NO_PROTO): Define before config.h is included.
+
+Mon Sep 20 15:59:03 1993  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c, getopt1.c [emacs || CONFIG_BROKETS]: Include
+	<config.h> only under these, else "config.h".
+
+Thu Aug 12 18:16:49 1993  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c, getopt1.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include
+        <config.h> instead of "config.h".
+
+Sun Feb 20 17:17:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* concat.c: Check ANSI_PROTOTYPES rather than __STDC__ to decide
+	whether to use prototypes or not.
+	* strerror.c (const): Never undefine; let ansidecl.h handle it.
+	* strsignal.c (const): Likewise.
+
+Thu Feb 17 13:27:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xatexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Declare as extern; don't initialize.
+	Merging common and initialized variables need not be supported by
+	ANSI C compilers.
+	(xatexit): Initialize _xexit_cleanup if not already set.
+	* xexit.c: Comment fix.
+
+Wed Feb 16 01:15:36 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c: Don't declare xexit; it's declared in libiberty.h.
+	(xrealloc): If oldmem is NULL, allocate with malloc, rather than
+	assuming that realloc works correctly.
+
+Tue Feb 15 09:26:16 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* concat.c, ieee-float.c:  Replace inclusion of <string.h>
+	with explicit function declarations, as recommended by Ian Taylor.
+
+Sat Feb 12 10:31:11 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Use PTR and size_t throughout.
+	(malloc, realloc): Declare.
+
+Thu Feb 10 17:08:19 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c, basename.c: Include ansidecl.h and libiberty.h.
+	* concat.c, fdmatch.c, getruntime.c, spaces.c: Likewise.
+	* strerror.c, strsignal.c, xatexit.c, xexit.c: Likewise.
+	* xmalloc.c: Likewise.
+	* concat.c: Don't declare xmalloc.  If __STDC__, use <stdarg.h>
+	macros, not <varargs.h> macros.
+	* spaces.c (spaces): Make return type const.  Don't crash if
+	malloc returns NULL.
+	* strerror.c (struct error_info): Make name and msg fields const.
+	(error_names): Make const.
+	(strerrno): Make const.
+	(strtoerrno): Make argument const.
+	* strsignal.c (struct signal_info): Make name and msg fields
+	const.
+	(signal_names, sys_siglist): Make const.
+	(strsignal, strsigno): Make const.
+	(strtosigno): Make argument const.
+	* xatexit.c: Declare parameter types.
+	* xmalloc.c (name): Make const.
+	(xmalloc_set_program_name): Make argument const.
+	* Makefile.in (INCDIR): Define.
+	(.c.o): Use $(INCDIR).
+	(dummy.o): Likewise.
+	(argv.o, basename.o): New targets; depend on libiberty.h.
+	(concat.o, fdmatch.o, getruntime.o, spaces.o): Likewise.
+	(strerror.o, strsignal.o, xatexit.o, xexit.o): Likewise.
+	(xmalloc.o): Likewise.
+	(cplus-dem.o): New target; depend on demangle.h.
+	(getopt.o, getopt1.o): New targets; depend on getopt.h.
+	(ieee-float.o): New target; depend on ieee-float.h.
+	(obstack.o): New target; depend on obstack.h.
+
+Tue Feb  8 05:29:08 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	Handle obstack_chunk_alloc returning NULL.  This allows
+	obstacks to be used by libraries, without forcing them
+	to call exit or longjmp.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1, _obstack_newchunk):
+	If CALL_CHUNKFUN returns NULL, set alloc_failed, else clear it.
+	(_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1): Return 1 if successful, 0 if not.
+
+Tue Feb  8 00:32:28 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* concat.c, ieee-float.c:  Include <string.h>.
+
+Sun Feb  6 21:28:46 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc_set_program_name): New function.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Include the name in the error message, if set.
+
+	* Replace atexit.c with xatexit.c.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Change references.
+
+Sat Feb  5 14:02:32 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getruntime.c (get_run_time): Use getrusage or times if
+	HAVE_GETRUSAGE or HAVE_TIMES are defined.
+
+Fri Feb  4 15:49:38 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* atexit.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Add it.
+	* xexit.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES, REQUIRED_OFILES): Add it.
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Call xexit instead of exit.
+	Change request for 0 bytes into request for 1 byte.
+
+Wed Feb  2 11:36:49 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Print size using %lu, and cast to
+	unsigned long, to avoid warnings.
+
+Fri Jan 28 17:49:06 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dummy.c: Don't include time.h ever; always define clock_t as
+	"unsigned long".  Until gcc/fixincludes ensures that clock_t
+	exists, __STDC__ isn't a sufficient test.  And if clock() doesn't
+	exist, clock_t probably doesn't either.
+
+Mon Jan 24 11:52:31 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* clock.c, getruntime.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in: Add to file lists.
+	* functions.def (clock): Add to list.
+	* dummy.c (time.h): Add if __STDC__.
+	(clock_t): #define as "unsigned long" if not __STDC__.
+
+Tue Jan 11 11:27:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtod.c: Declare atof.  From edler@jan.ultra.nyu.edu (Jan
+	Edler).
+
+Tue Dec 28 14:17:30 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (errors): Use CFLAGS as well as LDFLAGS when
+	linking.
+
+Fri Dec 17 12:26:07 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_arm_pt): New function.  Common code
+	for ARM template demangling.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_class_name): Use demangle_arm_pt.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): Likewise.
+
+Tue Nov 30 15:47:48 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Add CONST to please gcc.
+
+Sat Nov 27 11:05:50 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	Merge changes from tom@basil.icce.rug.nl (Tom R.Hageman)
+	* strerror.c, strsignal.c:  As a small space optimization, don't
+	include messages when they aren't actually used.
+
+	Merge changes from takefive.co.at!joe (Josef Leherbauer)
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix, demangle_function_name,
+	cplus_demangle_opname):  Fixes for systems where cplus_marker
+	is something other than '$'.
+
+Fri Nov 26 13:51:11 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* waitpid.c:  Simple-minded approcimation to waitpid
+	using vanilla wait.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Update accordingly,
+
+Thu Nov 18 18:01:15 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c(demangle_template): fix bug template instantiation
+	with value of user defined type.
+
+Wed Nov 17 18:30:21 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c(cplus_demangle_opname): add the subject new function
+	to support unified search of operator in class.
+
+Wed Nov 10 09:47:22 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	gcc -Wall lint:
+	* strtoul.c (strtoul): use "(digit = *s) != '\0'" not just
+	"digit = *s" as condition in while loop.
+
+Tue Nov  9 15:52:22 1993  Mark Eichin  (eichin@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: pass SHELL to recursive make
+
+Thu Nov  4 12:09:26 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vfprintf.c, vprintf.c, vsprintf.c:  Make format arg
+	be (const char*), for ANSI (and gcc w/fixproto) consistency.
+
+Thu Nov  4 08:29:04 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Make *-*-hiux* use mh-hpux.
+
+Fri Oct 22 07:53:15 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add * to end of all OS names.
+
+Tue Oct 19 17:12:01 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): ensure that object file names are
+	  not duplicated, as multiple instances of the same object file in
+	  a library causes problems on some machines
+
+Mon Oct 18 21:59:28 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strcasecmp.c, strncasecmp.c: Change u_char to unsigned char.
+
+Fri Oct 15 22:17:11 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strncasecmp.c: new file, implements strncasecmp
+	* strcasecmp.c: new file, implement strcasecmp
+
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): list these two new source files
+
+	* functions.def: add strcasecmp and strncasecmp entries
+
+Fri Oct 15 14:53:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtoul.c (strtoul), strtol.c (strtol): Handle overflow
+	according to ANSI C.
+
+Thu Oct 14 16:34:19 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: add support of ARM global constructor/destructor,
+	and 'G' for passing record or union in parameter.
+
+Wed Oct 13 13:36:19 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Fix comment to clarify that stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES
+	should not be in functions.def.
+
+Wed Oct 13 13:13:38 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def: Removed xmalloc.  Stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES should
+	not be in functions.def.
+
+Mon Oct  4 18:26:39 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: change globl constructor/destructor to proper name
+
+Tue Sep 28 18:11:07 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix bug in constructor/destructor
+
+Tue Sep 28 16:20:49 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: support both old and new _vt$... vtbl mangled names
+
+Fri Sep 24 19:07:16 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Fix demangle_template prototype
+
+Fri Sep 24 17:32:55 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix template demangling
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix const type demangling
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix constructor/destructor, virtual table,
+	qualifier, global constructor/destructor demangling
+
+Wed Sep  1 23:13:11 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c, strerror.c: Use fully-bracketed initializer to
+	keep gcc -Wall happy.
+
+Fri Aug 27 10:30:09 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Add CONSTS to make gcc happy with last
+	patch.
+
+Fri Aug 27 11:24:54 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	Patch from Paul Flinders:
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Deal with arrays.
+
+Tue Aug 24 14:23:50 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified: Deal with GNU format for more
+	than 9 classes.
+
+Wed Aug 18 19:50:29 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (dummy.o): Redirect to /dev/null to avoid "variable
+	not initialized" warnings under HP/UX
+
+Sun Aug 15 20:42:40 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strerror.c: Move include of stdio.h after sys_errlist #define.
+	Also remove NULL definition (stdio.h always defines NULL, so it
+	never did anything but clutter up the code).
+
+Sat Aug 14 14:21:49 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def: handle xmalloc.c
+
+	* xmalloc.c: provide xmalloc and xrealloc functions
+
+Thu Aug 12 17:38:57 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Fix a comment.
+
+Sat Aug  7 13:56:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt1.c: Declare const the way getopt.c does.
+
+Fri Aug  6 17:03:13 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c, alloca.c: Update from FSF.
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: Update to current FSF version, which
+	doesn't use alloca. 
+
+Tue Jul 27 14:03:57 1993  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Add the target with a message saying
+	where demangle went.
+
+Mon Jul 26 15:49:54 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove obsolete `demangle' target.
+
+Thu Jul 22 08:31:01 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (arm_special):  Apply patch from arg@lucid.com to
+	avoid infinite loop on vtbl symbols with disambiguating "junk"
+	tacked on the end.
+
+Mon Jul 19 14:10:37 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c: work around some systems losing definitions of
+	sys_siglist
+
+	* config/mh-lynxos: this system has a losing definition of
+	sys_siglist
+
+	* config.table: use mh-lynxos for *-*-lynxos
+
+Mon Jul 19 17:08:52 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add support for HPPA BSD hosts.
+
+	* config/mh-hpbsd: New file.
+
+Mon Jul 12 18:00:40 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (TAGS): make work when srcdir != objdir.
+
+Sun Jun 27 15:35:31 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (main): Add long options, including --help and
+	--version.
+	(usage): New function from code in main.
+
+Tue Jun 22 11:37:38 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table:  New shell scipt, sourced by both ./configure,in
+	and ../xiberty/configure.in, to avoid maintainance lossages.
+	* configure.in and ../xiberty/configure.in:  Use config.table.
+
+	* configure.in: Don't use mh-aix for AIX 3.2, only for 3.1.
+	* configure.in: Map *-*-irix* (except irix4) to mh-sysv.
+	* ../xiberty/configure.in:  Update from ./configure.in.
+
+Tue Jun 15 17:05:31 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove parentdir support
+
+Wed May 26 12:59:09 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xrealloc):  Match definition with prototype.
+
+Tue May 25 14:27:51 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix):  Demangle cfront
+	local variables as an extension to ARM demangling.
+
+Fri May 21 09:53:57 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c: Don't require pointers to double to be aligned.
+
+Tue May 18 17:12:10 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+        (merge changes from dlong@cse.ucsc.edu)
+	* cplus-dem.c (consume_count):  Simplify.
+	* cplus-dem.c (arm_pt, demangle_class_name):  New functions.
+	* cplus-dem.c (various):  Calls to arm_pt, demangle_class_name.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc, strstr):  Make extern decls into
+	full prototypes.
+	* cplus-dem.c (free):  Add prototype.
+	* cplus-dem.c (optable):  Fully bracketize initializer.
+
+Fri May 14 17:13:05 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Whether initial underscores are stripped
+	depends on the external variable prepends_underscore
+	(which is generated by the binutils Makefile).
+
+Fri May 14 07:32:20 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (mop_up, arm_special): Remove some unused variables.
+
+Tue May  4 20:31:59 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (consume_count):  Return zero if arg does not
+	start with digit, and don't consume any input.
+
+Tue May  4 08:10:28 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Use ${srcdir} not $^.
+
+	* strtod.c: New file, needed at least for BSD 4.3.
+
+Sun May  2 11:30:42 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (sys_siglist):  For ANSI compilations, type is
+	"const char *const".  Also remove conditionalization on __STDC__
+	since const is defined away for non-ANSI.
+
+Wed Apr 28 19:29:55 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize *-*-hpux.
+	* config/mh-hpux: New file.
+
+Tue Apr 27 15:22:19 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* tmpnam.c:  Added ANSI tmpnam() function.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Update accordingly.
+
+Tue Apr 27 13:38:38 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_function_name): Get the demangling of
+	stop__1A right.
+
+Fri Apr 16 23:48:24 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon at calvin)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Declare strstr return type.
+
+Fri Mar 26 12:01:26 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c: Add some AIX signals.
+
+Thu Mar 25 15:17:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKEOVERRIDES): Define to be empty.
+
+Wed Mar 24 01:59:25 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add installcheck & dvi targets
+
+Thu Mar 18 14:05:44 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c:  New file, moved from ../gdb (since it is
+	needed by ../opcode/m68k-dis.c).
+
+Tue Mar  2 17:47:31 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Replace all references to cfront with ARM.
+
+Fri Feb 26 00:17:07 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Fix main program (when compiled with -DMAIN)
+	to be more useful as a filter.
+
+Sat Feb 20 21:41:39 1993  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install_to_libdir, install_to_tooldir): Go into the
+	destination directory before running $(RANLIB), in case that
+	program tries to create a file in the current directory as part of
+	its work.
+
+Thu Feb 18 23:00:19 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (sys_siglist):  Remove yet another *%^&%&$# "const"
+	because BSD 4.4 lacks one.  Isn't this fun?
+
+Thu Feb 18 11:24:25 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Set func_done after
+	demangling a template.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template):  Fix several small bugs
+	in demangling GNU style templates.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix):  Fix for templates in GNU
+	style constructors.
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Fix for templates in GNU style
+	static data members.
+
+Tue Feb 16 17:28:35 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Modify to include type
+	modifiers like static and const in remembered types.
+
+Thu Feb 11 22:20:47 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangled_qualified):  Add new parameter that tells
+	whether to prepend or append the qualifiers.
+	* cplus-dem.c (string_prepends):  Used now, remove #if 0.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Call demangle_qualified
+	with prepending.
+	* cplus_dem.c (gnu_special):  Recognize static data members that
+	use qualified names.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified):  Accumulate qualifiers in a
+	temporary buffer and the prepend or append them to the result,
+	as specified by the new "append" flag.
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type):  Call demangled_qualified with
+	appending.
+
+Mon Dec 28 10:47:19 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (signal_table): Now const.
+	(init_signal_tables): Variable eip now points to const.
+
+	* strerror.c (error_table): Now const.
+	(init_error_tables): Variable eip now points to const.
+
+Tue Dec 15 15:36:50 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* memchr.c (memchr):  New (ANSI standard) function.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def:  Added memchr.
+	* Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS): Use rc instad of non-standard cq.
+
+Wed Dec  2 22:49:10 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: remove use of USG around <alloca.h>, which never meant
+	anything anyway
+
+	* config/mh-{aix,apollo68,ncr3000,sysv,sysv4}: removed definitions
+	of USG and USGr4
+
+Thu Nov 19 03:09:33 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Recognize `w', a wide character;
+	it's now a type according to the ANSI X3J16 working paper; output
+	"wchar_t" for it.
+	(demangle_template): Accept `w' as an integral type.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Use `char *', not `PTR'.  Cast calls to their
+	counterparts malloc and realloc to `char *'.
+	(main): Exit with a 0 status.
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Don't expect the user to define
+	DEMANGLE, instead force to be cplus-dem.c.  Look in $(srcdir)/../include
+	for demangle.h.  Pass it any HDEFINES or XTRAFLAGS.
+
+Wed Nov 18 18:56:20 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS):  Avoid verbosity.
+	* config/mh-sysv4:  Remove AR_FLAGS override, use INSTALL=cp,
+	replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF.
+	* config/mh-solaris:  Remove; mh-sysv4 works now.
+	* getpagesize.c:  Replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF.
+	* configure.in:  Simplify host matching table, remove separate
+	solaris config file.
+
+Sun Nov 15 09:35:16 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (i[34]86-*-solaris2*):  Add, use mh-sysv4.
+
+Tue Nov  3 21:27:03 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Add decls.
+	(remember_type): Don't cast xmalloc.
+	(string_need): Likewise; don't cast xrealloc either.
+
+Fri Oct 23 08:52:01 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.defs, rename.c: added simple
+	implementation of rename, since some binutils programs use it.
+
+Thu Oct 15 15:18:22 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c:  Add appropriate 'const' to sys_siglist
+	extern declaration (if __STDC__).  (Needed for Linux.)
+	* strsignal.c (strsignal): Add cast to remove const-ness.
+
+Fri Oct  9 03:22:55 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (needed.awk, needed2.awk):  Remove erroneous \'s
+	before "'s, diagnosed by BSD 4.4 awk.
+
+Thu Oct  8 15:25:12 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: create config.h and needed-list through $(CONFIG_H)
+	and $(NEEDED_LIST), to give some hooks for xiberty.
+
+Thu Oct  1 23:31:42 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: use cpu-vendor-triple instead of nested cases
+
+Wed Sep 30 11:26:59 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, argv.c, basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c,
+	concat.c, cplus-dem.c, fdmatch.c, getcwd.c, getopt.c, getopt1.c,
+	getpagesize.c, insque.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c,
+	obstack.c, sigsetmask.c, spaces.c, strchr.c, strerror.c,
+	strrchr.c, strsignal.c, strstr.c, vfork.c, vsprintf.c:
+	Convert from using GPL to LGPL.
+
+Sat Sep 26 04:01:30 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (errors):  Leave dummy.o and dummy around so that
+	we can see how the needed list was generated (it's sometimes wrong).
+	(mostlyclean):  Remove them.
+
+Mon Sep 21 14:50:42 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getcwd.c: supply a default if MAXPATHLEN is not defined.
+
+	* config/mh-irix4: set EXTRA_OFILES to alloca.o, from WRS.
+
+Wed Sep  9 12:41:48 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Use XTRAFLAGS when compiling, so that xiberty works
+	when cross-compiling.
+
+Thu Sep  3 13:29:39 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: (demangle_prefix): reduction in strength of strstr
+	  as a time optimization.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle): remove strpbrk test.  Appears to
+	  be more expensive than simply demangling.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_match): new function.
+
+Tue Sep  1 15:24:04 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  #include <stdio.h>, to define NULL.
+	Define current_demangling_style.
+
+Sun Aug 30 17:58:19 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  New file, moved from ../gdb.
+	* cplus-dem.c (set_cplus_marker_for_demangling):  New exported
+	function, to avoid compiling in target-dependency for CPLUS_MARKER.
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle):  Allow demangling style option
+	to be passed as a parameter, but using the global variable
+	current_demangling_style as a default.
+	* Makefile.in:  Update for cplus-dem.c
+
+Sat Aug 29 10:44:09 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Merge in comment changes from FSF version.  Now
+	matches the FSF version exactly.
+
+Fri Aug 28 18:39:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN):  Can't use ?: with void values (at
+	least on losing DECstations!); use if-then-else instead.
+
+Wed Aug 19 14:40:34 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: always create installation directories.
+
+Mon Aug 10 17:33:40 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+       * Makefile.in: clean up definition of CFILES, more comments
+
+Sat Aug  8 23:10:59 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c (my_index):  Make first arg const to match strchr,
+	which it sometimes is remapped to.
+
+Sat Aug  1 13:48:50 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT):  Update to match FSF version.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin):  Initialize use_extra_arg.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin_1):  New, from FSF version.
+
+Mon Jul 20 21:07:58 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_CHECKFUN, CALL_FREEFUN):  Use use_extra_arg and
+	extra_arg.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin):  Remove area_id and flags arguments
+	(previously added for mmalloc support, interface has changed).
+	Also convert flags usage to use use_extra_arg and maybe_empty_object.
+
+Fri Jul 10 00:41:53 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Move expandargv inline and eliminate static variables.
+	Rewrite to always allocate in powers of two.  Fix to return an
+	argv with a single null string arg if passed a null string.
+
+Fri Jul  3 20:27:29 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* random.c, sigsetmask.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Remove
+	"(void)" casts from function calls where the return value is
+	ignored, in accordance with GNU coding standards.
+
+Mon Jun 29 10:54:19 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bcopy.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Lint.
+
+Thu Jun 25 09:18:41 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merge changes from make.
+
+Thu Jun 25 04:43:22 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* alloca.c:  Incorporate fixes from gdb/alloca.c.
+	FIXME:  Eventually move gdb's alloca configuration files here,
+	and remove gdb/alloca.c and its Makefile.in support.
+
+Tue Jun 23 21:56:30 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dummy.c:  Define NOTHING to /*nothing*/, change return type
+	of main to int and return zero.
+	* functions.def:  Supply NOTHING as the fourth arg to macros
+	that don't have an explicit arg, to satisfy picky preprocessors.
+
+Wed Jun 17 18:13:58 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Clean up *clean rules, as per standards.texi.
+
+Tue Jun 16 16:11:59 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: merged largely gratuitous, mostly
+	  whitespace diffs from other prep distributions.
+
+Mon Jun 15 12:25:46 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-ncr3000 (INSTALL):  Don't use /usr/ucb/install,
+	it is broken on ncr 3000's.
+
+Mon Jun 15 01:03:26 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sigsetmask.c:  Rewrite.  Old one was very confused about its
+	arguments and result.  New one can't do much, but at least knows
+	what it can't do, and it's good enough for GDB's use.
+
+Sun Jun 14 15:17:40 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def:  Use proper prototype for strtoul.
+
+Fri Jun 12 19:22:40 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add random.c.
+	* config/mh-*:  Use "true" rather than "echo >/dev/null" for ranlib.
+	* configure.in:  update solaris2 config.
+
+Wed Jun 10 16:31:29 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* random.c:  Add for random() and srandom().
+	* functions.def:  Add random
+
+Tue Jun  9 17:27:18 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/{mh-ncr3000, mh-sysv4}:  Add definition for INSTALL
+	using /usr/ucb/install.
+
+Mon Jun  1 13:20:17 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strerror.c:  Kludge to guard against a conflict with
+	possible declaration of sys_errlist in errno.h.
+
+Sun May 31 15:07:47 1992  Mark Eichin  (eichin at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-solaris: add solaris2 config support.
+
+Fri May 29 17:23:23 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sigsetmask.c:  #ifdef out sigsetmask if SIG_SETMASK
+	is not defined (should be defined in signal.h, says Posix.).
+
+Mon May 18 17:35:04 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merged changes from make-3.62.11.
+
+Fri May  8 14:53:07 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merged changes from bison-1.18.
+
+Tue May  5 11:51:40 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Don't have $(EXTRA_OFILES) depend on config.h,
+	since that introduces a circular dependency.
+	($(EXTRA_OFILES) are used to build config.h.)
+
+	* strtoul.c:  Fixes to handle non-decimal bases better.
+
+Wed Apr 22 09:27:51 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-ncr3000:  Replace MINUS_G with CFLAGS.
+	* Makefile.dos:  Finish MINUS_G eradication.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES):  Add strsignal.c.
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES):  Add strerror.o strsignal.o
+	* Makefile.in (needed-list):  Split creation of errors file to
+	separate make target.
+	* Makefile.in (config.h, needed2.awk, errors):  New targets.
+	* Makefile.in (clean):  Split to multiple lines, add needed2.awk
+	and config.h.
+	* dummy.c (DEFFUNC, DEFVAR):  Add defines and undefs.
+	* functions.def (strerror):  Remove from optional list.
+	* functions.def (sys_nerr, sys_errlist, sys_siglist):  DEFVAR's
+	* functions.def (strerror, psignal):  DEFFUNC's
+	* strerror.c:  Rewrite from scratch to use sys_errlist only if
+	available, add errno_max(), add strerrno(), add strtoerrno(),
+	add test driver.
+	* strsignal.c:  New file, signal equivalent to strerror.c.
+	Uses sys_siglist if available, defines signo_max(), strsignal(),
+	strsigno(), strtosigno(), psignal(), and test driver.
+
+Mon Apr 20 20:49:32 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: do not print recursion line.
+
+	* Makefile.in: allow CFLAGS to be passed in from command line.
+	  Removed MINUS_G.  Default CFLAGS to -g.
+
+Mon Apr 20 12:57:46 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-aix:  New.  EXTRA_OFILES lists copysign.o,
+	so libg++ users don't have to be inconvenienced by a
+	libc.a bug (libc.a needs copysign, but doesn't define it!).
+	* configure.in:  Use config/mh-aix.
+	* strtoul.c:  Handle '-' as required by ANSI.
+	Clean up radix handling.
+	* strstr.c:  Fix buggy algorithm.
+	* Makefile.in:  Change so that ${EXTRA_OFILES} is
+	appended to needed-list (which is used by libg++).
+
+Fri Apr 10 22:51:41 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Recognize new ncr3000 config.
+	* config/mh-ncr3000:  New config file.
+
+Wed Apr  1 23:31:43 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c, dummy.c:  Lint.
+
+Tue Mar 31 18:46:44 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-sysv4:  New config file.
+	* configure.in (host_makefile_frag):  Set to config/mh-sysv4 for
+	host_os == sysv4.
+	* getpagesize.c:  For SVR4, use sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) to get
+	pagesize.
+
+Sun Mar 29 12:26:42 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c:  Lint.
+
+Fri Mar 27 08:32:55 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def (alloca):  Fix return type and args to avoid
+	type clash with gcc's builtin alloca.
+
+Tue Mar 24 23:33:42 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-irix4: irix4 support.
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def, alloca.c: added alloca.
+
+Tue Mar 24 17:34:46 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN):  Make it compile on DECstations.
+
+Thu Mar 19 13:57:42 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Fix various external function definitions to be
+	correct in an ANSI compilation environment.
+
+Sat Mar 14 17:28:17 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Changes to support calling mmalloc functions,
+	which take an additional argument over malloc functions.
+
+Fri Mar  6 22:01:10 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* added check target.
+
+Thu Feb 27 22:19:39 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  #include alloca-conf.h (needed by AIX).
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+	  -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers.  Forced
+	  copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Sat Feb 22 01:09:21 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Check in Fred's version which fixes problems with
+	alloca().
+
+Fri Feb  7 21:46:08 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* makefile.dos:  Remove NUL to keep patch from failing.
+
+Thu Jan 30 22:48:41 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal):  Fix usage of enum has_arg.
+
+Mon Jan 20 18:53:23 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+ 	* getopt.c, getopt1.c, ../include/getopt.h:  Get latest versions.
+
+Sat Jan 18 16:53:01 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  New file to build and destroy standard argument
+	vectors from a command string.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add argv.c and argv.o to appropriate macros.
+
+Fri Dec 20 12:12:57 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Change svr4 references to sysv4.
+
+	* rindex.c:  Declare return type of externally used function
+	strrchr().
+
+Thu Dec 19 18:35:03 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Remove "***" in normal output, since Make produces
+	this on errors, and it's convenient to search for.
+
+Tue Dec 17 23:21:30 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c, strchr.c, strrchr.c:
+	New ANSI functions.  The old non-ANSI functions (such as bcopy)
+	should be avoided.
+	* bcopy.c:  Fix to correctly handle overlapping regions.
+	* index.c, rindex.c:  Re-write in terms of strchr() and strrchr().
+	* functions.def:  Add the new functions.
+	* functions.def:  Add 4th parameter to DEF macro,
+	an ansidecl.h-style prototype.
+	* dummy.c:  Use expanded DEF macro to create a dummy function
+	call, with correct parameter types.  (This avoids some
+	complaints from gcc about predefined builtins.)
+
+	Move the functionality of config/mh-default into Makefile.in.
+	This avoid duplication, and simplifies things slightly.
+	* Makefile.in:  Tweak so we don't need config/mh-default.
+	* README:  Update.
+	* configure.in:  No longer need config/mh-default.
+	* config/mh-default:  Deleted.
+	* config/mh-sysv:  Remove lines copied from old mh-default.
+
+Tue Dec 17 05:46:46 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* fdmatch.c (fdmatch):  Don't compare st_rdev, which is for
+	'mknod' device numbers.
+
+Mon Dec 16 12:25:34 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* fdmatch.c, Makefile.in:  Add new function that takes two
+	open file descriptors and returns nonzero if they refer to
+	the same file, zero otherwise.  (used in gdb)
+
+Wed Dec 11 17:40:39 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+	From DJ:
+	* msdos.c: stub functions for dos.
+	* makefile.dos, configdj.bat: new.
+	* getopt.c: Don't include alloca-conf.h in a GO32 world.
+	
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:14:49 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Fri Dec  6 23:26:45 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove spaces following hyphens because bsd make
+	  can't cope.  added standards.text support.  install using
+	  INSTALL_DATA.
+
+	* configure.in: remove commontargets as it is no longer a
+	  recognized hook.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:46:46 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away.  Added copyrights
+	  and shift gpl to v2.  Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+	  and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+Fri Nov 22 19:15:29 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  find-needed.awk does not fit in 14 chars.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Suppress error checking when compiling the test
+	program, because Ultrix make/sh aborts there due to a bug.
+
+Fri Nov 22 12:23:17 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Re-did how EXTRA_OFILES is used to be more useful.
+	* README:  Explained how the auto-configuration works,
+	and how to add new files and/or configurations.
+
+Fri Nov 22 09:45:23 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtoul.c:  Avoid defining ULONG_MAX if already defined;
+	cast a const char * to char * for pedants.
+
+	* getopt.c:  Only define "const" after local include files get to,
+	and only if they haven't defined it.
+
+Thu Nov 21 16:58:53 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getcwd.c (remove getwd.c): GNU code should call getcwd().  We
+	emulate it with getwd() if available.  This avoids callers having
+	to find a MAXPATHLEN or PATH_MAX value from somewhere.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def:  getwd->getcwd.
+	* configure.in:  Use generic case for every system.
+	* config/mh-{delta88,mach,rs6000,svr4}:  Remove.
+	* config/mh-sysv:  Use default handling, just add -DUSG.
+
+Thu Nov 14 10:58:05 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, config/mh-default: Re-do make magic
+	so that for the default ("automatic") mode we only
+	compile the files we actually need.  Do this using
+	a recursive make:  The top-level generates the list
+	of needed files (loosely, the ones missing in libc),
+	and then passes that list to the recursive make.
+	* config/mh-mach:  Remove obsolete STRERROR-{C,O} macros.
+
+Tue Nov 12 19:10:57 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	RS/6000 host support (grumble).
+
+	* configure.in:  Build alloca-conf.h file from alloca-norm.h
+	(everything else) or alloca-botch.h (rs/6000).
+	* Makefile.in:  Include . on the include path.
+	* getopt.c:  Use alloca-conf.h.
+	* alloca-norm.h:  How to declare alloca on reasonable machines.
+	* alloca-botch.h: How to declare alloca on braindead machines.
+
+Tue Nov 12 09:21:48 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* concat.c :  New file, like concat() in gdb but can take a
+	variable number of arguments rather than fixed at 3 args.  For
+	now, client applications must supply an xmalloc(), which is a
+	front end function to malloc() that deals with out-of-memory
+	conditions.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add concat.c and concat.o to appropriate macros.
+
+Sat Nov  9 13:29:59 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-svr4:  Add sigsetmask to list of required functions.
+
+Sun Nov  3 11:57:56 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* vsprintf.c:  New file.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Add vsprintf.
+
+Sun Oct 27 16:31:22 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-rs6000:  Add rs/6000 host support.
+	* Makefile.in:  Compile with debug info.
+
+Fri Oct 25 17:01:12 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in, and new files: dummy.c, functions.def,
+	config/mf-default:  Added a default configuration mode,
+	which includes into libiberty.a functions that are "missing" in libc.
+	* strdup.c, vprintf.c, vfprintf.c: New files.
+
+Thu Oct 24 02:29:26 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/hmake-svr4: New file.
+
+	* config/hmake-sysv: Add HOST_CFILES and HOST_OFILES.
+
+	* basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c, getpagesize.c getwd.c,
+	index.c, insque.c, rindex.c, spaces.c, strstr.c, vfork.c: New
+	files containing either portable C versions or emulations using
+	native library calls.
+
+	* strerror.c:  Add copyright, internal documentation, etc.
+
+	* strtol.c:  Replace hardwired hex constants with some more
+	portable macros.  Remove illegal (according to gcc) cast.
+
+	* strtoul.c: Replace hardwired hex constant with more portable
+	macro.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Move TARGETLIB and CFLAGS where makefile fragments
+	can override them.  Add new source and object file names to CFILES
+	and OFILES respectively.
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for SVR4 makefile fragments.
+
+Tue Oct 22 19:00:23 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Move RANLIB, AR and AR_FLAGS to where they can be
+	over-ridden by config/hmake-*
+	* configure.in: added m88kcvs to sysv list
+
+Fri Oct  4 01:29:08 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Most hosts need strerror, but one or two don't,
+	and they override these definitions in the host-dependent makefile
+	fragment.
+	* config/hmake-mach:  The odd man out on strerror -- it's supplied.
+	* strerror.c:  New file.
+
+	* strtol.c, strtoul.c:  Add strtol to libiberty, since Mach lacks
+	it and bfd uses it.
+	* configure.in, Makefile.in, config/hmake-mach:  Only configure
+	strtol & strotoul in on Mach.
+
+Tue Sep  3 06:36:23 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Merge with latest FSF version.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7f6392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+#
+# Makefile
+#   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation
+#
+# This file is part of the libiberty library.
+# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+
+# This file was written, and is maintained by K. Richard Pixley
+# <rich@cygnus.com>.
+
+#
+# Makefile for libiberty directory
+#
+
+srcdir = .
+
+prefix = /usr/local
+
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+
+datadir = $(prefix)/share
+
+mandir = $(prefix)/man
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# Multilib support variables.
+MULTISRCTOP =
+MULTIBUILDTOP =
+MULTIDIRS =
+MULTISUBDIR =
+MULTIDO = true
+MULTICLEAN = true
+
+INSTALL = install -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL)
+INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL)
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+
+ERRORS_CC = $(CC)
+CC = cc
+CFLAGS = -g
+LIBCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+RANLIB = ranlib
+
+PICFLAG =
+
+MAKEOVERRIDES =
+
+TARGETLIB = libiberty.a
+
+CONFIG_H = lconfig.h
+NEEDED_LIST = lneeded-list
+
+# HOST_OFILES contains the list of objects that should be in the
+# library (in addition to the REQUIRED_OFILES and EXTRA_OFILES).
+# A configuration may override this with a fixed list a object files
+# names (hard to maintain), or some other way to generate a list.
+HOST_OFILES=`cat needed-list`
+
+# Extra targets that the top-level target depends on.
+# Specifically, what needs to be made before HOST_OFILES can be used.
+# Can be empty if HOST_OFILES is just a list of file names.
+DO_ALSO = needed-list
+
+# A configuration can specify extra .o files that should be included,
+# even if they are in libc. (Perhaps the libc version is buggy.)
+EXTRA_OFILES = 
+
+# Flags to pass to a recursive make.
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"AR=$(AR)" \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"LIBCFLAGS=$(LIBCFLAGS)" \
+	"EXTRA_OFILES=$(EXTRA_OFILES)" \
+	"HDEFINES=$(HDEFINES)" \
+	"LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS)" \
+	"LOADLIBES=$(LOADLIBES)" \
+	"PICFLAG=$(PICFLAG)" \
+	"RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \
+	"SHELL=$(SHELL)"
+
+all: stamp-picdir $(TARGETLIB) required-list
+	@if [ "$(RULE1)" != "not-used" ]; then \
+	  $(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=all; \
+	else true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: check installcheck
+check installcheck:
+
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+INCDIR=$(srcdir)/$(MULTISRCTOP)../include
+
+COMPILE.c = $(CC) -c $(LIBCFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES)
+.c.o:
+	test -z "$(PICFLAG)" || \
+	  $(COMPILE.c) $(PICFLAG) $< -o pic/$@
+	$(COMPILE.c) $<
+
+# The default target just invokes make recursively.
+# However, the automatic configuration (in config/mh_default).
+# first causes it to figure out the objects missing in libc.
+info install-info clean-info dvi:
+
+# Include files that are in this directory.
+HFILES =
+
+# NOTE: If you add new files to the library, add them to this list
+# (alphabetical), and add them to REQUIRED_OFILES or 'functions.def'.
+CFILES = alloca.c argv.c atexit.c basename.c bcmp.c bcopy.c bzero.c \
+	 choose-temp.c clock.c concat.c cplus-dem.c fdmatch.c fnmatch.c \
+	 getcwd.c getopt.c getopt1.c getpagesize.c getruntime.c \
+         floatformat.c hex.c index.c insque.c \
+	 memchr.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memmove.c memset.c objalloc.c \
+         obstack.c random.c rename.c rindex.c sigsetmask.c spaces.c \
+	 strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c \
+         strchr.c strdup.c strerror.c strrchr.c strsignal.c \
+         strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c tmpnam.c \
+	 vasprintf.c vfork.c vfprintf.c vprintf.c vsprintf.c waitpid.c \
+	 xatexit.c xexit.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrerror.c
+# These are always included in the library.
+REQUIRED_OFILES = argv.o basename.o choose-temp.o concat.o cplus-dem.o \
+  fdmatch.o fnmatch.o getopt.o getopt1.o getruntime.o hex.o \
+  floatformat.o objalloc.o obstack.o spaces.o strerror.o strsignal.o \
+  xatexit.o xexit.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrerror.o
+
+# Do we want/need any config overrides?
+#	 
+
+STAGESTUFF = $(TARGETLIB) *.o
+
+INSTALL_DEST = libdir
+install: install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST)
+
+install_to_libdir: all
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n
+	( cd $(libdir) ; $(RANLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n )
+	mv -f $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n $(libdir)$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB)
+	@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install
+
+install_to_tooldir: all
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n
+	( cd $(tooldir) ; $(RANLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n )
+	mv -f $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n $(tooldir)/lib$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB)
+	@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install
+
+# The default configuration adds to libiberty all those functions that are
+# missing in libc.  More precisely, it includes whatever $(CC) fails to find.
+# Then a sed+awk combination translates the ld error messages into
+# a list of .o files.
+
+needed-list: stamp-picdir $(NEEDED_LIST)
+	cp $(NEEDED_LIST) needed-list
+
+lneeded-list: $(EXTRA_OFILES) needed.awk errors
+	rm -f lneeded-list
+	f=""; \
+	for i in `awk -f needed.awk <errors` $(EXTRA_OFILES) ; do \
+	  case " $$f " in \
+	    *" $$i "*) ;; \
+	    *) f="$$f $$i" ;; \
+	  esac ; \
+	done ; \
+	case $$f in \
+	    *alloca.o*) f="$$f xmalloc.o xexit.o" ;; \
+	esac ; \
+	echo $$f >>lneeded-list
+
+# Generate an awk script that looks for functions in functions.def
+
+needed.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile
+	echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed.awk
+	grep '^DEF(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	    | sed -e '/DEF/s|DEF.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "\1.o " }|' \
+	    >>needed.awk
+
+config.h: $(CONFIG_H)
+	cp $(CONFIG_H) config.h
+
+lconfig.h: needed2.awk errors
+	echo "/* !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT! */" >lconfig.h
+	awk -f needed2.awk <errors >>lconfig.h
+
+# Generate an awk script that looks for variables in functions.def
+
+needed2.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile
+	echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed2.awk
+	grep '^DEFVAR(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	 | sed -e '/DEFVAR/s|DEFVAR.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \
+	 >>needed2.awk
+	grep '^DEFFUNC(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	 | sed -e '/DEFFUNC/s|DEFFUNC.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \
+	 >>needed2.awk
+
+dummy.o: $(srcdir)/dummy.c $(srcdir)/functions.def
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES) $(srcdir)/dummy.c 2>/dev/null
+
+errors: dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES)
+	-($(ERRORS_CC) -o dummy $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(ERRORS_LDFLAGS) dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES) $(LOADLIBES)) >errors 2>&1 || true
+
+# required-list is used when building a shared bfd/opcodes/libiberty library.
+required-list: Makefile
+	echo $(REQUIRED_OFILES) > required-list
+
+$(HOST_OFILES) $(REQUIRED_OFILES) : config.h
+
+RULE1 = $(TARGETLIB)
+$(RULE1): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(DO_ALSO) .always.
+	@$(MAKE) RULE1=not-used RULE2=$(TARGETLIB) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \
+		"HOST_OFILES=$(HOST_OFILES)"
+
+# Rule invoked by recursive make in $(RULE1).
+RULE2 = not-used
+$(RULE2): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+	rm -rf $(TARGETLIB)
+	$(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(TARGETLIB) \
+	  $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+	$(RANLIB) $(TARGETLIB)
+
+stamp-picdir:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ] && [ ! -d pic ]; then \
+	  mkdir pic; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-picdir
+
+.always.:
+# Do nothing.
+
+.PHONY: all etags tags ls clean stage1 stage2 .always.
+
+etags tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(CFILES) $(HFILES)
+	etags `for i in $(HFILES) $(CFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i ; done`
+
+# The standalone demangler (c++filt) has been moved to binutils.
+demangle:
+	@echo "The standalone demangler, now named c++filt, is now"
+	@echo "a part of binutils."
+	@false
+
+ls:
+	@echo Makefile $(HFILES) $(CFILES)
+
+# Need to deal with profiled libraries, too.
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -rf *.o pic core errs \#* *.E a.out
+	rm -f needed.awk needed2.awk errors dummy needed-list config.h
+	rm -f $(CONFIG_H) $(NEEDED_LIST) stamp-picdir
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=mostlyclean
+clean: mostlyclean
+	rm -f *.a required-list tmpmulti.out
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=clean
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f *~ Makefile config.status alloca-conf.h xhost-mkfrag TAGS multilib.out
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=distclean
+maintainer-clean realclean: distclean
+
+force:
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+argv.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+basename.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+concat.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+cplus-dem.o: $(INCDIR)/demangle.h
+fdmatch.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+fnmatch.o: $(INCDIR)/fnmatch.h
+getopt.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h
+getopt1.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h
+getruntime.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+hex.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+floatformat.o: $(INCDIR)/floatformat.h
+objalloc.o: $(INCDIR)/objalloc.h
+obstack.o: $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+spaces.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+strerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+strsignal.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xatexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xmalloc.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xstrdup.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xstrerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/README b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5081bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/README
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+This directory contains the -liberty library of free software.
+It is a collection of subroutines used by various GNU programs.
+Current members include:
+
+	getopt -- get options from command line
+	obstack -- stacks of arbitrarily-sized objects
+	strerror -- error message strings corresponding to errno
+	strtol -- string-to-long conversion
+	strtoul -- string-to-unsigned-long conversion
+
+We expect many of the GNU subroutines that are floating around to
+eventually arrive here.
+
+To build the library, do:
+
+	./configure HOSTTYPE
+	make
+
+Please report bugs and fixes to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  Thank you.
+
+ADDING A NEW FILE
+=================
+
+There are two sets of files:  Those that are "required" will be
+included in the library for all configurations, while those
+that are "optional" will be included in the library only if "needed."
+
+To add a new required file, edit Makefile to add the source file
+name to CFILES and the object file to REQUIRED_OFILES.
+
+Adding a new optional file is more fragile.  As a general rule,
+an optional file will be included in the library if it provides
+functionality missing in the "standard" C library.
+For most hosts, the Makefile automatically figures out which
+functionality is missing by compiling and linking a dummy test
+program, and examining the error messages.
+
+So to get this to work, you should do the following:
+
+1) Select one function defined in the file you're adding.
+For example, the getcwd function.
+2) Add that function to the list in the file functions.def.
+3) The name of the new file must be the same as the function
+you've chosen with the .c suffix added.  E.g. getcwd() must be
+defined in getcwd.c.  (The file can define other functions as well.)
+4) In Makefile.in, add the name of the source file (e.g. getcwd.c)
+to CFILES.
+
+The file you've added (e.g. getcwd.c) should compile and work
+on all hosts where it is needed (e.g. not found when linking
+the dummy.c program).  It does not have to work or even
+compile on hosts where it is not needed.
+
+HOW THE AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION WORKS
+=====================================
+
+The libiberty.a target (in RULE1) depends on $(DO_ALSO).
+For normal configurations, DO_ALSO=needed-list.
+
+So needed-list is first made.  The needed-list rule compiles
+dummy.c.  Because dummy.c includes functions.def, the
+resulting object file will contain a call to each of the
+optional functions (for simplicity assume each optional file
+defines a single function).  This object file will be linked
+against the standard libraries (as defined by using $(CC)
+and various flags).  Any function missing will causes the
+linker to emit an error message.  We assume the name
+of the missing function(s) are in the error message(s).
+The awk script find-needed.awk has been generated from
+functions.def.  It is used to search the linker output
+messages for words that match the functions listed in
+functions.def.  The list of functions found is written
+on a single line to the file needed-list.
+
+After needed-list has been generated, the libiberty.a
+target (in RULE1) just calls 'make' recursively.
+It passes the contents of needed-list using the
+definition (expanded) HOST_OFILES="`cat needed-list`".
+It also tells the inferior 'make' to use RULE2.
+
+The inferior 'make' is very conventional:  The main
+rule is $(RULE2) (which is libiberty.a).  It depends
+on a list of object files: $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+(and $(EXTRA_OFILES), which is usually empty).  The superior
+'make' passes in $(HOST_OFILES); the others are fixed
+in the Makefile.
+
+ADDING A NEW CONFIGURATION
+==========================
+
+On most hosts you should be able to use the scheme for automatically
+figuring out which files are needed.  In that case, you probably
+don't need a special Makefile stub for that configuration.
+
+If the fully automatic scheme doesn't work, you may be able to get
+by with defining EXTRA_OFILES in your Makefile stub.  This is
+a list of object file names that should be treated as required
+for this configuration - they will be included in libiberty.a,
+regardless of whatever might be in the C library.  Moreover,
+when the dummy.c program is linked, it will be linked with
+$(EXTRA_OFILES).  Therefore, if a function in functions.def
+is defined by one of the EXTRA_OFILES, it will not be listed as
+"needed".  Thus if your hal9000 host needs a special implementation
+of getcwd, you can just create hal9000-getcwd.c, and define:
+	EXTRA_OFILES=hal9000-getcwd.o
+Or if you want to use the libiberty version of strstr(),
+even though there is a version in the C library (it might be
+buggy or slow), just define:
+	EXTRA_OFILES=strstr.o
+
+You can create a "manual" host configuration FOO with a file
+config/mh-FOO.  In it, the HOST_OFILES macro should explicitly
+list that subset of the optional files that should be in the
+library.  You should also set:
+	DO_ALSO =
+This overrides all of the magic needed to automatically
+determine which files are "needed."  However, keeping that list
+up to date is another matter...
+
+HOW THE MANUAL CONFIGURATION WORKS
+==================================
+
+This also uses a recursive make, but the superior make
+does not do anything interesting - it just calls the
+inferior make with HOST_OFILES defined as $(HOST_OFILES),
+which is the list you created in your configuration.
+
+You probably don't want to depend on manual configuration,
+because keeping the HOST_OFILES list up-to-date will be a pain.
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-botch.h b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-botch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c909573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-botch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* RS/6000 AIX botched alloca and requires a pragma, which ordinary compilers
+   throw up about, so we have to put it in a specially-configured file.
+   Like this one.  */
+
+#pragma alloca
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-norm.h b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-norm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..394a653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca-norm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* "Normal" configuration for alloca.  */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+#if defined (sparc) && defined (sun)
+#include <alloca.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+extern void *__builtin_alloca();
+#else /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
+extern char *__builtin_alloca();  /* Stupid include file doesn't declare it */
+#endif /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
+#else /* ! defined (sparc) || ! defined (sun) */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+PTR alloca (size_t);
+#else /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
+PTR alloca ();			/* must agree with functions.def */
+#endif /* ! defined (__STDC__) */
+#endif /* ! defined (sparc) || ! defined (sun) */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..911d42f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed.  */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#endif /* static */
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#else
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+typedef unsigned size_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define	NULL	0
+#endif
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+extern pointer xmalloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#endif
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY */
+
+#endif /* no alloca */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/argv.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/argv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60694f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/argv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/* Create and destroy argument vectors (argv's)
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*  Create and destroy argument vectors.  An argument vector is simply an
+    array of string pointers, terminated by a NULL pointer. */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef isspace
+#undef isspace
+#endif
+#define isspace(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);	/* 4.11.2.1 */
+extern size_t strlen (const char *s);				/* 4.11.6.3 */
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *realloc (void *ptr, size_t size);			/* 4.10.3.4 */
+extern void free (void *ptr);					/* 4.10.3.2 */
+extern char *strdup (const char *s);				/* Non-ANSI */
+
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+
+#if !defined _WIN32 || defined __GNUC__
+extern char *memcpy ();		/* Copy memory region */
+extern int strlen ();		/* Count length of string */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *realloc ();	/* Standard memory reallocator */
+extern void free ();		/* Free malloc'd memory */
+extern char *strdup ();		/* Duplicate a string */
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+#include "alloca-conf.h"
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EOS
+#define EOS '\0'
+#endif
+
+#define INITIAL_MAXARGC 8	/* Number of args + NULL in initial argv */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	freeargv -- free an argument vector
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	void freeargv (vector)
+	char **vector;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Free an argument vector that was built using buildargv.  Simply scans
+	through the vector, freeing the memory for each argument until the
+	terminating NULL is found, and then frees the vector itself.
+
+RETURNS
+
+	No value.
+
+*/
+
+void freeargv (vector)
+char **vector;
+{
+  register char **scan;
+
+  if (vector != NULL)
+    {
+      for (scan = vector; *scan != NULL; scan++)
+	{
+	  free (*scan);
+	}
+      free (vector);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	buildargv -- build an argument vector from a string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char **buildargv (sp)
+	char *sp;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields
+	separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single
+	or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of
+	pointers to copies of the string for each field.  The input string
+	remains unchanged.
+
+	All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string
+	is obtained from malloc.  All of the memory can be returned to the
+	system with the single function call freeargv, which takes the
+	returned result of buildargv, as it's argument.
+
+	The memory for the argv array is dynamically expanded as necessary.
+
+RETURNS
+
+	Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful. Returns NULL
+	if the input string pointer is NULL or if there is insufficient
+	memory to complete building the argument vector.
+
+NOTES
+
+	In order to provide a working buffer for extracting arguments into,
+	with appropriate stripping of quotes and translation of backslash
+	sequences, we allocate a working buffer at least as long as the input
+	string.  This ensures that we always have enough space in which to
+	work, since the extracted arg is never larger than the input string.
+
+	If the input is a null string (as opposed to a NULL pointer), then
+	buildarg returns an argv that has one arg, a null string.
+
+	Argv is always kept terminated with a NULL arg pointer, so it can
+	be passed to freeargv at any time, or returned, as appropriate.
+*/
+
+char **buildargv (input)
+char *input;
+{
+  char *arg;
+  char *copybuf;
+  int squote = 0;
+  int dquote = 0;
+  int bsquote = 0;
+  int argc = 0;
+  int maxargc = 0;
+  char **argv = NULL;
+  char **nargv;
+
+  if (input != NULL)
+    {
+      copybuf = alloca (strlen (input) + 1);
+      /* Is a do{}while to always execute the loop once.  Always return an
+	 argv, even for null strings.  See NOTES above, test case below. */
+      do
+	{
+	  /* Pick off argv[argc] */
+	  while (isspace (*input))
+	    {
+	      input++;
+	    }
+	  if ((maxargc == 0) || (argc >= (maxargc - 1)))
+	    {
+	      /* argv needs initialization, or expansion */
+	      if (argv == NULL)
+		{
+		  maxargc = INITIAL_MAXARGC;
+		  nargv = (char **) malloc (maxargc * sizeof (char *));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  maxargc *= 2;
+		  nargv = (char **) realloc (argv, maxargc * sizeof (char *));
+		}
+	      if (nargv == NULL)
+		{
+		  if (argv != NULL)
+		    {
+		      freeargv (argv);
+		      argv = NULL;
+		    }
+		  break;
+		}
+	      argv = nargv;
+	      argv[argc] = NULL;
+	    }
+	  /* Begin scanning arg */
+	  arg = copybuf;
+	  while (*input != EOS)
+	    {
+	      if (isspace (*input) && !squote && !dquote && !bsquote)
+		{
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (bsquote)
+		    {
+		      bsquote = 0;
+		      *arg++ = *input;
+		    }
+		  else if (*input == '\\')
+		    {
+		      bsquote = 1;
+		    }
+		  else if (squote)
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '\'')
+			{
+			  squote = 0;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  else if (dquote)
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '"')
+			{
+			  dquote = 0;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '\'')
+			{
+			  squote = 1;
+			}
+		      else if (*input == '"')
+			{
+			  dquote = 1;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  input++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *arg = EOS;
+	  argv[argc] = strdup (copybuf);
+	  if (argv[argc] == NULL)
+	    {
+	      freeargv (argv);
+	      argv = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  argc++;
+	  argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+	  while (isspace (*input))
+	    {
+	      input++;
+	    }
+	}
+      while (*input != EOS);
+    }
+  return (argv);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+/* Simple little test driver. */
+
+static char *tests[] =
+{
+  "a simple command line",
+  "arg 'foo' is single quoted",
+  "arg \"bar\" is double quoted",
+  "arg \"foo bar\" has embedded whitespace",
+  "arg 'Jack said \\'hi\\'' has single quotes",
+  "arg 'Jack said \\\"hi\\\"' has double quotes",
+  "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9",
+  
+  /* This should be expanded into only one argument.  */
+  "trailing-whitespace ",
+
+  "",
+  NULL
+};
+
+main ()
+{
+  char **argv;
+  char **test;
+  char **targs;
+
+  for (test = tests; *test != NULL; test++)
+    {
+      printf ("buildargv(\"%s\")\n", *test);
+      if ((argv = buildargv (*test)) == NULL)
+	{
+	  printf ("failed!\n\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (targs = argv; *targs != NULL; targs++)
+	    {
+	      printf ("\t\"%s\"\n", *targs);
+	    }
+	  printf ("\n");
+	}
+      freeargv (argv);
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif	/* MAIN */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/atexit.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/atexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4463cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#ifndef NEED_on_exit
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/basename.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..689b0c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Return the basename of a pathname.
+   This file is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	basename -- return pointer to last component of a pathname
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *basename (const char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Given a pointer to a string containing a typical pathname
+	(/usr/src/cmd/ls/ls.c for example), returns a pointer to the
+	last component of the pathname ("ls.c" in this case).
+
+BUGS
+	Presumes a UNIX style path with UNIX style separators.
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef NEED_basename
+
+char *
+basename (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const char *base = name;
+
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      if (*name++ == '/')
+	{
+	  base = name;
+	}
+    }
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcmp.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11e4417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* bcmp
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	bcmp -- compare two memory regions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int bcmp (char *from, char *to, int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Compare two memory regions and return zero if they are identical,
+	non-zero otherwise.  If count is zero, return zero.
+
+NOTES
+
+	No guarantee is made about the non-zero returned value.  In
+	particular, the results may be signficantly different than
+	strcmp(), where the return value is guaranteed to be less than,
+	equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical
+	sorting of the compared regions.
+
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+
+int
+bcmp (from, to, count)
+  char *from, *to;
+  int count;
+{
+  int rtnval = 0;
+
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*from++ != *to++)
+	{
+	  rtnval = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return (rtnval);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcopy.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcopy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b655363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bcopy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
+
+NAME
+	bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitrary length
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bcopy (char *in, char *out, int length)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory
+	region pointed to by OUT.
+
+BUGS
+	Significant speed improvements can be made in some cases by
+	implementing copies of multiple bytes simultaneously, or unrolling
+	the copy loop.
+
+*/
+
+void
+bcopy (src, dest, len)
+  register char *src, *dest;
+  int len;
+{
+  if (dest < src)
+    while (len--)
+      *dest++ = *src++;
+  else
+    {
+      char *lasts = src + (len-1);
+      char *lastd = dest + (len-1);
+      while (len--)
+        *(char *)lastd-- = *(char *)lasts--;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bzero.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bzero.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d01644b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/bzero.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Portable version of bzero for systems without it.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	bzero -- zero the contents of a specified memory region
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bzero (char *to, int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Zero COUNT bytes of memory pointed to by TO.
+
+BUGS
+	Significant speed enhancements may be made in some environments
+	by zeroing more than a single byte at a time, or by unrolling the
+	loop.
+
+*/
+
+
+void
+bzero (to, count)
+  char *to;
+  int count;
+{
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      *to++ = 0;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/choose-temp.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/choose-temp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0383832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/choose-temp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* Utility to pick a temporary filename prefix.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file exports one function: choose_temp_base.  */
+
+/* This file lives in at least two places: libiberty and gcc.
+   Don't change one without the other.  */
+
+#ifndef NO_SYS_FILE_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>   /* May get R_OK, etc. on some systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef R_OK
+#define R_OK 4
+#define W_OK 2
+#define X_OK 1
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* May get P_tmpdir.  */
+
+#ifdef IN_GCC
+#include "config.h"
+#include "gansidecl.h"
+extern char *xmalloc ();
+#else
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (_WIN32)
+#define DIR_SEPARATOR '\\'
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+/* On MSDOS, write temp files in current dir
+   because there's no place else we can expect to use.  */
+/* ??? Although the current directory is tried as a last resort,
+   this is left in so that on MSDOS it is prefered to /tmp on the
+   off chance that someone requires this, since that was the previous
+   behaviour.  */
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+#define P_tmpdir "."
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Name of temporary file.
+   mktemp requires 6 trailing X's.  */
+#define TEMP_FILE "ccXXXXXX"
+
+/* Subroutine of choose_temp_base.
+   If BASE is non-NULL, returh it.
+   Otherwise it checks if DIR is a usable directory.
+   If success, DIR is returned.
+   Otherwise NULL is returned.  */
+
+static char *
+try (dir, base)
+     char *dir, *base;
+{
+  if (base != 0)
+    return base;
+  if (dir != 0
+      && access (dir, R_OK | W_OK) == 0)
+    return dir;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a prefix for temporary file names or NULL if unable to find one.
+   The current directory is chosen if all else fails so the program is
+   exited if a temporary directory can't be found (mktemp fails).
+   The buffer for the result is obtained with xmalloc.  */
+
+char *
+choose_temp_base ()
+{
+  char *base = 0;
+  char *temp_filename;
+  int len;
+  static char tmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
+  static char usrtmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 'u', 's', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
+
+#ifndef MPW
+  base = try (getenv ("TMPDIR"), base);
+  base = try (getenv ("TMP"), base);
+  base = try (getenv ("TEMP"), base);
+
+#ifdef P_tmpdir
+  base = try (P_tmpdir, base);
+#endif
+
+  /* Try /usr/tmp, then /tmp.  */
+  base = try (usrtmp, base);
+  base = try (tmp, base);
+ 
+  /* If all else fails, use the current directory!  */
+  if (base == 0)
+    base = ".";
+
+#else /* MPW */
+  base = ":";
+#endif
+
+  len = strlen (base);
+  if (len == 0)
+    abort ();
+  temp_filename = xmalloc (len + 1 /*DIR_SEPARATOR*/
+			   + strlen (TEMP_FILE) + 1);
+  strcpy (temp_filename, base);
+
+#ifndef MPW
+  if (temp_filename[len-1] != '/'
+      && temp_filename[len-1] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
+    temp_filename[len++] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
+#else /* MPW */
+  if (temp_filename[len-1] != ':')
+    temp_filename[len++] = ':';
+#endif /* MPW */
+  strcpy (temp_filename + len, TEMP_FILE);
+
+  mktemp (temp_filename);
+  if (strlen (temp_filename) == 0)
+    abort ();
+  return temp_filename;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/clock.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b60de16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* ANSI-compatible clock function.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: should be able to declare as clock_t. */
+
+long
+clock ()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+  struct rusage rusage;
+
+  getrusage (0, &rusage);
+  return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec
+	  + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+  struct tms tms;
+
+  times (&tms);
+  return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ);
+#else
+#ifdef VMS
+  struct
+    {
+      int proc_user_time;
+      int proc_system_time;
+      int child_user_time;
+      int child_system_time;
+    } vms_times;
+
+  times (&vms_times);
+  return (vms_times.proc_user_time + vms_times.proc_system_time) * 10000;
+#else
+  /* A fallback, if nothing else available. */
+  return 0;
+#endif /* VMS */
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */
+#endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/concat.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/concat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b132c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/concat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/* Concatenate variable number of strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	concat -- concatenate a variable number of strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	#include <varargs.h>
+
+	char *concat (s1, s2, s3, ..., NULL)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Concatenate a variable number of strings and return the result
+	in freshly malloc'd memory.
+
+	Returns NULL if insufficient memory is available.  The argument
+	list is terminated by the first NULL pointer encountered.  Pointers
+	to empty strings are ignored.
+
+NOTES
+
+	This function uses xmalloc() which is expected to be a front end
+	function to malloc() that deals with low memory situations.  In
+	typical use, if malloc() returns NULL then xmalloc() diverts to an
+	error handler routine which never returns, and thus xmalloc will
+	never return a NULL pointer.  If the client application wishes to
+	deal with low memory situations itself, it should supply an xmalloc
+	that just directly invokes malloc and blindly returns whatever
+	malloc returns.
+*/
+
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern size_t strlen (const char *s);
+#else
+extern int strlen ();
+#endif
+
+#define NULLP (char *)0
+
+/* VARARGS */
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+char *
+concat (const char *first, ...)
+#else
+char *
+concat (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  register int length;
+  register char *newstr;
+  register char *end;
+  register const char *arg;
+  va_list args;
+#ifndef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+  const char *first;
+#endif
+
+  /* First compute the size of the result and get sufficient memory. */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+  va_start (args, first);
+#else
+  va_start (args);
+  first = va_arg (args, const char *);
+#endif
+
+  if (first == NULLP)
+    length = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      length = strlen (first);
+      while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP)
+	{
+	  length += strlen (arg);
+	}
+    }
+  newstr = (char *) xmalloc (length + 1);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  /* Now copy the individual pieces to the result string. */
+
+  if (newstr != NULLP)
+    {
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+      va_start (args, first);
+#else
+      va_start (args);
+      first = va_arg (args, const char *);
+#endif
+      end = newstr;
+      if (first != NULLP)
+	{
+	  arg = first;
+	  while (*arg)
+	    {
+	      *end++ = *arg++;
+	    }
+	  while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP)
+	    {
+	      while (*arg)
+		{
+		  *end++ = *arg++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      *end = '\000';
+      va_end (args);
+    }
+
+  return (newstr);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+/* Simple little test driver. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  printf ("\"\" = \"%s\"\n", concat (NULLP));
+  printf ("\"a\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"ab\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abc\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", "c", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcd\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "cd", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcde\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "c", "de", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcdef\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("", "a", "", "bcd", "ef", NULLP));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config.table b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config.table
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dba783b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config.table
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+case "${host}" in
+  rs6000-ibm-aix3.1 | rs6000-ibm-aix)
+                        frag=mh-aix
+			files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;;
+  *-ibm-aix*)		files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;;
+  arm-*-riscix*)	frag=mh-riscix ;;
+  m68k-apollo-bsd*)	frag=mh-a68bsd ;;
+  m68k-apollo-sysv*)	frag=mh-apollo68 ;;
+  i[3456]86-ncr-sysv4*)	frag=mh-ncr3000 ;;
+  *-*-cxux7*)		frag=mh-cxux7 ;;
+  *-*-cygwin32)		frag=mh-cygwin32 ;;
+  *-*-dgux*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  hppa*-hp-bsd*)	frag=mh-hpbsd ;;
+  *-*-hpux*)		frag=mh-hpux ;;
+  *-*-hiux*)		frag=mh-hpux ;;
+  *-*-irix4*)		frag=mh-irix4 ;;
+  *-*-irix*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-m88kbcs*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-solaris2*)	frag=mh-sysv4 ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)		frag=mh-sysv4 ;;
+  *-*-sysv*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-go32)		frag=mh-go32 ;;
+  i[345]86-*-windows*)	frag=mh-windows ;;
+
+  *-*-vxworks5*)
+    # VxWorks 5 needs special action, because the usual
+    # autoconfiguration scheme does not work.
+    frag=mt-vxworks5
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Try to handle funky case of solaris 2 -> sun 4.
+case "${host}" in
+  sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3)
+	if [ "${with_cross_host}" != "${host}" ] ; then
+	   frag=mt-sunos4
+	fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+frags=$frag
+
+# If they didn't specify --enable-shared, don't generate shared libs.
+case "${enable_shared}" in
+  yes) shared=yes ;;
+  no) shared=no ;;
+  *) shared=yes ;;
+esac
+if [ "${shared}" = "yes" ]; then
+  case "${host}" in
+    hppa*-*-*)	   frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-papic" ;;
+    i[3456]86-*-*) frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-x86pic" ;;
+    *-*-*)	   frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-${host_cpu}pic" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+echo "# Warning: this fragment is automatically generated" > temp-frag
+
+for frag in ${frags}; do
+  frag=${srcdir}/${xsrcdir}config/$frag
+  if [ -f ${frag} ]; then
+    echo "Appending ${frag} to xhost-mkfrag"
+    echo "# Following fragment copied from ${frag}" >> temp-frag
+    cat ${frag} >> temp-frag
+  fi
+done
+
+frag=xhost-mkfrag
+${config_shell} ${moveifchange} temp-frag xhost-mkfrag
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7 b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4d30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF -DHARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT
+RANLIB=true
+INSTALL = cp
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb102d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+RANLIB=true
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4 b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1aa3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF
+RANLIB=true
+INSTALL = cp
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8fe5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# This file is a shell script fragment that supplies the information
+# necessary for a configure script to process the program in
+# this directory.  For more information, look at ../configure.
+
+configdirs=
+srctrigger=getopt1.c
+srcname="-liberty library"
+
+# per-host:
+
+files="alloca-norm.h"
+links="alloca-conf.h"
+
+. ${srcdir}/config.table
+host_makefile_frag=${frag}
+
+# per-target:
+
+# post-target:
+
+# If this is the target libiberty, check at compile time whether we are using
+# newlib.  If we are, we already know the files we need, since the linker
+# will fail when run on some of the newlib targets.
+if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then
+  cat > Makefile.tem <<'!EOF!'
+CONFIG_H = xconfig.h
+NEEDED_LIST = xneeded-list
+
+xconfig.h: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_nerr 1" >xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_errlist 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_siglist 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_strsignal 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_psignal 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lconfig.h; \
+	  cp lconfig.h xconfig.h; \
+	fi
+
+xneeded-list: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  echo insque.o random.o strdup.o alloca.o vasprintf.o >xneeded-list; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lneeded-list; \
+	  cp lneeded-list xneeded-list; \
+	fi
+!EOF!
+sed -e "/^####/  r Makefile.tem" \
+  -e '/INSTALL_DEST =/s/libdir/tooldir/' ${Makefile} > Makefile.tem3
+mv Makefile.tem3 ${Makefile}
+rm -f Makefile.tem
+fi
+
+# We need multilib support, but only if configuring for the target.
+if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then
+  case ${srcdir} in
+  .)
+    if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+
+      # Set MULTISRCTOP to the value we need if we are not doing
+      # multilib.  This will be overridden if --enable-multilib was
+      # used.
+      sed -e "s:^MULTISRCTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISRCTOP = ../:" \
+	${Makefile} > Makefile.tem
+      rm -f ${Makefile}
+      mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+      . ${srcdir}/${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in
+    else
+      . ${srcdir}/${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/copysign.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/copysign.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b5f8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/copysign.c
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+typedef union 
+{
+  double value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int fraction0:4;
+    unsigned int fraction1:16;
+    unsigned int fraction2:16;
+    unsigned int fraction3:16;
+    
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int function0:3;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function2:16;
+    unsigned int function3:16;
+  } nan;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned long msw;
+    unsigned long lsw;
+  } parts;
+    long aslong[2];
+} __ieee_double_shape_type;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+typedef union 
+{
+  double value;
+  struct 
+  {
+#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS
+    unsigned int fraction3:16;
+    unsigned int fraction2:16;
+    unsigned int fraction1:16;
+    unsigned int fraction0: 4;
+#else
+    unsigned int fraction1:32;
+    unsigned int fraction0:20;
+#endif
+    unsigned int exponent :11;
+    unsigned int sign     : 1;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS
+    unsigned int function3:16;
+    unsigned int function2:16;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function0:3;
+#else
+    unsigned int function1:32;
+    unsigned int function0:19;
+#endif
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+  } nan;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned long lsw;
+    unsigned long msw;
+  } parts;
+
+  long aslong[2];
+
+} __ieee_double_shape_type;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+typedef union
+{
+  float value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 8;
+    unsigned int fraction0: 7;
+    unsigned int fraction1: 16;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign:1;
+    unsigned int exponent:8;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int function0:6;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+  } nan;
+  long p1;
+  
+} __ieee_float_shape_type;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+typedef union
+{
+  float value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int fraction0: 7;
+    unsigned int fraction1: 16;
+    unsigned int exponent: 8;
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function0:6;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int exponent:8;
+    unsigned int sign:1;
+  } nan;
+  long p1;
+  
+} __ieee_float_shape_type;
+#endif
+
+
+double DEFUN(copysign, (x, y), double x AND double y)
+{
+  __ieee_double_shape_type a,b;
+  b.value = y;  
+  a.value = x;
+  a.number.sign =b.number.sign;
+  return a.value;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/cplus-dem.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9579021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3062 @@
+/* Demangler for GNU C++ 
+   Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp)
+   Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling
+   
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle.
+
+   This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and
+   realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no
+   available memory.  */
+
+/* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty.  When making changes, please
+   try not to break either.  */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <demangle.h>
+#undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options
+
+extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((unsigned));
+extern char *xrealloc PARAMS((char *, unsigned));
+
+static const char *mystrstr PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+
+static const char *
+mystrstr (s1, s2)
+     const char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  register const char *p = s1;
+  register int len = strlen (s2);
+
+  for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0)
+	{
+	  return (p);
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings
+   using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific
+   one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the
+   commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for
+   is in that string.  CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the
+   assembler can deal with that.  Where the assembler can't, it's usually
+   '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things).  We put the
+   current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed
+   by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case
+   the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'.
+
+   We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual
+   cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by
+   ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc<n>_compiled
+   marker symbol (FIXME).  */
+
+#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER)
+#define CPLUS_MARKER '$'
+#endif
+
+enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling;
+
+static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' };
+
+void
+set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (ch)
+     int ch;
+{
+  cplus_markers[0] = ch;
+}
+
+/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines.
+   Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant.  */
+
+struct work_stuff
+{
+  int options;
+  char **typevec;
+  int ntypes;
+  int typevec_size;
+  int constructor;
+  int destructor;
+  int static_type;	/* A static member function */
+  int const_type;	/* A const member function */
+};
+
+#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI)
+#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES       (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS)
+
+static const struct optable
+{
+  const char *in;
+  const char *out;
+  int flags;
+} optable[] = {
+  {"nw",	  " new",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"dl",	  " delete",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"new",	  " new",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"delete",	  " delete",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"vn",	  " new []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"vd",	  " delete []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"as",	  "=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ne",	  "!=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old, ansi */
+  {"eq",	  "==",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"ge",	  ">=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"gt",	  ">",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"le",	  "<=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"lt",	  "<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"plus",	  "+",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pl",	  "+",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"apl",	  "+=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"minus",	  "-",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mi",	  "-",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ami",	  "-=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"mult",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ml",	  "*",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amu",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */
+  {"aml",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (GNU/g++) */
+  {"convert",	  "+",		0},		/* old (unary +) */
+  {"negate",	  "-",		0},		/* old (unary -) */
+  {"trunc_mod",	  "%",		0},		/* old */
+  {"md",	  "%",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amd",	  "%=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"trunc_div",	  "/",		0},		/* old */
+  {"dv",	  "/",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"adv",	  "/=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_andif", "&&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"aa",	  "&&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_orif",  "||",		0},		/* old */
+  {"oo",	  "||",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_not",	  "!",		0},		/* old */
+  {"nt",	  "!",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postincrement","++",	0},		/* old */
+  {"pp",	  "++",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postdecrement","--",	0},		/* old */
+  {"mm",	  "--",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_ior",	  "|",		0},		/* old */
+  {"or",	  "|",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aor",	  "|=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_xor",	  "^",		0},		/* old */
+  {"er",	  "^",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aer",	  "^=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_and",	  "&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ad",	  "&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aad",	  "&=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_not",	  "~",		0},		/* old */
+  {"co",	  "~",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"call",	  "()",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cl",	  "()",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"alshift",	  "<<",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ls",	  "<<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"als",	  "<<=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"arshift",	  ">>",		0},		/* old */
+  {"rs",	  ">>",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ars",	  ">>=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"component",	  "->",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pt",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; Lucid C++ form */
+  {"rf",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; ARM/GNU form */
+  {"indirect",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"method_call",  "->()",	0},		/* old */
+  {"addr",	  "&",		0},		/* old (unary &) */
+  {"array",	  "[]",		0},		/* old */
+  {"vc",	  "[]",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"compound",	  ", ",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cm",	  ", ",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"cond",	  "?:",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cn",	  "?:",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"max",	  ">?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mx",	  ">?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"min",	  "<?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mn",	  "<?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"nop",	  "",		0},		/* old (for operator=) */
+  {"rm",	  "->*",	DMGL_ANSI}	/* ansi */
+};
+
+
+typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
+{				/*  '\0' terminated.  */
+  char *b;			/* pointer to start of string */
+  char *p;			/* pointer after last character */
+  char *e;			/* pointer after end of allocated space */
+} string;
+
+#define STRING_EMPTY(str)	((str) -> b == (str) -> p)
+#define PREPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
+    string_prepend(str, " ");}
+#define APPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
+    string_append(str, " ");}
+
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__"	/* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8		/* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions */
+
+static char *
+mop_up PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, string *, int));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+demangle_method_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *));
+#endif
+
+static int
+demangle_template PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *,
+			   string *));
+
+static int
+arm_pt PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **,
+		const char **));
+
+static void
+demangle_arm_pt PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, int, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_class_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+			    int, int));
+
+static int
+demangle_class PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_signature PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+gnu_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+arm_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+string_need PARAMS ((string *, int));
+
+static void
+string_delete PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_init PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_clear PARAMS ((string *));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+string_empty PARAMS ((string *));
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_appends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+static void
+string_appendn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+string_prepend PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_prependn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static int
+get_count PARAMS ((const char **, int *));
+
+static int
+consume_count PARAMS ((const char **));
+
+static int
+demangle_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_arg PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+				const char *));
+
+static void
+remember_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+forget_types PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+string_prepends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+/*  Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process.
+    Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character.
+    Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in
+    no consumption of input and a return of 0.  */
+
+static int
+consume_count (type)
+     const char **type;
+{
+  int count = 0;
+
+  while (isdigit (**type))
+    {
+      count *= 10;
+      count += **type - '0';
+      (*type)++;
+    }
+  return (count);
+}
+
+int
+cplus_demangle_opname (opname, result, options)
+     const char *opname;
+     char *result;
+     int options;
+{
+  int len, i, len1, ret;
+  string type;
+  struct work_stuff work[1];
+  const char *tem;
+
+  len = strlen(opname);
+  result[0] = '\0';
+  ret = 0;
+  work->options = options;
+  
+  if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
+      && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      /* ANSI.  */
+      /* type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = opname + 4;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  strcat (result, "operator ");
+	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	  ret = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
+	   && opname[2] >= 'a' && opname[2] <= 'z'
+	   && opname[3] >= 'a' && opname[3] <= 'z')
+    {
+      if (opname[4] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Operator.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Assignment.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+		{
+		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
+		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0)
+		    {
+		      strcat (result, "operator");
+		      strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		      ret = 1;
+		      break;
+		    }		      
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (len >= 3 
+	   && opname[0] == 'o'
+	   && opname[1] == 'p'
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
+      if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
+	  && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len1 = len - 10;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  strcat (result, "=");
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len1 = len - 3;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* type conversion operator */
+      tem = opname + 5;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  strcat (result, "operator ");
+	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	  ret = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return ret;
+
+}
+/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled
+   operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found.
+
+   If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name;
+   if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name.  */
+
+const char *
+cplus_mangle_opname (opname, options)
+     const char *opname;
+     int options;
+{
+  int i;
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen (opname);
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+    {
+      if (strlen (optable[i].out) == len
+	  && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI)
+	  && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0)
+	return optable[i].in;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* char *cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
+
+   If MANGLED is a mangled function name produced by GNU C++, then
+   a pointer to a malloced string giving a C++ representation
+   of the name will be returned; otherwise NULL will be returned.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which
+   is returned.
+
+   The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits:
+
+   	DMGL_ANSI	ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are
+			included.
+	DMGL_PARAMS	Function parameters are included.
+
+   For example,
+   
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)	=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by
+   the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from
+   MANGLED.  */
+
+char *
+cplus_demangle (mangled, options)
+     const char *mangled;
+     int options;
+{
+  string decl;
+  int success = 0;
+  struct work_stuff work[1];
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+
+  if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work));
+      work -> options = options;
+      if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0)
+	work->options |= (int)current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK;
+      
+      string_init (&decl);
+
+      /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the
+	 string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER.  If so, attempt to
+	 recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a
+	 standard prefix.  In particular, don't worry about whether there
+	 is a "__" string in the mangled string.  Consider "_$_5__foo" for
+	 example.  */
+
+      if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING))
+	{
+	  success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (!success)
+	{
+	  success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (success && (*mangled != '\0'))
+	{
+	  success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (work->constructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend(&decl, "global constructors keyed to ");
+          work->constructor = 0;
+        }
+      else if (work->destructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend(&decl, "global destructors keyed to ");
+          work->destructor = 0;
+        }
+      demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success);
+    }
+  return (demangled);
+}
+
+static char *
+mop_up (work, declp, success)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     string *declp;
+     int success;
+{
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+
+  /* Discard the remembered types, if any.  */
+  
+  forget_types (work);
+  if (work -> typevec != NULL)
+    {
+      free ((char *) work -> typevec);
+    }
+  
+  /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null
+     terminated and return it.  Otherwise, free the demangling decl.  */
+  
+  if (!success)
+    {
+      string_delete (declp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (declp, "", 1);
+      demangled = declp -> b;
+    }
+  return (demangled);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			    string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name.
+
+	DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built.  At
+	entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name
+	prefix.  I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function
+	name.  In some special cases, it may contain nothing.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled
+	name.  As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the
+	pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to
+	be consumed.
+
+	Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no
+	explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function
+	argument list.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  int func_done = 0;
+  int expect_func = 0;
+  const char *oldmangled = NULL;
+  string trawname;
+  string tname;
+
+  while (success && (**mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	  oldmangled = *mangled;
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	    }
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      expect_func = 1;
+	    }
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  break;
+	  
+	case 'S':
+	  /* Static member function */
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  work -> static_type = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	  /* a const member function */
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  work -> const_type = 1;
+	  break;
+	  
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	    }
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      expect_func = 1;
+	    }
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  break;
+	  
+	case 'F':
+	  /* Function */
+	  /* ARM style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after
+	     the class name.  For GNU style, it is just implied.  So we can
+	     safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible
+	     with either style.  */
+
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  func_done = 1;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+
+	  /* For lucid/ARM style we have to forget any types we might
+	     have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument
+	     types.  GNU style considers all types seen as available for
+	     back references.  See comment in demangle_args() */
+
+	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      forget_types (work);
+	    }
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	  break;
+	  
+	case 't':
+	  /* G++ Template */
+	  string_init(&trawname); 
+	  string_init(&tname);
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname, &trawname);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	    }
+	  string_append(&tname, "::");
+	  string_prepends(declp, &tname);
+	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (&trawname, "~");
+	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+	      work->destructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+	    {
+	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+	      work->constructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  string_delete(&trawname);
+	  string_delete(&tname);
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  expect_func = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case '_':
+	  /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified,
+	     so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with
+	     a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by
+	     some algorithm we don't know how to deal with.  So just
+	     reject the entire demangling.  */
+	  success = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function
+		 argument token, and start processing args.  */
+	      func_done = 1;
+	      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start
+		 of the outermost function argument tokens.  Typically 'F',
+		 for ARM-demangling, for example.  So if we find something
+		 we are not prepared for, it must be an error.  */
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      /*
+	if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	*/
+      {
+	if (success && expect_func)
+	  {
+	    func_done = 1;
+	    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	  }
+      }
+    }
+  if (success && !func_done)
+    {
+      if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	{
+	  /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and
+	     bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'.  We get here when we find the
+	     first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to
+	     the current declp.  Note that with ARM, the first case
+	     represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar',
+	     which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone.  */
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	}
+    }
+  if (success && work -> static_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, " static");
+    }
+  if (success && work -> const_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, " const");
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+demangle_method_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+
+  if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static int
+demangle_template (work, mangled, tname, trawname)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *tname;
+     string *trawname;
+{
+  int i;
+  int is_pointer;
+  int is_real;
+  int is_integral;
+  int is_char;
+  int is_bool;
+  int r;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int success = 0;
+  int done;
+  const char *old_p;
+  const char *start;
+  int symbol_len;
+  string temp;
+
+  (*mangled)++;
+  start = *mangled;
+  /* get template name */
+  if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) == 0 || strlen (*mangled) < r)
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  if (trawname)
+    string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r);
+  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r);
+  *mangled += r;
+  string_append (tname, "<");
+  /* get size of template parameter list */
+  if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+    {
+      if (need_comma)
+	{
+	  string_append (tname, ", ");
+	}
+      /* Z for type parameters */
+      if (**mangled == 'Z')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (tname, &temp);
+	    }
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* otherwise, value parameter */
+	  old_p  = *mangled;
+	  is_pointer = 0;
+	  is_real = 0;
+	  is_integral = 0;
+          is_char = 0;
+	  is_bool = 0;
+	  done = 0;
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+	  /*
+	    if (success)
+	    {
+	    string_appends (tname, &temp);
+	    }
+	    */
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /*
+	    string_append (tname, "=");
+	    */
+	  while (*old_p && !done)
+	    {	
+	      switch (*old_p)
+		{
+		case 'P':
+		case 'p':
+		case 'R':
+		  done = is_pointer = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 'C':	/* const */
+		case 'S':	/* explicitly signed [char] */
+		case 'U':	/* unsigned */
+		case 'V':	/* volatile */
+		case 'F':	/* function */
+		case 'M':	/* member function */
+		case 'O':	/* ??? */
+		  old_p++;
+		  continue;
+		case 'Q':	/* qualified name */
+		  done = is_integral = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 'T':	/* remembered type */
+		  abort ();
+		  break;
+		case 'v':	/* void */
+		  abort ();
+		  break;
+		case 'x':	/* long long */
+		case 'l':	/* long */
+		case 'i':	/* int */
+		case 's':	/* short */
+		case 'w':	/* wchar_t */
+		  done = is_integral = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 'b':	/* bool */
+		  done = is_bool = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 'c':	/* char */
+		  done = is_char = 1;
+		  break;
+		case 'r':	/* long double */
+		case 'd':	/* double */
+		case 'f':	/* float */
+		  done = is_real = 1;
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  /* it's probably user defined type, let's assume
+		     it's integral, it seems hard to figure out
+		     what it really is */
+		  done = is_integral = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (is_integral)
+	    {
+	      if (**mangled == 'm')
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (is_char)
+	    {
+	      char tmp[2];
+	      int val;
+              if (**mangled == 'm')
+                {
+                  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+                  (*mangled)++;
+                }
+	      string_appendn (tname, "'", 1);
+              val = consume_count(mangled);
+	      if (val == 0)
+		{
+		  success = 0;
+		  break;
+                }
+              tmp[0] = (char)val;
+              tmp[1] = '\0';
+              string_appendn (tname, &tmp[0], 1);
+	      string_appendn (tname, "'", 1);
+	    }
+	  else if (is_bool)
+	    {
+	      int val = consume_count (mangled);
+	      if (val == 0)
+		string_appendn (tname, "false", 5);
+	      else if (val == 1)
+		string_appendn (tname, "true", 4);
+	      else
+		success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (is_real)
+	    {
+	      if (**mangled == 'm')
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, ".", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		  while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		    {
+		      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		      (*mangled)++;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "e", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		  while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		    {
+		      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		      (*mangled)++;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (is_pointer)
+	    {
+	      symbol_len = consume_count (mangled);
+	      if (symbol_len == 0)
+		{
+		  success = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (symbol_len == 0)
+		string_appendn (tname, "0", 1);
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *p = xmalloc (symbol_len + 1), *q;
+		  strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len);
+		  p [symbol_len] = '\0';
+		  q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options);
+		  string_appendn (tname, "&", 1);
+		  if (q)
+		    {
+		      string_append (tname, q);
+		      free (q);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    string_append (tname, p);
+		  free (p);
+		}
+	      *mangled += symbol_len;
+	    }
+	}
+      need_comma = 1;
+    }
+  if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
+    string_append (tname, " ");
+  string_append (tname, ">");
+  
+  /*
+    if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+    string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+    *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+    success = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+    }
+    }
+    */
+  return (success);
+}
+
+static int
+arm_pt (work, mangled, n, anchor, args)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *mangled;
+     int n;
+     const char **anchor, **args;
+{
+  /* ARM template? */
+  if (ARM_DEMANGLING && (*anchor = mystrstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
+    {
+      int len;
+      *args = *anchor + 6;
+      len = consume_count (args);
+      if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
+	{
+	  ++*args;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     int n;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *args;
+  const char *e = *mangled + n;
+
+  /* ARM template? */
+  if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args))
+    {
+      string arg;
+      string_init (&arg);
+      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled);
+      string_append (declp, "<");
+      /* should do error checking here */
+      while (args < e) {
+	string_clear (&arg);
+	do_type (work, &args, &arg);
+	string_appends (declp, &arg);
+	string_append (declp, ",");
+      }
+      string_delete (&arg);
+      --declp->p;
+      string_append (declp, ">");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+    }
+  *mangled += n;
+}
+
+static int
+demangle_class_name (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 0;
+
+  n = consume_count (mangled);
+  if (strlen (*mangled) >= n)
+    {
+      demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			strint *declp)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled.  On input,
+	it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.)
+	On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on
+	success, or the first unconsumed token on failure.
+
+	If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then
+	we are demangling a constructor or destructor.  In this case
+	we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP.
+
+	Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP.
+
+	Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been
+	"consumed".  This allows demangle_class to be called later during
+	the same demangling, to do normal class demangling.
+
+	Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise.
+
+*/
+
+static int
+demangle_class (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+  string class_name;
+
+  string_init (&class_name);
+  if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name))
+    {
+      if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+	{
+	  string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "~");
+              work -> destructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      work -> constructor -= 1; 
+	    }
+	}
+      string_prepend (declp, "::");
+      string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  string_delete (&class_name);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			 string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name.
+
+	DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is
+	placed.  On entry, the buffer is empty.  On exit it contains
+	the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some
+	special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result.
+
+	MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name.  As each
+	token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated.  Upon entry
+	the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of
+	the mangled name.  Upon exit, it should point to the first character
+	of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first
+	unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful.
+	
+	Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+  int i;
+
+  if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]);
+      if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10])
+	{
+	  if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->destructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	  else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->constructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->destructor = 2;
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->constructor = 2;
+    }
+
+  /*  This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization
+      of:
+      scan = mystrstr (*mangled, "__"); */
+
+  {
+    scan = *mangled;
+
+    do {
+      scan = strchr (scan, '_');
+    } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_');
+
+    if (scan != NULL) --scan;
+  }
+
+  if (scan != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at
+	 the last pair in the sequence.  */
+      i = strspn (scan, "_");
+      if (i > 2)
+	{
+	  scan += (i - 2); 
+	}
+    }
+ 
+  if (scan == NULL)
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  else if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      if (!isdigit (scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't'))
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled) &&
+	   (isdigit (scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q') || (scan[2] == 't')))
+    {
+      /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables.
+	 But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __<nesting_level>
+	 to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case.  */
+      if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) && isdigit (scan[2]))
+	{
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	  consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_append (declp, *mangled);
+	  *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+	  success = 1; 
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt].  But cfront uses
+	     names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names.  So don't accept
+	     this style of constructor for cfront demangling.  */
+	  if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING))
+	    work -> constructor += 1;
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled) && !isdigit (scan[2]) && (scan[2] != 't'))
+    {
+      /* Mangled name starts with "__".  Skip over any leading '_' characters,
+	 then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature.
+	 */
+      if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING)
+	  || (arm_special (work, mangled, declp) == 0))
+	{
+	  while (*scan == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan++;
+	    }
+	  if ((scan = mystrstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0'))
+	    {
+	      /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature
+		 (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')
+    {
+      /* Cfront-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature.  */
+      success = 1;
+
+      /* ARM template? */
+      demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
+    }
+  else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0')
+    {
+      /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere
+	 in there with non empty stuff after it.  Looks like a global
+	 function name.  */
+      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2))
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    } 
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+		     string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		_$_3foo		(destructor for class foo)
+		_vt$foo		(foo virtual table)
+		_vt$foo$bar	(foo::bar virtual table)
+		__vt_foo	(foo virtual table, new style with thunks)
+		_3foo$varname	(static data member)
+		_Q22rs2tu$vw	(static data member)
+		__t6vector1Zii	(constructor with template)
+		__thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk)
+ */
+
+static int
+gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *p;
+
+  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL
+      && (*mangled)[2] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "_<CPLUS_MARKER>_" */
+      (*mangled) += 3;
+      work -> destructor += 1;
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (((*mangled)[1] == '_'
+		&& (*mangled)[2] == 'v'
+		&& (*mangled)[3] == 't'
+		&& (*mangled)[4] == '_')
+	       || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v'
+		   && (*mangled)[2] == 't'
+		   && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL)))
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>"
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do.  */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v')
+	(*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */
+      else
+	(*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" */
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+	  switch (**mangled)
+	    {
+	    case 'Q':
+	      success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0);
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      if (isdigit(*mangled[0]))
+		{
+		  n = consume_count(mangled);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+		}
+	      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	      (*mangled) += n;
+	    }
+
+	  if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled)))
+	    {
+	      if (p != NULL)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, "::");
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (success)
+	string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL)
+	   && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */
+      (*mangled)++;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  n = consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      if (success && (p == *mangled))
+	{
+	  /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the
+	     variable name.  */
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_append (declp, "::");
+	  n = strlen (*mangled);
+	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      int delta = ((*mangled) += 8, consume_count (mangled));
+      char *method = cplus_demangle (++*mangled, work->options);
+      if (method)
+	{
+	  char buf[50];
+	  sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta);
+	  string_append (declp, buf);
+	  string_append (declp, method);
+	  free (method);
+	  n = strlen (*mangled);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0
+	   && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f'))
+    {
+      p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function";
+      (*mangled) += 4;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, declp);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (success && **mangled != '\0')
+	success = 0;
+      if (success)
+	string_append (declp, p);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	arm_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		__vtbl__3foo		(foo virtual table)
+		__vtbl__3foo__3bar	(bar::foo virtual table)
+
+ */
+
+static int
+arm_special (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+
+  if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do.  */
+      scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (*scan != '\0')        /* first check it can be demangled */
+        {
+          n = consume_count (&scan);
+          if (n==0)
+	    {
+	      return (0);           /* no good */
+	    }
+          scan += n;
+          if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan += 2;
+	    }
+        }
+      (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  n = consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "::");
+	      (*mangled) += 2;
+	    }
+	}
+      string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled,
+			    string *result, int isfuncname, int append);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is
+	the mangled form of "Outer::Inner".  The demangled output is
+	prepended or appended to the result string according to the
+	state of the append flag.
+
+	If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building
+	is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a
+	constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate
+	constructor or destructor name.  I.E. for the above example,
+	the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner"
+	and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner".
+
+BUGS
+
+	Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME).
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, isfuncname, append)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+     int isfuncname;
+     int append;
+{
+  int qualifiers;
+  int namelength;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *p;
+  char num[2];
+  string temp;
+
+  string_init (&temp);
+  switch ((*mangled)[1])
+    {
+    case '_':
+      /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes.  The count is preceded
+	 by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed
+	 by an underscore.  */
+      p = *mangled + 2;
+      qualifiers = atoi (p);
+      if (!isdigit (*p) || *p == '0')
+	success = 0;
+
+      /* Skip the digits.  */
+      while (isdigit (*p))
+	++p;
+
+      if (*p != '_')
+	success = 0;
+
+      *mangled = p + 1;
+      break;
+
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      /* The count is in a single digit.  */
+      num[0] = (*mangled)[1];
+      num[1] = '\0';
+      qualifiers = atoi (num);
+
+      /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it.  This is
+	 said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no
+	 mention of such an underscore.  Perhaps cfront uses one.  */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == '_')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+      (*mangled) += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case '0':
+    default:
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success)
+    return success;
+
+  /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order
+     in which they are found, separated by '::'.  */
+
+  while (qualifiers-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*mangled[0] == '_') 
+	*mangled = *mangled + 1;
+      if (*mangled[0] == 't')
+	{
+	  success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp, 0);
+	  if (!success) break;
+	}
+      else
+        {	
+	  namelength = consume_count (mangled);
+      	  if (strlen (*mangled) < namelength)
+	    {
+	      /* Simple sanity check failed */
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+      	  string_appendn (&temp, *mangled, namelength);
+      	  *mangled += namelength;
+	}
+      if (qualifiers > 0)
+        {
+          string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append
+     the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name.
+     We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where
+     we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name.  */
+
+  if (isfuncname && (work->constructor & 1 || work->destructor & 1))
+    {
+      string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+      if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	{
+	  string_append (&temp, "~");
+	}
+      string_appendn (&temp, (*mangled) - namelength, namelength);
+    }
+
+  /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it, 
+     depending upon the state of the append flag.  */
+
+  if (append)
+    {
+      string_appends (result, &temp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
+	{
+	  string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+	}
+      string_prepends (result, &temp);
+    }
+
+  string_delete (&temp);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	get_count (const char **type, int *count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Return 0 if no conversion is performed, 1 if a string is converted.
+*/
+
+static int
+get_count (type, count)
+     const char **type;
+     int *count;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  int n;
+
+  if (!isdigit (**type))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      *count = **type - '0';
+      (*type)++;
+      if (isdigit (**type))
+	{
+	  p = *type;
+	  n = *count;
+	  do 
+	    {
+	      n *= 10;
+	      n += *p - '0';
+	      p++;
+	    } 
+	  while (isdigit (*p));
+	  if (*p == '_')
+	    {
+	      *type = p + 1;
+	      *count = n;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* result will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure */
+
+static int
+do_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int n;
+  int done;
+  int success;
+  string decl;
+  const char *remembered_type;
+  int constp;
+  int volatilep;
+
+  string_init (&decl);
+  string_init (result);
+
+  done = 0;
+  success = 1;
+  while (success && !done)
+    {
+      int member;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+
+	  /* A pointer type */
+	case 'P':
+	case 'p':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_prepend (&decl, "*");
+	  break;
+
+	  /* A reference type */
+	case 'R':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_prepend (&decl, "&");
+	  break;
+
+	  /* An array */
+	case 'A':
+	  {
+	    const char *p = ++(*mangled);
+
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	    string_append (&decl, ")[");
+	    /* Copy anything up until the next underscore (the size of the
+	       array).  */
+	    while (**mangled && **mangled != '_')
+	      ++(*mangled);
+	    if (**mangled == '_')
+	      {
+		string_appendn (&decl, p, *mangled - p);
+		string_append (&decl, "]");             
+		*mangled += 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      success = 0;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	/* A back reference to a previously seen type */
+	case 'T':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes)
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      remembered_type = work -> typevec[n];
+	      mangled = &remembered_type;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	  /* A function */
+	case 'F':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) && decl.b[0] == '*')
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	      string_append (&decl, ")");
+	    }
+	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the
+	     function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the
+	     string.  */
+	  if (!demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl)
+	      || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0'))
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (success && (**mangled == '_'))
+	    {
+	      (*mangled)++;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M':
+	case 'O':
+	  {
+	    constp = 0;
+	    volatilep = 0;
+
+	    member = **mangled == 'M';
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (!isdigit (**mangled) && **mangled != 't')
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    string_append (&decl, ")");
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "::");
+	    if (isdigit (**mangled)) 
+	      {
+		n = consume_count (mangled);
+		if (strlen (*mangled) < n)
+		  {
+		    success = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+		string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n);
+		*mangled += n;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		string temp;
+		string_init (&temp);
+		success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp, NULL);
+		if (success)
+		  {
+		    string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b);
+		    string_clear (&temp);
+		  }
+		else
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	    if (member)
+	      {
+		if (**mangled == 'C')
+		  {
+		    (*mangled)++;
+		    constp = 1;
+		  }
+		if (**mangled == 'V')
+		  {
+		    (*mangled)++;
+		    volatilep = 1;
+		  }
+		if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F')
+		  {
+		    success = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if ((member && !demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl))
+		|| **mangled != '_')
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	      {
+		break;
+	      }
+	    if (constp)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
+		string_append (&decl, "const");
+	      }
+	    if (volatilep)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
+		string_append (&decl, "volatile");
+	      }
+	    break;
+	  }
+        case 'G':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  /*
+	    if ((*mangled)[1] == 'P')
+	    {
+	    */
+	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	    {
+	      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+		{
+		  string_prepend (&decl, " ");
+		}
+	      string_prepend (&decl, "const");
+	    }
+	  break;
+	  /*
+	    }
+	    */
+
+	  /* fall through */
+	default:
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+      /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner".  */
+    case 'Q':
+      success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (success)
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+	{
+	  string_append (result, " ");
+	  string_appends (result, &decl);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_delete (result);
+    }
+  string_delete (&decl);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type
+   argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the
+   string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and
+   the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result.
+
+   For example:
+
+   	"Ci"	=>	"const int"
+	"Sl"	=>	"signed long"
+	"CUs"	=>	"const unsigned short"
+
+   */
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int done = 0;
+  int success = 1;
+
+  /* First pick off any type qualifiers.  There can be more than one.  */
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'C':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	    {
+	      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	      string_append (result, "const");
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'U':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	  string_append (result, "unsigned");
+	  break;
+	case 'S': /* signed char only */
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	  string_append (result, "signed");
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	    {
+	      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	      string_append (result, "volatile");
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now pick off the fundamental type.  There can be only one.  */
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+    case '\0':
+    case '_':
+      break;
+    case 'v':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "void");
+      break;
+    case 'x':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long long");
+      break;
+    case 'l':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long");
+      break;
+    case 'i':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "int");
+      break;
+    case 's':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "short");
+      break;
+    case 'b':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "bool");
+      break;
+    case 'c':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "char");
+      break;
+    case 'w':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "wchar_t");
+      break;
+    case 'r':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long double");
+      break;
+    case 'd':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "double");
+      break;
+    case 'f':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "float");
+      break;
+    case 'G':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (!isdigit (**mangled))
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* fall through */
+      /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      if (!demangle_class_name (work, mangled, result)) {
+	--result->p;
+	success = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 't':
+      success = demangle_template(work,mangled, result, 0);
+      break;
+    default:
+      success = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/* `result' will be initialized in do_type; it will be freed on failure */
+
+static int
+do_arg (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  const char *start = *mangled;
+
+  if (!do_type (work, mangled, result))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start);
+      return (1);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+remember_type (work, start, len)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *start;
+     int len;
+{
+  char *tem;
+
+  if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size)
+    {
+      if (work -> typevec_size == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size = 3;
+	  work -> typevec =
+	    (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size *= 2;
+	  work -> typevec =
+	    (char **) xrealloc ((char *)work -> typevec,
+				sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+    }
+  tem = xmalloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (tem, start, len);
+  tem[len] = '\0';
+  work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem;
+}
+
+/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself.  */
+
+static void
+forget_types (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  while (work -> ntypes > 0)
+    {
+      i = --(work -> ntypes);
+      if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL)
+	{
+	  free (work -> typevec[i]);
+	  work -> typevec[i] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec
+   has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any).  For
+   example:
+
+   "__als__3fooRT0"		=>	process "RT0"
+   "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i"	=>	process "PFPc_PFl_i"
+
+   DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty.  It won't be freed
+   on failure.
+
+   Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling
+   with regards to references to previously seen types.  For example, given
+   the source fragment:
+
+     class foo {
+       public:
+       foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic);
+     };
+
+     foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+     void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+
+   g++ produces the names:
+
+     __3fooiRT0iT2iT2
+     foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1
+
+   while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces:
+
+     foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+     __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+
+   Note that g++ bases it's type numbers starting at zero and counts all
+   previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases it's type numbers starting
+   at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character
+   indicating the start of the function args.  For lucid/ARM style, we
+   account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when
+   we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number
+   reference.
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  string arg;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int r;
+  int t;
+  const char *tem;
+  char temptype;
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, "(");
+      if (**mangled == '\0')
+	{
+	  string_append (declp, "void");
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e')
+    {
+      if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T'))
+	{
+	  temptype = *(*mangled)++;
+	  
+	  if (temptype == 'N')
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      r = 1;
+	    }
+          if (ARM_DEMANGLING && work -> ntypes >= 10)
+            {
+              /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit
+                 index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This
+                 will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a
+                 count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly
+                 anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1,
+                 Pc, ...)"  or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */
+              if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) == 0)
+                {
+                  return (0);
+                }
+            }
+          else
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &t))
+	    	{
+	          return (0);
+	    	}
+	    }
+	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      t--;
+	    }
+	  /* Validate the type index.  Protect against illegal indices from
+	     malformed type strings.  */
+	  if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes))
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  while (--r >= 0)
+	    {
+	      tem = work -> typevec[t];
+	      if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, ", ");
+		}
+	      if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_appends (declp, &arg);
+		}
+	      string_delete (&arg);
+	      need_comma = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (need_comma & PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    {
+	      string_append (declp, ", ");
+	    }
+	  if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg))
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (declp, &arg);
+	    }
+	  string_delete (&arg);
+	  need_comma = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (**mangled == 'e')
+    {
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	{
+	  if (need_comma)
+	    {
+	      string_append (declp, ",");
+	    }
+	  string_append (declp, "...");
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, ")");
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+     const char *scan;
+{
+  int i;
+  int len;
+  string type;
+  const char *tem;
+
+  string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled));
+  string_need (declp, 1);
+  *(declp -> p) = '\0';
+
+  /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name
+     from the signature.  We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the
+     separator.  */
+
+  (*mangled) = scan + 2;
+
+  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+
+      /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator.
+	 If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return.
+	 We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later,
+	 when we recover the class name from the signature.  */
+
+      if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> constructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> destructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3 
+      && declp->b[0] == 'o'
+      && declp->b[1] == 'p'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
+      if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
+	  && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len = declp->p - declp->b - 10;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  string_append (declp, "=");
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len 
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* type conversion operator */
+      tem = declp->b + 5;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	   && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      /* ANSI.  */
+      /* type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = declp->b + 4;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	   && declp->b[2] >= 'a' && declp->b[2] <= 'z'
+	   && declp->b[3] >= 'a' && declp->b[3] <= 'z')
+    {
+      if (declp->b[4] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Operator.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Assignment.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+		{
+		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
+		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0)
+		    {
+		      string_clear (declp);
+		      string_append (declp, "operator");
+		      string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		      break;
+		    }		      
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* a mini string-handling package */
+
+static void
+string_need (s, n)
+     string *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  int tem;
+
+  if (s->b == NULL)
+    {
+      if (n < 32)
+	{
+	  n = 32;
+	}
+      s->p = s->b = xmalloc (n);
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+  else if (s->e - s->p < n)
+    {
+      tem = s->p - s->b;
+      n += tem;
+      n *= 2;
+      s->b = xrealloc (s->b, n);
+      s->p = s->b + tem;
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_delete (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != NULL)
+    {
+      free (s->b);
+      s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_init (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL;
+}
+
+static void 
+string_clear (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->p = s->b;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+string_empty (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  return (s->b == s->p);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  int n;
+  if (s == NULL || *s == '\0')
+    return;
+  n = strlen (s);
+  string_need (p, n);
+  memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+  p->p += n;
+}
+
+static void
+string_appends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  int n;
+
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      n = s->p - s->b;
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s->b, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_appendn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepend (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  if (s != NULL && *s != '\0')
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prependn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  char *q;
+
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--)
+	{
+	  q[n] = q[0];
+	}
+      memcpy (p->b, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+/* To generate a standalone demangler program for testing purposes,
+   just compile and link this file with -DMAIN and libiberty.a.  When
+   run, it demangles each command line arg, or each stdin string, and
+   prints the result on stdout.  */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+static void demangle_it PARAMS ((char *));
+static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+static void fatal PARAMS ((char *));
+
+static void
+demangle_it (mangled_name)
+     char *mangled_name;
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  result = cplus_demangle (mangled_name, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    {
+      printf ("%s\n", mangled_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf ("%s\n", result);
+      free (result);
+    }
+}
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+static char *program_name;
+static char *program_version = VERSION;
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{    
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-_] [-n] [-s {gnu,lucid,arm}] [--strip-underscores]\n\
+[--no-strip-underscores] [--format={gnu,lucid,arm}]\n\
+[--help] [--version] [arg...]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+#define MBUF_SIZE 512
+char mbuffer[MBUF_SIZE];
+
+/* Defined in the automatically-generated underscore.c.  */
+extern int prepends_underscore;
+
+int strip_underscore = 0;
+
+static struct option long_options[] = {
+  {"strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, '_'},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 's'},
+  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+  {"no-strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, 'n'},
+  {"version", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *result;
+  int c;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+
+  strip_underscore = prepends_underscore;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "_ns:", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  usage (stderr, 1);
+	  break;
+	case 'h':
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	case 'n':
+	  strip_underscore = 0;
+	  break;
+	case 'v':
+	  printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, program_version);
+	  exit (0);
+	case '_':
+	  strip_underscore = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  if (strcmp (optarg, "gnu") == 0)
+	    {
+	      current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "lucid") == 0)
+	    {
+	      current_demangling_style = lucid_demangling;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (optarg, "arm") == 0)
+	    {
+	      current_demangling_style = arm_demangling;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown demangling style `%s'\n",
+		       program_name, optarg);
+	      exit (1);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      for ( ; optind < argc; optind++)
+	{
+	  demangle_it (argv[optind]);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  int i = 0;
+	  c = getchar ();
+	  /* Try to read a label.  */
+	  while (c != EOF && (isalnum(c) || c == '_' || c == '$' || c == '.'))
+	    {
+	      if (i >= MBUF_SIZE-1)
+		break;
+	      mbuffer[i++] = c;
+	      c = getchar ();
+	    }
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    {
+	      int skip_first = 0;
+
+	      if (mbuffer[0] == '.')
+		++skip_first;
+	      if (strip_underscore && mbuffer[skip_first] == '_')
+		++skip_first;
+
+	      if (skip_first > i)
+		skip_first = i;
+
+	      mbuffer[i] = 0;
+	      
+	      result = cplus_demangle (mbuffer + skip_first,
+				       DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
+	      if (result)
+		{
+		  if (mbuffer[0] == '.')
+		    putc ('.', stdout);
+		  fputs (result, stdout);
+		  free (result);
+		}
+	      else
+		fputs (mbuffer, stdout);
+
+	      fflush (stdout);
+	    }
+	  if (c == EOF)
+	    break;
+	  putchar (c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+static void
+fatal (str)
+     char *str;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, str);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+char * malloc ();
+char * realloc ();
+
+char *
+xmalloc (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *value = (char *) malloc (size);
+  if (value == 0)
+    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+  return value;
+}
+
+char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+     char *ptr;
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *value = (char *) realloc (ptr, size);
+  if (value == 0)
+    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+  return value;
+}
+#endif	/* main */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/dummy.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/dummy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08da647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/dummy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#define clock_t unsigned long
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS);
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS);
+#else
+#define void int
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#define clock_t unsigned long
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME ();
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME ();
+#endif
+
+#define DEFVAR(NAME,DECL,USE) extern DECL;
+
+#define NOTHING /*nothing*/
+
+#include "alloca-conf.h"
+#include "functions.def"
+
+/* Always use our: getopt.o getopt1.o obstack.o spaces.o */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc; char **argv;
+{
+
+/* Create a dummy function call for each DEF-defined function. */
+
+#undef DEF
+#undef DEFVAR
+#undef DEFFUNC
+#undef AND
+#define AND = 0;
+/* ARGS expands into a set of declaration.  NAME ARG_LIST expands
+   info a function call that uses those variables as actual parameters.
+   If the function has been DEF'ed correctly, we can pass the right
+   number and types of parameters, which is nice.  (E.g. gcc may
+   otherwise complain about the wrong number of parameters to certain
+   builtins.) */
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; }
+#define DEFVAR(NAME, DECL, USE) { USE; }
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; }
+#include "functions.def"
+
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fdmatch.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fdmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7af039f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fdmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Compare two open file descriptors to see if they refer to the same file.
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	fdmatch -- see if two file descriptors refer to same file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int fdmatch (int fd1, int fd2)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Check to see if two open file descriptors refer to the same file.
+	This is useful, for example, when we have an open file descriptor
+	for an unnamed file, and the name of a file that we believe to 
+	correspond to that fd.  This can happen when we are exec'd with
+	an already open file (stdout for example) or from the SVR4 /proc
+	calls that return open file descriptors for mapped address spaces.
+	All we have to do is open the file by name and check the two file
+	descriptors for a match, which is done by comparing major&minor
+	device numbers and inode numbers.
+
+BUGS
+
+	(FIXME: does this work for networks?)
+	It works for NFS, which assigns a device number to each mount.
+
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+int fdmatch (fd1, fd2)
+	int fd1;
+	int fd2;
+{
+  struct stat sbuf1;
+  struct stat sbuf2;
+
+  if ((fstat (fd1, &sbuf1) == 0) &&
+      (fstat (fd2, &sbuf2) == 0) &&
+      (sbuf1.st_dev == sbuf2.st_dev) &&
+      (sbuf1.st_ino == sbuf2.st_ino))
+    {
+      return (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/floatformat.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/floatformat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a012064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/floatformat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/* IEEE floating point support routines, for GDB, the GNU Debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "floatformat.h"
+#include <math.h>		/* ldexp */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);
+#else
+extern char *memcpy ();
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif
+
+/* The odds that CHAR_BIT will be anything but 8 are low enough that I'm not
+   going to bother with trying to muck around with whether it is defined in
+   a system header, what we do if not, etc.  */
+#define FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT 8
+
+/* floatformats for IEEE single and double, big and little endian.  */
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_big =
+{
+  floatformat_big, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_little =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_big =
+{
+  floatformat_big, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_little =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+
+const struct floatformat floatformat_i387_ext =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_m68881_ext =
+{
+  /* Note that the bits from 16 to 31 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_big, 96, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64, floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_i960_ext =
+{
+  /* Note that the bits from 0 to 15 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_little, 96, 16, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_ext =
+{
+#ifdef HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT
+  /* Harris uses raw format 128 bytes long, but the number is just an ieee
+     double, and the last 64 bits are wasted. */
+  floatformat_big,128, 0, 1, 11,  0x3ff,  0x7ff, 12, 52,
+  floatformat_intbit_no
+#else
+  floatformat_big, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+#endif /* HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT */
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext =
+{
+  /* Bits 1 to 16 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_big, 96, 0, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+
+static unsigned long get_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *,
+					enum floatformat_byteorders,
+					unsigned int,
+					unsigned int,
+					unsigned int));
+
+/* Extract a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long.  DATA and
+   TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER.  */
+static unsigned long
+get_field (data, order, total_len, start, len)
+     unsigned char *data;
+     enum floatformat_byteorders order;
+     unsigned int total_len;
+     unsigned int start;
+     unsigned int len;
+{
+  unsigned long result;
+  unsigned int cur_byte;
+  int cur_bitshift;
+
+  /* Start at the least significant part of the field.  */
+  cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1;
+  cur_bitshift =
+    ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  result = *(data + cur_byte) >> (-cur_bitshift);
+  cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    ++cur_byte;
+  else
+    --cur_byte;
+
+  /* Move towards the most significant part of the field.  */
+  while (cur_bitshift < len)
+    {
+      if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)
+	/* This is the last byte; zero out the bits which are not part of
+	   this field.  */
+	result |=
+	  (*(data + cur_byte) & ((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1))
+	    << cur_bitshift;
+      else
+	result |= *(data + cur_byte) << cur_bitshift;
+      cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+      if (order == floatformat_little)
+	++cur_byte;
+      else
+	--cur_byte;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+  
+#ifndef min
+#define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* Convert from FMT to a double.
+   FROM is the address of the extended float.
+   Store the double in *TO.  */
+
+void
+floatformat_to_double (fmt, from, to)
+     const struct floatformat *fmt;
+     char *from;
+     double *to;
+{
+  unsigned char *ufrom = (unsigned char *)from;
+  double dto;
+  long exponent;
+  unsigned long mant;
+  unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off;
+  int mant_bits_left;
+  int special_exponent;		/* It's a NaN, denorm or zero */
+
+  exponent = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+			fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len);
+  /* Note that if exponent indicates a NaN, we can't really do anything useful
+     (not knowing if the host has NaN's, or how to build one).  So it will
+     end up as an infinity or something close; that is OK.  */
+
+  mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len;
+  mant_off = fmt->man_start;
+  dto = 0.0;
+
+  special_exponent = exponent == 0 || exponent == fmt->exp_nan;
+
+  /* Don't bias zero's, denorms or NaNs.  */
+  if (!special_exponent)
+    exponent -= fmt->exp_bias;
+
+  /* Build the result algebraically.  Might go infinite, underflow, etc;
+     who cares. */
+
+  /* If this format uses a hidden bit, explicitly add it in now.  Otherwise,
+     increment the exponent by one to account for the integer bit.  */
+
+  if (!special_exponent)
+    if (fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no)
+      dto = ldexp (1.0, exponent);
+    else
+      exponent++;
+
+  while (mant_bits_left > 0)
+    {
+      mant_bits = min (mant_bits_left, 32);
+
+      mant = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+			 mant_off, mant_bits);
+
+      dto += ldexp ((double)mant, exponent - mant_bits);
+      exponent -= mant_bits;
+      mant_off += mant_bits;
+      mant_bits_left -= mant_bits;
+    }
+
+  /* Negate it if negative.  */
+  if (get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1))
+    dto = -dto;
+  *to = dto;
+}
+
+static void put_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *, enum floatformat_byteorders,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned long));
+
+/* Set a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long.  DATA and
+   TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER.  */
+static void
+put_field (data, order, total_len, start, len, stuff_to_put)
+     unsigned char *data;
+     enum floatformat_byteorders order;
+     unsigned int total_len;
+     unsigned int start;
+     unsigned int len;
+     unsigned long stuff_to_put;
+{
+  unsigned int cur_byte;
+  int cur_bitshift;
+
+  /* Start at the least significant part of the field.  */
+  cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1;
+  cur_bitshift =
+    ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  *(data + cur_byte) &=
+    ~(((1 << ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)) - 1) << (-cur_bitshift));
+  *(data + cur_byte) |=
+    (stuff_to_put & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1)) << (-cur_bitshift);
+  cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    ++cur_byte;
+  else
+    --cur_byte;
+
+  /* Move towards the most significant part of the field.  */
+  while (cur_bitshift < len)
+    {
+      if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)
+	{
+	  /* This is the last byte.  */
+	  *(data + cur_byte) &=
+	    ~((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1);
+	  *(data + cur_byte) |= (stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift);
+	}
+      else
+	*(data + cur_byte) = ((stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift)
+			      & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1));
+      cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+      if (order == floatformat_little)
+	++cur_byte;
+      else
+	--cur_byte;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The converse: convert the double *FROM to an extended float
+   and store where TO points.  Neither FROM nor TO have any alignment
+   restrictions.  */
+
+void
+floatformat_from_double (fmt, from, to)
+     CONST struct floatformat *fmt;
+     double *from;
+     char *to;
+{
+  double dfrom;
+  int exponent;
+  double mant;
+  unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off;
+  int mant_bits_left;
+  unsigned char *uto = (unsigned char *)to;
+
+  memcpy (&dfrom, from, sizeof (dfrom));
+  memset (uto, 0, fmt->totalsize / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT);
+  if (dfrom == 0)
+    return;			/* Result is zero */
+  if (dfrom != dfrom)
+    {
+      /* From is NaN */
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start,
+		 fmt->exp_len, fmt->exp_nan);
+      /* Be sure it's not infinity, but NaN value is irrel */
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->man_start,
+		 32, 1);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* If negative, set the sign bit.  */
+  if (dfrom < 0)
+    {
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1, 1);
+      dfrom = -dfrom;
+    }
+
+  /* How to tell an infinity from an ordinary number?  FIXME-someday */
+
+  mant = frexp (dfrom, &exponent);
+  put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len,
+	     exponent + fmt->exp_bias - 1);
+
+  mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len;
+  mant_off = fmt->man_start;
+  while (mant_bits_left > 0)
+    {
+      unsigned long mant_long;
+      mant_bits = mant_bits_left < 32 ? mant_bits_left : 32;
+
+      mant *= 4294967296.0;
+      mant_long = (unsigned long)mant;
+      mant -= mant_long;
+
+      /* If the integer bit is implicit, then we need to discard it.
+	 If we are discarding a zero, we should be (but are not) creating
+	 a denormalized	number which means adjusting the exponent
+	 (I think).  */
+      if (mant_bits_left == fmt->man_len
+	  && fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no)
+	{
+	  mant_long &= 0x7fffffff;
+	  mant_bits -= 1;
+	}
+      else if (mant_bits < 32)
+	{
+	  /* The bits we want are in the most significant MANT_BITS bits of
+	     mant_long.  Move them to the least significant.  */
+	  mant_long >>= 32 - mant_bits;
+	}
+
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+		 mant_off, mant_bits, mant_long);
+      mant_off += mant_bits;
+      mant_bits_left -= mant_bits;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef IEEE_DEBUG
+
+/* This is to be run on a host which uses IEEE floating point.  */
+
+void
+ieee_test (n)
+     double n;
+{
+  double result;
+  char exten[16];
+
+  floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(to): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+  floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+
+  floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, &n, exten);
+  floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, exten, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(to+from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+
+#if IEEE_DEBUG > 1
+  /* This is to be run on a host which uses 68881 format.  */
+  {
+    long double ex = *(long double *)exten;
+    if (ex != n)
+      printf ("Differ(from vs. extended): %.20g\n", n);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  ieee_test (0.5);
+  ieee_test (256.0);
+  ieee_test (0.12345);
+  ieee_test (234235.78907234);
+  ieee_test (-512.0);
+  ieee_test (-0.004321);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fnmatch.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..685d9e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
+/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
+   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
+   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
+#include <config.h>
+#else
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* This code to undef const added in libiberty.  */
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+#if !defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+int
+fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+     const char *pattern;
+     const char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  register char c;
+
+/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
+#define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
+    {
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  if (*n == '\0')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		   (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '*':
+	  if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
+	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
+		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    return 0;
+
+	  {
+	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
+	    c1 = FOLD (c1);
+	    for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
+	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
+		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+
+	case '[':
+	  {
+	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+	    register int not;
+
+	    if (*n == '\0')
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
+	    if (not)
+	      ++p;
+
+	    c = *p++;
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
+
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+
+		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		c = FOLD (c);
+
+		if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
+		  /* [/] can never match.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
+		  {
+		    cend = *p++;
+		    if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
+		      cend = *p++;
+		    if (cend == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+
+		if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
+		  goto matched;
+
+		if (c == ']')
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    if (!not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	    break;
+
+	  matched:;
+	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+	    while (c != ']')
+	      {
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		  ++p;
+	      }
+	    if (not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (c != FOLD (*n))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	}
+
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (*n == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/functions.def b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/functions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aeed4c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/functions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * List of function definitions that may *optionally* be included
+ * in libiberty.a.  The function names must match the filenames,
+ * e.g. bzero() is defined in bzero.c.  (While each file can contain
+ * extra functions, do not list them.)
+ *
+ * In the default libiberty configuration, these object files
+ * (e.g bzero.o) are included if and only if cc fails to find
+ * the corresponding function in libc.
+ */
+
+DEF(atexit, int, (f), void (*f)())
+DEF(bcmp, int, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length )
+DEF(bcopy, void, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length )
+DEF(bzero, void, (s, length), char *s AND int length)
+DEF(clock, clock_t, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(getopt, int, (argc, argv, optstring),
+	int argc AND char **argv AND CONST char *optstring)	
+DEF(getpagesize, int , (), NOTHING)
+DEF(getcwd, char*, (buf, len), char *buf AND int len)
+DEF(index, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c)
+DEF(insque, void, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(memchr, PTR, (s, c, length), CONST PTR s AND int c AND size_t length)
+DEF(memcmp, int, (s1, s2, length),
+	CONST PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memcpy, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memmove, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memset, PTR, (s, val, length), PTR s AND int val AND size_t length )
+DEF(random, long int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(rename, int, (f, t), char *f AND char *t)
+DEF(rindex, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strcasecmp, int, (s1, s2), char *s1 AND char *s2)
+DEF(strncasecmp, int, (s1, s2, n), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int n)
+DEF(strchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strdup, char*, (s1), char * s1)
+DEF(strrchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strstr, char*, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtod, double, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtol, long, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtoul, unsigned long, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(tmpnam, char *, (s), char * s)
+DEF(vfork, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vfprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vsprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(sigsetmask, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(alloca, PTR, (size), size_t size)
+DEF(waitpid, int, (pid, statp, opts), int pid AND int* statp AND int opts )
+DEF(vasprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+
+/* List of global variables that we want to look for in the host
+   environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<variable> in config.h
+   if they are not found.  The first arg is the variable name, the
+   second arg is how to declare the variable, and the third is how to
+   use it. */
+
+DEFVAR(sys_nerr, int sys_nerr, sys_nerr = 0)
+DEFVAR(sys_errlist, char *sys_errlist[], sys_errlist[0] = 0)
+DEFVAR(sys_siglist, char *sys_siglist[], sys_siglist[0] = 0)
+
+/* List of global functions that we want to look for in the host
+   environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<funcname> in config.h
+   if they are not found. */
+
+DEFFUNC(strerror, char*, (), NOTHING)
+DEFFUNC(psignal, void, (signo, message), unsigned signo AND char *message)
+DEFFUNC(basename, char *, (name), CONST char *name)
+DEFFUNC(on_exit, void, (f, arg), void (*f)() AND char *arg)
+DEFFUNC(strsignal, char *, (), NOTHING)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getcwd.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60c1dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Emulate getcwd using getwd.
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	getcwd -- get absolute pathname for current working directory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *getcwd (char pathname[len], len)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy the absolute pathname for the current working directory into
+	the supplied buffer and return a pointer to the buffer.  If the 
+	current directory's path doesn't fit in LEN characters, the result
+	is NULL and errno is set.
+
+BUGS
+	Emulated via the getwd() call, which is reasonable for most
+	systems that do not have getcwd().
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+extern char *getwd ();
+extern int errno;
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
+#endif
+
+char *
+getcwd (buf, len)
+  char *buf;
+  int len;
+{
+  char ourbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+  char *result;
+
+  result = getwd (ourbuf);
+  if (result) {
+    if (strlen (ourbuf) >= len) {
+      errno = ERANGE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    strcpy (buf, ourbuf);
+  }
+  return buf;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79080aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   before changing it!
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+#define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
+/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
+   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
+   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
+#include <config.h>
+#else
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions
+   of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line
+   parsing.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg = NULL;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 0;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+   in which the last option character we returned was found.
+   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+   expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+   selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+static enum
+{
+  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+   in GCC.  */
+#include <string.h>
+#define	my_index	strchr
+#else
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+char *getenv ();
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+     const char *str;
+     int chr;
+{
+  while (*str)
+    {
+      if (*str == chr)
+	return (char *) str;
+      str++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int bottom = first_nonopt;
+  int middle = last_nonopt;
+  int top = optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+  last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+
+  nextchar = NULL;
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL)
+    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+     const struct option *longopts;
+     int *longind;
+     int long_only;
+{
+  optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (optind == 0)
+    optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
+
+  if (argc == 0)
+    return EOF;
+
+  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (optind < argc
+		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	    optind++;
+	  last_nonopt = optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  optind++;
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+	  last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+	    optind = first_nonopt;
+	  return EOF;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	{
+	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return EOF;
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n",
+		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
+			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (optind < argc)
+		optarg = argv[optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n",
+			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    {
+	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		/* --option */
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n",
+			 argv[0], nextchar);
+	      else
+		/* +option or -option */
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n",
+			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+	    }
+	  nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *nextchar++;
+    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*nextchar == '\0')
+      ++optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (opterr)
+	  {
+	    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
+	  }
+	optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      optarg = NULL;
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (opterr)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+			     argv[0], c);
+		  }
+		optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      optarg = argv[optind++];
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt1.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3400e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
+/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
+   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
+   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
+#include <config.h>
+#else
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions
+   of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line
+   parsing.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getpagesize.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getpagesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9784b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getpagesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it. */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	getpagesize -- return the number of bytes in page of memory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int getpagesize (void)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the number of bytes in a page of memory.  This is the
+	granularity of many of the system memory management routines.
+	No guarantee is made as to whether or not it is the same as the
+	basic memory management hardware page size.
+
+BUGS
+
+	Is intended as a reasonable replacement for systems where this
+	is not provided as a system call.  The value of 4096 may or may
+	not be correct for the systems where it is returned as the default
+	value.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef VMS
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF
+#include <unistd.h>
+#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#else
+#ifdef	PAGESIZE
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE PAGESIZE
+#else	/* no PAGESIZE */
+#ifdef	EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#else	/* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#ifdef	NBPG
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#ifndef	CLSIZE
+#define	CLSIZE 1
+#endif	/* CLSIZE */
+#else	/* no NBPG */
+#ifdef	NBPC
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE NBPC
+#else	/* no NBPC */
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE 4096	/* Just punt and use reasonable value */
+#endif /* NBPC */
+#endif /* NBPG */
+#endif /* EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* HAVE_SYSCONF */
+
+int
+getpagesize ()
+{
+  return (GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE);
+}
+
+#else /* VMS */
+
+#if 0	/* older distributions of gcc-vms are missing <syidef.h> */
+#include <syidef.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef SYI$_PAGE_SIZE	/* VMS V5.4 and earlier didn't have this yet */
+#define SYI$_PAGE_SIZE 4452
+#endif
+extern unsigned long lib$getsyi(const unsigned short *,...);
+
+int getpagesize ()
+{
+  long pagsiz = 0L;
+  unsigned short itmcod = SYI$_PAGE_SIZE;
+
+  (void) lib$getsyi (&itmcod, (void *) &pagsiz);
+  if (pagsiz == 0L)
+    pagsiz = 512L;	/* VAX default */
+  return (int) pagsiz;
+}
+
+#endif /* VMS */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getruntime.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getruntime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be3b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/getruntime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Return time used so far, in microseconds.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+/* There are several ways to get elapsed execution time; unfortunately no
+   single way is available for all host systems, nor are there reliable
+   ways to find out which way is correct for a given host. */
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* These should go away when libiberty uses autoconf. */
+
+#if defined(__sun__) && !defined(__svr4__)
+#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF
+#define HAVE_TIMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+/* This is a fallback; if wrong, it will likely make obviously wrong
+   results. */
+
+#ifndef CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1
+#endif
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+  struct rusage rusage;
+
+  getrusage (0, &rusage);
+  return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec
+	  + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec);
+#else /* ! HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+  struct tms tms;
+
+  times (&tms);
+  return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ);
+#else /* ! HAVE_TIMES */
+  /* Fall back on clock and hope it's correctly implemented. */
+  const long clocks_per_sec = CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+  if (clocks_per_sec <= 1000000)
+    return clock () * (1000000 / clocks_per_sec);
+  else
+    return clock () / clocks_per_sec;
+#endif  /* HAVE_TIMES */
+#endif  /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/hex.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/hex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2eef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/hex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Hex character manipulation support.
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+char _hex_value[_hex_array_size];
+
+void hex_init ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < _hex_array_size; i++)
+    _hex_value[i] = _hex_bad;
+  for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+    _hex_value['0' + i] = i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+    _hex_value['a' + i] = _hex_value['A' + i] = 10 + i;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/index.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/index.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5a00f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/index.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) index(). */
+
+extern char * strchr();
+
+char *
+index (s, c)
+  char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  return strchr (s, c);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/insque.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/insque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..775019f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/insque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* insque(3C) routines
+   This file is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	insque, remque -- insert, remove an element from a queue
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	struct qelem {
+	  struct qelem *q_forw;
+	  struct qelem *q_back;
+	  char q_data[];
+	};
+
+	void insque (struct qelem *elem, struct qelem *pred)
+
+	void remque (struct qelem *elem)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Routines to manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.
+	The insque routine inserts ELEM in the queue immediately after
+	PRED.  The remque routine removes ELEM from its containing queue.
+*/
+
+
+struct qelem {
+  struct qelem *q_forw;
+  struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+
+
+void
+insque (elem, pred)
+  struct qelem *elem;
+  struct qelem *pred;
+{
+  elem -> q_forw = pred -> q_forw;
+  pred -> q_forw -> q_back = elem;
+  elem -> q_back = pred;
+  pred -> q_forw = elem;
+}
+
+
+void
+remque (elem)
+  struct qelem *elem;
+{
+  elem -> q_forw -> q_back = elem -> q_back;
+  elem -> q_back -> q_forw = elem -> q_forw;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memchr.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93ef43d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	<<memchr>>---find character in memory
+
+INDEX
+	memchr
+
+ANSI_SYNOPSIS
+	#include <string.h>
+	void *memchr(const void *<[src]>, int <[c]>, size_t <[length]>);
+
+TRAD_SYNOPSIS
+	#include <string.h>
+	void *memchr(<[src]>, <[c]>, <[length]>)
+	void *<[src]>;
+	void *<[c]>;
+	size_t <[length]>;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This function searches memory starting at <<*<[src]>>> for the
+	character <[c]>.  The search only ends with the first
+	occurrence of <[c]>, or after <[length]> characters; in
+	particular, <<NULL>> does not terminate the search.
+
+RETURNS
+	If the character <[c]> is found within <[length]> characters
+	of <<*<[src]>>>, a pointer to the character is returned. If
+	<[c]> is not found, then <<NULL>> is returned. 	
+
+PORTABILITY
+<<memchr>>  requires no supporting OS subroutines.
+
+QUICKREF
+	memchr ansi pure
+
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+memchr (src_void, c, length)
+     register CONST PTR src_void;
+     int c;
+     size_t length;
+{
+  CONST unsigned char *src = (CONST unsigned char *)src_void;
+  
+  while (--length >= 0)
+  {
+    if (*src == c)
+     return (PTR)src;
+    src++;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcmp.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..127ae0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* memcmp -- compare two memory regions.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	memcmp -- compare two memory regions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int memcmp (const void *from, const void *to, size_t count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Compare two memory regions and return less than,
+	equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical
+	ordering of the compared regions.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+int
+DEFUN(memcmp, (str1, str2, count),
+      const PTR str1 AND const PTR str2 AND size_t count)
+{
+  register unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char*)str1;
+  register unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char*)str2;
+
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*s1++ != *s2++)
+	  return s1[-1] < s2[-1] ? -1 : 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcpy.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c28208a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* memcpy (the standard C function)
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	memcpy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void* memcpy (void *out, const void *in, size_t n);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory
+	region pointed to by OUT.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+DEFUN(memcpy, (out, in, length), PTR out AND CONST PTR in AND size_t length)
+{
+    bcopy(in, out, length);
+    return out;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memmove.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memmove.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..818fc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memmove.c
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner. */
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+memmove (s1, s2, n)
+     PTR s1;
+     CONST PTR s2;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  bcopy (s2, s1, n);
+  return s1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memset.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f54831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/memset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* memset
+   This implementation is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+DEFUN(memset, (dest, val, len),
+      PTR dest AND register int val AND register size_t len)
+{
+  register unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char*)dest;
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    *ptr++ = val;
+  return dest;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/objalloc.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/objalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34687d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/objalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/* objalloc.c -- routines to allocate memory for objects
+   Copyright 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Solutions.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "objalloc.h"
+
+/* Get a definition for NULL.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if VMS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unixlib.h>
+#else
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+/* Get a definition for size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, this must be declared.  */
+extern PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+#endif
+
+/* These routines allocate space for an object.  Freeing allocated
+   space may or may not free all more recently allocated space.
+
+   We handle large and small allocation requests differently.  If we
+   don't have enough space in the current block, and the allocation
+   request is for more than 512 bytes, we simply pass it through to
+   malloc.  */
+
+/* The objalloc structure is defined in objalloc.h.  */
+
+/* This structure appears at the start of each chunk.  */
+
+struct objalloc_chunk
+{
+  /* Next chunk.  */
+  struct objalloc_chunk *next;
+  /* If this chunk contains large objects, this is the value of
+     current_ptr when this chunk was allocated.  If this chunk
+     contains small objects, this is NULL.  */
+  char *current_ptr;
+};
+
+/* The aligned size of objalloc_chunk.  */
+
+#define CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE					\
+  ((sizeof (struct objalloc_chunk) + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1)	\
+   &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1))
+
+/* We ask for this much memory each time we create a chunk which is to
+   hold small objects.  */
+
+#define CHUNK_SIZE (4096 - 32)
+
+/* A request for this amount or more is just passed through to malloc.  */
+
+#define BIG_REQUEST (512)
+
+/* Create an objalloc structure.  */
+
+struct objalloc *
+objalloc_create ()
+{
+  struct objalloc *ret;
+  struct objalloc_chunk *chunk;
+
+  ret = (struct objalloc *) malloc (sizeof *ret);
+  if (ret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ret->chunks = (PTR) malloc (CHUNK_SIZE);
+  if (ret->chunks == NULL)
+    {
+      free (ret);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) ret->chunks;
+  chunk->next = NULL;
+  chunk->current_ptr = NULL;
+
+  ret->current_ptr = (char *) chunk + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE;
+  ret->current_space = CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Allocate space from an objalloc structure.  */
+
+PTR
+_objalloc_alloc (o, len)
+     struct objalloc *o;
+     unsigned long len;
+{
+  /* We avoid confusion from zero sized objects by always allocating
+     at least 1 byte.  */
+  if (len == 0)
+    len = 1;
+
+  len = (len + OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1) &~ (OBJALLOC_ALIGN - 1);
+
+  if (len <= o->current_space)
+    {
+      o->current_ptr += len;
+      o->current_space -= len;
+      return (PTR) (o->current_ptr - len);
+    }
+
+  if (len >= BIG_REQUEST)
+    {
+      char *ret;
+      struct objalloc_chunk *chunk;
+
+      ret = (char *) malloc (CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE + len);
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) ret;
+      chunk->next = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks;
+      chunk->current_ptr = o->current_ptr;
+
+      o->chunks = (PTR) chunk;
+
+      return (PTR) (ret + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct objalloc_chunk *chunk;
+
+      chunk = (struct objalloc_chunk *) malloc (CHUNK_SIZE);
+      if (chunk == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      chunk->next = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks;
+      chunk->current_ptr = NULL;
+
+      o->current_ptr = (char *) chunk + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE;
+      o->current_space = CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+      o->chunks = (PTR) chunk;
+
+      return objalloc_alloc (o, len);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Free an entire objalloc structure.  */
+
+void
+objalloc_free (o)
+     struct objalloc *o;
+{
+  struct objalloc_chunk *l;
+
+  l = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks;
+  while (l != NULL)
+    {
+      struct objalloc_chunk *next;
+
+      next = l->next;
+      free (l);
+      l = next;
+    }
+
+  free (o);
+}
+
+/* Free a block from an objalloc structure.  This also frees all more
+   recently allocated blocks.  */
+
+void
+objalloc_free_block (o, block)
+     struct objalloc *o;
+     PTR block;
+{
+  struct objalloc_chunk *p, *small;
+  char *b = (char *) block;
+
+  /* First set P to the chunk which contains the block we are freeing,
+     and set Q to the last small object chunk we see before P.  */
+  small = NULL;
+  for (p = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      if (p->current_ptr == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (b > (char *) p && b < (char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE)
+	    break;
+	  small = p;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (b == (char *) p + CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we can't find the chunk, the caller has made a mistake.  */
+  if (p == NULL)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (p->current_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      struct objalloc_chunk *q;
+      struct objalloc_chunk *first;
+
+      /* The block is in a chunk containing small objects.  We can
+	 free every chunk through SMALL, because they have certainly
+	 been allocated more recently.  After SMALL, we will not see
+	 any chunks containing small objects; we can free any big
+	 chunk if the current_ptr is greater than or equal to B.  We
+	 can then reset the new current_ptr to B.  */
+
+      first = NULL;
+      q = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks;
+      while (q != p)
+	{
+	  struct objalloc_chunk *next;
+
+	  next = q->next;
+	  if (small != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (small == q)
+		small = NULL;
+	      free (q);
+	    }
+	  else if (q->current_ptr > b)
+	    free (q);
+	  else if (first == NULL)
+	    first = q;
+
+	  q = next;
+	}
+
+      if (first == NULL)
+	first = p;
+      o->chunks = (PTR) first;
+
+      /* Now start allocating from this small block again.  */
+      o->current_ptr = b;
+      o->current_space = ((char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE) - b;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct objalloc_chunk *q;
+      char *current_ptr;
+
+      /* This block is in a large chunk by itself.  We can free
+         everything on the list up to and including this block.  We
+         then start allocating from the next chunk containing small
+         objects, setting current_ptr from the value stored with the
+         large chunk we are freeing.  */
+
+      current_ptr = p->current_ptr;
+      p = p->next;
+
+      q = (struct objalloc_chunk *) o->chunks;
+      while (q != p)
+	{
+	  struct objalloc_chunk *next;
+
+	  next = q->next;
+	  free (q);
+	  q = next;
+	}
+
+      o->chunks = (PTR) p;
+
+      while (p->current_ptr != NULL)
+	p = p->next;
+
+      o->current_ptr = current_ptr;
+      o->current_space = ((char *) p + CHUNK_SIZE) - current_ptr;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/obstack.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/obstack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ccf590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/obstack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define POINTER void *
+#else
+#define POINTER char *
+#endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+union fooround {long x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
+   or `char' as a last resort.  */
+#ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#define COPYING_UNIT int
+#endif
+
+/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
+   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
+
+struct obstack *_obstack;
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, zero if out of memory.
+   To recover from an out of memory error,
+   free up some memory, then call this again.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+     POINTER arg;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int length;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
+  register long	new_size;
+  register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  register int i;
+  int already;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+	   i >= 0; i--)
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
+#endif
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+#undef obstack_free
+
+/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
+   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL */
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* END CYGNUS LOCAL */
+
+#if 0
+/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
+   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
+
+/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
+   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
+   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
+
+/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
+   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
+
+POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_base (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_room) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_room (obstack);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_finish (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/pexecute.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/pexecute.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ffe9ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/pexecute.c
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+/* Utilities to execute a program in a subprocess (possibly linked by pipes
+   with other subprocesses), and wait for it.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file exports two functions: pexecute and pwait.  */
+
+/* This file lives in at least two places: libiberty and gcc.
+   Don't change one without the other.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef IN_GCC
+#include "config.h"
+#include "gansidecl.h"
+/* ??? Need to find a suitable header file.  */
+#define PEXECUTE_FIRST   1
+#define PEXECUTE_LAST    2
+#define PEXECUTE_ONE     (PEXECUTE_FIRST + PEXECUTE_LAST)
+#define PEXECUTE_SEARCH  4
+#define PEXECUTE_VERBOSE 8
+#else
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#endif
+
+/* stdin file number.  */
+#define STDIN_FILE_NO 0
+
+/* stdout file number.  */
+#define STDOUT_FILE_NO 1
+
+/* value of `pipe': port index for reading.  */
+#define READ_PORT 0
+
+/* value of `pipe': port index for writing.  */
+#define WRITE_PORT 1
+
+static char *install_error_msg = "installation problem, cannot exec `%s'";
+
+/* pexecute: execute a program.
+
+   PROGRAM and ARGV are the arguments to execv/execvp.
+
+   THIS_PNAME is name of the calling program (i.e. argv[0]).
+
+   TEMP_BASE is the path name, sans suffix, of a temporary file to use
+   if needed.  This is currently only needed for MSDOS ports that don't use
+   GO32 (do any still exist?).  Ports that don't need it can pass NULL.
+
+   (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_SEARCH) is non-zero if $PATH should be searched
+   (??? It's not clear that GCC passes this flag correctly).
+   (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_FIRST) is nonzero for the first process in chain.
+   (FLAGS & PEXECUTE_FIRST) is nonzero for the last process in chain.
+   FIRST_LAST could be simplified to only mark the last of a chain of processes
+   but that requires the caller to always mark the last one (and not give up
+   early if some error occurs).  It's more robust to require the caller to
+   mark both ends of the chain.
+
+   The result is the pid on systems like Unix where we fork/exec and on systems
+   like WIN32 and OS2 where we use spawn.  It is up to the caller to wait for
+   the child.
+
+   The result is the WEXITSTATUS on systems like MSDOS where we spawn and wait
+   for the child here.
+
+   Upon failure, ERRMSG_FMT and ERRMSG_ARG are set to the text of the error
+   message with an optional argument (if not needed, ERRMSG_ARG is set to
+   NULL), and -1 is returned.  `errno' is available to the caller to use.
+
+   pwait: cover function for wait.
+
+   PID is the process id of the task to wait for.
+   STATUS is the `status' argument to wait.
+   FLAGS is currently unused (allows future enhancement without breaking
+   upward compatibility).  Pass 0 for now.
+
+   The result is the pid of the child reaped,
+   or -1 for failure (errno says why).
+
+   On systems that don't support waiting for a particular child, PID is
+   ignored.  On systems like MSDOS that don't really multitask pwait
+   is just a mechanism to provide a consistent interface for the caller.
+
+   pfinish: finish generation of script
+
+   pfinish is necessary for systems like MPW where a script is generated that
+   runs the requested programs.
+*/
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+
+/* MSDOS doesn't multitask, but for the sake of a consistent interface
+   the code behaves like it does.  pexecute runs the program, tucks the
+   exit code away, and returns a "pid".  pwait must be called to fetch the
+   exit code.  */
+
+#include <process.h>
+
+/* For communicating information from pexecute to pwait.  */
+static int last_pid = 0;
+static int last_status = 0;
+static int last_reaped = 0;
+
+int
+pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags)
+     const char *program;
+     char * const *argv;
+     const char *this_pname;
+     const char *temp_base;
+     char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg;
+     int flags;
+{
+  int rc;
+
+  last_pid++;
+  if (last_pid < 0)
+    last_pid = 1;
+
+  if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE)
+    abort ();
+
+#ifdef __GO32__
+  /* ??? What are the possible return values from spawnv?  */
+  rc = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? spawnvp : spawnv) (1, program, argv);
+#else
+  char *scmd, *rf;
+  FILE *argfile;
+  int i, el = flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? 4 : 0;
+
+  scmd = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (program) + strlen (temp_base) + 6 + el);
+  rf = scmd + strlen(program) + 2 + el;
+  sprintf (scmd, "%s%s @%s.gp", program,
+	   (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? ".exe" : ""), temp_base);
+  argfile = fopen (rf, "w");
+  if (argfile == 0)
+    {
+      int errno_save = errno;
+      free (scmd);
+      errno = errno_save;
+      *errmsg_fmt = "cannot open `%s.gp'";
+      *errmsg_arg = temp_base;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  for (i=1; argv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      char *cp;
+      for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++)
+	{
+	  if (*cp == '"' || *cp == '\'' || *cp == '\\' || isspace (*cp))
+	    fputc ('\\', argfile);
+	  fputc (*cp, argfile);
+	}
+      fputc ('\n', argfile);
+    }
+  fclose (argfile);
+
+  rc = system (scmd);
+
+  {
+    int errno_save = errno;
+    remove (rf);
+    free (scmd);
+    errno = errno_save;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (rc == -1)
+    {
+      *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg;
+      *errmsg_arg = program;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Tuck the status away for pwait, and return a "pid".  */
+  last_status = rc << 8;
+  return last_pid;
+}
+
+int
+pwait (pid, status, flags)
+     int pid;
+     int *status;
+     int flags;
+{
+  /* On MSDOS each pexecute must be followed by it's associated pwait.  */
+  if (pid != last_pid
+      /* Called twice for the same child?  */
+      || pid == last_reaped)
+    {
+      /* ??? ECHILD would be a better choice.  Can we use it here?  */
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS.
+     Needed?  */
+  *status = last_status;
+  last_reaped = last_pid;
+  return last_pid;
+}
+
+#endif /* MSDOS */
+
+#if defined (_WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
+
+#include <process.h>
+/* ??? Why are these __spawnv{,p} and not _spawnv{,p}?  */
+extern int __spawnv ();
+extern int __spawnvp ();
+
+int
+pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags)
+     const char *program;
+     char * const *argv;
+     const char *this_pname;
+     const char *temp_base;
+     char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg;
+     int flags;
+{
+  int pid;
+
+  if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE)
+    abort ();
+  pid = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? __spawnvp : __spawnv) (_P_NOWAIT, program, argv);
+  if (pid == -1)
+    {
+      *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg;
+      *errmsg_arg = program;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return pid;
+}
+
+int
+pwait (pid, status, flags)
+     int pid;
+     int *status;
+     int flags;
+{
+  /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS.
+     Needed?  */
+  int pid = cwait (status, pid, WAIT_CHILD);
+  return pid;
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 */
+
+#ifdef OS2
+
+/* ??? Does OS2 have process.h?  */
+extern int spawnv ();
+extern int spawnvp ();
+
+int
+pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags)
+     const char *program;
+     char * const *argv;
+     const char *this_pname;
+     const char *temp_base;
+     char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg;
+     int flags;
+{
+  int pid;
+
+  if ((flags & PEXECUTE_ONE) != PEXECUTE_ONE)
+    abort ();
+  /* ??? Presumably 1 == _P_NOWAIT.  */
+  pid = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? spawnvp : spawnv) (1, program, argv);
+  if (pid == -1)
+    {
+      *errmsg_fmt = install_error_msg;
+      *errmsg_arg = program;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return pid;
+}
+
+int
+pwait (pid, status, flags)
+     int pid;
+     int *status;
+     int flags;
+{
+  /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS.
+     Needed?  */
+  int pid = wait (status);
+  return pid;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS2 */
+
+#ifdef MPW
+
+/* MPW pexecute doesn't actually run anything; instead, it writes out
+   script commands that, when run, will do the actual executing.
+
+   For example, in GCC's case, GCC will write out several script commands:
+
+   cpp ...
+   cc1 ...
+   as ...
+   ld ...
+
+   and then exit.  None of the above programs will have run yet.  The task
+   that called GCC will then execute the script and cause cpp,etc. to run.
+   The caller must invoke pfinish before calling exit.  This adds
+   the finishing touches to the generated script.  */
+
+static int first_time = 1;
+
+int
+pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags)
+     const char *program;
+     char **argv;
+     const char *this_pname;
+     const char *temp_base;
+     char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char tmpprogram[255];
+  char *cp, *tmpname;
+  int i;
+
+  mpwify_filename (program, tmpprogram);
+  if (first_time)
+    {
+      printf ("Set Failed 0\n");
+      first_time = 0;
+    }
+
+  fputs ("If {Failed} == 0\n", stdout);
+  /* If being verbose, output a copy of the command.  It should be
+     accurate enough and escaped enough to be "clickable".  */
+  if (flags & PEXECUTE_VERBOSE)
+    {
+      fputs ("\tEcho ", stdout);
+      fputc ('\'', stdout);
+      fputs (tmpprogram, stdout);
+      fputc ('\'', stdout);
+      fputc (' ', stdout);
+      for (i=1; argv[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  /* We have to quote every arg, so that when the echo is
+	     executed, the quotes are stripped and the original arg
+	     is left. */
+	  fputc ('\'', stdout);
+	  for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++)
+	    {
+	      /* Write an Option-d esc char in front of special chars.  */
+	      if (strchr ("\"'+", *cp))
+		fputc ('\266', stdout);
+	      fputc (*cp, stdout);
+	    }
+	  fputc ('\'', stdout);
+	  fputc (' ', stdout);
+	}
+      fputs ("\n", stdout);
+    }
+  fputs ("\t", stdout);
+  fputs (tmpprogram, stdout);
+  fputc (' ', stdout);
+
+  for (i=1; argv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (strchr (argv[i], ' '))
+	fputc ('\'', stdout);
+      for (cp = argv[i]; *cp; cp++)
+	{
+	  /* Write an Option-d esc char in front of special chars.  */
+	  if (strchr ("\"'+", *cp))
+	    {
+	      fputc ('\266', stdout);
+	    }
+	  fputc (*cp, stdout);
+	}
+      if (strchr (argv[i], ' '))
+	fputc ('\'', stdout);
+      fputc (' ', stdout);
+    }
+
+  fputs ("\n", stdout);
+
+  /* Output commands that arrange to clean up and exit if a failure occurs.
+     We have to be careful to collect the status from the program that was
+     run, rather than some other script command.  Also, we don't exit
+     immediately, since necessary cleanups are at the end of the script.  */
+  fputs ("\tSet TmpStatus {Status}\n", stdout);
+  fputs ("\tIf {TmpStatus} != 0\n", stdout);
+  fputs ("\t\tSet Failed {TmpStatus}\n", stdout);
+  fputs ("\tEnd\n", stdout);
+  fputs ("End\n", stdout);
+
+  /* We're just composing a script, can't fail here.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pwait (pid, status, flags)
+     int pid;
+     int *status;
+     int flags;
+{
+  *status = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Write out commands that will exit with the correct error code
+   if something in the script failed.  */
+
+void
+pfinish ()
+{
+  printf ("\tExit \"{Failed}\"\n");
+}
+
+#endif /* MPW */
+
+/* include for Unix-like environments but not for Dos-like environments */
+#if ! defined (__MSDOS__) && ! defined (OS2) && ! defined (MPW) \
+    && (defined (__CYGWIN32__) || ! defined (_WIN32))
+
+#ifdef USG
+#define vfork fork
+#endif
+
+extern int execv ();
+extern int execvp ();
+
+int
+pexecute (program, argv, this_pname, temp_base, errmsg_fmt, errmsg_arg, flags)
+     const char *program;
+     char * const *argv;
+     const char *this_pname;
+     const char *temp_base;
+     char **errmsg_fmt, **errmsg_arg;
+     int flags;
+{
+  int (*func)() = (flags & PEXECUTE_SEARCH ? execvp : execv);
+  int pid;
+  int pdes[2];
+  int input_desc, output_desc;
+  int retries, sleep_interval;
+  /* Pipe waiting from last process, to be used as input for the next one.
+     Value is STDIN_FILE_NO if no pipe is waiting
+     (i.e. the next command is the first of a group).  */
+  static int last_pipe_input;
+
+  /* If this is the first process, initialize.  */
+  if (flags & PEXECUTE_FIRST)
+    last_pipe_input = STDIN_FILE_NO;
+
+  input_desc = last_pipe_input;
+
+  /* If this isn't the last process, make a pipe for its output,
+     and record it as waiting to be the input to the next process.  */
+  if (! (flags & PEXECUTE_LAST))
+    {
+      if (pipe (pdes) < 0)
+	{
+	  *errmsg_fmt = "pipe";
+	  *errmsg_arg = NULL;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      output_desc = pdes[WRITE_PORT];
+      last_pipe_input = pdes[READ_PORT];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Last process.  */
+      output_desc = STDOUT_FILE_NO;
+      last_pipe_input = STDIN_FILE_NO;
+    }
+
+  /* Fork a subprocess; wait and retry if it fails.  */
+  sleep_interval = 1;
+  for (retries = 0; retries < 4; retries++)
+    {
+      pid = vfork ();
+      if (pid >= 0)
+	break;
+      sleep (sleep_interval);
+      sleep_interval *= 2;
+    }
+
+  switch (pid)
+    {
+    case -1:
+      {
+#ifdef vfork
+	*errmsg_fmt = "fork";
+#else
+	*errmsg_fmt = "vfork";
+#endif
+	*errmsg_arg = NULL;
+	return -1;
+      }
+
+    case 0: /* child */
+      /* Move the input and output pipes into place, if necessary.  */
+      if (input_desc != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+	{
+	  close (STDIN_FILE_NO);
+	  dup (input_desc);
+	  close (input_desc);
+	}
+      if (output_desc != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
+	{
+	  close (STDOUT_FILE_NO);
+	  dup (output_desc);
+	  close (output_desc);
+	}
+
+      /* Close the parent's descs that aren't wanted here.  */
+      if (last_pipe_input != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+	close (last_pipe_input);
+
+      /* Exec the program.  */
+      (*func) (program, argv);
+
+      /* Note: Calling fprintf and exit here doesn't seem right for vfork.  */
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", this_pname);
+      fprintf (stderr, install_error_msg, program);
+#ifdef IN_GCC
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s\n", my_strerror (errno));
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s\n", xstrerror (errno));
+#endif
+      exit (-1);
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      return 0;
+
+    default:
+      /* In the parent, after forking.
+	 Close the descriptors that we made for this child.  */
+      if (input_desc != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+	close (input_desc);
+      if (output_desc != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
+	close (output_desc);
+
+      /* Return child's process number.  */
+      return pid;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pwait (pid, status, flags)
+     int pid;
+     int *status;
+     int flags;
+{
+  /* ??? Here's an opportunity to canonicalize the values in STATUS.
+     Needed?  */
+  pid = wait (status);
+  return pid;
+}
+
+#endif /* ! __MSDOS__ && ! OS2 && ! MPW && (__CYGWIN32___ || ! _WIN32) */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/random.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e205719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley.  The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is derived from the Berkeley source:
+ *	@(#)random.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 7/6/88
+ * It was reworked for the GNU C Library by Roland McGrath.
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if 0
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#else
+
+#define	ULONG_MAX  ((unsigned long)(~0L))     /* 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bits */
+#define	LONG_MAX   ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))   /* 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bits*/
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#  define PTR void *
+#  define NULL (void *) 0
+#else
+#  define PTR char *
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+long int random ();
+
+/* An improved random number generation package.  In addition to the standard
+   rand()/srand() like interface, this package also has a special state info
+   interface.  The initstate() routine is called with a seed, an array of
+   bytes, and a count of how many bytes are being passed in; this array is
+   then initialized to contain information for random number generation with
+   that much state information.  Good sizes for the amount of state
+   information are 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes.  The state can be switched by
+   calling the setstate() function with the same array as was initiallized
+   with initstate().  By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of state
+   information and generates far better random numbers than a linear
+   congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
+   32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used.  Internally, the
+   state information is treated as an array of longs; the zeroeth element of
+   the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small integer); the remainder
+   of the array is the state information for the R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of
+   state information will give 7 longs worth of state information, which will
+   allow a degree seven polynomial.  (Note: The zeroeth word of state
+   information also has some other information stored in it; see setstate
+   for details).  The random number generation technique is a linear feedback
+   shift register approach, employing trinomials (since there are fewer terms
+   to sum up that way).  In this approach, the least significant bit of all
+   the numbers in the state table will act as a linear feedback shift register,
+   and will have period 2^deg - 1 (where deg is the degree of the polynomial
+   being used, assuming that the polynomial is irreducible and primitive).
+   The higher order bits will have longer periods, since their values are
+   also influenced by pseudo-random carries out of the lower bits.  The
+   total period of the generator is approximately deg*(2**deg - 1); thus
+   doubling the amount of state information has a vast influence on the
+   period of the generator.  Note: The deg*(2**deg - 1) is an approximation
+   only good for large deg, when the period of the shift register is the
+   dominant factor.  With deg equal to seven, the period is actually much
+   longer than the 7*(2**7 - 1) predicted by this formula.  */
+
+
+
+/* For each of the currently supported random number generators, we have a
+   break value on the amount of state information (you need at least thi
+   bytes of state info to support this random number generator), a degree for
+   the polynomial (actually a trinomial) that the R.N.G. is based on, and
+   separation between the two lower order coefficients of the trinomial.  */
+
+/* Linear congruential.  */
+#define	TYPE_0		0
+#define	BREAK_0		8
+#define	DEG_0		0
+#define	SEP_0		0
+
+/* x**7 + x**3 + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_1		1
+#define	BREAK_1		32
+#define	DEG_1		7
+#define	SEP_1		3
+
+/* x**15 + x + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_2		2
+#define	BREAK_2		64
+#define	DEG_2		15
+#define	SEP_2		1
+
+/* x**31 + x**3 + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_3		3
+#define	BREAK_3		128
+#define	DEG_3		31
+#define	SEP_3		3
+
+/* x**63 + x + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_4		4
+#define	BREAK_4		256
+#define	DEG_4		63
+#define	SEP_4		1
+
+
+/* Array versions of the above information to make code run faster.
+   Relies on fact that TYPE_i == i.  */
+
+#define	MAX_TYPES	5	/* Max number of types above.  */
+
+static int degrees[MAX_TYPES] = { DEG_0, DEG_1, DEG_2, DEG_3, DEG_4 };
+static int seps[MAX_TYPES] = { SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 };
+
+
+
+/* Initially, everything is set up as if from:
+	initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+   Note that this initialization takes advantage of the fact that srandom
+   advances the front and rear pointers 10*rand_deg times, and hence the
+   rear pointer which starts at 0 will also end up at zero; thus the zeroeth
+   element of the state information, which contains info about the current
+   position of the rear pointer is just
+	(MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3.  */
+
+static long int randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] =
+  { TYPE_3,
+      0x9a319039, 0x32d9c024, 0x9b663182, 0x5da1f342, 
+      0xde3b81e0, 0xdf0a6fb5, 0xf103bc02, 0x48f340fb, 
+      0x7449e56b, 0xbeb1dbb0, 0xab5c5918, 0x946554fd, 
+      0x8c2e680f, 0xeb3d799f, 0xb11ee0b7, 0x2d436b86, 
+      0xda672e2a, 0x1588ca88, 0xe369735d, 0x904f35f7, 
+      0xd7158fd6, 0x6fa6f051, 0x616e6b96, 0xac94efdc, 
+      0x36413f93, 0xc622c298, 0xf5a42ab8, 0x8a88d77b, 
+      0xf5ad9d0e, 0x8999220b, 0x27fb47b9
+    };
+
+/* FPTR and RPTR are two pointers into the state info, a front and a rear
+   pointer.  These two pointers are always rand_sep places aparts, as they
+   cycle through the state information.  (Yes, this does mean we could get
+   away with just one pointer, but the code for random is more efficient
+   this way).  The pointers are left positioned as they would be from the call:
+	initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+   (The position of the rear pointer, rptr, is really 0 (as explained above
+   in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set
+   to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).)  */
+
+static long int *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
+static long int *rptr = &randtbl[1];
+
+
+
+/* The following things are the pointer to the state information table,
+   the type of the current generator, the degree of the current polynomial
+   being used, and the separation between the two pointers.
+   Note that for efficiency of random, we remember the first location of
+   the state information, not the zeroeth.  Hence it is valid to access
+   state[-1], which is used to store the type of the R.N.G.
+   Also, we remember the last location, since this is more efficient than
+   indexing every time to find the address of the last element to see if
+   the front and rear pointers have wrapped.  */
+
+static long int *state = &randtbl[1];
+
+static int rand_type = TYPE_3;
+static int rand_deg = DEG_3;
+static int rand_sep = SEP_3;
+
+static long int *end_ptr = &randtbl[sizeof(randtbl) / sizeof(randtbl[0])];
+
+/* Initialize the random number generator based on the given seed.  If the
+   type is the trivial no-state-information type, just remember the seed.
+   Otherwise, initializes state[] based on the given "seed" via a linear
+   congruential generator.  Then, the pointers are set to known locations
+   that are exactly rand_sep places apart.  Lastly, it cycles the state
+   information a given number of times to get rid of any initial dependencies
+   introduced by the L.C.R.N.G.  Note that the initialization of randtbl[]
+   for default usage relies on values produced by this routine.  */
+void
+srandom (x)
+  unsigned int x;
+{
+  state[0] = x;
+  if (rand_type != TYPE_0)
+    {
+      register long int i;
+      for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; ++i)
+	state[i] = (1103515145 * state[i - 1]) + 12345;
+      fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+      rptr = &state[0];
+      for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; ++i)
+	random();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the state information in the given array of N bytes for
+   future random number generation.  Based on the number of bytes we
+   are given, and the break values for the different R.N.G.'s, we choose
+   the best (largest) one we can and set things up for it.  srandom is
+   then called to initialize the state information.  Note that on return
+   from srandom, we set state[-1] to be the type multiplexed with the current
+   value of the rear pointer; this is so successive calls to initstate won't
+   lose this information and will be able to restart with setstate.
+   Note: The first thing we do is save the current state, if any, just like
+   setstate so that it doesn't matter when initstate is called.
+   Returns a pointer to the old state.  */
+PTR
+initstate (seed, arg_state, n)
+  unsigned int seed;
+  PTR arg_state;
+  unsigned long n;
+{
+  PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1];
+
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+  if (n < BREAK_1)
+    {
+      if (n < BREAK_0)
+	{
+	  errno = EINVAL;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      rand_type = TYPE_0;
+      rand_deg = DEG_0;
+      rand_sep = SEP_0;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_2)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_1;
+      rand_deg = DEG_1;
+      rand_sep = SEP_1;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_3)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_2;
+      rand_deg = DEG_2;
+      rand_sep = SEP_2;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_4)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_3;
+      rand_deg = DEG_3;
+      rand_sep = SEP_3;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_4;
+      rand_deg = DEG_4;
+      rand_sep = SEP_4;
+    }
+
+  state = &((long int *) arg_state)[1];	/* First location.  */
+  /* Must set END_PTR before srandom.  */
+  end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];
+  srandom(seed);
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+
+  return ostate;
+}
+
+/* Restore the state from the given state array.
+   Note: It is important that we also remember the locations of the pointers
+   in the current state information, and restore the locations of the pointers
+   from the old state information.  This is done by multiplexing the pointer
+   location into the zeroeth word of the state information. Note that due
+   to the order in which things are done, it is OK to call setstate with the
+   same state as the current state
+   Returns a pointer to the old state information.  */
+
+PTR
+setstate (arg_state)
+  PTR arg_state;
+{
+  register long int *new_state = (long int *) arg_state;
+  register int type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
+  register int rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
+  PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1];
+
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case TYPE_0:
+    case TYPE_1:
+    case TYPE_2:
+    case TYPE_3:
+    case TYPE_4:
+      rand_type = type;
+      rand_deg = degrees[type];
+      rand_sep = seps[type];
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* State info munged.  */
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  state = &new_state[1];
+  if (rand_type != TYPE_0)
+    {
+      rptr = &state[rear];
+      fptr = &state[(rear + rand_sep) % rand_deg];
+    }
+  /* Set end_ptr too.  */
+  end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];
+
+  return ostate;
+}
+
+/* If we are using the trivial TYPE_0 R.N.G., just do the old linear
+   congruential bit.  Otherwise, we do our fancy trinomial stuff, which is the
+   same in all ther other cases due to all the global variables that have been
+   set up.  The basic operation is to add the number at the rear pointer into
+   the one at the front pointer.  Then both pointers are advanced to the next
+   location cyclically in the table.  The value returned is the sum generated,
+   reduced to 31 bits by throwing away the "least random" low bit.
+   Note: The code takes advantage of the fact that both the front and
+   rear pointers can't wrap on the same call by not testing the rear
+   pointer if the front one has wrapped.  Returns a 31-bit random number.  */
+
+long int
+random ()
+{
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    {
+      state[0] = ((state[0] * 1103515245) + 12345) & LONG_MAX;
+      return state[0];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      long int i;
+      *fptr += *rptr;
+      /* Chucking least random bit.  */
+      i = (*fptr >> 1) & LONG_MAX;
+      ++fptr;
+      if (fptr >= end_ptr)
+	{
+	  fptr = state;
+	  ++rptr;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ++rptr;
+	  if (rptr >= end_ptr)
+	    rptr = state;
+	}
+      return i;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rename.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae26e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* rename -- rename a file
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/* Rename a file.  */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int
+rename (zfrom, zto)
+     char *zfrom;
+     char *zto;
+{
+  if (link (zfrom, zto) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+      if (unlink (zto) < 0
+	  || link (zfrom, zto) < 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return unlink (zfrom);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rindex.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rindex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..061d126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/rindex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) rindex(). */
+
+extern char *strrchr ();
+
+char *
+rindex (s, c)
+  char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  return strrchr (s, c);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/sigsetmask.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/sigsetmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a09e6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/sigsetmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Version of sigsetmask.c
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com).
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   This file is in the public doamin. */
+
+/* Set the current signal mask to the set provided, and return the 
+   previous value */
+
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+/* Including <sys/types.h> seems to be needed by ISC. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#ifdef SIG_SETMASK
+int
+DEFUN(sigsetmask,(set),
+      int set)
+{
+    sigset_t new;
+    sigset_t old;
+    
+    sigemptyset (&new);
+    if (set != 0) {
+      abort();	/* FIXME, we don't know how to translate old mask to new */
+    }
+    sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &new, &old);
+    return 1;	/* FIXME, we always return 1 as old value.  */
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/spaces.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/spaces.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea92571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/spaces.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Allocate memory region filled with spaces.
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	spaces -- return a pointer to a buffer full of spaces
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char *spaces (int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns a pointer to a memory region filled with the specified
+	number of spaces and null terminated.  The returned pointer is
+	valid until at least the next call.
+	
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#if VMS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unixlib.h>
+#else
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, these must be declared.  */
+extern PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+extern void free PARAMS ((PTR));
+#endif
+
+const char *
+spaces (count)
+  int count;
+{
+  register char *t;
+  static char *buf;
+  static int maxsize;
+
+  if (count > maxsize)
+    {
+      if (buf)
+	{
+	  free (buf);
+	}
+      buf = malloc (count + 1);
+      if (buf == (char *) 0)
+	return 0;
+      for (t = buf + count ; t != buf ; )
+	{
+	  *--t = ' ';
+	}
+      maxsize = count;
+      buf[count] = '\0';
+    }
+  return (const char *) (buf + maxsize - count);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strcasecmp.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aa930b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific written prior permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter
+ * together for a case independent comparison.  The mappings are
+ * based upon ascii character sequences.
+ */
+typedef unsigned char uc;
+static unsigned char charmap[] = {
+	(uc)'\000',(uc)'\001',(uc)'\002',(uc)'\003',(uc)'\004',(uc)'\005',(uc)'\006',(uc)'\007',
+	(uc)'\010',(uc)'\011',(uc)'\012',(uc)'\013',(uc)'\014',(uc)'\015',(uc)'\016',(uc)'\017',
+	(uc)'\020',(uc)'\021',(uc)'\022',(uc)'\023',(uc)'\024',(uc)'\025',(uc)'\026',(uc)'\027',
+	(uc)'\030',(uc)'\031',(uc)'\032',(uc)'\033',(uc)'\034',(uc)'\035',(uc)'\036',(uc)'\037',
+	(uc)'\040',(uc)'\041',(uc)'\042',(uc)'\043',(uc)'\044',(uc)'\045',(uc)'\046',(uc)'\047',
+	(uc)'\050',(uc)'\051',(uc)'\052',(uc)'\053',(uc)'\054',(uc)'\055',(uc)'\056',(uc)'\057',
+	(uc)'\060',(uc)'\061',(uc)'\062',(uc)'\063',(uc)'\064',(uc)'\065',(uc)'\066',(uc)'\067',
+	(uc)'\070',(uc)'\071',(uc)'\072',(uc)'\073',(uc)'\074',(uc)'\075',(uc)'\076',(uc)'\077',
+	(uc)'\100',(uc)'\141',(uc)'\142',(uc)'\143',(uc)'\144',(uc)'\145',(uc)'\146',(uc)'\147',
+	(uc)'\150',(uc)'\151',(uc)'\152',(uc)'\153',(uc)'\154',(uc)'\155',(uc)'\156',(uc)'\157',
+	(uc)'\160',(uc)'\161',(uc)'\162',(uc)'\163',(uc)'\164',(uc)'\165',(uc)'\166',(uc)'\167',
+	(uc)'\170',(uc)'\171',(uc)'\172',(uc)'\133',(uc)'\134',(uc)'\135',(uc)'\136',(uc)'\137',
+	(uc)'\140',(uc)'\141',(uc)'\142',(uc)'\143',(uc)'\144',(uc)'\145',(uc)'\146',(uc)'\147',
+	(uc)'\150',(uc)'\151',(uc)'\152',(uc)'\153',(uc)'\154',(uc)'\155',(uc)'\156',(uc)'\157',
+	(uc)'\160',(uc)'\161',(uc)'\162',(uc)'\163',(uc)'\164',(uc)'\165',(uc)'\166',(uc)'\167',
+	(uc)'\170',(uc)'\171',(uc)'\172',(uc)'\173',(uc)'\174',(uc)'\175',(uc)'\176',(uc)'\177',
+	(uc)'\200',(uc)'\201',(uc)'\202',(uc)'\203',(uc)'\204',(uc)'\205',(uc)'\206',(uc)'\207',
+	(uc)'\210',(uc)'\211',(uc)'\212',(uc)'\213',(uc)'\214',(uc)'\215',(uc)'\216',(uc)'\217',
+	(uc)'\220',(uc)'\221',(uc)'\222',(uc)'\223',(uc)'\224',(uc)'\225',(uc)'\226',(uc)'\227',
+	(uc)'\230',(uc)'\231',(uc)'\232',(uc)'\233',(uc)'\234',(uc)'\235',(uc)'\236',(uc)'\237',
+	(uc)'\240',(uc)'\241',(uc)'\242',(uc)'\243',(uc)'\244',(uc)'\245',(uc)'\246',(uc)'\247',
+	(uc)'\250',(uc)'\251',(uc)'\252',(uc)'\253',(uc)'\254',(uc)'\255',(uc)'\256',(uc)'\257',
+	(uc)'\260',(uc)'\261',(uc)'\262',(uc)'\263',(uc)'\264',(uc)'\265',(uc)'\266',(uc)'\267',
+	(uc)'\270',(uc)'\271',(uc)'\272',(uc)'\273',(uc)'\274',(uc)'\275',(uc)'\276',(uc)'\277',
+	(uc)'\300',(uc)'\341',(uc)'\342',(uc)'\343',(uc)'\344',(uc)'\345',(uc)'\346',(uc)'\347',
+	(uc)'\350',(uc)'\351',(uc)'\352',(uc)'\353',(uc)'\354',(uc)'\355',(uc)'\356',(uc)'\357',
+	(uc)'\360',(uc)'\361',(uc)'\362',(uc)'\363',(uc)'\364',(uc)'\365',(uc)'\366',(uc)'\367',
+	(uc)'\370',(uc)'\371',(uc)'\372',(uc)'\333',(uc)'\334',(uc)'\335',(uc)'\336',(uc)'\337',
+	(uc)'\340',(uc)'\341',(uc)'\342',(uc)'\343',(uc)'\344',(uc)'\345',(uc)'\346',(uc)'\347',
+	(uc)'\350',(uc)'\351',(uc)'\352',(uc)'\353',(uc)'\354',(uc)'\355',(uc)'\356',(uc)'\357',
+	(uc)'\360',(uc)'\361',(uc)'\362',(uc)'\363',(uc)'\364',(uc)'\365',(uc)'\366',(uc)'\367',
+	(uc)'\370',(uc)'\371',(uc)'\372',(uc)'\373',(uc)'\374',(uc)'\375',(uc)'\376',(uc)'\377',
+};
+
+int
+strcasecmp(s1, s2)
+    const char *s1, *s2;
+{
+    register unsigned char u1, u2;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
+	u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
+	if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) {
+	    return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
+	}
+	if (u1 == '\0') {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strchr.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22976ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Portable version of strchr()
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	strchr -- return pointer to first occurance of a character
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *strchr (const char *s, int c)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Returns a pointer to the first occurance of character C in
+	string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found.
+	
+BUGS
+	Behavior when character is the null character is implementation
+	dependent.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strchr (s, c)
+  register CONST char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      {
+	return (char*)s;
+      }
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strdup.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1785b34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+char *
+strdup(s)
+     char *s;
+{
+    char *result = (char*)malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
+    if (result == (char*)0)
+	return (char*)0;
+    strcpy(result, s);
+    return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strerror.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5e2eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
+/* Extended support for using errno values.
+   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
+   This file is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
+/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
+   might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
+   incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
+   attributes.  So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
+   macro. */
+#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
+#undef sys_errlist
+#endif
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Translation table for errno values.  See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
+   Programmers Reference Manuals.
+
+   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
+   to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
+   value.
+
+   Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
+   thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
+   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
+
+struct error_info
+{
+  int value;		/* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
+  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
+#else
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
+#endif
+
+static const struct error_info error_table[] =
+{
+#if defined (EPERM)
+  ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOENT)
+  ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESRCH)
+  ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINTR)
+  ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EIO)
+  ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENXIO)
+  ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (E2BIG)
+  ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOEXEC)
+  ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADF)
+  ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECHILD)
+  ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)	/* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
+  ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EAGAIN)
+  ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOMEM)
+  ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EACCES)
+  ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EFAULT)
+  ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTBLK)
+  ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBUSY)
+  ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EEXIST)
+  ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EXDEV)
+  ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENODEV)
+  ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTDIR)
+  ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISDIR)
+  ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINVAL)
+  ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENFILE)
+  ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMFILE)
+  ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTTY)
+  ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETXTBSY)
+  ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+  ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSPC)
+  ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESPIPE)
+  ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EROFS)
+  ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMLINK)
+  ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPIPE)
+  ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDOM)
+  ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ERANGE)
+  ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOMSG)
+  ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EIDRM)
+  ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECHRNG)
+  ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
+  ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL3HLT)
+  ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL3RST)
+  ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELNRNG)
+  ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUNATCH)
+  ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOCSI)
+  ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL2HLT)
+  ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDEADLK)
+  ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOLCK)
+  ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADE)
+  ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADR)
+  ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EXFULL)
+  ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOANO)
+  ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADRQC)
+  ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADSLT)
+  ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
+  ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBFONT)
+  ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSTR)
+  ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENODATA)
+  ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETIME)
+  ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSR)
+  ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENONET)
+  ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOPKG)
+  ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMOTE)
+  ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOLINK)
+  ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADV)
+  ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESRMNT)
+  ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECOMM)
+  ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTO)
+  ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
+  ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDOTDOT)
+  ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADMSG)
+  ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
+  ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
+  ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
+  ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADFD)
+  ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMCHG)
+  ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBACC)
+  ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBBAD)
+  ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBSCN)
+  ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBMAX)
+  ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
+  ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EILSEQ)
+  ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSYS)
+  ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELOOP)
+  ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ERESTART)
+  ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
+  ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
+  ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUSERS)
+  ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
+  ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
+  ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
+  ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
+  ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
+  ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
+  ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
+  ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
+  ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETDOWN)
+  ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
+  ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETRESET)
+  ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
+  ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNRESET)
+  ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOBUFS)
+  ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISCONN)
+  ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTCONN)
+  ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
+  ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
+  ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
+  ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
+  ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
+  ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
+  ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EALREADY)
+  ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
+  ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESTALE)
+  ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUCLEAN)
+  ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTNAM)
+  ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENAVAIL)
+  ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISNAM)
+  ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
+  ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
+#endif
+  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
+};
+
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767)
+   lies outside the range of sys_errlist[].  */
+static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; }
+  evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" };
+#endif
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
+   errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
+
+static const char **error_names;
+static int num_error_names = 0;
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
+   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the errno value to find
+   the descriptive string.
+
+   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
+   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
+   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+static int sys_nerr;
+static const char **sys_errlist;
+
+#else
+
+extern int sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static void init_error_tables ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
+	the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
+	indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
+	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
+	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
+	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
+	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
+	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
+	warn about this particular failure mode.
+
+*/
+
+static void
+init_error_tables ()
+{
+  const struct error_info *eip;
+  int nbytes;
+
+  /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
+     errno value, then go find it now. */
+
+  if (num_error_names == 0)
+    {
+      for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	{
+	  if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
+	    {
+	      num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
+	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
+
+  if (sys_errlist == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
+	  sys_nerr = num_error_names;
+	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	errno_max -- return the max errno value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int errno_max ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
+	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
+	we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
+	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
+	In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
+	should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
+	since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
+	added to the table.  Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
+	implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
+
+	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
+	symbolic name or message.
+
+*/
+
+int
+errno_max ()
+{
+  int maxsize;
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+  maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
+  return (maxsize - 1);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEED_strerror
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char *strerror (int errnoval)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
+	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
+	variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
+	as the ones used by perror().
+
+	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
+	for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
+	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
+	error number.
+
+	If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
+	returns NULL.
+
+	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
+	next call to strerror.
+
+*/
+
+char *
+strerror (errnoval)
+  int errnoval;
+{
+  char *msg;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
+    {
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
+	msg = evmserr.msg;
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      msg = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
+      msg = buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
+      msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval];
+    }
+  
+  return (msg);
+}
+
+#endif	/* NEED_strerror */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strerrno (int errnoval)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
+	returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
+	symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
+
+	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
+	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
+	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
+	the error number.
+
+	If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
+	indices, then returns NULL.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
+	valid until the next call to strerrno.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+strerrno (errnoval)
+  int errnoval;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+
+  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
+    {
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
+	name = evmserr.name;
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      name = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
+      name = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
+      name = error_names[errnoval];
+    }
+
+  return (name);
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int strtoerrno (char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
+	If no translation is found, returns 0.
+
+*/
+
+int
+strtoerrno (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  int errnoval = 0;
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (error_names == NULL)
+	{
+	  init_error_tables ();
+	}
+      for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
+	{
+	  if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
+	      (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (errnoval == num_error_names)
+	{
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+	  if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0)
+	    errnoval = evmserr.value;
+	  else
+#endif
+	  errnoval = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return (errnoval);
+}
+
+
+/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
+   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int errn;
+  int errnmax;
+  const char *name;
+  char *msg;
+  char *strerror ();
+
+  errnmax = errno_max ();
+  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
+  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
+  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
+
+  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
+     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
+     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
+     NULL. */
+
+  for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
+    {
+      name = strerrno (errn);
+      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
+      msg = strerror (errn);
+      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
+      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strncasecmp.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4485cac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific written prior permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter
+ * together for a case independent comparison.  The mappings are
+ * based upon ascii character sequences.
+ */
+static unsigned char charmap[] = {
+	'\000', '\001', '\002', '\003', '\004', '\005', '\006', '\007',
+	'\010', '\011', '\012', '\013', '\014', '\015', '\016', '\017',
+	'\020', '\021', '\022', '\023', '\024', '\025', '\026', '\027',
+	'\030', '\031', '\032', '\033', '\034', '\035', '\036', '\037',
+	'\040', '\041', '\042', '\043', '\044', '\045', '\046', '\047',
+	'\050', '\051', '\052', '\053', '\054', '\055', '\056', '\057',
+	'\060', '\061', '\062', '\063', '\064', '\065', '\066', '\067',
+	'\070', '\071', '\072', '\073', '\074', '\075', '\076', '\077',
+	'\100', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\133', '\134', '\135', '\136', '\137',
+	'\140', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\173', '\174', '\175', '\176', '\177',
+	'\200', '\201', '\202', '\203', '\204', '\205', '\206', '\207',
+	'\210', '\211', '\212', '\213', '\214', '\215', '\216', '\217',
+	'\220', '\221', '\222', '\223', '\224', '\225', '\226', '\227',
+	'\230', '\231', '\232', '\233', '\234', '\235', '\236', '\237',
+	'\240', '\241', '\242', '\243', '\244', '\245', '\246', '\247',
+	'\250', '\251', '\252', '\253', '\254', '\255', '\256', '\257',
+	'\260', '\261', '\262', '\263', '\264', '\265', '\266', '\267',
+	'\270', '\271', '\272', '\273', '\274', '\275', '\276', '\277',
+	'\300', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\333', '\334', '\335', '\336', '\337',
+	'\340', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\373', '\374', '\375', '\376', '\377',
+};
+
+int
+strncasecmp(s1, s2, n)
+	const char *s1, *s2;
+	register size_t n;
+{
+    register unsigned char u1, u2;
+
+    for (; n != 0; --n) {
+	u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
+	u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
+	if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) {
+	    return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
+	}
+	if (u1 == '\0') {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strrchr.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strrchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f9e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Portable version of strrchr().
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	strrchr -- return pointer to last occurance of a character
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *strrchr (const char *s, int c)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Returns a pointer to the last occurance of character C in
+	string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found.
+	
+BUGS
+	Behavior when character is the null character is implementation
+	dependent.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strrchr (s, c)
+  register CONST char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  char *rtnval = 0;
+
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      rtnval = (char*) s;
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (rtnval);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strsignal.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strsignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d40b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strsignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
+/* Extended support for using signal values.
+   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
+   This file is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+/* We need to declare sys_siglist, because even if the system provides
+   it we can't assume that it is declared in <signal.h> (for example,
+   SunOS provides sys_siglist, but it does not declare it in any
+   header file).  fHowever, we can't declare sys_siglist portably,
+   because on some systems it is declared with const and on some
+   systems it is declared without const.  If we were using autoconf,
+   we could work out the right declaration.  Until, then we just
+   ignore any declaration in the system header files, and always
+   declare it ourselves.  With luck, this will always work.  */
+#define sys_siglist no_such_symbol
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+/* Undefine the macro we used to hide the definition of sys_siglist
+   found in the system header files.  */
+#undef sys_siglist
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  ifdef __STDC__
+#    define NULL (void *) 0
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+static void init_signal_tables PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Translation table for signal values.
+
+   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
+   to initialize signal name and message tables that are indexed by signal
+   value.
+
+   Not all of these signals will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
+   thing that should have to be updated as new signal numbers are introduced.
+   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
+
+struct signal_info
+{
+  int value;		/* The numeric value from <signal.h> */
+  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
+#else
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
+#endif
+
+static const struct signal_info signal_table[] =
+{
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+  ENTRY(SIGHUP, "SIGHUP", "Hangup"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGINT)
+  ENTRY(SIGINT, "SIGINT", "Interrupt"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+  ENTRY(SIGQUIT, "SIGQUIT", "Quit"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGILL)
+  ENTRY(SIGILL, "SIGILL", "Illegal instruction"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTRAP)
+  ENTRY(SIGTRAP, "SIGTRAP", "Trace/breakpoint trap"),
+#endif
+/* Put SIGIOT before SIGABRT, so that if SIGIOT==SIGABRT then SIGABRT
+   overrides SIGIOT.  SIGABRT is in ANSI and POSIX.1, and SIGIOT isn't. */
+#if defined (SIGIOT)
+  ENTRY(SIGIOT, "SIGIOT", "IOT trap"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGABRT)
+  ENTRY(SIGABRT, "SIGABRT", "Aborted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGEMT)
+  ENTRY(SIGEMT, "SIGEMT", "Emulation trap"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGFPE)
+  ENTRY(SIGFPE, "SIGFPE", "Arithmetic exception"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGKILL)
+  ENTRY(SIGKILL, "SIGKILL", "Killed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGBUS)
+  ENTRY(SIGBUS, "SIGBUS", "Bus error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSEGV)
+  ENTRY(SIGSEGV, "SIGSEGV", "Segmentation fault"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSYS)
+  ENTRY(SIGSYS, "SIGSYS", "Bad system call"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPIPE)
+  ENTRY(SIGPIPE, "SIGPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+  ENTRY(SIGALRM, "SIGALRM", "Alarm clock"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTERM)
+  ENTRY(SIGTERM, "SIGTERM", "Terminated"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGUSR1)
+  ENTRY(SIGUSR1, "SIGUSR1", "User defined signal 1"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGUSR2)
+  ENTRY(SIGUSR2, "SIGUSR2", "User defined signal 2"),
+#endif
+/* Put SIGCLD before SIGCHLD, so that if SIGCLD==SIGCHLD then SIGCHLD
+   overrides SIGCLD.  SIGCHLD is in POXIX.1 */
+#if defined (SIGCLD)
+  ENTRY(SIGCLD, "SIGCLD", "Child status changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGCHLD)
+  ENTRY(SIGCHLD, "SIGCHLD", "Child status changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPWR)
+  ENTRY(SIGPWR, "SIGPWR", "Power fail/restart"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+  ENTRY(SIGWINCH, "SIGWINCH", "Window size changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGURG)
+  ENTRY(SIGURG, "SIGURG", "Urgent I/O condition"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGIO)
+  /* "I/O pending" has also been suggested, but is misleading since the
+     signal only happens when the process has asked for it, not everytime
+     I/O is pending. */
+  ENTRY(SIGIO, "SIGIO", "I/O possible"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPOLL)
+  ENTRY(SIGPOLL, "SIGPOLL", "Pollable event occurred"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSTOP)
+  ENTRY(SIGSTOP, "SIGSTOP", "Stopped (signal)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+  ENTRY(SIGTSTP, "SIGTSTP", "Stopped (user)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGCONT)
+  ENTRY(SIGCONT, "SIGCONT", "Continued"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+  ENTRY(SIGTTIN, "SIGTTIN", "Stopped (tty input)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+  ENTRY(SIGTTOU, "SIGTTOU", "Stopped (tty output)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGVTALRM)
+  ENTRY(SIGVTALRM, "SIGVTALRM", "Virtual timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPROF)
+  ENTRY(SIGPROF, "SIGPROF", "Profiling timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGXCPU)
+  ENTRY(SIGXCPU, "SIGXCPU", "CPU time limit exceeded"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGXFSZ)
+  ENTRY(SIGXFSZ, "SIGXFSZ", "File size limit exceeded"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWIND)
+  ENTRY(SIGWIND, "SIGWIND", "SIGWIND"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPHONE)
+  ENTRY(SIGPHONE, "SIGPHONE", "SIGPHONE"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGLOST)
+  ENTRY(SIGLOST, "SIGLOST", "Resource lost"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWAITING)
+  ENTRY(SIGWAITING, "SIGWAITING", "Process's LWPs are blocked"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGLWP)
+  ENTRY(SIGLWP, "SIGLWP", "Signal LWP"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGDANGER)
+  ENTRY(SIGDANGER, "SIGDANGER", "Swap space dangerously low"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGGRANT)
+  ENTRY(SIGGRANT, "SIGGRANT", "Monitor mode granted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGRETRACT)
+  ENTRY(SIGRETRACT, "SIGRETRACT", "Need to relinguish monitor mode"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGMSG)
+  ENTRY(SIGMSG, "SIGMSG", "Monitor mode data available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSOUND)
+  ENTRY(SIGSOUND, "SIGSOUND", "Sound completed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSAK)
+  ENTRY(SIGSAK, "SIGSAK", "Secure attention"),
+#endif
+  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
+};
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
+   signal value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
+
+static const char **signal_names;
+static int num_signal_names = 0;
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
+   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the signal value to find
+   the descriptive string.
+
+   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
+   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
+   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+static int sys_nsig;
+static const char **sys_siglist;
+
+#else
+
+static int sys_nsig = NSIG;
+extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	init_signal_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static void init_signal_tables ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Using the signal_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
+	the signal_names and the sys_siglist (if needed) tables, which are
+	indexed at runtime by a specific signal value.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
+	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
+	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
+	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
+	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
+	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
+	warn about this particular failure mode.
+
+*/
+
+static void
+init_signal_tables ()
+{
+  const struct signal_info *eip;
+  int nbytes;
+
+  /* If we haven't already scanned the signal_table once to find the maximum
+     signal value, then go find it now. */
+
+  if (num_signal_names == 0)
+    {
+      for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	{
+	  if (eip -> value >= num_signal_names)
+	    {
+	      num_signal_names = eip -> value + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the signal_names table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((signal_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (signal_names, 0, nbytes);
+	  for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      signal_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_siglist table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */
+
+  if (sys_siglist == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((sys_siglist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (sys_siglist, 0, nbytes);
+	  sys_nsig = num_signal_names;
+	  for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      sys_siglist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	signo_max -- return the max signo value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int signo_max ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the maximum signo value for which a corresponding symbolic
+	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
+	we use the sys_siglist supplied by the system, it is possible for
+	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
+	In fact, the manual page for psignal(3b) explicitly warns that one
+	should check the size of the table (NSIG) before indexing it,
+	since new signal codes may be added to the system before they are
+	added to the table.  Thus NSIG might be smaller than value
+	implied by the largest signo value defined in <signal.h>.
+
+	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
+	symbolic name or message.
+
+*/
+
+int
+signo_max ()
+{
+  int maxsize;
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+  maxsize = MAX (sys_nsig, num_signal_names);
+  return (maxsize - 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strsignal -- map a signal number to a signal message string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strsignal (int signo)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Maps an signal number to an signal message string, the contents of
+	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
+	variable sys_siglist, these strings will be the same as the ones used
+	by psignal().
+
+	If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices
+	for the sys_siglist, but no message is available for the particular
+	signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is the
+	signal number.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is not a valid index into sys_siglist,
+	returns NULL.
+
+	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
+	next call to strsignal.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef NEED_strsignal
+
+const char *
+strsignal (signo)
+  int signo;
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig))
+    {
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      msg = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((sys_siglist == NULL) || (sys_siglist[signo] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no sys_siglist or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo);
+      msg = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
+      msg = (const char *) sys_siglist[signo];
+    }
+  
+  return (msg);
+}
+
+#endif /* NEED_strsignal */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strsigno -- map an signal number to a symbolic name string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strsigno (int signo)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given an signal number, returns a pointer to a string containing
+	the symbolic name of that signal number, as found in <signal.h>.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices
+	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
+	signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is
+	the signal number.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is not within the range of valid
+	indices, then returns NULL.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
+	valid until the next call to strsigno.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+strsigno (signo)
+  int signo;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+
+  if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= num_signal_names))
+    {
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      name = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((signal_names == NULL) || (signal_names[signo] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no signal_names or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo);
+      name = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
+      name = signal_names[signo];
+    }
+
+  return (name);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strtosigno -- map a symbolic signal name to a numeric value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int strtosigno (char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given the symbolic name of a signal, map it to a signal number.
+	If no translation is found, returns 0.
+
+*/
+
+int
+strtosigno (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  int signo = 0;
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (signal_names == NULL)
+	{
+	  init_signal_tables ();
+	}
+      for (signo = 0; signo < num_signal_names; signo++)
+	{
+	  if ((signal_names[signo] != NULL) &&
+	      (strcmp (name, signal_names[signo]) == 0))
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (signo == num_signal_names)
+	{
+	  signo = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return (signo);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	psignal -- print message about signal to stderr
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	void psignal (unsigned signo, char *message);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Print to the standard error the message, followed by a colon,
+	followed by the description of the signal specified by signo,
+	followed by a newline.
+*/
+
+#ifdef NEED_psignal
+
+void
+psignal (signo, message)
+  unsigned signo;
+  char *message;
+{
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+  if ((signo <= 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown signal\n", message);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", message, sys_siglist[signo]);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif	/* NEED_psignal */
+
+
+/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the signal translations
+   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int signo;
+  int maxsigno;
+  const char *name;
+  const char *msg;
+
+  maxsigno = signo_max ();
+  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_signal_names);
+  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nsig);
+  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", maxsigno);
+
+  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
+     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
+     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
+     NULL. */
+
+  for (signo = 0; signo <= maxsigno; signo++)
+    {
+      name = strsigno (signo);
+      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
+      msg = strsignal (signo);
+      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
+      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", signo, name, msg);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strstr.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fab36e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Simple implementation of strstr for systems without it.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strstr -- locate first occurance of a substring
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	#include <string.h>
+
+	char *strstr (char *s1, char *s2)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Locates the first occurance in the string pointed to by S1 of
+	the string pointed to by S2.  Returns a pointer to the substring
+	found, or a NULL pointer if not found.  If S2 points to a string
+	with zero length, the function returns S1.
+	
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+
+/* FIXME:  The above description is ANSI compiliant.  This routine has not
+   been validated to comply with it.  -fnf */
+
+char *
+strstr (s1, s2)
+  char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  register char *p = s1;
+  extern char *strchr ();
+  extern int strncmp ();
+#if __GNUC__==2
+  extern __SIZE_TYPE__ strlen ();
+#endif
+  register int len = strlen (s2);
+
+  for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0)
+	{
+	  return (p);
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtod.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86c73d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+extern double atof ();
+
+/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore
+   has not been tested well.  It may have been tested for nothing except
+   that it compiles.  */
+
+double
+strtod (str, ptr)
+     char *str;
+     char **ptr;
+{
+  char *p;
+
+  if (ptr == (char **)0)
+    return atof (str);
+  
+  p = str;
+  
+  while (isspace (*p))
+    ++p;
+  
+  if (*p == '+' || *p == '-')
+    ++p;
+
+  /* INF or INFINITY.  */
+  if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I')
+      && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N')
+      && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F'))
+    {
+      if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I')
+	  && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N')
+	  && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I')
+	  && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T')
+	  && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y'))
+	{
+	  *ptr = p + 7;
+	  return atof (str);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *ptr = p + 3;
+	  return atof (str);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* NAN or NAN(foo).  */
+  if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N')
+      && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A')
+      && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N'))
+    {
+      p += 3;
+      if (*p == '(')
+	{
+	  ++p;
+	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')')
+	    ++p;
+	  if (*p == ')')
+	    ++p;
+	}
+      *ptr = p;
+      return atof (str);
+    }
+
+  /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it.  */
+  if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.')
+    {
+      int got_dot = 0;
+      while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.'))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '.')
+	    got_dot = 1;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      /* Exponent.  */
+      if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E')
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  i = 1;
+	  if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-')
+	    ++i;
+	  if (isdigit (p[i]))
+	    {
+	      while (isdigit (p[i]))
+		++i;
+	      *ptr = p + i;
+	      return atof (str);
+	    }
+	}
+      *ptr = p;
+      return atof (str);
+    }
+  /* Didn't find any digits.  Doesn't look like a number.  */
+  *ptr = str;
+  return 0.0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtol.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db27ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if 0
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too
+   painful.  These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex
+   constants. */
+
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+#define	LONG_MAX	((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))	/* 0x7FFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG_MIN
+#define	LONG_MIN	((long)(~LONG_MAX))		/* 0x80000000 */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+long
+strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
+	CONST char *nptr;
+	char **endptr;
+	register int base;
+{
+	register CONST char *s = nptr;
+	register unsigned long acc;
+	register int c;
+	register unsigned long cutoff;
+	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
+	 * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
+	 * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
+	 */
+	do {
+		c = *s++;
+	} while (isspace(c));
+	if (c == '-') {
+		neg = 1;
+		c = *s++;
+	} else if (c == '+')
+		c = *s++;
+	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+		c = s[1];
+		s += 2;
+		base = 16;
+	}
+	if (base == 0)
+		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+
+	/*
+	 * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
+	 * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
+	 * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
+	 * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
+	 * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
+	 * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
+	 * digit.  For instance, if the range for longs is
+	 * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
+	 * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
+	 * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
+	 * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
+	 * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
+	 *
+	 * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
+	 * overflow.
+	 */
+	cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+	cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
+	cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
+	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+		if (isdigit(c))
+			c -= '0';
+		else if (isalpha(c))
+			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+		else
+			break;
+		if (c >= base)
+			break;
+		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+			any = -1;
+		else {
+			any = 1;
+			acc *= base;
+			acc += c;
+		}
+	}
+	if (any < 0) {
+		acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+		errno = ERANGE;
+	} else if (neg)
+		acc = -acc;
+	if (endptr != 0)
+		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+	return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtoul.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4090245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if 0
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+unsigned long
+strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
+	CONST char *nptr;
+	char **endptr;
+	register int base;
+{
+	register CONST char *s = nptr;
+	register unsigned long acc;
+	register int c;
+	register unsigned long cutoff;
+	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+
+	/*
+	 * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
+	 */
+	do {
+		c = *s++;
+	} while (isspace(c));
+	if (c == '-') {
+		neg = 1;
+		c = *s++;
+	} else if (c == '+')
+		c = *s++;
+	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+		c = s[1];
+		s += 2;
+		base = 16;
+	}
+	if (base == 0)
+		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+	cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
+	cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
+	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+		if (isdigit(c))
+			c -= '0';
+		else if (isalpha(c))
+			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+		else
+			break;
+		if (c >= base)
+			break;
+		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+			any = -1;
+		else {
+			any = 1;
+			acc *= base;
+			acc += c;
+		}
+	}
+	if (any < 0) {
+		acc = ULONG_MAX;
+		errno = ERANGE;
+	} else if (neg)
+		acc = -acc;
+	if (endptr != 0)
+		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+	return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/tmpnam.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/tmpnam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c061467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/tmpnam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef L_tmpnam
+#define L_tmpname 100
+#endif
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+#define P_tmpdir "/usr/tmp"
+#endif
+
+static char tmpnam_buffer[L_tmpnam];
+static int tmpnam_counter;
+
+extern int getpid ();
+
+char *
+tmpnam (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  int pid = getpid ();
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    s = tmpnam_buffer;
+
+  /*  Generate the filename and make sure that there isn't one called
+      it already.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      FILE *f;
+      sprintf (s, "%s/%s%x.%x", P_tmpdir, "t", pid, tmpnam_counter);
+      f = fopen (s, "r");
+      if (f == NULL)
+	break;
+      tmpnam_counter++;
+      fclose (f);
+    }
+
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vasprintf.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3794cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
+   be freed by the caller.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int global_total_width;
+#endif
+
+unsigned long strtoul ();
+char *malloc ();
+
+static int
+int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
+     char **result;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list *args;
+{
+  const char *p = format;
+  /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
+     to return NULL.  */
+  int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  memcpy ((PTR) &ap, (PTR) args, sizeof (va_list));
+
+  while (*p != '\0')
+    {
+      if (*p++ == '%')
+	{
+	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
+	    ++p;
+	  if (*p == '*')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
+	  if (*p == '.')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      if (*p == '*')
+		{
+		  ++p;
+		  total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
+		}
+	      else
+	      total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
+	    }
+	  while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
+	    ++p;
+	  /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s.  */
+	  total_width += 30;
+	  switch (*p)
+	    {
+	    case 'd':
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'o':
+	    case 'u':
+	    case 'x':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'c':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, int);
+	      break;
+	    case 'f':
+	    case 'e':
+	    case 'E':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'G':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, double);
+	      break;
+	    case 's':
+	      total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
+	      break;
+	    case 'p':
+	    case 'n':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, char *);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#ifdef TEST
+  global_total_width = total_width;
+#endif
+  *result = malloc (total_width);
+  if (*result != NULL)
+    return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+vasprintf (result, format, args)
+     char **result;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list args;
+{
+  return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+void
+checkit
+#ifdef __STDC__
+     (const char* format, ...)
+#else
+     (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+  va_start (args, format);
+#else
+  char *format;
+  va_start (args);
+  format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+  vasprintf (&result, format, args);
+  if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
+    printf ("PASS: ");
+  else
+    printf ("FAIL: ");
+  printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
+  checkit ("%200d", 5);
+  checkit ("%.300d", 6);
+  checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
+  checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
+777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
+  checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfork.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfork.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86c4591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfork.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+/* Emulate vfork using just plain fork, for systems without a real vfork.
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+int
+vfork ()
+{
+  return (fork ());
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfprintf.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce3fdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vfprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vfprintf
+
+int
+vfprintf (file, format, ap)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+   return _doprnt (format, ap, file);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vprintf.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89c289e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vprintf
+int
+vprintf (format, ap)
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  return vfprintf (stdout, format, ap);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vsprintf.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vsprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0760c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/vsprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Simple implementation of vsprintf for systems without it.
+   Highly system-dependent, but should work on most "traditional"
+   implementations of stdio; newer ones should already have vsprintf.
+   Written by Per Bothner of Cygnus Support.
+   Based on libg++'s "form" (written by Doug Lea; dl@rocky.oswego.edu).
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vsprintf
+
+int
+vsprintf (buf, format, ap)
+     char *buf;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  FILE b;
+  int ret;
+#ifdef VMS
+  b->_flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+  b->_ptr = buf;
+  b->_cnt = 12000;
+#else
+  b._flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+  b._ptr = buf;
+  b._cnt = 12000;
+#endif
+  ret = _doprnt(format, ap, &b);
+  putc('\0', &b);
+  return ret;
+
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/waitpid.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/waitpid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23db0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/waitpid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+int
+waitpid (pid, stat_loc, options)
+	int pid, *stat_loc, options;
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int wpid = wait(stat_loc);
+      if (wpid == pid || wpid == -1)
+	return wpid;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xatexit.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xatexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31476c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xatexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * %sccs.include.redist.c%
+ */
+
+/* Adapted from newlib/libc/stdlib/{,at}exit.[ch].
+   If you use xatexit, you must call xexit instead of exit.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, this must be declared.  */
+PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+static void xatexit_cleanup PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Pointer to function run by xexit.  */
+extern void (*_xexit_cleanup) PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define	XATEXIT_SIZE 32
+
+struct xatexit {
+	struct	xatexit *next;		/* next in list */
+	int	ind;			/* next index in this table */
+	void	(*fns[XATEXIT_SIZE]) PARAMS ((void));	/* the table itself */
+};
+
+/* Allocate one struct statically to guarantee that we can register
+   at least a few handlers.  */
+static struct xatexit xatexit_first;
+
+/* Points to head of LIFO stack.  */
+static struct xatexit *xatexit_head = &xatexit_first;
+
+/* Register function FN to be run by xexit.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
+
+int
+xatexit (fn)
+     void (*fn) PARAMS ((void));
+{
+  register struct xatexit *p;
+
+  /* Tell xexit to call xatexit_cleanup.  */
+  if (!_xexit_cleanup)
+    _xexit_cleanup = xatexit_cleanup;
+
+  p = xatexit_head;
+  if (p->ind >= XATEXIT_SIZE)
+    {
+      if ((p = (struct xatexit *) malloc (sizeof *p)) == NULL)
+	return -1;
+      p->ind = 0;
+      p->next = xatexit_head;
+      xatexit_head = p;
+    }
+  p->fns[p->ind++] = fn;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Call any cleanup functions.  */
+
+static void
+xatexit_cleanup ()
+{
+  register struct xatexit *p;
+  register int n;
+
+  for (p = xatexit_head; p; p = p->next)
+    for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;)
+      (*p->fns[n]) ();
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xexit.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..431bbe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write
+to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This variable is set by xatexit if it is called.  This way, xmalloc
+   doesn't drag xatexit into the link.  */
+void (*_xexit_cleanup) PARAMS ((void));
+
+void
+xexit (code)
+     int code;
+{
+  if (_xexit_cleanup != NULL)
+    (*_xexit_cleanup) ();
+  exit (code);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xmalloc.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c479b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* memory allocation routines with error checking.
+   Copyright 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#define ptrdiff_t long
+#endif
+
+#if VMS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unixlib.h>
+#else
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, these must be declared.  */
+PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+PTR realloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+PTR sbrk PARAMS ((ptrdiff_t));
+#endif
+
+/* The program name if set.  */
+static const char *name = "";
+
+/* The initial sbrk, set when the program name is set.  */
+static char *first_break = NULL;
+
+void
+xmalloc_set_program_name (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  name = s;
+  if (first_break == NULL)
+    first_break = (char *) sbrk (0);
+}
+
+PTR
+xmalloc (size)
+    size_t size;
+{
+  PTR newmem;
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    size = 1;
+  newmem = malloc (size);
+  if (!newmem)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+      size_t allocated;
+
+      if (first_break != NULL)
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break;
+      else
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ;
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "\n%s%sCan not allocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n",
+	       name, *name ? ": " : "",
+	       (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+  return (newmem);
+}
+
+PTR
+xrealloc (oldmem, size)
+    PTR oldmem;
+    size_t size;
+{
+  PTR newmem;
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    size = 1;
+  if (!oldmem)
+    newmem = malloc (size);
+  else
+    newmem = realloc (oldmem, size);
+  if (!newmem)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+      size_t allocated;
+
+      if (first_break != NULL)
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break;
+      else
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ;
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "\n%s%sCan not reallocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n",
+	       name, *name ? ": " : "",
+	       (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+  return (newmem);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrdup.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d08bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* xstrdup.c -- Duplicate a string in memory, using xmalloc.
+   This trivial function is in the public domain.
+   Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, December 1995.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+char *
+xstrdup (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+  strcpy (ret, s);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrerror.c b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..770b653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/libiberty/xstrerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* xstrerror.c -- jacket routine for more robust strerror() usage.
+   Fri Jun 16 18:30:00 1995  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+   This code is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef VMS
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) && !defined (__HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES)
+extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int,...));
+#define DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR
+#endif
+#endif	/* VMS */
+
+#ifndef DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR
+extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+
+/* If strerror returns NULL, we'll format the number into a static buffer.  */
+
+#define ERRSTR_FMT "undocumented error #%d"
+static char xstrerror_buf[sizeof ERRSTR_FMT + 20];
+
+/* Like strerror, but result is never a null pointer.  */
+
+char *
+xstrerror (errnum)
+     int errnum;
+{
+  char *errstr;
+#ifdef VMS
+  char *(*vmslib_strerror) PARAMS ((int,...));
+
+  /* Override any possibly-conflicting declaration from system header.  */
+  vmslib_strerror = (char *(*) PARAMS ((int,...))) strerror;
+  /* Second argument matters iff first is EVMSERR, but it's simpler to
+     pass it unconditionally.  `vaxc$errno' is declared in <errno.h>
+     and maintained by the run-time library in parallel to `errno'.
+     We assume that `errnum' corresponds to the last value assigned to
+     errno by the run-time library, hence vaxc$errno will be relevant.  */
+  errstr = (*vmslib_strerror) (errnum, vaxc$errno);
+#else
+  errstr = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+  /* If `errnum' is out of range, result might be NULL.  We'll fix that.  */
+  if (!errstr)
+    {
+      sprintf (xstrerror_buf, ERRSTR_FMT, errnum);
+      errstr = xstrerror_buf;
+    }
+  return errstr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/move-if-change b/contrib/binutils/move-if-change
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..565825f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/move-if-change
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+if
+test -r $2
+then
+if
+cmp $1 $2 > /dev/null
+then
+echo $2 is unchanged
+rm -f $1
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/ChangeLog b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73e6d14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,2804 @@
+Mon May 12 15:10:53 1997  Jim Wilson  <wilson@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (moveb): Change $d to %d.
+
+Mon May  5 14:28:41 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c: (dis386_twobyte): Add MMX instructions.
+	(twobyte_has_modrm): Likewise.
+	(grps): Likewise.
+	(OP_MMX, OP_EM, OP_MS): New static functions.
+
+	* i386-dis.c: Revert patch of April 4.  The output now matches
+	what gcc generates.
+
+Mon Apr 14 12:13:51 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From Thomas Graichen <graichen@rzpd.de>:
+	* configure.in: Use ${CONFIG_SHELL} when running $ac_config_sub.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sun Apr 13 17:50:41 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen-*.c, m32r-*.c: #include sysdep.h instead of config.h.
+	Delete string{,s}.h support.
+
+Thu Apr 10 14:44:56 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen-asm.c (cgen_parse_operand_fn): New global.
+	(cgen_parse_{{,un}signed_integer,address}): Update call to
+	cgen_parse_operand_fn.
+	(cgen_init_parse_operand): New function.
+	* m32r-asm.c (parse_insn_normal): cgen_init_parse_operand renamed
+	from cgen_asm_init_parse.
+	(m32r_cgen_assemble_insn): New operand `errmsg'.
+	Delete call to as_bad, return error message to caller.
+	(m32r_cgen_asm_hash_keywords): #if 0 out.
+
+Wed Apr  9 12:05:25 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg) [case 'd']: Print as address register,
+	not data register.
+	[case 'J']: Fix typo in register name.
+
+Mon Apr  7 16:48:22 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Substitute SHLIB_LIBS.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (SHLIB_LIBS): New variable.
+	($(SHLIB)): Use $(SHLIB_LIBS).
+
+Mon Apr  7 11:45:44 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cgen-dis.c (build_dis_hash_table): Fix xmalloc size computation.
+
+	* cgen-opc.c (hash_keyword_name): Improve algorithm.
+
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler): Handle m32r.
+
+Fri Apr  4 12:29:38 1997  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m32r-asm.c, m32r-dis.c, m32r-opc.c, m32r-opc.h: New files.
+	* cgen-asm.c, cgen-dis.c, cgen-opc.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add them.
+	(ALL_MACHINES): Add them.
+	(dependencies): Regenerate.
+	* configure.in (cgen_files): New variable.
+	(bfd_m32r_arch): Add entry.
+	* configure: Regenerate.
+
+Fri Apr  4 14:04:16 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Correct file names for bfd_mn10[23]00_arch.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* d10v-dis.c: Include "ansidecl.h" before "opcode/d10v.h".
+
+	* i386-dis.c (float_reg): Swap fsubrp and fsubp.  Swap fdivrp and
+	fdivp.
+
+Wed Apr  2 12:23:53 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m10200-dis.c: Rename from mn10200-dis.c.
+	* m10200-opc.c: Rename from mn10200-opc.c.
+	* m10300-dis.c: Rename from mn10300-dis.c
+	* m10300-opc.c: Rename from mn10300-opc.c.
+	* Makefile.in: Update accordingly.
+
+	* mips16-opc.c: Add mul and dmul macros.
+
+Tue Apr  1 16:27:45 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Update CFLAGS, add clean target.
+
+Fri Mar 28 12:10:09 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add "wait".  From Ralf Baechle
+	<ralf@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+	* configure.in: Add stdlib.h to AC_CHECK_HEADERS list.
+	* configure, config.in: Rebuild.
+	* sysdep.h: Include <stdlib.h> if it exists.
+	* sparc-dis.c: Include <stdio.h> and "sysdep.h".  Don't include
+	<string.h>.
+	* Makefile.in: Rebuild dependencies.
+
+Thu Mar 27 14:24:43 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: Add PPC 403 instructions and extended opcodes.  From
+	Andrew Bray <andy@madhouse.demon.co.uk>.
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add cast when setting mips_opcodes.
+
+Mon Mar 24 13:22:13 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h: Add bf/s and bt/s as synonyms for bf.s and bt.s.
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add dctr and dctw.
+
+Fri Mar 21 14:37:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BFD_H): New variable.
+	(HFILES): New variable.
+	(CFILES): Add all C files.
+	(.dep, .dep1, dep.sed, dep, dep-in): New targets.
+	Delete old dependencies, and build new ones.
+	* dep-in.sed: New file.
+
+Thu Mar 20 19:03:30 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcode_aliases): Added blo and blo{s,b,w,l}.
+
+Tue Mar 18 14:17:03 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c: Change "trap" to "syscall".
+	* mn10300-opc.c: Add new "syscall" instruction.
+
+Mon Mar 17 08:48:03 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Provide correct entries for mulsl and
+ 	mulul insns on the coldfire.
+	
+Sat Mar 15 17:13:05 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arm-dis.c (print_insn_arm): Don't print instruction bytes.
+	(print_insn_big_arm): Set bytes_per_chunk and display_endian.
+	(print_insn_little_arm): Likewise.
+
+Fri Mar 14 15:08:59 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	Based on patches from H.J. Lu <hjl@lucon.org>:
+	* i386-dis.c (fetch_data): Add prototype.
+	* m68k-dis.c (fetch_data): Add prototype.
+	(dummy_print_address): Add prototype.  Make static.
+	* ppc-opc.c (valid_bo): Add prototype.
+	* sparc-dis.c (build_hash_table): Add prototype.
+	(is_delayed_branch, compute_arch_mask): Add prototypes.
+	(print_insn_sparc): Make several local variables const.
+	(compare_opcodes): Change arguments to const PTR.  Add prototype.
+	* sparc-opc.c (arg): Change name field to be const.
+	(lookup_name, lookup_value): Add prototypes.  Change table and
+	name parameters to be const.
+	(sparc_encode_asi): Change name parameter to be const.
+	(sparc_encode_membar, sparc_encode_prefetch): Likewise.
+	(sparc_encode_sparclet_cpreg): Likewise.
+	(sparc_decode_asi): Change return type to be const.
+	(sparc_decode_membar, sparc_decode_prefetch): Likewise.
+	(sparc_decode_sparclet_cpreg): Likewise.
+
+Fri Mar  7 10:51:49 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(SHLINK)): Just use ln -s, not ln -sf, since
+	Solaris doesn't like the combined options, and the -f is
+	unnecessary.
+	(stamp-tshlink, install): Likewise.
+
+Thu Mar  6 16:51:11 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (IMM16_PCREL, SD8N_PCREL, D16_SHIFT): Mark these
+	as relaxable.
+
+Tue Mar  4 06:10:36 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Fix last change for the mc68010.
+
+Mon Mar  3 07:45:20 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Added entries for the tst insns on
+ 	the mc68000.
+ 	
+Thu Feb 27 14:04:32 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Added swbegl pseudo-instruction.
+
+Wed Feb 26 13:38:30 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (NEXTSINGLE, NEXTDOUBLE, NEXTEXTEND): Use
+	floatformat_to_double to make portable.
+	(print_insn_arg): Use NEXTEXTEND macro when extracting extended
+	precision float.
+
+Mon Feb 24 19:26:12 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Initialize mips_opcodes to mips_builtin_opcodes,
+	and bfd_mips_num_opcodes to bfd_mips_num_builtin_opcodes.
+
+Mon Feb 24 15:19:01 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-dis.c, d10v-opc.c: Change pre_defined_registers to 
+	d10v_predefined_registers and reg_name_cnt to d10v_reg_name_cnt.
+
+Sat Feb 22 21:25:00 1997  Dawn Perchik  <dawn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add macros for cop0, cop1 cop2 and cop3.
+	Change mips_opcodes from const array to a pointer, 
+	and change bfd_mips_num_opcodes from const int to int,
+	so that we can increase the size of the mips opcodes table 
+	dynamically.
+
+Wed Feb 19 14:51:20 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add dependencies on ../bfd/bfd.h as required.
+
+Thu Feb 13 21:56:51 1997  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Remove 8 bit characters.  Update to latest
+	gcc release.
+
+Thu Feb 13 20:41:22 1997  Philippe De Muyter  <phdm@info.ucl.ac.be>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Add swbeg pseudo-instruction.
+
+Thu Feb 13 16:30:02 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (IMM16_PCREL): This is a signed operand.
+	(IMM24_PCREL): Likewise.
+
+Thu Feb 13 13:28:43 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_mips16_insn_arg): Use memaddr - 2 as the base
+	address for an extended PC relative instruction that is not a
+	branch.
+
+Wed Feb 12 12:27:40 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_m68k): Set bytes_per_chunk and
+	bytes_per_line.
+
+Tue Feb 11 15:26:47 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (_print_insn_mips): Set bytes_per_chunk and
+	display_endian.
+	(print_insn_mips16): Likewise.
+
+Wed Feb  5 11:12:44 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips16-opc.c: Add new cases of exit instruction for
+	disassembler.
+	* mips-dis.c (print_mips16_insn_arg): Display floating point
+	registers in operands of exit instruction.  Print `$' before
+	register names in operands of entry and exit instructions.
+
+Thu Jan 30 11:30:45 1997  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-dis.c (print_operand): Change address printing
+	to correctly handle PC wrapping.  Fixes PR11490.
+
+Wed Jan 29 09:39:17 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_operands): Make 8 and 16 bit pc-relative
+	branches relaxable.
+
+Tue Jan 28 15:57:34 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_mips16): Set insn_info information.
+	(print_mips16_insn_arg): Likewise.
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_mips16): Better handling of an extend
+ 	opcode followed by an instruction which can not be extended.
+
+Fri Jan 24 12:08:21 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Changed operand specifier for the
+ 	coldfire moveb instruction to not allow an address register as
+ 	destination.  Although the documentation does not indicate that
+	this is invalid, experiments uncovered unexpected behavior.  
+	Added a comment explaining the situation.  Thanks to Andreas
+	Schwab for pointing this out to me.
+
+Mon Jan 20 12:48:57 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c: Include <libiberty.h>.
+	(print_insn_m68k): Sort the opcode table on the most significant
+	nibble of the opcode.
+
+Fri Jan 17 16:19:15 1997  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@beauty.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): add b, w, or l specifier to coldfire 
+	move insns to handle immediate operands.
+	
+Thu Jan 17 16:19:00 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Delete duplicate entry for "cmpil".
+	fix operand mask in the "moveml" entries for the coldfire.
+
+Mon Jan  6 15:06:55 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-dis.c (disassemble): Mask off unwanted bits after
+	adding in current address for pc-relative operands.
+
+Fri Jan  3 18:32:11 1997  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_operands): Make comment match the
+	actual fields (no shift field).
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Document why this cannot be "const".
+
+Fri Jan  3 12:13:52 1997  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: Add #B case for moveq.
+
+Thu Jan  2 12:14:29 1997  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Make sure all variables are initialized
+	before they are used.
+
+Tue Dec 31 15:38:13 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Add -D_GNU_SOURCE.
+	(dep): Use ALL_CFLAGS rather than CFLAGS.
+
+Mon Dec 30 17:02:11 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (m68k-opc.o, alpha-opc.o): Remove dis-asm.h dependency.
+	
+Mon Dec 30 11:38:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips16-opc.c: Add "abs".
+
+Fri Dec 20 14:30:19 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (pre_defined_registers):  Add cr[0-15], dpc, dpsw, link.
+
+Mon Dec 16 13:00:15 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_operands): Add SIMM16N.
+	(mn10200_opcodes): Use it for some logicals and btst insns.
+	Add "break" and "trap" instructions.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Add "break" instruction.
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c: Add pseudo-ops for "mov (an),am" and "mov an,(am)".
+
+Sat Dec 14 22:36:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_mips16_insn_arg): The base address of a PC
+	relative load or add now depends upon whether the instruction is
+	in a delay slot.
+
+Wed Dec 11 09:23:46 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-dis.c: Finish writing disassembler.
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_opcodes): Fix mask for "mov imm8,dn".
+	Fix mask for "jmp (an)".
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble, print_insn_mn10300): Corrently
+	handle endianness issues for mn10300.
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_opcodes): Fix operands for "movb dm,(an)".
+
+Tue Dec 10 12:08:05 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_opcodes): "mov imm8,d0" is a format 2
+	instruction.  Fix opcode field for "movb (imm24),dn".
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c (mn10200_operands): Fix insertion position
+	for DI operand.
+
+Mon Dec  9 16:42:43 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c: Create mn10200 opcode table.
+	* mn10200-dis.c: Flesh out mn10200 disassembler.  Not ready,
+	but moving along nicely.
+
+Sun Dec  8 04:28:31 1996  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES):  Add mips16-opc.o.
+
+Fri Dec  6 16:47:40 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rhino.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Revert change to use < and >
+	specifiers for fmovem* instructions.
+
+Fri Dec  6 14:48:09 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Remove '$' register prefixing.
+
+Fri Dec  6 17:34:39 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips16-opc.c: Change opcode for entry/exit to avoid conflicting
+	with dsrl.
+
+Fri Dec  6 14:48:09 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c: Add some comments explaining the various
+ 	operands and such.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Fix minor gcc -Wall warnings.
+
+Thu Dec  5 12:09:48 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle new < and > operand
+	specifiers.
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Simplify table by using < and >
+	operand specifiers in fmovm* instructions.
+
+Wed Dec  4 14:52:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (insert_li): Give an error if the offset has the two
+	least significant bits set.
+
+Wed Nov 27 13:09:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_mips16): Separate the instruction from
+	the arguments with a tab, not a space.
+
+Tue Nov 26 13:24:17 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disasemble): Finish conversion to '$' as
+	register prefix.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix mask field for
+	mov am,(imm32,sp).
+
+Tue Nov 26 10:53:21 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.12.
+
+	Add support for mips16 (16 bit MIPS implementation):
+	* mips16-opc.c: New file.
+	* mips-dis.c: Include "elf-bfd.h" and "elf/mips.h".
+	(mips16_reg_names): New static array.
+	(print_insn_big_mips): Use print_insn_mips16 in 16 bit mode or
+	after seeing a 16 bit symbol.
+	(print_insn_little_mips): Likewise.
+	(print_insn_mips16): New static function.
+	(print_mips16_insn_arg): New static function.
+	* mips-opc.c: Add jalx instruction.
+	* Makefile.in (mips16-opc.o): New target.
+	* configure.in: Use mips16-opc.o for bfd_mips_arch.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Nov 25 16:15:17 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Simplify table by using < and >
+ 	operand specifiers in *save, *restore and movem* instructions.
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Fix move and movem instructions for
+ 	the coldfire.
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): The coldfire (mcf5200) can only use
+ 	register operands for immediate arithmetic, not, neg, negx, and
+	set according to condition instructions.
+	
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Consistantly Use "s" as the storage
+ 	specifier of the effective-address operand in immediate forms of
+ 	arithmetic instructions.  The specifier for the immediate operand
+ 	notes how and where the constant will be stored.
+
+Mon Nov 25 11:17:01 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Remove redundant "lcc"
+	opcode.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Use '$' instead of '%' for 
+	register prefix.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Prefix registers with '%'.
+
+Wed Nov 20 10:37:13 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Handle register lists.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c: Fix handling of register list operand for
+	"call", "ret", and "rets" instructions.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (disassemble): Print PC-relative and memory
+	addresses symbolically if possible.
+	* mn10300-opc.c: Distinguish between absolute memory addresses,
+	pc-relative offsets & random immediates.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c (print_insn_mn10300): Fix fetch of last byte
+	in 7 byte insns.
+	(disassemble): Handle SPLIT and EXTENDED operands.
+
+Tue Nov 19 13:33:01 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c: Rough cut at printing some operands.
+
+	* mn10300-dis.c: Start working on disassembler support.
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix masks on several insns.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Add "REGS" for a register
+	list.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Use REGS for register list in "movm" instructions.
+	
+Mon Nov 18 15:20:35 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_opcodes): Add3 sets the carry.
+
+Fri Nov 15 13:43:19 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Demand parens around
+	register argument is calls and jmp instructions.
+
+Thu Nov  7 00:26:05 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Use DN01 for putx and
+	getx operand.  Fix opcode for mulqu imm,dn.
+
+Wed Nov  6 13:42:32 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Hijack "bits" field
+	in MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT operands for how many bits
+	appear in the basic insn word.  Add IMM32_HIGH24,
+	IMM32_HIGH24_LOWSHIFT8, IMM8E_SHIFT8.  
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Use new operands as needed.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Add IMM32_LOWSHIFT8
+	for bset, bclr, btst instructions.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Use new IMM32_LOWSHIFT8 as needed.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Remove many redundant
+	operands.  Update opcode table as appropriate.
+	(IMM32): Add MN10300_OPERAND_SPLIT flag.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Fix single bit error in mov imm32,dn insn.
+
+Tue Nov  5 13:26:58 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Add DN2, DM2, AN2, AM2
+	operands (for indexed load/stores).  Fix bitpos for DI
+	operand.  Add SN8N_SHIFT8, IMM8_SHIFT8, and D16_SHIFT for the
+	few instructions that insert immediates/displacements in the
+	middle of the instruction.  Add IMM8E for 8 bit immediate in
+	the extended part of an instruction.
+	(mn10300_operands): Use new opcodes as appropriate.
+
+Tue Nov  5 10:30:51 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_opcodes): Declare the trap instruction
+ 	sequential so the assembler never parallelizes it with
+	other instructions.
+
+Mon Nov  4 12:50:40 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Add DN01 and AN01 for
+	a data/address register that appears in register field 0
+	and register field 1.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Use DN01 and AN01 for mov/cmp imm8,DN/AN
+
+Fri Nov  1 10:29:11 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): Use new NOPAL mask for
+	standard disassembly.
+
+	* alpha-opc.c (alpha_operands): Rearrange flags slot.
+	(alpha_opcodes): Add new BWX, CIX, and MAX instructions.  
+	Recategorize PALcode instructions.
+
+Tue Oct 29 16:30:28 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (_print_insn_mips): Don't print a trailing tab if
+	there are no operand types.
+
+Fri Oct 25 12:12:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (print_insn_x86): Set info->bytes_per_line to 5.
+
+Thu Oct 24 17:21:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (_print_insn_mips): Use a tab between the instruction
+	and the arguments.
+
+Tue Oct 22 23:32:56 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (PPCPWR2): Define.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): Use PPCPWR2 for fsqrt, rather than duplicating
+	it.
+
+Fri Oct 11 16:03:49 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix typo in opcode
+	field for movhu instruction.
+
+Thu Oct 10 10:25:58 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix typo in opcode field
+	for mov (abs16),DN.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (FMT*): Remove definitions.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix destination register
+	for shift-by-register opcodes.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Break DN, DM, AN, AM
+	into [AD][MN][01] for encoding the position of the register
+	in the opcode.
+
+Wed Oct  9 11:19:26 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Add "extended" instructions,
+	"putx", "getx", "mulq", "mulqu", "sat16", "sat24", "bsch".
+	
+Tue Oct  8 11:55:35 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_operands): Remove "REGS" operand.
+	Fix various typos.  Add "PAREN" operand.
+	(MEM, MEM2): Define.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Surround all memory addresses with "PAREN"
+	operands.  Fix several typos.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Fix typos in yesterday's
+	changes.
+
+Mon Oct  7 16:48:45 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (FMT_XX): Renumber starting at one.
+	(mn10300_operands): Rough cut.  Enough to parse "mov" instructions
+	at this time.
+	(mn10300_opcodes): Break opcode format out into its own field.
+	Update many operand fields to deal with signed vs unsigned
+	issues.  Fix one or two typos in the "mov" instruction
+	opcode, mask and/or operand fields.
+ 
+Mon Oct  7 11:39:49 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (plusha): Prefer encoding for m68040up, in case
+	m68851 wasn't reset.
+
+Thu Oct  3 17:17:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Add opcode & masks for
+	all opcodes.  Very rough cut at operands for all opcodes.
+
+	* mn10300-opc.c (mn10300_opcodes): Start fleshing out the
+	opcode table.
+
+Thu Oct  3 10:06:07 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10200-opc.c, mn10300-opc.c: New files.
+	* mn10200-dis.c, mn10300-dis.c: New files.
+	* mn10x00-opc.c, mn10x00-dis.c: Deleted.
+	* disassemble.c: Break mn10x00 support into 10200 and 10300
+	support.
+	* configure.in: Likewise.
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Thu Oct  3 15:59:12 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MOSTLYCLEAN): Move config.log to distclean.
+
+Wed Oct  2 23:28:42 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mn10x00-opc.c, mn10x00-dis.c: New files for Matsushita
+	MN10x00 processors.
+	* disassemble (ARCH_mn10x00): Define.
+	(disassembler): Handle bfd_arch_mn10x00.
+	* configure.in: Recognize bfd_mn10x00_arch.
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Tue Oct  1 10:49:11 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (op_rtn): Change to be a pointer.  Adjust uses
+	accordingly.  Don't declare functions using op_rtn.
+
+Mon Sep 23 12:32:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: Move the fmovemx data register cases before the
+ 	other cases, so that they get recognized before the data register
+ 	does gets treated as a degenerate register list.
+
+Tue Sep 17 12:06:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add a case for "div" and "divu" with two registers
+	and a destination of $0.
+
+Tue Sep 10 16:12:39 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Add prototype.
+	(_print_insn_mips): Ditto.
+
+Mon Sep  9 14:26:26 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Print condition code registers as
+ 	$fccN.
+
+Tue Sep  3 12:09:46 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Add setuw, setsw, setx.
+
+Mon Aug 26 13:35:53 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (pre_defined_registers): Added register pairs,
+	"r0-r1", "r2-r3", etc.
+
+Mon Aug 19 15:21:38 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Handle little endian sparcs.
+
+Thu Aug 15 13:14:43 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c: Add additional information to the opcode
+	table to help determinine which instructions can be done
+	in parallel.
+
+Thu Aug 15 13:11:13 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Update editing of include pathnames to be
+	more general.
+
+Thu Aug 15 16:28:41 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* arm-opc.h: Added "bx" instruction definition.
+
+Wed Aug 14 17:00:04 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha-opc.c (EV4EXTHWINDEX): Field width should be 8 not 5.
+
+Mon Aug 12 14:30:37 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_opcodes): Minor fixes to addi and bl.l.
+
+Fri Aug  9 13:21:59 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_opcodes): Correct 'mv' unit entry to EITHER.
+
+Thu Aug  8 12:43:52 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: Update for alpha-opc changes.
+
+Wed Aug  7 11:55:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (print_insn_i386): Actually return the correct value.
+ 	(ONE, OP_ONE): #ifdef out; not used.
+
+Fri Aug  2 17:47:03 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_opcodes): Added 2 accumulator sub instructions.
+	Changed subi operand type to treat 0 as 16.
+
+Wed Jul 31 16:21:41 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: Add cpushl for the mcf5200.  From Ken Rose
+	<rose@netcom.com>.
+
+Wed Jul 31 14:39:27 1996  James G. Smith  <jsmith@cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* arm-opc.h: (arm_opcodes): Added halfword and sign-extension
+ 	memory transfer instructions. Add new format string entries %h and %s.
+	* arm-dis.c: (print_insn_arm): Provide decoding of the new
+	formats %h and %s.
+
+Fri Jul 26 11:45:04 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c (d10v_operands): Added UNUM4S; a 4-bit accumulator shift.
+ 	(d10v_opcodes): Modified accumulator shift instructions to use UNUM4S.
+
+Fri Jul 26 14:01:43 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha_osf): Remove.
+	(print_insn_alpha_vms): Remove.
+	(print_insn_alpha): Make globally visible.  Chose the register
+	names based on info->flavour.
+	* disassemble.c: Always return print_insn_alpha for the alpha.
+
+Thu Jul 25 15:24:17 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-dis.c (dis_long): Handle unknown opcodes.
+
+Thu Jul 25 12:08:09 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-opc.c: Changes to support signed and unsigned numbers.
+	All instructions with the same name that have long and short forms
+	now end in ".l" or ".s".  Divs added.
+	* d10v-dis.c: Changes to support signed and unsigned numbers.
+
+Tue Jul 23 11:02:53 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* d10v-dis.c: Change all functions to use info->print_address_func.
+
+Mon Jul 22 15:38:53 1996  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Make opcode masks for the ColdFire
+ 	move ccr/sr insns more strict so that the disassembler only
+ 	selects them when the addressing mode is data register.
+
+Mon Jul 22 11:25:24 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+        * d10v-opc.c (pre_defined_registers):  Declare.
+        * d10v-dis.c (print_operand): Now uses pre_defined_registers
+        to pick a better name for the registers.
+
+Mon Jul 22 13:47:23 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Fix opcode values for fpack16, and fpackfix.  Fix
+	operands for fexpand and fpmerge.  From Christian Kuehnke
+	<Christian.Kuehnke@arbi.informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+
+Mon Jul 22 13:17:06 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): No longer the user-visible
+	print routine.  Take new regnames and cpumask arguments.
+	Kill the environment variable nonsense.
+	(print_insn_alpha_osf): New function.  Do OSF/1 style regnames.
+	(print_insn_alpha_vms): New function.  Do VMS style regnames.
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler): Test bfd flavour to pick
+	between OSF and VMS routines.  Default to OSF.
+
+Thu Jul 18 17:19:34 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_SUBST (INSTALL_SHLIB).
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (install): Use @INSTALL_SHLIB@.
+
+Wed Jul 17 14:39:05 1996  Martin M. Hunt  <hunt@pizza.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: (bfd_d10v_arch) Add new case.
+	* configure.in: (bfd_d10v_arch) Add new case.
+	* d10v-dis.c: New file.
+	* d10v-opc.c: New file.
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler) Add entry for d10v.
+
+Wed Jul 17 10:12:05 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Fix bugs in coldfire insns relating
+ 	to bcc, trapfl, subxl, and wddata discovered by Andreas Schwab.
+
+Mon Jul 15 16:59:55 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386-dis.c:  Get rid of print_insn_i8086.  Use info.mach to
+	distinguish between variants of the instruction set.
+	* sparc-dis.c:  Get rid of print_insn_sparclite.  Use info.mach to
+	distinguish between variants of the instruction set.
+
+Fri Jul 12 10:12:01 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386-dis.c (print_insn_i8086):  New routine to disassemble using
+	the 8086 instruction set.
+	* i386-dis.c:  General cleanups.  Make most things static.  Add
+	prototypes.  Get rid of static variables aflags and dflags.  Pass
+	them as args (to almost everything).
+
+Thu Jul 11 11:58:44 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Handle macregs in ldmac insns.
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Handle "ldm.l" and "stm.l".
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): "abs" is implicitly two
+	if the next arg is marked with SRC_IN_DST.  Gross.
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Print "exr" when
+	we're looking for and find EXR.
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): We don't have a match
+	if we're looking for KBIT and we don't find it.
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Mask off unwanted bits
+	for L_3 and L_2.
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Don't set plen for
+	3bit immediate operands.
+
+Tue Jul  9 10:55:20 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Released binutils 2.7.
+
+	* alpha-opc.c: Add new case of "mov".  From Klaus Kaempf
+	<kkaempf@progis.ac-net.de>.
+
+Thu Jul  4 11:42:51 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* alpha-opc.c: Correct second case of "mov" to use OPRL.
+
+Wed Jul  3 16:03:47 1996  Stu Grossman  (grossman@critters.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparclite):  New routine to print
+	sparclite instructions.
+
+Wed Jul  3 14:21:18 1996  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Add coldfire support.
+
+Fri Jun 28 15:53:51 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (asi_table): Add #ASI_N, #ASI_N_L, #ASI_NUCLEUS,
+	#ASI_NUCLEUS_LITTLE.  Rename #ASI_AS_IF_USER_{PRIMARY,SECONDARY}_L
+	to #ASI_AS_IF_USER_{PRIMARY,SECONDARY}_LITTLE.
+
+Tue Jun 25 22:58:31 1996  Jason Molenda  (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp)
+
+	* Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, datadir, mandir, infodir, includedir):
+	Use autoconf-set values.
+	(docdir, oldincludedir): Removed.
+	* configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf 2.5 or higher.
+
+Fri Jun 21 13:53:36 1996  Richard Henderson  <rth@tamu.edu>
+
+	* alpha-opc.c: New file.
+	* alpha-opc.h: Remove.
+	* alpha-dis.c: Complete rewrite to use new opcode table.
+	* configure.in: For bfd_alpha_arch, use alpha-opc.o.
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.10.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Add alpha-opc.o.
+	(alpha-dis.o): Depend upon $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h, not
+	alpha-opc.h.
+	(alpha-opc.o): New target.
+
+Wed Jun 19 15:55:12 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Remove unused local variable i.
+	Set imm_added_to_rs1 even if the source and destination register
+	are not the same.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Add some two operand forms of the wr instruction.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:58:27 1996  Jeffrey A. Law  <law@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Rename "hmode" argument
+	to just "mode".
+
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler): Handle H8/S.
+	* h8300-dis.c (print_insn_h8300s): New function for H8/S.
+
+Tue Jun 18 18:06:50 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Add beq/teq as aliases for be/te.
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: Fix fcmpo opcode.  From Sergei Steshenko
+	<sergei@msil.sps.mot.com>.
+
+Tue Jun 18 15:08:54 1996  Klaus Kaempf  <kkaempf@progis.de>
+
+	* makefile.vms: New file.
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): Print lda ra,lit(rz) as mov.
+
+Mon Jun 10 18:50:38 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Always print ABS8MEM with :8,
+	regardless of plen.
+
+Tue Jun  4 09:15:53 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (OP_OFF): Call append_prefix.
+
+Thu May 23 15:18:23 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (instruction encoding macros): Add explicit casts to
+	unsigned long to silence a warning from the Solaris PowerPC
+	compiler.
+
+Thu Apr 25 19:33:32 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Add ultrasparc vis extensions.
+
+Mon Apr 22 17:12:35 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@blues.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (X_IMM,X_SIMM): New macros.
+	(X_IMM13): Delete.
+	(print_insn_sparc): Merge cases i,I,j together.  New cases X,Y.
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Use X for 5 bit shift constants,
+	Y for 6 bit shift constants.  Rewrite entries for crdcxt, cwrcxt,
+	cpush, cpusha, cpull sparclet insns.
+
+Wed Apr 17 14:20:22 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (compute_arch_mask): Replace ANSI style def with K&R.
+
+Thu Apr 11 17:30:02 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Set F_FBR on floating point branch instructions.
+	Set F_FLOAT on other floating point instructions.
+
+Mon Apr  8 17:02:48 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (PPC860): Macro for 860/821 specific instructions and
+	registers.
+ 	(powerpc_opcodes): Add 860/821 specific SPRs.
+
+Mon Apr  8 14:00:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Permit --enable-shared to specify a list of
+	directories.  Set and substitute BFD_PICLIST.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (BFD_PICLIST): Rename from BFD_LIST.  Change all
+	uses.  Set to @BFD_PICLIST@.
+
+Fri Apr  5 17:12:27 1996  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Use "bit" for L_3 immediates,
+	not "abs", which may be needed for the absolute in something
+	like btst #0,@10:8.  Print L_3 immediates separately from other
+	immediates.  Change ABSMOV reference to ABS8MEM.
+
+Wed Apr  3 10:40:45 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (opcodes_initialized): Move inside print_insn_sparc.
+	(current_arch_mask): New static global.
+	(compute_arch_mask): New static function.
+	(print_insn_sparc): Delete sparc_v9_p.  New static local
+	current_mach.  Resort opcode table if current_mach changes.
+	Generalize "insn not supported" test.
+	(compare_opcodes): Prefer supported opcodes to nonsupported ones.
+	Delete test for v9/!v9.
+	* sparc-opc.c (MASK_*): Use SPARC_OPCODE_ARCH_MASK.
+	(v6notlet): Define.
+	(brfc): Split into CBR and FBR for coprocessor/fp branches.
+	(brfcx): Renamed to FBRX.
+	(condfc): Renamed to CONDFC.  Pass v6notlet to CBR (standard
+	coprocessor mnemonics are not supported on the sparclet).
+	(condf): Renamed to CONDF.
+	(SLCBCC2): Delete F_ALIAS flag.
+
+Sat Mar 30 21:45:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): rd must be 0 for
+	mov foo,{%y,%psr,%wim,%tbr}.  Support mov foo,%asrX.
+
+Fri Mar 29 13:02:40 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (config.status): Depend upon BFD VERSION file, so
+	that the shared library version number is set correctly.
+
+Tue Mar 26 15:47:14 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Use AC_CHECK_TOOL to find ar and ranlib.  From
+	Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Sat Mar 16 13:04:07 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* z8kgen.c (internal, gas): Call xmalloc rather than unchecked
+	malloc.
+
+Tue Mar 12 12:14:10 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.8.
+
+Thu Mar  7 15:11:10 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Handle 'O' operand char like 'r'.
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Use 'O' operand char for `neg reg'.
+
+Tue Mar  5 15:51:57 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't set SHLIB or SHLINK to an empty string,
+	since they appear as targets in Makefile.in.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Mon Feb 26 13:03:40 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Edit out shared library support bits.
+
+Tue Feb 20 20:48:28 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (v8,v6notv9): Add MASK_SPARCLET.
+	(sparc_opcode_archs): Add MASK_V8 to sparclet entry.
+	(sparc_opcodes): Add sparclet insns.
+	(sparclet_cpreg_table): New static local.
+	(sparc_{encode,decode}_sparclet_cpreg): New functions.
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Handle sparclet cpregs.
+
+Tue Feb 20 11:02:44 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@mullet.Levels.UniSA.Edu.Au>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (index16): New static variable.
+	(putop): Print jecxz for 32 bit case, jcxz for 16 bit, not the
+	other way around.
+	(OP_indirE): Return result of OP_E.
+	(OP_E): Check for 16 bit addressing mode, and disassemble
+	correctly.  Optimised 32 bit case a little.  Don't print
+	"(base,index,scale)" when sib specifies only an offset.
+
+Mon Feb 19 12:32:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Set and substitute SHLIB_DEP.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (SHLIB_DEP): New variable.
+	(LIBIBERTY_LISTS, BFD_LIST): New variables.
+	(stamp-piclist): Depend upon LIBIBERTY_LISTS and BFD_LIST.  If
+	COMMON_SHLIB, add them to piclist with appropriate modifications.
+	($(SHLIB)): Depend upon $(SHLIB_DEP).  Don't check COMMON_SHLIB
+	here: just use piclist.
+
+Mon Feb 19 02:03:50 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (MASK_V9,V9_ONLY_P,V9_P): Define.
+	(print_insn_sparc): Rewrite v9/not-v9 tests.
+	(compare_opcodes): Likewise.
+	* sparc-opc.c (MASK_<ARCH>): Define.
+	(v6,v7,v8,sparclite,v9,v9a): Redefine.
+	(sparclet,v6notv9): Define.
+	(sparc_opcode_archs): Delete member `conflicts'.  Add `supported'.
+	(sparc_opcodes): Delete F_NOTV9, use v6notv9 instead.
+
+Thu Feb 15 14:45:05 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_PROG_CC before configure.host.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* Makefile.in (SONAME): Remove leading ../bfd/ from $(SHLIB).
+
+Wed Feb 14 19:01:27 1996  Alan Modra  <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (onebyte_has_modrm): New static array.
+	(twobyte_has_modrm): New static array.
+	(print_insn_i386): Only fetch the mod/reg/rm byte if it is needed.
+
+Tue Feb 13 15:15:01 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in ($(SHLINK)): Check ts against $(SHLIB), not
+	$(SHLINK).
+
+Mon Feb 12 16:26:06 1996  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (PPC): Undef, so default defination on Windows NT
+	doesn't conflict.
+
+Wed Feb  7 13:59:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): The bkpt instruction is supported on
+	m68010up, not just m68020up | cpu32.
+
+	* Makefile.in (SONAME): New variable.
+	($(SHLINK)): Make a link to the transformed name, as well.
+	(stamp-tshlink): New target.
+	(install): Skip stamp-tshlink during install.
+
+Tue Feb  6 12:28:54 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_ARG_PROGRAM.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (program_transform_name): New variable.
+	(install): Transform library name before installing it.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:14:42 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960-dis.c (mem): Add HX dcinva instruction.
+
+	Support for building as a shared library, based on patches from
+	Alan Modra <alan@spri.levels.unisa.edu.au>:
+	* configure.in: Add AC_ARG_ENABLE for shared and commonbfdlib.
+	New substitutions: ALLLIBS, PICFLAG, SHLIB, SHLIB_CC,
+	SHLIB_CFLAGS, COMMON_SHLIB, SHLINK.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (ALLLIBS): New variable.
+	(PICFLAG, SHLIB, SHLIB_CC, SHLIB_CFLAGS): New variables.
+	(COMMON_SHLIB, SHLINK): New variables.
+	(.c.o): If PICFLAG is set, compile twice, once PIC, once normal.
+	(STAGESTUFF): Remove variable.
+	(all): Depend upon $(ALLLIBS) rather than $(TARGETLIB).
+	(stamp-piclist, piclist): New targets.
+	($(SHLIB), $(SHLINK)): New targets.
+	($(OFILES)): Depend upon stamp-picdir.
+	(disassemble.o): Build twice if PICFLAG is set.
+	(MOSTLYCLEAN): Add pic/*.o.
+	(clean): Remove $(SHLIB), $(SHLINK), piclist, and stamp-piclist.
+	(distclean): Remove pic and stamp-picdir.
+	(install): Install shared libraries.
+	(stamp-picdir): New target.
+
+Fri Feb  2 17:15:25 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Delete DISASM_RAW_INSN support.
+	Print unknown instruction as "unknown", rather than in hex.
+
+Tue Jan 30 14:06:08 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dis-buf.c: Include "sysdep.h" before "dis-asm.h".
+
+Thu Jan 25 20:24:07 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcode_archs): Mark v8/sparclite as conflicting.
+
+Thu Jan 25 11:56:49 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (print_insn_i386): Only fetch the mod/reg/rm byte
+	when necessary.  From Ulrich Drepper
+	<drepper@myware.rz.uni-karlsruhe.de>.
+
+Thu Jan 25 03:39:10 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): NUMOPCODES replaced with
+	sparc_num_opcodes.  Update architecture enum values.
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcode_archs): Replaces architecture_pname.
+	(sparc_opcode_lookup_arch): New function.
+	(sparc_num_opcodes): Renamed from bfd_sparc_num_opcodes.
+	(sparc_opcodes): Add v9a shutdown insn.
+
+Mon Jan 22 08:29:59 1996  Doug Evans  <dje@charmed.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Renamed from print_insn.
+	If DISASM_RAW_INSN, print insn in hex.  Handle v9a as opcode
+	architecture.
+	(print_insn_sparc64): Deleted.
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler, case bfd_arch_sparc): Always use
+	print_insn_sparc.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (architecture_pname): Add v9a.
+
+Fri Jan 12 14:35:58 1996  David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@AZStarNet.com>
+
+	* alpha-opc.h (alpha_insn_set): VAX floating point opcode was
+ 	incorrectly defined as 0x16 when it should be 0x15.
+	(FLOAT_FORMAT_MASK): function code is 11 bits, not just 7 bits!
+	(alpha_insn_set): added cvtst and cvttq float ops.  Also added
+ 	excb (exception barrier) which is defined in the Alpha
+ 	Architecture Handbook version 2.
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): Fixed special-case decoding for
+ 	OPERATE_FORMAT_CODE type instructions.  The bug caused mulq to be
+ 	disassembled as or, for example.
+
+Wed Jan 10 12:37:22 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Print cases 'i' and 'u' in hex.
+	(_print_insn_mips): Change i from int to unsigned int.
+
+Thu Jan  4 17:21:10 1996  David Edelsohn  <edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): tlbi POWER opcode form different
+	from tlbie PowerPC opcode.  Add PPC603 tlbld and tlbli.
+
+Thu Dec 28 13:29:19 1995  John Hassey  <hassey@rtp.dg.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c: Added Pentium Pro instructions.
+
+Tue Dec 19 22:56:35 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (fsqrt{,.}): Duplicate for PowerPC in addition to
+	being for Power2.
+
+Fri Dec 15 14:14:15 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_nibble_type): Added REG_B.
+	(sh_arg_type): Added A_REG_B.
+	(sh_table): Added pref and bank reg versions of ldc, ldc.l, stc
+ 	and stc.l opcodes.
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Added cases for REG_B and A_REG_B.
+
+Fri Dec 15 16:44:31 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler): Use new bfd_big_endian macro.
+
+Tue Dec 12 12:22:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove stamp-h.  From Ronald
+	F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com>.
+
+Tue Dec  5 13:42:44 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	From David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>:
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): fixed decoding of cpys
+ 	instruction.
+
+Mon Dec  4 12:29:05 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_arg_type): Added A_SSR and A_SPC.
+	(sh_table): Added many SH3 opcodes.
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Added cases for A_SSR and A_SPC.
+
+Fri Dec  1 07:42:18 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (subfc., subfco): Mark this PPCCOM, not PPC.
+	(subco,subco.): Mark this PPC, not PPCCOM.
+
+Mon Nov 27 13:09:52 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.7.
+
+Tue Nov 21 18:28:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure: Rebuild with autoconf 2.6.
+
+Wed Nov 15 19:02:53 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Sort list of architectures.  Accept but do nothing
+	for alliant, convex, pyramid, romp, and tahoe.
+
+Wed Nov  8 20:18:59 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_special): Change num to unsigned int.
+
+Wed Nov  8 20:10:35 1995  Eric Freudenthal <freudenthal@nyu.edu>
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_insn): Cast insn24 to unsigned long when
+	shifting it.
+
+Tue Nov  7 15:21:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CHECK_PROG to find and cache AR.
+	* configure: Rebuilt.
+
+Mon Nov  6 17:39:47 1995  Harry Dolan  <dolan@ssd.intel.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Add case for bfd_i860_arch.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Fri Nov  3 12:45:31 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcodes): Correct fmoveml operands.
+	* m68k-dis.c (NEXTSINGLE): Change i to unsigned int.
+	(NEXTDOUBLE): Likewise.
+	(print_insn_m68k): Don't match fmoveml if there is more than one
+	register in the list.
+	(print_insn_arg): Handle a place of '8' for a type of 'L'.
+
+Thu Nov  2 23:06:33 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: Use #W rather than #w.
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle new 'W' place.
+
+Wed Nov  1 13:30:24 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcode_aliases): Add dbfw as an alias for dbf,
+	and likewise for all the dbxx opcodes.
+
+Mon Oct 30 20:50:40 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* arc-dis.c: Include elf-bfd.h rather than libelf.h.
+
+Mon Oct 23 11:11:34 1995  James G. Smith  <jsmith@pasanda.cygnus.co.uk>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Added shorthand (V1) for INSN_4100 manifest. Added
+ 	the VR4100 specific instructions to the mips_opcodes structure.
+
+Thu Oct 19 11:05:23 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in, mpw-make.sed: Remove ugly workaround for
+	ugly Metrowerks bug in CW6, is fixed in CW7.
+
+Mon Oct 16 12:59:01 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (whole file): Add flags for common/any support.
+
+Tue Oct 10 11:06:07 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BISON): Remove macro.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Remove BISON.
+
+Fri Oct  6 16:26:45 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	Mon Sep 25 22:49:32 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_m68k): Recognize all two-word
+	instructions that take no args by looking at the match mask.
+  	(print_insn_arg): Always print "%" before register names.
+	[case 'c']: Use "nc" for the no-cache case, as recognized by gas.
+	[case '_']: Don't print "@#" before address.
+	[case 'J']: Use "%s" as format string, not register name.
+	[case 'B']: Treat place == 'C' like 'l' and 'L'.
+
+Thu Oct  5 22:16:20 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c: Describe cmpxchg8b operand, and spell the opcode
+	name correctly.
+
+Tue Oct  3 08:30:20 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	From David Mosberger-Tang  <davidm@azstarnet.com>
+
+	* alpha-opc.h (MEMORY_FUNCTION_FORMAT_MASK): added.
+  	(alpha_insn_set): added definitions for VAX floating point
+ 	instructions (Unix compilers don't generate these, but handcoded
+ 	assembly might still use them).
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): added support for disassembling
+ 	the miscellaneous instructions in the Alpha instruction set.
+
+Tue Sep 26 18:47:20 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Add m68k-opc.c.o to BFD_MACHINES for m68k,
+	no longer create sysdep.h, sed ppc-opc.c to work around a
+	serious Metrowerks C bug.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, used by mpw-configure to edit
+	Makefile.in into an MPW makefile.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:55:28 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New synonym for realclean.
+
+Tue Sep 19 15:28:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: Split pmove patterns which use 'P' into patterns
+	which use '0', '1', and '2' instead.  Specify the proper size for
+	a pmove immediate operand.  Correct the pmovefd patterns to be
+	moves to a register, not from a register.
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Replace 'P' with '0', '1', '2'.
+
+Thu Sep 14 11:58:22 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Mark all insns that reference
+	%psr, %wim, %tbr as F_NOTV9.
+
+Fri Sep  8 01:07:38 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Just rebuild Makefile when running
+	config.status.
+	(config.h, stamp-h): New targets.
+	* configure.in: Call AC_CONFIG_HEADER and AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+	earlier.  Don't bother to call AC_ARG_PROGRAM.  Touch stamp-h when
+	rebuilding config.h.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Change unaligned loads and stores with "t,A"
+	operands to use "t,A(b)".
+
+Thu Sep  7 19:02:46 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Add F_FR0 support.
+
+Thu Sep  7 19:02:46 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Change loop over op->arg[n] to iterate
+	until 3 instead of until 2.
+
+Wed Sep  6 21:21:33 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Define.
+	(.c.o, disassemble.o): Use $(ALL_CFLAGS).
+	(MOSTLYCLEAN): Add config.log.
+	(distclean): Don't remove config.log.
+	* configure.in: Substitute HDEFINES.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Sep  6 15:08:09 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_arg_type): Add F_FR0.
+	(sh_table, case fmac): Add F_FR0 as first argument.
+	
+Wed Sep  6 15:08:09 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_opcode_info): Increase arg array size to 4.
+
+Tue Sep  5 18:28:10 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Remove all references to NO_V9.
+
+Tue Sep  5 20:03:26 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* aclocal.m4: Just include ../bfd/aclocal.m4.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Tue Sep  5 16:09:59 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (X_DISP19): Define.
+	(print_insn, case 'G'): Use it.
+	(print_insn, case 'L'): Sign extend displacement.
+
+Mon Sep  4 14:28:46 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Run ../bfd/configure.host before AC_PROG_CC.
+	Subsitute CFLAGS and AR.  Call AC_PROG_INSTALL.  Don't substitute
+	host_makefile_frag or frags.
+	* aclocal.m4: New file.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL): Set to @INSTALL@.
+	(INSTALL_PROGRAM): Set to @INSTALL_PROGRAM@.
+	(INSTALL_DATA): Set to @INSTALL_DATA@.
+	(AR): Set to @AR@.
+	(AR_FLAGS): Set to rc rather than qc.
+	(CC): Define as @CC@.
+	(CFLAGS): Set to @CFLAGS@.
+	(@host_makefile_frag@): Remove.
+	(config.status): Remove dependency upon @frags@.
+
+	* configure.in: ../bfd/config.bfd now just sets shell variables.
+	Use them rather than looking through target Makefile fragments.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Thu Aug 31 12:35:32 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (ftrc): Change FPUL_N to FPUL_M.
+
+Wed Aug 30 13:52:28 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Delete duplicate wr %y insn.
+	Add clrx, iprefetch, signx, clruw, cas, casl, casx, casxl synthetic
+	sparc64 insns.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Fix prefetcha insn.
+	(lookup_{name,value}): New functions.
+	(prefetch_table): New static local.
+	(sparc_{encode,decode}_prefetch): New functions.
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn): Handle '*' arg (prefetch function).
+
+Wed Aug 30 11:11:58 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h: Add blank lines to improve readabililty of sh3e
+	instructions.
+
+Wed Aug 30 11:09:38 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-dis.c: Correct comment on first line of file.
+
+Tue Aug 29 15:37:18 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler): Handle bfd_mach_sparc64.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (asi, membar): New static locals.
+	(sparc_{encode,decode}_{asi,membar}): New functions.
+	(sparc_opcodes, membar insn): Fix.
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn): Call sparc_decode_asi.
+	Support decoding of membar masks.
+	(X_MEMBAR): Define.
+
+Sat Aug 26 21:22:48 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcode_aliases): Add br, brs, brb, brw, brl.
+
+Mon Aug 21 17:33:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcode_aliases): Add bhib as an alias for bhis,
+	and likewise for the other branches.  Add bhs as an alias for bcc,
+	and likewise for the size variants.  Add dbhs as an alias for
+	dbcc.
+
+Fri Aug 11 13:40:24 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* sh-opc.h (FP sts instructions): Update to match reality.
+
+Mon Aug  7 16:12:58 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c: (fpcr_names): Add % before all register names.
+	(reg_names): Likewise.
+	(print_insn_arg): Don't explicitly print % before register names.
+	Add % before register names in static array names.  In case 'r',
+	print data registers as `@(Dn)', not `Dn@'.  When printing a
+	memory address, don't print @# before it.
+	(print_indexed): Change base_disp and outer_disp from int to
+	bfd_vma.  Print using MIT syntax, not mutant invalid Motorola
+	syntax.  Sign extend 8 byte displacement correctly.
+	(print_base): Print using MIT syntax.  Print zpc when appropriate.
+	Change parameter disp from int to bfd_vma.
+
+	* m68k-opc.c (m68k_opcode_aliases): Add jsrl and jsrs as aliases
+	for jsr.
+
+Mon Aug  7 02:21:40 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Handle new operand types F_REG_N,
+	F_REG_M, FPSCR_M, FPSCR_N, FPUL_M and FPUL_N.
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_arg_type): Add new operand types.
+	(sh_table): Add new opcodes from SH3E Floating Point ISA.
+
+Sat Aug  5 16:50:14 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove generated file config.h.
+
+Sat Aug  5 16:50:14 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Remove generated file config.h.
+
+Wed Aug  2 18:33:40 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-opc.c: New file, holding tables from include/opcode/m68k.h.
+	Clean up tables.
+	* m68k-dis.c: Remove BREAK_UP_BIG_DECL stuff.
+	(opcode): Remove.
+	(print_insn_m68k): Change d to be const.  Use m68k_numopcodes
+	rather than numopcodes.  Use m68k_opcodes rather than removed
+	opcode function.  Don't check F_ALIAS.
+	(print_insn_arg): Change first parameter to be const char *.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Add m68k-opc.o.
+	(m68k-opc.o): New target.
+	* configure.in: Build m68k-opc.o for bfd_m68k_arch.
+	* configure: Rebuild.
+
+Wed Aug  2 08:23:38 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (HASH_SIZE, HASH_INSN): Define.
+	(opcode_bits, opcode_hash_table): New variables.
+	(opcodes_initialized): Renamed from opcodes_sorted.
+	(build_hash_table): New function.
+	(is_delayed_branch): Use hash table.
+	(print_insn): Renamed from print_insn_sparc, made static.
+	Build and use hash table.  If !sparc64, ignore sparc64 insns,
+	and vice-versa if sparc64.
+	(print_insn_sparc, print_insn_sparc64): New functions.
+	(compare_opcodes): Move sparc64 opcodes to end.
+	Print commutative insns with constant second.
+	* sparc-opc.c (all non-v9 insns): Use flag F_NOTV9 instead of F_ALIAS.
+
+Tue Aug  1 00:12:49 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): Remove unused local dslot.  Use
+	print_address_func for A_BDISP12 and A_BDISP8.  Correct test which
+	avoids printing a delay slot in a delay slot.
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_table): Fully bracket last entry.
+
+Mon Jul 31 12:04:47 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sllx, srax, srlx): Fix disassembly.
+
+Wed Jul 12 00:59:34 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Get host_makefile_frag from ${srcdir}.
+
+	* configure.in: Autoconfiscated.  Check for string[s].h.  Create
+	config.h from config.in.  Don't set up sysdep.h link.
+	* sysdep.h: New file.
+	* configure, config.in: New files, generated from configure.in.
+	* Makefile.in: Updated to be processed autoconf-style.
+	(distclean): Keep sysdep.h.  Remove config.log and config.cache.
+	(Makefile): Depend on config.status.
+	(config.status): New rule.
+	* configure.bat: Update Makefile substitutions.
+
+Tue Jul 11 14:23:37 1995  Jeff Spiegel  <jeffs@lsil.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c (L1): Define.
+	(mips_opcodes): Add R4010 instructions: flushi, flushd, flushid,
+	addciu, madd, maddu, ffc, ffs, msub, msubu, selsi, selsr, waiti,
+	and wb.
+
+Tue Jul 11 11:49:49 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c (mips_opcodes): For the move pseudo-op, prefer daddu
+	if ISA 3 and addu otherwise, replacing or, since some MIPS chips
+	have multiple add units but only a single logical unit.
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_operands): Change CR to use a bitsize of 3,
+	shifted by 18, without any insertion or extraction function.
+	(insert_cr, extract_cr): Remove.
+
+Wed Jun 21 20:05:39 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg, print_indexed): Print "%" before
+	register names.
+
+Thu Jun 15 17:23:31 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-config.in: Add sh and i386 configs, remove sparc config.
+	* sh-opc.h: Add copyright.
+
+Mon Jun  5 03:30:43 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (crunch-m68k): Delete extra target accidentally
+	checked in a while ago.
+
+Wed May 24 16:22:13 1995  Jim Wilson  <wilson@chestnut.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_table): Add SH3 support.
+
+Wed May 24 14:16:08 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h: Added bsrf and braf.
+
+Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)	
+
+	* arm-opc.h (arm_opcodes): Add 64-bit multiply patterns.  Delete
+	bogus [ls]fm{ea,fd} patterns.
+
+	* arm-opc.h (arm_opcodes): Correct typos in stm, ldm, std, and ldc.
+	* arm-dis.c (print_insn_arm): Make GIVEN a parameter, don't try and
+	initialize it from memory.  Make function static.
+	(print_insn_{big,little}_arm): New functions.
+	* disassemble.c (disassembler, case bfd_arch_arm): Disassemble for
+	the correct endianness.
+
+
+Mon Apr 24 14:18:05 1995  Jason Molenda   (crash@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_nibble_type, sh_arg_type): remove trailing , from
+	enum list.
+
+Wed Apr 19 14:07:03 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (opcode): Finish change made by Kung Hsu on April
+	17th, so that it builds again using GCC as the compiler.
+
+Tue Apr 18 12:14:51 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_little_mips): Cast return value from
+	bfd_getl32 from bfd_vma to unsigned long, because _print_insn_mips
+	expects an unsigned long, and that might be fewer words of
+	argument storage (e.g., if bfd_vma is long long on a 32-bit
+	machine).
+	(print_insn_big_mips): Likewise with bfd_getb32 value.
+	(_print_insn_mips): Now static.
+
+Mon Apr 17 12:23:28 1995  Kung Hsu  <kung@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c: Take out #define BREAK_UP_BIG_DECL kludge, because
+	gcc memory hog problem with initializer is fixed.
+
+
+Mon Apr 10 15:55:01 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	Merge in support for Mac MPW as a host.
+	(Old change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+
+	* mpw-config.in (archname): Compute from the config.
+	(BFD_MACHINES, ARCHDEFS): Put into mk.tmp.
+
+	* mpw-config.in (target_arch): Compute from canonical target.
+	(m68k, mips, powerpc, sparc): Add architectures.
+	* mpw-make.in (disassemble.c.o): Add.
+	(ALL_CFLAGS): Remove special flags (-mc68020 -mc68881 -model far). 
+
+	* mpw-config.in (BFD_MACHINES): Set to a default value.
+	* mpw-make.in (BFD_MACHINES): Remove wired-in value.
+
+	* mpw-make.in (CSEARCH): Add extra-include to search path.
+
+	* mpw-config.in (varargs.h): Don't create.
+	(sysdep.h): Create using forward-include.
+	* mpw-make.in (CSEARCH): Add include/mpw to search path.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: New file, MPW version of configure.in.
+	* mpw-make.in: New file, MPW version of Makefile.in.
+
+
+Fri Mar 31 14:23:38 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): Put empty statement after
+	default label.
+
+Tue Mar 21 10:51:40 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (sign_extend): Delete, redundant with libhppa.h version.
+	(low_sign_extend): Likewise.
+	(get_field): Delete unused function.
+	(set_field, deposit_14, deposit_21): Likewise.
+
+Fri Mar 17 15:55:53 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c: Support for more pentium opcodes.  From Guy Harris
+	  (guy@netapp.com).
+
+Tue Mar 14 00:52:57 1995  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@kr-pc.cygnus.com)
+
+	Sat Feb 11 17:22:41 1995  Klaus Kaempf  (kkaempf@didymus.rmi.de)
+
+	* alpha-opc.h (OSF_ASMCODE): define
+	print pal-code names as defined in App C of the
+	Alpha Architecture Reference Manual
+
+	* alpha-dis.c: cleaned up output
+	print stylized code forms as defined in App A.4.3 of the
+	Alpha Architecture Reference Manual
+
+Wed Mar  8 15:21:14 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add new mips4 instructions.  Don't set INSN_RFE for
+	`rfe'.
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle new argument types 'h', 'R',
+	'N', and 'M'.
+
+Wed Mar  8 02:54:05 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (opcode): New function.  Returns address of opcode
+	table entry given index, even if the opcode table was split to
+	work around gcc bugs.
+	(print_insn_m68k): Call opcode instead of referencing m68k_opcodes
+	directly.
+	(BREAK_UP_BIG_DECL): Make secondary array static and const.
+	(reg_names): Now const.
+	(print_insn_arg): Arrays cacheFieldName and names now const.
+	(print_indexed): Array scales now const.
+
+
+Tue Mar  7 16:41:21 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: Sort recently added instructions by minor opcode
+	number within major opcode number.
+
+Mon Mar  6 10:04:36 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c: Include libhppa.h.
+
+Fri Feb 24 19:15:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Change dli to use M_DLI, and add dla.
+
+Mon Feb 20 23:54:38 1995  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES):  Add w65-dis.o.
+
+
+Thu Feb 16 17:34:41 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add r4650 mul instruction.
+
+Wed Feb 15 15:45:20 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add uld and usd macros for unaligned double load and
+        store.
+
+Tue Feb 14 13:17:37 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@tiktok.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): Add 403GA opcodes rfci, dccci,
+	mfdcr, mtdcr, icbt, iccci.
+
+
+Thu Feb  9 12:28:13 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960-dis.c (struct tabent, struct sparse_tabent): Change the
+        signed char fields to shorts, more portable.
+
+Wed Feb  8 17:29:29 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i960-dis.c (struct tabent, struct sparse_tabent): Declare the
+        char fields as signed chars, since they may have negative values.
+
+Mon Feb  6 10:52:06 1995  J.T. Conklin  <jtc@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* i386-dis.c (dis386_twobyte): Add cpuid, From Charles Hannum
+	  (mycroft@netbsd.org).
+
+Mon Jan 30 12:38:00 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	From "Logg, Ed" <elogg@ea.com>:
+	* ppc-opc.c (extract_bdm): Correct parenthezisation.
+	* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_powerpc): Print .long before unrecognized
+	value.
+
+Thu Jan 26 18:32:08 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: Changes based on patch from David Edelsohn
+	<edelsohn@mhpcc.edu>.
+	(powerpc_operands): Add operands SPRBAT and SPRG. Split TBR out of
+	SPR.
+	(FXM_MASK): Define.
+	(insert_tbr): New static function.
+	(extract_tbr): New static function.
+	(XFXFXM_MASK, XFXM): Define.
+	(XSPRBAT_MASK, XSPRG_MASK): Define.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): Add instructions to access special registers by
+	name.  Add mtcr and mftbu.
+
+Tue Jan 17 10:56:43 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c (P3): Define.
+	(mips_opcodes): Add mad and madu.
+
+Sun Jan 15 16:32:59 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@splat>
+
+	* configure.in: Add W65 support.
+	* disassemble.c: Likewise.
+	* w65-opc.h, w65-dis.c: New files.
+
+Wed Dec 28 22:15:33 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Add support for 2 bit
+	immediates.
+
+
+Tue Dec 20 11:25:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Add dli as a synonym for li.
+
+
+Thu Dec  8 18:23:31 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): Handle call_pal instruction, and
+	print something for reserved opcode values, even if it won't
+	assemble again.
+
+	* mips-dis.c (_print_insn_mips): When initializing, shift right
+	and mask, to avoid sign extension problems on the Alpha.
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg, case 'J'): Handle buscr and pcr
+	control registers.
+
+
+Wed Nov 23 22:34:51 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@jonny.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sh-opc.h (mov.l gbr): Get direction right.
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_shx): New function.
+	(print_insn_shl, print_insn_sh): Call print_insn_shx to
+	print opcodes with right byte order.
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:32:22 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* ns32k-dis.c (struct ns32k_option): Renamed from struct option,
+	to avoid conflicts with getopt.
+
+Mon Oct 31 18:48:10 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Read the instruction using
+	bfd_getb32, so that it works on a little endian or 64 bit host.
+	Remove unused local variable op.
+
+Tue Oct 25 17:07:57 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Use or instead of addu for pseudo-op move, since
+	addu does not work correctly if -mips3.
+
+Wed Oct 19 13:40:16 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_special): Add special register names defined
+	on 29030, 29040 and 29050.
+	(print_insn): Handle new operand type 'I'.
+
+Wed Oct 12 11:59:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL): Use top level install.sh script.
+
+Wed Oct  5 19:16:29 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Rewrite to use bitfields, rather than a union, so
+	that it works on a little endian host.
+
+Tue Oct  4 12:14:21 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@sanguine.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Use ${config_shell} when running config.bfd.
+
+Wed Sep 21 18:49:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c (mips_opcodes): "dabs" is only available with -mips3.
+
+Thu Sep 15 16:30:22 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_insn): Print the opcode.
+
+Wed Sep 14 17:52:14 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c (mips_opcodes): Set WR_t for sc and scd.
+
+Sun Sep 11 22:32:17 1994  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (reg_names): Use r26-r23 for arg0-arg3.
+
+Tue Sep  6 11:37:12 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Set INSN_STORE_MEMORY flag for all instructions
+	which store a value into memory.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994  Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+	* configure.in, Makefile.in, disassemble.c: Add support for the ARM.
+	* arm-dis.c, arm-opc.h: New files.
+
+Fri Aug  5 14:00:05 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ns32k-dis.o): Add dependency.
+	* ns32k-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Declare initialized local as
+	string, not as array of chars.
+
+Thu Jul 28 18:14:16 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Handle new operand type 'x'.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Added sparclite extended FP operations, and
+	versions of v9 impdep* instructions permitting specification of
+	the OPF field.
+
+Tue Jul 26 16:36:03 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-dis.c (reg_names): Now const.
+	(struct sparse_tabent): New type, copied from array type in mem
+	function.
+	(ctrl): Local static array ctrl_tab now const.
+	(cobr): Local static array cobr_tab now const.
+	(mem): Local variables reg1, reg2, reg3 now point to const.  Local
+	static variable mem_tab no longer explicitly initialized.  Changed
+	mem_init to const array of struct sparse_tabent.
+	(reg): Local static variable reg_tab no longer explicitly
+	initialized.  Changed reg_init to const array of struct
+	sparse_tabent.
+	(ea): Local static array scale_tab now const.
+
+	* i960-dis.c (reg): Added i960JX instructions to reg_init table.
+	(REG_MAX): Updated.
+
+Tue Jul 19 21:00:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* configure.bat: the disassember needs to be enabled for
+	"objdump -d" to work in djgpp.
+
+Wed Jul 13 18:01:58 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ns32k-dis.c: Deleted all code in "#ifdef GDB".
+	(invalid_float): Enabled general version, doesn't require running
+	on ns32k host.  Changed to take char* argument, and test for
+	explicitly specified sizes, instead of using sizeof() on host CPU
+	types.
+	(INVALID_FLOAT): Cast first argument.
+	(opt_u, opt_U, opt_O, opt_C, opt_S, list_P532, list_M532,
+	list_P032, list_M032): Now const.
+	(optlist, list_search): Made appropriate arguments now point to
+	const.
+	(print_insn_arg): Changed static array of one-character-string
+	pointers into a static const array of characters; fixed sprintf
+	statement accordingly.
+
+Sun Jul 10 00:27:47 1994  Ian Dall  (dall@hfrd.dsto.gov.au)
+
+	* opcodes/ns32k-dis.c: Semi-new file.  Had apparently been dropped
+	from distribution. A ns32k-dis.c from a previous distribution has
+	been brought up to date and supports the new interface.
+
+	* disassemble.c: define ARCH_ns32k and add case bfd_arch_ns32k.
+
+	* configure.in: add bfd_ns32k_arch target support.
+
+	* Makefile.in: add ns32k-dis.o to ALL_MACHINES.
+	Add ns32k-dis.c to CFILES. Add dependencies for ns32k-dis.o.
+
+Wed Jun 29 22:10:37 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Get 16bit branch
+	disassembly right.
+
+Tue Jun 28 13:22:06 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c, mips-dis.c: Don't use true and false.
+
+Thu Jun 23 12:53:19 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change --with-targets to --enable-targets.
+
+Wed Jun 22 13:38:32 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c (_print_insn_mips): Build a static hash table mapping
+	opcodes to the first instruction with that opcode, to speed
+	disassembly of large files.  From ralphc@pyramid.com (Ralph
+	Campbell).
+
+Tue Jun  7 12:49:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Fix typo (was mostyclean).
+
+Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* configure.bat: update to latest makefile.in
+
+Sat May  7 17:13:21 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_insn): Print 'x' type operand in hex.
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Print 16bit rels correctly.
+	* sh-dis.c (print_insn_sh): Don't recur endlessly if delay
+	slot insn is in a delay slot.
+	* z8k-opc.h: (resflg): Fix patterns.
+	* h8500-opc.h Fix CR insn patterns.
+
+Fri May  6 14:34:46 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): Put PowerPC versions of "cmp" and
+	"cmpl" before POWER versions, so that gas -many uses them.
+
+Thu Apr 28 18:32:36 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* disassemble.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (OFILES): Add disassemble.o.
+	(disassemble.o): Provide dependencies; compile with $(ARCHDEFS).
+	* configure.in: Define ARCHDEFS in Makefile.  Code taken from
+	binutils/configure.in.
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_m68k): If F_ALIAS flag is set, skip the
+	opcode being examined.
+
+Thu Apr 21 17:08:40 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_operands): Added RAL, RAM and RAS.
+	(insert_ral, insert_ram, insert_ras): New functions.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): Use RAL for load with update, RAM for lmw, and
+	RAS for store with update.
+
+Sat Apr 16 23:41:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): Correct fcir.  From David Edelsohn
+	(edelsohn@npac.syr.edu).
+
+Wed Apr  6 17:11:45 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c (mips_opcodes): Correct operands of "nor" with an
+	immediate argument.
+
+Mon Apr  4 16:30:46 1994  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (sparc_opcodes): Fix "rd %fprs,%l0".
+
+Mon Apr  4 13:22:00 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_operands): The signedp field has been
+	removed, so don't initialize it.  Set the PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED flag
+	instead.  Add new operand SISIGNOPT.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): For lis, liu, addis, and cau use SISIGNOPT.
+	Based on patch from David Edelsohn (edelsohn@npac.syr.edu).
+	* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_powerpc): Check PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED rather
+	than signedp field.
+
+Wed Mar 30 00:31:49 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* i386-dis.c (struct private):  Renamed to dis_private. `private'
+	is a reserved word for dynix cc.
+
+Mon Mar 28 13:00:15 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Change error message to refer to bfd/config.bfd
+	rather than bfd/configure.in.
+
+Mon Mar 28 12:28:30 1994  David Edelsohn  (edelsohn@npac.syr.edu)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: Define POWER2 as short alias flag.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): Add POWER/2 opcodes lfq*, stfq*, fcir[z], and
+	fsqrt.
+
+Wed Mar 23 12:23:05 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-dis.c (print_insn_i960): Don't read a second word for
+	opcodes 0, 1, 2 and 3.
+
+Wed Mar 16 15:37:58 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Don't build m68881-ext.o for bfd_m68k_arch.
+
+Mon Mar 14 14:53:50 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68881-ext.c: Removed; no longer used.
+	* Makefile.in: Changed accordingly.
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (ext_format_68881): Don't declare.
+	(print_insn_m68k): If an instruction uses place 'i', it uses at
+	least four fixed bytes.
+	(print_insn_arg): Don't bump p by 2 for case 'I', place 'i'.  For
+	extended float, convert to double using floatformat_to_double, not
+	ieee_extended_to_double, and fetch the data before converting it.
+
+Tue Mar  8 18:12:25 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: It's sqrt.s, not sqrt.w.  From
+	davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson).
+
+Tue Feb  8 16:55:27 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): The POWER uses bdn[l][a] where the
+	PowerPC uses bdnz[l][a].
+
+Tue Feb  8 00:32:28 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* dis-buf.c, i386-dis.c:  Include sysdep.h.
+
+Mon Feb  7 19:22:23 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (bfd_powerpc_arch): Use ppc-dis.o and ppc-opc.o.
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_opcodes): Mark POWER instructions supported
+	by Motorola PowerPC 601 with PPC_OPCODE_601.
+	* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc):
+	Disassemble Motorola PowerPC 601 instructions as well as normal
+	PowerPC instructions.
+
+Sun Feb  6 07:45:17 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-dis.c (reg, mem): Just use a static array instead of
+	calling xmalloc.
+
+Sat Feb  5 00:04:02 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): For '?' and '@' only adjust the
+	condition name index if this is for a negated condition.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): No space before 'H' operand.
+	Floating point format for 'H' operand is backwards from normal
+	case (0 == double, 1 == single).  For '4', '6', '7', '9', and '8'
+	operands (fmpyadd and fmpysub), handle bizarre register
+	translation correctly for single precision format.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Do not emit a space after 'F'
+	or 'I' operands if the next format specifier is 'M' (fcmp
+	condition completer).
+
+Feb  4 23:38:03 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c (powerpc_operands): New operand type MBE to handle a
+	single number giving a bitmask for the MB and ME fields of an M
+	form instruction.  Change NB to accept 32, and turn it into 0;
+	also turn 0 into 32 when disassembling.  Seperated SH from NB.
+	(insert_mbe, extract_mbe): New functions.
+	(insert_nb, extract_nb): New functions.
+	(SC_MASK): Mask out SA and LK bits.
+	(powerpc_opcodes): Change "cal" to use RT, D, RA rather than RT,
+	RA, SI.  Change "liu" and "cau" to use UI rather than SI.  Mark
+	"bctr" and "bctrl" as accepted by POWER.  Change "rlwimi",
+	"rlimi", "rlwimi.", "rlimi.", "rlwinm", "rlinm", "rlwinm.",
+	"rlinm.", "rlmi", "rlmi.", "rlwnm", "rlnm", "rlwnm.", "rlnm." to
+	use MBE rather than MB.  Add "mfmq" and "mtmq" POWER instructions.
+	(powerpc_macros): Define table of macro definitions.
+	(powerpc_num_macros): Define.
+
+	* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_powerpc): Don't skip optional operands
+	if PPC_OPERAND_NEXT is set.
+
+Sat Jan 22 23:10:07 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-dis.c (print_insn_i960): Make buffer bfd_byte instead of
+	char.  Retrieve contents using bfd_getl32 instead of shifting.
+
+Fri Jan 21 19:01:39 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ppc-opc.c: New file.  Opcode table for PowerPC, including
+	opcodes for POWER (RS/6000).
+	* ppc-dis.c: New file.  PowerPC and Power (RS/6000) disassembler.
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Add ppc-dis.o and ppc-opc.o.
+	(CFILES): Add ppc-dis.c.
+	(ppc-dis.o, ppc-opc.o): New targets.
+	* configure.in: Build ppc-dis.o and ppc-opc.o for bfd_rs6000_arch.
+
+Mon Jan 17 20:05:49 1994  Jeffrey A. Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Handle 'N' in assembler template.
+	No space before 'u', 'f', or 'N'. 
+
+Sun Jan 16 14:20:16 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i386-dis.c (print_insn_i386): Add FIXME comment regarding reading
+	farther than we should.
+
+	* i386-dis.c (dis386): Use Yb and Yv for scasb and scasS.
+
+Thu Jan  6 12:38:05 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c m68k-dis.c alpha-dis.c a29k-dis.c: Fix comments.
+
+Wed Jan  5 11:56:21 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* i960-dis.c (print_insn_i960): Only read word2 if the instruction
+	needs it, to prevent reading past the end of a section.
+
+Wed Nov 17 17:20:12 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.h: Use macro for j instruction, to support SVR4 PIC.
+	Removed t,A case for la; always use t,A(b) case.
+
+Mon Nov  8 12:37:36 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	From Ted Lemen <mellon@pepper.ncd.com>
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle 'k'.
+	* mips-opc.c: Make cache use k, not t.
+
+Sun Nov  7 23:52:34 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* alpha-opc.h, alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha):  Add
+	FLOAT_MEMORY_FORMAT_CODE, FLOAT_BRANCH_FORMAT_CODE, correct 
+	FLOAT_FORMAT_CODE to put out floating point register names.
+
+Mon Nov  1 18:17:51 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Use macros for jal variants, to support SVR4 PIC.
+
+Thu Oct 28 17:42:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k-dis.c (print_insn): Use 0x%08x, not 0x%8x.
+
+Wed Oct 27 11:48:01 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c (dsll, dsra, dsrl): Added '>' cases for shift counts
+	larger than 32.  Moved dsxx32 variants first for disassembler.
+
+Mon Oct 25 11:33:14 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8kgen.c, z8k-opc.h: Add full lda information.
+
+Tue Oct 19 12:39:25 1993  Jeffrey A Law  (law@cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Do not emit a space after
+	movb instructions.  Any necessary space will be emitted by
+	the code to handle nullification completers.
+
+Wed Oct 13 16:19:07 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Moved l.d down so that it disassembles as ldc1.
+
+Fri Oct  8 02:34:21 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* alpha-opc.h:  Add ldl_l, fix typo for ldq_u.
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha):  Add code for PAL_FORMAT_CODE.
+
+Tue Oct  5 17:47:53 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Correct lwu opcode value (book had it wrong).
+
+Thu Sep 30 11:26:18 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c (FETCH_DATA): get just the right amount of data.
+	(unpack_instr): Cope with ARG_IMM4M1 type instructions.
+
+Wed Sep 29 16:24:49 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k-dis.c (m88kdis): comment change.  Remove space after
+	  printing mnemonic.
+	  (printop): handle new arg types DEC and XREG for m88110.
+
+Tue Sep 28 19:20:16 1993  Jeffrey A Law (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Handle 'z' operand
+	type for absolute branch addresses.  Delete special
+	"ble" and "be" code in 'W' operand code.
+
+Fri Sep 24 14:08:33 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Set hazard information correctly for branch
+	likely instructions.
+
+Fri Sep 17 04:41:17 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha), alpha-opc.h:  Fix bugs, use
+	info->fprintf_func for printing and info->print_address_func for
+	address output.
+
+Wed Sep 15 12:12:07 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Set INSN_TRAP for tXX instructions.
+
+Thu Sep  9 10:11:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: From davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson):
+	Corrected second case of "b" for disassembler.
+
+Tue Sep  7 14:25:15 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c, m88k-dis.c: Don't include libbfd.h.  Changed calls
+	to BFD swapping routines to correspond to BFD name changes.
+
+Thu Sep  2 10:35:25 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Change div machine instruction to be z,s,t rather
+	than s,t.  Change div macro to be d,v,t rather than d,s,t.
+	Likewise for divu, ddiv, ddivu.  Added z,s,t case for drem, dremu,
+	rem and remu which generates only the corresponding div
+	instruction.  This is for compatibility with the MIPS assembler,
+	which only generates the simple machine instruction when an
+	explicit destination of $0 is used.
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle 'z' (always register zero).
+
+Thu Aug 26 17:41:44 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: From davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson): Set
+	WR_31 hazard for bal, bgezal, bltzal.
+
+Thu Aug 26 17:20:02 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Use print function
+	from within the disassemble_info, not fprintf_filtered.
+
+Wed Aug 25 13:51:40 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Handle '|' like '>'.  (From Jeff
+	Law, law@cs.utah.edu.)
+
+Mon Aug 23 12:44:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c ("absu"): Removed.
+	("dabs"): Added.
+
+Fri Aug 20 10:52:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Added r6000 and r4000 instructions and macros.
+	Changed hazard information to distinguish between memory load
+	delays and coprocessor load delays.
+
+Wed Aug 18 15:39:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: li.d uses "T,L", not "S,F".  Added li.s.
+
+Tue Aug 17 09:44:42 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Don't pass cpu to config.bfd.
+
+Tue Aug 17 12:23:52 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k-dis.c (m88kdis): Make class unsigned.
+
+Thu Aug 12 15:08:18 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha-dis.c (print_insn_alpha): One branch format case was
+	missing the instruction name.
+
+Wed Aug 11 19:29:39 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ALL_MACHINES): Renamed from DIS_LIBS.
+	Add the arch-specific auxiliary files.
+	(OFILES): Remove the arch-specific auxiliary files
+	and use BFD_MACHINES instead of DIS_LIBS.
+	* configure.in: Set BFD_MACHINES based on --with-targets option.
+
+Thu Aug 12 12:04:53 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: Added lwc1 E,A(b) to go with lwc1 T,A(b).  Similarly
+	for swc1.
+
+Sun Aug  8 15:09:30 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: Change CONST to const to deal with gcc
+	-Dconst=__const -traditional.
+
+Fri Aug  6 10:58:55 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: From davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson): Took
+	coprocessor instructions out of #if 0, and made them use new
+	argument type "C".
+
+Thu Aug  5 17:11:06 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Include ansidecl.h before opcodes/sparc.h.
+
+Fri Jul 30 18:48:15 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-opc.c:  Add F_JSR, F_UNBR, or F_CONDBR flags to each branch
+	instruction, for use by the disassembler.
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (SEX):  Add sign extension macro.  Replace many
+	hand-coded sign extensions that depended on 32-bit host ints.
+	FIXME, we still depend on big-endian host bitfield ordering.
+	(sparc_print_insn):  Set the insn_info_valid field, and the
+	other fields that describe the instruction being printed.
+
+Tue Jul 27 17:04:58 1993  Jim Wilson  (wilson@sphagnum.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-opc.c (call): Accept all 6 addressing modes valid for
+	`jmp' instead of just one of them.
+
+Wed Jul 21 11:43:32 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c: Move floating registers from reg_names to fp_reg_names.
+	(fput_fp_reg_r): Renamed from fput_reg_r.
+	(fput_fp_reg): New function.
+	(print_insn_hppa): Use fput_fp_reg{,_r} where appropriate.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa, cases 'a', 'd'): Print space afterwards.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa, case 'd'): Use GET_COND not GET_FIELD.
+
+Mon Jul 19 13:52:21 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Use extract_5r_store for 'r'.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa, case '>'): If next character is 'n',
+	don't output a space.
+
+	* hppa-dis.c (float_format_names): 10 is undefined, and 11 is quad.
+
+Sun Jul 18 16:30:02 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-opc.c: New file, containing opcode table from
+	../include/opcode/mips.h.
+	* Makefile.in: Add it.
+
+Thu Jul 15 12:37:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m88k-dis.c: New file, moved in from gdb and changed to use the
+	new dis-asm.h disassembler interface.
+	* Makefile.in (DIS_LIBS): Added m88k-dis.o.
+	(m88k-dis.o): New target.
+
+Tue Jul 13 10:04:16 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg, _print_insn_mips): Made pointer to
+	argument string const char * to correspond to opcode/mips.h.
+
+Tue Jul  6 15:18:37 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c: Updated to account for name changes in new version
+	of opcode/mips.h.
+	* Makefile.in: Added header file dependencies.
+
+Sat Jul  3 23:47:56 1993  Doug Evans  (dje@canuck.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c (bfd_h8_disassemble): Correct fetching of instruction.
+
+Thu Jul  1 12:23:38 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (NEXTWORD, NEXTLONG): Use ((x) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000 to sign
+	extend, rather than shifts.
+
+Sun Jun 20 20:56:56 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Undo 15 June change.
+
+Fri Jun 18 14:15:15 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_arg):  Change return value to byte count
+	or error code.
+	* m68k-dis.c:  Re-write to detect invalid operands before
+	printing anything, so we can handle this the same way we
+	handle invalid opcodes.
+
+Thu Jun 17 15:01:36 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sh-dis.c, sh-opc.h: Understand some more opcodes.
+
+Wed Jun 16 13:48:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c: Include <ansidecl.h> and sysdep.h before other
+	header files.
+
+Tue Jun 15 21:45:26 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Don't declare qsort, since sysdep.h might.
+
+	* configure.in: Do make sysdep.h link.
+	* Makefile.in: Search ../include.  Don't search ../bfd.
+
+Tue Jun 15 13:36:10 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	Changes from Jeff Law, law@cs.utah.edu:
+	* hppa-dis.c: Fix typo.  'a' and 'd' were reversed.
+	Do not print a space before the completers specified by
+	'a' and 'd'.
+
+Fri Jun 11 18:40:21 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c: No longer need to bomb out if HOST_64_BIT is
+	defined, since gdb has been fixed.
+
+	Changes from Jeff Law, law@cs.utah.edu:
+	* hppa-dis.c (print_insn_hppa): Last argument to fput_reg, 
+	fput_reg_r, fput_creg, fput_const, and fputs_filtered should
+	be a *disassemble_info, not a *FILE.
+	* hppa-dis.c: Support 'd', '!', and 'a'.
+	* hppa-dis.c: Support 's' to extract a 2 bit space register.
+	* hppa-dis.c: Delete cases which are no longer needed.
+
+Fri Jun 11 07:53:48 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-dis.c (print_insn_{m68k,arg}): Add MMU codes.
+
+Tue Jun  8 12:25:01 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8300-dis.c: New file, removed from bfd/cpu-h8300.c, with
+	H8/300-H opcodes.
+
+Mon Jun  7 12:58:49 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (CSEARCH): Add -I../bfd for sysdep.h and bfd.h.
+	* configure.in:  No longer need to configure to get sysdep.h.
+
+Thu Jun  3 15:56:49 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Patches from Jeffrey Law <law@cs.utah.edu>.
+	* hppa-dis.c: Support 'I', 'J', and 'K' in output
+	templates for 1.1 FP computational instructions.
+
+Tue May 25 13:05:48 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8500-dis.c (print_insn_h8500): Address argument is type
+	bfd_vma.
+	* z8k-dis.c (print_insn_z8k, print_insn_z8001, print_insn_z8002):
+	Ditto.
+
+	* h8500-opc.h (addr_class_type): No comma at end of enumerator.
+	* sh-opc.h (sh_nibble_type, sh_arg_type): Ditto.
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (compare_opcodes): Move static declaration to
+	top-level.
+
+Fri May 21 14:17:37 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c (print_insn_sparc): Implement 'n' argument for unimp
+	instruction, remove unimp hack from 'l' argument.
+
+Wed May 19 15:35:54 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c (fetch_data):  Use unsigned char to make ancient gcc's
+	happy.
+
+Fri May 14 15:22:46 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Based on patches from davidj@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU (David Johnson):
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Handle 'C' for general coprocessor
+	instructions.
+
+Fri May 14 00:09:14 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c: Include dis-asm.h before sysdep.h.  Changed some
+	arrays of string pointers to 2-d arrays of chars, to save
+	space.
+
+Thu May  6 20:51:17 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k-dis.c, alpha-dis.c, i960-dis.c, sparc-dis.c, z8k-dis.c:
+	Cast second arg to read_memory_func to "bfd_byte *", as necessary.
+
+Tue May  4 20:31:10 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* hppa-dis.c: New file from Utah, adapted to new disassembler
+	calling interface.
+	* Makefile.in: Include it.
+
+Mon Apr 26 18:17:42 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sh-dis.c, sh-opc.h: New files.
+
+Fri Apr 23 18:51:22 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* alpha-dis.c, alpha-opc.h: New files.
+
+Tue Apr  6 12:54:08 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* mips-dis.c: Sign extend 'j' and 'b' arguments, delta is a signed
+	value.
+
+Mon Apr  5 17:37:37 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Make "ta" the default trap instruction, "t" the alias.
+
+Fri Apr  2 07:24:27 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* a29k-dis.c, sparc-dis.c, sparc-opc.c: Use CONST rather than
+	const.
+
+Thu Apr  1 11:20:43 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* sparc-dis.c: Use fprintf_func a few places where I forgot,
+	and double percent signs a few places.
+
+	* a29k-dis.c, i960-dis.c: New, merged from gdb and binutils.
+
+	* i386-dis.c, m68k-dis.c, mips-dis.c, sparc-dis.c:
+	Use info->print_address_func not print_address.
+
+	* dis-buf.c (generic_print_address): New function.
+
+Wed Mar 31 10:07:04 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add sparc-dis.c.
+	sparc-dis.c: New file, merges binutils and gdb versions as follows:
+	From GDB:
+	    Add `add' instruction to the set that get checked
+	    for a preceding `sethi' in order to print an absolute address.
+	    * (print_insn):  Disassembly prefers real instructions.
+	    (is_delayed_branch):  Speed up.
+	    * sparc-opcode.h: Add ALIAS bit to aliases.  Fix up opcode tables.
+	    Still missing some float ops, and needs testing.
+	    * sparc-pinsn.c (print_insn): Eliminate 'set' test, subsumed by
+	    F_ALIAS.  Use printf, not fprintf, when not passing a file
+	    pointer...
+	    (compare_opcodes): Check that identical instructions have
+	    identical opcodes, complain otherwise.
+	From binutils:
+	    * New 'm' arg.
+	    * Include reg_names.
+	From neither:
+	    Use dis-asm.h/read_memory_func interface.
+
+Wed Mar 31 20:49:06 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8500-dis.c, i386-dis.c, m68k-dis.c, z8k-dis.c (fetch_data):
+	  deliberately return non-zero to setjmp from longjmp.  Otherwise
+	  this code fails to compile.
+
+Wed Mar 31 17:04:31 1993  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* m68k-dis.c:  Fix prototype for fetch_arg().
+
+Wed Mar 31 10:07:04 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dis-buf.c: New file, for new read_memory_func interface.
+	Makefile.in (OFILES): Include it.
+	m68k-dis.c, i386-dis.c, h8500-dis.c, mips-dis.c, z8k-dis.c:
+	Use new read_memory_func interface.
+
+Mon Mar 29 14:02:17 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8500-dis.c (print_insn_h8500): Get sign of fp offsets right.
+	* h8500-opc.h: Fix couple of opcodes.
+
+Wed Mar 24 02:03:36 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add dvi & installcheck targets
+
+Mon Mar 22 18:55:04 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Update for h8500-dis.c.
+
+Fri Mar 19 14:27:17 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* h8500-dis.c, h8500-opc.h: New files
+
+Thu Mar 18 14:12:37 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c, z8k-dis.c:  Converted to use interface defined in
+	../include/dis-asm.h.
+	* m68k-dis.c:  New file (merge of ../binutils/m68k-pinsn.c
+	and ../gdb/m68k-pinsn.c).
+	* i386-dis.c:  New file (merge of ../binutils/i386-pinsn.c
+	and ../gdb/i386-pinsn.c).
+	* m68881-ext.c:  New file.  Moved definition of
+	ext_format ext_format_68881 from ../gdb/m68k-tdep.c.
+	* Makefile.in:  Adjust for new files.
+	* i386-dis.c:  Patches from John Hassey (hassey@dg-rtp.dg.com).
+	* m68k-dis.c:  Recognize '9' placement code, so (say) pflush
+	can be dis-assembled.
+
+Wed Feb 17 09:19:47 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Now returns void.
+
+Mon Jan 11 16:09:16 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c (ansidecl.h):  Include for benefit of sysdep.h
+	files that use the macros.
+
+Thu Jan  7 13:15:17 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* mips-dis.c: New file, from gdb/mips-pinsn.c.
+	* Makefile.in (DIS_LIBS): Added mips-dis.o.
+	(CFILES): Added mips-dis.c.
+
+Thu Jan  7 07:36:33 1993  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+    	* z8k-dis.c (print_insn_z8001, print_insn_z8002): new routines
+	* z8kgen.c, z8k-opc.h: fix sizes of some shifts.
+
+Tue Dec 22 15:42:44 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Improve *clean rules.
+	* configure.in:  Allow a default host.
+
+Tue Nov 17 19:53:54 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: also use -I$(srcdir)/../bfd, since some sysdep
+	files include other sysdep files
+
+Thu Nov 12 16:10:37 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c z8k-opc.h z8kgen.c: checkpoint
+
+Fri Oct  9 04:56:05 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  For host support, use ../bfd/configure.host
+	so it stays in sync with the ../bfd/hosts database.
+
+Thu Oct  1 23:38:54 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: use cpu-vendor-os triple instead of nested cases
+
+Wed Sep 30 16:09:20 1992  Michael Werner  (mtw@cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c (unparse_instr): fix bug where opcode returned was
+	*always* the wrong one.
+
+Wed Sep 30 07:42:17 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8kgen.c: added copyright info
+
+Tue Sep 29 12:20:21 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c (unparse_instr): prettier tabs
+	* z8kgen.c -> z8k-opc.h: bug fixes in tables
+
+Fri Sep 25 12:50:32 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Add ncr* configuration.
+	* z8k-dis.c (struct instr_data_s):  Make instr_asmsrc char to make
+	picayune ANSI compilers happy.
+
+Sep 20 08:50:55 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (i386):  Make i386 and i486 synonymous for now.
+	* configure.in (i[34]86-*-sysv4):  Add my_host definition.
+
+Fri Sep 18 17:01:23 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Fix typo.
+
+Fri Sep 18 02:04:24 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (make):  Remove obsolete crud.
+	(sparc-opc.o):  Avoid Sun Make VPATH bug.
+
+Tue Sep  8 17:29:27 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: since there are no SUBDIRS, remove rule and
+	references of subdir_do.
+
+Tue Sep  8 17:02:58 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cambridge.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Get the library name right here too.
+	Don't install bfd.h, since it's unrelated to this library.  No
+	subdirs to recurse into, either.
+	(CFILES): The source file has a .c suffix, not .o.
+
+	* sparc-opc.c: New file, moved from BFD.
+	* Makefile.in (OFILES): Build it.
+
+Thu Sep  3 16:59:20 1992  Michael Werner  (mtw@cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c: fixed forward refferences of some declarations.
+
+Mon Aug 31 16:09:45 1992  Michael Werner  (mtw@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: get the name of the library right
+
+Mon Aug 31 13:47:35 1992  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* z8k-dis.c: knows how to disassemble z8k stuff
+	* z8k-opc.h: new file full of z8000 opcodes
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/Makefile.in b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a0670e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+#    Makefile template for Configure for the opcodes library.
+#    Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+#    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#    Written by Cygnus Support.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+datadir = @datadir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = @infodir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+AR = @AR@
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+ALLLIBS = @ALLLIBS@
+
+PICFLAG = @PICFLAG@
+SHLIB = @SHLIB@
+SHLIB_CC = @SHLIB_CC@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LIBS = @SHLIB_LIBS@
+COMMON_SHLIB = @COMMON_SHLIB@
+SHLIB_DEP = @SHLIB_DEP@
+SHLINK = @SHLINK@
+
+SONAME = lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,' -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`
+
+INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include
+BFDDIR = $(srcdir)/../bfd
+CSEARCH = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(INCDIR) -I$(BFDDIR)
+DEP = mkdep
+
+TARGETLIB = libopcodes.a
+
+# This is where bfd.h lives.
+BFD_H = ../bfd/bfd.h
+
+# Header files.
+HFILES = \
+	arm-opc.h \
+	h8500-opc.h \
+	sh-opc.h \
+	sysdep.h \
+	w65-opc.h \
+	z8k-opc.h
+
+# C source files that correspond to .o's.
+CFILES = \
+	a29k-dis.c \
+	alpha-dis.c \
+	alpha-opc.c \
+	arm-dis.c \
+	cgen-asm.c \
+	cgen-dis.c \
+	cgen-opc.c \
+	d10v-dis.c \
+	d10v-opc.c \
+	dis-buf.c \
+	disassemble.c \
+	h8300-dis.c \
+	h8500-dis.c \
+	hppa-dis.c \
+	i386-dis.c \
+	i960-dis.c \
+	m32r-asm.c \
+	m32r-dis.c \
+	m32r-opc.c \
+	m68k-dis.c \
+	m68k-opc.c \
+	m88k-dis.c \
+	mips-dis.c \
+	mips-opc.c \
+	mips16-opc.c \
+	m10200-dis.c \
+	m10200-opc.c \
+	m10300-dis.c \
+	m10300-opc.c \
+	ns32k-dis.c \
+	ppc-dis.c \
+	ppc-opc.c \
+	sh-dis.c \
+	sparc-dis.c \
+	sparc-opc.c \
+	w65-dis.c \
+	z8k-dis.c \
+	z8kgen.c
+
+ALL_MACHINES = \
+	a29k-dis.o \
+	alpha-dis.o \
+	alpha-opc.o \
+	arm-dis.o \
+	cgen-asm.o \
+	cgen-dis.o \
+	cgen-opc.o \
+	d10v-dis.o \
+	d10v-opc.o \
+	h8300-dis.o \
+	h8500-dis.o \
+	hppa-dis.o \
+	i386-dis.o \
+	i960-dis.o \
+	m32r-asm.o \
+	m32r-dis.o \
+	m32r-opc.o \
+	m68k-dis.o \
+	m68k-opc.o \
+	m88k-dis.o \
+	m10200-dis.o \
+	m10200-opc.o \
+	m10300-dis.o \
+	m10300-opc.o \
+	mips-dis.o \
+	mips-opc.o \
+	mips16-opc.o \
+	ppc-dis.o \
+	ppc-opc.o \
+	ns32k-dis.o \
+	sh-dis.o \
+	sparc-dis.o \
+	sparc-opc.o \
+	w65-dis.o \
+	z8k-dis.o
+
+OFILES = @BFD_MACHINES@ dis-buf.o disassemble.o
+
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"against=$(against)" \
+	"AR=$(AR)" \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \
+	"MAKEINFO=$(MAKEINFO)" \
+	"INSTALL=$(INSTALL)" \
+	"INSTALL_DATA=$(INSTALL_DATA)" \
+	"INSTALL_PROGRAM=$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)"
+
+ALL_CFLAGS = -D_GNU_SOURCE $(CSEARCH) @HDEFINES@ $(CFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  $(CC) -c $(PICFLAG) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o pic/$@; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+
+all: $(ALLLIBS)
+
+.NOEXPORT:
+
+installcheck check:
+
+info:
+clean-info:
+install-info:
+dvi:
+
+# HDEPFILES comes from the host config; TDEPFILES from the target config.
+
+$(TARGETLIB): $(OFILES)
+	 rm -f $(TARGETLIB)
+	 $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(TARGETLIB) $(OFILES)
+	 $(RANLIB) $(TARGETLIB)
+
+LIBIBERTY_LISTS = ../libiberty/required-list ../libiberty/needed-list
+BFD_PICLIST = @BFD_PICLIST@
+
+stamp-piclist: Makefile $(LIBIBERTY_LISTS) $(BFD_PICLIST)
+	rm -f tpiclist
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  echo $(OFILES) | sed -e 's,\([^ ][^ ]*\),pic/\1,g' > tpiclist; \
+	else \
+	  echo $(OFILES) > tpiclist; \
+	fi
+	if [ "$(COMMON_SHLIB)" = "yes" ]; then \
+	  lobjs=`cat $(LIBIBERTY_LISTS)`; \
+	  if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	    lobjs=`echo $$lobjs | sed -e 's,\([^ ][^ ]*\),pic/\1,g'`; \
+	  fi; \
+	  lobjs=`echo $$lobjs | sed -e 's,\([^ ][^ ]*\),../libiberty/\1,g'`; \
+	  echo $$lobjs >> tpiclist; \
+	  sed -e 's,\([^ ][^ ]*\),../bfd/\1,g' $(BFD_PICLIST) >> tpiclist; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change tpiclist piclist
+	touch stamp-piclist
+
+piclist: stamp-piclist ; @true
+
+$(SHLIB): stamp-picdir $(OFILES) piclist $(SHLIB_DEP)
+	rm -f $(SHLIB)
+	$(SHLIB_CC) $(SHLIB_CFLAGS) -o $(SHLIB) `cat piclist` $(SHLIB_LIBS)
+
+$(SHLINK): $(SHLIB)
+	ts=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,' -e 's/^lib//' | sed -e '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	if [ "$(COMMON_SHLIB)" = "yes" ]; then \
+	  ts=../bfd/$$ts; \
+	fi; \
+	if [ "$$ts" != "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	  rm -f $$ts; \
+	  ln -s `echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,'` $$ts; \
+	else true; fi
+	rm -f $(SHLINK)
+	ln -s `echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,'` $(SHLINK)
+
+# This target creates libTARGET-opcodes.so.VERSION as a symlink to
+# libopcodes.so.VERSION.  It is used on SunOS, which does not have SONAME.
+stamp-tshlink: $(SHLIB)
+	tf=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,\.\./bfd/,,' -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	if [ "$(COMMON_SHLIB)" = "yes" ]; then \
+	  tf=../bfd/$$tf; \
+	fi; \
+	if [ "$$tf" != "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	  rm -f $$tf; \
+	  ln -s $(SHLIB) $$tf; \
+	else true; fi
+	if [ "$(COMMON_SHLIB)" = "yes" ]; then \
+	  tf=lib`echo $(TARGETLIB) | sed -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	  if [ "$$tf" != "$(TARGETLIB)" ]; then \
+	    rm -f $$tf; \
+	    ln -s $(TARGETLIB) $$tf; \
+	  else true; fi; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-tshlink
+
+$(OFILES): stamp-picdir
+
+disassemble.o: disassemble.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ]; then \
+	  $(CC) -c @archdefs@ $(PICFLAG) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/disassemble.c -o pic/disassemble.o; \
+	else true; fi
+	$(CC) -c @archdefs@ $(ALL_CFLAGS) $(srcdir)/disassemble.c
+
+
+tags etags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: force
+	etags $(INCDIR)/*.h $(srcdir)/*.h $(srcdir)/*.c
+
+MOSTLYCLEAN = *.o core *.E *.p *.ip pic/*.o
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -rf $(MOSTLYCLEAN)
+clean:
+	rm -f *.a $(MOSTLYCLEAN) $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK) piclist stamp-piclist
+distclean: clean
+	rm -rf Makefile config.status TAGS config.cache config.h stamp-h \
+	       pic stamp-picdir config.log
+clobber realclean maintainer-clean: distclean
+
+# Mark everything as depending on config.status, since the timestamp on
+# sysdep.h might actually move backwards if we reconfig and relink it
+# to a different hosts/h-xxx.h file.  This will force a recompile anyway.
+RECONFIG = config.status
+
+# This target should be invoked before building a new release.
+# 'VERSION' file must be present and contain a string of the form "x.y"
+#
+roll:
+	@V=`cat VERSION`		; \
+	MAJ=`sed 's/\..*//' VERSION`	; \
+	MIN=`sed 's/.*\.//' VERSION`	; \
+	V=$$MAJ.`expr $$MIN + 1`	; \
+	rm -f VERSION			; \
+	echo $$V >VERSION		; \
+	echo Version $$V
+
+# Dummy target to force execution of dependent targets.
+#
+force:
+
+install: $(ALLLIBS)
+	for f in $(ALLLIBS); do \
+	  if [ "$$f" = "stamp-tshlink" ]; then \
+	    continue; \
+	  fi; \
+	  tf=lib`echo $$f | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,' -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	  rm -f $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  if [ "$$f" = "$(SHLINK)" ]; then \
+	    ts=lib`echo $(SHLIB) | sed -e 's,^\.\./bfd/,,' -e 's/^lib//' | sed '$(program_transform_name)'`; \
+	    ln -s $$ts $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  elif [ "$$f" = "$(SHLIB)" ]; then \
+	    @INSTALL_SHLIB@ \
+	  else \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	    $(RANLIB) $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	    chmod a-x $(libdir)/$$tf; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.h: stamp-h ; @true
+stamp-h: config.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h:config.in $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+config.status: configure $(srcdir)/../bfd/configure.host $(srcdir)/../bfd/config.bfd $(srcdir)/../bfd/VERSION
+	$(SHELL) config.status --recheck
+
+stamp-picdir:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ] && [ ! -d pic ]; then \
+	  mkdir pic; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-picdir
+
+# This dependency stuff is copied from BFD.
+
+.dep: dep.sed $(CFILES) $(HFILES) config.h
+	rm -f .dep1
+	$(MAKE) DEP=$(DEP) .dep1
+	sed -f dep.sed < .dep1 > .dep
+
+.dep1: $(CFILES)
+	rm -f .dep2 .dep2a
+	echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.' > .dep2
+	echo > .dep2a
+	$(DEP) -f .dep2a $(ALL_CFLAGS) $?
+	sed -e '/DO NOT DELETE/d' -e '/^$$/d' < .dep2a >> .dep2
+	rm -f .dep2a
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change .dep2 .dep1
+
+dep.sed: dep-in.sed config.status
+	sed <$(srcdir)/dep-in.sed >dep.sed	\
+		-e 's!@BFD_H@!$(BFD_H)!'	\
+		-e 's!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!'	\
+		-e 's!@SRCDIR@!$(srcdir)!'
+
+dep: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < Makefile > tmp-Makefile
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile Makefile
+
+dep-in: .dep
+	sed -e '/^..DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' < $(srcdir)/Makefile.in > tmp-Makefile.in
+	cat .dep >> tmp-Makefile.in
+	$(srcdir)/../move-if-change tmp-Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+
+.PHONY: dep dep-in
+
+# What appears below is generated by a hacked mkdep using gcc -MM.
+
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- mkdep uses it.
+# DO NOT PUT ANYTHING AFTER THIS LINE, IT WILL GO AWAY.
+a29k-dis.o: a29k-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/a29k.h
+alpha-dis.o: alpha-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h \
+  config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h
+alpha-opc.o: alpha-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/alpha.h \
+  $(BFD_H)
+arm-dis.o: arm-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  arm-opc.h
+cgen-asm.o: cgen-asm.c config.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+cgen-dis.o: cgen-dis.c config.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+cgen-opc.o: cgen-opc.c config.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+d10v-dis.o: d10v-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/d10v.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H)
+d10v-opc.o: d10v-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/d10v.h
+dis-buf.o: dis-buf.c sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H)
+disassemble.o: disassemble.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H)
+h8300-dis.o: h8300-dis.c $(INCDIR)/opcode/h8300.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+h8500-dis.o: h8500-dis.c h8500-opc.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+hppa-dis.o: hppa-dis.c sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(BFDDIR)/libhppa.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/hppa.h
+i386-dis.o: i386-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h config.h
+i960-dis.o: i960-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+m32r-asm.o: m32r-asm.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(BFD_H) \
+  m32r-opc.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+m32r-dis.o: m32r-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) m32r-opc.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+m32r-opc.o: m32r-opc.c config.h $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h $(BFD_H) m32r-opc.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/cgen.h
+m68k-dis.o: m68k-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/floatformat.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h
+m68k-opc.o: m68k-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m68k.h
+m88k-dis.o: m88k-dis.c $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/m88k.h
+mips-dis.o: mips-dis.c sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h $(BFDDIR)/elf-bfd.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h $(INCDIR)/elf/mips.h
+mips-opc.o: mips-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h
+mips16-opc.o: mips16-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mips.h
+m10200-dis.o: m10200-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10200.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H)
+m10200-opc.o: m10200-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10200.h
+m10300-dis.o: m10300-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10300.h \
+  $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H)
+m10300-opc.o: m10300-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/mn10300.h
+ns32k-dis.o: ns32k-dis.c $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h \
+  sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ns32k.h
+ppc-dis.o: ppc-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h \
+  config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/opcode/ppc.h
+ppc-opc.o: ppc-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/ppc.h
+sh-dis.o: sh-dis.c sh-opc.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h $(BFD_H) \
+  $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+sparc-dis.o: sparc-dis.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h sysdep.h \
+  config.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/sparc.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+sparc-opc.o: sparc-opc.c $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h $(INCDIR)/opcode/sparc.h
+w65-dis.o: w65-dis.c w65-opc.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) $(INCDIR)/ansidecl.h
+z8k-dis.o: z8k-dis.c sysdep.h config.h $(INCDIR)/dis-asm.h \
+  $(BFD_H) z8k-opc.h
+z8kgen.o: z8kgen.c sysdep.h config.h
+# IF YOU PUT ANYTHING HERE IT WILL GO AWAY
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/aclocal.m4 b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7adc004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sinclude(../bfd/aclocal.m4)
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-dis.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-dis.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..583f1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-dis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* alpha-dis.c -- Disassemble Alpha AXP instructions
+   Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>,
+   patterned after the PPC opcode handling written by Ian Lance Taylor.
+
+This file is part of GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils.
+
+GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are free software; you can redistribute
+them and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+2, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are distributed in the hope that they
+will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include "opcode/alpha.h"
+
+/* OSF register names.  */
+
+static const char * const osf_regnames[64] =
+{
+  "v0", "t0", "t1", "t2", "t3", "t4", "t5", "t6",
+  "t7", "s0", "s1", "s2", "s3", "s4", "s5", "fp",
+  "a0", "a1", "a2", "a3", "a4", "a5", "t8", "t9",
+  "t10", "t11", "ra", "t12", "at", "gp", "sp", "zero",
+  "$f0", "$f1", "$f2", "$f3", "$f4", "$f5", "$f6", "$f7",
+  "$f8", "$f9", "$f10", "$f11", "$f12", "$f13", "$f14", "$f15",
+  "$f16", "$f17", "$f18", "$f19", "$f20", "$f21", "$f22", "$f23",
+  "$f24", "$f25", "$f26", "$f27", "$f28", "$f29", "$f30", "$f31"
+};
+
+/* VMS register names.  */
+
+static const char * const vms_regnames[64] =
+{
+  "R0", "R1", "R2", "R3", "R4", "R5", "R6", "R7",
+  "R8", "R9", "R10", "R11", "R12", "R13", "R14", "R15",
+  "R16", "R17", "R18", "R19", "R20", "R21", "R22", "R23",
+  "R24", "AI", "RA", "PV", "AT", "FP", "SP", "RZ",
+  "F0", "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7",
+  "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", "F13", "F14", "F15",
+  "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23",
+  "F24", "F25", "F26", "F27", "F28", "F29", "F30", "FZ"
+};
+
+/* Disassemble Alpha instructions.  */
+
+int
+print_insn_alpha (memaddr, info)
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  static const struct alpha_opcode *opcode_index[AXP_NOPS+1];
+  const char * const * regnames;
+  const struct alpha_opcode *opcode, *opcode_end;
+  const unsigned char *opindex;
+  unsigned insn, op;
+  int need_comma;
+
+  /* Initialize the majorop table the first time through */
+  if (!opcode_index[0])
+    {
+      opcode = alpha_opcodes;
+      opcode_end = opcode + alpha_num_opcodes;
+
+      for (op = 0; op < AXP_NOPS; ++op)
+        {
+          opcode_index[op] = opcode;
+          while (opcode < opcode_end && op == AXP_OP (opcode->opcode))
+	    ++opcode;
+        }
+      opcode_index[op] = opcode;
+    }
+
+  if (info->flavour == bfd_target_evax_flavour)
+    regnames = vms_regnames;
+  else
+    regnames = osf_regnames;
+
+  /* Read the insn into a host word */
+  {
+    bfd_byte buffer[4];
+    int status = (*info->read_memory_func) (memaddr, buffer, 4, info);
+    if (status != 0)
+      {
+        (*info->memory_error_func) (status, memaddr, info);
+        return -1;
+      }
+    insn = bfd_getl32 (buffer);
+  }
+
+  /* Get the major opcode of the instruction.  */
+  op = AXP_OP (insn);
+
+  /* Find the first match in the opcode table.  */
+  opcode_end = opcode_index[op+1];
+  for (opcode = opcode_index[op]; opcode < opcode_end; ++opcode)
+    {
+      if ((insn & opcode->mask) != opcode->opcode)
+	continue;
+
+      if (!(opcode->flags & AXP_OPCODE_NOPAL))
+	continue;
+
+      /* Make two passes over the operands.  First see if any of them
+	 have extraction functions, and, if they do, make sure the
+	 instruction is valid.  */
+      {
+        int invalid = 0;
+        for (opindex = opcode->operands; *opindex != 0; opindex++)
+	  {
+            const struct alpha_operand *operand = alpha_operands + *opindex;
+	    if (operand->extract)
+	      (*operand->extract) (insn, &invalid);
+	  }
+        if (invalid)
+	  continue;
+      }
+
+      /* The instruction is valid.  */
+      goto found;
+    }
+
+  /* No instruction found */
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ".long %#08x", insn);
+    
+  return 4;
+
+found:
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", opcode->name);
+  if (opcode->operands[0] != 0)
+    (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "\t");
+
+  /* Now extract and print the operands.  */
+  need_comma = 0;
+  for (opindex = opcode->operands; *opindex != 0; opindex++)
+    {
+      const struct alpha_operand *operand = alpha_operands + *opindex;
+      int value;
+
+      /* Operands that are marked FAKE are simply ignored.  We
+	 already made sure that the extract function considered
+	 the instruction to be valid.  */
+      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE) != 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Extract the value from the instruction.  */
+      if (operand->extract)
+	value = (*operand->extract) (insn, (int *) NULL);
+      else
+	{
+	  value = (insn >> operand->shift) & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1);
+	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
+	    {
+	      int signbit = 1 << (operand->bits - 1);
+	      value = (value ^ signbit) - signbit;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (need_comma &&
+	  ((operand->flags & (AXP_OPERAND_PARENS|AXP_OPERAND_COMMA))
+	   != AXP_OPERAND_PARENS))
+	{
+	  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ",");
+	}
+      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_PARENS)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "(");
+
+      /* Print the operand as directed by the flags.  */
+      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_IR)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", regnames[value]);
+      else if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FPR)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", regnames[value+32]);
+      else if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE)
+	(*info->print_address_func) (memaddr + 4 + value, info);
+      else if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%d", value);
+      else
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%#x", value);
+
+      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_PARENS)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ")");
+      need_comma = 1;
+    }
+
+  return 4;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-opc.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-opc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf836b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/alpha-opc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1424 @@
+/* alpha-opc.c -- Alpha AXP opcode list
+   Copyright 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu>,
+   patterned after the PPC opcode handling written by Ian Lance Taylor.
+
+   This file is part of GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils.
+
+   GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are free software; you can redistribute
+   them and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+   2, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   GDB, GAS, and the GNU binutils are distributed in the hope that they
+   will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+   warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See
+   the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the
+   Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "opcode/alpha.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+/* This file holds the Alpha AXP opcode table.  The opcode table includes
+   almost all of the extended instruction mnemonics.  This permits the
+   disassembler to use them, and simplifies the assembler logic, at the
+   cost of increasing the table size.  The table is strictly constant
+   data, so the compiler should be able to put it in the .text section.
+
+   This file also holds the operand table.  All knowledge about inserting
+   operands into instructions and vice-versa is kept in this file.
+
+   The information for the base instruction set was compiled from the
+   _Alpha Architecture Handbook_, Digital Order Number EC-QD2KB-TE,
+   version 2.
+
+   The information for the post-ev5 architecture extensions BWX, CIX and
+   MAX came from version 3 of this same document, which is also available
+   on-line at http://ftp.digital.com/pub/Digital/info/semiconductor
+   /literature/alphahb2.pdf
+
+   The information for the EV4 PALcode instructions was compiled from
+   _DECchip 21064 and DECchip 21064A Alpha AXP Microprocessors Hardware
+   Reference Manual_, Digital Order Number EC-Q9ZUA-TE, preliminary
+   revision dated June 1994.
+
+   The information for the EV5 PALcode instructions was compiled from
+   _Alpha 21164 Microprocessor Hardware Reference Manual_, Digital
+   Order Number EC-QAEQB-TE, preliminary revision dated April 1995.  */
+
+/* Local insertion and extraction functions */
+
+static unsigned insert_rba PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_rca PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_za PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_zb PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_zc PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_bdisp PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+static unsigned insert_jhint PARAMS((unsigned, int, const char **));
+
+static int extract_rba PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_rca PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_za PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_zb PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_zc PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_bdisp PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+static int extract_jhint PARAMS((unsigned, int *));
+
+
+/* The operands table  */
+
+const struct alpha_operand alpha_operands[] =
+{
+  /* The fields are bits, shift, insert, extract, flags */
+  /* The zero index is used to indicate end-of-list */
+#define UNUSED		0
+  { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The plain integer register fields */
+#define RA		(UNUSED + 1)
+  { 5, 21, 0, AXP_OPERAND_IR, 0, 0 },
+#define RB		(RA + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0, AXP_OPERAND_IR, 0, 0 },
+#define RC		(RB + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0, AXP_OPERAND_IR, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The plain fp register fields */
+#define FA		(RC + 1)
+  { 5, 21, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FPR, 0, 0 },
+#define FB		(FA + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FPR, 0, 0 },
+#define FC		(FB + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FPR, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The integer registers when they are ZERO */
+#define ZA		(FC + 1)
+  { 5, 21, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FAKE, insert_za, extract_za },
+#define ZB		(ZA + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FAKE, insert_zb, extract_zb },
+#define ZC		(ZB + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FAKE, insert_zc, extract_zc },
+
+  /* The RB field when it needs parentheses */
+#define PRB		(ZC + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0, AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_PARENS, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The RB field when it needs parentheses _and_ a preceding comma */
+#define CPRB		(PRB + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0,
+    AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_PARENS|AXP_OPERAND_COMMA, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The RB field when it must be the same as the RA field */
+#define RBA		(CPRB + 1)
+  { 5, 16, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FAKE, insert_rba, extract_rba },
+
+  /* The RC field when it must be the same as the RB field */
+#define RCA		(RBA + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0, AXP_OPERAND_FAKE, insert_rca, extract_rca },
+
+  /* The RC field when it can *default* to RA */
+#define DRC1		(RCA + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0,
+    AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The RC field when it can *default* to RB */
+#define DRC2		(DRC1 + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0,
+    AXP_OPERAND_IR|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The FC field when it can *default* to RA */
+#define DFC1		(DRC2 + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0,
+    AXP_OPERAND_FPR|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The FC field when it can *default* to RB */
+#define DFC2		(DFC1 + 1)
+  { 5, 0, 0,
+    AXP_OPERAND_FPR|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The unsigned 8-bit literal of Operate format insns */
+#define LIT		(DFC2 + 1)
+  { 8, 13, -LIT, AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The signed 16-bit displacement of Memory format insns.  From here
+     we can't tell what relocation should be used, so don't use a default. */
+#define MDISP		(LIT + 1)
+  { 16, 0, -MDISP, AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The signed "23-bit" aligned displacement of Branch format insns */
+#define BDISP		(MDISP + 1)
+  { 21, 0, BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2, 
+    AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE, insert_bdisp, extract_bdisp },
+
+  /* The 26-bit PALcode function */
+#define PALFN		(BDISP + 1)
+  { 26, 0, -PALFN, AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The optional signed "16-bit" aligned displacement of the JMP/JSR hint */
+#define JMPHINT		(PALFN + 1)
+  { 14, 0, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT,
+    AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO|AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW,
+    insert_jhint, extract_jhint },
+
+  /* The optional hint to RET/JSR_COROUTINE */
+#define RETHINT		(JMPHINT + 1)
+  { 14, 0, -RETHINT,
+    AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED|AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The 12-bit displacement for the ev4 hw_{ld,st} (pal1b/pal1f) insns */
+#define EV4HWDISP	(RETHINT + 1)
+  { 12, 0, -EV4HWDISP, AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The 5-bit index for the ev4 hw_m[ft]pr (pal19/pal1d) insns */
+#define EV4HWINDEX	(EV4HWDISP + 1)
+  { 5, 0, -EV4HWINDEX, AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The 8-bit index for the oddly unqualified hw_m[tf]pr insns
+     that occur in DEC PALcode.  */
+#define EV4EXTHWINDEX	(EV4HWINDEX + 1)
+  { 8, 0, -EV4EXTHWINDEX, AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The 10-bit displacement for the ev5 hw_{ld,st} (pal1b/pal1f) insns */
+#define EV5HWDISP	(EV4EXTHWINDEX + 1)
+  { 10, 0, -EV5HWDISP, AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED, 0, 0 },
+
+  /* The 16-bit index for the ev5 hw_m[ft]pr (pal19/pal1d) insns */
+#define EV5HWINDEX	(EV5HWDISP + 1)
+  { 16, 0, -EV5HWINDEX, AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED, 0, 0 },
+};
+
+const int alpha_num_operands = sizeof(alpha_operands)/sizeof(*alpha_operands);
+
+/* The RB field when it is the same as the RA field in the same insn.
+   This operand is marked fake.  The insertion function just copies
+   the RA field into the RB field, and the extraction function just
+   checks that the fields are the same. */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static unsigned
+insert_rba(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  return insn | (((insn >> 21) & 0x1f) << 16);
+}
+
+static int
+extract_rba(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  if (invalid != (int *) NULL
+      && ((insn >> 21) & 0x1f) != ((insn >> 16) & 0x1f))
+    *invalid = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The same for the RC field */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static unsigned
+insert_rca(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  return insn | ((insn >> 21) & 0x1f);
+}
+
+static int
+extract_rca(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  if (invalid != (int *) NULL
+      && ((insn >> 21) & 0x1f) != (insn & 0x1f))
+    *invalid = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Fake arguments in which the registers must be set to ZERO */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static unsigned
+insert_za(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  return insn | (31 << 21);
+}
+
+static int
+extract_za(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  if (invalid != (int *) NULL && ((insn >> 21) & 0x1f) != 31)
+    *invalid = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static unsigned
+insert_zb(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  return insn | (31 << 16);
+}
+
+static int
+extract_zb(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  if (invalid != (int *) NULL && ((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) != 31)
+    *invalid = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static unsigned
+insert_zc(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  return insn | 31;
+}
+
+static int
+extract_zc(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  if (invalid != (int *) NULL && (insn & 0x1f) != 31)
+    *invalid = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The displacement field of a Branch format insn.  */
+
+static unsigned
+insert_bdisp(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  if (errmsg != (const char **)NULL && (value & 3))
+    *errmsg = "branch operand unaligned";
+  return insn | ((value / 4) & 0x1FFFFF);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+extract_bdisp(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  return 4 * (((insn & 0x1FFFFF) ^ 0x100000) - 0x100000);
+}
+
+
+/* The hint field of a JMP/JSR insn.  */
+
+static unsigned
+insert_jhint(insn, value, errmsg)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int value;
+     const char **errmsg;
+{
+  if (errmsg != (const char **)NULL && (value & 3))
+    *errmsg = "jump hint unaligned";
+  return insn | ((value / 4) & 0xFFFF);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static int
+extract_jhint(insn, invalid)
+     unsigned insn;
+     int *invalid;
+{
+  return 4 * (((insn & 0x3FFF) ^ 0x2000) - 0x2000);
+}
+
+
+/* Macros used to form opcodes */
+
+/* The main opcode */
+#define OP(x)		(((x) & 0x3F) << 26)
+#define OP_MASK		0xFC000000
+
+/* Branch format instructions */
+#define BRA_(oo)	OP(oo)
+#define BRA_MASK	OP_MASK
+#define BRA(oo)		BRA_(oo), BRA_MASK
+
+/* Floating point format instructions */
+#define FP_(oo,fff)	(OP(oo) | (((fff) & 0x7FF) << 5))
+#define FP_MASK		(OP_MASK | 0xFFE0)
+#define FP(oo,fff)	FP_(oo,fff), FP_MASK
+
+/* Memory format instructions */
+#define MEM_(oo)	OP(oo)
+#define MEM_MASK	OP_MASK
+#define MEM(oo)		MEM_(oo), MEM_MASK
+
+/* Memory/Func Code format instructions */
+#define MFC_(oo,ffff)	(OP(oo) | ((ffff) & 0xFFFF))
+#define MFC_MASK	(OP_MASK | 0xFFFF)
+#define MFC(oo,ffff)	MFC_(oo,ffff), MFC_MASK
+
+/* Memory/Branch format instructions */
+#define MBR_(oo,h)	(OP(oo) | (((h) & 3) << 14))
+#define MBR_MASK	(OP_MASK | 0xC000)
+#define MBR(oo,h)	MBR_(oo,h), MBR_MASK
+
+/* Operate format instructions.  The OPRL variant specifies a
+   literal second argument. */
+#define OPR_(oo,ff)	(OP(oo) | (((ff) & 0x7F) << 5))
+#define OPRL_(oo,ff)	(OPR_((oo),(ff)) | 0x1000)
+#define OPR_MASK	(OP_MASK | 0x1FE0)
+#define OPR(oo,ff)	OPR_(oo,ff), OPR_MASK
+#define OPRL(oo,ff)	OPRL_(oo,ff), OPR_MASK
+
+/* Generic PALcode format instructions */
+#define PCD_(oo)	OP(oo)
+#define PCD_MASK	OP_MASK
+#define PCD(oo)		PCD_(oo), PCD_MASK
+
+/* Specific PALcode instructions */
+#define SPCD_(oo,ffff)	(OP(oo) | ((ffff) & 0x3FFFFFF))
+#define SPCD_MASK	0xFFFFFFFF
+#define SPCD(oo,ffff)	SPCD_(oo,ffff), SPCD_MASK
+
+/* Hardware memory (hw_{ld,st}) instructions */
+#define EV4HWMEM_(oo,f)	(OP(oo) | (((f) & 0xF) << 12))
+#define EV4HWMEM_MASK	(OP_MASK | 0xF000)
+#define EV4HWMEM(oo,f)	EV4HWMEM_(oo,f), EV4HWMEM_MASK
+
+#define EV5HWMEM_(oo,f)	(OP(oo) | (((f) & 0x3F) << 10))
+#define EV5HWMEM_MASK	(OP_MASK | 0xF800)
+#define EV5HWMEM(oo,f)	EV5HWMEM_(oo,f), EV5HWMEM_MASK
+
+/* Abbreviations for instruction subsets.  */
+#define BASE			AXP_OPCODE_BASE
+#define EV4			AXP_OPCODE_EV4
+#define EV5			AXP_OPCODE_EV5
+#define BWX			AXP_OPCODE_BWX
+#define CIX			AXP_OPCODE_CIX
+#define MAX			AXP_OPCODE_MAX
+
+/* Common combinations of arguments */
+#define ARG_NONE		{ 0 }
+#define ARG_BRA			{ RA, BDISP }
+#define ARG_FBRA		{ FA, BDISP }
+#define ARG_FP			{ FA, FB, DFC1 }
+#define ARG_FPZ1		{ ZA, FB, DFC1 }
+#define ARG_MEM			{ RA, MDISP, PRB }
+#define ARG_FMEM		{ FA, MDISP, PRB }
+#define ARG_OPR			{ RA, RB, DRC1 }
+#define ARG_OPRL		{ RA, LIT, DRC1 }
+#define ARG_OPRZ1		{ ZA, RB, DRC1 }
+#define ARG_OPRLZ1		{ ZA, LIT, RC }
+#define ARG_PCD			{ PALFN }
+#define ARG_EV4HWMEM		{ RA, EV4HWDISP, PRB }
+#define ARG_EV4HWMPR		{ RA, RBA, EV4HWINDEX }
+#define ARG_EV5HWMEM		{ RA, EV5HWDISP, PRB }
+
+
+/* The opcode table.
+
+   The format of the opcode table is:
+
+   NAME OPCODE MASK { OPERANDS }
+
+   NAME		is the name of the instruction.
+
+   OPCODE	is the instruction opcode.
+
+   MASK		is the opcode mask; this is used to tell the disassembler
+            	which bits in the actual opcode must match OPCODE.
+
+   OPERANDS	is the list of operands.
+
+   The preceding macros merge the text of the OPCODE and MASK fields.
+
+   The disassembler reads the table in order and prints the first
+   instruction which matches, so this table is sorted to put more
+   specific instructions before more general instructions.
+
+   Otherwise, it is sorted by major opcode and minor function code.
+
+   There are three classes of not-really-instructions in this table:
+
+   ALIAS	is another name for another instruction.  Some of
+		these come from the Architecture Handbook, some
+		come from the original gas opcode tables.  In all
+		cases, the functionality of the opcode is unchanged.
+
+   PSEUDO	a stylized code form endorsed by Chapter A.4 of the
+		Architecture Handbook.
+
+   EXTRA	a stylized code form found in the original gas tables.
+
+   And two annotations:
+
+   EV56 BUT	opcodes that are officially introduced as of the ev56,
+   		but with defined results on previous implementations.
+
+   EV56 UNA	opcodes that were introduced as of the ev56 with
+   		presumably undefined results on previous implementations
+		that were not assigned to a particular extension.
+*/
+
+const struct alpha_opcode alpha_opcodes[] = {
+  { "halt",		SPCD(0x00,0x0000), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "draina",		SPCD(0x00,0x0002), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "bpt",		SPCD(0x00,0x0080), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "callsys",		SPCD(0x00,0x0083), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "chmk", 		SPCD(0x00,0x0083), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "imb",		SPCD(0x00,0x0086), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "call_pal",		PCD(0x00), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+  { "pal",		PCD(0x00), BASE, ARG_PCD },		/* alias */
+
+  { "lda",		MEM(0x08), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldah",		MEM(0x09), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldbu",		MEM(0x0A), BWX, ARG_MEM },
+  { "unop",		MEM(0x0B), BASE, { ZA } },		/* pseudo */
+  { "ldq_u",		MEM(0x0B), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldwu",		MEM(0x0C), BWX, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stw",		MEM(0x0D), BWX, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stb",		MEM(0x0E), BWX, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stq_u",		MEM(0x0F), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+
+  { "sextl",		OPR(0x10,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "sextl",		OPRL(0x10,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "addl",		OPR(0x10,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "addl",		OPRL(0x10,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s4addl",		OPR(0x10,0x02), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s4addl",		OPRL(0x10,0x02), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "negl",		OPR(0x10,0x09), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "negl",		OPRL(0x10,0x09), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subl",		OPR(0x10,0x09), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "subl",		OPRL(0x10,0x09), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s4subl",		OPR(0x10,0x0B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s4subl",		OPRL(0x10,0x0B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmpbge",		OPR(0x10,0x0F), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmpbge",		OPRL(0x10,0x0F), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s8addl",		OPR(0x10,0x12), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s8addl",		OPRL(0x10,0x12), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s8subl",		OPR(0x10,0x1B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s8subl",		OPRL(0x10,0x1B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmpult",		OPR(0x10,0x1D), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmpult",		OPRL(0x10,0x1D), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "addq",		OPR(0x10,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "addq",		OPRL(0x10,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s4addq",		OPR(0x10,0x22), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s4addq",		OPRL(0x10,0x22), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "negq", 		OPR(0x10,0x29), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "negq", 		OPRL(0x10,0x29), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subq",		OPR(0x10,0x29), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "subq",		OPRL(0x10,0x29), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s4subq",		OPR(0x10,0x2B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s4subq",		OPRL(0x10,0x2B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmpeq",		OPR(0x10,0x2D), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmpeq",		OPRL(0x10,0x2D), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s8addq",		OPR(0x10,0x32), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s8addq",		OPRL(0x10,0x32), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "s8subq",		OPR(0x10,0x3B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "s8subq",		OPRL(0x10,0x3B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmpule",		OPR(0x10,0x3D), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmpule",		OPRL(0x10,0x3D), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "addl/v",		OPR(0x10,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "addl/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "negl/v",		OPR(0x10,0x49), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "negl/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x49), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subl/v",		OPR(0x10,0x49), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "subl/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x49), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmplt",		OPR(0x10,0x4D), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmplt",		OPRL(0x10,0x4D), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "addq/v",		OPR(0x10,0x60), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "addq/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x60), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "negq/v",		OPR(0x10,0x69), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "negq/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x69), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subq/v",		OPR(0x10,0x69), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "subq/v",		OPRL(0x10,0x69), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmple",		OPR(0x10,0x6D), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmple",		OPRL(0x10,0x6D), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+
+  { "and",		OPR(0x11,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "and",		OPRL(0x11,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "andnot",		OPR(0x11,0x08), BASE, ARG_OPR },		/* alias */
+  { "andnot",		OPRL(0x11,0x08), BASE, ARG_OPRL },	/* alias */
+  { "bic",		OPR(0x11,0x08), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "bic",		OPRL(0x11,0x08), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovlbs",		OPR(0x11,0x14), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovlbs",		OPRL(0x11,0x14), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovlbc",		OPR(0x11,0x16), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovlbc",		OPRL(0x11,0x16), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "nop",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, { ZA, ZB, ZC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "clr",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, { ZA, ZB, RC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "mov",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, { ZA, RB, RC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "mov",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, { RA, RBA, RC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "mov",		OPRL(0x11,0x20), BASE, { ZA, LIT, RC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "or",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPR },		/* alias */
+  { "or",		OPRL(0x11,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPRL },	/* alias */
+  { "bis",		OPR(0x11,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "bis",		OPRL(0x11,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmoveq",		OPR(0x11,0x24), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmoveq",		OPRL(0x11,0x24), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovne",		OPR(0x11,0x26), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovne",		OPRL(0x11,0x26), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "not",		OPR(0x11,0x28), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "not",		OPRL(0x11,0x28), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "ornot",		OPR(0x11,0x28), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "ornot",		OPRL(0x11,0x28), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "xor",		OPR(0x11,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "xor",		OPRL(0x11,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovlt",		OPR(0x11,0x44), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovlt",		OPRL(0x11,0x44), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovge",		OPR(0x11,0x46), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovge",		OPRL(0x11,0x46), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "eqv",		OPR(0x11,0x48), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "eqv",		OPRL(0x11,0x48), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "xornot",		OPR(0x11,0x48), BASE, ARG_OPR },	/* alias */
+  { "xornot",		OPRL(0x11,0x48), BASE, ARG_OPRL },	/* alias */
+  { "amask",		OPR(0x11,0x61), BASE, ARG_OPRZ1 },	/* ev56 but */
+  { "amask",		OPRL(0x11,0x61), BASE, ARG_OPRLZ1 },	/* ev56 but */
+  { "cmovle",		OPR(0x11,0x64), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovle",		OPRL(0x11,0x64), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "cmovgt",		OPR(0x11,0x66), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "cmovgt",		OPRL(0x11,0x66), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "implver",		OPRL_(0x11,0x6C)|(31<<21)|(1<<13),
+    			0xFFFFFFE0, BASE, { RC } },		/* ev56 but */
+
+  { "mskbl",		OPR(0x12,0x02), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskbl",		OPRL(0x12,0x02), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extbl",		OPR(0x12,0x06), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extbl",		OPRL(0x12,0x06), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "insbl",		OPR(0x12,0x0B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "insbl",		OPRL(0x12,0x0B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mskwl",		OPR(0x12,0x12), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskwl",		OPRL(0x12,0x12), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extwl",		OPR(0x12,0x16), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extwl",		OPRL(0x12,0x16), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "inswl",		OPR(0x12,0x1B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "inswl",		OPRL(0x12,0x1B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mskll",		OPR(0x12,0x22), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskll",		OPRL(0x12,0x22), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extll",		OPR(0x12,0x26), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extll",		OPRL(0x12,0x26), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "insll",		OPR(0x12,0x2B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "insll",		OPRL(0x12,0x2B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "zap",		OPR(0x12,0x30), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "zap",		OPRL(0x12,0x30), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "zapnot",		OPR(0x12,0x31), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "zapnot",		OPRL(0x12,0x31), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mskql",		OPR(0x12,0x32), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskql",		OPRL(0x12,0x32), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "srl",		OPR(0x12,0x34), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "srl",		OPRL(0x12,0x34), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extql",		OPR(0x12,0x36), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extql",		OPRL(0x12,0x36), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "sll",		OPR(0x12,0x39), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "sll",		OPRL(0x12,0x39), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "insql",		OPR(0x12,0x3B), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "insql",		OPRL(0x12,0x3B), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "sra",		OPR(0x12,0x3C), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "sra",		OPRL(0x12,0x3C), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mskwh",		OPR(0x12,0x52), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskwh",		OPRL(0x12,0x52), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "inswh",		OPR(0x12,0x57), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "inswh",		OPRL(0x12,0x57), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extwh",		OPR(0x12,0x5A), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extwh",		OPRL(0x12,0x5A), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "msklh",		OPR(0x12,0x62), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "msklh",		OPRL(0x12,0x62), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "inslh",		OPR(0x12,0x67), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "inslh",		OPRL(0x12,0x67), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extlh",		OPR(0x12,0x6A), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extlh",		OPRL(0x12,0x6A), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mskqh",		OPR(0x12,0x72), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mskqh",		OPRL(0x12,0x72), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "insqh",		OPR(0x12,0x77), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "insqh",		OPRL(0x12,0x77), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "extqh",		OPR(0x12,0x7A), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "extqh",		OPRL(0x12,0x7A), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+
+  { "mull",		OPR(0x13,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mull",		OPRL(0x13,0x00), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mulq",		OPR(0x13,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mulq",		OPRL(0x13,0x20), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "umulh",		OPR(0x13,0x30), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "umulh",		OPRL(0x13,0x30), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mull/v",		OPR(0x13,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mull/v",		OPRL(0x13,0x40), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "mulq/v",		OPR(0x13,0x60), BASE, ARG_OPR },
+  { "mulq/v",		OPRL(0x13,0x60), BASE, ARG_OPRL },
+
+  { "itofs",		FP(0x14,0x004), CIX, { RA, ZB, FC } },
+  { "itoff",		FP(0x14,0x014), CIX, { RA, ZB, FC } },
+  { "itoft",		FP(0x14,0x024), CIX, { RA, ZB, FC } },
+  { "sqrtf",		FP(0x14,0x08A), CIX, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "sqrtg",		FP(0x14,0x0AA), CIX, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "sqrts",		FP(0x14,0x08B), CIX, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "sqrtt",		FP(0x14,0x0AB), CIX, ARG_FPZ1 },
+
+  { "addf/c",		FP(0x15,0x000), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/c",		FP(0x15,0x001), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/c",		FP(0x15,0x002), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/c",		FP(0x15,0x003), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/c",		FP(0x15,0x01E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/c",		FP(0x15,0x020), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/c",		FP(0x15,0x021), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/c",		FP(0x15,0x022), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/c",		FP(0x15,0x023), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/c",		FP(0x15,0x02C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/c",		FP(0x15,0x02D), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/c",		FP(0x15,0x02F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqf/c",		FP(0x15,0x03C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqg/c",		FP(0x15,0x03E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf",		FP(0x15,0x080), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negf",		FP(0x15,0x081), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subf",		FP(0x15,0x081), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf",		FP(0x15,0x082), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf",		FP(0x15,0x083), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg",		FP(0x15,0x09E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg",		FP(0x15,0x0A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negg",		FP(0x15,0x0A1), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subg",		FP(0x15,0x0A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg",		FP(0x15,0x0A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg",		FP(0x15,0x0A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpgeq",		FP(0x15,0x0A5), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpglt",		FP(0x15,0x0A6), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpgle",		FP(0x15,0x0A7), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf",		FP(0x15,0x0AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd",		FP(0x15,0x0AD), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq",		FP(0x15,0x0AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqf",		FP(0x15,0x0BC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqg",		FP(0x15,0x0BE), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/uc",		FP(0x15,0x100), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/uc",		FP(0x15,0x101), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/uc",		FP(0x15,0x102), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/uc",		FP(0x15,0x103), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/uc",		FP(0x15,0x11E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/uc",		FP(0x15,0x120), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/uc",		FP(0x15,0x121), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/uc",		FP(0x15,0x122), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/uc",		FP(0x15,0x123), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/uc",		FP(0x15,0x12C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/uc",		FP(0x15,0x12D), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/vc",		FP(0x15,0x12F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/u",		FP(0x15,0x180), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/u",		FP(0x15,0x181), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/u",		FP(0x15,0x182), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/u",		FP(0x15,0x183), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/u",		FP(0x15,0x19E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/u",		FP(0x15,0x1A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/u",		FP(0x15,0x1A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/u",		FP(0x15,0x1A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/u",		FP(0x15,0x1A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/u",		FP(0x15,0x1AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/u",		FP(0x15,0x1AD), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/v",		FP(0x15,0x1AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/sc",		FP(0x15,0x400), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/sc",		FP(0x15,0x401), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/sc",		FP(0x15,0x402), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/sc",		FP(0x15,0x403), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/sc",		FP(0x15,0x41E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/sc",		FP(0x15,0x420), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/sc",		FP(0x15,0x421), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/sc",		FP(0x15,0x422), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/sc",		FP(0x15,0x423), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/sc",		FP(0x15,0x42C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/sc",		FP(0x15,0x42D), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/sc",		FP(0x15,0x42F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/s",		FP(0x15,0x480), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negf/s",		FP(0x15,0x481), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subf/s",		FP(0x15,0x481), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/s",		FP(0x15,0x482), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/s",		FP(0x15,0x483), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/s",		FP(0x15,0x49E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negg/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A1), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subg/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpgeq/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A5), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpglt/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A6), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpgle/s",		FP(0x15,0x4A7), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/s",		FP(0x15,0x4AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/s",		FP(0x15,0x4AD), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/s",		FP(0x15,0x4AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/suc",		FP(0x15,0x500), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/suc",		FP(0x15,0x501), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/suc",		FP(0x15,0x502), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/suc",		FP(0x15,0x503), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/suc",	FP(0x15,0x51E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/suc",		FP(0x15,0x520), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/suc",		FP(0x15,0x521), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/suc",		FP(0x15,0x522), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/suc",		FP(0x15,0x523), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/suc",	FP(0x15,0x52C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/suc",	FP(0x15,0x52D), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/svc",	FP(0x15,0x52F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addf/su",		FP(0x15,0x580), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subf/su",		FP(0x15,0x581), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulf/su",		FP(0x15,0x582), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divf/su",		FP(0x15,0x583), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtdg/su",		FP(0x15,0x59E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "addg/su",		FP(0x15,0x5A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subg/su",		FP(0x15,0x5A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mulg/su",		FP(0x15,0x5A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divg/su",		FP(0x15,0x5A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtgf/su",		FP(0x15,0x5AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgd/su",		FP(0x15,0x5AD), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtgq/sv",		FP(0x15,0x5AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+
+  { "adds/c",		FP(0x16,0x000), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/c",		FP(0x16,0x001), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/c",		FP(0x16,0x002), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/c",		FP(0x16,0x003), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/c",		FP(0x16,0x020), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/c",		FP(0x16,0x021), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/c",		FP(0x16,0x022), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/c",		FP(0x16,0x023), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/c",		FP(0x16,0x02C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/c",		FP(0x16,0x02F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/c",		FP(0x16,0x03C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/c",		FP(0x16,0x03E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/m",		FP(0x16,0x040), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/m",		FP(0x16,0x041), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/m",		FP(0x16,0x042), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/m",		FP(0x16,0x043), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/m",		FP(0x16,0x060), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/m",		FP(0x16,0x061), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/m",		FP(0x16,0x062), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/m",		FP(0x16,0x063), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/m",		FP(0x16,0x06C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/m",		FP(0x16,0x06F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/m",		FP(0x16,0x07C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/m",		FP(0x16,0x07E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds",		FP(0x16,0x080), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negs", 		FP(0x16,0x081), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subs",		FP(0x16,0x081), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls",		FP(0x16,0x082), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs",		FP(0x16,0x083), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt",		FP(0x16,0x0A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negt", 		FP(0x16,0x0A1), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subt",		FP(0x16,0x0A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult",		FP(0x16,0x0A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt",		FP(0x16,0x0A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptun",		FP(0x16,0x0A4), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpteq",		FP(0x16,0x0A5), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptlt",		FP(0x16,0x0A6), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptle",		FP(0x16,0x0A7), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts",		FP(0x16,0x0AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq",		FP(0x16,0x0AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs",		FP(0x16,0x0BC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt",		FP(0x16,0x0BE), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/d",		FP(0x16,0x0C0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/d",		FP(0x16,0x0C1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/d",		FP(0x16,0x0C2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/d",		FP(0x16,0x0C3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/d",		FP(0x16,0x0E0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/d",		FP(0x16,0x0E1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/d",		FP(0x16,0x0E2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/d",		FP(0x16,0x0E3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/d",		FP(0x16,0x0EC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/d",		FP(0x16,0x0EF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/d",		FP(0x16,0x0FC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/d",		FP(0x16,0x0FE), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/uc",		FP(0x16,0x100), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/uc",		FP(0x16,0x101), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/uc",		FP(0x16,0x102), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/uc",		FP(0x16,0x103), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/uc",		FP(0x16,0x120), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/uc",		FP(0x16,0x121), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/uc",		FP(0x16,0x122), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/uc",		FP(0x16,0x123), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/uc",		FP(0x16,0x12C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/vc",		FP(0x16,0x12F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/um",		FP(0x16,0x140), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/um",		FP(0x16,0x141), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/um",		FP(0x16,0x142), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/um",		FP(0x16,0x143), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/um",		FP(0x16,0x160), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/um",		FP(0x16,0x161), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/um",		FP(0x16,0x162), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/um",		FP(0x16,0x163), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/um",		FP(0x16,0x16C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/um",		FP(0x16,0x16F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/um",		FP(0x16,0x17C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/u",		FP(0x16,0x180), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/u",		FP(0x16,0x181), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/u",		FP(0x16,0x182), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/u",		FP(0x16,0x183), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/u",		FP(0x16,0x1A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/u",		FP(0x16,0x1A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/u",		FP(0x16,0x1A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/u",		FP(0x16,0x1A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/u",		FP(0x16,0x1AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/v",		FP(0x16,0x1AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1C0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1C1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1C2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1C3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1E0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1E1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1E2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1E3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1EC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/ud",		FP(0x16,0x1EF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtst",		FP(0x16,0x2AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/suc",		FP(0x16,0x500), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/suc",		FP(0x16,0x501), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/suc",		FP(0x16,0x502), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/suc",		FP(0x16,0x503), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/suc",		FP(0x16,0x520), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/suc",		FP(0x16,0x521), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/suc",		FP(0x16,0x522), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/suc",		FP(0x16,0x523), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/suc",	FP(0x16,0x52C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/svc",	FP(0x16,0x52F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/sum",		FP(0x16,0x540), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/sum",		FP(0x16,0x541), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/sum",		FP(0x16,0x542), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/sum",		FP(0x16,0x543), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/sum",		FP(0x16,0x560), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/sum",		FP(0x16,0x561), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/sum",		FP(0x16,0x562), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/sum",		FP(0x16,0x563), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/sum",	FP(0x16,0x56C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/sum",	FP(0x16,0x56F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/sum",	FP(0x16,0x57C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/su",		FP(0x16,0x580), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negs/su",		FP(0x16,0x581), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subs/su",		FP(0x16,0x581), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/su",		FP(0x16,0x582), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/su",		FP(0x16,0x583), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/su",		FP(0x16,0x5A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negt/su",		FP(0x16,0x5A1), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subt/su",		FP(0x16,0x5A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/su",		FP(0x16,0x5A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/su",		FP(0x16,0x5A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptun/su",	FP(0x16,0x5A4), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmpteq/su",	FP(0x16,0x5A5), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptlt/su",	FP(0x16,0x5A6), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cmptle/su",	FP(0x16,0x5A7), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/su",		FP(0x16,0x5AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/sv",		FP(0x16,0x5AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5C0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5C1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5C2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5C3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5E0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5E1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5E2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/sud",		FP(0x16,0x5E3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/sud",	FP(0x16,0x5EC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/sud",	FP(0x16,0x5EF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtst/s",		FP(0x16,0x6AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/suic",	FP(0x16,0x700), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/suic",	FP(0x16,0x701), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/suic",	FP(0x16,0x702), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/suic",	FP(0x16,0x703), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/suic",	FP(0x16,0x720), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/suic",	FP(0x16,0x721), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/suic",	FP(0x16,0x722), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/suic",	FP(0x16,0x723), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/suic",	FP(0x16,0x72C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/svic",	FP(0x16,0x72F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/suic",	FP(0x16,0x73C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/suic",	FP(0x16,0x73E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/suim",	FP(0x16,0x740), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/suim",	FP(0x16,0x741), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/suim",	FP(0x16,0x742), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/suim",	FP(0x16,0x743), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/suim",	FP(0x16,0x760), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/suim",	FP(0x16,0x761), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/suim",	FP(0x16,0x762), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/suim",	FP(0x16,0x763), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/suim",	FP(0x16,0x76C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/suim",	FP(0x16,0x76F), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/suim",	FP(0x16,0x77C), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/suim",	FP(0x16,0x77E), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/sui",		FP(0x16,0x780), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negs/sui", 	FP(0x16,0x781), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subs/sui",		FP(0x16,0x781), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/sui",		FP(0x16,0x782), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/sui",		FP(0x16,0x783), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/sui",		FP(0x16,0x7A0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "negt/sui", 	FP(0x16,0x7A1), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "subt/sui",		FP(0x16,0x7A1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/sui",		FP(0x16,0x7A2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/sui",		FP(0x16,0x7A3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/sui",	FP(0x16,0x7AC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/svi",	FP(0x16,0x7AF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/sui",	FP(0x16,0x7BC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/sui",	FP(0x16,0x7BE), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "adds/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7C0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subs/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7C1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "muls/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7C2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divs/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7C3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "addt/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7E0), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "subt/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7E1), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mult/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7E2), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "divt/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7E3), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtts/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7EC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvttq/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7EF), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqs/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7FC), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtqt/suid",	FP(0x16,0x7FE), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+
+  { "cvtlq",		FP(0x17,0x010), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "fnop",		FP(0x17,0x020), BASE, { ZA, ZB, ZC } },	/* pseudo */
+  { "fclr",		FP(0x17,0x020), BASE, { ZA, ZB, FC } },	/* pseudo */
+  { "fabs",		FP(0x17,0x020), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },	/* pseudo */
+  { "fmov",		FP(0x17,0x020), BASE, { FA, RBA, FC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "cpys",		FP(0x17,0x020), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fneg",		FP(0x17,0x021), BASE, { FA, RBA, FC } }, /* pseudo */
+  { "cpysn",		FP(0x17,0x021), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cpyse",		FP(0x17,0x022), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "mt_fpcr",		FP(0x17,0x024), BASE, { FA, RBA, RCA } },
+  { "mf_fpcr",		FP(0x17,0x025), BASE, { FA, RBA, RCA } },
+  { "fcmoveq",		FP(0x17,0x02A), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fcmovne",		FP(0x17,0x02B), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fcmovlt",		FP(0x17,0x02C), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fcmovge",		FP(0x17,0x02D), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fcmovle",		FP(0x17,0x02E), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "fcmovgt",		FP(0x17,0x02F), BASE, ARG_FP },
+  { "cvtql",		FP(0x17,0x030), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtql/v",		FP(0x17,0x130), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+  { "cvtql/sv",		FP(0x17,0x530), BASE, ARG_FPZ1 },
+
+  { "trapb",		MFC(0x18,0x0000), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "draint",		MFC(0x18,0x0000), BASE, ARG_NONE },	/* alias */
+  { "excb",		MFC(0x18,0x0400), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "mb",		MFC(0x18,0x4000), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "wmb",		MFC(0x18,0x4400), BASE, ARG_NONE },
+  { "fetch",		MFC(0x18,0x8000), BASE, { PRB } },
+  { "fetch_m",		MFC(0x18,0xA000), BASE, { PRB } },
+  { "rpcc",		MFC(0x18,0xC000), BASE, { RA } },
+  { "rc",		MFC(0x18,0xE000), BASE, { RA } },
+  { "ecb",		MFC(0x18,0xE800), BASE, { PRB } },	/* ev56 una */
+  { "rs",		MFC(0x18,0xF000), BASE, { RA } },
+  { "wh64",		MFC(0x18,0xF800), BASE, { PRB } },	/* ev56 una */
+
+  { "hw_mfpr",		OPR(0x19,0x00), EV4, { RA, RBA, EV4EXTHWINDEX } },
+  { "hw_mfpr",		OP(0x19), OP_MASK, EV5, { RA, RBA, EV5HWINDEX } },
+  { "hw_mfpr/i",	OPR(0x19,0x01), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/a",	OPR(0x19,0x02), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/ai",	OPR(0x19,0x03), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/p",	OPR(0x19,0x04), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/pi",	OPR(0x19,0x05), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/pa",	OPR(0x19,0x06), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mfpr/pai",	OPR(0x19,0x07), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "pal19",		PCD(0x19), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+
+  { "jmp",		MBR(0x1A,0), BASE, { RA, CPRB, JMPHINT } },
+  { "jsr",		MBR(0x1A,1), BASE, { RA, CPRB, JMPHINT } },
+  { "ret",		MBR(0x1A,2), BASE, { RA, CPRB, RETHINT } },
+  { "jcr",		MBR(0x1A,3), BASE, { RA, CPRB, RETHINT } }, /* alias */
+  { "jsr_coroutine",	MBR(0x1A,3), BASE, { RA, CPRB, RETHINT } },
+
+  { "hw_ldl",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x0), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x00), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x4), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x10), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/al",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/ar",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x6), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x12), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/avl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/aw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x18), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/awl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x19), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/awv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/awvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/l",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x8), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x20), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pa",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xC), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x30), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pal",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xE), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x32), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pavl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/paw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x38), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pawl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x39), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pawv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pawvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pr",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xA), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x22), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x28), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pwl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x29), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pwv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/pwvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x2), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x02), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/vl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/w",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x08), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/wl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x09), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/wv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl/wvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/a",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/aw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x19), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/awv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/p",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/paw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x39), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pawv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x29), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/pwv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/v",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/w",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x09), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldl_l/wv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x1), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x04), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x5), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x14), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/al",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/ar",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x7), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x16), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/avl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/aw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/awl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/awv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/awvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/l",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x9), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x24), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pa",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xD), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x34), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pal",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xF), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x36), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pavl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/paw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pawl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pawv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pawvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pr",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xB), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x26), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pwl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pwv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/pwvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x3), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x06), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/vl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/w",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/wl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/wv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq/wvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/a",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/aw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/awv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/p",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/paw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pawv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/pwv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/v",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/w",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ldq_l/wv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x0), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x00), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x4), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x10), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/al",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x5), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x14), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x16), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/ar",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x6), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/arq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x7), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/av",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x12), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/avl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/aw",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x18), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x19), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awq",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/awvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x1b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/l",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x8), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x20), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pa",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xC), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pa",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x30), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pal",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xD), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paq",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x34), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x36), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xE), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/parq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xF), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x32), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pavl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/paw",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x38), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x39), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawq",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pawvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x3b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pl",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x9), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x24), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x26), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pr",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xA), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/prq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0xB), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pv",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x22), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pw",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x28), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x29), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwq",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/pwvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x2b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/q",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x1), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/q",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x04), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/ql",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/qv",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x06), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/qvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x2), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/rq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1B,0x3), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x02), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/vl",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/w",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x08), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wl",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x09), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0c), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wql",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0d), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0e), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wqvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0f), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wv",		EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0a), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_ld/wvl",	EV5HWMEM(0x1B,0x0b), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "pal1b",		PCD(0x1B), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+
+  { "sextb",		OPR(0x1C, 0x00), BWX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "sextw",		OPR(0x1C, 0x01), BWX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "ctpop",		OPR(0x1C, 0x30), CIX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "perr",		OPR(0x1C, 0x31), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "ctlz",		OPR(0x1C, 0x32), CIX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "cttz",		OPR(0x1C, 0x33), CIX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "unpkbw",		OPR(0x1C, 0x34), MAX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "unpkbl",		OPR(0x1C, 0x35), MAX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "pkwb",		OPR(0x1C, 0x36), MAX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "pklb",		OPR(0x1C, 0x37), MAX, ARG_OPRZ1 },
+  { "minsb8", 		OPR(0x1C, 0x38), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "minsb8", 		OPRL(0x1C, 0x38), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "minsw4", 		OPR(0x1C, 0x39), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "minsw4", 		OPRL(0x1C, 0x39), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "minub8", 		OPR(0x1C, 0x3A), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "minub8", 		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3A), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "minuw4", 		OPR(0x1C, 0x3B), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "minuw4", 		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3B), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "maxub8",		OPR(0x1C, 0x3C), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "maxub8",		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3C), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "maxuw4",		OPR(0x1C, 0x3D), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "maxuw4",		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3D), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "maxsb8",		OPR(0x1C, 0x3E), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "maxsb8",		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3E), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "maxsw4",		OPR(0x1C, 0x3F), MAX, ARG_OPR },
+  { "maxsw4",		OPRL(0x1C, 0x3F), MAX, ARG_OPRL },
+  { "ftoit",		FP(0x1C, 0x70), CIX, { FA, ZB, RC } },
+  { "ftois",		FP(0x1C, 0x78), CIX, { FA, ZB, RC } },
+
+  { "hw_mtpr",		OPR(0x1D,0x00), EV4, { RA, RBA, EV4EXTHWINDEX } },
+  { "hw_mtpr",		OP(0x1D), OP_MASK, EV5, { RA, RBA, EV5HWINDEX } },
+  { "hw_mtpr/i", 	OPR(0x1D,0x01), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/a", 	OPR(0x1D,0x02), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/ai",	OPR(0x1D,0x03), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/p", 	OPR(0x1D,0x04), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/pi",	OPR(0x1D,0x05), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/pa",	OPR(0x1D,0x06), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "hw_mtpr/pai",	OPR(0x1D,0x07), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMPR },
+  { "pal1d",		PCD(0x1D), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+
+  { "hw_rei",		SPCD(0x1E,0x3FF8000), EV4|EV5, ARG_NONE },
+  { "hw_rei_stBASE",	SPCD(0x1E,0x3FFC000), EV5, ARG_NONE },
+  { "pal1e",		PCD(0x1E), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+
+  { "hw_stl",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x0), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x00), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x4), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x10), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/ac",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/ar",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x6), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x12), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/avc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/c",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x8), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x20), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pa",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xC), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x30), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pac",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x32), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pavc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pr",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xA), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x22), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/pvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x2), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x02), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl/vc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/a",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/p",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stl_c/v",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x1), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x04), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x5), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x14), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/ac",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/ar",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x7), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x16), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/avc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/c",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x9), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x24), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pa",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xD), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x34), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pac",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xE), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xF), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x36), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pavc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pr",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xB), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x26), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/pvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x3), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x06), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq/vc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/a",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/av",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/p",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/pa",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/pv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_stq_c/v",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x0), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x00), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/a",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x4), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/a",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x10), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/ac",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x11), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/aq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x5), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/aq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x14), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/aqc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x15), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/aqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x16), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/aqvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x17), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/ar",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x6), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/arq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x7), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/av",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x12), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/avc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x13), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/c",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x01), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/p",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x8), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/p",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x20), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pa",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xC), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pa",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x30), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pac",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x31), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/paq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xD), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/paq",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x34), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/paqc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x35), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/paqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x36), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/paqvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x37), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/par",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xE), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/parq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xF), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pav",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x32), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pavc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x33), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pc",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x21), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pq",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x9), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pq",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x24), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pqc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x25), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pqv",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x26), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pqvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x27), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pr",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xA), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/prq",	EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0xB), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pv",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x22), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/pvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x23), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/q",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x1), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/q",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x04), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/qc",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x05), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/qv",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x06), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/qvc",	EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x07), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/r",		EV4HWMEM(0x1F,0x2), EV4, ARG_EV4HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/v",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x02), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "hw_st/vc",		EV5HWMEM(0x1F,0x03), EV5, ARG_EV5HWMEM },
+  { "pal1f",		PCD(0x1F), BASE, ARG_PCD },
+
+  { "ldf",		MEM(0x20), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "ldg",		MEM(0x21), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "lds",		MEM(0x22), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "ldt",		MEM(0x23), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "stf",		MEM(0x24), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "stg",		MEM(0x25), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "sts",		MEM(0x26), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+  { "stt",		MEM(0x27), BASE, ARG_FMEM },
+
+  { "ldl",		MEM(0x28), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldq",		MEM(0x29), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldl_l",		MEM(0x2A), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "ldq_l",		MEM(0x2B), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stl",		MEM(0x2C), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stq",		MEM(0x2D), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stl_c",		MEM(0x2E), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+  { "stq_c",		MEM(0x2F), BASE, ARG_MEM },
+
+  { "br",		BRA(0x30), BASE, { ZA, BDISP } },	/* pseudo */
+  { "br",		BRA(0x30), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "fbeq",		BRA(0x31), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "fblt",		BRA(0x32), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "fble",		BRA(0x33), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "bsr",		BRA(0x34), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "fbne",		BRA(0x35), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "fbge",		BRA(0x36), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "fbgt",		BRA(0x37), BASE, ARG_FBRA },
+  { "blbc",		BRA(0x38), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "beq",		BRA(0x39), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "blt",		BRA(0x3A), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "ble",		BRA(0x3B), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "blbs",		BRA(0x3C), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "bne",		BRA(0x3D), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "bge",		BRA(0x3E), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+  { "bgt",		BRA(0x3F), BASE, ARG_BRA },
+};
+
+const int alpha_num_opcodes = sizeof(alpha_opcodes)/sizeof(*alpha_opcodes);
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-asm.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-asm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..732ba57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-asm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/* CGEN generic assembler support code.
+
+Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU Binutils and GDB, the GNU debugger.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "opcode/cgen.h"
+
+/* Operand parsing callback.  */
+const char * (*cgen_parse_operand_fn)
+     PARAMS ((enum cgen_parse_operand_type, const char **, int, int,
+	      enum cgen_parse_operand_result *, bfd_vma *));
+
+/* This is not published as part of the public interface so we don't
+   declare this in cgen.h.  */
+extern CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *cgen_current_opcode_data;
+
+/* Assembler instruction hash table.  */
+static CGEN_INSN_LIST **asm_hash_table;
+
+/* Called once at startup and whenever machine/endian change.  */
+
+void
+cgen_asm_init ()
+{
+  if (asm_hash_table)
+    {
+      free (asm_hash_table);
+      asm_hash_table = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Called whenever starting to parse an insn.  */
+
+void
+cgen_init_parse_operand ()
+{
+  /* This tells the callback to re-initialize.  */
+  (void) (*cgen_parse_operand_fn) (CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INIT, NULL, 0, 0,
+				   NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Build the assembler instruction hash table.  */
+
+static void
+build_asm_hash_table ()
+{
+  int i;
+  unsigned int hash;
+  int count = cgen_insn_count ();
+  CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *data = cgen_current_opcode_data;
+  CGEN_INSN_TABLE *insn_table = data->insn_table;
+  unsigned int hash_size = insn_table->asm_hash_table_size;
+  const CGEN_INSN *insn;
+  CGEN_INSN_LIST *insn_lists,*new_insns;
+
+  /* The space allocated for the hash table consists of two parts:
+     the hash table and the hash lists.  */
+
+  asm_hash_table = (CGEN_INSN_LIST **)
+    xmalloc (hash_size * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST *)
+	     + count * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST));
+  memset (asm_hash_table, 0,
+	  hash_size * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST *)
+	  + count * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST));
+  insn_lists = (CGEN_INSN_LIST *) (asm_hash_table + hash_size);
+
+  /* Add compiled in insns.
+     The table is scanned backwards as later additions are inserted in
+     front of earlier ones and we want earlier ones to be prefered.
+     We stop at the first one as it is a reserved entry.  */
+
+  for (insn = insn_table->init_entries + insn_table->num_init_entries - 1;
+       insn > insn_table->init_entries;
+       --insn, ++insn_lists)
+    {
+      hash = (*insn_table->asm_hash) (insn->syntax.mnemonic);
+      insn_lists->next = asm_hash_table[hash];
+      insn_lists->insn = insn;
+      asm_hash_table[hash] = insn_lists;
+    }
+
+  /* Add runtime added insns.
+     ??? Currently later added insns will be prefered over earlier ones.
+     Not sure this is a bug or not.  */
+  for (new_insns = insn_table->new_entries;
+       new_insns != NULL;
+       new_insns = new_insns->next, ++insn_lists)
+    {
+      hash = (*insn_table->asm_hash) (new_insns->insn->syntax.mnemonic);
+      insn_lists->next = asm_hash_table[hash];
+      insn_lists->insn = new_insns->insn;
+      asm_hash_table[hash] = insn_lists;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry in the hash list for INSN.  */
+
+CGEN_INSN_LIST *
+cgen_asm_lookup_insn (insn)
+     const char *insn;
+{
+  unsigned int hash;
+
+  if (asm_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_asm_hash_table ();
+
+  hash = (*cgen_current_opcode_data->insn_table->asm_hash) (insn);
+  return asm_hash_table[hash];
+}
+
+/* Keyword parser.
+   The result is NULL upon success or an error message.
+   If successful, *STRP is updated to point passed the keyword.
+
+   ??? At present we have a static notion of how to pick out a keyword.
+   Later we can allow a target to customize this if necessary [say by
+   recording something in the keyword table].  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_parse_keyword (strp, keyword_table, valuep)
+     const char **strp;
+     struct cgen_keyword *keyword_table;
+     long *valuep;
+{
+  const struct cgen_keyword_entry *ke;
+  char buf[256];
+  const char *p;
+
+  p = *strp;
+
+  /* Allow any first character.  */
+  if (*p)
+    ++p;
+
+  /* Now allow letters, digits, and _.  */
+  while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
+    ++p;
+
+  if (p - *strp > 255)
+    return "unrecognized keyword/register name";
+
+  memcpy (buf, *strp, p - *strp);
+  buf[p - *strp] = 0;
+
+  ke = cgen_keyword_lookup_name (keyword_table, buf);
+
+  if (ke != NULL)
+    {
+      *valuep = ke->value;
+      *strp = p;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return "unrecognized keyword/register name";
+}
+
+/* Signed integer parser.  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_parse_signed_integer (strp, opindex, min, max, valuep)
+     const char **strp;
+     int opindex;
+     long min, max;
+     long *valuep;
+{
+  long value;
+  enum cgen_parse_operand_result result;
+  const char *errmsg;
+
+  errmsg = (*cgen_parse_operand_fn) (CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INTEGER, strp,
+				     opindex, BFD_RELOC_NONE,
+				     &result, &value);
+  /* FIXME: Examine `result'.  */
+  if (!errmsg)
+    {
+      if (value < min || value > max)
+	return "integer operand out of range";
+      *valuep = value;
+    }
+  return errmsg;
+}
+
+/* Unsigned integer parser.  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_parse_unsigned_integer (strp, opindex, min, max, valuep)
+     const char **strp;
+     int opindex;
+     unsigned long min, max;
+     unsigned long *valuep;
+{
+  unsigned long value;
+  enum cgen_parse_operand_result result;
+  const char *errmsg;
+
+  errmsg = (*cgen_parse_operand_fn) (CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_INTEGER, strp,
+				     opindex, BFD_RELOC_NONE,
+				     &result, &value);
+  /* FIXME: Examine `result'.  */
+  if (!errmsg)
+    {
+      if (value < min || value > max)
+	return "integer operand out of range";
+      *valuep = value;
+    }
+  return errmsg;
+}
+
+/* Address parser.  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_parse_address (strp, opindex, opinfo, valuep)
+     const char **strp;
+     int opindex;
+     int opinfo;
+     long *valuep;
+{
+  long value;
+  enum cgen_parse_operand_result result;
+  const char *errmsg;
+
+  errmsg = (*cgen_parse_operand_fn) (CGEN_PARSE_OPERAND_ADDRESS, strp,
+				     opindex, opinfo,
+				     &result, &value);
+  /* FIXME: Examine `result'.  */
+  if (!errmsg)
+    {
+      *valuep = value;
+    }
+  return errmsg;
+}
+
+/* Signed integer validation routine.  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_validate_signed_integer (value, min, max)
+     long value, min, max;
+{
+  if (value < min || value > max)
+    {
+      const char *err =
+	"operand out of range (%ld not between %ld and %ld)";
+      static char buf[100];
+
+      sprintf (buf, err, value, min, max);
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Unsigned integer validation routine.
+   Supplying `min' here may seem unnecessary, but we also want to handle
+   cases where min != 0 (and max > LONG_MAX).  */
+
+const char *
+cgen_validate_unsigned_integer (value, min, max)
+     unsigned long value, min, max;
+{
+  if (value < min || value > max)
+    {
+      const char *err =
+	"operand out of range (%lu not between %lu and %lu)";
+      static char buf[100];
+
+      sprintf (buf, err, value, min, max);
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-dis.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-dis.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f239b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-dis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* CGEN generic disassembler support code.
+
+Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU Binutils and GDB, the GNU debugger.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "opcode/cgen.h"
+
+/* This is not published as part of the public interface so we don't
+   declare this in cgen.h.  */
+extern CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *cgen_current_opcode_data;
+
+/* Disassembler instruction hash table.  */
+static CGEN_INSN_LIST **dis_hash_table;
+
+void
+cgen_dis_init ()
+{
+  if (dis_hash_table)
+    {
+      free (dis_hash_table);
+      dis_hash_table = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Build the disassembler instruction hash table.  */
+
+static void
+build_dis_hash_table ()
+{
+  int i;
+  int big_p = cgen_current_endian == CGEN_ENDIAN_BIG;
+  unsigned int hash;
+  char buf[4];
+  unsigned long value;
+  int count = cgen_insn_count ();
+  CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *data = cgen_current_opcode_data;
+  CGEN_INSN_TABLE *insn_table = data->insn_table;
+  unsigned int hash_size = insn_table->dis_hash_table_size;
+  const CGEN_INSN *insn;
+  CGEN_INSN_LIST *insn_lists,*new_insns;
+
+  /* The space allocated for the hash table consists of two parts:
+     the hash table and the hash lists.  */
+
+  dis_hash_table = (CGEN_INSN_LIST **)
+    xmalloc (hash_size * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST *)
+	     + count * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST));
+  memset (dis_hash_table, 0,
+	  hash_size * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST *)
+	  + count * sizeof (CGEN_INSN_LIST));
+  insn_lists = (CGEN_INSN_LIST *) (dis_hash_table + hash_size);
+
+  /* Add compiled in insns.
+     The table is scanned backwards as later additions are inserted in
+     front of earlier ones and we want earlier ones to be prefered.
+     We stop at the first one as it is a reserved entry.  */
+
+  for (insn = insn_table->init_entries + insn_table->num_init_entries - 1;
+       insn > insn_table->init_entries;
+       --insn, ++insn_lists)
+    {
+      /* We don't know whether the target uses the buffer or the base insn
+	 to hash on, so set both up.  */
+      value = insn->syntax.value;
+      switch (CGEN_INSN_BITSIZE (insn))
+	{
+	case 8:
+	  buf[0] = value;
+	  break;
+	case 16:
+	  if (big_p)
+	    bfd_putb16 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  else
+	    bfd_putl16 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  break;
+	case 32:
+	  if (big_p)
+	    bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  else
+	    bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+      hash = (*insn_table->dis_hash) (buf, value);
+      insn_lists->next = dis_hash_table[hash];
+      insn_lists->insn = insn;
+      dis_hash_table[hash] = insn_lists;
+    }
+
+  /* Add runtime added insns.
+     ??? Currently later added insns will be prefered over earlier ones.
+     Not sure this is a bug or not.  */
+  for (new_insns = insn_table->new_entries;
+       new_insns != NULL;
+       new_insns = new_insns->next, ++insn_lists)
+    {
+      /* We don't know whether the target uses the buffer or the base insn
+	 to hash on, so set both up.  */
+      value = new_insns->insn->syntax.value;
+      switch (CGEN_INSN_BITSIZE (new_insns->insn))
+	{
+	case 8:
+	  buf[0] = value;
+	  break;
+	case 16:
+	  if (big_p)
+	    bfd_putb16 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  else
+	    bfd_putl16 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  break;
+	case 32:
+	  if (big_p)
+	    bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  else
+	    bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) value, buf);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	}
+      hash = (*insn_table->dis_hash) (buf, value);
+      insn_lists->next = dis_hash_table[hash];
+      insn_lists->insn = new_insns->insn;
+      dis_hash_table[hash] = insn_lists;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry in the hash list for INSN.  */
+
+CGEN_INSN_LIST *
+cgen_dis_lookup_insn (buf, value)
+     const char *buf;
+     unsigned long value;
+{
+  unsigned int hash;
+
+  if (dis_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_dis_hash_table ();
+
+  hash = (*cgen_current_opcode_data->insn_table->dis_hash) (buf, value);
+  return dis_hash_table[hash];
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-opc.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-opc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c67c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/cgen-opc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* CGEN generic opcode support.
+
+Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU Binutils and GDB, the GNU debugger.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "opcode/cgen.h"
+
+/* State variables.
+   These record the state of the currently selected cpu, machine, endian, etc.
+   They are set by cgen_set_cpu.  */
+
+/* Current opcode data.  */
+CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *cgen_current_opcode_data;
+
+/* Current machine (a la BFD machine number).  */
+int cgen_current_mach;
+
+/* Current endian.  */
+enum cgen_endian cgen_current_endian = CGEN_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN;
+
+void
+cgen_set_cpu (data, mach, endian)
+     CGEN_OPCODE_DATA *data;
+     int mach;
+     enum cgen_endian endian;
+{
+  cgen_current_opcode_data = data;
+  cgen_current_mach = mach;
+  cgen_current_endian = endian;
+
+#if 0 /* This isn't done here because it would put assembler support in the
+	 disassembler, etc.  The caller is required to call these after calling
+	 us.  */
+  /* Reset the hash tables.  */
+  cgen_asm_init ();
+  cgen_dis_init ();
+#endif
+}
+
+static unsigned int hash_keyword_name
+  PARAMS ((const struct cgen_keyword *, const char *));
+static unsigned int hash_keyword_value
+  PARAMS ((const struct cgen_keyword *, int));
+static void build_keyword_hash_tables
+  PARAMS ((struct cgen_keyword *));
+
+/* Return number of hash table entries to use for N elements.  */
+#define KEYWORD_HASH_SIZE(n) ((n) <= 31 ? 17 : 31)
+
+/* Look up *NAMEP in the keyword table KT.
+   The result is the keyword entry or NULL if not found.  */
+
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry *
+cgen_keyword_lookup_name (kt, name)
+     struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const struct cgen_keyword_entry *ke;
+  const char *p,*n;
+
+  if (kt->name_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_keyword_hash_tables (kt);
+
+  ke = kt->name_hash_table[hash_keyword_name (kt, name)];
+
+  /* We do case insensitive comparisons.
+     If that ever becomes a problem, add an attribute that denotes
+     "do case sensitive comparisons".  */
+
+  while (ke != NULL)
+    {
+      n = name;
+      p = ke->name;
+
+      while (*p
+	     && (*p == *n
+		 || (isalpha (*p) && tolower (*p) == tolower (*n))))
+	++n, ++p;
+
+      if (!*p && !*n)
+	return ke;
+
+      ke = ke->next_name;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Look up VALUE in the keyword table KT.
+   The result is the keyword entry or NULL if not found.  */
+
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry *
+cgen_keyword_lookup_value (kt, value)
+     struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     int value;
+{
+  const struct cgen_keyword_entry *ke;
+
+  if (kt->name_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_keyword_hash_tables (kt);
+
+  ke = kt->value_hash_table[hash_keyword_value (kt, value)];
+
+  while (ke != NULL)
+    {
+      if (value == ke->value)
+	return ke;
+      ke = ke->next_value;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Add an entry to a keyword table.  */
+
+void
+cgen_keyword_add (kt, ke)
+     struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     struct cgen_keyword_entry *ke;
+{
+  unsigned int hash;
+
+  if (kt->name_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_keyword_hash_tables (kt);
+
+  hash = hash_keyword_name (kt, ke->name);
+  ke->next_name = kt->name_hash_table[hash];
+  kt->name_hash_table[hash] = ke;
+
+  hash = hash_keyword_value (kt, ke->value);
+  ke->next_value = kt->value_hash_table[hash];
+  kt->value_hash_table[hash] = ke;
+}
+
+/* FIXME: Need function to return count of keywords.  */
+
+/* Initialize a keyword table search.
+   SPEC is a specification of what to search for.
+   A value of NULL means to find every keyword.
+   Currently NULL is the only acceptable value [further specification
+   deferred].
+   The result is an opaque data item used to record the search status.
+   It is passed to each call to cgen_keyword_search_next.  */
+
+struct cgen_keyword_search
+cgen_keyword_search_init (kt, spec)
+     struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     const char *spec;
+{
+  struct cgen_keyword_search search;
+
+  /* FIXME: Need to specify format of PARAMS.  */
+  if (spec != NULL)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (kt->name_hash_table == NULL)
+    build_keyword_hash_tables (kt);
+
+  search.table = kt;
+  search.spec = spec;
+  search.current_hash = 0;
+  search.current_entry = NULL;
+  return search;
+}
+
+/* Return the next keyword specified by SEARCH.
+   The result is the next entry or NULL if there are no more.  */
+
+const struct cgen_keyword_entry *
+cgen_keyword_search_next (search)
+     struct cgen_keyword_search *search;
+{
+  const struct cgen_keyword_entry *ke;
+
+  /* Has search finished?  */
+  if (search->current_hash == search->table->hash_table_size)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Search in progress?  */
+  if (search->current_entry != NULL
+      /* Anything left on this hash chain?  */
+      && search->current_entry->next_name != NULL)
+    {
+      search->current_entry = search->current_entry->next_name;
+      return search->current_entry;
+    }
+
+  /* Move to next hash chain [unless we haven't started yet].  */
+  if (search->current_entry != NULL)
+    ++search->current_hash;
+
+  while (search->current_hash < search->table->hash_table_size)
+    {
+      search->current_entry = search->table->name_hash_table[search->current_hash];
+      if (search->current_entry != NULL)
+	return search->current_entry;
+      ++search->current_hash;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return first entry in hash chain for NAME.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+hash_keyword_name (kt, name)
+     const struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  unsigned int hash;
+
+  for (hash = 0; *name; ++name)
+    hash = (hash * 97) + (unsigned char) *name;
+  return hash % kt->hash_table_size;
+}
+
+/* Return first entry in hash chain for VALUE.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+hash_keyword_value (kt, value)
+     const struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+     int value;
+{
+  return value % kt->hash_table_size;
+}
+
+/* Build a keyword table's hash tables.
+   We probably needn't build the value hash table for the assembler when
+   we're using the disassembler, but we keep things simple.  */
+
+static void
+build_keyword_hash_tables (kt)
+     struct cgen_keyword *kt;
+{
+  int i;
+  /* Use the number of compiled in entries as an estimate for the
+     typical sized table [not too many added at runtime].  */
+  unsigned int size = KEYWORD_HASH_SIZE (kt->num_init_entries);
+
+  kt->hash_table_size = size;
+  kt->name_hash_table = (struct cgen_keyword_entry **)
+    xmalloc (size * sizeof (struct cgen_keyword_entry *));
+  memset (kt->name_hash_table, 0, size * sizeof (struct cgen_keyword_entry *));
+  kt->value_hash_table = (struct cgen_keyword_entry **)
+    xmalloc (size * sizeof (struct cgen_keyword_entry *));
+  memset (kt->value_hash_table, 0, size * sizeof (struct cgen_keyword_entry *));
+
+  /* The table is scanned backwards as we want keywords appearing earlier to
+     be prefered over later ones.  */
+  for (i = kt->num_init_entries - 1; i >= 0; --i)
+    cgen_keyword_add (kt, &kt->init_entries[i]);
+}
+
+/* Hardware support.  */
+
+CGEN_HW_ENTRY *
+cgen_hw_lookup (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  CGEN_HW_ENTRY *hw = cgen_current_opcode_data->hw_list;
+
+  while (hw != NULL)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (name, hw->name) == 0)
+	return hw;
+      hw = hw->next;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Instruction support.  */
+
+/* Return number of instructions.  This includes any added at runtime.  */
+
+int
+cgen_insn_count ()
+{
+  int count = cgen_current_opcode_data->insn_table->num_init_entries;
+  CGEN_INSN_LIST *insn = cgen_current_opcode_data->insn_table->new_entries;
+
+  for ( ; insn != NULL; insn = insn->next)
+    ++count;
+
+  return count;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/config.in b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aedc490
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/* config.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5384638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,1691 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-shared         build shared opcodes library"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=z8k-dis.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+#    configure.in script for the opcodes library.
+#    Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#    Written by Cygnus Support.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Check whether --enable-targets or --disable-targets was given.
+if test "${enable_targets+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_targets"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") { echo "configure: error: enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all'" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac
+fi
+# Check whether --enable-commonbfdlib or --disable-commonbfdlib was given.
+if test "${enable_commonbfdlib+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_commonbfdlib"
+  case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   { echo "configure: error: bad value ${enableval} for opcodes commonbfdlib option" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in `cd $srcdir/..;pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in `cd $srcdir/..;pwd` $srcdir/`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+
+# Do some error checking and defaulting for the host and target type.
+# The inputs are:
+#    configure --host=HOST --target=TARGET --build=BUILD NONOPT
+#
+# The rules are:
+# 1. You are not allowed to specify --host, --target, and nonopt at the
+#    same time.
+# 2. Host defaults to nonopt.
+# 3. If nonopt is not specified, then host defaults to the current host,
+#    as determined by config.guess.
+# 4. Target and build default to nonopt.
+# 5. If nonopt is not specified, then target and build default to host.
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+case $host---$target---$nonopt in
+NONE---*---* | *---NONE---* | *---*---NONE) ;;
+*) { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:625: checking host system type" >&5
+
+host_alias=$host
+case "$host_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE)
+    if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then :
+    else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi ;;
+  *) host_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias`
+host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking target system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:646: checking target system type" >&5
+
+target_alias=$target
+case "$target_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) target_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) target_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+target=`$ac_config_sub $target_alias`
+target_cpu=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$target" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking build system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:664: checking build system type" >&5
+
+build_alias=$build
+case "$build_alias" in
+NONE)
+  case $nonopt in
+  NONE) build_alias=$host_alias ;;
+  *) build_alias=$nonopt ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+
+build=`$ac_config_sub $build_alias`
+build_cpu=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+echo "$ac_t""$build" 1>&6
+
+test "$host_alias" != "$target_alias" &&
+  test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+    NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+  program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    { echo "configure: error: Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+PICFLAG=
+SHLIB=unused-shlib
+SHLINK=unused-shlink
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB) $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK)'
+  PICFLAG=-fpic
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+    SHLIB=../bfd/libbfd.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/../bfd/VERSION`
+    SHLINK=../bfd/libbfd.so
+  else
+    SHLIB=libopcodes.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/../bfd/VERSION`
+    SHLINK=libopcodes.so
+  fi
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:730: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:759: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:807: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 817 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:821: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:841: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:846: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:855: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:870: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+
+. ${srcdir}/../bfd/configure.host
+
+
+if test $host != $build; then
+  ac_tool_prefix=${host_alias}-
+else
+  ac_tool_prefix=
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:910: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR" && ac_cv_prog_AR="ar"
+fi
+fi
+AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:941: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:972: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+else
+  RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1014: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  if test "${GCC}" != "yes" && test "${shared_non_gcc}" != "yes"; then
+    echo "configure: warning: opcodes --enable-shared only supported when using gcc" 1>&2
+    shared=false
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+    PICFLAG=
+    SHLIB=unused-shlib
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  COMMON_SHLIB=yes
+  # Rebuild the shared library if libiberty or libbfd changes.
+  SHLIB_DEP="../libiberty/libiberty.a ../bfd/libbfd.a"
+  BFD_PICLIST=../bfd/piclist
+else
+  COMMON_SHLIB=
+  SHLIB_DEP=
+  BFD_PICLIST=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1097: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1112 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1118: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1129 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1135: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h strings.h stdlib.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1161: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1166 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1171: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result" ; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+selarchs=
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall" ; then
+        all_targets=true
+    else
+	. $srcdir/../bfd/config.bfd
+	selarchs="$selarchs $targ_archs"
+    fi
+done	
+
+# Utility var, documents generic cgen support files.
+
+cgen_files="cgen-opc.o cgen-asm.o cgen-dis.o"
+
+# We don't do any links based on the target system, just makefile config.
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xfalse ; then
+
+    # Target architecture .o files.
+    ta=
+
+    for arch in $selarchs
+    do
+	ad=`echo $arch | sed -e s/bfd_//g -e s/_arch//g`
+	archdefs="$archdefs -DARCH_$ad"
+	case "$arch" in
+	bfd_a29k_arch)		ta="$ta a29k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_alliant_arch)	;;
+	bfd_alpha_arch)		ta="$ta alpha-dis.o alpha-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_arm_arch)		ta="$ta arm-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_convex_arch)	;;
+	bfd_d10v_arch)		ta="$ta d10v-dis.o d10v-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_h8300_arch)		ta="$ta h8300-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_h8500_arch)		ta="$ta h8500-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_hppa_arch)		ta="$ta hppa-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_i386_arch)		ta="$ta i386-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_i860_arch)		;;
+	bfd_i960_arch)		ta="$ta i960-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_m32r_arch)		ta="$ta $cgen_files m32r-opc.o m32r-asm.o m32r-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_m68k_arch)		ta="$ta m68k-dis.o m68k-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_m88k_arch)		ta="$ta m88k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_mips_arch)		ta="$ta mips-dis.o mips-opc.o mips16-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_mn10200_arch)	ta="$ta m10200-dis.o m10200-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_mn10300_arch)	ta="$ta m10300-dis.o m10300-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_ns32k_arch)		ta="$ta ns32k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_powerpc_arch)	ta="$ta ppc-dis.o ppc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_pyramid_arch)	;;
+	bfd_romp_arch)		;;
+	bfd_rs6000_arch)	ta="$ta ppc-dis.o ppc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_sh_arch)		ta="$ta sh-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_sparc_arch)		ta="$ta sparc-dis.o sparc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_tahoe_arch)		;;
+	bfd_vax_arch)		;;
+	bfd_w65_arch)		ta="$ta w65-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_we32k_arch)		;;
+	bfd_z8k_arch)		ta="$ta z8k-dis.o" ;;
+
+	"")			;;
+	*)		{ echo "configure: error: *** unknown target architecture $arch" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+    # Weed out duplicate .o files.
+    f=""
+    for i in $ta ; do
+	case " $f " in
+	*" $i "*) ;;
+	*) f="$f $i" ;;
+	esac
+    done
+    ta="$f"
+
+    # And duplicate -D flags.
+    f=""
+    for i in $archdefs ; do
+	case " $f " in
+	*" $i "*) ;;
+	*) f="$f $i" ;;
+	esac
+    done
+    archdefs="$f"
+
+    BFD_MACHINES="$ta"
+
+else	# all_targets is true
+    archdefs=-DARCH_all
+    BFD_MACHINES='$(ALL_MACHINES)'
+fi
+
+
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@host@%$host%g
+s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g
+s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g
+s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g
+s%@host_os@%$host_os%g
+s%@target@%$target%g
+s%@target_alias@%$target_alias%g
+s%@target_cpu@%$target_cpu%g
+s%@target_vendor@%$target_vendor%g
+s%@target_os@%$target_os%g
+s%@build@%$build%g
+s%@build_alias@%$build_alias%g
+s%@build_cpu@%$build_cpu%g
+s%@build_vendor@%$build_vendor%g
+s%@build_os@%$build_os%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@HDEFINES@%$HDEFINES%g
+s%@AR@%$AR%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@ALLLIBS@%$ALLLIBS%g
+s%@PICFLAG@%$PICFLAG%g
+s%@SHLIB@%$SHLIB%g
+s%@SHLIB_CC@%$SHLIB_CC%g
+s%@SHLIB_CFLAGS@%$SHLIB_CFLAGS%g
+s%@SHLIB_LIBS@%$SHLIB_LIBS%g
+s%@COMMON_SHLIB@%$COMMON_SHLIB%g
+s%@SHLIB_DEP@%$SHLIB_DEP%g
+s%@BFD_PICLIST@%$BFD_PICLIST%g
+s%@SHLINK@%$SHLINK%g
+s%@INSTALL_SHLIB@%$INSTALL_SHLIB%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@archdefs@%$archdefs%g
+s%@BFD_MACHINES@%$BFD_MACHINES%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure.in b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67057a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+AC_PREREQ(2.5)
+AC_INIT(z8k-dis.c)
+#    configure.in script for the opcodes library.
+#    Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#    Written by Cygnus Support.
+# 
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# 
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(targets,
+[  --enable-targets        alternative target configurations],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes | "") AC_ERROR(enable-targets option must specify target names or 'all')
+            ;;
+  no)       enable_targets= ;;
+  *)        enable_targets=$enableval ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+[  --enable-shared         build shared opcodes library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) shared=true ;;
+  no)  shared=false ;;
+  *opcodes*) shared=true ;;
+  *) shared=false ;;
+esac])dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(commonbfdlib,
+[  --enable-commonbfdlib   build shared BFD/opcodes/libiberty library],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+  yes) commonbfdlib=true ;;
+  no)  commonbfdlib=false ;;
+  *)   AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for opcodes commonbfdlib option]) ;;
+esac])dnl
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(`cd $srcdir/..;pwd`)
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+if test -z "$target" ; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR(Unrecognized target system type; please check config.sub.)
+fi
+AC_ARG_PROGRAM
+
+# host-specific stuff:
+
+ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+PICFLAG=
+SHLIB=unused-shlib
+SHLINK=unused-shlink
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB) $(SHLIB) $(SHLINK)'
+  PICFLAG=-fpic
+  if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+changequote(,)dnl
+    SHLIB=../bfd/libbfd.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/../bfd/VERSION`
+changequote([,])dnl
+    SHLINK=../bfd/libbfd.so
+  else
+changequote(,)dnl
+    SHLIB=libopcodes.so.`sed -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' ${srcdir}/../bfd/VERSION`
+changequote([,])dnl
+    SHLINK=libopcodes.so
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+. ${srcdir}/../bfd/configure.host
+
+AC_SUBST(HDEFINES)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+if test "${shared}" = "true"; then
+  if test "${GCC}" != "yes" && test "${shared_non_gcc}" != "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([opcodes --enable-shared only supported when using gcc])
+    shared=false
+    ALLLIBS='$(TARGETLIB)'
+    PICFLAG=
+    SHLIB=unused-shlib
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(ALLLIBS)
+AC_SUBST(PICFLAG)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CC)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LIBS)
+if test "${commonbfdlib}" = "true"; then
+  COMMON_SHLIB=yes
+  # Rebuild the shared library if libiberty or libbfd changes.
+  SHLIB_DEP="../libiberty/libiberty.a ../bfd/libbfd.a"
+  BFD_PICLIST=../bfd/piclist
+else
+  COMMON_SHLIB=
+  SHLIB_DEP=
+  BFD_PICLIST=
+fi
+AC_SUBST(COMMON_SHLIB)
+AC_SUBST(SHLIB_DEP)
+AC_SUBST(BFD_PICLIST)
+AC_SUBST(SHLINK)
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SHLIB)
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h)
+
+# target-specific stuff:
+
+# Canonicalize the secondary target names.
+if test -n "$enable_targets" ; then
+    for targ in `echo $enable_targets | sed 's/,/ /g'`
+    do
+	result=`${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_config_sub $targ 2>/dev/null`
+	if test -n "$result" ; then
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $result"
+	else
+	    # Allow targets that config.sub doesn't recognize, like "all".
+	    canon_targets="$canon_targets $targ"
+	fi
+    done
+fi
+
+all_targets=false
+selarchs=
+for targ in $target $canon_targets
+do
+    if test "x$targ" = "xall" ; then
+        all_targets=true
+    else
+	. $srcdir/../bfd/config.bfd
+	selarchs="$selarchs $targ_archs"
+    fi
+done	
+
+# Utility var, documents generic cgen support files.
+
+cgen_files="cgen-opc.o cgen-asm.o cgen-dis.o"
+
+# We don't do any links based on the target system, just makefile config.
+
+if test x${all_targets} = xfalse ; then
+
+    # Target architecture .o files.
+    ta=
+
+    for arch in $selarchs
+    do
+	ad=`echo $arch | sed -e s/bfd_//g -e s/_arch//g`
+	archdefs="$archdefs -DARCH_$ad"
+	case "$arch" in
+	bfd_a29k_arch)		ta="$ta a29k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_alliant_arch)	;;
+	bfd_alpha_arch)		ta="$ta alpha-dis.o alpha-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_arm_arch)		ta="$ta arm-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_convex_arch)	;;
+	bfd_d10v_arch)		ta="$ta d10v-dis.o d10v-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_h8300_arch)		ta="$ta h8300-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_h8500_arch)		ta="$ta h8500-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_hppa_arch)		ta="$ta hppa-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_i386_arch)		ta="$ta i386-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_i860_arch)		;;
+	bfd_i960_arch)		ta="$ta i960-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_m32r_arch)		ta="$ta $cgen_files m32r-opc.o m32r-asm.o m32r-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_m68k_arch)		ta="$ta m68k-dis.o m68k-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_m88k_arch)		ta="$ta m88k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_mips_arch)		ta="$ta mips-dis.o mips-opc.o mips16-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_mn10200_arch)	ta="$ta m10200-dis.o m10200-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_mn10300_arch)	ta="$ta m10300-dis.o m10300-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_ns32k_arch)		ta="$ta ns32k-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_powerpc_arch)	ta="$ta ppc-dis.o ppc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_pyramid_arch)	;;
+	bfd_romp_arch)		;;
+	bfd_rs6000_arch)	ta="$ta ppc-dis.o ppc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_sh_arch)		ta="$ta sh-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_sparc_arch)		ta="$ta sparc-dis.o sparc-opc.o" ;;
+	bfd_tahoe_arch)		;;
+	bfd_vax_arch)		;;
+	bfd_w65_arch)		ta="$ta w65-dis.o" ;;
+	bfd_we32k_arch)		;;
+	bfd_z8k_arch)		ta="$ta z8k-dis.o" ;;
+
+	"")			;;
+	*)		AC_MSG_ERROR(*** unknown target architecture $arch) ;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+    # Weed out duplicate .o files.
+    f=""
+    for i in $ta ; do
+	case " $f " in
+	*" $i "*) ;;
+	*) f="$f $i" ;;
+	esac
+    done
+    ta="$f"
+
+    # And duplicate -D flags.
+    f=""
+    for i in $archdefs ; do
+	case " $f " in
+	*" $i "*) ;;
+	*) f="$f $i" ;;
+	esac
+    done
+    archdefs="$f"
+
+    BFD_MACHINES="$ta"
+
+else	# all_targets is true
+    archdefs=-DARCH_all
+    BFD_MACHINES='$(ALL_MACHINES)'
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(archdefs)
+AC_SUBST(BFD_MACHINES)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile,
+[case x$CONFIG_HEADERS in xconfig.h:config.in) echo > stamp-h ;; esac])
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dep-in.sed b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dep-in.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebf69eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dep-in.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+:loop
+/\\$/N
+s/\\\n */ /g
+t loop
+
+s! @BFD_H@! $(BFD_H)!g
+s!@INCDIR@!$(INCDIR)!g
+s!@BFDDIR@!$(BFDDIR)!g
+s!@SRCDIR@/!!g
+
+s/\\\n */ /g
+
+s/ *$//
+s/  */ /g
+s/ *:/:/g
+/:$/d
+
+s/\(.\{50\}[^ ]*\) /\1 \\\
+  /g
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dis-buf.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dis-buf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47a2e33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/dis-buf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Disassemble from a buffer, for GNU.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get LENGTH bytes from info's buffer, at target address memaddr.
+   Transfer them to myaddr.  */
+int
+buffer_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, length, info)
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     bfd_byte *myaddr;
+     int length;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  if (memaddr < info->buffer_vma
+      || memaddr + length > info->buffer_vma + info->buffer_length)
+    /* Out of bounds.  Use EIO because GDB uses it.  */
+    return EIO;
+  memcpy (myaddr, info->buffer + (memaddr - info->buffer_vma), length);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Print an error message.  We can assume that this is in response to
+   an error return from buffer_read_memory.  */
+void
+perror_memory (status, memaddr, info)
+     int status;
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  if (status != EIO)
+    /* Can't happen.  */
+    (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "Unknown error %d\n", status);
+  else
+    /* Actually, address between memaddr and memaddr + len was
+       out of bounds.  */
+    (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream,
+			   "Address 0x%x is out of bounds.\n", memaddr);
+}
+
+/* This could be in a separate file, to save miniscule amounts of space
+   in statically linked executables.  */
+
+/* Just print the address is hex.  This is included for completeness even
+   though both GDB and objdump provide their own (to print symbolic
+   addresses).  */
+
+void
+generic_print_address (addr, info)
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "0x%x", addr);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/disassemble.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/disassemble.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66cff50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/disassemble.c
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Select disassembly routine for specified architecture.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+
+#ifdef ARCH_all
+#define ARCH_a29k
+#define ARCH_alpha
+#define ARCH_arm
+#define ARCH_d10v
+#define ARCH_h8300
+#define ARCH_h8500
+#define ARCH_hppa
+#define ARCH_i386
+#define ARCH_i960
+#define ARCH_m32r
+#define ARCH_m68k
+#define ARCH_m88k
+#define ARCH_mips
+#define ARCH_mn10200
+#define ARCH_mn10300
+#define ARCH_ns32k
+#define ARCH_powerpc
+#define ARCH_rs6000
+#define ARCH_sh
+#define ARCH_sparc
+#define ARCH_w65
+#define ARCH_z8k
+#endif
+
+disassembler_ftype
+disassembler (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  enum bfd_architecture a = bfd_get_arch (abfd);
+  disassembler_ftype disassemble;
+
+  switch (a)
+    {
+      /* If you add a case to this table, also add it to the
+	 ARCH_all definition right above this function.  */
+#ifdef ARCH_a29k
+    case bfd_arch_a29k:
+      /* As far as I know we only handle big-endian 29k objects.  */
+      disassemble = print_insn_big_a29k;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_alpha
+    case bfd_arch_alpha:
+      disassemble = print_insn_alpha;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_arm
+    case bfd_arch_arm:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	disassemble = print_insn_big_arm;
+      else
+	disassemble = print_insn_little_arm;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_d10v
+    case bfd_arch_d10v:
+      disassemble = print_insn_d10v;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_h8300
+    case bfd_arch_h8300:
+      if (bfd_get_mach(abfd) == bfd_mach_h8300h)
+	disassemble = print_insn_h8300h;
+      else if (bfd_get_mach(abfd) == bfd_mach_h8300s)
+	disassemble = print_insn_h8300s;
+      else 
+	disassemble = print_insn_h8300;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_h8500
+    case bfd_arch_h8500:
+      disassemble = print_insn_h8500;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_hppa
+    case bfd_arch_hppa:
+      disassemble = print_insn_hppa;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_i386
+    case bfd_arch_i386:
+      disassemble = print_insn_i386;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_i960
+    case bfd_arch_i960:
+      disassemble = print_insn_i960;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_m32r
+    case bfd_arch_m32r:
+      disassemble = print_insn_m32r;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_m68k
+    case bfd_arch_m68k:
+      disassemble = print_insn_m68k;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_m88k
+    case bfd_arch_m88k:
+      disassemble = print_insn_m88k;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_ns32k
+    case bfd_arch_ns32k:
+      disassemble = print_insn_ns32k;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_mips
+    case bfd_arch_mips:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	disassemble = print_insn_big_mips;
+      else
+	disassemble = print_insn_little_mips;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_mn10200
+    case bfd_arch_mn10200:
+      disassemble = print_insn_mn10200;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_mn10300
+    case bfd_arch_mn10300:
+      disassemble = print_insn_mn10300;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_powerpc
+    case bfd_arch_powerpc:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	disassemble = print_insn_big_powerpc;
+      else
+	disassemble = print_insn_little_powerpc;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_rs6000
+    case bfd_arch_rs6000:
+      disassemble = print_insn_rs6000;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_sh
+    case bfd_arch_sh:
+      if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
+	disassemble = print_insn_sh;
+      else
+	disassemble = print_insn_shl;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_sparc
+    case bfd_arch_sparc:
+      disassemble = print_insn_sparc;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_w65
+    case bfd_arch_w65:
+      disassemble = print_insn_w65;
+      break;
+#endif
+#ifdef ARCH_z8k
+    case bfd_arch_z8k:
+      if (bfd_get_mach(abfd) == bfd_mach_z8001)
+	disassemble = print_insn_z8001;
+      else 
+	disassemble = print_insn_z8002;
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return disassemble;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/i386-dis.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/i386-dis.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8f8c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/i386-dis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2253 @@
+/* Print i386 instructions for GDB, the GNU debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * 80386 instruction printer by Pace Willisson (pace@prep.ai.mit.edu)
+ * July 1988
+ *  modified by John Hassey (hassey@dg-rtp.dg.com)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The main tables describing the instructions is essentially a copy
+ * of the "Opcode Map" chapter (Appendix A) of the Intel 80386
+ * Programmers Manual.  Usually, there is a capital letter, followed
+ * by a small letter.  The capital letter tell the addressing mode,
+ * and the small letter tells about the operand size.  Refer to 
+ * the Intel manual for details.
+ */
+
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#define MAXLEN 20
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+static int fetch_data PARAMS ((struct disassemble_info *, bfd_byte *));
+
+struct dis_private
+{
+  /* Points to first byte not fetched.  */
+  bfd_byte *max_fetched;
+  bfd_byte the_buffer[MAXLEN];
+  bfd_vma insn_start;
+  jmp_buf bailout;
+};
+
+/* Make sure that bytes from INFO->PRIVATE_DATA->BUFFER (inclusive)
+   to ADDR (exclusive) are valid.  Returns 1 for success, longjmps
+   on error.  */
+#define FETCH_DATA(info, addr) \
+  ((addr) <= ((struct dis_private *)(info->private_data))->max_fetched \
+   ? 1 : fetch_data ((info), (addr)))
+
+static int
+fetch_data (info, addr)
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     bfd_byte *addr;
+{
+  int status;
+  struct dis_private *priv = (struct dis_private *)info->private_data;
+  bfd_vma start = priv->insn_start + (priv->max_fetched - priv->the_buffer);
+
+  status = (*info->read_memory_func) (start,
+				      priv->max_fetched,
+				      addr - priv->max_fetched,
+				      info);
+  if (status != 0)
+    {
+      (*info->memory_error_func) (status, start, info);
+      longjmp (priv->bailout, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    priv->max_fetched = addr;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#define Eb OP_E, b_mode
+#define indirEb OP_indirE, b_mode
+#define Gb OP_G, b_mode
+#define Ev OP_E, v_mode
+#define indirEv OP_indirE, v_mode
+#define Ew OP_E, w_mode
+#define Ma OP_E, v_mode
+#define M OP_E, 0
+#define Mp OP_E, 0		/* ? */
+#define Gv OP_G, v_mode
+#define Gw OP_G, w_mode
+#define Rw OP_rm, w_mode
+#define Rd OP_rm, d_mode
+#define Ib OP_I, b_mode
+#define sIb OP_sI, b_mode	/* sign extened byte */
+#define Iv OP_I, v_mode
+#define Iw OP_I, w_mode
+#define Jb OP_J, b_mode
+#define Jv OP_J, v_mode
+#if 0
+#define ONE OP_ONE, 0
+#endif
+#define Cd OP_C, d_mode
+#define Dd OP_D, d_mode
+#define Td OP_T, d_mode
+
+#define eAX OP_REG, eAX_reg
+#define eBX OP_REG, eBX_reg
+#define eCX OP_REG, eCX_reg
+#define eDX OP_REG, eDX_reg
+#define eSP OP_REG, eSP_reg
+#define eBP OP_REG, eBP_reg
+#define eSI OP_REG, eSI_reg
+#define eDI OP_REG, eDI_reg
+#define AL OP_REG, al_reg
+#define CL OP_REG, cl_reg
+#define DL OP_REG, dl_reg
+#define BL OP_REG, bl_reg
+#define AH OP_REG, ah_reg
+#define CH OP_REG, ch_reg
+#define DH OP_REG, dh_reg
+#define BH OP_REG, bh_reg
+#define AX OP_REG, ax_reg
+#define DX OP_REG, dx_reg
+#define indirDX OP_REG, indir_dx_reg
+
+#define Sw OP_SEG, w_mode
+#define Ap OP_DIR, lptr
+#define Av OP_DIR, v_mode
+#define Ob OP_OFF, b_mode
+#define Ov OP_OFF, v_mode
+#define Xb OP_DSSI, b_mode
+#define Xv OP_DSSI, v_mode
+#define Yb OP_ESDI, b_mode
+#define Yv OP_ESDI, v_mode
+
+#define es OP_REG, es_reg
+#define ss OP_REG, ss_reg
+#define cs OP_REG, cs_reg
+#define ds OP_REG, ds_reg
+#define fs OP_REG, fs_reg
+#define gs OP_REG, gs_reg
+
+#define MX OP_MMX, 0
+#define EM OP_EM, v_mode
+#define MS OP_MS, b_mode
+
+typedef int (*op_rtn) PARAMS ((int bytemode, int aflag, int dflag));
+
+static int OP_E PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_G PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_I PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_indirE PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_sI PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_REG PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_J PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_DIR PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_OFF PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_ESDI PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_DSSI PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_SEG PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_C PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_D PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_T PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_rm PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_ST PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_STi  PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+#if 0
+static int OP_ONE PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+#endif
+static int OP_MMX PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_EM PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+static int OP_MS PARAMS ((int, int, int));
+
+static void append_prefix PARAMS ((void));
+static void set_op PARAMS ((int op));
+static void putop PARAMS ((char *template, int aflag, int dflag));
+static void dofloat PARAMS ((int aflag, int dflag));
+static int get16 PARAMS ((void));
+static int get32 PARAMS ((void));
+static void ckprefix PARAMS ((void));
+
+#define b_mode 1
+#define v_mode 2
+#define w_mode 3
+#define d_mode 4
+
+#define es_reg 100
+#define cs_reg 101
+#define ss_reg 102
+#define ds_reg 103
+#define fs_reg 104
+#define gs_reg 105
+#define eAX_reg 107
+#define eCX_reg 108
+#define eDX_reg 109
+#define eBX_reg 110
+#define eSP_reg 111
+#define eBP_reg 112
+#define eSI_reg 113
+#define eDI_reg 114
+
+#define lptr 115
+
+#define al_reg 116
+#define cl_reg 117
+#define dl_reg 118
+#define bl_reg 119
+#define ah_reg 120
+#define ch_reg 121
+#define dh_reg 122
+#define bh_reg 123
+
+#define ax_reg 124
+#define cx_reg 125
+#define dx_reg 126
+#define bx_reg 127
+#define sp_reg 128
+#define bp_reg 129
+#define si_reg 130
+#define di_reg 131
+
+#define indir_dx_reg 150
+
+#define GRP1b NULL, NULL, 0
+#define GRP1S NULL, NULL, 1
+#define GRP1Ss NULL, NULL, 2
+#define GRP2b NULL, NULL, 3
+#define GRP2S NULL, NULL, 4
+#define GRP2b_one NULL, NULL, 5
+#define GRP2S_one NULL, NULL, 6
+#define GRP2b_cl NULL, NULL, 7
+#define GRP2S_cl NULL, NULL, 8
+#define GRP3b NULL, NULL, 9
+#define GRP3S NULL, NULL, 10
+#define GRP4  NULL, NULL, 11
+#define GRP5  NULL, NULL, 12
+#define GRP6  NULL, NULL, 13
+#define GRP7 NULL, NULL, 14
+#define GRP8 NULL, NULL, 15
+#define GRP9 NULL, NULL, 16
+#define GRP10 NULL, NULL, 17
+#define GRP11 NULL, NULL, 18
+#define GRP12 NULL, NULL, 19
+
+#define FLOATCODE 50
+#define FLOAT NULL, NULL, FLOATCODE
+
+struct dis386 {
+  char *name;
+  op_rtn op1;
+  int bytemode1;
+  op_rtn op2;
+  int bytemode2;
+  op_rtn op3;
+  int bytemode3;
+};
+
+static struct dis386 dis386[] = {
+  /* 00 */
+  { "addb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "addS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "addb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "addS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "addb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "addS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "pushl",	es },
+  { "popl",	es },
+  /* 08 */
+  { "orb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "orS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "orb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "orS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "orb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "orS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "pushl",	cs },
+  { "(bad)" },	/* 0x0f extended opcode escape */
+  /* 10 */
+  { "adcb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "adcS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "adcb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "adcS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "adcb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "adcS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "pushl",	ss },
+  { "popl",	ss },
+  /* 18 */
+  { "sbbb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "sbbS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "sbbb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "sbbS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "sbbb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "sbbS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "pushl",	ds },
+  { "popl",	ds },
+  /* 20 */
+  { "andb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "andS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "andb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "andS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "andb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "andS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* SEG ES prefix */
+  { "daa" },
+  /* 28 */
+  { "subb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "subS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "subb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "subS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "subb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "subS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* SEG CS prefix */
+  { "das" },
+  /* 30 */
+  { "xorb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "xorS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "xorb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "xorS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "xorb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "xorS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* SEG SS prefix */
+  { "aaa" },
+  /* 38 */
+  { "cmpb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "cmpS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "cmpb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "cmpS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "cmpb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "cmpS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* SEG DS prefix */
+  { "aas" },
+  /* 40 */
+  { "incS",	eAX },
+  { "incS",	eCX },
+  { "incS",	eDX },
+  { "incS",	eBX },
+  { "incS",	eSP },
+  { "incS",	eBP },
+  { "incS",	eSI },
+  { "incS",	eDI },
+  /* 48 */
+  { "decS",	eAX },
+  { "decS",	eCX },
+  { "decS",	eDX },
+  { "decS",	eBX },
+  { "decS",	eSP },
+  { "decS",	eBP },
+  { "decS",	eSI },
+  { "decS",	eDI },
+  /* 50 */
+  { "pushS",	eAX },
+  { "pushS",	eCX },
+  { "pushS",	eDX },
+  { "pushS",	eBX },
+  { "pushS",	eSP },
+  { "pushS",	eBP },
+  { "pushS",	eSI },
+  { "pushS",	eDI },
+  /* 58 */
+  { "popS",	eAX },
+  { "popS",	eCX },
+  { "popS",	eDX },
+  { "popS",	eBX },
+  { "popS",	eSP },
+  { "popS",	eBP },
+  { "popS",	eSI },
+  { "popS",	eDI },
+  /* 60 */
+  { "pusha" },
+  { "popa" },
+  { "boundS",	Gv, Ma },
+  { "arpl",	Ew, Gw },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* seg fs */
+  { "(bad)" },			/* seg gs */
+  { "(bad)" },			/* op size prefix */
+  { "(bad)" },			/* adr size prefix */
+  /* 68 */
+  { "pushS",	Iv },		/* 386 book wrong */
+  { "imulS",	Gv, Ev, Iv },
+  { "pushl",	sIb },		/* push of byte really pushes 4 bytes */
+  { "imulS",	Gv, Ev, Ib },
+  { "insb",	Yb, indirDX },
+  { "insS",	Yv, indirDX },
+  { "outsb",	indirDX, Xb },
+  { "outsS",	indirDX, Xv },
+  /* 70 */
+  { "jo",	Jb },
+  { "jno",	Jb },
+  { "jb",	Jb },
+  { "jae",	Jb },
+  { "je",	Jb },
+  { "jne",	Jb },
+  { "jbe",	Jb },
+  { "ja",	Jb },
+  /* 78 */
+  { "js",	Jb },
+  { "jns",	Jb },
+  { "jp",	Jb },
+  { "jnp",	Jb },
+  { "jl",	Jb },
+  { "jnl",	Jb },
+  { "jle",	Jb },
+  { "jg",	Jb },
+  /* 80 */
+  { GRP1b },
+  { GRP1S },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { GRP1Ss },
+  { "testb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "testS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "xchgb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "xchgS",	Ev, Gv },
+  /* 88 */
+  { "movb",	Eb, Gb },
+  { "movS",	Ev, Gv },
+  { "movb",	Gb, Eb },
+  { "movS",	Gv, Ev },
+  { "movw",	Ew, Sw },
+  { "leaS",	Gv, M },
+  { "movw",	Sw, Ew },
+  { "popS",	Ev },
+  /* 90 */
+  { "nop" },
+  { "xchgS",	eCX, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eDX, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eBX, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eSP, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eBP, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eSI, eAX },
+  { "xchgS",	eDI, eAX },
+  /* 98 */
+  { "cwtl" },
+  { "cltd" },
+  { "lcall",	Ap },
+  { "(bad)" },		/* fwait */
+  { "pushf" },
+  { "popf" },
+  { "sahf" },
+  { "lahf" },
+  /* a0 */
+  { "movb",	AL, Ob },
+  { "movS",	eAX, Ov },
+  { "movb",	Ob, AL },
+  { "movS",	Ov, eAX },
+  { "movsb",	Yb, Xb },
+  { "movsS",	Yv, Xv },
+  { "cmpsb",	Yb, Xb },
+  { "cmpsS",	Yv, Xv },
+  /* a8 */
+  { "testb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "testS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "stosb",	Yb, AL },
+  { "stosS",	Yv, eAX },
+  { "lodsb",	AL, Xb },
+  { "lodsS",	eAX, Xv },
+  { "scasb",	AL, Yb },
+  { "scasS",	eAX, Yv },
+  /* b0 */
+  { "movb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "movb",	CL, Ib },
+  { "movb",	DL, Ib },
+  { "movb",	BL, Ib },
+  { "movb",	AH, Ib },
+  { "movb",	CH, Ib },
+  { "movb",	DH, Ib },
+  { "movb",	BH, Ib },
+  /* b8 */
+  { "movS",	eAX, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eCX, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eDX, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eBX, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eSP, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eBP, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eSI, Iv },
+  { "movS",	eDI, Iv },
+  /* c0 */
+  { GRP2b },
+  { GRP2S },
+  { "ret",	Iw },
+  { "ret" },
+  { "lesS",	Gv, Mp },
+  { "ldsS",	Gv, Mp },
+  { "movb",	Eb, Ib },
+  { "movS",	Ev, Iv },
+  /* c8 */
+  { "enter",	Iw, Ib },
+  { "leave" },
+  { "lret",	Iw },
+  { "lret" },
+  { "int3" },
+  { "int",	Ib },
+  { "into" },
+  { "iret" },
+  /* d0 */
+  { GRP2b_one },
+  { GRP2S_one },
+  { GRP2b_cl },
+  { GRP2S_cl },
+  { "aam",	Ib },
+  { "aad",	Ib },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "xlat" },
+  /* d8 */
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  { FLOAT },
+  /* e0 */
+  { "loopne",	Jb },
+  { "loope",	Jb },
+  { "loop",	Jb },
+  { "jCcxz",	Jb },
+  { "inb",	AL, Ib },
+  { "inS",	eAX, Ib },
+  { "outb",	Ib, AL },
+  { "outS",	Ib, eAX },
+  /* e8 */
+  { "call",	Av },
+  { "jmp",	Jv },
+  { "ljmp",	Ap },
+  { "jmp",	Jb },
+  { "inb",	AL, indirDX },
+  { "inS",	eAX, indirDX },
+  { "outb",	indirDX, AL },
+  { "outS",	indirDX, eAX },
+  /* f0 */
+  { "(bad)" },			/* lock prefix */
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },			/* repne */
+  { "(bad)" },			/* repz */
+  { "hlt" },
+  { "cmc" },
+  { GRP3b },
+  { GRP3S },
+  /* f8 */
+  { "clc" },
+  { "stc" },
+  { "cli" },
+  { "sti" },
+  { "cld" },
+  { "std" },
+  { GRP4 },
+  { GRP5 },
+};
+
+static struct dis386 dis386_twobyte[] = {
+  /* 00 */
+  { GRP6 },
+  { GRP7 },
+  { "larS", Gv, Ew },
+  { "lslS", Gv, Ew },  
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "clts" },
+  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 08 */
+  { "invd" },
+  { "wbinvd" },
+  { "(bad)" },  { "ud2a" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 10 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 18 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 20 */
+  /* these are all backward in appendix A of the intel book */
+  { "movl", Rd, Cd },
+  { "movl", Rd, Dd },
+  { "movl", Cd, Rd },
+  { "movl", Dd, Rd },  
+  { "movl", Rd, Td },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "movl", Td, Rd },
+  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 28 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 30 */
+  { "wrmsr" },  { "rdtsc" },  { "rdmsr" },  { "rdpmc" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 38 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 40 */
+  { "cmovo", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovno", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovb", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovae", Gv,Ev },
+  { "cmove", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovne", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovbe", Gv,Ev }, { "cmova", Gv,Ev },
+  /* 48 */
+  { "cmovs", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovns", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovp", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovnp", Gv,Ev },
+  { "cmovl", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovge", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovle", Gv,Ev }, { "cmovg", Gv,Ev },  
+  /* 50 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 58 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* 60 */
+  { "punpcklbw", MX, EM },
+  { "punpcklwd", MX, EM },
+  { "punpckldq", MX, EM },
+  { "packsswb", MX, EM },
+  { "pcmpgtb", MX, EM },
+  { "pcmpgtw", MX, EM },
+  { "pcmpgtd", MX, EM },
+  { "packuswb", MX, EM },
+  /* 68 */
+  { "punpckhbw", MX, EM },
+  { "punpckhwd", MX, EM },
+  { "punpckhdq", MX, EM },
+  { "packssdw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },
+  { "movd", MX, Ev },
+  { "movq", MX, EM },
+  /* 70 */
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { GRP10 },
+  { GRP11 },
+  { GRP12 },
+  { "pcmpeqb", MX, EM },
+  { "pcmpeqw", MX, EM },
+  { "pcmpeqd", MX, EM },
+  { "emms" },
+  /* 78 */
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },
+  { "movd", Ev, MX },
+  { "movq", EM, MX },
+  /* 80 */
+  { "jo", Jv },
+  { "jno", Jv },
+  { "jb", Jv },
+  { "jae", Jv },  
+  { "je", Jv },
+  { "jne", Jv },
+  { "jbe", Jv },
+  { "ja", Jv },  
+  /* 88 */
+  { "js", Jv },
+  { "jns", Jv },
+  { "jp", Jv },
+  { "jnp", Jv },  
+  { "jl", Jv },
+  { "jge", Jv },
+  { "jle", Jv },
+  { "jg", Jv },  
+  /* 90 */
+  { "seto", Eb },
+  { "setno", Eb },
+  { "setb", Eb },
+  { "setae", Eb },
+  { "sete", Eb },
+  { "setne", Eb },
+  { "setbe", Eb },
+  { "seta", Eb },
+  /* 98 */
+  { "sets", Eb },
+  { "setns", Eb },
+  { "setp", Eb },
+  { "setnp", Eb },
+  { "setl", Eb },
+  { "setge", Eb },
+  { "setle", Eb },
+  { "setg", Eb },  
+  /* a0 */
+  { "pushl", fs },
+  { "popl", fs },
+  { "cpuid" },
+  { "btS", Ev, Gv },  
+  { "shldS", Ev, Gv, Ib },
+  { "shldS", Ev, Gv, CL },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* a8 */
+  { "pushl", gs },
+  { "popl", gs },
+  { "rsm" },
+  { "btsS", Ev, Gv },  
+  { "shrdS", Ev, Gv, Ib },
+  { "shrdS", Ev, Gv, CL },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "imulS", Gv, Ev },  
+  /* b0 */
+  { "cmpxchgb", Eb, Gb },
+  { "cmpxchgS", Ev, Gv },
+  { "lssS", Gv, Mp },	/* 386 lists only Mp */
+  { "btrS", Ev, Gv },  
+  { "lfsS", Gv, Mp },	/* 386 lists only Mp */
+  { "lgsS", Gv, Mp },	/* 386 lists only Mp */
+  { "movzbS", Gv, Eb },
+  { "movzwS", Gv, Ew },  
+  /* b8 */
+  { "ud2b" },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { GRP8 },
+  { "btcS", Ev, Gv },  
+  { "bsfS", Gv, Ev },
+  { "bsrS", Gv, Ev },
+  { "movsbS", Gv, Eb },
+  { "movswS", Gv, Ew },  
+  /* c0 */
+  { "xaddb", Eb, Gb },
+  { "xaddS", Ev, Gv },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { GRP9 },  
+  /* c8 */
+  { "bswap", eAX },
+  { "bswap", eCX },
+  { "bswap", eDX },
+  { "bswap", eBX },
+  { "bswap", eSP },
+  { "bswap", eBP },
+  { "bswap", eSI },
+  { "bswap", eDI },
+  /* d0 */
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "psrlw", MX, EM },
+  { "psrld", MX, EM },
+  { "psrlq", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "pmullw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* d8 */
+  { "psubusb", MX, EM },
+  { "psubusw", MX, EM },
+  { "pand", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "paddusb", MX, EM },
+  { "paddusw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "pand", MX, EM },
+  /* e0 */
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "psraw", MX, EM },
+  { "psrad", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "pmulhw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* e8 */
+  { "psubsb", MX, EM },
+  { "psubsw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "por", MX, EM },
+  { "paddsb", MX, EM },
+  { "paddsw", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "pxor", MX, EM },
+  /* f0 */
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "psllw", MX, EM },
+  { "pslld", MX, EM },
+  { "psllq", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },
+  { "pmaddwd", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },  { "(bad)" },  
+  /* f8 */
+  { "psubb", MX, EM },
+  { "psubw", MX, EM },
+  { "psubd", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" },  
+  { "paddb", MX, EM },
+  { "paddw", MX, EM },
+  { "paddd", MX, EM },
+  { "(bad)" }
+};
+
+static const unsigned char onebyte_has_modrm[256] = {
+  1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+  0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1
+};
+
+static const unsigned char twobyte_has_modrm[256] = {
+  /* 00 */ 1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 0f */
+  /* 10 */ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 1f */
+  /* 20 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 2f */
+  /* 30 */ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 3f */
+  /* 40 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /* 4f */
+  /* 50 */ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 5f */
+  /* 60 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,1,1, /* 6f */
+  /* 70 */ 0,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1, /* 7f */
+  /* 80 */ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* 8f */
+  /* 90 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /* 9f */
+  /* a0 */ 0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1, /* af */
+  /* b0 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1, /* bf */
+  /* c0 */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* cf */
+  /* d0 */ 0,1,1,1,0,1,0,0,1,1,1,0,1,1,0,1, /* df */
+  /* e0 */ 0,1,1,0,0,1,0,0,1,1,0,1,1,1,0,1, /* ef */
+  /* f0 */ 0,1,1,1,0,1,0,0,1,1,1,0,1,1,1,0  /* ff */
+};
+
+static char obuf[100];
+static char *obufp;
+static char scratchbuf[100];
+static unsigned char *start_codep;
+static unsigned char *codep;
+static disassemble_info *the_info;
+static int mod;
+static int rm;
+static int reg;
+static void oappend PARAMS ((char *s));
+
+static char *names32[]={
+  "%eax","%ecx","%edx","%ebx", "%esp","%ebp","%esi","%edi",
+};
+static char *names16[] = {
+  "%ax","%cx","%dx","%bx","%sp","%bp","%si","%di",
+};
+static char *names8[] = {
+  "%al","%cl","%dl","%bl","%ah","%ch","%dh","%bh",
+};
+static char *names_seg[] = {
+  "%es","%cs","%ss","%ds","%fs","%gs","%?","%?",
+};
+static char *index16[] = {
+  "bx+si","bx+di","bp+si","bp+di","si","di","bp","bx"
+};
+
+static struct dis386 grps[][8] = {
+  /* GRP1b */
+  {
+    { "addb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "orb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "adcb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "sbbb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "andb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "subb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "xorb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "cmpb",	Eb, Ib }
+  },
+  /* GRP1S */
+  {
+    { "addS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "orS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "adcS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "sbbS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "andS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "subS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "xorS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "cmpS",	Ev, Iv }
+  },
+  /* GRP1Ss */
+  {
+    { "addS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "orS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "adcS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "sbbS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "andS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "subS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "xorS",	Ev, sIb },
+    { "cmpS",	Ev, sIb }
+  },
+  /* GRP2b */
+  {
+    { "rolb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "rorb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "rclb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "rcrb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "shlb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "shrb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarb",	Eb, Ib },
+  },
+  /* GRP2S */
+  {
+    { "rolS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "rorS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "rclS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "rcrS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "shlS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "shrS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarS",	Ev, Ib },
+  },
+  /* GRP2b_one */
+  {
+    { "rolb",	Eb },
+    { "rorb",	Eb },
+    { "rclb",	Eb },
+    { "rcrb",	Eb },
+    { "shlb",	Eb },
+    { "shrb",	Eb },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarb",	Eb },
+  },
+  /* GRP2S_one */
+  {
+    { "rolS",	Ev },
+    { "rorS",	Ev },
+    { "rclS",	Ev },
+    { "rcrS",	Ev },
+    { "shlS",	Ev },
+    { "shrS",	Ev },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarS",	Ev },
+  },
+  /* GRP2b_cl */
+  {
+    { "rolb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "rorb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "rclb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "rcrb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "shlb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "shrb",	Eb, CL },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarb",	Eb, CL },
+  },
+  /* GRP2S_cl */
+  {
+    { "rolS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "rorS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "rclS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "rcrS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "shlS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "shrS",	Ev, CL },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "sarS",	Ev, CL }
+  },
+  /* GRP3b */
+  {
+    { "testb",	Eb, Ib },
+    { "(bad)",	Eb },
+    { "notb",	Eb },
+    { "negb",	Eb },
+    { "mulb",	AL, Eb },
+    { "imulb",	AL, Eb },
+    { "divb",	AL, Eb },
+    { "idivb",	AL, Eb }
+  },
+  /* GRP3S */
+  {
+    { "testS",	Ev, Iv },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "notS",	Ev },
+    { "negS",	Ev },
+    { "mulS",	eAX, Ev },
+    { "imulS",	eAX, Ev },
+    { "divS",	eAX, Ev },
+    { "idivS",	eAX, Ev },
+  },
+  /* GRP4 */
+  {
+    { "incb", Eb },
+    { "decb", Eb },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* GRP5 */
+  {
+    { "incS",	Ev },
+    { "decS",	Ev },
+    { "call",	indirEv },
+    { "lcall",	indirEv },
+    { "jmp",	indirEv },
+    { "ljmp",	indirEv },
+    { "pushS",	Ev },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* GRP6 */
+  {
+    { "sldt",	Ew },
+    { "str",	Ew },
+    { "lldt",	Ew },
+    { "ltr",	Ew },
+    { "verr",	Ew },
+    { "verw",	Ew },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" }
+  },
+  /* GRP7 */
+  {
+    { "sgdt", Ew },
+    { "sidt", Ew },
+    { "lgdt", Ew },
+    { "lidt", Ew },
+    { "smsw", Ew },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "lmsw", Ew },
+    { "invlpg", Ew },
+  },
+  /* GRP8 */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "btS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "btsS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "btrS",	Ev, Ib },
+    { "btcS",	Ev, Ib },
+  },
+  /* GRP9 */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "cmpxchg8b", Ev },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* GRP10 */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psrlw", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psraw", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psllw", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* GRP11 */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psrld", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psrad", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "pslld", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* GRP12 */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psrlq", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "psllq", MS, Ib },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  }
+};
+
+#define PREFIX_REPZ 1
+#define PREFIX_REPNZ 2
+#define PREFIX_LOCK 4
+#define PREFIX_CS 8
+#define PREFIX_SS 0x10
+#define PREFIX_DS 0x20
+#define PREFIX_ES 0x40
+#define PREFIX_FS 0x80
+#define PREFIX_GS 0x100
+#define PREFIX_DATA 0x200
+#define PREFIX_ADR 0x400
+#define PREFIX_FWAIT 0x800
+
+static int prefixes;
+
+static void
+ckprefix ()
+{
+  prefixes = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+      switch (*codep)
+	{
+	case 0xf3:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_REPZ;
+	  break;
+	case 0xf2:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_REPNZ;
+	  break;
+	case 0xf0:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_LOCK;
+	  break;
+	case 0x2e:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_CS;
+	  break;
+	case 0x36:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_SS;
+	  break;
+	case 0x3e:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_DS;
+	  break;
+	case 0x26:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_ES;
+	  break;
+	case 0x64:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_FS;
+	  break;
+	case 0x65:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_GS;
+	  break;
+	case 0x66:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_DATA;
+	  break;
+	case 0x67:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_ADR;
+	  break;
+	case 0x9b:
+	  prefixes |= PREFIX_FWAIT;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return;
+	}
+      codep++;
+    }
+}
+
+static char op1out[100], op2out[100], op3out[100];
+static int op_address[3], op_ad, op_index[3];
+static int start_pc;
+
+
+/*
+ *   On the 386's of 1988, the maximum length of an instruction is 15 bytes.
+ *   (see topic "Redundant prefixes" in the "Differences from 8086"
+ *   section of the "Virtual 8086 Mode" chapter.)
+ * 'pc' should be the address of this instruction, it will
+ *   be used to print the target address if this is a relative jump or call
+ * The function returns the length of this instruction in bytes.
+ */
+
+int print_insn_x86 PARAMS ((bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info, int aflag,
+			    int dflag));
+int
+print_insn_i386 (pc, info)
+     bfd_vma pc;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  if (info->mach == bfd_mach_i386_i386)
+    return print_insn_x86 (pc, info, 1, 1);
+  else if (info->mach == bfd_mach_i386_i8086)
+    return print_insn_x86 (pc, info, 0, 0);
+  else
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+print_insn_x86 (pc, info, aflag, dflag)
+     bfd_vma pc;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  struct dis386 *dp;
+  int i;
+  int enter_instruction;
+  char *first, *second, *third;
+  int needcomma;
+  unsigned char need_modrm;
+
+  struct dis_private priv;
+  bfd_byte *inbuf = priv.the_buffer;
+
+  /* The output looks better if we put 5 bytes on a line, since that
+     puts long word instructions on a single line.  */
+  info->bytes_per_line = 5;
+
+  info->private_data = (PTR) &priv;
+  priv.max_fetched = priv.the_buffer;
+  priv.insn_start = pc;
+  if (setjmp (priv.bailout) != 0)
+    /* Error return.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  obuf[0] = 0;
+  op1out[0] = 0;
+  op2out[0] = 0;
+  op3out[0] = 0;
+
+  op_index[0] = op_index[1] = op_index[2] = -1;
+
+  the_info = info;
+  start_pc = pc;
+  start_codep = inbuf;
+  codep = inbuf;
+  
+  ckprefix ();
+
+  FETCH_DATA (info, codep + 1);
+  if (*codep == 0xc8)
+    enter_instruction = 1;
+  else
+    enter_instruction = 0;
+  
+  obufp = obuf;
+  
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_REPZ)
+    oappend ("repz ");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_REPNZ)
+    oappend ("repnz ");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_LOCK)
+    oappend ("lock ");
+  
+  if ((prefixes & PREFIX_FWAIT)
+      && ((*codep < 0xd8) || (*codep > 0xdf)))
+    {
+      /* fwait not followed by floating point instruction */
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "fwait");
+      return (1);
+    }
+  
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_DATA)
+    dflag ^= 1;
+  
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_ADR)
+    {
+      aflag ^= 1;
+      oappend ("addr16 ");
+    }
+  
+  if (*codep == 0x0f)
+    {
+      FETCH_DATA (info, codep + 2);
+      dp = &dis386_twobyte[*++codep];
+      need_modrm = twobyte_has_modrm[*codep];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dp = &dis386[*codep];
+      need_modrm = onebyte_has_modrm[*codep];
+    }
+  codep++;
+
+  if (need_modrm)
+    {
+      FETCH_DATA (info, codep + 1);
+      mod = (*codep >> 6) & 3;
+      reg = (*codep >> 3) & 7;
+      rm = *codep & 7;
+    }
+
+  if (dp->name == NULL && dp->bytemode1 == FLOATCODE)
+    {
+      dofloat (aflag, dflag);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (dp->name == NULL)
+	dp = &grps[dp->bytemode1][reg];
+      
+      putop (dp->name, aflag, dflag);
+      
+      obufp = op1out;
+      op_ad = 2;
+      if (dp->op1)
+	(*dp->op1)(dp->bytemode1, aflag, dflag);
+      
+      obufp = op2out;
+      op_ad = 1;
+      if (dp->op2)
+	(*dp->op2)(dp->bytemode2, aflag, dflag);
+      
+      obufp = op3out;
+      op_ad = 0;
+      if (dp->op3)
+	(*dp->op3)(dp->bytemode3, aflag, dflag);
+    }
+  
+  obufp = obuf + strlen (obuf);
+  for (i = strlen (obuf); i < 6; i++)
+    oappend (" ");
+  oappend (" ");
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", obuf);
+  
+  /* enter instruction is printed with operands in the
+   * same order as the intel book; everything else
+   * is printed in reverse order 
+   */
+  if (enter_instruction)
+    {
+      first = op1out;
+      second = op2out;
+      third = op3out;
+      op_ad = op_index[0];
+      op_index[0] = op_index[2];
+      op_index[2] = op_ad;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      first = op3out;
+      second = op2out;
+      third = op1out;
+    }
+  needcomma = 0;
+  if (*first)
+    {
+      if (op_index[0] != -1)
+	(*info->print_address_func) (op_address[op_index[0]], info);
+      else
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", first);
+      needcomma = 1;
+    }
+  if (*second)
+    {
+      if (needcomma)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ",");
+      if (op_index[1] != -1)
+	(*info->print_address_func) (op_address[op_index[1]], info);
+      else
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", second);
+      needcomma = 1;
+    }
+  if (*third)
+    {
+      if (needcomma)
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ",");
+      if (op_index[2] != -1)
+	(*info->print_address_func) (op_address[op_index[2]], info);
+      else
+	(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", third);
+    }
+  return (codep - inbuf);
+}
+
+static char *float_mem[] = {
+  /* d8 */
+  "fadds",
+  "fmuls",
+  "fcoms",
+  "fcomps",
+  "fsubs",
+  "fsubrs",
+  "fdivs",
+  "fdivrs",
+  /*  d9 */
+  "flds",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fsts",
+  "fstps",
+  "fldenv",
+  "fldcw",
+  "fNstenv",
+  "fNstcw",
+  /* da */
+  "fiaddl",
+  "fimull",
+  "ficoml",
+  "ficompl",
+  "fisubl",
+  "fisubrl",
+  "fidivl",
+  "fidivrl",
+  /* db */
+  "fildl",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fistl",
+  "fistpl",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fldt",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fstpt",
+  /* dc */
+  "faddl",
+  "fmull",
+  "fcoml",
+  "fcompl",
+  "fsubl",
+  "fsubrl",
+  "fdivl",
+  "fdivrl",
+  /* dd */
+  "fldl",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fstl",
+  "fstpl",
+  "frstor",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fNsave",
+  "fNstsw",
+  /* de */
+  "fiadd",
+  "fimul",
+  "ficom",
+  "ficomp",
+  "fisub",
+  "fisubr",
+  "fidiv",
+  "fidivr",
+  /* df */
+  "fild",
+  "(bad)",
+  "fist",
+  "fistp",
+  "fbld",
+  "fildll",
+  "fbstp",
+  "fistpll",
+};
+
+#define ST OP_ST, 0
+#define STi OP_STi, 0
+
+#define FGRPd9_2 NULL, NULL, 0
+#define FGRPd9_4 NULL, NULL, 1
+#define FGRPd9_5 NULL, NULL, 2
+#define FGRPd9_6 NULL, NULL, 3
+#define FGRPd9_7 NULL, NULL, 4
+#define FGRPda_5 NULL, NULL, 5
+#define FGRPdb_4 NULL, NULL, 6
+#define FGRPde_3 NULL, NULL, 7
+#define FGRPdf_4 NULL, NULL, 8
+
+static struct dis386 float_reg[][8] = {
+  /* d8 */
+  {
+    { "fadd",	ST, STi },
+    { "fmul",	ST, STi },
+    { "fcom",	STi },
+    { "fcomp",	STi },
+    { "fsub",	ST, STi },
+    { "fsubr",	ST, STi },
+    { "fdiv",	ST, STi },
+    { "fdivr",	ST, STi },
+  },
+  /* d9 */
+  {
+    { "fld",	STi },
+    { "fxch",	STi },
+    { FGRPd9_2 },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { FGRPd9_4 },
+    { FGRPd9_5 },
+    { FGRPd9_6 },
+    { FGRPd9_7 },
+  },
+  /* da */
+  {
+    { "fcmovb",	ST, STi },
+    { "fcmove",	ST, STi },
+    { "fcmovbe",ST, STi },
+    { "fcmovu",	ST, STi },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { FGRPda_5 },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* db */
+  {
+    { "fcmovnb",ST, STi },
+    { "fcmovne",ST, STi },
+    { "fcmovnbe",ST, STi },
+    { "fcmovnu",ST, STi },
+    { FGRPdb_4 },
+    { "fucomi",	ST, STi },
+    { "fcomi",	ST, STi },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* dc */
+  {
+    { "fadd",	STi, ST },
+    { "fmul",	STi, ST },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "fsub",	STi, ST },
+    { "fsubr",	STi, ST },
+    { "fdiv",	STi, ST },
+    { "fdivr",	STi, ST },
+  },
+  /* dd */
+  {
+    { "ffree",	STi },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "fst",	STi },
+    { "fstp",	STi },
+    { "fucom",	STi },
+    { "fucomp",	STi },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+  /* de */
+  {
+    { "faddp",	STi, ST },
+    { "fmulp",	STi, ST },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { FGRPde_3 },
+    { "fsubp",	STi, ST },
+    { "fsubrp",	STi, ST },
+    { "fdivp",	STi, ST },
+    { "fdivrp",	STi, ST },
+  },
+  /* df */
+  {
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { "(bad)" },
+    { FGRPdf_4 },
+    { "fucomip",ST, STi },
+    { "fcomip", ST, STi },
+    { "(bad)" },
+  },
+};
+
+
+static char *fgrps[][8] = {
+  /* d9_2  0 */
+  {
+    "fnop","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* d9_4  1 */
+  {
+    "fchs","fabs","(bad)","(bad)","ftst","fxam","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* d9_5  2 */
+  {
+    "fld1","fldl2t","fldl2e","fldpi","fldlg2","fldln2","fldz","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* d9_6  3 */
+  {
+    "f2xm1","fyl2x","fptan","fpatan","fxtract","fprem1","fdecstp","fincstp",
+  },
+
+  /* d9_7  4 */
+  {
+    "fprem","fyl2xp1","fsqrt","fsincos","frndint","fscale","fsin","fcos",
+  },
+
+  /* da_5  5 */
+  {
+    "(bad)","fucompp","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* db_4  6 */
+  {
+    "feni(287 only)","fdisi(287 only)","fNclex","fNinit",
+    "fNsetpm(287 only)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* de_3  7 */
+  {
+    "(bad)","fcompp","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+
+  /* df_4  8 */
+  {
+    "fNstsw","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)","(bad)",
+  },
+};
+
+static void
+dofloat (aflag, dflag)
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  struct dis386 *dp;
+  unsigned char floatop;
+  
+  floatop = codep[-1];
+  
+  if (mod != 3)
+    {
+      putop (float_mem[(floatop - 0xd8) * 8 + reg], aflag, dflag);
+      obufp = op1out;
+      OP_E (v_mode, aflag, dflag);
+      return;
+    }
+  codep++;
+  
+  dp = &float_reg[floatop - 0xd8][reg];
+  if (dp->name == NULL)
+    {
+      putop (fgrps[dp->bytemode1][rm], aflag, dflag);
+      /* instruction fnstsw is only one with strange arg */
+      if (floatop == 0xdf
+	  && FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1)
+	  && *codep == 0xe0)
+	strcpy (op1out, "%eax");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      putop (dp->name, aflag, dflag);
+      obufp = op1out;
+      if (dp->op1)
+	(*dp->op1)(dp->bytemode1, aflag, dflag);
+      obufp = op2out;
+      if (dp->op2)
+	(*dp->op2)(dp->bytemode2, aflag, dflag);
+    }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_ST (ignore, aflag, dflag)
+     int ignore;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  oappend ("%st");
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_STi (ignore, aflag, dflag)
+     int ignore;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%st(%d)", rm);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+
+/* capital letters in template are macros */
+static void
+putop (template, aflag, dflag)
+     char *template;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  char *p;
+  
+  for (p = template; *p; p++)
+    {
+      switch (*p)
+	{
+	default:
+	  *obufp++ = *p;
+	  break;
+	case 'C':		/* For jcxz/jecxz */
+	  if (aflag)
+	    *obufp++ = 'e';
+	  break;
+	case 'N':
+	  if ((prefixes & PREFIX_FWAIT) == 0)
+	    *obufp++ = 'n';
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  /* operand size flag */
+	  if (dflag)
+	    *obufp++ = 'l';
+	  else
+	    *obufp++ = 'w';
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  *obufp = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+oappend (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  strcpy (obufp, s);
+  obufp += strlen (s);
+  *obufp = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+append_prefix ()
+{
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_CS)
+    oappend ("%cs:");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_DS)
+    oappend ("%ds:");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_SS)
+    oappend ("%ss:");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_ES)
+    oappend ("%es:");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_FS)
+    oappend ("%fs:");
+  if (prefixes & PREFIX_GS)
+    oappend ("%gs:");
+}
+
+static int
+OP_indirE (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  oappend ("*");
+  return OP_E (bytemode, aflag, dflag);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_E (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int disp;
+
+  /* skip mod/rm byte */
+  codep++;
+
+  if (mod == 3)
+    {
+      switch (bytemode)
+	{
+	case b_mode:
+	  oappend (names8[rm]);
+	  break;
+	case w_mode:
+	  oappend (names16[rm]);
+	  break;
+	case v_mode:
+	  if (dflag)
+	    oappend (names32[rm]);
+	  else
+	    oappend (names16[rm]);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  oappend ("<bad dis table>");
+	  break;
+	}
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  disp = 0;
+  append_prefix ();
+
+  if (aflag) /* 32 bit address mode */
+    {
+      int havesib;
+      int havebase;
+      int base;
+      int index;
+      int scale;
+
+      havesib = 0;
+      havebase = 1;
+      base = rm;
+
+      if (base == 4)
+	{
+	  havesib = 1;
+	  FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+	  scale = (*codep >> 6) & 3;
+	  index = (*codep >> 3) & 7;
+	  base = *codep & 7;
+	  codep++;
+	}
+
+      switch (mod)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  if (base == 5)
+	    {
+	      havebase = 0;
+	      disp = get32 ();
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	  FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+	  disp = *(char *)codep++;
+	  break;
+	case 2:
+	  disp = get32 ();
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (mod != 0 || base == 5)
+	{
+	  sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x", disp);
+	  oappend (scratchbuf);
+	}
+
+      if (havebase || (havesib && (index != 4 || scale != 0)))
+	{
+	  oappend ("(");
+	  if (havebase)
+	    oappend (names32[base]);
+	  if (havesib)
+	    {
+	      if (index != 4)
+		{
+		  sprintf (scratchbuf, ",%s", names32[index]);
+		  oappend (scratchbuf);
+		}
+	      sprintf (scratchbuf, ",%d", 1 << scale);
+	      oappend (scratchbuf);
+	    }
+	  oappend (")");
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    { /* 16 bit address mode */
+      switch (mod)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  if (rm == 6)
+	    disp = (short) get16 ();
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	  FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+	  disp = *(char *)codep++;
+	  break;
+	case 2:
+	  disp = (short) get16 ();
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (mod != 0 || rm == 6)
+	{
+	  sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x", disp);
+	  oappend (scratchbuf);
+	}
+
+      if (mod != 0 || rm != 6)
+	{
+	  oappend ("(");
+	  oappend (index16[rm]);
+	  oappend (")");
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+OP_G (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  switch (bytemode) 
+    {
+    case b_mode:
+      oappend (names8[reg]);
+      break;
+    case w_mode:
+      oappend (names16[reg]);
+      break;
+    case d_mode:
+      oappend (names32[reg]);
+      break;
+    case v_mode:
+      if (dflag)
+	oappend (names32[reg]);
+      else
+	oappend (names16[reg]);
+      break;
+    default:
+      oappend ("<internal disassembler error>");
+      break;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+get32 ()
+{
+  int x = 0;
+
+  FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 4);
+  x = *codep++ & 0xff;
+  x |= (*codep++ & 0xff) << 8;
+  x |= (*codep++ & 0xff) << 16;
+  x |= (*codep++ & 0xff) << 24;
+  return (x);
+}
+
+static int
+get16 ()
+{
+  int x = 0;
+
+  FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 2);
+  x = *codep++ & 0xff;
+  x |= (*codep++ & 0xff) << 8;
+  return (x);
+}
+
+static void
+set_op (op)
+     int op;
+{
+  op_index[op_ad] = op_ad;
+  op_address[op_ad] = op;
+}
+
+static int
+OP_REG (code, aflag, dflag)
+     int code;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  char *s;
+  
+  switch (code) 
+    {
+    case indir_dx_reg: s = "(%dx)"; break;
+	case ax_reg: case cx_reg: case dx_reg: case bx_reg:
+	case sp_reg: case bp_reg: case si_reg: case di_reg:
+		s = names16[code - ax_reg];
+		break;
+	case es_reg: case ss_reg: case cs_reg:
+	case ds_reg: case fs_reg: case gs_reg:
+		s = names_seg[code - es_reg];
+		break;
+	case al_reg: case ah_reg: case cl_reg: case ch_reg:
+	case dl_reg: case dh_reg: case bl_reg: case bh_reg:
+		s = names8[code - al_reg];
+		break;
+	case eAX_reg: case eCX_reg: case eDX_reg: case eBX_reg:
+	case eSP_reg: case eBP_reg: case eSI_reg: case eDI_reg:
+      if (dflag)
+	s = names32[code - eAX_reg];
+      else
+	s = names16[code - eAX_reg];
+      break;
+    default:
+      s = "<internal disassembler error>";
+      break;
+    }
+  oappend (s);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_I (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int op;
+  
+  switch (bytemode) 
+    {
+    case b_mode:
+      FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+      op = *codep++ & 0xff;
+      break;
+    case v_mode:
+      if (dflag)
+	op = get32 ();
+      else
+	op = get16 ();
+      break;
+    case w_mode:
+      op = get16 ();
+      break;
+    default:
+      oappend ("<internal disassembler error>");
+      return (0);
+    }
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "$0x%x", op);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_sI (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int op;
+  
+  switch (bytemode) 
+    {
+    case b_mode:
+      FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+      op = *(char *)codep++;
+      break;
+    case v_mode:
+      if (dflag)
+	op = get32 ();
+      else
+	op = (short)get16();
+      break;
+    case w_mode:
+      op = (short)get16 ();
+      break;
+    default:
+      oappend ("<internal disassembler error>");
+      return (0);
+    }
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "$0x%x", op);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_J (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int disp;
+  int mask = -1;
+  
+  switch (bytemode) 
+    {
+    case b_mode:
+      FETCH_DATA (the_info, codep + 1);
+      disp = *(char *)codep++;
+      break;
+    case v_mode:
+      if (dflag)
+	disp = get32 ();
+      else
+	{
+	  disp = (short)get16 ();
+	  /* for some reason, a data16 prefix on a jump instruction
+	     means that the pc is masked to 16 bits after the
+	     displacement is added!  */
+	  mask = 0xffff;
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      oappend ("<internal disassembler error>");
+      return (0);
+    }
+  disp = (start_pc + codep - start_codep + disp) & mask;
+  set_op (disp);
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x", disp);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_SEG (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  static char *sreg[] = {
+    "%es","%cs","%ss","%ds","%fs","%gs","%?","%?",
+  };
+
+  oappend (sreg[reg]);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_DIR (size, aflag, dflag)
+     int size;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int seg, offset;
+  
+  switch (size) 
+    {
+    case lptr:
+      if (aflag) 
+	{
+	  offset = get32 ();
+	  seg = get16 ();
+	} 
+      else 
+	{
+	  offset = get16 ();
+	  seg = get16 ();
+	}
+      sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x,0x%x", seg, offset);
+      oappend (scratchbuf);
+      break;
+    case v_mode:
+      if (aflag)
+	offset = get32 ();
+      else
+	offset = (short)get16 ();
+      
+      offset = start_pc + codep - start_codep + offset;
+      set_op (offset);
+      sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x", offset);
+      oappend (scratchbuf);
+      break;
+    default:
+      oappend ("<internal disassembler error>");
+      break;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_OFF (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  int off;
+
+  append_prefix ();
+
+  if (aflag)
+    off = get32 ();
+  else
+    off = get16 ();
+  
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "0x%x", off);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_ESDI (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  oappend ("%es:(");
+  oappend (aflag ? "%edi" : "%di");
+  oappend (")");
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_DSSI (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  oappend ("%ds:(");
+  oappend (aflag ? "%esi" : "%si");
+  oappend (")");
+  return (0);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Not used.  */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_ONE (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  oappend ("1");
+  return (0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_C (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  codep++; /* skip mod/rm */
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%cr%d", reg);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_D (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  codep++; /* skip mod/rm */
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%db%d", reg);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+OP_T (dummy, aflag, dflag)
+     int dummy;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  codep++; /* skip mod/rm */
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%tr%d", reg);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_rm (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  switch (bytemode) 
+    {
+    case d_mode:
+      oappend (names32[rm]);
+      break;
+    case w_mode:
+      oappend (names16[rm]);
+      break;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+OP_MMX (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%mm%d", reg);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+OP_EM (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  if (mod != 3)
+    return OP_E (bytemode, aflag, dflag);
+
+  codep++;
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%mm%d", rm);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+OP_MS (bytemode, aflag, dflag)
+     int bytemode;
+     int aflag;
+     int dflag;
+{
+  ++codep;
+  sprintf (scratchbuf, "%%mm%d", rm);
+  oappend (scratchbuf);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-dis.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-dis.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c83570e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-dis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/* Disassemble SH instructions.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define STATIC_TABLE
+#define DEFINE_TABLE
+
+#include "sh-opc.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+
+#define LITTLE_BIT 2
+
+static int 
+print_insn_shx(memaddr, info)
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  fprintf_ftype fprintf = info->fprintf_func;
+  void *stream = info->stream;
+  unsigned  char insn[2];
+  unsigned  char nibs[4];
+  int status;
+  int relmask = ~0;
+  sh_opcode_info *op;
+  
+  status = info->read_memory_func(memaddr, insn, 2, info);
+
+  if (status != 0) 
+    {
+      info->memory_error_func(status, memaddr, info);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+
+
+  if (info->flags & LITTLE_BIT) 
+    {
+      nibs[0] = (insn[1] >> 4) & 0xf;
+      nibs[1] = insn[1] & 0xf;
+
+      nibs[2] = (insn[0] >> 4) & 0xf;
+      nibs[3] = insn[0] & 0xf;
+    }
+  else 
+    {
+      nibs[0] = (insn[0] >> 4) & 0xf;
+      nibs[1] = insn[0] & 0xf;
+
+      nibs[2] = (insn[1] >> 4) & 0xf;
+      nibs[3] = insn[1] & 0xf;
+    }
+
+  for (op = sh_table; op->name; op++) 
+    {
+      int n;
+      int imm;
+      int rn;
+      int rm;
+      int rb;
+
+      for (n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
+	int i = op->nibbles[n];
+	if (i < 16) 
+	  {
+	    if (nibs[n] == i) continue;
+	    goto fail;
+	  }
+	switch (i)
+	  {
+	  case BRANCH_8:
+	    imm = (nibs[2] << 4) | (nibs[3]);	  
+	    if (imm & 0x80)
+	      imm |= ~0xff;
+	    imm = ((char)imm) * 2 + 4 ;
+	    goto ok;
+
+	  case BRANCH_12:
+	    imm = ((nibs[1]) << 8) | (nibs[2] << 4) | (nibs[3]);
+	    if (imm & 0x800)
+	      imm |= ~0xfff;
+	    imm = imm * 2 + 4;
+	    goto ok;
+	  case IMM_4:
+	    imm = nibs[3];
+	    goto ok;
+	  case IMM_4BY2:
+	    imm = nibs[3] <<1;
+	    goto ok;
+	  case IMM_4BY4:
+	    imm = nibs[3] <<2;
+	    goto ok;
+
+	    
+	  case IMM_8:
+	    imm = (nibs[2] << 4) | nibs[3];
+	    goto ok;
+	  case PCRELIMM_8BY2:
+	    imm = ((nibs[2] << 4) | nibs[3]) <<1;
+	    relmask  = ~1;
+	    
+	    goto ok;
+
+	  case PCRELIMM_8BY4:
+	    imm = ((nibs[2] << 4) | nibs[3]) <<2;
+	    relmask  = ~3;	    
+	    goto ok;
+	    
+	  case IMM_8BY2:
+	    imm = ((nibs[2] << 4) | nibs[3]) <<1;
+	    goto ok;
+	  case IMM_8BY4:
+	    imm = ((nibs[2] << 4) | nibs[3]) <<2;
+	    goto ok;
+	  case DISP_8:
+	    imm = (nibs[2] << 4) | (nibs[3]);	  
+	    goto ok;
+	  case DISP_4:
+	    imm = nibs[3];
+	    goto ok;
+	  case REG_N:
+	    rn = nibs[n];
+	    break;
+	  case REG_M:
+	    rm = nibs[n];
+	    break;
+          case REG_B:
+            rb = nibs[n] & 0x07;
+            break;	
+	  default:
+	    abort();
+	  }
+
+      }
+    ok:
+      fprintf(stream,"%s\t", op->name);
+      for (n = 0; n < 3 && op->arg[n] != A_END; n++) 
+	{
+	  if (n && op->arg[1] != A_END)
+	    fprintf(stream,",");
+	  switch (op->arg[n]) 
+	    {
+	    case A_IMM:
+	      fprintf(stream,"#%d", (char)(imm));
+	      break;
+	    case A_R0:
+	      fprintf(stream,"r0");
+	      break;
+	    case A_REG_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"r%d", rn);
+	      break;
+	    case A_INC_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@r%d+", rn);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_DEC_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@-r%d", rn);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_IND_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@r%d", rn);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_DISP_REG_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(%d,r%d)",imm, rn);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_REG_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"r%d", rm);
+	      break;
+	    case A_INC_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@r%d+", rm);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_DEC_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@-r%d", rm);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_IND_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@r%d", rm);	
+	      break;
+	    case A_DISP_REG_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(%d,r%d)",imm, rm);	
+	      break;
+            case A_REG_B:
+              fprintf(stream,"r%d_bank", rb);
+	      break;
+	    case A_DISP_PC:
+	      fprintf(stream,"0x%0x", imm+ 4+(memaddr&relmask));
+	      break;
+	    case A_IND_R0_REG_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(r0,r%d)", rn);
+	      break; 
+	    case A_IND_R0_REG_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(r0,r%d)", rm);
+	      break; 
+	    case A_DISP_GBR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(%d,gbr)",imm);
+	      break;
+	    case A_R0_GBR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"@(r0,gbr)");
+	      break;
+	    case A_BDISP12:
+	    case A_BDISP8:
+	      (*info->print_address_func) (imm + memaddr, info);
+	      break;
+	    case A_SR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"sr");
+	      break;
+	    case A_GBR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"gbr");
+	      break;
+	    case A_VBR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"vbr");
+	      break;
+	    case A_SSR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"ssr");
+	      break;
+	    case A_SPC:
+	      fprintf(stream,"spc");
+	      break;
+	    case A_MACH:
+	      fprintf(stream,"mach");
+	      break;
+	    case A_MACL:
+	      fprintf(stream,"macl");
+	      break;
+	    case A_PR:
+	      fprintf(stream,"pr");
+	      break;
+	    case F_REG_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"fr%d", rn);
+	      break;
+	    case F_REG_M:
+	      fprintf(stream,"fr%d", rm);
+	      break;
+	    case FPSCR_M:
+	    case FPSCR_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"fpscr");
+	      break;
+	    case FPUL_M:
+	    case FPUL_N:
+	      fprintf(stream,"fpul");
+	      break;
+	    case F_FR0:
+	      fprintf(stream,"fr0");
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      abort();
+	    }
+	
+	}
+      if (!(info->flags & 1)
+	  && (op->name[0] == 'j'
+	      || (op->name[0] == 'b'
+		  && (op->name[1] == 'r' 
+		      || op->name[1] == 's'))
+	      || (op->name[0] == 'r' && op->name[1] == 't')
+	      || (op->name[0] == 'b' && op->name[2] == '.')))
+	{
+	  info->flags |= 1;
+	  fprintf(stream,"\t(slot ");  print_insn_shx(memaddr +2, info);
+	  info->flags &= ~1;
+	  fprintf(stream,")");
+	  return 4;
+	}
+      
+      return 2;
+    fail:
+      ;
+
+    }
+  fprintf(stream,".word 0x%x%x%x%x", nibs[0], nibs[1], nibs[2], nibs[3]);
+  return 2;
+}
+
+
+int 
+print_insn_shl(memaddr, info)
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  int r;
+  info->flags = LITTLE_BIT;
+  r =print_insn_shx (memaddr, info);
+  return r;
+}
+
+int 
+print_insn_sh(memaddr, info)
+     bfd_vma memaddr;
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  int r;
+  info->flags = 0;
+  r =print_insn_shx (memaddr, info);
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-opc.h b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-opc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc75e79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sh-opc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* Definitions for SH opcodes.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+typedef enum {
+	HEX_0,
+	HEX_1,
+	HEX_2,
+	HEX_3,
+	HEX_4,
+	HEX_5,
+	HEX_6,
+	HEX_7,
+	HEX_8,
+	HEX_9,
+	HEX_A,
+	HEX_B,
+	HEX_C,
+	HEX_D,
+	HEX_E,
+	HEX_F,
+	REG_N,
+	REG_M,
+        REG_B,
+	BRANCH_12,
+	BRANCH_8,
+	DISP_8,
+	DISP_4,
+	IMM_4,
+	IMM_4BY2,
+	IMM_4BY4,
+	PCRELIMM_8BY2,
+	PCRELIMM_8BY4,
+	IMM_8,
+	IMM_8BY2,
+	IMM_8BY4
+} sh_nibble_type;
+
+typedef enum {
+	A_END,
+	A_BDISP12,
+	A_BDISP8,
+	A_DEC_M,
+	A_DEC_N,
+	A_DISP_GBR,
+	A_DISP_PC,
+	A_DISP_REG_M,
+	A_DISP_REG_N,
+	A_GBR,
+	A_IMM,
+	A_INC_M,
+	A_INC_N,
+	A_IND_M,
+	A_IND_N,
+	A_IND_R0_REG_M,
+	A_IND_R0_REG_N,
+	A_MACH,
+	A_MACL,
+	A_PR,
+	A_R0,
+	A_R0_GBR,
+	A_REG_M,
+	A_REG_N,
+	A_REG_B,
+	A_SR,
+	A_VBR,
+	A_SSR,
+	A_SPC,
+	F_REG_N,
+	F_REG_M,
+	F_FR0,
+	FPUL_N,
+	FPUL_M,
+	FPSCR_N,
+	FPSCR_M
+} sh_arg_type;
+
+typedef struct {
+  char *name;
+  sh_arg_type arg[4];
+  sh_nibble_type nibbles[4];
+} sh_opcode_info;
+
+#ifdef DEFINE_TABLE
+
+sh_opcode_info sh_table[] = {
+
+/* 0111nnnni8*1.... add #<imm>,<REG_N>  */{"add",{A_IMM,A_REG_N},{HEX_7,REG_N,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1100 add <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"add",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1110 addc <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"addc",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1111 addv <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"addv",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_F}},
+
+/* 11001001i8*1.... and #<imm>,R0       */{"and",{A_IMM,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_9,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1001 and <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"and",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 11001101i8*1.... and.b #<imm>,@(R0,GBR)*/{"and.b",{A_IMM,A_R0_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_D,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 1010i12......... bra <bdisp12>       */{"bra",{A_BDISP12},{HEX_A,BRANCH_12}},
+
+/* 1011i12......... bsr <bdisp12>       */{"bsr",{A_BDISP12},{HEX_B,BRANCH_12}},
+
+/* 10001001i8p1.... bt <bdisp8>         */{"bt",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_9,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 10001011i8p1.... bf <bdisp8>         */{"bf",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_B,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 10001101i8p1.... bt.s <bdisp8>       */{"bt.s",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_D,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 10001101i8p1.... bt/s <bdisp8>       */{"bt/s",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_D,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 10001111i8p1.... bf.s <bdisp8>       */{"bf.s",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_F,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 10001111i8p1.... bf/s <bdisp8>       */{"bf/s",{A_BDISP8},{HEX_8,HEX_F,BRANCH_8}},
+
+/* 0000000000101000 clrmac              */{"clrmac",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_2,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0000000001001000 clrs                */{"clrs",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_4,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0000000000001000 clrt                */{"clrt",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 10001000i8*1.... cmp/eq #<imm>,R0    */{"cmp/eq",{A_IMM,A_R0},{HEX_8,HEX_8,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0000 cmp/eq <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/eq",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0011 cmp/ge <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/ge",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0111 cmp/gt <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/gt",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0110 cmp/hi <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/hi",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0010 cmp/hs <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/hs",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010101 cmp/pl <REG_N>      */{"cmp/pl",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010001 cmp/pz <REG_N>      */{"cmp/pz",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1100 cmp/str <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"cmp/str",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0111 div0s <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"div0s",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0000000000011001 div0u               */{"div0u",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_1,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0100 div1 <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"div1",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1110 exts.b <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"exts.b",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1111 exts.w <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"exts.w",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_F}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1100 extu.b <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"extu.b",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1101 extu.w <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"extu.w",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00101011 jmp @<REG_N>        */{"jmp",{A_IND_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00001011 jsr @<REG_N>        */{"jsr",{A_IND_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00001110 ldc <REG_N>,SR      */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_SR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00011110 ldc <REG_N>,GBR     */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_GBR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00101110 ldc <REG_N>,VBR     */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_VBR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00111110 ldc <REG_N>,SSR     */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_SSR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_3,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01001110 ldc <REG_N>,SPC     */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_SPC},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_4,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn1xxx1110 ldc <REG_N>,Rn_BANK */{"ldc",{A_REG_N,A_REG_B},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_B,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000111 ldc.l @<REG_N>+,SR  */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_SR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010111 ldc.l @<REG_N>+,GBR */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_GBR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100111 ldc.l @<REG_N>+,VBR */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_VBR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00110111 ldc.l @<REG_N>+,SSR */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_SSR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_3,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01000111 ldc.l @<REG_N>+,SPC */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_SPC},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_4,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn1xxx0111 ldc.l <REG_N>,Rn_BANK */{"ldc.l",{A_INC_N,A_REG_B},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_B,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00001010 lds <REG_N>,MACH    */{"lds",{A_REG_N,A_MACH},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00011010 lds <REG_N>,MACL    */{"lds",{A_REG_N,A_MACL},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00101010 lds <REG_N>,PR      */{"lds",{A_REG_N,A_PR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01011010 lds <REG_N>,FPUL    */{"lds",{A_REG_M,FPUL_N},{HEX_4,REG_M,HEX_5,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01101010 lds <REG_M>,FPSCR   */{"lds",{A_REG_M,FPSCR_N},{HEX_4,REG_M,HEX_6,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000110 lds.l @<REG_N>+,MACH*/{"lds.l",{A_INC_N,A_MACH},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010110 lds.l @<REG_N>+,MACL*/{"lds.l",{A_INC_N,A_MACL},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100110 lds.l @<REG_N>+,PR  */{"lds.l",{A_INC_N,A_PR},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01010110 lds.l @<REG_M>+,FPUL*/{"lds.l",{A_INC_M,FPUL_N},{HEX_4,REG_M,HEX_5,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01100110 lds.l @<REG_M>+,FPSCR*/{"lds.l",{A_INC_M,FPSCR_N},{HEX_4,REG_M,HEX_6,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0000000000111000 ldtlb               */{"ldtlb",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_3,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0100nnnnmmmm1111 mac.w @<REG_M>+,@<REG_N>+*/{"mac.w",{A_INC_M,A_INC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_F}},
+
+/* 1110nnnni8*1.... mov #<imm>,<REG_N>  */{"mov",{A_IMM,A_REG_N},{HEX_E,REG_N,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0011 mov <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"mov",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm0100 mov.b <REG_M>,@(R0,<REG_N>)*/{"mov.b",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_R0_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0100 mov.b <REG_M>,@-<REG_N>*/{"mov.b",{ A_REG_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0000 mov.b <REG_M>,@<REG_N>*/{"mov.b",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 10000100mmmmi4*1 mov.b @(<disp>,<REG_M>),R0*/{"mov.b",{A_DISP_REG_M,A_R0},{HEX_8,HEX_4,REG_M,IMM_4}},
+
+/* 11000100i8*1.... mov.b @(<disp>,GBR),R0*/{"mov.b",{A_DISP_GBR,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_4,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm1100 mov.b @(R0,<REG_M>),<REG_N>*/{"mov.b",{A_IND_R0_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0100 mov.b @<REG_M>+,<REG_N>*/{"mov.b",{A_INC_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0000 mov.b @<REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mov.b",{A_IND_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 10000000mmmmi4*1 mov.b R0,@(<disp>,<REG_M>)*/{"mov.b",{A_R0,A_DISP_REG_M},{HEX_8,HEX_0,REG_M,IMM_4}},
+
+/* 11000000i8*1.... mov.b R0,@(<disp>,GBR)*/{"mov.b",{A_R0,A_DISP_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_0,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0001nnnnmmmmi4*4 mov.l <REG_M>,@(<disp>,<REG_N>)*/{"mov.l",{ A_REG_M,A_DISP_REG_N},{HEX_1,REG_N,REG_M,IMM_4BY4}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm0110 mov.l <REG_M>,@(R0,<REG_N>)*/{"mov.l",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_R0_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0110 mov.l <REG_M>,@-<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{ A_REG_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0010 mov.l <REG_M>,@<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0101nnnnmmmmi4*4 mov.l @(<disp>,<REG_M>),<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{A_DISP_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_5,REG_N,REG_M,IMM_4BY4}},
+
+/* 11000110i8*4.... mov.l @(<disp>,GBR),R0*/{"mov.l",{A_DISP_GBR,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_6,IMM_8BY4}},
+
+/* 1101nnnni8p4.... mov.l @(<disp>,PC),<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{A_DISP_PC,A_REG_N},{HEX_D,REG_N,PCRELIMM_8BY4}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm1110 mov.l @(R0,<REG_M>),<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{A_IND_R0_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0110 mov.l @<REG_M>+,<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{A_INC_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0010 mov.l @<REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mov.l",{A_IND_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 11000010i8*4.... mov.l R0,@(<disp>,GBR)*/{"mov.l",{A_R0,A_DISP_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_2,IMM_8BY4}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm0101 mov.w <REG_M>,@(R0,<REG_N>)*/{"mov.w",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_R0_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0101 mov.w <REG_M>,@-<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{ A_REG_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm0001 mov.w <REG_M>,@<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{ A_REG_M,A_IND_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 10000101mmmmi4*2 mov.w @(<disp>,<REG_M>),R0*/{"mov.w",{A_DISP_REG_M,A_R0},{HEX_8,HEX_5,REG_M,IMM_4BY2}},
+
+/* 11000101i8*2.... mov.w @(<disp>,GBR),R0*/{"mov.w",{A_DISP_GBR,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_5,IMM_8BY2}},
+
+/* 1001nnnni8p2.... mov.w @(<disp>,PC),<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{A_DISP_PC,A_REG_N},{HEX_9,REG_N,PCRELIMM_8BY2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm1101 mov.w @(R0,<REG_M>),<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{A_IND_R0_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0101 mov.w @<REG_M>+,<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{A_INC_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0001 mov.w @<REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mov.w",{A_IND_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 10000001mmmmi4*2 mov.w R0,@(<disp>,<REG_M>)*/{"mov.w",{A_R0,A_DISP_REG_M},{HEX_8,HEX_1,REG_M,IMM_4BY2}},
+
+/* 11000001i8*2.... mov.w R0,@(<disp>,GBR)*/{"mov.w",{A_R0,A_DISP_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_1,IMM_8BY2}},
+
+/* 11000111i8p4.... mova @(<disp>,PC),R0*/{"mova",{A_DISP_PC,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_7,PCRELIMM_8BY4}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00101001 movt <REG_N>        */{"movt",{A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1111 muls <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"muls",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_F}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm0111 mul.l <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mul.l",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1110 mulu <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mulu",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1011 neg <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"neg",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1010 negc <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"negc",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0000000000001001 nop                 */{"nop",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm0111 not <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"not",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 11001011i8*1.... or #<imm>,R0        */{"or",{A_IMM,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_B,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1011 or <REG_M>,<REG_N>  */{"or",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 11001111i8*1.... or.b #<imm>,@(R0,GBR)*/{"or.b",{A_IMM,A_R0_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_F,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn10000011 pref @<REG_N>       */{"pref",{A_IND_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_8,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100100 rotcl <REG_N>       */{"rotcl",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100101 rotcr <REG_N>       */{"rotcr",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000100 rotl <REG_N>        */{"rotl",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000101 rotr <REG_N>        */{"rotr",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0000000000101011 rte                 */{"rte",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_2,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0000000000001011 rts                 */{"rts",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0000000001011000 sets                */{"sets",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_5,HEX_8}},
+/* 0000000000011000 sett                */{"sett",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_1,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0100nnnnmmmm1100 shad <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"shad",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 0100nnnnmmmm1101 shld <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"shld",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100000 shal <REG_N>        */{"shal",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100001 shar <REG_N>        */{"shar",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000000 shll <REG_N>        */{"shll",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00101000 shll16 <REG_N>      */{"shll16",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00001000 shll2 <REG_N>       */{"shll2",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00011000 shll8 <REG_N>       */{"shll8",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000001 shlr <REG_N>        */{"shlr",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00101001 shlr16 <REG_N>      */{"shlr16",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00001001 shlr2 <REG_N>       */{"shlr2",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00011001 shlr8 <REG_N>       */{"shlr8",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0000000000011011 sleep               */{"sleep",{0},{HEX_0,HEX_0,HEX_1,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00000010 stc SR,<REG_N>      */{"stc",{A_SR,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00010010 stc GBR,<REG_N>     */{"stc",{A_GBR,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00100010 stc VBR,<REG_N>     */{"stc",{A_VBR,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00110010 stc SSR,<REG_N>     */{"stc",{A_SSR,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_3,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn01000010 stc SPC,<REG_N>     */{"stc",{A_SPC,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_4,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn1xxx0012 stc Rn_BANK,<REG_N> */{"stc",{A_REG_B,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_B,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000011 stc.l SR,@-<REG_N>  */{"stc.l",{A_SR,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010011 stc.l GBR,@-<REG_N> */{"stc.l",{A_GBR,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100011 stc.l VBR,@-<REG_N> */{"stc.l",{A_VBR,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00110011 stc.l SSR,@-<REG_N> */{"stc.l",{A_SSR,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_3,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01000011 stc.l SPC,@-<REG_N> */{"stc.l",{A_SPC,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_4,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn1xxx0012 stc.l Rn_BANK,@-<REG_N> */{"stc.l",{A_REG_B,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,REG_B,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00001010 sts MACH,<REG_N>    */{"sts",{A_MACH,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00011010 sts MACL,<REG_N>    */{"sts",{A_MACL,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00101010 sts PR,<REG_N>      */{"sts",{A_PR,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn01011010 sts FPUL,<REG_N>    */{"sts",{FPUL_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_5,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn01101010 sts FPSCR,<REG_N>   */{"sts",{FPSCR_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_6,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00000010 sts.l MACH,@-<REG_N>*/{"sts.l",{A_MACH,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010010 sts.l MACL,@-<REG_N>*/{"sts.l",{A_MACL,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00100010 sts.l PR,@-<REG_N>  */{"sts.l",{A_PR,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01010010 sts.l FPUL,@-<REG_N>*/{"sts.l",{FPUL_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_5,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn01100010 sts.l FPSCR,@-<REG_N>*/{"sts.l",{FPSCR_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_6,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1000 sub <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"sub",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1010 subc <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"subc",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1011 subv <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"subv",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1000 swap.b <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"swap.b",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 0110nnnnmmmm1001 swap.w <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"swap.w",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_6,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00011011 tas.b @<REG_N>      */{"tas.b",{A_IND_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 11000011i8*1.... trapa #<imm>        */{"trapa",{A_IMM},{HEX_C,HEX_3,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 11001000i8*1.... tst #<imm>,R0       */{"tst",{A_IMM,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_8,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1000 tst <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"tst",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 11001100i8*1.... tst.b #<imm>,@(R0,GBR)*/{"tst.b",{A_IMM,A_R0_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_C,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 11001010i8*1.... xor #<imm>,R0       */{"xor",{A_IMM,A_R0},{HEX_C,HEX_A,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1010 xor <REG_M>,<REG_N> */{"xor",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 11001110i8*1.... xor.b #<imm>,@(R0,GBR)*/{"xor.b",{A_IMM,A_R0_GBR},{HEX_C,HEX_E,IMM_8}},
+
+/* 0010nnnnmmmm1101 xtrct <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"xtrct",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_2,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm0111 mul.l <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"mul.l",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 0100nnnn00010000 dt <REG_N>          */{"dt",{A_REG_N},{HEX_4,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm1101 dmuls.l <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"dmuls.l",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 0011nnnnmmmm0101 dmulu.l <REG_M>,<REG_N>*/{"dmulu.l",{ A_REG_M,A_REG_N},{HEX_3,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 0000nnnnmmmm1111 mac.l @<REG_M>+,@<REG_N>+*/{"mac.l",{A_INC_M,A_INC_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_F}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00100011 braf <REG_N>       */{"braf",{A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 0000nnnn00000011 bsrf <REG_N>       */{"bsrf",{A_REG_N},{HEX_0,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn01011101 fabs <F_REG_N>     */{"fabs",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_5,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0000 fadd <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fadd",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_0}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0100 fcmp/eq <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fcmp/eq",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_4}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0101 fcmp/gt <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fcmp/gt",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_5}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0011 fdiv <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fdiv",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_3}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn10001101 fldi0 <F_REG_N>    */{"fldi0",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_8,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn10011101 fldi1 <F_REG_N>    */{"fldi1",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_9,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn00011101 flds <F_REG_N>,FPUL*/{"flds",{F_REG_N,FPUL_M},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_1,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn00101101 float FPUL,<F_REG_N>*/{"float",{FPUL_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_2,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1110 fmac FR0,<F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fmac",{F_FR0,F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_E}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1100 fmov <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fmov",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_C}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1000 fmov.s @<REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fmov.s",{A_IND_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_8}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1010 fmov.s <F_REG_M>,@<REG_N>*/{"fmov.s",{F_REG_M,A_IND_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_A}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1001 fmov.s @<REG_M>+,<F_REG_N>*/{"fmov.s",{A_INC_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_9}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm1011 fmov.s <F_REG_M>,@-<REG_N>*/{"fmov.s",{F_REG_M,A_DEC_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_B}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0110 fmov.s @(R0,<REG_M>),<F_REG_N>*/{"fmov.s",{A_IND_R0_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_6}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0111 fmov.s <F_REG_M>,@(R0,<REG_N>)*/{"fmov.s",{F_REG_M,A_IND_R0_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_7}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0010 fmul <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fmul",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_2}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn01001101 fneg <F_REG_N>     */{"fneg",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_4,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn01101101 fsqrt <F_REG_N>    */{"fsqrt",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_6,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn00001101 fsts FPUL,<F_REG_N>*/{"fsts",{FPUL_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_0,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnnmmmm0001 fsub <F_REG_M>,<F_REG_N>*/{"fsub",{F_REG_M,F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,REG_M,HEX_1}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn00111101 ftrc <F_REG_M>,FPUL*/{"ftrc",{F_REG_N,FPUL_M},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_3,HEX_D}},
+
+/* 1111nnnn01111101 ftst/nan <F_REG_N>     */{"ftst/nan",{F_REG_N},{HEX_F,REG_N,HEX_7,HEX_D}},
+
+{ 0 } 
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sysdep.h b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sysdep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb23e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/sysdep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Random host-dependent support code.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ken Raeburn.
+
+This file is part of libopcodes, the opcodes library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Do system-dependent stuff, mainly driven by autoconf-detected info.
+
+   Well, some generic common stuff is done here too, like including
+   ansidecl.h.  That's because the .h files in bfd/hosts files I'm
+   trying to replace often did that.  If it can be dropped from this
+   file (check in a non-ANSI environment!), it should be.  */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-dis.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-dis.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8890e12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-dis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+/*
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
+
+#define DEFINE_TABLE
+#include "z8k-opc.h"
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* These are all indexed by nibble number (i.e only every other entry
+     of bytes is used, and every 4th entry of words).  */
+  unsigned char nibbles[24];
+  unsigned char bytes[24];
+  unsigned short words[24];
+
+  /* Nibble number of first word not yet fetched.  */
+  int max_fetched;
+  bfd_vma insn_start;
+  jmp_buf bailout;
+
+  long tabl_index;
+  char instr_asmsrc[80];
+  unsigned long arg_reg[0x0f];
+  unsigned long immediate;
+  unsigned long displacement;
+  unsigned long address;
+  unsigned long cond_code;
+  unsigned long ctrl_code;
+  unsigned long flags;
+  unsigned long interrupts;
+}
+instr_data_s;
+
+/* Make sure that bytes from INFO->PRIVATE_DATA->BUFFER (inclusive)
+   to ADDR (exclusive) are valid.  Returns 1 for success, longjmps
+   on error.  */
+#define FETCH_DATA(info, nibble) \
+  ((nibble) < ((instr_data_s *)(info->private_data))->max_fetched \
+   ? 1 : fetch_data ((info), (nibble)))
+
+static int
+fetch_data (info, nibble)
+     struct disassemble_info *info;
+     int nibble;
+{
+  unsigned char mybuf[20];
+  int status;
+  instr_data_s *priv = (instr_data_s *)info->private_data;
+  bfd_vma start;
+
+  if ((nibble % 4) != 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  status = (*info->read_memory_func) (priv->insn_start,
+				      (bfd_byte *) mybuf,
+				      nibble / 2,
+				      info);
+  if (status != 0)
+    {
+      (*info->memory_error_func) (status, priv->insn_start, info);
+      longjmp (priv->bailout, 1);
+    }
+
+  {
+    int i;
+    unsigned char *p = mybuf ;
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < nibble;)
+      {
+	priv->words[i] = (p[0] << 8) | p[1];
+	
+	priv->bytes[i] = *p;
+	priv->nibbles[i++] = *p >> 4;
+	priv->nibbles[i++] = *p &0xf;
+
+	++p;
+	priv->bytes[i] = *p;
+	priv->nibbles[i++] = *p >> 4;
+	priv->nibbles[i++] = *p & 0xf;
+
+	++p;
+      }
+  }
+  priv->max_fetched = nibble;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static char *codes[16] =
+{
+  "f",
+  "lt",
+  "le",
+  "ule",
+  "ov/pe",
+  "mi",
+  "eq",
+  "c/ult",
+  "t",
+  "ge",
+  "gt",
+  "ugt",
+  "nov/po",
+  "pl",
+  "ne",
+  "nc/uge"
+};
+
+int z8k_lookup_instr PARAMS ((unsigned char*, disassemble_info *));
+static void output_instr
+  PARAMS ((instr_data_s *, unsigned long, disassemble_info *));
+static void unpack_instr PARAMS ((instr_data_s *, int, disassemble_info *));
+static void unparse_instr PARAMS ((instr_data_s *));
+
+static int
+print_insn_z8k (addr, info, is_segmented)
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+     int is_segmented;
+{
+  instr_data_s instr_data;
+
+  info->private_data = (PTR) &instr_data;
+  instr_data.max_fetched = 0;
+  instr_data.insn_start = addr;
+  if (setjmp (instr_data.bailout) != 0)
+    /* Error return.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  instr_data.tabl_index = z8k_lookup_instr (instr_data.nibbles, info);
+  if (instr_data.tabl_index > 0)
+    {
+      unpack_instr (&instr_data, is_segmented, info);
+      unparse_instr (&instr_data);
+      output_instr (&instr_data, addr, info);
+      return z8k_table[instr_data.tabl_index].length;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      FETCH_DATA (info, 4);
+      (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, ".word %02x%02x",
+			     instr_data.bytes[0], instr_data.bytes[2]);
+      return 2;
+    }
+}
+
+print_insn_z8001 (addr, info)
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  return print_insn_z8k (addr, info, 1);
+}
+
+print_insn_z8002 (addr, info)
+     bfd_vma addr;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  return print_insn_z8k (addr, info, 0);
+}
+
+int
+z8k_lookup_instr (nibbles, info)
+     unsigned char *nibbles;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+
+  int nibl_index, tabl_index;
+  int nibl_matched;
+  unsigned short instr_nibl;
+  unsigned short tabl_datum, datum_class, datum_value;
+
+  nibl_matched = 0;
+  tabl_index = 0;
+  while (!nibl_matched && z8k_table[tabl_index].name)
+    {
+      nibl_matched = 1;
+      for (nibl_index = 0; nibl_index < z8k_table[tabl_index].length * 2 && nibl_matched; nibl_index++)
+	{
+	  if ((nibl_index % 4) == 0)
+	    /* Fetch one word at a time.  */
+	    FETCH_DATA (info, nibl_index + 4);
+	  instr_nibl = nibbles[nibl_index];
+
+	  tabl_datum = z8k_table[tabl_index].byte_info[nibl_index];
+	  datum_class = tabl_datum & CLASS_MASK;
+	  datum_value = ~CLASS_MASK & tabl_datum;
+
+	  switch (datum_class)
+	    {
+	    case CLASS_BIT:
+	      if (datum_value != instr_nibl)
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_00II:
+	      if (!((~instr_nibl) & 0x4))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_01II:
+	      if (!(instr_nibl & 0x4))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_0CCC:
+	      if (!((~instr_nibl) & 0x8))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_1CCC:
+	      if (!(instr_nibl & 0x8))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_0DISP7:
+	      if (!((~instr_nibl) & 0x8))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      nibl_index += 1;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_1DISP7:
+	      if (!(instr_nibl & 0x8))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      nibl_index += 1;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_REGN0:
+	      if (instr_nibl == 0)
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    case CLASS_BIT_1OR2:
+	      if ((instr_nibl | 0x2) != (datum_value | 0x2))
+		nibl_matched = 0;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (nibl_matched)
+	{
+	  return tabl_index;
+	}
+
+      tabl_index++;
+    }
+  return -1;
+
+}
+
+static void
+output_instr (instr_data, addr, info)
+     instr_data_s *instr_data;
+     unsigned long addr;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  int loop, loop_limit;
+  char tmp_str[20];
+  char out_str[100];
+
+  strcpy (out_str, "\t");
+
+  loop_limit = z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].length * 2;
+  FETCH_DATA (info, loop_limit);
+  for (loop = 0; loop < loop_limit; loop++)
+    {
+      sprintf (tmp_str, "%x", instr_data->nibbles[loop]);
+      strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+    }
+
+  while (loop++ < 8)
+    {
+      strcat (out_str, " ");
+    }
+
+  strcat (out_str, instr_data->instr_asmsrc);
+
+  (*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "%s", out_str);
+}
+
+static void
+unpack_instr (instr_data, is_segmented, info)
+     instr_data_s *instr_data;
+     int is_segmented;
+     disassemble_info *info;
+{
+  int nibl_count, loop;
+  unsigned short instr_nibl, instr_byte, instr_word;
+  long instr_long;
+  unsigned short tabl_datum, datum_class, datum_value;
+
+  nibl_count = 0;
+  loop = 0;
+  while (z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].byte_info[loop] != 0)
+    {
+      FETCH_DATA (info, nibl_count + 4 - (nibl_count % 4));
+      instr_nibl = instr_data->nibbles[nibl_count];
+      instr_byte = instr_data->bytes[nibl_count];
+      instr_word = instr_data->words[nibl_count];
+
+      tabl_datum = z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].byte_info[loop];
+      datum_class = tabl_datum & CLASS_MASK;
+      datum_value = tabl_datum & ~CLASS_MASK;
+
+      switch (datum_class)
+	{
+	case CLASS_X:
+	  instr_data->address = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_BA:
+	  instr_data->displacement = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_BX:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DISP:
+	  switch (datum_value)
+	    {
+	    case ARG_DISP16:
+	      instr_data->displacement = instr_word;
+	      nibl_count += 3;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_DISP12:
+	      instr_data->displacement = instr_word & 0x0fff;
+	      nibl_count += 2;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_IMM:
+	  switch (datum_value)
+	    {
+	    case ARG_IMM4:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_nibl;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_NIM8:
+	      instr_data->immediate = (-instr_byte);
+	      nibl_count += 1;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM8:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_byte;
+	      nibl_count += 1;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM16:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_word;
+	      nibl_count += 3;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM32:
+	      FETCH_DATA (info, nibl_count + 8);
+	      instr_long = (instr_data->words[nibl_count] << 16)
+		| (instr_data->words[nibl_count + 4]);
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_long;
+	      nibl_count += 7;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMMN:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_nibl - 1;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM4M1:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_nibl + 1;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM_1:
+	      instr_data->immediate = 1;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM_2:
+	      instr_data->immediate = 2;
+	      break;
+	    case ARG_IMM2:
+	      instr_data->immediate = instr_nibl & 0x3;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_CC:
+	  instr_data->cond_code = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_CTRL:
+	  instr_data->ctrl_code = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DA:
+	case CLASS_ADDRESS:
+	  if (is_segmented)
+	    {
+	      if (instr_nibl & 0x8)
+		{
+		  FETCH_DATA (info, nibl_count + 8);
+		  instr_long = (instr_data->words[nibl_count] << 16)
+		    | (instr_data->words[nibl_count + 4]);
+		  instr_data->address = ((instr_word & 0x7f00) << 8) +
+		    (instr_long & 0xffff);
+		  nibl_count += 7;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  instr_data->address = ((instr_word & 0x7f00) << 8) +
+		    (instr_word & 0x00ff);
+		  nibl_count += 3;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      instr_data->address = instr_word;
+	      nibl_count += 3;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_0CCC:
+	  instr_data->cond_code = instr_nibl & 0x7;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_1CCC:
+	  instr_data->cond_code = instr_nibl & 0x7;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_0DISP7:
+	  instr_data->displacement = instr_byte & 0x7f;
+	  nibl_count += 1;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_1DISP7:
+	  instr_data->displacement = instr_byte & 0x7f;
+	  nibl_count += 1;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_01II:
+	  instr_data->interrupts = instr_nibl & 0x3;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_00II:
+	  instr_data->interrupts = instr_nibl & 0x3;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_BIT:
+	  /* do nothing */
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_IR:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_FLAGS:
+	  instr_data->flags = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_BYTE:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_WORD:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_QUAD:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_LONG:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REGN0:
+	  instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] = instr_nibl;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      loop += 1;
+      nibl_count += 1;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+unparse_instr (instr_data)
+     instr_data_s *instr_data;
+{
+  unsigned short tabl_datum, datum_class, datum_value;
+  int loop, loop_limit;
+  char out_str[80], tmp_str[25];
+
+  sprintf (out_str, "\t%s\t", z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].name);
+
+  loop_limit = z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].noperands;
+  for (loop = 0; loop < loop_limit; loop++)
+    {
+      if (loop)
+	strcat (out_str, ",");
+
+      tabl_datum = z8k_table[instr_data->tabl_index].arg_info[loop];
+      datum_class = tabl_datum & CLASS_MASK;
+      datum_value = tabl_datum & ~CLASS_MASK;
+
+      switch (datum_class)
+	{
+	case CLASS_X:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "0x%0x(R%d)", instr_data->address,
+		   instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_BA:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "r%d(#%x)", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value],
+		   instr_data->immediate);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_BX:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "r%d(R%d)", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value],
+		   instr_data->arg_reg[ARG_RX]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DISP:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "#0x%0x", instr_data->displacement);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_IMM:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "#0x%0x", instr_data->immediate);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_CC:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "%s", codes[instr_data->cond_code]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_CTRL:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "0x%0x", instr_data->ctrl_code);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_DA:
+	case CLASS_ADDRESS:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "#0x%0x", instr_data->address);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_IR:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "@R%d", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_FLAGS:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "0x%0x", instr_data->flags);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_BYTE:
+	  if (instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] >= 0x8)
+	    {
+	      sprintf (tmp_str, "rl%d",
+		       instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value] - 0x8);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      sprintf (tmp_str, "rh%d", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	    }
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_WORD:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "r%d", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_QUAD:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "rq%d", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	case CLASS_REG_LONG:
+	  sprintf (tmp_str, "rr%d", instr_data->arg_reg[datum_value]);
+	  strcat (out_str, tmp_str);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  strcpy (instr_data->instr_asmsrc, out_str);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-opc.h b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-opc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..379a3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8k-opc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4438 @@
+			/* THIS FILE IS AUTOMAGICALLY GENERATED, DON'T EDIT IT */
+#define ARG_MASK 0x0f
+#define ARG_SRC 0x01
+#define ARG_DST 0x02
+#define ARG_RS 0x01
+#define ARG_RD 0x02
+#define ARG_RA 0x03
+#define ARG_RB 0x04
+#define ARG_RR 0x05
+#define ARG_RX 0x06
+#define ARG_IMM4 0x01
+#define ARG_IMM8 0x02
+#define ARG_IMM16 0x03
+#define ARG_IMM32 0x04
+#define ARG_IMMN 0x05
+#define ARG_IMMNMINUS1 0x05
+#define ARG_IMM_1 0x06
+#define ARG_IMM_2 0x07
+#define ARG_DISP16 0x08
+#define ARG_NIM8 0x09
+#define ARG_IMM2 0x0a
+#define ARG_IMM1OR2 0x0b
+#define ARG_DISP12 0x0b
+#define ARG_DISP8 0x0c
+#define ARG_IMM4M1 0x0d
+#define CLASS_MASK 0x1fff0
+#define CLASS_X 0x10
+#define CLASS_BA 0x20
+#define CLASS_DA 0x30
+#define CLASS_BX 0x40
+#define CLASS_DISP 0x50
+#define CLASS_IMM 0x60
+#define CLASS_CC 0x70
+#define CLASS_CTRL 0x80
+#define CLASS_ADDRESS 0xd0
+#define CLASS_0CCC 0xe0
+#define CLASS_1CCC 0xf0
+#define CLASS_0DISP7 0x100
+#define CLASS_1DISP7 0x200
+#define CLASS_01II 0x300
+#define CLASS_00II 0x400
+#define CLASS_BIT 0x500
+#define CLASS_FLAGS 0x600
+#define CLASS_IR 0x700
+#define CLASS_DISP8 0x800
+#define CLASS_BIT_1OR2 0x900
+#define CLASS_REG 0x7000
+#define CLASS_REG_BYTE 0x2000
+#define CLASS_REG_WORD 0x3000
+#define CLASS_REG_QUAD 0x4000
+#define CLASS_REG_LONG 0x5000
+#define CLASS_REGN0 0x8000
+#define CLASS_PR 0x10000
+#define OPC_adc 0
+#define OPC_adcb 1
+#define OPC_add 2
+#define OPC_addb 3
+#define OPC_addl 4
+#define OPC_and 5
+#define OPC_andb 6
+#define OPC_bit 7
+#define OPC_bitb 8
+#define OPC_call 9
+#define OPC_calr 10
+#define OPC_clr 11
+#define OPC_clrb 12
+#define OPC_com 13
+#define OPC_comb 14
+#define OPC_comflg 15
+#define OPC_cp 16
+#define OPC_cpb 17
+#define OPC_cpd 18
+#define OPC_cpdb 19
+#define OPC_cpdr 20
+#define OPC_cpdrb 21
+#define OPC_cpi 22
+#define OPC_cpib 23
+#define OPC_cpir 24
+#define OPC_cpirb 25
+#define OPC_cpl 26
+#define OPC_cpsd 27
+#define OPC_cpsdb 28
+#define OPC_cpsdr 29
+#define OPC_cpsdrb 30
+#define OPC_cpsi 31
+#define OPC_cpsib 32
+#define OPC_cpsir 33
+#define OPC_cpsirb 34
+#define OPC_dab 35
+#define OPC_dbjnz 36
+#define OPC_dec 37
+#define OPC_decb 38
+#define OPC_di 39
+#define OPC_div 40
+#define OPC_divl 41
+#define OPC_djnz 42
+#define OPC_ei 43
+#define OPC_ex 44
+#define OPC_exb 45
+#define OPC_exts 46
+#define OPC_extsb 47
+#define OPC_extsl 48
+#define OPC_halt 49
+#define OPC_in 50
+#define OPC_inb 51
+#define OPC_inc 52
+#define OPC_incb 53
+#define OPC_ind 54
+#define OPC_indb 55
+#define OPC_inib 56
+#define OPC_inibr 57
+#define OPC_iret 58
+#define OPC_jp 59
+#define OPC_jr 60
+#define OPC_ld 61
+#define OPC_lda 62
+#define OPC_ldar 63
+#define OPC_ldb 64
+#define OPC_ldctl 65
+#define OPC_ldir 66
+#define OPC_ldirb 67
+#define OPC_ldk 68
+#define OPC_ldl 69
+#define OPC_ldm 70
+#define OPC_ldps 71
+#define OPC_ldr 72
+#define OPC_ldrb 73
+#define OPC_ldrl 74
+#define OPC_mbit 75
+#define OPC_mreq 76
+#define OPC_mres 77
+#define OPC_mset 78
+#define OPC_mult 79
+#define OPC_multl 80
+#define OPC_neg 81
+#define OPC_negb 82
+#define OPC_nop 83
+#define OPC_or 84
+#define OPC_orb 85
+#define OPC_out 86
+#define OPC_outb 87
+#define OPC_outd 88
+#define OPC_outdb 89
+#define OPC_outib 90
+#define OPC_outibr 91
+#define OPC_pop 92
+#define OPC_popl 93
+#define OPC_push 94
+#define OPC_pushl 95
+#define OPC_res 96
+#define OPC_resb 97
+#define OPC_resflg 98
+#define OPC_ret 99
+#define OPC_rl 100
+#define OPC_rlb 101
+#define OPC_rlc 102
+#define OPC_rlcb 103
+#define OPC_rldb 104
+#define OPC_rr 105
+#define OPC_rrb 106
+#define OPC_rrc 107
+#define OPC_rrcb 108
+#define OPC_rrdb 109
+#define OPC_sbc 110
+#define OPC_sbcb 111
+#define OPC_sda 112
+#define OPC_sdab 113
+#define OPC_sdal 114
+#define OPC_sdl 115
+#define OPC_sdlb 116
+#define OPC_sdll 117
+#define OPC_set 118
+#define OPC_setb 119
+#define OPC_setflg 120
+#define OPC_sinb 121
+#define OPC_sind 122
+#define OPC_sindb 123
+#define OPC_sinib 124
+#define OPC_sinibr 125
+#define OPC_sla 126
+#define OPC_slab 127
+#define OPC_slal 128
+#define OPC_sll 129
+#define OPC_sllb 130
+#define OPC_slll 131
+#define OPC_sout 132
+#define OPC_soutb 133
+#define OPC_soutd 134
+#define OPC_soutdb 135
+#define OPC_soutib 136
+#define OPC_soutibr 137
+#define OPC_sra 138
+#define OPC_srab 139
+#define OPC_sral 140
+#define OPC_srl 141
+#define OPC_srlb 142
+#define OPC_srll 143
+#define OPC_sub 144
+#define OPC_subb 145
+#define OPC_subl 146
+#define OPC_tcc 147
+#define OPC_tccb 148
+#define OPC_test 149
+#define OPC_testb 150
+#define OPC_testl 151
+#define OPC_trdb 152
+#define OPC_trdrb 153
+#define OPC_trib 154
+#define OPC_trirb 155
+#define OPC_trtdrb 156
+#define OPC_trtib 157
+#define OPC_trtirb 158
+#define OPC_trtdb 159
+#define OPC_tset 160
+#define OPC_tsetb 161
+#define OPC_xor 162
+#define OPC_xorb 163
+#define OPC_ldd  164 
+#define OPC_lddb  165 
+#define OPC_lddr  166 
+#define OPC_lddrb 167  
+#define OPC_ldi  168 
+#define OPC_ldib 169  
+#define OPC_sc   170
+#define OPC_bpt   171
+#define OPC_ext0e 172
+#define OPC_ext0f 172
+#define OPC_ext8e 172
+#define OPC_ext8f 172
+#define OPC_rsvd36 172
+#define OPC_rsvd38 172
+#define OPC_rsvd78 172
+#define OPC_rsvd7e 172
+#define OPC_rsvd9d 172
+#define OPC_rsvd9f 172
+#define OPC_rsvdb9 172
+#define OPC_rsvdbf 172
+#define OPC_outi 173
+typedef struct {
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+char *nicename;
+int type;
+int cycles;
+int flags;
+#endif
+char *name;
+unsigned char opcode;
+void (*func)();
+unsigned int arg_info[4];
+unsigned int byte_info[10];
+int noperands;
+int length;
+int idx;
+} opcode_entry_type;
+#ifdef DEFINE_TABLE
+opcode_entry_type z8k_table[] = {
+
+
+/* 1011 0101 ssss dddd *** adc rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"adc rd,rs",16,5,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"adc",OPC_adc,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,0},
+
+
+/* 1011 0100 ssss dddd *** adcb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"adcb rbd,rbs",8,5,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"adcb",OPC_adcb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,1},
+
+
+/* 0000 0001 ssN0 dddd *** add rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"add rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"add",OPC_add,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,2},
+
+
+/* 0100 0001 0000 dddd address_src *** add rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"add rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"add",OPC_add,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,3},
+
+
+/* 0100 0001 ssN0 dddd address_src *** add rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"add rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"add",OPC_add,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,4},
+
+
+/* 0000 0001 0000 dddd imm16 *** add rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"add rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"add",OPC_add,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,5},
+
+
+/* 1000 0001 ssss dddd *** add rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"add rd,rs",16,4,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"add",OPC_add,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,6},
+
+
+/* 0000 0000 ssN0 dddd *** addb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"addb",OPC_addb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,7},
+
+
+/* 0100 0000 0000 dddd address_src *** addb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"addb",OPC_addb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,8},
+
+
+/* 0100 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src *** addb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"addb",OPC_addb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,9},
+
+
+/* 0000 0000 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** addb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"addb",OPC_addb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,10},
+
+
+/* 1000 0000 ssss dddd *** addb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"addb",OPC_addb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,11},
+
+
+/* 0001 0110 ssN0 dddd *** addl rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addl rrd,@rs",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"addl",OPC_addl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,12},
+
+
+/* 0101 0110 0000 dddd address_src *** addl rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addl rrd,address_src",32,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"addl",OPC_addl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,13},
+
+
+/* 0101 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src *** addl rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addl rrd,address_src(rs)",32,16,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"addl",OPC_addl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,14},
+
+
+/* 0001 0110 0000 dddd imm32 *** addl rrd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addl rrd,imm32",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"addl",OPC_addl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,15},
+
+
+/* 1001 0110 ssss dddd *** addl rrd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"addl rrd,rrs",32,8,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"addl",OPC_addl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,16},
+
+
+/* 0000 0111 ssN0 dddd *** and rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"and rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"and",OPC_and,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,17},
+
+
+/* 0100 0111 0000 dddd address_src *** and rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"and rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"and",OPC_and,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,18},
+
+
+/* 0100 0111 ssN0 dddd address_src *** and rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"and rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"and",OPC_and,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,19},
+
+
+/* 0000 0111 0000 dddd imm16 *** and rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"and rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"and",OPC_and,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,20},
+
+
+/* 1000 0111 ssss dddd *** and rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"and rd,rs",16,4,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"and",OPC_and,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,21},
+
+
+/* 0000 0110 ssN0 dddd *** andb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"andb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"andb",OPC_andb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,22},
+
+
+/* 0100 0110 0000 dddd address_src *** andb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"andb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"andb",OPC_andb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,23},
+
+
+/* 0100 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src *** andb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"andb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"andb",OPC_andb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,24},
+
+
+/* 0000 0110 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** andb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"andb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"andb",OPC_andb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,25},
+
+
+/* 1000 0110 ssss dddd *** andb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"andb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"andb",OPC_andb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,26},
+
+
+/* 0010 0111 ddN0 imm4 *** bit @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bit @rd,imm4",16,8,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bit",OPC_bit,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,27},
+
+
+/* 0110 0111 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** bit address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bit address_dst(rd),imm4",16,11,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bit",OPC_bit,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,28},
+
+
+/* 0110 0111 0000 imm4 address_dst *** bit address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bit address_dst,imm4",16,10,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bit",OPC_bit,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,29},
+
+
+/* 1010 0111 dddd imm4 *** bit rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bit rd,imm4",16,4,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bit",OPC_bit,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,30},
+
+
+/* 0010 0111 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** bit rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bit rd,rs",16,10,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bit",OPC_bit,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,31},
+
+
+/* 0010 0110 ddN0 imm4 *** bitb @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bitb @rd,imm4",8,8,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bitb",OPC_bitb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,32},
+
+
+/* 0110 0110 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** bitb address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bitb address_dst(rd),imm4",8,11,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bitb",OPC_bitb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,33},
+
+
+/* 0110 0110 0000 imm4 address_dst *** bitb address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bitb address_dst,imm4",8,10,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bitb",OPC_bitb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,34},
+
+
+/* 1010 0110 dddd imm4 *** bitb rbd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bitb rbd,imm4",8,4,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bitb",OPC_bitb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,35},
+
+
+/* 0010 0110 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** bitb rbd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bitb rbd,rs",8,10,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"bitb",OPC_bitb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,36},
+
+
+/* 0011 0110 0000 0000 *** bpt */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"bpt",8,2,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"bpt",OPC_bpt,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,37},
+
+
+/* 0001 1111 ddN0 0000 *** call @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"call @rd",32,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"call",OPC_call,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,38},
+
+
+/* 0101 1111 0000 0000 address_dst *** call address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"call address_dst",32,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"call",OPC_call,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,39},
+
+
+/* 0101 1111 ddN0 0000 address_dst *** call address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"call address_dst(rd)",32,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"call",OPC_call,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,40},
+
+
+/* 1101 disp12 *** calr disp12 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"calr disp12",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"calr",OPC_calr,0,{CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP12),0,0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,41},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 1000 *** clr @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clr @rd",16,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clr",OPC_clr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,42},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 1000 address_dst *** clr address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clr address_dst",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clr",OPC_clr,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,43},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 1000 address_dst *** clr address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clr address_dst(rd)",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clr",OPC_clr,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,44},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 dddd 1000 *** clr rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clr rd",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clr",OPC_clr,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,45},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 1000 *** clrb @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clrb @rd",8,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clrb",OPC_clrb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,46},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 1000 address_dst *** clrb address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clrb address_dst",8,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clrb",OPC_clrb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,47},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 1000 address_dst *** clrb address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clrb address_dst(rd)",8,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clrb",OPC_clrb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,48},
+
+
+/* 1000 1100 dddd 1000 *** clrb rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"clrb rbd",8,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"clrb",OPC_clrb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,49},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0000 *** com @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"com @rd",16,12,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"com",OPC_com,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,50},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0000 address_dst *** com address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"com address_dst",16,15,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"com",OPC_com,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,51},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0000 address_dst *** com address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"com address_dst(rd)",16,16,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"com",OPC_com,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,52},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 dddd 0000 *** com rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"com rd",16,7,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"com",OPC_com,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,53},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0000 *** comb @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"comb @rd",8,12,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"comb",OPC_comb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,54},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0000 address_dst *** comb address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"comb address_dst",8,15,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"comb",OPC_comb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,55},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0000 address_dst *** comb address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"comb address_dst(rd)",8,16,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"comb",OPC_comb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,56},
+
+
+/* 1000 1100 dddd 0000 *** comb rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"comb rbd",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"comb",OPC_comb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,57},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 flags 0101 *** comflg flags */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"comflg flags",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"comflg",OPC_comflg,0,{CLASS_FLAGS,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_FLAGS,CLASS_BIT+5,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,58},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0001 imm16 *** cp @rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp @rd,imm16",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,59},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0001 address_dst imm16 *** cp address_dst(rd),imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp address_dst(rd),imm16",16,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,},2,6,60},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0001 address_dst imm16 *** cp address_dst,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp address_dst,imm16",16,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,},2,6,61},
+
+
+/* 0000 1011 ssN0 dddd *** cp rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,62},
+
+
+/* 0100 1011 0000 dddd address_src *** cp rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,63},
+
+
+/* 0100 1011 ssN0 dddd address_src *** cp rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,64},
+
+
+/* 0000 1011 0000 dddd imm16 *** cp rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,65},
+
+
+/* 1000 1011 ssss dddd *** cp rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cp rd,rs",16,4,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cp",OPC_cp,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,66},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0001 imm8 imm8 *** cpb @rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb @rd,imm8",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,67},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0001 address_dst imm8 imm8 *** cpb address_dst(rd),imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb address_dst(rd),imm8",8,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,6,68},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0001 address_dst imm8 imm8 *** cpb address_dst,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb address_dst,imm8",8,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,6,69},
+
+
+/* 0000 1010 ssN0 dddd *** cpb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,70},
+
+
+/* 0100 1010 0000 dddd address_src *** cpb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,71},
+
+
+/* 0100 1010 ssN0 dddd address_src *** cpb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,72},
+
+
+/* 0000 1010 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** cpb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,73},
+
+
+/* 1000 1010 ssss dddd *** cpb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpb",OPC_cpb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,74},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpd rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpd rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpd",OPC_cpd,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,75},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpdb rbd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpdb rbd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpdb",OPC_cpdb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,76},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpdr rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpdr rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpdr",OPC_cpdr,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,77},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpdrb rbd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpdrb rbd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpdrb",OPC_cpdrb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,78},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpi rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpi rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpi",OPC_cpi,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,79},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpib rbd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpib rbd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpib",OPC_cpib,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,80},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpir rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpir rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpir",OPC_cpir,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,81},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc *** cpirb rbd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpirb rbd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpirb",OPC_cpirb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,82},
+
+
+/* 0001 0000 ssN0 dddd *** cpl rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpl rrd,@rs",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpl",OPC_cpl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,83},
+
+
+/* 0101 0000 0000 dddd address_src *** cpl rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpl rrd,address_src",32,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpl",OPC_cpl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,84},
+
+
+/* 0101 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src *** cpl rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpl rrd,address_src(rs)",32,16,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpl",OPC_cpl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,85},
+
+
+/* 0001 0000 0000 dddd imm32 *** cpl rrd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpl rrd,imm32",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpl",OPC_cpl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,86},
+
+
+/* 1001 0000 ssss dddd *** cpl rrd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpl rrd,rrs",32,8,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpl",OPC_cpl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,87},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsd @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsd @rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsd",OPC_cpsd,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,88},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsdb @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsdb @rd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsdb",OPC_cpsdb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,89},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsdr @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsdr @rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsdr",OPC_cpsdr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,90},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsdrb @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsdrb @rd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsdrb",OPC_cpsdrb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,91},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsi @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsi @rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsi",OPC_cpsi,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,92},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsib @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsib @rd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsib",OPC_cpsib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,93},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsir @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsir @rd,@rs,rr,cc",16,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsir",OPC_cpsir,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,94},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc *** cpsirb @rd,@rs,rr,cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"cpsirb @rd,@rs,rr,cc",8,11,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"cpsirb",OPC_cpsirb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,},4,4,95},
+
+
+/* 1011 0000 dddd 0000 *** dab rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dab rbd",8,5,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"dab",OPC_dab,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,96},
+
+
+/* 1111 dddd 0disp7 *** dbjnz rbd,disp7 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dbjnz rbd,disp7",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"dbjnz",OPC_dbjnz,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_0DISP7,0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,97},
+
+
+/* 0010 1011 ddN0 imm4m1 *** dec @rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dec @rd,imm4m1",16,11,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"dec",OPC_dec,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,98},
+
+
+/* 0110 1011 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst *** dec address_dst(rd),imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dec address_dst(rd),imm4m1",16,14,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"dec",OPC_dec,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,99},
+
+
+/* 0110 1011 0000 imm4m1 address_dst *** dec address_dst,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dec address_dst,imm4m1",16,13,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"dec",OPC_dec,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,100},
+
+
+/* 1010 1011 dddd imm4m1 *** dec rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"dec rd,imm4m1",16,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"dec",OPC_dec,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,101},
+
+
+/* 0010 1010 ddN0 imm4m1 *** decb @rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"decb @rd,imm4m1",8,11,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"decb",OPC_decb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,102},
+
+
+/* 0110 1010 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst *** decb address_dst(rd),imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"decb address_dst(rd),imm4m1",8,14,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"decb",OPC_decb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,103},
+
+
+/* 0110 1010 0000 imm4m1 address_dst *** decb address_dst,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"decb address_dst,imm4m1",8,13,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"decb",OPC_decb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,104},
+
+
+/* 1010 1010 dddd imm4m1 *** decb rbd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"decb rbd,imm4m1",8,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"decb",OPC_decb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,105},
+
+
+/* 0111 1100 0000 00ii *** di i2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"di i2",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"di",OPC_di,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_00II,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,106},
+
+
+/* 0001 1011 ssN0 dddd *** div rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"div rrd,@rs",16,107,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"div",OPC_div,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,107},
+
+
+/* 0101 1011 0000 dddd address_src *** div rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"div rrd,address_src",16,107,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"div",OPC_div,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,108},
+
+
+/* 0101 1011 ssN0 dddd address_src *** div rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"div rrd,address_src(rs)",16,107,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"div",OPC_div,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,109},
+
+
+/* 0001 1011 0000 dddd imm16 *** div rrd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"div rrd,imm16",16,107,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"div",OPC_div,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,110},
+
+
+/* 1001 1011 ssss dddd *** div rrd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"div rrd,rs",16,107,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"div",OPC_div,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,111},
+
+
+/* 0001 1010 ssN0 dddd *** divl rqd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"divl rqd,@rs",32,744,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"divl",OPC_divl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,112},
+
+
+/* 0101 1010 0000 dddd address_src *** divl rqd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"divl rqd,address_src",32,745,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"divl",OPC_divl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,113},
+
+
+/* 0101 1010 ssN0 dddd address_src *** divl rqd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"divl rqd,address_src(rs)",32,746,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"divl",OPC_divl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,114},
+
+
+/* 0001 1010 0000 dddd imm32 *** divl rqd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"divl rqd,imm32",32,744,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"divl",OPC_divl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,115},
+
+
+/* 1001 1010 ssss dddd *** divl rqd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"divl rqd,rrs",32,744,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"divl",OPC_divl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,116},
+
+
+/* 1111 dddd 1disp7 *** djnz rd,disp7 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"djnz rd,disp7",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"djnz",OPC_djnz,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_1DISP7,0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,117},
+
+
+/* 0111 1100 0000 01ii *** ei i2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ei i2",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ei",OPC_ei,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_01II,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,118},
+
+
+/* 0010 1101 ssN0 dddd *** ex rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ex rd,@rs",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ex",OPC_ex,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,119},
+
+
+/* 0110 1101 0000 dddd address_src *** ex rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ex rd,address_src",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ex",OPC_ex,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,120},
+
+
+/* 0110 1101 ssN0 dddd address_src *** ex rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ex rd,address_src(rs)",16,16,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ex",OPC_ex,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,121},
+
+
+/* 1010 1101 ssss dddd *** ex rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ex rd,rs",16,6,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ex",OPC_ex,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,122},
+
+
+/* 0010 1100 ssN0 dddd *** exb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"exb rbd,@rs",8,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"exb",OPC_exb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,123},
+
+
+/* 0110 1100 0000 dddd address_src *** exb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"exb rbd,address_src",8,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"exb",OPC_exb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,124},
+
+
+/* 0110 1100 ssN0 dddd address_src *** exb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"exb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,16,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"exb",OPC_exb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,125},
+
+
+/* 1010 1100 ssss dddd *** exb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"exb rbd,rbs",8,6,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"exb",OPC_exb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,126},
+
+
+/* 0000 1110 imm8 *** ext0e imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ext0e imm8",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ext0e",OPC_ext0e,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,127},
+
+
+/* 0000 1111 imm8 *** ext0f imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ext0f imm8",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ext0f",OPC_ext0f,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,128},
+
+
+/* 1000 1110 imm8 *** ext8e imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ext8e imm8",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ext8e",OPC_ext8e,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,129},
+
+
+/* 1000 1111 imm8 *** ext8f imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ext8f imm8",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ext8f",OPC_ext8f,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,130},
+
+
+/* 1011 0001 dddd 1010 *** exts rrd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"exts rrd",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"exts",OPC_exts,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xa,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,131},
+
+
+/* 1011 0001 dddd 0000 *** extsb rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"extsb rd",8,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"extsb",OPC_extsb,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,132},
+
+
+/* 1011 0001 dddd 0111 *** extsl rqd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"extsl rqd",32,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"extsl",OPC_extsl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+7,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,133},
+
+
+/* 0111 1010 0000 0000 *** halt */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"halt",16,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"halt",OPC_halt,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,134},
+
+
+/* 0011 1101 ssN0 dddd *** in rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"in rd,@rs",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"in",OPC_in,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,135},
+
+
+/* 0011 1101 dddd 0100 imm16 *** in rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"in rd,imm16",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"in",OPC_in,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,136},
+
+
+/* 0011 1100 ssN0 dddd *** inb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inb rbd,@rs",8,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"inb",OPC_inb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,137},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 dddd 0100 imm16 *** inb rbd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inb rbd,imm16",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"inb",OPC_inb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,138},
+
+
+/* 0010 1001 ddN0 imm4m1 *** inc @rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inc @rd,imm4m1",16,11,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"inc",OPC_inc,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,139},
+
+
+/* 0110 1001 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst *** inc address_dst(rd),imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inc address_dst(rd),imm4m1",16,14,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"inc",OPC_inc,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,140},
+
+
+/* 0110 1001 0000 imm4m1 address_dst *** inc address_dst,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inc address_dst,imm4m1",16,13,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"inc",OPC_inc,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,141},
+
+
+/* 1010 1001 dddd imm4m1 *** inc rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inc rd,imm4m1",16,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"inc",OPC_inc,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,142},
+
+
+/* 0010 1000 ddN0 imm4m1 *** incb @rd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"incb @rd,imm4m1",8,11,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"incb",OPC_incb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,143},
+
+
+/* 0110 1000 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst *** incb address_dst(rd),imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"incb address_dst(rd),imm4m1",8,14,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"incb",OPC_incb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,144},
+
+
+/* 0110 1000 0000 imm4m1 address_dst *** incb address_dst,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"incb address_dst,imm4m1",8,13,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"incb",OPC_incb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,145},
+
+
+/* 1010 1000 dddd imm4m1 *** incb rbd,imm4m1 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"incb rbd,imm4m1",8,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"incb",OPC_incb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,146},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssN0 1000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** ind @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ind @rd,@rs,ra",16,21,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ind",OPC_ind,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,147},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 1000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** indb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"indb @rd,@rs,rba",8,21,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"indb",OPC_indb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,148},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** inib @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inib @rd,@rs,ra",8,21,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"inib",OPC_inib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,149},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0000 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000 *** inibr @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"inibr @rd,@rs,ra",16,21,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"inibr",OPC_inibr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,150},
+
+
+/* 0111 1011 0000 0000 *** iret */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"iret",16,13,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"iret",OPC_iret,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,151},
+
+
+/* 0001 1110 ddN0 cccc *** jp cc,@rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"jp cc,@rd",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"jp",OPC_jp,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,152},
+
+
+/* 0101 1110 0000 cccc address_dst *** jp cc,address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"jp cc,address_dst",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"jp",OPC_jp,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_CC,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,153},
+
+
+/* 0101 1110 ddN0 cccc address_dst *** jp cc,address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"jp cc,address_dst(rd)",16,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"jp",OPC_jp,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,154},
+
+
+/* 1110 cccc disp8 *** jr cc,disp8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"jr cc,disp8",16,6,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"jr",OPC_jr,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_CC,CLASS_DISP8,0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,155},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0101 imm16 *** ld @rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld @rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,156},
+
+
+/* 0010 1111 ddN0 ssss *** ld @rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld @rd,rs",16,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,157},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0101 address_dst imm16 *** ld address_dst(rd),imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld address_dst(rd),imm16",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,},2,6,158},
+
+
+/* 0110 1111 ddN0 ssss address_dst *** ld address_dst(rd),rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld address_dst(rd),rs",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,159},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0101 address_dst imm16 *** ld address_dst,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld address_dst,imm16",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,},2,6,160},
+
+
+/* 0110 1111 0000 ssss address_dst *** ld address_dst,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld address_dst,rs",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,161},
+
+
+/* 0011 0011 ddN0 ssss imm16 *** ld rd(imm16),rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd(imm16),rs",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_BA+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,162},
+
+
+/* 0111 0011 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ld rd(rx),rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd(rx),rs",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_BX+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,163},
+
+
+/* 0010 0001 ssN0 dddd *** ld rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,164},
+
+
+/* 0110 0001 0000 dddd address_src *** ld rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,165},
+
+
+/* 0110 0001 ssN0 dddd address_src *** ld rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,166},
+
+
+/* 0010 0001 0000 dddd imm16 *** ld rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,167},
+
+
+/* 1010 0001 ssss dddd *** ld rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,rs",16,3,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,168},
+
+
+/* 0011 0001 ssN0 dddd imm16 *** ld rd,rs(imm16) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,rs(imm16)",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BA+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,169},
+
+
+/* 0111 0001 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ld rd,rs(rx) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ld rd,rs(rx)",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ld",OPC_ld,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BX+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,170},
+
+
+/* 0111 0110 0000 dddd address_src *** lda prd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lda prd,address_src",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"lda",OPC_lda,0,{CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,171},
+
+
+/* 0111 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src *** lda prd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lda prd,address_src(rs)",16,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"lda",OPC_lda,0,{CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,172},
+
+
+/* 0011 0100 ssN0 dddd imm16 *** lda prd,rs(imm16) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lda prd,rs(imm16)",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"lda",OPC_lda,0,{CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BA+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,173},
+
+
+/* 0111 0100 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** lda prd,rs(rx) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lda prd,rs(rx)",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"lda",OPC_lda,0,{CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BX+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,174},
+
+
+/* 0011 0100 0000 dddd disp16 *** ldar prd,disp16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldar prd,disp16",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldar",OPC_ldar,0,{CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,175},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0101 imm8 imm8 *** ldb @rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb @rd,imm8",8,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,176},
+
+
+/* 0010 1110 ddN0 ssss *** ldb @rd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb @rd,rbs",8,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,177},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0101 address_dst imm8 imm8 *** ldb address_dst(rd),imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb address_dst(rd),imm8",8,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,6,178},
+
+
+/* 0110 1110 ddN0 ssss address_dst *** ldb address_dst(rd),rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb address_dst(rd),rbs",8,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,179},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0101 address_dst imm8 imm8 *** ldb address_dst,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb address_dst,imm8",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,6,180},
+
+
+/* 0110 1110 0000 ssss address_dst *** ldb address_dst,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb address_dst,rbs",8,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,181},
+
+
+/* 0010 0000 ssN0 dddd *** ldb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,182},
+
+
+/* 0110 0000 0000 dddd address_src *** ldb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,183},
+
+
+/* 0110 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src *** ldb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,184},
+
+
+/* 1100 dddd imm8 *** ldb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,imm8",8,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,185},
+
+
+/* 1010 0000 ssss dddd *** ldb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,rbs",8,3,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,186},
+
+
+/* 0011 0000 ssN0 dddd imm16 *** ldb rbd,rs(imm16) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,rs(imm16)",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BA+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,187},
+
+
+/* 0111 0000 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ldb rbd,rs(rx) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rbd,rs(rx)",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BX+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,188},
+
+
+/* 0011 0010 ddN0 ssss imm16 *** ldb rd(imm16),rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rd(imm16),rbs",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_BA+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,189},
+
+
+/* 0111 0010 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ldb rd(rx),rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldb rd(rx),rbs",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldb",OPC_ldb,0,{CLASS_BX+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,190},
+
+
+/* 0111 1101 ssss 1ccc *** ldctl ctrl,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldctl ctrl,rs",32,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldctl",OPC_ldctl,0,{CLASS_CTRL,CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_1CCC,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,191},
+
+
+/* 0111 1101 dddd 0ccc *** ldctl rd,ctrl */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldctl rd,ctrl",32,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldctl",OPC_ldctl,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CTRL,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_0CCC,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,192},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000 *** ldd @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldd @rd,@rs,rr",16,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ldd",OPC_ldd,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,193},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000 *** lddb @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lddb @rd,@rs,rr",8,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"lddb",OPC_lddb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,194},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000 *** lddr @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lddr @rd,@rs,rr",16,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"lddr",OPC_lddr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,195},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000 *** lddrb @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"lddrb @rd,@rs,rr",8,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"lddrb",OPC_lddrb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,196},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000 *** ldi @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldi @rd,@rs,rr",16,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ldi",OPC_ldi,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,197},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000 *** ldib @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldib @rd,@rs,rr",8,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ldib",OPC_ldib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,198},
+
+
+/* 1011 1011 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000 *** ldir @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldir @rd,@rs,rr",16,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ldir",OPC_ldir,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,199},
+
+
+/* 1011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000 *** ldirb @rd,@rs,rr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldirb @rd,@rs,rr",8,11,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"ldirb",OPC_ldirb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,200},
+
+
+/* 1011 1101 dddd imm4 *** ldk rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldk rd,imm4",16,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldk",OPC_ldk,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,201},
+
+
+/* 0001 1101 ddN0 ssss *** ldl @rd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl @rd,rrs",32,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,202},
+
+
+/* 0101 1101 ddN0 ssss address_dst *** ldl address_dst(rd),rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl address_dst(rd),rrs",32,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,203},
+
+
+/* 0101 1101 0000 ssss address_dst *** ldl address_dst,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl address_dst,rrs",32,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,204},
+
+
+/* 0011 0111 ddN0 ssss imm16 *** ldl rd(imm16),rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rd(imm16),rrs",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_BA+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,205},
+
+
+/* 0111 0111 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ldl rd(rx),rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rd(rx),rrs",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_BX+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,206},
+
+
+/* 0001 0100 ssN0 dddd *** ldl rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,@rs",32,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,207},
+
+
+/* 0101 0100 0000 dddd address_src *** ldl rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,address_src",32,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,208},
+
+
+/* 0101 0100 ssN0 dddd address_src *** ldl rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,address_src(rs)",32,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,209},
+
+
+/* 0001 0100 0000 dddd imm32 *** ldl rrd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,imm32",32,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,210},
+
+
+/* 1001 0100 ssss dddd *** ldl rrd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,rrs",32,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,211},
+
+
+/* 0011 0101 ssN0 dddd imm16 *** ldl rrd,rs(imm16) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,rs(imm16)",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BA+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,212},
+
+
+/* 0111 0101 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000 *** ldl rrd,rs(rx) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldl rrd,rs(rx)",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldl",OPC_ldl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BX+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,213},
+
+
+/* 0001 1100 ddN0 1001 0000 ssss 0000 nminus1 *** ldm @rd,rs,n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm @rd,rs,n",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),0,},3,4,214},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 ddN0 1001 0000 ssss 0000 nminus1 address_dst *** ldm address_dst(rd),rs,n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm address_dst(rd),rs,n",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),},3,6,215},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 0000 1001 0000 ssss 0000 nminus1 address_dst *** ldm address_dst,rs,n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm address_dst,rs,n",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),},3,6,216},
+
+
+/* 0001 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1 *** ldm rd,@rs,n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm rd,@rs,n",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),0,},3,4,217},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1 address_src *** ldm rd,address_src(rs),n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm rd,address_src(rs),n",16,15,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),},3,6,218},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 0000 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1 address_src *** ldm rd,address_src,n */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldm rd,address_src,n",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldm",OPC_ldm,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),},3,6,219},
+
+
+/* 0011 1001 ssN0 0000 *** ldps @rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldps @rs",16,12,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"ldps",OPC_ldps,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,220},
+
+
+/* 0111 1001 0000 0000 address_src *** ldps address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldps address_src",16,16,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"ldps",OPC_ldps,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},1,4,221},
+
+
+/* 0111 1001 ssN0 0000 address_src *** ldps address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldps address_src(rs)",16,17,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"ldps",OPC_ldps,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},1,4,222},
+
+
+/* 0011 0011 0000 ssss disp16 *** ldr disp16,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldr disp16,rs",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldr",OPC_ldr,0,{CLASS_DISP,CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,223},
+
+
+/* 0011 0001 0000 dddd disp16 *** ldr rd,disp16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldr rd,disp16",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldr",OPC_ldr,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,224},
+
+
+/* 0011 0010 0000 ssss disp16 *** ldrb disp16,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldrb disp16,rbs",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldrb",OPC_ldrb,0,{CLASS_DISP,CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,225},
+
+
+/* 0011 0000 0000 dddd disp16 *** ldrb rbd,disp16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldrb rbd,disp16",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldrb",OPC_ldrb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,226},
+
+
+/* 0011 0111 0000 ssss disp16 *** ldrl disp16,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldrl disp16,rrs",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldrl",OPC_ldrl,0,{CLASS_DISP,CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,227},
+
+
+/* 0011 0101 0000 dddd disp16 *** ldrl rrd,disp16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ldrl rrd,disp16",32,17,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ldrl",OPC_ldrl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,228},
+
+
+/* 0111 1011 0000 1010 *** mbit */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mbit",16,7,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"mbit",OPC_mbit,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xa,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,229},
+
+
+/* 0111 1011 dddd 1101 *** mreq rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mreq rd",16,12,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"mreq",OPC_mreq,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xd,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,230},
+
+
+/* 0111 1011 0000 1001 *** mres */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mres",16,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"mres",OPC_mres,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+9,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,231},
+
+
+/* 0111 1011 0000 1000 *** mset */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mset",16,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"mset",OPC_mset,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,232},
+
+
+/* 0001 1001 ssN0 dddd *** mult rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mult rrd,@rs",16,70,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"mult",OPC_mult,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,233},
+
+
+/* 0101 1001 0000 dddd address_src *** mult rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mult rrd,address_src",16,70,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"mult",OPC_mult,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,234},
+
+
+/* 0101 1001 ssN0 dddd address_src *** mult rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mult rrd,address_src(rs)",16,70,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"mult",OPC_mult,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,235},
+
+
+/* 0001 1001 0000 dddd imm16 *** mult rrd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mult rrd,imm16",16,70,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"mult",OPC_mult,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,236},
+
+
+/* 1001 1001 ssss dddd *** mult rrd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"mult rrd,rs",16,70,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"mult",OPC_mult,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,237},
+
+
+/* 0001 1000 ssN0 dddd *** multl rqd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"multl rqd,@rs",32,282,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"multl",OPC_multl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,238},
+
+
+/* 0101 1000 0000 dddd address_src *** multl rqd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"multl rqd,address_src",32,282,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"multl",OPC_multl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,239},
+
+
+/* 0101 1000 ssN0 dddd address_src *** multl rqd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"multl rqd,address_src(rs)",32,282,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"multl",OPC_multl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,240},
+
+
+/* 0001 1000 0000 dddd imm32 *** multl rqd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"multl rqd,imm32",32,282,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"multl",OPC_multl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,241},
+
+
+/* 1001 1000 ssss dddd *** multl rqd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"multl rqd,rrs",32,282,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"multl",OPC_multl,0,{CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,242},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0010 *** neg @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"neg @rd",16,12,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"neg",OPC_neg,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,243},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0010 address_dst *** neg address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"neg address_dst",16,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"neg",OPC_neg,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,244},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0010 address_dst *** neg address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"neg address_dst(rd)",16,16,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"neg",OPC_neg,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,245},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 dddd 0010 *** neg rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"neg rd",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"neg",OPC_neg,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,246},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0010 *** negb @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"negb @rd",8,12,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"negb",OPC_negb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,247},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0010 address_dst *** negb address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"negb address_dst",8,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"negb",OPC_negb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,248},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0010 address_dst *** negb address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"negb address_dst(rd)",8,16,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"negb",OPC_negb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,249},
+
+
+/* 1000 1100 dddd 0010 *** negb rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"negb rbd",8,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"negb",OPC_negb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+2,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,250},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 0000 0111 *** nop */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"nop",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"nop",OPC_nop,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+7,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,251},
+
+
+/* 0000 0101 ssN0 dddd *** or rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"or rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"or",OPC_or,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,252},
+
+
+/* 0100 0101 0000 dddd address_src *** or rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"or rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"or",OPC_or,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,253},
+
+
+/* 0100 0101 ssN0 dddd address_src *** or rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"or rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"or",OPC_or,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,254},
+
+
+/* 0000 0101 0000 dddd imm16 *** or rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"or rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"or",OPC_or,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,255},
+
+
+/* 1000 0101 ssss dddd *** or rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"or rd,rs",16,4,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"or",OPC_or,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,256},
+
+
+/* 0000 0100 ssN0 dddd *** orb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"orb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"orb",OPC_orb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,257},
+
+
+/* 0100 0100 0000 dddd address_src *** orb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"orb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"orb",OPC_orb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,258},
+
+
+/* 0100 0100 ssN0 dddd address_src *** orb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"orb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"orb",OPC_orb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,259},
+
+
+/* 0000 0100 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** orb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"orb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"orb",OPC_orb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,260},
+
+
+/* 1000 0100 ssss dddd *** orb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"orb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"orb",OPC_orb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,261},
+
+
+/* 0011 1111 ddN0 ssss *** out @rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"out @rd,rs",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"out",OPC_out,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,262},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssss 0110 imm16 *** out imm16,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"out imm16,rs",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"out",OPC_out,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,263},
+
+
+/* 0011 1110 ddN0 ssss *** outb @rd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outb @rd,rbs",8,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outb",OPC_outb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,264},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssss 0110 imm16 *** outb imm16,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outb imm16,rbs",8,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outb",OPC_outb,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,265},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssN0 1010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** outd @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outd @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outd",OPC_outd,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,266},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 1010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** outdb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outdb @rd,@rs,rba",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outdb",OPC_outdb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,267},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssN0 0010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** outi @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outi @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outi",OPC_outi,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,268},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** outib @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outib @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outib",OPC_outib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,269},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0010 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000 *** outibr @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"outibr @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x04,
+#endif
+"outibr",OPC_outibr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,270},
+
+
+/* 0001 0111 ssN0 ddN0 *** pop @rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pop @rd,@rs",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pop",OPC_pop,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,271},
+
+
+/* 0101 0111 ssN0 ddN0 address_dst *** pop address_dst(rd),@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pop address_dst(rd),@rs",16,16,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pop",OPC_pop,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,272},
+
+
+/* 0101 0111 ssN0 0000 address_dst *** pop address_dst,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pop address_dst,@rs",16,16,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pop",OPC_pop,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,273},
+
+
+/* 1001 0111 ssN0 dddd *** pop rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pop rd,@rs",16,8,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pop",OPC_pop,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,274},
+
+
+/* 0001 0101 ssN0 ddN0 *** popl @rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"popl @rd,@rs",32,19,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"popl",OPC_popl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,275},
+
+
+/* 0101 0101 ssN0 ddN0 address_dst *** popl address_dst(rd),@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"popl address_dst(rd),@rs",32,23,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"popl",OPC_popl,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,276},
+
+
+/* 0101 0101 ssN0 0000 address_dst *** popl address_dst,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"popl address_dst,@rs",32,23,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"popl",OPC_popl,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,277},
+
+
+/* 1001 0101 ssN0 dddd *** popl rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"popl rrd,@rs",32,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"popl",OPC_popl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,278},
+
+
+/* 0001 0011 ddN0 ssN0 *** push @rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"push @rd,@rs",16,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"push",OPC_push,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,279},
+
+
+/* 0101 0011 ddN0 0000 address_src *** push @rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"push @rd,address_src",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"push",OPC_push,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,280},
+
+
+/* 0101 0011 ddN0 ssN0 address_src *** push @rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"push @rd,address_src(rs)",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"push",OPC_push,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,281},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 1001 imm16 *** push @rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"push @rd,imm16",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"push",OPC_push,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,282},
+
+
+/* 1001 0011 ddN0 ssss *** push @rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"push @rd,rs",16,9,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"push",OPC_push,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,283},
+
+
+/* 0001 0001 ddN0 ssN0 *** pushl @rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pushl @rd,@rs",32,20,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pushl",OPC_pushl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,284},
+
+
+/* 0101 0001 ddN0 0000 address_src *** pushl @rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pushl @rd,address_src",32,21,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pushl",OPC_pushl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,285},
+
+
+/* 0101 0001 ddN0 ssN0 address_src *** pushl @rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pushl @rd,address_src(rs)",32,21,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pushl",OPC_pushl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,286},
+
+
+/* 1001 0001 ddN0 ssss *** pushl @rd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"pushl @rd,rrs",32,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"pushl",OPC_pushl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,287},
+
+
+/* 0010 0011 ddN0 imm4 *** res @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"res @rd,imm4",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"res",OPC_res,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,288},
+
+
+/* 0110 0011 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** res address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"res address_dst(rd),imm4",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"res",OPC_res,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,289},
+
+
+/* 0110 0011 0000 imm4 address_dst *** res address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"res address_dst,imm4",16,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"res",OPC_res,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,290},
+
+
+/* 1010 0011 dddd imm4 *** res rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"res rd,imm4",16,4,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"res",OPC_res,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,291},
+
+
+/* 0010 0011 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** res rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"res rd,rs",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"res",OPC_res,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,292},
+
+
+/* 0010 0010 ddN0 imm4 *** resb @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resb @rd,imm4",8,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"resb",OPC_resb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,293},
+
+
+/* 0110 0010 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** resb address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resb address_dst(rd),imm4",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"resb",OPC_resb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,294},
+
+
+/* 0110 0010 0000 imm4 address_dst *** resb address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resb address_dst,imm4",8,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"resb",OPC_resb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,295},
+
+
+/* 1010 0010 dddd imm4 *** resb rbd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resb rbd,imm4",8,4,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"resb",OPC_resb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,296},
+
+
+/* 0010 0010 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** resb rbd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resb rbd,rs",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"resb",OPC_resb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,297},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 flags 0011 *** resflg flags */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"resflg flags",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"resflg",OPC_resflg,0,{CLASS_FLAGS,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_FLAGS,CLASS_BIT+3,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,298},
+
+
+/* 1001 1110 0000 cccc *** ret cc */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"ret cc",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"ret",OPC_ret,0,{CLASS_CC,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_CC,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,299},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 00I0 *** rl rd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rl rd,imm1or2",16,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rl",OPC_rl,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,300},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 00I0 *** rlb rbd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rlb rbd,imm1or2",8,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rlb",OPC_rlb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,301},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 10I0 *** rlc rd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rlc rd,imm1or2",16,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rlc",OPC_rlc,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+8,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,302},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 10I0 *** rlcb rbd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rlcb rbd,imm1or2",8,9,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"rlcb",OPC_rlcb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+8,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,303},
+
+
+/* 1011 1110 aaaa bbbb *** rldb rbb,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rldb rbb,rba",8,9,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"rldb",OPC_rldb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RB),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,304},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 01I0 *** rr rd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rr rd,imm1or2",16,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rr",OPC_rr,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+4,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,305},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 01I0 *** rrb rbd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rrb rbd,imm1or2",8,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rrb",OPC_rrb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+4,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,306},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 11I0 *** rrc rd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rrc rd,imm1or2",16,6,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"rrc",OPC_rrc,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xc,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,307},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 11I0 *** rrcb rbd,imm1or2 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rrcb rbd,imm1or2",8,9,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"rrcb",OPC_rrcb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xc,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,308},
+
+
+/* 1011 1100 aaaa bbbb *** rrdb rbb,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rrdb rbb,rba",8,9,
+0x10,
+#endif
+"rrdb",OPC_rrdb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RB),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,309},
+
+
+/* 0011 0110 imm8 *** rsvd36 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd36",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd36",OPC_rsvd36,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,310},
+
+
+/* 0011 1000 imm8 *** rsvd38 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd38",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd38",OPC_rsvd38,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,311},
+
+
+/* 0111 1000 imm8 *** rsvd78 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd78",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd78",OPC_rsvd78,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,312},
+
+
+/* 0111 1110 imm8 *** rsvd7e */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd7e",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd7e",OPC_rsvd7e,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,313},
+
+
+/* 1001 1101 imm8 *** rsvd9d */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd9d",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd9d",OPC_rsvd9d,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,314},
+
+
+/* 1001 1111 imm8 *** rsvd9f */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvd9f",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvd9f",OPC_rsvd9f,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,315},
+
+
+/* 1011 1001 imm8 *** rsvdb9 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvdb9",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvdb9",OPC_rsvdb9,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,316},
+
+
+/* 1011 1111 imm8 *** rsvdbf */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"rsvdbf",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"rsvdbf",OPC_rsvdbf,0,{0},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},0,2,317},
+
+
+/* 1011 0111 ssss dddd *** sbc rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sbc rd,rs",16,5,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sbc",OPC_sbc,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,318},
+
+
+/* 1011 0110 ssss dddd *** sbcb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sbcb rbd,rbs",8,5,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"sbcb",OPC_sbcb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,319},
+
+
+/* 0111 1111 imm8 *** sc imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sc imm8",8,33,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"sc",OPC_sc,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,320},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1011 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sda rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sda rd,rs",16,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sda",OPC_sda,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,321},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 1011 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sdab rbd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sdab rbd,rs",8,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sdab",OPC_sdab,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,322},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1111 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sdal rrd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sdal rrd,rs",32,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sdal",OPC_sdal,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,323},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0011 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sdl rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sdl rd,rs",16,15,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"sdl",OPC_sdl,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,324},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 0011 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sdlb rbd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sdlb rbd,rs",8,15,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"sdlb",OPC_sdlb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,325},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0111 0000 ssss 0000 0000 *** sdll rrd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sdll rrd,rs",32,15,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"sdll",OPC_sdll,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,326},
+
+
+/* 0010 0101 ddN0 imm4 *** set @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"set @rd,imm4",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"set",OPC_set,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,327},
+
+
+/* 0110 0101 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** set address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"set address_dst(rd),imm4",16,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"set",OPC_set,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,328},
+
+
+/* 0110 0101 0000 imm4 address_dst *** set address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"set address_dst,imm4",16,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"set",OPC_set,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,329},
+
+
+/* 1010 0101 dddd imm4 *** set rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"set rd,imm4",16,4,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"set",OPC_set,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,330},
+
+
+/* 0010 0101 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** set rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"set rd,rs",16,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"set",OPC_set,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,331},
+
+
+/* 0010 0100 ddN0 imm4 *** setb @rd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setb @rd,imm4",8,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"setb",OPC_setb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,332},
+
+
+/* 0110 0100 ddN0 imm4 address_dst *** setb address_dst(rd),imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setb address_dst(rd),imm4",8,14,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"setb",OPC_setb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,333},
+
+
+/* 0110 0100 0000 imm4 address_dst *** setb address_dst,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setb address_dst,imm4",8,13,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"setb",OPC_setb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},2,4,334},
+
+
+/* 1010 0100 dddd imm4 *** setb rbd,imm4 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setb rbd,imm4",8,4,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"setb",OPC_setb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,335},
+
+
+/* 0010 0100 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000 *** setb rbd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setb rbd,rs",8,10,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"setb",OPC_setb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,0,},2,4,336},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 flags 0001 *** setflg flags */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"setflg flags",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"setflg",OPC_setflg,0,{CLASS_FLAGS,},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_FLAGS,CLASS_BIT+1,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,337},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 dddd 0101 imm16 *** sinb rbd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sinb rbd,imm16",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sinb",OPC_sinb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,338},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 dddd 0101 imm16 *** sinb rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sinb rd,imm16",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sinb",OPC_sinb,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,339},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssN0 1000 0001 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** sind @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sind @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sind",OPC_sind,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,340},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 1000 0001 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** sindb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sindb @rd,@rs,rba",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sindb",OPC_sindb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,341},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** sinib @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sinib @rd,@rs,ra",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sinib",OPC_sinib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,342},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000 *** sinibr @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sinibr @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sinibr",OPC_sinibr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,343},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1001 0000 0000 imm8 *** sla rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sla rd,imm8",16,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sla",OPC_sla,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,344},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 1001  0000 0000 imm8 *** slab rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"slab rbd,imm8",8,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"slab",OPC_slab,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,345},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1101 0000 0000 imm8 *** slal rrd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"slal rrd,imm8",32,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"slal",OPC_slal,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,346},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0001 0000 0000 imm8 *** sll rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sll rd,imm8",16,13,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"sll",OPC_sll,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,347},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 0001  0000 0000 imm8 *** sllb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sllb rbd,imm8",8,13,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"sllb",OPC_sllb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,348},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0101 0000 0000 imm8 *** slll rrd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"slll rrd,imm8",32,13,
+0x38,
+#endif
+"slll",OPC_slll,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,},2,4,349},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssss 0111 imm16 *** sout imm16,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sout imm16,rs",16,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"sout",OPC_sout,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,350},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssss 0111 imm16 *** soutb imm16,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"soutb imm16,rbs",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"soutb",OPC_soutb,0,{CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+7,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,351},
+
+
+/* 0011 1011 ssN0 1011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** soutd @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"soutd @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"soutd",OPC_soutd,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,352},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 1011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** soutdb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"soutdb @rd,@rs,rba",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"soutdb",OPC_soutdb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,353},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000 *** soutib @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"soutib @rd,@rs,ra",8,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"soutib",OPC_soutib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,},3,4,354},
+
+
+/* 0011 1010 ssN0 0011 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000 *** soutibr @rd,@rs,ra */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"soutibr @rd,@rs,ra",16,0,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"soutibr",OPC_soutibr,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,355},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1001 1111 1111 nim8 *** sra rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sra rd,imm8",16,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sra",OPC_sra,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,356},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 1001 0000 0000 nim8 *** srab rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"srab rbd,imm8",8,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"srab",OPC_srab,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,357},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 1101 1111 1111 nim8 *** sral rrd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sral rrd,imm8",32,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sral",OPC_sral,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,358},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0001 1111 1111 nim8 *** srl rd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"srl rd,imm8",16,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"srl",OPC_srl,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,359},
+
+
+/* 1011 0010 dddd 0001 0000 0000 nim8 *** srlb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"srlb rbd,imm8",8,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"srlb",OPC_srlb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,360},
+
+
+/* 1011 0011 dddd 0101 1111 1111 nim8 *** srll rrd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"srll rrd,imm8",32,13,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"srll",OPC_srll,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8),0,0,},2,4,361},
+
+
+/* 0000 0011 ssN0 dddd *** sub rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sub rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sub",OPC_sub,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,362},
+
+
+/* 0100 0011 0000 dddd address_src *** sub rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sub rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sub",OPC_sub,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,363},
+
+
+/* 0100 0011 ssN0 dddd address_src *** sub rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sub rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sub",OPC_sub,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,364},
+
+
+/* 0000 0011 0000 dddd imm16 *** sub rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sub rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sub",OPC_sub,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,365},
+
+
+/* 1000 0011 ssss dddd *** sub rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"sub rd,rs",16,4,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"sub",OPC_sub,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+3,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,366},
+
+
+/* 0000 0010 ssN0 dddd *** subb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"subb",OPC_subb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,367},
+
+
+/* 0100 0010 0000 dddd address_src *** subb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"subb",OPC_subb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,368},
+
+
+/* 0100 0010 ssN0 dddd address_src *** subb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"subb",OPC_subb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,369},
+
+
+/* 0000 0010 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** subb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"subb",OPC_subb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,370},
+
+
+/* 1000 0010 ssss dddd *** subb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x3f,
+#endif
+"subb",OPC_subb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,371},
+
+
+/* 0001 0010 ssN0 dddd *** subl rrd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subl rrd,@rs",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"subl",OPC_subl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,372},
+
+
+/* 0101 0010 0000 dddd address_src *** subl rrd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subl rrd,address_src",32,15,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"subl",OPC_subl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,373},
+
+
+/* 0101 0010 ssN0 dddd address_src *** subl rrd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subl rrd,address_src(rs)",32,16,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"subl",OPC_subl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,374},
+
+
+/* 0001 0010 0000 dddd imm32 *** subl rrd,imm32 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subl rrd,imm32",32,14,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"subl",OPC_subl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32),0,0,0,0,},2,6,375},
+
+
+/* 1001 0010 ssss dddd *** subl rrd,rrs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"subl rrd,rrs",32,8,
+0x3c,
+#endif
+"subl",OPC_subl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,376},
+
+
+/* 1010 1111 dddd cccc *** tcc cc,rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tcc cc,rd",16,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"tcc",OPC_tcc,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xf,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,377},
+
+
+/* 1010 1110 dddd cccc *** tccb cc,rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tccb cc,rbd",8,5,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"tccb",OPC_tccb,0,{CLASS_CC,CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_CC,0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,378},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0100 *** test @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"test @rd",16,8,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"test",OPC_test,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,379},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0100 address_dst *** test address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"test address_dst",16,11,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"test",OPC_test,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,380},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0100 address_dst *** test address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"test address_dst(rd)",16,12,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"test",OPC_test,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,381},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 dddd 0100 *** test rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"test rd",16,7,
+0x00,
+#endif
+"test",OPC_test,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,382},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0100 *** testb @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testb @rd",8,8,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"testb",OPC_testb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,383},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0100 address_dst *** testb address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testb address_dst",8,11,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"testb",OPC_testb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,384},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0100 address_dst *** testb address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testb address_dst(rd)",8,12,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"testb",OPC_testb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,385},
+
+
+/* 1000 1100 dddd 0100 *** testb rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testb rbd",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"testb",OPC_testb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,386},
+
+
+/* 0001 1100 ddN0 1000 *** testl @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testl @rd",32,13,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"testl",OPC_testl,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+1,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,387},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 0000 1000 address_dst *** testl address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testl address_dst",32,16,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"testl",OPC_testl,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,388},
+
+
+/* 0101 1100 ddN0 1000 address_dst *** testl address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testl address_dst(rd)",32,17,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"testl",OPC_testl,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+5,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,389},
+
+
+/* 1001 1100 dddd 1000 *** testl rrd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"testl rrd",32,13,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"testl",OPC_testl,0,{CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,390},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 ddN0 1000 0000 aaaa ssN0 0000 *** trdb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trdb @rd,@rs,rba",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trdb",OPC_trdb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,391},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 ddN0 1100 0000 aaaa ssN0 0000 *** trdrb @rd,@rs,rba */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trdrb @rd,@rs,rba",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trdrb",OPC_trdrb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,392},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 ddN0 0000 0000 rrrr ssN0 0000 *** trib @rd,@rs,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trib @rd,@rs,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trib",OPC_trib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,393},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 ddN0 0100 0000 rrrr ssN0 0000 *** trirb @rd,@rs,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trirb @rd,@rs,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trirb",OPC_trirb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,394},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 aaN0 1010 0000 rrrr bbN0 0000 *** trtdb @ra,@rb,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trtdb @ra,@rb,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trtdb",OPC_trtdb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RA),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RA),CLASS_BIT+0xa,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RB),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,395},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 aaN0 1110 0000 rrrr bbN0 1110 *** trtdrb @ra,@rb,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trtdrb @ra,@rb,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trtdrb",OPC_trtdrb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RA),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RA),CLASS_BIT+0xe,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RB),CLASS_BIT+0xe,0,},3,4,396},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 aaN0 0010 0000 rrrr bbN0 0000 *** trtib @ra,@rb,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trtib @ra,@rb,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trtib",OPC_trtib,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RA),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RA),CLASS_BIT+2,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RB),CLASS_BIT+0,0,},3,4,397},
+
+
+/* 1011 1000 aaN0 0110 0000 rrrr bbN0 1110 *** trtirb @ra,@rb,rbr */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"trtirb @ra,@rb,rbr",8,25,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"trtirb",OPC_trtirb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RA),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RB),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0xb,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RA),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR),CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RB),CLASS_BIT+0xe,0,},3,4,398},
+
+
+/* 0000 1101 ddN0 0110 *** tset @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tset @rd",16,11,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tset",OPC_tset,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,399},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 0000 0110 address_dst *** tset address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tset address_dst",16,14,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tset",OPC_tset,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,400},
+
+
+/* 0100 1101 ddN0 0110 address_dst *** tset address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tset address_dst(rd)",16,15,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tset",OPC_tset,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,401},
+
+
+/* 1000 1101 dddd 0110 *** tset rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tset rd",16,7,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tset",OPC_tset,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xd,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,402},
+
+
+/* 0000 1100 ddN0 0110 *** tsetb @rd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tsetb @rd",8,11,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tsetb",OPC_tsetb,0,{CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,403},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 0000 0110 address_dst *** tsetb address_dst */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tsetb address_dst",8,14,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tsetb",OPC_tsetb,0,{CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,404},
+
+
+/* 0100 1100 ddN0 0110 address_dst *** tsetb address_dst(rd) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tsetb address_dst(rd)",8,15,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tsetb",OPC_tsetb,0,{CLASS_X+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST),0,0,0,0,},1,4,405},
+
+
+/* 1000 1100 dddd 0110 *** tsetb rbd */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"tsetb rbd",8,7,
+0x08,
+#endif
+"tsetb",OPC_tsetb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0xc,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_BIT+6,0,0,0,0,0,},1,2,406},
+
+
+/* 0000 1001 ssN0 dddd *** xor rd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xor rd,@rs",16,7,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"xor",OPC_xor,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,407},
+
+
+/* 0100 1001 0000 dddd address_src *** xor rd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xor rd,address_src",16,9,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"xor",OPC_xor,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,408},
+
+
+/* 0100 1001 ssN0 dddd address_src *** xor rd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xor rd,address_src(rs)",16,10,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"xor",OPC_xor,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,409},
+
+
+/* 0000 1001 0000 dddd imm16 *** xor rd,imm16 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xor rd,imm16",16,7,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"xor",OPC_xor,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16),0,0,0,0,},2,4,410},
+
+
+/* 1000 1001 ssss dddd *** xor rd,rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xor rd,rs",16,4,
+0x18,
+#endif
+"xor",OPC_xor,0,{CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+9,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,411},
+
+
+/* 0000 1000 ssN0 dddd *** xorb rbd,@rs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,@rs",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,412},
+
+
+/* 0100 1000 0000 dddd address_src *** xorb rbd,address_src */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,address_src",8,9,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,413},
+
+
+/* 0100 1000 ssN0 dddd address_src *** xorb rbd,address_src(rs) */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,address_src(rs)",8,10,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_X+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+4,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC),0,0,0,0,},2,4,414},
+
+
+/* 0000 1000 0000 dddd imm8 imm8 *** xorb rbd,imm8 */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,imm8",8,7,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+0,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8),0,0,0,},2,4,415},
+
+
+/* 1000 1000 ssss dddd *** xorb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x1c,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,416},
+
+
+/* 1000 1000 ssss dddd *** xorb rbd,rbs */
+{
+#ifdef NICENAMES
+"xorb rbd,rbs",8,4,
+0x01,
+#endif
+"xorb",OPC_xorb,0,{CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD),CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS),},
+	{CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_BIT+8,CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS),CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD),0,0,0,0,0,},2,2,417},
+0,0};
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8kgen.c b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8kgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e786bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/opcodes/z8kgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1313 @@
+/*
+This file is part of GNU Binutils.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* This program generates z8k-opc.h */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include "sysdep.h"
+
+#define BYTE_INFO_LEN 10
+
+struct op
+{
+  char *flags;
+  int cycles;
+  char type;
+  char *bits;
+  char *name;
+  char *flavor;
+};
+
+#define iswhite(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t')
+struct op opt[] =
+{
+  "------", 10, 8, "0000 1110 imm8", "ext0e imm8", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0000 1111 imm8", "ext0f imm8", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "1000 1110 imm8", "ext8e imm8", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "1000 1111 imm8", "ext8f imm8", 0,
+
+  "------", 10, 8, "0011 0110 imm8", "rsvd36", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0011 1000 imm8", "rsvd38", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0111 1000 imm8", "rsvd78", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0111 1110 imm8", "rsvd7e", 0,
+
+  "------", 10, 8, "1001 1101 imm8", "rsvd9d", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "1001 1111 imm8", "rsvd9f", 0,
+
+  "------", 10, 8, "1011 1001 imm8", "rsvdb9", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "1011 1111 imm8", "rsvdbf", 0,
+
+  "---V--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000", "ldd @rs,@rd,rr", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000", "lddr @rs,@rd,rr", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 8, "1011 1011 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000", "lddrb @rs,@rd,rr", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000", "ldir @rd,@rs,rr", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpi rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpir rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpdr rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000", "ldi @rd,@rs,rr", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpd rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 0000", "ldirb @rd,@rs,rr", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 1001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000", "lddb @rs,@rd,rr", 0,
+  "---V--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0001 0000 rrrr ddN0 1000", "ldib @rd,@rs,rr", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 1000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpdb rbd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 1100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpdrb rbd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0000 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpib rbd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0100 0000 rrrr dddd cccc", "cpirb rbd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsd @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 1010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsdb @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 1110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsdr @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 1110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsdrb @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsi @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0010 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsib @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "1011 1011 ssN0 0110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsir @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "1011 1010 ssN0 0110 0000 rrrr ddN0 cccc", "cpsirb @rd,@rs,rr,cc", 0,
+
+  "------", 2, 8, "0011 0110 0000 0000", "bpt", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 5, 16, "1011 0101 ssss dddd", "adc rd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 5, 8, "1011 0100 ssss dddd", "adcb rbd,rbs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 0001 ssN0 dddd", "add rd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSV--", 9, 16, "0100 0001 0000 dddd address_src", "add rd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 10, 16, "0100 0001 ssN0 dddd address_src", "add rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 0001 0000 dddd imm16", "add rd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 4, 16, "1000 0001 ssss dddd", "add rd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 7, 8, "0000 0000 ssN0 dddd", "addb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSVDH", 9, 8, "0100 0000 0000 dddd address_src", "addb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 10, 8, "0100 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src", "addb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 7, 8, "0000 0000 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "addb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 4, 8, "1000 0000 ssss dddd", "addb rbd,rbs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0110 ssN0 dddd", "addl rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 32, "0101 0110 0000 dddd address_src", "addl rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 16, 32, "0101 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src", "addl rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0110 0000 dddd imm32", "addl rrd,imm32", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 8, 32, "1001 0110 ssss dddd", "addl rrd,rrs", 0,
+
+  "-ZS---", 7, 16, "0000 0111 ssN0 dddd", "and rd,@rs", 0,
+"-ZS---", 9, 16, "0100 0111 0000 dddd address_src", "and rd,address_src", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 10, 16, "0100 0111 ssN0 dddd address_src", "and rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 7, 16, "0000 0111 0000 dddd imm16", "and rd,imm16", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 4, 16, "1000 0111 ssss dddd", "and rd,rs", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 0110 ssN0 dddd", "andb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"-ZSP--", 9, 8, "0100 0110 0000 dddd address_src", "andb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 10, 8, "0100 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src", "andb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 0110 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "andb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 4, 8, "1000 0110 ssss dddd", "andb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "-Z----", 8, 16, "0010 0111 ddN0 imm4", "bit @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 11, 16, "0110 0111 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "bit address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 10, 16, "0110 0111 0000 imm4 address_dst", "bit address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 4, 16, "1010 0111 dddd imm4", "bit rd,imm4", 0,
+"-Z----", 10, 16, "0010 0111 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "bit rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "-Z----", 8, 8, "0010 0110 ddN0 imm4", "bitb @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 11, 8, "0110 0110 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "bitb address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 10, 8, "0110 0110 0000 imm4 address_dst", "bitb address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "-Z----", 4, 8, "1010 0110 dddd imm4", "bitb rbd,imm4", 0,
+"-Z----", 10, 8, "0010 0110 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "bitb rbd,rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 10, 32, "0001 1111 ddN0 0000", "call @rd", 0,
+  "------", 12, 32, "0101 1111 0000 0000 address_dst", "call address_dst", 0,
+  "------", 13, 32, "0101 1111 ddN0 0000 address_dst", "call address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "------", 10, 16, "1101 disp12", "calr disp12", 0,
+
+  "------", 8, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 1000", "clr @rd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 16, "0100 1101 0000 1000 address_dst", "clr address_dst", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 1000 address_dst", "clr address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "1000 1101 dddd 1000", "clr rd", 0,
+  "------", 8, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 1000", "clrb @rd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 8, "0100 1100 0000 1000 address_dst", "clrb address_dst", 0,
+  "------", 12, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 1000 address_dst", "clrb address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "------", 7, 8, "1000 1100 dddd 1000", "clrb rbd", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 12, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0000", "com @rd", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 15, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0000 address_dst", "com address_dst", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 16, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0000 address_dst", "com address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 7, 16, "1000 1101 dddd 0000", "com rd", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 12, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0000", "comb @rd", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 15, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0000 address_dst", "comb address_dst", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 16, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0000 address_dst", "comb address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "1000 1100 dddd 0000", "comb rbd", 0,
+  "CZSP--", 7, 16, "1000 1101 imm4 0101", "comflg flags", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 11, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0001 imm16", "cp @rd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0001 address_dst imm16", "cp address_dst(rd),imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0001 address_dst imm16", "cp address_dst,imm16", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 1011 ssN0 dddd", "cp rd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 9, 16, "0100 1011 0000 dddd address_src", "cp rd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 10, 16, "0100 1011 ssN0 dddd address_src", "cp rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 1011 0000 dddd imm16", "cp rd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 4, 16, "1000 1011 ssss dddd", "cp rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 11, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0001 imm8 imm8", "cpb @rd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0001 address_dst imm8 imm8", "cpb address_dst(rd),imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0001 address_dst imm8 imm8", "cpb address_dst,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 8, "0000 1010 ssN0 dddd", "cpb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSV--", 9, 8, "0100 1010 0000 dddd address_src", "cpb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 10, 8, "0100 1010 ssN0 dddd address_src", "cpb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 8, "0000 1010 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "cpb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 4, 8, "1000 1010 ssss dddd", "cpb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0000 ssN0 dddd", "cpl rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 32, "0101 0000 0000 dddd address_src", "cpl rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 16, 32, "0101 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src", "cpl rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0000 0000 dddd imm32", "cpl rrd,imm32", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 8, 32, "1001 0000 ssss dddd", "cpl rrd,rrs", 0,
+
+  "CZS---", 5, 8, "1011 0000 dddd 0000", "dab rbd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 16, "1111 dddd 1disp7", "dbjnz rbd,disp7", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 11, 16, "0010 1011 ddN0 imm4m1", "dec @rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 14, 16, "0110 1011 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst", "dec address_dst(rd),imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 13, 16, "0110 1011 0000 imm4m1 address_dst", "dec address_dst,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 4, 16, "1010 1011 dddd imm4m1", "dec rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 11, 8, "0010 1010 ddN0 imm4m1", "decb @rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 14, 8, "0110 1010 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst", "decb address_dst(rd),imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 13, 8, "0110 1010 0000 imm4m1 address_dst", "decb address_dst,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 4, 8, "1010 1010 dddd imm4m1", "decb rbd,imm4m1", 0,
+
+  "------", 7, 16, "0111 1100 0000 00ii", "di i2", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 107, 16, "0001 1011 ssN0 dddd", "div rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 107, 16, "0101 1011 0000 dddd address_src", "div rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 107, 16, "0101 1011 ssN0 dddd address_src", "div rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 107, 16, "0001 1011 0000 dddd imm16", "div rrd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 107, 16, "1001 1011 ssss dddd", "div rrd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 744, 32, "0001 1010 ssN0 dddd", "divl rqd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 745, 32, "0101 1010 0000 dddd address_src", "divl rqd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 746, 32, "0101 1010 ssN0 dddd address_src", "divl rqd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 744, 32, "0001 1010 0000 dddd imm32", "divl rqd,imm32", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 744, 32, "1001 1010 ssss dddd", "divl rqd,rrs", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 16, "1111 dddd 0disp7", "djnz rd,disp7", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "0111 1100 0000 01ii", "ei i2", 0,
+  "------", 6, 16, "1010 1101 ssss dddd", "ex rd,rs", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0010 1101 ssN0 dddd", "ex rd,@rs", 0,
+"------", 15, 16, "0110 1101 0000 dddd address_src", "ex rd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 16, 16, "0110 1101 ssN0 dddd address_src", "ex rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+
+  "------", 12, 8, "0010 1100 ssN0 dddd", "exb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"------", 15, 8, "0110 1100 0000 dddd address_src", "exb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 16, 8, "0110 1100 ssN0 dddd address_src", "exb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 6, 8, "1010 1100 ssss dddd", "exb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 16, "1011 0001 dddd 1010", "exts rrd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 8, "1011 0001 dddd 0000", "extsb rd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 32, "1011 0001 dddd 0111", "extsl rqd", 0,
+
+  "------", 8, 16, "0111 1010 0000 0000", "halt", 0,
+  "------", 10, 16, "0011 1101 ssN0 dddd", "in rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0011 1101 dddd 0100 imm16", "in rd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 12, 8, "0011 1100 ssN0 dddd", "inb rbd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0011 1100 dddd 0100 imm16", "inb rbd,imm16", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 11, 16, "0010 1001 ddN0 imm4m1", "inc @rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 14, 16, "0110 1001 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst", "inc address_dst(rd),imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 13, 16, "0110 1001 0000 imm4m1 address_dst", "inc address_dst,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 4, 16, "1010 1001 dddd imm4m1", "inc rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 11, 8, "0010 1000 ddN0 imm4m1", "incb @rd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 14, 8, "0110 1000 ddN0 imm4m1 address_dst", "incb address_dst(rd),imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 13, 8, "0110 1000 0000 imm4m1 address_dst", "incb address_dst,imm4m1", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 4, 8, "1010 1000 dddd imm4m1", "incb rbd,imm4m1", 0,
+  "---V--", 21, 16, "0011 1011 ssN0 1000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "ind @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "---V--", 21, 8, "0011 1010 ssN0 1000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "indb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "---V--", 21, 8, "0011 1100 ssN0 0000 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "inib @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "---V--", 21, 16, "0011 1100 ssN0 0000 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000", "inibr @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 13, 16, "0111 1011 0000 0000", "iret", 0,
+  "------", 10, 16, "0001 1110 ddN0 cccc", "jp cc,@rd", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "0101 1110 0000 cccc address_dst", "jp cc,address_dst", 0,
+  "------", 8, 16, "0101 1110 ddN0 cccc address_dst", "jp cc,address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "------", 6, 16, "1110 cccc disp8", "jr cc,disp8", 0,
+
+  "------", 7, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0101 imm16", "ld @rd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 8, 16, "0010 1111 ddN0 ssss", "ld @rd,rs", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0101 address_dst imm16", "ld address_dst(rd),imm16", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0110 1111 ddN0 ssss address_dst", "ld address_dst(rd),rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0101 address_dst imm16", "ld address_dst,imm16", 0,
+"------", 11, 16, "0110 1111 0000 ssss address_dst", "ld address_dst,rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0011 0011 ddN0 ssss imm16", "ld rd(imm16),rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0111 0011 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ld rd(rx),rs", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "0010 0001 ssN0 dddd", "ld rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 9, 16, "0110 0001 0000 dddd address_src", "ld rd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 10, 16, "0110 0001 ssN0 dddd address_src", "ld rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "0010 0001 0000 dddd imm16", "ld rd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 3, 16, "1010 0001 ssss dddd", "ld rd,rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0011 0001 ssN0 dddd imm16", "ld rd,rs(imm16)", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0111 0001 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ld rd,rs(rx)", 0,
+
+  "------", 7, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0101 imm8 imm8", "ldb @rd,imm8", 0,
+  "------", 8, 8, "0010 1110 ddN0 ssss", "ldb @rd,rbs", 0,
+  "------", 15, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0101 address_dst imm8 imm8", "ldb address_dst(rd),imm8", 0,
+  "------", 12, 8, "0100 1110 ddN0 ssN0 address_dst", "ldb address_dst(rd),rbs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0101 address_dst imm8 imm8", "ldb address_dst,imm8", 0,
+"------", 11, 8, "0110 1110 0000 ssss address_dst", "ldb address_dst,rbs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0011 0010 ddN0 ssss imm16", "ldb rd(imm16),rbs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0111 0010 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ldb rd(rx),rbs", 0,
+  "------", 7, 8, "0010 0000 ssN0 dddd", "ldb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"------", 9, 8, "0110 0000 0000 dddd address_src", "ldb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 10, 8, "0110 0000 ssN0 dddd address_src", "ldb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 5, 8, "1100 dddd imm8", "ldb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "------", 3, 8, "1010 0000 ssss dddd", "ldb rbd,rbs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0011 0000 ssN0 dddd imm16", "ldb rbd,rs(imm16)", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0111 0000 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ldb rbd,rs(rx)", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 32, "0001 1101 ddN0 ssss", "ldl @rd,rrs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 32, "0101 1101 ddN0 ssss address_dst", "ldl address_dst(rd),rrs", 0,
+  "------", 15, 32, "0101 1101 0000 ssss address_dst", "ldl address_dst,rrs", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0011 0111 ddN0 ssss imm16", "ldl rd(imm16),rrs", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0111 0111 ddN0 ssss 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ldl rd(rx),rrs", 0,
+  "------", 11, 32, "0001 0100 ssN0 dddd", "ldl rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 12, 32, "0101 0100 0000 dddd address_src", "ldl rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 13, 32, "0101 0100 ssN0 dddd address_src", "ldl rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 11, 32, "0001 0100 0000 dddd imm32", "ldl rrd,imm32", 0,
+  "------", 5, 32, "1001 0100 ssss dddd", "ldl rrd,rrs", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0011 0101 ssN0 dddd imm16", "ldl rrd,rs(imm16)", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0111 0101 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "ldl rrd,rs(rx)", 0,
+
+  "------", 12, 16, "0111 0110 0000 dddd address_src", "lda prd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 13, 16, "0111 0110 ssN0 dddd address_src", "lda prd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0011 0100 ssN0 dddd imm16", "lda prd,rs(imm16)", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0111 0100 ssN0 dddd 0000 xxxx 0000 0000", "lda prd,rs(rx)", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0011 0100 0000 dddd disp16", "ldar prd,disp16", 0,
+  "------", 7, 32, "0111 1101 ssss 1ccc", "ldctl ctrl,rs", 0,
+  "------", 7, 32, "0111 1101 dddd 0ccc", "ldctl rd,ctrl", 0,
+
+  "------", 5, 16, "1011 1101 dddd imm4", "ldk rd,imm4", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 16, "0001 1100 ddN0 1001 0000 ssss 0000 nminus1", "ldm @rd,rs,n", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0101 1100 ddN0 1001 0000 ssN0 0000 nminus1 address_dst", "ldm address_dst(rd),rs,n", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0101 1100 0000 1001 0000 ssss 0000 nminus1 address_dst", "ldm address_dst,rs,n", 0,
+  "------", 11, 16, "0001 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1", "ldm rd,@rs,n", 0,
+  "------", 15, 16, "0101 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1 address_src", "ldm rd,address_src(rs),n", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0101 1100 0000 0001 0000 dddd 0000 nminus1 address_src", "ldm rd,address_src,n", 0,
+
+  "CZSVDH", 12, 16, "0011 1001 ssN0 0000", "ldps @rs", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 16, 16, "0111 1001 0000 0000 address_src", "ldps address_src", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 17, 16, "0111 1001 ssN0 0000 address_src", "ldps address_src(rs)", 0,
+
+  "------", 14, 16, "0011 0011 0000 ssss disp16", "ldr disp16,rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0011 0001 0000 dddd disp16", "ldr rd,disp16", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0011 0010 0000 ssss disp16", "ldrb disp16,rbs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0011 0000 0000 dddd disp16", "ldrb rbd,disp16", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0011 0111 0000 ssss disp16", "ldrl disp16,rrs", 0,
+  "------", 17, 32, "0011 0101 0000 dddd disp16", "ldrl rrd,disp16", 0,
+
+  "CZS---", 7, 16, "0111 1011 0000 1010", "mbit", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 12, 16, "0111 1011 dddd 1101", "mreq rd", 0,
+  "------", 5, 16, "0111 1011 0000 1001", "mres", 0,
+  "------", 5, 16, "0111 1011 0000 1000", "mset", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 70, 16, "0001 1001 ssN0 dddd", "mult rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 70, 16, "0101 1001 0000 dddd address_src", "mult rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 70, 16, "0101 1001 ssN0 dddd address_src", "mult rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 70, 16, "0001 1001 0000 dddd imm16", "mult rrd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 70, 16, "1001 1001 ssss dddd", "mult rrd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 282, 32, "0001 1000 ssN0 dddd", "multl rqd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 282, 32, "0101 1000 0000 dddd address_src", "multl rqd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 282, 32, "0101 1000 ssN0 dddd address_src", "multl rqd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 282, 32, "0001 1000 0000 dddd imm32", "multl rqd,imm32", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 282, 32, "1001 1000 ssss dddd", "multl rqd,rrs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 12, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0010", "neg @rd", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0010 address_dst", "neg address_dst", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 16, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0010 address_dst", "neg address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "1000 1101 dddd 0010", "neg rd", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 12, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0010", "negb @rd", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0010 address_dst", "negb address_dst", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 16, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0010 address_dst", "negb address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 8, "1000 1100 dddd 0010", "negb rbd", 0,
+
+  "------", 7, 16, "1000 1101 0000 0111", "nop", 0,
+
+  "CZS---", 7, 16, "0000 0101 ssN0 dddd", "or rd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZS---", 9, 16, "0100 0101 0000 dddd address_src", "or rd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZS---", 10, 16, "0100 0101 ssN0 dddd address_src", "or rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZS---", 7, 16, "0000 0101 0000 dddd imm16", "or rd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZS---", 4, 16, "1000 0101 ssss dddd", "or rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "CZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 0100 ssN0 dddd", "orb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSP--", 9, 8, "0100 0100 0000 dddd address_src", "orb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSP--", 10, 8, "0100 0100 ssN0 dddd address_src", "orb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 0100 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "orb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSP--", 4, 8, "1000 0100 ssss dddd", "orb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "---V--", 0, 16, "0011 1111 ddN0 ssss", "out @rd,rs", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 16, "0011 1011 ssss 0110 imm16", "out imm16,rs", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 8, "0011 1110 ddN0 ssss", "outb @rd,rbs", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 8, "0011 1010 ssss 0110 imm16", "outb imm16,rbs", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 16, "0011 1011 ssN0 1010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "outd @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 8, "0011 1010 ssN0 1010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "outdb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 8, "0011 1100 ssN0 0010 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "outib @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "---V--", 0, 16, "0011 1100 ssN0 0010 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000", "outibr @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+
+  "------", 12, 16, "0001 0111 ssN0 ddN0", "pop @rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 16, 16, "0101 0111 ssN0 ddN0 address_dst", "pop address_dst(rd),@rs", 0,
+  "------", 16, 16, "0101 0111 ssN0 0000 address_dst", "pop address_dst,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 8, 16, "1001 0111 ssN0 dddd", "pop rd,@rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 19, 32, "0001 0101 ssN0 ddN0", "popl @rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 23, 32, "0101 0101 ssN0 ddN0 address_dst", "popl address_dst(rd),@rs", 0,
+  "------", 23, 32, "0101 0101 ssN0 0000 address_dst", "popl address_dst,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 12, 32, "1001 0101 ssN0 dddd", "popl rrd,@rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 13, 16, "0001 0011 ddN0 ssN0", "push @rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0101 0011 ddN0 0000 address_src", "push @rd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0101 0011 ddN0 ssN0 address_src", "push @rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 1001 imm16", "push @rd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 9, 16, "1001 0011 ddN0 ssss", "push @rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 20, 32, "0001 0001 ddN0 ssN0", "pushl @rd,@rs", 0,
+  "------", 21, 32, "0101 0001 ddN0 ssN0 address_src", "pushl @rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "------", 21, 32, "0101 0001 ddN0 0000 address_src", "pushl @rd,address_src", 0,
+  "------", 12, 32, "1001 0001 ddN0 ssss", "pushl @rd,rrs", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 16, "0010 0011 ddN0 imm4", "res @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0110 0011 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "res address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "------", 13, 16, "0110 0011 0000 imm4 address_dst", "res address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 4, 16, "1010 0011 dddd imm4", "res rd,imm4", 0,
+"------", 10, 16, "0010 0011 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "res rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 8, "0010 0010 ddN0 imm4", "resb @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0110 0010 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "resb address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "------", 13, 8, "0110 0010 0000 imm4 address_dst", "resb address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 4, 8, "1010 0010 dddd imm4", "resb rbd,imm4", 0,
+"------", 10, 8, "0010 0010 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "resb rbd,rs", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "1000 1101 imm4 0011", "resflg imm4", 0,
+  "------", 10, 16, "1001 1110 0000 cccc", "ret cc", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 6, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 00I0", "rl rd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 6, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 00I0", "rlb rbd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 6, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 10I0", "rlc rd,imm1or2", 0,
+
+  "-Z----", 9, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 10I0", "rlcb rbd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "-Z----", 9, 8, "1011 1110 aaaa bbbb", "rldb rbb,rba", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 6, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 01I0", "rr rd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 6, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 01I0", "rrb rbd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 6, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 11I0", "rrc rd,imm1or2", 0,
+
+  "-Z----", 9, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 11I0", "rrcb rbd,imm1or2", 0,
+  "-Z----", 9, 8, "1011 1100 aaaa bbbb", "rrdb rbb,rba", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 5, 16, "1011 0111 ssss dddd", "sbc rd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 5, 8, "1011 0110 ssss dddd", "sbcb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "CZSVDH", 33, 8, "0111 1111 imm8", "sc imm8", 0,
+
+"CZSV--", 15, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 1011 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sda rd,rs", 0,
+"CZSV--", 15, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 1011 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sdab rbd,rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 1111 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sdal rrd,rs", 0,
+
+"CZS---", 15, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 0011 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sdl rd,rs", 0,
+"CZS---", 15, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 0011 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sdlb rbd,rs", 0,
+  "CZS---", 15, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 0111 0000 ssss 0000 0000", "sdll rrd,rs", 0,
+
+  "------", 11, 16, "0010 0101 ddN0 imm4", "set @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 14, 16, "0110 0101 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "set address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "------", 13, 16, "0110 0101 0000 imm4 address_dst", "set address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 4, 16, "1010 0101 dddd imm4", "set rd,imm4", 0,
+"------", 10, 16, "0010 0101 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "set rd,rs", 0,
+  "------", 11, 8, "0010 0100 ddN0 imm4", "setb @rd,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 14, 8, "0110 0100 ddN0 imm4 address_dst", "setb address_dst(rd),imm4", 0,
+  "------", 13, 8, "0110 0100 0000 imm4 address_dst", "setb address_dst,imm4", 0,
+  "------", 4, 8, "1010 0100 dddd imm4", "setb rbd,imm4", 0,
+"------", 10, 8, "0010 0100 0000 ssss 0000 dddd 0000 0000", "setb rbd,rs", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "1000 1101 imm4 0001", "setflg imm4", 0,
+
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1100 dddd 0101 imm16", "sinb rbd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1101 dddd 0101 imm16", "sinb rd,imm16", 0,
+  "------", 0, 16, "0011 1011 ssN0 1000 0001 aaaa ddN0 1000", "sind @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1010 ssN0 1000 0001 aaaa ddN0 1000", "sindb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "sinib @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "------", 0, 16, "0011 1100 ssN0 0001 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000", "sinibr @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 13, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 1001 0000 0000 imm8", "sla rd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 1001  0000 0000 imm8", "slab rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 1101 0000 0000 imm8", "slal rrd,imm8", 0,
+
+  "CZS---", 13, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 0001 0000 0000 imm8", "sll rd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZS---", 13, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 0001  0000 0000 imm8", "sllb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZS---", 13, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 0101 0000 0000 imm8", "slll rrd,imm8", 0,
+
+  "------", 0, 16, "0011 1011 ssss 0111 imm16", "sout imm16,rs", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1010 ssss 0111 imm16", "soutb imm16,rbs", 0,
+  "------", 0, 16, "0011 1011 ssN0 1011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "soutd @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1010 ssN0 1011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "soutdb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "------", 0, 8, "0011 1100 ssN0 0011 0000 aaaa ddN0 1000", "soutib @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+  "------", 0, 16, "0011 1100 ssN0 0011 0000 aaaa ddN0 0000", "soutibr @rd,@rs,ra", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 13, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 1001 1111 1111 nim8", "sra rd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 1001 1111 1111 nim8", "srab rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 1101 1111 1111 nim8", "sral rrd,imm8", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 13, 16, "1011 0011 dddd 0001 1111 1111 nim8", "srl rd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 8, "1011 0010 dddd 0001 1111 1111 nim8", "srlb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 13, 32, "1011 0011 dddd 0101 1111 1111 nim8", "srll rrd,imm8", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 0011 ssN0 dddd", "sub rd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSV--", 9, 16, "0100 0011 0000 dddd address_src", "sub rd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 10, 16, "0100 0011 ssN0 dddd address_src", "sub rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 7, 16, "0000 0010 0000 dddd imm16", "sub rd,imm16", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 4, 16, "1000 0011 ssss dddd", "sub rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "CZSVDH", 7, 8, "0000 0010 ssN0 dddd", "subb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"CZSVDH", 9, 8, "0100 0010 0000 dddd address_src", "subb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 10, 8, "0100 0010 ssN0 dddd address_src", "subb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 7, 8, "0000 0010 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "subb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "CZSVDH", 4, 8, "1000 0010 ssss dddd", "subb rbd,rbs", 0,
+
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0010 ssN0 dddd", "subl rrd,@rs", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 15, 32, "0101 0010 0000 dddd address_src", "subl rrd,address_src", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 16, 32, "0101 0010 ssN0 dddd address_src", "subl rrd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 14, 32, "0001 0010 0000 dddd imm32", "subl rrd,imm32", 0,
+  "CZSV--", 8, 32, "1001 0010 ssss dddd", "subl rrd,rrs", 0,
+
+  "------", 5, 16, "1010 1111 dddd cccc", "tcc cc,rd", 0,
+  "------", 5, 8, "1010 1110 dddd cccc", "tccb cc,rbd", 0,
+
+  "-ZS---", 8, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0100", "test @rd", 0,
+  "------", 11, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0100 address_dst", "test address_dst", 0,
+  "------", 12, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0100 address_dst", "test address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "------", 7, 16, "1000 1101 dddd 0100", "test rd", 0,
+
+  "-ZSP--", 8, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0100", "testb @rd", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 11, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0100 address_dst", "testb address_dst", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 12, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0100 address_dst", "testb address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "1000 1100 dddd 0100", "testb rbd", 0,
+
+  "-ZS---", 13, 32, "0001 1100 ddN0 1000", "testl @rd", 0,
+"-ZS---", 16, 32, "0101 1100 0000 1000 address_dst", "testl address_dst", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 17, 32, "0101 1100 ddN0 1000 address_dst", "testl address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 13, 32, "1001 1100 dddd 1000", "testl rrd", 0,
+
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 ddN0 1000 0000 aaaa ssN0 0000", "trdb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 ddN0 1100 0000 aaaa ssN0 0000", "trdrb @rd,@rs,rba", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 ddN0 0000 0000 rrrr ssN0 0000", "trib @rd,@rs,rbr", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 ddN0 0100 0000 rrrr ssN0 0000", "trirb @rd,@rs,rbr", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 aaN0 1110 0000 rrrr bbN0 1110", "trtdrb @ra,@rb,rbr", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 aaN0 0010 0000 rrrr bbN0 0000", "trtib @ra,@rb,rr", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 aaN0 0110 0000 rrrr bbN0 1110", "trtirb @ra,@rb,rbr", 0,
+  "-ZSV--", 25, 8, "1011 1000 aaN0 1010 0000 rrrr bbN0 0000", "trtrb @ra,@rb,rbr", 0,
+
+  "--S---", 11, 16, "0000 1101 ddN0 0110", "tset @rd", 0,
+  "--S---", 14, 16, "0100 1101 0000 0110 address_dst", "tset address_dst", 0,
+  "--S---", 15, 16, "0100 1101 ddN0 0110 address_dst", "tset address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "--S---", 7, 16, "1000 1101 dddd 0110", "tset rd", 0,
+
+  "--S---", 11, 8, "0000 1100 ddN0 0110", "tsetb @rd", 0,
+  "--S---", 14, 8, "0100 1100 0000 0110 address_dst", "tsetb address_dst", 0,
+  "--S---", 15, 8, "0100 1100 ddN0 0110 address_dst", "tsetb address_dst(rd)", 0,
+  "--S---", 7, 8, "1000 1100 dddd 0110", "tsetb rbd", 0,
+
+  "-ZS---", 7, 16, "0000 1001 ssN0 dddd", "xor rd,@rs", 0,
+"-ZS---", 9, 16, "0100 1001 0000 dddd address_src", "xor rd,address_src", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 10, 16, "0100 1001 ssN0 dddd address_src", "xor rd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 7, 16, "0000 1001 0000 dddd imm16", "xor rd,imm16", 0,
+  "-ZS---", 4, 16, "1000 1001 ssss dddd", "xor rd,rs", 0,
+
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 1000 ssN0 dddd", "xorb rbd,@rs", 0,
+"-ZSP--", 9, 8, "0100 1000 0000 dddd address_src", "xorb rbd,address_src", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 10, 8, "0100 1000 ssN0 dddd address_src", "xorb rbd,address_src(rs)", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 7, 8, "0000 1000 0000 dddd imm8 imm8", "xorb rbd,imm8", 0,
+  "-ZSP--", 4, 8, "1000 1000 ssss dddd", "xorb rbd,rbs", 0,
+  "*", 4, 8, "1000 1000 ssss dddd", "xorb rbd,rbs", 0,
+  "*", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+int
+count ()
+{
+  struct op *p = opt;
+  int r = 0;
+
+  while (p->name)
+    {
+      r++;
+      p++;
+    }
+  return r;
+
+}
+
+static
+int
+func (a, b)
+     struct op *a;
+     struct op *b;
+{
+  return strcmp ((a)->name, (b)->name);
+}
+
+
+/* opcode
+
+ literal  0000 nnnn insert nnn into stream
+ operand  0001 nnnn  insert operand reg nnn into stream
+*/
+
+struct tok_struct
+{
+
+  char *match;
+  char *token;
+  int length;
+};
+
+struct tok_struct args[] =
+{
+
+  {"address_src(rs)", "CLASS_X+(ARG_RS)",},
+  {"address_dst(rd)", "CLASS_X+(ARG_RD)",},
+
+  {"rs(imm16)", "CLASS_BA+(ARG_RS)",},
+  {"rd(imm16)", "CLASS_BA+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"prd",       "CLASS_PR+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"address_src", "CLASS_DA+(ARG_SRC)",},
+  {"address_dst", "CLASS_DA+(ARG_DST)",},
+  {"rd(rx)", "CLASS_BX+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"rs(rx)", "CLASS_BX+(ARG_RS)",},
+
+  {"disp16", "CLASS_DISP",},
+  {"disp12", "CLASS_DISP",},
+  {"disp7", "CLASS_DISP",},
+  {"disp8", "CLASS_DISP",},
+  {"flags", "CLASS_FLAGS",},
+
+  {"imm16", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16)",},
+  {"imm1or2", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM1OR2)",},
+  {"imm32", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32)",},
+  {"imm4m1", "CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4M1)",},
+  {"imm4", "CLASS_IMM +(ARG_IMM4)",},
+  {"n", "CLASS_IMM + (ARG_IMMN)",},
+  {"ctrl", "CLASS_CTRL",},
+  {"rba", "CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RA)",},
+  {"rbb", "CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RB)",},
+  {"rbd", "CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"rbs", "CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RS)",},
+  {"rbr", "CLASS_REG_BYTE+(ARG_RR)",},
+
+  {"rrd", "CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"rrs", "CLASS_REG_LONG+(ARG_RS)",},
+
+  {"rqd", "CLASS_REG_QUAD+(ARG_RD)",},
+
+  {"rd", "CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"rs", "CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS)",},
+
+  {"@rd", "CLASS_IR+(ARG_RD)",},
+  {"@ra", "CLASS_IR+(ARG_RA)",},
+  {"@rb", "CLASS_IR+(ARG_RB)",},
+  {"@rs", "CLASS_IR+(ARG_RS)",},
+
+  {"imm8", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8)",},
+  {"i2", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM2)",},
+  {"cc", "CLASS_CC",},
+
+  {"rr", "CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RR)",},
+  {"ra", "CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RA)",},
+  {"rs", "CLASS_REG_WORD+(ARG_RS)",},
+
+  {"1", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM_1)",},
+  {"2", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM_2)",},
+
+  0, 0
+};
+
+struct tok_struct toks[] =
+{
+  "0000", "CLASS_BIT+0", 1,
+  "0001", "CLASS_BIT+1", 1,
+  "0010", "CLASS_BIT+2", 1,
+  "0011", "CLASS_BIT+3", 1,
+  "0100", "CLASS_BIT+4", 1,
+  "0101", "CLASS_BIT+5", 1,
+  "0110", "CLASS_BIT+6", 1,
+  "0111", "CLASS_BIT+7", 1,
+  "1000", "CLASS_BIT+8", 1,
+  "1001", "CLASS_BIT+9", 1,
+  "1010", "CLASS_BIT+0xa", 1,
+  "1011", "CLASS_BIT+0xb", 1,
+  "1100", "CLASS_BIT+0xc", 1,
+  "1101", "CLASS_BIT+0xd", 1,
+  "1110", "CLASS_BIT+0xe", 1,
+  "1111", "CLASS_BIT+0xf", 1,
+
+  "00I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0", 1,
+  "00I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+1", 1,
+  "00I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+2", 1,
+  "00I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+3", 1,
+  "01I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+4", 1,
+  "01I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+5", 1,
+  "01I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+6", 1,
+  "01I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+7", 1,
+  "10I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+8", 1,
+  "10I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+9", 1,
+  "10I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xa", 1,
+  "10I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xb", 1,
+  "11I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xc", 1,
+  "11I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xd", 1,
+  "11I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xe", 1,
+  "11I0", "CLASS_BIT_1OR2+0xf", 1,
+
+  "ssss", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RS)", 1,
+  "dddd", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RD)", 1,
+  "aaaa", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RA)", 1,
+  "bbbb", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RB)", 1,
+  "rrrr", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RR)", 1,
+
+  "ssN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RS)", 1,
+  "ddN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RD)", 1,
+  "aaN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RA)", 1,
+  "bbN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RB)", 1,
+  "rrN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RR)", 1,
+
+  "cccc", "CLASS_CC", 1,
+  "nnnn", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMN)", 1,
+  "xxxx", "CLASS_REG+(ARG_RX)", 1,
+  "xxN0", "CLASS_REGN0+(ARG_RX)", 1,
+  "nminus1", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMMNMINUS1)", 1,
+
+  "disp16", "CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP16)", 4,
+  "disp12", "CLASS_DISP+(ARG_DISP12)", 3,
+  "flags", "CLASS_FLAGS", 1,
+  "address_dst", "CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_DST)", 4,
+  "address_src", "CLASS_ADDRESS+(ARG_SRC)", 4,
+  "imm4m1", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4M1)", 1,
+  "imm4", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM4)", 1,
+
+  "imm8", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM8)", 2,
+  "imm16", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM16)", 4,
+  "imm32", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_IMM32)", 8,
+  "nim8", "CLASS_IMM+(ARG_NIM8)", 2,
+  "0ccc", "CLASS_0CCC", 1,
+  "1ccc", "CLASS_1CCC", 1,
+  "disp8", "CLASS_DISP8", 2,
+  "0disp7", "CLASS_0DISP7", 2,
+  "1disp7", "CLASS_1DISP7", 2,
+  "01ii", "CLASS_01II", 1,
+  "00ii", "CLASS_00II", 1,
+  0, 0
+
+};
+
+char *
+translate (table, x, length)
+     struct tok_struct *table;
+     char *x;
+     int *length;
+{
+
+  int found;
+
+  found = 0;
+  while (table->match)
+    {
+      int l = strlen (table->match);
+
+      if (strncmp (table->match, x, l) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Got a hit */
+	  printf ("%s", table->token);
+	  *length += table->length;
+	  return x + l;
+	}
+
+      table++;
+    }
+  fprintf (stderr, "Can't find %s\n", x);
+  printf ("**** Can't find %s\n", x);
+  while (*x)
+    x++;
+  return x;
+}
+
+void
+chewbits (bits, length)
+     char *bits;
+     int *length;
+{
+  int n = 0;
+
+  *length = 0;
+  printf ("{");
+  while (*bits)
+    {
+      while (*bits == ' ')
+	{
+	  bits++;
+	}
+      bits = translate (toks, bits, length);
+      n++;
+      printf (",");
+
+    }
+  while (n < BYTE_INFO_LEN - 1)
+    {
+      printf ("0,");
+      n++;
+    }
+  printf ("}");
+}
+
+
+static
+int
+chewname (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  char *n;
+  int nargs = 0;
+
+  n = name;
+  printf ("\"");
+  while (*n && !iswhite (*n))
+    {
+      printf ("%c", *n);
+      n++;
+    }
+  printf ("\",");		/* Scan the operands and make entires for
+				   them -remember indirect things */
+
+  n = name;
+  printf ("OPC_");
+  while (*n && !iswhite (*n))
+    {
+      printf ("%c", *n);
+      n++;
+    }
+  printf (",0,{");
+
+  while (*n)
+    {
+      int d;
+
+      while (*n == ',' || iswhite (*n))
+	n++;
+      nargs++;
+      n = translate (args, n, &d);
+      printf (",");
+    }
+  if (nargs == 0)
+    {
+      printf ("0");
+    }
+  printf ("},");
+  return nargs;
+}
+
+static 
+void
+sub (x, c)
+     char *x;
+     char c;
+{
+  while (*x)
+    {
+      if (x[0] == c && x[1] == c &&
+	  x[2] == c && x[3] == c)
+	{
+	  x[2] = 'N';
+	  x[3] = '0';
+	}
+      x++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+#define D(x) ((x) == '1' || (x) =='0')
+#define M(y) (strncmp(y,x,4)==0)
+printmangled (x)
+     char *x;
+{
+  return;
+  while (*x)
+    {
+      if (D (x[0]) && D (x[1]) && D (x[2]) && D (x[3]))
+	{
+	  printf ("XXXX");
+	}
+      else if (M ("ssss"))
+	{
+	  printf ("ssss");
+	}
+      else if (M ("dddd"))
+	{
+	  printf ("dddd");
+	}
+      else
+	printf ("____");
+
+      x += 4;
+
+      if (x[0] == ' ')
+	{
+	  printf ("_");
+	  x++;
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif
+/*#define WORK_TYPE*/
+void
+print_type (n)
+     struct op *n;
+{
+#ifdef WORK_TYPE
+  while (*s && !iswhite (*s))
+    {
+      l = *s;
+      s++;
+    }
+  switch (l)
+    {
+    case 'l':
+      printf ("32,");
+      break;
+    case 'b':
+      printf ("8,");
+      break;
+    default:
+      printf ("16,");
+      break;
+    }
+#else
+  printf ("%2d,", n->type);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void
+internal ()
+{
+  int c = count ();
+  struct op *new = xmalloc (sizeof (struct op) * c);
+  struct op *p = opt;
+  memcpy (new, p, c * sizeof (struct op));
+
+  /* sort all names in table alphabetically */
+  qsort (new, c, sizeof (struct op), func);
+
+  p = new;
+  while (p->flags[0] != '*')
+  {
+    /* If there are any @rs, sub the ssss into a ssn0,
+       (rs), (ssn0)
+       */
+    int loop = 1;
+
+    printf ("\"%s\",%2d, ", p->flags, p->cycles);
+    while (loop)
+    {
+      char *s = p->name;
+
+      loop = 0;
+      while (*s)
+      {
+	if (s[0] == '@')
+	{
+	  char c;
+
+	  /* skip the r and sub the string */
+	  s++;
+	  c = s[1];
+	  sub (p->bits, c);
+	}
+	if (s[0] == '(' && s[3] == ')')
+	{
+	  sub (p->bits, s[2]);
+	}
+	if (s[0] == '(')
+	{
+	  sub (p->bits, s[-1]);
+	}
+
+	s++;
+      }
+
+    }
+    print_type (p);
+    printf ("\"%s\",\"%s\",0,\n", p->bits, p->name);
+    p++;
+  }
+}
+
+static 
+void
+gas ()
+{
+  int c = count ();
+  struct op *p = opt;
+  int idx = 0;
+  char *oldname = "";
+  struct op *new = xmalloc (sizeof (struct op) * c);
+
+  memcpy (new, p, c * sizeof (struct op));
+
+  /* sort all names in table alphabetically */
+  qsort (new, c, sizeof (struct op), func);
+
+  printf ("			/* THIS FILE IS AUTOMAGICALLY GENERATED, DON'T EDIT IT */\n");
+
+  printf ("#define ARG_MASK 0x0f\n");
+
+  printf ("#define ARG_SRC 0x01\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_DST 0x02\n");
+
+  printf ("#define ARG_RS 0x01\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_RD 0x02\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_RA 0x03\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_RB 0x04\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_RR 0x05\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_RX 0x06\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM4 0x01\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM8 0x02\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM16 0x03\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM32 0x04\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMMN 0x05\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMMNMINUS1 0x05\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM_1 0x06\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM_2 0x07\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_DISP16 0x08\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_NIM8 0x09\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM2 0x0a\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM1OR2 0x0b\n");
+
+  printf ("#define ARG_DISP12 0x0b\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_DISP8 0x0c\n");
+  printf ("#define ARG_IMM4M1 0x0d\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_MASK 0x1fff0\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_X 0x10\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_BA 0x20\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_DA 0x30\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_BX 0x40\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_DISP 0x50\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_IMM 0x60\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_CC 0x70\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_CTRL 0x80\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_ADDRESS 0xd0\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_0CCC 0xe0\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_1CCC 0xf0\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_0DISP7 0x100\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_1DISP7 0x200\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_01II 0x300\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_00II 0x400\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_BIT 0x500\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_FLAGS 0x600\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_IR 0x700\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_DISP8 0x800\n");
+
+  printf ("#define CLASS_BIT_1OR2 0x900\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REG 0x7000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REG_BYTE 0x2000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REG_WORD 0x3000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REG_QUAD 0x4000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REG_LONG 0x5000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_REGN0 0x8000\n");
+  printf ("#define CLASS_PR 0x10000\n");
+
+  printf ("#define OPC_adc 0\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_adcb 1\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_add 2\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_addb 3\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_addl 4\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_and 5\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_andb 6\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_bit 7\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_bitb 8\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_call 9\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_calr 10\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_clr 11\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_clrb 12\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_com 13\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_comb 14\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_comflg 15\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cp 16\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpb 17\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpd 18\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpdb 19\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpdr 20\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpdrb 21\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpi 22\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpib 23\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpir 24\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpirb 25\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpl 26\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsd 27\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsdb 28\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsdr 29\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsdrb 30\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsi 31\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsib 32\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsir 33\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_cpsirb 34\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_dab 35\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_dbjnz 36\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_dec 37\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_decb 38\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_di 39\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_div 40\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_divl 41\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_djnz 42\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ei 43\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ex 44\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_exb 45\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_exts 46\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_extsb 47\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_extsl 48\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_halt 49\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_in 50\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_inb 51\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_inc 52\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_incb 53\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ind 54\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_indb 55\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_inib 56\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_inibr 57\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_iret 58\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_jp 59\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_jr 60\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ld 61\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_lda 62\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldar 63\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldb 64\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldctl 65\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldir 66\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldirb 67\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldk 68\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldl 69\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldm 70\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldps 71\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldr 72\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldrb 73\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldrl 74\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_mbit 75\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_mreq 76\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_mres 77\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_mset 78\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_mult 79\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_multl 80\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_neg 81\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_negb 82\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_nop 83\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_or 84\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_orb 85\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_out 86\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_outb 87\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_outd 88\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_outdb 89\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_outib 90\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_outibr 91\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_pop 92\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_popl 93\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_push 94\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_pushl 95\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_res 96\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_resb 97\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_resflg 98\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ret 99\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rl 100\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rlb 101\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rlc 102\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rlcb 103\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rldb 104\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rr 105\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rrb 106\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rrc 107\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rrcb 108\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rrdb 109\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sbc 110\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sbcb 111\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sda 112\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sdab 113\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sdal 114\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sdl 115\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sdlb 116\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sdll 117\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_set 118\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_setb 119\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_setflg 120\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sinb 121\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sind 122\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sindb 123\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sinib 124\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sinibr 125\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sla 126\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_slab 127\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_slal 128\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sll 129\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sllb 130\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_slll 131\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sout 132\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_soutb 133\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_soutd 134\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_soutdb 135\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_soutib 136\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_soutibr 137\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sra 138\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_srab 139\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sral 140\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_srl 141\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_srlb 142\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_srll 143\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sub 144\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_subb 145\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_subl 146\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_tcc 147\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_tccb 148\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_test 149\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_testb 150\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_testl 151\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trdb 152\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trdrb 153\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trib 154\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trirb 155\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trtdrb 156\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trtib 157\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trtirb 158\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_trtrb 159\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_tset 160\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_tsetb 161\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_xor 162\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_xorb 163\n");
+
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldd  164 \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_lddb  165 \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_lddr  166 \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_lddrb 167  \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldi  168 \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ldib 169  \n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_sc   170\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_bpt   171\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ext0e 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ext0f 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ext8e 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_ext8f 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd36 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd38 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd78 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd7e 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd9d 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvd9f 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvdb9 172\n");
+  printf ("#define OPC_rsvdbf 172\n");
+#if 0
+  for (i = 0; toks[i].token; i++)
+    printf ("#define %s\t0x%x\n", toks[i].token, i * 16);
+#endif
+  printf ("typedef struct {\n");
+
+  printf ("#ifdef NICENAMES\n");
+  printf ("char *nicename;\n");
+  printf ("int type;\n");
+  printf ("int cycles;\n");
+  printf ("int flags;\n");
+  printf ("#endif\n");
+  printf ("char *name;\n");
+  printf ("unsigned char opcode;\n");
+  printf ("void (*func)();\n");
+  printf ("unsigned int arg_info[4];\n");
+  printf ("unsigned int byte_info[%d];\n", BYTE_INFO_LEN);
+  printf ("int noperands;\n");
+  printf ("int length;\n");
+  printf ("int idx;\n");
+  printf ("} opcode_entry_type;\n");
+  printf ("#ifdef DEFINE_TABLE\n");
+  printf ("opcode_entry_type z8k_table[] = {\n");
+
+  while (new->flags && new->flags[0])
+    {
+      int nargs;
+      int length;
+
+      printf ("\n\n/* %s *** %s */\n", new->bits, new->name);
+      printf ("{\n");
+
+      printf ("#ifdef NICENAMES\n");
+      printf ("\"%s\",%d,%d,\n", new->name, new->type, new->cycles);
+      {
+	int answer = 0;
+	char *p = new->flags;
+
+	while (*p)
+	  {
+	    answer <<= 1;
+
+	    if (*p != '-')
+	      answer |= 1;
+	    p++;
+	  }
+	printf ("0x%02x,\n", answer);
+      }
+
+      printf ("#endif\n");
+
+      nargs = chewname (new->name);
+
+      printf ("\n\t");
+      chewbits (new->bits, &length);
+      length /= 2;
+      if (length & 1)
+	abort();
+
+      printf (",%d,%d,%d", nargs, length, idx);
+      idx++;
+      oldname = new->name;
+      printf ("},\n");
+      new++;
+    }
+  printf ("0,0};\n");
+  printf ("#endif\n");
+}
+
+
+int
+main (ac, av)
+     int ac;
+     char **av;
+{
+  struct op *p = opt;
+
+  if (ac == 2 && strcmp (av[1], "-t") == 0)
+    {
+      internal ();
+    }
+  else if (ac == 2 && strcmp (av[1], "-h") == 0)
+    {
+      while (p->name)
+	{
+	  printf ("%-25s\t%s\n", p->name, p->bits);
+	  p++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  else if (ac == 2 && strcmp (av[1], "-a") == 0)
+    {
+      gas ();
+    }
+  else if (ac == 2 && strcmp (av[1], "-d") == 0)
+    {
+      /*dis();*/
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf ("Usage: %s -t\n", av[0]);
+      printf ("-t : generate new z8.c internal table\n");
+      printf ("-a : generate new table for gas\n");
+      printf ("-d : generate new table for disassemble\n");
+      printf ("-h : generate new table for humans\n");
+    }
+return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/binutils/symlink-tree b/contrib/binutils/symlink-tree
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bd35f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/binutils/symlink-tree
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Create a symlink tree.
+#
+# Syntax: symlink-tree srcdir "ignore1 ignore2 ..."
+#
+# where srcdir is the directory to create a symlink tree to,
+# and "ignoreN" is a list of files/directories to ignore.
+
+prog=$0
+srcdir=$1
+ignore="$2"
+
+ignore_additional=". .. CVS"
+
+# If we were invoked with a relative path name, adjust ${prog} to work
+# in subdirs.
+case ${prog} in
+/*) ;;
+*) prog=../${prog} ;;
+esac
+
+# Set newsrcdir to something subdirectories can use.
+case ${srcdir} in
+/*) newsrcdir=${srcdir} ;;
+*) newsrcdir=../${srcdir} ;;
+esac
+
+for f in `ls -a ${srcdir}`; do
+  if [ -d ${srcdir}/$f ]; then
+    found=
+    for i in ${ignore} ${ignore_additional}; do
+      if [ "$f" = "$i" ]; then
+	found=yes
+      fi
+    done
+    if [ -z "${found}" ]; then
+      if [ -d $f ]; then true; else mkdir $f; fi
+      (cd $f; ${prog} ${newsrcdir}/$f "${ignore}")
+    fi
+  else
+    rm -f $f
+    ln -s ${srcdir}/$f .
+  fi
+done
+
+exit 0